shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 2 il 9 ed il 10 marzo 2009 si è svolto a forni di sopra, provincia di udine, il workshop igf dal titolo “progettazione a fatica di giunzioni saldate (… e non)”. grazie all’impegno degli organizzatori locali, bruno atzori e luca susmel, è stato ottenuto un successo notevole sia per il numero di partecipanti che per il numero e la qualità delle memorie presentate. il soggiorno è stato reso piacevolissimo dalle particolari condizioni metereologiche, con neve abbondantissima ed uno splendido sole. il lavori sono stati raccolti in un volume di atti (disponibile nella sezione archivio giornate del sito igf) e, come ormai tradizione per l’igf, tutte le presentazioni sono state videoregistrate e sono disponibili in streaming nel sito web (nella sezione webtv).. a questo proposito è sicuramente doveroso ringraziare tutti i relatori che hanno aderito con entusiasmo e disponibilità all’iniziativa, rendendo possibile una continua fruizione dell’evento. e’ ormai prossimo il convegno nazionale igf xx (torino 24-26 giugno 2009). prestigiosa sede dell’evento sarà lo splendido castello del valentino. per la registrazione potete utilizzare la sezione dedicata nel sito igf, dove sono anche riportate le modalità di invio dei lavori. questi potranno essere inviati in formato word, qualunque versione, senza alcuna particolare formattazione e senza limiti nel numero di pagine o nella dimensione del file. la segreteria igf si occuperà dell’impaginazione. le date da ricordare sono: 30.03.2009: invio abstract 15.04.2009: accettazione abstract 18.05.2009: invio memorie 05.06.2009: invio agli autori di una bozza di stampa l’igf non termina con l’appuntamento di torino le proprie attività del 2009. infatti, stiamo organizzando: una sessione tematica durante il prossimo convegno aias (associazione italiana analisi sollecitazioni; torino dal 9 all’11 settembre 2009) dal titolo “integrità strutturale”. il coordinatore di questa sessione sarà franco furgiuele, cui potete far riferimento per aderire (furgiuele@unical.it); una sessione tematica durante il prossimo convegno aipnd (associazione italiana prove non distruttive; roma dal 15 al 17 ottobre 2009). il coordinatore di questa sessione sarà stefano beretta, cui potete far riferimento per aderire all’iniziativa (stefano.beretta@polimi.it) infine, l’igf patrocina il prossimo ninth international seminar on experimental techniques and design in composite materials (dal 30 settembre al 2 ottobre 2009, a vicenza). la data limite per l’invio degli abstract è prevista per fine maggio 2009. non mancate, a presto francesco iacoviello segretario igf il 9 ed il 10 marzo 2009 si è svolto a forni di sopra, provincia di udine, il workshop igf dal titolo “progettazione a fatica di giunzioni saldate (… e non)”. grazie all’impegno degli organizzatori locali, bruno atzori e luca susmel, è stato ottenuto ... e’ ormai prossimo il convegno nazionale igf xx (torino 24-26 giugno 2009). prestigiosa sede dell’evento sarà lo splendido castello del valentino. per la registrazione potete utilizzare la sezione dedicata nel sito igf, dove sono anche riportate le mod... una sessione tematica durante il prossimo convegno aias (associazione italiana analisi sollecitazioni; torino dal 9 all’11 settembre 2009) dal titolo “integrità strutturale”. il coordinatore di questa sessione sarà franco furgiuele, cui potete far... una sessione tematica durante il prossimo convegno aipnd (associazione italiana prove non distruttive; roma dal 15 al 17 ottobre 2009). il coordinatore di questa sessione sarà stefano beretta, cui potete far riferimento per aderire all’iniziativa (s... infine, l’igf patrocina il prossimo ninth international seminar on experimental techniques and design in composite materials (dal 30 settembre al 2 ottobre 2009, a vicenza). la data limite per l’invio degli abstract è prevista per fine maggio 2009. microsoft word numero 16 articolo 3 r. laczkó et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 28-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.03 28 damages to stent stabilized left ventricular pacemaker electrodes during simulated lead extraction romola laczkó, tibor balázs, eszter bognár bme, dept. of materials science and engineering. h-1111 budapest, bertalan l. u. 7. hungary jános ginsztler research group for metals technology of has and bme, 1111 budapest, goldmann ter 3. hungary abstract. during biventricular pacemaker implantation stents can be applied for coronary sinus lead stabilization to prevent lead dislocations. a lot of issues have been raised in connection with the use of the stent. in some cases the implanted left ventricular lead must be explanted. it is crucial to avoid any injury to the heart when the electrode is removed. another very important question concerns the type of injuries the electrode may cause during the removal process. an extraction model has been prepared using a special curve and a polymer tube. after the pacemaker leads were extracted, various microscopic examinations were executed. the findings may to make such intervention methods more successful, helping to better stabilize the electrode and to keep injuries during interventions to a minimum. keywords. coronary stent; left ventriculal pacemaker electrode; simulated lead extraction. introduction pacemaker (pm) is an electronic device implanted in the body to regulate the heart beat. it consists of a battery and electronic circuits enclosed in a hermetically sealed can. the pm delivers electrical stimuli over leads with electrodes in contact with the heart [1]. fig. 1 shows an x-ray picture of an implanted pacemaker system in a human chest. cardiac resynchronization refers to stimulation techniques that change the degree of atrial and ventricular electromechanical asynchrony in patients with major intra-atrial or interatrial and ventricular conduction disorders. more recently for the treatment of heart failure, the left ventricle may be paced by inserting a lead into a tributary of the coronary sinus, a venous structure on the epicardial surface of the left ventricle [1]. despite major advances of lead and pacemaker techniques, the implantation of a biventricular pacemaker is still a challenging and complex procedure. introducing the left ventricular pacing lead into the sinus coronaries may cause difficulties. the dislocation rate of coronary sinus (cs) leads used for biventricular stimulation is high. stent implantation to stabilize the left ventricular lead is a useful and safe procedure in the treatment of cs lead instability. the electrode is positioned into the desired position, and a metal coronary stent is introduced via a guide wire through the coronary sinus. after pacing measurements the stent is deployed at 5 to 30 mm proximal to the tip of the electrode [2]. fig. 2 presents the parts of a steroid eluting pacemaker head. there is a risk of incidents, especially infections when the implanted left ventriculum lead is to be explanted. therefore, it is crucial to avoid any injury to the heart when the electrodes are removed. during the process of removal the vein wall may be injured. to avoid this, it is to be decided first if the electrode can be explanted as the stent may damage the a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. laczkó et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 28-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.03 29 electrode in a way it may break and the tip may be left in the vessel or the coating may be damaged. it is also important to consider the type and size of the stent in order ensure the most appropriate fixation. the aim of our article is to examine the damages the electrode explantation may cause to the electrodes and stents and to find the most convenient stent for electrode fixation. figure 1: x-ray picture of an implanted pacemaker and electrodes [5]. figure 2: the head of a pacemaker electrode methods special curve was shaped to model the bend of the outer surface of the left ventricle. the curve was formed in a sheet made from foamed polystyrene show in fig. 3. the sheet was 50 mm long, 30 mm wide and 30 mm thick. the left ventricular diastolic diameter (lvdd) is typically about 70 mm and the representative wall thickness of the left ventriculum of patients receiving cardiac resynchronization therapy is 10 to 20 mm [3]. accordingly, the radius of the test curve was 90 mm. a silicon tube was inserted into the curve and the electrodes were stabilized with coronary stents in the tube. figure 3: curve to model the bend of the left ventriculum where the lead is implanted. the first step of the procedure was to fill the tube with physiological saline. since the electrode is surrounded by blood in the ventricle, similar wet conditions had to be ensured in order to minimize the friction between the stent and the electrode. it was achieved by filling the tube with physiologic solution. secondly, the electrode was led up to the end of the tube and coronary stents attached to a balloon were used to fix the electrode. the stents were expanded with an indeflator. the indeflator is a pump complete with a pressure meter and is filled with ringer’s solution. since maximum pressure is normally used to expand stents in practice, the same pressure (26 bar) was chosen in our experiments. our aim was to achieve the maximum available diameter of stents with this method. after the electrode was fixed with the expanded stent, the guide wire and balloon catheter were removed. finally the electrode was slowly and carefully extracted. the procedure was monitored with stereomicroscope. the indeflator was filled with a turquoise liquid for better visibility because polymer tube modelling the vein is not completely transparent. this method makes it possible to follow the process of the expansion more precisely: in the picture the silhouette is sharp. a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. laczkó et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 28-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.03 30 the electrodes and stents examined ive coronary stents and corox otw 75-up steroid eluting electrodes were examined. the inner diameter of the polymer tube was 5 mm and the maximum diameter of the electrodes was 1.95 mm. using this method, the experiments were made only with the minimum 3 mm – diameter stents. they were examined with a stereo microscope (nikon smz2t), a scanning electron microscope (philips xl 30) and a metallograph inspection microscope (olympus pmg-3 with olympus digital camera). 4.5/13 mm stent during the process shown in fig.4, the stent did not slip out or split. this way the vein can be protected against perforation. in picture a), the stent is placed next to the electrode. in picture b), the stent is expanded with the balloon filled with turquoise liquid. in picture c), the balloon is removed and the electrode is fixed by the stent. in picture d), the electrode is extracted and the stent is deformed slightly. a) b) c) d) figure 4: stereomicroscopic pictures of the procedure: stent is crimpled and electrode is in the tube (a), balloon expanded stent (b), fixed electrode (c), stent after the extraction of the electrode (d). 4.5/24 mm stent the head of the electrode caught the stent which can cause injuries to the inner surface of the vessels. fig. 2 demonstrates the damages to the stent after electrode extraction. figure 5: liberté stent creased (left) and fractured (right) parts. f http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. laczkó et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 28-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.03 31 4.5/30 mm stent in the picture below (fig.6) it is seen clearly how the flanges stick up on the strut of the stent. the struts were deformed sorely. figure 6: the head of the electrode during extraction (left) and the deformed stent after the procedure (right). 3.5/10 mm stent this is a drug eluting stent in a reservoir-base stent design. the stent became completely deformed and turned across in the tube which would involve grave consequences for human vessels during explantation. the reservoirs and slim parts of the struts may concentrate strain which may weaken the mechanical characteristics. fig. 7 shows electron microscopic photographs of the damaged stent. figure 7: deformed shape and damages to a reservoir stent. 3.5/10 mm stent the stent slipped out and was sheared as the electrode was removed. in the case of in vivo implantation, endothelisation occurs over time so a stent slipping out may cause internal injury. figs. 8 and 9 demonstrate the stent became deformed during electrode extraction. figure 8: the beginning of electrode extraction figure 9: “s”-shaped stent after extraction http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. laczkó et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 28-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.03 32 damages to the electrodes he insulation of the electrode was damaged only once and not seriously. the scratch is not deep or long enough to prevent electric functioning (fig. 10). however, the steroid ring was broken several times (fig. 11). in the course of the experiments, the electrodes were in the tube only for a few minutes; implanted in vessels, they work for years and the steroid comes loose. this raises a question if an aged ring could lead to complications during explantation. to ensure greater security, another type of electrodes is recommended for use for stent implantation. figure 10: damages to the electrode tip fixed with stent 2. figure 11: damaged steroid rings on electrodes fixed with stent 3 (left) and stent 4 (right). conclusions o damages were identified on the coating of the electrodes during microscopic examinations. the steroid ring peeled off from the tip of the electrode. it can cause complications only when the peeling is so substantial that the ring slips off and remains in the vessel during explantation. as regards design, stents with reservoirs may cause more problems during explantation. as regards length, shorter stents 4. 3.5/10 mm and 5. 3.5/10 mm are less suitable for fixation than longer ones. stent implantation to stabilize the left ventricular lead with suitable stents is a useful and safe procedure in the treatment of cs lead instability. t n http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. laczkó et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 28-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.03 33 references [1] ss. barold, rx. stroobandt, af. sinnaeve, cardiac pacemakers step by step, blackwell publishing, isbn: 1-40511647-1, (2004). [2] sz. szilagyi, b. merkely, e.zima, a. roka, g. szücs, v. kutyifa, a. apor, l.gellér in: congress of the hungarian society of cardiology, balatonfüred, hungary, (2008). [3] a. achilli, f. turreni, m. gasparini, m. lunati, m. sassara, m. santini, m. landolina, l. padeletti, a. puglisi, m. bocchiardo, s. orazi, g. b. perego, s. valsecchi, a. denaro, efficacy of cardiac resynchronization therapy in very old patients: the insync/insync icd italian registry, (2007). [4] p. szabadits, zs. puskás, j. dobránszky, acta of bioengineering and biomechanics, 11 (3) (2009) 11. [5] crt – cardiac resynchronization therapy implantation procedure biotronik presentations. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_27_art_5 m.-p. luong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 38-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.05 38 focussed on: infrared thermographic analysis of materials characterization of mechanical damage in granite minh-phong luong, mehrdad emami lms (solids mechanics laboratory), civil engineering, department of mechanics ecole polytechnique – cnrs umr7649, 91128 palaiseau cedex, france luong@lms.polytechnique.fr, luong_mp@yahoo.com abstract. this paper aims to illustrate the use of infrared thermography as a non-destructive and non-contact technique to observe the phenomenological manifestation of damage in granite under unconfined compression. it allows records and observations in real time of heat patterns produced by the dissipation of energy generated by plasticity. the experimental results show that this technique, which couples mechanical and thermal energy, can be used for illustrating the onset of damage mechanism by stress concentration in weakness zones. keywords. differential thermography; intrinsic dissipation; mechanical damage in granite; threshold of acceptable damage. introduction urrent technological developments tend towards increased exploitation of material strengths and towards tackling extreme loads and environmental actions. the tendency to extend the service life of materials and structures by increasing maintenance, rather than replacement, increases the need for monitoring structures and supports the need to perform global or local test loading. diverse damage analysis methodologies for engineering materials have been developed in recent years which isolate the factors affecting crack initiation and growth, and enable the prediction of their cumulative effects on the fatigue performance of structural components [1]. in cases where continuum mechanics can be applied, the concept of an effective stress ef = /(1-) has been introduced with a continuous variable  related to the scalar density of defects or faults. this has been the starting point of damage theories developed for fatigue, creep, and creep-fatigue interaction in engineering materials. brittle geomaterials are mainly characterized by their salient fracturing nature. a different approach has been proposed using the plasticity formalism with the concept of a fracturing stress (considered hereafter as a threshold of acceptable damage tad) or a fracturing strain to describe the inelastic behavior of progressively fracturing solids [2]. failure in brittle geomaterial may be viewed as a micro-structural process through the activation and growth of one pre-existing flaw or site of weakness, or through the coalescence of a system of interacting small flaws and growing micro-cracks [3]. the formation of micro-cracks are often associated with points of stress concentration that are located on flaws present in the material, or on existing cracks and notches. several scientific studies have been carried out in recent years on the infrared radiation in the process of rock deformation leading to fracturing and failure [4-6]. within the framework of a consistent theoretical approach, this paper emphasizes the application and use of infrared thermography to detect and evaluate quantitatively the extent of damage in brittle geomaterials owing to the non-linear coupled thermomechanical effects. c http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m.-p. luong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 38-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.05 39 background of thermomechanical coupling in solids he development of the thermo-elasticplasticity governing equations [7] leads to the following coupled thermomechanical equation:  cv ,t = r + div (k grad) ( : d : ee,t)  + s : ei,t (1) where  (kg-1.m-3) denotes the mass density, cv (j.kg-1.k-1) the specific heat at constant deformation, ,t (k.sec-1) the time derivative of the absolute temperature, r the heat sources, div the divergence operator, k (w.m-1.k-1) the thermal conductivity, grad the gradient operator,  (k-1) the coefficient of the thermal expansion matrix, : the scalar product operator, d the fourth-order elastic stiffness tensor, ee,t the time derivative of the elastic strain tensor, s the second piolakirchhoff stress tensor and finally ei the inelastic strain tensor. the volumetric heat capacity c =  cv of the material is the energy required to raise the temperature of a unit volume by 1°c (or 1 kelvin). this coupled thermomechanical equation suggests the potential applications of the infrared scanning technique in diverse engineering domains [8-10]: detection of fluid leakage, non-destructive testing using thermal conduction phenomena, elastic stress measurements, and localization of dissipative phenomena. thus the detected temperature change, resulting from four quite distinctive phenomena (heat sources, thermal conduction, thermo-elasticity and intrinsic dissipation), must be correctly discriminated by particular test conditions and/or specific data reduction. this analysis is the principal difficulty when interpreting the thermal images obtained from experiments under the usual conditions. infrared thermography nfrared thermography allows imaging and measuring temperature from radiation in the infrared spectral band. in this paper the infrared imaging system utilizes an infrared focal plane camera operating in mwir wavelength band (midwave infrared window from 3 to 5 m) and in snap shot mode of image capture. the infrared detector converts the emitted radiation into electrical signals that are recorded and displayed on a color or black & white computer monitor. since infrared radiation is emitted by all objects according to the black body radiation law, the amount of radiation emitted by an object increases with temperature, thermography allows the detections of variations in temperature. the quantity of energy emitted as infrared radiation is a function of the temperature and the emissivity of the specimen according to the stefan-boltzman equation. the higher the temperature, the more important is the emitted energy. differences of radiated energy reflect temperature differences. (1a) testing equipment 1 test machine 2 rock specimen 3 infrared thermal imager 4 thermal image (1b) granite specimen figure 1: experimental setup of infrared thermography on a granite specimen. infrared thermovision of rock failure n the laboratory, a fully digital servo-hydraulic test machine, mts 100 kn, was used for uniaxial loading test. the test machine is controlled by a sophisticated closed-loop electronic control system. the sample is scanned in a nondestructive, non-contact manner by means of an infrared thermographic system. the thermal image is shown on the t i i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m.-p. luong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 38-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.05 40 monitor screen (fig. 1). temperature differences in heat patterns as fine as 0.1oc are discernible instantly and represented by several pseudo color grades. brittle geomaterials often present a very low thermomechanical conversion under monotonic loading. in addition the thermal image of the specimen is often affected by several other factors such as the induced heat of the loading machine system, the undesired effects of the specimen ends, etc. this difficulty can be overcome when using thermal image subtraction or differential thermography. this procedure of thermal image processing readily evidences the manifestation of damage caused by the loading application between the two thermograms. the resulting image is a subtracted image showing the temperature change between two compared images, obtained under nearly identical test conditions, as shown in fig. 2. this thermal image processing provides quantitative values of dissipation. the damaged areas are precisely located and highlighted by heat patterns in pseudo colors. (2a) thermogram recorded at reference load level. (2b) thermogram recorded at a given load level. (2c) = thermogram (2b) – thermogram (2a). figure 2: the differential infrared thermography enhances the localization of intrinsic dissipation (temperature changes are given in °c). experimental results he proposed technique has been applied in our laboratory on two brittle rock specimens: massif central diorite (france) and viseu granite (portugal). (3a) quasi homogeneous diorite d. grain size 400-800 µm, plagioclase feldspar (> 60%) and few percents of hornblende and biotite. (3b) heterogeneous granite g. grain size 100µm-10mm, quartz (≈ 20%), plagioclase feldspar (≈ 20%), orthoclase (≈ 20%), microcline (≈ 10%), biotite and muscovite (≈ 25%), few percents of apatite and altered minerals. figure 3: sem (scanning electron microscopy) images of the 2 specimens the parameter investigated in this work is the heat generation due to the dissipative behavior of the material under cyclic loading. the thermal images are recorded when the compressive cyclic loading is applied on the test specimen (fig. 4). the contribution of the plasticity term is revealed by the rapid evolution of dissipation, evidencing the occurrence of damage caused by stress concentration in the central part of the specimen. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m.-p. luong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 38-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.05 41 (4a) quasi homogeneous diorite d. (4b) heterogeneous granite g. figure 4: different stages of heat dissipation describing the process of the damage extent in the granite specimen (characterized by its compressive strength rc). graphical determination of the threshold of acceptable damage tad of tested materials subject to unconfined loading up to failure. when the compressive loading (maximal cyclic loading at 50hz and 0.10rc of amplitude) is applied on the specimen up to failure, the results suggest a threshold of acceptable damage tad, separating low and high regimes of dissipation or damage. this threshold tad is readily determined graphically on figs. (4a) and (4b) for diorite d and granite g owing to the change of slope of the experimental curve. its value is consistent with characteristic data obtained from other testing techniques based on strain gages, acoustic emission ae or wave propagation phenomena (fig. 5) despite of their quite different nature. (5a) strain based technique (5b) ae based technique (5c) non-linearity based technique figure 5: experimental results obtained when using other testing techniques on granite specimen. concluding remarks his work has demonstrated that (1) the evolution of heat change facilitates the detection of damage extent in geomaterials (even for very brittle rocks) subjected to loading up to failure, and (2) the dissipative behavior of geomaterials under solicitations is a highly sensitive and accurate manifestation of damage. thanks to the thermomechanical coupling, the proposed differential infrared thermography offers a non-destructive, noncontact and real-time testing technique to observe quantitatively the dissipative mechanism of damage in geomaterials. it thus readily provides a measure of the material damage and allows the definition of a threshold of acceptable damage tad under load beyond which the material is susceptible to failure. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m.-p. luong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 38-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.05 42 the main interest of this energy approach is to unify microscopic and macroscopic test data. the parameter intrinsic dissipation under consideration is a scalar quantity, easy to evaluate accurately. subsequently it may suggest multiaxial design criteria, highly relevant for full-scale testing on engineering rock structures. in conjunction with others testing techniques based on quite different physical nature, the proposed differential infrared thermography promotes the possibility of investigating more thoroughly the mechanical behavior of brittle geomaterials up to failure from different physical points of view. references [1] bui, h.d., fracture mechanics. inverse problems and solutions. springer, (2006). [2] dougill, j.w., path dependence and a general theory for progressively fracturing solid, proc. roy. soc. lond., a, 319 (1983) 341-451. [3] luong, m.p., infrared thermographic observations of rock failure, in comprehensive rock engineering, principles, practices & projects, ed by j.a. hudson, pergamon press, 4 (26) (1983) 715-730. [4] liu, s., wu, l., wu, y., infrared radiation of rock at failure, int. j. rock mech. & min. sci., 43 (6) (2006) 972-979. [5] wu, l., liu, s., wu, y., precursos for rock fracturing and failure, i & 2, int. j. rock mech. & min. sci., 43(3) (2006) 473-493. [6] wu, l., liu, s., wu, y., wu, h., changes in infrared radiation with rock deformation, int. j. rock mech. & min. sci., 39(6) (2002) 825-831. [7] kratochvil, j., dillon, o.w. jr., thermodynamics of elastic-plastic materials as a theory with internal state variables, j. appl. phys., 40 (1969) 3207-3218. [8] luong, m.p., infrared thermographic scanning of fatigue in metals, nuclear engineering and design, 158 (1995) 363376. [9] luong, m.p., introducing infrared thermography in soil dynamics, infrared physics and technology, 49(3) (2007) 306-311. [10] luong, m.p., non-destructive testing of sports engineering: the use of infrared thermography, materials in sports equipment, ed.: alexandar subic, woodhead publishing in materials, isbn 978-1-84569-131-8, 2 (2007) 35-59. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_30_art_37 p. corigliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 304-310; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.37 304 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues fe analysis of cruciform welded joints considering different mechanical properties for base material, heat affected zone and weld metal pasqualino corigliano, vincenzo crupi, eugenio guglielmino department of electronic engineering, chemistry and industrial engineering, university of messina, contrada di dio 98166 sant'agata, messina, italy pcorigliano@unime.it, crupi.vincenzo@unime.it, eguglie@unime.it wolfgang fricke hamburg university of technology. institut für konstruktion und festigkeit von schiffen w.fricke@tu-harburg.de abstract. the aim of this scientific work was to investigate the behaviour of cruciform welded joints under static loading using a full-field technique: digital image correlation. the material curves, relative to different zones (base material, heat affected zone, weld), were obtained by hardness measurements, which were done by means of a fully automated hardness scanner with high resolution. this innovative technique, based on the uci method, allowed to identify the different zones and to assess their different mechanical properties, which were considered in the finite element model. finally the finite element model was validated experimentally, comparing the results with the measurements obtained using the digital image correlation technique. keywords. cruciform welded joints; ship structures; hardness measurements; digital image correlation; fe analysis. introduction elds sometimes represent a weak point, due to the presence of possible crack-like defects along with high stress concentration effects and tensile residual stresses caused by the thermal welding process itself. the strength of welded structures reduces in presence of fatigue loading. the literature on fatigue analysis of welded joints was reviewed in [1, 2]. the fatigue strength of welded joints in high cycle fatigue (hcf) [4] and low cycle fatigue (lcf) [5] regimes was already investigated by the authors. the assessment of the fatigue strength becomes more complex in presence of a multiaxial stress state [6, 7] and complex structures [8]. the welding process induces variations depending also on microstructural factors. the local mechanical properties are expected to change from the melted to the heat affected zone and generally they will be different from the base material ones [3]. local approaches are applied in these cases and are mainly based on local displacement and strain measurements by strain gauges. the aim of this scientific work was to investigate the behaviour of cruciform welded joints under static loading, considering the different material properties of base material (bm), heat affected zone (haz) and weld metal (wm). the material curves, relative to the different zones were obtained by hardness measurements, which were done by means of a w p. corigliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 304-310; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.37 305 fully automated hardness scanner with high resolution, and were considered in the fe analysis. the fe model was validated by means of the results obtained using a full-field technique: digital image correlation (dic). materials and methods he investigated cruciform joint, shown in fig. 1, is made of s235jr mild steel, which is commonly applied in shipbuilding. its nominal dimensions are reported in fig. 2, misalignment is around 1 mm. full-penetration welding was performed using the mag process. tensile tests were carried out on specimens made of the same steel and quasi-static tests in displacement control on welded joints. figure 1: cruciform welded joint. figure 2: specimen geometry. results and discussion hardness measurements he specimen was polished and it was possible to see the three different zones of the material (bm, haz, wz) depicted in fig. 3. hardness measurements were performed at the helmholtz-zentrum in geesthacht-germany, using the ultrasonic contact impedance (uci) method. the uci method is based on the natural resonance frequency of a bar, which pushes the vickers diamond to penetrate into the sample. the measured frequency change depends on the size of the contact surface between the diamond and the sample for a fixed test load, which is related to the hardness of the sample. the aim of the present investigation was to investigate how hardness values influence the global behavior of the weld. the measurements (fig. 4) showed few zones with different hardness values. different groups of hardness measurements were identified and they are shown in fig. 5. the relationship between the ultimate strength u (in mpa) and hb hardness can be described by a second-order polynomial equation proposed in [9] and given by: 20.0012 3.3u hb hb     (1) this equation is a better approximation, especially for high hardness values, than the commonly used linear relations. the yield strength y was also found as a function of the brinell hardness (hb) according to the following equation [9]: 20.0039 1.62u hb hb     (2) t t p. corigliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 304-310; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.37 306 four groups of hardness were used to define different σ-ε curves. in particular hv=140-160 was found to be coherent with respect to the experimental σ-ε curves previously performed on specimens, made of the same steel, and it was used for the assessment of the base material properties; values of hv=190, 230 and 270 were used for the heat affected zones and welded zones. hv values were first converted in hb hardness, then static tensile properties were calculated and reported in tab. 1. finally the true σ-ε curves were evaluated. the elastic strains (fory) were simply calculated as /e; while the elastic-plastic strains (for y) were taken from the ramberg-osgood equation and the parameters were calibrated using the experimental σ-ε curve of the base material, keeping the horizontal lüder’s plateau. fig. 6 shows the material curves, obtained by hardness measurements and by tensile test carried out on a specimen made of the same steel. the hardest fillet weld could be the last one which was made during the welding process because the heat input may affect the hardness of the previously welded ones. figure 3: different material zones. figure 4: hardness measurements. figure 5: hardness values. hv y [mpa] u [mpa] e [mpa] 140 300 460 205000 190 421 636 230 542 780 270 656 908 table 1: hardness measurements and related mechanical properties. figure 6: true stress-strain curve depending on hardness measurements. p. corigliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 304-310; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.37 307 experimental tests and dic analysis displacement controlled tests at r=-1 (ux=±1.2 mm) were performed, where x is the vertical direction. the images of the specimen during the tests were acquired and processed by means of the aramis system using the dic technique. the experimental set-up is shown in fig. 7. fig. 8 shows the values of force and displacement, measured in two cycles. it can be noted that the imposed displacement is symmetric, while the measured force has different absolute values at maximum fmax and mininum fmin loads, due to the structural weakness under compressive load caused by axial misalignment and due to the presence of residual stresses caused by the welding process. furthermore, the value of fmin is not in correspondence of the minimum displacement value, in fact as shown by fig 9, the specimen deforms in a way that bending (buckling) arises causing a diminution of the load. this behavior is also confirmed by the dic analysis, shown in fig. 10 and 11, which illustrate the strain in the x–direction εx (vertical longitudinal direction) at fmax and fmin, respectively. fig. 10 shows a difference in terms of εx from the left side (about 1%) to the right side (about 0.5%), which means that not only tensile stresses are occurring, but there is also a bending component. this effect is increased under compressive loads in fig. 11, which exhibits negative and positive strains respectively of +1.2 and -1.2%. the dic results, shown in fig. 10 and 11, illustrate that large strains occur close to the notch and they become even larger along the base material. figure 7: experimental setup. figure 8: imposed displacement and measured force. figure 9: deformed specimen at fmin. figure 10: εx at fmax (ux = 1.2 mm). figure 11: εx at fmin (ux=-1.2 mm). finite element analysis and comparison to dic results ansys software was used for a nonlinear fe analysis of the cruciform welded joint. the mesh elements of the 3d fe model are of type solid186. fig. 12 shows the local geometry used in the fe model for the welds and the notches, with a notch radius of 1 mm. the minimum size of the element is 0.018 mm in the radial direction, 0.018 mm in the p. corigliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 304-310; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.37 308 circumferential direction, and 1.2 mm along the thickness direction. different material zones (bm, haz, wm) were considered in the fe model with their different σ-ε curves according to fig. 6, no misalignment was considered in the fe model. figure 12: different material zones defined in the fe model. a preliminary fe analysis at high nominal stress (0<n<530 mpa) was performed in order to capture and highlight the influence of the different hardnesses. the geometry and the boundary conditions were the same as in the experimental test, the load is applied to the superior vertical plate, while the inferior vertical plate is clamped. the nominal stress (n) was determined from the introduced force. fig. 13 to 15 show the results in terms of strains and stresses in the x direction. in the elastic phase, the values of εx are higher getting closer to the notch, while, as n exceeds the y value, the strain in the notch depicted in fig. 15 is higher than that the one in fig. 13, but it is smaller near the notch than in the base material (excluding the sharp notch). this effect is due to the differences induced by the hardness values to the material characteristics. figure 13: x for n =180 mpa (n <y). figure 14: x for n =180 mpa (n <y). figure 15: x for n =530 mpa (n >y). figure 16: x for n =530 mpa (n >y). moreover, a fe analysis was performed using the same boundary and loading conditions of the experimental tests (the load was introduced by prescribing a displacement of ±1.2 mm to the superior vertical plate). fig. 17 and 18 show a comparison between the deformed shapes of the real specimen and the fe model at fmin. fig. 19 and 20 confirm the result of the experimental analysis: there are both the components of axial and bending stresses, especially at fmin. furthermore, the strains are larger along the base material than in the weld metal. p. corigliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 304-310; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.37 309 figure 19: εx at fmax (ux = 1.2 mm). figure 17: deformed shape of specimen at fmin. figure 18: fe deformed shape at fmin. figure 20: εx at fmin (ux=-1.2 mm). although the behavior is well represented, the values, in terms of εx at fmax and fmin, differ from the experimental data, due to residual stresses. for this reason a further analysis of the strain range δεx, evaluated between fmax and fmin, i.e. after relaxation during initial loading, was done and the results were compared with dic data, as shown in fig. 21. the comparison, in this case, shows a general good agreement, but the fe analysis exhibits larger strains in the notch proximity. figure 21: dic vs fe values of δεx. conclusions procedure was developed to analyze the response of the investigated cruciform welded joint under static loading. it is based on the following steps: the hardness measurements, using an innovative method for the identification of the different zones (bm, haz, and wm) and the assessment of their constitutive curves, the realization of a nonlinear finite element analysis considering the different material properties and, finally, the validation of fe model by means of the experimental data, obtained by dic technique. the applied procedure allows providing useful information to the development of models for the prediction of fracture behaviour of the welded joints also under fatigue loading. a p. corigliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 304-310; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.37 310 aknowledgments he authors are grateful to the institute of materials research, materials mechanics, solid-state joining processes at the helmholtz-zentrum geesthacht in germany for the technical support and the efficient cooperation during the hardness measurements. references [1] fricke, w., recent developments and future challenges in fatigue strength assessment of welded joints, accepted for publication in the special issue, fatigue design and analysis in transportation engineering, p i mech. eng. c – j. mec, (2015). [2] radaj, d., sonsino, c.m., fricke, w., fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approaches. cambridge: woodhead publ series in welding and other joining technologies, 59 (2006). [3] asm metals handbook, welding, brazing and soldering, asm international, 6 (1993). [4] crupi, v., guglielmino, e., risitano, a., taylor, d., different methods for fatigue assessment of t welded joints used in ship structures, j. ship res, 51 (2) (2007) 150-159. [5] crupi, v, chiofalo, g., guglielmino, e., using infrared thermography in low-cycle fatigue studies of welded joints. weld j, 89(9) (2010) 195 – 200. [6] susmel, l., multiaxial notch fatigue: from nominal to local stress-strain quantities. woodhead & crc, cambridge, uk, (2009). [7] susmel, l., nominal stresses and modified wöhler curve method to perform the fatigue assessment of uniaxially loaded inclined welds, accepted for the publication on the special issue, fatigue design and analysis in transportation engineering, p i mech. eng. c – j. mec, (2015). [8] atzori, b., lazzarin, p., meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., fatigue design of complex welded structures, int j fatigue, 31 (2009) 59–69. [9] lopez, z., fatemi, a., a method of predicting cyclic stress-strain curve from tensile properties for steels, mat sci eng a-struct, 556 (2012) 540–550. t microsoft word numero 17 articolo 2.docx b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 15 analysis of the fatigue strength under two load levels of a stainless steel based on energy dissipation b. atzori, g. meneghetti, m. ricotta university of padova, department of mechanical engineering, 35131 padova, italy giovanni.meneghetti@unipd.it published in proceedings of 14th international conference on experimental mechanics icem14, poitiers, france, 4-9 july, 2010 the european physical journal epj web of conferences volume 6-2010 isbn: 978-2-7598-0565-5 riassunto. in questo lavoro è stato analizzato il comportamento a fatica di un acciaio inossidabile aisi 304l. nella prima parte del lavoro sono presentati i risultati ottenuti da prove ad ampiezza di sollecitazione costante sintetizzati sia in ampiezza di tensione sia in termini di densità di energia dissipata dal materiale per ciclo, q. successivamente alcuni provini sono stati sollecitati ad un livello di carico superiore al limite di fatica per circa il 70% della presunta vita e poi ad un livello di tensione inferiore al limite di fatica ad ampiezza costante precedentemente determinato ed è stata confrontata l’energia dissipata nella seconda parte della prova con quella trovata in una prova ad ampiezza costante, allo stesso livello di tensione. il confronto ha mostrato come per il materiale analizzato il parametro q sia sensibile al danneggiamento precedentemente subito. abstract. in this paper the fatigue behaviour of a stainless steel aisi 304l is analysed. in the first part of the work the results obtained under constant amplitude fatigue are presented and synthesised in terms of both stress amplitude and energy released to the surroundings as heat by a unit volume of material per cycle, q. then some specimens have been fatigued in variable amplitude, two different load level tests: the first level was set higher while the second was lower than the constant amplitude fatigue limit. the q values, evaluated during the second part of the fatigue test, have been compared with those calculated under constant amplitude fatigue at the same load level. the comparison allowed us to notice that the q parameter is sensitive to the fatigue damage accumulated by the material during the first part of the fatigue test. keywords. aisi 304l; dissipated energy; fatigue; stainless steel; two load levels; miner rule. introduction he evaluation of fatigue limit of materials based on the experimental measurements of thermal increments is an experimental procedure well documented in the literature [1-3]. recently one of the authors suggested to adopt the energy released to the surroundings as heat by a unit volume of material per cycle, q, as a fatigue damage indicator [4]. in view of this, a particular strategy was conceived in order to derive the q parameter from measurements of the material surface temperature. parameter q was able to correlate the fatigue strength of smooth and notched specimens made of stainless steel, fatigued under constant amplitude stress. to the authors’ knowledge, the material behaviour in terms of q in the case of variable amplitude fatigue load was never investigated. in this paper two load level fatigue tests t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 16 were carried out in order to investigate the sensitivity of q parameter as damage indicator in the case of variable amplitude fatigue. theoretical model to estimate the q parameter he experimental technique used to evaluate the q parameter is based on a theoretical model presented elsewhere [4], so that only the main features will be presented here. let us consider a control volume dv of material under fatigue loading conditions, as shown in fig. 1. the first law of thermodynamics applied to the control volume can be written in terms of power as:   dvcd cv ir p t w dv h h h dv c e t                 (1) where w is the expended mechanical power in a unit volume; hcd, hcv, hir represent the thermal power dissipated in a unit volume due to conduction, convection and radiation, respectively; the last term in the second member is the rate of variation of the internal energy, which is related to the material density , the specific heat c, the time variation of the temperature t and to the time variation of energy absorbed by the material pe  . the term pe represents the rate of accumulation of plastic hysteresis energy, i.e. fatigue damage. dv w q u figure 1: first law of thermodynamics applied to a control volume of material undergoing a fatigue test. usually the surface temperature of material rapidly increases during the first part of fatigue test and then reaches a stationary value which depends on the applied stress level [3, 4]. in steady state conditions eq. (1) becomes   cd cv ir pw h h h e     (2) by considering a sudden stop of fatigue test, the terms w and pe  become zero and then from eq. (1):  cd cv ir t c h h h t          (3) is possible to evaluate the thermal power h dissipated in steady state conditions (eq.(2)) by measuring the time derivative of temperature (see eq.(3)). finally, the energy released to the surroundings as heat by a unit volume of material per cycle, q, can be calculated as: h q f  (4) where f is the test frequency. material, specimen geometry and test procedure he experimental tests were carried out on specimens prepared from 6-mm-thick aisi 304l stainless steel sheets. the specimen geometries used for static and fatigue tests are shown in fig. 2a and fig. 2b, respectively. tests were carried out at room temperature on a schenck hydropuls psa 100 servo-hydraulic test machine, t t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 17 equipped with a 100 kn load cell. the static behaviour was investigated by means of tensile tests under displacement control with a crosshead speed equal to 2 mm/min. during the static test the axial strain was measured by means of a mts extensometer having a gauge length of 25 mm. the fatigue tests were carried out under load control, with a sinusoidal wave, nominal load ratio r (r = min/max) equal to -1 and a test frequency variable in the range of 2-36 hz depending on the applied stress level. to investigate the material fatigue behaviour, constant amplitude fatigue tests were carried out up to the specimen failure. concerning the two load level fatigue tests, some specimens were fatigued at a stress level higher than the fatigue limit for a significant fraction of fatigue life. then the stress level was decreased lower than the fatigue limit and kept constant up to 10 millions of cycles or specimen failure. temperature increments were monitored by means of an agema thv 900 lw/st infrared camera able to detect infrared radiation in the range of wave lengths between 8 and 12 m with a resolution of 0.1 °c. the thermal images were post processed by using the dedicated software agema research 2.1. r30 48 50 5 0 12 20 5 (a) 1 1 3 3 0 30 3 0 r30 10 7 (b) figure 2: specimen geometry for static (a) and fatigue (b) tests. experimental results n order to characterise the material static behaviour, five tests were carried out. the mean value of elastic modulus e, engineering tensile strength r, proof strength p0,2 and true fracture strain a% are summarised in tab. 1. by means of an electrolytic etching (stainless steel anode and cathode, voltage 1.2 v, current 0.2 a) on a 60% nitric acid solution the microstructure was analysed. a typical example is shown in fig. 3: the white matrix represents the austenitic phase while the dark zones inside the grains are ferrite, which represents the 1% of the volume. e [mpa] p0,2 [mpa] r [mpa] a% 194750 315 699 59% table 1: material properties of aisi 304l stainless steel (a) (b) figure 3: example of microstructure observed in the cross section: mid-thickness (a) and below surface (b). i 60 m 60 m http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 18 the grain size was assessed according to astm e112 standard [5]. two specimens were analysed and three measurements were done on each of them: in particular, two measurements were performed in the cross-section (one in the mid thickness and one below specimen’s surface) and one on the surface of the sheet. the mean values are listed in tab. 2. one can note that the grains are bigger in the external surface, as it can be expected in the case of rolling sheets. finally, measurements of vickers micro-hardness (applied load 0.2 kg) were carried out. tab. 3 shows the results obtained in the middle of the thickness and at 0.2 mm below the surface. specimen 1 [m] specimen 2 [m] below surface 37 27 mid-thickness 30 27 surface 41 35 table 2: experimentally measured grain size. specimen 1 specimen 2 below surface 175 163 151 155 157 151 mid-thickness 169 162 162 170 163 167 table 3: measured values of vickers micro-hardness (applied load 0.2 kg). synthesis of experimental data in terms of stress amplitude the material fatigue limit was evaluated according to a shortened stair-case procedure according to dixon’s rule [6], which involved 7 specimens. tests were stopped after 10 million cycles. as a results, the fatigue limit in terms of stress amplitude a,-1 resulted equal to 217 mpa. the wöhler curve, shown in fig. 4, was evaluated via statistical analysis of the available fatigue data, by assuming lognormal distribution of the number of cycles to failure. in the same figure the fatigue limit a,-1, the 10-90% scatter band, the value of the inverse slope k of wöhler curve, the scatter index t (t = a,-1,10%/a,-1,90%), the scatter index tn, (tn,= tk) and the number of cycles na, which corresponds to the knee point of the curve, are listed. figure 4: wöhler curve and 10%-90% scatter band of the aisi 304 l stainless steel. synthesis of experimental data in terms q parameter as already discussed, the evaluation of q parameter is based on the measurement of the cooling rate just after a sudden interruption of the fatigue test, according to eqs. (3) and (4). the material density, experimentally measured by using archimedes method and a sartorius 1801 balance, with a resolution of 10-7 kg, was 7940 kg/m3. by using a calorimeter, the specific heat c was determined equal to 507 j·kg-1·k-1. r=-1 t=1.20 k=12.9 tn,=10.5 a = 217 mpa na=165800 300 200 104 105 106 107 108 n. cycles  a [m p a] 10% 90% broken run-out broken stair case procedure 140 http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 19 the cooling rate after a sudden interruption of the fatigue test was measured by using the infrared camera and by considering the maximum value of the temperature inside on area encompassing the reduced section of the specimen. the maximum sampling frequency of the thermal images allowed by the available measuring system was 7 hz. fig. 5a shows an example of an infrared image: the rectangle identifies the area where the maximum surface temperature was detected. a typical example of the recorded temperature trend is plotted in fig. 5b: t0 indicates the time when the fatigue test was stopped while in the y-axis the temperature variation with respect to that stabilized before the test stop is shown. after evaluating the cooling gradient, q was derived according to eqs. (3) and (4). (a) (b) figure 5: example of control area surrounding the specimen where the maximum temperature was analysed (a) and typical maximum temperature signal measured after a sudden interruption of fatigue test (b) (a=210 mpa, run out). in order to evaluate the evolution of q parameter, each fatigue test was interrupted several times. fig. 6 shows the q values plotted versus the number of cycles normalised with respect to the number of cycles to failure or, in the case of run-out specimens, with respect to 10 millions. it can be noted that the value of q reached a constant value after about 50% of the total fatigue life. moreover, the plotted curves show as soon as the stress amplitude is increased above the fatigue limit (a > 220 mpa) then the stabilised values of q increase of a factor 7 (from  100 kj/(m3·cycle) to  700 kj/(m3·cycle)). the fatigue data were analysed in terms of the stabilised energy parameter found during each fatigue test, by assuming a log-normal distribution of the number of cycles to failure, according to the following equation: coskq n t  (5) where n represents the number of cycles to failure and k is the inverse slope of the new fatigue curve. figure 6: evolution of the specific energy loss versus the normalised fatigue life. 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 260 mpa 240 mpa 230 mpa 220 mpa 210 mpa 190 mpa q [ k j/ (m 3 c y cl e) ] n/nf http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 20 fig. 7 shows the fatigue data analysed according to eq. (5), with the 10-90% scatter band, the reference q value evaluated at 10 millions of cycles, the value of exponent k, the scatter index tq (tq =q,10%/q,90%) and the scatter index tn,q (tn,q= tqk). the experimental data can be synthesised in a unique scatter band characterised by a constant slope k from 104 to 107 cycles. it is interesting to note that the scatter index tn,q results by far lower than tn, shown in fig. 4. figure 7: fatigue data synthesised in terms of specific energy loss q for the aisi 304 l stainless steel. two load level fatigue tests ith the aim to evaluate the sensitivity of the q parameter to prior fatigue damage, some specimens were fatigued in variable amplitude, two different load level tests: the first level was chosen higher (a=230 mpa) than the material fatigue limit (a,=217 mpa) and it was applied for a significant fraction of fatigue life (ranging from 80 to 86%) as evaluated according to the q-n curve, previously obtained by means of constant amplitude fatigue tests (see fig. 7). the second load level (a=190 mpa) was lower than the fatigue limit. it should be noted that the two-load level fatigue tests presented in this paper are different from those presented in [4], where both levels were higher than the constant amplitude fatigue limit. the q values, evaluated during the second step of the fatigue test, have been compared with those measured during some tests carried out under constant amplitude fatigue at the same load level on undamaged specimens. figure 8: results of two load level fatigue tests in terms of stress. scatter band is that reported in fig. 4. figure 9: results of two load level fatigue tests in terms of q. the scatter band is that reported in fig. 7. the results of the two load level fatigue tests are shown in fig. 8 in terms of stress amplitude. it can be noted that only two of four specimens failed during the second level fatigue test. the same results were re-analysed on the basis of the energy parameter q and plotted in fig. 9: in the case of specimens that failed, the q values measured during the second 10 100 1000 10000 1.e+04 1.e+05 1.e+06 1.e+07 1.e+08 q [ k j/ (m 3 c y cl e) ] n. cycles r=-1 k=2.25 qa,50%=87 kj/(m 3 cycle) tq=1.92 tn,q=4.34 10% 90% 50% broken run-out broken stair case procedure 300 200 104 105 106 107 108 n. cycles  a [m p a] 10% 90% 140 open symbols: first block of cycles filled symbols: second block of cycles first load level: a=230 mpa second load level: a=190 mpa specimen 1 specimen 2 specimen 3 specimen 4 10 100 1000 10000 specimen 1 specimen 2 specimen 3 specimen 4 n. cycles q value measured at constant amplitude stress  a = 190 mpa on undamaged specimens open symbols: first block of cycles filled symbols: second block of cycles first load level:  a =230 mpa second load level:  a =190 mpa q [ k j/ (m 3 c yc le ) 104 105 106 107 108 w http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 21 block of cycles were definitely higher than those observed during constant amplitude fatigue tests at the same stress level on the undamaged material. on the contrary, specimens 3 and 4 exceeded 10 millions of cycles once loaded at the second stress level. in fact for these specimens the q values measured during the second block of cycles were very close to those detected during constant amplitude fatigue tests at 190 mpa on undamaged material. then, as far as the experimental data analysed in the present paper are concerned, it can be concluded that the parameter q is sensitive to the fatigue damage accumulated prior to the second block of fatigue cycles. finally, by considering only the two specimens that failed, the damage d was evaluated on the basis of the q-n curve shown by fig. 7, according to the miner’s rule (eq. 6): 2 1 2 1 1 2 i i i n n n d n n n    (6) where ni is the number of cycles carried out at a,i stress amplitude and ni represents the corresponding number of cycles to failure. figure 10 compares the experimental results obtained for specimen 1 and 2 with miner’s hypothesis (d=1): the horizontal and the vertical axis represent the fraction of fatigue life spent during the first block (n1/n1) and during the second block (n2/n2) of load, respectively. the comparison allowed us to notice that the miner’s hypothesis, based on the q-n curve, is in good agreement with the experimental results. figure 10: comparison between the experimental data and miner’s rule applied in terms of q. conclusions n this paper the fatigue behaviour of a stainless steel aisi 304 l was analysed in terms of energy released to the surroundings as heat by a unit volume of material per cycle, q. after evaluating the material constant amplitude fatigue limit under completely reversed axial stress, the fatigue data were analysed in terms of both stress amplitude and energy parameter q, according to [4]. then some specimens were fatigued in variable amplitude, two load levels to investigate the sensitivity of the q parameter to prior fatigue damage. the main results can be summarised as follows:  the wöhler curve of material generated from constant amplitude fatigue tests presents a knee point at 165800 cycles;  the average curve which synthesises the fatigue data in terms of the energy parameter q presents a constant slope from 104 to 107 cycles;  the data dispersion in terms of fatigue lives is reduced by a factor greater than two if the experimental data are processed by using the energy parameter q rather than the applied stress amplitude;  the observed energy parameter q increases by a factor of about seven if specimens are tested just 13 mpa above the fatigue limit with respect to the values measured at or below the fatigue limit itself;  it can be concluded that the parameter q is a fatigue indicator sensitive to the damage accumulated during the prior load history;  miner’s hypothesis applied on the basis of the q-n curve is in good agreement with the experimental data available. as a final remark, additional work is needed to further support the experimental findings presented in this paper. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 specimen 1 specimen 2 miner's rule 1 1 n n 2 2 n n 1 n n n n d 2 2 1 1  i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 15-22; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.02 22 references [1] d. dengel, h. harig, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 3 (1980) 113. [2] m.p. luong, mech. mater., 28 (1988) 155. [3] g. la rosa, a. risitano, int. j. fatigue, 22 (2000) 65. [4] g. meneghetti, int. j. fatigue, 29 (2007) 81. [5] astm e112 96(2004)e2 standard test methods for determining average grain size. [6] w. dixon, f. massey, introduction to statistical analysis, mcgraw-hill, new york (1966). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.02&auth=true microsoft word numero_37_art_40 u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 305-311; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.40 305 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe simulation of accelerated strip cooling on the hot rolling mill run-out roller table u. muhin, s. belskij, e.makarov lipetsk state technical university, lipetsk, russia nemistade@mail.ru t. koynov university of chemical technology and metallurgy, sofia, bulgaria toni309@koinov.com abstract. a mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal in the run-out roller table continuous wide hot strip mill. the mathematical model takes into account heat generation due to the polymorphic γ → α transformation of supercooled austenite phase state and the influence of the chemical composition of the steel on the physical properties of the metal. the model allows calculation of modes of accelerated cooling strips on run-out roller table continuous wide hot strip mill. winding temperature calculation error does not exceed 20°c for 98.5 % of strips of low-carbon and low-alloy steels keywords. hot rolled; wide-strip; accelerated cooling; run-out roller table; polymorphic transformation; mathematical modeling. introduction n a highly competitive market, each steel group strives to improve product quality. the most important factor affecting the quality of products, ensuring accuracy is a necessary process parameter throughout the production cycle. when thermomechanical processing of metals in the hot rolling mill main controllable parameters are the temperature of the end of the rolling and winding, the thickness, width, profile and flatness of the strip. at the present time to provide the necessary parameters in a narrow permitted range is not possible without automation of the production process. in this regard, the development of mathematical models, based on which is more precise control of process parameters is an urgent task. matematical model of the thermal state of the metal in the collecting roller table urrently, broadband hot rolling mills for rapid cooling strips on collecting roller table used as a rule, the collector jet (laminar) cooling. when you turn on the system of forced cooling of the heat exchange with the band by exhausting heat out of the jets of water coming from the upper and lower reservoirs, the layer of water flowing i c u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 305-311; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.40 306 from the upper surface of the strip, and the environment. temperature monitoring of the end of the rolling and coiling by radiation pyrometers. the mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal in the collecting roller table is based on the definition of the space-time temperature field strip. the calculated field is found by solving one-dimensional unsteady heat conduction equation (1) the numerical method the method of finite differences:          2 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) v t t t c t t q x (1) where: ρ density of the metal, kg/m3; c specific heat of the metal j/(kg×k); λ thermal conductivity of the metal, w/(m×k); t temperature of the metal, k; τ – time, s; x coordinate of the strip thickness, m; qv power density heat sources, w/m3. heat loss from strip cooling water, radiation, and interaction with the ambient air are described by the boundary conditions of the second and third kind, and for the difference scheme are given in the following form:        ср t q t t x where: tsr ambient temperature; q heat flux, w/m2; α heat transfer coefficient, w/(m2×k). the solution of the heat is carried by the sweep method. as a finite-difference scheme is used implicit scheme. the calculation of heat flow and heat transfer coefficient is performed on the dependence presented in [1-3] for the conditions of collecting roller table of continuous strip hot rolling mill (cshrm). on cooling the strip to the collecting roller table mill hot rolling the metal undergoes a polymorphic transformation of γ → α, which is accompanied by significant heat release. the vast majority of mathematical models of the thermal state of the band on the collecting roller table, for example, [2-6], does not include a calculation of the polymorphic transformation as transportation for the band collecting roller table, which can lead to substantial error in the prediction of coiling temperature variation of process parameters in a wide range. to calculate the polymorphic transformation in the collecting roller table to know ar3 transformation temperature of the beginning and end of the conversion of ar1. these parameters depend on the chemical composition of steel, the cooling rate, the dislocation density in the crystal lattice, the grain size and strain rate prior to the metal. in constructing a mathematical model of calculation of the critical points ar3 and ar1 made only according to the chemical composition of the steel, cooling rate and, indirectly, on the grain size, by choosing for the calculation of thermokinetic decomposition diagrams of supercooled austenite with austenite temperature, similar to the conditions cshrm. the density and thermal conductivity of the metal is given according to the reference data. specific heat of the metal is calculated by the formula:     1c xc x c where: x the share of the formed α-phase; cα the heat capacity of α-phase; cγ the heat capacity of γ-phase. the quantity of x is calculated as follows according to [7]:    1 exp nx by (2)    3 3 1 jar t y ar ar u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 305-311; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.40 307   30.009 14.521b ar ,  30.018 9.293n ar , where: tj metal temperature at the collecting roller table in the j-th time, °c; ar3 and ar1 the critical point, °c. ar1 and ar3 temperature, depending on the chemical composition of steel and the cooling rate can be described by the equation [8]:   ni iar kw mw a ,°с,  1, 3i ; (3)    кп j масс масс j тр t t w , where: w the rate of cooling, °c/s; ai isothermal value based on the chemical composition; k, m, n coefficients; tmaxkp-averaged temperature at the end of rolling, °c; tmaxj-averaged temperature of the strip in the j-th time; tmpj transportation time of the calculated cross sections in the j-th moment of time from the end of rolling pyrometer, s. according to estimates in the demo-version of the thermo-calc heat when γ → α transformation of pure iron was 136.93 mj/m3, then the expression for the power density due to heating of the strip of polymorphic transformation can be written as:          1 1 136, 93 j j v j j x x q , 3 мвт м , where: τ – time, s. adaptation of a mathematical model he mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal in the collecting roller table adapted to the conditions of continuous wide hot-rolling mill 2000 "nlmk", russia. the existing mill in the accelerated cooling unit consists of 80 upper and lower sections, equipped with reservoirs of jet cooling. the scheme of collecting roller table with the installation of cooling is shown in fig. 1. the total length of the outlet roller mill in 2000 is 206.6 m figure 1: cooling scheme on outlet roller of mill 2000. t u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 305-311; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.40 308 adaptation of a mathematical model was to minimize the error between the calculated and actual measured temperature coiling. during the first stage adaptation of the method of nelder-mida determined the unknown coefficients of the mathematical model (the emissivity of the surface of the strip, the coefficient of proportionality flow characteristics of reservoir cooling, etc.). in adapting the model used two samples of hot-rolled strips of low carbon and low alloy steels: an adaptation and control. adaptive sampling is designed to find the optimal values of the coefficients of the model, and control adapted to assess the adequacy of the mathematical model. the total number of bands in the adaptation and control samples was 5441 and 5442, respectively. in the second phase of adaptation was performed at a rate of iteration n (2) to minimize errors in the calculation, since the coefficient n is obtained only through a thermokinetic diagram of decomposition of supercooled austenite of low carbon steels. as a result, we obtain the following regression equation:                                   2 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1984.74 0.0144 -5204.1 2918.4 2854.6 3596.9 1035.6кп кп кп кп кп t t t t t n ar ar ar ar ar ar where: tkp temperature of the end of rolling, controlled by the radiation pyrometer, °c. the comparison of the calculated and actual values of temperature coiling after adaptation of the mathematical model is presented in fig. 2. the number of bands with an error of calculation of more than 20 ° c for adaptation and control samples was 1.43% and 1.16% respectively. the result of calculation of the mathematical model for the length of the collecting roller table for a design section is shown in fig. 3. the result is presented for a strip of steel st3sp standard size 4x1500 mm, the filling speed of 7.2 m/s. a 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 b 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 experimental temperature, °c figure 2: comparison of calculated and measured values of the winding temperature: a) adaptive sampling; b) the control one. to compare the calculated and actual distributions of temperature along the length of coiling were selected band of low-carbon steels (fig. 4). the mathematical model allows to calculate the number of cooling sections, which should be included to ensure the desired temperature, depending on the coiling temperature and rolling speed mode and cooling strategies. fig. 5 shows a comparison of estimated and actual number of cooling sections of mill 2000 when rolling strip 3.5 x1300 mm of steel st1ps with increased acceleration and application between standing cooling in the finishing group (rolling speed 10-13.4 m/s, acceleration 0.056 m2/s, the flow of water in the cooling system 960 m3/h, coil weight 26 tons) u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 305-311; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.40 309 figure 3: cooling of the calculated cross stripes on the different rollertable figure 4: the temperature regime of rolling strip 08ps, 2,7 x1290 mm: 1) the actual value, and 2) the calculated value u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 305-311; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.40 310 figure 5: comparison of estimated and actual modes of cooling on the mill 2000 different rollertable . strip 3,5 x1300 mm, steel st1ps; 1 actual temperature, 2 calculated temperature, 3 setting management system accelerated cooling the strip to include the cooling sections, 4 calculated number of cooling sections. conclusion mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal in the collecting rollertable continuous wide hot strip mill, which takes into account heat generation due to the polymorphic transformation of supercooled austenite is developed. the calculate error of cooling temperature does not exceed 20°c for 98.5 % of the strips in a wide range of rolled product of low-carbon and low alloy steels and process parameters of hot rolling. the developed model can be used in the control system in the construction of algorithms for automatic control by setting the accelerated cooling of the metal in the collecting roller table continuous wide hot strip mill or casting rolling plant. a u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 305-311; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.40 311 references [1] labeish, v.g, liquid-cooled high-temperature metal l. because of the lgu, (1983) [2] nenakhov, v.a., increase the efficiency of production of hot-rolled bands due to the optimization of the production program of rolling: diss. candidate. technical. science, lipetsk, lgtu, (2007). [3] koinov, t.a., gurov, a.s., shatalov, r.l., software tools 50870000614. economic-mathematical model of continuous hot strip rolling. programs and algorithms, inf. bull., 11 (1987), moscow, (in russian). [4] masur, i.p., development theory and the improvement of production technology for sheet metal castingrolling complexes: diss. doctor. technical. science, lipetsk, lgtu, (2003). [5] koinov, t., kihara, j., process optimization for hot strip mill. trans. of the isi of japan, 26 (1986) 895 – 902. [6] senichev, g.s., medvedev, g.a., denisov, s.a., medvedev, a.g., method of calculating the cooling of steel strips on the collecting roller table, steel, 2 (2007) 77-78. [7] boyadjiev, i.i., thomson, p.f., lam, y.c., computation of the diffusional transformation of continuously cooled austenite for predicting the coefficient of thermal expansion in the numerical analysis of thermal stress, isij international, 36(11) (1996) 1413-1419. [8] mukhin, j.a., bobkov, e.b., relationship of hot rolling parameters and kinetics of decomposition of supercooled austenite, math, university. iron and steel, 5 (1996) 27-29. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 9 art 14 finale r. tovo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 135 144; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.14 135 il gradiente implicito nella verifica a fatica di giunzioni saldate sollecitate a fatica r. tovo, p. livieri università di ferrara, dipartimento di ingegneria, via saragat 1, 44100 ferrara, roberto.tovo@unife.it riassunto. l’incremento delle potenzialità di strumenti per la progettazione assistita (come modellatori solidi e strumenti per fea in grado di gestire modelli molto complessi) permette di ipotizzare lo sviluppo di strumenti numerici specifici per la previsione della resistenza a fatica delle giunzioni saldate. tali strumenti potrebbero essere in grado di valutare l’influenza di geometria e carichi senza la necessità di elaborazioni successive, e spesso, del progettista (come nelle tensioni di hot spot). il presente lavoro propone una metodologia di calcolo adatta alla previsione della vita a fatica di giunzioni saldate complesse. un indice di resistenza è ottenuto innanzitutto risolvendo il problema tensionale completamente in modo numerico (agli elementi finiti) . la previsione della resistenza a fatica, è calcolata facendo uso di un modello analitico basato sul gradiente implicito che assume come tensione efficace la tensione equivalente non locale derivante dalla tensione principale. dapprima verrà tarato il metodo su prove sperimentali eseguite su giunzioni saldate a croce, successivamente il metodo verrà utilizzato per la verifica a fatica di giunzioni saldate più complesse a sviluppo tridimensionale. abstract. in this paper, a non-local equivalent stress is calculated by solving a second order differential equation of implicit type. the solution is obtained by assuming a linear elastic constitutive behaviour and the maximum principal stress as equivalent stress. fatigue behaviour of steel welded joints is taken into account and a general fatigue scatter band is proposed. the non local stress is computed, namely the effective stress, by means of a completely numerical solution of local elastic stress field. in complex 3d welded details the critical point turns out from the analysis and it is not assumed a priori. parole chiave. fatica, giunti saldati, tensioni non-locali. introduzione l disegno e la modellazione tridimensionale assistiti negli ultimi anni sono diventati, in molte aziende del settore meccanico, uno standard di progettazione che offre il vantaggio di cogliere l'aspetto e il funzionamento nelle tre dimensioni nonché la possibilità di usare la formulazione matematica dei volumi considerati per ulteriori elaborazioni. nel caso delle saldature, ed in particolare dei cordoni d’angolo, nella rappresentazione tridimensionale diviene naturale la schematizzazione con figure prismatiche o di rivoluzione aventi spigoli vivi. tale assunzione è di fatto vicina alla realtà in quanto i cordoni di saldatura ottenuti ad arco, sono caratterizzati da raggi di raccordo il cui valore medio è nell’ordine di grandezza di qualche decimo di millimetro [1-3]. se da una parte, l’adozione di uno spigolo vivo può semplificare la modellazione del componente, dall’altra, dal punto di vista dell’analisi strutturale , si introduce nel campo tensionale una singolarità (ossia un punto con soluzione tendente all’infinito) che impedisce l’uso di modelli di verifica basati sulla imposizione di un limite tensionale. l’idea di confrontare un limite ritenuto ammissibile per il materiale con il valore di picco del campo di tensione, non può essere adottato in quanto qualunque valore assunto per la tensione ammissibile viene inevitabilmente superato purché ci si avvicini sufficientemente allo spigolo. in queste situazioni la letteratura scientifica a volte consiglia di utilizzare le tensioni nominali o le tensioni di hot spot [4]. purtroppo le prime (nominali) spesso non sono definite o calcolabili in modelli solidi geometricamente complessi. le tensioni di hot spot hanno altri problemi: il primo è che necessitano di un post-processing manuale e spesso non chiaro i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.14&auth=true mailto: roberto.tovo@unife.it r. tovo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 135 144; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.14 136 nella procedura da seguire; inoltre le previsioni sono a volte imprecise (approssimative), non valutano l’effetto scala o non sono in grado di predire il comportamento meccanico di punti di rottura diversi dal piede del cordone (come i cedimenti alla radice del cordone). per una trattazione teorica degli aspetti matematici e geometrici, in presenza di un raggio di raccordo nullo dei cordoni di saldatura, è possibile affidarsi ad approcci locali basati sul calcolo dei notch stress intensity factors (nsif) valutati in prossimità dei punti in cui innesca la cricca per fatica [6-11]. nel caso in cui solo modo i sia singolare o di modo i predominante su modo ii, l’nsif può essere usato direttamente per il calcolo della vita a fatica utilizzando specifiche bande di dispersione [7, 8, 11], mentre in condizioni di modo misto di sollecitazione, o nell’ottica di utilizzare un’unica banda di dispersione valida per qualunque angolo di apertura del cordone di saldatura, si rende necessario l’impiego di un parametro di validità più generale come, ad esempio, l’energia media all’interno di un settore circolare posto in prossimità del punto critico [9-11]. per gli aspetti più applicativi sarebbe opportuno disporre di un approccio metodologico che sia congruente con l’inquadramento agli nsif per l’analisi del comportamento a fatica, ma al contempo adatto all’impiego per un computo interamente numerico del problema della resistenza a fatica indipendentemente dalla complessità del giunto senza assumere a priori il punto di innesco della cricca. ossia l’obiettivo è quello di proporre una metodologia, adatta al calcolo della resistenza a fatica delle giunzioni saldate e capace, indipendentemente della complessità del giunto, di riportare la verifica a fatica al calcolo di un valore “efficace” della tensione calcolabile con strumenti automatici integrati con solutori agli elementi finiti. la presente memoria presenta una possibile soluzione del problema metodologico attraverso l’approccio denominato “gradiente implicito” [12-14]. per validare il metodo proposto, saranno considerati dati sperimentali presi dalla letteratura di giunzioni saldate analizzabili con schemi bidimensionali, altresì a dettagli strutturali complessi schematizzati con modelli tridimensionali. modello non locale ssegnato un corpo generico di volume v, in accordo con le referenze [15] e [16] è possibile definire una tensione equivalente non locale  nel punto generico p del volume v come media integrale di una tensione equivalente locale eq pesata con una opportuna funzione  che tiene in considerazione la distanza s del generico punto q dal punto p dei punti del volume v (s= pq ):   v eq r vindv)q()pq( )p(v 1 )p( (1) nell’equazione (1), il simbolo )p(vr denota il volume di riferimento calcolato come  v r dv)pq()p(v . senza entrare nel dettaglio dei modelli non locali, il problema del calcolo della tensione equivalente non locale  può essere trasferito alla risoluzione di una equazione differenziale del secondo ordine [17]. dopo aver assunto la  come tensione efficace ai fini della resistenza a fatica (eff), l’integrale (1) equivale a risolvere la seguente equazione differenziale: vinc eqeff 22 eff  (2) dove c è una dimensione intrinseca legata al materiale in esame, 2 è l’operatore di laplace e eq è la tensione equivalente locale ritenuta responsabile del danno a fatica (per una trattazione più approfondita del problema si rimanda alle referenze [12-14]). calcolo della tensione efficace ’obiettivo del presente lavoro è quello di risolvere l’equazione differenziale (2) in presenza di singolarità tensionali indotte dai cordoni di saldatura pensati come intagli ideali a spigolo vivo. a tale scopo, è stata messa a punto una procedura di tipo numerico capace di risolvere il problema (2) della non-località della tensione in modo completamente automatico. a l http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.14&auth=true r. tovo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 135 144; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.14 137 nel caso di sollecitazione a fatica con carichi in fase, le direzioni principali rimangono invariate nel tempo ed il calcolo a fatica può risolversi facendo riferimento ai soli valori minimi e massimi della tensione efficace. in particolare, per le saldature che non hanno subito un trattamento di distensione termica, è sufficiente far riferimento al solo range della tensione efficace (eff). perciò, per le saldature, nella (2) andranno inserite le variazioni  che subiscono le tensioni nel ciclo di fatica. figura 1: geometria di riferimento. soluzione numerica 2d alcune tipologie di giunti saldati come i giunti a croce e i giunti a t, possono essere studiati come giunzioni a sviluppo bidimensionale ipotizzando nulli i gradienti di tensione nella terza dimensione. noto il parametro c del materiale in esame e le condizione al bordo, è possibile risolvere l’equazione ellittica (2) nell’intero volume v in funzione della tensione equivalente eq scelta. espressioni asintotiche della tensione eq equivalente possono essere valutate se si conoscono a priori i valori dei notch stress intensity factors (nsif) nel punto in cui innesca la cricca per fatica [13]. sfruttando un sistema di riferimento polare, la soluzione numerica può essere ottenuta su un settore circolare di raggio rd di dimensioni maggiori al parametro c del materiale (c<> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_44.docx g. g. cunto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.44 332 application of leak-before-break concept in 316ln austenitic steel pipes welded using 316l gabriel giannini de cunto navy technological center in são paulo, brasil gabriel.giannini@gmail.com arnaldo homobono paes de andrade nuclear and energy research institute arnaldo.homobono@gmail.com waldemar alfredo monteiro nuclear and energy research institute wamontei@ipen.br abstract. the paper presents a study of the application of leak-beforebreak (lbb) concept in a relatively small-diameter high energy reactor coolant line, where it is proposed type aisi 316ln to be used as base material welded with type aisi 316l coated electrode considering a pipe with diameter of 273 mm. the pipe material was characterized in terms of tensile test with ramberg-osgood analyses and fracture toughness tests with j-resistance curve determination, considering base material, weld joint and heat affected zones. for the mechanical properties found in tensile tests and using the picep software, were determined the leak rate curves versus crack sizes, to determine the size of a detectable leakage crack, and the critical crack sizes, considering failure by plastic collapse. for the critical crack sizes found in weld, which presented the lowest toughness, j-integral analysis was performed considering failure by tearing instability. results show a well-defined mechanical behavior where base material has a high toughness, weld has a low toughness, and haz showed intermediate properties. for the load limit analysis, the lowest critical crack size was found for base material presenting circumferential cracks. for jintegral analysis, it was demonstrated that failure by tearing instability will not occur. keywords. leak-before-break; 316ln; weld 316l. citation: cunto, g. g., andrade, a. h. p., monteiro, w. a., application of leak-beforebreak concept in 316ln austenitic steel pipes welded using 316l, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338. received: 11.03.2017 accepted: 27.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. g. g. cunto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.44 333 introduction he labgene is a 48 mw thermal pwr prototype reactor under development in brazil, that aims to develop and test the capability to design small and medium power reactors for electricity production and for nuclear propulsion. leak-before-break (lbb) is a method used in design of nuclear power reactor coolant loop piping to eliminate consideration of the dynamic effects of pipe rupture. the exclusion of dynamic effects associated with pipe rupture from the design basis is allowed when analyses demonstrate that the probability of pipe rupture is extremely low for the applied loading resulting from normal conditions and a postulated safe shutdown earthquake (sse). a deterministic lbb evaluation performed using guidance from nureg-1061 volume 3 [1] and srp 3.6.3 [2] is usually used to demonstrate this low probability of pipe rupture. this examination is based on fracture mechanics analysis that is used to demonstrate that a crack leak, present in a pipe, can be detected by the plant leak detection systems, with a factor of 10 between the predicted leakage and the plant leakage detection capability. if the leakage crack size is smaller than the critical crack size by a factor of two, then lbb requirements are satisfied and the dynamic effects of pipe rupture need not be considered in the plant design basis [1]. for the critical flaw sizes determination, it can be used either limit load with net section collapse criterion or j-integral and tearing modulus (j/t) analysis for tearing instability criterion. for the leak rate determination, a well know and extensively validated computer program called picep [3] is usually used for determination of leakage. this program contains a methodology for computing crack opening area based on elastic plastic fracture mechanics analysis and its flow rate equations are based on a modification of henry’s homogeneous non-equilibrium critical flow model. nonetheless, the small size of the reactor coolant piping, considered in labgene project, can makes it difficult to meet the same lbb standards that were developed for large commercial reactors, when nureg-1061 volume 3 [1] and nureg-0800 standard review plan 3.6.3 [2] were initially developed. furthermore, the small pipe diameter makes the usual ferritic coolant pipe with inside austenitic cladding, impossible to be performed, then a fully austenitic pipe shall be used. austenitic stainless steels pipes made by material type aisi 316 and its variants have been chosen for applications in nuclear power plants owing of their good high temperature mechanical properties and creep and corrosion resistance. a low carbon choice alloyed with nitrogen of this steel, designated as aisi 316ln, is a possible chose for the labgene reactor coolant piping. moreover, due to the need of connecting the pipes spools by use of weld, a shielded metal arc welds (smaw) using aisi 316l coated electrode was select as the most appropriate commercial weld join material. this proposal welded pipe is tested and analyzed as three-component composed of weld metal, base material and heat affected zone (haz). inadequate mechanical properties in any of these three zones is a threat to the lbb analysis. methodology ollowing is provided a summary of the methodology used for the lbb evaluation in the labgene’s reactor coolant loop piping. determination of loads and stress the loads to be used in lbb evaluations is considered as normal operating loads for leakage determination and normal plus seismic sse loads for critical crack determination. the normal operating loads consist of pressure, dead weight, and thermal expansion loads. for calculation of critical flaw size, it was considered the maximum of sse loads added to the normal operating loads. the piping dimension is considered with an outside diameter of 273 mm and a thickness of 28.57 mm, the operating conditions for the lbb feasibility evaluation are considered as the usual one for a pwr plant, with operation temperature of 288 ˚c and internal pressure of 25.17 mpa in the reactor coolant line. determination of material properties material properties to be used in the lbb evaluation shall be evaluated by stress-strain curve determination using rambergosgood (ro) analysis, and material toughness is obtaining by resistance curve test method with the determination of material j-r curve. t f g. g. cunto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.44 334 the hot tensile tests were performed at temperature of 288 °c in according to the standard astm e8/e8m-13a and astm e21-09. the evaluation of the hot tensile tests includes the yield strength (σ0) tensile strength (σr), flow stress (σf) and uniform elongation determination. the analysis includes also the determination of the stress-strain curve by means of the ramberg-osgood eq. 1, as following:               0 0 0 n (1) where: σ = stress value; ε = strain value; σ0 = reference stress; ε0 = reference strain (σo/e); α = parameter from curve fitting of data; and n = strain-hardening exponent. the ro parameters were obtained using the engineering stress-strain curve, fitting the data in the range between 0.1 % strain and the strain corresponding to 80 % of the ultimate strength. the fracture toughness tests were performed in accordance to the astm e1820-13 standard at temperature of 288 °c. the evaluation of the toughness tests includes the determination of the material resistance j-r curve, the initiation of stable crack growth jic and the material power law formula for the j-r data, obtained using a linear regression analysis, as following:    mmatj c a (2) where: jmat = jdeformation in units of kj.m-2; δa = crack extension in mm; c = material constant; and m = exponent. the hot tensile and toughness tests were performed considering the three-component weld metal, base material and haz piping zones. tested specimens quantity and orientation are showed in tab. 1. once only circumferential weld is used, it was considered that in the weld and haz zones only circumferential cracks could exists, so the transverse specimens orientation for the hot tensile test and c-l for the toughness test were considered only for the base material. test type specimen orientation pipe zone base material aisi 316ln haz weld aisi 316l hot tensile test longitudinal 3 3 3 transverse 3 -- hot toughness test l-c 3 3 3 c-l 3 -- table 1: quantity of specimens for hot tensile and toughness tests determination of the critical through-wall cracks size and the leakage cracks size the sizes of critical through-wall cracks and the leakage crack were determined using net section collapse (limit load) analysis. for the critical cracks found in these analyses, it was verified if fail would occur by tearing collapse using elastic-plastic jintegral analysis. the computer program picep [3] was used for the limit load analysis for determination both the size of critical cracks and the size of leakage cracks. for a given set of input conditions, including operation conditions, applied loads, crack g. g. cunto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.44 335 morphology and material properties (obtained by hot tensile test), picep return as output the size of a critical crack and a curve of leakage flow rate versus crack size. for the tearing collapse verification, the elastic-plastic j-integral analysis is, in general, applied with the aid of finite element methods. for usual engineering cases, such as piping with a through-wall crack, solutions listed in manuals that are derived from numerical solutions are available. one of the most well-known and valid reference is the ductile fracture handbook developed by zahoor [4], that provides solutions for applied j and t, where each solution corresponds to a system of geometry, crack orientation, applied loading, and material properties. the applied j-integral equation, proposed by zahoor, for a circumferential through-wall crack present in a piping, considering bending moment loads, is the following:  elastic plasticj j j (3)                    122 0 0 13 2 0 1 n b jelastic jplastic f m m j r h mr t e (4) where: m = is the applied bending moment; 0 and bf m = are parameters that depend on pipe dimensions, load conditions, crack size and orientation and material properties; h1 = is based on finite element analyses, and can be found in reference [4]; r, t e θ = are the pipe mean radius, wall thickness and crack half-angle, respectively; and e, α, σ0, ε0 and n = are constants in the ro stress-strain relation as showed in eq. 1. determination of lbb viability it shall be determinate the size of through-wall cracks that will result in a detectable leakage with a margin of 10 applied between the predicted leakage and the detectable leak, to cover various uncertainties associated with leakage prediction and leakage detection. historically, a leakage detection capability of 1 gallon per minute (gpm) that presents 3.78 liters per minute in a pwr plant has been used for leakage detection capability [5]. consequently, a 10 gpm leakage crack is considered in the lbb analysis. lbb viability for an analyzing pipe system is demonstrated if a margin of at least two exists between the leakage crack size and the critical through-wall crack size. results mechanical tests results ot tensile test results show a well-defined behavior among the three zones, where the base material has a high toughness behavior with relative low yield strength and high uniform elongation, the weld show a low toughness behavior with relative high yield strength and low uniform elongation, and the haz showed intermediate mechanical properties between the base material and the weld. fig. 1 present typical stress x strain curves for the three different zones of the welded pipe. ramberg-osgood analyses according eq. 1 were performed for all specimen data, tested according to tab. 1 for hot tensile test. the results of yield strength (σ0) tensile strength (σr), flow stress (σf), elongation, ramberg-osgood parameter (α) and strain-hardening exponent (n) are presented in tab. 2. fig. 2 present typical j-r curves obtained for the three different zones in the welded pipe. the results of all base material and haz are not valid according to astm e1820-13 because jq is much larger than the jlimit value. all jq results for the weld zone have met the criteria of validity of the standard and can be considered valid jic values. for the power law analyses, according eq. 2, only one weld specimen, ct2 of tab. 3, fulfilled all the requirements to be validate. even though the results for the base material and haz did not present valid jic values, the tests demonstrated the high toughness of these zones of the welded pipe. thus, for the elastic-plastic j-integral analysis, only the weld zone will be considered, once that the analysis of the weld will bring the most conservative results. the results of jic and power law material constant (c) and exponent (m) obtained from the weld j-r curves and eq. 2 are presented in tab. 3. h g. g. cunto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.44 336 figure 1: typical stress x strain curves for different zones in the welded pipe. pipe zone specimen orientation σ0 [mpa] σr [mpa] σf [mpa] elong. [%] ramberg-osgood α n base material aisi 316ln bm1 longitudinal 166 483 325 30.7 8.0 3.4 bm2 longitudinal 167 481 324 30.1 7.7 3.4 bm3 longitudinal 149 458 303 31.8 8.7 3.2 bm4 transverse 167 459 313 30.1 8.2 3.5 bm5 transverse 177 473 325 31.8 7.3 3.7 bm6 transverse 175 476 326 32.2 7.4 3.7 weld aisi 316l wm1 longitudinal 360 463 412 9.0 1.3 9.9 wm2 longitudinal 358 454 406 11.7 1.2 9.2 wm3 longitudinal 354 455 405 16.7 1.3 11.4 haz hz1 longitudinal 249 495 372 17.2 2.7 5.4 hz2 longitudinal 249 486 368 14.7 2.4 5.5 hz3 longitudinal 265 481 373 13.8 2.0 6.2 table 2: results of hot tensile tests. figure 2: typical j-r curves for different zones in the welded pipe. g. g. cunto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.44 337 specimen orientation jlimit [kj.m-2] jmax [kj.m-2] jic [kj.m-2] c m ct1 l-c 537 857 199 -- ct2 l-c 540 701 168 355 0.621 ct3 l-c 535 653 193 -- table 3: results of j-integral tests for the weld aisi 316l fracture mechanics analyses applying the mechanical properties found in the tensile test and a specific load, that considers normal operation condition, in the leak calculation software picep, the leak rate curves versus crack size were determined. fig. 3 present the typical leak flow rate versus crack length found for the three different zones in the welded pipe. figure 3: typical leak flow rate x crack length for different zones in welded pipe. considering that a typical detectable leakage capability of 1 gpm is considered for pwr plants and the margin of 10 shall be applied, it was possible to determinate the size of through-wall cracks that will result in detectable leakage of 10 gpm for each tested hot tensile specimen. figure 4: average sizes for critical crack and 10 gpm leakage crack for different zones in welded pipe. using also the picep software, but considering normal plus seismic sse loads conditions, size of critical through-wall cracks were found for all three zones of the welded pipe. fig. 4 shows both the size of through-wall cracks that will result in leakage of 10 gpm and the size of critical cracks for all the three different zones and orientation in the welded pipe. g. g. cunto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 332-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.44 338 fig. 4 shows that all the material zones and crack orientation fulfill the requirements for lbb application, since all critical cracks size considered are more than twice the size of the crack that would causes a 10gpm leak. for the critical crack size found in the weld, which is the region that presented the lowest toughness, elastic-plastic j-integral analysis was performed, to verify the possibility of tearing instability failure. in this analysis, two important consideration shall be taken, specifically, initiation or first extension of an existing crack denoted as jic, and stability or instability of a growing crack. if the material toughness jic is bigger than the applied value of j, the not occurrence of crack initiation or significant growth is guaranteed. when the jic is less than the applied j, the crack growth must be evaluated by a ductile instability analysis, e.g. tearing modulus analysis, to determine if the crack grows in a stable manner, or if the crack will grow unstably resulting in a structural collapse [6]. the applied j calculated using eq. 4, considering the normal plus seismic sse loads conditions, the size of critical throughwall crack found for the weld zone, and the material properties for the weld zone found in the hot tensile tests, was: japlied = 164 kj.m-2 this value is less than the lower jic value of 168 kj.m-2 found in the toughness test performed in weld zone. this way, it was demonstrated that the failure by tearing instability will not occur under the considered conditions. conclusions he lowest critical crack size was found for the base material presenting circumferential orientation crack. after a certain crack size, the leak rate in base material is much higher than for the haz and for the weld zones. for the critical crack size found in the weld, integral-j analysis was performed, considering failure by tearing instability. it has been demonstrated that the failure by tearing instability will not occur under the considered conditions of this project. all critical cracks size found for the three different zones and two different orientation, are more than twice the size of the crack that would causes a 10 gpm leak. thereby, it can be concluded that the investigated 316ln austenitic steel pipes welded using 316l can be applied in the labgene reactor coolant loop considering lbb criterion. acknowledgments his work has been performed as a part of the labgene program supported by navy technological center in são paulo. references [1] nureg-1061, report of the u. s. nuclear regulatory commission piping review committee, piping review committee, nrc, volume 1-5, (1984). [2] nureg-0800, srp standart review plan, nuclear regulatory guide, united states nuclear regulatory commission, (1987). [3] norris, d. m., chexal, b., picep: pipe crack evaluation program (revision 1) epri np-3596-sr, (1987). [4] zahoor, a., ductile fracture handbook, np-6301-d research project, electronic power research institute, (1989). [5] regulatory guide 1.45, reactor coolant pressure boundary leakage detection system, usnrc-united states nuclear regulatory commission, (2007). [6] anderson, t.l, fracture mechanics: fundamentals and applications. 3rd edition, crc press, taylor & francis group, (2005). t t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_14.docx v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 128 focused on mechanical fatigue of metals over-deterministic method: the influence of rounding numbers on the accuracy of the values of williams’ expansion terms vladimír růžička brno university of technology, faculty of civil engineering, institute of structural mechanics, veveří 331/95, 602 00 brno, czech republic ruzicka@musicer.net lucie malíková, stanislav seitl academy of sciences of the czech republic, institute of physics of materials, v. v. i., žižkova 22, 616 62 brno, czech republic malikova.l@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5868-5717 seitl@ipm.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4953-4324 abstract. a study on the accuracy of the values of williams’ expansion terms influenced by rounding numbers is presented. the results are presented taking into account a three-point bend single edge notched beam. crack tip stress tensor components are expressed using the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) theory in this work, more precisely via its multi-parameter formulation, i.e. by williams’ power series (wps). determination of the coefficients of the terms of this series is performed using the least squaresbased regression technique known as the over-deterministic method (odm), for which displacements data obtained numerically in software ansys are taken as inputs. the values of williams’ expansion terms based on the displacement data obtained are calculated by using various levels of rounding numbers and the results are compared and discussed. keywords. over-deterministic method; rounding numbers; williams’ expansion; fracture mechanics; stress field. citation: ruzicka,v., malikova, l., seitl, s., over-deterministic method: the influence of rounding numbers on the accuracy of the values of williams’ expansion terms, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017)128-135. received: 10.06.2017 accepted: 16.06.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ometimes it is necessary to describe the crack-tip stress field by means of more than only one singular term (the wellknown stress intensity factor, see e.g. [1-4] or two-parameter fracture mechanics, see e.g. [5-10]) of williams’ expansion (we). it has been shown that so-called multi-parameter fracture mechanics can be helpful when the fracture process occurs in the more extensive surroundings of the crack tip, see for material like concrete [11-19]. then, a particular number of the we terms needs to be taken into account for a more complex fracture analysis. in this paper, the focus is devoted to investigations into the accuracy of the higher-order terms of the we when various types of rounding s v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 129 numbers are considered. there exist various kinds of software that enable to calculate higher-order terms of the we, see [20-22]. for each of them a specific accuracy of the numbers used is defined, which can play a key role when the we terms are calculated. the analysis presented deals with various numbers of the decimal places that are considered in the calculations of the we terms and brings practical recommendations how the analysis should be performed in order to obtain accurate results. theoretical background fracture mechanics: williams’ expansion s it has been mentioned, the paper is based on the idea that the near crack-tip stress field tensor components are approximated via williams’ expansion [23] that was originally derived for a homogeneous elastic isotropic cracked body subjected to arbitrary remote loading and is expressed via the infinite power series for loading mode i as follows:  nfarn ij n n n ij , 21 1 2       , where i,j {x,y}. (1) the meaning of the symbols used in eq. 1 can be described in the following way: (r, θ) are polar coordinates centred at the crack tip; are known functions corresponding to the stress distribution; the symbols an correspond to the unknown coefficients of williams’ expansion terms (this is to emphasize that their values depend on the specimen geometry, relative crack length  and loading conditions). over-deterministic method when the effect of rounding numbers is investigated, the over-deterministic method is assumed to be used for determination of various numbers of the we terms [24]. this method is based on the least-squares technique and was used as one of the methods that do not require any special crack elements or implementation of other difficult fracture mechanics concepts. the method uses the displacement field estimated around the crack tip via the finite element method and together with the polar coordinates of the nodes, where the displacements are investigated, a system of linear equations is solved according to the definition:   ,,, 0 2/ enfaru ui n n n i     , where i {x,y}. (2) when the k number of nodes is investigated, then 2k of displacements (u and v) can be used and 2k of equations can be formed in the following way [24]:                                                                                                      n kk v rnkk v rkk v r v rn v r v r v rn v r v r kk u rnkk u rkk u r u rn u r u r u rn u r u r k k a a a rfrfrf rfrfrf rfrfrf rfrfrf rfrfrf rfrfrf v v v u u u            1 0 10 22221220 11111110 10 22221220 11111110 2 1 2 1 ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,, ,,,       (3) the solution of the system of the equation can be written as:           ucccx t1t  (4) a v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 130 it is always necessary to prescribe the number of the terms of the we terms, n, that shall be calculated. this is also one of the parameters that is varied in the analysis presented. data structure used in common software nowadays, most personal computers used for calculation of mathematical tasks are constructed by 32 or 64 bit data architecture, see [25, 26], i.e. 4 or 8 bytes are used for one number. for representation of numbers, mathematical software can use a structure with or without a floating point. counting with numbers without a floating point is not usable for very low and very high numbers, especially with some decimal numbers. for counting with decimal numbers, it is necessary to use a data structure with a floating point; it gives maximally 15 decimal numbers plus an exponent in 64 bit data architecture or only 6 decimal numbers in 32 bit data architecture. for this reason, all the common software (e.g. maple [20], matlab [21], mathematica [22],) uses the data structure with a floating point or a special data structure to extend the count of decimal numbers. one of the methods how to increase the count of decimal numbers is to convert the original number to a string of characters and then to carry out calculating with strings in specially programmed procedures. numerical example of 3pb or the analysis a very simple model of a three-point-bending specimen was used, see fig. 1. the detailed geometry can be found in [27, 28] (c = 0.2 mm, d = 1 mm, p = 1 n). because of the symmetry, only one half of the specimen could be modelled in order to obtain a set of displacement data at the distance of 0.1 mm from the crack tip. figure 1: schema of the three-point-bending specimen used for the analysis presented. the data of the displacement vector obtained from the ansys finite element software [29] can be found in tab. 1. the values introduced in the referred table were used as inputs for eq. 3 and 4 respectively. results and discussion he main goal was to validate the odm concept in order to obtain a reliable procedure for further analysis of the stress field near the crack tip in civil engineering materials. therefore, a basic cracked specimen configuration (3pb) has been investigated and higher-order terms coefficients estimated. data comparison can be found in tab. 2. note that only the first five terms are mostly available in literature [27, 28, 30]. it can be seen in tab. 2 that the coefficients calculated by means of the odm correspond very well with the data published in literature. f t v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 131 nr. node nr. radius [mm] theta [deg] u [mm] v [mm] 1 2 0.1 0 -27.077 0.0000 2 13 0.1 9 -27.066 0.0639 3 14 0.1 18 -27.034 0.1325 4 15 0.1 27 -26.984 0.2100 5 16 0.1 36 -26.919 0.3000 6 17 0.1 45 -26.843 0.4072 7 18 0.1 54 -26.765 0.5292 8 19 0.1 63 -26.688 0.6691 9 20 0.1 72 -26.618 0.8250 10 21 0.1 81 -26.564 0.9945 11 12 0.1 90 -26.529 1.1737 12 97 0.1 99 -26.517 1.3584 13 98 0.1 108 -26.534 1.5431 14 99 0.1 117 -26.581 1.7226 15 100 0.1 126 -26.659 1.8915 16 101 0.1 135 -26.768 2.0460 17 102 0.1 144 -26.906 2.1766 18 103 0.1 153 -27.069 2.2843 19 104 0.1 162 -27.253 2.3634 20 105 0.1 171 -27.449 2.4105 21 87 0.1 180 -27.651 2.4236 table 1: the displacements and polar coordinates of the selected nodes around the crack tip obtained from the ansys finite element software. 3pb [27] [28] data calculated a1 1.8530 1.8538 1.8538 a2 -0.3533 -0.3527 -0.3527 a3 -0.7149 -0.7202 -0.7202 a4 -0.0896 -0.1019 -0.1019 a5 -1.3717 -1.3565 -1.3565 table 2: higher-order terms coefficients determined by means of the odm in comparison to data published in literature for 3pb, see [27, 28]. on the basis of php software [31] the special software tool was programmed considering various levels of rounding numbers in order to analyze how many decimal numbers are needed to obtain precise values of we terms. the software was based on the idea of representation of numbers by means of strings. the values of the we terms were calculated step by step assuming two changing parameters: the level of rounding numbers and the number of calculated we terms. v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 132 figure 2: dependence of a1 corresponding to the stress intensity factor on the number of the we terms considered for various numbers of the decimal places taken into account during the analysis. figure 3: dependence of the 5th we term on the number of the we terms considered for various numbers of the decimal places taken into account during the analysis. several phenomena can be observed from the investigation. for example the first coefficient a1 (corresponding to the stress intensity factor k) differs significantly when 5, 6 or 10 decimal numbers are taken into account and these values are nearly independent of the number of the we terms calculated (the minimum counted values were 5, the maximum 20), see fig. 2. v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 133 similar dependences can also be observed for other values of the we terms of higher-orders. it holds that the level of rounding numbers is more important when the analysis for a higher index of the we terms coefficients is performed. for example, a5 (the 5th coefficient of we) does not seem to be precise enough until 15 decimal numbers are considered within the counting numbers (see fig. 3); and a10 (the 10th coefficient) needs rounding by 20 decimal numbers, see fig. 4. figure 4: dependence of the 10th we term on the number of the we terms considered for various numbers of the decimal places taken into account during the analysis. a similar trend is also expected for the coefficients of the we terms of higher orders: the higher index of the we term, the higher number of decimal places needed. simultaneously it holds that more we terms need to be considered during the analysis when the coefficient of the we term of some higher-order is required. conclusions pecial computing software tool based on the concept of representation of numbers by means of strings was developed which enables to calculate with numbers with up to 100 or 200 decimal places. the software was used in order to perform an extended analysis dealing with the influence of rounding numbers on the accuracy of the we terms coefficients determined via the over-deterministic method. the results show that it is enough to use numbers with up to 20 decimal characters to obtain good results for 10 initial coefficients of williams’ expansion. a final conclusion/recommendation based on the research presented can be stated: the higher number of the coefficients of we terms is requested, the higher number of decimal places used within rounding numbers is needed. acknowledgement he authors acknowledge the support of czech sciences foundation project no.17-01589s. s t v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 134 references [1] anderson, t. l., fracture mechanics fundamentals and applications, crc press (1991). [2] pook l. p., linear elastic fracture mechanics for engineers. theory and applications. wit press, southampton (2000). [3] pook, l. p. crack paths, wit press, southampton (2002). [4] astm e399 12e3 standard test method for linear-elastic plane-strain fracture toughness kic of metallic materials, doi: 10.1520/e0399. [5] leevers, p.s., radon, j.c., inherent stress biaxiality in various fracture specimen geometries, international journal of fracture, 19(4) (1982) 311–325. doi: 10.1007/bf00012486. [6] karihaloo b.l., abdalla h.m., xiao q.z., size effect in concrete beams, engng. fract. mech., 70 (2003) 979–993. [7] seitl, s., veselý, v., řoutil, l. two-parameter fracture mechanical analysis of a near-crack-tip stress field in wedge splitting test specimens, computers and structures 89(21-22) (2011) 1852–1858. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2011.05.020. [8] chao z.j., zhang x., constraint effect in brittle fracture, in: piacik et al (eds) proceedings of the 27th national symposium on fatigue and fracture, philadelphia, (1997) 41–60. [9] du, z.z., hancock, j.w., the effect of non-singular stresses on crack tip constraint, j. mech. phys. solids, 39 (1991) 555–567. [10] dyskin, a.v., crack growth criteria incorporating non-singular stresses: size effect in apparent fracture toughness, int. j. fract., 83 (1997) 191–206. [11] ayatollahi, m.r., akbardoost, j., size effects on fracture toughness of quasi-brittle materials – a new approach, engng. fract. mech., 92 (2012) 89–100. [12] berto, f., lazzarin, p., on higher order terms in the crack tip stress field, int. j. fract., 161 (2010) 221–226. [13] vesely, v., sobek, j., sestakova, l., frantik, p., seitl s. multi-parameter crack tip stress state description for estimation of fracture process zone extent in silicate composite wst specimens, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 7(25) (2013) 69– 78. [14] veselý, v., frantík, p., an application for the fracture characterisation of quasi-brittle materials taking into account fracture process zone influence, advances in engineering software, 72 (2014) 66–76. [15] veselý, v., frantík, p., sobek, j., malíková, l., seitl, s. multi-parameter crack tip stress state description for evaluation of nonlinear zone width in silicate composite specimens in component splitting/bending test geometry, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 38(2) (2015) 200–214 [16] veselý, v., sobek, j., frantík, p., seitl, s., multi-parameter approximation of the stress field in a cracked body in the more distant surroundings of the crack tip, international journal of fatigue, 89 (2015) 20–35 [17] stepanova, l., roslyakov, p., complete williams asymptotic expansion near the crack tips of collinear cracks of equal lengths in an infinite, procedia structural integrity, 2 (2016) 1789–1796, doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.06.225 [18] stepanova, l., roslyakov, p., gerasimova, t., complete williams asymptotic expansion near the crack tips of collinear cracks of equal lengths in an infinite plan", solid state phenomena, 258 (2017) 209–212. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/ssp.258.209 [19] stepanova, l., roslyakov, p., multi-parameter description of the crack-tip stress field: analytic determination of coefficients of crack-tips stress expansions in the vicinity of the crack tips of two finite in an infinite plane medium, international journal of solids and structutes, 100-101 (2016) 11–28. [20] http://www.maplesoft.com/ [21] https://www.mathworks.com/products/matlab.html [22] https://www.wolfram.com/mathematica/ [23] williams, m.l., on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack, j. appl. mech., 24 (1957) 109–114 [24] ayatollahi m, nejati m. an over‐deterministic method for calculation of coefficients of crack tip asymptotic field from finite element analysis. fatigue fract eng mater struct, 34 (2011) 159–76. [25] cody, j.w., et al. ieee standards 754 and 854 for floating-point arithmetic: for a readable, account ieee magazine micro, (1984) 84–100. [26] kahan, w. ieee standard 754 for binary floating-point arithmetic, lecture notes on the status of ieee, 754 (1997) 1–30. v. růžička et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.14 135 [27] karihaloo, b.l., xiao, q.z., higher order terms of the crack tip asymptotic field for a notched three-point bend beam, int. j. fract., 112 (2001) 111–128. [28] šestáková, l., tuning of an over-deterministic method for calculation of higher-order terms coefficients of the williams expansion for basic cracked specimen configurations, applied mechanics 2011 (on cd) [29] ansys program documentation, user’s manual version 10.0. swanson analysis system, inc., houston (2005). [30] karihaloo, b.l. xiao, q.z., accurate determination of the coefficients of elastic crack tip asymptotic field by a hybrid crack element with p-adaptivity, engineering fracture mechanics, 68 (2001) 1609–1630 [31] http://php.net/software.php << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_38_art_7 t. lassen et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.07 54 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture fatigue methodology for life predictions for the wheel-rail contact area in large offshore turret bearings t. lassen university of agder, grimstad and apl, norway, national oilwell varco, arendal, norway tom.lassen@uia.no z. mikulski university of agder, grimstad, norway zbigniew.mikulski@uia.no abstract. the present report presents a fatigue life prediction method for large roller bearings applied in the turret turn table for large loading buoy units. the contact points between wheel and rail in these bearings are subjected to a multi-axial fluctuating stress situation and both surface wear and fatigue cracking may occur. a methodology based on the dang van fatigue criterion is adopted. the criterion is based on an equivalent stress defined as a combination of the fluctuation of the shear stress from its mean value at a critical plane and the associated hydrostatic stress at the given time. the present work is supporting the theoretical model by extensive laboratory testing. both full scale testing of wheel on rail and small scale testing for characterizing the steel material are carried out. an experimental program was carried out with the high strength stainless steel s165m. the dang van stress concept is applied in combination with the random fatigue limit method (rflm) for life data analyses. this approach gives the opportunity to include both finite lives and the run-outs in a rational manner without any presumption of the existence of a fatigue limit in advance of the data. this gives a non-linear s-n curve for a log-log scale in the very high cycle regime close to the fatigue limit. it is demonstrated how the scatter in fatigue limit decreases when the dang van stress concept is applied and that the fatigue limit is occurring beyond 107 cycles. keywords. dang van criterion; random fatigue limit method; rolling contact fatigue. citation: lassen, t, mikulski, z., fatigue methodology for life predictions for the wheel-rail contact area in large offshore turret bearings, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60. received: 27.04.2016 accepted: 10.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. t. lassen et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.07 55 introduction ffshore loading buoy units are often constructed with a large central turret in order to allow the floating unit to weathervane. the geostationary moored turret has a turn table with a bearing arrangement in the top. the turn table can be based on a sliding bearing concept, but for larger turrets a roller bearing design is usually preferred. the wheels are rolling on a circular rail mounted on the top of the floaters deck structure, see fig. 1. the durability of these bearings during a typical target service life of 25 years is a matter of concern. during inspection of rails in service, surface cracks have been detected on former installations. these cracks may eventually obstruct the rotation that allows the floating unit to weathervane. the cracks are thus considered as a hazard due to the risk of encountering unforeseen loading condition if the buoy should be locked in one direction. furthermore, the bearings are so huge that replacement in-situ will be very cumbersome and expensive. this makes the fatigue safe life limit (sll) a major design criterion. further details are given in [1]. figure 1: wheel rail connection, ref. [1]. the objectives of the present work are: • study the fatigue resistance of the martensitic-austenitic stainless steel s165m particularly when subjected to multiaxial stress situation typical for rolling contact fatigue (rcf). • apply the random fatigue limit method (rflm) as a supplement to conventional stare case methods that in the authors’ opinion are outdated. • demonstrate the ability of the dang van multi-axial stress concept to reduce scatter in the fatigue limit. this is demonstrated by small scale testing with specimens subjected to pulsating and alternating tension. • the dang van based fatigue limit can be used to ensure safe life condition during the service for the offshore installation in question. this is verified by full scale fatigue testing. the practical design based on the obtained model is verified by full scale testing and the reader is referred to [2] on this subject. the dang van stress concept for multiaxial fatigue he sub-surface stress situation in the contact point between wheel and rail is multi-axial and may lead to fatigue cracking under repetitive loading. it is a common hypothesis that it is the shear stress amplitude that is the key variable to the fatigue crack initiation, but also other stress contributions may play a role. the multi-axial fatigue criterion according to the dang van approach reads, [3, 5]:    a dv h e t t a tmax       (1) where τa is the acting shear stress amplitude (deviation from mean shear stress) at any time, whereas σh is the simultaneous acting hydrostatic stress. τe is the shear stress amplitude strength (fatigue endurance limit) when no other stress o t t. lassen et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.07 56 components are present. the hydrostatic stress is a simplified bulk measure for any complex stress situation. the material constants τe and adv are determined from two test series. the curve associated with eq. (1) is shown in fig. 2. the parameter τe is the ordinate value of the curve whereas adv is the slope of the curve. the two test series will give data at the two points that are denoted pulsating (p) and alternating (a) stress in fig. 2. the line is typically defined based on the assumption that the fatigue limit is defined at n=107 cycles. it is not clarified in the original work how scatter is treated, [3, 5]. it is one of the goals of the present work to bring some light on these issues. figure 2: the dang van design line for the fatigue limit at n=107 cycles. the rail will be the most critical component with respect to fatigue and a martensitic stainless steel 165m is selected. this is to have a steel that has high resistance both with respect to fatigue and corrosion as the bearing is located in the splash zone. the steel has a typical yield stress of 700 mpa. for s165m there is not much data available on the fatigue strength in the literature. the acting shear stress amplitude τa in a typical wheel-rail design will typically be 140 mpa at zero hydrostatic stress for the extreme load case. hence, based on preliminary assumptions taken from the literature studies the stress situation shall not lead to fatigue cracking. this will be corroborated by the testing described in the next section. the fatigue test series wo special small scale test series were carried out to characterize the multiaxial fatigue resistance. the first test series is under pulsating tension, whereas the second one is under alternating tension. both test series are planned with classical dog-boned specimens with diameter 10 mm. the surface finish was r=0.8 that reflects the surface of the rail in service, the small scale test results were used as theoretical support for the large scale rolling test. a number of 10 specimens were manufactured for each test series, i.e. 20 tests in total. the test series were carried out as follows: test series 1: pulsating tension, r=0.05 at 100 hz the actual stress situation is shown in fig. 3 where the x-axis is the specimen pulling direction. as can be seen the plane oriented 45 degrees will be subject to the maximum shear stress τ and a normal stress component σ. it is this stress combination that will be the driving force for the crack initiation. figure 3: stress situation in the material for a rod subjected to tension in x-direction. t t. lassen et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.07 57 test series 2: alternating compression and tensile testing at r=-1 for this series the actual stress situation will again be as shown in fig. 3, but as this stress history is partly compressive the maximum hydrostatic stress decreases compared with test series 1. the following equations for the stress situation apply for the two test series: h a ,    3 4         4  test series 1 (2) h a ,    2 3 4          test series 2 (3) due to the lower hydrostatic stress in test series 1 this series will sustain higher shear amplitude as predicted by eq. (1) and illustrated in fig. 2. all the tests were run to failure or stopped at n=2·107 cycles. failure is defined by total fracture of the specimen. the fatigue limit is defined at n=107 cycles as is in accordance with rule and regulations. typically applied normal stress for test series 1 was close to a range of 450 mpa, whereas the stress range for series 2 was close to 500 mpa. the applied loading was tuned in after the first tests have been completed. the rflm model was applied to determine the fatigue limit, see description next section. hence, the two test series gives us two points on the dang van design curve as shown in fig. 2. consequently, the slope of the curve denoted adv is determined. the random fatigue limit methodology for data analysis he conventional statistical analyses of data points are based on linear regression of fatigue life data only, [5] or by the staircase method for the fatigue limit only, [6]. in the present case with large scatter in both fatigue life and the fatigue limit these methods are regarded as less appropriate. due to the uncertainty and large scatter in fatigue life in the region close to 107 cycles, an s-n curve based on a random fatigue-limit model (rflm) is adopted in the present work, [4]. the basic feature of the model is that both fatigue life and the fatigue-limit are treated as random variables simultaneously. the fatigue limit should not be treated separately as it is done for the bi-linear curves. the s-n curve obtained from the rflm will not have an abrupt change from an inclined straight line to a horizontal line, but a gradually change in slope as stress ranges get very low. it then remains to be seen if the slope goes asymptotically towards a horizontal line as the number of cycles increases. if this is not the case the existence of a fatigue-limit should be rejected. we shall not elaborate the method in the present article but outline the most important characteristics. the method applies a maximum likelihood method that gives a rational treatment of run outs. the basic equations are:    n s0 0ln ln        (4) where ln denotes the natural logarithm and γ = δs0 is the fatigue-limit. the parameters β0 and β1 are fatigue curve coefficients. for given sample data wi and xi from various test specimens i = 1,…n, the model parameters can be determined by the maximum likelihood (ml) function:       n i i w i i w i i i l f w x f w x 1 1 ; 1 ;           q q q (5) where δi = 1 if wi is a failure and δi = 0 if wi is a censored observation (run out). the vector q contains the model parameters:  s0 1,   , ,  ,      q (6) where σ is the standard deviation for the natural logarithm to fatigue life, whereas µγ and sγ are the mean value and standard deviation respectively for the fatigue limit lnγ. once these parameters have been determined from optimization t t. lassen et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.07 58 of eq. (5), the corresponding confidence intervals can be obtained by a profile likelihood method using the profile ratio of the variables together with chi-square statistics. when the parameters are determined we can calculate the fatigue life for a chosen probability p of failure using eq. (4). hence, the median curve and percentile curves for design purpose are obtained. for further details the reader is referred to pascal and meeker, [4]. it should be mentioned that the optimization of eq. (5) may be difficult due to local optimum points. test results and discussion he obtained life data were analyzed in 3 steps based on the methodology described in the section above. the rflm approach was first used to determine the mean fatigue limit for the direct applied stress range δσx for test series 1 and 2 separately. the results are shown in the lower and upper part of fig. 4. the fatigue limit was determined for both test series. as can be seen the mean value for the fatigue limit for the series 1 is 457 mpa where it reaches 535 mpa for test series 2 when taken 107 cycles. this increase from test series 1 to series 2 is explained by the fact that series 2 has a smaller maximum normal stress on the 45 degrees plane than series 1 has, see fig. 4. hence, the shear stress amplitude in series 1 will be more damaging than the shear amplitude of the same magnitude in series 2 due to the fact that the simultaneously occurring normal stress σ has decreased for series 2. this phenomenon is taken into account by the hydrostatic stress term in eq. (1). a similar analysis carried out by the staircase method gave typically 5% higher mean fatigue limits, [2]. the large scatter for series 2 is peculiar. as can be seen the data points for the rupture have a positive correlation for cycles versus stress range. more data points are needed to get the expected behavior. figure 4: illustration of mean curve change in fatigue limit from test series 1 to test series 2. subsequently, in the second step, the associated dang van equivalent stress limit was determined for the two series based on eqs. (1). this also gives the necessary information to determine the dang van constants. the results are shown in fig. 2 given in tab. 1 based on the mean stresses and the dang van constant is determined to 0.28. this slope is obtained by entering the results from eq. (2) and (3) respectively into eq. (1). the obtained value is somewhat lower than obtained for ferritic steels. in the last third step all the data was gathered on one plot applying the dang van equivalent stress as the explaining variable to fatigue life. this equivalent stress is defined:  eq a dv h t t amax      (7) the advantage of this analysis is that the number of data points is doubled and the confidence intervals for the parameters become smaller. the data points and the associated curves are shown in fig. 5. as can be seen the results for the dang t t. lassen et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.07 59 van equivalent stress fatigue limit is 140 mpa at a 2.5% percentile defined at n=107 cycles. as can be seen the curve has not become asymptotically horizontal at n=107 cycles, this will occur when approaching 108 cycles. in addition to the mean design curve based on the fatigue limit as was shown in fig. 2, an entire s-n curve is now obtained as shown in fig. 5. the purpose of the curve is to be able to calculate the damage accumulation according to the miner summation for variable amplitude loading. the curve is directly applicable in the test region, i.e. at dang van stress ranges below 200 mpa. the shape of the curve will result in exclusion of many stress cycles in a typical in-service load spectrum as they will become non-damaging according to the curve. very many of these cycles will typically be below a range of 160 mpa. tab. 1 gives the scatter band for the fatigue limit when defined between 107 and 2∙107 cycles. the standard deviation sγ is also given. as can be seen the magnitude is 0.11 and 0.22 for series 1 and 2 respectively when each series is treated separately. applying the dang van equivalent amplitude stress for all data gathered gives a relative scatter band close to 0.16 which is in between the values obtained when each series is handled separately. it demonstrates how the influence of r ratio implicitly is taken care of by the dang van stress multiaxial stress concept. data points explaining stress maximum scatter band standard deviation sγ all r=0 and r=-1 δσx 180 r=0 only δσx 110 0.11 r=-1 only δσx 80 0.22 all r=0 and r=-1 σeq (eq. (7)) 35 0.16 table 1: table scatter in stress data between n=107 and 2∙107 cycles dependent on explaining stress. figure 5: rflm analysis of both test series based on applied dang van equivalent stress. as a close to this section it shall briefly be mentioned that the practical application of the established s-n curve directly obtained by first require that the maximum acting equivalent stress in the rail during service shall be less than the curve in figure 5. the acting stress can be found by empirical equations or by advanced finite element models for the contact between wheel and rail. we will not pursue this procedure in the present article; the reader is referenced to [1, 2]. conclusions he dang van defined equivalent stress is suggested for fatigue life predictions under the multi-axial stress situations imposed at the wheel rail contact point. originally the method was applied for verifying the fatigue limit usually chosen at 107 cycles. in the present work a random fatigue limit model is applied for a more consistent statistical data analysis. the result is a non-linear s-n curve for a log-log scale in the high cycle regime close to the fatigue t t. lassen et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 54-60; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.07 60 limit. the fatigue limit is defined as the horizontal asymptote is appearing at a given number of cycles. it is demonstrated how difference in the fatigue limit for different r ratios reduces when applying the dang van stress concept. the fatigue resistance of the martensitic-austenitic stainless steel s165m is quite good, but somewhat poorer than for comparable non-stainless steels with the same yield stress. there is also a considerable scatter in the fatigue life limit for the present steel. the applicability of the results is verified by full scale testing and a practical multiaxial fatigue design tool has been established and applied in practice. this will be presented in a future work. acknowledgment he authors would like to express their gratitude to advanced production and loading (apl) for giving permission to publish the present article. references [1] lassen, t., hansen, s., askestad, s., fatigue design of roller bearing for large fpso turrets, in: 31th international conference on ocean offshore and arctic engineering, rio de janeiro, brazil (2012). [2] van lieshout, p.s. et al., validation of the dang van multiaxial fatigue criterion when applied to turret bearings of fpso offloading buoys, submitted to journal of ship and offshore structures. [3] dang van, k, maitournam, m.h., rolling contact in railways: modelling, simulation and damage prediction, journal of fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 26 (2001) 939–948. [4] pascual, f.g., meeker, w. q., estimating fatigue curves with random fatigue–limit model, technometrics, 41 (1999) 277–302 [5] dang van, k et al., criterion for high cycle fatigue failure under multiaxial loading, in: carpinteri a., de freitas m., spagnoli a. (eds.), biaxial and multiaxial fatigue, egf 3, mechanical engineering publication, london, (1989) 459– 478. [6] best practice guidance on statistical analysis of fatigue data, doc: iiw-xiii-wg1–114–03. [7] iso 12107 “metallic materials – fatigue testing – statistical planning and analysis of data” (2012). t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 316 numerical analysis and thermal fatigue life prediction of solder layer in a sic-igbt power module dian-hao zhang, xiao-guang huang*, bin-liang cheng, neng zhang college of pipeline and civil engineering, china university of petroleum (east china), qingdao, 266580, china. huangxg@upc.edu.cn abstract. limited by the mechanical properties of materials, silicon (si) carbide insulated gate bipolar transistor (igbt) can no longer meet the requirements of high power and high frequency electronic devices. silicon carbide (sic) igbt, represented by sic mosfet, combines the excellent performance of sic materials and igbt devices, and becomes an ideal device for high-frequency and high-temperature electronic devices. even so, the thermal fatigue failure of sic igbt, which directly determines its application and promotion, is a problem worthy of attention. in this study, the thermal fatigue behavior of sic-igbt under cyclic temperature cycles was investigated by finite element method. the finite element thermomechanical model was established, and stress-strain distribution and creep characteristics of the snagcu solder layer were obtained. the thermal fatigue life of the solder was predicted by the creep, shear strain and energy model respectively, and the failure position and factor of failure were discussed. keywords. sic-igbt; thermal cycle; thermal fatigue life; creep; solder layer. citation: zhang, d.h., huang, x. g., wang, z. q., thermal fatigue analysis of the solder layer of sic-igbt power module, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 278-288. received: 23.10.2020 accepted: 22.12.2020 published: 01.01.2021 copyright: © 2021 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he application in aerospace, automobile, oil drilling and other fields accelerates the improvement of electronic device of high power, high packaging density and high frequency. under such working conditions, the reliability of solder layer in these electronic devices has become increasingly important. at present, the traditional silicon (si) and gallium arsenide (gaas) solders have been unable to meet the requirements of working environment characterized by high temperature, high-power and high-frequency, due to the limitations of the materials themselves. and their performances could not get a considerable progress from the manufacturing process or structural optimization [1-3]. silicon carbide (sic) material has better material properties has shown a broader prospect in electronic packaging, which is attributed to its high strength si-c bonding [4]. silicon carbide insulated gate bipolar transistors (sic-igbts) are characterized by higher breakdown voltage, fast operating frequency, high power speed and high current density [5], therefore, they have better heat resistance than conventional si-igbts and a wide potential application. at the same time, the highest operating junction temperature of the sic-igbt can be as high as 175 °c, which allows the device itself be more adaptable to higher power density [6]. sic-igbt has become an ideal device in high-voltage and high-current applications, for instance, switching power supplies, ac motors, radar transmitters, inverters, and other power electronic devices [7]. t https://youtu.be/i_olqnp8pqg d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 317 it is proved that the most common failure mode in sic-igbt power modules, which was encapsulated by more than two sic-igbt semiconductor chips in the same substrate according to a certain circuit [8], is main caused by the interfacial cracking from the junction between solder and chip when undergoing alternating thermal loads or called thermal fatigue failure [9-10]. therefore, it is significant to research the reliability of solder layer under the thermal cycles. knecht and fox [11] identified creep strain as the main cause of solder failure and proposed a model based on the creep strain range. syed [12] investigated the development of a life prediction model for snagcu solders and predicted the fatigue life of solders under different intrinsic models using creep strain and creep energy dissipation density. choi et al. [13] investigated the effect of different temperature changing frequencies on the life of igbt power modules and established the relevant life factors, as well as the failure analysis of the tested igbt modules. zhu et al. [14] proposed a new creep-fatigue life model for solder joints at high strain rates, in which the creep damage and fatigue damage was calculated by monkman-grant equation and coffin-manson model, respectively. it was verified that the predictions were in good agreement with experimental results according to the creep tests, and creep-fatigue tests performed. elakkiya et al. [15] studied the effect of solder joint thickness on the service life of igbt power semiconductors subjected to severe thermal stress. the results showed that creep strain occurred at the corner point of the solder layer and that the thinner the solder joint, the creep strain accumulated with temperature cycles. samavatian et al. [16] found that the creep was the main failure mode of solder joints in the power semiconductors. the reliability of sic-igbt power module is always threatened with the high operating temperature and high electric field strength in the switching process. it is of significance to carry out the structural analysis of the sic-igbt power module, and the results could provide certain advice for the optimization of sic-igbt package structure. therefore, the thermomechanical finite element (fe) model under cyclic temperatures was established based on the creep constitutive model in this paper, and the cyclic stress and accumulated creep strain of sn-ag-cu solder in the sic-igbt power module was estimated. as a result, the thermal fatigue of the sic-igbt power module was predicted from the perspective of creep strain and strain energy, and the main failure mode was discussed. numerical modelling sic-igbt mode igure 1 shows a schematic diagram of the sic-igbt cross-section, the layered structure are cu base plate, base plate solder (sn3ag0.5cu tim2), cu, ceramic (alo) layer, cu, chip solder (sn3ag0.5cu tim1) and sic-igbt chip and silica gel from bottom to top. in order to reduce the semiconductor losses in this process, a thick layer and low resistivity direct bonded copper-ceramic substrate is used which connects the chip to the substrate via a solder layer. solder layer, which mainly achieve the link between the substrate and the chip by the reflow process, plays an important role in electrical connection between the chip and substrate and providing mechanical support for heat dissipation channels in the igbt package module. also, the solder layer should have a good thermal conductivity. at the same time, ultrasonic lead bonding technology is used to interconnect the chips and the external components. efficient heat dissipation is achieved by the proper arrangement of the igbt chip and the freewheeling diode. figure 1: igbt power module package structure diagram during the operating state, frequent switching or external environment causes the internal temperature variation inside the sic-igbt power modules. due to the mismatch of the coefficients of thermal expansion between silicon carbide, copper, ceramics, etc., and the geometrical constraint between each other in the package, the temperature change leads to the warp cu base plate base plate solder ceramic layers cu cu chip solder sic-igbt silica gel tim1 tim2 f d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 318 and warpback of the package body. as a visco-elastic intermediate layer, the solder layer always undergoes a great cyclic shear stress and creep strain, resulting in the thermal fatigue cracking of the solder layer. therefore, the thermal fatigue behavior which caused by environment temperature has become a key issue in the reliability of sic-igbt power modules. creep constitutive model of sn3ag0.5cu. according to the viscoelastic theory, the typical strain rate-stress relationship of sn3ag0.5cu solder is linear at low stress, and power law creep at middle and high stresses. on the basis of the previous literature [17, 18], a hyperbolic sine power constitutive model is adopted, in which the relationship of strain rate with stress is linear at low stress and is hyperbolic sine power at the middle and high stresses, as shown in eq. (1). at each temperature t, there exists a critical stress σv (t), which is used to separate the linear and power law creep stages. according to the creep results of two solder materials sn3ag0.5cu and pb5sn, the strain rates under various stress levels and temperature-dependent σv are determined as follows: ( ) n v 0 v q a bσ σ > σ rt ε = q a σ σ σ rt                   sinh exp when exp when (1) in which ( ) ( ) = + 2 0 1 2-v r rc c t t c t t (2) where v  is the linear creep limit, which is the cut-off point between linear and power creep, t is the absolute temperature, q is the activation energy, r is the universal gas constant,  is the equivalent stress, tr is 273 k. for sn3ag0.5cu solder, q/r=12993, n=5.85, b=0.145mpa-1, c0=17.357 mpa, c1=0.1219 mpa.k-1, c2=2.457×10-4 mpa.k-2, a=2.039×10-4 s-1, and a0=2.039×10-4 mpa-1.s-1 [9]. material elastic modulus gpa poisson’s ratio coefficient of thermal expansion 10-6 /k coefficient of heat transfer w/(m.k) specific heat j/(kg.k) density kg/m3 cu 110 0.34 16.4 398 385 8590 alo 300 0.22 6.4 25 880 3800 sic chip 400 0.14 4.2 150 700 3210 sn3ag0.5cu 42.8 0.35 21.5 57 217 7390 table 1: the mechanical property of the sic-igbt power module. fe model of sic-igbt the finite element method is used to study the cyclic stress-strain behavior of a single-chip structure intercepted in the sicigbt power module during thermal cycles. since the operating temperature of sic is higher than that of si material, the temperature cycle shown in fig. 2 was adopted in the thermomechanical simulation of sic-igbt power module. in order to reduce the amount of calculation, 1/4 three-dimensional model, shown in fig. 3, was established due to the structural symmetry of a single chip. a fixed constraint is applied at the bottom center point, and a symmetric boundary condition is applied to the symmetric plane. the sample is initially placed in a temperature field of 25℃, and then the cycle temperature is applied to the surface of the power module. the size of the power module is as follows. the size of silicon carbide chip is 10 10 0.18mm, tim1 is 10 10  0.1mm, the size of copper layer between the chip and dbc substrate is 15 15 0.3mm, the size of middle alumina is 17 17 0.38mm, the size of copper layer under middle alumina is 15 15 0.15mm, tim2 is 15 15 0.2mm, and the size of the bottom copper substrate is 30 30 3mm, and the related material constants d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 319 are shown in tabs. 1-2. the symmetric constraints were applied in the x and y directions, and the z direction nodal displacement was restricted at the bottom surface of the model. the cyclic temperature was loaded at the exterior surface of the power module. temperature ℃ elastic modulus/ gpa poisson’s ratio coefficient of thermal expansion 10-6 /k coefficient of heat transfer w/(m.k) specific heat j/(kg.k) density kg/m3 yield strength -75 54.311 0.35 9.8 57 217 7390 57.568 -25 48.392 15.9 41.253 25 42.892 21.5 29.00 75 37.811 22 20.82 125 33.148 22.7 16.98 175 28.903 23.6 16.64 table 2: thermomechanical property of sn3ag0.5cu. figure 2: cyclic temperatures in thermal fatigue figure 3: the 1/4 fe model thot=175℃ tcold=-55℃ 10℃/min chip solder(tim1) silica gel sic igbt cu cu base plate solder(tim2) cu d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 320 the sic-igbt model was divided into a series of three dimensional 8-node reduced integration (c3d8r) elements. to select a suitable mesh density, we firstly conducted the reconstructed the convergence analysis of finite element model. fig. 4 (a) –(c) illustrate the stress distribution in the solder layers with the coarse, medium and fine mesh, respectively. a comparison of the stresses shows that the results corresponding to the fine mesh presented in fig. 4 are the most satisfactory. therefore, this mesh density is selected in the following calculations, and the minimum mesh size at the interface of solder layer is refined to 0.01 × 0.01 × 0.002 mm. to verify the reliability of the finite element simulation, the igbt in xu’s work [19], which has the same dimension, material properties and loading condition as our model and but different chip material (sic replaced by si) is established and the typical creep strain accumulation at the elements which has the maximum creep strain are demonstrated in fig. 5 for comparison. it can be seen that the strain accumulations of tim1 and tim2 in our analysis has good agreement with xu’s result, indicating the analysis credibility of our finite element model. figure 4: convergence of stresses in the solder layers: (a) stress contours of coarse mesh, (b) stress contours of medium density mesh, (c) stress contours of fine mesh. figure 5: accumulated creep strain fe analysis results fig. 6 illustrates the overall temperature and mises stress distribution of sic-igbt the maximum stress moment after ten thermal cycles. the maximum stress is located on the chip itself. however, due to creep properties and structural reasons, the failure of solder layer is what we focus on. fig. 7 shows the mises stress distribution in the tim2 layer, the stresses at the corners are significantly higher than that in other positions. it may be caused by the interfacial effect in the solder layer near the interface. although the maximum mises stress in the solder does not exceed its yield strength which was showed in tab. 2, the creep viscoelasticity that the material exhibits, will lead to the strain accumulation of elements in the solder layer. once the accumulative creep strain exceed the critical strain, the element fails and the micro crack nucleates from the corner at the solder-chip or solder-substrate interface. the facts also proved that the thermal fatigue failure generally initiates from the corner of solder layer connected with the chip or substrate [9, 10]. (a) (c)(b) d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 321 figure 6: stress distribution of 1/4 sic-igbt power module. figure 7: the stress distribution of tim2 solder layer fig. 8 shows the temperature and mises stress time history in the corner elements e1 and e2 at tim1 and tim2 layers, which are shown in fig. 6, in first 10 temperature cycles. due to the good thermal conduction capacity, the temperatures at elements e1 and e2 are almost same to the environmental temperature. there is a clear time lag between the stress history and environmental temperature history, which may attribute to the fact that it cost a little time for the creep strain of the solder accumulating to its maximum. the stress straights up at the heating process. subsequently, the stress decreases nonlinearly due to stress relaxation and form a transient platform during the high temperature holding process. in the cooling stage, the stress decreases rapidly and reaches its minimum. it can be seen that the stress histories at the e1 and e2 are almost the same, although the maximum stress at e2 is relatively larger. tim2 layer has a larger size and the stronger constraint on the deformation induced by thermal cycles, in other words, the effect of thermal deformation mismatch at tim2 layer is more prominent. figure 8: mises stress time history of the elements e1 and e2. selected corner elements e1and e2 at thetim1 and tim2 tim2 tim1 tim2 tim1 d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 322 figure 9: shear stress distribution in the solder layer. figure 10: shear strain distribution in the solder layer. (a) (b) figure 11: shear stress-strain of element e2 at tim2 solder layer: (a) stress, (b) strain. figs. 9-10 show the distribution of the maximum shear stress and shear strain of tim1 and tim2 layers, respectively. whether in tim1 and tim2, the shear stress at the up surface is higher than that in the down surface, which may induce down down up up base plate solder(tim2) chip solder(tim1) updown updown chip solder(tim1) base plate solder(tim2) d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 323 slight shear warpages in the solder layers. although the maximum shear stress in tim1 and tim2 layers are about the same, the maximum shear strain in tim2 is far higher than that in tim1. the fact indicates that the sic-igbt may fail from tim2 if the shear strain is the main failure mechanism. fig. 11 shows the time history of shear strain and shear stress of element e2 at tim2 solder layer. whether shear stress and shear strain exhibit good periodicities, which is consistent with the temperature cycle. the maximum shear stress in heating and cooling process both maintain unchanged. however, it is obvious that the shear strain gradually accumulates with the temperature cycles, which is related to the creep characteristics of the solder itself. fatigue life prediction number of thermomechanical fatigue life prediction models have been developed for the sn3ag0.5cu solder joint [20], 17]. according to the creep mechanism, the coffin-manson based engelmaier model [21], the accumulated creep strain based model and accumulated creep strain energy density based model, proposed by syed [12, 24], were adopted to evaluate the thermal fatigue life, respectively. engelmaier model considers the effect of frequency and temperature amplitude on fatigue life, and its formula follows:       1/α f f 1 δ n = 2 2ε (3) where nf is the fatigue life of the weld layer, δϒ is the range of shear strain within one cycle, εf is the fatigue ductility coefficient of the solder, α is the fatigue ductility index of the solder related to the frequency and amplitude of cycling temperature, which is expressed as follows:       0 1 sj 2 dwell 360 α=λ +λ t +λ ln 1+ t (4) where tsj is the average cyclical temperature of the solder layer, tdwell is the holding time of high and low temperature, λ0, λ1 and λ2 are the material constants. for sn3ag0.5cu solder, λ0=-0.367, λ1=-9.69×10-4, λ2=2.21×10-2 [23]. accordingly, the accumulated creep strain based life model could be described by the following equation:  / -1 f accn = (c δ ) (5) where δεacc is the accumulated creep strain per cycle, c/ is the inverse of creep ductility, c/=0.0405 for sn3ag0.5cu material . if the accumulated creep strain energy density is adopted as the key parameter which controls the thermal fatigue failure, the life prediction model could be simplified as / -1 f accn = (w δ )w (6) where δwacc is the accumulated creep strain energy density per cycle, w/ is the creep energy density for failure, w/=0.0014 [22]. fig. 12 shows the shear stress-strain hysteresis curve of element e2 at tim2 solder layer. as the temperature cycles increases, the hysteresis curve gradually tends to coincide, i.e., the dissipated energy in every cycle reaches a steady state. the average shear strain range δϒ of tim2 is 0.0378. fig. 13 shows the creep strain and creep energy density curve of tim2 solder layer. the creep strain and strain energy density increase gradually with temperature cycling. the calculated creep strain increment δεacc and strain energy increment δwacc per cycle are 0.047 and 2.572 j, respectively. the predicted thermal fatigue life of tim2 by different models are listed in tab. 3, respectively, and the relative errors among three models are also listed for comparison. it can be seen that the predicted results from the engelmaier model and creep strain energy density model are almost the same, and the thermal fatigue life from creep strain model is relatively shorter. but on the whole, the prediction results of these three models are acceptable. a d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 324 figure 12: cyclic stress/strain curves of solder layer tim2 figure 13: accumulated creep strain and creep dissipation energy density distribution in solder join per cycle theoretical model predicted results relative error (%) engelmaier model 325 18.6 creep strain model 274 17.0 creep strain energy density model 330 table 3: the predicted fatigue life of the tim2 layer in sic-igbt power module. conclusion n this paper, the finite element thermomechanical model of sic-igbt power module was established, and the cyclical stress-strain distribution and creep behavior of the sn3ag0.5cu solder layers was obtained under -55 oc~175 oc cyclic ambient temperature loading. consequently, according to the obtained range of shear strain, accumulated creep strain and creep strain energy density at the corner point of the solder layer, the corresponding thermal fatigue lives were determined by engelmaier model, creep strain model and creep strain energy density model, respectively. the comparisons of the predicted lives indicate that the thermal fatigue lives predicted are in an acceptable agreement. the proposed constitutive model of sn3ag0.5cu solder and the fe-based thermal fatigue evaluation for the sic-igbt power module is feasible. acknowledgment he research work was supported by the national natural science foundation of china (no. 11972376), the national natural science foundation of shandong province (no. zr201910250083) and the fundamental research funds for the central universities of china (no.20cx02308a). wacc acc  i t d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 325 references [1] han, l., liang, l., kang, y., qiu, y. (2021). a review of sic igbt: models, fabrications, characteristics, and applications. ieee transactions on power electronics, 36(2), pp. 2080-93. doi: 10.1109/tpel.2020.3005940. [2] he, p.z., zheng, l.b., fang, h.c., wang, c.l., hua, j. (2013). investigation of the temperature character of igbt failure mode based the 3-d thermal-electro coupling fem. advanced materials research, 655-657, pp.1576-1580. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.655-657.1576. [3] ren, n., hu, h., lyu, x.f., wu, j.p., xu, h.y., li, r.g., zuo, z., wang, k., sheng, k. (2019). investigation on single pulse avalanche failure of sic mosfet and si igbt. solid-state electronics, 152, pp. 33-40. doi: 10.1016/j.sse.2018.11.010. [4] wright, n.g., horsfall, a.b., vassilevski, k. (2008). prospects for sic electronics and sensors. materials today, 11(12), pp.16-21. doi:10.1016/s1369-7021(07)70348-6. [5] nawaz, m., chimento, f. (2013). on the assessment of temperature dependence of 10–20 k v 4h–sic igbts using tcad. mater sci forum,740–742, pp.1085–8. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/msf.740-742.1085. [6] madhusoodhanan, s., mainali, k., tripathi, a., kadavelugu, a., patel, d., bhattacharya s. (2016). power loss analysis of medium voltage three-phase converters using 15 kv/40 a sic n-igbt. ieee journal of emerging and selected topics in power electronics, 4(3), pp.901-917. doi:10.1109/jestpe.2016.2587666. [7] choi, u., blaabjerg, f., lee, k. (2015). study and handing methods of power igbt module failures in power electronic converter systems. ieee transaction on power electronics, 30 (5), pp.2517-2533. doi:10.1109/tpel.2014.2373390. [8] rashid, m. h. (2003). power electronics: circuits, devices, and applications. pearson education india. [9] huang, x.g. (2019). simulation on the interfacial singular stress-strain induced cracking of microelectronic chip under power on-off cycles. journal of microelectronics, electronic components and materials, 49 (2), pp.69-77. doi: 10.33180/infmidem2019.203. [10] huang, x.g., wang, zq. (2020). thermal fatigue evaluation model of a microelectronic chip in terms of interfacial singularity. journal of electronic package, 142(011013), pp, 1-9. doi: 10.1115/1.4045255. [11] knecht, s., fox, l.r. (1990). constitutive relation and creep–fatigue life model for eutectic tin-lead solder. ieee transactions on components hybrids and manufacturing technology, 13, pp.424–33. doi: 10.1109/33.56179. [12] syed, a.r. (2004). accumulated creep strain and energy density based thermal fatigue life prediction models for snagcu solder joints. in the 54th electronic components and technology conference, pp. 737–746. [13] choi, u-m., blaabjerg, f., jorgensen, s. (2017). study on effect of junction temperature swing duration on lifetime of transfer molded power igbt modules. ieee transactions on power electronics, 32(8), pp. 6434-6443. doi: 10.1109/tpel.2016.2618917. [14] zhu, y., li, x., wang c., gao, r. (2015). a new creep–fatigue life model of lead-free solder joint. microelectronics reliability, 55(7), pp.1097-100. doi: 10.1016/j.microrel.2015.03.019. [15] elakkiya, r., kavithaa, g., samavatian, v., alhaifi, k., kokabi, a., moayedi, h. (2020). reliability enhancement of a power semiconductor with optimized solder layer thickness. ieee transactions on power electronics, 35(6), pp.63976404. doi: 10.1109/tpel.2019.2951815. [16] samavatian, v., iman-eini, h., avenas, y., samavatian, m. (2020). effects of creep failure mechanisms on thermomechanical reliability of solder joints in power semiconductors. ieee transactions on power electronics, 35(9), pp. 8956-8964. doi: 10.1109/tpel.2020.2973312. [17] kim, j.w., kim, d.g., jung, s.b. (2006). evaluation of displacement rate effect in shear test of sn-3ag-0.5cu solder bump for flip chip application. microelectronics reliability, 46, pp.535-542. doi: 10.1016/j.microrel.2005.06.008. [18] zhang, y.m., zhu, h.l., fujiwara, m., xu, j.q., dao, m. (2013). low-temperature creep of snpb and snagcu solder alloys and reliability prediction in electronic packaging modules. scripta materialia, 68, pp. 607–610. doi: 10.1016/j.scriptamat.2012.12.017. [19] xu, l. (2016). research on reliability of igbt power module packaging. wuhan: doctoral dissertation of huazhong university of science and technology. (in chinese) [20] wiese, s., meusel, e. (2003). characterization of lead-free solders in flip chip joints. journal of electronic packaging, 125 (4), pp. 531-538. doi:10.1115/1.1604155. [21] chauhan, p., pecht, m., osterman, m., leer, s.w.r. (2009). critical review of the engelmaier model for solder joint creep fatigue reliability. ieee transactions on components & packaging technologies, 32(3), pp.693-700. d.-h. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 316-326; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.24 326 doi: 10.1109/tcapt.2009.2030983. [22] syed, a.r. (1997). aces of finite element and life prediction models for solders and solder interconnections. in the symposium on the tms conference, pp. 347–355. [23] chai, f., osterman, m., pecht, m. (2014). strain-range-based solder life predictions under temperature cycling with varying amplitude and mean. ieee transactions on device and materials reliability, 14(1), pp.351-357. doi: 10.1109/tdmr.2013.2273121. microsoft word numero_38_art_36 n.o. larrosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.36 266 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture ductile fracture modelling and j-q fracture mechanics: a constraint based fracture assessment approach n.o. larrosa, r.a. ainsworth the university of manchester, manchester m13 9pl, uk nicolas.larrosa@manchester.ac.uk abstract. the reduced state of stress triaxiality observed in shallow cracked components allows an increased capacity to resist crack propagation compared to that observed in deeply cracked specimens. this may be regarded as a higher fracture toughness value which allows a reduction in the inherent conservatism when assessing components in low constraint conditions. this study uses a two-parameter fracture mechanics approach (jq) to quantify the level of constraint in a component (e.g. a pipe with a surface crack) and in fracture test specimens, i.e. single edge tension [se(t]) and compact tension [c(t)] specimens, of varying constraint level. the level of constraint of the component is matched to a specific test specimen and therefore the ability of the structure to resist fracture is given by the fracture toughness of the test specimen with a similar j-q response. fracture toughness values for different specimens have been obtained from tearing resistance curves (j-r curves) constructed by means of a virtual testing framework. the proposed engineering approach shows that the combination of a local approach and two-parameter fracture mechanics can be used as a platform to perform more accurate fracture assessments of defects in structures with reduced constraint conditions. keywords. crack tip constraint; ductile fracture modelling; j-q fracture mechanics. citation: larrosa, n.o., ainsworth, r.a., ductile fracture modelling and j-q fracture mechanics: a constraint based fracture assessment approach., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272. received: 21.04.2016 accepted: 01.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n structural integrity assessments, the fracture toughness value used to determine the onset of fracture, kmat, is commonly derived from deeply cracked specimens with almost square ligaments, using recommended testing standards and validity criteria (e.g. astm e1820 [1] and esis-p2 [2]). these are designed to ensure high constraint conditions near the crack tip that correspond to lower-bound toughness values independent of specimen size and geometry. there exist cases in which low constraint conditions can be demonstrated. for example, in the oil and gas (o&g) industry, during installation, pipeline girth welds are predominantly loaded in tension even if the pipe is globally subjected to bending. the flaw sizes of interest are usually controlled by the weld pass height and are therefore relatively small, i n.o. larrosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.36 267 typically 2-6 mm in height [3]. both these aspects result in reduced crack tip constraint in the component compared to the deeply notched standard specimens. furthermore, there is experimental evidence showing that panels loaded in tension exhibit higher resistance to fracture since these conditions lead to lower constraint around the crack [4]. as a result, in these cases, the material capacity to withstand load is underestimated and it would be useful to perform assessments with a fracture resistance value obtained from a test specimen with a crack tip constraint condition similar to that in the actual component [5]. materials can exhibit a change in toughness with specimen geometry for both cleavage and ductile fracture modes. here, attention is focussed on ductile crack propagation behaviour (microvoid coalescence). a ductile fracture simulation approach has been implemented in previous work [6,7] to evaluate the fracture resistance curves (j-r) for different test specimens. although these procedures are useful tools to evaluate fracture resistance for structural components, the development and calibration of the finite element assessment (fea) model requires extensive expertise and the application of the procedures becomes prohibitive for routine assessments. an alternative framework is then of interest for more rapid assessments. the j–q two-parameter fracture mechanics [8,9] approach has been extensively used to characterize elastic–plastic crack front fields. the parameter q characterizes the degree of crack tip constraint, by quantifying the level of deviation of stress/strain fields from reference fields. in this work, we conduct investigations on the j-q two parameter characterisation approach to compare the constraint conditions of a pipe under different loading modes with those observed in c(t) and se(t) specimens. the aim of this is to support the use of a low constraint fracture toughness value by showing that at the same applied driving force (j), the level of constraint (q) at the pipe is similar to that in the se(t) specimen. theoretical background two parameter j-q theory n small-scale yielding, there is always a zone of single parameter (k, j, ctod) dominance. the crack-tip conditions are fully defined by the single parameter, whose value depends on load, crack size and geometry. the situation changes as plasticity develops when the loss of constraint becomes apparent (e.g., fully plastic response or shallow cracks), and single parameter dominance does not hold. under these circumstances, the stresses near the crack tip are not given by the single parameter but also depend on the configuration (loading type, geometry and material properties). in low constraint geometries the near tip stress distribution can be significantly lower than the high constraint j-dominant state. the j-q approach to elastic-plastic fracture mechanics was introduced to remove some of the conservatism inherent in the single parameter approach based on the j integral. the following equation provides an approximate description of the near tip stress field, over physically significant distances [8,9]: ref ijij ij q 0   (1) where ij is the kronecker delta, 0 is the yield stress and ref ij is a reference field, often taken as the hrr field, the near crack tip fields for power-law plastic materials derived in [10,11]. thus, the q-factor quantifies the difference between the actual local stress at a certain reference location near the crack tip and the theoretical hrr-stress field and is given by: ref ij ij q 0 -    (2) the actual stress field in a component and the hrr field in the forward sector of the crack-tip region differ by an approximately uniform hydrostatic stress independently of distance from the crack tip, for given values of j [8,9]. therefore, eq (1) means that with the addition of the second parameter, a range of stress states can be obtained at a fixed deformation level (as characterised by j), differing by a hydrostatic stress (as characterised by q). in practice, the stress field is more complex than eq. (1) but this simplification has been found to apply for the region at the crack tip where [8,9], corresponding to the near crack tip zone where the fracture process zone (fpz) for both cleavage and ductile i n.o. larrosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.36 268 fracture is active but outside the area where crack blunting becomes significant. negative q values indicate lower constraint conditions compared to the reference field and positive q values higher constraint conditions. a local approach to ductile fracture an alternative framework for constraint analyses and effective fracture toughness assessment is the application of failure models, often referred to as local approaches. local approaches couple the loading history (stress-strain) near the crack-tip region with micro-structural features of the fracture mechanisms involved [12]. since the fracture event is described locally, the mechanical factors affecting fracture are included in the predictions of the model. the parameters depend only on the material and not on the geometry, and this leads to improved transferability from specimens to structures than oneand two-parameter fracture mechanics methods [13]. a fracture model accounting for the ductile damage processes has been used to quantify the increased resistance of blunt defects relative to sharp ones and to demonstrate that a loss of constraint leads to an increase in the fracture properties of these materials. a phenomenological model [14] based on a stress modified fracture strain concept was used in [6,7] to construct j-r curves of notched compact tension c(t) and single edge tension se(t). it has been demonstrated that true fracture strain for ductile materials is strongly dependent on the level of stress triaxiality [15-17]. the model used in this study therefore uses an exponential relationship between the true fracture strain, f , and stress triaxiality: m e f exp -=             (3) where and  are material constants obtained by fitting test data for smooth and notched bars and the triaxiality is: m e e 1 2 3 3         (4) where σi (i=1-3) are principal stresses and σe is the von mises stress. using a fe analysis technique, this model is implemented in a step-by step procedure in which at each loading step, the incremental damage, ∆ω, produced by incremental strain is assessed and added to the total damage, ω, produced in previous steps. the quantification of the incremental damage definition is performed in each finite element of the model as follows: p e i i i i i f , 1 ; =             (5) where pi is the equivalent plastic strain increment and f is determined by the local triaxiality in the element using eq. (3). when the total damage becomes equal to unity (ω=1), local failure is assumed to occur at the element and the initiation and propagation of a crack is simulated by reducing all the stress components to a sufficiently small value to make the contribution of the element to the resistance of the component negligible. it should be noted that this local approach with the simulation procedure briefly summarised above has been verified by comparison with experimental data on fracture toughness test specimens and pressurised pipes which serves as validation for this purpose. all material constants in eq. (3) with the crack tip element size for the material and tensile properties used in this study were determined by the procedure and also verified with experimental data. more details on the numerical implementation of the model can be found in [6,7,18]. finite element analysis shallow cracked se(t) specimen and a deeply cracked c(t) specimen were modelled by means of 3-d finite elements. the relevant dimensions of these specimens and the pipe component assessed in this work are shown in fig. 1. the material properties used in the numerical models are for an api x65 steel used in [6,19]. a n.o. larrosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.36 269 fig. 2 shows the fe models. due to symmetric conditions of loading and geometry a quarter of c(t) and se(t) specimens were modelled, to improve computational efficiency. one half of the pipe was modelled in order to be able to apply pure bending. in [6], it was shown that element size in the defect section affects the results for the damage accumulation process; therefore, this value must be determined by comparison with experimental results. for api x65, the element size is 0.15mm [6]. the material constants to apply the fracture criterion of eq. (3) for api x65, based on the defined element size are =3.29, = -1.54 and γ=0.01. the damage model is implemented within c3d8 hexahedron solid elements using the abaqus uhard and usdfld user-defined subroutines [20] coded in fortran 90. the total numbers of elements/nodes in the fe models are from 23,366/26,016, 82,520/88,929 and 117,595/130,416 for the se(t) specimen, c(t) specimen and the pipe, respectively. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: schematic illustration of fracture toughness specimens showing the dimensions: (a) c(t) specimen; (b) se(t) specimen; (c) pipe with surface circumferential crack. (a) (b) (c) figure 2. finite element models: (a) c(t) specimen; (b) se(t) specimen; (c) pipe with surface circumferential crack. n.o. larrosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.36 270 results he numerical j-r curves obtained by the implementation of the damage model are shown in fig. 3. a standard deeply cracked c(t) specimen and a shallow cracked se(t) specimen are modelled. the use of the esis p2 procedure [2] for the estimation of the effective initiation fracture toughness is illustrated. next, the j-q approach is applied to the pipe component for internal pressure and pure bending in order to show the effect of the loading mode on constraint level. in general, the value of q depends on load magnitude (and therefore on j) as well as loading mode, being proportional to load in small-scale yielding but weakly dependent on j at large loads. the values of q have therefore been evaluated at applied j values, see fig. 4, for the pipe at loads which cover the range of j at initiation in c(t) and se(t) specimens. it can be seen that at these values, the stress fields in the pipe when plotted against normalised distance are weakly dependent on j. hence, q is also weakly dependent on j in this practical range. it can then be assumed that the pipe would have the same effective initiation toughness as a specimen with the same j-q value. for fracture assessments where it is not possible to match the q value of the pipe with that of a test specimen, the specimen with the closest higher value of q will be a conservative choice. the q-stress is generally evaluated at the distance r = 2j/σ0 from the crack tip and using the opening stress obtained by detailed finite element analysis, eq. (2). the reference field in eq. (1) is obtained from a boundary layer analysis at the same applied j with t=0, as this enables the approach to be applied to materials which do not follow the power-law form which enables the hrr field to be used as the reference field in eq. (1). 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 e s is -p 2 ( j 0 .2 ) domain integral c(t), a o /w=0.5 se(t), a o /w=0.2 jin te g ra l (k j/ m 2 ) a(mm) api x65 jse(t) 0.2 jc(t) 0.2 figure 3. j-r curves of shallow cracked se(t) and deeply cracked c(t) specimens. fig. 4 shows the normalised values of the crack tip opening stress field for the test specimens, the pipe component under two loading types and the modified boundary layer model. it is readily observed from the figure that, from all the components assessed here, the severest stress field is that of the c(t) specimen. the vertical distance from any of the curves to the mbl curve gives the value of q. as the stress field in the se(t) specimen is greater than that in the pipe for both loading conditions (more negative value of q), can be used as a conservative critical value for crack initiation for the pipe under either loading condition for the crack size assessed. conclusions rack size, loading mode and material properties can have a strong effect on constraint conditions, affecting the material resistance to fracture. in this work, finite element ductile fracture simulation has been used to construct j-r curves for 2 test specimens with different constraint conditions. the ductile fracture model only considers a small area ahead of the crack tip t c n.o. larrosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.36 271 (geometry independent) and couples the loading history (stress-strain) with phenomenological features of the microstructural fracture mechanism (material + loading history dependent). in addition, a two parameter fracture mechanics approach has been applied to match the constraint conditions present in a defective structural component to those present in the test specimens. by doing this, the j-q approach allows an improved assessment of the fracture resistance of the component, by using the fracture resistance of the test specimen with similar constraint conditions to reduce over-conservatism in fracture assessments c(t), j 0.2 =477.62 kj/m2 se(t), j 0.2 =653.28 kj/m2 mbl, t=0 j=653.28 kj/m2, internal pressure (p) j=477.62 kj/m2, internal pressure (p) j=653.28 kj/m2, pure bending (m) j=477.62 kj/m2, pure bending (m) 1 2 3 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 q pipe (m) q pipe (p) q se(t) api x65 r 0 /j / 0 q c(t) figure 4. normalized crack-opening stress distribution for the different components. acknowledgements he authors would like to acknowledge the funding and technical support from bp through the bp international centre for advanced materials (bp-icam) which made this research possible. references [1] astm e1820-06a, american society for testing and materials. standard test method for measurement of fracture toughness (2001). [2] esis p2-92: procedure for determining the fracture behaviour of materials (1992). [3] dnv-rp-f108, det norske veritas: fracture control for pipeline installation methods introducing cyclic plastic strain (2006). [4] anderson, t.l., fracture mechanics: fundamentals and applications. crc press, taylor & francis, boca raton, florida, usa, (1995). [5] cravero, s., ruggieri, c., correlation of fracture behaviour in high pressure pipelines with axial flaws using constraint designed test specimens part i: plane-strain analyses, engineering fracture mechanics, 72 (2005) 1344–1360. [6] oh, c.-s., kim, n.-h., kim, y.-j., baek, j.-h., kim, y.-p., kim, w.-s., a finite element ductile failure simulation method using stress-modified fracture strain model, engineering fracture mechanics, 78 (2011) 124–137. [7] han, j.-j., kim, y.-j., ainsworth, r.a., constraint effects in ductile fracture on j-resistance curve for full-scale cracked pipes and fracture toughness testing specimens. american society of mechanical engineers, pressure vessels and piping division, 5 (2014). [8] o’dowd, n.p., shih, c.f., family of crack-tip fields characterized by a triaxiality parameter-i: structure of fields, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 39 (1991) 989–1015. t n.o. larrosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 266-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.36 272 [9] o’dowd, n.p., shih, c.f., family of crack-tip fields characterized by a triaxiality parameter-ii: fracture applications, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 40 (1992) 939–963. [10] hutchinson, j.w., singular behaviour at the end of a tensile crack tip in a hardening material, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 16 (1968) 13–31. [11] rice, j.r., rosengren, g.f., plane strain deformation near a crack tip in a power-law hardening material. journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 16 (1968) 1–12. [12] pineau, a., development of the local approach to fracture over the past 25 years: theory and applications, international journal of fracture, 138 (2006) 39–166. [13] ruggieri, c., dodds jr, r.h., a transferability model for brittle fracture including constraint and ductile tearing effects: a probabilistic approach, international journal of fracture, 79 (1996) 309–340. [14] bao, y, dependence of ductile crack formation in tensile tests on stress triaxiality, stress and strain ratios, engineering fracture mechanics, 72 (2005) 505– 522. [15] mcclintock, f.a., a criterion for ductile fracture by the growth of holes. journal of applied mechanics, 35 (1968) 363–371. [16] rice, j.r., tracey, d. m., on the ductile enlargement of voids in triaxial stress fields. journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 17(3) (1969) 201–217. [17] hancock, j.w., mackenzie, a.c., on the mechanisms of ductile failure in high-strength steels subjected to multi-axial stress-states, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 24 (1976) 147–160. [18] kim, y.-j., kim, j.-s., cho, s.-m.,kim, y.-j., 3-d constraint effects on j testing and crack tip constraint in m(t), se(b), se(t) and c(t) specimens: numerical study, engineering fracture mechanics, 71 (2004) 1203–1218. [19] han, j-j., larrosa, n.o., kim, y-j., ainsworth, r.a., blunt defect assessment in the framework of the failure assessment diagram. international journal of pressure vessels and piping, (2016) submitted. [20] abaqus version 6.13, analysis user’s manual. dassault systemes simulia corp., providence, ri, (2013). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 169 numerical analysis of circular and square concrete filled aluminum tubes under axial compression pan jinlong, li guanhua, cai jingming* southeast university, china cejlpan@seu.edu.cn, guanhuali1997@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2235-1402 jingming.cai@kuleuven.be, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2453-582x abstract. in this paper, the finite element (fe) method was used to investigate the axial compressive behaviors of circular and square concrete filled aluminum tubes (cfat). firstly, the simulation results were compared with the experimental results and the accuracy of the proposed fe model was verified. on this basis, the fe model was further applied to compare the mechanical properties of both circular and square cfats under axial compression. it was found that the circular cfats have a better effect on restraining the core concrete than square cfats. the parametric analysis was also conducted based on the proposed fe model. it was noticed that the mechanical differences of the two kinds of cfats gradually decreased with the increase of the aluminum ratio, aluminum strength and concrete strength. keywords. cfat; numerical simulation; finite element analysis; parameter analysis. citation: jinlong, p., guanhua, l., jingming, c., numerical analysis of circular and square concrete filled aluminum tubes under axial compression, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181. received: 28.05.2020 accepted: 24.08.2020 published: 01.10.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction oncrete filled steel tube (cfst) has favorable ductility, high strength and energy dissipation performance because of the constraint effect of steel tube on the core concrete [1]. the aluminum alloy has good corrosion resistance and prominent exterior, which makes the aluminum tube column have been gradually used in the construction of humid and corrosive environment [2,3]. similar to cfst, concrete filled aluminum tube (cfat) is expected to have an excellent restraining effect on core concrete. among the many sections of cfat, circular section and square section are the most typical. circular section cfat has better confinement to the core concrete, while square section cfat is prone to local buckling. but in some cases, for example, when there are requirements for architectural design, frame joint and section bending stiffness, square cfat has more advantages. as a composite structure of aluminum and concrete, cfat’s axial compression performance is worthy of in-depth investigation. in aspect of numerical simulations studies, zhou and young [4] studied circular section cfat short columns loaded axially. in experimental aspect, zhou and young [5,6] studied circular, square and rectangular section cfat short columns under axial loads. these studies revealed that aluminum tubes filled with concrete can remarkably improve axial c mailto:cejlpan@seu.edu.cn https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2453-582x https://youtu.be/cqhj_haiyo8 p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 170 compressive strength of the section and bring better corrosion resistance, while the presence of core concrete can significantly alleviate and delay local buckling of aluminum tubes. some experiments and numerical simulations on cfats’ bearing capacity have been carried out. gardner and ashraf [7] first put forward the non-linear material model of aluminum alloy materials. on this basis, wang et al. [8] studied the bearing capacity and stiffness of circular aluminum tube concrete column under axial compression through experiments and numerical simulations. it was concluded that circular cfat specimen had good bearing capacity and ductility as conventional cfst specimen. compared with experimental data, general design rule cannot give a good prediction, so zhou and young [4,6] put forward a design criterion of square and circular cfat’s bearing capacity under axial compression, as shown in eq. (1) 0.85p a y c c c yp a f a f a f= + + (1) where pp is the proposed strength of cfat; aa denotes the full cross section area of aluminum tube; yf is 0.2% proof stress of aluminum; ca is the area of core concrete; cf is the cylinder strength of concrete;  is a geometric parameter. nevertheless, due to the limitation of the scale and conditionality of the cfat axial compression test, there is no uniform compression standard. there exist mechanical differences between square and circular cfats, but current researches on the comparison of axial compression performance of circular and square cfats are very limited. in this paper, mechanical properties of circular and square cfat under axial compression were studied by numerical simulation. compared with the above researches, this research has following improvements: (1) in order to make the comparison of compression test on two kinds of cfats more meaningful, this experiment ensured that the material type and material consumption of two cfats were consistent except for the difference of cross-section geometry. under this condition, the compression of two cfats was comparable. (2) in this study, by comparing the interaction between aluminum tube and core concrete of two cfats, essential differences of stress mechanism between circular and square cfat under axial load were revealed. (3) in the comparison of two kinds of cfats in whole load-displacement process, it was clearly shown that the behavior of circular and square cfats under axial load was different. (4) three parameters (core concrete strength, aluminum strength and aluminum ratio) were set. on the basis of parameter study, the trend of variation of parameters was analyzed. the practicability of abaqus software was proved, and then the mechanical properties of two kinds of cfats under axial compression were compared by abaqus software. the research in this paper provided a reference for engineering application of cfat and pointed out ideas for optimization design. reliability of finite element modeling constitutive model of aluminum material lastic-plastic model was applied to describe constitutive behavior of aluminum. it is assumed that aluminum have isotropic constitutive behavior. based on the compression concern and extensive usage of aluminum [9,10], it can be specifically described as ramberg-osgood formula and its extension, as shown in eq. (2) and eq. (3) for 0.2   : 0 0.2 = 0.002 n e     +     (2) for 0.2   : ' 0.2 ,1.00.2 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.0 0.2 = (0.008 )( ) n e e  −   −   −   + − +   −  (3) where  and  represent the strain and stress of aluminum tube, 0.2 and 1.0 are 0.2% and 1.0% proof stress, 0.2 is the strain at 0.2 . 0e and 0.2e are aluminum materials’ young modulus and tangent stiffness at 0.2 respectively. ' 0.2,1.0n is a strain hardening coefficient, representing nonlinearity extent of the stress-strain response, which is taken as 4.5 for t4, t5 and t6 temper materials [7]. according to en 1999-1-1 [3], it is suggested that the usage of 70000 2 n mm for young's e p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 171 modulus of aluminum and 0.3 for poisson’s ratio is acceptable. representative material stress-strain graph for aluminum is shown in fig. 1 (a) in order to see the constitutive relationship more intuitively. constitutive model of concrete because of the similarity of the mechanical properties between cfat core concrete and cfst core concrete [5], the stressstrain model for cfst’s core concrete proved by han et al. [11,12] can be used for concrete of cfat. therefore, the core concrete model in cfst was used as core concrete model of cfat reasonably, as shown in eq. (4) 2 0 2 , 1 , 1 ( 1) n n n m n n n n   −   =    − + (4) where ' cm f=  , 0/n =   ; ' cf represents concrete cylinder compressive strength;  and  denotes the strain and stress of concrete respectively; 0 is the strain where maximum equivalent of concrete stress is obtained. 2 = is for circular section, 1.6 1.5 / n= + is for square and rectangular section. 0 is a model calculation parameter and it is given in eq. (5) and eq. (6) for circular cfat: 7 5 [ 0.25 ( 0.5) ] ' 0.5 0 (2.36 10 ) ( ) 0.5 0.12cf − + −  =     (5) for square cfat: ' 0.1 0 ( ) 1.2 1 cf = +  (6) where  is a confinement factor. according to aci 318-11 [13], ' cf and 0.2 are recommended for elastic modulus and poisson’s ratio of concrete, respectively. in addition, representative material stress-strain graphs for concrete are shown in fig. 1 (b). figure 1: material stress-strain graphs for cfat: (a) representative material stress-strain curve of aluminum; (b) representative material stress-strain curves of concrete element type, boundary condition and loading mode abaqus [14] was selected as the calculation software. eight-node 3d solid element (c3d8) was used to simulate concrete part, and four-node conventional plate shell element (s4r) was used to simulate aluminum tube. two rigid elastic blocks with large rigidity were used to simulate the plates at both ends, which had negligible deformation. "hard contact" was chosen for the contact relation between end-plates and concrete part, while "tie" was chosen for the contact relation between end-plates and aluminum tube. in this way, both displacements and rotation angles of contact elements were guaranteed to be the same. as it’s known to us, there is no contact pressure between aluminum tube and concrete unless one surface contacts the other. in order to simulate this characteristic, "hard contact" was also used in the normal direction p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 172 of contact surfaces between aluminum tube and core concrete, which allowed contact surfaces to separate from each other after contact. schneider [15] took 0.25 for friction coefficient of the contact surfaces. because of the slight effect of bonding between aluminum tube and core concrete and inadequate testing on these mechanical properties, 0.25 was taken as friction coefficient for cfats in consideration of smoother contact surface between aluminum tube and concrete. verification of the finite element model zhou et al. [5,6] studied axial compression performance of circular and square cfats. through their experiments of several specimens, the influence of aluminum tube shape, wall thickness and concrete strength on cfat’s ultimate strength was been studied. material properties of aluminum tube specimens in zhou and young’s tests were determined by tensile coupon tests according to american society for testing and materials standard [16], which requests tensile tests in a displacementcontrolled mts (machinal tractor station) testing machine using friction grips. material properties of concrete in their tests were determined by standard cylinder tests. the concrete cylinder dimensions and test procedure conformed to the american specification [17]. because the mean value of their measured concrete strength had a relatively small coefficient of variation (cov), the number of specimens per tested column type is one in zhou and young’s tests [5,6]. label of specimen d(mm) t(mm) 0.2 (mpa) u (mpa) 0e (gpa) ' cf (mpa) ce (gpa) c1 150.1 2.53 267.9 282.9 64.9 44.8 31.7 c2 50.0 3.13 238.4 259.1 66.1 44.8 39.6 s1 88.0×88.0 1.76 246 263 67.3 108.6 49.3 s2 100×44.1 1.57 263 284 68.1 74.4 40.8 table 1: specimen parameters (d: diameter or length, t: thickness of the aluminum tube, 0.2 : 0.2% proof stress of aluminum, u : tensile strength of aluminum, 0e : initial young’s modulus of aluminum, ' cf : compressive strength of concrete, ce : young’s modulus of concrete). in this study, experimental values of the specimens (c1, c2, s1 and s2; “c” stands for circular cfat, “s” stands for square cfat) were compared with simulated results, therefore, finite element model could be verified. detailed parameters of four groups of test pieces are given in tab. 1. the comparison between calculated load-displacement (l-d) curves and experimental results is shown in fig. 2 and fig. 3. it was found that the maximum error between simulation data and experimental values can be controlled within 8.5%, and simulation values were relatively smooth. on the whole, the simulation values attain a good agreement with the outcome of experiments. figure 2: the experimental and simulation l-d curves of circular cfat. p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 173 figure 3: the experimental and simulation l-d curves of square cfat. comparative study n the comparative study, two kinds of cfats were designed, as shown in fig. 4. it was shown that these two cfat columns were rigorously the same except for geometric difference by simple calculating. according to gb50010-2010 [18], c30 was set for concrete and nominal value of concrete cube compressive strength can be read from grade of concrete, for example, the following notation “c30” and “c40” indicate the cube strength (mpa) with 95% guarantee rate measured after curing to 28 days under standard curing conditions (temperature around 20 ℃, relative humidity above 95%), where “c30” indicates 30 mpa, and “c40” indicates 40 mpa. the elastic modulus could be calculated by ' cf ., which was described above. what’s more, a common kind of aluminum alloy 6063/t6 was used for the tube. the material composition of circular and square cfat was the same, and both circular and square cfat were 800 mm high. typical failure model after calculation and post-processing by abaqus software, the failure modes of circular cfat and square cfat under axial compression are shown in fig. 5. it is clearly found that circular cfat changed into drum-like shape, that is, the middle of circular cfat is thicker than both ends of column, and local buckling was not be discovered; while square cfat not only have local buckling at the two ends near the plates, but also expand in the middle part apparently. the middle section of circular cfat and square cfat damaged by axial compression are shown in fig. 6. it is obvious that the core concrete area of circular cfat is in close contact with aluminum tube. however, the core concrete of square cfat only keeps contact with aluminum tube at four corners and the separation of core concrete and aluminum tube occurs in other position. figure 4: design dimension of cross section for circular and square cfat. i p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 174 figure 5: failure model of circular and square cfst under axial compression figure 6: middle section of circlar and square cfat damaged by compression interaction characteristics between aluminum tube and core concrete as shown in fig. 7, three different points were selected for the core concrete of circular cfat, which named a, b and c. similarly, three different points were for square cfat, namely a', b' and c'. it is worth noting that these six points are located in or near the middle of each cfat. since it was interesting in the stress state at the local buckling of square aluminum tube, d’ point was added to the local buckling. in addition, circular cfat had no local buckling in aluminum tube, so there was no such d point corresponding to it. figure 7: point location of each cfat’s core concrete p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 175 the contact stresses at these six points are shown in fig. 8. the performances of contact stresses in point a, b and c were almost the same. it was found that the smooth curves of a, b and c was zero at the initial stage until the axial deformation was about 5mm. this is because the poisson's ratio of aluminum tube was larger than that of concrete at the beginning, which led to the lateral expansion of aluminum tube larger than that of core concrete, so there was no contact stress between them. with the increase of the axial deformation, concrete in the core area had cracks and obvious transverse plastic deformation. this made the poisson's ratio of core concrete increased and exceeded that of aluminum, so that the interaction between aluminum tube and core concrete increased gradually. however, the performance of square cfat was totally different from that of circular cfat. point a' and c' were in expansion area of aluminum tube, and contact stress of point a' and c' did not exist until the axial deformation reached 8mm, and then aluminum tube lost contact with concrete due to the expansion of aluminum tube. point b' had contact stress at the beginning and the contact stress increased rapidly with axial deformation rose. this phenomenon could be explained by the fact that point b' located in the corner region. then a declining segment appeared, which was because that core concrete had entered the stage of elastic-plastic deformation. point d' was located in the area of depression of concrete, and the contact pressure gradually increased after local buckling of aluminum tube. figure 8: contact stress of circular (a, b, c) and square (a’, b’, c’,d’) columns analysis of load-deformation histories load-deformation curves of circular cfat core concrete, square cfat core concrete, aluminum tube of circular cfat and aluminum tube of square cfat are shown in fig. 9. loading process could be divided into four stages distinctly by analyzing the above graphs: stage 1 (points o-a): linear elastic region. two curves of circular cfat and square cfat almost coincided. at this stage, both cfats remained linear elasticity. for circular cfat, the pressure of core concrete at point a was about 70% of its peak value strength, while that of square cfat was about 90%, which showed that square cfat relied more on concrete at the early stage of loading. stage 2 (points a-b or ab'): the characteristic of this stage was described as rising load-displacement curves of two cfats and continuous declined in the slope of the curves. in this stage, microcracks of core concrete developed constantly, which made the poisson's ratio of concrete exceed that of aluminum tube. at point b or b ', the ultimate strength of two types of aluminum tubes was attained. because circular section provided more constraint to the core concrete, two cfat curves deviated incrementally. at the end of this stage, the axial pressure of circular cfat was 1.3 times that of square cfat. stage 3 (points b-c or b'c'): axial pressure of both circular and square cfats decreased gradually and axial deformation increased rapidly. due to circular section’s strong constraint on the core concrete, the reduction of curve of circular cfat was less than that of square cfat, and the process of circular cfat in this stage was significantly longer than that of square cfat. at point c or c ', the curves of both cfats reached a low valley. at the end of this stage, the axial pressure of circular cfat was 1.5 times that of square cfat. it is indicated that the average slope of the curve at this stage can indirectly represent the ductility of cfat, which is similarly described by ductility index (di) in zhao and han’s study [8]. the smaller the slope is, the worse the ductility is. p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 176 stage 4 (points c-d or c'-d'): because the thickness of the aluminum tube was large enough, these two curves grew steady and slowly, which indicated that circular and square cfats had good ductility. finally, the axial pressure of circular cfat was 1.6 times that of square cfat. figure 9: axial pressure-deformation curves of circular and square cfat it was found that the ultimate bearing capacity of circular cfat was higher than that of square cfat in the analysis of these four stages and circular cfat had a better performance than square cfat in restraining the core concrete. one main reason is that the contact stress distribution of circular cfat is more uniform, which makes its core concrete under triaxial compression and the constraint effect of aluminum tube gets better. however, the core concrete of square cfat is under complex stress state. therefore, the above differences result in different performances of circular cfat and square cfat. parameter analysis omparative parameters adopted in this paper were: core concrete strength, 0.2% proof stress of aluminum tube and aluminum ratio. in order to better compare the difference between circular cfat and square cfat, a parameter named pressure ratio (  ) was defined.  can be calculated by the following formula: c sf f = , where cf is the axial pressure of circular and sf is the axial pressure of square cfat. pressure ratio  of standard line represents that the axial pressure of the two cfats is the same. it is obvious that the closer the curve is to the standard line, the more similar the mechanical properties of two kinds of cfats are. core concrete strength different mechanical performance of circular and square cfats under axial compression caused by the change of core concrete strength is shown in fig. 10 and fig. 11. with the increase of concrete strength, ultimate compressive strength of both cfats increased, but the slope of the third segment of this curve became smaller, which meant the ductility decreased. in fig. 12, with the increase of core concrete strength,  -d curve was gradually close to the standard line, which meant that the performance of the two cfats tended to be the same. this phenomenon was explained by the fact that the brittleness of concrete increased when compressive strength rose. hence the ductility of circular cfat decreased and became a component with certain brittleness like square cfat. c p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 177 figure 10: influence of concrete strength on load-deformation curve of circular cfat figure 11: influence of concrete strength on load-deformation curve of square cfat figure 12: influence of concrete strength on  -d curve p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 178 0.2% proof stress of aluminum aluminum is a kind of non-linear material without a sharply defined yield point [7], so the universally accepted method of adopting the stress at 0.2% plastic strain (0.2% proof stress 0.2 ) was used here. several common kinds of aluminum materials were used for this simulation experiment: 5083/t6, 6063/t6, 6082/t6 and 7020/t6. according to gb/t 3880.22012 [19], material specifications (0.2% proof stress and ultimate strength) of these kinds of aluminum are shown in tab. 2. under ideal condition, elastic modulus of the above aluminum is 70 gpa and poisson's ratio is 0.34. it is noteworthy that the 0.2% proof stress increases in this order:5083/t6, 6063/t6, 6082/t6 and 7020/t6. the transformations of mechanical properties under axial compression of two cfats due to the change of 0.2% proof stress of aluminum are shown in fig. 13 and fig. 14. with the increase of the 0.2% proof stress of the aluminum, the ultimate compressive strength of these two cfats increased, while descent segment of the third stage of the curve decreased or even disappeared. the λ d curve was closer to the standard line with the increase of 0.2 . this phenomenon shows that with the increase of 0.2 , the performance of two cfats gets closer, and the ductility is also improved. figure 13: influence of 0.2 on load-deformation curve of circular cfat figure 14: influence of 0.2 on load-deformation curve of square cfat figure 15: influence of 0.2 on  -d curve p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 179 type 5083/t6 6063/t6 6082/t6 7020/t6 t(mm) 6.0~12.5 12.5~40.0 0.5~5.0 5.0~20.0 0.14~6.0 6.0~22.5 1.5~40.0 0.2 (mpa) 125 125 190 150 260 255 280 u (mpa) 275 275 240 230 310 300 350 table 2: material specifications of aluminum used in numerical analysis (sign convention is the same as tab. 1). aluminum ratio a significant parameter named aluminum ratio (  ) was defined by a ca a = , where aa was the cross-section area of aluminum tube, ca was the cross-section area of concrete. as shown in fig. 16 and fig. 17, with the increase of  , the ultimate bearing capacity of circular and square cfat increased, and the slope of the third stage of the curves gradually increased too, which indicated an increase in ductility. λ-d curves kept approaching the standard line with the increase of  , showing that the increase of  made the performance of two cfats closer, as shown in fig. 18. in addition, it is worth noting that according to the four-stage theory mentioned above, the performance of circular cfat with low  is close to that of square cfat; while the performance of square cfat with high  is close to that of circular cfat. the inspiration for us is that increasing aluminum ratio can improve the ultimate bearing capacity of cfat and reduce its brittleness in design of cfat component. figure 16: influence of  on load-deformation curve of circular cfat conclusions ased on the above results, the following conclusions are drawn: (1) finite element models of circular and square cfats were established. considering interaction between core concrete and aluminum tube as well as material nonlinearity, simulation values were basically consistent with experimental results. (2) study on interaction characteristics between aluminum tube and core concrete was conducted. it is found that the contact pressures between core concrete and aluminum tube of circular and square section cfats with the same materials have different behavior. the local contact pressure of square cfat is higher than that of circular cfat, and the core concrete is under complex stress state. the contact pressure distribution of circular cfat tube is more uniform. b p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 180 figure 17: influence of  on load-deformation curve of square cfat figure 18: influence of  on  -d curve (3) axial compression-deformation curves of different part of circular and square cfats were analyzed. four stages exist in axial compression-deformation curves of circular and square cfats. it is apparent that the aluminum tubes of circular and square cfats have similar characteristic of mechanical stage, but core concrete of two kinds of cfats performance differently. (4) influence of three parameters (core concrete strength, 0.2% proof stress of aluminum tube and aluminum ratio) on performance difference of circular and square section cfats was investigated. it is indicated that the ultimate strength and ductility of these two kinds of cfats increase as the increasing of either 0.2% proof stress of aluminum tube or aluminum ratio. with the increase of concrete strength, ultimate strength of circular and square cfats increase, while the ductility decreases at the same time. p. jinlong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 169-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.12 181 (5) in the aspect of improving the ductility of cfat, it is more effective to increase the aluminum ratio than to increase the 0.2% proof stress of aluminum or reduce the strength of concrete. increasing aluminum ratio not only changes the ultimate bearing capacity of square and circular cfats, but also changes the third stage of load-displacement curves, even makes the slope of the third stage change from negative to positive, which means ductility has been greatly improved. however, the other two parameters have less influence on the third stage. (6) aluminum ratio has more influence on the difference between circular and square cfat. the variation range of λ-d curve peak of concrete strength is 1.72~1.90 under the same aluminum ratio, and the variation range of λ-d curve peak of aluminum strength under the same aluminum ratio is 1.78~1.92. however, under the same concrete strength and aluminum strength, a wider range of 1.70~2.09 can be obtained by changing aluminum ratio. references [1] han, l.h., li, w., bjorhovde, r. (2014). developments and advanced applications of concrete-filled steel tubular (cfst) structures: members, j. constr. steel res., 100, pp. 211–228, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2014.04.016. [2] su, m.n., young, b., gardner, l. (2016). the continuous strength method for the design of aluminium alloy structural elements, eng. struct., 122, pp. 338–348, doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2016.04.040. [3] european committee for standardization (ec9). (2007). en 1999-1-1:2007, design of aluminum structures-general structure rules, brussels, cen. [4] zhou, f., young, b. (2012). numerical analysis and design of concrete-filled aluminum circular hollow section columns, thin-walled struct., 50(1), pp. 45–55, doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2011.10.002. [5] zhou, f., young, b. (2009). concrete-filled aluminum circular hollow section column tests, thin-walled struct., 47(11), pp. 1272–1280, doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2009.03.014. [6] zhou, f., young, b. (2008). tests of concrete-filled aluminum stub columns, thin-walled struct., 46(6), pp. 573–583, doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2008.01.003. [7] gardner, l., ashraf, m. (2006). structural design for non-linear metallic materials, eng. struct., 28(6), pp. 926–934, doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2005.11.001. [8] wang, f.c., zhao, h.y., han, l.h. (2019). analytical behavior of concrete-filled aluminum tubular stub columns under axial compression, thin-walled struct., 140(august 2018), pp. 21–30, doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2019.03.019. [9] su, m.n., young, b., gardner, l. (2014). testing and design of aluminum alloy cross sections in compression, j. struct. eng., 140(9), doi: 10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0000972. [10] wang, f.c., han, l.h. (2019). analytical behavior of carbon steel-concrete-stainless steel double-skin tube (dst) used in submarine pipeline structure, mar. struct., 63, pp. 99–116, doi: 10.1016/j.marstruc.2018.09.001. [11] han, l.h., yao, g.h., tao, z. (2007). performance of concrete-filled thin-walled steel tubes under pure torsion, thinwalled struct., 45(1), pp. 24–36, doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2007.01.008. [12] l. han. (2016). concrete filled steel tubular structures-theory and practice ,third (in chinese), beijing, china science publishing & media ltd. [13] american concrete institute. (2011). building code requirements for structural concrete (aci 318-11) and commentary, farmington hills, mi. doi: 10.1016/0262-5075(85)900326. [14] abaqus. (2014). abaqus standard user’s manual, version 6.14, dassault systemes corp., providence, ri (usa). [15] schneider, s.p. (1999). axially loaded concrete-filled steel tubes closure, j. struct. eng., 125(10), pp. 1206, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(1999)125:10(1206.x). [16] american society for testing and materials. (1997). standard test methods for tension testing of metallic materials (e 8m-97), west conshohocken, usa [17] american concrete institute. (1995). building code requirements for structure concrete and commentary (aci 318-95), detroit, usa [18] china moc. (2010). code for design of concrete structures, beijing, china construction industry publishing house. [19] china's general administration of quality supervision (aqsiq). (2012). wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy plates, sheet and strips for general engineering-part 2: mechanical properties, bejing, national standardization administration of china microsoft word numero 10 art 1 a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 3 complexity: a new paradigm for fracture mechanics a. carpinteri, s. puzzi politecnico di torino, department of structural and geotechnical engineering, corso duca degli abruzzi 24, 10129 torino, italy, alberto.carpinteri@polito.it; simone.puzzi@polito.it riassunto. le cosiddette scienze della complessità sono un argomento di interesse in forte crescita all'interno della comunità scientifica. in realtà, i ricercatori non sono ancora giunti ad un’unica definizione di complessità, per il fatto che essa si manifesta attraverso svariate forme [1]. questo campo d’indagine, infatti, non è rappresentato da una singola disciplina, ma piuttosto da un insieme eterogeneo costituito da differenti tecniche matematiche e da diversi ambiti della scienza. sotto l’allocuzione di scienze della complessità comprendiamo una grande varietà di approcci: la dinamica non lineare, la teoria del caos deterministico, la termodinamica del non-equilibrio, la geometria frattale, l’asintoticità intermedia, l’autosomiglianza completa ed incompleta, la teoria del gruppo di rinormalizzazione, la teoria delle catastrofi, la criticalità auto-organizzata, le reti neurali, gli automi cellulari, la logica sfumata (fuzzy logic), etc. scopo del presente lavoro è quello di approfondire il ruolo della complessità nel campo della scienza dei materiali e della meccanica della frattura [2-3]. gli esempi presentati riguarderanno il fenomeno instabile dello snap-back nel comportamento di strutture composite (carpinteri [4-6]), l’insorgere di pattern frattali e dell’autosomiglianza nella deformazione e nel danneggiamento dei materiali eterogenei, oltre agli effetti di scala sulle proprietà meccaniche nominali dei materiali disordinati (carpinteri [7,8]). ulteriori esempi si occuperanno dell’interpretazione dei fenomeni critici e degli effetti di scala temporale sulla vita ultima delle strutture per mezzo della emissione acustica (carpinteri et al.[9]). infine, verranno presentati risultati sulla transizione verso il caos nel comportamento dinamico di travi fessurate (carpinteri and pugno [10,11]). abstract. the so-called complexity sciences are a topic of fast growing interest inside the scientific community. actually, researchers did not come to a definition of complexity, since it manifests itself in so many different ways [1]. this field itself is not a single discipline, but rather a heterogeneous amalgam of different techniques of mathematics and science. in fact, under the label of complexity sciences we comprehend a large variety of approaches: nonlinear dynamics, deterministic chaos theory, nonequilibrium thermodynamics, fractal geometry, intermediate asymptotics, complete and incomplete similarity, renormalization group theory, catastrophe theory, self-organized criticality, neural networks, cellular automata, fuzzy logic, etc. aim of this paper is at providing insight into the role of complexity in the field of materials science and fracture mechanics [2-3]. the presented examples will be concerned with the snap-back instabilities in the structural behaviour of composite structures (carpinteri [4-6]), the occurrence of fractal patterns and selfsimilarity in material damage and deformation of heterogeneous materials, and the apparent scaling on the nominal mechanical properties of disordered materials (carpinteri [7,8]). further examples will deal with criticality in the acoustic emissions of damaged structures and with scaling in the time-to-failure (carpinteri et al. [9]). eventually, results on the transition towards chaos in the dynamics of cracked beams will be reported (carpinteri and pugno [10,11]). keywords. catastrophe theory, fractal geometry, scaling of material properties, self-organized criticality, deterministic chaos. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it mailto: alberto.carpinteri@polito.it simone.puzzi@polito.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 4 introduction omplexity, as a discipline, generally refers to the study of large-scale systems with many interacting components, in which the overall system behaviour is qualitatively different from (and not encoded in) the behaviour of its components. complex systems lie somehow in between perfect order and complete randomness –the two extreme conditions that occur only very seldom in nature– and exhibit one or more common characteristics, such as: sensitivity to initial conditions, pattern formation, spontaneous self-organization, emergence of cooperation, hierarchical or multiscale structure, collective properties beyond those directly contained in the parts, scale effects. complexity has two distinct and almost opposite meanings: the first goes back to kolmogorov's reformulation of probability and his algorithmic theory of randomness via a measure of complexity, now referred to as kolmogorov complexity [1]; the second to the shannon's studies of communication channels via his notion of information. in both cases, complexity is a synonym of disorder and lack of a structure: the more random a process is, the more complex it results to be. the second meaning of complexity refers instead to how intricate, hierarchical, structured and sophisticated a process is. associated with these two almost opposite meanings, are two natural trends of composite systems, and two corresponding questions: how does order and structure emerge from large, complicated systems? and, conversely, how do randomness and chaos arise from systems with only simple constituents, whose behaviour does not directly encode randomness? the former case is typical of all those phenomena which could be described through the concepts of scale invariance, phase transition, and with the use of power laws. the latter case is that of instability and bifurcations and of dynamical systems showing chaotic attractors and transition to chaos. in this paper, several fracture mechanics applications will be shown, in which both trends are present. the nonlinear cohesive crack model: snap-back instability as a cusp catastrophe he first example dates back to the 1980's, when the senior author [4-6] approached the snap-back instability of cracked bodies with a cohesive crack model, which can be interpreted in the general framework of catastrophe theory (thom [12]). this first section is thus devoted to a brief review of the ductile-to-brittle transition in the mechanical behaviour of cracked solids, described by means of the cohesive crack model. the cohesive crack model was initially proposed by barenblatt [13] and dugdale [14]. subsequently, dugdale's model was reconsidered by several other authors (for a review see [15]); hillerborg et al. [16] proposed the fictitious crack model in order to study crack propagation in concrete. the cohesive crack model is based on the following assumptions ([4,15]): 1. the cohesive fracture zone (plastic or process zone) begins to develop when the maximum principal stress achieves the ultimate tensile strength u. 2. the material in the process zone is partially damaged but still able to transfer stress. such a stress is dependent on the crack opening displacement w. the energy gf necessary to produce a unit crack surface is given by the area under the w diagram. the real crack tip is defined as the point where the distance between the crack surfaces is equal to the critical value of crack opening displacement wc and the normal stress vanishes. on the other hand, the fictitious crack tip is defined as the point where the normal stress attains the maximum value and the crack opening vanishes (fig. 1). with some modifications, the cohesive crack model has been applied to model a wide range of materials and fracture mechanisms, most prominently concrete. regarding this material, there is a very large literature; for a review, the reader is referred to the review papers by carpinteri and co-workers [15,17]. now, let us quantify the ductile-to-brittle transition by showing synthetically the numerical results for concrete elements in mode i conditions (three point bending test tpbt), based on the cohesive model, obtained using the finite element code fr.ana. (fracture analysis carpinteri [5,18,19]). extensive series of analyses were carried out from 1984 to 1989 by a. carpinteri and co-workers. the experimental results can be found in the rilem report [20]. the cases described in the reference papers regard three slenderness ratios, and four initial crack depths, and a concrete-like material. fig. 2a refers to the case of an initially uncracked beam, whilst fig. 2b reports results for the case of an initially cracked beam with relative crack depth equal to 0.5. for each ratio, the response was analyzed for different values of the brittleness number, se [4]. as can be seen from the diagrams, by increasing se the behaviour of the element changes from brittle to ductile. generally speaking, the specimen behaviour is brittle (snap-back) for low se numbers, i.e., for low fracture toughness, gf, high tensile strengths, u, and/or large sizes, h. in particular, in the case of uncracked beam, for se 10.45x10-5, the p–δ curve presents positive slope in the c t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 5 softening branch and a catastrophical event occurs if the loading process is deflection-controlled. such indenting branch is not virtual only if the loading process is controlled by a monotonically increasing function of time (biolzi et al. [21]). figure 1: constitutive laws of the cohesive crack model: (a) undamaged material; (b) process zone. in the case of the cracked beam, on the contrary, the initial crack makes the specimen behaviour more ductile; for the set of se numbers considered in fig. 2b, the snap-back does not occur. by varying the initial crack depth, it is possible to describe the gradual transition from simple fold catastrophe (softening) to bifurcation or cusp catastrophe (snap-back instability), generating an entire equilibrium surface, or the catastrophe manifold. figure 2: dimensionless load vs. deflection diagrams by varying the brittleness number se, initially uncracked (a) and cracked (b) specimen the fractal interpretation of the size-scale effect he second topic is concerned with the size-scale effects on the mechanical properties of heterogeneous disordered materials that can be interpreted synthetically through the use of fractal sets. fractal sets are characterized by noninteger dimensions (mandelbrot [22]). for instance, the dimension α of a fractal set in the plane can vary between 0 and 2. accordingly, increasing the measure resolution, its length tends to zero if its dimension is smaller than 1 or tends to infinity if it is larger. in these cases, the length is a nominal, useless quantity, since it diverges or vanishes as the measure resolution increases. a finite measure can be achieved only using noninteger units, such as meters raised to αl. fractals sets can be profitably used to describe the size-scale effects on the parameters of the cohesive crack model. as shown in the previous section, this model captures the ductile-brittle transition occurring by increasing the size of the structure. on the other hand, uniaxial tensile tests on dog-bone shaped specimens [23,24] have shown that the three material parameters defining the cohesive law are size dependent: increasing the specimen size, the tensile strength u, tends to decrease, whilst the fracture energy gf and the critical displacement wc increase. in order to overcome the original cohesive crack model drawbacks, a scale-independent (fractal) cohesive crack model has been proposed recently by the first author [25]. this model is based on the assumption of a fractal-like damage localization, suggested by experimental evidence [26,27]. t u u f u c 1 2 wg http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 6 let us consider fractal geometries for both the resistant cross section at maximum load (fig. 3a) and the dissipation domain (fig. 3c) [25]. hence we can compute the maximum load f, the critical displacement wc and the total dissipated energy w as: * * u 0 u resa af    (1a) ε1-*ε ε dc c cw b b  (1b) * f 0 f disa a *w  g g (1c) these quantities are size-dependent. the true scale-independent quantities are the right hand side ones, i.e. the fractal strength u*, the fractal critical strain εc* and the fractal fracture energy gf*. they show non-integer physical dimensions: [f][l]–(2–dσ) for u*, [l](dε) for wc and [fl][l] –(2+dg) for gf*. because of the measure of the resistant cross section ares and the dissipation domain adis, from eqs. (1) the scaling laws for strength, critical displacement and fracture energy can be obtained: σ* u u db   (2a) ε1-*ε dc cw b (2b) f f d*b   gg g (2c) figure 3: a concrete specimen subjected to tension. fractal localization of the resistant cross section (a); fractal localization of the strain (b) and the energy dissipation inside the damaged band (c). the three size effect laws (2) of the cohesive law parameters are not completely independent of each other. in fact, there is a relation among the scaling exponents that must be always satisfied. in order to get this relation, the simplest path is to consider the damage domain in fig. 3c as the cartesian product of those in figs. 3a and 3b. as a result, we obtain: σ ε 1d d d  g (3) according to these definitions, we call the *ε* diagram the fractal or scale-independent cohesive law. contrarily to the classical cohesive law, which is experimentally sensitive to the structural size, this curve is an exclusive property of the material since it is able to capture the fractal nature of the damage process. the area below the softening fractal stressstrain diagram represents the fractal fracture energy gf*. in order to validate the model, it has been applied to the data obtained in 1994 by carpinteri and ferro [23,24] for tensile tests on dog-bone shaped concrete specimens of various sizes under controlled boundary conditions (fig. 4a). they http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 7 interpreted the size effects on the tensile strength and the fracture energy by fractal geometry. fitting the experimental results, they found the values dσ= 0.14 and dg= 0.38. some of the –ε (stress vs. strain) and –w diagrams are reported respectively in fig. 4b and 4c, where w is the displacement localized in the damaged band. eq. (3) yields dε= 0.48, so that the fractal cohesive laws can be plotted in fig. 4d. as expected, all the curves related to the single sizes tend to merge in a unique, scale-independent cohesive law. the overlapping of the cohesive laws for the different sizes proves the soundness of the fractal approach to the interpretation of concrete size effects. figure 4: tensile test on dog-bone shaped specimens (a) by carpinteri and ferro [28]; stress-strain diagrams (b), cohesive law diagrams (c), fractal cohesive law diagrams (d). the fractal interpretation of multiscale cracking phenomena he third topic deals with the criticality of the complex multiscale cracking phenomena in heterogeneous and disordered materials, evaluated by means of the acoustic emission (ae) technique. acoustic emission (ae) is represented by the class of phenomena whereby transient elastic waves are generated by the rapid release of energy from localized sources within a material. all materials produce ae during both the generation and propagation of cracks. the elastic waves move through the external solid surface, where they are detected by sensors. in this way, information about the existence and location of possible damage sources is obtained. this is similar to seismicity, where seismic waves reach the station placed on the earth surface (richter [28]). with regard to the basis of ae research in concrete, the early scientific papers were published in the 1960s. particularly interesting are the contributions by rusch [29], l'hermite [30] and robinson [31]. they discussed the relation between fracture process and volumetric change in the concrete under uniaxial compression. the most important applications of ae to structural concrete elements started in the late 1970s [32]. regarding the determination of the defects position and orientation in the material, research has been growing at a fast rate in the last decade (shah & zongjing [33] and ohtsu [34]). in the last few years the ae technique has been applied to identify defects and damage in reinforced concrete structures and masonry buildings (carpinteri & lacidogna [35,36]). by means of this technique, a particular methodology has been put forward for crack propagation monitoring and crack stability assessment in structural elements under service conditions. this technique permits to estimate the amount of energy released during fracture propagation and to obtain information on the criticality of the ongoing process [9,37]. without entering the details, recent developments in fragmentaron theories (carpinteri & pugno [38,39]) have shown that the energy dissipation e during microcrack propagation occurs in a fractal domain comprised between a surface and the t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 8 specimen volume v. the fractal criterion predicts a volume-effect on the maximum number of acoustic emission events nmax, that, in a bilogarithmic diagram, would appear as: maxlog log log v 3 ae d n    (4) with a slope equal to d/3, where γae is the critical value of fractal acoustic emission density and d is the fractal exponent, comprised between 2 and 3 [37]. experiments carried out by carpinteri et al. [36] on concrete specimens tested in compression confirm the soundness of the proposed approach. for all the tested specimens, the critical number of acoustic emissions nmax was evaluated in correspondence to the peak-stress u. the compression tests show an increase in ae cumulative event number by increasing the specimen volume. more in detail, subjecting the average experimental data to a statistical analysis, the parameters d and γae in eq. (4) were quantified. from the best-fitting, reported graphically in fig. 5, the estimated value of the slope was computed as d/3 = 0.766, so that, as predicted by the fragmentation theories, 2d3. this result is a confirmation of the fact that the energy dissipation, measured by the number of acoustic emissions n, occurs over a fractal domain. interestingly, the criticality of the cracking phenomena does appear not only in space, but also in time. a scaling relation of the type of eq. (4) can be written for the time t, allowing one to define the damage parameter , which can be expressed [9,37] as a function of different parameters, i.e., stress σ, strain ε or time t: σ ε tβ β β max max max max σ ε η σ ε n t n t                      (5) where the exponents β can be obtained from the ae data of a reference specimen. the fractal multiscale criterion of eq. (5) is a fundamental result, since it allows to predict the damage evolution also in large concrete structural elements. monitoring the damage evolution by ae, it is therefore possible to evaluate the damage level as well as the time to the final collapse [9]. figure 5: volume effect on the maximum number of acoustic emissions. route towards chaos in the dynamics of cracked beams he fourth and last topic is concerned with the dynamical behaviour of cracked beams (carpinteri and pugno [40,10,11]. dealing with the presence of a crack in the structure, previous studies have demonstrated that a transverse crack can change its state (from open to closed and vice versa) when the structure, subjected to an external load, vibrates. as a consequence, a nonlinear dynamic behavior is introduced. this phenomenon has been detected during experimental testing performed by gudmundson [41], in which the influence of a transverse breathing crack upon the natural frequencies of a cantilever beam was investigated. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 9 several models have been proposed in the past for dealing with cracked vibrating beams [42-44], but, in all these models, the main assumption has been that the crack can be either fully open or fully closed during the vibration. carpinteri and pugno [10] recently developed a coupled theoretical and numerical approach to evaluate the nonlinear complex oscillatory behaviour in damaged structures under excitation. in their approach, they have focused their attention on a cantilever beam with several breathing transverse cracks and subjected to harmonic excitation perpendicular to its axis. the method, that is an extension of the super-harmonic analysis carried out by pugno et al. [45] to subharmonic and zero frequency components, has allowed to capture the complex behavior of the nonlinear system, e.g., the occurrence of period doubling, as experimentally observed by brandon and sudraud [46] in cracked beams. a pioneer work on period doubling was written in 1978, when mitchell feigenbaum [47] developed a theory to treat the route from ordered to chaotic states. even if oscillators showing the period doubling can be of different nature, as in mechanical, electrical, or chemical systems, they all share the characteristic of recursiveness. he provided a relationship in which the details of the recursiveness become irrelevant, through a kind of universal parameter, measuring the ratio of the distances between successive period doublings, the so called feigenbaum's delta. his understanding of the phenomenon was later experimentally confirmed [48], so that today we refer to the so-called feigenbaum's period doubling cascade. however, even if the period doubling has a long history, only recently it has been experimentally observed in the dynamics of cracked structures [46]. to highlight the influence of the crack on the beam dynamics, let us consider two different numernical examples: a wikely nonlinear structure and a strongly nonlinear one. only in the latter case the so called period doubling phenomenon clearly appears. details about the beam geometry and materials can be found in [10]. for each of the two considered structures (figs. 6a and 6b) the trajectory in the phase space is represented in figs. 7a and 7b. in a hypothetical linear structure, the structural response is linear by definition with obviously only one harmonic component at the same frequency of the excitation. in the weakly nonlinear structure of fig. 6a, the response converges and it appears only weakly nonlinear. the trajectory in the phase diagram is close to an ellipse. the diagram is nonsymmetric as the spatial positions of the cracks (placed in the upper part of the beam). the trajectory is an unique closed curve since here the period of the response is equal to the period of the excitation. figure 6: damaged structures: weakly nonlinear (a) and strongly nonlinear (b). figure 7: dimensionless phase diagram of the response (free end displacement): weakly (a) and strongly (b) non linear structure. in the strongly nonlinear structure of fig. 6b the nonlinearity increases. the harmonic components in the structural response are the zero one, the superharmonics as well as the subharmonic ones. it should be emphasized that a strong nonlinearity causes the period doubling of the response, i.e., the ω/2 component. the free-end vibrates practically with a period doubled with respect to the excitation. a nonnegligible component at ω/4 is observed too, representing a route to chaos through a period doubling cascade. the corresponding phase diagram clearly evidences this: the trajectory is composed by multiple cycles since here the period of the response is not equal to the period of the excitation. the http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 10 distortions in the trajectory are consequences of the presence of the superor subharmonics. also in this case, the diagram is nonsymmetric as the spatial positions of the cracks. this method is able to catch the transition toward deterministic chaos, like the occurrence of a period doubling, as shown in the numerical examples and experimentally observed in the context of cracked beam by brandon and sudraud [46]. conclusions he so-called "complexity sciences" represent a subject of fast-growing interest in the scientific community. they have entered also our more circumscribed communities of material science and material strength, as the proposed examples may confirm. the presented topics were concerned with the structural behaviour of composite structures with snap-back instabilities (an example of cusp catastrophe), the occurrence of fractal patterns and geometrically self-similar morphologies in deformation, damage and fracture of heterogeneous materials, the apparent scaling in the nominal mechanical properties of disordered materials, the acoustic emission criticality in progressive structural collapse, the route towards chaos in the dynamics of cracked structures. as shown in these examples, the most interesting behaviors and phenomena can be synthetically interpreted only through the use of new and refined conceptual tools in the framework of "complexity sciences". acknowledgements he authors would like to gratefully acknowledge the contributions made to this work by all members of the research group led by the senior author at the department of structural éngineering and geotechnics of the politécnico di torino. in particular, the warmest thanks go to giuseppe ferro, nicola pugno, pietro cornetti and giuseppe lacidogna. support by the european community is gratefully acknowledged by the authors. thanks are also due to the italian ministry of university and research (miur). references [1] m.s. garrido, r.vuela mendes, complexity in physics and technology, world scientific, singapore, (1992). [2] a. carpinteri, s. puzzi, strength, fracture and complexity, 4 (2006) 189. [3] a. carpinteri, s. puzzi, strength, fracture and complexity, 4 (2006) 201. [4] a. carpinteri, in application of fracture mechanics to cementitious composites, edited by s.p. shah, martinus nijhoff publishers, dordrecht, (1985) 287. [5] a. carpinteri, j. mech. phys. solids, 37 (1989) 567. [6] a. carpinteri, int. j. frac., 44 (1990) 57. [7] a. carpinteri, mech. mater., 18 (1994) 89. [8] a. carpinteri, int. j. solids struct., 31 (1994) 291. [9] a. carpinteri, g. lacidogna, n. pugno, engng. frac. mech., 74 (2007) 273. [10] a. carpinteri, n. pugno, j. appl. mech., 72 (2005) 511. [11] a. carpinteri, n. pugno, j. appl. mech., 72 (2005) 519. [12] r. thom, structural stability and morphogenesis: an outline of a general theory of models. benjamin (1975). [13] g. i. barenblatt, j. appl. math. mech., 23 (1959) 622. [14] d. s. dugdale, j. mech. phys. solids, 8 (1960) 100. [15] a. carpinteri, p. cornetti, f. barpi, s. valente, engng. frac. mech., 70 (2003) 1809. [16] a. hillerborg, m. modeer, p.e. petersson, , cement concr. res., 6 (1976) 773. [17] a. carpinteri, p. cornetti, s. puzzi, appl. mech. rev., 59 (2006) 283. [18] a. carpinteri, int. j. solids struct., 25 (1989) 407. [19] a. carpinteri, engng. frac. mech., 32 (1989) 265. [20] determination of the fracture energy of mortar and concrete by means of three-point bending tests on notched beams. technical report 18, materials and structures, r.i.l.e.m. (1985). [21] l. biolzi, s. cangiano, g.p. tognon, a. carpinteri, mater. struct., 22 (1989) 429. [22] b.b. mandelbrot, the fractal geometry of nature. new york: freeman (1982). t t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 3-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.01 11 [23] a. carpinteri, g. ferro, mater. struct., 28 (1994) 563. [24] a. carpinteri, g. ferro, mater. struct., 31 (1998) 303. [25] a. carpinteri, b. chiaia, p. cornetti, eng. frac. mech., 69 (2002) 207. [26] a. carpinteri, b. chiaia, k.m. nemati, mech. mater., 26 (1997) 93. [27] a. carpinteri, b. chiaia, s. invernizzi, theor. appl. frac. mech., 31 (1999) 163. [28] c.f. richter, , elementary seismology, w.h. freeman & company, san francisco and london (1958). [29] h. rusch, , zement-kalk-gips (wiesbaden), 12 (1959) 1. [30] r.g. l'hermite, in proc. 4th int. symp. on chemistry of cement, v-3. nbs monograph 43, nbs, washington dc, (1960) 659. [31] g. s. robinson, in proc. int. conf. on the structure of concrete and its behavior under load, cement and concrete association, (1965) 131. [32] w. m. mccabe, r. m. koerner, a. e. jr. load, , aci journal, 13 (1976) 367. [33] p. shah, l. zongjin, , aci mater. j., 91 (1994) 372. [34] m. ohtsu, , magazine concr. res., 48 (1996) 321. [35] a. carpinteri, g. lacidogna, in proc. of stremah vii (bologna, 2001), wit press, southampton, (2001) 327. [36] a. carpinteri, g. lacidogna, italian patent n. to 2002 a000924, deposited on 23 october 2002. [37] a. carpinteri, g. lacidogna, n. pugno, in fracture mechanics of concrete and concrete structures (proceedings of the 5th international framcos conference, vail, colorado, usa, (2004), edited by v.c. li et al., 1 (2004) 31. [38] a. carpinteri, n. pugno, magazine concr. res., 54 (2002) 473. [39] a. carpinteri, n.pugno, int. j. numer. anal. methods geomech., 26 (2002) 499. [40] a. carpinteri, n. pugno, proceedings of the 9th international congress on sound and vibration, orlando, usa, cdrom, (2002) paper n. 114. [41] p. gudmundson, j. mech. phys. solids, 31 (1983) 329. [42] m.i. friswell, j. e. t. penny, in proc. x int. modal analysis conf., (1992) 516. [43] w. ostachowicz, m. krawczuk, comput. struct., 36 (1990) 245. [44] r. ruotolo, c. surace, p. crespo, d. storer, comput. struct., 61 (1996) 1057. [45] n. pugno, c. surace, r. ruotolo, j. sound vib., 235 (2000) 749. [46] j. a. branden, c. sudraud, , j. sound vib., 211 (1998) 555. [47] m. j. feigenbaum, j. stat. phys., 19 (1978) 25. [48] p.s. linsay, phys. rev. lett., 47 (1981) 1349. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_38_art_43 i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 331 delamination of carbon-fiber strengthening layer from concrete beam during deformation (infrared thermography) i. n. shardakov, a. p. shestakov institute of continuous media mechanics of the ural branch of russian academy of science (icmm ub ras), korolev str., 1, perm, 614013, russia. shardakov@icmm.ru, shap@icmm.ru a.a. bykov perm national research polytechnic university, komsomolsky ave., 29, perm, 614990, russia violentharpy@ya.ru abstract. technology of strengthening reinforced concrete structures with composite materials has found wide application. the effectiveness of strengthening of concrete structures with externally bonded reinforcement is supported by a great deal of experimental evidence. however, the problem of serviceability of such structures has not been adequately explored. the present work describes the results of experimental studies on the loadcarrying capacity of concrete beams strengthened with carbon fiber reinforced plastic (cfrp). special emphasis is placed on studying the debonding of the strengthening layer from the concrete surface and analyzing its influence on the load-carrying capacity of beams. infrared thermography is used to detect the first signs of debonding and to assess the debond growth rate. keywords. carbon fiber reinforced plastic; reinforced concrete beams; strengthening; intermediate crack debonding; infrared thermography; quality control; non-destructive testing methods. citation: shardakov, i. n., bykov, a.a., shestakov, a. p., delamination of carbonfiber strengthening layer from concrete beam during deformation (infrared thermography), frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338. received: 02.06.2016 accepted: 30.08.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction t present, the technology of strengthening reinforced concrete structures with composite materials is extensively used in the constructional industry. there are many studies supporting the efficiency of strengthening of concrete structures with externally bonded reinforcement, but the evaluation of serviceability of such structures is still the problem to be solved. there are several possible options of failure of composite reinforced concrete beams [1]: rupture of fiber-reinforced plastic, crushing of compressive concrete, shear failure, concrete cover separation, plate and interfacial debonding, and intermediate crack induced interfacial debonding. in designing structures reinforced with composite materials, the liming state of such structures is considered to be the state of structure deformation, at which the debonding of the composite material from the concrete surface occurs. according to russian (sp 164.1325800.2014, [2]) and american (aci 440.2ra i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 332 08, [3]) regulations, this approach is applied to bending elements reinforced by a strengthening sheet with anchorage and without it. in works [4-6], a series of tests have been performed to study the deformation behavior of a beam initially subjected to loading up to crack generation and then strengthened with cfrp. besides, the dependence of the strength and stiffness of such beams on preliminary loading was shown. however in the structural practice the reinforcement of beams is usually performed directly during loading and followed by grouting cracks before gluing cfrp sheet. the question of how such a restoring procedure affects the strength properties of beams has not received enough attention yet. the influence of the degree of debonding on the carrying capacity of beams deserves further studies as well. this work studies the debonding of cfrp sheet from the surface of reinforced concrete beams subjected to bending loading. during the experiment carried out in the laboratory at perm national research polytechnic university, we have investigated the strain behavior of beams strengthened until loading and beams strengthened during loading after the appearance of first cracks and their grouting. infrared thermography techniques [7, 8] were applied to identify the first signs of debonding. heat transfer processes develop differently in a multi-layer systems with and without air gaps. the analysis of surface temperature of the beam at its heating and cooling yielded information about the existence and distribution of debonding on the beam surface. program and methods of testing n our experiments we used concrete beams made of concrete b20 (group b1) and concrete b35 (group b2). totally 22 sample-beams were prepared and tested. the schematic representation of a sample strengthened with steel reinforcement rods and a composite layer is shown in fig. 1. the choice of such reinforcement was mainly caused by the condition of equal strength for beam elements in bending. each group of beams (b1 and b2) was divided into 3 series with 3–5 samples in each of them: series a – reference samples (ordinary concrete beams with steel reinforcement); series b – preliminary strengthened beams, i.e beams strengthened by the cfrp before load application; series c – beams strengthened at a certain stage of loading after the appearance of first visible cracks and their grouting. during the strengthening procedure cfrp sheet sikawrap-230 40 mm width and 0.13 mm thickness was glued to the beam bottom surface using epoxy resin sikadur-330. carbon fiber sheet was also fixed with transverse wrapping anchorage by cfrp straps in two support sections of the beam. for the beams of cerise c strengthening procedure additionally included widening and grouting of cracks with a repair compound and crack injection with a low-viscosity epoxy resin before gluing of cfrp. strain gauges were installed on steel reinforcement rods, the carbon-fiber sheet and the surface of all beams to control deformations along the beam axes. figure 1: schematic representation of the concrete beam with steel reinforcement and the carbon fiber strengthening layer: 1 – carbon fiber sheet, 2 – carbon fiber strip, 3 – carbon fiber wrapping anchorage, 4, 5 – steel reinforcement with a diameter of 6 mm and 12 mm, respectively. the tests were performed on a specially designed four-point bending test set-up (fig. 2a). the loading of the beams was performed by a successive increasing quasistatic load with а step of 2 kn representing 4–6% of the fracture load. at each i i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 333 step a 5–10-minute pause was made to record temperature on the stretched surface of the beam. simultaneously, crack patterns and widths were obtained. to excite heat transfer processes, the beam was subjected to external heat pulse (magnitude of 926 w and duration of 10 sec) and then cooled. temperature recorded along the whole surface of the cfrp layer using infrared imager flir t620 ([9-11]). shots were taken “through the mirror”, which ensured the safety of people and equipment at loads close to the destruction of the beam (fig. 2b). (a) (b) figure 2: load testing machine (a) and infrared shooting arrangement (b). the details of experimental techniques were determined based on the analysis of the results of numerical solution of nonstationary heat conduction problem in a system of "carbon sheet epoxy concrete delamination concrete". difference in surface temperature of the multi-layered system with and without debondings at corresponding instants of time at heating and cooling is called here a temperature response to the presence of delamination. numerical simulations enabled us to assess the conditions at which the temperature response will be the most. it appears that on heating of the beam by the heat source of 926 w for 10 seconds, the temperature response should be measured at the stage of its cooling, namely 8 seconds after its start (i.e. 18 seconds after the beginning of observation) [12]. thermography images of the composite surface were obtained at each loading step. the initial thermograms for each j-th step (fig.3a) is a two-dimensional array of differential temperature values ( , )jt x y determined at 19th and 0th seconds at points with coordinates  ,x y . the index 0,j n specifies the number of loading step; loading is absent at 0j  . the obtained initial thermograms were processed using an algorithm specifically designed using matlab programs. in the first step of the algorithm, we calculate the normalized thermograms        * * * *0, , , / ,j j jtn x y t x y t x y t x y where  ,jt x y is the initial temperature difference at the j-th loading step at the point  ,x y ,  * *0 ,t x y and  * *,jt x y are the initial temperature differences at the 0-th and j-th loading steps at the point * *,x y where no debonding is known to be present. normalized thermograms for successive loading steps are given in fig.3b. next the temperature contrast  ,jc x y (figure 3c) is determined: i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 334        0 0, , , / , 100%j jc x y tn x y t x y t x y     in order to make a decision on the existence of bebonding at the point with the coordinates  ,x y , we calculate a threshold value for the temperature contrast *c . for making it estimate, we determine, at each loading step, the average value jc and the standard deviation j in those areas of the thermograms, where debonding is known to be absent. the threshold value is calculated by the formula * 3j jс с   . the areas of the crfp layer surface, where the temperature contrast exceeds the threshold value, are identified as the areas with debonding and the remaining ones as the areas free of defect. in the binary defect map shown in fig.3d, the defect-free areas are shown in white color and the areas of debonding in black color. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 3: thermal infrared images obtained using the developed algorithm: (а) initial thermogram; (b) normalized thermogram; (c) temperature contrast map; (d) binary card of defects. results and discussions he summary data of the static test results for the beams of the series a and b are shown in tab. 1, the series c – in tab. 2, where mcrc is the bending moment corresponding to the onset of cracking, acrc, is the maximum crack opening width, fult is the elastic deflection, mult is the maximum bending moment, fult is the maximum deflection, εf,ult is the strain of the carbon-fiber sheet at rupture. before tests the class of concrete was specified for each beam sample. for the marking of samples were used the following notation: b1 or b2 – groups of concrete, "a", "b", "c" – series, i – sample number. during the tests we observed two forms of delamination. for the beams, whose surface had been cleaned with a wire brush before sticking cfrp, the delamination occurred according to the adhesive scenario. for the beams, refined with an abrasive tool to a depth of 2-3 mm, the delamination occurred according to the cohesive scenario. for the nonstrengthened beams (series a) the destruction state was determined by the rupture of metal reinforcement rods and crushing of the concrete in the compressed zone, for the strengthened ones (series b and c) – by the rupture of cfrp layer, in a number of cases accompanied by the rupture of metal reinforcement. fig. 4 shows the dependence of the maximum beam deflection on the bending moment obtained for three series of beams. the comparison of the graphs obtained in the series a and b clearly demonstrates an increase in the bearing capacity of the beams strengthened before loading. the maximum bending moment, which such beams can stand, has happened to be by 37–39% higher than the reference samples. the graphs reflect the appearance of the first cracks in the concrete: it corresponds to a sharp change in the slope angle of the curves. t i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 335 specimen concrete class mcrc, knm rebound deflection, mm mult, knm fult, mm acrc,max , mm εf,ult, με debonding type specimen failure behavior bla-1 b25 3.81 0.183 6.13 9.50 2.7 rr* bla-2 b25 3.91 7.45 19.84 2.0 rr+ccc bla-3 b25 4.27 6.92 21.43 2.0 rr*+ccc mean value 4.00 0.183 6.83 2.2 b1b-1 b25 4.28 10.05 14.29 1.1 12170 mixture frpr* blb-2 b25 5.07 10.42 11.16 0.5 11170 mixture frpr* blb-3 b20 4.33 0.206 10.25 8.30 1.0 13370 cohesion frpr blb-4 b30 5.40 0.257 10.10 8.08 0.9 12180 cohesion. frpr blb-5 b20 4.32 0.218 11.07 9.78 1.1 15040 cohesion. frpr mean (adhesive) 4.68 10.24 12.72 0.9 11670 mean (cohesive) 0.227 10.47 8.72 13530 b2a-1 b35 4.74 6.98 10.60 1.5 rr* b2a-2 b35 5.15 6.98 15.75 7.0 rr+ccc b2a-3 b40 4.98 0.221 7.39 19.73 3.0 rr*+ccc mean value 4.96 0.221 7.12 2.2 b2b-1 b35 6.14 10.03 10.37 0.8 12180 mixture. frpr* b2b-2 b40 5.79 10.19 12.52 1.6 10860 adhesion frpr* b2b-3 b40 5.49 0.260 10.56 8.92 1.1 13790 cohesion. frpr b2b-4 b40 5.09 0.213 11.46 9.31 1.0 14280 cohesion. frpr b2b-5 b40 5.43 0.252 10.27 8.06 1.3 12190 cohesion. frpr mean (adhesive) 5.59 10.11 11.44 1.1 11520 mean (cohesive) 0.242 10.76 8.76 13420 notes: rr reinforcement rupture, ccc crushing of compressive concrete, rr* reinforcement rupture sectional weakened spot welding, frpr midspan frp rupture, frpr* frp rupture sectional strap anchorage, mix. mixed debonding, coh. cohesive debonding, adh. adhesive debonding table 1: the results of static test of beams of series a and b. specimen concrete class loading before the appearance of the first cracks bending moment during reinforcement, knm loading after the appearance of the first cracks and their grouting debonding type specimen failure behavior mcrc, knm rebound deflection, mm maximum bending moment, knm acrc,max , mm mcrc, knm mult, mm fult, mm acrc,max , mm εf,ult, με blc-1 b20 3.32 0.142 5.15 1.0 4.30 6.79 10.39 10.80 1.4 11680 cohes. frpr blc-2 b20 3.60 0.164 5.23 1.5 4.81 7.19 8.75 9.19 1.5 10190 cohes. frpr blc-3 b30 3.86 0.186 5.20 1.0 4.59 6.59 10.19 11.07 1.3 12760 cohes. frpr mean value 3.60 5.19 1.2 4.57 6.86 10.29 1.4 11540 b2c-1 b40 4.30 0.179 5.49 1.0 4.56 6.88 1137 10.29 1.1 14180 cohes. frpr b2c-2 b40 4.92 0.214 5.64 0.9 4.79 7.02 9.03 9.75 1 8655 cohes. rr*+ frpr b2c-3 b40 5.19 0.202 5.52 1.0 4.58 7.69 10.62 10.72 1.3 12430 cohes. frpr mean value 4.80 5.55 1.0 4.64 7.19 11.00 1.1 13305 table 2: the results of static tests of beams of series c. the evolution of deformation in the beams reinforced under the load is of particular interest. at the initial stage of loading such a beam behaves in the same way as a nonstrengthened one (fig. 4, solid thick lines). the i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 336 appearance of the first cracks in the concrete causes a sharp increase in deformation. the subsequent grouting of cracks in the beam under the load leads to the restoration of its rigidity. at this stage, the deformation curve has the "step", on which the slope of the curve is almost restored to its initial value. with a further increase in the bending moment beam displays the same behavior pattern, as the preliminarily strengthened one. the beams strengthened under the load showed an increase in their carrying capacity by 38–49% compared to the nonstrengthened samples, and the appearance of the second generation cracks started when the bending moment increased by 45–71%. in the graphs the loading intervals are marked (circled zones), corresponding to the beginning of cohesive delamination of cfrp. in the beams strengthened under loading delamination begins when the bending moment is on average 75% of the maximum value. thus, our tests show that the loss of the bearing capacity of the beam cannot be correlated with the beginning of delamination of cfrp layer. as shown in the graphs of fig. 4, from the beginning of delamination the beam continues to perceive the load and reduction of rigidity does not take place. this means that from the appearance of the first cracks to the total loss of the bearing capacity the beam has some strength reserve which is about 25% of the ultimate load. (a) (b) figure 4: bending moment–deflection relationships for series a, b and c: group b1 (a), group b2 (b). the algorithm of thermogram transformation allows one to estimate the relative area of delamination, accumulated in the beams at each loading step. the data presented in tab. 3 show that the relative area of delamination in the beams reinforced under loading is on average 2.1–2.3 times greater than in the preliminary strengthened ones. the comparison of the experimental strain values, corresponding to the onset of cohesive delamination of cfrp, with the data theoretically obtained from 5 different methods used in practice, demonstrates a low reliability of these calculation methods (fig. 5). for instance, the values calculated by the regulatory method used in russia exceeds the experimentally registered by 15–75% for different classes of concrete. conclusion . it is shown that for the bearing capacity of cfrp beams destroyed due to the rupture of cfrp does not depend on the point when the strengthening is performed. the beams strengthened before loading and under the load after the appearance of first cracks and their grouting demonstrate the bearing capacity that is higher by 37–39% and 3849%, respectively, than the ordinary cr beams. grouting of cracks in the beams under loading allows one to increase the limiting value of the bending moment by 45–71% compared to the unstrengthened beams. 2. it is established that the process of cfrp delamination in the beams strengthened under loading begins at strain which is 4-65% lower and the relative area of delamination is 2.1-2.3 times higher compared to the beams strengthened before loading. 1 series b series c series a series c series b series a i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 337 3. the onset of delamination of cfrp sheet corresponds to the bending moment, which is 75% of the limit value. thus, the presence of delamination does not determine the limiting state of cfrp beams with anchorage of cfrp tape on the bearings. therefore, it is possible to use the breaking strain of the composite as a limiting value of deformations in the limit state design. the existence of cohesive delamination does not reduce the stiffness of the reinforced structure. specimen binary card of defects the relative area of the delamination, % cfrp strain, με particular value average value b1b-3 7.8 9.71 10300 b1b-4 12.99 10660 b1b-5 8.34 10140 b1c-1 19.77 22.93 10280 b1c-2 22.59 8020 b1c-3 26.43 10240 b2b-3 11.78 14.90 10810 b2b-4 20.18 10200 b2b-5 12.73 10070 b2c-1 17.86 32.41 8970 b2c-2 33.08 7220 b2c-3 46.29 10450 table 3: the results of static tests of beams of series c. figure 5: the comparison of experimental and theoretical values of deformations corresponding to the onset of cohesive delamination. acknowledgment this research was supported by the russian science foundation, project no. 14-2900172. references [1] teng, j.g., failure modes of frp-strengthened restructures, 26th conference on our world in concrete & structures: 27-28 august, singapore (2001) 627-634. [2] sp 164.1325800.2014. strengthening of reinforced concrete structures with composite materials. design rules (2014) (in russian). [3] aci 440.2r-08. guide for the design and construction of externally bonded frp systems for strengthening concrete structures. aci (2008). [4] zhang, a., jin, w., li, g., behavior of preloaded rc beams strengthened with cfrp laminates, journal of zhejiang university science a, 7 (2006) 436-444. i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 331-338; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.43 338 [5] parikh, k., modhera, c.d., application of gfrp on preloaded retrofitted beam for enhancement in flexural strength, international journal of civil and structural engineering, 2 (2012) 1070-1080. [6] al-salloum, y.a., flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened with frp composite sheets subjected to different load cases, king saud university, saudi arabia. http://faculty.ksu.edu.sa/ysalloum/documents/my%20papers/flexure%20uk%202006.pdf. [7] vavilov, v.p., thermal/infrared nondestructive testing, ndt handbooks series, moscow 5(2009). [8] concu, g., de nicolo, b., piga, c., trulli, n., infrared thermography as a tool for quality control of frp and frcm application, proceedings of the 6th international conference on frp composites in civil engineering. – rome, (2012). [9] valluzzi, m.r., grinzato, e., pellegrino, c., modena, c., ir thermography for interface analysis of frp laminates externally bonded to rc beams, materials and structures, 42 (2009) 25-34. [10] shirazi, а., karbhar, v.m., quantifying defects and progression of damage in frp rehabilitation of concrete through ir thermography, asia-pacific conference on frp in structures (apfis 2007). international institute for frp in construction, (2007). [11] taillade, f., quiertant, m., benzarti, k., dumoulin, j., aubagnac, ch., nondestructive evaluation of frp strengthening systems bonded on rc structures using pulsed stimulated infrared thermography, ifsttar, f-75015 paris, (2012) 193-208. [12] bykov, a., matveenko, v., serovaev, g., shardakov, i., shestakov, a., determination of thermography modes for recording delamination between composite material and reinforced concrete structures, solid state phenomena, ttp, (2016) 97-104. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_29_art_3 a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 19 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy a micromechanical four-phase model to predict the compressive failure surface of cement concrete a. caporale, r. luciano department of civil and mechanical engineering, university of cassino and southern lazio a.caporale@unicas.it, luciano@unicas.it abstract. in this work, a micromechanical model is used in order to predict the failure surface of cement concrete subject to multi-axial compression. in the adopted model, the concrete material is schematised as a composite with the following constituents: coarse aggregate (gravel), fine aggregate (sand) and cement paste. the cement paste contains some voids which grow during the loading process. in fact, the non-linear behavior of the concrete is attributed to the creation of cracks in the cement paste; the effect of the cracks is taken into account by introducing equivalent voids (inclusions with zero stiffness) in the cement paste. the three types of inclusions (namely gravel, sand and voids) have different scales, so that the overall behavior of the concrete is obtained by the composition of three different homogenizations; in the sense that the concrete is regarded as the homogenized material of the two-phase composite constituted of the gravel and the mortar; in turn, the mortar is the homogenized material of the two-phase composite constituted of the sand inclusions and a (porous) cement paste matrix; finally, the (porous) cement paste is the homogenized material of the two-phase composite constituted of voids and the pure paste. the pure paste represents the cement paste before the loading process, so that it does not contain voids or other defects due to the loading process. the abovementioned three homogenizations are realized with the predictive scheme of mori-tanaka in conjunction with the eshelby method. the adopted model can be considered an attempt to find micromechanical tools able to capture peculiar aspects of the cement concrete in load cases of uni-axial and multi-axial compression. attributing the non-linear behavior of concrete to the creation of equivalent voids in the cement paste provides correspondence with many phenomenological aspects of concrete behavior. trying to improve this correspondence, the influence of the parameters of the evolution law of the equivalent voids in the cement paste is investigated, showing how the parameters affect the uni-axial stress-strain curve and the failure surfaces in bi-axial and tri-axial compression. keywords. cement concrete; micromechanics; compressive strength. introduction icromechanical methods [1-3] have been widely used to homogenize fiber reinforced composites such as frp, frequently employed to strengthen existing structures made of concrete [4-8]. micromechanics has also been adopted for the analysis of different types of heterogeneous materials such as masonry arrangements [9,10] and cement concrete [11-16]. in [17], a four-phase micromechanical model has been proposed in order to simulate the nonlinear instantaneous pre-peak response of cement concrete subjected to monotonically increasing loads of uni-axial m a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 20 compression. in this work, the micromechanical model presented in [17] is used in order to predict the failure surface of cement concrete subject to multi-axial compression. it is underlined that stress-strain curves in uni-axial compression are provided in [17], whereas failure curves in the plane of the principal stresses in concrete are considered in this work. the failure curves provided by the proposed micromechanical method can also be obtained with experimental tests which involve high economical costs as equipment able to impose bi-axial and tri-axial states of compression is required. the aim of the work is to determine theoretically the mechanical parameters that affect more the behavior of cement concrete in order to reduce the number of expensive experimental tests on concrete specimens. micromechanical model n the proposed model, the concrete material is viewed as a composite with the following constituents: coarse aggregate (gravel), fine aggregate (sand) and cement paste. the cement paste contains some voids which grow during the loading process. in fact, the non-linear behavior of the concrete is attributed to the creation of cracks in the cement paste; the effect of the cracks is taken into account by introducing equivalent voids (inclusions with zero stiffness) in the cement paste. the three types of inclusions (namely gravel, sand and voids) have different scales, so that the overall behavior of the concrete is obtained by the composition of three different homogenizations; in the sense that the concrete is regarded as the homogenized material of the two-phase composite constituted of the gravel and the mortar; in turn, the mortar is the homogenized material of the two-phase composite constituted of the sand inclusions and a (porous) cement paste matrix; finally, the (porous) cement paste is the homogenized material of the two-phase composite constituted of voids and the pure paste; the pure paste represents the cement paste before the loading process, so that it does not contain voids or other defects due to the loading process. the pure paste can contain defects but these are due to the production process of the cement paste and not to the loading process. the above-mentioned three homogenizations are realized with the predictive scheme of mori-tanaka in conjunction with the eshelby method, frequently used in the homogenization of composites [11,13]. the micromechanical method described in [17] provides the stress in the concrete material subject to a prescribed strain and, vice versa, the strain in concrete material subject to a prescribed stress. the volume fraction of the voids in the cement paste is denoted by vf . the overall elasticity of the porous cement paste, mortar and concrete are denoted by  pc ,  mc and  cc , respectively. considering that the paste is composed of pure paste and voids, the overall elasticity  pc of the paste is a function of the volume fraction vf of the voids. as a consequence, the overall elasticity of mortar and concrete are also functions of vf . the overall elasticity of paste, mortar and concrete are evaluated with the moritanaka method in conjunction with the result of the eshelby’s problem of an ellipsoidal inclusion in a homogeneous, linearly elastic and infinitely extended medium (see also [17]). the overall compliances of the cement paste, mortar and concrete are denoted by  pd ,  md and  cd , respectively; these compliances are obtained by inverting the corresponding overall elasticity and are also functions of vf :                            1 1 1 p p v v m m v v c c v v f f f f f f       d c d c d c (1) in this work, a macro-stress σ is prescribed to the concrete and the average stress and strain in the constituents of concrete and corresponding to σ are evaluated with the following iterative procedure, which makes use of a secant approach. the value of the void volume fraction vf at the generic ith iteration is denoted by ,v if . the average stress and strain in the constituents of concrete at the generic ith iteration are evaluated by assuming that it is known , 1v if , i.e. the void volume fraction at the previous iteration  1i . specifically, the following overall elasticity and compliance corresponding to , 1v if are evaluated in the ith iteration of the procedure:                             , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1, , , , , p pm c m cv i v i v i v i v i v if f f f f fc c c d d d (2) i a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 21 it is noted that the iterative procedure begins with the first iteration (  1i ), where the void volume fraction  , 1 ,0v i vf f is required: ,0vf may represent a measure of the defects in the paste before the loading process. if this information is already contained in the constant elasticity  ppc of the pure paste then ,0vf can be assumed equal to zero. the concrete twophase composite has mortar as matrix and gravel as inclusions; at the ith iteration, the average stress  mσ in the mortar of the concrete two-phase composite subject to σ is given by        , 1m m v ifσ b σ (3) where    , 1m v ifb is the average stress concentration tensor of the mortar in the concrete and depends on    , 1c v ifd and    , 1m v ifd , as well as on the constant compliance  gd of the gravel. then, the average stress  mσ evaluated in (3) becomes the far-field stress applied on the mortar two-phase composite, which has paste as matrix and sand as inclusions; at the ith iteration, the average stress  pσ in the paste of the mortar two-phase composite subject to  mσ is         , 1p p mv ifσ b σ (4) where    , 1p v ifb is the average stress concentration tensor of the paste in the mortar and depends on    , 1m v ifd and    , 1p v ifd , as well as on the constant compliance  sd of the sand. finally, the average stress  pσ evaluated in (4) becomes the far-field stress applied on the paste two-phase composite, which has pure paste as matrix and voids as inclusions. the average stress  ppσ in the pure paste of the paste two-phase composite subject to  pσ is evaluated by using the stress average theorem:        , 11pp p v ifσ σ (5) once  ppσ has been evaluated at the ith iteration by means of (5), it is possible to determine the corresponding average strain  ppε in the pure paste:      pp pp ppε d σ (6) where  ppd is the constant compliance of the pure paste. the value of the void volume fraction at the current ith iteration is given by        , ,0 , , pp pp v i v v m m v eq eqf f f f (7) where                                11 22 33 2 , , 3 3 pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp m ij ij m ij eq ij ije e e (8) and   ppij are the components of the second-order strain tensor  ppε in (6), equal to the symmetric part of the displacement gradient. relation (7) is the evolution law of the voids in the paste and depends on the following five parameters: ,0vf , ,v mf , ,v eqf ,  ,  . if the error , , 1v i v if f is less than or equal to a given tolerance then further iterations are not necessary and the average stress and strain evaluated in the current ith iteration are correct; otherwise, the void volume fraction ,v if in the current ith iteration provided by (7) becomes the value of vf to consider at the a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 22 beginning of the successive iteration  1i . in the iteration  1i , the relations (2)-(7) are evaluated again by substituting ,v if for , 1v if into (2)-(5). the average stress σ prescribed to the concrete composite represents the input load and must be less than or equal to the strength of the concrete which is unknown. if the prescribed stress σ is greater than concrete strength then ,v if at an iteration i usually results greater than one, causing the stopping of the iterative procedure as a void volume fraction vf greater than one is physically unacceptable. moreover, the void volume fraction ,v if at the generic ith iteration should not be excessively large as the used homogenization methods provide acceptable estimates if the volume fraction of the inclusions is not so large. damage and failure of brittle and ductile materials are very sensitive to the von mises equivalent stress and strain, which are often encountered in damage and failure criteria of materials, as well as in the proposed evolution law (7) in the form of  ppeq defined in (8). the parameter ,v eqf is used to weight the influence of the von mises equivalent strain  pp eq on the void evolution. on the other hand, the parameter ,v mf has been introduced in the evolution law (7) in order to take into account also a void growth in presence of hydrostatic compression characterized by      11 22 33 0 pp pp pp     and   0ppeq  : in this case, no void evolution could occur if ,v mf was equal to zero. in the proposed model, the damage is smeared over the whole volume of concrete while in the post-peak behavior the damage localizes in limited zones [18]. for this reason the proposed model, valid in the pre-peak range, results not suitable to capture the post-peak behavior. in this work, the pre-peak behavior provides essential information, such as the initial young’s modulus of concrete and the compressive strength in multi-axial stress state. in the load case of prescribed uni-axial compression, the uni-axial stress can be plotted against the uni-axial strain so as to obtain the compressive stress-strain curve of concrete. the stress-strain curves provided in [17] in the load case of uniaxial compression exhibit a maximum compressive stress denoted by  p , which represents the compressive strength  c of concrete. in [17], the proposed micromechanical model has been used in order to capture peculiar aspects of the stressstrain curve in the load case of uni-axial compression:  in most concrete materials, a higher compressive strength is associated with a higher initial tangent young’s modulus 0e ;  the formation and evolution of voids in the cement paste cause a reduction of the tangent line to the stress-strain curve;  a higher w c ratio of water to cement involves a concrete with a lower compressive strength  c and a lower tangent line 0e at the origin of the stress-strain curve;  the concrete materials having the same initial stiffness 0e also have the same  p p ratio of peak stress to peak strain, as predicted by phenomenological curves [19];  p is the strain corresponding to  p in the concrete stressstrain curve. in this work, the micromechanical model presented in [17] and briefly described in this paragraph is used in order to predict the failure surface of cement concrete subject to multi-axial compression. firstly, further analyses with uni-axial compression are presented in the next paragraph. influence of the model parameters on the uni-axial compressive stress-strain curve he iterative procedure previously described is used to estimate the stress-strain curve  11 11 of concrete subject to uni-axial compression: in this stress state, concrete is subject to the average stress  cσ and all the components of  cσ are equal to zero except     11 11 0 c . in fig. 1, the normal stress    11 11 c is plotted against the normal strain    11 11 c of concrete subject to uni-axial compression, where  cε is the average strain in concrete. in the examples of this work, the constituents pure paste, sand and gravel are considered homogeneous, isotropic and linear elastic; they have the geometrical and mechanical properties reported in tab. 1. the parameters of the evolution law (7) adopted for the curves of fig. 1 assume the following values. in the solid black curves of fig. 1, ,v eqf varies between 30 and 50,  is equal to 0.7,  , ,0vf and ,v mf are assumed equal to zero. in the solid red curves of fig. 1, ,v eqf varies t a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 23 between 30 and 50,  is equal to 0.8,  , ,0vf and ,v mf are assumed equal to zero. in the green curves of fig. 1, ,0vf is assumed equal to zero, ,v mf varies between 10 and 20, ,v eqf is equal to 30,  and  are assumed equal to 0.8. the tangent line to a curve of fig. 1 at the origin of the 11 and 11 -axes is the overall initial stiffness 0e . each curve of fig. 1 has a maximum denoted by  p and attained when  11 p . the tangent line to the curves of fig. 1 at the endpoint   , p p is about horizontal. in case of uni-axial compression, the peak  p of the stress-strain curve represents the compressive strength  c of concrete. the curves of fig. 1 have the same initial stiffness 0e : in fact, 0e depends on the properties reported in tab. 1 and the initial porosity ,0vf , which are constants that do not vary among the curves of fig. 1. the curves with a given value of  have the same ratio  p p : e.g. in the black curves characterized by   0.7 , the ratio  p p is about 0 2e ; in the red and green curves characterized by   0.8 , the ratio  p p is always constant and is greater than 0 2e . the exponent   0.7 was chosen in order to have   0 2p pe , as predicted by the following phenomenological curve proposed by desayi and krishnan [19]            0 11 11 11 2 111 p e (9) the generic curve of fig. 1 is obtained by connecting the point   11 11, ; the end-point of this curve is   , p p , whose coordinates are used to have the dimensionless curve     11 11, p p . in fig. 2,  11 p is plotted against  11 p for the eight curves of fig. 1. the eight dimensionless curves of fig. 2 are the same; this behavior is also exhibited by the experimental stress-strain curves and the curve (9). constituent young’s modulus poisson’s ratio volume fractions in cement concrete gravel 45 gpa 0.23 0.4 sand 65 gpa 0.21 0.326 cement paste 0.274 pure paste 15 gpa 0.22 table 1: geometrical and mechanical properties of the four-phase composite. 0,000 0,020 0,040 0,060 0,080 0,100 0,120 0,000 0,001 0,002 0,003 0,004 0,005 0,006   ( g p a)   f v,eq , f v,m   = 0.8, f v,eq = 30, f v,m = 10, 20   = 0.7, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50   = 0.8, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50 figure 1: stress-strain curves of concrete in uni-axial compression. a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 24 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0    p   p   = 0.8, f v,eq = 30, f v,m = 10, 20   = 0.7, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50   = 0.8, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50 figure 2: dimensionless stress-strain curves of concrete in uni-axial compression. compressive failure surfaces he proposed model can also be used to determine the behavior of cement concrete in load cases of multi-axial compression. this is done in this work, where the failure surface of concrete subject to bi-axial or tri-axial compression is determined by using the previously described iterative procedure. the objective is to represent the compressive failure surface of cement concrete in the space of the eigenvalues of the average stress  cσ in concrete. the eigenvalues are the principal stresses in concrete and are contained in the vector     t1 2 3 e e e eσ . the generic direction in the space of the eigenvalues of  cσ is represented by the unit vector      t 1 2 3 ˆ ˆ ˆ n . the proposed method determines the average strain  cε in cement concrete subject to a prescribed stress     t1 2 3ˆ ˆ e eσ , where  is a positive parameter which increases during the loading process; 1ˆ , 2ˆ and  3e are constants with  1ˆ 0 and  2ˆ 0 . the principal directions of  cσ coincide with the coordinate axes, i.e.                  tt 1 2 3 11 22 33 ˆ ˆ c c ce eσ . in order to determine a point of the failure surface, the loading parameter  increases from zero up to the admissible maximum value  max . the above-mentioned iterative procedure is executed for each value of  . after the admissible values of  have been determined for given directions 1ˆ and 2ˆ and given stress  3e , the stress     cii ii for  1, 2i can be plotted against the corresponding strain    cii ii so as to obtain a  ii ii stress-strain curve in the ith direction. from a physical point of view, it is interesting to consider the  ii ii stress-strain curve when  ˆ ˆj i with i j , i.e.  ii jj ; this curve exhibits a maximum stress denoted by   , c ii p and the tangent line to the curve at the maximum is about horizontal. the searched point of the failure surface of cement concrete in multi-axial compression is therefore given by       tt , max 1 max 2 3 11, 22 , 3 ˆ ˆ c ce e p e p p e            σ σ (10) next, the points ,e pσ are estimated with the previously described iterative procedure and assuming     t 1 2 ˆ ˆ 0n with  1ˆ 0 and  2ˆ 0 , i.e. a bi-axial compression is imposed to cement concrete. in this case, the points ,e pσ represent a failure curve in the negative quadrant of the plane with  1e and  2e -axes. in fig. 3, the failure curves are illustrated for the cement concrete characterized by the geometric and mechanical properties reported in tab. 1. the parameters of the evolution law (7) adopted for the curves of fig. 3 have the same values assumed in fig. 1: e.g., in the solid black curves of fig. 3,   ,0 , 0v v mf f , , 30, 40, 50v eqf ,   0.7 . the failure curves exhibit an elliptical shape and the curves t a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 25 characterized by , 0v mf have values of  max greater than the uni-axial compressive strength  c . the failure curves reflect the uni-axial behavior observed in fig. 1: for a given direction     t 1 2 ˆ ˆ 0n ,  max decreases with increasing ,v eqf and ,v mf . -0,12 -0,10 -0,08 -0,06 -0,04 -0,02 0,00 -0,12 -0,10 -0,08 -0,06 -0,04 -0,02 0,00  e 2 ( g p a)  e  (gpa)   = 0.8, f v,eq = 30, f v,m = 10, 20   = 0.7, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50   = 0.8, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50 f v,eq , f v,m figure 3: failure curves in bi-axial compression. -1,50 -1,00 -0,50 0,00 -1,50 -1,00 -0,50 0,00  e   c  e  c   = 0.8, f v,eq = 30, f v,m = 10, 20   = 0.7, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50   = 0.8, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 30, 40, 50 f v,m figure 4: dimensionless failure curves in bi-axial compression. the generic curve of fig. 3 is obtained by connecting the points        1 2 max 1 2ˆ ˆ, , 0 , , 0e e ; this curve intersects the coordinate axes at the points   , 0,0c and  0, , 0c , where  c is the uni-axial compressive strength of concrete and is used to determine the dimensionless curve     1 2 maxˆ ˆ, , 0 c . in fig. 4, the eight curves of figure 3 are plotted in the dimensionless form: these curves depend on the parameter ,v mf . in fact, the curves characterized by , 0v mf are the same whatever the parameter  is, whereas the remaining curves vary with ,v mf : the area bounded by the dimensionless failure curve decreases with increasing ,v mf . fig. 4 shows that the adopted values of ,v mf should be small as large values of ,v mf provide a bi-axial compressive strength max 2 2 less than the uni-axial compressive strength when the average stress  2 2 , 2 2 , 0 is prescribed on concrete, in contrast with the experimental failure curve of concrete. a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 26 in fig. 5, six failure curves are plotted: the black curves refer to , 0v mf  whereas the turquoise curves refer to , 10v mf  . moreover, the solid curves are the failure curves in bi-axial compression; the dotted curves are the intersection of the failure surfaces with the plane 3σ 0.01e gpa, where 3σe is the third of the three coordinate axes of the stress space where the failure surface is plotted; the dashed curves are the intersection of the failure surfaces with the plane  3σ 0.01e gpa (for the dotted and dashed curves, the load direction is different from     t 1 2 ˆ ˆ 0n ). as it is expected, the admissible domain bounded by the failure curve increases in presence of a negative 3σe (compression) and decreases in presence of a positive 3σe (traction). -0,12 -0,10 -0,08 -0,06 -0,04 -0,02 0,00 -0,12 -0,10 -0,08 -0,06 -0,04 -0,02 0,00  e 2 (g p a)  e  (gpa)   = 0.7, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 40,  e 3 = 0  e 3   = 0.7, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 40,  e 3 = 0.01 gpa   = 0.7, f v,m = 0, f v,eq = 40,  e 3 = 0.01 gpa   = 0.8, f v,m = 10, f v,eq = 30,  e 3 = 0   = 0.8, f v,m = 10, f v,eq = 30,  e 3 = 0.01 gpa   = 0.8, f v,m = 10, f v,eq = 30,  e 3 = -0.01 gpa figure 5: failure curves in bi-axial and tri-axial compression. conclusions n this work, a micromechanical model is used for estimating the failure curves of cement concrete in bi-axial and triaxial compression. the concrete failure is due to the creation and evolution of voids in the cement paste. the void evolution decreases the tangent stiffness to the concrete stress-strain curve and the concrete compressive strength is attained when this tangent line becomes horizontal. this condition is used to determine the failure curves of concrete in bi-axial and tri-axial compression. mori-tanaka and eshelby homogenization methods are used to determine the overall behavior of concrete. the micromechanical analyses show which values of the void evolution parameters represent better the concrete behavior. as a future development, micromechanical methods different from the mori-tanaka one will be used and different evolution laws of the voids will be considered in the attempt to capture better the multi-axial concrete behavior. acknowledgments his research was carried out in the framework of the dpc/reluis 2014 – aq dpc/reluis 2014-2016 project (theme: reinforced concrete structures) funded by the italian department of civil protection. references [1] bruno, d., greco, f., lonetti, p., blasi, p.n., sgambitterra, g., an investigation on microscopic and macroscopic stability phenomena of composite solids with periodic microstructure, international journal of solids and structures, 47 (2010) 2806-24. i t a. caporale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 19-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.03 27 [2] caporale, a., luciano, r., micromechanical analysis of periodic composites by prescribing the average stress, annals of solid and structural mechanics, 1 (2010) 117-137. [3] greco, f., leonetti, l., lonetti, p., a two-scale failure analysis of composite materials in presence of fiber/matrix crack initiation and propagation, composite structures, 95 (2013) 582-97. [4] lau, k.-t., zhou, l.-m., mechanical performance of composite-strengthened concrete structures, composites part b: engineering, 32 (2001) 21-31. [5] aprile, a., benedetti, a., coupled flexural-shear design of r/c beams strengthened with frp, composites part b: engineering, 35 (2004) 1-25. [6] agbossou, a., michel, l., lagache, m., hamelin, p., strengthening slabs using externally-bonded strip composites: analysis of concrete covers on the strengthening, composites part b: engineering, 39 (2008) 1125-35. [7] d’ambrisi, a., feo, l., focacci, f., bond-slip relations for pbo-frcm materials externally bonded to concrete, composites part b: engineering, 43 (2012) 2938-49. [8] d’ambrisi, a., feo, l., focacci, f., experimental analysis on bond between pbo-frcm strengthening materials and concrete, composites part b: engineering, 44 (2013) 524-32. [9] milani, g., esquivel, y.w., lourenço, p.b., riveiro, b., oliveira, d.v., characterization of the response of quasiperiodic masonry: geometrical investigation, homogenization and application to the guimarães castle, portugal, engineering structures, 56 (2013) 621-41. [10] caporale, a., parisi, f., asprone, d., luciano, r., prota, a., micromechanical analysis of adobe masonry as twocomponent composite: influence of bond and loading schemes, composite structures, 112 (2014) 254-63. [11] yang, c.c., huang, r., a two-phase model for predicting the compressive strength of concrete, cement and concrete research, 26 (1996) 1567-77. [12] yang, c.c., approximate elastic moduli of lightweight aggregate, cement and concrete research, 27 (1997) 1021-30. [13] yang, c.-c., huang, r., approximate strength of lightweight aggregate using micromechanics method, advanced cement based materials, 7 (1998) 133-8. [14] li, g., zhao, y., pang, s.-s., four-phase sphere modeling of effective bulk modulus of concrete, cement and concrete research, 29 (1999) 839-45. [15] hashin, z., monteiro, p.j.m., an inverse method to determine the elastic properties of the interphase between the aggregate and the cement paste, cement and concrete research, 32 (2002) 1291-300. [16] hernández, m.g., anaya, j.j., ullate, l.g., ibañez, a., formulation of a new micromechanic model of three phases for ultrasonic characterization of cement-based materials, cement and concrete research, 36 (2006) 609-16. [17] caporale, a., feo, l., luciano, r., damage mechanics of cement concrete modeled as a four-phase composite, composites part b: engineering, in press. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.compositesb.2014.02.006 [18] watanabe, k., niwa, j., yokota, h., iwanami, m., experimental study on stress-strain curve of concrete considering localized failure in compression, journal of advanced concrete technology, 2 (2004) 395-407. [19] desayi, p., krishnan, s., equation for the stress–strain curve of concrete, aci j 61 (1964) 345–50. microsoft word numero_39_art_13 s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 118 focussed on modelling in mechanics modified compact tension specimen for experiments on cement based materials: comparison of calibration curves from 2d and 3d numerical solutions s. seitl, v. viszlay brno university of technology, faculty of civil engineering, veveří 331/95, brno 602 00, czech republic seitl.s@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4953-4324, viszlay.v@fce.vutbr.cz abstract. the evaluation of fracture mechanics parameters of materials has become very important part of considering the condition of older constructions as well as properties of newly developed materials. this contribution focuses on a numerical simulation and a calculation of fracture mechanical properties of modified compact tension test configuration. it is possible to prepare the specimens used for this test very easily from a drilled core or from specimens used for cylindrical compression test. the focus of contribution is to compare selected outputs from numerical solution of 2d (plane strain conditions) with 3d models. particularly, the determination of the influence of 2d and 3d model on the calibration curves for selected fracture mechanics parameters is of interest. finite element software ansys was used for the numerical analysis. keywords. stress intensity factor; cod; cmod; biaxiality factor; modified compact tension test; fracture mechanics of concrete. citation: seitl, s., viszlay, v., modified compact tension specimen for experiments on cement based materials: comparison of calibration curves from 2d and 3d numerical solutions, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128. received: 17.07.2016 accepted: 22.09.2016 published: 01.01.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ompact tension (ct) tests have been widely and successfully applied for measuring the fracture properties of several materials, such as metals (astm standard e-399 [3]), or even composite materials with limited orthotropy [1]. note that for test of fracture properties is not prepared norm only recommendation rilem for three point bending test [17], rilem for bending test for concrete with fibers [16, 18] and as a standard test the wedge splitting test is used (cube or cylindrical [12, 14, 19, 20]). the compact tension fracture toughness test (ct test [11, 22]) is essentially performed by applying equal and opposite forces through two holes previously made in the specimen, to propagate an initial crack. however, its applicability in concrete is characterized by some disadvantages, such as drilling the holes necessary to apply c http://www.gruppofrattura.it/pdf/rivista/numero39/audio/13.mp3 s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 119 the pulling forces and the hazard of a local fracture originated at these holes. the modified compact tension test (mct [4, 5, 9, 10, 21, 23) is a quite new test configuration on notched specimens to obtain fracture mechanics parameters of materials in laboratory conditions, note that test is derived from classic ct test. a detailed research program/campaign has to be done before the configuration starts to be used as a standard. the several authors used cohesive crack model and prepared mct model in software atena [10] or in software abaqus [5]. pilot experimental measurement and comparison of selected configurations with three point bending specimen is introduced in contributions [4, 9]. the main advantage of mct test is a round shape of the specimen that makes it appropriate for testing cement based composites. due to its shape, it is easy to prepare specimen both ways: by cutting them of the drilled core in case of constructions which are already being used [6-8, 15,] as well as in forms from the fresh concrete mixture [24]. the geometry of the specimen is shown in fig. 1. figure 1: modified compact tension test: a) schema of the test and b) a photo from the test. the aim of the paper is to provide calibration curves according to four different fracture mechanics parameters and to compare selected case with the values obtained from 3d model with the results from 2d model, which have already been published in [21]. the first considered parameter is stress intensity factor ki [mpa·m1/2], see e.g. [1, 3, 11]. the value of stress intensity factor for each normalized crack length a/w is obtained by linear extrapolation from values in particular nodes behind the crack tip up to 3 mm distance. values in a number of first nodes had to be neglected due to big mistake caused by stress singularity near to the crack tip. values of t-stress [mpa] defined e.g. were obtained by different method. both parameters were normalized as dimensionless biaxiality factors b1 [-] and b2 [-] by (1) using the eqs. (2) and (3), see [11, 13]: ,0 wt p k  (1) , 0 1 k k b i (2) ,2 ik at b   (3) where p is loading force in [n], t is thickness of the specimen in [mm], w stands for the position of loading force in [mm] and a is the crack length in [mm]. a) b) 1 .3 5 w x y z s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 120 the next two considered parameters were opening displacements. the first, crack opening displacement cod [mm] is an opening displacement under the load force (at loadline), 5 mm from the crack path. the second one, crack mouth opening displacement cmod [mm] is measured at crack edge. in both cases, the outputs were dimensionless compliance functions fcod(a/w) [-] and fcmod(a/w) [-] obtained from measured values of displacement by using normalization eq. (4) in the eq. (5). , 22 )1(/   e wak f inorm   (4)   ,/ norm y f u waf  (5) where uy is selected point displacement in [mm], ν is poisson’s ratio [-] and e is young’s modulus [mpa]. the positions of selected points are related to the experimental set-up position: cmod-clip gage at the end of specimen and cod – by displacement of machine load set up or both (cmod, cod) points by system aramis or other digidal image correlation system. the considered values of material characteristics are sumarized in tab. 1. elastic properties e [mpa]  [-] steel 210 000 0.3 concrete 5 5 000 0.2 concrete 20 20 000 0.2 concrete 25, see [21] 25 000 0.2 concrete 60 60 000 0.2 concrete 100 100 000 0.2 table 1: characteristics of used materials as the input parameters for numerical calculation. numerical solution n this paper, the 2d and 3d models for numerical solution will be compared in a range of two-parameter fracture mechanics (see [11, 20]). the finite element software ansys was used for numerical analysis [2]. element type plane183 was used for 2d simulation which is able to degenerate from 8-node to 6-node and therefore is able to fit better stress singularity due to translocate to middle node to ¼ distance from crack tip. for 2d model, the plane-strain conditions were applied due to experiment specimen thickness 50 mm. the 2d solution is described and discussed in [21]. for 3d model, the element solid186 was used. this type of element is suitable for irregular meshes, tetrahedral and pyramid options could be used. the specimen thickness for 3d model was 50 mm (full specimen). a diameter of specimen used for simulations was selected as d=150 mm as an appropriate size of a drill which is commonly used to obtain this type of specimen from a construction element. a considered length of the steel bars was 110 mm on each side of the specimen and used load force was p=1500 n. the load force was applied as a pressure on the area at the end of the bar so the stress was applied uniformly. the end part of the steel bar (last 30 mm) was considered to be gripped into hydraulic testing machine. therefore for this part, a displacement in x and z directions was set to zero. the diameter of the steel bars was 8 mm. an interface among the steel bar and a concrete matrix was modeled without any transitional layer (perfect adhesion). the perpendicular distance between steel bars and the middle of the specimen was 45 mm. a relative crack length α (stands for a/w ratio) varied from 0.1 to 0.9 in steps of 0.1. the density of the mesh was refinded in the vicinity of the crack tip, where average element size was 0.2 mm. then the element size fluently increases to the value of 5 mm on the outer sides of the specimen. the advantage of symmetric specimen was exploited and so only 1/4 of 3d model was built. the symmetric boundary conditions were applied along the vertical cross-section.the meshed model for α=0.4 is shown in fig. 2. i s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 121 numerical results and discussion he finite element simulations were performed for various values of material properties listed in tab. 1 (effect of change elasticity modulus ratio – constant value of young’s modulus for steel and the value of young modulus for concrete is changed), and effect of 2d and 3d model solutions for various crack lengths, subjected to uniform load. the results of stress intensity factors k and t-stress are normalized by eq. (2) and (3). in figs. 3 and 8, the examples of deformed finite element models of 2d and 3d solutions are shown. the calibration curves are introduced in eqs. (6-24) for each selected case. figure 2: example of finite element 3d model used for numerical study =0.4. effect of elasticity modulus ratio the numerically obtain results from 2d model solution covering the effect of elastic modulus ratio are shown in figs. 4-7 (stress intensity factor, t-stress, cod and cmod). the results of stress intensity factors and t-stress are normalized by eqs. (2) and (3). the functions of the calibration curve for mct specimens with steel bars with diameter 150 mm have to be calculated for each value of young’s modulus, especially, for long cracks from 0.6 to 1, see example for selected values. figure 3: example of 2d finite element model after deformation. t s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 122 the b1 curves are practically the same values for all five various materials. it only changes for values of relative crack length longer than α =0.5 (see fig. 4). the functions of calibration curves for selected young’s modulus of concrete e= 5, 20 and 100 gpa can be introduced as follows: b1 (e=5)= 5.5881 34.181α + 239.39α2 594.79α3 + 688.58α4 251.61α5 (6) b1 (e=20)= -2.3617 + 117.22α 736.11α2 + 2191.5α3 2926.8α4 + 1503.9α5 (7) b1 (e=100)= -16.91 + 389.22α 2465.6α2 + 7030.8α3 9049.3α4 + 4371.4α5 (8) figure 4: values of dimensionless b1 factor (stress intensity factor) versus a/w, the effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). figure 5: values of dimensionless b2 factor (t-stress) versus a/w, the effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). fig. 5 shows that the b2 parameter changes practically negligibly, only for very low values of young’s modulus e=5 gpa, there is relatively small deviation from another curves. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 b 1 [‐ ] a/w[‐] e=5 gpa e=20 gpa e=60 gpa e=100 gpa ‐0,4 ‐0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 b 2  [ ‐] a/w[‐] e=5 gpa e=20 gpa e=60 gpa e=100 gpa s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 123 b2 (e=5)= -0.5625 + 5.0149α 7.4585α2 + 5.1659α3 0.636α4 (9) b2 (e=20)= -0.4339 + 3.7445α 2.3166α2 2.6828α3 + 3.5752α4 (10) b2 (e=100)= -0.2136 + 1.0257α + 7.8949α2 17.492α3 + 10.933α4 (11) figure 6: values of cod (opening at load line) versus a/w, the effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). figure 7: values of cmod (crack mouth open displacement) versus a/w, the effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). compliance functions (according eqs. (4) and (5)) for opening displacement under the loading force (cod) and for opening displacement at the crack mouth (cmod) follow for young’s modulus of concrete e=5, 20 and 100 gpa, respectively: for cod 0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 f c o d [‐ ] a/w[‐] e=5 gpa e=20 gpa e=60 gpa e=100 gpa 0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 35,0 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 f c m o d [‐ ] a/w[‐] e=5 gpa e=20 gpa e=60 gpa e=100 gpa s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 124 fcod (e=5)= 6.0419 4.4767α + 77.12α2 153.38α3 + 106.59α4 (11) fcod (e=20)= 6.7211 12.764α + 111.24α2 208.43α3 + 138.35α4 (12) fcod (e=100)= 7.491 + 21.077α + 139.81α2 248.63α3 + 158.95α4 (13) and for cmod fcmod (e=5)= 10.54 10.549α + 100.94α2 194.05α3 + 132.77α4 (14) fcmod (e=20)= 12.478 27.907α + 162.68α2 285.45α3 + 182.31α4 (15) fcmod (e=100)= 15.905 55.717α + 245.61α2 390.95α3 + 231.39α4 (16) effect of 2d and 3d model solutions the results of 2d and 3d model solutions (steel e=210 gpa, concrete e=25 gpa) are shown in figs. 9-12 (stress intensity factor, t-stress, cod and cmod). the model of 3d model solution was prepared as ¼ of all body, the steel part was as ½ of the round bar. the example of the model after deformation is shown in fig. 8. figure 8: example of 3d finite element model after deformation. figure 9: values of dimensionless b1 factor (stress intensity factor) versus a/w, effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 125 the b1 curves are practically the same for both cases. it only changes for values of relative crack length longer than α =0.7 (see in fig. 9). the functions of calibration curve for both (2d and 3d) solutions (with young’s modulus of concrete e= 25 gpa) can be introduced as follows: b1 (2d)= -4.4888 + 157.35α 992.61α2 + 2913.2α3 3845.6α4 + 1937.8α5 (17) b1 (3d)= -19.17 + 437.74α 2795.2α2 + 7977.5α3 10259α4 + 4936.2α5 (18) figure 10: values of dimensionless b2 factor (t-stress) versus a/w, the effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). fig. 10 shows that the b2 parameter changes practically negligibly. only for very long cracks 0.7 and longer, some differences can be seen between curves. b2 (2d)= -0.352 + 2.6238α + 2.2014α2 9.8235α3 + 7.4131α4 (19) b2 (3d)= -0.2905 + 2.2439α + 2.305α2 8.4968α3 + 6.315α4 (20) figure 11: values of cod (opening at load line) versus a/w, the effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). the curves obtained by 3d model solution do not differ very much and they follow the shape of ones obtained by 2d model solution. the main differences come for relative long crack =0.8 for the values of stress intensity factor results, see s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 126 fig. 9. the obtained values are a little higher over a whole range of relative crack length and that’s caused by z stress component. compliance functions for opening displacement under the loading force (cod) and for opening displacement at the crack mouth (cmod) (according eqs. (4) and (5)) follow from 2d and 3d model solutions, respectively: for cod fcod (2d)= 6.8209 13.922α + 115.54α2 214.86α3 + 141.81α4 (21) fcod (3d)= 7.7038 18.056α + 131.72α2 239.55α3 + 155.85α4 (22) and for cmod fcmod (2d)= 12.849 31.071α + 172.7α2 298.93α3 + 188.98α4 (23) fcmod (3d)= 15.138 43.207α + 210.8α2 350.23α3 + 215.04α4 (24) figure 12: values of cmod (crack mouth open displacement) versus a/w, the effect of elasticity modulus ratio (steel e=210 gpa). conclusions he finite element analysis of two effects on modified compact tension test for specimens like concrete is introduced by means of a constraint-based two parameter fracture mechanic approach. five various materials configurations (steel and concrete) and 2d and 3d solutions were investigated. the following principal conclusions could be derived:  the influence of elasticity modulus ratio (constant value of young’s modulus defined for steel and different values for concrete) on the calibration curve is not negligible and for each case a different polynomial function has to be used.  the curves obtained by 3d model solution don’t differ very much and they follow the shape of ones obtained with 2d model solution very well, the largest differences are related to long crack in stress intensity factor results. the obtained values are a little higher over a whole range of relative crack length and that’s caused by z stress component.  the results from 2d model solution can be used instead of ones from 3d model solution and they are in a range of acceptance. moreover, they can be calculated much faster for another specimen sizes or bars positions. t s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 127 acknowledgement his paper has been worked out under the “national sustainability programme i” project “admas up – advanced materials, structures and technologies” (no. lo1408) supported by the ministry of education, youth and sports of the czech republic. references [1] anderson, t., l. fracture mechanics fundamentals and applications, crc press (1991) [2] ansys reference, www.ansys.com [3] astm e399 12e3 standard test method for linear-elastic plane-strain fracture toughness kic of metallic materials, doi: 10.1520/e0399. [4] cifuentes, h., lozano, m., holušová, t., medina, f., seitl, s., and canteli, a. applicability of a modified compact tension specimen for measuring the fracture energy of concrete, anales de mecánica de la fractura, 32 (2015) 208– 213. [5] fernández-canteli, a., castañón, l., nieto, b., lozano, m., holušová, t., seitl, s. determining fracture energy parameters of concrete from the modified compact tension test, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 383–393. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.46. [6] gaedicke, c., marines, a., miankodila, f., assessing the abrasion resistance of cores in virgin and recycled aggregate pervious concrete, construction and building materials, 68 (2014) 701-708. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2014.07.001 [7] gaedicke, c., torres, a., huynh k.c.t., marines, a., a method to correlate splitting tensile strength and compressive strength and compressive strength of pevious concrete and cores, construction and building materials 125(2016) 271– 278. doi: 0.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.08.031. [8] hidayat, a., purwanto, p., puspowardojo, j., aziz, f.a., the influence of graded concrete strength on concrete element, procedia engineering, 125(2015) 1023–1029. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.11.157 [9] holušová, t., lozano, m., canteli, a., komárková, t., kocáb, d., seitl, s. influence of the gripping fixture on modified compact tension test results: evaluation of the experiments on cylindrical concrete specimens, transactions of the všb – ostrava technical university of ostrava civil engineering series, 15(2) (2015) 10. doi: 10.1515/tvsb-2015-0010. [10] holušová, t., seitl, s., canteli, a. numerical simulation of modified compact tension test depicting of experimental measurement by aramis, key engineering materials 627 (2015) 277–280. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.627.277 [11] knésl, z., bednář, k. two parameter fracture mechanics: calculation of parameters and their values, institute of physics of materials academy of science of the czech republic, (1998). [12] korte, s., boel, v., de corte, w., de schutter, g., static and fatigue mechanics properties of self-compacting concrete using three-point bending tests and wedge-splitting tests, construction and building materials, 57(2014) 1–8. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2014.01.090. [13] leevers, p.s., radon, j.c., inherent stress biaxiality in various fracture specimen geometries, international jouirnal of fracture, 19(4) (1982) 311–325. doi: 10.1007/bf00012486. [14] merta, i., tschegg, e.k., fracture energy of natural fibre reinforced concrete, construction and building materials, 40 (2013) 991–997. doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2012.11.060. [15] mynarcik, p., core sampling for fiber concrete constructions-context between quantity of core samples and evaluation of fiber concrete characteristics, procedia engineering 114 (2015) 493–499. doi:10.1016/j.proeng.2015.08.097. [16] ponikiewski, t., katzer, j., properties of fresh scc mix reinforced by different types of steel and polymer fibre, construction and building materials, 62 (2014) 96–101. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2014.03.037. [17] rilem publications sarl, determination of the fracture energy of mortar and concrete by means of three-point bend tests on notched beams, (1985) 285–290. [18] rilem tc 162-tdf: test and design methods for steel fibre reinforced concrete, bending test, materials and structure, 35 (2002) 579–582. [19] řoutil, l., veselý, v., seitl, s. fracture analysis of cubeand cylindershaped wst specimens made of cementitious composites with various characteristic length, 188-489 (2012) 533–536. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.488-489.533. t s. seitl et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 118-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.13 128 [20] seitl, s., veselý, v., řoutil, l., two-parameter fracture mechanical analysis of a near-crack-tip stress field in wedge splitting test specimens, computers and structures, 21-22 (2011) 1852–1858. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2011.05.020. [21] seitl, s., viszlay, v., cifuentes, h., canteli, a. effects of specimen size and crack depth ratio on calibration curves for modified compact tension specimens, transactions of the všb – technical university of ostrava civil engineering series, 15(2), (2015) 23. doi: 10.1515/tvsb-2015-0023. [22] tada, h., paris p.c., irwin, r.g. the stress analysis of cracks handbook (3rd edition). new york: asm international, (2000). [23] veselý, v., sobek, j., numerical study of failure of cementitious composite specimens in modified compact tension fracture test, transactions of the všb – technical university of ostrava, civil engineering series, 13(2) (2013) 180– 187, doi: 10.2478/tvsb-2013-0025, [24] wu, y., xu, s., li, q., ruiz, g., yu, r.c., estimation of real fracture parameters of a dam concrete with large size aggregates through wedge splitting tests of drilled cylindrical specimens, engineering fracture mechanics, (2016). doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2016.06.012. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_39_art_24 o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 263 experimental and numerical study on mechanical properties of aluminum alloy under uniaxial tensile test o. daghfas, a. znaidi, a. ben mohamed, r. nasri university of tunis manar, national school of engineers of tunis, lr-mai-enit bp37, 1002 tunisie daghfasolfa@yahoo.fr, amna.znaidi@laposte.net, ahmed82enit@yahoo.fr, rachid.nasri@enit.rnu.tn abstract. the main objective is to model the behavior of 7075 aluminum alloy and built an experimental database to identify the model parameters. the first part of the paper presents an experimental database on 7075 aluminum alloy. thus, uniaxial tensile tests are carried in three loading directions relative to the rolling direction, knowing that the fatigue of aircraft structures is traditionally managed based on the assumption of uniaxial loads. from experimental database, the mechanical properties are extracted, particularly the various fractures owing to pronounced anisotropy relating to material. in second part, plastic anisotropy is then modeled using the identification strategy which depends on yield criteria, hardening law and evolution law. in third part, a comparison with experimental data shows that behavior model can successfully describe the anisotropy of the lankford coefficient. keywords. aluminum alloy; experimental tensile test; identification; lankford coefficient; mechanical properties. citation: daghfas, o., znaidi, a., ben mohamed, a., nasri, r., experimental and numerical study on mechanical properties of aluminum alloy under uniaxial tensile test, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273. received: 04.11.2016 accepted: 09.12.2016 published: 01.01.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he study of the behavior of metallic materials during the forming process is an important subject. the nature of the used materials and solicitations require a formulation taking into account elastoplastic behavior, finite deformation and the anisotropy of the material, in particular for thin sheet metal forming [1]. despite the importance of the work in this field, aluminum alloys continue to be the center of interests of several researches in materials science. their use in the automotive and aviation industry depends largely on their mechanical and thermal characteristics. the addition of zinc in aluminum does not alter the mechanical properties. therefore metallurgists have turned to ternary aluminum-zinc-magnesium alloys (with or without copper) of the 7000 series that have been widely used as structural materials due to their attractive comprehensive properties, such as low density, high strength, ductility, toughness and resistance to fatigue [2, 3]. the 7075 aluminum alloy (a typical al–zn–mg–cu alloy) is one of the most important engineering alloys. it is mainly used in the automotive industry, in transport and aeronautics due to its excellent strength/weight ratio [4]. these alloys have very good mechanical properties; it is the high-strength aluminum alloys with a low resistance to corrosion. the t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/pdf/rivista/numero39/audio/24.mp3 o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 264 mechanical strength of these alloys is increased by structural hardening phenomenon [5]. this type of alloy is mainly used in the automotive industry, in transport and aeronautics especially in the design of the fuselage of the airbus [6]. metal sheets, that have undergone extensive plastic deformation by rolling or extrusion, exhibit a significant anisotropy of mechanical properties. thus, they have a particular texture, characterized by a preferred orientation of the grains constituting the material [7]. this texture gives the sheet a special plastic behavior. for modeling the plastic behavior, two aspects of the anisotropy are taken into account: the initial anisotropy due to the initial texture of the metal sheets and the anisotropy induced by cold working [8], mainly due to the development of dislocation structures in the material [9; 10]. recently, researches on aluminum alloy are focused on mechanical properties, texture and anisotropic behavior that give rise from processing of aluminum alloy sheet [6-7, 10-11]. there has been little research on formability and anisotropic behavior of commercialized 7075 aluminum alloy. however, the influences of loading orientations on aluminum alloy plate are still an open question. the purpose of the present study is to describe and characterize the mechanical properties, anisotropic behavior of highstrength aluminum alloy loaded at 0°, 45°and 90° to the rolling direction of the 3 mm thick plate, and provide direction for obtaining the optimized parameters for 7075 aluminum alloy in metal forming. as the initial anisotropy is taken into account through a yield criterion [9], the yld91 anisotropic yield function proposed by barlat et al. [12] is chosen to model the elastoplastic behavior of the 7075-t7 aluminum alloy. the plastic parameters were determined using an experimental database from uniaxial tensile tests. numerical simulations of the experimental tensile tests were performed using the anisotropic elastoplastic model. predicted stress-strain curves were in very good agreement with the experimental curves for three loading directions. the results of simple tensile test were used subsequently to show the evolution of plastic anisotropy called lankford coefficient and load surface for several tests. experimental procedure material he 7075 aluminum alloy with structural hardening is used. this alloy is a thin rolled sheet with a thickness of 3.5 mm. the material used in this investigation is a commercially produced 7075 aluminum alloy with the following chemical compositions: alzn (6.1%)-mg (2.1%)-cu (1.2%) and balance al (all in mass pct) [13]. the heat treatment process for this material is t7351. t7 temper is achieved by solution-treatment at 465°c (  5°c), quenching in water (<40°c), maturation at room temperature during 4 days and tempering (135°c  5°c 12h) and then 2% pre-stretching to release residual stress [13]. dimensions and form of the test specimens the uniaxial test is ensured by a specific geometry defined by the standard nf a 03-151 [14]. schematic tensile specimen used for this study is shown in fig. 1. the current dimensions of useful part are l0=50mm and b0=12.5mm. the specimens are cut in three directions relative to the rolling direction (rd) in the plane of the sheet (see fig. 2 (a)). in the following, the rolling direction is referred to as rd, the transverse direction as td and the direction (45° from the rd) as dd. the angle between the loading direction and the rolling direction will be noted subsequently . three samples were prepared for each loading direction to verify repeatability. each specimen was machined in different directions of the plate to enlighten the anisotropy of the material. figure 1: tensile specimen used in the present study, the useful area (l0=50mm, b0 = 12.5mm). t r20 rd y x t  o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 265 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 2: (a) loading direction of cutting (b) electronic extensometer (c) tensile test machine and (d) acquisition chain. experimental set the test is carried out on a hydraulic press (shimadzu) that has a maximum load capacity of 30 kn (fig. 2 (c)), class 0.5 bs en iso-1 [15]. a chain acquisition (see fig. 2 (d)) allows recording the strain as a function of stress. the loading speed is 4mpa.s-1. two electronic extensometers are used to measure the strain rate according to the width and the thickness along the tensile test (fig. 2(b)). experimental results experimental database contains three tensile curves and their experimental lankford coefficients (r0°, r45° and r90° presented in tab. 1). experimental tensile curves of 7075-t7 in three directions 0°(rd), 45° (dd) and 90°(td) from the rolling direction are presented in fig. 3. uniaxial tensile tests taken for three orientations to the rolling direction reveal the nature of anisotropy in this material where strengths and ductility vary with orientation in the plane of the sheet. fig. 3 shows similar yield strength and plastic deformation characteristics in the rolled rd and dd directions until 11.5% in strain. the td direction has a similar yield strength but different hardening characteristics and lower elongation (8%). this result exhibit a marked tensile anisotropy. fig. 3 indicate that the 7075 in temper t7 is defined by maximum percentage elongation along the rolling direction and minimum value along the transverse direction. o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 266 figure 3: experimental tensile curves obtained at rd, dd and td from the rd. the 7075-t7 aluminum alloy has high mechanical properties both in terms of strength and ductility compared to pure aluminum a5 [16]. maximum yield re and tensile rm strengths are observed especially in the transverse direction but a significant decrease in percentage elongation a%. this is explained by the structural hardening. the commercialized aluminum alloy in t7 temper is much stronger than pure aluminum (around 40 mpa against 430 mpa for the yield strength), but it has a failure elongation (maximum plastic deformation of 0.13 against 0.27 for pure aluminum). according to the experimental results we are seeing the influence of the anisotropy on the specimen fracture especially after transverse loading (90°). we present in tab.1 the experimental lankford coefficients relating to three loading directions. ψ r(ψ) 00° 0.069 45° 0.138 90° 0.099 table1: experimental lankford coefficient for different loading directions. the anisotropy coefficient illustrates the deformation mode of the metal sheet. a small lankford coefficients indicated by 7075-t7 led to a significant reduction in thickness. the tensile test is the simplest and most widely used because it allows obtaining a lot of information (elastic modulus, yield strength, maximum load, elongation at break ...) and maintaining a homogeneous strain in the useful part. anisotropic elasto-plastic model his work is limited to plastic orthotropic behavior. the materials are treated as incompressible with negligible elastic deformations. models are formulated for standard generalized materials with an isotropic hardening described by an internal hardening variable, a law of evolution and an equivalent deformation. the material is initially orthotropic and remains orthotropic; isotropic hardening is assumed to be captured by a single scalar internal hardening variable denoted by p . t o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 267 the behavior model is defined by: yield function in particular, we will assume that the elastic range evolves homothetically, the yield criterion is then written as follows:      p pc sf , 0     q q (1) c : equivalent stress is given by the barlat criterion 91[12]:     m c 1m mm 1 2 2 3 1 3= q q + q q + q q q (2) where kq 1,2,3 are the eigenvalues of a modified stress deviator tensor q defined as follows: d:q α  (3) d is the deviator of the cauchy stress tensor (incompressible plasticity). the fourth order tensor α carries the anisotropy by 6 coefficients c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6.  ps  : isotropic hardening function; where p is the equivalent plastic strain. hardening law using as a hardening function respectively a hollomon and voce laws [17]: hollomon law    np ps k   (4) k and n: the hollomon parameters to be identified voce law     p ps s 1 exp     σ ε (5) this law introduces a hardening saturation s ,  and  describe the non-linear part of the curve during the onset of plasticity where 0< <1 and  <0) evolution law the direction of the plastic strain rate p is perpendicular to the yield surface and is given by: p d f     ε σ  (6) with  plastic multiplier that can be determined from the consistency condition f 0 lankford coefficient in the characterization of thin sheets, the plastic anisotropy with different directions is frequently measured by the lankford coefficient r that is given by the following expression: o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 268 yy zzr      (7) where yy and zz are the plastic strain rates in-plane and through the thickness, respectively. the subscript specifies the angle between the axis of the specimen and the rolling direction (fig 2 a). in the case of orthotropy r varies depending on the off axis angle  .this scalar quantity is used extensively as an indicator of the formability. identification procedures n this section we focus on the phenomenology of plastic behavior; especially modeling plasticity and hardening based on experimental data represented as families of hardening curves, and lankford coefficient data. in order to simplify our identification process, the following assumptions are adopted: identification through “small perturbations” process, the tests used are treated as homogeneous tests, we neglect the elastic deformation; the behavior is considered rigid plastic incompressible, the plasticity surface evolves homothetically (isotropic hardening) and all tests are performed in the plane of the sheet resulting in a plane stress condition. the identification of this constitutive law requires the identification of the hardening function, the anisotropy coefficients c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6 of the barlat criterion (eq. 2), the shape factor m and the lankford coefficients r ( ) . the barlat criterion or yield 91 is proposed by barlat et al [12] as a non quadratic criterion for anisotropic materials. respecting to plane stress condition, the anisotropy coefficients are reduced to 4 (c1, c2, c3, c4). first identification step by smoothing the experimental tensile curves the hollomon and the voce parameters are determined for three loading directions. tab. 2, tab. 3 and tab. 4 illustrate respectively the identified parameters of hollomon and voce laws. knowing that the coefficient n is the same for all tests [18-19], by convention we choose n for traction in direction ψ = 00° as reference. for n=0.0718, we present different values of k (see tab. 3). the different values of voce parameters are illustrated in tab. 4. ψ k n 00° 606.8441 0.0718 45° 622.0848 0.0766 90° 671.2648 0.0853 table 2: identification of the constants of hollomon law for different loading directions. ψ k 00° 606.8441 45° 613.0297 90° 640.4611 table 3: identification of the constant hardening law for fixed n. ψ s   00° 508.0623 0.2111 -36.8421 45° 511.1316 0.2161 -39.3294 90° 531.9995 0.2613 -49.5677 table 4: identified parameters of voce law. i o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 269 the identified curves by hollomon and voce laws compared to the experimental hardening curves obtained in the two directions relative to the rolling direction (00° and 45°) are presented in fig. 4a and fig.4 b respectively. then a comparison is made in order to show the most suitable law for the identification of hardening curves. a significant difference in result between the two laws is visible by zooming the curves. it is seen that in the homogeneous part of the plastic deformation the voce law describes the specimen fracture better than the hollomon law for two loading directions from the rolling direction. by convention, the voce hardening law is selected subsequently to identify anisotropy behavior relating to this alloy. (a) ψ = 00° (b) ψ = 45° figure 4: identification of the hardening curve: (a) ψ = 00° (b) ψ = 45°. second identification step using the simplex algorithm and using the non-quadratic barlat criterion (2) and respecting the assumptions, the second step of identification strategy is equivalent to choosing the coefficients of anisotropy (c1, c2, c3, c4) and the shape coefficient m (tab. 5) while minimizing the squared difference between the theoretical and experimental results. c1 c2 c3 c4 m 0.3612 0.3431 0.113 1.0539 6.2486 table 5: identification of anisotropic coefficients and a shape coefficient m. o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 270 using the identified anisotropic coefficients, the evolution of lankford coefficient and the anisotropy based on off-axis angles are presented in fig. 5(a) and fig. 5(b) respectively. fig. 5 (a) displays the evolutions of lankford coefficient based on off-axis angle ψ . a good agreement has found between experimental and predicted lankford coefficients with respect to the rolling direction. thus, the behavior model describes very satisfactory the plastic behavior of this alloy because its yield function and its hardening law are suitable for aluminum alloys. the evolution of anisotropy of 7075-t7 is more pronounced especially in 45°direction from the rolling direction (see fig. 5(b)), therefore the 7075-t7 is more suitable for forming process for the manufacture of the aerospace parts. it is shown that this material has the best performance for plastic forming for the 45° direction from the rolling direction. (a) (b) figure 5: (a) evolution of lankford coefficient (b) evolution of the yield stress anisotropy based an off axis  . third identification step: validation in order to validate the behavior model, the experimental tensile curve in transverse direction and the identified anisotropic parameters of behavior model are used. fig. 6 shows a good agreement between the theoretical results of behavior model and the experimental data for transverse direction. evolution of the yield surface in deviatory plane  x x2 3, and the yield stress anisotropy after having identified and validate the behavior model, we will study the evolution of load surfaces for several tests and the stress anisotropy of material. o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 271 using the identified anisotropic coefficients (tab. 2), the behavior model allows to represent the load surfaces on each test (simple tensile st for 3  , simple shear ss for 2  , wide tensile wt for 6  ) in the deviatory plan [16, 19], where d d x x 2 3 sin cos 2 sin sin 2           (8) fig. 7 shows the comparison between the yield surfaces calculated by behavior model on different tests. figure 6: validation of hardening tensile curve at 90   . figure 7: evolution of the load surface in the deviatory plan  x x2 3, . it appears also that this material is resistant to simple shear much more than simple tensile and wide tensile. furthermore, for simple tensile and simple shear tests the 7075-t7 alloy is plasticized quickly along the 45° direction from the rolling direction. it is deduced that the best shaping in the design of the fuselage is realized using the 7075 alloy in the 45° direction. in contrast, in wide tensile, it is achieved at the same time at three loading directions. conclusion ince the commercial 7075 aluminum alloys are essentially aeronautics alloys, off axis tensile tests are carried on 7075aluminum alloy through three loading directions from the rolling direction. these experimental results have allowed to investigate the mechanical properties and to identify the plastic behavior model using a proposed s o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 272 identification strategy. in this study, barlat yield criterion with isotropic hardening is used. by comparing both experimentally measured and calculated data based on this criterion, it is demonstrated that this criterion leads to a good description of the phenomena. however, the barlat criterion with isotropic hardening may be sufficient to correctly identify the behavior of the aluminum alloy in uniaxial test. the influence of the off-axis angle on anisotropy is studied. the results of simple tensile test were used subsequently to show the evolution of load surface for several tests. it is deduced that the best shaping in the design of the fuselage and the radom is realized using the 7075 alloy in the 45° direction. this direction allows us to have a good formatting with minimal fracture comparing with directions 0° and 90°. in mechanical construction the shaping of materials requires good mechanical characteristic. it is seen that this type of alloy has the important mechanical strengths but low percentage elongation. in order to remedy tis disadvantage a succession of thermo-mechanical treatments will be applied to this commercial aluminum alloy. this latter point presents the topic of the next work. acknowledgements would emphasize the help that i have had from the doctor gahbiche amen of the mechanical engineering laboratory (lgm) of the national school of engineers el monastir, where i carried out my present experimental studies in the course of this work. references [1] kim, j.m., yang, d. y., yoon, j. w, barlat, f., the effect of plastic anisotropy on compressive instability in sheet metal forming, international journal of plasticity, 16 (2000) 649-676. [2] yespica, w. j. p., comparative study of the electrochemical behavior of 2024 -t351 and 7075-t7351 aluminum alloys neutral sodium sulfate middle, phd thesis in science at the toulouse university, (2012). [3] xiaobo, y., fatigue crack growth of alumina alloy 7075-t651 under non proportional mixed mode i and mode ii loads, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 148-154. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.20. [4] williams, j.c., starke, e.a., progress in structural materials for aerospace systems, acta materialia, 51 (2003) 5775– 5799. [5] dursun, t., soutis, c., recent developments in advanced aircraft aluminium alloys, materials and design, 56 (2015) 862–871. [6] ben mohamed, a., znaidi, a., baganna, m., nasri, r.., the study of the hardening precipitates and the kinetic precipitation. its influence on the mechanical behavior of 2024 and 7075 aluminum alloys used in aeronautics, springer, 2 (2014) 219–228. [7] lee, n.s., chen, j.h, kao, p.w., chang, l.w., tseng, t.y., su j.r., anisotropic tensile ductility of cold-rolled and annealed aluminum alloy sheet and the beneficial effect of post-anneal rolling, scripta materialia, 60 (2009) 340–343. [8] ben mohamed, a., znaidi, a., daghfas, o., nasri, r., evolution of mechanical behavior of aluminum alloy al 7075 during the time of maturation, international journal of technology, 6 (2016) 1076-1084. [9] dogui, a., anisotropic plasticity in large deformation, ph.d thesis of sciences, university claude bernard-lyon i, (1989). [10] boumaiza, a., influence of structural anisotropy of the plastic behavior during deformation by stamping, ph.d thesis of sciences at the university mentouri, constantine, (2008). [11] tajally, m., emadoddin, e., mechanical and anisotropic behaviors of 7075 aluminum alloy sheets, materials and design, (2010). doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2010.09.001. [12] barlat, f., lege, d.j., brem, j.c., a six-component yield function for anisotropic materials, international. journal of plasticity, 7 (1991) 693–712. [13] barralis, j., maeder, g., specificmetallurgydevelopment, structures, properties normalization afnor, nathan, (1995). [14] develay, r., properties of aluminum and aluminum alloys, technical engineer, m440 (1990). [15] french norm nf a 03-151, tensile test, french association for standardization afnor, (1971). i o. daghfas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 263-273; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.24 273 [16] znaidi, a., daghfas, o., gahbiche, a., nasri, r., identification strategy of anisotropic behavior laws: application to thin sheets of a5, journal of theoretical and applied mechanics, 54 (2016) 1147-1156. [17] voce, e., the relationship between stress and strain for homogeneous deformations, journal of the institute of metals, 74 (1948) 537-562. [18] daghfas, o., znaidi, a., nasri, r., numerical simulation of a biaxial tensile test applied to an aluminum alloy 2024, the international conference on advances in mechanical engineering and mechanics, hammamet, tunisia, (2015). [19] znaidi, a., daghfas, o., nasri, r., theorical study on mechanical properties of az31b magnesium alloy sheets under multiaxial loading, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 135-140. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.18. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_54_art_15_2805 m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 202 probabilistic elastic-plastic fracture mechanics analysis of propagation of cracks in pipes under internal pressure mechab belaïd, medjahdi malika, salem mokadem, serier boualem university of djillali liabes, sidi bel abbes, algeria bmechab@yahoo.fr, mmedjahdi@yahoo.fr, moka_salem@yahoo.fr, boualems@yahoo.fr abstract. this study presents a three dimensional finite element method analysis of semi-elliptical surface cracks in pipes under internal pressure load. in the elastic–plastic case, estimates of the j-integral are presented for various ratios including crack depth to pipe thickness (a/t) and strain hardening index in the (r-o) ramberg-osgood (n). finally, failure probability is accessed by a statistical analysis for uncertainties in loads and material properties, and structural reliability and crack size. the monte carlo method is used to predict the distribution function of the mechanical response. according to the obtained results, we note that the stress variation and the crack size are important factors influencing on the distribution function of (j/je). keywords. failure; pipe; fracture mechanics; monte carlo method. citation: mechab, b., medjahdi, m., salem, m., serier, b., probabilistic elastic-plastic fracture mechanics analysis of propagation of cracks in pipes under internal pressure, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210. received: 27.04.2020 accepted: 11.08.2020 published: 01.10.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction xternal cracks can occur in many structural components of cylindrical form. they are the cause of premature damage in structures such as piping, bolts, pins and reinforcements of aircraft. the fracture prediction and the reliability of such piping systems in various practical applications are primordial given their impact on the economic plan and security [1]. several authors [2-5] have been studied pipe fracture problems by means of numerical simulation in order to assess the mechanical integrity, taking into account different crack shapes. raju and newman [6] have obtained linear elastic fracture mechanics based stress intensity factors for a wide range of internal and external semi-elliptical surface cracks in a cylinder. the j-integral fracture parameter proposed by [7] has been extensively used in assessing fracture integrity of cracked engineering structures, which undergo large plastic deformation. for elastic–plastic problems, it is interpreted by [8] and [9] as the strength of the asymptotic crack-tip fields and represents the crux of the basis for ‘j-controlled’ crack growth behaviour. for stability assessment in piping components, it is important to calculate the point of initiation of the crack and to monitor the subsequent crack propagation behaviour [10]. integrity assurance of secondary system components becomes an important issue relating to impacts on large and early release frequency as well as core damage frequency due to piping failures in nuclear power plant [11]. e https://youtu.be/tbxrmlm0r58 m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 203 probabilistic assessments of cracked components are considered in [12]. several computer programs and benchmark results are available [13-15]. moreover, probabilistic methods are included in the latest versions of the structural integrity assessment procedures [16-17]. probabilistic fracture mechanics is a means of quantifying the failure probability resulting from uncertainties in the values of the parameters used to perform a failure assessment of cracked structures through probabilistic analysis techniques [18]. this paper presents a three dimensional finite element method analysis of semi-elliptical surface cracks in pipes under internal pressure load. the effect of the ratios (a/t) and (n) is presented for evaluating the j-integral. finally, the monte carlo method is used to predict the distribution function of the mechanical response and the possibility of failure. geometrical models he geometry of the semi elliptical surface cracks of pipe subjected to internal pressure is represented in fig. 1. it can be described by the non-dimensional ratios of crack depth to its length (a/c), crack depth to the pipe’s wall thickness (a/t) and mean pipe’s radius to its thickness (rm/t). in this study, (β/π) is from 0.1, a/t from 0.3 to 0.7 and (rm/t) from 20. figure 1: geometrical model. material model he material in the fe analyses is assumed to follow the ramberg-osgood (r-o) relation: 0 n y y                (1) where eε0=σy where e is the young’s modulus, taken as e=200gpa; σy denotes the 0.2% proof (yield) stress; and α and n are the r-o parameters. in the present fe analysis, α and σy are fixed to α=1 and σy=400mpa. the values of the strain hardening index, n, however, are systematically varied; n=1(elastic), 3, 5 and 10. finite element mesh he fig. 2 presents, a typical fe mesh of the cracked pipe. twenty-node isoparametric quadratic brick elements with reduced integration (c3d20r in abaqus) were used to construct a quarter model of the pipe. values of the jintegral were extracted using a domain integral method implemented within abaqus [19]. in this study, the entire mesh of the model was constructed from two blocks consisting of the pipe’s block and the crack’s block. a series of tests were undertaken to estimate mesh sensitivity on the results of the j-integral. an initial mesh of 10568 elements in total was employed and refined several times (17811, 25736, 34058) until reaching 41353 elements. results of the j-integrals from t t t m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 204 this mesh were practically similar to those of the previous mesh. this was judged adequate to use for all future computations. it is to be noted that for each refined mesh the crack’s tip block was refined several times to achieve stable results. the crack tip was modeled with focused elements composed of five contours. solutions were checked against those employing eight contours, and the results were almost identical. figure 2: meshing model of the cylinder. results and discussion ipes are considered as one of the important members in the primary heat transport system of power plants. for stability assessment in piping components, it is important to calculate the point of initiation of the crack and to monitor the subsequent crack propagation behaviour [20,21]. evaluation of the j-integral for cracked welded structures is usually performed by numerical analysis and quick engineering estimation techniques. using fem, one can simulate various weld and crack geometries and mis-matching variables. this work presents a three-dimensional finite element method analysis of a thick cracked pipe in mode i under internal pressure. the elastic fe results (the case of n=1) (ainsworth. ra, [22]) provide the elastic component of the j-integral, je, from which the stress intensity factor ki can be found as: 2 ' i e k j e  (2)   where e’=e/(1-υ2) for plane strain the elastic-plastic fe analysis provides the values of the j-integral as a function of load, for a given geometry and a type of loading. for the r-o materials (see eqn. (1)), the fully plastic part of the j-integral, jp, for pipes with semi elliptical surface cracks can be expressed as: fe fep ej j j  (3) for the plastic limit internal pressure pl, the following expression is used in the present work miller [23]:  12 / 2sin sin / 2 1 y l m t a t a t p r               (4) p m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 205 1.767 0.156 0.101 0.627 a a t t                                (5) the ge/epri-type j estimation equations, given in this section, can be used to estimate j, for pipes with semi elliptical surface cracks subject to internal pressure. in the ge/epri method, as demonstred by ainsworth[22]. the elastic part of j in eqn.(2) cab be expressed as :   222 1 1 ' yi e l k q j w h n e e q               (6) where h1(n=1) denotes the value of h1(n) for elastic (n=1) materials. inserting eqn. (2) in to eqn. (6) gives value of h1(n=1) as a function of the crack geometry. normalizing eqn. (3) with respect to eqn. (2) gives:     1 1 1 1 n p e l h nj q j h n q          (7) where ql= pl (8) variation of h1(n)/h1(n=1), determined from the fe results, with the strain hardening index n are shown in fig. 3, for the internal pressure. the results show that the values of h1(n)/h1(n=1) are quite sensitive to n .in particular sensitivity of h1(n)/h1(n=1) to n for the case of internal pressure should be noted. for internal pressure, they range from 1to 50 for n ranging from 1 to 10. figure 3: variation of the h1(n)/h1(n = 1) values with n, for internal pressure. the total j-integral can be estimated by adding the elastic component with plasticity correction (r6) [11]: j=je +jp (9) 2 1 2 ref ref ref e ref y ref ej j e                (10) where ref y or q q          (11) m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 206 or orq p (12) the figs. 4 and 5 respectively present the variation of (j/je) according to the pressure ratio (p/por) for a different ratio (a/t) for n=5 and n=10. compared with the analytical solution of eqn. (10) found in the literature, it can be noticed that the effect of the ratio a/t becomes sensible when the ratio (p/por) exceeds 1.0. this shows a very good correlation between the two methods when the ratio a/t = 0.2 and a/t = 0.5, for a/t = 0.7 the difference is significant especially at high (p/por) but for n=10 the difference is significant (see fig. 5). figure 4: comparison of the fe j results with those estimated from the proposed ersm for the internal pressure for n=5 figure 5: comparison of the fe j results with those estimated from the proposed ersm for the internal pressure for n=10. probabilistic elastic-plastic fracture mechanic analysis random parameters and fracture response he j-integral is an appropriate fracture parameter that describes the crack-tip stress and strain fields adequately when there are no constraint effects [24]. probabilistic models have also been developed to estimate various response statistics and reliability [25]. using fem, one can calculate j for any crack geometry and load conditions. however, it is also useful to have simplified estimation methods for routine engineering calculations. accordingly, the probabilistic epfm analyses based on both methods have been reported [26,27] t m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 207 the uncertainties are related to load estimation, geometrical fluctuations and scatter of material properties; these parameters are modeled by random variables, described by distribution type and parameters (i.e., mean and coefficient of variation cov). for design purpose, the system uncertainties should be controlled in order to avoid unsafe situations. eight random variables are considered to model the thick pipes uncertainties related material properties (young modulus (e), crack length (a/t), mean pipe’s radius to its thickness (rm/t) and applied stress (σ). tab. 1 indicates the mean values and coefficients of variation for the six selected random variables. hence, any relevant fracture response, such as the (j/je) (x), should be evaluated by the probability. ( / ) ( / )( ) ( ) pr ( / )( ) ƒ ( ) o def def j je o o xj je x j f j j je x j x dx                                                                        (13) ( / ) ( / )( ) /j je j je o of df j dj (14) or the probability density function (pdf), where ( / )( )j je of j . is the cumulative distribution function of (j/je) and ƒx(x) is the known joint probability density function of x. variable mean coefficient of variation (cov) young modulus (e) 200 gpa 1% crack length (a/t) 0.3, 0.5, 0.7 2% mean pipe’s radius to its thickness (rm/t) 20 3% applied stress (σ) 400 mpa 2% table 1: random variables and corresponding parameters. the density function is evaluated by using monte carlo method. the basic idea is to draw random samples for the input parameters, then to compute the mechanical response for each sample. when a large number of monte carlo samples are achieved, it becomes possible to make statistical analysis of the response sets in order to provide the probability density functions of the (j/je), the failure probability can be obtained by computing the ratio between the number of failed samples and the total number of drawn samples. the sensitivity measures can be also obtained by computing the dispersion of the mechanical response in terms of the scatter of the input parameters. in order to analyze the ductile cracked structures with bonded composite patch by the fortran program, which are developed by the authors: the first program provides the mechanical response by calculating the (j/je) distribution and the second program computes the probabilistic response by using monte carlo simulations. to achieve a high accuracy of the results, we have carried out 105 simulations. figure 6: histogram and probability density function of j/je. probabilistic results fig.6 plots the histograms of the (j/je) obtained by monte carlo simulations. the probability density function (pdf) is obtained by fitting the histogram with theoretical models. two distribution laws are investigated: gaussian (normal law) m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 208 and polynomial (9th order); from fig. 6, it can be clearly observed that the three distributions give more or less good approximation of the (j/je). the polynomial distribution gives a lower mean value than for gaussian distribution. by comparing these three distributions, we can conclude that the gaussian law offers an acceptable approximation of the (j/je) probability density function, with good estimation of the average (see fig. 6). the safety margin (j/je) (xi) is the probabilistic design rule, which defines the plate safety by the condition (j/je) (xi) > 0 and the plate failure by (j/je) (xi) ≤ 0. the figs. 7 and 8 present the cumulative and the probability density of (j/je) for different values of the stress and length of crack. we noted that when the stress and length of crack is large the value of the probability density of (j/je) is small. it can be seen that the margin increases significantly with the uncertainties related to the load applied and length of crack, leading to larger failure probability, finally, the failure probabilities depend on the load applied and length of crack. figure 7: probability density and the cumulative of (j/je) for different values of stress figure 8: probability density and the cumulative of (j/je) for different values of length of crack. conclusion ipelines are important components in a piping system. this study presents a three dimensional finite element method analysis of semi-elliptical surface cracks in pipes under internal pressure load. a probabilistic model was developed for predicting elastic-plastic fracture mechanic response and reliability. the monte carlo method is used to predict the distribution function of the mechanical response. according to the obtained results, we note that the stress variation p m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 209 and the crack length variations are important factors influencing the distribution function of (j/je). the uncertainty in these parameters has a significant effect on increasing the probability of failure of pipe and reducing the durability of structure. references [1] kim, y.j. shim, d.j. (2005), relevance of plastic limit loads to reference stress approach for surface cracked cylinder problems, int. j. pres. ves. pip. 82, pp. 687–699. doi:10.1016/j.ijpvp.2005.03.007. [2] kim, y.jae. kim, j.s. park, y.j. kim, y.j. (2004), elastic-plastic fracture mechanics method for finite internal axial surface cracks in cylinders, eng. fract. mech. 71, pp. 925–944. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(03)00159-0. [3] mechab, b., serier, b., bachir bouiadjra, b., kaddouri, k., feaugas, x. (2011), linear and non-linear analyses for semielliptical surface cracks in pipes under bending, int. j. pres. ves. pip. 88, pp. 57–63. doi: 10.1016/j. ijpvp. 2010.11.001. [4] chapuliot, s. (2000), k formula for pipes with a semi-elliptical longitudinal or circumferential, internal or external surface crack, in: cea report cea-r-5900. cea/saclay, france. [5] available at: https://inis.iaea.org/collection /nclcollectionstore/_public/31/058/31058406.pdf [6] marie, s., chapuliot, s., kayser, y., lacire, m.h, drubay, b., barthelet, b., et al. (2007), french rse-m and rcc-mr code appendices for flaw analysis: presentation of the fracture parameters calculation – part v: elements of validation. int. j. pres. ves. pip. 84, pp. 687–696. doi:10.1016/j.ijpvp.2007.05.007. [7] raju, i.s., newman, jr. (1982), stress-intensity factors for internal and external surface cracks in cylindrical vessels, j press vessel technol, asme trans 104(4), pp. 293–299. doi:10.1115/1.3264220. [8] bach, m. x., wang.(2013), constraint-based fracture mechanics analysis of cylinders with internal circumferential cracks, struct. eng. mech. 47(1), pp. 131–147. doi:10.12989/sem.2013.47.1.131. [9] staat, m., vu, d.k. 2013), limit analysis of flaws in pressurized pipes and cylindrical vessels, part ii: circumferential defects. eng. fract. mech. 97, pp. 314–333. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2012.05.017. [10] chattopadhyay, j., dutta,b.k., vaze, k.k.(2014), development of new correlations for improved integrity assessment of pipes and pipe bends, nucl .eng. des, 269, pp. 108–115. doi:10.1016/j.nucengdes.2013.08.015. [11] lee, s.m., chang, y.s., choi , j.b., kim ,y.j. (2006). failure probability assessment of wall thinned nuclear pipes using probabilistic fracture mechanics, nucl. eng. des, 236, pp. 350-358. doi:10.1016 /j.nucengdes.2005. 09.008. [12] r6 (2001). assessment of the integrity of structures containing defects, revision 4. british energy generation ltd, gloucester. [13] qian, g., niffenegger, m., karanki d.r., li, s. (2013). probabilistic leak beforebreak analysis with correlated input parameters, nucl. eng. des. 254, pp. 266–271. doi: 10.1016/s0308-0161(96)00034-8. [14] tee, k.f., khan, l.r., chen, h.p. (2013). probabilistic failure analysis of underground flexible pipes, struct. eng. mech. 47(2), pp. 167–183. doi: 10.12989/sem.2013.47.2.167. [15] rahman, s. (1995). a stochastic model for elastic-plastic fracture analysis of circumferential through-wall-cracked pipes subject to bending, eng. fract. mech. 52, pp. 265–288. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(95)00018-q. [16] rahman, s. (2000). probabilistic elastic-plastic fracture analysis of circumferentially cracked pipes with finite-length surface flaws, nucl. eng. des. 195, pp. 239–260. doi:10.1016/s0029-5493(99)00214-9. [17] cizelj, l., mavko, b., riesch, oppermann, h. (1994). application of first and second order reliability n methods in the safety assessment of cracked steam generator tubing, nucl. eng des, 147, pp. 359-368. doi: 10.1016/0029-5493(94)90218-6. [18] sandvik, a., østby, e., thaulow, c. (2006). probabilistic fracture assessment of surface cracked pipes using strain-based approach, eng. fract. mech. 73, pp. 1491–1509. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2006.01.026. [19] rahman, s. (1997). probabilistic fracture analysis of pipes with circumferential flaws, int. j. pres. ves. pip. 70, pp. 223– 236. doi: 10.1016/s0308-0161(96)00034-8. [20] abaqus (1998), abaqus standard/user’s manual, version 5.8-1. hibbit karlsson & sorensen, inc., pawtucket, ri, usa. [21] kim, y.j., kim, j.s., lee, y.z., kim, y.j. (2002). non-linear fracture mechanics analyses of part circumferential surface cracked pipes, int. j. fract., 116, pp. 347–375. doi: 10.1023/a:1020779611803. [22] peng, j., zhou, c.y., xue, j.l., dai, q., he, x.h. (2011). safety assessment of pipes with multiple local wall thinning defects under pressure and bending moment, nucl. eng. des, 241, pp. 2758–2765. doi: 10.1016/j.nucengdes.2011.06.030. m. belaïd et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 202-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15 210 [23] ainsworth, r.a. (1984). the assessment of defects in structures of strain hardening materials, eng. fract. mech. 19, pp. 633–642. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(84)90096-1. [24] miller, a.g. (1988). review of limit loads of structures containing defects, int. j. pres. ves. pip. 32, pp. 191–327. doi: 10.1016/0308-0161(88)90073-7. [25] mechab, b., chioukh, n., mechab, boubaker., serier, b. (2018). probabilistic fracture mechanics for analysis of longitudinal cracks in pipes under internal pressure, journal of failure analysis and prevention, 18(6), pp. 1643-651. doi: 10.1007/s11668-018-0564-8. [26] salem.b., mechab, b., berrahou, m., bachir bouiadjra, b., serier, b. (2019). failure analyses of propagation of cracks in repaired pipe under internal pressure, journal of failure analysis and prevention. 19(1), pp 212–218. doi:10.1007/s11668-019-00592-3. [27] rahman, s., brust, f.w. (1997), approximate methods for predicting j-integral of a circumferentially surface-cracked pipe subject to bending, int. j. fract. 85, pp. 11–130. doi:10.1023/a:1007322018722. [28] rahman, s., ghadiali, n., paul, d., wilkowski, g. (1995), probabilistic pipe fracture evaluations for leak-ratedetection applications, nureg:cr-6004. u.s. nuclear regulatory commission, washington, dc. doi:10.2172/50938. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 9 art 4 finale b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 – 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 33 resistenza a fatica di strutture in leghe di alluminio: normative a confronto e verifica sperimentale b. atzori, g. meneghetti, b. rossi università di padova, dipartimento di ingegneria meccanica, bruno.atzori@unipd.it riassunto. le problematiche relative all’utilizzo delle normative nell’ambito della progettazione a fatica di strutture in leghe di alluminio sono state di recente affrontate in numerosi lavori che hanno messo in luce sia le difficoltà legate al passaggio da normative oramai obsolete ad altre di nuova concezione, ma di caratteristiche e struttura completamente diverse, che la sostanziale carenza anche all’interno delle più recenti normative europee, quale l’eurocodice 9, di molti risultati e metodi sviluppati in anni di ricerca scientifica e ormai indiscutibilmente consolidati. il presente lavoro si propone di approfondire entrambe le tematiche tramite il confronto tra risultati sperimentali tratti da letteratura e le corrispondenti curve di resistenza proposte rispettivamente dalla normativa italiana uni 8634, di recente ritirata, e dall’eurocodice 9. in questo modo verranno messe in luce le differenze tra i valori di resistenza proposti dalle due norme e verrà illustrata sia la corrispondenza a volte poco soddisfacente con i risultati sperimentali che le conseguenze dovute alla mancata applicazione di assodati risultati teorici. abstract. the employment of standard codes in fatigue design of aluminium alloy structures has been the subject of many recent papers where both the comparison among different design standards and the lack of application, even in the latest european codes, of reliable theoretical results were discussed. the aim of this work is to deepen the comparison between the italian code uni 8634, recently withdrawn, and the european standard eurocode 9, published in 2007, through the comparison of experimental data taken from literature with the corresponding design curves proposed by both of codes. in this way, the differences between the fatigue resistance data will be pointed out together with the effects of neglecting well known and reliable theoretical results. parole chiave. lega leggera; fatica; giunti saldati; normative; dati sperimentali introduzione ell’ambito della progettazione di strutture in leghe di alluminio, una delle prime normative in assoluto a presentare dati relativi alla resistenza a fatica di particolari strutturali di diverso tipo è stata la normativa italiana uni 8634 [1]. tale norma, emanata nel 1985 e rimasta in vigore fino a dicembre del 2008, si basava sulla vasta attività di ricerca e rianalisi di dati sperimentali effettuata tra il 1975 ed il 1980 dal prof. atzori prima presso il laboratorium für betriebsfestigkeit di darmstadt e poi presso l’università di bari [2-4]. tali ricerche avevano condotto, su analogia di quanto già ottenuto dal prof. haibach per le giunzioni in acciaio, alla definizione di una banda di dispersione unificata (fig. 1) capace di interpretare i risultati di prove di fatica su giunti di geometrie e dimensioni assolute diverse, purché la cricca si inneschi al piede del cordone di saldatura. tale risultato [3] era stato assunto come principio base della normativa italiana, tenendo conto che la diversa tipologia di giunto causa una semplice traslazione verticale della banda di dispersione se le tensioni considerate sono quelle nominali calcolate sulla lamiera principale. la uni 8634, che per facilitare i progettisti riproduceva la normativa per le strutture in acciaio allora in vigore [5] non venne mai aggiornata per mantenere la corrispondenza con la successiva versione della uni 10011 sugli acciai [6] in n http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true mailto: bruno.atzori@unipd.it b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 34 quanto alla fine degli anni ’80 venne istituita una commissione cen per la stesura di una normativa europea su tematiche analoghe. i lavori portarono nel 2002 all’emissione di una prenorma [7] ed infine nel 2007 all’emissione della norma definitiva [8], che dopo il ritiro della uni 8634 si configura a livello italiano, oltre che europeo, come normativa di riferimento per la progettazione a fatica di strutture in lega leggera. al fine di mantenere una certa omogeneità nella presentazione dei risultati, l’eurocodice 9 riproduce la struttura adottata dall’eurocodice 3 per gli acciai [9] e risulta pertanto avere un formato notevolmente diverso rispetto alla normativa italiana. figura 1: banda di dispersione relativa alle giunzioni saldate in lega leggera [2]. le difficoltà presenti nel passaggio da una normativa all’altra sono state messe in luce in recenti lavori [10, 11] sia per quanto riguarda la corrispondenza tra i dettagli strutturali che dal punto di vista dei valori di resistenza. inoltre, durante il lungo periodo di stesura dell’eurocodice 9, le analisi teoriche nell’ambito delle giunzioni saldate hanno avuto notevolissimo impulso, soprattutto dopo la scelta di considerare il piede del cordone di saldatura, nel caso di cordoni d’angolo, come un intaglio acuto con raggio di raccordo nullo e di assumere per il cordone uno spessore ed un’inclinazione di 45° costanti [12, 13] che ha portato a legare le problematiche delle giunzioni saldate a quelle degli intagli acuti in generale. numerose analisi sono state sviluppate su queste basi [14-20] negli anni successivi portando, tra i molteplici risultati, a definire, per giunti con cordoni d’angolo e rottura a piede cordone, un’unica banda di dispersione unificata (fig. 2, [20]), con valori di pendenza e dispersione molto prossimi a quelli determinati in passato (fig. 1) ma che esprimendo in punti sperimentali in funzione non delle tensioni nominali, bensì delle tensioni locali immediatamente prossime alla zona di innesco cricca tramite l’utilizzo del parametro locale k1n, ovvero fattore di intensificazione delle tensioni di intaglio di modo i, elimina la traslazione verticale dovuta alle differenti concentrazioni di tensione strutturale. un’espressione conveniente del fattore di intensificazione delle tensioni di intaglio di modo i per i giunti saldati [14] risulta essere: k1n = k1σnt0.326 (1) dove k1 è un coefficiente adimensionale, analogo al coefficiente teorico di concentrazione delle tensioni kt, che dipende dalla geometria delle parti collegate e del cordone di saldatura stesso, σn è il range di tensione nominale applicata, t lo spessore del piatto principale caricato, 0.326 esponente valido nell’ipotesi di cordone di saldatura schematizzato come intaglio con angolo di apertura 135° (caso tipico di cordone d’angolo). si noti come l’eq. 1 permetta una valutazione ed una formalizzazione accurata dell’effetto scala, prima difficilmente descrivibile in termini rigorosi. in questo modo l’ approccio allo studio della resistenza a fatica di giunzioni saldate basato sulle tensioni nominali è stato soppiantato dallo studio dell’effettivo campo di tensione locale che è stato interpretato anche come sovrapposizione dell’intaglio acuto al piede del cordone di saldatura e dell’intaglio strutturale dovuto alla geometria complessiva della giunzione [21]. se i risultati teorici qui brevemente riassunti non erano presenti, per ovvie questioni temporali, nella uni 8634, risultano molto poco recepiti anche dall’eurocodice 9, che come evidenziato da recenti lavori [22, 23] sottostima notevolmente http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 – 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 35 l’effetto scala considerandolo solo in un numero molto limitato di casi e soprattutto ignora completamente l’utilizzo di approcci di tipo locale, prevedendo al più l’uso di metodi di tipo “hot spot” che analizzano però il solo campo di tensione strutturale dovuto alla geometria complessiva della giunzione escludendo invece gli effetti di intaglio acuto al piede del cordone di saldatura. nella memoria verrà ripresa nei tratti salienti la descrizione di entrambe le normative (uni 8634 e eurocodice 9) mentre verrà dato ampio spazio al confronto delle curve di progettazione con i risultati sperimentali, evidenziando in particolare le incongruenze e le conseguenze delle lacune rispetto alle analisi teoriche. figura 2: resistenza a fatica di giunti a croce in acciaio e lega leggera in funzione del fattore di intensificazione delle tensioni di intaglio di modo i k1n [20]. normative di progettazione ome anticipato al paragrafo precedente, la normativa italiana uni 8634, sintetizza i dati di resistenza a fatica relativi a prove effettuate su provini di geometria diversa sulla base del concetto di banda di dispersione unificata, sviluppato negli anni precedenti. viene così presentata un’unica curva di resistenza a fatica (fig. 3) che riporta in scale relative, ovvero riferite alle coordinate del ginocchio della curva stessa, l’ampiezza di sollecitazione fd,a = (σmax σmin)/2 al variare del numero di cicli n. in questa forma generale la curva è valida per tutti i materiali, i tipi di giunto e le condizioni di sollecitazione e va particolarizzata in base al tipo di lega, alla geometria del collegamento e al rapporto di sollecitazione dello specifico caso considerato tramite gli opportuni valori numerici. in base alla tipologia di giunto considerata (la normativa identifica 7 gruppi corrispondenti ad altrettante geometrie) si ottiene così una famiglia di curve aventi tutte la medesima pendenza (k’ = 4.3) ma che traslano nel piano σ-n per tener conto dei diversi effetti di concentrazione delle tensioni dovuti alle diverse geometrie strutturali. in particolare la normativa fornisce (tab. 1) per ciascuno dei gruppi considerati, la posizione del ginocchio ng, il corrispondente valore della resistenza di progetto fd,-1(n = ng), ovvero σmax,-1(n = ng), relativo ad un rapporto di sollecitazione μ = σmin/σmax = -1 e ad una probabilità di sopravvivenza del 97.7% (media meno due deviazioni standard) nonché il valore della resistenza statica ft noti tali dati è immediato risalire , tramite un tradizionale diagramma di smith, al valore della resistenza di progetto fd,μ (n = ng) relativa al particolare rapporto di sollecitazione considerato e quindi al valore dell’ampiezza fd,a (n = ng). mentre, come già osservato, la pendenza della curva rimane la medesima per tutte la tipologie di dettagli strutturali, viceversa la posizione del ginocchio della curva varia. inoltre non si considera definibile un limite di fatica. per ovvie ragioni di data di emanazione, la uni 8634 non tiene conto dell’effetto delle dimensioni assolute dei giunti, né prevede la possibilità di utilizzo di approcci di tipo alternativo a quello in tensioni nominali nel caso di geometrie complesse. viceversa, essendo la normativa basata principalmente su prove eseguite su giunti saldati semplici, essa ritiene la resistenza c http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 36 a fatica dipendente dal rapporto di sollecitazione e dal tipo di lega impiegata, aspetti che in seguito sono stati invece ritenuti ininfluenti sul comportamento a fatica [24]. figura 3: curva di resistenza a fatica per giunti saldati in lega d’alluminio secondo uni 8634 [1]. gruppo ng fd,-1(n=ng) [mpa] ft [mpa] a 2·106 83* 278* b 2·106 43 278* c 2·106 38 278* d 2·106 31 278* e 2·106 27 278* f 3.2·106 20 278* g 107 10 278* tabella 1: posizione del ginocchio della curva di woehler e valori di resistenza per i diversi gruppi di giunti considerati nell’uni 8634 (*= valore medio, per i valori precisi riferiti ai vari tipi di lega si rimanda al prospetto 53 della normativa). molto diverso dalla uni 8634 già per quanto riguarda l’impostazione di base, l’ eurocodice 9 fa riferimento a dati di resistenza a fatica relativi a risultati ottenuti su strutture reali, e non su provini come nel caso della norma italiana, sintetizzandoli in curve standard, la cui forma generale è illustrata in fig. 4. tale curva descrive, su scala doppio logaritmica e con riferimento ad una probabilità di sopravvivenza del 97.7%, l’andamento della resistenza a fatica in termini di range di tensione (σ = σ max – σ min), in funzione del numero di cicli n. nel diagramma, si possono distinguere tre punti particolari: il punto c (nc = 2·106cicli/σc), utilizzato come valore di riferimento per definire la categoria dei dettagli strutturali, il punto d (nd = 5·106cicli/σd), limite di fatica per storie di carico ad ampiezza costante, e il punto l (nl = 108cicli/σl), cut-off limit, ovvero valore tale da ritenere che sollecitazioni di ampiezza inferiore ad esso non influenzino la vita a fatica del componente. la curva presenta pendenza inversa m1 nel tratto n0.5. le serie sperimentali sono invece tutte relative a prove con r~0.1. materiale base per un corretto confronto con i dati sperimentali (r = 0.1), i valori di resistenza forniti dall’eurocodice sono stati incrementati di un fattore f(r) = 1.15 (eq. 2). nel caso di provini forati (serie al 1 e al 3) il valore risultante è stato quindi abbattuto di un fattore 2.4 per tener conto dell’effetto di concentrazione delle tensioni (valore suggerito dall’eurocodice stesso per la tipologia di intaglio considerata, ovvero foro circolare centrato di diametro 20 mm su provino di larghezza 60 mm). per quanto riguarda la uni 8634 sono stati calcolati i valori di resistenza per r = 0.1, tenendo conto delle diverse tipologie di lega analizzate. nel caso di provini forati tale valore è stato abbattuto dello stesso coefficiente 2.4 suggerito dall’eurocodice. le due normative forniscono valori di resistenza molto simili che risultano in netto vantaggio di sicurezza nel caso della lega 6060 (fig. 5), viceversa a sfavore di sicurezza per la lega 7012 (fig. 6, 7). figura 5: confronto tra curve di resistenza a fatica per materiale base in lega 6060 (provini forati). l http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 – 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 39 serie tipologia di giunto fonte dato riferimento categoria dettaglio σ [mpa] n=2·106, p.s.=97.7% k al 1 materiale base lega p-al-mg-si (6060) provini forati sperimentale bellemo [25] 62.4 5.9 uni 8634 gruppo a 47 7.1 eurocodice 9 dett. 1.6 47.9 7 al 2 materiale base lega zergal 4 (7012) provini lisci sperimentale bellemo [25] 45.1 3.7 uni 8634 gruppo a 110.7 7.1 eurocodice 9 dett. 1.6 115 7 al 3 materiale base lega zergal 4 (7012) provini forati sperimentale bellemo [25] 19.5 2.8 uni 8634 gruppo a 46.1 7.1 eurocodice 9 dett. 1.6 47.9 7 al 4 giunto testa a testa sperimentale van straalen et al. [26] 46.5 4.7 uni 8634 gruppo d 41.5 4.3 eurocodice 9 dett. 7.3.1 40 4.3 al 5 al 6 lamiera con irrigidimento trasversale (giunto a t) sperimentale meneghetti [27] (12/10) 47.4 4.2 ribeiro [28] (12/12) 35 3.8 uni 8634 gruppo d 41.5 4.3 eurocodice 9 dett. 3.1 32 3.4 al 7 al 8 al 9 al 10 al 11 lamiera con irrigidimenti trasversali simmetrici (giunto a croce, cordone non portante) sperimentale maddox [29] (3/3) 45.2 3.7 maddox [29] (6/6) 37.3 4.3 maddox [29] (12/12) 34.7 3.8 maddox [29] (24/6) 43.1 3.8 maddox [29] (12/6) 39.3 3.7 uni 8634 gruppo e 36 4.3 eurocodice 9 dett. 3.1 32 3.4 al 12 al 13 giunto a croce, cordone portante (cordone d’angolo o parziale penetrazione) sperimentale ribeiro [28] 20.3 4.6 jacoby [30] 28 4.4 uni 8634 gruppo f 29.5 4.3 eurocodice 9 dett. 9.1 28 3.4 al 14 attacchi longitudinali sperimentale van straalen et al. [31] 25.6 3.3 uni 8634 gruppo g 19.5 4.3 eurocodice 9 dett. 3.8 23 3.4 al 15 attacchi longitudinali su travi sperimentale voutaz et al. [32] 23.5 3.6 uni 8634 gruppo g 19.5 4.3 eurocodice 9 dett. 13.2 18 3.4 tabella4: serie sperimentali analizzate: corrispondenza con le normative e confronto dei valori di resistenza. giunti testa a testa i dati sperimentali fanno riferimento a giunti testa a testa saldati su un solo lato con ripresa. lo spessore delle lamiere saldate è pari a 12 mm. le prove a fatica sono state realizzate in trazione, le rotture sono avvenute a piede del cordone di saldatura. come si evince da fig. 8 le normative forniscono valori di resistenza molto simili e in accordo, con lieve margine di sicurezza, con i dati sperimentali. lamiera con irrigidimento trasversale (giunto a t) i dati sperimentali fanno riferimento a serie avente uguale spessore del piatto principale (12 mm) e spessori differenti della lamiera trasversale. le prove a fatica sono state realizzate in trazione e le rotture si sono verificate a piede del cordone di saldatura. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 40 per questa tipologia di giunto la normativa italiana fornisce dei valori di resistenza superiori a quelli dell’ eurocodice, come prevedibile tenendo conto che la uni 8634 si basa su dati ricavati da provini. mentre l’eurocodice risulta a vantaggio di sicurezza, la uni 8634 non lo è se si fa riferimento alla serie al 5. i diversi valori di resistenza delle due serie non risultano imputabili a diversi campi di tensione locale (tali serie analizzate in termini di tensioni locali [17] hanno evidenziato uno stesso effetto di concentrazione delle tensioni dovuto alla geometria complessiva delle parti collegate e del cordone di saldatura, ovvero uno stesso valore del parametro k1 in eq. 1) ma viceversa sembrano dovuti alla dispersione statistica dei risultati. difatti i valori di σ n = 2·106, p.s. = 50% risultano rispettivamente di 57 mpa per la serie al 5 e 62 mpa per la serie al 6, tuttavia, mentre per la serie al 5 il parametro di dispersione tσ = σ2.3%/σ97.7% risulta pari a 1.4, per la serie al 6 tale parametro risulta 3.1 figura 6: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per materiale base in lega 7012 (provini lisci). figura 7: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per materiale base in lega 7012 (provini forati). lamiera con irrigidimenti trasversali simmetrici (giunto a croce, cordone non portante) i dati sperimentali fanno riferimento a serie aventi diverse dimensioni delle parti saldate. le prove a fatica sono state realizzate in trazione e tutte le rotture sono avvenute a piede del cordone di saldatura. dal grafico di fig. 10 che riporta le curve di resistenza a fatica per giunti di uguale geometria (stessi rapporti l/t) ma dimensioni assolute diverse appare chiaramente come il non tener conto dell’ effetto scala da parte sia dell’uni 8634 che dell’eurocodice 9 (che lo prevede solo per lunghezze della lamiera trasversale maggiori di 20 mm e con un esponente pari in media a circa 0.17 anziché 0.326 [22]), sebbene in parziale vantaggio di sicurezza, non permetta di apprezzare la variazione di resistenza associata a dimensioni assolute diverse. in fig. 11 e 12 si illustrano invece le variazioni di resistenza associate a variazioni geometriche, ovvero variazioni dello spessore del piatto principale a parità di dimensioni della lamiera trasversale o viceversa. tali variazioni, che vengono trascurate dalle normative, verrebbero invece messe in luce da un’analisi dei diversi campi di tensione locale [17] dovuti alle diversi geometrie di giunto pur all’interno di una medesima classe. infatti per i giunti in fig. 11 all’aumentare dello spessore del piatto principale il valore di k1 diminuisce. 10 100 1000 104 105 106 107 n  σ [ m p a] dati sperimentali_al 2 (lega 7012, provini lisci) uni 8634_ gruppo a eurocodice 9_dett. 1.6 10 100 1000 104 105 106 107 n dati sperimentali_al 3 (lega 7012, provini forati) uni 8634_ gruppo a eurocodice 9_dett. 1.6  σ [ m p a] http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 – 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 41 analogamente, nel caso dei giunti in fig. 12 l’aumento di spessore della lamiera trasversale comporta una maggiore gravosità del giunto indicata da un aumento del parametro k1 e quindi, a parità di spessore del piatto principale, in base all’eq. 1, una diminuzione della resistenza a fatica. si noti, con riferimento a quanto dimostrato da meneghetti e tovo [33] come l’utilizzo di un approccio di tipo hot spot per questa tipologia di giunti possa condurre a conclusioni errate. figura 8: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per giunti testa a testa. figura 9: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per lamiera con irrigidimento trasversale (giunto a t). figura 10: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per lamiere con irrigidimenti trasversali simmetrici (giunti a croce,cordone non portante). http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 42 figura 11: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per lamiere con irrigidimenti trasversali simmetrici (giunti a croce,cordone non portante). figura 12: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per lamiere con irrigidimenti trasversali simmetrici (giunti a croce,cordone non portante). giunto a croce, cordone portante i dati sperimentali fanno riferimento a due serie che differiscono unicamente per lo spessore del cordone di saldatura. le prove a fatica sono state realizzate in trazione e le rotture sono avvenute a piede del cordone di saldatura. la diversa criticità delle due serie, riscontrabile tramite un’ analisi in tensioni locali [17] che evidenzia valori inferiori di k1 all’aumentare delle dimensioni del cordone di saldatura, non viene considerata dalle normative di progettazione che forniscono per altro delle curve a svantaggio di sicurezza. e’ opportuno specificare tuttavia, che per i rapporti dimensioni del cordone e del piatto principale caricato presenti nelle due serie, l’eurocodice prevede l’innesco di cricca alla radice del cordone di saldatura anziché al piede, con conseguente riduzione della classe di resistenza del giunto. attacchi longitudinali i dati sperimentali fanno riferimento a due serie, la prima (al 14) relativa ad attacchi longitudinali di lunghezza 120 mm saldati su piatto principale di lamiera di spessore 12 mm e testati in trazione, la seconda (al 15) relativa ad attacchi longitudinali di lunghezza 200 mm saldati su una trave ad i (larghezza 101 mm, altezza 216 mm) avente spessore dell’ala 11 mm e testati in flessione. in entrambe le serie di prove le rotture si sono manifestate a piede del cordone di saldatura in direzione trasversale. entrambe le normative presentano delle curve di resistenza a vantaggio di sicurezza rispetto ai risultati sperimentali, con l’eurocodice che fornisce dei valori di resistenza leggermente superiori rispetto alla uni. la leggera diminuzione di http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 – 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 43 resistenza della serie al 15 rispetto alla serie al 14 pare rendere ragione all’individuazione, nell’eurocodice 9, di classi di resistenza differenti per attacchi longitudinali su lamiera o su travi. figura 13: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per giunti a croce, cordone portante. figura 14: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per attacchi longitudinali. figura 15: confronto tra curva di resistenza a fatica per attacchi longitudinali su travi. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 44 conclusioni e curve di resistenza a fatica proposte dalla normativa italiana uni 8634 e dall’eurocodice 9 sono state confrontate con i valori di resistenza ricavati da dati sperimentali tratti da letteratura e riferiti a 15 serie di geometria diversa. benché nella maggior parte dei casi in esame i valori forniti dalle normative o rispecchiano fedelmente i risultati sperimentali (giunti testa a testa), o si pongono a vantaggio di sicurezza (materiale base in lega 6060, giunti a croce non portante, attacchi longitudinali); in alcuni casi le curve di progettazione risultano pericolosamente a sfavore di sicurezza (materiale base in lega 7012, giunti a croce portante). in altri casi le due normative, seppure entrambe a vantaggio di sicurezza, forniscono valori di resistenza significativamente differenti tra loro (attacchi longitudinali) con conseguenti difficoltà nel passaggio da una normativa ad un’altra. il confronto con i dati sperimentali ha inoltre permesso di confermare un’ingiustificata sottovalutazione dell’effetto scala, e di mostrare come l’utilizzo dell’approccio in tensioni nominali non permetta di stimare variazioni di resistenza legate alla geometria complessiva sia del giunto che del cordone di saldatura e valutabili invece solo tramite un’analisi dei campi di tensione locali. bibliografia [1] uni 8634 strutture in leghe di alluminio. istruzioni per il calcolo e l’esecuzione (1985). [2] e.haibach, b. atzori, lbf rep. no. fb-116 (1974). [3] e. haibach, b. atzori, aluminium. (1975) [4] b. atzori, v. dattoma, proc. iiw annual assembly, iiw doc. xiii-1088/3, porto, portugal (1981). [5] cnr uni 10011 costruzioni in acciaio. istruzioni per il calcolo, l’esecuzione, la manutenzione (1980). [6] cnr uni 10011 costruzioni in acciaio. istruzioni per il calcolo, l’esecuzione, la manutenzione (1986). [7] uni env 1999-2 eurocodice 9. progettazione delle strutture di alluminio. parte 2: strutture sottoposte a fatica (2002). [8] uni en 1999-1-3 eurocodice 9. progettazione delle strutture di alluminio. parte 1-3: strutture sottoposte a fatica (2007). [9] uni en 1993-19 eurocodice 3. progettazione delle strutture di acciaio. parte 1-9: fatica (2005). [10] b. atzori, b. rossi, k. heuler, atti del xxvi convegno nazionale aias, napoli (2007). [11] b. atzori, b. rossi, rivista italiana della saldatura 1 (2008) 93. [12] b. atzori, e. haibach, atti del xvii convegno nazionale aias, cagliari (1979). [13] b. atzori, g. blasi, c. pappalettere, exp. mech., 25(2) (1985)129. [14] p. lazzarin, r. tovo, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct., 21 (1998) 1089. [15] b. atzori, p. lazzarin, r. tovo, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct. 22 (5) (1999)369. [16] b. atzori, p. lazzarin, r. tovo, j. strain anal. eng. 34 (1999) 437. [17] p. lazzarin, p. livieri, int. j. fatigue, 23 (2001) 225. [18] b. atzori, g. meneghetti, int. j. fatigue, 23 (8) (2001) 713. [19] b. atzori, g. meneghetti, l. susmel, int. j. fatigue, 24 (2002) 591. [20] p. livieri, p. lazzarin, int. j. fracture, 133 (2005) 247. [21] b. atzori, g. meneghetti, proceedings of the international conference of new trends in fatigue and fracture, metz (2002) . [22] b. atzori, g. meneghetti, m. ricotta, atti del xxxvi convegno nazionale aias, napoli (2007). [23] b. atzori, p. lazzarin, g. meneghetti, m. ricotta, int. j. fatigue, 31 (2009) 59. [24] b. atzori, rivista italiana della saldatura, lii (1) (2000). [25] s. bellemo i materiali metallici nelle strutture soggette a fatica: confronto tra le leghe leggere e gli acciai. tesi di laurea, dipartimento di ingegneria meccanica, università di padova (1988). [26] ij. j. van straalen, f. soetens, o. d. dijkstra, tno building and construction research-report 94-con-r1563 (1994). [27] g. meneghetti metodologie di analisi e progettazione di giunti saldati. tesi di dottorato, università di padova (1998). [28] as. ribeiro, jp. gonçalves, f. oliveira, pt. castro, aa. fernandes, proceedings of the sixth international conference on aluminium weldments, cleveland, ohio, (1995) 65. [29] j. maddox, proceedings of the sixth international conference on aluminium weldments, cleveland ohio, (1995) 77. l http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true b. atzori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 33 – 45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.04 45 [30] g. jacoby über das verhalten von schweissverbindungen aus aluminiumlegierungen bei schwingbeanspruchung. dissertation, technische hochschule, hannover (1961). [31] ij. j. van straalen, f. soetens, o. d. dijkstra, tno building and construction research-report 94-con-r1566 (1994). [32] b. voutaz, i.f. smith, m.a. hirt, proceedings of the third international conference on steel and aluminium structures, istanbul, turkey (1995). [33] g. meneghetti, r. tovo, proceedings inalco int. conference, cambridge, uk (1998). http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.04&auth=true microsoft word numero_41_art_14.docx m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 98 focused on multiaxial fatigue on the applicability of miner’s rule for multiaxial fatigue life calculations under non-proportional load histories marco antonio meggiolaro, jaime tupiassú pinho de castro, samuel elias ferreira pontifical catholic university of rio de janeiro, puc-rio, r. marquês de são vicente 225, rio de janeiro, 22451-900, brazil meggi@puc-rio.br, jtcastro@puc-rio.br, ferreirase@hotmail.com hao wu school of aerospace engineering and applied mechanics tongji university, siping road 1239, 200092, shanghai, p.r.china wuhao@tongji.edu.cn abstract. fatigue design routines and computer codes must use some damage accumulation rule to deal with variable amplitude loadings (val), usually palmgren-miner (or miner’s) linear rule for lack of a clearly better option. nevertheless, fatigue lives are intrinsically sensitive to the order of val events, which may e.g. induce residual stresses and thus change the critical point stress state, much affecting its subsequent residual life. on the other hand, in general, non-linear damage accumulation rules are not robust, resulting in better predictions than miner’s rule only for some specific load orders, requiring a case-by-case analysis. therefore, miner’s linear damage rule still is the usual choice in practical fatigue calculations and assessments, giving reasonable predictions at least when properly combined with approaches that sequentially consider plasticity-induced effects, following the critical point stress/strain history in a cycle-by-cycle basis. in this work, miner’s rule is evaluated for non-proportional tension-torsion loadings on annealed tubular 316l stainless steel specimens. normal-shear strain histories following either cross, diamond, circular or square paths are applied, and their fatigue lives are measured. then, more complex val paths consisting of combinations of these individual path shapes are applied in other specimens, whose associated fatigue lives are predicted based on miner’s rule. keywords. miner’s rule; multiaxial fatigue; non-proportional loading; variable amplitude loading. citation: meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., wu, h., ferreira s.e., on the applicability of miner’s rule for multiaxial fatigue life calculations under non-proportional load histories, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 99 introduction lthough practical fatigue analyses usually involve variable amplitude loads (val), material data (if available) normally is measured in constant amplitude load (cal) tests. so, fatigue design routines must use some damage accumulation rule to deal with val. the classic linear damage accumulation rule, known as the palmgren-miner rule (or as miner’s rule) [1-2], predicts fatigue failures when the sum of the damage induced by each load event (di) equals the critical damage dc the piece can sustain. dc is usually arbitrarily defined as dc  1  (ni/ni) = 1, where ni is the number of cycles of the i-th load event, and ni is the number of cycles the piece would last if only that event loaded it. this heuristic hypothesis implicitly assumes that the various load events are independent. partial loss of available life is a simple way to quantify fatigue damage, but it is not the only one. as terminal fatigue failures occur at a critical crack size ac, accumulated damage can be defined e.g. by the ratio d  a/ac in crack growth problems, where a is the current crack size. too many other semi-empirical rules are available to model fatigue damage accumulation under val. some try to consider sequence effects not predictable by palmgren-miner (if it is used non-sequentially like a statistics), while others try to use less heuristic damage concepts. fatemi and yang [3] list 56 such rules, subdividing them into 6 groups: (i) linear damage evolution rules; (ii) bilinear damage evolution rules; (iii) rules that use modified fatigue life curves (sn or n) to consider some sequence effects; (iv) fracture mechanics-based rules; (v) continuum damage mechanics-based rules; and (vi) rules based on energy methods. although damage accumulation modeling still is a fascinating research subject, none of such other (too many) rules got consensus to forever retire the old palmgren-miner rule, which has been used by structural engineers since 1924. indeed, despite countless criticisms, it keeps on being by far the most used damage accumulation tool for fatigue design applications, bravely resisting to its poor performance with ordered loads, not to mention its lack of academic sophistication. continuum damage mechanics, in particular, is a modern technique that has many interesting features, among them be based on much more sound mechanical fundamentals that most of the concurrent heuristic rules. it associates different damage mechanisms to the apparent young modulus’ variation they cause in standard specimens, or to other similarly distributed parameters [4-5]. therefore, it is no surprise it has been more useful to describe damage accumulation when it is caused by distributed damage mechanisms. however, its localized damage models, needed to describe most fatigue failures, still are at best controversial. the value dc  1 usually chosen to quantify the critical damage is certainly arbitrary, since it is based on heuristic arguments, not on suitable mechanical foundations. hence, it is no surprise to find ni/ni  1 in practical applications. miner himself quoted 0.7 < ni/ni < 2.2 as typical values obtained in fatigue tests performed under random loads or load blocks [2]. juvinall [6] affirms that usually ni/ni >> 1 in two step loads when all small load events are applied before the large ones, whereas ni/ni<< 1 when all large load events act before the small ones, and that such ordered load blocks may have a huge dispersion, namely 0.18 < ni/ni < 23. however, as such well-ordered loading is rare in practice, for engineering purposes the linear damage accumulation rule produces reasonable and frequently conservative predictions in many fatigue design problems under real service loads, the main cause for its perennial popularity. however, such a popularity does not mean that sn models applied with miner’s rule can safely solve all practical fatigue crack initiation assessment problems, even if applied to a rainflow-counted representative sample of the load history. in fact, fatigue lives are intrinsically sensitive to the order of val events, which may e.g. induce residual stresses and change the critical point stress state, much affecting its subsequent residual life. all statistics ignore sequence effects, but the palmgren-miner rule does not need to be used as so. indeed, fatigue damage can be sequentially accumulated considering at least residual stress variations associated with cyclic yielding at every load event [7], using linear or fancier damage accumulation models. to do so, ordered damage calculations by n techniques may recognize such plasticity-induced effects, following the critical point stress/strain history in a cycle-by-cycle basis, and they can even be included in simpler sn calculation routines to quantify the effect of residual stress changes caused by high-load events that induce local yielding. this strategy can be numerically efficient when such macroscopic plasticity events are rare. however, the order of the individual load events is also important even in the absence of macroscopic plasticity, probably due to its effect on localized microplasticity around the crack initiation point. this is an important issue when measuring gassner curves obtained by applying sequences of load blocks composed by a series of cal steps containing many cycles each. indeed, even under the high cycle fatigue regime, it cannot be expected that the damage caused by a single ordered load block, with all its steps applied in a low  high  low sequence, is identical to the damage caused by the same steps, a m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 100 but applied in a high  low  high order. in fact, such ordered loadings tend to generate very different fatigue lives, see fig. 1 [8]. this figure also shows that the highest scatter in miner’s rule predictions happens at high mean stress values, indicating that load order effects are more important under higher stress levels. figure 1: step order and mean-stress effects on the lives of notched al 7075-t6 test specimens with stress concentration factor 4, subjected to load blocks formed by the same load steps (these steps have the same mean stress m, but practical spectra can produce steps with different m) [8]. therefore, it could be argued that one of the main reasons for the variability of the critical damage dc is the load order effect associated with higher stress levels or overloads, which can induce residual stresses ahead of the initiating microcrack, affecting its subsequent fatigue life. as discussed before, if such load order effects are sequentially accounted for by n techniques or even by da/dn short crack concepts, then miner’s rule should give predictions with improved reliability. for instance, elber’s plasticity-induced crack closure idea [9-10] can be adapted to model the m influence on uniaxial n tests, assuming the fatigue damage process only continues after the microcrack is completely open. indeed, topper’s group found they remain partially closed during part of their loading cycle. hence, they assumed m or max effects on the so-called crack initiation phase would be caused by such crack opening loads, and proposed a new model to quantify these effects on n curves [11-12]. in this way, fatigue damage would occur only on eff, the effective portion of the hysteresis loop above the stress level op that completely opens the microcrack at min  op, see fig. 2. eff =  op (1) to precisely measure op is no trivial task, but in many cases it can be assumed that op is approximately elastic, so  op = eff  (op min)/e (2) this effective strain range, which would be the cause for fatigue damage in the fatigue crack initiation stage, is illustrated in fig. 2 as well. duquesnay et al. [12] proposed an empirical equation to estimate the opening stress op in n specimens, as a function of the applied maximum and minimum stresses, the cyclic yield strength syc, and two material-dependent parameters  and  (which, for their 1045 steel, were   0.845 and   0.125):              op ycs 2 max max min1 (3) m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 101 figure 2: the effective strain range of the hysteresis loop, eff    op, is the loop portion where the microcrack is completely open, thus can suffer fatigue damage. the opening stress op, which depends on m and affects eff, would be the physical cause for mean stress effects on fatigue crack initiation. topper’s tests showed that the ratio op/max can be negative, meaning microcracks can be entirely open even under a compressive load op < 0, in particular under high stresses and negative stress ratios r min/max. therefore, it is interesting to rewrite eq. (3) as a function of r as:            op ycs r 2 max max1 (4) if fatigue damage is caused by eff    (op  min)/e, to calculate it using n curves available in the literature, which associate  (not eff) to the fatigue crack initiation life n, they should be properly adapted. to do so, topper and coworkers proposed (and validated for some materials) an equation eff n that intrinsically includes the mean load effects:       ceff cl n2 ( 2 ) (5) this eff  n curve is illustrated in fig. 3, where c and c' are material properties, usually different from the equivalent coffin-manson’s parameters, and l is the strain fatigue limit, defined as the largest effective strain amplitude eff/2 that does not cause fatigue damage in n specimens. figure 3: universal eff  n curve, which describes fatigue lives under any mean load. m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 102 the strain fatigue can be estimated from the traditional stress limit sl under r 1, assuming eff/2 is purely elastic under infinite life and sl max << syc, hence:                   op l op lop ll s ss e emax 2 1 2 (6) values of c , c', and l in eq. (5) can be fitted from standard n tests under r 1, using eq. (1)-(5) to calculate op and op and convert n into eff  n data. moreover, sparse periodic compressive underloads can be applied to conventional n tests to guarantee that the initiated microcrack remains fully open, making op = 0 and so   eff [11]. after calibrated, these equations can be used to predict initiation lives under other stress ratios r, assuming mean load effects are caused solely by microcrack closure. the expression for the microcrack opening load op was obtained from fatigue tests under constant strain range . to use it for real service loads, duquesnay et al. assume the smallest op value calculated during the entire variable amplitude load history remains invariable [12]. according to them, this hypothesis would be conservative, but it would produce fatigue damage predictions close to those measured experimentally. in this way, when sup  syc is the largest and inf is the smallest stress of the loading history, the smallest microcrack opening load would be given byop* where:               op ycs 2 * sup sup inf1 (7) this idea can be used to evaluate the effects of tensile ep overloads on fatigue crack initiation, as well as the effects of compressive underloads that reduce op* , facilitating the opening of microcracks and increasing the effective strain range of subsequent load events, making them more harmful. overloads and underloads are causes of very important load order effects on macrocrack fatigue propagation. according to this idea, the effective strain range eff, calculated considering the smallest microcrack opening stress op* (or the value corresponding to e.g. the 0.5% smallest) induced by the loading history, would be the parameter that quantifies mean load effects under real service loads. this method was qualified using standard n specimens, but it might, at least in principle, be generalized for notched structural components [12]. damage accumulation in multiaxial fatigue here are several cycle-based models to quantify fatigue damage under multiaxial loading using some damage accumulation rule. most of them can be separated into two classes, namely the invariant-based approach and the critical-plane approach, discussed as follows. the invariant-based approach assumes fatigue damage is due to a mises equivalent range, which mixes stress or strain components that act in all directions at the critical point. this approach assumes damage is due to a suitable combination of all stress components, so it is recommended for describing distributed-damage materials, or to model damage mechanisms such as multiple cracking in concrete, cavitation in ductile fracture, or fiber rupture in isotropic fiberreinforced composites. in multiaxial fatigue applications based on this approach, the general moment of inertia method [13] or some convex-enclosure method [14] must be applied after the use of a multiaxial rainflow count, to quantify load events and to obtain the associated stress or strain ranges, and then the corresponding damage using some invariant-based model such as sines’ or crossland’s. then, the damage can be accumulated e.g. applying miner’s rule to combine the contributions of all multiaxial rainflow-counted load events. the critical-plane approach, on the other hand, considers that fatigue damage is a truly local and directional problem, hence that only the most damaged plane of the critical point (or sometimes the plane experiencing maximum shear, depending on the fatigue damage model adopted) should be used to calculate fatigue lives. therefore, it assumes that the critical plane of the critical point do not interact with the other planes, or else that there is no interaction among damage values eventually accumulated on planes that do not contain the fatigue crack. this approach should be preferred for describing fatigue damage in directional-damage materials, those which tend to fail by fatigue due to the formation and growth of a single dominant crack. this is the case of most metallic alloys, so the critical plane approach is very useful for practical applications. moreover, this approach predicts both fatigue life and the orientation of the microcrack initiation plane. t m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 103 therefore, in the critical-plane approach, the stress or strain history must be projected onto several candidate planes at the critical point to identify the critical one. to predict the initiation of tensile microcracks along planes perpendicular to the free surface, a uniaxial rainflow count is applied to the projected normal stress or strain history to calculate accumulated mode i damage e.g. using the multiaxial smith-watson-topper (swt) equation, or any other suitable model to describe tensile-sensitive materials [7]. miner’s rule could be then applied to accumulate the tensile damage of all events counted by the uniaxial rainflow. for shear microcracks on planes perpendicular to the free surface, miner’s rule is applied instead to the accumulation of multiaxial fatigue damage using, e.g., fatemi-socie’s model [7], a suitable model to describe shear-sensitive materials. it could be argued that both tensile and shear damage from a given plane should be added up using miner’s linear rule, however this would require e.g. that both swt and fatemi-socie’s models had been calibrated considering this combination of tensile and shear damage. instead, in practice these models are calibrated only considering respectively the tensile or shear damage parameters, neglecting their interaction. therefore, such an interaction should be disregarded in the subsequent predictions, to be coherent with the adopted model and its calibration routine. miner’s rule should thus be applied to either tensile or to shear damage on a given material plane, without adding them up. to predict the initiation of shear microcracks along planes inclined 45o with respect to the free surface, the projected shear history must be rainflow-counted for each candidate plane. this counting must be done using a two-dimensional (2d) rainflow routine, e.g. a 2d version of the modified wang-brown rainflow [7] method, to combine non-proportional (np) histories of in-plane and out-of-plane shear stresses a and b (or strains a and b). after this 2d rainflow, the 2d moi or a convex enclosure method should be used in each rainflow-counted half-cycle to combine both shear stresses (or strains) into a path-equivalent shear range used in damage calculation with, e.g., fatemi-socie’s shear-based damage model. miner’s rule can then used to obtain the accumulated damage on each candidate plane. in summary, to properly describe fatigue damage under val conditions, all cycle-based multiaxial fatigue approaches require, in the end, some damage accumulation rule. almost invariably, this is performed using miner’s linear rule because, in general, non-linear damage accumulation rules are not robust [3], resulting in better predictions than miner’s only for some load paths, but much worse for others. however, most evaluations of miner’s rule are based either on uniaxial or on proportional multiaxial loading histories. its applicability to non-proportional multiaxial load histories has not been much explored in the literature. however, np outof-phase histories have a very significant effect on fatigue damage when compared to proportional in-phase load histories. under strain control, np load histories are in general more damaging than proportional history paths with same longest chord l for two reasons: (i) the path-equivalent stress or strain range of the np history is always larger than the proportional range l, as verified from the moi [13] and convex enclosure methods [14], since longer load paths tend to induce more damage; and (ii) np hardening, if present in the considered material (as in all austenitic stainless steels), tends to increase peak tensile normal stresses perpendicular to the critical plane. on the other hand, under stress control, np hardening could actually decrease the resulting strains, decreasing fatigue damage and thus competing with the path-equivalent effect. hence, the fatigue analyst should be careful not to forget to consider in the calculations such different behaviors under strain or stress control, to avoid blaming miner’s rule for the scatter in the multiaxial damage predictions. as shown following, miner’s rule can be a very reasonable tool if the physics of the problem is properly understood and, in particular, if load-order plasticity effects are properly accounted for, either directly or indirectly. experimental verification of miner’s rule under np multiaxial loadings n this section, miner’s rule is evaluated for selected np tension-torsion load histories with similar amplitudes. as discussed before, overloads or large differences in subsequent load amplitudes can induce significant load order effects, even in fatigue crack initiation problems. however, since the following analysis does not consider such effects, loading histories with similar amplitudes have been selected. the main objective of the following experiments is not to evaluate overload-induced effects, but to verify whether miner’s rule can give reasonable fatigue damage predictions not only for uniaxial and proportional, but also for np multiaxial loadings. the experimental evaluation uses complex 2d tension-torsion stress histories, applied on annealed tubular 316l stainless steel specimens in a tension-torsion servo-hydraulic testing machine, see fig. 4. the experiments consist of straincontrolled tension-torsion cycles applied to six tubular specimens, each one of them following one of the six periodic x×xy/3 histories from fig. 5. all tubular specimens had 30 mm outside diameter and 2mm cylindrical wall, to avoid significant strain gradients. the strains have been measured by a commercial tension-torsion clip-gage. i m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 104 the individual amplitudes of each x and xy/3 strain component are 0.6% for all six experiments. the first four experiments involve basic load path shapes: cross, diamond, circle and square, see fig. 5. the last two involve combinations of the previous four: the square/cross path load blocks consisting of one square cycle followed by one cross cycle, while each load block of the square/circle/diamond path involved one square, one circle and one diamond cycle, in that order. all the tests were carried out until a small crack was detected on the surface by visual inspection. in all specimens, the initiated crack was later confirmed to have surface widths between 1 and 2 mm. this variability contributes to the uncertainties in the experimental data, even though it can be inferred that the number of growth cycles between 1 and 2mm should be relatively small, since the visual inspection was carried out on a frequent basis. tab. 1 shows the observed fatigue lives in number of blocks, where each block consists of a full load period. figure 4: tension-torsion testing machine and extensometer mounted on a tubular specimen. figure 5: applied periodic x×xy/3 strain paths on six tension-torsion tubular specimens, all of them with normal and effective shear amplitudes 0.6%. tension-torsion path observed life (blocks) miner’s prediction (blocks) cross 1535 diamond 976 circle 837 square 772 square/cross 342 514 square/circle/diamond 288 285 table 1: observed initiation lives, in number of blocks, for each applied tension-torsion path, and miner’s predictions. m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 98-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.14 105 tab. 1 also shows miner’s rule predictions for the square/cross and square/circle/diamond paths, calculated from the observed lives of the four specimens subjected to the cross, diamond, circle and square paths. for the square/cross path, miner’s prediction for the number of blocks b is such that 1/b = 1/772  1/1535, giving b = 514 blocks, an error of approximately 50%. besides the usual scatter in fatigue (due to undetected microscopic defects) and of miner’s rule predictions, this error might also be attributed to the difficulty to detect a small crack on the surface, which was used as the initiation criterion to measure the number of blocks. moreover, the critical plane of the square, cross and square/cross path specimens, where the microcrack initiates, could be significantly different, requiring the application of the critical plane approach to account for this and only then apply miner’s rule. for the square/circle/diamond path, miner’s prediction is such that 1/b = 1/772  1/837  1/976, giving b = 285 blocks, an unusually small prediction error of only 1%. this result is reassuring towards the continued use of miner’s rule, at least for such np loading paths with similar stress levels and amplitudes. but since miner’s rule is not a physical law, it can still result in significant prediction errors for some particularly ordered histories, or in variable amplitude histories with large variations in stress or strain amplitude. conclusions oad order effects can be very important in crack initiation, and must be considered to properly account for residual stress effects and micro/macro plastic memory in general, especially under low-cycle conditions. nevertheless, miner’s rule can be applied for both high and low-cycle fatigue, as long as any significant plasticity effect is considered, in the original order it was applied. it was found that miner’s rule provides reasonable predictions for selected non-proportional tension-torsion histories, at least when the variable amplitude loading cycles have equivalent amplitudes that do not differ too much from each other. finally, be aware that, in general, non-linear damage accumulation rules are not robust; therefore, miner’s linear damage rule still is the best choice in multiaxial fatigue calculations, giving accurate predictions when combined e.g. with the critical-plane approach. references [1] palmgren, a., die lebensdauer von kugellagern (life time of bearings). verfahrenstechinik, 68 (1924) 339-341. [2] miner, m.a., cumulative damage in fatigue, j. app. mech., 12 (1945) a159-a164. [3] fatemi, a., yang, l., cumulative fatigue damage and life prediction theories: a survey of the state of the art for homogeneous materials. int. j. fatigue, 20 (1998) 9-34. [4] lemaitre, j., a course on damage mechanics, springer, (1996). [5] lemaitre, j., chaboche, j. l., mécanique des matériaux solides, 2ème ed. dunod, (2004). [6] juvinall, r.c., stress, strain and strength, mcgraw-hill, (1967). [7] castro, j.t.p., meggiolaro, m.a., fatigue design techniques v. 2: low-cycle and multiaxial fatigue. createspace (2016). [8] schijve, j., fatigue of structures and materials, kluwer, (2001). [9] elber, w., fatigue crack closure under cyclic tension, eng fract mech, 2 (1970) 37-45. [10] elber, w., the significance of fatigue crack closure. astm stp 486 (1971) 230-242. [11] duquesnay, d.l., topper, t.h., yu, m.t., pompetzki, m.a., the effective stress range as a mean stress parameter, int. j. fatigue, 14 (1992) 45-50. [12] duquesnay, d.l., pompetzki, m.a., topper, t.h., fatigue life predictions for variable amplitude strain histories. sae paper 930400, (1993). [13] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., wu, h., zhong, z., generalization of the moment of inertia method to predict equivalent amplitudes of non-proportional multiaxial stress or strain histories. 14th pan-american congress of applied mechanics, chile (2014). [14] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., an improved multiaxial rainflow algorithm for non-proportional stress or strain histories part i: enclosing surface methods, int. j. fatigue, 42 (2012) 217-226. l << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_23.docx m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 214 local strain energy density for the fracture assessment of polyurethane specimens weakened by notches of different shape m. peron, s.m.j. razavi ,f. berto, j. torgersen department of mechanical and industrial engineering, norwegian university of science and technology (ntnu), richard birkelands vei 2b, 7491, trondheim, norway. mirco.peron@ntnu.no, javad.razavi@ntnu.no, filippo.berto@ntnu.no, jan.torgersen@ntnu.no l. marsavina department of mechanics and strength of materials, univeritatea politehnica timisoara, timisoara, romania msvina@mec.upt.ro abstract. recent studies on local stress fields in proximity of crack and notch tips have shown that strain energy density (sed), averaged in a circular control volume surrounding the point of stress singularities, represents a reliable engineering approach for assessing the brittle fracture of several brittle materials. it is worthy of notice that the application of sed criterion and the reliability of its results are strictly related to the proper determination of fracture parameters, i.e. the critical value of deformation energy wc and the radius rc of the control volume. this work presents an experimental methodology for their determination by means of notched specimens for different polyurethane densities, ranging from 100 to 651 kg/m3. then, once obtained these critical parameters, the failure load in different types of notches and cracked specimens under mode i have been predicted. moreover, for cracked specimens under mixed mode and mode ii, the authors propose a personal approach that confirms pur foams can be treated as brittle materials keywords. strain energy density; pur foams; tensile fracture; critical radius; fracture parameters. citation: peron, m., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f. torgersen, j., marsavina, l., local strain energy density for the fracture assessment of polyurethane specimens weakened by notches of different shape, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222. received: 28.06.2017 accepted: 31.07.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n the last years, polyurethane (pur) has widely gained interest in industrial applications because of its high versatility. in fact, as other polymers like polyethylene (pe), pur materials can be manufactured in a wide range of densities, obviously determining different applications. in fact at low densities (30 200 kg/m3), being rigid foams having a close cell cellular structure, they are employed as high-resilience seating, rigid foam insulation panels, microcellular foam seals and gaskets, high durable elastomeric wheels and tires and as automotive suspension bushings [1]. whereas, at higher i m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 215 densities (> 200 kg/m3) they show a porous solid structure, and they are used for fixtures and gauges, master and copy models, draw die moulds, hard parts for electronic instruments [1]. their mechanical properties have been extensively investigated in the past, showing a relationship, based on the geometry of cellular structure and the relative density, with solid materials used for manufacturing [2,3], and revealing a crushable behaviour in compression, characterized by the capability to absorb considerable amount of energy due to plateau and densification regions. finally marsavina [4] reports that they behave as brittle materials under tensile loading, being characterized by a linear elastic behaviour up to fracture. it is worth to notice that usually in the industrial applications components are designed with notches or they are affected by manufacturing induced defects, which are widely reported to reduce both tensile and fatigue strength [5-7]. several criteria have been proposed in literature for facture assessment of cracked and notched components [8-16], but among all a strain energy based (sed) approach has revealed to be the most robust in the assessment of brittle fracture resistance of several materials [17-20]. the criterion states that brittle fracture failures occur when the strain energy density averaged in a circular control volume of radius rc, which surrounds a crack or notch tip, reaches a critical value wc dependent on the material. the robustness of this criterion has been proved by several works on different notches geometries and on different loading conditions [21-27]. the main purpose of this work is to evaluate the effectiveness of sed criterion on pur foams, aiming to experimentally evaluate the main parameters of this method, i.e. rc and wc. materials olyurethane materials of four different densities (100, 145, 300 and 708 kg/m3) manufactured by necumer gmbh – germany, under commercial designation necuron 100, 160, 301 and 651, were experimentally investigated. at low densities 100 and 145 kg/m3 the materials have a rigid closed cellular structure, while the pur materials of higher densities show a porous solid structure (300 and 708 kg/m3). a quanta™ feg 250 sem was used to investigate the microstructures of the materials at different magnifications. the cell diameter and wall thickness were determined by statistical analysis, together with the density of pur materials obtained experimentally according with astm d1622-08. the elastic properties young modulus and poisson ratio were determined by impulse excitation technique (astm e-1876-01). tensile strength was determined on dog bone specimens according with a gage length of 50 mm and a cross section in the calibrated zone with 10 mm width and 4 mm thickness, according to en iso 527, and described in the research published by marsavina et al. [28]. pur density 100 145 300 708 young’s modulus [mpa] 30.18±1.75 66.89±1.07 281.39±2.92 1250±15.00 poisson’s ratio [-] 0.285 0.285 0.302 0.302 tensile strength [mpa] 1.16±0.024 1.87±0.036 3.86±0.092 17.40±0.32 mode i fracture toughness [mpa m0.5] 0.087±0.003 0.131±0.003 0.372±0.014 1.253±0.027 mode ii fracture toughness [mpa m0.5] 0.050±0.002 0.079±0.004 0.374±0.013 1.376±0.047 table 1: elastic, mechanical and fracture properties of pur materials, by varying the density. the mode i and ii fracture toughness were determined on asymmetric semi-circular bend (ascb) specimens. a detailed description of these tests is presented in [29,30]. the experimentally values of elastic, mechanical and fracture toughness properties are presented in tab. 1. experimental investigation tensile test ifferent notched specimens were tested under tensile load. notched specimens with geometries presented in fig. 1.a,b,c having lateral v, rounded u and circular holes of different diameters d were tested in tensile. the u notched specimens, with blunt curvature radius (r = 4.25 mm), were tested for each density, respectively holed p d m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 216 plates with different diameters were tested only for the highest density (708 kg/m3), geometries and maximum load presented in tab. 2. tests were performed at room temperature, on a zwick/roell z005 testing machine with 5 kn maximum load, using a loading rate of 2 mm/min. four tests were performed for each notch geometry. the specimens’ dimensions and the average maximum load are listed in tab. 2. the obtained load-displacement curves show a linear behavior without plasticity, the failure occurs suddenly and the behavior is brittle. table 2: geometrical parameters and average maximum load of notched components. table 3: the average maximum load from testing of specimens with hole on tensile. bending of asymmetric semi-circular bend (ascb) ascb specimens with vertical crack were considered, fig. 1.d. the crack tip was introduced using a razor blade. different types of applied mixed mode are easily obtained only by changing one of the supports position (s2) and keeping constant the other support (s1). the load is applied on the symmetry axis of the specimen using three point bending grips. stress intensity factors (sifs) solution for ascb specimen [31]: 1 2( / , / , / ) , 2 max i i p k ay a r s r s r i i ii rt   (1) were obtained by finite element analysis (lazzarin and filippi, [32] and are plotted for a crack length a = 20 mm, specimen radius r = 40 mm, distance to fixed support s1 = 30 mm, thickness t = 10 mm, resulting a/r = 0.5, s1/r = 0.75. it could be observed that changing the distance s2 from 30 mm to 3 mm, the loading conditions change from pure mode i to dominant mode ii conditions. moreover, using a polynomial interpolation the exact position of left support, leading to pure mode ii loading condition, was determined at distance s2 = 2.66 mm. the recorded load–displacement curves were linear (no significant non-linearity identified) and the fracture occurred suddenly, indicating that the specimens failed in a brittle manner, fig. 1.e. tab. 4 presents the average fracture load values fmax obtained at each loading configuration for the four considered materials. for all the tested specimens the thickness was equal to 10 mm. the mixed mode ratio was quantified using the mode mixity through the dimensionless parameter me, proposed by ayatollahi and torabi [33]. me (s2 [mm]) density [kg/m3] 1(30) 0.83 (12) 0.651 (8) 0.472 (6) 0.206 (4) 0.004 (2.66) 100 43.8 88.5 91.47 102.55 97.3 92.4 145 67.8 133.5 152.5 158 151.25 148.67 300 190 397.5 535.5 645 601.75 712.3 708 704.3 1340 1680 1910 2133 2130 average fracture load value [n] table 4: average fracture loads values for ascb specimens. notch shapes geometrical parameters [mm] pur density [kg/m3] 100 145 300 708 l w b d r average maximum load fmax [n] v 100 25 15 0.25 146.39 185.92 353.74 1811.43 u 100 25 15 2 189.45 262.4 397.71 2109.96 100 30 14 4.25 236.5 329 443.6 2173.4 o 100 25 10 187.89 267.31 521.5 1960.31 notch shape: o length l = 100 mm width w = 25 mm hole diameter [mm] 10 8 7 6 5 3.5 average maximum load [n] 1960.31 2197.27 2290.76 2491.03 2544.66 2944.64 m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 217 figure 1: notched specimens on tensile, (a) lateral rounded v notch, (b) lateral u notches, (c) circular hole and (d) ascb specimen; (e) typical load-displacement curves on tensile and bending specimens. theoretical background erto and lazzarin [27], and later radaj and vormwald [34], presented comprehensive overview of the volumebased strain energy density criterion. below, only a reminder of the main concepts of the sed regarding brittle fracture of notched components is reviewed. sed criterion assumes that failure occurs when the mean value w of deformation energy in a local finite volume around the notch tip (control volume) reaches a critical value wc; the failure occurs when cw w , independent of the notch opening angle and loading type. if the material exhibits an ideally brittle behaviour until fracture, the parameter wc is calculated from the ultimate tensile strength σu: 2 / 2c uw e (2) under the situations when plain specimens exhibit a non-linear behaviour, whereas the notched specimens behave linear, seweryn [35] recommended that the stress σu should be replaced by “the maximum normal stress existing at the edge at the moment preceding the cracking” determined on tensile specimens with blunt curvature radius, where semi-circular notches are recommended. in plane problems, the control volume becomes a circle or a circular sector with a radius rc in the case of cracks or pointed v-notches in mode i or mixed, i + ii, mode loading (fig. 2a and b). under plane strain conditions, a useful expression for rc has been provided considering the crack case [36, 37]:    2 1 5 8 4 ic c t v v k r            (3) if the critical value of the nsif is determined by means of specimens with α ≠ 0, the critical radius can be estimated by means of the expression:    1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 4 c c c i k r ew           (4) when 2α = 0, k1c equals the fracture toughness kic. for rounded v-notches, a crescent-shaped control volume bounded by two radii differently centered was introduced: a circular notch edge with radius q as the inner boundary and a circle arc with radius r0 + rc as the outer boundary, (fig. 2c). the length r0 represents the distance between the origin of the polar coordinates (used to express the stress field) and the notch tip. the parameters r0 depends from q then it’s function only from the geometry (the opening angle 2α); r0 is defined as 0 / ( 1)r qr q  where (2 2 ) /q     . b m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 218 figure 2: control volume for sharp v notch (a), crack case (b) and rounded v notch under mode i loading. the radius of the control volume and the critical strain energy density depend only from the mechanical properties of the material as the young’s modulus, the fracture toughness, the poisson’s ratio and the ultimate tensile strength σu or σt. numerical investigations determination sed parameters he quasi ideally brittle behavior, for these foams, is exhibited for notched components, fig. 1e, so the ultimate tensile strength σu should be substituted with σt, the maximum normal tension presents at the notch tip in the moment that proceed the crack, tension calculated in a notched specimen under tensile load, specimen with a bland curvature radius. this σt can be evaluated using u notched specimen with a curvature radius greater than 4 mm, a bland notch: is recommended to use a semi-circular notches, in this paper it has been choose to use a plate with symmetric u notch. a linear-elastic finite element analysis was carried out in ansys 14.5 software for all specimen geometries. based on symmetry of loading and boundary conditions quarter of geometry was considered. the average maximum load was applied to the models for each notch geometry as uniaxial loads. the plane184 plane 8-node biquadratic elements with a suitably high mesh density in the area of the notch tip were employed, the analysis are under plane strain conditions. according with the procedure described above, it’s possible to define the tension at the notch tip. in tab. 4 is exhibit the tension σt and the parameters of sed method, calculated through eq. 2 and 3. density [kg/m3] σt [mpa] rc [mm] wc [mj/m3] 100 3.19 0.20 0.169 145 4.39 0.24 0.143 300 6.06 1.0 0.065 708 26.7 0.62 0.285 table 5: values of tension at the notch tip and respective sed parameters. application sed method on specimens with different type of notch, mode i through the sed parameters determined previously, is possible to apply the sed method on the notched specimens tested in the previous paragraphs. in the same way followed to determine the σt tension, the sed method were applied through linear elastic finite element analysis, using plane elements (plane 184) and creating the control volume around the notch tip. the results are reported in fig. 3.a. all the specimens are in mode i loads configuration. for the majority of the results, the scatter band is contained between + 10 % and – 22 %, a reasonable dispersion in engineering field. application sed method on specimens with different type of notch, mode i ascb specimens were tested under pure mode i, pure mode ii and mixed mode i+ii. the first approach is to use the sed parameters defined for mode i (tab. 5) in the case of the mode ii and mixed mode: for the higher densities, in mixed mode and in mode ii the error is greater than 35 %, while for the lowest densities the error is contained between ± 10 %, graph 1b. it has been noticed that the strain energy density increase from mode i to mode ii. if it’s possible to t m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 219 define the sed parameters, then the hypothesis that the material has a brittle behavior is valid and in the crack case (the control volume is a sector centered at the notch tip, fig. 2.b) the strain energy density can be express through eq. (3). 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 (1 ) 2(1 ) i ii c c e k e k w e r e r     (5) the authors proposed the following approach: the control volume remains the same in all load configurations and it’s equal to the control volume defined under pure mode i: in this way it’s possible to recalculate the value of the critical strain energy density in mixed mode i+ii and in pure mode ii. under this hypothesis, the scatter band is contained between ± 10 %, as it seen fig. 3.c. in fig. 3 the error is calculated using the wc defined through the σt tension; the wc can be redefined through the mean value of the strain energy density of each specimens. the new values of wc are listed in table 5: the errors using these values of critical energy density are presented in fig. 4; except necuron 301, the scatter band is contained between ± 15 %. density [kg/m3] rc [mm] wc [mj/m3] 100 0.20 0.140 145 0.24 0.111 300 1.0 0.039 708 0.62 0.21 table 6: new values of critical energy density that fit better the results. figure 3: ratio between the predictions of maximum loads and experimental loads: a) notched specimens, b) ascb specimens under mixed mode, c) personal approach for ascb specimens under mixed mode, d) all notched specimens under mode i. m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 220 density [kg/m3] σt [mpa] σ0,tcd [mpa] 100 3.19 2.17 145 4.39 3.19 300 6.06 5.6 708 26.7 23.14 table 7: comparison between stress of tcd method and sed method. figure 4: ratio between the predictions of maximum loads and experimental loads using the new values of critical energy density. conclusions xcept some value, the relative errors is contained between +10 % and –22 %, a reasonable prediction in engineering field, figs. 3 and 4. from these results it’s possible to notice that the sed method works for these foams and the parameters (rc and wc) can be determined through experimental tests on tensile notched specimens. in a research by negru et al. (2015) it’s defined the inherent stress for the theory of critical distance (tcd), an approach based on the same theory of sed method, they belong to the linear elastic mechanic fracture theory (lefm). the inherent stress in tcd method is equivalent to the failure stress and this tension is defined in a different way: the stress σt defined in this paper is compared with the inherent stress of tcd method, tab. 6. two different approach give values of the tensions very similar, with the same order of magnitude, this confirms that it’s possible to apply the sed method on these foams and the tensions σt that valid the sed for each type of notch have the same order of magnitude and it’s similar. the personal approach works but the hypothesis that the control volume remains the same it’s only a personal view of the problem; this assumption it has been made only to prove that the pur foams can be treated as a brittle materials and the sed approach can be applied, in fact the strain energy density defined through eq. 3 differs less than ± 8% from the numerical strain energy density defined through the numerical investigations. it’s possible to define a new values of critical energy density for each density that permit to decrease the errors, in fact more than 95 % of the results are contained between ± 15 %, so the new values of wc fit better the results. the paper represents an entry level approach for the determination of the sed parameters for these foams, it’s necessary further studies and tests. e m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 221 acknowledgments he experimental results presented here were performed under the grant of the romanian national authority for scientific research, cncs-uefiscdi, project pn-ii-id-pce-2011-3-0456, contract number 172/2011. mr. alberto piccotin was supported by erasmus program to carry on a research stage at university politehnica timisoara. references [1] http://www.necumer.com/index.php/en/produkte-2/board-materials.html, (2014). [2] gibson, l.j., ashby, m.f., cellular solids, structure and properties, second ed., cambridge university press, (1997). [3] ashby, m.f., cellular solids – scaling of proprieties, in: m. scheffler, p. colombo (eds.), cellular ceramics, structure, manufacturing, properties and applications, wiley-vch verlag gmbh & co., (2005) 3–17. [4] marsavina, l., fracture mechanics of cellular solids, in: h. altenbach, a. ochsner (eds.), cellular and porous materials in structures and processes, springer, wien, (2010) 1–46. [5] lazzarin, p., comportamento a fatica dei giunti saldati in funzione della densità di energia di deformazione locale: influenza dei campi di tensione singolari e non singolari, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 13-26. [6] maragoni, l., carraro, p. a., peron, m. and quaresimin, m., fatigue behaviour of glass/epoxy laminates in the presence of voids, int. j. fatigue, 95 (2017) 18–28. [7] brotzu, a., felli, f. and pilone, d., effects of the manufacturing process on fracture behaviour of cast tial intermetallic alloys, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2013) 66-73. [8] ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., rashidi moghaddam, m., berto, f., mode i fracture analysis of polymethylmetacrylate using modified energy—based models. phys. mesomec., 18 (2015) 53-62. [9] ayatollahi, m.r., rashidi moghaddam, m., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f., geometry effects on fracture trajectory of pmma samples under pure mode-i loading. eng. fract. mech., 163 (2016) 449–461. [10] ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., sommitsch, c., moser, c., fatigue life extension by crack repair using double stophole technique, mater. sci. forum, 879 (2017) 3-8. [11] razavi, s.m.j., ayatollahi, m.r., sommitsch, c., moser, c., retardation of fatigue crack growth in high strength steel s690 using a modified stop-hole technique, eng. fract. mech., 169 (2017) 226–237. [12] rashidi moghaddam, m., ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f., mode ii brittle fracture assessment using an energy based criterion, phys. mesomec. (in press). [13] sih, g.c., some basic problems in fracture mechanics and new concepts, eng. fract. mech., 5 (1973) 365-377. [14] sih, g.c., strain-energy-density factor applied to mixed mode crack problems, int. j. fracture, 10 (1974) 305-321. [15] kipp, m.e., sih, g.c., the strain energy density failure criterion applied to notched elastic solids, int. j. solids struct., 11 (1975) 153-173. [16] sih, g.c., ho, j.w., sharp notch fracture strength characterized by critical energy density, theor. appl. fract. mec., 16 (1991) 179-214. [17] lazzarin, p. and zambardi, r., a finite-volume-energy based approach to predict the static and fatigue behavior of components with sharp v-shaped notches, int. j. fract., 112 (2001) 275–298. [18] berto, f., lazzarin, p. and ayatollahi, m. r., brittle fracture of sharp and blunt v-notches in isostatic graphite under torsion loading, carbon n. y., 50 (2012) 1942–1952. [19] berto, f. and barati, e., fracture assessment of u-notches under three point bending by means of local energy density, mater. des., 32 (2011) 822–830. [20] radaj, d., berto, f., and lazzarin, p., local fatigue strength parameters for welded joints based on strain energy density with inclusion of small-size notches, eng. fract. mech., 76 (2009) 1109–1130. [21] lazzarin, p., berto, f., some expressions for the strain energy in a finite volume surrounding the root of blunt vnotches, int. j. fract., 135 (2005) 161-185. [22] gómez, f.j., elices, m., berto, f., lazzarin, p., local strain energy to assess the static failure of u-notches in plates under mixed mode loading, int. j. fract., 145 (2007) 29-45. [23] berto, f., lazzarin, p., gómez, f.j., elices, m., fracture assessment of u-notches under mixed mode loading: two procedures based on the ‘equivalent local mode i’ concept, int. j. fract., 148 (2007) 415-433. t m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 214-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.23 222 [24] lazzarin, p., livieri, p., berto, f. and zappalorto, m., local strain energy density and fatigue strength of welded joints under uniaxial and multiaxial loading, eng. fract. mech., 75 (2008) 1875–1889. [25] lazzarin, p., berto, f., gómez, f.j., zappalorto, m., some advantages derived from the use of the strain energy density over a control volume in fatigue strength assessments of welded joints, int. j. fract., 30 (2008) 1345-1357. [26] lazzarin, p., berto, f., elices, m. and gómez, j., brittle failures from uand v-notches in mode i and mixed, i + ii, mode: a synthesis based on the strain energy density averaged on finite-size volumes, fatigue fract. eng. m., 32 (2009) 671–684. [27] berto, f., lazzarin, p., a review of the volume-based strain energy density approach applied to v-notches and welded structures, theor. appl. fract. mec., 52 (2009) 183-194. [28] marsavina, l., constantinescu, d.m., linul, e., apostol, d.a., voiconi, t., sadowski, t., refinements on fracture toughness of pur foams, eng. fract. mech., 129 (2014) 54–66. [29] marsavina, l., constantinescu, d.m., linul, e., apostol, d.a., voiconi, t., sadowski, t., evaluation of mixed mode fracture for pur foams, procedia materials science, 3 (2014) 1342–1352. [30] negru, r., marsavina, l., filipescu, h., pasca, n., investigation of mixed mode i/ii brittle fracture using ascb specimen, int. j. fracture, 18 (2013) 155–161. [31] ayatollahi, m.r., torabi, a.r., 2009, a criterion for brittle fracture in u-notched components under mixed-mode loading, eng. fract. mech., 76 (2009) 1883-1896. [32] lazzarin, p. and filippi, s., a generalized stress intensity factor to be applied to rounded v-shaped notches. international j. solids struct., 43 (2006) 2461-2478. [33] ayatollahi, m.r., torabi, a.r., a criterion for brittle fracture in u-notched components under mixed-mode loading. eng. fract. mech., 76 (2009) 1883-1896. [34] radaj, d., vormwald, m., advanced methods of fatigue assessment, springer-verlag, berlin, (2013). [35] seweryn, a., brittle fracture criterion for structures with sharp notches, eng. fract. mech., 47 (1994) 673-681. [36] yosibash, z., bussiba, a., gilad, i., failure criteria for brittle elastic materials, int. j. fracture, 125 (2004) 307–333. [37] gallo, p., berto, f., glinka, g generalized approach to estimation of strains and stresses at blunt v-notches under non-localized creep, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 39 (2016) 292-306. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_29_art_8 a fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 74 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy twsme of a niti strip in free bending conditions: experimental and theoretical approach a. fortini, m. merlin, r. rizzoni department of engineering (endif), university of ferrara, (italy) annalisa.fortini@unife.it, mattia.merlin@unife.it, raffaella.rizzoni@unife.it s. marfia department of civil and mechanical engineering (dicem), university of cassino and lazio meridionale, (italy) marfia@unicas.it abstract. this paper deals with the two-way shape memory effect (twsme) induced on a strip of a nearequiatomic niti alloy by means of the shape memory cycling training method. this procedure is based on the deformation in martensite state to reach the desired cold shape followed by cycling the temperature from above af to below mf. to this end, the sample was thermally treated to memorise a bent shape, thermomechanical trained as described and thermally cycled in unloaded conditions in order to study the stability of the induced twsme. heating to af was reached by a hot air stream flow whereas cooling to mf was achieved through natural convection. the evolution of the curvature with the increasing number of cycles was evaluated. the thermomechanical behaviour of the strip undergoing uniform bending was simulated using a one-dimensional phenomenological model based on stress and the temperature as external control variables. both martensite and austenite volume fractions were chosen as internal parameters and kinetic laws were used in order to describe their evolution during phase transformations. the experimental findings are compared with the model simulation and a numerical prediction based on the approach proposed in [25]. keywords. niti-based alloys; two-way shape memory effect; thermomechanical training; bending. introduction hape memory alloys (smas) are an interesting class of metallic materials with the ability of recovering seemingly permanent deformation when they are deformed in the martensitic low temperature phase and subsequently heated to the austenitic high temperature phase. shape memory effect (sme) and superelasticity (se) are associated with diffusionless solid-state transformations between two crystallographic phases: the cubic crystal structure, stable at high temperature, and the monoclinic crystal structure, stable at low temperature. the forward transformation from austenite to martensite occurs during cooling, begins at the martensitic start temperature ms and ends at the martensitic finish temperature mf. the reverse transformation from martensite to austenite occurs upon heating, begins at the austenitic start temperature as and finishes at the austenitic finish temperature af. over the last decades a wide variety of smas have been investigated and several compositions have been studied, by adding different alloying elements (such as zinc, copper, gold and iron) to existing alloys. among the different shape memory alloys compositions, the niti alloy system is the most extensively studied and used in the greatest number of commercial applications mainly because of its excellent mechanical properties, high corrosion resistance and s a. fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 75 biocompatibility. in particular, the near-equiatomic niti alloys are the most important practical shape memory alloys, extensively used for an increasing number of applications in different fields of engineering. the niti alloy system, in addition to the one-way shape memory effect (owsme) may also show the two-way shape memory effect (twsme). through the sme the material could recover the macroscopic shape of the austenitic parent phase upon heating above af, while through the twsme, it also exhibits a return to the reoriented martensitic shape upon cooling below mf, in the absence of applied stress. this spontaneous repeatable shape change on heating and cooling is an acquired behaviour, rather than an inherent property of the material, obtained by specific thermomechanical loading cycles, named training treatments, to which the sma has been subjected [1, 2]. this procedure develops a residual internal stress state which guides the growth of certain martensitic variants, towards the preferred orientations, regarding the deformation adopted during training, when sma is stress-free cooled [3]. from a crystallographic point of view, it is widely accepted that preferential martensite formation is due to the generation of permanent defects in the parent phase resulting from training procedure [2, 4]. as a result the material will change its shape as it changes its phase. different training methods for obtaining a twsme are described in literature and the influence of the type and training parameters, the stability of the twsme during thermal cycling as well as the efficiency of the methods have been widely investigated [1, 2, 5-10]. generally, training procedures have the purpose to induce the low temperature shape in the sample introducing permanent defects such as dislocations, stabilised stress induced martensite and precipitates [4, 5, 11, 12]. common methods of training include: shape memory cycling, pseudoelastic cycling, combined shape memory cycling/pseudoelastic cycling and constrained cycling of deformed martensite [1, 5, 13, 14]. all of these thermomechanical treatments deal with the repetition of a procedure that considers the transformation from austenite to a preferentially oriented martensite or from deformed martensite to austenite [13]. due to their attractive behaviour, niti shape memory alloys have been successfully applied in a broad set of innovative applications in aerospace, biomedical, mechanical and civil engineering fields. in particular, smas are excellent materials to be used as actuating elements in smart structures given that they could generate large force and displacement during the phase transformation. many active deformable structures, in which niti strips or wires are embedded in a polymeric matrix, are based on the owsme and, as a consequence, an external force is required to bring back the structure to its original shape. to this end, the application of the twsme on the sma elements plays an important role since it make possible to achieve more compact and simple configuration systems with improved performances upon demand, thanks to the integration of multiple functions in a single component. a twsme behaviour in bending gives the macroscopic reversible shape change of the functional structure upon heating and cooling, without demanding the recovery to the elasticity of the polymeric structure. the sme behaviour in bending has been experimentally and theoretically investigated by many authors. the works [15, 16] have focused on the bending properties of polymer-sma composite microdevices, for example, microvalves. in these actuators, the right combination of the polymer and sma thin film leads to a two-way stable behaviour during heating and cooling. more recently, roh and bae [17] have numerically and experimentally investigated the thermo-mechanical behaviour of niti strips associated with stress and temperature-induced transformations. the activation of the sma strips causes a bending deformation on the actuator, which has remarkable vertical tip deflections. larger deflections can be obtained by increasing the initial strain of the sma. irzhak et al. [18] observed giant reversible bending deformation at a sub-micrometre scale by using a nichel-sma composite strip. furthermore, some authors focused on the effects of the pre-strain, recovery temperature and bending deformation on the shape memory effects [9, 19-24]. to predict the onedimensional thermomechanical behaviour of sma, several macroscopic constitutive models are currently available in literature, an overview can be found in [3, 23, 25-28]. it is widely known that the response of sma is dependent on stress and temperature fields and it is closely connected with the crystallographic phase of the material and the thermodynamics underlying the transformation processes. while some studies are focused on the two-way shape memory effect exhibited by bent wires [9, 13, 19], the present study is aimed at investigating the stability of the twsme behaviour induced on near-equiatomic niti strips by means of the so-called shape memory cycling method, which here is applied to bending deformations. in particular, the possibility to take advantage of the twsme is here considered in order to optimise the behaviour of strips embedded in active deformable structures. to this end, a strip is firstly subjected to a specific thermomechanical treatment, in order to memorise a bent shape with a uniform curvature, and then trained to realise the spontaneous recovery to the martensitic shape upon cooling. in particular, the training process basically consists of the repetition of the following steps: i) cooling the sma to below mf to form martensite, ii) deforming to the desired cold shape, below the shape memory limit, iii) heating in stress-free condition to above af to recover the original high temperature shape [13, 14]. it should be highlighted that the amount of spontaneous shape change on cooling is significantly less than those being induced in the ii) deformation step and it is typically between 0.2 and 0.25% of the training strain value [4, 14]. after the training a fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 76 procedure, the stability of the induced twsme with the increasing number of cycles is assessed considering the curvatures assumed at each cycle on heating/cooling. moreover, the behaviour of the sma undergoing bending is simulated by means of a phenomenological model, based on the use of stress and temperature as control variables, but proposing an original approximated relation for the evolution of the curvature with the temperature, according to the model developed in [20]. this relation, useful to practitioners, is coupled with a phenomenological description of the phenomena occurring during the training process, which are supposed to be based on the martensite accumulation during cycling. shape recovery simulations for the niti strip undergoing uniform bending are considered and the ability of the model to reproduce experimental data is evaluated. the resulting evolution of the curvature with the number of cycles obtained with this model is also compared with the experimental data. furthermore, all these results are compared with a numerical simulation based on the model proposed in [25]. material characterisation commercial niti shape memory alloy of nominal composition ni-50.8 at%ti was used in the present study. a strip of 0.8 x 7 x 107 mm in dimension was cut by means of electro-erosion starting from a plane foil of the assupplied material. in order to fix the strip during both the training process and the twsme cycles, a "l" shape was chosen, as depicted in fig. 1. figure 1: strip shape. the sample was annealed at 700 °c for 20 min followed by controlled cooling to room temperature, at a cooling rate of 1 °c/min, in order to delete any residual stresses of previous deformation history. to evaluate the characteristic martensitic and austenitic starting and finishing temperatures as well as the latent heats per unit mass, a differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) test was carried out, after annealing, at a heating/cooling rate of 10 °c/min. the transformation temperatures (ttrs), summarised in tab. 1, were extrapolated from dsc data through the tangential line method. as [°c] af [°c] δha [mpa/°c] ms [°c] mf [°c] δhm [mpa/°c] 82 104 24.7 69 46 25.3 table 1: transformation temperatures and latent heats per unit mass obtained by dsc. mechanical properties of the material were obtained through uniaxial tensile tests performed at 25 °c and 150 °c respectively under displacement controlled loading conditions. an instron 4467 testing machine with a 30 kn load cell was used and the loading rate of 1 mm/min was set in order to minimise the self-heating effect due to the transformation latent heat. according to ttrs data, the elastic modulus of the martensite, em, the transformation stresses at the onset/end of the martensitic plateau, σs and σf, and the maximum recoverable strain εl were estimated at 25 °c while the elastic modulus of the austenite, ea, was estimated at 150 °c. these material properties are listed in tab. 2. σs [mpa] σf [mpa] εl em [mpa] ea [mpa] ca [mpa/°c] cm [mpa/°c] 149 210 0.06 28423 63475 7.25 8.22 table 2: material properties obtained by tensile tests. the stress-influence coefficients ca and cm were obtained using the clausius-clapeyron equation: a a. fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 77 ρ δh ε   aa cr l c t (1) ρ δh ε    m m cr l c t (2) where the niti density ρ is assumed 6.45 g/cm3 and the critical temperature tcr is calculated as (as+af)/2. to memorise the bent shape, the strip was subjected to a double heat treatment: it was previously strained at room temperature and wounded on a cylindrical jig to reach a circle shape. this fixture was placed into a tube furnace, heated at 450 °c for 25 min and quenched by water-cooling. these specific temperature and time were chosen according to the results of a previous experimental study [15], which demonstrated that this combination allows reaching a 92% of shape recovery. subsequently, the strip was strained at room temperature applying opposite bending couples acting at the ends and locked into an arc clamp. the strip was thus thermally treated as previous to memorise this bent shape, with an initial curvature radius r0 equal to 42.32 mm. training procedure the heat-treated niti strip was subjected to the thermomechanical cycling by means of the shape memory cycling method [13]. a specifically designed training sequence was applied to the sample repeating the following steps for 30 cycles: pre-straining at a t< mf (room temperature) to reach the desired cold shape, ii) heating the specimen above af (140 °c) through a hot air stream flow, iii) cooling below mf (room temperature) by natural convection. therefore, the strip was strained to a flat shape, applying a uniform bending load at room temperature, and fixed into a supporting structure, with one end held in a clamp. in order to ensure reaching the phase transformation temperature on heating, a k-type thermocouple was placed in the inner radius of the strip and kept in good thermal contact with it by conductive aluminum tape. heating the strip to high temperature above af was achieved by hot air stream flow whereas cooling to room temperature, below mf, was realised through natural convection. to study the curvature evolution, sample images were acquired by a digital camera at the end of the heating process, fig. 2a, as well as after cooling to room temperature, fig. 2b. interpolating the axis of the strip with a three-point arc, by means of a cad software, the hot radius, rh, and the cold radius, rc, were collected. (a) (b) figure 2: (a) hot shape; (b) cold shape. it is well known that there is a limit to the amount of reversible strain that can be achieved in twsme [14]. in particular, the two-way recoverable strain is significantly less than the one-way recoverable strain and it is typically in the neighborhood of 2%. in the present study the bending deformation strain was calculated according to eq. (3): 0 ε 2r  tr t t (3) a fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 78 where t is the thickness of the strip and r0 is the radius of the memorised shape. therefore, the target two-way recoverable strain between the desired hot shape of the arc and the desired cold shape of the straight line, in this case was equal to 0.9%, less than the threshold of 2%. the amount of twsme was assessed by thermally cycling the trained strip without any applied external stress. to evaluate the stability of the two-way memory behaviour, 30 cycles were performed. results and discussion experimental results he evolution of hot and cold shapes over the range of the training cycles is reported in fig. 3a. the desired hot shape corresponds to the curvature = 1/r0= 23.63 * 10-3 mm-1 of the memorised arc, while the desired cold shape corresponds to the straight line and it is therefore equal to 0. during the training process, the evolution of hot curvature suggests that, apart from the initial cycles where a gradual loss in the memorised shape occurs, the data level off to a value close to 15 * 10-3 mm-1. as regard the cold curvature, the curve trend decreases as the numbers of training cycles increases. as can be seen, the difference between hot curvature and cold curvature progressively increases and reaches the maximum value of 7.26 * 10-3 mm-1 after 30 cycles. it is known that the training process is aimed at producing dislocation arrangements that create an isotropic stress field in the austenite phase, responsible for the further spontaneous shape change upon cooling. however, the dislocation structure is often accompanied by a permanent strain that would degrade the memory of the hot shape [13]. according to the results reported in fig. 3a it is clear that the deformation in full martensitic state and the consequent progress of dislocation arrangements are linked to the loss of memory for the hot shape with increasing the number of training cycles. as regards the cold curvature and its progressively decrease to the desired cold shape it is likely that in the initial cycles the dislocation arrangements are readily introduced and, due to the greatly increase, the level of memory in the cold shape runs up [13]. as a result, at each cycle the amount of single-variant martensite increases, improving the memory of the cold shape. the amount of two-way behaviour through training cycles is calculated as the difference and depicted in fig. 3b. is the curvature at the austenite state (hot) and is the curvature at the martensite (cold) state. the gradual increase with training cycles is consistent with the progressive stabilisation of the behaviour achieved by the training procedure. it should be highlighted that, as depicted in fig. 3a, the increase of the two-way behaviour reported in fig. 3b is completely due to the improved cold curvature behaviour, which gets closer to the desired cold shape, rather than the hot curvature evolution, which is almost steady as the number of cycles increases. the spontaneous shape change, simply upon heating and cooling, was assessed through additional 30 cycles (twsme cycles). the curvature values assumed by the strip at each cycle are reported in fig. 4 from which it is evident that, while the hot curvature has a slightly increase to the desired hot shape, the cold curvature shows a quite constant evolution rather than a decrease to the desired cold shape. the difference between the hot and cold curvature is almost constant with increasing the number of cycles, but this doesn't mean the establishment of the two-way behaviour. it can be pointed out that during the twsme cycles, where no external stress is applied, the amount of single-variant martensite will decrease and, as a result, the cold behaviour moves away from the desired cold shape. (a) (b) figure 3: (a) comparison of hot and cold curvature curves versus training cycles; (b) two-way behaviour versus training cycles. -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 χ [m m -1 ]* 10 -3 training cycles χ hot χ cold desired hot shape desired cold shape t a. fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 79 figure 4: two-way recoverable shape change versus twsme cycles. constitutive modelling he thermomechanical behaviour of the sma strip in bending is simulated by using the results obtained in [20], which are briefly reviewed in this section. in [20] a one-dimensional phenomenological model is adopted, based on external control variables, the stress σ and the temperature t, and on internal variables, which are the singlevariant martensite, multi-variant martensite and austenite volume fractions. the phase production processes that are considered during bending and free shape recovery under heating are the following: during bending at low temperature, multi-variant martensite transforms into single-variant martensite; during shape recovery upon heating, both multi-variant and single-variant martensite volume fractions transform to austenite. each phase production is detailed by kinetic equations describing the evolution of the phase fractions during transformation in terms of the current values of the stress and the temperature. the kinetic equations are assumed to be linear for simplicity and the reader is referred to [20] for further details. the stress σ is related to the strain via the following constitutive eq. (4):     0       l s l s e if e otherwise         (4) here >0 is the maximum strain achievable by the transformation of multi-variant into single-variant (detwinning), is the elastic modulus, assumed to take the same value, 28423 mpa, for all the three phases and ξs is the single-variant martensite volume fraction. the behavior is assumed symmetric in traction and compression. the first bending at low temperature (tt1 multi-variant martensite transforms into austenite between the origin and the front z0, and single-variant martensite transforms into austenite between z+(=) and z0. at t =af, the transformation of both martensite variants into austenite finishes and the beam recovers its original (memorised) curvature . as the fronts evolve, the curvature of the beam also evolves along the continuous curve plotted in fig. 7. correspondingly, the single-variant martensite fraction and stress distributions also change inside the cross-section and fig. 8 shows the calculated evolutions. the details for calculating the curves shown in fig. 6, 7 and 8 are given in [20]. figure 5: calculated stress ( ) and single-variant martensite (sr) residual distributions after the first bending. for symmetry reasons, only the distributions in the upper half of the cross-section are shown. figure 6: calculated evolution of the phase transformation fronts with the temperature; z indicates the coordinate along the thickness of the cross-section. at the temperature as, single-variant martensite is present only below (cfr. fig. 5) and multi-variant martensite is present throughout the cross-section. for temperatures between as and t1, multi-variant martensite transforms into austenite in the region between the origin and the front zm (dot-dashed line), and both multi-variant and single-variant martensite transform into austenite in the region between the fronts z+ (dashed line) and z0 (continuous line). at the temperature t1, the fronts zm and z+ coalesce, thus for t>t1 multi-variant martensite transforms into austenite between the origin and the front z0 and single-variant martensite transforms into austenite between z+(= ) and z0. a. fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 81 figure 7: calculated curvature evolution (continuous line) and its cubic approximation based on eq. (6) (dashed line) for the first free recovery upon heating. (a) (b) figure 8: calculated evolution of the stress distribution (a) and of the single-variant martensite fraction distribution (b) in the upperhalf of the cross-section for the first free recovery upon heating. the front zalsodescribed in the solution proposed in [20] and corresponding to the transformation of the martensite in the compressed part of the cross-section, does not exists here because, given the material parameters listed in tab. 2, it would violates the activation conditions of the kinetic laws. indeed one has1:   0 0 ( ) ( / 2) ( / 2) ( )( / 2 )         a f s r l sr l sr r c a a e h h h          (5) which implies that the phase transformation occurs only in traction. if condition (5) applies, then the evolution of the front z0 displayed in fig. 6 suggests an asymptotic behavior of the function ⟶ near af. indeed, the expression for z0 (eq. (40) in [20]) is:     0 0 ( / 2) ( ) ( ) / 2 ( ) ( / 2)       sr l l sr h f t z t t h f t h         (6) 1 condition (5) is equivalent to the condition e-(z0) <0 (see [20]). a fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 82 where f(t)=(af-t)/(af-as), and sr(-h/2)=0.2 is the value taken by the single-variant martensite distribution at the point z=-h/2 at the end of the uniform bending at low temperature (sr(-h/2)=0.2 for the parameters listed in tab. 2, see fig. 5). thus, assuming that z0 -h/2) as ⟶af and using (6), one obtains the following asymptotic behavior of near af:   0 ( )2 ( / 2) ( )      f l sr f s a t t h h a a    (7) one could tentatively approximate the curvature evolution with a cubic curve having minimum at t=as (and the minimum value is ) passing through the point (af, ) and having tangent line at t=af given by (7). for the material parameters of the alloy studied in this paper, the result turns out to be in acceptable agreement with the exact curvature evolution in almost all the range of temperatures (as, af), as shown in fig. 7. so far only the first free recovery upon heating has been considered, and the results have been obtained under the assumption that the beam recovers completely its original curvature  at t=af. however, the experimental data described in the previous sections indicates that this does not occur, and that the curvature recovered at the end of heating decreases with the number of cycles. this could be attributed to the presence of residual martensite in the parent phase at macroscopic free stress state, due to accumulation of plastic dislocations. experimental evidence of residual strain due to accumulated martensite has been reported in [23, 29]. to phenomenologically describe the accumulation of martensite, one could assume that sr(-h/2) depends upon the number of cycles as follows: 0(1 / ) 0( / 2; ) (1 )      n n sr h n e   (8) where = 0.2 is the value calculated for the first cycle, and are two material parameters. substituting (8) into (7) gives an equation for the curvature evolution near af with the number of cycles. fig. 9 shows the plot of the curvature at t= 101 °c as a function of obtained with the following values of the material parameters: =4.75 and =0.32these values have been chosen so as to fit the experimental data at high temperature (points labeled with the circles in fig. 9) as close as possible. fig. 9 shows also the numerical results obtained using the model proposed in [25], which is adopted to reproduce the experimental data during the training and in particular, the evolution of the curvature at high temperature during the cycles. figure 9: evolution of the recovered curvature with the number of cycles. triangles: recovered curvatures measured at high temperature. squares: recovered curvatures measured at low temperature after cooling. continuous line: theoretical evolution based upon the phenomenological assumption (8). dotted line: simulated evolution based on the model proposed in [25]. a. fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 83 conclusions he bending behaviour of a niti strip, trained in order to induce the twsme, was experimentally and theoretically investigated. the evolution of the curvature with the increasing number of training cycles revealed that the memory of the cold shape progressively increases. this effect can be attributed to dislocations rearrangements produced during the training process and the resulting accumulation of residual martensite, which has been previously reported in traction tests [23, 29]. even though the martensite accumulation improves the memory of the cold shape, the presence of permanent strains, which is related to the dislocation structure, is thought to be responsible for the degradation of the memory of the hot shape. a one-dimensional phenomenological model was applied to describe the evolution of single-variant martensite and the residual stress in the cross-section of the strip upon uniform bending: single-variant forms initially at the outer and inner fibers of the cross-section and the transformation spreads inside the beam as the value of the applied couples is further increased [20]. an original approximated relation for the evolution of the curvature with the temperature was also proposed and coupled with a phenomenological description of the martensite accumulation, which was assumed to occur during the training process. the resulting evolution of the hot curvature with the number of cycles was compared with the experimental data for the training cycles and with a numerical simulation based on the model proposed by auricchio et al. [25]. the compared simulations of the curvature evolution were found to be in good agreement with the experimental data. future developments will concern the simulation of the whole experimental tests adopting the numerical model proposed in [25]. acknowledgments he financial supports of prin 2010-11, project ”advanced mechanical modeling of new materials and technologies for the solution of 2020 european challenges” cup n. f11j12000210001 are gratefully acknowledged. the authors wish also to thank fratelli rosati s.r.l. of leinì (torino – italy) for the financial support in this research. references [1] liu, y., liu, y., van humbeeck, j., two-way shape memory effect developed by martensite deformation in niti, acta mater., 47 (1999) 199-209. [2] liu, y., mccormick, p.g., factor influencing the development of two-way shape memory in niti, acta metall. mater., 38 (1990) 1321-1326. [3] lagoudas d.c., shape memory alloys: modeling and engineering applications, springer-verlag, (2008). [4] perkins, j., sponholz, r.o., stress-induced martensite transformation cycling and two-way shape memory training in cu-zn-al alloys, metall. trans. a, 15a (1984) 313-321. [5] scherngell, h., kneissl, a.c., influence of the microstructure on the stability of the intrinsic two-way shape memory effect, mater. sci. eng. a, 273-275 (1999) 400-403. [6] wang, z.g., zu, x.t., feng, x.d., lin, l.b., zhu, s., you, l.p., wang, l.m., design of tini alloy two-way shape memory coil extension spring, mater. sci. eng. a, 345 (2003) 249-254. [7] wang, z.g, zu, x.t., dai, j.y., fu, p., feng, x.d., effect of thermomechanical training temperature on the two-way shape memory effect of niti and tinicu shape memory alloys springs, mater. lett., 57 (2003) 1501-1507. [8] lahoz, r., puértolas, j.a., training and two-way shape memory in niti alloys: influence on thermal parameters, j. alloys compd., 381 (2004) 130-136. [9] lahoz, r., gracia-villa, l., puértolas, j.a., training of the two-way shape memory effect by bending in niti alloys, j. eng. mater. technol., 124 (2002) 397-401. [10] merlin, m., soffritti, c., fortini, a., studio del trattamento termico di lamine in lega a memoria di forma niti per la realizzazione di strutture funzionali, la metallurgia italiana, 11-12 (2011) 17-21. [11] wasilewski, r.j., on the “reversible shape memory effect” in martensitic transformation, scr. metall., 9 (1975) 417421. [12] guilemany, j.m., fernández, j., effect of training time on two way shape memory effect obtained by stabilised stress induced martensite, scr. metall. mater., 30 (1994) 59-61. t t a fortini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.08 84 [13] luo, h.y., abel, e.w., a comparison of methods for the training of niti two-way shape memory alloy, smart mater. struct., 16 (2007) 2543-2549. [14] perkins, j., hodgson, d., the two way shape memory effect, in: duerig, t.w. et al (eds.), engineering aspect of shape memory alloys, butterworth-heinmann, (1990) 195-206. [15] kohl, m., dittmann, d., quandt, e., winzek, b., miyazaki, s., allen, d. shape memory microvalves based on thin films or rolled sheets. mater. sci. eng. a 273-275, (1999) 784-788. [16] winzek, b., sterzl, t., quandt, e. bistable thin film composites with tihfni shape memory alloys. in: proceedings of the international conference transducers ’01/eurosensors xv, vol. 1, pp. 706–709. münchen, germany (2001). [17] roh, j., bae, j. thermomechanical behavior of ni-ti shape memory alloy ribbons and their numerical modeling. mech. mater. 42, (2010) 757-773. [18] irzhak, a., kalashnikov, v., koledov, v., kuchin, d., lebedev, g., lega, p., pikhtin, n., tarasov, i., shavrov, v., shelyakov, a. giant reversible deformations in a shape-memory composite material. tech. phys. lett. 36, (2010) 329332. [19] meng, x., cai, w., zheng, y., rao, y., zhao, l. two-way shape memory effect induced by martensite deformation and stabilization of martensite in ti36ni49hf15 high temperature shape memory alloy. mater. lett. 57, (2003) 4206– 4211. [20] rizzoni, r., merlin, m., casari d., shape recovery behaviour of shape memory thin strips in cylindrical bending: experiments and modelling, continuum mech. therm., 25 (2013) 207-227. [21] kirindi, t., sari, u., dikici, m. the effects of pre-strain, recovery temperature, and bending deformation on shape memory effect in an fe–mn–si–cr–ni alloy. j. alloy. compd. 475, (2009) 145-150. [22] balak, z., abbasi, s. m., effect of primary microstructures during training producers on twsme in niti alloys. int. j. eng., 25, (2012), 337-341. [23] saint-sulpice, l., arbab chirani s., calloch s., a 3d super-elastic model for shape memory alloys taking into account progressive strain under cyclic loadings. mech. mat., 41 (2009) 12-26. [24] mehrabi, k., bruncko, m., kneissl, a. c., microstructure, mechanical and functional properties of niti-based shape memory ribbons. j. alloys compd., 526 (2012) 45-52. [25] auricchio, f., marfia, s., sacco, e., modelling of sma materials: training and two-way memory effects, comput. struct., 81(2003) 2301-2317. [26] khandelwal, a., buravalla, v., models for shape memory alloy behavior: an overview of modeling approaches, int. j. struct. changes solids mech. appl., 1 (2009) 1-30. [27] paiva, a., savi, m.a., an overview of constitutive models for shape memory alloys, math. prob. eng., (2006) 1-30. [28] marfia, s., rizzoni, r., one-dimensional constitutive sma model with two martensite variants: analytical and numerical solutions, eur. j. mech. a. solids, 40 (2013), 166-185. [29] kang g., kan q., qian l., liu y., ratchetting deformation of super-elastic and shape-memory niti alloys, mech. mat., 41 (2009) 139-153. microsoft word numero 15 articolo 3 c di kl ch kla de fra ab cer dir add itse hig th mi nu th str int cra len th est tre ke in m rack pro irect bo laus vogel hemnitz unive aus.vogel@s20 etlef billep aunhofer resea bstract. w rtain interme rect bonding dition to the elf. it can va gher toughne he fracture to cro-chevron merical anal he maximum ess intensity tensity coeffi ack. the str ngth itself. he paper is timation of d eatments and eywords. c ntroductio icro e comp millimm opagati onded si , dirk wu ersity of techno 005.tu-chemni p, maik wi arch institutio wafer bondin ediate layers g technology e wafer mat ary for differ ess of the bo oughness is n-specimen, lysis with exp m force is m y coefficient ficient is the ress intensity focused on dimensionle d annealing t compliance m on electro mech plex by using metre range ( ion in m ilicon-si ensch, ale ology, 09107 itz.de, dirk.wu iemer on for electron ng describe . current inv y. it is carrie terials, the t rent pre-trea onded interf a suitable va the fractur perimental m measured dur t can be det compliance y coefficien the micross stress inte temperatures method; fe hanical system g different m (smaller than k. vogel et micro-ch ilicon w exey shapo chemnitz uensch@zfm.tu nic nano syste s all techno vestigations ed out witho toughness o atments. fur face. alue to descr re toughnes measuremen ring a micro termined by method. th t can be dir -chevron-tes ensity coeffi s on the mea e-analysis; fr ms (mems) a aterials in on 100 µm) wh alii, frattura ed hevron-t wafers orin, jan m tu-chemnitz.de ems enas, ologies for j are focused out intermed f the bonde rthermore, a ribe the dam ss can be d nt of the max o-chevron-te y a fe-simu he complian rectly derive st for direct icient as a fu asured maxi racture tough are applied in ne system. me hich determin d integrità struttu test sam mehner technologie-c joining two d on so-calle diate layers ed interface an increase o mage behavio determined ximum force est using a m ulation only. ce of the wh ed from the t bonded sil unction of ge imum force hness; micro n a wide indus ems have at nes its functio turale, 15 (2011) mples of campus 3, 091 or more s d low tempe and at temp also depend of the annea our of the bo either num e. mode i load one possib hole specime e simulated licon-silicon eometry, the are analysed o-chevron-te strial range. t t least one ty on [1]. they ) 21-28; doi: 10 f 126 chemnitz substrates di erature bond peratures be ds on the b aling temper onded interf merically or ding. the m bility to esti en increases compliance n wafers. ad e influence o d and discuss est; silicon d their structur ypical compon often consist 0.3221/igf-esis. z; irectly or us ding as a spe elow 400 °c onding proc rature leads face. based o by combin minimum of imate the st with a grow e and the cr dditional to of different p sed. direct bondin res become m nent size in s t of two or m 15.03 21 sing ecial c. in cess to a on a ning the tress wing rack the preng. more submore http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it mailto: klaus.vogel@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de mailto: dirk.wuensch@zfm.tu-chemnitz.de k. v 22 com dur req th all ove in like clea tem low bes in a fre 100 to hyd tem tem con num the out bon for vogel et alii, fra mponents an ring the man quired to char he behaviour o technologies erview of diff without intermedia with intermedia particular, dir e in eutectic an and smoo mperatures ha w pressure pl sides remote a fine vacuum quency of 13 0 v [4]. understand drophilic fus mperatures in mperature is ntacting the w mber of silan e bond streng tside or throu nds between rm covalent si attura ed integrit nd have to be nufacturing p racterise such of the structu s for joining ferent bondin bo ate layer sil bo wi pla an (ab th co bo ate layer eu ad gl rect bonding or adhesive b oth surfaces ave to be redu lasma or ion and sequenti m with typica 3.56 mhz is u the mechani ion bonding n order to dev caused by hy wafers. the b nol groups (si gth between ugh the nativ the silanol g iloxane bond tà strutturale, 15 e joined by w process and t h structures. ure depends o two or mor ng technologi onding licon direct onding (sdb) ith and witho asma activatio nodic bondin b) hermoompression onding utectic bondin dhesive bond las frit bondi t has a major a bonding are r before annea uced. this red beam treatm ial plasma, a c al ranges of 1 used. compar ism of a pla g. the proce velop strong ydrogen bon bonding stren i-oh) and wa the two waf ve oxide to th groups. by in ds [5-8]. 5 (2011) 21-28; wafer bonding to provide da on the bonde re substrates es [2, 3]. mate ) ut on polish of an dopin chem ng silico mater ng subst ing silico polym (ceram epoxy ceram ing subst table 1: overv advantage wit required. thi aling them to duction can b ment. the sur commonly us 10 pa to 20 p red to conven sma treatmen ess includes t g covalent bo nds between t ngth especiall ater molecule fers. thereby he bulk mater ncreasing the ; doi: 10.3221/ig g. to ensure ata for furth ed interface an directly or rial hed wafers of ny orientation ng with natur mical, or therm on, borosilicat rials such as c trate and au on / glass, pla mers, special m mics, metals, y resins, uv mic adhesives trate + glass f view of bondin thin the pack is technology o temperatur be done using rface can be sed mode is th pa with a con ntionally bias nt on the su the pre-bond nds. for hyd the water mo ly depends on s. a subseque y, the water m rial. the wafe temperature gf-esis.15.03 their functio her fe-simula nd the bondi using certain f silicon (wafe and basic ral, thin mal oxide ) te glass cu, au, ti astics / materials pcb, tapes), adhesives, , photo resist frit substrate ng technologie kaging proces y uses the for res up to 110 g surface activ activated by he reactive io ntinuous gas f s voltage the i urface, it is n ding at room drophilic dire olecules loca n the number ent heat treat molecules dif ers move clos the opposin onality and re ations, signifi ing process it n intermediat tempe fers low tem 110 … high te 800 … 210 … 300 … au-si au-sn cu-sn al-si 5 ts room t e 430 °c es. s because no rmation of co 00 °c. for m vating proced a variety of n-etching (ri flow in the re ions are only necessary to e m temperatur ect bonding, t ted on the o r of hydrogen tment (anneal ffuse out eith ser towards ea ng silanol gro eliability as w ficant materia tself. wafer b te layers. tab erature mperature bo … 400 °c, emperature b … 1100 °c … 450 °c … 400 °c 363 °c, n 280 °c, n 350 °c, 577 °c temperature c additional in ovalent bonds many applica dures prior to f low pressure ie). the rie eactor chamb y accelerated b explain the p re and an an the bonding opposing waf n bonds and ling) is carried her along the ach other and oups react wi well as the qu al parameters onding descr b. 1 provides onding onding … 300 °c ntermediate la s for joining ations these h bonding suc e plasma mo e-system oper ber. an opera by approxima procedure of nnealing at h process at ro fer surfaces a therefore on d out, to incr e interface to d form hydro ith each othe uality s are ribes s an ayers two high ch as odes. rates ation ately f the high oom after n the rease the ogen er to http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it th mic exp th th as uns th app par wh ym on ana t he fracture tou cro-chevronperimental de heory he analy width w of 10 m he height of th well as the structured ch he bonded chi proximately t rameters widt ick  hile the maxi min is determin ne possibility alysis. with t ughness is on specimen, the etermination c ysed samples w and thicknes m, fig. 1. he specimen d structure hei hip varies for d figu ip is loaded p to a mode i th and thickn max min f y t w   imum force f ned by fe-sim to estimate th an extension ne of the suita e fracture tou can be execut consist of tw ss t are equal depends on t ight, fig. 2. different mat ure 1: geometr figure 2: mic perpendicular i crack open ness by fmax can be mulation. he stress inten n of the cra k. vogel et able values to ughness of th ted by combin wo single chi [9, 10]. the the height of while the h terial combina ry of a micro-ch cro-chevron-sp to the x-y-pl ning. so the measured du nsity coefficie ack length, t alii, frattura ed o describe the his specimen c ning experim ips bonded to analysis is fo the unstructu height of the ations. hevron-specim pecimen prepa lane in front fracture toug uring a tensil ent is the com the complian d integrità struttu damage beha can be determ ment with num ogether. beca ocused on spe ured wafer hw1 e structured men compared ared from a pro of the sharp ghness kic c le test, the m mpliance meth nce of the s turale, 15 (2011) aviour of the mined numeri merical analysi ause they hav ecimens with 1 and the heig chip is kept to an one cent ocessed wafer. notch. the li can be calcul minimum of t hod. it comb specimen inc ) 21-28; doi: 10 bonded inter ically and exp is. ve a quadrati both a width ght of the stru constant, th t coin. ifting of the c lated against the stress inte ines experim creases too. 0.3221/igf-esis. rface. based o perimentally. c footprint, t h and a thickn uctured wafer he height of crack fronts le the geomet (1) ensity coeffic ent with num by keeping 15.03 23 on a the their ness r hw2 f the eads rical cient meric the http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it k. v 24 dis rela the aft [10 the its tou ex the pre hou and i vogel et alii, fra placement uz ative crack len a w   e compliance ( )c   ter scaling the 0] '( )c   e function of ( )y   minimum, t ughness. xperiment n addition micro-chev divided int e particle conc e-bonded at r urs. the anne d the bottom i attura ed integrit z constant, the ngths 0 0 a w   c() can be i ( ) zu f   e compliance ( 1 ² e t c       the stress inte 1 2 d c d    the stress int t to the numer vron-test. bef to the followi centration ha room tempera ealing conditi of the specim tà strutturale, 15 e reaction for 1 1 a w   interpolated, with the thic ) ensity coeffic 1 0 0 '( )         tensity coeffi rical determin fore carrying ing steps. fir as to be reduc ature afterwar ions can vary men, fig. 3. b figu 5 (2011) 21-28; rces f are sim using the equ ckness t of the cient can be d cient ymin c nation of the out the expe rst, all si wafe ced within a s rds. before di y between dif before starting ure 3: preparati ; doi: 10.3221/ig mulated subje uation e sample, the determined can be calcula stress intensi eriments, the ers are rca-c spin dryer, aft icing the wafe fferent batche g the experim ion of the micr gf-esis.15.03 ected to a wel e young’s mo ated. insertin ity coefficient samples have cleaned befor ter rinsing the fer stacks into es. to initiate ment, the spec ro-chevron-sam ll defined cra odulus e and ng ymin in t the maximu e to be prepa re applying th e wafers in de o specimens, t e the force, tw cimen has to b mples. ack propagati the poissons eq. (1) leads um force is m ared. their pr he low pressu eionised wate they have to b wo studs are be preloaded on. for diffe (2) (3) ratio  of sili (4) (5) s to the frac measured durin reparation can ure plasma. t er. the wafers be annealed f glued on the . erent icon cture ng a n be then s are for 6 top http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it th for tow pro th trea 150 an fur the he experiment rces subjected ward the max opagation bec he first series atment. in th 0 °c, fig. 5. n increase of rther pre-treat e one for anne t is carried ou d to the applie ximum force comes instabl f s of experim hat case, no p m ea su re d fo rc e [n ] figure 5: the annealing tment and an ealing temper ut displaceme ed deflection fmax before le and the spe figure 4: exper ments focus o plasma activat 0.00 0.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 m ea su re d fo rc e [n ] force displace g temperature n annealing te ratures of onl k. vogel et ent controlled . when the c e decreasing a ecimen fails. t rimental setup on the heat tion has been 0.01 0.02 ap ement curves fo e leads to an emperature o ly 40 °c. alii, frattura ed d. therefore rack length a again. when the measured for the measu treatment of n carried out. 2 0.03 pplied displace for different he n increase of of 150 °c, the d integrità struttu a micro-chev a reaches its c the crack len d force becom rement of the f the specime their anneal 0.04 0.05 ement [mm] eat treatments the measured e measured m turale, 15 (2011) vron-tester is ritical value, t ngth exceeds mes almost ze maximum forc ens. all spec ling temperat 0.06 0 40°c 100°c 150°c (annealing tem d maximum f maximum for ) 21-28; doi: 10 used to mea the measured the value a1 ero again. ce. cimens have tures vary bet 0.07 mperatures). force. for sp rce is about 3 0.3221/igf-esis. asure the reac d force conve 1 the stable c no further tween 40 °c pecimens with 35 % higher t 15.03 25 ction erges rack preand h no than http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it k. v 26 in in dur ref pla five sam for wit for re wa neg th coe bas the par a h me sur ap spe act sam tem t vogel et alii, fra addition to th the introduct ration of the ference specim asma (n2-plas e minutes. th mples vary be r specimens w thout any pla r oxygen plasm esults he varia therefor by keep fers (si-si geo gligible variati he variation of efficients. so sed on the ge e fracture tou rameters of th heat treatmen easured maxim rfaces of the w pplying the sa ecimens is hig tivated specim mples with an mperatures. t attura ed integrit he heat treatm tion, the surf plasma treat mens have n sma) have bee he annealing etween 1.38 n m ea su re d fo rc e [n ] with plasma a asma activatio ma. ation of geom re to different ping the struc ometry 2) ins ion of y() c f the wafer h the values of eometry, the m ughness can he manufactu nt at higher t mum force a wafers, either ame annealing gher than the mens varies fo n annealing tà strutturale, 15 ment, the infl face activatio tment can als no plasma ac en taken into temperature n and 4.26 n, 0.00 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 figure 6: f activation, th on. the maxim metries and bo t fracture tou cture height h tead of a sam can be observ height leads to f y() decreas minima of the be determin uring process. temperatures and the fractu r in oxygen or g temperature e one of sam or different a temperature 5 (2011) 21-28; luence of the on can be car so vary. thre ctivation. mo account. the of 100 °c w , fig. 6. 0.02 0.04 applie force displacem e measured m mum forces ond paramete ughness. hs constant, a mple consistin ved, fig. 7. o a significant se with increa e stress inten ned. using th . smaller frac leads to hig ure toughnes r nitrogen pla e, the maxim mples with any annealing tem of 40 °c is ; doi: 10.3221/ig pre-treatmen rried out usin ee different p reover, plasm e duration for was the same 4 0.06 ed displaceme ment curves fo maximum for for samples a ers leads to di and changing ng of an unstr t deviation be asing wafer he sity coefficien he same geo cture toughne gher maximum ss of the spec asma, before b mum force an y other pre-t mperatures. fu much highe gf-esis.15.03 nt has to be c ng different pre-treatments ma activation r the plasma t for all three s 0.08 0 ent [mm] or different pre rces are appro activated in n ifferent functi g the position ructured and etween the fu eight. nt and the ma ometries the esses can be o m forces and cimens can b bonding, fig. d therefore t treatment. th urthermore, t er than the o characterised plasmas and s are compar ns in oxygen treatment for stacks, too. t 0.10 0.12 reference oxygen plasm nitrogen plasm -treatments. oximately thr nitrogen plasm ions for the s n of the struc a structured c unctions and aximum force fracture toug observed for l d also to high be significantl . 8. the fracture to he deviation b the fracture t one of non-a as well. as al different pro red in the pre (o2-plasma) r the activated the maximum 2 ma ma ee times high ma are a little stress intensit cture by usin chip (si-si ge minima of th e recorded du ghness only lower anneali her fracture t ly increased oughness of between oxyg toughness of activated spec lready mentio ocess gases. esent paper. and in nitro d stacks was b m forces of th her than the o e bit smaller t ty coefficient ng two structu ometry 1), on he stress inten uring experim depends on ing temperatu toughnesses. by activating oxygen activ gen and nitro plasma activ cimens at hig oned the the ogen both hese once than and ured nly a nsity ment, the ures. the g the vated ogen vated gher http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it co act of b t onclusion he comp the influ treatmen tivated wafers bonding stren t st re ss in te ns ity co ef fic ie nt y ( ) figure 7: e ns pliance meth uence of the s nt and the b s during the m ngth. 0.0 50 60 70 80 90 100 st re ss in te ns ity c oe ffi ci en t y ( ) estimation of 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 m ax im um fo rc e [n ] figure 8: m od is a suitab specimen geo bonding temp manufacturin k. vogel et 0.1 0 r dimensionless 50 40 ann maximum forc ble approach ometry is con perature itself ng process lea alii, frattura ed .2 0.3 relative crack min s stress intensit 100 nealing tempe non-activate oxygen acti nitrogen act ces for differen to estimate nsidered durin f directly affe ads to signific d integrità struttu 0.4 length  si-si geom si-si geom ty coefficient a 0 1 erature [°c] ed vated tivated nt pre and heat the fracture t ng the calcula ect the measu cantly reduced turale, 15 (2011) 0.5 metry 1 metry 2 as a function of 150 anne treatments. toughness of ation of stress ured maximu d annealing t ) 21-28; doi: 10 0.6 f geometry. ealing [°c] f direct bond s intensity coe um force. th temperatures 0.3221/igf-esis. ed wafers. w efficient, the he use of pla without any 15.03 27 while preasma loss http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it k. v 28 cu the dep re [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10 vogel et alii, fra urrently, the s e results of t pending on th eferences g. gerlach, m. wiemer b. michel, r m. wiemer, d. wuensch q. tong, u m. wiemer 682e (2001 a. ploessl, g t. suni, di (2006). j. bagdahn, 0] d. munz, r attura ed integrit stress intensit the complian he applied loa s , w. doetzel: r, j. froemel, r. aschenbre , j. froemel, m h, b. mueller, u. goesele, se , t. otto, t. ). g. kraeuter, irect wafer b a. ploessl, m r.t. bubsey, j tà strutturale, 15 ty coefficient nce method. ad will be carr introduction t. gessner, enner, (2004) m. haubold, , m. wiemer, emiconductor gessner, k. materials sci bonding for m. wiemer, m j.e. srawley, i 5 (2011) 21-28; is calculated in addition t ried out in fu n to microsys t. otto, in: t 307. c. jia, d. wu , t. gessner, r wafer bondi hiller, k. ka ence and eng mems and m. petzold, el int. j. of frac ; doi: 10.3221/ig d using anoth to the nume uture. tem technolo the world o uensch, t. ge h. mischke, ing, john wile apser, h. seid gineering, r2 microelectro lectrochemica cture, 16(4) (1 gf-esis.15.03 her numeric a eric calculatio ogy. john wil of electronic essner, ecs t in: mni pro ey & sons, lt del, j. bagdah 5 (1999) 1. onics, phd th al society, (20 1980) 359. approach, the ons the meas ley & sons, l packaging an transactions, ceedings, da td., new yor hn, m. petzol hesis, helsink 001) 218. e energy relea surement of ltd., (2008). nd system in , 16(8) (2008) rmstadt, (201 rk, (1999). d, materials r ki university ase rate, to ve the crack len tegration, ed 81. 10) 66. research soc y of technol erify ngth d. by ciety, logy, http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.15.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_9.docx p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 74 focused on mechanical fatigue of metals fatigue crack propagation prediction of a pressure vessel mild steel based on a strain energy density model p. j. huffman john deere, one john deere place, moline, il 61265, usa huffman.peter.j@gmail.com j. ferreira, j.a.f.o. correia, a.m.p. de jesus inegi, faculty of engineering, university of porto, rua dr. roberto frias, 4200-465 porto, portugal em12236@fe.up.pt, jacorreia@inegi.up.pt, ajesus@fe.up.pt http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4148-9426, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1059-715x g. lesiuk faculty of mechanical engineering, department of mechanics, material science and engineering, wrocław university of science and technology, smoluchowskiego 25, 50-370 wrocław, poland grzegorz.lesiuk@pwr.edu.pl, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3553-6107 f. berto department of industrial and mechanical design, norwegian university of science and technology, norway berto@gest.unipd.it, filippo.berto@ntnu.no, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4207-0109, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0591-0754 a. fernández-canteli department of construction and manufacturing engineering, univ. of oviedo, 33203 gijón, spain afc@uniovi.es, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8071-9223 g. glinka department of mechanical engineering, university of waterloo, 200 univ. avenue west, waterloo, on, 2l 3g1, canada gggreg@uwaterloo.ca, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8452-8803 abstract. fatigue crack growth (fcg) rates have traditionally been formulated from fracture mechanics, whereas fatigue crack initiation has been empirically described using stress-life or strain-life methods. more recently, there has been efforts towards the use of the local stress-strain and similitude concepts to formulate fatigue crack growth rates. a new model has been developed which derives stress-life, strain-life and fatigue crack growth rates from strain energy density concepts. this new model has the advantage to predict an intrinsic stress ratio effect of the form σar=(σamp)γ·(σmax )(1-γ), which is citation: huffman, p.j., ferreira, j., correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.j., lesiuk, g., berto, f., glinka, g., fernández-canteli, a., fatigue crack propagation prediction of a pressure vessel mild steel based on a strain energy density model, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84. received: 16.06.2017 p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 75 dependent on the cyclic stress-strain behaviour of the material. this new fatigue crack propagation model was proposed by huffman based on walkerlike strain-life relation. this model is applied to fcg data available for the p355nl1 pressure vessel steel. a comparison of the experimental results and the huffman crack propagation model is made. keywords. fatigue crack growth; strain energy; unigrow model; pressure vessel steel. accepted: 21.06.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction atigue crack initiation, usually modelled by strain-life or stress-life, has traditionally been considered to be a separate physical phenomenon from fatigue crack propagation. however, some more recent models of fatigue crack growth have been based on the assumption that each crack growth increment is physically similar to the initiation process. that is, the individual crack growth increments are successive initiations of the crack locally at the crack tip [1-4]. such models consider fatigue crack initiation and propagation to be physically similar, and they can be used in a unified approach to calculate total fatigue life as the sum of initiation and propagation [5-7]. some authors, as glinka [2], peeker and niemi [3], noroozi et al. [4,6,7], hurley and evans [5] developed approaches to represent fatigue crack propagation using local fatigue models based on strain parameters. glinka was one of the precursors to describe the fatigue crack propagation modelling using a strain-based fatigue relation [2]. similarly, the model proposed by peeker and niemi [3] allowed the near threshold fatigue crack propagation data and the stable crack growth to be described. for the near threshold fatigue crack propagation, the authors derived analytical relations which are functions of the strain-life relation constants. hurley and evans [5] proposed the use of an elastoplastic finite element analysis to compute the process zone and using the walker-like strain correlated directly with the fatigue life from experimental data thru a power relation to correlate with the fatigue crack increment. other authors, such as, correia et al. [8-14] and hafezi et al. [15] used the strain and swt fatigue local relations [16], based on unigrow model [4,6,7] to predict the fatigue crack propagation using the numerical analysis to obtain residual stresses distribution. correia et al. [9,17,18] proposed a procedure to derive probabilistic s–n–r fields for notched structural details or mechanical components, which is based on the unigrow model and numerical analysis aiming at computing the elastoplastic stresses and strains at process zone ahead the crack tip. alternatively, analytical methods such as the ones proposed by neuber [19] and moftakhar et al. [20] may be applied to perform the elastoplastic analysis taking into account the elastic stress/strain fields computed around the crack tip, using available linear elastic fracture mechanics solutions [4,20,21]. recently, huffman [1] suggested new developments related with the fatigue crack propagation modelling using strain energy density-based model. fatigue evaluation of notched details based on unified local probabilistic approaches was also proposed by huffman [22] considering the walker-like strain-life relation in conjunction with the probabilistic model proposed by castillo and fernández-canteli [23]. in present research, the huffman crack propagation model is applied to the p355nl1 pressure vessel steel and a comparison with experimental results is made. overview of local stress/strain approaches atigue crack growth modelling like the paris law relation, uses linear-elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) to describe cracking driving forces. local approaches, however, explicitly consider stresses and strains near the crack tip, and associate those with the stress intensity factors. using the assumption that the stresses or strains near the crack tip are related to fatigue crack growth in the same way that global stresses and strains are related to stress-life and strain-life, an association can be made between damage parameters, such as the swt damage parameter [16] or the damage parameter introduced by huffman [1] and the fatigue crack growth. f f p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 76 the latter approach assumes that stress-life, strain-life, and fatigue crack growth are all different expressions of the same phenomenon which is directly associated with the cyclic stress-strain behaviour. according to that work, the stress life, strain life, and fatigue crack growth rate can all be expressed in terms of material parameters. the damage parameter in this case is * 2 2 pe d c d c f uu n d u u n            (1) where ue is the elastic strain energy density and up* is the complimentary plastic strain energy density, both from integrating the cyclic ramberg-osgood stress-strain curve [24], c is the critical dislocation density, du is the dislocation strain energy, and d is the damage corresponding to those strain energy inputs. the dislocation strain energy is calculated as   2 2 1 d e u b          (2) where  is the poisson’s ratio and b  is the burger’s vector. the damage stress based is then defined as    1 ' 2 ' max2 2 2 ' 1 1 1 ' ' 2 n n a d c f n d u n k n                (3) the morrow constants can be calculated as follows.   ' 1/ ' 1 3 ' 1 2 ' '' 2 2 2 1 ' ' 1 ' n n n n n f d c n e e u k n                   (4) where e is the elastic modulus, k’ is the cyclic strength coefficient, n’ is the cyclic strain hardening exponent and 'f is the fatigue strength coefficient. in this model, k’ and n’ come from fitting the cyclic stress and strain amplitude to the ramberg-osgood equation. ' 1 3 ' n b n    (5) where b is the fatigue strength exponent.   1 3 1 3 ' ' 2 2 2 ' ' 1 ' n f d c k n e u e n            (6) where 'f is the fatigue ductility coefficient 1 1 3 ' c n    (7) where c is the fatigue ductility exponent. the product of eq. (3) by a , results a method for calculating the fatigue crack growth rates: p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 77    1 ' 2 ' max2 2 ' 1 1 ' ' 0 n n a d c f a n a da u n k n dn                  (8) where the stresses are the local stresses at the crack tip. this can be related to the stress intensity factor to yield a formula similar to what is used by noroozi et al. [4,6,7] or alternatively to use the procedure to obtain the fatigue crack growth driving force,  , considering a finite element analysis to compute residual stress intensity factor, kr, proposed by correia et al. [8-14] and hafezi et al. [15],  da c dn   (9) where c is the fatigue crack growth rate coefficient,  is the fatigue crack growth rate exponent, and  , the fatigue crack growth driving force.  1max ppk k    (10) where 2 ' 1 3 ' n p n   (11) the fatigue crack growth rate exponent can be shown to be 2 6 ' 2 1 ' n n b c        (12) for predominantly plastic stresses at the crack tip, the fatigue crack growth rate coefficient under the same conditions is given by,     1 3 '1 2 4 ' 2 ' 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 2 2 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' 2 2 n n n n n n d c a n c k e u n x                              (13) application of the strain energy density approach to fcg data experimental fatigue crack growth data he p355nl1 steel is a pressure vessel steel and was selected to apply the strain energy density approach to fatigue crack growth data. the mechanical properties of this steel was collected from the references [9,12,25,26]. in this sub-section the monotonic strength data, the cyclic elastoplastic fatigue data and the fatigue crack growth data obtained for the p355nl1 steel [9,12,25,26] are presented. the elastic and monotonic tensile properties for this steel under investigation, such as the young modulus, e, poisson ratio, ν, the ultimate tensile strength, fu, upper yield stress, fy, monotonic strain hardening coefficient, k, and monotonic strain hardening exponent, n, are shown in tab. 1. also, in tab. 1, the ramberg-osgood parameters are presented including the cyclic strain hardening coefficient, k’, and the cyclic strain exponent, n’. the strain-life behaviour of the p355nl1 steel was evaluated through fatigue tests of smooth specimens, carried out under strain-controlled conditions, according to the astm e606 standard [27]. two series of specimens are tested under distinct strain ratios, rε=0 and -1, 19 and 24 specimens, respectively. the cyclic ramberg-osgood [24] and morrow [2830] strain-life parameters of the p355nl1 steel are summarized in tab. 2, for the conjunction of both strain ratios. the morrow strain-life parameters, such as, the fatigue ductility coefficient, εf', the fatigue ductility exponent, c, the fatigue strength coefficient, σf', and the fatigue strength exponent, b, were collected in references [9,12,25,26]. t p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 78 material e (gpa) ν fy (mpa) fu (mpa) k (mpa) n k’ (mpa) n’ p355nl1 205.0 0.275 361.99 361.99 611.49 0.063 948.35 0.1533 table 1: elastic, monotonic tensile and ramberg-osgood properties for the p355nl1 steel. material ' f (mpa) b ' f c p355nl1 1005.50 -0.1033 0.3678 -0.5475 table 2: morrow constants for the p355nl1 steel for strain r-ratios, rε=-1 + rε=0. the experimental results of the fatigue crack growth rates of the investigated material are also evaluated for several stress r-ratios, using ct specimens, following the recommendations of the astm e647 standard [31]. the ct specimens of p355nl1 steel are defined with a width, w=40mm and a thickness, b=4.5mm [9,12,25,26]. the tests were performed in air, at room temperature, under a sinusoidal waveform at a maximum frequency of 20 hz. in fig. 1, the crack growth data derived for the p355nl1 steel, for three tested stress ratios, rσ=0.0, rσ=0.5 and rσ=0.7, are shown. the crack propagation rates are only slightly influenced by the stress ratio. higher stress ratios provide higher crack growth rates [9,12,25,26]. a) b) figure 1: fatigue crack growth data of the p355nl1 steel: a) experimental data; b) paris correlations for each stress r-ratio. k [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c yc le ] mb02(r=0.0) mb04(r=0.0) mb03(r=0.5) mb05(r=0.5) mb06(r=0.7) 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 250 1000 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1500500 k [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c yc le ] r=0 r=0.5 r=0.7 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 250 1000 1500500 da/dn=7.195e‐15×k3.499 r 2 =0.9960 da/dn=6.281e‐15×k3.555 r 2 =0.9840 da/dn=2.037e‐13×k3.003 r 2 =0.9850 p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 79 brief description of the numerical analysis in this sub-section, a brief description of the numerical analysis of the ct specimens performed by correia et al. [9,10,13] is presented. this author developed two dimensional numerical models of the ct specimens using non-linear elastoplastic finite element analysis. fig. 2 illustrates the finite element mesh of the ct specimen along with the respective boundary conditions. one half of the geometry is modelled, taking advantage of the existing symmetry. 2d plane stress elements are used since the specimens’ thickness is relatively small (b=4.5mm). quadratic triangular elements (6-noded elements) are selected and applied with a full integration formulation. the pin loading applied to the ct specimens is simulated with a rigid-to-flexible frictionless contact, the pin being modelled as a rigid circle controlled by a pilot node. all numerical simulations are carried out using the ansys® 12.0 code [32]. the 6-noded plane element adopted in the fe (finites elements) analyses is the plane181 element available in the ansys® 12.0 code library. the contact and target elements used in the pin-loading simulation are, respectively, the conta172 and targe169 elements available in ansys® 12.0 code [32]. a parametric model is built using the apdl language. the surface of the holes is modelled as flexible, using conta172 elements. the augmented lagrange contact algorithm is used. the associative von mises (j2) yield criterion with multilinear kinematic hardening is used to model the plastic behaviour. the multilinear kinematic hardening uses the besseling model, also called the sublayer or overlay model, so that the bauschinger effect is included. the plasticity model was fitted to the stabilized or half-life pseudo stabilized cyclic curve of the materials. the plasticity model is fitted to the cyclic curve of the material using the cyclic ramberg-osgood properties of the tab. 1. the finite element model is applied to perform elastic and elastoplastic stress analyses. one important assumption of the huffman fatigue crack propagation model consists in applying the compressive residual stresses that are computed ahead of the crack tip, in the crack faces, in a symmetric way with respect to the normal to crack face that passes thru the crack tip. the residual stresses distribution was estimated using the numerical simulation proposed by correia et al. [9]. the resulting residual stress intensity factor, kr, was computed using the weight function method [33], for each of the stress ratios covered by the testing program. fig. 3 presents the residual stress intensity factor range [12] as a function of the applied stress intensity factor range, obtained with the numerical analysis, which is consistent with the analytical analysis followed in the unigrow model published in the literature. a very high linear correlation between the residual stress intensity factor and the applied stress range is verified, for each stress r-ratio. this linear relation agrees with the proposition by noroozi et al. [4], based on analytical analysis. the numerical solution, for the residual stresses, is adopted in the crack propagation prediction using huffman fatigue crack propagation model [1]. figure 2. finite element mesh of the ct specimen [9]. application and results this sub-section presents the application of the strain energy density approach to fatigue crack propagation data of the p355nl1 pressure vessel steel. from the application of this model, the morrow and fatigue crack growth constants, as well as, the strain-life and stress-life curves are evaluated. the fatigue crack propagation model based on the strain energy density approach requires the calibration of model parameters, such as, the critical dislocation density, ρc, crack increment, δa, and distance from the crack tip, x. p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 80 figure 3. residual stress intensity factor as a function of the kapplied for the ct geometry. the morrow constants resulting from eqs. (4)-(7) can be seen in tab. 3. these constants, estimated using the strain energy density approach, are similar to those obtained by fitting the coffin-manson and morrow relation. in this way, it is demonstrated that the huffman fatigue crack propagation model leads to good results. the fatigue crack growth rate constants are shown in tab. 4, as well as the critical dislocation density for the material. these fcg rate constants were estimated using the strain energy density approach related to the stress intensity factor used by noroozi et al. [4] and considering the residual stresses distribution obtained numerically (proposed by correia et al. [9]). material ' f (mpa) b ' f c p355nl1 959 -0.105 1.08 -0.685 table 3: morrow constants for the p355nl1 calculated as per eqs. (4)-(7). material c (m/m3) δa (m) x (m) p355nl1 7.0x10-15 4.5e-3 3.0e-5 table 4: fatigue crack growth rate constants from eq. (8). the stress-life and strain-life curves, and fatigue crack growth rates calculated from the strain energy based damage model are presented, respectively, in the figs. 4, 5 and 6. a good agreement between the experimental strain-life test results and stressand strain-life curves estimated using the strain energy density approach is verified. a good agreement can be considered between the experimental fcg results and the results obtained on the basis of the huffman fatigue crack propagation model for the stress r-ratio equal to 0 and the set of experimental fcg results for all stress r-ratios. this model shows to be very conservative for the stress r-ratios equal to 0.5 and 0.7, describing a possible mean stress effect that is not verified for this material. the critical dislocation density and basic fatigue crack growth rates constants (tab. 4) for the p355nl1 steel are similar when compared with others materials of identical mechanical properties. k r = 0.3383. k applied  ‐ 50.184 r 2  = 0.9992 k r = 0.1488. k applied  ‐ 27.44 r 2  = 0.9944 k r = 0.1207. k applied  ‐ 23.161 r 2  = 0.9996 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 kapplied [n.mm ‐1.5 ] k re si d u a l [ n .m m ‐1 .5 ] r=0.0 r=0.5 r=0.7 p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 81 figure 4. stress-life curve of the p355nl1 steel, per reference [1]. figure 5. strain-life curve of the p355nl1 steel, per reference [1]. a) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 1.0e+02 1.0e+03 1.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 s tr e ss  a m p li tu d e ,  δ σ /2 [‐ ] reversals to failure, 2nf experimental data: r=‐1 + r=0 huffman model 1.0e‐05 1.0e‐04 1.0e‐03 1.0e‐02 1.0e‐01 1.0e+00 1.0e+02 1.0e+03 1.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 s tr a in  a m p li tu d e ,  δ ε /2 [‐ ] reversals to failure, 2nf experimental data: r=‐1 + r=0 huffman model d a /d n  ( m m /c yc le ) k (n.mm‐3/2) huffman model for r=0 mb‐02: experimental data mb‐04: experimental data 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1600500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 r=0 p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 82 b) c) d) figure 6. fatigue crack growth rate of p355nl1 steel obtained using the huffman model, as per reference [1]: a) r=0; b) r=0.5; c) r=0.75; d) r=0 + r=0.5 + r=0.75. d a /d n  ( m m /c yc le ) k (n.mm‐3/2) peter huffman for r=0.5 mb_03: experimental data mb_05: experimental data 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1600500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 r=0.5 d a /d n  ( m m /c yc le ) k (n.mm‐3/2) huffman model for r=0.75 mb_06: experimental data 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1600500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 r=0.75 d a /d n  ( m m /c yc le ) k (n.mm‐3/2) mb‐02: experimental data ‐ r=0.0 mb‐04: experimental data ‐ r=0.0 mb‐03: experimental data ‐ r=0.5 mb‐05: experimental data ‐ r=0.5 mb‐06: experimental data ‐ r=0.75 huffman model: r=0.0 huffman model: r=0.5 huffman model: r=0.75 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1600500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 r=0 + r=0.5 + r=0.75 p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 83 conclusions he huffman fatigue crack initiation and propagation model based on a strain energy based damage model can be used to predict the stress-life and strain-life curves, as well as the fatigue crack propagation rates in paris’ law regime, along with the corresponding stress ratio effect. a good agreement between the experimental strain-life results and huffman analytical stressand strain-life curves is verified. the model is able to obtain fatigue local relations for other fatigue damage parameters, such as swt fatigue damage parameter. the application of the huffman model to the fatigue crack propagation data of the p355nl1 steel proved to be promising. some aspects related with the mean stresses and stress r-ratios effects have to be improved in order to correctly describe the fatigue crack growth behaviour of the material under consideration. a comparison with other models of fatigue crack propagation based on fatigue local approaches should be made, such as unigrow model using neuber analytical approaches or numerical modelling to obtain the residual stresses distribution. a unified two-stage fatigue approach using the huffman fatigue crack initiation and propagation model applied to the structural details can be suggested. acknowledgements he authors acknowledge the portuguese science foundation (fct) for the financial support through the postdoctoral grant sfrh/bpd/107825/2015. the authors gratefully acknowledge the funding of scitech: science and technology for competitive and sustainable industries, r&d project cofinanced by programa operacional regional do norte (norte2020), through fundo europeu de desenvolvimento regional (feder). references [1] huffman, p.j., a strain energy based damage model for fatigue crack initiation and growth, international journal of fatigue, 88 (2016) 197–204. [2] glinka, g., a notch stress-strain analysis approach to fatigue crack growth, engineering fracture mechanics, 21 (1985) 245-261. [3] peeker, e., niemi, e., fatigue crack propagation model based on a local strain approach, journal of constructional steel research, 49 (1999) 139–155. [4] noroozi, a.h., glinka, g., lambert, s., a two parameter driving force for fatigue crack growth analysis, international journal of fatigue, 27 (2005) 1277-1296. [5] hurley, p.j., evans, w.j., a methodology for predicting fatigue crack propagation rates in titanium based on damage accumulation, scripta materialia, 56 (2007) 681–684. [6] noroozi, a.h., glinka, g., lambert, s., a study of the stress ratio effects on fatigue crack growth using the unified two-parameter fatigue crack growth driving force, international journal of fatigue, 29 (2007) 1616-1633. [7] noroozi, a.h., glinka, g., lambert, s., prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude loading and a single overload based on elasto-plastic crack tip stresses and strains, engineering fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 188206. [8] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., fernández-canteli, a., a procedure to derive probabilistic fatigue crack propagation data, international journal of structural integrity, 3(2) (2012) 158–183. [9] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., fernández-canteli, a., local unified model for fatigue crack initiation and propagation: application to a notched geometry, engineering structures, 52 (2013) 394–407. [10] correia, j.a.f.o., an integral probabilistic approach for fatigue lifetime prediction of mechanical and structural components, ph.d. thesis, university of porto, (2014) 382. [11] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., fernández-canteli, a., calçada, r.a.b., modelling probabilistic fatigue crack propagation rates for a mild structural steel, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96. [12] de jesus, a.m.p., correia, j.a.f.o., critical assessment of a local strain-based fatigue crack growth model using experimental data available for the p355nl1 steel, journal of pressure vessel technology, 135(1) (2013) 011404-1– 0114041-9. t t p. j. huffman et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 74-84; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.09 84 [13] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., moreira, p.m.g.p., calçada, r.a.b., fernández-canteli, a., fatigue crack propagation rates prediction using probabilistic strain-based approaches, chapter 11, pp. 245-273, in: fracture mechanics – properties, patterns and behaviours, lucas alves (ed.), (2016). [14] hafezi, m.h., abdullah, n.n., correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., an assessment of a strain-life approach for fatigue crack growth, international journal of structural integrity, 3(2) (2012) 344–376. [15] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., ribeiro, a.s., strain-based approach for fatigue crack propagation simulation of the 6061-t651 aluminum alloy, international journal of materials and structural integrity, (2017, in press). [16] smith, k.n., watson, p., topper, t.h., a stress-strain function for the fatigue of metals, journal of materials, 5(4) (1970) 767-778. [17] sampayo, l.m.c.m.v., monteiro, p.m.f., correia, j.a.f.o., xavier, j.m.c., de jesus, a.m.p., fernandez-canteli, a., calçada, r.a.b., probabilistic s-n field assessment for a notched plate made of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge with an elliptical hole, procedia engineering, 114 (2015) 691 – 698. [18] raposo, p., correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., calçada, r.a.b., lesiuk, g., hebdon, m., fernández-canteli, a., probabilistic fatigue s-n curves derivation for notched components, frattura ed integrità strutturale, (2017, in press). [19] neuber, h., theory of stress concentration for shear-strained prismatic bodies with arbitrary nonlinear stress–strain law. trans. asme journal of applied mechanics, 28 (1961) 544–551. [20] moftakhar a, buczynski a, glinka g. calculation of elasto-plastic strains and stresses in notches under multiaxial loading. international journal of fracture, 70 (1995) 357-373. [21] reinhard w, moftakhar a, glinka g. an efficient method for calculating multiaxial elasto-plastic notch tip strains and stresses under proportional loading. fatigue and fracture mechanics, vol. 27, astm stp 1296, r.s. piascik, j.c. newman, n.e. dowling, eds., american society for testing and materials, (1997) 613-629. [22] huffman, p., correia, j.a.f.o., mikheevskiy, s., de jesus, a.m.p., cicero, s., fernández-canteli, a., berto, f., glinka, g., fatigue evaluation of notched details based on unified local probabilistic approaches, international symposium on notch fracture (isnf2017), santander, spain, (2017). [23] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., a unified statistical methodology for modeling fatigue damage, springer, 2009. [24] ramberg, w., osgood, w.r., description of the stress-strain curves by the three parameters, naca tn-902, national advisory committee for aeronautics, (1943). [25] de jesus, a.m.p., ribeiro, a.s., fernandes, a.a., influence of the submerged arc welding in the mechanical behaviour of the p355nl1 steel—part ii: analysis of the low/high cycle fatigue behaviours, j. mater. sci., 42 (2007) 5973–5981. [26] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., moreira, p.m.g.p., tavares, p.j., crack closure effects on fatigue crack propagation rates: application of a proposed theoretical model, advances in materials science and engineering, (2016) 3026745. [27] astm – american society for testing and materials. astm e606-92: standard practice for strain controlled fatigue testing. in: annual book of astm standards, part 10; (1998) 557–571. [28] coffin, l.f., a study of the effects of the cyclic thermal stresses on a ductile metal, trans asme, 76 (1954) 931–950. [29] manson, s.s., behaviour of materials under conditions of thermal stress, naca tn-1170, national advisory committee for aeronautics, report 1170, (1954) 591–630. [30] morrow, j.d., cyclic plastic strain energy and fatigue of metals, int frict damp cyclic plast astm stp., 378 (1965) 45–87. [31] astm—american society for testing and materials. astm e647: standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates. in: annual book of astm standards, vol. 03.01. west conshohocken, pa: astm—american society for testing and materials; (2000) 591–630. [32] sas, ansys, swanson analysis systems, inc., houston, version 12.0, (2011). [33] glinka, g., development of weight functions and computer integration procedures for calculating stress intensity factors around cracks subjected to complex stress fields. progress report no.1: stress and fatigue-fracture design, petersburg ontario, canada, (1996). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_40_art_8 i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 85 focussed on recent advances in “experimental mechanics of materials” in greece exercise as a mean to reverse the detrimental effect of high-fat diet on bone’s fracture characteristics ilias doulamis, despina n. perrea laboratory for experimental surgery and surgical research “n.s. christeas”, national and kapodistrian universtiy of athens, medical school, agiou thoma str. 15b, 11527, athens, greece. panagiotis e. chatzistergos school of health sciences and education, staffordshire university, stoke-on-trent, uk. panagiotis.chatzistergos@staffs.ac.uk athanasios s. mitousoudis, stavros k. kourkoulis unit of biomechanics, department of mechanics, school of applied mathematical and physical sciences, national technical university of athens, zografou campus, 15773, athens, greece. abstract. the aim of this study is to investigate whether exercise can reverse some of the adverse effects of high-fat-diet-induced obesity on lipid metabolism and bone biomechanical properties. a total of 26 adult male c57bl/6j mice were randomly assigned into three groups: (a) control group (n=6), (b) high-fat diet group (n=10), (c) high-fat diet and exercise group (n=10). body mass and relevant biochemical parameters were measured for the duration of the experimental protocol (37 weeks). mechanical strength of both femurs of each animal was assessed in-vitro based on three point bending tests. it was revealed that exposure to high-fat diet led to significant increase of body mass and cholesterol levels and also to substantial changes in bone morphology and strength. ultimate stress for the animals exposed to high-fat diet and those exposed to high-fat-diet and exercise was 25% and 24% lower compared to control, respectively. exercise increased bone thickness by 15% compared to animals that were not exposed to exercise. it was concluded that high-fat-diet appears to have a detrimental effect on bone biomechanics and strength. exercise reversed the reduction in bone thickness that appears to be induced by high-fat diet. however no statistically significant increase in bone strength was observed. keywords. bone biomechanics; mice; femur; high-fat-diet; three-point bending; bending strength. citation: doulamis, i., chatzistergos, p.e., mitousoudis, a.s., kourkoulis, s.k., perrea, d.n., exercise as a mean to reverse the detrimental effect of high-fat diet on bone’s fracture characteristics, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94. received: 17.02.2017 accepted: 10.03.2017 published: 01.04.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 86 introduction besity's adverse effects on health include increased risk for diabetes (type-2), heart disease and certain types of cancer [1] leading to poor quality of life and ultimately to reduced life expectancy [2]. the continuous rise in its prevalence worldwide has highlighted obesity as one of the major epidemics of our time [3]. with regards to the risk for bone fracture, obesity has been traditionally believed to have a protective role [4,5]. moreover a significant number of studies reported a positive relation between body mass index (bmi) and bone density [6]. however, the aforementioned classic view on the effect of obesity has been put into question from findings that link obesity to the loss of bone mass and osteopenia [7, 8] and studies highlighting lean body mass as a stronger determinant of bone density in men than bmi [9, 10]. currently adipose tissue (i.e. body fat) is considered to be hormonally active with a pivotal role with regards to energy homeostasis and metabolism and not just an organ for storing excess energy [11]. more specifically, adipose tissue has been found to produce and secrete numerous substances including the hormone adiponectin. adiponectin is exclusively secreted by adipose tissue and appears to be linked to increased insulin sensitivity and to have anti-atherogenic and antiinflammatory properties [12]. the levels of plasma adiponectin are strongly associated with bmi and appear to be higher in obese subjects compared to lean subjects [13, 14]. animal models have been widely used for the investigation of the effect of obesity, nutrition and exercise. according to these models obesity is induced by subjecting the animals (mainly rats or mice) to a high-fat diet (hfd) [15]. according to literature one of possible ways to prevent bone mass loss is exercise [16, 17]. besides of its overall positive effect on health, exercise is considered to positively influence bone microstructure [18] and improved strength [19, 20]. in this context the aim of this study is to assess the effect of hfd induced obesity on bone biomechanics and biochemical measurements and investigate whether exercise can reverse its potentially negative effects. materials and methods selection and description of animals total of 26 male c57bl/6 mice, aged 10-11 weeks, were used. the mice were housed in groups of three in the animal housing facility of the laboratory of experimental surgery and surgical research “n.s. christeas”, national and kapodistrian university of athens, in a controlled environment. all conditions followed national and european legislation and standards, including cages (tecniplast s.p.a., italy) and the environment with 55% relative humidity, central ventilation (15 air changes/h), temperature of 20°c ± 2°c and artificial 12-h light-dark cycle. access to food and water was ad libitum. the experimental protocol was approved by the ethics committee of the local veterinary directorate. following acclimatization, the rodents were randomized and allocated into three groups: control group (group a, n=6), which received a standard chow diet for 37 weeks; high fat diet (hfd) group (group b, n=10), which received a high fat diet (standard chow diet enriched with 45% fat) for 37 weeks; high fat diet and exercise (hfde) group (group c, n=10), which received the same diet as group b for 37 weeks and ran on a treadmill three times a week for the last nine weeks of the experimental protocol. treadmill exercise the duration of the exercise of group c was nine weeks in total. a specially designed treadmill was used (columbus instruments, usa, model: exer-3/6). an escalation of the vigorousness of exercise was followed. more specifically, the first two weeks were characterized as the adjustment period. meanwhile, the mice began to run at speed of 5 m/min and gradually (additional 5 m/min per time) reached the speed of 30 m/min at the end of the second week. this was their final running speed until the end of the study. each exercise session lasted precisely 30 minutes. biochemical measurements blood samples were collected at baseline, at 12 weeks, at 28 weeks and at the end of the study (37 weeks) prior to euthanasia following a 12-h fast of the animals. animals were anesthetized with ether and a quantity of approximately 500 μl of blood was collected from the ocular canthus of each mouse. blood was collected in vacutainer tubes (bd diagnostics, nj, usa). serum was separated by centrifugation at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes and was stored at -20°c until analysis. o a i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 87 total serum cholesterol (t-chol), high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (hdl-c) serum triglycerides (tg) and serum glucose concentrations were determined enzymatically with commercially available kits (biosis biotechnological applications, athens, greece). due to the nonconfirmed validity of the friedewald formula for the calculation of low-density lipoprotein (ldl) in rodents this parameter was not included in our study. moreover, serum adiponectin levels (adipo) were estimated with enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (mouse adiponectin elisa kit, intra-assay cv 5.3%, inter-assay cv 9.9% abcam, cambridge cb4 0fl uk). mechanical testing after euthanasia, both left and right femur of each animal were resected and stored in gauze immersed into n/s 0.9%. the mechanical behaviour and the strength of the specimens was assessed from three point bending tests. all biomechanical tests were performed within four hours from the time the samples were harvested. mechanical testing was performed with the use of an electromechanical uniaxial load frame (instron) which was equipped with a high accuracy tension-only load cell (50 n, instron). because of the use of a tension-only load cell, a custom device had to be used to transform tensional loading to three point bending (fig. 1). this device comprises two main parts: part a which was fixed to the load frame's base and b which was attached to its movable crosshead. part a included the centrally placed cylindrical pin while part b included the two support pins (fig. 1). the diameter of all three pins was 2 mm and the distance between the two support pins was 14 mm. to improve the reliability of the testing procedure the distance between the stationary central pin and the movable support pins was directly measured using a lased micrometer (keyence ls-3000) (fig. 1). all samples were loaded with a displacement rate of 5 mm/min until failure. the sampling frequency for the distance between the central and the support pins as well as for the force was 3 hz. figure 1: the custom device that was used to perform three point bending tests with a tension only load cell. the device comprises two parts: (a) which was fixed to the load frame's base and (b) which was attached to its movable crosshead. before testing, the maximum and minimum external thickness of each sample was measured at the central part of their diaphysis using a digital calliper. assuming that the cross-section of the diaphysis is elliptical means that the aforementioned maximum and minimum external thickness correspond to the major axis (a) and minor axis (b) of the ellipse respectively (fig. 2). after the end of the test the actual thickness of the bone cross-section was also measured on the surface of fracture. the measurement of wall thickness was repeated four times for each sample: two at opposite sides of the sample’s major axis (t1,t2 in fig. 2) and two at opposite sides of the sample's minor axis (t3,t4 in fig. 2). in the end, these four measurements were used to calculate the average thickness of the sample (t) on the surface of failure. the recorded data in terms of force were used to find the maximum force that was sustained by each sample, namely the fracture force. the force data combined with the measurements of the distance between the central and support pins were used to draw the force/deflection curve of each test and calculate the stiffness of each sample and also their energy to i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 88 failure. sample stiffness was calculated as the slope of the linear part of the force/deflection curve while energy as the area below the curve. ultimate stress was also calculated based on the assumption of elliptical cross-section with constant thickness (t) [21]. figure 2: a schematic representation of the three point bending test. the measurement sites for thickness (t1-4) and lengths of the major (right) and minor axis (left) of the samples are also presented. statistical analysis the results for the three groups were compared to each other and the statistical significance of the differences that were observed was evaluated following one way analysis of variance (anova). the level of statistical significance was considered to be equal to 0.05. the effect of exercise on the biochemical profile and body mass of group c was also investigated. for this purpose one way repeated measures anova (statistical significance level = 0.05) with bonferroni confidence interval adjustment was used to assess the statistical significance of differences between the measurements that were taken before the start and after the end of the exercise protocol (i.e. week 28 vs 37). in order to assess the relationship between biomechanical and biochemical parameters and the effect of hfd, the correlation between the average biomechanical measures for each animal (i.e. average for left and right femur) and the biochemical measurements was investigated for groups b and c using pearson correlation analysis. the correlation between biomechanical measures and body mass was also assessed. all data were tested for linearity, normality and homoscedasticity. the statistical analyses were performed using ibm® spss®v.21. results biochemical measurements t the beginning of the protocol differences between the three groups were non-significant (fig. 3), with the exception of tg levels, which were somehow higher in group a (an issue that should be considered further). during week 12, the first changes that can be attributed to hfd are observed in the case of hdl-c, with groups b and c having significantly higher hdl-c levels compared to control (group a). differences in biochemical parameters become clearer during week 28 when significant differences in terms of body mass are also observed. more specifically, groups b and c appear to have significantly higher body mass and higher levels of hdl-c and t-chol compared to control. group c has significantly higher body mass than group b too (average (±stdev) body mass for groups a, b and c is equal to 29.3kg (±2.4kg) 35.0kg (±4.2kg) and 39.2kg (±2.3kg), respectively). at the end of the experimental protocol (i.e. week 37) the difference in terms of body mass between control and groups b and c appears to crystallise (average (±stdev) body mass for groups a, b and c is equal to 27.5kg (±1.4kg) 32.0kg (±3.0kg) and 31.8kg (±3.5kg) respectively). moreover, groups b and c also have significantly higher levels of t-chol compared to control. at the end of the protocol, group c also appears to have significantly higher levels of tg compared to the other two groups (fig. 3). at this point it should be highlighted that group c was exposed to exercise only during the last nine weeks of the experimental protocol (i.e. weeks 28-37). therefore any difference between groups b and c that is observed during the 28th week of the experimental protocol (or earlier than that) cannot be attributed to exercise (fig. 3). one way repeated measures anova for group c before and after the introduction of exercise showed statistically significant: a i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 89  decrease in body mass (wilks’ lambda=0.276, f(1,9)= 23.649, p=0.001)  decrease in the levels of t-chol (wilks’ lambda=0.357, f(1,9)= 16.97, p=0.003)  decrease in the levels of hdl-c (wilks’ lambda=0.135, f(1,9)= 57.193, p<0.0005)  increase in the level of tg (wilks’ lambda=0.068, f(1,9)= 124.149, p<0.0005)  decrease in the levels of adipo (wilks’ lambda=0.244, f(1,9)= 27.816, p=0.001) figure 3: the change in biochemical measures and body mass for the duration of the study. more specifically, biochemical results for the levels of serum glucose, total serum cholesterol (t-chol), high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (hdl-c), serum triglycerides (tg) and serum adiponectin levels (adipo) are presented. statistically significant differences (i.e. p<0.05) between groups a and b, a and c and between groups b and c are noted using *, ** or *** respectively. the time period when group c was exposed to exercise (i.e. weeks 28-37) is also highlighted. i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 90 mechanical testing some of the samples were damaged before testing during harvesting. in the end, the number of sample pairs (i.e. left and right femurs) that were tested was 3, 6, and 10 for groups a, b and c respectively. the average values and standard deviations for all biomechanical parameters measured in the context of this study are presented in tab. 1. table 1: the average values for the biomechanical parameters measured. the respective standard deviations are shown in brackets. one way anova revealed statistically significant differences between the three groups in terms of minor axis length (b), major axis length (a) and thickness of the cross-section (t) and also in terms of ultimate stress (fig. 4). no statistically significant difference was found in terms of force, stiffness or energy to failure. figure 4: comparative results in terms of bone morphology and mechanical strength. the lengths of the minor axis (b), of the major axis (a), of cortical shell thickness and of ultimate stress are presented. more specifically the average minor axis (b) of group a was smaller than group's b and c by 12% (p=0.040) and 7% (p<0.001) respectively. the respective difference between groups b and c was 4% (p=0.041) with the minor axis of group group: a b c max force (n) 16.4 14.2 15.6 (2.6) (2.6) (2.2) stiffness (n/mm) 77 90 89 (25) (34) (28) energy (n*mm) 3.16 2.64 3.36 (0.85) (0.92) (1.20) b (mm) 1.42 1.59 1.53 (0.06) (0.07) (0.11) a (mm) 2.05 2.19 2.16 (0.04) (0.10) (0.11) t (mm) 0.24 0.22 0.25 (0.03) (0.03) (0.04) stress (mpa) 58 43 44 (12) (7) (11) * * * * * * * * i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 91 c being the smallest of the two groups. the major axis of group a was also smaller that group b and c by 7% (p=0.026) and 5% (p=0.004) respectively. the thickness of group c was bigger than group b by 15% (p=0.010). finally the ultimate stress of group a was higher than b and c by 25% (p=0.021) and 24% (p=0.001) respectively (fig. 4). pearson correlation analysis revealed a strong positive correlation between serum glucose and fracture force (r=0.560, n=18, p=0.016) and between glucose and energy (r=0.660, n=18, p=0.008) (fig. 5a,b). body mass was strongly and positively correlated to fracture force (r=0.606, n=18, p=0.008) and negatively correlated to minor axis length (b) (r=0.644, n=18, p=0.004) (fig. 5c,d). t-chol was negatively correlated to minor axis length (r=-0.644, n=18, p=0.011) (fig. 5e). the aforementioned correlations indicate that fracture force tends to be higher in animals with higher glucose levels and in animals with higher body mass. moreover, fracture energy tends also to be higher in animals with higher glucose levels while the minor axis (b) appears to be smaller in animals with higher levels of t-chol and in animals with higher body mass. figure 5: correlations between biomechanical parameters, body mass and biochemical measurements. y = 0.0675x + 7.1551 r² = 0.3137 0 5 10 15 20 50 100 150 200 f ra ct u re fo rc e ( n ) glucos e (mg/dl) y = 0.0299x 0.419 r² = 0.4359 0 2 4 6 50 100 150 200 e n e rg y (n m m ) glucos e (mg/dl) y = 0.4267x + 1.0464 r² = 0.367 0 5 10 15 20 5 15 25 35 45 f ra ct u re fo rc e ( n ) body mas s (g) y = -0.0188x + 2.1768 r² = 0.415 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 1 11 21 31 41 b ( m m ) body mas s (g) (a) (b) (c) (d) y = -0.0026x + 1.8432 r² = 0.3376 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 1 51 101 151 201 b ( m m ) t-chol(mg/dl) (e) i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 92 discussion and conclusions his study aimed to assess the effect of obesity and exercise on bone biomechanics and biochemical measurements and investigate the potentially beneficial role of exercise. for this purpose, a well-established mouse model of hfd–induced obesity was used [7, 15]. more specifically, mice were randomly assigned in three groups, namely control (group a), hfd with no exercise (group b) and hfd with exercise (group c). body mass and relevant biochemical parameters were measured for the duration of the study (i.e. 37 weeks). during the first 28 weeks of the experimental protocol groups b and c were exposed to exactly the same conditions. indeed, exercise was not introduced to the protocol until the end of the 28th week. this means that analysing the results for the first 28 weeks enables only the assessment of the effect of hfd on body mass and the biochemical profile of the animals. any difference between groups b and c up to week 28 could be attributed to variations that are inherent in invivo testing. as expected hfd had a significant effect on body mass [15]. more specifically, the animals that received hfd gradually increased their body mass relatively to control with statistically significant differences appearing during the 28th week of the study. with regards to the biochemical measurements, hfd appears to consistently lead to higher levels of cholesterol (t-chol and hdl-c). one way repeated measures anova for group c indicates that the introduction of exercise is followed by some changes, including a drop in body mass, increase in tg levels etc. however, in most cases these changes are not substantial enough to make group c significantly different compared to group b (fig. 3). the fact that the introduction of exercise didn’t appear to lead to substantial changes in body mass and the biochemical profile of group c could be attributed to the specific exercise protocol employed in this study and its relatively limited duration (i.e. 9 weeks). indeed, there is evidence in literature that exercise of different intensity, frequency and duration can lead to different results in animal hdlinduced obesity models [20]. the levels of adiponectin were also not affected by hfd or exercise. adiponectin has been reported in literature to have a positive effect on bone properties by activating osteoblastogenesis and suppressing osteoclastogenesis, thus leading to increased bone mass [22]. however, the fact that the results of the present study didn’t reveal any statistically significant difference between groups with regards to adiponectin levels means that no relevant conclusion can be drawn. so far, the effect of exercise and diet on bone strength has been either inferred based on non-invasive measurements and/or computer modelling [23] or directly measured through in-vitro testing [19, 20, 24, 25]. the most commonly used testing techniques are three point bending and torsion which are typically used to measure the maximum sustained force [25] or moment [20], respectively as a measure of strength. these studies have indicated that obesity and exercise can affect both the structure and also the mechanical characteristics of bones [19, 23, 24]. assessing ultimate stress along with the maximum sustained force enables separating the effect of changes in geometry from changes in the actual material properties of bone tissue [19, 24]. in order to enable the calculation of ultimate stress from the measured fracture force, the cross-section of the specimens was considered to be elliptical with constant thickness [21]. this simplification was deemed to be necessary considering the small size of the samples. indeed, the longest cross-sectional distance was smaller than 3 mm. the results from biomechanical testing indicated that the morphology and mechanical strength of femurs was significantly affected by diet and exercise. in terms of morphology, hfd appears to increase the external dimensions of femur regardless of the exposure to exercise. however, the group that received hfd but was not exposed to exercise (group b) also appeared to have significantly lower bone thickness compared to the other two groups. these findings indicate that exercise tends to limit the hfd-induced loss of bone mass by increasing the thickness of the femurs’ cortical shell. interestingly though, this positive effect of exercise was not translated into increased ultimate stress. hence, both groups that received hfd had significantly lower ultimate stress relatively to control. no statistically significant difference was found in terms of fracture force or total energy. the aforementioned findings are in agreement with observations linking obesity to the loss of bone mass and osteopenia [7, 8]. high-fat diets in particular have been found to reduce the ability for calcium absorption with possible adverse effects on bone mineralization in growing animals [8]. an investigation of correlations between biomechanical parameters, body mass and biochemical measurements that was focused only on the mice that received hfd (i.e. groups b and c) revealed strong positive associations between fracture force and serum glucose and body mass. more specifically, the femurs of mice that, at the end of the protocol, had higher body mass or glucose levels were found to be stronger compared to mice with lower body mass or glucose levels. t i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 93 one of the key limitations of the present study is the relatively small number of femurs that were included in the biomechanical testing. due to the small size of the samples a significant number was damaged during harvesting making it impossible to use them for testing. in conclusion, the results of this study suggest that exercise can partially reverse the detrimental effects of hfd on bone biomechanics by increasing the thickness of the femurs’ cortical shell and thus limiting the hfd-induced loss of bone mass. however, the aforementioned positive effect of exercise was not translated to increased bone strength. further in vitro/in vivo studies in experimental models and clinical trials are required to unveil the effect of hfd and exercise on bone metabolism and strength. references [1] haslam, d.w., james, w.p.t., obesity, lancet, london, england, 366 (2005) 1197–209. [2] berrington de gonzalez, a., hartge, p., cerhan, j.r., flint, a.j., hannan, l., macinnis, r.j., et al., body-mass index and mortality among 1.46 million white adults, n engl j med, 363 (2010) 2211–2219. [3] berghöfer, a., pischon, t., reinhold, t., apovian, c.m., sharma, a.m., willich, s.n., obesity prevalence from a european perspective: a systematic review, bmc public health, 8 (2008) 200. [4] van coeverden, s.c., de ridder, c.m,, roos, j.c., van’t hof, m.a., netelenbos, j.c., delemarre-van de waal, h.a., pubertal maturation characteristics and the rate of bone mass development longitudinally toward menarche, j bone miner res, 16 (2001) 774–781. [5] schwartz, a.v., diabetes mellitus: does it affect bone?, calcif tissue int., 73 (2003) 515–519. [6] felson, d.t., zhang, y., hannan, m.t., anderson, j.j., effects of weight and body mass index on bone mineral density in men and women: the framingham study, j bone miner res, 8 (1993) 567–573. [7] patsch, j.m., kiefer, f.w., varga, p., pail, p., rauner, m., stupphann, d., et al., increased bone resorption and impaired bone microarchitecture in short-term and extended high-fat diet-induced obesity, metabolism, 60 (2011) 243–249. [8] wohl, g.r., loehrke, l., watkins, b.a., zernicke, r.f., effects of high-fat diet on mature bone mineral content, structure, and mechanical properties, calcif tissue int, 63 (1998) 74–79. [9] reid, i.r., plank, l.d., evans, m.c., fat mass is an important determinant of whole body bone density in premenopausal women but not in men, j clin endocrinol metab, 75 (1992) 779–782. [10] barondess, d.a., nelson, d.a., schlaen, s.e., whole body bone, fat, and lean mass in black and white men, j bone miner res, 12 (1997) 967–971. [11] trayhurn, p., beattie, j.h., physiological role of adipose tissue: white adipose tissue as an endocrine and secretory organ, proc nutr soc, 60 (2001) 329–339. [12] díez, j.j., iglesias, p., the role of the novel adipocyte-derived hormone adiponectin in human disease, eur j endocrinol, 148 (2003) 293–300. [13] lihn, a.s., pedersen, s.b., richelsen, b., adiponectin: action, regulation and association to insulin sensitivity, obes rev, 6 (2005) 13–21. [14] gavrila, a., chan, j.l., yiannakouris, n., kontogianni, m., miller, l.c., orlova, c., et al. serum adiponectin levels are inversely associated with overall and central fat distribution but are not directly regulated by acute fasting or leptin administration in humans: cross-sectional and interventional studies, j clin endocrinol metab, 88 (2003) 4823–4831. [15] buettner, r., schölmerich, j., bollheimer, l.c., high-fat diets: modeling the metabolic disorders of human obesity in rodents, obesity (silver spring) 15 (2007) 798–808. [16] nikander, r., sievänen, h., heinonen, a., daly, r.m., uusi-rasi, k., kannus, p., targeted exercise against osteoporosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis for optimising bone strength throughout life, bmc med, 8 (2010) 8:47. [17] shimano, r.c., macedo, a.p., falcai, m.j., ervolino, e., shimano, a.c., issa, j.p.m., biomechanical and microstructural benefits of physical exercise associated with risedronate in bones of ovariectomized rats, microsc res tech, 77 (2014) 431–438. [18] gerbaix, m., metz, l., mac-way, f., lavet, c., guillet, c., walrand, s., et al., a well-balanced diet combined or not with exercise induces fat mass loss without any decrease of bone mass despite bone micro-architecture alterations in obese rat, bone, 53 (2013) 382–390. [19] miyagawa, k., kozai, y., ito, y., furuhama, t., naruse, k., nonaka, k., et al., a novel underuse model shows that inactivity but not ovariectomy determines the deteriorated material properties and geometry of cortical bone in the tibia of adult rats, j bone miner metab, 29 (2011) 422–436. i. doulamis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 85-94; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.08 94 [20] macedo, a.p., shimano, r.c., ferrari, d.t., issa, j.p.m., jordão, a.a., shimano, a.c., influence of treadmill training on bone structure under osteometabolic alteration in rats subjected to high-fat diet, scand j med sci sports, 27 (2017) 167–176. [21] mandi, j.l., markel, d.m., bending tests of bones. in: an, y., draughn, r., editors, mechanical testing of bone and thew bone-implant interface, boca raton: crc press, (2000) 207–217. [22] oshima, k., nampei, a., matsuda, m., iwaki, m., fukuhara, a., hashimoto, j., et al., adiponectin increases bone mass by suppressing osteoclast and activating osteoblast, biochem biophys res commun, 331 (2005) 520–526. [23] woo, d.g., lee, b.y., lim, d., kim, h.s., relationship between nutrition factors and osteopenia: effects of experimental diets on immature bone quality, j biomech, 42 (2009) 1102–1107. [24] fried, a., manske, s.l., eller, l.k., lorincz, c., reimer, r.a., zernicke, r.f., skim milk powder enhances trabecular bone architecture compared with casein or whey in diet-induced obese rats, nutrition, 28 (2012) 331–335. [25] lambert, j., lamothe, j.m., zernicke, r.f., auer, r.n., reimer, r.a., dietary restriction does not adversely affect bone geometry and mechanics in rapidly growing male wistar rats, pediatr res, 57 (2005) 227–231. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_01_2631 l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 1 finite element analysis of the interface defect in ceramic-metal assemblies: alumina-silver lamia hadid lmpm, mechanical engineering department, university of sidi bel abbes, sidi bel abbes 22000, algeria l.hadid@outlook.fr , http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9628-193x farida bouafia lmpm, mechanical engineering department, university of sidi bel abbes, sidi bel abbes 22000, algeria mechancal engineering department, university centre of ain temouhent 46000, algeria fbouafia2011@yahoo.fr , http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1695-1500 boualem serier lmpm, mechanical engineering department, university of sidi bel abbes, sidi bel abbes 22000, algeria boualems@yahoo.fr, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1460-9322 sardar sikandar hayat* department of physics, international islamic university, islamabad 44000, pakistan sikandariub@yahoo.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6018-7354 abstract. in the present work, the finite element analysis was employed to study the distribution of mechanical stress generated in metal-ceramic bimaterial. a micromechanical model is proposed to explain a phenomenon of defect observed in the metal-ceramic interface. the distribution of this stress in the ceramic around this defect was the subject of a numerical analysis using the finite element method. the analysis has been extended to the effect of defect-defect interaction, defect size and form. keywords. finite element method; mechanical stress; defects; interface; metal; ceramic. citation: hadid, l., bouafia, f., serier, b., sikandar hayat, s., finite element analysis of the interface defect in ceramic-metal assemblies: alumina-silver, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12. received: 06.09.2019 accepted: 27.04.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction etal-ceramic bi-materials offer superior properties over conventional alloys and have been widely studied because of their many potential applications. ceramics such as zirconia, silicon carbides, silicon nitrides and alumina find a great number of applications in the field of mechanics and thermo-mechanics. the alumina remains practically the technical most current ceramics. in addition to the mechanical applications, it also gains first place m https://youtu.be/i54vm8zkc-a l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 2 in the electronics industry and electro-technical due to its interesting electrical properties such as great resistivity, significant dielectric constant and weak dielectric loss factor. very often to benefit the maximum of these advantages, it is necessary to bind ceramics and more particularly alumina with metals and their alloys. under the simultaneous action of the temperature and the elaboration constraint of the bimaterial, the metal deforms plastically and becomes encrusted in the roughness defects of the ceramic. this incrustation leads to a good mechanical attachment between these two protagonists and ensures very good adhesion between metal and ceramic. the joining of ceramics with metals is inherently difficult because of their distinctly different properties. during recent past years, considerable studies have been devoted to the technology development of ceramic/metal joining. it has been led to significant successes [1]. dissimilar materials need to be joined together in many technical areas. one example of the ceramic to metal joint combines the wear resistance, high temperature strength and thermal or electrical resistance of the ceramic with the ductility of the metal. due to the difference of the elastic properties and the thermal expansion coefficients of the ceramic and metal, high stresses occur at the intersection of edges which leads the interface of the joint under mechanical or thermal loading [2-3]. the joining of ceramics with metals is a critically important technology for the effective use of advanced materials [4]. metal-ceramic interfaces have wide applications, and the interface fractures play an important role in determining mechanical behaviours of related structures [5]. the study of the interface separation behaviours of interfaces with the atomic vacancy and dislocations indicates that the interface strength decreases for the interfaces with defects, and the defects decrease the catastrophic tendency [5]. joining dissimilar materials implies property mismatches and structure discontinuities [6]. interfaces must typically sustain mechanical and thermo-elastic stresses without failure. consequently, they exert an important influence on the performance of the material [7-8]. due to differences in thermal and mechanical properties, the stresses and strains can develop near a ceramic-metal interface stress concentration. this can result in the plastic deformation of metal during both fabrication and under subsequent thermal or mechanical loading (cracking within the ceramic). tremendous efforts have been made to understand these phenomena [7–12]. nevertheless, the effects of material properties and specimen geometry on stress and strain distributions, and fracture mechanisms are reasonably well understood. the realization of silver-alumina junction is made in solid state. the mechanical resistance of this assembly depends primarily on the conditions of its elaboration, particularity on the atmosphere of elaboration. the fracture resistance is generally determined according to the nature of the elaboration the atmosphere of this kind of junctions [12–14]. silver is a noble metal and reacting with the alumina does not give an intermediate compound. the assembly of this metal in alumina form no-reactive junction. the objective of this study is to numerically analyse silver-alumina junction by the finite element method. the effect of the interface defect between the metal and ceramic on the stress level has been studied in this work. finite element model he finite element model is already explained in our previous work [15-17]; however, salient features of the model which is used in this work are discussed here. a three-dimensional finite element analysis is developed for this investigation. a 2–d schematic view of the metal / ceramic bi-materials with an interface defect is shown in fig. 1(a). one half of the model is selected as the analysis model (because of the symmetry) in order to reduce the calculation time (see fig. 1(b)). the geometrical characteristics of the structure are the length l (l=350 µm), the width w and the thickness (e1 and e2) such as l/e1 = 7, e2/e1 = 6, l/w = 2. the plate is subjected to a uniformly distributed tensile load with p = 70 mpa. the diameter of the interface defect is 50 µm which characterize an average size of interface defect site. these defects are simulated with half-spherical cavities located at alumina interface with well-defined size ((see fig. 1(e)). numerical modelling has been taken using the abaqus [18] finite element program. the precision of numerical computation is strongly related to the quality of the mesh in the structure. additionally, due to the stress concentrations expected at the metal/ceramic interface, the mesh is refined at this zone and a 4-node linear tetrahedron (c3d4) finite element is used for the model (see fig. 1(c)). the finite element model with 75801 elements is shown in fig. 1(c). it has a fine grid at the metal/ceramic interface. the refinement of the mesh also shows its influence on the accuracy of numerical results, and number of elements higher than 75801 leads to similar and much more precise values (fig. 2). the surface between the metal and the ceramic is defined as the surface to surface contact (perfect surface). here, the ceramic has been selected as a slave and the metal as a master surface. t l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 3 silver bonded to alumina is selected in this study. pure silver is defined as an elastic plastic material (fig. 3) with a value of the modulus of elasticity e = 81.90 gpa and poisson's ratio ν = 0.31. the behaviour of alumina is considered as an isotropic elastic material. alumina is assumed to be elastic with modulus of elasticity value e= 390 gpa and poisson’s ratio ν = 0.25. figure 1: (a) a 2–d schematic view of metal/ceramic with the site of interface defect, (b) geometry of model, (c) finite element mesh, (d) boundary condition and loading condition and (e) site of interface defect-defect interaction. figure 2: effect of mesh size convergence on ceramic/defect interface for p = 70 mpa. path1 uz=0 p p (d) d (e) (a) (b) (c) metal ceramic defect y x e1 e2 l interface defect l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 4 figure 3: the true stress-strain curve of pure silver [19]. results and discussion he simultaneous action of the pressure and temperature (thermo-compression) during the elaboration of connecting ceramics-metal involves a plastic flow of the metal. the plastic flow speed of deformation is overall high as these two physical parameters are significant. this plastic flow leads to a friction interface between ceramics and metal. thus involve a significant wrenching of the surface grains of alumina contact. in this context, here the results are discussed to numerically analyse the stress distribution near the interface defect using tridimensional the finite element method. figure 4: von-mises equivalent and normal stress distribution for p = 70 mpa. stresses distribution the distribution of normal and von mises equivalent stresses for the silver and alumina near the interface defect during the preparation of their junction is represented in fig. 4. the normal stress induced along the x-direction is highly concentrated on the metal at the interface near the edge of the connection, while the volume of silver is in the opposite direction of this site (see fig. 4(b)). the stress generated along the z-direction is on the same level and its distribution is comparable to that induced following the first axis (x-axis) of the assembly (see fig. 4(d)). the normal stress along the yt l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 5 axis, which is the axis of application of mechanical loading, is at a much higher level than the other two normal stresses, which are highly concentrated for the alumina and silver in the neighborhood near the defect (see fig. 4(c)). the von mises equivalent stress is highly concentrated near the site. its distribution reflects the normal stresses (see fig. 4(a)). the illustrations of results in fig. 4 clearly show that the defect is at a special place of stress concentration by notch effect. effect of loading fig. 5 shows the variation of normal stresses for the ceramic and metal near the defect as a function the normalized distance (x-values correspond to each point’s distance along the path as a fraction of the total length of the path (see fig.1d)) and according to the applied mechanical load. these stresses are heavily concentrated around the interfacial defects. interfacial defects effects are increased with increasing applied stress. this type of loading compresses the cavity along xand z-direction. the compression ratio becomes higher when the intensity of loading increases. these stresses vanish for the defect. stresses along the y-direction of mechanical stress set the cavity in tension. the intensity of these stresses holds more importance than those for the other two axes of the structure. the variation of von mises stresses around the defect as a function of the applied stress is shown in fig. 5(a). the analysis of this figure clearly shows that the presence of this defect on the surface of the ceramic-related metal plays a leading role of stress concentration, whose intensity increases with the increase in mechanical loading of the junction. figure 5: variation of equivalent and normal stresses according to mechanical loading. effect of defect size the size of interfacial defect does not merely determine the distribution and the level of the stresses of this defect, nevertheless, also measures the surface of effective adhesion. its analysis carries great importance for the performance and the mechanical resistance of the junction. fig. 6 illustrates the variation of induced normal stresses nearby to the defect applying a mechanical stress as a function of its diameter. this figure shows that large defects induce more significant 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 0 20 40 60 80 100 (a) s eq ui ( m p a) normalize distance p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 20 40 60 80 100 (c) s y y ( m p a) normalize distance p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 interface ceramic/defect i n te rf a ce m e ta l/d e fe ct (b) s x x ( m p a) normalize distance p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 (d) s z z ( m p a) normalize distance p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa normalized distance normalized distance normalized distance normalized distance l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 6 stresses. these results show that the stress concentration increases proportionally with the increase of the defect size to reach the maximum value for the biggest size. such a behaviour can present a risk of decoherence of the junction. the site of the interface defect (seat of stress concentration) is a privileged place of initiation and propagation of cracks. . figure 6: variation of mechanical stresses according to a defect size in metal/defect interface for p = 70 mpa the variation of stress concentration factor as a function of the interface defect size is represented in fig. 7. this figure well illustrates that this factor varies almost linearly with the variation in size. this clearly shows that the presence of large defects on the surface of the ceramic can lead to the initiation and the propagation of cracks and consequently to the damage of alumina-silver assembly by cohesive or adhesive rupture depending the mechanical strength of the interface. thus, they are able to lead to a cohesive or adhesive rupture, according with the resistance. figure 7: variation of stress concentration factor according to a defect size for p = 70 mpa. stresses distribution around the defect the level of stresses around the site of interface defect exploits a dominating role in the start-up and the performance of the ceramics-metal junction. its analysis carries great importance for the mechanical resistance and the durability of this junction. figs. 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d) represent the distribution of induced normal stresses according to three axes of the structure along the perimeter (path 2) of the interfacial defect (see fig. 8(a)). the analysis of this figure shows that according to the x-direction, at the ends, i.e. in the vicinity of the interface with metal, (when θ < 20°) the defect is subject to the normal stresses of tension, and far from this zone to compressive stresses. along the direction of applied load, which is y60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 m ec ha ni ca l s tr es s (m p a) defect size (m) s equi s xx s yy defect size 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 s tr es s c on ce nt ra ti on f ac to r (k t) defect size (m) size l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 7 direction, the normal stresses of tension are higher at the defect/metal interface (when θ = 0° and θ = 180°) and very low in the zone far from the plane of the alumina-silver junction (when θ = 90°) (see fig. 8(c)). a contrary behaviour is observed along the z-direction; indeed, the compression stresses are intensively concentrated in ceramics,(when θ = 90°), while their level decreases considerably in the mid of this interface (when θ = 0° and θ = 180°) (see fig. 8(d)). the tangential stresses are most significant specific to the xoy planes of the assembly. the highest stresses are localized at θ = 45° and 135° (see fig. 8(e)). figure 8: variation of equivalent, normal and shear stresses according to peripheral angle and mechanical loading. effect of defect geometry the effect of the defect form, which is defined by the x/y ratio, is analysed, and the effect of the defect volume on the distribution of equivalent and normal stresses near to the interface with metal is characterized. this analysis is made for an invariable size x along path 1 (see fig. 1). the obtained results are represented in figs. 9 and 10. path2 0o 180o metal ceramic 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 (e) s x y ( m p a) peripheral angle  p = 50 m pa p = 70 m pa p = 100 mpa 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 (b) s x x ( m p a) peripheral angle  p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 40 80 120 160 (a) s eq ui ( m p a) peripheral angle  p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 (c) s y y ( m p a) peripheral angle  p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 (d) s z z ( m p a) peripheral angle  p = 50 mpa p = 70 mpa p = 100 mpa l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 8 figure 9: variation of equivalent and normal stresses depending on defect geometry in metal. the influence of the parameter y on the level of the normal stresses is generated in the silver along xand zdirection of the junction. along these directions and far from the interface, the metal is in tension, whereas in its close vicinity it is in compression. the intensity of these stresses increases with the volume of interface defect (see figs. 9(a) and 9(c)). along the y-axis, which is the direction of mechanical load application, the normal stresses decrease approaching the interface with ceramics. an increase in the x/y ratio involves a light amplification of these stresses. their amplitude is annulled in the plane of the junction (see fig. 9(b)). the von mises equivalent stress in the metal gradually decreases towards the interface with alumina, then grows slightly near to this defect. this stress is overall more significant as the x/y ratio increases (see fig. 9(d)). the distribution and level of the von mises and normal stresses induced in alumina as a function of the x/y ratio are represented in fig. 10. the induced normal stresses along xand z-direction seems not to dependent on the shape of the interface defect. indeed, the intensity of these stresses practically does not vary with the variation in the x/y ratio (see figs. 10(b) and 10(d)). an increase in the x/y ratio involves an increase in the von mises and y-direction normal stresses generated in the vicinity of interface defect (see figs. 10(a) and 10(c)). the effect of the defect shape on the distribution of equivalent stress and its intensity is analysed in terms of stress concentration factor (see fig. 11). this figure shows that the decrease in the parameter involves a high stress concentration factor. the interface defect having such a form is the seat of stress concentration. effect of defect-defect interaction the previously obtained results show that the alumina defect is a privileged place of stress concentration whose level and distribution does not merely depend on its size, but also on its form. however, several grains are snatched by interfacial friction between these two components during the realization of metal-ceramics junction. these sites are represented by interfacial defects of spherical symmetry. this is why, an analysis of the effect of defect-defect interaction at the interfacial 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 (c) s y y ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 (b) s x x ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 10 20 30 40 50 60 (a) interface metal/defect metal s eq ui ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 (d) s z z ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 normalized distance normalized distance normalized distance normalized distance l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 9 level and the distribution of stresses is carried out. the so obtained results are illustrated in fig. 12. this last one shows the variation of von mises and normal stresses according to the distance separating the sites from two defects. figure 10: variation of equivalent and normal stresses according to defect geometry in ceramic. figure 11: variation of stress concentration factor according to defect geometry. 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 s tr es s c on ce nt ra ti on f ac to r (k t) ratio x/y 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 40 50 60 70 80 90 (a) ceramic i n te rf a c e c e ra m ic /d e fe c t s eq ui ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 (b) s x x ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 (c) s y y ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 (d) s z z ( m p a) normalize distance x/y =2 x/y =4 x/y =6 normalized distance normalized distance normalized distance normalized distance l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 10 figure 12: variation of internal equivalent and normal stresses according to the defect-defect interaction for p = 70 mpa. the stress intensity induced along the xand z-direction of the assembly grows with the reduction in the defectdefect interdistance. indeed, bringing together these two defects leads to the intensification of these stresses. these last tend towards their maximum level when the sites of the interface defect are very close to the other one (see figs. 12(b) and 12(c)). a tendency of an interfacial defect towards the other involves an amplification of the normal stresses which are generated along the y-direction which is requested by the external mechanical loads. two defects are close neighbors which generate much more intense normal stresses, whose level is approximately twice more significant than that of the load applied (see fig. 12(c)). the tangential stresses are most significantly related to the plane (x, o, y) of the structure. the level of these stresses grows with the reduction in the defect-defect inter-distance. maximum sites of the interface defect are close to each other and the shear stresses induced in this plane are strong (see fig. 12(e)). fig. 12(a) shows the effect of -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 20 30 40 50 60 (d) s z z ( m p a) distance (mm) d1=25 m d2=40 m d3=100 m d4=160 m -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 (e) s x y ( m p a) distanc (mm) d1=25 m d2=40 m d3=100 m d4=160 m d -0,10 -0,05 0,00 0,05 0,10 60 80 100 120 140 (a) s eq ui ( m p a) distance (mm) d1=25 m d2=40 m d3=100 m d4=160 m -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 20 30 40 50 60 70 (b) s x x ( m p a) distance (mm) d1=25 m d2=40 m d3=100 m d4=160 m -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 60 80 100 120 140 160 (c) s y y ( m p a) distance (mm) d1=25 m d2=40 m d3=100 m d4=160 m d (x, y, z)= (0, 0, 0) l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 11 this inter-distance on the amplitude of von mises stress. this figure shows that bringing together these sites leads to the strong intensification of equivalent stress. the results obtained in this analysis clearly show that the distance separating the sites from the defect with the metal determines the level and distribution of the stresses induced with their interface. indeed, the more these sites are close to each others, the more their stress field is reacting between them. thus, the amplification of these constraints is involved with the effect of the interaction. this effect is dominated when the vicinity sites are very close to each other. the distance of one of these sites compared to the others minimizes the effect of the interaction. this finally is annulled when the sites of the interface defect are very far from each other, then their stress fields are isolated from each other. conclusions n the present work, 3-dimensional finite element method was used to investigate the effects of the defect in metal– ceramic bimaterial. the results obtained in this study allow us to draw the following conclusions: the sites of interface defect during the elaboration by interfacial friction with the silver are the privileged places of stress concentration by notch effect. the level and the distribution of the normal, tangential and the von mises equivalent stresses are not dependent merely on the intensity of the mechanical loading, nevertheless, also on the size of the sites of interface defect (characteristic of the site volume). these stresses are overall higher as the volume of this site grows. the stress concentration factor grows with the increase in the volume. thus, the coarse interface defects do concentrate more stresses relative to the small ones. the form which is defined by the x/y ratio of this defect plays a role to determine the level of the von mises and normal stresses. a small ratio involves an increase in the induced normal stresses of the silver, relating to the xand z-direction of the assembly, while a reduction of the normal stress relating to the y-axis. the von mises stress is overall weak as the x/y ratio is small. in alumina, the normal stresses generated along xand z-axes of the structure seem not dependent on the form of the site of interface defect. in this component, the stress induced according to the direction is not very sensitive to the form of this site. the von mises stress grows with the increase in x/y ratio. the stress concentration factor decreases with the increase of this ratio. the intensity and the distribution of the normal, tangential and equivalent stress depend on the defect-defect interdistance. bringing together these sites one towards the other, lead to an intensification of these constraints. these stresses are overall higher as the defects are very close to each other. references [1] boutabout, b., chama, m., bouiadjra, b.a.b., serier, b., lousdad, a. (2009). effect of thermomechanical loads on the propagation of crack near the interface brittle/ductile, comput. mater. sci., 46(4), pp. 906–911. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2009.04.039. [2] yang, y.y., munz, d. (1997). stress singularities in a dissimilar materials joint with edge tractions under mechanical and thermal loadings, int. j. solids struct., 34(10), pp. 1199–1216. doi: 10.1016/s0020-7683(96)00097-2. [3] nikbakt, s., kamarian, s., shakeri, m. (2018). a review on optimization of composite structures part i: laminated composites, compos. struct., 195, pp. 158–185. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2018.03.063. [4] williamson, r.l., rabin, b.h., byerly, g.e. (1995). fem study of the effects of interlayers and creep in reducing residual stresses and strains in ceramic-metal joints, compos. eng, 5(7), pp. 851–863. doi: 10.1016/0961-9526(95)00035-l. [5] you, x.m., liang, l.h., wei, y.g. (2018). the atomistic simulation study of ag/mgo interface tension fracture, comput. mater. sci., 142, pp. 277–284. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2017.10.029. [6] nascimento, r.m. do., martinelli, a.e., buschinelli, a.j.a. (2003). review article: recent advances in metal-ceramic brazing, cerâmica, 49(312), pp. 178–198. doi: 10.1590/s0366-69132003000400002. [7] li, v. (2004). fracture mechanics of concrete structures: proceedings of the fifth international conference on fracture mechanics of concrete and concrete structures, vail colorado, {usa}, april 12 16. [8] drake, j.t., williamson, r.l., rabin, b.h. (1993). finite element analysis of thermal residual stresses at graded ceramic/metal interfaces, part ii: optimization for residual stress reduction, j. appl. phys., 74(2), pp. 1321-1326. doi:10.1063/1.354911. i l. hadid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.01 12 [9] gill, s.c., clyne, t.w. (1990). stress distributions and material response in thermal spraying of metallic and ceramic deposits, metall. trans. b, 21(2), pp. 377–385. doi: 10.1007/bf02664205. [10] suganuma, k., miyamoto, y., koizumi, m. (1988). joining of ceramics and metals, annu. rev. mater. sci., 18(1), pp. 47–73. doi: 10.1146/annurev.ms.18.080188.000403. [11] evans, a. g., dalgleish, b. j. (1993). the fracture resistance of metal-ceramic interfaces, materials science and engineering: a, 162(1-2), 1–13. doi: 10.1016/0921-5093(90)90025-x. [12] elssner, g., petzow, g. (1990). metal/ceramic joining, isij int., 30(12), pp. 1011–1032. doi: 10.2355/isijinternational.30.1011. [13] serier, b. (1991). etude et caractérisation des liaisons céramique-mètal élaborées par solid state bonding, application au couple ag/al2o3. available at: http://www.theses.fr/1991ecdl0019. [14] sérier, b., berroug, a., juvé, d., tréheux, d., moya, e.g. (1993). silver-alumina solid state bonding: study of diffusion and toughness close to the interface, j. eur. ceram. soc., 12(5), pp. 385–390. doi: 10.1016/0955-2219(93)90008-f. [15] fekirini, h., serier, b., bouafia, f., bouiadjra, b.a.b., hayat, s.s., bouafia, s.a. (2012). effect of precipitate– precipitate interaction on residual stress in welded structure, comput. mater. sci., 65, pp. 207–215. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2012.06.005. [16] souad, s., serier, b., bouafia, f., bouidjra, b.a.b., hayat, s.s. (2013). analysis of the stresses intensity factor in alumina–pyrex composites, comput. mater. sci., 72, pp. 68–80. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2013.01.030. [17] bouafia, f., serier, b., serier, n., hayat, s.s. (2014). effect of density and pointed corner degree of pore on local stress in welded structures: defect in marine structures, isrn mech. eng., 2014, pp. 1–7. doi: 10.1155/2014/834659. [18] dassaut systèmes simulia corp-abaqus/cae 6.11 user’s manual. available at: https://www.3ds.com/productsservices/simulia. [19] huo, y., lee, c.c. (2016). the growth and stress vs. strain characterization of the silver solid solution phase with indium, j. alloys compd., 661, pp. 372–379. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2015.11.212. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_30.docx j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 280 theoretical model of homogenized piezoelectric materials with small non-collinear periodic cracks jean-marie nianga, driss marhabi pôle de recherche « structures & matériaux », hautes etudes d’ingénieur – (hei), 13 rue de toul, 59046 lille cedex, france jean-marie.nianga@yncrea.fr abstract. an analytical model for the homogenization of a piezoelectric material with small periodic fissures is proposed on the basis of the method of asymptotic expansions for the elastic displacement, the electric scalar potential and the test functions. starting from the variational formulation of the three-dimensional problem of linear piezoelectricity, we have at first obtained that concerning a cracked piezoelectric structure, before the implementation of homogenized equations for a piezoelectric structure with a periodic distribution of cracks. it then follows, the characterization of the homogenized law between the mechanical strain and the electric potential, on one hand, and the mechanical stress and the electric displacement, on the other hand. contrary to the previous investigations, the focus of this paper is the development of a mathematical model taking the non-parallelism of cracks into account. keywords. piezoelectric material; asymptotic expansions; homogenization; variational formulation; periodic cracks. citation: nianga, j.-m., marhabi, d., theoretical model of homogenized piezoelectric materials with small noncollinear periodic cracks, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292. received: 01.02.2017 accepted: 04.07.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he piezoelectric materials are used in an increasing way in technological applications [1-3]. among the numerous problems which can arise, there is that concerning the global estimation of the homogenized characteristics of non-homogeneous materials, in particular those presenting a periodic distribution of singularities. significant efforts had been made to the study of periodical cracks in linear piezoelectricity, through an extension to piezoelectric materials of the modeling of periodic cracks in elastic materials [4, 5]. gao and al.[6] studied, in terms of the parton assumption and stroh formalism, the problem of a half-infinite crack in piezoelectric media with periodic crack; reducing it to hilbert one and getting therefore the closed-form solutions in the media and inside the cracks. wang and al. [7] provided a theoretical treatment of the dynamic interaction between cracks in a piezoelectric medium under anti-plane mechanical and in-plane electrical incident wave. they used fourier transform to study the dynamic electromechanical behavior of a single crack, and solved the obtained singular integral equations by chebyshev polynomials. the single crack solution was then implemented into a pseudo-incident wave method to account for the interaction between cracks. t j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 281 somme years more-late, han and al. [8] obtained the development of a mathematical model to predict the length scale for the spacing of transverse cracks forming in a piezoelectric material subjected to a coupled electro-mechanical external loading condition. in particular, they analyzed the interactions of a row of cracks periodically located in a piezoelectric material layer. although, one of the remaining problems that need to be treated is that of a periodic array of non-collinear cracks. so, the present paper provides a theoretical model of homogenized piezoelectric materials with small non-collinear periodic cracks through an extension of previous works [9] and [10]. it is organized as follows: section 2 describes the variational formulation for the three-dimensional problem of linear piezoelectricity. section 3 develops a variational formulation for the problem of a fissured piezoelectric structure. in section 4, are presented the homogenized problem of a piezoelectric material with small periodic cracks. section 5 is then devoted to the formulation of the homogenized local problem in the homogenization period. the analysis of the relationship between the strain and the electric potential on one hand, and the stress and the electric field secondly, is presented in section 6, just above the conclusion. variational formulation for the three-dimensional problem of linear piezoelectricity et  be an open connected domain of 3 with smooth boundary  made of two parts 1 and  2  in the mechanical sense, and of 3  and 4  in the electrical one. these parts of  represent portions of regular surfaces with smooth common boundary, respectively. moreover,  may be divided into two parts by a smooth surface .s figure 1: representation of the open  . in the framework of linear piezoelectricity, the elastic and electric effects are coupled by the constitutive equations: k ij ijkl kij k j u a e e x      (1) k i ij j ikl l u d e e x      (2) where { }iu u is the elastic displacement, { }ij  is the symmetric stress tensor, { }ie e is the electric field vector, and { }id d is the electric displacement vector, with (i, j, k, l) = (1, 2, 3). we now assume that the elastic coefficients at zero elastic field ijkla , the piezoelectric coefficients kije and the dielectric constants ij at vanishing strain satisfy the following symmetry and positivity properties: ; ;ijkl jikl klij kij kji ij jia a a e e      (3) 0, , 0 :ij ij ji ijkl kl ij ij jie e e a e e e e     (4) l j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 282 1 1, 0 :i ij j i i i           (5) where 1 and 0 are constants; a superimposed bar denoting the complex conjugate. but, under the quasi-electrostatic approximation [9], there exists an electric scalar potential  such that: i i e x     (6) moreover, if 0 0 0, ,j jt u w and 0 are prescribed values per unit area, the mechanical boundary conditions can be written as: 0 1j ij in t on    (7) 0 2j ju u on   (8) and the electric ones are in the following forms: 0 3i in d w on    (9) 40 on    (10) the piezoelectric plate is supposed to be clamped by 2 ;  and n represents the unit outer normal to . if the body force and extrinsic bulk charge are assumed to be negligible, and d are divergence-free, i.e. 0 ij j in x     (11) 0i i d in x     (12) on the other hand, we have:   0i ij ij sn on     (13)   0i i su u on    (14)   0 son     (15)   0i i i sn d d on    (16) the variational problem (vp) corresponding to eqs. (7) to (12) is obtained by introducing the following spaces:  1 02 2; ( ),i i iv u u h u u     (17) j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 283  14 4; ( ), 0v h        (18) problem (vp): find 2 4( , )u inv v  such that: 0 2 1 0 4 4 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) a u v b v t v ds v v c d u w ds v                          (19) where ( , ) ( ) ( )ijkl kl ija u v a e u e v dv   (20) ( , ) iijk k j v b v e dv x x        (21) ( , ) ij j i c dv x x            (22) ( , ) kikl l i u d u e dv x x          (23) proposition1. problem (vp) is equivalent to eqs. (7) to (12). proof. (19)1 is obtained by multiplying (11) par a test function vi and by integrating by parts; taking into account the boundary conditions (7) and (8). by analogy, we obtain (19)2, by multiplying (12) par a test function  and by integrating by parts; taking into account the boundary conditions (9) and (10). the coefficients ijkla are assumed to be continuous on s . for the existence and uniqueness of the solution of problem (vp), see [9]. variational formulation for the problem of a fissured piezoelectric structure e now consider a piezoelectric structure containing a closed crack c, i.e. c c (24) where c is the closure of c, and where c is assumed to be smooth. let us introduce the open subset ,c verifying: c c    (25) the local equations of linear piezoelectricity for a fissured piezoelectric structure can then be written as follows [10]: 0 ij c j in x     (26) 0i c i d in x     (27) w j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 284 0iu on  (28)   0i iu n on c (29) 0 on   (30)   0 on c  (31) , , , 11 2 ( ) ( ) ( )ijkl k l j kij k j ijkl k l j kij k j nnkl k l knn k ia u n e e n a u n e e n a u e e n on c      (32) , 0nnkl k l knn ka u e e on c  (33) 1 2 0i i i id n d n on c   (34) where n and n represent the unit normal to c, outer to its side 1, see (fig. 2), and the unit outer normal to the open domain ,c c    respectively. figure 2: representation of the fissured piezoelectric structure c . these relations express a compression on c according to (33), as well as the normality of the force which acts; with an opposition between the action and the reaction, according to (32). consequently, the variational formulation (fvp) for the problem of such a fissured piezoelectric structure can be stated as follows: problem (fvp): find * *( , ) uu inv v   such that: * * ( , ) ( , ) 0 ( , ) ( , ) 0 ua u v u b v u v v c d u v                       (35) where  1( ); ( ); 0u i i c iv u u u h u      (36)   * ( ); ; 0u ui i i iv u u u v u n    (37)  1; ( ); 0cv h        (38) j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 285   * ; ; 0v v      (39) and where a, b, c, and d are bilinear forms on * * * * *, , ,u u uv v v v and v v    respectively. proposition2. problem (fvp) is equivalent to eqs. (26) to (34). the proof is analogous to that of proposition 1, by taking into account eqs. (29) and (31). homogenized equations-formal expansion e now consider a linear piezoelectric plate with a   periodic distribution of fissures, so that, the period y of 3 ,r admits a smooth fissure c verifying: c y   (40) figure 3: representation of the period y with a smooth fissure c. the fissured material denoted by c is then defined as follows:  1 2 3( , , );c cxx x x x y y y c         (41) and we assume that, there is no fissure intersecting the boundary  of the open . introducing the following spaces:  1( ); ( ); 0u i i c iv u u u h u       (42)   * ( ); ; 0u ui i i iv u u u v u n     (43)  1; ( ); 0cv h        (44)   * ; ; 0v v      (45) the corresponding variational formulation ( fvp ) of such a piezoelectric problem in ,c is then defined as follows: w j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 286 problem ( fvp ): find * *( , ) uu inv v     such that: * * ( , ) ( , ) 0 ( , ) ( , ) 0 ua u v u b v u v v c d u v                             (46) in order to study the asymptotic behavior of the solution when  tends to zero, we use the classical following expansions, both for the unknown and the test functions: 0 1 2 2( ) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ...u x u x u x y u x y      (47) 0 1 2 2( ) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ...x x x y x y        (48) 0 1 2 2( ) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ...v x v x v x y v x y      (49) 0 1 2 2( ) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ...x x x y x y        (50) introducing the following spaces:  1( ); ( );uyc i i cv v v v h y y periodic    (51)  ( ); ; 0u uyc i ycv v v v v v     (52)   * ( ); ; 0u uyc i yc i iv v v v v v n on c    (53)  * *( ); ; 0u uyc i ycv v v v v v     (53)  1; ( );yc cv h y y periodic     (54)  ; ; 0yc ycv v       (55)   * ; ; 0yc ycv v      (56)  * *; ; 0yc ycv v       (57) comparing (47)-(50) with (46), we get the following relations: 0 0 1 1 0 00 0 1 1 11 0 0 1 10 0 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) j j j j j jk k k ijkl ijkl ijkl l i l i l i j jk i i i i ijkl ijk ijk l i k j k j v u v u v uu u u a dx a dx a dx x x x y y x v uu v u v u a dy e dx e y y x x x y                                                             0 0 1 11 1 0 1 1 3 0 ( ) ( ) 0; , ( ( ))i i i iijk ijk k j k j dx v u v u e dx e dy v v h y x y y                                                   (58) j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 287 0 0 1 1 0 00 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 1 11 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ij ij ij j i j i j i k k ij ikl ikl j i l i i i dx dx dx x x x y y x u u dy e dx e dx y y x x xl y e                                                                                            1 10 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 ( ) ( ) 0; , ( )k kkl ikl l i l i u u dx e dy h y x y y                                                 (59) with  represents the operator average defined on any y-periodic function f(y) by: 1 ( )f f y dyyy   (60) in the particular case where 1 1 1 1 ,v u and    we get: 0 00 1 0 00 1 0 1 1 3 0 ( ) ( ) 0; , ( ( )) j jk k i i ijkl ijk l l i k k j v uu u v u a dx e dx x y x x y x v v h                                         (61) 0 10 0 0 00 1 0 1 1 0 ( ) ( ) 0; , ( ) k k ij ikl j j i l l i u u dx e dx x y x x y x h                                               (62) consequently, the corresponding homogenized equations in which there are no more fissures then follow: 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 ij j k k ij ijkl ijk l l k k x u u a e x y x y                                      (63) and 0 0 10 1 0 0 i i k k i ij ikl j l l d x u u d e xj y x y                                 (64) j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 288 homogenized local problem in the period y et us choose the fields 1 1v and  as: 1 1 1 * ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ); 0 1; u u u u u u yc v x y u x y w y u x y d w v                  (65) 1 1 1 * ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ); 0 1; yc x y x y w y x y d w v                           (66) where ( )d  represents the set of the infinitely derivable functions with compact support in  . when we take (64) and (65) into account, then the comparison of (58) and (59) with (60) and (61) respectively, gives the following equations, 10 1 10 1( ) ( ) 0 ( ); 0 1 u u j j u uk k i i ijkl ijk l l i k k j u u w uu u w u a dy e dy x y y x y y d                                                          (67) 0 11 10 1 ( ) ( ) 0 ( ); 0 1 k k ij ikl j j i l l i u uw w dy e dy x y y x y y d                                                               (68) therefore, we locally obtain, respectively: 10 1 10 1 * ( ) ( ) 0; u u j j u uk k i i ijkl ijk yc l l i k k j w uu u w u a e w v x y y x y y                                           (69) 0 11 10 1 *( ) ( ) 0;k kij ikl yc j j i l l i u uw w e w v x y y x y y                                             (70) and the local homogenized problem (lhp) in y, then follows: problem (lhp): find 1 1 * *( , ) u uyc ycu inv v   such that we obtain, for given 0 0( ) ( )u x and x : 10 1 10 1 * ( ) ( ) 0 u u j jk k i i ijkl ijky y l l i k k j u u yc w uu u w u a dy e dy x y y x y y w v                                               (71) and l j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 289 0 11 10 1 * ( ) ( ) 0k kij ikly y j j i l l i yc u uw w dy e dy x y y x y y w v                                                   (72) all these results can then be summarized through the following proposition: proposition3. under the expansions (47) and (48) for the solution ( ( , ), ( , ))u x y x y  of problem (46), the first term 0 0( ( ), ( ))u x x satisfies eqs. (62)-(63) and appropriate boundary conditions. furthermore, for given 0 0( ( ), ( )),u x x the field 1 1( ( , ), ( , ))u x y x y is the solution of the nonlinear problem (lhp; eqs. 70-71), and ( 0ij , 0 id ) is therefore, defined as functions of 0 0( ( )) ( ( )).x xgrad u x and grad x so, eqs. (70)-(71) represent a nonlinear piezoelectric law. analysis of the (strain, electric potential)-(stress, electric displacement) law remark1. problem (lhp) can be written as in the following simplified form: find 1 1 * *( , ) u uyc ycu inv v   such that we obtain, for given 0 0( ) ( )u x and x :     0 1 1 0 1 1 * ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 (.) (.) (.) (.) ; (.) ; (.) u ijkl klx kly jiyy u ijk kx ky ijyy k k klx kly kx l l l u u yc a h u h u h w u dy e h h h w u dy h h h x y x w v                             (73) and    0 1 1 0 1 1 * ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 (.) (.) ij jx jy iy ikl klx kly iyy y iy k yc h h h w dy e h u h u h w dy h y w v                          (74) remark2. denoting 0 1 1 1 0 0( ); ( ); ; ; ;kl klx kl kly ij ij i ih h u h h u u u d d         (75) problem (lhp) can then be formulated as follows: find * *( , ) u uyc ycu inv v   such that we obtain, for given 6 3 kl kh and h r r :     * ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0u uijkl kl kl ji ijk k k ijy y u u yc a h h u h w u dy e h h h w u dy w v                (76) j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 290 and     * ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0ij j j i ikl kh kl iy y yc h h h w dy e h h u h w dy w v                     (77) therefore, 0ij ij  and 0 i id d can be written as follows:         ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ij ijkl kl kl ijk k k i ij j j ikl kl kl a h h u e h h d h h e h h u              (78) so, the homogenized (strain, electric potential)-(stress, electric displacement) law is characterized by the function defined by: ( , ) ( , )kl kl ij ih h d   (79) nevertheless, for the study of (79), let us introduce the following functions, defined from 6 3r r towards r , by:       1 ( , ) ( ) ( ) 2 1 ( ) ( ) 2 sm s ijkl ij ij lm lmy ijk i i jk jky w h h a h h u h h u dy y e h h h h u dy y          (80)       * 1( , ) ( ) ( ) 2 1 ( ) ( ) 2 sm s ij i i j jy ikl ik ik l ly w h h h h h h dy y e h h u h h dy y             (81) moreover, the proposition that follows presents the main result of this analysis: proposition 4. the functions defined above, through (80) and (81), are of class c1, positive; and d   satisfying the following relations: * 1 2 1 2 ij ij i i w h w d h              (82) proof. as u and  are continuous functions of     1,2,3, 1,2,3ij i ii jh h and h h   , defined from 6 3( . )respr r towards ( . ),uyc ycv resp v  *w and w are then of class 0 .c let us now introduce: * * ( ) ( ) ij ij ij i i i h h u h and h h u h         (83) j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 291 so, by virtue of (3)-(5), we can formulate the variation of w and w* as follows: * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 ijkl ij kl ijkl ij kl ijk i jky y y ijk i jk ijk i jky y ijkl ij kl ijkl ij kl ijk i ijy y y kl kl w a h h dy a h h dy e h h dy y y y e h h dy e h h dy y y a h h dy a h h dy e h h dy y y y h                                (84) * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 ij i j ij i j ikl ik ly y y ikl ik l ikl ik ly y ij i j ikl ik l j jy y w h h dy h h dy e h h dy y y y e h h dy e h h dy y y h h dy e h h dy d h y y                                 (85) taking (76) and (77) into account, we get: 1 2 1 2 ij kl i i w h w d h              (86) conclusion rom the variational formulation of the three-dimensional problem of linear piezoelectricity, we deduced that corresponding to a cracked piezoelectric structure. considering afterward the case of a structure presenting a periodic distribution of cracks, we managed to build, on the homogenization period, the homogenized formulation of the corresponding problem, as a result of an asymptotic development of the solution. a nonlinear law between the mechanical strain and the electric potential on one hand, and the mechanical stress and the electric displacement on the other hand, has been then established. references [1] dieulesaint, e., royer, d., ondes élastiques dans les solides. application au traitement du signal, paris, (1974). [2] alshits, i., darinskii, a.n., lothe, j., on the existence of surface waves in half-anisotropic elastic media with piezoelectric and piezomagnetic properties, wave. motion., 16 (1992) 265 – 283. [3] li, j.y., dunn, m.l., micromechanics of magnetoelectroelastic composite materials: average fields and effective behavior, j. intell. mater. syst. struct., 7 (1998) 404 – 416. [4] zhag, t.y., tong, p., fracture mechanics for a mode iii crack in a piezoelectric material, int. j. solids. struct, 33 (1996) 343 – 359. [5] suo, z., kuo, c.m., barnett, d.m., willis, j.r., fracture mechanics for piezoelectric ceramics, j. mech. phys. solids, 40 (1992) 739 – 765. [6] gao, c.f., wang, m.z., periodical cracks in piezoelectric media, mech. rech. commun, 26 (1999) 427 – 432. f j.-m. nianga et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 280-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.30 292 [7] wang, x.d., meguid, s.a., modelling and analysis of the dynamic behavior of piezoelectric materials containing interacting cracks, mech. materials, 32 (2000) 723 – 737. [8] han, j.c., wang, b.l., electromechanical model of periodic cracks in piezoelectric materials, mech. materials, 37 (2005) 1180 – 1197. [9] turbé, n., maugin, g.a., on the linear piezoelectricity of composite materials, math. methods. applied. sciences, 14 (1991) 403 – 412. [10] sanchez-palencia, e., non homogeneous media and vibration theory, lecture notes in physics., springer, berlin, (1980). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_54_art_07_2860 o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 104 effect of stiffener characteristics on the seismic behavior and fracture tendency of steel shear walls osman shallan, hassan m. maaly, mohammed m. elgiar zagazig university, egypt osmanshalan@yahoo.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6471-5561 dr_h_maaly@yahoo.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2000-8136 mohamedelgyar07@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8463-7276 alaa a. el-sisi university of missouri, usa; on research leave of zagazig university, egypt aep64@mail.missouri.edu, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8190-6100 abstract. the steel plate shear walls (spsw) are currently being considered as a lateral load resisting system. a numerical method was proposed to have a comprehensive comparison of seismic behaviors of the plane wall (pw) and stiffened plane wall (spw) with different stiffener characteristics, having the same weight, by using finite element modeling (fem). the model was validated by using previously published experimental works. the material and geometric nonlinearity were taken into consideration. in this paper, the effect of using stiffeners with different cross-section shapes and directions will be studied, and key issues, such as load-carrying capacity, stiffness, and energydissipation capacity were discussed in depth. it was found that the proposed spw with horizontal l, t, and u stiffeners could effectively improve loadcarrying capacity by about 4, 20, and 23%, respectively. diagonally and horizontally spw with u stiffeners have higher energy-dissipation capacity than pw by about 57, 50%, respectively. this method provides a combination of high-performance stiffeners form and material use for improving the seismic behavior of spw. keywords. backbone curve; energy-dissipation capacity; hysteretic behavior; steel plate shear wall; seismic behavior. citation: shallan, o., maaly, h. m., elgiar, m. m., el-sisi, a. a., effect of stiffener characteristics on the seismic behavior and fracture tendency of steel shear walls, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115. received: 01.07.2020 accepted: 27.07.2020 published: 01.10.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/gskw5evov8m o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 105 introduction he spsw is used in many countries as a lateral load resisting system, due to its advantages over the concrete walls such as high ductility, good seismic behavior, easy retrofit, lightweights, and less footing depth. spsw consists of the boundary frame and infill plate, as shown in fig.1.a. using spsws in high rise buildings was studied [1]. to improve the seismic behavior of spsws, previous research works were focused on two aspects. firstly, the design principle of “strong frame, weak wall”, in which thin plane wall (pw) had used. secondly, the stiffened plane wall (spw), which can be used to avoid large out-of-plane deformations [4, 8, 10, 11]. in this field of researches, all the previous studies focused on a few stiffener details. no comprehensive comparison of seismic performance of spws with different stiffener characteristics, having the same weight, had been implemented. several works were conducted on the pw system to evaluate its seismic performance, load-carrying capacity, stiffness, ductility, and energy dissipation capacity [2,3, 6–18,]. the general results show that thin pw has early elastic buckling of the infill steel plate. however, pw still has high post-buckling lateral strength. this might be attributed to tension fields, which act like plastic hinges and dissipate more energy [7]. spsw with a single span and three-stories was experimentally studied [12]. the parametric study included the effect of infill panel, thickness of infill, and span-to-height ratio under cyclic load was investigated. it was found that the thickness of the infill panel has a great influence on seismic behavior. the cyclic test was conducted on thin unstiffened spsw with four-stories [8]. the results showed good seismic performance, as story drift reached 4% before reached to failure and high energydissipation capacity. a lot of studies had worked to delay the buckling behavior of pws using spws, which can be stiffened by vertical slits [8, 15,16], cross, or diagonal stiffeners [4, 11, 13, 14]. it was found that the ductility ratio and energydissipation capacity can be improved by preventing the failure, which can be attributed to the out-of-plane large deformation. an experimental study on the seismic behavior of spsw with slits was conducted [10]. the test was conducted on 42 walls where the walls were subjected to cyclic and monotonic loads. it was found that using vertical slits improves the seismic behavior of walls. it was also found that walls can reach 3% drift without failure in cases of width to thickness ratio less than 20. an experimental study was conducted on diagonally stiffened spsw [2]. it was found that using diagonally spws improves seismic behavior and improves the ductility ratio of about 14% greater than pw. although a lot of research works focused on the seismic behavior of spws there is a need to perform a comparative study to investigate the different behavior of spws with different stiffener characteristics, which have the same weight. this paper studied the effect of stiffener cross-section shape l, t, or u and stiffener direction under cyclic loading test fig. 1.c. this paper studied the cyclic nonlinear behavior of pw and spws. finite element models were developed by using abaqus software [19]. previous experimental work was used to validate the finite element model [20]. different seismic behavior, load-carrying capacity, stiffness, degradation characteristics, energy dissipationcapacity, fracture tendency and out-of-plane deformations were analyzed and compared for different models. the study aimed to achieve the combination of high-performance stiffeners form and high-performance material. problem description even models of thin pw and spw were modeled using abaqus software. the parametric study includes the effect of panel type, stiffeners cross-section shape, and direction. panel type can be plane (pw), or stiffened plane wall (spw). the spw can be stiffened by l (spw-hl), t (spw-ht), or u shape stiffeners (spw-hu). the stiffener's direction can be horizontal (spw-hu), vertical (spw-vu), cross (spw-cu), or diagonal stiffeners (spw-du). fig.1.c shows the sections of l, t, and u stiffeners. the two legs of l stiffeners had a height of 120mm. the flange and height of t stiffeners were 120 mm. the height of u stiffeners was 120 mm, while the flanges were 60 mm. the thickness of l, t, and u stiffeners was 5 mm. the boundary elements were designed according to aisc design guide [21,22]. the beam section was hm500×300×11×15 similar to w21×68 and the column section was hw400×400×13×21 similar to w14×132. wall panels had a height of 3000 mm, a span of 3000 mm, and a thickness of 5 mm. the models of spw-hl, spw-ht, spw-hu, spw-vu, and spw-cu have the same weight. the parametric case study is shown in tab. 1. fig. 2 shows the details for different models. t s o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 106 a) pw b) cyclic drifts l section t section u section c) stiffener cross-section shape. figure 1: geometric properties of spsw. model id stiffener direction stiffener cross -section pw none none spw-hl horizontal l spw-ht horizontal t spw-hu horizontal u spw-du diagonal u spw-vu vertical u spw-cu cross u table 1: parametric case study. finite element modeling o study the nonlinear behavior of pw, and spws, accurate finite element analysis (fea) should be conducted. the boundary frame, stiffeners, and infill panel were modeled using the 4(four)-node shell element (s4r) with reduced integration [19], to avoid shear locking phenomena. mechanical properties of materials, the boundary condition of models, and the time history of loading and initial defect are presented in detail as follows. mechanical properties of steel materials the boundary frame steel, steel plate, and the stiffeners materials have a yielding strength of 345 mpa, and 235 mpa, respectively. the materials elastic modulus e = 206 gpa, poisson’s ratio ν = 0.3 and hardening modulus eh = 1/100e. the behavior of the materials becomes nonlinear, after reaches to maximum yield stress [23–25]. moreover, due to changes in the deformed shape during the loading process, the geometric nonlinearity should be taken into consideration. the isotropic hardening behavior was considered [19]. time (sec.) d ri ft , % 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 -4 -2.4 -0.8 0.8 2.4 4 drift t o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 107 a) spw-hl b) spw-ht c) spw-hu d) spw-du e) spw-vu f) spw-cu figure 2: geometric properties of spsw modal analysis and initial defect the out-of-plane initial imperfection, which may occur due to the manufacturing process, storage, and installation process should be taken into consideration in cyclic analysis, thus it might affect the plate strength. initial imperfection was set as 1/1000 of the plate height. the eigenvalue buckling analysis was used to evaluate the imperfection distribution over the panel by multiplying the major buckling modes by the scale factor. boundary conditions and history loading the nonlinear cyclic analysis was conducted on groups of thin pw and spws. the lateral displacement was applied to the exterior column flange. the lateral displacement increased gradually to produce drift ratios of 0.25%, 0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3% and 4%. the amplitudes were repeated twice, as shown in fig. 1.b. the column base regions had a fixed boundary condition, in which all these nodes restrained in all the six degrees of freedom. the out-of-plane displacement for the nodes of the beam centerline and all nodes of the column-beam connections were constrained, to prevent the out-of-plane buckling of the whole system. o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 108 experimental work details and numerical model validation o verify the accuracy of numerical simulation, quasi-static tests were conducted on park’s experiment test [20]. five unstiffened steel plate shear wall specimens with a single bay and three stories were tested in reference [20]. the experimental test of wc4t was selected for validation in this paper. the span, height, and thickness of the plates were 1500, 1000 mm, and 5 mm, respectively. the internal beams section was h200×200×16×16 mm, the top beam was h400×200×16×16 and columns were h250×250×9×12. the material of infill panels and boundary elements was sm490 with yield stress fy = 330 mpa. the cyclic constitutive model was used to simulate the cyclic hardening, local buckling, and degradation characteristics due to cyclic loading. the chaboche constitutive model [26,27] is adopted therefore, the combined hardening behavior was considered [19]. the cyclic hardening parameters of the material are shown in tab. 2; where c1, c2, c3, and c4 are the kinematic hardening modulus, γ1, γ2, γ3, and γ4 are the rates at which hardening modulus decreases with the plastic strain, q∞ is the maximum change in the size of the yield surface and b is the rate at which initial yield stress change with the plastic strain. the initial out of plane defect was selected 1/1000 height of steel plate. “imperfection” command was used to modify the coordinates of plat’s nodes by multiply the major buckling modes by a scale factor. the bottom of the model had a fixed boundary condition. the cyclic horizontal displacements were applied in the middle of the upper beam using a reference point. q ͚ , n/mm2 b c1, n/mm2 γ1 c2, n/mm2 γ2 c3, n/mm2 γ3 c4, n/mm2 γ4 21 1.2 7993 175 6773 116 2854 34 1450 29 table 2: material hardening parameters. the load-horizontal displacement curve for the experimental test and present finite element modeling was compared in fig. 3, which shows a good agreement with the experimental results. tab. 3 shows the cyclic results of the experimental test and present fea for the wc4t specimen. where v max is the load-carrying capacity and ki is the initial stiffness of the specimen. from fig. 3 and tab. 3, it can be concluded that the present fea shows a difference in the initial stiffness by about 1.4% and a difference in load-carrying capacity by about 2.8% in the positive direction. it can be seen that the current numerical simulation can be used to predict the nonlinear behavior of spsws with acceptable accuracy. figure 3: compare between results of experimental and numerical for wc4t specimen result positive direction negative direction exp. fea error, % exp. fea error, % v max, kn 1520 1563.1 2.8 -1526 -1555.9 2.0 ki, kn/mm 59.2 60.0 1.4 65.6 61.2 -6.7 table 3: cyclic results of experimental test and present fea for wc4t specimen. top displacement, mm v , k n -125 -75 -25 25 75 125 -1600 -1200 -800 -400 0 400 800 1200 1600 fem result exp. result t o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 109 effect of panel type and stiffener shape o show the effect of panel type and stiffeners cross-section shape, the results of the models pw, spw-hl, spwht, and spw-hu will be compared and discussed. the models spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu have the same weight for comparison reasons. the hysteretic behavior was recorded. hysteretic behavior of pw, and spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu are shown in fig. 4, in which the drift ratio is presented on the x-axis (%) and load-carrying capacity is presented on the y-axis (kn). the hysteretic curves show that panel type (pw and spw) and the cross-section shape of stiffeners, which has the same weight, has an obvious effect on the load-carrying capacity. fig. 4.a shows that both spw-hu and pw have the same lateral strength mechanism, which depends on tensionfield action, which produces a post-buckling load-carrying capacity. it also indicates that spw-hu has a much plumped hysteretic curve than pw, higher load-carrying capacity, and stiffness. fig. 4.b shows a comparison between the hysteretic curves of spws with different cross-section shapes of stiffeners. fig. 4.b shows that the stiffeners cross-section shape has a significant effect on seismic behavior when the other properties remain the same. spw-hu has higher initial stiffness and load-carrying capacity in comparison with the spw-hl and spw-ht. the backbones curves can be obtained from the hysteretic curves in both pull and push directions, as shown in fig. 5. the initial stiffness (ki), the second cyclic stiffness at drift ratio 0.5% (k2), load-carrying capacity, yield points, and maximum points can be concluded from the backbone curves, as shown in tab. 4. the yield point is a point, at which local buckling and plastic deformations appear in the system. symbol δy is the yield displacement (mm), vy is the yield force (kn), δm is the displacement at maximum load-carrying capacity (mm) and vm is the maximum load-carrying capacity (kn). from fig. 5 and tab. 4, in the push direction, it can be seen that the stiffened walls spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu had a k2 value higher than pw by about 5.5, 8, and 9%, respectively. at 4% drift in the push direction, spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu had a higher load-carrying capacity than pw by about 4, 20, 23%, respectively. the cases of spw-hu and spw-hl had the maximum and minimum increasing percentages values. therefore, the u stiffeners were studied deeply in the other parametric study. model direction ki, kn/mm k2, kn/mm δy, mm vy, kn vm, kn pw push 300.8 152.1 16.3 2479.5 3267.1 pull + 299.9 158.0 16.3 2855.2 3203.3 spw-hl push 299.3 160.6 7.8 2426.2 3403.4 pull + 299.9 157.9 7 2066 3464.6 spw-ht push 301.0 164.1 16.3 2667 3914.0 pull + 300.1 168.1 16.3 2864.4 3878.8 spw-hu push 303.1 166.1 8.1 2472.1 4016.8 pull + 302 162.6 8.1 2463.2 3989.5 table 4: cyclic analyses of pw and spw with different stiffener’s cross section shape. effect of stiffener direction o show the effect of stiffener's direction on the seismic behavior, the results of the models spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du will be compared and discussed deeply. the models spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu had the same weight, while spw-du had higher weight than other models. the hysteretic curves of spw-hu, spwvu, spw-cu, and spw-du were presented and compared to pw in this section, as shown in fig. 6.a and b. fig. 6.a compares between the hysteretic curve of stiffened walls spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du to horizontally stiffened wall spw-hu. from fig. 6.a, it can be observed that spw-du had higher initial stiffness and load-carrying capacity than other stiffened walls in the first stages. however, in the last stages, spw-hu had a higher load-carrying capacity than spw-du. this might be attributed to diagonal stiffeners, which increase the diagonal stiffness, where tension fields form. fig. 6.b shows that using horizontally and diagonally stiffeners increase initial stiffness and load-carrying capacity especially t t o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 110 diagonally stiffeners in the first stages. backbone curves for spws with different directions were extracted in pull and push directions from all hysteretic curves, as shown in fig. 7. initial stiffness, load-carrying capacity, and feature points were extracted from backbone curves for all models, as shown in tab. 5. a) b) figure 4: hysteretic curves of systems. (a) pw and spw-hu, (b) spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu figure 5: backbone curves of pw, spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu. a) b) figure 6: hysteretic curves of systems. (a) spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du, (b) spw-hu, spw-du, and pw. drift, % v , k n -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 -5000 -3000 -1000 1000 3000 5000 spw-hu pw drift, % v , kn -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 -5000 -3000 -1000 1000 3000 5000 spw-hl spw-ht spw-hu drift, % v , kn -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 -5000 -4000 -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 pw spw-hu spw-ht spw-hl drift, % v , kn -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 -5000 -3000 -1000 1000 3000 5000 spw-hu spw-vu spw-cu spw-du drift, % v , kn -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 -5000 -3000 -1000 1000 3000 5000 spw-hu spw-du pw o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 111 model direction ki, kn/mm k2, kn/mm δy, mm vy, kn vm, kn pw push 300.8 152.1 16.3 2479.5 3267.1 pull + 299.9 158.0 16.3 2855.2 3203.3 spw-hu push 303.1 166.18 8.1 2472.1 4016.8 pull + 302 162.6 8.1 2463.2 3989.5 spw-vu push 246.6 162.0 5 1726.4 3730.7 pull + 277.0 162.3 8.2 2432.1 3687.6 spw-cu push 303.4 165.6 8.2 2474.3 3809.0 pull + 302.3 172.9 16.3 2713 3803.6 spw-du push 357.9 199.2 8.1 2899.1 4043.3 pull + 356.1 197.1 8.1 2879.8 3823.4 table 5: cyclic analyses of spw with different stiffener’s directions. from fig. 7 and tab. 5, in the push direction, it can be concluded that stiffened wall with different stiffeners directions spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du had a k2 value higher than pw by about 9.2, 6.5, 9, and 31%, respectively. at the 4% drift in the push direction, it can be observed that the load-carrying capacity for stiffened walls increased by percentage values of 23, 14, 17, and 23%, respectively. the cases of spw-hu and spw-vu had the maximum and minimum increasing percentage values. this might be attributed to the accordion effect, which means that the stiffeners increase the system stiffness in its direction. therefore, the horizontal stiffeners had better seismic behavior than vertical stiffeners. figure 7: backbone curves of pw, spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du properties degradation and energy dissipation capacity ateral strength degradation reflects the system plastic deformations, columns local failure, and the damage occurs during the loading process. the strength degradation coefficient (η) can be defined as (the ratio between the second and first load-carrying capacity at the same drift ratio). fig. 8.a shows the lateral strength degradation ratio (η) for different systems, it can be seen that η are varying between 0.85 and 1 except the second cycle of pw at the drift ratio 0.5%, where η is about 0.8. this might be attributed to the initial yielding of the system. the cyclic stiffness (ki) describes the stiffness degradation for the different models during the loading process. ki can be calculated by the method described in ref [28] as errore. l'origine riferimento non è stata trovata.. drift, % v , k n -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 -5000 -4000 -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 spw-hu spw-vu spw-cu spw-du pw l o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 112 1 1/ n ni i j ji ii pk     (1) where, ijp is peak lateral shear capacity in each cycle and i j is peak displacement for each cycle drift. fig. 8.b shows the stiffness degradation for pw and spws. it can be seen that stiffness degradation decreases stably during the cyclic loading process. the cases of spw-hu and pw had maximum and minimum stiffness values. energy dissipation capacity reflects the seismic performance of the lateral resisting system. the energy dissipation capacity for each cycle is equal to the enclosed area of each hysteretic curve. the much plump the hysteretic curve is the more dissipated capacity. fig. 9.a shows the energy dissipation capacity for pw, spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu for cyclic number n=16. from fig. 9.a, it can be concluded that the stiffener cross-section shape had a significant effect on the system energy dissipation capacity. the stiffeners increase the energy dissipation capacity in the stiffened walls spw-hl, spw-ht, and spw-hu by percent values of 28, 46, and 50%, respectively. the cases of the spw-hu and spw-hl had the maximum and minimum increasing values. it was found that u stiffeners had the best seismic behavior. therefore, u stiffeners will be studied deeply in the following parametric study. fig. 9.b shows the accumulated energy dissipation capacity for pw and spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du for cyclic number n=16. from fig. 9.b, it can be observed that the stiffener's direction has a significant effect on the wall energy-dissipation capacity. the stiffeners caused energydissipation capacity increasing in the stiffened walls spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du by percentage values of 50, 39, 44, and 57%, respectively. the cases of spw-du and spw-vu had the maximum and minimum increasing percentage values. this might be attributed to the diagonal stiffeners, which increased the rigidity in the diagonal direction, where the diagonal tension field action occurred. a) b) figure 8: degradation characteristics. a) strength degradation. b) stiffness degradation. a) effect of stiffener shape. b) effect of stiffener direction. figure 9: accumulated energy dissipation capacity for n=16. drift, %  -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 pw spw-hu spw-ht spw-hl drift, % k i, kn /m m -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 pw spw-hu spw-ht spw-hl n, #  e , kn .m 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 pw spw-hu spw-ht spw-hl n, #  e , kn .m 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 spw-hu spw-vu spw-cu spw-du pw o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 113 a) pw b) spw-hl c) spw-ht d) spw-hu e) spw-vu f) spw-cu g) spw-du figure 10: comparison of peeq distribution at drift 4% comparison of fracture tendency and failure modes he equivalent plastic strain (peeq) describes the fracture tendency as a cumulative variable [19]. the maximum peeq values are the actual fracture zones. therefore, in practical engineering, these results can be used to avoid fractures in advance. fig. 10 shows the peeq distributions of pw and spws. tab. 6 shows the maximum peeq and out-of-plane deformations (mm). it can be seen that the stiffener details can change peeq, failure modes, and deformation distributions. the peeq values of stiffened walls spw-hl, spw-ht, spw-hu, spw-vu, spw-cu, and spw-du are higher than pw by about 64, 31, 21, 203, 87, and 1116%, respectively. this might be attributed to the stress concentration, local buckling of stiffeners. the plastic strain accumulation of spw-du increased at the corners due to the effect of both diagonal tension fields and diagonal stiffeners, so higher columns stiffness are needed to avoid the columns fracture. tab. 6 also shows the maximum out-of-plane deformations, in which the deformation of spw-hu is the smallest, showing that the deformations are effectively restrained by the horizontal u stiffeners. one main wave was formed in the case of pw with clear two-way tension fields. for spw-hl, spw-ht, spw-hu, spw-vu, and spw-cu tension fields were formed in stiffener compartments. in the case of spw-du, the maximum deformation occurred at the stiffeners intersection due to limited stiffeners stiffness and a main wave failure mode can be observed. t o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 114 model id peeq final position pw 1.9 264 spw-hl 3.12 179 spw-ht 2.49 176 spw-hu 2.29 117 spw-vu 5.76 157 spw-cu 3.56 161 spw-du 23.1 307 table 6: comparison of the equivalent plastic strains and the out-of-plane deformations (mm) at drift 4%. conclusions n this paper, nonlinear cyclic analyses were conducted using numerical simulation and finite element models for pw and spw, to investigate the influence of panel type, stiffeners cross-section shape, and stiffeners direction on loadcarrying capacity, stiffness, and energy dissipation capacity. the main topic focused on this paper is the seismic behavior of stiffened steel walls with different stiffeners characteristics, which have the same weight. this paper provides an economic evaluation for the practical engineer. based on the current study numerical simulation and parametric study, some conclusions are shown as follows: ‐ finite element models were created and validated with published experimental and numerical works. the models were able to predict the load-carrying capacity and the system stiffness of the previous results with a percentage error of 3%, 1.5%, respectively. ‐ the stiffener’s cross-section shape has a greater impact on the load-carrying capacity than the wall stiffness. horizontally stiffened wall with u stiffeners has higher load-carrying capacity than l, and t stiffeners by about 18%, and 3%, respectively. ‐ spw with horizontal u stiffeners has higher stiffness, load-carrying capacity, and energy-dissipation capacity than pw by about 9, 23, and 50%, respectively. while, spw–du has a higher energy-dissipation capacity than pw by about 57%. ‐ the appropriate stiffener details can effectively improve the fracture properties and failure modes. the out-of-plane deformations of spw-hl, spw-ht, spw-hu, spw-vu, and spw-cu were effectively lessened. using horizontal u stiffeners reduced deformations by about 56%. diagonal stiffeners increase the effects of tension fields on the columns, so higher column stiffness is needed to avoid columns fracture. ‐ in the high seismic zones, economic performance should be taken into account to choose appropriate stiffener characteristics. the proposed horizontal and diagonal u stiffeners effectively improve seismic behavior, fracture behavior, and energy-dissipation capacity. this paper achieves the combination of high-performance stiffeners form an ‐ d performance material for improving the seismic behavior of stiffened steel walls. references [1] youssef, n., wilkerson, r., fischer, k., tunick, d. (2010). seismic performance of a 55-storey steel plate shear wall, struct. des. tall spec. build., 19(1–2), pp. 139–165, doi: 10.1002/tal.545. [2] alavi, e., nateghi, f. (2013). experimental study on diagonally stiffened steel plate shear walls with central perforation, j. constr. steel res., 89(1), pp. 9–20, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2013.06.005. [3] alinia, m.m., dastfan, m. (2007). cyclic behaviour, deformability and rigidity of stiffened steel shear panels, j. constr. steel res., 63(4), pp. 554–563, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2006.06.005. [4] guo, h.c., li, y.l., liang, g., liu, y.h. (2017). experimental study of cross stiffened steel plate shear wall with semirigid connected frame, j. constr. steel res., 135(1), pp. 69–82, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2017.04.009. [5] cao, c.h., hao, j.p., zhong, w.h., li, f., wang, y.c. (2008).cyclic test of diagonal stiffened steel plate shear walls. the 10th international symposium on structural engineering for young experts, changsha, 19-21 october. i o. shallan et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 104-115; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.07 115 [6] vian, d., bruneau, m., purba, r. (2009). special perforated steel plate shear walls with reduced beam section anchor beams. ii: analysis and design recommendations, j. struct. eng., 135(3), pp. 221–228, doi: 10.1061/(asce)07339445(2009)135:3(221). [7] thorburn, l.j., montgomery, c.j., kulak, g.l. (2012). analysis of steel plate shear walls, department of civil engineering, university of alberta. [8] driver, r.g., kulak, g.l., kennedy, d.j.l., elwi, a.e. (1998). cyclic test of four-story steel plate shear wall, j. struct. eng., 124(2), pp. 112–120, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(1998)124:2(112). [9] nie, j., fan, j., liu, x., huang, y. (2013). comparative study on steel plate shear walls used in a high-rise building, j. struct. eng. (united states), 139(1), pp. 85–97, doi: 10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0000613. [10] hitaka, t., matsui, c. (2003). experimental study on steel shear wall with slits, j. struct. eng., 129(5), pp. 586–595, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(2003)129:5(586). [11] chen, s.j., jhang, c. (2011). experimental study of low-yield-point steel plate shear wall under in-plane load, j. constr. steel res., 67(6), pp. 977–985, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2011.01.011. [12] caccese, v., elgaaly, m., chen, r. (1993). experimental study of thin steel-plate shear walls under cyclic load, j. struct. eng. (united states), 119(2), pp. 573–587, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(1993)119:2(573). [13] li, f., li, h., li, z.m., li, z.j., chen, x.f., ding, l. (2009). cyclic test of diagonally stiffened steel plate shear wall, j. xi’an univ. archit. technol., 41(1), pp. 57–62. [14] choi, i.r., park, h.g. (2009). steel plate shear walls with various infill plate designs, j. struct. eng., 135(3), pp. 785–796, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(2009)135:7(785). [15] nakashimal, m., akazawa, t., tsuji, b. (1995). strain-hardening behavior of shear panels made of low-yield steel. ii: model, j. struct. eng., 121(12), pp. 1750–1757, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(1995)121:12(1750). [16] shi, y., wang, m., wang, y. (2011). experimental and constitutive model study of structural steel under cyclic loading, j. constr. steel res., 67(8), pp. 1185–1197, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2011.02.011. [17] nakashima, m., iwai, s., iwata, m., takeuchi, t., konomi, s., akazawa, t., saburi, k. (1994). energy dissipation behaviour of shear panels made of low yield steel, earthq. eng. struct. dyn., 23(12), pp. 1299–1313, doi: 10.1002/eqe.4290231203. [18] chen, s.j., jhang, c. (2006). cyclic behavior of low yield point steel shear walls, thin-walled struct., 44(7), pp. 730–738, doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2006.08.002. [19] abaqus., simulia, d.s., fallis, a., techniques, d. (2013). abaqus analysis user’s guide (6.14)., abaqus 6.12, , doi: 10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004. [20] park, h.g., kwack, j.h., jeon, s.w., kim, w.k., choi, i.r. (2007). framed steel plate wall behavior under cyclic lateral loading, j. struct. eng., 133(3), pp. 378–388, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(2007)133:3(378). [21] sabelli, r., bruneau, m. (2006). steel plate shear walls (steel design guide 20), chicago, american institute of steel construction, inc. [22] aisc. (2010). seismic provisions for structural steel buildings, chicago, american institute of steel construction, inc. [23] el emam, h.m., el-sisi, a.e.m., salim, h.a., sallam, h.e.m. (2015).cyclic deformation at the tip of inclined cracks in steel plates. pressure vessels and piping conference (asme 2015 ), 6a-2015, boston. [24] sallam, h.e.m., matar, e.b., el-sisi, a.e., el-hussieny, o.m. (2009).crack tip plasticity of short fatigue crack emanating from riveted/bolted steel connections. the 13th international conference on structural and geotechnical engineering (icsge), cairo. [25] el-emam, h., elsisi, a., salim, h., sallam, h. (2018). fatigue crack tip plasticity for inclined cracks, int. j. steel struct., 18(2), doi: 10.1007/s13296-018-0016-z. [26] chaboche, j.l. (1986). time-independent constitutive theories for cyclic plasticity, int. j. plast., 2(2), pp. 149–188, doi: 10.1016/0749-6419(86)90010-0. [27] chaboche, j.l. (1989). constitutive equations for cyclic plasticity and cyclic viscoplasticity, int. j. plast., 5(3), pp. 247– 302, doi: 10.1016/0749-6419(89)90015-6. [28] nie, j., qin, k., cai, c.s. (2008). seismic behavior of connections composed of cfsstcs and steel-concrete composite beams-experimental study, j. constr. steel res., 64(10), pp. 1178–1191, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2007.12.004. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_29_art_18 d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 209 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy limit analysis on frp-strengthened rc members d. de domenico, a.a. pisano, p. fuschi university mediterranea of reggio calabria, department pau dario.dedomenico@unirc.it, aurora.pisano@unirc.it, paolo.fuschi@unirc.it dedicated to professor castrenze polizzotto on the occasion of his 90th birthday abstract. reinforced concrete (rc) members strengthened with externally bonded fiber-reinforced-polymer (frp) plates are numerically investigated by a plasticity-based limit analysis approach. the key-concept of the present approach is to adopt proper constitutive models for concrete, steel reinforcement bars (re-bars) and frp strengthening plates according to a multi-yield-criteria formulation. this allows the prediction of concrete crushing, steel bars yielding and frp rupture that may occur at the ultimate limit state. to simulate such limitstate of the analysed elements, two iterative methods performing linear elastic analyses with adaptive elastic parameters and finite elements (fes) description are employed. the peak loads and collapse mechanisms predicted for frp-plated rc beams are validated by comparison with the corresponding experimental findings. keywords. finite element modelling; multi-yield-criteria limit analysis; reinforced concrete elements; frpstrengthening systems. introduction any existing steel-reinforced concrete structures, including decks and beams in highway bridges as well as beams, slabs and columns in buildings, are being assessed as having insufficient load carrying capacity due to their deterioration, ageing, poor initial design and/or construction, lack of maintenance, corrosion of steel reinforcement or underestimated design loads. in other cases they no longer comply with the current standards and requirements because of changed load conditions or modification of structural system for some reason. it is both economically and environmentally preferable to upgrade these structures rather than replace/rebuild them, even more if rapid, simple and effective strengthening techniques are employed. in this context, flexural and/or shear repair and rehabilitation of rc structures with externally bonded fiber reinforced polymer sheets, strips and fabrics is generally viewed as a valid and viable solution. moreover, these techniques can be carried out while the structure is still in use as well as they can be targeted at where the structural deficiency is more marked [1, 2]. on the other hand, to estimate the actual efficacy of the strengthening system, without performing expensive laboratory tests, as well as to design the proper repair interventions to reach a given gain in load carrying capacity, analytical tools and predictive numerical models are highly needed. experimental investigations confirm that, after the application of such frp techniques [3], a significant increase in flexural/shear capacity of the rc elements (up to about 125%) is achieved. experiments also show the enhancement of the confinement effect exerted on concrete by the frp laminates, resulting in shifting the failure mode of the strengthened elements from brittle concrete crushing to more ductile steel yielding and/or frp rupture [4]. in fact, the frp strengthening system mitigates crack development and, as a result, increases the overall ductility of the rc element. the above considerations make indeed a limit analysis plasticity-based numerical approach, among many others presented in m d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 210 the relevant literature (see e.g. [5–8]), both applicable and effective, especially when primary interest is in determining the limit (peak) load of frp-strengthened rc elements. it is worth noting that all the phenomena arising just after a state of incipient collapse, such as delamination [9], debonding [10], damage in a wider sense, are not treatable and this consistently with the spirit of a limit analysis approach. accurate treatment of such post-elastic phenomena is prosecutable only with more accurate step-by-step fe nonlinear analyses. aware of such limitation, the methodology here proposed should then be viewed only as a preliminary design tool to gain a quick insight into the bearing capacity evaluation of the analyzed elements by determination of the peak load value, the prediction (but not the description) of failure mode as well as the detection of critical zones within the addressed frp-strengthened rc elements. the numerical methodology here referred, already used by the authors to predict the limit-state solution of rc elements (see e.g. [11, 12]) and of pinned-joint orthotropic composite laminates (see e.g. [14, 15]), is quite versatile and is based on iterative linear fe analyses carried out on the structure endowed with spatially varying moduli and, if necessary, given initial stresses. such quantities, viewed as pertaining to a fictitious material substituting the real one, are iteratively adjusted in such a way as to build, with reference to the assumed yield criteria, a collapse mechanism and an admissible stress field for the real structure so as to apply the kinematic and the static approaches of limit analysis, respectively. if a nonstandard nature of the constitutive behaviour has to be postulated, the peak load value of the analysed elements can, in fact, be numerically detected by predicting an upper and a lower bound to it. in the present study a very general multi-yield-criteria formulation of the above-mentioned limit analysis methodology is presented to appropriately describe the behaviour at collapse of structural elements of engineering interest strengthened by frp techniques. precisely, to simulate the behaviour at a state of incipient collapse of the three main constituent materials, concrete is described by a menétrey–willam-type yield criterion endowed with cap in compression, steel reinforcement bars are handled by the von mises yield criterion, frp strengthening laminates are governed by a tsai–wutype criterion and the quoted methodology is applied in concomitance to the three yield criteria. to demonstrate the actual capabilities of the proposed approach, large-scale prototypes of a few frp-strengthened rc beams, experimentally tested up to collapse [4, 16], are numerically investigated. theoretical background and fundamentals constitutive models of concrete, steel and frp oncrete is assumed as an isotropic, nonstandard material obeying a plasticity model derived from the menétrey– willam (m–w) failure criterion [17]. the latter provides a three parameter failure surface having the following expression: 2 ' ' ' ( , , ) 1.5 ( , ) 1 0 6 3c c c f m r e f f f                        (1) where ' 2 ' 22 2 2 ' '2 2 2 2 4(1 ) cos (2 1) ( , ) ; 3 12(1 ) cos (2 1) 4(1 ) cos 5 4                c t c t f fe e e r e m ef fe e e e e (2) eq. (1) is expressed in terms of the three stress invariants , ,   known as the haigh–westergaard (h–w) coordinates (i.e. hydrostatic and deviatoric stress invariants and lode angle); m is the friction parameter of the material depending, as shown in eq. (2), on the compressive strength 'cf , the tensile strength ' tf as well as the eccentricity parameter e . the eccentricity e , whose value governs the convexity and smoothness of the elliptic function ( , )r e , describes the out-ofroundness of the m–w deviatoric trace and it strongly influences the biaxial compressive strength of concrete. the failure surface (1) is open along the direction of triaxial compression; therefore, to limit the concrete strength in high hydrostatic regime, a cap in compression closing the surface (1) is adopted. the cap is formulated in the h–w coordinates as follows: ( , ) ( , ) ( ) for /( ) mw b acap a a b b a b                              2 2 2 2 0 3 (3) where ( , )mw a  is the explicit form of the parabolic meridian of the m–w surface easily obtainable from eq. (1). the values a and b entering eq. (3), namely the hydrostatic stress values corresponding to the intersection of the cap surface with the m–w surface and the hydrostatic axis, respectively, locate the cap position and can be calibrated c d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 211 according to experimental results [18]. due to the dilatancy of concrete, a non-associated flow rule is postulated for the adopted m–w-type yield surface. steel is modelled as an isotropic, perfectly plastic material obeying the well-established von mises yield criterion. for a multi-axial loading scenario the von mises yield condition is expressed as: ( ) ( )i j i j yf f     0 (4) where ( )i j  is the von mises effective stress and yf is the yield strength. since in the fe-model the steel reinforcement are modelled by 1d truss elements, a uniaxial stress condition is considered in the following and eq. (4) applies in the simpler shape r yf  , r being the stress in the re-bar longitudinal direction. finally, the frp strengthening plates are modelled as orthotropic laminates in plane stress conditions obeying a tsai–wutype yield criterion [19]. for a unidirectional lamina in plane stress case the tsai–wu polynomial criterion has the following form: f f f f f f           2 2 211 1 22 2 66 6 12 1 2 1 1 2 22 1 (5) where 1 and 2 denote the principal directions of orthotropy (the fibres are directed along the material axis 1) and 6 12  in the contracted notation. the coefficients if and i jf ( , 1, 2, 6)i j  entering eq. (5) are functions of the strength parameters of the unidirectional lamina: : ; : ; : ; : ; : ; : t c t c t c t c f f f f f f f f x x y y x x y y s           1 2 11 22 66 12 11 222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 (6) with: tx , cx the lamina longitudinal tensile and compressive strengths, respectively; ty , cy the lamina transverse tensile and compressive strengths, respectively; s the shear strength of the lamina. in the expressions (6) the compressive strengths cx and cy have to be considered intrinsically negative. also frp composite plates are considered as nonstandard material and, therefore, a non-associated flow rule is postulated for their constitutive behaviour. numerical limit analysis methodology two distinct limit analysis methods are applied simultaneously. the former, based on the kinematic approach of limit analysis, is able “to build” the collapse mechanism of the analysed structure and to compute an upper bound to the peak load multiplier. the latter, based on the static approach of limit analysis, is instead oriented “to build” a statically and plastically admissible stress field (corresponding to a given load) so giving a lower bound to the peak load multiplier. the reason for computing two bounds arises from the postulated non associativity of concrete and frp composite material that injects such characteristic on the behaviour of the whole rc-structural element. the two methods, conceived in [20] and [21] with reference to von mises materials, are known as linear matching method (lmm) and elastic compensation method (ecm), respectively. both have been rephrased and widely employed by the authors [14], [15]. their use to bracket the real peak load value of a structure made of a nonstandard material has been also experienced with success [11]–[13]. all the analytical details of lmm and ecm are in the above quoted papers and are here omitted for brevity. the novelty or key-feature of the present study is actually the implementation of lmm and ecm with reference to three different constitutive criteria at the same time. indeed, the three criteria are those given in the previous section for the three main constituents of the frp-strengthened rc members here addressed, i.e.: menétrey–willam-type for concrete; tsai–wu-type for frp sheets; von mises for steel bars. for completeness, the two methods are briefly expounded looking only at their geometrical interpretation sketched in fig. 1 and 2. on taking into account that both methods are performed iteratively, the sketches refer to a current iteration, say (k-1)th. looking at the geometrical interpretation of the lmm sketched in fig. 1, at the current iteration, say at the (k-1)th feanalysis, a fictitious structure (i.e. the structure under study with its real geometry, boundary and loading conditions but made of fictitious material) is analysed under loads ( 1)k ip p  , with ( 1)kp  load multiplier and ip assigned reference loads. the fictitious linear solution computed at each gauss point (gp) of the fe mesh, can be represented, at the generic gp, by a point ( 1)kl  lying on the complementary dissipation rate equipotential surface referred to the fictitious viscous material, say ( 1) ( 1) ( 1) ( 1)( , , )k k k kj i jw d w      , whose geometrical dimensions and centre position depend on the fictitious values ( 1)kid  and ( 1)kj  fixed at the current gp ( i ranging over the elastic constants entering the considered material; j d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 212 ranging over the needed stress components). the point ( 1)kl  with its coordinates, say ( 1)kj  in the chosen principal stress space, shown in the sketch of fig. 1, represents the fictitious solution in terms of stresses while the outward normal at ( 1)kl  , say the normal of components ( 1)kj  , represents the fictitious solutions in terms of linear viscous strain rates. the fictitious moduli and initial stresses are then modified so that ( 1)kl  is brought onto the yield surface of the real constitutive material the analysed structure is made with. the latter surface is here presented by the ellipsoidal shaded surface of fig. 1. namely ( 1)kl  is brought to identify with point ( 1)km  , having the same outward normal as ( 1)kl  but lying on the real material yield surface. the described modification of ( 1)kid  and ( 1)kj  implies that the “modified” ( 1) ( 1) ( 1) ( 1)( , , )k k k kj i jw d w      matches the yield surface at point ( 1)km  , this step is the so called “matching procedure”, see again fig. 1. the fictitious solution in terms of strain rates, namely ( 1) ( 1)k c kj j     where the apex c stands for “at collapse”, as well as the stress coordinates of ( 1)km  , say the stresses at yield ( 1)y kj  , give all the information pertaining to a state of incipient collapse built at the current gp. in particular, the fictitious strain rates ( 1) ( 1)k c kj j     , with the associated displacement rates ( 1) ( 1)k c kj ju u    , define a collapse mechanism. the related stresses ( 1)y kj  are the pertinent stresses at yield.   ( , , ) 0  j i j yield s e f urfac d ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( 1), ,      k k k k k j i jw d w  ( 1) ( 1)k kc    ( 1)k m  ( 1) ( 1) ( 1) ( 1) ( 1), ,         k k k k k j i jw d w  ( 1)k l  ( 1)k   3 2 1 3 2 o 1 ( 1)ky  figure 1: geometrical sketch, in the principal stress space, of the matching procedure, from iteration (k-1) to (k) at the current gp within the current element if the expounded rationale is repeated at all gps of the mesh, a collapse mechanism, ( 1) ( 1)( , )c k c kj iu    , with the related stresses at yield, ( 1)y kj  , can be defined for the whole structure and an upper bound value to the collapse load multiplier, say ( 1)kubp  , can be evaluated at current (k-1)th fe elastic analysis. however, the above stress at yield, computed through the matching, do not meet the equilibrium conditions with the acting loads ( 1)k ip p  and the procedure, as said, is carried on iteratively until the difference between two subsequent ubp values is less than a fixed tolerance. also the ecm can easily be explained by means of a geometrical sketch as the one given in fig. 2 with reference to a generic yield surface ( , , ) 0j i jf d   . the ecm starts with a first sequence, say 1s  , of fe analyses, carried on the d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 213 structure endowed with the proper (real) material elastic parameters and suffering applied initial loads ( ) ( )1d di i sp p p p , and by the initial real values of the elastic parameters. at the current iteration, say at the (k-1)th fe analysis, the elastic stress solution is computed at the gps of the mesh. such values, averaged within the current element #e , allow to define a solution “at element level”, which, as shown in the sketch of fig. 2, locates in the principal stress space a stress point, say ( 1)ke e   . ( 1)kye  denotes the corresponding stress point at yield (i.e. lying on the yield surface) measured on the direction / | | e e e eo o      . in the figure are reported other stress points, representing the average stress elastic solution within elements #1, #2, , # , , #e n  . if the elastic solution at the # the  element is such that ( 1) ( 1)| | | |yk k e e eo o         then the element’s young modulus is reduced according to the formula: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) | | | | y k k k k e e e e e o e e o                 2 1 1 1   (7) where the square of the updating ratio, within the square brackets, is used to increase the convergence rate.   ( , , ) 0  j i j yield s e f urfac d 3 o ( 1) 2 ke   ( 1) 2 ky  p ( 1) 1 ke   ( 1) 1 ky   2 1 ( 1) ( 1) k k r e e    ( 1) ( 1) k k r y y e    ( 1)ky n  ( 1)k n e   figure 2: geometrical sketch, in the principal stress space, of the ecm at current iteration (k-1) of the current sequence s. stress points representing the elastic solution at elements #1, #2, , # , , #e n  ; with ( 1)kr  “maximum stress” among all the elements after the above moduli variation, the maximum stress value has to be detected in the whole fe mesh, namely the value corresponding to the stress point farthest away from the yield surface, say ( 1)kr  in the sketch of fig. 2. if ( 1)| | kro    is greater than ( 1)| |y kro    (as drawn in fig. 2) a new fe analysis is performed within the current sequence trying to re-distribute the stresses within the structure; and this by keeping fixed the applied loads but with the updated ( )kee values given by eq. (7). the iterations are carried on, inside the given sequence, until all the stress points just reach or are below their corresponding yield values, which means that an admissible stress field has been built for the given loads. increased values of loads are then considered in subsequent sequences of analyses, each one with an increased value of ( )d sp , till further load increase does not allow the stress point ( 1)kr  to be brought below yield by the re-distribution procedure. a lbp load multiplier can then be evaluated at last admissible stress field attained for a maximum acting load ( )d i sp p , say at s s , and at last fe analysis, say at k k , as ( ( ) ( ) ) | | | | d lb y k r k r sp o p o    (8) d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 214 numerical simulations of experimental tests analysed full-scale tests he numerical study has comprised 6 rc beams, flexuralor shear-strengthened with different layers and configurations of externally bonded carbon frp (cfrp) or glass frp (gfrp) sheets. full-scale four-point bending experimental tests [4, 16] are numerically simulated to predict peak load and failure mechanism. precisely: two experimental campaigns have been taken into considerations in this paper. the first campaign includes 3 rc beams tested by shahawy et al. [4] (namely beams labelled s5-pre1, s6-pre3, s6-pre5) strengthened with 1 to 3 layers of cfrp laminates which were bonded to the soffit of the beam. such tests were carried out up to failure to investigate mainly the effects of a variable number of cfrp laminates on the first crack load, cracking behaviour, deflections, serviceability loads, ultimate strength as well as failure modes. the second campaign was carried out at the oregon department of transportation by kachlakev et al. [16] in the late 1990s within an experimental project aimed to investigate the structural behaviour of the horsetail creek bridge. precisely, 3 full-scale rc beams were constructed and tested to experimentally replicate the structural behaviour of the actual strengthened bridge beams. different configurations and strengthening schemes were adopted: a) one beam was flexural-strengthened by cfrp sheets, applied to the bottom of the element and having fibres oriented along the length of the beam (specimen f-sb); b) one beam was shear-strengthened by gfrp sheets, applied on the side of the element and having fibres oriented perpendicular to the length of the beam (specimen s-sb); c) one beam (specimen fs-sb) was both shearand flexural-strengthened with combined systems a) plus b). a quite ductile behaviour was observed in almost all the 6 examined specimens and the increased flexural/shear capacity was fully activated. in particular, in [4] all the strengthened beams failed by concrete crushing with a significant rise in the flexural capacity and ductility as the number of laminates increases; the restraining effect conveyed by the cfrp laminates was experienced even at first crack, the strengthened beams exhibiting closely spaced cracks as compared with several widely spaced cracks of the corresponding control (un-strengthened) beam. similarly, in [16] the application of frp sheets increased the load-carrying capacity and improved ductility of the beams, with greater deflections at failure; moreover, the addition of shear gfrp sheets compensated for the lack of stirrups and altered the failure mode from diagonal tension (shear) failure to ductile (flexure) failure. the beams, in fact, failed by flexure at the mid-span, with yielding of steel re-bars followed, after extended deflections, by crushing of concrete at the top of the beam in compression zone. however, it is worth noting that specimen fs-sb actually did not fail in the experimental test, the loading being terminated because of limitations in the testing machine capacity. materials properties of concrete, steel re-bars and frp laminates of the analysed beams are reported in tab. 1–3. for all the examined specimens the poisson’s ratio for concrete and steel has been assumed as 0.2  and 0.3  , respectively. where not explicitly given as experimental data, the value of the concrete tensile strength reported in tab. 2 has been assumed as 1/ 2' '0.33 ( )t cf f according to [22], while that of the young modulus .'( / )c ce f 0322 10 . likewise, with regard to the frp strengthening sheets, typical values of the frp lamina moduli and strengths, according to [23], have been assumed in tab. 3 where not directly available in the experimental campaigns. reinforcement bar d (mm) a (mm2) fy (mpa) es (gpa) φ3 3 7.0 468.84 200.0 φ9 9 50.3 468.84 200.0 φ13 13 132.7 468.84 200.0 #5 15.9 199 410 200.0 #6 19.1 284 410 200.0 #7 22.2 387 410 200.0 table 1: material properties and geometrical data of reinforcement bars of the analysed specimens t d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 215 specimen label 'cf (mpa) 'tf (mpa) ce (gpa) s5-pre1 29.65 1.80 30.48 s6-pre3 41.37 2.12 33.68 s6-pre5 41.37 2.12 33.68 f-sb 13.75 2.31 17.55 s-sb 14.73 2.39 18.16 fs-sb 13.02 2.25 17.08 table 2: material properties of concrete of the analysed specimens frp system # frp lamina properties frp lamina strengths f t (mm) e1 (gpa) e2 (gpa) e6 (gpa) 12 (-) tx (mpa) cx (mpa) ty (mpa) cy (mpa) s (mpa) 1: cfrp unidirectional 0.17 141.3 14.5 5.86 0.21 2758 -2758 52 -206 93 2: cfrp unidirectional 1.00 62.0 4.8 3.27 0.22 958.4 -599 57 -228 99.97 3: gfrp unidirectional 1.30 21.0 7.0 1.52 0.26 599.8 -333.2 39 -128 30.34 table 3: material properties of strengthening frp systems of the analysed specimens mechanical model, cross-section details and fe modelling the mechanical model of the analysed beams is shown in fig. 3: geometry loading and boundary conditions of the beams are reported in fig. 3a; cross-section details with frp strengthening schemes for each rc beam are instead sketched in fig. 3b. the beams were tested in four-point bending, i.e. they were simply supported and loaded by two equal line loads symmetrically placed about mid-span and denoted as p p , with p being the load multiplier and p the reference load whose magnitude has been assumed so as to be equivalent to a total load of 100kn. the symmetry of the problem allows modelling only half specimen: zero displacements in z direction are set on the shaded symmetry plane shown in fig. 3a. note that the flexural and shear frp sheets of the beams tested in [16] were wrapped continuously around the bottom of the beam, that is a u-shaped strengthening system has been adopted as shown in fig. 3b. tab. 4 specifies, for each specimen, geometrical data, mechanical details, steel re-bars arrangement and frp configuration. the elastic fe analyses, representing the iterations within the two limit analysis methods, have been performed by the fecode adina [24]. 3d-solid 8-nodes elements, with 2x2x2 gps per element, are adopted for modelling concrete; steel rebars and stirrups are modelled by 1d truss elements, having 2 nodes and 1 gp per element; 2d-solid 4-nodes membrane elements, under plane stress hypothesis and with 2x2 gps per element, are used for the thin frp strengthening sheets. each node is endowed with the three translational degrees of freedom, while a perfect bond between concrete and steel re-bars as well as between concrete and frp sheets is postulated in the fe-model. concrete, steel re-bars and stirrups are assumed isotropic; an orthotropic material formulation has been adopted for frp sheets in the material reference system (1,2,3) where (1,2) define the orthotropy plane of the lamina with fibres oriented along the direction 1. concerning the m– w-type yield function, for the eccentricity e , whose value can be related to the material brittleness ' '/t cf f , the expression proposed by balan et al. [25] has been used. the cap surface, eq. (3), is instead defined by the values '. ca f  0 7923 and '.b cf 18964 as suggested by li and crouch [18]. to give an idea of the fe modelling, the meshes of two of the analysed specimens are reported in fig. 4. it is worth noting that the fully 3d fe model used (i.e. 3d fes in conjunction with 3d constitutive concrete laws), is more accurate and truthful than 2d numerical approaches often employed in this context. in addition, the frp strengthening plates have been modelled by 2d orthotropic laminae so taking into account the transverse stiffness contribution across the plates, though not comparable to that along the direction of the fibres. the thickness of such 2d-solid elements has been set in accordance with the number of the layers of the frp strengthening sheets. the number of fes, summarised in tab. 5, has been chosen after a preliminary mesh sensitivity study to assure an accurate fe elastic solution. finally, a fortran main program has been utilised to control the “adjusting” of the elastic parameters at each gp of each element to accomplish the matching, when performing the lmm, and to realise the stress redistribution, within the ecm. d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 216 numerical predictions against experimental findings the values of the numerically predicted upper (pub) and lower bound (plb) to the peak load multiplier are reported in tab. 6 and compared to the experimentally detected ones (pexp) for all the examined specimens. by inspection of the numerical results, the proposed limit analysis methodology appears to be an accurate predictive tool for determining the loadcarrying capacity of frp-plated rc elements. the upper bound values, predicted by the lmm, are always above the experimental ones, with relative errors of approximately 5%. likewise, the lower bound values, predicted by the ecm, are below the corresponding experimental values with relative errors of less than 10%. the use of the lmm and of the ecm, both applied simultaneously to the three yield criteria of the main constituents of the analysed structural elements (the latter being the key feature of the numerical methodology here proposed), allows “bracketing” the real collapse load value by two bounds that are sufficiently close to each other so giving a very precise result in terms of peak load multiplier. the average (among all the considered specimens) relative errors concerning the pub and plb predictions are of 6.08% and 7.55%, respectively. a) z x y 0zu  /2b 0l h l p p p p 1l b) yd yd ft top re-bars bottom re-bars u-shaped frp (flexural-strengthening) b h f-sb yd yd b h ft s5 pre1, s6 pre3, s6 pre5 stirrups top re-bars bottom re-bars frp sheet (flexural-strengthening) ft yd yd ft top re-bars bottom re-bars u-shaped frp (shear-strengthening) b h ft s-sb figure 3: mechanical model of the analysed specimens: a) geometry, loading and boundary conditions; b) cross-section details with frp strengthening schemes d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 217 specimen label geometrical details steel re-bars arrangement frp arrangement b (mm) h (mm) l (mm) l0 (mm) l1 (mm) dy (mm) top re-bars bottom re-bars stirrups frp system # n layers s5-pre1 203 305 2743 2439 305 54 2 φ3 2 φ13 φ9@203 1a 1 s6-pre3 203 305 2743 2439 305 54 2 φ3 2 φ13 φ9@203 1a 2 s6-pre5 203 305 2743 2439 305 54 2 φ3 2 φ13 φ9@203 1a 3 f-sb 305 768 6096 5486 1828 63.5 2#6, 1#5 3#7, 2#6 – 2a 1–3 s-sb 305 768 6096 5486 1828 63.5 2#6, 1#5 3#7, 2#6 – 3b 2, 4 fs-sb 305 768 6096 5486 1828 63.5 2#6, 1#5 3#7, 2#6 – 2a+3b 1–3+ 2, 4 a the fibres are oriented along the length of the beam; b the fibres are perpendicular to the length of the beam. table 4: geometrical and mechanical details of the analysed specimens 1 layer frp system  2 layers frp system  3 layers frp system  fibre orientation f-sb z x y z x x y a) b) figure 4: fe-model of two analysed specimens: a) specimen f-sb; b) specimen s-sb d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 218 specimen label number of fes in the specimen models 3d-solid elements 2d-solid elements truss elements total elements number of nodes s5-pre1 672 100 168 940 1397 s6-pre3 672 100 168 940 1397 s6-pre5 672 100 168 940 1397 f-sb 816 150 132 1098 1402 s-sb 816 280 132 1228 1402 fs-sb 816 430 132 1378 1402 table 5: number of fes for the analysed specimens. specimen label peak load multipliers pexp pub plb pub/pexp plb/pexp s5-pre1 0.666 0.720 0.570 1.081 0.856 s6-pre3 0.979 1.093 0.913 1.116 0.933 s6-pre5 1.162 1.206 1.076 1.038 0.926 f-sb 6.900 7.255 6.730 1.051 0.975 s-sb 6.900 7.164 6.497 1.038 0.942 fs-sb 9.300a 9.685 8.512 1.041 0.915 a beam fs-sb actually did not fail in the test and the reported value has been predicted by a nonlinear fe analysis [16]. table 6: peak load multipliers for the analysed specimens fig. 5 shows, for two of the analysed specimens, namely beam s6-pre5 and f-sb, the plots of the upper and lower bounds to the peak load multiplier versus the iteration number. analogous results are obtained for all the other specimens but are omitted for sake of brevity. as shown, only a few iterations are sufficient to obtain a converged solution in terms of both pub and plb value. a) b) figure 5: values of the upper (pub) and lower (plb) bounds to the peak load multiplier versus iteration number against to the collapse experimental threshold (pexp): a) specimen s6-pre6; b) specimen f-sb. d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 219 the numerical methodology also gives some hints on the state of specimens at incipient collapse by pointing out the plastic zones (collapse mechanism) built by the lmm at the last converged solution. fig. 6a and 7a show the strain rate components at collapse, cxx , of concrete fes in the deformed configuration for beam fsb and s6-pre3, respectively. the plastic zones arise at the mid-span of the element, while the remaining portions of the beam rotate rigidly around a sort of plastic hinge as observed in the experimental flexural collapse mechanism. the predicted plastic zones appear sufficiently confined and reasonably close to the damaged zones experimentally detected, see [4] and [16]. the beams fail due to concrete crushing near the loading point in the compression zone as observed in the experimental test. the collapse mechanism is also described by the strain rates at collapse of frp fes in the fibre direction, i.e. 1c , reported in figs. 6b and 7b in the un-deformed configurations for the two analysed beams. the most critical frp zones are highlighted and, obviously, these zones are those where the frp sheets, to a greater extent, bear the load and act compositely with concrete in the global collapse mechanism. finally, it is worth noting that for both the predicted collapse mechanisms the stresses numerically obtained in the steel fes at the mid-span (where a plastic hinge develops) are just yielded as observed in the experimental outcomes. other types of frp-strengthened rc-elements have been analysed within the same research programme, obtaining encouraging confirmations on the predictive performance of the proposed approach, see e.g. [26]. a) b) figure 6: collapse mechanism of the specimen f-sb: a) contour plot of the strain rate components cxx of concrete fes reported in the deformed configuration of the beam; b) contour plot of the strain rates 1c of frp fes in the fibre direction a) b) figure 7: collapse mechanism of the specimen s6-pre3: a) contour plot of the strain rate components cxx of concrete fes reported in the deformed configuration of the beam; b) contour plot of the strain rates 1c of frp fes in the fibre direction concluding remarks numerical limit analysis methodology has been presented to analyse rc members strengthened with externally bonded frp plates. a multi-yield-criteria formulation has been proposed to appropriately describe the behaviour, at a state of incipient collapse, of the three main constituent materials: concrete, steel-bars and frp laminates. the latter formulation is essential to deal with concrete crushing, steel bars yielding and frp rupture that may occur at ultimate limit states. the lack of associativity postulated for concrete and frp composite laminates has resulted in adopting a nonstandard limit analysis approach which underlies the use of two numerical methods for limit analysis, the lmm and the ecm, to search for an upper and a lower bound to the actual peak load multiplier. operationally, as compared to previous results presented in [12] or to alternative numerical approaches e.g. [16, 27, 28], the multi-yield-criteria formulation here proposed does not entail any significant computational cost: simple fe analyses (performable with any commercial fe-code) have to be solved. the more accurate and consistent 3d modelling that accounts for three materials through three distinct yield criteria seems to give good results. the reliability and effectiveness of the proposed methodology have been proved by analysing full-scale laboratory tests on rc beams strengthened with externally bonded frp sheets. the obtained numerical results, in terms of peak load a d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 220 multiplier and collapse mechanism, are very satisfactory and correlate well with the corresponding experimental findings [4, 16]. the methodology appears able to deal with practical engineering problems such as the estimate of the loadcarrying capacity of rc beams strengthened by frp sheets, issue of great significance in civil engineering. the numerical methodology may be also viewed as an useful predictive tool for estimating the actual efficacy of strengthening systems for existing structures. references [1] american concrete institute aci 440, guide for the design and construction of externally bonded frp systems for strengthening concrete structures, aci 440.2r-08 (2008). [2] fib bulletin 14, externally bonded frp reinforcement for rc structures, task group 9.3, international federation of structural concrete, (2001). [3] dong, j., wang, q., guan, z., structural behaviour of rc beams with external flexural and flexural–shear strengthening by frp sheets, composites part b, 44 (2013) 604–612. [4] shahawy, m.a., arockiasamy, m., beitelmant, t., sowrirajan, r., reinforced concrete rectangular beams strengthened with cfrp laminates, composites part b, 27b (1996) 225–233. [5] maier, g., pan, l., perego, u., geometric effects on shakedown and ratchetting of axisymmetric cylindrical shells subjected to variable thermal loading, engineering structures, 15(6) (1993) 453–466. [6] ardito, r., cocchetti, g., maier, g., generalised limit analysis in poroplasticity by mathematical programming, archive of applied mechanics, 80 (2010) 57–72. [7] caporale, a., feo, l., luciano, r., limit analysis of frp strengthened masonry arches via nonlinear and linear programming, composites part b: engineering, 43(2) (2012) 439–446. [8] grande e., milani g., sacco e., modelling and analysis of frp-strengthened masonry panels, engineering structures, 30(7) (2008) 1842–1860. [9] benvenuti, e., vitarelli, o., tralli, a., delamination of frp-reinforced concrete by means of an extended finite element formulation, composites part b: engineering, 43(8) (2012) 3258–3269. [10] marfia, s., sacco, e., toti, j., a coupled interface-body nonlocal damage model for the analysis of frp strengthening detachment from cohesive material, fracture and structural integrity, 18 (2011) 23–33. [11] pisano, a.a., fuschi, p., de domenico, d., a kinematic approach for peak load evaluation of concrete elements, computers and structures, 119 (2013), 125–139. [12] pisano, a.a., fuschi, p., de domenico, d., peak loads and failure modes of steel-reinforced concrete beams: predictions by limit analysis, engineering structures, 56 (2013) 477–488. [13] pisano, a.a., fuschi, p., de domenico, d., limit state evaluation of steel-reinforced concrete elements by von-mises and menétrey–willam-type yield criteria, international journal of applied mechanics, (accepted for publication). [14] pisano, a.a., fuschi, p., de domenico, d., a layered limit analysis of pinned-joints composite laminates: numerical versus experimental findings, composites part b, 43 (2012) 940–952. [15] pisano, a.a., fuschi, p., de domenico, d., failure modes prediction of multi-pin joints frp laminates by limit analysis, composites part b, 46 (2013), 197–206. [16] kachlakev, d., miller, t., yim, s., chansawat, k., potisuk, t., finite element modeling of reinforced concrete structures strengthened with frp laminates, final report spr 316 (2001), oregon department of transportation research group, usa, may 2001. [17] menétrey, p., willam, k.j., a triaxial failure criterion for concrete and its generalization, aci structural journal, 92 (1995) 311–318. [18] li, t., crouch, r., a c2 plasticity model for structural concrete, computers and structures, 88 (2010) 1322–1332. [19] tsai, s.w., wu, e.m., a general theory of strength for anisotropic materials, j. of comp. mater., 5 (1971) 58–80. [20] ponter, a.r.s., carter, k.f., limit state solutions, based upon linear elastic solutions with spatially varying elastic modulus, comput. methods appl. mech. eng., 140 (1997) 237–258. [21] mackenzie, d., boyle, j.t., a method of estimating limit loads by iterative elastic analysis parts i, ii, iii, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 53 (1993), 77–142. [22] bresler, b., scordelis, a.c., shear stength of reinforced concrete beams, j. of am. concr. inst., 60(1) (1963) 51–72. [23] daniel, i.m., ishai, o., engineering mechanics of composite materials, oxford university press, usa, 1994. [24] adina r & d, inc. theory and modeling guide volume i: adina, report ard 11-8, watertown (ma,usa), (2011). d. de domenico et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 209-221; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.18 221 [25] balan, t.a., spacone, e., kwon, m., a 3d hypoplastic model for cyclic analysis of concrete structures, engineering structures, 23 (2001) 333–342. [26] de domenico, d., pisano, a.a., fuschi, p., a fe-based limit analysis approach for concrete elements reinforced with frp bars, composite structures, 107 (2014) 594–603. [27] hu, h.t., lin, f.m., jan, y.y., nonlinear finite element analysis of reinforced concrete beams strengthened by fiberreinforced plastics, composite structures, 63 (2004) 271–281. [28] limam, o., foret, g., ehrlacher, a., rc beams strengthened with composite material: a limit analysis approach and experimental study, composite structures, 59 (2003) 467–472. microsoft word numero 16 articolo 4 f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 34 damage tolerance analysis of aircraft reinforced panels f. carta, a. pirondi industrial engineering department, university of parma, v.le g.p. usberti 181/a, 43124 parma – italy abstract. this work is aimed at reproducing numerically a campaign of experimental tests performed for the development of reinforced panels, typically found in aircraft fuselage. the bonded reinforcements can significantly reduce the rate of fatigue crack growth and increase the residual strength of the skin. the reinforcements are of two types: stringers and doublers. the former provides stiffening to the panel while the latter controls the crack growth between the stringers. the purpose of the study is to validate a numerical method of analysis that can predict the damage tolerance of these reinforced panels. therefore, using a fracture mechanics approach, several models (different by the geometry and the types of reinforcement constraints) were simulated with the finite element solver abaqus. the bonding between skin and stiffener was taken either rigid or flexible due to the presence of adhesive. the possible rupture of the reinforcements was also considered. the stress intensity factor trend obtained numerically as a function of crack growth was used to determine the fatigue crack growth rate, obtaining a good approximation of the experimental crack propagation rate in the skin. therefore, different solutions for improving the damage tolerance of aircraft reinforced panels can be virtually tested in this way before performing experiments. keywords. aircraft stiffened panels; fatigue crack growth; damage tolerance analysis. introduction n aircraft fuselage, aluminum stiffeners are connected to panel in longitudinal and circumferential directions. a particularly significant application is the direct bonding between stringers and the surface of the fuselage skin. the main features of the reinforced bonded panels concern better damage tolerance and higher stability at different types of loads [1, 2]. the experiments on aluminum panels with bonded stiffeners show that a limit of the aluminum reinforcement is the premature rupture of the reinforcement caused by the load transfer from the skin to the stiffeners when the crack runs underneath it. to improve the tolerance to the fracture, the doublers or reinforcement cords should preferably be made of material resistant to fatigue, with high stiffness and static strength [3, 4]. panels made of a thin metal skins stiffened with bonded reinforcements insensitive to fatigue, can ensure slow crack propagation if not its arrest, and the capability to withstand a large damage, combined with a low structural weight. the effects of this bonded reinforcements or doublers are very difficult to predict numerically or analytically, because of the complex mechanisms of failure: separation at the interface between skin and reinforcement around the area of nucleation and propagation of the crack; load redistribution between the damaged and undamaged reinforcement; fatigue damage of the reinforcement which may cause his premature rupture; crack bridging by the doublers thanks if they have a sufficiently high fatigue strength. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 35 in addition, secondary effects, such as residual stresses generated by the bonding process and bending caused by the eccentricity of the load with respect to the neutral axis of the reinforced panel cross-section, increase the complexity of the phenomenon. reliable predictions of crack growth and residual strength in bonded structures can be based mainly on empirical considerations. the experimental results which support the numerical analysis reported in this work refer to an experimental investigation carried out by airbus in a period from 2002 to 2007. through an extensive campaign of tests, several methods of reinforcement were analyzed, using bonded reinforcements in the fuselage panels. to achieve a quantitative study, in the analysis different types of connection between the reinforcements and the skin were considered. in the literature, numerical studies on fcp (fatigue crack propagation) in reinforced structures are available. however, if the damage tolerance assessments appear to be practicable in integral reinforced structures [5], the same assessment is not straightforward in differential structures with bonded joints between skin and chords [6, 7] due to the complex mechanisms mentioned previously. stiffened differential structures he stiffened differential structures can actually be reproduced with proper models that allow replicating the stiffener effect using the “crack arrest” philosophy design. in this approach after an initial propagation, the crack arrests due to a stiffener when a given length is reached (see fig. 1). figure 1: comparison between the several design solutions according the “crack arrest” method.   in the differential structures the crack propagates typically only in the skin, then the completely intact stiffeners can control the defect evolution during the propagation, due to the load transfer from the skin to the stiffeners which, in turn, means that the stress intensity factor decreases. this fact underlines the effectiveness design of crack arrest. several experiments have shown a significant beneficial effect due to the presence of reinforcements in differential structures [1, 2]. in many engineering fields such as aeronautics, automotive, marine or civil engineering, plates and shell made with laminate composite structures are largely used in load-bearing structural members. important examples of these applications can be observed in aerospace engineering, where thin laminates are reinforced by a certain number of profiles (the so called stringers).     figure 2: cross sections of several kinds of stringers. such structural parts can readily be found in fuselages, tail planes, or wind covers of aircrafts and typically consist of a thin plate or moderately curved thin shell that is stiffened by a certain number of shaped stringers (see fig. 2). especially stringers which have a closed-profile cross-section may provide a high torsional stiffness to the plate such that the composite plate itself can be assumed to be elastically restrained to some degrees [8]. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 36 another kind of reinforcement, called doubler, is usually positioned in the separation zone between stringers, oriented parallel to them (see fig. 3). figure 3: representations of the possible placements of the doublers: in the middle of the bay (between the stringers) or under the stringers. because of their shape, the doublers have not a stiffening function, but they slow down the crack grow rate in the zone between the stringers (the so-called bays). the doublers are typically bonded to the skin and experimental studies are showed they are more efficient with a thick section rather than a thin section [2]. experiments total of 35 stiffened panels, representative of a typical fuselage skin of a long-range family aircraft, were manufactured and tested in the laboratories of eads-iw ottobrunn. the fatigue crack propagation (fcp) rate was investigated for twenty-four of them. the remaining eleven panels were tested for the residual strength. the panel shown in fig. 4 has been tested and it is characterized by a skin (1224 mm wide and 1455 mm long) with seven equally spaced bonded stringers. in addition to the stringers, bonded doublers are positioned below and between the stringers in order to provide additional reinforcement. all the doublers are placed orthogonal to the direction of crack propagation alike the stringers. figure 4: representation of a “seven stringers” panel with doublers bonded between and under the stringers (a) and with an additional glass fiber reinforcement (b). the tests were performed by means of a servo-hydraulic instron 8805 machine with a 1mn load cell. the clamping was specifically designed for the 7-stringers panels (see fig. 5). an anti-bending device was installed to prevent the out of plane deflection of the panel during the test (see fig. 5). the skin, like the doublers, were made of 2024-t3 aluminum alloys with 1,4 mm thickness the former and 0,8 mm the latter. the stringers were “j”-shape extruded profiles made of high strength 7349-t76511 aluminum alloy. an antibending device was installed to prevent the out-of-plane deflection of the panel during the test (see fig 5). in the experiments, the fatigue crack propagation was investigated starting from a through-the-thickness, 50 mm-long, machined notch. the crack was placed across the middle stringer; this stringer and the underlying doubler (when present) were also cut. the loading parameters were the same for all the tested configurations (constant amplitude loading, 280 kn maximum force and 0.1 load ratio). the tests ended when the crack was “four bays” long or in case of panel failure. a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 37 figure 5: representation of the clamping system (on the left) and of the anti-bending device (on the right). the observed crack lengths within the two bays were practically symmetrical: this has permitted to draw the crack propagation curves [a = f(n)] considering the average crack length between the left and right crack tip displacement (see fig. 6). figure 6: experimental fcp curve illustration of left and right crack length and their average values (two bays-cracked panel). numerical modeling he panels tested at eads-iw are simulated using finite element analysis with the commercial software abaqus. a quarter of the panel was modeled so as to limit the computational complexity. two important approximations in the fe analysis are: the propagation occurs in the perpendicular direction to that of load application (mode i); the front of the crack is assumed to be straight and modeled with two elements in the thickness (see fig. 7). figure 7: straight crack front in the thickness direction. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 38 material properties the following elastic constants were used in the fe analysis. skin and doublers: e = 73100 mpa young’s modulus ν = 0,33 poisson’s ratio. stringers: e = 71700 mpa young’s modulus ν = 0,33 poisson’s ratio. loads and constraints n fig. 8, the loads and the constraints are shown, while the bonding between the components of the panel was reproduced in abaqus with the tie constraint. in the simulation analysis the maximum load of the experimental tests was considered (fmax= 280 kn). figure 8: loads and constraints on the quarter of the panel modeling and mesh n the study, two typologies of element (shell and solid) and different refinements of the mesh at the crack tip were considered (see fig. 9), namely: a 3d model with shell elements; a 3d model with solid elements (linear or quadratic geometric order) a 3d model with discretization by means of shell-to-solid coupling. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 9: different modeling typologies: second-order shell elements with collapsed quarter-point node elements at the crack tip (a), first-order solid elements collapsed at the crack tip (b), second-order solid elements with collapsed quarter-point node elements at the crack tip (c), same as (a) (c) with shell-to solid coupling between solid and shell parts (d). i i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 39 geometrically linear analyses were performed to find, for each crack length analyzed, the value of k corresponding to the maximum load of the test. the stress intensity factor range k was then calculated according to the load ratio used in the experiments. the mode i, ii and iii stress intensity factors are calculated using the contour integral method and they showed a limited variability with the distance of the contour from the crack tip. the kii and kiii parameters assume always values close to zero, therefore the crack propagation is mode i-dominated. for each size of the defect an average value of the k factor was calculated across the thickness (see fig. 10). figure 10: k value in 4 different positions of the crack tip across a doubler and a stiffener. after a study of convergence based on analysis between various discretization solutions, a modeling with linear solid elements was chosen (see tab.1), in this way through a mobile partition (see fig. 11) with good density of elements near to the fracture tip (see fig. 7), a good compromise between the convergence of the numerical results in terms of stress intensity factor and acceptable computation times was achieved. element characteristics k1 [mpam] process time2 k deviation3 [%] shell linear 1771.3 5.2 3.46 shell parabolic (qpnt) 1780.5 33.1 3.99 solid linear 1780.7 7.4 4.01 solid parabolic (qpnt) 1712 100 0 1 values obtained by the solver taking into account the follow conditions of analysis: same configuration of loads and constraints; same crack length (a = 42,71 mm); same element dimensions in the plane of extension of the skin in the panel; 2 normalized values in respect to computation time with modeling elements solid parabolic (qpnt) 3 the deviations were assessed against the best geometric discretization (with solid parabolic elements qpnt) table 1: comparison between the discretization solutions considered in the fe study (qpnt is quarter-point node technique). figure 11: the mobile partition around the crack tip. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 40 once chosen the modeling of the skin, stringer/doubler and crack tip, different models of skin-reinforcement coupling were considered. the main differences consist in the modeling of the presence of the adhesive or not and of the rupture of a reinforcement after the crack has passed it (see tab.2 and fig. 13). the presence of an anti-bending device was also reproduced (model id 4-nb – see fig. 12). figure 12: representation of the anti-bending device developed in the fe modeling of panel 4-nb (no bending). model id characteristics skin doublers stringers adhesive stiffeners 1 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 7075t73511 unbroken 2 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 7075t73511 fm73m0.3 unbroken 3 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 7075t73511 fm73m0.3 adhesive transversal separation 4 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 7075t73511 fm73m0.3 adhesive transversal separation + 1rst doublers rupture 4-nb* al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 2024-t3 al-alloy 7075t73511 fm73m0.3 adhesive transversal separation + 1rst doublers rupture * model with the same characteristics of the model 4, but with the implementation of a no-bending device with a contact analysis between the skin and a transversal toolbar table 2: fe models developed in this work. figure 13: representation of the different skin-stiffener couplings simulated. to assess the number of cycles to attain a given crack length, the following procedure was considered: in the range of interest, the fcp data of the skin material, were approximated with a straight line in a bi-logarithmic da/dn-δk plane (paris regime); the experimental data were taken from afgrow database [9]. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 41 in the fe model, the k factor calculation was done in steps, then a model for each specific crack length was made (see fig. 10). since the crack growth rate varies significantly near the reinforcements, most of the steps were concentrated in those areas; the number of cycles was obtained by a numerical integration with a trapezoidal rule: , 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 2 i i i im m i i n a c k c k            where i and i+1 are the limits of a single increment. other details considered after preliminary studies are the effective load ratio at the crack tip, which changes during the crack propagation, and the effect of considering a geometric nonlinearity in the analysis of reinforced panels. results and discussion n the following figures, the analysis results are shown for each of the different models. with two elements in the skin thickness, the stress contour map at the crack tip is represented on fig. 14. figure 14: node positions in seven contours chosen for the crack modeling. the number 1 is the surface where the stiffeners are bonded. at first, the influence of the presence of the adhesive between skin and stiffeners was assessed (model 02 vs. model 01). where adhesive was introduced, the final crack length is reached in a lower number of cycles (see fig. 15). in model 03, the separation of the adhesive under the first doubler was modeled and an increase of crack growth rate in the first bay is observed. in the panels 4 and 4-nb, the increase of k factors after the crack runs beyond the first stiffener is caused by the (simulated) rupture of the first doubler (see fig. 16). figure 15: comparison between experimental and numerical fcp curves (models 01, 02 and 03). i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it f. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16 (2011) 34-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.16.04 42 the model 01 showed the most faithful reproduction of the crack propagation. the absence of the adhesive in the simulation brings in a higher rigidity near the reinforcements that apparently reproduces the stresses in the skin better than the other models. the inclusion of the anti-bending device in the model 04-nb until the second reinforcement leads at a more faithful reproduction of the initial stage of crack propagation. figure 16: comparison between experimental and numerical fcp curves (models 4 and 4-nb). conclusions n this study, the influence of several parameters that affect the crack propagation rate was evaluated and the focus was aimed at obtaining results comparable with experiments. the effect of type of skin-stiffener coupling has been simulated, with particular interest on the assessment of the presence of the adhesive and the possible debonding. the possibility of first doubler breakage was also considered. finally, by introducing an anti-bending device, a good correspondence in the first phase of propagation was obtained, differently from the other models simulated. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge dr. ing. marco pacchione, airbus, for supplying the experimental data. references [1] m. pacchione, e. hombergsmeier, in: proceedings of the 1st international conference of engineering against fracture, university of patras, patras, greece (2008). [2] meneghin, m. pacchione, p. vermeer, in: 25° icaf symposium – rotterdam, (2009). [3] m. b. heinimann, r. j. bucci, m. kulak, m. garratt, in: proceedings of the 23rd icaf symposium, ed. dalle donne c, (2005) 197. [4] m. heinimann, m. kulak, r. bucci, m. james, g. wilson, j. brockenbrough, h. zonker, h. sklyut, in: proceedings of icaf 24th, ed lazzeri l, naples, (2007) 206. [5] m. giglio, a.manes, engng fract mech., 75 (2008) 866. [6] r.c. alderliesten, international journal of fatigue, 31(6) (2009)1024. [7] x zhang, m boscolo, d figueroa-gordon, g allegri, p. e. irving, eng fracture mechanics, 76 (2009) 114. [8] c. mittelstedt, composite structures (2008). [9] afgrow website: http://www.afgrow.net/. i t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.16.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_30_art_8 l. náhlík et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 55-61; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.08 55 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues critical applied stresses for a crack initiation from a sharp v-notch l. náhlík, p. hutař institute of physics of materials, academy of sciences of the czech republic, žižkova 22, 616 62 brno, czech republic nahlik@ipm.cz, hutar@ipm.cz k. štegnerová institute of physics of materials, academy of sciences of the czech republic faculty of mechanical engineering, brno university of technology, brno, czech republic stegnerova@ipm.cz abstract. the aim of the paper is to estimate a value of the critical applied stress for a crack initiation from a sharp v-notch tip. the classical approach of the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lelm) was generalized, because the stress singularity exponent differs from 0.5 in the studied case. the value of the stress singularity exponent depends on the v-notch opening angle. the finite element method was used for a determination of stress distribution in the vicinity of the sharp v-notch tip and for the estimation of the generalized stress intensity factor depending on the v-notch opening angle. critical value of the generalized stress intensity factor was obtained using stability criteria based on the opening stress component averaged over a critical distance d from the v-notch tip and generalized strain energy density factor. calculated values of the critical applied stresses were compared with experimental data from the literature and applicability of the lefm concept is discussed. keywords. crack initiation; v-notch; critical stress; strain energy density factor; generalized linear elastic fracture mechanics; fracture criteria. introduction any of material discontinuities can be treated as notches which causes high stress and strain concentration near the notch root. due to nature of notch, which represents stress concentrator, the crack can initiate in the notch root and consequently its existence can lead to the failure of the whole structure. due to this reason, the notch behavior and crack initiation from the notch are still in the interest of researchers and engineers. the problem of stress singularities at angular corners was firstly solved by williams [1, 2] and others [3, 4]. kotousov followed up williams’ works and studied the corner singularities for a sector plate within the first-order plate theory by using stress resultant and displacement functions [5-7] and adapting the eigenfunction expansion approach of williams [1]. however, the specificity of the singular stress field in the vicinity of v-notch is studied from experimental side as well, see e.g. [8, 9]. in the last five years occur works pointing out on the complexity of the stress field around the notch tip and influence of out-of-plane singularity caused in the so-called vertex point [10-14]. the knowledge of the m l. náhlík et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 55-61; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.08 56 stress distribution near the v-notch tip is basic precondition for estimation of v-notch behaviour under specific loading conditions. the v-notch behaviour under static or quasi static loading was analyzed by many researchers (see, among the others [15-22]). the crack initiation from the sharp v-notch under conditions of fatigue loading is still in the focus of researchers, see e.g. [23-26]. presented paper is focused on the estimation of critical value of applied stress for a crack propagation from sharp (radius in the notch tip is considered as zero) v-notch in the case of tensile loading. different materials are considered in the presented study and applicability of the lefm concept is discussed. theoretical background nder the assumptions of linear elastic fracture mechanics the stress field near the crack tip in a homogenous material can be described by stress intensity factor [1, 2]. this stress distribution is characterized by stress intensity factor k [mpam] and the stress singularity exponent p = 0.5. in the case of a v-notch a classical approach based on the stress intensity factor cannot be used. the value of the stress singularity exponent p differs from 0.5 in this case and depends on v-notch opening angle. the stress distribution around the notch tip can be expressed as follows, e.g. [1]:  , , 2 i ij ijp h f p r        (1) where p ih mpa m   is generalized stress intensity factor, r, θ are polar coordinates with the origin at the v-notch tip, p is the stress singularity exponent and  , ,ijf p  are known functions. the stress singularity exponent can be obtained analytically by solution of characteristic equation and hi from numerical solution of the problem (e.g. finite element method can be used with an advantage). two different stability criteria are used in the paper for an estimation of beginning of crack propagation from the sharp vnotch. the first one is based on generalized sih´s concept of strain energy density factor (sedf). generalized sedf concept leads to the following expression for the critical value of the generalized stress intensity factor hic, see e.g. [27, 28]:     1 2 1 1 4 0 0 p n ic ic n k h k d k u v       (2) where kic is fracture toughness of the material, kn is function of the poisson´s ratio ν, u1, v1 are functions of the stress singularity exponent p (see [27,28] for details), d is parameter corresponding to the mechanism of the body failure. this parameter is usually called critical distance. the stability criterion has the form: i ich h (3) the crack starts to propagate from the v-notch tip if the value of generalized strass intensity factor reaches its critical value hic. the critical value is determined from (2) and value hi can be obtained from numerical solution of the stress distribution in front of the tip of the stress concentrator. the second criterion, used in the presented study, is based on an average value of concentrator opening stress ahead of the notch tip. this criterion assumes that the crack behaviour is controlled by the value of the opening stress ahead of the notch tip. if the average stress calculated over the distance d ahead of the notch tip reaches its critical value a failure occurs. the critical value is related to the average stress ahead of the crack calculated over the distance d during the remote tensile load on the level of kic, see [22] for details. the critical value of the generalized stress intensity factor can be expressed as [22]: u l. náhlík et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 55-61; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.08 57    1 22 2 1 p ic ic d h k p q     (4) where q is a known function and other quantities are defined above. an advantage of used criteria is that for their application it is necessary only knowledge of fracture toughness of the material and its elastic constants. no other experimental measurements are necessary. from the practical point of view the value of critical tensile applied stress can be defined as follows: , ic appl crit appl c h h   (5) where appl is a remote applied stress on the body with v-notch (value hi corresponds to this load) ,appl crit is critical value of remote applied tensile stress when the crack starts to propagate from v-notch tip. numerical calculations n the following the behaviour of double edge notch specimen loaded by tension is studied, see fig. 1. stability criteria (3) and (4) were applied after numerical calculations. values of the critical applied stress appl ,critσ necessary for the estimation of v-notch behaviour were determined. the geometry of the specimen, loading and material characteristics were considered according to reference [29]. dimensions of the specimens were:  length 192 l mm  width 2 109   w mm  notch depth 27 a mm  thickness 4 t mm  v-notch opening angle 0   70    (varies with step of 10°). the specimens were made of polymethyl methacrylate (pmma). the material was considered as linear-elastic and isotropic with following material properties:  young´s modulus 2.3 gpae   poisson´s ratio 0.36   fracture toughness 1.9 mpa mick   tensile strength of the material 70 mpac  . finite element system ansys was used for the modelling. the eighth of the specimen was modelled due to the symmetry in geometry and loading conditions. considerable mesh refinement around the v-notch tip was used to obtain accurate stress distribution around of the v-notch tip. figure 1: double edge notch specimen under tensile loading. i l. náhlík et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 55-61; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.08 58 stability criteria (3) and (4) were applied after numerical calculations. values of the critical applied stress ,appl crit necessary for the estimation of v-notch behaviour were determined. the value of critical distance d was chosen according to reference [29]: 2 1 1.122 ic c k d          (6) note, that the expression (6) was derived for brittle materials on the base of strain energy release rate. results obtained are summarized in fig. 2. good agreement between calculated and experimental data is evident for range of  from 10° to 60°. only for the highest considered angle 70   the generalized sedf criterion exhibits difference of 10% and ms criterion exhibits difference about 15% between calculated and experimental data. figure 2: estimated values of the critical applied stress ,appl crit for different v-notch opening angle  and both stability criteria: based on generalized strain energy density factor (gsedf) and on the mean stress ahead of the v-notch (ms). material pmma. in the following the same specimen made of duraluminum was considered. the geometry, loading and boundary conditions were the same as in the case of pmma specimen except of thickness, which was t = 5 mm in this case. material properties used in analytical and numerical calculations were:  young´s modulus 72 gpae   poisson´s ratio 0.33   fracture toughness 54.3 mpa mick   tensile strength of the duraluminum 454 mpac   yield strength 260 mpa.y  comparison of estimated critical applied stresses and experimental values is shown in the fig. 3. it should be noticed that the results obtained (shown in fig. 3) are influenced by good plastic properties of duraluminum. therefore, elastic-plastic numerical calculations (bilinear material curve was considered) were performed to obtain reliable estimation of the plastic zone size ahead of the v-notch tip. the results show an important plastic zone size around the v-notch tip, see fig. 4 (the plastic zone size is marked by grey colour). for the estimation of the plastic zone size the von mises stress was used and value of the yield stress was considered as 260 mpa. the plastic zone size increases with vnotch opening angle α. it is evident that conditions of small scale yielding are not fulfilled in this study. in spite of big plastic zone size a relatively good agreement between numerically predicted values of critical applied stress and the one experimentally obtained was reached. especially in the case of gsedf criterion the difference between calculated and measured date was smaller than 15%. these results surprisingly show good applicability of the gsedf criterion even if the yielding conditions are quite far from the small scale. l. náhlík et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 55-61; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.08 59 figure 3: estimated values of the critical applied stress ,appl crit for different v-notch opening angle  and both stability criteria: based on generalized strain energy density factor (gsedf) and on the mean stress ahead of the v-notch (ms). material duraluminum. a) mn mx x y z b) mn mx x y z c) mn mx x y z figure 4: distribution of von mises stress ahead of v-notch tip in duraluminum sample. the plastic zone is marked by grey colour. numerical calculations were performed for v-notch opening angle: a) α=10°, b) α=40° and c) α=70°. the remote applied tensile load corresponded to the critical one. conclusions he work is devoted to the estimation of critical applied stresses for a crack initiation from a sharp v-notch tip. the estimations are done under assumptions of linear elastic fracture mechanics. due to stress singularity exponent different from 0.5 in the case of v-notch, generalized form of lefm was used. two different stability criteria based on different physical bases were applied. the first one is based on generalized sih´s strain energy density factor and the second one is based on the average value of opening stress ahead of the tip of the stress concentrator calculated over the critical distance d. chosen specimens were loaded by tensile loading. comparison of calculated critical applied stresses and experimentally measured data took from the literature was performed. very good agreement was found for both applied stability criteria in the case of specimen made of pmma. following analysis was performed for specimen made of duraliminum. very important plastic zone size ahead of the stress concentrator tip was determined by elastic-plastic numerical calculations. both considered stability criteria were applied in spite of important plasticity. good agreement between calculated and experimentally obtained data was surprisingly found in the studied case of duraluminum specimens. the paper shows applicability of two stability criteria in the case of tensile loaded bodies with v-notches. while both are derived under assumptions of lefm, they can be applied with care too in the cases, where the plastic zone size exceeds small scale. t l. náhlík et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 55-61; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.08 60 acknowledgement his work was supported through the grant no. cz.1.07/2.3.00/30.0063 (k. štegnerová), no. fsi-s-14-2311 (specific academic research grant provided to faculty of mechanical engineering, brno university of technology) and no. cz.1.07/2.3.00/20.0214 of the ministry of education, youth and sports of the czech republic. references [1] williams, m.l., stress singularities resulting from various boundary conditions in angular corners of plate in extension, journal of applied mechanics, 19 (1952) 526–534. [2] williams, m.l., on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack, journal of applied mechanics, 24 (1957) 109–114. [3] england, a. h., on stress singularities in linear elasticity. int. j. eng. science 9 (1971) 571-585. [4] atkinson, c., bastero, j. m. , martinez-esnaola, j. m., stress analysis in sharp angular notches using auxiliary fields. eng. frac. mech, 31 (1988) 637-646. [5] kotousov, a., wang, c.h., three-dimensional stress constraint in an elastic plate with a notch, international journal of solids and structures, 39(16) (2002) 4311–4326. [6] kotousov, a., an application of the kane and mindlin theory to crack problems in plates of arbitrary thickness, meccanica, 39(6) (2004) 495–509. [7] kotousov, a., lew, y. t., stress singularities resulting from various boundary conditions in angular corners of plates of arbitrary thickness in extension, international journal of solids and structures, 43(17) (2006) 5100-5109. [8] ayatollahi, m.r., nejati, m., experimental evaluation of stress field around the sharp notches using photoelasticity, materials and design, 32 (2011) 561–569. [9] ayatollahi, m.r., dehghany, m., mirsayar, m.m., a comprehensive photoelastic study for mode i sharp v-notches, european journal of mechanics a/solids, 37 (2013) 216-230. [10] kotousov, a., lazzarin, p., berto, f., pook, l.p., three-dimensional stress states at crack tip induced by shear and anti-plane loading, engineering fracture mechanics, 108 (2013) 65-74. [11] berto, f., lazzarin, p., kotousov, a., pook, l.p., induced out-of-plane mode at the tip of blunt lateral notches and holes under in-plane shear loading, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 35(6) (2012) 538–555. [12] kotousov, a., berto, f., lazzarin, p., pegorin, f., three dimensional finite element mixed fracture mode under antiplane loading of a crack, theor appl fract mech, 62 (2012) 26–33 . [13] berto, f., lazzarin, p., kotousov, a., on higher order terms and out-of-plane singular mode, mech mater, 43 (2011) 332–341. [14] berto, f., lazzarin, p., kotousov, a., on the presence of the out-of-plane singular mode induced by plane loading with kii = ki = 0, int j fract, 167 (2011) 119–126. [15] carpinteri, a., stress singularity and generalised fracture toughness at the vertex of re-entrant corners. engineering fracture mechanics, 26 (1987) 143–155. [16] chen, d.h., stress intensity factors for v-notched strip under tension or in-plane bending. international journal of fracture, 70 (1995) 81–97. [17] dunn, m.l., suwito, w., cunningham, s.j., fracture initiation at sharp notches: correlation using critical stress intensities. international journal of solids and structures, 34 (1997) 3873–3883. [18] gómez, f.j., elices, m., a fracture criterion for sharp v-notched samples. international journal of fracture, 123 (2003) 163–175. [19] lazzarin, p., zambardi, r., a finite-volume-energy based approach to predict the static and fatigue behaviour of components with sharp v-shaped notches, international journal of fracture, 112 (2001) 275–298. [20] seweryn, a., brittle fracture criterion for structures with sharp notches, engineering fracture mechanics, 47 (1994) 673–681. [21] strandberg, m., fracture at v-notches with contained plasticity, engineering fracture mechanics, 69 (2002) 403–415. [22] knésl, z., a criterion of v-notch stability. international journal of fracture, 48 (1991) 79-83. [23] klusák, z. knésl, j., evaluation of the threshold values for the propagation of a fatigue crack starting at a v-notch, computer assisted mechanics and engineering sciences, 9(4) (2002) 459-468. t l. náhlík et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 55-61; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.08 61 [24] susmel, s., the theory of critical distances: a review of its applications in fatigue, engineering fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 1706–1724. [25] susmel, s., taylor, d., the theory of critical distances to estimate lifetime of notched components subjected to variable amplitude uniaxial fatigue loading, international journal of fatigue, 33 (2011) 900–911. [26] susmel, s., taylor, d., the theory of critical distances to estimate finite lifetime of notched components subjected to constant and variable amplitude torsional loading, engineering fracture mechanics, 98 (2013) 64–79. [27] sih, g.c., ho, j.w., sharp notch fracture strength characterized by critical energy, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 16(3) (1991) 179-214. [28] knésl, z., the application of the strain energy density concept to the determination of a crack propagation direction initiated at a sharp notch tip, acta technica čsav, 38 (1993) 221-234. [29] seweryn, a., brittle fracture criterion for structures with sharp notches, engineering fracture mechanics, 47 (1994) 673–681. microsoft word numero_38_art_42 c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 319 a statistically self-consistent fatigue damage accumulation model including load sequence effects under spectrum loading chen xianmin, sun qin, dui hongna school of aeronautics, northwestern polytechnical university, xi’an, 710072 pr china fan junling aircraft strength research institute, xi’an, 710065, pr china abstract. a probabilistic methodology is proposed to evaluate fatigue damage accumulation and fatigue lives of specimens under variable amplitude loading. with probabilistic modifications in the present model, the calculative consistency is achieved between fatigue damage and fatigue life. the load sequence effects on fatigue damage accumulation are properly accounted for variable amplitude loading. the developed damage model overcomes the inherent deficiencies in the linear damage accumulation rule, but still preserves its simplicity for engineering application. based on the monte carlo sampling method, numerical verification of this model is conducted under two kinds of spectrum loading. the predicted probabilistic distributions of fatigue lives are validated by fatigue tests on al-alloy straight lugs. keywords. fatigue damage; fatigue life; probabilistic statistical model; load sequence effect; statistical self-consistency. citation: xianmin, c., qin, s., hongna, d., junling, f., a statistically self-consistent fatigue damage accumulation model including load sequence effects under spectrum loading, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330. received: 03.05.2016 accepted: 30.08.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction atigue damage is one of the most common failure modes encountered in engineering structures. therefore fatigue failure prediction is widely carried out during various processes, such as engineering structural design, safety assessment and optimization. in the past decades, many damage models have been presented to quantitatively analyze fatigue damage and failure of materials and components. however, the mechanisms and process of fatigue failure under variable amplitude loading conditions are random in nature owing to a variety of indeterminable factors in materials as well as external environments. the linear cumulative damage rule, firstly proposed by palmgren in 1924 and subsequently by miner in 1945 [1], is widely used for fatigue analyses of structures under variable amplitude loading. it can be expressed as: d=∑(ni/ni). after that, many developments have been made to get more accurate predictions, including the nonlinear damage rules, such as damage curve based method [2], ductility exhaustion model [3], continuum damage mechanics approach [4] and energybased damage method [5]. the fatigue damage accumulation within these models and approaches are mostly based on deterministic concepts, whereas in practice, damage accumulation is usually of stochastic nature. f c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 320 several probabilistic approaches have been established for damage accumulation evaluation. many issues related to statistical characteristics of fatigue have been involved, such as the combined randomness of loading process and fatigue resistance of materials [6], probabilistic density function of failure cycles [7], complexity of loading conditions [8], random critical damage [9], frequency domain approach [10] and time domain approach [11]. however, few of them focused both on the load sequence effect and the probabilistic nature of fatigue damage. based on morrow’s nonlinear plastic work interaction damage rule, w.-f.wu and t.-h. huang [8] proposed an approach to predict the fatigue damage and fatigue life under random loading considering the loading history and the statistical feature. in this paper, a new model is proposed to predict fatigue damage and fatigue lives of specimens under spectrum loading. the effect of high load retardation on damage accumulation is taken into account by introducing an exponential function exp(-fj) in the model. the independent variable fj is related to the stress ratio of high and low stress levels. the statistically self-consistency between the probabilistic distributions of fatigue damage and failure cycles is also achieved by introducing a consistent index b (greater than one) and a random disturbance δ. in the damage model, the fatigue damage and fatigue life are predicted using the probabilistic sampling method supported by test data. as for the critical damage dc, i.e. the damage value at failure, there are mainly two points of view: (1) dc is deterministic, equal to or smaller than unit; (2) dc is a random variable, with mean value equal to unit. in the present paper, the second view point is adopted. the fatigue life n is assumed to follow the two-parameter weibull distribution, w(α,β) [12]. the shape parameter α is set as 4 [13] for aluminum alloy according to a lot of fatigue test data. in order to verify the reliability and feasibility of this model, the predicted fatigue life is compared with that of the fatigue test results. a statistically self-consistent model for fatigue damage and fatigue life prediction or constant amplitude loading, palmgren-miner’s linear damage accumulation rule, which is widely used in engineering, is expressed as 1 1 1 n f c ii d n   (1) where ni is the fatigue life under the ith stress level, which actually obeys some distribution; nf is the cycle number to failure; and the critical damage value dc is assumed to be one. obviously, when n is taken as a constant, eq. (1) can be simplified to the form of nf/n=1, which is the most common form of miner’s damage criterion. however, in actual situations, n has probability characteristics, thus nf is also correspondingly statistical rather than deterministic. with a given distribution of n, the equation can be called statistically consistent if nf obtained from eq. (1) with the monte carlo sampling method is approximate to n with respect to probability distribution. in practice, fatigue life n is exactly reflected in the number of load cycles to failure, so it is necessary that the damage criterion be statistically consistent. however, it can be verified that eq. (1) is statistically inconsistent as follows. through numerical simulation with the monte carlo sampling method [14], it can be found that the cycle number nf obtained from eq. (1) is not identical to the original fatigue life n considering probability distribution. assuming n~w(α, β), with α=2.1, β=1129, the mean value μ=1000, and the standard deviation σ=500, sufficient random sampling(2,000 times) of eq. (1) is performed. as a result, 2000 different nfs can be obtained and then statistics of nf are calculated as: μ=670, σ=41. it should be noted that both the mean value and standard deviation are smaller than those of the original n, especially for standard derivation. thus it can be concluded that eq. (1) is statistically inconsistent. in order to enlarge the mean value and the standard deviation of nf, a consistent index b (greater than one) and a random disturbance δ with mean value equal to zero are introduced to the left and right sides of eq. (1) respectively, which makes the linear fatigue damage prediction model statistically consistent, given by    1 1 1 , bn f i ii n e n n e n             (2) where, ni is a random fatigue life from certain distribution, which corresponds to the ith load cycle, and e(n) is the mean value of the life distribution. f c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 321 the self-consistent index b is related to statistical parameters α and β of fatigue life distribution. it can be solved by comparing the mean values of nf with n through numerical simulation. the right-hand side term (1+δ) indicates that the critical damage is a random variable. assuming n~w(α, β), (1+δ) obeys w(α, β/μ) distribution, with its mean value equal to unit and standard derivation equal to σ/μ, respectively. here, σ is the standard derivation of fatigue life n. assuming n~w(α, β), α=2.1, β=1129 and accordingly μ=1000, σ=500, through large number of monte carlo sampling tests, it is found that if the consistent index b is taken as 1.065, the mean values of nf and n can be comparable. repeating monte carlo sampling of eq. (2) for 2000 times, the statistics of nf are calculated as: α=2.1, β=1139, μ=1009, σ=513. comparing with the original fatigue life, it can be noted that nf is close to n with respect to the mean value and standard deviation, as well as the maximum likelihood estimations of parameters α and β. furthermore, in the goodness of fit test with the original weibull distribution, nf has passed k-s test and w2 test quite well. therefore, the new cumulative damage criterion expressed in eq. (2) can be considered statistically consistent. through some appropriate transformation of eq. (2), a statistically consistent fatigue damage model that can quantitatively calculate the statistical properties of damage under spectrum loading conditions can be achieved. for simplicity, the case of constant amplitude loading is first presented. it should be mentioned that in practice, for the case of constant amplitude loading, the concept of loading block generally does not exist. here, it is used for the generalization to the case of variable amplitude loading. assuming there are n load cycles in one loading block, the equation to calculate the damage db caused by one loading block can be established by moving the random disturbance δ to the left-hand side of eq. (2), written as    1 1 bn i b ii n e n d n e n          (3) then, the fatigue life can be predicted by 1 f b n n d   (4) only if the predicted fatigue life nf obtained by eq. (4) is approximate to the original n, can the fatigue damage model be called statistically consistent. a coefficient relative to the cycle number n must be added in front of δ to make db satisfy the boundary conditions: (1) damage value is zero when the cycle number is zero; (2) the mean value of damage is approximate to 1 when the cycle number equals to the mean value of fatigue life. in addition, the coefficient should increase with the number of cycles. through the large number of monte carlo sampling tests, it is found that when the coefficient in front of δ is defined as n/ni, nf can be close to n for the probabilistic properties. thus, the damage caused by one loading block db can be given by    1 1 bn i b i ii n e nn d n n e n          (5) eq. (5) can be extended to the case of spectrum loading naturally, written as    1 1 1 1 1 b jn jm j jj b ji jj i j m f j b j n e nn d n n e n n n d                      (6) where db is the damage introduced by one loading block with m stress levels; m is the number of stress levels in a spectrum loading; nj is the cycle number under the jth stress level; aj is the self-consistent exponent dependent on the fatigue life distribution under jth load level , which makes the mean value of nf (eq.(2 )) approximate to the original n; nj c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 322 is a random number obeying the distribution of fatigue life under jth stress level; e(nj) is the mean value of fatigue life under the jth load level and nf is the random fatigue life under spectrum loading. for the case of constant amplitude loading, the self-consistency of fatigue damage and fatigue life prediction model can be verified by comparing the failure cycles nf obtained from model with the original fatigue life n. however, this rule does not work when it comes to the case of spectrum loading, because the distributions of original fatigue lives are not unique. in order to verify the fatigue damage and fatigue life under spectrum loading predicted by eq. (6), two engineering assumptions are firstly made on the basis that there are no load sequence effect: 1) the fatigue life distribution under spectrum loading, nf, should be closer to nj with larger damage ratio nj/e(nj), and the mean value of nf should be in the range of [e(nj)min, e(nj)max]; 2) the mean value of nf should be very close to the one calculated by palmgren-miner’s linear damage accumulation rule. numerical sampling test and parameter estimation are carried out according to eq. (6) under two-level spectrum loading. the parameters of fatigue life distribution for each load level are shown in tab. 1. four projects with different combinations of load cycles and stress levels are employed in this test and the corresponding simulation results are listed in tab. 2. the probabilistic density function(pdf) of different fatigue life distributions are compared with each other, as shown in fig. 1. j αj βj e(nj) σ exponent aj 1 2.7 1125 1000 400 1.038 2 3.7 11079 10000 3000 1.014 table 1: parameters of fatigue life distribution for each load level. project n1 n2 n1/e1 n2/e2 n f n /n f n 1 200 100 0.2 0.01 1386 1429 0.97 2 400 100 0.4 0.01 1211 1220 0.99 3 100 3000 0.1 0.3 7344 7750 0.95 4 100 5000 0.1 0.5 8278 8500 0.97 table 2: simulation results of 4 projects of two-level spectrum loading. figure 1: comparisons of fatigue life distributions of different projects with the original constant amplitude loading. from fig. 1, the pdfs of project 1(nf1) and project 2(nf2), which have larger damage ratios of n1/e1, are closer to the 1st level(n1) rather than to the 2nd level(n2). furthermore, the pdf of project 2 is closer to the 1st level than project 1. the pdfs of project 3(nf3) and project 4(nf4), which have larger damage ratios of n2/e2, are closer to the 2nd level(n2) rather than the 1st level. furthermore, the pdf of project 4 is closer to the 2nd level than project 3. the mean values of nf are in the range of [e(n1), e(n2)]. this simulation results verifies the first assumption. in tab. 2, the mean value of fatigue life c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 323 calculated by this model is almost the same as the one given by palmgren-miner’s linear damage accumulation rule, which is consistent with the second assumption. thus, eq. (6) is verified to be a reasonable model for fatigue damage prediction based on numerical calculation. however, it should be further validated by experimental tests before practical application. statistical distribution of fatigue life under constant amplitude loading n order to calculate the fatigue damage and fatigue life by eq. (6) for structures subjected to variable amplitude loading, statistical distributions of fatigue lives under constant amplitude loading are needed as a baseline data. axial fatigue test on straight lugs specimens was conducted by using instron-1342 fatigue test machine at a frequency of 20hz at room temperature with the stress ratio r of 0.06.the geometry of the specimen is shown in fig.2 and the test results are listed in tab. 3 [15]. figure 2: geometry of straight lugs specimen for fatigue testing, dimensions in mm. stress level sa (mpa) r(stress ratio) fatigue life(cycles) 1 38.46 0.06 365105,171327,230701,119173,408225,346068 2 42.73 0.06 264258,114391,184623,94016,128481,274699 3 47.00 0.06 142472,153949,58218,61666,77398,125822 table 3: fatigue test results of straight lugs subjected to constant amplitude loading. for median fatigue life ranging from 104 to 106 cycles, the relations of s-np and s-β could be written as lgβ=b1lgs+a1 (7) lgnp=b2lgs+a2 (8) where a1, b1, a2 and b2 are constant coefficients; s is the stress level of the constant amplitude loading; β is the characteristic life of test sample and np is the fatigue life of the test sample with reliability of p. the values of a1, b1, a2 and b2 can be determined by least square method with given s, β and np. due to the time and cost, only six fatigue life data is acquired for each stress level. to get more reliable information from these limited numbers of tests, three statistical methods are employed to analyze the data in tab. 3, i.e. bayesian jerry prior method (bjpm), bayesian conjugate prior method (bcpm) and the bootstrap method (btpm). the estimation of characteristic life( ̂ ), the estimation of characteristic life with confidence level of c (βc) and the fatigue life with 95% reliability and 95% confidence level (n95/95) are all obtained. it is also verified whether the original fatigue test data fall into the 95% confidence intervals of the probabilistic distributions based on the above three statistical methods (tab. 4). from a statistical point of view, the more test data fall into the 95% confidence interval, the more reasonable the probabilistic distribution is. fatigue life distributions under constant amplitude loading based on the three statistical methods are shown in fig. 3, where the original test data is marked on the curve. the fatigue life with 95% confidence interval is denoted by the vertical lines. i c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 324 stress level statistical methods ̂ βc n95/95 number of data out of the 95% confidence interval 1 bjpm 321095 279087 132816 1 bcpm 318112 295985 140858 1 btpm 329156 297991 141813 1 2 bjpm 212586 184774 87933 0 bcpm 207824 186917 88953 0 btpm 217875 197179 93837 0 3 bjpm 121001 105170 50050 0 bcpm 119321 109461 52092 0 btpm 124085 112271 53429 0 table 4: estimated parameters of straight lugs fatigue tests under constant amplitude loading based on bjpm, bcpm and btpm. figure 3: fatigue life distributions under constant amplitude loading based on bjpm, bcpm and btpm. all the statistical results obtained through the three statistical methods are similar and the probabilistic distributions are very close to each other. meanwhile, almost all the test data fall into the 95% confidence interval of the probabilistic distribution, indicating that the probabilistic distributions based on the three statistical methods are reasonable and reliable enough. moreover, the bjpm is more conservative and simple to use, without super parameters, sample size enlarging or resampling. thus, the test results in the following are processed by bjpm. the fitted values of a1, b1, a2, b2 in eq. (7) and eq. (8) are listed in tab. 5, where r is the correlation coefficient of the linear fitting. a1 b1 a2 b2 r 13.2024 -4.8468 12.8190 -4.8468 0.9930 table 5: coefficients of s-n curves. for an arbitrarily stress level sj with constant stress ratio of 0.06, the corresponding statistical parameters, i.e. β and n95/95, can be calculated by eq. (7) and eq. (8). then, the probabilistic distribution of fatigue life nj corresponding to sj can be obtained by numerical sampling based on the weibull distribution, which provides necessary parameters for the fatigue damage and fatigue life prediction under variable amplitude loading. c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 325 the consistent index b is closely related to statistical parameters α and β of fatigue life distribution and can be solved by monte carlo sampling test according to eq. (2). when α is assumed as 4, the quantitative relation between index b and scale parameter β can be obtained through large number of sample tests, the results are shown in tab. 6. note that the general trend is that b decreases with β and b stay constant in some interval of β instead of changing continuously with β. β (8×103,104] (104,5×104] (5×104,105] (105,106] b 1.011 1.010 1.009 1.008 β (106,6×106] (6×106,5×107] (5×10 7,5×108] (5×108,1010] b 1.007 1.006 1.005 1.004 table 6: quantitative relation between the consistent index b and scale parameter β(α=4). experimental verification of the statistical fatigue damage model under spectrum loading fatigue tests under spectrum loading he specimens are the same as those used in the fatigue tests under constant amplitude loading [15]. the load spectra and fatigue life results are listed in tab. 7. spectrum load order 1 2 3 4 5 cycles to failure 5-level sa(mpa) 17.09 27.77 42.73 36.32 21.36 500826,686156,2445490,1201897,2 253944 cycles 1000 500 200 600 900 3-level sa(mpa) 27.77 42.73 36.32 \ \ 371112,522772,670298,507405,426 219,364397 cycles 500 302 600 \ \ table 7: fatigue test results of straight lugs under spectrum loading. using the data in tab. 7, the statistical parameters of fatigue life under spectrum loading can be obtained by bjpm, including ̂ ,e,σ, n95/95 and the interval of 95% fatigue life (β1, β2), (e1,e2) and (σ1,σ2) . here σ is the standard deviation of the test results, demonstrating the scatter characteristics of fatigue lives. experimental verification of the fatigue damage model statistical parameters for each stress level of the multilevel spectrum are obtained via the s-n curves described in section 3, including characteristic life β, the average life e, n95/95 and the self-consistent index a, listed in tab. 8. sa(mpa) 17.09 27.77 42.73 36.32 21.36 st at is ti ca l p ar am et er s β 158271738 1605853 198884 437239 6180778 e 143457895 1455549 180269 396314 5602272 n95/95 65467281 664242 82266 180859 2556608 self-consistent index a 1.006 1.007 1.008 1.008 1.008 table 8: statistical parameters of fatigue life distributions under constant amplitude loading. two thousand values of nf can be acquired using eq. (6) from 2000 groups of random sampling based on the fatigue life t c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 326 distributions under constant amplitude loading, as shown in tab. 8. the steps of random sampling are as follows: 1) for the jth stress level, do nj times of sampling according to the probabilistic distribution of fatigue life nji using parameters in tab. 8. the damage caused by the jth level of stress(dbj) is obtained through eq. (6). 2) the whole fatigue damage db in one loading block can be obtained by summing up dbj from the 1st level to the mth level. 3) fatigue life(nf ) under spectrum loading is calculated using the second formula of eq. (6). 4) repeating steps 1), 2)and 3) for 2000 times. based on 2000 values of nf, the statistical parameters of fatigue lives, including ̂ (shape parameter), ̂ , e, σ and n95/95, are estimated by the method of maximum likelihood. the ratios of parameters between model and test data are indicated by re, rσ and rn95 respectively. the results are listed in tab. 9. n1 is the number of test data outside the 95% confidence interval of the model’s probability distribution, which reflects the rationality of the model. whether e and σ from test data, respectively, fall into the interval (e1,e2) and (σ1,σ2) from the model also indicates the validity of the prediction, as listed in the last 2 columns of tab. 9. load level ̂ ̂ (×106) e (×105) re  (×105) r n95/95 (×105) rn95 n1 fall into (e1, e2) fall into (1,  2) 5 5.833 1.035 9.585 0.555 1.906 0.394 6.180 0.772 2 no no 3 5.283 0.404 3.717 0.801 0.810 0.622 2.284 1.061 2 no no table 9: comparisons of parameters based on the statistical fatigue damage model with those from fatigue tests. the predicted pdfs of fatigue life under spectrum loading are compared with the test results, as shown in fig. 4. the comparisons indicate that significant discrepancy exists in the mean values, standard deviation and lateral deviations, especially for the 5-level spectrum loading. in addition, as shown in fig.4, the schematic pdfs of predicted fatigue life nf and the test results are quite different. load sequence effect is believed to be the main reason for the difference between prediction and tests [16]. therefore, improvements have to be brought to this model since interactions among variable stress levels should be considered. a) fatigue life distributions under 5-level spectrum loading. b) fatigue life distributions under 3-level spectrum loading. figure 4: fatigue life distributions under spectrum loading. a modified fatigue damage accumulation model under spectrum loading considering load sequence effect he difference between the model and the tests under spectrum loading is mainly attributed to the load sequence effects, i.e. the acceleration effect and the retardation effect, as demonstrated by many researches in various fatigue tests [17, 18]. this direct effect of loading sequence plays an important role in the process of damage t c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 327 accumulation if the difference between load levels is large enough. usually the retarding effect is more remarkable than the acceleration effect and easier to be defined quantitatively. therefore, the retardation effect of high stress level is taken into account only in this work. the retardation effect is due to the high stress level in the loading spectrum. the fatigue damage accumulation rate of specimens under a low stress level slows down since a high stress level may leads to micro-plasticity of material and compressive residual stress. the retardation effect is apparently related to the disparity between high and low load levels. in a variable amplitude stress condition, according to morrow’s plastic work interaction damage rule [19], the fatigue damage caused by the stress amplitude sk can be written as: max d k k k k n s d n s        (9) where smax is the maximum stress amplitude in the stress history; nk is the cycle number of stress peak at level sk; nk is the number of stress peak to cause failure if the constant amplitude sk is considered; and d is morrow’s plastic work interaction exponent which can be considered as the stress sequence effect on the fatigue damage. using the similar principle as morrow’s plastic work interaction damage rule, an exponential function exp(-fj) is introduced to modify the fatigue damage caused by the low stress level, seen in eq. (10). as the independent variable , fj, in this exponential function is larger than one and related to the stress ratio of high and low load level, i.e. 1 max j j s s  , where sj is the stress peak of the jth stress level and 1max js  is the maximum stress peak among the stress levels from s1 to sj-1. in addition, a constant coefficient v is defined to accommodate the model to the test data, which can be fitted by comparing the calculated fatigue life through large number of monte carlo sampling with the test data. in order to reduce the damage accumulation rate of the lower stress levels, negative one is set as a multiplier to the independent variable fj. the modified fatigue damage model with load retardation effect under multilevel spectral loading is given as:       1 1 1 1 max 11 max 1 11max max 1 exp 1 0, 1 , max ~ , a jn jm j jj b j ji j jj i m f j b j j j jj j jj j j n e nn d f n n n n n d j or s s f and s s ss v s s s                                        (10) where v is a constant depending on the material itself and the assumption of fatigue life distribution. the load retardation effect index has no effect on the fatigue damage produced by the first stress level or the stress level higher than the previous maximum stresses , since exp(-fj)=1 in eq. (10). however, the fatigue damage is affected by the load retardation effect index when the current stress level is lower than the previous maximum stresses , since exp(-fj)<1. simulation work (detailed steps presented in section 4.2) has been done by using this modified model to determine the value of v. it is found that the fatigue life distribution of the model matches that of the test well when v=1. the statistical parameters estimated by the modified model are given in tab. 10. load level ̂ ̂ (×106) e (×106) re  (×105) r n95/95 (×105) rn95 n1 fall into (e1, e2) fall into (1,  2) 5 3.643 1.689 1.523 0.882 4.647 0.960 7.397 0.924 0 yes yes 3 3.888 0.589 0.533 1.148 1.533 1.177 2.716 1.262 0 yes yes table 10: comparisons of parameters based on the modified statistical fatigue damage model with those of the fatigue tests. c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 328 the predicted pdfs of fatigue life by the modified model considering load sequence effect are compared with the test results under spectrum loading, as shown in fig. 5. the original test data is also marked in the curve and the fatigue life with 95% intervals are denoted by the vertical lines. it can be found that the test data all fall into the 95% interval of life distributions based on the modified fatigue damage accumulation model under the spectrum loading. the average life and the standard deviation based on the modified model both fall into the 95% interval estimation of test data, and the ratio of model to test is close to 1. the shape parameter obtained by the modified model is closer to 4 indicating that the modified model is more coincident with the fatigue test than the original model. in addition, as shown in fig.5, the schematic pdfs of predicted fatigue life nf and the test results are quite close. therefore, it can be concluded that the modified model can precisely predict the fatigue damage and fatigue life under spectrum loading, and at the same time, properly reflect the stochastic nature and load sequence effects on fatigue behavior. a) fatigue life distributions under 5-level spectrum loading. b) fatigue life distributions under 3-level spectrum loading. figure 5: fatigue life distributions under spectrum loading. moreover, the mean fatigue lives e and n95/95 are also calculated by palmgren-miner’s linear damage summation rule and are compared with those based on test data, as listed in tab. 11. load level e (×106) re n95/95 (×105) rn95,95 e fall into the (e1, e2) interval 5 1.0209 0.5914 4.6588 0.5820 no 3 0.39686 0.8551 1.8111 0.8415 yes table 11: comparisons of parameters based on palmgren-miner’s linear damage summation rule with those of fatigue tests. the results illustrate that the fatigue lives calculated by palmgren-miner’s linear damage summation rule are too conservative, especially for the 5-level spectrum loading. the modified model is more accurate and reasonable than the palmgren-miner’s rule in engineering applications, and can be easily expanded to the application of other metal materials. the fatigue damage calculation steps are summarized as follows. 1) conduct the fatigue test under constant amplitude loading with 3 stress levels. at each stress level, the number of test specimens is not less than 6. according to the test data, the p-s-n curve is fitted. 2) the fatigue life distribution is assumed to obey the weibull distribution, and the parameters are obtained based on the p-s-n curve. 3) get the consistent index b corresponding to different stress levels through the large number of monte carlo sampling using eq. (2). 4) calculate the fatigue damage under spectrum loading using eq. (10). as for the application of the statistical fatigue damage accumulation model, two aspects should be noted. firstly, the shape parameter of al-alloy is different in the data processing. for the experiments, it is assumed to be 4 for both constant and variable amplitude loading conditions; however, for the model simulation, it is estimated by the maximum likelihood method based on the large number of monte carlo sampling (not equal to 4, as shown in tab. 9 and tab. 10. secondly, the stress ratio r may be different for each load level in variable spectrum loading. the method based on p-s-n curve and constant life diagram could be applied [20]. the stress level at arbitrary r can be converted to the stress level at c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 329 the r0 under which p-s-n curve is available using the constant life diagram [21]. conclusions atigue damage and fatigue life prediction for structures under variable amplitude loading are discussed in this paper. several conclusions are made and listed as follows. the statistical damage accumulation model is based on palmgren-miner’s linear rule. however, the critical damage is considered as a variable depending on fatigue life distribution rather than a constant. its mean value equals to unit. therefore, the model is made self-consistent by introducing a consistent index b determined by numerical simulation and a random disturbance δ. the load sequence effects are properly accounted in this model to accurately predict the fatigue life under variable amplitude loading. an exponential function exp(-fj) is used to slow down the fatigue damage accumulation rate of materials under the low stress levels. this function is dependent on the stress ratio, i.e. 1max / j js s  and the multiplier v. this fatigue damage accumulation model provides a quantitative approach to statistically calculate the fatigue damage and fatigue life by considering the load sequence effects. the predictions by the present model coincide quite well with experimental results, indicating that it can well demonstrate the probabilistic nature of fatigue behavior. acknowledgement he support from the national natural science foundation of china (project no. 51601175) is greatly acknowledged. references [1] miner, m.a., cumulative damage in fatigue, j. appl. mech., 67 (1945) a159-164. [2] marco, s.m., starkey, w. l., a concept of fatigue damage, transaction of the asme, 76 (1954) 627-632. [3] guangxu, c., plumtree, a., a fatigue damage accumulation model based on continuum damage mechanics and ductility exhaustion, int. j. fatigue, 20(7) (1998) 495-501. [4] oller, s., salomón, o., oñate, e., a continuum mechanics model for mechanical fatigue analysis, comput. mater. sci., 32 (2005)175-195. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2004.08.001. [5] scott-emuakpor, o., an energy-based uniaxial fatigue life prediction method for commonly used turbine engine materials, asme, j. eng. gas turbines power, 130 (2005) 062504. [6] shen, h., lin, j., mu, e., probabilistic model on stochastic fatigue damage, int. j. fatigue, 22(7) (2000) 569–572. [7] nagode, m., fajdiga, m., on a new method for prediction of the scatter of loading spectra, int. j. fatigue, 20(4) (1998) 271–277. [8] wu, w.-f., huang, t.-h., prediction of fatigue damage and fatigue life under random loading, int. j. pres. ves. pip., 53(2) (1993) 273–298. [9] wang, p., coit, d. w., reliability and degradation modeling with random or uncertain failure threshold, reliability and maintainability symposium, (2007) 392–397. [10] tovo, r., a damage-based evaluation of probability density distribution for rain-flow ranges from random processes, int. j. fatigue, 22 (2000) 425–429. [11] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., ruiz-ripoll, m. l., a general model for fatigue damage due to any stress history, int. j. fatigue, 30(1) (2008) 150–164. doi: doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.02.011. [12] rathod, v., probabilistic modeling of fatigue damage accumulation for reliability prediction, int. j. qual. stat. reliab., (2011) 718901. [13] xiasheng, s., et al, guidelines for the analysis and design of durability aircraft structures, xi’an pr china, (2007). [14] luc, d., non-uniform random variate generation, springer-verlag, new york, (1986). [15] yanbin, l., study on the aircraft structure fatigue acceleration spectrum and the wide spread damage probabilistic model, chinese aeronautical research institute, (2011). f t c. xianmin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 319-330; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.42 330 [16] rasool, i., zhang, x., cui, d., fatigue life prediction of 3-d problems by damage mechanics with spectrum loading, in: icas 2002, (2002). [17] jobn, h., effects of loading sequence for notched specimens under high-low two-step fatigue loading, nasa tn d6558, (1971). [18] hélder, f. s., pereira, g., et al, influence of loading sequence and stress ratio on fatigue damage accumulation of a structural component, ciência e tecnologia dos materiais, 20 (2008) 60-67. [19] morrow, j. d., the effect of selected subcycle sequences in fatigue loading histories, in random fatigue life predictions, asme publication pvp, 72 (1986) 43-60. [20] nijssen, r.p.l., van delft, d.r.v., van wingerde, a.m., alternative fatigue lifetime prediction formulations for variable-amplitude loading, j sol energy eng, 124(4396) (2002) 396-403. [21] ling, j., pan, j., a maximum likelihood method for estimating p-s-n curves, int. j. fatigue, 19(5) (1997) 415-419. nomenclature b = self-consistent exponent dependent on the fatigue life distribution bj = the self-consistent exponent dependent on the fatigue life distribution under jth load level δ = a random variable with mean value equal to zero d = morrow’s plastic work interaction exponent d = damage value db = damage caused by one loading block dbj = damage caused by the jth level of stress dc = critical damage value e = mathematical expectation m = number of stress levels in a spectrum loading n = cycle number in one loading block ni = cycle number under the ith stress level nj = cycle number under the jth stress level nf = cycle number to failure n = fatigue life n95/95 = fatigue life with 95% reliability and 95% confidence level ni = fatigue life under the ith stress level nj = a random number obeying the distribution of fatigue life under jth stress level nk = the number of stress peak to cause failure under the constant stress amplitude of sk nf = the predicted fatigue life under block loading np = the fatigue life of the test sample with reliability of p re = the ratios of mathematical expectation between model and test data rσ = the ratios of standard deviation between model and test data rn95 = the ratios of n95/95 between model and test data s = the stress level of the constant amplitude loading sj = stress peak of the jth stress level sk = stress peak of the kth stress level smax = the maximum stress in the stress history 1 max js = the maximum stress among the stress levels from s1 to sj-1 v = a constant depending on the material itself and the assumption of fatigue life distribution α = shape parameter α of weibull distribution ̂ = the estimation of shape parameter β = scale parameter of weibull distribution βc = the estimation of characteristic life with confidence level of c ̂ = the estimation of characteristic life μ = mean value of weibull distribution σ = standard deviation of weibull distribution << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_27_art_6 g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 43 a theoretical model for predicting the peak cutting force of conical picks gao kuidong, du changlong, jiang hongxiang, liu songyong school of mechanical and electrical engineering, china university of mining & technology, xuzhou 221116, china luck_honey@163.com abstract. in order to predict the pcf (peak cutting force) of conical pick in rock cutting process, a theoretical model is established based on elastic fracture mechanics theory. the vertical fracture model of rock cutting fragment is also established based on the maximum tensile criterion. the relation between vertical fracture angle and associated parameters (cutting parameter  and ratio b of rock compressive strength to tensile strength) is obtained by numerical analysis method and polynomial regression method, and the correctness of rock vertical fracture model is verified through experiments. linear regression coefficient between the pcf of prediction and experiments is 0.81, and significance level less than 0.05 shows that the model for predicting the pcf is correct and reliable. a comparative analysis between the pcf obtained from this model and evans model reveals that the result of this prediction model is more reliable and accurate. the results of this work could provide some guidance for studying the rock cutting theory of conical pick and designing the cutting mechanism. keywords. conical pick; peak cutting force; fracture angle. introduction n tunneling and mining, interaction between cutting mechanism (shearer drum and cutting head) and rock realizes rock fragmentation. cutting ability, crushing effect and production efficiency of cutting mechanism, determine the working performance of tunneling and mining equipment. however, the pcf prediction of conical pick plays an important role in the design of cutting mechanism. a considerable amount of research has been conducted on the pcf prediction base on theoretical, experimental and numerical method. the first pcf prediction model of conical pick was established by evans based on the maximal tension stress theory [1], and roxborough & liu [2] and goktan [3] appropriately modified the evans mathematical model. according to experiment data from various rock cutting by conical pick, regression expressions between cutting force and rock compressive strength, tensile strength, dynamic and static modulus of elasticity, brittle index were established by bilgin [4-5]. tiryaki [6] adopted multiple linear and non-linear regression, regression tree model and neural networks method to predict the pcf of conical pick. numerical method [7-9] is also applied to predict the pcf of conical pick. viewing the references mentioned above, we find that: compared with experimental date, the result calculated by current theoretical model exists a notable divergence; for the limitation of experimental date, application of empirical models is limited to a specific scope; experimental method and numerical simulation method can obtain proper cutting force, but some disadvantages exist such as high cost and low efficiency. for these reasons, the vertical fracture mechanics model of rock cutting fragment is established based on the maximum tensile criterion and rock cutting theory in this paper firstly; then, the theoretical model for predicting the pcf of conical pick is i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 44 established based on elastic fracture mechanics theory; finally, the reliability and accuracy of pcf model is verified with experimental date. theoretical model he problem of the indentation of the plane surface of elastic solid with a rigid body was first considered by boussinesq [10], then sneddon [11] adopted hankel transforms and elementary solution to solve the boussinesq problem, and the total penetration depth and force of the rigid body were presented. therefore, the applied force of conical pick on rock could be approximately expressed as:   2 2 2 tan 1 e h p v     (1) where: p is the penetration force of conical pick; e is elastic modulus of rock;  is semi-angel of conical pick;  is poisson ratio of rock; h is the penetration depth of conical pick. integrating eq.1 with respect to the penetration depth, the work we can be obtained and it is expressed as:     2 3 2 2 0 0 tan tan 1 3 1 h h e e e w p dh h dh h v v           (2) therefore, when the main rock fragment formed, the total work wt can be expressed as:   max 3 2 2 tan 3 1 t e w h v     (3) where hmax is the maximum penetration depth at the time of main rock fragment formed. the fracture surface of main rock fragment is simplified without influence of pcf prediction, and it is shown in fig.1. as fig.1 shown, the new fracture surface area a of main rock fragment can be expressed as: 2 2tan tan tan sin sin cos d def a          (4) where: e and f are the geometry shape parameters of main rock fragment; d is cutting depth of conical pick; θ is horizontal fracture angles; ψ is vertical fracture angle. figure 1: schematic diagram of fracture surface of rock fragment. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 45 according to the relevant references, the work done by conical pick mainly translate into rock fracture energy, damage energy, plastic strain energy and so on [12-13]. the fracture energy ef can be express as: f te kw (5) where k is an ideal coefficient which only has relation with pick’s shape and cutting angle, and it can be obtained through rock cutting test. in verification of the model paragraph, acquisition process of k value will be presented. on the basis of griffith fracture mechanics theory [14], the fracture energy ef for generating new fracture surface when the main rock fragment formed can be expressed as: 2 2 2 s i f s 2 tan 2 tan 2 cos cos g d k d e g a e        (6) where gs represents surface free energy per unit area of rock material; ki stands for fracture toughness of rock material in the type of model i cracking, it can be approximately calculated by σt /6.88 [15]; σt is rock tensile strength. combining eqs. 3-6, the maximum penetration depth of conical pick before main rock fragment formed can be expressed by:   1 2 2 2 3 max 2 3 1 tan tan cos ik d h k e              (7) submitted eq.7 to eq.1, then the peak cutting force of conical pick pc can be expressed as: 1 2 42 i3 3 3 2 3 tantan 2( ) ( ) cos(1 )c k p d ke      (8) calculation of rock fracture surface area he similarity of geometry shape of brittle material (glass, ceramic, rock, coal and so on) fragment under indenters or cutting tools has been verified through experiments, and there are linear relationship between width, length of fragments and cutting depth [16-18]. according to eq.8, it is visible that the area calculation of new facture surface generated by conical pick is the basis for predicting the peak cutting force of conical pick, which means to establish the calculative method for horizontal and vertical fracture angle of rock fragment. calculation of horizontal fracture angle orizontal fracture angle of rock fragment is directly related to the optimal intercept of conical picks. the optimal intercept of conical picks in rock cutting process is 3.46 times the cutting depth according to evans calculate method [1]. optimal intercepts of 22 different rock types have been obtained through rock cutting experiments by bilgin [5], and their values are very close to 3.23 times the cutting depth. in view of 7% difference between evans calculated result and bilgin experimental result, evans calculate method is considered reliable and correct. so, in this paper, horizontal fracture angle of rock fragment in the mathematical model for predicting the peak cutting force will adopts evans calculate model, which means that horizontal fracture angle is equal to 60 degree. calculation of vertical fracture angle he influence of cutting angle on the rock fragment is ignored in evans theory, but the geometric shape of rock cutting fragment has play an important role in perfect prediction of peak cutting force. base on evans theory, some assumptions are put forward in present paper: rock broken is caused by tensile failure, and it accords with the maximum tension theory; the generated total force by tensile stress in fracture surface is through the center of arc ac; the crushing zone caused by conical pick head is shown in fig.2, and ag is an arc with the center o. t h t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 46 figure 2: vertical mechanical model of rock fragment. based on these assumptions, vertical mechanical model of rock fragment by conical pick is shown in fig.2. according to the geometrical relationship in fig.2, the force r is the resultant force of extrusion forces which acted on crush zone, and it has the relation with rock compressive strength and crush area. meanwhile, the force r also increased with the height of crush zone (a), and it will reach a maximum when the torques caused by force t and force r on point c get balance. the force r can be expressed as: 90 c c ( 90 ) cos sin( 2 ) sin aa r d              (9) where: γ is the cutting angle of conical pick; a is the height of crushing zone; σc represents rock comprehensive strength;  is the cutting parameter of pick, and it equals to (γ+)/2. rock will fracture along the arc ac when the force of conical pick applied on rock is big enough. however, the extreme state of rock fragment is determined by rock tensile strength, and the force t is the resultant force of tensile forces which acted on crack path. it can be expressed as: t t tcos 2 sin sin t d r d r              (10) where: r is the radius of the fracture arc ac;  stands for the complementary angle of vertical fracture angle. the force r and force t will reach a moment balance when the rock fragment forms. therefore, an equation between them can be obtained according to geometrical conditions, and it can expressed as: sin cos( ) 0 sin 2 sin d d r a t            (11) submitting eq.9 and eq.10 to eq.11, we have: 2 c t 2 cos( ) sin 0 sin sin 2 sin a dd a               (12) changing eq.12 to the form of quadratic equation: 2 t 2 c cos( ) 1 ( ) ( ) 0 sin sin 2 sin wa a d d         (13) solving eq.13, the parameter a/d can be obtained and expressed as: http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 47 2 t 2 c cos ( ) cos( ) 2 2 sin4 sin ( ) sin a d             (14) in this paper, the derivation process of theoretical model takes evans work as reference. so, the energy of cutting system will be minimum at the moment of rock broken presumed by evans as an equilibrium situation. for this reason, this paper can use the ‘minimum energy theory’ as theoretical basis. according to the minimum energy theory: d( / ) / d 0a d   (15) now, the relationship between  and  can be obtained and expressed as: 2 2 2 t t 2 2 c c 2 sin( ) cos( ) sin( ) 2 sin cos ( ) cos ( ) cos( ) 4 sin ( ) cos ( ) 2 2 2 sin4 sin 4 sin 0 sin sin                                     (16) b represents the ratio of rock compressive strength to tensile strength. from eq.16, we can conclude that it is difficult to get the analytical solution of eq.16. consequently, the effects of cutting parameter  and ratio b on vertical fracture angle ψ are investigated, and the change law of ψ along with  and b is shown in fig.3. fig.3 shows that ψ increases with  and b. in order to get intuitive relationship among ψ,  and b, the data points of numerical solution in fig.3 are regressed based on space surface regression method. the regression formula of vertical fracture angle ψ can be expressed as eq.17, and the correlation coefficient of formula is 0.994. 248.87 0.526 0.224 0.994b r     (17) figure 3: variation law of vertical fracture angle of rock fragment. verification of the model orizontal fracture angle of rock fragment is directly related to the optimal intercept of conical picks. the optimal intercept of conical picks in rock cutting process is 3.46 times the cutting depth according to evans calculate method [1]. optimal intercepts of 22 different rock types have been obtained through rock cutting experiments by bilgin [5], and their values are very close to 3.23 times the cutting depth. in view of 7% difference between evans calculated result and bilgin experimental result, evans calculate method is considered reliable and correct. so, in this paper, horizontal fracture angle of rock fragment in the mathematical model for predicting the peak cutting force will adopts evans calculate model, which means that horizontal fracture angle is equal to 60 degree. verification of vertical fracture angle in order to verify the correctness of vertical mechanical model of rock fragment in this paper, rock cutting experiments are carried in laboratory as shown in fig.4. the semi-angel of conical pick is 40 degree, cutting angle of conical pick is selected in range of 45~55 degree according to actual working condition, and the mechanical properties of marble is h http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 48 shown in tab.1. the shape and interrelated geometric parameters are shown in fig.5. fig.6 shows the theoretical and experimental vertical fracture angle under different cutting angle, the difference less than 5 percent between them indicates that the established vertical mechanical model of rock fragment is valid. properties value modulus of elasticity e(gpa) 19 density ρ(kg/m3) 2650 fracture toughness ki (mpa.m1/2) 1.1 compression strength σc(mpa) 103.2 tensile strength σt(mpa) 7.1 table 1: mechanical properties of marble. figure 4: laboratory furniture of rock cutting linearly: 1-rock specimen; 2-guideways; 3-clamping device of conical pick; 4-conical pick; 5advancing hydro-cylinder. figure 5: geometric feature parameters of rock fragment. figure 6: vertical fracture angle of experiments and theoretical model. verification of peak cutting force the k is a geometric factor of the pick independent of material properties which has been mentioned in front contents. in reference [18], the researchers also took an intensive study and detailed explanation of the k. according to eq.5, the k can be obtained by experiments. fig.7 is the variation curve of cutting force in rock cutting process, which corresponds to fig.5. so, the k can be expressed as: 2 2 2 2 f i i t c max 2 tan 4 tan coscos ( )d e k d k d k w e p he p h h        (18) http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 49 submitted the rock mechanical properties and the geometric parameters of rock fragment to eq.18, then the k can be obtained as 0.0102. according to the value of k, we can conclude that the fracture energy for generating new fracture surface accounts for only a small part of total work, and the most part of total work is used for rock plastic deformation, rock damage, crushing zone formed and so on. now, we get the value of k, and if we also get the other parameter values, we can obtain the peak cutting force pc by eq.8. figure 7: variation curve of cutting force. the peak cutting forces of experiments, this model and evans model with different rock types and cutting parameters are shown in tab.2 [5-7]. the relationships between experimental peak cutting force with theoretical peak cutting force from this model and evans model are investigated by linear regression method, and their linear regression results are shown in tab.3. the significance of regression result less than 0.05 indicates that the regression relationships are correct and reliable. fig.8 and fig.9 shows the fitted relationships between experimental peak cutting force and two theoretical models (evans model and this model) respectively. the correlation between experimental and theoretical peak cutting force of this model is better than evans’s, and the slopes of the fitted line equations are 2.11 and 5.13. it indicates that the prediction of peak cutting force by this model has more correctness and reliabilities than evans theory. type σc σt e ki d=9mm d=5mm pcexp(n) pc(n) pc e(n) pcexp(n) pc(n) pc e(n) chromite1 32 3.7 3.5 0.538 14830 8230 3660 7160 3759 920 chromite2 47 4.5 2.3 0.654 26490 12642 3690 10210 5773 920 chromite3 46 3.7 2.9 0.538 16240 9309 2550 8710 4251 3190 harsburgite 58 5.5 2.1 0.799 26910 17057 4470 14970 7789 1120 serpantinite 38 5.7 2.3 0.828 20150 16338 7320 7850 7462 1830 trona 30 2.2 3.4 0.320 12260 4503 1380 3880 2056 350 anhydrite 82 5.5 11.0 0.799 16300 10558 3160 12520 4822 790 sandstone1 114 6.6 17.0 0.959 25920 12138 3270 19690 5544 820 sandstone2 174 11.6 28.0 1.686 48100 20946 6620 23250 9566 1660 sandstone3 87 8.3 33.3 1.206 15920 11739 6780 9090 5361 1700 tuff1 10 0.9 1.1 0.131 4020 1911 690 2050 873 170 tuff2 11 1.2 1.4 0.174 11840 2509 1120 7080 1145 280 tuff3 27 2.6 2.4 0.378 7200 5993 2140 3770 2735 540 tuff4 14 1.5 1.6 0.218 7300 3239 1380 2830 1479 340 tuff5 19 2.3 1.3 0.334 7350 6037 2380 3440 2757 600 tuff6 6 0.2 0.4 0.029 2180 523 57 1330 238 14 pc exp: the pcf of experiments; pc e: the pcf of evans model; pc: the pcf of this model table 2: rock mechanical property and the pcf. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 50 item df ss ms f-value prob>f p ce x p p c model 1 2.5e9 2.5e9 133.7 1.4e-12 error 30 5.6e8 1.9e7 total 31 3.1e9 1.6 p ce x p p ce model 1 1.6e9 1.6e9 31.7 3.7e-6 error 30 1.5e9 5.0e7 total 31 3.1e9 df: degrees of freedom; ss: sum of squares; ms: mean square table 3: the regression analysis results of the pcf obtained from different method. figure 8: the relationship between the predicted and experimental pcf. figure 9: the relationship between the pcf of evans model and experiments. conclusions n this paper, a theoretical model for predicting the peak cutting force has been set up and verified, we get following conclusions: (1) the theoretical model of rock vertical fracture has been established by maximum tensile criterion and verified i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 51 through experiments. the regression formula of vertical fracture angle also has been obtained by numerical analysis and polynomial regression. all of these work can provide a basis for the research on rock cutting theory. (2) a theoretical model for predicting peak cutting force of conical pick in rock cutting process has been established by elastic fracture mechanics theory. the regression analysis between the results of experimental and predicted by this model shows that correlation coefficient is equal to 0.81 and significance is less than 0.05. (3) the relationships between experimental peak cutting force and calculated values by the present model and evans model are investigated by linear regression analysis, and it shows that the prediction of peak cutting force of this model has more correctness and reliabilities than evans model. the model established by this paper can provide a better guidance for design and study of conical pick and cutting mechanism. acknowledgements he paper was financially supported by the national 863 plan of china(2012aa062104), national natural science foundation of china(51005232), jiangsu ordinary university graduate students scientific research innovation project(cxzz11-0289), the jiangsu provincial natural science foundation of china (no. bk20131116), the fundamental research funds for the central universities (project no.2012qna22) and the priority academic program development of jiangsu higher education institutions. references [1] evans, i., a theory of the picks cutting force for point-attack, international journal of mining engineering, 2(1) (1984) 63-71. [2] roxborough, f.f, liu, z.c., theoretical considerations on pick shape in rock and coal cutting. proceedings of sixth underground operator’s conference, australia, (1995) 189-193. [3] goktan, r. m., a suggested improvement on evans’s cutting theory for conical bits, proceedings of fourth symposium on mine mechanization automation, 1 (1997) 57-61. [4] copur, h., bilgin, n., et al., a set of indices based on indentation tests for assessment of rock cutting performance and rock properties, the journal of the south african institute of mining and metallurgy, 11 (2003) 589-599. [5] bilgin, n., demircin, m. a., et al., dominant rock properties affecting the performance of conical picks and the comparison of some experimental and theoretical results, international journal of mining engineering, 43(1) (2006) 139-156. [6] tiryaki, b., boland, j.n., li, x.s., empirical models to predict mean cutting forces on point attack pick cutters, international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 47(5) (2010) 858-864. [7] su o., akcin n.a., numerical simulation of rock cutting using the discrete element method, international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 48(3) (2011) 434-442. [8] rojek, j., onate, e., et al., discrete element simulation of rock cutting, international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 48 (2011) 996 -1010. [9] john, p., loui, u.m., rao k., numerical studies on chip formation in drag-pick cutting of rocks, geotechnical and geological engineering, 30(1) (2011) 145-161. [10] sneddon, i.n., boussinesq’s problem for a rigid cone, mathematical proceedings of the cambridge philosophy society, 44(4) (1948) 492-507. [11] chiaia, b., fracture mechanics induced in a brittle material by hard cutting indenter, international journal of solids and structures, 38 (2001) 7747-7768. [12] li, l.y., ju, y., zhao, z.w., et al., energy analysis of rock structure under static and dynamic loading conditions, journal of china coal society, 34(6) (2009) 737-741.(in chinese) [13] xie, h.p., ju, y., li, l.y., criteria for strength and structural failure of rocks based on energy dissipation and energy release principles, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 24(17) (2005) 3003-3010. (in chinese) [14] lawn, b., fracture of brittle solids, cambridge: cambridge university press (1993). [15] zhang, z.x., an empirical relation between mode i fracture toughness and the tensile strength of rock, international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 39 (2002) 401-406. [16] almond, e., mccormick, n., constant-geometry edge-flaking of brittle materials, nature, 321(3) (1986) 53-55. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. kuidong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 43-52; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.06 52 [17] chai, h., lawn, b., a universal relation for edge chipping from sharp contacts in brittle materials: a simple means of toughness evaluation, acta materialia, 55(7) (2007) 2555-2561. [18] bao, r.h., zhang, l.c., et al., estimating the peak indentation force of the edge chipping of rocks using single pointattack pick, rock mechanics and rock engineering, 44 (2011) 339-347. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_26_art_6 a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 49 comparison between dog-bone and gaussian specimens for size effect evaluation in gigacycle fatigue a. tridello, d.s. paolino, g. chiandussi, m. rossetto department of mechanical and aerospace engineering, politecnico di torino, 10129 turin, italy, andrea.tridello@polito.it, davide.paolino@polito.it, giorgio.chiandussi@polito.it, massimo.rossetto@polito.it abstract. gigacycle fatigue properties of materials are strongly affected by the specimen risk volume (volume of material subjected to a stress amplitude larger than the 90% of the maximum stress). gigacycle fatigue tests, performed with ultrasonic fatigue testing machines, are commonly carried out by using hourglass shaped specimens with a small risk volume. the adoption of traditional dog-bone specimens allows for increasing the risk volume, even if the increment is quite limited. in order to obtain larger risk volumes, a new specimen shape is proposed (gaussian specimen). the dog-bone and the gaussian specimens are compared through finite element analyses and the numerical results are validated experimentally by means of strain gages measurements. the range of applicability of the two different specimens in terms of available risk volume and stress concentration effects due to the cross section variation is determined. keywords. very-high-cycle fatigue; ultrasonic testing machine; risk volume; wave propagation equations; stress concentration factor. introduction n recent years, the interest in gigacycle fatigue behaviour of metallic materials (up to 1010 cycles) is significantly increased. design requirements in specific industrial fields (aerospace, mechanical and energy industry) for structural components characterized by even larger fatigue lives (gigacycle fatigue) lead to a more detailed investigation on material properties in the gigacycle regime. experimental results, obtained by using testing machines working in resonance conditions and capable of reaching a loading frequency equal to 20 khz (ultrasound), have shown that specimens may fail also at levels of stress amplitude below the conventional fatigue limit [1-3]. when specimens are subjected to stress amplitudes below the conventional fatigue limit, failures are generally due to cracks which nucleate internally from inclusions or defects; whereas when specimens are subjected to stress amplitudes above the conventional fatigue limit, failures are generally due to cracks which nucleate from the surface of the specimen. recently, models able to take into account these two different modes of failure have been proposed in the literature [4-6]. in case of internal crack nucleation, fatigue strength decreases when the specimen size increases. as reported in [7-9], the decrement in fatigue strength is physically justifiable by considering the probability of finding inclusions causing failure when the risk volume (volume of material subjected to a stress amplitude above the 90% of the maximal stress [7]) increases. since experimental tests are carried out almost entirely by means of ultrasonic fatigue testing machines, the specimen size and the consequent specimen risk volume are imposed by resonance condition and are generally significantly limited. experimental tests exploring the gigacycle fatigue properties of materials have been generally carried out by using i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 50 hourglass shaped specimens with a small diameter (3-6 mm) and a small risk volume. in order to increase the risk volume, dog-bone shaped specimens have been adopted in [7-9]. however, the risk volume of tested specimens (maximum 1000 mm3) is significantly limited due to the non uniform stress distribution along the specimen length with constant cross section. the paper proposes a new specimen shape (gaussian specimen) for gigacycle fatigue tests: wave propagation equations are analytically solved in order to obtain a specimen shape characterized by a uniform stress distribution on an extended specimen length and, as a consequence, by a larger risk volume. dog-bone and gaussian specimens with different risk volumes are compared through finite element analyses and the range of applicability of the two different specimens in terms of available risk volume is determined. the stress concentration effect due to cross section variation in the specimens is also taken into account in the analyses. finally, the stress distribution of a dog-bone and a gaussian specimen with a theoretical risk volume of 5000 mm3 is experimentally validated through strain gage measurements. specimen design pecimens adopted for ultrasonic fatigue tests are designed on the basis of equations for wave propagation in an elastic material with the specimen modelled as a one dimension linear elastic body. stresses are considered uniformly distributed on the cross section and transverse displacements are considered as negligible if compared to longitudinal displacements. in this respect, the displacement amplitude along the specimen,  u z , can be obtained by solving the webster’s equation for a plane wave:          '' ' 2 /      0 ds z dz u z u z k u z s z      (1) where    ' /u z du z dz ,    '' 2 2/u z d u z dz , and  2 / dek f     , being f the resonance frequency, and  and de the specimen material density and dynamic elastic modulus respectively. by inverting and integrating eq. 1, the specimen cross-section variation for an imposed displacement  u z is expressed by the following equation:         2 '' ' 0 k u z u z dz u zs z s e       (2) where 0s is a constant of integration depending on the boundary conditions. in order to obtain a uniform stress distribution along the specimen, the displacement distribution must be linear:    3u z a kz b   (3) where  3u z denotes the displacement amplitude in part 3 of the gaussian specimen (fig. 1) and a and b are constant coefficients. boundary conditions for ultrasonic specimens require  3 3 0u l  , where 3l is half of the total length of part 3 of the specimen (fig. 1). the constant of integration 0s is obtained considering that   220 / 4 s d for 0z  (fig. 1) and eq. 2 becomes:     22 33 22 2 2 / 4 k z lkl s z d e e               (4) figure 1: gaussian specimen. s http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 51 therefore, according to eq. 4, the specimen cross-section that leads to a uniform stress distribution entails the typical gaussian shape. the total volume of the gaussian specimen part (i.e., the theoretical risk volume theov ) can be computed by integrating the cross-section of specimen part 3 with respect to z from 0 to 3l and multiplying it by two:   2 33 3/22 2 32 0 2 erf 2 2 kll theo kld v s z dz e k                       (5) where   erf  denotes the error function (i.e.,   2 0 2 erf x tx e dt    ). eq. 5 allows to compute the length 3l for the desired risk volume, specimen material (i.e., for a chosen value of k ) and for the diameter 2d . part 3 of the specimen is thus completely designed, since 2d , 3l and k uniquely define the gaussian specimen part. in order to determine specimen lengths 1l and 2l , equations for wave propagation along a straight and catenoidal specimen profile [1], respectively part 1 and part 2 of the specimen (fig. 1), are solved. the boundary conditions require to have maximum displacement amplitude equal to inu at the interface between the horn and the specimen (i.e., at  1 2z l l   ), continuity of displacement and strain amplitude at the interface between part 1 and part 2 (i.e., at 2z l  ) and at the interface between part 2 and part 3 (i.e., at 0z  ) of the specimen. a further boundary condition concerning the required stress amplitude in the risk volume is taken into account. let define the stress amplification factor of the specimen, m , as the ratio between the constant stress amplitude in the gaussian specimen part,  , and the maximum stress amplitude in part 1 of the specimen [1], 1 (i.e.,  1/ / d inm e ku     ). according to the assumption of linear elasticity and introducing the boundary conditions, the stress amplification factor can be expressed as:               2 2 2 2 2 3 1 cos tan sin/   tan /1 tan l l lk m n l k klkl              (6) where 1 2/n d d , being 1d the diameter of the cylindrical part (part 1 in fig. 1),     2 2 2 2acosh /kl n l   and:             3 2 2 1 2 3 2 / tan 1 acosh atan 1 tan / / k kl l n kl n l k kl kl                   (7) according to eq. 6 and eq. 7 and for a given value of 3kl , both m and 1kl depend on the diameter ratio n and on the adimensionalized variable 2kl . therefore for a chosen resonance frequency, specimen material, diameter ratio n and inu value, the lengths 2l and 1l giving a stress amplitude equal to  in the gaussian specimen part are obtained and specimen geometry is thus completely defined. finite element analysis: actual risk volume and stress concentration evaluation og-bone and gaussian specimens with different theoretical risk volumes are tested through finite element analyses (fea) by using the commercial finite element program ansys. half of the specimen geometrical model is considered in each analysis due to its symmetry and eight-node quadrilateral elements (plane 82) with the axisymmetric option are used for the finite element models. the numerical models count for a number of elements ranging from 21200 to 53700 elements. a suitable fillet radius between specimen parts 2 and 3 is considered for the gaussian specimen model. d http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 52 dog-bone and gaussian specimens are designed considering steel ( 206 gpade  , 0.29  and 37800 kg / m  ), a resonance frequency of 20 khz (ultrasonic testing machine working frequency), a diameter 1d equal to 20 mm and a length 2l equal to 10.2 mm (almost equal to the value adopted in [7-9]). the theoretical risk volume is varied by steps of 31000 mm : the range considered is within 32000 mm and the maximum theoretical risk volume allowing for an amplification factor m larger than 1.05 . the analysis is repeated considering three different diameter ratios n : 1.6 , 2 and 2.5 . fig. 2 reports the typical mesh adopted for the dog-bone and the gaussian specimen models; the enlargements show the dimensions of the elements at the transition between part 2 and part 3 of the specimen. (a) (b) figure 2: typical mesh for the specimen models: (a) dog-bone specimen; (b) gaussian specimen. the actual risk volume and the stress concentration factor are considered in each analysis. according to [10], the actual risk volume ( realv ) is the volume of material subjected to a stress amplitude larger than the 96% of the maximum stress reached in specimen part 3. in order to evaluate the stress concentration effects, the stress concentration factor tk is conservatively considered in place of the fatigue strength reduction factor fk . for tk computation, the nominal stress amplitude is considered equal to the maximum stress reached in specimen part 3 along the longitudinal axes. fig. 3 shows the actual risk volume variation of both types of specimen with respect to the length 3l . according to fig. 3, the maximum actual risk volume attainable using dog-bone specimens is smaller than 33000 mm . an increment of the length with constant cross section gives no effect in the 3 considered case, since the actual risk volume does not change. gaussian specimens permit to reach larger actual risk volume, up to 38450 mm with a diameter ratio of 1.6 . the actual risk volume increases with the length 3l . as expected, for both types of specimen, a small diameter ratio ( 1.6n  ) permits to obtain the largest actual risk volume. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 l 3 [mm] v re a l [ m m 3 ] n=1.6 n=2 n=2.5 dog bone gaussian figure 3: realv of dog-bone and gaussian specimens with respect to the length 3l . http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 53 fig. 4 reports the percent ratio between the actual risk volume and the theoretical risk volume with respect to the length 3l . according to fig. 4 and considering dog-bone specimens, the efficiency is high (above 90% ) for values of length 3l smaller than 15 mm , while it decreases (up to 25% ) when the length 3l increases. differently, when considering the gaussian specimen, the efficiency is almost constant (above 90% ). 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 l 3 [mm] v re a l/ v th e o n=1.6 n=2 n=2.5 dog bone gaussian figure 4: percent ratio /real theorv v in dog-bone and gaussian specimens with respect to the length 3l . finally, the stress concentration factor is taken into consideration. fig. 5 shows the variation of tk with respect to the length 3l . according to fig. 5, the gaussian specimens show larger tk values. considering dog-bone specimens, there is no stress concentration for 3l larger than 25 mm . indeed the stress amplitude significantly decreases in specimen part 3 as the length 3l increases. as a consequence, the maximum stress reached at the transition between parts 2 and 3 of the specimen is smaller or equal to the stress reached at the specimen mid-section. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 1 1.05 1.1 1.15 l 3 [mm] k t n=1.6 n=2 n=2.5 dog bone gaussian figure 5: stress concentration factor of dog-bone and gaussian specimens with respect to the length 3l . the tk values of the gaussian specimens are smaller than 1.15 . taking into account the largest diameter ratio ( 2.5n  ), the tk value reduces up to 1.12 . at the transition between part 2 and part 3 of the specimen, two http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 54 concomitant stress concentrations are present: the first one is due to the shoulder fillet in specimen part 2 and the second one is due to the sharp geometrical transition between part 2 and part 3 of the specimen. the resulting tk value is due to the interaction between the two stress concentrations. it is well-known that the stress concentration due to the shoulder fillet increases with n ; finite element analyses carried out on the sharp geometrical transition at the interface showed that the stress concentration increases with the difference between 3d and 2d , being 2 3 21 3 2 1 kl d d d e n                 . to sum up, if n increases, then the stress concentration due to the shoulder fillet increases, while the stress concentration factor due to the sharp transition decreases. as shown in fig. 5, in case of 2.5n  , the decrement in the stress concentration due to the sharp transition outperforms the increment in the stress concentration due to the shoulder fillet. a larger reduction of the stress concentration factor can be obtained by increasing the length 2l . in this respect, a proper choice of the length 2l and of the diameter ratio allows to design specimens with large actual risk volume and limited tk value. for instance, a diameter ratio equal to 1.33 and a length 2l equal to 17.2 mm allows for an actual risk volume larger than 35000 mm and a tk equal to 1.06 . finally, the adoption of dog-bone specimens is appropriate for small risk volumes (smaller than 33000 mm ). gaussian specimens must be adopted for large risk volumes. the length 2l and the diameter ratio must be properly chosen in order to reduce the stress concentration effects. experimental validation he stress distribution in the two specimen types is experimentally validated through strain gage measurements. a dog-bone and a gaussian specimen with a theoretical risk volume of 35000 mm , diameter ratio 2n  ( 1 20 mmd  ) and 2l equal to 10.2 mm are produced in aisi 1040 carbon steel. three t-rosettes strain gages (hbm 1-xy31-1.5/350), each with two strain gages connected at half bridge, are used for the evaluation of strain values at the specimen surface. for both specimens, the rosettes are bonded along the specimen central part: the first rosette is bonded at the specimen mid-section, the second rosette at the 70% of 3l and the third rosette at the 85% of 3l . fig. 6 shows the specimens after the application of the rosettes. 46 19.3 68 85% 70% 92 91 45.5 26.3 70% 85% 68.8 (a) (b) figure 6: specimens after application of strain gage rosettes: (a) dog-bone shaped specimen; (b) gaussian specimen. a strain gage amplifier (el-sga-2/b by elsys ag) is used for the completion of the wheatstone bridge of each rosette and for the amplification of the signal. the measurement is acquired at a sample rate of 600 khz by a national instruments data acquisition card (pcie-6363). an ultrasonic testing machine for fully reversed tension compression tests developed by the authors [11] is used for the test: specimens are subjected to load cycles for 3 seconds. fig. 7 and 8 show the stress measured at each point normalized by the value detected at the specimen mid-section, center . the acquired signals are fitted with a sine function (for each case, the correlation coefficient is larger than 99.99% and the mean value is equal to zero). as shown in fig. 7 and 8, the stress amplitude distribution is not uniform for the dog-bone shaped specimen while it is almost uniform for the gaussian specimen. tab. 1 reports a comparison between the stress variation obtained with the finite element analysis (fea) and the experimental test. according to tab. 1, the fea results are included in the experimental confidence intervals. therefore, t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 55 it can be concluded that no significant statistical difference exists between fea and experimental results. it is worth to note that, for the gaussian specimen, the values larger than the 100% indicate a maximum stress amplitude not reached at the specimen mid-section. (a) (b) figure 7: stress variation measured by strain gage rosettes bonded to the dog-bone shaped specimen: (a) rosette at 70% of 3l ; (b) rosette at 85% of 3l . (a) (b) figure 8: stress variation measured by strain gage rosettes bonded to the gaussian specimen: (a) rosette at 70% of 3l ; (b) rosette at 85% of 3l . analysis type 3/ 70z l % 3/ 85z l % dog-bone gaussian dog-bone gaussian finite element 85.8 % 100. 0% 80.2 % 100.2 % experimental (95 % confidence interval)  85.4;86.5  %  99.6;100.8  %  80.1;81.4  %  100.0;101.1  % note: confidence intervals are obtained from 180 tests; for each experimental test, stress amplitude is evaluated with a minimum of 1000 data points. table 1: comparison between numerical and experimental results: values of the centerσ / σ percent ratio. conclusions he proposed gaussian shape allows to obtain specimens characterized by a very large risk volume. dog-bone and gaussian specimens are compared through a finite element analysis. the finite element models are experimentally validated by means of strain gages measurements. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true a. tridello et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 49-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.06 56 the results show that dog-bone specimens are appropriate only for small risk volumes, while the gaussian shape allows to design specimens with larger risk volumes (up to 38500 mm ). the stress concentration effect due to the cross section variation along the specimen is also taken into account. stress concentration factor is limited for dog-bone specimen. gaussian specimen shows larger stress concentration factors; an appropriate choice of the length 2l and of the diameter ratio n allows to design gaussian specimens with large risk volume and tk values equal or even smaller than that of the traditional dog-bone specimens. acknowledgments he authors gratefully acknowledge financial support from the piedmont region industrial research project ngp – bando misura ii.3. references [1] bathias, c., paris, p.c., gigacycle fatigue in mechanical practice, crc dekker, new york (2005). [2] bathias, c., there is no infinite fatigue life in metallic materials, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 22 (1999) 559-565. [3] pyttel, b., schwerdt, d., berger, c., very high cycle fatigueis there a fatigue limit?, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 49-58. [4] shiozawa, k., lu, l. ishihara, s. s-n curve characteristics and subsurface crack initiation behaviour in ultra-long life of fatigue of a high carbon-chromium bearing steel, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 24 (2001) 781–790. [5] sakai, t., lian, b., takeda, m., shiozawa, k., oguma, n., ochi, y., nakajima, m., nakamura, t., statistical duplex sn characteristics of high carbon chromium bearing steel in rotating bending in very high cycle regime, int. j. fatigue, 32 (2010) 497-504. [6] paolino, d.s., chiandussi g., rossetto, m., a unified statistical model for s-n fatigue curves: probabilistic definition, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 36 (2013) 187-201. [7] furuya, y., specimen size effects on gigacycle fatigue properties of high-strength steel under ultrasonic fatigue testing, scripta materialia, 58 (2008) 1014-1017. [8] furuya, y., size effects in gigacycle fatigue of high-strength steel under ultrasonic fatigue testing, procedia engineering, 2 (2010) 485–490. [9] furuya, y., notable size effects on very high cycle fatigue properties of high strength steel, material science and engineering, a 528 (2011) 5234–5240. [10] tridello, a., paolino, d.s., chiandussi g., rossetto, m., provini di fatica per la valutazione dell’effetto scala in campo gigaciclico, in: proceedings of the 42th aias italian national conference, salerno, (2013). [11] paolino, d.s., rossetto, m., chiandussi, g. tridello, a., sviluppo di una macchina a ultrasuoni per prove di fatica gigaciclica, in: proceedings of the 41th aias italian national conference, vicenza, (2012). t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.06&auth=true microsoft word numero 9 art 15 finale s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 145 analisi basata sugli sforzi locali della resistenza a fatica di giunzioni incollate di materiali compositi s. beretta, a. bernasconi politecnico di milano, dipartimento di meccanica, via la masa 34 – 20156 milano, stefano.beretta@polimi.it a. pirondi, f. moroni università degli studi di parma, dipartimento di ingegneria industriale, viale g.p. usberti, 181/a 43100 parma riassunto. il lavoro prende spunto dai risultati di un’analisi sperimentale del comportamento a fatica di giunzioni incollate di materiali compositi laminati di elevato spessore formati da strati di unidirezionale e di tessuto di fibra di carbonio. i giunti sono stati realizzati in modo tale da saggiare l’influenza della lunghezza di sovrapposizione (da 25,4 mm a 110,8 mm), della forma del giunto (con e senza rastremazione), e della composizione degli aderendi (sostituzione di uno degli aderendi in composito con uno in acciaio). mediante analisi 2d elastiche con il metodo degli elementi finiti sono state ricavate le distribuzioni degli sforzi all’interno dello strato di adesivo, al fine di individuare un parametro utile alla descrizione del comportamento a fatica in termini di sforzi locali numero di cicli a rottura. il ruolo della fase di propagazione viene discusso alla luce di osservazioni dell’avanzamento della frattura, condotta su alcuni dei giunti testati. abstract. results of fatigue tests on adhesive lap joints of thick (10 mm) composite laminates are presented and discussed. specimens of different overlap length (from 25 to 110 mm), different shape (with and without taper) and different materials (composite on composite, composite on steel) were fatigue tested. in order to investigate on the relationship between peak elastic stresses in the adhesive layer and fatigue life, a 2d structural analysis of the joints by the finite element method was performed. this analysis suggested that peak elastic stresses in the adhesive layer could be adopted as a design criterion, at least as an engineering tool for industrial applications. the role of crack propagation is also discussed, on the basis of some observations during fatigue tests. parole chiave. fatica; giunti incollati; sforzi locali; materiali compositi introduzione a resistenza a fatica delle giunzioni incollate di materiali compositi riveste particolare importanza per molte applicazioni in cui si renda necessario adottare la soluzione dell’incollaggio per abbinare l’efficienza meccanica dei materiali compositi con le proprietà di altri materiali, per esempio per inserti resistenti all’usura, oppure quanto dettato da esigenze costruttive o economiche (può risultare utile collegare parti in composito tra loro per ridurre i costi più stampi di forme meno complesse invece di un unico stampo più complesso – o per garantire la modularità per componenti appartenenti a piattaforme di prodotto differenti). inoltre il fenomeno della fatica di queste giunzioni presenta aspetti peculiari legati alle caratteristiche degli aderendi in materiale composito [1]. in questo lavoro sono state analizzate alcune giunzioni incollate di materiali compositi e di materiale composito su acciaio, al fine di verificare se fosse possibile adottare un criterio di resistenza a fatica basato sui valori degli sforzi assunti localmente nello strato di adesivo, come suggerito in [2]. una soluzione di questo tipo si è infatti dimostrata valida per interpretare la resistenza statica [3]. sebbene in questo modo il risultato sia semplicemente una condizione limite per le l http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true mailto: stefano.beretta@polimi.it s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 146 forze trasmesse dai giunti, rinunciando a priori ad una descrizione dettagliata del fenomeno fisico (nucleazione e propagazione [4], variazioni di percorso delle fratture durante la propagazione, effetto della singolarità degli sforzi in corrispondenza delle discontinuità geometriche, come mostrato ad esempio in [5]), tale soluzione presenta l’indubbio vantaggio di prestarsi facilmente al trasferimento ad applicazioni industriali. attività sperimentale a forma e le dimensioni dei provini utilizzati per le prove di fatica sono riportati in fig. 1. in fig. 1 sono anche riportate le sigle utilizzate nel seguito per indicare i lotti di provini. si tratta di quattro lotti di giunti a sovrapposizione semplice. per tre di questi lotti gli aderendi sono entrambi di materiale composito, mentre per il restante lotto uno dei due aderendi è realizzato in acciaio strutturale ad alta resistenza s690. il materiale composito è un laminato di 9.9 mm di spessore, composto da alternanze di lamine unidirezionali e di tessuto di fibre di carbonio a basso modulo immerse in matrice polimerica, la cui legge di laminazione è riporta in tab. 1. l’adesivo utilizzato è un epossidico bi-componente ad alta resistenza (3m 9323). lo spessore di 0.2 mm dello strato di adesivo è stato assicurato mediante inserimento di fili di rame di diametro calibrato disposti longitudinalmente rispetto all’asse dei provini, con eccezione dei provini ls 25,4 mm. ls 24.5 mm ls 50.8 mm tc 110.8 mm sc 24.5 mm figura 1: forma e dimensioni dei provini (non in scala). l   60 larghezza di tutti i provini 25.4 mm lamiera fes690 spessore 6 mm 150 150 25.4 205 205 25.4 60 60 60 205 205 50.8 60 60 205 205 50.8 30 60 60 http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 147 t 45°/ ud5 / t 0° / t 45° 2 / t 0° 2 / t 45° 2 / t 0° / ud5 / t 45° tabella 1: legge di laminazione del laminato (t, tessuto da 0.66 mm di spessore; ud, unidirezionale di 0.33 mm di spessore). per poter eseguire le prove senza introdurre componenti di flessione durante l'afferraggio dei giunti nella macchina di prova, sono stati aggiunti mediante incollaggio talloni di alluminio di spessore uguale a quello del laminato. per i provini della serie rastremata, è stato richiesto di terminare la rastremazione con un dente iniziale di altezza 1 mm. la geometria del dente è riportata in fig. 2. le prove sono state eseguite presso i laboratori del dipartimento di meccanica del politecnico di milano, utilizzando una macchina di prova servo-idraulica schenck hydropuls da 250 kn di portata. le prove sono state condotte in un ambiente a temperatura variabile tra 23°c e 26 °c, con il solo controllo della temperatura mediante impianto di condizionamento. le prove di fatica sono state condotte in controllo di carico ad una frequenza di 2 hz. le prove sono state interrotte alla completa separazione della giunzione. il rapporto di carico r = fmin/fmax è stato imposto uguale a 0. figura 2: dettaglio del dente al termine della rastremazione. la caratterizzazione dell’adesivo è stata invece eseguita presso i laboratori del dipartimento di ingegneria industriale dell’università degli studi di parma. le proprietà dell’adesivo sono state determinate mediante prove di trazione su un provino ottenuto colando l’adesivo in uno stampo avente forma di un provino standard astm 628 tipo iv e attendendone la solidificazione in forno secondo il ciclo di cura previsto dal produttore. il provino è stato strumentato con un clip-gage e due strain-gages rispettivamente a 0° e 90° rispetto alla direzione del carico, in modo da poter valutare il modulo elastico e ed il coefficiente di poisson . i valori così ottenuti sono e = 2300 mpa,  = 0,33. risultati iportando in un unico grafico i valori di forza massima applicata (normalizzate rispetto alla forza media necessaria per portare a rottura i giunti ls 25,4 mm in 100.000 cicli) e il corrispondente numero di cicli a rottura, i punti sperimentali relativi ai quattro lotti di giunti si dispongono come in fig. 3, dove sono riportate anche le quattro curve interpolanti i risultati sperimentali secondo una legge lineare in scala doppio logaritmica. e’ evidente che a seconda del tipo e della forma del giunto, nonché della lunghezza di sovrapposizione, si ottengono quattro curve distinte. figura 3: curve forze-numero di cicli a rottura dei quattro lotti di giunti. r http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 148 analisi delle fratture separazione finale dei due aderendi avvenuta, l’ispezione delle superfici di frattura rivela nella maggior parte dei campioni ls 25,4 mm una zona di probabile cedimento contenuta all’interno dello strato di adesivo, che interessa tutta l’area di sovrapposizione, come mostrato in fig. 4. ciò invece non è avvenuto nei giunti sc 25,4 mm, in cui il cedimento è presumibilmente avvenuto sempre all’interfaccia adesivo-acciaio o adesivo-composito, come si può dedurre dall’aspetto delle superfici di frattura, tutte simili a quella riportata in fig. 5. nel caso dei giunti con maggior lunghezza di sovrapposizione (da 50,8 mm a 110 mm) si è osservato una maggioranza di cedimenti riconducibili ad una fase di nucleazione in corrispondenza di uno o di entrambi gli estremi della sovrapposizione, seguita da apparente propagazione nello strato di adesivo e ulteriore propagazione interlaminare tra primo strato di tessuto e unidirezionale che ha interessato buona parte della sovrapposizione, come si può osservare in fig. 6 per i giunti ls 50,8 mm e in fig. 7 per i giunti tc 110,8 mm. figura 4: superficie di frattura di un giunto ls 25,4 mm. figura 5: superficie di frattura di un giunto sc 25,4 mm. figura 6: superficie di frattura di giunti ls 50,8 mm . figura 7: superficie di frattura di un tc 110,8 mm. a http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 149 interpretazione dei risultati sulla base degli sforzi locali giunti sono stati analizzati con il metodo degli elementi finiti, con lo scopo di determinare la distribuzione degli sforzi all’interno dello strato di adesivo. per fare ciò, sono stati adottati modelli 2d in stato di deformazione piana, utilizzando per la modellazione dello strato di adesivo elementi quadratici a 8 nodi di altezza pari a 0,05 mm, così da distribuire quattro elementi nello spessore dello strato di adesivo. gli aderendi sono stati modellati rispettando la legge di laminazione, assegnando cioè le costanti elastiche delle rispettive lamine alle partizioni del modello operate per rappresentare fedelmente la sovrapposizione dei diversi strati. sono state condotte analisi elastiche lineari, adottando per lo strato di adesivo una legge elastica lineare, con i valori di modulo elastico e coefficiente di poisson ricavati dalle prove di caratterizzazione sull’adesivo colato in massa. le costanti elastiche delle lamine sono state assegnate sulla base dei risultati di prove di caratterizzazione meccanica eseguite presso i laboratori del dipartimento di meccanica del politecnico di milano, utilizzando una macchina di prova elettromeccanica mts rf 150. i valori degli sforzi tangenziali paralleli al piano dell’adesivo, degli sforzi perpendicolari allo stesso piano, dello sforzo tangenziale massimo, misurato attraverso la definizione di sforzo equivalente secondo tresca e dello sforzo principale massimo, sono stati letti sul piano medio dell'adesivo in corrispondenza del nodo maggiormente sollecitato. figura 8: diagramma numero di cicli a rottura sforzo massimo di taglio parallelo allo strato di adesivo (a) e numero di cicli a rottura – sforzo massimo di tresca (b), calcolati con modelli 2d agli elementi finiti. figura 9: diagrammi numero di cicli a rottura sforzo massimo normale perpendicolare allo strato di adesivo (a) e numero di cicli a rotturasforzo principale massimo (b), calcolati con modelli 2d agli elementi finiti. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 150 i punti sperimentali sono stati quindi riportati nei grafici delle fig. 8 e 9, dove i numeri di cicli a rottura sono stati riportati in funzione rispettivamente dello sforzo massimo di taglio, dello sforzo massimo normale, dello sforzo massimo di tresca e dello sforzo principale massimo. tutte le grandezze sono state normalizzate dividendo per il valore relativo ai provini di tipo ls 25.4 mm, per una durata media di 100.000 cicli. come si può osservare in fig. 8a, la correlazione tra numero di cicli e sforzo massimo di taglio è migliore di quella esistente tra cicli e sforzo massimo normale (fig. 9a), sebbene in quest'ultimo caso la maggior parte della dispersione sia da attribuire al giunto acciaio-composito, in cui si è osservato come la fattura sia propagata essenzialmente all’interfaccia tra acciaio e adesivo (fig. 5). il ruolo degli sforzi normali, già proposto come parametro di verifica in [7], sembra tuttavia essere meglio interpretato se si valuta la loro combinazione con gli sforzi tangenziali, attraverso la misura di tresca. in questo caso, come è possibile osservare nel grafico di fig. 9b, si ottiene un’ulteriore riduzione della dispersione rispetto all’adozione della sola componente di taglio. ciò sembrerebbe suggerire l’adozione di questo parametro come criterio di verifica valido per tutti i tipi di giunzione (invece, analogamente a quanto osservato per lo sforzo normale, anche lo sforzo principale massimo – fig. 9b – presenta una correlazione più bassa con il numero di cicli). tuttavia è necessario sottolineare come questo modello, sebbene consenta un’ottima correlazione con i dati sperimentali, non tenga in nessun conto l’effettivo meccanismo di evoluzione del danno di fatica, che è caratterizzato da un ruolo predominante delle fase di propagazione, come mostrato di seguito. analisi delle fasi di nucleazione e di propagazione er meglio comprendere il ruolo della fase di nucleazione e le modalità di propagazione, alcuni provini (in più rispetto a quelli di cui sono riportati i risultati in fig. 3) sono stati monitorati durante la prova di fatica mediante osservazione al microscopio ottico dello strato di adesivo affiorante sul fianco del provino. le osservazioni sono state fatte ad intervalli regolari, sospendendo la prova e ponendo il giunto in tensione ad un carico uguale al carico massimo nel ciclo per il tempo strettamente necessario per l’acquisizione dell’immagine. in fig. 10 sono riportate le osservazioni dell’evoluzione del danneggiamento di un giunto ls 25,4 mm. la prova è durata complessivamente 17200 cicli e si è interrotta per la completa separazione dei lembi del giunto. come si può osservare dalla figura, la frattura è nucleata già a soli 500 cicli, rappresentata da una delaminazione all’interno del primo strato di tessuto sottostante l’adesivo, osservabile in corrispondenza dell’inizio della sovrapposizione degli aderendi. questa frattura è poi propagata nella lamina e tra 12500 e 16000 cicli la frattura ha deviato al’interno dello strato di adesivo fino a quando è intervenuto il cedimento, avvenuto in corrispondenza di un avanzamento della frattura di circa 7 mm. figura 10: osservazioni dell’evoluzione del danneggiamento di un giunto da ls 25,4 mm (durata della prova: 17200 cicli). p http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 151 figura 11: osservazioni dell’evoluzione del danneggiamento di un giunto da tc 110.8 mm (durata della prova: 18700 cicli). figura 12: osservazioni dell’evoluzione del danneggiamento di un giunto da tc 110.8 mm (durata della prova: 140500 cicli). nel caso invece di un giunto tc 110.8 mm, come è possibile osservare in fig. 11, la fase di nucleazione è iniziata a circa 3000 cicli (su una durata complessiva della prova di 18700 cicli), con lo sviluppo di una frattura all’interno dello strato di adesivo, visibile in corrispondenza del termine della sovrapposizione rastremata. fino a 9000 cicli la propagazione è avvenuta all’interno dello strato di adesivo, per poi interessare la lamina sottostante, con un successivo percorso di avanzamento della frattura caratterizzato da numerosi cambi di direzione, presumibilmente attribuibili alla struttura non omogenea della lamina di tessuto. il cedimento finale è avvenuto dopo un avanzamento della frattura di più di 50 mm dall’estremo della sovrapposizione. nel caso infine di una prova condotta ancora su un giunto da 110 mm di sovrapposizione rastremato, ma ad un livello di forza massima inferiore, tale da determinare una durata di 140500 cicli, si è osservata una nucleazione per de laminazione in corrispondenza dell’inizio della sovrapposizione, nell’aderendo superiore (fig. 12). a 75000 cicli il percorso della frattura ha deviato nell’interfaccia tra l’aderendo inferiore e l’adesivo, accompagnato da una contemporanea delaminazione nell’aderendo inferiore, come si può vedere dall’immagine ripresa a 100000 cicli. la propagazione ha successivamente http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true s. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 145152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.15 152 interessato la lamina di unidirezionale sottostante il primo strato di tessuto, raggiungendo un’estensione di più di 80 mm (di cui 40 mm percorsi negli ultimi 20000 cicli). tipo di giunto ntot ni ni / ntot ls 25.4 mm 17200 500 0.03 tc 110.8 mm 18700 3000 0.16 tc 110.8 mm 140500 25000 0.18 tabella 2: valori della frazione di vita ni/ntot spesa nella fase di nucleazione. mentre nel caso di giunti ad elevata lunghezza di sovrapposizione la fase di propagazione risulta sempre evidente anche ad occhio nudo in virtù degli elevati valori di apertura dei lembi della frattura, a sua volta effetto delle elevate lunghezze di propagazione, per individuare questo fenomeno nei giunti da 25,4 mm di sovrapposizione è stata necessaria l’osservazione al microscopio. sebbene non siano state monitorate tutte le prove, sulla base di queste osservazioni è ragionevole concludere che l’effettivo meccanismo di evoluzione del danno di fatica sia caratterizzato da un ruolo predominante delle fase di propagazione, come riassunto in tabella 2, in cui viene riportato per ciascun provino la frazione ni/ntot , dove rispetto al numero di cicli totale ntot, ni corrisponde al momento in cui è stata rilevata la nucleazione della frattura. i valori riportati confermano il ruolo predominante della fase di propagazione e risultano mediamente più bassi rispetto ai valori riportati in [8], ricavati da una base molto più ampia di osservazioni, ma che si riferiscano a laminati più sottili (spessore 1,6 mm contro i 9,9 mm dei giunti oggetto di questo lavoro). conclusioni ’analisi numerica mediante modelli agli elementi finiti di giunzioni incollate di aderendi realizzati in materiale composito di elevato spessore ha permesso di definire lo sforzo equivalente di tresca quale parametro utile alla previsione del comportamento a fatica in termini di numero di cicli totale. il valore dello sforzo equivalente è stato ricavato da modelli 2d e fa riferimento alla sollecitazione massima registrata in corrispondenza del piano medio dell’adesivo. l’adozione di questo parametro ha permesso di ottenere una buona correlazione con il numero di cicli a rottura, indipendentemente dalla forma del giunto, dalla lunghezza di sovrapposizione e del tipo di aderendi (limitatamente all’alternativa tra acciaio e un particolare laminato, mentre non sono state prese in considerazione leggi di laminazione differenti da quella testata). questi risultati sembrano suggerire che uno sforzo equivalente locale possa essere proposto come strumento di uso ingegneristico per la verifica di giunzioni incollate di materiali compositi. tuttavia, alla luce di alcune osservazioni del comportamento locale delle giunzioni durante le prove di fatica, è stato evidenziato un ruolo predominante della fase di propagazione, che avviene sia nello strato di adesivo sia per cedimento intere intra-laminare. l’attività di ricerca futura si orienterà pertanto nella direzione di caratterizzare il comportamento a frattura del sistema composito/adesivo e di sviluppare modelli adeguati alla previsione della fase di propagazione in giunti incollati di materiale composito di elevato spessore. bibliografia [1] w.c. de goeij, m.j.l. van tooren, a. beukers, materials and design, 20 (1999) 213. [2] a.d. crocombe, g.richardson, int. j. of adhesion and adhesives, 19 (1999) 19. [3] l. goglio, m. rossetto, e. dragoni, int. j. of adhesion & adhesives, 28 (2008) 427. [4] m. dessureault, j. k. spelt, int. j. of adhesion and adhesives, 17 (1997) 183. [5] m. quaresimin, m. ricotta, int. j. of fatigue, 28 (2006) 1166. [6] h. hadavinia, a. j. kinloch, m.s.g. little, a.c. taylor, int. j. of adhesion and adhesives, 23 (2003) 449. [7] m. imanaka, h. nakayama, k. morikawa, m. nakamura, composite structures, 31 (1995) 235. [8] m. quaresimin, m. ricotta, composites science and technology, 66 (2006) 176. l http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.15&auth=true microsoft word numero_37_art_41 u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 312-317; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.41 312 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe application of betweenstand cooling in the production hot – rolled strips u. muhin, s. belskij, e.makarov lipetsk state technical university, lipetsk, russia nemistade@mail.ru t. koynov university of chemical technology and metallurgy, sofia, bulgaria toni309@koinov.com abstract. medium grain size has been uneven over the length of hot-rolled strips of austenite of low-carbon steel during rolling on continuous mill. assess the possibilities of metal microstructure of hot-rolled strip stabilization system between-stand refrigeration line. rolling low carbon strips developed modes with increasing temperature end rolling along the length of the strips and rolling modes using between-stand cooling with variable flow cooling water. using this technology mode allows you to get a uniform cooling microstructure of metal strips and cut to length machine time rolling on 14 – 18%. treatment with an increased acceleration stabilizes the metal microstructure on rolling strips on top of the thread speed and reduces the machine time rolling on 3-9%. keywords. hot rolling mills; between-stand cooling; microstructure; increased cooling acceleration; mathematical modeling. introduction he most important indicators of the effectiveness of continuous strip hot rolling mills include performance and mechanical properties of the rolled strip. the use of cooling systems rolled strips, which include cooling between stands of finishing group and accelerated cooling in run-out roller table, to control capacity of the mill, and mechanical properties of hot rolled strips. on the process of softening metal affect the extent and rate of deformation, temperature, chemical composition of the steel, grain size, time [1]. to ensure a uniform microstructure of the metal leaving the finishing group, the entire length of the strip should maintained the above parameters constant. when hot strip mill generally accepted strategy for maintaining the temperature of the end of the strip rolling along at a constant level. this consistency provides accelerated finishing train, but there is heterogeneity of the microstructure of the metal from the front to the rear end of the band [2]. one way to stabilize the temperature and the speed limit, and therefore the microstructure and mechanical properties of the metal, is the application of installation coil box, which requires significant capital investment and reduces the productivity of the mill. t u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 312-317; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.41 313 another way to stabilize the microstructure is the temperature increase by the end of the rolling length of the strip, which compensates for the temperature drop at the entrance to a peal finishing train. temperature increase can be achieved by the end of rolling two ways that do not require additional capital expenditures: 1) using a rolling with between stands cooling mode for variable-speed distribution of cooling water; 2) rolling with an increased acceleration of finishing group. between stands cooling mode with variable flow rates is to reduce the supply of water along the rolled strip. this mode eliminates the rolling acceleration, thereby virtually eliminating the negative effects arising from its use. mode with high acceleration to stabilize the microstructure of the metal and reduce the computing time in the production of rolled strips, which increases the rolling speed cannot be applied because of the technical features of the mill. application of the cooling capacity is limited only by the installation of accelerated cooling strip on the run-out roller conveyor and power parameters of the rolling process in the strips production. technique to study the thermal and structural states of the metal tudy of the thermal and structural states of the metal was carried out using mathematical modeling for the conditions of continuous broadband hot rolling mill 2000 “nlmk”, russia. the mill includes 5 methodical furnaces, roughing group of stands, intermediate roller table with installing thermal screening lag, 7 stands finishing group, run-out roller table with installation of fast cooling strip and coiler area. the finishing group is equipped with a system of cooling the strip which can significantly increase its throughput. the maximum flow rate of cooling water in the cooling system is 1200 m3/h. calculation of the temperature strip mill line was carried out using the developed mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal from the issuance of a peal of roughing stands to strip winding into a roll. a mathematical model based on the solution of one-dimensional transient heat conduction eq. (1) finite difference method.          2 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) v t t t c t t q x (1) where: ρ is the density of the metal, kg/m3; c specific heat capacity of the metal j/(kg.k); λ thermal conductivity of the metal, w/(m.k); t temperature of the metal, k; τ – time, s; x coordinate of the strip thickness, m; qv power density heat sources, w/m3. mathematical model takes into account the effect of the screening device of roll, cooling strip in finishing group, heat generation due to plastic deformation of the metal, and polymorphic γ → α transformation of super-cooled austenite on the thermal state of the metal [3,4]. the model also accounts for the effect of the phase state and chemical composition of the steel on the physical properties of the metal. a mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal was adapted to the conditions of the mill 2000. share lanes with an error calculating the metal temperature over 20°c was less than 2 %. the calculation of the microstructure of the metal in the rolling mill finishing train carried by mathematical models recrystallized austenite low carbon steel grades set out in [4-8]. the calculation of the microstructure in finishing train was limited to the determination of the recrystallized volume fraction and the average grain size of austenite along the strip. hot strip rolling with using the between stands cooling influence of the cooling for formation of cooling metal microstructure nvestigation of the effect of cooling in finishing group on the structural state of the metal made in modeling for the strip 3x1250 mm of steel grade 08u of the mill in 2000 for four modes is shown in tab. 3. the chemical composition of the steel is shown in tab. 1. the deformation mode in finishing group is shown in tab. 2. s i u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 312-317; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.41 314 temperature-speed (t-s) mode and the water flow through the between stands cooling section for test modes are presented in tab. 3. al cu mn n p s si 0.045 0.037 0.186 0.003 0.008 0.10 0.015 table 1: chemical composition of steel 08u (%). in tabs. 2 and 3: hp, hsp, h6 -h12 – metal thickness after: roughing group; descaler; stands of finishing group, acc.; tp and tf – metal temperature before and after finishing group, acc.; vs and a thred speed and acceleration in finishing group, acc.; q1 – q6 – finishing stands gaps acc. hp hsp h6 h7 h8 h9 h10 h11 h12 thichness,mm 34.7 34.0 20.3 12.5 8.4 5.89 4.45 3.45 3.00 relative reduction, % 9 0.3 8.5 32.8 29.9 24.4 25.5 13.1 table 2: the deformation mode in finishing group rolling for strip 3x1250 mm, steel 08u. № of regime rolling parameters water slow, m3/h tр, tf vs, a τm, q1, q2, q3, q4, q5, q6, °c °c m/s m/s2 s m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h m3/h 1 1000 840 8.97 0.026 87.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1000 840 11.95 0.026 68.8 200 200 200 200 200 200 3 1000 840 10.25 0.026 78.4 200 200 200 0 0 0 4 1000 840 10.25 0.026 78.4 0 0 0 40 200 200 table 3: technological parameters of studied rolling regimes with between stand cooling. length of hot-rolled strip is 884 m. the research results are presented in fig. 1. according to the study, the primary recrystallization process time to get fully only in the first three gaps [9] on all four modes (fig. 1.a). recent the between standing cooling does not have time for fully recrystallizing of austenite grain and growth is difficult (fig. 1.b). the share of the recrystallized volume and average grain size of austenite. fig. 1 shows the entry point for the front end of the strip in the deformation and at the end of the pyrometer for the temperature of the end of rolling. application cooling (regime 3) reduces the average grain size of austenite at the exit of the stands and thus improve the mechanical properties of the metal. in regime 2 on the average grain size in the central layers of the band decreases from 18.1 to 16.9 mcm for the front end (fig.1c) and from 15.9 mcm to 15.3 for the rear end (fig.1.d) than with number 1. reducing the size of the austenite grain from the front to the rear end of the strip associated with the use of acceleration in the finishing train (breaks are reduced in the process of rolling) and a constant temperature by the end of the rolling length of the bar in the presence of a temperature “wedge” at the entrance to the finishing group. application cooling mode at number 3 lowers the temperature of the metal in the last gap, which leads to a decrease in the average grain size at the exit of the mill. as opposed to the regime number 3, in the last three cooling intervals (mode number 4) gives the average grain size of austenite grain size is close to rolling without cooling (mode number 1) at the same speed mode. u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 312-317; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.41 315 thus, the cooling section should be included, since the last finishing stand. by increasing the thickness of the final sections of the rolled strip inclusion cooling should be transferred to the latter gap to the first, to minimize the heterogeneity of the austenite grain on the strip thickness and suppress the recrystallization process during long pauses. figure 1: comparison of the structural state of rolled strips using between standing cooling. development of hot strip rolling regimes according to studies by rolling strips 3x1250 mm of steel 08u constant finishing temperature tf = 840°c, the temperature after roughing stands tr = 1000°c, thred speed vth = 9 m/s and acceleration a = 0.026 m/s2 decrease in the average grain size of austenite along a strip in finishing train was 2.3 microns. change the size of the austenite grain along the strip leads to uneven metal microstructure after winding into a roll. according to the hall-petch equation decrease in grain size increases the yield strength and ultimate strength along the length of finished hot-rolled strips. in order to stabilize the microstructure of the metal strip along the rolling schedule is calculated using betweenstand cooling with variable flow of cooling water. stabilization of the microstructure of the metal can reach the end of rolling temperature increase of 7°c during rolling acceleration without finishing group and with a rolling speed ve = 11.2 m/s. the drop in temperature at the inlet to peal finishing in the rolling process is compensated by the change of the total water flow in the cooling system betweenstand band from 840 m3/h to 0. water flow in the system qmko changes synchronously to each gap. comparison of existing and design modes hot rolling is shown in fig. 2. rolling without acceleration in the finishing train almost completely stabilize the cooling conditions of the band on the run-mill roller table. temperature increase by the end of the rolling length of the bar and the stabilization conditions of accelerated cooling can solve the problem of a uniform microstructure of metal for a significant proportion of the bands mix mill 2000. application between stand cooling of size bands and temperature regimes rolling limited to a maximum filling rate band, which for the mill 2000 is 12.5 m/s. this level is the maximum speed of a gas due to the necessity of accident-free transportation of the front end of the strip to a discharge roller conveyor mill due to the aerodynamic effect. stabilization of microstructure metal along bands which use rolling betweenstand cooling impossible can be achieved with high values of acceleration of finishing group. the task of rolling mode destination, depending on the thickness of the strip and the required temperature level to the end of the rolling mill 2000 mix resolved on the basis of the developed mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal. u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 312-317; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.41 316 figure 2: calculated parameters of hot rolling and accelerated cooling. strip 3x1250 mm of steel 08u (tr = 1000°c, vth = 9 m/s, a = 0,026 m/s, tf = constant (840°c), cooling temperature (tc) + 640°c, qmko = 0; tr = 1000°c, vth = 11,2 m/s, a = 0, tf = constant, qmko = constant, tc = 640°c; in fig. 2a, water slow in fig. 2b, m3/h; fig. 2c – average grain size after finishing group, mcm, in fig. 2c and number of cooling units in fig. 2d). rolling without acceleration in the finishing train almost completely stabilize the cooling conditions of the band on the run-mill roller table. temperature increase by the end of the rolling length of the bar and the stabilization conditions of accelerated cooling can solve the problem of a uniform microstructure of metal for a significant proportion of the bands mix mill 2000. application betweenstand cooling of size bands and temperature regimes rolling limited to a maximum filling rate band, which for the mill 2000 is 12.5 m/s. this level is the maximum speed of a gas due to the necessity of accident-free transportation of the front end of the strip to a discharge roller conveyor mill due to the aerodynamic effect stabilization of metal structure along the strips which use rolling of between stand cooling impossible can be achieved with high values of acceleration of finishing group. the task of rolling mode destination, depending on the thickness of the strip and the required temperature level to the end of the rolling mill 2000 mix resolved on the basis of the developed mathematical model of the thermal state of the metal. calculation results are presented in fig. 3. figure 3: assignment mode rolling strips in finishing group: a) tr = 1000°c; b) tr = 1030°c. (a unreachable area, b rolling with hither acceleration, c rolling with qmko = var). u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 312-317; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.41 317 in the rolling low carbon the strips thickness regime using cooling with variable flow water temperature increment of the end for rolling thin strips was 7-8°c and for thick strips thicker than 4.2 mm 16-18°c. machine time rolling of strip thickness over 2,7 mm decreased by 14-18 % compared to the rolling on the regime without cooling. in the rolling strips of low carbon steel on the regime with an increased acceleration without screening peal at the intermediate roller table stabilizing metal microstructure at the exit of finishing train can reach the end of rolling temperature increment equal 13-17°c, with rolling of strip thickness less 2,5 mm using a screening of roll increment is 610°c. rolling schedule with high acceleration can reduce the rolling machine time by 3-9 %, depending on the thickness of the strip. conclusions regime of hot-rolled strips of low-carbon steel with increasing temperature for the conditions of the end of rolling continuous wide 2000 hot rolling mill “nlmk” is developed that improve the performance of the mill and stabilize the microstructure of the metal along the hot-rolled strip, in contrast to the existing regimes. stabilization of the microstructure is achieved by increasing the temperature tf at 6-10°c when rolling of strip thickness less 2.5 mm, and at 13-18°c wen rolling of strip thickness over 2.5 mm. the rolling of strip using between stands cooling with variable water flow leads to reduction of the rolling machine time by 14-18 %, according to the regime with an increased acceleration by 3 9 %. references [1] humphreys, f.j., hatherly, m., recrystallization and related annealing phenomena, oxford, elsevier ltd, (2004). [2] kotsar, s.l., abelyansky, d., mukhin, u., plate rolling technology, moscow, metallurgy, (1997), (in russian). [3] koinov, t., gurov, a., shatalov, r., software tools 50870000614. economic-mathematical model of continuous hot striprolling, programs and algorithms, inf. bull., 11 (1987), moscow, (in russian). [4] koinow, т., yordanova, р., mathematical modelling of production and operation exploit of steel products”, 5th congress of metallurgists of makedonia, ohrid, (2008). [5] siciliano, f. jr., minami, k., maccagno,t.m., jonas, j.j., mathematical modeling of the mean flow stress, fractional softening and grain size during the hot strip rolling of c-mn steels, isij international, 36(12) (1996) 1500-1506. [6] beynon, j.h.,. sellars, c.m., modelling microstructure and its effects during multipass hot rolling, isij international, 32(3) (1992) 359-367. [7] senuma, t., yada, h., matsumura, y., futamura, t., structure of austenite of carbon steels in high speed hot working processes, tetsu-to-hagané, 70(15) (1984) 2112-2119. [8] maccagno, t.m., jonas, j.j., hodgson, p.d., spreadsheet modelling of grain size evolution during rod rolling, isij international, 36(6) (1996) 720-728. [9] koinov, t., angelova, d., shatalov, r., theoretical and experimental studies of the formation of metal structure in continuous finishing train, collection of proceedings of the international conference “theory and practice of producing sheet metal”, lipetsk, part i (2005) 195 200. (russian federation), (in russian). a << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_38_art_24 a. niesłony, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.24 177 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture a critical analysis of the mises stress criterion used in frequency domain fatigue life prediction adam niesłony opole university of technology, poland a.nieslony@po.opole.pl, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1218-8341 abstract. multiaxial fatigue failure criteria are formulated in time and frequency domain. the number of frequency domain criteria is rather small and the most popular one is the equivalent von mises stress criterion. this criterion was elaborated by preumont and piefort on the basis of well-known von mises stress concept, first proposed by huber in 1907, and well accepted by the scientific community and engineers. it is important to know, that the criterion was developed to determine the yield stress and material effort under static load. therefore the direct use of equivalent von mises stress criterion for fatigue life prediction can lead to some incorrectness of theoretical and practical nature. in the present study four aspects were discussed: influence of the value of fatigue strength of tension and torsion, lack of parallelism of the sn curves, abnormal behaviour of the criterion under biaxial tensioncompression and influence of phase shift between particular stress state components. information contained in this article will help to prevent improper use of this criterion and contributes to its better understanding. keywords. mises stress; frequency domain; multiaxial fatigue. citation: niesłony, a., a critical analysis of the mises stress criterion used in frequency domain fatigue life prediction, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183. received: 05.05.2016 accepted: 10.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ultiaxial fatigue life criteria are used during fatigue life prediction to compute equivalent uniaxial strain or stress state. this procedure is essential for the calculation of final fatigue life based on uniaxial fatigue characteristics. there are many propositions of multiaxial fatigue failure criteria in the literature based on stress invariants, critical plane concept, integral criteria and other [1–3]. most of them are defined in time domain and implemented for working on stress or strain time histories or on sets of amplitudes. there are only few propositions dedicated for frequency based fatigue life assessment were the frequency domain definition of the criterion is expected [4, 5]. one of them is the criterion of equivalent von mises stress (ems), which is nowadays more and more popular and well accepted by engineers [6]. in this paper advantages and possible risks of usage of this criterion are taken under discussion. particular four aspects were presented in details which are causing significant effect on computed fatigue life:  differences between fraction of fatigue strength of pure tension and torsion and the value of square root of 3,  lack of parallelism of the s-n curves for pure tension and torsion, m a. niesłony, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.24 178  abnormal behaviour of the criterion under biaxial tension-compression loading condition in comparison to the experimental results presented in the literature,  influence of phase shift between particular stress state components on the value of equivalent stress. the aim of this paper is the clear presentation of the theoretical limitation and the area of practical application of the ems criterion. examples based on technical experiments are recalled which confirms the correctness of discussed limitations. provided information are highly important for engineers which are using equivalent von mises stress in frequency domain as well as for researchers who are working on new multiaxial fatigue failure criteria where von mises stress is using as a part of the definition. equivalent von mises stress criterion in frequency domain he main reason for creating of this document are increasingly frequent, uncritical application of the equivalent von mises stress (ems) criterion in engineering calculations in the field of fatigue assessment. since m.t. huber in 1904 [7] and r. von mises in 1913 [8] publish the theoretical background of the possibility of measurement of material effort by specific work of strain ems criterion has become the most widely used in industry and science, among others in determining equivalent uniaxial stress, yield strength limit or other parameters used for example in constitutive equations [9]. without going into details about derivation, which are well presented in many publications, the final equation for equivalent stress ems criterion can be written as follow:        ems xx yy yy zz zz xx xy yz zx 2 2 2 2 2 21 6 2                      (1) or        ems xx xx xx xx xx yy zz zz xx xy yz zx 2 2 2 2 2 2 23 3 3                     (2) using proper components of the stress tensor: xx xy xz yx yy yz zx zy zz                     σ (3) in 1994 preumont and piefort [10] represent a breakthrough adapt of the von mises criterion for determining the material fatigue directly in frequency domain. they propose to calculate of the power spectral density of equivalent von mises stress directly in frequency domain as follow  ems mg f f( ) trace ( ) q g (4) however in the referenced paper [10] plane stress state was analysed presented method is well applicable also in spatial stress state with following power spectral density matrix:           xx xx xx yz yz xx yz yz g f g f f g f g f , , , ,            g      (5) defined according to vector of stress tensor components xx yy zz xy yz zx[ ]     s (6) and with von mises coefficient matrix [11] t a. niesłony, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.24 179 m 1 0.5 0.5 0 0 0 0.5 1 0.5 0 0 0 0.5 0.5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3                       q (7) after solving eq. (4) using (5) and (7) following expression for psd of ems can be written       ems xx xx yy yy zz zz xy xy yz yz zx zx xx yy yy zz zz xx g f g f g f g f g f g f g f g f g f g f , , , , , , , , , ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 3 ( ) 3 ( ) 3 ( ) re ( ) re ( ) re ( )           (8) psd of equivalent von mises stress in the form of eq. (8) can be useful while programing this criterion in low level programing languages where matrix operation (4) cannot be easily realised. limitations on the use of ems criterion in the fatigue calculation fraction of fatigue strengths of tension and torsion let us set the loading of an abstract structure and the reference axes in such a way as to obtain only one a non-zero shear stress component tor xy. [ 0 0 0 0 0 ]s (9) in practice this can be a stress state observed at surface of round specimen under pure torsion. in such a case psd matrix will possess only one nonzero component – the component gxy,xy( f ). according to the eq. (8) equivalent psd function of stress reduce to the following form ems xy xyg f g f,( ) 3 ( ) (10) generally speaking psd function of stress describes how power of a stress history is distributed over frequency. ‘the power’ should be understood as the variance of the stress history, what can be expressed as follow g f df 0 ( )    (11) where  is the variance of the stress history. also, it is possible to calculate the expected signal amplitude for a specified small frequency range of a width of f fr f a fr g f df2 2 ( )       (12) analysing the eq. (10) it can be seen that according to the von mises stress criterion for computing psd of equivalent uniaxial stress is to multiply psd for pure torsion times 3. transforming this action to the stress amplitude following the relationship presented in eq. (12) we get the equation: a. niesłony, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.24 180 af af af af 3 3 1.7321         (13) what is also valid for basic von mises criterion in time domain, eqs. (1) and (2). according to numerous reported experimental results such an equality is fulfilled only for few materials. usually the ratio (13) varies between 1 and 2 for fatigue strength and fatigue limit as well. it is important to know how much influence have a deviation from the specified square root of three value (13) on calculated fatigue life. in order to present the scale of the problem fatigue life was calculated for round specimen under random, narrow-banded and gaussian, pure torsion loading. in such a kind of loading the probability density function (pdf) of amplitudes describe rayleigh distribution [12]. on the fig. 1a) pdf for shear stress amplitudes and equivalent tension amplitudes according ems criterion were presented. it was also assumed that the miner rule is applicable and constant amplitude sn curves for pure torsion and tension are known and described as follow m m a f a f n n s t n n 1 1 ,                      (14) where: sf and tf – fatigue limits for tension and torsion; n and n – number of cycles for knee points; m and m – slopes of the sn curves. on the fig. 1b) two sn curve are presented which satisfy the sf / tf = 1.7321 condition, eq. (13). computed fatigue life t1 according pdf of shear stress amplitudes and sn curve for torsion are equal to t2 computed from pdf of equivalent tension amplitudes and sn curve for tension. for materials that do not meet the condition (13) computed fatigue life t1 and t2 differ significantly. such a case is presented on fig. 1c) for sf / tf = 1.5 what results in t1 / t2 = 3.16. lack of parallelism of the sn curves lack of parallelism is a special situation of the problem discussed in previous section. in this case the equality (13) cannot be fulfilled in whole range of cycles to failure. depends on the m and m slopes of sn curves different deviation from t1 / t2 = 1 can be obtained. this effect was illustrated in figs. 1d) 1e) 1f) where computed results obtained with the same procedure as described in previous section were presented. abnormal behaviour of the ems criterion under biaxial tension-compression biaxial tension-compression is a plane stress state where for specific reference axes only the shear component is constant and equal zero bi xx yy. [ 0 0 0 0 ] s (15) pure biaxial tension-compression is rarely found in practice but it is used for verification of multiaxial fatigue failure criteria. such kind of stress state is released on so called cruciform specimens through loading of two sets of arms in perpendicular direction [13]. this two loading components can be of any type, for example in-phase, out-of-phase or random with given correlation coefficient. in biaxial tension-compression the psd of equivalent stress can be computed as follow (16) real part of cross spectral density re[gxx,yy(f)] is equal 0 for fully uncorrelated loading components xx(t) and yy(t). there are some interesting results published in the literature which are showing basic biaxial fatigue behaviours of tested materials. cláudio et al. [13] presenting results from which it appears that the ems criterion does not fit the real behaviour of material. this can be observed on the fig. 2 where ems criterion for correlated data gives lower stress amplitudes and for out-ofphase loading higher stress amplitudes than expected. ems xx xx yy yy xx yyg f g f g f g f, , ,( ) ( ) ( ) re[ ( )]   a. niesłony, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.24 181 a) b) c) d) e) f) figure 1: pdf of amplitudes used for computation of fatigue life t1 and t2 (a) and five sets of sn curves for torsion and uniaxial tension (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f). influence of phase shift between particular stress state components it is well known under fatigue community that the phase shift between particular components of the multiaxial loading are influencing the fatigue life. a special interest among scientists and researchers has a combination of tension-compression or bending and torsion, as it is commonly encountered in a responsible machine elements such as shafts. many test results have been published in this area. all of them show a significant effect of the phase shift fatigue. analysed criterion does not have such properties. under a combination of tension and torsion (17) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x 10 −3 σ a , τ a , mpa p σ a (σ a ), p τ a (τ a ), m p a − 1 p σa (σ a ) pτa (τa) 10 2 10 4 10 6 10 8 10 2 10 3 n, cycles σ a , τ a , m p a t1 t2 = 1.0 tension: s f = √ 3 · 200; m = 8; n0 = 2 · 106 torsion: t f = 200; m = 8; n0 = 2 · 106 10 2 10 4 10 6 10 8 10 2 10 3 n, cycles σ a , τ a , m p a t1 t2 = 3.16 tension: sf = 300; m = 8; n0 = 2 · 106 torsion: t f = 200; m = 8; n0 = 2 · 106 10 2 10 4 10 6 10 8 10 2 10 3 n, cycles σ a , τ a , m p a t1 t2 = 0.133 tension: s f = √ 3 · 200; m = 8; n0 = 2 · 106 torsion: t f = 200; m = 12; n0 = 2 · 106 10 2 10 4 10 6 10 8 10 2 10 3 n, cycles σ a , τ a , m p a t1 t2 = 0.421 tension: sf = 300; m = 8; n0 = 2 · 106 torsion: t f = 200; m = 12; n0 = 2 · 106 10 2 10 4 10 6 10 8 10 2 10 3 n, cycles σ a , τ a , m p a t1 t2 = 0.0422 tension: sf = 400; m = 8; n0 = 2 · 106 torsion: t f = 200; m = 12; n0 = 2 · 106 tt xx xy. [ 0 0 0 0 ] s a. niesłony, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.24 182 the eq. (8) for psd of ems simplify to following expression (18) as we can see cross power spectrum is not present. this function is the only one which includes information about correlation (phase shift for one harmonic component) what can be treat as a proof of the omission of phase shift effect. figure 2: sn curves uniaxial and biaxial data presented by cláudio et al. [13]. remarks and final conclusions 1. it is not recommended to use the ems criterion in a case where the shear stresses dominate, and the ratio of fatigue limits is different from the square root of three. 2. abnormal behaviour of ems criterion it can be observed in comparison to experimental results under biaxial tensioncompression. for example uniaxial and in-phase biaxial loading give the same equivalent amplitude according this criterion but the test results showing shortening of the fatigue life, see fig. 2. 3. the impact of non-parallelism of fatigue characteristics on calculated life is significant and depends on loading level. 4. correlation between normal and shear stress components are neglected. therefore, this criterion can be used for materials that do not show sensitivity to the phase shift between these components. references [1] karolczuk, a., macha, e., a review of critical plane orientations in multiaxial fatigue failure criteria of metallic materials, int j fract., 134 (2005) 267–304. doi:10.1007/s10704-005-1088-2. [2] wang, y., susmel, l., the modified manson–coffin curve method to estimate fatigue lifetime under complex constant and variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue., 83 (2016) 135–149. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.10.005. [3] ince, a., glinka, g., a generalized fatigue damage parameter for multiaxial fatigue life prediction under proportional and non-proportional loadings, int. j. fatigue. 62 (2014) 34–41. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.10.007. [4] pitoiset, x., preumont, a., spectral methods for multiaxial random fatigue analysis of metallic structures, int. j. fatigue. 22 (2000) 541–550. doi:10.1016/s0142-1123(00)00038-4. [5] niesłony, a., comparison of some selected multiaxial fatigue failure criteria dedicated for spectral method, j. theor. appl. mech., 48 (2010) 233–254. [6] de la fuente, e., an efficient procedure to obtain exact solutions in random vibration analysis of linear structures, engineering structures, 30 (2008) 2981–2990. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2008.04.015. [7] huber, m.t., specific work of strain as a measure of material effort, archives of mechanics, 56 (2004) 173–190. [8] v mises, r., mechanik der festen körper im plastischdeformablen zustand, nachrichten von der gesellschaft der wissenschaften zu göttingen, mathematisch-physikalische klasse, 1913 (1913) 582–592. ems xx xx xy xyg f g f g f, ,( ) ( ) 3 ( )  10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 8 10 2 n, cycles σ x x , a , σ e m s , a , m p a uniaxial: data uniaxial: fit biaxial δ = 0◦: data biaxial δ = 0◦: fit biaxial δ = 90◦: data biaxial δ = 90◦: fit biaxial δ = 180◦: data biaxial δ = 180◦: fit a. niesłony, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 177-183; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.24 183 [9] hashiguchi, k., cyclic plasticity models: critical reviews and assessments, in: elastoplasticity theory, springer berlin heidelberg, (2014) 187–202. http://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-642-35849-4_8 (accessed january 30, 2016). [10] preumont, a., piefort, v., predicting random high-cycle fatigue life with finite elements, j. vib. acoust., 116 (1994) 245–248. doi:10.1115/1.2930420. [11] de la fuente, e., von mises stresses in random vibration of linear structures, computers & structures, 87 (2009) 1253– 1262. doi:10.1016/j.compstruc.2009.06.008. [12] benasciutti, d., tovo, r., comparison of spectral methods for fatigue analysis of broad-band gaussian random processes, probabilistic engineering mechanics, 21 (2006) 287–299. doi:16/j.probengmech.2005.10.003. [13] cláudio, r.a., reis, l. , freitas, m., biaxial high-cycle fatigue life assessment of ductile aluminum cruciform specimens, theor. appl. fract. mech., 73 (2014) 82–90. doi:10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.08.007. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_29_art_4 g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 28 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy elastic wave propagation and stop-band generation in strongly damaged solids g. carta, m. brun department of mechanical, chemical and materials engineering, university of cagliari, italy giorgio_carta@unica.it, mbrun@unica.it a.b. movchan department of mathematical sciences, university of liverpool, uk abm@liverpool.ac.uk abstract. in this work, we study the propagation of elastic waves in elongated solids with an array of equallyspaced deep transverse cracks, focusing in particular on the determination of stop-bands. we consider solids with different types of boundary conditions and different lengths, and we show that the eigenfrequencies associated with non-localized modes lie within the pass-bands of the corresponding infinite periodic system, provided that the solids are long enough. in the stop-bands, instead, eigenfrequencies relative to localized modes may be found. furthermore, we use an asymptotic reduced model, whereby the cracked solid is approximated by a beam with elastic connections. this model allows to derive the dynamic properties of damaged solids through analytical methods. by comparing the theoretical dispersion curves yielded by the asymptotic reduced model with the numerical outcomes obtained from finite element computations, we observe that the asymptotic reduced model provides a better fit to the numerical data as the slenderness ratio increases. finally, we illustrate how the limits of the stop-bands vary with the depth of the cracks. keywords. elastic waves; dispersion; stop-bands; elastic solids; cracks; asymptotics. introduction iscontinuities in elastic solids give rise to stop-bands, which are intervals of frequencies for which waves travelling through the solid are attenuated in amplitude, also if damping is absent. examples of discontinuities are cracks, imperfections and defects. in addition, discontinuities may be represented by non-smooth reductions of cross-sections due to design purposes. for instance, long bridges consisting of several spans that are simply-supported on piers usually present narrower cross-sections in correspondence of the piers, where the spans are connected only by the upper deck. the generation of stop-bands is generally accompanied by localization phenomena, such as trapped modes occurring near discontinuities. localization has been observed in different elastic systems, like beams [1], plates [2] and micro-structured media [3-5]. localization around defects in bi-material delaminating systems is investigated in [6,7], where a lowerdimensional asymptotic model is introduced to study the dispersion properties of the medium. an improved formulation d g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 29 with higher-order terms in the asymptotic approximation of the system is proposed in [8] for the analysis of floquetbloch waves. an elongated elastic solid with a deep transverse crack is examined in [9,10] for the cases of static longitudinal and transverse loads, respectively. in [9,10] a reduced model is formulated, in which the cracked region is approximated asymptotically by an elastic connection, which accounts for the decay of the boundary layer arising near the crack. this model is extended in [11] to dynamic problems. the presence of a crack influences the vibration response of a beam, since it locally modifies the flexibility of the structural element [12]. in [13] the effects of both a double-sided and a single-sided crack on the natural frequencies of a cantilever beam are investigated. in [14] the changes in the lowest eigenfrequency of a simply-supported beam produced by a breathing edge crack are discussed in comparison with experimental results. in this paper, we analyze the dynamic response of an elongated elastic solid with a distributed damage, represented by equally-spaced transverse cracks. first, we determine numerically the eigenfrequencies and eigenmodes of cracked solids with different boundary conditions and different lengths, and we compare the results with the dispersion curves computed for solids with infinite length. successively, we assess the validity of the reduced asymptotic model examined in [11] for different values of the slenderness ratio of the solid, and we evaluate the positions of the stop-bands in relation with the depth of the cracked sections. finally, we summarize the results and we discuss briefly the practical applications that can be related to this work. dynamic properties of elongated damaged solids with different boundary conditions e examine the dynamic behavior of an elongated elastic solid with equally-spaced cracks. an example of such a solid with a rectangular cross-section and simply-supported conditions is drawn in fig. 1a, where l is the distance between cracks, while l, h and b are the length, the height and the thickness of the solid, respectively. since the distance between cracks is constant, the solid can be modeled as a sequence of repetitive cells, one of which is shown in fig. 1b, where s denotes the height of the cracked section. figure 1: (a) simply-supported elongated solid with cracks located at regular intervals of length l ; (b) repetitive cell of the solid. we consider time-harmonic waves propagating along the axis of the solid that consist of oscillations occurring in the direction of the solid height. this assumption allows to study the solid as a two-dimensional strip subjected to transverse oscillations. by using a finite element model developed in the software comsol multiphysics, we obtain the eigenfrequencies and eigenmodes of damaged solids with different lengths. in figs. 2a-2e we report the results relative to five different boundary conditions: a hinge and a roller, both ends fixed, a fixed end and a roller, a slider and a roller, a slider and a fixed end. the parameter n in the horizontal axes stands for the number of repetitive cells, while the quantity ϕ in the vertical axes is a non-dimensional frequency given by ϕ = (ρaω2l4/ej)1/4. w b h l l h (a) (b) l s l l l l /2 l /2 g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 30 figure 2: (a)-(e) eigenfrequencies of cracked solids with different lengths and different boundary conditions, sketched at the top-right corner of each figure; (f) dispersion curves (black dots) and pass-bands (grey lines) for the solid with infinite length. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) n k l n n n n ϕ ϕ ϕ ϕ ϕ ϕ g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 31 in this paper, e is the young's modulus, ν is the poisson's ratio, ρ is the mass density, ω is the angular frequency, while a and j are the area and the second moment of inertia of the cross-section of the solid. the results in figs. 2a-2e are determined by assigning the following properties to the solid: e = 31 gpa, ν = 0.2, ρ = 2500 kg/m3, l = 3 m, h = 0.3 m, s = 0.1 m, b = 0.5 m. the black dots indicate the eigenfrequencies associated with propagating modes, while the grey dots represent the eigenfrequencies corresponding to localized modes. examples of propagating and localized modes for the different cases are shown in fig. 3. we point out that the solid with a slider and a roller does not exhibit localized modes (see fig. 2d). figure 3: examples of propagating eigenmodes ((a), (c), (e), (g), (h), (i)) and localized eigenmodes ((b), (d), (f), (j)) of solids with n = 5 repetitive cells and with different boundary conditions, shown in the insets. the dispersion curves for an infinite cracked solid are shown in fig. 2f, where k is the wavenumber. the dispersion curves are obtained from a finite element model in comsol multiphysics by imposing floquet-bloch conditions at the vertical sides of the repetitive cell in fig. 1b. the frequency ranges for which waves propagate without attenuation are denoted by "pass-bands" and are illustrated in grey color on the right of figs. 2a-2f. on the other hand, the frequency ranges for which waves decay exponentially are called "stop-bands". from the outcomes in fig. 2 we infer that the majority of the eigenfrequencies associated with propagating modes fall inside the pass-bands, while most of the eigenfrequencies relative to localized modes lie within the stop-bands. ϕ = 7.043 ϕ = 8.381 ϕ = 7.230 ϕ = 8.368 ϕ = 7.047 ϕ = 8.442 ϕ = 4.329 ϕ = 7.144 ϕ = 6.837 ϕ = 8.434 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 32 nonetheless, there are some exceptions: especially for short solids, namely for low values of n, some eigenfrequencies corresponding to propagating modes are found outside the pass-bands, though close to their limits; however, these modes tend to become localized as the length of the solid or, equivalently, n is increased. therefore, the effect of periodicity is more evident in long solids, as could be predicted. the results discussed above are in agreement with those presented in [15] for mono-coupled systems, in [11] for a strip made of steel with free ends, and in [16] for a real bridge. assessment of an asymptotic reduced model for the dynamic study of elongated solids he analytical determination of the dynamic properties of cracked solids modeled as two-dimensional or threedimensional continuous media is not a straightforward task. therefore, simpler analytical models have been proposed in the literature. in particular, we investigate the "asymptotic reduced model", firstly formulated in [10] for static problems and later extended in [11] to dynamic problems. this model is defined as "reduced" because it approximates the elongated strip in fig. 1 as a beam, in which the cracked sections are treated as elastic connections consisting of rotational and translational springs. the stiffnesses of these springs are evaluated via asymptotic techniques [10,11,17], which explains the use of the adjective "asymptotic" appended to the definition of the model in exam. in this work, we assess the validity of the asymptotic reduced model for different values of the "slenderness ratio" l/h. we consider both cracked and undamaged solids, and we compute the dispersion curves of the corresponding beam models. in order to obtain the dispersion curves for a beam with elastic connections, we consider an infinite periodic beam made of repetitive cells, as that drawn in fig. 4. here, kb and ks are the rotational (or bending) and translational (or shear) stiffnesses of the springs that simulate the cracked sections of the solid. they are expressed by [10,11]    2π 4 5 2 1 b e b s k      (1) and    2 π 4 1 log / s e b k h s   (2) respectively. all the quantities appearing in the formulae above have been defined in the previous section. we derive the dispersion curves by using the method based on the transfer matrix [18-21]. the transfer matrix links the generalized displacements and forces at the two ends of the repetitive cell of a periodic structure. for the case at hand, the transfer matrix is given by [11]       2 3 2 2 cos( ) cosh( ) sin( ) sinh( ) cos( ) cosh( ) sin( ) sinh( ) 1 2 2 2 2 sin( ) sinh( ) cos( ) cosh( ) sin( ) sinh( ) cos( ) cosh( )1 2 2 2 2 cos( ) cosh( ) sin( ) sinh( ) cos( ) cosh( ) 2 2 s b ej ej k ej k ej ej ej                                               t      3 2 sin( ) sinh( ) 2 2 sin( ) sinh( ) cos( ) cosh( ) sin( ) sinh( ) cos( ) cosh( ) 2 2 2 2 ej ej                                            (3) where β = ϕ/l. floquet-bloch conditions lead to the following equation:   idet e 0klt i (4) where i is the identity matrix. eq. (4) represents the dispersion relation for the beam with elastic connections. it can also be applied to an undamaged beam by taking kb → ∞ and ks → ∞. t g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 33 figure 4: repetitive cell of an infinite periodic beam with elastic connections. we plot the analytical results in fig. 5 in solid lines. figs. 5a, 5c and 5e contain the dispersion curves for cracked beams, while figs. 5b, 5d and 5f show the dispersion curves for undamaged beams. three different values of slenderness ratio are considered: l/h = 5 (figs. 5a and 5b), l/h = 10 (figs. 5c and 5d) and l/h = 20 (figs. 5e and 5f). the dots represent instead the numerical outcomes relative to strips having the same properties as the beams, which are derived from finite element computations. in particular, the numerical results in fig. 5c are identical to those reported in fig. 2f. the diagrams in fig. 5 show that the range of validity of the asymptotic reduced model increases with the slenderness of the solid. more specifically, for l/h = 5 only the first dispersion curve for the solid (either cracked or undamaged) is predicted well by the beam model; for l/h = 10, the first two theoretical dispersion curves determined with the asymptotic reduced model fit well the numerical data computed for the solid; for l/h = 20, the effectiveness of the beam model extends to the first four dispersion curves. as shown in [11], the limits of the stop-bands coincide with the eigenfrequencies of the simple beams sketched at the bottom-right corners of figs. 6a-6d. therefore, simple analytical expressions can be used to determine the limits of the pass (propagation) and stop (non propagation) bands. the positions of the stop-bands along the frequency axis depend on the stiffnesses of the elastic junctions kb and ks . for the case of beams with rectangular cross-sections, kb and ks can be expressed in normalized form as functions of the slenderness ratio l/h, the "integrity ratio" s/h and the poisson's ratio ν, as follows:               2 3π 5 2 1 b b k l l s ej h h (5)            33 2 3π 1 1 log / s s k l l ej h h s (6) in the formulae above, b and s are the normalized bending and shear stiffnesses, respectively. in figs. 6a-6d, we illustrate the relations between the first normalized eigenfrequencies ϕ1 of the four simple beams shown in the figures and the integrity ratio s/h, for given values of the slenderness ratio and poisson's ratio. the diagrams in figs. 6a-6d are obtained, respectively, from the following approximate formulae [11], after substituting the expressions of b and s given by eqs. (5) and (6):      41 2 6 2 b b (7)            2 4 1 840 35 105 6720 336 11 2 6 336 s s s s (8)            2 4 1 21 7 7 53 30 5 2 3 10 5 b b b b (9)            2 4 1 840 7 35 20160 48 2 3 10 720 s s s s (10) g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 34 figure 5: theoretical (solid lines) and numerical (dots) dispersion curves for cracked and undamaged solids with l = 1.5 m ((a), (b)), l = 3 m ((c), (d)) and l = 6 m ((e), (f)). the other quantities have the following values: h = 0.3 m, s = 0.1 m, b = 0.5 m, e = 31 gpa, ν = 0.2, ρ = 2500 kg/m3. cracked l/h = 5 cracked l/h = 10 cracked l/h = 20 undamaged l/h = 5 undamaged l/h = 10 undamaged l/h = 20 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) ϕ kl kl kl kl kl kl ϕ ϕ ϕ ϕ ϕ g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 35 the diagrams in figs. 6a and 6b represent the limits of the first stop-band, while the curves in figs. 6c and 6d describe the limits of the second stop-band. we note that the lower limits of the first stop-band (fig. 6a) and of the second stop-band (fig. 6c) change significantly with s/h; on the other hand, the upper limits of the first stop-band (fig. 6b) and of the second stop-band (fig. 6d) are almost constant. therefore, the main effect of the cracks is to open stop-bands in correspondence of the values that the dispersion curves for undamaged beams assume at kl = 0 and kl = π (see fig. 5d), keep the upper limits of the stop-bands almost constant and shift downwards the lower limits by an amount proportional to the depth of the crack. figure 6: first eigenfrequencies versus integrity ratio s/h of simple beams with different boundary conditions, defining the limits of the stop-bands predicted by the beam model (l/h = 10, ν = 0.2). conclusions n this paper, we have examined the dynamic properties of elongated elastic solids with a distributed damage, studied as two-dimensional strips with equally-spaced cracks. by performing finite element simulations, we have found that the eigenfrequencies of long finite strips corresponding to propagating modes fall inside the pass-bands of infinite strips with the same properties, for any boundary conditions imposed at the ends. on the other hand, the eigefrequencies associated with localized modes are found in the stop-bands. the above considerations apply also to shorter strips, though in this case some exceptions are observed. successively, we have tested the effectiveness of an asymptotic reduced model, which approximates the cracked solid as a beam with elastic connections. this model allows to evaluate analytically the dynamic properties of the cracked solid. we have demonstrated that the validity of the model is enhanced as the slenderness of the beam is increased. in addition, we have provided the explicit expressions of the limits of the first two stop-bands as functions of the ratio between the heights of the cracked and undamaged sections of the beam. i ϕ ϕ ϕ ϕ s/h s/h s/h s/h l/2 l/2 l/2 l/2 2 kb 2 kb 2 ks 2 ks (a) (b) (c) (d) g. carta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 28-36; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.04 36 the results of this work can be used in the context of structural health monitoring for the detection of cracks, defects and imperfections in structural elements. moreover, they can be exploited to design filtering systems with appropriate discontinuities that can stop the transmission of waves of specified frequencies. it remains a big challenge to study analytically the dynamic properties of solids with randomly-distributed cracks or defects. references [1] movchan, a.b., slepyan, l.i., band gap green's functions and localized oscillations, proc. r. soc. a, 463 (2007) 27092727. [2] poulton, c.g., movchan, a.b., movchan, n.v., mcphedran, r.c., analytic theory of defects in periodically structured elastic plates, proc. r. soc. a, 468 (2012) 1196-1216. [3] mishuris, g.s., movchan, a.b., slepyan, l.i., localization and dynamic defects in lattice structures, in: v.v. silberschmidt (ed.), computational and experimental mechanics of advanced materials (cism courses and lectures), vol. 514, springer, wien, (2009) 51-82. [4] bigoni, d., guenneau, s., movchan, a.b., brun, m., elastic metamaterials with inertial locally resonant structures: application to lensing and localization, phys. rev. b, 87 (2013) 174303. [5] carta, g., jones, i.s., brun, m., movchan, n.v., movchan, a.b., crack propagation induced by thermal shocks in structured media, int. j. solids struct., 50 (2013) 2725-2736. [6] mishuris, g.s., movchan, a.b., bercial, j.p., asymptotic analysis of bloch-floquet waves in a thin bi-material strip with a periodic array of finite-length cracks, waves random complex media, 17 (2007) 511-533. [7] vellender, a., mishuris, g.s., movchan, a.b., weight function in a bimaterial strip containing an interfacial crack and an imperfect interface. application to bloch-floquet analysis in a thin inhomogeneous structure with cracks, multiscale model. simul., 9 (2011) 1327-1349. [8] vellender, a., mishuris, g.s., eigenfrequency correction of bloch-floquet waves in a thin periodic bi-material strip with cracks lying on perfect and imperfect interfaces, wave motion, 49 (2012) 258-270. [9] zalipaev, v.v., movchan, a.b., jones, i.s., two-parameter asymptotic approximations in the analysis of a thin solid fixed on a small part of its boundary, q. j. mech. appl. math., 60 (2007) 457-471. [10] gei, m., jones, i.s., movchan, a.b., junction conditions for cracked elastic thin solids under bending and shear, q. j. mech. appl. math., 62 (2009) 481-493. [11] carta, g., brun, m., movchan, a.b., dynamic response and localization in strongly damaged waveguides, proc. r. soc. a, 470 (2014) 20140136. [12] dimarogonas, a.d., vibration of cracked structures: a state of the art review, eng. fract. mech., 55 (1996) 831-857. [13] ostachowicz, w.m., krawczuk, m., analysis of the effect of cracks on the natural frequencies of a cantilever beam, j. sound vib., 150 (1991) 191–201. [14] chondros, t.g., dimarogonas, a.d., yao, j., vibration of a beam with a breathing crack, j. sound vib., 239 (2001) 57-67. [15] mead, d.j., wave propagation and natural modes in periodic systems: i. mono-coupled systems, j. sound vib., 40 (1975) 1–18. [16] brun, m., giaccu, g.f., movchan, a.b., movchan, n.v., asymptotics of eigenfrequencies in the dynamic response of elongated multi-structures, proc. r. soc. a, 468 (2012) 378-394. [17] ciarlet, p.g., mathematical elasticity volume ii: theory of plates, first ed., north-holland, amsterdam, (1997). [18] pestel, e.c., leckie, f.a., matrix methods in elastomechanics, first ed., mcgraw-hill, new york, (1963). [19] faulkner, m.g., hong, d.p., free vibrations of mono-coupled periodic system, j. sound vib., 99 (1985) 29–42. [20] lekner, j., light in periodically stratified media, j. opt. soc. am. a, 11 (1994) 2892–2899. [21] romeo, f., luongo, a., invariants representation of propagation properties for bi-coupled periodic structures, j. sound vib., 257 (2002) 869–886. microsoft word numero 9 art 5 finale an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 46 fatigue life estimation in welded joints under multiaxial loadings andrea carpinteri, andrea spagnoli, sabrina vantadori university of parma, department of civil and environmental engineering and architecture, via g.p. usberti 181/a, 43100 parma, italy; andrea.carpinteri@unipr.it riassunto. le giunzioni saldate sono frequentemente zone di innesco di fessure che possono poi provocare la crisi per fatica dell’intera struttura. stati tensionali e deformativi biassiali o triassiali sono presenti in prossimità delle giunzioni saldate a causa della concentrazione indotta dalla geometria della giunzione stessa, dal processo di saldatura e/o dalla presenza di carichi multiassiali. la determinazione della vita a fatica di giunzioni saldate in presenza di carichi multiassiali ciclici proporzionali può essere eseguita adottando criteri locali basati su ipotesi convenzionali (criterio di mises o criterio di tresca). in presenza di carichi ciclici multiassiali non proporzionali, invece, è stato osservato sperimentalmente che, valutando la vita a fatica attraverso ipotesi convenzionali, si giunge a previsioni che non sono a favore di sicurezza. un criterio è stato proposto dagli autori per determinare la vita a fatica di componenti strutturali soggetti a stati tensionali multiassiali. il criterio è stato inizialmente sviluppato per i componenti lisci e intagliati e poi esteso, con opportune modifiche, ai componenti saldati. la determinazione della vita a fatica viene eseguita considerando una funzione quadratica in cui compaiono l'ampiezza della componente tangenziale di tensione (agente sul piano critico) e l’ampiezza e il valore medio della componente normale di tensione (agente sul piano critico). scopo di questo lavoro è il confronto tra la previsione della vita a fatica ottenuta mediante il presente criterio in termini di tensioni nominali e la vita a fatica sperimentale per dati relativi a prove biassiali di fatica reperibili in letteratura. abstract. welded joints are frequently locations for cracks initiation and propagation that may cause fatigue failure of engineering structures. biaxial or triaxial stress-strain states are present in the vicinity of welded joints, due to local geometrical constraints, welding processes and/or multiaxial external loadings. fatigue life evaluation of welded joints under multiaxial proportional (in-phase) cyclic loading can be performed by using conventional hypotheses (e.g. see the von mises criterion or the tresca criterion) on the basis of local approaches. on the contrary, the fatigue life predictions of welded joints under non-proportional (out-ofphase) cyclic loading are generally unsafe if these conventional hypotheses are used. a criterion initially proposed by the authors for smooth and notched structural components has been extended to the fatigue assessment of welded joints. in more detail, fatigue life of welded joints under multiaxial stress states can be evaluated by considering a nonlinear combination of the shear stress amplitude (acting on the critical plane) and the amplitude and the mean value of the normal stress (acting on the critical plane). in the present paper, fatigue lifetimes predicted through the proposed criterion are compared with experimental fatigue life data available in the literature, related to fatigue biaxial tests. keywords. welded joints; nominal stresses; lifetime prediction; critical plane approach introduction etallic structural components are very often jointed together by welds, and such joints are frequently critical locations for fatigue failures. that has yielded a wealth of research studies aiming at predicting the fatigue strength of welded joints. m http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true mailto: andrea.carpinteri@unipr.it an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 – 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 47 several methods are available in the literature to perform fatigue strength and service life assessment of welded joints under uniaxial fatigue loading [1]. the most common uniaxial approach, encapsulated by most of the standard codes in force for metallic structures [2], proceeds by comparing the nominal stress amplitudes applied to the joint with the nominal stress values obtained from s-n curves. local approaches based on local parameters have recently attracted increasing attention in the research community: for example, structural stress and strain approaches [3,4], notch stress and strain approaches [5,6], fracture mechanics approaches [7,8], critical distance approaches [9,10]. the fatigue assessment of welded joints employing local parameters becomes more complex when multiaxial fatigue stress-strain states are present in the vicinity of welded joints. when a weld structure is subjected to in-phase multiaxial fatigue loading, the stress-strain state can be reduced to an equivalent stress/strain based on conventional hypotheses used for static strength evaluation (e.g. see the von mises criterion or the tresca criterion). however, some experimental results [11] on welded steel joints show a decrease of fatigue life in presence of out-of-phase multiaxial loadings as compared to fatigue life under in-phase multiaxial loadings. the critical plane-based multiaxial fatigue criterion proposed by carpinteri and spagnoli (the c-s criterion) for smooth and notched specimens [12-17] has recently been extended to welded structural components by employing the nominal stresses [18]. in the present paper, a comparison between lifetime predictions and experimental data available in the literature [11, 19-21] is carried out, for both in-phase and out-of-phase biaxial cyclic loadings with constant amplitude. the c-s criterion multiaxial fatigue criterion based on the so-called critical plane approach has been proposed by carpinteri and spagnoli to estimate the high-cycle fatigue strength (either endurance limit or fatigue lifetime) of both smooth and notched structural components [12-17]. the main steps of the c-s criterion are as follows: (i) averaged directions of the principal stress axes are determined on the basis of their instantaneous directions; (ii) the orientation of the initial (hereafter termed critical) crack plane and that of the final fracture plane are linked to the averaged directions of the principal stress axes (two material parameters are required at this step: fatigue limit 1,af under fully reversed normal stress, and fatigue limit 1,af under fully reversed shear stress); (iii) the mean value and the amplitude (in a loading cycle) of the normal stress and shear stress, respectively, acting on the critical plane are computed; (iv) the fatigue strength estimation is performed via a quadratic combination of normal and shear stress components acting on the above critical plane (in the case of finite-life fatigue evaluation, two further material parameters are required at this step: the slope m of the s-n curve in the high-cycle regime under fully reversed normal stress, and the slope *m of the s-n curve in the high-cycle regime under fully reversed shear stress). in the following sub-sections, the c-s criterion is briefly reviewed, and an extension to the fatigue assessment of welded structural components under inand out-of-phase loadings is discussed [18]. averaged directions of the principal stress axes at a given material point p , the direction cosines of the instantaneous principal stress directions 1, 2 and 3 (being      ttt 321  ) with respect to a fixed pxyz frame can be worked out from the time-varying stress tensor  tσ . then the orthogonal coordinate system p123 with origin at point p and axes coincident with the principal stress directions (fig.1) can be defined through the ‘principal euler angles’,  , , , which represent three counter-clockwise sequential rotations around the z -axis, y -axis and 3 -axis, respectively (  20  ;  0 ;  20  ). the procedure to obtain the principal euler angles from the direction cosines of the principal stress directions consists of two stages, described in ref.[12]. the averaged directions of the principal stress axes 2̂,1̂ and 3̂ are obtained from the averaged values  ˆ ,ˆ ,ˆ of the principal euler angles. such values are computed by independently averaging the instantaneous values      ttt  , , as follows [12,13]:    dttwt w t  0 1ˆ     dttwt w t  0 1ˆ     dttwt w t  0 1 ˆ  (1) a http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 48 with t = period of the loading cycle and  tw = weight function given by:  max,11 )()(   thtw (2) where  h is the heaviside function (   1xh for 0x ,   0xh for 0x ), and max,1 is the maximum value (in the loading cycle) of the maximum principal stress 1 . the proposed weight function is such that no averaging procedure is actually required (this makes the implementation of the criterion rather simple), since the averaged principal stress axes coincide with the instantaneous principal directions corresponding to the time instant at which the maximum principal stress 1 achieves its maximum value in the loading cycle. figure 1: principal stress directions 1, 2 , 3 described through the euler angles  , , . critical plane and final fatigue fracture plane fatigue crack propagation can be distinguished into two stages [22]: a first stage in which a crack nucleates along a shear slip plane (stage 1, fatigue crack initiation plane or critical plane) and a second stage in which crack propagates in a plane normal to the direction of the maximum principal stress (stage 2, final fatigue fracture plane). according to the present criterion, the normal to the estimated final fatigue fracture plane (stage 2), which is the one observed post mortem at the macro level, is assumed to be coincident with the averaged direction 1̂ of the maximum principal stress 1 [14]. on the other hand, the critical plane (stage 1) is the verification material plane, where fatigue strength assessment is to be performed. the orientation of the critical plane has been proposed to be correlated with the averaged directions of the principal stress axes [15] and the empirical expression of the off angle  between the normal w to the critical plane (where w belongs to the averaged principal plane 3̂1̂ ) and the averaged direction 1̂ of the maximum principal stress 1 is given by:                    2 1, 1, 1 8 3 af af    (3) equation (3) is valid for hard metals, which are characterised by values of the ratio 1,1,   afaf ranging from 31 to 1. the off angle  is assumed to be equal to 0 for 11,1,  afaf  , whereas  is taken to be equal to 4/ for 311,1,  afaf  . mean value and amplitude of normal stress and shear stress the critical plane  passing through a given point p in a solid and the attached orthogonal coordinate system puvw are considered (fig.2), where the u-axis belongs to the plane formed by the w-axis (normal to the critical plane) and the zhttp://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 – 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 49 axis. the direction cosines of u -, v and w -axis can be computed with respect to the pxyz frame, as a function of the two angles  and  . figura 2: pxyz and puvw coordinate systems, with the w -axis normal to the critical plane  . the stress vector ws acting at point p , the normal stress vector n and the shear stress vector c acting on the critical plane are given by: wσsw    wswn w nsc w  (4) for multiaxial constant amplitude cyclic loading, the direction of the normal stress vector  tn is fixed with respect to time and consequently, the mean value mn and the amplitude an of the vector modulus  tn can readily be calculated. on the other hand, the definitions of the mean value mc and amplitude ac are not unique owing to the generally timevarying direction of the shear stress vector )(tc . the procedure proposed by papadopoulos [23] to determine mc and ac is adopted [14]. fatigue strength estimation the multiaxial fatigue limit condition presented in ref.[15] corresponds to a nonlinear combination of the maximum normal stress ( am nnn max ) and the shear stress amplitude ( ac ) acting on the critical plane: 1 2 1, 2 1, max                    af a af cn (5) as is well-known, the effect of a tensile mean normal stress superimposed upon an alternating normal stress strongly reduces the fatigue resistance of metals, while a mean shear stress superimposed upon an alternating shear stress does not affect the fatigue life [24]. therefore, the following multiaxial fatigue limit condition is here adopted [18]: 1 2 1, 2 1, ,                    af a af eqa cn (6) where:          u m afaeqa n nn 1,, (7) http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 50 with u = ultimate tensile strength. equation (7) is based on the well-known linear interaction between normal stress amplitude and normal stress mean value (diagram of goodman). in order to transform the actual periodic multiaxial stress state into an equivalent uniaxial normal stress state (with amplitude eqa, ), equation (6) can be rewritten as follows: 1, 2 2 1, 1,2 ,,                afa af af eqaeqa cn (8) for fatigue strength assessment at finite life, the fatigue limits 1,af and 1,af appearing in eqs (6) and (8) should be replaced by the corresponding fatigue strengths. hence, using a basquin-like relationship for both fully reversed normal stress (   mfafaf nn 01,1,   , with  1,af fatigue strength for fully reversed normal stress at finite life fn , and 0n = reference number of loading cycles, e.g. 2  106) and fully reversed shear stress (   *01,1, mfafaf nn  , with  1,af fatigue strength for fully reversed shear stress at finite life fn ), equation (8) becomes:   m f afa m f m f af af eqa n n c n n n n n                                   0 1, 2 *2 0 2 0 2 1, 1,2 , (9) where the equivalent normal stress amplitude, eqan , , at finite life fn is given by:                u m m f afaeqa n n n nn 0 1,, (10) now substituting eq.(10) into eq.(9), the number fn of loading cycles to failure can be determined by solving the nonlinear equation obtained. experimental applications and discussion n the present section, the above fatigue criterion is applied to some experimental results, obtained from finite-life fatigue tests, related to welded joints subjected to bending (or tension), torsion, in-phase or out-of-phase combined bending (or tension) and torsion [11, 19-21]. some mechanical characteristics of the materials examined are reported in ref. [18]. the values of the following material parameters: 1,af , 1,af , m and *m , required by the proposed criterion to evaluate fatigue life, are those determined in ref.[25] by susmel and tovo, who analysed the experimental data reported in refs [11, 19-21]. note that such parameters have been deduced by susmel and tovo [25] analysing the above experimental data found in the literature, except for the data set reported in ref.[19], since the s-n curve related to bending cannot be determined due to the limited number of experimental results. therefore, the values given by eurocode 3 [2] are herein adopted for the above parameters. the geometries of the specimens examined are circular tube-to-plate joints, box beams with longitudinal attachments and square tube-to-plate joints. the most critical point (point p) for fatigue crack initiation is assumed to be at the weld toe, since cracks in welded structural components often initiate along the weld toes, where high stress concentrations and local geometric irregularities exist. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 – 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 51 the c-s criterion is hereafter applied in terms of nominal stresses. the nominal loading paths analysed are reported in fig.3, where normal stress x and shear stress xy at point p are the stress perpendicular and that tangent to the weld bead, respectively. figure 3: summary of nominal loading paths. in order to determine the mean directions of the principal stress axes at point p , the instantaneous values of the principal euler angles are averaged by employing the weight function  tw proposed in eq.(2). then, the angle  between 1̂ and w is determined by using eq.(3). as is mentioned above, such an equation was originally proposed in ref.[15] for hard metals which are characterised by values of the ratio 1,1,   afaf ranging from 31 to 1. for data set reported in ref.[21] the ratio 1,1,   afaf is greater than 1. this is to be expected because the fatigue limits 1,af and 1,af are derived by testing welded specimens [11, 19-21] and, therefore, the values of such parameters are influenced by the presence of fillet welds. as is stated in section 2.2, the off angle  is assumed to be equal to 0 when 11,1,   afaf . fig. 4 shows a comparison between experimental fatigue life ( expn ) and calculated fatigue life ( caln ) for each experimental data set considered above, where the solid line indicates expcal nn  , the dashed lines correspond to expcal nn / equal to 1/2 and 2 (scatter band with coefficient 2) and the dashed-dotted lines correspond to expcal nn / equal to 1/3 and 3 (scatter band with coefficient 3). note that the run-out tests are excluded from the present analysis. tab. 1 reports the number of specimens tested and the percentage of the results of fatigue life estimation included into the scatter band with coefficient 2 and into the scatter band with coefficient 3, for each data set analyzed. the quality of the predictions made by applying the extended c-s criterion can be evaluated through an error index, i (), defined as follows:              expcal cal calexp expcal exp calexp nn n nn nn n nn i for% for% (12) http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 52 for each data set presented above, the relative frequency of the error index is shown in fig.5. the values of i , ranging from %100 to %100 , have been separated in 20 classes of 10% range. such a relative frequency represents the number of experimental tests whose error index falls in the interval considered, normalised with respect to the total number of tests. note that a positive value of i represents a conservative prediction. figure 4: experimental fatigue life expn vs predicted fatigue life caln for each experimental data set analysed [11, 19–21]. figure 5: error index distribution for each experimental data set analysed [11,19–21]. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 – 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 53 reference no. specimens scatter band 2 % scatter band 3 % archer [19] 18 94 100 siljander et al. [20] 30 77 97 bäckström et al. [21] 21 24 29 sonsino et al. [11] 43 65 81 table 1: percentage of the results included into the scatter bands with coefficients 2 and 3, for each experimental data set analysed [11, 19–21]. conclusions n the present paper, the criterion proposed by carpinteri and spagnoli for both smooth and notched structural components is extended to the fatigue assessment of welded joints under in-phase or out-of-phase loadings. the averaged principal stress axes, determined through the weight function method, are used to predict the orientation of the critical plane where to perform the fatigue failure assessment. then a fatigue failure criterion based on a nonlinear combination of an equivalent normal stress amplitude and the shear stress amplitude acting on the critical plane is employed to carry out such an assessment. the criterion proposed is applied to relevant experimental results, available in the literature, related to welded joints subjected to bending (or tension), torsion, in-phase or out-of-phase combined bending (or tension) and torsion. it can be remarked that, in most of the cases here examined, the fatigue life predictions of the present criterion fall within a scatter band of coefficient 3. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge the research support for this work provided by the italian ministry for university and technological and scientific research (miur). references [1] d. radaj, (1990). design and analysis of fatigue-resistant welded structures. abington publishing, cambridge, uk. [2] european committee for standardization. eurocode 3. design of steel structures. part 1-1: general rules and rules for buildings. env 1993-1 (1992). [3] e. haibach, b. atzori, applied to welded joints in almg5. society of environmental engineers fatigue group, midyear conference (1975). [4] t.r. gurney, fatigue of welded structures. cambridge university press, cambridge, uk (1979). [5] p. lazzarin, r. tovo, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 21, (1998) 1089. [6] p. lazzarin, c.m.sonsino, r.zambardi, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 27 (2004) 127. [7] d. radaj, z. zheng, w. möhrmann, engng fract. mechs., 37 (1990) 933. [8] d. taylor, engng failure analysis, 3 (1996) 129. [9] c.m. sonsino, d. radaj, u. brandt, h.p. lehrke, int. j. fatigue, 21 (1999) 985. [10] d. taylor, n. barrett, g. lucano, int. j. fatigue, 24 (2002) 509. [11] c.m. sonsino, m. kueppers, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 24 (2001) 309. [12] a. carpinteri, r. brighenti, e. macha, a. spagnoli, int. j. fatigue, 21 (1999) 83. [13] a. carpinteri, r. brighenti, e. macha, a. spagnoli, int. j. fatigue, 21 (1999)89. [14] a. carpinteri, r. brighenti, a. spagnoli, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct. 23 (2000) 355. [15] a. carpinteri, a. spagnoli, int. j. fatigue, 23 (2001) 135. [16] a. carpinteri, a. spagnoli, s. vantadori, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 26 (2003) 515. [17] a. carpinteri, a. spagnoli, s. vantadori, d. viappiani, engng fract. mechs., 75 (2008) 1864. [18] a.carpinteri, a. spagnoli, s. vantadori, int. j. fatigue, 31 (2009) 188. i t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true an. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 46 54; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.05 54 [19] r. archer, proceedings of the fatigue of welded constructions, brighton, uk(1987) 63. [20] a. siljander, p. kurath, f.v. lawrence, in: advances in fatigue lifetime predictive techniques, astm stp 1122, philadelphia, pa. (1992) 319 [21] m. bäckström, g. marquis, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct. 24 (2001) 279. [22] m.w. brown, k.j. miller, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 1 (1979) 231. [23] i.v. papadopoulos, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 21 (1998) 269. [24] h.j. gough, h.v. pollard, w.j. clenshaw, aeronautical res. council reports, r and m 2522, hmso, london (1951) [25] l. susmel, r. tovo, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 27 (2004) 1005. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.05&auth=true microsoft word numero_38_art_9 m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 67 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture incorporation of mean/maximum stress effects in the multiaxial racetrack filter marco antonio meggiolaro, jaime tupiassú pinho de castro pontifical catholic university of rio de janeiro, puc-rio, r. marquês de são vicente 225, rio de janeiro, 22451-900, brazil meggi@puc-rio.br, jtcastro@puc-rio.br hao wu school of aerospace engineering and applied mechanics tongji university, siping road 1239, 200092, shanghai, p.r.china wuhao@tongji.edu.cn abstract. this work extends the multiaxial racetrack filter (mrf) to incorporate mean or maximum stress effects, adopting a filter amplitude that depends on the current stress level along the stress or strain path. in this way, a small stress or strain amplitude event can be filtered out if associated with a non-damaging low mean or peak stress level, while another event with the very same amplitude can be preserved if happening under a more damaging high mean or peak stress level. the variable value of the filter amplitude must be calculated in real time, thus it cannot depend on the peak or mean stresses along a load event, because it would require cycle identification and as so information about future events. instead, mean/maximum stress effects are modeled in the filter as a function of the current (instantaneous) hydrostatic or normal stress along the multiaxial load path, respectively for invariantbased and critical-plane models. the mrf efficiency is evaluated from tension-torsion experiments in 316l stainless steel tubular specimens under non-proportional (np) load paths, showing it can robustly filter out nondamaging events even under multiaxial np variable amplitude loading histories. keywords. multiaxial racetrack filter; mean/peak stress effects; nondamaging events; multiaxial loads. citation: meggiolaro, m.a., de castro, j.t.p., wu, h., incorporation of mean/maximum stress effects in the multiaxial racetrack filter, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75. received: 12.05.2016 accepted: 10.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction nlike frequency filters that clean but distort originally noisy signals, the uniaxial racetrack filter [1, 2] is an efficient and well-proven amplitude filter. it can eliminate non-damaging events from uniaxial load histories without changing the original loading order and its overall shape, much improving the efficiency of practical fatigue u m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 68 damage calculations from unavoidably noisy strain signals measured under actual field conditions. the racetrack generalization to properly filter multiaxial non-proportional (np) variable amplitude loading (val) histories is even more useful for practical applications. in fact, it can allow a dramatic reduction in the intrinsically high computational cost of fatigue damage calculations from multiaxial strain measurements, which besides noisy, usually are oversampled, too long, and/or contain too many non-damaging low-amplitude events that do not affect the damage values, but can much delay their calculation. however, multiaxial racetrack filter (mrf) procedures are not as simple as the uniaxial ones. indeed, not even the removal from multiaxial val histories of apparently redundant data points that are not reversals of any of their stress or strain components is appropriate because: (i) the path between two load reversals is needed to evaluate the path-equivalent stress or strain associated with each rainflow count, e.g. using a convex-enclosure method [3, 4]; and (ii) reversal points from a multiaxial rainflow algorithm might not occur at a reversal of one of the stress or strain components. to solve issues like those, a truly mrf that can remove non-damaging events from multiaxial load paths represented in a sub-space from the 6d stress or strain space has been recently proposed in [5], extending its peg inside a slot 1d analogy illustrated in fig. 1 to the 6d stress or strain spaces. its specifiable filter amplitude defines the radius of a hyper-sphere (or a sphere in 3d or a circle in 2d load histories, respectively), which translates along the load path while filtering out any small load oscillations happening within its interior region. the basic mrf procedures are briefly outlined in fig. 2. further details on the basic mrf procedures can be found in [5, 6]. figure 1: analogy between the uniaxial racetrack filter and a peg p oscillating inside a slotted plate with center o and slot range 2r. the peg oscillates following the original history, resulting in translations of o represented by the dashed line. the use of a 5d deviatoric stress or strain space allows the mrf to be applied to invariant-based damage models, which assume fatigue damage is controlled by invariants like the von mises ranges and hydrostatic stresses, such as in crossland’s pioneer model [7]. for a given stress history, this 5d space is represented by the deviatoric vector t y zx y z xy xz yzs ( ) 2 ( ) 3 2 3 3 3              (1) since the norm of s  is equal to the von mises stress, all distances and filter amplitudes in this 5d sub-space have a physical meaning, they are the von mises range or the relative von mises stresses mises for a straight path between two stress states. alternatively, for a given strain history, the 5d space is defined by the deviatoric vector m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 69 t x y z y z xy xz yze ( ) 2 ( ) 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2               (2) a sixth dimension could also be considered in the above 5d spaces, which would store the hydrostatic stress h or strain h of the current state, allowing the filtering of not only deviatoric components, but also of their hydrostatic components. for 2d tension-torsion histories with stress paths defined by the normal and shear components x and xy, it is found that y zxzyz0, while yz ·x and xzyz0, where  is an effective poisson ratio. in this case, t x xys 0 3 0 0       and t x xye (1 ) 0 3 2 0 0         (3) therefore the stress or strain paths of such tension-torsion histories can be represented in the 2d deviatoric diagrams x xy 3  or x xy(1 ) 3 2     , which are sub-spaces from the 5d deviatoric spaces from eq. (3). figure 2: multiaxial racetrack algorithm, with the filtered history resulting from the p  output values, where n  is the hyper-sphere translation direction and io  its center during each loading event i. fig. 3 shows an idealized tension-torsion history represented in the x xy 3  normal-effective shear stress diagram, with the original path points represented as  markers. for a filter amplitude r = 80mpa (the radius of the circle shown in the figure centered at the end of the history, assuming it represents well the fatigue damage threshold), the mrf results in a much reduced number of points, represented with square and triangular markers. note in this figure that many points from such oversampled example are filtered out. note as well that small and supposedly non-damaging normal stress or effective shear stress oscillations are also filtered out, as seen in the upper part of the figure. the original 1,315 data points of this idealized history are dramatically reduced to only 56, significantly reducing the computational cost of subsequent multiaxial rainflow or fatigue damage calculations, without affecting their results if the filter amplitude is well chosen. this simple example should be enough to justify the claim that the mrf is a much useful tool for practical fatigue damage calculations. in fact, its major drawback, the proper specification of the value of the filter amplitude, is not a major issue m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 70 when using the mrf. it is in fact similar to the problem of finding a properly refined mesh for finite element calculations, which in practice can be found by sequentially refining it until the calculations converge. the mrf can also be used for projected histories on a candidate plane, to reduce computational costs in multiaxial fatigue damage calculations based on critical-plane approaches [2-4, 8]. for shear-based models, the 2d spaces a bt or a bt could be adopted in the mrf, where the subscripts a and b represent the in-plane and out-of-plane shear directions of a candidate plane. for tensile-based damage models, the traditional uniaxial racetrack filter could be applied to the 1d spaces or , where  and  are the normal stress and strain perpendicular to the candidate plane. alternatively, for multiaxial models that mix both shear and tensile damage, the 3d stress or strain spaces a b t or a b t could be used instead in the mrf. however, the original mrf uses fixed filter amplitudes, not a good choice for load histories that contain significant mean load variations due to the asymmetric fatigue damage behavior, which is much more sensitive to tensile mean loads. the purpose of this work is to properly solve this issue. figure 3: original points from an idealized x×xy3 stress path ( markers), and outputs from the mrf (square and triangular markers) for a filter amplitude r = 80mpa. mrf with mean/maximum stress effects s mentioned above, the original implementation of the mrf [5-6] uses a fixed filter amplitude r. however, since tensile load histories tend to be more damaging due to mean/maximum stress effects in multiaxial fatigue, they would benefit from a choice of lower values of r, to avoid filtering out damaging events. on the other hand, compressive histories could allow the choice of higher filter amplitudes, filtering out more points without compromising the damage calculations. such an improved mrf, optimized to consider mean/maximum stress effects on fatigue damage, can be implemented adopting a filter amplitude r that depends on the current stress level. in this way, a small stress or strain amplitude event a m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 71 could be filtered out if associated with a non-damaging low peak-stress level, while another event with the same amplitude could be preserved if happening under a damaging high peak-stress level. however, this is easier said than done. the filter amplitude must be calculated in real time (or else it would lose efficiency), so it cannot be a function of the peak or mean stresses along a load event, which would require cycle identification and information about future events. instead, mean/maximum-stress effects are modeled in the filter in a simplified way, as a function of the current (instantaneous) hydrostatic h or normal  stress along the load path, respectively for invariant-based and critical-plane models, as briefly outlined in [6]. crossland’s invariant-based model [7], e.g., adopts an infinite-life criterion mises c h cmax2 (3 )        (4) where mises is a path-equivalent von mises shear stress range, hmax is the peak hydrostatic component, and c and c are material constants. if this damage model is adopted, then the stress history could be represented in the previously defined 5d deviatoric space s  , assuming a h-dependent variable filter amplitude mises mises c c hr 2 3 2 ( 3) (3 3 )           (5) on the other hand, findley’s critical-plane model [9] assumes that f fmax2       (6) where  and max are the shear stress range and peak normal stress on the critical plane, and f and f are material constants. using this damage model, the shear stress history on the considered candidate plane could be represented in the 2d shear stress space a bt, while adopting a -dependent variable filter amplitude f fr max2       (7) fatemi-socie’s critical-plane model [10] assumes that b cc fs c yc n n s g max1 ( 2 ) ( 2 ) 2               (8) where  and max are the shear strain range and peak normal stress on the critical plane, n is the associated fatigue life in cycles, g and syc are the material’s shear modulus and cyclic yield strength, and fs, c, c, b and c are material constants. for this damage model, the shear strain history on the considered candidate plane could be represented in the 2d shear strain space a bt, while adopting a -dependent variable filter amplitude b cc c fsll yc r n n g s ( 2 ) ( 2 ) 1 2                      (9) where nl is the number of cycles associated with the stress-life fatigue limit, or any other user-defined fatigue life level. a high-cycle variation of the above variable filter amplitude can also be defined, based on a shear stress instead of shear strain amplitude, giving  l u ur s1     (10) where l is the shear fatigue limit under zero mean stresses, u is a material constant and su is its ultimate strength. in all above cases for crossland’s, findley’s and fatemi-socie’s models or its variations, the filter amplitude r becomes instantaneously smaller for higher h or  stress levels, to avoid filtering out damaging events. analogously, similar expressions for such a variable r could be easily derived for other multiaxial fatigue damage models. m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 72 these ideas have been implemented in a suitable computer code and used to analyze the results obtained from two challenging tests that involved non-proportional tension-torsion load histories applied on tubular specimens, as well as another idealized bi-axial load history that illustrates well the effects of high mean loads, as discussed next. experimental results he improved version of the mrf, proposed in this work to properly consider the difference between the wellknown effects caused by tensile and compressive mean loads on fatigue damage, is evaluated using experimental and idealized tension-torsion 2d stress histories. the experiments are performed on annealed tubular 316l stainless steel specimens in a multiaxial servo-hydraulic testing machine. the cyclic properties of this 316l steel are obtained from simple uniaxial tests, using standard procedures. its ramberg-osgood uniaxial cyclic hardening coefficient and exponent are 874mpa and 0.123, with young’s modulus 193gpa and poisson ratio 0.3. this material has been chosen for those tests because it presents a significant non-proportional (np) hardening effect as well, which cannot be neglected in multiaxial fatigue damage calculations, as discussed below. the two experiments reported below consist of strain-controlled tension-torsion cycles applied to identical tubular specimens, one for the cross and one for the x-shaped paths from fig. 2, represented in the normal-effective shear strain space x×xy/3. figure 2: applied x×xy/3 strain paths on two tension-torsion tubular specimens, with successively imposed amplitudes a = 0.2%, 0.4%, 0.6% and 0.8% in each case. figure 3: experimentally measured data points ( markers) from the x×xy3 stress paths induced by the cross and x-shaped inputs from fig. 2, and associated outputs from the mrf (solid lines) for a chosen filter amplitude r = 7mpa. t m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 73 for each specimen, several load periods are applied for a given normal strain amplitude a  0.2%, 0.4%, 0.6% and 0.8%. the resulting normal-effective shear stress paths x×xy3 are very complex, involving high np hardening effects and transients, see fig. 3. fig. 3 shows the experimentally measured data points ( markers) from each of the two specimens, as well as the mrf output (solid lines) for a filter amplitude r = 7mpa. for the cross-shaped path, 95% of the measured points were filtered out, while for the x-shaped case 87% were eliminated, significantly reducing the computational costs of subsequent fatigue life calculations. notice that, despite being highly filtered, the mrf outputs can almost exactly describe the original history, capturing not only all reversal points but also the path shape, which is a most important feature for equivalentrange multiaxial fatigue damage calculations. fig. 4 shows a random single period of each of the fig. 3 paths, where the square markers represent the mrf output, filtering out most of the original stress points. figure 4: experimentally measured data points ( markers) for a single period of the cross and x-shaped histories, and associated outputs from the mrf (square markers) for a filter amplitude r = 7mpa. to better evaluate the mean/maximum stress effects in the proposed modification of the mrf, the idealized tensiontorsion stress history from fig. 1 is now filtered according to a filter amplitude based e.g. on fatemi-socie’s model, shown in eqs. (9) and (10) respectively for strain or stress histories. fig. 5 plots the idealized tension-torsion stress history in a normal-effective shear stress diagram, with the original path points represented as  markers. assuming fig. 5 represents the a 3   history of the normal stress and in-plane shear stress components on a candidate plane, the variable filter amplitude from eq. (10) could be used, but multiplied by 3 (due to the scaling from a to a 3 ) to give  l u ur s3 1     (11) for a hypothetical component with l mpa3 80  , su = 515mpa, and u = 0.66, the above variable filter amplitude becomes  r 80 1 0.66 515   . fig. 5 shows the mrf output adopting such a variable r, where the remaining (unfiltered) points are marked as squares or triangles. notice how most of the normal oscillations were filtered out under a 300mpa compressive mean normal stress, while very few of them were filtered under +300mpa. and the small shear cycle near the 120mpa compressive normal stress was filtered out, while the same shear cycle at +180mpa was not, a desirable behavior for an amplitude filter that considers mean/maximum stress effects. m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 74 figure 5: original points from an idealized a 3   stress path ( markers), and outputs from the mrf (square and triangular markers), considering mean stress effects. conclusions he multiaxial racetrack filter (mrf) is an efficient amplitude filter applicable to multiaxial histories and fatigue damage models based on invariants or on the critical-plane approach. the mrf is able to filter out low-amplitude events, significantly decreasing the computational cost of subsequent multiaxial fatigue-damage calculations. in this work, mean/maximum stress effects were incorporated into the mrf. the proposed variable filter amplitudes allowed the algorithm to efficiently filter out events based on their damage parameter. in this way, lower filter amplitudes are automatically used for tensile histories, and higher filter amplitudes for compressive ones, optimizing the filter efficiency without neglecting significant damaging events. references [1] fuchs, h.o., nelson, d.v., burke, m.a., toomay, t.l., shortcuts in cumulative damage analysis, sae automobile engineering meeting paper 730565 (1973). [2] castro, j.t.p., meggiolaro, m.a., fatigue design techniques (in 3 volumes), createspace, scotts valley, ca, usa (2016). [3] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., an improved multiaxial rainflow algorithm for non-proportional stress or strain histories part i: enclosing surface methods, int. j. fatigue, 42 (2012) 217-226. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2011.10.014 [4] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., wu, h., invariant-based and critical-plane rainflow approaches for fatigue life prediction under multiaxial variable amplitude loading, procedia engineering, 101 (2015) 69-76. doi: 10.1016/ j.proeng.2015.02.010 [5] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., wu, h., shortcuts in multiple dimensions: the multiaxial racetrack filter, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 368-375. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.40 [6] wu, h., meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., validation of the multiaxial racetrack amplitude filter, int. j. fatigue, 87 (2016) 167-179. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.01.016 t m.a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 67-75; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.09 75 [7] crossland, b., effect of large hydrostatic pressures on the torsional fatigue strength of an alloy steel. int. conf. on fatigue of metals, london: imeche (1956) 138-149. [8] bannantine, j.a., socie, d.f., a variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue life prediction method, in fatigue under biaxial and multiaxial loading, esis, 10 (1991) 35-51. [9] findley, w.n., a theory for the effect of mean stress on fatigue of metals under combined torsion and axial load or bending, j. eng. industry, 81 (1959) 301-306. [10] fatemi, a., socie, d.f., a critical plane approach to multiaxial damage including out-of-phase loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 11 (1988) 149-166. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 8 art 1 e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 3 elementi di interfaccia per l’analisi di strutture murarie elio sacco, jessica toti università di cassino, di.m.s.a.t., via g. di biasio 43, 03043 cassino (fr), sacco@unicas.it riassunto. il presente articolo riguarda la modellazione del comportamento meccanico di elementi in muratura intesi come sistemi eterogenei composti da malta, blocchi ed interfacce di connessione. la strategia computazionale che viene adottata consiste nel modellare separatamente i blocchi, i letti di malta ed le interfacce responsabili di fenomeni di decoesione malta-blocco; a tale scopo, si propone uno speciale modello di interfaccia che combina il danneggiamento con l’attrito. si sviluppa una procedura numerica, basata sull’algoritmo backward di eulero, per risolvere il problema evolutivo; per il passo temporale si utilizza invece la tecnica predictor-corrector a controllo di spostamenti. si effettuano alcune applicazioni numeriche con lo scopo di verificare la capacità del modello e dell’algoritmo proposto nel riprodurre la risposta non lineare della muratura dovuta a fenomeni di degrado localizzati. infine, si conduce lo studio della modellazione di un arco murario, confrontando i risultati numerici con quelli sperimentali; si dimostra la abilità del modello proposto nel simulare il comportamento globale della struttura ad arco in termini di carico ultimo e di meccanismo di collasso. abstract. the present paper deals with the modelling of the mechanical behaviour of masonry elements regarded as heterogeneous systems, made of mortar, bricks and interfaces. thus, the adopted computational strategy consists in modelling the brick units, the mortar joints and the interfaces responsible for the mortarbrick decohesion mechanisms; to this end, a special interface model combining damage and friction is proposed. a numerical procedure, based on the backward euler time-integration scheme, is introduced; the time step is solved adopting a displacement driven predictor-corrector scheme. some numerical applications are performed in order to assess the performances of the proposed model and algorithm in reproducing the nonlinear response of masonry material due to damage localization. finally, a masonry arch model is studied, comparing the numerical results with experimental ones; it is show the ability of the proposed model to simulate the global behaviour of the arch structure in term of ultimate load and collapse mechanism. parole chiave. interfacce, danno, attrito, muratura, elementi finiti. introduzione n molti problemi dell’ingegneria, gli effetti non lineari dei materiali si localizzano in zone di piccolo spessore, dove si sviluppano elevati gradienti di deformazione. lo spessore di questi strati è così piccolo che spesso viene sostituito nella modellazione da interfacce, che sono particolari superfici di materiale lungo le quali si possono manifestare discontinuità di spostamento. i modelli di interfaccia sono caratterizzati da relazioni costitutive che legano le tensioni agenti su tali superfici alla discontinuità di spostamento. molte sono le formulazioni sui comportamenti di interfaccia presenti in letteratura; in particolare, alcune sono state sviluppate per simulare il graduale processo dell’apertura di una fessura, per la quale l’incipiente separazione viene impedita da sforzi coesivi, originati dall’interazione e dall’attrito tra i grani o da altri fenomeni di bridging. l’idea di adottare un modello coesivo di interfaccia è nata intorno agli anni ’60. i primi ad introdurre tale concetto furono dugdale [1] e barenblatt [2], che proposero differenti distribuzioni delle tensioni coesive. successivamente sono state i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it mailto:sacco@unicas.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 4 proposte altre modellazioni e, per la varietà di problemi di natura numerica e meccanica e per la lunga serie di possibili applicazioni esistenti, sono stati studiati e sviluppati, anche negli ultimi anni, numerosi modelli di zona coesiva. relativamente alla modellazione di interfacce in meccanica della muratura, tra gli altri, lofti and shing [3] hanno proposto un modello costitutivo di interfaccia capace di simulare l’iniziazione e la propagazione della frattura dovuta all’effetto della presenza delle tensioni normali e tangenziali agenti nella malta e considerando l’effetto della dilatanza. giambanco e di gati [4] hanno formulato un modello coesivo basato su una superficie limite del tipo bilineare alla coulomb con cut-off a trazione e legge evolutiva non associata. gambarotta e lagomarsino [5] hanno sviluppato un modello coesivo di interfaccia che considera l’effetto del danneggiamento e dell’attrito nei giunti di malta soggetti a carichi ciclici. lourenço e rots [6] e, successivamente, oliveira e lourenço [7] hanno implementato un modello costitutivo di interfaccia basato sulla teoria della plasticità, capace di simulare il comportamento ciclico della zona coesiva, riproducendo la risposta non lineare in fase di scarico. giambanco e mroz [8] hanno presentato un modello di interfase che permette di tenere in conto l’interazione fra le tensioni e le deformazioni di contatto con quelle interne al giunto che risulta separato dai blocchi attraverso due interfacce. alfano e sacco [9] hanno proposto un modello di interfaccia che combina il danneggiamento con l’attrito sulla base di una modellazione micromeccanica. tale modello è stato utilizzato per simulare alcune sperimentazioni; in particolare, è stato riprodotto il comportamento di un pannello murario tramite elementi elastici ed interfacce, che colgono il comportamento sia dei giunti di malta che delle possibili fratture nei blocchi. nel presente lavoro si introduce il modello di interfaccia sviluppato da alfano e sacco [9], al quale si apportano alcune modifiche. il modello è capace di simulare il comportamento della connessione malta-blocco. infatti, la sperimentazione mostra che il fenomeno di distacco della malta dal blocco è il maggiore responsabile della risposta non lineare della connessione tra i blocchi [10]. il legame costitutivo di interfaccia è determinato sviluppando una semplice ma sistematica analisi micromeccanica del fenomeno della decoesione e dell’attrito. tale approccio micromeccanico è stato introdotto, nell’ambito della modellazione di un mezzo continuo e coesivo, da ragueneau et al. [11]. quindi, l’approccio micromeccanico è stato rivisto da marfia et al. [12] per sviluppare un modello di interfaccia capace di accoppiare il danneggiamento con l’attrito. successivamente, è stato ripreso da uva e salerno [13] per la modellazione della malta nell’ambito di una procedura di omogeneizzazione di muratura regolare. nei paragrafi successivi, si definisce il modello di interfaccia, riportando le equazioni di stato e le leggi evolutive del danno e dell’attrito modellato tramite la teoria della plasticità. il modello proposto presenta un accoppiamento tra il danneggiamento e l’attrito derivato tramite un semplice ma razionale approccio micromeccanico. il problema evolutivo non lineare è integrato nel tempo utilizzando un algoritmo backward di eulero, mentre il passo finito è risolto tramite la tecnica predictor-corrector. sono quindi illustrate alcune applicazioni numeriche che mostrano la capacità del modello di riprodurre il comportamento dei giunti malta-blocco. quindi, si mostrano alcune applicazioni su semplici elementi strutturali per verificare la robustezza dell’algoritmo numerico implementato. infine, viene studiato il comportamento di un arco soggetto a peso proprio ed ad una forza nella prossimità della chiave, confrontando i risultati ottenuti da una sperimentazione sviluppata recentemente [14] con quelli forniti dalla modellazione proposta. modello coesivo di interfaccia n questo paragrafo viene esposto il modello coesivo di interfaccia che accoppia il danno e l’attrito. tale modello, sviluppato sulla base di quello proposto inizialmente da alfano e sacco [9], si basa su un’analisi micromeccanica. infatti, il legame costitutivo nel generico punto dell’interfaccia, che modella il comportamento della connessione malta-blocco, si ricava considerando l’elemento rappresentativo di area (rae: representative area element). in fig. 1 è illustrato schematicamente il modello micromeccanico: nel punto a dell’interfaccia malta-blocco, l’elemento rappresentativo rae della connessione a livello micromeccanico non presenta microfratture e, considerando una schematizzazione semplificata, l’area totale rappresentativa di interazione risulta completamente integra; nel punto b, il rae presenta dei parziali distacchi, ovvero delle microfratture, per cui l’area totale rappresentativa di interazione può essere ripartita in una parte danneggiata ed una integra; infine, nel punto c del giunto di malta, il rae presenta una frattura completa, per cui l’area totale rappresentativa risulta completamente danneggiata. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 5 figura 1: modello micromeccanico dell’interfaccia malta-blocco. in definitiva, si assume che l’area rappresentativa elementare del rae può essere divisa in una parte integra, non danneggiata, ua , e una parte completamente danneggiata, da , come illustrato in fig.1. il rapporto tra l’area danneggiata e l’area elementare considerata rappresenta il danno e viene denotato con d :  d a d a (1) per cui le due aliquote di area ua e da posso essere scritte nel seguente modo:  d ua a a (2) con    (1 ) ,u da d a a ad cinematica indicando con s il vettore spostamento relativo in corrispondenza del generico punto dell’interfaccia malta-blocco, si considera il rae soggetto ad uno spostamento medio pari ad s . si tratta allora di determinare la distribuzione degli spostamenti relativi che si verificano nel rae, che rappresenta un punto della zona di interazione malta-blocco. tale distribuzione di spostamenti relativi dovrebbe essere valutata risolvendo un opportuno modello micromeccanico. allo scopo di semplificare la trattazione, si può assumere che lo spostamento relativo possa essere considerato costante in ognuna delle due parti di area che compongono il rae. in particolare, si indica con us lo spostamento relativo nella parte di area non danneggiata ua e con ds quello in corrispondenza della zona danneggiata da . il vettore spostamento relativo sulla parte danneggiata del rae risulta diviso in una aliquota elastica des ed una inelastica dis :   d de dis s s (3) mentre il vettore spostamento relativo, che interessa la zona non danneggiata, è totalmente elastico:  u ues s (4) gli spostamenti relativi us e ds , nello spirito dell’analisi micromeccanica, si possono determinare in funzione dello spostamento relativo medio s in rae ricorrendo all’uso di opportuni tensori di localizzazione da e ua , così che d ds a s and u us a s . un approccio ulteriormente semplificato del problema micromeccanico, che conduce zona di processo frattura a b parte integra au=a ad=0 microscala (rae) representative area element parte integra parte danneggiata au ad parte danneggiata au=0 ad=a b c a c interfaccia integra t n t n t n t n malta blocco malta blocco malta blocco malta blocco http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 6 comunque ad una formulazione molto soddisfacente relativamente al problema micromeccanico in esame, fu proposto da voigt [15], assumendo  d ua a i . quindi, per l’ipotesi appena introdotta, vale l’uguaglianza:   u ds s s (5) il vettore spostamento relativo ha componenti   t n ts ss , avendo indicato rispettivamente con gli indici n e t le componenti nella direzione normale e tangente all’interfaccia, in accordo con il sistema di riferimento locale illustrato in fig. 1. legame costitutivo le tensioni di interfaccia sono differenti sulla parte del rae danneggiata e su quella non danneggiata. le tensioni relative all’area danneggiata si denotano con uτ e sono legate agli spostamenti us attraverso un matrice diagonale k in cui sono contenuti i valori di rigidezza nella direzione normale e tangenziale dell’interfaccia. considerando l’eq. (5), si può scrivere la seguente relazione:         0 0 nu t k k τ k s k (6) sulla parte di area danneggiata le tensioni sono indicate con dτ e sono legate agli spostamenti elastici di tale zona tramite la seguente espressione :          ( ) d de diτ ks k s s k s c p (7) dove il vettore degli spostamenti anelastici è decomposto in un vettore che tiene conto del contatto unilatero e in un vettore che tiene conto dell’effetto di attrito; con si denota la funzione di heaviside, pari a se , se il valore di tensione dell’interfaccia sull’area elementare rappresentativa viene indicato con τ e si ottiene come somma pesata dei due valori dτ e uτ come segue:                    1 1 ( ) ( ) u dd d d d d τ τ τ k s k s c p k s c p (8) le componenti di tensione normali e tangenziali dei vettori τ , dτ e uτ vengono indicate, rispettivamente, con:                                 , , u d n n nu d u d t t t τ τ τ (9) leggi evolutive lo spostamento relativo inelastico , che fisicamente rappresenta lo slittamento che avviene sulla zona danneggiata del rae, è governato dalla classica legge di attrito di coulomb:  dis c p   ( ) tn n th s s sc   0 ttpp  h    1h x  0x    0h x  0x p http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 7           d d d d d n t n tτ (10) dove  rappresenta il coefficiente di attrito e il simbolo   denota la parte negativa della tensione inelastica. per l’evoluzione di p si considera la legge non associata:                         00 d t dd tt d d p (11) insieme alle condizioni di khun-tucker: (12) relativamente all’evoluzione del parametro di danno d si considera un modello che tiene conto dell’accoppiamento della frattura del modo i e del modo ii. vengono infatti definite due quantità n e t che dipendono dalle tensioni di picco  0n e  0 t , dagli spostamenti relativi di prima fessurazione 0 ns e 0ts e dalle energie specifiche di frattura cng e ctg :      0 0 0 0, 2 2 n n t t n t cn ct s s g g (13) si definisce un parametro  che lega i due modi di apertura di frattura:        2 2 2 1 1 n n t ts s (14) con  parte positiva dell’argomento e  che dipende dalle componenti di spostamento relativo:     2 2 n ts s (15) il parametro di danno è valutato quindi attraverso la seguente relazione:   max min 1, history d d (16) dove:           1 1 d (17) essendo                2 2 0 0 1n t n t s s s s (18) procedura numerica i espone la procedura numerica adottata per la valutazione della risposta meccanica del modello di interfaccia caratterizzato dalle relazioni costitutive precedentemente introdotte. le equazioni evolutive sono integrate nel tempo adottando una procedura del tipo backward di eulero con controllo degli spostamenti relativi. s         0, 0, 0d dτ τ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 8 il processo di analisi viene infatti diviso in un numero finito di passi; all’istante nt si assume nota la soluzione, le quantità valutate al tempo nt sono contraddistinte dal pedice , mentre le quantità al tempo attuale 1nt non presentano alcun indice. lo schema di integrazione adottato è il seguente: si assume noto lo spostamento relativo di interfaccia s ; si determina il valore del parametro di danno d tramite le formule (14)-(18); si valuta la tensione di prova della zona danneggiata attraverso l’espressione:    ( )del nτ k s c p (19) si determina il valore della funzione limite   delτ utilizzando la formula (10). se    0delτ ,  np p e d delτ τ ; se    0delτ lo spostamento inelastico deve essere aggiornato tramite le seguenti relazioni:                      0 1d d d t eln n el t el td t el k p p (20) si determina la tensione all’interfaccia tramite l’eq. (8). la procedura di integrazione descritta è implementata in un elemento finito interfaccia a quattro nodi, con due gradi di libertà per nodo, e spessore nullo. in definitiva, nel generico passo temporale finito, si tratta di risolvere il sistema algebrico non lineare scritto in forma residuale:               ˆ; ˆˆ ˆ ˆ; r λ u u f 0 r λ u u f 0 (21) dove i vettori u e û rappresentano gli spostamenti nodali liberi incogniti e vincolati, rispettivamente, mentre f e f̂ sono le forze esterne assegnate e le reazioni vincolari incognite. il problema algebrico non lineare è risolto sviluppando una procedura iterativa di tipo newton-raphson; alla k-esima iterazione, la soluzione si determina tramite le relazioni:                   11 , 1 , 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ k t k k k k t k k uu uu u k r f r k u (22) dove             , , ˆ ˆ t k t k k k uu uu r r k k u u (23) la successione converge quando i residui  kr e ˆ kr tendono a zero. si definisce errore alla k-esima iterazione, la quantità scalare:  1 k ke r r (24) la soluzione viene considerata soddisfacente quando accade che l’errore è più piccolo di una prefissata tolleranza, ke tol . il calcolo delle matrici tangenti   ,t k uu k e  , ˆ t k uu k richiedono la determinazione della derivata consistente con l’algoritmo di integrazione nel tempo del legame τ s . si tratta allora di determinare la derivata  /τ s . tenuto conto dell’eq. (8) si ha: n http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 9                               ( ( )t d d d τ c p k k s c p k i c p s s s s s (25) la derivata del temine  /d s è nulla quando non c’è evoluzione del danno, cioè quando  nd d ovvero  1d ; tenuto conto della formula (17), si ha:                                se 1 1 se 1 n n n d d d d d d d d d d d d d 0 s s s (26) dove, tenendo conto delle eq. (14)-(18), si ha:                                       22 4 1 1 1 2 1 1 n t d d qs as s s (27) essendo                            2 2 0 2 2 0 1 0 0 10 0 t n n n t t s s s s s s q a s (28) sostituendo le espressioni delle derivate parziali si ottiene:                          24 2 34 3 1 2 1 1 n t d a q s ps s (29) la derivata del temine è diversa da zero solo quando la componente del vettore di spostamento relativo è positivo, in esplicito si ha:       se 0 / se 0 n n s s 0 c s i (30) per quanto riguarda il termine  /p s , si può verificare il caso in cui nel passo finito non avviene evoluzione dello spostamento relativo inelastico,   0 , oppure c’è evoluzione dello slittamento dovuto all’attrito,   0 . nel primo caso la derivata è nulla, mentre nel secondo è diversa da zero solo se la componente di spostamento relativo ns assume valore non positivo. in definitiva si ha:                    0 0 0 e 01 1/ altrimenti d d t el n n d t t el s k k τ p s 0 (31)  /c s ns http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 10 applicazioni numeriche l modello di interfaccia e la procedura numerica proposta nei paragrafi precedenti sono stati utilizzati per sviluppare alcune applicazioni numeriche. si tratta di tre tipologie di applicazione. nella prima parte si riportano i risultati di alcuni dei calcoli effettuati, che hanno avuto lo scopo di verificare le capacità del modello a riprodurre il comportamento delle interfacce coesive. nella seconda parte si sviluppano alcune analisi di semplici elementi strutturali per verificare la correttezza e le capacità di convergenza della procedura numerica implementata. nella terza parte viene invece presentata l’applicazione riguardante la modellazione agli elementi finiti di un arco in muratura, la cui risposta in termini di curve forza-spostamento, ottenuta numericamente, viene confrontata con dei risultati sperimentali derivati da una campagna di indagine effettuata precedentemente presso il laboratorio di analisi e progettazione strutturale dell’università di cassino, discussi in dettaglio in [14]. comportamento dell’interfaccia si riportano in tale paragrafo alcuni esempi di risposta meccanica del modello di interfaccia al fine di evidenziarne alcuni aspetti peculiari. i parametri di interfaccia considerati nell’analisi sono riportati in tab.1. 0 n [n/mm2] cng [n/mm] nk [n/mm3] 0 t [n/mm2] ctg [n/mm] tk [n/mm3]  3 0.3 150 3 0.3 150 0.5 tabella 1: parametri di interfaccia del modo i e del modo ii. una caratteristica importante del legame di interfaccia introdotto è il comportamento attritivo che viene mostrato attraverso la determinazione delle diverse curve  t ts , ottenute incrementando il valore della componente di spostamento relativo tangenziale ts ed assegnando e mantenendo costante durante la storia di carico quella normale ns . come si può notare dalla fig. 2, la risposta meccanica è caratterizzata dal raggiungimento di una maggiore resistenza tangenziale di picco per i processi di carico contraddistinti da un valore di spostamento normale negativo più elevato in valore assoluto. inoltre, per le curve caratterizzate da  0ns , si ha un comportamento lineare fino al raggiungimento di  0n , quindi si ottiene un andamento crescente non lineare fino al raggiungimento di una resistenza di picco max . infine, ad un aumento ulteriore dello spostamento ts corrisponde un decremento di tensione tangenziale, fino al raggiungimento del valore   t n , in corrispondenza del quale il parametro di danno risulta pari ad 1 e la resistenza tangenziale, che rimane costante con ns , è solo dovuta all’effetto dell’attrito. figura 2: curve  -t ts per differenti valori di ns . 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 s t [mm]  t [n/mm 2 ] s1=-0.1 s1=-0.05 s1=-0.02 s1=0 s1=0.01 s1=0.05 s= -0.1 s n =0.1 s n =0.05 s n =0.02 sn = 0 sn = 0.01 sn = 0.05 sn =-0.1 sn =-0.05 sn =-0.02 sn = 0 sn = 0.01 sn = 0.05 st [mm] t [n/mm2] 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 s t [mm]  t [n/mm 2 ] s1=-0.1 s1=-0.05 s1=-0.02 s1=0 s1=0.01 s1=0.05 s= -0.1 s n =0.1 s n =0.05 s n =0.02 sn = 0 sn = 0.01 sn = 0.05 sn =-0.1 sn =-0.05 sn =-0.02 sn = 0 sn = 0.01 sn = 0.05 st [mm] t [n/mm2] i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 11 nel caso in cui, al contrario, è assegnato e mantenuto costante durante tutta la storia di carico uno spostamento normale positivo (  0ns ), la resistenza di piccomax non raggiunge mai  0 n ; inoltre, nel caso in cui si ha  0n ns s , anche nel tratto iniziale si può avere un forte comportamento non lineare, perché già all’inizio dell’analisi si ha danneggiamento per effetto della decoesione. un altro caso di analisi molto interessante è la risposta meccanica di interfaccia a seguito di una storia di carico ciclica, in cui la componente di spostamento ts assume ai vari tempi i valori riportati in tab.2, mentre la componente lungo la direzione normale viene invece mantenuta costante. tempo [s] ns [mm] ts [mm] 0 -0.07 0 1 -0.07 0.08 2 -0.07 -0.10 3 -0.07 0.30 tabella 2: storia di carico. figura 3: curva -t ts ottenuta da una storia di carico ciclica. l’andamento della tensione tangenziale in funzione dello spostamento relativo ts è riportato in fig. 3 ed è caratterizzata dal comportamento descritti come segue. dall’origine al punto (a): durante questa fase di carico il comportamento dell’interfaccia è inizialmente lineare; si manifesta in seguito un danno parziale che porta ad un comportamento non lineare e allo sviluppo dell’effetto di attrito sulla parte del rae danneggiato. dal punto (a) al punto (b): fase di scarico durante la quale non si ha evoluzione del danno. la risposta è lineare e la pendenza della curva coincide con quella del tratto iniziale della prima fase di carico. dal punto (b) al punto (c): la curva cambia di pendenza perché si sviluppano spostamenti inelastici negativi senza evoluzione del danno. dal punto (c) al punto (d): in tale tratto avviene un aumento del parametro di danno. dal punto (d) al punto (e): durante questa fase di ricarico si osserva una pendenza del ramo coincidente con quella del tratto iniziale della prima fase di carico. dal punto (e) al punto (f): la curva cambia di pendenza perché si sviluppano spostamenti inelastici senza evoluzione del danno. st [mm]st [mm] -8.00 -6.00 -4.00 -2.00 0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 st [mm] tt[n/mm2]t [n/mm2] f) b) e) g) c)d) a) st [mm]st [mm] -8.00 -6.00 -4.00 -2.00 0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 st [mm] tt[n/mm2]t [n/mm2] st [mm]st [mm] -8.00 -6.00 -4.00 -2.00 0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 st [mm] tt[n/mm2]t [n/mm2] f) b) e) g) c)d) a) http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 12 dal punto (f) al punto (g): si ha una evoluzione del parametro di danno fino a raggiungimento di decoesione completa in cui  1d e la resistenza residua è dovuta solo all’effetto di attrito. analisi di un elemento strutturale si considera un semplice pannello rettangolare di dimensioni b h , vincolato tramite interfaccia al suolo rigido, come schematicamente illustrato in fig. 4. il pannello è caratterizzato dalle seguenti proprietà geometriche e meccaniche:  1000 mmb ,  1000 mmh , spessore  1 mms , modulo elastico  10000 mpae , rapporto di poisson   0.25 . si adotta per il pannello una mesh regolare di 5x5 elementi isoparametrici a 4 nodi e si utilizzano di conseguenza 5 elementi interfaccia a 4 nodi per simulare l’effetto del contatto parete-suolo. la storia di carico consiste nell’applicare sul lato cd del pannello un carico verticale costante uniformemente distribuito  1 n/mmq ed imporre sempre sul lato cd uno spostamento orizzontale crescente  , il cui valore ultimo all’istante finale dell’analisi sia pari a 1 mm. figura 4: pannello rettangolare vincolato tramite interfaccia ad un corpo rigido. si effettuano tre differenti analisi in cui si calibrano opportunamente i valori delle proprietà meccaniche dell’interfaccia al fine di verificare, per il prefissato valore di spostamento ultimo applicato nella sommità della parete, separatamente e insieme il comportamento unilatero e attritivo dell’interfaccia. ciascuna classe di parametri assegnati all’interfaccia costituisce un differente materiale e i rispettivi valori sono riportati in tab. 3. in realtà, si può osservare dai dati riportati nella tabella che i tre materiali sono caratterizzati da diverse proprietà meccaniche unicamente nella direzione tangenziale. materiale 0 n [n/mm2] cng [n/mm] nk [n/ mm3] 0 t [n/ mm2] ctg [n/mm] tk [n/mm3]  1 2 0.3 760 3 0.3 760 0.3 2 2 0.3 760 1 0.03 760 0.3 3 2 0.3 760 0.03 0.003 760 0.3 tabella 3: parametri del modo i e del modo ii per i tre materiali di interfaccia. la risposta meccanica del pannello viene fornita in termini di forza orizzontale totale in funzione di alcune componenti di spostamento nodali. la forza orizzontale totale t è stata valutata sommando le reazioni nodali espletate dai vincoli applicati nella sommità della parete. nei grafici che seguono vengono mostrate le differenti risposte del pannello per i tre materiali di interfaccia considerati ed, in particolare, si riporta: nella fig. 5, l’andamento di t in funzione della componente orizzontalec del punto c; nella fig. 6, l’andamento di t in funzione della componente verticalec del punto c; nella fig. 7, l’andamento di t in funzione della componente di spostamento orizzontaleb del punto b. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 13 figura 5: forza orizzontale totale t in funzione della componente di spostamento c. figura 6: forza orizzontale totale t in funzione della componente di spostamento c. figura 7: forza orizzontale totale t in funzione della componente di spostamento b. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 c mm t[n] materiale 1 materiale 2 materiale 3 0.5 resistenza limite teorica 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 c[mm] t[n] materiale 1 materiale 2 materiale 3 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 b[mm] t[n] materiale 1 materiale 2 materiale 3 http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 14 nella fig. 8, invece, vengono mostrate per ciascun materiale di interfaccia utilizzato le configurazioni di equilibrio della parete in corrispondenza di tre valori di spostamento orizzontale del nodo c. in particolare viene riportata: nella fig. 8a il cinematismo sviluppato dal pannello con interfaccia di materiale 1, nella fig. 8b, il cinematismo sviluppato dal pannello con interfaccia di materiale 3 e, nella fig. 8c, il cinematismo sviluppato dal pannello con interfaccia di materiale 2. la scelta del materiale 1 permette di verificare prevalentemente il comportamento unilatero dell’interfaccia; infatti, dalla fig. 8a si osserva che la parete tende a sviluppare un cinematismo di ribaltamento intorno al punto b. le componenti di spostamento orizzontale e verticale del punto c risultano dello stesso ordine di grandezza (vedi fig. 5 e fig. 6) mentre la componente di spostamento orizzontale del punto b è quasi assente (vedi fig. 7). inoltre, nel grafico di fig. 5 viene riportato anche il valore del carico limite ottenuto analiticamente tramite una semplice equazione di equilibrio alla rotazione del pannello intorno al polo b. si può osservare che il valore di resistenza ultima ottenuto numericamente tende al valore di 0.5n che è in pieno accordo con la previsione teorica dedotta dall’equilibrio. nell’applicazione effettuata con il materiale 3, si verifica sostanzialmente il comportamento attritivo dell’interfaccia. infatti, riducendo di due ordini di grandezza i valori delle proprietà meccaniche in direzione tangenziale rispetto ai quelli normali, si favorisce un cinematismo di un puro scorrimento della parete rispetto al suolo rigido (vedi fig. 8b). le componenti orizzontali dei punti b e c crescono indefinitamente con una resistenza allo slittamento costante e pari a 0.3n dovuta unicamente all’effetto dell’attrito parete-suolo (vedi fig. 5 e fig. 7), mentre l’andamento della componente verticale del punto c risulta trascurabile (vedi fig. 6). infine, è stata eseguita un’ultima analisi in cui si sono utilizzati i valori delle proprietà meccaniche relativi all’interfaccia di materiale 2. in tal caso, considerando parametri caratteristici del modo ii intermedi tra quelli del materiale 1 e del materiale 3, si è riusciti a cogliere insieme il comportamento unilatero e attritivo dell’interfaccia. il pannello, infatti, nella fase iniziale dell’analisi tende a ruotare in senso orario intorno al polo b e da un certo istante in poi inizia a ritornare nella configurazione non ruotata continuando contemporaneamente a scorrere rispetto al suolo rigido (vedi fig. 8c). si può osservare dal grafico di fig. 6 che avviene un sollevamento della parete e quindi la sua rotazione fin quando la componente verticale del punto c assume valore di 0.5 mm. la parete invece torna nella configurazione non ruotata in corrispondenza di uno spostamento orizzontale del nodo b e c di circa 0.7 mm, superato tale valore si attiva il meccanismo di puro scorrimento con una resistenza allo slittamento dovuta unicamente all’effetto dell’attrito parete-suolo (vedi fig. 5 e fig. 7). i risultati numerici delle applicazioni svolte hanno quindi messo in evidenza che la risposta dell’elemento finito interfaccia è perfettamente coerente al comportamento del modello di interfaccia sviluppato. inoltre, le elaborazioni numeriche sviluppate hanno mostrato l’affidabilità dello strumento di calcolo realizzato, il quale è stato successivamente utilizzato come mezzo di analisi per un’applicazione ingegneristica significativa. figura 8: a) ribaltamento (comportamento unilatero); b) scorrimento (comportamento attritivo); c) ribaltamento-scorrimento (comportamento unilatero e attritivo). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 15 analisi di un arco in muratura e’ stata sviluppata un’analisi numerica di un arco in muratura per il quale si è effettuata una sperimentazione presso il laboratorio di analisi e progettazione strutturale, dell’università di cassino da parte di cancelliere et al. [14], dove vengono riportati tutti i dati ed i risultati relativi all’attività sperimentale. si tratta di un arco che geometricamente assume l’aspetto di un settore di corona circolare, come illustrato in fig. 9. i dati geometrici dell’arco sono i seguenti: raggio esterno  560 mmestr , raggio interno int 440 mmr , spessore  250 mms , anomalia di imposta   8or . l’arco è realizzato con 23 blocchi e 22 malte di allettamento. le caratteristiche meccaniche dei materiali costituenti l’arco sono state dedotte da opportune prove sperimentali, riportate in dettaglio in 0; il modulo elastico, il rapporto di poisson e la resistenza a compressione del mattone e della malta valgono rispettivamente:  216000 n/mmbe   0.2b   238.5 n/mmyb  21500 n/mmme   0.2m   24.5 n/mmym il peso per unità di volume del blocco e della malta è pari a   317 kn/mmb   320 kn/mmm . figura 9: modello geometrico dell’arco. l’arco è soggetto inizialmente al peso proprio e quindi ad una forza concentrata crescente diretta verso il basso, applicata mediante l’azione espletata dal martinetto sull’estradosso dell’arco in corrispondenza del centro del 14° mattone, come illustrato in fig. 10. l’arco è vincolato alle imposte in modo da impedire scorrimenti orizzontali; in tal modo si è favorito un cinematismo di collasso caratterizzato dalla formazione delle quattro classiche cerniere, due di intradosso e due di estradosso (vedi fig. 10). in particolare, dalla sperimentazione si è ottenuto che la prima cerniera si forma sull’estradosso tra la malta 13 ed il mattone 14, la seconda cerniera si forma sull’intradosso tra la malta 7 ed il mattone 7, quindi si forma la cerniera sull’estradosso tra il mattone 1 e la malta 1, ed infine all’intradosso tra il mattone 19 e la malta 19, come illustrato in dettaglio nelle fotografie riportate in fig. 11. x y o rint rest c r x y o rint rest c r http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 16 figura 10: arco sperimentale: numerazione dei mattoni e cinematismo di collasso. figura 11: immagini delle posizione delle cerniere dell’arco. per la modellazione dell’arco in muratura si è adottato un approccio micromeccanico, in cui i mattoni e la malta sono modellati con elementi continui mentre le interfacce blocchi-malta o mattone-base di appoggio dell’arco con superfici di discontinuità. in particolare per la malta e il mattone si sono utilizzati elementi bidimensionali elastici e il numero delle superfici di discontinuità che si sono considerate nella modellazione sono 24 e vengono simulate da elementi interfaccia a quatto nodi. figura 12: discretizzazione (nh=3, nb=5 e nm=2) e vincoli. 1° 2° 3° 4° 1° 2° 3° 4° elemento del mattone b h elemento di interfaccia m elemento della malta t=0 elemento del mattone b h elemento di interfaccia m elemento della malta t=0 http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 17 nei calcoli effettuati sono state considerate diverse discretizzazioni dell’arco; i parametri utilizzati per individuare le differenti discretizzazioni sono nh, nb e nm che rappresentano rispettivamente il numero di divisioni con cui viene discretizzata l’altezza h del mattone, la base b del mattone e lo strato di malta. in fig. 12 è riportato un esempio della mesh nel caso in cui nh=3, nb=5 e nm=2. in realtà, i difetti e le irregolarità dei letti di malta, che si hanno durante le procedure di messa in opera dell’arco, hanno ridotto la sezione di contatto tra un blocco e l’altro (vedi fig. 11). questo importante aspetto è stato tenuto in conto nelle simulazione numeriche considerando per il parametro b, a seguito di un indagine statistica, non l’effettiva dimensione della base del mattone ma la sua reale lunghezza ridotta di 14 mm. nelle simulazioni numeriche si è scelto di riprodurre l’azione del carico applicato sull’arco tramite martinetto, applicando una forza incrementale lungo le direzione y del sistema di riferimento in corrispondenza del nodo centrale superiore della base del mattone 14°. allo scopo di seguire completamente la risposta meccanica dell’arco, l’analisi numerica è stata svolta utilizzando una tecnica arc-length con controllo locale dello spostamento verticale del nodo in cui è applicato il carico. le proprietà meccaniche degli elementi interfaccia sono state tarate andando a considerare uno strato di malta unitario. 0 n [n/mm2] cng [n/mm] nk [n/ mm3] 0 t [n/ mm2] ctg [n/mm] tk [n/ mm3]  0.3 0.3 1500 3 0.3 1500 0.5 tabella 4: parametri di interfaccia del modo i e del modo ii. nelle prime tre modellazioni realizzate si sono scelti per i parametri nh e nm i medesimi valori e pari rispettivamente a 2 e 1, mentre si è variato il parametro nb assumendo in ordine di esecuzione dei modelli valore 5, 10 e 20. i risultati delle analisi numeriche sono mostrati nel grafico di fig. 13, in cui si riporta l’andamento della forza verticale applicata in funzione dello spostamento incrementale negativo applicato. inoltre, sulla base del cinematismo di collasso caratterizzato dalla formazione delle quattro cerniere, il carico ultimo è stato anche valutato tramite il teorema cinematico dell’analisi limite, il quale ha fornito un valore di resistenza ultima pari a 650 n. figura 13: risultati del primo gruppo di analisi. dal confronto delle analisi numeriche del primo gruppo di modellazioni insieme ai risultati sperimentali e all’analisi limite (vedi fig.13) emerge che: aumentando la discretizzazione lungo la base del mattone, il risultato numerico si avvicina a quello sperimentale; le tre modellazioni convergono ad uno stesso risultato, poiché quest’ultimo non dipende fortemente dalla mesh adottata; le analisi numeriche risultano stabili; il carico di collasso dedotto dall’analisi limite rappresenta il limite superiore della resistenza ultima dell’arco. nella fig. 14 si possono osservare, per le differenti discretizzazioni strutturali dell’arco delle prime tre modellazioni eseguite, nella sua parte sinistra, le configurazioni indeformate del solido murario mentre in quella di destra, le corrispondenti configurazioni deformate ottenute nell’istante finale dell’analisi in corrispondenza di uno spostamento -900 -650 -400 -150 100 350 -0.10-0.08-0.06-0.04-0.020.00 f [n] v [mm] risultati sperimentali nh=2; nb=5; nm=1 nh=2; nb=10; nm=1 nh=2; nb=20; nm=1 analisi limite risultati numerici: -900 -650 -400 -150 100 350 -0.10-0.08-0.06-0.04-0.020.00 f [n] v [mm] risultati sperimentali nh=2; nb=5; nm=1 nh=2; nb=10; nm=1 nh=2; nb=20; nm=1 analisi limite risultati numerici: risultati sperimentali nh=2; nb=5; nm=1 nh=2; nb=10; nm=1 nh=2; nb=20; nm=1 analisi limite risultati numerici: http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 18 verticale del punto di applicazione della forza pari a 0.1 mm. dalle deformate delle tre modellazioni, si può evidenziare che le discontinuità locali di spostamento si sono ottenute esattamente in quelle zone in cui sperimentalmente si sono manifestate le fessure. figura 14: a) configurazione indeformata; b) configurazione deformata. figura 15: risultati del secondo gruppo di analisi. -900 -650 -400 -150 100 350 -0.10-0.08-0.06-0.04-0.020.00 risultati sperimentali nh=2; nb=10; nm=1; 3 punti di gauss nh=2; nb=20; nm=1; 3 punti di gauss analisi limite risultati numerici: f [n] v [mm] -900 -650 -400 -150 100 350 -0.10-0.08-0.06-0.04-0.020.00 risultati sperimentali nh=2; nb=10; nm=1; 3 punti di gauss nh=2; nb=20; nm=1; 3 punti di gauss analisi limite risultati numerici: risultati sperimentali nh=2; nb=10; nm=1; 3 punti di gauss nh=2; nb=20; nm=1; 3 punti di gauss analisi limite risultati numerici: f [n] v [mm] http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 19 sono state in seguito effettuate un secondo gruppo di analisi in cui si è incrementato da 2 a 3 il numero di punti di gauss per gli elementi interfaccia. dai risultati riportati in fig. 15 emerge che: aumentando il numero dei punti di gauss, le analisi convergono ad uno stesso valore del carico ultimo indipendentemente dalla mesh; le analisi numeriche risultano stabili. conclusioni a modellazione strutturale attraverso l’utilizzo dei modelli di interfaccia risulta uno strumento efficace nello studio del comportamento delle strutture eterogenee, come quelle in muratura. infatti in queste ultime la principale causa della risposta non lineare è dovuta generalmente a fenomeni di degrado che tendono a localizzarsi in corrispondenza delle superfici di contatto mattone-malta. nel presente lavoro il fenomeno di distacco giunto di malta-blocco viene simulato attraverso una versione modificata del modello costitutivo di interfaccia proposto inizialmente da alfano e sacco. le applicazioni numeriche, eseguite su semplici elementi strutturali, hanno mostrato la capacità del modello a riprodurre il comportamento non lineare dell’interfaccia giunto di malta mattone e la robustezza dell’algoritmo implementato nel portare a termine le analisi. successivamente, l’applicazione riguardante l’arco murario ha dimostrato come i modelli e i metodi di calcolo proposti riescano a riprodurre il graduale sviluppo dei meccanismi di degrado che si localizzano in alcune zone del solido murario prima ancora che esso giunga a collasso. i risultati numerici, messi a confronto con quelli sperimentali, hanno confermato una buona corrispondenza in termini quantitativi. infatti l’andamento della curva forza – spostamento, ottenuta nel corso della sperimentazione è prossima a quella ricavata dalla simulazione. inoltre, grazie al particolare modello di interfaccia implementato, si è riusciti a cogliere molto bene il cinematismo di collasso sviluppato dall’arco nel corso della prova, poiché le discontinuità locali di spostamento si sono ottenute esattamente in quelle zone in cui sperimentalmente si sono manifestate le fessure. i risultati conseguiti nel presente lavoro hanno provato che il modello di interfaccia introdotto insieme alla procedura numerica implementata hanno consentito un’analisi affidabile della risposta non lineare del solido murario, per cui in futuro il loro utilizzo potrebbe essere esteso ad ulteriori applicazioni in cui sia fondamentale non trascurare quei fenomeni di degrado che si sviluppano in certe zone critiche della muratura. ringraziamenti i ringrazia il consorzio universitario reluis (dipartimento della protezione civile) per il finanziamento che ha reso possibile questa attività di ricerca. bibliografia [1] d.s. dugdale, journal of mechanics and physics of solids, 8 (1960) 100-104. [2] g.i. barenblatt, advances in applied mechanics, 7 (1962) 55-129. [3] h.r. lotfi, p.b. shing, journal of structural engineering, 120(1) (1994) 63-80. [4] g. giambanco, l. di gati, mechanics renear& communications, 24(5) (1997) 503-512. [5] l. gambarotta, s. lagomarsino, earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 26 (1997). [6] p.b. lourenço, j. rots, journal of engineering mechanics, asce, 123(7) (1997) 660-668. [7] d.v. oliveira, p.b. lourenço, computers and structures, 82 (2004) 1451–1461. [8] g. giambanco, z. mroz, meccanica 36 (2001) 111–130. [9] g. alfano, e. sacco, international journal for numerical methods in engineering; 68 (2006) 542–582. [10] f. fouchal, f. lebon, i. titeux, construction and building materials, doi:10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2008.10.011. [11] f. ragueneau, ch. la borderie, j. mazars, mechanics of cohesive-frictional materials, 5 (2000) 607-625. l s http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. sacco et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 3-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.01 20 [12] s. marfia, g. alfano, e. sacco, proceedings of the 4th european congress on computational methods in applied science and engineering, eccomas 2004, jyvaskyla, finlandia, july 24-28, 2004. [13] g. uva, g. salerno, international journal of solids and structures, 43 (2006) 3739–3769. [14] i. cancelliere, m. imbimbo, e. sacco, numerical and experimental study of masonry arches. submitted for the publication, (2008). [15] t. mura, micromechanics of defects in solids. second, revised edition. martinus. (1987). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_38_art_37 f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 273 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture pressure vessels design methods using the codes, fracture mechanics and multiaxial fatigue fatima majid, jilali nattaj, mohamed elghorba university of hassan ii, national superior school of electricity and mechanics casablanca (ensem) lccmms majidfatima9@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8909-8232 abstract. this paper gives a highlight about pressure vessel (pv) methods of design to initiate new engineers and new researchers to understand the basics and to have a summary about the knowhow of pv design. this understanding will contribute to enhance their knowledge in the selection of the appropriate method. there are several types of tanks distinguished by the operating pressure, temperature and the safety system to predict. the selection of one or the other of these tanks depends on environmental regulations, the geographic location and the used materials. the design theory of pvs is very detailed in various codes and standards api, such as asme, codap ... as well as the standards of material selection such as en 10025 or en 10028. while designing a pv, we must design the fatigue of its material through the different methods and theories, we can find in the literature, and specific codes. in this work, a focus on the fatigue lifetime calculation through fracture mechanics theory and the different methods found in the asme viii div 2, the api 579-1 and en 13445-3, annex b, will be detailed by giving a comparison between these methods. in many articles in the literature the uniaxial fatigue has been very detailed. meanwhile, the multiaxial effect has not been considered as it must be. in this paper we will lead a discussion about the biaxial fatigue due to cyclic pressure in thick-walled pv. besides, an overview of multiaxial fatigue in pvs is detailed. keywords. pressure vessel design; asme viii; multiaxial fatigue; fracture mechanics; cumulative damage. citation: majid, f., nattaj, j., elghorba, m., multi-purpose fatigue sensor. part 2. pressure vessels design methods using the codes, fracture mechanics and multiaxial fatigue, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280. received: 15.05.2016 accepted: 20.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he pressure vessels (pv) are among the most used storage means in many industries, particularly in the ammonia, gas, petrochemical industries. they may be cylindrical, spherical depending on the nature of the stored product, its environment and its use. the pvs are more complex in design and safety component management. they are t f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 274 interacting with the stored product and the external environment such as climate conditions and earthquakes. the higher number of pvs accidents [1] oblige us to be careful when using such equipments and to go beyond the codes and the standards for further detailed engineering design, develop new concepts in the performance framework and create a more dynamic vision and methodology as part of predictive and autonomous maintenance. the designers do usually a routine design of the pvs, but they don’t take into consideration the fatigue and the cumulative damage calculations for lifetime prediction. a lot of researchers are usually dealing with the uniaxial fatigue. but many other researchers tried to deal with the multiaxial fatigue to show the complexity of the phenomenon. a pv is always subjected to multiaxial loadings and multiaxial stresses. meanwhile, the prediction of industrial equipments’ reliability and availability still a difficult task for final clients and engineers. thus five approaches dealing with multiaxial fatigue exist in the literature. the first approach is the stress or strain invariant approach leaded by many authors [28]. the second one is the critical plan approach leaded by brown and miller [9-28]. the third one is the integral approach leaded by [29-32]. the fourth one is the energetic approach leaded by [33, 34]. the fifth and the last one are the empiric formulas leaded by [35-38] for high cycle fatigue et mowbray [39], manson and halford kalluri and bonacuse for low cycle fatigue. the metal’s damage due to fatigue has a well-known cycle, going through micro crack initiation, then its propagation until the rupture at the end. the fatigue rupture causes 50% to 90% of all the mechanical failures. according to many researches as fatemi, 2010 and nasa, 1994 for metal, micro cracks of about 10 to 100 micrometers uses 60 to 80% of the fatigue resistance, in other words the metal life time. that’s why it is very interesting to study the small cracks in progress ie the first stage (stage i) of crack. one of the major pv’s failures is the fatigue’s cracking. for that reason, we have to predict and analyze the cracks behavior, and specifically the crack propagation, in order to ensure the correct maintenance of pv. many studies have been developed to face this kind of failures. pressure vessels design he tanks are classified into three groups according to the operating pressure the atmospheric storage tanks for operating pressure of less than 18 kpa which are managed by the api 650 standard, the low-pressure storage tanks 18 kpa

100 kpa which are managed by asme sec viii [40]. in this part of work, we developed a standard methodology for pvs design. we start by defining the design assumptions through the pv’s geometry, the site conditions, the service conditions, the test conditions and the design conditions. then, the material choice is done through the clients recommendations and the international standards codap, asme ii, en13345 or en 10222-4 or standards for materials choice en-10025, en 10028, iso 9327-4: 1999, jis g 3202: 1988 and astm. in the next step, we define the codes for pv calculation, figure (a), such as asme, codap or api. next, we define earthquake, safety elements, metallic construction codes such as cm66, and the regulations for the stored product. after that, we start the pv element calculation through the shell’s thickness calculation, figure (a), head’s thickness calculation, figure (b), nozzles calculation, figure (c), saddles calculation, seismic through ubc 1997 ground supported code and wind through the building code asce 7-05 verifications, calculation of lifting lugs, figure (d), and finally the calculation of fire circuit tanks through nfpa or other recognized standard [50]. pressure vessels multiaxial fatigue design v is subjected to repeated loading that could cause failure by the development of progressive fracture, asme section viii division 2, api 579-1 and en 13445-3 annex b has detailed procedures for determining if a vessel in cyclic service requires a detailed fatigue analysis or not, and how to conduct the analysis. the asme code is taking into consideration non conservative approaches, which are dealing combined load sources, rather than the other codes. the exemption of fatigue calculation is given by 3 screening procedure. the first one is based on successful experience and the second one, method a, uses a simple six step procedure for material with tensile strength of 550 mpa maximum. the third one, method b, is the most important one and it is developed in the table below according to the section viii division 2 paragraph 5.5.2.4. we start by determining the history of the loading given by the specs (step1) and then we determine screening criteria factors, c1 and c2 (step2). then, we proceed directly to fatigue analysis if any step inequation is false, else if we pass to the next step. the fatigue life is predicted from the s-n curve, results of fatigue tests on smooth bar, based on fatigue strength reduction factors (kf). t p f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 275 figure 1: illustration of pressure vessels elements. step step detail formulas e xe m p ti o n m et h o d b step3full range pressure cycles fpn n c s1( )  (1) step4maximum range of pressure a p pn s np c s1 ( ) ( )  (2) step5-maximum temperature difference between two adjacent points a tn tn ym s np c c e1 1 ( ) ( )    (3) step6-maximum temperature difference fluctuation between two adjacent points a tn r ym s np t c c e1 1 ( ) ( )    (4) step7-maximum temperature difference fluctuation for differents components materials a tm r y y s n t c e e2 1 1 2 2 ( ) ( ) ( . . )     (5) step8equivalent stress range mlr a ss s n( )  (6) f at ig ue a ss es sm en t elastic stress analysis equivalent stress e k p k lt k v k lt k k s s k s s , , , , ,( ) ) 2       (7) elastic-plastic stress analysisequivalent strain ya k eff ke s , , 2   (8) peq k y s e ,       (9) table 1: pressure vessels fatigue design. f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 276 multiaxial fracture of thick wall cylinder he wall of the pressure cylinders generally undergoes triaxial loading axial, circumferential and radial. in fact, many theories have been developed to predict the fracture of pressure cylinder by determining the limit charges. there are some theories which are dealing only with the internal pressure. other theories are focusing on the applied axial stress. and the last category is dealing with both of them. in the table below, we present a review of almost all the theories dealing with the limit internal pressure and the combined internal pressure and applied axial stress. for the first category, they are predicting the rupture pressure. meanwhile, the second category they are fixing either the internal pressure or the applied axial stress and predicting the other one. theories author,year equation in te rn al p re ss ur e hill, 1950 [41]. y i d p d 02 ln 3         (10) nadai, 1950 [42]. uts i d p d 02 ln 3         (11) faupel, 1956 [43]. y y uts i d p d 02 2 ln 3                (12) asser brabin, 2009 [44]. y y uts i d p d 02 (1 1 ln 3                        (13) dnv,2010 [45]. y m t p d 2 2 3  (14) kleverfj, 2006 [46]. stewart g, 1994 [47].   utsn n m t p d1 1 2 1 2 23               (15) c o m b in ed in te rn al p re ss ur e an d ax ia l a p p lie d st re ss klever fj, 2006 [46]. stewart g, 1994[47].   n n n i eff uts uts m p t d 1 1 1 31 4 3 24                     (16)   i m n n utsn n uts p d tp 2 1 1 1 1 2 4 3 41 33                   (17) table 2: overview of multiaxial fracture in the limit conditions. cumulative damage evaluation by a theory combination he prediction of intervention’s time by the maintenance services is generally very difficult unless we figure out when the damage could occur. in fact, determining the damage, in the asme code, is generally evaluated through linear methods like miner, although the results obtained by this method are very approximate. however, the non-linear quantifications of the damage seem difficult due to the big number of parameter. t t f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 277 in this perspective, simplifying the testing procedures is required by opting for static tests instead of dynamic tests which are so expensive and difficult. the unified theory developed by bui quoc in 1971, has the advantage of ensuring an assessment of the damage through dynamic and static tests. in this paper we evaluated the damage through a combined theory using the unified theory [48,49] and burst pressure eq. (16) and (17). ur u s a u p p d p p 1 1    (18) where pur is the burst pressure for notched cylinder, pu is the burst pressure for a unotched cylinder and pa is the pressure before rupture. the approach presented in this part of the paper is based on artificial damage creation by creating a notch with a variable depth and then we evaluate the damage for each depth. the cylinder we are working on has a thickness of 5.8 mm, an external diameter of 63 mm and a length of 400 mm. the operating pressure for the case study is 0.6 mpa. the mechanical properties of the studied material are given in the tab. 3 obtained from mechanical characterization we did through tensile tests. (a) (b) figure 2: notched cylinder (a) fea of notched cylinder (b). material yield stress σy (mpa) ultimate stress σu(mpa) p265gh 320 470 a36 372 621 table 3: mechanical properties of materials. in this part of the paper, we proved that a combination between the unified theory and the burst pressure formulas is possible. then we showed that we can predict the fracture by theoretical calculations. we proved also that the unified theory can be used with burst pressure formulas based on combined applied axial stress and internal pressure. the burst pressure is decreasing while the notch depth increases. meanwhile, the cumulative based on the burst pressure formulas is almost the same as the one obtained by experimental tests and the use of the unified theory. conclusion ressure vessel design pass through many steps as shown in this article. the minimum requirement according the asme code has been resumed in the first part of the article. then, a review and a discussion of pressure vessels fatigue design have been detailed. in the third part of the article, we discussed the multiaxial fracture by giving an overview of almost the methods and formulas of burst or rupture pressure. the limit pressure is determined through the p f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 278 internal pressure, applied stress or the combination of both of them. in the last part, we want to make these formulas in proof by a combination of the unified theory and the burst pressure formulas for static damage evaluation. the obtained result was compared with the damage of a36 steel subjected to uniaxial fatigue tests and tensile tests. we noticed that the results are almost the same. the validation of this combination was done for p265gh and a36 steel. a) b) figure 3: failure pressure (a) and damage and reliability (b) of p265gh and a36 function of the ratio notch depth-thickness. references [1] barpi. echelle de gravité des accidents industriels. bureau d'analyse des risques et pollutions industrielles, ministère chargé de l'environnement, direction de la prévention des pollutions et des risques, service de l'environnement industriel. édition binôme, (1993). [2] sines, g., ohgi, g., fatigue criteria under combined stresses or strains, j. of eng materials and technology, 103(2) (1981) 82-90. [3] hashin, z., fatigue failure criteria for combined cyclic stress, int. j. fracture, 17(2) (1981) 101-109. [4] chaudonneret, m., a simple and efficient multiaxial fatigue damage model for engineering applications of macrocrack initiation, j. engng. mater and technology., 115(4) (1993) 373-379. [5] ballard, p., van, k. d., deperrois, a., papadopoulos, y. v. high cycle fatigue and a finite element analysis, fatigue & fracture eng materials & structures, 18(3) (1995), 397-411. [6] crossland, b., bones, j. a., behavior of thick-walled steel cylinders subjected to internal pressure, in: proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers. 172(1) (1958) 777-804. [7] deperrois, a., ph.d. thesis, ecole polytechnique, paris, (1994). [8] munday, e. g., mitchell, l. d., the maximum-distortion-energy ellipse as a biaxial fatigue criterion in view of gradient effects, experimental mechanics, 29(1) (1989) 12-15. f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 279 [9] brown, m. w., miller, k. j., a theory for fatigue failure under multiaxial stress-strain conditions. proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers, 187(1) (1973) 745-75. [10] findley, w.n., coleman, j.j., handley, b.c. in: proc. conf. on the fatigue of metals, the institution of mechanical engineers, new york. (1956)150 [11] socie, d.f., wail, l.a., dittmer, d.f. in multiaxial fatigue, astm stp 853, american society for testing and materials, pa, (1985) 463. [12] jordan, e.h., brown, m.w., miller, k., in multiaxial fatigue, astm stp 853, american society for testing and materials, pa, (1985) 569. [13] jacquelin, b., hourlier, f. pineau, a., in multiaxial fatigue, astm stp 853, american society for testing and materials, pa, (1985) 285. [14] wu, h. c., yang, c. c., on the influence of strain-path in multiaxial fatigue failure. journal of engineering materials and technology, 109(2) (1987) 107-113. [15] fatemi, a., socie, d., a critical plane approach to multiaxial fatigue damage including out of phase loading. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 11(3) (1988) 149-165. [16] nitta, a., ogata, t., kuwabara, k., fracture mechanisms and life assessment under high strain biaxial cyclic loading of type 304 stainless steel, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 12(2) (1989)77-92. [17] cailletaud, g., doquet, v., pineau, a., cyclic multiaxial behavior of an austenitic stainless steel: microstructural observations and micromechanical modeling, in fatigue under biaxial and multiaxial loading, (1991)131-149. [18] macha, e., simulation investigations of the position of fatigue fracture plane in materials with biaxial loads. materialwissenschaft und werkstofftechnik, 20(4) (1989) 132-136. [19] lefebvre, d., mebrouk, h., makinde. a., strain parameters for fatigue life prediction under out-of-phase biaxial fatigue.third international conference on biaxial/multiaxial fatigue, (1989) 433. [20] wang, c. h., brown, m. w., life prediction techniques for variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue—part 1: theories. journal of engineering materials and technology, 118(3) (1996) 367-370 [21] lin, h., nayeb-hashemi, h., in advances in multiaxial fatigue, astm stp 1191, american society for testing and materials, pa, (1993) 151. [22] shatil, g., smith, d. j., ellison, e. g., high strain biaxial fatigue of a structural steel. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 17(2) (1994) 159-170. [23] chu, c-c., fatigue damage calculation using the critical plane approach, journal of engineering materials and technology, 117(1) (1995) 41-49. [24] mcdiarmid, d. l., the effects of mean stress and stress concentration on fatigue under combined bending and twisting. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 8(1) (1985) 1-12. [25] flavenot, j. f., skalli, n. a., biaxial and multiaxial fatigue ecf 3: a critical depth criterion for the evaluation of longlife fatigue strength under multiaxial loading and a stress gradient. (1989). [26] będkowski, w., lachowicz, c., macha, e., the variance method of predicting the fatigue fracture plane under multiaxial random loadings. proceedings of 3rd international conference on biaxial/multiaxial fatigue, stuttgart. 1 (1989) 425. [27] van k., griveau, b., on new multiaxial fatigue limit criterion: theory and application, biaxial and multiaxial fatigue, egf 3, eds mw brown and kj miller, (1989) 479-496. [28] papadopoulos, i. v., panoskalliss, v. p., gradient-dependent multiaxial high-cycle fatigue criterion. icbmff4. (2013). [29] papadopoulos, i. v., a new criterion of fatigue strength for out-of-phase bending and torsion of hard metals. international journal of fatigue, 16(6) (1994) 377-384. [30] sonsino, m., grubisic, v., in multiaxial fatigue, astm stp 853, american society for testing and materials, pa, (1985) 586-605 [31] zenner, h., heidenreich, r., richter, i., dauerschwingfestigkeit bei nichtsynchroner mehrachsiger beanspruchung, materialwissenschaft und werkstofftechnik, 16(3) (1985) 101-112. [32] hug j, lui, j., schram, a., zenner, h., the influence of multiple axes on crack formation and spreading on swing loading. in25 th meeting of the fracture group of dvm. crack formation and crack propagation under multiaxial mechanical and thermal loads, (1993) 59-74. [33] ellyin, f., golos, k., multi. axial fatigue damage criterion, j. of eng. met. and tech. trans. asme, 10(1) (1988) 63. [34] liu, k.c., in advances in multiaxial fatigue, astm stp 1191, american society for testing and materials, pa, (1993) 67 [35] garud, y.s., proc. symp. on methods for predicting material life in fatigue, asme, new york, (1979) 247 f. majid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 273-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.37 280 [36] leis, b.n., trans. asme. 99 (1977) 524 [37] froustey, c., lasserre, s., multiaxial fatigue endurance of 30ncd16 steel, int. j. of fatigue, 11(3) (1989)169-175. [38] lasserre, s., froustey, c., multiaxial fatigue of steel testing out of phase and in blocks: validity and applicability of some criteria. int. j. of fatigue, 14(2) (1992) 113-120. [39] mowbray, d. f., a hydrostatic stress-sensitive relationship for fatigue under biaxial stress conditions. journal of testing and evaluation, 8(1) (1980) 3-8. [40] asme std sec viii. american society of mechanical engineers, (2013). [41] hill, r., the mathematical theory of plasticity, oxford university press, oxford, (1950). [42] nadai, a., plasticity of metals, (1950). [43] faupel, j. h., furbeck, a. r., influence of residual stress on behavior of thick-wall closed-end cylinders. trans. asme, 75 (1953) 345-354. [44] brabin, a. t., christopher, t., nageswara, b., investigation on failure behavior of unflawed steel cylindrical pressure vessels using fea, multidiscipline modeling in materials and structures, 5 (2009) 29-42. [45] veritas, det norske. offshore standard dnv-os-f101, submarine pipeline systems, (2010). [46] klever, f. j., formulas for rupture, necking, and wrinkling of octg under combined loads. spe annual technical conference and exhibition. society of petroleum engineers. (2006). [47] stewart, g., klever, f. j., ritchie, d., an analytical model to predict the burst capacity of pipelines. no. conf940230--. american society of mechanical engineers, new york, ny (united states), (1994). [48] elghorba, m., , thesis ecole polytechnique de monreal, (1986). [49] dubuc, j., et al .unified theory of cumulative damage in metal fatigue (cumulative damage in metal fatigue, suggesting unified theory applicable to stress or strain controlled conditions).wrc bulletin, (1971) 1-20. [50] majid, f., réservoirs de stockage: méthodologie de calcul et analyse sécuritaire. s31 modèles, etudes de cas (2015). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_10.docx m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 85 focused on mechanical fatigue of metals identification of fatigue and mechanical characteristics of explosively welded steel titanium composite m. kowalski opole university of technology m.kowalski@po.opole.pl abstract. paper presents results of fatigue tests performed on s355j2 steel titanium grade 1 composite produced in explosive welding technology. specimens were subjected to cyclic tension-compression loading with zero mean value and controlled force. also mechanical properties were investigated. keywords. welding; explosive; fatigue; bimetal; steel; titanium. citation: kowalski, m., identification of fatigue and mechanical characteristics of explosively welded steel titanium composite, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 8592. received: 31.05.2017 accepted: 09.06.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction echnology of the explosive welding is based on principles of joining dissimilar materials with the energy from explosive detonation. phenomena of the explosive material joining was observed for the first time during the first world war, but from the commercial point of view technology became appreciated in the 1950's [7]. explosive welding is defined as a solid state process. bond between materials results from the impact effects during detonation. stable joint between materials is attained if energy of the detonation cause hydrodynamic behavior of the material [7,8,16]. characteristic feature of the interface lines is their wavy shape (fig. 1). bond and strength parameters are influenced by basic welding parameters: detonation velocity, standoff distance and welding angle [1,2]. research on welding parameters and overall properties of multilayer material influenced on range of their industrial application. especially in industry branches demanding universal properties of the construction materials for example: high strength and chemical resistance. at the present time explosively welded composites are used in industrial areas such as: chemical and nuclear engineering in example: tube sheets, heat exchangers. in the literature explosively welded multilayer materials are mainly investigated in terms of operational and design aspects like welding parameters and their impact on microstructure changes[2–4,6,9]. influence of the heat treatment on overall properties of the material is also examined [5]. however, although the fatigue phenomenon which is very important from a design calculation and operational point of view [13, 14] is rarely investigated. t m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 86 figure 1: wavy interface line in steel – titanium bimetal. fatigue properties of clad materials are subject of the lower number of studies than other topics combined with explosive technology. some scientific and technical information concerning fatigue resistance and behavior can be found in fallowing papers [10,11,15]. fatigue curves for bimetallic materials are presented in [11,12]. in the case of building fatigue curves for multilayer materials difficulty can be related to stress inhomogeneity caused by different young’s modulus of joint metals. problem can be extended to the uniformity of mechanical properties in the particular layers of joined materials. studies performed on steel titanium bimetallic plates exhibited inhomogeneity of basic mechanical properties [17]. taking into account some assumption which will be described later bimetallic material can be split on fallowing sections: sections of base and clad materials and the interface section zone characterized by substitute mechanical properties (fig. 2). figure 2: interface zone location stresses calculated on the basis of mechanical properties of each section can be used in finite element method or in characterization of fatigue properties. the main aim of this paper is presentation of experimental fatigue test results carried out on specimens made of steel-titanium bimetal subjected to cyclic tension-compression loading. the experimental research results in presentation of mechanical properties and demonstration of strain based fatigue characteristics. material properties pecimens used in study were cut from the bimetal plate carried out in the explosive welding process of the s355j steel and the titanium grade 1. material was heat-treated after the welding process. heating took place for 90 minutes at 600°c and then the material and a furnace were cooled to 300°c (at cooling velocity 100°c/h). the final cooling stage was carried out in the calm air. mechanical properties and of joined materials are presented in tab. 1. material mechanical properties re, mpa rm, mpa e, mpa g, mpa , a5, % s355j2 382-395 598-605 220000 84000 0.3 24-34 grade 1 189-215 (r02) 308-324 100000 38000 0.39 43-56 table 1: mechanical properties of steel s355j2 and titanium grade 1. s m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 87 example microstructure is shown on fig. 2. microstructure observations revealed local melting zones in the interface line. in the steel layer, decarburization occurred near interface line. on the other hand, in the titanium layer, recrystallization induced by the heat treatment appeared. figure 2: interface zone location mechanical properties of the interface layer in steel-titanium bimetal were obtained on the basis of fallowing assumptions: near the interface zone mechanical properties of joined materials undergo a strong change, and calculation of stress in each material layer located near interface line is impossible, properties of the interface zone can be described taking into account behavior of the thick substitute layer. for the identification of interface layer mechanical properties specimens were carry out using water jet technology. application of water abrasive technology has prevented introduction of the residual stress and microstructure changes caused by cutting process. shape and dimension of the specimen are presented on fig. 3. figure 3: shape and dimensions of the interface zone specimens results were presented in form of the table including test details (tab. 2). interface layer was characterized by averaged properties eint=157 gpa, υint=0,27. stresses existing in material layers can calculated taking into account fallowing assumptions: homogeneous strain distribution throughout the specimen cross section ( resulting from the displacement of the specimen grips), no defects, elastic deformation range, flat interface line, uniaxial stress state. analytical expressions for stress in steel, titanium and substitute interface zones: m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 88 specimen dimensions, mm fm, kn fu, kn fp02, kn υsub, esub, gpa w h b1 12.2 3.3 20.0 16.2 12.8 0.27 151 b2 12 2.95 17.6 14.5 15.5 0.27 158 b3 11.98 2.96 18.0 14.5 12.2 0.27 157 b4 12.3 3.0 18.2 14.7 13.5 0.27 161 b5 12.5 2.95 17.7 15.1 11.1 0.27 155 b6 12.1 2.85 18.1 14.9 14.2 0.28 160 b7 12.1 2.92 17.7 14.6 13.0 0.27 155 b8 11.88 3.05 18.3 16.0 14.7 0.28 156 averaged 0.27 157 where: w, h –specimen section dimensions , esub – substitute young modulus, υsub – substitute poisson ratio, fm – maximum force, fu –breaking force, fp02 – foce at 0.2% strain. table 2: mechanical properties of the interface zone. figure 4: dimensions of specimen cross section. 2 2 ti ti int ti st e f t t e t w e w h h e w h                  (1) 2 2 int int int ti st e f t t e t w e w h h e w h                  (2) 2 2 st st int ti st e f t t e t w e w h h e w h                  (3) where: eti , eint, est – young modulus of titanium, interface and steel layers respectively, f – force, w, h, h, t – characteristic dimensions of the composite. among the specimens not used during the study phenomenon of residual stresses relaxation in titanium layer was observed. relaxation progressed gradually in about 2 weeks after cut (fig. 5). m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 89 figure 5: deformation of samples caused by residual stress relaxation. fatigue tests atigue tests were performed using hydraulic testing machine equipped with a force and a displacement sensors. strain was registered by extensometer mounted on the specimen (steel side). a force control was used in all of fatigue tests. loadings applied to specimens were generated up to the formula f(t)=fasin(2πft). tests were performed at various frequencies f from 2 to 12hz. a moment of total material interruption was considered as the specimen destruction. because of limited research range of a fatigue testing machine, each specimen were milled to 9 mm total thickness (fig. 6). figure 6: shape and dimensions of the fatigue specimens. result and parameters of tests were presented in tab. 3. during the fatigue tests loading and strain were registered. the dependence between those two parameters is very important and contain an information about changes which proceed in the material. in fatigue tests with controlled force only the strain amplitude can undergo a change, an amplitude of loading force remain constant. in case of increasing strain amplitude tested material is classified as cyclic softening. non uniform properties of welded materials cause that description of material behavior in case of bimetal is more complicated. lack of an information about cyclic elastic-plastic properties of joined materials and in particular of the created interface zone makes determining a curve of dependence between stresses and strains difficult. it is, however, possible to obtain the dependence between the registered force f and strain ε. strains occurring in particular layers are homogeneous because displacement generated by holder of a testing machine is forced and identical as displacement of specimen grips. in case of the elastic strain the ε-f dependence is a straight line, appearance of a hysteresis loop indicates the plastic strain. registered ε-f loops (fig. 7) identify stability of the bimetal (softening or hardening). hysteresis loops were created for selected load cycles. parameter n used in figure signify the damage amount, which is quotient of the actual number of cycles to the total number of cycles. characteristic feature of tested bimetals is quick transition from the elastic range (no hysteresis loops) to the plastic strain range. in next cycles of the fatigue loading a ratcheting phenomenon appears (fig. 8). ratcheting is defined as phenomenon of accumulation of plastic strains in the direction of stretching). f m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 90 specimen w, h, fa, kn stress, mpa nexp, cycles mm mm σti σint σst p01 10 9 24 155.3 233.0 326.2 6650 p02 10 9 21.5 139.2 208.7 292.2 98310 p03 9.7 9 19.9 132.8 199.2 278.9 895970 p04 9.62 9.02 23 154.5 231.8 324.6 34390 p05 9.54 8.74 24.5 169.1 253.6 355.0 26570 p06 9.46 8.96 22 150.9 226.4 316.9 104820 p07 9.76 9.02 23.1 153.0 229.5 321.3 22980 p08 9.84 9 21.1 138.8 208.2 291.5 134850 p09 9.7 9.08 23.1 153.3 230.0 322.0 28860 p10 9.7 9 19.6 130.8 196.2 274.6 263540 p11 9.82 9 21 138.4 207.6 290.7 117640 p13 10.08 9.08 25 159.7 239.6 335.4 132600 p14 9.9 9 25 163.4 245.2 343.2 195050 p15 9.85 8.93 28 184.8 277.2 388.1 31100 p16 9.85 8.93 30 198.0 297.0 415.9 9100 p17 9.85 8.85 33 219.0 328.5 459.8 2710 where: w, h –specimen section dimensions , σti – stress in titanium layer, σint – stress in interface zone, σst – stress in steel layer fa – force amplitude. table 3: results of the fatigue tests. figure 7: hysteresis loops recorded during fatigue tests. m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 91 figure 8: amplitude and mean value of strain during fatigue test, where: εz – strain amplitude. results of performed experiments are presented as experimental points on the background of s355j2 steel fatigue characteristic (fig. 9). according to the astm standard e2207-08 [18] recommends to build fatigue characteristics for strain amplitudes registered in the middle of the fatigue test, i.e. for n=0. 5. figure 9: experimental points (steel – titanium specimens) and fatigue characteristic of s355j2 steel. conclusions s a result of the performed fatigue tests, the following conclusions were drawn. substitute mechanical properties obtained during identification of mechanical properties are close to the average of the elasticity coefficients for materials before welding (approximately 157gpa). in the case of the poisson ratio, substitute value (0.27) is close to the value of factor for the steel before welding process. obtained substitute mechanical properties of the interface zone can be supplement to material data for numerical analysis. fatigue tests have shown the cyclic instability of steel-titanium composite. in case of bimetal, cyclical instability (softening) combined with cyclical flow of material has been observed (for some specimens from the first load cycles). these phenomena were characterized by increasing amplitude values of deformation εa and mean values of deformation εm. residual stress relaxation phenomena was also observed. a m. kowalski, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 85-92; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.10 92 references [1] acarer, m., demir, b., an investigation of mechanical and metallurgical properties of explosive welded aluminum– dual phase steel, materials letters, 62 (2008) 4158–4160. [2] acarer, m., gülenç, b., findik, f., investigation of explosive welding parameters and their effects on microhardness and shear strength, materials & design, 24 (2003) 659–664. [3] akbari-mousavi, s.a.a., barrett, l.m., al-hassani, s.t.s., explosive welding of metal plates, journal of materials processing technology, 202 (2008) 224–239. [4] akbari mousavi, s.a.a., farhadi sartangi, p., experimental investigation of explosive welding of cp-titanium/aisi 304 stainless steel, materials & design,. 30 (2009) 459–468. [5] akbari mousavi, s.a.a., sartangi, p.f., effect of post-weld heat treatment on the interface microstructure of explosively welded titanium–stainless steel composite, materials science and engineering: a, 494 (2008) 329–336. [6] čižek, l., ostroushko, d., szulc, z., molak, r., pramowski, m., properties of sandwich me-tals joined by explosive cladding method, archives of materials science and engineering, (2010) 21–29. [7] crossland, b., explosive welding of metals and its application, clarendon press, (1982). [8] ferjutz, k., davis, j.r., asm handbook: volume 6: welding, brazing, and soldering, 10th ed., asm international, (1993). [9] findik, f., recent developments in explosive welding, materials & design, 32 (2011) 1081–1093. [10] karolczuk, a., kluger, k., kowalski, m., żok, f., robak, g., residual stresses in steel-titanium composite manufactured by explosive welding, materials science forum, 726 (2012) 125–132. [11] karolczuk, a., kowalski, m., structural and fatigue properties of titanium-steel bimetallic composite obtained by explosive welding technology, key engineering materials, 592-593 (2013) 594–597. [12] karolczuk, a., kowalski, m., bański, r., żok, f., fatigue phenomena in explosively welded steel–titanium clad components subjected to push–pull loading, international journal of fatigue, 48 (2013) 101–108. [13] marciniak, z., rozumek, d., models of initiation fatigue crack paths proposed by macha, fracture and structural integrity, 9(34) (2015) 1-10. doi 10.3221/igf-esis.34.01. [14] niesłony, a., böhm, m., determination of fatigue life on the basis of experimental fatigue diagrams under constant amplitude load with mean stress, materials science forum, 726 (2012) 33–38. [15] prażmowski, m., paul, h., rozumek, d., marcisz, e., influence of the microstructure near the interface on the fatigue life of explosively welded (carbon steel)/zr clads, key engineering materials, 592-593 (2013) 704–707. [16] rinehart, j.s.p. j., explosive working of metals, pergamon press, (1963). [17] sołtysiak, r., boroński, d., karolczuk, a., kowalski, m., experimental study of non-uniform distribution of basic mechanical parameters in steel-titanium bimetal, solid state phenomena, 224 (2014) 192–197. [18] astm e2207 02 practice for strain-controlled axial-torsional fatigue testing with thin-walled tubular specimens, astm international, (2013). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 11 art 1 d. taylor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 3-9; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.01 3 on the application of the theory of critical distances for prediction of fracture in fibre composites david taylor engineering school, trinity college dublin, ireland; dtaylor@tcd.ie abstract. this paper is concerned with the fracture of composite materials containing stress concentration features such as notches and holes. in particular, it addresses the question of the use of the theory of critical distances (tcd) – a method which is widely used for predicting notch effects in fatigue and fracture. the tcd makes use of a length constant, l, known as the critical distance, which is normally assumed to be a material property. however, many workers in the field of composite materials have suggested that the critical distance is not a constant, but rather is a function of notch size. i examined the evidence for this assertion, and concluded that it arises for four different reasons, two of which (process zone size and constraint) are real material effects whilst the other two (choice of test specimen and estimation of the stress field) arise due to errors in making the assessments. from a practical point of view, the assumption of a constant value for l leads to only small errors, so it is recommended for engineering design purposes. keywords. fibre composites; fracture; notch; hole; critical distance introduction hen engineering components fail, they almost always do so from stress concentration features: geometrical discontinuities such as holes, notches and corners. fibre composite materials are no exception, and much work has been done over the years to understand and predict the effects of these features on the load-bearing capacity of these materials. this paper is concerned with one particular method of prediction, which goes by various names but which i will call the theory of critical distances (tcd). here i will consider the application of this theory to the broad range of long-fibre laminate-type composite materials, and from the outset i should point out that i do not consider myself an expert on this class of materials. in that respect the paper is being written from the outside looking in, and i apologise in advance for any errors or misunderstandings that may arise as a result. my investigations into the tcd began in the field of metal fatigue, where the approach has been used for over half a century [1, 2]. examination of the published literature revealed that the same methodology was also being applied to predict monotonic fracture in composites, since first being proposed by whiney and nuismer in 1974 [3]. further reading showed that work in the two areas (metal fatigue and composite fracture) has proceeded on parallel lines for the last thirty years, both in fundamental research and in industrial applications, with workers in one field being apparently unaware of the activities of those in the other. as a result, the approach has developed some particular characteristics: for example in the field of metal fatigue it is generally assumed that the critical distance, l, which is the fundamental parameter in the theory, is a material constant, unaffected by the geometry of the notch. in composites research, however, it has become common to assume that l is not a material constant, but rather that it varies with the size of the notch. this question is of fundamental importance because the theory is much easier to use if we can assume a constant value for l. if a constant value of l cannot be accepted then more fundamental studies are needed to develop a general approach which would allow l to be calculated for any problem. some workers, including ourselves, have indeed proposed such w http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.01&auth=true d. taylor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 3-9; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.01 4 approaches [4, 5] and they have been found to be necessary in certain other materials, such as concrete, where the critical distance can be so large as to be similar to the size of the test specimen. in this paper, i consider the evidence for and against the use of a constant l value in continuous-fibre composite laminate materials, both from a fundamental scientific perspective and from the viewpoint of the practical engineering application of the tcd. the tcd: a brief introduction or those not familiar with critical distance methods, here follows a brief introduction. a recent paper provides further information [6] and those interested in a more comprehensive review are directed to a recent book on the subject [7]. in the great majority of cases, the tcd is implemented using a linear elastic stress analysis. the point of maximum stress is located (e.g. at the root of a notch) and a line is drawn from this point which is known as the focus path. stress is plotted as a function of distance, r, along this line. there are two different variants of the approach, which i refer to as the point method and the line method. in the point method, the stress is considered at a single point, located at a distance of r=l/2. in the line method, the stress to be considered is the average stress along the line from r=0 to 2l. failure is predicted to occur if this stress is greater than some critical value, o. fig. 1 illustrates these approaches schematically. there are other variants of the tcd; for example some workers use l in a modified form of linear elastic fracture mechanics lefm) in which l is considered to be the length of an imaginary crack at the notch root, or alternatively the crack is considered to advance in finite growth steps of magnitude 2l. these methods do not concern us here, except in so far as they can be combined with the stress-based methods to give approaches in which l is no longer a constant. the point and line methods have the great advantage of simplicity: they can be very easily used in conjunction with finite element analysis and applied to any type of stress concentration feature, including those on engineering components. extensive research has shown that they can give very accurate predictions in a wide variety of materials, for those mechanisms of failure which involve cracking, such as brittle fracture and fatigue [7]. an important relationship exists between the two constants in the tcd and the material’s fracture toughness, kc. this relationship can be derived by assuming that the tcd is applicable to cracks as well as notches: 2 1        o c k l  (1) figure 1: schematic illustration of the point method and line method application of the tcd to composite materials he use of this approach in the field of composites stems from the seminal paper by whitney and nuismer in 1974 [3] which was followed a short time later by a slightly more detailed treatment in a book by whitney et al [8]. the original paper has been extremely influential in this field: at the time of writing there have been over 300 citations to this paper, in publications ranging from fundamental studies to engineering applications. the paper is very comprehensive, describing both the pm and the lm, which whitney and nuismer referred to as the point stress criterion and the average stress criterion. the validity of the method was tested against experimental data: figs 2 and 3 are examples reproduced from the original paper. the theoretical link to kc (as in eq. 2 above) was also derived. importantly, f t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.01&auth=true d. taylor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 3-9; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.01 5 this paper established that the critical stress o was equal to the ultimate tensile strength of the material as measured in tests on plain (i.e. unnotched) specimens. in other classes of materials this is not always the case but it appears to be true universally for composite laminates, and to my knowledge no one has proposed otherwise. a significant limitation of the paper was that only two types of notches were considered: circular holes located centrally in flat plates, and sharp edge notches in which the notch root radius was very small. figure 2: data and predictions (using the point method) from whitney & nuismer [3], showing the effect of hole radius on fracture strength (nominal stress, normalised by the plain-specimen strength) in a quasi-isotropic glass/epoxy laminate. the three prediction lines were drawn using slightly different values of the critical distance, do which is equivalent to l/2. figure 3: data from whitney and nuismer [3] showing the effect of notch length (c) on fracture toughness, for sharp notches in a graph-epoxy laminate material. prediction lines using the point method, drawn at different values of the critical distance do (equivalent to l/2). within a decade of the publication of this original paper, a lot of experimental data had been generated to demonstrate the truth of whitney and nuismer’s proposal. awerbuch and madhukar [9] presented an enormous study covering over 2800 test results, and wetherhold and mahmoud [10] also considered a large set of data, both reports showing that the tcd could be applied successfully to a wide range of materials, mostly polymer-matrix long-fibre materials but also including some metal-matrix composites and some materials with discontinuous fibres. interestingly, despite the wide range of strengths and toughnesses in these materials, it was found that l fell within a narrow range of values, being almost always between 1 and 5mm, sometimes as high as 15mm. more recent literature has extended the subject in various ways, which i have reviewed elsewhere [7]. however, the overwhelming impression is that most workers have followed closely the lead taken by whitney and nuismer. as a result, http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.01&auth=true d. taylor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 3-9; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.01 6 most papers are confined to studies of tensile test specimens containing either circular holes or very sharp edge notches. the limited range of test specimens studied is, in my view, the source of some misconceptions about the use of the tcd. this contrasts with work in the parallel field of metal fatigue, where different types of notches have been investigated, especially with regard to the effects of notch root radius, along with different types of loading. does l vary with notch size? he large amount of data collected by awerbuch and madhukar allowed various correlations to be studied. one trend which emerged was that in some cases the value of l which best predicted the results tended to vary, increasing with the size of the hole or notch. these effects seemed quite significant, for example these workers show a case in which changing the length of a sharp notch from about 1mm to 20mm caused the best-fit value of l to approximately double in size. further work was done by other researcher, to investigate this phenomenon, especially for the case of circular holes. as a result, two equations were developed which are now in common use. the first is that of karlak [11], which relates l to the hole diameter (a) using a constant c1, as follows: l = c1a1/2 (2) the second equation is that proposed by pipes et al [12] who developed a more general relationship including another constant m: l = c2am (3) this second equation covers a wide range of possible conditions: two interesting cases are m=0, for which l becomes a material constant and m=1 which leads to a situation in which the size of the hole has no effect on the fracture strength, since l scales in direct proportion to a. in the example mentioned above, from awerbuch and madhukar, the value of m was 0.235. in fact, even the original data in whitney and nuismer shows something of this effect: for example in fig.2 prediction lines were drawn using different values of the critical distance and one can see that the data tend to move from the smallest to the largest value with increasing hole size. investigating the data and the methods of analysis in some detail, i have come to the conclusion that there are four separate reasons for this effect, as follows. stress analysis errors in calculating the stresses in the vicinity of the notch, for use in the point method or line method, whitney and nuismer used the following approximate method. they started from the equation for a notch in an infinite body: for example for a circular hole they used the well-known airy equation for the stress (r) as a function of distance r :                        42 2 3 2 1 1)( ra a ra a r  (4) they then modified this equation to take account of the finite width of the plate, w, multiplying it by the following factor y: )1(3 )1(2 3 w a w a y    (5) the same approach has been followed by many subsequent researchers in this field. unfortunately, this approach is not precise, and leads to significant errors. fig. 4 compares the stress/distance curve predicted by these equations to an accurate result obtained using finite element analysis, for the case of a hole with a/w = 0.375. the two curves begin to deviate significantly around r/a = 1. unfortunately, many test specimens use a/w values equal to or greater than this, and in many cases the relevant values of r are quite large, given that l typically takes a value of several millimetres in these materials. one can appreciate that this error will lead to a situation in which l appears to increase with notch size, because if notch size increases (at constant w) then the estimated stress at the point l/2 will deviate more and more from the actual stress, t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.01&auth=true d. taylor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 3-9; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.01 7 leading to an erroneously low prediction of the fracture strength of the specimen, an error which can apparently be corrected by letting l increase. figure 4: stress as a function of distance from notch root, calculated using the approximate formula (eq. 5), compared to an accurate result obtained from fea. choice of test specimen fig. 5a shows stress/distance curves calculated for the specimens tested by whitney and nuismer (as reproduced here in fig. 2), for loading conditions corresponding to fracture of the specimen in each case. if the point method is exactly correct then all of these curves should pass through a single point, at which r = l/2 and the stress is equal to the uts (represented here by a horizontal dashed line). based on this data one would conclude that there is a tendency for l to increase with increasing hole radius, by about a factor of 2. however, the situation changes drastically if we add data from specimens containing sharp notches (see fig. 5b). the sharp-notch data shows no such trend, and the fracture strength of all the specimens can be predicted using a constant value of l, with a prediction error of no more than 10%. figure 5a: stress-distance curves at failure for specimens containing holes as shown in fig.2. the symbols r1-r6 indicate increasing hole radius. figure 5b: the same data as in fig.5a, plus lines representing the stresses in sharply-notched specimens of the same material. the symbols n1-n4 represent increasing notch depth. many workers have based their conclusions solely on data from circular holes. this is a mistake because the stress gradients in these specimens are quite shallow, so it is difficult to obtain an accurate value of l in any case, since the estimate relies on finding the point at which the stress/distance curve crosses the horizontal line representing the uts. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.01&auth=true d. taylor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 3-9; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.01 8 sharper notches are better in this respect because they give steeper gradients, and the best strategy is to use at least two different notch types, as shown here. process zone size the above two effects arise essentially due to errors or inaccuracies, however there are also some reasons why the value of l would tend to increase in reality. the first of these relates to the size of the process zone. to illustrate this i have chosen some data from kennedy et al [13], who tested centre-notched plates of an orthotropic graphite/epoxy composite, using very sharp, crack-like notches. i have chosen this data because it shows the largest change in l which i have been able to find. according to these workers, l changed by a factor of 3, from 8.4mm to 24.4mm, when the length of the notch was increased from 6.35mm to 305mm. the value of a/w was kept constant at 0.25, which is convenient because it means we can rule this out as a complicating factor. the value of l gives an approximate estimate of the size of the process zone, or damage zone that occurs ahead of the notch prior to failure. from this we can conclude that the larger specimens were failing under lefm conditions because the size of the damage zone at failure was much smaller than the remaining ligament (w-a). however this is not the case for the smaller specimens, for which l was a significant proportion of (w-a), and for the very smallest specimen it is likely that the process zone had spread completely across the specimen width before failure. we have encountered similar situations before, most obviously in the case of building materials such as concrete, which have equally large l values of the order of 5-10mm. if the specimen size is particularly small then this can lead to the absurd situation in which the critical point (or part of the critical line) lies outside the specimen. in such cases if the tcd can be used at all it must be with a smaller value of l. approaches developed by myself and colleagues [5] and also by leguillon [4], allow l to vary in such cases by using two failure criteria – one stress based and one stress-intensity based, which are assumed to apply simultaneously. the details of the approach are beyond the scope of the present paper: suffice it to say that the result is an l value which is constant when the remaining ligament (w-a) is much larger than l, but changes in size in such a way that it remains always smaller than (w-a). these modified approaches can be applied to problems of the type shown above, and should be able to give improved predictions. however, it may not be worth the trouble. regarding the data from kennedy et al, which as i said showed the largest variation in l of any which i could find for composite materials, if we use a constant l value it is possible to predict all the data with errors no greater than 13% on stress. this seems strange at first but the anomaly is resolved by noting that the stress distance curves are quite shallow, even for relatively sharp notches, so a large change in distance r gives only a relatively small change in stress. consequently it is permissible to make a relatively large error in the value of l because this will lead to only a small error in the predicted strength. constraint effects when reading articles on composite materials i was struck by the fact that little attention seems to be given to possible changes in constraint that arise when changing specimen thickness. in metallic materials the measured fracture toughness can change considerably if thickness is reduced in such a way as to reduce the out-of-plane constraint, changing from plane strain to plane stress conditions. some workers have reported this effect in composite materials, but in most papers it is not mentioned, and awerbuch and madhukar actually reported a case of the opposite effect, whereby the measured toughness increased with increasing specimen thickness [9]. given that most composite-laminate specimens tested are quite thin, one would expect that they are experiencing either plane stress or conditions which are intermediate between plane stress and plain strain. the change in kc is due largely to changes in the degree of triaxiality in the plastic zone, and though the polymer and metal matrices of these composites will yield, it is possible that these effects are modified by the existence of microdamage in these zones. considering the relationship between fracture toughness and l (eq. 1 above) one would expect l to increase on moving from plane strain to plane stress, and we showed previously that this is indeed the case for brittle fracture in metals [14]. a feature of small cracks in all materials is that they have lower fracture toughness values than large cracks. this effect occurs if the crack length is similar to, or less than, l. such cracks will require less stress intensity to cause failure, so for a given specimen thickness they will experience more constraint, and hence can be expected to show a smaller value of l. conclusions 1) some apparent changes in the critical distance l with notch size reported in the literature arise due to inaccuracies caused by the choice of test specimen and the use of imprecise methods of stress analysis. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.01&auth=true d. taylor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 3-9; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.01 9 2) we can, however, expect that l will change with notch size and other aspects of specimen geometry, if this causes changes in constraint or if the process zone size is a significant proportion of the remaining ligament. 3) despite these changes, the assumption of a constant value of l leads to only small errors in the prediction of fracture stress in long-fibre composite laminate materials, so this approach is recommended for engineering applications. references [1] h. neuber, theory of notch stresses: principles for exact calculation of strength with reference to structural form and material, 2 ed., springer verlag, berlin, (1958) 292. [2] r. e.peterson, in: metal fatigue, edited by g. sines and j. l. waisman mcgraw hill, new york, (1959) 293. [3] j.m. whitney, nuismer, r. j., "stress fracture criteria for laminated composites containing stress concentrations," journal of composite materials, vol. 8, 1974, pp. 253-265. [4] d. leguillon, european journal of mechanics a/solids, 21 (2002) 61. [5] p. cornetti, n. pugno, a. carpinteri, d. taylor, engineering fracture mechanics, 73(14) (2006) 2021. [6] d. taylor, engineering fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 1696. [7] d. taylor, the theory of critical distances: a new perspective in fracture mechanics, elsevier, oxford, uk, (2007). [8] j.m. whitney, i.m. daniel, r.b. pipes, experimental mechanics of fiber reinforced composite materials, society for experimental stress analysis, connecticut (1982). [9] j. awerbuch, m.s. madhukar, journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 4 (1985) 3. [10] r.c. wetherhold, m.a. mahmoud, materials science and engineering, 79 (1986) pp. 55. [11] r.f. karlak, in: proceedings of failure modes in composites iv, the metallurgical society of aime, chicago (1977) 105. [12] r.b. pipes, r.c. wetherhold, j.w. gillespie, journal of composite materials, 12 (1979) 148. [13] t.c. kennedy, m.h. cho, m.e. kassner, composites part a, 33 (2002) 583. [14] d. taylor, structural integrity and durability, 1 (2006) 145. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.01&auth=true << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 24 articolo 13 yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 119 special issue: russian fracture mechanics school the failure criterion based on hydrogen distribution ahead of the fatigue crack tip yu. g. matvienko mechanical engineering research institute of the russian academy of sciences, 4 m. kharitonievsky per., 101990 moscow, russia matvienko7@yahoo.com abstract. the hydrogen effect on the fracture toughness and fatigue crack growth behaviour in the martensitic high strength steel is investigated. the secondary ion mass spectrometry method has been employed to analyse the distribution of hydrogen concentration in the zone of the crack tip and at its edges. changes in hydrogen concentration are observed in the vicinity of the propagating crack tip and at a remote site. the hydrogen peak hc is reduced and moves away from the fatigue crack tip with the increase of the maximum stress intensity factor maxk . the concept of damage evolution is used to explain fatigue crack propagation in connection with the hydrogen redistribution ahead of the crack tip. the physical failure criterion based on the hydrogen peak in the vicinity of the fatigue crack tip and the maximum stress intensity factor has been proposed. the criterion reflects changes in the hydrogen peak which resulted from the hydrogen redistribution due to the increase of the maximum stress intensity factor as the crack length increases under fatigue loading. keywords. hydrogen distribution ahead of the crack tip; fatigue crack growth; sims; local failure criterion; high strength steel. introduction ecently many works have been performed on the hydrogen embrittlement of high strength steels (e.g., [1-4]). the deleterious effects of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of high strength martensitic steels are known to have caused premature failures. for example, it was found that the threshold stress intensity factor in steels decreases drastically in response to increased dissolved hydrogen concentration (e.g., [2, 5, 6]). although it has been reported that hydrogen degrades mechanical properties of metallic materials, there have been few studies on the effect of hydrogen on fatigue behaviour ([7-9]). it has been known that the fracture initiates in region of highly localized stress in which hydrogen is concentrated as a result of an augmented diffusion of hydrogen. to explain this phenomenon in the case of monotonic loading, a diffusion model was proposed by liu [10] and developed by kim et al. [3] introducing a fracture criterion as the critical hydrogen concentration at a critical distance ahead of the crack tip. however, until recently only a few papers [11-13] have reported on the experimental distribution of hydrogen ahead of a crack tip. under monotonic mixed (i/ii) mode loading there are two hydrogen accumulation peaks ahead of the crack tip [13], which correspond to the maximum hydrostatic stress and the maximum equivalent plastic strain, respectively. the experimental results also revealed that hydrogen distribution in the vicinity of the fatigue crack tip is related to the stress-strain fields surrounding the crack tip [12, 14]. it should be also r http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 120 noted that the most essential results on the numerical analysis of the effect of cyclic loading on hydrogen diffusion and concentration around a crack tip was published by a.t. yokobori et al. [15]. in this research, experimental analysis of the distribution of hydrogen concentration ahead of the crack tip in the martensitic high strength steel under hydrogen induced cracking and fatigue i mode loading conditions has been carried out. the generalized concept of damage evolution has been employed to explain fatigue crack propagation in connection with the hydrogen redistribution ahead of the crack tip. the physical criterion of local failure based on the hydrogen peak in the fracture process zone and the maximum stress intensity factor has been suggested. experimental procedures he martensitic high strength steel is investigated to analyse the effect of hydrogen charge on the fracture toughness, the fatigue crack growth rate and the distribution of hydrogen concentration ahead of the crack tip. the fraction of retained austenite in the steel did not exceed 10%. chemical composition of the studied steels is given in tab. 1. mechanical properties of the steel at room temperature are the following: the young’s modulus e=210 gpa, yield strength y =850 mpa and ultimate strength u =1150 mpa. c cr ni si mn p s 0.06 16 7 <0.8 <0.8 <0.03 <0.02 table 1: chemical composition of high strength steel (weight %). the hydrogen-charged and pre-fatigued specimens were employed. hydrogen was artificially charged into specimens by a cathodic charging method before the tests. the solution used for the cathodic charging was a 10 mass% h2so4 aqueous solution with an addition of seo2. the current density was i=1 a/dm2 and charging time was 5 hours. prior to immersing the specimen in the solution, its surface (with the exception of the crack surface) was coated with a chemically stable lacquer. the testes were carried out on hus-1025 machine at room temperature in laboratory air. the fracture toughness ck was measured using compact-tension specimens (60x60 mm) with 5 mm thickness according to the standard method reported in the astm standard e399. the fatigue crack growth tests were conducted in order to clarify the hydrogen effect on fatigue crack growth behaviour and the distribution of hydrogen concentration ahead of the fatigue crack tip. rectangular specimens 50 mm high and 5 mm thick with an edge crack loaded in cantilever bending were employed. the loading frequency was 20 hz with a constant amplitude sinusoidal waveform for the applied load. the stress ratio was maintained at r=-0.3. the length of a growing fatigue crack was recorded by an optical microscope. at the given load or fatigue crack length the specimen was unloaded and 10x10 mm templates, which included the zone of the crack tip, were cut out from it. template sizes were caused by sizes of the analytical chamber of the mass spectrometer. the secondary ion mass spectrometry method was then used to analyse the distribution of hydrogen in the zone of the crack tip and at its edges [12]. the small size of the analysed area (5 m ) was ensured using a molybdenum diaphragm placed on the specimen. prior to this, molybdenum was degassed in vacuum. the sensitivity of analysis for hydrogen was 10-2 cm3/100 g. the reproducibility of the results of determining the intensities of the spectral lines was high. the mass spectrometric results were calibrated using reference specimens employed in installations for vacuum heating manufactured by leco company with linear grain sizes in the metal larger than 30 m . this eliminated the apparatus error in recording local hydrogen concentrations associated with segregations of hydrogen at the grain boundary in the reference specimen since the size of the ion beam in analysis was smaller than the size of the grain within which the distribution of hydrogen was usually uniform. it should be noted that secondary ion mass spectrometry was successfully employed for an analyses of the hydrogen distribution around the fatigue crack on type 304 stainless steel [16]. according to the reported data [17], the fatigue crack growth is accompanied by microplastic deformation and formation of hydrogen collectors and traps. this greatly reduces the diffusion mobility of hydrogen in the zone of the crack tip. the curve of hydrogen distribution through thickness for the specimen during removal of layers of the material was constructed (fig. 1). it can be seen that the position of the maximum hydrogen concentration remains unchanged in specimens with different crack lengths. after finding the depth with the maximum concentration of hydrogen, the distribution of hydrogen ahead of the fatigue crack tip was measured at this depth. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 121 figure 1: hydrogen distribution hc through the thickness for the hydrogen-charged specimen at the distance of 30 m from the crack tip ( max 20k  mmpa ). hydrogen charging conditions he problem of the effect of hydrogen charging conditions on the character of the hydrogen distribution in the specimen with a crack has been analysed. for this reason, the fatigue pre-cracked ct specimens were hydrogen charged in the same solution as the main set of the specimens at different values of the current density over a period of 2 hours under constant static load corresponding to two applied (constant) stress intensity factor values 10k (tab. 2). 10k ( mmpa ) current density (a/dm2) 0 /cch 30 6 10 2.9 3.0 50 6 10 3.8 3.8 table 2: the effect of hydrogen charging conditions on the hydrogen distribution ahead of the crack tip on crack extension line. the distribution of hydrogen ahead of the crack tip was measured by the same procedure as for the specimens after the fatigue test [12]. the values of the ratio of the maximum local concentration hc of hydrogen ahead of the crack tip to the volume concentration 0c of hydrogen in the specimen were estimated. the results clearly show that the variation of the cathodic current density in these ranges does not influence on the 0/hc c ratio which is determined only by the value of the applied stress intensity factor 10k . the effect of hydrogen on fatigue crack behaviour negligible crack tip plastic zone is created due to the hydrogen embrittlement, mechanical properties of the highstrength steel and a low applied stress. it means that a linear elastic fracture mechanics methodology can be used to quantify the fracture toughness and fatigue crack growth behaviour. it follows that the maximum stress intensity factor must have an influence on fatigue damage evolution and the hydrogen distribution in the vicinity of the crack tip and, as a result, the physical growth of the fatigue crack. t a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 122 material ( )ck mpa m   / n m cycle c mpa m          m * ( / )v micron cycle 1 uncharged 85 2.53·10-12 2.74 3.84 hydrogencharged 75 4.62·10-12 2.95 3.36 table 3: the fracture toughness and the fatigue crack growth rate parameters 1/ the value of *v corresponds to the stress intensity factor range k varied from 20 mpa•m1/2 to 50 mpa•m1/2. to analyse the effect of hydrogen on the fracture toughness and fatigue crack propagation, the procedure, described in experimental procedures section for hydrogen charged specimens and tests, has been employed. experimental results revealed that the fracture toughness ck and fatigue crack growth behaviour in the high-strength steel are in general dependent on the hydrogen content (tab. 3). the fatigue crack growth rate parameters c and m refers to the paris relationship. the fatigue crack growth rate dndl / versus the stress intensity factor range k curve in the uncharged specimen is lower than that in the hydrogen-charged specimens (fig. 2). the fatigue crack in the hydrogen-charged specimens propagates at the same value of dndl / as in the uncharged specimen at lower (by 30-40%) values of k in the near-threshold region. however, there is no significant difference in the fatigue fracture toughness fck of the uncharged and hydrogen-charged specimens. figure 2: fatigue crack growth behaviour: 1 uncharged specimens, 2 hydrogen-charged specimens experimental analysis of the distribution of hydrogen ahead of the crack tip under hydrogen induced cracking and fatigue i mode loading conditions has been carried out on a secondary ion mass spectroscope. the results on the distribution of hydrogen had been obtained and summarized for various periods of fatigue crack growth (or the maximum stress intensity factor) [12]. the concentration curves of hydrogen distribution in the sections normal to the crack surface and ahead of the crack tip on the crack extension line are plotted in fig. 3 and 4, where hc is the local hydrogen concentration. it can be seen that there is a hydrogen accumulation peak ahead of the crack tip, which is located on some distance ahead of the crack tip (fig. 4). changes in the hydrogen concentration were observed in the vicinity of the propagating crack tip and at a remote site. the hydrogen peak hc is reduced and moves away from the crack tip as the maximum stress intensity factor maxk increases. the hydrogen concentration gradient also decreases. at the same time, the hydrogen concentration far away from the crack tip is increased by increasing the value of maxk . so, the values and sites of hydrogen accumulation under fatigue loading are dependent on the magnitude of the maximum stress intensity factor. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 123 figure 3: hydrogen distribution hc in the section normal to the crack surface at a distance of 3 mm behind the crack tip. figure 4: hydrogen distribution hc ahead of the crack tip on the crack extension line: line 1 corresponds to max 20k  mpa m , line 2 corresponds to max 68k  mpa m . the trend of the redistribution of hydrogen ahead of the propagating fatigue crack tip can be reflected on the basis of the generalized concept of damage evolution [12, 14]. the concept of damage evolution he evolution approach [18] has been extended to deformation and fracture processes of a mechanical loaded system, i.e. “solid damage”. it is assumed [14] that the accumulation of damage (the system state) is determined by the scalar 0 1   which is the single state variable q   . the controlling parameters  for deformation and failure processes of solids could be stress and strain, the stress intensity factor, temperature and other parameters, which are essential in the consideration of the damage accumulation process. it is postulated that deformation and fracture processes are governed by some general functional law of damage accumulation [14]. for a simple case the damage evolution law can be formulated as n d a d          (1) where 0, n 0a   are material (the “solid damage” system) constants for the fracture process under study.. the evolution law (1) can be made more precise when the physical and mechanical aspects of a failure process are more clearly understood by examining the fracture mechanisms of the solid and the type of loading under study. the value of  decreases with an increase of time  during the process of the accumulation of damage in a solid. the value 1  corresponds to the non-damaged state of a solid when 0  , and the value c   corresponds to the critical state when c  , where c is the critical time. so, failure occurs in a solid if the damage reaches the critical value c   at c  . the following relationship can be written as follows by integrating eq. (1) from 1  to c   t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 124  1 0 1 1 c n n c a n d        (2) eq. (2) is transformed into the following equation for the determination of the critical time c   11 1 n c c na n       (3) if the controlling parameter  is constant. taking into account eqs. (1) and (3), the cumulative damage law is expressed in the integral form 0 1 c c d     (4) the influence of the controlling parameter  on the critical time may now be analysed for damage evolution in solids. first it is assumed that the critical value c is constant for the deformation and failure process under study, and the critical state of a damaged solid can be reached for various combinations of the controlling parameter and time  . it has been suggested therefore that the critical value c [eq. (2)] is also reached when the controlling parameter  is equal to the critical value c at some fixed time (or a unit of time) * c    , that is  1 *1 1n nc ca n       (5) the evolution equation at c =const is derived from eqs. (2) and (5), namely * 0 c n n cd      (6) this equation may be rewritten at const  as * n c c            (7) the damage evolution equation allows one to estimate the critical time for a solid to reach its critical state under the given controlling parameter for the deformation and fracture processes being studied. it should be noted that exponent n in basic equations has different physical meaning for different physical phenomena and corresponding equations. what is why, this exponent has different table of symbols for below-mentioned equations. the failure criterion ccording to the above-mentioned concept, using the maximum stress intensity factor maxk as the controlling parameter  and replacing critical time c with the critical hydrogen accumulation peak (maximum local hydrogen concentration) maxhc ahead of the crack tip, the damage evolution equation can be written as max max b hc k const (8) it is assumed that the shape of the loading cycle is not changed. eq. (8) gives the physical criterion for local fatigue failure in the fracture process zone, i.e. in the vicinity of the fatigue crack tip, and reflects changes in the hydrogen peak which resulted from the hydrogen redistribution due to the increase of the maximum stress intensity factor as the crack length increases under fatigue loading. this conclusion is in agreement with the observed experimental results (fig. 4) for different values of the maximum stress intensity factor. fatigue crack growth behaviour can be described by the following equation [12] a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 125  * 'max max1 k k k fc kdl v c r k dn k          (9) where  * ' 1 k kfcv c r k  , 'c and k are constants of the material and loading conditions. the process of local failure in the vicinity of the crack tip has interrupted nature and the crack propagates by means of discrete extension (crack jump) by the value ia . after the jump, further crack propagation requires a certain time (cycle n of loading) to accumulate fatigue damage and redistribute hydrogen in the vicinity of the crack tip until the condition (8) is reached. thus, the parameter * /iv a n   is connected with the discrete nature of fatigue crack propagation. the value *v slightly decreases for the hydrogen-charged specimens (tab. 3). this variation is associated with a reduction of the crack increment ia in the hydrogen-charged specimen rather than with an increase of n . it should be also mentioned that in the presence of a microcracks, the steel with internal hydrogen can be regarded as a system subjected to the effect of an external hydrogen environment. in this case, the localisation of deformation caused by hydrogen can be considered as one of the hydrogen embrittlement mechanisms [17]. it is obvious that more intensive localisation of deformation caused by interaction of hydrogen with moving dislocations and by activation of their sources will be also observed if the steel contains steep hydrogen concentration gradients. conclusions he effect of hydrogen, which was artificially charged into specimens by a cathodic charging method, on the fracture toughness and fatigue crack growth behaviour in the martensitic high strength steel has been investigated. the distribution of hydrogen concentration in the zone of the fatigue crack tip and at its edges has been analysed by the secondary ion mass spectrometry method. the following conclusions can be drawn from the present study. the variation of the cathodic current density does not influence on the ratio of the maximum local concentration hc of hydrogen ahead of the crack tip to the volume concentration 0c of hydrogen which is determined by the value of the applied stress intensity factor 10k . the generalized concept of damage evolution has been employed to describe fatigue crack propagation in connection with the hydrogen redistribution ahead of the crack tip. the failure criterion based on the hydrogen peak in the vicinity of the fatigue crack tip and the maximum stress intensity factor has been proposed. the local concentration of hydrogen in the vicinity of the crack tip is a function of the stress intensity factor, i.e. higher values of maxk lead to the lower hydrogen peak. the criterion explains experimentally observed changes in the hydrogen peak which resulted from the hydrogen redistribution due to the increase of the maximum stress intensity factor as the crack length increases under fatigue loading. references [1] s.a. ahmad, d.a. ryder, t.a. davis, engineering fracture mechanics, 7 (1975) 357. [2] r.l.s. thomas, j.r. scully, r.p. gangloff, metallurgical and materials transactions, 34(a) (2003) 327. [3] y. kim, y. j. chao, marty j. pechersky, michael j. morgan, int. j. of fracture, 134 (2005) 339. [4] j. capelle, j. gilgert, i. dmytrakh, g. pluvinage, engineering fracture mechanics, 78 (2011) 364. [5] c.j. mcmahon, engineering fracture mechanics, 68 (2001) 773. [6] a.t. yokobori, int. j. of fracture, 128 (2004) 121. [7] y. oda, h. noguchi, int. j. of fracture, 132 (2005) 99. [8] y. murakami, int. j. of fracture, 138 (2006) 167. [9] i. dmytrakh, o. smiyan, a. syrotyuk, in: proceedings of the 18th european conference on fracture. fracture of materials and structures from micro to macro scale. dresden, germany. (2010) 13. [10] h.w. liu, transaction of asme: j of basic engineering, 92 (1070) 633. [11] s. wu, l. chen, m. liu, acta metall. sinica., 26 (1990) a86. [12] yu.g. matvienko, v. e. vygovskii, e. n. lubnin, v. b. spiridonov, materials sciences, 26 (3) (1990) 251. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it yu. g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 119-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.13 126 [13] h. gao, w. cao, c. fang, e. r. de los rios, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 17 (1994) 1213. [14] yu.g. matvienko, in: integrity of pipelines transporting hydrocarbons, nato science for peace and security series c: environmental security / eds.: g. bolzon, t. boukharouba, g. gabetta, m. elboujdaini and m. mellas, springer netherlands: (2011) 227. [15] a. t. uesugi, m. sendoh, and m. shibata, strength, fracture and complexity, 1 (4) (2003) 187. [16] n. saintier, t. awane, j.m. olive, s. matsuoka, y. murakami. international journal of hydrogen energy, 36 (2011) 8630. [17] m.r. louthan, scripta metall., 17 (1983) 451. [18] h. haken advanced synergetic: instability hierarchies of self-organizing systems and devices. berlin, heidelberg, new york, tokyo: springer-verlag, (1983). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it 404 not found not found the requested url was not found on this server. microsoft word numero_40_art_11 n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 129 focussed on recent advances in “experimental mechanics of materials” in greece earthquake design for controlled structures nikos g. pnevmatikos technological educational institution of athens, greece pnevma@teiath.gr george a. papagiannopoulos university of patras, greece gpapagia@upatras.gr george d. hatzigeorgiou hellenic open university, greece hatzigeorgiou@eap.gr abstract. an alternative design philosophy, for structures equipped with control devices, capable to resist an expected earthquake while remaining in the elastic range, is described. the idea is that a portion of the earthquake loading is undertaken by the control system and the remaining by the structure which is designed to resist elastically. the earthquake forces assuming elastic behavior (elastic forces) and elastoplastic behavior (design forces) are first calculated according to the codes. the required control forces are calculated as the difference from elastic to design forces. the maximum value of capacity of control devices is then compared to the required control force. if the capacity of the control devices is larger than the required control force then the control devices are accepted and installed in the structure and the structure is designed according to the design forces. if the capacity is smaller than the required control force then a scale factor, α, reducing the elastic forces to new design forces is calculated. the structure is redesigned and devices are installed. the proposed procedure ensures that the structure behaves elastically (without damage) for the expected earthquake at no additional cost, excluding that of buying and installing the control devices. keywords. response spectrum analysis; structural control; earthquake engineering. citation: pnevmatikos ν., papagiannopoulos g., hatzigeorgiou g., earthquake design for controlled structures, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136. received: 05.12.2016 accepted: 13.03.2017 published: 01.04.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ver the past few decades various control algorithms and control devices have been developed, modified and investigated by various groups of researchers. the works of yao, 1975, housner et al., 1994, kobori et al., 1998, and soong 1998 are representative [1-4]. there have been some attempts to connect the control forces with the o n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 130 design codes. yang et al. 2003 [5] suggested the maximum control force to be a percentage of the building weight, while cai et al., 1997, [6] give this force as a portion of the seismic force. lee et al., 2004, [7] determined the upper limit of control force based on the response spectrum of the external earthquake. during the past years the design philosophy of new structure was to design stiff structures with high strength to resist the earthquake in the elastic range. after that the design philosophy moves one step further. using the ductility of the material, structures were designed to resist lower level of earthquake forces within the elastic range but to have adequate ductility in order to face the attack of stronger earthquakes and prevent them from collapse. this drives to lighter structures compared to the previous structures and more economical. however, the capacity design and the reinforcement details increased the cost. taking in account the cost of repair of the retrofitting of structure, after a strong earthquake, the design of ductile structures should be under consideration. the design philosophy proposed here is to use control devices installed in the structure and provide a reservoir of strength, stiffness or damping, necessary for preventing the structure from damage when an expected earthquake will occur. thus, the control system will drive the structure to behave in the elastic range when it is attacked by the expected earthquake and no damages will occur. as far as the cost is concerned, it is possible to achieve substantial savings by avoiding retrofit of structure during the lifetime of structure and utilize these savings for installing a control system. a systematic procedure to achieve the above objective is proposed in this work. design procedure for structures equipped with a control system he evolution of the design philosophy of structures passes through different stages. fist the engineers design stiff and massive structures in order to behave elastically during the expected earthquake. as years passed and damages were observed after earthquakes the design philosophy was moved from the resistance of structure to energy dissipation capacity of the structural elements and design of structures with an overall ductile behavior. this drives engineers to perform capacity design for structures. this philosophy is nowadays included in all current design regulations. however, observing the damages to the structures that were designed with the latter philosophy and making calculations, the repair cost of the capacity design emerged and came into consideration. the answer to the previous consideration is the new and proposed design philosophy where the structure is oriented to capacity design equipped with control devices that will absorb a portion of seismic energy induced to the structure and as a result to keep the structure in the elastic range. the three design philosophies are depicted in fig. 1. the proposed design procedure for the spectrum is calculated in such a way that one portion of earthquake forces is taken by the structure and the remaining ones are taken by the control devices. figure 1: the three design philosophies of design of structures. t n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 131 finalized design accepted control system installation calculation of elastic and design forces no yes redesign of structure estimate α>(1/q) reduced elastic spectrum by α elastic spectrum new design spectrum a design initially, accepted time history control analysis of structure, with saturation and time delay response satisfies the elastic criteria? no yes design of structure, according to eurocodes elastic spectrum design spectrum 1/q is the difference of elastic to design forces lower than the device capacity? redesign of structure with higher α initially, the controlled structure is designed based on a design spectrum provided by the pertinent code (eurocodes) with a specific level of ductility. the required control forces that will take a portion of earthquake forces are calculated as the difference from forces obtained from the elastic spectrum to those obtained from the design spectrum. the maximum value of capacity of the control devices is compared with the required control force. if the capacity of the control devices is larger than the required control force then the control devices are accepted and installed into the structure. if the capacity is smaller than the required control force then a control device with larger capacity should be chosen or more devices per floor should be installed in case the maximum available control device capacity is smaller than the required control force, or, there is a limitation to the number of control devices, then using an iterative procedure, a scale factor, α, higher than the value 1/q that reduces the elastic response spectrum is calculated. the structure is redesigned based on the new reduced spectrum by scale factor, a, and then the devices are installed into the structure. the flow chart of the procedure is shown in fig. 2 with a solid line. figure 2: the flow chart of the proposed design procedure. estimation of scale factor, a. from the elastic seismic forces and the maximum capacity of the control device a scale factor α is obtained and applied on the elastic spectrum. knowing the mass and initial stiffness of the structure the eigenmodes φi, eigenperiods ti or eigenfrequencies fi and the corresponding damping ratios ξi of the uncontrolled system are obtained. the participation factor ψi, and elastic seismic forces fq,el,i for the ith eigenmode are given as: t i i t i i ψ = , i=1,...,n φ me φ mφ (1) , , , ( , ), 1,...,q el i i i e i i is t i n  f mφ (2) where e is the direction matrix for the earthquake and se,i(ti, ξi) is the elastic spectral acceleration. the maximum elastic seismic forces fq,e for each degree of freedom are obtained combining the square root of sum squares method (srss) the elastic seismic forces from each eigenmode, thus: n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 132 n 2 q,e q,e,i i = f f (3) if fd,max is the maximum control device capacity (maximum possible control force), then the maximum control force that can be applied on the system is: d,max f d,maxff e (4) where ef is the location matrix for the control devices on the structure. assuming that one part, up to fd,max, of elastic seismic forces are carried by control devices, the remaining seismic forces which go directly and force the structural elements are: q,e q d,max q d,max q, new q d,max sign( ) if = 0 if      f f f f f f f f (5) fq new is a vector with n forces, where n is the degree of freedom of the system. these forces correspond to a reduced spectral acceleration. from eq. (2) this new spectral acceleration sd,i,new(ti, ξi), corresponding to new seismic forces, can be obtained:  -1 ti q,new d,i,new i i i s ( t ,ξ ) , i=1,...,n ψ  mφ f (6) the reduction factor α can be obtained by dividing the new spectral acceleration sd,i,new(ti, ξi) by the corresponding initial one: d,i,new i i i e,i i i s ( t ,ξ ) α , i=1,...,n s ( t ,ξ )  (7) the elastic spectrum is scaled using the maximum value of αi and the structure is redesigned based on the reduced spectrum. the value of a is: iα max(α ) (8) in order to ensure a linear behavior of the structure, dynamic control analysis is performed for a range of earthquakes (high and low frequency characteristics), with saturation control and time delay. if the response satisfies the elastic criteria, then the value of α is accepted, otherwise it is slightly increased and the above procedure is repeated. the flow chart of this procedure is shown in fig. 2 with a dashed line. the equation of motion of a controlled structural system with n degrees of freedom subjected to an earthquake excitation ag in the state space approach is: g g f a  x ax b b f (9) the matrixes x, a, bg, bf are given by new g f1 1 1 f2 1 2 12 2 2 1 , , , nx nxnx n nx                               0 i 0u 0 x a b b u em k m c m e (10) n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 133 where m and c denote the mass and damping matrices of the structure, respectively, knew is the new stiffness matrix of the redesigned structure, and f is the control force matrix. the control force f is determined by linear state feedback as follows:  1 2 1 2             u f g u g u g g gx u   (11) g is the gain matrix, which will be calculated by pole assignment method and according to the desired poles of the controlled system. if the response obtained for the controlled system satisfies the design criteria, then the reduction by q or by a scale factor, α, is accepted. in this work a representative design criterion was used, that the story drift does not exceed h/300 (where h is the story height). this value does not cause member yielding. in a similar way, additional design criteria concerning the rotation and strength of structural members can be used. the above procedure was tested for a number of numerical simulations, and some representative examples are presented next. results and discussion he proposed approach is demonstrated by means of numerical example where an eight-story building, described in the work of yang et al, 1995 [7], is analyzed. initially the elastic and design spectra are calculated based on eurocode 8 (ec8) seismic code. based on those spectra and on dynamic characteristics of building the seismic forces fq,i for each eigenmode and their combination are calculated for both elastic and design spectrum. the seismic forces which are obtained from elastic and design spectrum and their differences are shown in fig. 3(a). assuming that the control devices are installed on each floor and the maximum capacity is 1000kn, following the proposed procedure the scale factor α is calculated to be equal to 0.49 or the equivalent reduction from the elastic spectrum 1-α which is equal to 51%. the elastic and design spectra and the reduced spectrum by 51% from the elastic spectrum, for which the structure will be redesigned, are illustrated in fig. 3(b). in order to ensure that the structure remains in the elastic range after redesigning, dynamic time control analysis history, with saturation control and time delay, for a wide range of earthquakes should be performed. the numerical simulations were performed in simulink toolbox of matlab software. the numerical simulation of the control scheme is described in fig. 3(c). the response (displacement and acceleration) of the system subjected to athens earthquake 1999 were calculated. from the numerical results it was seen that full compensation of the displacements was achieved. according to the work of yang et al. (2003) when one control force corresponds for each degree of freedom then complete compensation of the response can be achieved and the response state vector can be reduced to zero. another reason that the relative displacements are near to zero is that the elastic response spectrum of the athens earthquake are lower than the elastic spectrum that was used initially for the design procedure. the acceleration is equal to the external signal and the building behaves like executing a rigid body motion. the control forces are identical, with maximum value at 917 kn and rms value at 134 kn, because the mass of each story is the same. the storey drift between the floors was not exceeded the limit value h/300=10 mm. time history of displacement and the acceleration from 8th floor for the controlled and uncontrolled structure is shown in fig. 4. summary and conclusions procedure to design a structure equipped with control devices is described. the structure is designed based on a reduced spectrum. a scale factor α which multiplies the elastic spectrum and produces a reduced spectrum is proposed. the design philosophy is that one part of seismic forces are taken by control devices and to the rest of earthquake forces taken up from the structure. the numerical results indicate that reduction of the spectrum can be achieved using control devices. the cost of repairing the post-earthquake damages of an uncontrolled structure which was design based on ductility demand can be considered as a motivation to install a control system which will keep the structure in the elastic range. the control system is acceptable if the results obtained from the dynamic control analysis t a n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 134 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 earthquake force (kn) s to ri e s 500 (kn) 1000 (kn) 1500 (kn) 1850 (kn) 2000 (kn) 2200 (kn) 2700 (kn) 2800 (kn) earthquake force (kn) st o ri es 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 period (sec) a c c e le ra ti o n ( m /s e c 2 ) period (sec) a cc el er at io n (m /s ec 2 ) keep the structure within the elastic limit. design criteria such as inter-story drift which shouldn’t exceed a specific value that causes yielding of the structural members could be used in order to ensure elastic behavior. (a) (b) (c) figure 3: the difference between elastic and design forces for each story, (a), the elastic and design spectrum, (solid lines), and the reduced elastic spectrum (dash line) for the structure with control devices, (b). model and control scheme in simuling toolbox (c). earthquake model response g saturation time delay n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 135 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 -0.2 -0.15 -0.1 -0.05 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 time (sec) d is p la c e m e n t 8 th ( m ) (a) (b) figure 4: displacement and the acceleration from 8th floor for the controlled and uncontrolled structure. the proposed procedure was applied to 8-story building and the numerical results show the effectiveness of the procedure. the control system helps the structure not only to reduce the maximum response (displacements and accelerations) and keep it in the elastic range, but also to perform at much lower level than the maximum response values. this is proved by comparison of the root mean square (rms) values with the maximum values of response. the proposed design procedure seems to be an effective tool for designing controlled structures although further numerical research and experimental verification are needed. additionally, the methodology should be applied to a space and irregular structures with significant participation of higher modes and with torsional effects. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 time (sec) a c c e le ra ti o n 8 th ( m /s e c 2 ) n. g. pnevmatikos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 129-136; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.11 136 references [1] yao, j.t.p., concepts of structural control, journal of structural engineering asce, 98(7) (1972) 1567-1574. [2] housner, g. w., bergman, l. a., caughey, t. k., chassiakos, a. g., claus, r. o., masri, s. f., skelton, r. e., soong, t. t., spencer, jr., b. f., and yao, j. t. p., structural control: past, present and future, journal of engineering mechanics, 123(9) (1997) 897–971. [3] kobori, t., inoue, y., seto, k., iemura, h., nishitani, a., procedings 2nd world conf. on structural control, kyoto, japan, ii (1998) 171-188. [4] soong, t.t., active structural control: theory and practice, longman scientific &technical/wiley london/new york, 1990. [5] yang, j.n., wu, j.c., agrawal a.k., hsu s.y., sliding mode control of seismically excited linear structures, journal of engineering mechanics, asce, 121 (2003) 1386-1390. [6] cai, g.p., huang, j.z., sun, f., wang, c., modified sliding mode bang-bang control for seismically excited linear structure, earthquake engineering and structural dynamic, 29 (1997) 1647-1657. [7] lee, s.h., min, k.w., lee, y.c., chung, l., improved design of sliding mode control for civil structures with saturation problem, earthquake engineering and structural dynamics, 33 (2004) 1147-1164. [8] yang, j.n., wu, j.c., agrawal, a.k., hsu, s.y., sliding mode control for non linear and hysteretic structures, journal of engineering mechanics asce, 121 (1995) 1330-1339. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_30_art_38 yu.g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 311-316; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.38 311 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues the effect of thickness on out-of-plane constraint in terms of the t-stress yu.g. matvienko mechanical engineering research institute of the russian academy of sciences, moscow, russia ygmatvienko@gmail.com abstract. the plastic zone is theoretically and numerically analyzed for various combinations of the nonsingular terms xxt to zzt ratios in connection with specimen thickness under mode i loading. the plastic zone size distribution is based on the mises yield criterion for mode i conditions and mapped in the specimen thickness direction. it is shown that the plastic zone size is affected by the zzt -stress, i.e. there is strong effect of out-of-plane constraint (thickness) on crack tip plastic zones. in addition, to study the effect of thickness and loading mode mixity (mode i and ii) of the specimen on the singular (ki, kii) and the non-singular ( xxt , zzt ) terms along the 3d crack front, three-dimensional stress fields are analyzed by means of finite element analysis. the strong effect of thickness and mixed mode loading conditions on the zzt -stress is observed. at the same time, there is not the effect of thickness on the nonsingular xxt -stress at the same loading conditions. keywords. non-singular t-stresses; thickness; mixed mode; in-plane and out-of-plane constraint; plastic zone; introduction he results of analytical and numerical calculations show that stress fields in the vicinity of the crack tip, in many cases, are strongly dependent on constraint. the source of a change of out-of-plane constraint is thickness. in contrast to out-of-plane constraint, the different sources of a change in in-plane constraint at the crack tip are associated with crack size, geometry of specimens and type of loading. to describe in-plane and out-of-plane constraint effects in fracture analysis, the following parameters can be used, namely, zt -parameter [1], local triaxiality parameter [2] and nonsingular components of the t-stresses ( xxt and zzt ) [3]. not emphasize attention on merits and demerits of the above-mentioned parameters of constraint at the crack tip, this paper is concentrated on the nonsingular components of the t-stresses in the vicinity of the crack tip. it is well-known that the sign and value of the xxt -stresses considerably effect on the shape and size of the plastic zone at the crack tip. at the same time, there is no information about influence of thickness on the zzt component as well as the size of the plastic zone in literature. moreover, an analysis of joint influence of the nonsingular t-stress ( zzt and xxt ) terms on the fracture mechanics parameters is not carried out yet. t yu.g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 311-316; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.38 312 theoretical and numerical analysis of three-dimensional stress fields in the vicinity of through-thickness crack tip under mode i and mixed mode (i + ii) loading is carried out to estimate the effect of thickness on the nonsingular xxt and zzt stresses. the effect of out-of-plane constraint on the crack tip plastic zone basic equations he components of the stress field, which take into consideration three-dimensionality of the stress state near mode i crack front in isotropic elastic body, can be represented in the manner of asymptotic formulas given in ref. [3] 1 3 3 cos 1 sin sin sin 2 cos cos 2 2 2 2 2 22 1 3 3 cos 1 sin sin sin cos cos 2 2 2 2 2 22 1 3 3 sin cos cos cos 1 sin sin 2 2 2 2 2 22 xx i ii xx yy i ii xy i ii k k t r k k r k k r                                                                         2 cos sin 2 22 0, 0 zz i ii zz yz zx zz zz xx k k t r t e t                        (1) here, xx, yy, zz, xy, yz, zx, – components of the stress tensor which define stress state at the arbitrary point near the crack tip; r and  – polar coordinates (fig. 1); ik and iik are stress intensity factors,  is poisson's ratio. the model of the crack tip plastic zone the von mises yield criterion can be employed to estimate the influence of the nonsingular xxt and zzt -stresses in the vicinity of the crack tip on the shape and size of the plastic zone under mode i loading [4, 5]. in this case, the yield criterion can be written in the form        2 2 2 2 2 2 26 2xx yy yy zz zz xx xy yz zx y                  , (2) where y is the yield strength. figure 1: stress components in the vicinity of the crack tip. substitution of asymptotic formulas (1) into the criterion (2) allows determining size pr of the crack tip plastic zone t yu.g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 311-316; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.38 313 22 2 2 1 yp i i ii p r k d ak r                   (3) here, some parameters are denoted as follows                     zz zz xxxxi t t ttd 2 cos16 2 cos8 2 5 cos3 2 cos 2       (4)      12cos 4 3 cos121 2   i a (5) plastic zone sizes can be estimated by the following equations   u wuvv r p 2 42 1   ,   u wuvv r p 2 42 2   (6) as a result, the plastic crack zone is determined as follows     2 1 2,p pr positive r r     (7) it should be noted that the value of 1pr is positive in the wide range of coefficients u, v, w. at the same time, the value of 2pr has a negative sign. the effect of constraint on the crack tip plastic zone the calculation results of the angular size distribution of the plastic zone around the crack tip in ct specimen with various relations between specimen thickness b and specimen width w are presented in fig. 2. figure 2: the angular distribution of crack tip plastic zone sizes for the middle plane in the ct specimen. the stress intensity factor ki is assumed to be constant independently on specimen thickness and equal to 66 mpam1/2. corresponding values of the t-stress components are presented in tab. 1. sizes of the plastic zone around the crack tip with provision for the spatial stress state (3d analysis) are surrounded by sizes of the zones corresponding to two limit yu.g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 311-316; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.38 314 conditions, namely, plane stress and plane strain. moreover, when specimen thickness increases, the shape and size of the plastic zones tend to zones which are typical for plane strain conditions. thus, the results clearly show that triaxiality of the stress state around the crack tip should be taken into account by means of both non-singular xxt -stress and zzt -stress according to eq. (6). the validity of analytical equations for calculation of the plastic zone around the crack tip is demonstrated by means of finite element analysis [4, 5]. the deviation between analytical and numerical results does not exceed 20% in the angular range (0, 30…45) and (90…100,135…145). it should be noted that the deviations between the results of the numerical analysis and the analytical calculation in the angular range (0°–145°) can be explained by the fact that the tstress components around the plastic zone can be not constant and depend on angle as reported in ref. [4]. loading parameters b/w=0.25 b/w =0.40 b/w =0.50 p, kn 6.0 9.6 12.0 ki, mpam1/2 66.0 66.0 66.0 txx, mpa 186.59 182.36 176.28 tzz, mpa -159.47 -106.81 -84.97 table 1: loading conditions of the ct specimen. the effect of thickness on the non-singular t-stresses under mixed mode loading loading conditions inite element analysis of 3d stress fields in the vicinity of the crack front is performed for the center cracked circular disc (cccd-specimen) with the thorough-thickness crack of arbitrary space orientation. the specimen is loaded by 2 compressive forces acting in the vertical direction. this configuration of the specimen is very suitable to create different conditions of mixed mode (i + ii) loading [6]. the orientation of the crack plane with respect to the disk is determined by the angle α. changing the angle can provide almost any relationship between the magnitudes of stress intensity factors, namely, ik and iik . loading mode mixity is characterized by the following parameter 2 ( )ie ii k m arctg k  (8) calculation of fracture mechanics parameters the evaluation of the stress intensity factor is based on the well-known approach that includes the calculating this parameter in a number of points (at varied r) using relations from formulas (1) and extrapolation of the obtained values of the stress intensity factors to the point r=0  02 | | | 2 i xx xx xx r k              (9)  | | 8 ii xx xx r k          . (10) the computational procedure considers the nodes of the finite element mesh as the calculation points, but the nodes are located at some small distance from the crack front. to obtain the distribution of the stress intensity factor along the crack front, this procedure is used for a number of planes (x0y) orthogonal to the crack front [79]. their location is characterized by local coordinate s along the front and starts from the center of the crack front. the calculation of the xxt and zzt -stress is performed using the stresses in the points on the crack surface 1 2 xx xx xxt          (11) f yu.g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 311-316; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.38 315 1 2 zz zz zzt              (12) the determination of xxt and zzt is similar to the procedure for the stress intensity factor including extrapolation to the point r=0. the effect of thickness and loading mode mixity to study the effect of thickness and loading mode mixity of the specimen on zzt -stress, the compressive load is adjusted so that the xxt -stress is remained approximately constant at variation of the specimen thickness (b= 10; 20; 040 and 80 mm) at constant crack length (for the corresponding values of mixity parameter me). to reflect mixed mode loading conditions, an effective stress intensity factor keff is introduced into consideration as follows 2 2eff i iik k k  (13) the results of calculation of the effective stress intensity factor and the zzt -stress in the middle plane of the crack front (s=0) for different mixed mode loading conditions and thickness of the specimen are summarized in fig. 3. the increase of the specimen thickness is 8 times greatly reduces the zzt -stress (up to 75% at me=0,25), whereas the value of xxt is virtually unchanged [8]. thus, magnitudes of the zzt -stress have significant correlation with thickness of the specimen and allows taking into account the level of the out-of-constraint which should be included into assessment of the fracture toughness of full-scale structures. figure 3: the effect of thickness and loading mode mixity on the effective stress intensity factor and out-of-plane constraint in the middle plane of the crack front. conclusions he theoretical analysis of the joint influence of the nonsingular components of the t-stresses ( xxt and zzt ) on the plastic zone around the crack tip of mode i is carried out with attraction of asymptotic formulas, which take into account triaxiality of the stress state at the crack tip, and the von mises yield criterion. the size of the plastic zone around the crack tip at the middle plane of the ct specimen decreases with the increase of specimen thickness. it is confirmed that the plastic zone is affected by the zzt -stress, i.e. there is strong effect of out-of-plane constraint on crack tip plastic zones. t yu.g. matvienko, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 311-316; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.38 316 the three-dimensional stress field ahead of the through-thickness crack under mixed mode (i+ii) loading conditions is also analyzed. the in-plane and out-of-plane constraint effect are discussed from viewpoint of the non-singular terms, namely, xxt -stress and zzt -stress, respectively. the significant effect of thickness and loading mode mixity of specimen on the zzt -stress in the middle plane of the crack front has been observed at the same non-singular xxt -stress. acknowledgements he author acknowledges the support of the russian science foundation (project n 14-19-00383). references [1] guo, w., three-dimensional analyses of plastic constraint for through-thickness cracked bodies, engineering fracture mechanics, 62 (1999) 383-407. [2] henry, b.s., luxmoore, a.r., the stress triaxiality constraint and the q-value as ductile fracture parameter, engineering fracture mechanics, 57 (1997) 375-390. [3] nakamura, t., parks, d. m., determination of elastic t-stress along three-dimensional crack fronts using an interaction integral, int. j. of solids and structures, 29 (1992) 1597-1611. [4] matvienko, yu.g., pochinkov, r.a., effect of nonsingular t-stress components on the plastic deformation zones near the tip of a mode i crack, russian metallurgy (metally), 4 (2013) 262–271. [5] matvienko, yu.g., the effect of the non-singular t-stress components on crack tip plastic zone under mode i loading, procedia materials science 3 (2014) 141 – 146. [6] aliha, m.r.m., ayatollahi, m.r., smith, d.j., pavier, m.j., geometry and size effects on fracture trajectory in a limestone rock under mixed mode loading, engineering fracture mechanics, 7 (2010) 2200–2212. [7] matvienko, yu. g., chernyatin, a. s., razumovsky, i. a., shi, h.-j., wang, z.-x., the effect of thickness on components of the non-singular t-stress under mixed mode loading, in: 13th international conference on fracture (icf13), beijing, china, (2013). [8] matvienko, yu. g., chernyatin, a. s., rasumovskii, i. a., numerical analysis of the components of the threedimensional non-singular stress field at a mixed-type crack tip, journal of machinery manufacture and reliability, 43 (2014) 242-249. [9] matvienko, yu.g., two-parameter fracture mechanics in contemporary strength problems, journal of machinery manufacture and reliability, 42 (2013) 374-381. t microsoft word numero_41_art_15.docx j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 106 focused on multiaxial fatigue prediction of fatigue crack initiation under biaxial loading j.v. sahadi, d. nowell, r.j.h. paynter university of university of oxford, department of engineering science, parks road, oxford, ox1 3pj, uk. joao.sahadicavalheiro@eng.ox.ac.uk, david.nowell@eng.ox.ac.uk, robert.paynter@eng.ox.ac.uk abstract. this investigation revisits biaxial fatigue experiments carried out with the nickel-based superalloy termed waspaloy. recently, yield criteria extended to multiaxial fatigue and stress based approaches were analysed and their performance to correlate the biaxial test data was evaluated. it was concluded that despite their reliable results, the parameters did not properly represent the physical behaviour of the material. in this context, an extension of this study was executed considering the strain based critical plane approaches proposed by fatemi-socie (fs) and smithwatson-topper (swt). the first parameter presented overly conservative predictions with large scatter of results. in contrast, more accurate predictions were obtained with the swt parameter. keywords. biaxial fatigue; fatigue life; waspaloy; critical plane approach. citation: sahadi, j.v., nowell, d., paynter, r.j.h., prediction of fatigue crack initiation under biaxial loading, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction dvances in material testing equipment and techniques during the past 40 years enabled the development of more realistic multiaxial fatigue tests by applying loads representative of service life, at different temperature settings (room, low or elevated temperatures), test frequencies and load phase shift. among the most used techniques, cruciform specimens and thin-walled tubular specimens have been broadly used for fatigue testing under biaxial stress states [1]. yet tension-torsion specimens pose limitations when it comes to probing the entire principal stress plane, 1 vs  2 , and only 2 of its 4 quadrants can be investigated. nevertheless, with different techniques, such as internally pressurized tubular specimens, it is possible to access more of the principal stress plane. the combination of cruciform specimens and axial-torsional specimens, internally pressurized, allow the investigation of almost the entire principal stress plane. however, for cruciform specimens the assessment of biaxial compression region is commonly challenging due to testing machine limitations. in the literature, examples of fatigue life investigation using tubular specimens are available in [2–4]. cruciform specimens and biaxial test rigs allow the investigation of a broad range of biaxiality. however, specimens are expensive and testing is complex. work on biaxial testing with cruciform specimens can be found in [5–7]. recent work at oxford on biaxial fatigue testing and total life prediction using multiaxial fatigue criteria has been presented at the eleventh international conference on multiaxial fatigue and fracture and published on the special issue of the conference [8]. the present paper presents further developments on the investigation of multiaxial fatigue criteria and their predictions for the biaxial test results presented at [8] a j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 107 material and experimental work ur earlier work on multiaxial fatigue has presented biaxial tests employed for characterizing the fatigue behaviour of waspaloy [8], a nickel-based superalloy widely used in aero-engines. although the tests previously presented were performed at room temperature, this material presents elevated creep resistance, high fatigue strength, low thermal expansion coefficient and high thermal conductivity; essential characteristics to sustain the extreme mechanical and thermal loads which aero-engine disks are subject to. in terms of its mechanical properties, this material has an elastic poisson's ratio of νe= 0.284 and young's modulus of 213gpa. load controlled tests were carried out at a load ratio of r  0.05 and 0.5hz frequency using a biaxial servo-hydraulic rig, developed and built at the university of oxford. fig. 1(a) presents the rig, which consists of two independent frames carrying hydraulic actuators such that the perpendicular load vectors meet at the centre of the specimen. the vertical load path has a fixed clamp at the top and an actuator at the bottom capable of providing up to 350kn. the horizontal load path has two actuators, providing up to 100kn each. the two frames are connected to each other through a set of springs, which allows vertical movement of the horizontal actuators according to the deformations of the specimen. fig. 1 (b) illustrates the cruciform specimen with reduced thickness gauge section at the centre. the centre portion (excluding the gauge section) was shot peened to increase the fatigue strength of the external edges between the arms and hence to inhibit failure away from the gauge section. strain gauge rosettes were mounted on both front and back face of the gauge section and at the narrow point of the arms. the outputs from these were recorded, together with the applied loads, to determine a calibration of the specimen. figure 1: (a) biaxial test rig. (b) cruciform specimen, applied loads and definition of θ, positive clockwise. load combinations the original load conditions were set to have the same maximum principal stress in each case, varying the other in-plane principal stress. as the gauge section is only 2mm thick and 15mm across, the assumption is made that the local behaviour is equivalent to plane stress conditions, i.e. that the stress in the through thickness direction is zero. the following combinations were investigated:  equal biaxial tension (eb): equal load applied to each arm ( 1 2 );  pure shear (ps): stresses on the two axes are equal and opposite (  1 2 );  single actuator (uniaxial load – ul): load applied on one axis only;  uniaxial stress (us): both axes are used to create an uniaxial equivalent stress state at the gauge section  2 0 );  minimum von mises (mv): the combination of loads that gives the minimum von mises equivalent stress (octahedral shear stress) at the gauge section. experimental results tab. 1 summarizes the results obtained after testing 11 specimens. as presented in more detail at [8], the initial tests compared different biaxialities at the same σ1,peak but different σ2,peak   for each test. following tests for pure shear and uniaxial o j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 108 stress cases were run at lower peak stresses. it was observed that in most cases yielding occurred during the first cycle, but no “reversed yielding'' took place when load was removed. hence subsequent load cycles at the same load level did not cause additional plastic deformation despite the material being loaded close to the elastic limit on each cycle. such observation is very important as it set the ground for the multiaxial criteria candidates for fatigue life prediction. exp. no. load case peak load [kn] norm. peak strain norm. peak stress biaxiality ratio cycles horizontal vertical εx εy σx σy σvm load strain stress cx01 single actuator 117 0 1.31 −0.71 1.21 −0.36 1.43 0 −0.54 −0.30 87,765 cx02 equi-biaxial 170 170 0.88 0.88 1.23 1.23 1.23 1 1 1 65,426 cx03 equi-biaxial 170 170 0.88 0.88 1.23 1.23 1.23 1 1 1 57,884 cx04 single actuator 117 0 1.31 −0.71 1.21 −0.36 1.43 0 −0.54 −0.30 97,560 cx05 pure shear 90 −90 1.56 −1.56 1.21 −1.21 2.1 −1.00 −1.00 −1.00 25,789 cx06 pure shear, low ε 51 −51 0.88 −0.88 0.69 −0.69 1.19 −1.00 −1.00 −1.00 510,000 (runout) cx07 uniaxial eq. 128.5 38.5 1.21 −0.34 1.21 0 1.21 0.3 −0.28 0 154,396 cx08 min von mises 147.8 102.8 1.04 0.26 1.21 0.61 1.05 0.7 0.25 0.5 107,004 cx09 uniaxial eq., low ε 93.6 28.1 0.88 −0.25 0.88 0 0.88 −1.00 −0.28 0 658,164 cx10 pure shear, low σ 65.5 −65.5 1.13 −1.13 0.88 −0.88 1.53 −1.00 −1.00 −1.00 236,935 cx11 pure shear 90 −90 1.56 −1.56 1.21 −1.21 2.1 −1.00 −1.00 −1.00 21,684 table 1: experimental tests parameters and results. analysis stress-based criteria n introductory analysis of the test data was achieved by considering extensions of yield theories to multiaxial fatigue and stress based criteria. the formulations of von mises, elastic strain energy equivalent stress, crossland [9], findley [10]and matake [11] were investigated. among them, the energy parameter and crossland’s invariant based approach gave the best predictions. the elastic strain energy density is the sum of the products of strain and stress (divided by 2). in the case of plane stress and no shear, a uniaxial stress with equivalent strain energy to a biaxial stress state is formulated as:         u 2 2 2 2e 1 2 1 22 (1) where  represents the poisson's ratio. fig. 2 (a) presents the correlation between this parameter normalized and the test data in cycles to failure. the stress-life curve was obtained using basquin’s relation (power relationship) and using the equivalent stress presented in eq. (1). the criterion presented good results with a coefficient of correlation, r2, of 0.868. among all the test cases, the pure shear low stress case was the furthest to the trend line. in sequence, some of the most widely used stress based criteria were investigated. the stress invariant based criterion proposed by crossland [9] considers the amplitude of the second invariant of the deviatoric stress tensor, j2a (which corresponds to the amplitude of von mises equivalent stress) and the maximum value of the first invariant of cauchy’s a j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 109 stress tensor, i.e. the maximum hydrostatic stress, σh,max. this last term accounts for the mean stress effect. the criterion is given as:   aj 2 h,max , (2) where  and  are material constants determined under fully reversed tension (1 ) and torsion (1 ) tests with smooth specimens respectively:             1 1 3 3 ;   1 , (3) fig. 2 (b) presents the fatigue life predictions obtained with this formulation, considering various fatigue thresholds, i.e. a test case below a line is predicted to have a longer fatigue life than the threshold of the line. on the other hand, a point above it represents a test case with shorter life. the light grey shade area corresponds to the calibrated region (tensiontorsion), and is delimited by the uniaxial tension dashed lines. the darker grey shade area is delimited by the equi-biaxial line. the dashed black lines connect test cases with the same  1,peak, in order to illustrate the biaxiality effect when  2, peak is changed. it was concluded that in general the model presents good correlation with experimental data both within and outside the calibration region (tension-torsion region). non-conservative predictions were obtained for negative values of σ2,peak (pure shear and uniaxial load cases -cx01, cx04, cx05 and cx10). in contrast, as σ2,peak increases towards higher positive values, the criterion becomes proportionally more conservative (min von mises and equi-biaxial – cx08, cx02 and cx03). (a) (b) figure 2: (a) fatigue life predictions with elastic strain energy density. (b) according to crossland’s criterion. strain-based criteria despite the satisfactory results obtained with the stress-based criteria, it was concluded in the previous investigation that the concept of additive parameters does not properly represent the physical behaviour of materials. in this context, a further investigation was performed considering strain based critical plane approaches. this class of strain-based methods is based on the search for critical planes (one or more) where a particular damage parameter reaches its maximum magnitude. this methodology has gained great attention over the past 40 years as it mathematically describes the physical phenomenon and is capable of predicting damage and also the crack orientation (for ductile materials cracks typically nucleate along slip planes, where the maximum shear stress occurs [12,13]). in this sense, among the most widely used criteria the fatemi-socie [14] and smith-watson-topper [15] parameters were evaluated. based on the work of brown and miller [13], fatemi and socie [14] arrived at the conclusion that tensile normal stress in the maximum shear stress plane accelerates crack growth by separating the crack surfaces and consequently reducing frictional forces. the following damage model may be interpreted as the cyclic shear strain modified by the normal stress to include the crack closure effects described. 104 105 106 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 rsquared = 0.8677 j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 110                    fn fn n g ' b c,max 'max f f' yield 1 2 2 2 (4) where δγmax/2 is the maximum shear strain amplitude and σn,max is the maximum normal stress on the plane where δγmax/2 occurs. the material parameter  represents the influence of the normal stress, σn,max. in addition, σ’yield represents the cyclic yield strength of the material and is included to make the maximum normal stress component dimensionless and proportional to the shear strain. τ'f and bγ are the shear fatigue strength coefficient and exponent respectively. γ'f and cγ are the shear fatigue ductility coefficient and exponent respectively. the material parameter  is given as:                                         f f f f f n n g n n n e ' b c' 'f f yield ' b' b c' f e f p f 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 (5) fig. 3(a) illustrates the evolution of the fatemi-socie (fs) parameter presented in eq. (4) and (5), the shear strain amplitude (δγ/2) and the normal stress (σn) as a function of the angle θ, varying from 0 to 180º. considering the angle orientation presented in fig. 1 (b), for all the tests analysed in here the critical planes predicted by this parameter are orientated at 45º and 135º from the y-axis. (a) (b) figure 3: (a) evolution of fatemi-socie parameter (fs), δγ/2 and σn as a function of angle θ for proportional loading. (b) evolution of smith-watson-topper parameter (swt), δε1/2 and σn as a function of angle θ for proportional loading. smith-watson-topper the second damage parameter considered was proposed by smith et al. [59], swt, and was proposed for predicting fatigue life under uniaxial tension-compression conditions. the parameter was originally defined as,          fa f fn n e ' 2 2b b+c' ' n, max f f2 2 , (6) where σ’f and b are the axial fatigue strength coefficient and exponent respectively. similarly ε’f and c represents the axial fatigue ductility coefficient and exponent. this parameter was modified for proportional and non-proportional multiaxial loading conditions of materials that fail predominantly by crack growth on planes of maximum tensile strain or stress, according to crack mode i. in these materials, cracks nucleate in shear, but early life is controlled by crack growth on planes perpendicular to the maximum principal stress and strain. socie [16] proposed a modification to the swt parameter in order to take into account only stresses and strains occurring in the critical plane. this became the most well-known form of the parameter and is mathematically represented by 0 50 100 150 0 5 10-3 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 5 10-3 0 50 100 150 -5 0 5 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 2 4 10-3 j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 111            f f fn n e ' 2 2b b+c' '1 n, max f f2 2 2 , (7) where, δε1/2 represents the maximum normal stress, and accordingly σn,max is calculated on the plane where δε1/2 occurs. fig. 3 (b) illustrates the evolution of this parameter with respect to θ, along with δεn/2 and σn. the critical planes predicted with this formulation are orientated at 0 and 180º from the y-axis, as oriented in fig. 1 (b). fig. 5 presents the fully reversed normal strain-life curve used to calibrate the models. since no shear strain-life curves were available at the time of this analysis, the additional material parameters needed for the fatemi-socie criterion were estimated based on the relationships presented in tab. 2. moreover, the results and material parameters presented in the work of lopez-crespo et al [17] were used as a benchmark for verifying the implementation of both parameters. parameter axial shear fatigue strength coefficient  f '   f f ' '    / 3 fatigue strength exponent b γb b fatigue ductility coefficient  f '   f ' ' fγ 3 fatigue ductility exponent c γc c modulus e     e g  2 1 table 2: correlation between material fatigue parameters. figure 4: strain-life curve used for model calibration. fatigue life prediction after calibrating both models, their performances were assessed using the biaxial test data presented in tab. (1) (for this analysis, the runout (cx06) was not considered). fatigue lives were calculated using eqs. (4), (5) and (7) at the material plane where each of the parameters (fs and swt) reached their maximum. the results were plotted against the experimental fatigue lives in fig. 5 and summarized in tab. (3). the solid black line in the plot represents perfect correlation between predicted and experimental life. in contrast, predictions lying above this line represent non-conservative predictions, and data points below the line represents conservative predictions. further, the dashed lines represent the bounds of twice and half of the fatigue life. it is observed that the fatemi-socie parameter presented conservative predictions, with all its results in the safe area of the plot. as σ2,peak magnitude decreases towards the uniaxial loading and uniaxial stress conditions(cx1, cx4 and cx07), the prediction error increased proportionally. the farthest point to the solid black line corresponds to cx07 under uniaxial stress state condition. nevertheless, the parameter presented good correlation with the equi-biaxial loading cases (cx02 and 102 103 104 105 10-2 10-1 100 101 102 j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 112 cx03), with predictions within the bound of half of fatigue life. the inferior performance of the parameter could be attributed to the estimation of shear strain-life coefficients and exponents based on the available normal strain-life curve. dissimilarly, predictions with the swt parameter are in better correlation with the experimental data, with less scatter. most of the fatigue life predictions lie within the two bound lines. the data points closely aligned with the solid black line represent the pure shear (cx05, cx10, cx11), the uniaxial equivalent (cx09) and the minimum von mises (cx08) cases. the conditions slightly out of the area delimited by the two dashed black line correspond to single actuator and equi-biaxial loading conditions, which presented the largest error. analogously, the superior performance of this second parameter could be related to its calibration, independent of the shear strain-life curve parameters. figure 5: fatigue life predicted with fatemi-socie and smith-watson-topper parameters. exp. № load case fatemi-socie smith-watson-topper critical planes   predicted life critical planes predicted life cx01 single actuator 45º and 135º 7,170 0º and 180º 44,910 cx02 equi-biaxial 45º and 135º 32,680 0º and 180º 213,570 cx03 equi-biaxial 45º and 135º 32,680 0º and 180º 213,570 cx04 single actuator 45º and 135º 7,170 0º and 180º 44,910 cx05 pure shear 45º and 135º 5,010 0º and 180º 22,790 cx07 uniaxial eq. 45º and 135º 9,200 0º and 180º 62,880 cx08 min von mises 45º and 135º 16,430 0º and 180º 117,380 cx09 uniaxial eq., low ε 45º and 135º 117,910 0º and 180º 842,890 cx10 pure shear, low σ 45º and 135º 56,460 0º and 180º 302,600 cx11 pure shear 45º and 135º 5,010 0º and 180º 22,790 table 3: fatigue life predictions with fatemi-socie and smith-watson topper parameters. p re di ct ed f at ig ue l if e [c yc le s] j.v. sahadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 106-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.15 113 conclusions urther investigation of the biaxial fatigue behaviour of waspaloy concluded that even more advanced formulations, as the strain based critical plane approaches assessed here, give poor correlations for the equi-biaxial loading cases. the lack of torsional fatigue data, and the estimation of some of these parameter for the implementation of the fatemi-socie formulation, resulted in poor correlation with most test cases. furthermore, the fs parameter presented an overly conservative behaviour with great scatter of results. in contrast, the swt parameter presented better correlation with the biaxial fatigue data. predictions obtained with it lied mostly within or near the bounds of twice and half of the fatigue life. finally, regarding the evaluation of critical planes, the fs parameter predicted failure nucleating on planes at 45º and 135º of the vertical axis, and the swt predicted failures on planes at 0º and 180º. acknowledgments he authors are grateful for the support of rolls-royce plc and the brazilian national council of technological and scientific development (cnpq), grant number 207297/2015-0. a portion of this work was part of a collaborative r&t project siloet supported by the technology strategy board. references [1] bonnand, v., et al. investigation of multiaxial fatigue in the context of turboengine disc applications. international journal of fatigue, 33(8) (2011) 1006-1016. [2] kalluri, s., bonacuse, p. j., in-phase and out-of-phase axial-torsional fatigue behavior of haynes 188 superalloy at 760 c. advances in multiaxial fatigue. astm international, (1993). [3] found, m. s., upul, s. f., miller, k. j., requirements of a new multiaxial fatigue testing facility. multiaxial fatigue. astm international, (1985). [4] andrews, j. m. h., ellison, e. g., a testing rig for cycling at high biaxial strains. journal of strain analysis, 8(3) (1973) 168-175. [5] makinde, a., thibodeau, l., neale, k. w., development of an apparatus for biaxial testing using cruciform specimens. experimental mechanics, 32(2) (1992) 138-144. [6] boehler, j. p., demmerle, s., koss, s., a new direct biaxial testing machine for anisotropic materials. experimental mechanics, 34(1) (1994) 1-9. [7] hannon, a., tiernan, p., a review of planar biaxial tensile test systems for sheet metal. journal of materials processing technology, 198(1) (2008) 1-13. [8] sahadi, j. v., et al., comparison of multiaxial fatigue parameters using biaxial tests of waspaloy. international journal of fatigue (2017). [9] crossland, b., effect of large hydrostatic pressures on the torsional fatigue strength of an alloy steel. proc. int. conf. on fatigue of metals. vol. 138. institution of mechanical engineers london, (1956). [10] findley, w. n., a theory for the effect of mean stress on fatigue of metals under combined torsion and axial load or bending. no. 6. engineering materials research laboratory, division of engineering, brown university, (1958). [11] matake, t., an explanation on fatigue limit under combined stress. bulletin of jsme 20.141 (1977) 257-263. [12] socie, d. f., marquis, g. b., multiaxial fatigue. warrendale, pa: society of automotive engineers, (2000). [13] brown, m. w., miller, k. j., a theory for fatigue failure under multiaxial stress-strain conditions. proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers, 187(1) (1973) 745-755. [14] kurath, p., multiaxial fatigue life predictions under the influence of mean-stresses. urbana, 51 (1988) 61801. [15] smith, k. n., topper, t. h., watson, p., a stress-strain function for the fatigue of metals(stress-strain function for metal fatigue including mean stress effect), journal of materials, 5 (1970) 767-778. [16] socie, d. f., multiaxial fatigue damage models. transactions of the asme. journal of engineering materials and technology, 109(4) (1987) 293-298. [17] lopez-crespo, p., et al. study of crack orientation and fatigue life prediction in biaxial fatigue with critical plane models. engineering fracture mechanics, 136 (2015) 115-130. f t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_40_art_5 v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 31 focused on multiaxial fatigue effect of different environmental conditions on surface crack growth in aluminum alloys v. shlyannikov, r. yarullin, i. ishtyryakov kazan scientific center of the russian academy of sciences, russia shlyannikov@mail.ru, yarullin_r@mail.ru, ivan_200999@mail.ru abstract. fatigue surface crack growth is studied through experiments and computations for aluminum alloys d16t and b95at (analogue of 2024 and 7075 aluminum). subjects for studies are cylindrical hollow specimens with external semi-elliptical surface crack. the variation of fatigue crack growth rate and surface crack paths behavior was studied under cyclic loading for different environmental conditions. uniaxial tension tests were carried out at low (-60°c), room (+23°c) and high (+250°c) temperature. for the same specimen configuration and the different crack front position as a function of cyclic loading and temperatures conditions the distributions of governing parameter of the elastic-plastic stress fields in the form of in-factor along various crack fronts was determined from numerical calculations. this governing parameter was used as the foundation of the elastic-plastic stress intensity factor (sif). both elastic and plastic sif approach was applied to the fatigue crack growth rate interpretation. it is found that there is a steady relationship between the crack growth rate and the plastic sif in the form of general curve within a relatively narrow scatter band for all tested specimens at different temperatures. keywords. surface crack; aluminum alloys; crack growth; environmental conditions; fatigue fracture diagram; plastic sif. citation: shlyannikov, v., yarullin, r., ishtyryakov., i., effect of different environmental conditions on surface crack growth in aluminum alloys, 41 (2017) 31-39. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he circular cylindrical metallic components of aircraft structure, power engineering elements, pressure vessel and piping are subjected to temperature variations from -60°c (213k) to more than 250°c (523k). in most cases, part-through flaws appear on the free surface of the cylinder and defects are approximately considered as semielliptical cracks. the fatigue growth analysis of surface cracks under different environmental conditions is very important for many engineering applications in order to quantify the structural safety according to the so-called damage tolerant design. furthermore, other environmental effects should be taken into account to assess the structural component safety: for example, the humidity and salt air content play an important role especially under fatigue loading. t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 32 in this paper, only the temperature effects are considered and the fatigue crack propagation is examined. firstly, main mechanical properties of considered alloys are determined on different temperature conditions. secondly, experimental results of fatigue crack growth for a crack starting from a semi-elliptical edge notch in cylindrical hollow specimens under low/high and room temperature are given. the relations of crack mouth opening displacement (cmod) and crack length on the free surface of specimens are obtained. using the aforementioned relations, the crack front shape and crack growth rate in the depth direction can be predicted. third, constrain parameters behaviour and governing parameter of elasticplastic stress field distribution along the crack front was obtained using fem analysis. crack growth interpretation is performed using the traditional elastic and new plastic sif [1-3]. it is found that there is a steady relationship between the crack growth rate and the plastic sif in the form of general curve within a relatively narrow scatter band for all tested specimens at different temperatures. specimens and material properties he crack growth rate tests were carried out for cylindrical hollow specimens with semi-elliptical surface cracks. the hollow cylindrical specimen geometry configuration is shown in fig. 1a. the diameter is equal to 28 mm in the test section and the length is equal to 130 mm. using electro spark method surface edge cracks were cut with initial flaw depths equal to 3.0mm. the geometric parameters of the specimen test section and of the growing crack are shown in figs. 1b. in this figure, b is the current crack depth, with the crack front approximated by an elliptical curve with major axis 2c and minor axis 2a. the crack length b is obtained by measuring the distance between the advancing crack break through point and the notch break through point. the depth of the initial curvilinear edge notch is denoted by a and the initial notch length by h. both the optical microscope measurements and the crack mouth opening displacement (cmod) method are used to monitor and calculate both crack depth and crack length during the tests. the cmod is measured on the free hollow specimen cylindrical surface, in the central plane of symmetry as shown in fig. 1c. a) b) c) figure 1: details of the hollow specimen geometry and initial notch. the test materials are most popular in aircraft industry aluminum alloys d16t and b95at (analogue of 2024 and 7075 aluminum). all tests were carried out at room (23°c or 296k), low (-60°c or 213k) and high (250°c or 523k) temperature with sinusoidal loading form with load control. low/high temperature tests were performed by using following equipment: bi-00-101 utm test system with fatigue rated axial dynamic load cell (capacity +/50kn) and bi-06303 series axial extensometer; climatic chamber cm envirosystems with temperature range: -60°c to 250°c (fig.2). for the cyclic tension fatigue tests, the specimens are tested with an applied maximum nominal stress equal to 65 mpa and with a frequency value 10 hz. the main mechanical properties of considered alloys were determined in accordance with astm e8 for each temperature level [4]. obtained main mechanical properties are listed in tab. 1, where e is the young’s modulus, σs is the nominal ultimate tensile strength, σ0 is the monotonic tensile yield strength, σu is the true ultimate tensile strength, δ is the elongation, ψ is the reduction of area, n is the strain hardening exponent and α is the strain hardening coefficient. t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 33 figure 2: low/high temperature test equipment. material temperature, °c σ0, mpa σs, mpa σu, mpa α n e, gpa δ, % ψ, % d16t -60 406 545 633 2.56 5.32 79.232 15 17 +23 438 594 665 1.54 5.86 76.557 11 11 +250 294 339 371 1.44 8.39 75.246 4 27 b95at -60 506 621 694 1.64 7.71 75.935 11 13 +23 520 586 775 1.44 10.37 75.274 14 36 +250 415 422 436 1.22 12.00 72.737 6 37 table 1: main mechanical properties of aluminum alloys under different temperature. features of the tests in climatic chamber the fatigue surface crack growth rate study for different environmental conditions has several limitations. firstly, measurements of crack length b on free surface of specimens by microscope for the test in climatic chamber sometimes are impossible. secondly, determination of crack size by compliance is not correct, because for surface flaws the crack growth rate value changes along the crack front from the free surface toward the mid-plane. therefore, two different stress ratio r values (0.1 and 0.5) are applied several times to the specimens in order to fix current crack front position: during each test, beach marks are produced on each specimen by increasing the applied stress ratio from 0.1 to 0.5 at a constant value of the maximum cyclic nominal stress, when the surface crack length is approximately increased to b≈0.1 mm. in this manner the marker loading does not induce load history effects or overload retardation [5, 6]. the typical surface marks on the fracture cross section of specimens are shown in fig. 3 for different temperature conditions. figure 3: fracture surface of the hollow specimens at different temperatures: (a) -60°c, (b) +23°c, (c) +250°c. v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 34 from the crack front shape obtained in this way, the relations between the relative crack depth a/d and the surface crack chord length b/d can be measured using a comparison microscope (fig. 4). in addition, based on periodically measured increments of surface crack chord length b, the curve of surface crack propagation versus cycle numbers db/dn can be obtained. afterwards, utilizing the relation of crack depth versus surface crack chord length, it is possible to obtain the crack growth rates da/dn in the depth direction. 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 a/d a /c d16t, т=‐60°c d16t, т=+23°c d16t, т=+250°c в95ат, т=‐60°c в95ат, т=+23°c в95ат, т=+250°c a 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 b/d a /c d16t, т=‐60°c d16t, т=+23°c d16t, т=+250°c b 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 b/d a /c в95ат, т=‐60°c в95ат, т=+23°c в95ат, т=+250°c c figure 4: aspect ratio versus crack depth (a) and crack length (b, c) for both alloys and different temperature conditions. the evolution of the crack growth rate of the elliptical-fronted edge cracks during the tests is determined using cmod and the microscope. fig. 5 shows relations between cmod and crack length b on free surface for both alloys and three temperatures. it is found strong correlation between these two parameters which can be very useful for automation of experimental studies of fatigue and fracture under multiaxial stress state. it should be noted, that the measurements of crack length b by microscope on free surface of specimens for the test in climatic chamber are impossible. for these specimens crack length b was obtained on the base of experimental relations represented on fig. 5. 0.02 0.07 0.12 0.17 0.22 0 5 10 15 20 b, mm c m o d , m m d16t, t=+250°c d16t, t=+23°c d16t, t=-60°c 0.02 0.12 0.22 0.32 0 5 10 15 20 b, mm c m o d , m m b95at, t=+250°c b95at, t=+23°c b95at, t=-60°c figure 5: relationship between cmod and crack length on free surface of hollow specimen under different temperature conditions. numerical study he main purpose of the present study is the interpretation of the surface crack growth rate data in terms of elastic and plastic fracture mechanics parameters. in our previous work we calculated different constraint parameters distribution along the crack front. that is the elastic constraint parameters in the form of the non-singular t-stress and tz -factor as well as the elastic-plastic constraint parameters in the form of local stress triaxiality h and in-factor for the specified combinations of tested material and temperature conditions [4]. fem analysis was performed for semi-elliptical cracks in the cylindrical hollow specimens to determine the stress strain fields along the crack front. typical finite element meshes for the cylindrical hollow specimens are illustrated in fig. 6. the stress-strain state and constraint parameters at the crack tip for each type of the tested specimens were calculated by using the corresponding static material properties listed in tab. 1, ranges of the testing loads and temperatures. these distributions correspond to the crack front positions at the accumulated number of loading cycles: initial front, intermediate front and final failure front (fig. 7). one of the purposes of the work is to obtain an accurate description for the distribution along the crack front of the governing parameter of the elastic-plastic solution in the form of an in-integral t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 35 and to determine the accuracy of this type of calculation, which will be used later for the general 3d problem to provide for the plastic sif. figure 6: typical fem-mesh for cylindrical hollow specimens with semi-elliptical surface crack. figure 7: fem crack front geometry: initial (a), intermediate (b, c), final (d). the distributions of in-integral along the crack front were used to determine the plastic sif kp. for cylindrical hollow specimens the plastic sif kp in pure mode i can be expressed directly in terms of the corresponding elastic sif k1 using rice’s j-integral as follows:      2 2 1 10 ' ' n n p k j i k e e     (1)        1/ 11/ 1 22 2 1 1 1 1 00 ( / ) ( / ) ; ( / ) , ,( / ) , ,( / ) nn p fem fem n n k a w y a w k k y a w i n a w i n a w                              (2) where 1 1 /k k w is normalized by a characteristic size of cracked body elastic stress intensity factor and e'e  for plane stress and  2' 1e e   for plane strain. in the above equations,  and n are the hardening parameters, a w  is the dimensionless crack length, w is characteristic size of specimen (for our case that is specimen diameter),  is the nominal stress, and 0 is the yield stress. the procedure for calculating of the governing parameter of the elastic–plastic stress–strain fields in the form of in-integral for the different specimen geometries by means of the elastic–plastic feanalysis of the near crack-tip stress-strain fields suggested by [1-3]. in this case, the numerical integral of the crack tip field in changes not only with the strain hardening exponent n but also with the relative crack length b/d and the relative crack depth a/d: v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 36     1 cos sin 1 , , , 1 cos 1 fem femfemn fem fem fem femr e rr r r fem n fem fem fem fem rr r r du dun u u b a n d d i n d d d u u n                                                                        (3) where ij dimensionless stress components, iu dimensionless displacement components, ,r  polar coordinates. the distributions of the elastic and plastic sif along the initial crack front for both alloys and three temperatures are plotted in fig. 8. the constraint parameters are plotted against the normalized coordinate rr. in this plot rr = 0.0 is the specimen free surface, rr = 1.0 is the mid-plane of the hollow specimen thickness. it can be observed, that all constraint parameters essentially changed along the crack front from the free surface toward to mid-plane. 2 4 6 8 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 rr e la st ic  s if  [ m p a * m ^ 0 .5 ] ‐60°c +23°c +250°c d16t, b95at 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 rr p la st ic  s if d16t +250°c +23°c ‐60°c 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 rr p la st ic  s if ‐60°c +23°c +250°c b95at figure 8: elastic and plastic sif distributions for initial crack front. fig. 8 gives a clear illustration of the necessity to take into account the plastic properties of the material in the interpretation of the characteristics of the material resistance to crack propagation. the distributions of elastic sif are the same for both tested materials, because elastic properties of tested materials approximately the same (tab. 1). contrary to that, the plastic sif shows very useful effect of the sensitivity to the plastic properties of the tested materials. it can be seen from fig. 8 that the plastic sif gradually increases by increasing the test temperature conditions. the data presented very obvious advantages of using the plastic sif to characterize the material's resistance to cyclic crack growth. numerical data for the elastic and plastic sif behaviors accounting for the material properties and temperature conditions will be used to interpret the characteristics of the material resistance to crack propagation. experimental results and discussion he first part of experimental results includes the data of direct measurements of the objective parameters such as the crack length b and the cmod on the free surface of specimens for all considered alloys and temperature conditions. fig. 9 represents the surface crack growth rate db/dn versus cmod on the hollow cylindrical specimens. it is found that the crack growth rate along the external surface direction as a function of cmod described by a various curves with a small scatter band of the experimental results for both tested aluminum alloys. also, looking at fig.4b, 4c and considering changes in the general durability of the specimens in low/high temperature test, significant differences in the crack growth rate in the depth direction a and on the free surface b of hollow specimens under the above temperature conditions are expected. the second part of the experimental data relates to the interpretation of the surface crack growth rate for aluminum alloys at different temperature conditions with the involvement of the numerical results for elastic and plastic sif's distributions presented in the previous section of this paper. based on the interpretation of experimental fatigue fracture diagrams in terms of traditional elastic sif it is found that there are three separate diagrams for each temperature on the free surface of the hollow cylindrical specimen (fig. 10a). in t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 37 contrast, by interpretation of the same experimental crack growth rate diagrams in terms of plastic sif for free surface of the hollow cylindrical specimens of d16t at -60с +250с temperatures a different picture is observed. it is shown that the individual test results at a fixed temperature form a common experimental curve partially overlapping crack growth rate ranges. 1.0e-07 1.0e-06 1.0e-05 1.0e-04 1.0e-03 1.0e-02 0.01 0.1 1 cmod, mm d b /d n [ m m /c y c le ] d16t, t=+250°c b95at, t=+250°c d16t, t=+23°c b95at, t=+23°c d16t, t=-60°c b95at, t=-60°c figure 9: crack growth rate on the free surface of hollow specimen versus cmod for different temperature conditions. a) b) figure 10: crack growth rate as a function of (a) elastic and (b) plastic sifs for free surface of the specimen. the same trend observed for the deepest point of the crack front (fig. 11a, b). moreover, compared with an elastic interpretation of the processes of fatigue failure, the interpretation of cyclic fracture diagrams in terms of the plastic sif's has more uniform character with a small scatter band. the data presented very obvious advantages of using the plastic sif's to characterize the material's resistance to cyclic crack growth. this conclusion is confirmed by the relative position of crack growth curves in figs.10 and 11 for the tested aluminum alloy d16t in the terms of the elastic and the dimensionless plastic sif kp. fig. 12 shows the influence of material properties. on this figure the comparison of crack growth data on the free surface in terms of elastic and plastic sif for both tested materials are presented. experimental data interpretations in terms of plastic sif, which take into account the influence of plastic material properties, give us two different curves for considered alloys. from fig. 12b, the difference in the crack growth rate on the d16t and b95at remains permanently during low temperature and gradually disappears during room temperature test condition. as presented in fig. 12, the experimental data clearly illustrates the effect of temperature on the surface crack growth rate in aluminum alloys tested at the same loading conditions. v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 38 a) b) figure 11: crack growth rate as a function of (a) elastic and (b) plastic sifs for deepest point of the crack front. a) b) figure 12: crack growth rate as a function of (a) elastic and (b) plastic sifs for both alloys and different temperature conditions. conclusions atigue surface crack growth is studied through experiments and computations for aluminum alloys d16t and b95at (analogue of 2024 and 7075 aluminum). for both alloys the increasing of test temperature leads to degradation of mechanical properties. by experimental studies for considered temperature conditions the relations between the crack sizes on the free surface of specimen, cmod, crack growth rate and aspect ratio were obtained. for the same specimen configuration and the different crack front position the elastic and elastic-plastic constraint parameters were analyzed as a function of material properties and temperatures conditions. it is stated that the plastic sif, which is sensitive to the constraint effects and elastic-plastic material properties, is attractive as the self-dependent unified parameter for characterization of the material fracture resistance properties. references [1] shlyannikov, v.n., tumanov, a.v., characterization of crack tip stress fields in test specimens using mode mixity parameters, int. j. fract., 185 (2014) 49-76. [2] shlyannikov, v.n., zakharov, a.p., multiaxial crack growth rate under variable t-stress, eng. fract. mech., 123 (2014) 86–99. f v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 31-39; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.05 39 [3] shlyannikov, v.n., tumanov, a.v., zakharov, a.p., the mixed mode crack growth rate in cruciform specimens subject to biaxial loading, theoret. appl. fract. mech., 73 (2014) 68-81. [4] yarullin r., ishtyryakov i., fatigue surface crack growth in aluminum alloys under different temperatures, procedia engineering, vol. 160, 2016, 199–206. [5] slyannikov, v., yarullin, r., ishtyryakov, i., surface crack growth in cylindrical hollow specimen subject to tension and torsion, frattura ed integrita structurale, 33 (2015) 335-344. [6] shlyannikov, v., tumanov, a., zakharov, a., gerasimenko, a., surface flaws behavior under tension, bending and biaxial cyclic loading, int. j. fatigue., 92 (2) (2016) 557-576. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_24.docx m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 223 fracture assessment of magnetostrictive materials m. peron, s.m.j. razavi, f. berto, j. torgersen department of mechanical and industrial engineering, norwegian university of science and technology (ntnu), richard birkelands vei 2b, 7491, trondheim, norway. mirco.peron@ntnu.no, javad.razavi@ntnu.no, filippo.berto@ntnu.no, jan.torgersen@ntnu.no m. colussi department of engineering and management, university of padova, stradella s. nicola 3, 36100, vicenza (italy) abstract. giant magnetostrictive materials are gaining interest in the field of smart material, especially the commercially known terfenol-d, that is an alloy made out of iron, terbium and dysprosium (tb0.3dy0.7fe1.9). since these smart materials are subjected to both mechanical loads and magnetic field during their industrial applications, an extensive characterization on the influence of a magnetic field and of defects on their fracture behavior is needed. very few works can be found in literature about this topic and, thus, the purpose of this work is to partially fill this lack by means of three-point bending tests on single-edge pre-cracked terfenol-d specimens. failure loads have been measured at different loading rates and under magnetic fields of various intensities. since giant magnetostrictive materials are very brittle, the strain energy density (sed) approach has been exploited by means of couplefield finite element analyses. sed has revealed itself as a robust parameters in the assessment of the magnetic field and loading rate effects on fracture resistance, allowing also to propose a relationship between the radius of the control volume and the loading-rate. keywords. strain energy density; fracture toughness; loading rates; magnetic field; giant magnetostrictive materials; terfenol-d. citation: peron, m., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f., torgersen, j., colussi, m., fracture assessment of magnetostrictive materials, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230. received: 15.07.2017 accepted: 17.08.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction utomotive industry, avionics and robotics are constantly looking for innovations, especially in the field of sensors, actuators and energy harvesting devices where smart material, such as magnetostrictive materials, are widely exploited [1]. this kind of material can convert magnetic energy into kinetic energy, i.e. it exhibits deformation once an external magnetic field is applied, or the reverse, i.e. an applied force determines a magnetization change. such industrial applications require remarkable elongation and high energy density capacity at room temperature, features widely a m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 224 present in the tb0.3dy0.7fe1.9 alloy, commercially known as terfenol-d. thus, among all the giant magnetostrictive materials, the (tb0.3dy0.7fe1.9) alloy has broadly gained interest in the last years. however, despite of the great attention that this alloy has gained in the industrial applications and though it is susceptible to in-service fracture due to its brittleness [2], very few works are available concerning the assessment of the influence of manufacturing induced defect and cracks on magnetostricitve material performances, notwithstanding the widely reported harmful effects of notches [3–5]. moreover, the fracture behavior of these materials are highly affected by the presence of magnetic fields, since the fracture resistance uder mode i is inversely related to the intensity of the field narita et al. [6]. regarding the determination of the fracture behavior of different materials, it is widely reported that brittle and high-cycle fatigue failures of components weakened by different notches geometries occur when the strain energy density (sed) averaged in a control volume surrounding a crack or notch tip reaches a critical value [7-15]. colussi et al. [16] showed that this criterion could be extended also to giant magnetostrictive materials, under mode i loading condition, employing a control volume having radius 0.07 mm. in this work, three point bending tests on terfenol-d have been carried out, assessing the failure load at different loading rates both in presence and absence of an applied magnetic field. then, coupled-field finite element analysis have been performed in order to evaluate the effect of the loading rate and of the magnetic field, allowing the development of a relationship between the critical radius rc of the control volume and the loading rate. analysis basic equations of the material he basic equations for magnetostrictive materials are outlined as follows. considering a cartesian coordinate system, o-x1 x2 x3, the equilibrium equations are given by: σji,j = 0; εijk hk,j = 0; (1) bi,i = 0 where σji, hi and bi are respectively the components of the stress tensor, the intensity vector of the magnetic field and the magnetic induction vector, whereas εijk is the levi-civita symbol. a comma followed by an index denotes partial differentiation with respect to the spatial coordinate x and the einstein’s summation convention for repeated tensor indices is applied. the constitutive laws are given as: h ij ijkl kl kij k t i ikl kl ik k s d h b d h         (2) where ij are the components of the strain tensor and h ijkls , ikld , t ik are respectively the magnetic field elastic compliance, the magnetoelastic constants and the magnetic permittivity. valid symmetry conditions are: h h h h ijkl jikl ijlk klij kij kji t t ij ji s s s s d d        (3) the relation between the strain tensor and the displacement vector ui is:  , , 1 2 ij j i i ju u   (4) the magnetic field intensity, named φ the potential, is written as: ,i ih  (5) t m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 225 for terfenol-d, the constitutive relations can be written as: 11 11 3111 12 13 22 22 3112 11 13 33 33 3313 13 33 23 23 1544 31 31 1544 12 1266 0 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 2 0 00 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 h h h h h h h h h h h h ds s s ds s s ds s s ds ds s                                                                  1 2 3    0 0 0 0 0 h h h                         (6) 11 22 1 15 11 1 33 2 15 11 2 23 3 31 31 33 33 3 31 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0      0 0 0 0    0 0 0 0 0 t t t b d h b d h b d d d h                                                            (7) where:   23 32 31 13  12 21 23 32  31 13 12 21 11 1111 2222 12 1122 13 1133 2233 33 3333 44 2323 3131 66 1212 11 12  ,   ,   ,    ,       ,    ,    ,     4 4  ,   4 2                      h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s                                 15 131 223 31 311 332 33 333    2 2  ,    ,  d d d d d d d d         averaged strain energy density (sed) approach according to lazzarin and zambardi [10], the brittle failure of a component occurs when the total strain energy, w , averaged in a specific control volume located at a notch or crack tip, reaches the critical value wc. in agreement with beltrami [17], named σt the ultimate tensile strength under elastic stress field conditions and e the young's modulus of the material, the critical value of the total strain energy can be determined by the following: 2 2 t cw e   (8) the control volume takes different shapes based on the kind of notch. if the notch is represented by a crack, its opening angle is equal to zero and the control volume is a circumference of radius rc, centered on the crack tip. being this the case, the radius rc can be evaluated once known the fracture toughness, kic, the tensile stress and the poisson's ratio, ν, of the material, by means of the following expression proposed by yosibash et al. [18]: 2 (1 )(5 8 ) 4 ic c t k r             (9) the sed averaged in the control volume can be computed directly by means of a finite element analysis. finite element model in order to compute the averaged strain energy density, w , analyses were performed by means of ansys r14.5 finite element code, both in plane strain and plane stress conditions depending on the specimens' width. for the purpose, solid models were used to determine which was the most appropriate condition. as shown by tiersten [19], the basic equations for magnetostrictive materials are mathematically equivalent to those of the piezoelectric materials, so four nodes plane13 and eight node solid5 coupled-field solid elements from ansys' m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 226 library were used, respectively for plane and solid models, and the magnetic field has been introduced by a voltage difference. the coordinate axes x = x1 and z = x3 are chosen such that the y = x2 axis coincides with the thickness direction and such that the easy axis of magnetization is the z-direction. because of symmetry, only the half of the model was used in the fea. before carrying out simulations, a mesh sensitivity study was undertaken to determine the adequate finite element (fe) number to be used. sed value have been first determined from a very refined mesh and then from some coarser meshes. the refined mesh had the same fe number adopted in a previous work by the authors, in which finite element models with 6400 elements were used to evaluate the energy release rate by means of j-integral on the same geometry. among different coarse mesh patterns, it has been found suitable for compute sed without accuracy lost a mesh with 274 elements, of which at 10 elements placed inside the control volume. the results are summarized in tab. 1, where the sed value from the proposed coarse mesh is compared with that from the very refined one. the mesh insensitivity is a consequence of the finite element method, in which the elastic strain energy is computed from the nodal displacements, without involving stresses and strains, as shown by lazzarin et al. [10]. the relationship between magnetostriction and magnetic field intensity is essentially non-linear. nonlinearity arises from the movement of the magnetic domain walls, as shown by wan et al. [20]. to take into account this non-linear behavior, the constants d15, d31 and d33 for terfenol-d, in presence of bz = b0, are given by: 15 15 31 31 31 33 33 33 m m z m z d d d d m h d d m h      (10) where 15 md , 31 md and 33 md are the piezomagnetic constants, whereas m31 and m33 are the second order magnetoelastic constants. jia et al. [21] proved that if the specimen's dimension in the direction in which the magnetic field is applied is at least two times greater than the other two dimensions, then the longitudinal magnetostriction is prevailing and it can be assumed that only d33 is a function of the magnetic field hz and that m31 is equal to zero. number fe (control volume) control volume control volume number fe model) w [mj.m3] w [%] 128 6400 0.01461 10 274 0.01457 -0.3 table 1: mean values of sed for different mesh refinement. material elastic compliance [10-12 m2.n-1] piezo-magnetic constants [10-9 ma-1] magnetic permeability [10-6 hm-1] densit y [kg.m-3] 11 hs 33 hs 44 hs 12 hs 13 hs 31 md 33 md 15 md 11 t 33 t ρ terfenol-d 17.9 17.9 26.3 -5.88 -5.88 -5.3 11 28 6.29 6.29 9250 table 2: terfenol-d material properties. m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 227 experimental procedure mong giant magnetostrictive materials, the commercially named terfenol-d alloy, supplied by etrema products, inc. (usa) was used in all tests and analyses. the material properties are listed in tab. 2. test were performed with the aim to measure the fracture load, pc, of single edge precracked specimens, subjected to three point bending, in presence and in absence of the magnetic field and at various loading-rates. specimens were 5 mm thick, 3 mm wide and 15 mm long. before testing, all specimens were weakened on one side by a 0.5 mm deep crack, which was introduced using a tungsten cutter. tested specimen is showed in fig. 1. figure 1: specimen’s geometry and edge micrograph of the introduced crack. the load p has been impressed at the midpoint of the specimens, which were simply supported with span of 13 mm, by means of a 250 n load cell (resolution: 0.01 n). the load was applied for different loading-rates: 0.05, 0.5 and 3.0 ns-1. a uniform magnetic field, with magnetic induction b0, has been applied in the longitudinal direction through an electromagnet. as devices in which terfenol-d is employed commonly work in magnetic induction range which varies from 0.02 t to 0.05 t, the representative value of 0.03 t has been adopted in all tests. it is due to point out that, as alloying elements in terfenol-d are terbio and disprosio, which are very expensive rare earths, the number of tested specimens was limited: from two to three at each condition. by means of experimental procedure it has also been possible to assess the second order magnetoelastic constant, m33. let consider a cartesian coordinate system, o-x y z, which origin is located at the top center of an uncracked specimen. varying the intensity of the magnetic field applied in the z-direction (longitudinal direction), the trend of magnetostriction has been measured through a strain gauge located at x = y = z = 0 mm. by comparison between the measured strain εzz and the numerically obtained one, it has been found that the proper value for the second order magnetoelastic constant is 4.82×10-12 m2a-2. this value has been used in the analyses to compute the sed. results and discussion racture load, pc, in presence and absence of the magnetic field have been experimentally measured at each loadingrate. data, in terms of fracture load, are summarized in tab. 3. bold numbers represent the average value at each condition, whereas numbers in brackets represent the relative standard deviations. average fracture loads are presented in fig. 2. the error bars indicate the maximum and minimum values of pc the average fracture load at 0.05 ns-1, 0.50 ns-1 and 3.0 ns-1 are decreased respectively about 7%, 9% and 14% in the presence of the magnetic field. it has also been found that terfenol-d shows a decrease in fracture load as the loading-rate decreases. similar behavior has been observed for other materials such as tial alloys, by cao et al. ([22]) and piezoelectric ceramics, by shindo et al. ([23-24]) and narita et al. ([25]). to take into account the effect of the loading-rate on terfenol-d fracture load, here it is assumed that the critical radius rc, which depends on the material and on the notch opening angle, varies also with the speed at which the load is applied. by plotting the averaged sed related to the mean values of critical loads in tab. 3, in presence and in absence of the magnetic field, as a function of control volume radius, it is possible to determine different intersections for each loadingrate. the intersections have been found at 0.05, 0.056 and 0.1 mm respectively for the loading-rates 0.05, 0.5 and 3.0 ns-1. a f m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 228 this means that, at the critical load, the material is characterized by a value of strain energy density, averaged in a control volume having size variable with the loading-rate, which is independent of the ratio between the applied load and magnetic field. a good fit of rc versus loading-rate to a linear model has been found, then, adopting a simple linear regression model, the following relationship is proposed: 0.0195 0.05c dp r dt   (11) pc [n] dp/dt b = 0 t b = 0.03 t 0.05 ns-1 58.3 59.2 65.8 61.9 74.7 64.6 66.3 (5.81) 61.9 (1.91) 0.5 ns-1 66.6 60.7 68.5 61.6 67.5 (0.78) 61.1 (0.37) 3.0 ns-1 71.0 74.2 79.2 59.3 60.0 75.1 (3.35) 64.5 (5.95) table 3: measured fracture loads as a function of the loading-rate and the magnetic field figure 2: mean fracture loads as a function of the loading-rate and the magnetic field the approximated critical radius of 0.07 mm, obtained from (9) and suggested by colussi et al. [16] without taking into account the loading-rate, falls amid of the range of variation here proposed. fig. 3 shows a summary of the experimental data in terms of the square root of the ratio between the averaged strain energy density, w , and the critical value of strain energy, wc. this parameter has been chosen because of its proportionality to the fracture load. the averaged strain energy density, w , has been computed in control volumes having radius given by (11), whereas a critical strain energy equal to 0.02 mj.m-3 is assumed. this critical value is obtained from eq. (8), assuming young's modulus equal to 30 gpa, poisson's ratio equal to 0.25 and tensile strength equal to 34 mpa, which are the medium characteristics provided by the material supplier. here, young's modulus is assumed independent from the applied magnetic field. this assumption is reasonable in the range of variation of the applied magnetic field. in fig. 3 experimental data from narita et al. [25] have also been summarized. data referred to fracture loads measured under three point bending, with and without magnetic a 0.03 t magnetic field, at the following loadingrate: 0.2 ns-1 and 3.0 ns-1. specimens were 3 mm thick, 5 mm wide and 15 mm long. crack depth was 0.5 mm. due to the different geometry (ratio between width and thickness equal to 5/3 instead of 3/5) plane strain condition instead of plane stress condition resulted more appropriate for their modeling. it has been found that about all experimental data fit in a narrow scatter band, which limits are drown here with an engineering judgment from 0.80 to 1.20 (4 data over 35 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.05 0.5 3 p c  [n ] dp/dt [n/s] 0 t 0.03 t m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 229 being outside of this range). the few data which exceed the band fall however in the safety region of the plot. the averaged sed criterion appears suitable for fracture strength assessment of cracked specimens made out of terfenol-d alloy, under mode i condition, in presence or absence of the magnetic field and with variable loading-rate. in the authors' opinion the result is satisfactory and the sed criterion permits the reliable assessment of terfenol-d brittle failure by means of coarse mesh based finite element models. the proposed relationship between the size of the control volume and the loading-rate also permit to take into account the loading-rate by means of static analyses. some future developments will involve also high temperature applications [26]. figure 3: mean fracture loads as a function of the loading-rate and the magnetic field b. conclusions combined experimental and numerical study was conducted to understand the defect sensitivity of giant magnetostrictive materials. under mode i loading condition, it has been found that terfenol-d shows a decrease in fracture load in presence of a magnetic field. this behavior in justified by the increase of the strain energy with increasing magnetic fields. terfenol-d also shows a decrease in fracture loads as the loading-rate decreases. results indicate that sed criterion in able to capture this behavior if a linear relationship between the size of the control volume and the loading-rate is assumed. a good match between experimental results and numerical predictions has been found and a substantial mesh insensitivity of sed approach has been proved. references [1] zhao, x., lord, d.g., application of the villari effect to electric power harvesting, j. appl. phys., 99 (2006) 08m703 [2] peterson, d.t., verhoeven, j.d., mcmasters, o.d., spitzig, w.a., strength of terfenol-d. j. appl. phys., 65 (1989) 3712. [3] lazzarin, p., comportamento a fatica dei giunti saldati in funzione della densità di energia di deformazione locale: influenza dei campi di tensione singolari e non singolari, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 13-26. [4] maragoni, l., carraro, p. a., peron, m. and quaresimin, m., fatigue behaviour of glass/epoxy laminates in the presence of voids, int. j. fatigue, 95 (2017) 18–28. [5] brotzu, a., felli, f. and pilone, d., effects of the manufacturing process on fracture behaviour of cast tial intermetallic alloys, fract. struct. integr. 27 (2013), 66-73. [6] narita, f., morikawa, y., shindo, y., sato, m., dynamic fatigue behavior of cracked piezoelectric ceramics in threepoint bending under ac electric fields, j. eur. cera. soc., 32 (2012) 3759–3766. [7] ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., rashidi moghaddam, m., berto, f., mode i fracture analysis of polymethylmetacrylate using modified energy—based models. phys. mesomec., 18 (2015) 53-62. a m. peron et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 223-230; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.24 230 [8] ayatollahi, m.r., rashidi moghaddam, m., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f., geometry effects on fracture trajectory of pmma samples under pure mode-i loading. eng. fract. mech., 163 (2016) 449–461. [9] rashidi moghaddam, m., ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f., mode ii brittle fracture assessment using an energy based criterion, phys. mesomec. (in press). [10] lazzarin, p. and zambardi, r., a finite-volume-energy based approach to predict the static and fatigue behavior of components with sharp v-shaped notches, int. j. fract., 112 (2001) 275–298. [11] berto, f., lazzarin, p. and ayatollahi, m. r., brittle fracture of sharp and blunt v-notches in isostatic graphite under torsion loading, carbon n. y., 50 (2012) 1942–1952. [12] radaj, d., berto, f., and lazzarin, p., local fatigue strength parameters for welded joints based on strain energy density with inclusion of small-size notches, eng. fract. mech., 76 (2009) 1109–1130. [13] berto, f., croccolo, d. and cuppini, r., fatigue strength of a fork-pin equivalent coupling in terms of the local strain energy density, mater. des., 29 (2008) 1780–1792. [14] berto, f. and barati, e., fracture assessment of u-notches under three point bending by means of local energy density, mater. des., 32 (2011) 822–830. [15] berto, f. and ayatollahi, m. r., fracture assessment of brazilian disc specimens weakened by blunt v-notches under mixed mode loading by means of local energy, mater. des., 32 (2011) 2858–2869. [16] colussi, m., berto, f., mori, k., narita, f., effect of the loading rate on the brittle fracture of terfenol-d specimens in magnetic field: strain energy density approach, strength mater, (in press). [17] beltrami, e., sulle condizioni di resistenza dei corpi elastici, rendiconti del regio istituto lombardo xviii, (1885) 704-714. [18] yosibash z., bussiba a. r., g.i., failure criteria for brittle elastic materials. int. j. fracture, 125 (2004) 307–333. [19] tiersten, h.f., 1969. linear piezoelectric plate vibrations: elements of the linear theory of piezoelectricity and the vibrations of piezoelectric plates. springer, new york, (1969). [20] wan, y., fang, d., hwang, k.c., non-linear constitutive relations for magnetostrictive materials, int. j. nonlinear mech., 38 (2003) 1053–1065. [21] jia, z., liu, w., zhang, y., wang, f., g.d., a nonlinear magnetomechanical coupling model of giant magnetostrictive thin films at low magnetic fields, sens. actuators a, 128 (2006) 158-164. [22] cao, r., lei, m.x., chen, j.h., zhang, j., effects of loading rate on damage and fracture behavior of tial alloys. mater. sci. eng., 465 (2007) 183–193. [23] shindo, y., mori, k., narita, f., electromagneto-mechanical fields of giant magnetostrictive / piezoelectric laminates. acta mech., 212 (2010) 253-261. [24] shindo, y., narita, f., mori, k., nakamura, t., nonlinear bending response of giant magnetostrictive laminated actuators in magnetic fields, j. mech. mater. struct., 4 (2009) 941–949. [25] narita, f., morikawa, y., shindo, y., sato, m., dynamic fatigue behavior of cracked piezoelectric ceramics in threepoint bending under ac electric fields, j. eur. ceram. soc., 32 (2012) 3759–3766. [26] gallo, p., berto, f., glinka, g generalized approach to estimation of strains and stresses at blunt v-notches under non-localized creep, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct, 39 (2016) 292-306. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_29_art_9 v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 85 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy response of porous sma: a micromechanical study v. sepe, s. marfia university of cassino and southern lazio v.sepe@unicas.it, marfia@unicas.it f. auricchio university of pavia auricchio@unipv.it abstract. lately porous shape memory alloys (sma) have attracted great interest as low weight materials characterized by high energy dissipation capability. in the present contribution a micromechanical study of porous sma is proposed, introducing the simplifying hypothesis of periodic distribution of voids. the mechanical response of the heterogeneous porous medium is derived by performing nonlinear finite element micromechanical analyses considering a typical repetitive unit cell made of a circular hole in a dense sma matrix and prescribing suitable periodicity and continuity conditions. the constitutive behavior and the dissipation energy capability of the porous nitinol are examined for several porosity levels. numerical applications are performed in order to test the ability of the proposed procedure to well capture the overall behavior and the key features of the special heterogeneous material. keywords. shape memory alloys; porous material; micromechanics; dissipation. introduction hape memory alloys (sma) are characterized by a very special behavior due to their capability to undergo reversible changes of the crystallographic structure, depending on the temperature and on the stress state. these changes can be interpreted as reversible martensitic transformations between a crystallographic more-ordered parent phase, the austenite, and a crystallographic less-ordered product phase, the martensite. thanks to their unique properties over the last decades sma have been used for a large number of applications in several engineering fields, from aerospace to medical device industries. recently, driven by biomedical applications, a great interest has arisen concerning a particular class of sma: the porous sma. currently, several methods are adopted for manufacturing porous sma from elemental powders. many porous niti sma with different structures of pores have been successfully produced by sintering at elevated pressure via a hot isostatic press or metal injection molding [1], spark plasma sintering [2], combustion synthesis with a self-propagating wave [3]. the possibility of producing sma in porous form has opened new fields of applications owing to their low-weight with high energy dissipation properties. porous shape memory alloys combine benefits from dense sma and porous structure. in fact, even beyond the shape memory characteristics, porous sma with a relatively low density can enlarge the applicability of dense sma. in addition to the large recoverable strains observed by sma, the porous counterpart offers s v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 86 the possibility of undergoing greater overall strains as well as higher specific energy absorption under dynamic loading conditions due to the possibility of wave scattering. in the biomedical field, thanks to their high biocompatibility [4] and their capacity to exhibit high strength, niti foams have been tested as bone implant materials [5], effectively exhibiting a considerable amount of bone ingrowth. in particular, these materials display unique characteristics such as: relatively low stiffness, useful to minimize stress shielding phenomenon, shape recovery effect, that facilitates implant insertion and ensures good mechanical stability within the host tissue, elevated osteoconductivity and better osseointegration and osteoconductivity than bulk niti alloys. in the last years, applications of porous sma in the field of civil and mechanical engineering have also been considered. the potential applications of porous sma exploit their ability to carry significant loads and their high energy absorption capability. in fact, the porous sma shows a higher specific damping capacity under dynamic loading conditions with respect to the dense sma, because the pores facilitate an additional absorption of the impact energy. in order to correctly reproduce the behavior of the porous sma, the development of accurate models describing their properties is needed. several papers have been published concerning the modeling of porous sma (e.g. [6-8]). the porous sma material can be treated as a composite with sma as the matrix and pores as the inclusions. in order to derive the mechanical response of porous sma, micromechanical averaging techniques have been developed in the available literature, as for instance [9, 10]. indeed, different micromechanical and homogenization techniques, usually applied to study composites can be used to model porous sma, such as the eshelby dilute inclusion technique or the mori-tanaka scheme [11, 12] or the selfconsistent method. an interesting approach that has been adopted to study the behavior of porous materials is based on the assumption of having a periodic distribution of pores. in this case, the problem can be solved by using a computational homogenization technique based, for instance, on nonlinear finite element analyses of a single unit cell with suitable boundary conditions. the behavior of porous sma under cyclic loading conditions has been studied in [13], where the constitutive law has been enhanced to account for the development of permanent inelastic strains due to stress concentrations in the porous microstructure. aim of the present contribution is to propose a micromechanical study of porous sma. in particular, the response of porous sma is derived by performing the nonlinear finite element micromechanical analysis for the typical repetitive unit cell, considering periodicity conditions. the constitutive model, proposed in [15] and [16] and able to reproduce the main properties of dense shape memory alloys response, is adopted in order to simulate the behavior of the porous sma. the constitutive response and the dissipation energy capability of the porous nitinol are investigated for several values of porosity. numerical applications are developed in order to assess the ability of the presented procedure to well capture the overall behavior of the special heterogeneous material, correctly reproducing the pseudoelastic effect., a key feature of the shape memory alloys. porous sma modeling he porous sma is a composite material in which voids can be considered as inclusion in a dense sma matrix. the study of the mechanical response of porous sma can be conducted performing micromechanical analyses which accounts for the presence of a random distribution of voids characterized by different shape and dimensions. in this study, developed in the framework of small strains, the simplifying hypothesis of regular, i.e. periodic, distribution of voids is introduced: in other words, it is assumed that all the voids have the same dimension and shape. in such a way, the study can be limited to the analysis of a unit cell (uc) which is representative of the heterogeneous material and that completely accounts for the geometry and material properties of the constituents of the composite. such a simplified approach allows to derive the influence of the void volume fraction on the mechanical response. sma constitutive model concerning the modeling of dense sma material, the model initially proposed by souza et al. [14] and modified first by auricchio and petrini [15] and, then, by evangelista et al. [16] is adopted to reproduce the shape memory alloys behavior. in the following discussion, the voigt notation is adopted, so that second order tensors are represented as vectors and fourth order tensors as matrices. in particular, the strains and the stresses are reported as vectors with 6 components, while symmetric 6×6 matrix defines the elastic constitutive matrix. the use of this notation is preferred as it enables a straightforward implementation in a numerical code. t v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 87 the model is thermodynamically consistent and it assumes the total strain ε and the absolute temperature t as control variables and the transformation strain vector d as internal variable. the transformation strain d describes the strain associated to the phase transformation and, in particular, to the conversion from austenite or multivariant martensite to single-variant martensite. the norm of d , denoted as  , is constrained to satisfy the inequalities 0 l   , where l is a material parameter indicating the maximum transformation strain reached at the end of the conversion from austenite or multivariant martensite to single-variant martensite, during a uniaxial test. according to the thermodynamic formulation, the existence of a thermodynamic potential is postulated and a free specific energy function is introduced through a convex potential as:        , , , , ,e p idt t t t      ε d ε d d (1) where: e represents the elastic strain energy due to the thermo-elastic material deformations, depending on the total strain ε , on the inelastic strain d and on the absolute temperature t ; p is the inelastic energy which accounts for all the inelastic phenomena and that is related to the internal variable d and to the absolute temperature t ; id is defined as the free energy due to the change in temperature with respect to the reference state for an incompressible ideal solid [14, 15, 16]. in particular, the thermo-elastic potential e is defined as:      1, , 2 t e t   ε d ε d c ε d (2) where c is the elasticity constitutive matrix and the superscript t denotes the transposition operation. the inelastic potential in the dense sma is set as proposed in [16] and it is function of the temperature and the transformation strain d :    21, 2 l p ft t m h        d  (3) where:   is a material parameter linked to the dependence of the transformation stress threshold on the temperature;  fm represents the finishing temperature of the austenite-martensite phase transformation evaluated at a stress free state;  the symbol  indicates the positive part of the argument;  t v  d m d with 1 2 v         i 0 m 0 i (4) i and 0 being the 3 3 identity and zero matrices, respectively;  h is a material parameter associated to the slope of the linear relation ruling the value of the transformation stress threshold with the temperature in the uniaxial case;    l  is the indicator function introduced in order to satisfy the fulfillment of the constraint on the transformation strain norm: 0 if ( ) ifl l l             (5) which ensures that the norm of the transformation strain has to be bounded between zero, for the case of a material without oriented martensite, and the maximum value l , for the case in which the material is fully transformed in singlevariant oriented martensite. the state laws can be derived as: v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 88    σ ε (6)     x d (7) which define the thermoelastic laws for the stress and the thermodynamic force, respectively. the latter quantity x represents the thermodynamic variable associated with the transformation strain and it is indicated as the transformation stress. the eq. (6) and (7) state that σ and x are the quantities thermodynamically conjugated to the deformation-like variables ε and d , respectively. therefore, the state laws assume the expressions:   σ c ε d (8) [ ]ft m h            x σ d (9) where  is an element of the subdifferential of the indicator function   l  which results as:   0 if if if l l l l                    (10) eq. (9) can be rewritten in the following form:  x σ α (11) with α playing a role similar to the back stress in the classical plasticity theory with kinematic hardening; it is defined as: [ ]ft m h           α d (12) resulting a linear function of the temperature when ft m . the yield function is assumed to depend on the deviatoric part of the thermodynamic force and it is introduced as:    22d df j r x x (13) where:  r represents the radius of the elastic domain in the deviatoric space, given by the relation: 2 3 tr  (14) with t the uniaxial critical stress evaluated at ft m ;  dx is the deviatoric part of the associated variable x and it is computed as: d devx i x (15) where: 2 3 1 3 1 3 with 1 3 2 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 3 dev                   dev 0 i dev 0 i (16)  2j is the second invariant of dx determined through the following formula:  2 1 with 22 td s d sj           i 0 x m x m 0 i (17) v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 89 the equation describing the associative normality rule for the internal variable d is:  df     x d x  (18) with  the plastic multiplier. from the analysis of the flow rule form it can be noted that the transformation strain d is a deviator vector and, thus, the condition of incompressibility during the inelastic flow is recovered. the model is completed introducing the classical kuhn-tucker conditions: 0 0 0f f     (19) that reduce the problem to a constrained optimization problem. the normality properties are sufficient to guarantee the satisfaction the second principle of thermodynamics in the form of the clausius-duhem inequality [17]. thus, the proposed model results to be consistent with the thermodynamic formulation. periodic microstructure the periodic microstructure of the analyzed material allows to consider a repetitive unit cell (uc) subjected to suitable boundary conditions in order to determine the overall behavior of the whole heterogeneous material. in the following, the uc, composed of the sma matrix and the pore, is denoted as  and the discussion is limited to the framework of 2d plane strain problems. the components of the 2d macroscopic fields of the average strain vector  11 22 12 t   ε and of the average stress vector  11 22 12 t   σ can be defined in  , respectively, as: 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 , 0 n x n da x da v v n n x x                      ε u σ t (20) where  n x represents the normal to the boundary of the unit cell  ,  u x is displacement vector and  t x is the traction vector defined as 11 1 2 22 2 1 12 0 . 0 n n n n                  t in the presence of pores the average strain and stress fields take the following form: 1 2 2 1 0 1 1 1 0 , h n dv n da dv v v v n n               ε ε u σ σ (21) where h is the union of the surfaces of voids present in the uc made of porous material. in eq. (21)2 the term: 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 h x x da v x x           t has not been reported, since pores are considered regions with null tractions and at the interfaces h the continuity of the tractions has to be ensured. for periodic media, introducing a cartesian reference system 1 2(o, , )x x in the uc, the displacement field  1 2 t u uu in the typical point  1 2 t x xx of the unit cell is given by the relations: 1 11 1 12 2 1 2 12 1 22 2 2 1 , 2 1 , 2 u x x u u x x u             (22) v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 90 where 11 , 22 and 12 are the components of ε , the effective strain acting on the uc; 1u and 2u are the components of  u x , the vector representing the periodic part of the displacement. from formula (22), the total strain in the typical point x of the unit cell is given by:     ε x ε ε x (23) where  ε x represents the periodic part of the strain, characterized by null average in  and associated to the periodic displacement  u x . as suggested in [18, 9], for rectangular 2d unit cells with the total dimensions along the two coordinate axes 1x , 2x denoted by 12a and 22a , the classical periodicity conditions:             1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 , , , , , , i i i i u a x u a x x a a u x a u x a x a a               (24) have to be prescribed to the displacement field, being 1, 2i  . numerical results n the following numerical applications 2d micromechanical analyses are developed in order to study the overall mechanical response of periodic porous shape memory alloys and to investigate the influence of the volume fraction of voids on their mechanical behavior. a square periodic uc made of a circular hole embedded in a dense nitinol matrix is analyzed. the constituent material properties adopted for the dense sma matrix are set as in [16] and are defined in tab. 1, where the symbols e and  indicate the young modulus and the poisson ratio, respectively. niti mechanical properties 1 53000 mpa 0.36 1000 mpa 2.1mpak 0.06 223 k 61.23 mpa l f t e h m             table 1: material properties for the porous niti sma. fig. 1 shows the uc geometry where a unit thickness is considered. different volume fractions of voids are analyzed keeping constant the side l of the uc and varying the radius r of the pore. in particular six ucs are examined with different values of porosity set as: 5%, 10%, 20%, 35%, 45% and 55%. the mechanical response of the heterogeneous media, when the pseudoelastic effect is activated, is investigated. in fact, an increasing value of the average strain 11 is prescribed in the ucs until the value 11 0.02  is reached at a constant temperature 270 kt  , greater than fa , temperature at which the more-ordered austenitic phase is stable. then, the prescribed strain is removed allowing the recovery of the transformation strain in the porous sma, exploiting the niti pseudoelasticity. the described loading history is prescribed on the six unit cells characterized by the different volume fractions of voids and on a uc made of homogeneous material (0% porosity) with the same mechanical properties defined in tab. 1. fig. 2 shows the behavior of the unit cells in terms of the average normal stress 11 versus the average strain 11 for all the different analyses characterized by the different volume of voids (denoted in the legend with the acronym vv). then, the same loading history is assigned on the considered unit cells, but prescribing a higher value of the average normal strain 11 at the end of the loading phase, up to 4%. the mechanical responses of the porous sma cells with i v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 91 different porosities are illustrated in figure 3, where the average normal stress versus the average normal strain along the 1x -direction is plotted. figure 1: porous niti sma periodic unit cell. figure 2: mechanical responses of the porous ucs along 1x -direction for the first loading history. from fig. 2 and fig. 3 it can be pointed out that the constitutive model adopted to reproduce the porous sma response is able to correctly capture the pseudoelastic effect for both the loading histories characterized by different values of the maximum average strain prescribed at the end of the loading phase. it can be observed that for the homogeneous sma specimen with no pores (fig. 2 and fig. 3) the stress-strain slope occurring during transformation is rather high due to the fact that the analyses are performed under plane strain conditions. moreover it can be remarked that for both the loading histories the value of the maximum average normal stress along the 1x -direction ( max 11 ), reached at the end of the loading step, decreases for increasing values of porosity. 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01 0.012 0.014 0.016 0.018 0.02 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 vv=0% vv=5% vv=10% vv=20% vv=35% vv=45% vv=55%  11 mpa 11 v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 92 the results obtained by the adopted micromechanical approach underline that both the stress-strain slope during transformation and the yield strength significantly reduce with the increase in porosity. these outcomes are well supported and justified by a large amount of experimental data, such as the ones provided in [11, 20-24] for porous shape memory alloys. fig. 4 shows the trend of the maximum value of the average normal stress along 1x -direction achieved for the different volume fractions of voids. in particular, a comparison between the results obtained for the first loading history ( 11 2%  ) and denoted with the triangle marker, and the results provided by the second loading history ( 11 4%  ) and indicated with the round symbol, is given. it can be noted that being equal the volume fraction of voids, the value of the maximum average tensile stress is obviously higher for the analyses in which the average strain reaches the value of 11 0.04  . figure 3: mechanical responses of the porous ucs along 1x -direction for the second loading history. however the difference between the values of max11 for the two loading histories tends to decrease with the increasing of porosity, so that for a high level of voids fraction the increase of the average strain leads to a low increase of the maximum tensile average stress. the energy dissipation capability of the porous niti, due to the stress hysteresis based on the pseudoelastic properties, has also been investigated for the considered unit cells and for both the loading histories. in fig. 5 the ratio between the dissipated energy and the volume of the solid fraction is plotted in function of the porosity for the two loading paths. the comparison between the results obtained by the two loading cases shows that the higher is the level of the prescribed average strain on the ucs, the higher is the energy dissipated by the porous sma in relation to its own weight. it can be put in evidence that for the first loading history the energy dissipated per solid volume during the pseudoelastic loading cycle increases with the increasing of the porosity level until the volume fraction of voids is equal to 20%. as the value of the volume of voids continues to increase, the dissipated energy tends to keep almost constant, with a value that is higher than the one obtained for the case of homogeneous shape memory alloys. furthermore, for the second loading history characterized by a maximum value of average strain up to 4%, it can be underlined that the energy dissipation capability increases in function of the volume fraction of voids, providing the maximum value for the case of porosity equal to 55%. thus the performed analyses show that the energy dissipation capability of porous materials is obviously influenced by the entity of the prescribed loading strain. moreover it can be remarked that high levels of volume fraction of voids can lead 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 vv=0% vv=5% vv=10% vv=20% vv=35% vv=45% vv=55%  11 mpa 11 v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 93 to a heterogeneous material able to dissipate more than shape memory alloys characterized by low porosity or dense material. figure 4: maximum average normal stress for the considered porosities provided by the two loading histories. figure 5: dissipated energy per solid volume for the considered porosities provided by the two loading histories. conclusions he mechanical behavior of porous sma has been investigated in the present work. the simplifying hypothesis of considering a periodic distribution of voids all characterized by the same shape and dimensions has been assumed so that a typical repetitive unit cell, representative of the heterogeneous material and able to account for the properties of the composite medium, has been analyzed. the model proposed by [15] and [16] for dense sma has been adopted to reproduce the constitutive behavior of porous shape memory alloys. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 voids fraction loading history 1 loading history 2  max11 mpa 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 voids fraction d is si pa te d e ne rg y / s ol id v ol um e [ m j/ m 3 ] loading history 1 loading history 2 t v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 94 plane strain 2d micromechanical analyses have been developed to derive the influence of the volume fraction of voids on the mechanical response of the porous niti. in particular, the behavior of the heterogeneous material when the pseudoelastic effect is activated, has been investigated considering different periodic unit cells characterized by several values of porosity. the performed analyses have shown the ability of the adopted constitutive model to reproduce the pseudoelastic effect for porous sma. moreover the influence of the volume of voids on the maximum tensile stresses reached by the porous material and on the energy dissipation capability has been examined for two different values of prescribed average strain. the obtained results have demonstrated that the value of the maximum average normal stresses reached during the loading phase decreases for increasing values of porosity and that for a high level of the volume fraction of voids the increase of the prescribed average strain leads to a low increase of the maximum value of the tensile average stress. furthermore, analyzing the dissipation capability of the porous medium during the pseudoelastic loading cycle, the developed analyses have put in evidence that the higher is the porosity level the higher is the capability of the porous sma to dissipate energy in relation to its own weight. thus the attractive feature of low-weight with high energy dissipation of the porous shape memory alloys is well captured by the proposed simplified micromechanical approach. future developments will be focused on other particular porous sma issues, such as the presence of pores with different shapes and of interconnected pores or the possible presence of porous internal pressure, relevant for the case of smart biomedical applications. moreover an extension of the analyses to the finite strain regime will be considered in future works in order to account also for the variation of the pore shape during the loading histories. acknowledgement the financial supports of prin 2010-11, project ”advanced mechanical modeling of new materials and technologies for the solution of 2020 european challenges” cup n. f11j12000210001 are gratefully acknowledged. the authors wish to thank prof. elio sacco for his useful comments and suggestions. references [1] krone, l., schüller, e., bram, m., hamed, o., buchkremer, h.p., stöver, d., mechanical behaviour of niti parts prepared by powder metallurgical methods. mater. sci. eng. a, 378 (2004) 185–190. [2] shearwood, c., fu, y.q., yu, l., khor, k.a., spark plasma sintering of tini nano-powder. scr. mater., 52 (2005) 455–460. [3] whitney, m., corbin, s.f., gorbet, r.b., investigation of the mechanisms of reactive sintering and combustion synthesis of niti using differential scanning calorimetry and microstructural analysis. acta mater., 56 (2008) 559–570. [4] shabalovskaya, s.a., on the nature of the biocompatibility and on medical applications of niti shape memory and superelastic alloys, bio-medical materials and engineering, 6 (4) (1996) 267-289. [5] bansiddhi, a., sargeant, t. d., stupp, s. i., dunand, d. c., porous niti for bone implants: a review, acta biomaterialia, 4 (2008) 773–782. [6] entchev,p.b. and lagoudas,d.c., modeling of transformation-induced plasticity and its effect on the behavior of porous shape memory alloys. part ii: porous sma respons. mechanics of materials, 36(9) (2004) 893-913. [7] nemat-nasser,s., su,y., guo,w.g. and isaacs,j., experimental characterization and micromechanical modeling of superelastic response of a porous niti shape-memory alloy. journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 53(10) (2005) 2320-2346. [8] liu, b., dui, g., zhu, y., on phase transformation behavior of porous shape memory alloys, journal of the mechanical behavior of biomedical materials, 5 (2012) 9-15. [9] qidwai, m.a., entchev, p.b, lagoudas, d.c., de giorgi, v.g., modeling of the thermomechanical behavior of porous shape memory alloys. int. j. of solids struct., 38 (48-49) (2001) 8653–8671. [10] entchev, p.b., lagoudas, d.c., modeling porous shape memory alloys using micromechanical averaging techniques, mechanics of materials, 34 (1) (2002) 1–24. [11] zhao,y. and taya,m., analytical modeling for stress-strain curve of a porous niti. journal of applied mechanics, 74(2) (2007) 291-297. [12] zhu, y., dui, g., a model considering hydrostatic stress of porous niti shape memory alloys, acta mechanica solida sinica, 24 (4) (2011). v. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 85-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.09 95 [13] panico, m., brinson, l.c., computational modeling of porous shape memory alloys, int. j. solids struct., 45 (2008) 5613–5626. [14] souza a.c., mamiya e.n., zouain n., three-dimensional model for solids undergoing stress-induced phase transformations, european journal of mechanics a/solids, 17 (1998) 789-806. [15] auricchio, f., petrini, l., a three-dimensional model describing stress-temperature induced solid phase transformations: solution algorithm and boundary value problems, int. j. for numer. meth. eng., 61 (2004) 807–836. [16] evangelista, v., marfia, s., and sacco, e., phenomenological 3d and 1d consistent models for shape memory alloy materials, comput. mech., 44 (2009) 405-421. [17] lemaitre, j., chaboche, j., mecanique des materiaux solides, dunod, paris, (1988). [18] suquet, p., elements of homogenization for inelastic solid mechanics. in: homogenization techniques for composite media (edited by e. sanchez-palencia and a zaoui). lecture notes in physics vol. 272. springer, berlin, (1987) 194275. [19] luciano, r., sacco, e., variational methods for the homogenization of periodic heterogeneous media. european journal of mechanics a/solids, 17-4 (1998) 599-617. [20] greiner, c., oppenheimer, s.m., dunand, d.c, high strength, low stiffness, porous niti with superelastic properties. acta biomaterialia 1 (2005) 705–716. [21] imwinkelried, t., mechanical properties of open-pore titanium foam. journal of biomedical materials research part a, 81(4) (2007) 964-970. [22] xiong, j.y., li, y.c., wang, x.j.,. hodgson, p.d, wen, c.e., titanium–nickel shape memory alloy foams for bone tissue engineering. journal of the mechanical behavior of biomedical materials i (2008) 269-273. [23] wang, x., y. li, et al., porous tinbzr alloy scaffolds for biomedical applications. acta biomaterialia, 5(9) (2009) 3616-3624. [24] wen, c.e., xiong, j.y., li, y.c. and hodgson, p.d., porous shape memory alloy scaffolds for biomedical applications: a review. phys. scr. t139 (2010). microsoft word numero_41_art_32.docx v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 236 focused on crack tip fields on short cracks that depart from elastoplastic notch tips verônica miquelin machado, jaime tupiassú pinho de castro, marco antonio meggiolaro pontifical catholic university of rio de janeiro, puc-rio, r. marquês de são vicente 225, rio de janeiro, 22451-900, brazil vetiksm@gmail.com, jtcastro@puc-rio.br, meggi@puc-rio.br abstract. the behavior of short cracks that depart from elastoplastic notch tips is modeled to estimate the stresses required to initiate and to propagate cracks in notched structural components, and to evaluate the size of tolerable crack-like defects under general loading conditions. this analysis can model both fatigue and environmentally assisted cracking problems; can evaluate notch sensitivity in both cases; and can as well be used to establish design or acceptance criteria for tolerable non-propagating crack-like defects in such cases. the growth of short cracks is assumed driven by the applied stresses and by the stress gradient ahead the notch tip, and supported by the material resistances to crack initiation and to long crack propagation by fatigue or eac. in the elastoplastic case, the stress gradient ahead of the notch tip is quantified by a j-field to consider the short crack behavior. the tolerable short crack predictions made by this model are evaluated by suitable fatigue and eac tests of notched specimens specially designed to start nonpropagating cracks from the notch tips, both under elastic and elastoplastic conditions. keywords. short cracks; notch sensitivity; fatigue cracking; environmentally assisted cracking; elastoplastic behavior; j-integral. citation: machado, v.m., castro, j.t.p., meggiolaro, m.a., on short cracks that depart from elastoplastic notch tips, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 03.05.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction t is well-known that abrupt geometric transitions (like holes, slots, grooves, keyways, shoulders, corners, threads, weld fillets, reinforcements, etc.), generically called notches, can significantly perturb the local stress field around their borders. in particular, notches induce a localized stress concentration factor (scf) kt  max/n, where max is the maximum stress at the notch tip and n is the nominal stress that would act there if the notch did not disturb the stress field in its vicinity. scf can be calculated by linear elastic (le) procedures when such conditions apply around the notch borders, but not if the material yields at the notch tip [1]. it is also well-known that notch-induced effects under fatigue load conditions can be smaller than it would be predicted from ktn, in particular if kt is high. if this was not so, small sharp scratches would be able to ruin any structural component subjected to fatigue loads. therefore, notch effects in fatigue are often quantified in practical applications by kf  1  q(kt  1), where 0  q  1 is the notch sensitivity factor. i v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 237 for design purposes, q-values are traditionally estimated by fitting semi-empirical models to data from fatigue tests of notched components. however, q has long been associated to non-propagating short cracks that start at the notch tips but stop after growing for a small distance [2-4]. consequently, q-values can also be analytically modeled by studying the behavior of those short fatigue cracks. in particular, the model proposed in [5-7] estimates q-values for fatigue loading conditions using sound mechanical principles and well-defined mechanical properties, without the need for any additional data-fitting parameter. moreover, it allows the notch sensitivity concept to be extended to environmentally-assisted cracking (eac) problems as well, and its predictions have been validated under liquid metal embrittlement conditions by testing notched al samples in a ga environment [8], as well as under hydrogen embrittlement conditions by testing similar steel samples in aqueous h2s environments [9]. this versatile notch sensitivity model is extended in this work to deal with elastoplastic (ep) problems using j-integral techniques properly adapted to consider the short crack behavior near the notch tips. influence of short cracks in the fatigue limit of notched structural components atigue cracks are very sensitive to local load conditions, so they usually initiate at notch tips due to the stress concentration effects induced by the notch. a similar behavior occurs under eac conditions as well. however, it is less well-known that short cracks initiated at notch tips can stop to grow if the stress gradient ahead of the tip is steep enough. in fact, albeit such non-propagating cracks induce damage, they can be tolerated whenever the loading conditions cannot induce the higher local stresses needed to restart their growing process. moreover, this apparently odd behavior can be easily explained by the competition between the opposing effects of the decreasing stress  ahead of the crack tip (due to the stress gradient that acts there) and of the increasing crack size a on its stress intensity factor (sif) ki  (a), which can be seen as the crack driving force under le conditions. to make the crack size dependent sif compatible with a fatigue limit when a  0, el-haddad, topper, and smith (ets) redefined the sif range acting in a griffith plate by [10-11]      0k a a( ) (1) where a0  (1/)(k0/s0)2 is the short crack characteristic size, kth0 is the long fatigue crack growth threshold and sl0 is the fatigue limit at r  min/max  0, both well-defined material properties that can be measured by standard procedures. this simple but clever trick reproduces the correct limits (a  0)  s0 for very short cracks and k(a  a0)  kth0 for long cracks, as well as the data trend in a kitagawa-takahashi a diagram by predicting that cracks do not grow whenever   kth0/(a  a0) [4]. since cracks that depart from notches are driven by the local stress field around their tips, if the geometry factors g(a/w) used in their sifs ki  (a) g(a/w) include kt effects, as usual, it is convenient to split it into two parts, g(a/w) (a). in this way (a) quantifies stress gradient effects near the notch and tends towards kt at its tip, (a  0)  kt; whereas  accounts for other effects that affect the sif, like the free surface, for instance. moreover, since the sif is a crack driving force, it should be material-independent. so, the a0 effect on the short-crack behavior should be used to modify the fatigue crack growth (fcg) threshold kth(r), which is a material property, instead of the loading parameter k, making it a function of the crack size and of the fatigue limits, a trick that is quite convenient for operational purposes. in this way, the fcg threshold for pulsating loads kth(a, r  0) kth0(a) is given by:                   ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0 0 0 th 1 2 th th 0 th 00 k a a g a w a k ka 1 a a k a aa a g a w (2) however, since fcg depends both on k and kmax, eq. (2) should be modified to consider the kmax (or the r-ratio) effect on the short crack behavior. moreover, it can also be seen as just one of the models that obey the long-crack and the microcrack limits, so it can include a data fitting parameter  [5]. so, if kthr  kth(a >> ar, r) is the fcg threshold for long cracks and slr  sl(r) is the fatigue limit of the material, both measured (or estimated) at the desired r-ratio, then: f v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 238        r r 12 th th rk a k 1 a a /( ) ( ) , where  r r 2 r th la (1 ) k s        (3) equation (3) reproduces the ets model when  2, and the bi-linear limits in kitagawa-takahashi diagrams as well, see [4] for details. but much more important, it can be used to answer questions that are quite important in practical applications. this model can be used for practical applications. for example, it can check if it is possible to replace a central circular hole with diameter d  20mm by an elliptical one with axes 2b  20mm (perpendicular to n) and 2c  2mm, in a large notched steel plate with tensile strength su  600mpa, sl  200mpa, and kth0  9mpam, which works under a constant fatigue loadn  100mpa and r 1. neglecting buckling to start with, using classic sn design procedures [12-14], the circular hole would have a safety factor f  sl/kfn200/150  1.33 against fatigue crack initiation, since due to its large radius it has kf  kt 3. however, since the much sharper elliptical hole tip radius c2/b  0.1mm  kt 2b/c21  kf  1  q(kt  1)  7.33 (as, according to the traditional peterson’s estimate, q  (1 )1  [1  0.185(700/600)/0.1]1  0.32 [15]), it should fail by classic sn procedures. indeed, it would work under a stress amplitude a  kfn  367mpa > sl. nevertheless, since this kf value is larger than the kf < 4 typically obtained from notched coupons fatigue data [4], it is worthwhile to reevaluate this prediction. this can be done assuming e.g. kth0(a) kth0/[1  (a0/a)]0.5 (by ets), the steel fatigue limit sl  su/2 (as usual, noticing that sl is an amplitude whereas sl is a range), sl0  su/1.5 (by goodman), and a0  (1/)(kth0/sl0)2  (1/)(1.5kth0/1.12su)2  0.13mm. using these estimates, then the sif ranges ki(a) estimated for the two holes by the procedures developed in [5] are compared to the short-crack threshold kth0(a) in fig. 1. notice that crossings between the ki loading and the kth(a) resistance curves in this figure define crack arrest, so the largest tolerable crack sizes. hence, considering the effect of the stress gradient ahead of the notch tip on the growth behavior of short cracks, this model predicts that both the circular and the elliptical holes could support the nominal load range n without failing by fatigue. figure 1: according to the short crack model, cracks should not initiate at the circular hole (which tolerates cracks atol < 1.52mm), while the crack that initiates at the elliptical hole tip should stop when reaching a size ast  0.33mm. it is interesting to emphasize the practical usefulness of modeling the short crack behavior in notched components. the classic sn and n methodologies are very much used to analyze and to design supposedly crack-free structural components in engineering applications, even though it is impossible to guarantee that they are really free of cracks smaller than the guaranteed detection threshold of the non-destructive inspection method used to identify them. in fact, although large cracks may be detected and dealt with in practice, microcracks and short cracks are practically undetectable by traditional non-destructive inspection methods. nevertheless, most components are still designed against fatigue crack initiation using procedures that do not recognize such unavoidable small flaws. so, their service life expectancy may become unreliable when such tiny defects are introduced by any means during manufacturing or service. therefore, structural components that must last for long fatigue lives should be designed not only to avoid crack initiation, but also to be tolerant to undetectable short cracks. indeed, continuous work under fatigue loads cannot be guaranteed if any of the flaws that they might have (because they could not be or have not been detected) can somehow v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 239 propagate during their service lives. however, despite self-evident, this prudent requirement is still not included in most sn and n fatigue design routines used in practice. in fact, most long-life designs just intend to maintain the service stresses at the structural component’s critical point below its fatigue limit,  < slr/f, where f is a suitable safety factor for fatigue applications. so, although such calculations can be quite complex (e.g. when analyzing fatigue crack initiation caused by random multiaxial non-proportional loads), their so-called safe-life philosophy is not intrinsically safe. however, despite neglecting the effect of any cracks or crack-like defects, most long-life fatigue designs do work quite well in practice. this means that they are in fact somehow tolerant to undetectable or to functionally-admissible short cracks. nevertheless, the question “how much tolerant” cannot be answered by sn and n procedures alone. this potentially important problem can be dealt with by adding short crack concepts to their infinite life design criteria, which may be given (in its simplest version) by           r 12th f rk a g a w 1 a a( ) ( ) , r rth l    2ra 1 k s( ) ( ) (4) since the fatigue limit slr at a given fixed {, r} condition already reflects the effect of microstructural defects inherent to the material, eq. (4) complements it by describing the tolerance to small cracks that may go unnoticed in actual service conditions. a practical example can illustrate well how these ideas can be useful in engineering applications. due to a rare manufacturing problem, a batch of a small but important structural component was delivered with tiny scratch-like elongated surface cracks only detectable by under a microscope, causing some serious unexpected failures when mounted in the machine it usually worked forever. the question is how to estimate the effect of such small crack-like defects in the fatigue strength of those components, knowing that each piece has a 2 by 3.4mm rectangular cross-section and is made of a steel with ultimate strength su = 990mpa and (uncracked) fatigue limit sl = 246mpa. the piece fatigue limit is about su/4, whereas steels typically have sl  su/2  495mpa. this difference may be due to a surface finish factor ksf  0.5, a value between those proposed by juvinall for su  1gpa steels with cold-drawn or machined surfaces, 0.45  ksf  0.7 [13]. although surface finish should not affect the growth of fatigue cracks, the measured value could be due to other factors as well, like e.g. tensile residual stresses near the piece surface. hence, the only safe option is to use sl  246mpa to evaluate the short crack effects, estimating the fatigue limit at r > 1 (or at m > 0) e.g. by goodman as sl(r)  slr  slsu(1  r)/[su(1  r)  sl(1  r)]. the fcg threshold is also needed to model short crack effects. if data is not available, as in this case, it must be estimated e.g. by kth(r  0.17)  kth0 = 6mpam and kthr(r > 0.17)  7(1  0.85r) [4]. this risky practice increases the prediction uncertainty, but it was the only option available. however, this estimate is conservative regarding typical data, which tend to indicate 6 < kth0 < 12mpam. moreover, it assumes kthr(r < 0)  kth0, usually a safe estimate as well (unless the load history contains severe compressive underloads that may accelerate the crack, not the case here). using the sif of an edge-cracked strip of width w loaded in mode i [4], fig. 2 shows the tolerable stress ranges under pulsating axial loads estimated within a fatigue safety factor f by:                              0th f 0 123 0 k a aa 2w a a a0 752 2 02 0 37 1 1wa2w 2w 2w a sec tan . . . sin (5) this simple (but quite reasonable) model indicates that the studied structural component tolerates well small edge cracks up to a  30m, since they almost do not affect its original fatigue limits. however, since this conclusion is based on estimated properties, fig. 3 evaluates the influence of the threshold kth0 and of the data-fitting exponent  on the values estimated for the tolerable stress ranges, enhancing how important it is to measure them to obtain less-scattered predictions. nevertheless, in spite of this scatter, such estimates can be very useful for designers and quality control engineers. they can be used e.g. as a quantitative tool if a production or an operational accident damages the surface of otherwise well-behaved components, to help deciding whether they can be kept in service or must be recalled. these estimates provide interesting results, but they have some intrinsic limitations. they assume the short crack grows unidimensionally, thus can be characterized by its size a only, when surface flaws much smaller than the piece dimensions probably look like small surface or corner cracks, and should be treated as so. 2d cracks grow by fatigue in two directions, usually changing their shape at every load cycle, although maintaining their original plane under mode i loads, see [4]. in v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 240 fact, cracks (short or long) should not be modeled as 1d unless their fronts uniformly cut the whole piece thickness and can be described by just 1 coordinate. moreover, these estimates are only valid for mechanically short cracks, those with both a and a0 larger than the grain size of the material gr. the fcg behavior of microcracks with sizes a and a0 < gr is sensitive to microstructural features, but since grains (let alone dislocations) cannot be mapped in practical applications yet, their use for structural engineering purposes may be questionable. figure 2: larger stress ranges  tolerable by the studied component under many r–ratios as a function of the size a of an edge crack, for w = 3.4mm, h = 1.12, kth0  6mpam, a0  59mm,  6, and f  1.6. figure 3: influence of the typical ranges of fcg threshold 6 < kth0 < 12mpam and of bazant’s data-fitting exponent 1.5 <  < 8 on the largest stress ranges 0 tolerated by the studied piece. the behavior of short cracks under ep conditions nder contained elastoplastic conditions around crack tips, which invalidate the use of sifs to quantify the local crack driving forces, the non-propagating crack problem can be modeled using the j-integral approach [16-17], as originally proposed in [11]. however, since like in the le case short fatigue cracks present higher fcg rates than long cracks in the ep case as well, it is operationally convenient to modify their jth(a) propagation threshold to consider the effects of the short crack characteristic size a0 when accounting for their peculiar behavior near ep notch tips. in the le case, the size-dependent threshold jth(a) must of course be given by kth(a)2/e', where e'  e or e'  e/(1  2) for plane stress or plane strain limit conditions. in this way, jth(a) can then be easily compared with the crack driving force quantified by j when modeling the ep short crack behavior. if the stresses controlled by j grow proportionally to the load u v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 241 p applied on the cracked piece, then for a ramberg-osgood material with strain-hardening coefficient h and exponent h, it can be shown [4] that the crack driving force j is given in a clearer engineering notation by:                1 h h 1 h2 el pl i pc yj j j k e p p s w a h a w h ( ) ( , )h (4) where ki(p) is the sif applied on the cracked piece (as if it remained le), ppc is the plastic collapse load, sy is the yielding strength, w is the cracked piece width, w  a is its residual ligament, and h is a non-dimensional function that depends on the cracked piece geometry and on the strain-hardening exponent h. although not as easy to find as ki values, h-values may be found in tables for some simple geometries. however, this is not a major barrier in practice, since they can nowadays be calculated in most finite element (fe) codes for more complex components. to model the short crack behavior, like its le analog kth(a), the size-dependent crack propagation threshold jth(a) must include the a0 effect:  th th 0j a j 1 a a( ) ( ) (5) hence, like in the le case, ep cracks grow whenever their driving force j is higher than their size-dependent threshold jth(a), a material property that can be properly measured, and stop otherwise. cracks that depart from a notch tip can be much affected by its stress gradient when their size is small or similar to the notch tip radius , so they can start and then stop after growing for a while, becoming thus non-propagating. figure 4 e.g. shows this behavior for a crack that departs from a notch with   1mm and stops at a size a  1.8mm, when its j become smaller than its threshold jth(a), becoming non-propagating. if p remains fixed, notice that this cracked component would then tolerate cracks with size 1.8 < a < 9mm. figure 4: ep crack that starts at a notch tip and then stops after growing for 1.8mm. experimental eac results urves ki(a)a and ji(a)a are calculated for notched dc(t) specimens by finite element analyses made using a suitable 2d abaqus/cae fe model, considering ep conditions near the notch tip as needed. these curves, which quantify the crack driving force, can be compared with the keacth(a)a and jeacth(a)a curves, which quantify the material resistance to eac conditions, including short crack effects. such visual comparisons are very helpful in practice, since they can map the whole cracking problem. this technique is then used to make predictions about the short crack behavior that can be experimentally verified. to do so, notched dc(t)s of aisi 4140 steel (whose crack initiation and long crack growth eac thresholds in a solution of h2s, seac  332mpa and keacth  34.2mpam, have been previously measured by astm f1624 and iso 7539 standards, and by nace procedures [18-19]) are tested under eac conditions as follows. first, two dc(t)s with a useful width w  60mm and a notch of length b  15mm and tip radius  2mm are eac tested in the h2s solution under two load levels, p  6750n and p  8250n, which induce le conditions around the notch tip. c v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 242 according to the short crack models presented above, the first should generate a non-propagating crack, see fig. 5, whereas the second should start and propagate a crack, see fig. 6, as indeed they did, see fig. 7. in the sequence, two other similar dc(t) specimens, one with notch tip radius  0.2mm and loaded by p  3.1kn and the other with  0.3mm and loaded by p  6kn, were eac tested in the same aggressive environment, but now under ep conditions around the notch tip. considering their size-dependent threshold jth(a) and their crack driving forces j, both specimens should withstand the loads without breaking, as indeed they did, see fig. 8-10. figure 5: curves ki(a)a and keacth(a)a generated by the analysis of the linear elastic dc(t) under eac and p  6750n. figure 6: curves ki(a)a and keacth(a)a generated by the analysis of the linear elastic dc(t) under eac and p  8250n. figure 7: le specimens after working 30 days under eac conditions in an aqueous hydrogen sulfide environment. v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 243 figure 8: curves ji(a)a and jeacth(a)a generated by the analysis of the dc(t) loaded by p  3.1kn under ep conditions. figure 9: curves ji(a)a and jeacth(a)a generated by the analysis of the dc(t) loaded by p  6kn under ep conditions. figure 10: ep specimens after 30 days under eac in aqueous hydrogen sulfide environment. conclusions he model proposed here can evaluate the propagating or non-propagating behavior of short cracks that depart from notch tips under linear elastic and elastoplastic load regimes, and can estimate the size of tolerable short cracks or crack-like defects in practical applications. experimental evidence presented here supports this claim under stress corrosion cracking conditions, but a similar mechanics is also valid for modeling the behavior of short fatigue cracks. t v.m. machado et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 236-244; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.32 244 references [1] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., góes, r.c.o., elastoplastic nominal stress effects in the estimation of the notch-tip behavior in tension, theor appl fract mech 84 (2016) 86-92. [2] frost, n.e., marsh, k.j., pook, l.p., metal fatigue, dover (1999). [3] taylor, d., the theory of critical distances, elsevier (2007). [4] castro, j.t.p., meggiolaro, m.a., fatigue design techniques, in 3 volumes. createspace (2016). [5] meggiolaro, m.a., miranda, a.c.o., castro, j.t.p., short crack threshold estimates to predict notch sensitivity factors in fatigue, int j fatigue, 29 (2007) 2022–2031. [6] castro, j.t.p., meggiolaro, m.a., miranda, a.c.o., wu, h., imad, a., nouredine, b., prediction of fatigue crack initiation lives at elongated notch roots using short crack concepts, int j fatigue, 42 (2012) 172-182. [7] castro, j.t.p, meggiolaro, m.a., is notch sensitivity a stress analysis problem?, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 79-86. [8] castro, j.t.p., landim, r.v., leite, j.c.c., meggiolaro, m.a., prediction of notch sensitivity effects in fatigue and eac, fatigue fract eng mater struct, 38 (2015) 161-179. [9] castro, j.t.p., landim, r.v., meggiolaro, m.a., defect tolerance under environmentally-assisted cracking conditions. corrosion reviews, 33 (2015) 417-432. [10] el haddad, m.h., topper, t.h., smith, k.n., prediction of non-propagating cracks, eng fract mech, 11 (1979) 573584. [11] el haddad, m.h. et. al., j-integral applications for short fatigue cracks at notches, int j fract, 16 (1980) 15-30. [12] shigley, j.e., mischke, c.r., budynas, r.g., mechanical engineering design, 7th ed., mcgraw-hill, (2004). [13] juvinall, r.c., marshek, k.m., fundamentals of machine component design, 4th ed., wiley, (2005). [14] norton, r.l., machine design, an integrated approach, 3rd ed., prentice-hall, (2005). [15] peterson, r.e., stress concentration factors, wiley, (1974). [16] shih, c.f., hutchinson, j.w., fully plastic solutions and large scale yielding estimates for plane stress crack problems, j eng mater technology, 98 (1976) 289-295. [17] goldman, n.l., hutchinson, j.w., fully plastic crack problems: the center-cracks strip under plane strain, int j solids struct, 11 (1975) 575-591. [18] astm e-1820-13: standard test method for measurement of fracture toughness, astm, (2014). [19] nace tm0177: laboratory testing of metals for resistance to sulfide stress cracking and stress corrosion cracking in h2s environments, nace, (2005). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_39_art_14 j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 129 focussed on modelling in mechanics analysis of accuracy of williams series approximation of stress field in cracked body – influence of area of interest around crack-tip on multi-parameter regression performance j. sobek, p. frantík, v. veselý brno university of technology, faculty of civil engineering, institute of structural mechanics, brno, czech republic sobek.j@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4215-1029 kitnarf@centrum.cz vesely.v1@ fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7723-971x abstract. a study on the accuracy of an approximation of the stress field in a cracked body is presented. crack-tip stress tensor is expressed using the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) theory in this work, more precisely via its multi-parameter formulation, i.e. by williams power series (wps). determination of coefficients of terms of this series is performed using a least squares-based regression technique known as over-deterministic method (odm) for which results from finite element (fe) method computation are usually taken as inputs. main attention is paid to a detailed analysis of a suitable selection of fe nodes whose results serve as the inputs to the employed method. two different ways of fe nodal selection are compared – nodes selected from the crack tip vicinity lying at a ring of a certain radius versus nodes selected more or less uniformly from a specified part of the test specimen body. comparison of these approaches is made with the help of procedures developed by the authors which enable both the determination of the coefficients of terms of the analytical wps approximation of the stress field based on the fe results and the backward reconstruction of the field (again using wps) from those determined terms’ coefficients/functions. the wedge-splitting test (wst) specimen with a crack is taken as example for the study. keywords. multi-parameter fracture mechanics; williams power series; crack-tip fields; over-deterministic method; higher order terms. citation: sobek, j., frantík, p., veselý, v., analysis of accuracy of williams series approximation of stress field in cracked body – influence of area of interest around cracktip on multi-parameter regression performance, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142. received: 20.07.2016 accepted: 19.09.2016 published: 01.01.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction etermination of the higher order terms of williams power series [1] approximating the fields of stress and displacements in a cracked body is of substantial interest of the presented work. particular motivation of it is represented by the need for capturing the crack-tip fields in a farther distance from the crack tip. d http://www.gruppofrattura.it/pdf/rivista/numero39/audio/14.mp3 j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 130 tensile failure of the quasi-brittle materials is accompanied with a crack propagation together with a nonlinear zone [2] (fracture process zone – fpz) development, where the decrease of material integrity takes place. the size of the fpz is not negligible in comparison with the rest of the body. processes of failure therefore occur in a wider area around the crack tip. the description of failure mechanism must be in agreement with the stress and displacement field around the crack tip in an extended area. recent works of many authors show the relevance of the topic of the crack tip fields accurate description [3–6], moreover, extending it into 3d and taking into account the effects of various loading modes [7–12]. special focus on brittle and quasi-brittle fracture is summarized in [13]. works [3,14,15] reported the fact, that for the description of the stress/displacement field in a cracked body in a more distant surroundings from the crack tip the necessity of usage of the several terms of williams expansion (we), not only the first or the first two terms, is crucial. procedures enabling the multi-parameter description of the near crack-tip fields (using e.g. hybrid crack elements [16] formulation, over-deterministic method [17] based on standard fe computation, or other techniques based e.g. on extrapolation of displacements of selected nodes of fe mesh) usually process results from fe nodes selected from the close vicinity of the crack tip. this is adequate for determination of the classical/two-parameter lefm characteristics (sif, t-stress). however, several questions arise if the area of accurate enough description of the stress and displacement field extends to a greater distance from the crack tip, where k + t dominance vanishes? how many terms of the series should be taken into account? how to select the fe nodes considered for the regression technique? and how to optimize the mutual relationship between the area from where the nodes are considered for the regression (and how are they located/distributed in that area) and the extent where the approximation of the fields is of relevant accuracy? answering these questions presents the actual motivation of this work. this paper investigates the above-described issue via a parametric study evaluating the influence of the nodal selection on the quality of the obtained approximation of the field. the work presented here further builds on previous studies. a classical (common) way of nodal selection, where the nodes are selected from a ring in the vicinity of the crack tip was used in recent papers. influences of several parameters on the description of stress/displacement fields in cracked bodies by williams series were investigated. reconstruction of the stress field with the help of a software tool developed by the author’s team was shown in [14,15] where the accuracy of the approximation by we was verified by a visual comparison (which was regarded as sufficient for its intended purpose) with the fe solution (which was regarded as the exact solution). however, the nodal selection that was used for obtaining the we terms was performed from the ring around the crack tip (with the distance given by recommendation from [17,18]). published study [19] on wps approximation with nodal selection from more than one ring around the crack tip resulted into next studies. another type of nodal selection was considered in subsequent works by the authors [20,21,22]; the nodes were selected from specific parts of the test specimen body with specific distribution functions of their distance and angular position from the crack tip. this way was employed with expectations that the fields will be better (more accurately/efficiently) approximated. an automatic utility to determine the values of coefficients of the higher order terms of wps using the over-deterministic method was developed [20] to enable multi-parameter description of stress field, where the coefficients of wps terms are calculated from several layers and angular sections. and the distance distribution of the nodal selection is governed by various functions. comparison between those used variants was given by visual technique again [21]. hence, a new detailed way for evaluation of the accuracy of the reconstruction was used in [22]. method based on the plot of the relative deviation (percent difference) of the stress field between the correct solution (the fe solution) and the solution given by the approximation using wps with a certain variant of nodal selection was introduced. main motivation of this study is to find the easiest way for the multi-parameter stress field description to obtain the sufficiently accurate solution valid for the as far as possible area from the crack tip. methods multi-parameter linear elastic fracture mechanics (mp-lefm) he stress and displacement fields in a planar homogeneous isotropic cracked body can be formulated as an infinite power expansion – williams series [1] by eq. (1) and (2), respectively – for more details see [14,21,22,23].           1 2 , 1 , , , , 2 n ij n ij n n a r f n i j x y (1) t j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 131          2 ,u 1 , , , , , n i n i n u a r f n e i x y (2) in this study, the attention is paid to the mode i crack problem. mp-lefm takes into account several initial terms of we, i.e. n ranges from 1 to n (not ∞); coefficients of these terms are often expressed as dimensionless shape functions gn (functions of the relative crack length  = a/w ). over-deterministic method for determination of coefficients of the williams series terms the so-called over-deterministic method (odm, [17]) is used. based on the linear least-squares formulation, it solves a system of 2k equations, where k represents the number of selected nodes (in the original paper, they were selected from a nodal ring around the crack tip), for n chosen terms of the power series. detailed analyses of this method can be found in works [18,19,24]. displacements of selected nodes, together with their coordinates, serve as the input to that method. this issue was studied in detail in previous works which presented, among others, an implementation of this technique into an automatic numerical tool called odemapp [20] – the odm analysis based on an arbitrary nodal selection and test specimen geometry variant is enabled. refrapro approach the refrapro (reconstruction of fracture process [25]) is a java application which allows an advanced determination of fracture characteristics of materials failing in a quasi-brittle manner (silicate-based materials). estimation of the fpz (its shape and size) is implemented by a technique developed by the authors combining mp-lefm, classical non-linear models and plasticity approach. reconstruction of the fracture process is made by this application generally based on the measured loading curves and basic mechanical properties of the material. for the purpose of this study, a part of this program is used which provides the reconstruction of stress field from the available shape functions (corresponding to values of coefficients of terms of the we) for the given test geometry. this part is accompanied with a special tool (a class called percentdifference) which allows the display of the deviance (percent difference) between the approximated stress field and the exact solution (for which the fe solution is regarded) to test the accuracy of the solution with nodal selection from an area of interest around the crack tip. the deviation itself is expressed via pixmap grid as the relative difference [22]. numerical study or the analysis of the accuracy of the wps approximation, the wedge-splitting test specimen (wst) is used. specimen loaded by eccentric tension through two steel platens with pins among which the steel wedge is impressed was developed by linsbauer and tscheg in [26]. schema of the analysed test configuration is displayed in fig. 1 left accompanied with drawings of its geometry in fig. 1 right. computations of the stress and displacement fields were realized in the ansys finite element software [27]. crack elements (plane82) were utilized for the fe solution. an automatic interconnection procedure has been developed between the computational tool and the odemapp technique for the shape functions determination. a wst variant with two supports and specimens width w = 100 mm (fig. 1 right) was considered. the employed fe mesh is shown in fig. 2a with the crack-tip details, where two basic nodal selections (serving as the reference nodal selections) are depicted. the first is taken from the ring at the distance of 5 mm from the crack tip (fig. 2b) and the second selection is taken from the ring at the distance of 0.5 mm from the crack tip (see fig. 2c). these variants are labelled as ring 5 mm and ring 0.5 mm further in the text. fig. 3a shows the fe mesh intended for models with a more general nodal selection. variant from fig. 3b labelled as con 180° (0°) represents a nodal selection governed by a constant distribution function (in the distance selection) taken from the whole area of test specimen (except of steel platens); qua 90° (45°) – a nodal selection with a quadratic distance distribution function from area of 90° angular section with the origin rotated by 45° angle (from the crack propagation direction) displayed in fig. 3c; exp 90° (80°) – a nodal selection (from fig. 3d with an exponential distribution function from the 90° section with initial rotation angle of 80°. detailed description of the method for the conducted nodal selection, including several other variants, is carried out in [20,21,22]. the number of selected nodes is kept the same for each selection type, k = 49. f j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 132 figure 1: wedge splitting test with the schema of loading imposition (left); geometry of the analysed wedge splitting test specimen (right)[15]. shape functions, representing the non-dimensional expressions of the coefficients of the higher order terms of the we as functions of the relative crack length , corresponding to the mentioned nodal selection variants were determined by the odemapp procedure and then they were used as inputs for refrapro application (which allows displaying the relative deviation from the “exact” solution of the stress field distribution). subsequently, a post-processing regarding the stress fields reconstructions based on one, two and even higher order terms of the wps was conducted. figure 2a: numerical model of the wedge splitting test, finite element mesh. figure 2b: detail of the fe mesh for the ring 5 mm variant with nodal selection (red dots at the distance 5 mm from the crack tip). figure 2c: detail of the fe mesh for ring 0.5 variant with nodal selection (red dots at the distance 0.5 mm from the crack tip). j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 133 figure 3a: numerical model of the wst specimen, used finite element mesh [22]. figure 3b: distribution of fe nodes for con 180° (0°) variant of nodal selection [22]. figure 3c: distribution of fe nodes for qua 90° (45°) variant of nodal selection [22]. figure 3d: distribution of fe nodes for exp 90° (80°) variant of nodal selection [22]. results and discussion he reconstruction of the fields of the principal tensile stress 1 and the crack opening stress yy was performed and compared to the exact solution. figs. 4 and 5 display the relative differences between the approximation of the field corresponding to chosen variant of nodal selection and the fem solution. only few examples of the reconstruction (based on the number of used williams series’ terms equal to 1, 2, 4, 7 and 11 – positioned horizontally) are given for illustration. cases with the relative crack length  = 0.5 are shown here as an example. it can be seen that low number of terms of the williams series used provides very inaccurate approximation of the stress field (mainly for a wider area around the crack tip). usage of only first two terms leads to a sufficient accuracy only in the very vicinity of the crack tip (where the classical and two-parameter lefm holds). a sufficiently accurate solution can be provided by a usage of at least four terms of williams expansion if an area of about 2 cm from the crack tip is requested. comparison between the used variants of nodal selection shows one important fact – in general [21,22], variant con 180° (0°) (uniform selection from the whole body of the test specimen with the constant distribution function of distance selection) comes out as the best variant of nodal selection (in fig. 4 and 5 it is emphasized by a green coloured frame). as it can be seen, the greater is the share of the red colour in the percent difference diagram the larger is the relative error from the fe solution. that is why this variant appears in next analyses as the reference one for comparison with variants of nodal selection from just one ring; moreover, from a closer distance from the crack tip. in some cases the variant qua 90° (45°) looks also promising and is comparable with the con variant. nevertheless, this is true only for the chosen  = 0.5. work [22] provides detailed views also at different  values. next figures compare results of two basic variants of nodal selection from the vicinity of the crack tip with the con 180° (0°) variant of the nodal selection, i.e. from the whole body of the test specimen. fig. 6 shows contour plots of the relative deviation of principal stress 1 for variants of nodal selection con 180° (0°), ring 5 mm and ring 0.5 mm for the wst specimen with relative crack length  = 0.5. as far as four terms of williams expansion for approximation is used the same trend in the relative deviation can be observed. with increasing n the results of ring 0.5 mm variant appear to be very inaccurate which can be seen on the extension of the red colour area (denoting a large proportion of 40% difference from the fe solution). t j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 134 1 gn  = 0.5 1 2 4 7 11 co n 18 0° ( 0° ) qu a 90 ° (4 5° ) ex p 90 ° (8 0° ) figure 4: relative error of principal tensile stress 1 field approximation for chosen variants of nodal selection. cr ac k ti p j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 135 yy gn  = 0.5 1 2 4 7 11 co n 18 0° ( 0° ) qu a 90 ° (4 5° ) ex p 90 ° (8 0° ) figure 5: relative error of crack opening stress yy field approximation for chosen variants of nodal selection. j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 136 1 gn  = 0.50 1 2 4 7 11 co n 18 0° ( 0° ) ri ng , 5 m m ri ng , 0 .5 m m figure 6: relative error of principal tensile stress 1 field approximation for chosen variants of nodal selection. j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 137 yy gn  = 0.50 1 2 4 7 11 co n 18 0° ( 0° ) ri ng , 5 m m ri ng , 0 .5 m m figure 7: relative error of crack opening stress yy field approximation for chosen variants of nodal selection. j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 138 results of variant con 180° (0°) and ring 5 mm seem to be very close which can be investigated in detail also on the comparison of the relative error of crack opening stress field yy progress for all considered variants in fig. 7 with  = 0.5. again, the variant ring 0.5 mm shows very inaccurate progress of the stress field reconstruction and should be avoided without usage of more than four terms of the williams expansion. this fact is described in detail in fig. 8, which illustrates the relative errors just for ring 0.5 mm variant and its progress with the usage of 4, 5, 6 and 7 terms of expansion for reconstruction of principal and crack opening stress field with  = 0.5. from the fourth term the error grows rapidly. ring 0.5 mm gn  = 0.5 4 5 6 7 1 yy  figure 8: progress of relative error of the 1 and yy reconstruction with increasing number of williams series terms used. results depicted in figs. 9 and 10 show the percent differences of 1 and yy, respectively, stress field reconstruction. fig. 9 represents result with  = 0.25 for selected terms of williams series (g4, g7 and g11). these images confirm conclusion that variant ring 0.5 mm is very inaccurate for reconstruction of stress field far from the vicinity of the crack tip. comparison between ring 0.5 mm and con 180° (0°) variant of nodal selection provides a conclusion that a usage of constant variant is better in case of  = 0.25 (fig. 9) and also  = 0.75 (fig. 10). with one exception in fig. 10 – progress of the g4 for  = 0.75 in yy reconstruction. so, in some cases, it is slightly better to use ring 5 mm variant instead of constant distribution function from the whole body of the test specimen. j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 139 general quantification of the accuracy of the performed variants of the multi-parameter approximation is not easy to obtain, because the large amount of the nodal selection variants, as were used in the study, lead to combinations, where recommendations cannot be simply stated. an attempt of at least some aspects of such quantification is introduced in this work through the relative error contour plots. the progress of the relative error in the contour maps shows a distance from the crack tip, where the approximation of the stress field is of sufficient accuracy – the blue field may be considered as such a region, because the relative error of approximation here is up to 5 %. particular example of such quantification can be explained with the help of results from fig. 7: with usage (for all variants of nodal selection the trend is the same) of only the first term (g1) and then also with the first two terms (g2) the blue region (of the accurate enough approximation) is within a radius of about 5 mm. for the variant con 180° (0°) and with usage of 11 terms of the we the radius increases to about 23 mm. on the other hand, the variant ring 0.5 mm with the number of we terms up to 11 shows a decreasing trend where the utilizable area is of a radius of only about 1 mm. 1 yy  con 180° (0°) ring 5 mm ring 0.5 mm con 180° (0°) ring 5 mm ring 0.5 mm g 4 ,  = 0 .2 5 g 7 ,  = 0 .2 5 g 1 1,  = 0 .2 5 figure 9: progress of relative error of the 1 and yy reconstruction for selected terms of williams series used. j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 140 conclusions detailed analysis of the accuracy of the williams series approximation of the stress tensor components (principal stress and crack opening stress) in the cracked wst specimen was shown. the area of interest around the crack tip was investigated from two stand points within this analysis:  the area from where the nodes are taken into account for the regression technique should be somehow easily defined (easiest way is the ring of nodes around the crack tip), moreover it is convenient to use the ring of small radius to be able to create reasonably good fe mesh also for very short and very long cracks. in total, five variants of nodal selection were introduced (which followed on at previous published studies) and recommendations are as follows: 1 yy  con 180° (0°) ring 5 mm ring 0.5 mm con 180° (0°) ring 5 mm ring 0.5 mm g 4 ,  = 0 .7 5 g 7 ,  = 0 .7 5 g 1 1,  = 0 .7 5 figure 10: progress of relative error of the 1 and yy reconstruction for selected terms of williams series used. a j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 141  variant con 180° (0°), which represents the nodal selection governed by a uniform distribution from the whole body of the test specimen, seems to be the best choice (and was used as the reference for the next analysis step).  nodal selection of variant ring 5 mm is still comparable with the uniform nodal distribution variant. this is true up to the highest number of the used williams series terms that was tested in this study, i.e. n = 11.  using of variant ring 0.5 mm provides a sufficiently accurate results only up to the number of williams expansion terms n = 4. this is not valid for the (very) close vicinity of the crack tip, where the results are still accurate enough. future work will provide analysis of variant ring 5 mm (or other convenient value of the ring radius) with a particular focus on how many terms n of the williams series are optimal for the crack-tip field reconstruction at a given distance from the crack tip. physical significance of the higher order terms of the williams series should be better explained and will be analysed via a real experiment (with utilization of digital image correlation technique, similarly to the case of [28]), which is under preparation by authors of this paper. however, for the purpose of the analysis shown in this paper this knowledge is not relevant – the coefficients of terms of the regression are not used here as fracture parameters as it is within the classical or the two-parameter fracture mechanics (k or/and t). here, they are used only as coefficients of a regression function for the stress field approximation. the aim of this approach is to use the approximation of the field in further fracturemechanical application (i.e. the plastic zone or the fracture process zone size and shape estimation, etc.). acknowledgment his paper has been worked out under the project no. lo1408 “admas up – advanced materials, structures and technologies”, supported by ministry of education, youth and sports under the “national sustainability programme i”. references [1] williams, m.l., on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack, journal of applied mechanics (asme), 24 (1957) 109–114. [2] anderson, t.l., fracture mechanics. fundamentals and applications, boca raton: crc press, (2005). [3] berto, f., lazzarin, p., on higher order terms in the crack tip stress field, international journal of fracture, 161 (2010) 221–226. [4] pook, l.p., the linear elastic analysis of cracked bodies and crack paths, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 79 (2015) 34–50. [5] ayatollahi, m.r., rashidi moghaddam, m., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f., geometry effects on fracture trajectory of pmma samples under pure mode-i loading, engineering fracture mechanics, (2016), in press. [6] pook, l.p., the linear elastic analysis of cracked bodies, crack paths and some practical crack path examples, engineering fracture mechanics, (2016), in press. [7] berto, f., lazzarin, p., kotousov, a., on higher order terms and out-of-plane singular mode, mechanics of materials, 43 (2011) 332–341. [8] berto, f., lazzarin, p., multiparametric full-field representations of the in-plane stress fields ahead of cracked components under mixed mode loading, international journal of fatigue, 46 (2013) 16–26. [9] pook, l.p., berto, f., campagnolo, a., lazzarin, p., coupled fracture mode of a cracked disc under anti-plane loading, engineering fracture mechanics, 128 (2014) 22–36. [10] ayatollahi, m.r., rashidi moghaddam, m., berto, f., a generalized strain energy density criterion for mixed mode fracture analysis in brittle and quasi-brittle materials, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 79 (2015) 70–76. [11] pook, l.p., campagnolo, a., berto, f., lazzarin, p., coupled fracture mode of a cracked plate under anti-plane loading, engineering fracture mechanics, 134 (2015) 391–403. [12] saboori, b., ayatollahi, m.r., torabi, a.r., berto, f., mixed mode i/iii brittle fracture in round-tip v-notches, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 83 (2016) 135–151. [13] berto, f., lazzarin, p., recent developments in brittle and quasi-brittle failure assessment of engineering materials by means of local approaches, material science and engineering r, 75 (2014) 1–48. t j. sobek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 129-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.14 142 [14] veselý, v., sobek, j., malíková, l., frantík, p., seitl, s., multi-parameter crack tip stress state description for estimation of fracture process zone extent in silicate composite wst specimens, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 69–78. [15] veselý, v., frantík, p., sobek, j., malíková, l., seitl, s., multi-parameter crack tip stress state description for evaluation of nonlinear zone width in silicate composite specimens in component splitting/bending test geometry, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 38-2 (2014) 200–214. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12170. [16] karihaloo, b.l., abdalla, h., xiao, q.z., coefficients of the crack tip asymptotic field for wedge splitting specimens, engineering fracture mechanics, 70 (2003) 2407–2420. [17] ayatollahi, m.r., nejati, m., an over-deterministic method for calculation of coefficients of crack tip asymptotic field from finite element analysis, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 34 (2010) 159–176. [18] sobek, j., veselý, v., šestáková, l., accuracy of approximation of stress and displacement fields in cracked body for estimation of failure zone extent, transactions of the všb–technical university of ostrava, civil engineering series, xii-2 (2012) 1–10. doi: 10.2478/v10160-012-0031-5. [19] malíková, l., multi-parameter fracture criteria for the estimation of crack propagation direction applied to a mixedmode geometry, engineering fracture mechanics, 143 (2015) 32–46. [20] sobek, j., pail, t., veselý, v., evaluation of crack tip stress field using combination of advanced implementation of over-deterministic method and fe analysis, key engineering materials, 627 (2015) 273–276. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.627.273. [21] veselý, v., sobek, j., tesař, d., frantík, p., pail, t., seitl, s., multi-parameter approximation of stress field in a cracked specimen using purpose-built java applications, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 120–133. [22] veselý, v., sobek, j., frantík, p., seitl, s., multi-parameter approximation of the stress field in a cracked body in the more distant surroundings of the crack tip, international journal of fatigue, 89 (2016) 20–35. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.02.016 [23] malíková, l., veselý, v., seitl, s., estimation of the crack propagation direction in a mixed-mode geometry via multi parameter fracture criteria, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 25–32. [24] malíková, l., veselý, v., significance of higher-order terms of the williams expansion for plastic zone extent estimation demonstrated on a mixed-mode geometry, procedia materials science, 3 (2014) 1383–1388. [25] veselý, v., frantík, p., an application for the fracture characterisation of quasi-brittle materials taking into account fracture process zone influence, advances in engineering software, 72 (2014) 66–76. doi: 10.1016/j.advengsoft.2013.06.004. [26] linsbauer, h.n., tscheg, e.k., fracture energy determination of concrete with cube-shaped specimens, zement und beton, 31 (1986) 38–40. [27] ansys documentation, version 11.0, swanson analysis system, inc., houston, pennsylvania, (2007). [28] vargas, r., neggers, j., canto, r.b., rodrigues, j.a., hild, f., analysis of wedge splitting test on refractory castable via integrated dic, journal of the european ceramics society, 36 (2016) 4309–4317. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_15.docx correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 136 focused on mechanical fatigue of metals statistical analysis of fatigue crack propagation data of materials from ancient portuguese metallic bridges j.a.f.o. correia, a.m.p. de jesus, r. calçada faculty of engineering, university of porto, rua dr. roberto frias, 4200-465 porto, portugal. jacorreia@inegi.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4148-9426 ajesus@fe.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1059-715x ruiabc@fe.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2375-7685 b. pedrosa, c. rebelo, luis simões da silva isise, department of civil engineering, university of coimbra, rua luís reis santos, pólo ii, 3030-788 coimbra, portugal. brunoalex_pedrosa@hotmail.com, crebelo@dec.uc.pt g. lesiuk faculty of mechanical engineering, department of mechanics, material science and engineering, wrocław university of science and technology, smoluchowskiego 25, 50-370 wrocław, poland grzegorz.lesiuk@pwr.edu.pl, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3553-6107 abstract. in portugal there is a number of old metallic riveted railway and highway bridges that were erected by the end of the 19th century and beginning of the 20th century, and are still in operation, requiring inspections and remediation measures to overcome fatigue damage. residual fatigue life predictions should be based on actual fatigue data from bridge materials which is scarce due to the material specificities. fatigue crack propagation data of materials from representative portuguese riveted bridges, namely the pinhão and luiz i road bridges, the viana road/railway bridge, the fão road bridge and the trezói railway bridge were considered in this study. the fatigue crack growth rates were correlated using the paris’s law. also, a statistical analysis of the pure mode i fatigue crack growth (fcg) data available for the materials from the ancient riveted metallic bridges is presented. based on this analysis, design fcg curves are proposed and compared with bs7910 standard proposal, for the paris region, which is one important fatigue regime concerning the application of the fracture mechanics approaches, to predict the remnant fatigue life of structural details. keywords. fracture mechanics; fatigue crack growth; statistical analysis; old steels; ancient bridges; bs7910. citation: correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., calçada, r., pedrosa, b., rebelo, c., simões da silva, l., lesiuk, g., statistical analysis of fatigue crack propagation data of materials from ancient portuguese metallic bridges, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146. received: 08.06.2017 accepted: 17.06.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 137 introduction n portugal, the major concern of governmental agencies is related with the maintenance and safety of centenaries riveted steel bridges. these old riveted road and railway bridges were fabricated and placed into service during the 19th century and beginning of 20th century. the traffic conditions both in terms of vehicle gross weight and frequency, are today completely different from those considered in the design phase. additionally, the original design procedures of these bridges did not account for fatigue, since fatigue understanding only achieved the maturity after the design of those structures. in the 19th century the designer engineers were not aware of some important damage phenomena including fatigue. fatigue was only intensively studied in the 20th century. in order to maintain the high safety levels of old riveted steel bridges, road and railway authorities have to invest heavily in inspection, maintenance and retrofitting, with those activities supported by fatigue assessment studies, including remnant life calculations [1]. the crack propagation data is essential to perform fatigue life predictions according to the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm), which is an important alternative to the usual code-based s-n curve procedures, mainly in what concerns residual life estimations. in this perspective, the knowledge about design fatigue crack growth curves for materials from ancient portuguese steel bridges is extremely appropriate [1]. the present paper reports research work carried out to determine the design fcg curves of materials from ancient portuguese riveted bridges, namely the pinhão, fão and luiz i road bridges, built in 1906, 1891 and 1886, respectively, the eiffel road/railway bridge (inaugurated in 1878) and the trezói railway bridge (inaugurated in 1956). the design fcg curves were obtained using the procedure proposed by gallegos mayorga et al. [2] and a comparison with design crack propagation curves proposed by bs7910 standard [3] is made. the authors have investigated the mechanical behaviour of those bridge materials, such as, metallographic, chemical composition, monotonic and fatigue behaviours of the materials of the old riveted steel bridges have been characterized [4-7]. others authors have performed similar work for other centenary bridges [8,9]. correia et al. [6,10,11] and bogdanov et al. [12] have proposed probabilistic curves for the fatigue crack growth propagation curves for several materials. correia et al. [6,10,11] proposed the probabilistic fields for fatigue crack growth using the probabilistic fatigue local approaches using old materials from riveted steel bridges and current steels. meanwhile, bogdanov et al. [12] proposed a probabilistic analysis of the fatigue crack growth rates based on the monte-carlo method applied to the unigrow model. fatigue life evaluation based on fracture mechanics ypically, the fatigue life predictions of structural details based on fracture mechanics are used for residual fatigue life assessments containing initially known defects acting as cracks and are typically used as evaluation criteria for planning in-service inspections [13]. de jesus et al. [13] evaluated the residual fatigue life of an ancient riveted steel road bridge using fracture mechanics approach based on experimental fatigue crack propagation data obtained for the old material from the pinhão bridge. thus, fatigue crack propagation data are fundamental to be used in fatigue life prediction approaches using fracture mechanics. in this sense, design fatigue crack growth curves are extremely important to establish and maintain the safety levels of the structural details and consequently of the structures. in fig. 1, a schematic bi-logarithm representation of the three fatigue crack growth regimes, between /da dn (crack growth rate) and k (stress intensity factor range), is showed. this behaviour shows two vertical asymptotes: one on the left, at thk k   , indicates that k values below this threshold level are too low to cause macro crack growth; and the right asymptote occurs for a ∆k cycle with max ck k , which leads to complete failure of the specimen. these three regimes can be denominated as: i – the threshold region; ii – the paris region; iii the unstable tearing crack growth region [14]. paris and erdogan [15] established a power function (eq. (1)) to describe the relation between /da dn and k :   mda c k dn    (1) where c and m are material parameters. this law is used to describe the so-called paris region and the experimental data follows a linear relation when using bi-logarithmic scales are used, as shown in fig. 1. i t correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 138 figure 1: three crack growth regimes for ( /da dn ) versus k [11]. the integration of the fatigue crack propagation laws should be made between the initial crack size, ia , and the final crack size, fa , as indicated by eq. (2): 1 f i a f m a n da c k   (2) the final crack size, , is established by unstable crack propagation, dictated by material toughness, or plastic failure at the net section. the initial crack size, , is assumed around 0.25 to 1 mm for metals underestimating fatigue life of the component [16-18]. furthermore, a crack depth of 0.5 mm can be assumed in fracture mechanics analysis if it is not indicated by the available standards [3]. the stress intensity factor, , can be evaluated using the weight functions [19] and finite element analysis or using finite element analysis [20] to calculate the stresses and displacements on the crack front followed by the implementation of the virtual crack closure technique (vcct) [21]. alternatively, this parameter can be obtained by analytical relations that were established by several authors depending of the geometry. the definition of a design fatigue crack propagation curve for current steels and old materials is of great importance for obtaining safe residual fatigue lives of structural details from old metallic bridges. statistical evaluation of experimental fatigue crack propagation data statistical procedure n this paper, the statistical procedure to determine the design curves for the experimental fatigue crack propagation data used was proposed by gallegos mayorga et al. [2]. this procedure follows the same recommendations that were proposed by astm e739-91 standard [22]. this statistical procedure is based on the linear paris law that is described by eq. (3), where da dn is the fatigue crack growth (fcg) rates, k is the applied stress intensity factor range, c and m are material constants, * log da da dn dn            ,  * logc c , *m m and  * logk k   .   * ** *da c m k dn          (3) i correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 139 this procedure considers that the fatigue crack growth (fcg) data pertain to a random sample where all * i da dn       are independent and there are no run-outs or suspended tests for the entire range of  *k . furthermore, the linear model for the paris relation can be rewritten as eq. (4) shows, where * i da dn       is the estimative (estimator) for the values of fcg rates.    * ** * i i da c m k dn          (4) the characterization parameters of the statistical analysis, such as the variance and the standard deviation must be defined. regarding the variance of the log-normal distribution, it is constant and maximum likelihood estimators of *c and *m are, respectively, defined by eqs. (5) and (6).     * * * ** * * 1 1 k k i i i i da k dadn c m m k k k dn                     (5)           * * * * 1 * 2 * * 1 k ii i k ii da da k k dn dn m k k                         (6) where * da dn       is the average values of * i da dn       ,  *k is the average value of  * i k and k is the total number of readings during the test by specimen. the average values * da dn       and  *k are determined as shown in eq. (7).     * * * * ;   k k i i i i da k da dn k k dn k                (7) where  * i k represents the computed during the test of the stress intensity factor ranges and * i da dn       represents the readings during the test of the fcg rates. concerning the standard deviation of the normal distribution for  log k , it is defined through the eq. (8). * * 1 2 k i i i da da dn dn s k                  (8) aiming the definition of a design fcg curve, rectilinear confident bands were defined as eq. (9) shows, where  is an integer. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 140       * * ** * * *da c m k s c s m k dn                   (9) in this analysis, it is assumed that = 2 which means that the confident band will cover approximately 95%. design fcg curve is defined through the upper boundary of this confident band. the material parameters and are defined by eqs. (10) and (11).  * 2 10 c s c   (10) *m m (11) this statistical procedure can be completed for several slopes in the fcg law using the notes proposed by bogdanov et al. [12]. in these notes, the fcg law may have three or four slopes identified [12,23,24], hence three or four pairs of  * *,i ic m coefficients that are needed to fit the experimental fatigue crack propagation data. each pair { * *,i ic m } corresponds to a segment with linear behaviour between  log /da dn and  log k values. slopes  *i im m are obtained using eq. (6). the materials constants of fatigue crack growth { * *,i ic m } and standard deviations can be obtained using eqs. (5), (6) and (8). several authors have discussed the evaluation of the fatigue crack propagation rates using statistical assumptions [6,7,10, 12,23,24], demonstrating the importance that the subject raises in the scientific community and engineers. experimental data the experimental fatigue crack growth data from the old riveted metallic bridges are collected for the statistical analysis proposed by gallegos mayorca et al. [2] aiming at obtaining the design curves for these materials. the experimental fatigue crack propagation data was derived accordingly astm e647 standard procedures [25]. this standard establishes the geometry of compact tension specimens – ct specimens and middle tension specimens – mt specimens. ct specimens were used for materials from eiffel ( w = 40 mm; b = 4.35 mm), fão ( w = 50 mm; b = 8 mm), pinhão ( w = 40 mm; b = 4.35 mm) and trezói ( w = 50 mm; b = 8 mm) bridges. specimens from luiz i bridge were manufactured as mt specimens ( w = 40 mm; b = 10 mm). all tests were carried out under a sinusoidal waveform with a frequency of 20 hz except for luiz i bridge specimens that were tested at a frequency of 10 hz. two travelling microscopes with accuracy of 0.001 mm were used to measure the crack growth on both faces of the specimens by direct visual inspection. regarding the number of tested specimens, five were manufactured from the eiffel bridge (four according to the transverse direction and one according to the longitudinal direction), twelve from the fão bridge, thirteen from the pinhão bridge (six from a diagonal and seven from a bracing), eight from the trezói bridge and four specimens from the luiz i bridge [1]. the following stress ratios were investigated for each material: ‐ eiffel bridge: r = 0.1 and r = 0.5; ‐ luiz i bridge: r = 0.1; ‐ fão bridge: r = 0.1; ‐ pinhão bridge: r = 0.0, r = 0.1 and r = 0.5; ‐ trezói bridge: r = 0.0, r = 0.25 and r = 0.5. experimental results from all tested specimens are presented in fig. 2. in each case, fatigue crack growth data is correlated using the previously referred power law developed by paris and erdogan [15] (see eq. (1)). application and discussion the statistical analysis described in the research work proposed by gallegos mayorca et al. [2] was used to estimate the probabilistic field of the fcg data for all old materials from the ancient riveted metallic bridges. the c and m parameters for the materials from the eiffel and fão bridges were estimated by gallegos mayorca et al. [2]. the fcg constants of the material from eiffel bridge using the statistical procedure are the following: * 17.614c   correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 141 ( 171.199 10c   ), *m =4.69 (m=4.69) and 0.3463s  . for the material from the fão bridge, the fcg constants are: * 15.126c   ( 151.237 10c   ), *m =4.03 ( 4.03m  ) and 0.2378s  . all fcg constants were obtained with /da dn in mm/cycle and k in n.mm-1.5. a) b) c) d) e) figure 2. crack propagation data correlated with the paris law: (a) eiffel; (b) luiz i; (c) fão; (d) pinhão; (e) trezói. figs. 3 to 8 show the experimental fcg data, mean curve and the mean curve 2s (5% and 95% of probability of failure). all experimental results and probabilistic fields for the fatigue crack propagation data were compared with the design fcg curve of the stage b (mean curve 2s , with 2.88m  and 136.77 10c   where /da dn is in /mm cycle and k in 1.5.n mm  ) proposed by the bs7910 standard [3]. it should be noted that the design fcg curve proposed in correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 142 the bs7910 standard [3] is indicated for current structural steels. this standard use the mean curve 2s to describe the design curve for the fatigue crack growth rates. in tab. 1 the c and m parameters are presented for all materials from portuguese metallic bridges and also the standard deviation, s , which is used to define the mean fcg curve 2s . this design curve is important to be used in rehabilitation studies of historical bridges (to analyse the fatigue residual life of structural details). the design fcg curve proposed by bs7910 standard when compared with each material from the eiffel, luiz i and fão bridges revealed not be representative of these materials. however, when compared to the experimental fcg data of the pinhão and trezói bridges, the design fcg curve proposed by bs7910 standard, seems to be more representative of these old materials. it should be noted that the materials of the pinhão and trezói bridges are more recent when compared to the other materials. in the fig. 8, the statistical analysis using the mean fcg curve 2s applied to the experimental data for all materials from ancient riveted bridges proved to be reasonably satisfactory, however the use of the mean fcg curve 3s to cover all experimental data is suggested. the slopes of the fcg curves of the materials from the eiffel, luiz i and fão bridges revealed to be similar, indicating the tendency exhibited for old materials. however, the slopes of the fcg curves for the materials from pinhão and trezói bridges exhibited a consistent behaviour with the slope of the design fcg curve proposed by bs 7910 standard [3]. the statistical analysis applied to fcg data proved to be efficient. material *c s c *m m eiffel 17.614 0.3463 171.199 10 4.69 luiz i 19.543 0.2548 209.243 10 5.50 fão 15.126 0.2378 152.237 10 4.03 pinhão 14.539 0.1082 154.757 10 3.62 trezói 14.278 0.1317 159.660 10 3.54 all materials 13.998 0.2967 143.940 10 3.47 table 1: constants of the mean fcg curve for all materials from the portuguese old metallic bridges, with /da dn in /mm cycle and k in 1.5.n mm  . figure 3: statistical analysis of the fcg data for the material from the eiffel bridge. 1.0e‐8 1.0e‐7 100 500 1000 1500 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐5 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 1.0e‐1 [n.mm‐1.5] [m m /c y cl e ] mean curve ‐ exp. data mean fcg curve + 2s mean fcg curve ‐ 2s mean curve + 2s: stage b; bs7910 mean curve: stage b; bs7910 2t1 (r=0.1) 2t2 (r=0.1) 2t3 (r=0.5) 2t4 (r=0.5) 2l1 (r=0.1) correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 143 figure 4: statistical analysis of the fcg data for the material from the luiz i bridge. figure 5: statistical analysis of the fcg data for the material from the fão bridge. figure 6: statistical analysis of the fcg data for the material from the pinhão bridge. s1 (r=0.0) s2 (r=0.0) s3 (r=0.0) s4 (r=0.0) mean curve +2s: satge b; bs7910 mean curve: stage b; bs 7910 mean curve ‐ exp. data mean fcg curve + 2s mean fcg curve ‐ 2s 100 500 1000 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐5 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 [n.mm‐1.5] [m m /c y cl e ] 1.0e‐8 1.0e‐7 100 500 1000 1500 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐5 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 1.0e‐1 [n.mm‐1.5] [m m /c yc le ] p‐00 (r=0.0) p‐25 (r=0.25) p‐05 (r=0.5) p‐75 r=0.75) mean curve ‐ exp. data mean fcg curve + 2s mean fcg curve ‐ 2s mean curve + 2s: stage b; bs7910 mean curve: stage b; bs7910 b1 (r=0.0) b2 (r=0.0) b3 (r=0.0) b4 (r=0.0) d1 (r=0.0) d2 (r=0.0) b1 (r=0.1) d1 (r=0.1) d2 (r=0.1) b1 (r=0.5) b2 (r=0.5) d1 (r=0.5) d2 (r=0.5) mean curve ‐ exp. data mean fcg curve ‐ 2s mean fcg curve + 2s mean curve +2s: stage b; bs7910 mean curve: stage b; bs7910 300 500 1000 1500 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐5 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 [n.mm‐1.5] [m m /c y cl e ] correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 144 figure 7: statistical analysis of the fcg data for the material from the trezói bridge. figure 8: statistical analysis of the fcg data for all materials from ancient riveted bridges. conclusions he statistical procedure used to analyse the experimental fcg data of the materials from the portuguese ancient metallic bridges proved to be efficient. the design fcg curves proposed by bs7910 standard are not representative of all materials from old metallic bridges. the slopes of the design curves for the fatigue crack growth data of the materials from eiffel, luiz i and fão bridges revealed to be similar. however, the slopes of the design curves for the fcg data of the materials from pinhão and trezói bridges exhibited a consistent behaviour and similar when compared with the slope of the design fcg curve proposed by bs 7910 standard. it should be noted that the latter materials are more recent and have mechanical properties similar to current constructional steels. further statistical analysis of the experimental fcg data from old materials is therefore necessary to better represent their behaviour. a comparison between this statistical analysis for fcg curve using several pairs { *ic , * im } and the probabilistic approaches for evaluating the fcg rates using local approaches should also be performed. acknowledgements he authors of this paper thank the scitech-science and technology for competitive and sustainable industries, r&d project norte-01-0145-feder-000022 co-financed by programme operational regional do norte ("norte2020") through fundo europe de desenvolvimento regional (feder) and the portuguese science r=0.0 r=0.25 r=0.5 mean curve ‐ exp. data mean fcg curve + 2s mean fcg curve ‐ 2s mean curve +2s: stage b; bs7910 mean curve: stage b; bs7910 100 500 1000 1500 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐5 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 [n.mm‐1.5] [m m /c y cl e ] 2000 luiz i pinhão eiffel trezói fão mean curve ‐ exp. data mean fcg curve + 2s mean fcg curve ‐ 2s mean curve +2s: satge b; bs7910 mean curve: satge b; bs790 100 2000 1.0e‐7 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐5 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 [n.mm‐1.5] [m m /c y cl e ] 1.0e‐4 1000500 1500 t t correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 145 foundation (fct) through the post-doctoral grant sfrh/bpd/107825/2015 the for their collaboration, financial and technical support during these research works. the authors gratefully also acknowledge to the institute for sustainability and innovation in structural engineering (isise) by financial support through of the european project which is named of prolife prolonging life time of old steel and steel-concrete bridges (rfsr-ct-2015-00025) by research fund for coal and steel (rfcs). references [1] correia, j.a.f.o., jesus, a.m.p., figueiredo, m.a.v., ribeiro, a.s., fernandes, a.a., variability analysis of fatigue crack growth rates of materials from ancient portuguese steel bridges. proceedings of the 4th international conference on bridge maintenance, safety and management, (2008) 290-291. [2] gallegos mayorga, l., sire, s., correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., rebelo, c., fernández-canteli, a., ragueneau, m., plu, b., statistical evaluation of fatigue strength of double shear riveted connections and crack growth rates of materials from old bridges, engineering fracture mechanics, (in press). [3] bs7910:2005, guidance on methods for assessing the acceptability of flaws in metallic structures, bsi, (2005). [4] de jesus, a.m.p., da silva, a.l.l., correia, j.a.f.o., fatigue of riveted and bolted joints made of puddle iron— a numerical approach, journal of constructional steel research, 102 (2014) 164–177. [5] de jesus, a.m.p., silva, a.l.l., figueiredo, m.v., correia, j.a.f.o., ribeiro, a.s., fernandes, a.a., strain-life and crack propagation fatigue data from several portuguese old metallic riveted bridges, engineering failure analysis, 17 (2010) 1495–1499. [6] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., fernández-canteli, a., a procedure to derive probabilistic fatigue crack propagation data, international journal of structural integrity, 3(2) (2012) 158-183. [7] sampayo, l.m.c.m.v., monteiro, p.m.f., correia, j.a.f.o., xavier, j.m.c., de jesus, a.m.p., fernandez-canteli, a., calçada, r.a.b., probabilistic s-n field assessment for a notched plate made of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge with an elliptical hole, procedia engineering, 114 (2015) 691-698. [8] lesiuk, g., szata, m., bocian, m., the mechanical properties and the microstructural degradation effect in an old low carbon steels after 100-years operating time, archives of civil and mechanical engineering, 15 (4) (2015) 786-797. [9] kucharski, p., lesiuk, g., szata, m., skibicki, d., description of fatigue crack growth in steel structural components using energy approach-influence of the microstructure on the fcgr, aip conference proceedings, 1780 (1) (2016) 050003. [10] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., fernández-canteli, a., local unified probabilistic model for fatigue crack initiation and propagation: application to a notched geometry. engineering structures, 52 (2013) 394-407. [11] correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., fernández-canteli, a., calçada, r.a.b., modelling probabilistic fatigue crack propagation rates for a mild structural steel, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96. [12] bogdanov, s., mikheevskiy, s., glinka, g., probabilistic analysis of the fatigue crack growth based on the application of the monte-carlo method to unigrow model, materials performance and characterization, 3(3) (2014) 214–231. [13] de jesus, a.m.p., figueiredo, m.a.v., ribeiro, a.s., de castro, p.m.s.t., fernandes, a.a., residual lifetime assessment of an ancient riveted steel road bridge, strain: an international journal for experimental mechanics, 47(1) (2011) 402–415. [14] schijve, j., fatigue of structures and materials, kluwer academic publishers, new york, (2004). [15] paris, p., erdogan, f., a critical analysis of crack propagation laws, trans. asme, series d, 85 (1963) 523-535. [16] joint service specification guide aircraft structures, jssg-2006. united states of america: department of defense; (1998). [17] gallagher, j.p., berens, a.p., engle jr, r.m., usaf damage tolerant design handbook: guidelines for the analysis and design of damage tolerant aircraft structures, final report. (1984). [18] merati, a., eastaugh, g., determination of fatigue related discontinuity state of 7000 series of aerospace aluminum alloys. eng failure anal, 14(4) (2007) 673–685. [19] hafezi, m.h., abdullah, n.n., correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., an assessment of a strain-life approach for fatigue crack growth, int. j. struct. integrity, 3(4) (2012) 344–376. [20] correia, j.a.f.o., blasón, s., de jesus, a.m.p., canteli, a.f., moreira, p.m.g.p., tavares, p.j., fatigue life prediction based on an equivalent initial flaw size approach and a new normalized fatigue crack growth model, engineering failure analysis, 69 (2016) 15-28. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 136-146; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.15 146 [21] krueger, r., virtual crack closure technique: history, approach, and applications, appl mech rev, 57(2) (2004) 109– 43. [22] astm e739-91: standard practice for statistical analysis of linear or linearized stress-life (s-n) and strain life (εn) fatigue data. annual book of astm standards, american society for testing and materials, (1991) 597-603. [23] correia, j.a.f.o., blasón, s., arcari, a., calvente, m., apetre, n., moreira, p.m.g.p., de jesus, a.m.p., canteli, a.f., modified ccs fatigue crack growth model for the aa2019-t851 based on plasticity-induced crack-closure. theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 85(1) (2016) 26-36. [24] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., siegele, d., obtaining s-n curves from crack growth curves: an alternative to self-similarity. international journal of fracture, 187 (1) (2014) 159-172. [25] astm – american society for testing and materials, astm e647: standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates, in: annual book of astm standards, astm – american society for testing and materials, west conshohocken, pa, 03.01 (1999) 591-630. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_63.docx m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 524 dynamic debonding in layered structures: a coupled ale-cohesive approach marco francesco funari, fabrizio greco, paolo lonetti department of civil engineering, university of calabria, via p. bucci, cubo39b, 87030, rende, cosenza, italy marcofrancesco.funari@unical.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9928-3036 fabrizio.greco@unical.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9423-4964 paolo.lonetti@unical.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0678-6860 abstract. a computational formulation able to simulate crack initiation and growth in layered structural systems is proposed. in order to identify the position of the onset interfacial defects and their dynamic debonding mechanisms, a moving mesh strategy, based on arbitrary lagrangian-eulerian (ale) approach, is combined with a cohesive interface methodology, in which weak based moving connections are implemented by using a finite element formulation. the numerical formulation has been implemented by means of separate steps, concerned, at first, to identify the correct position of the crack onset and, subsequently, the growth by changing the computational geometry of the interfaces. in order to verify the accuracy and to validate the proposed methodology, comparisons with experimental and numerical results are developed. in particular, results, in terms of location and speed of the debonding front, obtained by the proposed model, are compared with the ones arising from the literature. moreover, a parametric study in terms of geometrical characteristics of the layered structure are developed. the investigation reveals the impact of the stiffening of the reinforced strip and of adhesive thickness on the dynamic debonding mechanisms. keywords. debonding; ale; dynamic delamination; fem; crack onset. citation: funari, m. f., greco, f., lonetti, p., dynamic debonding in layered structures: a coupled ale-cohesive approach, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535. received: 30.04.2017 accepted: 31.05.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction uring the last decades, layered structures in the form of laminates or thin films have employed extensively in many engineering fields, ranging from nano to macro scale applications. typically, such materials are formed by strong layers and weak interfaces, in which internal material discontinuities may evolve, producing relevant loss of stiffness [1]. moreover, the crack evolution is strongly affected by the time rate of the external loading, which typically produces high amplifications of the fracture parameters. as a matter of fact, the measured crack tip speeds, during crack propagation, are relatively high, ranging also close to the rayleigh wave speed of the material [2,3]. therefore, in order to predict the interfacial crack growth, models developed also in a dynamic framework are much required. d m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 525 in order to simulate debonding phenomena in layered structures, several approaches have been proposed in the literature. however, among the most important ones, fracture mechanics (fm) and cohesive zone model (czm) are widely utilized in practice [4]. in fm, the total energy release rate and its individual mode components need to be evaluated to predict delamination growth. for general configurations, the energy release rates can be computed by using a very accurate mesh of solid finite elements and the virtual crack closure method (vccm) [5]. such models calculate the energy release rate as the work performed by the internal traction forces at the crack faces during a virtual crack advance of the tip. moreover, in dynamic fracture mechanics, the vccm is applied by using the modified form, in which the err, during the time evolution, is evaluated by the product between the reaction forces and the relative displacements at the crack tip and at the nodes closer to the crack tip front, respectively, [6,7]. the prediction of the energy release rate is strictly dependent from the mesh discretization of the crack tip. alternatively, cohesive models propose an easy way to simulate debonding phenomena including also crack onset. distributed or discrete interface elements are introduced between continuum elements based on traction separation damage laws. however, such modeling is strictly dependent from the mesh discretization since the direction of crack propagation is restricted by the element size and orientation adopted by the user [8]. moreover, the presence of an initial finite stiffness may produce in brittle solids an excess of compliance and, in those cases in which a high stiffness is introduced, spurious traction oscillations [9]. such problems may be partially circumvented by introducing a very fine discretization at the crack tip front, to obtain a high resolution of the characteristic fracture length of the interface [10]. however, the resulting model is affected by computational complexities, because of the large number of variables and nonlinearities involved along the interfaces. in order to avoid such problems, combined formulations based on fracture and moving mesh methodologies are proposed [11,12]. in particular, the former is able to evaluate the variables, which govern the conditions concerning the crack initiation and growth, whereas the latter is utilized to simulate the evolution of the crack growth by means of ale formulation [13,14]. it is worth noting that the use of moving mesh method, combined with regularization and smoothing techniques, appears to be quite efficient to reproduce the evolution of moving discontinuities. however, existing models based on ale and fm are based on a full coupling of the governing equations, arising in both structural and ale domain. in this framework, material and mesh points in the structural domain produce convective contributions and thus nonstandard terms in both inertial and internal forces. in the proposed formulation, the use of a weak discontinuity approach avoids the modification of the governing equations arising from the structural model and thus a lower complexity in the governing equations and the numerical computation is expected. despite exiting numerical methodologies based on pure czm, the present approach reduces the nonlinearities involved in the governing equations to a small region containing the process zone, leading to a quite stable and efficient procedure to identify the actual solution in terms of both crack initiation and evolution. in order to verify the consistency of the proposed model, comparisons with existing formulations for several cases involving single and multiple delaminations are developed. the outline of the paper is as follows. at first, the formulation of the governing equations for the ale and interface approach is presented and, subsequently, the numerical implementation of the finite element model is reported. finally, comparisons and parametric results to investigate static and dynamic behavior of the debonding phenomena are proposed. theoretical formulation of the model he proposed model is presented in the framework layered structures, in which thin layers are connected through adhesive elements. in particular, a shear deformable beam model with a proper number of mathematical elements along the thickness direction is utilized to reproduce a high order zig-zag kinematic (fig.1). however, each layer is connected to the adjoining ones by means of imperfect interfaces, in which debonding phenomena may affect the adhesion between layers introducing material discontinuities and traction forces along normal or sliding directions. in order to simulate debonding phenomena, a fundamental task to be achieved is to identify the position, in which the onset of interfacial mechanisms is produced and subsequently to simulate the evolution of the cracked length. the theoretical formulation is articulated into two steps, which are presented separately. at first, when the crack onset condition is not satisfied, the moving mesh elements are inactive and only the structural problem is considered. subsequently, when the debonding process is triggered, the ale elements are activated introducing moving traction forces which follows the process zone length. governing equations the governing equations of the fe model are derived by means the principle of virtual works. in particular, for the general dynamic problem presented in fig. 1 it is required that the total virtual work is stationary: t m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 526 0t u w     (1) where t is the virtual work of the inertial forces, u is the work of the internal forces and the tractions across the interfaces and w is the work of the external forces. according to the first-order transverse shear deformable laminate theory and multilayered approach, the variational form of the governing equations can be expressed by means of the following expressions:       1 2 0 1 0 1 1 10 0 1 10 0 1 2 l l i l l ln l l l l l ll l l lnn i i l l l l l l l i l ln n l l l l l l l l t u u dx, u n t m dx t dx , w f u h dx p u dx u u                                                     (2) where the subscripts l=1,..,n and i=1,..,n-1 indicate the numbering of the layers (n) and the interfaces (n-1),  , ,   with   11 2 ' ' ' ,xu , u ,        represent the generalized strains,  n ,t ,m are the generalized stresses defined as a function of the classical extensional  a , bending  d , bending–extensional coupling  d and the shear stiffness  h variables,  i t nt t t is the cohesive interfaces traction vector ,   i t n   is the cohesive interface displacement jump vector,  and 0 are the mass and polar mass per unit length of the layer and lf  and lp  ,with  1 2 0lf f f  and  1 2lp p p m  , are the per unit volume and area forces acting on the l-th layer, respectively. figure 1: layered structure: geometry, interfaces and tsl m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 527 the cohesive interfaces the cohesive interfaces are introduced between the sublayers in which the crack initiation could be potentially activated. the crack onset definition is described by means of a mixed crack growth, which is a function of the fracture variables, coinciding with the ratio between err mode components and corresponding critical values, as follows: ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 1 1 2 2 1 r r i i i iii i f ic iic g x g x g x g g æ ö æ ö÷ ÷ç ç÷ ÷ç ç÷ ÷= + -ç ç÷ ÷ç ç÷ ÷÷ ÷ç çè ø è ø (3) where i represents the generic i-th interface in which debonding phenomena may occur, r is the constant utilized to describe fracture in different material and( ),ic iicg g are the total area under the traction separation law, whereas ( ),i iig g are the individual energy release rates calculated as ( ) 0 c n i n n ng t d d = d dò and ( ) 0 c t ii t t tg t d d = d dò . for each mode components, the traction separation law (tsl) is assumed to be described by the critical cohesive stresses, ( ),c ct nt t , the critical and initial opening or transverse relative displacements, namely ( )0 , cn nd d and ( )0 , ct td d . it is worth nothing that the proposed model is quite general to include other existing cohesive formulation on a different tsl or stress based initiation criteria, just by modifying the analytical expression defined in eq. 3. figure 2: representation of the coordinate systems employed: before crack initiation (a), after crack initiation, material and moving coordinates systems are coincident (b), ale formulation: referential and moving configuration introduced to described debonding phenomena (c). (a) (b) (c) m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 528 the interfaces moving mesh strategy until the crack onset condition is not satisfied the ale equations are inactive and the position of the computational mesh points is expressed in the fixed material frame fm identified by the x1-x 2 coordinates (fig. 2a), which coincides, at this stage, with the moving (m) frame m (x1-x2) . it worth noting that the difference between fm and m is mainly in the mesh element number involved in the numeric model. in particular, in fm a coarse mesh is required to identify the of the crack onset position, whose accuracy is verified introducing more finite elements by using a remeshing procedure in the m configuration (fig. 2b). this procedure leads to the evaluation of the crack initiation position 1 ix which sets to zero eq. 3. the mathematical description of the moving mesh modeling is defined by a mapping operator φ , which relies a particle in a fixed referential frame r and the one in current moving coordinate system (fig. 2c). the mesh motion in terms of displacement field, at the i-th interface, is described as the difference between material 1 ix and the referential coordinates ( )x : ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )1 1 , i i i i i ix x t t t t onx x xd = =f w (4) where i ib hw = ´ represents the region in which the debonding mechanisms are produced. in order to reduce mesh distortions, produced by the mesh movements, rezoning or smoothing equations are introduced to simulate the grid motion consistently to laplace based equation which is, in the case of one dimensional domain for both static (s) and dynamic (d) cases, defined on the basis of the following relationships [15]:  2 ii , i ,t x         (s),  3 2 i i , ,t x t           (d) (5) eqs.(5) should be completed by means of boundary equations to reproduce the crack tip motion on the basis of the assumed crack growth criterion, namely ifg . in particular, for a fixed position in which the crack initiation occurs, different boundary conditions should be introduced to enforce internal or external debonding mechanisms. in particular, once the position of the crack onset is determined, i.e.at 1 1 ix x , a geometrical debonding with length equal to 2 is introduced in the numerical model, producing two potential finite crack tips in which debonding phenomena can be triggered (fig. 2b). in order to described the evolution of debonding phenomena the following boundary conditions should be introduced, which are completed by the kuhn-tucker optimality conditions:     1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 i ii i i i i i tt f t f t f i ii i i i i i tt f t f t f x , g with x g x g , at x x x , g with x g x g , at x x                                       (6) where itx indicates the displacement of the crack tip front of the k-th debonded interface, i fg is the fracture function defined in eq,(3) and   /  represents the value of the   variable evaluated at left (-) or right (+) crack tip position. however, additional relationships are required for the ale formulation to reproduce the crack tip motion and boundary conditions. in particular, the displacements of the computational nodes are assumed to be zero at the boundaries of the structure, whereas small portions, close to the crack tip for the left and right debonding mechanisms, namely i  and i  , are assumed to be moved rigidly, enforcing the computational nodes at the extremities to have the same displacements. this choice ensures that the nls involved in the debonding mechanisms are constrained to a small portion containing the process zone, reducing the total complexities of the model. consequently, the following boundary conditions should be considered in the analysis (fig. 2b): m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 529           1 1 1 11 1 1 11 1 0 0i i i ii i i i ii i i x , at x ,l , x x x x x x x x                    (7) it is worth noting that  i i,   can be considered as variable quantities for each crack path, that should be determined during the crack evolution. in particular, from the physical point of view, they represent the portion in which the traction separation laws are distributed. since those regions are assumed to be moved rigidly, by means of the ale strategy, the nonlinearities involved by the traction forces may be reduced to a small region close to the crack tip, avoiding as a result spurious and oscillatory effects typically documented in pure czms. from the numerical point of view, displacements of the debonding regions are determined on the basis of the values of the fracture function at their extremities by enforcing that during the crack growth a null value of the fracture function on the debonding region is achieved. therefore, by using a linear approximation function along the debonding region, the current crack tip displacement can be expressed by means of the following relationship:       1 1 1 0 0 0 ii fi ii i i t tf fi ii i i f f g x x g , x g g x g x                   (8) numerical implementation overning equations introduced in previous section are formulated by means of a numerical formulation based on the finite element (fe) approach. in particular, the derivation of the fe starts from the principle of virtual works in terms of displacements, integrating the equations on the volume of the elements. a lagrange cubic approximation is adopted to describe both displacement and rotation fields, whereas linear interpolation functions are utilized for the axial displacements. moreover, for the variables concerning moving mesh equations, quadratic interpolation functions are assumed to describe the mesh position of the computational nodes. the proposed approach takes the form of a set of nonlinear differential equations, whose solution is obtained by using a customized version of the finite element package comsol multiphysics combined with matlab script files [16]. the model can be solved in both static and dynamic framework, taking into account the time dependent effects produced by the inertial characteristics of the structure and the boundary motion involved by debonding phenomena. in both cases, since the governing equations are essentially nonlinear, an incremental-iterative procedure is needed to evaluate the solution [17]. in the case of static analysis, the resulting equations are solved by using a nonlinear methodology based on newton-raphson or arc-length integration procedures. in the framework of a dynamic analysis, the algebraic equations are solved by using an implicit time integration scheme based on a variable step-size backward differentiation formula (bdf). a synoptic representation of the numerical procedure as well as the computational algorithm implemented in the fe environmental program are reported in fig. 3. results n this section, results are developed with the purpose to verify the consistency and the reliability of the proposed model. at first, a layered structured formed by four mathematical layers and three intact interfaces are investigated in the static framework. the main aim of the present analysis is to validate the proposed procedure to predict the onset conditions and crack growth for a case involving multiple debonding mechanisms. subsequently, in order to validate the procedure to describe the crack front speed, dynamic debonding mechanisms concerning a frp strengthened steel beam specimen have been investigated by means comparisons with numerical results arising from the literature. g i m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 530 figure 3: schematic representation of the algorithm for layered structure, crack initiation and evolution. layered structure – multiple debonding mechanisms the loading scheme, reported in fig. 4, is based on clamped end conditions and concentrated untisymmetric opening forces. the mechanical properties assumed for the laminate are reported in tab. 1, whereas those concerning the cohesive interface are reported in tab. 2. the numerical model is discretized along the thickness by using one mathematical layer for each sublaminate, whereas, for the interfaces, three ale elements are introduced between the sublayers, in which the crack initiation could be potentially activated. the analysis is developed under a displacement control mode, to ensure a stable crack propagation. in order to verify the stability and accuracy of the solution, several mesh discretizations, ranging from a coarse uniform distribution to a refined one, are considered. in particular, for the proposed model, the following numerical cases are analyzed:  uniform discretization with a characteristic element mesh equal δd/l=2/200 (m1) with 1841 dofs;  uniform discretization with a characteristic element mesh equal δd/l=1/200 (m2) with 3633 dofs; in addition, in order to verify the consistency of the proposed approach, a model based on pure cohesive approach, namely pc1, is developed, in which a uniform discretization of the mesh with a length equal δd/l=0.2/200 involving in 12012 dofs is adopted. figure 4: laminate configuration and loading scheme. 1e [gpa] 12g [gpa] cl [mm] cb [mm] h [mm] h [mm] e [mm]  [kg/mc] 130 3 200 20 2 12 20 1500 table 1: geometrical and mechanical properties of the laminate. m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 531 icg [n/mm] c nt [mpa] 0 nδ [mm] nδ c [mm] iicg [n/mm] ctt [mpa] 0δt [mm] δ c t [mm] 0.26 30 0.00173 0.0173 1.02 60 0.00334 0.0334 table 2: interface properties of the laminate. in fig. 5a, results in terms of resistance curve are reported. the loading curve, obtained by the proposed model, is in agreement with the results obtained by using refined czm approach. moreover, in the case of a very low mesh element number (m1), the prediction in terms of resistance curve is not affected by a divergent behavior, but it is always very close to enriched one, namely pc1. in fig. 5b, the evolution between crack tip and applied displacements for two different mesh discretizations are considered. the results show that the proposed model is quite stable, since the predictions in terms of crack tip displacements coincide with that of the pc1 solution. however, it should be noted that in the case of a pure cohesive approach, the crack tip position is taken as the point where the fracture function of the cohesive interface tends to zero, whereas, in the proposed model, an explicit movement of ale region is identified, since it corresponds to a variable which enters in the computation. figure 5: comparisons in terms of loading curve with pure cohesive approach (a); comparisons in terms of cracks tip position with pure cohesive approach (b). figure 6: steel beam configuration and loading scheme. frp strengthened steel beam specimen the analyses are developed with reference to loading schemes based on the 4-point bending, in which the dynamic effects are considered from both onset and evolution mechanisms. the loading, the boundary conditions and the geometry are illustrated in in fig. 6, whereas the mechanical properties assumed for the steel, the adhesive, the frp strip and those m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 532 concerning the potential cohesive zone model are reported in tabs. 3-6, respectively. in the present study, comparisons with results arising from the literature [18, 19] are developed. the main model refers to a steel beam, strengthened with frp strip elements. the model is based on two cohesive interface elements, which are introduced between adhesive-steel and adhesive-frp strip elements. as a consequence, debonding phenomena may affect the layered structures at two different interface levels. the interface law utilized to reproduce the debonding process is consistent with the model proposed by [20]. 1e s [gpa] 12g s [gpa] ls [mm] 1l s [mm] 2l s [mm] cs [mm] as [mm] bs [mm] hs [mm] s [kg/mc] 190 79.3 280 30 20 35 105 50 20 7500 table 3: geometrical and mechanical properties of the steel beam. 1e adh [gpa] 12g adh [gpa] ladh [mm] b adh [mm] hadh [mm] adh [kg/mc] 5 0.350 160 50 3 2000 table 4: geometrical and mechanical properties of the adhesive layer. 1e frp [gpa] 12g frp [gpa] lfrp [mm] b frp [mm] h frp [mm] frp [kg/mc] 165 60 160 50 1.2 2000 table 5: geometrical and mechanical properties of the frp strip. adhesive-steel interface (as) adhesive-frp interface (af) as [n/mm] asn [mm] as [n/mm] asn [mm] 0.350 0.01 0.350 0.01 table 6: interfaces parameters of the adhesive-steel interface (as) and adhesive-frp interface (af). in order to obtain a stable crack propagation, the structure is loaded under a displacement control mode. in particular, to avoid the dynamic effects due to the external load, a very small loading rate equal to 1 mm/s is assumed. however, time steps are modified during the computation from 1e-3 to 1e-7 sec, before and after the activation of the debonding phenomena, to capture accurately the effects produced by crack growth. in fig. 7, results in terms of resistance curve and crack speed time histories for different thickness of the frp strips are reported. at first, the structure presents a linear, stable and quasi-static behavior. subsequently, when the crack growth criterion is satisfied in the adhesive-steel interface, the ale interface is activated to reproduce the debonding phenomena. during the activation of debonding mechanisms, the resistance curve presents an oscillatory and variable behavior which varies very fast. in the same figure, a detail of the resistance curve at the point in which the crack onset is activated is also reported. this trend is quite in agreement with similar experimental results available from the literature [21], which show the importance of the dynamic effects during the crack growth. it is worth nothing that the resistance curves are quite dependent from the thickness properties of frp strip. in particular, an increase of the frp strip thickness reveals a similar impact on the critical displacement and load at the onset of the dynamic process (fig. 7). increasing the thickness of the frp strip, the edge debonding strength of the beam is reduced (fig. 7a). this effect is attributed to the increased amount of energy that is accumulated in the stiffened frp layer and the corresponding increment of the edge stresses. once the dynamic process is activated, the influence of the frp strip thickness produces an increase of the crack speeds, which leads to more severe failure mechanisms. contrarily to the properties of the frp layer, which are well documented in the literature, the influence of the adhesive on the debonding phenomena is not completely investigated. to this end, in fig. 8, results in terms of resistance curves and crack speed time histories for different values of the thicknesses of the adhesive layer are presented. in particular, an increment of the adhesive thickness reveals a different impact with respect the previous analyses in terms of frp strip characteristics, i.e. fig. 7. as a matter of fact, the results show how by using thin adhesive layers, an increase of the dynamic debonding strength is observed (fig. 8a) leading the structure to be affected to a more severe dynamic state (fig. 8b), since the observed crack tip speeds tend to be increased. from the results reported in fig. 7 and 8, a good agreement with the data available from the literature is also observed [18]. m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 533 in fig. 9 the interfacial tractions across the two cohesive interfaces, i.e. adhesive-steel (as) and adhesive-frp (af), for different time steps of the delamination process, are reported. at first, in fig.9(a), the distribution of the interfacial traction forces is presented for the status a of the zoom reported in fig. 7a and 8a, which basically corresponds to the peak load of the quasi-static branch. it represents the stage just before the initiation of the debonding process, in which all layers are still bonded together. however, at the point a, the non-linear response of the cohesive adhesive-steel interface shows how the interfacial normal and tangential tractions tend to zero. this reflects the initiation of the dynamic debonding failure. in figs. 9b-d, the representation of the evolution of the dynamic debonding, in terms of interfacial traction, has been reported for different lengths of the debondend region. in particular, the results are referred to the points b, c, d of the zoom reported in figs. 7a-8a, in which the debonding lengths of adhesive-steel region are equal to 25, 50 and 75mm, respectively. figure 7: comparisons in terms of loading curve for different thickness of the frp strip (a); comparisons in terms of time histories of the debonding front speed for different thickness of the frp strip (b). figure 8: comparisons in terms of loading curve for different thicknesses of the adhesive layer (a); comparisons in terms of time histories of the debonding front speed for different thickness of the adhesive layer (b). it is worth noting that the af does not debond but it is able to provide interfacial tractions between the mathematical layers (fig. 9). finally, the consistency of the proposed model has been investigated also in terms of computational efforts. in m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 534 particular, in order to satisfy the solution accuracy, the numerical model arising from [18] is based on a discretization with 560 and 320 elements for the steel and frp strip layer, respectively. moreover, the discretization of the 2d adhesive layer presents a uniform length equal to 0.5. as a consequence, the total number of dofs is approximately 7100. contrarily, by using the proposed approach, in which also the adhesive layer is simulated by means the shear deformable beam elements, the number of variables is strongly reduced. in particular, the proposed model has been discretized by means a uniform mesh length equal to 1 mm for the laminate and 1 mm for the interface involving 3018 dofs. therefore, a computational saving approximately equal to 60% is achieved. figure 9: comparisons in terms of interfacial tractions across the two cohesive interfaces for different positions of debonding front: x =0mmast (a); x =25mm as t (b); x =50mm as t (c); x =75mm as t (d). conclusions he proposed model is developed with the purpose to study the delamination processes in layered structures. the work flow is based on two different stages solved simultaneously, which are devoted to identify onset crack position along the interfaces and the corresponding evolution. compared with existing formulations available from literature, this model presents lower computational efforts and complexities in the governing equations. as a matter of fact, the use of debonding length concept coupled with a moving mesh approach based on ale formulation strongly reduces the computational complexities, since the mesh discretization is concentrated on a small portion coinciding to the process zone or the characteristic fracture length of the laminate. finally, the numerical approach is quite general since it does not depend from tsl or the structural formulation and can be easily implemented in conventional fe software. in order to validate the proposed model comparisons with numerical results obtained by pure cohesive approach are reported. finally, some parametric studies have been developed in terms of geometric characteristics of the layered structures for frp strengthened steel beams, which reveal a good agreement with existing results available from the literature. t m.f. funari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 524-535; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.63 535 references [1] barbero, e.,. introduction to composite materials design. crc press, (2010). [2] bruno, d., greco, f., lonetti, p., a 3d delamination modelling technique based on plate and interface theories for laminated structures. european journal of mechanics a-solids, 24 (2005), 127-149. doi: 10.1016/j.euromechsol.2004.11.005. [3] greco, f., lonetti, p., mixed mode dynamic delamination in fiber reinforced composites. composites part bengineering, 40 (2009) 379-392. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2009.03.003. [4] rabinovitch, o., cohesive interface modeling of debonding failure in frp strengthened beams. journal of engineering mechanics-asce 134(2008) 578-588. doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9399(2008)134%3a7(578). [5] camacho, g.t., ortiz, m., computational modelling of impact damage in brittle materials. international journal of solids and structures, 33(1966) 2899-2938. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(95)00255-3. [6] bruno, d., greco, f., lonetti, p., computation of energy release rate and mode separation in delaminated composite plates by using plate and interface variables. mechanics of advanced materials and structures, 12 (2005) 285-304. doi: 10.1080/15376490590953563. [7] bruno, d., greco, f., lonetti, p., dynamic mode i and mode ii crack propagation in fiber reinforced composites. mechanics of advanced materials and structures, 16 (2009) 442-455. doi: 10.1080/15376490902781183. [8] fortunato, g., funari, m.f., lonetti, p., survey and seismic vulnerability assessment of the baptistery of san giovanni in tumba (italy). journal of cultural heritage, accepted for the pubblication. doi: 10.1016/j.culher.2017.01.010. [9] greco, f., leonetti, l., lonetti, p., nevone blasi, p., crack propagation analysis in composite materials by using moving mesh and multiscale techniques. computers and structures, 153 (20159) 201-216. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2015.03.002. [10] de borst, r., remmers, j.j.c, needleman, a., mesh-independent discrete numerical representations of cohesive-zone models. engineering fracture mechanics, 73(2006) 160-177. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2005.05.007. [11] funari, m.f., greco, f., lonetti, p., a moving interface finite element formulation for layered structures. composites part b-engineering, 96 (2016) 325-337. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2016.04.047. [12] funari, m.f., greco, f., lonetti, p., a cohesive finite element model based ale formulation for z-pins reinforced multilayered composite beams. procedia structural integrity, 2 (2016) 452-459. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.06.059. [13] bruno, d., greco, f., lonetti, p., a fracture-ale formulation to predict dynamic debonding in frp strengthened concrete beams. composites part b-engineering, 46 (2013) 46-60. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2012.10.015. [14] greco, f., leonetti, l., lonetti, p., a novel approach based on ale and delamination fracture mechanics for multilayered composite beams. composites part b-engineering, 78 (2015) 447-458. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2015.04.004. [15] lonetti, p., dynamic propagation phenomena of multiple delaminations in composite structures. computational materials science, 48 (2010) 563-575. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2010.02.024. [16] comsol multiphysics reference guide. (2014). [17] funari, m.f., lonetti, p., initiation and evolution of debonding phenomena in layered structures. theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, (2017). accepted for the pubblication. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2017.05.030. [18] mulian, g., rabinovitch, o., debonding dynamics in frp plated beams: high order cohesive fe formulation and parametric sensitivity, international journal of fracture, 195 (2015) 53-78. doi: 10.1007/s10704-015-0048-8. [19] mulian, g., rabinovitch, o., experimental and analytical study of the dynamic debonding in frp plated beams, international journal of solids and structures, 92-93 (2016) 121-134. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2016.03.020. [20] volokh, k. yu., needleman, a., buckling of sandwich beams with compliant interfaces. computers and structures 80 (2002) 1329–1335. doi: 10.1016/s0045-7949(02)00076-7. [21] lundsgaard-larsen, c., massabo, r., cox, b.n., on acquiring data for large-scale crack bridging at high strain rates. journal of composite materials, 46 (2012) 949-971. doi: 10.1177/0021998311413622. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 446 a coupled elastoplastic damage model for brittle rocks zheng li, yundong shou* school of civil engineering, wuhan university, china lizheng872@163.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0321-0567 shouyundong@whu.edu.cn, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7424-4006 deping guo xuzhen railway co.,ltd. zhaotong 657900, yunnan, china guodeping99@qq.com filippo berto norwegian university of science and technology, norway filippo.berto@ntnu.no abstract. brittle rock contains an important plastic deformation, which causes microcracks when coupled with stress-induced damage. a new coupled elastoplastic damage model is established in order to discuss the damage behaviors found in brittle rock, based on theoretical analysis and experiments. micromechanic considerations determine the effective elastic properties of anisotropic damaged geomaterials. an energy-based damage criterion is used to deduce the damage initiation and the damage evolution law of the brittle rocks. moreover, the non-linear unified strength criterion is modified. it takes anisotropic damage and the effects of intermediate principal stress into account, in order to determine both the yield and plastic potential functions. the non-associated plastic flow rule is utilized. the consistency condition of plastic and damage is applied in the coupled process. the damage evolution rule and the coupled plastic damage of brittle rock are conceived within the framework of irreversible thermodynamics. by comparing the simulations and the experimental data from limestone that was subjected to various loading paths, a strong connection between the numerical simulations and experimental data is therefore obtained. the numerical results show that the new model is able to describe the main features of the mechanical properties observed in brittle rock. keywords. coupled elastoplastic damage model; non-associated plastic flow rule; anisotropic damage behaviors; brittle rock. citation: li, z., shou, y.d., guo, d.p., berto, f., a coupled elastoplastic damage model for brittle rocks, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456. received: 23.4.2020 accepted: 05.06.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/qcldo-efmz4 z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 447 introduction hina is one of the few countries in the world that use coal as an important power source. more than 70% of its total power generation is thermal power [1]. its output has exceeded one third of the world's total output. the coal industry has played an important role in promoting national economic development, rapid economic growth and social progress. however, with the vigorous development of the coal industry, coal mine accidents have become a major obstacle to its development. coal mine accidents are mainly included in the fields of gas burst, roof fall, rock burst and so on. roof fall, as shown in fig 1, is the most ordinary accident in coal mine. the number of roof fall accidents is accounting for 43% in coal mining accidents. coal is a complex fractured geological medium containing numerous randomly distributed micro holes and cracks. its mechanical properties are important essential parameters for the mining design, roadway support and some other underground coal engineering [2-4]. therefore, the constitutive relation and damage model of coal-rock is still a major issue to be solved urgently. figure 1: a roof fall accident happened in coal mine. for the mechanical properties of coal-rock, the plastic/elastoplastic and damage model were the focus issues in the previous researches. chen et al.[5] established a new permeability model considering plastic and failure behavior for coal, and discovered that the mechanical state (or deformation stage) of coal had a significant effect on permeability. wu et al. [6] developed a plastic strain-based damage model that consists of the heterogeneity function, the damage stress-strain function, the cohesion function and the dilation angle function based on analysing the characteristics of coal dilation and strain hardening/softening during deformation. zhou et al. [7] proposed a nonlinear constitutive equation of rocks by taking the nonlinear deformation properties of rocks into consideration. moreover, both the nonlinear damage evolution equation and constitutive equation of rocks were deduced by applying the thermodynamics conservation laws [7]. rock belongs to a typical heterogeneous material with very low tensile strength. the effects of temperature gradient on the damage of rocks were investigated by zhou et al. [8] and zuo et al. [9]. li et al. [10] proposed a theoretical evaluation model of rock brittleness based on the statistical damage theory and the energy evolution law of rock failure process. in this model, the damage evolution of coal in loading process was considered. the micromechanical damage mechanics approach leads to an improved understanding of the underlying physical processes [7,11-12]. in the micromechanical approach, researchers study the growth, nucleation, and coalescence of microcracks and their influence on the mechanical properties, which is reflected in the constitutive relation in certain ways [11-19]. among these, the most widely used models are the dilute-concentration method (dcm), the self-consistent method [20-22], the differential method (dm) [23-24], the generalized self-consistent method (gscm) [25], and finally, the effective selfconsistent method [26]. however, the micromechanical damage mechanics model is often difficult to implement in engineering applications, because of its proclivity to cause 3d problems. therefore, the phenomenological approach is adapted in the new model. this article proposes a coupled elastoplastic damage model in order to discuss the plastic deformation and induced damage found in brittle geomaterials. furthermore, the new coupled model describes the anisotropic damage behaviors of geomaterials in triaxial and uniaxial compressive tests. c z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 448 general idea for the coupled elastoplastic damage model ased on our theoretical analysis and experimental investigations, a coupled elastoplastic damage model is established to describe the mechanical behaviors of semi-brittle geomaterials. as mentioned earlier, an anisotropic damage model can be used to describe the degradation process that is induced by the microcracks found in semi-brittle geomaterials. generally, small strain assumption is adopted, and the total strain tensor can be decomposed into an elastic part, e ε and a plastic part, p ε [7,12, 27-28] e p =ε ε + ε (1) in an isothermal process without viscous dissipation, helmholtz free energy is dependent on three state variables: ( , , ) e p  = d (2) where ε denotes the elastic strain tensor, p represents the scalar-valued internal variables of plasticity, and d refers to the tensor-valued internal variables of damage. assuming that a thermodynamic potential exists in the damaged elastoplastic geomaterials, plastic deformation and plastic hardening both occur within the damage process. helmholtz free energy can be resolved into elastic and plastic components: ( , , ) ( , ) ( , ) e p p p     = = +d d dε ε (3) where 0 ( , ) (1 ( ) p p p ptr    = −d d) , ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 0 0 0 2 ( ) m m m p p p p p p p p p pb         = − + − + − , 0 p is the initial plastic yielding threshold, m p is the ultimate value of hardening function, b is a model’s parameter controlling plastic hardening rate, and  is the model’s parameter coupling of damage evolution and plastic flow. to insure that the second law of thermodynamics is justified, the clausius–duhem's inequality principle indicates that the reduced dissipation inequality contains: : 0  − σ (4) the evaluation of the inequality involves the time derivative of the helmholtz free energy: ( , , ) : : e e p p p p p             = + + +    d d d d d ε ε ε (5) substitution in the reduced dissipation inequality results in: : : :: 0 e e e p p p p              − + − − −        p e e ε d d d dε ε   (6) where the additive decomposition is utilized in consideration of the elastic and plastic strain contributions. the thermodynamic conjugate forces for plasticity and damage are, respectively: p p p r    = −  (7)  = −  y d (8) b z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 449 non-linear poroelastic behavior consider a geomaterial sample with the size v weakened by microcracks. it is assumed that the damage tensor is just the second-order fabric tensor. then, the damage tensor can be defined as [29] 3 1 1 n r v    = = d n n (9) where r and  n are the radius and normal vector of the αcrack. if the crack density is small, interaction among cracks can be neglected. the helmholtz free energy function can be expressed as follows [30-31]: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 0 0 1 0 0 2 3 4 , 2 1 1 2 e e e e e e e e e e e e e tr tr b tr tr b tr b tr tr b tr tr       = +  +  + −  +   +  +  ε d ε ε ε d ε ε ε d ε ε d d ε ε (10) where 0e is young’s modulus, 0v is poisson’s ratio, ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 2 20 1 1 0 2 0 3 0 0 4 0 02 2 0 0 1 1 2 1 1 2 e b a a a a         = − + + + + + −  + − , ( ) 2 2 0 2 2 01 a e b  = − + , ù ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 0 3 2 0 3 02 0 0 2 1 1 1 2 e b a a    = − + +   + − , ( ) 2 4 0 4 2 01 a e b  = − + , 1 2 3 4 7 2 , , , 70 7 7 35 c c c c a h a h a h a h + = − = = = − , ( ) ( ) 2 0 0 0 16 1 3 2 h e   − = − , 0c v= − (when cracks are open), 2c = − (when cracks are closed). the standard derivation of the thermodynamic potential satisfies the state equation: ( ) ( ) , : e e e e  = =  ε d σ e d ε ε (11) where ( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 22 3 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 ijkl ij kl ik jl il jk ij kl ik jl il jk ik jl il jk ij kl ij kl ik jl il jk e e e b tr b d d d d b d d b tr                       = + + + − + + + + + + + + + + d d eqn. (9) and eqn. (11) describe the initial anisotropic elastic damage behaviors of geomaterials. damage characterization damage kinetics may be determined by the pseudo-potential of dissipation. the damage initiation and the damage evolution law are controlled by the damage’s energy release. the damage initiation and the damage evolution law are concluded in the case of non-viscous dissipation using a damage criterion, which is a scalar-valued function of damage energy release. the energy-based damage criterion is contemplated in the following form [32-33]: z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 450 ( ) ( )0( , ) 0 d d df y y k tr= − +   r = yy d d d (12) where ( ) 1 2 d tr=   y y y , 0y represents the damage energy release threshold at a given value of damage, and k is the parameter controlling the damage evolution rate. a normal dissipation scheme is utilized to obtain the damage evolution rate. the damage evolution rate is expressed as follows: ( , ) d d f   =  y d d y (13) in which the damage multiplier d  is a positive scalar originated from the loading–unloading conditions. the kuhn–tucker relations can be written as: ( , ) 0, 0, ( , ) 0 d d d d f f =  =y d y d (14) specifically, in the case of elastic damage loading without plastic flow ( 0 p  = ), the damage consistency condition is expressed by: ( ) : : 0 d d d f f f   = =   ,y d y + d y d , and eqn. (13) gives the rate of the damage multiplier: ( ( ) : ) :1 : ( ) ( ) e d e r r   = = −   e ε εy ε ε d d d (15) where ( )   e d e (d) = d , ( ) ( ) r r   =  d d d . therefore, the rate form of constitutive equation turns into: ed =σ e ( ) : εd (16) where ed e ( )d is the tangent elastic damage tensor: 1 ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) ( ) ed e e r  = −   e ( ) e( ) e : ε e : εd d d d d (17) eqn. (17) can easily describe the anisotropic damage behaviors of geomaterials in triaxial and uniaxial compressive tests. plastic characterization the plastic strain rate is determined by the plastic yield function, the plastic hardening law, and the plastic flow rule in the case of non-viscous dissipation. an anisotropic plasticity framework is used due to the initial anisotropy of geomaterials. for most geomaterials, the non-linear unified strength criterion can be applied in order to produce the transition from plastic volumetric compressibility to dilatancy. the nonlinear unified strength theory has the following characteristics: (1) it is able to reflect the fundamental characteristics of rock, i.e., different tensile and compressive strengths, hydrostatic pressure effects, the effects of intermediate principal stress, zonal change, and material dependence. (2) it has a clear physics and mechanics background, a unified mathematical model, and simple and explicit criteria, which includes all independent stress components and simple material parameters. (3) it is also suitable for different types of rocks under various stress states, and it is consistent with other research regarding triaxial tests. the coupled elastoplastic damage models of geomaterials are z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 451 different than those of metals. generally, the plastic yield criterion and plastic potential can be conveyed by a scalar valued function that determines the thermodynamic force, stress tensor and damage variable, conjugated with an internal hardening variable. yield function can be written as follows: ( ), , 0p pf  σ d (18) plastic potential function can be expressed as: ( , ) 0pq  σ (19) the following modification of the three-dimensional nonlinear strength criterion proposed by zhou et al. [34] is introduced to determine the damage of rock 2 1 3 2 3( ) ( ) p c cf n m      = + + (20) where n and m are the strength parameters, c denotes uniaxial compressive strength of rocks, 1 2 3, ,   are the major, intermediate and minor principal stresses, respectively. when the damage variable is considered, the nonlinear strength criterion eqn. (20) is rewritten in another form ( ) ( )2 1 2( , , ) 2 3 cos 3 1 3 cos 3 2 sin 0 3 p p c c tr f j i m n j m m n             = − − + + − + − =        d d (21) where the stress angle is equal to 3 1 2 1 2 2 ( ) arctan 3( )         − + =   +  , 30 30 o o −   , 1i is the first invariant of stress, 2j is the second invariant of deviatoric stress tensor, c is an uniaxial compressive strength of an intact rock material, m and n are strength parameters of rocks. the equivalent deviatoric plastic strain p is defined in terms of the odquist parameter, which is traditionally used in 2j plasticity to express plastic dissipation, in terms of von mises stress and it includes the equivalent plastic strain rate: 2 : 3 p = p p e e (22) where p e denotes the rate of deviatoric plastic strain. to ascertain the direction of the plastic strain rate, the following modification of the non-linear loading function is considered as a plastic potential function: ( )22 2 1 3 ( , ) 4 cos cos 2 sin 3 3 c p cq j m n j i            = + + − −    (23) here, the dilatation parameter  is used to control inelastic volume expansion: 3 0( ) p m m e       − = − − (24) where the parameter 3 denotes the exponential rule of the dilatation parameter  . a non-associated plastic flow rule is utilized. the non-associated plastic flow rule and loading–unloading condition are described in the following: z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 452 ( , )p p q    =  p ε   (25) ( ) ( ), , 0, 0, , , 0p p p pf f   =  =σ d σ d (26) the change rate of the mean plastic strain p m and deviatoric plastic strain p e is defined by: 22 p m p p p j     =   =   s e (27) from eqn. (3), the plastic hardening function ( , )p p  d is concluded by a standard derivative of the thermodynamic potential [35]: ( )0 0 ( ) ( , (1 2 m m p p p p p p p p tr b               = = − − + −   p, d, d) d) (28) the scalar valued function ( ,pa  )d indicates the plastic hardening modulus, which is expressed as follows: ( , : ( : p p p p p f q f q a e         = −        ) p d d) : σ σ σε (29) if 0d = , the plastic multiplier is resolved from the plastic consistency condition: : : ( : : p p p p f f q a    =     e(d) ε σ , d) + e(d) σ σ (30) the rate form of constitutive equations can be expressed as follows: : ep =σ e ε (31) where ep e is the fourth order tangent elastoplastic tensor given by: : : ( , ) ( : : p ep p p q f a f q a              = −     e(d) e(d) σ σ e d e(d) , d) + e(d) σ σ (32) coupled elastoplastic damage behavior under general loading conditions, plastic flow and damage evolution occur in a coupled process. both the plastic strain and damage evolution rates should be determined concurrently, by applying the plastic and damage consistency conditions in a coupled system [36]. z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 453 ( , , ) : : 0 p p p p p p p f f f f       = + + =    σ d σ d σ d (33) ( , ) : : 0 d d d f f f   = =   y d y + d y d (34) by drawing the constitutive equations, the plastic hardening law, and damage criterion (33)~(34), into one system, the plastic and damage multiplier can be determined [37-39]: 3 4 1 6 2 6 3 5 1 5 2 4 2 6 3 5 p d r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r   − =  −  − =  − (35) where 1 : p f r  =  σ σ , 2 26 p ij ij p s sf r j  =  , 3 : p d f r y   =      y d , 2 4 : : e e d r y     = −   y d , 2 5 2 : 6 ij ij d p s s r y j    = −   y d , 2 6 : : d d d f r y y      = −          y y d d d . numerical simulations or limestone, the below parameters are obtained in triaxial compression tests: 0 88.198e gpa= , 0 0.255v = , 0.004r m = , 1.5k = , 1 133 = , 2 1800 = , 11.5m = , 7.5n = , 0.13 = , 0 0.00012 = , 0.00014m = , 0.25b = − , 3 1.33 = , 5 0 4.9795 10y =  pa. the dilute scheme, which is used for an elastic solid that has been weakened by an isotropic distribution of non-interacting closed microcracks[40-42], yields the following theoretical initial values of damage variable: 11 0.02d = , 22 0.02d = . figure 2: simulation of stress-strain curve under triaxial compressive test with confining pressure 10mpa 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 present model experimental data ε1x10 -6 ε2x10 -6 (σ1-σ2)/mpa f z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 454 figure 3: simulation of stress-strain curve under uniaxial compressive test fig. 2 and fig. 3 show comparisons between the experimental data for confining pressure at 10mpa and 0 mpa. a strong connection between the numerical simulations and experimental data was obtained. since the triaxial tests have only determined the parameters of model, this comparison just verifies the consistency of the parameters. conclusions ur research proposes a new coupled elastoplastic damage model that addresses the coupled elastoplastic damage, found in the thermodynamics of semi-brittle geomaterials that have been subjected to compressive stresses. our experiments applied the coupled elastoplastic damage model to a representative semi-brittle rock, namely limestone. the model can be used to describe anisotropic damage behaviors, elastoplastic deformation, pressure sensitivity, plastic compressibility and dilatancy, the degradation of elastic properties, and coupling between the plastic flow and damage of semi-brittle geomaterials, in triaxial and uniaxial compressive tests. the new model contains a small number of parameters, which can be obtained from standard triaxial compression tests. this study reveals a strong link between the numerical simulations and our experimental data, derived from our research with semi-brittle limestone that has been subjected to various loading paths. acknowledgments he work is supported by the national natural science foundation of china (nos. 41807251, 51809198 and 51839009), and the fundamental research funds for the central universities (grant no. 2042019kf0037). references [1] liu, x.s., tan, y.l., ning, j.g., lu, y.w., gu, q.h. (2018). mechanical properties and damage constitutive model of coal in coal-rock combined body, int. j. rock. mech. min. 110, pp.140-150. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2018.07.020. [2] xie, h.p., zhao, x.p., liu, j.f., zhang, r., xue, d. (2012). influence of different mining layouts on the mechanical properties of coal, int. j. min. sci. tech. 22(6), pp.749-755. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmst.2012.12.010. [3] poulsen, b.a., shen, b., williams, d.j., huddlestone-holmes, c., erarslanb, n., qin, j. (2014). strength reduction on saturation of coal and coal measures rocks with implications for coal pillar strength, int. j. rock. mech. min. 71, pp.4152. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2014.06.012. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 experimental data present model σ1/m pa ε1/x10 -6 ε2/x10 -6 o t z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 455 [4] bertuzzi, r., douglas, k., mostyn, g. (2016). an approach to model the strength of coal pillars, int. j. rock. mech. min. 89, pp.165-175. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2016.09.003. [5] chen, d., pan z.j., shi j.q., si, g., ye, z., zhang, j. (2016). a novel approach for modelling coal permeability during transition from elastic to post-failure state using a modified logistic growth function, int. j. coal geol. 163, pp. 132139. doi: 10.1016/j.coal.2016.07.007. [6] wu, c., dou, l.m., ju, y., cao, w., yuan, s., si, g. (2018). a plastic strain-based damage model for heterogeneous coal using cohesion and dilation angle, int. j. rock. mech. min.110, pp. 151-160. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2018.08.001. [7] zhou, x.p., zhang, y.x., ha, q.l., zhu, k.s. (2008). micromechanical modelling of the complete stress-strain relationship for crack weakened rock subjected to compressive loading, rock mech. rock eng. 41(5), pp. 747–769. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(76)90044-5. [8] zhou, x.p., li, g.q., ma, h.c. (2020). real-time experiment investigations on the coupled thermomechanical and cracking behaviors in granite containing three pre-existing fissures, eng. fract. mech. 224, 106797. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2019.106797. [9] zuo, j.p., xie, h.p., zhou, h.w. (2007). thermal-mechanical coupled effect on fracture mechanism and plastic characteristics of sandstone, sci. china ser. e. 50, pp. 833-843. doi: 10.1007/s11431-007-0081-6. [10] li, y.w., long, m., zuo, l.h., li, w., zhao, w. (2019). brittleness evaluation of coal based on statistical damage and energy evolution theory, j. petrol sci. eng. 172, pp. 753-763. doi: 10.1016/j.petrol.2018.08.069. [11] zhou, x.p. (2004). analysis of the localization of deformation and the complete stress–strain relation for mesoscopic heterogeneous brittle rock under dynamic uniaxial tensile loading, int. j. solids struct. 41 (5–6) , pp. 1725–1738. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2003.07.007. [12] zhou, x.p., ha, q.l., zhang, y.x., zhu, k.s. (2004). analysis of deformation localization and the complete stress– strain relation for brittle rock subjected to dynamic compressive loads, int. j. rock. mech. min. 41 (2) , pp. 311–319. doi:10.1016/s1365-1609(03)00094-7. [13] shao, j. f., lu, y.f., lydzba, d. (2004). damage modeling of saturated rocks in drained and undrained conditions, j. eng. mech.-asce 130(6), pp. 733–740. doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9399(2004)130:6(733). [14] ortiz,m. (1985). a constitutive theory for the inelastic behavior of concrete, mech. mater. 4, pp. 67–93. doi: 10.1016/0167-6636(85)90007-9. [15] chow, c.l., june, w. (1987). an anisotropic theory of elasticity for continuum damage mechanics, int. j. fracture, 33, pp. 3–16. doi: 10.1007/bf00034895. [16] zhou, x.p., yang, h.q. (2007). micromechanical modeling of dynamic compressive responses of mesoscopic heterogenous brittle rock, theor. appl. fract. mec. 48(1), pp. 1–20. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2007.04.008. [17] zhou, x.p. (2005). triaxial compressive behavior of rock with mesoscopic heterogenous behavior: strain energy density factor approach, theor. appl. fract. mec. 45(1), pp. 46–63, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2005.11.002. [18] zhou, x.p. (2005). localization of deformation and stress-strain relation for mesoscopic heterogeneous brittle rock materials under unloading, theor. appl. fract. mec. 44(1), pp. 27–43. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2005.05.003. [19] shao, j.f., jia, y., kondo, d., chiarelli, a.s. (2006). a coupled elastoplastic damage model for semi-brittle materials and extension to unsaturated conditions, mech. mater. pp. 38(3), 218–232. doi: 10.1016/j.mechmat.2005.07.002. [20] zhang, j.x., wong, t.f., davis, d.m. (1990). micromechanics of pressured-induced grain crushing in porous rocks, j. geophys res.-sol. ea. 95, pp. 341–351. doi: 10.1029/jb095ib01p00341. [21] budiansky, b., o’connell, r.j. (1976). elastic moduli of a cracked solid, int. j. solids struct.12, pp. 81–97. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(76)90044-5. [22] yang, x.b., xia, y.j., wang, x.j. (2012). investigation into the nonlinear damage model of coal containing gas, safety sci. 50, pp. 927-930. doi: 10.1016/j.ssci.2011.08.001. [23] horii, h., nemat-nasser, s. (1983). overall moduli of solids with microcracks: load-induced anisotropy, j. mech. phys. solids. 31, pp. 155–171. doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(83)90048-0. [24] zhou, x.p., wang, j.h. (2005). study on the coalescence mechanism of splitting failure of crack-weakened rock subjected to compressive loads, mech. res. commun. 32(2), pp. 161–171. doi: 10.1016/j.mechrescom.2004.06.003. [25] hashin, z. (1988). the differential scheme and its application to cracked materials, j. mech. phys. solids, 36, 719–734. doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(88)90005-1. [26] aboudi, j., benveniste, y. (1987). the effective moduli of cracked bodies in plane deformations, eng. fract. mech. 26(2), pp. 171–184. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(87)90195-0. [27] zhou, x.p., zhang, y.x., ha, q.l., zhu, k.s., (2004). bounds on the complete stress-strain relation for a crackweakened rock mass under compressive loads, int. j. solids struct. 41(22/23), pp. 6173–6196. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2004.04.023. z. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 446-456; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.35 456 [28] zhou, x.p. (2006). upper and lower bounds for constitutive relation of crack-weakened rock masses under dynamic compressive loads, theor. appl. fract. mec. 46(1), pp. 75–86. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2006.05.004. [29] swoboda, g., yang, q. (1999). an energy-based damage model of geomaterials ii: deduction of damage evolution laws, int. j. solids struct. 36, pp. 1735–1755. doi: 10.1016/s0020-7683(98)00164-4. [30] ostwald, r.,bartel, t., menzel, a. (2015). an energy-barrier-based computational micro-sphere model for phasetransformations interacting with plasticity, comput. method appl. m. 293, pp. 232–265. doi: 10.1016/j.cma.2015.04.008. [31] abou-chakra, guéry, cormery, f., shao, j. f., kondo, d. (2008). a micromechanical model of elastoplastic and damage behavior of a cohesive geomaterial, int. j. solids struct. 45(5), pp. 1406–1429. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2007.09.025. [32] salar, m. r., saeb, s., willam, k. j., patchet, j., carrasco, r.c. (2004).a coupled elastoplastic damage model for geomaterials, comput. method appl. m. 193(27–29), pp. 2625–2643. doi: 10.1016/j.cma.2003.11.013. [33] welemane, h., cormery, f. (2003). an alternative 3d model for damage induced anisotropy and unilateral effect in microcracked materials, j. phys. iv france. 105, pp. 329–338. doi: 10.1051/jp4:20030204. [34] zhou, x.p., shou, y.d., qian, q.h., yu, m.h. (2014). three-dimensional nonlinear strength criterion for rock-like materials based on the micromechanical method, int. j. rock. mech. min. 72, pp. 54-60. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2014.08.013. [35] zheng, q.s., du, d.x. (2001). an explicit and universally applicable estimate for the effective properties of multiphase composites which account for inclusion distribution, j. mech. phys. solids. 49, pp. 2765–2788. doi: 10.1016/s0022-5096(01)00078-3. [36] zhou, x.p., li, x.h. (2009). constitutive relationship of brittle rock subjected to dynamic uniaxial tensile loads with microcrack interaction effects, theor. appl. fract. mec. 52(3), pp. 140–145. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2009.09.002. [37] hashin, z. (1988). the differential scheme and its application to cracked materials, j. mech. phys. solids. 36, pp. 719– 734. doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(88)90005-1. [38] aboudi, j., benveniste, y. (1987). the effective moduli of cracked bodies in plane deformations, eng. fract. mech. 26(2), pp. 171–184. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(87)90195-0. [39] zhang, j.x., wong, t.f., davis, d.m. (1990). micromechanics of pressured-induced grain crushing in porous rocks, j. geophys res.-sol. ea. 95, pp. 341–351. doi: 10.1029/jb095ib01p00341. [40] zhou, x.p., zhang, j.z., wong, l.n.y., (2018). experimental study on the growth, coalescence and wrapping behaviors of 3d cross-embedded flaws under uniaxial compression, rock mech. rock eng. 51(5), pp. 1379-1400. doi: 10.1007/s00603-018-1406-4. [41] zhou, x.p., zhang, j.z., qian, q.h., niu, y., (2019). experimental investigation of progressive cracking processes in granite under uniaxial loading using digital imaging and ae techniques, j. struct. geol. 126, pp. 129-145. doi: 10.1016/j.jsg.2019.06.003. [42] zhou, x.p., lian, y.j., wong, l.n.y., berto, f. (2018). understanding the fracture behavior of brittle and ductile multiflawed rocks by uniaxial loading by digital image correlation,eng. fract. mech. 199, pp. 438-460. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2018.06.007. microsoft word numero_53_art_30_2840 a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 394 applicability of vyalov’s equations to ice wall strength estimation a. kostina, m. zhelnin, o. plekhov, i. panteleev institute of continuous media mechanics of the ural branch of russian academy of science, russia kostina@icmm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5721-3301 zhelnin.m@icmm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4498-450x poa@icmm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0378-8249 pia@icmm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7430-3667 l. levin, m. semin mining institute of the ural branch of russian academy of science, russia aerolog_lev@mail.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0767-9207 seminma@outlook.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5200-7931 abstract. a simple analytical relations are commonly used in engineering practice to calculate ice wall thickness. one of them is vyalov’s relation that takes into account the features of a real technological process of tubing lining and the inelastic deformation associated with frozen soil creep. an estimation of applicability and margin of safety of this equation is an issue of engineering mechanics. in this paper, we propose a mathematical model for description of ice wall deformation under natural external loading and present the results of the computational experiments in which an optimal thickness for the ice wall is determined. based on this simulation, we modify the existing analytical relation, which makes it possible to calculate the thickness of an ice wall of unlimited height. keywords: ice wall; frozen soil; mine shaft; vyalov’s equation. citation: kostina, a., zhelnin, m., plekhov, o., panteleev, i., levin, l., semin, m., applicability of vyalov’s equations to ice wall strength estimation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405. received: 20.05.2020 accepted: 01.06.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he ice wall is an important engineering structure the integrity of which determines the safety of sinking operations in vertical mine shafts under construction. the effectiveness of the ice wall as a temporary protective lining depends on the adequate evaluation of its thickness. optimal assessment of the wall thickness comes from the need to reduce the cost of mining operations at the design stage. this will help to exclude the failure of an ice wall and the breakthrough of groundwater into the mine. furthermore, the savings in artificial freezing costs may be significant. engineering calculations for ice walls are currently performed for two limit states strain condition and strength condition. in strain calculations, it is necessary to determine the minimum thickness of the ice wall at which its deformation in the design phase does not exceed the value acceptable for shaft construction and promotes no dangerous movements of freezing columns. the objective of the limit strength design is to calculate the optimal minimum thickness of the ice wall which t https://youtu.be/lmykqbpy_ik a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 395 prevents its failure under external loads, i.e. no cracks occur in the wall. at this thickness value, the ice wall is in the ultimate stress-strain state, i.e., in the state where the stresses at a given instant of time do not exceed the frozen soil strength at the same instant. the most common methods for calculating of ice wall thickness are those proposed by domke [1] and lame-gadolin [1]. the lame-godolin formula was obtained in a linear elastic approximation and did not prove effectiveness at soil depths of more than 50 m. the domke equation takes into account the plastic deformations of frozen soil, the onset of which is determined according to the criterion for the difference between the largest and smallest principal normal stresses. because the strength of saturated soils increases with an increase in the mechanical pressure up to a certain value, the application of the mohr-coulomb and druker-prager criteria makes it possible to calculate plastic strain with higher accuracy and to take into account the fact that the frozen soil strength increases with decreasing temperature [2]. the triggering of high hydrostatic pressure leads to melting and failure of the ice contained in the pores. this has given impetus to different modifications of these criteria [3]. the thermo-hydro-dynamical models of soil freezing which take into account plastic strains are presented in [4-7]. in [4-6], the so-called barcelona basic model [8] is used to describe the plastic deformations of saturated frozen soils. according to this model, the stress-strain state of soils is determined by analyzing two state variables – effective stress and a parameter that describes the moisture migration effect. for the non-frozen soil, the barcelona basic model is simplified and reduced to the modified cam-clay model. the thermo-hydro-dynamical models based on this approach can be employed to consider the influence of moisture migration and mechanical pressure on the plastic deformation of frozen soils. in [6], the barcelona basic model is generalized to the case of large deformations. another way [7] has been proposed to derive the constitutive relations for describing the elastoplastic behavior of frozen soils in the framework of a thermodynamic approach. it has been suggested in [9] that the yield surface defined in terms of a double clay hardening model can be used to assess plastic strains. elastic and plastic strains characterize the instantaneous response of the material to the applied loads. however, due to the pronounced rheological behavior of saturated soils under long-term loads, their deformation increases and strength reduces. this feature of soils is of prime importance for shaft sinking where the loads from the surrounding rocks and ground water are taken over by the lateral surface of a mine during the entire time required for lining construction. in order to calculate the optimal thickness of an ice wall () and to take into account the rheological behavior of frozen soils, s.s.vyalov suggested the following relations [10, 11]:     1 111 1 ' 1 ,                     mm m p m p h e a k a t t a (1)                          1 2 1 1 2 , m m p m p e a a t t a (2)   3   s p ph e t (3)                              2 0 1 2 0 45 /2 1 0 45 / 2 1 1 1 2 45 / 2 tg p p tg e a c t tg (4) where  is the optimal ice wall thickness, a is the cylinder inner radius, k’ is the coefficient dependent on soil compaction conditions, m, a(tp, ) are the parameters characterizing the rheological behavior of the soil, tp is the loading period, p is the load applied to the ice wall, h is the height of unfixed part of mine shaft, is the maximum radial movement of the frozen a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 396 soil, s(tp) is the ultimate strength of frozen soil to uniaxial compression, c(tp) is the cohesion, and  is the angle of internal friction. eqns. (1)-(2) estimate for the cylinder wall thickness according to the criterion for the maximum radial movement of its internal wall, and eqns. (3)-(4) the ultimate stress criterion. we notice that eqns. (1) and (3) are obtained on the assumption that the ice wall is a cylinder of finite height, and eqns. (2) and (4) – on the assumption that the ice wall is a cylinder of unlimited height. it is also worth noting that formula (3) is obtained based on relationship (1) assuming that the frozen soil exhibits ideal plastic behavior described by the von mises model. in [12], the applicability of formula (1) for calculating the frozen wall thickness was evaluated. the aim of our work is to analyze the correctness of analytical relationships (3) and (4) for calculating the frozen wall thickness according to the ultimate stress criterion. for this purpose, the ice wall thickness calculated by these formulas was compared with the numerical simulation results obtained by the formulation whose geometry is close to the real shaft sinking conditions. using the obtained data, we propose a modification of formula (4) because it shows better agreement with the numerical simulation results. in addition, we perform a comparative analysis of the values of ice wall thickness calculated by formulas (1)-(4) and by their modifications, which provides guidelines for using each of these formulas. mathematical formulation n order to evaluate the correctness of relations (3) and (4), we have computed the problem of deformation of ice wall exposed to the external radial load p applied to the lateral surface of the cylinder and the vertical load p’ acting on the upper end of the cylinder. the calculation scheme of shaft sinking is given in fig.1. an ice wall is modeled as a twopiece cylinder. one part is a hollow cylinder of a height equal to that of the ice wall section without lining, and another part is a solid section. the soil inside the ice wall is assumed to be a thawed soil that experiences only elastic deformations. the load applied to the lateral surface of the cylinder is calculated by the formula for mining and hydrostatic pressure, which takes into account the influence of cohesive forces and the results of hydrogeological observations. figure 1: computational domain the mathematical model is based on the following hypotheses and assumptions: 1) the computational domain has radial symmetry, and therefore calculations are made in axisymmetric formulation. 2) the rocks under consideration are isotropic at macrolevel. 3) deformations as well as strain increments at each step are small. 4) the time and temperature effects on the strength and elastic characteristics of rocks are taken into account parametrically. 5) the surrounding thawed and burden formations generate constant rock pressure. 6) a linear relation exists between the stress and elastic strain tensors. 7) the minimum value for the ice wall thickness is determined on the assumption that no plastic deformations are present on its internal wall. 8) the mohr-coulomb criterion is used as a yield criterion that is commonly applied to describe soil failure (especially, that of cohesionless soil). by this criterion, the rock failure begins when the maximum tangential stress n reaches the critical value which is dependent on the normal stress n in the same area. the mathematical statement of the problem includes equilibrium eqn. (5), hooke’s law (6), geometric relation for small strain tensor (7), yield condition (8), and associated plastic flow rule (9): i a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 397   σ 0 (5)  : σ c ε εp (6)  1 2      ε u u t (7) 0     nnf tg c (8)     ε σ  p f (9) where ={r, ,z, rz} is the stress tensor, ={r, ,z, rz} is the strain tensor, с is the tensor of elastic constants which reduces in the isotropic case to two elastic constants (e′ – young’s modulus,  – poisson’s ratio), u={ur, uz} is the displacement vector, p={pr, p,pz, prz} is the plastic strain tensor, f is the mohr-coulomb yield criterion, n is the maximum tangential stress in the area with a normal n, n is the normal stress operating in the same area,  is the indefinite multiplier determined using prager’s compatibility conditions, and the dots over the symbols denote time derivatives. the prager compatibility conditions are written as 0, 0  f , (or 0f (10) 0, 0   f , (and 0f ) (11) the system of eqns. (5)-(11) is supplemented with boundary conditions that correspond to the calculation scheme from fig.1. 1 0 zu (12) 2   n σ p (13) 3 '  n σ p (14) where the vectors p={p,0} and p′={p′,0} correspond to the calculated loads obtained by the formulas:  r hp p p (15) 0 0 2 90 90' 2 2 2                      r mp g h tg c tg (16)   h w gwp g h (17) ' '  mp g h (18) in formulas (15) (18), the following notation is used: m=2000 kg/m3 – average density of the material, h′ – bed rock density, w=1000 kg/m3 – water density, g=10 m/s2 – gravitational constant, hgw=1.5 m – groundwater depth. the load ph is considered only for saturated rocks. a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 398 materials and method he allowable ice wall thickness was determined for three typical materials: sand, chalk and clay. we considered the bed rock depth values of 100m, 200m, 300m, and 500m. tabs. 1 and 2 give the mechanical parameters of the soil in thawed and frozen states which were provided by the institute of nature management of the nas of belarus. the parameters of the frozen soil were obtained at t=-80c and for load duration of 12 h. these data were used for calculating the load acting on the ice wall according to formulas (15) – (18). the obtained data are given in tabs. 3-5. soil e′, gpa  с, kpa , 0 sand 0.32 0.3 9.6 30 chalk 0.3 0.35 1 31.5 clay 0.364 0.18 105 25 table 1: mechanical parameters for the soil in thawed state. soil e′, gpa  с, mpa , 0 s, mpa sand 5.3 0.18 6.33 37 4.4 chalk 2.5 0.15 6.20 24 7 clay 1.7 0.17 3.78 10 2.2 table 2: mechanical parameters for the soil at t=-80c. load 100 m 200 m 300 m 500 m p, mpa 1.557 3.222 4.889 8.222 p′, mpa 2 4 6 10 table 3: loads acting on the frozen sand ice wall load 100 m 200 m 300 m 500 m p,mpa 0.626 1.253 1.881 3.135 p′,mpa 2 4 6 10 table 4: loads acting on the frozen chalk ice wall. load 100 m 200 m 300 m 500 m p, mpa 0.678 1.490 2.301 3.925 p′, mpa 2 4 6 10 table 5: loads acting on the frozen clay ice wall. the finite-element method was used for the solution of boundary value problem. the examined area was divided into rectangular elements. we controlled the convergence of the numerical solution based on a series of calculations on grids with elements of different sizes for the clay layer at a depth of 200m. the sizes of elements in the ice wall area with no mine working support (lining) varied from 1.28 to 0.02m. the relative error erri is defined by the formula t a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 399 min min 100%       i i m m m err (19) where i[0.02; 1.28] indicates the size of the element used to determine the von mises stress value m on the internal wall of the ice cylinder, and minm is the von mises stress value on the internal wall of the ice cylinder obtained in the solution of the problem with minimum element size. fig. 2 shows the effect of size of the finite element of the grid on relative error. the results demonstrate that the optimal size of the element is 0.04m. it is interesting that if the element size is maximum (1.28m), then the relative error does not exceed 8.3%, which is well within the permissible limits of an engineering error. figure 2: relative error vs finite element size. results and discussion comparison of numerical simulation results and analytical estimates he developed mathematical model is used for assessing the optimal ice wall thickness according to the criterion for ultimate stress-strain state. the calculation results are summarized in tab. 6. when the optimal ice wall thickness is calculated by eqn. (2), the ultimate uniaxial compression strength values are taken from tab. 2. the values for the cohesion and internal friction angle used in eqn. (4) are also given in tab. 2. the calculation results are summarized in tabs. 7 and 8. the obtained results demonstrate that, for all materials under study, the design thicknesses obtained by eqn. (3) exceed those found using eqn. (4). this can be attributed to the fact that the internal friction is ignored, which increases the strength. in general, the scatter in the estimates obtained by eqns. (3) and (4) is great (12 times for sand); especially, when the ice wall experiences high loads. h′, m sand chalk clay 100 1.05 0.35 0.75 200 1.75 0.50 1.2 300 2.35 0.75 1.4 500 2.5 1.05 2.6 table 6: ice wall thickness obtained via numerical simulation. h′, m sand chalk clay 100 3.065 0.774 2.667 200 6.342 1.550 5.864 300 9.623 2.327 9.058 500 16.183 3.879 15.451 table 7: ice wall thickness calculated by formula (3). t a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 400 h′, m sand chalk clay 100 0.304 0.171 0.404 200 0.595 0.340 0.910 300 0.860 0.508 1.441 500 1.330 0.838 2.582 table 8: ice wall thickness calculated by formula (4). a comparison of the ice wall thickness values found during the numerical solution of problem (5)-(18) with the results obtained by eqns. (3) and (4) is illustrated in fig.3. for all materials under study, eqn. (3) shows the most distinction from the numerical simulation results (fig. 3a). the greatest ice wall thickness reserve is seen for clay and sand, especially, for the layers at a depth of 500 m. this is because the ice wall is subjected to maximum loads at this depth. in this case, the deviations from the numerical results obtained for clay and sand are the greatest, 12.8 m and 13.7m, respectively. (a) (b) figure 3: difference between the designed ice wall thickness obtained via numerical simulations and the analytical estimations for the ice wall thickness found by eqns. (3) (a) and (4) (b). it was found that the results of numerical simulations of the ice wall thickness for chalk and sand are higher than the estimations obtained by eqn. (4) (fig.3 b). the most distinction from the numerical simulation results is 1.49m for sand at a depth of 300 m and 0.242 for chalk at a depth of 300 m. a comparison of the same results but obtained for clay shows that the numerical calculations give the higher ice wall thickness values for the material at depths of 100-200 m. at depths of 300-500 m, the simulation results are comparable with those obtained by formula (4); the relative error does not exceed 2.8%. modification of eqn. (4) analysis of the obtained results has revealed that eqn. (4) has the best correlation with the numerical simulation results. this equation was modified here in order to get a more accurate description of the relation between the designed ice wall thickness and the applied load. the modification made it possible to minimize the difference between the calculation results obtained by this formula and the numerical simulation data. thus, we have                                   2 0 1 2 0 45 /2 1 0 45 / 2 1 1 1 2 45 / 2 tgp tg e k a d c tg (20) where k and d are the piecewise constants 1 1 2 2 2 3   , ,       k p p p k k p p p a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 401 1 1 2 2 2 3   , ,       d p p p d d p p p the intervals for the coefficients for each material were set reasoning from the best agreement with the numerical simulation data. approximations of the parameters k and d for each material are given in tab. 9 and 10. the calculated results for the designed ice wall thickness for chalk, clay and sand obtained by new eqn. (20) are presented in fig.4. soil k1 k2 p1, mpa p2, mpa p3, mpa sand 2.337 0.319 1.557 4.889 8.222 chalk 1.186 0.909 0.626 1.881 3.135 clay 0.624 1.052 0.678 2.301 3.925 table 9: approximation of the coefficient k. soil d1 d2 p1, mpa p2, mpa p3, mpa sand -6.674 5.648 1.557 4.889 8.222 chalk -0.847 0.760 0.626 1.881 3.135 clay 2.516 -0.387 0.678 2.301 3.925 table 10: approximation of the coefficient d. (a) (b) (c) figure 4: approximation of eqn. (4) (solid lines) by the piecewise-linear functions (dashed lines) for sand (a), chalk (b) and clay (c). a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 402 in addition to approximation (20), it is suggested that formula (4) can be modified as                                   2 0 1 2 0 45 /2 1 0 45 / 2 1 1 1 2 45 / 2 tgp tg e a z c tg (21) the values of parameter z for sand, chalk and clay are given in tab. 11. the calculated results are obtained for the designed thickness by eqn. (21) and the numerical simulation results are shown for each material in fig.5. the approximations are nonlinear, which is caused by the nonlinear dependence of stress on the radial coordinate and, as a consequence, on the desired ice wall thickness. the nonlinear character is determined by the material parameters of the soil, e.g., for chalk and sand, the curve is convex upwards and for clay – downwards. chalk and sand exhibit similar cohesion values (6.2 and 6.33 mpa), and clay has significantly lower cohesion value (3.78 mpa). it is interesting that almost the same nonlinear behavior is observed for eqn. (4). sand chalk clay z 1.140 0.198 0.153 table 11: values of the parameter z, entering eqn. (21). (a) (b) (c) figure 5: results of approximation of eqn. (4) (curve 2) by function (21) (curve 1) for sand (a), chalk (b), clay (c). markers – numerical solution. a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 403 a comparison of the results of approximation by eqn. (4) shows that in case of piecewise-linear dependence (20) they are in rather good qualitative and quantitative agreement. a deficiency of this approach is the necessity of calculating four material parameters, as well as the intervals for determining piecewise-linear correction coefficients. therefore, it is advisable to use formula (21) in order make rapid estimation for the designed ice wall thickness. in this case, it is necessary to determine only one material parameter, whereas formula (20) can be used when there is a need for more accurate calculation. comparative analysis of vyalov’s formulas for ultimate displacements and stresses fig. 6 presents the calculation results for ice wall thickness obtained for sand, chalk and clay by eqns. (1)-(2) recommended for ultimate displacement calculations and by eqns. (3)-(4) for strength calculations. apart from these formulas, this figure also shows the calculation results obtained by eqn. (20) and by the equation which is a modification of relation (1) [12]:                         1 111 1 ( ) 1 2 , mm m p m p ha e g p a t t a (22) where the material function g(p) is dependent on the value of the load acting on the ice wall and determined by applying the numerical simulation results. the function for the materials under study was taken from [12]. (a) (b) (c) figure 6: dependence of the designed ice wall thickness on the load for sand (a), chalk (b), clay (c): curve 1 – eqn. (1), curve 2 – eqn. (2), curve 3 – eqn. (3), curve 4 – eqn. (1), curve 5 – eqn. (20), curve 6 – eqn. (22). for sand (fig.6a), the maximum discrepancy between eqns. (4) and (20) is 1.49m, which corresponds to the load of 889 мpа. analogous thicknesses are determined using eqns. (3) and (22) for the load less than 4.889 мpа. besides, for the load not exceeding 3.222 мpа, the thickness calculated by eqn. (2) is close to the value obtained by eqns. (3) and (22). eqn. (2) a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 404 cannot be used in this case to calculate the ice wall thickness at a depth of 500 m because the base of power function becomes negative. for chalk fig.6(b), there are two similar data blocks. the first group includes eqns. (4) and (20), and another – eqns. (2), (3) and (22). eqn. (1) yields the maximum ice wall thickness reserve at all loads examined here. the maximum difference between eqns. (4) and (20) is equal to 0.242 m and is achieved at the load of 1.881 мpа. the ice wall thicknesses which enter the second group have similar values up to the load of 1.881 мpа. at loads more than 2.25 мpa, eqn. (2) gives values that exceed those calculated by eqns. (3) and (22). analogous results are obtained for clay (fig. 6c). two groups of equations provide almost similar values for ice wall thickness: (4), (20) and (2), (22). the maximum difference between eqns. (4) and (20) corresponds to the load of 0.678 мpа and is equal to 0.35m. eqns. (2) and (22) yield close thickness values at the load less than 2.301 mpa , and eqn. (2) cannot be used to calculate the ice wall thickness at the load exceeding this value. the maximum margin of safety is obtained using eqn. (3). on the basis of the obtained results, some conclusions were drawn regarding the applicability of the analyzed relations to ice wall thickness calculations. to perform strength calculations, it is desirable that eqn. (20) would be used for all soils under study because eqn. (3) yields excess thickness, and eqn. (4) is obtained on the assumption of the ultimate state of the ice wall, and therefore it should be used with some prescribed margin of safety. in ultimate displacement calculations for chalk, it is advisable to use eqn. (22) because eqn. (1) yields the excess thickness for all loads under consideration. at loads less than 2.25 mpa (this value corresponds to a depth of 300 m), eqn. (2) can be applied. in ultimate displacements calculations for clay up to the load of 2.301 мpа (this value corresponds to a depth of 300m), relations (2) and (22) can be used. in ice wall thickness calculations for frozen sand at the load no less than 4.889 мpа (this value corresponds to a depth of 300 m), it is desirable that relation (22) is used. at loads less than 3.222 mpa (this value corresponds to a depth of 200 m), eqn. (2) can also be applied. at high loads that exceed 4.899 for sand and 2.301 mpa for clay (these values correspond to a depth of 300 m), the ice wall thicknesses calculated by eqns. (1)-(4), (20) and (22) exhibit great scatter, which generates a need for further investigations aimed at modifying the existing constitutive equations. this necessity stems from the fact that at great loads the hydrostatic pressure can have a significant effect on the stress-strain state of rocks. conclusion e have performed a theoretical study to evaluate the applicability of analytical vyalov’s formulas to the calculation of the ultimate stress state of an ice-rock cylinder of unlimited and finite heights. the numerical results showed that the design values of the ice wall thickness obtained by the formula for a cylinder of limited height have a margin of safety for all considered rocks (sand, chalk, and clay). this is associated with the fact that the internal friction is ignored, which increases the strength. the application of the coulomb–mohr criterion made it possible to model the deformation of the ice-rock cylinder. a comparison of the thicknesses obtained numerically with the results found by eqn. (3) showed that the greatest thickness reserve was observed for clay and sand. using the results of numerical simulation of the stress-strain state of the ice wall, we suggested two modifications of eqn. (4). the first variant involves the use of the piecewise-linear relation and enables describing the simulation results both qualitatively and quantitatively. the second is a simple variant and it can be used for making rapid estimation for the designed ice-wall thickness. a comprehensive comparative analysis of six formulas (four vyalov’s formulas and two modifications) has revealed that in strength calculations it is advisable to use eqn. (20) for all soils examined here because eqn. (3) causes the excess margin of thickness to occur, and eqn. (4) must be used with some prescribed margin of safety. in ultimate displacement calculations for chalk, eqn. (22) or (2) should be used at the load not exceeding 2.25 mpa, which corresponds to the soil depth of 300 m. in creep calculations for clay at the load of 2.301 mpa, which corresponds to the soil depth of 300 m, relations (2) and (22) can be used. in order to calculate the ice-wall made of frozen sand at the load less than 4.889 mpa (up to the soil depth of 300 m), it is advisable to use relation (22) and relation (2) at the load less than 3.222 mpa (up to the soil depth of 200 m). at high loads that exceed 4.899 mpa for sand and 2.301 mpa for clay there is a need for further investigations so that the existing constitutive equations describing the stress-strain state of rocks can be modified. w a. kostina et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 394-405; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.30 405 acknowledgments his research was supported by 17-11-01204 project (russian science foundation). references [1] levin, l. yu, semin, m.a. and plekhov, o.a. (2018). comparative analysis of existing methods for calculation frozen wall thickness for mine shafts under construction, bulletin of pnrpu. construction and architecture, 9(4), pp. 93-103. doi: 10.15593/2223-9826/2018.4.09. [2] lai, y., xu, x., dong, y. and li, s. (2013). present situation and prospect of mechanical research on frozen soils in china, cold reg. sci. technol., 87, pp. 6-18. doi: 10.1016/j.coldregions.2012.12.001 [3] liu, x., liu, e., zhang, d., zhang, g. and song, b. (2019). study on strength criterion for frozen soil. cold reg. sci. technol.,161, pp. 1-20. doi: 10.1016/j.coldregions.2019.02.009. [4] nishimura, s., gens, a., olivella, s. and jardine, r. j. (2009). thm-coupled finite element analysis of frozen soil: formulation and application, geotechnique, 59(3), p. 159. doi: 10.1680/geot.2009.59.3.159. [5] ghoreishian, a. s. a., grimstad, g., kadivar, m. and nordal, s. (2016). constitutive model for rate-independent behavior of saturated frozen soils. can. geotech. j., 53(10), pp. 1646-1657. doi: 10.1139/cgj-2015-0467. [6] na, s. h. and sun, w. c. (2017). computational thermo-hydro-mechanics for multiphase freezing and thawing porous media in the finite deformation range. comput. methods. appl. mech. eng.,318, pp. 667-700. doi: 10.1016/j.cma.2017.01.028. [7] liu, e., lai, y., wong, h. and feng, j. (2018). an elastoplastic model for saturated freezing soils based on thermoporomechanics. int. j. plasticity,107, pp. 246-285. doi: 10.1016/j.ijplas.2018.04.007. [8] alonso, e. e., gens, a. and josa, a. (1990). a constitutive model for partially saturated soils, géotechnique, 40(3), pp. 405-430. doi: 10.1680/geot.1990.40.3.405. [9] liu, e. l. and xing h. l. (2009). a double hardening thermo-mechanical constitutive model for overconsolidated clays. acta geotech., 4(1), pp. 1-6. doi: 10.1007/s11440-008-0053-4. [10] vyalov, s.s., zaretsky, y.k., gorodetsky, s.e. (1979). stability of mine workings in frozen soils, engineering geology, 13 (1-4), pp. 339-351. doi: 10.1016/0013-7952(79)90041-3. [11] vyalov, s.s. (1986). rheological fundamentals of soil mechanics. elsevier, amsterdam, the netherlands [12] zhelnin, m., kostina, a., plekhov, o., panteleev, i. and levin, l. (2019). frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49, pp. 156166. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.17. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 17 articolo 1 m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 5 numerical modelling of intergranular fracture in polycrystalline materials and grain size effects m. paggi department of structural and geotechnical engineering, politecnico di torino, torino (italy) marco.paggi@polito.it p. wriggers institut für kontinuumsmechanik, leibniz universität hannover, hannover (germany) wriggers@ikm.uni-hannover.de abstract. in this paper, the phenomenon of intergranular fracture in polycrystalline materials is investigated using a nonlinear fracture mechanics approach. the nonlocal cohesive zone model (czm) for finite thickness interfaces recently proposed by the present authors is used to describe the phenomenon of grain boundary separation. from the modelling point of view, considering the dependency of the grain boundary thickness on the grain size observed in polycrystals, a distribution of interface thicknesses is obtained. since the shape and the parameters of the nonlocal czm depend on the interface thickness, a distribution of interface fracture energies is obtained as a consequence of the randomness of the material microstructure. using these data, fracture mechanics simulations are performed and the homogenized stress-strain curves of 2d representative volume elements (rves) are computed. failure is the result of a diffuse microcrack pattern leading to a main macroscopic crack after coalescence, in good agreement with the experimental observation. finally, testing microstructures characterized by different average grain sizes, the computed peak stresses are found to be dependent on the grain size, in agreement with the trend expected according to the hall-petch law. sommario. in questo articolo, il fenomeno della frattura intergranulare nei material policristallini è studiato mediante un approccio di meccanica della frattura non lineare. il modello non locale di frattura coesiva per interfacce con spessore finito recentemente proposto dai presenti autori è impiegato per descrivere il fenomeno di separazione ai bordi di grano. da un punto di vista modellistico, considerando la dipendenza dello spessore dei bordi di grano dalla dimensione del grano stesso, si è ottenuta una distribuzione delle proprietà meccaniche delle interfacce. essendo la forma ed i parametri del modello non locale della frattura coesiva dipendenti dallo spessore dell'interfaccia, si ottiene una distribuzione di energie di frattura come conseguenza della variabilità statistica della microstruttura del materiale. usando tali dati si conducono simulazioni di meccanica della frattura su elementi di volumi rappresentativi (rve) in 2d e si determinano le rispettive curve di tensionedeformazione. la frattura è il risultato di un insieme di microfessure diffuse che danno luogo alla propagazione di una fessura macroscopica principale, in ottimo accordo con quanto osservato sperimentalmente. infine, testando microstrutture dotate di diversi diametri medi dei grani, si osserva come le tensioni di picco siano dipendenti dal diametro del grano, secondo un trend in accordo con la legge di hall e petch. keywords. nonlocal cohesive zone model; nonlinear and stochastic fracture mechanics; finite thickness interfaces; finite elements; polycrystalline materials. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 6 introduction olycrystalline materials present heterogeneous microstructures where polyhedral grains are separated by interfaces. a typical scanning electron microscope (sem) image of these microstructures is shown in fig. 1(a). the different colours of the crystals indicate their different crystallographic orientations. the mechanical behaviour is strongly affected by the grain boundaries which govern the strength, the toughness and the ductility of the material. these properties are of paramount importance in forming processes and for the design of super-hard materials. as a general trend, the smaller the grain, the higher the material strength and the hardness. interfaces are also important in conduction processes. in this case, however, they should be viewed as defects and the material conductivity of single crystalline materials is usually much higher than that of their polycrystalline counterparts. fracture in polycrystalline materials can be schematically classified according to two different types: intergranular and transgranular. the former mode of fracture corresponds to the decohesion of the grains along the interfaces. correspondingly, the material response is quite brittle. the latter is characterized by a propagation of cracks into the grains, with the occurrence of high plastic deformations leading to a much more ductile response. in spite of the fact that failure is often the result of a combination of these two modes of fracture, it is instructive to investigate each mode separately and understand the underlying mechanisms. in the present study, attention is paid to intergranular fracture, which is typically observed in brittle polycrystals. during a tensile test, microcracks develop at the grain boundaries (see fig. 1(b) taken from [1]). at a certain deformation level, the microcracks coalescence and lead to the final failure with the propagation of a single main crack. correspondingly, the stress-strain curve reaches a maximum and a sudden loss of load carrying capacity takes place. in order to investigate the effect of interfaces on the mechanical response of polycrystalline materials, a nonlinear fracture mechanics model is herein proposed. intergranular fracture is depicted as a phenomenon of progressive separation at the grain boundaries governed by a nonlinear traction-separation law, or cohesive zone model (czm). in this context, the finite thickness properties of interfaces are suitably taken into account by using the nonlocal czm recently proposed in [2, 3] and briefly summarized in the next section. virtual tensile tests of representative volume elements (rves) of material microstructures are carried out in order to simulate the phenomena of crack nucleation, coalescence and strain localization. finally, grain size effects are investigated by changing the average grain size of the polycrystalline material and computing the peak stress of the simulated stress-strain curves. as it will be shown, numerical results are in agreement with the trend expected by the hall-petch law. this result confirms that fracture mechanics of interfaces is one of the most important factors governing the strength of polycrystalline materials. (a) sem image of the microstructure (b) microcracks observed during a tensile test figure 1: sem images of brittle polycrystalline materials showing microcracks (courtesy of dr. ing. m. schaper [1]). a nonlocal cohesive zone model for interface fracture olycrystals are an important example of a material with finite thickness interfaces. in particular, examining the materials science literature [4], a power-law dependency of the interface thickness on the grain diameter has been noticed. figure 2 shows the relation proposed in [4], where the grain diameter is computed as the mean diameter p p http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 7 of two grains sharing the same interface. a criterion of equivalence of cross-sectional areas is used to compute the diameter d of a polyhedral grain. although the interface thickness l2 is approximately one order of magnitude smaller than the grain diameter, as shown in fig. 2(b), its simplification as a zero-thickness region, also called boundary layer, is not always possible. numerical simulations considering an elasto-plastic behaviour of the interfaces suggest that the ductility of the material is strongly affected by these finite thickness regions [4]. figure 2: dependency of the interface thickness on the grain diameter according to the relation proposed in [4]. in order to simplify the real material microstructure by considering a finite element discretization with zero-thickness interfaces, a suitable interface constitutive law has to be used (see [5-16] for a wide range of problems modelled using czms). here, we consider the nonlocal czm recently proposed in [2] for finite thickness interfaces. the tractionseparation relations that describe the nonlinear response of the interface are the following: 1 t e e gd d      (1a) 1 n e e gd d      (1b) where  and  are the tangential and normal cohesive tractions. the parameters tg and ng denote, respectively, the tangential and normal anelastic displacements evaluated at the boundaries of the finite thickness interface. finally, e and e are the threshold values of the cohesive tractions for the onset of damage that correspond to the global tangential and normal displacements e and e of the interface region. the damage variable d (0 1)d  is computed as follows: / 22 2 c c w u d w u                   (2) where cw and cu are material parameters analogous to the critical opening and sliding displacements ncl and tcl used in standard czms [9] and  is a free parameter. the displacements u and w are given by: 2 2 t e l u g g     (3a) 2 2 n e l w g e     (3b) where 2l is the thickness of the interface, 2e and 2g are the initially undamaged normal and tangential elastic moduli of the interface material. changing the parameter  , different shapes of the czm can be obtained, as shown in fig. 3 for a d l2 d = grain diameter l2 = interface thickness http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 8 mode i problem. similar considerations apply for mode mixity. for more details about the calibration of the model parameters using molecular dynamics simulations, the readers are referred to [2]. figure 3: shape of the mode i nonlocal czm as a function of  . this nonlocal czm has been implemented in the fe code feap [17] using zero-thickness interface elements, see [3] for more details about the computational aspects. the anelastic relative displacements ng and tg are the main input of the element subroutine and are obtained as the difference between the normal and tangential displacements of the nodes of the finite elements of the continuum opposite to the shared interface. the residual vector and the tangent stiffness matrix of the interface element are computed by linearizing the corresponding weak form using a newton-raphson algorithm. due to the implicit form of the czm in eq. (1), since the damage variable d on the r.h.s. of eq. (1) is a function of the unknown cohesive tractions through eqs. (2) and (3), a nested newton-raphson iterative scheme is used in to compute the cohesive tractions. a quadratic convergence is achieved, as shown in fig. 4 for a mode i problem. figure 4: quadratic convergence of the newton-raphson method used for the computation of the cohesive tractions, for three different values of /n cg w and for / 0t cg u  . applications to polycrystalline materials he proposed nonlocal czm for finite thickness interfaces is applied to the polycrystalline material microstructure of copper analyzed in [1] and depicted in fig. 5. from this input geometry, the grain size distribution, shown in fig. 6(a), can be computed. the average grain diameter is 1 μm and its r.m.s. deviation is 0.26 μm. the interface thickness distribution is also computed and shown in fig. 6(b). t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 9 figure 5: material microstructure of polycrystalline copper numerically analyzed in this work. (a) (b) figure 6: (a) grain size distribution and (b) interface thickness distribution of the microstructure shown in fig. 5. according to the thickness-dependent nonlocal czm summarized in the previous section, the distribution of the mode i interface fracture energy, represented by the area below the mode i traction-separation curve, is obtained and shown in fig. 7. it is interesting to note that the distribution of mode i interface fracture energies for the present case (dots in fig. 7) is better approximated by a gaussian than by a weibull distribution (see the probability plots in fig. 7(a) and 7(b), where the gaussian and weibull distributions computed from the sample population are depicted with dashed-dotted lines). this is in general agreement with ductility of the material microstructure herein examined. incidentally, we note that the weibull modulus for these data is equal to 7.7, which is in agreement with the typical range of variation between 5 and 10 found in polycrystals [16]. this can be considered as an indirect experimental confirmation of the fact that the interface thickness distribution is responsible for the interface fracture energy distribution. (a) gaussian probability plot (b) weibull probability plot figure 7: mode i interface fracture energy distribution and comparison with the gaussian and the weibull distributions. 1 μmdm http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 10 the parameters of the average mode i traction-separation curve, corresponding to an average value of l2=0.15 μm, were selected in order to obtain an average mode i fracture energy of 0.18 n/mm and a peak stress of 500 n/mm2, as suggested in [6] for polycrystalline interfaces (see the corresponding curve in fig. 8 with solid line). more specifically, 0.53c c   μm, 500e c   n/mm2, 3 2 110 10e   n/mm2 were set for the grains, and the parameter α was selected as 0.0035. alternatively, the parameters of the nonlocal czm can be tuned to fit md simulations, as illustrated in [2]. interestingly, the shape of the nonlocal czm can be matched with a good approximation with the standard czm proposed by tvergaard [9]. it is superimposed to fig. 8 with dashed line and has the same mode i fracture energy as our model. figure 8: shape of the nonlocal czm (average curve) used for the fracture simulations and that of the tvergaard [9] model with the same average fracture energy. to quantify the effect of using the nonlocal czm with random properties instead of the tvergaard czm with the same properties for all the interfaces, we consider an elastic modulus of the grains equal to 31 110 10e   n/mm2 and a poisson ratio equal to ν=0.3 for all the grains. the material microstructure shown in fig. 5 is first simplified by augmenting the size of the grains, according to the procedure outlined in [2]. after this preliminary operation, each grain is meshed with constant strain triangular elements according to a delauney triangulation. then, zero-thickness interface elements governed by the thickness-dependent nonlocal czm are placed along the grain boundaries. the size of the finite elements used for discretizing the continuum has been chosen in order to be one order of magnitude smaller than the process zone size, estimated according to the method suggested in [16]. the dirichlet boundary conditions imposed on the model are selected to reproduce a tensile test, i.e., the nodes pertaining to the left vertical boundary are restrained to the horizontal displacements, whereas horizontal displacement are imposed on the nodes of the vertical boundary on the right. a newton-raphson solution scheme is adopted to solve the nonlinear boundary value problem at each step. the tolerance for the internal newton-raphson loop used to compute the residual and the tangent stiffness matrix of the interface elements is chosen as 1×10−12. in fig. 9, the evolution of the crack pattern using the tvergaard czm with the same parameters for all the interfaces (pictures at the top) is compared with that obtained using the nonlocal czm and random fracture properties (pictures at the bottom), for three different deformation levels, =0.100, 0.115 and 0.124. the last deformation level corresponds to the final failure of the samples. dashed lines correspond to fictitious cracks, i.e., microcracks where cohesive tractions are still acting. solid lines correspond to the interfaces with d=1, i.e., real stress-free microcracks. the evolution of cohesive microcracks is widely distributed in both cases. at a certain point, when the microcracks coalescence into a single rough macrocrack, a phenomenon of strain localization takes place. the cohesive microcracks far from the main crack experience a stress relief, whereas the deformation accumulates on the main crack. this is well evidenced by the fact that microcracks (dashed segments) almost disappear at the deformation level of 0.124. the final crack pattern in case of uniform interface fracture properties appears to be characterized by a single main crack. on the contrary, using the nonlocal czm with thickness dependent fracture properties, we obtain a separation of some grains and a more diffuse crack pattern, which is often found in experiments. the homogenized stress-strain responses of the composite cell are compared in fig. 10. the homogenized stress is computed by summing the horizontal reactions of the constrained nodes on the vertical boundary on the right, and dividing it for its length. the use of the tvergaard model (local czm with uniform interface fracture properties) leads to a higher peak stress than using the proposed nonlocal czm. this is mainly due to the prevalence of subvertical microcracks http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 11 subjected to pure mode i. in both cases, the final failure of the sample is characterized by a sudden stress drop in the stress-strain diagram, probably due to a snap-back instability, typical of cohesive solids. figure 9: crack patterns (cohesive microcracks with dashed line and stress-free cracks with solid line) for different strain levels. figure 10: homogenized stress-strain curve. the nonlocal czm response (with stochastic distribution of interface properties) is compared with the prediction of the local czm by tvergaard with the same fracture energy for all the interfaces. the proposed nonlocal czm is also able to capture the grain-size effects on the tensile strength. in polycrystalline materials, the tensile strength significantly depends on the grain size. an empirical correlation was proposed by hall [18] and petch [19], suggesting that the tensile strength is in general proportional to the inverse of the square root of the grain size at the microscale. to assess the capability of the proposed nonlocal czm to capture this effect, we consider different material microstructures, replicas of that in fig. 5, obtained by rescaling the diameters of the grains. since the interface thicknesses depend on the grain size according to the power-law relation displayed in fig. 2(b), the rescaled geometries are not selfsimilar. as a consequence, the distribution of the interface fracture parameters will also depend on the grain size. the mode i fracture energy distributions corresponding to microstructures with average grain sizes of 0.1μm, 1μm and 10μm are shown in fig. 11. the shapes of the czm for the three cases are similar to that shown in fig. 8. in particular, the maximum cohesive stress of the curves changes, whereas the critical separation remains the same. the average fracture =0.100 =0.124 =0.115 local czm nonlocal czm cohesive microcracks — stress-free cracks http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 12 energy for the three cases is equal to 0.8974 n/mm, 0.1794 n/mm and 0.0361 n/mm, for dm=0.1μm, 1μm and 10μm, respectively. the r.m.s values are equal to 0.122 n/mm, 0.024 n/mm and 0.005 n/mm, respectively. figure 11: distribution of interface fracture energies for three different average grain sizes. the peak stress of the stress-strain curves, obtained from tensile test simulations on the different cases, considering also dm=0.5μm, 2μm and 5μm in addition to 0.1μm, 1μm and 10μm, are shown in fig. 12 vs. the grain diameter. the fe simulations lead to a peak stress which is a decreasing function of the grain size, in general agreement with the hall-petch relation that is superimposed to the same data in fig. 12 by the dashed line. therefore, the nonlocal czm is fully able to reproduce the scaling of the tensile strength through the variation of fracture mechanics parameters connected to the variation of the interface thicknesses with the grain size. these numerical results imply that thicker interfaces are weaker than the thinner ones. figure 12: numerically predicted vs. experimentally obtained peak stress vs. average grain size. conclusions n this paper, intergranular fracture in polycrystalline materials has been numerically investigated using finite elements. the main novelty with respect to previous contributions based on czms is represented by the use of a more sophisticated czm whose properties (shape, fracture energy, peak stress) depend on the finite thickness of the interface. this is particularly suitable for polycrystalline materials in the micro-scale range, where the grain boundary thickness is not negligible and has an important role. the proposed nonlocal czm is based on continuum damage i dm=10 m dm=1 m dm=0.1 m hall-petch law dm [m] fe results http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 13 mechanics through the introduction of a damage variable that reduces the elastic modulus of the interface material. this approach allows us to perform an upscaling of the complex nonlinear mechanisms occurring in the interface region. the parameters entering the damage formulation can be tuned according to simple axial and shear tests to be performed on rves of the interface microstructure. this strategy has the great advantage of avoiding computationally expensive multiscale simulations based on the fe2 method which requires, for each gauss point, a micromechanical computation of the response of a lower scale rve with a complete description of its constitutive nonlinearities [20-22]. possible applications to fiber-reinforced interfaces and polymeric interfaces are therefore envisaged, with a tuning of the damage evolution law depending on the actual forms of nonlinearities present in those materials. finally, regarding the grain size effects on the tensile strength of polycrystals, it has to be remarked that an inversion of the trend suggested by hall and petch has been observed at the nanoscale. although a different description of the material has probably to be invoked, using molecular dynamics simulations instead of continuum mechanics, our proposed model may provide an insight into this debated problem. the results obtained in the present study show that the thinner the interface, the higher its fracture energy. as a result, the tensile strength of the material increases by refining the material microstructure. this suggests that an inversion of the hall-petch law may occur in case of thicker interfaces at the nanoscale. experimental results seem to confirm this predicted trend. in fact, data in [23] show that the grain boundary thickness tends to vanish at the nanoscale. however, the percentage of atoms at the grain vertices, the so called triple junctions, drastically increases. as a result, the volumetric content of the all interface atoms (the sum of the atoms belonging to triple junctions and those belonging to grain boundaries), is much higher than that suggested by the scaling law holding at the microscale and shown in fig. 2. acknowledgements he support of ait, miur and daad to the vigoni 2011-2012 project "3d modelling of fracture in polycrystalline materials" is gratefully acknowledged. mp would also like to thank the alexander von humboldt foundation for supporting his research fellowship at the institut für kontinuumsmechanik, leibniz universität hannover (hannover, germany) from february 1, 2010, to january 31, 2011. references [1] p. kustra, a. milenin, m. schaper, a. gridin, computer methods in materials science, 9 (2009) 207. [2] m. paggi, p. wriggers, computational materials science, 50 (2011) 1625. [3] m. paggi, p. wriggers, computational materials science, 50 (2011) 1634. [4] d.j. benson, h.-h. fu, m.a. meyers, materials science and engineering a, 319–321 (2001) 854. [5] yan-qing wu, hui-ji shi, ke-shi zhang, hsien-yang yeh, international journal of solids and structures, 43 (2006) 4546. [6] t. luther, c. könke, engineering fracture mechanics, 76 (2009) 2332. [7] p.d. zavattieri, p.v. raghuram, h.d. espinosa, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 49 (2001) 27. [8] g. beer, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 21 (1985) 585. [9] v. tvergaard, material science and engineering a, 107 (1990) 23. [10] n. point, e. sacco, international journal of fracture, 79 (1996) 225. [11] m. ortiz, a. pandolfi, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 44 (1999) 1267. [12] j. segurado, j. llorca, international journal of solids and structures, 41 (2005) 2977. [13] s. li, m.d. thouless, a.m. waas, j.a. schroeder, p.d. zavattieri, composites science and technology, 65 (2005) 281. [14] c. leppin, p. wriggers, computers & structures, 61 (1996) 1169. [15] j.c.j. schellekens, r. de borst, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 36 (1993) 43. [16] h.d. espinosa, p.d. zavattieri, mechanics of materials, 35 (2003) 365. [17] o.c. zienkiewicz, r.l. taylor, the finite element method, 5th ed., butterworth-heinemann, oxford and boston, (2000). [18] e.o. hall, proceedings of the physical society of london b, 64 (1951) 747. [19] n.j. petch, journal of the iron steel institute of london, 173 (1953) 25. [20] c.b. hirschberger, s. ricker, p. steinmann, n. sukumar, engineering fracture mechanics, 76 (2009) 793. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. paggi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 17 (2011) 5-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.17.01 14 [21] k. matous, m.g. kulkarni, p.h. geubelle, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 56 (2008) 1511. [22] m.g. kulkarni, k. matous, p.h. geubelle, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 84 (2010) 916. [23] y. zhou, u. erb, k.t. aust, g. palumbo, scripta materialia, 48 (2003) 825. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.17.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_38_art_44 i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 339 process of cracking in reinforced concrete beams (simulation and experiment) i. n. shardakov, a. p. shestakov, i.o. glot institute of continuous media mechanics of the ural branch of russian academy of science (icmm ub ras), korolev str., 1, perm, 614013, russia. shardakov@icmm.ru, shap@icmm.ru, glot@icmm.ru a.a. bykov perm national research polytechnic university, komsomolsky ave., 29, perm, 614990, russia violentharpy@ya.ru abstract. the paper presents the results of experimental and theoretical investigations of the mechanisms of crack formation in reinforced concrete beams subjected to quasi-static bending. the boundary-value problem has been formulated in the framework of brittle fracture mechanics and solved using the finite-element method. numerical simulation of the vibrations of an uncracked beam and a beam with cracks of different size serves to determine the pattern of changes in the spectrum of eigenfrequencies observed during crack evolution. a series of sequential quasi-static 4-point bend tests leading to the formation of cracks in a reinforced concrete beam were performed. at each loading step, the beam was subjected to an impulse load to induce vibrations. two stages of cracking were detected. during the first stage the nonconservative process of deformation begins to develope, but has not visible signs. the second stage is an active cracking, which is marked by a sharp change in eingenfrequencies. the boundary of a transition from one stage to another is well registered. the vibration behavior was examined for the ordinary concrete beams and the beams strengthened with a carbon-fiber polymer. the obtained results show that the vibrodiagnostic approach is an effective tool for monitoring crack formation and assessing the quality of measures aimed at strengthening concrete structures. keywords. reinforced concrete; crack nucleation; vibrodiagnostics; experiment; mathematical modeling. citation: shardakov, i. n., bykov, a.a., shestakov, a. p., glot, i.o., process of cracking in reinforced concrete beams (simulation and experiment), frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350. received: 02.06.2016 accepted: 30.08.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction einforced concrete structures have found wide application in the construction industry. like other construction materials, reinforced concrete has limited strength characteristics. when these limiting values are exceeded, the structure may fail. fracture of concrete usually occurs as the process of nucleation and growth of cracks. initially r i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 340 the crack formation does not lead to complete loss of the carrying capacity of the structure, but it can be considered as a fracture precursor. knowledge of the crack nucleation process is important to ensure early prediction of emergency situations and prompt use of techniques to restore damaged reinforced concrete structures. nowadays, there are many ways to monitor cracks in concrete structures. common visual observation methods are helpful in the evaluation of big visible damages, while the hidden or inaccessible defects cannot be identified. the local methods of inspection are actively used as well. they involve recording various physical quantities, such as ultrasonic waves [1], eddy currents [2], temperature fields [3], acoustic emission [4], x-ray, magnetic particles [5], and so on. a survey of nondestructive testing methods applied to reinforced concrete structures can be found in [6]. these methods also have some limitations: one should know a priori the region with defects or use many transducers; the region where a defect may appear should be accessible for examination. the location of a defect may remain unexamined because only a small part of the structure can be examined with these methods. most local methods are rather expensive, and it takes much time to investigate the structure using these techniques. the methods for crack detection and pattern recognition based on image processing are described in [7]. another direction in flaw detection technology includes global methods aimed at discovering damage via the assessment of the mechanical behavior of the entire structure. the main advantage of such methods is that they do not require a great number of transducers to be located in close proximity to defects. most commonly used and promising global methods of nondestructive testing are vibration approaches [8]. they are based on the fact that the variations of physical properties (mass, rigidity, damping) of an object cause the changes in modal parameters, which qualitatively and quantitatively characterize natural vibrations. a survey of vibration approaches is provided in [9-11], and their applications to reinforced concrete structures are described in [12]. vibration nondestructive testing methods employ various modal parameters. the analysis of eigenfrequencies allowing early damage detection is given in [13]. damage localization problems have been solved by using a criterion based on the comparison of two mode shapes in damaged and undamaged states [14]. information about the curvature of eigenmode shapes serves as an indicator of defects in beam structures [15]. data on eigenmode shape deformation energy have been used for damage localization in [16]. a method for estimating the state of bridges, which is based on the information regarding a compliance matrix, is described in [17]. in connection with the vibration methods of study of quasi-brittle materials destruction the works [18-20] should be noted were the methods of wavelet analysis are successfully used to identify the fracture process. in the present paper, we propose a new variant of the vibration method to detect the crack location and crack opening degree by analyzing the changes in the eigenfrequencies spectrum associated with the occurrence of cracks. the method allows us to perform monitoring the strain state of structures, where the region of most probable fracture is known, but free access to it is absent. mathematical model of deformation processes in reinforced structure he stress-strain state of reinforced concrete beams under quasi-static four-point bending is studied. the beam is reinforced by two plane steel frameworks joined together by vertical elements. the structural scheme and characteristic sizes of the beam are shown in fig. 1 (a). at a certain stage of the loading, cracking starts in the beam. works [21, 22] focus on the mathematical modeling of this process and comparing the simulation results and experimental data. the proposed approach is based on the analysis of vibrations of a reinforced concrete beam that occur in response to impact loads applied to a certain part of the beam. comparison of the vibration response of a solid beam and a beam having different-size cracks makes it possible:  to evaluate the sensitivity of spectral properties of a reinforced concrete beam to crack nucleation and growth;  to find pulse load, causing vibrations with eigenfrequencies most sensitive to cracking and to define load parameters;  to identify patterns of change in eigenfrequencies associated with the emergence and growth of cracks. a calculation scheme for the problem of vibrations of a reinforced beam having a crack is given in fig. 1 (b). a crack that occurs in concrete is represented as a volume v2 occupied by the material exhibiting practically zero mechanical properties. this approach is valid for cracks called opening mode cracks. it is precisely these cracks that appear in the beam tested under four-point bending conditions used in our experiment. as regards other types of cracks, having no gap between the edges of the crack, it is necessary to consider the interaction between the opposite surfaces of the crack, taking into account the dissipation of mechanical energy. our approach can be adapted for these types of cracks. t i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 341 figure 1: four-point bending of reinforced concrete beam (a) and the calculation scheme of the beam with a crack (b). according to fig. 1, the developed mathematical model describes all structural elements of the beam: concrete (1), steel reinforcement (2), and supporting elements (3). the problem is formulated by using the virtual displacement principle [23]. b o a b o af f fa a a a a a            . (1) boundary and initial conditions are specified as u u u l u u l1 2 3 1 2 3 20, ; 0,      x x i it t u u t i x v v1 20 00, 0, 1, 3;        (2) n pp t x s( ),   n n boundary conditions imposed on free surfaces, contact lines between the beam and supporting elements and boundary between the steel reinforcement and concrete follow from the variational eq. (1). the variation of the work of internal and external forces for the structural elements of the beam can be written as: k k k ij ij bv k k k k ki f i i i b bv s p a dv u a u dv p u ds t 2 2                  (3) expressions (1)-(3) contain the following notation: a – variation of the work of internal forces; fa – variation of the work of inertia and external forces; the superscripts b o a, , denote concrete, supporting elements and a reinforcement rods, respectively, the upper index k is used as “b” “a” and “o” for different structural elements, i, j – integer indices taking values 1, 2, 3 in accordance with the axes of cartesian coordinate system ( x x x1 2 3, , ); k iu – displacement vector components; kij , k ij – strain and stress tensor components; k – material density; kip – components of the external force vector describing the impulse force applied along the normal n to the localized surface areas sp of the beam. i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 342 the strain tensor components kij are determined by the relations: bb uu jk i ij x xj i 1 2           (4) according to the hooke’s law, the stress tensor components kij are written as: k k ke ek k k ij ij kk ijb b b1 (1 )(1 2 )              (5) tab. 1 summarizes the physical properties of materials of the structural elements of the beam. structural element elastic modulus e, mpa density ρ, kg/m3 poisson’s ratio,  concrete 0.35·105 2400 0.12 steel reinforcement and supporting elements 2·105 7800 0.3 carbon fiber sheet 2.52·105 2000 0.28 table 1: physical properties of materials of the structural elements of the beam. numerical implementation of the model is performed using the fem package ansys. fig. 2 presents finite-element meshes used to model a concrete beam with supporting elements and steel reinforcement. to describe the deformation process, we used solid186 (3-d 20-node solid element having 3 degrees of freedom per node and exhibiting quadratic displacement behavior) for concrete, solid189 (3-node beam element with quadratic approximation of displacements) for reinforcement, and shell281 (8-nodes shell element with 6 degrees of freedom per node and quadratic approximation of displacements and rotation angles) for supporting plates. figure 2: finite-element mesh: concrete and supporting elements (a) and steel reinforcement (b). the finite-element analogue of the variation equation written in matrix form is the system of ordinary linear differential equations:        m u k u f t( )  (6) i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 343 where  m is the mass matrix,  k is the rigidity matrix  u and  u are the nodal displacement and the nodal acceleration vectors, and  f t( ) is the external force vector. variation of natural frequencies due to crack initiation he matrix equation for eigenmodes and eigenfrequencies of reinforced concrete beam obtained from (6) has the form      k m2 0   (7) where   is the vector specifying an eigenmode, and 2  is the eigenvalue equal to the squared circular eigenfrequency. the solution of system (7) determines the set of eigenmodes i and eigenfrequencies i (i = 1, 2,. . . ., n), where n is the order of symmetric positive definite rigidity and mass matrices. the crack initiation affects the rigidity of the originally intact beam and, as a consequence, changes eigenfrequencies and eigenmodes. for a quantitative description of these changes, we introduce small perturbations of the stiffness matrix, eigenfrequencies and eigenmode in the form      o o o oi i i i i ik k k m m[ ] [ ] [ ], [ ] [ ], ,               (8) all variables with superscript ‘o’ correspond to the beam without the crack, and the variables with superscript ‘*’ determine the value of perturbation due to the crack appearance. if we substitute (8) into (7) and linearize the obtained expression with respect to the perturbation, then, after simple transformations, we get the formula         t to o o i i i i t to o o i i k k [ ] [ ]          (9) this relation allows assessment of variations in the i-th unperturbed mode  o i  and the frequency oi at small perturbation of the rigidity matrix k *   . the quantity i * is called here the sensitivity parameter of the i-th eigenfrequency to crack formation. a comparative analysis of the values of i * shows the eigenfrequencies of the available frequency spectrum, which demonstrate the strongest response to the prescribed perturbation of the rigidity matrix. information on these most sensitive eigenfrequencies and on the distribution of corresponding vibration forms over the surface of the beam allows us to determine the location, direction, and duration of the external action required to effectively initiate this oscillation and to find a point on the beam, at which the registration of vibration parameters will be most effective. the spectral analysis of measured vibration parameter (displacement, velocity, acceleration) ensures the possibility of assessing crack nucleation in the originally projected point or its lack. analysis of the spectral properties of the reinforced concrete beam having the crack of 10 mm depth and 1 mm width in its central section, showed that there are four natural frequencies in the range of 0 – 5 khz exhibiting the greatest response to the occurrence of such a crack [21]. they are eigenfrequencies no 14 (2072 khz) and 23 (3897 khz), corresponding to the bending modes, and eigenfrequencies no 16 (2298 khz) and 23 (3845 khz), corresponding to the torsion modes. fig. 3 shows the local areas to which the load is applied in order to excite bending and torsion vibrations, and the positions of sensors (accelerometers) capable to register these oscillations. the solution of the initial boundary value problem modeling the vibrations in reinforced concrete beam caused by the impact impulse applied at the selected point can provide information on displacements and accelerations of arbitrary part of the structure. t i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 344 fig. 4 shows the fourier vibroacceleration image at the sensor location point in two forms: as a diagram illustrating the frequency spectrum of vibroaccelerations (a) and as a grey scale image where different shades of grey show the intensity of the signal of prescribed frequency (b). these results were found for the beam having a crack with a depth of 10 mm and width of 1 mm. figure 3: scheme of local application of pulse load and the location of the accelerometer. figure 4: fourier image of vibroacceleration: as a graph (а) and as a tone distribution (b). by solving a series of analogous problems, in which the crack depth varies from 0 to 180 mm (the crack propagating through the entire cross-section of the beam), we have obtained a set of grey-scale images, which allowed us to get a pattern of changes in eigenfrequences with crack extension. the results are shown in fig. 5. the dark lines in these graphs correspond to the natural frequencies. lines 1–4 with the greatest intensity correspond to frequencies that give the most intense signal in the fourier image (lines 1 and 3 correspond to eigenfrequences no 14 and 23, lines 2 and 4 – to eigenfrequences no 16 and 24). the figure shows that as the crack depth increases, the eigenfrequencies reduce. figure 5: changes in eigenfrequencies caused by crack propagation: bending vibration mode (a) and torsion vibration modes (b). i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 345 experiment n our experiments, we used a set-up specially designed for sequential quasistatic four-point loading of a reinforced beam to initiate crack nucleation in concrete. during the experiment the beams were subjected to additional impulse loading at each loading stage. mathematical modeling of the vibration process allowed us to calculate the parameters necessary to provide eigenmodes exhibiting the strongest response to nucleation and evolution of cracks. piezoelectric transducers were employed to register the vibrations. simultaneously, visible cracks on the side surface of the beam were registered. tone images based on the fourier analysis of vibrorecords were obtained from vibroacceleration measurements for each quasistatic loading step. a set of these images corresponding to increasing bending moments was used to get twodimensional tone images in coordinates: frequency and number of the loading stage (or an appropriate bending moment). fig. 6(a) presents the diagrams illustrating the changes in eigenfrequencies pertaining to the bending eigenmodes, and fig. 6(b) shows patterns of visible cracks observed at appropriate loading stages. in the diagrams, the lines corresponding to eigenfrequencies are clearly visible so that one can trace the changes in eigenfrequencies as the load increases. it is seen that before the appearance of the first crack, eigenfrequencies remain almost unchanged. the first crack with the opening width of 0.05 mm occurs at the bending moment of 4.4 knm. at that instant, the active nucleation of many cracks began in concrete. in the tone image, this stage is witnessed by a sharp reduction in eigenfrequencies. for three identified eigenfrequencies, 2069, 3904, 4798 hz, the measured eigenfrequency changes in the interval from the start of loading until the propagation of cracks through the entire cross section of the beam are, respectively, 7.2, 13.7, and 18.7% (tab. 2). by solving a series of problems of vibrations of a reinforced beam with a crack propagating through its central crosssection with increasing bending moment, we obtained theoretically the changes in eigenfrequences. tab. 2 shows the calculated changes in the eigenfrequencies of a beam having a crack extending through the entire cross-section (corresponding bending moment 5.0 knm). as can be seen from the table, the experimentally determined changes in eigenfrequencies associated with cracking in concrete agree well with the results of numerical simulation. figure 6: changing in eigenfrequencies, corresponding bending vibration modes (a) and observed pattern of cracks (b). a detailed study of the eigenfrequency diagram shows that at the initial stage of deformation, when no visible changes are present in concrete, the changes in eigenfrequencies have already started, yet constituting no more than 0.5% of their original value (fig. 6(c)). accordingly, we can identify two characteristic stages in the process of loading. at the first stage, the nonconservative deformation process begins. the signs of this process cannot be observed visually, but if we have a recording apparatus with sufficient sensitivity, they can be well recorded. the second stage is characterized by active i i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 346 cracking reflecting by a sharp decrease in eingenfrequencies. it is of importance that the moment of transition from one stage to another is very well registered, because it suggests that the phase of active cracking starts. , khz experiment: , hz (/, %) simulation: , hz (/, %) 2.069 148 (7.2) 109 (5.3) 3.904 534 (13.7) 489 (12.5) 4.798 898 (18.7) 1022 (21.4) table 2: changing in eigenfrequencies at the instant of significant opening of the first crack (step 43, m=5.0 knm). the strengthening of reinforced concrete structures with carbon fiber reinforced polymers (cfrp) is currently extensively used. the developed method of vibration diagnostics turns out to be a promising tool to analyze the deformation behavior of a concrete beam reinforced with carbon fiber plastic and to evaluate the effectiveness of this way of strengthening concrete structures. we tested the beams strengthened with carbon fiber sheet sikawrap-230 of 40 mm width and 0.13 mm thickness (see also the paper by i n. shardakov, a.a. bykov, a p. shestakov in the present issue). a series of physical experiments were carried out to explore the spectrum of eigenfrequencies of the beam strengthened prior loading. during stepwise increasing quasistatic loading in combination with additional impulse loading, the grey-scale fourier images were obtained (fig. 7(a)). it is seen that a sharp change in eigenfrequencies corresponding to the formation of first visible cracks is associated with the bending moment m = 5.2 knm; the limiting state accompanied by the rapture of the cfrp sheet is achieved at m* = 10.4 knm. both values are essentially higher than the relevant values obtained for the unstrengthened beam. tab. 3 presents data showing changes in three selected eigenfrequencies registered at successive loading stages (fig. 7). the bending moment m* refers to the instant when the rapture of the strengthening layer takes place. the loading stages prior to the onset of first cracks are accompanied by slight changes in eigenfrequencies (~0,6%). the nucleation of cracks causes an abrupt change in eigenfrequencies, which reaches at the instant of the rapture of cfrp about 60% of their initial values. figure 7: changing in eigenfrequencies for the beam preliminary strengthened with the cfrp sheet (a) and observed pattern of cracks (b). i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 347 n , khz before 1-st crack m<0.56m* 1-st crack m=0.56 m* cracks m=0.8 m* numerous cracks m=m* rapture of cfrp sheet 1 0.751 0.6 2.7 45.8 55.8 60.5 2 1.413 0.7 8.0 41.5 54.0 60.5 3 2.173 0.6 3.3 35.0 x x table 3: relative change in eigenfrequencies / (%) in the preliminary reinforced beam. the diagram of changes in eigenfrequencies reflects the processes taking place in the beam during its repair and restoring at some intermediate loading stage (fig. 8). the restoration procedure carried out directly under the load and consisted of the injection of cracks with the low-viscous epoxy material and gluing carbon fiber sheet to the stretched beam surface. in the loading range from 0 to 4.5 knm, the eigenfrequencies remained practically the same, and their values reduced sharply at the onset of formation of first visible crack (м=5.7knm). in the diagram, one can observe the "restoring" of eigenfrequencies after the procedure of crack treatment: they are recovered almost to their original values, which are kept over the load range from 5.7 to 7.2 knm. a further increase in the bending moment leads to the nucleation of new generation cracks (fig. 8(b), light lines) and therefore to new reducing in eigenfrequencies. a total loss of the bearing capacity of the beam occurs at the instant of rapture of the cfrp sheet at the bending moment of 10.4 knm. thus, the diagram of eigenfrequencies enables one to visualize the sharp changes in eigenfrequencies at the instant of nucleation of both primary and secondary cracks in concrete, and to identify the stage characterized by a full loss of the bearing capacity of the beam. figure 8: changes in eigenfrequencies for the beam strengthened with the cfrp sheet under the load (a) and the observed pattern of cracks (b). n , khz before 1-st crack m<0.56m* 1-st crack (i generation) m=0.44m* 1-mm crack m=0.53m* after treatment *0.53m m 1-st crack (ii generation) m=0.67m* cracks m=0.8m* numerous cracks m=m* rapture of cfrp sheet 1 0.746 0.4 6.0 38.6 1.9 3.7 36.9 50.5 58.1 2 1.367 0.6 3.5 35.8 1.2 6.9 26.8 41.0 48.7 3 2.109 0.4 6.9 24.3 2.0 3.5 26.7 x x table 4: relative change in eigenfrequencies / (%) of the beam reinforced under the loading. i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 348 based on the diagram given fig. 9, the values of loading at which first cracks occur in concrete are compared with the limiting values. as a limiting condition, we assume a state when multiple cracks spread over the entire cross-section of the beam, and the bearing capacity of the beam is completely ensured by the steel reinforcement (in the experiment it is the bending moment equal to 6.5 knm). the experiment proves that, from the appearance of the first cracks until the loss of the bearing capacity (4.4 knm to 6.5 knm), the beam continues to be functional despite of nucleation of new cracks and propagation of existing ones. in this case, the beam has the strength reserve constituting ~32% of the limiting load. the beam reinforced with the cfrp sheet also retains its workability after the onset of first cracks. the bending moment of the preliminary strengthened beam corresponding to the full rapture of the sheet exceeds the load at which the occurrence of first cracks has been registered by ~45%, and the bending moment of the beam strengthened during the loading by ~56%. the analysis of the diagram confirms the validity of procedures aimed at strengthening a beam under the loading. the effectiveness of such reinforcement techniques is competitive with that of the procedures for preliminary strengthening of beams with a composite material. summing up, our experiment clearly demonstrates that crack formation in concrete is not a critical factor affecting the loss of bearing capacity by a reinforced concrete beam. figure 9: critical values of the bending moment. conclusion ased on the results of experimental and theoretical studies, we conclude that vibration diagnostics of reinforced concrete structures is an effective tool for early detection, assessment, and monitoring of cracking. the real-time vibration analysis gives a great deal of information about the level of cracking and the residual life of the concrete structure. the developed method of vibration diagnostics enables one to assess the degree of efficiency of measures for the restoration and strengthening of the structure. the obtained data provide a general algorithm for creating and performing procedures for vibration diagnostics of cracking in reinforced concrete structures. the algorithm consists of the following steps: 1) based on mathematical modeling, the deformation state of the structure is assessed by using information on actual loading conditions. the most probable locations of cracks are predicted. 2) a series of numerical experiments are carried out to simulate vibrations in the structure. eigenmodes and eigenfrequences are analyzed for the entire structure and the structure having cracks in the predicted areas. 3) using numerical simulation results, the parameters of vibrodiagnostic testing are specified, namely:  technical characteristics of vibration sensors that provide registration of vibrations in a predetermined frequency range with a required precision;  vibration sensors location points;  position and duration of external impact, ensuring excitation of vibrations with required natural frequencies. 4) rational scheme for strengthening a reinforced concrete structure based on numerical simulation data is developed. 5) block diagram for the system of vibration diagnostics of cracking in reinforced concrete structures is elaborated. b i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 349 acknowledgment his research was supported by the russian science foundation, project no. 14-2900172. references [1] raghavan, a., cesnik, c.e.s., shock and vibration digest, 39 (2007) 91-116. [2] grimberg, r., premel, d., savin, a., bihan, y. le, placko, y. d., eddy current holography evaluation of delamination in carbon-epoxy composites, insight, 34 (2001) 260-264. [3] maldague, x.p.v., nondestructive evaluation of materials by infrared thermography, springer, london, (2011). [4] ermolov, i.n., aleshin, n.p., potapov, a.i., acoustic testing methods. moscow, vysshaya shkola, (1991) (in russian). [5] chikhunov, d., methods and devices for nondestructive testing of physical properties of concretes, stroit.inzhener 3(2005) 55–59 (in russian). [6] verma, k., bhadauria, s.s., akhtar, s., review of non destructive testing methods for condition monitoring of concrete structures, journal of construction engineering (2013). http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2013/834572. [7] rahmani, t., kiani, b., bakhshi, m., shekarchizadeh, m., application of different fibers to reduce plastic shrinkage cracking of concrete, 7th rilem international conference on cracking in pavements, (2012) 635-642. [8] cao, m., ren, q., qiao, p., nondestructive assessment of reinforced concrete structures based on fractal damage characteristic factors, journal of engineering mechanics, 132 (2006) 924-931. [9] adams, d., farrar, c., classifying linear and nonlinear structural damage using frequency domain arx models,. structural health monitoring, 1 (2002) 185–201. [10] doebling, s., farrar, c., prime, m., shevitz, d., damage identification and health monitoring of structural and mechanical systems from changes in their vibration characteristics: a literature review, los alamos national laboratory, los alamos, new mexico, (1996). [11] fan, w., qiao, p., vibration-based damage identification methods: a review and comparative study, structural health monitoring, 10 (2011) 83-111. doi: 10.1177/1475921710365419. [12] wang, l., chan, t.h.t., review of vibration-based damage detection and condition assessment of bridge structures using structural health monitoring, proc. 2-nd infrastructure theme postgraduate conference. queensland university of technology, (2009). [13] cawley, p., adams, r.d., the location of defects in structures from measurements of natural frequencies, journal of strain analysis, 14 (1997) 49-57. [14] west, w.m., illustration of the use of modal assurance criterion to detect structural changes in an orbiter test specimen, proc. 4th international modal analysis conference, union college, (1986). [15] pandey, a.k, biswas, m., samman, m.m., damage detection from changes in curvature mode shapes, journal of sound and vibration, 145 (1991) 321–332. doi:10.1016/0022-460x(91)90595-b [16] stubbs, n., kim, j.t., damage detection in offshore jacket structures from limited modal information, international journal of offshore and polar engineering 5(1995) 58-66. [17] aktan, a.e., lee, k.l., chuntavan, c., aksel, t., modal testing for structural identification and condition assessment of constructed facilities, proc. 12th international modal analysis conference, (1994) 462–468. [18] spagnoli, a., carpinteri, a., ferretti, d., vantadori, s., an experimental investigation on the quasi-brittle fracture of marble rocks, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 39 (2016) 956-958. doi:10.111file 12429. [19] montanari, l., spagnoli, a., basu, b., broderick, b., on the effect of spatial sampling in damage detection of cracked beams by continuous wavelet transform, journal of sound and vibration, 345 (2015) 233-249. doi: 10.1016/j.jsv.2015.01.048. [20] montanari, l., basu, b., spagnoli, a., broderick, b.m., a padding method to reduce edge effects for enhanced damage identification using wavelet analysis, mechanical systems and signal processing, 52-53 (2015) 264-277. doi: 10.1016/j.ymssp.2014.06.014. t i. n. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 339-350; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.44 350 [21] bykov, a.a., matveenko, v.p., serovaev, g.s., shardakov, i.n., shestakov, a.p., mathematical modeling of vibration processes in reinforced concrete structures for setting up crack initiation monitoring, mechanics of solids, 50 (2015) 160–170. [22] bykov, a.a., matveenko, v.p., serovaev, g.s., shardakov, i.n., shestakov, a.p., analysis of the influence of dynamic phenomena on the fracture of a reinforced concrete beam under quasistatic loading (computations and experiment), mechanics of solids, 50 (2015) 118–129. [23] lurie, a.i., the theory of elasticity, moscow, nauka (1970) (in russian). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_21_2634 a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 267 the multilayered soil-structure seismic interaction and structure vibration mechanism abdoullah namdar faculty of architecture and civil engineering, huaiyin institute of technology, huai’an, china department for management of science and technology development, ton duc thang university, ho chi minh city, vietnam faculty of environment and labour safety, ton duc thang university, ho chi minh city, vietnam abdoullah.namdar@tdtu.edu.vn abstract. the morphology of subsoil influences the soil-structure interaction and it makes complex to predict seismic structural stability. the structural elements seismic response associate to soil-structure interaction requires expansive investigation considering soil morphology. the main objective of the present study is to identify the influence of near-fault ground motion mechanism reached by the structure element for evaluating strain energy modification due to the morphology of subsoil and developing load and displacement on the structural element with built-up synthetic subsoil for soil-structure seismic interaction design. the results of the numerical simulation revealed that (i) the displacement mechanism and the applied seismic load of the structural element, (ii) the strain energy modification and (iii) the structural vibration patterns of continuous beam in a timber frame have been changed in association to the soil foundation characteristics. the innovation of this study is the soil-structure interaction, the soil layers interaction, the near-fault ground motion and the mechanical properties of the soil at different location of the soil foundation, that are fundamental parameters to control continuous timber beam seismic design. keywords. multilayered soil; structure; strain energy; displacement; vibration patterns. citation: namdar, a., the multilayered soilstructure seismic interaction and structure vibration mechanism, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274. received: 14.09.2019 accepted: 28.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he structure seismic response is extremely related to near-fault ground motion characteristics and, on the other hand, due to subsoil morphology at different locations of the earth, the seismic travel paths characteristics are changed during seismic wave travel from the source to the base of the structure. also, seismic wave changes in the construction site from a location to nearby location considerably, this alters the seismic wave and creates complex prediction for seismic stability of a structure. in the most urban construction site, the buildings behave with different seismic response t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2634.mp4 a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 268 and result in various seismic resistance of different structures while the applied near-fault ground motion was the same from the source and the urban construction site mostly content different soil layers. in the seismic design of the structure, the underground simulation modeling is extremely important to predict seismic response of the structure and subsoil. for structure, seismic design in the urban construction site, not only soil or structure improvement, is applied in the most consultation and research works, and effect of soil in structural element seismic response has not been studied and reported in the literature. in several small projects at the urban construction site is not economic to consider soil, structure, and nearfault ground motion characteristics; however, due to this limitation always many individual small buildings do not have sufficient seismic stability. the mechanical properties of soils have been investigated in order to analyze liquefaction which is one of a disaster occurring after a strong earthquake, and it has been realized that the site geological structure governs seismic wave which produces the liquefaction in the soil [1]. the tsunami producing dynamic wave in subsoil has been simulated and in order to maintain subsoil dynamic stability the sea forests were proposed to enhance subsoil trough the modification of wave geometry by reducing seawater depth, strengthening soil mechanical properties and preventing tsunami debris transfer debride tsunami to the city after the shear strength of the subsoil reached near zero and liquefaction occurred with maximum magnitude [2], the liquefaction in the coastal line causes the lateral and vertical pressures to the building and subsoil, on the other hand, tsunami may produce debride and, in this case debride accelerates tsunami destructive power, in order to prevent accelerate debride development, dynamic stability of the subsoil is significantly required using advances geotechnical engineering techniques. the numerical analysis has been used to assess the bearing capacity of different soils under normal and frozen conditions [3-5]. the mechanical properties, the strength and the bearing capacity of soils are very important in soil tension and compressive response during the soil is subjected to the loading in a different direction and it leads to developing displacement and deformation of the soil [6-7]. in other words, strain energy and damage have been investigated to solve several engineering problems and strain energy needs to be investigated further [8-16]. there are several types of research on flexural load applied on structure and materials [17-21]. however, the seismic travel paths characteristics in the urban construction site for identifying seismic wave applied to each individual building has not been investigated and it required expansive investigation. based on soil seismic response and structures seismic response mechanism, it is required to investigate the bridge between soil response and structure response. the seismic responses of multilayered soil effect on the structural elements seismic response have not been investigated considering strain, displacement and seismic load response for evaluating structural vibration patterns when the near-fault ground motions applied on the model and seismic wave are changed with travel from multilayered soils. in the present study, the numerical analysis has been done to evaluate strain energy modification due to the morphology of subsoil and developing load and displacement of a continuous beam in the timber frame with built-up synthetic subsoil for understanding soil-structure seismic interaction design. however, it is aimed to analyze the energies interaction and the nonlinear displacement of the structural elements. it hopes the outcomes of this research work support in enhancement of the seismic stability of small individual buildings. modeling methodology, materials and seismic loading he soil-structure interaction is a complex problem in geotechnical earthquake engineering and it requires to investigating seismic stability enhancement of structure and soil developing appropriate modeling, to recognize suitable near-fault ground motion and to apply powerful software in order to minimize research cost, to predict in detail the soil-structure interaction model behavior and to produce best seismic design guideline. for understanding the relationship between soil, structural elements and seismic loading excitation, the structure-multilayered soil seismic response is simulated and the near-fault ground motion is applied to the configuration using acceleration history of near-fault ground motion reported in the literature by means of abaqus software for performing the numerical simulation. the numerical simulation was performed considering the applied near-fault ground motion and the response of near-fault ground motion in form of strain energy, displacement and seismic load response within the selected structural elements; comparative analysis has been done with two simulated archetypes. the near-fault ground motion response characteristics studied in association with the multilayered soil were configured at two different subsoil models and the structural frame is constant at all configuration. when the two multilayered soils were designed, the structure was modeled with fixed base boundary condition. the multilayered soils interact was simulated using the deformable mesh. using deformable mesh in the numerical simulation, as the model is subjected to seismic excitation is a supportive technique to develop cyclic graphs for displacement, strain and seismic load response. in studying the simulated configuration, the seismic load response, strain, and displacement are required to realize seismic stiffness and strength of the structural elements and soil at all stages of t a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 269 applied seismic loading on the model. however, in comparative soil and structure for the seismic response, the small displacement theory is applicable and the small displacement theory is one of advanced concepts to explain strain energy function in dynamic excitation of soil-structure interaction. in the present study, the nonlinear graphs of the straindisplacement were developed based on the small displacement theory and based on the numerical analysis results the comparation has been made only for structural elements seismic response. the near-fault ground motion mechanism was simulated with seismic load excitation transfer from an element and node to neighboring element and node respectively, the nodes and elements interaction patterns were adopted in the numerical simulation to execute software. after executing the software, the most critical structural elements affected by near-fault ground motion were selected for more detail analysis by depicting the cyclic graphs. the seismic excitation, rest and seismic dissipation of the structural elements have been explained using cyclic graphs. the acceleration history of near-fault ground motion applied in the numerical simulation is shown in figure 1. the acceleration history was applied to soil basis after seismic wave travelled from the soil layers and seismic wave influenced by soil layer interaction, the seismic wave reached the fixed base of the structure and the seismic excitation transferred within all over the structural elements. based on the near-fault ground motion excitation and finite element method (fem), this study discovers the effect of the multilayered soil arrangement on the structural elements seismic stability, understanding seismic soil-structure interaction in reference to the small displacement theory. this numerical simulation is essential in the seismic design of the low-cost individual building. the mechanical properties of the soils and timber have been indicated in table 1. the previous researches mostly concentrated on the concrete structure-soil interaction and steel structure-soil interaction, while in the present study the timber structure-soil interaction has been investigated and footing, foundation, columns, and beams have been simulated using the timber materials. the timber frame structure as an independent structural system interacts with multilayered soil, and the seismic stability of the timber frame is examined. in order to enhance quality of the soil-timber structure interaction, in the numerical simulation small size of 50 mm the mesh for timber structure has been selected, and the horizontal and vertical soil-timber footing interaction has been characterized based on the node to node and element to element interaction between the soil and the timber footing. from the point of view of design half of the footing, height was embedded in the soil. in performing the numerical simulation by means of abaqus software the combination of the forcing frequency and near-fault ground motion has been adopted and applied to all archetypes simultaneously. the soils and beams were characterized and depicted in figure 2. the beam was characterized by 12.9 meters length and 0.3 x 0.3 meters cross-section. the column size was the 2.7-meters length, and 0.3 x 0.3 meters of the cross-section in both models. the timber frame was installed on a foundation of 0.3x0.3x0.3 meters and, beneath the foundation, a footing was designed with dimensions of 0.9x0.9x0.4 meters. the footing was designed with 0.4 meters height and 0.2 meters of footing height was embedded in the soil foundation. the difference between models 1 and 2 was the soil foundation. model 1 was built up with the soil-a, and model 2 was built up with the soil-a and soil-b. model 1 had dimension of 15.3x2.7x1.0 meters and was fully made of soil-a. model 2 was built up with the two equal partitions and each part had size of 7.65x2.7x1.0 meters, and part one of model 2 was built up of soil-a, and part two of the model 2 was built up of soil-b. the threedimensional models with mesh on all parts of archetype are shown in figure 3, two different sizes of the mesh were employed to study the soil-structure under seismic response with half-height embedded foundation in the soil. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 -2.0 -1.5 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 time [sec] a cc el er at io n [ m /s 2 ] figure 1: acceleration history of near-fault ground motion is applied in the numerical simulation [22]. a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 270 figure 2: the soil configuration and timber frame archetype used in the numerical simulation. figure 3: the mesh is developed for the numerical simulation type of material modulus elasticity, e (mpa) poisson’s ratio, ν unit weight, γ (kn/m3) cohesion, c (kpa) friction angle, ϕ (degree) dilatancy angle, ψ (degree) timber 6750 0.30 7.00 soil-a 131 0.34 21.4 0.08 46 20 soil-b 78 0.31 18.3 20 10 4 table 1: soils and timber mechanical properties. a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 271 interpretation of the numerical simulation results n this study, the main objective is to examine the effects of soil-structure interaction on strain energy development which leads to inelastic and elastic displacements forming of a continuous timber beam installed on a timber frame that contained three spans, four equal columns, footing and foundation. in the numerical analysis, the applied seismic loading was not the same as the soil and structural response, the configuration of the model played a key function in seismic response. the multilayered soils interact was responsible for the displacement, the deformation, and the strain energy transfer mechanism; however, this process-controlled failure and vibration patterns of the frame. the structure was extremely vibrated with the modification of seismic loading excitation. the softened and hardening soil layers interaction developed the shear modulus with characterized nonlinearly and the transmitted near-fault ground motion exhibited differently at each archetype; however, the geometrical and mechanical characteristics of the soil and structure controlled the structural elements seismic response. figure 4 shows the load versus the cyclic displacement of the continuous beam in models 1 and 2. in model 1 the soil foundation built up from the type a soil, while in the second model the soil foundation configuration contained types a and b soils. the continuous beam exhibited higher differential displacement in the archetype 2. the differential displacement was represented by two models for each model; they appeared with a different mechanism. in the first model the symmetric differential displacement occurred and in the second model the differential displacement of the continuous beam took place with nonsymmetrical morphology, so the soil foundation changes significantly influenced the continuous beam differential displacement morphology. according to the table 1, the mechanical properties reported for soil types a and b were not the same, and the type-a soil exhibited higher strength and stiffness compared to the type-b soil, on the other words the stiffness and strength changes of the soil were used in the built-up soil foundation, and it caused the modification of the soil displacement morphology, and also this modification of displacement was transferred to the continuous beam and all structural elements. based on the soil-structure seismic response for analysis displacement morphology of the continuous beam, the numerical analysis showed that the near-fault ground motion interacted with the different soil foundations and resulted in inelastic displacement ratios. the differential displacement mechanism of soil was associated with soil-structure interaction, and differential displacement mechanism of soil influenced the continuous beam seismic resistance. the interesting point is that the ground motion led to differential displacement and the subsoil morphology accelerated the differential displacement if the subsoil contained more types of the soil. the unallowable differential displacement across the continuous beam maybe caused the breaking up of the structural elements and minor and major damage on the wall surface in a timber structured building. increasing the differential displacement generally led to the appearance of shear crack on the building timber structured wall, while the linear differential displacement did not cause the shearing crack on the timber structured building. the shearing crack was associated with seismic excitation when the seismic wave was strengthened in relation to subsoil characteristics. after the initial displacement due to the seismic excitation model, the nonlinear cyclic displacements at each model related to changing hysteretic damping and led to occurrence of the peak displacement. increasing hysteretic damping in the continuous beam with attention to the capacity of differential displacement structural elements, the plastic displacement at each point of the structural element was predictable. -10 -5 0 5 10 -400 -200 0 200 400 displacement (mm) l o ad ( kn ) model-1 -10 -5 0 5 10 -400 -200 0 200 400 displacement (mm) l o ad ( k n ) model-2 figure 4: load vs displacement on timber beam models. i a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 272 figure 5 shows the strain versus the cyclic displacement of the continuous beam in models 1 and 2. the strain energy distribution had two different magnitudes in both models. the strain energy releasing in model 2 was higher than model 1, the soil layers interaction increased the quantity of strain energy releasing, and this process led to increasing differential displacement of the continuous beam. the mechanical properties of the two soil layers were responsible for damping magnitude, and the damping magnitude would cause the displacement mechanism. the geometry of the soil foundation along with the two soil layers interaction supported increasing total strain energy differently at each model, and the vibration transferring from the soil foundation to structural elements behaved differently. the strain-displacement graphs were applicable in predicting shearing deformations of a continuous beam in a timber frame structure. the variation of the strain energy at failure controlled shear deformation and modified the strength and stiffness of the timber beam; afterward, the displacement of the beam at each model exhibited differently. the strain energy confinement of the timber and the soil collaborated in displacement development; the configuration soil layers were associated with the strain energy transfer and the soil-structure effect by the strain energy confinement in the soil foundation. the soil-structure interaction, the soil layers interaction, the near-fault ground motion and the mechanical properties of the soil at different locations of the soil foundation are fundamental parameters to recognize structural element strain-displacement behavior. in order to provide guidance to seismic design for soil-structure interaction, the strain has been correlated to all sections of ground accelerations for realizing displacement of the continuous timber beam. along with soil-structure interaction, the soil layers interaction played a significant role in seismic continuous timber beam design. soil-structure damping ratio depended on the average induced strain energy and it was associated with the decrease factors for the soil seismic strength and the occurrence of the soil foundation differential displacement. -10 -5 0 5 10 -0.0012 -0.0009 -0.0006 -0.0003 0.0000 0.0003 0.0006 0.0009 0.0012 s tr ai n model-1 displacement (mm) -10 -5 0 5 10 -0.0012 -0.0009 -0.0006 -0.0003 0.0000 0.0003 0.0006 0.0009 0.0012 s tr ai n displacement (mm) model-2 figure 5: strain vs displacement on timber beam models. figure 6 shows the load versus the strain of the continuous beam in the models 1 and 2. the state-of-the-art numerical analysis was performed using the finite element method to depict load-strain cyclic graphs, and there is a meaningful relationship between seismic load response and strain in the comparative seismic resistance of all simulated models. in order to evaluate health monitoring timber structure frame through assessment soil-structure interaction, it required to clearly realize the load response, strain and displacement developed by internal and external forces interaction of each simulated model. the study has shown that the soil-structure interaction was effective in increasing induced strains and load in the continuous beam. soil layers interaction with modification of seismic wave relationship induced strains energy mechanism and resulted in the highest strains due to increased forces interaction in the timber frame. in the present study, the results of the finite element model deeply provided load, displacement and strain at different locations of the continuous beam when the near-fault ground motion interacted with the different soil foundation and the seismic excitation transferred to all parts of the soil foundation and the timber frame. the results of this numerical simulation were very difficult to achieve under laboratory conditions with this accuracy of the structural element seismic simulation. due to the triggering high level of nonlinear strain energy in the model 2, the soil faced the high level of seismic vibration compared to the model 1, eventually higher strain energy dissipation occurred in the model 2; however, the high level of triggering and dissipation of strain energy caused the soil vibration and this vibration mechanism of the soil was transferred to the frame. the vibration stiffness of soil against differential displacement and nonlinear deformation restrained frame seismic excitation mechanism. a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 273 -0.0012 -0.0009 -0.0006 -0.0003 0.0000 0.0003 0.0006 0.0009 0.0012 -400 -200 0 200 400 strain l o ad ( k n ) model-1 -0.0012 -0.0009 -0.0006 -0.0003 0.0000 0.0003 0.0006 0.0009 0.0012 -400 -200 0 200 400 model-2 strain l oa d ( k n ) figure 6: load vs strain displacement on timber beam models. conclusion n the most of urban construction site, the buildings show different seismic response and result in various seismic resistance of different structures while the applied near-fault ground motion used from the station for earthquake data collection is the same, and also the urban construction sites always contain different soil layers. in the seismic design of the structure, the underground simulation is extremely important. in the present study, the following goals have been achieved for enhancement timber frame seismic design.  for the urban construction site, to use an accurate near-fault ground motion is required for the seismic design for each individual building, in order to provide sufficient seismic stability of the structure. the results showed that the near-fault ground motion characteristics changed with the site morphology and effected seismic stability of the structure significantly.  in the first model of the numerical simulation, the symmetric differential displacement occurred and in the second model the differential displacement of the continuous beam took place with nonsymmetrical morphology. the changes of soil foundation characteristics significantly influenced the continuous beam differential displacement morphology.  the stiffness and strength modification of the soils were used in the built-up soil foundation and it caused variation of the soil foundation displacement morphology, and also this modification of soil foundation displacement was transferred to the structural elements and each part of the continuous beam faced different morphology of the differential displacement.  the soil-structure seismic based on the near-fault ground motion interacted with the different soil foundation. the soil foundation with different layers resulted in inelastic displacement ratios modification and subsoil effect on continuous beam strength reduction in association with the soil-structure systems. the enhancement of the soil layers interaction significantly improved timber frame stability.  the soil-structure interaction, the soil-layers interaction, the near-fault ground motion and the mechanical properties of the soil at different locations of the soil foundation were fundamental parameters to recognize structural element strain-displacement in seismic timber design. soil-structure damping ratio depended on the average induced strain energy and was associated with the decrease factors for the soil seismic strength and the occurrence of the differential displacement of the soil foundation.  the numerical analysis results provided load, displacement and strain at different locations of the continuous beam when the beam was subjected to seismic excitation, which was very difficult to achieve under laboratory conditions with this accuracy of the structural element seismic simulation. the numerical analysis is a cost-effective technique with high accuracy to solve scientific problems. i a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 267-274; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.21 274 references [1] namdar, a., pelko, a. k. and nusrath, a. (2010). liquefaction mathematical analysis for improvement structures stability, fract struct int, 4(14), pp. 75-80. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.14.08. [2] namdar, a. and nusrath, a. (2010). tsunami numerical modeling and mitigation, fract struct int, 4 (12), pp. 57-62. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.12.06. [3] namdar, a. and feng, x. (2014). evaluation of safe bearing capacity of soil foundation by using numerical analysis method, fract struct int, 8 (30), pp. 138-144. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.18. [4] namdar, a. and pelko, m. k. (2009). numerical analysis of soil bearing capacity by changing soil characteristics, fract struct int, 3 (10), pp. 38-42. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.05. [5] zhelnin, m., kostina, a., plekhov, o., panteleev, i. and levin, l. (2019). numerical analysis of application limits of vyalov’s formula for an ice-soil thickness, fract struct int, 13(49), pp. 156-166. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.17. [6] li, y., zhang, k., liu, b. and pan, z. (2015). on the decay of strength in guilin red clay with cracks, fract struct int, 9(34). doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66. [7] namdar, a. and pelko, m. k. (2009). bearing capacity of mixed soil model, fract struct int, 3 (7), pp. 73-79. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.06. [8] lazzarin, p., livieri, p., berto, f. and zappalorto, m. (2008). local strain energy density and fatigue strength of welded joints under uniaxial and multiaxial loading. eng fract mech, 75 (7), pp. 1875-1889. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2006.10.019. [9] nicola bonora, domenico gentile, pietro paolo milella, golam newaz, francesco iacoviello. (2000). ductile damage evolution under different strain rate conditions. appl. mech. div. asme, 246, pp 145-154. [10] panin, s., vinogradov, a., moiseenko, d., maksimov p., berto, f., byakov, a., eremin, a., narkevich. n., (2016). numerical and experimental study of strain localization in notched specimens of a ductile steel on mesoand macroscales, adv eng mater, 18(12), pp. 2095-2106. doi: 10.1002/adem.201600206. [11] boniardi, m., tagliabue, c. and venturini, n. (2006). residual stress origin: plastic deformation and machining, metall ital, 98(11), pp. 53-60. [12] namdar, a., dong, y. and liu, y. (2019). the effect of nonlinearity of acceleration histories to timber beam seismic response, mater des proces communic, 1 (2), pp. 1-4. doi:10.1002/mdp2.53. [13] ayatollahi, mr., rashidi moghaddam, m. and berto, f. (2015). a generalized strain energy density criterion for mixed mode fracture analysis in brittle and quasibrittle materials, theor appl fract mec, (79), pp. 70–76. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2015.09.004. [14] košíková, b., sláviková, e. and sasinková, v. (2006). the use of various yeast strains for removal of pine wood extractive constituents, wood res. 51(4). pp. 47-54. [15] iacoviello, f., di cocco, v. and cavallini, m. (2015). fatigue crack tip damaging micromechanisms in a ferriticpearlitic ductile cast iron, fract struct int, 9(33), pp. pages 111-119. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.15. [16] berto, f. and foti, p. (2019). evaluation of the strain energy density value without the construction of the control volume in the preprocessing phase of the finite element analysis, proc struct integ, (18), pp. 183-188. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2019.08.152. [17] berto, f. and razavi, j. (2019). fatigueless structures inspired by nature: a case study, mater des proces communic, 1 (3), pp. 1-3. doi: org/10.1002/mdp2.27. [18] iacoviello, f., di cocco, v., cavallini, m., marcu, t. and molinari, a. (2005). influence of sintered stainless steel microstructure on fatigue crack paths, fatigue fract eng m, 28(1–2), pp. 187‐193. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2005.00836.x. [19] adelaide parisi, m. and piazza, m. (2015). seismic strengthening and seismic improvement of timber structures, constr build mater, 97 (30), pp. 55-66. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.05.093. [20] namdar, a., darvishi, e., feng, x., zakaria, i. and yahaya, f.m. (2016). effect of flexural crack on plain concrete beam failure mechanism a numerical simulation. fract struct int, 10 (36), pp. 168-181. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.17. [21] bellini, c., di cocco, v., iacoviello, f. and sorrentino, l. (2019). experimental analysis of aluminium/carbon epoxy hybrid laminates under flexural load, fract struct int, 13(49), pp. 739-747. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66. [22] https://strongmotioncenter.org/ << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_27_art_9 x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 74 research on borehole stability of shale based on seepage-stress-damage coupling model xiaofeng ran key laboratory of exploration technologies for oil and gas resources of ministry of education, yangtze university, wuhan, hubei 430100, china. sniperpilot@163.com yuezhi wang key laboratory of exploration technologies for oil and gas resources of ministry of education, yangtze university, wuhan, hubei 430100, china. cjdxwyz@126.com shanpo jia school of urban construction, yangtze university, jingzhou, hubei 434023, china. jiashanporsm@163.com abstract. in oil drilling, one of the most complicated problems is borehole stability of shale. based on the theory of continuum damage mechanics, a modified mohr-coulomb failure criterion according to plastic damage evolution and the seepage-stress coupling is established. meanwhile, the damage evolution equation which is based on equivalent plastic strain and the permeability evolution equation of shale are proposed in this paper. the physical model of borehole rock for a well in china western oilfield is set up to analyze the distribution of damage, permeability, stress, plastic strain and displacement. in the calculation process, the influence of rock damage to elastic modulus, cohesion and permeability is involved by writing a subroutine for abaqus. the results show that the rock damage evolution has a significant effect to the plastic strain and stress in plastic zone. different drilling fluid density will produce different damage in its value, range and type. this study improves the theory of mechanical mechanism of borehole collapse and fracture, and provides a reference for the further research of seepage-stress-chemical-damage coupling of wall rock. keywords. shale; seepage-stress coupling; damage; permeability; finite element method; borehole stability. introduction n oil drilling, the study of borehole stability is a complicated task which involved with many factors. different researchers studied in different aspects [1] includes non-uniform ground stress, drilling fluid [2], bottom hole temperature [3] and fluid-structure coupling [4], etc. however, most researchers consider that mechanics is the primary cause of borehole instability. other factors can change the rock mechanics properties or stress state in different i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 75 degrees. at present, there are several models applied to analyze borehole stabilization, such as liner elastic model, elasticplastic model [5] and fluid-solid coupling model of porous media [4]. however, most of studies pay little attention to rock damage. practically,the stress redistribution after excavation will cause the produce of damage (fig.1). in the process of rock damage, permeability will change greatly with the fracture producing, extending and connecting [6]. meanwhile, rock strength and elastic modulus will decrease obviously. all of this can effects the result of force analysis, so it is necessary to involve the damage in seepage-stress coupling calculation of wall rock. figure 1: damage zone of wall rock in the uniform ground stress. under the change of external load or environment, the macro-mechanical properties deterioration of materials or structure caused by the initiation and propagation of microstructure defects (such as micro-cracks, micro-porosity, etc.) or other irreversible changes is called damage. in the study of seepage in fractured rock mass of damage mechanics, yi [7] established a seepage-damage coupling model, and a damage evolution equation in the compression shear or tensile shear state. zheng [8] proposed a seepage-damage coupling theory and a permeability tensor expression which considered the effect of damage of fractured rock. jiang tao [9] deduced a damage constitutive model and a seepage-damage constitutive model of brittle rock based on mesomechanics. yang [10] and zhao [11] studied the seepage-damage-fracture coupling theory and its application. based on poroelastic theory, selvadurai [12] studied the damage and permeability variation of geological materials which relate to stress. for the rock, the meaning of plasticity mainly refers to the sliding between inner fissuring. but the damage refers to the producing and extending of inner fissuring. the damage means a decrease of net loaded area in geometry. using the plastic-damage coupling constitutive model, the mechanical behaviour could be represented exactly. based on the theory of continuum damage mechanics, the damage evolution model according to equivalent plastic strain is established in this paper. additionally, the permeability evolution equation is established in relation to the evolution of plastic damage. aiming at a practical drilling process in an oilfield in western china, the physical model of borehole rock is built. using this model to simulate the disturbance damage and the permeability evolution in drilling, the distribution of stress of wall rock and the relationship between borehole instability and drilling fluid density is obtained. this study will improve the theory of mechanical mechanism of borehole collapse and fracture. seepage-stress-damage coupling model onlinear behaviour of rock caused mainly by micro cracks. if the micro cracks become a macro-fracture by accumulating, extending and connecting, then the degradation of material property which includes the strength, rigidity and ductility will arise. for describing it, the damage variable is needed according to irreversible thermodynamics. the damage variable can be chosen from the characteristics of micro-structure (the quantity, length, area and volume of micro cracks) or the experiment date (the elastic modulus, strain, yield stress, density and wave velocity). to apply the model in practical engineering, the damage variable and its evolution law is need to define. in this paper, the damage variable is supposed as follows: 1) rock damage occurs and increases with plastic deformation simultaneously. 2) the rate of damage rise is gradually diminishing with the development of plastic deformation. n http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 76 elastic-plastic damage model he effective shear strength parameters *c and * is influenced by rock damage [13]. so the *c and * is a function of damage state. when the effect of damage and pore pressure is involved, the mohr-coulomb failure criterion can be indicated as eq. (1). * *tan 1 1 n n wpc            (1) where:  is damage variable; n and n are stresses on the failure surface; wp is the pore pressure. in this paper, the internal frictional angle is deemed to be changeless. but the cohesion will decrease gradually with the accumulation of damage. their relationship can be represented by a power-law function:  m m r pc c c c     (2) where: mc is the cohesion of shale with no damage; rc is the cohesion of shale with complete damage;  is the material parameter, 0 1  . the elastic modulus of the damaged shale is:   01e e   (3) where 0e is elastic modulus of shale with no damage. according to (3), 0e  when 1  . this does not match the actual reality. in fact, the rock also has a certain elastic modulus after damage. so, eq. (3) needs to modify as:  0 0 re e e e    (4) where re is elastic modulus of shale with complete damage. damage evolution equation f the stress exceeded rock strength at the condition of fluid-solid coupling, plastic deformation will be produced in wall rock. the equivalent plastic strain is:      2 2 21 2 2 3 3 12 3 p p p p p p p            (5) where 1p , 2p and 3p are the three principal plastic strains. in this paper, the damage variable is the first order index decay function of equivalent plastic strain which is as follows [14]: / 0 0 pn aa e b     (6) 0 1/ 1 1a a e   ; 0 1/ 1 1a b e    where pn is normalized equivalent plastic strain; a is material parameter which can be measured by experiments. t i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 77 permeability evolution equation n the stage of elastic deformation, rock permeability is decreasing when the compression stress increases. when plastic deformation takes place, rock permeability will increase slowly first and then sharply with the new crack extending and connecting. the permeability evolution equation of shale under different stress states can be indicated as follows [15]:      / 3 3 1/30 0 0 0 0 11 1 1 , 0 10 , 0 v v d m ae b n k n nk k                                   (7) where 3m  , which means shale permeability will rise about 3 orders of magnitude when rock fractured; 0k is permeability of shale with no damage. v is elastic strain. the porosity evolution equation is [16]: 0 3/2 0 1 1 , 0 0.61 , 0 vd n n n             (8) where 0n is porosity of shale with no damage. numerical simulation modelling or the shale drilling at the depth of 3500 m in china western oilfield, the physical model is established by using porous media fluid-solid coupling unit (cpe4p) in software abaqus (fig.1). by considering the disturbance damage and rock permeability changes during drilling, the stress distribution and influence of drilling fluid density is studied. the physical model parameters (ⅰ) are indicated in tab. 1. the parameter wr is the borehole radius;  is the average density of rock; h is the maximum horizontal ground stress; h is the minimum horizontal ground stress; v is the vertical ground stress; pp is the pore pressure; ip is the drilling fluid pressure; m is the drilling fluid density;  is the effective stress coefficient. in boundary conditions setting process, the wall is permeable boundary and its displacement is unconstrained. the computational process is divided into three steps: (1) balance the initial stress field; (2) kill the borehole unit and load drilling fluid pressure; (3) calculate seepage-stress-damage coupling in 20 days. figure 2: finite element model. i f http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 78 parameterⅰ value parameterⅰ value parameterⅱ value parameterⅱ value h /m 3500  0.95 e / gpa 2 mc / mpa 12 wr / mm 158  /(g/cm3) 2.13  0.2  0.2 h / mpa 75 m /(g/cm3) 1.60 e 0.25 h / mpa 54 ip / mpa 55  /° 25 v / mpa 70 pp / mpa 45 0k / (m/s) 3×10-12 table 1: model parameters. setting mechanic parameters the mechanic parameters (ⅱ) of undamaged shale are shown in tab. 1. the parameter e is the elastic modulus;  is the poisson ratio; e is the void ratio;  is the harden parameter; mc is the cohesion;  is the frictional angle; 0k is the permeability. the mechanic parameters and hydraulic parameters of damaged rock is need to write in abaqus through software fortran, which include c , e , dk and dn . choose the equivalent plastic strain as damage variable and define the damage  is field variable according to eq. (6). define the c , e , dk and dn are state variables according to eq. (2), (4), (7) and (8). it is too small to ignore the influence of damage on poisson ratio. results hen the drilling fluid m = 1.6 g/cm3, the damage distribution and permeability change of wall rock is calculated. additionally, the distribution of pore pressure, stress and displacement is obtained. damage and permeability. the distribution of damage is shown in fig.3. in the non-uniform ground stress, most of wall rock is in elastic zone or protolith zone. the rock damage only occurred on the side of the minimum ground stress near the wall when m = 1.6 g/cm3. the maximum value of damage is 0.59 on the wall. the depth of damage rock is about 0.4 wr and the value of damage is decreasing with the increase of distance far from the wall. figure 3: the distribution of damage. figure 4: the distribution of permeability. the permeability variation of rock is indicated in fig.4. compared with fig.3, we can see that the distribution of permeability is corresponds with damage. the maximum permeability reach up to 1.76×10-9 m/s in damaged area. the permeability has no change in undamaged area. w http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 79 equivalent plastic strain. the fig.5 shows the influence of damage to equivalent plastic strain. the curves are plastic strain when existed damage or no, and existed damage but not consider the change of elastic modulus or permeability or cohesion. from the diagram we can see that the range of plastic area is always 0.4 wr which not changed in different conditions. but the maximum value of plastic strain will be affected by different conditions, especially the change of elastic modulus. for example, the maximum plastic strain will change from 0.04 to 0.15 if exists damage but not consider the change of elastic modulus. figure 5: the influence of rock damage on plastic strain. stress state: 20 days after drilling a borehole, the hoop stress (  ) and radial stress ( r ) in the direction of the minimum ground stress is indicated in fig. 6(a). radial stress on the wall is reduced rapidly owing to excavation. 0.4 wr far from the wall, there is the maximum hoop stress and the maximum difference between hoop stress and radial stress. so combined with fig.3 we can find that there is shear damage in the range of 0.4 wr from the wall. now, the wall rock is also stable through damaged. if the pressure of drilling fluid or pore pressure changed, however, the shear damage will changed correspondingly. once the value of shear damage reached to its limit ( maxd ), the rock collapsed. therefore, it is necessity to analyze the damage evolution and the distribution of stress in damaged area. (a) (b) figure 6. the distribution of hoop-radial stresses: (a) mc =12 mpa; (b) mc =50 mpa. if the rock strength is very large (assume mc =50 mpa), rock damage is not occur (fig. 6(b)). there are only elastic zone and protolith zone in the wall rock. the maximum difference between hoop stress and radial stress is occurred on the wall. this means rock shear damage is appeared firstly on the wall, and then extended along the direction of the minimum ground stress. the rock collapse will be moved in a similar way. displacement. fig. 7 shows the rock displacement along the direction of the maximum and the minimum ground stress. the points in the direction of the maximum ground stress all moved toward the centre of borehole. the maximum displacement is 3.06 mm at the point on the wall, and it reduces gradually away from the borehole. the points in the direction of the minimum ground stress all moved deviate from the centre of borehole. the maximum displacement is 1.24 mm at the point 0.4 wr far from the wall. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 80 figure 7: the distribution of displacements. pore pressure. the distribution of pore pressure of well wall rock at different time after drilling is shown in fig. 8. due to the non-uniform ground stress, the maximum pore pressure is occurred at the direction of minimum horizontal ground stress, and the minimum pore pressure is occurred in the direction of maximum horizontal ground stress. with the passage of time, the pore pressure is dissipated gradually. after ten days, it tends to uniform in any direction. it is equal to the well fluid pressure at the well wall and to the initial pore pressure in the distance. it presents linear distribution between of them. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 8: the pore pressure at different time (unit: pa). (a) 100s; (b) 1h; (c) 10h; (d) 10d. different drilling fluid density ig. 9 shows the distribution of damage when m =1.98 g/cm3. both the direction of maximum and minimum ground stress exist damage near the wall. the range and value of damage in the direction of maximum ground stress are larger than the direction of minimum ground stress. the hoop stress (  ) and radial stress ( r ) in the direction of the maximum ground stress is indicated in fig. 10. it is found that both hoop stress and radial stress are tensile stress. so there is a tensile damage in this direction. it can be deduced that the rock fracture when tensile damage reached to its limit ( maxtd ). f http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 81 figure 9: damage when m =1.98g/cm3. figure 10: the hoop-radial stress. when drilling fluid density changed from 1.4 g/cm3 to 2.1 g/cm3, the value and range of damage in the direction of maximum and minimum ground stress are analyzed in figs. 11 and 12. with the increase of drilling fluid density, the maximum value (at node 2) and range of damage are decreased gradually in the direction of minimum ground stress. when drilling fluid density reached to 1.75 g/cm3, the tensile damage occurred at node 1, and then increased gradually with its range in the direction of maximum ground stress. figure 11: the value of damage at different drilling fluid density. figure 12: the range of damage at different drilling fluid density. therefore, if the drilling fluid density too low to produce the shear damage exceed its limit ( maxd d  ), the wall rock in the direction of minimum ground stress will be collapsed; if the drilling fluid density too high to produce the tensile damage exceed its limit ( maxt td d ), the wall rock in the direction of maximum ground stress will be fractured. the parameters maxd and maxtd can be obtained by experiment. if the rock is brittle, there is max max 0td d   . this means the damage zone in figs. 3 and 9 would become a crushing zone. conclusions ccording to a fluid-solid coupling theory, the concept of seepage coupled with plastic damage evolution is brought into mohr-coulomb failure criterion. the iterative calculation model of seepage-stress coupling which involving dynamic evolution of damage and permeability has been established. for analyzing the practical drilling process, the physical model of borehole rock is built by using software abaqus. in the process of calculation, the change of elastic modulus, cohesion and permeability caused by rock damage is considered. the results include damage, permeability, stress, plastic strain, pore pressure and displacements. the result shows that rock damage has a certain effect on plastic strain and stress distribution in plastic zone. the real and reliable result need to calculate using the coupled model which considered wall rock damage. a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it x. ran et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 27 (2014) 74-82; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.09 82 the drilling fluid density too high or too low will cause the tensile damage in the direction of maximum ground stress or the shear damage in the direction of minimum ground stress. if the damage exceeded its limit, the wall rock fractured or collapsed and a new shape borehole would be generated. this study will improve the mechanical mechanism of borehole collapse and fracture, and provide a reference for the further research of seepage-stress-chemical-damage coupling of wall rock. acknowledgements he study was supported by the natural science foundation of china (51174036, 41102182) and the natural science foundation of hubei province (2011cdb008). references [1] yu, b.h., wang, z.z., guo, b., borehole unstability theory of shale and its research progress, drilling and production technology, 30(3) (2007) 16-20. [2] chen, m., yu, g., chenvert, m.e., et al., chemical and thermal effects on wellbore stability of shale formation, spe 71366 (2001). [3] jia, s.p., zou, c.s., wang, y.z., numerical analysis of construction process of petroleum drilling based on thermalhydro-mechanical coupling, rock and soil mechanics, 33(2) (2012) 321-328. [4] han, g., maurice, b., dusseault, description of fluid flow around a wellbore with stress-dependent porosity and permeability, journal of petroleum science & engineering, 40 (2003) 1-16. [5] anthony, j.l., crook, yu, j.g., development of an orthotropic 3d elastoplastic material model for shale, spe/isrm 78238 (2002). [6] jiang, z.q., ji, l.j., the laboratory study on behavior of permeability of rock along the complete stress-strain path, chinese journal of geotechnical engineering, 23(2) (2001) 153-156. [7] yi, s.m., zhu, z.d., introduction to damage mechanics of fractured rock mass, beijing: science press (2005). [8] zheng, s.h., research on coupling theory between seepage and damage of fractured rock mass and its application to engineering. phd thesis, wuhan. institute of rock and soil mechanics, the chinese academy of sciences (2004). [9] jiang, t., study on constitutive model of coupled damage-permeability process of brittle rock based on micromechanics, phd thesis, nanjing: hohai university (2006). [10] yang, t.h., infiltrate character, theory, model and application in rock failure process, beijing: science press (2004). [11] zhao, y.l., coupling theory of seepage-damage-fracture in fractured rock masses and its application, phd thesis, central south university (2009). [12] selvadurai, a.p.s., shirazi, a., mandel-cryer effects in fluid inclusions in damage-susceptible poroelastic geologic media, computers and geotechnics, 31 (2004) 285-300. [13] zhang, w.h., jin, w.l., li, h.b., stability analysis of rock slope based on random damage mechanics, journal of hydraulic engineering, 36(4) (2005) 413-419. [14] jia, s.p., chen, w.z., yu, h.d., et al., research on seepage-stress coupling damage model of boom clay during tunnelling, rock and soil mechanics, 30(1) (2009) 19-26. [15] wei, l.d., yang, c.h., xu, w.y., study of statistical seepage model and statistical damage constitutive model of rock, rock and soil mechanics, 25(10) (2004) 1527-1536. [16] xue, x.h., non-linear damage mechanics theory of coupled fluid-solid with numerical analysis of geo-materials, phd thesis, zhejiang university (2008). t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.27.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_54_art_09_2863 i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 128 finite element analysis of the behavior of bonded composite patches repair in aircraft structures i. el-sagheer, m. taimour, m. mobtasem, amr a. abd-elhady department of mechanical design, faculty of engineering, university of helwan, egypt islam.ismaail@gmail.com, maitaimour@gmail.com, mariamzaki1818@gmail.com, aaa_elhady@yahoo.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1298-281x hossam el-din m. sallam materials engineering department, university of zagazig, zagazig, egypt hem_sallam @yahoo.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9217-9957 abstract. this paper aims to analyze the multi-effects of the glass fiber reinforced polymer (gfrp) composite patch to repair the inclined cracked 2420-t3 aluminum plate. three-dimensional finite element method (fem) was used to study the effect of gfrp composite patch with different stacking composite laminate sequence, [0°]4, [90o]4, [45o]4, [0o/45o]2s, and [0°/90°]2s, on the crack driving force, j-integral, of inclined cracked 2420-t3 aluminum plate. furthermore, the effects of patch geometry, number of layers, single or double side patch, and crack inclination angle are described. the present results show that the patch has a high effect in case of a crack in pure mode i. the effectiveness of the composite patch increases with increasing the crack length. moreover, the efficiency of the composite patch has a high effect by changing the fiber orientation, the number of layers, and the single or double side patch. keywords. mode of mixity; j-integral; aluminum alloy; 3-d fem; composite repair patch. citation: el-sagheer, i., taimour, m., mobtasrm, m., abd-elhady, a., sallam, h., finite element analysis of the behavior of bonded composite patches repair in aircraft structures, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135. received: 04.07.2020 accepted: 10.08.2020 published: 01.10.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n aircraft applications, service life is very important. it is affected by structural and aerodynamic loads as landing, take off, fatigue, ground handling, and bird strikes. the repair or reinforcement method is essential to improve service life without increasing the budget. composite patches are used over the cracked area that prevents or delays crack propagation due to the reduction in the stress intensity factor [1–9]. fiber-reinforced polymers are used to repair the cracked structure because they have many advantages like high strength to weight ratio, fatigue resistance, corrosion i https://youtu.be/jjwbauc6xrw i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 129 resistance, and good mechanical properties [4,5]. bouiadjra et al. [6] compared the performances of using composite and metallic patches for repairing cracked aircraft structures. they found that the composite patch is more efficient than a metallic patch for reducing the stress intensity factor of cracked aircraft structures. many researchers used a composite patch to repair the cracked structure and they studied different parameters to improve the efficiency of the composite patch. ramji and srilakshmi [4] studied single and double-sided patch on center-cracked aluminum panel. furthermore, madani et al. [5] used the single and double composite patch to repair the crack exerted from circular notch by using the finite element method. brighenti et al. [7, 8] used the biology-based method to obtain the optimal shape of patch repairs for cracked plates. huang and feng [9] used the finite element method to study the effect of carbon fiber reinforced polymer (cfrp) repaired for edge crack under different failure modes. sadek et al. [10] compared between carbon-epoxy and boron-epoxy patches with four different shapes: circular, rectangular, trapezoid, and elliptical. moreover, ouinas et al. [11] compared boron-epoxy and graphite-epoxy patches and also studied the effects of the adhesive properties and patch size on crack propagation. deghoul et al. [12] studied the effect of temperature and patch shapes on the bonded composite repair performance of the aluminum plate. gu et al. [13] studied the effect of number, material, and thickness of composite-patch repair to transfer load from cracked structures and to reduce the crack mouth opening displacement (cmod) of cracked structures. furthermore, budhe et al. [14] studied the effect the environmental influence (moisture, temperature, humidity etc.) on the mechanical performance of composite repair bonded joint. thus, kaddouri et al. [15] used the numerical finite element method to study the effect of geometrical and mechanical of boron/epoxy composite patch to reduce the driving force stress intensity factor of the central cracked plate. they found that the stress intensity factor at the repaired crack with the composite patch is highly influenced by changing the geometrical and mechanical of boron/epoxy composite patch. ounias et al. [16] used a bonded boron/epoxy composite patch to repair a cracked aluminum plate with imperfection in the bond between the patch and the plate. they showed that the stress intensity factor is affected by these debonds. furthermore, the effect of welded [17] or bonded [18–22] stiffeners on the crack tip deformation was studied previously by the authors. the present work is an attempt to investigate numerically the effect of patch geometry, the number of patch layers, single or double patch, stacking composite laminate sequence of repair patch, and crack inclination angle that can improve the composite repairing patch of a cracked plate. the gfrp is used to repair a plate with an inclined crack with different crack lengths. furthermore, the inclination angle is changed to cover the effect of the composite repairing patch on the mode i or mixed mode fracture of the cracked plate. moreover, the stacking composite laminate sequence and geometry of the patch are changed. figure 1: specimen details-cracked plate, adhesive and patch t  2420-t3 aluminum plate  gfrp composite patch adhesive layer     a w  h     l   applied load  e i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 130 geometrical model ig. 1 shows the main plate, adhesive, and patch geometry analyzed in this work. the main plate contains an inclined crack with different crack length, a, and inclined angle, ,. gfrp composite patch consists of many layers with different stacking composite laminate sequence (where: 90o fiber angle means the fiber is perpendicular to the load direction as shown in fig. 1) to study the effect of the number of layers, n, and stacking composite laminate sequence on the efficiency of the patch. furthermore, the height of the patch, h, has several values to show if it has any effect on the efficiency of the patch. the patch width, e, is selected to be less than the maximum crack length to study the effect of the repair if the crack length exceeds the width of the patch. it is worth noting that the efficiency of the patch may be depending on the patch width, patch position on the cracked plate, and the thickness of the adhesive material. all these parameters will be taken into consideration by the authors in future work. the gfrp composite patch is bonded to the main plate by using the adhesive layer with the same cross-section of the patch and has a thickness of 0.1 mm. all geometric data for the main plate, adhesive layer, and composite patch can be shown in tab. 1. finite element modeling he three-dimensional finite element method (3d-fem) is utilized to show the effect of gfrp patch on repairing the cracked aluminum plate under static load. abaqus/standard code [23] is used to simulate the present model to study the effectiveness of a composite patch on the driving force of a cracked aluminum plate. the validation and accuracy of the present models were checked previously by the authors [18, 19, 22]. symbol value description l 100 the height of the main plate, (mm) w 50 the width of the main plate, (mm) t 2 the thickness of the main plate, (mm) a/w 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 and 0.6 inclined crack length ratio (mm/mm)  0o, 15o, 30o, 45o and 60o inclined crack angle e 20 gfrp composite patch width, (mm) h 30, 40, 50 and 60 gfrp composite patch height. (mm) tp 0.2 the thickness of each layer of the patch (mm) ta 0.1 the thickness of the adhesive (mm) [0], [0/90], [90], [45], [0/45] stacking composite laminate sequence n 0, 2, 4, 6 number of patch layers table 1: gfrp composite repaired inclined cracked 2420-t3 aluminum plate geometry. a 2024-t3 aluminum alloy has been selected for material of the main plate and it was simulated as isotropic material with mechanical properties tabulated in tab. 2. the glass fiber reinforced epoxy polymer, gfrp is used as a material of the patch and it was modeled as a composite layup in the property module in abaqus/standard [23]. the gfrp composite material’s unidirectional stiffness properties were listed in tab. 2. furthermore, the adhesive layer simulated as isotropic material with mechanical property described in tab. 2. the mechanical properties of the 2024-t3 aluminum alloy, glass epoxy composite repair wrap material and film adhesive epoxy fm 73 are taken from ref. [12]. uniform axial tensile stress of 120 mpa was acting on the plate as shown in fig. 1. the composite patches are bonded on the surface of the plate covering crack. the layers of the composite patch are assumed as a complete bond on each other. furthermore, film adhesive epoxy was used to bond the composite patch on the aluminum plate by using the tie contact option in the abaqus/standard. the contour integral method is used to compute the value of j-integral [17, 18]. in the present model, c3d8r: an eightnode linear brick was used to mesh each element of the main plate, adhesive, and the composite patch. the refining process of mesh was carried out to assure that results are not dependent upon the size of the element. a complete mesh of a composite repaired aluminum plate model is shown in fig. 2. f t i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 131 symbol value property glass epoxy composite repair wrap material’s properties e11 27.82 young's modulus in fiber direction (gpa) e22 5.83 young's modulus in the transverse direction (gpa) (in y direction) e33 5.83 young's modulus in the transverse direction (gpa) (in z direction) g12 2.56 in-plane shear modulus (gpa) (x-y plane) g13 2.56 in-plane shear modulus (gpa) (x-z plane) g23 2.24 in-plane shear modulus (gpa) (y-z plane) 12 0.31 poisson's ratio (x-y plane) 13 0.31 poisson's ratio (x-z plane) 23 0.41 poisson's ratio (y-z plane) aluminum 2024-t3 material’s properties e 71.02 young’s modulus (gpa)  0.3 poisson’s ratio film adhesive fm 73 material’s properties e 1.83 young’s modulus (gpa)  0.33 poisson’s ratio table 2: material properties of 2024-t3 aluminum alloy, adhesive layer and glass/epoxy composite patch [12] figure 2: typical mesh of the present model. results and discussion he main objective of the present work is to study the efficiencies of the repaired bonded gfrp composite patch on the reduction of the crack tip driving forces, j-integral value. therefore, in the present figures, the values of jintegral are presented in normalized form, i.e. the values of the repaired joints divided by the unrepaired ones. fig. 3 shows the effect of stacking composite laminate sequence of the repaired patch on the values of normalized j-integral of the inclined crack with a constant number of layers, n = 4, and at h = 50 mm with different crack length. the value of normalized j-integral decreases by increasing the value of crack length ratio, a/w, as shown in fig. 3. that means the efficiency of the composite patch increases by increasing the values of crack length. this may be attributed that when the t i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 132 crack length increases, the composite patch can more close the crack. moreover, the best effect of stacking composite laminate sequence of the repaired patch is at uniaxial direction [0]4 whatever the value of the inclined crack angle. on the other hand, the composite patch which has stacking composite laminate sequence [90o] is the lowest efficiency as shown in fig. 3. when a/w reaches 0.4, crack length (a) is equal to the width of the patch (e), i.e. a vertical dash line is drawn at a/w = 0.4. after that the curves show the effect of the patch on the cracked plate when the crack length is higher than patch width. the effect of the patch is still very high till the end of the curves. this means that the patch has a higher efficiency to reduce the value of crack tip driving force, j-integral, even if the crack length exceeds the width of the patch. from fig. 3, it can be concluded that the gfrp composite patch is a good method to repair the cracked plate regardless its crack length. figure 3: the effect of stacking composite laminate sequence of repair patch on the values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate with: (a)  = 0o, (b)  = 15o, (c)  = 30o and (d)  = 45o fig. 4 a and b depict the effect of the inclined crack angle, , on the value of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate for different stacking composite laminate sequence of repair patch [0]4 and [0/45]2s respectively, with a constant value of h and n. from fig. 4 it can be concluded that the composite patch has the highest efficiency when  = 0º, while it has the worst efficiency when  = 45º. fig. 5. shows the effect of patch height, h, on the values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate with stacking composite laminate sequence [0]4. from fig. 5 it can be seen that the height of the patch does not considerably affect the efficiency of the repair. fig. 6 illustrates the effect of numbers of patch layers n, on the values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate versus a/w at h = 50,  = 0o and stacking composite laminate sequence [0]. as expected, it can be shown that the effect of composite patch increases with increasing the numbers of layers. as described in fig. 6 the numbers of layers improve the efficiency of the composite patch so that if another patch put at the other side of the composite patch can improve the effect of composite patch. fig. 7 shows a comparison between the effect of single and double patch on the 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w [0]4 [45]4 [90]4 [0/45]2s [0/90]2s (a)       h = 50 & n = 4 &  = 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w [0]4 [45]4 [90]4 [0/45]2s [0/90]2s (b)         h = 50 & n = 4 &  = 15 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w [0]4 [45]4 [90]4 [0/45]2s [0/90]2s (c)    h = 50 & n = 4 &  = 30 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w [0]4 [45]4 [90]4 [0/45]2s [0/90]2s (d) h = 50 & n = 4 &  = 45 i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 133 values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate versus a/w. the use of a double composite patch has a higher effect than using a single composite patch as shown in fig. 7. figure 4: the effect of inclined crack angle, , on the values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate with: (a) [0]4 and (b) [0/45]2s. figure 5: the effect of patch height length, h, on the values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate with: (a)  = 0o and (b)  = 60o. figure 6: the effect of patch number of layers, n, on the values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w 0  15  30 45 (a)        h = 50 & n = 4 & [0]4   0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w 0 15 30 45  (b)   h = 50 & n = 4 & [0/45]4  0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w 30 40 50 60 (a)             =  0 &  [0]4 h, mm 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w 30 40 50 60 (b)        =  60 &  [0]4 h, mm 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w 2 4 6 n h = 50 & [0]4 &  = 0 i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 134 figure 7: shows a comparison between the effect of single and double patch on the values of normalized j-integral of edge repaired cracked plate. conclusion rom the present numerical work, it can be concluded that:  the efficiency of the composite patch is depend on the fiber orientation with respect to the load direction, where the higher efficiency of composite repaired patch happens when it has a higher stiffness in the direction parallel to the load direction (mode-i), whatever the value of the inclined crack angle.  the patch has the highest efficiency in case of a crack in pure mode i for the present study.  the gfrp composite patch is a good candidate method to repair the cracked plate even if the crack length exceeds the width of the patch.  the efficiency of the composite patch improves when the number of layers increases.  the use of a composite patch on the other side of the cracked plate increases the efficiency of the composite patch to restrain the crack propagation.  the height of the composite patch does not considerably affect the efficiency of the repair of the cracked plate. references [1] makwana, a., shaikh, a.a., bakare, a.k., saikrishna, c. (2018). 3d numerical investigation of aluminum 2024-t3 plate repaired with asymmetric and symmetric composite patch, mater. today proc., 5(11), pp. 23638–23647. [2] hosseini-toudeshky, h., mohammadi, b. (2009). thermal residual stresses effects on fatigue crack growth of repaired panels bounded with various composite materials, compos. struct., 89(2), pp. 216–223. [3] hosseini-toudeshky, h., mohammadi, b. (2009). mixed-mode numerical and experimental fatigue crack growth analyses of thick aluminium panels repaired with composite patches, compos. struct., 91(1), pp. 1–8. [4] ramji, m., srilakshmi, r. (2012). design of composite patch reinforcement applied to mixed-mode cracked panel using finite element analysis, j. reinf. plast. compos., 31(9), pp. 585–595. [5] madani, k., touzain, s., feaugas, x., benguediab, m., ratwani, m. (2009). stress distribution in a 2024-t3 aluminum plate with a circular notch, repaired by a graphite/epoxy composite patch, int. j. adhes. adhes., 29(3), pp. 225–233. [6] bouiadjra, b.b., benyahia, f., albedah, a., bouiadjra, b.a.b., khan, s.m.a. (2015). comparison between composite and metallic patches for repairing aircraft structures of aluminum alloy 7075 t6, int. j. fatigue, 80, pp. 128–135. [7] brighenti, r., carpinteri, a., vantadori, s. (2006). a genetic algorithm applied to optimisation of patch repairs for cracked plates, comput. methods appl. mech. eng., 196(1–3), pp. 466–475. [8] brighenti, r. (2007). patch repair design optimisation for fracture and fatigue improvements of cracked plates, int. j. solids struct., 44(3–4), pp. 1115–1131. [9] huang, c., chen, t., feng, s. (2019). finite element analysis of fatigue crack growth in cfrp-repaired four-point bend 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 n o rm a ll iz e d  j ‐i n te g ra l a/w single patch double patch h = 50 & n = 4 & [0]4 &  = 0 f i. el-sagheer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 128-135; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.09 135 specimens, eng. struct., 183, pp. 398–407. [10] sadek, k., aour, b., bachir bouiadjra, b.a., fari bouanani, m., khelil, f. (2018).analysis of crack propagation by bonded composite for different patch shapes repairs in marine structures: a numerical analysis. international journal of engineering research in africa, vol. 35, trans tech publ, pp. 175–184. [11] ouinas, d., bouiadjra, b.b., serier, b., saidbekkouche, m. (2007). comparison of the effectiveness of boron/epoxy and graphite/epoxy patches for repaired cracks emanating from a semicircular notch edge, compos. struct., 80(4), pp. 514–522. [12] deghoul, n., errouane, h., sereir, z., chateauneuf, a., amziane, s. (2019). effect of temperature on the probability and cost analysis of mixed-mode fatigue crack propagation in patched aluminium plate, int. j. adhes. adhes., 94, pp. 53–63. [13] gu, l., kasavajhala, a.r.m., zhao, s. (2011). finite element analysis of cracks in aging aircraft structures with bonded composite-patch repairs, compos. part b eng., 42(3), pp. 505–510. [14] budhe, s., banea, m.d., de barros, s. (2018). bonded repair of composite structures in aerospace application: a review on environmental issues, appl. adhes. sci., 6(1), pp. 3. [15] kaddouri, k., ouinas, d., bouiadjra, b.b. (2008). fe analysis of the behaviour of octagonal bonded composite repair in aircraft structures, comput. mater. sci., 43(4), pp. 1109–1111. [16] ouinas, d., bouiadjra, b.b., himouri, s., benderdouche, n. (2012). progressive edge cracked aluminium plate repaired with adhesively bonded composite patch under full width disbond, compos. part b eng., 43(2), pp. 805–811. [17] abd-elhady, a.a. (2013). effect of location and dimensions of welded cover plate on stress intensity factors of cracked plates, ain shams eng. j., 4(4), pp. 863–867. [18] abd-elhady, a.a., sallam, h.e.-d.m., mubaraki, m.a. (2017). failure analysis of composite repaired pipelines with an inclined crack under static internal pressure, procedia struct. integr., 5, pp. 123–130. [19] abd-elhady, a.a., sallam, h.e.-d.m., alarifi, i.m., malik, r.a., el-bagory, t.m.a.a. (2020). investigation of fatigue crack propagation in steel pipeline repaired by glass fiber reinforced polymer, compos. struct., 242, pp. 112189. [20] el-emam, h.m., salim, h.a., sallam, h.e.m. (2017). composite patch configuration and prestress effect on sifs for inclined cracks in steel plates, j. struct. eng., 143(5), pp. 4016229. [21] el-emam, h.m., salim, h.a., sallam, h.e.-d.m. (2016). composite patch configuration and prestraining effect on crack tip deformation and plastic zone for inclined cracks, j. compos. constr., 20(4), pp. 4016002. [22] abd-elhady, a.a., sallam, h.e.-d.m. (2017). discussion of “fatigue behavior of cracked steel plates strengthened with different cfrp systems and configurations” by hai-tao wang, gang wu, and jian-biao jiang, j. compos. constr., 21(3), pp. 7016004. [23] systèmes, d. (2016). abaqus/analysis user’s guide, version 2016, waltham, massachusetts: dassault,. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_42 u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 318-324; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.42 318 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe study of the influence between the strength of antibending of working rolls on the widening during hot rolling of thin sheet metal u. muhin, s. belskij lipetsk state technical university, lipetsk, russia, nemistade@mail.ru t. koynov university of chemical technology and metallurgy, sofia toni309@koinov.com abstract. based on the variation principle of jourdan was developed a mathematical model of the process of widening freely in hot rolling of thin sheet metal. the principle applies to rigid-plastic materials and for the cinematically admissible area of speeds. the developed model allows to study the distribution of the widening on the length of the deformation zone depending on the parameters of the rolling process and sheet metal. results are obtained, characterizing the size of the widening and effectiveness of the process control on tension at the entrance and exit from the stand. the widening is dependent on the strength of anti bending. keywords. widening; anti bending; hot rolling; thin sheet; model a theoretical analysis of the process of broadening or theoretical analysis of sheet rolling, in particular, the process of broadening of the metal in the deformation zone, successfully using the energy method, based on the beginning of the possible changes of the deformed state (beginning of lagrange). it is a kind of variation principle jourdain, according to which the variation of the flow velocity of the metal to be in the focus of the plastic deformation. jourdain's variation equation for the plastic deformation zone is written as follows:       s n i is is n v dsvdsvd 1 0)(   , (1) where:    0 dv the speed potential; t and h the intensity of shear stress and shear rate; n  , v  the total stress on the surface s with unit outward normal n  and the appropriate movement speed; f u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 318-324; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.42 319 iv the velocity jump at ithe cut surface is ;  a symbol of variation; s the yield stress in shear. for rigid-plastic medium (1) is rewritten as follows:       s n i is is n s dsvdsvd 1 0)(   (2) the first integral (2) is the power of internal resistance, the second power of the external forces on the borders of the center the forces of friction between the rolls and the strip, front and rear tension, the third power cut. when using the ritz variation equation for the case of rolling jourdain with tension in the expanded form is written as follows [1]:   054321   nnnnn aj , (3) where: n1 the power of internal resistance; n2 power sliding friction forces; n3 forces cut power; n4 power forward tension; n5 power adjustable tension; aj variable parameters. under the sign of differentiation is the expression for the total power rolling. to describe the process of broadening the focus of the plastic deformation in the calculated use the circuit shown in fig. 1. hotbed of plastic deformation is divided into two areas the zone and the zone timing lag. form edge (dashed line) approximated by two straight segments for the zone and the zone timing lag. in accordance with the scheme of the following symbols: yx vvvv ,,, 10 entrance and exit strip speed and projection velocity metal side edge on the axis x and y, respectively; 1010 ,,,,, bbbhhh íí the thickness and half-width of the entrance and the neutral section and the output, respectively; íx, the length of the deformation zone and the zone of advance. the equations that describe the shape of the side edges of the strip in the hearth of plastic deformation can be written as follows: a) for the area lead íxx 0 ; and b)  xxí for the zone gap   í tîï x x bxb )(1)( 0   ,   x tt bxb í t í t îò     11 1)( 0  where: .,,,, 001 00  í íít t t x tbbbbbb b b b b       from kinematic considerations we obtain the following conditions for the edge: a) for the area lead íxx 0 , b) for the zone gap  xxí í t êð x y x bb v v   , í t êð x y x b v v     . for every material point of the current coordinate (x, y) determined in accordance with [2-3] following law changes the flow velocity of the metal: a) for the area lead íxx 0 ; b) for the zone gap  xxí u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 318-324; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.42 320 p îïí t x y xb y x bb v v        )( , p îòí t x y xb y x b v v          )( , (4) where p the variable parameter. speed vx is determined by the law of the constancy of the second volumes: cos111000 ííâxxx bhvbhvbhvbhv  , (5) where: vathe peripheral speed of the work roll;  neutral corner; r radius of the work roll; 2 1cos        r xí . figure 1: design scheme. using well-known relations of the theory of plasticity, and acting in the same way as in [2-3], we find an expression for the intensity of the strain rate, the capacity of the internal resistance and friction, shear and tension. compared with the model [2-3] in the developed model will be power cut in the neutral section and the power of the front and back tension. obtain a system of three equations:                        0 )( 0 )( 0 54321 54321 54321 nnnnn b nnnnn b nnnnn p t , (6) system (6) is a mathematical model of the process of broadening the rolled strip, which can be used to study the distribution of the broadening in the deformation as a function of various parameters of rolling and strip, including the tension. u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 318-324; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.42 321 experimental study of the process of broadening o test the developed model, an experiment was conducted in a laboratory mill (diameter work rolls 120 mm). we rolled lead samples without tension, after the front end of the sample from the roll gap dwell, the rolls were bred, and the sample removed for measurement. conditions and results of the experiment are shown in tabs. 1 3. n of exp. 0h , mm 02b , mm 1h , mm 12b , mm h , mm b2 ,mm äåôîðì ,mm 1 10.1 30.1 8.15 31.4 1.95 1.3 15.0 2 10.0 15.4 7.8 16.8 2.2 1.4 16.0 table 1: experimental conditions distance from the inlet section, mm 0 3.0 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 )(2 xb , mm 30.1 30.45 30.8 31.1 31.3 31.4 table 2: measuring the width of the sample in the deformation zone (experiment 1). distance from the inlet section, mm 0 4.0 7.0 10.0 13.0 16.0 )(2 xb , mm 15.4 15.8 16.2 16.6 16.7 16.8 table 3: measurer width of the sample in the deformation zone (experiment 2). the results of theoretical calculations of the experiments are presented in tab. 4 and figs. 2 and 3. n of exp. äåôîðìl , mm íx , mm tb2 , mm b2 , mm exp.theory relative error,% 1 15.3 5.2 1.1 1.37 -0.07 -5.4 2 16.25 4.4 1.16 1.28 0.12 8.6 table 4: the results of theoretical calculations. figure 2: comparison of the experimental and calculated data (a) experiment 1; b) experiment 2). in fig. 2 a and b shows: a thin line – experiments data, and colon the result of a theoretical calculation. to study the effect of tension on the broadening of the two cases were calculated by application alternating front and back tension. in both cases, the specific tension was assumed to be 20% of the yield strength in tension. at this point, you must cast the remark i.ya.tarnovskogo [1] on a constant value by varying the tension of the full value of broadening, only t u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 318-324; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.42 322 then can the correct application of the jordan’s principle. the results of calculation are shown in figs. 3a and 3b. figure 3: effect of the anterior and posterior tension on broadening (the conditions of experiment 1, b) the conditions of experiment 2). thick line corresponds to the distribution of outbreak strain broadening without tension, dashed by applying only the front tension, fine just by applying back tension. theoretical calculation of the behavior of the side edges of the deformation zone by applying tension corresponds to practical results. for example, the independence of the broadening of the front tension v.n.vydrina noted in [4] and v.p.kalinina [5]. the uneven distribution of stresses on the specific bandwidth and broadening e now turn to the eq. (3) it consists of different signs power front tension, and power adjustable tension. according to this equation, the value of broadening for the combination of thickness and tension when these power offset each other, must be equal to the broadening of the rolling without tension. however, numerous experimental studies have shown that the value of broadening the rolling with front and rear tension less than the rolling without tension. the question arises of how these facts are consistent with the energy balance equation. it can be assumed that the application is the cause of tension in the eq. (3) additional capacity of the forces acting on the inlet and outlet sections of the deformation zone. to test this hypothesis using the software package nisa/display firm emrc (usa) finite element stress fields were built in the plate, one side of which is fixed on the movement, and the other is uniformly loaded with tensile stress. entrenchment simulates the output section of the deformation zone. the stress field for the case of uniformly distributed applications tension within the bandwidth of the deformation zone is shown in fig. 4. it can be seen that the distribution of the tensile stress at the exit of the deformation zone has a pronounced unevenness, which generally can be described as a function. )(yx   . this non-uniformity due to the appearance of power, called the power consumed bandwidth on the accumulation of potential energy [6,7], which is bringing a band of the deformation zone. its value is calculated as follows:  b x sïîò dy e hvn 0 2 11 2   . (7) this power should appear in eq. (3), together with the power of the front tension. in addition, tension band to which a tension, characterized by compressive stresses in the direction perpendicular to the rolling direction, which also influence the decrease of the broadening of the band at rolling with tension. similar reasoning applies to the back tension. changing the amount of force bending of the work rolls promotes redistribution of specific tension in width rolled strip. this changes the balance of power, and, therefore, changes the value of broadening (fig. 5). w u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 318-324; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.42 323 figure 4: distribution of tensile stress. figure 5: impact of the work roll bending efforts on the distribution of specific tensions at the entrance and exit of deformation zone u. muhin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 318-324; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.42 324 when reducing the effort antibend f1 or increasing efforts further work roll bending f2 tensile stress in the marginal areas of the rolled strip reduced thus broadening of the band increases. conversely, an increase in effort antibend f1 or reduction efforts f2 additional bending tensile stress in the marginal areas increased thus broadening of the band decreases. conclusions athematical model of broadening rolled bands is developed and confirmed experimentally. the model allows to investigate the distribution of broadening along the source of plastic deformation, depending on the parameters of the strip rolling. it is shown that the tension decreases with the broadening of hot rolled sheet. it is shown that the hot-rolled sheet with a tension force of bending of the work rolls is effective. references [1] tarnovskij, y., rimm, e.r., broadening and power consumption while rolling in smooth rolls with tension, trans. ferrous metallurgy, 7 (1964) 96-103, (in russian). [2] belskij, s.m., tretjakov, b.a., barishev, v.v., kudinov, s.v., the study of the formation of slab width in the roughing mill broadband, trans. ferrous metallurgy, 1 (1998) 24-29, (in russian). [3] skorohodov, v.n., chernov, p.p., muhin, u.a., belskij, s.m., a mathematical model of the process of broadening the free rolling bands, steel, 3 (2001) 38-40, (in russian). [4] vidrin, v.n., batin, u.t., effect of tension (backwater) to transverse strain, vn vidrin, ed., proceedings of the theory and rolling technology, chelyabinsk, release 54(1968) 220-224, (in russian). [5] celikov, a.i., tomlenov, a.d., zuzin, v.i. at al., the theory of rolling, handbook, moscow, metallurgy, 1982, (in russian). [6] grigorian, g.g., kocar, s.l., jeleznov, u.d., accounting schemes in the analysis of deformation in the process of forming sheet rollingtrans. of high schools. ferrous metallurgy, 7 (1976) 88-92 (in russian). [7] shatalov, r.l., koinov, t.a., litvinova, n.n., automation of technological rolling processes and heat treatment of metals and alloys. publisher. metallurgy, moscow, (2010), in russian m << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_38_art_45 a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 351 the effect of varying loading directions and loading levels on crack growth at 2dand 3d-mixed-mode-loadings a. eberlein, h.a. richard institue of applied mechanics, university of paderborn, pohlweg 47-49, 33098 paderborn, germany eberlein@fam.upb.de abstract. while product’s operation the loading situation commonly changes. the local loading situation on an existing crack then can shift to a combined loading, composed of mode i, mode ii and mode iii, and consequently influence the product’s durability significantly. this influence on further fatigue crack growth and structures’ failure can be positive or negative. present article describes and discusses the effect of varying loading directions from mode ito 2d-mixed-mode-loading as well as from mode ito mixedmode i + iii-loading. moreover, experiments on varying loading levels are performed by interspersing mixed-mode block loads in cyclic mode i base load, cyclic mode ii base load as well as in cyclic mode iii base load. keywords. 3d-mixed-mode; loading directions; loading levels; ctsrspecimen; 3d-fatigue crack growth. citation: eberlein, a., richard h. a., the effect of varying loading directions and loading levels on crack growth at 2dand 3d-mixed-mode-loadings, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358. received: 01.06.2016 accepted: 30.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction arts in many technical applications often are subjected to variable cyclic loading. while service life these products due to transportation, assemblage, site of operating as well as in use experience time-dependent loadings, so-called service loadings, which result from single over-/underloads, variable loading levels as well as changing loading directions. thereby the crack growth can both accelerate and retard. anyway, the fatigue crack growth is not only controlled by the current loading parameters δk and r-ratio, but also by the loading history. due to the fact that different loading changes interact with each other during a service loading, the characterisation of the whole interaction effects on fatigue crack growth under variable loading amplitude are generally investigated separately by means of four different categories. sander [1] classify these in single over-/underloads, over-/underload sequences, block loading and service loading. the experimental investigations in this contribution study the fatigue crack growth under variable loading amplitude by interspersing block loading into a constant baseline-level loading. block loadings represent several succeeding overloads. generally, block loadings are distinguished between high-low, low-high or the appropriate combination low-high-low sequences [2]. within the block loadings the r-ratio can be different. therefore block loadings can be classified in three types of low-high-low sequences, whereby always one characteristic parameter during the transition from one to the next block load is constant. the characteristic parameters are kbl,min = const., r = const. and δkbl = const. in this paper the block loading tests were performed with a constant r-ratio, as fig. 1 shows. p a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 352 figure 1: crack retardation and acceleration while low-high-low block load sequence; (a) parameters of a low-high-low block load sequence with constant r-ratio; (b) schematic a-n-curve after a low-high-low block load sequence according to richard and sander [2]. hereby the definition of characteristic variables can be extracted from fig. 1 a). a crucial influence on component’s durability has the level of the block loading. as within this experiments also mixed-mode-block loadings are interspersed, the level of the block loading is defined by the block loading ratio rv,block as follows: k r k v,block v,block bl,max  (1) kv,block is the maximum comparative stress intensity factor during the block loading and kbl,max is the maximum stress intensity factor of the baseline-level loading. the maximum comparative stress intensity factor can be determined by: k k k k k i,block 2 2 2 v,block i,block ii,block iii,block 1 5.336 4 2 2        (2) such a block loading test with a number of block cycles nblock causes after a short acceleration phase a higher crack growth rate during the block loading. after that a retardation phase of the crack growth follows, which continues till the crack, if able to propagate, reaches its crack growth rate (da/dn)bl of the baseline-level loading before the block loading (shown in fig. 1 b)). apart from changing loading levels also changing in essential loading as well as changing loading directions can appear while product’s operation. consequently, a variation of the global loading can effect a locally changing of the crack fracture mode e. g. from pure mode i-loading to an in-plane mixed-modeor a 3d-mixed-modeloading situation. ctsr-specimen and loading device he experimental tests were performed using the ctsr-specimen (compact-tension-shear-rotation-specimen) with the corresponding loading device developed by schirmeisen [3] and can be also found in eberlein [4]. fig. 2 illustrates the specimen’s geometry (fig. 2 a)) and the adjustment of the fracture modes (mode i, mode ii and mode iii) by the loading angles α and β on the loading device. the corresponding loading device basically consists of two sickles and two inboard so-called turrets, where the specimen is fixed. by varying the loading angle α in the range of 0° till 90° by 15°-steps the mode i-ratio to mode ii respectively mode iii is regulated. a mounting position of the loading device of α = 0° corresponds with a pure mode i-loading at the crack front of the ctsr-specimen, as in fig. 2 b) illustrated. mounting the loading device with the specimen in a position t a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 353 of α = 90° and varying the loading angle β by rotating the turrets in the range of 0° till 90° by 15°-steps the loading situation at the crack front of the specimen can be adjusted from pure mode ii-loading to pure mode iii-loading, as fig. 2 b) shows. are both loading angles in a range between 15° and 75° this concept enables investigating the crack growth under 3d-mixed-mode-loading conditions. figure 2: ctsr-specimen and corresponding loading device. (a) specimen’s geometry and dimensions: length l, width w, initial crack length a0, thickness t and ligament in sectional view; (b) adjustment of loading angles α and β on loading device. experiments ithin this contribution different series of crack growth experiments were performed. therefor the ctsrspecimens were made from aluminium alloy 7075-t651. the different test series are described below in detail. series of experiments in the first test series various in-plane mixed-mode-ratios with δki ≠ 0 and δkii ≠ 0 respectively spatial mixed-moderatios with δki ≠ 0 and δkiii ≠ 0 by shifting the loading device are adjusted after a mode i-crack growth of δa = 3.5 mm under constant cyclic stress intensity factor δki = const. after changing the loading direction the tests again start under constant cyclic loading force conditions δf = const., from which a cyclic comparative stress intensity factor δkv results, which is equivalent to the cyclic stress intensity factor δki just before changing the loading direction. thereby similar loading conditions before and after the mixed-mode-adjustment are given at the crack front. the second test series investigate possible impacts of changing loading levels on crack growth by interspersed mixedmode-block loads in mode i-, mode iias well as in mode iii-base loads. in mode iand in mode ii-base load the cyclic stress intensity factor is δki,bl = δkii,bl = 90 mpa mm . whereas the level of mode iii-base load is δkiii,bl = 160 mpa mm . the r-ratio of the base load is 0.1. after a crack growth of δa = 2.0 mm in the base loading the mixed-mode-block loads are interspersed for nblock = 10,000 cycles with a block loading ratio of rv,block = 2.0 (cf. eq. 1). thereafter the loading direction is changed again to the base loading by shifting the loading device. varying loading directions with constant cyclic comparative stress intensity factor δkv starting from a pure mode i-loading fig. 3 shows the impacts on fatigue crack growth after changing loading directions from mode i-loading to mode i and mode ii loading combinations. the region, where δkv is nearly constant w a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 354 85 mpa mm is encircled. with increasing mode ii-part a growing crack growth retardation is noticeable. the crack kinks directly after changing loading direction in a new orientation and propagates significantly slower at kii/ki-ratios ≥ 0.99. the greatest effect in retardation resp. the greatest advantage in durability causes changing loading direction from pure mode i-loading to pure shear loading (mode ii). figure 3: a-n-curves before and after change of mode i-mode ii-loading direction. similar investigations on the impact of mode i-mode ii-changing loading directions on an initial mode i-loading already were performed by sander and richard [5] and richard et al. [6]. the findings herein agree with their results. however possible effects of changing loading directions on 3d-mixed-mode were not investigated therein. therefore fig. 4 illustrates the influence of mode i-mode iii-changing loading directions on an initial mode i-loading. due to the mode iii-loading part hereby a significantly higher cyclic comparative stress intensity factor of δkv = 140 mpa mm was chosen, so that the crack still is able to propagate under pure mode iii-loading. this high loading level explains the steep slope of the mode i-crack growth. here the end crack length of a = 7 mm is reached after approximately n = 70,000 cycles by kiii/ki-ratios < 0.57. figure 4: a-n-curves before and after change of mode i-mode iii-loading direction. similar to the in-plane mixed-mode-changing loading directions the mode i-mode iii-changing loading directions also show an increasing crack growth retardation with growing mode iii-part. at the moment of changed loading direction the crack realigns by twisting out of its initial position. the crack growth process at mixed-mode-loadings in presence of a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 355 mode iii-loading component is completely different to other combined loading conditions without mode iii-part. along the crack front several fatigue cracks initiate facetedly, so that each facet forms a new crack front. fig. 5 presents typical fractured surfaces resulting from performed experiments depending on the mode iii-part of the kiii/(ki + kiii)-ratio. figure 5: facet formation depending on mode iii-part. conspicuous within this experiments is that no facet formation occurs below a kiii/(ki + kiii)-ratio of 0.26. many small and wispy facets start to create from a kiii/(ki + kiii)-ratio of 0.37 (that means kiii/ki = 0.57) and coarsen their shape with increasing mode iii-part obviously. the number of facets concurrently declines up to a few big facets as the fractured surface resulting from pure mode iii-loading in fig. 5 depicts. concerning the crack deflection angles the changing loading directions show no unexpected impacts. fig. 6 a) shows the measured crack kinking angle φ0 compared to the hypothesis by richard [7]. hereby just the changing loading direction from pure mode ito pure mode ii-loading exhibits a ca. 10° lower crack kinking angle as the hypothesis predicts. the comparison of the crack twisting angle ψ0 with the hypothesis by richard [7] in fig. 6 b) shows overall good accordance. figure 6: crack deflection angles φ0 and ψ0 depending on the ratio of stress intensity factor. (a) crack kinking angle φ0 depending on kii/(ki + kii); (b) crack twisting angle ψ0 depending on kiii/(ki + kiii). influence of varying loading levels on mode i-, mode iiand mode iii-crack growth different crack growth retardations due to mode i-, mode i-mode iiiand mode iii-block loads on mode i-base load are shown in fig. 7. the kiii/ki-ratios denoted in fig. 7 are valid for the point of interspersing the block loads. in fig. 7 it can be seen that the greatest crack growth retardation occurs by a pure mode i-block load. in this case the crack even arrests. because even after 107 cycles a crack growth was not measured anymore. to maintain the overview the x-axis is cut here at n = 1.5 ·106 cycles. due to the mode i-block load a bigger plastic zone at the crack front generates wherein residual compressive stresses form, which close the crack flanks. moreover, the effect of retardation decreases with increasing mode iii-part in order that a pure mode iii-block load shows no influence on a crack growth in mode i-base load. this is affiliated to the displacement of the crack flanks. under pure mode iii-loading the biggest displacement of the crack flanks happens in z-direction and not as under mode i-loading in y-direction (perpendicular to the crack propagation). accordingly, it can be assumed that a mode iii-block load leads to twisting the plastic zone in z-direction so that a mode iii-block load does not influence a crack in mode i-base load. sander and richard [8] already showed for in-plane mixed-mode-block loads that the plastic zone turns due to a shear loading (mode ii). moreover, the retardation effect on a mode i-loaded crack thereby decreases or is not existing anymore. the impacts a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 356 of interspersed mode i-mode ii-block loads on mode ii-base load are shown in fig. 8. here a pure mode ii-block load causes the greatest retardation effect on the crack growth in mode ii-base load. figure 7: crack growth retardation due to interspersed mode i-mode iii-block loads in mode i-base load. figure 8: crack growth retardation due to interspersed mode i-mode ii-block loads in mode ii-base load. indeed, the displacement according to amount of the crack flanks increases in y-direction with increasing mode icomponent of the mode i-mode-ii-block load and enlarges the plastic zone at the crack front, but the residual compressive stresses does not retard the crack growth in mode ii-base load. the reason for that is the displacement of the crack flanks in mode ii-base load, which takes place parallel to the crack growth direction. in comparison to the crack growth in mode iand mode ii-base load the crack growth in mode iii-base load due to interspersed mode i-, mode iiias well as mode i-mode iii-block load combinations shows varyingly strong retardations (see fig. 9). indeed, it can be observed that the retardation effect decreases with increasing ki/kiii-ratio, nevertheless the influence of the mode i-component in the mode i-mode iii-block loads on a mode iii-loaded crack is still existing. a part of typical fractured surfaces developed within the experiments are presented in fig. 10. the fractured surfaces show for interspersed mode i-mode ii-block loads in mode ii-base load expected characteristics. due to a pure mode i-block load a significant step on the fractured surface arises (fig. 10 a)). concerning the crack growth direction a crack kinking angle φ0 of ca. 63° was measured before as well as after interspersing the block load. the fractured surfaces resulting from interspersed mode i-mode iii-block loads in mode iii-base load, shown in fig. 10 b), reveal several facets and are relatively jagged. in conclusion, it can be registered that the greatest retardation effects respectively the greatest advantages a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 357 in durability are obtained, if the crack loading mode of the block loading coincides with the crack loading mode of the base loading. figure 9: crack growth retardation due to interspersed mode i-mode iii-block loads in mode iii-base load figure 10: typical fractured surfaces by varying loading levels. (a) mode i-mode ii-block loads in mode ii-base load; (b) mode i-mode iii-block loads in mode iii-base load. references [1] sander, m., einfluss variabler belastung auf das ermüdungsrisswachstum in bauteilen und strukturen. fortschritt-berichte vdi: reihe 18, mechanik, bruchmechanik, band 287, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2003). [2] richard, h. a., sander, m., ermüdungsrisse. 3. auflage, vieweg+teubner, wiesbaden, (2012). [3] schirmeisen, n.-h., risswachstum unter 3d-mixed-mode-beanspruchung. fortschritt-berichte vdi: reihe 18, mechanik, bruchmechanik, band 335, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2012). [4] eberlein, a., einfluss von mixed-mode-beanspruchung auf das ermüdungsrisswachstum in bauteilen und strukturen. fortschritt-berichte vdi: reihe 18, mechanik, bruchmechanik, band 344, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2016). a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 351-358; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.45 358 [5] sander, m., richard, h. a., effects of block loading and mixed mode loading on the fatigue crack growth, in: proceedings of the 8th international fatigue congress (fatigue 2002), blom a. f. (ed.), stockholm, sweden, (2002) 2895-2902. [6] richard, h. a., linnig, w., henn, k., fatigue crack propagation under combined loading. forensic engineering 3 (1991) 99-109. [7] richard, h. a., fulland, m., sander, m., theoretical crack path prediction. fat. & frac. of eng. mat. & struc., 28 (2005) 3-12. [8] sander, m., richard, h. a., finite element analysis of fatigue crack growth with interspersed mode i and mixed mode overloads. international journal of fatigue, 28 (2005) 905-913. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_26_art_13 t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 132 behaviour of a speargun with a novel muzzle comportamento di un fucile subacqueo con testata innovativa t. ingrassia, m. mucera, v. nigrelli dipartimento di ingegneria chimica, gestionale, informatica, meccanica università degli studi di palermo viale delle scienze, 90128 palermo (italy) tommaso.ingrassia@unipa.it abstract. the paper presents the results of a numerical and experimental investigation performed on a barrel of a speargun equipped with two kinds of muzzle. in particular, a standard muzzle for speargun (having an elastic propulsion) has been compared with an innovative one called ‘roller’. this new muzzle is equipped with two rollers and special bands. the rubber bands, fixed at the lower side of the barrel, run through the rollers and are engaged in suitable seats of the shaft. these bands are, therefore, longer than the traditional ones and, consequently, with equal force applied by the diver, the roller speargun has a longer range. thanks to the particular geometry of the new muzzle, one of the front constraints of the elastic bands is moved to the lower part of the barrel or the handle. as a consequence, the scheme of the loads applied on the speargun remarkably changes passing from a standard muzzle to a roller one. all that has a great influence on the level of deformation of the barrel and, consequently, on the accuracy of the shot. because of the low velocity of the spear (if compared with the firearms), in fact, the accuracy of the shoot if strongly influenced by the barrel bending due to the forces applied by means of the elastic bands. in this paper it is experimentally evaluated the bending of the barrel equipped both with the innovative muzzle and with the traditional one in order to compare their performances. the experimental analysis of the barrel was performed by electrical strain gauges suitably located at the section with the highest values of the strains. in order to find the barrel section with the highest strain values where to locate the strain gauges, a preliminary numerical fem analysis has been performed. the loads and constraints scheme has been evaluated both for the standard and the new muzzle. in particular, the forces due to the elastic bands, their application points and directions have been experimentally obtained. to speed up the process of numerical simulation, without invalidating the results reliability, simplified fem models have been used. in particular, a very accurate model of the barrel has been shaped, whereas the models of the muzzles and the handle have been simplified. the forces due to the elastic bands, experimentally obtained, have been applied on the fem models. the maps of the maximum and minimum principal strains have allowed to find the area with the highest strain values, placed in rear part of the barrel (near the handle). the strain values experimentally measured on the speargun have been very similar to the ones calculated by means of the numerical simulations. that demonstrates the developed fem models are very reliable and can ben used to predict the performances of the speragun under different loads conditions. the speargun with the new roller muzzle shows very lower strain values if compared with the ones measured in the standard one. nevertheless, considering the two spearguns have different elastic bands setup, it has been thought the comparison of their performances should be made hypothesizing the same maximum force applied during the speargun charge. this condition, moreover, could be really obtained by changing the kind of the http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 133 elastic bands in the speargun with the roller muzzle. for this reason, during the results analysis phase, the strain values measured on the roller speargun have been ‘normalized’ by increasing them of a value equal to the ratio of the maximum forces due to the rubber bands. the data post processing has allowed to evaluate the forces and the bending moments on the barrels with the standard muzzle and the roller one. results show the barrel with the innovative muzzle has, also considering equal forces applied by the diver, a lower bending than the barrel with a traditional muzzle. to evaluate the maximum deflection of both the spearguns, a new numerical simulation has been set up. in particular, in this fem analysis, the roller speargung has been loaded with a maximum force comparable with the standard one. the obtained results show that the standard speargun has a higher value of the maximum deflection respect to the roller one. since higher deflection values of the barrel make worse the accuracy of the shot, these results demonstrate the novel speargun can be more precise than the traditional one. sommario. in questo lavoro vengono presentati i risultati relativi ad un’indagine numerico-sperimentale condotta sul fusto di un fucile subacqueo dotato di una nuova testata. questa testata, chiamata roller, è munita di due rotelle e di elastici particolari. quest’ultimi vengono fissati nella parte inferiore del fusto, si avvolgono attorno alle rotelle e infine si impegnano in un’apposita cava ricavata sull’asta del fucile. gli elastici utilizzati con questo tipo di testata sono molto più lunghi di quelli tradizionali e ciò permette, a parità di forza applicata dall’utente, una maggiore gittata. a causa della bassa velocità di avanzamento dell’asta, se confrontata con le armi da fuoco terrestri, la precisione del tiro è fortemente influenzata dall’inflessione del fusto dovuta alle forze applicate dagli elastici. in questo lavoro è stata sperimentalmente valutata la sollecitazione sul fusto di un fucile attrezzato prima con testata standard e, successivamente, con testata roller al fine di confrontarne il comportamento sotto carico e, di conseguenza, la prestazione. l’analisi sperimentale è stata condotta usando estensimetri elettrici posizionati opportunamente nella sezione con valori di deformazione più elevati, individuata preventivamente per mezzo di analisi fem. i risultati mostrano che il fusto con la testata innovativa ha, anche a parità di forza applicata dall’utente durante la fase di carica del fucile, una minore deformazione rispetto al fusto con testata tradizionale. questo rende il nuovo fucile più preciso di quello tradizionale. keywords. speargun; strain gauges; fem; roller muzzle. introduzione om'è noto, in balistica la precisione di tiro è influenzata dal rinculo [1-2] che determina l’arretramento e l’impennamento del fusto o della canna da sparo. nei fucili subacquei si è costretti a lanciare aste di grande massa per vincere con la loro inerzia le forti resistenze idrodinamiche. d'altra parte la massa del fucile non si può aumentare troppo per non ridurre il suo brandeggio e la sua maneggiabilità nell'acqua. nella balistica subacquea il rapporto tra la massa dell'asta e quella del fucile che rincula è circa 1/5 (400 grammi di massa dell'asta rapportata a 2 chili circa di massa del fucile), mentre nelle armi da sparo il rapporto può essere inferiore a 1/100 [1]. per tale motivo i fucili subacquei sono molto svantaggiati rispetto alle armi da sparo terrestri e richiedono uno studio molto più approfondito sotto il profilo della stabilità nel tiro. gli attrezzi da lancio devono nascere molto più equilibrati, il momento di rinculo deve risultare il più piccolo possibile, altrimenti l'impennamento del fusto può rendere molto imprecisa la traiettoria dell’asta dato che quest’ultima, essendo meno veloce dei proiettili delle armi da sparo, segue per un tempo più lungo la guida sul fusto e ne subisce le deviazioni rispetto all'allineamento di mira. la precisione del tiro è però influenzata anche dall’inflessione del fusto che può essere determinata, nel caso di fucili a propulsione elastica, dalla forza esercitata dagli elastici. tale inflessione, all’atto dello sgancio dell’asta, tende rapidamente ad annullarsi con conseguente disturbo della traiettoria di quest’ultima. c http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 134 in questo lavoro è stato eseguito uno studio numerico-sperimentale, tramite modelli fem ed estensimetri elettrici, finalizzato alla valutazione delle sollecitazioni agenti sul fusto di due fucili a propulsione elastica (arbalete): il primo attrezzato con testata classica, il secondo con testata roller. in particolare, dopo aver rilevato i carichi agenti sul fucile, sono state eseguite delle analisi fem per individuare le zone con i più elevati valori di deformazioni nelle quali, durante la successiva fase di rilevazione sperimentale, sono stati installati gli estensimetri. i risultati ottenuti sono stati opportunamente elaborati al fine di ottenere valori confrontabili a parità di forza massima applicata durante la fase di carica del fucile. materiali e metodi ’arbalete in studio (fig. 1) è un fucile da pesca subacquea a propulsione elastica. esso è composto da quattro principali elementi: fusto, impugnatura (o calcio), testata ed elastici. figura 1: arbalete geronimo pro 105 della cressi sub. figure 1: cressi sub geronimo pro 105 speargun. il fusto è l’elemento d’unione tra l’impugnatura, contenente il congegno di sparo, e la testata. è realizzato in lega di alluminio ed ha una lunghezza in centimetri (che dà il nome al tipo di fucile) pari a 105. la struttura tubolare del fusto ha una sezione variabile in forma e dimensione. l’impugnatura è una delle parti più importanti del fucile in quanto influenza la qualità del tiro. essa è stampata a caldo con tecnopolimeri e rappresenta il vincolo dell’asta. la testata costituisce il vincolo d’estremità degli elastici. le testate analizzate in questo studio sono due: standard di tipo chiuso (fig. 2) e roller (fig. 3). figura 2: testata standard chiusa. figure 2: standard muzzle. la testata roller utilizzata è caratterizzata da una coppia di rotelle con diametro 30 mm che ruotano su cuscinetti di vetro [3]. grazie alla particolare geometria, essa permette lo spostamento di uno dei vincoli di estremità degli elastici dalla testata alla parte inferiore del fusto o dell’impugnatura. l http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 135 figura 3: testata roller. figure 3: roller muzzle. come naturale conseguenza, lo schema dei carichi applicati sul fucile cambia considerevolmente passando da una testata standard ad una roller. tutto ciò ha una notevole influenza sullo stato di deformazione della struttura del fusto e, conseguentemente, sulla qualità e precisione del tiro. gli elastici utilizzati sono realizzati in poliisoprene a basso rilassamento degli sforzi [4], le cui principali caratteristiche meccaniche sono presentate nella tab. 1. tensione di rottura a trazione 28 mpa allungamento a rottura 550-600% modulo di young (100%) 1.5 mpa tabella 1: caratteristiche del poliisoprene utilizzato per gli elastici del fucile. table 1: mechanical properties of the polyisoprene used in the elastic bands. gli elastici si impegnano in un apposito intaglio praticato sull’asta mediante un archetto metallico detto ogiva. dipendentemente dal tipo di allestimento scelto è possibile utilizzare uno o più elastici. nel caso in studio vengono utilizzati più elastici per entrambi gli allestimenti. in quello con testata standard sono stati utilizzati: una coppia di elastici avvitati all'estremità ed un circolare che passa attraverso un foro presente sulla testata stessa (fig. 4). il fucile ‘roller’, invece, è stato attrezzato con una coppia di elastici circolari (fig. 5) fissati inferiormente sull’elsa (anello di protezione) del grilletto. esc figura 4: arbalete con testata chiusa. figure 4: speargun with standard muzzle. figura 5: arbalete con testata roller. figure 5: speargun with roller muzzle. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 136 determinazione dei carichi agenti le forze esercitate dagli elastici sono state rilevate sperimentalmente tramite un dinamometro meccanico analogico della tiedemann collegato all’ogiva degli elastici, simulando la reale procedura di carica del fucile. i punti di applicazione e le direzioni dei carichi sono stati determinati per mezzo di rilievo della geometria. gli schemi di carico analizzati sono mostrati nelle fig. 6 e 7. figura 6: schema di carico del fucile con testata standard. figure 6: standard muzzle speargun loads scheme. figura 7: schema di carico del fucile con testata roller. figure 7: roller muzzle speargun loads scheme. i valori, le direzioni e i bracci d’azione delle forze sono riportati per il fucile con testata standard e con testata roller rispettivamente nelle tab. 2 e 3. elastici forza (n) angolo α angolo β e1 (mm) e2 (mm) coppia 1150 0,4° 4 circolare 1100 1,3° 3 tabella 2: fucile normale – valore delle forze esercitate dagli elastici, degli angoli e dei bracci con cui esse agiscono sulla struttura schematizzata in fig. 6. table 2: standard speargun – values of the forces of the elastic bands, angles and arms. elastici forza (n) angolo α angolo β e1 (mm) e2 (mm) roller 1 650 1,09° 22 roller 2 650 1,31° 25 tabella 3: fucile roller – valore delle forze esercitate dagli elastici, degli angoli e dei bracci con cui esse agiscono sulla struttura schematizzata in fig. 7. table 3: roller speargun – values of the forces of the elastic bands, angles and arms. studio numerico e sperimentale l confronto del comportamento del fusto del fucile con testata normale e con testata roller è stato effettuato rilevando i massimi valori di deformazione del fusto mediante estensimetri elettrici a resistenza. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 137 procedura numerica per individuare la sezione con i valori più elevati (di trazione e compressione) di deformazione sulla quale installare gli estensimetri, si è preliminarmente eseguita una simulazione numerica impiegando un codice di calcolo agli elementi finiti (ansys workbench), largamente utilizzato in svariati settori come il biomeccanico [5], quello della sicurezza passiva [6-8], la caratterizzazione e ottimizzazione dei materiali compositi. nel presente lavoro, al fine di semplificare il processo di simulazione numerica, senza però inficiare l’attendibilità dei risultati, sono stati utilizzati modelli fem semplificati. in particolare, è stato utilizzato un modello del fusto perfettamente aderente al reale, mentre sono stati realizzati modelli semplificati delle due testate e dell’impugnatura. inoltre, non sono stati modellati gli elastici le cui azioni, tuttavia, sono state simulate attraverso l’applicazione delle forze secondo gli schemi di carico mostrati nelle fig. 6-7. le ulteriori condizioni al contorno hanno previsto, sia nel caso di testata standard che di testata roller, un vincolo di tipo incastro in corrispondenza dell’impugnatura (fig. 8). per la discretizzazione sono stati utilizzati elementi “brick” ad otto nodi ed elementi di contatto di tipo “shell” in corrispondenza delle interfacce fusto-testata e fusto-impugnatura. figura 8: modello fem del fucile roller: carichi e vincoli. figure 8: fem model of the roller speargun: loads and constraints. la mappatura delle deformazioni principali massima e minima permette di affermare che la zona con livelli di deformazione più elevati si trova, in entrambi i casi (testata standard e roller), a circa 1020 mm dall’estremità del fusto. in particolare, il valore assoluto massimo calcolato è relativo alla deformazione principale minima. le mappe delle deformazioni principali minime sono riportate nelle fig. 9-10. figura 9: mappa delle deformazioni principali minime nel fucile con testata standard. figure 9: map of the minimum principal strains on the speargun with standard muzzle. le mappe delle deformazioni lungo l’asse del fusto, nella zona con i livelli di deformazione più elevati, sono riportate in fig. 11. i valori sono sostanzialmente coincidenti con le deformazioni principali massima e minima. ciò permette di affermare che le deformazioni principali sono praticamente longitudinali. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 138 figura 10: mappa delle deformazioni principali minime nel fucile con testata roller. figure 10: map of the minimum principal strains on the speargun with roller muzzle figura 11: mappa delle deformazioni lungo l’asse del fusto nella zona maggiormente deformata per fucile standard (a sx) e roller (a dx). figure 11: maps of the longitudinal strains in the highest strained area on the standard speargun (on the left) and the roller one (on the right). procedura sperimentale il rilievo sperimentale della deformazione nella sezione con i maggiori livelli di deformazione, distante 1020 mm dall’estremità del fusto (fig.12), è stato effettuato mediante n. 4 estensimetri elettrici a resistenza (er). figura 12: schema del posizionamento longitudinale (a sinistra) e trasversale (a destra) degli er. figure 12: scheme of the longitudinal (on the left) and transversal (on the right) positioning of the strain gauges. sulla base dei risultati numerici, gli estensimetri sono stati posizionati come mostrato nello schema di fig. 12, angolarmente distanti di 90° uno dall’altro e con gli assi longitudinali paralleli all’asse dell’asta. gli estensimetri utilizzati sono autocompensati per alluminio con grid resistance 120+/-0.6% ω, gadge factor (+2.120 +/0.5) e sono stati collegati ad una centralina ‘vischay p3’ utilizzando lo schema a quarto di ponte [9] (fig. 13). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 139 figura 13: er installati sul fucile. figure 13: strain gauges on the speargun. per rilevare eventuali effetti di rilassamento degli sforzi negli elastici, le deformazioni sono state registrate per una durata di 300 secondi circa. gli andamenti delle deformazioni nel tempo rilevati dai quattro estensimetri per il fucile munito di testata standard e roller sono riportati rispettivamente nelle fig. 14 e 15. figura 14: grafico deformazioni-tempo nella prova per fucile standard. figure 14: strain vs time plots in standard speargun. figura 15: grafico deformazioni-tempo nella prova per fucile “roller”. figure 15: strain vs time plots in roller speargun. gli elastici non manifestano alcun effetto di rilassamento degli sforzi. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 140 risultati valori di deformazione calcolati numericamente (nei punti corrispondenti ai centri degli estensimetri) e quelli rilevati sperimentalmente sono riportati, per fucile con testata standard e roller, nella tab. 4. tipo di testata valutazione est.1 (µm/m) est. 2 (µm/m) est. 3 (µm/m) est. 4 (µm/m) standard numerica -634 -185 -185 277 sperimentale -673 -175 -207 318 roller numerica -259 -101 -101 41 sperimentale -250 -105 -102 40 tabella 4: deformazioni sul fucile con testata standard e sul roller. table 4: strain values measured on the standard and roller spearguns. l’analisi dei dati presentati in tab. 4 permette di affermare che esiste un ottimo grado di correlazione fra i risultati sperimentali e quelli numerici. sul fucile con testata roller i livelli di deformazione sono molto minori rispetto a quelli rilevati per il fucile con testata standard. tuttavia, considerato che i fucili in studio sono equipaggiati con elastici differenti, si è ritenuto che un confronto efficace del comportamento dovesse effettuarsi presupponendo l’uguaglianza della forza massima esercitata (pari a 1150 n) durante la fase di carica dei fucili, potendo questa essere rappresentativa del livello di difficoltà di carica del fucile da parte dell’utente. tale condizione, fra l’altro, è realmente ottenibile cambiando tipologia di elastico nel fucile roller. per tale motivo le deformazioni rilevate sul roller sono state “normalizzate”, incrementandole del rapporto fra i valori delle forze massime esercitate dagli elastici (riportati nelle tab. 2 e 3). i valori di deformazione normalizzate sono presentati in tab. 5. est.1 (µm/m) est. 2 (µm/m) est. 3 (µm/m) est. 4 (µm/m) -442 -185 -180 70 tabella 5 – fucile roller – deformazioni normalizzate per il confronto. table 5: roller speargun – normalized strain values. l’analisi delle deformazioni misurate in corrispondenza dei quattro estensimetri permette di asserire che, in entrambi i casi (fucile standard e roller), il fusto è soggetto sostanzialmente ad una sollecitazione di compressione e di flessione con asse praticamente coincidente con l’asse x di fig. 12 (le deformazioni misurate dagli estensimetri 2 e 3, posizionati in modo diametralmente opposto lungo x, sono infatti paragonabili). al fine di confrontare il comportamento dei due fucili, si è calcolato il momento flettente mf agente. dalla risoluzione del sistema di eq. (1): 1 2 3 4 n fx n fy n fy n fx                        (1) dove: ε1, ε2, ε3 e ε4, sono le deformazioni misurate dai quattro estensimetri, si possono calcolare: εn, deformazione di compressione dovuta al carico normale p; εfx e εfy, deformazioni dovute rispettivamente alle sollecitazioni di flessione lungo gli assi x e y. note εn, εfx e εfy, è possibile valutare i corrispondenti valori delle tensioni σn, σfx e σfy, mediante la ben nota relazione costitutiva dei materiali con comportamento lineare elastico, assumendo un valore del modulo di young pari a 70.000 mpa (considerato che il fusto del fucile in studio è in alluminio). dai valori di tensione, si sono calcolati, nota la sezione i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it 141 t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 resistente (circolare cava con raggio esterno 15 mm e raggio interno 13mm), il carico normale alla sezione stessa, p, e il momento flettente mf. tali valori sono riassunti in tab. 6. standard roller p (n) 2265 2266 mf (n·mm) 40020 20750 tabella 6: carico normale (p) e momento flettente (mf) agente sui fucili. table 6: normal force (p) and bending moment (mf) on the spearguns. dai dati calcolati si evince che, a parità di carico massimo applicato dall’utente, il fucile dotato di testata standard è soggetto ad un momento flettente (mfstandard = 40020n mm) superiore rispetto a quello con testata roller pari a mfroller = 20750 n mm. il maggior valore di momento flettente, inoltre, determina una maggiore inflessione del fusto. tale affermazione è confermata dai risultati ottenuti da un’ulteriore analisi fem nella quale sul fucile roller sono stati incrementati i valori dei carichi agenti per renderli paragonabili a quelli agenti nel fucile standard. figura 16: mappa degli spostamenti lungo z nel fucile con testata standard. figure 16: standard speargun map of the displacements along the z axis. figura 17: mappa degli spostamenti lungo z nel fucile con testata roller. figure 17: roller speargun map of the displacements along the z axis. le mappe degli spostamenti presentate nelle fig. 16-17 dimostrano che, anche a parità di forza applicata dall’utente durante la fase di carica del fucile, la freccia massima nel caso di fucile standard ustandard ≈ 6.4 mm è superiore a quella calcolata per il roller uroller ≈ 2.8 mm. conclusioni n questo lavoro è stata eseguita un’indagine numerico-sperimentale al fine di confrontare il comportamento di due fucili subacquei, uno munito di testata standard, l’altro di testata roller. in particolare, dopo avere rilevato sperimentalmente i carichi agenti e individuato, per mezzo di analisi agli elementi finiti, la zona con i valori di i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t. ingrassia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 132-142; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.13 142 deformazione più elevati, sono stati installati degli estensimetri elettrici per la rilevazione delle deformazioni nelle reali condizioni di carico. i dati rilevati sono stati opportunamente processati al fine di eseguire un confronto coerente fra le due differenti configurazioni, ragionando a parità di forza massima esercitata all’atto di carica del fucile. la procedura sviluppata, partendo dai valori di deformazioni rilevati, ha permesso di calcolare il momento flettente agente su entrambi i fucili, il quale è risultato di molto superiore nel caso di fucile standard (mfstandard = 40020 n·mm > mfroller = 20750 n·mm). inoltre, tramite simulazione fem, si è verificato che, a parità di forza massima applicata, l’inflessione del fucile standard è sensibilmente superiore a quella del roller. tale informazione è di particolare interesse se si tiene conto della balistica di un fucile subacqueo. in questo genere di armi, infatti, la bassa velocità di avanzamento dell’asta (rispetto alle armi da fuoco) costringe la stessa a seguire per un tempo più lungo la guida sul fusto, subendone le eventuali deviazioni rispetto all'allineamento di mira. elevati valori di inflessione del fusto, quindi, influenzano negativamente la precisione del tiro. conseguentemente, il fucile con testata roller è da preferire all’analogo con testata standard, per quanto riguarda l’influenza dell’inflessione sulla precisione del tiro. bibliografia [1] yao, y., simulation test system of gun recoil and numerical calculations, binggong xuebao/acta armamentarii, 22 (2) (2001) 152-155. [2] zong, s.-z., qian, l.-f., xu, y.-d., dynamic coupling analysis and optimization of gun recoil mechanism. binggong xuebao/acta armamentarii, 28 (3) (2007) 272-275. [3] chunfu, g., xueqing, b., shiju, e., wear experiments of glass ceramics and bearing steel, journal of rare earths, 25 (2) (2007) 327-329. [4] sreeja, t. d., kutty, s. k., cure characteristics and mechanical properties of natural rubber/reclaimed rubber blends, polymer plastics technology and engineering, 39 (3) (2000) 501-512. [5] ingrassia, t., nalbone, l., nigrelli, v., tumino, d., ricotta, v., finite element analysis of two total knee joint prostheses, international journal on interactive design and manufacturing, 7 (2) (2013) 91-101. [6] ingrassia, t., mancuso, a., virtual prototyping of a new intramedullary nail for tibial fractures, international journal on interactive design and manufacturing, 7 (3) (2013) 159-169. [7] ingrassia, t., nigrelli, v., design optimization and analysis of a new rear underrun protective device for truck, in: 8th international symposium on tools and methods of competitive engineering, tmce 2010, 2 (2010) 713-725. [8] ingrassia, t., nigrelli, v., buttitta, r., a comparison of simplex and simulated annealing for optimization of a new rear underrun protective device, engineering with computers, 29 (3) (2013) 345-358. [9] ajovalasit, a., the measurement of large strains using electrical resistance strain gages, experimental techniques, 36 (3) (2012) 77-82. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.13&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_29_art_20 r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29(2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 230 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy influence of boundary conditions on the response of multilayered plates with cohesive interfaces and delaminations using a homogenized approach r. massabò university of genova, genova, italy roberta.massabo@unige.it abstract. stress and displacement fields in multilayered composites with interfacial imperfections, such as imperfect bonding of the layers or delaminations, or where the plies are separated by thin interlayers allowing relative motion, have large variations in the thickness, with characteristic zigzag patterns and jumps at the layer interfaces. these effects are well captured by a model recently formulated by the author for multilayered plates with imperfect interfaces and affine interfacial traction laws (massabò & campi, meccanica, 2014, in press; compos struct, 2014, 116, 311-324). the model defines a homogenized displacement field, which satisfies interfacial continuity, and uses a variational technique to derive equilibrium equations depending on only six generalized displacement functions, for any arbitrary numbers of layers and interfaces. the model accurately predicts stresses and displacements in simply supported, highly anisotropic, thick plates with continuous, sliding interfaces. in this paper the model is applied to wide plates with clamped edges and some inconsistencies, which have been noted in the literature for models based on similar approaches and have limited their utilization, are explained. a generalized transverse shear force is introduced as the gross stress resultant which is directly related to the bending moment in the equilibrium equations of multilayered structures with imperfect interfaces and substitutes for the shear force of single-layer theory. an application to a delaminated wide plate highlights the potential and limitations of the proposed model for the solution of fracture mechanics problems. keywords. composites; cohesive interfaces; delamination; plate theories. introduction tress and displacement fields in multilayered composites with interfacial imperfections, such as imperfect bonding of the layers or delaminations, or where the plies are separated by thin interlayers allowing relative motion, have large variations in the thickness, with characteristic zigzag patterns and jumps at the interfaces. these effects cannot be captured using classical firstor higher-order single-layer theories and require models based on a discrete-layer approach, where the number of unknowns is typically large and depends on the number of layers/interfaces and on the layer kinematic fields. this limits the range of problems which can be solved analytically and makes computational solutions necessary for most cases, in particular when the status of the interfaces evolves during loading due to delamination fracture [1-7]. zigzag theories [8-10] were originally proposed for multilayered systems with perfectly bonded interfaces in order to overcome the limitations of discrete-layer approaches and satisfy continuity of transverse and normal stresses at the s r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 231 interfaces. the theories, through the imposition of interfacial continuity conditions, define a homogenized displacement field which depends on a limited number of unknowns and is able to reproduce through-thickness zigzag patterns due to the material inhomogeneities. later, the zigzag theories were extended to describe plates and shells with imperfectly bonded, purely elastic interfaces in [11-14]. the extended theories however manifest a number of inconsistencies: (i) they are unable to reproduce the expected transitions in the internal gross stress resultants on varying the stiffness of the imperfect interfaces (first noted in [11,15,16]); (ii) they give rise to unrealistic effects in the transverse displacements, which are larger than those of fully debonded plates in partially bonded plates (this effect was defined shear-locking in [15]); (iii) they show some inconsistencies in plates with clamped edges (noted in [17]). recently the author formulated in [18,19] a theory which, starting from those in [11-14], extends the formulation to plates and beams with interfaces characterized by affine interfacial traction laws (to describe piecewise linear cohesive functions) and accounts for the energy contribution of the imperfect interfaces in the derivation of the equilibrium equations. this contribution was erroneously omitted in the original theories and in all theories derived later from the original models (see [18] for a list). corrected formulations of the models [11-14] are presented in the appendices in [18]. the accuracy of the theory proposed in [18,19] has been verified against exact 2d elasticity solutions in highly anisotropic, simply supported, multilayered plates, with continuous sliding interfaces and deforming in cylindrical bending. the model accurately describes stress and displacement fields in plates with different numbers of interfaces, equally and unequally spaced in the thickness, over the whole range of interfacial stiffnesses, from fully bonded to fully debonded. a limitation of the theory has been observed when dealing with very thick, highly anisotropic plates with compliant interfaces, where the shear deformations are underestimated in the derivation of the transverse displacements as a consequence of the assumed continuity between interfacial tractions and shear stresses. it is expected that this problem could be solved using a shear correction factor which depends on the interfacial properties (work in progress). in this paper, the issues noted in [17] in beams with clamped ends, where the zigzag theory proposed in [9,10] for fully bonded systems shows some apparent inconsistencies in the transverse shear force, are discussed; and the equilibrium equations derived in [19] for plates in cylindrical bending are restated to clarify the problem. the new formulation introduces a generalized transverse shear force, which is the gross stress resultant directly related to the bending moment in the equilibrium equations of multilayered plates with imperfect interfaces and substitutes for the shear force of singlelayer theory. finally, a delaminated cantilevered wide plate with a clamped edge is studied as a preliminary investigation of the applicability of the model to fracture mechanics problems. model onsider a rectangular multilayered plate of thickness h and in-plane dimensions 1l and 2 l l , with 1 2l l . a system of cartesian coordinates, 1 2 3 x x x , is introduced with the axis 3x normal to the reference surface of the plate, which is arbitrarily chosen, and measured from it (fig. 1). the plate consists of n layers exhibiting different mechanical properties and joined by 1n interfaces, which are described as mathematical surfaces where the material properties and the displacements may change discontinuously while the interfacial tractions are continuous. the layer k, where the index 1 ,..,k n is numbered from bottom to top, is defined by the coordinates 1 3 kx and 3 kx of its lower and upper interfaces, s( )k and s( )k , and has thickness ( )k h , fig. 1 (the k superscript in brackets identifies affiliation with layer k). each layer is linearly elastic, homogeneous and orthotropic with material axes parallel to the geometrical axes. the displacement vector of an arbitrary point of the plate at the coordinate  1 2 3x , , t x x x is  1 2 3 v , , t v v v w . the plate is subjected to distributed loads acting on the upper and lower surfaces, s and s , and on the lateral bounding surface, b , is in plane strain conditions parallel to the plane 2 3x x and deforms in cylindrical bending. in addition, the plate is assumed to be incompressible in the thickness direction and the interfaces to be rigid against mode i (opening) relative displacements. this latter assumption, which is often used in the literature, is rigorously correct only in problems where the conditions along the interfaces are purely mode ii. the assumption, however, is acceptable in the presence of continuous interfaces, when the interfacial normal tractions are small compared to the tangential tractions and interfacial opening is prevented, e.g. by a through-thickness reinforcement or other means. to describe cohesive delaminations under general mixed mode conditions, the general treatment, which has been proposed in [18], for plates, and in [19], for wide plates in cylindrical bending, and accounts for interfacial opening, must be applied. based on the c r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29(2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 232 assumptions above, the displacement components then simplify in 1 0v , 2 2 2 3 ( , )v v x x and 3 2 ( )v w x . following the classical assumption of lower-order plate theories, in the constitutive relationships for the generic layer k the normal stresses, 3 3 ( )k for k =1..n-1, are assumed to be negligibly small compared to the other components. this yields: 22 22 22  ( ) ( ) ( )k k kc and 23 55 232  ( ) ( ) ( )k k kc (1a)  2222 22  ( )( ) ( )kk ka and 23 55 232   ( ) ( ) ( )k k ka (1b) with  22 22 23 32 33  ( )( ) / kk c c c c c and  22 22 21 12 11 ( )( ) / kk a a a a a  , where the ( )k ijc and ( )k ija are the coefficients of the 6×6 stiffness and compliance matrices (engineering notation). transverse normal tractions will then be derived a posteriori from local equilibrium. the interfaces are described by interfacial traction laws which relate the interfacial shear tractions, acting along the surface of the layer k at the interface with unit positive normal vector, s( )k , 23 2 23 2 3 3     ( )ˆ ˆ ( ) ( , )k k k ks x x x x (2) to the interface relative sliding displacement:        12 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3    ˆ ˆ ( ) , ,k kk k k kv v x v x x x v x x x (3) the interfacial traction law is generally nonlinear to represent different physical mechanisms, which may include the elastic response of thin interfacial layers, cohesive/bridging mechanisms developed by trans-laminar reinforcements or other means, material rupture, elastic contact along the delamination surfaces [3-7,20,21]. the law can be approximated as a piecewise linear function so that the arbitrary branch i is described by an affine function of the relative displacement: 23 2ˆ ˆ ˆ i k i k i k k i k s s sk v t    (4a)  2  ˆˆk i k i k i ks s sv b t (4b) where i ksk and i k sb are the interface tangential stiffness and compliance and i k st is a constant interfacial traction which is assumed to act when 2 0ˆ kv  , and is typically positive/negative for positive/negative 2̂ kv , i.e. 2 2    ˆ ˆ( ) h( ) i k k k i k s st h v v t with h the heaviside step function. a purely elastic interface is described by a single branch with 0kst , perfectly bonded interfaces are defined by 0kst and  k sb 0, which yields 2 ˆ kv 0, and fully debonded interfaces by 0kst and ksk 0, which yields  ˆ k s 0. for 0 k st , the affine law of eq. (4) could describe the bridging mechanisms developed by a through-thickness reinforcement, e.g. stitching, applied to a laminated composite [21]. if the relationship (4) is used to represent branches of cohesive traction laws, different linear functions may be needed to represent processes inducing loading and unloading of the delaminations and the associated sliding and reverse-sliding mechanisms. in this paper, equilibrium equations will be derived for plates with interfaces described by the arbitrary branch i of eq. (4) and, for the sake of simplicity, the superscript i will be removed. two length-scales displacement field the displacement field is assumed to be given by the superposition of a global field and local perturbation terms (or enrichments). the nonzero components of the displacement vector at an arbitrary point  1 2 3x , , t x x x are: 1 1 2 2 3 02 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 1             ˆ( , ) ( ) n n k k k k k k k v x x v x x x h v h (5a) 3 2 2 0( ) ( ) v x w x w  (5b) where 3 3 ( ) k kh h x x  3 30 , ;kx x 3 31 , kx x and the terms on the right hand side of eq. (5a) denote different contributions in the displacement representation: 02 02 2 ( )v v x , 0 0 2 ( )w w x and 2 2 2( )x  define standard first order shear deformation theory terms, which are continuous with continuous derivatives in the thickness direction, 1 3c , and, r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 233 when the reference surface coincides with the mid-surface of the bottom layer, define the generalized displacement components of its points. the third term in eq. (5a), with summations on the n-1 of interfaces, supply the zig-zag contributions, 2 k , [9,10], which are continuous in 3x but with jumps in the first derivatives at the interfaces, 0 3c , and are necessary to satisfy continuity of the shear tractions at the interfaces in plates with arbitrary stacking sequences; the fourth term, with summations on the n-1 interfaces, define a discontinuous field and supply the contribution of the relative displacements (jumps) at the cohesive interfaces. eq. (5) define a first order model, since the displacements are piecewise linear functions of 3x . higher order models have been proposed in the theories in [11,13], which however have no advantages over i order models in the presence of imperfect interfaces, as it was proven in [18]. the linear infinitesimal nonzero strain components at the coordinate 3x within layer k are derived using eq. (5):     1 1 22 02 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 1             , , , ,ˆ k k k j j j j j v x x x v (6a)   1 23 0 2 2 2 1 2        , k k j j w (6b) where the comma followed by a subscript denotes a derivative with respect to the corresponding coordinate. figure 1: (a) composite plate showing discretization into layers, imperfect/cohesive interfaces and delaminations. (b) infinitesimal element of layer k showing stress resultants and couples and interfacial tractions. homogenized displacement field the n-1 unknown zigzag functions 2 2 ( ) k x for k = 1..n-1 in eq. (5a) are determined as functions of the global displacement variables and displacement jumps by imposing continuity of the shear tractions, eq. (2), across the layer interfaces, which yields: 1 23 3 23 3  ( ) ( )( ) ( ), k k k kx x for k =1..n-1. (7) through eq. (7), (6) and (1) the kth zig-zag function is defined in terms of the global displacement variables:    12 0 2 2 22    ;, kk w (8) where:   22 55 55    ; ( )i j i jc a and 1    ( ) ( )k k kij ij ija a a . (9) once the functions 2 2 ( ) k x , for k =1...n-1, have been defined, the relative displacement at each cohesive interface, 2 ˆkv , is defined through the constitutive law of the interface, eq. (4b), using eq. (1a), (2), (6b) and (8). the expression for the displacement jump at the s( )k interface at the coordinate 3 kx in terms of the global displacement variables is: x3 k-1 x3 k p (x2, t) kth layer cohesive interfaces delaminations x1 x3 x2 h l2 l1 r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29(2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 234  2 0 2 2 22   ,ˆ k k k ks sv w b t (10) with    1122 55 22 1 1            ; k jkk k s j c b (11) eq. (8) and (10) can then be inserted into eq. (5) to obtain the homogenized displacement field. the displacement components within layer k are:      1 2 02 2 3 0 2 2 22 1         , k k k i i s s s i v v x w r b t (12a)   0 k w w (12b) where:      1 1 22 22 3 22 3 3 22 1               ;( ) k ik k i i s s i r r x x x (13) eq. (12) highlight that the displacement field is fully defined by the 3 displacement variables, 02 0 2, , v w , which describe the global part of the field, and are underlined in the equations, and by parameters which depend on the elastic constants of the material, the layup and the geometry (no line) and parameters depending on the properties of the interfaces through the assumed interfacial traction laws (curved line on top). for perfectly bonded layers, when ksb 0 for k = 1..n-1, all terms with the curved line on top vanish and the equations are those of first order zig-zag theory [9,10]. the strain components in the layer k in terms of the homogenized displacement variables are:          1 1 23 0 2 2 22 3 0 2 2 22 1 2 1 1 ;, , , k k ik s i w r w                  (14a)   22 02 2 2 2 3 2 2 0 22 22, , , ,( ) k k sv x w r      (14b) the interfacial tractions at the ( )k s interface at the coordinate 3 kx , in terms of the homogenized displacements are:  23 0 2 2 22,ˆ ˆk k k ks sk w      (15) equilibrium equations equilibrium equations and boundary conditions are derived in weak form through the principle of virtual works:     1 22 22 23 23 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 0                            v s s s b( ) ˆ ˆ k n k k k s s b s s i i k dv t v ds f v ds f v ds f v db (16) where v is the volume of the plate and i = 2,3; the virtual displacements are assumed to be independent and arbitrary and to satisfy compatibility conditions. the first term on the left hand side defines the strain energy in the volume of the body; the second term, with the flat line on top, the energy contributions due to the interfacial tractions on the n-1 interfaces. the last terms define the work done by the external forces, with 3 sf  (top), 3 sf  (bottom) and bif (lateral) the components of the forces acting along the bounding surfaces of the plate, s , s and b . tangential forces acting on s and s have been assumed to be zero (refer to [18,19] for more general loading conditions). the term related to the interfacial tractions was not present in the models where this approach was first proposed for plates with linear-elastic interfaces [11-14]. the terms were also missing in all subsequent models which extended the theories to different problems (see list in [18]). it has been recently proved in [18] that, in the absence of these terms, the solutions are accurate only in the limiting cases of fully bonded and fully debonded interfaces. virtual strains and displacements in eq. (16) are defined as functions of the global displacement variables using eq. (10), (12) and (14). then, by applying green’s theorem wherever possible and after lengthy calculations, eq. (16) yields the equilibrium equations and boundary conditions. dynamic equilibrium equations and boundary conditions for multilayered r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 235 plates with arbitrary stacking sequences, mixed mode interfaces and under arbitrary loadings have been derived in [18]; a particularization of the equations to plates deforming in cylindrical bending have been presented in [19]. the equilibrium equations for wide plates with sliding only interfaces and quasi-static loading with 2 0   ,s sf are presented here in a form that highlights similarities and differences with respect to single-layer theory: 02 :v 22 2 0,n (17a) 2 : 22 2 2 0 , b gm q (17b) 0 :w 2 2 3 3 0    , s s gq f f (17c) where 22n and 2 2 bm are normal force and bending moment in the 2x direction and 2 gq is a generalized transverse shear force which is statically equivalent, at any arbitrary sections of the plate with outward normal n = 20 1 0 , , t n , to the vertical equilibrant of the external forces acting on the portion of the plate to the right of the sections (fig. 1a):  normal force:  3 1 3 22 22 3 1      k k n x k x k n dx (18a)  bending moment:  3 1 3 22 22 3 3 1      k k n x kb x k m x dx (18b)  generalized shear force:  1 2 2 2 22 2 22 2 2    , , ˆ b z z s gq q q m m (18c) where  transverse shear force:  3 1 3 2 23 3 1 k k n x kb x k q dx     (18d)  gross resultants and couples associated to the multilayered structure:     3 1 3 1 1 2 23 22 3 1 1         ; , k k n kx k iz x k i q dx      3 1 3 1 1 22 22 22 3 3 3 1 1          ; k k n kx k iz i x k i m x x dx (18e)  gross resultants and couples associated to the cohesive interfaces:    3 1 3 1 22 22 22 3 1 1 k k n kx ks i x k i m dx        ,    11 2 22 1        ˆ ˆ n l l l s s l t (18f) the terms in the eq. (18e) vanish in unidirectionally reinforced systems and those in eq. (18f) vanish in fully bonded systems. the generalized shear force then coincides with the resultant of the transverse shear stresses, 2 2 b gq q , when the layers have the same elastic constants, namely when  122 0 ; j  so that 22 0 zm  and 2 0 zq  , and the interfaces are perfect, namely when 0kst  , k sb  0 and 2ˆ kv  0 so that 2 2 0 sm  and 1 2 0̂  ; in this case the equilibrium equations coincide with those of single layer theory. in all other cases, the generalized shear force depends on the multilayered structure, through 2 zq and 2 2 zm , and on the status of the cohesive interfaces, through 2 2 sm and 1 2̂ , and the classical relation between bending moment and shear force of single-layer theory is modified as in eq. (17b). the mechanical/geometrical boundary conditions on c , at 2 0 ,x l , with n =  20 1 0 , , t n the outward normal, are: r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29(2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 236 02 :v 22 2 2  bn n n or 02 02 v v (19a) 2 : 22 2 2  b bbm n m or 2 2   (19b) 0 :w 2 2 3  b gq n n or 0 0 w w (19c) 0 2 , :w   22 2 22 2 2 2    z s zb sbm n m n m m or 0 2 0 2 , ,w w (19d) where   3 1 3 3 1 2 3, for , k k n x kb b i i x k n f dx i     (20a)   3 1 3 2 2 3 3 1     , k k n x kbb b x k m f x dx (20b)   3 1 3 1 2 2 22 3 1 1        , k k n kx ksb b i x k i m f d x (20c)      3 1 3 1 1 2 2 22 3 3 3 1 1 ; , k k n kx k izb b i x k i m f x x dx         (20d) terms with the tilde define prescribed values of generalized displacements and gross forces and couples applied to b . equilibrium and boundary conditions can be expressed in terms of the homogenized displacement variables using the constitutive and compatibility eq. (1), (12), (14) and (15). the equations are presented in [19]. eq. (14a) and (9) show that the transverse shear stress, 23 , obtained from the shear strains, 23 , through the constitutive eq. (1), is constant in the thickness and related to the transverse shear force, eq. (18d), through 23 2  / bq h . this stress does not describe the effective status of the material, but for the limit case of a system with perfectly bonded interfaces and layers with the same elastic constants, where 1 2 22 2 22 2 2 0, , ˆ z z sq m m     and 2 2 b gq q . in the presence of imperfect interfaces, 23 follows the dependence of the interfacial tractions on the stiffness of the interfaces, due to the imposed continuity, eq. (7)-(10), and progressively goes to zero when the stiffness of the interfaces decreases; in fully bonded systems with a multilayered structure, where 2 2 2 22 2   , b z z gq q q m , 23 2  / bq h again does not describe the actual stress distribution but for the special case of layers with the same elastic constants where 2 22 2 0 , z zq m . based on the observations above, a generalized transverse shear stress can be introduced, which is the relevant internal stress for strength predictions, 23 2g gq h  . the generalized transverse shear stress, 23 g , averages the actual shear stress distribution which can be obtained a posteriori from the bending stresses by satisfying local equilibrium, 22 2 23 3 0   ( ) ( ) , , k k post , so that 3 1 3 23 23 3 1 1      ( )/ k k n x k post g x k h dx . similarly, the transverse shear strain, which is related to the transverse shear stress through the constitutive eq. (1), 23 23 552 / c  , only partly describes the shear deformations of the plate whose correct measure within this model is given by a generalized shear strain 23 23 552 /g g c  . in order to account for the correct shear deformations in the solution of the differential equations, a shear correction factor, 2k , can be introduced such that 223 23 552 / ( )k c  . 2k is equal to 5/6 in fully bonded unidirectionally reinforced plates, to account for the approximated constant distribution of 23 in the thickness, and it becomes a problem dependent parameter in multilayered plates, e.g. [22]; in [9] it was shown that, for simply supported plates with common layups and geometrical/loading conditions, the homogenized zigzag theory with 2k = 1 leads to accurate predictions of the displacement field. in plates with imperfect interfaces, 2k must depend on the stiffness of the interfaces. work in in progress on the derivation of 2k and results are presented here for 2k =5/6 (see also [18-19]). r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 237 applications highly anisotropic, simply supported, multilayered wide plates with imperfect interfaces he homogenized model for multilayered plates with imperfect interfaces has been verified against exact 2d elasticity solutions in [18,19]. simply supported, highly anisotropic multilayered plates, loaded quasi-statically, with one or more weak layers have been examined on varying the properties of both layers and interfaces. the whole transition between fully bonded and fully debonded plates has been considered. the diagrams in fig. 2 show exemplary results taken from [19] and refer to a highly anisotropic, thick plate, with two imperfect interfaces having different stiffnesses. (a) (b) (d) (e) figure 2. simply supported wide plate with l/h = 4 subjected to a sinusoidal transverse load,  0 2 sinq q x l . stacking sequence: three layers, (0/90/0), elastic constants: 25/t le e , 50/lt lg e , 125/tt lg e and 0 25.lt tt   [1]. (a) longitudinal displacements and (b) transverse shear stresses at the end support, (c) bending stresses and (d) transverse normal stresses at mid-span. stresses are shown through the thickness (transverse shear/normal stresses derived a posteriori from equilibrium). lower interface, 1 4s tb e h  (very compliant), with 21/ ( )t t tte e   , upper interface, 2 4 11 10s sb b   (almost fully bonded). (modified after [19]). wide plates with clamped edges the zigzag theory for fully bonded plates [9,10] was applied in [17] to a multilayered cantilever beam subjected to a concentrated force f at the free end. the authors noted that the shear force was not constant along the beam length, as they would have expected given the linear distribution of the bending moment. in addition, the shear force increased from zero (at the clamped edge) to an asymptotic value higher than f. these apparent inconsistencies are explained by eq. (17b), (18c) and (19c), which show that the internal gross stress resultant related to the bending moment, through eq. (17b), is the generalized transverse shear force, eq. (18c), which is statically equivalent to the vertical equilibrant of the external forces acting on the portion of the plate to the right of each arbitrary cross section, 2 gq f . the diagrams in fig. 3 refer to a cantilevered wide plate of length l/h = 10 made with two unidirectionally reinforced layers with elastic constants, 25/t le e , 50/lt lg e , and 0 25.lt tt   , connected by a linearly elastic weak layer with 1 1 123 2ˆ ˆ ˆs sk v   . diagram (a) depicts the transverse shear force, 2 bq eq. (18d), along the plate length for different values of the elastic interfacial stiffness and highlights the apparent inconsistency noted in [17] for a fully bonded multilayered plate. note that 2 bq is forced to be zero at the boundary by the geometric boundary conditions at 2 0x  , 0 2 0 2 0  ,w w eq. (19c,d), which yield 23 23 2 0 bq    . diagram (b) highlights that the generalized transverse shear force in eq. (18c), 2 gq , correctly coincides with the external applied force f at all coordinates and 1 2 22 2 2, ˆb sq f m    (in the example 2 22 2 0, z zq m  since the layers are equals; in [17] 2 2 2 22 2, b z z gq q q m   and 1 22 2 2 0, ˆ sm   since the plate is multilayered and fully bonded). diagram (c) compares the values of the interfacial tractions along the plate length, obtained a posteriori from local equilibrium, with those obtained with a classical discrete layer approach [6-8] and shows the existence of a boundary region near the clamped edge where the interfacial tractions predicted through the homogenized approach are not correctly described (bending stresses, not shown, are accurately t r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29(2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 238 predicted in all cases). this is a consequence of the geometric boundary conditions imposed at the clamped boundary. the size of this boundary region depends on the interfacial stiffness and is negligible for very stiff and very compliant interfaces. in a multilayered plate the size of the boundary region is nonzero even when the layers are fully bonded, since 2 22 2 0,, z zq m  , eq. (18c). the diagrams (d) and (e) show bending and transverse shear stresses at the mid-span for different values of the interfacial stiffness. predictions are accurate in all cases. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) figure 3. wide plate clamped at 2 0x and subjected to a concentrated force f at 2x l . two layers, unidirectionally reinforced with 25/t le e , 50/lt lg e , 125/tt lg e and 0 25.lt tt   , 1/ ( )l l l t tle e    ; interface at the midplane. (a) transverse shear force along plate length. (b) generalized transverse shear force, shear force and equilibrating resultants. (c) interfacial tractions along plate length; homogenized model (thick lines), discrete-layer model (thin lines). (d-e) bending (d) and shear (e) stresses through thickness at 2 2/x l . (shear stresses calculated a posteriori from local equilibrium). plates with delaminations as a preliminary investigation of the applicability of the theory to fracture problems, the interface in the cantilevered plate studied before has been assumed to be fully bonded, for 20 2/x l  , and fully debonded, for 22/l x l  . homogenized equilibrium equations have been derived for the two regions in terms of the homogenized displacement variables, 02 0 2, , v w  , and continuity conditions applied at the delamination tip, at 2x l . the model accurately predicts gross stress resultants/couples and stress components. bending and transverse shear stresses are depicted by the solid curves (thick lines for 2 2/x l and thin lines for 2 2/x l ) in figs. 3d,e. incompatible displacements are predicted in the layers to the immediate right and left of the cross section at 2 2/x l , for 3 0x  ; this is due to the imposition of the continuity conditions on the homogenized displacement variables only (see eq. (12a) and (19)). the incompatibility produces unreliable predictions of the stresses in a very small region localized at the crack tip, of size 50/l . accurate predictions of energy release rate and stress intensity factors are obtained using expressions derived for orthotropic layers in [23], which depend on stress resultants and couples at the crack tip. 0 1. and fully bondeds lk h e  0 01.s lk h e  0 001.s lk h e  fully debonded r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 239 conclusions quilibrium equations were derived in [18,19] for multilayered composite plates with cohesive interfaces and delaminations which depend on only six unknown displacement functions (three for wide plates) for any arbitrary numbers of layers and interfaces. the equations have been particularized here to plates deforming in cylindrical bending and restated in a form similar to that of single-layer theory. this introduces a generalized transverse shear force which is directly related to the bending moment, as the shear force is in single-layer theory, and depends on the multilayered structure of the material and the status of the interfaces. the new equations explain the apparent inconsistencies which have been observed in the shear force when using zigzag theories to model plates with clamped edges. applications to cantilevered wide plates with imperfect interfaces and delaminations confirm the accuracy of the proposed model in predicting stress and displacement fields in thick, highly anisotropic, multilayered plates. they also highlight the existence of boundary regions, near the clamped edges and at the delamination tips, where gross stress resultants and couples are accurately predicted, while stresses and displacements in the layers are not, as a consequence of the imposition of boundary/continuity conditions on the global displacement variables only. the size of the boundary region at the delamination tip in a unidirectionally reinforced laminate is very small, 50/l with l the characteristic inplane dimension. the presence of the boundary regions must be accounted for in the solution of the problems and fracture mechanics predictions must rely on expressions depending on gross stress resultants and couples, which should be calculated at the boundary of the region surrounding the crack tip. it is expected that improvements in the prediction of stresses and displacements in the boundary regions may be obtained through the introduction of a shear factor which depends on the status of the interfaces. acknowledgements upport by u.s. office of naval research, onr, grant no. n00014-14-1-0229 (administered by dr. rajapakse). references [1] pagano, n. j., exact solutions for composite laminates in cylindrical bending, j compos mater, 3 (1969) 398-411. [2] carrera, e. theories and finite elements for multilayered, anisotropic, composite plates and shell. arch comput method e, 9 (2) (1997) 87–140 [3] williams, t. o., and addessio, f. l., a general theory for laminated plates with delaminations, int j solids struct, 34 (1997) 2003-2024. [4] allix o, ladeveze p, corigliano, damage analysis of interlaminar fracture specimens, compos struct 31 (1995) 66-74. [5] andrews, m.g., massabò, r., cavicchi, a., b.n. cox, dynamic interaction effects of multiple delaminations in plates subject to cylindrical bending, int j solids struct, 46 (2009) 1815-1833. [6] andrews, m.g., massabò, r., and cox, b.n., elastic interaction of multiple delaminations in plates subject to cylindrical bending, int j solids struct, 43(5) (2006) 855-886. [7] massabò, r., and cavicchi, a., interaction effects of multiple damage mechanisms in composite sandwich beams subjected to time dependent loading, int j solids struct, 49 (2012) 720-738. [8] carrera, e., historical review of zig-zag theories for multilayered plates and shells, appl mech rev, 56, 3, 2003. [9] di sciuva, m., bending, vibration and buckling of simply supported thick multilayered orthotropic plates: an evaluation of a new displacement model, j sound vib, 105 (3) (1986) 425-442. [10] di sciuva, m., an improved shear-deformation theory for moderately thick multilayered anisotropic shells and plates, j appl mech, 54 (1987) 589-596. [11] cheng, z. q., jemah, a. k., and williams, f. w., theory for multilayered anisotropic plates with weakened interfaces, j appl mech, 63 (1996) 1019-1026. [12] schmidt, r., and librescu, l., “geometrically nonlinear theory of laminated anisotropic composite plates featuring interlayer slips,” nova journal of mathematics, game theory, and algebra, 5 (1996) 131-147. [13] di sciuva, m., geom. nonlinear theory of multilayered plates with interlayer slips, aiaa j., 35 (1997) 1753-1759. e s r massabò, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29(2014) 230-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.20 240 [14] librescu, l., and schmidt, r., a general theory of laminated composite shells featuring interlaminar bonding imperfections, int j solids struct, (2001) 3355-3375. [15] di sciuva m, gherlone m. a global/local third-order hermitian displacement field with damaged interfaces and transverse extensibility fem formulation. compos struct 59 (2003) 433–44. [16] chen, w. q., cai, j. b., and ye, g. r., exact solutions of cross-ply laminates with bonding imperfections, aiaa j, 41 (11) (2003) 2244-2250. [17] tessler, a., di sciuva, m., gherlone, m., a refined beam theory for composite and sandwich beams, journal of composite materials 43 (9) (2009) 1051-1081. [18] massabò, r., campi, f., assessment and correction of theories for multilayered plates with imperfect interfaces, meccanica, 2014, in press. [19] massabò r. and campi f., an efficient approach for multilayered beams and wide plates with imperfect interfaces and delaminations, compos struct 116 (2014) 311-324. [20] sridhar, n., massabò, r., cox, b.n., and beyerlein, i., delamination dynamics in through-thickness reinforced laminates with application to dcb specimen, int j fracture, 118 (2002) 119-144 [21] massabò, r., mumm, d., and cox, b.n., characterizing mode ii delamination cracks in stitched composites, int j fracture, 92(1) (1998) 1-38. [22] bert, cw, simplified analysis of static shear factors for beams of nonhomogeneous cross section, j composite materials, 3, 525, 1973. [23] andrews, m.g. and massabò, r., the effects of shear and near tip deformations on energy release rate and mode mixity of edge-cracked orthotropic layers, eng fract mech, 74 (2007) 2700-2720. shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 21 evaluation of seismic mitigation of embankment model abdollah namdar mysore university, mysore 570006, india, sina_a_n@yahoo.com abstract. conducting experiment on embankment model by shaking table could be an accurate method to evaluate the behavior of embankment or any structures under seismic loading. in this research work, in order to assess the function of seismic force and accurate placement of dense zone in the embankment model, the results of three experiments have been considered. to evaluate the reaction of the embankment model, it was measured the stress in the system and photographs were taken. the results of three experiments indicated that suitable arrangement of dense zone is the main factor at the play in embankment stability, and in predicting the possibility of embankment behavior. keywords. liquefaction, stress, dense zone, pore water pressure introduction eismic liquefaction refers to a sudden loss in stiffness and strength of soil as a result of cyclic loading effects of an earthquake. this loss arises from the soil tendency to contract under cyclic loading. if such contraction is prevented or curtailed by the presence of entrapped water in the pores, it leads to a rise in pore water pressure and a resulting decrease in effective stress. if the effective stress drops to zero (100 per cent pore water pressure rise), the strength and stiffness also drop to zero and the soil behaves as a heavy liquid [1]. at the time of the earthquake, the embankment rested on saturated loose sandy subsoil faces high level of liquefaction risk and may bridge to failure of the embankment. seismic force creates liquefaction due to nonlinear stress up on the model. constructing dense zone in the subsoil is a method to reduce the effect of stress in the embankment model [2]. a research work on dynamic properties and liquefaction potential of soils has been presented [3]. jack w. baker and michael h. faber [4]conducted a research by using random-field theory and geostatistics tools to model soil properties and earthquake shaking intensity. he wanted to present a potential extent of liquefaction by accounting spatial dependence of soil properties and potential future earthquake shaking. dash et al. investigated the use of reinforcement in increasing stability of soil foundation [5]. schimizu and inui [6] carried out load tests on a single six-sided cell of geo-textile wall buried in the subsurface of the soft ground and also mandal and manjunath [7] used geo-grid and bamboo sticks as vertical reinforcement elements and studied their effect on the soil bearing capacity. rajagopal et al. [8] have studied the strength of confined sand and the influence of geo-cell confinement on the strength and stiffness behavior of granular soils. seismic motion could be responsible for instability of embankment model. it is possible to control seismic motion by provision of a dense zone in the subsoil as a feasible method. embankment with good enough foundation stability could be more resistant against seismic force and could increases the safety factor in the system. methodology and experiments he evaluation of embankment model behavior, when it is under seismic force by manual-shaking table, provided insight in understanding seismic mitigation of embankment. the dense zone, consisted of composite material confined in geo-textile in loose saturated sandy subsoil, was studied to assess disability of liquefaction. the manual-shaking table was used to vibrate in one direction figs. 1-3. it consisted of two wooden panels with a steel plate in between which produced harmonic vibration at frequency of 1 hz to 3 hz when an approximately around 75kg force s t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it mailto: sina_a_n@yahoo.com a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 22 was applied on model. one type of transducer (acceleration sensors (a1-a3)) was used to measure the acceleration and its results integrated to draw shear stress graph. test procedure of experimental are following as the filter plates were fixed and sealed on top of baffle walls inside the acrylic box. the aluminum channels were fixed with gum tape inside the acrylic box. signal conditioner of acceleration sensor was switched. the prepared sand was laid. acceleration sensors were placed at required locations. the colored sand was laid at every 10 cm height horizontally and at 10 cm vertically in aluminum channels. the water was allowed through baffle walls at very slow rate for saturating the ground. the shaking was carried out uniformly. the results recorded in the computer and created in the form of the graphs. dense wall 1.5 1 20 30 208020 20 20 toe of embankmentembankment subsoil 20 gl ( cm ) figure 1: model of loose sandy embankment and loose sandy saturated subsoil consists of dense wall made up from composite material (60 % sand and 40 % gravel) confined in geo textile installed outside toe of embankment dense wall 1.5 1 404040 2020 20 30 toe of embankmentloose embankment loose subsoil gl ( cm ) 20 figure 2: model of loose sandy embankment and loose sandy saturated subsoil consists of dense wall made up from composite material (60 % sand and 40 % gravel) confined in geo textile installed inside toe of embankment 1.5 1 20 30 306030 20 20 toe of embankment20 dense wall gl ( cm ) loose embankment loose subsoil figure 3: model loose sandy embankment and loose sandy saturated subsoil made up from composite material (60 % sand and 40 % gravel) confined in geo textile centrally installed on the toe of embankment. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 23 figure 4: transducer position three different types of models have been developed. the first model is loose sandy embankment and loose sandy saturated subsoil. it consists of dense wall made up from composite material (60 % sand and 40 % gravel) confined in geo textile installed outside toe of embankment . the second model is loose sandy embankment and loose sandy saturated subsoil consists of dense wall made up from composite material (60 % sand and 40 % gravel) confined in geo textile installed inside toe of embankment . the third model is loose sandy embankment and loose sandy saturated subsoil made up from composite material (60 % sand and 40 % gravel) confined in geo textile centrally installed on the toe of embankment. (figs. 1-3). fig. 4 shows the cross section of ground and water level with positions of acceleration transducers in the model. the horizontal shear strain γ is obtained from the differential displacement between two adjacent accelerometers, as illustrated in fig. 5. it is given by γ = hd ∆∆ / where d∆ = differential horizontal displacement between two adjacent points h∆ = distance between the two acceleration points maxτ figure 5: key sketch for the computation of shear stress and shear strain in the embankment (a = acceleration, d = corresponding displacement). displacement can be obtained by double integration of the acceleration records. in a sand deposit, let’s consider a column of soil of height ‘h’ and unit area of cross section subjected to maximum ground acceleration amax. assuming a soil column to behave as a rigid body, the maximum shear stress maxτ at a depth ‘h’ is given by: { }τ γ=∑max max/s h g a where g = acceleration due to gravity γ s= unit weight of soil http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 24 results and discussion nstalling a dense zone in the subsoil is the easiest method to make an embankment enough stable, when it is subjected to a dynamic force. the aim of this investigation has been to find the right location of the subsoil for a dense zone installation. the results of experiments has been recorded in the form of tables, graphs and photos. the stress characteristic is responsible for controlling liquefaction at the time that the system is under shaking. from the results of all experiments, it could be mention that the main reason of increasing embankment instability is the weakness of dense zone in controlling lateral force due to bad dense zone placement. in the test c (fig 6c), due to suitable placement of dense zone, it could be observed low liquefaction level and higher stability. suitable placement of dense wall is like constructing strong sufficient column in the right place of structure. photographs a, b and c (fig6a-c) provide sufficient evidence at the time of embankment breakdown at any second. referring to figs (7a1c2) and tab.1, it could observed that the maximum level of stress appeared below the embankment and the minimum level of stress occurred far from the embankment. this phenomenon is due to subsoil pressure caused by the weight of the embankment. the model c (with maximum level of stress applied on the model), due to suitable installation of dense zone, resulted significantly controlling lateral force, deformation and creep deformation in the subsoil and increased time stability of dense zone and embankment. easy collapsing of embankment during earthquake is due to any reason could accelerate excess pore water pressure and placing system in the great danger. the immediate collapse of embankment, pressurizing more subsoil, due to dynamic falling weight of embankment on subsoil, could increases seismic force. the ability of seismic forces upon model is the results of a model characteristic. arranging dense zone with proper material reduces speed of collapsing of embankment as as well as creep deformation and settlement of whole model. here it could be observed vertical dynamic force created in the model. embankment satiability is dependent of subsoil strength and deformation during vibrating model by seismic force. intensity of displacement, deformation, stress, pore water pressure and liquefaction as well as restricting seismic force in the embankment models are results of selecting accurate place of dense wall. liquefied soil exerts higher pressure on retaining walls, which can cause theirs tilt or slide. this movement can cause settlement of the retained soil and destruction of structures on the ground surface. increased water pressure can also trigger landslides and cause the collapse of dams [9]. the lateral shear forces developed under the embankment should be compared with the shear strength of the subsoil [10]. the improvement of soil strength with geotextile material depends on the soil grading. the effect is significant for soil with more fine percent [11]. the liquefaction potential of a soil mass during an earthquake is dependent on both seismic and soil parameters [12]. test name at the below of embankment (kpa) at the away from the embankment (kpa) a b c table 1: maximum stresses at each test conclusions the construction of any embankment needs to consider soil foundation behavior with accurate interpretation of the results. the results of three experiments have been carried out. they indicated the possibility of understanding behavior of embankment when it is under dynamic loading. placement of dense wall in suitable location of subsoil is like constructing strong sufficient column in the right place of structure. suitable placement of dense zone can more control pore water pressure and lateral force in the system and reducing of settlement and creep deformation of the subsoil and embankment as well as increases time stability of embankment during the earthquake. easy collapsing of embankment during earthquake could accelerate excess pore water pressure. collapsing of embankment has effect on neighboring area of the subsoil of embankment in term of increasing deformation, stress and excess pore water pressure. all ability of seismic force activity in the system is result of model characteristics. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 25 test a starting condition after one second after two seconds after three seconds after four seconds after five seconds figure 6a: deformation shape of embankment subsoil (up to five seconds, test a). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 26 test b starting condition after one second after two seconds after three seconds after four seconds after five seconds figure 6b: deformation shape of embankment subsoil (up to five seconds, test b). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 27 test c starting condition after one second after two seconds after three seconds after four seconds after five seconds figure 6c: deformation shape of embankment subsoil (up to five seconds, test c). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 28 figure 7a1: stress strain history in the subsoil away from the embankment (test a). figure 7a2: stress strain history in the subsoil below the embankment (test a). figure 7b1: stress strain history in the subsoil away from the embankment (test b) figure 7b2: stress strain history in the subsoil below the embankment (test b). figure 7c1: stress strain history in the subsoil away from the embankment (test c) figure 7c2: stress strain history in the subsoil below the embankment (test c). references [1] m. seid-karbasi, p.m. byrne, hydropower & dams, 2 (2004). [2] zhaohui yang, ahmed elgamal, j. of engineering mechanics, (2002) 720-729. [3] t. g. sitharam, l. govinda raju, a. sridharan, current science, 87(10) (2004) 1370-1378. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. namdar, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8 (2009) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.08.02 29 [4] jack w. baker, michael h. faber, j. of geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering, asce, (2008) 14-23. [5] s. dash, k. rajagopal, n. krishnaswamy, geotextile and geomembrane, 19 (2001) 529-538. [6] m. schimizu, t. inui, proc. of 4th international conference on geotextiles, geomembranes and related products, 1 (1990) 254. [7] j.m. mandal, v.r. manjunath, construction and building material, 9 (1) (1995) 35-38. [8] k.rajagopal, n. krishnaswamy, g. latha, geotextile and geomembrane, 17, (1999) 171-184. [9] t.l. youd, i.m. idriss, journal of geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering, asce, 127(4) (2001) 297-313. [10] headquarters departments of the army air force manual and the air force washington, engineering use of geotextiles dc (1995). [11] s. a. naeini, m. mirzakhanlari, the effect of geotextile and grading on the bearing ratio of granular soils, ejge, 13 ( j) 2008 [12] derin n. ural, hasan saka, liquefaction assessment by artificial neural networks, ejge, 3 (1998) http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.08.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it mysore university, mysore 570006, india, sina_a_n@yahoo.com table 1: maximum stresses at each test / / / / / / figure 7a2: stress strain history in the subsoil figure 7a1: stress strain history in the subsoil below the embankment (test a). away from the embankment (test a). / / figure 7b2: stress strain history in the subsoil figure 7b1: stress strain history in the subsoil below the embankment (test b). away from the embankment (test b) / / figure 7c2: stress strain history in the subsoil figure 7c1: stress strain history in the subsoil below the embankment (test c). away from the embankment (test c) references microsoft word numero_38_art_25 d. carrella-payan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25 184 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture implementation of fatigue model for unidirectional laminate based on finite element analysis: theory and practice d. carrella-payan, b. magneville, m. hack, c. lequesne siemens plm software delphine.carrella@siemens.com, benoit.magneville@siemens.com, michael.hack@siemens.com, cedric.lequesne@siemens.com t. naito, y. urushiyama honda r&d co ltd, tochigi, japan tadashi_naito@n.t.rd.honda.co.jp, yuta_urushiyama@n.t.rd.honda.co.jp w. yamazaki, t. yokozeki university of tokyo, japan (jp) yamazaki_w@aastr.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp, yokozeki@aastr.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp w. van paepegem ghent univeristy, belgium wim.vanpaepegem@ugent.be abstract. the aim of this study is to deal with the simulation of intralaminar fatigue damage in unidirectional composite under multi-axial and variable amplitude loadings. the variable amplitude and multi-axial loading is accounted for by using the damage hysteresis operator based on brokate method [6]. the proposed damage model for fatigue is based on stiffness degradation laws from van paepegem combined with the ‘damage’ cycle jump approach extended to deal with unidirectional carbon fibres. the parameter identification method is here presented and parameter sensitivities are discussed. the initial static damage of the material is accounted for by using the ladevèze damage model and the permanent shear strain accumulation based on van paepegem’s formulation. this approach is implemented into commercial software (siemens plm). the validation case is run on a bending test coupon (with arbitrary stacking sequence and load level) in order to minimise the risk of inter-laminar damages. this intra-laminar fatigue damage model combined efficient methods with a low number of tests to identify the parameters of the stiffness degradation law, this overall procedure for fatigue life prediction is demonstrated to be cost efficient at industrial level. this work concludes on the next challenges to be addressed (validation tests, multiple-loadings validation, failure criteria, inter-laminar damages…). keywords. composite; fatigue; variable amplitude; stiffness degradation. citation: carrella-payan, d., magneville, b., hack, m., lequesne, c., naito, t., urushiyama, y., yamazaki, w., yokozeki, t., van paepegem, w., implementation of fatigue model for unidirectional laminate based on finite element analysis: theory and practice, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190. received: 10.05.2016 accepted: 25.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. d. carrella-payan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25 185 introduction he increase of lightweight material in transportation industries is today facing more than ever questions on fatigue life prediction of composite structures. the critical step towards accurate prediction is to reproduce the loading conditions undergone by the composite component. in automotive application, the challenge is related to the variability of those conditions: multi-axial and variable amplitude on long duration fatigue loading. this is why siemens plm software has developed an innovative composite fatigue cae methodology (patent pending) keeping track of the material degradation under such conditions. sevenois [1] reviewed and compared the state of the art for fatigue model techniques of woven and ud composite. the study concluded that out of the four modelling methodologies (fatigue life, residual strength, residual stiffness and mechanistic model) the residual stiffness models are suitable for mechanical performance using experimental data and can also be combined with residual strength approach. the presented methodology is based on residual stiffness fatigue law combined with an efficient damage operator approach to calculate the residual stiffness. this approach will be able to perform fatigue simulations for variable amplitude loads and will allow ply-stacking optimization without additional testing or material characterizations. intra-laminar fatigue solution with damage jump he intralaminar fatigue model strategy is herein presented in the following order: definition of the stiffness degradation law, then calculation optimization algorithm (n-jump and damage jump combined to the damage operator) and finally, description of parameter identification procedure used in siemens plm commercial software. fatigue and stiffness degradation – theory fatigue damage laws the damage evolution law is based on the work of van paepegem for woven glass fibers [2]. three intra-laminar damage variables d11, d22 and d12 are defined at ply level and linked to the stress tensor by the following behavior law, eq.(1)  phch     (1) where c is the stiffness tensor, εp is a permanent strain tensor and h is defined as d d d 11 22 12 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 h 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1                     (2) in [2] the damage variables dij were split into a positive and a negative part ( ijd  and ijd  ), where the positive part increases when the stress is positive, and the negative one when it is negative. at the end the two parts were added, including a crack closure coefficient for combination of tension of compression. in this work, only positive stress ratios are used, which means that there is no switch between tension and compression over a cycle and simplifies the problem. either the stress is always positive and the damage dij is equal to ijd  ; or it is always negative and it is equal to ijd  , eq.(3) . besides, the formulations of van paepegem [2] must be adapted to unidirectional plies. first of all, to account for the high in-plane orthotropy of unidirectional plies, independent ci parameters are defined for the three components of the damage. therefore, fifteen parameters are used (ci,jk) instead of five. for the same reason, the coupling between d11 and d12 which t t d. carrella-payan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25 186 was implemented for woven is removed for ud: in woven fabrics, matrix de-cohesion clearly affects the stiffness in longitudinal and transverse directions, whereas in unidirectional plies, the effect of matrix degradation on longitudinal behavior can be neglected. however, the coupling between d22 and d12 remains mandatory and has been maintained. finally, the deletion of this coupling imposes the addition of a propagation term in the formulation of d12, so that a pure shear load in a ply remains able to lead to its collapse. with these assumptions applied to the formulations taken from [2], the evolution laws for the damage variables become:    f d d d c exp c c d exp c c dn cd d d c exp c c d exp c dn d d c d dn 211 11 1,11 11 2,11 3,11  11 11 5,11 11 4 ,11 11 3 5,11211 11 1,11 11 2,11 3,11  11 11 11 4 ,11 11 222 1,22 12 ( )   ( )   3 ( ) 1                                                        f d exp c c d exp c c d 222 22 2,22 3,22  22 22 5,22 22 4 ,22 2 2212   1                            f f cd d d c d exp c c d exp c dn d d d d c d exp c c d exp c dn d 3 5,222 222 22 1,22 22 2,22 3,22  22 22 22 4 ,2212 2 2212 2 212 12 1,12 12 12 2,12 3,12  12 12 5,12 2 12 12 ( ) 1   31 ( ) 1   2 1                                                              c d d d c d exp c c d exp c c dn d 12 4 ,12 2 212 12 1,12 12 12 2,12 3,12  12 12 5,12 12 4 ,12 2 12 12 ( ) 1   2 1                             (3) where ci,jk are the 15 fatigue material coefficients that must be identified, the fatigue failure indices σij are the ratio between the effective stress and the ultimate strength of the material in the ij component, and ij ij ij cycle ij ij cycle ij ij ij ij ij ij ij max max where ; 0,   0     ,   0                                   (4) ij ij ij ij where 0,   0     ,   0        accumulated permanent strain in addition to these damage evolution laws, the model takes into account the permanent strain which appears in the ply due to a cyclic shear loading. some matrix debris formed by the shear stress is accumulated in the opening matrix cracks during tension stress [2], which leads to a non-reversible deformation of the ply. the c9 parameter drives the fatigue permanent strain accumulation following the formulation: . p t t d dd dd c max c max dn dn dn 12 12 12 9 12 9 12            . (5) d. carrella-payan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25 187 initial degradation of the ply it is also important to consider the effect of the first static loading of the ply on its fatigue damage and strain behavior, as it is not included in the fatigue degradation. therefore, the static damage and permanent strain are evaluated with a static damage model [2] by running a first non-linear analysis up to the peak load of the cyclic fatigue analysis. the resulting initial damage and permanent strain are imposed as initial state of the fatigue analysis and the first cycle can be computed with a correct stress distribution. the fatigue damage tensor df is then added to the initial damage tensor ds d = ds + df (6) the same operation is done with the permanent strain. calculation optimization: from n-jump to damage jump block loading: n-jump the purpose of the n-jump algorithm is to avoid running a full fe analysis at each load cycle and to deliberately choose a few relevant load cycles only. the cycles with no significant damage growth are “jumped”. from a first fe analysis, at each gauss point of the fe model, the theoretical number of cycles to jump njump1 is estimated by extrapolating the damage, eq. (1) and applying to eq. (7) n njump n if d d d d d if d if d 20 1 10     0     0.5    0 0.2 0.1    0.2              (7) a global cycle jump njump is defined such that p% of gauss points verify njump1 < njump for the three components. the value of p has been set to 5% in this study. the damage is finally extrapolated after njump, using again the progressive damage formulations eq.(3). to validate this algorithm and the value of p, three similar fatigue analyses (three points bending) have been run on the first 100 loading cycles with a 45 degrees layup; one without njump, one with p=1% and one with p=5%. fig. 1 compares the stiffness degradation observed in the three analyses and validates the accuracy of the njump algorithm. figure 1: effect of the n-jump algorithm on stiffness degradation. variable amplitude: damage accumulation jump and damage hysteresis operator n automotive industry, the synthesis of realistic fatigue loading involves complex load schedules for different roads with variable loading (fig. 2). the aforementioned jump algorithm is given for block loading. also, the n-jump is calculating the damage status by extrapolation (eq. 7). here, the damage accumulation jump aims to accurately calculate locally the progressive damage and stiffness degradation. i d. carrella-payan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25 188 figure 2: variable amplitude example in automotive application. for variable amplitude, traditional fatigue approaches for metallic material use sn curves, linear miner-palmgren damage accumulation and cycle (rainflow) based damage evaluations [3-5]. sn curves are test based on curve fitting techniques which does not take into account the loading history of the material. in 1945, miner developed a linear damage accumulation method, based on the work of palmgren and added the contribution of various stress amplitude loading to the damage. however, as for sn curves, the loading history of the material is not accounted for. in rainflow counting methods the damage level depends on full closing hysteresis loops of load cycles (fig. 3). figure 3: illustration of rainflow method based on stresses/strains with nested cycles. in the case of composite materials, the fatigue behavior is changing over time due to changes in the matrix damage state. when applying variable amplitude loading, the largest load cycles – that contribute to the larger amount of damage – commonly take a very long time to complete, due to the many nested cycles (fig. 3). in this case the approach to only consider cycles when they are completed can no longer be justified. the damage hysteresis operator approach based on brokate works [6] is able to calculate damage at defined time increment instead of ‘closed load increment’. this operator allows to up-date the damage status depending on the predamage and any other external factors (i.e. temperature, humidity…). these operators are therefore suited to follow the progressive damage curves and also to include damage history of the material. this approach gives good prediction when applied to temperature dependent fatigue analysis with non-linear damage accumulation [7-8-9] and for full car structures with full load histories [10]. parameter identification procedure tests protocol n this study, two different tests protocols are proposed. the first one is a traditional approach with tensile tests on five layups and five load levels per layup capturing a representative span of fatigue life (based on test method [11]). this results in twenty five configurations. the second one is an application of a more innovative approach with one-i d. carrella-payan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25 189 sided bending tests on the same five layups, but with only one load level for each layup, so only five configurations. the idea is to assess if the load distribution on this kind of specimen can provide enough information to feed the damage model, as a three-points-bending test results in progressive load levels along the same specimen, both in tension and compression. peak data such as load, displacement, strains from extensometers and gauges, temperature are measured from these tests at several representative cycles. the stiffness degradation of each specimen can be estimated from these evolutions. additionally, running-in and unloading raw data are extracted to analyse the initial stiffness drop of the specimens and their final permanent strain. parameters identification protocol the parameters identification consists in an fe-based optimization of the fifteen fatigue parameters to fit simulated stiffness degradation with experimental results. a step-by-step methodology identifying the parameters one by one from specific experimental data has been setup. as illustrated by two examples in fig. 4, each ci parameter has a specific contribution on the numerical stiffness degradation, and therefore can be adjusted to perfectly fit with experimental results. figure 4: effect of c2,12 (left) and c4,12 (right) on numerical stiffness degradation therefore, two volume finite elements models reproducing the two testing procedures have been created, and the nonlinear fatigue solver with n-jump algorithm is used to efficiently correlate the stiffness degradation of each testing configuration by adjusting the fifteen ci,jk parameters (note that the n-jump is herein used as tests are carried out under constant amplitude loading). an illustration of the resulting correlation between experimental and simulated stiffness evolutions is given in fig. 5. figure 5: correlation between experimental and simulated stiffness evolutions ([0]20 layup in 3pts bending). finally, the parameter c9 is estimated by crosschecking the raw data of the unloading of some of the specimens. d. carrella-payan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 184-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25 190 validation/application he first validation has been conducted on a coupon at constant amplitude loading. the same three points bending analysis as above is run on 80 000 cycles at an imposed load level. a more complex quasi-isotropic layup [0/60/60]4s is now studied. the resulting stiffness degradation is compared to experimental data (fig. 6). the good predictability illustrates the main interest of a ply-level damage law: identification is performed on specific layups, and the resulting material data remains available for any layup without additional identification. figure 6: predictability of stiffness reduction of a 3pts-bending quasi-isotropic coupon. further validation cases have been investigated (i.e. flat and v-shaped components) but the overall stiffness degradation contribution from the fatigue loading in these cases were due to the interlaminar delamination. additional validation cases are under investigations to account for higher stiffness degradations. this brings to the next challenges to extend this methodology to a complete intralaminar and interlaminar fatigue damage solution for variable amplitude and multi-axial loadings. references [1] sevenois, r.d.b., van paepegem, w., fatigue damage modeling techniques for textile composites: review and comparison with unidirectional composite modeling techniques, appl. mech. reviews, 67 (2015). [2] van paepegem w., development and finite element implementation of a damage model for fatigue of fibrereinforced polymers, phd thesis, ghent university, belgium, (2002). [3] miner, m.a, cumulative damage in fatigue, journal of applied mechanics, 67 (1945) a159-a164. [4] matsuishi, m., endo, t., fatigue of metals subjected to varying stress, presented at japanese society of mechanical engineers, fukuoka, japan, (1968). [5] dowling, n. e., fatigue failure predictions for complicated stress-strain histories, journal of materials, jmlsa, 7(1) (1972) 71-87. [6] brokate, m., dressler, k., krejci, p., rainflow counting and energy dissipation in elasto-plasticity, eur. j. mech. a/solids, 15 (1996) 705-737. [7] nagode, m., hack, m., the damage operator approach, creep fatigue and visco-plastic modeling in thermomechanical fatigue, sae international journal of materials & manufacturing, 4(1) (2011) 632-637. doi:10.4271/201101-0485. [8] nagode, m., hack, m., fajida, m., low cycle thermo-mechanical fatigue: damage operator approach, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 33(3) (2010) 149-160. [9] šeruga, d., hack, m., nagode, m., thermomechanical fatigue life predictions of exhaust system components, mtz worldwide, 77(3) (2016) 44-49. [10] brune, m., et al., fem based durability analysis of the knuckle of the 5 series bmw, fatigue design’98, helsinki (1998). [11] astm d3479, space simulation, composite mat., 15.03 (2015). t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_55_art_15_2943 p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 198 mechanical characterization of different epoxy resins enhanced with carbon nanofibers p. santos, a. maceiras, s. valvez, p.n.b. reis university of beira interior, centre for mechanical and aerospace science and technologies (c-mast-ubi), depart. of electromechanical engineering, 6201-100 covilhã, portugal paulo.sergio.santos@ubi.pt, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9026-5966 alberto.maceiras@ubi.pt, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1948-6560 sara.valvez@ubi.pt, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8285-1332 preis@ubi.pt, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5203-3670 abstract. epoxy with carbon nanofibers (cnfs) are effective nano enhanced materials that can be prepared by easy and low-cost method. the present paper compares the improvements, in terms of flexural and viscoelastic properties, of two epoxy resins reinforced with different weight percentages (wt.%) of cnfs. these epoxy resins have different viscosities, and weight contents between 0% and 1% of cnfs were used to achieve the maximum mechanical properties. subsequently, for the best configurations obtained, the sensitivity to the strain rate and the viscoelastic behaviour (stress relaxation and creep) were analysed based on international standards. it was possible to conclude that, for both resins, carbon cnfs promote significant improvements in all the studied mechanical properties, even for different contents by weight. keywords. composites; epoxy resins; carbon nanofibers; mechanical properties. citation: santos, p., maceiras, a., valvez, s., reis, p.n.b., mechanical characterization of different epoxy resins enhanced with carbon nanofibers, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212. received: 27.10.2020 accepted: 08.12.2020 published: 01.01.2021 copyright: © 2021 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction poxy resins are a class of thermosetting polymers frequently used as matrices in polymeric composites due to their interesting characteristics, such as dimensional stability, chemical resistance, good stiffness, high specific strength and good adhesion to various types of reinforcements [1, 2]. epoxy resin is a thermostable polymer consisted of two principal parts: resin and hardener. diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol-f and/or bisphenol-a are the main elements of the most normal epoxy resins. hardeners are curing agents that react with a resin and become part of the solid final epoxy through cross-linking chemical reaction when these two chemicals are mixed together [3]. these curing compounds can have different types of molecules such as amines, amideamines, anhydrides, carboxylic acids, polyamides or imidazoles. these molecules have in common that they are able to initiate the polymerization process when their reactive hydrogen or hydroxyl group that react with the oxirane (epoxy) rings. e https://youtu.be/07vu7sqnxru p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 199 amines are one of the most frequent and important curing agents. the range of alternatives is huge since they are present in different chemical configurations. amines can have two free hydrogens (primary amine), one free hydrogen (secondary) or no hydrogens (tertiary), and they may have a cyclic benzene structure (aromatic) or straight chains (aliphatic). in general, for low-temperature curing systems like adhesive or coatings, aliphatic primary and secondary are the most used, whereas, for fibre-reinforced composites, aromatic amines are chosen. primary amines react speedily at room temperature with epoxies, through epoxy ring-opening, and the thermosetting results in highly cross-linked networks with short curing life and high curing rates. aromatic curing agents react more slowly but impart higher general stability than their aliphatic amine counterparts. in his case, the resulting system needs longer curing time and higher temperature to reach optimum properties, but their chemical resistance, electrical, mechanical and heat resistance is better. therefore, different types of amines that can be used present advantages and disadvantages, commercial hardeners contain a mixture of different types to broader its applicability [4]. apart from the resin and the hardener, commercial epoxies present diluents as other important components. diluents are low-viscosity and low-molecular-weight molecules applied to reduce the viscosity and enhance the resinhardener solubility. normally, these compounds do not leach or outgas during thermal-vacuum exposure because amid curing reactions are being combined and linked chemically with the resin [5]. despite having many desirable properties, neat epoxies typically have low mechanical toughness. in the last few decades, a wide range of nano filers has been added to commercial epoxy resin to increase the mechanical properties, such as clays [6], alumina [7], graphene nanoplatelets (gnps) [8], carbon nanotubes (cnts) and carbon nanofibers (cnfs) [9, 10]. enhancement in mechanical properties of cnfs based epoxy composites have been well illustrated in the literature by the achievement of good dispersion of additives within the matrix and maximized interfacial adhesion is required to ensure uniform stress distribution, [11–13]. cnfs are carbon-based materials that present good compatibility with many polymer matrixes, and they can be disseminated following anisotropic and isotropic distributions. their chemical structure, good qualities, and versatility are responsible for the outstanding thermal and electrical conductivity, a mechanical performance that can be introduced in a huge variety of matrices of different origins such as metals, ceramics and polymers. if literature presents benefits when the resin is filled by cnfs, it also evidences that the same are sensitive to the strain rate. there exist some previous works in nano-enhanced resins with cnfs about the strain rate effect on mechanical properties. zhou et al. [14], for example, observed that in uniaxial tensile tests, neat and cnfs modified epoxy are strain rate dependent materials and the elastic modulus and tensile strength of the materials both increased with higher strain rates between 0.00033 and 0.033 s-1. proveda et al. [15] observed for a cnfs/epoxy resin, under compression for 5×10-3 2800 s-1 strain rates, that the strength and modulus increased by a maximum of 180.7 and 241.7%, respectively. nevertheless, for longterm applications, composites based on polymers have the limitation of suffering stress relaxation and creep. according to the open literature, for example, in polymers there are mainly two mechanisms involved in stress relaxation: a) molecular rearrangements that demand little primary breakage or bond arrangement (physical stress); and b) crosslink formation, scission, or chain scission (chemical stress). on the other hand, creep is the combined result of the viscous flow and elastic deformation and happens because of the molecular rearrangements in the backbone and depends on the stress degree. therefore, the main goal of this work is to compare sensitive to the strain rate, stress relaxation and creep behaviour of two commercial epoxy resins and understand the influence of cnfs as nano-reinforcements. for this purpose, several percentages by weight of cnfs were mixed in two different resins by the technique of mechanical agitation and simultaneously the application of ultrasound. both resins are widely used in the automotive and aeronautical sector. the bending mode was selected for this study because is the type of analysis with greater sensitivity and one of the most employed in the field. materials and experimental procedure wo types of epoxy resin were used to produce nanocomposites enhanced by cnfs. for this purpose, an epoxy resin sr 8100 and a hardener sd 8822, both supplied by sicomin, and an epoxy resin ah 150 and a hardener ip 430, both supplied by ebalta, were selected due to their different viscosities, as reported in tab. 1. epoxy-based materials are very interesting from an engineering point of view because of their properties and characteristics are directly controlled by their molecular structures. epoxy resins thanks to their two main components implementation are available in a range of molecular structures, suitable for reaction with a large variety of different curing agents, for a multitude of end uses. therefore, in order to control and understand the mechanical behaviour of these materials is a key factor to know their composition (chemical structures), and relative quantities of their components. in this work, both epoxy materials were purchased from a private company and part of the data is protected by intellectual property. unfortunately, not all the components and quantities are disclosed in their technical datasheet to the general public. for the sicomin sr 8100/sd 8824 the information was more detailed than for the ebalta ah 150/ip 430, as the resin relative composition and t p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 200 the hardener chemical components were not indicated for the latter one. in this sense, tab. 2 summarizes all the known relevant information about the chemical compositions of the two resin formulas obtained from the datasheet, and fig. 1 shows their chemical structures. property sicomin sr 8100/sd 8824 ebalta ah 150/ip430 colour light yellow liquid opaque viscosity (@ 25 ºc) [mpa×s] 285 ± 60 250 ± 50 density at 20 ºc [g/cm3] 1.13 ± 0.02 modulus of elasticity [n/mm2] 2970 3400 ± 300 maximum resistance [n/mm2] 108 125 ± 1.2 elongation at max. load [%] 4.9 elongation at break [%] 11.8 5.9 ± 0.1 charpy impact strength [kj/m2] 52 60 ± 6 glass transition / dcc [ºc] 63 water absorption 48 h/70 °c [%] 1.2 table 1: main mechanical and physical properties of the epoxy resins. type of component identification number sicomin sr 8100/sd 8824 ebalta ah 150/ip430 resin cas: 1675-54-3 ec: 216-823-5 bisphenol a epoxy resin (dgeba) composition: 10 <= x % < 25 composition: % not specified mw≤700 cas.: 9003-36-5 ec: 500-006-8 bisphenol f epoxy resin (dgebf) composition: 50 <= x % < 100 composition: % not specified mw≤700 diluent cas: 16096-31-4 ec: 240-260-4 1,6-bis(2,3-epoxypropoxy)hexane composition: 10 <= x % < 25 composition: % not specified hardener: amines cas: 15520-10-2 ec: 239-556-6 2-methylpentane-1,5-diamine composition: 25 <= x % < 50 composition: molecules and % not specified cas: 1477-55-0 ec: 216-032-5 m-phenylenebis(methylamine) composition: 25 <= x % < 50 cas: 39423-51-3 ec: 500-105-6 trimethylolpropane tris[poly(propylene glycol), amine terminated] ether composition: 2.5 <= x % < 10 table 2: chemical composition of the epoxy resins, diluent and hardeners used in this study based on the data known from their technical datasheets. regarding the carbon nanofibers (cnfs), their technical specifications are summarized in tab. 3 and fig. 2 shows the sem images of the cnfs used in this study. in terms of dimensions, as shown, the average diameter is about 130 nm, the length ranges from 20 to 200 µm and the average specific surface area around 54 m2/g. in terms of manufacture process, and after weighing, cnfs were added to the epoxy resin and several contents by weight were studied: 0.25, 0.5, 0.75 and 1 %. the dispersion into the resin was conducted using, simultaneously, a high-speed shear mixer at a shear rate of 1000 rpm and sonication (using an ultrasonic bath with a frequency of 40 khz) for 3 hours at room temperature. this procedure took another 10 minutes, with a rotation speed of just 150 rpm, to mix the hardener into the system. the low rotation speed aimed to minimize the formation of air bubbles and to promote only a homogeneous mixture of the hardener into the system. the rotation speed and time of mixture were optimized in previous studies. the p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 201 mixture was again degassed in a vacuum oven to remove remaining air bubbles and then poured into a cardboard mould with dimensions of 100×130×3 mm3. finally, all nanocomposites produced with sicomin resin were cured at room temperature for 24 hours and subjected to a post-cure at 40ºc for 24 hours, while those that were produced with ebalta resin were cured at room temperature for 48 hours and subjected to a post-cure at 80ºc for 5 hours. figure 1: chemical structures of (a) bisphenol a epoxy resin (dgeba), (b) bisphenol f epoxy resin (dgebf), (c) 1,6-bis(2,3epoxypropoxy)hexane, (d) 2-methylpentane-1,5-diamine, (e) m-phenylenebis(methylamine) and (f) trimethylolpropane tris[poly(propylene glycol), amine terminated] ether. property value assay > 98% carbon basis form platelets (conical) powder diameter × length 100 nm × 20 200 µm average diameter 130 nm impurities < 14,000 ppm iron content pore size 0.12 cm3/g average pore volume 89.3 å average pore diameter surface area average specific surface area 54 m2/g mp 3652-3697 c density 1.9 g/ml at 25 ºc bulk density 0.5 3.5 lb/cu.ft table 3: technical specifications of the cnfs used in this study. for the tests to be performed, the samples were obtained from the original plates to specimens with the dimensions and geometry shown in fig. 3. following the recommendations of the european standard en iso 178:2003, three-point p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 202 bending (3pb) static tests were carried out at room temperature and using a span length of 50 mm. an autograph ags-x universal testing machine, from shimadzu, with a 10 kn load cell and a displacement rate of 2 mm/min was used to test six different samples for each configuration. figure 2: sem images of the cnfs used in this study. a) b) figure 3: a) geometry of the specimens; b) three-point bending apparatus. all dimensions in mm. the bending strength was obtained from the nominal stress at the central span section by:   2 3 2 pl bh (1) where p is the load, l the span length, b the width and h the thickness of the sample. the stiffness modulus was determined from the linear elastic bending beams theory relationship:    3 48 pl e ul (2) where i, δp and δu are, respectively, the moment of inertia of the cross-section, the load range and flexural displacement range in the middle span for an interval in the linear region of the load versus displacement plot. finally, the flexural strain was calculated according to the european standard en iso 178:2003 by the following equation:   2 6 f sh l (3) 50 80 3 10 1 m p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 203 where s is the deflexion, l the span length and h the thickness of the specimen. displacement rates of 200, 20, 2, 0.2 and 0.02 mm/min were employed, which corresponds to strain rates () of 9.7 × 100, 9.7 × 10−1, 9.7 × 10−2, 9.7 × 10−3, 1.3 × 10−4 s−1 according to eqn. (4):     2 6f td v h dt l (4) in this equation  is the peripheral fibre strain, t is the time, vt is the cross‐head speed, l the span length and h the thickness of the specimen. for each condition, six specimens were tested. finally, the same machine was used to carried out stress relaxation and creep tests, at room temperature and with similar samples to those shown in fig. 3. for the first tests a fixed displacement was applied, and the stress recorded during the loading time, while for creep tests a fixed stress was applied and the displacement registered during the loading period. for both resins, a bending stress of 50 mpa was considered in order to ensure that all tests were carried out on the elastic region of the bending stress-strain curve. results and discussion tatic bending tests were performed according to the experimental procedure described in the previous section and with a strain rate   of 9.7×10−2 s−1 (corresponding to a displacement rate of 2 mm/min), in order to find the best amount of nano reinforcement to maximize the bending properties. in this context, fig. 4 presents typical flexural stress-strain curves obtained for different conditions, but they are representative of all curves obtained in this analysis. figure 4: representative flexural stress-strain curves obtained for 9.7×10−2 s−1. comparison between neat and the best nano enhanced resin. in all curves, a linear increase in the bending stress with the strain (linear elastic region) is observed, followed by a nonlinear performance where the maximum bending stress is reached. after the peak load, the bending stress drop significantly, evidencing the imminent collapse of the nanocomposites. fig. 5 summarizes the main bending properties, obtained from these curves, in terms of average values (symbols) and respective maximum and minimum values (dispersion bands). for both resins, it is noticed that the increase in cnfs promotes higher values of bending strength, but after a certain content of nanoparticles these values decrease due to the aggregates/agglomerates that have occurred due to intermolecular interactions (van der waals forces and chemical bonds). while the maximum bending stress occurs with 0.75 wt.% of cnfs for the sicomin resin, this property reached its maximum for 0.5% of cnfs when the ebalta resin is considered. in comparison with the control samples (neat resin), an increase around 11.7% was observed for both resins. in fact, according to the open literature, agglomerations/aggregations are expected for higher filler contents, which, in addition to being treated as defects, are responsible for significant concentrations of stresses in nanocomposites [16–18]. they also reduce the interfacial area between the polymeric matrix and nanoparticles, which reduces the mechanical 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 2 4 6 8 f le xu ra l s tr es s [m p a] strain [%] neat resin sicomin 0.75 wt.% cnfs neat resin ebalta 0.50 wt.% cnfs s p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 204 involvement of polymeric chains in the nanoparticles [19]. on the other hand, only a few polymer molecules can penetrate between the nanoparticles, which promotes an exceptional increase in viscosity, even for relatively low filler contents [20]. however, due to the higher viscosity of the sicomin resin (compared to ebalta), it was expected to obtain the highest flexural strength with lower content of cnfs. regardless of fiedler et al. [21] report that the low viscosity of a resin allows a better organization of the nanoparticles, they also consider that the manufacturing process as well as the properties of the particles and matrix are determinants in the interfacial strength of the composite and dispersibility of the fillers during the production. a) b) c) figure 5: nano enhanced resin sicomin sr 8100 and ebalta ah 150 with different percentages of cnfs: (a) bending stress; (b) bending stiffness; (c) bending strain. although cnfs are considered ideal materials for reinforcing polymers due to their excellent mechanical properties, a good interaction between reinforcement cnfs and polymer matrix is necessary to obtain composites with optimal properties. for that reason, the knowledge of the chemical composition of resins and hardeners is essential to understand the physicochemical interactions between the matrix and the fillers, in order to overcome possible incompatibilities and to optimize the composite mechanical behaviour [22]. however, from the chemical point of view, both resins are based on the same components, bisphenol a (dgeba) and bisphenol f epoxy resin (dgbf), respectively. the most relevant and employed epoxy resin is the dgeba, which results from the chemical reaction of bisphenol a with epichlorohydrin. manufactured dgeba resin usually presents a distribution of molecular weight and a certain preference to have a crystalline solid material when is stored at room temperature. but, dgebf is usually less viscous and once cured has greater toughness and flexibility. nonetheless, although the use of both resins is indicated in their technical datasheets, there exists a lack of information about the exact proportion of both components and their molecular weight in the final commercial products (sicomin sr 8100 and ebalta ah 150). these differences in the epoxy resin compositions (dgebf/deba), molecular 2 4 6 8 -0,25 0 0,25 0,5 0,75 1 1,25 b en di n g st ra in [ % ] wt.% cnfs sicomin sr 8100 ebalta ah 150 90 100 110 120 130 -0,25 0 0,25 0,5 0,75 1 1,25 b en di n g st re ss [m p a] wt.% cnfs sicomin sr 8100 ebalta ah 150 0 1 2 3 4 -0,25 0 0,25 0,5 0,75 1 1,25 b en di n g st if fn es s [g p a] wt.% cnfs sicomin sr 8100 ebalta ah 150 p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 205 weights and the quantity of diluent [1,6-bis(2,3-epoxypropoxy)hexane] probably explain the different viscosity referenced for sicomin sr 8100 (285 ± 60 mpa×s) and ebalta ah 150 (250 ± 50 mpa×s) resins at 25ºc in their datasheets. with respect to hardeners, the situation is more difficult because there was no information about the composition in the ebalta technical datasheet. as it was explained before, hardeners based on amines as curing agents become part of the chemical structure of the solid epoxy through cross-linking after reacting with a resin. therefore, the influence in the general properties of the materials is at least as much important as the resins. for instance, to obtain the best properties it is necessary an optimum curing reaction, which implies that the amount of curing reagent employed must be stoichiometric. the number of epoxy groups and reactive hydrogens of the hardener must be equal, which is the amine molecular weight divided by the number of hydrogens (amine-equivalent weight, aew) [23]. the curing process and the chemical phenomena of cross-linking are responsible for many of the properties of the solidstate in epoxy derived materials. the cross-link density is the spacing between successive cross-link sites, and normally, when the cross-link density increases, the glass transition temperature, thermal stability, and chemical resistance increase, but the fracture toughness and the strain to failure decreases [24]. therefore, during the curing reaction was observed a difference of colour with a naked eye between the two resin materials, light yellow liquid (sicomin sr 8100/sd 8824) and opaque (ebalta ah 150/ip 430). this difference of colour can be explained because of the different hardeners formulations since both resin products are based on the same two polymers (dgeba and dgbf). the introduction of new molecular chains of different lengths, with pendant groups, aliphatic or aromatic elements, vary many physicochemical and solid-state properties of the composites. for example, heterocyclic and aromatic curing reagents are responsible for higher temperature stabilities than their aliphatic amine alternatives [25]. an increment in the flexible amine content decreases the tensile and flexible strength related to a reduced crosslinking density [26]. in summary, the higher modulus of elasticity and maximum resistance of the ebalta ah 150/ip 430 over the sicomin sr 8100/sd 8824, referenced in these neat cured resins, could be explained from the different chemical relative composition (dgeba/dgbf) of both resins, and for their different hardeners employed. in the case of epoxy resins reinforced with cnfs the introduction of cnfs was aimed to enhance the mechanical properties of the two epoxy materials. properties of composites are ruled not only by the carbon fibre, the resin matrix, but also are influenced by the interface formed between the two constituents. favourable interfacial adhesion can efficiently transfer stress from matrix to fillers, which plays a key role in the mechanical properties as well as the reliability [27]. although carbon nanofibers are increasingly used in various industries, these materials present some drawbacks. the smooth pristine surface of carbon fibre is non-polar and affects the interfacial adhesion between carbon fibres and resin matrix, which has a negative effect on the overall performance. the composite interfacial shear strength reflects the load transfer efficiency between the nanofibers and the resin, and has a relevant function in the mechanical properties. the general idea is to reach an efficient load transfer between both constituents to strengthen the nanofiber-matrix interface to overcome the lack of good interfacial bonding limited by the non-polar and smooth surface of cnfs. the fillers-resin adhesion may require strengthened by treating the fillers with a coupling agent or functionalization that bridges their molecules together. then, the creation of covalent bonds or van der waals forces of attraction would enhance the adhesion between the two materials (fillers/matrix) [28, 29]. advances in interfacial improvement have been made, but the mechanisms of interfacial adhesion are difficult to be fully understood. the most common explanations for enhancement mechanisms by fillers are: a) stiffer matrix/fibres interfaces with a higher shear modulus are formed, which promotes the stress transfer; b) the presence of fibres in the interface assists in holding back excessive stress spreading in the flaw and provides a crack deflection mechanism; c) chemical interaction among cnfs, sizing and resin matrix can be improved when the nanoparticles are modified with a surface modifier. in this context, a uniform dispersion and good wetting of the nanofibers within the matrix are necessary to ensure maximum utilization of the nanofibers’ characteristics, because a good cnfs dispersion can be critical to obtaining a homogeneous dispersion. high shear mixing, ultrasonication, the employment of surfactants, or the dilution method are some of the alternatives [30, 31]. according to the results, 0.75 wt.% of cnfs is the content that promotes the maximum bending stress for the sicomin resin, while for ebalta resin is 0.5% of cnfs. since the mixture and dispersion procedure was exactly the same, in both commercial pre-cured resins, the difference in the filler percentage values can be attributed to variation in the matrix-fibre interfaces that modify the stress transfer and spreading in the flaws and crack deflection. normally, the variation in the interfaces can be explained by different factors, such as a) diverse aggregation formation, b) different chemical composition of the polymer matrixes and hardeners, and c) the effect of fillers on the kinetics of epoxy cure. as was explained previously, in this work both commercial matrixes have very similar compositions, the same two epoxy materials and diluent. the exact composition is not known because are protected by copyrights, but to the best of our knowledge are analogous due to the information disclosed in datasheets. probably, the variation in their relative compositions is responsible for the different viscosity previous curing. in theory, in less viscous fluids (ebalta) a uniform p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 206 dispersion of the nanofibers within the matrix would be easier to perform, limiting the tendency to form cnfs agglomerates, which are responsible for an excessive stress concentration and origin of flaws. nonetheless, from our results, the difference in viscosities does not seem a relevant parameter, because the maximum percentage in ebalta (0.5%) is lower than in sicomin (0.75%). therefore, the difference in filler acceptance from the matrix should be attributed to greater physicochemical compatibility of the sicomin and not the viscosity. what is different is the hardener chemical formula composed of different types of amine molecules. the difference in composition affects clearly many parameters in pristine epoxies and it is more relevant when the parameter of fillers appears. surface polarity is one of the most important physicochemical attributes of both materials that affect the interface quality of the filler/matrix. however, due to their important polarity and attractive forces formed between the resin and the other material, epoxies adhere satisfactorily to multiple surfaces. normally, strong polar attractions or direct bonds that can be formed between reactive sites in the resin and polar sites on the surface of the filler. most inorganic materials (metals, minerals, glasses, ceramics) have some polarity so they have high surface energy, whereas organic polymer surfaces are generally less polar (more covalent) and lower surface energy [32, 33]. in a very wide range of epoxy resins, polarity varies depending the molecules and curing conditions involved. the nonepoxy part of the chemical structures presents multiple possibilities, because it may have aromatic, cycloaliphatic and/or aliphatic molecules that vary its polarity and general properties. in the same way for the amines, i.e. cross-linking and chain extension reagents. the amino group shows some polar character because the n‒h bonds are more electronegative than the c‒h bonds [34]. on the other hand, pristine cnfs are basically non-polar materials, i.e. a molecule where the electrons between the two atoms are equally shared or where the polar bonds of the global structure are symmetrically disposed. therefore, despite the great properties of these nanofibers, cnfs/epoxy composites can have unsatisfactory mechanical properties because cnfs have poor interfacial adhesion due to their non-polar surface. in short, the different hardeners (several amine molecules) could affect the overall polarity of the epoxy cured materials which as a relevant effect in the fillers/resin compatibility. in the optimum based nanocomposites (0.5%), the matrix/fibres interface interaction is worse than in sicomin (0.75%), which has an impact on the cnfs percentage that can accept before having a detrimental effect on the mechanical characteristics, such as bending stress. other possible explanation, apart from polarity mismatch, is the effects of cnfs fillers on the curing processes, since it is accepted that the physicochemical and thermo-mechanical characteristics of the cured epoxy resin depend on the curing reaction conditions (temperature and time), degree of cure (curing extent) and network of crosslinking. since the overall characteristics arises in great part from the curing reactions, their curing kinetics should be studied by differential scanning calorimetry (dsc). for example, tao et al. [35] reported that carbon nanotubes (cnts) are able of modifying the curing process, initiating the curing reactions at inferior temperatures with respect to a neat epoxy resin. the presence of cnts modified the curing kinetics, reduced the crosslinking density and the glass transition temperature [36]. silanized cnfs exhibited lower peak temperature as well as higher heat of cure, and maximization in the cure reaction rates at the very initial stage of the reaction compared to those without the pristine cnfs. the curing and post-cure procedures for sicomin and ebalta resins in terms of temperature and time were obtained from their datasheets and were optimized from the manufacturers for neat epoxy formulas, i.e. without fillers, in this case, cnfs. that means the curing mechanism should be corroborated and maybe optimized for each filler content [37]. in this context, because the resin was the only different variable in this study, it is possible to conclude that ebalta enables the formation of stronger covalent bonds and/or polar interactions between the resin and the cnfs. on the other hand, higher specific surface area already encourages the formation of agglomerates due to the intermolecular interactions. in terms of bending stiffness, and for sicomin neat resin, the maximum valor is about 2.68 gpa, while for similar resin filled by 0.75 wt. % cnfs this value is about 2.99 gpa (11.76% higher). for ebalta neat resin, these values are around 2.84 gpa and resin filled by 0.5 wt. % cnfs this value is about 3.16 gpa, respectively (11.3% higher). the strain rate effects on the flexural properties are shown in fig. 6. typical bending stress versus flexural strain curves, for all strain rates, are plotted in fig. 6a) and 6b), respectively, for sicomin sr 8100 with 0.75 wt.% cnfs and ebalta ah 150 with 0.5 wt.% cnfs. both curves exhibit two different regimens, a quasi‐linear zone, which is followed by a nonlinear region where the maximum bending stress occurs. however, it is noticed that for higher strain rates the linear region is longer for both systems and considerably affect bending properties. for example, independently of the resin, higher values of strain rate promote higher bending stress and stiffness, but the highest values are always obtained when cnfs are added to the resin. a linear model, as suggested by the literature [38–40], can be fitted to the data according with the following equations:     a b e (5)    e a b e (6) p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 207 a) b) c) d) e) f) figure 6: effect of the strain-rate: (a) for resin sicomin sr 8100 with 0.75 wt.% cnfs; (b) for resin ebalta ah 150 with 0.5 wt.% cnfs;(c) bending stress sicomin; (d) bending stress ebalta; (e) bending stiffness sicomin; (f) bending stiffness ebalta; (g) bending strain sicomin; (h) bending strain ebalta. where σ is the maximum bending stress, e is the bending modulus, ε is the strain at maximum bending stress, 𝑒 is the logarithm of strain rate and a and b constants presented in tab. 4. from this table, it is possible to conclude that those linear relationships between the logarithm of strain rate () and the mechanical properties present good accuracy, and they can be used as models to predict the strain rate effect on the bending properties. 0 40 80 120 160 0 2 4 6 8 f le xu ra l s tr es s [m p a] strain [%]  1.4 10 𝑠  1.4 10 𝑠 0 40 80 120 160 0 2 4 6 8 f le xu ra l s tr es s [m p a] strain [%]  1.4 10 𝑠  1.4 10 𝑠 60 80 100 120 140 160 -4,5 -3,5 -2,5 -1,5 -0,5 0,5 b en di n g st re ss [m p a] log strain rate [s-1] neat resin 0.75 wt.% cnfs 60 80 100 120 140 160 -4,5 -3,5 -2,5 -1,5 -0,5 0,5 b en d in g s tr es s [m p a] log strain rate [s-1] neat resin 0.50 wt.% cnfs 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 -4,5 -3,5 -2,5 -1,5 -0,5 0,5 b en di n g st if fn es s [g p a] log strain rate [s-1] neat resin 0.75 wt.% cnfs 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 -4,5 -3,5 -2,5 -1,5 -0,5 0,5 b en di n g st if fn es s [g p a] log strain rate [s-1] neat resin 0.50 wt.% cnfs p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 208 material properties parameters correlation coefficient a b r neat sicomin resin bending stress () 133.12 11.04 0.997 bending modulus (e) 3.20 0.124 0.977 sicomin with 0.75 wt.% cnfs bending stress () 141.34 11.12 0.992 bending modulus (e) 3.31 0.082 0.947 neat ebalta resin bending stress () 131.13 10.40 0.991 bending modulus (e) 3.17 0.144 0.963 ebalta with 0.50 wt.% cnfs bending stress () 141.02 11.06 0.994 bending modulus (e) 3.46 0.159 0.982 table 4: parameters of the equations that fits the effect of the strain‐rate on the nanocomposites. apart from high stiffness and strength, the matrix should present viscoelastic and/or viscoplastic behaviour to eliminate brittle fracture of the composite. good dispersion and adequate introduction of cnfs with the interfacial area and high aspect ratio into an epoxy matrix controls the long-term deformability and strength of the composite, and decrease the rate of creep strain [41]. the addition of a certain quantity of cnfs or cnt could enhance the efficiency of interfacial stress transfer thanks to an improvement in the interlaminar shear strength. however, in case of poor quality of adhesion, the damage process of the bulk resin can be accelerated, especially under shear loading, because of the increase in the number of dissipation sites, i.e. cnfs/epoxy interfaces. with respect to viscoelastic behaviour, fig. 7 shows the stress relaxation curves for both neat resins (ebalta and sicomin) and their respective cnfs nanocomposites. in these graphs, the average bending stress versus time are plotted, where  is the bending stress at any specific instant of the test and  is the initial bending stress. for all samples tested, it was noticed that, independently of the resin type and cnfs percentage, the stress decreases with time, but the neat sicomin resin has an inferior tendency to stress relaxation than ebalta resin. for instance, after 180 min and for neat sicomin resin, this drop is about 10%, while for the same resin with 0.75 wt.% cnfs is about 7.9%. for ebalta neat resin this decrease is around 14.8%, and for ebalta resin with 0.5 wt.% cnfs is about 13.2%. a) b) figure 7: relaxation curves for: (a) neat sicomin sr 8100 and nano enhanced resin with 0.75 wt.% cnfs, bending stress of 50 mpa; (b) neat ebalta ah 150 and nano enhanced resin with 0.5 wt.% de cnfs, bending stress of 50 mpa. for the neat resins, in the literature essentially two mechanisms are referenced that can induce stress relaxation: a) chemical stress relaxation due to chain scission and crosslinking formation or scission, and b) physical stress relaxation due to molecular rearrangements that involve little primary bonding formation or breakage [42]. however, the cnfs presence demonstrated an effective enhancement of the mechanical properties with increasing filler content, up to 0.75% for sicomin and 0.5% for ebalta [43]. nonetheless, the degree of improvement showed in the results is lower than expected because the increase in mechanical performance is restricted by a concentration limit, and the great properties of cnfs are not fully 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 0 50 100 150 200 b en di n g st re ss [m p a] time [min] neat resin epoxy + 0.75 wt.% cnfs sicomin sr 8100 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 0 50 100 150 200 b en di n g st re ss [m p a] time [min] neat resin epoxy + 0.5 wt.% cnfs ebalta ah 150 p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 209 achieved. in epoxy composites, a good load transfer efficiency combined with the dispersion state plays a relevant role in the enhancement of performance. a suboptimal dispersion state and the cnfs random orientation during the fabrication may result in an ineffective reinforcement or even negative effect. in general, the load transfer reflects the interfacial interactions: weak fillers/polymer van der waals interactions and polymer matrix, ionic or covalent bonding when chemical treatments are applied, and the mechanical interlocking caused by unsmooth fibre surfaces. since in this work cnfs were not chemically treated the interfacial adhesion is originated from the non-bonded interactions, which produces inefficient load transfer. due to the fact that both cured epoxy matrixes are not the same and present important differences, their different results showed in their relaxation curves can be attributed to their different interfacial adhesion and the different physical interactions turned out from the non-identical polarity of both resins. regarding the creep behaviour, fig. 8 shows typical curves obtained from the experimental tests, where the displacement is the result measured at any moment of the test (d) divided by its first value (d0). in all curves is observed an instantaneous displacement, which depends on the stress level, and is followed by primary and secondary creep stages that are typical in creep curves. for these settings, the third stage occurs only for extended periods of time or higher stress values. in detail, fig. 8b) shows that ebalta resin with 0.5 wt. % cnfs presents greater creep displacements than neat ebalta resin. for example, the creep strain increases about 18.2% after 180 min for ebalta resin with 0.5wt. % cnfs and 13.2% for neat ebalta resin. similarly, for neat sicomin resin and sicomin resin with 0.75 wt. % cnfs, this value increases 8.6% and 9.4%, respectively. a) b) figure 8: creep curves for: a) neat sicomin sr 8100 and nano-enhanced resin with 0.75 wt.% cnfs, at bending stress of 50 mpa, b) neat ebalta ah 150 and nano-enhanced resin with 0.5 wt.% cnfs, at bending stress of 50 mpa. in this case, for neat resins, the creep is a consequence of the combining effect of viscous flow and elastic deformation [41]. according to bouafif et al. [44], molecular motions in the backbone polymer arrangement is responsible for the creep phenomenon, and it is conditioned by the stress level. jian et al. [45] suggested that there is a quantitative connection between molecular mobility and macroscopic deformation. a relatively low quantity of cnfs has a hindrance effect on polymer chain mobility of the epoxy matrix, as well as the chain disentanglement and slippage. it was mentioned that the presence of cnfs can hinder the motion of the epoxy polymer chains leading to an improved creep performance but depending on the filler concentration a contradictory response to the above said have also been detailed. cnfs-epoxy nanocomposites tend to exhibit time-dependent deformations on account of the inherent viscoelastic behaviour of polymers, over a wide range of temperatures which can be depicted by creep for a constant load. the presence of fillers can lead to a relevant improvement in the creep resistance. however, in the case of local aggregation of cnts or cnfs, the creep resistance does not increase continuously with growing the filler weight fraction in particular at elevated percentages [46]. the creep response in an epoxy nanocomposite is affected by an irregular dispersion of cnfs in the matrix and a weakened filler/polymer interfacial region derived from the bad compatibility between both materials. hassanzadehaghdam et al. [46] explained that an increment in the interface thickness appeared to improve the nanocomposite creep resistance because the interface had lower compliance. the reinforcing capability in nanocomposites is weaker with higher weight fraction and creep loads as the agglomeration occurs and the filler/epoxy adhesion deteriorates [45]. however, an increment in filler weight fraction with good dispersion may result in a perceptible reduction of creep displacements. thus, 1,00 1,05 1,10 1,15 1,20 0 50 100 150 200 d is pl ac em en t [] time [min] neat resin epoxy + 0.5 wt.% cnfs ebalta ah 150 1,00 1,05 1,10 1,15 1,20 0 50 100 150 200 d is p le ce m en te [] time [min] neat resin epoxy + 0.75wt.% cnfs sicomin sr 8100 p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 210 a greater comprehension of the creep deformation and the reinforcing mechanism of creep resistance in nanocomposites at the molecular level is still imperative because the creep response is a matter of concern for long‐term durability of these materials [47]. one the one hand, from the comparison of the creep curves for neat sicomin sr 8100 and nano-enhanced resin with 0.75 wt.% de cnfs it can be observed that the effect of the filler presence is almost irrelevant, neither positive nor detrimental. there was a slight increment of creep displacement, especially after 50-75 minutes, which shows a slightly negative effect of the cnfs in the long-term durability. one the other hand, for the neat ebalta ah 150 and the nano-enhanced resin with 0.5 wt.% de cnfs, it can be clearly observed the negative effect of the fillers in the overall creep behaviour. the ebalta based nanocomposite creep displacement increases noticeably respect to the pristine resin meaning that the creep resistance decreases in an important way. the harmful effects of a weakened filler/polymer interfacial region and/or the bad state of dispersion of cnfs into the polymer matrix are detected in the ebalta sample. the reason may come from the different physical interactions yield from the distinctive polarities of both resins since their chemical compositions are not identical. conclusions ifferent percentages of cnfs were used to improve the mechanical properties of two commercial epoxy resin, particularly their static and viscoelastic properties. it was possible to observe that, independently of the epoxy resin, higher values of cnfs added to the resin promoted higher flexural stress and modulus. the best weight content was 0.75% for sicomin sr 8100 and 0.5% for ebalta ah 150. regarding the strain‐rate sensitivity, independently of the resin and nanocomposite, it was possible to observe that both materials are strain‐rate sensitivity. the bending stress and modulus increase for higher values of strain rate. finally, from the stress relaxation tests, it is clear that stress is reduced over time, but when the cnfs are added to the resins, they are less prone to stress relaxation. in the case of creep response, the displacement increases with time for all systems, but, in this case, nanocomposites are more prone to creep. acknowledgements his work was supported by the project centro-01-0145-feder-000017 emades energy, materials and sustainable development, co-financed by the portugal 2020 program (pt 2020), within the regional operational program of the center (centro 2020) and the european union through the european regional development fund (erdf). references [1] kancherla, k.b., subbappa, d.b., hiremath, s.r., raju, b., roy mahapatra, d. (2019). enhancing mechanical properties of glass fabric composite with surfactant treated zirconia nanoparticles, compos. part a appl. sci. manuf., 118(september 2018), pp. 131–41, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesa.2018.12.023. [2] balasubramaniam, b., sathiyan, g., palani, g.s., iyer, n.r., gupta, r.k. (2019).fiber reinforced polymer nanocomposites for structural engineering applications. materials science and technology, wiley, pp. 1–20. [3] licari, j.j., swanson, d.w. (2011).chapter 3 chemistry, formulation, and properties of adhesives. adhesives technology for electronic applications, elsevier, pp. 75–141. [4] fiore, v., valenza, a. (2013).epoxy resins as a matrix material in advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (frp) composites. advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (frp) composites for structural applications, elsevier, pp. 88–121. [5] takeichi, t., furukawa, n. (2012).epoxy resins and phenol-formaldehyde resins. polymer science: a comprehensive reference, vol. 5, elsevier, pp. 723–51. [6] reis, p.n.b., ferreira, j.a.m., santos, p., richardson, m.o.w., santos, j.b. (2012). impact response of kevlar composites with filled epoxy matrix, compos. struct., 94(12), pp. 3520–8, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2012.05.025. [7] kaybal, h.b., ulus, h., demir, o., şahin, ö.s., avcı, a. (2018). effects of alumina nanoparticles on dynamic impact responses of carbon fiber reinforced epoxy matrix nanocomposites, eng. sci. technol. an int. j., 21(3), pp. 399–407, doi: 10.1016/j.jestch.2018.03.011. [8] shen, m.-y., chang, t.-y., hsieh, t.-h., li, y.-l., chiang, c.-l., yang, h., yip, m.-c. (2013). mechanical properties d t p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 211 and tensile fatigue of graphene nanoplatelets reinforced polymer nanocomposites, j. nanomater., 2013, pp. 1–9, doi: 10.1155/2013/565401. [9] gao, x., lan, j., jia, x., cai, q., yang, x. (2016). improving interfacial adhesion with epoxy matrix using hybridized carbon nanofibers containing calcium phosphate nanoparticles for bone repairing, mater. sci. eng. c, 61, pp. 174–9, doi: 10.1016/j.msec.2015.12.033. [10] liu, x., yue, d., yang, c., li, n., gao, s., liu, y., mo, g., wu, z., yin, j., su, b., li, l. (2019). fluorinated carbon nanofiber/polyimide composites: electrical, mechanical, and hydrophobic properties, surf. coatings technol., 361(august 2018), pp. 206–11, doi: 10.1016/j.surfcoat.2019.01.033. [11] liu, w., wang, y., wang, p., li, y., jiang, q., hu, x., wei, y., qiu, y., shahabadi, s.i.s., lu, x. (2017). a biomimetic approach to improve the dispersibility, interfacial interactions and toughening effects of carbon nanofibers in epoxy composites, compos. part b eng., 113, pp. 197–205, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2017.01.040. [12] gantayat, s., rout, d., swain, s.k. (2017). structural and mechanical properties of functionalized carbon nanofiber/epoxy nanocomposites, mater. today proc., 4(8), pp. 9060–4, doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2017.07.259. [13] buchanan, j.p., reed-gore, e.r., jefcoat, j.a., moser, r.d., klaus, k.l., peel, h.r., buchanan, r.k., barnes, e., alberts, e.m., shukla, m.k. (2019). increasing mechanical resilience and enhanced electrical conductivity through the incorporation of cnf reinforcing additives in pa6 nanocomposites, struct. chem., 30(1), pp. 341–9, doi: 10.1007/s11224-018-1236-8. [14] zhou, y., akanda, s.r., jeelani, s., lacy, t.e. (2007). nonlinear constitutive equation for vapor-grown carbon nanofiber-reinforced sc-15 epoxy at different strain rate, mater. sci. eng. a, 465(1–2), pp. 238–46, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2007.04.042. [15] poveda, r.l., gupta, n. (2016). change in failure mode of carbon nanofibers in nanocomposites as a function of loading rate, j. mater. sci., 51(10), pp. 4917–27, doi: 10.1007/s10853-016-9796-8. [16] zare, y. (2016). the roles of nanoparticles accumulation and interphase properties in properties of polymer particulate nanocomposites by a multi-step methodology, compos. part a appl. sci. manuf., 91, pp. 127–32, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesa.2016.10.003. [17] oberdisse, j. (2006). aggregation of colloidal nanoparticles in polymer matrices, soft matter, 2(1), pp. 29–36, doi: 10.1039/b511959f. [18] padmanabhan, v., frischknecht, a.l., mackay, m.e. (2012). effect of chain stiffness on nanoparticle segregation in polymer/nanoparticle blends near a substrate, macromol. theory simulations, 21(2), pp. 98–105, doi: 10.1002/mats.201100048. [19] ma, x., zare, y., rhee, k.y. (2017). a two-step methodology to study the influence of aggregation/agglomeration of nanoparticles on young’s modulus of polymer nanocomposites, nanoscale res. lett., 12, pp. 0–6, doi: 10.1186/s11671-017-2386-0. [20] shaffer, m.s.p., fan, x., windle, a.h. (1998). dispersion and packing of carbon nanotubes, carbon n. y., 36(11), pp. 1603–12, doi: 10.1016/s0008-6223(98)00130-4. [21] fiedler, b., gojny, f.h., wichmann, m.h.g., nolte, m.c.m., schulte, k. (2006). fundamental aspects of nanoreinforced composites, compos. sci. technol., 66(16), pp. 3115–25, doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2005.01.014. [22] liu, s., chevali, v.s., xu, z., hui, d., wang, h. (2018). a review of extending performance of epoxy resins using carbon nanomaterials, compos. part b eng., 136, pp. 197–214, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2017.08.020. [23] ignatenko, v.y., ilyin, s.o., kostyuk, a. v., bondarenko, g.n., antonov, s. v. (2020). acceleration of epoxy resin curing by using a combination of aliphatic and aromatic amines, polym. bull., 77(3), pp. 1519–40, doi: 10.1007/s00289-019-02815-x. [24] garcia, f.g., soares, b.g., pita, v.j.r.r., sánchez, r., rieumont, j. (2007). mechanical properties of epoxy networks based on dgeba and aliphatic amines, j. appl. polym. sci., 106(3), pp. 2047–55, doi: 10.1002/app.24895. [25] baig, z., akram, n., zia, k.m., saeed, m., khosa, m.k., ali, l., saleem, s. (2020). influence of amine‐terminated additives on thermal and mechanical properties of diglycidyl ether of bisphenol a (dgeba) cured epoxy, j. appl. polym. sci., 137(8), pp. 48404, doi: 10.1002/app.48404. [26] cai, h., li, p., sui, g., yu, y., li, g., yang, x., ryu, s. (2008). curing kinetics study of epoxy resin/flexible amine toughness systems by dynamic and isothermal dsc, thermochim. acta, 473(1–2), pp. 101–5, doi: 10.1016/j.tca.2008.04.012. [27] nie, y., hübert, t. (2011). effect of carbon nanofiber (cnf) silanization on the properties of cnf/epoxy nanocomposites, polym. int., 60(11), pp. 1574–80, doi: 10.1002/pi.3124. [28] bal, s. (2010). experimental study of mechanical and electrical properties of carbon nanofiber/epoxy composites, mater. des., 31(5), pp. 2406–13, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2009.11.058. p. santos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 198-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.15 212 [29] wu, q., zhao, r., ma, q., zhu, j. (2018). effects of degree of chemical interaction between carbon fibers and surface sizing on interfacial properties of epoxy composites, compos. sci. technol., 163(december 2017), pp. 34–40, doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2018.05.013. [30] prolongo, s.g., burón, m., gude, m.r., chaos-morán, r., campo, m., ureña, a. (2008). effects of dispersion techniques of carbon nanofibers on the thermo-physical properties of epoxy nanocomposites, compos. sci. technol., 68(13), pp. 2722–30, doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2008.05.015. [31] zhu, j., wei, s., ryu, j., budhathoki, m., liang, g., guo, z. (2010). in situ stabilized carbon nanofiber (cnf) reinforced epoxy nanocomposites, j. mater. chem., 20(23), pp. 4937–48, doi: 10.1039/c0jm00063a. [32] wang, j., gong, j., gong, z., yan, x., wang, b., wu, q., li, s. (2010). effect of curing agent polarity on water absorption and free volume in epoxy resin studied by pals, nucl. instruments methods phys. res. sect. b beam interact. with mater. atoms, 268(14), pp. 2355–61, doi: 10.1016/j.nimb.2010.04.010. [33] sandler, s.r., berg, f.r. (1965). effect of polarity of bisphenol a epoxy resins on adhesion at cryogenic and elevated temperatures, j. appl. polym. sci., 9(11), pp. 3707–19, doi: 10.1002/app.1965.070091118. [34] wilson, a.d., stewart, f.f. (2014). structure-function study of tertiary amines as switchable polarity solvents, rsc adv., 4(22), pp. 11039–49, doi: 10.1039/c3ra47724j. [35] tao, k., yang, s., grunlan, j.c., kim, y.s., dang, b., deng, y., thomas, r.l., wilson, b.l., wei, x. (2006). effects of carbon nanotube fillers on the curing processes of epoxy resin-based composites, j. appl. polym. sci., 102(6), pp. 5248–54, doi: 10.1002/app.24773. [36] seyhan, a.t., sun, z., deitzel, j., tanoglu, m., heider, d. (2009). cure kinetics of vapor grown carbon nanofiber (vgcnf) modified epoxy resin suspensions and fracture toughness of their resulting nanocomposites, mater. chem. phys., 118(1), pp. 234–42, doi: 10.1016/j.matchemphys.2009.07.045. [37] dutta, a., ryan, m.e. (1979). effect of fillers on kinetics of epoxy cure, j. appl. polym. sci., 24(3), pp. 635–49, doi: 10.1002/app.1979.070240302. [38] ingram, j., zhou, y., jeelani, s., lacy, t., horstemeyer, m.f. (2008). effect of strain rate on tensile behavior of polypropylene and carbon nanofiber filled polypropylene, mater. sci. eng. a, 489(1–2), pp. 99–106, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2008.01.010. [39] delhaye, v., clausen, a.h., moussy, f., othman, r., hopperstad, o.s. (2011). influence of stress state and strain rate on the behaviour of a rubber-particle reinforced polypropylene, int. j. impact eng., 38(4), pp. 208–18, doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2010.11.004. [40] reis, p.n.b., gorbatikh, l., ivens, j., lomov, s.v. (2019). strain-rate sensitivity and stress relaxation of hybrid selfreinforced polypropylene composites under bending loads, compos. struct., 209(august 2018), pp. 802–10, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2018.11.030. [41] glaskova-kuzmina, t., aniskevich, a., zarrelli, m., martone, a., giordano, m. (2014). effect of filler on the creep characteristics of epoxy and epoxy-based cfrps containing multi-walled carbon nanotubes, compos. sci. technol., 100, pp. 198–203, doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2014.06.011. [42] reis, p.n.b., silva, m.p., santos, p., parente, j.m., valvez, s., bezazi, a. (2020). mechanical performance of an optimized cork agglomerate core-glass fibre sandwich panel, compos. struct., 245, pp. 112375, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.112375. [43] jian, w., lau, d. (2020). understanding the effect of functionalization in cnt-epoxy nanocomposite from molecular level, compos. sci. technol., 191(november 2019), pp. 108076, doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2020.108076. [44] bouafif, h., koubaa, a., perré, p., cloutier, a. (2013). creep behaviour of hdpe/wood particle composites, int. j. microstruct. mater. prop., 8(3), pp. 225, doi: 10.1504/ijmmp.2013.055385. [45] jian, w., lau, d. (2019). creep performance of cnt-based nanocomposites: a parametric study, carbon n. y., 153, pp. 745–56, doi: 10.1016/j.carbon.2019.07.069. [46] hassanzadeh-aghdam, m.k., mahmoodi, m.j., ansari, r. (2019). creep performance of cnt polymer nanocomposites -an emphasis on viscoelastic interphase and cnt agglomeration, compos. part b eng., 168(august 2018), pp. 274–81, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2018.12.093. [47] nomula, s.s.r., rathore, d.k., ray, b.c., prusty, r.k. (2019). creep performance of cnt reinforced glass fiber/epoxy composites: roles of temperature and stress, j. appl. polym. sci., 136(25), pp. 47674, doi: 10.1002/app.47674. microsoft word numero 9 art 6 finale d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 – 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 55 modellazione efficiente agli elementi finiti per l’analisi a collasso di strutture incollate complesse d. castagnetti, a. spaggiari, e. dragoni università di modena e reggio emilia, dipartimento di scienze e metodi dell’ingegneria, via amendola, 2 –42100 reggio andrea.spaggiari@unimore.it riassunto. il lavoro verifica l’applicabilità di un modello semplificato agli elementi finiti per l’analisi a collasso post elastico di strutture incollate complesse in parete sottile. al fine di superare le limitazioni dei modelli di letteratura come l’uso di elementi speciali, il lavoro sfrutta un modello ridotto già presentato dagli autori in campo elastico. tale modello è basato sulla rappresentazione degli aderendi mediante elementi semistrutturali (piastre o gusci) e dell’adesivo per mezzo di speciali elementi coesivi. la continuità strutturale tra aderendi e adesivo è ottenuta mediante vincoli interni (tied mesh) che accomunano i gradi di libertà dei nodi mutuamente affacciati di aderendi ed adesivo. la struttura analizzata è un simulacro di incollaggio industriale e produce nella strato adesivo una sollecitazione complessa, analizzabile solo con modelli numerici. si considera una struttura tubolare in parete sottile a sezione quadrata, fatta di due spezzoni posti testa a testa e incollati con fazzoletti di lamiera sui quattro lati. la struttura è sottoposta a flessione a tre punti fino al cedimento e la zona incollata posta disassata rispetto al punto di applicazione del carico riceve una sollecitazione indiretta. i risultati dell’analisi fem, confrontati direttamente con le curve sperimentali forza-spostamento, evidenziano una buona accuratezza del metodo, in termini di rigidezza, forza massima e comportamento post elastico della struttura, accompagnati da ridotte dimensioni del modello e tempi di calcolo molto contenuti. grazie a questi vantaggi, la procedura si presta ad effettuare l’analisi di strutture incollate complesse, altrimenti ingestibili se affrontate con una modellazione agli elementi finiti tradizionale. abstract. the paper deals with the application of an efficient finite element (fe) model for the failure analysis of bonded structures. aim of the work is to assess the accuracy and applicability of the computational model in the prediction of the post-elastic response of large and complex bonded structures. in order to overcome the limitations encountered in the technical literature, such as the use of special elements, the present work assesses the applicability of a reduced computational method, previously presented by the authors. the method is based on standard modeling tools, which are available in most of commercial fe packages. the method describes the adherends by semi-structural elements (plates or shells), and the adhesive by means of a single layer of cohesive elements. this work applies the proposed reduced method to a complex, industrial-like, structure. a square thin-walled beam is considered, made of two different portions joined head to head by overlapping thin plates on each side. the beam is loaded by a three point bending fixture up to failure which originates an indirect, complex stress field on the bonded region. the benchmark for the computational analyses are the force-displacement curves obtained by experimental tests on two different geometries. the comparison with the experimental data shows a good accuracy of the proposed method in terms of structure stiffness, maximum load and post-elastic behaviour up to the collapse of the structure. the numerical precision and the computational speed make the proposed method very useful for the efficient analysis of complex bonded structure, both for research and industrial purposes. parole chiave. metodi numerici efficienti, analisi a collasso, costruzioni incollate http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true mailto: andrea.spaggiari@unimore.it d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 56 introduzione l lavoro riguarda l’applicazione di un modello efficiente agli elementi finiti (ef), precedentemente verificato dagli autori in campo elastico, per l’analisi a collasso di strutture incollate. l’obiettivo del lavoro è di valutare l’accuratezza e l’applicabilità del modello computazionale nella previsione della risposta post-elastica di strutture incollate complesse di dimensioni anche elevate utilizzando strumenti computazionali standard. la motivazione della ricerca risiede nel fatto che l’applicazione industriale delle giunzioni strutturali incollate è legata allo sviluppo di metodi di calcolo semplici, veloci e accurati per la previsione della loro resistenza meccanica. in letteratura si ritrovano numerosi metodi agli elementi finiti per l’analisi delle giunzioni incollate [1-10]. molti di questi metodi sono basati su elementi speciali per descrivere lo strato adesivo o la zona di sovrapposizione. i principali svantaggi di questi metodi risiedono nel fatto che gli elementi speciali da essi impiegati sono difficili da implementare nei software agli elementi finiti commerciali impiegati nell’ambito industriale e il loro uso è confinato ad applicazioni di ricerca. in lavori recenti, invece, i metodi più comunemente impiegati adottano approcci basati sulla meccanica della frattura [11-14]. in questo caso, i criteri di cedimento impiegati, richiedono dati che difficilmente sono forniti dal produttore dell’adesivo e devono quindi essere ottenuti sperimentalmente. per superare queste limitazioni, il presente lavoro approfondisce l’analisi di un metodo computazionale semplificato, già presentato dagli autori in [15], per l’analisi di giunzioni strutturali in parete sottile. il metodo è basato su strumenti di modellazione standard e su elementi finiti comuni, implementati nella maggior parte dei software di calcolo commerciali. il metodo descrive gli aderendi mediante elementi semi-strutturali (piastre o gusci), l’adesivo mediante un singolo strato di elementi solidi e ricorre a vincoli cinematici interni per riprodurre la continuità strutturale. in [15] si è dimostrata l’efficienza e l’accuratezza del modello ridotto nel calcolare la distribuzione delle tensioni elastiche lungo il piano medio dello strato adesivo per parecchie geometrie 2d e 3d. successivamente, gli autori hanno esteso il metodo in campo postelastico [17, 22] adottando il semplice criterio di cedimento alle tensioni regolarizzate proposto in [16, 20] ed ottenendo risultati incoraggianti. questo lavoro estende l’applicazione del metodo ridotto ad una trave tubolare, composta da due tratti diseguali incollati testa a testa mediante sovrapposizione di lamierini. la trave è caricata a flessione su tre punti fino a completo collasso ed origina uno stato tensionale complesso sulla zona di incollaggio. si è implementato un criterio di cedimento secondo l’approccio della zona coesiva come proposto in [21] in modo da unire accuratezza del modello e velocità di calcolo. l’elemento di confronto per le analisi computazionali è rappresentato dalle curve forza-spostamento ottenute da prove sperimentali su giunzioni tubolari incollate con la stessa geometria di quelle studiate numericamente. l’originalità del lavoro consiste nella semplicità degli strumenti computazionali proposti, basati su opzioni standard di modellazione disponibili in ogni pacchetto di calcolo agli elementi finiti commerciale. ne deriva un metodo generale e di facile impiego, caratterizzato da una forte riduzione del costo computazionale (occupazione di memoria e tempo di calcolo), conseguente alla minimizzazione dei gradi di libertà del modello. semplicità, generalità ed efficienza fanno del metodo proposto un valido strumento industriale per simulare il comportamento meccanico di strutture incollate grandi e complesse. materiali e metodi l lavoro è diviso in due fasi: analisi computazionali e prove sperimentali, queste ultime ancora in fase esplorativa e condotte solo su due tipi di geometria. e’ stata considerata una struttura trabeiforme (fig. 1), costituita da due spezzoni di tubo quadro uniti da piastrine di collegamento incollate per sovrapposizione semplice su ciascun lato. la struttura viene caricata a flessione su tre punti. essendo la zona di unione lontana dalla mezzeria, nell’adesivo delle giunzioni si sviluppa uno stato di sollecitazione indiretto e complesso. la struttura, di semplice realizzazione, è più un simulacro di una struttura reale incollata che una semplice provino di laboratorio e costituisce un buon banco di prova per il metodo proposto. le prove sia computazionali che sperimentali sono stato condotte fino al collasso della struttura. prove sperimentali le prove sperimentali svolte sono state di carattere esplorativo per valutare quali e quanti fattori considerare in una futura serie di prove sistematiche. la fig. 1 rappresenta schematicamente la geometria considerata per la giunzione. in fig. 1-a si i i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 – 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 57 riportano le dimensioni della struttura incollata mentre in fig. 1-b si riporta la geometria della struttura tubolare semplice, senza giunzione. quest’ultima ha la funzione di riferimento per valutare l’influenza globale della giunzione sulla resistenza della struttura. sono state considerate due differenti dimensioni degli aderendi per ognuna delle due configurazioni. in tabella 1 sono riportate le dimensioni e i materiali scelti. gli aderendi sono tubi quadri in acciaio da costruzione fe510 e l’adesivo impiegato è un epossidico bi-componente ad alta resistenza (henkel 9466 [18]). la tabella 1 raccoglie le proprietà elastiche degli aderendi e dell’adesivo mentre il loro comportamento post-elastico è descritto dalle curve di fig. 2a e 2b. la larghezza delle piastre di collegamento è di 25 mm e lo spessore dello strato adesivo è stato ottenuto portando a contatto le parti e lo si è ipotizzato pari a 0.05mm, dovuto solo alla rugosità degli aderendi. gli aderendi sono stati preparati, prima di incollarli, attraverso una levigazione meccanica con carta abrasiva (grana 200) e successivamente puliti con il solvente sgrassatore henkel loctite 7063 [19], per garantire una migliore adesione substratoadesivo. le prove sperimentali sono state svolte ad una velocità costante della traversa di 60 mm/s fino al collasso completo del giunto. la macchina di prova usata è una mts mini bionix 858, servo idraulica, con capacita assiale di 25kn. (a) (b) figura 1: schema della struttura tubolare incollata (a) e del tubo quadro integro (b) geometria l (mm) 25 40 b (mm) 50 100 spessore adesivo (mm) 0.05 materiali aderendi adesivo acciaio henkel loctite 9466 modulo di young (mpa) 206.000 1718 coefficiente di poisson 0.3 0.3 tensione elastica massima (mpa) 500 60 tabella 1: variabili geometriche e proprietà meccaniche materiali. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 58 (a) (b) figura 2: legame coesivo adesivo (a) e legame costitutivo acciaio elastoplastico (b) analisi computazionale lo scopo dell’analisi computazionale è di ottenere la curva forza spostamento fino al collasso completo, permettendo un confronto diretto con i risultati sperimentali. il modello computazionale è stato sviluppato in forma tridimensionale sia per la struttura tubolare incollata sia la struttura integra. gli aderendi sono stati descritti mediante elementi semi-strutturali di tipo piastra (shell) collocati sulle superfici medie delle pareti del tubo. lo strato adesivo è descritto mediante un singolo strato di elementi coesivi solidi. la modellazione degli aderendi mediante elementi strutturali determina una discontinuità virtuale tra aderendi ed adesivo. per ripristinare il collegamento, si impiegano vincoli cinematici interni che rendono uguali i gradi di libertà corrispondenti delle parti vincolate. sia gli aderendi sia l’adesivo sono stati modellati per mezzo di elementi lineari ad integrazione ridotta, aventi forma quadrata. la dimensione della mesh sull’aderendo è pari alla distanza dei piani medi degli aderendi, mentre l’adesivo è discretizzato con elementi aventi lato pari a un quarto della distanza dei piani medi degli aderendi. questa scelta, derivante da osservazioni effettuate in lavori precedenti degli autori, ha fornito un buon compromesso tra precisione dei risultati e tempi di calcolo ragionevoli [22]. i modelli computazionali sono stati sviluppati per tutte le configurazioni esaminate sperimentalmente e sono stati implementati mediante il solutore esplicito del software agli elementi finiti abaqus 6.8 [23]. gli aderendi sono stati modellati con un semplice legame elasto-plastico incrudente bilineare (fig. 2a), mentre l’adesivo è stato descritto mediante il modello di zona coesiva di fig. 2b. i valori di snervamento degli aderendi sono stati ottenuti sulla base dei dati forniti dal produttore dei tubi mentre i parametri che governano l’andamento della zona coesiva (tensione massima = 60 mpa, energia di frattura = 0.69 n/m) sono stati ricavati da lavori di letteratura [24] riguardanti il medesimo adesivo. il criterio scelto prevede che al raggiungimento del limite elastico, in modo i, ii, iii l’adesivo perda progressivamente le sue proprietà meccaniche con legge esponenziale. al modello agli elementi finiti è stato applicata centralmente una velocità di spostamento di 150 mm/s, di poco superiore a quella sperimentale, e l’opzione di scalatura della massa, tecniche che consentono di ridurre i tempi di analisi, senza pregiudicarne i risultati. dalle analisi si è ricavato il carico di reazione della struttura fino al suo cedimento. tutti i modelli sono stati risolti mediante un processore intel core duo mobile t7200. risultati a fig. 3 raccoglie i risultati sperimentali, in termini di diagramma forza-spostamento, per le configurazioni considerate. la fig 3a si riferisce al tubo di lato 25mm mentre la fig 3b è relativa al giunto di lato 40 mm. in ogni diagramma è rappresentata sia la curva prodotta dalla trave incollata (linea nera sottile) che la curva generata dall’analogo tubolare integro (linea grigia spessa). l http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 – 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 59 per ogni prova sperimentale si è effettuata la relativa simulazione agli elementi finiti. in fig. 4 si riporta il confronto tra la simulazione numerica (linea nera spessa) e la prova sperimentale (curva grigia sottile) per quanto riguarda il tubo integro, mentre in fig. 5 si riporta il confronto sul tubo incollato. in tab. 2 sono riportati i tempi di calcolo per le prove numeriche effettuate con una macchina di fascia media, processore intel t7200 1.99ghz, ram 2gb. in fig. 6 si mostra invece il confronto tra le immagini sperimentali delle prove di flessione e le relative simulazioni agli elementi finiti. in fig 6a si riporta la prova sperimentale sul tubo di lato 25mm, fig 6b si riporta la prova sperimentale sul tubo di lato 40mm, in fig. 6c la simulazione del tubo di lato 25mm e in fig. 6d la simulazione del tubo di lato 40mm. (a) (b) figura 3: curve sperimentali forza – corsa del tubo lato 25mm (a) e lato 40mm (b). (a) (b) figura 4: confronto numerico-sperimentale tubo integro lato 25mm (a) e lato 40mm (b). lato tubo (mm) tipo tubo 25 40 integro 96.5 340.3 incollato 5085 5438 tabella 2: tempi di analisi (s) – processore intel t7200 1.99ghz, ram 2gb. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 60 (a) (b) figura 5: confronto numerico-sperimentale tubo incollato lato 25mm (a) e lato 40mm (b). (a) (b) (c) (d) figura 6: prova sperimentale su tubo incollato lato 25mm (a) e lato 40mm (b). simulazione numerica (mappa degli spostamenti) del tubo incollato lato 25mm (c) e lato 40mm (d). discussione prove sperimentali n primo luogo si nota dalle curve sperimentali riportate in fig. 3 che il carico sostenuto dal tubo quadro integro è inferiore a quello dello stesso tubo tagliato e incollato. questo comportamento si riscontra per entrambe le geometrie considerate. ciò è spiegabile in parte poiché lo spessore di parete nella zona incollata sostanzialmente raddoppia aumentando quindi il modulo di resistenza della sezione, ma è anche indice che l’adesivo trasferisce il i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 – 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 61 completamente ed efficientemente il carico. da questo punto di vista è importante notare che in ambedue le prove lo snervamento dell’acciaio avviene prima del cedimento dell’adesivo (fig. 3). nel caso del tubo di lato 25mm (fig. 5a), l’adesivo non presenta cedimenti catastrofici e la prova è stata terminata quindi per il raggiungimento della corsa massima disponibile. l’oscillazione nel tratto iniziale è forse imputabile a una microfrattura nella zona incollata, in quanto durante l’esecuzione della prova si sono rilevati rumori che sembravano indicare una nascente cricca nell’adesivo. questo cedimento probabilmente è occorso in una zona incollata non critica, forse a causa di inclusioni di aria, e la prova è quindi continuata senza cedimenti della struttura fino alla completa plasticizzazione del tubo. dal diagramma di fig. 3b si osserva inoltre che la curva sperimentale del tubo incollato di lato 40mm pur avendo un carico massimo maggiore del tubo integro ha un cedimento prematuro con rottura catastrofica della struttura. non avendo effettuato ripetizioni della prova questo non è un dato statisticamente rilevante ma è possibile motivare la differenza a fronte di alcune considerazioni sulla differente geometria delle strutture. in fig. 6-a si nota come nella prova di flessione nel tubo di lato 25mm la cerniera plastica, originata sugli aderendi dal carico flessionale, è sufficientemente lontana dalla zona incollata e non influisce quindi sulla zona di incollaggio. nel caso della prova di fig. 6-b, invece, l’inizio del tratto incollato è molto più vicino alla cerniera plastica. vi è quindi una influenza diretta della deformazione prodotta nell’aderendo dalla cerniera plastica sulla zona di incollaggio. questo può determinare una possibile causa del cedimento prematuro della struttura. un’altra differenza rispetto alla struttura incollata di lato 25mm è che la piastra incollata sul tubo di lato 40mm è più stretta rispetto al lato del tubo, infatti il rapporto tra la piastra e il tubo da 40mm è 0.625 mentre è 1 per il tubo di lato 25mm. questo significa che il tubo di lato 25mm è più rinforzato rispetto all’altro e questo giustifica la sua maggiore capacità di sostenere carico. confronto numerico sperimentale in fig. 4 si evidenzia un buon accordo tra le curve sperimentali e la simulazione agli elementi finiti del tubo integro per tutte le configurazioni esaminate. la differenza maggiore si ha nel tratto elastico ed è spiegabile in quanto l’inizio della prova sperimentale è affetto da un assestamento della struttura alla prima applicazione del carico e ciò comporta una discrepanza tra le curve. inoltre la mesh sugli aderendi è abbastanza rada il che irrigidisce ulteriormente la struttura. la pendenza del tratto elastico, però, è comparabile e l’errore sulla rigidezza molto contenuto. per quanto riguarda la resistenza della struttura l’errore sulla forza massima è inferiore a ±7% e anche il tratto post elastico viene ben colto dalla simulazione. la fig. 5 mostra un discreto accordo tra le curve sperimentali (linee grigie sottili) e la simulazione agli elementi finiti del tubo incollato (linee nere spesse). in primo luogo si rileva che le oscillazioni presenti nelle curve numeriche sono dovute alla modalità di simulazione esplicita che è stata adottata e pertanto non vanno considerate. e’ stato anche effettuata una scalatura della massa della struttura che aumenta questo effetto, ma consente di abbreviare in maniera consistente il tempo di analisi. in fig 5a si mostra il confronto per il tubo di lato 25mm. non si è verificato il collasso del tubo e quindi non si hanno informazioni precise né sulla energia assorbita dallo strato adesivo né sull’istante di collasso, ma si registra solamente che la giunzione è sufficientemente resistente per portare a snervamento completo il tubo. la simulazione evidenzia una rigidezza comparabile a quella della prova di flessione e una forza massima di 10.98 kn, di poco superiore al dato sperimentale di 9.8 kn, con un errore del 10%. il tratto post elastico della simulazione decresce in maniera meno accentuata rispetto alla prova reale ma ciò è probabilmente imputabile al modello di materiale bilineare incrudente usato per gli aderendi. in fig 5b, invece, si osserva che, per il tubo incollato di lato 40mm la risposta della simulazione è più rigida nel primo tratto elastico a causa sia della cedevolezza della attrezzatura sperimentale, ma anche della mesh rada sull’aderendo che irrigidisce ulteriormente la struttura. in fig. 6c si riporta la mappa degli spostamenti della simulazione sul tubo di lato 25mm, in ottimo accordo con la prova sperimentale di fig. 6a, mentre in fig. 6d si mostra la mappa degli spostamenti del tubo di lato 40mm all’istante in cui avviene il cedimento completo dell’adesivo. e’ interessante notare il buon accordo tra le deformate sperimentali e quelle simulate, anche se la fig. 6d presenta una differenza sostanziale con la prova sperimentale di fig. 6b dovuta alla mancanza della forza di gravità. infatti nella prova sperimentale i due spezzoni di tubo, dopo il cedimento dell’adesivo si adagiano http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 62 l’uno sull’altro, mentre nella simulazione la rottura dello strato adesivo crea un effetto di ritorno elastico per cui i due spezzoni tendono ad allontanarsi. la forza massima sviluppata dalla simulazione nel caso del tubo di lato 40mm è 14.2 kn contro i 13.2 kn della prova sperimentale con un errore del 7.5%. la previsione computazionale del tratto post-elastico mostra una discesa prematura del carico sopportato dalla struttura mentre prevede in ottimo accordo con la curva sperimentale con esattezza il livello di inflessione che porta a completo collasso la struttura. il tempo necessario all’analisi, di una costruzione incollata di questo genere mostrato in tab. 2, si attesta sui 5000 secondi. ciò rende il metodo proposto valido anche per l’analisi costruzioni di dimensioni maggiori, che si possono facilmente incontrare in un contesto industriale, senza compromettere la precisione dei risultati che si mantiene buona, essendo l’errore sempre inferiore al 10%. conclusioni l lavoro mostra l’applicabilità di un modello semplificato agli elementi finiti per l’analisi a collasso di strutture incollate complesse. il modello è applicato ad una struttura tubolare incollata ed è confrontato direttamente con le prime prove sperimentali esplorative realizzate. il modello è basato sulla rappresentazione degli aderendi mediante elementi shell e dell’adesivo per mezzo di speciali elementi coesivi. i nodi corrispondenti di aderendi ed adesivo sono collegati da vincoli interni tipo tied-mesh per ripristinare virtualmente la continuità fisica della giunzione. il confronto con i risultati sperimentali evidenzia una buona accuratezza del metodo sia in termini di forza massima prevista sia di comportamento post-elastico. in particolare si hanno stime sulla forza massima sopportata dal giunto con errori inferiori al 10%, una buona previsione dell’istante di collasso (ove esso si verifica) e una discreta previsione della rigidezza. la buona precisione numerica ed il ridotto peso computazionale (bassa occupazione di memoria e bassi tempi di calcolo) rendono il metodo proposto particolarmente adatto per l’analisi efficiente di costruzioni incollate complesse di interesse industriale. bibliografia [1] b. n. rao, y. v. k. s. rao, s. yadagiri, fibre science and technology, 17 (1982) 77. [2] j. n. reddy, s.roy, int. j. non-linear mechanics, 23 (1988) 97. [3] u. edlund, a.klarbring, computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering, 96 (1992) 329. [4] r. h. andruet, d. a. dillard, s. m. holzer, int. j. of adhesion and adhesives, 21 (2001) 17. [5] j. p. m. goncalves, m. f. s. f. moura, p.m.s.t.castro, int. j. of adhesion and adhesives, 22 (2002) 357. [6] l. tong, x. sun, computational mechanics, 30 (2003) 143. [7] a. d. crocombe, d. a. bigwood, g. richardson, 10 (3) (1990) 167. [8] d. a. bigwood, a. d.crocombe, int. j. of adhesion and adhesives, 10 (1) (1990). [9] j. a. harris, r. d. adams, int. j. adhesion and adhesives, 4 (2) (1984) 65. [10] t. carlberger, u. stigh, engng. fracture mech, 74(14) (2007) 2247. [11] j. p. m. goncalves, m. f. s. f.de moura et al, fatigue fract. engng master struct, 26(5) (2003) 479. [12] h. hadavinia, l. kawashita, a. j. kinloch, d. r. moore, j. g. williams, engng. fracture mechanics, 73(16) (2006) 2324. [13] p. schmidt, u. edlund , int. j. for num. meth. in engng, 1 (2005) 1. [14] n. valoroso, l. champaney, engng fracture mechanics, 73 (18) (2006) 2274. [15] d. castagnetti, e. dragoni, int. j. adhes. and adhes., 29 (2009) 125. [16] l. goglio et al., int. j. adhes. and adhes, 28 (2008) 427. [17] d. castagnetti, a. spaggiari, e. dragoni, proceedings of the 36th aias, ischia (na) (2007). [18] loctite – hysol 9466, technical data sheet, (febbraio 2006). [19] loctite –7063, technical data sheet, (febbraio 2006). [20] d. a. bigwood, a. d.crocombe, int. j. adhes. and adhes, 9 (1989) 229. [21] a. pirondi, f. moroni, abaqus regional users’ meeting, milano (2008). i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true d. castagnetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 55 – 63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.09.06 63 [22] d. castagnetti, , a. spaggiari, , e. dragoni, “efficient post-elastic analysis of bonded joints by standard finite element techniques” , (2008, in press). [23] abaqus 6.7, “users’ manual”, hks inc. (2006). [24] a. pirondi, d. fersini, e. perotti, f. moroni”, atti del 19° congresso igf, milano (2007). http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.09.06&auth=true microsoft word numero_38_art_26 r. pezer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.26 191 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture atomistic modeling of different loading paths in single crystal copper and aluminum r. pezer university of zagreb faculty of metallurgy, sisak, croatia rpezer@simet.hr i. trapić university of zagreb faculty of mechanical engineering and naval architecture, zagreb, croatia ivan.trapic@fsb.hr abstract. utilizing molecular dynamics (md) integration model we have investigated some of the relevant physical processes caused by different loading paths at the atomic level in cu and al monocrystal specimen. interactions among the atoms in the bulk are modeled with the standard realistic embedded atom method (eam) potentials. md simulation gives us the detailed information about non-equilibrium dynamics including crystal structure defects, vacancies and dislocations. in particular, we have obtained result that indicate increase in the total energy of the crystal during loading (especially cyclic) that provides us direct quantitative evidence of the metal weakening. for the basic response, we have deformed copper and aluminum single crystal according to the simple loading path and a series of multiaxial loading-paths including cyclic repetition. we compute equivalent stress-strain diagrams as well as dislocation total length vs time graphs to describe signatures of the anisotropic response of the crystal. keywords. molecular dynamics; fatigue, multiaxial; copper; aluminum; lammps. citation: pezer., r., trapić, i., atomistic modeling of different loading paths in single crystal copper and aluminum, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197. received: 15.05.2016 accepted: 20.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ne of the landmark observation found in a macroscopic piece of polycrystalline engineering metal materials is existence of well-defined mechanic properties like yield stress or ultimate tensile strength. tension test is most common experimental approach to examine structural materials. however, as great physicist and originator of our modern understanding of plasticity e. orowan beautifully stated [1]: "the tensile test [is] very easily and quickly performed but it is not possible to do much with its results, because one does not know what they really mean. they are the outcome of a number of very complicated physical processes.". even today our ability to quantitatively predict plasticity and fatigue properties like dislocation nucleation and multiaxial stress state properties are rather limited. the o r. pezer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.26 192 problem is not only due to the immense complexity of the dislocation dynamics coming from atomic degrees of freedom but also because it is governed by phenomena at multiple length and time scales. in last two decades we witness substantial improvement of computing power and accompanied development of the sophisticated physical models [2,3] providing us with possibility to complement information from simple tensile test with numerical simulation. this fact calls for computational experiments that give us direct control over the whole range of scales involved so that we can avoid difficulties like short length ultraviolet divergences in standard crack dynamics laws. crystals are among the most prominent examples of the decisive role of the sub micrometer scales governing the dislocation dynamics. another prominent example is crack propagation accompanied with crystals surface production energy ("fracture energy") that is orientation dependent so that crystal response can be highly anisotropic even in a peace of material that is completely isotropic on the macroscale. at the atomic level in metal systems, interactions that capture complexity that accounts for fatigue and fracture must include terms beyond pairwise interactions. such realistic potentials exist [4, 5] and are constantly improved to provide us with detailed information about non-equilibrium dynamics including crystal structure defects like vacancies and dislocations. the task to develop successful dislocation theory to model plastic phenomena in metal materials proved to be very difficult one. indeed, a great deal of theoretical work has been expended in the past 5 decades in attempts to explain the phenomena of metal plasticity by means of dislocation theory yet no comprehensive theory has been achieved. there has been substantial progress in modeling nucleation and growth of fatigue cracks under multiaxial stresses like fatemi-socie [6] parameter applied to steel specimens. however, at the fundamental atomic scale it turns out that the full resolved stresses play also very important role [7, 8]. here we utilize md simulations to help elucidate how the principal and resolved stress components on the primary slip plane(s) impact dislocation nucleation in fcc cu and al perfect crystals at room temperature. in contrast to prior studies of those systems here we perform both multiaxial and fatigue tests where we quantitatively examine sensitive dislocations effects that govern materials response under the plastic deformation. we are focused mostly on the yielding deformation zone where dislocation nucleation starts at the very high rate. in this sense, cu and al (apart from applicative interest in itself) are interesting fcc candidates. those metals share crystal structure but behave very differently: soft cu contains almost no discernible straight part while al experience very graduate transition from straight to the curved zone of the stress-strain diagram. in short the goal of this work is to examine correlation of the loading axis orientation, stress components resolved onto the {1 1 1} primary slip plane and dislocation density dynamics. here we have found that dynamic properties in fcc single crystals critically depend on the magnitude and loading axis orientation. for the basic response, we have deformed cu and al single crystal according to simple loading path including cyclic fatigue harmonic tensile deformation. in order to further study complex patterns of fracture effects in crystal sample we prepare whole range of different loading-paths. this way we are able to specifically probe anisotropic response in the sample subject to different loading directions and look for the signatures of the multiaxial stress states at the atomic scale. in order to show distinct features of stress-strain relationship for several loading paths first we have simulated evolution by deforming entire model system at the usual ps time scale isothermally at 300 k. the strain rate is several orders higher than we usually see in lab or industry setting but is due to the intrinsic limit of the md time propagation of the atomistic system dynamics. however, since we are following trajectories at individual atoms level the time scales separation is part of the complex process of information transport to meso and macroscale. what is the real information at the atomic level that survives and govern tensile test in the experiment is one of the important questions in solving mechanical properties puzzle. simulation models and methods embedded atom method he semi-empirical embedded-atom method (eam) potentials are energy functions and govern the interaction among the neighboring atoms. it is commonly used approach for metals because it captures main features of the metallic bonding. the potential proposed by m. s. daw and m. i. baskes [9, 10], was based on the quantum mechanical density functional theory. they combined theoretical considerations with a fitting of parameters to the main properties of the bulk crystal. their approach leads to the following expression for the total potential energy of a crystal:    ij i h i i j i e v r ftot , 1 2      (1) t r. pezer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.26 193 first term is central repulsive short range pairwise interaction while the second one is a multi-body term (attractive interaction) that models “embedding” a positively charged pseudo-atom core into the “sea” of free electrons created by the surrounding atoms. it is described by the semi-empirical energy function fi with argument describing host electron distribution at atom i. due to the weak bonding directionality cu is an ideal fcc material for accurate characterization by the non-directional generic feature of the eam. essentially all of the physics is contained in eq. (1) and the calculated properties are complex manifestation of the huge number of atoms mutually interacting with one another. during the time evolution atoms are simultaneously exposed to environment forces that give raise to deformation response and defects nucleation that is subject of this work. interatomic potential for aluminum is also very well established and thoroughly checked against many basic equilibrium properties like the elastic constants, the vacancy formation and migration energies, the stacking fault energies and the surface energies. for both, cu and al potentials, it is expected to be applicable to different local environments encountered in present simulations of dislocation and plastic properties within the md simulation framework. simulation modeling as already mentioned in the introduction section, the time step size is difficult to decide because of the intrinsic simulation limits of the method. trial and error process is usual choice but whatever the strategy we take most important is to make sure the total energy conservation is not violated to cause system instabilities. it is desirable to propagate the system as far as possible but characteristic time scale relevant for atoms makes 100 ps as appropriate option. property\metal copper aluminum box size (in lattice constants) 25 25 box size before relaxation (nm) 9.025 10.125 box size after relaxation (nm) 9.080 10.160 temperature (k) 300 300 number of atoms 62500 62500 equilibration time (ps) 20 20 simulation time (ps) 75 75 strain amplitude εa, period tp (ps) 0.18, 25 0.18, 25 table 1: parameters used for md simulations. after the perfect crystal is prepared (initial lattice constants 0.361 and 0.405 nm for cu and al, respectively) in the desired crystallographic orientation, the system of atoms is equilibrated for 20 ps. usual md thermostating procedure has been employed in the isobaric-isothermal (npt) ensemble at a zero pressure and temperature of 300 k. periodic boundary conditions were used along all three axis. summary of all parameters is given in tab. 1. equilibration and simulation time are chosen in order to cause appreciable dislocation nucleation and fatigue phenomena. at the beginning of the simulation, atoms just vibrate around their perfect crystal positions. as the load increase after initial elastic response dislocation nucleation starts and we see characteristic signature of the process qualitatively similar to usual tensile test. md simulation generate huge and abundant information about atomic system and here we use several sophisticated algorithms to extract relevant physical information. however, it is important to keep in mind that physical observables we see in this numerical simulation do not represent measured macroscopic quantities in lab conditions. although correlated quantities, they are distinct. we stress that nevertheless we use even millions of atoms our crystal system is still far from anything to be considered macroscopic. this correlation proves to be difficult tasks to accomplish in theory development and is still part of the ongoing research. r. pezer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.26 194 eq 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0 2 4 6 8 10 = 0° = 30° = 45° eq 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0 1 2 3 4 5 = 0° = 30° = 45° eq 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 0° = 30° = 45° eq 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 ( g p a) 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 = 0° = 30° = 45° results and discussion ig. 1 and 2 shows the equivalent stress-strain diagrams and resolved shear stress onto the {1 1 1} primary slip plane for cu and al monocrystal at room temperature, respectively. equivalent tensile stress is defined in terms of principal values as usual:      2 22eq 1 2 2 3 3 1 1 2             (2) (a) (b) figure 1: different loading paths defined by deformation speeds along system axis. loading speeds are expressed as δε/δt and total magnitude is 0.01 ps-1. (a) equivalent stress-strain diagram (see eq. 2). (b) a resolved shear stress upon the {1 1 1} slip plane in the slip direction. the graphs clearly show strong dependency of the stress-strain correlation to multiaxial character of the loading to crystal system orientation. we note not only quantitative differences but also completely different curvature and smearing out of the peak stress value. effects are much less pronounced in al than in cu system. nevertheless both metals show strong orientation dependency, which alarms for careful analysis when we develop phenomenological or qualitative models of polycrystalline materials. (a) (b) figure 2: same as fig. 1 but this time for al. f r. pezer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.26 195 t (ps) 0 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 0 2 4 6 8 10 = 0° = 30° = 45° t (ps) 0 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 0° = 30° = 45° it is unlikely that we will develop a single model applicable for all materials and states of stress for the multiaxial fatigue even for the metallic systems. therefore, an important ingredient for successful theory is to take into account whole range of important properties heavily influenced by atomic distribution symmetries in space coordinates. they are associated with the crystallography of the grains and the structure of grain boundaries [8]. fig. 3 shows stress-time evolution during cyclic loading in three directions with respect to x axis in the xy perfect crystal plane where cyclic loading was harmonic and in phase given by following general formula for the strains along x and y axis (angle φ is given in legend of the figures):                     a p cos π 1 sin 2π 2 2 x t t t (3a)                     a p sin π 1 sin 2π 2 2 y t t t (3b) the simulation parameters are given in tab. 1. cycling strain amplitude has been selected so that deformation reaches deep enough into the plastic zone in order to get substantial dislocation density as seen on fig. 4 where it is clear that dislocation nucleation dynamics for cu and al crystal is quite different depending on the deformation direction. (a) (b) figure 3: stress during cyclic loading providing fatigue test for different loading paths defined by deformation angle of stress direction and x-axis in xy plane of the perfect crystal (see eq. 3a, b). (a) copper. (b) aluminum we clearly see completely different response of the cu and al crystal to cyclic in phase (uni)multiaxial loading. while al single crystal shows no significant difference with regard to multiaxial stress state. in a way, al crystal is able to recover after loading no matter what deformation direction we apply. there is also significant difference regarding stress response phase among different deformation orientations. cu system tends to go out of the phase for φ=45º angle of simulation box deformation. one of the obvious physical properties to be reason for this discrepancy between two fcc metals is the stacking-fault energy (sfe). as is well known low sfe is usually accompanied by the lower mobility of a dislocation in a crystal. for al it falls within 160-200 mj/m2 range, and for the cu it is considerably smaller 70-80 mj/m2. critical resolved shear stress in cu and al is affected by the normal stress components acting to the slip plane as shown in [11] suggesting that factors beyond standard given by schmid are necessary for dislocation nucleation description. r. pezer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.26 196 motivated by this observation we have performed full atomistic simulation and dislocation identification using advanced dxa algorithm [3]. in fig. 4 we show dislocation density (total length of dislocation line is divided by the system volume) during simulation. we note similar differences between cu and al behavior as we saw in fig. 3 for equivalent stress dynamics. the dislocation morphology is rather consistent for both metals since they are mostly of shockley partial dislocation type. this result is consistent with stacking faults presence mentioned in context of fig. 3 regarding different cyclic loading response in cu and al single crystal. (a) (b) figure 4: the dislocation density during cyclic loading for different loading paths defined by deformation angle of stress direction and x-axis in xy plane of the perfect crystal (see eq. 3a, b). (a) copper. (b) aluminum. conclusions n this paper atomistic simulations of multiaxial strain, including cyclic fatigue harmonic loading, in face centre cubic (fcc) single crystal have been performed for two common metals: cu and al. in addition, we have examined dislocation nucleation as identified during time evolution. the stress response behaviors on main slip plane {1 1 1} have been investigated using resolved shear stress. it has been found that the response to the fatigue significantly differs for cu and al system. time evolution of the dislocation density shows completely different pattern for two metals. connection with significantly different sfe for two metals is discussed. we conjecture that development of a single universal model applicable for all metallic materials and states of stress and the multiaxial fatigue is practically ruled out by complexity of the physical properties at the atomic level. acknowledgments his work has been supported by croatian science foundation under the project multiscale numerical modeling of material deformation responses from macroto nanolevel (2516). references [1] orowan, e., discussion of the significance of tensile and other mechanical test properties of metals, proc. instn. mech. engrs. 151 (1944) 131-146 (p. 133 discussion of paper by h. o’neill). [2] plimpton, s., fast parallel algorithms for short-range molecular-dynamics, j. comput. phys., 117 (1995) 1-19. doi: 10.1006/jcph.1995.1039. [3] stukowski, a., a triangulation-based method to identify dislocations in atomic models, j. mech. phys. solids, 70 (2014) 314-319. doi: 10.1016/j.jmps.2014.06.009. [4] mishin, y., farkas, d., mehl, m.j., papaconstantopoulos, d.a., voter, a.f., kress, j.d., interatomic potentials for monoatomic metals from experimental data and ab initio calculations, phys. rev. b, 59 (1999) 3393. doi: 10.1103/physrevb.59.3393. i t r. pezer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 191-197; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.26 197 [5] mishin, y., mehl, m.j., papaconstantopoulos, d.a., voter, a.f., kress, j.d., structural stability and lattice defects in copper: ab initio, tight-binding, and embedded-atom calculations, phys. rev. b, 63 (2001) 224106. doi: 10.1103/physrevb.63.224106 [6] fatemi, a., socie, d., a, critical plane approach to multiaxial fatigue damage including out-of-phase loading, fatigue fracture eng. mater. struct., 11 (1988) 149–165. [7] tschopp, m.a., mcdowell, d.l., influence of single crystal orientation on homogeneous dislocation nucleation under uniaxial loading, j. mech. phys. solids, 56 (2008) 1806-1830. doi: 10.1016/j.jmps.2007.11.012. [8] wan, l., ju, l., shear responses of [(1)over-bar 1 0]-tilt {115}/{111} asymmetric tilt grain boundaries in fcc metals by atomistic simulations, modelling simul. mater. sci. eng., 21 (2013) 055013. doi: 10.1088/0965-0393/21/5/055013. [9] daw, m.s., baskes, m.i., embedded-atom method – derivaton and application to impurities, surfaces, and other defects in metals, phy. rev. b, 29(12) (1984) 6443-6453, doi: 10.1103/physrevb.29.6443. [10] daw, m.s., foiles, s.m., baskes, m.i., the embedded-atom method – a review of theory and applications, mater. sci. rep., 9 (1993) 251, doi: 10.1016/0920-2307(93)90001-u. [11] ogata, s., ju, l., yip, s., ideal pure shear strength of aluminum and copper, science, 298 (2002) 807–811. doi: 10.1126/science.1076652. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_30_art_10 f. burgio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 68-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.10 68 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues cf/c composites: correlation between cvi process parameters and pyrolytic carbon microstructure f. burgio, p. fabbri, g. magnani, m. scafè enea faenza technical unit for material technologies (uttmatf) via ravegnana, 186 – 48018 faenza italy federica.burgio@enea.it, paride.fabbri@enea.it, giuseppe.magnani@enea.it, matteo.scafe@enea.it l. pilloni enea, chemical and technology unit (uttmat-chi) luciano.pilloni@enea.it a. brentari certimac s.c.a.r.l. alida.brentari@enea.it a. brillante, t. salzillo university of bologna aldo.brillante@unibo.it, tommaso.salzillo@unibo.it abstract. chemical vapour infiltration (cvi) technique has been long used to produce carbon/carbon composites. the pyrolytic carbon (py-c) matrix infiltrated by cvi could have different microstructures, i.e. rough laminar (rl), smooth laminar (sl) or isotropic (iso). these matrix microstructures, characterized by different properties, influence the mechanical behaviour of the obtained composites. tailoring the process parameters, it is possible to direct the infiltration towards a specific py-c type. however, the factors, influencing the production of a specific matrix microstructure, are numerous and interconnected, e.g. temperature, pressure, flow rates etc. due to the complexity of the physical and chemical phenomena involved in cvi process, up to now it has not been possible to obtain a general correlation between cvi process parameters and py–c microstructure. this study is aimed at investigating the relationship between infiltration temperature and the microstructure of obtained py-c, for a pilot sized cvi/cvd reactor. fixing the other process parameters and varying only the temperature, from 1100°c to 1300°c, the py-c infiltration was performed on fibrous preforms. polarized light microscopy, with quantitative measurements of average extinction angle (ae), and raman spectroscopy were used to characterize the obtained py-c microstructures. keywords. cf/c composites; cvi; py-c microstructure; temperature. f. burgio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 68-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.10 69 introduction he applications of pyrolytic carbon (py-c) are numerous and range over many fields, such as aerospace, nuclear and medical. pyrolytic carbon is mainly produced as matrix phase of carbon/carbon (cf/c) composites. thanks to their excellent mechanical properties at elevated temperatures, combined with light weight and good frictional performances, cf/cs are employed for the fabrication of components, as leading edges, brake discs, exit cones etc., for aerospace field. py-c are also produced as coating material for nuclear industry, i.e. coatings of nuclear fuel particles, and in medical applications for heart valves and bone prostheses [1, 2, 3, 4]. is widely recognized that chemical vapour infiltration (cvi) process is the ideal for obtaining high performance cf/c composites. cvi technique allows, under mild temperature conditions, the production of pyrolytic carbon matrix with controlled composition and microstructure, without organic by-products, that required post-production treatments for their removing, and, as consequence, composites with a high degree of densification [5]. cvi process leads to py-c with different microstructures and textures. in particular, the texture anisotropy of the py-c matrix is a key parameter affecting the final mechanical properties of the derived cf/cs. several studies have been dedicated to the py-c classification, based on optical measurements of its anisotropy . the py-c was classified as isotropic (iso), dark laminar (dl), smooth laminar (sl), rough laminar (rl) and regenerative laminar (rel) or in more general way as isotropic, low, medium and high textured [6, 7, 8]. despite the py-c anisotropy has been studied since the 60th, there is no clear evidence of a defined correlation between cvi process parameters and obtained py-c structure. this probably arises from the fact that the parameters, affecting the py-c chemical vapour infiltration, are numerous and interconnected (gaseous precursors, temperature, pressure, gas flow rates, residence time, methane/hydrogen concentration ratio, etc.) and as a consequence the literature experimental conditions are very variable [9]. the objective of this study is to point out the correlation of cvi process parameters with py-c microstructures. as a consequence of the results gained in the previous work [10], that evidenced, at the used operating conditions, no influence of hydrogen concentration and residence time on the py-c microstructure, here it was decided to study in particular the temperature affect. the selected process temperatures were 1100, 1200 and 1300 °c respectively, while the other process parameters, such as pressure, methane/hydrogen ratio, gas flow rates etc, were maintained constant. the py-c chemical vapour infiltration was performed on carbon fibre preforms, by means of a pilot-sized cvi/cvd reactor. the anisotropy of the obtained py-c was evaluated coupling the extinction angle measurements, by polarized light microscopy (plm), with raman analyses. the temperature effect on the py-c infiltration behaviour was also investigated. experimental sample preparation he py-c infiltrations were performed at 3 different temperatures, 1100 °c, 1200 °c and 1300 °c, in a pilot – sized cvi/cvd plant, using methane as carbon source precursor, hydrogen as carrier gas and argon as purge gas. the other process conditions were those fixed in the previous work [10]. tab. 1 summarizes the cvi operating conditions used for each infiltration test: test temperature pressure qch4 qh2 α flow rate τ infiltration length [°c] [mbar] [sccm] [sccm] [m/s] [s] [h] cvi1 1100 18 800 2400 0.3 0.21 3.3 100 cvi2 1200 0.23 3.1 50 cvi3 1300 0.24 2.9 50 table 1: operating condition of the cvi experiments where qi, α and τ are gas volumetric flow rate, methane/hydrogen ratio and residence time respectively. the pilot-sized cvi/cvd plant consists of a 700 mm long cylindrical graphite reaction chamber with a 300 mm diameter, heated with graphite resistance elements. gases are delivered into the reaction chamber, from a graphite multi-hole t t f. burgio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 68-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.10 70 distributor, in a top down direction and the continuous flow is obtained by means of two volumetric vacuum pumps. the furnace, with the gas delivery system, is shown in fig. 1. figure 1: cvi/cvd plant. sample characterization polarized light microscopy was employed to characterize the anisotropy of py-c deposited around the carbon fibres, by the measurement of the extinction angle (ae). the used apparatus consisted of a zeiss microscope equipped with an halogen light source, x16 and x40 objectives, and with two rotating polarizer/analyzer. extinction angle is the measure, expressed in deg, obtained rotating the analyzer from the maltese cross condition to the maximum extinction of the first quadrant [11]. fig. 2 shows the typical plm micrographs, where are evident the maltese crosses of the py-c matrix around the carbon fibres. in particular these micrographs are related to the cf/c composites obtained at 1300 °c. figure 2: plm micrographs of py-c deposited around the carbon fibres at 1300 °c. the extinction angle is related to the py-c anisotropy and has been long used to classify the large number of py-c [11, 12]. tab. 2 summarizes the typical values of ae and the density of the different py–c optical textures [11, 13, 14]. optical texture domain of extinction angle ae density rough laminar (rl) ≥ 18° 2.0 – 2.2 smooth laminar (sl) 12° 18° 1.8 – 1.9 dark laminar (dl) 4° 12° 1.6 – 1.8 isotropic (iso) < 4° < 1.6 table 2: classification of py-c optical texture. 40 µm 40 µm f. burgio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 68-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.10 71 the degree of crystallinity and the micro-structural features of the py-c, obtained at the different temperatures, were also investigated by raman analyses. raman spectra were collected using a renishaw single grating spectrometer, equipped with a suitable notch filter and ccd detector. the raman scattering was excited using an ar+ laser tuned at 514.5 nm with 25 mw of power. the spectrometer was interfaced to an optical microscope (olympus bx40) with x50 or x100 objectives, which produced a spatial resolution from about 0.75 to 1 μm, with a theoretical field depth ranging from about 7 to 25 μm. the incoming laser output power was reduced with a neutral filter, whose optical density was selected in each experiment to prevent sample damage, the actual power focused on the sample being anyway always less than 1 mw. the bulk density of the produced cf/cs was derived from their volume measurements, with an helium pycnometer (accupyc 1330 pycnometer – micromeritics). furthermore, in order to study the infiltration behaviour, the steady-state deposition rates (rdeposition) of py-c were determined by sem (sem leo 438 vp equipped with eds – link isis 300) measurements of the py-c thickness, deposited on the inner and outer fibres of the cf/c composites. the infiltration behaviour was also analyzed by optical microscopy observations (reichert – jung mef3) of the cf/cs. all the optical analyses were performed on cf/c polished cross sections. results he measured extinction angle values were in the range of 4 to 8 degrees, for all the temperature conditions: this could be an indication of a dark laminar texture [11, 13, 14]. despite the easiness and rapidity of the ae measurement method, it can be employed only as a qualitative indication of the py-c texture. this is mainly due to the fact that the measurements are affected by human eye sensitivity, not able to individuate the minimum intensity conditions with high accuracy [12]. more detailed information, regarding the influence of temperature on py-c microstructures, was derived from raman analyses. the recorded spectra were those typical of py-c, with two first-order bands, the disorder induced d and the graphite induced g at 1360 and 1580 cm-1 respectively, and two second-order bands at 2700 and 2900 cm-1. fig. 3 summarizes the obtained spectra. the comparison of the obtained raman spectra with literature ones, did not evidence a clear correspondence with sl, rl or rel py-c spectra [15]. this could support the hypothesis of a dl texture. dark laminar is a py-c transition structure between isotropic and smooth laminar ones: it has low density and weak anisotropy [16]. as a consequence, it is not being considered of technological interest, the related raman spectra are not available in literature. figure 3: raman spectra of py-c deposited at 1100, 1200 and 1300 °c. however, the raman analyses evidenced differences in the order and crystallinity of the py–c obtained at increasing temperatures. in particular, it was evidenced that the py-c structures exhibited an increasing degree of structural ordering and graphitization with the temperature increasing. it could be deduced from many parameters. firstly from the intensity ratio of d and g bands (id/ig), that is inversely proportional to the degree of graphitization [2, 17]. fig. 4 shows that the higher the temperature, the lower the id/ig ratio. secondly, it was deduced from the decreasing of the full width at half maximum (fwhm) intensity of the d bands with the temperature, as shown in fig. 5. the full width at half maximum t f. burgio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 68-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.10 72 (fwhm) of the d band has been correlated to the in-plane structural ordering, in particular the larger the fwhmd, the higher the structural disorder [15, 18]. furthermore, with the temperature increasing the second-order band became more evident (fig. 3). the second-order band has been related to the three dimensional order. so, it could be deduced that at 1300°c a more ordered structured py-c was obtained. figure 4: intensity ratio of d and g bands of py-c deposited at 1100, 1200 and 1300 °c. figure 5: full width at half maximum (fwhm) of the d band of py-c deposited at 1100, 1200 and 1300 °c. after the py-c matrix infiltration, there was a bulk density decrease from the starting value of the fibre preforms, 1.8 g/cm3, to the final average value of the composites, 1.6 g/cm3, at all the infiltration temperatures. the values are reported in fig. 6 as a function of the cvi temperature and the sample distance from the gas inlet in the reaction chamber. the cf/c density decrease could be reasonably ascribed to the low density of the py-c infiltrated. this hypothesis was also confirmed by sem observations of the py–c microstructures. in fig. 7, sem micrograph highlights the high degree of porosity of the py –c. the low density and the high porosity of the py-c supported the initial hypothesis of a dark laminar texture obtained at all the operating temperatures here investigated. figure 6: cf/c bulk density. figure 7: sem micrographs of py-c. the py–c steady – state deposition rates are summarized in tab. 3, in correlation with the temperature and the residence time of the infiltration processes. it was evident that only at 1200 °c the inner and the outer deposition rate values were comparable, while at 1100 °c and 1300 °c the two values were widely different and in both cases the inner deposition rate resulted lower than the outer one. the differences between the py–c inner and outer values of deposition rate, for the 3 temperatures, resulted in a different infiltration behaviour of the cf/cs as is shown in fig. 8. the optical images of the cf/c cross sections, for each process temperature, evidences the effect of deposition rate on the preform infiltration mode. at 1100 and 1300 °c, the py-c was mainly deposited on the outer fibres, instead at 1200 °c its intermediate value of deposition rate allowed a more uniform py-c infiltration between inner and outer fibres. the resulting different infiltration behaviour was probably due to the different residence time of the process gases, as already evidenced in the previous work [10]. at low residence times, and therefore at high flow rates, methane has no sufficient time to diffuse inside the inner porosities: this is the condition occurred at 1300 °c. on the other side, at higher 500 nm f. burgio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 68-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.10 73 residence times and lower flow rates, 1100 °c situation, the hydrogen, flowed in the internal porosities, has sufficient time to inhibit the methane decomposition lowering the deposition rate. at 1200°c, with intermediate values of both residence time and flow rate, a compromise condition between diffusion and inhibition was established. temperature residence time flow rate deposition rate [μm/h] [°c] [s] [m/s] from py-c thickness of the inner fibres from py-c thickness of the outer fibres 1100 3.3 0.21 0.06 0.12 1200 3.1 0.23 0.11 0.13 1300 2.9 0.24 0.02 0.7 table 3: steady – state py-c deposition rates. (a) (b) (c) figure 8: optical micrographs the cf/c cross sections at (a) 1100 °c, (b) 1200 °c and (c) 1300 °c. conclusions he effects of cvi temperature on py-c microstructure and infiltration behaviour have been investigated. it was found that the temperature variation in the range of 1100 to 1300 °c, at the operating condition here considered, did not affect the py-c texture: a dark laminar py-c was indeed obtained at all the analyzed conditions of temperature. the dark laminar texture was identified by extinction angle measurements. raman analyses evidenced the temperature influence on microstructural order and on degree of graphitization of the obtained pyrolytic carbon: at the higher temperature (1300 °c) a more ordered and graphitized py-c microstructure was obtained. moreover, the process temperature affected the infiltration behaviour: at 1200 °c the py-c infiltration resulted more homogeneous than at the other two temperatures, in terms of internal and external porosities densification. in order to obtain a dense cf/c with high mechanical properties two main features are required: an optimum value of residence time, that allows a gradual reduction of the porosities, and a py-c matrix microstructure with high density. the results, obtained in this work, allowed to fix the residence time obtained at 1200 °c, 3.1 s, as an optimal value from the point of view of the infiltration behaviour. the change of the alfa values could lead to the obtaining of py-c structure with higher density. references [1] lopez-honorato, e., meadows p.j., xiao p., fluidized bed chemical vapor deposition of pyrolytic carbon – i. effect of deposition conditions on microstructure, carbon, 47 (2009) 396-410. [2] zou, l., huang, b., huang, y., huang, q., wang, c., an investigation of heterogeneity of the degree of graphitization in carbon–carbon composites, materials chemistry and physics, 82 (2003) 654–662. [3] ozcan, s., filip, p., microstructure and wear mechanisms in c/c composites, wear, 259 (2005) 642–650. [4] chen, t., gong, w., liub, g., zhang, f., influence of graphite foils on i-cvi densification rate and microstructure of obtained pyrolytic carbon of carbon–carbon composites, composites: part a, 36 (2005) 1494–1498. t 40 µm 40 µm 40 µm f. burgio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 68-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.10 74 [5] naslain r., design, preparation and properties of non-oxide cmcs for application in engines and nuclear reactors: an overview, composites science and technology, 64 (2004) 155-170. [6] reznik, b., huttinger, k.j., on the terminology for pyrolytic carbon, carbon, 40 (2002) 617 –636. [7] bortchagovsky, e.g., reznik, b., gerthsen, d., pfrang, a., schimmel, th., optical properties of pyrolytic carbon deposits deduced from measurements of the extinction angle by polarized light microscopy, carbon, 41 (2003) 2427 – 2451. [8] bourrat, x., langlais, f., chollon, g., vignoles, g., low temperature pyrocarbons: a review, j. braz. chem. soc., 17, (2006) 1090-1095. [9] oberlin, a., review pyrocarbons, carbon, 40 (2002) 7–24. [10] burgio, f., pilloni, l., labanti, m., scafè, m., brentari, a., falconieri, m., sangiorgi, s., validation of py-c chemical vapour deposition and infiltration process codes, in: proceeding of 15th european conference on composite materials and oral presentation, venice, italy (2012). [11] bourrat, x., trouvat, b., limousin, g., vignoles, g., pyrocarbon anisotropy as measured by electron diffraction and polarized light, j. mater. res., 15 (2000). [12] vallerot, j.m., bourrat, x., pyrocarbon optical properties in reflected light, carbon, 44 (2006) 1565–1571. [13] dupel, p., bourbat, x., pailler, r., structure of pyrocarbon infiltrated by pulse-cvi, carbon, 33 (1995) 1193-1204. [14] morgan, p., carbon fibers and their composites, taylor & francis group, (2005). [15] vallerot, j.m., bourrat, x., mouchon, a., chollon, g., quantitative structural and textural assessment of laminar pyrocarbons through raman spectroscopy, electron diffraction and few other techniques, carbon 44 (2006) 1833– 1844. [16] bourrat, x., structure of pyrocarbons, in delhaès p. (eds.), fibers and composites, taylor & francis, 8 (2003). [17] zhang, d., li, k., li, h., guo l., lu, j., the influence of deposition temperature on the microstructure of isotropic pyrocarbon obtained by hot-wall chemical vapor deposition, j mater sci, 46 (2011) 3632–3638. [18] bourrat, x., pyrocarbon performances and characterization, in: proceed. carbon’09, world conf on carbon, biarritz (2009) t11-id 792. microsoft word numero_41_art_6 carpinteri a. et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 40-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.06 40 focused on multiaxial fatigue effect of spectral cross-correlation on multiaxial fatigue damage: simulations using the critical plane approach andrea carpinteri, andrea spagnoli, sabrina vantadori university of parma, italy andrea.carpinteri@unipr.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8489-6005 andrea.spagnoli@unipr.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0592-7003 sabrina.vantadori@unipr.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1904-9301 abstract. the present paper aims to discuss a frequency-domain multiaxial fatigue criterion based on the critical plane approach, suitable for fatigue life estimations in the presence of proportional and non-proportional random loading. the criterion consists of the following three steps: definition of the critical plane, power spectral density (psd) evaluation of an equivalent normal stress, and estimation of fatigue damage. such a frequency-domain criterion has recently been validated by using experimental data available in the literature, related to combined proportional and non-proportional bending and torsion random loading. the comparison with such experimental data has been quite satisfactory. in order to further validate the above criterion, numerical simulations are herein performed by employing a wide group of combined bending and torsion signals. each of such signals is described by an ergodic, stationary and gaussian stochastic process, with zero mean value. the spectrum of each signal is assumed to be represented by a psd function with rectangular shape. different values of correlation degree, variance and spectral content are examined. keywords. critical plane-based criterion; frequency-domain criterion; power spectral density. citation: carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., effect of spectral crosscorrelation on multiaxial fatigue damage: simulations using the critical plane approach, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 4044. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ngineering structures suffer from failure associated with fatigue, both at the stage of manufacturing and under service conditions [1]. examples in the civil engineering field are jack-up platforms, bridges, towers and masts, for which their structural integrity is of paramount importance both to avoid huge material losses and ecological disaster and to ensure the life and health of people. fatigue damage in structures is caused by progressive crack growth under time-varying loading [2]. a method of analysis, named time-domain analysis, is that to consider a loading time history on the structure to find the output response caused e carpinteri a. et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 40-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.06 41 by such an input. however, most structures experience a variety of loadings. therefore, since many load cases are necessary for fatigue analysis, the computational time can become extremely high or even unacceptable [2]. a much more efficient method of analysis, named frequency-domain or spectral analysis, is that to consider the power spectral density (psd) function of the loading on the structure, which represents the frequency content of the loading time history. generally, such methods employ an equivalent uniaxial loading to represent the actual multiaxial stress state, opening the possibility to use timeand frequency-domain methods originally proposed for fatigue analysis under uniaxial variable or random amplitude loading. the spectral method employed in this paper was proposed by the authors to determine fatigue damage in structures under multiaxial stationary random gaussian loading [3]. in the recent past, the method was validated by employing experimental data available in the literature [3-7]. numerical simulations are here developed, by considering random biaxial loading characterized by different values of the correlation coefficient, zero order moments ratio and central frequencies ratio. frequency-domain critical plane (f-d/cp) criterion he input data for the fatigue damage calculation is the psd matrix of the stress tensor (step 1 in fig.1). the determination of the expected critical plane orientation constitutes an important part of the algorithm (step from 2 to 4 in fig.1). the psd function of an equivalent stress is defined as a linear combination of the psd functions of suitable stress components acting on the critical plane. finally, the expected fatigue damage per unit time is obtained (step 5 in fig.1). details of each step of the f-d/cp criterion are reported in refs [3-7]. determination of the psd matrix s() determination of the critical plane orientation 11 3 12 4 5 xyz determination of the psd matrix s()x'y'z' determination of the psd matrix s()x''y''z'' calculation of expected fatigue damage rate e[d] figure 1: algorithm for damage determination using the f-d/cp criterion. random biaxial loading: numerical simulations let us consider the following stress tensor        xyz 1 2 3 4 5 6 x y z y xz x 0 0 0 0t t tz xy xyt s , s , s , s , s , s , , , , , , , , , ,         s with respect to the fixed frame xyz . by assuming that the random features can be described by a two-dimensional ergodic stationary gaussian stochastic process with zero mean value, the psd matrix with respect to xyz is here displayed:   11 16 xyz 61 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 s s s s                      s (1) t carpinteri a. et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 40-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.06 42 where  is the pulsation. the symbols 11s and 66s represent the auto-spectral density function of the stress components 1s and 6s (i.e. x and xy ), respectively, whereas 16s and 61s represent the cross-spectral density functions of the above stress components. it is here assumed that the imaginary part of 16s is equal to zero and, consequently, even the imaginary part of 61s is equal to zero: that is, 16 61s s [8]. in such a case, the psd matrix is symmetric. now a rectangular spectrum is assumed for both 11s and 66s . let us introduce the correlation coefficient given by: 0,16 16 0,11 0,66 r      (2) where 0,16 , 0,11 , and 0,66 represent the zero order moment of 16s , 11s and 66s , respectively (more precisely, 0,16 is the co-variance of 16s , whereas 0,11 , and 0,66 are the variances of 11s and 66s , respectively). note that, for proportional stress components, 16r tends to the unity, while 16r tends to zero for highly uncorrelated loading. the central frequency, ,11c , and the height, 11h , related to 11s are assumed to be equal to 10hz and 11mpa2/hz, respectively. different values of the ratio between the central frequencies, , ,66 ,11/c r c c   are examined: ,c r  0.1, 1.0, 1.1, 5.0, and 10.0. the maximum to minimum frequency ratio is equal to 1.1/0.9. the variance of the stress component x turns out to be equal to 22 mpa2. different values of the ratio between the zero order moments, 0, 0,66 0,11/r   are examined: 0,r  0, 1, 100, and  . three different types of spectral cross-correlation for 11s and 66s are examined, that is: (i) totally separated spectra (fig.2(a)). in such a case: ,c r  0.1, 5.0 and 10.0, and 16r is equal to zero; (ii) completely overlapped spectra (fig.2(b)). in such a case: ,c r  1.0, and different values of 16r are assumed, i.e. 16r  0.00, 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, and 1.00; (iii) partially overlapped spectra (fig.2(c)). in such a case: ,c r  1.1, and different values of 16r are assumed, i.e. 16r  0.00, 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, and 1.00. by exploiting both eq.(1) and the schwartz inequality [8], which states that 16s is non-negative only where 11s and 66s are overlapped and zero elsewhere, the height 16h of the rectangular cross-spectrum is computed for each considered biaxial loading state. c,11 h11 h66 o n e -s id e d p s d f u n c t io n , 2 s o r 2 s 1 1 6 6 pulsation,  (a) c,66 h11 h66 (b) c,11 pulsation,  c,66 h11 h66 (c) c,11 pulsation,  c,66 figure 2: one-sided psd functions: (a) totally separated spectra (i), (b) completely overlapped spectra (ii), and (c) partially overlapped spectra (iii). the reference fatigue parameters used in the analysis are: , 1af   79.37(10)-4 mpa, 0n  2(10)6 cycles, c  1.0 and 3.0k  for fully reversed tension or bending, whereas , 1af   , 1 / 3af  for fully reversed torsion [8]. carpinteri a. et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 40-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.06 43 figures 3-5 present overall damage comparisons, by plotting the ratio of expected fatigue damage per unit time, [ ]e d , to the reference damage per unit time, [ ]refe d . such a reference value [ ]refe d depends on the spectra type: for type (i), it represents the damage produced by two sinusoidal signals characterized by pulsations equal to ,11c and ,66c , respectively, and variance equal to 0,11 and 0,66 , respectively; for types (ii) and (iii), it represents the damage produced by three sinusoidal signals characterized by pulsations equal to ,11c , ,66c , and ,16c , respectively, and variance equal to 0,11 , 0,66 and 0,16 , respectively. 0 1 100 zero order moments ratio, 0,r 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 d a m a g e r a t io , e [d ] / e re f [ d ] 8 0.1 5.0 10.0 c,r figure 3: comparison between [ ]e d and [ ]refe d : totally separated spectra. 0 1 100 zero order moments ratio, 0,r 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 d a m a g e r a t io , e [d ] / e re f [ d ] 8 0.00 0.25 0.50 r16 0.75 1.00 figure 4: comparison between [ ]e d and [ ]refe d : completely overlapped spectra. carpinteri a. et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 40-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.06 44 0 1 100 zero order moments ratio, 0,r 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 d a m a g e r a t io , e [d ] / e re f [ d ] 8 0.00 0.25 0.50 r16 0.75 1.00 figure 5: comparison between [ ]e d and [ ]refe d : partially overlapped spectra. it can be observed that, in general, fatigue damage rate is slightly lower than that of the reference sinusoidal loading. only in the case of bending and torsion loads of the same variance, a fatigue damage rate up to about 60% higher than that of the reference loading case is recorded for completely uncorrelated signals ( 16 0r  ). conclusions n the present paper a frequency-domain multiaxial fatigue criterion based on the critical plane approach, suitable for fatigue life estimations in the presence of proportional and non-proportional random loading, has been discussed. in order to validate the above criterion, numerical simulations have herein been performed by employing a wide group of combined bending and torsion signals. the narrow-band spectrum of each signal has been assumed to be represented by a psd function with rectangular shape. different values of correlation degree, variance and spectral content have been examined. among the cases being simulated, the most damaging one is identified in the loading combination of bending and torsion having same variance but being completely uncorrelated (correlation coefficient equal to zero). references [1] niesłony, a., macha, spectral method in multiaxial random fatigue, springer-verlag, berlin heidelberg, (2007). [2] carpinteri, a., handbook of fatigue crack propagation in metallic structures, elsevier, amsterdam, 1-2 (1994). [3] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., reformulation in the frequency domain of a critical plane-based multiaxial fatigue criterion. int. j. fatigue, 67 (2014) 55–61. [4] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., ronchei, c., scorza, d., vantadori, s. critical plane criterion for fatigue life calculation: time and frequency domain formulations. procedia eng., 101 (2015), 518–523. [5] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., ronchei, c., vantadori, s., time and frequency domain models for multiaxial fatigue life estimation under random loading. frat. ed integrita strutt., 9 (2015), 376–381. [6] carpinteri, a., fortese, g., ronchei, c., scorza, d., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., fatigue life evaluation of metallic structures under multiaxial random loading. int. j. fatigue, 90 (2016), 191–199. [7] carpinteri, a., fortese, g., ronchei, c., scorza, d., vantadori, s. spectral fatigue life estimation for non-proportional multiaxial random loading. theor. appl. fract. mech., 83 (2016) 67-72. [8] cristofori, a., benasciutti, d., tovo, r. a stress invariant based spectral method to estimate fatigue life under multiaxial random loading. int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011), 887–899. i << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 24 articolo 9 a. v. babushkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 89-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.09 89 special issue: russian fracture mechanics school research of the effectiveness of mechanical testing methods with analysis of features of destructions and temperature effects a.v. babushkin, d.s. lobanov, a.v. kozlova, i.d. morev perm national research polytechnic university, 614990, komsomolsky av., 29, perm, russia bav651@yandex.ru abstract. in this paper is carried out the comparative analysis of effectiveness of test methods of determination of stiffness and strength properties of highly filled unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) via tensile testing along the reinforcement and three-point bending testing at several bases. the necessity of deviation from standard procedures is substantiated. deformation and failure features of the material under quasi-static loading, as well as at low and high temperatures, are shown. keywords. composite materials; highly filled fiberglass; test methods; deformation and failure; high and low temperature. introduction or designing and providing reliable operation of high loaded shell structures from layered-fiber cross-reinforced composites are relevant issues of an adequate definition of effective elastic and strength properties of the material. these issues are usually resolved with help of mathematical modeling or tests. in this case, the structuralphenomenological modeling should be also based on the test determination of properties and features of the mechanical behavior of structural components of the composite. for modeling of a cross-reinforced fiberglass are most relevant properties of texture layer that is a unidirectional fiber composite. determination of unidirectional fiber composite properties is usually based on astm d 3039. in the test research of composite materials in the product is convenient to use method of beam-specimens bending on different bases, as this method allows determine the longitudinal strength and elastic modulus, shear modulus and shear (interlayer) strength [1]. according to this method, the properties are determined by three-point bending testing on different bases of beam-specimens, which are cut in the appropriate direction of finished product. this approach allows take into account technological features of the material production into product. however, this method gives obviously lower results, as work conditions of relatively short reinforcing fibers in cut specimen and continuous fibers in the product are significantly different. anyway, in both cases, the result is based on test data. in practice, the lower results at test are interpreted as a certain margin of safety in product designing. naturally, questions of estimation of this stock value and the adequacy of various test methods for providing structural mathematical modeling on the one hand, and product design in the framework of phenomenological approaches on the other, arise. in this paper is held a comparative analysis of different methods of test determination of unidirectional fiberglass stiffness and strength properties, deformation and fracture characteristics of these materials under quasi-static loading and also at low and high temperatures. f http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. v. babushkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 89-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.09 90 materials and conditions of test uniaxial tensile testing of unidirectional fiberglass ests of unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) were carried out in the direction of reinforcement. this material has main feature, which is high (70%) content of the reinforcing component. increase of fibers volume fraction increases material strength in the direction of the reinforcement and a sharp decrease in strength in the transverse direction. the desire to test at high and low temperatures imposes certain restrictions on the size of the specimen. these circumstances lead to restrictions on the usage of standard approaches and methods (astm d 3039 / d 3039m-08) for the material testing. the grip in a form of sleeve has been designed and produced specifically for uniaxial tensile testing along the reinforcement. one of the device features is the lack of cross-compression in the gripping part of the specimen [2]. unidirectional fiberglass specimen is made in a form of rod with a constant cross section. a specimen is holding in gripping area by adhesion, while it is being deformed and failed. strength of this design is determined by the properties of the adhesive and the depth of the immersion. in this case, specimen length with the steel gripping sleeve is limited by working area of a temperature chamber. on the specimen gage length were applied labels for using non-contact extensometer instron ave, as shown in fig. 1. figure 1: the appearance of highly filled fiberglass specimen for uniaxial tensile test with applied labels for using non-contact extensometer instron ave [2] tensile tests of unidirectional fiberglass along the reinforcement were held on a universal electromechanical system instron 5882 with video extensometer instron ave. climate chamber instron 3119-407 was used at low and high temperatures tests. on fig. 2 are shown testing system instron 5882 (1), video extensometer (2) and a climatic chamber (3), and a specimen of the proposed construction in grips at tensile test at room temperature (22°c). the necessity of a non-contact extensometer is explained by fracture behavior of specimens, which are made from this material. figure 2: the appearance of the unidirectional fiberglass specimen in grips at tensile tests: instron 5882 test set (1), video extensometer (2), climate chamber (3). twelve specimens were tested at room temperature. at low temperature were tested only 8 unidirectional fiberglass specimens: 4 specimens at 30°c, 4 specimens at 0°c. at high temperatures, were tested three specimens at each temperature of 40°c and 50°c. it should be noted, that the usage of sleeves and epoxy binder as an adhesive at high t 3 1 2 http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. v. babushkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 89-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.09 91 temperatures sometimes leads to the failure, which happens in form of creep of rod out sleeves without fiber failure of the specimen. for providing the compactness of the general assembly and for determination of fiberglass stiffness and strength properties was made an attempt of using upgraded grip-sleeves, shown in fig. 3. [2] the essence of this device is to have a tapered hole, through which was expected to create a uniform compliance (glue) cross-compression of rod specimen at tension test. however, this test circuit didn’t always provide a positive result. so, ultimate tensile strength of fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) at 50ºc in this test wasn’t determined. figure 3: scheme of device for unidirectional rod specimen testing at high temperatures [3] types of diagrams of unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) deformation in tensile test at various temperatures came out similar. on fig. 4 is shown typical diagram of unidirectional fiberglass deformation in tensile test with usage of videoextensometer instron ave. figure 4: the appearance of typical diagram of unidirectional fiberglass direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3 deformation in tensile test. thus, as a result of specimen testing of highly filled unidirectional fiberglass on uniaxial tensile along the direction of reinforcing at room, low and high temperatures, have been identified elastic and strength characteristics of the material. three-point bending testing of unidirectional fiberglass main characteristics of unidirectional composite were also determined at bending tests. tests were carried out by threepoint bending method of beam specimens with various lengths between brackets. for calculation of mechanical characteristics were used mathematical tools for anisotropic materials [1]. testing scheme is shown on the fig. 5. in whole http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. v. babushkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 89-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.09 92 testing technique is similar to astm d2344. at this case, fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) specimens were cut along reinforcement in a form of beams with cross section 5х5 mm. three specimens were tested on each of four bases: l1 = 30 mm, l2 = 50 mm, l3 = 70 mm, l4 = 100 mm. specimen lengths respectively were defined like li = li + li/5. by the results of tests were made force-displacement diagrams. mechanical characteristics calculations from test results of three specimens on one base were averaged. figure 5: bending test of unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3). the processing of the experimental data rom uniaxial tension test could be determined the ultimate tensile strength σb, elastic modulus e and poisson’s ratio . in this case, tensile strength and young’s modulus were determined [2]. necessary stress and strain for these characteristics calculations were on gage length. ultimate tensile strength was determined by formula max b p f   where maxp – maximum force at specimen deformation, f – initial cross section area of gage length. longitudinal deformations were measured by non-contact videoextensometer instron ave and were calculated by formula e      where  – increment of stress on linear region of deformation curve,  – corresponding increment of specimen linear deformation. for calculation of elastic and strength characteristics at bending of fiberglass specimens was used improved theory [1]. in addition to the normal stress in the bent beam there are tangential stresses, influence of which on the strength and stiffness of isotropic composites is negligible. at bending tests of anisotropic beams, depended on the nature of the failure of specimen, can be determined flexural strength or strength at interlaminar shear. in practice, both normal and shear stresses are working in the specimen, so the determination of the properties of anisotropic composite materials at bending should take into account their mutual influence. the adjusted formula for determination of maximum of normal stress b at bending has the following form 2 4 1 15 525 b f             and for determination of maximum of shear stress 2 4 1 60 12600 b f             , where max 2 3 2 i f p l bh     and max 3 4 f p bh    , so 2 f i eh l g     – parameter of anisotropy, fe – fictitious elastic modulus; g – interlayer shear modulus; b – specimen width, il –length between brackets at three-point bending. f http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. v. babushkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 89-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.09 93 for defying elastic modulus at three point bending of laminate composite material should be used refined dependencies, which consider influence of shear deformations and binding maximum flexure max of the beam in the middle of brackets with applied force p, true elastic modulus at bending tfe and interlayer shear modulus g : 23 max 1 48 fi k f i ep l h e i l g               (1) where k – coefficient, which depends on cross section form of the beam (for rectangular 1.2k  ); 3 12 bh i  – moment of inertia of beam cross section. true elastic modulus at bending tfe is bonded with fictitious modulus 3 max48 i f p l e i      in the following ratio 2 1 1 1.2 t f f i h e e g l         (2) the higher ratio of thickness of the specimen to its length i h l and the higher degree of anisotropy of composite material, characterized by t fe g , the more different true elastic modulus from fictitious. with one test it is impossible to calculate elastic modulus by formula (1) as it has two unknowns fe and g . so for their determination are tested several specimens with different ratios i h l       and then was diagram made, where on the horizontal axis was put off value 2 i h l       and on the vertical axis – 1 fe . in this coordinates, relation (2) has to be represented as a straight line, which crosses the vertical axis at the point 1 t fe and slope of this line to the horizontal axis equal 1.2 g . then value of tfe and g are determined by method of least square. discussion of results ension test results of highly filled fiberglass specimens (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) are in the tab. 1. temperature, °c tensile strength at break b mpa young's modulus in tension e, gpa -30 922.1 34.2 0 980.2 36.8 +22 987.1 47.8 +40 690.5 38.8 +50 37.4 table 1: unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) properties at tension test [3]. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. v. babushkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 89-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.09 94 according to the table, highest values of the characteristics are at test at room temperature. when temperature is lower or higher, then room temperature, characteristic value decreases. strength at 50°с couldn’t be determined. in the tab. 2 there are three-point bending test results of highly filled fiberglass specimens (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3). it should be noted, that this method allows getting more characteristics: to young’s modulus е and to longitudinal strength σb are added interlayer shear modulus g and shear strength τb. there were no problems with testing at various temperatures. however, this method is more sensitive to the quality of the test. in [1] there are range of parameters, which influence on results: slide from brackets, optimal ratio h/li, and edge effects. there are no clear tendencies of temperature effects. value of normal strength is lower on 20-25%, then values which were got at tensile tests. influence of shear components on comparable (е, σb) characteristics is clearly noticeable. temperature, °c properties e, gpa g, mpa σb, mpa τb, mpa 30 40.4 762 682 24 + 22 30.7 924 674 32 + 50 35.7 1142 489 38 table 2: unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) properties at bending tests features of failure ll tested unidirectional fiberglass specimens at uniaxial tensile, regardless of the temperature, failed like it is shown on fig. 6. this type of failure is typical for fiber exfoliation and complete matrix destruction. obviously, is the presence of shear deformation, which was not taken into account at stress calculation. this kind of failure may be associated with the grip construction without crimping. figure 6: failed unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) specimens after uniaxial tensile tests. the same influence of specimen and grip construction was also noted in the paper [4] when was used nol-method for getting characteristics of unidirectional fiberglass, fig. 7, a. however, preliminary cyclic loading leaded to qualitative change in the type of failure (fig. 7, b), whereas specimen and grip construction wasn’t changed. (a) (b) figure 7: rbn 1680-up 2217 fiberglass failure at static deformation by rigid half-discs (a) and after cyclic loading (b). a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. v. babushkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 89-95; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.09 95 on fig. 8 are shown types of failure of beam specimens at three point bending tests on large (a) and small (b) bases. clearly seen failure character: on long base – from normal stresses at tearing and crushing of fibers; on short base – mainly on in-plain shear, perpendicular to the plain of loading. figure 8: failed unidirectional fiberglass (direct "e" roving 0.7 orthophthalic polyester resin 0.3) at three point bending tests on large (a) and small (b) bases. conclusion hus, the identified properties of unidirectional fiberglass in two ways: in the direction of the tensile reinforcement and in three-point bending at different bases. tests were carried out at normal, high and low temperatures. values of comparable properties are close, but obvious tendency of temperature effect at tensile tests doesn’t confirm at bending tests. strength of normal separation, measured at bending testing, is lower on 20-25% than strength, measured at tensile testing. both test methods are forced to differ from standard methods. at tensile tests were used grips without lateral compression of specimen material or with uniform pliable compression, which is caused by wedge effect. bending tests can determine more characteristics, are not critical to changes of temperature and use improved theory of bending. type of failure of unidirectional fiberglass at tensile tests along reinforcement is similar to the usage of nol-method in the absence of damage accumulation. this type of failure suggests a significant influence of shear deformations. at three point bending tests specimen failed traditionally: on long bases – mainly from normal stresses, on short – from tangent. acknowledgments esearch were carried out on equipment of the center of experimental mechanics of perm national research polytechnic university with financial support from grant rfbr № 12-08-31336. references [1] y. m. tarnopolsky, t. y. kintsis, methods of static tests of reinforced plastics, chemistry, moscow (1981). [2] a.v. babushkin, v.e. wildemann, d.s. lobanov, factory laboratory. materials’ diagnostics, 76(7) (2010) 57. [3] d.s. lobanov, a.v. babushkin, in: proc. of eccm15: european conference on composite materials, venice, italy, (2012), paper id: 1224. – isbn 978-88-88785-33-2. [4] a.v. babushkin, a.v. kozlova, composites: mechanics, compositions, applications. an international journal, 2(3) (2011) 223. t r a) b) http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.09&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_41_art_17 k. slámečka et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 123-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.17 123 focused on multiaxial fatigue simple criterion for predicting fatigue life under combined bending and torsion loading k. slámečka, j. pokluda brno university of technology, central european institute of technology, purkyňova 123, 612 00 brno, czech republic karel.slamecka@ceitec.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8847-075x jaroslav.pokluda@ceitec.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8449-1200 abstract. multiaxial fatigue is a challenging problem and, consequently, a number of methods has been developed to aid in design of components and assemblies. following the complexity of the problem, these approaches are often elaborate and it is difficult to use them for simple loading cases. in this paper, an empirical approach for constant amplitude, proportional axial and torsion loading is introduced to serve as a basic engineering tool for estimating fatigue life of rotational structural parts. the criterion relies on a quadratic equivalent-stress formula and requires one constant parameter to be determined from experiments. the comparison with similar classical stressbased approaches using data on diverse materials (several steels, aluminium alloy, and nickel base superalloy) reveals very good agreement with experimental data. keywords. multiaxial fatigue; life prediction; equivalent stress. citation: slámečka, k., pokluda, j., simple criterion for predicting fatigue life under combined bending and torsion loading, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 123-128. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction atigue failure under multiaxial cyclic loading is undoubtedly one of the most common concerns among engineers. the multiaxial fatigue process itself is rather complex and a tremendous effort has been invested in developing methods capable of capturing some of its most relevant aspects, such as the importance of shear stresses for the fatigue crack initiation stage, the short crack problem, crack closure, or non-proportional hardening observed in some materials [1, 2]. consequently, these methods are often quite elaborate and their employment may require a skilled person using a specialized software. on the other hand, the first-approximation estimation of multiaxial fatigue failure is frequently based on the von mises stress, the tresca criterion, or some other static hypothesis, e.g. [3, 4], which apparently are among a few simple formulas qualified for a widespread usage. as these simple methods are known to be generally not acceptable, the purpose of this work was to introduce a similarly simple empirical approach which is intended to serve as a basic engineering tool for initial estimation of fatigue life under combine proportional axial and torsion loading, being of a special interest for rotational structural parts operating under such conditions. the method relies on fitting the f k. slámečka et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 123-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.17 124 experimental data for the two loading channels and formulating the equivalent loading based on a single constant parameter. the new s-n curve and the benchmark criteria n the following, the combined cyclic loading is considered to be proportional, i.e., it consists of well-defined loading cycles and no additional non-proportionality effects, need to be taken into account. furthermore, we assume that the relationship between loading and fatigue life, nf, over the studied life range is reasonably linear in log-log coordinates. this relationship is expressed in terms of stresses using the formalism in astm e 739 standard [5]. for symmetric loading, the new equivalent s-n curve (the middle-curve criterion) is constructed as  2 2f σ,τ σ,τ eq,a σ,τ σ,τ a 0 a1log log log 2 n a m a m k       , (1) where a and m are the intercept and the (negative) slope and eq,a is the amplitude of the equivalent stress expressed as a quadratic combination of bending and torsion amplitudes, a and a. the constant k0 which describes the relation between bending and torsion loading is obtained as 2 a0 0 2 a0 k    , (2) where a0 and a0 are bending and torsion fatigue strengths corresponding to fatigue life nf = nf0 being in the middle between the axial and torsion midpoints (log nf0 = ½ (log f 0 an + log f 0 tn )), see fig. 1, where superscripts a and t reference, respectively, to the axial and torsion s-n curves and f 0 an and f 0 tn correspond to the middles of the curves. the middle curve intersects the axial s-n curve at a0, nf0 and bisects the angle between the axial and torsion s-n curves. its intercept and slope can be obtained from the intercepts and the slopes of bending (a, m) and torsion (a, m) curves: σ τ σ,τ arctan arctan tan 2 m m m       , (3)  σ,τ f 0 σ,τ 0a σ σ σ,τ 0alog log loga n m a m m      . (4) figure 1: definition of nf0, σa0, and τa0 using data of s355j2g3 alloy steel reported by karolczuk et al. [4,5]. i k. slámečka et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 123-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.17 125 this method (eqs. 1-4) was compared to the von mises (eq. 5) and tresca (eq. 6) criteria and to the gough-pollard criterion for ductile metals (eq. 7), which are similar quadratic formulas:  2 2f σ σ eq,a σ σ a a1log log log 3 2 n a m a m       , (5) 2 2 f τ τ eq ,a τ τ a a 1 1 log log log 2 4 n a m a m           , (6) 2 2 a a c c 1                  . (7) in eq. (7), c and c are the axial and torsion fatigue strengths that, conceptually, correspond to the same fatigue life. therefore, this criterion reflects the non-parallelism of the s-n curves (variation of the c/c ratio), as the middle curve criterion does, but is more difficult to apply, e.g. [7]. the middle-curve criterion is more general than the von mises and tresca criteria. indeed, when c/c = √3 (or c/c = 2) holds in the whole range of fatigue life, the middle-curve criterion becomes equivalent to the von mises (or tresca) criterion. furthermore, the middle-curve becomes equal to the goughpollard criterion for materials with parallel s-n curves but gives better results for materials with non-parallel s-n curves (see hereafter). experimental data he studied methods were evaluated using plane-bending/torsion data on 2017a-t4 aluminium alloy, s355j2wp and s355j2g3 alloy steels, 30crnimo8 medium alloy steels, and inconel 713lc nickel-base superalloy, see refs. [6-9] and references therein for more detailed information on these fatigue experiments. tab. 1 summarizes the ultimate strength σu and the yield strength σy of all materials and the parameters of bending and torsion s-n curves. the angle  is the angle between the two curves and its positive value means that the axial curve is steeper. except for 2017at4 aluminum alloy, the s-n curves are clearly not parallel. material σu (mpa) σy (mpa) σy/σu σa τm τa  (°) 2017a-t4 [8] 545 395 0.72 -7.0 21.8 -7.1 20.3 0.1 s355j2wp [6] 556 414 0.74 -12.5 37.6 -5.8 18.6 -5.3 s355j2g3 [6,7] 611 394 0.64 -7.2 23.9 -11.7 32.8 3.0 inc713lc [9] 982 801 0.82 -4.5 17.4 -7.5 23.9 4.8 30crnimo8 [6] 1014 812 0.80 -8.1 27.6 -24.7 69.7 4.7 table 1: basic material properties and the parameters related to the bending and torsion s-n curves. results and discussion ab. 2 summarizes parameters related to the middle-curve criterion. note that the constant k0 lies in the range from 2.22 to 4.29. since k0 = 3 for the von mises criterion, this criterion can be expected to provide a plausible prediction for all materials except for s355j2wp steel, which should comply with the predictions obtained from the tresca criterion. fig. 2 compares the experimental and calculated fatigue lives, nf,exp and nf,calc, in the log-log space. a full diagonal line signifies a perfect agreement between predicted and observed values. the dashed and dash-dot lines constitute factors of two and three bandwidths. fig. 3 plots the distribution of deviations from the perfect-agreement line for all materials t t k. slámečka et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 123-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.17 126 using the box charts. additional information is shown in tab. 3 that summarizes the mean values obtained for each material. material n0 0,a (mpa) 0,a (mpa) k0 σ,τm σ,τa 2017a-t4 6.4×105 189 111 2.89 -7.1 21.9 s355j2wp 5.7×105 343 166 4.29 -7.9 25.9 s355j2g3 6.9×105 328 204 2.57 -8.9 28.2 inc713lc 5.7×104 606 364 2.78 -5.7 20.5 30crnimo8 1.1×105 623 418 2.22 -12.2 39.1 table 2: parameters related to the middle-curve criterion. figure 2: comparison of experimental and predicted fatigue lives. k. slámečka et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 123-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.17 127 the results reveal that the middle-curve criterion provides, in general, the best estimates of fatigue life. the goughpollard criterion also yields very reasonable predictions but it is computationally more complicated since it requires an iterative solution. as expected, the von mises criterion provides good results for materials with the k0-value close to 3 but much worse estimates for s355j2wp steel with k0 = 4.29, for which the tresca criterion is more suitable. the latter criterion is, however, generally inaccurate and nonconservative. figure 3: box chart of prediction differences: mc – middle curve, vm – von mises, tr – tresca, gp – gough-pollard. material mc vm tr gp 2017a-t4 1.4 1.5 -1.2 1.4 s355j2wp 1.2 -3.8 1.1 1.1 s355j2g3 1.5 1.6 -1.9 1.5 inc713lc -1.3 1.0 -2.5 -1.4 30crnimo8 1.5 3.0 -78 1.7 table 3: average band factors. conclusions and prospects his paper introduces a simple, computationally non-intensive empirical method, termed as the middle-curve criterion, to be used as a fast and efficient tool for the initial estimate of life of structural component subjected to combined bending and torsion proportional loading. the criterion requires one constant material parameter, k0, to be determined from experiments based on a suitably defined reference number of cycles to failure nf0. the new referential s-n curve is obtained as the curve that intersects the axial s-n curve at nf0 and bisects the angle between the axial and torsion curves, thus reflecting the fact that the axial and torsion curves are generally divergent. the von mises and tresca criteria are special cases of the middle-curve criterion which is equal to the gough-pollard criterion for materials with parallel s-n curves. a comparison of all these criteria was made by using experimental data on five diverse metallic materials and the analysis clearly demonstrated advantages of the new criterion over the studied classical criteria. therefore, the middle-curve criterion is very useful for a preliminary estimation of life of rotational structural parts under mixed axial and torsion loading. despite the formulas presented in this paper do not account for the mean stress effect, it can be easily included by using experimental data obtained from non-zero mean stress tests. transformation of the data based on the goodman diagram or other similar methods [10] is also possible. furthermore, our unpublished data show that the precision of prediction can be increased by using referential s-n curve obtained by fitting of joined axial data and torsion data expressed in terms of equivalent stress  1/22 2a 0 ak  . the non-proportionality of loading can also be taken into account by a suitable definition of a dependence of k0 on the phase shift. t k. slámečka et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 123-128; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.17 128 acknowledgement he authors acknowledge the financial support of this work by the czech science foundation (ga cr) in the frame of the project no. 17-18566s and by the ministry of education, youth and sports of the czech republic under the project ceitec 2020 (lq1601). references [1] you, b.r., lee, s.b., a critical review on multiaxial fatigue assessments of metals, int. j. fat., 18 (1996) 235–244. [2] socie, d.f., marquis, g.b., multiaxial fatigue, sae international, warrendale, pa, (2000). [3] slámečka, k., šesták, p., vojtek, t., kianicová, m., horníková, j., šandera, p., pokluda, j., a fractographic study of bending/torsion fatigue failure in metallic materials with protective surface layers, adv. mater. sci. eng., 2016 (2016) 8952657. doi: 10.1155/2016/8952657. [4] nikitin, a., palin-luc, t., shanyavskiy, a., bathias, c., comparison of crack paths in a forged and extruded aeronautical titanium alloy loaded in torsion in the gigacycle fatigue regime, eng. frac. mech., 167 (2016) 259-272. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2016.05.013 [5] astm e739-91(1998) standard practice for statistical analysis of linearized stress-life (s-n) and strain-life (ε-n) fatigue data. astm international, west conshohocken, pa, (1998). [6] karolczuk, a., kluger, k., analysis of the coefficient of normal stress effect in chosen multiaxial fatigue criteria, theor. appl. frac. mec., 73 (2014) 39–47. doi:10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.07.015. 234. [7] karolczuk, a., kluger, k., łagoda, t., a correction in the algorithm of fatigue life calculation based on the critical plane approach, int. j. fat. 83 (2016) 174–183. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.10.011. 236. [8] kluger, k., łagoda, t., new energy model for fatigue life determination under multiaxial loading with different mean values, int. j. fat., 66 (2014) 229–245. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.04.008. [9] slámečka, k., pokluda, j., kianicová, m., horníková, j., obrtlík, k.. fatigue life of cast inconel 713lc with/without protective diffusion coating under bending, torsion and their combination, eng. frac. mech., 110 (2013) 459–467. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.01.001. [10] dowling n.e. mean stress effects in stress-life and strain-life fatigue. sae paper no. 2004-01-2227. in: fatigue 2004: second sae brasil international conference on fatigue, são paulo, june 2004. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_48.docx e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 369 dependence of mechanical characteristics from composition and structure and optimization of mechanical fracture energy of polymer composite material based on high-molecular rubbers e. nurullaev, a. s. ermilov, n. yu. lyubimova perm national research polytechnic university, russia ergnur@mail.ru, ermilov@tpmp.perm.ru, ninalu76@mail.ru abstract. by means of numerical experiment the authors investigate dependence of conventional rupturing stress and mechanical fracture energy at uniaxial tension from fractional composition of dispersed filler, plasticizer volume fraction in polymer binder, effective density of transverse bonds, applied to development of covering for different purposes and with advanced service life in temperature range from 223 to 323 k. they compare mechanical characteristics of polymer composite materials (pcms) based on highand low-molecular rubbers. it was shown that rupturing stress of high-molecular rubber-based pcm is of a higher magnitude than the stress of low-molecular rubber-based one at almost invariable rupturing deformation. numerical simulation by variation of composition parameters and molecular structure enables evaluation of its maximum fracture energy which is 1000 times higher than mechanical fracture energy of similar composites based on low-molecular rubbers. keywords. high-molecular rubbers; deformation; composites; mechanical stress; envelopes of fracture points; optimization; plasticizer; polymer composite; linking; glass transition temperature. citation: nurullaev, e., ermilov, a. s., lyubimova, n. yu., dependence of mechanical characteristics from composition and structure and optimization of mechanical fracture energy of polymer composite material based on high-molecular rubbers, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377. received: 28.11.2016 accepted: 06.05.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ractional composition of dispersed filler is very essential both for formation of rheological properties of suspensions based on viscous-liquid polymer binders and mechanical characteristics of 3d-linked filled polymer composite materials (pcms). at that basic formulation parameter is effective extent of volume filling –  / m , where  is volume fraction of filler solids, m maximum volume filling depending on particle shape, fractional composition and physicochemical interaction on filler – binder interface. f e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 370 structural and mechanical dependence of conventional stress ( ) from relative elongation degree ( ) in case of no lamination between filler particles and polymer binder, for example in road asphalt covering, was proved in previous work [1]. nowadays it is important to develop polymer composite material [2] as a covering for roofs of residential and industrial buildings, sports grounds, and road asphalt with advanced service life in comparison with commonly used pcm. to accelerate development of mentioned polymer composites, it is necessary first of all to investigate relation between molecular structure of polymer binder, effective extent of volume filling, mechanical characteristics and mechanical fracture energy of pcm [3]. previously we have shown that effective mole concentration of transverse chemical and intermolecular bonds is key structural parameter of 3d-linked elastomers filled with solids and based on low-molecular rubbers with terminal functional groups [4]. unfortunately mechanical characteristics of 3d-linked rubbers are usually evaluated without construction of envelopes of sample rupture points according to t. l. smith at uniaxial tension and different temperatures and deformation rates [3, 5]. the latter enable to predict service life of advanced pcm in different coverings. this work is intended to investigate numerically the dependence of conventional rupturing stress and mechanical fracture energy at uniaxial tension from fractional composition of dispersed filler, plasticizer volume fraction in polymer binder, effective density of transverse bonds, applied to development of covering for different purposes and with advanced service life in temperature range from 223 to 323 k. object of numerical experiment bject of numerical experiment is 3d-linked polymer composite material based on mixture of high-molecular rubbers: isoprene of grade ir and butadiene of grade br. [6, 7]. linking agent – sulfur; vulcanization accelerator – tetralkyltiuramdisulfide (“tiuram-d”); catalyst of cross-linking reaction – zinc oxide [6]. plasticizing oil is used as a plasticizer [7]. dispersed filler – silica (silicon dioxide, silica sand) with different fractional compositions. theoretical part omputer prediction (calculation) for diagram of uniaxial tension of filled elastomer sample is based on description of its structural and mechanical behavior [1]. at that dependence of conventional (related to initial cross-section of the sample) stress (σ) from relative elongation (α), which is related to deformation (ε) by the expression: α = 1+ε/100%, comprises following basic structural parameters and deformation conditions:   mcch , where  is polymer density, mc – average internodal molecular weight of the polymer binder; φr =1φsw – polymer volume fraction in the composite binder, sw – plasticizer volume fraction in the binder; r – universal gas constant; t∞ – equilibrium temperature, at which concentration of “physical” (intermolecular) bonds (νph) is negligible; tg – glass transition temperature of the polymer binder; t – sample test temperature (of numerical experiment);    1 a – velocity shift coefficient,    1 a = 1 at standard relative extension rate    1, c accepted for science and industry; φ – filler volume fraction; φm – maximum filler volume fraction, depending on fractional composition, particle shape and physicochemical interaction on the filler – binder interface. basic equation is as follows:                                                        1 23 1 13 2 2 2 1 1 1 29 exp 0.225 10 11 1.25 1 exp 0.5 21 ch r g n m i i i m i rt t t a t dt o c e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 371 where accumulation kinetics of internal composite damage as lamination between the polymer binder and filler particles is described in gaussian function; n – quantity of volume fractions φi of delaminated dispersed filler fractions (types);      /0.5t ii si – function parameter, α0.5i – sample elongation corresponding to the half volume of delaminated particles with i –type filler fraction (type),  si – mean-square dispersion for i –type filler fraction (type). value α0.5i determines delimitation initiation,  si characterizes composite integrity violation rate. as long as there is no the interfacial delamination in the elastomeric composite, limiting (rupturing) mechanical characteristics σb, αb can be evaluated by considering of deformation rate and size of average polymer binder interlayer between filler solids:                          03 3 3 3 1 ; 0 f m mf bb m m where indexes «f» and «o» stand for filled and free state elastomeric, respectively. in terms of rupturing deformation the following relation results:      0 3 1f mbb value  0 b is derived out of the curve   0 f effb which was obtained earlier by summarizing of multiple experimental data [1]. effective concentration of transverse bonds is equal to the total concentrations of chemical (determinant for 3dlinking of initial linear polymers) and physical (intermolecular, depending on polymer structure and experiment temperature) bonds:                      1/3 1/3 3 2 ( 1 ) 1 29 exp 0 ,225 10 ( )t t geff ch r ph ch r for example, if νeff =1mol/m3 and t= 293k rupturing deformation of 3d-linked elastomeric binder  0 b is almost 1000%. stated curve is part of the computer program as a calibrating one [8]. if sample integrity has been damaged up to the rupture, limiting mechanical characteristics are maximum point values for hump-shaped tension diagrams (σmax, εmax) or values of constrained maximum point assuring serviceability of partly disrupted composite, despite of possible sample tension. to evaluate dependence of material service time from internal damage level of filled polymer composite material by tension, we use envelopes of sample fracture points if no laminations (σb, εb) or maximum points mentioned above (σmax, εmax). these envelopes were introduced by smith as following dependences “logσb,max – logεb, max ” [9, 10]. problem of fractional composition optimization for dispersed components of polymer material (for given average particle sizes) considering fulfillment of optimization conditions for other performance characteristics could be defined in the following nonlinear programming statement:        ( , , ) max; min; min; q d e m r r              ... ; 1 2 3 1 m j opt jvj j j j jm j v          min max 0 1, 1, 2 , 3 , ..., if ;v m i jv jv jv j j n       / , / opt x jopt j optj x jj j in where     , , q d are vectors of volume fractions, porosities and particle sizes of dispersed components in the polymer material, respectively,     optj is optimal volume fraction of the filler in the composition, φjv – volume fraction of v-th fraction with j-type filler in the composition, mj – fraction number of j-type dispersed component,   min max ,   jv jv are upper and lower limits for solids volume fractions in the composition, respectively,   optx j is optimum mass concentration of solid e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 372 dispersed ingredients in the polymer composition for corresponding characteristics set, for example mechanical, γj are densities of dispersed components, in is variety of indexes for filler types being part of polymer material formulation. because of the difficulty, given problem which includes limitation of equation types is converted into the nonlinear programming problem with limitation of in equation types. at that quantity of optimizable independent variables is n = (mj) m, where m is quantity of polymer material solids types. normalizing ratio:        1 1 m j opt jv j j i j in nv is automatically fulfilled in case of problem solution. then we determine the vector of optimum volume fractions for filler fraction in the composition:        ( ; ); 1, 2 , 3 , ..., , opt opt i v m jv j n j where optjv is optimum volume fraction of v-th fraction for j-type filler. transformation to optimum mass concentrations of the corresponding solids       ( ; ; 1, 2, 3, ..., ) opt opt x x i v m j jv j n j is carried out by formula:     ( ) / ( / ) , opt opt opt x p jv jv j j j where       1 m j opt opt p x xjv j j i j in nv is the sum of mass concentrations (ratios) of polymer material solids. mechanical fracture energy (w) of pcm depending on rupturing elongation degree (αb) is calculated by formula [11]:   2 3 3 21 3 3 2 2 3 123 11 1.25 29 exp 0/225 10 21 2 2 bm b b bw rt t t agch r m b b                                                    (1) mathematical problem statement for maximum fracture energy search when limitations of other characteristics are fulfilled can be described as following nonlinear programming problem:                                            , , max 5 50.1 10 2 10 0.3 1 0.7 0.5 1 w ch r m ch i ii n r sw i m i                   (2) where:    , , ch r m – vectors of cross-linking mole concentration, polymer volume fraction in the binder and effective extent of volume filling, respectively; φsw– plasticizer volume fraction, coherent with polymer volume fraction (φm) as ratio   ( ) 1r sw ; in – variety of indexes for composition; n –quantity of composition calculation types. e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 373 numerical experimentation ab. 1 presents optimized parameter values of silica fraction mixtures in the pcm which are calculated using computer program being developed by the authors [8]. numerical experiments are carried out for: νch = 3 mol/m3, which is chosen according to predesigned as most effective one. plasticizer volume fractions in the polymer binder are chosen in form of three values 0.05; 0.1; 0.3 to provide development of the pcm with low viscosity. the last one is required for good component mixing. tab. 2 presents data required for numerical experimentation. table 1: optimum parameter values of silica fraction mixtures. fraction quantity 2; 3; 4 experiment temperature, к 223; 273; 323 glass transition temperature of the polymer 1 (isoprene of ir grade) к 200 glass transition temperature of the polymer 2 (butadiene of br grade), к 178 molecular weight of the polymer 1 (isoprene of ir grade) 372802 molecular weight of the polymer 2 (butadiene of br grade) 198775 density of the polymer 1 (isoprene of ir grade) kg/m3 900 density of the polymer 2 butadiene of br grade) kg/m3 890 volume fraction of the polymer 1 (isoprene of ir grade) in the binder 0.7; 0.65; 0.5 volume fraction of the polymer 2 (butadiene of br grade) in the binder 0.25; 0.25; 0.2 volume fraction of the filler 0.75 chemical bond density, mol/m3 3 design glass transition temperature of the rubber, к 192.3 molecular weight of the plasticizer (plasticizing oil of mpa grade) 1010 glass transition temperature of the plasticizer, к 169 density of the plasticizer, kg/сm3 890 volume fraction of the plasticizer 0.05; 0.1; 0.3 table 2: data required for numerical experimentation. tab. 3 presents numerical experimentation results about dependence of rupturing stress from rupturing deformation of the pcm depending on plasticizer volume fractions in the binder from 0.05 to 0.3 vol. fraction, on filler fraction t fraction number particle diameter, ϻ void volume ratio optimum values of fraction volume ratio maximum volume filling two fractions 1 15 0.386 0.2 0.84 2 600 0.244 0.8 three fractions 1 1 0.465 0.05 0.94 2 15 0.386 0.149 3 600 0.244 0.801 four fractions 1 1 0.465 0.028 0.96 2 15 0.386 0.082 3 240 0.367 0.226 4 600 0.244 0.664 e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 374 composition. analysis of numerical experimentation results has shown, that increase of plasticizer volume fraction from 0.05 to 0.3 (experiment temperature is 223 k; four – fraction silica) causes decrease of rupturing stress (from 12 to 9 mpa) at slight deformation increase (from 26 to 27%,). experiment temperature increase does not change this tendency (tab. 3). increase of silica fraction quantity in the pcm from two to four causes decrease of conventional rupturing stress from 28 to 11 mpa at rupturing deformation increase from 12 to 26% (numerical experiment temperature is 223 k, 0.1 vol. fraction plasticizer). if т = 273 к, 0.1 vol. fraction plasticizer, conventional rupturing stress decreases from 12 to 4 mpa at deformation increase from 17 to 36%; if т = 323 к – from 3 мpа (22%) to 1 мpа (45%). basic requirements to different coverings, especially to road asphalt, are the followings: rupturing stress – ap. 8 mpa and deformation – at least 12 – 15% at the temperature 223k. table 3: numerical experimentation results about dependence of rupturing stress from rupturing deformation of the pcm. according to the tab. 3, pcm based on 3d-linked high-molecular rubbers, filled with four silica fraction mixture at plasticizer volume fraction 0,05 in the binder, fully complies with given requirements. fig. 1 presents envelopes of rupture points for the pcm according to t. l. smith for different filler fraction values at 0.05 plasticizer volume fraction in the binder and cross-binding concentration νch = 3 mol/m3 at different temperatures of numerical experiment. it is obvious, that pcm filled with optimum mixture of four silica fractions meets the requirements to different coverings, especially to road asphalt. figure 1: envelopes of rupture points for polymer composite material according to t. l. smith for different filler fraction values at 0.05 plasticizer volume fraction in the binder and νch = 3 mol/m3 at different temperatures of numerical experiment. experiment temperature: 1 – 223 к ; 2. – 273 к; 3. – 323 к; a two-fraction silica; b four-fraction silica; c three-fraction silica. plasticizer volume fraction φsw = 0.05 vol. fraction dispersed filler two-fraction silica three-fraction silica four-fraction silica experiment temperature. к experiment temperature. к experiment temperature. к 223 273 323 223 273 323 223 273 323 σb. мpа 29 12 3 5.5 2.1 0.6 12 4 1 εb. % 12 16 22 42 58 75 26 36 45 plasticizer volume fraction φsw = 0.1 vol. fraction σb. мpа 28 12 3 7 2.6 0.75 11 4 1 εb. % 12 17 22 37 52 64 26 36 45 plasticizer volume fraction φsw = 0.3 vol. fraction σb. мpа 25 9 2 6 2 0.6 9 3.2 1 εb. % 13 18 22 38 54 65 27 39 47 e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 375 previously the authors have proposed polymer composite material for road covering based on low-molecular rubbers of butadiene + dieneepoxyetherurethane [12]. for comparison of mechanical behavior of low-molecular and high-molecular rubber-based pcms, fig. 2 presents envelopes of rupture points for polymer composite materials according to t. l. smith. figure 2: envelopes of rupture points for polymer composite materials according to t. l. smith: 1 – based on low-molecular rubbers br-ktr + pdi3b; 2 – based on high-molecular rubbers ir + br it is obvious that rupturing stress of pcm based on high-molecular rubber mixture is of a higher magnitude than of the low-molecular rubber-based one (12 against 1.2 mpa), at almost the same rupturing deformation. table 4: numerical experimentation results by determination of maximum mechanical fracture energies for pcm. determination of maximum fracture energy of filled plasticized polymer composite material echanical fracture energy is optimized for νch = 3 mol/m3. plasticizer volume fractions in the binder are chosen in form of three values: 0.05; 0.1; 0.3. tab. 4 presents numerical experimentation results by determination of maximum mechanical fracture energy for pcm. analysis of simulated results has shown, describes dependence between mechanical fracture energies and pcm fraction composition. it is obvious, that increase of fraction quantity causes decrease of fracture energy from 1800 to 1650 kj at plasticizer volume fraction φsw = 0,05 vol. fraction dispersed filler two-fraction silica three-fraction silica four-fraction silica experiment temperature, к experiment temperature, к experiment temperature, к 223 273 323 223 273 323 223 273 323 w, kj 1800 1100 400 1500 850 300 1700 920 350 εb, % 12 16 25 35 50 70 30 46 55 plasticizer volume fraction φsw = 0,1 vol. fraction w, kj 1750 1050 350 1400 800 300 1550 900 320 εb, % 12 17 22 40 55 70 26 36 50 plasticizer volume fraction φsw = 0,3 vol. fraction w, kj 1650 900 300 1350 700 250 1500 750 300 εb, % 13 18 22 38 54 65 27 37 45 m e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 376 the temperature 223 k, and rupturing deformation increases from 12% to 35%; at 273 k – from 1100 to 900 kj; rupturing deformation – from 16% to 46%; at 323 k – from 400 to 350 kj, rupturing deformation – from 25% to 55%. fig. 3 presents for the first time by the authors constructed envelopes mechanical destruction energy values for the four fractions of silicon dioxide at a volume fraction of the plasticizer φsw = 0.05 and temperatures of numerical experiment 223 k, 273 k, 323 k. envelopes of rupture points of polymer composite material according to t. l. smith qualitatively characterize material service time. in contrast to that, envelopes of mechanical fracture energies quantitatively evaluate service life of pcm. envelopes of mechanical fracture energies for pcm based on low-molecular and high-molecular rubber mixtures are constructed for comparison (fig. 4). it was shown, that mechanical fracture energy of pcm based on high-molecular rubber mixture is 1000 times higher than of the low-molecular rubber-based one. figure 3: envelopes of mechanical fracture energies. φsw = 0.05; vol. fraction; experiment temperature: 1 – 223 к; 2 – 273 к; 3 – 273 к. a two-fraction silica; b four-fraction silica; c three-fraction silica figure 4: envelopes of mechanical fracture energies for pcm: 1 – based on low-molecular rubbers br-ktr + pdi3b; 2 – based on high-molecular rubbers ir + br. conclusions 1. optimized parameter values of silica fraction mixtures in polymer composite materials are calculated using computer program being developed by the authors. e. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 369-377; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.48 377 2. increase of silica fraction quantity in the composite from two to four causes decrease of conventional rupturing stress at rupturing deformation increase at every temperature of numerical experiment. 3. for the first time the authors constructed envelopes of sample rupture points according to t. smith at uniaxial tension and different temperatures, plasticizer volume fractions in the polymer binder and different filler fraction mixture values, which enable basically predict service live of advanced polymer composite materials in different coverings. 4. to compare mechanical behavior of composites based on low-molecular and high-molecular rubbers, envelopes of rupture points are constructed according to t. l. smith. it is shown that rupturing stress of covering material based on high-molecular rubbers is far above than of the low-molecular ones. 5. it is shown, that composite filled with optimum mixture of four silica fractions at plasticizer volume fraction 0.05 in the binder fully complies with given requirements to different coverings, especially to road asphalt. 6. maximum mechanical fracture energy for filled composite material is determined. it is shown, that mechanical fracture energy maximizes when the polymer binder is filled with four-fraction silica. 7. for the first time the authors constructed envelopes of mechanical fracture energies depending on plasticizer volume fraction, fraction composition of polymer composite material and experiment temperature. it is stated, that mechanical characteristics, first of all mechanical fracture energy, maximizes at plasticizer volume fraction 0.05 – 0.3 volume fractions in the binder from operating temperature. 8. it is stated, that mechanical fracture energy of polymer composite material based on high-molecular rubbers is 1000 times higher than of the low-molecular rubber-based one references [1] ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., mechanical properties of elastomers filled with solid particles, mechanics of composite materials, 48 (3) (2012) 243-252. [2] garifullin, a., iblyaminov, f. f., constructional rubber and methods for determining their mechanical properties, kazan, (2000). [3] smith, t. l., ultimate tensile properties of elastomers, j. appl. phys., 35 (1964) 27-34. [4] ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., numerical simulation and derivation of an equation for calculation of the mechanical fracture energy of elastomer filled with multifractional silica // russian journal of applied chemistry, 87 (4) (2014) 500-508. [5] smith, t. l., limited characteristic of cross-linked polumers, j. appl. phys., 35 (1964) 27-32. [6] dick, j. s., rubber technology. compounding and testing for performance. hanser gardner publications, inc., cincinati, (2010). [7] mark, dzh., ehrman, b., airich, f., science and technology of rubber, academic press is an imprint of elsevier. (2005). [8] certificate no. 2012613349 rf a software for determination and optimization of packing density of solid disperse fillers of polymer composite materials, ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m, duregin, k. a., priority of 09.04.2012. [9] smith, t. l., symposium on stress-strain-time-temperature relationships in materials, amer. soc. test. mat. spec. publ., 325 (1962) 60-89. [10] smith, t. l., relation between the structure of elastomers and their tensile strength, in: mechanical properties of new materials [russian translation], mir, moscow, (1966) 174-190. [11] nurullaev, e. m., ermilov, a. s., dependence of mechanical fracture energy of the polymeric composite material from the mixture of filler fractions, fracture end structural integrity, 31 (2015) 120-126. [12] patent no. 2473581, rf a waterproof frost-resistant asphalt covering for highways, ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., alikin, v. n., priority of 31.05.2011. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 33 experimental study on uniaxial tensile and compressive behavior of high toughness cementitious composite shiyong jiang training department, logistical engineering university. chongqing, 401311, p.r. china jiangshiy@163.com shuai tao, wei fei, xueyang li civil engineering department, logistical engineering university. chongqing, 401311, p.r. china taos0313@163.com, 1063408903@qq.com, tmlt92@163.com abstract. though the principle of orthogonal experimental design, the uniaxial compression experiment and uniaxial tensile experiment were carried out on nine groups of high toughness cementitious composites with different mixing ratios to study the influence of four factors, namely fly ash content, water-binder ratio, sand-binder ratio and plasticizer content on the compressive strength and ultimate tensile strain of high toughness cementitious composites. the experiment results show that pva fibers content greatly influenced the flexural behavior and the influence of the four factors on the compressive strength and ultimate tensile strain of high toughness cementitious composite is basically the same, the primary and secondary order is: water-binder ratio, fly ash content, plasticizer content and sand-binder ratio. keywords. high toughness cementitious composite; orthogonal experiment design; mixing ratio; compressive strength; ultimate tensile strain. citation: s. jing, s. tao, w. fei, x.y. li, experimental study on uniaxial tensile and compressive behavior of high toughness cementitious composite, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2017) 33-42. received: 07.08.2017 accepted: 05.09.2017 published: 01.01.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction igh toughness cementitious composite is a new type of composite material which is formed by the incorporation of monofilament staple fibers into the cement matrix and homogeneously dispersed. it is also called engineered cementitious composite (ecc), which was initially developed by victor c. li [1, 2]. this material can generate multiple fine cracks in the tension process. ultimate tensile strain may reach several hundred times that of ordinary concrete, while the stress may increase when the strain increases, so it has a quasi-strain hardening property and excellent toughness [3, 4]. ecc can be used in road surface, bridge and dam maintenance as well as aseismic hardening or serves as a new important material for new structures [5]. however, at present there is no recognized ecc mix design. besides, there are no established norms or standards proposed regarding the regularities between mixing ratios and the mechanical h s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 34 properties of ecc. in concrete structures, the compression performance must be guaranteed for columns, walls and other load-bearing members. due to the deficiency of coarse aggregate, the increase in strength of ecc will be limited to a certain extent. therefore, in order to promote the ecc in concrete structures, it is necessary to design an appropriate mix ratio to ensure that it has reliable strength, but also good toughness. the classic mixing ratio of ecc showed that the raw materials made up of cement, fly ash, fine quartz sand, water and monofilament staple fibers. on the one hand, an excessive water-binder ratio could severely reduce the strength of the material because it lacks coarse aggregate; on the other hand, if the water-binder ratio is too small, the fluidity of the mixture may deteriorate, which could hinder the dispersion of fibers. in this experiment, the superplasticizer was used to reduce the amount of water, while ensuring a good fluidity of the mixture. in this paper, four main factors, namely fly ash content, sand-binder ratio, water-binder ratio and plasticizer content were considered, using the compressive strength and ultimate tensile strain of ecc as indexes. the influence of the regularities of various factors on the strength and toughness of high toughness cementitious composites was studied through the orthogonal experiment. experimental design experimental materials he cementitious materials consist of p.o 42.5 ordinary portland cement and first-grade fly ash. fine quartz sand with a size of 0.1mm-0.2mm was used as fine aggregate. ordinary tap water with polycarboxylic superplasticizer was used to mix the dry material. previous studies showed that polyvinyl alcohol (pva) and polyethylene (pe) fiber were the primary types of fiber to manufacture ecc. c. redon adopted different amounts of special oil coated with the surface of pva fiber, and found those which could dissipate a large amount of energy in the process of gradually pulling out from the cement matrix [6]. in this paper, kuraraytm pva fiber (φ15μm×12mm) was used to manufacture high toughness cementitious composites. orthogonal design the mix proportion of concrete is commonly tested with either one variable or multiple variables at a time. each of the two methods has its unique advantages and disadvantages. the one-variable-at-a-time method is not representative enough and limited to a small range, while the multiple-variable-at-a-time method requires repeated tests on the interacting factors. for instance, in the case of three factors and three levels, 27 tests need to be carried out, making the experiment extremely complicated. the merits of the above two methods are combined into the orthogonal test method. based on mathematical statistics principles, the test solution relies on a set of orthogonal forms to sieve out the most representative samples for comprehensive tests, aiming to obtain the effect of factors on indices and identify the best combinations of influencing factors [7]. in the orthogonal test, the test factors refer to those influencing the object, and the levels denote the conditions of the test factors. in this research, the test factors include fly ash content, sand-binder ratio, water-binder ratio and plasticizer content, each of which has three levels of conditions. the purpose of the orthogonal test is to examine the impact of the test factors on the compressive strength and the ultimate tensile strain of materials. level of factor fly ash content sand-binder ratio water-binder ratio plasticizer content (a) (b) (c) (d) 1 0.9 0.30 0.20 0.40% 2 1.2 0.33 0.23 0.70% 3 1.5 0.36 0.26 1.00% table 1: factors and levels of orthogonal test. mixing ratio this study took fiber with a volume content of 2.0% as an invariant, considered the four factors fly ash content, sandbinder ratio, water-binder ratio and plasticizer content. each factor includes three levels,as shown in table 1. three-level variables of fly ash content adopted the mass ratio of fly ash to cement (mfa/c), being equal to 0.9, 1.2 and 1.5 which were respectively expressed by a1, a2 and a3. three-level variables of the sand-cement ratio adopted the mass ratio of sand to cementing materials (ms/b) for the 0.30, 0.33 and 0.36 and were respectively expressed by b1, b2 and b3. three-level t s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 35 variables of the water-cement ratio adopted the mass ratio of water to cementing materials (mw/b), being equal to 0.20, 0.23 and 0.26, respectively expressed by c1, c2 and c3. after the preliminary exploratory experiment, the mass ratios of superplasticizer to cementing material were set to 0.4%, 0.7% and 1.0%, which were expressed by d1, d2 and d3 respectively. experimental procedure uniaxial compression experiment he compressive strength of concrete is one of the basic mechanical properties; however, for ecc compression performance experiments, there are currently no uniform standards and norms. victor c. li [8] carried out the axial compression experiment with an ecc cylinder with a specimen of the size φ75mm×150mm and compared the test results to ordinary concrete. the team of shilang xu [9] conducted the uniaxial compression experiment with an ecc cube that has a side length of 40 mm and a 40mm×40mm×160mm prism specimen, and measured the uniaxial compressive stress-strain curves. chunhong hu et al. [10] used a 40mm×40mm×160mm prism of ecc specimens to study the strength under uniaxial compression and found the rule that the peak strain and ultimate compressive strain were both significantly larger than that of ordinary concrete. mingke deng et al. [11]used ecc cubes with side lengths of 100mm and 70.7mm to carry out the uniaxial compression experiment, then found the secondary compressive strength of the ecc was close to the first compressive strength, which shows that the resistance to damage of ecc is obviously better than that of ordinary concrete. in this paper, the uniaxial compression experiment on an ecc cube with the size of 100mm×100mm×100mm was carried out. the fibers were mixed last when producing ecc; that is, the cement, fly ash and sand were first put into the blender and mixed for 1 to 2min, then the water and superplasticizer were added and mixed for 4 to 5min, fibers were slowly added and finally mixed 8 to 10min until the it were dispersed evenly. the specimens should undergo vibrating compaction after ecc is poured into the mold, then released after standing 36 hours and put into the standard curing box for curing. the orthogonal experiment includes nine groups' mixing ratios. the uniaxial compression experiment was carried out on each specimen in accordance with relevant provisions of gb/t 50081-2002 ordinary concrete mechanical performance test method standards [12]. experimental phenomena and results during the experiment, it was found that the compression failure process of high toughness cementitious composite was obviously different from ordinary concrete. during the loading process, the vertical micro cracks first appeared in the central part of the specimen. as the load continued to increase, the cracks developed obliquely toward the end of the specimen and new fine cracks were formed near the original crack zone. when the load was applied close to the ultimate load, the crack developed rapidly and the width of the crack began to increase; simultaneously, the lateral deformation of the specimen increased gradually and the sound of fiber breaking and pulling out of the specimen could be heard. finally, part of the cracks across the entire section and the bearing capacity began to decline, which indicated specimen failure. all the specimens in the experiment did not show the phenomenon of bursting apart and peeling similar to ordinary concrete, but after unloading, the specimens were found to have undergone obvious compression deformation, but to maintain good integrity. the experimental data of each group mixing ratio were obtained and reported in table 2. orthogonal analysis taking factor (a fly ash content) as an example, below is a simple illustration of how the range of a factor is determined. if we denote the total compressive strength of factor a at each of the three levels as k1, k2 and k3, respectively, and the average compressive strength at each of the three levels as k — 1, k — 2 and k — 3, respectively, then we have: k1=55.3+47.4+39.9=142.6, (z1, z2, z3 test group) (1) k2=47.3+38.5+61.4=147.2, (z3, z4, z5 test group) (2) k3=37.9+55.4+43.3=136.6, (z6, z7, z8 test group) (3) k — 1=k1/3=142.6/3=47.5 (4) t s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 36 k — 2 =k2/3=147.2/3=49.0 (5) k — 3 =k3/3=136.6/3=45.5 (6) the size of the range r is introduced to measure the impact of factors on the test indices. the importance of a factor is positively correlated with the size of its range. if a factor has a big range, any variation in the level of the factor will significantly affect the test indices, and the inverse is true. the size of the range r is calculated as follows: r=(k — i) max-(k — j ) min=49.0-45.5=3.5 (7) the range of other factors is calculated in the same way. the results are listed in table 2. test group a fly ash content b sand-binder ratio c waterbinder ratio d plasticizer content compressive strength (mpa) z1 1(0.9) 1(0.30) 1(0.20) 1(0.40%) 55.3 z2 1(0.9) 2(0.33) 2(0.23) 2(0.70%) 47.4 z3 1(0.9) 3(0.36) 3(0.26) 3(1.00%) 39.9 z4 2(1.2) 1(0.30) 2(0.23) 3(1.00%) 47.3 z5 2(1.2) 2(0.33) 3(0.26) 1(0.40%) 38.5 z6 2(1.2) 3(0.36) 1(0.20) 2(0.70%) 61.4 z7 3(1.5) 1(0.30) 3(0.26) 2(0.70%) 37.9 z8 3(1.5) 2(0.33) 1(0.20) 3(1.00%) 55.4 z9 3(1.5) 3(0.36) 2(0.23) 1(0.40%) 43.3 k1 142.6 140.5 172.1 137.1 k2 147.2 141.3 138.0 146.7 k3 136.6 144.6 116.3 142.6 k — 1 47.5 46.8 57.3 45.7 k — 2 49.0 47.1 46.0 48.9 k — 3 45.5 48.2 38.7 47.5 r 3.5 1.4 18.6 3.2 table 2: orthogonal experiment result of compressive property. as can be seen in table 2, for the four factors considered in the experiment, the range in decreasing order is: water-binder ratio, fly ash content, plasticizer content and sand-binder ratio. the range of the water-binder ratio is 18.6, which is far greater than the range of the other three factors. this result indicates that the water-binder ratio has the greatest influence on the compressive strength of ecc, followed by fly ash content, plasticizer content and sand-binder ratio. in order to further analyze the impact of each factor on the compressive strength, a relationship curve diagram was drawn, taking the change of each factor as an abscissa and the average compressive strength k — i as an ordinate. according to the results of the range analysis and figure 2: 1) the water-binder ratio is the key factor in the compressive strength of high toughness cementitious composites, and the strength increases with the decrease of the water-binder ratio. if the water-binder ratio is too large, the internal porosity of the material will increase, which can directly lead to lower compressive strength. 2) in the experiment, the mass ratio of fly ash to cement is in the range of 0.9 1.5. the compressive strength increases first and decreases later with increasing fly ash content. fly ash is made up of a large number of subtle spherical vitreous compositions with fine particle size, which can play a role in improving the mobility of the mixture. meanwhile, there is the pozzolanic effect of fly ash, namely the chemical reaction of fly ash and cement hydrate. the products of the chemical reaction are often filled in the pores of the cement hydrate, reducing the interior porosity of the mixture and improving the compactness of the material. however, the active effect of fly ash should lag behind the hydration reaction s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 37 of cement, which may cause a negative influence on the density and strength of the materials in the early stage of hydration [13]. 3) the addition of superplasticizer can disperse and lubricate the cement, which reduces the water consumption and makes the uniformity of the mixture better. however, if the plasticizer content is too large, it may extend the setting time of the high toughness cementitious composite and reduce its initial strength. in this experiment, the compressive strength first increases and then decreases with the mass ratio of superplasticizer to cementing material changing from 0.4% to 1.0%, indicating there is an optimum dosage of superplasticizer. 4) experimental data indicate that the compressive strength increases by 0.6% and 3.0% with the sand-binder ratio changing from 0.30 to 0.33 and 0.36. according to the result of the range analysis, the impact of sand-binder on the compressive strength of the material is minimal. figure 1: failure mode of test specimens. figure 2: influence of changes in factors on compressive strength. uniaxial tensile experiment iterature [14] found through a large number of experiments that cracks could be extended to steady-state cracking mode during the tensile experiment of the high toughness cementitious composite. the tensile stress instantly dropped when the first crack appeared and then immediately returned, then new cracks were created as the load increased without increasing the crack width. jun zhang et al. [15] carried out the tensile experiment with ecc prism specimens using six different mixing ratios. the tensile stress-strain curve was measured and the ultimate tensile strain was found to be 1.7%. shilang xu [16] used thin plate specimens of ecc to carry out the tensile experiment. the result showed that ecc had a significant quasi-strain hardening property and the crack width could be effectively controlled within 100 μm. figure 3: the thin plate specimen for uniaxial compression experiment. figure 4: experimental set-up for niaxial tensile test. l s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 38 in this paper, the uniaxial tensile experiment on an ecc thin plate specimen of the size 300mm×50mm×15mm was carried out. steel sheets with a thickness of 1 mm were affixed to both ends of the specimen to prevent partial damage to the holding parts of the specimen, as shown in figure 3. the experiment was carried out on a 1000kn microcomputer-controlled servo-hydraulic testing machine and the load was applied in the displacement control mode at a speed of 0.0025 mm/s. meanwhile, the strain data were collected on both sides of the specimen with extensometers. the test apparatus is shown in figure 4. experimental phenomena and results the results showed that the failure process of all specimens could be divided into three stages: elastic stage, multiple crack development stage and failure stage. during the loading process, the first crack was found to have appeared in the weak section, and then there were many fine cracks that appeared immediately around it. all specimens exhibited quasi-strain hardening behaviour, and the ultimate tensile strain of ecc was much larger than that of ordinary concrete. the experimental results of the nine groups of different mixing ratios are shown in figure 5. figure 5: tensile stress strain curve of 9 experimental groups. orthogonal analysis it’s similar to the range calculation method of factor a in terms of compressive strength so it’s not repeated hereby. calculation results are shown in table 3. as can be seen in table 3, the range decreasing order is: water-binder ratio, fly ash content, plasticizer content and sand-binder ratio, and the range of water-binder ratio is 1.051, which is far greater than the range of the other three factors. this indicates that the water-binder ratio has the greatest influence on the ultimate tensile strain of ecc, followed by fly ash content, plasticizer content and sand-binder ratio. the relationship curve diagram shows the change of each factor as an abscissa and the average ultimate tensile strain as an ordinate. based on the results: 1) the water-binder ratio is the key factor that affects the ultimate tensile strain of high toughness cementitious composite, and the greater the water-binder ratio is, the higher the ultimate tensile strain is, meaning the better the toughness is. 2) the ultimate tensile strain increases with the increase of fly ash content. the chemical reaction of fly ash with cement hydrate can improve the properties of the interface between fibers and matrix; moreover, there are a large number of fly ash spherical particles attached at the surface of the fibers, reducing the adhesion between fiber and matrix and having a positive impact on the realization of the strain-hardening. 3) the experimental results show that the sand-binder ratio and plasticizer content have little effect on the ultimate tensile strain. s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 39 test group a fly ash content b sand-binder ratio c water-binder ratio d plasticizer content ultimate tensile strain ( %) z1 1(0.9) 1(0.30) 1(0.20) 1(0.40%) 0.458 z2 1(0.9) 2(0.33) 2(0.23) 2(0.70%) 0.825 z3 1(0.9) 3(0.36) 3(0.26) 3(1.00%) 1.482 z4 2(1.2) 1(0.30) 2(0.23) 3(1.00%) 0.96 z5 2(1.2) 2(0.33) 3(0.26) 1(0.40%) 1.51 z6 2(1.2) 3(0.36) 1(0.20) 2(0.70%) 0.424 z7 3(1.5) 1(0.30) 3(0.26) 2(0.70%) 1.575 z8 3(1.5) 2(0.33) 1(0.20) 3(1.00%) 0.532 z9 3(1.5) 3(0.36) 2(0.23) 1(0.40%) 1.045 k1 2.765 2.993 1.414 3.013 k2 2.894 2.867 2.830 2.824 k3 3.152 2.951 4.567 2.974 k — 1 0.922 0.998 0.471 1.004 k — 2 0.965 0.956 0.943 0.941 k — 3 1.051 0.984 1.522 0.991 r 0.129 0.042 1.051 0.063 table 3: orthogonal experiment result of tensile property. figure 6: influence of changes in factors on ultimate tensile strain. discussion about the toughening mechanism of pva fibers n general, the numerous initial microdefects in the concrete matrix were demonstrated as tiny cracks in the loading process. according to the test, it is concluded that fibers should take up 2% of the volume of the specimen and should be randomly distributed throughout the specimen. capable of bridging the initial microdefects, plenty of fibers can obviously reduce the occurrence and expansion of tiny cracks. as much of the matrix is held together by fibers, it is less likely for microdefects to develop in the initial phase. thanks to the fibers, the specimen is fortified on the inside, making the matrix more resistant to deformation [17]. i s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 40 figure 7 displays the form of the specimen at the peak load and after the failure. no burst fracture is observed in the test. at the peak load, the multiple tiny vertical cracks on the specimen gradually developed into major connected cracks; the crack development is accompanied by the sound of fibers being strained or broken. whereas the fibers hold the matrix together and the material has the strain-hardening property, the stress state of the ecc in uniaxial loading is similar to that of the confined concrete under conventional triaxial loading. in this test, the specimen exhibited the squeezing flow failure similar to that of confined concrete [18]. when macroscopic cracks begin forming (fig.8, a), fibers between the crack sections are interlaced and evenly distributed. fibers at the crack parts bear the majority of the tensile force, which prevents further development of cracks. the cracks at this stage are mainly the outcome of the bridging role of fibers. in other words, on the crack surface, the concrete matrix delivers the stress to fibers which rely the surface to convey the stress to the concrete matrix around that doesn’t have cracks. when the cracking strength of the matrix around reaches the limit, new cracks will appear, which is reflected in increasing cracks on specimens. strain hardening is realized through formation of multiple cracks. the process will last until the surface fibers are collectively pulled out or broken. specimens show remarkable extensibility [19]. fig. 8(b) displays the failure mode of specimens in the direct tensile test. it can be noted that a number of cracks show up on the specimen surface, which indicates that desirable adhesive performance exists between pva fibers and the matrix. it prevents further expansion of tiny cracks. with such strain hardening behavior, the strength and toughness of materials are significantly enhanced [20]. figure 7: failure mode comparison of ecc cube specimens in different phases of loading. (a) (b) figure 8: (a) micro-crack bridging and ductility enhancement effect of pva fibers; (b) typical multiple cracks on ecc thin plate specimen under tensile load. s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 41 conclusion n this paper, the orthogonal experiment was carried out to study the compressive property and tensile property of high toughness cementitious composite, and the preliminary conclusions are as follows: 1) the failure pattern of high toughness cementitious composite is significantly different from ordinary concrete. there is no phenomenon of sudden collapse when it is damaged by compression, and all the specimens can maintain a good integrity without the phenomenon of peeling. there are a large number of fine cracks that appeared in almost the entire area of the specimen during the process of tension, showing the characteristic of significant quasi-strain hardening. finally, it is proved that the ultimate tensile strain of high toughness cementitious composites is much larger than that of ordinary concrete. 2) no matter whether for compressive strength or ultimate tensile strain, the primary and secondary order of the influence of the four factors is: water-binder ratio, fly ash content, plasticizer content and sand-binder ratio. in terms of compressive strength, the smaller the water-binder ratio, the higher the strength; and the compressive strength increases first and then decreases with the addition of fly ash or plasticizer content. however, the effect of sand-binder ratio on the compressive strength is relatively small. for the toughness of the material, the ultimate tensile strain improves with the increase of the water-binder ratio or fly ash content; the influence of sand-binder ratio and plasticizer content is not obvious. 3) considering both compressive strength and toughness, the water-binder ratio is the key factor, because the influence of it on both is far greater than that of other factors. yet it should be noted that the influence of water-binder ratio on compressive strength and toughness is diametrically opposed. taking into account the main feature of ecc, namely its superior toughness, the water-binder ratio should be increased as much as possible while ensuring the compressive strength will not be too low. acknowledgments he authors are grateful to the finical support from the key projects of college outstanding achievements transformation (kjzh14220). references [1] zhang, j., li., v. c., effect of inclination angle on fiber rupture load in fiber reinforced cementitious composites, composites science & technology, 62 (2002) 775–781. [2] li, v. c., large volume, high-performance applications of fibers in civil engineering, journal of applied polymer science, 83 (2010) 660-686. [3] li, v. c., leung, c. k. y., theory of steady state and multiple cracking of random discontinuous fiber reinforced brittle matrix composites, asce journal of engineering mechanics, 118 (1992) 2246―2264. [4] wang, s., li, v. c., engineered cementitious composites with high-volume fly ash, aci materials journal, 104 (2007) 233-241. [5] mirandola, a., lorenzini, e., energy, environment and climate: from the past to the future, international journal of heat and technology, 34 (2016) 159-164. [6] redon, c., li, v. c., wu, c., et al. measuring and modifying interface properties of pva fibers in ecc matrix, journal of materials in civil engineering, 13 (2001) 399-406. [7] chi, y., xu, l., zhang, y., experimental study on hybrid fiber–reinforced concrete subjected to uniaxial compression, journal of materials in civil engineering, 26 (2014) 211-218. [8] li, v. c., mishra, d. k., wu, h. c., matrix design for pseudo strain-hardening fiber reinforced cementitious composites, material and structures, 28 (1995) 586-l595. [9] xu, s. l., cai, x. r., zhang, y. h., uniaxial compressive stress-strain full curves and measurement of ultrahigh toughness fiber reinforced cement matrix composites, china civil engineering journal, 42 (2009) 79-85. [10] hu, c. h., gao, y. e., ding, w. c., experimental on compression properties of ultrahigh toughness cementitious composite properties, journal of building structures, 34 (2013) 128-132. i t s. jing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 33-42; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.02 42 [11] deng, m. k., qin, m., liang, x. w., experimental research on high ductile fiber reinforced concrete compressive properties, industrial construction, 45 (2015) 120-126. [12] gb/t 50081-2002 ordinary mechanical properties of concrete test method standards, beijing: china building industry press, (2003). [13] zhang, h.y., thermodynamic property of concrete and temperature field analysis of the base plate of intake tower during construction period, international journal of heat and technology, 33 (12015) 145-154. [14] li, v. c., wang, s., wu, c., tensile strain-hardening behavior of polyvinyl alcohol engineered cementitious composite (pva-ecc), aci materials journal, 98 (2001) 483-492. [15] gong, c. x., zhang, j., tensile performance of high ductile fiber reinforced cementitious composite, journal of hydraulic engineering, 39 (2008) 361-366. [16] xu, s. l., li, h. d., uniaxial tensile experiments of ultra high toughness cementitious composite, china civil engineering journal, 42 (2009) 32-41. [17] spagnoli, a., a micromechanical lattice model to describe the fracture behaviour of engineered cementitious composites, computational materials science, 46 (2009) 7-14. [18] kabele, p., multiscale framework for modeling of fracture in high performance fiber reinforced cementitious composites, engineering fracture mechanics, 74 (2007) 194-209. [19] li, v. c., wang, s., microstructure variability and macroscopic composite properties of high performance fiber reinforced cementitious composites, probabilistic engineering mechanics, 21 (2006) 201-206. [20] yang, e. h., yang, y. z., li, v. c., use of high volumes of fly ash to improve ecc mechanical properties and material greenness, aci materials journal, 104 (2007) 620-628. microsoft word numero_39_art_16 da rifare m. muñiz calvente et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 160-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.16 160 a probabilistic approach for multiaxial fatigue criteria m. muñiz calvente, s. blasón, a. fernández canteli department of construction and manufacturing engineering, univ. of oviedo, 33203 gijón, spain munizcmiguel@uniovi.es, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1769-2309 http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8071-9223 a. de jesús, j. correia faculty of mechanical engineering, feup, university of porto, portugal http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1059-715x http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4148-9426 abstract. models proposed to study the multiaxial fatigue damage phenomenon generally lack probabilistic interpretation due to their deterministic form. this implies failure compulsory happening at the plane exhibiting the maximum damage value, whereas the remaining planes are disregarded. nevertheless, the random orientation of the predominant defect evidences the possibility of failure being initiated as a function of the predominant defect presence without requiring, necessarily, maximum values of the damage parameter, which emphasizes the need of introducing probabilistic concepts into the failure prediction analysis. in this paper, a probabilistic model is presented that enables the failure probability to be found for any selected plane orientation by considering the damage gradient as a parameter for both proportional and non-proportional loading. the applicability of the model is elucidated by means of an example. assuming the cdf for the local failure of the material to be known, the probability of failure is calculated for a cross shaped specimen in which shift between the principal stresses xx and yy ranges from 0º to 180º. keywords. fatigue weibull model; multiaxial fatigue; generalized local model. citation: muñiz calvente, m., blasón, s., de jesús, a., correia, j., fernández canteli, a., a probabilistic approach for multiaxial fatigue criteria, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 160-165. received: 11.06.2016 accepted: 10.10.2016 published: 01.01.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction sually, models proposed to study the multiaxial fatigue damage phenomenon are applied in their deterministic form. this implies failure always happening compulsory at the plane exhibiting the maximum damage, whereas the remaining planes are disregarded. nevertheless, the random orientation of the predominant defect evidences u http://www.gruppofrattura.it/pdf/rivista/numero39/audio/16.mp3 m. muñiz calvente et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 160-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.16 161 the possibility of failure being initiated as a function of the predominant defect presence without requiring maximum values of the damage parameter, which emphasizes the need of introducing probabilistic concepts in the failure prediction analysis. the generalization of the probabilistic fatigue model of castillo-canteli [1] proposed by muniz-calvente et al. [2] allows the primary weibull cdf of failure to be derived for any failure parameter, regardless of its distribution. in this way, any multiaxial damage value can be related to a number of cycles for a certain probability of failure. once this relation is established, the probability of failure for any of the orientation planes can be calculated as a function of the local multiaxial damage value and, by extension, the global probability of failure for the component can be determined from the survival probabilities for all the planes assuming the weakest link principle. from a purely deterministic viewpoint, two specimens exhibiting the same maximum damage value would yield the same lifetime, what contradicts the inherent scatter of the experimental data, which must be necessarily taken into account. moreover, a deterministic approach is insensitive to the variation of the damage parameter in planes adjacent to the critical one thus ignoring the angular interval at which failure is likely to happen. on the contrary, the probabilistic model proposed in this paper enables the failure probability to be found for any plane orientation, distinct from the one related to the maximum damage, by considering the local damage value in each plane. the main objective of this study is to determine the probability of failure resulting for each plane orientation by considering a suitable damage parameter as the generalized parameter (gp) causing failure. in order to take into account the variation of the gp for the different planes, the extension of the glm to fatigue problems [2] is considered. the glm stablishes that the probability of failure for a plane exhibiting a certain value of the generalized parameter (gp) can be obtained by using the primary failure cumulative distribution function (pfcdf):                      cnbgp p )log()log( exp1 (1) where n is the number of cycles and  ,  ,  , b , c are, respectively, the weibull parameters estimated from the iterative process shown in fig.1a and explained in the following section. the applicability of the model is elucidated by means of an example. assuming the cdf for the local failure of the material to be known, the probability of failure is calculated for a cross shaped specimen in which shift between the principal stresses xx and yy ranges from 0º to 180º. probabilistic multiaxial fatigue model ig. 1a illustrates the iterative process applied for deriving the pfcdf that relates damage parameter exhibit at each plane studied to a certain probability of failure. in the following, each step is explained in detail: step 1: performing an experimental program: to perform an experimental program using different biaxial loading ranges and to obtain the fatigue life for each experiment step 2: calculation of multiaxial fatigue parameter: the different biaxial loading ranges selected in the previous step are using to obtain the values of gp for each plane of the specimen. some examples of the results of this step are found in fig. 3. step 3: equivalent angle interval for each experiment: the equivalent angle interval, ieqa , , is defined as the angle interval that subject to the maximum gp value occurring at test failure would have the same probability of failure than the real distribution of the gp at failure. it is given by:              cnbgp spa ref refiieq )log()log( )1log( int,, (2) where ipint, is the global probability of failure [3]: f m. muñiz calvente et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 160-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.16 162                       nj jij ref j ni sfaili cnbgp a a pp ij ...1...1 ,int, )log()log( exp1)1(1    (3) where ja is the angle interval assigned to each value of ijgp , which is the damage value for the plane j of the specimen i. to start the iteration process, an initial estimation of ieqa , , close to 40º, must be assumed because it depends on the values of b, c and the three weibull parameters, which are still unknown. figure 1: a) iterative process applied to fit the pfcdf; b) material plane selected for the projection of the normal and shear stresses [10]; c) difference between mcc and mce multiaxial fatigue criteria [10]. step 4: estimation of b and c: the estimation of b and c must be obtained by minimizing the least square equation proposed in [1] with respect to b, c and 1 , 2 , … t for different sizes: 2 1 log log          i i i i cgp bnq  (4) where  is the median value for each of the different equivalent angle intervals obtained in the previous step, n is the sample size and igp and in are the maximum value of the critical parameter and the number of cycles to failure of the i-th specimen, respectively. step 5: estimation of weibull parameters: the probability of failure for each of the specimens is obtained using a plotting point position rule [4]: 4.0 3.0    n i p (5) a) b) c) m. muñiz calvente et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 160-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.16 163 finally, the results are obtained by fitting eq.(1) to a straight line using a probabilistic paper or a matlab subroutine [5]. step 6: convergence of the model: when the variation of the sum of all the parameters becomes less than a certain threshold,  , the fitting process is considered to be fulfilled.    111 iiiiii (6) otherwise, the iterative process continues returning to step 3. example of application any multiaxial fatigue limits criteria, such as sines [6] or crossland [7] criteria, are based on the calculation of a equivalence shear stress amplitude, aj2 , which becomes quite complex to be obtained for general multiaxial loading [8]. some examples of models to handle the multiaxial fatigue damage phenomenon are the maximum circumscribe circle (mcc) and the maximum circumscribe ellipse (mce) models, which propose the calculation of the equivalent shear stress amplitude as proposed by papadopoulos [9] and freitas et al. [10]. both multiaxial fatigue criteria are based on the calculation of the curve described by the shear stress in the critical plane during a cycle. with the aim of calculating the path described by the shear stress, it is necessary to define a material plane (see fig. 1b), δ, passing through the selected point and assuming a biaxial loading state, i.e.:                       000 0)sin(0 00)sin( 000 00 00 , , yyayy axx yy xx wt wt      in order to evaluate the stress vector t acting on the plane δ passing through the point considered, a local coordinate system is defined by three unit vectors:      0)cos()sin( )sin()sin()cos()cos()cos( )cos()sin()sin()cos()sin(       l r n where n is the vector perpendicular to the plane and r and l are vectors in the plane, which define an orthogonal basis with the previous one.  and  are the angles between these vectors and the xyz axes. thus, the stress vector t acting on the plane can be obtained by the cauchy's theorem:  0)sin()sin()cos()sin(·  yyxxnt  then, the stress vector could be decomposed in two stresses: a normal stress, nn , that changes in magnitude but not in direction during a cycle of loading; and a shear stress,  , that changes in magnitude and direction along each loading cycle, and can be decomposed in two directions rr and ll :      yyxxll yyxxrr yyxxnn tl tr tn       )sin()cos()sin('· )(sin)(cos)sin()cos('· )(sin)(cos)(sin'· 22 222 m m. muñiz calvente et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 160-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.16 164 the variation of the shear stress, , during a cycle defines a closed curve ,  , that is different for each plane passing through the selected point. as a consequence the equivalent shear stress amplitude aj2 , which is a function of the mcc or mce that could envelop  (see fig. 1c), is a function of  and  . in other words, ),(2 aj . figure 2: distribution of ),(2 aj calculated by the mcc and mce criteria for 1,,  ayyaxx  and  60300yy ; mcm and mce criteria differ in that the first one is based on the calculation of the minimum radius ( ar ) of the circumference circumscribing the shear stress path, aa rj 2 ; whilst the second one is based on the combination of the two radios ( ar br ) of the minimum ellipse that circumscribes the shear stress path baa rrj 2 . fig. 1c shows the difference between the two multiaxial fatigue criteria. fig. 2 displays some examples of the aj2 distribution over all planes (all combinations of  and  ), for different angular offsets  60300yy , assuming unit values of axx, and ayy, . as can be seen, there is a difference that depends on the angular offset applied ( yy ). imagine that an experimental program proves that the minimum value of aj2 producing failure at a certain number of cycles n happens to be 0.7 (see fig. 2), that is, any plane subject to a 7.02 aj could fail. this methodology allows us to evaluate the local probability of failure for any plane subjected to a value of aj2 during n cycles by applying eq.1. after that, it is possible to obtain the global probability of failure as the combination of the local probabilities using eq.3, which allows the risk of failure over all planes to be taken into account. m. muñiz calvente et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 160-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.16 165 conclusions he main conclusions of this work are the following: failure for a certain multiaxial fatigue loading must not happen, necessarily, at the plane subject to the maximum value of the multiaxial fatigue criteria (mce or mcc in this case), but it may occur at other planes subjected to lower values of the critical parameter due to its interaction with the existence of local defects. the probabilistic model proposed in this paper enables the failure probability for any plane orientation to be found. the applicability of this methodology is not limited to the use of these two criteria (mce or mcc), but the iterative process can be extended to any other failure criterion regardless of the complexity of its calculation. in this work, an analytical solution for the local calculation of the critical parameter is assumed, but as in the glm, this is not mandatory, so that the calculation of the critical parameter distribution in other complex cases can be found using the finite element method. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge the severo ochoa pre-doctoral grants program of the regional government of asturias (spain) and the spanish ministry of science and innovation (micinn) under project bia2010-19920 for funding support. references [1] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., a unified statistical methodology for modeling fatigue damage, springer, (2009). [2] muniz-calvente, m., de jesus, a.m.p., correia, j.a.f.o., fernández-canteli, a., a generalized probabilistic approach for fatigue crack initiation taking into account scale effects and non-uniform damage fields, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, (submitted). [3] muñiz-calvente, m., ramos, a., shlyannikov, v., lamela, m.j., fernández-canteli, a., hazard maps and global probability as a way to transfer standard fracture results to reliable design of real components, engineering failure analysis, 69 (2016) 135-146. [4] bernard, a., bos-levenbach, e. c., the plotting of observations on probability-paper. stichting mathematisch centrum. statistische afdeling, (1955). [5] fitting a univariate distribution using cumulative probabilities matlab & simulink example mathworks. [6] sines, g., behaviour of metals under complex static and alternating stresses, in: metal fatigue, g. sines and j. l. waisman, eds., mcgraw-hill, new york, (1959) 145–169. [7] crossland, b., effect of large hydrostatic pressures on the torsional fatigue strength of an alloy steel, in: proc. int. conf. on fatigue of metals, institution of mechanical engineers, london, (1956) 138–149. [8] papadopoulos, i. v., a review of multiaxial fatigue limit criteria, advanced course on high-cycle metal fatigue, (1997). [9] papadopoulos, i. v., davoli, p., gorla, c., filippin, m., bernasconi, a., a comparative study of multiaxial high-cycle fatigue criteria for metals, international journal of fatigue, 19(3) (1997) 219–235. [10] li, b., santos, j. l. t., de freitas, m., a unified numerical approach for multiaxial fatigue limit evaluation. mechanics of structures and machines, 28 (1) (2000). t t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_29_art_5 m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 37 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy a micromechanical approach for the micropolar modeling of heterogeneous periodic media m.l. de bellis, d. addessi dipartimento di ingegneria strutturale e geotecnica, università di roma “sapienza”, via eudossiana, 18, 00184 roma, italy marialaura.debellis@uniroma1.it, daniela.addessi@uniroma1.it abstract. computational homogenization is adopted to assess the homogenized two-dimensional response of periodic composite materials where the typical microstructural dimension is not negligible with respect to the structural sizes. a micropolar homogenization is, therefore, considered coupling a cosserat medium at the macro-level with a cauchy medium at the micro-level, where a repetitive unit cell (uc) is selected. a third order polynomial map is used to apply deformation modes on the repetitive uc consistent with the macro-level strain components. hence, the perturbation displacement field arising in the heterogeneous medium is characterized. thus, a newly defined micromechanical approach, based on the decomposition of the perturbation fields in terms of functions which depend on the macroscopic strain components, is adopted. then, to estimate the effective micropolar constitutive response, the well known identification procedure based on the hill-mandel macro-homogeneity condition is exploited. numerical examples for a specific composite with cubic symmetry are shown. the influence of the selection of the uc is analyzed and some critical issues are outlined. keywords. composites; homogenization; micropolar continua; periodicity. introduction he use of composite materials in various fields of engineering, both for standard and innovative applications, has been widely researched. a thorough understanding of the mechanical behavior of existing materials is a fundamental step towards the design of new composites, characterized by increasingly high performances. various approaches, marked out by different formulations and modeling the materials at different scales, have been proposed to deal with the constitutive response of composite materials. this study focuses on homogenization techniques, a very effective tool to obtain accurate results with low computational efforts. the actual heterogeneous medium is analyzed at two different scales: the macro-scale, where an equivalent homogenized medium is considered, characterized by overall effective mechanical properties, and the micro-scale, where detailed information about the texture, geometry and constitutive laws of the constituents are available. different continuum models can be adopted, at the two levels. the classical cauchy continuum provides an appropriate description of the actual heterogeneous response in the case of small microscopic length compared to the macro-scale structural length [1, 2, 3, 4]. on the contrary, when strong strain and stress gradients at the macro-level occur, or when the microscopic length of the constituents is comparable to the wavelength of variation of the strain and stress mean fields at the macro-level, some intrinsic limits emerge. this is due to the fact that the cauchy theory does not account for length t m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 38 scales. by adopting generalized continua this limit is overcome. many authors have focused on coupling different continuum models at the two scales. in most cases, at the microscopic level, the classical cauchy continuum is adopted, especially because nonlinear constitutive relationships are well-established in this framework. among various generalized continua (second-gradient, couple stress, micropolar or multifield), a micropolar cosserat continuum at the macro-level and a cauchy continuum at the micro-level are used here to study the homogenized response of periodic composite materials. the computational homogenization technique adopted effectively predicts the macroscopic behavior of composite materials [5, 6]. since composite materials, characterized by regular textures are analyzed, a unit cell (uc) is selected at the micro-level. consistently with the strain-driven approach, the two levels are linked through a kinematic map based on a third order polynomial expansion, previously derived by the authors in [7], from an original idea developed in [1]. the displacement field at the micro-level is represented as the superposition of the kinematic map and an unknown perturbation field, due to the heterogeneous nature of the material. for classical first order computational homogenization the perturbation fields are periodic [8], but this is not true when higher order polynomial terms are considered, as underlined in [9,10]. in this study, the problem of determining the displacement perturbation fields, with particular reference to its influence on the structural response evaluation, is investigated. to this end, the three following techniques are adopted. the first is based on the solution of the boundary value problem (bvp) by applying periodic boundary conditions on the uc. the second is the 3 steps homogenization, presented by the authors in [11], and based on the decomposition of the perturbation fields in terms of functions which depend on the macroscopic strain components. finally the bvp is solved by applying special boundary conditions on the uc, as derived in [7]. furthermore, the identification of the homogenized linear elastic 2d cosserat constitutive parameters is performed, by using the hill-mandel technique, based on the generalized macro-homogeneity condition presented in [11]. as known, this technique has inherent limitations, leading to physically inconsistent results [9, 12, 13]. for example, higher order constitutive components are identified, also when a homogeneous elastic material at the micro-level is considered. despite the drawbacks, this technique has been widely used, at least when asymptotic techniques [14] cannot be applied, as in the case of coupling micropolar and classical continua. the influence of the selection of the uc is analyzed and some key issues are outlined. by considering two different ucs, selected for representing the composite texture, it emerges that the constitutive response of the homogenized medium depends on the choice of the cell. indeed, while the elastic cauchy coefficients are irrespective of the uc selected, this does not occur for the bending and skew-symmetric shear cosserat coefficients, at least with regard to computational homogenization. this fact is also confirmed by the results obtained from the structural applications. two numerical tests are presented to highlight the main aspects of the presented micropolar computational homogenization technique and to emphasize the differences obtained using the three procedures to describe the perturbation fields. micropolar homogenization he computational homogenization technique used here adopts a 2d micropolar continuum at the macro-level and a classical 2d cauchy continuum at the micro-level. at typical macro-level material point, the displacement vector 1 2={ , , } tu u u is defined, where 1u and 2u are the translational degrees of freedom and  is the rotational degree. the micropolar strain vector is characterized by six components as follows: 1 2 12 1 2 = e e k k                     e (1) where 1e , 2e and 12 are the axial and symmetric shear strains, 1k and 2k are the curvature components, while  is the skew-symmetric shear component. the compatibility equations can be written in compact form as: t m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 39 =e lu (2) where the compatibility operator is defined as 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 = . 2 0 0 0 0                                          x x x x x x x x l (3) according to the strain driven approach, the macroscopic strain components, evaluated at ,x are used as input variables for the microscopic level. the kinematic map, expressed in function of the vector ,e is imposed on the uc, properly defining a bvp. at the micro-level a repetitive rectangular uc is selected, whose size is 1 22 2a a and its centre is located at the macroscopic point ,x characterized by the displacement field 1 2={ , } tu uu , defined at each point  1 2= , t x xx of the uc domain  . the displacement field, resulting in the uc after solving the bvp, can be represented as the superposition of the assigned field  u x, x and a perturbation field    :u x,x       =  u x, x u x, x u x, x (5) the strain vector at the microscopic level is derived by applying the kinematic operator defined for the 2d cauchy problem and, in expanded form, it results as:   1 ,1 2 ,2 12 ,2 ,1 0 = , with and = 0                        ε lu ε l x (6) with ,i indicating the partial derivative with respect to .ix according to eq. (5), the strain can be written as:      , = , , ε x x ε x x ε x x (7) the third order polynomial map, proposed in [5 ,6] and modified in [7], is used. different material symmetries can be considered ranging between the isotropic and the orthotropic case. in the considered orthotropic case, the kinematic map can be written in compact form as:      , =u x x a x e x (8) with           2 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 12 1 3 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 12 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 0 3 2 2 1 1 0 3 2 2 x x x x x x s b x x c x x x x x x x s b x x c x                         a x (9) m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 40 where 1 2 1= /e e , 1e and 2e are the values of young’s modulus of the equivalent homogenized orthotropic material, 12 the poisson ratio and:  21 1 12 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 12 2 1 2 = 1 , = 2 , = , = 2 , b c b b c b             (10) 2 2 12= /e g , 12g being the homogenized shear modulus, while 2 1= /a a the ratio between the dimensions of the uc and       2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 12 2 10 1 = . 2 1 s a               (11) the dependence of the kinematic map on the effective elastic coefficients is a consequence of the enforcement of the balance equations in the uc, ensuring that the kinematic map is the solution of the bvp in the uc made of the homogenized material. the quantities 1 , 2 and 3 account for the effects of the perturbation parts of the displacement field in determining the average macroscopic strains and are presented in detail in [11]. in this work linear elastic isotropic behavior is assumed for the constituents at the micro-level. a straightforward extension to the case of non-linear material behavior can be, however, easily made. heterogeneous material: perturbation field in the uc domain he characterization of the perturbation field   u x,x , arising in the uc when a heterogeneous medium is taken into account, is discussed. depending on the choice of the boundary conditions imposed at the micro-level, very different results can be obtained in terms of displacement fields solution of the bvp. it is well established that, in the case of first order homogenization,   u x, x is a periodic field. in this instance, the periodic boundary conditions (pbcs) are suitable to correctly reproduce the unknown perturbation field. the extension to the case in which higher order polynomial terms are considered in the kinematic map is not trivial and it is not possible to a-priori assume the periodicity of   u x,x , as remarked in [7, 9, 11]. in this section, three approaches are introduced to characterize the perturbation field. in the first approach, the classical periodicity conditions are considered. the second technique assumes the decomposition of the perturbation field in different contributions, related to the first, second and third order gradients of the kinematic map as proposed in [11]. the last approach is based on the enforcement of proper boundary conditions (bcs) on the uc, as described in [7], resulting from the analysis of the actual perturbation field distribution in the rve undergoing remote fully displacement bcs. finally, the comparison between the numerical results obtained using the adopted procedures for a paradigmatic example of a two-phase composite material, characterized by cubic symmetry, is presented. procedure a: periodic bcs (pbcs) in the uc the first procedure to characterize the field   u x, x involves the solution of the bvp in the uc under standard pbcs. corresponding points on opposite sides of the uc are constrained to undergo the same perturbation displacement. the following conditions are imposed on the sides of the uc:             1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 , , , , , , , , a x a x x a a x a x a x a a           u u u u     (12) where the dependence on x has been omitted for the sake of brevity. in the presence of nonvanishing components 1k , 2k and  , this assumption leads to unrealistic distributions of the perturbation field. t m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 41 procedure b: 3 step homogenization this procedure has been proposed by the authors in [11] as an extension to the 2d micropolar computational homogenization of the homogenization of second gradient continua via the asymptotic approach [12, 15]. here, the basic idea is recalled and the main steps are addressed. it is assumed that the total perturbation displacement vector   u x,x can be expressed as the sum of three fields evaluated in sequence. initially, only the first order terms of the kinematic map, multiplying the components 1e , 2e and 12 in (8), are activated; subsequently, the effects of the quadratic terms related to 1k and 2k are considered and, finally, the third order term associated with  is taken into account. therefore, the vector results as:         1 2 3 , , , , .  u x x r x x r x x r x x   (13) when only the linear terms of the kinematic map are considered, the case of the first order homogenization is recovered. here, it is assumed that   1 r x,x is evaluated as the product of unknown functions times the independent components of the first gradient of the kinematic map, as:       11 1=r x, x λ x γ x, x (14) where            1 1 1 1 11 2 12 1 2 3= , = t          γ x, x λ x x x x (15)  1i x , = 1, 2, 3,i being evaluated by applying the components 1e , 2e and 12 on the uc undergoing pbcs. in this case   1 r x, x results as periodic functions. when the presence of the curvatures 1k and 2k is also considered, with = 0 , the perturbation field can be expressed as:         1 21, = , ,u x x λ x γ x x r x x (16) where now   2 r x,x is the only unknown field. following the same procedure as for the first term   1 r x, x , it is assumed that   2 r x, x is expressed as the product of unknown functions and   2 γ x,x , i.e. the nonvanishing components of the first gradient of   1 γ x, x . then, the unknown field   2 r x, x is represented in the form:       22 2, = ,r x x λ x γ x x (17) with              2 2 2 2 2 21,1 1,2 2,1 2,2 1 2 3 4= , = t             γ x, x λ x x x x x (18)  2i x , = 1,.., 4,i being periodic functions evaluated in the uc when 1 0k  and 2 0k  . finally, when the component  is also taken into account, it results that:             1 2 31 2, = , , , . u x x λ x γ x x λ x γ x x r x x (19) the field   3 r x,x is written as the product of unknown functions times the relevant and nonvanishing components of the first gradient of   2 γ x, x , and it results:       33 3=r x, x λ x γ x, x (20) with m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 42            3 3 3 3 31,12 2,12 12,12 1 2 3, = , =          t γ x x λ x x x x (21)  3i x , = 1, .., 3i , being periodic functions evaluated in the uc when 0  . procedure c: analysis of the perturbation field in the rve the characterization of the perturbation field u is performed in [7] by evaluating its actual distribution. to this end, a rve obtained as assemblage of a large number of ucs for a selected two-phase periodic composite material is considered and remote fully displacement bcs are prescribed. in particular, the micropolar deformation modes are imposed on the boundary, according to the kinematic map in eq. (8), and the rve response is evaluated by finite element method. hence, the distribution of the perturbation field arising in the central uc of the rve is taken as the benchmark. thus, the suitable bcs to impose on the single uc are derived, in order to reproduce, with a satisfactory level of accuracy, the actual distribution of the perturbation field. some selected two-phase composite materials, characterized by material symmetries, ranging from cubic to orthotropic, are analyzed. in all the cases considered, similar distributions of the perturbation displacement fields on the uc boundary emerge. differently from the case of the first order homogenization procedure, where periodic bcs are suitably adopted, in the analyzed cases more complex bcs have to be considered, which are different for the two components of u . in fig. 1 the derived bcs are summarized. in the first row, the applied cosserat macroscopic deformation components are reported; in the second row the bcs for the component 1u along the horizontal and vertical edges of the uc are schematically reported, while in the third row those for the displacement component 2u are shown. the symbol “p” indicates periodic bcs , see eq. 12; “s” refers to skew-periodic bcs, that is:             1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 , , , , , , , , a x a x x a a x a x a x a a             u u u u     (22) finally, “0” indicates zero perturbation displacement bcs. figure 1: boundary conditions to impose on the uc to evaluate the perturbation fields, derived in [7]. comparison between procedures a, b and c the approaches presented were compared by carrying out some numerical tests. this subsection is devoted to a qualitative discussion of the results obtained that are reported in detail in [11]. reference is made to a specific two-phase composite material, characterized by cubic symmetry, whose texture is made from a soft matrix with stiff square inclusions, both isotropic and regularly spaced. the volume fraction ,f defined as the ratio between the area of the inclusions and the total area of the uc, is set equal to 36%. as reference solution the distribution of the perturbation field arising in the central uc of a sufficiently large rve, undergoing remote fully displacement boundary conditions, is considered. the three procedures lead to the same correct results, if the classical macroscopic strain components 1 ,e 2e and 12 are activated. for the components 1k , 2k and , different considerations apply. for both components 1k and  procedure b provides the best estimate of the perturbation fields. in the case of 1k only the vertical component of the perturbation field, evaluated along the horizontal edges of the uc, slightly differs from the referential solution, while in the case of  a very good approximation is guaranteed anywhere on the edges. m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 43 to be noted is that the solution corresponding to the curvature 2k can be obtained by rotating that evaluated for 1k . adopting procedure a, the field u differs qualitatively from the actual solution and it can be concluded that this procedure leads to grossly erroneous results. finally, the results obtained by applying procedure c are close to those evaluated with procedure b, although the vertical perturbation components along the horizontal lines in presence of 1k and  are worse approximated. identification procedure: hill-mandel macro-homogeneity condition he identification procedure adopted in this study is based on the generalized hill-mandel macro-homogeneity condition. the virtual work evaluated at the macroscopic cosserat point is set equal to the average virtual work of the heterogeneous cauchy medium in the uc. thus, the following expression holds: =t t  σ e σ ε (22) where σ is the micropolar stress vector evaluated at the macroscopic point, while σ is the cauchy stress vector at the typical point of the uc. after solving the bvp on the uc and determining the microscopic stress and strain fields, σ and ε , the homogenized cosserat elastic constitutive matrix c can be derived by using eq. (22). considering a two-phase composite material with a regular arrangement of the inclusions, characterized by orthotropic texture, the homogenized cosserat elastic constitutive matrix, expressed in a reference frame aligned with the principal axes of the material, results as: 11 12 12 22 33 44 55 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0                    c c c c c c c c c (23) regarding the two-phase composite medium examined in subsection comparison between procedures a, b and c, the macroscopic micropolar elasticity matrix c has been evaluated, referring to two different ucs obtained by translation in the same heterogeneous medium, see fig. 2. a) b) figure 2: a) uc1 texture; b) uc2 texture. the results, presented in [11], are critically discussed to highlight the dependence of the identification equivalent coefficients on the centering of the uc. indeed, differently from the cauchy coefficients, which are proved to be irrespective of the choice of uc, for the bending and skew-symmetric shear micropolar coefficients this is not straightforward, at least in the framework of computational homogenization. in the following the focus is on the determination of 44c , 55c and 66c , governing the bending and skew-symmetric shear behavior of the micropolar equivalent medium. t m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 44 aiming at estimating the coefficient 44c , the macroscopic strain component 1 1k  is applied to the uc, with all the other components set equal to zero. note that, due to the cubic symmetry of the composite material, the case 2 1k  leads to results which are the rotated results of the case 1 1k  , so that 55 44 .c c for the two selected ucs, procedures a, b and c are applied. it emerges that procedures b and c lead to homogenized constitutive parameters that differ by about 8% for the same uc, while procedure a provides results that differ by an order of magnitude. moreover, the obtained results depend on the choice of the uc. indeed, the values of 44c computed for the two ucs differ by 14%, for procedure b and about 27% for procedure c. these results can be explained by taking into account the explicit expression of the internal work at the right-hand side of eq. (22). it emerges, in fact, that the relative position of the two (stiffer and softer) constituents, with respect to the uc center, strongly influences the value of the identified parameter. this problem is well known [2, 8, 11] and is related to the definition of the higher-order or couple stresses as the volume average of the product of microscopic stresses and microscopic coordinates over the uc. similar considerations apply when the component 1  is considered, while all the other macro-level strain components are set equal to zero. again, different results are obtained for the two ucs and for the adopted methods. further numerical tests are performed to investigate on the influence of the size of the rve [9]. various square rves are considered, taking into account assemblages of 3 3 , 5 5 , 7 7 , 9 9 ,… 15 15 ucs, subjected to the bcs shown in fig. 1, which correspond to the procedure c. the average internal work is evaluated over the entire rve domains. it emerges that, by introducing proper scaling factor depending on the size l of the square rve, in both cases of 44c and 66c , as the rve size increases, the different ucs converge to the same quantity, from above and from below, respectively. numerical example rectangular wall under vertical loading rectangular wall made from a periodic composite material is studied. in fig. 3 the geometry is reported together with loading and boundary conditions. first, the capability of the homogenized cosserat model to account for size effects is analyzed. the following dimensionless parameters b/h 1.3 , b/h 0.3 , 2/ 10i me e  , h/p 30000ie  , 0.3i  and 0.3m  are set. three cases are analyzed, considering the wall made from the periodic repetition of ucs: 16 12 , 8 6 and 4 3 ucs. for each case, it is assumed that the heterogeneous material is obtained by adopting the uc1 in fig. 2-a or uc2 in fig. 2-b. figure 3: schematic of the rectangular wall: geometry, loading and boundary conditions. in fig. 3 the arrangement considered for the case of 16 12 ucs, by adopting both uc1 (left side) and uc2 (right side), is shown. the numerical simulations are performed considering the response of the two heterogeneous materials characterized by the arrangements shown in fig. 3, compared with the response of the homogenized micropolar media. the structural a m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 45 stiffness is evaluated by dividing the total base vertical reaction by the maximum vertical displacement measured at the midspan of the top edge. in tab. 1 the values of the stiffness, obtained considering uc1 for the three assemblages ( 16 12 , 8 6 and 4 3 ), are shown. in the first column the results obtained with the micromechanical model and representing the reference solution are reported. in the second column the stiffness values, computed by adopting a standard first order computational homogenization (cauchy), are shown, normalized with respect to the reference solution. finally, in the last three columns, cos a, cos b and cos c refer to the responses obtained using the micropolar homogenized model whose homogenized elastic coefficients 44c , 55c and 66c are derived by means of procedure a, procedure b and procedure c, respectively. these are also normalized with respect to the reference solution. the comparison of the values collected in tab. 1 highlights that cos b provides the best estimation of the structural stiffness, while cos a gives a response overestimating by out 23% the actual stiffness for 16 12 ucs and by about 29% for 4 3 ucs. in tab. 2 the same results reported in tab. 1 are shown, when uc2 is taken into account. also in this case, the results obtained via procedure b are in very good agreement with the micromechanical model. considering the results in both tab. 1 and 2, it emerges that the micropolar effects become more evident as the number of ucs decreases, since the ratio between the microstructural size, directly related to the dimension of the inclusions, and a typical structural dimension, increases. as expected, the cauchy model gives the same results in all the considered cases and is suitable to correctly estimate the structural response as the above ratio increases. heter cauchy cos a cos b cos c 16 12 ucs 147.82 0.990 1.228 1.007 1.016 8 6 ucs 152.01 0.965 1.254 0.999 1.003 4 3 ucs 159.00 0.921 1.288 0.998 1.002 table 1: structural stiffness in the case of different assemblages of uc1: heter = micromechanical model; cauchy= homogenized first order model; cos a = homogenized cosserat with procedure a; cos b = homogenized cosserat with procedure b; cos c = homogenized cosserat with procedure c. heter cauchy cos a cos b cos c 16 12 ucs 142.22 1.029 0.876 0.992 0.987 8 6 ucs 141.76 1.032 0.913 1.007 1.024 4 3 ucs 141.93 1.031 1.085 1.009 0.998 table 2: structural stiffness in the case of different assemblages of uc2: heter = micromechanical model; cauchy= homogenized first order model; cos a = homogenized cosserat with procedure a; cos b = homogenized cosserat with procedure b; cos c = homogenized cosserat with procedure c. moreover, it is noteworthy that the position of the inclusions in the heterogeneous medium significantly influences the response. indeed, especially for the 4 3 ucs significantly different results are obtained by adopting the two arrangements. finally, to investigate the influence of the aspect ratio on the global elastic response, three different geometries are considered, corresponding to b/h 1.3 , b/h 1.6 and b/h 2 . the first geometry is the same presented above corresponding to 16 12 ucs. in tab. 3 and 4 the results of the structural stiffness (adopting the same normalization as m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 46 before), as the aspect ratio changes, are reported for uc1 and uc2, respectively. it can be remarked that procedure b confirms to be the most suitable to reproduce the actual behavior of the heterogeneous medium. moreover, the slenderer the wall ( b/h 1.3 ) the closer the values obtained with the first order technique are to the response of the micromechanichal models. the micropolar effects are, thus, more pronounced for the squat wall ( b/h 2 ). also in this case, procedure b gives results which best match those obtained with the micromechanical model. simple shear test of a composite strip as a second example, a displacement driven shear test on a 2d structure, made from the same composite medium considered in the previous example, is presented. a strip with b/h 0.1 is considered assuming plane strain condition. in fig. 4 the schematic of the geometry and boundary conditions is shown for two possible strips, corresponding to assemblages of uc1 and uc2 in fig. 2-a and e 2-b, respectively. the strips are fixed at both bottom and top edges and a horizontal displacement d=h/100 is prescribed at the top. heter cauchy cos a cos b cos c b/h 1.3 147.82 0.990 1.228 1.007 1.016 b/h 1.6 153.81 0.986 1.349 1.013 1.036 b/h 2 162.43 0.931 1.560 1.012 1.024 table 3: structural stiffness for different ratios of b/h in the case of uc1: heter = micromechanical model; cauchy= homogenized first order model; cos a = homogenized cosserat with procedure a; cos b = homogenized cosserat with procedure b; cos c = homogenized cosserat with procedure c. heter cauchy cos a cos b cos c b/h 1.3 142.22 1.029 0.876 0.992 0.987 b/h 1.6 143.74 1.033 0.808 0.993 0.982 b/h 2 143.85 1.051 0.708 0.995 0.982 table 4 structural stiffness for different ratios of b/h in the case of uc2: heter = micromechanical model; cauchy= homogenized first order model; cos a = homogenized cosserat with procedure a; cos b = homogenized cosserat with procedure b; cos c = homogenized cosserat with procedure c. in fig. 5-a the displacement horizontal component, evaluated along the vertical symmetry axis of each strip along the vertical axis of the strip is shown. the responses of the micromechanical models are represented in solid line (heter1) and in dash-dot line (heter2) for the strips reported in fig. 4-a and 4-b, respectively. the homogenized constitutive coefficients adopted in the micropolar models are evaluated using procedure b. the squares represent the response of the homogenized micropolar model adopting the uc1 in fig. 2-a (cosb_uc1) and the circles represent the response with uc2 in fig. 2-b (cosb_uc2). finally, the dotted line refers to the response obtained by the standard first order computational homogenization (cauchy), able to reproduce a linear variation of the horizontal displacement component along the height of the strip. no relevant differences between the results obtained with the two micromechanical models arise and both the homogenized micropolar models can satisfactorily follow the expected displacement distribution. in fig. 5-b the rotation evaluated along the vertical symmetry axis of each strip versus the vertical axis is reported. owing to the symmetry of this displacement component with respect to a horizontal axis located at the mid height, only one half of the strip height is depicted. due to the different natures of the compared models, the rigid rotation  , i.e. the skewsymmetric part of the displacement gradient, is reported for micromechanical and cauchy models, while the cosserat rotation  is shown for the micropolar homogenized model. line styles and symbols have the same meaning as in fig. 5 m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 47 a. the micromechanical models show locally variable trends, which, however, fluctuate around the same mean values. it emerges that, while the cauchy model captures only a constant value of the mean rotation along the strip, the micropolar homogenized model provides a very good evaluation of the considered field with both uc1 and uc2. a) b) figure 4: a) strip1 arrangement; b) strip2 arrangement. a) b) figure 5: a) horizontal displacement versus vertical abscissa; b) rotation versus vertical abscissa. conclusions he micropolar computational homogenization are considered. the perturbation fields in the presence of higher order polynomial boundary conditions is analyzed adopting three different procedures, which lead to different results. the first method is based on the imposition of periodic boundary conditions, classically adopted in the standard first order homogenization, also in the presence of higher order terms of the polynomial map and provides qualitatively incorrect results. the second procedure (3 step homogenization) adopted, although the most complex, produces the best results. finally, the methodology characterizing the perturbation fields on the basis of the direct observation of the large heterogeneous medium behavior gives results slightly differing from the 3 step homogenization, but is much simpler. thus, this appears as the best compromise between accuracy and efficiency in correctly reproducing the actual trends of perturbation fields, when a single uc is analyzed. moreover, the identification of the homogenized linear elastic constitutive parameters adopting the classical hill-mandel procedure is addressed. considering different ucs, referred to the same composite material, it emerged that the constitutive response of the homogenized medium depends on the choice of the cell, adopting all the three procedures exploited for reproducing the perturbation fields. indeed, while the elastic cauchy coefficients are irrespective of the uc selected, for the bending and skew-symmetric shear micropolar coefficients this does not occur, at least not in the framework of computational homogenization. t m.l. de bellis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 37-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.05 48 two structural examples are presented. the aim is to discuss the key aspects of the adopted micropolar formulation and to stress the differences obtained using the three presented procedures in terms of the global response. it would appear relevant to carry out further developments, focusing on the formulation of the kinematic map linking the macroand micro-levels, as well as on the improvement of the identification procedure. the purpose is to better clarify some ongoing issues and to solve inherent limitations of the procedure, as for example the contradictory result consisting in nonvanishing micropolar effects in the presence of homogeneous materials. references [1] forest, s., sab, k., cosserat overall modeling of heterogeneous materials. mech res commun 25 (1998) 449-454. [2] kouznetsova, v. g., computational homogenization for the multi-scale analysis of multi-phase materials. ph.d. thesis, technische universiteit eindhoven, (2002). [3] bacigalupo, a., gambarotta, l., second-order computational homogenization of heterogeneous materials with periodic microstructure. zamm-z angew math me, 90 (11) (2011)796-811. [4] addessi, d., sacco, e., a multi-scale enriched model for the analysis of masonry panel. int. j. solids struct. 49 (2012) 865–880. [5] de bellis, m. l., addessi, d., a cosserat based multi-scale model for masonry structures. int. j. multiscale comput. eng. 9 (2011) 543–563. [6] addessi, d., sacco, e., paolone, a., cosserat model for periodic masonry deduced by nonlinear homogenization. eur. j. mech. a solid 29 (2010) 724–737. [7] addessi, d., de bellis, m. l., sacco, e., micromechanical analysis of heterogeneous materials subjected to overall cosserat strains. mech res commun 54, (2013) 27-34. [8] miehe, c., schröder, j., becker, m., computational homogenization analysis in finite elasticity: material and structural instabilities on the microand macro-scales of periodic composites and their interaction, computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering 191 (2002), pp. 4971-5005. [9] forest, s., trinh, d., generalized continua and non-homogeneous boundary conditions in homogenisation methods. zamm-z angew math me 91 (2) (2011) 90-109. [10] bouyge, f., jasiuk, i., boccara, s., ostoja-starzewski, m., a micromechanically based couple-stress model of an elastic orthotropic two-phase composite. eur j mech a-solid, 21 (2002) 465-481. [11] addessi, d., de bellis, m. l., sacco, e., cosserat modeling of heterogeneous periodic media adopting a micromechanical approach. int. j. solids struct., (2014) under review. [12] yuan, x., tomita, y., andou, t., 2008. a micromechanical approach of nonlocal modelling for media with periodic microstructures. mech res commun, 35 (1-2) (2008) 126 -133. [13] tran, t. h., monchiet, v., bonnet, g., a micromechanics-based approach for the derivation of constitutive elastic coefficients of strain-gradient media, int j solids struct, 49 (2012) 783-792. [14] bacigalupo, a., gambarotta, l., computational two-scale homogenization of periodic masonry: characteristic lengths and dispersive waves, comput method appl m., 213-216 (2012) 16-28. [15] bacigalupo, a., gambarotta, l., second-order computational homogenization of heterogeneous materials with periodic microstructure. zamm-z angew math me, 90 (11) (2011) 796-811. microsoft word numero_53_art_32_2820 y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 417 modeling of mechanical behavior of cork in compression younès saadallah university of mohamed seddik ben yahia, jijel, algeria sayounes@live.fr, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1265-3677 abstract. the present work consists of a contribution in modeling the mechanical behavior of cork in compression. for this purpose, compression tests are performed in the non-radial direction on high density reproduction cork samples. cork shows stress-strain curves, typical of cellular materials, characterized by an elastic slope followed by an important plateau corresponding to buckling of cells; and finally hardening due to the densification of the material. two behavior models are proposed to represent this behavior. a trilinear model in which each slope represents one of the three domains and whose parameters are identified directly from the stressstrain curves. a more nonlinear model corresponding to a third-order polynomial whose parameters are identified by means of a polynomial regression. test-model comparisons reveal little relevance of the results given by the trilinear model whereas a very good consistency is observed for the results given by the nonlinear model. keywords. cork; compression; behavior model; parameters identification; stress-strain. citation: saadallah, y., modeling of mechanical behavior of cork in compression, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 417-425 received: 13.05.2020 accepted: 02.06.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction hoosing the right materials to use to perform specific functions is always a very important step. different criteria are then taken into account, including cost and properties; but also, their impact on the environment. environmental protection has become a major issue in recent times, it is extremely vital to look for ecological materials. among these are natural materials including wood and cork. cork is a natural product obtained from the outer bark of an oak species, the cork oak. the cork layers that are produced in its bark form a continuous envelope with appreciable thickness around the trunk and branches. the cork can be removed from the stem without endangering the vitality of the tree, which then rebuilds a new layer of cork. this is the basis of sustainable cork production during the long life of cork oak [1]. lightness, high compressibility, dimensional recovery, thermal and sound insulation, very low permeability to liquids and gases and chemical stability are properties that make cork a widely used material in various applications [2-6]. the cost of this material is also an attractive factor. these so particular properties, still little explained, strongly encourage further research. the elastic properties of cork have been studied by several researchers. gibson et al [5] focused on the identification of elastic parameters in the three radial, axial and tangential directions. the elastic modulus, the shear modulus and the c https://youtu.be/9k9lqqxpjks y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 418 poisson's ratio have been determined. the results obtained show that cork is almost isotropic in non-radial directions. however, it has a larger young's modulus and a zero poisson's ratio when it is stressed in the radial direction. oliveira et al. [7], studied the variability of the compressive properties of cork. the results show that the radial direction has the greatest compressive strength while the resistance in the axial and tangential directions is almost similar. anjos et al. [8] investigated the effect of density on the properties of cork in compression. this results in an increase of the young's modulus with the increase of the density especially beyond the elastic region. garcía et al. [9] have sought a compression model linking physical properties (porosity, density and test direction) to mechanical properties using a classical linear regression technique. the compressive strain stress curves reveal an elastic domain at (5-7) % followed by a large plateau for strains caused by the progressive buckling of the cell walls until a strain of (50-70) %, and a steep stress increase for higher strains corresponding to cell collapse [5, 7, 8, 10]. cork has the distinction of having an insignificant poisson's ratio [2]. this is explained by its nature and highly porous and cellular structure. indeed, cork has the ability to undulate its cell walls when it is compressed and thus it can have a large longitudinal compression deformation without lateral expansion [10]. complete densification corresponds to 85% strain without fracture [7]. indeed, the fracture occurs in the case of a tensile stress. after the removal of the load, the cork recovers. the rate of recovery decreases over time [11]. for a strain level of 50%, half of the dimensions recover after the first day and end at 90% in the fifteenth day [8]. for a strain level of 30%, the recovery is total after 20 days of removal of the load [11] while it is not total for a level exceeding 80%. the behavior of the tensile cork in the tangential and axial direction has been studied respectively in the references [12, 13]. it follows that the tensile strength in the tangential direction is lower than that in the axial direction. in comparison with its compression behavior, cork has a lower tensile elastic domain. this area is around 2% in both tangential and axial directions. the fracture takes place respectively in the tangential and axial directions at 5% and 7.1%. on the other hand, in the radial direction, it corresponds to an 18% strain value [14]. it follows that the resistance of the cork is much greater in the radial direction as well in compression as in traction. many studies have focused on the analysis of cork behavior through its parameters such as the young's modulus, the elastic limit and the stresses corresponding to certain critical strain values [5, 7-9, 11-13]. however, few of them have focused on the proposal of models to predict the overall behavior of cork. the present work is a contribution in the modeling of the mechanical behavior of cork in compression. to do this, compression tests are conducted in the non-radial direction. on the basis of qualitative analysis of stress-strain curves, two models of behavior are proposed: a trilinear model and nonlinear model. the parameters that manage these models are identified. model test comparisons are presented and discussed. experimental protocol material of study he material of study is a cultivated breeding cork from the forests of the jijel area in algeria. the cork plank (reproduction cork) obtained are wetted in boiled water at atmospheric pressure for 1 h and left to air-dry to get rid of any impurities. it is a procedure widely applied in the cork industry. specimens are cut into cubes of 20 mm on the side, with their faces perpendicular to each of the three main directions. (fig. 1). this geometry is chosen for the sake of conformity with previous works, including, for example, references [7, 9]. the density was measured from the volume and weight in g.cm-3. experimental procedure the compression tests in the non-radial direction were done at a constant crosshead speed of 2 mm.min-1. the test machine is a zwick 1476 with a capacity of 100 kn (fig. 2) driven by software suitable for computer control of the test. the test conditions are summarized in a temperature of 26 °c and a relative humidity of 30%. behavior modeling as illustrated in fig. 3, the stress-strain curves obtained from a compression test on a sample show a three-domain behavior: first, an elastic domain; then a domain of buckling cells with low slope; finally, a densification area with a high slope. in the light of these findings, two approaches are proposed, in this work, to predict the behavior of cork in compression: linear and nonlinear. the linear approach considers that the behavior is linear throughout its evolution where the three domains are modeled by lines of different slopes. average slopes are represented by the following formulas: t y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 419 /  e ee   ;    /  f e f ef       ;    /d f d fd       (1) figure 1: scanning electron micrographs of the three sections of cork [5]. figure 2: test set-up and cork specimen. where e, f, d are respectively the slopes of the three different domains. e ,   f ,   d and e . ,, d represent respectively the stresses and strains at the boundaries of each of the three domains. so, we write the behavior model as follows:                                                    e e e f e f f d e e f f e e f f d d d ef f . (2) radial section axial section tangential section y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 420 σ and ε being respectively the stress and the strain, the parameters are determined by a direct linear regression from the stress-strain curves. in addition, the nonlinear approach states that the behavior is non-linear in all domains. a polynomial of three degrees with four parameters is proposed. 3 2      a b c k (3) where a, b, c and k are positive parameters;  and  are respectively the stress and the strain. since the polynomial is nonlinear of third order, recourse to numerical computation is necessary for the determination of its parameters. a polomial regression was favored to identify the behavior. figure 3: typical stress-strain curve of cork in compression. results and discussion he discussion of the results consists of a comparative study of the results obtained by the two models proposed. the identified parameters are presented and discussed. test-model confrontations are put in place to judge the relevance of the results. stress-strain curves aspect fig. 4 illustrates the mechanical behavior of a sample of cork in compression in the non-radial direction. there are three domains that will be called elastic domain, buckling domain and densification domain. the elastic domain spreads at a strain of 7% while the buckling domain of the cells is limited to about 55% strain for all densities. density is one of the parameters that influences cork resistance behavior [8, 15]. it is noted that this influence is apparent especially in buckling and densification levels. it should be emphasized that density is not the only factor to govern the behavior of cork. other factors, such as porosity, quality [12], also have a significant effect on the strength of the material. linear model since the behavior is trilinear, it is governed by three parameters representing the slopes of the lines and two other parameters corresponding to the limit stresses of the elastic and buckling domains as illustrated in fig. 3. the results of the parameters obtained are summarized in tab. 1. in sum, the parameters of the least dense sample are small compared to the parameters of the other two samples. it is also noted that the slopes of the buckling domains f and densification d are largest for the densest sample. it should be mentioned that the stress d . is not a significant parameter because it only corresponds to the end of the test. however, it can provide us with information on the stress corresponding to the final strain of the test which is 66.9%. the injection of these parameters into the trilinear behavior model formulated in eqn. (2) makes it possible to compare the model test results as illustrated in fig. 5. good consistency in the elastic domain is observed. indeed, the elastic domain is linear for most materials. linearity is maintained at the beginning of the buckling step or the pace changes to nonlinear moving towards the densification zone. a relatively large gap appeared in the intersection of the buckling and densification t y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 421 domains. the slope of the densification domain exhibits the strongest nonlinearity by comparing it with the other two domains. figure 4: stress-strain curves in compression in the non-radial direction of cork at different densities. density (g/cm3) 0.2340 0.2477 0.2534 15.5 f (mpa) 2.85 3.33 3.45 d (mpa) 13.2 16.5 20 e . (mpa) 1.3 1.4 1.1  f . (mpa) 2.55 2.9 2.7 d at 66.9 % (mpa) 4.36 5.16 5.37 table 1: trilinear model parameters as a function of density. fig. 6 shows the difference in absolute value between the experimental recordings and the model results for the three samples of different densities. there is a minimum difference in the elastic range and the buckling step with a maximum value of 0.14 mpa. however, the intersection of the straight lines of buckling and densification knows a significant gap that reaches 0.29 mpa. it retains its importance in the field of densification where it reaches its maximum value of 0.29 mpa as well. as a function of density, the highest difference is found in the densest sample. (a) y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 422 (b) (c) figure 5: linearization of cork behavior in compression at different densities in g.cm-3: a) 0.2340 ; b) 0.2477 ; c) 0.2534). figure 6: test-model gap. nonlinear model the nonlinear model is a third-order polynomial driven by four parameters. these parameters are identified by means of a polynomial regression and are presented in tab. 2. it is noted that the parameter a is independent of the density while the y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 423 other three depend on it weakly. this low dependence probably results from the small difference in the densities of the samples. it would therefore be interesting to plan other studies with samples of remarkably different densities. density (g/cm3) 0.2340 0.2477 0.2534 a (mpa) 5.10-5 5.10-5 5.10-5 b (mpa) 0.0044 0.0049 0.0045 c (mpa) 0.1583 0.1722 0.1456 k (mpa) 0.0234 0.0445 0.0641 table 2: nonlinear model parameters by density. fig. 7 establishes a test-model comparison between stress-strain curves of cork in compression in a non-radial direction. there is a very good consistency of the results with the nonlinear model in the three domains, but even better in the densification domain. in contrast to the case of the tri-linear model, there is a minimum difference in the densest sample. by deriving the polynomial of the loading with respect to the strain in the case of the nonlinear model, we obtain the loading derivative. fig. 8 shows us that this derivative decreases up to 30% of deformation where it reaches its minimum value. this minimum can be considered as another parameter of the cork from which the material hardens and thus the loading derivative increases until the end of the test. (a) (b) y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 424 (c) figure 7: nonlinear behavior of cork in compression at different densities in g.cm-3: a) 0.2340 ; b) 0.2477 ; c) 0.2534). figure 8: evolution of the loading derivative. . conclusion he present work aimed to establish two models for the representation of the behavior of cork in compression. compression tests were conducted on cubic samples of cork in the non-radial direction. the shape of the curves with three domains made it possible to propose first a trilinear model of which each domain is represented by a slope. then, another non-linear model with four parameters was put in place. the parameters of the trilinear model are determined by direct linear regression from the stress-strain curves while those of the nonlinear model required a third order polynomial regression. the comparison of test-model results reveals that the nonlinear model is more refined and has fewer parameters than the trilinear model. it was concluded that the trilinear model, being relatively crude, is suggested to fulfill educational functions. however, the nonlinear model, because of its relevance, can serve as a tool of choice to exploit in the field of behavior modeling of materials. references [1] pereira, h. (2011). cork: biology, production and uses, elsevier. t y. saadallah, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53(2020) 417-425; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.32 425 [2] silva, s., sabino, m., fernandes, e., correlo, v., boesel, l. and reis, r. (2005). cork: properties, capabilities and applications, international materials reviews, 50, pp. 345-365, doi:10.1179/174328005x41168. [3] mano, j. (2007). creep-recovery behaviour of cork, materials letters, 61, pp. 2473-2477, doi: 10.1016/j.matlet.2006.03.157. [4] knapic, s., oliveira, v., machado, j. s. and pereira, h. (2016). cork as a building material: a review, european journal of wood and wood products, 74, pp. 775-791, doi: 10.1007/s00107-016-1076-4. [5] gibson, l., easterling, k. and ashby, m. f. (1981). the structure and mechanics of cork, proceedings of the royal society of london. a. mathematical and physical sciences, 377, pp. 99-117, doi: 10.1098/rspa.1981.0117. [6] gil, l. (2015). cork, in materials for construction and civil engineering, ed: springer, pp. 585-627. [7] oliveira, v., rosa, m. e. and pereira, h. (2014). variability of the compression properties of cork, wood science and technology, 48, pp. 937-948, doi: 10.1007/s00226-014-0651-2. [8] anjos, o., rodrigues, c., morais, j. and pereira, h. (2014). effect of density on the compression behaviour of cork, materials & design, 53, pp. 1089-1096, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.07.038. [9] garcía, á., anjos, o., iglesias, c., pereira, h., martínez, j. and taboada, j. (2015). prediction of mechanical strength of cork under compression using machine learning techniques, materials & design, 82, pp. 304-311, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2015.03.038. [10] pereira, h. (2015). the rationale behind cork properties: a review of structure and chemistry, 10, p. 1-23, doi: 10.15376/biores.10.3.pereira. [11] rosa, m. e. and fortes, m. a. (1988). rate effects on the compression and recovery of dimensions of cork, journal of materials science, 23, pp. 879-885, doi: 10.1007/bf01153983. [12] anjos, o., pereira, h. and rosa, m. e. (2010). tensile properties of cork in the tangential direction: variation with quality, porosity, density and radial position in the cork plank, materials & design, 31, pp. 2085-2090, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2009.10.048. [13] anjos, o., pereira, h. and rosa, m. e. (2011). tensile properties of cork in axial stress and influence of porosity, density, quality and radial position in the plank, european journal of wood and wood products, 69, pp. 85-91, doi: /10.1007/s00107-009-0407-0. [14] rosa, m. e. and fortes, m. a. (1991), deformation and fracture of cork in tension, journal of materials science, 26, pp. 341-348, doi: 10.1007/bf00576525. [15] anjos, o., pereira, h. and rosa, m. e. (2008), effect of quality, porosity and density on the compression properties of cork, holz als roh-und werkstoff, 66, p. 295-301, doi: 10.1007/s00107-008-0248-2. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 10 art 2 d. taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 12 the theory of critical distances applied to problems in fracture and fatigue of bone david taylor, saeid kasiri, emma brazel engineering school, trinity college, dublin 2, ireland dtaylor@tcd.ie abstract. the theory of critical distances (tcd) has been applied to predict notch-based fracture and fatigue in a wide range of materials and components. the present paper describes a series of projects in which we applied this approach to human bone. using experimental data from the literature, combined with finite element analysis, we showed that the tcd was able to predict the effect of notches and holes on the strength of bone failing in brittle fracture due to monotonic loading, in different loading regimes. bone also displays short crack effects, leading to r-curve data for both fracture toughness and fatigue crack propagation thresholds; we showed that the tcd could predict this data. this analysis raised a number of questions for discussion, such as the significance of the l value itself in this and other materials. finally, we applied the tcd to a practical problem in orthopaedic surgery: the management of bone defects, showing that predictions could be made which would enable surgeons to decide on whether a bone graft material would be needed to repair a defect, and to specify what mechanical properties this material should have. keywords. bone; fracture; fatigue; critical distance. introduction he critical distance approach is now well established as a method for the prediction of fatigue and fracture, and is being used extensively both in research and in engineering design. a recent book [1] describes the approach in detail. it is applicable for predicting failure in bodies containing notches or other stress concentrations, in situations where the mechanism of failure is one involving cracking. it has been employed by many workers for the solution of problems which can be described as essentially linear-elastic, i.e. problems in which any non-linear material behaviour (due to plasticity or damage) is localised in a small process zone: in this respect it has been used to predict brittle fracture and fatigue in all types of materials: metals, polymers, ceramics and composites. the history of this type of use goes back more than fifty years: more recent work has shown that the approach can also be applied to problems involving more extensive plasticity, such as low and medium-cycle fatigue and the static fracture of tough metallic materials. the present paper is concerned with the application of these methods, hereafter referred to as the theory of critical distances (tcd), to the prediction of a number of fracture problems in a particular material which is of interest to us all: human bone. what follows is essentially a summary of work conducted in our research group over the last four years, published previously in a number of journal articles. we hypothesised that the tcd could be applied to human bone, because bone is a quasi-brittle, fibrous composite material whose mechanical behaviour has many similarities with that of two well-known classes of engineering materials, namely fibre reinforced polymers and concrete. the tcd has previously been applied successfully to both of these types of materials [2, 3]. the mechanism of failure in bone always involves cracking, and the failure process is accompanied by both plasticity (of a limited but significant extent) and damage (in the form of microcracks, delaminations etc). we attempted to use the tcd to predict experimental data, taken from the literature, on the monotonic fracture of bone samples containing cracks, notches and holes, and on the fatigue behaviour t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it mailto: dtaylor@tcd.ie d.taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 13 of short cracks. following the success of this work, we then applied the approach to some problems of clinical significance. one example of this type of work is described: the surgical management of bone defects. the theory of critical distances: a brief introduction hat follows is a very brief introduction to the tcd: further details are available in [1] and in many other recent publications. the tcd recognises the fact that, in order to predict failure arising from a stress concentration feature such as a notch, it is not sufficient to know the stress and strain at the notch surface, at the maximum stress point, often known as the “hot spot”. rather, it is essential to have information about the stress field in the vicinity of the notch, because fracture processes that involve crack initiation and propagation are strongly influenced by aspects of the stress field in this region, such as the gradient of stress or, to put it another way, the absolute volume of material which is experiencing high stress. this recognises the fact that cracking-type failures require, in general, a solution of the type which is now generally referred to as a “non-local approach”, characterised by a physical mechanism of failure involving a process zone in the vicinity of the crack tip in which failure, deformation and damage processes occur. a variety of methods, more or less complex, have been devised to make predictions using stress and strain information in this critical region. in our most strict definition of the tcd, it consists of a group of methods which have the following two features in common. firstly, the use of a linear, elastic material model for the stress analysis. secondly, the use of a material parameter which has the units of length, known as the critical distance, l. the value of l cannot be known a priori; it can only be found by processing data from samples containing stress concentrations, tested to failure in the particular failure mode of interest. it is taken to represent a critical dimension in the material over which relevant failure processes occur. for example, in many cases it is found to be related to critical microstructural parameters such as grain size, which are known to control the material’s strength and toughness: this relationship will be discussed further below. having stated this strict definition, it is important to point out that exceptions do occur, in which the tcd is used in cases where these conditions are violated. for example it may be appropriate to use a non-linear material model, and we have indeed done so ourselves as will be discussed below. also, some realisations of the theory make use of a value of l which is not a material constant [4, 5], though these will not be considered in the present paper. we can define two different types of tcd methods. in the first type, predictions are made using information about the stress field, specifically the stress as a function of distance from the hot spot, on a line (known as the focus path) along which crack growth is expected to occur. the simplest example of this approach is the so-called point method, which uses only the stress at a given point, located a distance l/2 from the hot spot. failure is predicted to occur if the stress at this point exceeds a critical value. a variant of this approach is the line method, in which the stress parameter is the average stress along the line, over a distance from zero to 2l from the hot spot. area and volume averages have also been used, though these more complex methods do not seem to confer any more accuracy than the simple point and line methods. the second type of tcd method involves a modification of fracture mechanics, whereby the critical distance appears as the length of an imaginary crack located at the notch, or, alternatively, as the magnitude of finite crack growth increments [6]. once such a modification is accepted, normal linear-elastic fracture mechanics approaches can be used. in what follows we will use approaches of the first type, i.e. stress-based methods, making use of finite element analysis (fea) to obtain the appropriate stress fields. initial validation: notch fracture data e obtained from the published literature three extensive sets of data on the effect of notches on brittle fracture in bone. all three involved tests in which monotonically-increasing loads were applied until failure occurred. one publication [7] was concerned with the effect of notch length for sharp notches machined in bone samples, whilst the other two [8, 9] reported the results of tests conducted on whole bones, loaded in bending and torsion respectively, containing circular holes of various sizes. we found that the tcd was able to predict all this data. fig.1 shows an example: the effect of hole size on failure load for bones loaded in torsion. further details can be found in a recent publication [10]. at this point it may be worth pointing out that the tcd can be used with any type of applied loading, including multiaxial load cases, though an appropriate multiaxial failure criterion should be used. in the present study our criterion was simply the maximum principal stress: we have reported the use of other multiaxial criteria to predict fatigue and fracture in various materials, in an extensive series of previous publications (e.g. [11-13] ). w w http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it d. taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 14 note in particular from fig. 1 that the tcd was able to predict the fact that small holes (hole diameter = 0.1 x bone diameter) have no effect on strength, a very useful finding for clinicians and one that was not predicted by other approaches. in the tcd approach this finding arises because if a notch is very small, the critical distance (being constant) becomes effectively much larger than the hole, so the stress at the critical point is similar to the nominal applied stress: effectively the hole has become “invisible” as far as this approach is concerned. a particularly encouraging aspect of this validation exercise was the fact that the appropriate value of the critical distance was found to be almost constant across the three sets of data. it is well known that other mechanical properties of bone, such as stiffness and strength, vary considerably, so we had expected that l would also vary, but this seems not to be the case: a value of 0.32-0.38mm was able to give good predictions throughout. figure 1: the effect of hole diameter (normalized by bone diameter) on fracture torque (normalized by fracture torque for bones containing no hole), for whole bones tested in torsion, containing single transcortical holes of various diameters. predictions using the tcd and two other theories. the same situation arises in fibre composite materials, which are also known to have only a small range of l values [14]. in those materials, strength and toughness are roughly proportional to each other over quite a wide range of values, so that an increase in strength (for example by increasing the proportion of fibres) confers a similar proportional increase in toughness. an equation can be derived which links three material constants used in the tcd: l, kc and the critical stress for failure o, as follows: 2 1        o c k l  (1) since l is related to the ratio of strength to toughness, it stays constant if these two properties change in a proportionate manner. the critical stress parameter defining failure in bone, o, was found to be slightly larger than the material’s tensile strength, u as measured from tests conducted on plain, unnotched samples. we found that accurate predictions could be made using a critical stress of tu where t had a constant of value 1.33. this finding is in line with our investigations of other materials, in which the value of t has been found to take values close to 1.0 for brittle ceramics and composites [15], in the range 1.4-3 for polymers [1] and values typically greater than 3 for metals [16]. a precise interpretation of the meaning of the t parameter is still unclear. in considering the significance of this value it is worth noting the link between the three parameters of toughness, strength and l, as shown in equation 1 above. if two of these constants are known, the third can be calculated, which implies that only two of these three constants are of fundamental significance. in my personal opinion, the two fundamental parameters are l and kc. the value of o differs from that of u, in my view, because of two assumptions which we make in this analysis. firstly, we assume that the material is linear and elastic, which of course it is not. it is significant that values of t become larger in materials and fracture processes involving more plasticity. secondly, we assume that the mechanism of failure in a plain specimen is the same as that in a notched specimen. this is clearly not the case in some materials: plain specimens may fail differently due to, for example, plastic instability (necking) in ductile materials or the presence of pre-existing defects in brittle materials. it is interesting to note that, when we http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it d.taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 15 conducted a different analysis of bone, to predict indentation fracture, for which a non-linear material model was needed, we found that t=1 [13]. short crack behaviour in fatigue and brittle fracture t is well known than short cracks often display behaviour which does not conform to linear elastic fracture mechanics. for example, the values of toughness (kc) and fatigue threshold (kth) for short cracks are often smaller than the material-constant values measured from long cracks. data in which the measured kc (or kth) is plotted as a function of crack length are known as resistance curves, or r-curves. figs 2 and 3 show r-curve data for bone, for brittle fracture and fatigue respectively, along with predictions using the tcd. in this case the analysis can be made very easily using the line method, because predictions for the case of a small crack (length a) in an infinite body can be expressed using the following simple equation: la a k k c ca   (2) figure 2: two sets of data showing the variation of measured fracture toughness as a function of crack length for bone along with tcd predictions. for more details see [17]. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 crack length (mm) f ra c tu re t o u g h n e s s k c ( m p a .m ^ 0 .5 ) tcd prediction lakes 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 crack length (mm) f ra c tu re t o u g h n e s s k c (m p a .m ^ 1 /2 ) tcd prediction mullins i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it d. taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 16 figure 3: threshold stress intensity range for fatigue crack growth in bone, defined at a crack growth rate of 3-6 x 10-8m/cycle; for details see [17]. as can be seen from the figures, the predictions are very satisfactory for both types of failure, even including data for very small crack lengths obtained using nanoindentation experiments [18]. it should be remarked that currently there is considerable controversy in the literature about the validity of measuring toughness using indentation, a technique which has been used for brittle material for many years but which is now being seriously questioned. the interested reader may wish to refer to recent letters in the journal of biomechanics arising from the publication by mullins et al [18]. currently, indentation is one of the few options available for estimating the toughness of materials at very small length scales, a subject which is of increasing interest given the advent of micro and nano scale materials and devices. the data in figs 2 and 3 here all refer to crack growth in the transverse direction: bone is highly anisotropic so further work is needed to explore fracture properties in different directions. in making these predictions we used the same value for l as previously obtained from the predictions of notch fracture behaviour. this implies that l takes the same value in fatigue as in brittle fracture in this material, at least for cracking in the transverse direction. we have previously found significant differences between l values for fatigue and brittle fracture in metallic materials, but similar values for a polymer, pmma. in the present case the fatigue data available are relatively sparse, so further validation is needed before this conclusion can be stated with confidence. it is perhaps worth considering at this stage why bone has this particular value of l. as noted above, l values for many materials are often related to the size of microstructural features which control fracture behaviour. bone has a hierarchical structure, displaying features at a range of size scales, especially nanometres (the thickness of reinforcing crystals of hydroxyapatite), microns (the thickness of lamellae consisting of crystals and collagen fibres in a composite structure) and hundreds of microns (the size and spacing of structural units known as osteons). a number of mechanisms operating at the hundred-micron scale have been identified, notably uncracked ligaments bridging the crack faces [19] and the role of the osteon boundary in crack arrest (o'brien et al., 2005), in a manner similar to the grain boundary in metals. figs 4 and 5 show examples of these mechanisms. ritchie and co-workers have investigated these mechanisms in some detail and have laid particular emphasis on the role of uncracked ligaments. they showed a definite relationship between the rising rcurve for a given crack and the increasing number of uncracked ligaments observed as the crack extended [20]. in our studies on high-cycle fatigue in bone we have placed emphasis on the role of the osteon boundary, showing that the great majority of fatigue cracks become non-propagating when they reach the first boundary and developing relationships between crack length, growth rate and the proximity of this boundary [21, 22]. all of these various observations imply that l takes a value equal to a few hundred microns because this corresponds to the size scale on which important toughening mechanisms operate in this material. in fact, this turns out to be the case for many different materials. fig.6 shows the value of l for various different classes of materials, plotted against the relevant structural parameter d. in some cases there are very clear and demonstrable relationships between l and d: for example we showed that l takes values very close to d in steels failing by brittle cleavage fracture at low temperatures [23]. in other cases the relationship is less clear but for most materials it seems that l falls between d and 10d in magnitude. there are, however, some important exceptions: for example amorphous polymers such as pmma have no microstructure as such, and yet have l values of the order of 0.1mm. this coincides with the typical size of crazes in the material. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 crack length (mm) s tr e s s in te n s it y r a n g e ( m p a .m ^ 1 /2 ) tcd prediction kruzic http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it d.taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 17 it is perhaps not surprising that there should be a relationship between l and d, since in most materials the microstructure plays a strong role in determining properties related to crack growth, such as toughness and fatigue behaviour. thus, knowing a value of l for a particular material may shed light on the physical mechanism of failure and may give hints about how changing microstructural parameters could affect performance. (a) (b) figure 4: two sem images showing cracks in bone which display bridges consisting of uncracked ligaments across the crack faces. photo (a) from tests conducted in our laboratories by stewart mahoney; photo (b) from [19]. figure 5: image taken using optical fluorescence microscopy of a transverse section of bone, showing a crack (c), of length approximately 100m, whose left-hand tip has stopped growing on reaching the boundary of an osteon (o). from [21]. figure 6: values of l and d in various classes of materials. c ri ti ca l d is ta n ce , l microstructure size, d 1nm 1m 1mm 1m 1nm m 1mm 1m l= d l= 10 d metals, brittle fracture metals, fatigue amorphous polymers ceramics nanomaterials? fibre composites concretes bone http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it d. taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 18 practical applications: the management of bone defects great advantage of the tcd is that it can be applied very easily to practical problems; in this respect the stressbased methods are particularly attractive because they can be used in any situation where a stress analysis can be conducted using fea or similar numerical techniques. stress concentrations frequently arise in bone as a result of disease or clinical intervention. surgeons use the terminology “bone defect” to refer to any hole which occurs in a bone, i.e. any part of the bone cortex or internal cancellous structure which is missing. defects occur for various reasons, for example they may also arise following a complex fracture: when the broken parts of a bone are reassembled there may be some pieces missing. also, holes may be deliberately drilled to take samples for biopsy or for the fixation of fracture plates which may be later removed. one method for the replacement of the anterior cruciate ligament in the knee involves taking a piece of bone from the patella of the other knee, often leaving a square hole with sharp corners. in a previous study we showed that the impact energy of this patella was significantly reduced by the presence of the hole, and that the situation could be considerably improved by cutting a hole with round corners [24]. this is a good example of how a concept which is very obvious to the mechanical engineer can have immediate benefits in the field of medicine. if the hole is considered to confer significant risk of failure, the surgeon may fill it using a bone graft material. various types of materials are used, including the patient’s own bone (taken from some other site and ground into a powder) and various artificial materials. over a period of time, the patient’s own natural healing processes will cause the hole to be filled with new, living bone, so the bone graft material is intended only as a temporary substitute, required to last for a few months at the most. artificial bone graft materials are designed to provide a scaffold for the rapid ingrowth of bone, and recently there has been much interest in the use of tissue engineering techniques for the development of these materials. scaffolds have been made from a wide variety of materials, including porous metals, ceramics and hydrogels. there is great interest in the use of resorbable materials which can gradually dissolve, aiding the development of new bone, but current versions of these materials are relatively weak, increasing the risk of fracture in the critical period just after surgery. a major problem is the lack of a predictive model to aid surgeons in deciding what to do about a given defect, whether to use a bone graft material and, if so, what the properties of that material should be. such a predictive model, presented in the form of a computer simulation of the defective bone, could greatly aid in the planning of surgical operations. as an initial step towards developing such a tool, we carried out some simple simulations of the behaviour of bone defects. fig 7 shows the geometry used for the finite element model: the bone is envisaged as a simple tube, containing a defect: we modelled square and circular holes of various sizes. a complete description of the methodology and results can be found in a recent publication [25]. in brief, we used a damage mechanics approach to predict the increase of fatigue damage due to cyclic loading in normal daily activities. the tcd was incorporated by performing all the damage calculations at the critical point, i.e. a distance l/2 from the hole, rather than at the hot spot. the capacity of bone to repair itself was included in the model as a constant, negative damage rate, following earlier work [26]. the use of different bone graft materials was modelled by filling the hole with a material of given young’s modulus, eo. bone ingrowth was included in the simulation by allowing the young’s modulus of the graft material to gradually increase over time, from eo to a value typical for normal cortical bone (17gpa). fig. 7 shows an example of the results of the simulation. if repair and ingrowth are not modelled, damage increases rapidly. incorporating ingrowth causes damage to level out to a plateau value, and the additional incorporation of repair allows the damage to return to normal levels after peaking. the value of the peak is of course the critical one: provided this is less than unity we predict that no failure will occur.as fig.8 shows, there is a very strong effect arising from the value of eo, the stiffness of the bone graft material. this occurs because the stress concentrating effect of the hole is greatly reduced, even when the material in the hole has much less stiffness than the surrounding bone. this analysis enabled us to make a specification for a safe value of eo,as a function of hole size as shown in fig.8. obviously the result also depends on the shape of the hole, and on the assumed daily loading, i.e. the activity level of the person. these predictions show that small holes (in this case less than 5mm diameter) do not need to be filled in with graft material: this finding is in agreement with the current practice of surgeons who regard such small holes as innocuous. larger holes do require filling, but here we predict that the material needed can have an eo value which is considerably smaller than that of normal bone: this finding is original and potentially of great value to researchers and manufacturers who are developing new types of bone graft materials. this work is very preliminary in nature, but has the potential to be developed to a greater level of sophistication, for example incorporating the changing behaviour of resorbable materials and the effect of different postoperative activity levels, such as walking with the support of a crutch or cane or carrying out more strenuous exercise. a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it d.taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 19 figure 7: the geometry used to study defects of various shapes and sizes in a typical long bone – the focus path is the line on which tcd calculations are carried out. typical predictions showing the effect on damage evolution of including ingrowth of bone into the defect, and bone repair processes. (a) (b) figure 8: (a) variation of peak damage amount with young’s modulus of the bone graft material; (b) specification for the safe value of eo (i.e. the value above which failure will not occur) as a function of hole size. concluding remarks his work has shown that the tcd can be used to study fracture and fatigue problems in bone. classic problems which the tcd has been able to solve in other materials, such as notch-initiated fracture and fatigue and the short crack problem, have been successfully addressed in this material. even though bone shows large variations in its mechanical properties, it seems that l remains approximately constant, of the order of 0.3-0.4mm, which is very convenient when making predictions. this value reflects the role of osteons and other microstructural features in impeding crack growth and thus controlling toughness and fatigue. current work has been limited to cases where crack growth occurs across the bone, i.e. in the transverse direction: longitudinal crack growth requires separate study. we have also limited ourselves to cortical bone: the failure of spongy, cancellous bone is also of great interest and merits further attention. the tcd can be employed as part of a practical software tool to aid orthopaedic surgeons in the planning of operations and of post-operative treatments. acknowledgements e are grateful to the higher education authority of ireland for provision of funding for part of the work described above, which was conducted in collaboration with the institute of technology, sligo, ireland. t w http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it d. taylor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10 (2009) 12-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02 20 reference list [1] d. taylor, the theory of critical distances: a new perspective in fracture mechanics. elsevier, oxford, uk (2007). [2] j. m. whitney, r.j. nuismer, journal of composite materials, 8 (1974) 253. [3] p. cornetti, n. pugno, d. taylor, proceedings of the 11th international conference on fracture esis, turin, italy (2005) 73. [4] p. cornetti, n. pugno, a. carpinteri, d. taylor, engineering fracture mechanics, 73 (2006) 2021. [5] d. leguillon, european journal of mechanics a/solids, 21 (2002) 61. [6] d. taylor, p. cornetti, n. pugno, engineering fracture mechanics, 72 (2005) 1021. [7] w. bonfield, p.k. datta, journal of biomechanics, 9 (1976) 131. [8] r.j. mcbroom, e.j. cheal, w.c. hayes, journal of orthopaedic research, 6 (1988) 369. [9] j.a. hipp, b.c. edgerton, k.n. an, w.c. hayes, journal of biomechanics, 23 (1990) 1261. [10] s. kasiri, d. taylor, journal of biomechanics 41 (2008) 603-609. [11] l. susmel, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 27 (2004) 391. [12] f. pessot, l. susmel, d. taylor, in crack paths conference parma, italy (2006). [13] s. kasiri, g. reilly, d. taylor, wit transactions on biomedicine and health, 12 (2007) 113. [14] j. awerbuch, m. s. madhukar, journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 4 (1985) 3. [15] d. taylor, engineering fracture mechanics, 71 (2004) 2407. [16] d. taylor, structural integrity and durability, 1 (2006) 145. [17] d. taylor, s. kasiri, in proc asme summer bioengineering conference asme, usa (2008). [18] l. p. mullins, m. s. bruzzi, p. e. mchugh, journal of biomechanics, 40 (2007) 3285. [19] nalla,r.k., kinney,j.h., and ritchie,r.o. (2003) mechanistic fracture criteria for the failure of human cortical bone. nature materials 2, 164-168. [20] r. k. nalla, j. s. lken, j. h. kinney, r. o. ritchie, journal of biomechanics, 38 (2005) 1517. [21] f. j. o'brien, d. taylor, t.c. lee, journal of orthopaedic research, 23 (2005) 475. [22] d. taylor, f. o'brien, t. c. lee, meccanica, 37 (2002) 397. [23] d. taylor, microstructural parameters in the theory of critical distances (2008). [24] k. moholkar, d. taylor, m. o'reagan, g. fenelon, journal of bone and joint surgery, 84a (2002) 1782. [25] e. brazel, d. taylor, predicting the structural integrity of bone defects repaired using bone graft materials; computer methods in biomechanics and biomedical engineering, in press. [26] p. j. prendergast, d. taylor, journal of biomechanics, 27 (1994) 1067. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.10.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_37_art_43 c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 325 experimental investigation of hardness of fsw and tig joints of aluminium alloys of aa7075 and aa6061 chetan patil mechanical department, pse, saki-palsana, gujarat (india) hemant patil mechanical department, d. n. patel c.o.e., shahada, maharashtra, (india) hspatil28@gmail.com hiralal patil mechanical department, gdec, abrama, gujarat (india) abstract. this paper reports hardness testing conducted on welded butt joints by fsw and tig welding process on similar and dissimilar aluminium alloys. fsw joints were produced for similar alloys of aa7075t651 and dissimilar alloys of aa7075t651aa6061t6. the friction stir welds of aa7075 & aa6061 aluminium alloy were produced at different tool rotational speeds of 650,700, 800, 900, 1000 and transverse speed of 30, 35, 40 mm/min. tig welding was conducted along the rolling direction of similar and dissimilar aluminium plates. the brinell hardness testing techniques were employed to conduct the tests; these tests were conducted on the welds to ascertain the joint integrity before characterization to have an idea of the quality of the welds keywords. fsw; rotation speed; transverse speed; hardness. introduction riction stir welding (fsw), a solid state joining process was developed and patented by the welding institute (twi) in 1991 [1]. fsw is considered to be the potentially useful solid state welding technique in which welding is done below the melting point of the work piece material [2-3]. because of low heat input and absence of complete melting, fsw offers several benefits over the conventional fusion welding process. metallurgical benefits includes good dimensional stability, repeatability, no loss of alloying elements, excellent mechanical properties in the joint area due to re crystallized micro structure in the stir zone. environmentally the process is a green one because it eliminates grinding wastages, no harmful emissions, required minimum surface cleaning [4]. fsw has various application in the fields of marine like hulls, superstructures, storage vessels for the shipbuilding, in aerospace like airframes, fuselages, wings, fuel tanks; in railway like high speed trains, railway wagon; in automotive like chassis, truck bodies [5]. a cylindrical shouldered tool with different pin probe is rotated and slowly plunged into the joint line between plate materials, until the shoulder of the tool forcibly contacts the upper surface of the material and the pin is a short distance from the back plate. the pieces are rigidly clamped onto a backing plate in a manner that prevents the abutting joint faces from being forced apart. the fixturing prevents the plates from spreading apart or lifting during welding. frictional heat is generated between the tool f c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 326 shoulder and the work piece. this heat causes the latter to reach a visco-plastic state that allows traversing of the tool along the weld line. the plasticized material is transferred from the leading edge of the tool to the trailing edge of the tool probe and is forged by the intimate contact of the tool shoulder and the pin profile. it leaves a solid phase bond between the two pieces [6]. the fig. 1describes the basic principle of the fsw process. caroline et al [7] has welded aa2014-t6 and aa7075-t6 aluminium alloys for various welding parameters. torque, temperature, macrograph and micro hardness were measured and concluded that torque, temperature and hardness profile depend on the amount material mixture in the stir zone. s. rajakumar et.al [8] studied the influence of process parameters on friction stir welding of al 7075 alloy and concluded that higher tool rotation speed resulted in higher heat generation which caused slower cooling rate and leads to formation of coarse grains which in turn produced lower hardness. moreira et al [9] produced fsw of aa6082t6 with aa6061-t6. the welds exhibited intermediate properties and the tensile tests failures occurred near the weld edge line where a minimum value of hardness was observed. khodir et al [10] studied the microstructure and mechanical properties of dissimilar joints of 2024-t3 to 7075-t6 al alloy and observed that the rise in welding speed caused formation of kissing bond and pores especially when the 2024 al alloy plate was located on the retreating side. minimum hardness was observed in the haz of both sides and their values increased with welding speed. shen et al [11] used aa 7075 plates of 2 mm thickness, for various rotational speeds and the dwell time. they investigated the microstructure and the mechanical properties of the refilled friction stir spot welding of aa7075. the keyhole of the weld was refilled successfully, the microstructure of the weld exhibits variations in the grain additionally, they observed, and defects associated to the material flow, such as hook, voids, bonding ligament and incomplete refill. vladvoj et al [12] presents the results of microstructure analysis, hardness measurements and tensile tests of fs-welded sheets of two aluminium alloys aa5083 and aa7075.ericsson and sandstrom [13] investigated the influence of welding speed on fatigue behavior of fsw, mig and tig process. moreira et al. [14] investigated the fatigue behavior of joints of fsw and metal inert gas (mig) welding. squillace et al. [15] investigated the microstructure and pitting corrosion resistance in tig and fsw joints for 2024-t3 alloy. munoz et al. [16] investigated the microstructure and mechanical properties of fsw and tig for almg-sc alloy. taban et al [17] studied the microstructure and mechanical properties in mig, tig and fsw joints for 5083h321 aluminum alloy. this paper presents the effect variable rotational speed and transverse speed on hardness properties of similar fsw joints of aa7075-t651 and dissimilar fsw joints of aa7075-t651-aa6061-t6 and also comparison between fsw and tig welding were studied. figure 1: working principle of friction stir welding. materials and experimental methods materials luminium alloys aa7075-t651 and aa6061-t6 sheet was cut on shear machine and brought to required size of 150 mm x 70 mm x 6.35 mm for fsw & tig welding. the fsw tool employed was square trapezoidal pin of h13 tool steel material with dimensions of 4mm bottom face and 6mm top face, 20mm flat shoulder diameter and 6mm pin height. the chemical composition of base material is as shown in tab. i. a c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 327 chemical composition % aa7075t651 elements si fe cu mn mg cr ni zn ti zr required 0.4 0.5 1.2-2 0.3 2.1-2.9 0.18-0.28 5.1-6.1 0.2 contents 0.05 0.18 1.4 0.04 2.5 0.19 5.9 0.08 aa6061t6 elements required 0.4-0.8 0.7 0.15-0.40. 0.15 0.8-1.2 0.04-0.35 0.25 0.15 contents 0.62 0.45 0.2 0.13 1.05 0.09 0.03 0.07 table i: chemical composition of base aluminium alloys welding procedures fsw method. the fsw joints were produced for similar alloys aa7075 and dissimilar alloys aa7075-aa 6061.the fsw welding parameter used in this experiment were tool rotation speed of 650,700, 800 rpm, 900 rpm and 1000 rpm; transverse speed of 30 mm/min, 35 mm/min and 40 mm/min. the tool tilt was maintained 00 during the experiment and plunge depth was of 6mm throughout the weld path. tool tip plunge feed was 10 mm/min throughout the weld path. the plates to be welded by fsw process were fixed by a clamping fixture on a joyti cnc vertical machining center px20 series as shown in fig. 2. the initial joint configuration was obtained by securing the plates in position using mechanical clamps. the direction of welding was normal to the rolling direction. single pass welding procedure was used to fabricate the fsw joint. figure 2: friction stirs welding on vmc machine with fsw joint. welding procedures tig method. tig welding was conducted on tig weld machine along the rolling direction of plates. the tig joints were also produced for similar alloys aa7075 and dissimilar alloys aa7075-aa6061.the the welding parameter used in tig welding were; welding filler wire for tig welding was al-si alloy with diameter of 4 mm, the flow rate of argon shield was 15 l/min, the welding voltage and current were 80 v and 280 a, respectively, and the speed of welding was 15 mm/s. hardness testing method using hardened steel ball indenter of 10mm diameter was fixed on the bhn machine demonstrated in the experimental set up as shown in fig. 3. c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 328 figure 3: brinell hardness testing machine. the fsw specimen was mounted on to the machine and the machine was loaded with load of 250 kgf for time of 20seconds and then removed. the resulting depth of impression was measured by the help of a microscope as shown in fig. 4. figure 4: microscope with depth of impression. a chart was then used to convert depth of impression to brinell hardness number. all friction stir welded samples for different weld parameter were tested for brinell hardness and the impression converted into bhn is shown in tab. ii for various fsw weld parameter. in tab. ii, sample number a to g presents fsw joints of similar alloys aa7075t651 and sample number a1, a4 presents fsw joints of dissimilar alloys aa7075t651aa6061t6. b1, b2 represents similar and dissimilar joints of tig welding respectively. c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 329 fsw sample no. rotation speed (rpm) transverse speed (mm/min) impression (d) (mm) bhn a 900 30 1.62 121 b 900 35 1.90 87.4 c 900 40 1.80 97.4 d 800 30 1.71 108 e 800 35 1.62 121 f 800 40 1.70 109 g 1000 30 2.10 71.4 h 1000 35 1.70 109 a1 700 40 2.80 40.0 a4 650 35 2.20 65.0 b1 2.50 50.1 b2 2.11 70.7 table ii: brinell hardness test result. results and discussion n heat treatable alloys, the precipitates only impart strength to the alloy. dissolution of these strengthening precipitates weakens the mechanical properties of weld joints. in all the fsw joints, the temperature experienced during welding can induce an over ageing of the precipitate particle, resulting in decrease of mechanical characteristics. actually, by inspecting hardness of fsw joints as shown in fig. 5-6, the hardness values in all welded samples are reduced compared with base metal, this means that the generated heat during fsw causes softening of the welded area due to dissolution of precipitates (fig. 7a). figure 5: effect of transverse speed on hardness for similar fsw & tig joints. i c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 330 figure 6: effect of transverse speed on hardness for dissimilar fsw & tig joints. figure 7: microstructure of fsw and tig showing precipitates and voids figure 8: hardness values in the microstructural weld zones. fsw temperatures coming to the nz and tmaz will cause at least partial dissolution of the hardening phases. normally, therefore, some softening within the nz should be expected in heat treatable alloys that were welded in t-tempers. some c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 331 grain coarsening and softening could also take place in the haz. the reducing in the weld hardness can be attributed to the dissolution of precipitates and subsequently the weld cooling rates do not favor nucleation and growth of all precipitates. the variation in hardness values in the microstructural weld zones are shown in fig. 7. due to the high temperature required for fusion welding, the heat affected zone region was large as well as and the subsequent melting and solidification that occur, voids are common defects found in fusion welds. the presence of voids (fig.-7b) in the tig welds contributes to the reduced hardness (fig. 5-6) observed during testing in respect of friction stirs welds. conclusion he minimum hardness was recorded in the weld metal for tig welding of about 50.1bhn for similar joint and 70.7 bhn for dissimilar joints. while for fsw joint the minimum hardness was recorded about 70.1 bhn and maximum hardness about 121bhn as compared with 170bhn for the base alloy. a hardness value has mixed result with respect to rotations speed and transverse speed for similar fsw joints. but in case of dissimilar fsw joints hardness value decreases with increase rotations speed and transverse speed. hardness was strongly affected by precipitate distribution.the voids presence in the tig welds contributes to the reduced hardness. it is observed that of fsw joints has more hardness than tig joints. references [1] thomas, w.m., et al., friction stir butt welding, international patent application pct/gb92, patent application gb9125978.8, 6, (1991). [2] muthukrishnan, m., marimuthu, k., some studies on mechanical properties of friction stir butt welded al-6082t6 plates, ieee, (2010). [3] yan-hua zhao, t., san-bao lin, lin wu, fu-xingqu, the influence of pin geometry on bonding and mechanical properties in friction stir weld 2014 al alloy, materials letters, 59 (2005) 2948 – 2952. [4] mishra, r. s., mahoney, m. w., friction stir welding and processing materials park, oh, asm international, (2007). [5] jonhson, r., kallee, s., friction stir welding, materials world, 7(12) (1999) 751-753. [6] patil, h.s., soman, s.n., experimental study on the effect of welding speed and tool pin profiles on aa6082-o aluminium friction stir welded butt joints, international journal of engineering, science and technology, 2(5) (2010) 268-275. [7] caroline, j., bruno, d., anne, d., aude, s., torque, temperature and hardening precipitation evolution in dissimilar friction stir welds between 6061-t6 and 2014-t6 aluminum alloys. journal of materials processing technology, 213 (2013) 826– 837. [8] rajakumar, s., muralidharan, c., balasubramanian, v., influence of friction stir welding process and tool parameters on strength properties of aa7075-t6 aluminium alloy joints, materials and design, 32 (2011) 535–549. [9] moreira, p.m.g.p., santos, t., tavares, s.m.o., richter-trummer, v., vilaca, p., de castro, p.m.s.t., mechanical and metallurgical characterization of friction stir welding joints of aa6061-t6 with aa6082-t6, materials and design, 30 (2009) 180–187. [10] khodir, s. a., shibayanagi, t., friction stir welding of dissimilar aa2024 and aa7075 aluminum alloys, material science and engineering b, 148 (2008) 82–87. [11] zhikangshen, xinqi, y., zhang, z., cui, l., li, t., microstructure and failure mechanisms of refill friction stir spot welded 7075-t6 aluminum alloy joints, materials and design, 44 (2013) 476–486. [12] vladvoj, m., jorge f. p., microstructure and properties of friction stir welded aluminium alloys, metal, (2005) 1-8. [13] ericsson, m., sandstrom, r., influence of welding speed on the fatigue of friction stir welds and comparison with mig and tig, j. fatigue, 25 (2003) 13791387. [14] moreira, p.m.g.p., defigueiredo, m.a.v., de castro, p.m.s.t., fatigue behaviour of fsw and mig weldments for aluminum alloys. j. theoretical appl. fracture mech., 48 (2007) 169-177. [15] squillace, a., de fenzo, g., giorleo, f., bellucci, a comparison between fsw and tig welding techniques: modifications of microstructure and pitting corrosion resistance in aa 2024-t3 butt joints, journal of materials processing technology, 152 (2004) 97-105. t c. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 332 [16] munoz, a.c., ruckert, g., hunean, b., sauvage, x., maryav, s., comparison of tig welded and friction welded al4.5 mg0.26 sc alloy. j. materials proc. technol., 197 (2008) 337-343. [17] taban, e., kaluc, e., microstructural and mechanical properties of double-sided mig, tig and friction stir welded 5083-h321 aluminum alloy j. kovove mater met. mater., 44 (2006) 25-33. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_38_art_48 g. s. serovaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.48 392 numerical study of the response of dynamic parameters to defects in composite structures grigorii s. serovaev, valery p. matveenko perm national research polytechnic university, department of applied mathematics and mechanics, 29 komsomolsky prospekt, perm, 614990, russia serovaev@icmm.ru, mvp@icmm.ru abstract. the purpose of this work is to study three different models of delamination in composite plate (the free mode model, the constrained model and the contact model) and applicability of this models to the vibrational method of damage detection based on frequency shifts. the results of numerical simulation have shown that the free mode model leads to abrupt changes in natural frequencies due to non-physical condition of mutual penetration of adjacent volumes in the defect zone. the constrained and the contact models yield qualitative agreement in shifts of natural frequencies with a change of the defect size. all models have shown the necessity of analyzing shifts of high frequencies to detect small size delamination. keywords. natural frequencies; vibrational methods of damage detection; delamination. citation: serovaev, g.s., matveenko, v. p., numerical study of the response of dynamic parameters to defects in composite structures, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398. received: 28.08.2016 accepted: 15.09.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he estimation of the mechanical state of a structure during its operation based on detection of internal damages has gained a great importance for such rapidly developing fields of production as mechanical engineering, aerospace industry, etc., whose recent trends are toward an increased use of new types of materials. the most widely spread type of defects in composite constructions is delamination, which leads to a separation of the object in the defect zone into several parts, which begin to respond to loads independently of each other [1] while the stiffness of each part is significantly lower than the stiffness of the whole object. the appearance of delamination may be the cause of the deprivation of bearing capacity of the structure, its breakage and decommissioning which indicates the relevance of the problem of damage detection at an early stage of development. the application of visual methods of damage detection is difficult due to internal location of delamination. it is well known that the appearance of defects in a particular place of the structure influences the local stiffness in this zone, which leads to a shift of natural frequencies. this specific feature of structure response is behind the global vibrational methods of damage detection. these methods use different dynamic parameters (eigenfrequencies, mode shapes, curvatures of mode shapes, etc.) to evaluate the state of the investigated structure [2-5]. t g. s. serovaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.48 393 the methods of numerical simulation allow us to investigate the processes occurring in structures during application of different damage detection methods and receive the answers to many questions without performing expensive experiments. moreover, it is due to numerical methods that we can track the evolution of different parameters with a change of the defect size. studies of objects with delamination type defects have received considerable attention in scientific literature. analytical description of the free mode model of delamination in a beam, which allows the mutual penetration of volumes in the zone of delamination, is given in [6]. this disadvantage is eliminated in the constrained model where areas in the delamination zone have equal vertical displacements [7]. only few low frequencies are considered in these studies. the presence of multiple delaminations is discussed in [8]. experimental investigations of vibrations of delaminated structures are performed in [9, 10]. excitation of vibrations and measurement of the signal must be implemented using actuators and special measurement devices (sensors). the capabilities of using piezoelements for registration of high frequency vibrations are described in [11]. the authors of this research capture vibrations of the plate up to 40 khz with the help of a piezoelectric sensor which proves the possibility of using such devices for measuring high frequency vibrations. the method of electromechanical impedance (emi), which is one of the vibrational methods of damage detection applied to delaminated composite beam, is given in [12]. the need to place the actuator close to the defect and hence the requirement of arrangement of a dense grid of piezoelectric devices or prior knowledge of the location of defect is the main disadvantage of such a kind of damage detection method. on the other hand natural frequencies give integral characteristic of the object of research. in [13-15] vibrations of delaminated structures with different geometries such as beam, cylindrical and conical shells are studied. a numerical study of the dynamic parameter response to defects of different sizes is carried out in the framework of three models of delamination in a composite structure, the advantages and drawbacks of each model are estimated in the process of simulation. first, we consider a free mode model of delamination, in which the adjacent volumes in the zone of the defect are not coupled with each other and therefore they are assumed to be mutually penetrable. in the second, the so-called constrained model, the coincident nodes in the zone of delamination are coupled by one component of the displacement, while other components of the displacement remain independent. the last one is the model that takes into account the contact forces. the free mode and constrained models allow us to perform a modal analysis for computing the eigenfrequencies of the structure. with contact forces taken into account the problem becomes nonlinear. the algorithm for calculating the spectrum of eigenfrequencies in the nonlinear problem includes the following steps: setting of impact load, transient analysis, measurements of signal at a certain point of the structure with a subsequent conversion of the received response of the structure from the amplitude-time to amplitude-frequency domain with the help of the fourier transform numerical modeling numerical study was performed on a square plate of size l = 0.15х0.15 m, made of a layered composite material. the thickness of one layer is h1c = 0.0003 m. there are a total of n = 15 layers across the thickness of the plate therefore the total thickness is h1c*n = 0.0045 m (fig. 1). the square shape delamination of size ld m is located between 6 and 7th layers. the center of delamination coincides with the center of the plate. the composite material is modeled as a homogeneous body with the following orthotropic effective mechanical properties (reinforcing direction is not taken into account). ex = 24 gpa, ey = 18 gpa, ez = 6 gpa, gxy = 4 gpa, gyz = 3 gpa, gxz = 3 gpa, vxy = 0.15, vyz = 0.18, vxz = 0.42, ρ = 1800 kg/m3. the presence of composite layers is taken into account only by geometrical dimensions. finite elements with quadratic approximation providing more accurate results in terms of out of plane strains were used in the simulation. the principle of virtual work is used for the mathematical formulation of the problem i i i i i ij ij v s v u f u dv p u ds dv t 2 2 (             (1) where iu components of the displacement vector, ji ij j i uu x x 1 ( ) 2       components of strain tensor, ij ijkl klc   components of stress tensor, ijklc stiffness tensor,  material density, if components of body forces vector, ip components of surface tractions vector. a g. s. serovaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.48 394 figure 1: geometrical representation of the plate. the boundary condition corresponds to the cantilever fixing of the plate on the border x = l the free mode model allows the mutual penetration of volumes (fig. 2), hence surfaces s1 and s2 are free from stresses and boundary conditions for this models have the following form: zz zx zys s s s s s, , ,1 2 1 2 1 2 0     for the constrained model, the coincident nodes associated with the surfaces s1 and s2 have equal displacements in the z axis direction while other components of the displacement remain independent therefore the boundary conditions can be written as follows zx zys s s s z zs s u u , ,1 2 1 2 1 2 0    a numerical solution of the dynamic problem of vibration of a plate was found by the finite element method using the commercial package ansys. the finite-element formulation in matrix form can be written as follows        m u k u f t( )  (2) where  m mass matrix of the system,  k stiffness matrix of the system,  f t( ) time dependent load function,  u the vector of nodal displacements,  u the vector of nodal accelerations. in the absence of external influences, the problem is reduced to the typical problem of finding eigenvalues and eigenvectors i t i iu x t e x( , ) ( )    (3) where  natural frequency, i eigenvector or mode shape. the finite element formulation of the problem has the following form        k m u2 0 0   (4) where  u0 the vector of nodal values of natural vibration modes. g. s. serovaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.48 395 figure 2: models of delamination. results he frequency range from 0-20 khz was analyzed. the size of delamination was changed from 0 to 0,05 m with a step of 0.002 m. the change of eigenfrequencies, depending on the size of delamination in the range of 0-20 khz, is shown in fig. 3 and 4 (the upper plots show the results for the free mode model of delamination, the lower – for constrained model). the vertical axis represents the defect size, the horizontal axis corresponds to the frequency of oscillations in hertz. the reaction of the natural frequencies to increase in the size of the defect for the free mode model is not observed up to 4 khz. at higher frequencies a sudden drop in the natural frequencies for the defect of the large size is observed. figure 3: shifts of natural frequencies in the range of 0-10 khz. in the range of frequencies from 10-20 khz a similar abrupt pattern of natural frequency shifts is observed (fig. 4). restriction applied to the component of displacement in the delamination zone and thereby precluding mutual penetration of the adjacent volumes in this area significantly affects the results. this model is characterized by a more gradual and smaller change in magnitude of natural frequencies with increasing the size of the defect. for both models a clear tendency towards greater sensitivity of high frequency vibrations to the defects of a smaller size is observed, which is explained by the fact that the reaction of frequencies to the appearance of a defect depends not only on its size but also on its location. if a defect is located in the area of small or zero strains of mode shape, the frequency will remain unchanged. the mode shapes of high frequencies have a large number of zones with non-zero strains (bends), providing greater sensitivity of these frequencies to the defect. that's what makes these frequencies more appropriate for detection of small sized defects. t g. s. serovaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.48 396 figure 4: shifts of natural frequencies in the range of 10-20 khz. the third variant of the model of delamination is the most accurate and complete, as it uses contact elements to model the interaction of adjacent surfaces in the delamination zone. thus, several options for the contact status are possible (fig. 5): 1) open contact where the nodes, between which the contact is defined, are divided; 2) closed contact, in this case, the nodes are in contact with each other and their relative behavior is determined by the contact stiffness, by default, equal to the modulus of elasticity of the material multiplied by the size of the element adjacent to the contact surface. in this problem the node to node type of contact (element conta178) is used because mode superposition transient analysis, which supports only this type of nonlinearity, was performed. a significant advantage of this type of calculation is its performance, compared to the full method of transient analysis. figure 5: state of the contact. in contrast to the free mode model and constrained model where natural frequencies could be calculated by the modal analysis, the spectrum of frequencies in transient analyses is calculated using the fourier transform of a signal recorded at a certain point of the plate. since accelerometers are usually used as sensors to measure the acceleration in the experiment, in the numerical model the accelerations are also calculated at the point. increasing the size of the centrally located delamination, the graphs similar to ones in fig. 3 and 4 are received which reflect the change of the natural frequencies of the spectrum when you change the size of the defect. this type of analysis requires a more profound approach, as a reflection of the resonant frequencies on the spectrum significantly depends on the type of the input signal, the points of impact and measurement. if these points are located on the nodal line of mode shape, this frequency will not be excited and will not affect the resulting spectrum. the algorithm of calculation of the nonlinear dynamic problem with contact interaction taken into account consists of the following steps (fig. 6). impact load is applied to a certain area on the surface of the plate (step i) g. s. serovaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.48 397 m of t sin f t sin f t( ) ( 2 ) ( 2 )  where om f f n2  – modulation frequency, of – central frequency. on the time interval t = 0.4 s. mode superposition transient analysis is performed. the result of this analysis is the component of acceleration az registered at the node at the specified time period (step ii). the received signal includes a set of steady-state oscillations of different frequencies, which is obtained by decomposition of the signal using the fourier transform (step iii). figure 6: algorithm of transient analysis resonance peaks on the resulting graph correspond to the eigenfrequencies. internal dissipation was not considered in the current study, therefore, the analysis of the amplitudes of the resonance peaks was not performed. by implementing this algorithm, and increasing the size of the defect at each step, it is possible to monitor changes in natural frequencies. figure 7: shifts of natural frequencies in the contact model of delamination. the general nature of the frequency response to an increase of the damage size is similar to the models described above. we can see the lack of influence of damage on low frequencies and high frequency sensitivity to the defect of a small size. g. s. serovaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 392-398; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.48 398 the sharpness of the frequency spectrum picture will significantly depend on relative location of impact and the measurement and type of impact load. conclusions he comparison of the three considered models of delamination with respect to their applicability to the solution of the problem of analysis of changes of natural frequencies of a composite plate shows that in spite of the indisputable simplicity of the free mode model, the results show an excessive drop in eigenfrequencies. the constrained and the contact models yield qualitative agreement in shifts of natural frequencies with a change of the defect size. the calculation of the constrained model is much easier and faster. however, the algorithm of calculation of the model with the contact repeats the steps performed during the experiment and more fully reflects special features typical for real structures. the results suggest that for detection of defects at an early stage of their development it is necessary to record the change in the spectrum in the high frequency range (in this case greater than 4 khz). a numerical model of the studied structure allows to analyse frequency response to the occurrence of the defect and to determine the most sensitive of them to a specific type of defect. acknowledgments he study was performed in perm national research polytechnic university with the support of the russian science foundation (project №15-19-00243) references [1] zhang, z., shankar, k., ray, t., morozov, e.v., tahtali, m., vibration-based inverse algorithms for detection of delamination in composites, composite structures, 102 (2013) 226-236. [2] stepinski, t., uhl, t., staszewski, w., advanced structural damage detection: from theory to engineering applications, john wiley & sons, (2013). [3] adams, d.e., health monitoring of structural materials and components, john wiley & sons, (2007). [4] morassi, a., vestroni, f., dynamic methods for damage detection in structures. springer wien new york, (2008). [5] zou, y., tong, l., steven, g.p., vibration-based model-dependent damage (delamination) identification and health monitoring for composite structures – a review. journal of sound and vibration, 230(2) (2000) 357-378. [6] wang, j.t.s., liu, y.y., gibby, j.b., vibrations of split beams. journal of sound and vibration, 84 (1982) 491-502. [7] mujumdar, p.m., suryanarayan, s., flexural vibrations of beams with delaminations, journal of sound and vibration, 125(3) (1988) 441-461. [8] lee, j., free vibration analysis of delaminated composite beams. computers and structures, 74 (2000) 121-129. [9] shen, m.h., j.e. grady. free vibrations of delaminated beams. aiaa journal. 30(5) (1992) 1361-1370. [10] valdes diaz, s.h., soutis, c., delamination detection in composite laminates from variations of their modal characteristics. journal of sound and vibration, 228(1) (1999) 1-9. [11] chuang, k.-c., liou, h.-c., ma, c.-c., investigation of polyvinylidene fluoride(pvdf) films in identifying highfrequency vibration modes of flexible plates. ieee transactions on ultrasonic, ferroelectrics, and frequency control, 61(6) (2014) 1047-1058. [12] yan, w., wang, j., chen, w.q., delamination assessment of a laminated composite beam using distributed piezoelectric sensor/actuator, smart. mater. struct., 20 (2011) 1-14. [13] rout., m., baishya, n., effects of delamination on the vibration characteristics of composite beams, noize and vibration worldwide, 24-29 (2010). [14] muc, a., stawiarski, a., identification of damages in composite multilayered cylindrical panels with delaminations. composite structures. 94 (2012) 1871-1879. [15] dey, s., karmakar, a., free vibration analyses of multiple delaminated angle-ply composite conical shells – a finite element approach, composite structures. 94 (2012) 2188-2196. t t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_33.doc t. vojtek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 245-251; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.33 245 focused on crack tip fields on the connection between mode ii and mode iii effective thresholds in metals tomáš vojtek, stanislav žák, jaroslav pokluda central european institute of technology (ceitec), brno university of technology, purkyňova 123, 612 00 brno, czech republic tomas.vojtek@ceitec.vutbr.cz, stanislav.zak@ceitec.vutbr.cz, pokluda@fme.vutbr.cz abstract. closure-free long cracks under the remote mode iii loading grow in a more complicated way than those under the remote mode ii. for bcc metals, a coplanar in-plane spreading of tongues driven by the local mode ii loading components at crack-front asperities prevails while twisting of crack-front segments to mode i, often leading to factory-roof morphology, is typical for other materials. in bcc metals, therefore, the formulation of a quantitative relationship connecting effective thresholds in modes ii and iii demands to calculate the local mode ii components of stress intensity factors at typical asperities of a crack front loaded in the remote mode iii. therefore, a numerical model of a serrated crack front was created and the results were compared with experimentally determined ratio of mode ii and iii effective thresholds for the armco iron. although the calculated crack-front roughness needs an experimental verification, the preliminary results indicate that the model can provide a quantitative explanation of the experimentally observed ratio of mode ii and mode iii effective thresholds in bcc metals. keywords. modes ii and iii; effective threshold; micromechanism; finite element method; armco iron. citation: vojtek, t., žák, s., pokluda, j., on the connection between mode ii and mode iii effective thresholds in metals, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 245-251. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 03.05.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction espite the applied (remote) shear-mode ii, iii or ii+iii loading, the fronts of long cracks in metallic materials are, particularly in the small-scale yielding case, always loaded in a local mixed mode i+ii+iii due to their 3d microscopic tortuosity and frictionally induced mode i (e.g. [1], [2]). the contact of asperities in the crack wake (friction stress) induces a rather high crack tip shielding level which, as a rule, makes the extrinsic component of the resistance to the crack growth higher than the intrinsic one [3]. after a certain crack extension, such cracks start to deflect from the plane of the maximum shear stress to reduce the extrinsic resistance (the friction stress) by increasing the mode i loading component [4 – 9]. consequently, the shear-mode cracks usually rather quickly become opening-mode cracks and the investigation of shear-mode crack-growth mechanisms and the related intrinsic resistance is very difficult. however, one can still experimentally uncover the crack growth mechanisms and the intrinsic resistance (effective thresholds) for d t. vojtek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 245-251; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.33 246 loading modes ii and iii by minimizing the extrinsic resistance by the preparation of fatigue precracks using cyclic compressive loading and subsequent annealing [10]. such experiments revealed two basic types of closure-free propagation of mode ii and mode iii cracks in metallic materials [3]. first, the shear-mode propagation coplanar with precrack was observed for mode ii loading in the case of bcc metals (e.g. ferritic steel or niobium) [11, 12]. in these materials, the dense set of slip planes in the bcc crystal lattice enabled creation and movement of dislocations in the slip planes lying sufficiently close to the plane of the maximum shear stress and thus possessing a high schmid factor. the crack growth then proceeded along this plane in a nearly coplanar manner. the propagation of mode iii cracks in the bcc metals was also found to be coplanar but the micromechanism revealed to be a spreading of in-plane tongues inclined by only very small angles to the macroscopic mode iii crack front, thus driven by local mode ii loading components [13]. these tongues mostly initiated on asperities (protrusions) of the microscopically tortuous crack fronts. the second (noncoplanar) type of crack growth was observed in materials with a low spatial density of slip systems (fcc) or with microstructural barriers for dislocation movement such as the pearlitic steel. in these materials, the fronts of the mode ii cracks immediately deflected from the shear plane to experience a pure mode i loading whereas the mode iii crack fronts locally twisted to create mode i segments which could lead to a formation of the factory-roof morphology. the growth mechanism in hcp materials represented a transition between the above mentioned two principal types [14, 15]. thus, for the same specimen geometry and the same kind of shear-mode loading, different materials exhibit different crack paths. however, just a combination of local mode i and local mode ii growth mechanisms is relevant for description of behaviour of most metallic materials [3, 12, 13] under all kinds of shear-modes (ii, iii and ii+iii). the classical criteria for mixed-mode crack propagation [16 – 18] do not take these differences into account and do not reflect the physical nature of the process. such criteria cannot be reliably applied to mode ii and mode iii crack growth since there is no local mode iii growth mechanism adequately efficient with respect to that of the mode ii [19, 20]. the cracks grow under local mode i or ii mechanisms instead [15, 21]. to apply the approach of local growth mechanism it is necessary to determine the local sifs for the spatially oriented crack fronts. such analysis was already done for remote mode ii cracks [15]. the results led to a formulation of predictive relationship for the effective mode ii threshold, which was verified by experimentally measured values. in the case of mode iii cracks, however, the analysis is much more difficult due to the complicated mechanisms of local mode ii crack advances or factory roof formation. therefore, no quantitative expression for prediction of the effective mode iii threshold was found hitherto. the present paper addresses the problem of the prediction of effective mode iii threshold for the armco iron as a case study of materials with coplanar shear-mode crack propagation. for such materials, the 2d (in-plane) modelling of the tortuous crack geometry is sufficiently relevant and, therefore, the finite element analysis of the local mode ii component for a crack with serrated (zig-zag) front loaded in the remote mode iii was performed. the results are useful for expression of the ratio k2/kiii of local mode ii sif to the global mode iii sif for a straight crack front, which can be compared with the experimentally measured ratio of effective thresholds δkiieff,th and δkiiieff,th. material and experiments xperimental data were evaluated for the armco iron which is a nearly pure ferrite, as a representative of pure bcc metals. the mode iii fatigue crack propagation experiment was performed using specimens cyclically loaded in torsion. the cylindrical specimens had a circumferential notch with the outer diameter d = 25 mm and the inner diameter d = 12 mm. a detailed description of the experimental arrangement can be found in [10]. the precracks were generated at the notch root by cyclic compressive loading [22 – 24] which resulted in an open precrack and avoided closure effects such as friction and contact of the fracture surfaces. after precracking the specimens were annealed in vacuum in order to eliminate the plastic zone in the vicinity of the crack tip and to avoid creation of an oxide layer. in this way, the effective (closure-free) mode iii crack propagation threshold was measured. after applying n = 105 loading cycles with the cyclic stress ratio r = 0.1 at room temperature the experiments were stopped and the specimens were fractured by cyclic push-pull loading in mode i. the fracture surfaces were observed in the scanning electron microscope (sem), where the crack length was measured. numerical model o evaluate local stress intensity factors along the tortuous precrack front a finite element model [25] created with ansys finite element modeller was adapted. because of the applied loading and the geometry of the specimen a full 3d model had to be used for the torsion specimen and one symmetry plane was used for the shear specimen. e t t. vojtek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 245-251; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.33 247 also, a submodelling procedure was employed to minimize the computational time. the first stage model (global model) described deformation of whole specimen with smooth precrack front (no tortuosity) under respective loads. the second stage model (submodel) contained the tortuous precrack front. its geometry was parameterized and defined by the main dimensions of the tortuosity (tooth height and length). a zig-zag shape of the precrack front was created by alternating key-points between maximal (rmax) and minimal (rmin) precrack front radii and by connecting these points to create the serrated crack front (see fig. 1). a scripted code ensured that the number of modelled teeth was an integer (to avoid discontinuities at the crack front). figure 1: scheme of the precrack emanating from the notch and possessing a serrated front. geometrical model was discretized by a very fine mesh of finite elements. ansys quadratic elements (solid186) were used and the rotational symmetry was employed to create a mostly uniform mesh. the model was adjusted to have 10 elements in the radial direction from the notch tip to the precrack front and 4 elements along each half-tooth at the precrack front. figure 2: submodel (finite element mesh). this arrangement resulted in 9 nodes along each half-tooth. to evaluate the sifs the ansys code used a domain integration around each evaluated point at the precrack front to compute the so-called interaction integral. then the local sifs were calculated from this integral [26] with respect to local coordinate systems. this calculation was performed for all nodes along the precrack front which provided 17 values of local sifs (including one value for the conjoint node) along each precrack tooth. results and discussion ocal sifs k1, k2 and k3 were evaluated for the remote mode iii loaded crack with two crack geometries [27]. the first one was a smooth circular crack front and the second one was the serrated front (roughness asperities) characterized by the angle α. the inclination of the crack front segments with respect to the remote shear stress resulted in a non-zero local mode ii component. significance of this component was assessed by the ratio of the local mode ii sif k2 and the remote mode iii sif kiii determined for crack without ledges (asperities). this ratio was denoted rcal and plotted in fig. 4 for one half of l t. vojtek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 245-251; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.33 248 the asperity (see fig. 3). the points at which the values were calculated are denoted by integers from 1 to 9 and they define the horizontal axis of fig. 4. only the values for points 2 to 8 are shown, since the extreme points 1 and 9 represent a discontinuity of the crack front and the corresponding sifs are not well defined. ratios rcal = k2/kiii were calculated as functions of different angles α in all nodes along the half tooth and plotted in fig. 4. in this figure each data line corresponds to one angle α. figure 3: the detail of roughness asperities characterized by the angle α. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ra ti o   r ca l =  k 2 /k ii i evaluated points α = 41.65° α = 38.32° α = 34.65° α = 30.61° α = 26.20° α = 21.42° α = 17.19° α = 11.80° α = 6.20° α = 3.35° figure 4: results of rcal for different asperity angles α in the range from 3.35° to 41.65° in points showed in fig. 3. although the ratio rcal is changing along the asperity, a useful dependence of the ratio rcal on the asperity angle α can be still constructed from the computed curves in fig. 4. indeed, two special values of rcal can be selected: the average value rcal,av (calculated from points 2 to 8) and the maximum value rcal,max (at the point 3) that is probably relevant for the first extension of local tongues at the threshold. both rcal,av and rcal,max as functions of α are plotted in fig. 5. the sif range δkiii measured at the mode iii threshold under the presumption of a smooth circumferential crack front is equal to δkiiieff,th. simultaneously, the local mode ii component of the sif range δk2 at the asperities (initiation sites of mode ii tongues) should be equal to the measured δkiieff,th. this means that the following formula must hold at the mode iii threshold:        iieff,th2 2 cal exp iii iii iiieff,th kk k r r k k k (1) the agreement between theory and experiment could be tested by eq. (1) since, for the armco iron [10], the experimental ratio rexp was obtained as      1/2 iieff,th exp 1/2 iiieff,th 1.5 mpa m 0.58 2.6 mpa m k r k (2) the value rexp = 0.58 was plotted in fig. 5 as the horizontal dashed line and its intersection with the relevant curve rcal,max vs. α indicates that the characteristic angle α of the asperities at the precrack fronts in the armco iron specimens should α points in fig. 4 shear stress maximal k2 1 2 8 9 3 precrack t. vojtek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 245-251; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.33 249 be of 23°. this value must be, of course, verified by the measured linear roughness of these precrack fronts. nevertheless, it seems to be plausible and sufficiently small to allow the local mode ii mechanism operate at real micro-tortuous crack fronts without sharp protrusions. 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 ra ti o    r c a l =  k 2 /k ii i asperity angle  α [°] maximum average experimental δkiieff,th/δkiiieff,th figure 5: dependences of rcal,max and rcal,av on the asperity angle α calculated for the respective points of the maximal value (stress concentration at point 3 in fig. 3) and of the averaged value of the ratio rcal along the half tooth (points 2 to 8). the horizontal dashed line represents the experimental ratio of effective thresholds δkiieff,th / δkiiieff,th. the model of local mode i/ii crack growth was already able to explain the existence of crystallographic facets oriented nearly parallel with the shear stress direction. it was also used to propose the formula for prediction of the intrinsic mode ii threshold [15], which was found in a good agreement with experiments for many metallic materials. this study represents an important further step on the way to achieve an appropriate quantitative description of the effective mode iii thresholds too. the results obtained by relatively complicated numerical calculations made to determine the local mode ii sifs of the serrated crack front seem to be very promising in terms of finding such a relationship. conclusion his study represents an important step on the way to quantitatively describe the effective mode iii thresholds in metallic materials with the bcc crystal lattice. in these materials, the micromechanism of propagation of mode iii cracks was found to be a coplanar (in-plane) spreading of tongues driven by the local mode ii loading component at asperities of microtortuous crack fronts. since the in-plane 2d modelling of the tortuous crack geometry is sufficiently relevant here, the finite element analysis of the local mode ii component for a precrack with serrated front loaded in the remote mode iii was performed. comparison of the calculated results with experimentally determined ratio of mode ii and iii effective thresholds revealed that, for the armco iron as a case study, the characteristic angle α of the asperities (saw teeth) at the precrack front should be of 23°. although this value must be verified by the measured linear roughness of the precrack fronts in the armco specimens, it seems to be plausible and sufficiently small to allow the local mode ii mechanism operate at real micro-tortuous crack fronts without any sharp protrusions. thus, the result achieved is promising in terms of finding a physically justified formula for mode iii effective thresholds in metallic materials with bcc lattice. acknowledgements he authors acknowledge the financial support of this work by the czech science foundation (ga cr) in the frame of the projects no. 17-15716y and no. 17-18566s, and by the ministry of education, youth and sports of the czech republic under the project ceitec 2020 (lq1601). t t t. vojtek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 245-251; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.33 250 references [1] pokluda, j., šandera, p., micromechanisms of fracture and fatigue. in a multiscale context, london, uk: springer; (2010). [2] gross, t.s., mendelsohn, d., mode i stress intensity factors induced by fracture surface roughness under pure mode iii loading: application to the effect of loading modes on stress corrosion crack growth, metal. transactions, 20a (1989) 1989–1999. doi: 10.1007/bf02650285. [3] pokluda, j., pippan, r., vojtek, t., hohenwarter, a., near-threshold behaviour of shear-mode fatigue cracks in metallic materials, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 37 (2014) 232–254. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12131. [4] pinna, c., doquet, v., the preferred fatigue crack propagation mode in a m250 maraging steel loaded in shear, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 22 (1999) 173–183. doi: 10.1046/j.1460-2695.1999.00161.x. [5] doquet, v., pommier, s., fatigue crack growth under non-proportional mixed-mode loading in ferritic-pearlitic steel, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 27 (2004) 1051–1060. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00817.x. [6] doquet, v., bertolino, g., local approach to fatigue cracks bifurcation, int. j. fract., 30 (2008) 942–950. doi: j.ijfatigue.2007.06.001. [7] doquet, v., abadi, m., bui, q.h., pons, a., influence of the loading path on fatigue crack growth under mixed-mode loading, int. j. fract., 159 (2009) 219–232. doi: 10.1007/s10704-009-9396-6. [8] murakami, y., metal fatigue: effects of small defects and nonmetallic inclusions, amsterdam – tokyo, elsevier, (2002). [9] gates, n., fatemi, a., friction and roughness induced closure effects on shear-mode crack growth and branching mechanisms, int. j. fatigue, 92 (2016) 442–458. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.01.023. [10] vojtek, t., pippan, r., hohenwarter, a., holáň, l., pokluda, j., near-threshold propagation of mode ii and mode iii fatigue cracks in ferrite and austenite, acta mater., 61 (2013) 4625-4635. doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2013.04.033. [11] vojtek, t., pokluda, j., hohenwarter, a., pippan, r., three-dimensional morphology of fracture surfaces generated by modes ii and iii fatigue loading in ferrite and austenite, eng. fract. mech., 108 (2013), 285–293. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.02.022. [12] vojtek, t., pokluda, j., hohenwarter, a., pippan, r., progress in understanding of intrinsic resistance to shear-mode fatigue crack growth in metallic materials, int. j. fatigue, 89 (2016) 36–42. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.01.009. [13] vojtek, t., hohenwarter, a., pippan, r., pokluda, j, experimental evidence of a common local mode ii growth mechanism of fatigue cracks loaded in modes ii, iii and ii + iii in niobium and titanium, int. j. fatigue, 92 (2016) 470–477. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.02.042. [14] vojtek, t., pippan, r., hohenwarter, a., pokluda, j., prediction of effective mode ii fatigue crack growth threshold for metallic materials, eng. fract. mech., 174 (2017), 117–126. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2016.11.024. [15] vojtek, t., pokluda, j., experimental investigation of modes ii and iii fatigue crack growth in unalloyed titanium, key engineering materials, 592-593 (2014) 797–800. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.592-593.797. [16] sih, g.c., some basic problems in fracture mechanics and new concepts, eng. fract. mech., 5 (1973) 365–377. [17] magill, m.a., an analysis of sustained mixed mode fatigue crack growth, eng. fract. mech., 56 (1997) 9–24. doi: 10.1016/s0013-7944(96)00106-3. [18] richard, h.a., schramm, b., schirmeisen, n.-h., cracks on mixed mode loading – theories, experiments, simulations, int. j. fatigue, 62 (2014) 93–103. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.06.019. [19] pokluda, j., pippan, r., can a pure mode iii fatigue loading contribute to crack propagation in metallic materials?, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 28 (2005) 179–185. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00843.x. [20] doquet, v., bui, q.h., bertolino, g., merhy, e., alves, l., 3d shear-mode fatigue crack growth in maraging steel and ti-6al-4v, int. j. fract, 165 (2010) 61–76. doi: 10.1007/s10704-010-9504-7. [21] martins, r.f., ferreira, l., reis, l., chambel, p., fatigue crack growth under cyclic torsional loading, theor. appl. fract. mech., 85a (2016) 56–66. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2016.08.016. [22] suresh, s., crack initiation in cyclic compression and its applications, eng. fract. mech., 21 (1985) 453–463. doi: 10.1016/s0013-7944(85)80038-2. [23] pippan, r., the growth of short cracks under cyclic compression, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 9 (1987) 319– 328. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.1987.tb00459.x. [24] newman, j.c., yamada, y., compression precracking methods to generate near-threshold fatigue-crack-growth-rate data, int. j. fatigue, 32 (2010) 879–885. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2009.02.030. t. vojtek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 245-251; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.33 251 [25] žák, s., horníková, j., šandera, p., pokluda, j., verification of linear dependence of plastic zone size on j-integral for mixed-mode loading, appl. mech. mater.,. 751 (2015) 15–20. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.751.15. [26] ansys r16.2 help (manual), ansys inc., (2015). [27] žák, s., horníková, j., šandera, p., shear mode stress intensity factors for serrated crack fronts, key engineering materials, (2017), submitted to. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 24 articolo 11 andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 102 special issue: russian fracture mechanics school study of the conditions of fracture at explosive compaction of powders andrey e. buzyurkin, evgeny i. kraus khristianovich institute of theoretical and applied mechanics of siberian branch of ras, 4/1 instituskaya str., novosibirsk, 630090, russia buzjura@itam.nsc.ru, kraus@itam.nsc.ru yaroslav l. lukyanov lavrentyev institute of hydrodynamics of siberian branch of ras, 15 lavrentyev pr., novosibirsk, 630090, russia lukyanov@hydro.nsc.ru abstract. joint theoretical and experimental investigations have allowed to realize an approach with use of mathematical and physical modeling of processes of a shock wave loading of powder materials. in order to gain a better insight into the effect of loading conditions and, in particular, to study the effect of detonation velocity, explosive thickness, and explosion pressure on the properties of the final sample, we numerically solved the problem about powder compaction in the axisymmetric case. the performed analysis shows that an increase in the decay time of the pressure applied to the sample due to an increase of the explosive thickness or the external loading causes no shrinkage of the destructed region at a fixed propagation velocity of the detonation wave. simultaneously, a decrease in the propagation velocity of the detonation wave results in an appreciable shrinkage of this region. keywords. shock waves; fracture; powder. introduction ethods of explosive loading of powder materials in conservation ampoules are applied in order to obtain new materials including composite ones with the unique physical and mechanical properties. in addition, these methods can be used to study phase transitions occurring in materials at high pressures and temperatures taking place behind shock waves, as well as for the synthesis of metastable phases. in recent decades, significant development has been achieved in such a scientific and technical branch of materials science as powder metallurgy. this term is currently understood a whole complex of problems connected with the design of materials and products from metal and nonmetal powders. interest in these problems is quite understandable since the opportunity to create new classes of materials with unique and controllable properties which can not be obtained by ordinary metallurgy methods has arisen. a special place in the powder metallurgy is occupied by explosive compaction of powder materials. it is easy to explain the strong interest in the explosive compaction. it consists in the fact that virtually all the methods of composite materials' production from powder mixtures lead to a change in initial material properties due to high temperatures and relatively long duration of the process. m http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 103 since the powders being in the form of granules, fibers, needles and ribbons, possessing the necessary properties in the initial state, can not be used directly to produce semi-finished products or components, the methods of compaction of these materials perform two tasks at once. on the one hand the compaction changes the shape and size of the powders, and on the other hand it produces the material itself. from this point of view, the short exposure to high temperatures and pressures during explosive compaction allows, in general, to keep the original structure and properties of the components. at the same time, varying of the intensity and time exposure to high pressure and temperature in shock compression allows to modify, if necessary, the structure and properties of the compacts a controlled manner. the loading of the powder materials in the conservation ampoules can be carried out by means of both plane and oblique shock waves. each of the methods has its pros and cons. the explosive loading by oblique shock wave is characterized by high values of shear strain, in comparison with the plane impact, which leads to stronger bonds between the compacted particles. in addition, this scheme allows to obtain the compacts not only in the form of plates, but pipes, rods, cones, etc as well. one can also get the compacts of large sizes. the loading by plane shock waves allow to vary the pressure and temperature behind the shock front in a wider range and to reach much higher values of these parameters. at the same time, the method is more material-consuming and has limitations on the size of the loaded samples. investigation into the interaction between oblique shock waves in porous materials and powders is a topical problem in optimization of loading conditions for obtaining, from a given sample, a compacted material with spatially uniform physical and mechanical properties. in compacting a powder in the cylindrical scheme, an irregular interaction between shock waves occurs. the compacted powder displays substantial non-uniformity in particle displacements, resulting in inhomogeneity of powder characteristics and, in some cases, even in material failure. in compacting porous material and powders, the strong bonding between particles is achieved through the combined pressure-shear loading. during the compacting, a substantial energy is released at the interfaces between powder particles, resulting in surface cleaning and material melting in narrow interfacial regions. as a result, pore collapsing, giving rise to strong bonding between particles, occurs. below, this phenomenon is termed compaction. v.f. nesterenko proposed the following criterion for the formation of a strong compact: > 2 vp h (1) where, according to [1], 3v sh y . following [1], we can write criterion (1), deduced from experimental data, as > 6 sp y (2) in turn, r. prummer [2] uses the following condition for obtaining a uniform, in its physical properties, cylindrical compact with no mach reflection induced singularities at its center:  vp h , where p is the detonation pressure. comparing condition (1) with the condition  vp h , nesterenko [1] arrives at a conclusion that it is impossible in principle, without a central rod, to obtain a spatially uniform compact in the cylindrical loading scheme since the shock pressure required for obtaining a dense compact (2) will always lead to mach reflection at the center of the sample. another important problem is preservation of the finish compact after loading. with the arrival of unloading waves, there arises a tensile stress that results in partial or complete destruction of the sample. we assume that the sample undergoes mechanical failure if the maximum tensile stress max reaches a certain critical value * . in line with the adopted hypothesis, the following condition for the sample failure should be assumed: *>max  (3) where max is the highest stress among the principal stresses for the strained state under study and * is the critical stress. in the present work, the critical stress * is estimated as * 1= (2 / 3) (1/ )sy ln m where 1m is the residual porosity. taking the finish-compact density to equal 99%, we obtain 1 = 0.01m and * 3  sy . for the principal stresses, we have: 2 21 1 = ( ) 4 2 2 xx yy xx yy xy           2 2 2 1 = ( ) 4 2 2 xx yy xx yy xy           http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 104 3 =   experimental study of the compact structure xperiments on the explosive compaction have been conducted by a cylindrical scheme without a central rod. the powder has consisted of particles of nearly spherical shape and with size of 145-310 µm (fig. 1). bulk density of the powder has been in all experiments for copper equal to -5.0 ± 0.05 g/cm3, for aluminum -1.4 g/cm3. the experimental arrangement is shown in fig. 2. figure1: initial cooper powder. figure 2: scheme of explosive compaction: 1 – detonator, 2 – explosive charge, 3 – steel plugs, 4 – container (steel tube 12 mm in diameter), 5 – copper powder, 6 – momentum trap. explosive compaction occurs under the action of the detonation products of the contact explosive charges. for varying of the detonation velocity the charges were made from ammonite, rdx and mixture of ammonite with rdx in different proportions. the detonation velocity (d) was measured by electrical contact technique, and ranged from 3.19 to 5.26 km/s. container wall was thin compared to the thickness of explosive layer and diameter of the powder sample. structure of compacts cross-sections were studied using an optical microscope neophot. in fig. 3 the structures of the cross sections near the axis of the samples is shown for three different values of detonation velocity (3.19, 3.95 and 5.26 km/s) and at the same thickness of explosive charge – 5 mm. (a) (b) (c) figure 3: the structures of the cross sections of the samples for three different values of d and at the same thickness of explosive charge – 5 mm: a) d=3.19 km/s; b) d=3.95 km/s; c) d=5.26 km/s. it can be noted that with the increase of the detonation velocity, and hence the shock pressure, a compacts structures change. at minimum value of d compact is homogeneous. then, in the center due to the irregular reflection of the converging shock wave a zone of melt appear. and at d=5.26 km/s in the compact the radial cracks arise. a further increase in d can lead to the destruction of the container. to investigate the effect of the thickness of the explosive charge on the crack formation, an experiment was conducted in which the thickness of the charge was increased to 10 mm, and the detonation velocity was 5.17 km/s. the structure of this compact is shown in fig. 4. e http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 105 figure 4: the structures of the cross section of the sample loaded at d=5.12 km/s and thickness of the explosive charge 10 mm. comparing structures from fig. 3а and fig. 4, it is visible, that in spite of approximately identical detonation regimes, in a compact in fig. 4 cracks are absent. numerical simulation of the explosive loading n order to gain a better insight into the effect of loading conditions and, in particular, to study the effect of detonation velocity, explosive thickness, and explosion pressure on the properties of the final sample, we numerically solved the problem about powder compaction in the axisymmetric case using conditions of above mentioned experiments. the problem statement according to experimental scheme is clear from fig. 5. d p powder explosive y x figure 5: the problem statement. we solved the full system of equations governing the deformation of a porous elastic-plastic material [3]. the action of the explosion products on the sample was modeled with a pressure applied to the upper border of the sample. the pressure was calculated by the approximation formula for the pressure upon unrestricted dispersion of detonation products [4]: 1 1 3( 1) ( ) = exp( ( / ) / ), = 4( 1) e e h e p t p t x d t t d        here e is the explosive thickness and e is the adiabatic exponent of the detonation products. since the problem is symmetric, a half of the experimental assembly is considered. the symmetry axis is the axis of the container with the powder. on the symmetry axis rigid wall boundary conditions are set. the right boundary is considered to be free of stress, and at the left boundary condition of a rigid wall is put. computation of the contact boundaries is performed by using a symmetric algorithm [5]. the calculations are carried out by the m.l. wilkins scheme [6]. the shock wave propagates from left to right. geometric dimensions and values of the physical parameters correspond to the experimental data mentioned above. in this paper a few-parametric equation of state is applied [7], which has allowed to simulate shock-wave processes with a minimal number of physical parameters as the initial data. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 106 2/3 2 , , 0 0 2 32 , , 0 0 1 2 1 3 x v l v e l v l v ex v e e c t c t v c t c tde v p dv v v v                        or, in terms of free energy 2/3 2 , , 0 0 ( ) 1 ( , ) ( ) ln 2 x v l v e v v f v t e v c t c t t v              where xp and xe pressure and specific internal energy of the zero isotherm, t temperature, , ,v v l v ec c c  heat capacity at constant volume, ( )v the debye temperature. the equation of state presented here is based on the dependence of the gruneisen coefficient γ on the volume [8] 0( ) 2 / 3 2 / (1 / )v av v    ,01 2 / ( 2 ) 2 /s t sa p k     where 0 /s s vk v c  , sk adiabatic bulk modulus,  -oefficient of thermal expansion, ,0tp heat pressure under the normal conditions. to find the elastic curves a generalized model describing the gruneisen coefficient  v is used:       2 2 /3 2 2 /3 /2 3 2 / t x t x d p v dvt v v d p v dv               at 0t  the equation corresponds to the landau and slater theory [8, 9], at 1t  it corresponds to the dugdale and macdonald hypothesis [10], and at 2t  to the theory of free volume [11]. in the physics of shock waves a method of calculating the pressure at the hugoniot adiabat of the porous material by pressure on the “reference” hugoniot adiabat of monolithic material [12] is known:        0 , 00 1 0.5 1 1 0.5 1 h h p p v v v p v v v        here v is the specific volume of the hugoniot adiabats, 0v and 00v are specific volumes of monolithic and porous materials , respectively, at the normal initial conditions. calculation results and discussion ig. 6, a and b shows the pressure isolines for the cases of planar and cylindrical symmetries with identical loading conditions. it is seen from fig. 6 that, in the planar statement of the problem, a regular reflection of the incident shock wave takes place. in the case of the cylindrical loading scheme, the incident shock waves bends as it approaches the cylinder axis, and, under the same loading conditions, an irregular reflection occurs. fig. 7a shows the pressure profile near the symmetry axis for the cases of planar and cylindrical statements (solid and dashed curves, respectively). an appreciable pressure rise near the symmetry axis is observed in the case of cylindrical configuration compared to the planar problem due to the divergence of the shock wave to the axis. fig. 7b shows the profile of the longitudinal velocity xu across the sample under loading behind the shock front. the solid and dashed lines show the data for the planar and axisymmetric problem statements, respectively. it is clearly seen that the velocity in the cylindrical case is much greater than in the planar variant. as stated above, an important problem is preservation of finish compact, i.e., preventing its mechanical failure and obtaining a sample with uniform properties. using criterion (3), we can find the interface between the solid and distructed materials. the regions of the compacted and porous materials for various explosive thicknesses for the external pressures f http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 107 = 0.05p mbar and = 0.075p mbar are shown in fig. 8, a and b, respectively. in these calculations, the detonation velocity was = 5d km/s. the solid, dashed, and dot-and-dash lines outline the destruction regions for the explosive thicknesses = 2e cm, = 3e cm, and = 5e cm, respectively. region 1 is the compacted region, and region 2, the destruction region. an analysis of these graphs shows that an increase in the explosive thickness and, hence, an increase of the loading decay time does not cause any substantial shrinkage of the destruction region. x, cm y , cm 12 13 14 0..5 1 x, cm y ,c m 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 0..5 1 1..5 а) b) 155 10 a) b) p, mbar x, cm ux, cm/msec 0.35 0.25 0.15 0.05 0.05 0.0 0.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.140.06 0.08 0.120.10.040.02 y, cm figure 6: pressure isolines: a) planar geometry; b) cylindrical configuration. figure 7: pressure profile (a) and longitudinal-velocity profile ( )xu y (b) for the planar and cylindrical geometries (solid and dashed lines, respectively). x, cm y , cm 9 1 2 x, cm y ,c m 9 1 2 2 1 2 1 а) b) 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 figure 8: compacted and destruction regions for various explosive thicknesses under external pressures = 0.05p mbar (a) and = 0.075p mbar (b). the detonation velocity is = 5d km/s. the solid, dashed, and dot-and-dash lines refer to the explosive thicknesses = 2e cm, = 3e cm, and = 5e cm, respectively. the compacted and destruction regions are indicated by 1 and 2. it should be emphasized that this conclusion is valid for criterion (3). in derivation of (3), it was implicitly assumed that the interfacial melted zones are narrow, and the material in these zone rapidly solidifies as the particles in the bulk of the material undergo cooling. if this condition does not hold, then there can be a situation in which, by the moment of arrival of the unloading wave, the material in the interfacial zones still remains melted, which will prevent compaction. in this case, the dimensions of the destruction region will be dependent on the loading decay time and on the explosive thickness. the explosive thickness should be large enough to prevent shock wave damping in the powder and to enable complete pore collapsing in the sample. fig. 9, a and b shows the density isolines for the explosive thickness = 0.5e cm and the external pressure = 0.05p mbar. parts a and b of fig. 9 depict the data for the axisymmetric and planar problem statements. damping of the incident shock wave is evident from the figure. this results in incomplete powder compaction; the latter is clear from fig. 10, which shows the distribution of porosity 1m across the sample. the solid and dashed lines in this figure correspond to the planar case and to the cylindrical configuration, respectively. an analysis of http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 108 these graphs shows that, in the axisymmetric case, due to the wave divergence to the axis, the pores undergo collapsing in a larger volume than in the planar variant. x, cm y , cm 0. 5 1 1. 5 x, cm y ,c m 2 0. 5 1 1. 5 а) b) 864 2 864 y , c m 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0.20.1 porosity figure 9: density isolines for = 0.5e cm: а) cylindrical configuration; b) planar statement. figure 10: porosity 1m for = 0.5e cm: solid line is planar statement; dashed line is cylindrical configuration. a twofold increase in the explosive thickness makes the decay of the incidence shock wave less intensive. the density isolines for the explosive thickness = 1e cm and the external pressure = 0.05p mbar are shown in fig. 11, a and b. parts a and b of this figure shows the calculation data for the axisymmetric and planar statements, respectively. it is clearly seen that in the case of cylindrical symmetry the shock wave bends near the axis, giving rise to an irregular reflection; in the planar configuration, a regular interaction occurs. fig. 12, which depicts the distribution of porosity 1m across the sample compacted in the cylindrical geometry (the dashed line in fig. 12), is indicative of complete collapsing of pores over the entire thickness of the sample. in the planar case (see the dashed line in fig. 12), the complete collapsing of pores is observed approximately over half the thickness of the sample, and the porosity near the symmetry axis is close to the initial one, 01m . x, cm y , cm 0.5 1 1.5 x, cm y, c m 2 0.5 1 1.5 а) b) 864 2 864 y , c m 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0.10 porosity figure 11: density isolines for = 1e cm: a) cylindrical configuration; b) planar configuration. figure 12: porosity 1m for = 1e cm: solid line planar statement; dashed line cylindrical configuration. the density isolines for the explosive thickness = 2e cm are shown in fig. 13, a and b. the external pressure was taken to be = 0.05p mbar. parts a and b of this figure show the calculation data for the axisymmetric and planar statements. in the cylindrical case (see fig. 13, a), an irregular reflection is clearly observed, whereas in the planar case (see fig. 13, b) the http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 109 incident shock wave interacts with the rigid wall in the regular manner. in both cases, all pores in the sample collapse completely. further calculations were carried out for the explosive thicknesses = 2e cm, = 3e cm and = 5e cm. fig. 14, a and b illustrates the effect of applied pressure on the thickness of the destruction region. in the calculations, the external pressures were = 0.05p mbar and = 0.075p mbar, respectively, and the detonation velocity in both cases was = 7d km/s. the solid and dashed lines show the data for the explosive thicknesses = 3e cm and = 5e cm. regions 1 and 2 are the compacted and destruction regions. as is seen from the figure, an increase in the external load causes no shrinkage of the destruction zone. thus, it can be concluded that an increase in the decay time of the pressure applied to the sample resulting from an increase in the explosive thickness or in the value of the external load does not make the destruction zone shrink at a fixed propagation velocity of the detonation wave. x, cm y , cm 0.5 1 1.5 x, cm y , c m 2 0.5 1 1.5 а) b) 864 2 864 x, cm y , cm 1 2 x, cm y , cm 1 2 2 1 b) 2 1 а) 1 9753 1 9753 figure 13: density isolines for = 2e cm: a) cylindrical configuration; b) planar statement. figure 14: compacted and destructed regions for two values of external pressure, = 0.05p mbar (a) and = 0.075p mbar (b). the detonation velocity is = 7d km/s. the solid and dashed lines show the calculation data for the explosive thicknesses = 3e cm and = 5e cm. as shown by above mentioned experiments an increase of the velocity of the detonation wave results in a considerable shrinkage of the destruction region. fig. 15 show the compacted (1) and destructed (2) regions in the sample for the detonation velocities = 3d , 5, 7 km/s at a fixed explosive thickness = 5e cm and at a fixed external pressure = 0.05p mbar. the solid, dashed, and dot-and-dash lines show the calculation data for the detonation velocities = 3d km/s, = 5d km/s, and = 7d km/s. x, cm y , c m 1 2 2 1 1 9753 figure 15: compacted (1) and destructed (2) regions for three values of the detonation velocity. the solid, dashed, and dot-and-dash lines refer to = 3d km/s, = 5d km/s, and = 7d km/s. the isolines of pressure for the indicated loading parameters are shown in fig. 16, a-c. it is seen from the graphs that, as the shock-wave propagation velocity increases, the angle of incidence decreases and the reflected shock causes material destruction (see fig. 16, b and c). as the velocity of the detonation wave increases, the angle of incidence of the incident shock wave increases and, as it is seen from fig. 16, a, at the velocity = 3d km/s the incident shock wave is close to the normal shock and the amplitude of the reflection wave is almost zero. since in the case of cylindrical symmetry no regular reflection occurs, the final sample turns out to be inhomogeneous. fig. 17 shows the distribution of the longitudinal velocity xu (fig. 17, a) and temperature t (fig. 16, b) across the sample http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 110 in the compacted region for the detonation velocity = 5d km/s. an appreciable non-uniformity in the distribution of parameters is evident from the graphs. near the axis, both the velocity and temperature are greater than in the region some distance away from it. x, cm y, cm 8 0 0.5 x, cm y, cm 0.5 x, cm y, cm 2 0.5 а) b) c) 64 82 64 82 64 figure 16: pressure isolines: a) detonation velocity = 7d km/s; b) detonation velocity = 5d km/s; c) detonation velocity = 3d km/s. ux, cm/msec y, cm t, k 0.2 0.10.05 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.15 0.2 y, cm 0.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 30050 150 200 250 figure 17: predicted distributions of the longitudinal velocity xu (a) and temperature t (b) across the compacted region of the sample for the detonation velocity = 5d km/s. parts a and b of fig. 18 show the distributions of the longitudinal velocity xu and temperature t across the compacted region of the sample predicted for the detonation velocity = 3d km/s. here, under identical loading parameters, the final sample is quire homogeneous. as a result, it becomes possible to obtain spatially uniform compacted samples. the necessary condition for this is sufficiently low detonation velocity, equal, for the aluminum powder, to 0.3 cm/ m sec. here, on the one hand, compaction condition (1) should be fulfilled and, on the other, the uniformity of loading parameters across the sample should be ensured. thus, the compaction of powders with low detonation velocities results in a considerable shrinkage of destruction zones in finish samples and in spatial uniformity of material parameters in their compacted parts. the performed analysis shows that an increase in the decay time of the pressure applied to the sample due to an increase of the explosive thickness or the external loading causes no shrinkage of the destructed region at a fixed propagation velocity of the detonation wave. simultaneously, a decrease in the propagation velocity of the detonation wave results in an appreciable shrinkage of this region. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it andrey e. buzyurkin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 102-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.11 111 ux, cm/msec t, k 0.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 300100 200-0.25 0.250 0.5 y, cm y, cm figure 18: distributions of the longitudinal velocity xu (a) and temperature t (b) across the compacted region of the sample for the detonation velocity = 3d km/s. conclusions oint theoretical and experimental studies have allowed to implement an approach that uses mathematical and physical simulation of shock-wave loading of powdered materials. a numerical simulation of shock wave propagation and deformation of the experimental assembly has been performed. the temperature distributions over the sample thickness in the compacted zone for several values of detonation velocity show that at higher speeds there is considerable heterogeneity in the temperature distribution over the sample thickness. near the axis of the sample the temperature has a higher value than in distance from it. an increase in the pressure decay time due to increasing either the explosive thickness or the external loading intensity causes no shrinkage of the destruction zone at a fixed propagation velocity of the detonation wave. compaction of powders with low detonation velocities results in a considerable shrinkage of destruction zones in finish samples and in a uniform distribution of material parameters in the compacted region. references [1] v.f. nesterenko, high-rate deformation of heterogeneous materials, nauka, novosibirsk (1992) (in russian). [2] r. prümmer, powder compaction. explosive welding, forming and compaction, london; new york: appl. sci. publ., (1983). [3] s.p. kiselev, v.m. fomin, j. of applied mechanics and technical physics. 34(6) (1993) 861. [4] v.v. pai, g.e. kuz'min, i.v. yakovlev, combustion, explosion, and shock waves, 31(3) (1995) 124. [5] a.i. gulidov, i.i. shabalin, numerical realization of the boundary conditions in dynamic contact problems, preprint itam sb ras, novosibirsk (1987) (in russian). [6] m. l. wilkins, computer simulation of dynamic phenomena, springer, berlin, heidelberg (1999). [7] e. i. kraus, vestnik ngu. fizika, 2(2) (2007) 65 (in russian). [8] c. slater, introduction in the chemical physics.– new-york-london: mcgraw book company, inc., (1935) 239. [9] l. d. landau, k.p. stanyukovich, dokl. akad. nauk sssr, 46 (1945) 399 (in russian). [10] j. s. dugdale, d. mcdonald, phys. rev., 89 (1953) 832. [11] v.ya. vaschenko, v.n. zubarev, sov. phys. solid state, 5 (1963) 653. [12] r. g. mcqueen, s. p. marsh, j. w. taylor, j. n. fritz, high-velocity impact phenomena, ed. by r. kinslow, new york: academic press (1970) 293. j http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.11&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_26_art_7 a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 57 about the certification of railway rails a. de iorio, m. grasso, f. penta, g.p. pucillo università di napoli federico ii, dipartimento di ingegneria industriale, p.le v. tecchio 80 – 80125 napoli, italy antdeior@unina.it abstract. when the compliance with the european code of some rail steel has to be verified, the need of carrying out the experimental activities in accordance with several testing standards forces the operator both to solve the problems related to the choice of a suitable testing practice and often to interpret subjectively standards guidelines. this does not facilitate the comparability and/or the quality of the results produced by several laboratories. with reference to a series of fatigue, fracture toughness and fatigue crack growth tests carried out by the authors on specimens extracted from rails, the main lacks in the current standards, related to both the choice of the control parameters and the testing procedures, are pointed out. regarding the crack growth testing, several procedures to compute the crack growth rates to be compared with the limits prescribed by the code are proposed. these procedures have been applied to a data set produced during the aforementioned testing activity, in order to highlight, by comparison of the results obtained by them, the significant differences in the crack growth rate estimates and the magnitude of the errors that can be done due to the lacks in the standard practices currently adopted. keywords. railway rail steel; crack growth testing; fatigue crack propagation; raw data analysis; fatigue damage; railway certification. introduction uring the last decade the methods and central ideas of damage tolerance design raised an increasing interest from railway researchers, in particular concerning the service life and crack inspection of rails [1-4], since there are still many unresolved technical problems and intensely debated scientific issues. in example, the demand of verifying that a rail steel meets also the fatigue crack growth requirements established by current regulations [5] making it able to be put to use, imposes that the operators pay the maximum attention in carrying out both the experimentation and the analysis of results, due to the high technical and commercial importance that the outcomes of these activities have. since the testing procedures are defined by the standards and the standards have always to be fulfilled, it is very common considering, also among the insiders, this problem trivial or even out of place. however, the scatter in the experimental data and the possible anomalies in the results, which often are unpredictable and/or uncontrollable and are caused by the testing equipment, the control of testing parameters and the analysis of experimental data, do not allow identifying unambiguously the testing outcome. more specifically, with regard to the fatigue crack growth tests, it is not possible to compute directly the particular crack growth rate value to be compared with the reference value prescribed by the code, to establish if the rail steel can be qualified for the use. also in the case of the other rail qualification tests, current standards do not seem to be enough robust to guarantee the comparability and reproducibility of the experimental results, since they are significantly dependent also on the free interpretation of rules or procedures not univocally or clearly defined. in this paper, the main phases of a complete series of certification tests on a d http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 58 rail steel are reported, in order to point out the aforementioned problems and for describing the solutions adopted as well as the detailed procedures that can be used to fill the gap left by the current standards. experimental activity he testing activity has been carried out at the mechanics of materials and structures laboratory department of industrial engineering of federico ii university. test articles were obtained from n.7 line production batches of rail 60e1 steel grade r260 manufactured by manoir industries outreau (france). the exact composition of the steel used in the current investigation cannot be given, however it is within the composition range reported in the uni en 13674-1:2011. among all tests prescribed by the standard to qualify the rail steel, only fatigue tests, fracture toughness tests and fatigue crack growth tests have been carried out in the department lab. for each batch, the specimens were extracted from n.2 rail sections (fig. 1) and marked in accordance with recommendations of ref. [5]. figure 1: rail sections from which specimens have been extracted. type of test number of tests uni en 13674-1:2011 fatigue 3 par. 8.4 fatigue crack growth rate 3 par. 8.3 fracture toughness 5 par. 8.2 table 1: number of samples for each type of test and corresponding paragraph in the standard. the geometry of some specimens employed for the tests are shown in fig. 2. figure 2: specimens prototypes used for the testing activity. fatigue tests or each material batch, according with the requirements of the uni standard [5], n.3 cylindrical specimens (fig. 2, f), have been tested after having preliminarily inspected their surface with a 30x microscope (instead of the 20x prescribed by the standard) to verify that any circumferential scratch within the specimen gauge length was absent. t f f ft fcg http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 59 tests have been carried out under strain control with strain ratio r = -1 on a digitally controlled universal testing machine that was programmed to stop cycling after 5 x 106 cycles, as prescribed by the standard. before starting the fatigue testing activities, two problems arose: the first one was related to the test control parameter, the second to the definition of the value to be assigned to it. regarding the controlled parameter, the uni en 13674 requires that fatigue tests have to be carried out under strain control, applying a "total strain amplitude" equal to 1350 μm/m, while for all other needed information related to the experimental set-up and testing procedure the iso 1099 [6] is invoked even if this standard concerns fatigue testing under stress control. the iso standard to be adopted for testing under strain control is instead the iso 12106 [7]. concerning the value to be assigned to the controlled parameter, namely the stress amplitude, σa or sa, the iso 1099, after having defined it as "one-half the algebraic difference between the maximum stress and the minimum stress in a stress cycle", in the same figure referred by the definition, identifies it as the stress range, called "stress amplitude δσa". thus, the correct interpretation of the standards should lead to the choose of the strain amplitude as controlled parameter for fatigue tests and to a value of the total strain range equal to twice the reference amplitude value of 1350 μm/m defined in the uni en. the aforementioned ambiguity misled well-known qualified laboratories that carried out tests using strain amplitude equal to half of the prescribed value. a further basic problem related to the adoption of the correct strain amplitude value was the failure of the screw end of the specimens in the last thread engaged with the sleeve of the test fixture caused by the high stress concentration at the root of the coarse thread, that had geometry in accordance with the standards uni en 13674 and was obtained by turning (fig. 3). figure 3: fractured head of a fatigue specimen. since the specimens were already manufactured, this problem has been overcome making more gradual the way the load was transferred from the fixture to the specimen. however, it could be more easily avoided simply choosing a fine tread for the heads of the specimens, during the scheduling phase of the tests. by means of the aforementioned solutions and standard interpretations previously described, all fatigue tests have been carried out without further problems, anomalies or premature specimen failures. fracture toughness tests or each production batch, n.5 fracture toughness tests at low temperature (t = -20 °c) were carried out in accordance with the uni en [5]. sen(b) specimens having a chevron notch and thickness equal to 25 mm (fig. 2, ft) were used. experimental set-up and testing conditions complied with the prescriptions of the uni en 13674, annex b whereby the astm e 399 [8] is referenced for all other information not specified in the uni standard. since the uni [5] gives limited guidelines and the astm [8] has a quite wide range of applicability and does not consider specifically tests at low temperature, it was necessary to overcome many drawbacks to define the testing procedure to be adopted. for this reason, it is not possible to find in it clear and unambiguous data about both the stepped load shedding procedure to be adopted during the precracking phase, the notch geometry, the notch machining method, the way the prescribed temperature (t = -20 °c) has to be reached before test and, finally, the parameter to be controlled, since the tests may be carried out either under position control, according to the uni [5], or under loading control, as reported in the astm [8]. due to all these uncertainties, a significant randomness has to be expected in toughness tests results that can lead to erroneous conclusions or even compromises the certification of the rail steel. f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 60 the adopted solutions for these tests, whose results are reported in tab. 2 in term of mean value and standard deviation of each production batch, are: i. experimental set-up and stress ratio value (r = 0.1) of the fatigue loading, are those prescribed by the uni en 13674, but regarding the precracking procedure and the other recommendations that are not considered in this standard, it was necessary to refer to the astm e399. this latter, being totally general, does not provide any specific indication regarding the maximum value of the fatigue load to be applied during the crack nucleation phase. it defines only the way the load maximum value has to be reduced by step (without exceeding 10 % of the load maximum value reached in the previous step) and the minimum crack length increment of each step j of load shedding, which has to be computed as:   2 0 ,2 1max j p k j a r          (1) moreover, the standard [5] prescribes that the ratio a/w at the end of the pre-cracking phase has to be in the range 0.45 ÷ 0.55 as well as in the last 1.25 mm of crack growth the kmax value has to be in the range 18 ÷ 22 mpam. on the basis of these data, it was possible to define the load spectrum adopted for the whole precracking phase in terms of maximum applied loads (fig. 4). figure 4: load spectrum for the precracking phase. batch kq (mean) (mpam) standard dev. (mpam) a 37.41 5.31 b 39.42 6.64 c 35.20 4.58 d 33.08 2.55 e 31.35 0.59 a1 37.26 7.49 b1 38.35 2.32 table 2: mean and standard deviation of the kq values. ii. the chevron notch, whose depth on the specimen lateral faces was equal to 10 mm and whose width h was equal to 5 mm, was obtained by electro-discharge machining. the astm e399 also allows other machining methods to create the notch, even though they can be responsible of strong differences in the behaviour of the specimens during the crack nucleation phase, since a uniform quality of machining cannot be obtained along the whole chevron notch root. iii. to take the specimen to the temperature of -20 °c, which is the value prescribed from the standard [5], initially the temperature inside the environmental chamber was reduced to t = -50 °c, monitoring the specimen temperature during this phase. when a value equal to -15 °c was reached, a warming ramp was applied until the temperature inside the chamber was -25 °c and the specimen temperature was stabilized on the test value of -20 °c. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 61 iv. final quasi-static tests, to cause specimens fractures, were carried out under position control, with a loading rate equal to 0.0083 mm/s and acquiring at a frequency of 50 hz the output signals of both the load cell and the cod gauge needed to determine the kq value. fatigue crack growth tests atigue crack growth tests were carried out on n. 3 specimens obtained from each material batch, according to the uni en 13674. sen(b) specimens having a chevron notch obtained by electro-discharge machine and thickness equal to 20 mm were used. after the dimensional checks, all specimens were instrumented with crack gauges applied on both lateral specimen faces to monitor and acquire the growth of the crack. however, when the crack grew in the chevron notch, cod gauge has been used to monitor its depth. acquiring also the cod increments δv’s as function of the number of cycles proved to be useful even for determining the crack depth threshold value corresponding to the condition of emerging crack on one of the two specimen faces, being the only number of applied load cycles completely insufficient to detect this particular condition, due to its high dependency on the local geometry and microstructure of the material near the chevron notch root. experimental set-up was in accordance with the qualification standard [5], but the precracking procedure was defined as for the fracture toughness tests obtaining the load spectrum represented the diagrams of fig. 5 both in term of the load maximum value and the corresponding sif ranges. figure 5: precracking load spectrum of the fcg tests. since the stepped load shedding procedure is quite complex, researchers often prefer to carry out the test with a single loading level for the whole test, applying during the pre-cracking phase a stress ratio r = 0.1, so as to reduce its duration, instead of r = 0.5, that is the value prescribed by the certification standard [5] for the fatigue crack propagation tests. however, this approach even if it is not in contrast with the prescriptions of the standards [bs [9] and uni [5]], it is not in accordance with the guidelines reported in the astm e647 [10]. moreover, passing from the precracking to the propagation phase, the crack growth rate could be less than that would occur if a stress ratio equal to 0.5 was used from the beginning of the test, since with r = 0.1 the loading range would be higher and, consequently, the plastic region ahead the crack tip would be more extended. concerning these aspects, the astm e647 recommends to adopt the same values of the r ratio for the whole test duration or, when r changes are needed, to increment the load maximum value in order to avoid retardation effects due to an extended plastic region at the crack tip. regarding the analysis of results, it has been observed that standards do not give any guidelines about the procedure to be used to evaluate the required crack growth rates, corresponding to the two particular sif range values: 10 mpam e 13.5 mpam, that have to be compared with the minimum values equal to 17 m/gc and 55 m/gc, respectively, prescribed by the certification standard [5]. on the other hand, whichever would be the chosen maximum load value, it is never possible to carry out the tests in such a way that the analysis of the results gives the required exact δk values. furthermore, when a single maximum load value is adopted for the whole test, the applied δk range could not include one of the two reference values. for this reason, it is necessary to evaluate the crack growth rate values by an ad hoc interpolation and extrapolation method of the raw data, which has to be fully defined due to the lack in the reference standards. obviously, as fully discussed in the following f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 62 section, the crack growth rate values are affected also by the method adopted to evaluate them, thus it would be desirable that this lack in the standard would be soon fill in the near future. a synthetic list of the possible procedures that could be adopted to evaluate the crack growth rates is reported in the following. a. raw data in term of crack length versus number of cycles, collected during tests carried out under the k-increasing condition, are analysed by means of the 7-points incremental polynomial method [10]. the discrete points δk da/dn obtained by this method are locally interpolated using either a second or a third order polynomial function. the crack growth rate values to be compared with the reference limits reported in the standard are evaluated by the fitting polynomial function. b. raw data produced under the k-increasing condition are interpolated using the three-parameters model [11]. by sampling the model, it is possible to obtain a significant number of pairs of values (a,n) in the suitable ranges including the reference δk values. these pairs can be analysed as for the previous point. c. the same raw data are interpolated using the three-parameters model, so by means of the derivative of the fitting function it is possible to compute the crack growth rate values corresponding to a significant number of crack length values, a. then, the computed crack growth rates together with the corresponding δk values are fitted using either a second or a third order polynomial function in order to obtain the rate values to be compared with the limits of the standard. d. raw data produced under the k-increasing condition are interpolated using the three-parameters model and the derivative of the fitting function is evaluated. by means of its analytical expression it is possible to evaluate the crack growth rate values for the crack lengths corresponding to the prescribed δk values. since the testing conditions and the specimen geometry are known, by means of the expression of δk it is possible to evaluate the geometry function g(α) of the sen(b) sif expression, and to obtain the corresponding α values by one of the following methods:  solving the equation obtained by substituting the computed g(α) value in the following expression      23 2 6 ( ) 1.99 1 2.15 3.93 2.7 1 2 1 g                  (2)  computing the α value using the following equation: 3 2 2 0.0004464 ( ) 0.9019 ( ) 6.597 ( ) 11.7 ( ) 1.017 ( ) 14.01 g g g g g             (3) eq. (3) is the best fitting function of the pairs α g(α), computed using the geometry function (2) in the range 0.2<α<0.85. it has been determined by the least squares method and has coefficient of determination r2 equal to 1. in both cases, by the α values it is possible to compute the corresponding crack lengths and, finally, the crack growth rates by the equation.   1 ln c a f cda dn n e                        (4) e. in order to give with a more comprehensive overview on the procedures employed for rail steel certification, a further practice to evaluate the crack growth rate, widely adopted by some qualified laboratories, is reported. all δk and da/dn values, computed using the experimental data, are employed to estimate the c and m constants of the paris model. then, the paris equation is used to evaluate the crack growth rates to be compared with the limits prescribed by the standard. procedures comparison n order to highlight analogies and differences among the proposed procedures, some crack growth data obtained by the authors and reported in fig. 6 and corresponding to one of the two faces of the specimen kdp_1 are analysed. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 63 procedure i adopting the procedure described in the appendix x1.2 of the astm e647, the crack growth rates and the corresponding δk values were computed (fig. 7). figure 6: raw fatigue crack growth data. figure 7: fatigue crack propagation curve. the crack growth rates are computed by means of local fitting of the raw data using either a second order or a third order polynomial function (fig. 8 and 9). for each fitting n. 6 δk values in the neighbourhood of the references values have been chosen. a less number of points could result in a poor fitting. δk (mpam) da/dn (m/gc) second order polynomial function 10 13.49 13.5 31.88 third order polynomial function 10 13.55 13.5 31.75 table 3: crack growth rate computed using the procedure i. figure 8: second order polynomial fit of the crack growth rates. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 64 figure 9: third order polynomial fit of the crack growth rates. procedure ii in fig. 10 fitting of the experimental data using the three-parameters model [11] is shown. the corresponding model parameters are reported in tab. 4 together with the goodness-of-fit parameter r2. figure 10: raw crack growth data and three-parameters fitting function. α β γ r2 0.8283 0.3861 1e-04 0.9992 table 4: model parameters values (kdp_1 specimen). by sampling the fitting function in the δk ranges 9.5÷10.5 mpam e 13÷14 mpam, pairs of values δk – da/dn to be analysed by the procedure reported at the previous point are obtained. the corresponding crack growth rates are reported in tab. 5 and diagrammed in fig. 11 together with the crack propagation curves. from these diagrams it can be inferred that by the second and third order polynomial functions very similar goodness-of-fit are obtained. δk (mpam) da/dn (m/gc) second order polynomial function 10 14.30 13.5 31.65 third order polynomial function 10 14.30 13.5 31.65 table 5: crack growth rates computed using the procedure ii. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 65 figure 11: crack propagation curves and local interpolation ranges. procedure iii fatigue crack propagation curves, represented in fig. 12, have been obtained computing the crack growth rates by the analytical expression of the derivative of the three-parameters model. in the same figure, the δk ranges where interpolation by the second and third order polynomial functions is carried out are shown and the computed crack growth rates are diagrammed. these latter are reported in tab. 6 as well. figure 12: crack propagation curves, local interpolation ranges and crack growth rate values. δk (mpa*m0.5) da/dn (m/gc) second order polynomial function 10 14.28 13.5 31.51 third order polynomial function 10 14.28 13.5 31.51 table 6: crack growth rates computed using the procedure iii. procedure iv fitting the experimental data, since g(α) has the following expression:      23 2 6 ( ) 1.99 1 2.15 3.93 2.7 1 2 1 g a w                    (5) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 66 being 1.5 ( ) 10 k b w g f       (6) it is possible to compute the α values corresponding to the reference δk values, being known the applied δf during the test and the specimen geometry, with which can be evaluated the crack growth rates reported in tab. 7, using the eq. (3) obtained from the model. when to evaluate the crack lengths the following equation is used: 3 2 2 0.0004464 ( ) 0.9019 ( ) 6.597 ( ) 11.7 ( ) 1.017 ( ) 14.01 g g g g g             (7) the crack growth rates reported in tab. 8 are obtained. δk (mpam) da/dn (m/gc) 10 13.79 13.5 32.81 table 7: crack growth rates computed using the procedure iv. δk (mpam) da/dn (m/gc) 10 13.82 13.5 32.84 table 8: crack growth rates computed using the procedure iv. procedure v in fig. 13, the data points obtained analysing the raw data using the astm method together with the paris model are reported. figure 13: crack propagation curves and paris law. in tab. 9 the numerical crack growth rate values computed using the paris model are given. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 67 δk (mpam) da/dn (m/gc) paris 10 13.48 13.5 34.70 table 9: crack growth rates computed using the procedure v. all the crack growth rates computed using the discussed procedures are shown in fig. 14 together with the fatigue crack propagation curves obtained analysing the experimental data by the procedure suggested by the astm [10]. figure 14: comparison among crack growth rates corresponding to the different k. δk (mpam) μ (mpam) σ (mpam) 10 13.92 0.37 13.5 32.26 1.05 table 10: estimated crack growth rates: means and standard deviations. means and standard deviations of the crack growth rate estimates computed with the different procedures are given in tab. 10 for several values of k. the greatest deviation from the mean value occurs at the maximum δk (13.5 mpam). however, this result is essentially due to the excessive deviation of the value computed using the paris model (see fig. 14 right) from the crack propagation curve. for δk = 10 mpam the maximum deviations occur for the procedure identified as i and ii, probably due to the adoption of the three-parameters model to fit the experimental data points. conclusions uring the experimental activities carried out for the certification of rail steel, significant lacks in the current standard that regulates the principal tests arose. in the present paper the main results of the testing activities and the adopted procedures are reported. also, the adopted choices in order to either implement the guidelines given by the reference standards or to fill the aforementioned gaps left by these latter are described. in particular, due to the lacks in all current standards, some alternative procedures to compute the crack growth rates to be compared with the reference values prescribed by the standard have been proposed and verified. the final considerations about the obtained results represent a contribution to provide a mean for better understand and apply the current standards to produce reliable results in the complex task of certifying a rail steel. d http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 57-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.07 68 acknowledgements he supply of materials by manoir industries outreau (france) is greatly appreciated. references [1] jeong, d.y., correlations between rail defect growth data and engineering analyses, part i: laboratory tests, uic/wec joint research project on rail defect management. u.s. department of transportation (2003). [2] ravaee, r., hassani, a., fracture mechanics determinations of allowable crack size in railroad rails, j fail. anal. and preven., 7 (2007) 305–310. [3] seo, j. w., kwon, s. j., lee, d. h., kwon, s. t., choi, h. y., fatigue crack growth and fracture behavior of rail steels, int. j. of railway, 5(3) (2013) 129-134. [4] de iorio, a., grasso, m., kotsikos, g., penta, f., pucillo, g. p., development of predictive models for fatigue crack growth in rails, key engineering materials, 488-489 (2012) 13-16. [5] uni en 13674-1:2011, railway applications track rail part 1: vignole railway rails 46 kg/m and above. [6] iso 1099:2006, metallic materials fatigue testing axial force-controlled method. [7] iso 12106:2003 metallic materials fatigue testing axial-strain-controlled method. [8] astm e399-09e2, standard test method for linear-elastic plane-strain fracture toughness kic of metallic materials. [9] bs-iso 12108:2002, metallic material fatigue testing fatigue crack growth method. [10] astm e 647: standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates, usa, (2011). [11] de iorio, a., grasso, m., penta, f., pucillo, g.p., a three-parameter model for fatigue crack growth data analysis, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.07&auth=true microsoft word numero 11 art 2 m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 10 modello di tenuta della flangia bullonata, senza guarnizione, mediante l’analogia della meccanica della frattura di una fessura parzialmente aperta m. beghini, l. bertini, c. santus università di pisa, dipartimento di ingegneria meccanica, nucleare e della produzione. largo lucio lazzarino 1, 56126 pisa. ciro.santus@ing.unipi.it c. cagnarini, p. romanello general electric, oil & gas, nuovo pignone – 50127 firenze. riassunto. i compressori centrifughi di elevate dimensioni non permettono l’utilizzo di guarnizioni deformabili, per cui le due metà della flangia di connessione sono forzate mediante bullonatura e la tenuta è affidata al contatto completo delle due superfici. la previsione della pressione di perdita è un aspetto di progetto di notevole interesse per questa tecnologia. l’azione della pressione interna sollecita la separazione delle superfici della flangia, che invece è contrastata dall’azione di serraggio dei bulloni. il presente lavoro propone un modello per prevedere la condizione di perdita, basato sulla meccanica della frattura. dato che le due superfici della flangia sono semplicemente a contatto, esse costituiscono una vera e propria fessura parzialmente aperta. come ben noto il fattore di intensificazione di una fessura parzialmente aperta è nullo. imponendo che le due superfici siano parzialmente separate ad una distanza fino al bordo del foro del bullone (che offre un canale di fuoriuscita per il fluido in pressione), e imponendo la condizione di fattore di intensificazione nullo, è possibile determinare la pressione di perdita, analiticamente, mediante la tecnica delle “weight functions” (o “funzioni peso”). il presente lavoro riporta una positiva validazione del modello proposto mediante sia simulazione numerica sia risultati sperimentali in piena scala e in scala ridotta. il modello analitico proposto offre uno strumento di progetto di immediata implementazione per comparare diverse geometrie di flangia bullonata. abstract. the use of a gasket made in soft material is not recommended for large size centrifugal compressor case flanges. the two case halves are assembled with bolted flanges and the leakage is prevented by the “metal– to–metal” contact of the flange surfaces. the prediction of the leakage condition is an important engineering challenge for this technology. a new model to predict the leakage condition, based on fracture mechanics, is here presented. the partially open flange surfaces interface can be regarded as a partially open crack. the stress intensity factor of a partially open crack is zero, since the flange surfaces can not transfer tensile traction, being just in contact (not “glue” or “welded”). the extension of the open zone, i.e. the crack length, can be obtained imposing the zero stress intensity factor condition. the leakage is expected as the flange surface open front reaches the bolt hole, that produces a way out path for the internal pressurized fluid. by means of the weight functions analytical technique, the leakage pressure can be calculated. the proposed model was then successfully validated by means of both numerical simulations and full scale and small scale experimental tests. the proposed analytical model can be used to compare different flange geometries and then it is a useful design tool. parole chiave. tenuta. flangia bullonata. meccanica della frattura. fessura parzialmente aperta. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 11 introduzione compressori centrifughi di elevate dimensioni non prevedono l’utilizzo di guarnizioni di tenuta in materiale deformabile, che invece vengono comunemente usati per flangie di minore dimensioni. la tenuta fra le due metà della cassa del compressore è garantita dal contatto diretto (definito come “metal-to-metal”) fra le due superfici della flangia, fig.1. tali superfici sono premute da una distribuzione di bulloni opportunamente preserrati. nonostante non esista una guarnizione viene comunque applicato un opportuno sigillante immediatamente prima di portare a contatto le superfici, al fine di migliorare la prestazione di tenuta della flangia, principalmente per riempire gli inevitabili solchi di rugosità nonostante la prescritta elevata finitura superficiale. l’utilizzo del sigillante è di fatto la norma, nonostante la flangia venga definita come “metal-to-metal”. in letteratura sono reperibili studi recenti sulle condizioni di perdita di flange senza guarnizione, tuttavia non esiste un modello di tenuta che descriva il fenomeno in funzione dei parametri macroscopici geometrici. i principali risultati riportati in letteratura sono:  la planarità della superficie ha un ruolo significativo, la tolleranza di planarità deve essere molto stretta al fine di evitare perdite locali di contatto che producono un canale di perdita preferenziale [1];  in modo analogo, anche se ad un livello di scala differente, la rugosità deve essere minima per sfavorire perdite dovute ad un contatto non completo fra le superfici della flangia [2];  l’orientamento dei solchi di rugosità deve essere non allineato con l’eventuale verso del flusso di perdita, quindi possibilmente ortogonale ad esso [3];  l’irregolarità della superficie e la rugosità vengono in buona parte compensate con l’introduzione del sigillante (tipicamente siliconico) [4,5]. figura 1: tipiche dimensioni di un compressore centrifugo e relativa flangia bullonata di tenuta. molti studi presentano analisi agli elementi finiti (ef), utilizzando elementi di contatto (che comportano analisi di tipo non lineare) per determinare la distribuzione delle pressioni di contatto fra le due superfici della flangia [6-18], spesso offrendo soltanto analisi di carattere comparativo fra diverse configurazioni. alcuni studi dimostrano l’effettiva importanza del sigillante [11]. la condizione di perdita è solitamente associata alla perdita di pressione di contatto fra le flange accoppiate [6-10] oppure al verificarsi di una tensione di trazione sufficiente a provocare il distacco fra il sigillante ed una delle due superfici della flangia [6]. l’effettivo valore del preserraggio imposto al bullone è ampiamente accettato come una delle principali cause di non affidabilità della flangia bullonata in termini di tenuta. infine, alcuni studi propongono analisi su come ottimizzare la sequenza di serraggio per garantire un preserraggio dei bulloni il più possibile uniforme [14-21]. il presente lavoro ha come obbiettivo quello di proporre un modello semplice ed efficace, in grado di determinare la condizione di perdita della flangia senza guarnizione, descrivendo la (parziale) separazione delle superfici della flangia con concetti di meccanica della frattura, ossia modellando l’interfaccia di separazione come una vera e propria fessura. questo approccio permette di ottenere un modello analitico più veloce rispetto ad un calcolo agli elementi finiti, che quindi si presta ad un’analisi preliminare e di prima ottimizzazione dei parametri macroscopici della geometria della connessione. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 12 la geometria della connessione è rappresentata in fig.2(a). i parametri geometrici principali sono: vd diametro interno della cassa, vt spessore della parete della cassa, z posizione dell’asse del bullone (o del prigioniero) rispetto alla superficie interna della cassa, hd diametro del foro del bullone, bp passo della fila di bulloni in direzione assiale, h altezza di ciascuna delle superfici della flangia, w larghezza della flangia, ed infine h / 2l z d  è la “distanza di perdita” ossia l’estensione della separazione fra le due superfici della flangia che porta in comunicazione il volume interno, contenente fluido in pressione, con il foro del bullone che quindi è aperto verso l’esterno (in quanto il collegamento filettato non garantisce nessun tipo di tenuta). in altre parole, se la lunghezza di separazione 0l fra le due superfici della flangia è inferiore a l non si ha perdita, mentre si ha immediatamente perdita quando la lunghezza di separazione 0l raggiunge la lunghezza l , fig.2(b). (a) (b) figura 2: (a) dimensioni principali della geometria della flangia. (b) condizione di perdita. la condizione di perdita assunta nel presente modello prevede che le superfici della flangia siano inizialmente perfettamente piane, e che la loro deformazione sia dovuta soltanto alla deformazione elastica, mentre invece le superfici posso presentare degli errori di forma (ad esempio dovuti al rilassamento di tensioni residue) e/o difetti locali come la rugosità oppure solchi o graffi nonostante l’applicazione del sigillante. un analisi ef di contatto ha permesso di verificare la pressione interna prevista dal modello che porta il fronte di separazione in corrispondenza del foro del bullone. tuttavia, un’analisi numerica non può permettere di verificare la qualità dell’assunzione di perfetta planarità delle superfici che invece richiede una validazione sperimentale. tale validazione è stata ottenuta (ed è presentata nel lavoro) mediante prove sia in piena scala sia in scala ridotta. modello analitico a porzione di distacco fra le superfici della flangia può essere interpretata come una vera e propria fessura. le due piastre della flangia sono semplicemente appoggiate, tuttavia la zona in cui il contatto rimane chiuso è equivalente, in termini di stato di tensione, ad un'unica porzione di materiale senza soluzione di continuità, in quanto non si hanno slittamenti significativi. essendo le due piastre a contatto non è possibile avere uno stato di tensione positiva (trazione) fra le due superfici. anche la presenza del sigillante non garantisce uno stato di trazione significativo, ma soltanto l’opportunità di riempire i solchi della rugosità. come ben noto dalla meccanica della frattura, lo stato di tensione in corrispondenza dell’apice della fessura è definito dal fattore di amplificazione delle tensioni k . il fattore di amplificazione (primo modo di apertura) non può mai essere negativo dal momento che questa condizione implica il contatto fra i lembi della fessura. d’altro canto la vd vt h bd z w bp bolt pitch along the axial direction l hd transverse section plane vertical symmetry plane ol l o o no leak.: , leakage: l l l l   l http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 13 condizione di semplice contatto fra le superfici della piastra non permette un fattore di amplificazione positivo, dato che in tal caso le tensioni all’apice della fessura dovrebbero essere positive, addirittura singolari, per cui molto elevate in un introno dell’apice stesso. quindi, il fattore di amplificazione è necessariamente nullo in corrispondenza del fronte di separazione. la condizione di perdita pertanto può essere espressa in termini di meccanica della frattura: fronte di separazione esteso fino al foro del bullone 0l l e fattore di intensificazione nullo 0k  , fig.3(a). (a) (b) figura 3: (a) condizione di perdita espressa in termini di meccanica della frattura. (b) integrazione della weight function, caso di una fessura parzialmente aperta. la tecnica delle “weight functions” (wf) permette di esprime il fattore di intensificazione delle tensioni di una fessura come integrale esteso su tutta la lunghezza della fessura (in uno schema piano, altrimenti su tutta la superficie della fessura, in uno schema tridimensionale) della tensione nominale moltiplicata per una funzione “kernel” che è appunto la wf [2226]. la condizione di perdita può quindi essere scritta nel seguente modo, eq.(1): n0 ( ) ( , ) d 0 l k x h x l x  (1) in cui la n ( )x è la distribuzione di tensione “nominale”, mentre la ( , )h x l è la wf. come ben noto, la tensione nominale è quella distribuzione di tensione che si avrebbe in corrispondenza della linea della fessura (in uno schema piano) se la fessura non ci fosse, ossia se il materiale fosse continuo. è importante sottolineare che la wf ( , )h x l è soltanto funzione della geometria e non della tensione nominale. tuttavia, la wf ( , )h x l e la tensione nominale n ( )x non possono essere espresse in forma chiusa per questa particolare geometria, quindi sono necessarie delle semplificazioni per ottenere una buona approssimazione della tensione nominale e della wf. nel presente problema della flangia bullonata la distribuzione di tensione nominale è la sovrapposizione della distribuzione di tensione dovuta al serraggio del bullone (che ovviamente produce tensioni di compressione, ovvero negative) e la distribuzione di tensione dovuta alla pressione interna alla cassa, che tende a distaccare le due piastre della flangia (tensioni di trazione, positive). la wf non è uniforme ma è comunque sempre positiva, per cui le tensioni nominali di trazione tendono a produrre k positivo, mentre le tensioni di compressione dovute al preserraggio del bullone producono un contributo negativo, e quindi benefico ai fini della tenuta. di seguito si riportano le approssimazioni introdotte:  schema di calcolo piano, per cui la ripetizione dei fori viene schematizzata come un’unica cava continua di area equivalente, in modo da garantire, la stessa area di contatto, fig.4(a), questa assunzione è incentivata anche dal fatto che il passo dei bulloni bp è più piccolo possibile, in modo da favorire l’azione di serraggio stessa;  in virtù di questa assunzione, si fa riferimento ad uno schema piano trascurando la ripetizione ciclica dei fori, per cui la wf di integrazione è relativa ad uno schema di fessura nel piano;  per semplicità si trascurano gli effetti di bordo e si utilizza la wf di una fessura (di lunghezza finita) in un semipiano, di cui sono noti gli integrali per le più semplici distribuzioni di tensione nominale; 0k  lo leakage: l l x closed crack length a oa n ( )x open crack length 0 0 o o n 00 n 00 ( ) 0 ( ) ( ) ( , ) d ( ) ( , ) d 0 a a k a k a x h x a x x h x a x        http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 14  si assume la distribuzione lineare per la tensione nominale dovuta alla pressione interna, e si determina tale distribuzione imponendo l’equivalenza (risultante e momento risultante) con la forza di trazione, per unità di profondità, attraverso la parete della cassa, fig.4(b);  si assume la distribuzione della tensione nominale di compressione, dovuta al preserraggio dei bulloni, a tronco di piramide, rifacendosi al comune schema usuale nei testi di costruzione di macchine [27], avendo precedentemente assunto uno schema piano, la distribuzione a tronco di cono non è possibile, la relativa vicinanza dei bulloni ( bp più piccolo possibile) ha suggerito la assunzione a tronco di piramide;  essendo la flangia relativamente stretta rispetto alla larghezza della distribuzione delle tensioni di compressione dovute al preserraggio dei bulloni, una porzione di tale distribuzione cade fuori dalla larghezza della flangia, al fine di garantire l’equivalenza è necessario sovrapporre una distribuzione equilibrante, assunta anch’essa lineare, equivalente alla distribuzione che cade fuori dalla larghezza della flangia, fig.4(c). (a) (b) (c) figura 4: (a) approssimazione geometrica della fila di bulloni come un’unica cava continua di area equivalente. (b) assunzione di distribuzione lineare delle tensioni nominali di trazione dovute alla pressione interna. (c) assunzione di distribuzione delle tensioni nominali di compressione dovute al preserraggio dei bulloni, re-distribuzione delle tensioni fuori dalla larghezza della flangia. le distribuzioni nominali (pressione interna e preserraggio dei bulloni) possono essere ottenute imponendo rispettivamente pressione interna alla cassa unitaria, e tensione di preserraggio del bullone anch’essa unitaria e successivamente moltiplicando per l’effettiva pressione interna e l’effettiva tensione di preserraggio. la distribuzione di tensione nominale può quindi essere espressa mediante la seguente combinazione lineare: n n, 1 b n,b1( ) ( ) ( )px p x p x    (2) da notare che la tensione nominale prodotta dalla pressione interna è positiva (trazione), mentre la tensione nominale prodotta dal preserraggio e negativa (pressione). avendo assunto distribuzioni lineari delle componenti della tensione nominale, l’integrazione della wf si riduce alla combinazione lineare dell’integrazione di una distribuzione uniforme e di una variabile linearmente, fig.5. sostituendo l’eq.2 nell’eq.1, e avendo i risultati delle integrazioni, riportati nella fig.5, è possibile ottenere il valore di pressione di perdita: n,b1 n,b1l b n, 1 n, 1 (0) 1.55 ( ) (0) 1.55 ( )p p p p l p l       (3) nell’eq.3, i termini n,b1 n,b1(0), ( )p p l e n, 1 n, 1(0), ( )p p l  sono i valori di tensione nominale per 0x  e x l , rispettivamente, ossia alla posizione interna della cassa e alla distanza di perdita. tuttavia, quando una porzione delle superfici della flangia perde contatto, inevitabilmente penetra del fluido in pressione, che tende ad incentivare la separazione fra le due superfici. al fine di considerare tale effetto, seguendo l’approccio proposto, è sufficiente aggiungere un termine di trazione alla distribuzione di tensione nominale, pari al valore della bp l hd h'd x l n, 1 (0)p b v / 2 ( 1mpa) pp d p  v / 2s n, 1 ( )p x n, 1 ( )p l x 1f 2f 1 2 press.distr. equivalent to: ,f f l bolt pressure distribution, larger than the flange surface  n,b1 (0)p b b b b( 1mpa)f a   x n,b1 ( )p l  bolt pressure actual distribution http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 15 pressione interna stessa. dato il significato dei termini n, 1 n, 1(0), ( )p p l  e grazie alla linearità delle integrazioni della wf, è quindi necessario aggiungere ad entrambi un termine unitario. l’eq.4 costituisce il modello analitico definitivo per determinare la pressione di perdita: n,b1 n,b1l b n, 1 n, 1 (0) 1.55 ( ) ( (0) 1) 1.55 ( ( ) 1)p p p p l p l         (4) come descritto in precedenza le tensioni nominali unitarie possono essere dedotte sulla base di considerazioni di equilibrio, anche se approssimate. pertanto non è necessaria alcuna simulazione numerica per ottenere i termini che compaiono nell’eq.3. tuttavia, il modello ef successivamente riportato è stato sviluppato al fine di verificare i risultati del modello analitico. (a) (b) figura 5: (a) integrazione della wf con distribuzione di tensione nominale uniforme. (b) integrazione della wf con distribuzione di tensione nominale variabile linearmente. modello elementi finiti a porzione di flangia modellata agli elementi finiti è rappresentata in fig.6(a). l’analisi si limita alla porzione rettilinea delle flange ed inoltre si sfruttano le due simmetrie dovute alla ripetizione geometrica dei bulloni, fig.6(b). (a) (b) (c) figura 6: (a) porzione di flangia modellata. (b) modello ef, utilizzo delle simmetrie. (c) distacco degli elementi di contatto e condizione di perdita in fig.6(c) si mostra l’evoluzione del fronte di apertura all’aumentare della pressione interna alla cassa, fino alla condizione di perdita, ossia quando il fronte di distacco raggiunge il punto più interno del perimetro del foro del bullone. il valore a n 0  0 01.1215k a  a n 1 x a   1 10.6820k a  x fe model region b bolt pitch p flange interface symm. symm. increasing the internal pressure p open contact front leakage ol l http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 16 della pressione di perdita prevista dal modello ef, l,fep , si determina semplicemente osservando la posizione del fronte di apertura, per piccoli incrementi della pressione interna. è importante sottolineare che, nonostante la non linearità di contatto, la pressione di perdita prevista dal modello ef, è legata linearmente al preserraggio del bullone, dato che si impone una specifica posizione del fronte di apertura. questo risultato è in accordo con l’evidente linearità, prevista dal modello analitico, fra pressione di perdita lp e il preserraggio del bullone. in fig.7 si mostra l’ottima correlazione fra la pressione di perdita prevista dal modello analitico rispetto alla pressione di perdita prevista dal modello ef, per 12 diverse configurazioni di casse. è quindi evidente che le approssimazioni introdotte non hanno prodotto errori significativi. tuttavia, come già accennato nell’introduzione, il modello ef rappresenta una validazione per il modello analitico in termini di previsione della posizione del fronte di apertura, mentre la modalità di perdita assunta, ossia il fluido che fuoriesce dalla cassa soltanto se il fronte di separazione fra le superfici delle flange raggiunge il bordo del foro del bullone, necessita di una conferma sperimentale. figura 7: correlazione fra la pressione di perdita prevista con modello ef e pressione di perdita prevista con modello analitico basato sulla meccanica della frattura. validazione sperimentale prove in piena scala a fig.8 riporta le prove di pressurizzazione in piena scala per le stesse 12 configurazioni precedentemente investigate con il modello ef. ciascuna tipologia di cassa è stata testata prima di essere messa in esercizio, mediante prove di pressurizzazione. questo tipo di prova prevede di introdurre del liquido (anche se si tratta di compressori per gas) raggiungendo un certo valore di pressione, maggiorato rispetto al valore di esercizio, e di verificare l’eventualità della perdita. figura 8: prove in piena scala di pressurizzazione. corretta previsione, mediante il modello analitico, del singolo caso di perdita. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 l,fe l,fe,max/p p l l,fe,max/p p 2 0.99r  0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 leakage test no leakage tests l/p p l l,fe,max/p p l http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 17 soltanto per un caso è stato possibile portare la pressione interna ad un valore più elevato di quello previsto dalla prova di pressurizzazione, fino a raggiungere la perdita, fig.8. per tale prova, è stato opportunamente estensimetrato un bullone della flangia per conoscere con elevata confidenza l’effettivo preserraggio, mentre negli altri casi il precarico del bullone è stato soltanto stimato sulla base del valore imposto mediante il tensionatore idraulico. da notare che nell’unico caso di perdita la previsione del modello è stata accurata, in quanto il rapporto l/p p è risultato molto prossimo all’unità. nelle altre configurazioni non è stata raggiunta la pressione di perdita, per necessità di servizio e quindi il margine di previsione del modello è rimasto incerto. prove in scala ridotta si è ritenuto opportuno eseguire ulteriori prove, in scala ridotta, per la validazione del modello analitico, in modo da monitorare con accuratezza il preserraggio dei bulloni e poter raggiungere la condizione di perdita senza particolari restrizioni. la fig.9(a) mostra una vite estensimetrata, il relativo schema per l’acquisizione del segnale, in modo da misurare solo la trazione ed eliminare l’effetto di flessione e temperatura, mentre la fig.9(b) mostra l’attrezzatura di prova in scala. (a) (b) figura 9: (a) vite estensimetrata, l’utilizzo di due estensimetri permette di eliminare eventuale flessione ed effetto di temperatura, oltre ad ottenere sensibilità del segnale doppia. (b) attrezzatura sperimentale per riprodurre in scala ridotta una cassa flangiata con bullonatura di tenuta. i bulloni estensimetrati sono stati applicati nella zona centrale della flangia bullonata, ed è stato eseguito un serraggio controllato. gli altri bulloni sono stati serrati con un precarico molto maggiore anche se non controllato. in questo modo la perdita è stata condizionata a manifestarsi in corrispondenza dei bulloni estensimetrati. per ciascuna prova sono stati applicati incrementi di pressione fino al verificarsi della perdita, messa in evidenza dal liquido colorato introdotto, fig.10. figura 10: prove in scala ridotta con liquido in pressione (acqua colorata). evidenza di perdita superata la pressione di perdita, si manifesta il gocciolamento continuo con una certa frequenza. ovviamente la frequenza di gocciolamento è funzione crescente della pressione interna del fluido. la portata di perdita è stata valutata misurando la massa di una singola goccia, misurando l’intervallo di tempo fra il manifestarsi di una goccia e la successiva e quindi dividendo massa per tempo. riportando su un grafico la portata di perdita in funzione della pressione interna, è intuitivo definire come la pressione (sperimentale) di perdita il valore di intercetta di un andamento lineare approssimante delle singole misurazioni di portata di perdita, fig.11. 1r 2r 1r 2r 3r 4r (dummy) (dummy) refv outv p manometro trasduttore digitale di pressione 350 mm http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 18 figura 11: definizione sperimentale della pressione di perdita. i risultati delle prove in scala ridotta sono riportati in tab.1. l’errore percentuale di previsione della pressione di perdita non supera il 7%. prova preserraggio bulloni pressione di perdita sperimentale pressione di perdita prevista dal modello errore percentuale [ kn ] [ bar ] [ bar ] 1 30.7 63 59 6 % 2 20.2 41 41 < 1% 3 20.1 43 41 6 % 4 20.4 41 41 < 1% 5 30.5 57 61 7% tabella 1: risultati delle prove in scala ridotta. analisi di sensibilità ai parametri geometrici a disponibilità di un modello analitico semplice (e validato) in grado di valutare la pressione di perdita, rappresenta uno strumento di progetto molto utile, soprattutto in una prima fase di definizione dei parametri macroscopici della flangia. è stata quindi eseguita un’analisi di sensibilità al variare di un parametro tenendo costante gli altri ed ottenendo i seguenti risultati:  la pressione di perdita lp è lineare con il preserraggio dei bulloni, risultato ovvio considerando l’eq.3, per cui è buona norma scegliere bulloni di classe elevata in modo da poter sfruttare al meglio il preserraggio, al fine di aumentare b ;  la pressione di perdita diminuisce all’aumentare del passo dei bulloni bp , fig.12(a), in quanto l’azione media di preserraggio si riduce, oltretutto si tende a produrre una disuniformità della pressione di contatto in direzione assiale (non prevista dal modello), rischiando di avere una locale riduzione di pressione di contatto fra le superfici della flangia, in definitiva è buona norma ridurre il passo assiale dei bulloni al minimo tenendo conto degli ingombri;  la pressione di perdita aumenta all’aumentare della larghezza della flangia w , fig.12(b), in modo non molto sensibile, fino ad un livello di saturazione, oltre al quale la pressione di perdita rimane costante nonostante un ulteriore aumento della larghezza della flangia;  la pressione di perdita è pressoché insensibile all’altezza della flangia h , fig.12(c), qualora sia sufficientemente più grande della dimensione del bullone;  la pressione di perdita diminuisce all’aumentare della posizione dell’asse del bullone z , ovvero la distanza dalla superficie interna, fig.12(d), in quanto l’azione di preserraggio risulta più remota rispetto alla zona della flangia interessata dalla perdita. la possibilità di avere maggiore pressione di perdita all’aumentare del preserraggio del bullone, apparentemente, potrebbe indurre a pensare che sia utile introdurre un diametro maggiore del bullone, in modo quindi da avere maggiore preserraggio. tuttavia è bene tenere presente gli ingombri, mostrati in fig.2(a). aumentare il diametro del bullone provoca un aumento del passo e un aumento della distanza dalla superficie interna, e quindi un effetto negativo sulla pressione di perdita. d’altro canto un bullone di diametro piccolo produrrebbe una ridotta (in modulo) pressione di serraggio. bolt presetting1 bolt presetting 2 leakeage rate internal pressure experimental leak. pressure l http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 19 evidentemente, esiste un compromesso della dimensione di diametro del bullone, che massimizza la pressione di perdita. la disponibilità di un modello analitico, permette di trovare tale compromesso con un’analisi parametrica comparativa. conclusioni l presente lavoro propone un modello di tenuta dedotto sulla base della meccanica della frattura. la condizione di perdita è la parziale separazione delle superfici della flangia fino al raggiungimento del foro del bullone. la separazione può essere vista come una fessura parzialmente aperta, pertanto il fattore di intensificazione della fessura costituita dalle flange in contatto è necessariamente nullo. l’utilizzo delle “weight functions” ha permesso di descrivere tale condizione in funzione delle tensioni nominali, ossia delle tensioni che si avrebbero se la flangia fosse un unico componente. al fine di ottenere un modello analitico facilmente risolvibile sono state introdotte delle semplificazioni, che tuttavia a posteriori si sono dimostrate lecite, in quanto le validazioni del modello (numerica e sperimentali) hanno dato esito positivo. il modello analitico di tenuta proposto, non è in grado di valutare l’effetto di aspetti di dettaglio quali: lo stato della superficie (tolleranza di planarità, rugosità, presenza del sigillante), oppure la sequenza di serraggio dei bulloni che può generare disuniformità di preserraggio, oppure la presenza di un gas in pressione piuttosto che un liquido. tuttavia, il presente modello permette di eseguire un’analisi comparativa di sensibilità ai principali parametri geometrici della flangia quali: passo assiale e distanza dalla superficie interna dell’asse dei bulloni, altezza e larghezza della flangia, offrendo quindi un utile strumento di progetto e di ottimizzazione. (a) (b) (c) (d) figura 12. sensibilità della pressione di contatto ai principali parametri geometrici: (a) passo assiale dei bulloni, (b) larghezza della superficie di contatto della flangia, (c) altezza della flangia, (d) posizione dell’asse del bullone. 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 analytical prediction fe prediction case a case b case c b v/p t l l,fe,max/p p 2 3 4 5 6 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 analytical prediction fe prediction case a case b case c v/w t l l,fe,max/p p 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 analytical prediction fe prediction case a case b case c v/h t l l,fe,max/p p 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 analytical prediction fe prediction case a case b case c v/z t l l,fe,max/p p i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it m. beghini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 11 (2009) 10-20; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.11.02 20 bibliografia [1] d.k. nash, m. abid, in: proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers, part e: journal of process mechanical engineering, 218 (4) (2004) 205. [2] t. nakamura, k. funabashi, lubrication science, 4 (1) (1991) 13. [3] j. arghavani, m. derenne, l. marchand, the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 21 (10– 11) (2003) 713. [4] g. murtagian, v. fanelli, j. villasante, d. johnson, h. ernst, journal of tribology, 126 (3) (2004) 591–596. [5] f. kirkemo, in: proceedings of 2002 asme pressure vessels and piping conference (pvp2002). vancouver, bc, canada, (2002) 1087. [6] h. kawamura, t. sawa, m. yoneno, journal of adhesion science and technology, 17 (8) (2003) 1109. [7] m. abid, d. nash, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 80 (12) (2003) 831. [8] m. abid, international journal of mechanics and materials in design, 2 (1–2) (2005) 35. [9] m. abid, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 83 (6) (2006) 433. [10] m. abid, international journal of mechanics and materials in design, 2 (1–2) (2005) 129. [11] e. roos, h. kockelmann, r. hahn, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 79 (1) (2002) 45. [12] h. estrada, i. parsons, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 76 (8) (1999) 543. [13] t. sawa, n. ogata, journal of pressure vessel technology, 124 (4) (2002) 385. [14] m. abid, d. nash, international journal of solids and structures, 43 (14–15) (2006) 4616. [15] t. fukuoka, t. takaki, journal of mechanical design, 125 (4) (2003) 823. [16] j. mackerle, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 82 (7) (2005) 571. [17] j. mackerle, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 80 (4) (2003) 253. [18] j. mackerle, finite elements in analysis and design, 20 (3) (1995) 205. [19] h. tsuji, m. nakano, in: proceedings of 2002 asme pressure vessels and piping conference (pvp2002). vancouver, bc, canada, (2002) 1094. [20] t. fukuoka, journal of pressure vessel technology, 127 (4) (2005) 402. [21] t. fukuoka, t. takaki, journal of pressure vessel technology, 125 (4) (2003) 371. [22] m. beghini, l. bertini, engineering fracture mechanics, 54 (5) (1996) 667. [23] m. beghini, l. bertini, v. fontanari, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 28 (1–2) (2005) 31. [24] m. beghini, l. bertini, v. fontanari, international journal of fracture, 112 (1) (2001) 57. [25] x.-r. wu, a. carlsson, weight functions and stress intensity factor solutions. pergamon press, oxford (1991). [26] t. fett, d. munz, stress intensity factors and weight functions. computational mechanics, billerica, ma (1997). [27] j. shigley, c. mischke, r. budynas. mechanical engineering design, 7 ed. mcgraw-hill science/engineering/math, (2003). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.11.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_42_art_12.docx p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 105 focused on mechanical fatigue of metals probabilistic fatigue s-n curves derivation for notched components p. raposo, j.a.f.o. correia, a.m.p. de jesus, r.a.b. calçada inegi and construct, faculty of engineering, university of porto, rua dr. roberto frias, 4200-465 porto, portugal praposo@inegi.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9415-8209 jacorreia@inegi.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4148-9426 ajesus@fe.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1059-715x ruiabc@fe.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2375-7685 g. lesiuk faculty of mechanical engineering, department of mechanics, material science and engineering, wrocław university of science and technology, smoluchowskiego 25, 50-370 wrocław, poland grzegorz.lesiuk@pwr.edu.pl, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3553-6107 m. hebdon virginia polytechnic institute and state university, department of civil engineering, blacksburg, united states mhebdon@vt.edu a. fernández-canteli department of construction and manufacturing engineering, univ. of oviedo, 33203 gijón, spain afc@uniovi.es, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8071-9223 abstract. europe has a number of ancient riveted metallic bridges, constructed during the second half of the 19th century up to the middle of the 20th century, which are still in operation. in this paper, a unified approach is presented to generate probabilistic s-n curves to be applied to structural components, accounting for uncertainties in material properties. the approach is particularly demonstrated for a plate with a circular hole, made of puddle iron from the portuguese eiffel bridge. this paper presents an extension of the local strain-based fatigue crack propagation model proposed by noroozi et al. the latter model is applied to derive the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation field (p-s-np field). the probabilistic fatigue crack initiation field (p-s-ni field) is determined using a notch elastoplastic approach, to calculate the fatigue failure of the first elementary material block ahead of the notch root. keywords. fatigue; probabilistic approach; puddle iron; notched plate; local approaches. citation: raposo, p., correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., calçada, r.a.b., lesiuk, g., hebdon, m., fernández-canteli, a., probabilistic fatigue s-n curves derivation for notched components, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118. received: 30.04.2017 accepted: 31.05.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 106 introduction he majority of fatigue models proposed in the literature are deterministic. their application for design purposes requires additional safety margins defined with supplementary statistical arguments in order to allow the establishment of an appropriate safe design. in this paper, a probabilistic approach is applied to generate probabilistic s-n curves for notched details such as a notched plate (plate with circular hole) made of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge, based on local strain fatigue approaches [1]. the plate with a circular hole is of interest since it shows similitudes with the riveted plates. their study allows a better understanding of the fatigue behaviour of riveted joints. the model applied in this paper is an extension of the fatigue crack propagation model proposed by noroozi et al. [2-4] which is based on a local strain approach to fatigue. the latter model, named as unigrow model, is a fatigue crack propagation model based on residual stress considerations [2,3]. the selected model is applied in this paper to derive a probabilistic fatigue crack propagation field (p-s-np field) for a detail tested under stress control and a null stress r-ratio. the fatigue crack propagation is considered a damaging process consisting on continuous crack initializations over adjacent material representative elements of a size, ρ*. based on pure fatigue crack growth data, the material representative element size, ρ*, was previously estimated as can be consulted in references [5-9]. probabilistic fatigue crack initiation fields (p-s-ni fields) are determined using an elastoplastic approach together with the material p-swt-n fields. predicted global p-s-n fields (combination of fatigue crack initiation and propagation phases) are compared with experimental s-n fatigue data for the notched plate, with a circular hole, made of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge [10]. general procedure to generate p–s–n–r fields for notched details description of the procedure he procedure proposed by correia et al. [1] to derive probabilistic s–n–r fields for notched structural details or mechanical components is based on the assumption that crack path is discretized into elementary material blocks of length ρ*, placed along the assumed crack path (see fig. 1). the process is then pictured according to the following steps: 1. estimation of the p–swt–n or p–εa–n material fields, as described in next section, using experimental fatigue data from smooth specimens. these probabilistic fields will be the basis of the proposed model to evaluate the probabilistic s–n fields of the notched details. the selection of the damage parameter (swt: smith-watson-topper or εa: strain amplitude) will depend on material/detail sensitivity to the mean stress or stress ratio. 2. estimation of the elementary material block size, ρ*, using fatigue crack propagation data from fatigue crack propagation tests as for example using ct specimens, following the procedure by noroozi et al. [2,3]. the elementary material block size is estimated using an iterative optimization procedure in order to result a good fit of the experimental fatigue crack propagation data, for several stress ratios, within the estimated s-n field. 3. elastoplastic analysis of the uncracked detail in order to evaluate the average local stresses and strains at the first element block size ahead of the notch root. this step was performed in this research, using the finite element method (see fig. 2). 4. application of the p–swt–n or p–εa–n fields to derive the p–s–ni–r field representative of the macroscopic crack initiation, in the structural detail/mechanical component, which corresponds to the failure of the first elementary material block in the notch root. 5. application of a modified version of the unigrow model to evaluate the fatigue crack propagation in the structural detail, using the elementary material block size computed previously on step 2. the residual stress field required in the unigrow model is computed in this paper using elastoplastic finite element analysis. 6. computation of the p–s–np–r field corresponding to the fatigue crack propagation in the notched detail/mechanical component (see fig. 3). 7. combination of probabilistic fields from steps 4 and 6 to evaluate the global p–s–nf–r field for the detail under analysis. the procedures adopted to compute the probabilistic s–ni–r and s–np–r fields, for structural details are summarized in figs. 2 and 3, respectively [1,5]. t t p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 107 figure 1: representative material blocks along the postulated crack propagation path of a notched detail. figure 2: procedure for the estimation of the probabilistic fatigue crack initiation field for notched geometries. additional considerations on the application of the unigrow model the unigrow model was proposed by noroozi et al. [2] to compute the elastoplastic stresses and strains at the elementary material blocks ahead of the crack tip, and was further developed in the current study, particularly in what concerns the determination of the number of cycles to failure of the elementary material blocks, in the fatigue crack propagation regime, according to the following procedure: i) the stress intensity factors are determined for the detail under investigation using linear elastic finite element analysis and the j-integral method. ii) the original procedure for the computation of the residual stress distribution consisted in the following actions: a) elastic stress fields ahead of the crack tip are estimated using analytical solutions for a crack with a tip radius, ρ*, and using the stress intensity factors solutions from analytical formulae. b) the actual elastoplastic stresses and strains, ahead of the crack tip, are computed using neuber’s or glinka’s approach [11,12]. c) the residual stress distribution ahead of the crack tip is computed using the maximum actual elastoplastic stresses resulting at the end of the first load reversal and the subsequent cyclic elastoplastic stress range, σr =σmax σ. elastoplastic stress analysis  (uncracked geometry)    fem  or  analytical  (neuber, glinka, seeger‐heuler)  δσapplied , r  ε‐n exp. data  p‐ε‐n or p‐swt‐n  weibull fields  p‐s‐ni‐r fields  failure of the first  elementary  material block  p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 108 figure 3. procedure for the estimation of the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields for the notched geometries. in this study, sub-steps a), b) and c) were replaced by an elastoplastic finite element analysis in order to allow the direct computation of the residual stress fields to be performed. iii) the residual stress distribution computed ahead of the crack tip is assumed to be applied on the crack faces, behind the crack tip, in a symmetric way with respect to the crack tip. the residual stress intensity factor, kr, is then computed using the weight function method according to the following general expression [13]:     0 . , a r rk x m x a dx  (1) to this purpose, the weight function m(x,a) was computed for the cracked detail under consideration using the following expression [10]:   1 , . yuh m x a k a    (2) elastoplastic stress analysis  (cracked geometry)  fem  linear‐elastic stress analysis  (cracked geometry)  fem  residual stress, σr weight function    a u k h a,xm y i      stress intensity factor  (j‐integral method)  kapplied and kmax,applied  residual stress intensity factor      dxa,xmxk a 0 rr      rappliedtot rappliedmax,totmax, kkk kkk    actual elastoplastic stresses and strains  (σmax and ε/2)  neuber’s approach  δσapplied , r  crack propagation data  and  unigrow model  elementary material block size  a = ai = *  kmax,applied < kc  yes  a = a + *  no  ε‐n exp. data  p‐ε‐n or p‐swt‐n  weibull fields p‐s‐np‐r fields  end  p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 109 where h=e (young's modulus) for generalized plane stress, and h=e/(1-v2) for plane strain, v being the poisson's ratio; ki is the stress intensity factor and uy is the corresponding crack opening displacement. in this research the weight functions were computed using a linear elastic finite element model for the cracked geometries. iv) the applied stress intensity factor (maximum and range values) is corrected using the residual stress intensity value, resulting in the total effective values, kmax,tot and ktot [2,3]. for positive applied stress ratios, kmax,tot and ktot may be computed as follows: , ,max tot max applied r tot applied r k k k k k k       (3) where kr takes a negative value corresponding to the compressive stress field. this residual stress correction makes the crack propagation model sensitive to the stress ratio effects. in fact, the compressive stresses decrease with increasing stress ratio. consequently, the total stress intensity factors tend to the corresponding applied stress intensity factor. for lower stress ratios, the total stress intensity factors will be lower than the applied ones. this step, corresponding to the original proposal of noroozi et al. [2] was followed in this study. v) using the total values of the stress intensity factors, the above steps ii.a) and ii.b) are applied to determine the updated values of the actual maximum stress and actual strain range for the material representative elements. then, smith-watsontopper (swt)-n [14] or morrow’s relations [15] are applied to compute the number of cycles required for the material representative element to fail. for materials with the stress propagation rates more sensitivity to the stress ratio, smithwatson-topper (swt)-n [14] should be used; otherwise, morrow’s relation [15] may be adequate. morrow’s equation considered here corresponds to the superposition of basquin [16] and coffin-manson relations [17,18] without any mean stress correction. the unigrow crack propagation model will be applied to compute the number of cycles required to propagate an initial crack at the notch root of a detail until the critical dimension, responsible for the collapse of the component, is achieved. in this research, it is postulated that the crack initiation corresponds to the development of a crack with a size equal to the elementary material block dimension, ρ*. in addition to the number of cycles required to propagate the crack, the number of cycles required to initiate a crack of a size equal to the elementary material block, ρ*, will be also computed using a local approach. for this purpose, an elastoplastic stress/strain analysis will be carried out for the uncracked geometry to derive the average stress/strains at the first elementary material block ahead of the notch root (see fig. 2). probabilistic εa-n and swt-n fields oth crack initiation and crack propagation simulations are based on a fatigue damage relation, which is required to compute the number of cycles to fail the elementary material block. in this paper, probabilistic fatigue models are proposed rather than the deterministic swt-n or εa-n models defined by references [14] or [15], respectively. castillo and fernández-canteli [19] proposed a probabilistic εa-n field, based on the weibull distribution, which allows the correlation of the experimental strain-life data. besides the original p-εa-n field proposed by castillo and fernándezcanteli [19], a generalization of the probabilistic field is proposed in this paper, using an alternative damage parameter. in particular, the swt (=σmax.εa) damage parameter, proposed by smith-watson-topper [14] to account for mean stress effects on fatigue life, was used to generate an alternative probabilistic field, sensitive to mean stress effects. any combination of maximum stress and strain amplitude that leads to the same swt parameter should predicts the same fatigue life. the swt-n and εa-n fields exhibit similar characteristics. therefore, the p-εa-n field proposed by castillo and fernández-canteli may be extended to represent the p-swt-n field as follows:   0 0 0 0 . * ; * 1 . f f f n swt log log n swt p f n swt exp n swt log log n swt                                              (4) b p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 110 where swt0 is the fatigue limit defined in terms of the swt parameter. the new probabilistic field is illustrated in the fig. 4. figure 4: percentile curves representing the relationship between the dimensionless lifetime, nf*, and the damage parameter, swt*. the threshold parameters log (n0)=b and log(0)=c of the p--n model or log(n0)=b and log(swt0)=c of the p-swt-n model may be estimated using a constrained least squares method. in turn, the weibull parameters, β, λ and δ, are estimated by the maximum likelihood method. more details about the parameters identification procedure can be found in reference [19]. experimental fatigue data of the puddle iron and notched detail from the eiffel bridge he puddle iron from the portuguese eiffel bridge is considered in this study. the eiffel bridge was designed by gustave eiffel and was inaugurated in 1878 (see fig. 5). the fatigue behaviour of the material from the eiffel bridge was determined based on fatigue tests of smooth specimens and fatigue crack propagation tests. the fatigue tests of smooth specimens were carried out according to the astm e606 standard [20], under strain controlled conditions and are summarized in tabs. 1 and 2. figure 5: riveted metallic eiffel bridge in viana do castelo (portugal). the fatigue crack propagation tests were performed using ct specimens, in accordance with the procedures of the astm e647 standard [21], under load controlled conditions. ct specimens from the eiffel bridge were defined with a width, w=40 mm, and a thickness, b=4.5 mm. the fatigue crack propagation tests were performed for stress r-ratios, r=0.1 log nf*  swt0  n0  p=0   p=0.05   p=0.5   p=0.95 l o g  s w t *    t p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 111 and r=0.5. the experimental fatigue data is plotted in fig. 6, along with the regression lines, for each stress r-ratio, which were defined according to the paris’s law [22]. the fatigue crack propagation data of the material from the eiffel bridge shows important scatter due to the significant amount of heterogeneities that characterizes the puddle irons [23]. details about the properties evaluation can be found in reference [24]. e (gpa)  uf (mpa) yf (mpa) k’ (mpa) n’ 193.11 0.30 342.0 292.0 645.95 0.0946 table 1: monotonic and cyclic elastoplastic properties of the material from the eiffel bridge. ' f (mpa) b ' f c 602.5 -0.0778 0.1595 -0.7972 table 2: morrow constants of the material from the eiffel bridge. the observation of the fig. 6b) reveals that the material fatigue crack propagation rates are sensitive to the stress ratio. due to this result, the fatigue crack propagation rates for this material will be modelled using the unigrow model based on the swt damage parameter. using the experimental fatigue data from the smooth specimens, the p-εa-n and p-swt-n fields of the material from the eiffel bridge were evaluated and presented in figs. 7 and 8, respectively. the constants of the weibull field are also included in the figures, in particular the threshold constants (b and c) and the weibull parameters (β, λ and δ). the weibull field shows a hyperbolic behaviour with the horizontal asymptote representing the fatigue limit of the material. a plate with a circular hole, made of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge, as illustrated in fig. 9, was considered in this investigation. this geometry was fatigue tested under remote stress controlled conditions, for stress r-ratio equal to 0. the s-n results presented in this sub-section were obtained using fatigue tests of specimens subjected to load controlled conditions, for stress r-ratio equal to 0, and performed on a servo-hydraulic machine rated to 100kn at test frequencies, f, ranging between 5 and 10hz. a total of 15 specimens were tested. the respective fatigue data can be found in fig. 10 [10]. the stress range plotted in fig. 10 corresponds to the net stress range computed at the central section of the plate. the p-swt-n field will be used to model the fatigue crack initiation and propagation fields for the notched structural detail. a) b) figure 6: fatigue crack propagation data of the material from the eiffel bridge for distinct stress ratios: a) experimental data; b) trend lines for each stress r-ratio. 2t1 (r=0.1) 2t2 (r=0.1) 2t3 (r=0.5) 2t4 (r=0.5) 2l1 (r=0.1) 300 k [n.mm-1.5] 1.0e-5 1.0e-3 d a/ d n [ m m /c yc le ] 1.0e-4 500 1000 1.0e-6 1.0e-2 1200 r=0.1 r=0.5 r=0.1 + r=0.5 300  1000  k [n.mm‐1.5]  1.0e‐5  1.0e‐3  d a /d n  [ m m /c yc le ]  1.0e‐4  500  1200  1.0e‐6  da/dn=3.0907e‐20k5.5347  r 2 =0.9604  da/dn=1.5624e‐19k5.0585  r 2 =0.8644  1.0e‐2  da/dn=2.4329e‐18k4.6899  r 2 =0.71971  p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 112 figure 7: p-εa-n field for the material from the eiffel bridge. figure 8: p-swt-n field for the material from the eiffel bridge. figure 9: plate made of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge with a circular hole (dimensions in mm). 1.0e‐04 1.0e‐03 1.0e‐02 1.0e‐01 1.0e+01 1.0e+02 1.0e+03 1.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 cycles to failure, n f   /2 [] p=1% p=5%  p=50% p=95% p=99% experimental data b = ‐13.9697 c = ‐10.0419 β = 7.6103 λ = 68.4171 δ = 18.2667 0.1 1 10 1.0e+01 1.0e+02 1.0e+03 1.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 cylces to failure, n f  s w t  [ m p a ] p=1% p=5%  p=50% p=95% p=99% experimental data b = ‐63.8216 c = ‐17.2436 β = 13.6002 λ = 1051.0599  = 164.0604 p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 113 figure 10: s-n data of the plate with a circular hole made of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge. prediction of the probabilistic s-n field for a notched detail n this section the probabilistic s-n field of the notched detail is computed. the total number of cycles to failure is assumed to follow the following split relation: f i pn n n  (5) the crack initiation corresponds to the initiation of a crack of a size equal to the elementary material block size, *. the number of crack propagation cycles corresponds to the number of cycles required to propagate the initial crack with the size of the elementary material block until failure, i.e. unstable crack propagation. the crack initiation is modelled using the p-swt-n field, due to the sensitivity of the material to the stress ratio, which is visible on the fatigue crack propagation rates. the crack propagation will be performed using the so-called unigrow model, using probabilistic fatigue damage fields. the value of the elementary material block size, ρ*=12×10-4m, was estimated in the reference [9], using fatigue crack propagation data from ct specimens. finite element analysis of the notched detail a 2d finite element model of the notched detail was proposed, using ansys® code [25]. fig. 11 illustrates a typical finite element mesh of the detail, with and without a crack. this mesh exhibits a crack on the left side of the notch. in the practice, cracks started at both sides of the notch root and propagated symmetrically in the plate. taking into account the existing symmetry planes, only ¼ of the geometry is modelled. plane stress quadratic triangular elements were used in the analysis due to the limited specimen thickness. the plane 181 elements were used in the analysis of the notch plate from the eiffel bridge. a highly refined mesh at the crack tip region was used in order to model the crack tip notch radius, ρ* (see magnification in fig. 11). the von mises yield criterion with multilinear kinematic hardening, was used in simulations aiming an estimation of the residual stresses. the plasticity model was fitted to the stabilized cyclic curve of the material, see fig. 12. prediction of the probabilistic s-ni-r field the p-swt-n model is used to predict the fatigue crack initiation (failure of the first elementary material block) at the notch root of the detail – according to the procedure illustrated in fig. 2. an elastoplastic finite element analysis was used to compute the stress/strain history at the notch root. in order to facilitate the strain amplitude computation, loading followed by unloading steps were simulated using a plasticity model identified with the stabilised cyclic stress-strain curve of the material. fig. 13 shows the p-s-ni field corresponding to the fatigue crack initiation for the detail, for r=0.0. the cycles to failure, n f exp. data ‐ r=0.0 1.0e4 1.0e5 1.0e6 100  σ    [m p a ] 1.0e3 200 300 400 1.0e7 i p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 114 analysis of the figure reveals that fatigue crack initiation is dominant, since it gives already a good description of the s-n fatigue data of the detail. a) b) c) figure 11: finite element mesh of the plate with a circular hole: a) ¼ of the finite element mesh of the structural retail; b) without crack; c) with a side crack and tip notch radius of 1200μm. figure 12: cyclic curve of the material from eiffel bridge. figure 13: p-s-ni field for the structural detail made of material from the eiffel bridge. prediction of the probabilistic s-np-r field the procedure adopted to compute the probabilistic s-np field for the notched plate is illustrated in the fig. 3. a value of the elementary material block size, ρ*=12×10-4m, was previously estimated using an independent identification based on pure fatigue crack propagation data (see reference [9] for details). finite element models of the detail were used to perform elastoplastic stress analyses aiming the computation of the residual stresses. in addition, linear elastic finite element models were used to compute the weight functions required for the residual stress intensity factor computation as well as the stress intensity factor solutions for the notched geometry. the stress intensity factors were determined based on a linear-elastic finite element analysis using the j-integral method. fig. 14 presents the stress intensity factor evolution with the crack length for a unit remote stress, which was used to determine the kapplied. fig. 15 presents the elastoplastic stress distribution along the y direction, ahead of the crack tip, and obtained at the end of the first load reversal using an elastoplastic finite element analysis. fig. 16 presents the residual stress distribution along the y direction ahead of the crack tip, resulting from the elastoplastic finite element analysis. these residual stresses were computed after loading-unloading steps. high compressive stresses are observed at the vicinity of the crack tip. the residual stress intensity factor, kr, was 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0.00e+00 1.00e‐02 2.00e‐02 3.00e‐02 4.00e‐02 5.00e‐02  [‐]    [ m p a ] ramberg‐osgood fem ‐ multilinear cycles to failure, n i exp. data p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e4 1.0e5 1.0e6 100  σ    [m p a ] 1.0e3 200 300 400 r=0.0 1.0e7 p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 115 determined using the weight functions technique as proposed by eq. (1) and eq. (2) and using results from linear elastic finite element analysis. those weight functions allow the residual stress intensity factor, kr, to be computed. fig. 17 shows the evolution of kr with the applied stress intensity factor range. the resulting data shows a good linear correlation. the p-s-np field of the structural detail was calculated for r=0 using the p-swt-n field of the material from the eiffel bridge together with the unigrow model proposed by noroozi et al. [2], and assuming ρ*=12×10-4m (see reference [9]). the use of the p-swt-n field of the material from the eiffel bridge to model the fatigue crack propagation is justified by the fact that the material showed a crack propagation rate sensitivity to stress ratio effects as argued in reference [9]. fig. 18 illustrates the p-s-np field obtained for the structural detail under consideration. the comparison of the experimental fatigue data with the crack propagation field shows that the crack propagation, despite not negligible, is not the dominant damage process, at least for low stress ranges/ high fatigue lives. figure 14: stress intensity factors as a function of the crack length, for a unit load (elastic analysis). figure 15: elastoplastic stress distributions along y (load) direction for the notched plate, for crack size equal to 2.25 mm. figure 16: residual stress distributions for the notched plate for crack size equal to 2.25mm. figure 17: residual stress intensity factor as a function of the applied stress intensity factor range for the notched plate. prediction of the probabilistic s-nf-r field the combined crack initiation and crack propagation s-n fields were computed for the notched plate, using eq. (5). fig. 19 presents the combined (superimposed) results. the analysis of the resulting s-n field highlights the accuracy of the proposed methodology. the experimental fatigue data falls inside the 5%-95% failure probability band. the unified approach proposed by correia et al. [1] seems to give fairly promising predictions for notched components [10], in this case a plate with a circular hole. 0 10 20 30 40 0 5 10 15 a [mm] k /   [ m m 0 .5 ] j‐integral applied remote stress 1n/mm 2 0 200 400 600 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 distance from the crack tip [mm] e la st o p la st ic  s tr e ss ,   y  [ m p a ] 175 200 225 275 a=2.25mm applied nominal stress [mpa], r=0.0 ‐400 ‐200 0 200 0 1 2 3 4 distance from the crack tip [mm] r e si d u a l  st re ss ,   r  [m p a ] 175 200 225 275a=2.25mm nominal stress range [mpa], r=0.0 p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 116 figure 18: p-s-np field obtained for the notched plate made of material from the eiffel bridge. figure 19: p-s-nf field obtained for the notched plate made of material from eiffel bridge. conclusions unified approach to derive probabilistic s-n fields proposed by correia et al. [1] for structural details taking into account both crack initiation and crack propagation was applied in this paper. this approach combines finite element analyses with the unigrow model and probabilistic fatigue damage fields of the base material. one key parameter in this approach is the definition of the elementary material block size, which was identified using an independent procedure based on pure fatigue crack propagation data. the predicted p-s-ni field for fatigue crack initiation on the structural detail, based on the p-swt-n model and elastoplastic finite element analysis provided a good agreement with the experimental results, for r=0. the adaptation of the unigrow model allowed to reproduce satisfactorily crack propagation prediction using residual compressive stress estimation, based on elastoplastic finite element analysis of the notched detail, and the p-swt-n damage model. in this study, and for the plate with the circular hole the crack initiation was the dominating fatigue damaging process, while the fatigue crack propagation exerts a small influence on global predictions of the p-s-n field, mainly in the high-cycle fatigue regime. the procedure proposed to derive the probabilistic s-n curves for structural details shows satisfactory results and proved to be quite efficient since it cycles to failure, n p exp. data p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e4 1.0e5 1.0e6 100  σ    [m p a ] 1.0e3 200 300 400 r=0.0 1.0e7 cycles to failure, n f exp. data p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e4 1.0e5 1.0e6 100  σ    [m p a ] 1.0e3 200 300 400 r=0.0 1.0e7 a p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 117 can be used to reduce the need for extensive testing of structural components. only small-scale testing data is required, fundamentally fatigue data from smooth specimens will be enough. in addition, the representative material block size needs to be calibrated for the material and for that purpose the use of pure fatigue crack propagation data will be the most adequate choice. acknowledgements he authors acknowledge the portuguese science foundation (fct) for the financial support through the postdoctoral grant sfrh/bpd/107825/2015. the authors gratefully acknowledge the funding of scitech: science and technology for competitive and sustainable industries, r&d project cofinanced by programa operacional regional do norte (norte2020), through fundo europeu de desenvolvimento regional (feder). references [1] correia, j. a. f. o., de jesus, a. m. p., fernández-canteli, a. local unified probabilistic model for fatigue crack initiation and propagation: application to a notched geometry, engineering structures., 52 (2013) 394-497. [2] noroozi, a. h., glinka, g., lambert, s., a two parameter driving force for fatigue crack growth analysis, international journal of fatigue, 27 (2005) 1277-1296. [3] noroozi, a. h., glinka, g., lambert, s., a study of the stress ratio effects on fatigue crack growth using the unified two-parameter fatigue crack growth driving force, international journal of fatigue, 29 (2007) 1616-1633. [4] mikheevskiy, s., glinka, g., elastic–plastic fatigue crack growth analysis under variable amplitude loading spectra, international journal of fatigue., 31 (2009) 1828–1836. [5] correia, j. a. f. o., de jesus, a. m. p., fernández-canteli, a., a procedure to derive probabilistic fatigue crack propagation data, international journal of structural integrity, 3 (2012) 158. [6] hafezi, m. h., abdullah, n. n., correia, j. a. f. o., de jesus, a.m.p., an assessment of a strain-life approach for fatigue crack growth, international journal structural integrity, 3 (2012) 344-376. [7] de jesus, a. m. p., correia, j. a. f. o., critical assessment of a local strain-based fatigue crack growth model using experimental data available for the p355nl1 steel, journal of pressure vessel technology, 135(1) (2013) 011404:1-9. [8] correia, j. a. f. o., de jesus, a. m. p., ribeiro, a. s., strain-based approach for fatigue crack propagation simulation of the 6061-t651 aluminum alloy, international journal of materials and structural integrity (in press). [9] correia, j. a. f. o., de jesus, a. m. p., fernández-canteli, a., calçada, r. a. b., modelling probabilistic fatigue crack propagation rates for a mild structural steel, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96. [10] correia, j. a. f. o., de jesus, a. m. p., fernández-canteli, a., calçada, r. a. b., probabilistic fatigue behaviour of structural details of puddle iron from the eiffel bridge, proceedings of the 3.º congresso de segurança e conservação de pontes (ascp’13), (2013). [11] neuber, h., theory of stress concentration for shear-strained prismatic bodies with arbitrary nonlinear stress–strain law, journal of applied mechanics. transactions asme, 28 (1961) 544–551. [12] molski, k., glinka, g., a method of elastic-plastic stress and strain calculation at a notch root, materials science and engineering, 50 (1981) 93-100. [13] ma, c.-c., huang, j.-i., tsai, c.-h., weight functions and stress intensity factors for axial cracks in hollow cylinders, journal pressure vessel technology, (1994) 116-423. [14] smith, k. n., watson, p., topper, t. h., a stress-strain function for the fatigue of metals, journal of materials, 5(4) (1970) 767-78. [15] morrow, j. d., cyclic plastic strain energy and fatigue of metals, int. friction, damping and cyclic plasticity. astm stp 378, (1965) p. 45-87. [16] basquin, o. h., the exponential law of endurance tests. proc. annual meeting american society for testing materials, 10 (1910) 625-630. [17] coffin, l.f., a study of the effects of the cyclic thermal stresses on a ductile metal. trans asme 76 (1954) 931–950. [18] manson ss. behaviour of materials under conditions of thermal stress, naca tn-2933. national advisory committee for aeronautics, (1954). [19] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., a unified statistical methodology for modeling fatigue damage. springer (2009). t p. raposo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 118 [20] astm e606: standard practice for strain-controlled fatigue testing, annual book of astm standards. astm, west conshohocken, pa, usa, 03.01 (1998) [21] astm e647: standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates, annual book of astm standards. astm, west conshohocken, pa, usa, 03.01 (2000) [22] paris, p. c., gomez, m., anderson, w. e., a rational analytic theory of fatigue, trend engineering, 13 (1961) 9-14. [23] lesiuk, g., szata, m., bocian, m., the mechanical properties and the microstructural degradation effect in an old low carbon steels after 100-years operating time, archives of civil and mechanical engineering, 15(4) (2015) 786-797. [24] de jesus, a. m. p., silva, a. l. l., figueiredo, m. v., correia, j. a. f. o., ribeiro, a. s., fernandes, a. a., strain-life and crack propagation fatigue data from several portuguese old metallic riveted bridges, engineering failure analysis, 17 (2010) 1495–1499. [25] sas, ansys, swanson analysis systems, inc., houston, version 12.0 (2011). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_17_2635 p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 215 relationship between microscopic analysis and quantitative and qualitative indicators of moisture susceptibility evaluation of warmmix asphalt mixtures containing modifiers pooyan farazmand, parham hayati department of civil engineering, science and research branch, islamic azad university, iran pooyanfarazmand1@gmail.com, p.hayati@srbiau.ac.ir hamid shaker iran university of science and technology, iran h_shaker@civileng.iust.ac.ir, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8524-1676 sajad rezaei department of civil engineering, pooyesh institute of higher education, iran rezaei@pooyesh.ac.ir, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7394-8001 abstract. given the defects of bitumen in asphalt mixtures particularly exposed to moisture, this study mainly aims to investigate the relationship between qualitative and quantitative results of moisture susceptibility tests on asphalt mixtures modified by zycotherm, nanoclay, nanosilica and sbs. the marshall stability, modulus of resilience and indirect tensile strength tests are carried out. boiling water and sem qualitative tests are also used. eventually, the qualitative tests results are digitalized through image processing by matlab and compared with the moisture susceptibility results of indirect tensile strength test. for modulus of resilience testing, the results show that this modifier has the maximum impact on marshall stability, improving it by about 23%. for moisture susceptibility testing, the nanosilica-modified mixture has the maximum effect among anti-stripping additives, with an improvement by about 20%. an investigation into the results of sem images and boiling water test via matlab indicates the high accuracy of sem images and their results show the most compatibility with the results of quantitative data. keywords. modifier; moisture susceptibility; image processing; scanning electron microscopy (sem) of bitumen. citation: farazmand, p., hayati, p., shaker, h., rezaei, s., n., relationship between microscopic analysis and quantitative and qualitative indicators of moisture susceptibility evaluation of warm-mix asphalt mixtures containing modifiers, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 215-224. received: 14.09.2019 accepted: 24.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2635.mp4 p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 216 introduction he design and construction of asphalt pavements are essentially aimed to ensure the best performance under a variety of conditions, e.g. weather changes. asphalt mixtures should possess proper durability and stability in order to achieve the best performance in asphalt pavements [1]. the efficiency of asphalt pavements mostly depends on the adhesion and bond between bitumen and aggregate. stripping is a major failure of asphalt pavements due to the penetration of water between aggregate and bituminous binder, which occurs as a result of loss of adhesion between bituminous binder and aggregate [2]. since moisture-induced damage in asphalt mixtures was first detected as a problem, considerable efforts have been made to specify its basic mechanisms and to develop a variety of tests for prediction and prevention of moisture damages [3]. the constituent characteristics play a key role in the properties of structural pavements. although the bitumen content is far less than the aggregate in weight, it plays a significant role in the performance of asphalt pavements and the durability and stability of asphalt mixtures and any variation of performance of bitumen causes dramatic changes in the performance of asphalt mixtures [4]. the use of appropriate aggregate in asphalt mixtures usually can prevent stripping, but the bitumen modification is also of great importance. the application of modified bitumen can reduce stripping. in addition to impacts on the bond between aggregate and bitumen, anti-stripping materials can change the hardness and rutting resistance and increase or decrease the propagation of cracks[5]. on the other hand, the image processing of asphalt mixture specimens was first conducted for a project entitled “thermography image processing in an asphalt core” in 1993 at the university of southern california. this study was carried out in cooperation with civil, electrical engineering, radiology, metallurgy, chemical engineering and asphalt experts. the study aimed to investigate the asphalt core after construction and to find deformations and failures before and after loading. this technique became popular in pavement engineering after this study [6]. later, a variety of image processing methods were employed for 3d modeling of these specimens [7] [8]. in 2013, ki hoon conducted an analysis of structure of asphalt mixtures using digital image processing techniques [9], which was developed according to the research by zelelew et al [10]. different components of asphalt mixture and volumetric information were assessed in this study. the applied methods were based on the detection of threshold between the air, mastic (bitumen and filler) and aggregate according to the experimental data. this study aims to evaluate the relationship between quantitative and qualitative results of moisture susceptibility tests on asphalt mixtures containing zycotherm, nanoclay, sbs and nanosilica modifiers. it is investigated using indirect tensile strength, marshall stability, modulus of resilience, boiling water and sem tests. materials n this study, bitumen performance grade pg 58-22 is used, produced by the pasargad oil company in tehran according to the standard (tab. 1). calcareous aggregate extracted from the telo mine in tehran is also used, graded as shown in fig. 1. the grading is according to the iranian highway asphalt paving code no. 234 (grading no. 4). bitumen 60-70standard limits testing method properties upper limit lower limit 1.03 1.06 1.01 astm d-70 specific weight at 25 °c 64 70 60 astm d-5 penetration grade at 25 °c 54 56 49 astm d-36 softening point (°c) 102 100 astm d-113 ductility at 25 °c 305 250 astm d-92 fire point table 1: specifications of bitumen in this study, nano-zycotherm, nanoclay, nanosilica, sbs modifiers are used at their optimum contents. the modifiers are mixed with bitumen using a high shear mixer at 4200 rpm for 45 min at mixing temperature of 175 °c. eventually, the specimens are named in tab. 3. optimum bitumen content is determined 5.1 for the control specimen using the marshall method, according to which all specimens are made and evaluated. t i p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 217 test results allowable limits of the code no. 234 test standarddescription top coat binder 22.3 30 40 aashto t96 maximum abrasion by los angeles abrasion test (%) 16 25 30 bs 812 maximum flakiness index (%) 93 90 80 astm d5821minimum percent of particles with two fractured faces for sieve no. 4 (%) 2.2 2.5 2.5 aashto t85 maximum percent of water absorption (coarsegrained aggregate) 2.4 2.5 2.8 aashto t84 maximum percent of water absorption (fine-grained aggregate) 2.59-astm c127true specific gravity of coarse-grained aggregate 2.32 astm c128 true specific gravity of fine-grained aggregate table 2: specifications of aggregate figure 1: particle size distribution for stone mastic asphalt mixture. applied content abbrev. name modifier mix design no 0 ac control 1 0.1% of bitumen in weight [11] za zycotherm modified by zycotherm 2 4% of bitumen in weight [12] ncnanoclaymodified by nanoclay3 4.5% of bitumen in weight [13] sb sbs modified by sbs 4 4% of bitumen in weight [14] ns nanosilica modified by nanosilica 5 table 3: name of specimens and percent of each material for optimum bitumen content. experimental test initial tests n this study, the marshall stability test is done according to the astm d-1559, the modulus of resilience test is done according to the astm d-4123, the moisture susceptibility of mixture is measured based on indirect tensile strength test according to the aashto t283 and the boiling water test is done according to the astm d-3625 [15] [16] [17]. i p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 218 sem scanning electron microscopy (sem) is a qualitative investigation which can be used to analyze various properties of a mixture by processing of captured images. to capture images, the specimens are taken from the first quartile (250 g) of mixture and put in boiling water for 10 min. then, about 1.18 g of the specimen is taken and placed in the machine and the images are prepared. image processing technique and comparison of results using matlab as a practical software has been seen in previous recent research [18]. in this research, matlab programing as a neural network has been employed and the properties of asphalt were estimated with using this software. in the present study, the matlab software is utilized to quantify the qualitative results of image processing. in this process, the pixels of each image are converted to 0 and 1. accordingly, a value is determined as histogram threshold on the grayscale by converting the image to a negative (black and white) image and assigning a set of values to each greyscale shade. in this study, the threshold is considered 128 with black shade corresponded to 0 and white shade corresponded to 255 and the pixels of black and white shades are specified. hence images taken from boiling water and sem test specimens are imported into matlab and the outputs, i.e. white and black percent, as quantitative results are compared to the results of marshall stability, modulus of resilience and moisture susceptibility of mixture based on indirect tensile strength test. the kruskal-wallis test is thus applied for the comparison. this is a non-parametric statistical test. non-parametric tests have particular conditions corresponding to the parametric f-test; they are applied like the real f-test when the number of population groups is independent and more than 2 to k groups are available. the measurement scale for kruskal-wallis test should be at least ordinal. result marshall stability he results of marshall stability test on modified and non-modified specimens are illustrated in fig. 2. as the chart shows, all additives have a positive effect on marshall stability and this positive effect varies for different specimens. the additives increase the hardness in sbs, nanoclay and nanosilica modified specimens, causing an increased marshall stability. the increase for zycotherm modified specimens is less than the other. figure 2: results of marshall stability for modified and non-modified specimens modulus of resilience the results of this test are demonstrated in fig. 3. the modulus of resilience is tested for the assessment of hardening in the mixture and gives the designer an important parameter for determining the thickness. in this study, all additives except zycotherm increase the modulus of resilience. however, the nanoclay, sbs and nanosilica modified mixtures experience higher increases. to justify the trend, it can be deduced that the hardness somewhat increases for mixtures containing nanoclay and sbs. on the other hand, the decrease for the specimen containing zycotherm can be justified in regard to the additive properties; so that sbs and nanoclay increase the hardening in the bitumen and, consequently, the asphalt and zycotherm reacts vice versa. t p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 219 figure 3: results of modulus of resilience for modified and non-modified specimens indirect tensile strength fig. 4 shows the results of indirect tensile strength test for both dry and wet conditions. as demonstrated in the chart, the addition of modifiers results in significant changes in the specimens and alters both wet and dry strengths and the variations are almost the same under wet and dry conditions for each specimen. for the zycotherm-modified specimen, its wet strength is almost equal to that of the control specimen, but its dry strength declines and approaches its wet strength. for example, the wet and dry strengths of nanoclay, nanosilica and sbs modified specimens increase in comparison with the control specimen, along which the difference between wet and dry strengths decreases. figure 4: results of indirect tensile strength for modified and non-modified specimens. moisture susceptibility based on indirect tensile strength (its) the moisture susceptibility is described in terms of the parameter tsr which is calculated through dividing the wet strength by dry strength in indirect tensile strength test and expressed in percent. in the figure above, this parameter is presented for the control and modified specimens in form of a chart. as shown in the chart, all additives improve the stripping and enhance the tsr. this increase is higher for the specimens containing zycotherm and nanosilica than the other. to justify the trend, it can be argued that as the wet and dry strengths approach together, the moisture susceptibility improves. depending on properties of the material, however, this approach is either accompanied by a decrease in dry tensile strength or an increase in wet tensile strength. for the zycotherm-modified specimen, for example, the improvement of moisture susceptibility leads to a decrease in dry indirect tensile strength, while other specimens undergo a rise in both strengths with the wet strength increased more than the dry strength. p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 220 figure 5: quantitative results of moisture susceptibility for modified and non-modified specimens. boiling water the qualitative experiments include both boiling water and sem tests, so that the results of boiling water test are assessed initially. nanoclay-modified specimen (nc)zycotherm-modified specimen (za)control specimen (ac) nanosilica-modified specimen (ns)sbs-modified specimen (sb) figure 6: results of boiling water for modified and non-modified specimens the results of boiling water test are represented in fig. 6. as explained previously, the results of boiling water test indicate the qualitative result of moisture susceptibility. as shown in the figures, the control specimen experiences the highest stripping, while the specimen containing nanosilica undergoes the lowest stripping. sem the results of sem are represented in fig. 7. two types of sem images can be presented: the first image is related to the qualitative analysis of stripping, in which the white points indicate higher bitumen content and the black points show the lower bitumen content; the second image represents the distribution of nanomaterials within the mixture, which is presented for modifiers containing nanomaterials. p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 221 sbs-modified specimen (sb)control specimen (ac) zycotherm-modified specimen (za) nanoclay-modified specimen (nc) nanosilica-modified specimen (ns) figure 7: results of sem test for modified and non-modified specimens (samples containing nanoparticles have also been taken for further zooming). comparison of quantitative and qualitative results he images shown in figs. 6 and 7 are imported to the matlab software and the outputs are given in tabs. 4 and 5. c=(a/b)*100 non-stripped percent (b)stripped percent (a) specimen 24 80.7419.26 ac 7 93.45 6.55 za 6 94.66 5.34 nc 1 99.39 0.61 sb 1 98.84 1.16 ns table 4: matlab output for boiling water specimens t p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 222 c=(a/b)*100 non-stripped percent (b)stripped percent (a) specimen 30 77.03 22.97 ac 3 96.88 3.12 za 1 99.2 0.8 nc 16 86.2213.78 sb 1 98.91 1.09 ns table 5: matlab output for sem specimens the comparison of results of parameter c with those of (100-tsr) can indicate the relationship between quantitative and qualitative results of moisture susceptibility. figure 8: investigation into results of parameter c for boiling water and sem tests and results of (100-tsr) according to fig. 8, the more stripping occurs in the specimen, the higher result of parameter c is obtained for the specimen; and the less stripping happens in the specimen, the lower result of parameter c is obtained and its value approaches 1 or 0. another important point is related to the sbs-modified specimens. the evaluation of parameter c suggests that the results of boiling water test for the sbs-modified specimen are less accurate compared to the results of sem test for the same specimen and for other samples, however, the situation was reversed, i.e. the boiling water test returned closer results, implying that there is no general principle in this respect. considering the higher accuracy of the sem analysis and the captured images in this analysis, it could be stipulated that the only advantage offered by the sem analysis, as compared to the boiling water test, was the acquisition of more accurate images, which could somehow reduce the resultant error npar tests /k-w=data by group (1 3) /missing analysis. npar tests [dataset0] kruskal-wallis test ranks group n mean rank data 1 7 9.79 2 7 8.79 3 7 14.43 total 21 test statistics a,b data chi-square 3.374 df 2 asymp. sig. 0.185 a. kruskal-wallis test; b. grouping variable: group table 6: results of statistical test considering the obtained value of sig (0.185, as tabulated in tab. 6), the kruskal-wallis instability test method (the value of sig was not smaller than 0.05) indicated that the difference between results of the boiling water test and sem analysis was no significant. p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 223 conclusion his study is associated with an investigation into the relationship between quantitative and qualitative results of moisture susceptibility tests on asphalt mixtures modified by zycotherm, nanoclay, nanosilica and sbs the following results are obtained:  the results of marshall stability test indicate that all additives lead to better results compared to the control specimen. hence it can be concluded that all additives used in this study improve the compressive strength.  the results of modulus of resilience test suggest that nanosilica and zycotherm reduce the modulus of resilience, while other additives such as nano silica and sbs improve the modulus of resilience in comparison with the control specimen.  according to the results of indirect tensile strength test, the indirect tensile strength is improved almost in all wet specimens. for dry specimens, all additives except zycotherm improve the dry indirect tensile strength with the best result obtained for the sbs samples.  the results of moisture susceptibility test based on indirect tensile strength (its) show that stripping is improved in all specimens. moreover, it is possible to observe the improvement process of stripping through the assessment of wet/dry indirect tensile strength ratio (tsr). for example, zycotherm creates the trend by reducing the wet indirect tensile strength, while stripping is improved in other specimens by increasing both wet and dry tensile strengths with the wet condition improved more than the dry condition.  given the results of qualitative tests, it can be concluded that these tests supplement and confirm quantitative tests. moreover, it is possible to analyze the images by assessing the results of these tests, e.g. sem test, along with those of quantitative tests and present a single process for the images.  the results of investigation into the relationship between boiling water and sem tests and moisture susceptibility quantitative tests demonstrate that, in fact, qualitative tests have a relatively high accuracy. references [1] xiao, f., et al. (2010). influence of antistripping additives on moisture susceptibility of warm mix asphalt mixtures. journal of materials in civil engineering 22.10, pp. 1047-1055. [2] behiry, a. e., abu el-maaty. laboratory evaluation of resistance to moisture damage in asphalt mixtures. ain shams engineering journal 4.3 (2013): 351-363. [3] behbahani, h., et al. evaluation of performance and moisture sensitivity of glasphalt mixtures modified with nanotechnology zycosoil as an anti-stripping additive. construction and building materials 78 (2015): 60-68 [4] jahanian, h. r., shafabakhsh, gh. and divandari, h. (2017). performance evaluation of hot mix asphalt (hma) containing bitumen modified with gilsonite. construction and building materials 131, pp.156-164. [5] yilmaz, m., and yalcin, e. (2016). the effects of using different bitumen modifiers and hydrated lime together on the properties of hot mix asphalts. road materials and pavement design 17.2, pp. 499-511. [6] wang, h., hao, p. (2010). numerical simulation of indirect tensile test based on the microstructure of asphalt mixture. journal of materials in civil engineering, 23.1, pp. 21-29. [7] moon, k. h., falchetto, a., jeong, j. h. (2013). microstructural analysis of asphalt mixtures using digital image processing techniques. canadian journal of civil engineering, 41.1, pp. 74-86. [8] zelelew, h. m., papagiannakis, a. t. and masad, e. (2008). application of digital image processing techniques for asphalt concrete mixture images. in: the 12th international conference of international association for computer methods and advances in geomechanics (iacmag). pp. 119-124. [9] nejad, f. m., et al. (2015). an image processing approach to asphalt concrete feature extraction. journal of industrial and intelligent information, 3.1. [10] al-qadi, i. l., et al. (2010). in-place hot-mix asphalt density estimation using ground-penetrating radar. transportation research record, 2152.1, pp. 19-27. [11] ayazi, m. j., moniri, a. and barghabany, p. (2017). moisture susceptibility of warm mixed-reclaimed asphalt pavement containing sasobit and zycotherm additives. petroleum science and technology 35.9, pp. 890-895. [12] galooyak, s., sadeghpour, b., dabir, a., nazarbeygi, e., moeini, a. and berahman, b. (2011). the effect of nanoclay on rheological properties and storage stability of sbs-modified bitumen. petroleum science and technology 29(8) pp. t p. farazmand et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2021) 215-224; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17 224 850-859. [13] rezaei, s., ziari, h. and nowbakht, s. (2016). low temperature functional analysis of bitumen modified with composite of nano-sio2 and styrene butadiene styrene polymer. petroleum science and technology 34(5), pp. 415-421. [14] rezaei, s., khordehbinan, m., fakhrefatemi, s. m. r., ghanbari, s., and ghanbari, m. (2017). the effect of nano-sio2 and the styrene butadiene styrene polymer on the high-temperature performance of hot mix asphalt. petroleum science and technology, 35(6), pp. 553-560. [15] american association of state highways and transportation officials. resistance of compacted bituminous mixture to moisture induced damage aashto d4123. [16] american association of state highways and transportation officials. resistance of compacted bituminous mixture to moisture induced damage aashto t283. [17] american association of state highways and transportation officials. resistance of compacted bituminous mixture to moisture induced damage aashto d3625. [18] ameri, m., nemati, m., shaker, h. and jafari, f. (2019) experimental and numerical investigation of the properties of the hot mix asphalt concrete with basalt and glass fiber, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13(50), pp. 149-162. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_42_art_25.docx a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 231 classification of ductile cast iron specimens: a machine learning approach alberto de santis, daniela iacoviello department of computer, control and management engineering antonio ruberti, sapienza university of rome, via ariosto 25, 00185, rome, italy desantis@dis.uniroma1.it, orcid.org/0000-0001-5175-4951 iacoviello@dis.uniroma1.it, orcid.org/0000-0003-3506-1455 vittorio di cocco, francesco iacoviello department of civil and mechanical engineering, università di cassino e del lazio meridionale, via g. di blasio 43, 03043 cassino (fr), italy v.dicocco@unicas.it iacoviello@unicas.it, orcid.org/0000-0002-9382-6092 abstract. in this paper an automatic procedure based on a machine learning approach is proposed to classify ductile cast iron specimens according to the american society for testing and materials guidelines. the mechanical properties of a specimen are strongly influenced by the peculiar morphology of their graphite elements and useful characteristics, the features, are extracted from the specimens’ images; these characteristics examine the shape, the distribution and the size of the graphite particle in the specimen, the nodularity and the nodule count. the principal components analysis are used to provide a more efficient representation of these data. support vector machines are trained to obtain a classification of the data by yielding sequential binary classification steps. numerical analysis is performed on a significant number of images providing robust results, also in presence of dust, scratches and measurement noise. keywords. ductile cast irons; graphite nodules; machine learning approach. citation: de santis, a., iacoviello, d., di cocco, v. iacoviello, f., classification of ductile cast iron specimens: a machine learning approach, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238. received: 25.06.2017 accepted: 15.08.2017 published: 01.10.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction iscovered in the years 1943-48, ductile cast irons (dcis) offer a really interesting combination of cast irons peculiarities (first of all, castability) and of carbon steels mechanical properties (e.g., toughness), [1]. small additions of elements like mg or ce allow to modify the graphite elements shapes, from lamellae (extremely d a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 232 dangerous) to spheroids (with a decrease of the stress intensification near the graphite elements): these grades are widely used to produce pressure pipes and fittings, in the automotive industry (e.g., crankshafts), in road and construction application. graphite elements morphology peculiarities (e.g. shape, dimension, distribution) are crucial to define the dci mechanical properties. image analysis has been using extensively in the last two decades in order to automatically characterize specimens in material science, [2-4]. the aim is to provide quantitative characterization of the materials in order to determine mechanical properties and establish relationship with damaging mechanisms, [5-6]. nevertheless up to now the official guide of the international standard [7] is applied almost manually for visual inspection. only few attempts have been made to automatize the classification of microstructural image data [8]. in this paper the aim is to provide an automatic procedure to classify specimens according to the american society for testing and materials (astm) standard with respect to the graphite elements shape, the “type” parameter. as will be recalled in section ii, the shape is the first characteristic to be evaluated in order to determine whether a graphite has a desirable shape or not. in case the shape is not nodular, different levels are possible and it could be determined if the graphite has vermicular aspect or if it contains exploded nodules and so on. given the images classified by two experts, useful features are extracted and re-arranged by principal components analysis (pca) [9] in order to enhance the informative and useful content of the data. the classification is performed by support vector machine (svm) suitably trained, [10]; it is a versatile tool useful to classify signals of different nature [11-12]. the classes identified with respect to the type in the astm 2016 are seven; nevertheless binary classifiers are trained in order to simplify the classification step and guarantee the modularity of the procedure. the paper is organized as follows: in section ii, after the description of the data, the image analysis and features extraction is described. then the training and classification procedure by the svm is outlined. in section iii numerical results are proposed and discussed, whereas in section iv conclusions and future work are presented. materials and methods n this section the procedure for the image acquisition and classification is outlined. different dcis have been considered, focusing the attention only on the graphite elements morphological peculiarities and not on the metal matrix microstructure. specimens have been obtained by means of a metallographic preparation according to the following procedure: specimen sectioning operation by abrasive cutting; specimen mounting; specimen grinding (decreasing grit sizes for abrasive papers up to p1200) and polishing (6 micron diamond followed by 1 micron diamond on low napped polishing cloths); observation of the metallographically prepared specimen by means of a light optical microscope (lom); graphite elements characterization is usually performed by means of a visual inspection and a qualitatively evaluation according to the standards [7, 13]. the standardized procedure is based on the visual comparison between the observed images and the charts that are available in the standards. to classify automatically images of ductile cast iron specimens the idea is to extract features useful to describe the specimens and, once the classes of interest are defined, train a classifier able to assign each image to the specific class. this implies the identification of a sort of signature of the images, so that once a new unknown image is proposed, it could be classified by evaluating its signature. on the basis of the international standard astm [7] the information to be retrieved from the images are: the shape, in particular a measure of its nodularity in shape; the classes with respect to the shape are indicated by: type i-ii-iii-iv-v-vi-vii; the distribution of the graphite in the specimen: it is particularly important in rating the flake graphite and the distribution is described by the letters a-b-c-d-e; the size of the graphite particles, and the classes are indicated by 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8 depending on the actual dimension ; the nodularity, measured as the percentage of the nodular particles present in the microstructure; the nodule count evaluated as the number of nodules per mm2 at a magnification of 100x. in fig. 1 examples of specimens belonging to the type i, iv-and vii (whose differences between them are more evident) are proposed. i a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 233 it is worth noting that, starting from the classification with respect to the shape (the type), all the characterizations (distribution, size, nodularity, nodule count) could be further particularized with respect to the other properties, suggesting a sequential procedure for the classification. therefore, first it will be determined the type-class to which the specimen belongs and then the other characterizations will be established. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: examples graphite morphologies: a) type i; b) type vi; c) type vii; [7]. an efficient procedure to classify the specimens with respect to the type is to use binary classifiers in a sequential way: step 1: with a binary classifier c1 first establish if a specimen could be assigned to type i class or not if it belongs to type i class one can refine the classification with respect to the other characteristics. if the specimen does not belong to type i one proceeds to step 2; step 2: with a binary classifier c2 establish if the specimen (that is not of typei) may be classified of type ii or of type iii-iv-v-vi-vii. if it belongs to type ii, then again one refines the classification with respect to the other characteristics, otherwise one goes to step 3 using another binary classifier c3 and so on. as it can be noted the core of the global procedure is the binary classification step. from now on we will refer to the first step in which one wants to classify a specimen as belonging to the class 1 (type i specimen) or the class 2 (type ii-iii-iv-v-vi-vii specimens), thus determining the classifier c1. therefore it will be possible to distinguish the specimens with normal and well-formed nodules with respect to all the other situations. in fig. 2 a scheme of the overall classification procedure, simplified when considering only three types, is presented. the classifiers distinguishes the specimens on the basis of suitable features that are evaluated from a simplified representation of the image obtained by using a segmentation procedure; then the features are efficiently modified by the principal components analysis that provides the most efficient data representation. finally a classifier is obtained by using the support vector machine. the block diagram of the binary classification step is outlined in fig.3. it consists of two steps; a first one is off-line, aiming at determining the classifier after a proper data processing (image segmentation, features computation and extraction) and training. the second step is on-line, and represents the application of the classifier over images of specimens not used for training. a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 234 figure 3: block diagram of the classification procedure image analysis and features extraction given an image, it could be noted that, though it is of good quality, it requires a segmentation process in order to evaluate the properties of each nodule and their spatial distribution. the segmentation with respect to the gray level allows to represent the data with a reduced number of gray levels, thus allowing to retrieve useful information on the nodules, such as the area, or the eccentricity, or their spatial distribution, for example. different segmentation methods could be applied, [14,15] and in this case, with the nodules well defined over the background, the results obtained with different methods are quite equivalent. moreover, since the images are of good quality, a binarization is sufficient to enhance the nodules with respect to the background and to determine the properties of interest. the features to be extracted from the images should be chosen in order to determine the best characterization of the data. the indications in the international standard astm 2016 suggest that useful information to be retrieved to determine the classifier c1 concern the roundness of the nodules and their area. therefore the following features are identified: features if , 1, 2, 3i  that are the number of nodules with area (in pixels) in the intervals  1 25, 125i  ,  2 126 500i  ,  3 501, 900i  , respectively. nodules with area less than 25 pixels are discarded since could be associated to dust or measurement noise; nodules with are greater than 900 pixels are in general not present; feature 4f defined as the number of elements with area greater than the minimum one (25 pixels) normalized with respect to the area of the background: it is a measure of the presence of the nodules; features jf , 5, 6, 7j  that are the solidities of the nodules in the three intervals ii , 1, 2, 3i  respectively; the solidity is defined as the area of the nodule over the convex area, that is the area of the smallest convex polygon that can contain the nodule; features kf , 8, 9,10k  that are the eccentricities of the nodules in the three intervals ii , 1, 2, 3i  respectively, and are a measure of the roundness of the nodules. therefore, given a set of images of specimens js , 1, 2,...,j n , a vector of 10fn  features is calculated  1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10f f f f f f f f f f f for each image; these information are collected in a dataset matrix d of dimension fn n , where on the k -th row the fn features of the specimen ks are collected. the fn features have been chosen in order to determine the best characteristics useful to distinguish specimens of class 1 with respect to specimens of class 2; nevertheless if one uses directly these features to train a classifier, maybe they don’t a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 235 represent at best the data, or maybe some of them yields the same information. to this aim the principal component analysis, that will be herein briefly recalled, yields the best data representation, [16]. the pca is a linear data transformation aiming at reducing the redundancy of the data covariance matrix and maximizing the information retrieved; in the new reference coordinate the new variables are independent one another. one can consider the features selections, when a subset of the original features is considered, or the features extraction, when a new set of features is built suitably weighting the information of interest. of course, when the dimensionality of the data is reduced it is mandatory to quantify the loss of information. in this paper the pca are used aiming at the features extraction. more precisely, the covariance matrix dc of size f fn n of the data matrix d is evaluated and its eigenvalues  1,..., n f  are sorted according to decreasing order. the corresponding unit eigenvectors iv , 1, 2, ..., fi n are the directions of maximum variance of the data; the transformation yielding the new data representation in the principal components z is: z d v  (1) where 1 n fv v v      is the matrix constituted by the ordered eigenvectors. therefore, for example, the first principal component is:    1 11 1 1 1 1p n fz z z d v d v   being 1d the first row of matrix d . generally the number of principal components pn is chosen in order to retrieve the p-percentage of the information content, that is: 1 1 100 % n p i i n f i i p         (2) it means that from now on, instead of trying to classify the data collected in the matrix d of dimension fn n , the data to be considered are the first pn principal components. training and classification the pca allows to reduce the dimensionality of the data preserving adequately the information; therefore now each image x is described by a new set of feature. the aim is to determine a classifier able to assign each set of feature (and therefore each image) to class 1 or to class 2. to train a classifier able to separate the available data into two classes, the set of n images is split into two groups, the training set, trn , and the test set testn . to the data corresponding to images belonging to the class 1 it is assigned label 1, whereas label 0 is assigned to the data belonging to the class 2. the training set trn is divided into two groups, 1trn and 2trn ; the first one is used to train the classifier; the second one 2trn is used to determine the classification accuracy. the support vector machine determines the optimal hyperplane that splits the data into two groups, [17]; it is a tradeoff between the requirement of minimizing the error on misclassified points and maximizing the euclidean distance between the closest points, see fig.4. the optimal hyperplane is obtained as the solution of the quadratic programming problem: , , 1 1 min 2 n t i w b i w w h      a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 236 with the constraint:   1 , 0ti i i iy w x b      , where w is the vector of the points perpendicular to the separating hyperplane and h>0 is a penalty parameter on the error term. figure 4: representation of the classification problem. to make the elements ix of the two classes linearly separable, the data are mapped into a richer space, and the separating hyperplane is determined in that space. a possible choice for the mapping function  is the radial basis function and, denoting with 2 the 2l -norm, for the kernel function it is assumed: 2 2 2 ( , ) ( ) ( ) exp 2 i jt i j i j x x k x x x x             the two parameters to be evaluated, h and  , may be determined during the training phase, by using the 10-fold cross validation, [18]. the classification is performed by the svm algorithm libsvm 3.18, [1920]. once the optimal parameters  ,h   have been determined, the classifier is trained; the classification accuracy, evaluated on the 2trn , is defined as the percentage of correctly classified data with the optimal choice  ,h   and it is a property of the classifier. with this calculation the off-line phase of the classification procedure is over. the obtained classifier is tested over the test set testn , not used for the training, simulating the situation of unlabeled data. the percentage of misclassified images is the error of the classifier. the same procedure is applied to train the classifier c2 able to assign a specimen (not belonging to type i class) to type ii class or to type iii-iv-v-v-vii class and so on, according to the scheme of fig. 2. numerical results and discussion n this section the results of the classification procedure are described. as could be noted in the international standard [7], the specimens of type i, ii and iii, though they could present a similarity between each other, they differ significantly from the other types. therefore out attention will be focused in type i, ii and iii, even if the overall analysis may be extended to all the types’ classification. the first step is the classification of a specimen as of type i or of type ii-iii. if the specimen is of type ii-iii a further classification procedure starts in order to decide whether the specimen is of type ii or iii. i a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 237 a set of 192n  images of specimens is considered, 64 are of specimens of type i, 64 of specimens of type ii and 64 of specimens of type iii. the images have been previously classified by an expert, manually. to obtain the features a binarization procedure is applied; it has been chosen the binarization by the discrete level set approach [15] and the ten features described in section 2 have been evaluated, thus obtaining three matrices of size 64 10 , collected together in the data matrix d , 192 10 . to deal with data with comparable magnitude, a normalization is applied. the covariance matrix dc of size 10 10 of the data matrix d is evaluated; after evaluating its eigenvalues, by using formula (2) 6pn  principal components are considered, thus preserving the percentage of more than 94% of the original information. the training set trn contains 45 images: 27 of type i, randomly chosen among the set of 64 type i data, and 27 of type ii and iii randomly chosen among the set of 128 images of specimens of these type. the test set is constituted by 20 images, equally distributed between type i and type ii-iii. the 1trn contains 40 elements and the remaining 14 are used for the set 2trn . the number of images of specimens of class 1 (i.e. type i specimens) and of class 2 (i.e. type iiand iii, equally distributed) is the same in the groups involved in training and testing steps to avoid polarization in the result. as said, the parameters  ,h   are determined by the 10-fold cross validation that provides also the optimized value for b . the used svm algorithm libsvm 3.18 is a simple and efficient open source software. the classification accuracy is calculated as the average value of the accuracy evaluated for 20 different random choices of the training and the test sets, to be sure that the results do not depends on lucky choices, obtaining a percentage of success over 99%. with this calculation the off-line step is over. the results over the test set (containing images not used in the training phase) yield a percentage of success of 97.3% 2.7 . the results of the classifier c1 appears satisfactory; moreover it has been also investigated if the classifier c1 makes a mistake more often with images of class 1 (type i data) or with images of class 2 (type ii and iii data), and among the class 2 if more errors are made when testing with images of type ii or iii. this unbundled test on 10 images of each type, repeated 20 times, shows that images of type iii are always correctly classified (percentage of success of 100%), whereas the results on type i and type ii yield percentage of success of 97.5% 5.5 and 94.5% 10.5 , respectively. a possible explanation could be that images of type iii are a little bit more different with respect to the type i, than the images of type ii. for the images classified by the classifier c1 as belonging to class 2 the second classifier c2 must be applied in order to discriminate the images of type ii and those of type iii. also in this case all the results have been repeated for 20 different random choices of the training and test sets. the classifier c2, trained using only images of type ii and type iii, has a classification accuracy of 98.9%. the test accuracy provides a percentage of success of almost 100% on a test set of 10 images belonging to type ii class and of 98.9% 3.15 on a test set of 10 images of type iii. the results of the classifier c2 are even more satisfactory with respect to those of classifier c1, since the training has been more specific. the classifier c2 has the aim of determining the class membership of images of type ii and iii; when applied to an image of type i, for example if the classifier c1 has provided an erroneous classification, in more than 91% the c2 classifier assigns the specimen of type i to the class of type ii images. this is the correct choice, being the images of type ii the more similar to the ones of type i. conclusions and future work n this paper an automatic procedure to support the classification of microstructure of graphite in iron castings is proposed. by training binary support vector machine classifiers it is possible, in an efficient way, to determine the type of the specimen according to the american society for testing and materials guidelines and therefore to proceed in the classification specifying the size, the nodularity and the nodule count. three classes (type i, type ii and type iii) may be identified by the proposed procedure, but it could be extended to as many classes as needed. the choice of using binary classifiers operating sequentially is determined aiming at yielding a simple, efficient and modular procedure. i a. de santis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 231-238; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.25 238 the classifier uses features evaluated on the original specimens’ images and successively suitably transformed by principal components analysis that reduces the complexity and yields a more efficient representation of the information. the results appear satisfactory, and future work will be devoted in: classify the images of the specimen with respect to all the properties (size, nodule count,…); determine the most suitable features in order to better characterize each nodule present in the specimen; consider different classification schemes, for example by using polling systems, evaluating their robustness. references [1] labrecque, c., gagne, m., ductile iron: fifty years of continuous development, canadian metallurgical quarterly, 37( 5) (1998) 343–78. [2] bonnet, n., multivariate statistical methods for the analysis of microscope image series: applications in materials science, journal of microscopy, 190 (1998) 2-18. [3] filho, p.p.r., moreira, f.d.l., de lima xavier, gomez, f.g, s.l., dos santos, j.c., freitas, f.n.c, freitas, r.g., new analysis method application in metallographic images through the construction of mosaics via speeded up robust features and scale invariant feature transform, materials, 8 (2015) 3864-3882. [4] papa, j.p., pereiram, c.r., de albuquerque, silva, v.h.c c.c., falcao, a.x, tavares, j.m.r.s., precipitates segmentation from scanning electron microscope images through machine learning techniques, lecture notes in computer science series, 6636 (2011) 456-468. [5] di cocco, v., iacoviello, f., rossi, a., iacoviello, d., macro and microscopical approach to the damaging micromechanisms analysis in a ferritic ductile cast iron, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 69 (2014) 26-33. [6] de santis, a., di bartolomeo, o., iacoviello, d., iacoviello, f., quantitative shape evaluation of graphite elements in ductile iron, journal of materials processing and technology, 196 (1-3) (2008) 292-302. [7] astm standard a247 – 16a, standard test method for evaluating the microstructure of graphite in iron castings, (2016) 1-13. [8] decost, b.l., holm, e.a., a computer vision approach for automated analysis and classification of microstructural image data, computational materials science, 110 (2015) 126-133 [9] jolliffe, i.t., principal component analysis, 2nd edition, springer, (2002). [10] cristianini, n., shawe-taylor, j., an introduction to support vector machines and other kernel-based learning methods, cambridge university press, new york, ny, usa, (2000). [11] nguyen, b.p., tay, w.l.,chui, c.k. :,robust biometric recognition from palm depth images for gloved hands, ieee transactions on human-machine-systems, 45 (6) (2015) 799-805. [12] subasi, a., gursoy, m.i., eeg signal classification using pca, ica, lda and support vector machine, expert systems with applications, 37 (2010) 8659-8666. [13] astm standard e2567 – 13a, standard test method for determining nodularity and nodule count in ductile iron, (2013) 1-4. [14] otsu, n.,threshold selection method for gray-level histograms, ieee transactions od systems, man, and cybernetics, 1 (1979) 62-66. [15] de santis, a., iacoviello, d., discrete level set approach to image segmentation, signal, image and video processing, springer-verlag london, 1(4) (2007) 303-320. [16] song, f., guo, z., mei, d., feature selection using principal component analysis, 2010 international conference on system science, engineering design and manufacturing informatization, (2010) 27–30. [17] hsu, c.w., chang, c.c., lin, c.j., a practical guide to support vector classification, bioinformatics, 1 (1) (2003) 1–16. [18] efron, b., estimating the error rate of a prediction rule: improvement on cross-validation, journalsamerican statistical association, 78 (1983) 316–331. [19] chang, c-c, lin, c-j., libsvm: a library for support vector machines,, acm transactions on intelligent systems and technology, 2 (27) (2011) 1-27. software available at http://www.csie.ntu.edu.tw/~cjlin/libsvm. [20] cortes, c., vapnik, v., support vector networks,, mach. learn., 20 (1995) 273–297. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 18 articolo 3.docx s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 23 a coupled interface-body nonlocal damage model for the analysis of frp strengthening detachment from cohesive material s. marfia, e. sacco, j. toti department of mechanics, structures and environment, university of cassino, cassino (italy) marfia@uncas.it, sacco@unicas.it, jessica.toti@unicas.it abstract. in the present work, a new model of the frp-concrete or masonry interface, which accounts for the coupling occurring between the degradation of the cohesive material and the frp detachment, is presented; in particular, a coupled interface-body nonlocal damage model is proposed. a nonlocal damage and plasticity model is developed for the quasi-brittle material. for the interface, a model which accounts for the mode i, mode ii and mixed mode of damage and for the unilateral contact and friction effects is developed. two different ways of performing the coupling between the body damage and the interface damage are proposed and compared. some numerical applications are carried out in order to assess the performances of the proposed model in reproducing the mechanical behavior of the masonry elements strengthened with external frp reinforcements. sommario. nel presente lavoro si propone un modello di interfaccia frp-calcestruzzo o frp-muratura, che tiene conto dell’accoppiamento tra il degrado del materiale coesivo ed il distacco del frp; in particolare, si sviluppa un modello di danno non locale accoppiato interfaccia-corpo. si presenta un modello di danno non locale e plasticità per il materiale coesivo ed un modello di interfaccia che tiene conto del modo i, ii e misto di danno, del contatto unilatero e degli effetti dell'attrito. si propongono e confrontano due diversi modi di accoppiamento del danno del corpo e del danno d’interfaccia. si sviluppano applicazioni numeriche per verificare l’efficienza del modello proposto nel riprodurre il comportamento meccanico di elementi in muratura rinforzati con frp. keywords. interface-body damage; detachment phenomenon; nonlocal model. introduction he use of fiber reinforced plastic (frp) materials for the strengthening of existing concrete and masonry elements is growing; in the last twenty years, many structures have been reinforced adopting frp and several experimental and modeling scientific works have been developed [1-9]. the use of frp materials applied on the external surface of concrete or masonry structures aroused new modeling problems. one of the main problem in the use of frp is the detachment phenomenon, which consists in the sudden decohesion of the frp reinforcement from the concrete or masonry surface. indeed, the concrete and the masonry are quasi-brittle materials, whose mechanical response is characterized by damage with softening, which is due to the development of micro-cracks. thus, two damage effects could be presented in the quasi-brittle reinforced structural elements: the body damage, which develops inside the domain of the strengthened element, and the interface damage, which occurs at the frp -concrete or -masonry interface. experimental evidences demonstrate that the detachment of the frp from the support material occurs often with peeling of a thin layer from the t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 24 external surface of the quasi-brittle material; this collapse behavior is due to the fact that the tensile and shear strength of the glue used to apply the frp to the support is generally greater than the strength of the concrete or masonry support. from this observation, it can be deduced that the body damage and the interface damage cannot evolve independently one from the other; in other words, their evolution is coupled [10]. in the present work, a new model of the frp-concrete or masonry interface, that takes into account the coupling occurring between the degradation of the cohesive support material and the frp detachment, is presented. a nonlocal damage and plasticity model is developed for the cohesive support material. an interface model which accounts for the mode i, mode ii and mixed mode of damage and for the unilateral contact and friction effects is developed. two different ways of performing the coupling between the body and the interface damage are proposed. both the approaches assume that the interface damage is influenced not only by the detachment stresses but also by the body damage computed on the bond surface. the first approach ensures that the interface damage is not lower than the body damage evaluated at the bond surface [11]. the second approach is based on simplified micromechanical considerations. some numerical applications are performed in order to assess the performances of the proposed coupled interface models in reproducing the mechanical behavior of the masonry elements strengthened with external frp reinforcements. a coupled body-interface damage model he structural system, schematizing the frp reinforced concrete or masonry element, is studied in the framework of two-dimensional plane stress elasticity, considering small strain and displacement regime. the system, consists in three subsystems: the body 1 , modeling the concrete or masonry element, characterized by a cohesive constitutive law; the body 2 , modeling the frp reinforcement, characterized by a linear elastic behavior; the interface  , modeling the connection between the reinforcement and the cohesive support material, characterized by a damaging behavior with friction and unilateral contact effects. in particular, the interface  is assumed to be constituted by three layers:  the glue, whose mechanical properties are generally much better than those of the support cohesive material;  a thin layer of the support cohesive material in which, during the application of the reinforcement, the glue penetrates the pores, improving its mechanical properties;  a further thin layer of the support cohesive material in which the detachment process occurs. indeed, the first two layers remain joined to the frp after the complete detachment of the reinforcement. the interface damaging process, occurring in the third layer, can be due to the stress induced by the detachment action and also by the degradation of the support cohesive material. as a consequence, the damage occurring in the body 1 influences the behavior and the detachment process of the interface. on the contrary, it can be assumed that the damage of the third layer, generated by the detachment stresses, remains localized in the interface, i.e. it does not influences the body damage. in order to take into account these two possible damaging effects, an interface coupled damage model should be adopted. in fact, the coupling ensures that the damage evolution in the interface depends on the body damage and not vice-versa. the constitutive laws of the body 1 , of the interface  , neglecting the coupling between the body and the interface damage, and of the new proposed interface  , considering two different ways of coupling the body and interface degradation, are presented in the following. body nonlocal damage model for the cohesive material a plastic nonlocal damage model, characterized by the following constitutive law, is considered for the body 1 :      (1 ) sgn ( ) (1 )(1 sgn ( )t cd h tr d h tr           σ σ e e (1) with σ the stress tensor, td  and cd  the damage variables in tension and in compression, respectively, the symbol sgn( ) indicating the sign of the variable  ,  h  the heaviside function, i.e.   1h   if 0  , otherwise   0h   , and σ the effective stress defined as:  p       σ c ε ε c e (2) t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 25 where c is the elastic tensor, ε , p ε and e are the total strain, the plastic strain and the elastic strain tensors, respectively. the following plastic yield function is introduced:          2 2 1 2 1 2y y y yf a b                     ωσ (3) with 1 and 2 the principal stresses of the effective stress tensor ωσ , y the yield stress and a and b material parameters governing the shape of the yield function (a brunch of hyperbola). in particular, it is set a = 0.1 mpa and 100b  . the evolution law of the plastic strain is: p f     ω ω ε σ  (4) which is completed with the classical loading-unloading kuhn-tucker conditions:    0, 0, 0f f    σ σ  (5) the accumulated plastic strain  is introduced as 0 t p dt    ε . as a damage softening constitutive law is introduced, localization of the strain and damage parameter could occur. in order to overcome this pathological problem, to account for the correct size of the localization zone and, also, to avoid strong mesh sensitivity in finite element analyses, a nonlocal constitutive law is considered. in particular, an integral nonlocal model is adopted for the damage in compression and in tension. the evolution of the compressive damage variable is governed by the following law:        3 2 3 2 2 3 max min 1,c c c history u u d d d              (6) with u the final damage threshold in compression and   the nonlocal accumulated plastic strain, evaluated at the point x , as:        1 d d               x x y y x y (7) where y is a typical point of the body 1 and the weight function   x is set as:   2 2 1 r      x y x (8) with r the radius of the nonlocal integration domain and the symbol   denoting the positive part of the number  . the evolution of the tensile damage parameter is governed by an exponential nonlocal law, set as:     0 0 max min 1, eqk eq t t t history eq e d d d                (9) with  eq  x the equivalent nonlocal strain, evaluated at the point x as:        1eq eq d d               x x y y x y (10) and eq  the equivalent strain introduced as [11]: http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 26 2 2 1 2eq        (11) with 1 and 2 the local principal strains. moreover, the following condition is introduced: t cd d   (12) in order to prescribe that the damage in tension should not be lower than the damage in compression. interface damage model without coupling a phenomenological interface model based on the micromechanical idea, developed in [13] and [14], is proposed. the displacement fields of the two joined bodies are denoted as 1u and 2u , while the relative displacement at the typical point x on the interface  is defined as      1 2    s x u x u x . at the micromechanical level, the representative area at the point x is considered; in the representative area microcracks could be present, so that it can be modeled in a simplified form splitting the representative area in two parts: the undamaged and damaged part. the damage parameter d is introduced as the ratio between the damaged area with respect to the reference area; it can vary from zero to one: 0d  corresponds to the undamaged state (no microcarcks are present in the representative area), while 1d  corresponds to the completely damaged state (the representative area is completely cracked). the stress-relative displacement relationship is formulated: ( )d         σ k s c p (13) where k is the interface stiffness matrix, c is the unilateral contact vector and p is the sliding friction vector. a local coordinate system on the interface  ,t nx x , where the indices n and t indicate the normal and the tangential directions of the interface, respectively, is introduced. in this coordinate system, the stiffness matrix, the unilateral contact vector and the sliding friction vector are represented as: 0 0 ( ) 0 0 n n n t t k s h s k p                   k c p (14) in order to define the evolution of the inelastic slip relative displacement, the stress given in eq. (13) is rewritten in the following form:  (1 )d d        σ σ k c p (15) defining the contact-frictional stress d σ as:   d d       σ k s c p (16) it is assumed that the stress d σ governs the evolution of the inelastic slip relative displacement. in particular, the classical coulomb yield function is introduced:  d d n dt d n dt         σ (17) where  is the friction coefficient and the symbol d n  denotes the negative part of the contact-frictional stress. the following non-associated flow rule is considered for the evolution of the components of the vector p : http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 27 00 dt dt dt d d                         p   (18) together with the khun-tucker conditions:    0, 0, 0d d     σ σ  (19) it can be remarked that the frictional problem can be activated only when the damage is greater than zero. in fact, only in this case the microcracks, in which the unilateral and friction effects can occur, are present at the interface. about the evolution of the damage parameter d , a model which accounts for the coupling of mode i of mode ii of fracture is considered. in fact, the two quantities n and t , defined as the ratios between the first cracking relative displacement 0ns and 0 ts and the full damage relative displacement f ns and f ts , are introduced: 0 0 0 0 0 0 , 2 2 n n n t t t n tf f cn ctn t s s s s g gs s        (20) where 0n and 0 t are the peak stresses corresponding to the first cracking relative displacement and cng and ctg are the specific fracture energies in mode i and mode ii, respectively. then, the parameter  , which relates the two modes of fracture, is defined as follows: 2 2 2 2 n t n t s s     s s  (21) where  tn ts ss . the relative displacement ratios are introduced as: 0 0 n t n t n t s s y y s s   (22) and the equivalent relative displacement ratio is considered: 2 2n ty y y  (23) finally, the damage parameter is assumed to be a function of the history of the relative displacement as follows:      1 max 0, min 1, 1history y d d d y          (24) interface damage models with coupling an interface coupled model, obtained considering different ways of coupling the body and the interface damage, is proposed. denoting with  id x the coupled interface damage evaluated in a point x of the interface ,the coupling between the body damage and the interface damage is performed, in the firs case, ensuring that the interface damage is not lower than the body damage computed on the bond surface [11]:       max ,i td d d x x x (26) in the second case, a representative area a of the interface and, in particular, of the third layer made of cohesive support material, is assumed to be decomposed in two parts, as represented in fig. 1. in fact, when the body damage occurs, it induces the presence of a microfracture in the representative area of the surface, characterized by a corresponding area http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 28 ta d a   . because of the presence of the microcrack, the stress wσ in a is equal to zero if the microcrack is open and it is different from zero when it is closed. in the remaining part of the representative area, characterized by an area  1 ta d a   , it is assumed that the mechanical response is governed by the constitutive model described by eqs. (13)(25). thus, the overall constitutive response of the coupled interface is obtained as:  1i wt td d    σ σ σ (27) with σ given by eq. (13) and wσ defined as:   0 n n nw k s c           σ (28) where nc  the normal component of c defined by the second equation of the relations (14). figure 1: representative area of the third layer of the interface. numerical applications umerical procedures for solving the equations governing the mechanical response of the body-interface nonlocal damage models, described in the previous section, are developed. a step by step time integration algorithm is adopted in order to solve the evolutive equations of the proposed body andinterface models. in particular, the time integration is performed adopting a backward-euler implicit procedure. the proposed numerical procedure is implemented in the finite element code feap [15]. in particular, two dimensional plane stress four node quadrilateral elements are adopted to model the bodies 1 and 2 and four node interface elements are developed to model the interface  . some numerical applications are carried out in order to assess the efficiency of the proposed coupled nonlocal damage interface-body model in describing the detachment phenomenon of the frp reinforcement from the cohesive material. in particular, in the following applications model 1 indicates the interface model, in which the coupling is taken into account assuring that the interface damage is not lower than the body damage computed on the bond surface, while model 2 indicates the formulation developed on the basis of a simplified micromechanical analysis. the properties of the materials adopted in the numerical applications are set on the basis of the experimental detachment tests performed on masonry elements reinforced with frp [16]: body 1 1 1 2 0 15300 mpa 0.2 15.0 mm 0.00029 0.0095 n/mm 0.003 20 mpa c u y e r g              (29) body 2 2 2160000 mpa 0.3e   (30) representative area of the third layer of the interface ta d a   1 ta d a   a cohesive support 0td   wσ iσ σ n http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 29 interface  3 0 0 270 n/mm 0.5 4.7 mpa 0.34 n/mm n t n t cn ct k k g g           (31) where 1e , 1 , 2e and 2 are the young modulus and the poisson coefficient of the body 1 and 2 , respectively. in particular, first a simple tensile test is performed to show how the response of the interface can be significantly influenced by the damage occurring in the body 1 . then, the maximum detachment force is evaluated for different values of the adhesion lengths and of the initial values of the body damage. tensile test the geometry and loading condition of the scheme considered to perform the tensile test are shown in fig. 2. the geometrical parameters are 500 mm 49 mmb h  and an unit thickness is adopted. figure 2: scheme of the uniaxial test. in order to investigate the influence of the damaging behavior of the body 1 on the tensile mechanical response of the interface and, as a consequence, of the whole structure, three analyses are developed considering different values of the initial threshold damage strain 0 and keeping constant the fracture energy cg ; in particular it is set: case 1: 0 0.00016  case 2: 0 0.00026  case 3: 0 0.00036  the three analyses are performed considering as interface model the two coupled damage approaches previously presented (model 1 and model 2). in fig. 3 and fig. 4, the numerical response obtained adopting the model 1 and the model 2 are shown. the results reported in the graphics of these figures are plotted with a dotted line for case 1, with a dashed line for the case 2 and with a solid line for the case 3. furthermore, the average tensile stress is introduced as q  and the average strain in the body 1 is set as /v h   with v the relative vertical displacement between the two opposite edges of the body 1 . the computations are performed adopting the arc-length technique and considering the relative normal displacement ns at the interface as control parameter. with reference to fig. 3, it can be noted that in the case 3 the mechanical response of the structure is strongly influenced only by the softening behavior of the interface as in this analysis the damage does not occur in the body. in fact, the tensile interface response is equal to the constitutive interface law and the body is subject to the elastic unloading when the interface starts to damage. in the other two cases, the tensile mechanical response of the structure depends on the coupling of the body and interface damage. in fact, after the achievement of the peak stress, which coincides with the tensile strength of the body, the softening branch depends on the evolution of the damage in the body until the interface damage, governed by the relative displacement, becomes higher than the body one at the interface. at this point of the analysis the softening tensile response is due to the development of the interface damage governed by the relative displacement. 2 1  b h h q  http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 30 figure 3: numerical results obtained adopting the model 1. a) mechanical response of whole structure; b) mechanical behavior of interface; c) body tensile response. from fig. 4, it is observed that in the case 3 the body does not develop damage and for this reason the softening response of the mechanical system depends only on the evolution of the damage interface. with reference to fig. 3 and fig. 4, it appears evident that in the case 3 the analyses, performed adopting the proposed coupled interface formulations (model 1 and model 2), lead to the same numerical results. in the case 1 and in the case 2, the body damage occurs before the interface one; the maximum tensile stress is lower than the value obtained in the case 3 and it is equal to the tensile strength of the body, as it is achieved in the model 1. in the case 1 and 2 the softening response, obtained adopting the model 1 and 2, presents some significant differences. in fact, the results carried out adopting the model 1, show that the softening behavior is strongly influenced by the evolution of the body damage until the interface damage becomes higher than the body one. from this point of the analysis, the body damage does not increase anymore and the softening behavior is only governed by the evolution of the interface damage. on the other hand, in the results obtained considering the model 2, the softening behavior is strongly influenced by the body damage during the whole detachment process, also when the interface damage becomes to develop and the body damage does not evolve anymore. thus, the degradation process results faster for the model 2 than for the model 1.    v [mm]  [m p a ] 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0 1 2 3 4 5 case 1 case 2 case 3    sn [mm]  [m p a] 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0 1 2 3 4 5 case 1 case 2 case 3 interface constitutive law   0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 x 10 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 case 1 case 2 case 3   [m p a ] n a) b) c) http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 31 figure 4: numerical results obtained adopting the model 2. a) mechanical response of whole structure; b) mechanical behavior of interface; c) body tensile response. maximum decohesion force the computations are performed considering the scheme and the geometry illustrated in fig. 5. the frp laminate (body 2 ) is bonded to a masonry support (body 1 ) made of two clay bricks separated by an unitary layer of mortar. the frp laminate is subjected to tensile loading. figure 5: scheme of the frp-masonry brick detachment test. v [mm]  [m p a ] 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0 1 2 3 4 5 case 1 case 2 case 3 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0 1 2 3 4 5 case 1 case 2 case 3 interface constitutive law sn [mm]  n [m p a ] 0 1 2 3 x 10 -4 0 1 2 3 4 5 case 1 case 2 case 3   [m p a ] a) b) c) f lb40 mm 55 mm 250 mm 250 mm 10 mm 2  1 f lb40 mm 55 mm 250 mm 250 mm 10 mm 2  1 http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 32 all computations are developed assuming two interface damage models: the uncoupled model, which does not take into account the interaction between body and interface degradation, and the coupled one, in which the body damage influences the interface damage according to the formulation developed in the model 1. in fig. 6 the value of maxf is plotted versus the adhesion length bl . note that each curve is denoted by a symbol made of a letter and a number. the letter u is used to indicate that the analysis is performed adopting the uncoupled damage model, while the letter c is used to characterize the analysis developed with the coupled damage theory (model 1). the number near the letter indicates the initial damage level uniformly assigned at the body 1 . in particular, the number 1, 2, 3, and 4 corresponds to the damage value equal to 0, 0.5, 0.7, and 0.9, respectively. the numerical results reported in fig. 6 emphasize that, increasing the adhesion length bl , the value of maxf grows till the optimal adhesion length el is reached, after which maxf remains constant. in particular, from the type u curves marked by the discontinuous line, it can be noted that:  for higher values of the damage state of the body 1 the optimal adhesion length el increases;  for higher values of the damage state of the body 1 the maximum value of maxf is quite constant and, in some cases, it tends to increase;  for very high values of the damage state of the body 1 the maximum value of maxf decreases. while the first result is absolutely expected, the second one appears physically unacceptable, as it implies that even if the support material is more damaged, equal or higher values of the forces can be transmitted from 2 to 1 . on the contrary, only when the damage level of the body 1 becomes very high the force decreases. this strange effect is due to the uncoupled damage evolution of the body and of the interface damage state. with reference to the all type c curves marked by the solid line, the following observations can be remarked:  for higher values of the damage state of the body 1 the optimal adhesion length el increases, as in the case of the uncoupled model;  for higher values of the damage state of the body 1 the maximum value of maxf decreases. this last result appears much more reasonable and, as a consequence, more reliable with respect to the one obtained adopting the uncoupled damage model, as it does not suffer from the physical unacceptable effect found in the uncoupled one. figure 6: decohesion force maxf versus adhesion length bl . conclusions n conclusion, it can be remarked that the two different ways of coupling the body and the interface damage present significant differences in the numerical applications. in fact, the results carried out adopting the model 1, show that the softening behavior is strongly influenced by the evolution of the body damage until the interface damage becomes higher than the body one. from this point of the analysis, the body damage does not increase anymore and the 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 lb [mm] f m a x [n ] c4 u4 c3 c2 u1 c1 u2 u3 le (c4) u uncoupled theory c coupled theory 1 d 2 d 3 d 4 d i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. marfia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 18 (2011) 23-33; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.18.03 33 softening behavior is only governed by the evolution of the interface damage. on the other hand, in the results obtained considering the model 2, the softening behavior is strongly influenced by the body damage during the whole detachment process, also when the interface damage becomes to develop and the body damage does not evolve anymore. thus, the degradation process results faster for the model 2 than for the model 1. moreover, the numerical application show also the differences between the response of the coupled and uncoupled interface model. in particular, the results obtained using the coupled model appears much more reasonable and, as a consequence, more reliable with respect to the one obtained adopting the uncoupled damage model, as it does not suffer from the physical unacceptable effect found in the uncoupled one. references [1] n. plevris, t.c. triantaffilou, d. veneziano, journal of structural engineering asce 121, (1995) 1037. [2] t.c. triantafillou, m.n. fardis, materials and structures, 30 (1997) 486. [3] m. r. valluzzi, m. valdemarca, c. modena, journal of composites for constructions asce (2001) 163. [4] s. marfia, e. sacco, international journal of solids and structures, 38 (2001) 4177. [5] n. galati, g. tumialan, a. nanni, construction and building materials, 20 (2006) 101. [6] b. ferracuti, m. savoia, c. mazzotti, composites: part b, 37 (2006) 356. [7] f. freddi, m. savoia, engineering fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 1666. [8] e. grande, g. milani, e. sacco, engineering structures, 30 (2008) 1842. [9] f. fouchal, f. lebon, i. titeux, construction and building materials, 23 (2009) 2428. [10] f. freddi, m. fremond, journal of mechanics of materials and structures, 7 (2006) 1205. [11] s. marfia, e. sacco, j. toti, a coupled interface-body nonlocal damage model for frp strengthening detachment, in print on computational mechanics (2011). [12] mazars j, pijaudier-cabot g continuum damage theory: application to concrete. journal of engineering mechanics, asce, 115 (1989) 345. [13] g. alfano, e. sacco, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 68 (2006) 542. [14] e. sacco, j. toti, international journal for computational methods in engineering science and mechanics, 11 (2010) 354. [15] o.c. zienkiewicz, r. l. taylor the finite element method, 4th edn. mcgraw-hill, london, (1991). [16] e. grande, m. imbimbo, e. sacco, journal of composites part b: engineering, 42 (2011) 330. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.18.03&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_40_art_12 l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 137 s-n curve modeling method of aluminum alloy welded joints based on the fatigue characteristics domain li zou software institute, dalian jiaotong university, lvshun 116052, china lizou@djtu.edu.cn xinhua yang college of material science and engineering, dalian jiaotong university, dalian, china yangxhdl@foxmail.com jianrong tan department of mechanical engineering and automation, zhejiang university, zhejiang, china yibo sun college of material science and engineering, dalian jiaotong university, dalian, china abstract. the scatter degree of the fatigue samples is reduced when the nodal force based structural method is used for steel welded joints, while it is still high for aluminum alloy welded joints. statistical method and rough set theory is used to fatigue analysis so that fatigue characteristic domains are determined and s-n curves are fitted. experiment results show that fatigue life of the aluminum alloy welded joints is under the influence of some key factors and the fatigue data with the same characteristics distribute in a relatively independent area. accordingly, a novel s-n curve modeling method of aluminum alloy welded joints based on the fatigue characteristics domain is proposed. in the proposed method, the nodal force based structural stress method is used for stress calculation and neighborhood rough set theory is used for character extraction to obtain the key factors. then fatigue characteristics domains are divided and s-n curves are fitted on each fatigue characteristics domain instead of on the whole domain so that a set of s-n curves are obtained. statistical results show that selection of the s-n curve for the aluminum alloy welded joints according to different fatigue characteristic domain is more accurate. keywords. welding; fatigue; structural stress; rough set theory; s-n curve. citation: zou., l., yang, x., tan, j., sun, y., s-n curve modeling method of aluminum alloy welded joints based on the fatigue characteristics domain, 40 (2017) 137-148. received: 09.11.2016 accepted: 10.01.2017 published: 01.04.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 138 introduction s a traditional processing technique, welding has been widely used in many fields, such as mechanical manufacturing, aerospace, transportation, etc. the fatigue analysis and life prediction of a welding joint are directly related to the stability and safety of the whole structure. currently, the nominal stress method and the nodal based structural stress method are two most commonly used welding fatigue analysis and prediction methods. the nominal stress method is the first routine way to get theoretical and experimental research in fields of engineering fatigue design, strength assessment and life prediction of welded structures. in various industry fields, its method and data has been widely standardized, and it has been maturely applied to the actual project. but because of the existence of various preconditions and regulations, choice of the s-n curves is uncertain in this method. how to accurately select the s-n curve and to calculate the stress are the most important problems which cannot be solved in this method. the nodal force based structural stress method is a new type of fatigue life prediction technology for welded structure proposed by dong [1]. in this method, the finite element technique is used to compute the structural stress through nodal force. currently, the nodal force based structural stress method is one of the most striking engineering technologies for fatigue analysis of welded structures due to its mesh-insensitive hot spot stress calculation, higher fatigue life prediction accuracy and the broad applicability [2]. dong et al. reprocessed thousands of fatigue test data of the steel welded joints in the last 50 years [3]. according to the linear regression analysis, the main s-n curve of fatigue design based on equivalent structural stress (eq. ss) range is determined. in this study, first of all, fatigue data of aluminum alloy welded joints is collected and the fatigue database is obtained from related literatures. then, s-n curves are fitted based on the nodal force based structural stress and the scatter degree of fatigue data is computed. subsequently, neighborhood rough set theory is used for knowledge reduction to find the core among the many factors which influence the fatigue life of aluminum alloy welded joints. finally, the fatigue characteristics domain is established according to the reduction result of neighborhood rough set theory and s-n curves are fitted subsequently in each domain. related works -n curve is the main tool to analyze and predict fatigue lifetime of a metallic material, component or structure. a large number of domestic and foreign scholars have devoted themselves to the study of the s-n curve modeling method. monotonic test based empirical fatigue formulae and a wholer field mathematical model is combined and a new formula for developing full range stress life curves for medium strength steels is proposed [4]. the importance of employing material specific s-n curves with appropriate stress concentration factors for special connection details and correct damage accumulation methods is highlighted. the fatigue crack growth of a double fillet weld with the existence of a semi-elliptical crack is studied [5]. the constant amplitude loading is applied where the influence of the load ratio over the fatigue life is presented. a new probabilistic model is proposed [6], where the model parameters are estimated with an em algorithm for which the maximisation step combines newton-raphson optimization method and monte carlo integrations. a new method that assumes linear change of scatter according to stress levels is developed in [7]. the algorithm derives from maximum likelihood estimation and general newton's method. a study has been carried out to establish which confidence level in the estimation of the characteristic s-n curve from limited data [8].the results of the study provide a new way to optimize fatigue design whenever it is costly or time-consuming to achieve many reliable test data. a unified statistical model which can take into account any number of failure mechanisms and the possible presence of the fatigue limit is presented [9]. the adaptability of the statistical model to the s-n curves proposed in the open literature is demonstrated by qualitative numerical examples. generally speaking, fatigue behavior of welded components is influenced by many factors such as temperature, material type, load type, ratio and etc. up to now, many researchers have devoted themselves to this research and initial achievements have been obtained. for example, plate thickness factor is considered and a new analytical formula of fracture toughness is proposed based on the energy theory and linear elastic mechanics [10], which would significantly reduce the calculation cycle of remaining life of structures in structural integrity assessment of welded structures.crack initiation potential in materials containing defects is investigated numerically by focusing on defect types, size, shape, location, and residual stress influences [11]. results show that the crack initiation potency is higher in case of serious property mismatching between matrix and defects, and higher strength materials are more sensitive to soft inclusions. near-threshold fatigue crack growth tests are conducted at various stress ratios and different pre-cracking locations of a 25cr2ni2mov welded joint by using load-shedding procedure at room temperature to investigate the transition behavior of fatigue crack growth curve [12]. a s l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 139 results show that there exists a transition point in the fatigue crack growth curve in the near-threshold regime, and the stress intensity range of the fatigue threshold decreases with the increasing of stress ratio. currently, there is still a lack of an objective and comprehensive evaluation of the great many factors which influence the fatigue life of the welded structure. to establish the mathematical model of different influence factors, neighborhood rough set theory is used to find the core factors which influence the fatigue life of the aluminum alloy welded joints based on the data itself rather than on any other prior knowledge. fatigue characteristics domains are then determined according to the key influence factors and the s-n curves are fitted in each domain subsequently. methodology basic principle of the nodal force based structural stress he normal structural stress at each node from elementary structural mechanics theory is given by s m b    (1) /ym f t  (2) 2 6 /xb m t  (3) where / /yy x xf f l m m l, = = is the line force and moment in the weld tow shown as fig. 1, fy is the nodal force, mx is the moment around the weld toe. figure 1: definition of linear force. fracture mechanics is employed to estimate the fatigue life of welded joints. the stress intensity factor in crack propagation theory can be calculated as [2]: * [ ( / ) ( / )], m m b b k t f a t f a t     (4) where a is the crack depth, t* is a ratio of actual thickness t to a unit thickness. ( / ) m f a t and ( / ) b f a t are membrane stress and bending stress as a function of crack growth degree respectively. according to the paris crack growth law, the prediction of the life cycle from an infinitesimally small crack to final failure can be expressed as: / 1 1 2 / 0 * *( / ) 1 ( ) ( ), ( ) ( ) ma t m sn m a t kn t d a t n t i r c m k c         (5) where mkn=k / kn is the notch stress magnification , k represents the total k due to both the far-field stress and the local notch stress effects and kn represents only the far-stress contribution to the stress intensity factor. i(r) is a dimensionless function of r and m is the crack growth exponent, which is set to be 3.6 in asme [13]. a master s-n curve can be established according to eq. 6 based on a set of welding fatigue data. the eq. ss can then be expressed as: 1 2* ( ) ( ) m m s t i r      (6) t f(x) fy2 fy2 x l element fy1 fy1 y l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 140 where t* is dimensionless the equivalent  retains a stress unit. neighborhood rough set theory founded by pawlak, rough set theory [14] aims to find the inner links of the massive, imprecise, incomplete and uncertain data, it has become an important tool to study granular computing theory nowadays [15]. however, the tradition rough set just works in discrete spaces and it can’t deal directly with the numerical data that widely existed in the practical application. when dealing with the numerical data, discretization is first done to transform the numerical value into the symbol value [16, 17]. this transformation inevitably brings about information loss and the computing results usually depend largely on the effect of discretization algorithm. to deal with this problem, a neighborhood rough set model is proposed based on the definitions of δ neighborhood and neighborhood relations in metric spaces [18, 19]. several foundation definition of neighborhood rough set theory including neighborhood  , lower and upper approximations, dependency degree, significance of the attribute, reduction and core are first introduced here. definition 1 neighborhood  u is a non-empty finite set in the real number space, ix u  , the  -neighborhood of xi is defined as ( ) { , ( , ) }i ix x u x x     (7) where  is a metric function, 1 2 3, ,x x x u  , it satisfied 1 2( , ) 0x x  , 1 2( , ) 0x x  if and only if 1 2x x , 1, 2 2 1( ) ( , )x x x x  and 1, 3 1 2 2 3( ) ( , ) ( , )x x x x x x     . the family of neighborhood granules { ( ) | }i ix x u  forms an element granule system for a given metric space ,u   . we have , ( )i ix u x    and ( ) x u x u   . a neighborhood relation n can be written as a relation matrix ( ) ( )ij n nm n r  , where 1ijr  if ( )j ix x or 0ijr  otherwise. definition 2 lower and upper approximations the lower and upper approximations of x in terms of relation n for a given ,u n  are defined as { | ( ) , },i i inx x x x x u   (8) { | ( ) , },i i inx x x x x u    (9) the boundary region of x is ,bnx nx nx  (10) definition 3 dependency degree the dependency degree of the decision attribute d to the condition attribute b is defined as | | ( ) , | | b b n d d u   (11) it is obvious that 0 ( ) 1b d  . if ( ) 1b d  , we say d completely depend on b otherwise d is  -depend on b. definition 4 significance of the attribute given a neighborhood decision table , , , ,u c d v f  , b⊆c,a∈c-b, the significance of a to b is defined as ( , , ) ( ) ( ),b a bsig a b d d d   (12) definition 5 reduction given a neighborhood decision table , , , ,u c d v f  , b⊆c, we say the subset of attributes b is a reduction of c if ( ) ( )b cd d  and , ( ) ( )b b bb b d d     . definition 6 core l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 141 given a neighborhood decision table , , , ,u c d v f  , all reductions consist of b1,b2,…bn, the core of is defined as 1 n i i core b   . a kind of forward greedy reduction algorithm is used for the neighborhood decision table in this work, as is shown in the following fig. 2, where ε is the threshold of the significance of attribute and its value is close to 0. figure 2: reduction algorithm. three types of fatigue stress-life relations up to now, there are three types of mathematical expressions to describe the s-n curve, including basquin [20], langer [21] and three parameters stress-life model [22]. among which, basquin model is the most commonly used form, as is shown as ,ms n c (13) where, m and c are constants related to material types. take logarithm on both sides, we get lg lgs a b n  (14) where,a= lg /c m ,b= 1 / m . besides basquin model, langer model and the three parameters model are the other two models commonly used for fatigue analysis. the langer model is shown as eqs. (15) and the three parameters stress-life model is shown as eqs. (16). mse n c (15) ( )mfs s n c  (16) in this work, three types of the fatigue stress-life relations are all used for s-n curve fitting of the aluminum alloy welded joints. then, statistical results of the three relations are compared and the best one is selected. novel s-n curve modeling method establishment of fatigue database fter a review of relevant literature [23, 24], fatigue data of aluminum alloy welded joints is collected and fatigue database is built up. the total number of samples in the database is 64, and s-n curves are fitted on basis of these samples. totally, there are four types of welding methods including mig, gmaw, tig and manual arc, five kinds a l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 142 of material types including 5083h11, almg4mncr,almgsi1,np5/6 and hp30, four kinds of plate thicknesses including 10mm,2.5mm,3mm and 4.8mm, three kinds of ratio including 0, 0.1 and 0.5, two kinds of load types including 4b and t, three types of joint types including tj:p, lj_ds:p, and sj_ds:p. limited to the space, only part of the experiment data is shown as below in tab.1. it only includes fatigue data of crack initiation from weld toe, excludes that from weld and base metal. material type welding method thickness (mm) ratio load type joint type nominal stress (mpa) eq.structural stress range (mpa) life cycles 5083h11 mig 10 0.1 4b tj:p 120 161 62700 5083h11 mig 10 0.5 4b tj:p 90 121 213750 almg4mncr gmaw 2.5 0.1 t lj_ss:p 45 174 31260 almg4mncr gmaw 2.5 0.1 t lj_ss:p 35 135 52040 almgsi1 tig 3 0 t lj_ds:p 53 160 85920 almgsi1 tig 3 0 t lj_ds:p 32 97 323460 np5/6 manual arc 4.8 0 t sj_ds:p 46 116 188000 np5/6 manual arc 4.8 0 t sj_ds:p 31 77 1250000 hp30 manual arc 4.8 0 t sj_ds:p 62 155 188000 …… table1: part fatigue data of the aluminum alloy welded joints. fitting of s-n curves according to the three fatigue stress-life relations mentioned in the three types of fatigue stress-life relations section, s-n curve fitting results using the nodal force based structural stress are obtained in fig. 3. comparison of goodness-of-fit statistics including sse, r-square, adjusted r-square and rmse is shown in tab. 2. where, sum of squares due to error measures the total deviation of the response values from the fit to the response values. it is also called the summed square of residuals and is usually labeled as sse. 2 1 ( ) , n i i i i sse y y     (17) r-square is the square of the correlation between the response values and the predicted response values. it is also called the square of the multiple correlation coefficients and the coefficient of multiple determinations. r-square is defined as the ratio of the sum of squares of the regression (ssr) and the total sum of squares (sst). ssr is defined as 2 1 ( ) , n i i i ssr y y     (18) sst is also called the sum of squares about the mean, and is defined as 2 1 ( ) , n i i i sst y y    (19) where, sst = ssr + sse. given these definitions, r-square is expressed as r-square= 1 , ssr sse sst sst   (20) r-square can take on any value between 0 and 1, with a value closer to 1 indicating that a greater proportion of variance is accounted for by the model. the adjusted r-square statistic is generally the best indicator of the fit quality when you compare two models that are nested, that is, a series of models each of which adds additional coefficients to the previous model. l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 143 adjusted r-square= ( 1)1 , ( ) sse n sst    (21) where the residual degrees of freedom  is defined as the number of response values n minus the number of fitted coefficients m estimated from the response values. the adjusted r-square statistic can take on any value less than or equal to 1, with a value closer to 1 indicating a better fit. negative values can occur when the model contains terms that do not help to predict the response. root mean squared error (rmse) is also known as the fit standard error and the standard error of the regression. it is an estimate of the standard deviation of the random component in the data, and is defined as sse rmse mse    (22) similar with sse, an mse value closer to 0 indicates a fit that is more useful for prediction. figure 3: fitting results of the three relations. basquin langer three parameters sse 4.043e+04 4.853e+04 4.03e+04 r-square 0.7661 0.7192 0.7668 adjusted r-square 0.7623 0.7147 0.7592 rmse 25.54 27.98 25.7 table 2: goodness-of-fit statistics. as could be seen from fig. 3 and tab. 2, the fitting effect of langer is the worst thus it isn’t suitable for this group of fatigue data. fitting results of basquin and three parameters are close. from the perspective of higher application security, we choose the basquin model as the fatigue stress-life relation for this group of fatigue data of aluminum alloy welded joints. thus in this paper, basquin model is used and the mean s-n curve is fitted by the least square method based on the nodal force based structural stress according to the collected fatigue data of aluminum alloy welded joints. scatter of fatigue data based on nominal stress and the mean s-n curve based on equivalent structural stress in log-log coordinates are shown in fig. 4 and fig.5. the goodness-of-fit statistics including sse, r-square, adjusted r-square and rmse by using nodal force based structural stress are shown in tab. 3. l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 144 figure 4: fatigue data scatter based on nominal stress. figure 5: s-n curve based on eq. ss range. mean sse 0.388 r-square 0.772 adjusted rsquare 0.7683 rmse 0.0791 table 3: goodness-of-fit statistics by using eq.ss range. in the eq. ss method, the structural stress is analyzed by nodal forces approach by considering the welded toe structural stress concentration effect. the stress calculation results are insensitive to the finite element type, mesh shape and dimensions in this method, so the welded toe structural stress concentration conditions for different welded joints could be distinguished effectively. the stress parameter relevant to the fatigue lives of welds directly are defined by using the fracture mechanics and the formula for eq.ss transformation is determined subsequently. based on the method of stress calculation and transformation, the fatigue data of aluminum alloy welded joints are analyzed. then the single fatigue design master sn curve, which is necessarily important in the fatigue strength assessment and life prediction, is established as in fig. 5. as could be seen from fig. 4 and fig. 5, the dispersion of the fatigue data has been reduced when eq. structural stress is used compared with using nominal stress. such problems as how to select s-n curves and to accurately calculate the stress existed in the nominal stress method have been overcome when the nodal force based structural stress method is used. features extraction based on neighborhood rough set theory besides the main stress factor, fatigue life of welded joints is also affected by other factors such as the geometry of the welded joints, material types, welding method, load type, ratio, thickness of the plate et al.. while at present, the analysis of the related factors that influence the fatigue life of the welded joints is generally independent and the correlation between each other is rarely studied. we have tried successfully to establish the mathematical model of the influence of related factors on fatigue life by classical rough set theory [25, 26], where attribute discretization algorithm is used for the continuous attribute. due to the use of discretization algorithm for continuous attributes inevitably causes the loss of information, in this work, neighborhood rough set theory is used to deal with the continuous attribute for features extraction, according to which fatigue characteristics domain is determined and s-n curve in each domain is fitted. on basis of the fatigue database established as tab.1, the neighborhood decision table s is built up, which could be expressed as s=(u,c,d,v,f). where u is the data set of all the aluminum alloy welded joints called the universe, a=c∪d is a nonempty finite set of attributes, c is a non-empty finite set of the factors which influence the fatigue life of the aluminum alloy welded joints called condition attributes, and d is the set of the fatigue life called decision attribute. each attribute aa can be viewed as a function that maps elements of u into a set va. the set va is called the value set of attribute a. in the decision table s, each row describes a solder fatigue life test sample of the aluminum alloy welded joints and each column l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 145 indicates an attribute. considering the advantages of the nodal force based structural stress, take it as the stress factor that influence the fatigue life of the aluminum alloy welded joints in s. thus the fatigue decision system s of the aluminum alloy welded joints is built up in this paper, where the condition attributes of s is c={material type(c1), welding method(c2), thickness(c3,mm), ratio(c4), load type(c5), joint type(c6), eq. structural stress(c7,mpa)},the decision attribute of s is d={lgn}. part data of the decision table is shown as tab. 4. u condition attributes decision attributes c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 d 1 5083h11 mig 10 0.1 4b tj:p 161 4.7973 2 5083h11 mig 10 0.5 4b tj:p 121 5.3299 3 almg4mncr gmaw 2.5 0.1 t lj_ss:p 174 4.4950 4 almg4mncr gmaw 2.5 0.1 t lj_ss:p 135 4.7163 5 almgsi1 tig 3 0 t lj_ds:p 160 4.9341 6 almgsi1 tig 3 0 t lj_ds:p 97 5.5098 7 np5/6 manual arc 4.8 0 t sj_ds:p 116 5.2742 8 np5/6 manual arc 4.8 0 t sj_ds:p 77 6.0969 9 hp30 manual arc 4.8 0 t sj_ds:p 155 5.2742 …… table 4: part data of the decision table. in the experiment, ( ) ( ) /i ic std c  , 2  , 0.01  .after attributes reduction, the reduction result of the neighborhood decision system of the aluminum alloy welded joints is obtained, namely{ c1(material type), c4(ratio), c7(eq. structural stress)}. s-n curve modeling based on fatigue characteristics domain in eq. ss method, one master s-n curve is obtained at last thus the uncertain problem of s-n curve choice has been overcome. compared with the nominal stress method, dispersion of the fatigue data samples in the nodal force based structural stress method has been greatly reduced. but from the design point of view, the dispersion degree of the fatigue data samples indicated by the value of rmse is still relatively high, which is about 0.0791 here. in this work, a novel s-n curve modeling method is put forward by using the nodal force based structural stress. in the proposed method, fatigue characteristics domains are divided on basis of the reduction result of the welding fatigue decision system obtained by using rough set granularity theory. subsequently, s-n curves are fitted on each fatigue characteristics domain rather than on the whole domain. as a result, a series of s-n curves instead of only one master s-n curve are obtained at last. in the process of welding fatigue design, we should also design according to each fatigue characteristics domain rather than in the whole fatigue domain. the fatigue characteristics domains of the aluminum alloy welded joints are determined according to the reduction result, that is, {c1(material type), c4(ratio), c7(eq. structural stress)} obtained by using rough set theory. all the fatigue data samples are divided into 6 series from s1 to s6, where s1:{ x∈u∣xc1=5083h11 and xc4=0.1} s2:{ x∈u∣xc1=5083h11 and xc4=0.5} s3:{ x∈u∣xc1 =almg4mncr and xc4=0.1} s4:{ x∈u∣xc1 =almgsi1 and xc4=0} s5:{ x∈u∣xc1 =np5/6 and xc4=0} s6:{ x∈u∣xc1 =hp30 and xc4=0}, among which, each series of fatigue test samples corresponds to a specific fatigue characteristics domain and the determine of the fatigue characteristics domains is shown as fig. 6. fitting the s-n curve in each fatigue characteristics domain and 6 mean s-n curves from mean1 to mean6 are obtained as is shown in fig. 7. as could be seen from fig. 7, fatigue data with the same characteristics scatter in a relatively independent area. for example, the scatter of green asterisk ‘*’ which denote all the fatigue samples whose material name is 5083h11 and ratio is 0.1 in the fatigue experiment are relatively concentrated, corresponding with characteristic domain s1. accordingly, the whole fatigue test samples of aluminum alloy welded joints are divided into six fatigue characteristics domains from s1~s6. the dispersion degree of the fatigue samples are further reduced when s-n curves are fitted according to each series instead of the whole fatigue samples. six mean s-n curves from mean1~mean6 are obtained in the proposed method at last. the coefficients of the basquin equation of mean and mean1~mean6 are shown in tab. 5. l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 146 figure 6: determine of the fatigue characteristics domains. mean mean1 mean2 mean3 mean4 mean5 mean6 a 3.206 3.369 3.483 2.972 3.268 3.509 3.689 b –0.2139 –0.2398 –0.2626 –0.1844 –0.2213 –0.2607 –0.2866 table 5: coefficients of the basquin equation figure 7: s-n curve modeling based on the fatigue characteristics domain in the process of statistical analysis, the goodness-of-fit statistics including sse, r-square, adjusted r-square and rmse of mean1-mean6 are shown in tab. 6. mean1 mean2 mean3 mean4 mean5 mean6 sse 0.0068 0.0129 0.0648 0.08228 0.0291 0.0013 r-square 0.9465 0.8795 0.7263 0.7877 0.8983 0.9897 adjusted r-square 0.9389 0.8695 0.7053 0.7665 0.8813 0.9871 rmse 0.0312 0.0328 0.0706 0.09071 0.0696 0.0181 table 6: goodness-of-fit statistics of mean1-mean6. l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 147 experiment results and analysis as could be seen from tab. 3 and tab. 6, the values of sse from mean1 to mean6 based on the fatigue characteristics domain are all smaller than that of the mean in the whole domain. except mean3, the value of r-square of mean1 to mean6 is closer to 1 than mean in the whole domain. each value of adjusted r-square of mean1 to mean6 is closer to 1 than mean in the whole domain. except mean4, the value of rmse of mean1 to mean6 is closer to 0 than mean in the whole domain, which indicates that the scatter degree of the fatigue data is further reduced when fatigue characteristics domain is divided and s-n curves are fitted in each independent domain. thus fatigue life prediction by using s-n curve modeling method based on the fatigue characteristic domains would be more accurate than that by traditional master s-n curve. conclusion n this work, on one hand, nodal force based structural stress is used in the s-n curve modeling method based on the fatigue characteristics domain, thus such problems as how to accurately select the s-n curve and to calculate the stress that existed in the traditional nominal stress method have been overcome in the proposed method. the fatigue characteristics domain is determined by using rough set granularity theory, which can achieve knowledge acquisition relying only on the data itself without depending on the prior knowledge or experience knowledge. on the other hand, the entire fatigue test samples of aluminum alloy welded joints are divided into 6 characteristics domains according to the attributes reduction result of the rough set theory, and the mean s-n curves form mean1 to mean6 are fitted respectively. as could be seen from tab. 6, the value of sse which indicates the dispersion in each fatigue characteristics domain is significantly lower than that of the single master s-n curve obtained in the nodal force based structural stress method. statistical analysis results show that dispersion of the fatigue data is reduced while the proposed sn curve modeling method based on fatigue characteristics domain is used. therefore, compare with the single master s-n curve in the nodal force based structural stress method, to determine the design s-n curve according to the fatigue characteristics domain is more targeted with a lower dispersion degree. thus the fatigue calculation results will be more accurate if the proposed s-n curve modeling method based on the fatigue characteristics domain is used. future work will be concentrated on the aspects of the application of the proposed s-n curve modeling method based on fatigue characteristics domain in the practical engineering practice. acknowledgments he authors would like to thank all the reviewers for their constructive comments. this research was supported by the national natural science foundation of china (51175054), natural science foundation of liaoning province (2015020169), dalian high level talent innovation support plan (2016rq053). references [1] dong, p., a structural stress definition and numerical implementation for fatigue analysis of welded joints, international journal of fatigue, 23 (2001) 865-876. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(01)00055-x. [2] dong, p., hong, j. k., osage, d. a., et al., master s-n curve method for fatigue evaluation of welded components, welding research council bulletin, (2002) 1-44. [3] dong, p., prager, m., osage, d., the design master s-n curve in asme div 2 rewrite and its validations, welding in the world le soudage dans le monde, 51 (2007) 53-63. doi:10.1007/bf03266573. [4] bandara, c. s., siriwardane, s. c., dissanayake, u. i., et al., developing a full range s–n curve and estimating cumulative fatigue damage of steel elements, computational materials science, 96 (2015) 96-101. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2014.09.009 [5] benachour, m., benguediab, m., hadjoui, a., et al., fatigue crack growth of a double fillet weld, computational materials science, 44 (2008) 489-495. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2008.04.015. [6] fouchereau, r., celeux, g., pamphile, p., probabilistic modeling of s – n curves, international journal of fatigue, 68 (2014) 217-223. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.04.015. [7] zhou, y., tang, x., s-n curve modeling for finite life range under the assumption of linearly changing scatter, sae international journal of materials & manufacturing, 7 (2014) 454-464. doi: 10.4271/2014-01-0970. i t l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40 (2017) 137-148; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.40.12 148 [8] ronold, k. o., lotsberg, i., on the estimation of characteristic s – n curves with confidence, marine structures, 27 (2012) 29-44. doi: 10.1016/j.marstruc.2012.03.002. [9] paolino, d. s., chiandussi, g., rossetto, m., a unified statistical model for s-n fatigue curves: probabilistic definition, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 36 (2013) 187–201. doi:10.1111/j.1460-2695.2012.01711.x [10] wang, p., liu, x., wang, q., et al., thickness effect on fracture toughness of a7n01p-t5 aluminum alloy, transactions of the china welding institution, (2013) 45-48.(in chinese) [11] zhu, m., xuan, f., fatigue crack initiation potential from defects in terms of local stress analysis, chinese journal of mechanical engineering, 27 (2014) 496-503. [12] yannan, d. u., zhu, m., xuan, f., effect of stress ratio on the transition point of fatigue crack growth curve in the near-threshold regime of a 25cr2ni2mov steel welded joint, journal of mechanical engineering, 51 (2015) 4449.(in chinese) [13] asme, asme boiler and pressure vessel code section viii division 2 part 5: design by analysis requirement, new york, (2007). [14] pawlak, z., rough classification, international journal of man-machine studies, 51 (1984) 469-483. doi:10.1006/ijhc.1983.0315 [15] wang, g. y., yao, y. y., yu, h., a survey on rough set theory and applications, chinese journal of computers, (2009) 1229-1246. (in chinese) [16] wen-hang, l. i., chen, s. b., lin, t., et al., the comparison of discretization method in rough set based modeling method for welding, journal of shanghai jiaotong university, 40 (2006) 1094-1097. (in chinese) [17] wen-hang, l. i., chen, s. b., lin, t., et al., a generalized rough set modeling method for welding process, journal of shanghai jiaotong university, 12 (2007) 319-322. [18] hu, q., yu, d., xie, z., neighborhood classifiers, expert systems with applications an international journal, 34 (2008) 866-876. doi: 10.1016/j.eswa.2006.10.043. [19] li w., huang z., jia x., et al., neighborhood based decision-theoretic rough set models, international journal of approximate reasoning, 69 (2016) 1-17. doi: 10.1016/j.ijar.2015.11.005. [20] nishijima, s., statistical analysis of small sample fatigue data, transactions of the japan society of mechanical engineers a, 46 (1980) 234-245. [21] boiler, a. s. o. m. e., committee, p. v. asme boiler & pressure vessel code: an internationally recognized code , american society of mechanical engineers, (1995). [22] weibull, w. fatigue testing and analysis of results. published for advisory group for aeronautical research and development, north atlantic treaty organization, pergamon press, (1961). [23] sidhom, n., laamouri, a., fathallah, r., et al., fatigue strength improvement of 5083 h11 al-alloy t-welded joints by shot peening: experimental characterization and predictive approach, international journal of fatigue, 27 (2005) 729745. .doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.02.001. [24] beretta, s., sala, g., a model for fatigue strength of welded lap joints, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 28 (2005) 257–264. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00849.x [25] yang, x., deng, w., zou, l., et al., fatigue behaviors prediction method of welded joints based on soft computing methods, materials science & engineering a, 559 (2013) 574-582. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2012.08.144. [26] yang, x. h., zou, l., deng, w., fatigue life prediction for welding components based on hybrid intelligent technique, materials science & engineering a, 642 (2015) 253-261. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2015.07.006. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_26_art_14 g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 143 fatigue characterization of mechanical components in service g. fargione, d. tringale dipartimento di ingegneria industriale e meccanica, università degli studi di catania, viale andrea doria 6, 95125 catania e. guglielmino, g. risitano università degli studi di messina, dipartimento di ingegneria elettronica, chimica e ingegneria industriale, contrada di dio (s. agata), 98166 messina grisitano@unime.it abstract. the quickly identify of fatigue limit of a mechanical component with good approximation is currently a significant practical problem not yet resolved in a satisfactory way. generally, for a mechanical component, the fatigue strength reduction factor (i) is difficult to evaluate especially when it is in service. in this paper, the procedures for crack paths individuation and consequently damage evaluation (adopted in laboratory for stressed specimens with planned load histories) are applied to mechanical components, already failed during service. the energy parameters, proposed by the authors for the evaluation of the fatigue behavior of the materials [1-5], are defined on specimens derived from a flange bolts. the flange connecting pipes at high temperature and pressure. due to the loss of the seal, the bolts have been subjected to a hot flow steam addition to the normal stress. the numerical analysis coupled experimental analysis (measurement of surface temperature during static and dynamic tests of specimens taken from damaged tie rods), has helped to determine the causes of failure of the tie rods. the determination of an energy parameter for the evaluation of the damage showed that factors related to the heat release of the material (loaded) may also help to understand the causes of failure of mechanical components. keywords. mechanical components in service; rrm; fatigue. introduction n this work it has been applied to mechanical components damaged during the working phase, the procedures of damage assessment which have been already adopted in laboratory on the test specimens stressed with programmed loads history. the energy parameters proposed for years by the authors to estimate the materials fatigue behaviour, have been tested on specimens made out of the bolts of a connection flange of high temperature and head steam pipes which have been subjected not only to the usual proof stress, but also to a steam flux caused by a leak of the seal. the numerical and the following experimental analysis carried out through the measurement of the surface temperature during the static and dynamic tests on the specimens made out of by damaged slings allowed to define the causes for the slings breakage. the determination of a reference energy parameter to evaluate also the damage sustained by the material has highlighted again how the factors linked to the material heat release under stress can help to evaluate also the causes of the failure of the mechanical components. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 144 since 1982 the authors have proposed the energy analysis to evaluate the mechanical characteristics of the materials. risitano and the members of his staff [1-5] have first pointed out how an analysis of the temperature of a stressed specimen (dynamic and also static) is a parameter (the third parameter in association with the stress and the time during the fatigue test) which allows to recognize the birth of irreversible deformations (in general) which generate heat. they have chosen as energy indicator to assess the start of the damage, the surface temperature of the specimen and they have used spread-range instruments (infrared thermographs) to evaluate it on the entire area. they have proposed the use of the temperature integral of the hottest point during the rupture time (φ= ∫tdn) as the energy parameter useful for the evaluation of the energy breaking limit (el) (the energy which is necessary to break the material through dynamic stresses); carrying out some experiments they have verified in several works that the parameter φ is constant for each material (component) as it is constant el, following reliable theories. according to this result it has been proposed a methodology which allows to calculate, using a limited number of specimens (theoretically just one of them), not only the fatigue limit but also the entire fatigue curve. during the last years, according to risitano and his school experiments, different authors [6-13] have applied and confirmed the validity of this methodology, extending it to other materials different from the steels and for which this methodology was born. risitano and the members of his staff have applied the methodology to mechanical components characterizing the fatigue of the components themselves [14], to verify the possibility of estimating a material’s fatigue limit by studying the surface temperature evolution of a specimen loaded with a static axial force [15-19] and to propose a new linear damage model [20-23]. for years and according with the endless application of this methodology, the temperature has been adopted as a damage or a change index of the characteristics of the material. it has been observed that, being the material or the component equal, the surface temperature trend under the same load is different if the component has been previously damaged or not. some authors have recently referred to energetic parameters to evaluate the damage. atzori et al. [24] refers to the heat q released after the material has been stressed for a certain period of time (number of cycles) and with loads which exceed the fatigue limit. on the contrary naderi et al. [25] refer to the entropic status of the material and they use the entropy as an energy parameter. it is clear that both [24] and [25] consider as reference parameter entities which are directly connected with risitano surface temperature because it deals with strong materials with slight volume variations. the surface temperature as the important parameter connected with the stress of the material has been used by risitano as an indicator of the end of the elastic phase and the beginning of local micro plasticizations in single-axle traction tests. the fatigue failure happens when a stress which causes the beginning of the plasticization is applied in repetitive way. therefore, the fatigue limit corresponds to the external stress value (macroscopic), able to produce irreversible local deformation, which is determinable by the slope change of the temperature vs strain curve in a static monotonic traction test. it means that the fatigue limit is coincident with the external stress value (load / area) which, during static traction test, causes micro plasticizations inside the material in order to reach local stresses compatible with the beginning of the irreversible deformation phenomena and heat production consequently. in this work the above mentioned principles have been applied for the assessment of the cause which has caused the breakage of two of the eight tie rods of a measure flange of a steam unit petroleum-processing plant (fig. 1). figure 1: flange of a steam unit petroleum-processing. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 145 materials and methods he need to know the causes of the breakage of two of the eight tie rods of a measure flange during the maintenance operation, suggested the authors to apply, on a material belonging to damaged or broken elements, the procedures applied in to the lab to evaluate the material fatigue characteristics. the visual examination of the broken tie rods has revealed some clear-cut breakages, without huge plastic deformations, near the mean line of the tie rods (fig. 2) and in particularly next to the seal. the integrity (as it seems at a first visual examination) of the residual six tie rods recommends to avoid damaging them, both to support the exercise needs and also to use the first broken one to establish the mechanical characterization of the material. the hypothesis that the leakage of high-temperature (260°c) and high-pressure steam (161 ata) just from one side of the flange should have caused the two tie rods failure due to the steam mechanical effect, has persuaded the present authors to characterize the material of the shorn tie rods. starting from a finite elements analysis which simulate also the steam leakage from the seal, it has been noticed that, in the middle of the tie rod near the seal, the stresses were higher than the usual material strength parameters. the validation of the failure theory has been found examining the conditions of the material of the broken tie rods. the characterization has been achieved with the analysis of the heat releases (thermographic method)of the limited number of the specimens which should be obtained by the two broken tie rods. the tab. 1 reports the characteristics of the tie rods which were totally threaded (iso metric thread with uni 6610-69 fine pitch), while tab. 2 reports the specific characteristics. the tab. 3 reports the steal chemical characteristics. camping element quantity identification mark tie rods m39x3 8 i3 screw material regulations heat treatment 40crmo4 uni 5332-64 quenching screw nut material regulations heat treatment 40crmo4 uni 5332-64 normalized table 1: flange characteristics. identification mark material used temperature [°c] camping element root section [mm2] i3 40crmo4 -10/375 m39x3 980 table 2: identification characteristics c si mn p s al cr 0.44% 0.35% 1.00% 0.035% 0.04% 0.02% 1.2% table 3: 40crmo4 heat-treated steal chemical characteristics. for each of the two tie rods slugs (from now on called a and b) it has been created two clepsydra specimens of 5x15x50 suitable sizes, with a total length of 150 mm, as it is shown in fig. 3. therefore there were four tie rods specimens for a and four tie rods specimens for b. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 146 figure 2: clear-cut breakages of tie rods. figure 3: for each of the two tie rods slugs it has been created two clepsydra specimens (measures in mm). the realization of the single specimen has been done using cutting and milling mechanical working as it is indicated in fig. 3. it has been realized eight specimen but just one of the tie rod a (specimen 1) and one of the tie rod b ( specimen 2) have been used for the execution of the static tests; the other ones have been used for the fatigue tests. results fe analysis efore examining the characterization of the material of the broken tie rods, it has been done a numerical analysis to value the stresses on the same tie rods during a normal work. after the modelling of the flange-tie rods coupling system (fig. 4), the analysis has been done first using the code marc(r) of msc(r) considering the contact conditions among the different parts ( flange, seal, tie rods, nuts) and it has been pointed out the general stress and deformation states. the fig. 5.a shows the stress reached by the different parts applying the working loads and the fig. 5.b shows the tie rod stresses trend. a second analysis has been done examining the tie rod just with the nuts at the ends: it has applied there the same pressures which they can receive during a normal work. the fig. 6 shows the model and the corresponding calculated stresses. both in the first (complete system) and in the second modelling (pivot and nuts) it has been observed , as expected, that the maximum stresses were near the link to the end nuts and that in the middle section, where the tie rods were broken, the stresses, due to the applied camping values, reached about 220 mpa lower than the material yield load (835 mpa). it can be observed that during the “lighter” second simulation, the deformed stress status was equal to the status obtained using a complex model where the mutual actions among the different connection components (flange, seal, tie rods, nuts) had been considered. therefore, it has been chosen to use a simple model to simulate the tie rod undergone both the onstream forces and the steam jet caused by the seal leakage. b http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 147 the fig. 7 shows the tie rod middle section stressed with a temperature of 450 °c and for a length equal to the seal thickness. figure 4: solidworks model of a part of the flanged coupling. (a) (b) figure 5: (a) stress distribution on the model; (b) equivalent stresses on the pivot. figure 6: equivalent stress on the pivot. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 148 figure 7: heat load on the pivot. in tab. 4 it has been reported the characteristics of the material used for the simulation during the temperature variation. temperature [°c] young module [mpa] coefficient of thermal expansion 20 210000 10.0 100 205000 11.1 200 195000 12.1 300 185000 12.9 400 175000 13.5 500 165000 13.9 600 155000 14.1 table 4: characteristics of the material used for the simulation during the temperature variation. the fig. 8 shows the pivot stresses distribution in the middle section caused by the temperature. figure 8: stress distribution on the pivot caused by the temperature. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 149 figure 9: results of fe analysis. the diagram of the fig. 9 reports the material yield load variation with respect to the steam temperature. in the same graph it has been reported the von mises maximum stress value reached in the middle section of the tie rod changing the local temperature and the stress deviation from proportionality at high temperatures. it can be observed that at a 350 °c temperature the stress value is equal to the material yield stress and with a temperature of 450 °c (equal to the steam come out from the flange) the stress is 40% over the material yield stress. experimental analysis in order to determine the mechanical characteristics of the material both static and fatigue tests have been performed. as it has been already said, the static tests have been carried out on 2 of the eight specimens, one belonging to the tie rod a (specimen 1) and another of the tie rod b (specimen 2). the tests have been done using an electrohydraulic machine instron(r) 8501 with a fixed crossrate equal to 1 mm/min. the test has been accompanied by the detection and the acquisition of the surface temperature of the specimens using an ir camera flir(r) 3000 with a frame rate of 1 hz. the fig. 10 reports the deformation stress graph of one of the tested specimen 1. in the same figure it has been reported the temperature trend of the hottest area of the specimen surface showing the unit deformation of the specimen itself. the temperature trend has been deduced examining the following images obtained during the traction test. for a better understanding, in fig. 11 it has been reported the first part of the temperature curve vs strain (till ε = 0.04) of specimen 1. figure 10: stress vs strain curve and temperature trend of specimen 1 mono axial static test. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 150 figure 11: thermal map for the specimen 1. using the method mentioned before the results of the tests and of the acquisitions done for the specimen 2 are reported respectively in fig. 12 and 13. figure 12: stress vs strain curve and temperature trend of specimen 2 mono axial static test. figure 13: thermal map for the specimen 2. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 151 the fig. 11 and 13 allow to point out the surface with a perfect thermoelastic behaviour and where the proportionality between the stress(strain) and temperatures count. after putting on strain the testing machine with the clearance recovery, in fact, it has been noticed in both figures a decreasing linear segment for which it is validthe thermoelasticity law with the costant temperature decreases (a perfect segment) up to spot a slope change for the value ε = 0.010 in fig. 11 and ε = 0.015 in fig. 13. these values are far from 0.02 which conventionally correspond to the yield stress of the material. the tab. 5 and 6 resume the results obtained during the static tests in agreement with [15-19]. in the tables with the caption “material without damage” it has been identified the resistance values provided by the tie rods building firm. yield load breaking loand rp02 [mpa] rm [mpa] material without damage 835 1080 specimen 1 of an old tie rod 759 1063 specimen 2 of an old tie rod 815 105 table 5: results of static test. fatigue limit with alternated symmetric solicitation, 0 [mpa] material without damage 450 specimen 1 of an old tie rod 392 specimen 2 of an old tie rod 420 table 6: results using the [15-19] theory. the fatigue tests have been done using the remaining specimens. in particular the first two of them – one belonging to the tie rod 1 and the other belonging to the tie rod 2 – have been used to define an appropriate test protocol (tab.7) compatible with the values discovered during the static tests. the other 4 (specimen 3, specimen 4) of the tie rod a and of the tie rod b, have been used following the procedure of risitano's rapid method (rrm) to define the thermal maps [45]: it means the determination of the energy parameters (temperature vs cycles, with parameterized applied load) necessary for the following valuation of the fatigue limit and the contouring of the entire fatigue curve (wöhler curve). the tests have been done with almost pulsating load (loading ratio r= 0,1) coherently with the on-stream tie rods loading mode. fig. 14 shows each specimen load history. r (load ratio) [/] starting value (first step) [kn] p (gap between the following steps) [kn] test frequency [hz] cycles for loading steps [cycles] thermal images acquisition[hz] 0,1 36 2 10 10000 1/25 table 7: fatigue test protocol. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 152 figure 14: load history imposed during fatigue test. after having synchronized both the loading application of the testing machine and the images acquisition, the acquisition rate of ir camera has been fixed to 25 s in order to obtain for each load step of 10000 cycles at 10 hz, 40 images to be analyzed. using this procedure it has been obtained during the analysis phase, the specimen temperature every 250 cycles of load application. the following analysis has been done reconstructing the temperature trend of the warmest area of the specimen surface at the different steps in order to have the temperature diagrams as a function of the cycles (curves parameterized according to the applied load). from the fig. 15 to the 18 one it has been reported the thermal maps following the warmest point of the specimen surface revealed during the test. as above mentioned, the temperature data allow to obtain the fatigue limit and the energy parameter φ. figure 15: thermal map of the specimen 3. figure 16: thermal map of the specimen 4. examining the thermal maps and proceeding as indicated in [4-5] it has been obtained the fatigue limit values, the value of the parameter φ and therefore the wöhler curve. it has to remind that the fatigue limit can be estimated directly from the thermal maps (temperature curves) because, being the stress value the same, there aren’t irreversible deformations yet and the temperature variation of the specimen surface is zero in all the points. so, for example, for the specimen 1 the fatigue limit is quite below the first applied load level (36 kn / 480 mpa) (fig. 15). the tab. 8 reports the data related with the two specimen categories. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 153 figure 17: thermal map of the specimen 5. figure 18: thermal map of the specimen 6. fatigue limit 0 [mpa] [°c x cycles] specimen type 3 475 1.44e+05 specimen type 4 460 8.70e+04 specimen type 5 445 8.13e+04 specimen type 6 440 1.85e+05 table 8: results data of fatigue test. using different colours, in fig.19 it has been reported the wöhler curves of each specimen (3, 4, 5, 6). following as it is indicated in [4-5], the number of the breaking cycles nr for a specific load has been obtained as the ratio between the energy parameter φ and the stabilization temperature (the mean value of the detected ones). figure 19: wöhler curves of each specimen in according with rrm [4-5]. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 154 discussion he analysis of the results of the numerical simulations have pointed out that the tie rods failure is not due to the exercise or to the assembling conditions but to the bad performance of the flange seal: when it has broken, in fact, it has allowed that two of the tie rods were hit by a steam jet of 450 °c and a pressure of 160 ata. it has caused a mechanical effect associated with a decay of the material resistance characteristics, quite shearing. the stress values, calculated during the simulation and which consider the steam jet effect , were above the 40% of the material yield limit at that temperature. these values suggested a breakage due to the overcoming of the material resistance characteristics. the quite suddenly breakage (without the plastic deformation) led one to suppose a further decay of the material characteristics due to the high temperature at which it has been subjected in a very limited area. the experimental tests have confirmed the hypothesis of breakage due to the mechanical action of the steam on the tie rod and to the thermal action on the material. the exam of the results of the static tests show a quite different behaviour for both of the specimen under the static traction. the tab. 5 shows a small difference of the breaking and yield loads for the two specimen and which is confirmed by the assessment of the symmetrical stress fatigue limit carried out by the temperature curve of fig. 11 and 13 (392 mpa for the specimen 1 and 420 mpa for the specimen 2) the results of the fatigue curve confirm the trend already noticed through the static analysis. both the values of the fatigue limit and the wohler curves are different for the specimen obtained by the broken bolt a (3 and 4) and the broken bolt b (5 and 6). being bolts made of the same material, the cause of their different behaviour is due to the different stress conditions history. considering the kind of work and the way they have been assembled with controlled draught parameters (use of the torque wrench), it can be justified just with a thermal stress different from the steam loss of the packing flange seal. considering also the characteristics of the same steam it has probably caused structural changes. it can be deduced both from the thermal maps of each specimen and from the resulting fatigue curves for the two specimens (from tie rod a and from tie rod b), in couples completely different. conclusions n the past the static and dynamic analysis examining the thermal release of the stressed material has been adopted to value the failure causes of the mechanical components. in this work it has been conducted a numerical and experimental study to point out the causes which had determined the failure of the tie rods of a measurement flange, for which, during the maintenance two of the eight tie rods sheared in the mean area where the tensions should be lower. the numerical simulation showed as the breakage cause the high steam coming from the irregular seal pressure-tight. the experimental tests have shown a little decay of the material characteristics. considering the limited number of the specimens at our disposal for each type of component (flange tie rods), the analysis has been done detecting the temperatures of the stressed specimens surface. the following analysis of the thermal images which have been collected using a sensor (thermograph at thermal infrared) allowed to point out the characteristics of static and dynamic resistance of the specimens obtained by the two broken bolts. the results of the static tests with the analysis of the superficial temperature and of the fatigue tests according to rrm (based on energy dissipation in heat) have pointed out a different behaviour of the bolts obtained from the two tie rods. this result helped to confirm that the only cause for the failure of the two bolts was the seal behaviour which has allowed that the two bolts were abnormally thermally stressed modifying the resistance characteristics of the bolts steel. the energy study has shown again the opportunity to assess possible damages of the mechanical components. this kind of study, allowing the fatigue characterization through a limited number of specimen, helps to pick out the damage causes necessary for the management and for the future changes and maintenance choices. references [1] geraci, a., la rosa, g., risitano., a, l’infrarosso termico nelle applicazioni meccaniche. ata ingegneria automotoristica, 38 (1985) 8-9. t i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it g. fargione et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 26 (2013) 143-155; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.14 155 [2] curti, g., la rosa, g., orlando, m., risitano, a., analisi tramite infrarosso termico della “temperatura limite” in prove di fatica, in: proceedings xiv convegno nazionale aias, (1986)211-220. [3] curti, g., geraci, a., risitano, a., un nuovo metodo per la determinazione rapida del limite di fatica. ata ingegneriaautomotoristica, 10 (1989) 634-636. [4] la rosa, g., risitano, a., thermographic methodology for rapid determination of the fatigue limit of materials and mechanical components. int. j. fatigue, 22 (2000) 65–73. [5] fargione, g., geraci, a., la rosa, g., risitano, a., rapid determination of the fatigue curve by the thermographic method. int. j. fatigue, 24 (2002) 11–19. [6] atzori, b., meneghetti, g., energy dissipation in low cycle fatigue of austempered ductile irons, in: proceedings 5th international conference on low cycle fatigue, (2003)147–152. [7] curà, f., curti, g., sesana, r., a new iteration method for the thermographic determination of fatigue limit in steels. int j fatigue, 27 (2005) 453–459. [8] plekhov, o.a., palin-luc, t., saintier, n., uvarov s.v., naimark o., fatigue crack initiation and growth in a 35crmo4 steel investigated by infrared thermography. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 28 (2005) 169–178. [9] meneghetti, g., analysis of the fatigue strength of a stainless steel based on the energy dissipation. int. j. fatigue, 29 (2007)81–94. [10] plekhov o.a., saintier n., palin-luc t., uranov, s.v., naimark, o., theoretical analysis, infrared and structural investigations of energy dissipation in metals under cyclic loading. mater. sci. eng., 462 (2007)367–369. [11] amiri, m., khonsari, m.m., rapid determination of fatigue failure based on temperature evolution: fully reversed bending load. int j fatigue, 32 (2010) 382–389. [12] crupi, v., chiofalo, g., guglielmino, e., using infrared thermography in low-cycle fatigue studies of welded joints. welding journal, 89 (2010) 195-200. [13] crupi, v., chiofalo, g., guglielmino, e., infrared investigations for the analysis of low cycle fatigue processes in carbon steels. journal of mechanical engineering science, in: proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers part c, 225 (2011) 833–842. [14] clienti, c., la rosa, g., risitano, a., d’andrea, r., proposta di utilizzo di metodologie termografiche per il controllo di qualità di componenti meccanici. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 12 (2010) 37-47. [15] risitano, a., risitano, g., l’importanza del “parametro energetico” temperatura per la caratterizzazione dinamica dei materiali. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9 (2009) 123-124. [16] clienti, c., fargione, g., la rosa, g., risitano, a., risitano, g., a first approach to the analysis of fatigue parameters by thermal variations in static tests on plastics. engineering fracture mechanics, 77 (2010) 2158–2167. [17] risitano, a., clienti, c., risitano, g., determination of fatigue limit by mono-axial tensile specimens using thermal analysis. key engineering materials 452-453 (2011) 361-364. [18] risitano, g., clienti, c., experimental study to verify the fatigue limit found by thermal analysis of specimen surface in mono axial traction test. key engineering materials, 488-489 (2012) 795-798. [19] risitano, a., risitano, g., determining fatigue limits with thermal analysis of static traction tests. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 36 (2013) 631–639. [20] risitano, a., risitano, g., analisi termica per la valutazione del comportamento a fatica di provini soggetti a successive serie di carichi. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 12 (2010) 88-99. [21] risitano, a., risitano, g., cumulate damage evaluation of steel using infrared thermography.theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 54 (2010) 82-90. [22] risitano, a., risitano, g., corallo, d., cumulative damage by miner's rule and by energetic analysis. sdhm: structural durability & health monitoring, 8 (2012) 91-109. [23] risitano, a., risitano, g., cumulative damage evaluation in multiple cycle fatigue tests taking into account energy parameters. int. j. fatigue, 48 (2013) 214–222. [24] atzori, b., meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., fatigue behaviour of a stainless steel based on energy measurements. key engineering materials, 417-418 (2010) 333-336. [25] naderi, m., amiri, m., khonsari, m.m., on the thermodynamic entropy of fatigue fracture, in: proc r soc a, 466 (2010) 423–438. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.26.14&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_55_art_02_2880 ravikumar m et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 20 focussed on structural integrity and safety: experimental and numerical perspectives experimental studies of different quenching media on mechanical and wear behavior of al7075/sic/al2o3 hybrid composites m. ravikumar department of mechanical engineering, r l jalappa institute of technology, bangalore (r), karnataka, india ravikumar.muk@gmail.com h. n. reddappa department of mechanical engineering, bangalore institute of technology, bangalore, karnataka, india reddyhn.phd@gmail.com r. suresh* department of mechanical and manufacturing engineering, m.s. ramaiah university of applied sciences, bangalore-560058, karnataka, india. sureshchiru09@gmail.com m. sreenivasa reddy department of mechanical engineering, r l jalappa institute of technology, bangalore (r), karnataka, india sreenivasam123@gmail.com abstract. the effects of sic (silicon carbide) al2o3 (aluminium oxide) particle in the al alloy on the mechanical and wear characteristics of stir-casted composites have been reported. the al7075 is reinforced with 2, 4, 6 and 8 wt. % of reinforcements (sic + al2o3) to manufacture the hybrid composite. ceramic particulates were added into al alloy to achieve the low wear rate and improved mechanical properties. hardening of cast specimens was done at 480ºc for the duration of 2 hrs and the specimens were quenched into two different quenching media (water and ice cubes). finally, age-hardening was carried out at the temperature of 160ºc for the duration of 4 hrs and cooled at room temperature. the tensile strength, hardness and wear behaviour of mmcs (metal matrix composites) were evaluated on the un-treated and heat treated composite. the tensile strength and hardness of mmcs increased by incorporating sic-al2o3 particulates. the wear behaviour of the mmcs containing sic-al2o3 particulates revealed high wear-resistance. the heattreatment had considerably improved the properties when compared to the non-heat treated composites. the composites with the highest tensile strength, hardness and enhanced wear resistance were found in the composites quenched in ice cubes. worn-out surfaces of the composite citation: ravikumar, m., reddappa, h.n., suresh, r., sreenivasareddy, m., experimental studies of different quenching media on mechanical and wear behavior of al7075/sic/al2o3 hybrid composites, 55 (2021) 20-31. received: 27.07.2020 accepted: 16.10.2020 published: 01.01.2021 copyright: © 2021 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/6thjgx2f1t4 m. ravikumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 21 specimens were studied by using sem (scanning electron microscopy) and eds (electron dispersion spectroscopy) analyses. keywords. al 7075; mmcs; heat treatment; tensile; hardness; wear rate. introduction omposites, "materials in which two or more constituents are combined to create a material with properties different from that of either constituent," have been in existence for 1000 of years. al-based mmcs are a valuable addition in the area of newer materials for a high performance application. the composites have better properties than the matrix. the properties include abrasion resistance, improved thermal conductivity, tribology, dimensional stability, creep resistance and good stiffness [1]. interpretation of the materials is generally subjected to optimal choice of reinforcing materials. ceramic particulates can be reinforced into light metal alloys like aluminium (al), copper (cu), zinc (zn), magnesium (mg) and stainless steel for additional weight reduction. the hard ceramic particulates such as al2o3, sic, mgo, sio2 and b4c in the aluminium matrix alloy are frequently used as reinforcement materials to improve its mechanical properties [2]. the possible responses between the ceramic particulates and the al alloy at high temperatures are very essential. this phenomenon has a substantial effect on the stipulations of the interface and second phase. it is clear that, a better bonding at the interface among the reinforcements and the base matrix has a considerable impact on mechanical behaviour of the mmcs [3]. due to its significant strength-to-density, weight ratio, high modulus, wear resistance, strength values, and easy availability, ceramic particles can be used as reinforcement particles in composites [2]. ceramic compounds like sic, al2o3, etc., and carbon allotropes can be used to reinforce al, mg, cu and alloys [4]. among other parameters, wt. % of al2o3 and sic can influence mechanical properties of al mmcs. incorporating of al2o3 to al shows enhancement of mechanical and tribological properties in composites [5]. addition of al2o3, sic and b4c particulates reinforced in al will enhance the mechanical and tribological behaviour and ductility reduces. the wt. % of reinforcements (al2o3 & sic) and heat-treatment for enhancing the mechanical and tribological properties of composites were reported. as compared to monolithic alloy, addition of hard reinforcements such as al2o3, tic, b4c and sic to matrix alloy enhance the hardness and reduces the wear rate [6]. reinforcing al alloys with ceramic particulates such as sic or al2o3 causes a considerable improvement in mechanical properties over conventional al alloys, like improving strength and wear resistance. though, these reinforcements have considerably reduced ductility when compared to alloys [7]. al composite processing method entails using of al as the matrix with adding particles to form mmcs. it is revealed that, the conventional processing methods such as stir casting, powder metallurgy, spray deposition process, vacuum hot pressing and squeeze casting methods can be adopted for the fabrication of composites [1]. the liquid metallurgy method is a good inexpensive technique for fabrication of mmcs. by the various liquid metallurgy procedures stir casting method can be utilized for production of ceramic particulates reinforced hybrid composites [2]. the stir casting technique is chosen because it is simple and economical and also it can be easily monitored [1]. composites fabricated by stir casting method have certain advantages such as faster manufacturing rate and near net shapes can be achieved when compared to solid state methods [8]. subramanya reddy et al. [9] researched on al mmcs produced by the stir casting method with varying wt. % of silicon carbide and boron carbide. mechanical properties were studied and it was revealed that the hybrid mmcs had better properties as compared to pure al due to the existence of the carbide particles in the composite. rajesh and sudhir [10] researched on al-sic reinforced composites. the results concluded that the silicon carbide particles form barricades which hinder the dislocation motion. this supports to enhance the tensile strength and hardness of mmcs. manoj singla et al. [11] researched on the hardness of sic reinforced metal matric composites. various wt. % of sic (5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25% and 30%) were adopted to produce mmcs by stir casting method. the outcomes revealed that the hardness in the mmcs enhanced with increase in the wt. % of sic particles. sharma et al [12] studied the effect of sic reinforcement on wear behavior of za27 alloy mmcs. the results revealed that unreinforced alloy have higher wear rate when compared to composites and by increasing wt. % of reinforcements, the wear rate decreased. the increase in hardness and comparatively high percentage of elongation which leads to work hardening seems to be responsible for increase in uts (ultimate tensile strength) of al-al2o3 mmcs [13]. the fabrication of al composites with different weight percentages of al2o3 particles was processed by liquid metallurgy route. it revealed that the al-al2o3 composites have a higher tensile strength than aluminium alloy with reduced ductility. it was found that an increase in the al2o3 content in al alloy contributed to enhancing the hardness of the composites [14]. surappa and rohatgi [13] studied the mechanical properties of al alloy reinforced by al2o3. it was found that the increase in hardness of mmcs might be attributed to the comparatively high hardness of alumina compared with aluminium. yılmaz and buytoz [6] researched on the wear characteristics of al2o3 c ravikumar m et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 22 reinforced aluminum mmcs. the results revealed that the wear rates decreased rapidly by increasing the wt. % of al2o3. abdel-azim et al. [15] in his research, applied vortex method process to produce al-al2o3 composites. it was revealed that the addition of alumina particles improved the wear resistance and also increased the cof (coefficient of friction). the improvement in the wear behaviour of al-al2o3 composites might be due to presence of al2o3 and high hardness [13]. palanisamy pugalenthi et al. [16] researched on al7075 sic al2o3 through stir casting. the result showed that the tensile strength and hardness of the composite increased by increasing the wt. % of reinforcements. the presence of hard particles decreased the wear rate and further the wear rate was reduced by reinforcing with sic-al2o3 [13]. marialaura et al. [17] studied the effect of heat treatment on mechanical properties of alsi3cr alloy. the results revealed that the heat treatment played an important role on intermetallic bonding between the ceramic particles and metal matrix. the mechanical behavior of alsi3cr alloy shows remarkable tensile strength in heat-treated conditions compared to untreated conditions. myriounis et al. [18] investigated the interface effects and heat treatment on the mechanical properties of aluminium matrix composites reinforced with sic-particle. the obtained results indicated the t6 heat-treated mmcs with 20 % wt. of sic particles show the highest strength when compared to the 31 % wt. sic particles composite. this is predictable since the mechanical strength of the mmcs in the t6 condition originates from the development of the mg2si precipitates. prabhu et al. [19] studied the effect of heat-treatment on mechanical strength and wear behaviour of al6061 composites reinforced with sicp. the tensile strength of mmcs composites increases with increasing in sicp. the heat treatment had a significant effect on ultimate tensile strength of composites. further, wear rate of mmcs decreases, by increasing in sicp in the matrix alloy under the tested condition. the heat treatment has a found significant effect on wear behaviour of composites. the detailed literature survey shows that the addition of two different ceramic particulates reinforced in al alloy can improve the mechanical properties and wear resistance of al hybrid mmcs. though, it has been observed that only few research works has been executed to study the influence of two ceramic particulates reinforcement in al mmcs. an effort has been made in the present investigation to produce al composites by adopting stir casting method under various wt. % of reinforcement to obtain better mechanical and wear properties. to improve the mechanical and wear properties of developed al composites reinforced with sic and al2o3 heat treatment process has been introduced. in the present study, the performance of the composites enhanced with different types of quenching processes like as-received, water quenched and ice quenched process were carried out on developed composites. selection of materials and experimental procedures l 7075 having a density 2.7 g/cm3, was used as a matrix material. al2o3 and sic were used as reinforcements. four different weight percentages of sic and al2o3 (2%, 4%, 6% and 8%) were chosen in the experiments. the average particle size was 100 µm al2o3 with ph value of 6.5-7.5. sic of 220 µm mesh size particulates were used in the present investigation. stir casting method was adopted to fabricate the mmcs. the reinforcement particles which were preheated were mixed with al alloy at the time of stirring. degassing process was adopted to remove the gasses present in molten melt. in the present investigation, the stirring was done at 100-125 rpm for the duration of 5 min, later the molten melt was poured in to pre-heated mold box. after solidification, the cast samples were removed from mold box and machined by cnc. the hybrid mmcs with al alloy matrix containing sic and al2o3 were characterized by heat treatment process and thus their material properties can be improved. the process of heat treatment was chosen based on the nature of the materials and its functions, being defined by temperature (ºc), duration and type of cooling medium [20]. quenching formed a significant part of the heat treatment method. the process included cooling the material after the heat treatment in different mediums and at different cooling speeds [21]. the composite specimens were subjected to solutionizing for a duration of 2hrs at a temperature of 480ºc and then quenched separately in two different quenching media such as water and ice cubes. finally, the age-hardening was carried out at a temperature of 160ºc for the duration of 4 hrs and then cooled at room temperature (27ºc). results and discussions tensile strength he specimens were prepared according to astm e8 standard and the tests were performed on the cast composites. tensile tests were performed by subjecting the test specimens to axial or longitudinal load at a particular extension rate of load till failure of the specimen occurred. tests were conducted on the universal testing machine (utm) whose maximum load capacity is 400 kn. fig. 1 shows the tensile strength of sic/al2o3 reinforced hybrid metal matrix a t m. ravikumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 23 composites. the result shows clearly that the ultimate tensile strength of the mmcs increased by increase in volume percent sic and al2o3. this outcome is due to the existence of high amounts of ceramic particulates in mmcs [9]. the tensile strength of the mmcs increased due to the resistance of dislocations and therefore the composites strength increased with increase in wt. % of hard ceramic particulates. the nature of hard ceramic particulates is the cause of the enhancement in strength [16]. the ceramic particles correlate with dislocations which lead to improvement in the tensile strength. similar outcomes have been observed by different researchers [22-24]. it was observed that there was an improvement in the tensile strength of heat treated mmcs when compared to as received condition. it is revealed that due to heat treatment there is possibility of development of coherent precipitates. the lattice coherency among the base matrix and the precipitates occur up to a certain degree of temperature beyond which the lattice vibration forms the non-coherent precipitates with the base matrix. it is a known fact that throughout the ageing after the solutionizing treatment fine precipitates are formed on the soft al matrix which results in improving the composite properties [25]. from the results, it was revealed that the tensile strengths of the heat treated composites are higher compared to un-heat treated composites. the improvement in ductility of mmcs can be attributed to the coupling effect of a numerous small hard ceramic particles due to growth restriction and also thermal modification at the time of heat treatment [26]. as shown in fig. 1, maximum tensile strength was found for the composites when the quenched in ice. this marked enhancement in tensile strength of mmcs studied on heat-treatment can be attributed to high extent of development of intermetallic precipitates, generally, which act as the points of obstacles for the pinning down of dislocations. this phenomenon of multiplication of dislocations limits the mobility of dislocations, thus reducing the level of plastic deformation. this leads to major improvement in tensile strength of mmcs [27]. the tensile stress-strain curves of the composite samples fabricated by the stir casting method are shown in fig. 2. stress-strain diagram is plotted for as-received, water quenched and ice quenched samples and all the points are indicated. out of all these composite specimens, the tensile strength is higher for ice quenched specimen. in order to understand the mode of failure during tensile test, fractographic analysis was carried out on the composite specimens after fracture. the fractographic examination shows that increase in the wt. % of the sic & al2o3 changed the kind of failure from ductile to brittle, which could be evidently observed from the dimples and deformed region present within the area of the fracture [16]. with the increased sic-al2o3 content, it is observed that multiple micro cracks have occurred signifying decreased ductility. in general, the topology of the fractured surfaces appears with multiple cracks and voids. formation of voids is caused by the presence of hard ceramic particulates with soft matrix initiating triaxial state of stress in the vicinity of a particle. the void at the interfaces among the particles and matrix increased the crack propagation from their center. the existence of ceramic particles on the fracture surface as well as in micro voids also influenced the mechanical properties by improving the bonding of the matrix and decreased the ductility [28 & 29]. tensile fracture specimens in as-received condition were obtained and showed ductile fracture was seen with micro and macro dimples and also cup and cone fracture have been observed. the fracture surface of composites without heat treatment after tensile test specimen is shown in fig. 3. from the fig. 3, it is observed that the fracture is mainly dimple rupture. generally, this is the normally due to the overload failure and failure by merging of micro-voids process. the numerous cuplike despairs are also observed in fig. 3. formation and coalescence of micro-voids results in the dimples at localized strain regions (grain boundaries). fig. 4 shows the fractured surface of water quenched specimen after tensile test. number of dimples observed is more and in smaller sizes indicating the development of micro-voids. therefore, it is seen that dimples are equally distributed. figure 1: tensile strength for varying wt. % of sic and al2o3. ravikumar m et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 24 figure 2: stress-strain curve for as-received, water quenched and ice quenched samples. figure 3: fracture images of un-heat treated composites. figure 4: fracture images of water quenched composites. m. ravikumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 25 figure 5: fracture images of ice quenched composites with different compositions. the fractography of ice quenched composites obtained using sem are as shown in the fig. 5. an investigation of these fracture surface structures as seen in the sem at high magnification was done to study the fracture region, to detect areas of initiation of micro-crack, growth of early crack and the over-loaded area to identify the satisfactory scale fracture features [28]. the dimples size in the fractured surface of the water quenched specimen is smaller when compared to the fractured surface of the untreated composites. similarly, ice quenched specimens show smaller size dimples compared to water quenched specimens. generally, the dimple size shows direct proportional relationship with composite strength. figure 6: vickers hardness with varying content of sic and al2o3. hardness the hardness of composites were tested according to astm e92 standards by using vickers hardness testing equipment with an indenter of 10 mm diamond and the load of 1/2 kg for a period of 10 seconds. the test was conducted at room temperature (27ºc) and the hardness value was evaluated at three different places on the samples to obtain the average value of hardness. the effect of sic and al2o3 on the hardness based on different quenching media is shown in fig. 6. the hardness of the al 7075/sic/al2o3 composite increases by addition of sic and al2o3 content as observed from the fig. 6. generally, the hard ceramic particles avoid the motion of dislocations which leads to improvement in the results of hardness [30]. as the hard ceramic reinforcements are added, the hardness is increased, which exhibits more resistance to plastic deformation with in the composite rendering increase in hardness of the composites [31]. similar outcomes were observed by rajesh kumar bhushan [10] the results conclude that the silicon carbide particles form barricades which hinder the dislocation motion. this causes increase in the hardness of composites. this outcome is in similar agreement with the results ravikumar m et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 26 of yogesh kumar singla et al. [32], resulting the support of the enormous volume of dislocations at the particulates-matrix interface throughout the solidification process due to the low-coefficient of thermal expansion of reinforcing particulates such as sic and al2o3 compared with al is one of the main reasons for increase in hardness values. the influences of quenching media on hardness have been presented in fig. 6. it is observed that heat treated samples exhibit higher hardness as compared to non-heat treated samples. the samples which were quenched in ice, show higher hardness compared to as-received and water quenched samples. the solutionizing treatment shows the formation of intermetallic phase which have been observed to be harder than al leading to higher hardness [20]. in t6 condition of heattreated composites, the thermal mismatching of base matrix and reinforcements thermally promotes the density improvements in dislocation and form towards the advanced resistance to the plastic deformation which leads to better hardness [33]. the ice quenched samples exhibit better hardness which is due to combined effect of improved bonding between the particulates and base matrix due to lower temperature and stabilization of intermetallic phase with in the matrix [20]. high cooling rates caused distortions that might affect the hardness values. this phenomenon affected the distortion which was produced by the dislocation slip and provided the positive effect on the hardness of composites [34]. wear behavior (weight loss) wear behaviour of al 7075-sic-al2o3 composites was conducted by using pin-on-disk wear testing equipment under the load of 3 kg at a sliding speed of 1.66 m/s against the en32 steel disk. composites specimens of 8 mm ϕ and length of 30 mm were prepared by machining process. the initial weight of the wear specimens was measured to a least count of 0.0001 gm. after the each test, the specimens were removed, cleaned by using acetone liquid, dried and weighed to measure the weight loss due to wear. fig. 7 indicates the influence of the weight percentage of sic + al2o3 particles on weight loss based on different quenching media. from the results it is seen that the wear rate of the composites decreases gradually by increasing the weight percentage of sic and al2o3 content. this is evidently due to the existence of the hard ceramic particulates and to their immunization effect which results in the fine grain structure [15]. from the outcomes this observation is made that the existence of hard particles decreases the wear rate and the wear rate of al-sic decreases with increase in of al2o3 particles. when the al2o3 particulates are intensely bonded with al matrix, it helps to protect the surface against destructive action of the counter face which reveals less wear. in case of al composites, the depth of dispersion due to harder asperities of high hardened steel disc is essentially governed by the protruded hard ceramic reinforcements. the major portion of the load applied is carried by sic reinforcement particles. the task of reinforcing particulates is to sustain the contact pressures, preventing from high plastic deformation and graze among the contact surfaces and thus reduce the quantity of wornout materials [13, 35]. the heat treatment of mmcs has a significant effect on the wear resistance of composites as depicted in fig. 7. for a constant load and the steel wheel used, ice as a quenching media has resulted in the high wear resistance of heat treated composites when compared to water quenched and as-received composites [27]. figure 7: wear loss with varying content of sic and al2o3. m. ravikumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 27 the water quenched composites exhibit the better wear resistance and further ice quenching reduces the high wear rate as shown in the fig. 7. the heat treated composites show better hardness when compared to the un-heat treated composites. this may be due to the formation of high harder intermetallic phase and quenching with ice further improves the hardness in composites due to the stabilization of the intermetallic phase [20]. nature of wear resistance varies for both the quenching conditions. in the case of water quenching the wear rate has been decreased drastically for the hybrid composites. later, the wear rate has decreased more in composites which were quenched in ice cubes. all these show that the heat treatment has a high influence on the wear behaviour of the composites, which can be understood according to similar observations revealed earlier by various investigations [36]. here, the wear rate of the heat-treated mmcs is less as compared to un-heat treated composites due to the oxide film formed on the composite surface which prevents the metal to metal contact. in heat treated composites, the particles act and restrain severe wear rate [33]. figure 8: sem image of the ice quenched (al 2 % of al2o3 2 % sic) composites figure 9: sem image of the ice quenched (al 8 % of al2o3 8 % sic) composites to understand the wear mechanisms, the wornout surfaces of the composites specimens corresponding to the weight percentage were examined by sem analysis. the sem images of wornout surfaces of the composite specimens with varying wt. % hard particulates are shown in fig. 8 and 9. here, al2o3 particles are observed as whitish phases and the sic particles are observed as dark phases in the composites. the worn morphology of al + 2 % of al2o3 + 2 % sic was revealed scratches and grooves in the deformed areas. the contact between the composite specimen and steel disc was resulting the abrasive wear due to the scratches and parallel grooves on the wornout surfaces. the worn surface of al + 8 % of al2o3 + ravikumar m et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 28 8 % sic was showed high wear resistance than other composites. due to the inter metallic phases the al + 2 % of al2o3 + 2 % sic composites revealed high wear rate. the existence of inter metallic phase have been reduced and ceramic particulates were uniformly distributed in al + 8 % of al2o3 + 8 % sic composite materials. due to the uniform dispersal of ceramic particulates and existence of low inter-metallic phases of al + 8 % of al2o3 + 8 % sic composite revealed better wear resistance [37]. this remarkable observation is evidence with the results of [38, 39] sic/al2o3 particulates are shown to have valuable effects on the wear properties of these mmcs. the sic/al2o3 particles are shown to fracture in the smaller pieces which create wear debris particulates. sic/al2o3 particles may avoid the penetration of the steel disk into the composites and there by protect the aluminum from deforming and finally increase its wear resistance. sic/al2o3 particulates may be crushed into powders which helps to improve the wear resistance, as observed in the results of wear rate. the ceramic particulates are initiated within the cavities and it is seen that few particulates have broken down and some of the particles are pulled away from the face. it indicates the rough wear mechanisms which are fundamentally an influence of hard particles exposed on the wornout region. the micrograph reveals that more number of continuous grooves are present on the wornout surfaces. these parallel grooves are the proof of micro ploughing and comparable wornout surfaces with increased severity were found. wide ploughing can be detected on the wornout surfaces which show prominent wear mechanism in the mmcs. however, in heat-treated mmcs, the wornout surfaces were comparatively smoother with fine grooves and also at the edge of grooves minor plastic deformation was detected in composite. grooves along the sliding direction and material delamination were detected on the wornout surface of the hybrid mmcs. by increasing the hard ceramic reinforcements the grooves were reduced and also some smooth wear tracks can be seen. small size grooves were found with oxide patches [33]. the chance of debonding of the particulates due to the continuous sliding causes the particulates to get loosened from the base matrix and get stuck between the surfaces of sliding whereby it might act as abrader leading to short period of wear. this reveals the enhanced wear rate [20]. to study the chemical composition of the sic/al2o3 reinforced al composites, energy dispersive spectroscopy (eds) studies were carried out by using scanning electron microscope (sem). in fig. 10, the eds analysis shows the main composition of sic/al2o3 reinforced al composites such as mg, si, carbon, fe and al and a small amount of oxygen is also detected. the signals of the oxygen may rise from the presence of the al2o3 particulates. these outcomes indicate that the chemical compositions of the sic/al2o3 reinforced al composites are consistent. the presence of carbon shows the addition of sic, al2o3 particulates with al7075 matrix [40]. figure 10: eds spectrum of wornout surface composite sample (al + 8 % sic + 8 % al2o3) in the chemical compositions of al 7075/sic/al2o3, oxygen (o) content has been found. the content of “o” is due to the presence of al2o3 as the main compound on the composite surface. the silicon peak in the eds analysis confirms the presence of sic in the composites [40-42] conclusions n the investigation, study on the mechanical properties and wear behaviour of al7075/sic/al2o3 were evaluated. the al7075 alloy reinforced by 2, 4, 6 and 8 wt. % of (sic + al2o3) composites was successfully produced using stir casting process. the outputs have been summarized as follows: i m. ravikumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 29  the ultimate tensile strength of the mmcs increased by increasing in wt. % of sic and al2o3.  the fractographic studies reveal that the changes in the mode of failure occur from ductile to brittle due to increase in the wt. % of sic & al2o3 content.  the hardness of the hybrid mmcs increased with increasing in wt. % of sic and al2o3 content.  the maximum tensile strength and hardness of composite was found for the samples quenched in ice.  the wear rate (weight loss) of the mmcs gradually decreased with increasing in the weight percentage of sic and al2o3 content. higher wear resistance was found at ice quenched samples compared to water quenched samples.  from the wornout surface, sic/al2o3 particulates are shown to have valuable effects on the wear properties of composites.  eds clearly shows the existence of elemental composition and also revealed the presence of sic and al2o3 content in the composites. references [1] inegbenebor, a. o., bolu, c. a., babalola, p. o., inegbenebor, a. i. and fayomi, o. s. i. (2016). aluminum silicon carbide particulate metal matrix composite development via stir casting processing. silicon, 10, pp. 343-347. doi: 10.1007/s12633-016-9451-7. [2] cao, f., chen, c., wang, z., muthuramalingam, t. and anbuchezhiyan, g. (2019). effects of silicon carbide and tungsten carbide in aluminium metal matrix composites. silicon, doi: 10.1007/s12633-018-0051-6. [3] omid, y., hamid, r. b., ali, r. a. and ermia, a. (2018). development of the properties of al/sic nano-composite fabricated by stir cast method by means of coating sic particles with al. silicon, doi: 10.1007/s12633-018-9867-3. [4] riccardo, c. and maurizio, v. (2014). metal matrix composites reinforced by nano-particles a review. metals, 4, pp. 65-83. doi: 10.3390/met4010065 [5] himanshu, k., mer, k. k. s., sandeep, k. (2014). a review on mechanical and tribological behaviors of stir cast aluminum matrix composites. 3rd international conference on materials processing and characterization (icmpc 2014), hyderabad, india, 1951-1960 march. [6] yılmaz, o. and buytoz, s. (2001). abrasive wear of al2o3-reinforced aluminium-based mmcs. composites science and technology, 61, pp. 2381-2392. [7] belete, s. y., manas, m. m. and pradeep, k. j. (2013). influence of reinforcement type on microstructure, hardness, and tensile properties of an aluminum alloy metal matrix composite. journal of minerals and materials characterization and engineering, 1, pp. 124-130. [8] manu, s., sandeep, r., arshad, n. s. and sachin, m. (2018). investigation on the effects of silicon carbide and cooling medium during multi-pass fsp of al-mg/ sic surface composites. silicon, doi: 10.1007/s12633-018-0037-4. [9] subramanya, r. p., kesavan, r. and vijaya, r. b. (2017). investigation of mechanical properties of aluminium 6061silicon carbide, boron carbide metal matrix composite. silicon, doi: 10.1007/s12633-016-9479-8. [10] rajesh, k. b. and sudhir, k. (2011). influence of sic particles distribution and their weight percentage on 7075 al alloy. journal of materials engineering and performance, 20(2), pp. 317-323. doi: 10.1007/s11665-010-9681-6. [11] manoj, s., deepak, d., lakhvir, s. and vikas, c. (2009). development of aluminium based silicon carbide particulate metal matrix composite. journal of minerals & materials characterization & engineering, 8(6), pp. 455-467. [12] sharma, s. c., girish, b. m., rathnakar, k. and satish, b. m. (1997). effect of sic particle reinforcement on the unlubricated sliding wear behaviour of za-27 alloy composites. wear, 213, pp. 33-40. [13] surappa, m. k. and rohatgi, p. k. (1981). preparation and properties of cast aluminium-ceramic particle composites. journal of materials science, 16, pp. 983-993. [14] madeva, n., bharath, v. and auradi, v. (2013). effect of al2o3 particles on mechanical and wear properties of 6061al alloy metal matrix composites. journal of material sciences & engineering, 2(1), pp. 1-4. [15] abdel, a. a. n., shash, y., mostafa, s. f. and younan, a. (1995). casting of 2024-al alloy reinforced with al2o3 particles. journal of materials processing technology, 55, pp. 199-205. [16] palanisamy, p., murugesan, j. and venkatajalapathy, s. (2019). study of the microstructures and mechanical properties of aluminium hybrid composites with sic and al2o3. materials and technology, 53(1), pp. 49-55. [17] marialaura, t., annalisa p., lorenzo m. and marina. (2017). investigation of mechanical properties of alsi3cr alloy. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42, pp. 337-351. ravikumar m et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 30 [18] myriounis, d. p., hasan, s. t. and matikas, t. e. (2008). heat treatment and interface effects on the mechanical behavior of sic-particle reinforced aluminium matrix composites. journal of astm international, 5(7), pp. 1-13. [19] prabhu swamy, n. r., ramesh. c. s. and chandrashekar, t. (2010). effect of heat treatment on strength and abrasive wear behaviour of al6061-sicp composites. bull. mater. sci., 33(1), pp. 49-54. [20] reddappa, h. n., suresh, k. r., niranjan, h. b. and satyanarayana, k. g. (2011). effect of cold quenching on wear rate of al6061-beryl composites. international journal of engineering science and technology (ijest), 3(10), pp. 73097315. [21] senthilkumar, p. (2018). effect of quenching media on mechanical properties of 7075 aluminium alloy. international journal of science and research (ijsr), 8(8), pp. 2174-2177. [22] shaik, m. q., suryanarayana, m. b. and pinninti, r. r. (2016). processing and mechanical properties of al2o3 and red mud particle reinforced aa6061 hybrid composites. journal of minerals and materials characterization and engineering, 4, pp. 135-142. [23] jagbir, s., jawalkar, c. s. and belokar, r. m. (2019). analysis of mechanical properties of amc fabricated by vacuum stir casting process. silicon, doi: 10.1007/s12633-019-00338-8. [24] huda, a. a. s., adil, a. m. and hussain, j. a. (2019). mechanical and wear behavior of aa7075 aluminum matrix composites reinforced by al2o3 nanoparticles. nanocomposites, 5(3), pp. 67-73. [25] sanjay, s. and ajay, p. (2014). effect of heat treatment on mechanical behavior and structural response of al-si composite. international journal of advanced mechanical engineering, 4(7), pp. 767-782. [26] vembu, v. and ganesan, g. (2015). heat treatment optimization for tensile properties of 8011 al/15% sicp metal matrix composite using response surface methodology. defence technology, 11, pp. 390-395. [27] prabhu s. n. r., ramesh, c. s. and chandrashekar, t. (2010). effect of heat treatment on strength and abrasive wear behaviour of al6061-sicp composites. bull. mater. sci., 33(1), pp. 49-54. [28] suvarna, r. l. and kumar, a. (2014). influence of al2o3 particles on the microstructure and mechanical properties of copper surface composites fabricated by friction stir processing. defence technology, 10, pp. 375-383. [29] hossain, a. and kurny, a. s. w. (2013). effect of ageing temperature on the mechanical properties of al-6si-0.5mg cast alloys with cu additions treated by t6 heat treatment. universal journal of materials science, 1(1), pp. 1-5. [30] mehdi, r., nader, p. and naser, e. (2010). investigation of particle size and amount of alumina on microstructure and mechanical properties of al matrix composite made by powder metallurgy. materials science and engineering, a527, pp. 1031–1038. [31] dhanalakshmi, s., mohanasundararaju, n. and venkatakrishnan, p. g. (2014). preparation and mechanical characterization of stir cast hybrid al7075-al2o3-b4c metal matrix composites. applied mechanics and materials, 592(594), pp. 705-710. [32] yogesh, k. s., rahul, c., hitesh, b. and anil, k. (2015). wear behavior of aluminum alloy 6061-based composites reinforced with sic, al2o3, and red mud: a comparative study. the minerals, metals & materials society, 67(9), pp. 2160-2169. [33] rajesh a. m., kaleemulla, m. k. and doddamani, s. (2019). effect of heat treatment on wear behavior of hybrid aluminum metal matrix composites. tribology in industry, 41(3), pp. 344-354. doi: 10.24874/ti.2019.41.03.04. [34] hammar, i. a., eko, s., dody, a. and aditya, r. p. (2020). experimental study of quenching agents on al6061-al2o3 composite: effects of quenching treatment to microstructure and hardness characteristics. results in engineering, 6, pp. 1-8. doi: 10.1016/j.rineng.2020.100105. [35] padmavathi, k. r., ramakrishnan, r. and palanikumar, k. (2019). wear properties of sicp and tio2p reinforced aluminium metal matrix composites. indian journal of engineering & materials sciences, 26, pp. 51-58. [36] reddappa, h. n., suresh, k. r., niranjan, h. b. and satyanarayana, k. g. (2012). effect of quenching media and ageing time on al6061-beryl composites. applied mechanics and materials, 110(116), pp. 1374-1379. [37] jaya, p. v., chiranjeevi, r., santosh, k. r., venkata, r. and sunny, k. (2018). effect of sic on mechanical, microstructure and tribological properties of aluminum mmc processed by stir casting. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 455, pp. 1-9. doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/455/1/012017. [38] altinkoka, n., ozsert, i. and findik, f. (2013). dry sliding wear behavior of al2o3/sic particle reinforced aluminium based mmcs fabricated by stir casting method. acta physica polonica a, 124, pp. 11-19. doi: 10.12693/aphyspola.124.11. [39] umanath, k., selvamani, s.t., palanikumar, k. and dinesh, r. g. (2014). worn surface analysis of hybrid metal matrix composite. advanced materials research, 984(985), pp. 546-550. m. ravikumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (2021) 20-31; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.02 31 [40] rajesh, a. m., mohamed, k., saleemsab, d. and bharath, k. n. (2019). material characterization of sic and al2o3reinforced hybrid aluminum metal matrix composites on wear behavior. advanced composites letters, 28, pp. 1-10. doi: 10.1177/0963693519856356. [41] poovazhagan, l., kalaichelvan, k., rajadurai, a. and senthilvelan, v. (2013). characterization of hybrid silicon carbide and boron carbide nanoparticles-reinforced aluminum alloy composites. international conference on design and manufacturing, icondm 2013, 64, pp. 681-689. [42] ravikumar, m., reddappa, h. n. and suresh, r. (2018). study on mechanical and tribological characterization of al2o3/sicp reinforced aluminum metal matrix composite. silicon, 10(6), pp. 2535-2545. doi: 10.1007/s12633-018-9788-1. microsoft word numero_29_art_21 m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 241 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy a finite-element approach for the analysis of pin-bearing failure of composite laminates michele marino università degli studi di roma "tor vergata", department of civil engineering and computer science engineering (dicii), 00133 rome, italy m.marino@ing.uniroma2.it francesca nerilli unicusano università degli studi niccolò cusano telematica roma, 00166 rome, italy fracncesca.nerilli@unicusano.it giuseppe vairo università degli studi di roma "tor vergata", department of civil engineering and computer science engineering (dicii), 00133 rome, italy vairo@ing.uniroma2.it abstract. in this paper, a numerical home-made finite element model for the failure analysis of bolted joints between fiber-reinforced composite laminates is presented. the model is based on an incremental displacementbased approach, it is hinged on the laminate theory and on a progressive material degradation governed by the failure of composite constituents. the model has been applied to a pin-plate system comprising a monodirectional fiber-reinforced laminated plate, and numerical results in terms of the bearing failure load have been successfully compared with available experimental data. aim of this paper is to evaluate the effectiveness of rotem’s and huang’s failure criteria in predicting the pin-bearing failure of bolted joints. the selected criteria act at different material scale: the former operating at the laminate level, while the latter at the constituent’s scale. proposed results seems to suggest that failure criteria accounting for micro-structural stress-strain localization mechanisms (for instance, huang’s criterion) give a more accurate estimate in terms of pin-bearing failure load. keywords. frp composite laminates; bolted joints; progressive damage; pin-bearing failure. introduction he increased use of fiber reinforced polymer (frp) composite materials in civil structural applications, and its corresponding advantages, such as, high specific strength and stiffness, and high corrosion resistance, requires the development of advanced design methods. despite the fact that this type of structural elements have many advantages and potentials, structural joints remain an unavoidable need. joints represent structural discontinuities t m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 242 associated with stress localization: for many practical applications, structural joining (both adhesive and bolted) could represent a gap for the structural behavior because of their failure mode. failure modes of bolted joints in laminated composite plates under tensile loads usually occur in four basic modes: cleavage, net-tension, shear-out and bearing modes. in detail, local bearing failure modes are characterized by a local laminate compressive failure caused by the bolt diameter which tends to crush the composite material. pin-bearing failure mode of bolted frp joints, locally associated with matrix cracks, is an important design problem that has attracted the interest of the international scientific community, as confirmed by the great number of researches carried out in the last years [1–10]. results of these studies have highlighted that both geometric (e.g., bolt diameter, plate width and thickness, end distance) and material properties (e.g., fiber inclination angle, matrix type and fiber nature, stacking sequence) highly affect the strength and the failure mode of frp-based jointed elements. accordingly, a computational model able to give parametric indications on the mechanical performance of bolted frp joints, as well as able to predict their failure mechanisms, would be a powerful and useful design tool for both civil and mechanical advanced applications. aim of this paper is to develop a numerical model based on a non-linear finite-element formulation for the analysis of the progressive damaging and the failure modes in bolted joints between fiber-reinforced composite laminates. the numerical formulation, applied to a pin-plate system, is based on a plane-stress bidimensional model and on an incremental displacement-based approach driven by the pin position. neglecting friction, the unilateral contact at the pin-plate interface has been treated through a surface-to-surface penalty method. in order to describe the damage evolution, the model implements two failure criteria available in the literature (by rotem [13] and huang [15]), involving different stressstrain measures at different material scales. the obtained results have been successfully compared with the experimental data in [10], allowing to show soundness and accuracy of the proposed formulation, as well as to highlight the effectiveness and/or possible limitations of the considered failure criteria. theoretical background rp composite laminates are made of layers (plies) bonded together to form a plate-like structural element. each ply consists in unidirectional continuous fibers embedded in a polymeric matrix, with a preferred fiber direction. accordingly, each composite ply exhibits a global constitutive response characterized by a transversely isotropic symmetry, with the isotropic plane orthogonal to the fiber direction. in the following, as a notation rule, for each layer the subscript a denotes the direction parallel to the fibers, t the transverse-to-the-fibers direction, and symbols +/discriminate strength material properties in traction and compression, respectively. furthermore the generic constituent is indicated by the subscript c ( c f for fibers and c m for matrix). the fiber’s undamaged material is assumed to be linearly elastic, with symmetry plane orthogonal to the fiber’s axis (with engineering constants afe , t fe , at fg , at f , t f ), and the matrix’s undamaged material is isotropic linearly elastic (with engineering constants me and m ). frp layers and laminated plates are assumed to be planar and characterized by small thicknesses. accordingly, a plane-stress condition is assumed in the following. the ability to predict initiation and growth of damage in bolted frp joints can only be offered by progressive damage modeling techniques. failure analysis of laminate composites are made up of three main ingredients: stress analysis through homogenization theories, failure analysis by means of strength criteria for composite layers, and a material degradation law for describing the failure occurrence in composite constituents. stress analysis in order to determine the mechanical properties of the laminate a refined homogenization procedure, that takes into account localization mechanisms, has been used. accordingly, in agreement with the huang’s indications, the bridging model [14] is herein employed. addressing a single composite layer with mono-directional fiber direction, the 6x6 equivalent homogeneous compliance matrix   [ ]ijs s , expressed in a local coordinate system (a,t,t), results in:        1[ ] [ ]f mf m f ms v s v s a v i v a          (1) f m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 243 where fv is the fiber volume fraction, 1m fv v  , [ ]i is the identity matrix, [ ] c c ijs s    the compliance matrix for the constituent c , and   [ ]ija a is the bridging matrix. in the case of a plane-stress state [ ]s , [ ] cs and [ ]a reduce to 3x3 matrices, with [ ]a defined component-wise by [14]: 11   m a f e a e  , 22  0.5 1   m t f e a e          , 33 0.5 1   m at f g a g          , 21 31 32 0a a a   (2)   12 12 11 22 12 11 11 f m f m s s a a a s s     , 2 11 1 2113 11 22 12 21 d d a          , 1 22 2 1223 11 22 12 21 d d a          , (3) where  1 13 11 33md s a a  ,      2 23 11 22 33 13 33 12m mf m f md s v v a a a s v v a a     (4) 11 12 12 m fs s   , 12 11 11 m fs s   ,   22 22 12 12m ff mv v a s s    (5)      21 12 12 12 11 22 22f m f mm f mv s s a v v a s s      (6) referring to composite laminated plates comprising mono-directional fiber-reinforced layers, stress analysis is conducted by employing the classical laminate theory [12], where the compliance matrix   k s of each k-th composite layer is obtained from eq. (1), and it is suitably expressed by passing from the local coordinate system (aligned with the fiber direction) to a global reference one. when necessary, a local stress measure for each layer’s constituent can be recovered starting from the homogenized stress field within the layer and by considering as localization matrices [ ]b and [ ][ ]a b for fiber and matrix, respectively, where the 3x3 matrix [ ]a is defined in eqs. (2-6), and the 3x3 matrix [ ]b is defined (in components) as:   11 22 33 /f m f mb v v a v v a    ,   12 12 33 /m f mb v a v v a    , 21 31 32 0b b b   (8)      13 12 23 22 13[ /m m f m mb v a v a v v a v a    ,   22 11 33 /f m f mb v v a v v a    (9)   23 23 11 /m f mb v a v v a    ,   33 22 11 /f m f mb v v a v v a   (10) where    11 22 33f m f m f mv v a v v a v v a     . in detail, referring to an incremental approach, and denoting with kd the increment of the homogenized stress vector within the k-th layer, the corresponding stress increments in fiber and matrix result in:  f kd b d  ,   m kd a b d  (11) failure analysis failure analysis has been based on local criteria. in detail, two approaches differently accounting for micro-mechanical features have been employed to predict degradation of the constituents’ material properties. the first criterion herein considered, provided by rotem [13], operates on the stress state k in the k-th laminate layer, whose increment results from   1k kd s d    , where   k s is computed by eq. (1) and where d is the homogenized strain increment in the laminate. this latter is obtained as the solution of the incremental problem and it is assumed to be constant along the laminate thickness. this criterion is based on the basic assumptions that: a) the failure onset is a localized phenomenon, b) only in-plane stresses are effective (that is, interlaminar stresses do not cause failure), c) the matrix material is weaker and softer than the fibers. in agreement with this approach, it is also assumed that microbuckling does not occur. on the basis of these assumptions the failure criterion actually combines two separate criteria, a failure criterion along the fibers direction and a failure criterion along the tansversal-to-fibers direction. the fibers, being m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 244 stiffer and stronger than the matrix, can only fail due to loads acting in their axial direction. by omitting the subscript k discriminating different layers and addressing a single frp layer, transversal failure occurs when 2 2 / 1t at att ss                 , (12) where /ts   is the laminate strength (rispectively in tension and compression) in the transverse-to-the-fibers direction, while  ats is the shear laminate strength. on the other hand, the fiber failure criterion is expressed by the following relationships: a as  , a as   (13) where as  and as  are the laminate strengths (respectively in tension and compression) along the fibers direction. the second criterion, provided by huang [15], operates on the stress states in fibers ( )f and matrix ( )m , different in each layer and computed starting from the layer stress state k by employing eq. (11). accordingly, it prescribes tensile failure for the constituent c if ,eq c cs  , (14) where cs  is the tensile strength for the constituent c , and             1 2   1 , 1 2 2   0 0,  1              c c c c c eq c q q q c cc c when when q       (15) cq being a power index accounting for the effects of a biaxial stress state on the bearing capacity, and  1 c ,  2 c are the first (maximum) and the second (minimum) principal stresses in the constituent c . furthermore, a compressive failure of the constituent is assumed to occur if  2  c cs (16) where cs  is the compressive strength for the constituent c . material property degradation in this study, a simple degradation rule is employed by assuming that a damaged constituent reduces its elastic moduli by the factor 1  . when the rotem failure criterion is used, the overall laminate stiffness matrix is locally degraded, while, by using the huang failure criterion, the elastic moduli of fibers or matrix are locally degraded, depending on the damaged component. problem statement he effectiveness of the proposed progressive damage model is verified by addressing as a benchmark the experimental study by ascione et al. [10], carried out on a pin-plate system comprising a glass fiber reinforced polymer (gfrp) laminate with epoxy matrix. this experimental investigation aimed to analyze the influence of the fiber-to-load inclination angle, referred to as  , on the bearing failure load associated to the action of a steel pin (see fig. 1). in particular the experiments in [10] considered three types of laminates, different in the stacking sequences of the plies. herein reference is made to the laminate type denoted in [10] as laminate 1, consisting in a square-shaped plate (500 mm wide) and comprising eight equally-oriented plies of continuous strand mat gfrp material placed between two plies of chopped strand mat (csm), resulting in the plying sequence 4[ / 0 ]scsm . the plate was tighten by two steel plates 500 mm wide and 50 mm thick, with a central circular hole of 300 mm in diameter (see fig. 1). the higher stiffness of the t m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 245 steel plates with respect to the gfrp laminate allows to regard the testing system as statically equivalent to the central circular region undergoing perfectly fixed conditions on its boundary. at the center of that circular region of the laminated plate a circular hole with diameter d = 20 mm was considered, wherein a steel pin with diameter d d was inserted and acted upon by a testing load parallel to the laminated plate. different values of d were considered in [10]. in the present study, reference has been made to experimental results relevant only to the case d d . the fiber volume fraction for the laminated plate was equal to about 60%, and the plate thickness was equal to 10 mm: 1 mm for each csm layer and 1 mm for each mono-directional layer. this type of laminate is identified in the literature as “mono-directional”, despite the presence of two csm layers, which can be treated as almost isotropic [11]. bearing failure load, defined as the peak in the pin load-displacement curve, has been obtained in [10] for [0 , 90 ]    , observing that it is highly sensitive with  . numerical model n order to simulate the failure mode and to evaluate the pin-bearing load of the laminated plate tested in [10], a 2d numerical model has been developed. a matlab home-made code has been employed for the numerical analysis, with the use of the libraries encoded in the commercial solver comsol multyphysics for the finite-element computations and for managing the non-linear contact problem. the plate external boundary undergoes fully restrained conditions (see fig. 2), in agreement with the experimental setting used in [10]. due to the small thickness-to-side ratio of the plate and since the symmetric plying sequence of the laminate, the plane stress assumption has been enforced. neglecting friction, the unilateral contact at the pin-plate interface has been treated through a surface-to-surface penalty method. figure 1: gfrp composite sample addressed in [10] (dimensions in mm). figure 2: mesh details, loading conditions and laminate plying pattern employed for numerical simulations (on the left, pin is not shown). i m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 246 the finite-element mesh has been obtained by triangular elements, based on a pure displacement formulation with quadratic displacement shape functions. resulting from a numerical convergence analysis, computational mesh consisted in about 150.000 elements. in order to deal with convergence issues related to contact non-linearities, a mesh refinement around the pin-plate interface, characterized by an average mesh size of about 0.1d, has been employed. as reported in tab. 1, stiffness properties for fiber and matrix constituents are taken from [10]. in tab. 1, strength properties for composite constituents (needed for huang’s criterion and chose from [10]) are also reported. for the sake of simplicity, proposed results are based on the assumption of symmetric tensile/compressive strength of all constituents. moreover, the undamaged csm is treated as an isotropic linearly elastic material (with engineering constants csme and csm ) whose damage is predicted through the von mises criterion (with strengths / csms   ), [17]. finally, the pin is assumed to comprise an isotropic linearly elastic material (with constants pe and p ), and no damage is modeled for it. in tab. 2, the mechanical strength of the gfrp laminate (needed for the rotem’s criterion), experimentally determined in [9], are also provided. fibers: f fs s   2.5 gpa matrix: m ms s   26 mpa a tf fe e 50 gpa me 1.4 gpa m 0.4 a tf f  0.18 pin: pe 210 gpa p 0.3 csm: csm csms s   250 mpa others: q (huang) 5 csme 12.41 gpa  100 csm 0.4 n 20 table 1: undamaged material properties of the layer constituents, csm, pin and other model parameters [10,14,17,16]. laminate: as  222 mpa as  201 mpa ts  71 mpa ts  81 mpa ats 128.17 mpa table 2: mechanical strength of the gfrp laminate [9]. the numerical model is based on an incremental displacement approach driven by the pin position. the plate damage has been evaluated with an iterative numerical procedure, summarized in the flowchart depicted in fig. 3. in detail, after the geometric modeling, equivalent homogenized material properties are locally assigned for each element on the basis of the laminate theory [12] and by adopting the afore-mentioned homogenization technique. at each incremental step, fembased solution allows to compute the increment of the strain field d representing an average measure along the laminate thickness for the overall laminate. by involving the constitutive relationships, the incremental field d is used to compute the increment of the average stress field for the laminate, as well as (if necessary) the increment of the stress field in each layer and in its constituents. accordingly, addressing the actual stress field, obtained by superimposing stress increments, a given failure criterion is employed in order to verify possible damage occurrence. if failure conditions are not detected for undamaged constituents, the geometry of the pin-plate system is updated, fibers packaging is updated on the basis of the computed strain field increment, and the value of pin displacement is increased to perform the analysis of a new incremental step. otherwise, if damage locally occurs, material properties are locally altered by employing the degradation law previously introduced. in order to check if progressive material degradation occurs at that step, the actual incremental step is repeated with the same geometry and under the same boundary conditions until further material failure is no longer detected in the overall computational domain. if this iterative procedure is repeated for a number n of occurrences (see tab. 1), the global failure condition is assumed to be reached and the numerical integral of the m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 247 distributed reaction force at the external boundary of the plate is considered as a measure of the corresponding failure load. figure 3: flowchart of the incremental numerical procedure implemented in this study. results otem and huang failure criteria are compared in fig. 4 with experimental data proposed in [10]. both criteria describe the qualitative trend experimentally tested, but while the huang’s criterion provides a more accurate quantitative prediction of the failure load, the rotem’s one widely under-estimates (resp., over-estimates) the value of the ultimate load for 90   (resp., 0   ). this result is mainly induced by the simplifying assumption adopted by rotem that fibers only are responsible for longitudinal failure, while matrix only for transverse and shear failure. when fiber direction and pin displacement direction are parallel ( 0   ) the highest components of the average stress field in the plate are along the fiber direction and are associated by the rotem’s criterion entirely to the strength /as   . accordingly, since the fibers’ high longitudinal strength, the failure condition occurs at higher loads than the experimental evidence. in fact, damage, which mostly interests matrix due to its weakness, starts only when fibers locally change their direction due to the pin movement. figure 4: comparison of predicted failure load with experimental data. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 (°) b ea rin g fa ilu re lo ad (k n ) exp. data (ascione,feo,maceri,2009) rotem huang r m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 248 0.428  0.571  0.714  0.857  1  0   0.445  0.556  0.667  0.778  0.889  1  45   0.428  0.571  0.714  0.857  1  90   figure 5: progressive damage in the composite laminated plate for 0   , 45 , 90 and for different values of / maxu u  , where u is current pin displacement and maxu is the pin displacement inducing the bearing failure. moreover, daa denotes the equivalent material stiffness of the laminate along the fiber direction. on the other hand, when the pin displacement occurs along the direction orthogonal to the fibers, the rotem’s criterion predicts a damage onset at lower loads than the experiments, since the highest stresses arise in the transverse-to-fiber direction and are entirely associated to the transverse laminate strength ( / ,t ats s   ). m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 249 as already observed, the huang’s failure criteria gives more accurate results. as long as one of the constituents attains its ultimate stress state, the lamina is considered to fail and its contribution to the overall stiffness matrix of the laminate is reduced. when this micromechanical approach is considered for the evaluation of the failure load, the progressive failure process in the laminate can be more properly understood, and the corresponding failure mode can be straight identified. therefore, the evaluation of localized stress distributions occurring in the composite constituents seems to be extremely important for predicting the onset of damage mechanisms in the laminated plate. accordingly, a refined method accounting for localization mechanisms in matrix and fibers, as the one proposed by huang [14], should be preferred if the aim is the prediction and the analysis of the progressive damaging occurring in bolted frp joints. addressing the huang’s criterion, fig. 5 shows, for different values of  , the evolution of the failure mechanisms within the plate, from the damage onset up to the global failure. proposed results, obtained by a post-processing procedure that involves a slave partition with respect to the finite-element mesh, highlight that damage occurs, as expected, close to the contact zone. in this figure, the spatial distributions of the equivalent material stiffness for the laminate along the fiber direction (denoted as daa) are also provided at different damage levels, aiming to show the damage evolution in terms of material degradation (namely, in the figure blue color indicates the lowest value of the equivalent material stiffness and thereby the damaged region). it is worth pointing out that the proposed model allows to discriminate the constituent within each layer experiencing damage. in the analyzed cases, since the plane stress assumption and the mono-directional plying pattern, damage initiation occurs simultaneously in each frp layer, or in the csm layers, or in both. moreover, the numerical simulations predict a main occurrence of the bearing failure in matrix, in agreement with the experimental results discussed in [10]. finally, it is worth noting also that the procedure is able to predict the onset of different damage mechanisms, as experienced for 90   , where a tensile matrix failure is shown in the direction orthogonal to the pin displacement, suggesting the onset of a net-tension failure mechanism together with the bearing one. conclusions n this paper, a progressive damage model based on a finite-element incremental approach has been proposed, in order to simulate failure mechanisms occurring in bolted joints between fiber-reinforced composite elements. two available failure criteria (namely, by rotem and huang, and differently accounting for micro-structural material features) are employed, and unilateral frictionless contact conditions at the pin-plate interface are included. the model has been applied to study a pin-plate system. proposed numerical results predict a bearing failure mechanism fully in agreement with the experimental evidence discussed in [10]. results in terms of the failure load can be successfully compared with experimental data in a quantitative way only when localization mechanisms in matrix and fibers are suitably accounted for within the formulation of the failure criterion, such as in the huang’s criterion. nevertheless, some significant discrepancies among numerical results and experiments can be highlighted for small values of the angle between the fiber direction and the load one. in order to overcome such a drawback, and as a perspective application, future works will address the development of an ad hoc failure criterion. proposed approach opens towards the possibility of simulating progressive damage mechanisms occurring in bolted joints between fiber-reinforced composite structural elements, allowing to provide useful contributions towards the definition of guidelines for design and analysis of frp bolted joints. acknowledgement his work was partially supported by the italian civil protection department [reluis-dpc 2014-18, cup: e84g14000480007] and it was developed within the framework of the lagrange laboratory, a european research group comprising cnrs, cnr, the universities of rome “tor vergata”, calabria, cassino, pavia and salerno, ecole polytechnique, university of montpellier ii, enpc, lcpc and entpe. references [1] kelly, g., hallstro ̈m, s., pin-bearing strength of carbon fibre/epoxy laminates: effects of bolt-hole clearance, composites part b: engineering, 35 (2004) 331–343. i t m. marino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 250 [2] counts, w.a., johnson, w.s., bolt pin-bearing fatigue of polymer matrix composites at elevated temperature, international journal of fatigue, 24 (2002) 197–204. [3] xiao, y., ishikawa, t., bearing strength and failure behaviour of bolted composite joints (part i: experimental investigation), composites science and technology: engineering, 65 (2005) 1022–1031. [4] xiao, y., ishikawa, t., bearing strength and failure behaviour of bolted composite joints (part ii: modelling and simulation), composites science and technology: engineering, 65 (2005) 1032–1043. [5] vangrimde, b., boukhili, r., pin-bearing stiffness of glass fibre-reinforced polyester: influence of coupon geometry and laminate properties, composites structures, 58 (2002) 57–73. [6] vangrimde, b., boukhili, r., descriptive relationships between pin-bearing response and macroscopic damage in gfrp bolted joints, composites part b: engineering, 34(8) (2003) 593–605. [7] vangrimde, b., boukhili, r., analysis of the pin-bearing response test for polymer matrix composite laminates: pinbearing stiffness measurements and simulation, composite structures, 56 (2002) 359–374. [8] li, r., kelly, d., crosky, a., strength improvement by fibre steering around a pin loaded hole, composite structures, 57 (2002) 337–383. [9] ascione, f., feo, l., maceri, f., an experimental investigation on the pin-bearing failure load of glass fibre/epoxy laminates, composites part b: engineering, 40 (2009) 197–205. [10] ascione, f., feo, l., maceri, f., on the pin-bearing failure load of gfrp bolted laminates: an experimental analysis on the influence of bolt diameter, composites part b, 41 (2010) 482–490. [11] barbero, e.j., introduction to composite materials design, taylor & francis (1998). [12] kollar, l.p., springer, g.s., mechanics of composite structures, cambridge university press (2009). [13] rotem, a., prediction of laminate failure with the rotem failure criterion, composites science and technology, 58 (1998) 1083–1094. [14] huang, z.m., a bridging model prediction of the ultimate strength of composite laminates subjected to biaxial loads, composites science and technology, 64 (2004) 395–448. [15] huang, z.m., a unified micromechanical model for the mechanical properties of two constituent composite materials, part v: laminate strength, journal of thermoplastic composite materials, 13 (2000) 190–206. [16] grote, k.h., antonsson, e.k., springer handbook of mechanical engineering, springer-verlag (2009). [17] campbell, f.c., structural composite materials, asm international (2010). microsoft word numero_38_art_10 s. hörrmann et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 76-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.10 76 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture the effect of ply folds as manufacturing defect on the fatigue life of cfrp materials s. hörrmann, a. adumitroaie, m. schagerl christian doppler-lab for structural strength control of lightweight constructions, institute of structural lightweight design, johannes kepler university linz, altenberger straße 69, 4040 linz, austria susanne.hoerrmann@jku.at, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7690-328x adi.adumitroaie@jkt.at, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0812-5671 martin.schagerl@jku.at abstract. manufacturing defects are inherent to any manufacturing process. however, in composite materials they might be unavoidable, e.g. ply waviness or even folds of plies are present in complex shaped parts during high pressure resin transfer molding of carbon fiber reinforced polymers. in this work, the effect of the ply folds on the fatigue life of the composite material is investigated. folds along fiber direction (as they commonly appear during manufacturing) were artificially introduced in unidirectional non crimp fabric plies. the target of this study is the prediction of damage initiation due to this particular type of manufacturing defect. the folds locally increase the fiber volume fraction and also introduce resin rich areas. fatigue tests in fiber direction and transverse to fiber direction are performed at different load ratios under constant amplitude loading. the influence of the defect geometry on damage initiation and progression is investigated at different scales by non-destructive methods before testing, continuous strain measurement and monitoring the damage progression during testing and fractography analysis after final failure. most of the time, the first damage was observed at the location of the introduced fold for all considered load cases. however, it was also found, that the folds lead to no significant reduction in fatigue life. keywords. manufacturing defects; cfrp; fatigue damage, fold. citation: hörrmann, s., adumitroaie, a., schagerl, m., the effect of ply folds as manufacturing defect on the fatigue life of cfrp materials, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 76-81. received: 25.05.2016 accepted: 20.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he high pressure resin transfer molding (hp-rtm) process shows great potential for efficient manufacturing of automotive composite structures in series production. unidirectional or woven fiber mats are preformed and positioned in the mold, resin is injected and cures in the closed mold in less than 10 min. however, manufacturing defects as in-plane or out-of-plane waviness as well as ply folding along or transverse to fiber direction cannot be avoided, t s. hörrmann et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 76-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.10 77 when complex parts are manufactured by hp-rtm. these defects can cause a reduction in static strength or fatigue life. this influence has to be known in order to define if a composite part featuring manufacturing imperfections can be accepted or not. in previous research work the effect of out-of-plane ply waviness in the same material was studied and a reduction in compressive static and fatigue properties was found depending on a defect severity parameter [1]. in this work the influence of ply folding along fiber direction on the fatigue life of a unidirectional laminate is investigated. a ply folding along fiber direction causes a local increase in fiber volume fraction and by this a local increase in the stiffness in fiber direction. effects of local stiffness changes due to gaps and overlaps were already studied in cfrp laminates manufactured through automated fiber placement. a meshing tool for numerical investigation of the effect of defects and their interaction has been developed [2]. however the model has not been validated by test data. an experimental study on the same topic was performed in [3] by static testing of unidirectional and multidirectional material with introduced gaps and overlaps along fiber direction. the conclusion was that ultimate static strength is reduced less than 5% at the lamina level, while at the laminate level the reduction is up to 13 %. this is mainly due to ply waviness induced into the plies surrounding the defect ply. a study on the effect of thickness and fiber volume fraction variations on strain field inhomogeneity under transverse load was done in [4]. in this study it was found that a strain inhomogeneity of up to 10 % is possible for fiber volume fraction variations in a flat part. this is expected to be important for reliability and fatigue behavior. in this work, the effect of ply folding on the fatigue performance of unidirectional cfrp laminates is experimentally assessed. the fold is induced along fiber direction into the extreme top and bottom plies of the laminate, as this is the most common case encountered during manufacturing. the specimens are loaded axially under constant amplitude loading. progressive damage and failure due to the defect are investigated. the results are assessed using sn curves. additionally, the stress states leading to failure for selected load cases are numerically modelled. a defect metric is defined in order to assess the influence of the detailed defect geometry. experimental methods material and specimen configuration est specimens provided by the industry partner were water jet cut out of [0]6 carbon/epoxy plates with a constant thickness of t = 2.23 mm. the specimens feature artificially introduced manufacturing defects. the composite material is manufactured out of a unidirectional automotive non-crimp fabric (ncf) with an areal weight of one ply of ma = 300 g/m². the matrix constituent is epoxy and the manufacturing method is hp-rtm. for production reasons the unidirectional ncf is assembled using transverse glass fiber tows with a spacing of about 2 mm. the average fiber volume fraction of the material without defect is vf,n=6 = 0.45, which is calculated using the formula: f,n a fv =(n m ) / (ρ  t) (1) where n = 6 is the number of plies and ρf = 1.8 g/mm³ is the density of the carbon fibers. tensile and compressive specimens were cut out of the plates along and transverse to fiber direction and aluminum end tabs were bonded on each specimen. the specimen geometries are based on din en iso 527-4 for pure tensile and astm d 3410 for static compression loading; the same specimen configurations are also used for the fatigue load cases [5, 6]. the specimen configurations including the fold position (the black strips) are shown in fig. 1. figure 1: specimen configuration for different loading cases: (a) longitudinal tension; (b) longitudinal compression; (c) transverse tension; (d) transverse compression. t (a) (b) (c) (d) 0° 0° s. hörrmann et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 76-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.10 78 defect configuration the microstructure of the introduced fold defect was investigated by computer tomography of some specimens and optical microscopy of each specimen. the edge of a typical specimen with fold is shown in fig. 2. the computer tomography scan gives the distribution of each ply through the thickness (fig. 2a). the glass fibers between plies used for ncf production give indication of the exact position of each ply, of the fold location and configuration, and of the perturbation induced by the presence of the fold into the neighboring plies, i.e. the modified thickness and the induced waviness of the plies. based on this observation a detailed sketch of the defect configuration is possible (fig. 2b), which is further used for understanding the correlation between the defect geometry and the material strength, and for building the finite element (fe) models of the specimens featuring defects. figure 2: defect configuration of folds; (a) computed tomography scan; (b) schematic sketch; (c) microscopy image of edge. because of the fold presence, there is a local increase in fiber volume fraction at the defect location. two additional plies are added over the laminate thickness within each fold. thus, the average local fiber volume fraction in the folded area can be calculated to vf,n=10 = 0.75. additionally to the local increase in fiber volume fraction, resin pockets in the turning points can be distinguished. the distance c between the two folds is measured using the optical microscopy images of the edges (fig. 2c) for each specimen, such that a possible influence of this parameter on the test results can be identified after the tests. since the folds are introduced along fiber direction in a unidirectional material no fiber waviness is introduced into the composite material, which is a comparable configuration to the laminate configuration in [3]. however, while in [3] the fold in plies located mid-thickness of the laminate, in the present study the folds are located into the surface plies, which is according to the most often encountered situation by our commercial partner, according to their manufacturing process. experimental setup static tension and compression tests, as well as constant amplitude fatigue tests with different load ratios (r = 0.01, r = -1, r = 100) at a frequency of 10 hz are performed. at least ten specimens are tested at each load ratio and defect orientation. the specimens are clamped with hydraulic wedge grips on the aluminum tabs. an in-house designed alignment device is used for all tests in order to guarantee an axial load introduction. strain gauges are applied at the defect location for local strain measurement and an extensometer is used for the tensile specimens, for global strain measurement. results and discussion he results of the different load cases are presented in this section. first the results of tests in fiber direction are given (i.e., the influence of the defect on fiber failure), and then results of tests in transverse to fibers direction are presented (i.e., the influence of the defect on inter fiber failure). t s. hörrmann et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 76-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.10 79 fiber direction various damage mechanisms could be observed and monitored through the use of a camera (resolution = 5 mpx, frame rate = 0.2 fps) during the fatigue loading, and through fractography analysis (optical microscope with magnification factor of max. 63x) after testing: breakage of the longitudinal tows inside of the folds, longitudinal splitting along the folds turning lines (corresponding to the a1 and a2 turning points in fig. 2b), and delamination of the folds along the fold lamination longitudinal plane (corresponding to the fold junction line a1a2 in fig. 2b). all these separate damage mechanisms are initiated at the location of the fold; they are concurrent and coupled (influence each other); they are initiated at approximately the same moment (number of cycles) during the fatigue loading. each of them is a progressive damage mechanism, i.e. longitudinal splitting propagates along longitudinal and through-thickness direction, delamination propagates along longitudinal direction, and more individual tows will break during cyclic loading. to be noted that the same progressive damage mechanisms appear in the material without the fold defect; however, in this case, the damage initiation location can be anywhere along the width of the specimen, while in the case of defect material the onset takes place always at the fold location. by finite element analysis it was found that the increased stiffness within the fold does not lead to a stress concentration by itself. a multiaxial stress state is introduced within the fold by clamping effects and this leads to damage initiation of the folded region nearby the tabs. the longitudinal tows breakage will bring a corresponding stiffness drop, which can be recorded by the strain measurements. what is reported in the present manuscript is the initial stiffness drop, corresponding to the damage onset of the progressive damage events. there will of cause be load carrying capacity after damage onset (which is defined here as the initial longitudinal stiffness drop, found to be around 2 – 8 % of the initial stiffness of the material featuring the fold manufacturing defect before damage initiation. the recorded data for the final failure of the material (defined as the total loss of the load carrying capacity) needs further analysis and understanding, and it will be presented in further reports. in fig. 3, damage onset points of the material with defect are compared to the corresponding onset sn curves of the material without defect. the tension-tension (t-t) results are normalized on the ultimate tensile strength; the tensioncompression (t-c) and compression-compression (c-c) results are normalized on the ultimate compressive strength. the static ultimate strengths for specimens with folds are also included. for the c-c load case no data without defect is available at this moment, further testing is needed for this case. yet, the results of the material without defect under t-c loading (the gray lines in fig. 3c) can be used for preliminary comparison. (a) (b) (c) figure 3: fiber direction loading sn curves, normalized on the static strength. regarding the static results, it can be inferred from fig. 3a that the tensile strength is slightly increased by the presence of the fold, compared to the strength without defect; this is because the additional fibers act as reinforcement for this loading case. the compressive strength with defect is reduced to 80 % of the strength without defect, see fig. 3b,c; the cause of this has to be further investigated and understood. in fiber direction the fold is a local reinforcement, since locally more fibers are present; the reinforcing effect can be noted under tension loading, but not under compression. the distance c did not have a measurable influence on the static results; the same fracture load was measured for different c values. s. hörrmann et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 76-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.10 80 for the fatigue results, the moment of damage initiation was found to be dependent on the distance c (fig. 2c). thus, three ranges of the distance c were defined in order to study its influence on the test results; for folds with a smaller distance c damage initiated earlier for all considered load cases and load ratios. however, for t-t as well as t-c at small c values, failure occurred within the scatter band of the tests without defect. for t-c with c > 3 mm the fatigue life is increased, compared to the material without defect. transverse to fibers direction in the transverse to fibers direction the damage mechanism is inter fiber fracture. in the unidirectional laminate the specimens fail within one load cycle due to fracture through the whole thickness of the laminate; no progressive damage takes place. two different damage mechanisms were observed for the transverse load cases. one is tension failure, corresponding to static tension and fatigue t-t and t-c (the transverse static tension strength is only 30 % of the static compression strength). the transverse tension failure is due to matrix cracking or interfacial debonding between matrix and fibers with a fracture plane perpendicular to the load direction. this fracture plane in most of the cases was located at the turning point of the fold in the resin rich area. figure 4: transverse fracture: (a) at the fold turning point, t-t loading (before and after test); (b) at resin rich area away from fold, t-t loading; (c) at both outer turning points, c-c loading (before and after test). fig. 4a shows the edge of a t-t specimen before and after fracture at the inner turning point of a fold. the two additional plies in the folded area are displayed darker and the crack is indicated by the dashed line. however, for two of the t-t specimens fracture was observed not at the fold area, but within the gauge section away from the fold, where at least three gaps between tows occurred aligned along the same vertical line, see fig. 4b. it follows that in transverse tension additional weak resin rich areas between additional tows at the fold have a higher influence on the static and fatigue strength than the local increase in fiber volume fraction. (a) (b) (c) figure 5: transverse to fiber direction sn curves, normalized on the static strength. s. hörrmann et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 76-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.10 81 the results for the t-c fatigue loading are presented in fig. 5b. here, it can be noted that the specimens with lower c values still fall into the scatter band of the specimens without defect, but a reduced fatigue life is recorded for the specimens with a higher distance c. this is because of the fact that the t-c specimens have to be short (in order to avoid compression buckling) and for high c values the folds are located into the tabs effects area of the specimens. an interaction of stress concentrations at fold and tabs occurs, which reduces the fatigue life of specimens. the second damage mechanism is compression failure, corresponding to static compression and fatigue c-c. in transverse compression the fracture surface is inclined, forming a wedge. by optical microscopy it was observed that, for the material with defect, compression fracture always happened through the triangular resin pockets at the fold, as shown in fig. 4c. in a linear static fe analysis the influence of the fold was modelled by stiffness variation in resin and folded volume, which showed a local increase of the von mises stress in the plies near the resin pockets, and orientation of the higher stress areas corresponding to the fracture lines in experiments. an influence of the distance c could also be observed for c-c fatigue loading (fig. 5c): for smaller distance c the material withstands a reduced fatigue life. conclusions unidirectional carbon fiber reinforced polymer material featuring folds as manufacturing defect has been studied by means of experimental tests and simple numerical fe simulations. the influence on the fatigue life has been investigated under constant amplitude fatigue loading. in fiber direction a dependency on the distance c between the folds was found, where smaller distances lead to higher stress concentrations and lower fatigue life, while in transverse to fibers direction failure usually occurred in resin rich areas nearby the fold without an influence of c. all in all, the studied folds had a minor influence on the fatigue performance and are considered to be allowable in structural parts. however, for multidirectional laminates, waviness might be introduced by the folds in the off-axis plies, which lead to a strength and fatigue life reduction of about 50 % in compression, as was found in a previous study [1]. a combination of these two defects could have a higher influence on the fatigue life, and should be investigated in future work. acknowledgements he financial support by the austrian federal ministry of economy, family and youth and the national foundation for research, technology and development is gratefully acknowledged. the authors are grateful to mr. erich humer for his technical support during the experiments. references [1] hörrmann, s., adumitroaie, a., viechtbauer, c., schagerl m., the effect of fiber waviness on the fatigue life of cfrp materials, int. j. fatigue (submitted 2015). [2] li, x., hallett, s.r., wisnom, m.r. modelling the effect of gaps and overlaps in automated fibre placement (afp)manufactured laminates, sci. eng. compos. mater. 22(2) (2015) 115–129. http://dx.doi.org/10.1515/secm-20130322 [3] croft, k., lessard, l., pasini, d., hojjati, m., chen, j.h., yousefpour, a., experimental study of the effect of automated fiber placement induced defects on performance of composite laminates composites part a, 42 (2011) 484–491. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.compositesa.2011.01.007 [4] jensen, e.m., leonhardt, d.a., fertig iii, r.s., effects of thickness and fiber volume fraction variations on strain field inhomogeneity, composites part a 69 (2015) 178-185. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.compositesa.2014.11.019 [5] din en iso 527-4:1997-07, plastics determination of tensile properties part 4: test conditions for isotropic and anisotropic fibre-reinforced plastic composites, (iso 527-4:1997). [6] astm d3410 / d3410m-03, standard test method for compressive properties of polymer matrix composite materials with unsupported gage section by shear loading, astm international, west conshohocken, pa, 2008. http://dx.doi.org/10.1520/d3410_d3410m-03r08 a t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_54_art_11_2851 i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 153 prediction of mechanical behavior of friction stir welded joints of aa3003 aluminum alloy i. chekalil, a. miloudi university of djillali liabes, laboratory of materials and reactive systems (lmsr), sidi bel abbès, algeria chekalil1ismail@gmail.com, miloudidz@yahoo.fr m.p. planche university of technology belfort-montbeliard, carnot de bourgogne interdisciplinary laboratory (icb-lermps), belfort, france marie-pierre.planche@utbm.fr a. ghazi university of mascara, laboratory of materials and reactive systems (lmsr), mascara, algeria ghaziaek@yahoo.fr abstract. friction stir welding (fsw) is an extremely complex process because it depends on the intrinsic and extrinsic factors of the material under consideration. the purpose of the present work is to formulate a set of recommendations concerning the choice of the different factors that are likely to influence the quality of the fsw joint and to find a mathematical model that allows predicting the mechanical behavior of the junction using response surface methodology (rsm). an experimental design was therefore used to highlight the effect of the welding parameters on the behavior of the aluminum alloy 3003 fs-welded joint. three inputs, namely feed rate, tool tilt angle and rotational speed are considered as input parameters and yield stress (ys ), ultimate tensile strength (uts) and rupture strength (rs) are treated as the outputs. the most influential parameters were shown to be in the order of rotational speed, feed rate and tool tilt angle. the study of the interactions between these different parameters made it possible to establish a number of combinations of the different factors, for the purpose of achieving the quality optimization of the fsw joint by obtaining a tensile strength of the weld joint equal to 75% of that of the base metal. keywords. friction stir welding; mathematical model; aluminum alloy 3003; predicting. citation: chekalil, i., miloudi, a., planche, m.p., ghazi, a., prediction of mechanical behavior of friction stir welded joints of aa3003 aluminum alloy, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168. received: 02.06.2020 accepted: 23.08.2020 published: 01.10.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/ggigyc5_v7g i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 154 introduction riction stir welding (fsw) is a complex process that is mainly attributed to thermal, mechanical, metallurgical phenomena, as well as to their combination during welding [1].this would make it very difficult to predict the quality of friction stir welding (fsw). it is interesting to note that the above phenomena depends on several parameters that can be classified into three categories, namely the process parameters, tool parameters and those related to the parts to be welded [2]. numerous studies have investigated the mechanical properties of friction stir-welded joints of aluminum alloys. some of these alloys are those:  suitable for heat treatment. these are alloys of types 2024 [3, 4], 7075 [5], 6061 [6, 7] and 6082 [8-10].  with structural hardening. these are alloys of types 5456 [11] and 5059 [12]. these studies were carried out in order to assess the tensile and fatigue strengths of some aluminum joints. as part of a study on the influence of the rotational speed, feed rate and tool tilt angle, on the mechanical properties of the aa 6061-t6 aluminum joint obtained through friction stir welding (fsw) [13], wasif safeen et al. succeeded in developing some mathematical models to determine these properties. the models developed allowed concluding that the rotational speed was more influential than the feed rate with regard to the tensile strength and ultimate impact resistance. however, the feed rate was shown to have higher effect than the rotational speed when it comes to achieving a good hardness level. they also showed that the optimization of the fsw process parameters makes it possible to obtain a tensile strength of 92% , an impact toughness of 87% and impact hardness of 95% in comparison with the properties of the base metal. as for chetan and al [14], they studied the evolution of the hardness profile for the different tool rotational speeds of 650 700, 800, 900, 1000 and transverse speed of 30, 35, 40 mm / min of aa7075t651 and aa6061t6 aluminum alloy. they found the parameters (800 rpm, 35 mm / min) and (900 rpm, 30 mm / min) give good quality of the weld. on the other hand, singh and kaushik [15] found, during the friction stir welding (fsw) process of aa6061 and aa6082 aluminum alloys, maximum values for the tensile strength ( 236 mpa ) and for micro-hardness ( 115 hv ), under the operating conditions of 1400 rpm for the tool rotational speed, 40   / mm min for feed rate, and 2  for tool tilt angle. however, the tensile strength would drop to a minimum value 165 mpa under the operating conditions of 800 rpm for the rotational speed, 60  /mm min for feed speed, and 2    for tool tilt angle. as for k. ramanjaneyulu et al. [16], they developed some mathematical models using a response surface methodology (rsm) to predict the yield stress (ys), the ultimate tensile strength (uts) and the percent elongation (% el) of friction stirwelded joints of the aa 2014-t6 alloy aluminum. their results suggested that the most influential parameters are in the order of importance the rotational speed, feed rate, tool tilt angle and its profile. these same results indicated that the joints obtained by a hexagonal tool exhibited maximum tensile strength and elongation. on the other hand, a. heidarzadeh et al. [17] used the design of experiments technique to predict the tensile properties of fsw joints in aa 6061-t4 aluminum alloy. in their study, three welding parameters were considered, namely the tool rotational speed, feed rate and axial force. the results obtained showed that the optimal parameters of 920 rpm for the tool rotational speed and 78   / mm min for the feed rate enabled them to obtain high strength values, of the order of 7.2 kn for the axial force. k. elangovan et al. [18] developed a mathematical model to predict tensile strength of the friction stir welded aa6061 aluminum alloy, four fsw parameters were studied: tool profile, rotational speed, welding speed and axial force. response surface method (rsm) has been used to develop the model. the authors concluded that the developed mathematical model can be effectively used to predict the tensile strength of fsw joints at 95% confidence level. recently, srujan manohar and k. mahadevan [19] have predicted mechanical and microstructural behaviors of friction stir welded thin gauge aluminum-copper sheets. weld-process parameters coded for tool-rotational speed, tool-travel speed and tool-plunge depth are examined for predicting better joint characteristics. the authors concluded that the maximum value of uts and ys [191 mpa and 184 mpa] are observed for [1800 rot/min and 80 mm/min]. due to the lack of investigations on the interaction between the tool tilt angle, rotational speed and feed rate of aa 3003 aluminum alloy, the aim of this work is to study the effect of these parameters on the mechanical properties of friction stirwelded joints under tensile loading. the design of experiments technique was applied for the modeling and prediction of the behavior of the friction stir-welded joint of aa 3003 aluminum alloy. response surface method (rsm) has been used to develop the model. in addition, determining the optimum parameters will lead to improved quality of fsw joints. f i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 155 experimental method he friction stir welds were produced on a vertical milling machine using the friction stir welding tool presented in fig. 1. in order to choose the fsw welding tool, preliminary tests were carried out on the tool itself; the geometry adopted is similar to that of a conical pin (  5 d mm and  6.8 d mm , length  1.7 mm with a 19.5 mm diameter flat shoulder), made out of x210cr12 steel with a tensile strength ts = 870 mpa. figure 1: tool geometry two aa 3003 aluminum plates, of dimensions 210 mm x 110 mm and 2 mm thick, were joined along the rolling direction using the friction stir welding process. the initial joint configuration was obtained by securing the plates in position using mechanical clamps. single-pass welding procedure was followed to fabricate the joints (fig. 2-a). the cutting operation of samples on the welded plates is shown in the diagram presented in fig. 2-b, where the geometric dimensions are expressed in mm. figure 2: (a) fsw configuration; (b) cutting of samples on welded plates according to 8 8astm e m (dimensions in mm) the tensile tests were carried out on an instron tensile machine, controlled by the mts software, as shown in fig. 3. the chemical composition and mechanical properties of the base material before welding are reported in tabs. 1 and 2. the chemical composition was obtained by sem-edx (scanning electron microscopy energy dispersive x-ray analysis) method. t i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 156 figure 3: dumbbell-shaped specimen tensile test measured by the extensometer micro hardness (hv) ys (mpa) uts (mpa) rs (mpa) el % ym (gpa) t fusion (°c) 51 110 160 127 5,6 60 650 table 1: mechanical properties of the material before welding element al mn si fe cu ti zn mg cr % 96,7 1,3 0,9 0,9 0,13 0,1 0,03 0 0 table 2: chemical composition of the material before welding fig. 4 displays a typical example of the profile obtained during the tensile test; the important factors of the stress-stain curve of friction stir welding (fsw) joint profile (output experimental results) are summarized in tab. 3. figure 4: typical stress-stain curve of friction stir welding (fsw) joint. i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 157 factors outputs results 1 ys yield stress 2 yss yield stress strain 3 uts ultimate tensile strength 4 utss ultimate tensile strength strain 5 rs rupture strength 6 el elongation table 3: output experimental results the experimental design is used to identify a relationship between the input variables feed rate, tool tilt angle and rotational speed and the output variables (ys, yss, uts, utss, rs and el). in order to predict the mechanical behavior of friction stir welded joints of aa3003 aluminum alloy. the response surface methodology (rsm) is used to develop the non-linear model of the fsw joints of aluminum alloys (aa 3003). the optimization was carried out by a complete factorial plan with three factors, rotational speed n , feed rate s , and tool tilt angle t , at three levels ( 1 , 0 , 1 ). tab. 4 below gives the values of each parameter for each level. the values of these parameters are dictated by the capacity of the machine and the tool wear premature. parameters low level -1 center level 0 high level +1 rotation speed (rot/min) 1000 1500 2000 feed rate (mm/min) 200 300 400 tool tilt angle (°) 0,5 1,5 2,5 table 4: parameter values for each level developing a mathematical model he software modde 5.0 (modeling and design) [20] is used for the model elaboration and the statistical analysis of the experimental design. if there is curvature in the system, then a polynomial of higher degree must be used, such as the second-order model. the model used has the quadratic form given below: 3 3 2 0 1 1 3 1   i i ij j ii i i j i y a a x a x a x e            (1) where a0 is the predicted response value at the center of the experimental domain, ai represents the effect of the factor xi, and aij stands for the interaction between the factor xi and xj. the design of experiments approach was applied to 30 tests, two replicates are considered for each combination of the input variables, which made it possible to define the coefficients summarized in tab. 5. t i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 158 exp n [rot/min] s [mm/min] t [°] ys [mpa] uts [mpa] rs [mpa] fracture location 1 1000 200 0,5 50,2 128,0 76,3 tmaz 2 1500 200 0,5 36,4 123,2 80,2 nugget 3 2000 200 0,5 26,6 123,8 78,7 tmaz 4 1000 300 0,5 40,4 103,7 63,0 tmaz 5 1500 300 0,5 33,8 102,8 78,4 tmaz 6 2000 300 0,5 24,3 97,8 74,6 tmaz 7 1000 400 0,5 58,7 125,9 75,2 tmaz 8 1500 400 0,5 33,8 109,8 87,6 tmaz 9 2000 400 0,5 21,4 98,4 72,0 tmaz 10 1000 200 1,5 36,2 100,3 75,1 tmaz 11 1500 200 1,5 41,9 118,4 90,7 tmaz 12 2000 200 1,5 43,1 121,1 85,0 tmaz 13 1000 300 1,5 34,7 94,7 77,7 nugget 14 1500 300 1,5 40,0 107,4 95,0 tmaz 15 2000 300 1,5 29,5 107,6 79,2 nugget 16 1000 400 1,5 39,4 109,1 88,7 tmaz 17 1500 400 1,5 43,3 115,6 89,1 tmaz 18 2000 400 1,5 38,1 127,8 86,9 tmaz 19 1000 200 2,5 20,5 92,5 65,3 tmaz 20 1500 200 2,5 22,9 100,1 79,7 tmaz 21 2000 200 2,5 43,9 120,1 78,0 nugget 22 1000 300 2,5 12,4 73,1 65,4 nugget 23 1500 300 2,5 32,5 106,8 85,4 tmaz 24 2000 300 2,5 29,2 110,6 72,7 nugget 25 1000 400 2,5 28,7 95,8 88,5 nugget 26 1500 400 2,5 31,7 113,6 95,2 tmaz 27 2000 400 2,5 39,7 120,0 73,0 nugget 28 1500 300 1,5 39,5 108,5 83,3 tmaz 29 1500 300 1,5 40,2 108,2 90,0 tmaz 30 1500 300 1,5 43,5 107,9 86,1 nugget table 5: results of the design of experiments i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 159 the developed mathematical models make it possible to establish a relationship between the input parameters (n, s and t) and the output quantities (yss, ys, utss, uts, el and rs). the polynomials help optimize the welding parameters in order to reach the desired responses. to calculate the coefficients of the models, a regression method based on the least squares criterion is used. the mathematical models suggested by modde 5.0 are: 5 6 2 4 2 2 ys   80, 403 0, 006. 0,199. 17, 805. 5, 72.10 . . 0, 0214. . 0, 0101. . 7,84.10 . 4, 62.10 . 6, 944. n s t n s n t s t n s t               (2) 5 5 2 2 2 uts   217, 617 0, 033. 0, 744. 38, 764. 4,8.10 . . 0, 021. . 0, 048. . 1, 29.10 . 0, 0012. 3, 95. n s t n s n t s t n s t             (3) 5 5 2 4 2 2 rs    9,834 0,146. 0, 208. 16, 76. 7, 58.10 . .   0, 001. . 0, 028. . 3, 96.10 . 5, 08.10 . 7, 585. n s t n s n t s t n s t                (4) 6 6 4 10 7 7 10 2 9 2 5 2 yss   0, 0032 1, 55.10 .n 3, 81.10 .s 7, 013.10 .t 7, 76.10 .n.s 4, 436.10 .n.t 8, 42.10 .s.t 3, 02.10 .n 6, 33.10 .s 8, 73.10 .t                     (5) 5 4 4 7 5 5 8 2 7 2 2 utss   0, 09 8, 03.10 .n 3, 55.10 .s 5, 71.10 .t 1, 29.10 .n.s   1, 269.10 .n.t 6, 626.10 .s.t 4, 03.10 .n 3, 69.10 .s 0, 0022.t                    (6) 5 4 8 5 5 8 2 7 2 2 el   0,1197 6,181.10 . 4,113.10 . 0, 0058. 8, 485.10 . . 1, 463.10 . .   4, 66.10 . . 3,193.10 8. 5, 342.10 . 0, 0026. n s t n s n t s t n s t                    (7) analysis of results ig. 5 gives the true stress true strain curve which illustrates the elastoplastic behavior of aluminum 3003, the experiments are repeated two times, and the mean value is indicated on the graph. 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 s tr e s s [ m p a ] strain base metal figure 5: true stress true stain curve of 3003 aluminum alloy. f i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 160 fig. 6 presents three combination among the tensile tests carried out, that shows the effect of tool rotational speed on the mechanical behavior of the joint. this figure shows that the tensile strength is maximum when the rotational speed is equal to 1500 tr/min, they reach a low value for a rotational speed equal to 1000 tr/min. this speed must be adjusted in to optimize it. 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0 40 80 120 160 s tr e ss [ m p a ] strain 1000 rot/min_ 400 mm/min_ 2,5° 1500 rot/min_ 400 mm/min_ 2,5° 2000 rot/min_ 400 mm/min_ 2,5° figure 6: effect of tool rotational speed on the mechanical behavior of the joint. the values of the coefficients associated with the welding parameters in the mathematical model show the degree of influence of each factor. an example of prediction is given in fig. 7. it is worth mentioning that model (2) may be used to predict the evolution of the elastic limit as a function of the input parameters n, s and t. the central curves represent the predicted values, and the two other curves show the 95% confidence interval of the predicted response. figure 7: evolution of the elastic limit (mpa) as a function of the input data ( n , s and t ) analysis of fig. 7-a suggests that an increase in the rotational speed n involves a slight reduction in the elastic limit. in fact, a 100% increase in the rotational speed leads to a reduction of around 9% in the elastic limit. this elastic limit is maximal when the speed value is equal to 1500 rot/min. consequently, it can be concluded that increasing the rotational speed induces a slight decrease in the elastic limit ys. furthermore, fig. 7-b indicates that the increase in the feed rate leads first to a decrease in the elastic limit, then to its increase beyond 300   / mm min . based on the analysis of these curves, it can be assumed that there is a critical feed rate (    300   / scr mm min ) above which the trends reverse. in this context, mishra et al. [21] studied the effect of the feed rate on the mechanical characteristics of the friction stir-welded joints. they found out that an excessive increase in the feed rate induces internal macropore-type defects and tunnel-shaped defects. these defects can lead to a reduction in the mechanical properties of the welded joints. i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 161 fig. 7-c depicts the variation of the elastic limit as a function of the tool tilt angle. it can be seen that when the tilt angle increases, the elastic limit increases slightly and then starts decreasing thereafter; the maximum value of the elastic limit is obtained for an angle of 1.5  . for the purpose of determining the effect of the rotational speed on the ultimate tensile strength fig. 8-a, it was decided to vary the rotational speed n. it is noted that the ultimate tensile strength increases with increasing rotational speed, which is in good agreement with the results obtained by a. takhakh et al.[22] the ultimate tensile strength is maximum for a rotational speed of  2000   / rot min ; it then begins to decrease until reaching a minimum value for the rotational speed of 1000   / rot min . regarding the impact of feed rate fig. 8-b, it can be noted that when the feed rate s increases, the ultimate tensile strength (uts) decreases at first, then starts increasing to reach a maximum value for the two speed values of 200   / mm min and 400   / mm min . in addition, it can be observed that the uts is maximum for extreme values of s, which is contrary to the results previously published by b. abnar et al. [23], which illustrated through a study the effects of heat input on microstructure and mechanical properties of the welded samples were investigated by changing the ratios of rotational speed (800-1200 r/min) to travel speed (40-100 mm/min), who have indicated that the uts values of the friction stir-welded joints of 3003 18h aluminum are insensitive to the welding parameters n and s. fig. 8-c illustrates the effect of the tilt angle on the ultimate tensile strength (uts). it is clearly noted that the uts is constant within the interval between 0.5  and 1.5  , which is in agreement with the results reported by y. birol et al. [24] in addition, it can be noted that the effect of feed rate (s) and tilt angle (t) on the ultimate tensile strength is similar to that observed on the elastic limit (ys). figure 8: evolution of the ultimate tensile strength (mpa) as a function of the process parameters. this last part focuses on the study of the effect of the welding parameters on the evolution of the rupture strength. fig. 9a shows that an increase in the rotational speed causes the rupture strength to go up from 77 mpa to a maximum value of 88 mpa , and then starts declining. it can therefore be said that there is a critical value of the rotational speed (    1500   / ncr rot min ) above which the rupture strength decreases. the response of the rupture strength predicted by software modde 5.0 is represented on the fig. 9-b in order to illustrate the impact of the feed rate. indeed, an increase in the feed rate s, within the interval between 200 and 300   / mm min , engenders a slight decrease in the rupture strength. beyond the value of 300 mm / min, the tensile strength starts going up to reach a maximum value of 96 mpa . similarly fig. 9-c shows the effect of the tilt angle on the rupture strength. it is clearly seen that, at first, the increase in t leads to an increase in the rupture strength from the value 80 mpa for the angle 0.5  to a maximum value of 87   mpa for 1.5  ; it then goes down to 81 mpa for a maximum angle of 2.5  . moreover, the results obtained show that there is a critical tilt angle    1.5 tcr   beyond which the tensile strength starts decreasing. in this analysis step, it was decided to broaden the scope of our study by taking into account the interaction between two factors. this allows viewing the output parameters on a three dimensional (3d) graph (fig. 10); this graph depicts the variation of ys as a function of the two factors n and s. i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 162 figure 9: evolution of the rupture strength (mpa). figure 10: three-dimensional (3d) variation of ys as a function of n and s the curves in fig. 11, usually called ‘iso curves’, correspond to the projection of the surface on the plane. fig. 11-a shows that the more the rotational speed is reduced, the more the elastic limit rises until reaching a maximum value of 45 mpa . note that this is only valid for a value of n between 1000 and 1200   / rot min , because beyond this value, n has a negative effect on the elastic limit (ys). on the other hand, the low figures of ys were recorded for the maximum values of      2000   / n rot min , and s between 280 and 370   / mm min . it is also worth noting that the best elastic limit values of the weld joint were obtained for a ratio (  / n s ) between 2.5 and 3 . consequently, it may be concluded that to have a high elastic limit (ys), it is necessary to take    400   / s mm min and n between 1000   1200   / and rot min . in fig. 11-b, the quantity s is fixed on 300  /mm min , while t and n are varied. in this type of interactions, the elastic limit (ys) is large while the two factors t and n take minimum values. consequently, in order to increase the elastic limit (ys), it is necessary to decrease n and t. finally, fig. 11-c illustrates the variation of ys as a function of factors t and s. in this case, ys exhibits high values for two intervals; the first interval corresponds to a feed rate (s) equal to 200 mm / min and tilt angle t between 0.8  and 1.52  , i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 163 and the second interval corresponds to    400   / s mm min and t between 1.1  and 1.48  . however, the low values of elastic limit (ys) are recorded for values of s between 220 and 340   / mm min , and t between 2.4  and 2.6 . all these findings turned out to be in good agreement with those obtained by wim van et al. [25] who indicated that the appearance of defects depends on the choice of the tilt angle. they found out that the best mechanical properties are obtained for the optimal tilt angle value of 2  , which makes it possible to obtain the best mechanical properties. in addition, it was found that the best values of the elastic limit (ys) of the welded joint are equal to 53% of those of the base metal. figure 11: variation of ys as a function of the three factors fig. 12-a presents the effect of the two factors n and s acting simultaneously on the ultimate tensile strength (uts), passing from their minimum values to their maximum values while the third factor (t) is kept constant. analysis of the graph in this figure suggests that the more n increases, the more the tensile strength also increases until reaching the maximum value of 121.2 mpa , while s is between 200 and 210   / mm min . in addition, it should also be noted that the uts can reach values closer to the maximum values for maximum s equal to 400   / mm min and for n between 1300 and 2000   / rot min . on the other hand, low uts values are recorded for low values of n around 1000   / rot min . it is also worth mentioning that the best ultimate tensile strength (uts) figures of the weld joint are found equal to 81% of those of the base metal. consequently, it can be concluded from this analysis that a maximum value of uts is obtained for a value of n between 1700 and 2000   / rot min , while keeping the value of s constant and equal to 200   / mm min . this new section aims to present the response surface obtained when the value of s is kept constant, while varying n and t. it can be seen that the ultimate tensile strength (uts) takes maximum values within two interaction intervals; the first interval corresponds to t less than 0.7  and n between 1000 and 1350   / rot min , and the second one is for t between 1.2  and 3  , while n is in the interval from 1700 to 2000   / rot min . it is noted that the best ultimate tensile strength (uts) values of the weld joint are equal to 80% of those of the base metal. on the other hand, fig. 12-c illustrates the variation of the ultimate tensile strength (uts) as a function of s and t. it is found that the simultaneous decrease in s and t leads to an increase in uts; however, the simultaneous increase of s and t leads to a decrease in the magnitude of uts. this effect is more pronounced when t is between 2.3 and 2.6  and s within the interval from 240 to 330   / mm min . figure 12: evolution of uts as a function of the three factors n, s and t i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 164 furthermore, fig. 13 presents the predicted response (rs) as a function of the three factors (n, s and t). analysis of the curve in this figure shows that a maximum value for the rupture strength is obtained when the value of t is between 1.3 and 1.55  , and that of n is within the interval from 1300 to 1650   / rot min , and s is maintained at 400   / mm min . considering all these data, it therefore seems important to study the effect of these different factors on the mechanical properties of the welded joint. first, it is recommended to identify the factors that have the greatest influence and then determine the quantities that react with these factors. figure 13: evolution of uts as a function of the three factors n, s and t figs. 14, 15 and 16 show the most influential parameters on ys, uts and rs, respectively. fig. 14 shows that the factors that have the most influence on ys are in the following order: the tilt angle, then the rotational speed and finally the feed rate. note also that the interaction effect between n and s is the most important, but the interaction effect between s and t is small. we find that the following coefficients n, s and s * t are low compared to the others and will therefore be neglected later in eqn. 2 of the proposed model. this suggests that there are very few linear effects for the parameters n and s. also, we find that increasing the rotational speed and tool tilt angle decreases yield strength. analysis of fig. 15 indicates that the factors that have most effect on uts are in the following order: rotational speed, tilt angle and feed rate. also, it is found that the interactions between the factors are statistically significant, except that between rotational speed and tilt angle. the last interaction study between the dominant factors focuses on the predicted response rs. analysis of fig. 16 indicates that the factors that have most effect on response rs are in the following order of importance: feed rate, rotational speed and tilt angle. in addition, it turns out that the interaction between rotational speed and feed rate, and feed rate and tilt angle have a greater influence on rs, except for the one between n and t. therefore, we find that increasing the rotational speed, tool tilt angle and the feed rate increases rupture strength. it can also be seen that the following coefficients n, s and n * t are weak compared to the others and will therefore be neglected subsequently in eqn. 4 of the proposed model. figure 14: effects of factors on ys and their interaction i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 165 figure 15: effects of factors on uts and their interaction. figure 16: effects of factors on rs and their interaction. the validation of the models is done by comparing the experimental results with those obtained by the proposed models. twenty-seven test cases are generated at random by assigning intermediate values to the process variables and for each combination, by changing the rotational speed (1000-2000 rot/min), travel speed (200-400 mm/min) and tool tilt angle (0.52.5°). fig. 17 shows this comparison, we see that the relative differences obtained are between 0.23 and 6.07 for ys, from 0.13 to 6.35 for uts and from 0.29 to 4.74 for rs. figs. 17-a, 17-b and 17-c show a good correlation between the experimental results and the proposed models. however, the results obtained by the predicted models are closer to reality. tab. 6 below presents the optimized parameter values that allow obtaining the best mechanical properties of a welded joint. these values are achieved through the maximization of ys, uts and rs; they correspond to the values of      1423.93   / n rot min ,    400   / s mm min and    1.2885 t   . the validation of these models is achieved by comparing the suggested optimized welding with those acquired by the predicted models fig. 18, for a rotation speed equal to 1425   / rot min , a feed rate equal to 400   / mm min and a tilt angle of 1.3  . note that the results calculated with the proposed model are in agreement with the experimental ones. this model therefore makes it possible to obtain a better prediction of the mechanical behavior of a welded joint. i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 166 10 20 30 40 50 60 10 20 30 40 50 60 p re d ic te d y s [ m p a ] experimental ys [mpa] (a) 6.07   70 80 90 100 110 120 130 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 p re d ic te d u t s [ m p a ] experimental uts [mpa] 6.35   (b) 60 70 80 90 100 60 70 80 90 100 p re d ic te d r s [ m p a ] experimental rs [mpa] (c) 4.74   figure 17: predicted vs experimental: a) yield strength b) ultimate tensile strength c) rupture strength n [rot/min] s [mm/min] t [°] uts [mpa] ys [mpa] rs [mpa] 1087,13 399,997 0,7508 116,771 49,9487 83,489 1685,85 200,015 1,3552 122,24 41,8872 91,1325 1694,02 200 1,281 122,59 41,7067 91,047 1900 400 2,0999 122,156 39,5626 86.7125 1423,93 400 1,2885 121,186 55,3134 94,6581 1087,13 399,997 0,7508 116,771 49,9487 83,489 1799,9 200 1,4948 122,716 41,8335 89,989 1600 400 1,5 118,225 42,2038 94,8028 table 6: optimal values for the mechanical properties of the welded joint i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 167 0.00 0.05 0.10 0 50 100 s tr e s s [m p a ] strain experimental profile predicted profile figure 18: predicted and experimental values of the stress-strain curve conclusions his work focuses on the friction stir welding (fsw) process of aluminum 3003. this study mainly concentrates on the influence of three parameters, namely rotational speed, feed rate and tool tilt angle. the main purpose of this investigation was to understand and explain the interactions between the three parameters mentioned above, and to highlight the influence of each one of them on the others. the mechanical properties, such as the yield stress, ultimate tensile stress, and rupture strength, of the joints were studied in this context. a mathematical model is proposed to predict the mechanical behavior of the junction using response surface methodology (rsm). this model is used to determine the optimal values of these parameters that are responsible for the better performance of the fsw joint. optimization of the welding process parameters suggests that:  the tensile properties of friction stir-welded joints remain relatively good. in addition, the findings indicate that rupture most often takes place near the thermo-mechanically affected zone (zatm). the most influential parameters are in the order of the rotational speed, feed rate and tool tilt angle.  the model developed by the design of experiments approach made it possible to obtain a better prediction of the mechanical behavior of a welded joint. this model provides an effective tool for selecting the optimal parameters of the friction stir welding (fsw) process.  the optimized parameter values that allow obtaining the best mechanical properties of a welded joint correspond to the values of      1423.93   / n rot min ,    400   / s mm min and  1.2885 t   .  the combinations of the different factors for a better quality of the fsw joint by obtaining a tensile strength of the weld joint equal to 75% of that of the base metal. in continuing the development of these projects. it is interesting to study the effect of these parameters on expected heat input, temperature and material flow. references [1] pashazadeh, h., teimournezhad, j., masoumi, a. (2017). experimental investigation on material flow and mechanical properties in friction stir welding of copper sheets, int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 88(5–8), pp. 1961–1970. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-8913-9. [2] palanivel, r., mathews, p.k., murugan, n., dinaharan, i. (2012). effect of tool rotational speed and pin profile on microstructure and tensile strength of dissimilar friction stir welded aa5083-h111 and aa6351-t6 aluminum alloys, mater. des., 40, pp. 7–16. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2012.03.027. t i. chekalil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 54 (2020) 153-168; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.11 168 [3] zhang, z.h., li, w.y., li, j.l., chao, y.j. (2014). effective predictions of ultimate tensile strength, peak temperature and grain size of friction stir welded aa2024 alloy joints, int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 73(9–12), pp. 1213–1218. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-014-5926-.0 [4] buszta, s., myśliwiec, p., śliwa, r.e., ostrowski, r. (2019). the influence of geometrical parameters and tools material on the quality of the joint made by fsw method in aa2024 thin sheets, arch. metall. mater., 64. doi: 10.24425/amm.2019.127617 [5] rajakumar, s., balasubramanian, v. (2012). predicting grain size and tensile strength of friction stir welded joints of aa7075-t6 aluminium alloy, mater. manuf. process., 27(1), pp. 78–83. doi: 10.1080/10426914.2011.557123 [6] rajakumar, s., muralidharan, c., balasubramanian, v. (2010). establishing empirical relationships to predict grain size and tensile strength of friction stir welded aa 6061-t6 aluminium alloy joints, trans. nonferrous met. soc. china, 20(10), pp. 1863–1872. doi: 10.1016/s1003-6326(09)60387-3 [7] elatharasan, g., kumar, v.s.s. (2013). an experimental analysis and optimization of process parameter on friction stir welding of aa 6061-t6 aluminum alloy using rsm, procedia eng., 64, pp. 1227–1234. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2013.09.202 [8] verma, s., misra, j., gupta, m. (2019). study of temperature distribution and parametric optimization during fsw of aa6082 using statistical approaches, sae int. j. mater. manuf, 12(1), pp. 57–72. doi: 10.4271/05-12-01-0005 [9] krasnowski, k., sędek, p., łomozik, m., pietras, a. (2011). impact of selected fsw process parameters on mechanical properties of 6082-t6 aluminium alloy butt joints, arch. metall. mater., 56, pp. 965. [10] krasnowski, k. (2014). fatigue and static properties of friction stir welded aluminium alloy 6082 lap joints using triflute-type and smooth tool, arch. metall. mater., 59(1), pp. 157–62. doi: 10.2478/v10172-011-0106-9 [11] jannet, s., mathews, p.k., raja, r. (2015). optimization of process parameters of friction stir welded aa 5083-o aluminum alloy using response surface methodology, bull. polish acad. sci. tech. sci., pp. 851–855. doi: 10.1515/bpasts-2015-0097 [12] babu, n., karunakaran, n., balasubramanian, v. (2017). a study to estimate the tensile strength of friction stir welded aa 5059 aluminium alloy joints, int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 93(1–4), pp. 1–9. doi: 10.1007/s00170-015-7391-9 [13] safeen, w., hussain, s., wasim, a., jahanzaib, m., aziz, h., abdalla, h. (2016). predicting the tensile strength, impact toughness, and hardness of friction stir-welded aa6061-t6 using response surface methodology, int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 87(5–8), pp. 1765–1781. doi: 10.1007/s00170-016-8565-9 [14] patil, c., patil, h., patil, h. (2016). experimental investigation of hardness of fsw and tig joints of aluminium alloys of aa7075 and aa6061, frat. ed integrità strutt., 10(37), pp. 325–32. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 [15] singh, h.n., kaushik, a., juneja, d. (2019). optimization of process parameters of friction stir welded joint of aa6061 and aa6082 by response surface methodology (rsm). doi10.36037/ijrei.2019.3610. [16] kadaganchi, r., gankidi, m.r., gokhale, h. (2015). optimization of process parameters of aluminum alloy aa 2014t6 friction stir welds by response surface methodology, def. technol., 11(3), pp. 209–219. doi: 10.1016/j.dt.2015.03.003 [17] heidarzadeh, a., khodaverdizadeh, h., mahmoudi, a., nazari, a e. (2012). tensile behavior of friction stir welded aa 6061-t4 aluminum alloy joints, mater. des., 37, pp. 166–173. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2011.12.022 [18] elangovan, k., balasubramanian, v., babu, s. (2009). predicting tensile strength of friction stir welded aa6061 aluminium alloy joints by a mathematical model, mater. des., 30, pp. 188–193. doi : 10.1016/j.matdes.2008.04.037 [19] srujan manohar, m.v.n., mahadevan, k., (2020). prediction on mechanical and microstructural behaviour of friction stir welded thin gauge aluminium-copper sheets, mater. today: proc. doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2020.02.742. [20] modde 5.0, modelling and design, umetrics ab, umea, sweden. (1999). [21] mishra, r.s., ma, z.y. (2005). friction stir welding and processing, mater. sci. eng. r reports, 50(1–2), pp. 1–78. doi: 10.1016/j.mser.2005.07.001 [22] takhakh, a.m., abdullah, a.m. (2012). the optimization conditions of friction stir welding (fsw) for different rotational and weld speeds, al-nahrain j. eng. sci., 15(2), pp. 187–96. [23] abnar, b., kazeminezhad, m., kokabi, a.h. (2015). effects of heat input in friction stir welding on microstructure and mechanical properties of aa3003-h18 plates, trans. nonferrous met. soc. china, 25(2147), pp. 2155. doi: 10.1016/s1003-6326(15)63826-2 [24] birol, y., kasman, s. (2013). effect of welding parameters on the microstructure and strength of friction stir weld joints in twin roll cast en aw al-mn1cu plates, j. mater. eng. perform., 22(10), pp. 3024–3033. doi: 10.1007/s11665-013-0607-y [25] van haver, w., stassart, x., de meester, b., dhooge, a. (2008). friction stir welding of aluminium high pressure die castings: parameter optimisation and gap bridgeability, weld. world, 52(9–10), pp. 20–9. doi: 10.1007/bf03266665. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_29_art_10 m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 96 focussed on: computational mechanics and mechanics of materials in italy an ideal model for stress-induced martensitic transformations in shape-memory alloys michele marino department of civil engineering and computer science engineering (dicii), università degli studi di roma tor vergata, via del politecnico 1, 00133 roma – italy m.marino@ing.uniroma2.it abstract. in this paper, a novel model for stress-induced martensitic transformations in shape-memory alloys is proposed. accordingly, the constitutive pseudo-elastic behavior of these materials is described. the model accounts for the possible co-existence of austenitic/martensitic phases and for asymmetric response in tension and compression (both for transformation and stiffness properties). the model is developed under the assumption of ideal behavior during martensitic transformation, and the predicted response is governed by few parameters, standard in the context of shape-memory alloys' constitutive models, that can be straightforwardly identified from experimental data. moreover, proposed modeling framework opens to the investigation on the effects of non-linear transformation lines in phase diagrams and of temperature-dependent transformation strains. keywords. shape-memory alloys; pseudo-elastic behaviour; constitutive modelling; stress-induced martensitic transformation. introduction hape-memory alloys (smas) are special materials endowed of fascinating properties thanks to possible rearrangements of their thermoelastic lattice microstructure, generally referred to as phase transformations. in fact, objects made of those materials, when significantly deformed, regain their original geometric configuration during heating (one-way shape-memory effect) or, at higher temperature, in the unloading phase (pseudo-elasticity). the intriguing sma thermomechanical properties allow to design smart structures, opening to innovative applications in many engineering fields. proposed designs based on such materials range from aeronautic/mechanical applications (e.g., adaptive smart wings and actuators) and telecommunication devices (e.g., deployment and control mechanisms of satellites and antennas), to biomedical (e.g., self-expanding stents, orthodontic wires, and prostheses) and civil applications (e.g., devices for passive, active and semi-active controls of civil structures) [1, 2]. as proved by the recent wide literature in the field [1, 3-5], there is a great need of constitutive models able to reproduce smas behavior, including a refined description of phase transformation mechanisms. in order to be effectively employed in practical applications, models should be characterized by parameters whose values have to be easily identified from well-established experimental procedures. moreover, since there exists a number of different materials with shapememory and pseudoelastic properties, models should be as flexible as possible in order to be adapted to the wide range of very different thermomechanical features shown through experiments. finally, models should be formulated within a consistent theoretical framework that, in the respect of thermodynamics laws, might be implemented in feasible numerical algorithms for computational analyses. s m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 97 in this paper, a novel constitutive model for smas is proposed for describing their pseudo-elasticity properties. accordingly, stress-induced transformations (sits) are modeled by addressing isothermal uniaxial tests and by considering direct transformations from a non-oriented lattice arrangement (namely, multi-variant martensite mm or austenite a) to an oriented one (that is, single-variant martensite in its traction and compression variants, ms+ and ms-), and viceversa reverse transformations ms+/ms mm/a,[1]. as a notation rule, quantities referred to ms+ are indicated by the superscript  , and to msby the superscript  , while to direct and reverse transformations by subscripts d (or d ) and r (or r ). denoting with mft and aft the zero-stress martensite-finish and austenite-finish characteristic temperatures (namely, mm is stable at < mft t and a is stable at > aft t ), the typical sma non-linear behavior at high temperature, > aft t , and at low-temperature, < mft t , is addressed. moreover, an intermediate-temperature range, < aft t t . top right: sma typical   constitutive relationship at 1=t t and 2=t t . bottom right: sma typical relationships between direct ( d  ) and reverse ( r  ) transformation strains and t . state-of-the-art and proposed improvements existing constitutive relationships for smas can be categorized as either micro, micro-macro or macro models [7]. in this paper, phenomenological macro-models are addressed because these are the most effective for engineering applications, being able to describe sma global structural behavior without an explicit modeling of micro-scale behavior. parameters of m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 98 phenomenological models are usually identified by classical experimental tests and the governing equations are mostly suitable for being implemented into computer programs for structural analyses. a thorough review of the available phenomenological models in specialized literature can be found in [1]. the sequence of thermodynamic states occurring in smas is usually described by introducing additional variables (such as martensite and austenite volume fractions), within the framework of thermodynamics with internal state variables [8]. current sma constitutive models have reached a high level of sophistication accounting for multiple and simultaneous thermomechanical mechanisms [3-5, 9-13]. nevertheless, a common limitation is that most existing models generally assume that phase diagrams governing phase transformations are characterized by piecewise-linear transformation lines, despite of high non-linearities highlighted from experiments [6]. a model overcoming this drawback has been recently addressed by lagoudas and co-workers [14]. moreover, different direct and reverse transformation strains (associated with different transformation kinetics), as well as their dependence on temperature, are generally neglected. furthermore, the implementation of the most effective models is heavy due to:  the costly calibrations of a high number of model parameters, in some case without a clear physical meaning;  the need of introducing iterative schemes for satisfying inequality constraints by means of implicit multi-step redictor-corrector schemes or by introducing equivalent non-linear systems in a large number of unknowns. the last drawback is due to the need of fulfilling the second law of thermodynamics by solving a constrained optimization problem with inequality constraints that derives from the clausius-duhem inequality or, equivalently, from kuhn-tucker conditions, [4]. on the other hand, as shown by j.j. moreau [15], the second law of thermodynamics may be a-priori satisfied within the energy statement of the problem if the constitutive laws for the dissipative part of the static quantities involved in equilibrium equations are defined through the introduction of a pseudo-potential of dissipation. in this case, no iterative numerical schemes are needed for satisfying energy inequality constraints. following this thermodynamical framework, frémond developed a phenomenological sma model based on internal constraints enforced by means of convex analysis arguments [16]. the rationale is standard, successful in modeling many structural mechanical problems involving phase change [17], and characterized by:  a proper choice of state variables;  the formulation of equilibrium equations from the principle of virtual work; if internal variables describing different material phases are introduced as state quantities, equilibrium equations will directly give transformationevolution laws;  the introduction of constitutive laws by splitting static quantities (dual to state variables) in terms of their nondissipative and dissipative term; the former is obtained by the differentiation of the free-energy with respect to state quantities, while the latter by differentiating the pseudo-potential of dissipation with respect to state quantities evolution;  the enforcement of physical restrictions on state quantities and on their evolution through sub-differentiable indicator functions (valued zero or  ) added to both the free-energy and the pseudo-potential of dissipation; accordingly, the evolutions of thermomechanical quantities are obtained by projection on convex hulls defining admissible states. even if qualitative results of frémond's model are good, it does not capture all sma features: no multi-variant martensite volume fraction is considered, the strain-width of the stress-strain loop is proportional to its stress-size, unrealistic softening behavior for strain-driven case arise during direct martensitic transformation in uniaxial isothermal response, austenite and martensite phases have the same material parameters. a further drawback of frémond's model is that the total transformation strain, which is the quantity characterized during experiments, is not a model parameter and it nonlinearly depends on a phase-change viscosity parameter, being of tough determination from experimental data. frémond's rationale inspired baêta-neves and co-authors, [18, 19], whose model introduces some improvements but it is still characterized by softening behavior if not treated with an augmented lagrangian method for convexification of system's energy [20]. accordingly, in order to allow engineers to design shape-memory structures by means of the consistent thermodynamical moreau's framework in which frémond's model is formulated, improvements are still necessary. the constitutive model for the pseudo-elastic behavior of smas proposed in the present work is developed in the lines of the frémond's rationale [16, 17]. obtained results highlight main model features: 1. different kinetics between direct and reverse phase transformations; 2. asymmetric response of transformation mechanisms in tension and compression; 3. admissibility of the co-existence of austenite, multi-variant and oriented martensites; 4. straightforward material parameter identification; m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 99 5. different elastic moduli in tension and compression. the model is herein developed within a one-dimensional framework by assuming an ideal transformation behavior characterized by no-hardening effects. thanks to the employed generalized energetic framework, the second law of thermodynamics is fulfilled without the need of implicit algorithms. accordingly, thanks to the explicit framework in which present model can be implemented, the model allows to straightforwardly include unconventional sma features such as • non-linear transformation lines in a very flexible phase diagram; • dependence of transformation strains on temperature. following the recent works by lagoudas and co-workers, [14], the possibility to address the non-linear dependence of transformation strains and stresses on temperature is a novelty with respect to many well-established available models. model onsider a one-dimensional (1d) material element of infinitesimal length acted by a self-equilibrated cauchy stress  at constant temperature t . the model is based on an incremental approach in the time variable  . accordingly, the actual value (at time = t ) of the strain measure  is obtained from the superimposition of a reference value  (at time = t ) with an infinitesimal perturbation d (associated with the time increment dt , where =t t dt ), resulting = d   . in order to account for different deformation mechanisms in smas and in agreement with available modeling approaches [5, 12, 21], the mapping from the reference to the actual state is regarded as the superimposition of different thermomechanical mechanisms allowing to identify several deformation variables. accordingly, the infinitesimal strain is split in = e id d d   (1) where subscripts e and i relate the infinitesimal strain with elastic and inelastic mechanisms, respectively. denoting the time derivative (in the sense of left-derivative with respect to the actual time t in agreement with the causality principle) with the dot superscript, let = =k k k k kd dt       (with ={ , }k e i ) be introduced. within a displacement-based approach, the material element is said to undergo loading conditions if > 0d  , and unloading conditions if < 0d  . for describing the alloy composition, quantities j (with {1, 2, 3, 4}j  ) represent respectively the volume fractions of austenite (a), single-variant martensites (ms+ and ms-), and multi-variant martensite (mm). the initial thermodynamical state (at = 0 and denoted by superscript in) is assumed to be physically admissible, that is: 1. austenite is not present at low temperatures  if < mft t , then 1 = 0 in ; 2. multi-variant martensite is not present at high temperatures  if > aft t , then 4 = 0 in ; 3. the alloy is aligned either according to the ms+ or to msconfiguration  2 3 = 0 in in  . phase volume fractions are not independent, since they satisfy some physical properties due to their definitions or to the mechanical properties assumed in the present work. accordingly, quantities j have to respect the following assumptions: 1. they represent volume fractions: [0,1], {1, 2, 3, 4}j j   2. no void can appear in the mixture and no phases interpenetration occurs: 1 2 3 4 = 1      3. the austenite volume fraction cannot increase with respect to its initial value at time = 0 : 1 1 in  under these assumptions, vector 1 2 3= ( , , )  β univocally describes alloy composition because of 4 1 2 3= 1      . accordingly, the state quantities for describing the 1d pseudoelastic behavior of smas are chosen as c m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 100 ={ , , }e is   β (2) reference state is defined in terms of state quantities values (that is, e , i , and β at time = t ) and state quantities evolutions (that is, e , i , and β in the sense of left-derivative with respect to reference time = t , with =e ed dt  , =i id dt  , and =d dtβ β ). introducing the convex set 31 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 1:={ = ( , , ) | , , [0,1], 1, } t inc x x x x x x x x x x x     x  (3) physical restrictions in ass. 1, ass. 2 and ass. 3 can be summarized as cβ (4) the ideal pseudo-elastic behavior will be described by introducing few model parameters that can be straightforwardly obtained from experiments: • direct and reverse transformation stresses / // /= ( )d r d r t      ; • direct and reverse transformation strains / // /= ( )d r d r t      ; • young's modulus je of the thj alloy phase, assumed to be isotropic linearly elastic. parameters with the same physical meaning are introduced in many sma available models [1, 4, 5, 9], and thereby can be retained as classical. nevertheless, the possibility to address the non-linear dependence of transformation strains and stresses on temperature is a novelty with respect to most well-established available models, in agreement with the improvements proposed by lagoudas and co-workers, [14]. it is worth pointing out that present approach does not require to fix an a-priori specific form for the interpolation function describing the non-linear dependence of //d r   and / /d r   on t . flow rule the difference between austenite and single-variant martensite is quite small: while the unit cell of austenite is, on average, a perfect cube, the transformation to martensite distorts this cube by interstitial carbon atoms. addressing an uniaxial traction, the unit cell after the transformation can be phenomenologically described as slightly longer in the traction direction and shorter in the orthogonal directions. since multi-variant martensite is a mixture of single-variant configurations, the same can be said for the transformation from non-sheared to sheared lattice configurations in the martensitic phase. in the present one-dimensional framework, the atomic rearrangement occurring during the transformation a/mm  ms+/msis herein kinematically described via a phenomenological way by introducing ori as the elongation-rate of the unit cell, herein defined as 2 3= ( , ) := [ (| |) (| |)] , ori ori d h d h d     β    (5) where ( )h x denotes the heaviside function (such that ( ) = 0h x for 0x  and ( ) = 1h x for > 0x ). results will show that ori   because, thanks to modeling choices, the onset of transformations will never simultaneously imply 2 0d   and 3 0d   . equilibrium equations and constitutive laws denoting virtual quantities with the hat superscript and introducing { , , }e i  b as the set of interior forces dual to s , the increment of virtual work density for external and internal actions are ˆ ˆˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) = , ( , , ) =ext int e i e e i idw d d dw d d d d d d          β b β by employing the principle of virtual work ( =int extdw dw for any ˆ ˆ ˆ= e id d d   and for any ˆdβ ), the arbitrariness of virtual quantities êd , îd , and ˆdβ gives the equilibrium relationships: = = , = 0e i   b (6) m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 101 interior forces are split in non-dissipative (denoted by the superscript nd) and dissipative terms (superscript d). the constitutive laws are chosen by introducing the free-energy = ( )s  (providing the non-dissipative terms) and the pseudo-potential of dissipation = ( )s   (providing the dissipative ones), = = , = = , = =nd d nd d nd de e e i i i e e i i                             b b b β β  (7) the free-energy  of the alloy is chosen as: ( , ) := ( ) ( )e el e ch    β β (8) where: • el is the elastic free-energy contribution: 4 =1 1 ( ) := : : 2 el e el e j j e e j d e d d          where  and el are the reference values at = t of cauchy stress and elastic free-energy, respectively. assuming an undeformed material at the initial configuration, then it results = = 0el  at = 0 . • ch is the free-energy contribution, related to the phase change: ( ) := ( , , ) i ( )ch cβ β r β β     where the indicator function ic ensures condition (4) to be satisfied. moreover, r represents the phase transformation rate vector, defined as: 31 2 3 ( , ) ( ) := ( , ) | |, with , , = ( , , ) ( , ) a t g y x, y, g y x x y v v v g y v r v v v v               phase change activates on the basis of temperature and stress states, being here regulated by activation functions: 3 2( , ) := [1 ( )] ( ) / ( ) ( ) /d d r rg y h v h y h v h y             v 2 3( , ) := [1 ( )] ( ) / ( ) ( ) /d d r rg y h v h y h v h y             v ( , ) := ( , ) ( , )ag y g y g y  v v v transformation strains //d r   as well as transformation stresses //d r   depend on temperature t and they can be straight obtained from experimental data, as reported in fig. 1. since present work addresses isothermal conditions, transformation stresses and strains are here fixed parameters. nevertheless, when non-isothermal conditions are addressed, values of transformation stresses and strains at the reference temperature t (at = t ) can be considered. the pseudo-potential of dissipation  is chosen as: ( , ) := ( ) ( )i ch fr i    β β   (9) where: • ch is the pseudo-potential of dissipation related to the phase change: 2 ( ) := 2 ch β β   • fr is the pseudo-potential of dissipation related to the flow rule: ( ) := i ( )orifr i o i      m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 102 with io the indicator function of the zero value and := ( , ) ori ori d   β   . it is worth pointing out that dimensional multiplicative unitary coefficients have to be considered in previous relationships, when necessary, in order to respect the unit of measure of the free-energy (namely, work per unit volume) and of the pseudo-potential of dissipation (that is, power per unit volume). these coefficients have been omitted here for the sake of compactness. accordingly, since derivation with respect to a finite quantity (for instance, e ) is formally equivalent to the one with respect to a perturbation (for instance, ed ), constitutive choices (7), (8), and (9) give the interior forces as equal to: 4 =1 = i ( )orie j j e i o i j e d           (10) ( , , ) i ( )cβ r β β 0      (11) governing equations assuming strain  as control variable, the governing equations of the sma thermodynamical problem, obtained from equilibrium relationships (6) and constitutive choices (7), (8), and (9), give the evolution of stress  and alloy composition β . stress  results from: 4 2 3 =1 = with = , = ( (| |) (| |))j j e e i i j e d d d d d h d h d d             (12) alloy composition β is found by means of a single-step prediction-projection procedure. tentative values of volume fractions =j j jd     (with = 1, 2, 3j ) are computed first, where: 1 2 3=d d d       (13) 2 3 2={[1 ( )] ( ) / ( ) ( ) / }| |d d r rd h h h h d                   (14) 3 2 3={[1 ( )] ( ) / ( ) ( ) / }| |d d r rd h h h h d                   (15) and then β is obtained as 1 2 3 = ( , , ) if = , if t pr c c       β β β β β      (16) being 1 2 3= ( , , ) pr pr pr pr t  β the orthogonal projection of β  on c . finally, it is worth pointing out that constitutive choices in eq. (7) and the convexity of the pseudo-potential of dissipation in eq. (9) allow to a-priori satisfy the inequality constraint prescribed by the second law of thermodynamics, [15-17]. figure 2: applied strain  vs. time  . m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 103 results loading-unloading displacement-based uniaxial test at constant temperature t is simulated. starting from = 0 , a constant strain-rate | |= e  is applied with maximum and minimum strain max  and max  , respectively. accordingly, introducing 1 = /maxt e , applied strain-time law is (see fig. 2). 1 1 1 1 1 for = [0, ] = ( ) = 2 for = ( , 3 ] 4 for = (3 , 4 ] max max e t e t t e t t                     (17) therefore, the material element is loaded for 1[0, ]t  and 1 1[2 , 3 ]t t  , while unloading conditions are addressed for 1 1[ , 2 ]t t  and 1 1[3 , 4 ]t t  . two cases are preliminary distinguished: the high-temperature response for > aft t and the low-temperature one for < mft t . accordingly, in the former case, the alloy is fully austenitic (that is, 1 = 1 in ), while in the latter the alloy is characterized by a multi-variant martensitic lattice arrangement (namely, 4 = 1 in ). moreover, the response of the model at < aft t . the applied strain is depicted in fig. 2 for 1[0, 2 ]t  . a m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 104 (a) (b) figure 4: alloy composition predicted by present model for a traction loading-unloading test obtained from applied strain in fig. 2 for 1[0, 2 ]t  . (a) in black, 1 (resp., 4 ) vs.  at the high temperature 2t (resp., low temperature 1t ); in grey, 2 vs.  . (b) evolution of alloy composition in the space of the admissible volume fractions at high and low temperature (dimensions of arrows are not in scale). high-temperature response the stress-strain relationship as well as the alloy composition predicted by present model at high temperature are obtained by construction, considering different time intervals. traction loading-unloading: 1[0, 2 ]t  . for presenting a detailed description of analytical results and denoting with =de edt , it is assumed that there exists natural numbers 1 2 3 4, , , >> 1k k k k such that 1 1 = de k de   , 2 = rk de   , 2 3 =d re k de    , and 4 = rk de   . obtained results in terms of sma stress-strain relationship and alloy composition are described in the following and are reported in figs. 3 and 4. traction loading. for 1[0, ]t  , the material element is loaded with = =d de edt . for the sake of notation, let introduce the following stress and strain values: 1 1 = , = d d d d e de e       the time interval = /d dt e  , and the time values: = , = , = , = d d d d d d d d d d t end end tt t t dt t t t t t t e            (18) where 1< d endt t is assumed. model predicts the following response: m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 105 • [0, )dt t  . at each step, it results 2 3= = 0d d  and thereby eq. (12) gives = 0id , =ed de , 1= de de     . hence, from eq. (13-15) and (16), it results = = inβ β β . • = dt t . it results = d  and = >d d    , and thereby eq. (13-15) and (16) give (since 2 = 0 ) 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 = / = // ( , , ) = / = / = / 0 = 0 = 0 d dd d d d d de dee e d de de d r β                                                    (19) accordingly, it results = (1 / , / , 0)td dde de cβ      and ( ) =tβ β   (see fig. 4). thereby, stress d and the corresponding strain d denote reference stress and strain values at the onset of the direct transformation. moreover, from eq. (12) and since 2 3= = 0d d  , it results = 0id , =ed de , and 1= = d te de   . accordingly, 1= d d t e de   and = d d t de   are the starting stress and the starting strain of the direct transformation, respectively. • [ , )d dt endt t t . at each step, it results 2 > 0d  and 3 = 0d  , and thereby eq. (12) gives =id de , = 0ed , and = = dt   . accordingly, a plateau in the stress-strain response is obtained during the martensitic orientation that occurs at the direct transformation stress dt (see fig. 3). during the overall transformation, the evolution laws for the volume fractions result in 1 2= = / de        as long as 2 < 1 (and thereby 1 > 0 ). accordingly, a complete direct martensitic transformation (corresponding to 2 going from 0 to 1) is obtained in the time interval dt (see fig. 4). thereby, time = =d dend endt t dt t  corresponds to 2 = 1 and 1 = 0 (but 2 > 0d  and 3 = 0d  ), or, in other words, to a complete direct transformation. in this situation and as shown in fig. 4, variations of tentative volume fractions are the same as in eq. (19), and eq. (16) gives / 0 = 1 / = = 1 0 0 d pr d de de cβ β β β                           (20) moreover, actual strain is = dt d    , with the strain produced during the martensitic lattice orientation being fully inelastic, and equal to =i d   (see fig. 3). • 1[ , ] d endt t t . at each step, alloy composition is governed by the projection described in eq. (20). it results 2 3= = 0d d  , and thereby eq. (12) gives =ed de , = 0id , and 2= ( ) d d t d te        (see fig. 3). traction unloading. for 1 1[ , 2 ]t t  , the material element undergoes unloading conditions (in fact, =d de  ). consider the following relevant stress and strain values: 2 2 1 1 2 = = = , = r r d r max r r d de de e de e de e de e                          with 1 2= ( )d r e e de         and 2= ( ) d d max t max d te        . moreover, let introduce the time interval = /r rt e  and the time values: = , = , = , = r r r r r r r r r rmax t end end tt t t dt t t t t t t e             (21) where 1< 2 r endt t is assumed. model predictions are as follows: • 1( , ) rt t t  . at each step, it results 2 3= = 0d d  , and thereby eq. (12) gives = 0id , =ed de  , 2= re de     . accordingly, it results = = (0,1, 0)tβ β . in fact, if > d   , volume fractions follow eq. (20). otherwise, if d   , from eq. (13-15) it results 1 2 3= = = 0d d d      . m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 106 • = rt t . it results = r  and = 0 (and thereby 1 < 1 ). accordingly, a complete reverse martensitic transformation (corresponding to 2 going from 1 to 0) is obtained in the time interval rt . thereby, time = =r rend endt t t dt corresponds to 1 = 1 and 2 = 0 (but 2 < 0d  and 3 = 0d  ) or, in other words, to a complete reverse transformation. in this situation, variations of the tentative volume fractions and alloy compositions are obtained from eq. (13-15) and (16), and therefore 1 2 3 = / 1 / 1 = / = / = = 0 0 0= 0 r r pr r r d de de d de de c d β β β                                         (23) moreover, actual strain is = rt r    , with the strain produced during the martensitic lattice de-orientation (during the time interval [ , ]r rt endt t  ) being fully inelastic and equal to =i r   . accordingly, considering a complete loadingunloading cycle (that is, [0, ]rendt  ), the total inelastic strain at the end of the test is d r    . • 1[ , 2 ] r endt t t . at each step, alloy composition is governed by the projection described in eq. (23). it results 2 3= = 0d d  , and thereby eq. (12) gives =ed de  , = 0id , and 1= e de   . it is worth pointing out that, in the limit 0dt  , it results , , , ,d d d d r r r rt d t d t r t r d r                                  where 1= /d d e    and 1 2= / /r d de e          . in summary, in the limit 0dt  , the obtained constitutive relationship during a tensile traction-release test is (see fig. 3) 1 max 2 if loading ε [0,ε ] : ( ) if < ( ) if > d d d d d d d d d d e e                                        (24) 2 max 1 ( ) if > unloading ε [ε ,0] : ( ) if < if d d d r r r r r r r e e                                        (25) and the corresponding evolution of single-oriented martensitic microstructure 2 is m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 107 max 2 0 if loading ε [0,ε ] : ( ) if < 1 if > d d d d d d d d                                  (26) max 2 1 if > unloading ε [ε ,0] : ( ) if < 0 if r r r r r r r r                                  (27) with 1 2( ) = 1 ( )    . the behavior of the alloy, as obtained from eq. (24-27), is fully strain-rate independent. moreover, due to the phase diagram in fig. 1, reverse transformation occurs at positive stresses at high-temperature (namely, ( ) > 0r t  for > rot t ), reproducing the characteristic pseudo-elastic behavior of smas in initial austenitic microstructure. compression loading-unloading: 1 1[2 , 4 ]t t  . in this case, the behavior of the alloy in terms of the stress-strain relationship and alloy composition is analogous to the traction behavior. in fact, it can be obtained from previous relationships by replacing 2 with 3 , d  with d  , r  with r  , d  with d  , r  with r  . it is worth pointing out that, in the compressive regime, =d de  is associated with loading conditions, and =d de with un-loading ones. the full sma stress-strain constitutive response, obtained by addressing the traction-compression loading-unloading cycle in eq. (17) for 1[0, 4 ]t  at high temperature 2 > >af rot t t , is depicted in fig. 5a. (a) (b) figure 5: stress  vs. strain  predicted by present model in a tensile-compressive loading-unloading test obtained from applied strain as in fig. 2 at the high temperature 2t (a) and at the low temperature 1t (b). m. marino, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29 (2014) 96-110; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.10 108 low-temperature response despite the low-temperature response of smas is very different from the high-temperature one, analytical relationships obtained via present model are only slightly different from the ones above described. firstly, due to the multi-variant martensitic lattice arrangement of the alloy, young's modulus 4e should be employed instead of 1e . when > d   , the onset of the direct transformation occurs and the tentative alloy composition is the same as in eq. (19) but, since 1 = 0 in , it results cβ  and eq. (16) gives = = (0, / , 0)pr tddeβ β   with 4 = 1 / dde   . this is clearly shown in fig. 4, where it is also highlighted that analogous projection occurs during the overall direct transformation up to = (0,1, 0)tβ . similarly, model behavior is different also at the reverse transformation, where tentative volume fractions are given by eq. (22) (identical to the high-temperature case), resulting now cβ  . thereby, as shown in fig. 4, alloy composition at the onset of reverse transformation is obtained as = = (0,1 / , 0)pr tddeβ β   [see eq. (16)] with 4 = / dde   . analogous projection occurs during the overall reverse transformation, up to = (0, 0, 0)tβ and 4 = 1 (see fig. 4). the full sma stress-strain constitutive response, obtained addressing the traction-compression loading-unloading cycle in eq. (17) for 1[0, 4 ]t  at the low temperature 1 <

> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_06_2724 k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 66 experimental analysis of the physical degradation of polymers – the case of polymethyl methacrylate kaddouri afaf*, serier boualem, kaddouri khacem, belhouari mohamed university of djillali liabes, laboratory of mechanics physics of materials (lmpm laboratory), sidi bel abbes, algeria. kaddouri.af@gmail.com, serielem@yahoo.fr, kaddourikacem@yahoo.fr, belhouari@yahoo.com abstract. polymers are known to be sensitive to aging; their lifetime can be predicted through experimental tests. this paper displays an experimental study on the long-term performance of polymethyl methacrylate (pmma) exposed to solar (uv) radiations and artificial (uv) lamp radiations, drinking water and sea water. the performance of this polymer was analyzed in terms of strain variation; strain at break in tension, and young's modulus. the results obtained showed that the amount of absorbed water is independent of the nature of the solvent, and only the absorption kinetics may be regulated by the species contained in the medium. this seems to indicate that plastification of polymers is a reversible phenomenon. in addition, it was found that the tensile strength and elastic modulus drop with increasing immersion time. compared with seawater, the absorption of drinking tap water, after 36 months, leads to a non-linear behavior of the polymethyl methacrylate. exposition of pmma to artificial (uv) lamp radiations and solar (uv) radiations, for the same duration of exposure, resulted in greater performance degradation when the polymer was exposed to artificial (uv) lamp radiations. in addition, the results obtained after a 19 month exposure period that the artificial (uv) lamp radiations changes the behavior of this material from viscoelastic to viscoplastic. keywords. polymethyl methacrylate; aging; artificial (uv) lamp radiations and solar (uv) radiations; sea water; drinking water; mass gain. citation: afaf, k., serier, b., kaddouri, k., belhouari, m., experimental analysis of the physical degradation of polymers – the case of polymethyl methacrylate, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80. received: 08.01.2020 accepted: 06.05.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction olymers offer remarkable technological solutions in many fields; they belong to a class of materials that are increasingly used in industries ranging from consumer goods to aerospace products, including healthcare items. polymer matrix nano-composites are widely employed materials as many researchers predict that they are entitled to a bright future and can be a solution to the more and more severe commissioning conditions. nowadays, these materials can seriously compete with traditional ones, like mineral materials, because of their low density; also, their thermomechanical properties are becoming more and more elaborate (functional polymers). furthermore, these materials p https://youtu.be/ungkyxqpfhg k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 67 have become attractive because they are recyclable, especially thermoplastics, and present excellent corrosion resistance. because of the attractive mechanical properties of polymethyl methacrylate (pmma) and its ability to be easily shaped, many research studies have focused on this polymer to improve its service strength. indeed, pmma can be used in nanotechnology, particularly in electronics, medicine, civil engineering, mechanical engineering, telecommunications (fiber optics), marine engineering, aeronautics, aerospace, consumer goods industries, etc. [1-7]. nevertheless, it has been shown that the exposure of this polymer to heat, sun radiation, humidity and some solvents may lead to the degradation of its mechanical properties. several research studies have been conducted on the aging behavior of polymethyl methacrylate when exposed to these media. indeed, while bokoi et al. [8] studied the cracking behavior of hydrated and stressed pmma, they found out that the water absorption process can help to determine the mode of crack propagation. dry pmma has excellent scratch resistance; it is often deposited on substrates as a coating to improve this resistance. for this purpose, moghbelli et al. [9] showed that water affects this resistance. in addition, in this same study, depending on the polarity and time of exposure, they showed that the presence of water acts as a harmless lubricator on the surface of the polymer, which can prevent the formation of scratches. after a period of 22 days of pmma in water heated to 60 °c, shen et al. [10] concluded that for a1% absorption content, this solvent leads to the plasticization of the polymer. for higher amounts of water, the polymer loses its transparency and significant changes occur during the deformations. the aging resistance of pmma can also be affected by other environmental media, including light, gamma radiation and heat. in this context, miller et al. [11] investigated the effects of ultraviolet (uv) light, temperature, and moisture on aging pmma materials using an aging test bench supplied with xenon lamps; they also compared the outdoor exposure test results for the purpose of predicting the service life of these materials. for their part, fu et al. [12], by analyzing the effect of temperature on the physical aging of high molecular weight pmma, showed that the aging process results in a decrease in the coefficient of permeability and an increase in selectivity. they also suggested that a modified three-parameter fit model can help predict the long-term physical aging behavior. these findings are in good agreement with the experiment results. on the other hand, cheng et al. [13] investigated the effect of thermal aging on the scratch resistance of pmma subjected to a normal progressive load; they reached the conclusion that a longer aging time can lead to a decrease in the critical load for triggering superficial cracks, which means that crack resistance of pmma drops with longer aging time. thominette and verdu [14] studied the case of pmma subjected to tensile stress and gamma radiation; they could show that either one of the two mechanisms could lead to a splitting of the primary macro-radical; this mechanism could be activated by the constraint. similarly, wenhua yin et al. [7] investigated the aging behavior of pmma in a liquid scintillator, at different temperatures and subjected to static tensile forces; they found out that an increase in the aging temperature engenders a rapid drop in the tensile strength of the pmma. in another study, karollyne gomes de castro monsores et al. [15] reported that the ultraviolet (uv) radiation can modify the rigidity of pmma, and causes a drop in its elongation at break and its tensile strength. on the other hand, mambaye n'diaye et al. [16] showed that pmma used as orthopedic cement in contact with the body fluids can swell after 24 hours if placed in distilled water. similarly, in order to improve the photovoltaic performance of pmma, myles p. et al. [17] exposed two types of polymethyl methacrylate to high intensity ultraviolet (uv) radiation and also to a concentrated xenon arc. these authors indicated that, compared to the xenon arc, exposure of this material to uv radiations leads to an increase in pmma photo-degradation that is three to six times higher. in addition, e. youssif et al. [18] reported that when the polymer is exposed to uv radiation, photo-degradation is the main cause of deterioration of aging resistance. for their part, a. ghasemi-kahrizsangi et al. [19] indicated that, depending on the nature of the polymer, exposure to uv radiation can lead to degradation of the surface of the material due mainly to the removal of the surface layers and also to the formation of pitting and microcracks. similarly, f. namouchia et al. [20] studied the effect of thermal aging on the electrical properties of polymethyl methacrylate (pmma) and found out that such aging promotes the phenomenon of oxidation of the polymer and can therefore cause an increase in the number of free radicals. this can lead to the polarization of the pmma and may give it a less insulating character. as for o.d. gonzales et al. [21], they deduced that the optical stress coefficient of pmma subjected to tensile stresses varies according to the water content. on the other hand, y. minhyuk et al. [22] examined the effect of physical aging on the thermomechanical properties of ps-pmma through the measurement of silicon microcantilever deflections; they found out that these polymers interact during the glass transition. similarly, t. šaraca et al. [23] investigated the effect of simultaneous aging, due to heat treatment and gamma irradiation, on the mechanical and physico-chemical properties of the industrial ethylene-propylenediene monomer (epdm). they suggested that the mechanical properties of this monomer, and in particular the ultimate tensile stress and elongation at break, are highly dependent on the radiation dose rate, the aging temperature and dose rate. furthermore, alenka vesel opens et al. [24] investigated the effect of oxygen plasma treatment on the aging of polymethyl methacrylate (pmma). in this case, the samples were aged in dry air and water at ambient temperature. a study of the effect of this type of treatment on the quality of the pmma / elastomer junction was conducted by suzhu yu k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 68 et al. [25] who highlighted the beneficial effect of this treatment not only on the mechanical strength of the pmmaelastomer interface but also on the degradation of its properties due to aging. for their part, jing zhao et al. [26] tried to elucidate, by the suspension polymerization process, how can microcapsules for thermal energy storage compensate for damage caused by ultraviolet (uv) light. these same authors demonstrated the beneficial impact of these microcapsules on the pmma lifetime. indeed, they found out that these microcapsules have a high thermal storage capacity, good reliability and thermal stability, and provide good protection against uv radiations. as for merdas et al. [27], they investigated the effect of the polymer polarity on the absorption of water. they succeeded in showing that the absorption of water increases with the polarity of the polymer; this absorption is more significant for interpenetrating polymer networks than for individual network components, and does not generally depend on the large-scale network structure. with regard to ángel serrano-aroca et al. [28], they carried out a dynamic mechanical analysis and investigated the sorption of water vapor in highly porous poly(methyl methacrylate) (pmma). they were able to show that sorption increases with the crosslinking agent of the cross-linker as a result of the higher number of polar coo groups; however, it decreases with increasing porosity due to the formation of water clusters, which prevents water molecules from occupying all the specific surface of the highly porous polymer. on the other hand, it has been revealed that freshwater sorption increases considerably in very porous pmma. research team of david miller et al. [29] reported that seawater has an impact on the behavior and performance of the vinylester epoxy composite and leads to decreased tensile strength, compression and fatigue. moreover, ryota imaizumi et al. [30] investigated the resistance of poly (n-methylmaleimide-altisobutene) and poly (disopropyl fumarate), as transparent polymer films, to uv and gamma radiations; they successfully demonstrated that uv irradiation leads to the cleavage of the pmi and pdipf side chain via the norrish i-type reaction and also due to the cross-linking resulting from the combination of radicals of the polymers formed, which leads to degradation of their optical and mechanical properties. indeed, it has been found that radiation induces significant changes in the mass of molecules and in the mechanical properties of polymers as well. similarly, s.i. senatova et al. [31] examined the effect of uv radiation on the structure and properties of pp nanocomposites. these same researchers argued that the most prevailing mechanism involved in the protection of pp composites is the absorption of uv radiations by zinc oxide (zno) nanoparticles. reducing the uv radiation intensity prevents the breakage of molecular chains within polypropylene (pp) and its oxidation. these nanoparticles may be recommended to protect polymers against uv radiation. in another study, t. lu et al. [32, 33, 34] and g. wypych [35] showed through an experimental study that long-term exposure of polymers to high uv radiation levels leads to faster degradation of their aging resistance. in addition, their immersion in water produces the same effects. xavier monnier [36] studied molecular dynamics in complex polymer systems: from anisotropy to confinement effects. it is shown that high cooling rates available by fsc allow to accelerate physical aging kinetics. it is shown that preferential orientation induced during electrospinning leads to the formation of mesophase, wich increase cooperativity, namely the intermolecular interactions. yamina hanafi [37] showed through her study the degradation of polyethersulfone / polyvinylpyrrolidone membranes by sodium hypochlorite that the pes-chain scission mechanism appeared to play the major role in the worsening of the membrane filtration performance. under the ageing conditions of this study it seems that neither the pes hydroxylation nor the pvp degradation play a significant role in the worsening of the membrane rejection properties. finally, the membrane structure was found to be substantially altered by the action of sodium hypochlorite, especially for membranes containing pvp. nadim ahmed haseg [38] have studied the molecular mobility of poly(methyl methacrylate) (pmma) during a physical ageing, at various temperatures. this study was carried out by means of two techniques, namely i) mechanical spectroscopy (ms) with scanning in temperature for 4 nearly simultaneous frequencies 0.33hz and 20hz, and ii) differential scanning calorimetry (dsc). concerning the experimental aspect, this study has allowed to find the two well known relaxation processes α and b and to highlight an additional signal induced by preliminary aging procedure. this peak due to structural relaxation strongly depends on the preliminary condition of annealing (temperature and time aging) and appears to be nearly non frequency dependent, as assesses by mechanical spectroscopy. géraldine rapp [39] studied a thermal aging of polyethylene used as cable insulation, shows that: the oxidation kinetics obey the arrhenius law for thermal ageing between 80°c and 110°c. the variations of mechanical properties can be linked to the evolution of the microstructure of each polymer and of their macromolecular architecture during thermo-oxidative ageing. the polymer (pmma) is a material that is predominantly used in industrial devices operating in cumulative immersion environments such as seawater, drinking water (tap water) and is generally exposed to ultraviolet (uv) and solar radiations. the main purpose of this study is to highlight by experimental analysis the effect of these environmental media on the long-term performance of the polymer (pmma), in terms of the tensile strength variations, strain at rupture variation and young's modulus variation. k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 69 experimental analysis he mechanical properties of the polymethyl methacrylate (pmma), of chemical formula (c5o2h8) n, are given in tab. 1. this is an amorphous transparent thermoplastic hard and rigid but fragile and notch-sensitive material. it is mainly used in an industrial device, namely the photobioreactor, which consists of two transparent pmma plates, assembled in a pvc frame (fig. 1). this device, containing seawater, is exposed simultaneously to natural lighting (solar (uv) radiations) and artificial lighting (artificial (uv) lamp radiations). the designer and user of this device are both especially interested in its long-term behavior, under the operating conditions mentioned above. then, the service life of this device, which consists of these two plates, immersed in water for 36 months and exposed to solar (uv) and artificial (uv) lamp radiations also for a length of 36 months, was examined in the long term. in order to be in the conditions of use of this device, pmma tensile specimens were prepared (fig. 2) by molding, then at room temperature (20°c) immersed separately in seawater and drinking water (tap water). they were then exposed to the solar (uv) radiations and artificial (uv) lamp radiations. these specimens were tested in uniaxial tension with a transverse displacement speed of 0.5 mm / min. a) production device b) prototype figure 1: photobioreactor made with pmma. modulus of elasticity (mpa) 3200 -4000 poisson’s ratio 0.35 -0.40 stress at rupture (break)(mpa) 70 80 strain at rupture (break) (%) 2.4 table 1: mechanical properties of pmma as given by the supplier. figure 2: tensile specimen made with pmma: iso 527-2. t k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 70 tests were carried out on a recent software-driven zwick machine with 25 kn resistance, equipped with a camera and a chamber that are required for the good conduct of the tests, at different temperatures (fig. 3). this machine is perfectly suited for polymer materials. for the reproducibility of the results, these tests were performed on a batch of six (6) samples non-aged and under various aging conditions. again, the tensile test was performed on a batch of six samples, and the average value was selected, as shown in fig. 4. after immersion in water brought to room temperature (20°c), the samples were dried with compressed air. figure 3: tensile testing machine. results and discussion o better understand the effects of aging, unaged (dry) pmma samples (six samples) were weighed with a very high precision scale (up to 10-6 g) and were then tested for uniaxial tension, as shown in fig. 4 which clearly exhibits the linear and brittle behavior of pmma. the average values of the modulus of elasticity (3750 mpa), tensile strength (69 mpa) and strain at break (2.31%) determined from this figure are comparable to those obtained by other authors [22]. figure 4: variation of stress as a function of strain for unaged dry polymethyl methacrylate (pmma) t k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 71 immersion in water ensile specimens were immersed separately, at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, in drinking water (tap water) and in seawater, for a period ranging from one to thirty-six months; they were than dried with compressed air and weighed and then tested in uniaxial tension. the absorption of water by pmma during aging was determined in terms of the mass gain rate, δm/m as a function of the square root of the immersion time “t1/2” (fig. 5). it has been shown that the penetration of water to the pmma obeys to the fick’s low and in this case the depth of water flow is proportional to “t1/2”. fig. 5 shows explicitly during the first months, immersion in drinking water (tap water) leads to the absorption of an amount of water (fig. 5a) larger than that in seawater (fig. 5b). thus, after a cumulative aging of eight months, the amount of absorbed water was found approximately twice as high (1.25%) in drinking water as in seawater (0.70%). after a 19-month immersion period in drinking water (tap water) and in seawater, separately, the maximum percentages of absorbed water were 1.58% and 1.51%, respectively. these proportions correspond to the saturation levels in water molecules absorbed by the polymer. the amount of water absorbed by the pmma seems to be insensitive to the immersion time, as can be seen in fig. 5 (a, b). a close examination of this figure clearly shows that the diffusion kinetics of seawater in pmma is much slower than that of drinking water (tap water) in the same polymer. indeed, the speed of water molecules is higher during the first moments of immersion, and then begins to slow down to reach its lowest level after 19 months of aging (fig. 5a). in seawater, as compared to drinking water (tap water), during the first five months of immersion, the speed of water molecules is relatively slow; it then begins to increase and stabilizes after a cumulative aging of 36 months (fig. 5b). this behavior explicitly shows that the activity of water strongly depends on its nature (tap water or seawater). therefore, it may be concluded that the diffusion kinetics of water molecules in the pmma is controlled by the species contained in water. longer immersion period, beyond 19 months, generates almost no weight gain (fig. 6). this seems to show that, under the current aging conditions, only water molecules are concerned with diffusion in pmma. the displacement of a water molecule in the intersites of this polymer is strongly slowed down by the elements contained in this solvent. this can be explained by the fact that water diffuses into the polymer and enters into the unoccupied intermolecular sites, which leads to the absorption of a large quantity of water. this behavior, which is observed during the first five-month immersion period, can be explained by the nature of the species contained in water. in addition to the fact that most elements in water consist essentially of hydrogen (h+) and hydroxide (oh-) ions, seawater also contains a high proportion (> 50%) of sodium ions (na +) and (> 30%) of chlorine ions (cl-). these two ions appear to have a decisive effect on the weight gain of pmma. indeed, these elements tend to slow down the activity of water within the pmma, which leads to a drop in the flow rate of water molecules inside this polymer. in fact, these molecules penetrate into the macromolecular networks, and this leads to the weakening, or even the breaking, of the secondary bonds between the chains that are responsible for the polymer cohesion. by destroying the secondary bonds of the polymer, water decreases the mechanical cohesion and increases the molecular mobility. it should be noted, however, that the diffusion of water within the pmma follows the fickian diffusion pattern below the glass transition temperature, because in this case water plays the role of a plasticizer. this would increase the chain mobility and allow a higher penetration of water, with a maximal percentage of about 2% of weight increase grinsted et al. [40]; nottrott [41]; mambaye n'diaye et al. [16]. in this study, the maximum level of drinking water absorbed by pmma was found corresponding to 1.95% weight increase; this is comparable to that obtained by the above mentioned authors. these findings suggest that pmma can absorb up to 2% of water. after 24 hours of immersion in distilled water, it was found that pmma can swell by absorbing a small amount of water mambaye n'diaye et al. [16]. in another analysis, in 2013, wayne nishio ayrea et al. [42] showed that the amount of absorbed water was around 2% of weight increase after immersion of the pmma in water for 30 days. the behavior of the polymer observed by these authors is consistent with the results obtained in this study. indeed, the absorption kinetics of water molecules turns faster as the solvent gets poorer in dissolved species. the proportions of 2% and 1.95%, found in this study, correspond to the maximum saturation levels in water molecules (fig. 6). in domain 1, plasticization is closely related to the nature of water, while in domain 2, it is independent. specimens were first placed in drinking water (tap water) and seawater (fig. 5) for a certain period of time. afterwards, they were weighed and tested in uniaxial tension a physical experiment which makes it possible to determine the behavior and to measure the degree of resistance to rupture of a material. the results thus obtained are represented in figs. 7 and 8. for the legibility of the behavior illustrated in these two figures, the value of the stress at rupture indicated represents the average value of six samples for condition of aging. these figures clearly show that the tensile stress at break and the modulus of elasticity of the pmma were affected by the amount of absorbed drinking water (tap water) and the quantity of absorbed seawater, respectively (fig. 6). this behavior is identical to that mentioned by c. ishiyama et al. [43]. note t k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 72 that the longer the immersion period (36 months), the more significant the degradation is. indeed, one may observe a premature tensile failure in the pmma due to the weakening of the intermolecular bonds, which engenders a drop in the cohesion energy of lennard jones. moreover, it is important to note that, regardless of the nature of water, young's modulus drops sharply during the first months of immersion, and then starts decreasing slowly during the last moments of aging (figs. 7 and 8). (a) (b) figure 5: effect of immersion time on weight gain (a): drinking water (tap water), (b) seawater. figure 6: the effects of the nature of solvent and the duration of immersion on the quantity of water absorbed by the pmma domain 1: the pmma mechanical properties are sensitive to the nature of water; domain 2: the pmma mechanical properties are insensitive to the nature of water. this behavior is essentially attributed to the amount of water absorbed by the pmma. indeed, because of their small size, the water molecules preferentially diffuse in the intermolecular sites, thus causing a plasticization of the polymer. the plasticization phenomenon causes a relaxation of the polymer chains and an increase in the intermolecular spaces [42]. it is useful to remember that the flow of water in this polymer obeys the fickian diffusion [42]. therefore, the penetration depth of the diffusing element is proportional to the square root of time. it is useful to note that the determination of the correlation between the pmma mechanical properties and fickian scattering is one of the objectives of this work. this justifies the variation of young's modulus and the weight gain as a function of the square root of time that is used in this study. on the other hand, the degradation of pmma resistance to aging, as a result of the variation in the mechanical characteristics like the tensile strength, strain at break and modulus of elasticity, can be explained by the fact that the water molecules could be attracted by the hydrophilic groups by destroying the hydrogen bonds or van der waals bonds in the macromolecular network, which can lead to an increase in the distance between the pmma chains, in addition to a k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 73 significant plasticization in comparison with that generated by the flow of seawater into the pmma (fig. 7 ). it is worth noting that this plasticization is responsible for the non-linearity of stress and strain observed during the first five-month period of immersion of the polymer in drinking water (fig. 8). the increase in the strain at break, in comparison with that obtained in dry pmma during this first aging period, is characteristic of this non-linear behavior. consequently, this immersion time leads to a transformation of the initially viscoelastic behavior (dry pmma) into viscoplastic (hydrated pmma). it is noted that, beyond that period, the longer the immersion duration, the less important the deformations are (fig. 9). the mechanical behavior observed in this case tends to become linear and brittle again. after 36 months of aging, the pmma exhibits a perfectly linear behavior. (a) (b) figure 7: effect of immersion time in seawater on the mechanical properties of pmma for (a) the stress at break, (b) the modulus of elasticity. for the same duration, and under the same aging conditions, the strain at break observed in samples aged in drinking water (tap water) is much larger than that noted in samples placed in seawater (fig. 9), which seems to explain the decline in the viscoelastic behavior of pmma. this behavior is consistent with that observed by schen et al. [10] and hamouda et al. [44]. the quantity of drinking water (1.30%) absorbed by the pmma during the first five months of aging is larger than that observed, during the same period, in the case of pmma immersed in seawater (0.27%). the close examination of these results shows that aging in drinking water (tap water) leads to greater plasticization. therefore, one may conclude that this process is responsible for the transformation of the initially linear viscoelastic behavior into the nonlinear and more ductile viscoplastic of the polymer, as shown in fig. 9a. in the case of aging in seawater, during the same period, the fragile behavior of pmma is preserved. compared with aging in sea water, the low values of tensile strength observed are characteristic of this pmma behavior (fig. 9a). in fact, a five-month time period of aging in drinking water (tap water) and in sea water respectively generates a degradation in tensile strength of pmma from 69 mpa to 27 mpa and from 69 mpa to 44mpa (fig. 9a). during the last five months of aging, the amount of water absorbed is independent of the nature of solvent; it corresponds to the average percentages of 1.58% in drinking water and 1.55% in sea water, respectively, as shown in fig. 6. this clearly indicates that during the last seventeen (17) months of immersion, the plastification is very insensitive to the nature of water used. the degradation rate of the tensile strength of pmma is approximately 69% in seawater and 71% in drinking water (tap water). moreover, its young's modulus does not depend on the nature of the aging water; it was found equal to about 77% and 78% in seawater and drinking water (tap water), respectively (figs. 9b and 10). these results are closely related to the amount of water absorbed by the pmma. compared to other studies [10, 44], it can be stated that the change in the pmma behavior (fragile-ductile-fragile) with the nature of aging water and the amount of absorbed water, observed in this study, constitute the originality of this work. compared to immersion in seawater, when pmma is in fresh water (tap water), its modulus of elasticity degrades more rapidly (fig. 10) during the first five months. the effect of the aging medium disappears after a 19-month period, which represents the saturation phase of this polymer in water. this can certainly be attributed to the amount of water absorbed during the aging period. k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 74 the results obtained in this study clearly suggest that during the first fifteen (15) months of immersion, the degradation kinetics of the mechanical properties (tensile strength and modulus of elasticity) largely depend on the nature of water used; whereas during the last months, it is practically independent. (a) (b) figure 8: effect of immersion time in drinking water (tap water) on the mechanical properties of pmma: (a) stress at break, (b) modulus of elasticity. (a) (b) figure 9: comparative analysis of the effect of the nature of aging medium on the mechanical behavior of pmma: (a) first five months of immersion, (b) last five months of immersion. figure 10: comparative analysis of young's modulus of pmma aged in seawater and in drinking water (tap water). k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 75 this study shows that the amount of water absorbed by the pmma is independent of the nature of the solvent used; this means that it is also independent of the species contained in this solvent. only the water absorption kinetics (diffusion) is strongly influenced by these species. this is one of the originalities of this work. to the best of our knowledge, no study has highlighted such a phenomenon. this behavior could mean that no mechanism of irreversible degradation (breaking of chemical bonds, hydrolysis, etc.) has occurred in the pmma during the absorption phase, either in drinking water (tap water) or in seawater. the plasticizing effect appears to be the main mechanism responsible for the degradation of resistance to aging, which is attributed to the deterioration of the mechanical properties of pmma after immersion in water. the reversibility of water absorption mechanism (hydration) can only be highlighted through a close examination of moisture desorption (dehydration) in pmma. this study is in progress. exposure to solar (uv) and artificial (uv) lamp radiations xposure of the polymer to solar (uv) and artificial (uv) lamp radiations was performed in accordance with the commissioning conditions of the industrial photobioreactor system shown in fig. 1. to do this, each side of the pmma specimens was exposed to solar (uv) and artificial (uv) lamp radiations for a period ranging from one (01) to thirty-six (36) months. they were then tested in uniaxial tension, as shown in figs. 11 and 12. these figures clearly indicate that a continuous exposure of 36 months to artificial (uv) lamp radiations leads to a drop in tensile strength at break, and a decrease in both the strain at break and the elastic modulus of the polymer. it should be noted, however, that, compared with solar (uv) radiations, exposure of the polymer to artificial (uv) lamp radiations engenders a significant degradation of its stress at break (figs. 11a, 12a) and its young's modulus as well (figs. 11b, 12b). the deterioration of the polymer mechanical properties is essentially assigned to the absorption of photons. these are potentially aggressive electromagnetic radiations that possess energies corresponding to those of certain chemical bonds. the absorption of photons can cause breaks in molecular chains, thus releasing free radicals and reducing the molecular weight of polymers. this should inevitably lead to degradation of the tensile strength at break, and deterioration of the strain at break, after a cumulative aging of 12 months, with a lower young's modulus [31, 45-48]. the results obtained in this study show that the artificial (uv) lamp radiations has a more significant effect on the degradation of the polymer mechanical properties. note that after a cumulative aging of thirty-six months, the solar (uv) radiation does not seem to affect the linear viscoelastic behavior of the polymethyl methacrylate (fig. 11). this behavior remains unchanged with regard to the exposure duration. this behavior is observed after an artificial (uv) lamp irradiation time of 3 to 12 months. a too long artificial (uv) lamp irradiation (36 months) leads not only to a considerable drop in tensile strength and young's modulus, but also to a greater strain at break than that observed in nonirradiated pmma (fig. 12a). in fact, it was noted that the tensile strength dropped by about half (fig. 12a) but the strain at break increased. this clearly indicates that a 36-month cumulative aging seems to lead to a change in the mechanical behavior of pmma from viscoelastic to viscoplastic. the observed nonlinear behavior is indicative of this transformation. understanding this change in behavior, which is a topical result, is required for the purpose of comprehending the degradation mechanisms involved in the aging resistance of pmma irradiated with uv light. this is one of the objectives of this work. fig. 13 summarizes the comparative analysis results of the effects of exposure of polymethyl methacrylate to solar (uv) radiations and artificial lamp radiations on its modulus of elasticity (fig. 13a) and tensile strength (fig. 13b). it is clearly illustrated in fig. 13a that regardless of the duration of aging, in comparison with exposure to solar (uv) radiations, the artificial (uv) lamp radiations causes a significant degradation of the pmma elastic modulus which drops sharply during the first six (06) months of irradiation, then starts decreasing slowly during the following six months (06); the degradation of this physical parameter is considerably slowed down during the last twenty-four (24) months of aging. it should be noted that the same behavior was observed in the case of pmma exposed to solar (uv) radiations. the behavior of the polymer illustrated in fig. 13b may be better interpreted by referring to fig. 14 which shows separately the effect of this exposure during the first nine months (fig. 14a) and during the last twenty-seven months (fig. 14b) of the exposure period. these figures suggest that the artificial (uv) lamp radiation leads to a slightly higher degradation of tensile strength and to lower strain at break. the initial linear viscoelastic behavior of pmma remained unchanged during the first twelve months of aging of the polymer exposed to artificial (uv) lamp and solar (uv) radiations (fig. 14a). after thirty-six months of artificial (uv) lamp radiation, a non-linear behavior was observed (fig. 14b) with a higher strain at break. it should be noted that this non-linearity in behavior was not observed in the case of pmma exposed to solar (uv) radiation, for the same period of exposure of 36 months. in addition, a 36-month cumulative aging after exposure of each side of the specimen to artificial (uv) lamp radiation, separately, resulted in a e k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 76 57% degradation of tensile strength, 10% increase in the strain at break, and 62% drop in young's modulus. for the same duration, exposure of pmma to solar (uv) radiation leads to a 50% drop in the stress at break and a 30% reduction in the strain at break, with a 47% drop in young's modulus. (a) (b) figure 11: effect of the duration of exposure to solar (uv) radiations on the mechanical properties of pmma: (a) stress at break, (b) modulus of elasticity. (a) (b) figure 12: effect of the duration of exposure to artificial (uv) lamp radiations on the mechanical properties of pmma: (a) stress at break, (b) modulus of elasticity. (a) (b) figure 13: comparing the effects of exposure time of pmma to solar (uv) radiations and artificial (uv) lamp radiations on its mechanical properties: (a) modulus of elasticity; (b) stress at break. k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 77 (a) (b) figure 14: comparative analysis of the effects of solar (uv) and artificial (uv) lamp radiations on the mechanical properties of pmma: (a) exposure duration: first 9 months; (b) exposure duration: last 27 months. conclusion he analysis of the experimental results obtained in this study, jointly with those reported in the literature, makes it possible to draw the following conclusions: aging in water: the amount of water (weight gain) absorbed by the pmma is closely related to the immersion time in both types of water (tap water and seawater). after a cumulative aging of thirty-six months, the average contents reached for seawater and tap water were 1.51% and 1.58%, respectively. the maximum values of these quantities correspond to the values of 1.87% and 1.95%, which are in fairly good agreement with those reported in the literature (2%). after twenty months of pmma hydration, the amount of water absorbed hardly changed with the increase in aging time; in the first five months of aging, the kinetics of water diffusion in pmma is closely linked to the nature of the immersion medium. it is greatly slowed down by the species contained in the water; after a nineteen months immersion time, and regardless of the nature of water, hydration reached a saturation point, beyond which the absorbed water content no longer evolves; during the first months of immersion (less than 19 months), the diffusion kinetics of water molecules in pmma was found to depend on the species contained in the solvent used. their presence considerably slows down the flow rate of water molecules inside the polymer. this rate turned out to be greater in drinking water (tap water) but slower in seawater. in the latter case, the diffusion was delayed and the water molecules took a longer time to reach the maximum amount of water absorbed by the pmma, after which the polymer reaches a state of saturation in water molecules, after a cumulative aging of 19 months. beyond this period, the amount of absorbed water becomes independent of the type of solvent used. only the diffusion kinetics of water molecules within the pmma depends on the nature of the solvent. on the other hand, the absorption of water leads to a degradation of aging resistance in terms of reduction of stiffness, tensile strength, and elongation at break of the polymethyl methacrylate (pmma). during the first five months of immersion in drinking water (tap water), the pmma changes from the initial linear viscoelastic behavior to the non-linear viscoplastic behavior. beyond this period, the polymer exhibits a reversible behavior. the pmma becomes viscoelastic again with a lower tensile strength. moreover, after nineteen months of immersion, the nature of water has practically no influence on the aging resistance of pmma. in this case, for the same aging time in drinking water (tap water) and in seawater, the attenuated values of tensile strength and elastic modulus are comparable. this could mean that during the absorption phase, whether in drinking water (tap water) or seawater, no mechanism of irreversible degradation occurs in pmma. after hydration, plastification seems to be the main mechanism responsible for the drop in resistance to aging. in addition, the reversibility of water absorption can only be proven by a moisture desorption analysis of the pmma. uv aging: exposure to solar (uv) and artificial (uv) lamp radiations leads to degradation of stiffness, tensile strength and strain at break of the polymer. an increase in irradiation time causes a drop in the aging resistance of the pmma. compared with exposure to solar (uv) radiation, and for the same duration of aging, artificial (uv) lamp radiation causes t k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 78 a greater degradation of mechanical characteristics. the breaking of the macromolecular chain is responsible for the deterioration of pmma properties; for longer ultraviolet radiation exposure times (beyond thirty-six months), the linear mechanical behavior of the nonirradiated pmma changes to a non-linear behavior, with greater deformations as compared to the non-irradiated polymer; the modulus of young of the pmma drops sharply during the first six months of exposure to artificial (uv) lamp radiation then starts decreasing slowly during the following six months. it is important to precise that the degradation of this physical parameter is significantly slowed down during the last twenty-four months of aging. a similar behavior is observed during exposure to solar (uv) radiation but with lower values, regardless of the aging time. references [1] kowalonek, j., kaczmarek, h., kurzawa, m. (2016). effect of uv-irradiation on fluorescence of poly (methyl methacrylate) films with photosensitive organic compounds, journal of photochemistry and photobiology a: chemistry. 319-320, pp.18-24. doi: 10.1016/j.jphotochem.2015.12.017 [2] münker, t.j.a.g., van de vijfeijken, s.e.c.m., mulder, c.s., vespasiano, v., becking, a.g., kleverlaan, c.j., and al. (2018). effects of sterilization on the mechanical properties of poly(methyl methacrylate) based personalized medical devices, journal of the mecchanical behavior of biomedical materials. 81, pp.168-172. doi: 10.1016/j.jmbbm.2018.01.033. [3] manjunatha, h.c. (2017). a study of gamma attenuation parameters in poly methyl methacrylate and kapton, journal of radiation physics and chemistry. 137, pp. 254-259. doi: 10.1016/j.radphyschem.2016.01.024 [4] zhong, z.w., wang, z.f., zirajutheen, b.m.p.( 2005). chemical mechanical polishing of polycarbonate and poly methyl methacrylate substrates, journal of microelectronic engineering. 81, pp. 117-124. doi: 10.1016/j.mee.2005.04.005. [5] bussi, y., golan, s., dosoretz, cg., eisen, ms. (2018). synthesis, characterization and performance of polystyrene/pmma blend membranes for potential water treatment, journal of desalination. 431, pp.35-46. doi: 10.1016/j.desal.2017.12.024. [6] ali, u., karim, k.j.b.a., buang, n.a. (2015). a review of the properties and applications of poly (methyl methacrylate) (pmma), journal of polymer reviews. 55, pp.678-705. doi.org/10.1080/15583724.2015.1031377. [7] wenhua, y., zeyu, x., yuming, y., jun, y., xiaodan, l., huiqin, w., shuang, w., yufang, x., yunong, y. (2019). aging behavior and lifetime prediction of pmma under tensile stress and liquid scintillator conditions, journal: advanced industrial and engineering polymer research. doi: 10.1016/j.aiepr.2019.04.002. [8] bokoi, y., ishiyama, c., shimojo, m., shiraishi, y., higo, y. (2000). effects of sorbed water on crack propagation in poly(methyl methacrylate) under static tensile stress, journal of materials science. 35, pp.5001-5011. doi: https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1004803030131 [9] ehsan, m., reid, b., hung, j.s. (2014). the effect of moisture exposure on scratch resistance of pmma, journal of tribology international. 69, pp.46–55. doi: 10.1016/j.triboint.2013.08. [10] shen, j., chen, c., sauer, j. (1985). effects of sorbed water on properties of low and high molecular weight pmma: 1. deformation and fracture behaviour, journal of polymer. 26, pp.511-518. doi: 10.1016/0032-3861(85)90150-8. [11] miller, d.c., carloni, j.d., johnson, d.k., pankow, j.w., gjersing, e.l., et al. (20.13). an investigation of the changes in poly (methyl methacrylate) specimens after exposure to ultra-violet light, heat, and humidity, solar energy, journal of materials and solar cells. 111, pp.165-180. [12] fu, y., hsiao, s., hu, c., lee, k., lai, j. (2008). prediction of long-term physical aging of poly(methyl methacrylate) membranes for gas separation, journal of desalination. 234, pp.51-57. doi: 10.1016/j.desal.2007.09.069. [13] cheng, q., jiang, c., zhang, j., yang, z., zhu, z., jiang, h. (2016). effect of thermal aging on the scratch behavior of poly (methyl methacrylate), journal of tribology international. 101: 110-114. doi: 10.1016/j.triboint.2016.04.013 [14] thominette, f., verdu, j. (1996). effect of a tensile stress on the radiolytic degradation of poly (methyl methacrylate), journal of polymer. 37, pp.1323-1327. doi: 10.1016/0032-3861(96)81128-1 [15] monsores, k. g. c., da silva, a. o., de sant’ana oliveira, s., rodrigues, j. g. p., pondé weber, r. (2019). influence of ultraviolet radiation on polymethylmethacrylate (pmma), journal of materials research and technology, 8, pp. 3713-3718. doi: 10.1016/j.jmrt.2019.06.023. [16] n’diaye, m., pascaretti-grizon, f., massin, p., baslé, m. f., chappard, d. (2012). water absorption of poly (methyl methacrylate) measured by vertical interference microscopy, gerom groupe etudes remodelage osseux et k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 79 biomatériaux−lhea, iris-ibs institut de biologie en santé, lunam université, chu d’angers, 49933 angers cedex, france, chirurgie orthopédique et traumatologie, hôpital bichat, 75018 paris, france, (pubs.acs.org/langmuir). doi: 10.1021/la302260a. [17] myles, p., murray., laura, s., bruckman., and roger, h, french. (2012). photodegradation in a stress and response framework: poly (methyl methacrylate) for solar mirrors and lens, journal of photonics for energy. 2. doi: 10.1117/1.jpe.2.022004. [18] yousif, e., haddad, r. (2013). photodegradation and photostabilization of polymers, especially polystyrene, journal of review, springerplus 2. 1, 398. doi: 10.1186/2193-1801-2-398. [19] ghasemi-kahrizsangi, a., shariatpanahi, h., neshati, j., akbarinezhad, e. (2015). degradation of modified carbon black/epoxy nanocomposite coatings under ultraviolet exposure, journal of applied surface science. 353, pp. 530539. doi: 10.1016/j.apsusc.2015.06.029 [20] namouchi, f., smaoui, h., fourati, n., zerrouki, c., h. guermazi, h., bonnet, jj. (2009). investigation on electrical properties of thermally aged pmma by combined use of ftir and impedance spectroscopies, journal of alloys and compounds. 469, pp.197–202. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2008.01.148 [21] gonzales, o.d., nicassio, a., eliasson, v. (2016). evaluation of the effect of water content on the stress optical coefficient in pmma, journal of polymer testing. 50, pp.119–124. doi: 10.1016/j.polymertesting.2016.01.004. [22] minhyuk, y., namchul, j., changyong, y., sangmin j. (2011). nanomechanical thermal analysis of the effects of physical aging on glass transitions in ps/pmma blend and ps-pmma diblockcopolymers, journal of polymer, 18 (52): 4136-4140 doi: 10.1016/j.polymer.2011.06.051. [23] šaraca, t., devauxb, j., quiévyc, n., gusarova, a., konstantinovića, mj. (2017). the correlation between elongation at break and thermal decomposition of aged epdm cable polymer, journal of radiation physics and chemistry. 132, pp.8–12. doi: 10.1016/j.radphyschem.2016.10.017. [24] vesel opens, a., mozetic, m. (2012). surface modification and ageing of pmma polymer by oxygen plasma treatment, journal of vacuum. 6 (86), pp.634-637. doi: 10.1016/j.vacuum.2011.07.005. [25] suzhu, y., shu pei, n., zhenfeng, w., chu long t., yong chear, s. (2017). thermal bonding of thermoplastic elastomer film to pmma for microfluidic applications, journal of surface and coatings technology. 320, pp.437–440. doi: 10.1016/j.surfcoat.2016.11.102. [26] jing, z., yanyang, y., yu l., liang, z., hao, w., guolin s. (2017). microencapsulated phase change materials with tio2-doped pmma shell for thermal energy storage and uv-shielding, journal of solar energy materials and solar cells. 168, pp.62–68. doi: 10.1016/j.solmat.2017.04.014. [27] merdas, i., tcharkhtchi, a., thominette, f., verdu, j., dean, k., cook, w. (2002). water absorption by uncrosslinked polymers, networks and ipns having medium to high polarity, journal of polymer. 43, pp. 4619-4625. doi: 10.1016/s0032-3861(02)00267-7. [28] serrano-aroca, á., llorens-gámez, mar (2017). dynamic mechanical analysis and water vapour sorption of highly porous poly(methylmethacrylate), journal of polymer. 125, pp. 58-65. doi: 10.1016/j.polymer.2017.07.075. [29] miller, d., john, f. mandell, daniel, d., samborsky., b., hernandez-sanchezand, a., todd griffith, d. (2012). performance of composite materials subjected to salt water environments, aiaa sdm wind energy session. doi: 10.2514/6.2012-1575. [30] imaizumi, r., furuta, m., okamura, h., matsumoto, a. (2017). uv and y_ray resistance of poly(nmethylmaleimide_alt-isobutene) and poly(diisopropyl fumarate) as transparent polymer films, journal of physics and chemistry. 138, pp.22–28. doi: 10.1016/j.radphyschem.2017.04.018. [31] senatova, s.i., senatov, f.s., kuznetsov, d.v., stepashkin, a.a., issi, j.p. (2016). effect of uv-radiation on structure and properties of pp nanocomposites, journal of alloys and compounds. 707, pp.304-309. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2016.11.170. [32] lu, t., solis-ramos, e., yun-bo yi., kumosa, m. (2016). synergistic environmental degradation of glass reinforced polymer composites, journal of polymer degradation and stability. 131, pp.1-8. doi: 10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2016.06.025. [33] lu, t., solis-ramos, e., yi., y., kumosa, m. (2018). uv degradation model for polymers and polymer matrix composites, journal of polymer degradation and stability. 154, pp. 203-210. doi: 10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2018.06.004. [34] lu, t., solis-ramos, e., yi, y., kumosa, m. (2017). particle removal mechanisms in synergistic aging of polymers and glass reinforced polymer composites under combined uv and water, journal of composites science and technology. 153, pp.273-281. doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2017.10.028. [35] wypych, g. (2011). handbook of uv degradation and stabilization, toronto. k. afaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 66-80; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.06 80 [36] mounier, x. (2017). molecular dynamics in complex polymer systems: from anisotropy to confinement effects. university de rouen. [37] hanafi, y. (2017). study of the degradation of polyethersulfone/polyvinylpyrrolidone membranes by sodium hypochlorite. rennes doctoral school in matter,molecules and materials (le mans) in partnership with the university of brittany loire (comue) and the rennes institute of chemical sciences (laboratory). 1. [38] ahmed haseg, n. (2018). contribution to the study of the relaxation and ageing in amorphous polymers. [39] géraldine (2018). rapp, multi-scale analysis of the thermo-oxidative aging of a mixture of polyethylene reticles. clermont auvergne. [40] grinsted, r.a., clark, l., koenig, j.l. (1992). study of cyclic sorption–desorption into poly (methyl methacrylate) rods using nmr imaging, journal of macromolecules. 25 (4), pp.1235–1241. doi:.org/10.1021/ma00030a006. [41] nottrott, m. (2010). acrylic bone cements, journal of acta orthopaedica. 81 (s341), pp.1–27. doi: 10.3109/17453674.2010.487929. [42] ayrean, n., denyerb, s. p., evansa, s. l. (2014). ageing and moisture uptake in polymethyl methacrylate (pmma) bone cements wayne, journal of the mechanical behavior of biomedical materials. 32, pp.76–88. doi: 10.1016/j.jmbbm.2013.12.010. [43] ishiyama, c., higo, y. (2002). effects of humidity on young’s modulus in poly (methylmethacrylate), journal of polymer science part b. 40, pp.460–465 doi: 10.1002/polb.10107. [44] hamouda, a. (2002). the influence of humidity on the deformation and fracture behaviour of pmma, journal of materials processing technology. 124, pp.238–243. doi: 10.1016/s0924-0136(02)00096-1. [45] yan, l., chouw, n., jayaraman, k. (2015). effect of uv and water spraying on the mechanical properties of flax fabric reinforced polymer composites used for civil engineering applications, journal of materials and design. 71, pp.17–25. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2015.01.003. [46] kahlen, s., jerabek, m., wallner, g.m., lang, r.w. (2009). characterization of physical and chemical aging of polymeric solar materials by mechanical testing, journal of polymer testing. 29, pp.72–81. doi: 10.1016/j.polymertesting.2009.09.007. [47] cordelle, a., drissi-habti, m., aaron forster., joannie chin. (2013). effects of uv irradiation on the mechanical properties of polymer composite materials, journal of review of composites and advanced materials, lavoisier. 23 (2), pp.295-309. [48] colom, x., garcı ́a, t., suñol, j.j., saurina, j., carrasco, f. (2001). properties of pmma artificially aged, journal of non-crystalline solids. (1–3) 287, pp.308-312. doi: 10.1016/s0022-3093(01)00571-3. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_30_art_68 v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 569 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues investigation of very high cycle fatigue by thermographyc method v. crupi, g. epasto, e. guglielmino, g. risitano university of messina, department of electronic engineering, chemistry and industrial engineering (diecii) crupi.vincenzo@unime.it; gabriella.epasto@unime.it; eguglie@unime.it; grisitano@unime.it abstract. nowadays, many components and structures are subjected to fatigue loading with a number of cycles higher than 107. in this scientific work, the behaviour of two kinds of tool steel was investigated in very high cycle fatigue regime. the fatigue tests were carried out at the frequency of 20 khz and in fully reversed tensioncompression mode (r = -1) by means of an ultrasonic fatigue testing equipment. the radiometric surface temperature was detected during all the test by means of an ir camera in order to extend the thermographic method and the energetic approach in very high cycle fatigue regime. the failure mechanism of the investigated steels was evaluated by means of several experimental techniques (scanning electron microscopy, energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy and optical microscopy). keywords. very high cycle fatigue; thermographic method; energetic approach; failure analysis; microscopy. introduction ith the increasing progress of the technological development in structural applications of tool steels, the required fatigue life has increased, so it is very important to determine a safe fatigue strength for 109 cycles. nowadays, the very high cycle fatigue (vhcf) constitutes one of the main fatigue design criteria. many researches published important scientific works based on the results of ultrasonic fatigue testing. in 1999 bathias [1] experimentally proved that there is no infinite life in metallic materials and in 2007 sonsino [2] showed that a continuous decrease of fatigue strength occurs in the range of large cycle numbers. the fatigue crack initiation in the gigacycle regime seems to occur essentially inside the specimen [1] and not at the surface as it generally occurs in the low cycle fatigue (lcf) and high cycle fatigue (hcf) regime. this means that the effect of environment is quite small in the gigacycle regime as the initiation of short cracks is inside the specimen and the surface plays a minor role especially if it is smooth. the effect of internal hydrogen trapped by non-metallic inclusions on high cycle fatigue was first indicated by murakami et al. [3]. they observed that around the internal inclusion, from which the failure starts, an optical dark area (oda) can be seen by an optical microscope. the rule of a crack initiation located inside the specimen in vhcf regime is not rigid, but has several exceptions. according to bayraktar et al. [4], the crack initiation site in some automotive metallic alloys is not always in the interior of the specimen. moreover, the cause of the initiation site can be not only inclusions, but also the pores. sohar et al. [5] carried out ultrasonic fatigue testing on aisi d2 type wrought cold work tool steel, finding that crack growth behaviour can follow two mechanisms: the so-called fisheye (internal crack initiation) or half-of fish-eye (near-surface crack initiation), depending to the presence of primary carbides (clusters). moreover the temperature evolution during the fatigue tests in hcf [6 10] and lcf [11] regimes has been investigated by several researchers, but there are only few studies in vhcf regime. xue et al. [12] investigated fatigue damage w v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 570 progression of three kinds of alloy in the vhcf regime by thermographic analysis. blanche et al. [13] proposed a heat diffusion model to estimate dissipated energy during vhcf tests at high loading frequency (20 khz) and low stress. the authors of the present paper have a strong background in the infrared thermography (irt), which was proved to be effective in obtaining results in several fields: correlation between the values of stabilization of the temperature increments and the areas of the thermal hysteresis loops in lcf [11], fatigue assessment of mechanical components [14], relationship between the temperature evolution and the internal microstructural changes [15], correlation between internal damping and the temperature increment of metals subjected to fatigue loading [16], damage cumulative evaluation [17], analysis of sandwiches under impact loading [18]. in the present paper, the infrared (ir) thermography and an energetic approach were applied to investigate and compare a cold work tool steel (din en 115crv3) and a free-cutting steel (din en 60spb20+bi) in vhcf range. moreover, the failure mechanism was evaluated by means of several experimental techniques (scanning electron microscopy, energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy and optical microscopy). the aim of the failure analysis was to assess if the nature of the microstructure and the metallurgical defects, in terms of inclusions and pores, can influence the crack initiation. material and methods he fatigue tests were performed without cooling at r= -1 and f= 20 khz by a piezoelectric fatigue machine (fig. 1a). the vibration of the specimen is included with a piezo-ceramic transducer, which generates acoustical waves to the specimen through a power concentrator (horn). the specimen geometry is represented in fig. 1b. the dynamic displacement amplitude of the specimen extremity is controlled in order to keep constant the stress during the test, through the computer control. the test is automatically stopped when the frequency falls down to 19.5 khz. the tests were carried out on specimens made of a high carbon cold work tool steel (din en 115crv3) and an unalloyed free-cutting high carbon steel with lead (din en 60spb20+bi). the chemical composition of the investigated specimens was derived from x-ray fluorescence analysis and the results are shown in tab. 1. (a) (b) figure 1: (a) experimental set-up and (b) geometry of the specimens (units: mm). t v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 571 grade din/en grade din/en 1.2210 115crv3 1.0758 60spb20+bi si mn s cr v pb fe si mn s cr mo pb fe % % % % % % % % % % % % % % 0.22 0.34 0.027 0.69 0.09 balance 0.25 1.34 0.39 0.24 0.024 0.27 balance table 1: chemical composition of the tested specimens by means of xrf analysis. during the fatigue tests, the radiometric surface temperature was measured by an uncooled long wave infrared (lwir) focal plane array camera with a resolution of 320x240 pixels and a measurement accuracy of ± 2 ºc (model flir systems a40m). the frame rate during the acquisition of thermal increment was of one frame per minute. moreover, fractographies were carried out by means of a scanning electron microscope (sem – jeol jsm5900lv) and an optical stereomicroscope (sm – leica m165c). results and discussion s-n curve he experimental results, obtained by the fatigue tests, are shown in fig. 2 in semi-logarithmic scale. according to the multistage fatigue life diagram [19, 20], the fatigue life diagram of 115crv3 can be divided into four regions. unlike the material 115crv3, the material 60spb20+bi presents a different behaviour with a continuous decrease of the fatigue life. the s-n curve has not the same slope, which has a significant decrease at a number of cycles equal to about 107, the slope decreases. figure 2: fatigue life diagrams. energetic approaches during hcf tests of common engineering metals and welded joints [6 10], the temperature evolution of the specimen, detected by means of an infrared camera, undergoes three separate phases. when a specimen is cyclically loaded above its fatigue limit, its superficial temperature usually rises quickly in the initial phase (phase 1), then reaches a stabilised asymptotic value (phase 2), and eventually this asymptote is left when plastic deformations become quite important, leading soon to failure after few cycles, with a very high further temperature increment (phase 3). the same trend was observed in lcf regime by crupi et al. [11]. this temperature evolution is closely related to the internal microstructural changes, as demonstrated in [15], and to crack initiation and propagation [21]. in the present study, the temperature evolution in vhcf regime was analysed using an ir thermography. the td – n, obtained applying the ir thermography in vhcf regime, shows a similar trend with the three stages. t v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 572 crupi [16] developed a theoretical model able to describe the temperature evolution during the phases 1 and 2 of the fatigue life:            n asd ett 1 (1) where  is a constant; if n is  then td is 0,63 tas and if n is 4 then td is 0,98 tas. the value of 4, applied successfully to conventional steel under hcf loading in [16], was considered also in the investigated vhcf tests. the td n data were interpolated by means of an exponential function according to eq. (1) and the convergence was achieved, as demonstrated in fig. 3 for 115crv3 and for 60spb20+bi. as can be seen, for both materials there is a strong correlation between the experimental data and the theoretical ones. figure 3: experimental and theoretical δtd n curves. fig. 4 shows the values of asymptotic temperature increment during fatigue test δtas (phase 2) as a function of the square of stress range applied δσ2 for the two investigated steels: 115crv3 and 60spb20+bi. the behaviour of the 60spb20+bi is a confirmation of the linear trend in vhcf tests, the same already observed in the hcf tests [6, 14, 15, 16]. however, it is interesting to note that the 115crv3 steel has a different trend, even if more tests should be necessary. figure 4: δtas vs δσ 2. v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 573 energetic approaches, based on ir analysis, has been applied by several researchers [17, 22, 23, 24] in hcf regime to obtain the s-n curve and to assess the residual fatigue life. the basic assumption of the so-called “energy approach” [22] is that the fatigue failure takes place when the absorbed energy reaches a certain threshold value ec characteristic for each structural detail. the limit energy ec is proportional to the integral of the td n curve:  fn dc dnnte 0 )( (2) where nf is the number of cycles to failure. it has been ascertained that the energy absorbed by a unit volume of material till failure is the same when load histories at different levels are applied, so the energy parameter is a material constant in hcf regime. the traditional energetic approach was developed by the authors in order to extend it in vhcf regime. the assessment of the integral  for the tests, carried out in a wide range of fatigue life, demonstrated that  is no longer constant for fatigue life higher than hcf zone (about 2·106), but increases by an order of magnitude with the increment of the number of cycles. fig. 5 reports the trend of integral  as a function of  for both materials. it's possible to note that the value of the integral  of 115crv3 decreases more steeply than the value of 60spb20+bi. figure 5: integral  as a function of δσ. failure analysis for 115crv3 steel, the thermal treatment made by the supplier produces a spheroidized structure, as evaluated by metallographic analyses. rockwell c hardness tests were carried out on some specimens after the fatigue tests and are reported in tab. 2. spheroidite can be considered a soft phase [25], thus the measured hardness values can be referred to a microstructure transformation occurred during the fatigue test. specimen 1 2 3 hrc 25.1 22.8 22.2 table 2: average rockwell c hardness values for some 115crv3 specimens. fracture surfaces of the investigated steel were observed after fatigue tests by sem and stereomicroscope. for 115crv3 steel, in the vhcf regime, the nucleation site of the crack is located sub-superficially at an average distance of about 100 μm from the external face. if we consider that a new phase has behaviour similar to an inclusion, its presence or a discontinuity in microstructure [26] at the initiation site is crucial for fatigue life. the microstructural transformation can have produced bainite, as confirmed by the calculated hardness and by the thermal history recorded during the test with v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 574 temperatures below approximately 350 or 400 °c. the lower bainite phase [27] can be the cause of no oda observed on the fracture surface [28, 29]. in very high cycle regime (beyond 107 cycles), for pb-added steel, the initiation sites were always found at inclusions located in the interior of the specimens. fig. 6 shows optical micrographs of the fracture surfaces. if we analyse carefully the center of the fish-eye, it is possible to find for many specimens a darker area around an inclusion, which is also the site of crack nucleation. this area is called the oda (optically dark area). it is interesting to underline that no oda is observed in the case of fractured specimens in the lcf regime (fig. 6d). for the analysed specimens in the fig. 6a and b, in the left column are reported the values of the areas of the inclusion (origin of the crack), of the so-called gbf (granular bright facet on the stage of crack propagation) and of the whole fish-eye. (a) m= 32x; = 568 mpa, nf= 3.3·108 cycles. m= 50x (b) m= 32x; = 610 mpa, nf= 7.6·106 cycles. m= 50x (c) m= 32x; = 650 mpa, nf= 1.1·106 cycles. (d) m= 25x; = 690 mpa, nf= 1.3·105 cycles. figure 6: fracture surfaces of some tested specimens. the observations at the stereomicroscope show that the gbf is more evident for the specimens that have a fatigue life over 106 cycles [30] and for which the area of the fish-eye increases with the fatigue life. a schematic representation of the 3 areas is shown in fig. 7. v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 575 figure 7: (a) scheme of the fracture surface morphology [30]; (b) fish-eye particular of the specimen tested at  = 568 mpa and failed at nf= 4.1·108 cycles. on the other hand, fatigue initiation occurred as in a sub-surface site as on the surface. as detected by bathias and paris [31], the investigated pb-added steel, for which there are no similar studies in the literature, shows a morphology of the fracture surface analogous to what is schematically reported in the fig. 8. figure 8: scheme of the fracture surface morphology related to the fatigue endurance [31]. conclusions ith the increasing progress of the technological development in structural applications of tool steels, the required fatigue life has increased, so it is very important to determine a safe fatigue strength for 109 cycles. in this paper, the behaviour of two kinds of tool steel was investigated in vhcf regime. the fatigue tests were carried out at the f = 20 khz and r = -1 by means of an ultrasonic fatigue testing equipment. the radiometric surface temperature was detected during the whole test by means of an ir camera. the traditional energetic approach was developed in order to extend it in vhcf regime. the failure analysis, based on experimental techniques (scanning electron microscopy, energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy and optical microscopy), allowed the authors to assess that the microstructure of the analysed steels influences the crack initiation and its behaviour in the vhcf regime. nomenclature f = frequency [hz] ec = energy to failure per unit volume [jm-3] n = number of cycles nas = asymptotic number of cycles nf= = number of cycles to failure r = stress ratio tas = asymptotic temperature increment during fatigue test [k] td = surface temperature increment during fatigue test [k] = stress range [mpa] = fatigue limit [mpa] = thermal increment to failure per unit volume [km-3] w v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 576 references [1] bathias, c., there is no infinite fatigue life in metallic materials, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 22 (1999) 559565. [2] sonsino, c.m., course of sn-curves especially in the high-cycle fatigue regime with regard to component design and safety, int. j. fatigue, 29 (2007) 2246-2258. [3] murakami, y., nomoto, t., ueda, t., factors influencing the mechanism of superlong fatigue failure in steels, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct. 22 (1999) 581-590. [4] bayraktar, e., garcias, i.m., bathias, c., failure mechanisms of automotive metallic alloys in very high cycle fatigue range, int. j. fatigue 28 (2006) 1590–1602. [5] sohar, c.r., betzar-kotas, a., gierl, c. et al., fractographic evaluation of gigacycle fatigue crack nucleation and propagation of a high cr alloyed cold work tool steel, int. j. fatigue 30 (2008) 2191–2199. [6] la rosa, g., risitano, a., thermographic methodology for rapid determination of the fatigue limit of materials and mechanical components, int. j. fatigue, 22 (2000) 65–73. [7] amiri, m., khonsari, m.m., rapid determination of fatigue failure based on temperature evolution: fully reversed bending load, int. j. fatigue, 32 (2010) 382–389. [8] meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., atzori, b., a synthesis of the push-pull fatigue behaviour of plain and notched stainless steel specimens by using the specific heat loss, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 36 (2013) 1306-1322. [9] curà, f., curti, g., sesana, r., a new iteration method for the thermographic determination of fatigue limit in steels. int. j. fatigue, 27 (2005) 453-459. [10] fan, j.l., guo, x.l., wu, c.w., zhao, y., guo, q., stress assessment and fatigue behavior evaluation of components with defects based on the finite element method and lock-in thermography, special issue “fatigue design and analysis in transportation engineering”, p. i. mech. eng. c. j. mech., (2014) doi:10.1177/0954406214541432. [11] crupi, v., chiofalo, g., guglielmino, e., infrared investigations for the analysis of low cycle fatigue processes in carbon steels. p. i. mech. eng. c. j. mech., 225 (2011) 833 – 842. [12] xue, h., wagner, d., ranc, n., bayraktar, e., thermographic analysis in ultrasonic fatigue tests, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 29 (2006) 573-580. [13] blanche, a., chrysochoos, a., ranc, n., favier, v., dissipation assessments during dynamic very high cycle fatigue tests, exp. mech., (2014) doi: 10.1007/s11340-014-9857-3. [14] fargione, g., tringale, d., guglielmino, e., risitano, g., fatigue characterization of mechanical components in service, frat. integ. strut., 26 (2013) 143-155. [15] fan, j., guo, x., wu, c., crupi, v., guglielmino, e., using infrared thermography in effect evaluation of heat treatments on martensitic steel, exp. techniques, (2014) doi: 10.1111/ext.12019. [16] crupi, v., an unifying approach to assess the structural strength, int. j. fatigue, 30 (2008) 1150-1159. [17] risitano, a., risitano, g., cumulative damage evaluation in multiple cycle fatigue tests taking into account energy parameters, int. j. fatigue, 48 (2013) 214-222. [18] crupi, v., epasto, g., guglielmino, e., low-velocity impact strength of sandwich materials, j. sandw. struct. mater., 13 (2011) 409 426. [19] mughrabi, h., on ‘multi-stage’ fatigue life diagrams and the relevant life-controlling mechanisms in ultrahigh-cycle fatigue, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 25 (2002) 755-764. [20] pyttel, b., schwerdt, d., berger, c., very high cycle fatigue – is there a fatigue limit?, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 49-58. [21] plekhov, o.a., palin-luc, t., saintier, n., uvarov, s., naimark, o., fatigue crack initiation and growth in a 35crmo4 steel investigated by infrared thermography, fatigue fract. eng. m., 28 (2005) 169-178. [22] fargione, g., geraci, a., la rosa, g., risitano, a., rapid determination of the fatigue curve by the thermographic method, int. j. fatigue, 24 (2002) 11-19. [23] amiri, m., khonsari, m.m., life prediction of metals undergoing fatigue load based on temperature evolution, mat. sci. eng. a struct., 527 (2010) 1555-1559. [24] williams, p., liakat, m., khonsari, m.m., kabir, o.m., a thermographic method for remaining fatigue life prediction of welded joints, materials and design, 51 (2013) 916-923. [25] asm handbook, metals handbook: heat treatment, ninth ed., asm international, materials park, ohio (1981). [26] zhu, m.l., xuan, f.z., chen, j., influence of microstructure and microdefects on long-term fatigue behavior of a crmo-v steel, mat. sci. and eng. a, 546 (2012) 90–96. [27] asm handbook, metallography and microstructures, asm international, materials park, ohio (2004). v. crupi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 569-577; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.68 577 [28] murakami, y., nomoto, t., ueda, t., murakami, y., on the mechanism of fatigue failure in the superlong life regime (n>107 cycles). part i: influence of hydrogen trapped by inclusions, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 23 (2000) 893-902. [29] murakami, y., toriyama, t., tsubota, k., furumura, k., what happens to the fatigue limit of bearing steel without nonmetallic inclusions?: fatigue strength of electron beam remelted super clean bearing steel, bearing steels, in: the 21st century, astm stp 1327, j. j. c. hoo, w. b. green (eds.), american society for testing and materials, philadelphia (1998) 87–105. [30] li, w., yuan, h., sun, z., zhang, z., surface vs. interior failure behaviors in a structural steel under gigacycle fatigue: failure analysis and life prediction”, int. j. of fatigue, 64 (2014) 42–53. [31] bathias, c., paris, p.c., gigacycle fatigue in mechanical practice, marcel dekker, new york (2005). microsoft word numero_35_art_12 p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 98 focussed on crack paths a non-linear procedure for the numerical analysis of crack development in beams failing in shear p. bernardi, r. cerioni, e. michelini, a. sirico dept. of civil, environmental, land management engineering and architecture, university of parma (italy) patrizia.bernardi@unipr.it, roberto.cerioni@unipr.it, elena.michelini@unipr.it, alice.sirico@studenti.unipr.it abstract. in this work, a consistent formulation for the representation of concrete behavior before and after cracking has been implemented into a non-linear model for the analysis of reinforced concrete structures, named 2d-parc. several researches have indeed pointed out that the adoption of an effective modeling for concrete, combined with an accurate failure criterion, is crucial for the correct prediction of the structural behavior, not only in terms of failure load, but also with reference to a realistic representation of crack initiation and development. this last aspect is particularly relevant at serviceability conditions in order to verify the fulfillment of structural requirements provided by design codes, which limit the maximum crack width due to appearance and durability issues. in more details, a constitutive model originally proposed by ottosen and based on non-linear elasticity has been here incorporated into 2d-parc in order to improve the numerical efficiency of the adopted algorithm, providing at the same time an accurate prediction of the structural response. the effectiveness of this procedure has been verified against significant experimental results available in the technical literature and relative to reinforced concrete beams without stirrups failing in shear, which represent a problem of great theoretical and practical importance in the field of structural engineering. numerical results have been compared to experimental evidences not only in terms of global structural response (i.e. applied load vs. midspan deflection), but also in terms of crack pattern evolution and maximum crack widths. keywords. reinforced concrete; constitutive modeling; biaxial stress state; cracking; fe analysis. introduction he analysis of the response up to failure of reinforced concrete (rc) structures through numerical techniques requires the adoption of effective material constitutive models, able to correctly represent the behavior of concrete and steel at the element level. this represents a quite complex task, since as loading increases, rc behavior is influenced by several non-linear mechanisms which often interact with each other, such as concrete cracking and crushing, aggregate interlock, bond-slip behavior, dowel action and yielding of reinforcement. therefore, realistic simulations of rc structural behavior require a correct description of each of these phenomena into the adopted material model, which can be subsequently implemented within the finite element (fe) framework. in this context, among the several constitutive laws proposed in the past within smeared crack formulations ([1-6], just to mention some), 2d-parc model [7] represents an effective tool to perform non-linear analyses up to failure of rc structures, since it is able to account for the most influencing aforementioned contributions. this model is structured in a modular framework, so that each mechanical phenomenon is indeed individually analyzed by using a proper constitutive law and then the corresponding contribution is inserted into a material stiffness matrix. in more detail, the present work focuses on the evaluation of concrete contribution before and after the development of cracking. as regards concrete modeling, the basic requirements concern the choice of an accurate failure criterion to be employed in conjunction with a proper non-linear stress-strain relationship. the seventies have seen the development of several t p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 99 failure criteria derived from different failure data (e.g., [8-11]), which have pointed out that concrete under a biaxial (or triaxial) state of stress exhibits different stiffness, strength and ductility than under uniaxial loading. consequently, the strength characteristics of concrete under a general multi-axial state of stress cannot be reproduced into a material model by directly using experimental uniaxial stress-strain curves. to represent the problem, several mathematical material models have been proposed, which can be substantially divided into orthotropic, non-linear elastic, plastic or endochronic ones [12]. with reference to orthotropic formulations, a fairly simple solution can be obtained by referring to the concept of equivalent uniaxial strain, as originally proposed by darwin and pecknold in [13] and implemented into 2d-parc model [7]. an interesting model based on non-linear elasticity was instead proposed by ottosen [14]. this formulation provides non-linear stress-strain relations for concrete by only properly changing the secant values of young modulus and poisson ratio. in this way, even if the model is able to realistically represent concrete behavior under a general stress state, its calibration is quite simple, only requiring experimental data obtained by standard uniaxial tests. for its flexibility and numerical feasibility, it has immediately appeared suitable for the implementation into fe programs, and applicable to the analysis up to failure of different types of rc structures [15, 16]. basing on the approach proposed by ottosen [14] and on the implementation performed by barzegar [16], concrete modeling into 2d-parc has been here revised. this modified formulation has been verified with reference to the analysis of rc beams without shear reinforcement [17, 18], where concrete modeling assumes particular relevance both before and after crack pattern development. furthermore, this represents a structural problem of significant theoretical and practical importance, subjected in the past to great experimental efforts [19, 20], since the comprehension of the mechanisms of shear transfer across cracks and failure in beams without shear reinforcement can improve the knowledge of concrete contribution on shear strength also in beams with web reinforcement. numerical model he behavior of reinforced concrete (rc) beams without shear reinforcement has been herein studied through a non-linear finite element (nlfe) procedure. in order to account for reinforced concrete mechanical non-linearity, a suitable constitutive model, named 2d-parc [7], has been adopted. this constitutive model is based on a smeared-fixed crack approach and its theoretical basis, which has been deduced for a rc membrane element subjected to general in-plane stresses, can be found in details in [7] and in [21, 22] with reference to its extension to the case of steelfiber reinforced concrete (sfrc) elements or to the 3d case. in the uncracked stage, concrete and steel are schematized like two material working in parallel, by assuming perfect bond between them. when the principal maximum stress violates the failure envelope in the cracking region, crack pattern is assumed to develop with a constant spacing am1. afterwards, a strain decomposition procedure is adopted, by subdividing the total strain into two components, respectively related to rc between cracks and to all the resistant mechanisms that develop after crack formation (i.e. aggregate bridging and interlock, tension stiffening and dowel action). these resistant contributions are expressed as a function of two main variables, namely crack width w1 and sliding v1, and included into the crack stiffness matrix [dcr1]. the behavior of rc between cracks is instead described by adopting the same approach used in the uncracked stage, even if a slight modification is operated on both concrete and steel stiffness matrices, [dc] and [ds], so as to account for the degradation induced by cracking. the cracked rc stiffness matrix is then expressed in the following form: 1 1 1 1 1                                                    c cr c sd d d i d d (1) where [i] is the identity matrix. this formulation has been successfully applied to the analysis of different types of structures (such as panels, beams, slabs, etc…), providing a good prediction of experimental evidences both in terms of load-deformation response up to the ultimate capacity of the considered element, and in terms of crack pattern evolution and failure mode (e.g. [7, 23, 24]). however, the proposed algorithm is quite complex and requires long calculation times, which are mainly related to the approach followed in the evaluation of concrete stiffness matrix [dc]. both in the uncracked and cracked stage, concrete is indeed modeled as an orthotropic, non-linear elastic material subjected to a biaxial state of stress, which is duplicated by means of two equivalent uniaxial curves, following darwin and pecknold approach [13]. these uniaxial curves for concrete in compression and in tension report the actual stress as a function of an equivalent uniaxial strain, which is in turn determined according to [25]. these curves are characterized by maximum strength values derived from an analytical t p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 100 biaxial strength envelope based on the one suggested by kupfer et al. [8] (see also [7] for further details), and by material secant moduli in the two orthotropic directions, to be inserted into the matrix [dc]. moreover, in the cracked stage the terms of matrix [dc] are adequately softened through an empirical damage coefficient  related to crack width w1, whose expression can be still found in [7]. the need of adopting a so refined model for the description of concrete behavior, instead of a simple linear-elastic matrix, is mainly aimed to a correct simulation of those elements made of plain concrete or reinforced in a single direction, such as, i.e., beams without shear reinforcement. in these cases, the structural behavior is indeed mainly governed by concrete performances, and consequently its correct constitutive modelling is mandatory for a realistic prediction of both element stiffness and strength. this work illustrates an alternative procedure that still allows a quite sophisticated representation of concrete behavior but requires a lower computational effort. its implementation into the 2d-parc model is also briefly discussed. modeling of concrete behavior in the uncracked stage the constitutive relation herein adopted for concrete modeling represents a specialized 2d form, according to barzegar [16, 26], of the 3d non-linear elastic model originally proposed by ottosen [14, 15]. the main advantages of this model lay on its simple definition, since the stress-strain relation is expressed as a function of only two parameters, i.e. the secant values of the young modulus ec and of the poisson coefficient , which are properly modified to account for material non-linearity. as a consequence, concrete stiffness matrix [dc] can be written as: 2 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 2                        c c e d (2) in the global x-y co-ordinate system. hence, with respect to the previous formulation implemented into 2d-parc relation, this model depends on a lower number of parameters and allows to bypass the evaluation of the two equivalent uniaxial strains, so reducing the required computational effort. moreover, this model is very flexible, since it can be used in conjunction with any failure criterion, by simply modifying a single parameter, the so-called “nonlinearity index”, as discussed in the following. similarly to the original approach of 2d-parc, the failure envelope proposed by kupfer et al. [8, 9] has been still considered, even if its analytical expression has been slightly modified according to [16] in the region corresponding to tension-compression, so as to avoid possible discontinuities in those points where the maximum principal tensile stress is close to zero. fig. 1 shows the adopted failure envelope and the analytical expressions describing each considered region (tension-tension, tension-compression and compression-compression); the bold line indicates the part of the curve effectively implemented into the 2d-parc model, according to its conventions (that is 1c ≥ 2c). concrete secant elastic modulus ec is computed using a parameter called “nonlinearity index”, , which depends on how far the current stress point is from failure and is then related to the amount of non-linearity in the stress-strain curves [14, 16]. in case of biaxial compression this parameter can be evaluated through the expression: 2 2     c fin (3) where 2c is the maximum principal compressive stress and 2fin represents its corresponding value on the failure envelope, determined by keeping fixed the other principal compressive stress 1c (being 1c ≥ 2c, and assuming compressive stresses as negative). thus,  < 1,  = 1 and  > 1 respectively correspond to stress states located inside, on, and outside the considered failure curve. when tensile stresses are present, the nonlinearity index is instead computed in terms of effective stresses. to this aim, the actual state of stress (1c, 2c), where at least 1c is a tensile stress, is properly turned into an “equivalent compressive case”, by superposing an hydrostatic pressure -1c to the existing stress field. in this way, a new state of stress ('1c, '2c) = (0, 2c 1c) is obtained and the nonlinearity index is evaluated as: p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 101 2 2 1 2 ' '        c c c fin cf (4) where fc is the uniaxial compressive strength of concrete. by following this procedure, the value of  is properly reduced when tensile stresses occur; thus,  < 1 always holds in this case. -1.4 -1 -0.6 -0.2 0.2 -1.4 -1 -0.6 -0.2 0.2  2c / | f c | 1c / |fc| 1c 2c tensio n-t ension 1 max1max2 max1       ctf tensio n-c om pression k k f ct 73.0 6.0 max2max1 max2         cct ffk k   73.0lim c om pressiontensio n   073.0 56.6699 8.12 max2max1 22 max2           k kkk k f c c om pressionc ompression   10 1 65.31 max2max1 2max2           cf c2 cc 21   figure 1: adopted failure envelope [16]. after having determined the nonlinearity index, concrete secant elastic modulus ec can be then calculated as:   2 2' ' ' 1 1 2 2 2 2                              ci ci ci ci c cf cf cf e e e e e e e e d (5) where eci is the initial value of concrete young modulus, d is a compressive post-peak nonlinearity parameter that determines the degree of strain softening when concrete crushing occurs (see [14, 16] for details), and e'cf is the secant modulus corresponding to peak stress. when a tensile stress is present, e'cf is simply evaluated as in case of uniaxial compression, i.e. e'cf = ecf = fc/c0, while for biaxial compression the following relation is adopted:   ' 1 4 1    cf cf e e a x , (6) a being the ratio between the initial value of concrete young modulus and the secant one corresponding to peak stress (eci/ecf), while the term x takes into account the dependence on the actual loading and is evaluated through the relation: 2 1 3        c f j x f . (7) the first addend of eq. 7 represents the failure value of the invariant 2 cj f . based on the definition of the nonlinearity index  (eq.3), the following expression can be found:  2 22 1 2 1 2 1 3      c fin c finj . (8) p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 102 similarly, 1 3 is the value of  2 c f j f for uniaxial compressive loading. as regards the evaluation of the secant value of poisson coefficient to be inserted into eq. 2, it has been experimentally observed that in presence of compressive stresses concrete tends first to compact, while after the appearance of microcracks it tends to dilate. as a consequence, its value should be properly adjusted during the analysis so as to correctly represent this behavior. following the procedure proposed in [14, 16], the poisson coefficient is kept fixed until  reaches a “limit value” a equal to 0.8, and afterwards it is updated by applying the following relation:   2 1 1                 a f f i a , (9) where i is the initial value of the poisson coefficient (assumed equal to 0.2) and f represents its secant value at peak (approximately equal to 0.36). the so obtained secant values of concrete elastic modulus and poisson coefficient have been inserted into the concrete stiffness matrix [dc] (eq. 2); in this way, only the constitutive relation adopted for concrete modeling has been modified, by keeping unchanged the global structure of 2d-parc algorithm. it should be observed that all the above described procedure is applied until either cracking or crushing occurs. cracking takes place when the current stress state reaches or violates the failure envelope in the cracking region, i.e. 1c ≥ 1max in tension-compression or simply 1c ≥ fct in case of tension-tension, being fct the tensile strength of concrete. in this case, the fixed-smeared crack approach previously described is applied (see [7] for further details), even if the modeling of concrete between cracks has been properly modified as described in the following subsection. on the contrary, when the stress state reaches or violates the failure envelope in the crushing region, i.e.  ≥ 1 in case of biaxial compression or 2c ≤ 2max in case of compression-tension, a very simplified procedure is applied herein. for the considered case studies, only small portions of the modeled structures can enter indeed in the post-crushing regime during the analysis (e.g. near concentrated loads or at supports) without affecting the global behavior, which is instead much more influenced by the appearance of tensile cracks. however, concrete crushing should be included in the model formulation so as to avoid numerical difficulties or wrong predictions of the ultimate failure load. to this aim, in 2d-parc model a reduced young modulus ec is simply considered, equal to 25% that of undeformed concrete, as suggested also in [27]. modeling of concrete behavior in the cracked stage the above described formulation has been applied also in the cracked stage for the evaluation of the stiffness matrix of concrete between cracks, [dc]. however, in order to include damaging due to the presence of cracks, a proper reduction in the concrete compressive strength and stiffness has been operated. to this aim, the biaxial concrete failure envelope shown in fig. 1 has been properly reduced, following the relation suggested in [26]: * *max 0 1 0.2 , 0.8                c c c c c c f f f f f , (10) where max is the current maximum principal tensile strain in cracked concrete and *cf is the modified value of the uniaxial compressive strength at peak. the corresponding modified strain *co can be in turn calculated as a function of the initial value of the strain c0 corresponding to peak stress in uniaxial compression, through the expression: * max1 0.1                co co co . (11) comparisons with experimental observations he capability of the proposed model to describe rc global behavior and crack pattern evolution has been verified against the results of two well-documented experimental programs concerning beams without shear reinforcement [17, 18]. among several research projects, the one carried out by vecchio and shim [17] has been selected owing t p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 103 to its effectiveness, being a duplicate of the well-known bresler and scordelis beam tests [20], always regarded as benchmark data. the choice of the experimental program undertaken by podgorniak-stanik [18] has instead been related to the availability of several experimental data monitored during test execution, mainly concerning the crack pattern evolution with increasing loads. description of experimental tests [17, 18] the attention has been initially focused on three beams without stirrups, named oa1, oa2, oa3, tested by vecchio and shim [17]. these specimens had the same rectangular cross section 305 mm wide and 552 mm deep and a net span respectively equal to 3660 mm, 4570 mm and 6400 mm, corresponding to an increasing amount of tension reinforcement, heavy enough to make the beams critical in shear. the main geometrical details of the considered specimens and their reinforcement arrangement are summarized in fig. 2a. the three beams were characterized by a progressively increasing concrete compressive strength fc (which was equal to 22.6, 25.9 and 43.5 mpa for specimen oa1, oa2 and oa3, respectively). the main characteristics of the adopted reinforcement, both in terms of geometrical details and steel properties, can be found in [17], to which reference is made. 305 55 2 oa1 oa2 oa3 64 64m30 m30 m25 m30 m30 50 85 85 85 85 85 300 50 0 m25 m20 m25 m20 m10 50 m15 300 25 0 bn50 bn50d bn25 bn25d 25 40 40 40 40 40 m15 #3 (a) (b) m25m25 sample span (mm) l (mm) longitudinal reinforcement oa1 3660 4100 2 m25b, 2 m30 oa2 4570 5010 2 m25a, 3 m30 oa3 6400 6840 2 m25b, 4 m30 sample span (mm) l (mm) longitudinal reinforcement bn25 1352 1502 3 m15 bn25d 1352 1502 3 m15, 10 #3 bn50 2700 3000 2 m20, 1 m25 bn50d 2700 3000 2 m20, 1 m25, 10m10 figure 2: geometric dimensions (in mm) and reinforcement arrangement of the analyzed beams: (a) oa [17] and (b) bn series [18]. all the tests were performed under loading control, with a central point load, until the approaching of the ultimate stage, when the procedure was switched to displacement control so to allow the evaluation of the post-peak behavior. as already mentioned, the purpose of this experimental program was to recreate, as much as possible, the bresler and scordelis tests [20], in terms of geometrical dimensions, reinforcement details, material strengths and loading. compared to these latter, the beams tested by vecchio and shim [17] exhibited indeed a very similar behavior, with only few minor differences; as a consequence, only the specimens described in [17] have been considered in the fe analyses reported herein. in addition to this series, other four beams (originally named bn25, bn25d, bn50, bn50d) belonging to the extensive experimental program carried out by podgorniak-stanik [18], have been numerically analyzed. series 25 and 50 differed from each other in terms of transverse cross-section dimensions, respectively equal to 300 mm x 250 mm and 300 mm x 500 mm, and in terms of net span, which was nearly doubled for the second one (fig. 2b). moreover, the two series were characterized by almost the same tension reinforcement ratio, which was equal on average to 0.85% for beams bn25 and bn50, and to 1.21% for beams bn25d and bn50d. these two last specimens contained indeed additional small longitudinal bars distributed along the web. more details about the geometric dimensions and reinforcement arrangement of the examined beams can be found in fig. 2b. all the beams were cast by using concrete with a cylindrical compressive strength equal to 37 mpa. mechanical properties of reinforcing steel and rebar details can be found in [18]. all the tests were performed under loading control, by applying a central point load in several steps. at the end of each step, the load was lowered to approximately 90% of its current peak value and then increased again. during all test execution, crack pattern evolution and crack width were monitored in detail. p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 104 numerical results vs. experimental observations numerical analyses have been carried out by implementing the above described 2d-parc model into a commercial fe code (abaqus, [28]). taking advantage of the symmetry of the problem, only one half of each beam has been simulated, by adopting a fe mesh constituted by quadratic, isoparametric 8-node membrane elements with reduced integration (4 gauss integration points). numerical analyses have been performed under displacement control, by applying an increasingly displacement at the loading point, in order to achieve a better numerical convergence and evaluate also the post-peak behavior. numerical and experimental results have been first compared by considering the global response, in terms of applied load vs midspan deflection, as can be seen from figs. 3, 4. in more details, figs. 3 and 4a-b refer to the three specimens tested by vecchio and shim [17]. on the same graphs, also the results obtained by bresler and scordelis [20] on nominally identical beams are reported. fig. 3 shows a comparison between the experimental data relative to specimen oa2 and the numerical results obtained by adopting the 2d-parc model, respectively implementing the non-linear constitutive relation described above or a simple linear elastic matrix for describing concrete behavior. these results highlight that the assumption of a constant value for concrete young modulus during the analysis – equal to its initial value (ec = eci) – obviously provides a stiffer response, which is more pronounced for higher values of the applied load, where the effect of mechanical non-linearity is more significant. moreover, the adoption of a linear elastic matrix for concrete leads in this case to a slight underestimation of the failure load. a more refined description of concrete behavior allows not only an improved modeling of the experimental response until failure, but also a much more stable solution, since the numerical analysis is characterized by a better convergence. on the contrary, both numerical analyses correctly predict the experimental shear failure mode and the corresponding final crack pattern. it should be here pointed out that the numerical response obtained through the original formulation of 2d-parc model described in [7] is almost superimposed to that provided by adopting the concrete modeling proposed in this work. for this reason, the corresponding curve has not been plotted, so as to allow a better comprehension of the graphs of fig. 3. in both cases, concrete is indeed treated as a non-linear elastic material subjected to a biaxial state of stress, but the here proposed approach is preferable since it requires a reduced computational effort and leads to an improved convergence of the algorithm. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 vecchio-shim beam bresler-scordelis beam nlfea p [kn] δ [mm] oa2 nlfea, ec=eci figure 3: comparison between experimental [17] and numerical results in terms of applied load vs. midspan deflection for specimen oa2. numerical analyses have been repeated twice, by differently modeling concrete behavior. figs. 4a-b show similar comparisons for the other two specimens tested by vecchio and shim [17], namely oa1 and oa3 beams. in this case, experimental data have been only compared with the numerical response provided by the improved formulation of 2d-parc model proposed herein, so to better appreciate its effectiveness. the graphs highlight the good capability of the model to represent the global behavior both at serviceability (cracking load) and at ultimate limit state. the peak load is accurately predicted, as well as the brittle shear failure characterized by no ductility. an accurate simulation of the experimental behavior, both in terms of stiffness and failure load, has been also obtained for specimens tested by podgorniak-stanik [18], as shown in figs. 4c-d. the adopted fe model is also able to predict that beams bn25d and bn50d (containing an additional distributed reinforcement on element sides, in addition to the main flexural bottom rebars) fail for higher shear stresses than the corresponding specimens bn25 and bn50, as provided by test results. therefore, the satisfactory agreement between experimental and numerical responses proves that the proposed model is able to correctly describe the experimental behavior for different specimen geometries, as well as different reinforcement arrangements. p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 105      0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 2 4 6 8 10 vecchio-shim beam bresler-scordelis beam nlfea p [kn] δ [mm] oa1 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 vecchio-shim beam bresler-scordelis beam nlfea p [kn] δ [mm] oa3 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 podgorniak-stanik beam nlfea p [kn] δ [mm] bn25 bn25d 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 pogdorniak-stanik beam nlfea p [kn] bn50 δ [mm] bn50d figure 4: comparison between experimental and numerical results in terms of applied load vs. midspan deflection for specimens (a), (b) of the oa series [17], and (c), (d) of the bn series [18].           wf-max = 0.40 mm wf-max = 0.43 mm wf-max = 0.30 mm wf-max = 0.47 mm wf-max = 0.35 mm wf-max = 0.49 mm oa1 oa2 oa3 w [mm] figure 5: experimental (left side, [17]) vs numerical (right side) crack patterns and crack widths at failure for specimens oa. further comparisons between numerical and experimental results are also provided in terms of cracking development and crack widths, as depicted in figs. 5 and 6. fig. 5 shows the crack pattern at failure for the three specimens tested by vecchio and shim [17]. as can be observed, the model exhibits a fine capability of reproducing the experimental diagonaltension crack, catching the very brittle and sudden failure typical of beams containing no shear reinforcement. furthermore, maximum crack widths, which represent one of the most difficult parameter to predict in numerical analyses, are substantially comparable to experimental ones. similar results have been also obtained for rc beams tested by podgorniak-stanik [18]. more attention has been here devoted to the analysis of crack pattern evolution for increasing p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 106 loads, in terms of crack distribution and widths. some of the obtained results have been reported in fig. 6 (for brevity, only for specimen bn50 [18]). as can be seen, crack patterns are reasonably well described during the entire loading history, highlighting that the proposed model can represent a powerful tool in the analysis of rc structures also at serviceability conditions, where crack control represents one of the fundamental issues to be checked. for the analyzed beam, the first numerical flexural crack occurred at approximately the same loading level registered during the experimental test. as proved by both numerical and experimental results, this first crack has been followed by the appearance of subsequent flexural cracks, until the attainment of the last loading stage, when a significant shear diagonal crack developed as extension of existing cracks.             wf-max = 0.10 mm wf-max = 0.21 mm wf-max = 0.15 mm wf-max = 0.37 mm wf-max = 0.20 mm wf-max = 0.41 mm wf-max = 0.05 mm wf-max = 0.05 mm wf-max = 0.10 mm wf-max = 0.30 mm wf-max = 0.20 mm wf-max = 0.41 mm ls1 ls3 ls5 ls2 ls4 ls6 bn50 ls1 → p=80 kn ls2 → p=100 kn ls3 → p=150 kn ls4 → p=180 kn ls5 → p=220 kn ls6 → p=250 kn lsf → failure → p=260 kn wf-max = 0.20 mm wf-max = 0.43 mm lsf w [mm] figure 6: numerical (left side) vs. experimental (right side, [18]) crack patterns and crack widths at different loading stages for specimen bn50. conclusions n this paper, a constitutive non-linear model for the analysis of reinforced concrete structures, named 2d-parc, has been modified so as to improve its computational efficiency, while maintaining its capability of providing correct predictions of the structural behavior. to this aim, the constitutive relation originally adopted in 2d-parc for the modeling of concrete, both before and after cracking, has been properly substituted by implementing the one proposed by ottosen, which is based on non-linear elasticity and is characterized by a high numerical feasibility. the accuracy of the proposed formulation has been tested through comparisons with experimental results on rc beams without stirrups failing in shear, which represent a quite difficult case study, particularly when modelled through two-dimensional membrane analysis. based on the obtained results, it has been generally proved that 2d-parc model is able to provide accurate predictions of strength, load-deformation response and failure mode. moreover, also crack pattern evolution, both in terms of crack distribution into the considered element and in terms of maximum crack width, can be satisfactorily evaluated. finally, it can be pointed out that the modular structure of 2d-parc model makes it an attractive and versatile alternative approach for the analysis of rc structures, since the representation of each single resistant contribution can be easily changed when more refined and/or efficient constitutive relations become available. i p. bernardi et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 98-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.12 107 references [1] vecchio. f.j., collins, m.p., the response of rc elements to in-plane shear and normal stresse, rep. 82-03, dept. of civ. eng., univ. of toronto, canada (1982) [2] rots, j. g., computational modelling of cracked concrete, phd thesis, dept. of civ. eng., delft univ. of technol., delft, the netherlands (1988) [3] hsu, h.t., schnobrich, w.c., nonlinear finite element analysis of reinforced concrete plates and shells under monotonic loading, comp. & struct, 38(5/6) (1991) 637-651 [4] vecchio, f.j., disturbed stress field model for reinforced concrete: formulation. asce j. struct. eng., 126(9) (2000) 1070–1077. [5] soltani, m., an, x., maekawa, k., computational model for post cracking analysis of rc membrane element based on local strain characteristics, engng struct, 25 (2003) 995-1007. [6] he w., wu, y.f., liew, k.m., wu, z., a 2d total strain based constitutive model for predicting the behaviors of concrete structures, int j engng science, 44 (2006) 1280-1303 [7] cerioni, r., iori, i., michelini, e., bernardi, p., multi-directional modeling of crack pattern in r/c members, eng. fract. mech., 75 (2008) 615-628. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2007.04.012 [8] kupfer, h., hilsdorf, h.k., rusch, h., behavior of concrete under biaxial stresses, proc. aci j., 66 (1969) 656–666. [9] kupfer, h., gerstle, k.h., behavior of concrete under biaxial stresses, asce j. eng. mech. div., 99 (1973) 853-866. [10] ottosen, n.s., a failure criterion for concrete, asce j. eng. mech. div., 103-em4 (1977) 527-535. [11] menétrey ph., willam, k.j., triaxial failure criterion for concrete and its generalization, aci struct. j., 92 (1995) 311318. [12] kwak, h.-g., filippou, f.c., finite element analysis of structures under monotonic loads, rep. ucb/semm-90/14, dept. of civ. eng., univ. of california, berkeley, california (1990). [13] darwin, d., pecknold, d.a., non-linear biaxial stress–strain law for concrete, j. engng. mech. div.: proc. asce, 103em2 (1977) 229–241. [14] ottosen, n.s., constitutive model for short-time loading of concrete, asce j. eng. mech. div., 105 (1979) 127-141. [15] ottosen, n.s., nonlinear finite element analysis of reinforced concrete structures, ph.d. thesis, technical university of denmark, (1980). [16] barzegar-jamshidi, f., nonlinear finite element analysis of reinforced concrete under short term loading, ph.d. thesis, university of illinois at urbana-champaign, (1986). [17] vecchio, f.j., shim, w., experimental and analytical reexamination of classic concrete beam test, j. struct. eng., 130 (2004) 460-469. [18] podgorniak-stanik, b.a., the influence of concrete strength, distribution of longitudinal reinforcement, amount of transverse reinforcement and member size on shear strength of reinforced concrete members, phd thesis, university of toronto, (1998). [19] leonhardt, f., walther, r., schubversuche an einfeldrigen stahlbetonbalken mit und ohne schubbewehrung, deutscher ausschuss für stahlbeton, h.151, ernst & sohn (1962). [20] bresler, b., scordelis, a.c., shear strength of reinforced concrete beams, j. am. concr. inst., 60 (1963) 51–72. [21] bernardi, p., cerioni, r., michelini, e., analysis of post-cracking stage in sfrc elements through a non-linear numerical approach, eng. fract. mech., 108 (2013) 238-250. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.02.024 [22] cerioni, r., bernardi, p., michelini, e., mordini, a., a general 3d approach for the analysis of multi-axial fracture behavior of reinforced concrete elements, eng. fract. mech., 78 (2011) 1784-1793. [23] bernardi, p., cerioni, r., michelini, e., numerical modelling of the behaviour of sfrc elements in presence of multiple cracks, in: j. barros et al. (eds.), proc. 8th rilem int. symposium on fibre reinforced concrete, guimarães, (2012) 219-220. [24] bernardi, p., cerioni, r., michelini, e., numerical modeling of bond in cracked reinforced concrete elements, in: j.w. cairns et al. (eds.), proc. of bond in concrete 2012: bond, anchorage, detailing, brescia (2012) 177-184. [25] elwi, a.a., murray, d.w., a 3d hypoelastic concrete constitutive relationship, j. engng. mech. div.: proc. asce, 105-em4 (1979) 623–641. [26] ramaswamy, a., barzegar, f., voyiadjis, g.z., postcracking formulation for analysis of rc structures based on secant stiffness, asce j. eng. mech., 120 (1994) 2621-2640. [27] sebastian, w.m., mcconnel, r.e., nonlinear fe analysis of steel-concrete composite structures, asce j. struct. eng., 126 (2000) 662-674. [28] abaqus 6.10, online documentation, dassault systémes simulia corporation, providence (2010). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 2222 z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 74 experimental study on shale fracturing assisted by low-temperature freezing zhong-ying han, yuan-fang cheng, xue-liang li, chuan-liang yan school of petroleum engineering, china university of petroleum (east china), qingdao, shandong 266580, china. hanzhying@.upc.edu.cn, yfcheng@upc.edu.cn abstract. under the cold impact of liquid nitrogen, the shale suffers from the significant freezing damage, which provides the possibility of liquid nitrogen fracturing. moreover, shale fracturing assisted by liquid nitrogen can effectively reduce reservoir pollution. in this paper, the hydraulic fracturing experiments of natural shale samples frozen by liquid nitrogen were carried out to investigate the factors affecting the crack propagation of shale after low temperature fracturing. the results show that a large number of cracks or macropores form inside the natural shale sample after freezing treatment by liquid nitrogen. the fracture pressure of the shale decreases with increasing impact time at the beginning of the immersion time, and remains substantially stable after an immersion of 2 hours. when the freezing time increases, the crack initiation time increases accordingly. after low temperature impact, the fracture pressure of shale decreases with the increase of stress difference, but the cracking times vary with the stress with obvious regularity. it is easier to form main fracture with larger displacement on the premise of well-developed shale bedding. keywords. liquid nitrogen; freezing; hydraulic fracture; fracture pressure; fracture initiation time. citation: han, z-y., cheng, y.f., li, x-l., yan, c-l.., experimental study on shale fracturing assisted by low-temperature freezing, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81 received: 18.10.2018 accepted: 14.11.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he freezing and fracturing of the shale shocked by liquid nitrogen on rock mainly follows two stages: cold shrinkage and frost heave. the huge temperature difference caused by the freezing of liquid nitrogen makes the pore structure of the shale shrink and deform, resulting in thermal stress. at the same time, when the pore water freezes into ice, it expands in volume and produces frost heave. under the combined action of thermal stress and frost heaving force, the pore structure of shale is destroyed and the cracks is generated [1-5]. shale fracturing assisted by lowtemperature freezing is to form a certain crack network by the freezing and breaking mechanism of liquid nitrogen, and then perform hydraulic fracturing to improve the shale conductivity and increase fracturing effect. low temperature fracturing technology in the petroleum industry has still been in the experimental stage of exploration. in 1983, king [6] used gelatinous liquid carbon dioxide as a modification liquid to improve the in-place production of t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/47/2222.mp4 z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 75 tight sand layer, and achieved good results without experimental verification. mcdaniel et al. [7, 8] conducted a liquid nitrogen immersion test on coal rock in the laboratory. the results showed that low temperature fracturing might increase the production of coalbed methane and conduct field tests. because of the existed natural cracks and obvious layering, the damage mechanism of shale after low-temperature impact is more complicated. in fully understand the failure mechanism of shale after low-temperature impact, many experts and scholars have conducted a lot of basic experimental research [911]. cai et al. [12, 13] conducted an experimental study on the damage of shale pore structure under the action of liquid nitrogen. in recent years, to meet the needs of low-temperature fracturing technology, many scholars began to analyze the physical and mechanical properties of shale after liquid nitrogen treatment through indoor experiments, as well as considered the influence of shale bedding orientation [14-16]. in the physical simulation of hydraulic fracturing, the researchers [17, 18] used artificial cement samples to simulate low-temperature cracking of shale, but there were also some differences, such as randomly distributed natural cracks and bedding, between artificial and natural samples. in this paper, the crack propagation characteristics of shale after low-temperature fracturing are analyzed by the hydraulic fracturing experiment of natural shale samples, and the factors affecting crack propagation are discussed. experimental program he sample was taken from the outcrop shale of longmaxi formation in a certain area. the outcrop shale is a natural extension of the silurian longmaxi formation shale reservoir in the southeast of guizhou, china. the shale mineral composition analysis was carried out by an x-ray diffractometer, and the results are shown in fig. 1. the main component of the experimental sample is quartz, accounting for 52%, followed by clay minerals, accounting for 17%. among the clay minerals, illite is the main component, accounting for 60%. figure 1: shale mineral composition and its content. shale tensile strength test hydraulic fracturing is one of the prerequisites for the development of shale gas. the principle of shale hydraulic fracturing is to pump the fluid into the well by the ground high-pressure pump set with a displacement that greatly exceeds the absorption capacity of the formation, and then cause the high pressure near the bottom of the well. when the pressure is greater than the in-situ stress near the borehole wall and the tensile strength of the shale, cracks forms in the formation near the bottom of the well. the tensile strength of the shale characterizes the ultimate bearing capacity of the shale during tensile failure. the tensile strengths of the shale before and after freezing were determined before the hydraulic fracturing experiment. the results are listed in fig. 2. it can be seen that the tensile strength of shale decreases by about 20% before and after freezing of liquid nitrogen, and the reduction of tensile strength is more conducive to the formation of cracks during fracturing. shale fracturing experiment assisted by liquid nitrogen a true triaxial experimental system was used for liquid nitrogen fracturing test. it mainly includes liquid nitrogen selfpressurizing system, intermediate container, and true triaxial experimental equipment, as shown in fig. 3. the experimental sample was cut from a cuboid shale rock to a dimension of 100mm100mm100mm, with the surfaces smoothed by grinding. the length of the open hole of simulated wellbore was 30 mm, as shown in fig. 4. t z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 76 the factors affecting fracturing efficiency of shale after liquid nitrogen cold impact treatment, such as the complexity of natural cracks, the displacement of fracturing fluid and the difference of ground stress, were mainly discussed. a comparison table of control variables was used to develop an experimental program, as shown in tab. 1, where σv is the vertical stress, mpa, σh is the maximum horizontal principal stress, mpa, and σh is the minimum horizontal principal stress, mpa. to achieve the goal of fully extending of crack, the pre-freezing displacement is set to an intermediate value of 40 ml/min, and the order from low to high after freezing is 20 ml/min, 40 ml/min and 60 ml/min. the liquid nitrogen treatment times are set as 1h, 2h and 3h, respectively. figure 2: change law of tensile strength before and after shale freezing. figure 3: true triaxial experimental system for liquid nitrogen fracturing. figure 4: sample basic model diagram. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 2 4 6 8 10 t en si le s tr en g th /m p a core data points before freezing after freezing face a face b face c face d face e face f z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 77 experiment number σv /mpa σh /mpa σh /mpa stress difference /mpa freezing time /h displacement /ml/min s-6 10 8 3 5 0 40 sl-1 10 8 3 5 1 40 sl-2 10 8 3 5 2 40 sl-3 10 8 3 5 3 40 sl-4 10 5 3 2 3 40 sl-5 12 11 3 8 3 40 sl-6 10 8 3 5 3 20 sl-7 10 8 3 5 3 60 table 1: shale fracturing test after liquid nitrogen freeze-thaw. the main steps of the fracturing simulation experiment under liquid nitrogen freezing are as follows: (1) seven standard samples as shown in fig. 4 were prepared according to the standard and labeled separately. a silica gel solution with a mass fraction of 4% was used as a fracturing fluid, and an appropriate amount of tracer was added. (2) the sample was placed in a heat preservation container, and the liquid nitrogen was continuously injected into the sample simulation wellbore through the low-temperature pipeline by using the liquid nitrogen self-pressurization system, and the duration varied from 1h to 3h according to the experimental requirements. (3) the sample had been placed at rest for a period of time after taken out from container, and then was placed in the main pressure-bearing cavity. two steel blocks were placed on both face a and face b to adjust the height, and the upper cover of the experimenter was sealed and fasten with bolts. (4) an air compressor and a pneumatic control valve were used to apply the in-situ stress. the pressure was maintained at 0.8 mpa by the air compressor. the gas boosting device and the hydraulic pump were used to apply stress to the sample in three directions to a predetermined value. the load was applied smoothly to prevent pressure fluctuations during the whole process. (5) after the three-direction stresses applied to the presupposed values and kept stably, a pipeline was connected to the reserved hole above the sample. the silica gel solution with a mass fraction of 4% was injected in by a displacement pump controlled by the servo motor, to simulate the pressure variation during the whole fracturing process. the real-time pressure information of the injected fluid was synchronously recorded by the computer. (6) the pump was stopped when the experiment was finished. the wellbore pressure and the stress acting on the sample were unloaded in turn. the pressure in the hydraulic bladder was slowly released to zero to prevent damage to the equipment from instantaneous depressurization. (7) after the sample was taken out from the autoclave, and the crack morphology after fracturing was observed in detail and the fracturing mechanism was discussed. experimental results acoustic wave results total of 7 samples were involved in the experiment. according to the experimental procedure, each sample was initially frozen by liquid nitrogen. from the experimental phenomena, the original bedding and natural cracks on the surface, especially on face a, of the shale developed well after cold treatment by liquid nitrogen. the fractures showed a radial distribution along the simulated wellbore, and the natural fracture network was perfect. to detect the formation of cracks in detail, five points were randomly selected on face c and face d, as shown in fig. 5. the acoustic wave variations of the sample before and after the liquid nitrogen treatment on both sides of face c and face d were determined. taking the sample sl-1 as an example, as shown in fig. 6, the acoustic wave values of each monitoring point have decreased to some extent after liquid nitrogen cooling treatment, indicating that a large number of cracks or macropores have generated inside the sample after cold treatment. a z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 78 from the results of fracturing, main hydraulic cracks form near simulated wellbore, and extend along the direction perpendicular to the minimum horizontal principal stress, finally form a vertical fracture surface. micro-cracks form on each face, and most of them extend in the direction of natural cracks and then cross each other to form a crack network. from the dissection of the sample after fracturing, the traces of the white tracer are clearly, indicating that liquid nitrogen enhances its permeability of shale. figure 5: schematic diagram of acoustic wave test points. figure 6: acoustic wave results before and after freezing of face c and face d on sl-1 sample. effect of liquid nitrogen cold treatment time the hydraulic fracturing simulations were carried out to study the effect of cold treatment time on fracturing effect. the fracturing construction curve of sample sl-1, sl-2 and sl-3, by changing the length of liquid nitrogen action time while maintaining the stress difference and displacement, are shown in fig. 7. it can be seen that the fracture pressure is the highest after immersion for 1 hour in liquid nitrogen, about 21 mpa. after immersing for 2 hours and 3 hours, the fracture pressure remains basically unchanged as 10.8 mpa and 10.5 mpa, respectively. this phenomenon shows that the fracture pressure decreases with the increase of impact time within a certain period of time. but this change is limited by a time effect. after immersion of 2 hours, the effect of the low temperature on the physical and mechanical properties of the sample did not change much as the treatment time prolonged. the cracking time reflects that the pre-impact of liquid nitrogen mainly enhances the brittleness of shale. however, the late impact reduces the brittleness of shale and increases the plasticity, and it is not easy for cracking, and the cracking time is greatly increased by about 5 times. the crack gradually forms a cross-sewed network from the general macro-crack, and the fracturing effect is better at about 2h. influence of stress difference the comparative experimental results of sample sl-3, sl-4 and sl-5 show that the fracture pressure of the sample decreases with the increase of the stress difference, under the condition of only changing the magnitude of the stress difference, as shown in fig. 8. however, there is no obvious regularity about the initiation time affected by the stress difference. at the same time, the fracture-making ability increases gradually with the increase of the stress difference because the cross-sewed network gradually forms from the general macro-crack. p1 p1' p2p2' p3 p4 p5 p3' p4' p5' face c face d 4250 4300 4350 4400 4450 4500 4550 4600 4650 1 2 3 4 5 w av e sp ee d m /s measuring point before freezing after freezing z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 79 a) sl-1 b) sl-2 c) sl-3 figure 7: rock sample fracturing curve. figure 8: curve of fracture pressure with stress difference. influence of fracturing fluid displacement in comparisons of the experimental results of sample sl-3, sl-6, and sl-7, the following conclusion can be drawn that the fracture pressure increases as the displacement of the fracturing fluid increases, by changing the pumping displacement of the fracturing fluid while keeping other reference factors constant, as shown in fig. 9. similarly, there is no regularity in the initiation time with the change of displacement. from the point of view of fracture-forming ability, it is easier to form main fractures with larger displacement on the premise of well-developed shale bedding, as shown in fig. 10. however, the effect of crack propagation in the formation of secondary seams under large displacement is not good. 13,44 10,5 8,6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 f ra ct u re p re ss u re /m p a stress difference/mpa z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 80 therefore, to get a better fracturing effect, it is suggested that the larger displacement fracturing be adopted firstly to produce the main fracture, and then the lower displacement fracturing be used to develop the fracture network. figure 9: curve of fracture pressure with displacement. a) before fracturing (face a) b) after fracturing (face a) c) before fracturing (face c) d) after fracturing (face c) figure10: morphology of the sl-7 sample before and after fracturing. conclusion (1) the original bedding and natural cracks on the surface of the natural shale sample were further developed after the cold treatment by liquid nitrogen. the sound wave test results showed that a large number of cracks or large pores had generated inside the sample. (2) the fracture pressure of the shale decreased with the increase of the impact time when the immersion time was short, and remained stable after immersion of 2 hours. when the freezing time extended, the crack initiation time increased accordingly. (3) after low temperature impact, the fracture pressure of shale decreased with the increase of stress difference, but the effect of stress difference on initiation time was not obvious. (4) from the perspective of crack-forming ability, under the premise of good developed bedding, the larger displacement was more likely to form the main crack inside the shale, while the effect of forming the secondary crack was not good. 9,3 10,5 21 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 20 40 60 80 f ra ct u re p re ss u re /m p a displacement/ml/min z.-y. han et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 74-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.07 81 funding his research was financially supported by the national natural science foundation of china (no. 51504280), the fundamental research funds for the central universities (no. 16cx02022a), and the funds of china university of petroleum talents introduction (no. yj201601094). acknoledgements his work should be thankful for the help from rock mechanics laboratory in china university of petroleum (east china). references [1] inada, y., and yokota k. (1984). some studies of low temperature rock strength. international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences & geomechanics abstracts, 21(3), pp.145-153. doi: 10.1016/0148-9062(84)91532-8. [2] matsuoka, k. (1988). a laboratory simulation of rock breakdown due to freeze-thaw in a maritime antarctic environment. earth surface processes and landforms, 13, pp. 369-382. doi: 10.1002/esp.3290130408. [3] bellanger, m., homand f., and remy, j.m. (1993). water behavior in limestones as a function of pores structure: application to frost resistance of some lorraine limestones. engineering geology, 36(1-2), pp. 99-108. doi: 10.1016/0013-7952(93)90022-5. [4] chen, t. c., yeung, m. r., and mori, n. (2004). effect of water saturation on deterioration of welded tuff due to freeze-thaw action. cold regions science and technology, 38(2), pp.127-136. doi: 10.1016/j.coldregions.2003.10.001. [5] ren, s.r., fan z.k., zhang l., et al. (2013). mechanisms and experimental study of thermal-shock effect on coal rock using liquid nitrogen. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, (z2), pp. 3790-3794. (in chinese) [6] king, s. r. (1983). liquid co2 for the stimulation of low-permeability reservoirs. soc. pet. eng., 11616, pp.145-151. [7] mcdaniel, b.w., grundmann, s., kendrick, w., et al. (1997). field applications of cryogenic nitrogen as a hydraulic fracturing fluid. journal of petroleum technology, 50(3), pp.38-39. [8] grundmann, s.r., rodvelt, g.d., dials, g.a., allen, r.e. (1998). cryogenic nitrogen as a hydraulic fracturing fluid in the devonian shale. spe eastern regional meeting. society of petroleum engineers, pittsburgh, pennsylvania. gupta. [9] hall, k. (2010). a laboratory simulation of rock breakdown due to freeze-thaw in a maritime antarctic environment. earth surface processes and landforms, 13(4), pp.369-382. doi: 10.1002/esp.3290130408. [10] nicholson d.t., and nicholson, f. h. (2000). physical deterioration of sedimentary rocks subjected to experimental freeze–thaw weathering. earth surface processes and landforms, 25(12), pp.1295-1307. doi: 10.1002/1096-9837. [11] kim, k. m., and kemeny, j. (2009). effect of thermal shock and rapid unloading on mechanical rock properties. 43rd u.s. rock mechanics symposium and 4th u.s.-canada rock mechanics symposium. [12] cai, c., li, g., et al. (2014) experiment study of rock porous structure damage under cryogenic nitrogen freezing. rock and soil mechanics, 35(4), pp. 965-971. (in chinese) [13] cai, c., li, g., et al. (2014). experimental study on effect of liquid nitrogen on rock failure during cryogenic nitrogen fracturing. journal of china university of petroleum, 38(4), pp. 98-103. (in chinese) [14] jiang, l., cheng, y.f., han, z.y., et al. (2018). effect of liquid nitrogen cooling on the permeability and mechanical characteristics of anisotropic shale. journal of petroleum exploration and production technology, (on line). doi: 10.1007/s13202-018-0509-5. [15] han, s.c., cheng, y.f., gao, q., et al. (2018). experimental study of the effect of liquid nitrogen on shale physical/mechanical properties. arma, pp.18–273. [16] shi, x., zhang, l., cheng, y.f., et al. (2017). pore structure and mechanical property change of different rocks under nitrogen freezing. arma, pp.17–212. [17] cha, m.s., yin, x.l., kneafsey, t., et al. (2013). cryogenic fracturing for reservoir stimulation-laboratory studies. journal of petroleum science and engineering, 124, pp. 436-450. doi: 10.1016/j.petrol.2014.09.003. [18] wang, l., yao, b.w., cha, m.s., et al. (2016). waterless fracturing technologies for unconventional reservoirs opportunities for liquid nitrogen. journal of natural gas science and engineering, 35, pp.160-174. doi: 10.1016/j.jngse.2016.08.052. t t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_52_art_12_2694 s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 137 prediction of the burst pressure for defective pipelines using different semi-empirical models s. budhe, m.d. banea federal center of technological education in rio de janeiro – cefet/rj, rio de janeiro/rj, brazil sandipiit@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3235-9232 mdbanea@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8378-2292 s. de barros federal center of technological education in rio de janeiro – cefet/rj, rio de janeiro/rj, brazil gem institute, umr 6183 cnrs, cesi, saint-nazaire, france silvio.debarros@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2520-569x abstract.the main aim of this work is to predict the theoretical burst pressure of defective pipelines using different semi-empirical models and compare them with the hydrostatic test results. a new methodology was formulated with accounting for a minimum thickness (weakest section of the pipe) over the length of the pipe to predict the most conservative burst pressure. with a simple analytical expression, a reasonable accuracy and more conservative burst pressure can be obtained for any arbitrary defect shapes. a variation of burst pressure was found between theoretical prediction and hydrostatic burst test results with respect to the different semi-empirical models even for the same corroded defects. different defect geometry shape and pipe material conditions are the possible causes for variation in the burst pressure between the semi-empirical models, so a careful selection of these parameters is necessary. the proposed methodology predicted a more conservative burst pressure for all arbitrary defects shapes and can predict reasonably accurate values if it accounts for the axial stress. keywords. burst pressure; metallic pipelines; remaining strength; pipeline corrosion; empirical model; corroded pipeline. citation: budhe, s., banea, m. d., de barros, s., prediction of the burst pressure for defective pipelines using different semiempirical models, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147. received: 28.11.2019 accepted: 28.01.2020 published: 01.04.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction etallic pipelines are extensively used to transport fluids (oil, gas, water) over a long distance, especially in the oil, gas and petroleum industries. pipelines are exposed to harsh environmental conditions which lead to defects, such as metal-loss corrosion, gouges and stress corrosion cracking, etc. [1-4]. however, natural corrosion is the m https://youtu.be/vmkkdmanltu s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 138 main source of damage in metallic pipelines and this process causes metal loss of the pipe. both internal and external corrosion processes cause material reduction of the pipe and consequently decrease its strength capacity. if the strength capacity of a damaged pipe can sustain the designed burst pressure, then it can avoid incurring the cost of maintenance and repair [5]. hence, an accurate and conservative theoretical prediction of burst pressure is an important issue, which would help to make a final call on whether the repair and maintenance can be postponed. theoretical prediction of the burst pressure of a corroded pipeline is of significant relevance to the gas and pipeline industry. already, many semi-empirical models have been developed to predict the burst capacity of damage pipelines. there are many semi-empirical models which include: asme b31g, modified asme b31g, rstreng 0.85, shell92, dnv, pcorrc, chell limit, sims pressure and ritchie, etc. to assess the durability condition of corroded pipelines [611]. the basic assumption of an empirical model is that the reduction of strength due to corrosion is corresponding to the amount of material loss measured along the length of the pipe. generally, the defect region of the pipe is represented through a rectangle, elliptical, parabolic or mixed defect shape which is machined with depth interrelated to the greater corrosion depth measured along the pipe [12-17]. hydrostatic burst tests are generally carried out on different metal wall loss defect geometries for assessing the structural integrity of these pipelines. many researchers found a variation of theoretical prediction of burst pressure with respect to the different semi-empirical models even for the same defect area [11, 17-22]. pipe material condition and empirical equation of remaining strength factor (defect geometry) are different in each model, which leads to a difference in theoretical burst pressure. still there is difference in the theoretical prediction and experimental burst pressure and this is due to certain assumptions while deriving the analytical model. for example, in a burst test, there is an axial stress induced as both the ends of the cylindrical tube are closed, however in the analysis it is neglected [18, 23]. in most of the semi-empirical model, defect width is not accounting in the analysis, but it effects on the prediction of burst pressure [24]. real pipelines are long and the effect of axial stresses in straight lines is almost negligible (all criteria for corroded pipelines mentioned before neglect the effect of axial stresses), but that is not the case of the specimens for hydrostatic testing. a pipe specimen has a machined defect region with reduced wall thickness for a hydrostatic burst test and this makes a small variation between the actual corroded geometry region and the machined defect geometry of the test specimen. this assumption should be accounted for in the analysis for a better prediction of the burst pressure of a corroded pipeline. the study of the burst pressure of corroded pipes is reasonably well developed, but still a very active area, as there is scope to refine the model with certain conditions. in the first part of this paper, validate the theoretical burst pressure obtained through different semi-empirical model with the hydrostatic burst pressure. in addition to that, this paper presents a methodology to estimate the burst pressure of pipelines with an arbitrary localized damage without accounting for the remaining strength factor. the minimum thickness of the pipe in its weakest part (corroded damage section) is considered in the analysis. thus, it is expected to obtain a lower limit for the burst pressure of a metallic pipeline with an arbitrary localized corrosion defect. a total of 35 experimental burst tests carried out in different laboratories are compared with the proposed theoretical method for an assurance on the proposed model. burst pressure defect free pipelines he integrity of a pipeline is generally determined by the ability of the pipe to sustain the fluid pressure within the pipe. a pipe fails when the stress in the pipe material exceeds its limit with the internal pressure increases and generally it comes into the plastic collapse stage (plastic deformation). the burst pressure of a defect free pipe is determined based on yield failure criteria such as von mises, tresca or assy (average shear stress yield). the general form of the burst pressure can be expressed as follows [25, 26]: 1 4 2 n b ult k t p d         (1) where, n is the strain hardening exponent which is material dependent and kis the material constant that depends on the yielding criterion as follows [25]. t s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 139 1      2   ,    3 1 1  ,    . 2 2 tresca k von mises assy           the strain hardening exponent is determined based on the hollomon (power-law) model [27] and the ramberg-osgood model [28] for failure analysis of pipeline. corroded pipelines the basic model of the pipe to determine the theoretical burst pressure is extended to the corroded (damage/defect) metallic pipeline. the general equation of the burst pressure for a pipeline with a corrosion defect is as follows: th max flow i t p r    (2) where the flow stress ( flow ) represents the flow stress of the pipe material and  is a remaining strength function (i.e. damage factor) which represents the strength reduction of the pipelines due to the corrosion. there are many semi-empirical models available in the literature however a careful selection of the model is very important as both flow stress and remaining strength values differ with respect to the model. remaining strength of corroded pipelines n accurate representation of defect geometry and defect shape of the damaged pipeline is useful for a better prediction of the remaining strength capacity of the pipe. natural corrosion is the main source of localized damage of metallic pipelines, hence, defect size and shape is quite different from case to case. generally, a nonuniform nature of corrosion occurs as shown in fig 1(a) and to represent the actual defect shape for analysis is quite difficult. in most of the semi-empirical models (tab. 1), the defect shapes are idealized as rectangular, parabolic, elliptical, mixed or effective area shape. researchers often used a controlled metal wall loss using a machined process on a metal tube to replicate the actual corrosion defect and one such example is rectangular defect as shown in fig 1(b) [12]. figure 1: metallic pipeline (a) with actual corroded defect [27] (b) machined defect to represent corroded damage [12]. metal wall loss defects (rectangular, parabolic, etc.) in metallic pipelines are taken into account by the remaining strength factor ( ) for prediction of strength capacity of a corroded pipe. the general form of strength prediction of defective pipelines is as: i undamaged p r t          (3) a s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 140 th max flow i t p r     (4) sr. no criteria damage factor/remaining strength bulging/folias factor flow stress defect shape 1 asme b31g [6] 2 4,     2 1 3 1 2 1 3 f f ifa d t a d t                4 ,    f t ifa t d    0.893 f l a d t       1.1flow y  parabolic 2 rstren g 0.85 (modified asme b31g) [9] 1 1 0.85 1 0.85 t d t m d t                 22 2 1 0.275 0.00375t l l m d t d t                2 3.3 0.032t l m d t         69flow y   effective area/length mixed 3 dnv [8] 1 1 1 d t q d t                      2 1 0.31 l q d t         flow ult  rectan. 4 ritchie and last criterion [11] 1 1 1 1 t d t m d t                2 1 0.8t l m d t         0.9 flow ult  rectan. 5 prc battelle [11]   1 1 1 0.157 d l exp t r t d                    flow ult  elliptical table 1: damage factor (remaining strength) and flow stress equation of different criteria/model there are many existing semi-empirical models available in the literature and the most widely used are listed in tab.1 da mattos et al. [11] found that the remaining strength factor value differs almost 50-80% with respect to different semiempirical models for the same defect size on metallic pipelines. this is a large variation in the remaining strength factor value found for the same defect geometry and hence proper selection of the model is necessary, as per the area of application. similarly, the flow stress value also differs with respect to the selection of the model (tab. 1). however the flow stress value should be less than the ultimate strength of the pipe material (𝜎𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤≤𝜎𝑢𝑙𝑡) for safe design. on the contrary, the flow stress exceeds the ultimate strength as per rstreng 0.85 criterion due to the high strength pipe metal having a very small difference in yield and ultimate strength [19]. therefore, for a high strength metal pipe, it would be better to take the ultimate stress as the flow stress. in summary, the remaining strength factor and flow stress factor play an important role for predicting the burst pressure. s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 141 tab. 2 summarizes the test results of 35 burst tests data using pipe specimens with machined different artificial metal losses (defects) [11, 19, 20, 24, 30-33] to demonstrate the suitability of the semi-empirical model for a better prediction of the strength capacity of defect pipe. sr. no (ref.) material grade y  (mpa) ult (mpa) d (mm) t(mm) d (mm) l (mm) exp maxp (mpa) 1 [19] x80 589 731 459 7.9 3 40 24.2 2 [19] x80 601 684 457 7.9 4 40 22.7 3 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 256 14.4 4 [19] x46 391 458 76.2 2.04 1.4 75 9.4 5 [19] a25 260 309 76.2 2 1.4 75 5.45 6 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 306 14.07 7 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 350 13.58 8 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 395 12.84 9 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 433 12.13 10 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 467 11.92 11 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 484 11.91 12 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 500 11.99 13 [19] x60 452 542 324 9.5 6.67 528 11.3 14 [30] x80 601 684 458.8 8.1 5.39 39.6 22.68 15 [30] x80 589 731 459.4 8.1 3.75 40.05 24.2 16 [20] x42 380 528.5 273.8 5.30 2.52 1000 15.53 17 [20] x42 380 528.5 273.7 5.24 2.04 1000 15.34 18 [20] x46 357.9 458.2 456.5 6.56 3.32 2750 10.34 19 [20] x46 355.7 539.2 457.7 6.23 3.27 2750 12.06 20 [20] x46 362.3 557.3 457.1 6.09 2.8 2750 12.63 21 [20] x46 285.1 428.5 457.7 6.04 2.71 2750 10.13 22 [20] x46 345.4 568.2 457.7 6.03 2.79 2750 13.04 23 [31] x65 495 565 762.0 17.50 8.75 50 27.50 24 [31] x65 495 565 762.0 17.50 8.75 100 24.30 25 [31] x65 495 565 762.0 17.50 8.75 200 21.80 26 [31] x65 495 565 762.0 17.50 8.75 300 19.80 27 [31] x65 495 565 762.0 17.50 8.75 600 18.50 28 [31] x65 495 565 762.0 17.50 8.75 900 15.00 29 [32] x70 532.2 628.8 762 15.9 7.95 300 21.2 30 [33] steel 20 305 585 219 6 3.6 133 13.8 31 [11] x60 478 542 527 14.3 10 500 11.6 32 [24] x42 284 464 60 5.80 4.1 49.7 54 33 [24] x42 284 464 60 5.60 3.5 49.8 61 34 [24] x42 284 464 60 5.55 4 69.7 46 35 [24] x42 284 464 60 5.62 4.5 50 44 table 2: burst tests data burst pressure prediction using semi-empirical models igs. 2 and 3 present the ratio between the predicted burst pressure and the experimental burst pressure (ptheoretical/pexperimental) using the different semi-empirical models. the results shows a mixed trend (conservative/non conservative/accurate) of burst pressure values between predicted and experimental with respect to the different semi empirical models. some models show conservative predictions of burst pressure, while others f s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 142 show more accurate predictions of the burst pressure. there is quite a significant variation of the theoretical burst pressure between the different semi-empirical models for the same test specimen. this is related to the assumptions of remaining strength function (𝛼𝜃) and flow stress material (𝜎𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤), which leads to a variation in burst pressure even for the same defect pipe.in most of the semi empirical model the defect width in pipeline is not accounted, however some results found the influence of width on final burst pressure [9, 24,34]. in addition to that the complicated geometry of corroded region to represent in analysis is quite complicated and leads in the variation in experimental and theoretical results. hence, defect geometry shape, size and other dimensions of pipeline need to be accounted when the semi-empirical model is selected. figure2: (ptheoretical/pexperimental) per test with conservative and non-conservative burst pressure using selected semi-empirical model. figure 3: (ptheoretical/pexperimental) per test with accurate burst pressure using selected semi-empirical model. the asme b31g and ritchie models give more conservative predictions of burst pressure in all 35 hydrostatic tests, however rstreng model gives mixed predictions some tests predictions are conservative and some are more nonconservative as shown in fig.2. however,the dnv and battele models give more accurate predictions which is closer to the experimental burst pressure except in some burst tests (fig.3). the dnv and battele models show good predictions, s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 143 but the burst pressures are higher than the measured ones in a few experiments (test number 5 and 6) where the  flow ult  condition is met [19]. as already mentioned in the previous section, the material with close values of yield strength and ultimate strength violate the flow stress condition under these criteria, which leads to an over-predicted pressure. thus, special attention should be given to the material properties before selection of the criterion for the prediction of the burst pressure in order to avoid over-prediction. semi-empirical model selection should be based on the requirement of the level of accuracy and conservativeness for a particular area of application. new methodology for prediction of the burst pressure t is difficult to represent the actual corroded area in the analysis, as the natural corrosion process is non-uniform in nature, which leads to questionable prediction of the burst pressure of the pipe. a large variation of the remaining strength value with respect to the model has an impact on the final theoretical burst pressure, as it is difficult to represent the actual defect area. in this section the author proposed a methodology to evaluate the conservative burst pressure. this methodology is formulated with accounting for the minimum thickness (weakest section of the pipe) over the length of the pipe for evaluating the conservative burst pressure (fig.4). this formulation can be used for any type (arbitrary) of defect shapes and sizes, as it does not depend on the defect area and requires only the pipe’s geometry and elastic properties. most conservative theoretical predictions of the burst pressure can be calculated considering the weakest section of the metallic pipeline which is normally the defect section. assuming, the weakest section thickness (e-d) as the pipe thickness and estimating the burst pressure in two cases: openended and closed-ended cylinder. ( ) *th uts max i t d p r   open ended cylinder (5) 2 * ( ) * 3 * th uts max i t d p r   closed ended cylinder (6) figure 4: metal loss in the pipe (a) pipe geometry with defect (b) pipe geometry with minimum thickness for new model fig. 5 shows the comparison between the predicted burst pressure and the experimental burst pressure. it is clearly observed that the experimental burst pressure (35 burst tests) is higher than the predicted burst pressure using the proposed methodology. this methodology can be implemented to any arbitrary corroded specimen and estimate the most conservative burst pressure, as it is considered the thinnest (weakest) section of the pipe for the calculation of the burst pressure. on the other hand, an accurate pressure can be obtained with the same methodology with accounting the axial stress which is realistic to the hydrostatic burst tests. actual testing scenario and assumptions during the analysis, makes a difference in the predicted and experimental burst pressure. fig. 6 shows the predicted burst pressure with accounting the axial stress which gives more accurate results compared to without accounting axial stress. the predicted pressure with accounting axial stress in the analysis is validating the concept for accurate results suggested by many researchers [35-37]. the predicted burst pressure is 1.15 times higher when axial stress is accounted in the analysis. besides the axial stress, radial stress and elasto-plastic behavior far from defect can be accounted in the analysis for a more accurate prediction of the burst pressure. it is possible to extend the study to account radial stress and elasto-plastic behavior; however the resulting expression can be more complex and require additional material properties. i s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 144 figure 5: comparison between predicted and experimental burst pressure using the proposed model figure 6: (ptheoretical/pexperimental) per test using proposed methodology with and without account axial stress conclusions his study presents an assessment of the theoretical burst pressure of metallic pipelines with wall loss defects using different semi-empirical models and validated with the experimental results of 35 hydrostatic burst tests obtained in different laboratories. there is quite a variation of burst pressure between the theoretical and experimental results with respect to the different semi-empirical models. most of the models predict very conservative burst pressures with respect to the experimental burst pressure. the higher conservativeness is due to neglecting the axial stress and width of the defect section in the analytical model. a mixed prediction of the burst pressure (over predicted/ conservative/accurate) for different tests under the same model is due to the different corroded geometry, shape and material properties of the pipeline. the selection of the empirical model is an open question as it gives dispersed values of burst pressure, so it is needed to be t s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 145 careful about pipe geometry and material properties of the pipe while selecting the model. selection of criterion should be based on the requirement of the level of accuracy and/or conservativeness for a particular area of application. the new methodology is applicable for any type of arbitrary defect in a pipeline considering the weakest section of a damaged pipeline predicts the most conservative burst pressure. this methodology can predict accurate burst pressure if the axial stress is accounted for in the analysis. the proposed methodology aims to provide a lower limit of theoretical burst pressure (conservative) for safe operation in a critical area of application. acknowledgements he authors would like to acknowledge the support of the brazilian research agencies cnpq, capes and faperj. references [1] frankel, g.s., (1998). pitting corrosion of metals a review of the critical factors. j. electrochem. soc., 145(6), pp. 2186-2198. [2] budhe, s., banea, m.d., de barros, s. (2019).composite repair system for corroded pipelines: an overview of recent developments and modelling. j. mar. sci. technol., (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00773-019-00696-3. [3] francis, r., (1984). galvanic corrosion of high alloy stainless steel in sea water. br. corros. j., 29(1), pp. 53-57. [4] de barros, s., budhe, s., banea, m.d., rohem, n.r.f., sampaio, e.m., perrut, v.a. and lana, l.d.m. (2018). an assessment of composite repair system in offshore platform for corroded circumferential welds in super duplex steel pipe. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44, pp. 151-160. [5] koch, g.h., brongers, m.p.h., thompson, n.g., virmani, y.p., payer, j.h., (2002). corrosion cost and preventive strategies in the united states. national technical report library u.s. department of commerce. [6] asme b31g (1991): manual for determining the remaining strength of corroded pipelines, a supplement to asmeb31 code for pressure piping. american society of mechanical engineers, new york. [7] stephens, d. r. and leis, b. n. (2000). development of alternative criterion for residual strength of corrosion defects in moderate-to-high-toughness pipe. international pipeline conference, calgary, alberta, canada, 1-5 october. [8] det norske veritas, dnv-rp-f101 (2004): recommended practice for corroded pipelines. [9] budhe, s., banea, m. d., de barros, s. and rohem, n. r. f. (2018). assessment of failure pressure of a gfrp composite repair system for wall loss defect in metallic pipelines. materialwiss werkstofftech. 49, pp.1-10. [10] cai, j., jiang, x., lodewijks, g., (2017). residual ultimate strength of offshore metallic pipelines with structural damage a literature review. ships offshore struc. 12(8), pp.1037-1055. [11] da silva, m.l. and da costa mattos, h.s. (2013). prediction of the bust pressure for metallic pipelines with localized corrosion defects. proc. international symposium on solid mechanics. porte alegre, brazil, 18-19 april. [12] rohem, n.r.f., pacheco, l.j., budhe, s., banea, m.d., sampaio, e.m. and de barros, s. (2016). development and qualification of a new polymeric matrix laminated composite for pipe repair. compos struct. 152, pp.737-745. [13] andrade, e.q. and benjamin, a.c. (2004). structural evaluation of corrosion defects in pipelines: comparison of fe analyses and assessment methods. in proceedings of the fourteenth international offshore and polar engineering conference, toulon, france, 23-28 may. [14] budhe, s. banea, m.d., rohem, n.r.f. rohem, sampaio, e.m. and de barros, s. (2017). failure pressure analysis of composite repair system for wall loss defect of metallic pipelines. compos. struct. 176, pp.1013-1019. [15] kaptan, a. and kisioglu, y. (2007). determination of burst pressures and failure locations of vehicle lpg cylinders. int. j. press. vess. pip., 84(7), pp.451-459. [16] cronin, d.s. and pick, r.j. (2002). prediction of the failure pressure for complex corrosion defects. int. j. pres. ves. pip. 79(4), pp.279-287. [17] freire, j. l. f.,vieira, r. d.,castro, j. t. p. andbenjamin, a. c. (2007). applications of experimental techniques in the field of pipeline integrity series — part 5: rupture tests of pipeline containing complex-shaped metal loss defects exp. tech.,31(2), pp. 57-62 [18] da costa mattos, h.s., reis, j.m.l., paim, l.m., da silva, m. l., lopes junior, r., perrut, v.a., (2016). failure analysis of corroded pipelines reinforced with composite repair systems. eng. fail. anal., 59, pp.223-236. t s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 146 [19] freire, j.l.f., vieira, r. d., castro, j. t. p., benjamin, a. c. b., (2007). applications of experimental techniques in the field of pipeline integrity series — part 3: burst tests of pipeline with extensive longitudinal metal loss. exp. tech., 30(6), pp. 60-65. [20] souza, r.d., benjamin, a.c., vieira, r.d., freire, j.l.f., castro, j.t.p., (2007). applications of experimental techniques in the field of pipeline integrity series — part 4: rupture tests of pipeline segments containing long real corrosion defects exp. tech., 31(1), pp. 46-51. [21] motta, r. s., cabral, h. l. d., afonso, s. m. b., willmersdorf, r. b., bouchonneau, n., lyra, p. r. m. and de andrade, e. q. (2017). comparative studies for failure pressure prediction of corroded pipelines, eng. fail. anal., 81, pp. 178-192. [22] majid, f. and elghorba, m. (2018). continuum damage modeling through theoretical and experimental pressure limit formulas, fratturaedintegritàstrutturale, 43, pp. 79-89. [23] freire, j. l. f., vieira, r. d. and benjamin, a. c. (2006). experimental strain analysis of metal loss defects in pipeline. exp. tech., 30(5), pp. 42-47. [24] alang, n. a., razak, n. a., shafie, k. a. and sulaiman a. (2013). finite element analysis on burst pressure of steel pipes with corrosion defects. 13th international conference on fracture. beijing, china, 16-21 june. [25] zhu x. k., leis b. n. (2006). average shear stress yield criterion and its application to plastic collapse analysis of pipelines. int. j. press. vessel. pip. 83(9), pp.663-671. [26] amaya-gomeza r, sanchez-silva m, bastidas-arteaga e, schoefsc f, munoz f. (2019). reliability assessments of corroded pipelines based on internal pressure – a review. eng. fail. anal. 98, pp. 190-214. [27] andreas, l., gerhard, k. and steffen, z. (2007). strain based design -what the contribution of a pipe manufacturer can be. the seventeenth international offshore and polar engineering conference, lisbon, portugal, 1-6 july. [28] skelton, r.p., maier, h.j., christ, h.j., (1997). the baushinger effect, masing model and the ramberg–osgood relation for cyclic deformation in metals. mater. sci. eng. a., 238, pp. 377-390. [29] yeom, k. j., woo sik kim, w. s., oh, k.w., (2016). integrity assessment of api x70 pipe with corroded girth and seam welds via numerical simulation and burst test experiments. eng. fail. anal., 70, pp. 375-386. [30] benjamin, a.c., freire, j.l.f., vieira, r.d., (2007). part 6: analysis of pipeline containing interacting corrosion defects. exp. tech., 31 (3), pp. 74-82. [31] kim, y.p., kim, w.s., lee, y.k., oh, k.h., (2004). the evaluation of failure pressure for corrosion defects within girth or seam weld in transmission pipelines. in: 2004 international pipeline conference. asme, pp. 1847-1855. [32] yeom, k. j., lee, y-k., oh, k. h., kim, w. s., (2015) integrity assessment of a corroded api x70 pipe with a single defect by burst pressure analysis. eng. fail. anal., 57, pp. 553-561. [33] mazurkiewicz, l., tomaszewski, m., malachowski, j., sybilski k., chebakov, m., witek, m., yukhymets, p., dmitrienko, r., (2017) experimental and numerical study of steel pipe with part-wall defect reinforced with fibre glass sleeve. int. j. pres. ves. pip., 149, pp. 108-119. [34] berrekia, h., benzerga, d. and haddi, a. (2019). behavior and damage of a pipe in the presence of a corrosion defect depth of 10% of its thickness and highlighting the weaknesses of the asme / b31g method. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49, pp. 643-654. [35] da costa mattos, h.s., reis, j. m. l., paim, l. m., da silva, m.l., amorim, f. c. and perrut, v.a. (2014). analysis of a glass fibre reinforced polyurethane composite repair system for corroded pipelines at elevated temperatures, compos. struct., 114, pp.117-123. [36] budhe, s., banea, m.d. and de barros, s. (2019). prediction of failure pressure for defective pipelines reinforced with composite system, accounting for pipe extremities. j fail. anal. andpreven. 19 (6), pp. 18321843. [37] da costa mattos, h. s., paim, l. m., and j. m. l. reis. (2012). analysis of burst tests and long-term hydrostatic tests in produced water pipelines, eng. fail. anal., 22, pp. 128-140. nomenclature bp burst pressure (mpa) th maxp maximum theoretical pressure (mpa) n strain hardening ir internal radius of pipe (mm) s. budhe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 137-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.12 147 or external radius of pipe (mm) t pipe thickness (mm) y yield stress of pipe (mpa) ult ultimate stress of pipe (mpa)  remaining strength factor l defect length (mm) w width of defect section (mm) d external diameter of pipe (mm) d depth of defect (mm) flow flow stress of pipe (mpa) k material constant thbp theoretical burst pressure (mpa) ,  ,  , t f tm q a m bulging factors << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_60_art_28_3293.docx d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 407 the proposition of analytical expression hm–(√p/s) in microindentation pile-up deformation mode d.-e. semsoum lgidd, department of mechanical engineering, mustapha stambouli university of mascara, 29000, algeria. djameleddine.semsoum@univ-mascara.dz s. habibi* laboratory of industrial engineering and sustainable development (lgidd, department of mechanical engineering, ahmed zabana university of relizane, 48000, algeria. habibismr@yahoo.com s. benaissa, h. merzouk lgidd, department of mechanical engineering, mustapha stambouli university of mascara, 29000, algeria. soufiane.benaissa@univ-mascara.dz, hassen.merzouk@univ-mascara.dz abstract. in this article, the characteristic curves of microindentation measured on cu99 were analyzed on the basis of the analytical expression proposed by habibi et al. (j. mater. res, 2021, 36 (15): 3074-3085). the ratio of applied load to square displacement, p/(h+h0)2, was discovered to be nonconstant during the loading segment of the microindentation test. an empirical expression for the determination of martens hardness as a function of indentation load, contact stiffness, and reduced modulus of elasticity by analyzing indentation load curves has been proposed for pile-up mode strain with the corrections imposed by the tip defect, the compliance of the instrument, and the axial axisymmetry coefficient of the vickers indenter. the results from microindentation tests on this examined ductile material show excellent agreement. keywords. microindentation; martens hardness; pile-up; empirical; cu99. citation: semsoum, d.-e., habibi, s., benaissa, s., merzouk, the proposition of analytical expression hm–(√p/s) in microindentation pile-up deformation mode, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415. received: 05.10.2021 accepted: 05.03.2022 online first: 17.03.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction any scientific investigations [1–5] reveal that the load curve derived from indentation experiments may be correctly characterized by the following power law: p=ʎh2 (1) m https://youtu.be/-gbwidlzzw0 d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 408 thus, the load p is equal to a constant ʎ times the square of the indentation depth h. this equation was developed by (hainsworth et al., 1996) [1] to refine a previous approach by loubet et al. [2], a three-dimensional finite element calculation (zeng and rowcliffe, 1996) [3], a dimensional analysis and finite element calculations (cheng and cheng, 1998) [4]. this relation (1) was used as a basis for the calibration of the indent radius and the calibration of the compliance (sun et al., 1999) [5]. the value of the constant ʎ depends on the geometry of the tip and the properties of the indented material. malzbender et al. [6] attempted to develop and refine a previous approach by hainsworth et al. [1] originally suggested to express p-h2, they derived eqn. (2) after analyzing indentation load-displacement curves measured on a wide range of different materials.             2 2 0 1 4 r r m r e h p e h h h ec (2) the authors [6] formulated the expression (2) of young's modulus (e) and of the hardness of the material (h) by indentation, for the mode of deformation in sink-in by indentation and they consider that the ratio p/(h+h0)2 is constant. however, the authors, habibi et al. [7] implemented a new analytical expression to predict the behavior of the material from h and e exclusively for the strain under the indenter in pile-up mode, taking into account the correction of the tip defect. this experimental relationship has been approved on the basis of a range of materials from different families. this expression is shown in eq. (3) as follows: where, e and h have been calculated via indentation, and the authors [6] consider that the ratio p/(h+h0)2 is a constant in sink-in deformation. as a result of the tip fault being corrected, the authors habibi et al. [7] devised a new analytical expression for predicting how the material from h and e will behave under strain in pile-up mode. a variety of materials from various families have been used to approve this experimental interaction. eq. (3) shows the following expression:              2 2 0 1 4 r r m r e h p e h h h ec (3) in eqn. (3), we see the emergence of the coefficient α which depends on the method of loubet et al [8-10], and the suppression of ε, a constant which depends on the geometry of the indenter in mode deformation in sink-in [11]. the coefficient c is equal to 24.5 tends to vary empirically for considerations related to the calculation of the projected contact area, and therefore the expression (3) will be slightly modified for more precision. the aims of this research are to: 1) convert the mechanical response expression to martens hardness in the pile-up mode; and 2) attempt to quantitatively express it as a function of the young's modulus and, load ratio on the contact stiffness, and, considering the identification of the pile-up deformation mode and the tip defect. the proposed model is then applied to a bulk metallic material exhibiting a pile-up deformation mode, namely copper (cu99). additionally, the classic martens hardness is always calculated by multiplying the applied load by the maximum depth of indentation. this explains why this hardness is insensitive to the types of deformation under the indenter and is independent of them (sink-in or pile-up). in contrast to contact hardness (or instrumented hardness), which is proportional to the contact depth. as a result, this research is attempting to develop a semi-empirical method for determining martens hardness that takes into account the plastic deformation of the material in pile-up mode. theoretical aspect he displacement of material under the indent is a function of the mechanical properties of the material, so the profile of the indent is often useful in determining which model to use. the total indentation depth, h, is seldom equal to the indentation contact depth, hc. the two main types of topography that can occur are: the pile-up is estimated by the methodology proposed by loubet et al. [8-10]. in the case where hc is greater than h, and the sink-in is calculated by the methodology of oliver and pharr [11] for hc less than h. the different physical parameters obtained from an instrumented microindentation test are presented in figure 1. because of displacement of material beneath the indent is a function of the material's mechanical properties, the indent profile is frequently important in selecting which model to use. the overall depth of the indentation, h, is rarely equal to the depth of the indentation contact, hc. there are two major sorts of topography that can occur: the pile-up is t d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 409 approximated using the loubet et al. [8-10] technique. when hc is larger than h, and when hc is less than h, the sink-in is determined using the methods of oliver and pharr [11]. the different physical parameters obtained from an instrumented microindentation test are presented in fig. 1. figure 1: an instrumented indentation test's force-displacement characteristic curve. pmax: maximum force, hmax = hm: maximum displacement, hf: residual depth, hr: plastic depth, s: stiffness hc: contact depth. the expression of the contact height by the model of loubet et al. [8-10] is as follows: hc = α (h – p/s) (4) to take into account the deformations around the indentation, we use the indentation hardness, h, which is defined as the ratio of the maximum applied force, pmax, to the projected contact surface area, ac, at a distance hc, which corresponds to the largest projected contact surface.  max c p h a (5) ac is proportional to the square of the contact depth hc when employing a vickers or berkovich indenter with perfect geometry and can be expressed as follows:  224, 5c ca h (6) we use the definition of hardness h expressed in eq. (5) to express hc: in eq. (5), we express hc using the concept of hardness h:  24, 5 c p h h (7) in that case, s should be calculated using the unloading curve between 40 and 98 percent of the maximum load, pmax. the following power law is frequently used: d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 410    mfp b h h (8) where b and m are smoothing parameters of the power law, and hf is the final depth after total unloading of the indenter. under these conditions, the slope s is found by taking the derivative of this function at its deepest point:        1 max m max f h h dp s mb h h dh (9) hence, the contact stiffness is expressed as follows:   4 r cs e a (10) where er is the reduced (mixed) young's modulus, given by:      2 21 11 i s r i se e e (11) with es and νs are respectively the young modulus and poisson's ratio of the indented sample and ei and νi are those of the penetrator. modeling of the analytical expression  /  mh p s specific to the pile-up ransformation of eqn. (3) according to the model of bull and page [12] gives:              2 2 0 1 2 m rm p h echh h (12) the classic martens hardness, hm, expresses the ratio of the ultimate indentation load to the maximum projected area with the imposed tip defect correction as follows:      2 026.43 m m m m p p h a h h (13) hence, we express the martens hardness as a function of the contact hardness and the reduced modulus for the pile-up mode by combining eqs. (12) and (13). we obtain:           2 1 1 26.43 2 m r h h ech (14) from joslin and oliver's relationship [13]:   2 24 m it r p h s e (15) the ratio of hardness to the square of the modulus is expressed as: t d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 411 2 it r h e =  2 4 mp s (16) finally, substituting er and hit by pm/s2 (see eq. (16)), eqn. (14) becomes as follows:                           2 1 1 26.43 2 m m m r p h sc p e s (17) this analytical expression is proposed in the present work for the calculation of martens hardness as a function of the maximum indentation load, the contact stiffness and the reduced modulus of elasticity as well as two empirical constants α and c. note that the designation λ corresponds to the mechanical response of the primitive function hm: λ=                          2 1 1 26.43 2 m m r p sc p e s (18) materials and experimental methods n this investigation, the specimen being studied is a commercial copper of 99% purity (cu99) and its poisson’s ratio =0.28. the terms in brackets are used in the following to refer to the samples. on the other hand, the objective of this work is not to deeply characterize the different tested materials from a mechanical point of view but to validate the model and the proposed methodology. that is why the authors think it is unnecessary to give more details on their microstructures to focus the readers’ attention on the model. the instrumented indentation experiments were performed on samples carefully prepared to limit both the roughness at the surface and the introduction of strain hardening due to polishing. subsequently, the specimen was grounded using sic papers of various grit sizes and a finished by, polishing by using a series of diamond pastes until the grit size of 1 µm. instrumented indentation tests have been performed employing a microhardness tester csm 2-107, equipped with a vickers indenter (for a diamond indenter, ei=1140 gpa and ʋi=0,07 [14]). the load resolution is given at 100 �n and the depth resolution of 0.3 nm, these values being provided by the csm instruments group. at selected indentation loads ranging from 0.2 to 20 n depending on the sample, around 24 exploitable indentation tests were performed. the values of the loading and unloading rates (expressed in mn/min) were set at twice the value of the maximum applied load according to the rule proposed by quinn et al.[15] and a dwell time of 15 s was imposed according to the standard indentation test procedure astm e92 and e384-10e2.before analyzing the load–depth curves related to given materials, the experimental system, including both the apparatus and the sample is systematically calibrated by determining the frame compliance, cf. indeed, fisher-cripps [16] has demonstrated that this term does not have a constant value. from a mathematical point of view, this correcting factor cf is obtained at the origin of the plot of the inverse of the total compliance as a function of the square root of the contact area. consequently, the experimental indentation depths are corrected, following the methodology proposed by fisher-cripps [16], suggesting that the corrected depth is then equal to the difference between the measured depth and the product of the frame compliance to the load (in this case, cf=0.071 nm/mn). i d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 412 results and analysis nstrumented indentation tests for a variety of representative ultimate loadings expressed in milli-newtons, namely 60, 125, 175, 200, 300, and 400 mn, have been produced. fig. 2 shows the p-h loading and unloading curves: figure 2: characteristic curves of cu99 at different indentation ultimate loadings. the p-h2 indentation characteristic curves of cu99 for various indentation loads are shown in fig. (2) which will be examined on the basis of the corrected depth, as shown in fig. (3b). for the purpose of expressing the pile-up analytic relation according to eq. (3) [7], we need to take into account an estimate of the tip defect, which is 150 nm in our case according to the fischer-cripps method [16].   figure 3: graphical representation of p/(h+h0)2 as a function of the corrected depth for six ultimate loads by indentation (with h0=150nm). the curve (3.a) shows the evolution of the charge at low indenter penetration values. the function p/(h+h0) resultant clearly shows a decreasing trend with h [150.3600] nm (see fig. (3.b)) and an increasing trend for shallow penetration depths ranging from 0 to 150 nm (see fig. (3.a)). this tendency to increase this ratio at low values of penetration depths is explained by the size effect in interpretation and was discussed in a previous publication [17]. hence, the ratio of charge to the square of the indentation depth is not constant as argued by the authors malzbender et al. [7] in their hypotheses. this upward trend in this ratio at low penetration depth values is explained by the indentation size effect (ise). note that the analysis and interpretation were discussed in a previous publication [17]. therefore, the ratio of indentation load to squared depth is not constant as mentioned by the authors malzbender et al. [7] in their hypotheses. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 p  ( m n ) h (nm) pm = 60 mn pm = 125 mn pm = 175 mn pm = 200 mn pm = 300 mn pm = 400 mn 0 0,00001 0,00002 0,00003 0,00004 0,00005 0 30 60 90 120 150 p /( h + h 0 )  2  ( m n /n m 2 ) hcor (nm) (a) 0 0,000005 0,00001 0,000015 0,00002 0,000025 0,00003 0,000035 0,00004 0,000045 0,00005 0 900 1800 2700 3600 p /( h + h 0 )2  ( m n /n m 2 ) hcor (nm) (b) 60 mn 125 mn 175 mn 200 mn 300 mn 400 mn i d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 413 in order to confirm this idea, the hardness hm was calculated based on the indentation load p, and the stiffness based on eq. (17) using the values of p/(h+h0)2 given in fig. 4. the results presented in fig. 4, clearly show a significant dependence of the calculated hardness on the indentation load. the dependence of hardness on the measured load, ie ise, has been widely studied and some phenomenological explanations for the origin of ise have been proposed by the authors [18–19]. figure 4: graphical representation of the evolution of hm as a function of the ultimate indentation load. the graphic representation in fig. 4 shows a characteristic point cloud of martens hardness expressed in gpa relating to indentation tests at maximum loads. the trend of the curve is downward from 2.7gpa to an average value equal to approximately 1.5gpa. keep in mind that the hardness function on the ordinate is expressed in terms of the martens hardness definition that is calculated by eq. (14). in order to use eq. (17), it is necessary to identify the type of deformation mode under the indenter. from this, we calculate the ratio of the final penetration depth to the maximum depth, hf/hm. in our case study, the hf/hm ratio =0.95± 0.02, which shows that this ratio is greater than 0.83 (see details in the corresponding article [20]). therefore, the predominant deformation mode of cu99 is pile-up. this justifies the use of the expression (12) (see details in article [7]). on the other hand, in the case of the expression relating to hm compared to its response λ calculated as a function of the mixed modulus, the indentation load and the stiffness according to the expression proposed in this work, namely eq. (17). with the correction of the maximum indenter displacements which are likely to affect all characteristic points of indentation tests as has been shown in an earlier publication [7]. moreover, using the asymmetry correction β= 1.05 suggested by oliver and pharr [21]. figure 5: representation of the evolution of hm according to the joslin and oliver criterion expressed in the response λ (see eq. (23)). the linear regression shown in fig. 5 shows a very good collocation of the points and a good mathematical correlation with a reproducibility rate of 99.98% which tends towards the ideal case with only 0.02% deviation. so, as can be seen, a 1,2 1,7 2,2 2,7 0 400 800 1200 1600 h m ( g p a) pm (mn) d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 414 good linear relationship exists between the two parameters examined (the hardness function and its mechanical response), being in good agreement with the analytical expression proposed in the eqn. (18). conclusion n the basis of previous analysis, the following conclusion can be reached: 1. the hardness hm in eq. (17) cannot be considered a constant. as a result, the experimentally calculated p/(h+h0)2 significantly with displacement h and the corresponding indentation load. 2. we refined an analytical expression of martens hardness derived from a previously developed p-h2 expression relating to pile-up [7] as a function of the p1/2/s criterion used by joslin and oliver [13] for deformation in a mode pile-up in microindentation. martens hardness does not take into account the deformation modes under an indenter (sink-in, pile-up) which is its weak point compared to contact hardness. however, the proposed expression is a tool for predicting the variable hm function as a function of the load, the stiffness, and the reduced modulus taking into consideration the pile-up strain mode. 3. to use this proposed expression, you only need to figure out the hf/hm ratio first. this will help you figure out the pile-up deformation mode. 4. in perspective, this experimental modeling will be generalized to the two other modes of deformations, namely the sink-in and the limit of modal coexistence. acknowledgements his research was supported by the general directorate of scientific research and technological development of algeria (dgrsdt: under the authority of the ministry of higher education and scientific research in charge of scientific research). references [1] hainsworth, s. v., chandler, h. w., page, t. f. (1996). analysis of nanoindentation load-displacement loading curves, j. mater. res., 11, pp. 1987-1995. doi: 10.1557/jmr.1996.0250. [2] loubet, j. l., georges, j. m., meille, j. (1986). in microindentation techniques in materials science and engineering, edited by p. j. blau and b. r. lawn (american society for testing and materials, philadelphia), pp. 72–89. [3] zeng, k., rowcliffe, d. (1996). analysis of penetration curves produced by sharp indentations on ceramic materials, philosophical magazine a 74, pp. 1107-1116. doi: 10.1080/01418619608239711. [4] cheng, y.-t., cheng, c.-m. (1998). relationships between hardness, elastic modulus, and the work of indentation, appl. phys. lett., 73, p. 614. doi: 10.1063/1.121873. [5] sun,y., zheng, s., bell, t., smith, j. (1999). indenter tip radius and load frame compliance calibration using nanoindentation loading curves, philosophical magazine letters 79, pp. 649-658. doi: 10.1080/095008399176698 [6] malzbender, j., de with, g., den toonder, j. (2001). the p–h2 relationship in indentation, j. mater. res. 15, pp. 12091212. doi: 10.1557/jmr.2000.0171. [7] habibi, s., chicot, d., mejias, a., boutabout, b., zareb, e., semsoum, d.-e., benaissa, s., mezough, a., merzouk h. (2021). the p–h2 relationship on load–displacement curve considering pile-up deformation mode in instrumented indentation, journal of materials research, 36, pp. 3074–3085. doi: 10.1557/s43578-021-00286-3. [8] loubet, j.l., bauer, m., tonck, a., gauthier manuel, b. (1993). nanoindentation with a surface force apparatus, mechanical properties and deformation behaviour of materials having ultra-fine microstructures, kluwer academic publishers 233, pp. 429-447. [9] guillonneau, g. et al. (2012). determination of mechanical properties by nanoindentation independendly of indentation depth measurement. journal of materials research, 27, pp. 2551-2560. doi: 10.1557/jmr.2012.261 [10] bec, s., tonck, a., georges, j-m., georges, e., loubet, j.-l. (1996). improvements in the indentation method with a surface force apparatus, philos. mag., a 74, p. 1061. doi: 10.1080/01418619608239707. [11] oliver, w.c. and pharr, g.m. (1992). an improved technique for determining hardness and elastic modulus using load and displacement sensing indentation experiments, j. mater. res., 7, pp. 1564-1583. o t d.-e. semsoum et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 407-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28 415 doi: 10.1557/jmr.1992.1564. [12] bull, s. j., page, t. f., yoffe, e. h. (1989). an explanation of the identification size effect in ceramics, philos. mag. lett., 59, pp. 281–288. doi: 10.1080/09500838908206356. [13] joslin, d.l., oliver, w. c. (1990). a new method for analyzing data from continuous depth-sensing microindentation tests, j. mater. res., 5. doi: 10.1557/jmr.1990.0123. [14] field, j.-e., telling, r.-h. (1999). the young modulus and poisson ratio of diamond, research note cambridge, cavendish laboratory. [15] quinn, g.-d., patel, p.-l., loyd, i. (2002). effect of loading rate upon conventional ceramic microindentation hardness, j. res. natl. inst. stand. technol., 107, pp. 299–306. doi: 10.6028/2fjres.107.023. [16] fischer-cripps, a.-c. (2006). critical review of analysis and interpretation of nano-indentation test data. surf. coat. technol. 200, pp. 4153–65. doi: 10.1016/j.surfcoat.2005.03.018. [17] soufiane, b., habibi, s., semsoum, d.-e., merzouk, h., mezough, a., boutabout, b., montagne, a. (2021). exploitation of static and dynamic methods for the analysis of the mechanical nanoproperties of polymethylmetacrylate by indentation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 56, pp. 46-55. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.56.03. [18] fröhlich, f., grau, p., grellmann, w. (1977). performance and analysis of recording microhardness tests, phys. stat. sol. (a), 42, pp. 79–89. doi: 10.1002/pssa.2210420106. [19] li, h., bradt, rc. (1993). the microhardness indentation load/size effect in rutile and cassiterite single crystals, j. mater. sci., 28, pp. 917–926. doi: 10.1007/bf00400874. [20] yetna n’jock, m., chicot, d., ndjaka, j.-m., lesage, j., decoopman, x., roudet, f., and mejias, a. (2015). a criterion to identify sinking-in and piling-up in indentation of materials, int. j. mech. sci., 90, pp. 145-150. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2014.11.008. [21] oliver, w.c., phar, g.m. (2004). measurement of hardness and elastic modulus by instrumented indentation: advanced in understanding and refinements to methodology, j. mat. res., 19, pp. 3-20. doi: 10.1557/jmr.2004.19.1.3. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_46_art_10 w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 94 developments in the fracture and fatigue assessment of materials and structures high cycle fatigue assessment of steel load-carrying cruciform welded joints: an overview of recent results wei song, xuesong liu state key laboratory of advanced welding and joining, harbin institute of technology, harbin 150001, china. swingways@hotmail.com, liuxuesong@hit.edu.cn abstract. in this paper, high cycle fatigue failure behavior of steel loadcarrying cruciform welded joints (lcwj) is assessed by means of local approaches. different analytical solutions for weld toe and weld root are extended and applied to illustrate the effects of lcwj geometry under cycle tension and bending based on notch stress intensity factors (nsifs). the extended analytical solutions are validated by comparing finite element data from several simulations in terms of lcwj models, resulting in a good agreement. a bulk of experimental data taken from tests and the literature is calculated by the proposed solutions as the forms of sed, nsif and peak stress method (psm). the results show that the nsif-based analytical solutions for steel lcwj are effective for high cycle fatigue failure analyses. keywords. analytical solutions; strain energy density; load-carrying cruciform joints; tension and bending. citation: song, w., liu, x., high cycle fatigue assessment of steel load-carrying cruciform welded joints: an overview of recent results, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94101. received: 24.04.2018 accepted: 06.07.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction s one of the most typical connection types in shipbuilding or ocean engineering structures, the load-carrying cruciform welded joints (lcwj) is widely used. numerous advanced local approaches have been proposed to characterize the fatigue life of welded joints, such as notch stress [1], hot spot stress [2], equivalent structural stress method [3], nsif method [4, 5], sed method [6-10], psm [11, 12], fracture mechanics method [13], and other method [14]. due to large numbers of complicated fe models are required to be created, it is cumbersome and time-consuming process for serving the needed results. to simplify this procedure of creating models, an analytical formulation based on nsifs is extended to calculate the fatigue life indicator of local approaches considering different joints geometry and cyclic loading modes. the fatigue life of the weld toe failure in lcwj tends to take longer than weld root failure due to the discrepancy of crack locations. zong et. al [15] discussed the effects of initial crack size and crack mode fatigue performance in lcwj by fracture mechanics approach. in addition, singh et. al [16] investigated the high cycle fatigue life variation of aisi 304l steel lcwj considering lack of penetration sizes. effective traction stress (ets) and equivalent effective traction stress (eets), which were based on structural mechanics theory, were employed to illustrate the weld toe and weld root failures as fillet a http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/10.mp4 w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 95 weld size varies by xing [17]. from another perspective, nsifs are adequate to precisely assess the fatigue crack initiation at sharp corner notches or crack-liked notches [18]. however, the process is computationally expensive and highly impractical for complex component geometries and/or long loading histories. recently, qian et al. [19] and saiprasertkit et al. [20] provided explicit parametric expressions for non-load-carrying fillet welded joints and lcwj considering different loading conditions and material properties based on a fictitious notch rounding concept. hence, these analytical researches give us some inspiration to extend corresponding functions. sed values can be expressed as a function of relevant sifs, which are estimated readily by analytical equations. in this paper, the primary goal is to assess fatigue life of lcwj by extending an analytical formulation from the nsifs including weld toe and weld root in lcwj. then, sed and psm values are used to characterize the fatigue life from the related analytical equations. such simple analytical equations allow a direct estimation of nsif, sed and psm values at weld toe or weld root in lcwj by the available experimental data from fatigue tests and literature. notch mechanics theory he problem of singularity at sharp notch tip has been solved by williams solutions for mode i and mode ii loading. lately, these williams solutions were introduced into nsifs, to characterize quantitively the intensity of the asymptotic stress distributions close to a notch tip using a polar coordinate system (r, θ). nsifs related to mode i and ii can be expressed by the notch stress fields, which are defined as follow equations [21]: 11 1 0 2 lim ( , 0)n r k r r        (1) 21 2 0 2 lim ( , 0)n r r k r r        (2) where the stress components  and r have to be evaluated along the notch bisector (θ=0). since the mesh strategy limits the developing of the nsif method for complicated structures. we can obtain the notch intensity conveniently and avoid the disadvantage of nsif method that their units are not uniform for different notch angle. under plane strain conditions, the sed solutions containing mode i and mode ii can be expressed by eqn. (3) over a semicircular sector in fig. 1 [22]. 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 n n c c e k e k w e er r                  (3) where e is the young's modulus, and cr is the radius of the semicircular sector, which is dependent on the material properties. it is defined as c 0.28r mm for steel welded joints. the parameters 1e , 2e are dependent on the opening angle 2 and on the poisson’s ratio . lazzarin defined following convenient functions to assess the high cycle fatigue of welded joints for two fracture modes by simplifying the expression of nsifs: 11 1 1 n nk k t     (4) 21 2 2 n nk k t     (5) where n is the range of the nominal stress, t is the plate thickness and ik are non-dimensional coefficients, which are dependent on the overall joint geometry and on the kind of remote applied load (membrane or bending). therefore, the sed equation can be modified by extended analytical expression for notch specimens. furthermore, the sed equation is rewritten as the following form from eqn. 3: 1 22(1 ) 2(1 )2 2 2 1 1 2 2 0 0 n t tw e k e k e r r                       (6) t w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 96 it should be noted that the nrootk stands for the simplified form of mode i notch stress intensity factor. in order to calculate the nsifs and sed by efm method, meneghetti [20] connects the peak stress with these results to obtain closed-form expression of nsif and averaged sed values for different modes, which are written as follows: 1 1 1 , 0, 1.38 n fe peak k k d          (7) 2 2 1 , 0, 3.38 n fe r peak k k d          (8) where d is the mean finite element size. , 0, peak   and , 0,r peak   are the stress results under polar coordination from fe analysis. the nik values can be obtained from numerical results using very refined fe mesh patterns. finally, sed values can be deduced by the psm equation, which is shown as follows: 1 2 2 21 1 2 21 2 , 0, , 0, , 0 0 1 2 fe peak fe r peak eq peak e ed d w k k e r e r e                                                     (9) the equivalent peak stress can be obtained from the following equation: 2 2 2 2 , 1 , 0, 2 , 0,( )eq peak w w peak w r peakc f f            (10) where 1wf and 2wf are induced according to element size and the corresponding control volume for sed evaluation. it should be noted that the relationship between peak and ,eq peak for as-welded joints can be simplified by a correction parameter wf , which is shown as follows: ,w peak eq peakf     (11) for the notch opening angle 2 135   and the average fe size 0.5d mm , the parameter wf is obtained as 1.064. if the sed values are determined from nsif analytical solutions, the psm values can be calculated from eqn. 9. 2α t l h rc weld toe rc weld root 2 a tension bending θ figure 1: geometry of cruciform welded joints and corresponding sed geometry illustration. w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 97 the extended analytical equation based on sifs extension of analytical solutions onsidering the comprehensive effects of joints geometry on the non-dimensional parameters ik , we can deduce the analytical equations from these results via least square fitting methods. the non-dimensional parameters ik analytical solutions of nsifs at weld toe in non-load-carrying cruciform joints under pure tension were proposed by lazzarin et al. [5] and atzori et al. [23], which are shown as follows: 0.985( 2 / ) 1.12( 2 / ) 0.485( / ) 1 1.212 0.495 1.259 b t b t t tk e e      (12) 1.959( 2 / ) 1.126( 2 / ) 0.769( / ) 2 0.508 0.797 2.723 b t b t t tk e e      (13) similar to the expression of ik mentioned above, the equations of ik for lcwj considering the penetration effect under pure tension and bending loadings can be expressed as the following form: 2( ) ( ) ( )i i ih t h t p t i i i ik a b e c e          (19) the numerical analysis of lcwj under different loading conditions demonstrate local geometry imposes negligible effect on the strain energy density, as also reflects in eqn. 6, which cancel the effect of the attachment plate thickness (l), while incorporates the effects of weld length (h) and penetration length (p). finally, the ik equations of weld toe and weld root under different loading conditions from the eqn. 14 becomes: for weld toe: tension: 1 3.691( ) 3.177( ) 4.707( )toe, tension 1.204 1.284 6.8h t h t p tk e e       (15) bending: 1 toe,bending 4.892( ) 7.763( ) 22.41( )0.8681 0.6158 2.563h t h t p tk e e       (16) for weld root: tension: 1.414( ) 1.414( ) 0.3516( ),1 0.2553 7.732 9.287 h t h t p troot tensionk e e       (17) bending: 1 , 1.762( ) 4.556( ) 7.304( )0.056+0.2706 0.6201root bending h t h t p tk e e      (18) based on these extension equations, the nsif and sed values at weld toe and weld root in lcwj can be simply estimated without some fe analysis. experimental verification n this section, the experiments data were used to verify the proposed analytical solutions. high cycle fatigue experiments of load-carrying cruciform welded joints were performed on a 250kn electro-hydraulic servo testing system mts 809 with a loading-control condition. fig. 3 illustrates the procedure of specimens processing and fatigue tests. two panels of 10crni3mov steel were fabricated in fig. 3(a). each panel was cut up into lcwj specimens of 35mm width by wire-electrode method, as shown in fig. 3(b). this steel yield stress is about 693mpa. the nominal stress range of 100-200 mpa was tested with a stress ratio (r=0.1) and loading frequency between 5 and 15hz. more test details are described in ref. [10]. c i w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 98 figure 3: load-carrying cruciform plate/joints specimen sizes and fatigue tests[10]. specimens stress range (mpa) fatigue life fracture location specimens stress range (mpa) fatigue life fracture location sp1 400 21500 weld toe sp13 120 429300 weld toe sp2 360 37800 weld toe sp14 160 157400 weld toe sp3 320 46800 weld toe sp15 300 118800 weld toe sp4 280 56580 weld toe sp16 320 73200 weld toe sp5 240 129600 weld toe sp17 305 28700 weld toe sp6 200 224700 weld toe sp18 305 53500 weld toe sp7 240 327400 weld toe sp19 100 320500 weld root sp8 400 15200 weld toe sp20 120 184500 weld root sp9 360 47000 weld toe sp21 120 156900 weld root sp10 280 160700 weld toe sp22 150 41400 weld root sp11 180 95000 weld toe sp23 150 54190 weld root sp12 150 204100 weld toe sp24 180 75450 weld root specimens stress range (mpa) fatigue life fracture location specimens stress range (mpa) fatigue life fracture location q345-sp1 130 214500 weld toe q345-sp14 90 608738 weld toe q345-sp2 130 612100 weld root q345-sp15 90 538695 weld toe q345-sp3 130 206234 weld root q345-sp16 80 256961 weld root q345-sp4 120 602991 weld toe q345-sp17 80 328896 weld toe q345-sp5 120 460568 weld toe q345-sp18 80 294796 weld root q345-sp6 120 323194 weld toe q345-sp19 80 810030 weld toe q345-sp7 120 343144 weld root q345-sp20 80 552986 weld toe q345-sp8 110 482628 weld root q345-sp21 70 962772 weld toe q345-sp9 110 523176 weld toe q345-sp22 70 1488320 weld toe q345-sp10 110 602503 weld toe q345-sp23 70 1088900 weld root q345-sp11 100 548100 weld root q345-sp24 60 677008 weld root q345-sp12 100 674549 weld root q345-sp25 60 2296250 weld root q345-sp13 90 632400 weld root q345-sp26 60 2085860 weld root specimens stress range (mpa) fatigue life fracture location specimens stress range (mpa) fatigue life fracture location aisi 304l-sp1 260 438000 weld root aisi 304l-sp8 170 315000 weld root aisi 304l-sp2 230 744000 weld root aisi 304l-sp9 150 1100000 weld root aisi 304l-sp3 210 1090000 weld root aisi 304l-sp10 130 1980000 weld root aisi 304l-sp4 210 240000 weld root aisi 304l-sp11 150 116000 weld root aisi 304l-sp5 170 1260000 weld root aisi 304l-sp12 130 2510000 weld root aisi 304l-sp6 150 1840000 weld root aisi 304l-sp13 110 983000 weld root aisi 304l-sp7 190 227000 weld root table 1: fatigue test results of 10crni3mov[10], q345qd [15] and aisi 304l [16] steel lcwj. before fatigue tests, the lcwj geometrical profile obtained by image scanner were measured by cad software. 24 specimens in total were measured and tested. the specimens with zero penetration at weld root is processed by wireelectrode method. the fatigue test data and fatigue failure locations were summarized in tab. 1. due to the difference of weld penetration in lcwj, the fatigue failure modes were different. on the other hand, the fatigue test data of q345qd and aisi 304l steel lcwj from [15,16] has been collected for the analysis in this study, which are shown in tab. 1. w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 99 all the fatigue data are plotted in fig. 4 in the form of nominal stress ranges ( nom ). in iiw standard, the fat of weld toe and weld root in lcwj are given as 63 and 36, respectively. the slope of these lines is fixed as 3 in terms of steel. for the 10crni3mov steel, the results agree well with the fat63 and fat36 for the weld toe and weld root, respectively. however, the q345qd lcwj fatigue data in ref. 15 show lower fatigue strength for weld toe failure. it demonstrates that the lcwjs of q345qd steel are undergrad. additionally, the lcwj made by aisi 304 stainless steel were all failure at weld root. meanwhile, fig. 4 compares the experimental data relevant to lcwj made of 10crni3mov steel with the scatter band suggested to design steel welded joints against fatigue. on the other hand, the proposal fatigue design standards based on sed approaches for uniaxial loading by lazzarin [25] was adopted here. this design scatter bond was proposed by fitting approximately 200 experimental data taken from literatures. fig. 5 shows the nsifs against fatigue life, and the results demonstrate that most of the experimental data are agreed with the nsif design scatter bonds [6] for weld toe and weld root respectively. however, it cannot combine these data into a same scatter bond due to the unit’s inconsistency of nsifs for weld toe and weld root failure. fig. 6 shows fatigue life assessment by sed for these experimental data. the fatigue strength expressed by averaged strain energy density is ∆w50%=0.015 n mm/mm3, and the inverse slope of the design scatter band is 1.5. a good agreement between theoretical estimations based on sed extended analytical solutions has been obtained for weld toe and weld root failure. similarly, most of these data are located in the design scatter band. regards of the fatigue failure criterion from sed method, it shows clearly that the sed criterion boundary can be used to separate the failure mode from the weld geometry in lcwj, see fig. 6. these results are compared with the scatter band proposed for steel welded joints, as shown in fig. 6 and fig. 7. these design scatter bands reported in fig. 7 based on psm has been defined by taking the endurable stress range at 5 million and 2 million cycles. a good agreement between theoretical estimations for psm ( peak ) and experimental data has been obtained for most fatigue test data under tension loading. p l t h 104 105 106 107 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 fat 63 fat 36 weld toe failure [10] weld root failure [10] weld toe failure [15] weld root failure [15] weld root failure [16] n o rm a l s tr e s s r a n g e   ( m p a ) life (n) n = 2 1 0 6 tension figure 4: fatigue test results of 10crni3mov lcwj expressed in terms of nominal stress range. figure 5: fatigue test results of 10crni3mov lcwj according to notch stress intensity factors. p l t h 104 105 106 107 100 1000 10000 weld root failure [10] weld root failure [15] weld root failure [16] 1 th=180mpaꞏmm 0.5 (radaj 1990) 126 180 n s if -k 1 ( m p a ꞏm m 0 .5 ) cycles to failure, n 256 3.2 tension w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 100 figure 6: fatigue test results of 10crni3mov lcwj according to averaged strain energy density ∆w. p l t h 104 105 106 107 100 1000 p e a k s tr e s s f w   p e a k ( m p a ) slope k=3 296 214 5000 weld toe failure [10] weld root failure [10] weld toe failure [15] weld root failure [15] weld root failure [16] 2000 500 50 cycles to failure, n 200 156 figure 7: fatigue test results of 10crni3mov and lcwj according to peak stress methods. conclusion he analytical equations at weld toe and weld root under tension and bending loading in lcwj were extended to estimate the sed values on the basis of nsifs. the different geometric factors of lcwj including incomplete penetration length were incorporated into these analytical formulations. these analytical solutions were verified by the classical notch stress intensity factors from the finite element results. for the sake of extended analytical solutions, the fatigue life assessment of the investigated outcomes of 10crni3mov, q345qd and aisi 304l steel lcwjs was conducted and it further validates the feasibility of these analytical solutions by local approaches, such as nsifs, sed, and psm. all fatigue data is recalculated by the parameters of notch stress intensity factors and peak stress according to extended analytical solutions for weld toe and weld root failure in lcwj. this synthesis was verified in the corresponding design scatter bands. references [1] radaj, d. (1996). review of fatigue strength assessment of nonwelded and welded structures based on local parameters, int. j. fatigue 18, pp.153-170. [2] hobbacher, a.f. (2016). fatigue design of welded joints and components(second edition), iiw document iiw2259-2215. [3] dong, p. (2001). a structural stress definition and numerical implementation for fatigue analysis of welded joints, int. j. fatigue 23, pp. 865-876. t p l t h 104 105 106 107 0.01 0.1 1 10 weld toe failure [10] weld root failure [10] weld toe failure [15] weld root failure [15] weld root failure [16] 0.058 0.105  w a n a ly ti c a l [ n m m /m m 3 ] cycles to failure, n 0.192 inverse slope k=1.5 tension w. song et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 94-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.10 101 [4] atzori, b., lazzarin, p. and meneghetti, g. (2008). fatigue strength assessment of welded joints: from the integration of paris' law to a synthesis based on the notch stress intensity factors of the uncracked geometries, eng. fract. mech., 75, pp. 364-378. [5] lazzarin, p. and tovo, r. (1998). a notch intensity factor approach to the stress analysis of welds, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 21, pp. 1089-1103. [6] lazzarin, p., berto, f., gomez, f.j. and zappalorto, m. (2008). some advantages derived from the use of the strain energy density over a control volume in fatigue strength assessments of welded joints, int. j. fatigue 30, pp. 1345-1357. [7] lazzarin, p., berto, f. and zappalorto, m. (2010). rapid calculations of notch stress intensity factors based on averaged strain energy density from coarse meshes: theoretical bases and applications, int. j. fatigue 32, pp. 1559-1567. [8] lazzarin, p., berto, f. and atzori, b., (2013). a synthesis of data from steel spot welded joints of reduced thickness by means of local sed. theor appl fract mech., 63, pp. 32-39. [9] razavi, s.m.j, ferro, p., berto, f. and torgersen, j. (2017). fatigue strength of blunt v-notched specimens produced by selective laser melting of ti-6al-4v, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics 87. [10] song, w. and liu, x. (2018). fatigue assessment of steel load-carrying cruciform welded joints by means of local approaches. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct, 41. [11] meneghetti, g. (2008). the peak stress method applied to fatigue assessments of steel and aluminium fillet-welded joints subjected to mode i loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 31, pp. 346-369. [12] meneghetti, g., marchi, a. de and campagnolo, a. (2016). assessment of root failures in tube-to-flange steel welded joints under torsional loading according to the peak stress method, theor. appl. fract. mech. 83, pp. 19-30. [13] nykänen, t., li, x., björk, t. and marquis, g., (2005). a parametric fracture mechanics study of welded joints with toe cracks and lack of penetration, eng. fract. mech. 72, pp. 1580-1609. [14] liu, g., liu, y. and huang, y. (2014). a novel structural stress approach for multiaxial fatigue strength assessment of welded joints, int. j. fatigue 63, pp. 171-182. [15] zong, l., shi, g., wang, y.-q., yan, j.-b. and ding y. (2017). investigation on fatigue behaviour of load-carrying fillet welded joints based on mix-mode crack propagation analysis, archives of civil and mechanical engineering 17, pp. 677-686. [16] singh, p. j., achar, d. r. g., guha, b. and nordberg, h. (2003). fatigue life prediction of gas tungsten arc welded aisi 304l cruciform joints with different lop sizes, international journal of fatigue, 25, pp. 1-7. [17] xing, s., dong, p. and threstha, a. (2016). analysis of fatigue failure mode transition in load-carrying fillet-welded connections, marine structures, 46, pp. 102-126. [18] lazzarin, p., berto, f., zappalorto, m. and meneghetti, g. (2009). practical application of the n-sif approach in fatigue strength assessment of welded joints, welding in the world, 53. [19] feng, l. and qian x. (2017). a hot-spot energy indicator for welded plate connections under cyclic axial loading and bending, eng. struct. 147, pp. 598-612. [20] saiprasertkit, k., hanji, t. and miki, c. (2012). fatigue strength assessment of load-carrying cruciform joints with material mismatching in lowand high-cycle fatigue regions based on the effective notch concept, int. j. fatigue 40, pp. 120-128. [21] gross, b. and mendelson, a. (1972). plane elastostatic analysis of v-notched plates, int. j. fract.mech. 8, pp. 267-276. [22] lazzarin, p. and zambardi, r. (2001). a finite-volume-energy based approach to predict the static and fatigue behavior of components with sharp v-shaped notches, int. j. fract. 112, pp. 275-298. [23] meneghetti, g., marini, d. and babini, v. (2016). fatigue assessment of weld toe and weld root failures in steel welded joints according to the peak stress method, welding in the world, 60, pp. 559-572. [24] atzori, b., lazzarin, p. and, tovo r. (1999). stress field parameters to predict the fatigue strength of notched components, j. strain anal. eng. des. 34, pp. 437-453. [25] lazzarin p., livieri p., berto f. and zappalorto, m. (2008). local strain energy density and fatigue strength of welded joints under uniaxial and multiaxial loading, eng. fract. mech. 75, pp. 1875-1889. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_56.docx f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 447 fatigue assessment of steel rollers by means of the local energy f. chebat, m. cincera rulli rulmeca s.p.a., via a. toscanini, 1, i-24011 alme’ (bergamo) – italy s.m.j. razavi, f. berto, t. welo department of mechanical and industrial engineering, norwegian university of science and technology (ntnu), norway javad.razavi@ntnu.no, filippo.berto@ntnu.no abstract. this paper aims to analyses the fatigue behavior of steel rollers using the average strain energy density (sed) criterion. considering the variability of the v-notch opening angle, a simple scalar quantity, i.e. the value of the strain energy density averaged in a control volume surrounding the notch tip, has been introduced to overcome the complexities in failure assessment of this component. the strain energy is obtained using close form solutions based on the relevant notch stress intensity factors (nsif) for modes i, ii and iii. referring to the conventional arc welding processes, the radius of the control volume is carefully identified with reference to conventional arc welding processes being equal to 0.28 mm for welded joints made of steel. in this paper firstly the employed methodology for the fatigue assessment is described and then the first synthesis of fatigue data by means of local sed for a specific geometry is shown. keywords. notch stress intensity factor; welded joints; strain energy density; fatigue strength. citation: chebat, f., cincera, m. razavi, s.m.j., berto, f., welo, t., fatigue assessment of steel rollers by means of the local energy, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455. received: 12.05.2017 accepted: 24.05.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he geometry of weld fillet cannot be exactly defined due to variation of different parameters such as length of lack of penetration, root radius, toe radius and bead shape from joint to joint even in well-performed operations [1-5]. the weld toe radius decreases in presence of the local heat concentration during the welding process and it is considerably small for automated high-power processes such as laser beam welding. according to the small values of toe radius in conventional arc welding [6], the weld toe is considered as a sharp notch and using the nsif approach the local stress can be obtained [6,7]. considering the large opening angles of the weld toe, the stress component regarding to mode ii is non-singular and the fatigue behaviour can be assessed only by use of mode i nsif [7]. based on the relevant theoretical stress concentration factors an evaluation of different steel welded joints can be conducted considering a fictitious notch t f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 448 radius ρf =1.0 mm if the weld toe and root radius be considered as zero [8]. fatigue failure is generally characterized by the nucleation and growth of cracks [9-13]. the difference between two stages of nucleation and growth of fatigue crack is “qualitatively distinguishable but quantitatively ambiguous” [14]. in this regard, nsifs were used for prediction of crack nucleation and also the total fatigue life [15-19]. prediction of the total fatigue life using nsifs is only limited for the cases in which a large amount of fatigue life is consumed at short crack depth, within the zone governed by the notch singularity at the weld toe or root. lassen [20] reported that up to 40 percent of fatigue life of transverse non-load-carrying fillet welded joints was related to nucleation of a microcrack with a length of 0.1 mm. singh et al. [21,22] showed that 70 percent of the total fatigue life of fillet joints in aisi 304l was related to crack nucleation up to a size of 0.5 mm. according to the theoretical formulations related to the nsif approach, this method cannot be employed for the joints characterized by weld flank angles very different from 135 degrees or for comparing failures at the weld root (2α =0°) or weld toe (2 α =135°). that is due to the units which are used for mode i nsif as mpa(m)β, where the exponent β depends on the v-notch angle, according to the expression β = 1-λ1, λ1 being williams’ eigenvalue (williams 1952). this problem was solved later by using the average strain energy density range present in a critical volume of radius rc surrounding the weld toe or the weld root. using some closed form formulations, the strain energy density range was defined as a function of the relevant nsifs. the nsif approach was later extended to welded joints under multiaxial loading [23]. the simple volume is approximately similar to that of proposed by sheppard [24], while proposing a volume criterion based on local stresses to predict fatigue limits of notched components. sonsino [25] proposed the highly stressed volume (the region where 90% of the maximum notch stress is exceeded) to predict the high cycle strength of welded joints. the same methodology based on strain energy is employed in this paper for fatigue analysis of streel rollers made by rulmeca [26] with failure occurring at the weld root. the rollers studied in the present paper belong to the category psv which is mainly suitable for conveyors that operate in very difficult conditions with high level of working loads where large lump size material is conveyed; and yet, despite these characteristics, they require minimal maintenance. the bearing housings of the psv series are welded to the tube body using autocentralising automatic welding machines utilizing a continuous wire feed. considering the fatigue behavior of the component, the weakest point of the entire structure is the lack of penetration of the weld root. hence, if the roller is loaded well above its declared nominal admitted load [26] it would experience fatigue failure starting at the level of the weld root. the current paper aims to describe the modelling method of the roller by using the finite element method combined with three-dimensional analyses (the procedure is described in more detail in [27] and implementation of the sed method in a control volume for two different tested geometries belonging to the family of rollers called psv4 and characterized by a different lengths. approach based on the local sed: analytical preliminaries he degree of singularity of the stress fields due to re-entrant corners was established by williams both for mode i and mode ii loading [28]. when the weld toe radius ρ is set to zero, nsifs quantify the intensity of the asymptotic stress distributions in the close neighbourhood of the notch tip. by using a polar coordinate system (r, θ) having its origin located at the sharp notch tip, the nsifs related to mode i and mode ii stress distribution are [29]: 11 1 0 2 lim ( , 0)n r k r r        (1) 21 2 0 2 lim ( , 0 )n r r k r r        (2) where the stress components σθθ and τrθ have to be evaluated along the notch bisector (θ = 0). dealing with mode iii loading an extension of the definition proposed by gross and mendelson [29] has been carried out in [30,31]: 31 3 0 2 lim ( , 0 )n z r k r r        (3) by means of eqs. (1,2), it is possible to present williams’ formulae for stress components as explicit functions of the nsifs. then, mode i stress distribution is [32]: t f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 449                         1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 cos 1 cos 1 1 3 cos 1 1 cos 1 1 12 1 sin 1 sin 1 n rr r r k                                                                          (4) mode ii stress distribution is:                         2 2 2 21 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 20 1 sin 1 sin 1 1 3 sin 1 1 sin 1 1 12 1 cos 1 cos 1 n rr r r k                                                                            (5) mode iii stress distribution is:     3 3 13 3 13 3 sin 2 cos 2 n zr n z k τ r k τ r              (6) all stress and strain components in the highly stressed region are correlated to mode i, mode ii and mode iii nsifs. under plane strain hypothesis, the strain energy included in a semicircular sector is [33,34]: 31 2 2 2 2 3 31 1 2 2 11 1 nn n c c c e ke k e k w e r e r e r                           (7) where rc is the radius of the semicircular sector and e1, e2 are functions that depend on the opening angle 2α and on the poisson’s ratio ν, while e3 depends only on the notch opening angle. a rapid calculation, with ν = 0.3, can be made for e1 and e2 by using the following expressions [33]: 6 42 1 5.373 10 (2 ) 6.151 10 (2 ) 0.1330e         (8) 6 2 3 2 4.809 10 (2 ) 2.346 10 (2 ) 0.3400e         (9) where 2α is in degrees. dealing with failures originated at the crack tip (i.e. weld root) eq. (7) can be simplified as follows: 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 c w e k e k e k er          (10) the material parameter rc can be estimated by using the fatigue strength δσa of the butt ground welded joints (in order to quantify the influence of the welding process, in the absence of any stress concentration effect) and the nsif-based fatigue f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 450 strength of welded joints having a v-notch angle at the weld toe constant and large enough to ensure the non singularity of mode ii stress distributions. a convenient expression is [33]: 1 1 1 1 12 n a c a e k r          (11) where both λ1 and e1 depend on the v-notch angle. eq. (11) will be applied in the next sections of the paper taking into account the experimental value 1 n ak at 5 million cycles related to transverse non-load carrying fillet welded joints with 2α = 135 degrees at the weld toe. the hypothesis of constancy of rc under mixed mode loads had been validated by lazzarin and zambardi [33] by using experimental data mainly provided by seweryn et al. [35] and kihara and yoshii [36]. from a theoretical point of view the material properties in the vicinity of the weld toes and the weld roots depend on a number of parameters as residual stresses and distortions, heterogeneous metallurgical micro-structures, weld thermal cycles, heat source characteristics, load histories and so on. to device a model capable of predicting rc and the fatigue life of welded components on the basis of all these parameters is really a task too complex. thus, the spirit of this approach is to give a simplified method able to summarise the fatigue life of components only on the basis of geometrical information, treating all other effects only in statistical terms, with reference to a well-defined group of welded materials and, for the time being, to arc welding processes. eq. (11) makes it possible to estimate the rc value as soon as 1 n ak and δσa are known. at na = 5106 cycles and in the presence of a nominal load ratio r equal to zero, a mean value 1 n ak equal to 211 mpa.mm 0.326 can be assumed [37]. for butt ground welds made of ferritic steels atzori and dattoma [38] found a mean value δσa = 155 mpa (at na= 5×106 cycles, with r=0). that value is in very good agreement with δσa =153 mpa recently obtained by taylor at al. [5] by testing butt ground welds fabricated of a low carbon steel. then, by introducing the above mentioned value into eq. (11), one obtains for steel welded joints with failures from the weld toe rc =0.28 mm. the choice of 5 million cycles as a reference value is due mainly to the fact that, according to eurocode 3, nominal stress ranges corresponding to 5 million cycles can be considered as fatigue limits under constant amplitude load histories. it is worth noting that the simplified hypothesis of a semicircular core of radius rc led to the assessment of a fatigue scatter band that exactly agreed with that of haibach’s normalised s-n band [39]. in the case 2α= 0 and fatigue crack initiation at the weld root eq. (11) gives rc = 0.36 mm, by neglecting the mode ii contribution and using e1 = 0.133, eq. (8), 1 n ak = 180 mpa mm 0.5 and, once again, δσa = 155 mpa. there is a small difference with respect to the value previously determined, rc = 0.28 mm. however, in the safe direction, the proposal is to use rc = 0.28 mm also for the welded joints with failures from the weld roots which is the case considered in the present manuscript. as opposed to the direct evaluation of the nsifs, which needs very refined meshes, the mean value of the elastic sed on the control volume can be determined with high accuracy by using coarse meshes [40-43]. modelling of the rollers and evaluation of the local sed he rollers considered in the present investigation belong to the series psv which offer the highest quality and the maximum load capacity of rulmeca’s production (see fig. 1) [26]. rollers psv are particularly suited to conveyors that operate in very difficult conditions, where working loads are high, and large lump size material is conveyed; and yet, despite these characteristics, they require minimal maintenance. typical types of application are: mines, caves, cement works, coal-fired electric utilities and dock installations. the effectiveness of the psv roller sealing system provides the solution to the environmental challenges of dust, dirt, water, low and high temperatures. roller is made of the following main components: a mantel, constituted by a tube cut and machined using automatic numerically controlled machines, which guarantee and maintain the tolerances and the precision of the square cut. two bearing housing made by a steel monolithic structure (in agreement with uni en 10111 characterized by a yield strength 170<σy<330 mpa), deep drawn and sized to a forced fixed tolerance (iso m7) at the bearing position. the thickness of the housings is proportional to the spindle diameter and to the bearing type, with thicknesses that are up to 5 mm, to guarantee the maximum strength for each application, including the heaviest. t f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 451 a spindle which sustains the roller when it is assembled into the troughing set supports. it is made from drawn steel, cut and machined by automatic numerically controlled machines. the spindle is ground to a precision tolerance, to guarantee a perfect match of bearings, seals. spindle tolerance, together with bearing housing tolerances, functionally guarantees the autoalignment of the internal and outer bearing rings of the ball race resulting in a good performance even when the spindle deflection is extreme due to overloading. the seals components, which are meant to protect the bearing from harmful elements that may impinge from the outside or the inside of the roller, made of three main sections: figure 1: scheme showing the main geometrical parameters at the weld root and an example of lack of penetration. two bearing housing made by a steel monolithic structure (in agreement with uni en 10111 characterized by a yield strength 170<σy<330 mpa), deep drawn and sized to a forced fixed tolerance (iso m7) at the bearing position. the thickness of the housings is proportional to the spindle diameter and to the bearing type, with thicknesses that are up to 5 mm, to guarantee the maximum strength for each application, including the heaviest. a spindle which sustains the roller when it is assembled into the troughing set supports. it is made from drawn steel, cut and machined by automatic numerically controlled machines. the spindle is ground to a precision tolerance, to guarantee a perfect match of bearings, seals. spindle tolerance, together with bearing housing tolerances, functionally guarantees the autoalignment of the internal and outer bearing rings of the ball race resulting in a good performance even when the spindle deflection is extreme due to overloading. the seals components, which are meant to protect the bearing from harmful elements that may impinge from the outside or the inside of the roller, made of three main sections: 1. external section: made of an external stone guard, a lip ring made from soft anti-abrasive rubber with a large contact surface onto a metal cover cap; that forms a self-cleaning stage of seal in that it centrifugally repels water and dust naturally towards the outside; 2. outward bearing protection: triple lip labyrinth in nylon pa6 greased to give further bearing protection; 3. inward bearing protection, made of a sealing ring in nylon pa6 is positioned that provides an ample grease reservoir and also retains the grease near to the bearing even when there is a depression due to an abrupt change in temperature (pumping effect). locking system: provided by means of the correctly located cir-clip, which is the most effective and the strongest system implemented in heavy rollers for belt conveyors. the feature under investigation in this paper is the joint between tube and bearing housing. the bearing housings of the psv rollers are welded to the tube body using autocentralising automatic welding machines utilising a continuous wire feed. tube and bearing housing form a monolithic structure of exceptional strength which itself reduces to the minimum any imbalance in the roller. this guarantees the alignment and concentricity with respect to the external diameter of the component parts of the sealing system. the optimum balance and concentricity thus obtained allows these rollers to be used at the highest speeds, eliminating harmful vibration to the conveyor structure and the “hammer effect” on the bearings of the rollers. from the point of view of the fatigue behavior under loading, the weakest point of the entire structure is the lack of penetration of the weld root. therefore, if the roller is loaded well above its declared nominal admitted load [26] it would experience fatigue failure starting at the level of the weld root. a detail of the weld root is shown in fig. 1, where the lack f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 452 of penetration length is indicated as c. the load on top of the roller is modelled typically as a uniformly distributed load on the longitudinal line of the roller. (a) (b) figure 2: geometry of the rollers: psv4 133 315 (a) psv4 159 530 (b). two geometries have been considered here and the details of the geometrical parameters are reported in fig. 2a and 2b for the two cases, named in the following as psv4 133 315 and psv4 159 530. for sake of brevity the modeling will be shortly described only for the first geometry. further details are reported in [27]. the analysis of the stress fields in these welded details needed 3d models, because of their variability along the circular path described by the weld root. the two considered geometries reported in fig. 2 have been modelled by means of 20-node 3d finite elements implemented in the fe code ansys. due to the symmetry of geometry and loading only one quarter of the geometry has been considered. the bearing has been considered of infinite stiffness and all the nodes of the bearing housing have been connected by means of rigid elements (links) to a master node. this special node has been placed on the symmetrical longitudinal axis of the roller in correspondence of the instantaneous rotation centre of the bearing. the rotation about the axis z (rotz) and the longitudinal displacement (uy, see fig. 1) have been left unconstrained, while all other displacements and rotations of the master node have been constrained. the load has been distributed along the longitudinal line. for each geometry two models were created: the first was mainly oriented to the determination of the point where the maximum principal stress and the maximum value of the strain energy density were located. due to the complex geometry of the bearing housing in fact the point varies as a function of the geometry. in this case a regular fine mesh has been used with the aim also to determine the sifs at the weld root. the second model was characterized by a coarse mesh but by an accurate definition of the control volume where the strain energy density should be averaged. as just stated the mesh used in that case was coarse with a regular increasing spacing ratio in the direction of the position of the control volume mainly aimed to a correct positioning of the volume itself in the most critical region. all fe analyses have been carried out by means of 20-node finite elements under linear-elastic hypotheses. f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 453 fatigue strength in terms of strain energy density averaged in a finite size volume y using the first model with a regular and very fine mesh the sed has been evaluated circumferentially all around the roller in the zone surrounding the weld root. the maximum sed value occurs outside the line of the application of the load. the angle of rotation is strongly dependent on the geometry of the bearing housing. in the case of the roller psv 133 315 the maximum sed occurs at about 30 degrees from the line of load application. in that point all the modes of failure are contemporary present as will be discussed in the following. for this specific model an analysis of sensitivity of sed as a function of the length of the lack of penetration c has been carried out [27]. from a micrographic analysis conducted on a large amount of welded rollers c has been found to vary in the range between 0.6 and 1.0 mm. a typical image of the weld root is shown in fig. 1b. the sensitivity analysis has been made varying the length of the lack of penetration and evaluating the sed in a control volume of radius rc = 0.28 mm. the variation of the sed is very limited in the range of c considered. the sed varies from 0.31 mj/m3 to 0.35 mj/m3 for a value of c corresponding to 0.6 and 1.0 mm, respectively. considering the low variation of the sed as a function of the initial lack of penetration, the length c = 1 mm has been set in all fe analyses. this choice is in the safe direction because the worst configuration has been considered. some fatigue tests have been conducted on the two rollers shown in fig. 2 [27]. a test system has been created for reproducing the service conditions on the roller. the load has been applied by means of an external counter-roll which press with a constant pressure the tested roller which rotates with a regular speed. altogether 22 new tests have been carried out considering the two investigated geometries. the new results reconverted in terms of the local sed have been compared with the scatterband proposed for structural welded steels [36]. that band is shown in fig. 3 together with the new data. it is evident that the previous scatter band can be satisfactorily applied also to the new data from failure at the weld root of rollers tested at different load levels. figure 3: synthesis of new data in terms of local sed and comparison with the scatterband by lazzarin and co-authors. conclusions he present paper deals with a local energy based approach employed for the fatigue assessment of rollers with failure occurring at the weld root. the rollers considered in the present investigation are particularly suited to conveyors that operate in very difficult conditions, where working loads are high, and large lump size material is conveyed; and yet, despite these characteristics, they require minimal maintenance. the bearing housings are welded to the tube body using autocentralising automatic welding machines utilizing a continuous wire feed. from the point of view of the fatigue behavior under loading, the weakest point of the entire structure is the lack of penetration of the weld root. therefore, if the roller is loaded well above its declared nominal admitted load [26], it would b t f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 454 experience fatigue failure starting at the level of the weld root. a detail of the weld root is shown in fig. 1b, where the lack of penetration length is indicated as c. the rollers have been modelled by using the finite element method combined with three-dimensional analyses. the procedure for evaluating the local parameters in the zone close to the lack of penetration at the weld root has been described in the paper showing the low sensitivity of the model to the length of the lack of penetration. the detailed procedure for evaluating the sed in the control volume surrounding the crack tip in the weakest point of the roller has been summarised [27]. some fatigue tests from two different geometries belonging to the family of rollers called psv4 from rulmeca production have been carried out and summarised here by means of local sed. it has been proved that the scatter band δw-n (strain energy range – number of cycles to failure), summarising about 1200 fatigue data from welded joints with the majority of failures originated from the weld toes, can be successfully applied also to welded joints with failures from the weld roots and in particular to the considered rollers geometry. references [1] zou, l., yang, x., tan, j., sun, y., s-n curve modeling method of aluminum alloy welded joints based on the fatigue characteristics domain, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 11(40) (2017) 137-148. [2] abe, t., akebono, h., kato, m., sugeta, a., fatigue properties and fracture mechanism of load carrying type fillet joints with one-sided welding, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 10(35) (2016) 196-205. [3] tsutsumi, s., morita, k., fincato, r., momii, h., fatigue life assessment of a non-load carrying fillet joint considering the effects of a cyclic plasticity and weld bead shape, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 10(38) (2016) 244-250. [4] radaj, d., design and analysis of fatigue resistant welded structures, abington publishing, cambridge (1990). [5] taylor, d., barrett, n., lucano, g., some new recent methods for predicting fatigue in welded joints, int. j. fatigue, 24 (2002) 509-518. [6] yakubovskii, v.v., valteris, i.i., geometrical parameters of butt and fillet welds and their influence on the welded joints fatigue life, international institute of welding, document xiii-1326-89 (1989). [7] dunn, m.l., suwito, w., cunningham, s., fracture initiation at sharp notches: correlation using critical stress intensities, int. j. solids struct., 34 (1997) 3873-3883. [8] lazzarin, p., tovo, r., a notch intensity approach to the stress analysis of welds, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 21 (1998) 1089-1104. [9] ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., chamani, h.r., fatigue life extension by crack repair using stop-hole technique under pure mode-i and pure mode-ii loading conditions, procedia eng., 74 (2014) 18–21. [10] ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., chamani, h.r., a numerical study on the effect of symmetric crack flank holes on fatigue life extension of a sent specimen, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 37(10) (2014) 1153-1164. [11] ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., yahya, m.y., mixed mode fatigue crack initiation and growth in a ct specimen repaired by stop hole technique, eng. fract. mech. 145 (2015) 115-127. [12] ayatollahi, m.r., razavi, s.m.j., sommitsch, c., moser, c., fatigue life extension by crack repair using double stop-hole technique, mater. sci. forum, 879 (2017) 3-8. [13] razavi, s.m.j., ayatollahi, m.r., sommitsch, c., moser, c., retardation of fatigue crack growth in high strength steel s690 using a modified stop-hole technique, eng. fract. mech., 169 (2017) 226–237. [14] jiang, y., feng, m., modeling of fatigue crack propagation, j. eng. mater. technol., 126 (2004) 77-86. [15] berto, f., lazzarin, p., recent developments in brittle and quasi-brittle failure assessment of engineering materials by means of local approaches, mater. sci. eng. r, 75 (2014) 1–48. [16] ferro, p., the local strain energy density approach applied to pre-stressed components subjected to cyclic load, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 37 (2014) 1268–1280. [17] radaj, d., state-of-the-art review on the local strain energy density concept and its relation to the j-integral and peak stress method, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 38 (2015) 2–28. [18] radaj, d., berto, f., lazzarin, p., local fatigue strength parameters for welded joints based on strain energy density with inclusion of small-size notches, eng. fract. mech., 76 (8) (2009) 1109-1130. [19] lazzarin, p., campagnolo, a., berto, f., a comparison among some recent energyand stress-based criteria for the fracture assessment of sharp v-notched components under mode i loading, theor. appl. fract. mech., 71 (2014) 2130. [20] lassen, t., the effect of the welding process on the fatigue crack growth. welding j. 69, research supplement, (1990) 75s-81s. f. chebat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 447-455; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.56 455 [21] singh, p.j., achar, d.r.g., guha, b., nordberg h., fatigue life prediction of gas tungsten arc welded aisi 304l cruciform joints different lop sizes, int. j. fatigue, 25 (2003) 1-7. [22] singh, p.j., guha, b., achar, d.r.g., nordberg, h., fatigue life prediction improvement of aisi 304l cruciform welded joints by cryogenic treatment, eng. fail. anal. 10 (2003) 1-12. [23] lazzarin, p., sonsino, c.m., zambardi, r., a notch stress intensity approach to predict the fatigue behaviour of t butt welds between tube and flange when subjected to in–phase bending and torsion loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 27 (2004) 127-141. [24] sheppard, s.d., field effects in fatigue crack initiation: long life fatigue strength. trans. asme, j. mech. design 113 (1991) 188-194. [25] sonsino, c.m., multiaxial fatigue of welded joints under in-phase and out-of-phase local strains and stresses, int. j. fatigue 17 (1995) 55-70. [26] rulmeca bulk catalogue, 2014 [27] berto, f., campagnolo, a., chebat, f., cincera, m., santini, m., fatigue strength of steel rollers with failure occurring at the weld root based on the local strain energy values: modelling and fatigue assessment, int. j. fatigue, 82 (2016) 643–657. [28] williams, m.l., stress singularities resulting from various boundary conditions in angular corners of plates in extension, j. appl. mech. 19 (1952) 526-528. [29] gross, r., mendelson, a., plane elastostatic analysis of v-notched plates, int. j. fract. 8 (1972) 267-276. [30] qian, j., hasebe, n., property of eigenvalues and eigenfunctions for an interface v-notch in antiplane elasticity, eng. fract. mech. 56 (1997) 729–734. [31] zappalorto, m., lazzarin, p., yates, j.r., elastic stress distributions resulting from hyperbolic and parabolic notches in round shafts under torsion and uniform antiplane shear loadings, int. j. solid. struct., 45 (2008) 4879-4901. [32] lazzarin, p., tovo r., a unified approach to the evaluation of linear elastic fields in the neighbourhood of cracks and notches, int. j. fract., 78 (1996) 3-19. [33] lazzarin, p., zambardi, r., a finite-volume-energy based approach to predict the static and fatigue behaviour of components with sharp v-shaped notches, int. j. fract. 112 (2001) 275-298. [34] berto, f., campagnolo, a., lazzarin, p., fatigue strength of severely notched specimens made of ti–6al–4v under multiaxial loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 38 (2015) 503–517. [35] seweryn, a., poskrobko, s., mróz, z., brittle fracture in plane elements with sharp notches under mixed-mode loading, j. eng. mech. 123 (1997) 535-543. [36] kihara, s., yoshii, a., a strength evaluation method of a sharply notched structure by a new parameter, “the equivalent stress intensity factor”. jsme int. j., 34 (1991) 70-75. [37] livieri, p., lazzarin, p., notch stress intensity factors and fatigue strength of aluminium and steel welded joints, int. j. fract. 133 (2005) 247-276. [38] atzori, b., dattoma, v., a comparison of the fatigue behaviour of welded joints in steels and in aluminium alloys, iiw doc xxxiii (1983) 1089-1983. [39] haibach, e., service fatigue-strength – methods and data for structural analysis. dusseldorf, vdi (1989). [40] lazzarin, p., berto, f., gomez, f.j., zappalorto, m., some advantages derived from the use of the strain energy density over a control volume in fatigue strength assessments of welded joints, int. j. fatigue, 30 (2008) 1345-1357. [41] lazzarin, p., berto, f., zappalorto, m., rapid calculations of notch stress intensity factors based on averaged strain energy density from coarse meshes: theoretical bases and applications, int. j. fatigue, 32 (2010) 1559–1567. [42] meneghetti, g., campagnolo, a., berto, f., atzori, b., averaged strain energy density evaluated rapidly from the singular peak stresses by fem: cracked components under mixed-mode (i+ii) loading, theor. appl. fract. mech., 79 (2015) 113–124. [43] gallo, p., berto, f., glinka, g generalized approach to estimation of strains and stresses at blunt v-notches under non-localized creep, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct 39 (2016), 292-306. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_49_art_1_2466 y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 1 focused on crack tip fields further investigation on microstructure refinement of internal crack initiation region in vhcf regime of high-strength steels yukun chang lnm, institute of mechanics, chinese academy of sciences, beijing 100190, china school of science, harbin institute of technology, shenzhen 518055, china yukunchang@foxmail.com liang zheng school of science, harbin institute of technology, shenzhen 518055, china icon_lzheng@hit.edu.cn xiangnan pan, youshi hong* lnm, institute of mechanics, chinese academy of sciences, beijing 100190, china school of engineering science, university of chinese academy of sciences, beijing 100049, china panxiangnan@lnm.imech.ac.cn, hongys@imech.ac.cn abstract. the profile samples prepared by focused ion beam (fib) in crack initiation region (cir) and fish-eye (fie) region of failed specimens subjected to rotary bending (rb) and ultrasonic axial (ul) fatigue testing with various stress ratios (r) were observed by transmission electron microscopy (tem) with selected area electron diffraction (sad) detection for two high-strength steels. the grain size and the thickness of nanograin layer along the crack growth path in cir underneath fine-granular-area (fga) were measured for the cases of r < 0, and a normalized quantity d* based on the detected sad patterns was introduced to quantitatively demonstrate the variation of the grain size. the results showed that the nanograin size near the origin (an inclusion) of crack initiation is smaller than that away from the inclusion. nevertheless, there was no evidence of grain refinement in cir for the cases of r > 0 and the fie region outside cir for either negative or positive stress ratio cases, which suggests that the formation of nanograin layer in the fga region is due to the numerous cyclic pressing (ncp) process and the plastic deformation ahead of the crack tip may cause certain extent of microstructure deformation but is insufficient to form nanograin layer on crack surfaces. keywords. very-high-cycle fatigue; nanograins; microstructure refinement; crack initiation; fga; high-strength steels. citation: chang y.k., pan x.n., zheng l., hong y.s., further investigation on microstructure refinement of internal crack initiation region in very-high-cycle fatigue regime of high strength steels, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11. received: 08.04.2019 accepted: 23.04.2019 published: 01.07.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/49/2466.mp4 y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 2 introduction atigue failure of engineering materials and structures bearing cyclic loading beyond 107 cycles, i.e. very-high-cycle fatigue (vhcf), may still happen in practical industrial applications [1-4]. vhcf behavior has attracted the attention of researchers in recent decades due to increasingly realistic requirements and scientific interests [5-9]. at present, it has been known that the typical morphology of the internal crack initiation region (cir) for vhcf of highstrength steels is a fish-eye (fie) containing a relatively rough region of fine-granular area (fga), and it surrounds an inclusion which is considered as the origin of the crack initiation [10-13]. in general, fga is regarded as the characteristic region of the internal crack initiation of vhcf due to its stable value of related stress intensity factor range and the consumption of the majority of total fatigue life [10,11,14]. as one of the most popular and challenging problems in vhcf, the formation mechanism of fga has been investigated widely and deeply in last two decades [15-21]. sakai et al. [18] examined the microstructure beneath the fga by transmission electron microscopy (tem). the tem sample was prepared by focused ion beam (fib) technique, and their results showed that the fine granular layer was observed in fga region, whereas the fine polygonization was not observed in the location away from the fga surface. based on this observation, they proposed the model of “formation and debonding of fine granular layer” [22]. similarly, an investigation by grad et al. [15] reported that an average grain size of about 70 nm was observed in fga for a high-strength steel and proposed an fga formation mechanism called “local grain refinement at the crack tip”. this model was extended very recently by spriestersbach and kerscher [23]. the most recent investigations by chai et al. [24,25] also believed that localized plastic deformation would promote the formation of fga. it should be noted that only the fully reversed cyclic loading was considered in all above-mentioned investigations, meaning the stress ratio of r = ‒1. in order to investigate the formation mechanism of fga more deeply and comprehensively, hong et al. [16] first performed fatigue tests under different stress ratios via rotary bending (rb) and ultrasonic axial (ul) loading for two high-strength steels, then the profile samples were prepared by fib at the characteristic region of crack initiation of failed specimens, and subsequently the microstructure of the samples were examined by tem. their observations revealed the existence of the thin nanograin layer of fga under negative stress ratios, whereas the morphology of fga was diminishing or even extinguishing under positive stress ratios without the evidence of nanograin feature. based on such experimental results, a new model named “numerous cyclic pressing (ncp)” was proposed to describe the formation processes of fga. subsequently, some results obtained by our group on structural steels [26] and titanium alloys [27,28] have confirmed the ncp model. most recently, numerical and experimental results reported by ritz et al. [29] also validated the ncp model. despite the formation mechanism of fga has been investigated widely by researchers, the effect of the plastic deformation ahead of the crack tip during crack initiation process on the microstructure refinement, and the more detailed characteristics of microstructure in cir and fie regions, are still not clear at the present time. therefore, in this paper, further investigation was carried out on the microstructure features in the cir and fie regions for high-strength steels bearing fatigue loading up to very-high-cycle regime. several profile samples prepared by fib in cir and fie regions were examined by tem with selected area electron diffraction (sad) detection. the detailed observations indicate that the nanograin size near the origin of crack initiation is smaller than that away from the origin for the cases of r < 0, and higher compressive stress and longer loading cycles promote the microstructure refinement. nevertheless, there was no evident grain refinement in cir for the cases of r > 0 and the fie region outside cir for either negative or positive r cases, suggesting that the formation of nanograins in the fga region is due to the ncp process and the plastic deformation ahead of crack tip may cause certain extent of microstructure deformation but is insufficient to form nanograin layer on crack surfaces. test materials and experimental procedure test materials he test materials utilized in this research were two high-strength steels. for convenience, they were marked as material a and material b, respectively. the corresponding chemical compositions are listed in tab. 1. two heattreatment processes were performed: austenization at 845 ℃ for 2 h in vacuum, oil-quenched then tempered for 2 h in vacuum at 180 ℃ for the specimens of material a, and austenization at 845 ℃ for 1 h in vacuum, oil-quenched then tempered for 2 h in vacuum at 180 ℃ for the specimens of material b. after such heat-treatment processes, identical f t y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 3 microstructure of tempered martensite was obtained. results of monotonic quasi-static tensile and micro-hardness tests exhibited their high strength and hardness with the ultimate tensile strength of 1849 mpa and the micro-hardness of 753 hv (kgf/mm2) for material a, and the ultimate tensile strength of 1896 mpa and the micro-hardness of 760 hv (kgf/mm2) for material b. material c cr mn si s p fe a 1.06 1.04 0.88 0.34 0.005 0.027 balance b 1.04 1.51 0.29 0.24 0.003 0.0058 balance table 1: chemical compositions (wt. %) of two materials. experimental procedure rotary bending and ultrasonic axial loading are commonly used in the vhcf tests of materials. in the previous research developed in our group, material a was tested on a rotary bending machine with r = ‒1, and material b was tested on an ultrasonic machine (equipped with a tensile facility to superimpose required mean stress) running at the resonant frequency of 20 khz with the stress ratios of r = ‒1, ‒0.5, 0.1 and 0.3. more detailed information concerning the fatigue tests was described in [16]. then the morphology of the fracture surface was observed by scanning electron microscopy (sem), and it was noticed that the failure of every specimen was due to internal cracking originated from an inclusion [16]. in addition, for the purpose of investigating the characteristics of microstructure for fga and fie on the fracture surface, several specimens under various loading conditions were cut by fib to obtain the profile samples, and their relevant data were listed in tab. 2. subsequently these samples were carefully examined by tem, especially near the fracture surfaces, and the microstructure details were detected by sad with an aperture diameter of 200 nm. sample loading condition σa/mpa σmax/mpa σmin/mpa nf/cycles sampling location a1 rb, r = ‒1 775 775 ‒775 2.40×107 cir a2 rb, r = ‒1 750 750 ‒750 5.08×107 fie b1 ul, r = ‒1 989 989 ‒989 1.11×108 cir b2 ul, r = ‒0.5 633 844 ‒422 4.81×108 cir b3 ul, r = 0.1 534 1187 119 1.84×107 cir b4 ul, r = 0.3 430 1229 368 8.70×108 cir b5 ul, r = 0.3 430 1229 368 8.70×108 fie table 2: loading conditions and sampling locations of several failed specimens. results and discussion microstructural features in cir for negative stress ratio cases t can be seen from tab. 2 that a1, b1 and b2 samples were cut from cir of the failed specimens bearing fatigue loading with negative stress ratios in vhcf regime. fig. 1 illustrates the microstructural features of sample a1. it is seen from fig. 1a that the crack initiated from a spherical inclusion then to form an fga region. the small dashed yellow rectangle in fig. 1a represents the sampling location in the fga region, and fig. 1b illustrates the bright field imaging (bfi) of sample a1. figs. 1c and 1d show the sad patterns at the locations just underneath the fga surface with discontinuous diffraction rings of polycrystals, which suggests that there are several grains within the diffraction area of 200 nm in diameter. figs. 1e and 1f are dark field images (dfi) of the left and right dashed green boxes marked in fig. 1b, and the fine granular layer can be clearly observed in both figures. fig. 2 illustrates the microstructural features of sample b1. similar to the above situation of sample a1, in the failed specimen associated with sample b1, the crack also originated from an inclusion to form an fga region. bfi and dfi of the sample, displayed as a small dashed yellow rectangle in fig. 2a, are presented in figs. 2b and 2c, respectively. both bfi i y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 4 and dfi showed that there are many fine grains near the fracture surface. sad patterns of the left, middle and right dashed yellow circles marked in fig. 2b are illustrated in figs. 2d-f. all of these three patterns are discontinuous diffraction circles, suggesting several grains existing at these different locations. similar results were obtained for sample b2 (as shown in fig. 3). figure 1: microstructural features of sample a1 (rb, r = ‒1, σa = 775 mpa, nf = 2.40╳107), (a) sem image of cir showing the sampling location by a marked dashed yellow rectangle; (b) bfi; (c,d) sad patterns of the left and right dashed yellow circles in (b); (e,f) dfi of the left and right dashed green boxes in (b). figure 2: microstructural features of sample b1 (ul, r = ‒1, σa = 989 mpa, nf = 1.11╳108), (a) origin of crack initiation showing clear fga feature; (b) bfi; (c) dfi; (d-f) sad patterns of the left, middle and right dashed yellow circles in (b). y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 5 figure 3: microstructural features of sample b2 (ul, r = ‒0.5, σa = 633 mpa, nf = 4.81╳108), (a) sem image showing crack origin; (b) bfi; (c,d) dfi of the left and right dashed green boxes in (b); (e-g) sad patterns of the left, middle and right dashed yellow circles in (b). the above experimental results indicate the existence of nanograins in cir underneath fga surface for the cases of r = ‒1 and ‒0.5 under rb and ul loading conditions, confirming that the nature of fga is a nanograin layer [16]. for the detail investigation of the relationship between the grain size and loading conditions, the distribution of grain size in cir underneath fga surface for samples a1, b1 and b2 was measured and the results are illustrated in fig. 4. it is seen from fig. 4 that the grain size ranges from 20 nm to 130 nm, and the average equivalent diameters are 54 nm, 48 nm and 73 nm for a1, b1 and b2, respectively. similarly, the distribution of thickness for these nanograin layers along the crack growth path was shown in fig. 5, indicating that the average values of thickness are 315 nm, 435 nm and 386 nm for a1, b1 and b2, respectively. note that the data in figs. 4 and 5 are largely discrete, which suggests that the grain size and the thickness of nanograin layer are affected by cyclic loading condition and the microstructure of the material. as an effective method for analyzing the microstructure of materials, sad technique can be utilized to reveal the essential characteristics of the microstructure more objectively. according to the diffraction principle [30], sad patterns will appear as a series of rings if it contains many grains with different orientations within the selected area, and with the increase of the number of grains, namely more fine grains, diffraction rings will become more continuous. therefore, for the purpose of quantitatively describing the distribution of grain size under different loading conditions, a normalized quantity d* is introduced and expressed as:  0 * l d l (1) where l0 presents the perimeter of a completely continuous diffraction ring associated with a given crystal plane family, and l presents total lengths of the ring measured in experiments. for this purpose, a number of discontinuous diffraction rings associated with {110} planes for samples a1, b1 and b2 were measured, and the results described by d* are illustrated in fig. 6. the value of d* notably decreases along the crack growth path, implying that the size of nanograins gradually increases with the propagation of the crack, which may be due to gradually-reduced pressing actions. moreover, the datum points of b1 are evidently higher than those of a1 and b2, suggesting that the greater compressive stress and the longer loading cycles may promote the grain refinement. y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 6 figure 4: distribution of grain size underneath fga surface for samples a1, b1 and b2. figure 5: thickness of nanograin layer along crack growth path underneath fga surface for samples a1, b1 and b2. figure 6: distribution of normalized quantity d* versus crack growth path for samples a1, b1 and b2. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 f re q u en cy , % grain size, nm a1, d = 54 nm b1, d = 48 nm b2, d = 73 nm 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 200 400 600 800 1000 a1, t = 315 nm b1, t = 435 nm b2, t = 386 nm t h ic k n es s of n an o gr ai n l ay er , n m distance along crack growth path, μm 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 a1, rb, r =1 b1, ul, r =1 b2, ul, r =0.5 d * , n o rm al iz ed q u an ti ty distance along crack growth path, μm y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 7 microstructural features in cir for positive stress ratio cases the above results indicate that the features of nanograins clearly prevailed underneath the fracture surface in the fga region for the cases with negative stress ratios, whereas the microstructural features were not clear for the cases with positive stress ratios. it is well known that the plastic deformation occurs at crack tip. based on the equation proposed by murakami et al. [31]:    1/2max max=k c area (2) and the plastic zone size (rp) at crack tip under plane strain condition [32]:          2 max p y 1 6 k r (3) the value of kmax increases with the raise of σmax and crack size, causing the expansion of the plastic zone near the crack tip. in order to investigate the effect of the plastic deformation at the crack tip on the microstructure of high-strength steels, two profile samples cut in cir (b3 and b4) with positive stress ratios and two samples cut in fie (a2 and b5) were prepared. the results of the samples cut in cir are presented in this section, and the results of samples cut in fie will be presented in next section. fig. 7 illustrates the microstructural features of sample b3 (r = 0.1), and the sampling location is denoted by a small dashed yellow rectangle shown in fig. 7a, from which a cluster of inclusions as the origin of crack initiation and the diminishing fga feature can be clearly observed. fig. 7b presents the whole bfi of sample b3, and the dfi of its local location (dashed green box) is illustrated in fig. 7c, showing that any position on the profile is original martensite microstructure, meaning no sign of grain refinement. fig. 7d shows the sad pattern of slightly elongated diffraction spots, which is the result of localized plastic deformation. fig. 7e shows the sad pattern with typical isolated spots, which are the normal diffraction of a single crystal, i.e., the original coarse martensite microstructure. similar observations of sample b4 (r = 0.3) are obtained as shown in fig. 8. figure 7: microstructural features of sample b3 (ul, r = 0.1, σa = 534 mpa, nf = 1.84╳107), (a) sem image showing crack origin; (b) bfi; (c) dfi of the dashed green box in (b); (d,e) sad patterns of the left and right dashed yellow circles in (b). y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 8 figure 8: microstructural features of sample b4 (ul, r = 0.3, σa = 989 mpa, nf = 8.70╳108), (a) sem image showing crack origin; (b) bfi; (c) dfi; (d,e) sad patterns of the left and right dashed yellow circles in (b). microstructural features in fie fish-eye is a typical morphology of vhcf for metallic materials, but the microstructural features in the fie region were not very clear so far. for the purpose of further examination for the microstructure features in fie, two profile samples (a2 and b5) were prepared by fib cut from the fie region of failed specimens in vhcf regime under r = ‒1 and 0.3. the loading conditions of these two specimens are also listed in tab. 2. fig. 9 illustrates the microstructural features of sample a2, for which the sampling location (quadrate rabbet) is close to the outer boundary of the fie (fig. 9a). fig. 9b presents the whole bfi of a2 and fig. 9c illustrates the dfi of its local field, showing any position on the profile is original martensite microstructure. fig. 9d shows the sad pattern with slightly elongated spots, which is the result of localized plastic deformation. fig. 9e shows isolated spot pattern indicating only one grain within the diffraction area of 200 nm in diameter. in brief, the result of fig. 9 shows that the microstructure underneath the fracture surface in the fie region does not undergo grain refinement, which may be related to insufficient pressing during cycling because of the relatively faster crack growth rate in the fie region. fig. 10 illustrates the microstructural features of sample b5 (also cut from fie region), similar to the results shown in fig. 9. there is no evidence of microstructure refinement in spite of the high maximum stress (σmax), suggesting that plastic deformation ahead of crack tip cannot cause the formation of nanograins. conclusions n this paper, a series of profile samples from two high-strength steels were prepared by fib in cir and fie regions of failed specimens subjected to rotary bending and ultrasonic axial cycling up to vhcf regime with various stress ratios. then such samples were observed by tem with sad detection. based on the experimental investigations, the following conclusions were obtained: i y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 9 figure 9: microstructural feature of sample a2 (rb, r = ‒1, σa = 750 mpa, nf = 5.08╳107), (a) sem image showing sampling location (quadrate rabbet); (b) bfi; (c) dfi of dashed green box in (b); (d,e) sad patterns of the left and right dashed yellow circles in (b). figure 10: microstructural feature of sample b5 (ul, r = 0.3, σa = 430 mpa, nf = 8.70╳108), (a) sem image showing sampling location (quadrate rabbet); (b) bfi; (c) dfi of dashed green box in (b); (d,e) sad patterns of the left and right dashed circles in (b). y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 10 (1) the ncp process dominates the formation of nanograin layer in cir underneath fga surface. large compressive stress with sufficient pressing results in the formation of nanograins and consequently the nanograin layer. (2) the plastic deformation at crack tip can only cause certain extent of deformation in microstructure of high-strength steels, but is insufficient to produce nanograins. (3) there is no microstructure refinement in the fie region no matter the sample was in the cases of negative or positive stress ratios, which may be due to the lack of crack surface contacting during cycling in the fie region. acknowledgements he financial supports from the national natural science foundation of china (11572325) and from the strategic priority research program of the chinese academy of sciences (xdb22040503, xdb22020201) are greatly appreciated. references [1] hong, y. and sun, c. (2017). the nature and the mechanism of crack initiation and early growth for very-high-cycle fatigue of metallic materials an overview, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 92, pp. 331-350. doi: 0.1016/j.tafmec.2017.05.002. [2] marines, i., bin, x., bathias, c. (2003). an understanding of very high cycle fatigue of metals, international journal of fatigue, 25(9-11), pp. 1101-1107. doi: 0.1016/s0142-1123(03)00147-6. [3] mayer, h. (2016). recent developments in ultrasonic fatigue, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 39(1), pp. 3-29. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12365. [4] jeddi, d., palin-luc, t. (2018) a review about the effects of structural and operational factors on the gigacycle fatigue of steels. fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 41(5), pp. 969-990. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12779 [5] krupp, u., giertler, a., koschella, k. (2017). microscopic damage evolution during very-high-cycle fatigue (vhcf) of tempered martensitic steel, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 40(11), pp. 1731-1740. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12685. [6] hu, y., sun, c., hong, y. (2018) crack growth rates and microstructure feature of initiation region for very‐high‐ cycle fatigue of a high-strength steel. fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 41(8), 1717-1732. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12811 [7] liu, x., sun, c., hong, y. (2015). effects of stress ratio on high-cycle and very-high-cycle fatigue behavior of a ti6al-4v alloy, materials science and engineering, a: structural materials: properties, microstructure and processing, 622, pp. 228-235. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2014.09.115. [8] pineau, a. and forest, s. (2017). effects of inclusions on the very high cycle fatigue behaviour of steels, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 40(11), pp. 1694-1707. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12649. [9] shiozawa, k. and lu, l. (2002). very high-cycle fatigue behaviour of shot-peened high-carbon-chromium bearing steel, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 25, pp. 813-822. [10] hong, y., lei, z., sun, c., zhao, a. (2014). propensities of crack interior initiation and early growth for very-highcycle fatigue of high strength steels, international journal of fatigue, 58, pp. 144-151. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.02.023. [11] lei, z., xie, j., sun, c., hong, y. (2014). effects of loading condition on very-high-cycle fatigue behaviour and dominant variable analysis, science china-physics mechanics and astronomy, 57(1), pp. 74-82. doi: 10.1007/s11433-013-5332-x. [12] shyam, a., blau, p., jordan, t., yang, n. (2014). effect of submillimeter size holes on the fatigue limit of a high strength tool steel, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 37(4), pp. 368-379. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12119. [13] stanzl-tschegg, s.e. (2017). fracture mechanical characterization of the initiation and growth of interior fatigue cracks, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 40(11), pp. 1741-1751. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12622. [14] marines-garcia, i., paris, p. c., tada, h., bathias, c. (2007). fatigue crack growth from small to long cracks in veryhigh-cycle fatigue with surface and internal "fish-eye" failures for ferrite-perlitic low carbon steel sae 8620, materials science and engineering a-structural materials properties microstructure and processing, 468, pp. 120-128. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2006.08.131. t y. chang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.01 11 [15] grad, p., reuscher, b., brodyanski, a., kopnarski, m., kerscher, e. (2012). mechanism of fatigue crack initiation and propagation in the very high cycle fatigue regime of high-strength steels, scripta materialia, 67(10), pp. 838-841. doi: 10.1016/j.scriptamat.2012.07.049. [16] hong, y., liu, x., lei, z., sun, c. (2016). the formation mechanism of characteristic region at crack initiation for very-high-cycle fatigue of high-strength steels, international journal of fatigue, 89, pp. 108-118. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.11.029. [17] murakami, y., nomoto, t., ueda, t. (1999). factors influencing the mechanism of superlong fatigue failure in steels, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 22, pp. 581-590. [18] sakai, t., harada, h., oguma, n. (2006). crack initiation mechanism of bearing steel in very high cycle fatigue, proceedings of ecf-16, cd-rom. [19] shiozawa, k., morii, y., nishino, s., lu l. (2006). subsurface crack initiation and propagation mechanism in highstrength steel in a very high cycle fatigue regime, international journal of fatigue, 28(11), pp. 1521-1532. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.08.015. [20] shanyavskiy, a.a. (2013). very-high-cycle-fatigue of in-service air-engine blades, compressor and turbine, science china physics, mechanics and astronomy, 57(1), pp. 19-29. doi: 10.1007/s11433-013-5364-2. [21] gerbe, s., krupp, u., michels, w. (2019). influence of secondary dendrite arm spacing (sdas) on the fatigue properties of different conventional automotive aluminum cast alloys, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48, pp. 105115. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.13 [22] sakai, t. (2009). review and prospects for current studies on very high cycle fatigue of metallic materials for machine structural use, journal of solid mechanics and materials engineering, 3, pp. 425-439. doi: 10.1299/jmmp.3.425. [23] spriestersbach, d. and kerscher, e. (2018). the role of local plasticity during very high cycle fatigue crack initiation in high-strength steels, international journal of fatigue, 111, pp. 93-100. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.02.008. [24] chai, g., forsman, t., gustavsson, f. (2016). microscopic and nanoscopic study on subsurface damage and fatigue crack initiation during very high cycle fatigue, international journal of fatigue, 83, pp. 288-292. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.10.024. [25] chai, g., forsman, t., gustavsson, f., wang, c. (2015). formation of fine grained area in martensitic steel during very high cycle fatigue, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 38(11), pp. 1315-1323. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12345. [26] jiang, q., sun, c., liu, x., hong, y. (2016). very-high-cycle fatigue behavior of a structural steel with and without induced surface defects, international journal of fatigue, 93, pp. 352-362. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.05.032. [27] pan, x., su, h., sun, c., hong, y. (2018). the behavior of crack initiation and early growth in high-cycle and veryhigh-cycle fatigue regimes for a titanium alloy, international journal of fatigue, 115, pp. 67-78. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.03.021. [28] su, h., liu, x., sun, c., hong, y. (2017). nanograin layer formation at crack initiation region for very-high-cycle fatigue of a ti-6al-4v alloy, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 40(6), pp. 979-993. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12562. [29] ritz, f., stäcker, c., beck, t., sander, m. (2018). fga formation mechanism for x10crnimov12-2-2 and 34crnimo6 for constant and variable amplitude tests under the influence of applied mean loads, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 41(7), pp. 1576-1587. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12797. [30] williams, d.b., carter, c.b. (2009), transmission electron microscopy: a textbook for materials science, second edition, springer. [31] murakami, y., kodama, s., konuma, s. (1989). quantitative evaluation of effects of non-metallicinclusions on fatigue strength of high strength steels. i: basic fatigue mechanism and evaluation of correlation between the fatigue fracture stress, international journal of fatigue, 11(5), pp. 291-298. [32] zhao, a., xie, j., sun, c., lei, z., hong, y. (2011). prediction of threshold value for fga formation, materials science and engineering, a: structural materials: properties, microstructure and processing, 528(22-23), pp. 68726877. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2011.05.070. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_34_art_66 y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 599 on the decay of strength in guilin red clay with cracks yi li, keneng zhang school of geosciences and info-physics, central south university, changsha, 410083, china 349613828@qq.com baochen liu college of civil engineering and architecture, guilin university of technology, guilin, 541004, china 979811051@qq.com zongyuan pan institute of karst geology, cags, guilin, 541004, china 65709162@qq.com abstract. in order to research the effect of cracks in red clay on shear strength through dry-wet cycle test, the experimenters used imaging software and a mathematical model to determine fractal dimension and crack ratio of surface cracks in red clay in guilin, china. after each dry-wet cycle, direct shear tests were carried out on the sample, and such variables as matrix suction on the crack propagation process of red clay were analyzed. the mechanics model was established and obtained the critical condition of soil cracks. the results show that with the increase in the number of dry-wet cycles the shear strength of the samples would decrease. but the rule of shear strength of sample 3 is slightly different from samples 1 and 2. the shear strength of red clay has a good correlation with fractal dimension and crack ratio, which could be an identification index of the strength of red clay. keywords. red clay; dry-wet cycle; fractal dimension; crack ratio; shear strength. introduction uilin is located in the northeast of guangxi province, at a low latitude, with a subtropical monsoon climate. it is variably rainy throughout the year, with the rainy season coinciding with high temperatures. the climate easily causes the development of soil fissure of guilin red clay resulting in a decline in the ultimate strength of the clay. we should pay attention to the influence of red clay cracks on the stability in the area of slope and foundation excavation, as it may lead to free face collapse, ground subsidence and other geological mishaps. therefore, researching the influence of cracks on the shear strength of red clay will help us to improve the safety of the geo-body. cracks in soil have been a concern for a long time, however, the research on geotechnical engineering is still relatively insufficient. until the 1980s, only a few scholars have started the research on the soil cracks [1-6]. a new kind of constitutive model capable of describing the damage of soil structure has been proposed and crack evolution in clay during dry and wet cycles has been simulated [7,8]. the effects of cyclic dry-wet process on the fatigue g y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 600 strength of the cement silt clay and the cement silt were researched by cyclic triaxial tests [9]. high liquid limit undisturbed clay quick shear tests with different moisture were carried out through different dry-wet cycle paths, including the process of humidification and dehumidification of the dry-wet cycle[10]. the relationship between particle mesoscopic and macroscopic mechanical parameters of cohesive materials were studied [11]. but there is little research on shear strength of red clay based on dry-wet cycle. experiments have been conducted on the strength characteristics of unsaturated red clay and expansive soil, which are different from those of common clay soil [12]. the relationships among mechanical indexes, swelling-shrinkage properties, pore size distributions and moisture content of lateritic clay in guigang of guangxi zhuang autonomous region were discussed [13]. the red clay soil and the expansive soil were analyzed regarding the relationships between shear strength index and temperature [14]. it has been determined that high and low confining pressures have different effects on the deformational properties and mechanical index of frozen soil [15]. in addition, the above results show the various impact factors of study on intensity variability of the clay. however, the cracks’ effect on the shear strength of red clay has been limited. in order to observe development of red clay fractures, we simulated red clay in dry-wet cycles under natural conditions combined with computer image processing technology. it was concluded that reticular cracks will form in the red clay under certain circumstances, then a direct shear apparatus was used to test this sample. the test considered multiple factors in controling the cutting ring size and humidification method to determine the fractal dimension and crack ratio of three samples under different conditions. after each dry-wet cycle, direct shear tests were conducted on samples to study the effects of red clay cracks on cohesive force and internal friction angle. testing methods samples he red clay samples were taken from the guilin yan mountain. the red clay samples were dried then crushed, and a fine sieve 2.0mm was used to sieve samples. finally, these samples were stored. the physical and mechanical parameters of the red clay are shown in the tab. 1. w/% ρ(g/cm3) e ip/% il c/kpa φ /° av1-2/mpa-1 51.20 1.81 1.42 26.10 0.76 19.00 13.20 0.60 table 1: physical and mechanical indexes of red clay. factors value class number artificial humidification times of dry-wet cycle: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5; moisture content: 35%; dry density: 1.5 g/cm3; small cutting ring: diameter is 61.8mm, height is 20mm; large cutting ring: diameter is 150mm, height is 50mm. small cutting ring: 12 group large cutting ring: 12 group vacuum saturation times of dry-wet cycle: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5; moisture content: 35%; dry density: 1.5 g/cm3; small cutting ring: diameter is 61.8mm, height is 20mm. small cutting ring: 12 group table 2: test project. test project this test mainly considered the sample size and the influence of different humidification methods on the mechanical properties of red clay. study on the attenuation law of shear strength of samples after five dry-wet cycles shows that shear t y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 601 strength is related to fractal dimension and crack rate, according to the design scheme carried out by the direct shear test. one type of the sample’s diameter is 61.8mm and the height is 20mm, another sample’s diameter is 150mm and the height is 50mm. a drying cabinet set at 60°c was used to dehydrate all of these samples for 12h. the wet mode was divided into two methods; artificial humidification (using a watering can to spray distilled water onto the surfaces of the obtained samples for 10 minutes, then putting the samples in cylinder seals for 24h) and vacuum saturation (pumping gas saturation for 1h, then soaking the samples in water for 10h). the specific plan is shown in the tab. 2. fracture development mechanism analysis fracture characterization analysis his paper selects the artificial humidification using a small cutting ring (sample 1) and a large cutting ring (sample 2) and vacuum saturated (sample 3) for each group, respectively. the article determines fractal dimension and crack ratio of three groups of samples in five dry-wet cycles (see tab. 3). the crack ratio is determined by the use of matlab to select and count black and white pixels of the image, then is compared with the amount of black pixels in general pixels by the following formula, fracture area black pixels 100% 100% surface area general pixels      (1) the fractal dimension of the crack is measured by determining the box dimension. the box dimension is defined as coordinates net δ of rn: [m1 ,(m1+1)]×…×[mn ,(mn+1)], [mi ,(mi+1)] is the side of coordinates net δ, m1,…,mn are integers. suppose f is a limited non-zero collection on rn, nδ(f) stands for diameter, the maximum δ can cover a minimum set number, the box dimension for f is defined as: δb δ 0 logn (f) dim f lim logδ   (2) δb δ 0 logn (f) dim f lim logδ   (3) when the dimensions of the upper box and the lower box are equal, f is called the box dimension, indicated as: δb δ 0 logn (f) dim f lim logδ   (4) when calculating the box dimension for f, the length of δ intersects f, and the number of the intersectional points is the box dimension nδ(f). when δ approaches zero, this means adding logarithmic speed of nδ(f), or the negative values of the slopes of log δ and lognδ(f) is the box dimension. the box dimension of the red clay crack can be determined as follows: in order to calculate its box dimension, the images of cracks are regard as a set f. we can draw a square grid of coordinate δ in the image to calculate f and grid square intersect number nδ(f), take the value of δ (for example, n=1/ 2n, n=1, 2,... ), then confirm the different nδ(f). in this region, by using the least square method we can get the regression linear equation:   1δgn f = a(lgδ ) b   (5) the slope of the linear can be regarded as approximate value of box dimension f, based on the box-counting dimension, the box dimension of crack image under various δ can be obtained: n n δ b δ 1 n lgn (f) dim f lgδ  (6) t y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 602 number of dry-wet cycles: 1 2 3 4 5 sample 1 crack ratio 0 1.65% 2.57% 3.27% 3.63% fractal dimension 0 0.632 0.783 1.012 1.133 sample 2 crack ratio 2.25% 2.77% 3.86% 6.55% 8.03% fractal dimension 0.688 0.853 1.016 1.193 1.417 sample 3 crack ratio 0 2.14% 2.92% 3.37% 3.77% fractal dimension 0 0.963 1.076 1.167 1.257 table 3: number of dry-wet cycles as related to crack ratio and fractal dimension. tab. 3 shows that sample 1 and sample 3 had no fissures after the first wet-dry cycle, but the crack ratio and fractal dimension were 2.25% and 0.688, respectively. comparing three groups of crack samples after five dry-wet cycles, the fissure of sample 2 developed earlier and more was more substantial than that of samples 1 and 3. this is because sample 2 was obtained by the large ring sampler while samples 1 and 3 used the small ring. in addition, the fissure ratio and fractal dimension of sample 3 was slightly larger than that of sample 1 due to different humidification methods. fracture mechanical analysis the red clay is the unsaturated soil under normal circumstances. this soil has the characteristics of shrinkage and the rate of water loss in soil on the surface is greater than internally. after water loss and the matric suction increases, the soil is subjected to tensile stress at first. assuming that the soil is isotropic and linear elastic bodies, the following constitutive relations can be established:       x a a w x y z a y a a w y x z a z a a w z x y a σ u u uμ ε σ σ 2u e e h σ u u uμ ε σ σ 2u e e h σ u u uμ ε σ σ 2u e e h                         (7) where au pore air pressure wu pore water pressure e elastic modulus of soil  poisson ratio h elastic modulus associated with a wu u , x horizontal strain y longitudinal strain z vertical strain x horizontal stress y longitudinal stress z vertical stress. taking the horizontal as the object of study, and there are no cracks in the soil: 0x  (8) the first combination of the constitutive relation:       a w x a z a u u eμ σ u σ u 1 u h 1 u        (9) y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 603 when the matrix suction is zero, the soil pressure formula is expressed as a saturated state. in the unsaturated soil, the matrix suction can decrease the horizontal stress, and even with a negative matrix suction it will form tension stress. when tensile stress is greater than the ultimate strength of soil, cracks will appear on the surface. the maximum tensile strength of soil is f , criterion condition as follows:       a w x a z a f u u eμ σ u σ u σ 1 u h 1 u          (10) at the initial stages of fracture, without considering au , we can assume 0z au   , 0a wu u s  , 0s is matric suction:     a w f u u e σ h 1 u    (11) before cracking matric suction is as follows:    ff 0 a w σ h 1 μ s u u e     (12) in the isotropic linear elastic soil,  / 1 2e h   , by the following formula:     ff 0 σ 1 μ s 1 2μ    (13) the critical condition of soil crack:     ff 0 0 σ 1 μ s s 1 2μ     (14) results the relationship between shear strength and wet-dry cycle (1) the relationship between the number of dry-wet cycles and cohesive force is shown in tab. 4 and fig. 1. the cohesive force of samples 1 and 2 have essentially the same tendency for chang, and with the increase of the number of dry-wet cycles the cohesive force would decrease. after the first wet-dry cycle, the maximum cohesion of samples 1 and 2 are 39.38kpa and 38.57kpa, respectively. sample size has no effect on the trend of the cohesion of red clay, but the method of humidification has a significant impact on cohesion, meaning that after five wet-dry cycles, the cohesion of sample 3 decreases. (2) the relationship between the number of dry-wet cycles and internal friction angle is shown in tab. 4 and fig. 2. the internal friction angle and cohesion of samples 1 and 2 have essentially the same tendency for chang, but the internal friction angle of sample 2 is generally greater than that of sample 1, so sample size has significant effects on the internal friction angle. after two dry-wet cycles, the internal friction angle of sample 3 drops little, but after the third wet-dry cycle, the internal friction angle drops rapidly, the minimum value being 6.68°, so vacuum saturation has greater effect on the internal friction angle of samples than artificial humidification. the relationship between shear strength and crack ratio (1) the relationship between cohesive force and crack ratio is shown in tab. 5 and fig. 3. with crack ratio increasing the cohesive force of samples would decrease, but the reducing tendency shows little difference. when the crack y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 604 ratios of samples 1, 2 and 3 are over 1.65%、2.77% and 2.14% respectively, the cohesion drops rapidly, which indicates that there is a threshold quantity that makes the cohesion of red clay change. the cracks of sample 2 appears earlier than those of samples 1 3. after five dry-wet cycles, the cohesion of samples 1 and 2 are about 19kpa, but the cohesion of sample 3 is only 13.77kpa. (2) number of dry-wet cycles: 1 2 3 4 5 sample 1 cohesive force / kpa 39.38 38.21 36.14 29.57 19.05 internal friction angle /° 8.82 8.56 8.49 7.88 7.26 sample 2 cohesive force / kpa 38.57 37.89 34.77 30.09 18.66 internal friction angle /° 9.76 9.29 9.03 8.56 7.12 sample 3 cohesive force / kpa 38.04 33.05 27.39 19.33 13.77 internal friction angle /° 9.06 8.66 7.69 7.13 6.68 table 4: the relationship between the number of dry-wet cycles and shear strength of test results. figure 1: the relationship between the number of dry-wet cycles and cohesive force. figure 2: the relationship between the number of dry-wet cycles and internal friction angle. (2) the relationship between the crack ratio and the internal friction angle is shown in tab. 5 and fig. 4. changes in the internal friction angle in different crack ratios are familiar to cohesive force, both having a threshold quantity. after two dry-wet cycles, the internal friction angle of sample 3 is slightly higher than that of sample 1, but after the forth wet-dry y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 605 cycle, the law reverses. after the first dry-wet cycle, the internal friction angle of sample 2 is 9.76°, the largest of the three samples. number of dry-wet cycles: 1 2 3 4 5 sample 1 crack ratio 0 1.65% 2.57% 3.27% 3.63% fractal dimension 0 0.632 0.783 1.012 1.133 cohesive force / kpa 39.38 38.21 36.14 29.57 19.05 internal friction angle /° 8.82 8.56 8.49 7.88 7.26 sample 2 crack ratio 2.25% 2.77% 3.86% 6.55% 8.03% fractal dimension 0.688 0.853 1.016 1.193 1.417 cohesive force / kpa 38.57 37.89 34.77 30.09 18.66 internal friction angle /° 9.76 9.29 9.03 8.56 7.12 sample 3 crack ratio 0 2.14% 2.92% 3.37% 3.77% fractal dimension 0 0.963 1.076 1.167 1.257 cohesive force / kpa 38.04 33.05 27.39 19.33 13.77 internal friction angle /° 9.06 8.66 7.69 7.13 6.68 table 5: test results of the relationship between crack ratio, fractal dimension and shear strength. figure 3: the relationship between crack ratio and cohesive force. figure 4: the relationship between crack ratio and internal friction angle. y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 606 the relationship between shear strength and fractal dimension (1) the relationship between fractal dimension and the cohesive force is shown in tab. 5 and fig. 5. with fractal dimension increasing, the cohesive force would decrease. when the fractal dimensions of samples 1, 2 and 3 are over 0.5, 0.85 and 0.963 respectively, the cohesion drops rapidly, and changes of cohesion in different fractal dimensions are familiar to crack ratio. but even though the mutation of the fracture in sample 3 is apparent, it cannot be observed when the fractal dimension is less than 0.963, so it is considered to have no impact on crack ratio in this situation. (2) the relationship between the fractal dimension and the internal friction angle is shown in tab. 5 and fig. 6. changes in the internal friction angle in different fractal dimensions are familiar to cohesive force, and they both have a threshold quantity. after the first wet-dry cycle, the crack of samples 1 and 3 do not appear, the fractal dimension is 0, the internal friction angle is 8.82°and 9.06°respectively. after the second wet-dry cycle, because of the different method of humidification, the fractal dimension and internal friction angle of samples 1 and 3 have different trends. due to the relatively large size, sample 2 would form the earlier fracture, with the fractal dimension having a great effect on the internal friction angle. figure 5: the relationship between fractal dimension and cohesive force. figure 6: the relationship between fractal dimension and internal friction angle. conclusion y changing the sample size and humidification method to study the effects of cracks on shear strength of red clay, this study analyzed the mechanics of red clay cracking, and the main conclusions are as follows: 1. to analyze variables such as the matrix suction in the process of fracture development in red clay, we established the mechanics model, determined the state equation of the soil cracking critical conditions, so that study of the images of soil fissures would become an analysis of the specific formula. 2. with the increase of the number of dry-wet cycles, shear strength of samples 1 and 2 would decrease. after the first dry-wet cycle, the intensity index was at its maximum. with the increase of the number of dry-wet cycles, the cohesive force of sample 3 continued to decline. 3. there is a strong correlation between the shear strength of red clay and the crack ratio. with an increase in the crack ratio, the strength curve of samples 1 and 3 are both similar to a parabola, and the change rule of the curve of sample 2 is slightly different. 4. with an increase in the fractal dimension, the intensity index will decrease, as the influence of the crack ratio on the strength index shows that the fractal dimension can be used as one of the indicators in discrimination of the crack influence on the strength of red clay. references [1] yingwen, z., lingwei, k., aiguo, g., et al., mechanical behaviors and water-sensitive properties of intact guangxi laterite, rock and soil mechanics, 04 (2003) 568-572. b y. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 599-607; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.66 607 [2] zhihong, h., lijun, z., yiling, l., et al., study on mechanical properties of red clay fracture, geotechnical investigation and surveying, 4 (2004) 9-12. [3] zhiwei, w., gengsun, w., flac simulation for progressive failure of fissured clay slope, rock and soil mechanics, 10 (2005) 116-119. [4] morris, p.h., graham, j., williams, d.j., cracking in drying soils, can geotech. j., 29 (1992) 264-277. [5] konrad, j.m., ayad, r., desiccation of a sensitive clay: field experiment observations, can geotech.j., 34 (1997) 929942. [6] preston, s., griffiths, b.s., young, i.m., an investigation into sources of soil crack heterogeneity using fractal geometry, european journal of soil science, 48 (1997) 31-37. [7] zhujiang, s., a masonry model for structured clays, rock and soil mechanics, 01 (2000) 1-4. [8] zhujiang, s., gang, d., numerical simulation of crack evolution in clay during drying and wetting cycle, rock and soil mechanics, s2 (2004) 1-6. [9] minglong, z., jianhua, w., aihua, l., test study on the effect of cyclic dry—wet process on the fatigue strength of cement-soil, china railway science, 02 (2005) 28-31. [10] jinlai, y., tian, h., jian, z., et al., change of high liquid limit clay intensity during humidification and dehumidification process of the dry-wet cycle, journal of changsha university of science and technology (natural science), 03 ( 2011) 39-43. [11] bo, z., huabin, w., wenfeng, z., et al., analysis of relationship between particle mesoscopic and macroscopic mechanical parameters of cohesive materials. rock and soil mechanics, 10 (2012) 3171-3175. [12] qing, y., jie, h., maotian, l., comparative study on shear strength of unsaturated red clay and expansive soils, rock and soil mechanics, 01 (2003) 13-16. [13] yingwen, z., ling-wei, k., aiguo, g., et al., strength properties and swelling-shrinkage behaviors of compacted lateritic clay in guangxi, rock and soil mechanics, 03 (2004) 369-373. [14] xiaoduo, o., heng, w., dong, z., comparative study on thermodynamics characteristics of red clay and expansive soils in guangxi, rock and soil mechanics, 07 (2005) 1068-1072. [15] xinglian, s., ren, w., mingjian, h., et al., triaxial strength and deformation properties of frozen silty clay under low confining pressure, rock and soil mechanics, 10 (2005) 102-106. numero_45_art_5 l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 53 fatigue life prediction of 5083 and 5a06 aluminum alloy t-welded joints based on the fatigue characteristics domain li zou, xinhua yang dalian key laboratory of welded structures and its intelligent manufacturing technology (imt) of rail transportation equipment, dalian jiaotong university, china; sichuan provincial key lab of process equipment and control, china lizou@djtu.edu.cn, yangxhdl@foxmail.com jianrong tan department of mechanical engineering and automation, zhejiang university, china tjr@cad.zju.edu.cn hongji xu, yibo sun dalian key laboratory of welded structures and its intelligent manufacturing technology (imt) of rail transportation equipment, dalian jiaotong university, china xuhongji@djtu.edu.cn, yibo_sun@126.com abstract. three-point bending fatigue test of 5083 and 5a06 aluminum alloy t-welded joints is carried out, and the fatigue life of the specimens with different influencing factors are obtained. finite element model of the twelded joint is established and the nodal force based structural stress is calculated. neighborhood rough set theory is used for analysis of the factors which influence the fatigue life of the aluminum alloy welded joints. key influencing factors are studied and the fatigue characteristic domains are determined. the master s-n curve characterized by the nodal force based structural stress range and cycles to failure on bi-logarithmic coordinate as well as s-n curves corresponding to the fatigue characteristic domain are fitted. a case study of fatigue life prediction of 5a06 aluminum alloy welded joint indicates the effectiveness of the fatigue life prediction method based on the fatigue characteristic domain. keywords. fatigue life; welded joints; fatigue characteristic domain. citation: zou, l., yang, x., tan, j., xu, h., sun, y., fatigue life prediction of 5083 and 5a06 aluminum alloy t-welded joints based on the fatigue characteristic domain, 45 (2018) 53-66. received: 10.02.2018 accepted: 06.04.2018 published: 01.07.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction aster s-n curve method, also called equivalent structural stress method or nodal force based structural stress method is a new type of fatigue life prediction technology for welded structures proposed by dong etc. [1, 2] at the beginning of this century. the structural stress calculated in the master s-n curve method is mesh-m http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/45/5.mp4 l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 54 insensitive, so it is intrinsic to a given joint geometry and loading mode [3]. due to the mesh-insensitive structural stress calculation, its high precision and widely applicability, the master s-n curve method is one of the most attractive fatigue analysis engineering technologies for welded structures in the world. for example, master s-n curve in asme code is used for life evaluation for plane steel gate [4]. hong and cox [5] proposed a procedure for fatigue behavior of welded joints with multi-axial stress states by using an effective equivalent structural stress range parameter combined normal and in-plane shear equivalent structural stress ranges. they suggested that it could be generally applicable to predict the failure location and the fatigue life at welds of interest. the application of the master s-n curve approach for fatigue analysis of breathing webs through fe simulation of multiple plate girders is illustrated and the effect of initial out-of-plane displacement as an important geometrical parameter in the girders' fatigue behavior is investigated by mojgan [6]. a simplified version of master s-n curve method, which needs even less experimental input, using an assumption of constant s-n curve slope is presented by atul [7]. dong etc. have carried on the reprocessing of thousands of fatigue test results data of steel structure welded joint in the last 50 years. the master s-n curve for fatigue design based on equivalent structural stress range is determined by linear regression analysis. statistical results show that the scatter level of all s-n samples represented by standard deviations is about 0.25 [8]. in order to further reduce the scatter degree of s-n curves and to improve the fatigue life prediction accuracy, rough set theory is used for analysis of the factors which influence the fatigue life of the aluminum alloy welded joints. rough set theory (rst) [9], proposed by pawlak, has been successfully used as a new feature reduction tool to discover data dependencies and reduce the number of features contained in a dataset. the traditional rst-based feature reduction algorithms are established on the equivalence relation and only compatible for categorical datasets. discretization should be conduct when processing continuous numerical data, which would lead to losing of information [10, 11]. to overcome this drawback, many extensions of rst have been proposed, such as fuzzy rough sets [12, 13], tolerance approximate models [14, 15], covering approximate model [16, 17] and neighborhood granular model [18, 19]. among all the extensions, neighborhood rough set model can process both numerical and categorical data set via the -neighborhood set, which will not break the neighborhood and order structure of dataset in real spaces [20]. to reduce information loss, neighborhood rough set theory is used here to determine the fatigue characteristics domain. three-point bending fatigue test of 5083 and 5a06 aluminum alloy t-welded joints is carried out in this work to further demonstrate the applicability and validity of the s-n curve modeling method based on the fatigue characteristics domain. fatigue characteristic domains are determined and a set of s-n curves correspond to the different fatigue characteristic domain are obtained. statistical analysis is carried out and a case study of fatigue life prediction of 5083 aluminum alloy twelded joint is conducted. the results of case study show that the predicted result is in good agreement with the test result. methodology basic principle of the master s-n curve approach he nodal force based structural stress method is based on equilibrium-equivalent decomposition of an arbitrary stress state at a location of interest such as at weld toe (fig. 1) into an equilibrium-equivalent structural stress part and a self-equilibrating notch-stress part [3]. the equivalent structural stress is described as s m b   = + (1) figure 1: stress distribution at the weld toe.  t + = + weld toe τ ( z ) t fy mx y x z σ z =(σ b + σ m) + σ n s m b  = + l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 55 suppose l represents the length of the weld toe line, the plate thickness is t, the force vertical to the welding toe is fy, the bending moment around the welding toe is mx, fy is line force and mx is line moment, according to the mechanical formula of the material as shown in eqn. (2), the structural stress can be calculated as eqn. (3) and (4). , 1 2 6 m mfy fy x x m ba l t w l t  = = = =    (2) = / , = /f fy l m m l y x x (3) 6 2 f my x s m b t t   = + = + (4) an equivalent structural stress range parameter can be defined as: 2 1 ( )2 s s s m t i rm m   = −  (5) where s  represents the structural stress range calculated, ( )i r is a dimensionless parameter derived by fracture mechanics considerations, and m is the crack propagation exponent in the conventional paris law, taking on a value of about 3.6 [21]. it could be seen that the equivalent structural stress parameter described in eqn. (5) can capture the effects of stress concentration, plate thickness and loading mode effects on fatigue behavior of welded components. the formula for fatigue life calculation of welded joints using the equivalent structural stress s s  can be expressed as h s cn s  = (6) where n is the number of cycles which indicate the fatigue life of the structure, c is material constant and h represents the negative slope of the master s-n curve. by performing regression analysis with respect to the cycles to failure, tab. 1. summarizes the statistical parameters of the master s-n curve in terms of the mean, 1 , 2 , 3 [21]. statistical basis ferritic and stainless steels aluminum c h c h mean 19930.2 -0.32 3495.13 -0.28 +1σ (upper 68%) 23885.8 4293.19 -1σ (lower 68%) 16629.7 2845.42 +2σ (upper 95%) 28626.5 5273.48 -2σ (lower 95%) 13875.7 2316.48 +3σ (upper 99%) 34308.1 6477.60 -3σ (lower 99%) 11577.9 1885.87 table1: coefficients of master s-n curve. fatigue characteristics domain rough set theory can objectively obtain the key fatigue life influencing factors set of welded joints from the data of fatigue test specimens of welded joints. the fatigue samples with the same value of the key fatigue life influencing factors of the welded joints are distributed in a relatively independent area, which is called fatigue characteristics domain. the calculation l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 56 of weights is a quantitative description of the extent to which various key influencing factors affect fatigue life. if there are too many key fatigue life influencing factors in the neighborhood rough set attributes reduction results, the number of the key factors could be appropriately reduced by increasing the criticality threshold of the influencing factors so as to reduce the number of the fatigue characteristics domains. the basic process for determine of the fatigue characteristics domains is shown in fig. 2. figure 2: process of determining of the fatigue characteristics domain. among all the steps in the process of determining the fatigue characteristics domain, the neighborhood attributes reduction step is the most important. a forward greedy algorithm is used for attributes reduction as described in [21]. the forward greedy algorithm includes the following 7 steps. step 1: input the fatigue decision system and the attribute importance threshold ε. where u={x1,x2, ...xn} is a nonempty finite set of objects called the universe, c is the condition features set, c={a1,a2,...,an}, d is the set of decision features, and  is the neighborhood parameter( 0 1  ). for the fatigue decision system here, u is the set of all the fatigue specimens, c is the set of the fatigue life influencing factors of the welded joints, d is the fatigue life of the welded joints. step 2: for each condition attribute ia c , compute the neighborhood radius ( ) ( ) /i ia std a = , where std(ai) represents the average value of the attribute ai, and λ is a neighborhood radius calculation parameter, its value is usually between 2~4. step 3: let red → . step 4: for each eia c r d − compute the significance of ai, re re( , re , ) ( ) ( )i d ai dsig a d d d d = − where re re | | ( ) | | d d n d d u  = is attribute dependence, re re{ | ( ) , }i i id dn d x x d x u=   is the lower approximate set, ( ) { , ( , ) }ix x u x xi =    , ( , )x y is a distance function, which satisfies (1) ( , ) 0x y  ; (2) ( , ) 0x y = , if and only if x=y; (3) ( , ) ( , )x y y x =  ; (4) ( , ) ( , ) ( , )x y y z x z +    . step 5: select the attribute ak with the maximum significance value in the conditional attribute sets. step 6: determine whether the significance value of the attribute ak is greater than the given threshold value, if it is true then go to step 4, otherwise go to step 7. step 7: return the reduction results red, exit. begin data preprocessing fatigue decision system of the welded joints neighborhood attributes reduction fatigue characteristics domains key influencing factors of fatigue life fatigue database of the welded joints weights calculation end l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 57 experiment hree-point bending fatigue experiment is carried out to test the fatigue life of specimens. first of all, material of the specimens and welding technology are introduced, then the three-point bending fatigue test of aluminum alloy t-welded joints is described, after that finite element model of t-joint is established, hot spot stress is calculated and equivalent structural stress transformation is accomplished. master s-n curve for design together with the s-n curves cluster according to the fatigue characteristic domain are fitted. finally, the s-n curve cluster and the master s-n curve are compared and a case study is analyzed. material of the specimens materials of the specimens used in the experiment are 5083 and 5a06 aluminum alloy. these two kinds of aluminum alloy belong to non-heat treatment aluminum alloy material in al-mg alloy. the chemical composition and mechanical properties of the materials are shown in tab. 2 and tab. 3 respectively. the welding material is 5183 aluminum alloy welding wire and the diameter of the welding wire is 1.2 mm. the chemical composition of deposited metal is shown in tab. 4, and the protective gas used is ar. material brand si fe cu mn mg cr zn ti al 5083 measured 0.1 0.25 0.04 0.62 4.68 0.11 0.02 0.10 other standard ≤0.40 ≤0.40 ≤0.10 0.40~1.0 4.0~4.9 0.05~0.25 ≤0.25 ≤0.15 other 5a06 measured 0.15 0.25 0.05 0.62 6.54 / 0.02 0.04 other standard ≤0.40 ≤0.40 ≤0.10 0.50~0.80 5.8~6.8 / ≤0.20 0.02~0.10 other table 2: chemical composition of test materials (%). material brand thickness /mm tensile test bend test hardness hb rm /mpa rp0.2 /mpa a /% bend diameter /mm bend angle /° result 5083 6 350 220 17.5 36 180 no cracks 84.4 345 220 15.5 no cracks 10 320 192 19.5 60 180 no cracks 79.1 320 195 19.0 no cracks 5a06 6 345 177 24.5 36 180 no cracks 84.9 345 184 18.5 no cracks 12 350 166 26.0 72 180 no cracks 83.9 350 168 27.0 no cracks 16 345 154 28.0 96 180 no cracks 83.9 345 154 29.5 no cracks table 3: mechanical properties of test materials. material name si cu mn mg cr zn al 5183 0.4 0.10 0.5~1.0 4.3~5.2 0.05~0.25 0.25 other table 4: chemical composition of 5183 aluminum alloy welding wire. t l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 58 welding process mig welding method with the austria fronius welding machine is used in the experiment here. the t-welded joints specimen has k type groove, the groove angle is 55°, without leaving blunt edge, the interval is 1-2mm, tests of the tjoints made of 5083 and 5a06 aluminum alloy with different thickness are carried out respectively. x ray flaw detection is carried out after welding, and three-point bending fatigue experiment of 5a06+5083 t-joint and 5a06+5a06 t-joint are made. the relevant welding parameters of the t-joints are shown in tab.5. material thickness /mm groove form layers welding current /a welding voltage /v welding speed /mm/s gas flow /l/min x ray flaw detection rating 5a06+ 5083 16+10 k 1 210 24.2 7.0 20 ⅱ 2 240 24.8 7.45 20 3 220 26.6 4.61 20 4 220 26.6 4.56 20 5a06+ 5a06 35+16 k 1 220 26.6 7.29 20 ⅰ 2 236 24.8 7.78 20 3 220 26.6 5.93 20 4 220 26.6 5.30 20 5 220 27.4 5.30 20 6 220 27.4 4.86 20 table 5: welding parameters of t-welded joints. three-point bending fatigue test of t-joint the experiment is carried out in accordance with jb/t7716-95. size and shape of the specimen in the three-point bending fatigue test are shown in fig. 3. the thickness of the t-welded joint expressed as in fig. 3. in this work, the nominal value of is 8.6mm for the 5a06+5083 t-joint and it is 14.9mm for the 5a06+5a06 t-joint. plg-100 microcomputer controlled high frequency fatigue testing machine is used for the three-point bending fatigue test of t-joint. other technical specifications in the test are: the precision of the static load is ±1%, the average fluctuation of dynamic load is ±1%, the amplitude fluctuation of dynamic load is ±2%. the loading mode of the three-point bending fatigue test is shown in fig. 4. span of fulcrum of the 5a06+5a06 t-joint is 100mm, and that of the 5a06+5083 t-joint is 60 mm. vibration frequency for 5a06+5a06 t-joint is 170hz, and for 5a06+5083 t-joint, it is 160hz. during the test, when the crack size at the weld toe is large enough causing the load not to go up, automatically unload and stop vibration, then record the cycle times. the cyclic stress ratio used in the test is r=0.1, and the designated cycle life is 1×107. ten 5a06+5a06 and ten 5a06+5083 t-joints specimens are used in the three-point bending fatigue test. fatigue life data of the specimens obtained in the test are shown in tab. 6. figure 3: size and shape of the three-point bending fatigue specimen. a a l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 59 figure 4: loading mode of t-joint specimen. material specimen number load frequency (hz) max mpa cycle numbers when crack (×106) fracture location note 5a06+5083 1-1 163 75.0 0.4521 weld toe 1-2 174 70.0 0.9885 weld toe clip holding problem 1-3 171 80.0 0.2257 weld toe 1-4 151 60.0 >10 without fracture 1-5 150 70.0 2.08 weld toe 1-6 159 60.0 3.3749 weld toe 1-7 163 55.0 >10 without fracture 1-8 162 60.0 4.3542 weld toe 1-9 159 55.0 >10 without fracture 1-10 171 60.1 5.7485 weld toe 5a06+5a06 2-1 158 80.0 0.2729 weld toe 2-2 158 70.0 0.7759 weld toe 2-3 159 40.0 8.7281 weld toe 2-4 164 35 >10 without fracture 2-5 170 37.5 >10 without fracture weld toe is not fused 2-6 172 40.0 4.3287 weld toe 2-7 172 37.5 9.3184 weld toe there is a scratch 2 mm around the weld toe 2-8 170 35 >10 without fracture 2-9 170 37.5 >10 without fracture 2-10 170 40.0 6.3685 weld toe table 6: three-point bending fatigue test data of t-joints. where max is computed through eqn. (7)~(9), which is the maximum bending fatigue stress, m is the maximum bending moment,  is the anti-bending section coefficient, f is the load applied, ls is the distance between pivots, b is the width of the specimen, h is the thickness of the specimen. max m   = (7) 4 fls m = (8) l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 60 2 6 bh  = (9) finite element model of t-joints material properties used in the fe analysis are shown in tab.7 and the finite element type is c3d8r. the size of the mesh refinement will not influence the calculation result of the nodal force based structural stress and the element size is not unified here. according to the size of the specimens of 5a06+5083 t-joint and 5a06+5a06 t-joint, the corresponding finite element model is established as shown in fig. 5 and fig. 6. position of the fulcrum in the test is determined according to jbt 7716-1995. for the 5a06+5083 t-joints, the span of fulcrum is 60 mm, and for the 5a06+5a06 tjoints, the span of fulcrum is 100mm. the loading mode of the 5a06+5083 t-joint is shown in fig. 7. material density (kg/mm3) young modulus (mpa) poisson ratio 5a06 2.7e-9 71000 0.33 5083 2.72e-9 71016 0.33 5183 2.66e-9 70327 0.33 table 7: material properties. figure 5: finite element model of 5a06+5083 t-joint. figure 6: finite element model of 5a06+5a06 t-joint. figure 7: loading position of 5a06+5083 t-joint. structural stress computation abaqus software is used to simulate the 5a06+5083 t-joint and the 5a06+5a06 t-joint so that the nodal force at weld toe is computed. the detailed calculation process of structural stress and equivalent structural stress could be found in reference [1,2]. for example, the nodal force computation result of 5a06+5083 t-joint when 70max mpa = and the nodal force computation result of 5a06+5083 t-joint when 80max mpa = are shown as in fig. 8 and fig. 9. the thickness of the 5a06+5083 t-joint shown as a in fig. 3 is 8.6 mm and it is 14.9 mm for the 5a06+5a06 tjoint. l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 61 figure 8: stress results of 5a06+5083 t-joint. figure 9: stress results of 5a06+5a06 t-joint. according to the results of nodal force, verity module in the fe-safe software is used for structural stress computation and equivalent structural stress transformation at weld toe. computation results of the 5a06+5083 t-joint and 5a06+5a06 t-joint are obtained as shown in tab.8. material specimen number max mpa structural stress (mpa) equivalent structural stress range (mpa) cycle numbers when crack (×106) 5a06+5083 1-1 75 51.99 81.19 0.4521 1-3 80 55.45 86.61 0.2257 1-5 70 48.52 75.78 2.08 1-7 60 41.59 64.95 4.3542 1-9 60 41.59 64.95 3.7642 1-11 60.1 42.28 66.04 5.7485 5a06+5a06 2-1 80 74.75 129.69 0.2729 2-2 60 56.06 97.27 1.3366 2-3 50 46.72 81.06 2.3358 2-4 40 37.38 64.85 8.7281 2-7 40 37.38 64.85 4.3287 2-11 40 37.38 64.85 6.3685 table 8: computation results of structural stress and equivalent structural stress range. results master s-n curve for fatigue design ccording to the results of three-point bending fatigue test and the data collected from related literatures [22-25], fatigue database of aluminum alloy welded joints is established. some of the data in the database are shown in the following tab.9. there are 76 samples in the database including 7 types of materials, 4 kinds of welding methods, 6 types of plate thickness whose range is from 2.5mm to 16mm, three cases of stress ratio including 0, 0.1 and 0.5, 3 kinds of loading type including tensile(t), four point bending (4b) and three-point bending(3b), 3 kinds of joint type including t-joints, lap joints and butt joints. the fatigue test data of aluminum alloy welded joints is analyzed by using matlab software, and s-n curve is expressed in the form of . on bi-logarithmic coordinate, mean s-n curve of the test samples based on lg lgs a b n= + a l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 62 equivalent structural stress range is fitted by using least square method as mean1 in fig. 10. mean of the master s-n curve defined in tab. 1 is shown as mean2 in fig. 10. goodness-of-fit statistics of master s-n curve by using eq.ss range is shown in tab.10. for more detailed about the definition of sse, r-square, adjusted r-square and rmse, please see reference [26]. figure 10: master s-n curve based on eq. ss range. material type welding method thickness (mm) ratio loading type joint type equivalent structural stress range(mpa) life cycles 5083 h11 mig 10 0.1 4b tj:p 187.6994 29250 5083 h11 mig 10 0.1 4b tj:p 160.8852 55000 almg4mncr gmaw 2.5 0.1 t lj_ss:p 154.7135 20540 almg4mncr gmaw 2.5 0.1 t lj_ss:p 85.0924 121730 almgsi1 (6082) tig 3 0 t lj_ds:p 294.1392 13250 almgsi1 (6082) tig 3 0 t lj_ds:p 159.7613 85920 np5/6 manual arc 4.76 0 t sj_ds:p 154.9481 90000 hp30 manual arc 4.76 0 t sj_ds:p 116.2111 188000 5a06+5083 mig 10 0.1 3b t 81.19 452100 5a06+5a06 mig 16 0.1 3b t 129.69 272900 table 9: fatigue data of aluminum alloy welded joints. mean value sse 0.4389 r-square 0.7929 adjusted r-square 0.7901 rmse 0.0770 table 10: goodness-of-fit statistics of master s-n curve by using eq.ss range. expression of the mean s-n curve of aluminum alloy welded joint based on the eq.ss range obtained in the experiment is shown as the following eqn.(10). l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 63 lg 3.144 0.2018 lgs n = − (10) s-n curves cluster based on fatigue characteristic domain neighborhood fatigue decision system is constructed according to the established fatigue database of aluminum alloy welded joints. feature reduction of this neighborhood fatigue decision system is accomplished by using the forward greedy algorithm. the reduction result we get in the experiment is {material type, ratio, equivalent structural stress range}. accordingly, fatigue characteristic domain is divided based on the reduction result and we get the 8 fatigue characteristic domains from s1 to s8. in domain s1, material type is 5083h11 and ratio is 0.1. in domain s2, material type is 5083h11 and ratio is 0.5. in domain s3, material type is almg4mncr and ratio is 0.1. in domain s4, material type is almgsi1(6082) and ratio is 0. in domain s5, material type is np5/6 and ratio is 0. in domain s6, material type is hp30 and ratio is 0. in domain s7, material type is 5a06+5083 and ratio is 0.1. in domain s8, material type is 5a06 and ratio is 0.1. sn curves are fitted in each fatigue characteristic domain, and the s-n curves cluster we get in the experiment are shown in fig. 11. where mean7 and mean8 corresponds to the 5a06+5083 and the 5a06+5a06 t-joints respectively. goodness-offit statistics of mean7 and mean8 are shown in tab. 11. figure 11: s-n curve cluster based on the fatigue characteristic domain. mean7 mean8 sse 0.0012 0.0029 r-square 0.9202 0.9555 adjusted r-square 0.9002 0.9406 rmse 0.0173 0.0311 table 11: goodness-of-fit statistics of mean7-mean8. the s-n curve equation of mean7 and mean8 are shown as the following (11) and (12). (11) (12) from the process of the determination of the fatigue characteristic domains we could see that neighborhood rough set reduction result is the foundation of determination of fatigue characteristic domains. by using neighborhood rough set theory, we don’t depend on any prior knowledge to achieve the classification of the welded joint fatigue samples. each lg 2.426 0.0907 lgs n = − lg 3.302 0.2183lgs n = − l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 64 class of welded joint fatigue test samples forms a relatively independent sample space, which is called fatigue characteristic domain. s-n curve cluster could be obtained by fitting the s-n curve in each fatigue characteristic domain. the fatigue life of welded joints is evaluated based on the fitted s-n curve cluster, which can further reduce the dispersion degree of fatigue test samples and improve the prediction accuracy of fatigue life of welded joints. it could be seen from fig. 11, under semi-log coordination, fatigue test samples of aluminum alloy welded joints with different types of materials, under different stress ratio distributed in a relatively independent space, which is called the fatigue characteristic domain. s-n curve cluster is obtained by fitting the s-n curve in each fatigue characteristic domain, mean1~mean8. from tab.10 and tab. 11, we could find that sse and rmse of mean7 and mean8 are both smaller than that of the mean, while r-square and adjusted r-square of mean7 and mean8 are both closer to 1 than that of the mean. smaller sse and rmse, bigger r-square and adjusted r-squares indicate that s-n curves fitted based on the characteristic domain have better performance and higher prediction accuracy. case study to further verify the effectiveness of the fatigue life prediction method based on the fatigue characteristics domain, under the same experiment conditions, take one 5a06+5a06 t-joint specimen as example. the three-point bending fatigue test of the welded joint is carried out. fatigue life prediction of the t-joint by using master s-n curve is compared with the prediction value by using s-n curve mean8 based on the fatigue characteristic domain and the actual value obtained in the fatigue test. the number of cycles to failure of the specimen is 249363 according to eqn. (10) and it is 516050 by using eqn. (12). comparison result show that fatigue life prediction value of the t-joint by using s-n curve mean8 is in better agreement with the experiment results than by using the master s-n curve. actual fatigue life of the test case is shown in tab. 12. material type welding method thickness (mm) ratio loading type joint type equivalent structural stress range (mpa) life cycles 5a06+5a06 mig 16 0.1 3b t 113.48 775900 table 12: fatigue test data of aluminum alloy t-welded joints. discussion and conclusion hree-point bending fatigue test of aluminum alloy t-welded joint of 5083 and 5a06 is carried out. the finite element model of t-joints is established, and the equivalent structural stress is calculated. the master s-n curve for fatigue design and the s-n curves cluster in different fatigue characteristic domains are fitted according to the experimental fatigue data and the data collected from the literatures. goodness-of-fit statistics results indicate that the s-n curve cluster has higher prediction accuracy than the master s-n curve. the case study of fatigue life prediction of 5a06+5a06 aluminum alloy t-welded joint specimen show fatigue life prediction by using the s-n curves cluster is in better agreement with the experimental results. neighborhood rough set theory could find the core factors which influence the fatigue life of the aluminum alloy twelded joints from the data itself without any prior experience. fatigue characteristics domain of aluminum alloy twelded joints could be determined based on reduction results of the neighborhood rough set theory. the result of the case study show that the dispersion level of fatigue samples is further reduced and the fatigue life prediction accuracy is further improved. future work will be concentrated on the further validation of the fatigue life prediction method based on the fatigue characteristics domain in the practical engineering. acknowledgements he authors would like to thank all the reviewers for their constructive comments. this research was supported by national science foundation of liaoning province (2015020169) and liaoning provincial education department project(jdl2017025). and the open project program of sichuan provincial key lab of process equipment and control(gk201815). t t l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 65 references [1] dong, p., hong j. k., osage d. et al. (2013). assessment of asme’s fsrf rules for vessel and piping welds using a new structural stress method, welding in the world, 47, pp. 31-43.doi:10.1007/bf03266376. [2] dong, p. (2001). a structural stress definition and numerical implementation for fatigue analysis of welded joints, international journal of fatigue, 23 865-876. doi:10.1016/s0142-1123(01)00055-x. [3] dong, p. and hong j. k. (2013). the master s-n curve approach to fatigue of piping and vessel welds, welding in the world, 48, pp. 28-36. doi:10.1007/bf03266411. [4] guo, h. g., zhang, j., zhang, y. et al. (2013). structural stress based fatigue analysis method for plane steel gate, advanced materials research, 838-841, pp. 314-318. doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.838-841.314. [5] hong, j. k. and cox, a. (2017). application of weld fatigue evaluation procedure for considering multi -axial stress states using the battelle structural stress method, proceedings of the sae world congress experience, wcx™ 17: sae world congress experience. doi:10.4271/2017-01-0338. [6] yaghoubshahi, m., alinia, m. m. and milani, a. s. (2017). master s-n curve approach to fatigue prediction of breathing web panels, journal of constructional steel research, 128, pp.789-799. doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2016.10.015. [7] jain, a., paepegem, w. v., verpoest, i. and lomov, s. v. (2016). a feasibility study of the master sn curve approach for short fiber reinforced composites, international journal of fatigue, 91, pp. 264-274. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.06.015. [8] dong, p., prager, m. and osage, d. (2013). the design master s-n curve in asme div 2 rewrite and its validations, welding in the world, 51, pp. 53-63. doi: 10.1007/bf03266573. [9] pawlak, z. (1984). rough classification, international journal of man-machine studies, 51, pp. 469-483. doi:10.1006/ijhc.1983.0315. [10] wen, l. y., min, f. and wang, s. y. (2017). a two-stage discretization algorithm based on information entropy, applied intelligence, 47, pp. 1-17. doi:10.1007/s10489-017-0941-0. [11] luo, j., xue, q. and tang, z. w. (2013). research on attribute discretization for combat simulation data, computer simulation, 30, pp. 26-13. (in chinese) [12] feng, t., fan, h. t. and mi, j. s. (2017). uncertainty and reduction of variable precision multigranulation fuzzy rough sets based on three-way decisions, international journal of approximate reasoning, 85, pp. 36-58. doi: 10.1016/j.ijar.2017.03.002. [13] feng, t. and mi, j. s. (2016). variable precision multigranulation decision-theoretic fuzzy rough sets, knowledgebased systems, 91, pp. 93-101. doi:10.1016/j.knosys.2015.10.007. [14] rahimi, a., benini, l. and gupta, r. k. (2017). from variability tolerance to approximate computing in parallel integrated architectures and accelerators, springer, switzerland. [15] kiapour, a., naghizadeh and qomi m. (2017), an approximate tolerance interval for the size-biased poissonlindley random variable, 10, pp. 299-316. doi:10.18869/acadpub.jss.10.2.299. [16] tripathy, b. k. and parida, s. k. (2017). covering based pessimistic multigranular approximate rough equivalences and approximate reasoning, first international conference on sci 2016. doi: 10.1007/978-981-10-5544-7_30. [17] lin, g. and li, j. (2011). a covering-based pessimistic multigranulation rough set. 7th international conference on intelligent computing, pp. 673-680. doi: 10.1007/978-3-642-24553-4_89. [18] zhang, j., li t., da r. and liu d. (2012). neighborhood rough sets for dynamic data mining, international journal of intelligent systems, 27, pp. 317-342. doi:10.1002/int.21523. [19] shakiba, a. and hooshmandasl, m. r. (2015). neighborhood system s -approximation spaces and applications, knowledge & information systems, 49, pp. 749-794. doi:10.1007/s10115-015-0913-9. [20] hu, q., yu d., liu j. and wu c. (2008). neighborhood rough set based heterogeneous feature subset selection, information sciences, 178(18), pp. 3577-3594. doi:10.1016/j.ins.2008.05.024. [21] dong, p., osage, d. a., prager, m. (2002). master s-n curve method for fatigue evaluation of welded components, welding research council bulletin, 47, pp. 41-44. [22] cruz, j. a. m. p. d., costa, j. d. m., borrego, l. f. p. and ferreira j. a. m. (2000). fatigue life prediction in almgsi1 lap joint weldments, international journal of fatigue, 22 , pp. 601-610. doi:10.1016/s01421123(00)00023-2. [23] beretta, s. and sala, g. (2004). a model for fatigue strength of welded lap joints, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 28, pp. 257-264. doi:10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00849. l. zou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 53-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.05 66 [24] sidhom, n., laamouri, a., fathallah, r., braham, c. and lieurade, h. p. (2005). fatigue strength improvement of 5083 h11 al-alloy t-welded joints by shot peening: experimental characterization and predictive approach, international journal of fatigue, 27, pp. 729-745. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.02.00. [25] sidhom, n., braham, c. and lieurade, h. p. (2007). fatigue life evaluation of shot peened al-alloys 5083 h11 t-welded joints by experimental and numerical approaches, welding in the world, 51 , pp. 50-57. doi:10.1007/bf03266548. [26] zou, l., yang, x., tan, j. et al. (2017). s-n curve modeling method of aluminum alloy welded joints based on the fatigue characteristics domain, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 40, pp. 137-148. doi:10.3221/igf-esis.40.12. microsoft word numero_41_art_21.docx f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 149 focused on crack tip fields effect of numerical parameters on plastic ctod f.v. antunes, r. simões, r. branco, p. prates university of coimbra, portugal fernando.ventura@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0336-4729 www_rafael_inc@hotmail.com ricardo.branco@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2471-1125 pedro.prates@dem.uc.pt, http:// orcid.org/0000-0001-7650-9362 abstract. fatigue crack growth (fcg) is associated with irreversible and non-linear processes happening at the crack tip. this explains different problems observed in the use of da/dn-k curves, namely the inability to explain stress ratio and load history effects. the replacement of k by nonlinear crack tip parameters, namely the crack tip opening displacement (ctod) is an interesting alternative. however, the determination of ctod, using the finite element method, depends on different numerical parameters, not sufficiently studied so far. the objective here is to study the effect of these parameters on plastic ctod, and therefore on da/dn-ctodp curves. a transient behaviour was found at the beginning of numerical crack propagation which is linked to the formation of residual plastic wake. therefore, a minimum number of crack increments is required to obtain stabilized values. on the other hand, the predicted ctodp decreases with the distance to crack tip. close to the crack tip, sensitivity to the measured values is much higher, but it also exists at remote positions. in addition, the mesh has a relatively low influence on ctodp. finally, the effect of the number of load cycles between crack increments greatly depends on material properties. keywords. crack tip opening displacement (ctod); plastic ctod; finite element method; numerical parameters. citation: antunes, f.v., simões, r., branco, r., prates, p., effect of numerical parameters on plastic ctod, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he analysis of fatigue crack propagation is usually conducted by relating the crack advance per unit cycle, da/dn, to the stress intensity factor range, k. nevertheless, da/dn-k relations have several limitations, namely: (i) such curves are completely phenomenological, not derived from physics, and the fitting parameters have units with no physical justification; (ii) such curves are only valid in the small-scale yielding range; (iii) and da/dn depends on t f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 150 other parameters, including the stress ratio and the load history. in order to overcome the difficulties related to the application of k to the analysis of fatigue crack growth, several concepts have been proposed, namely crack closure, partial crack closure, t-stress or the cjp model. in authors’ opinion, the linear elastic k parameter must be replaced by non-linear crack tip parameters, because fatigue crack growth is effectively linked to non-linear processes happening at the crack tip. different parameters have been proposed to quantify crack tip plastic deformation, namely the plastic strain range, the energy dissipated around the crack tip and the crack opening displacement (cod) 1. the crack opening displacement (cod) is a classical parameter in elastic-plastic fracture mechanics, still widely used nowadays [2]. it has also great importance for fatigue analysis. crack tip blunting under maximum load and re-sharpening of the crack-tip under minimum load were used to explain fatigue crack growth under cyclic loading [3]. additionally, it was shown by various authors that there is a relationship between the striation spacing (related to the amplitude of crack tip blunting over a full fatigue cycle) and the crack growth rate [4]. the experimental measurement of cod is usually made remotely to crack tip. in ct specimens an extensometer with blades is used to measure the opening of the specimen at the edge, usually called crack mouth opening displacement (cmod). in the m(t) specimen a pin extensometer is placed at the center of the specimen, fixed in two small holes to avoid sliding. however, optical techniques have been gaining increased relevance. nevertheless, the crack tip opening displacement, ctod, has only been measured numerically or analytically. in the finite element analysis, the displacement of the first node behind the crack tip is generally used as an operational ctod [5]. the crack profiles also express the crack opening displacements, and are interesting to analyze the effect of load history. in a previous work [6], da/dn was related with the range of plastic ctod, ctodp, for the 7050-t6 aluminum alloy. it was found to be a viable and interesting alternative to k, since it is a local parameter that quantifies crack tip plastic deformation, which is expected to control fatigue crack growth. additionally, it includes naturally the effect of crack closure and fatigue threshold. the relation between the numerical ctodp and the experimental da/dn values was used to predict fatigue crack growth rates for other loading conditions. the ctodp was predicted numerically at the first node behind crack tip, at a distance of 8 m from it. however, there are several numerical parameters which may affect by the magnitude of plastic ctod, and therefore of da/dn versus ctodp relations. the objective here is to study the effect of these parameters on ctodp, namely the measurement node behind crack tip, the crack propagation, the finite element mesh, and the number of load cycles between crack increments. numerical model he specimen geometry studied was a middle-tension specimen, having w=60 mm, and a small thickness (t=0.2 mm) in order to obtain a plane stress state. a straight crack was modeled, with an initial size, ao, of 5 mm (ao/w=0.083). since the specimen is symmetric about three orthogonal planes, only 1/8 was simulated considering proper boundary conditions. pure plane strain state was also modeled constraining out-of-plane deformation. the materials considered in this research were the 6016-t4 (ys=124 mpa) and 6082-t6 (ys=238 mpa) aluminum alloys. the mechanical behaviour was represented using an isotropic hardening model described by a voce type equation:     p ys (1 ) nv saty r e (1) combined with a non-linear kinematic hardening model described by a saturation law:               p , 0x satc x σ x x x x 0 (2) in the previous equations, y is the flow stress,  p is the equivalent plastic strain, ys is the initial yield stress, rsat is the saturation stress, n, cx and xsat are material constants, σ is the deviatoric stress tensor, x is the back stress tensor, and  p is the equivalent plastic strain rate. an anisotropic yield criterion, defined by a quadratic function, was considered:                        2 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2yy zz zz xx xx yy yz zx xyf g h l m n (3) t f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 151 where xx ,  yy , zz , xy , xz and  yz are the components of the effective stress tensor (  σ σ x ) defined in the orthotropic frame; and f=0.5998, g=0.5862, h=0.4138, l=1.2654, m=1.2654, and n=1.2654 are the coefficients that characterize the material orthotropic behaviour. the material constants, determined for 6016-t4 aluminium alloy, are: ys =124 mpa, rsat=291 mpa, n= 9.5, cx= 146.5 and xsat= 34.90 mpa. for the 6082-t6 aluminium alloy, the material constants obtained were 0 = 238.15 , = 249.37 , n= 0.01, = 244.44, and = 83.18 . the finite element model of the m(t) specimen had a total number of 6639 linear isoparametric elements and 13586 nodes. the finite element mesh was refined near the crack tip, having 88 m2 elements there. only one layer of elements was considered along the thickness. crack propagation was simulated by successive debonding of nodes at minimum load. each crack increment corresponded to one finite element and two load cycles were applied between increments. in each cycle, the crack propagated uniformly over the thickness by releasing both current crack front nodes. a total number of 320 load cycles were applied, corresponding to a total crack propagation of a=(160-1)8 m=1272 m. note that the first two load cycles were applied without crack increment, i.e., at a=5 mm. a wide range of constant amplitude tests was considered. the remote stresses can be obtained by dividing the loads by the area of cross section, i.e., =f/a, being a=300.1 mm2. the numerical simulations were performed with the three-dimensional elasto-plastic finite element program (dd3imp). this software was originally developed to model deep drawing, and was adapted to study picc due to its great competence in the modeling of plastic deformation. the ctod was measured at the first node behind crack tip, i.e., 8 m from crack tip. further details of the numerical procedure may be found in previous publications of the authors 1,6. numerical results effect of measurement point ig. 1a presents typical results of ctod versus load. the ctod was measured after 160 crack propagations (a=1.272 mm), at nodes 1 and 5 behind crack tip. the load is quantified by the remote stress. the first node behind crack tip (node 1) is closed at minimum load (a) and only opens when the load reaches point b, which is the crack opening load. after opening, ctod increases linearly with load, but after point c, there is some deviation from linearity, which indicates the occurrence of plastic deformation. the maximum ctod occurs at point d, which corresponds to the maximum applied load. the fifth node behind crack tip (node 5) has higher levels of ctod as could be expected. the crack opens at point e, at a load lower than observed for node 1. in fact, the crack opens progressively, therefore node 1 is the last node to open. in the region e-f, the crack opens progressively from node 5 to node 1, and only after point e it is totally open. after the opening of node 1 there is a second linear region, but with a slope higher than in region ef, which indicates a lower rigidity. the plastic deformation starts at point g, increasing progressively up to the maximum load (h). after the maximum load, there is also a linear variation of ctod with load decrease. with subsequent load decrease, reversed plastic deformation starts and the crack closes again. matos and nowell 7 studied nodes 1 and 2 behind crack tip. the displacements obtained at node 2 were higher than those obtained with node 1, as could be expected. the same global aspect was observed, however the plastic deformation obtained by them is significantly higher, since the elastic regimes are relatively short. they studied the ti-6al-4v titanium alloy, assuming an elastic perfect plastic behaviour, and used 5 or 10 m elements near the crack tip. however, only the plastic variation of ctod is relevant for the study of fatigue crack propagation, since this phenomenon is linked to irreversible mechanisms. fig. 1b plots the variation of ctodp for different nodes behind crack tip. for each node, there is a progressive increase of plastic ctod up to the maximum load. the maximum ctodp decreases with the departure of measurement point from crack tip. the load corresponding to the onset of plastic deformation can be used to calculate the fatigue threshold. as can be seen in fig. 1b, the same fatigue threshold is obtained at different measurement points behind crack tip. fig. 2 presents the variation of plastic ctod range with distance to crack tip, d. there is a sharp decrease of ctodp immediately behind crack tip. this variation is particularly relevant up to a distance of 100 m behind crack tip. the increase of d reduces the rate of variation, however, a slight decrease is always observed, at least for the range of d values studied. note also that there is a great difference between the first value, obtained at a distance of 8 m behind crack tip (ctodp=0.35 m), and the value measured at a distance of 640 m behind crack tip (ctodp=0.086 m). in other words, and predictably, the numerical predictions of ctodp are quite sensitive to the position of measurement point relatively to the crack tip. f f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 152 figure 1: (a) ctod versus load. (b) plastic ctod versus load (6082-t6 aa; plane stress). an additional measurement was made at the center of the m(t) specimen, which replicates the experimental measurement made with a pin extensometer. the measurement point has coordinates: x=0, y= 1.75 mm. therefore, it is at a distance of 6.5 mm from the crack tip (x=6.272 mm, y=0). the corresponding values of ctodp are significantly lower than those obtained at a distance less than 1 mm from crack tip. this seems to indicate that sensitivity relatively to the measurement point always decrease with distance d. anyway, the measurement at a quite remote position is able to capture some plastic deformation, which is remarkable. similar trends were obtained for all the other loads and materials studied. the same trend was also obtained for plane strain state. note that the values of ctodp presented are relatively small, lower than 1 m. this is certainly a challenge for the experimental determination of plastic ctod. effect of crack propagation in the numerical simulation of fcg, there is a transient behaviour at the beginning of crack propagation. in fact, some crack propagation is required to stabilize the plastic deformation at the crack tip. fig. 3a presents the variation of ctodp with crack increment, a. the first values are relatively high, which can be explained by the low hardening of the material and by the relatively low values of crack closure. initially the material is virgin in terms of plastic deformation, and, as could be expected, predictions tend to stabilize, as the crack propagates. as can be seen in fig. 3a, a propagation a=552 m, which corresponds to 70 crack increments of 8 m, is enough to stabilize the predictions of ctodp. after stabilization there is a progressive increase of plastic ctod with crack propagation, because since the tests are made at constant load, there is a progressive increase of k at the crack tip. for all load cases studied, 100 crack increments were found enough to stabilize the values, however 160 propagations were considered. the distance for stabilization increases with load range. fig. 3b shows, in the 7050-t6 aluminum alloy, the effect of stress state on ctodp versus a plots. the general behavior is similar for plane stress and plane strain states. in both cases there is an initial decrease, which is more relevant for the plane stress state. the stabilization is relatively fast, compared with that observed in fig. 3a for the aa6082-t6. after stabilization, there is a relatively fast increase of ctodp with a, particularly for plane strain state. the comparison between figs. 3a and 3b shows the importance of material behavior on the crack tip plastic deformation, here quantified by the plastic ctod. the analysis of the ctod versus load plots showed that the 7050-t6 aluminum alloy has no crack closure. effect of finite element mesh the finite element mesh is a main parameter in finite element analyses. fig. 4 shows the effect of the size of crack tip elements on the predictions of plastic ctod. there is a relatively low influence of finite element mesh on plastic ctod. this difference vanishes when the measurement point is relatively far from crack tip. this seems to indicate that the 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0 20 40 60 80 100 c t o d [ m ]  [mpa] node 5 node 1 aa e g h f b c d 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0 20 40 60 80 100 c t o d p [ m ]  [mpa] node 1 node 3 node 5 node 10 (a) (b) f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 153 predictions are robust relatively to the finite element mesh. anyway, if the ctodp is measured at the first node behind crack tip, the value measured using a mesh of 32 m is lower than that predicted with 8 m, simply because the first node is more distant. figure 2: plastic ctod range versus distance behind crack tip, d (mt specimen; a=6.272 mm; 6082-t6 aa; mesh m8; contact; plane stress; fmin=-40 n, fmax=240 n). figure 3: (a) effect of crack propagation on ctodp (aa6082-t6; node 1; plane stress; fmin=0 n, fmax=360 n). (b) effect of stress state (aa7050-t6 fmin=165 n, fmax=552 n). effect of the number of load cycles between crack increments the number of load cycles between crack increments (nlc) is another major parameter. the application of five load cycles between crack increments is closer to real fatigue crack growth rates than when are used two load cycles. figs. 5a and 5b present results for the 6082-t6 and 6016-t4, respectively. as can be seen, there is a great difference of behaviour, which indicates that material properties play a major role when the number of load cycles is being studied. in the 6016-t4 the increase of the number of load cycles decreases the values of ctodp. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 200 400 600 800  c t o d p (µ m ) d (µm) a d a x y 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0 500 1000 1500  c t o d p (µ m ) a (µm) plane strain plane tress 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 400 800 1200  c t o d p (µ m ) a (µm) ctodp ctod load f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 154 figure 4: effect of finite element mesh (aa6082-t6; plane stress; fmin=0 n, fmax=400 n). impact on da/dn predictions the effect of the measurement node on da/dn predictions was also studied. first, for the aa 7050-t6, two plots of da/dn versus ctodp were obtained using nodes 1 and 12 behind crack tip, at distances of 8 and 96 m, respectively. in addition, experimental values of da/dn in m(t) specimens were obtained, as described by antunes et al. 6. fig. 6a shows linear plots of the da/dn-ctodp values as well as models fitted to the results. node 12 gives lower values of plastic ctod, therefore the curves are on the left side of those obtained with node 1, since da/dn is the same. the models presented in fig. 6a were used to predict the effect of an overload. a numerical analysis was developed for constant amplitude loading with fmin=209 n and fmax=418 n. in a second analysis, an overload fol=627 n was applied after 80 crack increments. the plastic ctod was predicted numerically and was used to obtain the da/dn values using the models defined in fig. 6a. the results are presented in fig. 6b. the overload cycle produces a sudden increase of da/dn, followed by an important decrease to a minimum value, and, then, there is a progressive increase to the constant amplitude curves. the global aspect of these predictions are according experimental results 8. however, in sum, the node behind crack tip used to develop this study is relevant, since different results are obtained, particularly for constant amplitude tests. figure 5: effect of the number of load cycles (a) aa6082-t6; plane stress; fmin=0 n, fmax=360 n). (b) aa6016-t4; plane stress; fmin=0 n, fmax=140 n). 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 0 200 400 600 800  c t o d p (µ m ) d (µm) mesh m8 mesh m16 mesh m32 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0 200 400 600 800  c t o d p (µ m ) d (µm) nlc=5 nlc=2 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0 500 1000 1500  c t o d p (µ m ) a (µm) nlc=2 nlc=5 f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 155 figure 6: (a) effect of the node on da/dn-ctodp curves. (b) prediction of the effect of an overload. (aa7050-t6; plane strain; nlc=2; fmin=209 n, fmax=419 n; fol=627 n). conclusions he numerical predictions of ctodp are quite sensitive to the position of the measurement point relatively to the crack tip. at relatively short distances, there is a fast decrease of ctodp with departure from crack tip. at relatively large distances, there is a smooth but persistent decrease of predictions. anyway, the measurement at quite remote positions is able to capture some plastic deformation, which is remarkable. similar trends were obtained independently of load, material and stress state. the crack propagation, a, is also a major parameter. the first predictions, i.e. without significant propagation, are relatively high, which can be explained by the low hardening of the material, and by the relatively low values of crack closure. the propagation induces a relatively fast decrease of ctodp which is linked to material hardening, followed by stabilization as the residual plastic wake is formed. after stabilization, there is a progressive increase of plastic ctod with crack propagation, because there is a progressive increase of k at the crack tip. a relatively low effect of finite mesh was found, which indicates that the predictions of ctodp are robust relatively to this parameter. anyway, the increase of mesh size increases the distance of the first node behind crack tip and therefore reduces the predictions based on this node. the number of load cycles between crack increments affects the values of ctodp. however, the level of influence considerably depends on the material properties. for the 6016-t4 aluminum alloy, a strong effect was observed; while for the aa6082-t6, the influence was limited. further work is needed to understand the effect of material properties on crack tip plastic deformation, and on crack closure. aknowledgements his research is sponsored by feder funds through the program compete (under project t44950814400019113) and by national funds through fct – portuguese foundation for science and technology, under the project ptdc/ems-pro/1356/2014. one of the authors, p.a. prates, was supported by a grant for scientific research also from the portuguese foundation for science and technology (sfrh/bpd/101465/2014). all supports are gratefully acknowledged. the authors would also like to thank the dd3imp in-house code developer team for providing the code and all the support services. references [1] antunes, f.v., sousa, t., branco, r., correia, l. effect of crack closure on non-linear crack tip parameters, international journal of fatigue, 71 (2015) 53–63. t t 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 400 800 1 200 da /d n [ m /c yc le ] a[m] ol_node 1 ol_node 12 ca_node 1 ca_node 12 da/dn= 6.3445 x ctodp da/dn= 1.0608 ctodp 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 d a/ d n [ m /c yc le ] ctodp [m] node 12 node 1 f.v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 149-156; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.21 156 [2] kawabata, t., tagawa, t., sakimoto, t., kayamori, y., ohata, m., yamashita, y., tamura, e., yoshinari, h., aihara, s., minami, f., mimura, h., hagihara, y. proposal for a new ctod calculation formula, engineering fracture mechanics, 159 (2016) 16–34. [3] laird, c., smith, g.c. crack propagation in high stress fatigue, philos. mag., 8 (1962) 847–857. [4] pelloux, r.m. crack extension by alternating shear, engineering fracture mechanics, 1 (1970) 170-174. [5] wu, j., ellyin, f. a study of fatigue crack closure by elastic–plastic finite element for constant-amplitude loading. international journal of fracture, 82 (1996) 43–65. [6] antunes f.v., branco r., prates, p.a., borrego, l., fatigue crack growth modelling based on ctod for the 7050-t6 alloy, fatigue and fracture of engng materials structures, in press, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12582 [7] matos, p.f.p., nowell, d., on the accurate assessment of crack opening and closing stresses in plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure problems, eng. fract. mech., 74 (2007) 1579-1601. [8] borrego, l.p., ferreira, j.m., pinho da cruz, a. j.d.m. costa, evaluation of overload effects on fatigue crack growth and closure, eng. fract. mech., 70 (2003) 1379–1397. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_45_art_16 o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 183 the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations for a conical defect o. reut, n. vaysfeld odessa mechnikov university, institute of mathematics, economics and mechanics, ukraine reut@onu.edu.ua, vaysfeld@onu.edu.ua abstract. in this article the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations are constructed for the case of a conical defect. under a defect one considers a part of a surface (mathematical cut on the surface) when passing through which function and its normal derivative have discontinuities of continuity of the first kind. a discontinuous solution of a certain differential equation in the partial derivatives is a solution that satisfies this equation throughout the region of determining an unknown function, with the exception of the defect points. to construct such a solution the method of integral transformations is used with a generalized scheme. here this approach is applied to construct the discontinuous solution of helmholtz’s equation for a conical defect. on the base of it the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations are derived for a case of steady state loading of a medium. keywords. conical defect; helmholtz’s equation; wave potential; integral transformation; lame’s equations. citation: reut, o., vaysfeld, n., the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations for a conical defect, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190. received: 15.05.2018 accepted: 24.06.2018 published: 01.07.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he urgency of the problem of elastic waves diffraction is due to the need to take into account the presence of heterogeneities during the development of new composite materials, geophysical and seismological studies. these processes take place under dynamic loads of different nature. in order to facilitate engineering design, preliminary calculations are required on the basis of appropriate mathematical models that provide an opportunity to analyze the effects of such dynamic stress concentrators as inclusions, cavities, cracks, holes, etc. on the other hand, the problems of elastic wave diffraction are one of the classical problems of the mechanics of deformable bodies. the construction of their analytical solutions, analysis of wave fields in the vicinity of t defects constitute a broad class of problems whose decompositions require the involvement of complex mathematical apparatus. the development of this mathematical apparatus has been carried out by many scientists [1-14]. one of the powerful methods for solving problems of wave diffraction on defects of various forms is the method of discontinuous solutions. this method was created by g. ya. popov [15]. he gave a definition of a discontinuous solution of the differential equation in partial derivatives, namely: a discontinuous solution of a certain differential equation in partial derivatives is such a solution that satisfies this equation throughout the region of determining an unknown function, with the exception of the defect points, in the transition through which an unknown function has discontinuities with jumps of the unknown function itself and its normal derivative. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/45/35.mp4 o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 184 the jumps of the function and its normal derivative are given by the conditions of the original problem, both are established under certain conditions of the problem solving. under a defect one must understand a part of a surface (mathematical cut on the surface) when passing through which function and its normal derivative have discontinuities of continuity of the first kind. g.ya. popov proposed a method for constructing such solutions for defects and bodies, described in the orthogonal curvilinear coordinate systems. it is essential, corresponding to this method, to construct a discontinuous solution of a helmholtz’s equation (or the laplace equation in a static statement of a problem) and to further construct discontinuous solutions of the equations of motion (or equilibrium equations respectively). it is possible to realize this thanks to formulas connecting the wave potentials with the displacements and stress. in [15] the solutions of elasticity static problems were constructed for linear, circular, spherical and cylindrical defects. the method of discontinuous solutions was extended to the problem of wave diffraction in papers [16-18]. in [19] the method of discontinuous solutions is extended to the defect of an arbitrary form. the novelty of the proposed paper is in the construction of the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations for a conical defect in the case of a steady state loading. as a first stage of the solution deriving, a discontinuous solution of the helmholtz equation for a case of a conical shape defect is constructed. the special scheme is proposed to find the unknown jumps of the displacements and stress. the derived formulae of lame’s equations discontinuous solutions can be applied for the solving of the boundary problems of elasticity for the different types of the conical defects, such as a crack, a thin inclusion adherent with a medium, partially adherent inclusion etc. for the case of an axisymmetric problem for a conical defect all obtained formulae are substantially simplified. statement of the problem et’s consider an acoustic medium containing a conical defect whose surface is described in a spherical coordinate system by the correspondences: , 0 ,a r b            (1) the steady-state oscillations of the media are described by the helmholtz equation        2 2 2' , , ' , , , , 0 i r r r r r c                   (2) here    , , , , , i tr t r e       , c is the wave’s speed in the acoustic medium. here it was agreed to disregard the designation "tilda" over a letter and to introduce the following new notations 2 2 2 2 i q c c         , where  is the frequency of the incident wave,     2 2 sin , , , , sin sin r r               , (here the point over the letter denotes a derivative with regard to a second variable). the aim is the deriving of the discontinuous solution of the eqn. (2) for the defect (1) located in acoustic medium. deriving of the discontinuous solution in the transformation domain he integral fourier transformation is applied to the equation with regard of variable     , , ,inn r e r d            (3) in the transformation’s domain (3) the eqn. (2) takes a form l t o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 185       2 2 2' , ' , , 0n n n nr r r r q r           2 2 2 sin , , sin sin n n n rn r            (4) a change of variables x r q  was done in the eqn. (4). it was rewritten with the new variables in the following form 2 2' , ' , , 0n n n n x x x x x q q q                              (5) the kantorovich-lebedev integral transformation with regard to variable x is applied to the equality (5)     0 ,in n k x x dx qx                (6) in the transformations (6) domain the eqn. (5) can be reformulated as    2 1 0 4 n n n              (7) there is no possibility to apply the integral legendre transformation by the usual scheme to the eqn. (7) because there are discontinuities of the function  n  and its derivative when   . the jumps have the following form 0 0 , , , 0, , 0, , , , , , , x x x q q q x x q qx q                                                                     (8) the integral legendre’s transformation is applied to the eqn. (7) by the generalized scheme [15]     0 cos sinnn k n kp d          (9) it leads to the linear algebraic equation in the transformations (3), (6), (9) domain           22 cos1 / 2 sin cos n n k n k n k n dp k p d                             we will accept the designation    cos cosn nk kdp dp d d         in future. here o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 186       0 , , , , n i in n x qk x e d dx x x q                                             finally, we derive the expression for the function’s transformation n k through the transformations of its jump and the jump of its normal derivative           22 sin cos cos 1/ 2 n n n k n k n k p p t k               (10) deriving the final formula he inverse legendre’s transformation is applied to (10)    cosnn kn k n k k n p         (11) where      1/ 2 ! ! kn k k n k n      then the inverse kantorovich-lebedev transformation is applied to the obtained expression       0 , in n k xx sh d q x                bearing in mind that the expressions for the transformations of the wave potential jumps and its normal derivative have the following form       0 , , n n i n n q k d q                                         in the fourier’s transformation domain, the wave potential has the following form               22 0 0 , sin cos 1/ 2 cos , cos , n i i n kn k k n n n k n k n sh k x kx p q xk p p d d q q                                                      the integral in the last formula is known [ 2.16.52(11), 20] t o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 187         1 2 2 12 0 ( ) ( ),2 ( , ) , 1/ 2 2 ( ) ( ),1/ 2 i i k j q h xq xsh k x k i j x d k x j xq h q xk                                the discontinuous solution can be simplified 0 ( , ; , ) , sin ( , ( , ; , ) , ) , ,nn n n n g xx g x d x rq q q q q                                          (12) here    ( , ; , ) cos cos ( , )n nn kn k k k k n g x p p j x           . it was stated that the limit values of the wave potential near the branches of the defect (1) have the form 0 1 , 0 , 2 ( , ; , ) sin ( , , ( , ; , ) ) , , 0 0 n n n n n n x x q q g x g x d x rq q q q                                                           these formulas are derived by the use of the known facts of potential theory such as a discontinuity of a double layer’s potential and normal derivative of plane layer potential. the application of inverse integral fourier’s transformation to formula (12) completes the construction of discontinuous solution of helmholtz’s equation. construction of the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations ccordingly to the discontinuous solution method [15] to derive the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations, one must find the formulae expressing the jumps of the wave potentials and their derivatives through the jumps of the displacements and stress. the wave potential functions    , , , , , , 1, 2jr r j      satisfy the helmholtz’s eqns. (2) with the velocities 1 2,c c correspondently. well known formulas in the fourier’s transformation domain (3) are written in the form [11]: 1 2( , ) ( , ) ( , )n n n nu r r r r        , 1 12 1( , ) ( ( , ) ( ( , )) ) sin ( ) ( , )n n n nv r r r r r in r              , (13) 1 2 1( , ) ( sin ) ( ( , ) ( ( , )) ) ( , )n n n nw r in r r r r r            , here ( , ) ( , ), ( , ) ( , ), ( , ) ( , )n n nr n n nu r u r u r v r u r w r         . the stress transformations are expressed through the displacements and hence through the wave potentials as well. to use the discontinuous solution of the helmholtz’s eqn. (2) derived earlier, the jumps’ transformations of the wave functions    , , , , 1, 2n jnr r j    should be expressed through the jumps of the stress and displacements. this procedure is enough complicated, so here its scheme is shown. one must use such equalities 22 2 ( , ) ( , ),n n c nr l r     1( , ) ( , ),n n c nr l r     2 2 2 2( )cl y r y r c    . with regard of these formulas, it is possible to express the jumps of the mechanical characteristic through the jumps of the wave potentials: a o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 188 2 1 2( , ) ( , ) ( , )n n c nu r r r l r       1 1 2 1( , ) ( ( , ) ( ( , ) ) ) sin ( , )n n n nv r r r r r in r              1 2 1( , ) ( sin ) ( ( , ) ( ( , ) ) ) ( , )n n n nw r in r r r r r            (14) 2 1 *( , ) 2 ( ( , ) ( ( , ) ( , ) )),n n n nr g q r r v r u r           1 1( , ) ( ( ( , ) ) ( , ) ),rn n nr g r r v r r u r        ( , ) ( ( , ) ( , ) cos ( , ) )n n n nr r g w r ctgw w r in ec v r         in the formulae (14) the jump ( , )nv r   should be excluded. the volume expansion’s transformation ( , )n r  is expressed through the displacements transformations to realize it. it is proved that the equality 2( , ) ( , )n nr q r    is true also. as a result, the jump ( , )nv r   is derived 2 1 2 1( , ) ( , ) ( ( , ) ) ( , ) sin ( , )n n n n nv r rq r r r u r ctg v r in w r              hence, from the formula for the normal stress jump (14), the jump of the scalar wave potential is expressed only through the given jumps of the stress and displacements 1 1 1 1 0 ( , ) ( 2 ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ( , ) ) ( sin ) ( , )n n n n nr g r r ctg v r r r u r in r w r                 the formula is constructed for the jump 1 ( , )n r  where it is expressed through the jumps of the displacements and stress only 2 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) 2 (sin ) ( , ) 2 ( , )c n n n nl r g r r in v r ctg w r            . (15) as it seen this formula is the differential equation with regard of unknown jump 1 ( , )n r  . to solve this equation a change of variable x r q  was done for eqn. (15) and integral transformation (6) was applied to both part of the equation. the unknown jump was written in the transformation’ domain   11 2 0 0 1 0 ( , ) ( , )1 ( ) ( ) 2 ( ) 1 4 ( , ) 2 (sin ) ( ) n n n i i n i w rs gs k d ctg k d v r in k d                                              (16) the inverse integral kantorovich-lebedev transformation is applied to the obtained expression (16), and final solution is derived in the form o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 189 1 2 2 1 2 0 ( , ) ( , ) 2 ( , ) 2 (sin ) ( , ) ( , ) , n n n n k s r s s ctg w r in v r j rs s d s c g                                   (17) the jump of wave function 2 ( , )n r  is found by the analogical procedure 2 0 ( , ) ( ( , ) ( , ) ( , )n n n kr s r u r j rs s d            (18) the jumps of the wave functions derivatives are constructed using this scheme. for example, the expression for the derivative of wave potential jump 2 ( , )n r  has the form   12 1 0 ( , ) ( ( , ) sin ( , ) ) r n n nr r v in d             (19) as a result, all transformations of the wave functions and their derivatives jumps are expressed through the transformations of stress and displacements jumps. there are substituted to the corresponded formulae of the helmholtz’s equation discontinuous solution and inversion of the integrals transformations is done. the following substitution of these formulae to the expressions (13) finalizes the deriving of the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations in a case of steady state oscillations for the defect (1). conclusions 1. the discontinuous solution of helmholtz’s equation is derived for a conical defect. 2. to construct the discontinuous solutions of lame’s equations for a conical defect one must express the jumps of wave functions and their derivatives through the displacements and stress jumps. the substitution of these formulas to the discontinuous solution of helmholtz’s equation leads to the discontinuous solutions of the lame’s equations. 3. in the case when a defect is a crack, the jumps of the stress are equal to zero, when a defect is a thin shell adherent to a medium the jumps of the displacements are equal to zero. so, the derived formulae can be used for the different types of the conical defects situated in a medium. 4. the derived formulae will be significantly simplified when the axisymmetrical problem is solved. in this case parameter n should be equal to zero in all final expressions. acknowledgments he authors are grateful to simon peter dyke for his attention and great help in the editing of the manuscript’s text. references [1] babeshko, v. a., babeshko, o. m. and evdokimova, o. v. (2010). on the method of block element, mechanics of solids, 45, pp. 437-444. doi: 10.3103/s0025654410030143. [2] grinchenko, v. t. and meleshko, v. v. (1981). harmonical oscillations and waves in elastic bodies (in russian), naukova dumka, kyiv. t o. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.16 190 [3] guz, a. n., kubenko, v. d. and cherevko, m. a. (1978). diffraction of elastic waves(in russian), naukova dumka, kyiv. [4] mykhas’kiv, v., stankevych, v., zhbadynskyi, i. and zhang, ch. (2009). 3-d dynamic interaction between a pennyshaped crack and a thin interlayer joining two elastic half-spaces, international journal of fracture, 159(2), pp. 137-149. [5] slepyan, l. i., mechanics of cracks (in russian), sudostroenie, leningrad (1990). [6] mnev, e. n. and perzev, a. k. (1970). hydroelasticity of shells (in russian), sudostroenie, leningrad. [7] vilde, m. v., kaplunov, yu. d. and kossovich, l. yu. (2010). boundary and interfacial resonance effects in elasticity bodies (in russian), fizmatgiz, moscow. [8] kit, g. s. and khay, m. v. (1989). method of potentials in three-dimensional problems for thermoelasticity bodies with cracks (in russian), naukova dumka, kyiv. [9] sladek, v. and sladek, j. (1984). transient elastodynamic three-dimensional problems in cracked bodies/applied mathematical modelling, 8(1), pp. 2-10. [10] guz, a.n., guz, i.a., men’shikov, a.v. and men’shikov, v.a. (2011). stress-intensity factors for materials with interface cracks under harmonic loading, int appl mech, 46, pp. 1093. doi: 10.1007/s10778-011-0401-1. [11] savruk, m. p., osiv, p. n. and prokopchuk, i. v. (1989). numerical analysis in plane problems of the crack’s theory (in russian), naukova dumka, kyiv. [12] di cocco, v. and iacoviello, f. (2017). ductile cast irons: microstructure influence on the damaging micromechanisms in overloaded fatigue cracks, engineering failure analysis, 82, pp. 340-349. [13] toribio, j., gonzàles, b. and matos, j.c. (2017). crack tip field in circumferentially-cracked round bar (ccrb) in tension affected by loss of axial symmetry, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41, pp. 139-142. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.19. [14] peron, m., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f. and torgersen, j. (2017). notch stress intensity factors under mixed mode loadings: an overview of recent advanced methods for rapid calculation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42, pp. 196-204. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.21. [15] popov, g.ya. (1982). the elastic stress' concentration around dies, cuts, thin inclusions and reinforcements (in russian), nauka, moskow. [16] popov, v. g., (1995). the vertical oscillations of a boundary hard inclusion under harmonic loading, applied mechanics, 76(31), pp. 46-54. [17] vaisfel’d, n.d., (2005). time-dependent problems of the concentration of elastic stresses near a conical defect, journal of applied mathematics and mechanics, 69(3), pp. 427-437. [18] vaisfel’d, n.d. and popov, g.ya., (2001). the stress concentration around a semi-infinite cylindrical crack during the shock loading of an elastic medium by a centre of rotation, journal of applied mathematics and mechanics, 65(3), pp. 509-518. [19] reut, v. v., fesenko, h. o., vaysfel’d, n. and zhuravlova, z., (2017). orthogonal polynomials method and its generalization at some new problems of fracture mechanics/ june 2017, conference 14-th intern. conference on fracture (icf 14), rhodes, greece. [20] prudnikov, a.p., brychkov, yu. a. and marichev, o. m., (1984). integrals and series: special functions. m.: nauka (in russian). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 13 articolo 3 a. finelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 24-30; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.03 24 analysis of the influence of the anisotropy induced by cold rolling on duplex and super-austenitic stainless steels angelo finelli, martino labanti enea unità tecnica tecnologie dei materiali faenza riassunto. questo articolo contiene i risultati della caratterizzazione meccanica eseguita su due tipi di acciaio inossidabile (duplex 6%ni, 22%cr e super-austenitico 31%ni, 28%cr) utilizzati per la fabbricazione di tubi impiegati nella produzione di idrocarburi. l’attività è stata svolta con l’obiettivo primario di valutare l’effetto dell’anisotropia provocata sul manufatto dalla laminazione a freddo, considerando le caratteristiche meccaniche degli acciai misurate nelle tre direzioni principali. considerata la limitata sezione del manufatto, il metodo ed i campioni utilizzati per le prove non fanno riferimento a nessuna normativa. la procedura messa a punto ha previsto infatti l’utilizzo di estensimetri elettrici a resistenza, incollati sui campioni, per la misura della deformazione durante le prove. abstract. this report contains the results obtained from the mechanical characterization tests carried out on two different stainless steel (duplex 6%ni, 22%cr and super-austenitic 31%ni, 28%cr) used for the manufacturing of pipes which are employed in the oil production. the activity has been performed in order to evaluate the effects of anisotropy, induced by cold rolling, on the mechanical characteristics of the investigated steels, measured in the three main directions. considering the small size of the component, the method and the specimens used for the tests were not the standard one. the procedure carried out provided the strain measurement of the specimen during testing by means of resistive strain gages, bonded on the specimens. keywords. anisotropy; cold rolling; mechanical properties; strain gages. test aim he main goal of this activity is the evaluation the effects of the cold rolling process on the mechanical properties of two different stainless steels: a duplex stainless steel and a superaustenitic stainless steels. the main problem to be considered was the reduced specimens dimensions, for all the investigated testing directions: considering that no standards could be followed, it was necessary to optimize a customized testing procedure. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.03&auth=true a. finelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 24-30; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.03 25 investigated materials nvestigated steel are largely used in petrochemical industry (e.g., pipes manufacturing). the first investigated steel is a duplex stainless steel (chemical composition in tab 1). this tubular shaped material, sized 115x9 mm, has been subjected to the following processing cycle: hot extrusion. water cooling. annealing at 1050° c. water cooling. in order to obtain the final pipe dimensions (88.9x6.5 mm), a cold rolling treatment was performed. mat. c mn si s p ni cr mo cu v al n a1 0.038 1.37 0.40 0.001 0.013 5.54 21.93 3.00 0.035 0.040 0.045 0.140 a1l 0.038 1.37 0.40 0.001 0.013 5.54 21.93 3.00 0.035 0.040 0.045 0.140 5 0.018 1.81 1.01 0.002 0.017 32.60 26.47 3.55 1.01 0.098 4l 0.021 1.28 0.47 0.003 0.018 31.15 26.80 3.34 1.28 0.086 0.047 0.058 table 1: investigated steels chemical compositions. fig 1 and 2 show duplex stainless steel microstructure, considering longitudinal, transversal and radial sections, respectively before and after the cold rolling treatment (respectively named as “a1” and “a1l”). figure 1a: “a1” steel microstructure longitudinal section (x 200) figure 1b: “a1” steel microstructure – transversal section (x 200) figure 1c: “a1” steel microstructure – radial section (x 200) figure 2a: “a1l” steel microstructure longitudinal section (x 200). figure 2b: “a1l” steel microstructure transversal section (x 200). figure 2c: “a1l” steel microstructure – radial section (x 200). the second investigated steel is a super-austenitic stainless steel (chemical composition in tab 1). this tubular-shaped material, sized 121x8.25 mm, has been subjected to the following processing cycle: hot extrusion. water cooling. a stainless steel with a similar chemical composition was also investigated after a cold rolling treatment, obtaining a tubular-shaped material sized 88.9x6.5 mm). i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.03&auth=true a. finelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 24-30; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.03 26 fig. 3 and 4 show super-austenitic stainless steel microstructure, considering longitudinal, transversal and radial sections, respectively before and after the cold rolling treatment (respectively named as “5” and “4l”). figure 3a: “5” steel microstructure longitudinal section (x 200). figure 3b: “5” steel microstructure transversal section (x 200). figure 3c: “5” steel microstructure radial section (x 200). figure 4a: “4l” steel microstructure longitudinal section (x 200). figure 4b: “4l” steel microstructure transversal section (x 200). figure 4c: “4l” steel microstructure – radial section (x 200). experimental procedure ue to pipes thickness, sampling according to standards requirements was impossible for the investigating directions t and r (longitudinal l, transversal t, radial r). it was only possible to manufacture l direction specimens according to the astm e8 standard (fig. 5) and they were named as sl specimens, for all the four investigated steels. figure 5: standard specimen (s) for tensile test. considering l and t directions, 5 mm gage length tensile specimens (named as “b”, fig. 6) were obtained for all the investigated materials. depending on the sampling direction, these specimens were named as “bl” or “bt”. d http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.03&auth=true a. finelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 24-30; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.03 27 figure 6: specimen short gage length (b) for tensile test. finally, for all the investigated directions (l, t and r) and the two cold rolled steels, compression specimens were obtained (fig. 7): they were named as “cl”, “ct” or “cr” depending on the sampling direction. figure 7: specimen for compression test (c). table 2 shows the test matrix. on the basis of the test results obtained in l direction using both standard specimens (s), short gage length specimens (b) and compression specimens (b), it is possible to evaluate the evolution of the mechanical properties in the other two directions, where it is impossible to obtain standard specimens. table 2: test matrix. figure 8: specimen (b) during tensile test. specimen steel standard (s) short gage length (b) compression (c) l l t l t r a1    a1l       5    4l       http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.03&auth=true a. finelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 24-30; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.03 28 both specimens “b” and “c” did not allow to use conventional extensometers; strain measurements were performed by means of resistive strain gages: these strain gages were able to detect strains up to 5% max. (fig. 8). all the tests were carried out in compliance with the astm a 370 standards according to the methods reported in astm e 8 and e 9 [1, 2]. at least, three tests were performed for all the investigated conditions. experimental results onsidering standard specimens (s), the following parameters were considered: ‐ yield strength at 0.2% (σs(0.2%)). ‐ ultimate tensile strength (σu). ‐ elongation measured on a base of 25 mm (a% 25 mm). mean values are shown in tab. 3. σs(0.2%) [mpa] σm [mpa] a(25) [%] a1sl 477 764 49 a1lsl 1046 1110 19 5sl 339 683 59 4lsl 833 925 19 table 3: tensile test average results of standard specimen (s) the same parameters were also considered with the "short gage length" (b) specimens, with a difference in the elongation measurement (a base of 12.5 mm instead of 25 mm) results are summarized in tab. 4. σs(0.2%) [mpa] σm [mpa] a(12.5) [%] a1bl 491 771 27 a1bt 507 772 25 a1lbl 971 1063 16 a1lbt 908 1111 13 5bl 308 669 36 5bt 337 696 34 4lbl 830 915 16 4lbt 749 916 16 table 4: tensile test average results of short gage length specimen (b). considering compression specimens (c), it was only possible to measure the yield strength value at 0.2%, since both the specimen geometry and the material ductility prevent the other parameters from being detected. mean values are shown in tab. 5. σs(0.2%) [mpa] a1lcl 860 a1lct 1081 a1lcr 1065 4lcl 714 4lct 938 4lcr 866 table 5: compression test average results (c). tab. 6 summarizes all the experimental results for all the investigated steels and all the considered specimens. c http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.03&auth=true a. finelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 24-30; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.03 29 specimen steel standard (s) short gage (b) compression (c) l l t l t r a1 477 491 508 σs(0.2%) [mpa] 765 770 770 σm [mpa] 49 27 25 a [%] a1l 1045 970 900 850 1100 1050 σs(0.2%) [mpa] 1110 1060 1110 σm [mpa] 19 16 14 a [%] 5 340 310 335 σs(0.2%) [mpa] 684 670 695 σm [mpa] 59 36 34 a [%] 4l 850 830 750 720 930 860 σs(0.2%) [mpa] 928 915 920 σm [mpa] 20 16 16 a [%] table 6: tests results. results analysis n the basis of microstructure analysis and of mechanical tests, the following remarks could be summarized: ‐ in the longitudinal section of material 5 (see fig. 4a), typical rolling texture is shown; it implies that the steel annealing was not complete. as a consequence, a slight difference between the results of specimens "5bl" and "5bt" (tab. 4) can be noticed; anyway, differences are not so evident to affect test results. ‐ considering both the sampling direction and the specimen geometry, tensile resistance of the heat-treated steels is therefore practically identical as regards. as a consequence, it is possible to suppose that such behaviour is also valid for the radial direction. the only difference is noticed in the measure of elongation between specimens "s" and "b" (tab. 6). this difference, which is about 100%, comes from the fact that the gage length of the two specimens is really different, hence the data cannot be compared. this measure is anyway appropriate between specimens with "b" geometry. ‐ the results of the tensile tests carried out on the cold worked materials indicate an increase by about 100% in the yield strength lengthwise and about 80% crosswise as regards the duplex stainless steel, as well as 150% lengthwise and 130% crosswise as regards the super-austenitic steel. on the contrary, the ultimate tensile strength values increase of about 40% and 35%, respectively. elongation values decrease of about 60 and 66% respectively, considering measurements performed with specimens "s" as a reference. ‐ compression tests results are characterized by a similar increase. ‐ the properties obtained from the specimens sampled in the radial direction are almost equal to the mean value, whilst the values obtained from the specimens sampled lengthwise and crosswise are divergent. such a difference, already detected in the tensile tests, is however marked by the fact that, in this case, the specimens sampled crosswise result in higher values. this fact can be explained by analyzing the cold worked steels microstructures (figs. 3 and 5). rolling produces a stressed stretching of grains and makes the structure similar to that of a plastic material reinforced by oriented fibres which have a resistance higher than that of the base material. these fibres reinforce the material in the direction they are arranged, if the material is subject to traction, whilst they have no influence if the material is subject to compression. the behaviour of the material, stressed radially, according to these considerations, should be similar, as it is, to the behaviour of the material stressed crosswise. ‐ tab. 7 contains the percentage changes of the yield strength of the cold-rolled steels, referred to the reference steels. it can be noticed that investigated steels show a non-homogeneity indicated by the different behaviour under tensile and o http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.03&auth=true a. finelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 24-30; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.03 30 compression or by specimens coming from the same sampling direction, beyond an anisotropy indicated by the difference between the values obtained from the longitudinal and transversal specimens. material tensile [%] compression [%] l t l t r a1l 100 80 75 125 115 4l 150 130 120 180 160 table 7: investigated steels yield strength vs specimen orientation and loading direction (deviation from annealed steels) conclusions onsidering the experimental results and the microstructure analysis, the following conclusions could be summarized: ‐ cold rolling process implies an increase in the yield strength and ultimate tensile strength values, higher for the yield strength, over 150% on the super-austenitic stainless steel, on the materials under test, whilst elongation values decrease significantly, over the 60%, ‐ the anisotropy caused on the materials by the rolling process, as seen on the microstructures, is such as to determine differences by about 20% on the increase of the tensile yield strength, higher in the rolling direction. on the contrary this change cannot be detected either on the ultimate strength or on the elongation. ‐ the test procedure set up enabled the determination of the tensile transverse strength by the short specimen “b” and to compare the yield strength in all three directions by the compression specimen “c”, ‐ the compression tests in the three directions, pointed out a considerable non-homogeneity of the cold-rolled materials, since the values of the yield strength, measured under tensile and compression stresses, in the two directions were found not symmetrical. references [1] standard methods of tension testing of metallic materials astm e 8. [2] standard methods of compression testing of metallic materials at room temperature astm e 9. c http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.03&auth=true microsoft word numero_30_art_35 v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 282 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues evaluation of the az31 cyclic elastic-plastic behaviour under multiaxial loading conditions v. anes instituto superior técnico, university of lisbon 4140.fatigue@gmail.com l. reis, m. freitas idmec & icems, instituto superior técnico, university of lisbon, luis.g.reis@ist.utl.pt, mfreitas@dem.ist.utl.pt abstract. components and structures are designed based in their material’s mechanical properties such as young's modulus or yield stress among others. often those properties are obtained under monotonic mechanical tests but rarely under cyclic ones. it is assumed that those properties are maintained during the material fatigue life. however, under cyclic loadings, materials tend to change their mechanical properties, which can improve their strength (material hardening) or degrade their mechanical capabilities (material softening) or even a mix of both. this type of material behaviour is the so-called cyclic plasticity that is dependent of several factors such as the load type, load level, and microstructure. this subject is of most importance in design of structures and components against fatigue failures in particular in the case of magnesium alloys. magnesium alloys due to their hexagonal compact microstructure have only 3 slip planes plus 1 twining plane which results in a peculiar mechanical behaviour under cyclic loading conditions especially under multiaxial loadings. therefore, it is necessary to have a cyclic elastic-plastic model that allows estimating the material mechanical properties for a certain stress level and loading type. in this paper it is discussed several aspects of the magnesium alloys cyclic properties under uniaxial and multiaxial loading conditions at several stress levels taking into account experimental data. a series of fatigue tests under strain control were performed in hour glass specimens test made of a magnesium alloy, az31bf. the strain/stress relation for uniaxial loadings, axial and shear was experimentally obtained and compared with the estimations obtained from the theoretical elastic-plastic models found in the state-of-the-art. results show that the az31bf magnesium alloy has a peculiar mechanical behaviour, which is quite different from the steel one. moreover, the state of the art cyclic models do not capture in full this peculiar behaviour, especially the cyclic magnesium alloys anisotropy. further, an analysis is performed to identify the shortcomings inherent to the actual cyclic models in the capture of the magnesium alloys cyclic behaviour. several conclusions are drawn. keywords. magnesium alloys; az31b-f; cyclic elastic-plastic model; multiaxial loadings; experimental tests. v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 283 introduction nowing the material stress state under any kind of loadings is of utmost importance since the interpretation of the mechanical behaviour is based in that stress state[1, 2]. in the design of mechanical components it is used the hooke’s law that relates linearly the stress and deformation. this law is only valid in elastic regimes and assumes that the relation between stress and deformation is always constant. however, even in elastic regimes, the material mechanical properties may change. this variation is related with the materials cyclic plasticity where the strength of the materials changes with the loading type and with the load level [2, 3]. also the material type has huge influence in the response to the load type. it was observed that the number of slip plans have an huge influence on the cyclic behaviour, for example, magnesium alloys have only 3 slip plans (or slip directions) against 12 found in steel alloys [4]. this is why these two types of materials have a cyclic mechanical behaviour so different. one way to interpret the variation of the cyclic mechanical properties is to analyse the hysteresis loop resulting from several loading paths at several stress levels. from these hysteresis loops can be inspected the yield stresses in tension and compression; in steels the yield stresses in tension and compression are the same or similar, but for other types of materials those stresses it may be quite different, which is the case of magnesium alloys. other important parameter that can be obtained from a hysteresis loop is the total strain for a certain stress level. as seen, in the aforementioned cyclic yield stress cases, also the total strain in tension and in compression may be different for the same stress level in tension and compression. this result indicates that the plastic strain in tension and compression are different as well as the elastic ones. the cyclic yield stresses are usually below the static ones, thus the aforementioned cyclic behaviours can occur with stresses below the static yield stress. thus a key question may be raised: what is the real stress state of the material under cyclic loading conditions? there is some way to know those stress states? the answer to these questions is of utmost importance because it is only possible to reach reliable conclusions about the material mechanical behaviour knowing the real relation between stress and strain in any loading condition. this relation depends on the stress level and of the load type. there are plenty of plasticity models in literature but the phenomenological ones covering the elastic-plastic behaviour under cyclic conditions are very few especially the ones that capture cyclic plasticity under multiaxial loading conditions. therefore, cyclic hardening/softening and cyclic creep under multiaxial loading conditions remains a subject that needs further research. this is so because elastic-plastic models must be made based in experimental tests. it is only possible know the material cyclic behaviour by testing them. it is required to perform a kind of mapping of the material cyclic behaviour under cyclic loadings, especially under multiaxial loading conditions. plasticity models usually have a yield function, a back stress function, and a kinematic function. these functions aim to capture the permanent deformation and change on the mechanical properties of the material. most of those plasticity models are strictly based in the static yield stress and assumes that the yield stress in tension and compression are equal. in other words, they assume that the difference between yield stresses in tension and compression is always maintained equal, trying to cover in that way the bauschinger effect. moreover, their yield stress is based in the von mises equivalent stress, which assumes that the relation between the deformation in axial and shear is given by √3, which is not true for certain materials under cyclic loading conditions[3, 5, 6]. therefore, that kind of plasticity models are not suitable to be used in cyclic analysis for materials with different yield stresses in tension and compression. in fact, commercial finite element packages do not have intrinsic cyclic plasticity models to modulate such type of materials. the only way to account the special cyclic behaviour, using commercial fea packages, is to implement an external routine that can update the material cyclic response. generally, the cyclic plasticity models are constitutive models that are modelled by numerical tools. they can be divided in six major groups, four groups based in yield surface [7-10], one based in overlapping models [11] and other one based in endochroic models[12]. models with one yield surface tend to be more robust than others that have two or more yield surfaces. one important issue in this subject is that all constitutive elastic-plastic models do not capture the materials anisotropy; they purely ignore this important material behaviour[4]. therefore, materials that have a cyclic anisotropic behaviour such as magnesium alloys will not be well modelled using these models. also, they do not capture the influence of the strain rate nor the temperature effect in the cyclic behaviour of the materials. moreover, the cyclic models available in literature do not cover an important aspect of mechanical components, which is the anisotropy from the manufacturing process. the anisotropy in the materials may result from several reasons; for instance, it is well known the directional dependence of the mechanical properties in a sheet of metal. that anisotropy is the result from the lamination process, also in an extruded rod, the longitudinal properties will be different from the transversal ones, and this difference is the result of the material alignment in the extrusion process. in this sense, it is quite difficult to find in the field, manufactured materials that have isotropic properties especially at surface. however, it is at surface where usually the fatigue phenomenon occurs; therefore k v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 284 it is of utmost importance to know the local cyclic stress states of the material[16]. the isotropic hypothesis considered in the state of the art of the elastic-plastic models in reality is an approximation to the material stress state another type of anisotropy found in the materials is the one that results from the material response to the loading type. the rearrangements of the material microstructure have some preferable directions that are related with the loading type and the microstructure slip system. one example is the non-proportional hardening, which is the result of nonproportional loadings. in this type of loading all slip plans are activated however, the hardening effect it may be not equal in all directions [10, 13]. also within the non-proportional loadings there exist several non-proportionality levels, which also contribute to different anisotropy types. the research problem is that besides the actual cyclic elastic-plastic models do not cover the anisotropy that resulted from the manufacturing process also does not cover the anisotropy that results from the loading type. this is a huge shortcoming in these elastic-plastic models found in literature being not advisable their use in fatigue life assessment especially under multiaxial loading conditions. the objective of this work is to implement an elastic-plastic numerical model in order to modelling the materials cyclic elastoplasticity under complex multiaxial loadings. in order to do that, was selected the az31 magnesium alloy due to their peculiar mechanical behaviour and because it is a magnesium alloy used in the industry. also in this study it is presented methodologies to deal with this kind of materials i.e. hexagonal closed packed. the ultimate goal is to reach a numeric tool that can be used in generic hcp materials and used in synergy with a commercial finite element packages (external routine). results show that the numerical methodologies implemented allows modulating the az31 magnesium alloy mechanical behaviour under uniaxial loading conditions with acceptable accuracy; moreover under multiaxial conditions the achieved results are quite similar to the ones obtained with the jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model. however, additional multiaxial stress-strain experiments are needed to adjust and validate the considered multiaxial hypothesis. theoretical development he jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model is a non-linear kinematic hardening model that incorporates an armstrongfrederick type hardening rule, in order to capture the bauschinger effect on the cyclic plastic deformation. this model was implemented with the purpose of modulating the cyclic ratcheting phenomena that is a progressive and directional plastic deformation when a material is subjected to asymmetric loadings under stress-controlled regimens, which makes this model a good candidate to model the magnesium alloy elastic-plastic behaviour. one peculiarity associated with this model is related to the inclusion of a non-proportional hardening parameter, where the nonproportional hardening results in an additional resistance of the material to plastic deformation under non-proportional loading. also, it is introduced the memory concept on the material behaviour simulation in order to describe the strain range dependency in the cyclic hardening. the jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model also considers several others physical mechanisms, such as: yield function, which considers a combinations of stresses that will lead to plastic deformations; flow rule, creates a relationship between the stresses and plastic strains during plastic deformation; hardening rule, defines the yield criterion changes under plastic straining; stress relaxation and load redistribution in the stressed volume. the jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model routine used in this study has as input the strain loading paths and the az31b-f magnesium alloy mechanical properties; the analysis was performed under strain control conditions. this routine was implemented by considering the stress/strain tensor on an elemental cube, therefore it is not applied to a specimen test modelled in finite element. the mechanical properties considered as input in this program are: young’s modulus, cyclic strength coefficient, proportional cyclic strain hardening exponent, cyclic strength coefficient at 90 degrees, nonproportional cyclic strain hardening exponent at 90 degrees, poison coefficient and shear modulus. it is assumed that the cyclic hardening exponent is constant for proportional and non-proportional loads. the non-proportional cyclic strength at 90º is calculated considering the kanazawa non-proportional constant, with a value . in order to cover all the phenomena discussed in previous sections, it is used the experimental hysteresis loop data performed under cyclic strain control in pure axial loading and pure shear loading conditions. the objective is to achieve a numeric model capable to estimate the relation between stress-strain in uniaxial and biaxial loading conditions under a realistic strain range. the constraints aforementioned means that the numeric model only will modulate the applied strain if it belongs to the strain ranges established in the experimental tests. however, in this study the experimental tests were performed from elastic strains until reach total strains with high plasticity resulting in the specimen collapse at very few load cycles. thus, here a realistic stress-strain relation is covered. this does not mean that were made experimental tests for all total strain levels, instead were selected several total-strains that will allow to perform valid numeric regressions. these values were carefully selected and used in the experimental cyclic tests. from experiments, was found that the az31 magnesium alloy hysteresis loops can be approximated with very acceptable results using a third degree polynomial 0.1  t v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 285 interpolation for any value of total-strain. in order to perform those interpolations it is considered several specific points on the hysteresis loop, thus for the compression polynomial branch, the points 1,2,3 and 4 shown on fig. 1 are used; for the tension polynomial branch, are used the points 4,5,6 and 1. these polynomials capture the twinning, de-twinning and slip effect at each total strain level. thus the hysteresis loop at specific total strain is given by the following equations for compression (eq. (1)) and tension (eq. (2)) respectively.        3 2 1total total total total total total totala b c d            (1)        3 2 1total total total total total total totale f g h            (2) from here, the problem is reduced to find the polynomial parameter values in compression and tension for any total strains within the experimental range. in order to do that, was considered the polyfit matlab routine to obtain these values; this routine has as arguments the stress-strain values inherent to the points 1,2,3 and 4 for compression and 4,5,6 and 1 for tension. from here the problem is reduced to find the function, which relates the arguments of the polyfit routine with the applied load i.e. the applied total strain. the referred points are related to the specific mechanical behaviour found under elastic-plastic regimes. the points 1 and 4 can be considered as values from an experimental yield function, where point 1 come from the tension /compression load direction and point 4 come from the compression/tension. moreover, the points 2 and 5 are the plastic strains, which can be related to the typical isotropic/kinematic hardening models found on constitutive plastic models. the points 3 and 6 can be related to the back-stress concept which is the stress needed to reduce plastic strains to zero. eq.(s) 3 and 4 presents de polyfit matlab function for the compression and tension loading branches, respectively.                 31 42, , , , , 0, , , 0 , ,total total total total total plastic totala b c d polyfit              (3)                 64 15, , , , , 0, , , 0 , ,total total total total total plastic totale f g h polyfit              (4) figure 1: third degree polynomial interpolation reference points, in tension and compression loading directions for two consecutive hysteresis loops. the core concept of the numeric model presented here is based on obtaining the functions relating the variation of the polynomial interpolation points with the total-strain variation. in this work, those values were determined by considering a third degree polynomial fitting equation for the branches in tension and compression, obtained from the experimental data hysteresis loop. with these experimental data, it was achieved the aforementioned functions by interpolation to estimate the variation of the polynomial regression arguments with the total strain variation. at the current state of the model, the biaxial elastic-plastic behaviour is estimated by considering separately the biaxial loading strains (axial and shear), which is a simplification. with this simplification, it is assumed that the axial stress and the shear stress do not contribute to each other in terms of cyclic plasticity. however, biaxial elastic-plastic experiments are in progress to be used in the upgrade of the current model. similarly to the jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model routine, the proposed approach also is related to an elemental cube; therefore, all conclusions made here are related to an infinitesimal material point. v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 286 materials and methods he material used in this study was the magnesium alloy az31-b. this alloy was acquired in the form of rods with 26 mm of diameter and 1000 mm in length. the rods were extruded in a temperature range of 360 to 382 ºc with an extrusion speed of 50.8 mm/s. the applied extrusion ratio was about six, and after extrusion the alloy was air quenched. the tested specimens were machined in the extrusion/longitudinal direction and polished with decrease levels of sandpaper. an instron servo-hydraulic testing machine was used to perform the cyclic tests at strain control regime with r=-1 with a sinusoidal waveform. several total strain amplitudes were considered and obtained at the same strain rate. the strain rate considered in this study was about 0,003 [1/s], which is a value lower than the limit, from which the strain rate affects the cyclic strain behaviour of the magnesium alloys. the strain results were measured with a biaxial extensometer with a gauge length equal to 12.5 mm. the strain controlled tests were made considering the following total strains: 0.3%, 0.5%, 0.7%, 0.9%, 1.2% and 1,4%. each cyclic test was considered concluded at the occurrence of the specimen total separation. to evaluate the influence of the microstructure in the mechanical behaviour four biaxial loading paths were considered, please see fig. 2. the first loading case is a pure uniaxial tensile test, case pt; the second one is a pure shear loading, case ps. these loading paths were implemented in experiments and in the numerical analysis. the pp is a 45º proportional biaxial loading and the op case is a 90º out-of-phase loading path. these biaxial loading paths were implemented only in the numerical analysis. the experimental tests were performed at room temperature and ended when the specimens were totally separated. figure 2: loading paths: a) case pt, b) case ps, c) case pp and d) case op. results and discussion ig. 3 shows the variation of several variables inherent to the magnesium elastic-plastic mechanical behaviour in function of total strain values under cyclic loading conditions obtained from experimental tests. fig. 3a) and 3b) show the results for the axial loading case, can be seen that the compression and tension have a similar behaviour for total strains lower than 0.4% where the values of the back-stress are negligible. at total strains, with values between 0.4% and 0.6 %, the curves in tensile and compression have a cyclic hardening behaviour but with different hardening rates. this observation corroborates the results shown on fig. 3b) where the plastic strain increase is followed by an axial stress increase. moreover, from tensile stress curve and from the tensile plastic strain can be concluded that the plastic strain is increasing with a tensile stress decrease which indicates that the material softened for this total strain range i.e. between 0.6% and 1.4 %. in addition, it can be concluded that under compression, the material is always under a hardening regime. from here, can be concluded that the magnesium alloys harden, softens and have a mixed behaviour in axial loading regimes. from the axial results, fig. 3a), also can be concluded that the back-stress in compression is greater than the one found in tension for a total strain greater than 0.6%.for total-strains with values lower than 0.6%, the backstress in tension is greater than the one verified at compression. from here can be concluded that the back stresses in axial loading conditions operates differently in tension and compression. therefore, the plastic behaviour is dependent on the total strain amplitude. also the plastic strain in tension is always greater than the compressive one (see fig. 3).the pure shear results shown in fig. 3c) and 3d) indicate quasi-overlapping curves in the case of total-strains versus shear stresses. these results show that the shear-strain hysteresis loops are quasi symmetrical in any total shear strain. however, from the back-stress curves in shear, can be seen that the back stress has a different total shear stress evolution, indicating that the shear direction of the first cycle loading influences these results. this feature also can be observed in fig. 3c) where the total shear strain versus plastic strain curves are not overlapped as expected. despite the shear hysteresis loop be symmetrical the plastic strains are greater in one direction than in another. however, the curves have a similar shape, also t f a) b) c) d) v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 287 leading to conclude that the first loading cycle has influence on the hysteresis inherent plasticity. this issue is related to the sequential effect on the elastic-plastic behaviour. this experimental evidence indicates one more variable to take into account in the numeric model only identified by experimental tests. however, this sequential effect identified for one shear direction it can be extrapolated for the other one, considering the same experimental data. figure 3: plastic strains and back stresses vs total strains under uniaxial loading conditions a) and b) axial loading case and c) and d) shear loading case. fig. 4 shows the experimental and numerical hysteresis loops for the uniaxial loading cases. fig. 4a) and 4b) show the experimental and numerical results of the pure axial loading path under several total strains. the pure shear results are shown in fig. 4c) and 4d). the total strain values selected to perform the numerical analyses were the same used in the experimental tests in order to analyse the accuracy of the numeric hysteresis loop estimation. since the numeric model here presented is based on the uniaxial experimental tests it is expected that the results be quite similar, if the assumptions made on the numeric model definition are true. nevertheless, the estimations are quite acceptable for the uniaxial loading cases, confirming that the hysteresis loops in pure axial and pure shear loading conditions can be approximated by a third degree polynomial function. in order to avoid confusion in the graphs interpretation was not considered here the representation of the hysteresis loops with total strains different of the experimental ones. however, the numerical model can estimate any hysteresis loop within the [0% to 1.4%] total strain range under uniaxial loading conditions. from the axial hysteresis loops can be identified the asymmetry inherent to the different mechanical behaviours found in tension and compression. moreover, the shear hysteresis loops are quasisymmetric. fig. 5a) and 5b) shows the numeric results for 0.4% of total axial strain and 0.23 % of total shear strain. fig. 5a) shows a comparison between the numerical model and the jiang plasticity model for the case of pure axial loading. from that comparison can be concluded that the jiang hysteresis loop is more open than the experimental one, indicating the existence of plastic strain and back stresses that in reality are not there. moreover, the stresses estimated by the jiang model at the maximum total strain in uniaxial axial loading, please see fig. 5b), are inferior to the ones obtained from the numerical model. considering the pure shear analysis, present in fig. 5b) the jiang model continues to estimate inferior stresses at the maximum total shear strains. the biaxial loading cases are shown in fig. 5c) and 5d). at the present work state, is not possible to compare the numerical estimates with the experimental results, however the numerical model implemented can be compared with the jiang plasticity model. for the pp loading case, can be concluded that the slope of the hysteresis loops and inherent orientations are different in both numeric models. the difference observed in the slope v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 288 can result from the considered scale factor between axial and shear strains used in the jiang model. usually, the von mises stress scale factor is used but the jiang model uses 0.5 as stress scale factor against the 0.577 found in the von mises yield criterion. the numerical model presented here, considers the axial and shear total strain separately in order to estimate the mechanical behaviour as if they had been applied at the same time. the physical meaning of this simplification considers that the stress needed in shear and axial directions to make the same plastic strain is the same, which is not true for most metallic materials. this relation can only be found by performing biaxial stress-strain tests under an elastic-plastic regimen. fig. 5d) shows the results for the fully out-of-phase loading case; in this case, the estimations of both numerical models are quite similar. the jiang's model estimations are within of the numerical model results due to the fact that the jiang model calculates lower stresses, for the same total strain. however, in the stress space, both estimations for the loading path have a similar shape for the same total strain level presented in fig. 5d). figure 4: az31 experimental and numeric cyclic behavior a) axial experimental stress/strain evolution b) numeric results for axial stress/strain hysteresis loops c) shear experimental stress/strain evolution d) numeric estimation for shear stress/strain hysteresis loops. fig. 6 shows the numeric results for 0.8 % as total strain. the uniaxial results presented in fig. 6a) and 6b) indicate that the jiang's model continues to estimate a lower stress at maximum total strain in the compression region, but in tension the inherent stress is similar to the numerical model estimations. fig. 6 shows the very first hysteresis loop presented with a dashed line. for the pure axial loading case, the compressive plastic strain and back-stresses are quite similar in both models; however the plastic strains in the tension branch are very different. jiang's model gives values higher than the experimental results, please see fig. 6a) and 6d). in the pure shear loading case, the jiang's model has a hysteresis loop tighter than the experimental results presented here by the numerical simulation for this case. in these cases, the stresses inherent to the shear total strains in compression and tension obtained with the jiang’s model are very similar to the numeric model estimations; moreover the pure axial hysteresis loop is estimated as symmetric by the jiang model. for the pp loading case, please see fig. 6c) the jiang model also gives a symmetrical hysteresis loop. the numerical model displays asymmetrical hysteresis loop for the axial loading. the out-of-phase loading case, fig. 6d), shows a distorted circle for both numerical analyses; however, the distortion pattern has different directions. fig. 7 shows the numerical result for 1.2% of total strain. due to the high values of the plastic strains involved in this simulation (total strain equal to 1.2%) can be seen that the first hysteresis loop is quite different from the other ones in the v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 289 developed numerical model, this indicates the adjustment of the material to the total strain level. the jiang model continues to estimate the hysteresis loops as symmetric in all loading cases considered here, although the biaxial loading experiments have not yet been made it is expected that the experimental biaxial hysteresis loops be asymmetric and not symmetric as reported by the jiang's model, once the uniaxial axial hysteresis loops are always asymmetrical. with the increase of the total strain, the inherent stresses estimated by the jiang's model also increases relatively to the experimental data. this indicates that the jiang's model does not capture well the total strain level effect on the hysteresis loops shapes. in this case of total strain, 1.2%, the two numerical estimations on the pure shear loading case are very similar having plastic strains and back stress values much alike. observing the numeric results for the loading cases pp and op, fig. 7c) and 7d) can be concluded that, for the first loading cycle, the numerical model and the jiang's model have a similar behaviour, diverging the results of both models in the subsequent loading cycles. fig. 8 presents the numeric results for the 1.4% of total strain, this is a very high strain level leading to the specimen test collapse in a few loading cycles. for all loading cases it can be seen that the jiang's hysteresis loops remain symmetric. figure 5: numeric cyclic behaviour comparison between the numeric model developed and the jiang &sehitoglu plasticity model for 0.4% as axial strain reference pt, ps, pp and op. a) b) c) d) under an extreme cyclic total strain the jiang's model presents same plastic strain and back stress values at tension and compression. which is far from the experimental data, where at the axial loading path the compression load induces high plastic strain and back stresses, moreover the plastic strain in tension is very small comparatively with the one found in compression. for the pure shear loading path, please see fig. 8d), the experimental hysteresis loop indicates different values for back stresses and plastic strains, which was not seen in lower total shear strains. from the axial loading case shown in fig. 8a), it can be seen that the yield stress in compression is much greater than the tension one for the same total strain in tension and compression, which confirms a softening behaviour in tension and a little hardening in compression. also can be concluded that the jiang's model is able to estimate well the hardening of the material but unable to deal with its softening. from here can be reinforced the idea which suggests that an experimental and numerical model is needed to establish the different physical phenomena encountered in materials with an hexagonal close packed microstructure (hcp), such as the magnesium alloys. v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 290 figure 6: numeric cyclic behavior comparison between the numeric model developed and the jiang &sehitoglu plasticity model model for 0.8% as axial strain reference pt, ps, pp and op. a) b) c) d) figure 7: numeric cyclic behavior comparison between the numeric model developed and the jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model for 1.2% as axial strain reference pt, ps, pp and op. a) b) c) d) v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 291 figure 8: numeric cyclic behavior comparison between the numeric model developed and the jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model for 1.4% as axial strain reference pt, ps, pp and op. a) b) c) d) conclusions n this paper was studied the elastic-plastic mechanical behaviour of a magnesium alloy (az31b-f) through experimental tests under uniaxial loading conditions. the particular mechanical behaviour inherent to these kinds of materials, hexagonal closed pack microstructures, leads to conclude that it is necessary to have a numeric elasticplastic model implemented through experimental data. in this context is presented here a first iteration for a numerical model, which modulates the several physical mechanisms inherent to the magnesium elastic-plastic behaviour in uniaxial loading conditions. in order to validate the work already done, numeric estimations were compared with the uniaxial data and with the jiang & sehitoglu plasticity model. the numeric results from the implemented model were acceptable; however the jiang & sehitoglu model shows some shortcomings on the magnesium hysteresis loop estimations. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge financial support from fct – fundação para a ciência e tecnologia (portuguese foundation for science and technology), through the project ptdc/eme-pme/104404/2008. references [1] sonsino, c.m., dieterich, k., fatigue design with cast magnesium alloys under constant and variable amplitude loading, international journal of fatigue, 28 (2006) 183–193. [2] anes, v., reis, l., li, b., fonte, m., de freitas, m., new approach for analysis of complex multiaxial loading paths, international journal of fatigue, 62 (2013) 21-33. i t v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 282-292; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.35 292 [3] reis, l., anes, v., de freitas, m., az31 magnesium alloy multiaxial lcf behavior: theory, simulation and experiments, advanced materials research, 891 (2014) 1366-1371. [4] anes, v., l. reis, b. li, and m. freitas. "crack path evaluation on hc and bcc microstructures under multiaxial cyclic loading." international journal of fatigue 58 (2014): 102-113. [5] anes, v., reis, l., li, b., freitas, m., new approach to evaluate non-proportionality in multiaxial loading conditions, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, (2014). doi: 10.1111/ffe.12192 [6] armstrong, p.j., frederick, c.o., a mathematical representation of the multiaxial bauschinger effect, g. e. g. b., report rd/b/n, 731, (1966). [7] dafalias, y.f., popov, e.p., plastic internal variables formalism of cyclic plasticity, journal of applied mechanics, 43 (1976) 645–651. [8] kurtyka, t., parameter identification of a distortional model of subsequent yield surfaces, archives of mechanics, 40 (1988) 433–454. [9] valanis, k.c., a theory of viscoplasticity without a yield surface. iiapplication to mechanical behavior of metals(mechanical response of al and cu under complex strain histories conditions, using endochronic theory of viscoplasticity without yield surface), archiwum mechaniki stosowanej, 23 (1971) 535–551. [10] lee, m.g., kim, j.h., chung, k., kim, s.j., wagoner, r.h., kim, h.y., analytical springback model for lightweight hexagonal close-packed sheet metal, international journal of plasticity, 25 (2009) 399–419. [11] carpinteri, a., ronchei, c., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., lifetime estimation in the low/medium-cycle regime using the carpinteri-spagnoli multiaxial fatigue criterion, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, (2014). [12] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., multiaxial fatigue assessment using a simplified critical plane-based criterion, international journal of fatigue, 33 (2011) 969–976. [13] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., bagni, c., structural integrity assessment of metallic components under multiaxial fatigue: the c–s criterion and its evolution, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 36 (2013) 870–883. microsoft word numero_49_art_66_2535 c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 739 experimental analysis of aluminium/carbon epoxy hybrid laminates under flexural load costanzo bellini, vittorio di cocco, francesco iacoviello, luca sorrentino department of civil and mechanical engineering, university of cassino and southern lazio, 03043 cassino, italy costanzo.bellini@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4804-6588 vittorio.dicocco@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1668-3729 francesco.iacoviello@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9382-6092 luca.sorrentino@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5278-7357 abstract. industry needs new materials that present very high structural characteristic, such as high strength, low weight and high damage tolerance. to obtain these characteristics a new class of materials has been introduced: fibre metal laminate (fml); they consist in metal sheets alternated to composite material layers: in such manner, the good characteristics of each constituent material confer the utmost properties to the fmls. however, the mechanical properties depend, among other factors, on the thickness and the numerousness of the layers constituting the fml, as well as the interface between metal and composite. therefore, in this paper, the influence of the abovementioned factors on the material answer to flexural load was investigated. in particular, different kinds of laminates were produced varying the layers adhesion and the layers thickness, but maintaining unaltered the metal/composite volume ratio and the total laminate thickness. then their structural behaviour was investigated through three-point bending test, and it was found that the flexural behaviour was affected by both the investigated factors; in fact, the maximum flexural load diminished incrementing the number of layers and inserting an adhesive layer at the metal/composite interface. keywords. fibre metal laminate; flexural load; structural behaviour. citation: bellini, c., di cocco, v, iacoviello, f., sorrentino, l., experimental analysis of aluminium carbon/epoxy hybrid laminates under flexural load, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747. received: 24.05.2019 accepted: 22.06.2019 published: 01.07.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction everal industrial fields, like automotive, aeronautics and sports goods, need new materials presenting very high structural characteristics, such as high strength, low weight and high damage tolerance. these characteristics can be obtained by introducing a new class of materials: fibre metal laminate (fml); they consist of metal sheets alternated to composite material layers: in such manner, the good characteristics of each constituent material confer the utmost s http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/49/2535.mp4 c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 740 properties to the fmls, such as high strength, high damage tolerance and low density [1]. these extraordinary structural properties are due to the particular characteristics of the materials the fmls are made of; in fact, the fmls made of aluminium and glass fibre composite, that are widespread in the aeronautical field, are less robust than those based on cfrp (carbon fibre reinforced polymer) [2]; in fact, carall (carbon fibre-reinforced aluminium laminates) are about 10% tougher than glare (glass fibre reinforced aluminium laminates) [3]. in general, carbon-based fmls present superior characteristics, as regards the ability to withstand crashes, energy absorption capacity, tensile modulus, yield strength and fatigue strength, in comparison with glass fibre or aramid-based fmls [4]. the fmls can be considered for ballistic applications too, together with aramid fibre composites [5]. usually, structural parts are subjected to flexural loads, that represents the most diffused, and consequently most studied failure mode. the elements an fml is made of have dissimilar properties, causing a complex damage behaviour; in fact, the composite layers are brittle, while metal layers are ductile. the most diffused failure mechanisms of flms are matrix cracking, metal layers plastic deformation, fibres fracture, composite layers delamination and debonding between metal and composite [6]. hu et al. [7] analysed the flexural properties of fmls made of carbon fibres reinforced pmr polyimide and titanium, finding a good structural strength at both room and high temperature. they also found that the micro roughness of the titanium surface layer improved the adhesion between composite material and titanium itself. lawcock et al. [8] found that the bending characteristics of carall depend on the adhesion between the composite laminate and the aluminium layers, while the tensile properties are not affected; in fact, a weak bonding can give rise to a decrement of about 10% for the interlaminar shear strength. they determined that the bonding strength did not influence the residual strength of notched specimen, even if a small decrease for a specimen with a stronger bonding was found. a similar result was stated by botelho et al. [9] that treated the aluminium surface with two different processes: sulphuric chromic acid etching and chromic acid anodization. they found that the latter method brought to better surface wetting, but the interlaminar shear strength of both glare and carall was not influenced. the effect of the metal sheet location along the laminate thickness was studied by dhaliwal and newaz [10], that produced and tested some carall specimens presenting carbon fibre laminate as outside layers. they compared the flexural properties of those laminates with that of common carall, that had aluminium layers outside, determining a superior strength for their material. they also made a comparison between carall and bulk aluminium specimens, determined a higher bending strength of the former ones. the effect of the aluminium sheet strength and the fibres directions on the in-plane flexural behaviour of caralls was analysed by xu et al. [2]. they discovered an increment of the flexural strength as both the amount of the longitudinal fibres and the metal strength were increased. as regards the progressive failure process, at first the aluminium sheets yield appeared, together with tension damage of fibre and resin in the section bottom and resin compression crushing in the section top; after, the delamination started in the laminate mid-span, caused by the unstable deformation. a work has been carried out aiming at analysing the behaviour of laminates with the same composite/metal volume fraction ratio and different layers thicknesses by wu et al. [11]. these authors studied the flexural behaviour of carbon fibre/magnesium fmls, discovering that the flexural modulus linearly decreased with the layer thicknesses, while no differences were observed for the flexural strength. however, the layer thickness decrease made the failure area shift from compression to tension region. moreover, the bonding behaviour is fundamental for composites and fmls [12,13]. the aim of the present work regards the analysis of the flexural behaviour of carall specimens, studying the influence of both layer thickness and the adhesion solution between cfrp laminate and aluminium sheet. in particular, the attention was paid not only to the maximum flexural strength reached by the specimens, but also to the stress-strain response after the first elastic phase and the first stress peak, that represents the maximum stress. in this manner, it is possible to determine also which parameter combination presents the highest toughness and the highest safety after the first peak stress. moreover, unidirectional reinforcements are usually employed in the design of fmls, while in this study a carbon fabric was considered as composite material reinforcement. the effect of the stacking characteristic on the laminate mechanical behaviour was studied by several researchers, even if they keep the composite laminate thickness [14,15] or metal sheet thickness [16,17] constant and focused the attention on the dynamic characterization. the layer thickness is a significant factor concerning the structural behaviour of fmls that should be taken into consideration for the product design, even if the study of this topic has been infrequently explored [11]. materials and methods n this work, the effects of layer thickness and of the layer adhesion were investigated both separately and combined. as reported in tab. 1, four different specimen types composed the full factorial plan of the experimental activity, that i c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 741 presented 2 levels for each factor. the analysis was carried out through three-point bending tests on the carall specimens with different stacking and dissimilar bonding strategy. specimen type number of metal sheet adhesive type a 1 yes type b 1 no type c 2 yes type d 2 no table 1: full factorial plan for factor influence analysis. as concerns the stacking sequence, two laminates with cfrp laminate as external layer were considered; in particular, one consisted of two layers of cfrp and one of aluminium, while the other one was formed by two layers of aluminium and three layers of carbon fibre. in order to maintain the laminate thickness and the cfrp/aluminium ratio constant, the aluminium sheet thickness of the former typology was equal to 0.6 mm and one composite laminate was composed by six prepreg plies, for a total of 12 plies, while the latter type presented two 0.3 mm thick aluminium foil and three cfrp layers consisting of four prepreg plies each. in such a manner, the obtained laminate thickness was 5 mm. in order to evaluate the influence of the adhesive interface between the composite material and the aluminium sheet on the mechanical performance of the hybrid laminates, both fmls with and without adhesive were produced and tested. in particular, for the former ones a structural adhesive, typically used in the aeronautical field, was adopted, while the bonding interface of the latter ones relied on the self-adhesive capacity of the resin being a part of the prepreg material. the different types of fml studied in the present work are reported in fig. 1. four specimens were tested for each set of parameters, so 16 flexure tests were carried out in total. a) b) c) d) figure 1: different kinds of fml considered in this work: a) one metal sheet with adhesive, b) one metal sheet without adhesive, c) two metal sheets with adhesive, d) two metal sheets without adhesive. the metal sheets considered for this work were made of aluminium al 1100, while the composite material was the se70/rc303t/1270/38%, a prepreg system made of se70 epoxy resin and a carbon twill style fabric. 2x2 twill is a weaving style that provides a diagonal pattern with one or more warp fibres woven in a regular manner above and below two or more weft fibres; the warp and weft are the sets of threads that together contribute to the creation of the fabric. the resin weight content was 38% and the fabric areal density was 303 g/m2. as concerns the bonding agent used in some specimens, c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 742 it was the af163-2k film adhesive. it had a thickness of about 0.24 mm and a carrier, made of glass fibres, was present inside it for resistance increment purpose. as regards the manufacturing process of the carall specimens, four laminates, one for each fml type considered in this work, were produced by the vacuum bag process. the mould consisted of a 10 mm thick steel plate, whose dimensions were 500 x 400 mm2, on which the four laminates were produced simultaneously, since the mould area was enough ample. in fact, it was decided to produce laminates with dimensions equal to 200 x 110 mm2, from which extract four specimens with dimensions of 160 x 20 mm2. the vacuum bag is a manufacturing process typically adopted in the aeronautical industries for composite material parts production. for the purpose of the present work, the mould surface was treated with marbocote, a release agent necessary to warrant a safe part removal at the end of the manufacturing process, without part damage or breakage. then, all the materials required for caralls manufacturing, that were the prepreg plies, the aluminium sheets and the adhesive plies, were cut into the right size and stacked as described in fig. 2. then, the four stacks were covered with a release film and a breather fabric: the latter was needed for evacuating air and gases out of the bag, while the former was used to separate the breather from the laminates. a caul plate was placed on the top prepreg layer to obtain a smooth surface finish on both laminate sides. finally, the mould was closed with the vacuum bag, closed with a butyl sealant tape, and the vacuum was applied and maintained until the thermal cycle end. after the mould preparation, the parts were polymerized in an autoclave following the thermal cycle suggested by the prepreg manufacturer, that was suitable for the adhesive cure too. in fact, the cure process is a very important step in polymeric material manufacturing [18,19]. this cycle scheduled a heating ramp with a rate of 2 °c/min and a temperature dwell of 100 min at 100 °c. at the end of the curing process, the laminates were taken from the mould and trimmed by a diamond disk saw, obtaining the desired specimens. the produced specimens for type a fml are visible in fig. 3. figure 2: prepreg plies and aluminium sheets after the stacking phase. figure 3: specimens cut from the fml plates. the bending tests carried out on the specimens to evaluate the flexural characteristic referred to the astm d790. this test method considered a three-point loading system applied to a simply supported beam. in particular, the test involved two cylindrical shape supports on which the rectangular cross-section specimen was laid, loaded by a cylindrical punch, halfway c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 743 between the two supports, as visible in fig. 4. the span between the support was set to 136 mm, while the loading rate to 6 mm/min. the specimens were loaded until the loading nose reached a stroke of 27 mm and then unloaded in order to evaluate the mechanical behaviour of the studied material, even after the maximum load, and so the maximum flexural strength, had been reached. figure 4: three-point bending test for type b specimen. results and discussion he influence of two factors, such as the number of layers and the presence of the adhesive, on the flexural properties of the carall was studied in this work. in particular, the attention was focused not only on the single factor but also on their combination, leading to a more accurate and deeper interpretation of the material behaviour. the threepoint bending test results concerned the flexural strength and they were analysed through inferential statistical techniques in order to ascertain the presence or absence of significant differences. for the purposes of the present paper, the assumption of equality of all population means was assumed as the null hypothesis, as commonly done for statistical analysis of data characterized by homoscedasticity, normal population distribution and independency of experimental runs. the observation of the p-value was chosen as criteria for null hypothesis rejection: if its value was below the significance level of 0.05, the generally adopted significance value, then the null hypothesis could be rejected and, consequently, the population means were effectively dissimilar and the influence of the studied factor could not be neglected. the flexural strength of the tested laminates, denoted as σf, was determined through the following relation, present in astm d790 standard and other papers in the literature [10,20,21]: (1) where p represents the load the specimen undergoes, l is the distance between the supports and h and b are the specimen thickness and width, respectively. as it can be noted in tab. 2 and fig. 5, the flexural strength ranged between 562.75 mpa and 641.86 mpa for the laminate with one aluminium sheet bonded with adhesive, while it oscillated between 644.25 mpa and 734.00 mpa for the same laminate without the adhesive, in which the composite material bonding on aluminium sheet was assured by the sole prepreg resin. as concerns the carall with two metal layers, the flexural strength interval went from 468.88 mpa to 553.30 mpa for the laminate with adhesive and from 498.38 to 641.38 for that one without adhesive. the cov (coefficient of variation) was low for all the carall types; in fact, it was equal to about 5-7%, and in only one 2 3    2      f p l b d   t c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 744 case it overcame 10%, even if only for a very small amount. it is worth to note that the results found in this experimental campaign are in accordance with other works on this class of material [10, 22, 23]. it can be noted from the experimental results that the highest strength value came from the laminate without the adhesive film and with only a metal sheet, while the lowest value to that one with two aluminium sheets and glued with adhesive. it can be stated that the presence of the adhesive film was detrimental for the material strength, whereas the decrease of metal sheets number was positive. as concerns the former conclusion, it seemed to be in contradiction with past literature; in fact, several researchers [8,24,25] discovered an improvement due to the presence of the adhesive, but it must be underlined that the enhancement was found only for lap shear and interlaminar shear tests, while the in-plane mechanical properties, as the tensile strength, showed a similar behaviour. only in the work of li et al. [25] the flexural behaviour was considered, but the same authors acknowledged their results to be highly depending on specimen and test geometry. run type a type b type c type d 1 562.75 658.22 497.84 542.37 2 641.86 644.25 468.88 498.45 3 602.50 655.68 534.33 641.38 4 621.18 734.00 553.30 563.26 mean 607.07 673.04 513.59 561.36 st. dev. 33.64 41.09 37.66 59.79 cv% 5.54% 6.11% 7.33% 10.65% table 2: flexural strength [mpa] for all the tested specimen. figure 5: comparison of flexural strength for the different type of carall. the results of the analysis of variance that was implemented on the experimental results are presented in tab. 3. it can be noted that the number of aluminium sheets was the most influencing factor, since it had a contribution of 53.41%, while the effect of the other factor, that is the presence of the adhesive, was far less important (16.42%). the contribution of the c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 745 interaction between factors was less than 0.5% and it can be neglected. however, for a more significant comparison the pvalue was calculated too for each factor; the analysis confirmed that both the considered factors had an effect on the material flexural strength, since their value was less than 0.05, the commonly chosen a-level, instead the interaction term p-value was 0.688 and so it can be disregarded. source df seq ss contribution adj ss adj ms f-value p-value n. sheets 1 42087.7 53.41% 42087.7 42087.7 21.55 0.001 adhesive 1 23937.6 16.42% 12937.6 12937.6 6.62 0.024 n. sheet * adhesive 1 330.9 0.42% 330.9 330.9 0.17 0.688 error 12 23439.7 29.75% 23439.7 1953.3 total 15 78795.9 100.00% table 3: anova analysis of experimental data. the flexural stress-strain curves of the tested specimens are reported in fig. 6; in particular, a representative curve is shown for each specimen type since the data scatter was quite limited. the mechanical behaviour of all the four specimens was quite similar; in fact, they presented a first stress increment, almost linear till the maximum stress value was reached, followed by a pseudo-ductile behaviour, with a fluctuating trend characterized by stress increment and decrement. however, there are substantial differences, especially in the second pseudo-ductile phase and, as abovementioned, the maximum stress level obtained. on the contrary, in the first elastic phase the slope of the stress-strain curve, that represents young’s modulus of the material, was quite the same for all the laminates, even if that slope was slightly steeper for the laminate without the adhesive. this conclusion can be justified by the fact that the adhesive is less stiff than the other materials and consequently it made the module of the whole laminate decrease. as concerns the post-first stress peak behaviour, the type a and type d laminates presented the highest stress drop, while for the type b and type c the drop was more reduced. in fact, the type a laminate lost about the 55% of its load capacity, while the type d about the 45%; this loss was equal to 20% for the type b and 2% for the type c specimen. after the stress drop there is a stress recovery for all the laminates, but the value of the second peak is quite different depending on the specimen type; in fact, for the type c the second peak value is quite similar to the first peak one, for the type b it corresponded to the 90% of the first peak while for the remaining laminates it was slightly higher than the drop value. these trends show that the type c laminate is the safest one, although it had the lowest flexural strength, since the stress drop after the first stress peak is low and the value of the second peak stress is like the first one. finally, it must be noted that the residual load capacity at the end of the test is negligible for the all the specimen except the type d. conclusions ml materials, that consist of composite layers alternated to metal sheets, are more and more adopted in several industrial fields due to their very high mechanical characteristics features. in this work, the mechanical behaviour of different types of fml was analysed, investigating the effect of the staking sequence and the adhesive presence at the interface between metal and composite material. in this study, aluminium was considered for the metal part of the fml, while the composite material consisted of an epoxy resin reinforced by carbon fabric. the flexural behaviour of the produced laminates was analysed, paying attention not only to the maximum strength but also to the post-peak stress behaviour. the produced laminates had the same thickness and the same metal/composite material ratio, but the material distribution along the thickness was dissimilar in order to obtain different layer thickness without changing the surface density of the panels. from the test results it can be concluded that the highest strength was reached by the laminate with a single metal sheet and without adhesive, while the worst condition was represented by that one with two metal sheets and the presence of the adhesive; in fact, passing from the latter to the former there is a strength increment of about 30%. as concerns the specimens f c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 746 behaviour after the maximum stress, various stress trends were noticed: an elevated stress drop characterized the type a and type d specimens, while for the other two laminates types it was reduced or quite absent. in the light of this analysis, it can be concluded that the specimen with two metal sheet and the adhesive was the safer one since it was able to sustain a load near to the maximum one for a long strain interval, even if it presented the lowest maximum stress. figure 6: flexural stress-strain curves of the tested specimens. references [1] vermeeren, c.a.j.r. (2003). an historic overview of the development of fibre metal laminates, appl. compos. mater., 10(4–5), pp. 189–205, doi: 10.1023/a:1025533701806. [2] xu, r., huang, y., lin, y., bai, b., huang, t. (2017). in-plane flexural behaviour and failure prediction of carbon fibrereinforced aluminium laminates, j. reinf. plast. compos., 36(18), pp. 1384–1399, doi: 10.1177/0731684417708871. [3] botelho, e.c., silva, r.a., pardini, l.c., rezende, m.c. (2006). a review on the development and properties of continuous fiber/epoxy/aluminum hybrid composites for aircraft structures, mater. res., 9(3), pp. 247–256, doi: 10.1002/ar.1092200206. [4] kim, j.g., kim, h.c., kwon, j.b., shin, d.k., lee, j.j., huh, h. (2015). tensile behavior of aluminum/carbon fiber reinforced polymer hybrid composites at intermediate strain rates, j. compos. mater., 49(10), pp. 1179–1193, doi: 10.1177/0021998314531310. [5] sorrentino, l., bellini, c., corrado, a., polini, w., aricò, r. (2015).ballistic performance evaluation of composite laminates in kevlar 29. procedia engineering, vol. 88, elsevier b.v., pp. 255–262. [6] frizzell, r.m., mccarthy, c.t., mccarthy, m.a. (2008). an experimental investigation into the progression of damage in pin-loaded fibre metal laminates, compos. part b eng., 39(6), pp. 907–925, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2008.01.007. [7] hu, y.b., li, h.g., cai, l., zhu, j.p., pan, l., xu, j., tao, j. (2015). preparation and properties of fibre-metal laminates based on carbon fibre reinforced pmr polyimide, compos. part b eng., 69, pp. 587–591, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2014.11.011. [8] lawcock, g., ye, l., mai, y.w., sun, c.t. (1997). the effect of adhesive bonding between aluminum and composite prepreg on the mechanical properties of carbon-fiber-reinforced metal laminates, compos. sci. technol., 57(1), pp. 35– 45, doi: 10.1016/s0266-3538(96)00107-8. [9] botelho, e.c., silva, r.a., pardini, l.c., rezende, m.c. (2004). evaluation of adhesion of continuous fiber-epoxy composite/aluminum laminates, j. adhes. sci. technol., 18(15–16), pp. 1799–1813, doi: 10.1163/1568561042708377. [10] dhaliwal, g.s., newaz, g.m. (2016). experimental and numerical investigation of flexural behavior of carbon fiber reinforced aluminum laminates, j. reinf. plast. compos., 35(12), pp. 945–956, doi: 10.1177/0731684416632606. [11] wu, x., pan, y., wu, g., huang, z., tian, r., sun, s. (2017). flexural behaviour of cfrp/mg hybrid laminates with different layers thickness, adv. compos. lett., 26(5), pp. 168–172. [12] sorrentino, l., polini, w., bellini, c., parodo, g. (2018). surface treatment of cfrp: influence on single lap joint c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 739-747; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66 747 performances, int. j. adhes. adhes., 85, pp. 225–233, doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2018.06.008. [13] bellini, c., parodo, g., polini, w., sorrentino, l. (2018). influence of hydrothermal ageing on single lap bonded cfrp joints, frat. ed integrità strutt., 45, pp. 173–182, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.15. [14] pärnänen, t., alderliesten, r., rans, c., brander, t., saarela, o. (2012). applicability of az31b-h24 magnesium in fibre metal laminates an experimental impact research, compos. part a appl. sci. manuf., 43(9), pp. 1578–1586, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesa.2012.04.008. [15] sadighi, m., pärnänen, t., alderliesten, r.c., sayeaftabi, m., benedictus, r. (2012). experimental and numerical investigation of metal type and thickness effects on the impact resistance of fiber metal laminates, appl. compos. mater., 19(3–4), pp. 545–559, doi: 10.1007/s10443-011-9235-6. [16] cortés, p., cantwell, w.j. (2005). the fracture properties of a fibre-metal laminate based on magnesium alloy, compos. part b eng., 37(2–3), pp. 163–170, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2005.06.002. [17] ahmadi, h., sabouri, h., liaghat, g., bidkhori, e. (2011). experimental and numerical investigation on the high velocity impact response of glare with different thickness ratio, procedia eng., 10, pp. 869–784, doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2011.04.143. [18] sorrentino, l., bellini, c., carrino, l., leone, a., mostarda, e., tersigni, l. (2009).cure process design to manufacture composite components with variable thickness by a closed die technology. 17th international conference on composite materials, edinburgh. [19] sorrentino, l., bellini, c. (2016). in-process monitoring of cure degree by coplanar plate sensors, int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 86(9–12), pp. 2851–2859, doi: 10.1007/s00170-016-8338-5. [20] sathyaseelan, p., logesh, k., venketasudhahar, m., dilip raja, n.. (2015). experimental and finite element analysis of fibre metal laminates (fml’s) subjected to tensile , flexural and impact loadings with different stacking sequence, int. j. mech. mechatronics eng., 15(03), pp. 23–27. [21] hamill, l., hofmann, d.c., nutt, s. (2018). galvanic corrosion and mechanical behavior of fiber metal laminates of metallic glass and carbon fiber composites, adv. eng. mater., 20(2), pp. 1–8, doi: 10.1002/adem.201700711. [22] pan, l., ali, a., wang, y., zheng, z., lv, y. (2017). characterization of effects of heat treated anodized film on the properties of hygrothermally aged aa5083-based fiber-metal laminates, compos. struct., 167, pp. 112–122, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2017.01.066. [23] rajan, b.m.c., kumar, a.s. (2018). the influence of the thickness and areal density on the mechanical properties of carbon fibre reinforced aluminium laminates (caral), trans. indian inst. met., 71(9), pp. 2165–2171, doi: 10.1007/s12666-018-1348-2. [24] hamill, l., nutt, s. (2018). adhesion of metallic glass and epoxy in composite-metal bonding, compos. part b eng., 134, pp. 186–192, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2017.09.044. [25] li, h., hu, y., fu, x., zheng, x., liu, h., tao, j. (2016). effect of adhesive quantity on failure behavior and mechanical properties of fiber metal laminates based on the aluminum-lithium alloy, compos. struct., 152, pp. 687–692, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2016.05.098. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 557 rock brittleness evaluation method based on the complete stressstrain curve chenyang liu, yong wang, xiaopei zhang, lizhi du university of jilin, changchun 130012, china wyzrp613@jlu.edu.cn abstract. brittleness plays an important role in the brittle failure process of rocks, and is also one of the important mechanical properties of rocks and a key indicator in rock engineering such as hydraulic fracturing, tunnelling machine borehole drilling and rockburst prediction. therefore, aiming at the applicability of the brittleness index, this paper summarizes and analyzes the existing brittleness indices based on different experimental methods. through analysis, it is found that many of the existing methods have their limitations. on the other hand, the brittleness evaluation method based on the stress sstrain curve makes it easier to obtain key parameters and quantify them. therefore, this paper also adopts this practically widely used method. it proposes a brittleness index based on the post-peak stress drop rate of the rock stress-strain curve and the difficulty of brittle failure, verifies by the traditional triaxial surrounding rock pressure test the accuracy and superiority of bl and further explores the differences between the brittleness indices b8, b11, b12 and bl. finally, the brittleness index bl and b13 are further contrasted by the existing experimental data. keywords. rock mechanics; failure; brittleness; complete stress-strain curve. citation: liu, c.y., wang, y., zhang, x.p., du, l.z., rock brittleness evaluation method based on the complete stress-strain curve, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567. received: 07.11.2018 accepted: 19.02.2019 published: 01.04.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction rittleness is a fundamental parameter of rock mechanics and plays an important role in rock failure engineering. for example, the brittleness of rocks is an important indicator to evaluate the risks of rockburst. for underground engineering, rockburst is the most important issue [1]; in tunnel engineering, the rock brittleness determines the excavation efficiency of the tbm shield tunnelling machine; it also determines the efficiency of shale gas and oil production and has a great impact on the hydraulic fracturing of horizontal wells [2-5]. in order to reduce or even prevent the adverse b http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/49/2255.mp4 c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 558 effects of disasters on underground engineering and improve mining efficiency, it is extremely important for scientific research to figure out how to accurately evaluate the brittleness of rocks. 𝐵1 = 𝜎𝑐 𝜎𝑡⁄ , 𝐵2 = (𝜎𝑐 − 𝜎𝑡 ) (𝜎𝑐 + 𝜎𝑡 ) ⁄ , 𝐵3 = 𝜎𝑐 𝜎𝑡 2⁄ ,𝐵4 = √𝐵3 𝜎𝑐 and 𝜎𝑡 are the ucs and the tensile strength, respectively. 𝐵5 = 𝐵5 ′ 𝐵5 " , 𝐵5 ′ = (𝜀𝐵𝑅𝐼𝑇 − 𝜀𝑛 )/(𝜀𝑚 − 𝜀𝑛 ), 𝐵5 " = 𝛼𝐶𝑆 + 𝛽𝐶𝑆 + 𝜂, cs = 𝜀𝑝(𝜎𝑝 − 𝜎𝑟 )/𝜎𝑝/ (𝜀𝑟 − 𝜀𝑝) ε𝐵𝑅𝐼𝑇 , ε𝑚, ε𝑛 are the peak strain, the peak strain maximum and the minimum value of sample rock specimen, respectively. 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝜂 are the standardized coefficients. 𝜎𝑝 and 𝜎𝑟 are the peak strength and the residual strength, respectively. 𝜀𝑝 and 𝜀𝑟 are the peak strain and the residual strain, respectively. 𝐵6 = (𝑀 − 𝐸)/𝑀,𝐵7 = 𝐸/𝑀 m and e are the post-peak modulus and the pro-peak elastic modulus, respectively. 𝐵8 = (𝜎𝑝 − 𝜎𝑟 )/𝜎𝑝, 𝐵9 = (𝜀𝑟 − 𝜀𝑝)/𝜀𝑝, 𝐵10 = 𝜀𝑅 /𝜀𝑃 𝜎𝑝 and 𝜎𝑟 are the peak strength and the residual strength, respectively. 𝜀𝑟 and 𝜀𝑃 are the peak strain and the residual strain, respectively, 𝜀𝑅 is the reversible strain of the stress-strain curve. 𝐵11 = 𝐵11 ′ 𝐵11 " , 𝐵11 ′ = (𝜎𝑝 − 𝜎𝑟 )/𝜎𝑝, 𝐵11 " = lg|𝑘𝑎𝑐 | /10 𝜎𝑝 and 𝜎𝑟 are the peak strength and the residual strength, respectively. 𝑘𝑎𝑐 is the post-peak stress drop rate. 𝐵12 = 𝐵12 ′ + 𝐵12 " , 𝐵12 ′ = (𝜎𝑝 − 𝜎𝑟 )/(𝜀𝑟 − 𝜀𝑝), 𝐵12 " = (𝜎𝑝 − 𝜎𝑟 )(𝜀𝑟 − 𝜀𝑝)/( 𝜎𝑝𝜀𝑝) 𝜎𝑝 and 𝜎𝑟 are the peak strength and the residual strength, respectively, 𝜀𝑝 and 𝜀𝑟 are the peak strain and the residual strain, respectively. 𝐵13 = 𝐵13 ′ + 𝐵13 ′′ , 𝐵13 ′ = 𝜀𝑝(𝜎p − 𝜎i) (𝜀𝑝 −⁄ 𝜀i)𝜎𝑝 ,𝐵13 ′′ = 𝜀𝑝(𝜎p − 𝜎r) 𝜎𝑝⁄ (𝜀𝑟 − 𝜀𝑝) 𝜎𝑝 and 𝜎𝑟 are the peak strength and the residual strength, respectively. 𝜀𝑝 and 𝜀𝑟 are the peak strain and the residual strain, respectively, 𝜎i and 𝜀i are the crack initiation stress and the crack initiation strain 𝐵14 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛽, 𝐵15 = 45° + 𝛽/2 𝛽 is the inner friction angle determined from mohr’s envelope. 𝐵16 = 0.5𝐸𝑏𝑟𝑖𝑡 + 0.5𝜇𝑏𝑟𝑖𝑡 , 𝐸𝑏𝑟𝑖𝑡 = (𝐸 − 1)/(8 − 1) × 100,𝜇𝑏𝑟𝑖𝑡 = (0.4 − 1)/ (0.4 − 0.15) e and 𝜇 are the post-peak modulus and the elastic modulus, respectively. 𝐵17 = (𝐻𝜇 − 𝐻𝑚 )/𝑐 where hμ is the micro-indentation hardness, hm is the macro-indentation hardness, and c is the constant 𝐵18 = 𝐻𝑎 /𝐾𝑐 where ha is hardness and kc is fracture toughness. 𝐵19 = 𝐻𝑎 𝐸/𝐾𝑐 2 where ha and kc are same as those in b18, e is young’s modulus 𝐵19 = 𝑊𝑞𝑡𝑧 /(𝑊𝑞𝑡𝑧 + 𝑊𝑐𝑎𝑟𝑏 + 𝑊𝑐𝑙𝑎𝑦 ), wqtz, wcarb and wclay are the content of quartz, clay and carbonate minerals, respectively. table 1: formula meaning and explanation. c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 559 however, there is currently no standard or widely accepted concept for the evaluation of the rock brittleness index. researchers hold different views for different research purposes. morley [6] and hetényi [7] argue that rock brittleness is characterized by low elongation or low strain value due to the lack of ductility or compressibility. ramasy [8] defines brittleness as the loss of cohesion in a rock as it deforms within the elastic range. similarly, obert and duaval [9] consider brittleness to be a phenomenon in which a material (such as cast iron or rock) breaks or only slightly exceeds the yield stress. tarasov and potvin [10] proposed that brittleness is the ability to self-maintain the macroscopic damage in the post-peak area under the compressive load due to the accumulation of elastic energy. with the development of rock mechanics, a lot of research has been done on the evaluation of rock brittleness, and the commonly used evaluation methods are shown in tab. 1. brittleness evaluation method based on the rock stress-strain curve in tab. 1, the brittleness indices b1-b4 are proposed based on the relationship between ucs (uniaxial compressive strength) and uniaxial tensile strength. according to the experimental results, kahraman [11] believed that the penetration rate of the rotary drill bit has a strong exponential relationship with the brittleness indices b1 and b2. altindag [12] proposed the brittleness indices b3-b4 based on the tensile-compressive strength curve to quantitatively evaluate the brittleness of rocks. these two indices are often used to predict the drillability of rocks. however, the brittleness indices b1-b4 based on ucs and uniaxial tensile strength is not applicable to the analysis of rock brittleness under complex stress conditions. according to the post-peak stress drop rate and peak strength, li qinghui et al [13] proposed the brittleness index b5, which is based on the three standard coefficients for the post-peak stress drop, but only applies to a certain type of rocks, and what is more, a lot of experiments need to be done to obtain an accurate value. at the same time, tarasov and potvin [14] proposed the brittleness indices b6-b7 based on the post-peak secant modulus and the pre-peak elastic modulus. xia yingjie believed that these two brittleness indices cannot effectively distinguish the brittle characteristics of different stress-strain curves [15]. r. altindag [16] proposed the brittleness indices b7 and b8 based on the peak stress-strain and residual stress-strain relations. hucka and das [17] proposed the brittleness indices b10 based on the ratio of recoverable strain to peak strain before the peak; however, these methods consider only a few mechanical parameters and cannot fully reflect the strain-strain process of the entire rock. therefore, these methods require further improvement. meng et al. [18] proposed the brittleness index b11 based on the relative magnitude and absolute rate of the post-peak stress drop, and further verified the accuracy of the index by doing comparison test on different types of rocks under different surrounding rock pressures, but this index does not represent the pre-peak mechanical characteristics. xia yingjie et al. proposed the brittleness index b12 based on the post-peak stress drop rate and the ratio of the elastic energy released by the instability failure to the total energy stored before the peak. chen guoqing et al. [19] proposed the rock brittleness index b13 based on the post-peak stress drop rate and the stress growth rate between the pre-peak initiation stress and the peak stress. the method uses the stress growth rate between the initiation stress and the peak stress to characterize the pre-peak brittle state. at present, there are two effective ways to determine the initiation stress, one being acoustic emission and the other based on the strain inflection point of the crack volume [20]. acoustic emission is often affected by noise, making it difficult to determine the moment of crack initiation. the second method, which determines the initiation stress through the strain inflection point of the crack volume, often depends on the mineral composition and particle size, so it is also difficult to determine an accurate value. in order to further verify the accuracy of the method proposed in this paper, the following section will make comparisons with the experimental data by chen guoqing et al. brittleness evaluation method based on internal friction angle hucka and das [21] proposed evaluating the brittleness indices b14 and b15 of rocks considering the internal friction angle. at the same time, tarasov and potvin [22] found through experiments that the brittleness index b13 is positively correlated with the rock fracture angle. however, the brittleness indices b14 and b15 only apply to the same type of rocks; and it is also difficult to obtain an accurate rock fracture angle. brittleness evaluation method based on elastic modulus and poisson's ratio rockman et al. [23] proposed the brittleness index b16 based on shale reservoir; however, the brittleness index b16 only takes into account the elastic modulus and poisson’s ratio, but ignores many important mechanical parameters. in order to obtain accurate parameters, mechanical experiments still need to be conducted on a lot of rock samples. all these factors limit the development of the brittleness index b16. c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 560 brittleness evaluation method based on hardness hucka and das proposed a rock brittleness evaluation method based on the difference between rock micro-hardness and macro-hardness. lawn and marshall [24] established the brittleness index b18 for the ceramic engineering field. quinn and quninn [25] described an index b19 to measure the rock brittleness based on the ratio of the deformation energy per unit volume to the fracture surface energy per unit area. this brittleness evaluation index considers too few factors and is only applicable to the ceramic field, so its accuracy and applicability should be further considered in applications. rock brittleness index based on stress-strain drop and peak strain n the brittleness evaluation in hydraulic fracturing and rockburst prediction, the existing brittleness evaluation methods consider only a few mechanical parameters. what is more, many of them are only applicable to uniaxial load conditions, and not suitable for high surrounding rock pressure in deep tunnel construction. the stress-strain curve, on the other hand, reflects the whole process of the rock from deformation failure to the ultimate loss of bearing capacity under external load, and is applicable to the state analysis of rock failure under surrounding rock pressure. based on the stress-strain curve of the rock failure, quantitative brittleness parameters can be obtained. therefore, the post-peak stress-strain shape obtained in the laboratory is the main method for researchers to qualitatively understand the rock brittleness. based on the above, this paper proposes a brittleness evaluation method based on post-peak stress drop rate and pre-peak brittle failure. figure 1: simplified stress-strain curve in fig. 1, the polyline oabc is a simplified class i stress-strain curve. point a (𝜎𝑝, ε𝑝) corresponds to the peak point, and 𝜎𝑃 and ε𝑃 are the peak intensity and the peak strain, respectively; point b (𝜎𝑟 , ε𝑟 ) corresponds to the residual point, and 𝜎𝑟 and ε𝑟 are the residual stress and the residual strain, respectively. it is obvious in fig. 1 that the polyline oabc is divided by point a (𝜎𝑝, ε𝑝) and point b (𝜎𝑟 , ε𝑟 ), so that the corresponding mechanical parameters can be quantitatively obtained. the drawbacks of the brittleness indices b10-b11 are already discussed above. based on these two methods, this paper proposes a new method 𝐵l1, which considers both the stress drop b8 and the strain drop b9. at the same time, the faster the stress drop rate, the higher the brittleness, so the difference between the peak stress and the residual stress is proportional to the brittleness index and the difference between the peak strain and the residual strain is inversely proportional to the brittleness index. in addition, in order to emphasize the final increase of the post-peak strain, the residual strain is used to replace the peak strain in the denominator of the brittleness index b9. first, the post-peak brittleness index 𝐵l1 is: 𝐵l1 = σp−σr σp εr−εp εr (1) i c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 561 where, εr and εp are the residual strain and the peak strain, respectively; σp and σr are the peak stress and the residual stress, respectively. peak strain can reflect the difficulty of brittle failure [23]. in addition, according to previous studies, as the peak strain increases, the rock tends to transition from being brittle to being ductile, i.e., the brittleness index will become lower. considering this factor, it is proposed that the pre-peak brittleness index bl2 should be the reciprocal of the peak strain. second, the index of the difficulty of pre-peak brittle failure is as follows: 𝐵l2 = 1 εp (2) based on this, the new rock brittleness index bl considers both the post-peak stress drop rate and the difficulty of pre-peak brittle failure. finally, the brittleness index bl is expressed as follows: 𝐵l = 𝐵l1𝐵l2 (3) in summary, the new rock brittleness evaluation method bl considers the post-peak stress drop rate and also introduces the residual strain to emphasize the final increase of post-peak strain. moreover, it incorporates the difficulty of brittle failure to characterize the pre-peak brittle characteristics. comparison and verification of brittleness indices onsidering the great impact of surrounding rock pressure on rock brittleness in underground engineering, this section will explore the variations of rock brittleness under different surrounding rock pressure conditions. in order to verify the accuracy of the brittleness index bl, tab. 2 determines the relevant mechanical parameters and calculates the brittleness index bl according to the stress-strain curve in fig. 4. at the same time, for comparison with other brittleness indices, the brittleness indices b6-b12 and b14 are selected from tab. 1 (as b13 needs initiation stress and initiation strain, it is not selected here for comparison. the following sections will use the data by chen guoqing et al. for further comparison). confining pressure /mpa σp/ (100mpa) εp/10 -3 σr/ (100mpa) εr/10 -3 εr/10 -3 rupture angle(°) b6 b7 b8 b9 b10 b11 b12 b14 bl 0 0.419 2.59 0.268 3.47 1.656 85 0.037 0.963 0.361 0.340 0.639 0.081 0.294 0.996 0.549 3 0.467 2.71 0.363 4.23 2.106 79 -1.549 2.549 0.223 0.561 0.777 0.041 0.194 0.982 0.229 9 0.586 3.39 0.484 4.5 2.799 75 -0.908 1.908 0.174 0.327 0.826 0.034 0.149 0.966 0.208 12 0.605 3.63 0.357 4.9 2.142 70 0.080 0.920 0.410 0.350 0.590 0.094 0.339 0.939 0.436 15 0.658 3.84 0.563 5.26 3.286 70 -1.793 2.793 0.144 0.370 0.856 0.026 0.120 0.939 0.139 18 0.7956 4.51 0.677 6.12 3.837 65 -1.657 2.657 0.149 0.357 0.851 0.028 0.127 0.906 0.126 25 0.982 5 0.8085 7.79 4.117 60 -2.292 3.292 0.177 0.558 0.823 0.032 0.161 0.866 0.099 table 2: conventional triaxial compression experimental data of rock specimens from phyllite preparation and experimental conditions of rock samples rock brittleness has a profound effect on the stability of deep buried tunnels. in order to accurately evaluate the brittleness of rocks, the effects of surrounding rock pressure must be considered. this paper takes the phyllite samples obtained from c c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 562 a deep hole in a tunnel in southwest china as the object. considering the geostress conditions of the rock samples, the conventional triaxial compression test was carried out to verify the accuracy of the new brittleness index bl. this test was carried out using a mts 815 test machine under different surrounding rock pressures. considering the different depths at which the rock samples were taken, 6 surrounding rock pressures were set, which are namely 0, 3, 9, 12, 15, 18 and 25mpa. according to the regulations of the international society for rock mechanics, samples were processed into standard specimens with a height of 100mm and a diameter of 50mm. during the experiment, the axial and radial deformations of the sensor were connected to a computer. the surrounding rock pressure was loaded at a rate of 0.1mpa/s, and the axial force is subject to displacement control, with a loading rate of 0.002mm/s. comparison and verification of rock brittleness indices under different surrounding rock pressures the information on sample loading and deformation is collected and stored by the data acquisition system. the failure results and stress-strain curves of the rock samples are shown in fig. 2. fig. 2 shows the fracture characteristics of the rock samples under different surrounding rock pressures. the macroscopic forms of rock failure mainly include shear-sliding failure along the schistose structure, transverse failure along the schistose surface and composite failure sliding along the schistose surface. as the surrounding rock pressure increased, the fracture angle of the rock sample and the roughness of the fracture surface decreased significantly, and the failure mode of the rock also changed. and with the surrounding rock pressure increasing, the post-peak stress drop rate decreased significantly, and the rock tended to transition from being brittle to being ductile. the experimental results indicate that the brittleness index decreases as the surrounding rock pressure increases. in particular, the rock sample under a surrounding rock pressure of 12mpa had a very rough fracture surface. through observation of the rock sample after the test, it is found that it was due to the internal defects in this rock sample. fig. 3 shows the variations of different brittleness indices as the surrounding rock pressure increases according to the calculation results in tab. 2. based on the experimental results, the rock brittleness index should satisfy the following characteristics: (1) the brittleness anomaly caused by the internal defects of the core under a surrounding rock pressure of 12mpa; (2) the brittleness tends to decrease with the increase of the surrounding rock pressure. from fig. 5, it can be seen that the brittleness indices b8, b11, b12 and bl basically conform to these two characteristics. for the brittleness indices b6 and b7, as the surrounding rock pressure increases, they cannot reflect the transition of the rock from brittleness to ductility. this is because the brittleness index b6 only considers the post-peak elastic modulus and the pre-peak elastic modulus. for the brittleness index b9, it can be clearly seen from fig. 5 that it does not reflect the brittleness changes. this is because b9 only considers the effect of the strain state, but ignores the effect of stress on the brittleness index. b10 only considers the recoverable strain and peak strain before the peak, but ignores the post-peak brittle characteristics. figure 2: stress-strain curve of rock samples under different surrounding rock pressures. c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 563 as shown in fig. 3, the brittleness index b14 cannot reflect the brittleness anomaly caused by the internal defects of the sample under a surrounding rock pressure of 12mpa. in addition, it is difficult to quantitatively obtain an accurate rock fracture angle, which may also limit the development of the brittleness index b13. brittleness indices b8, b11, b12 and bl can reflect the decrease trend of the brittleness index with the increasing surrounding rock pressure and the brittleness anomaly caused by the internal defects of rock samples under a surrounding rock pressure of 12mpa. the next section will further compare the brittleness indices b8, b11, b12 and bl based on the results of the experiment. figure 3: variations of the core brittleness indices bl, b14 and b6-b12 with the surrounding rock pressure from the above analysis, it can be seen that the brittleness index bl proposed in this paper is in good consistency with b8, b11 and b12. in order to further compare these brittleness indices, the failure characteristics are analyzed under the surrounding rock pressure of 0-12mpa and 12-25mpa. fig. 4 shows the test results of the core under the surrounding rock pressure of 0mpa and 12mpa, where the red lines represent the fracture surfaces. as can be seen from fig. 6, the fracture surface of core a is rougher than that of core b, with a larger fracture angle. in summary, core a is more brittle than core b. the brittleness indices b8, b11, b12 and bl are not consistent with the above analysis results. however, the brittleness index bl can better reflect the changes. fig. 5 shows the test results of cores c, d, and e under the surrounding rock pressure of 15, 18 and 25mpa, where the red lines represent the fracture surfaces. the fracture angels of core c, d and e are 70°, 65° and 60°, respectively. as can be seen from fig. 7, in the three groups of samples, the roughness of the fracture surface gradually decreases from core c to e, so does the penetration. the fracture surface of core c penetrates the entire core, but those of cores d and e do not penetrate c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 564 them. in addition, the fracture angles of the cores are also gradually reduced. in summary, as the surrounding rock pressure increases, the core brittleness gradually decreases, but through the analysis of fig. 5, it is found that only the brittleness index bl satisfies this feature under a surrounding rock pressure range of 15mpa-25mpa. therefore, the brittleness index bl is an effective supplement to b8, b11 and b12. 0mpa 12mpa (a) (b) figure 4: mechanical test results of two groups of cores 15mpa 18mpa 25mpa (c) (d) (e) figure 5: mechanical test results of three groups of cores in addition, since it is difficult to obtain the accurate crack initiation stress and crack initiation strain during the test, the following section will use the experimental results of chen guoqing et al. to further compare and verify the brittleness indices bl and b13. further verification of the accuracy and applicability of the brittleness index bl under surrounding rock pressure his section will further verify the accuracy and applicability of the brittleness index bl based on the existing experimental data. tab. 3 shows the brittleness index bl calculated according to the experimental data of marble cores under different surrounding rock pressures obtained by chen guoqing et al.. at the same time, this paper draws the plots of the brittleness indices bl and b13 changing with the surrounding rock pressure in order to facilitate the comparison with the brittleness index b13, as shown in fig. 6. confining pressure/ mpa σi/mpa 𝜀𝑖 /10 −3 σp/mpa εp/10 −3 σr/mpa εr/10 −3 b13 bl 5 87.929 1.693 192.084 3.729 71.956 5.976 2.031 0.446 15 89.354 1.589 258.749 4.867 123.939 7.434 1.960 0.310 25 116.041 1.967 297.072 5.615 162.811 8.174 1.930 0.257 35 126.055 1.943 332.891 6.393 190.99 10.716 1.523 0.165 table 3: mechanical parameters of cores and calculation results of brittleness indices b13 and bl under surrounding rock pressure t c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 565 figure 6: changes of the marble brittleness indices under different surrounding rock pressures the brittleness index bl meets the feature that the brittleness decreases as the surrounding rock pressure increases. in addition, as the surrounding rock pressure increases, the decrease of the brittleness index bl is more linear than b13, which is more in line with the actual test results. for b13, the variation interval is not large, making it difficult to quantitatively measure the changes of brittleness. on the contrary, bl changes more significantly, which is also more in line with the actual test results. in summary, the brittleness index bl can give a more accurate quantitative description of rock brittleness and more accurately reflect its variations. in order to further explore the applicability of the brittleness index bl to different types of rocks under surrounding rock pressure and compare it with b13, this paper calculates the brittleness index bl according to the experimental data of different rocks under the surrounding rock pressure of 30mpa obtained by chen guoqing et al., as listed in tab. 4, and draws the brittleness index variations of 5 types of rock samples under the tri-axial stress condition, as shown in fig. 7. rock sample type σi/mpa 𝜀𝑖 /10 −3 σp/mpa εp/10 −3 σr/mpa εr/10 −3 b13 bl marble 75.917 1.515 134.521 11.24 126.537 24.337 0.554 0.010 sandstone 106.045 3.596 245.677 11.382 144.481 21.565 1.291 0.079 limestone 248.161 9.669 286.085 12.767 198.059 18.385 1.245 0.077 coarse grain granite 120.904 3.79 291.095 11.226 133.415 20.598 1.531 0.106 fine grain granite 145.194 1.93 476.75 8.8 9.716 22.212 1.534 0.184 table 4: mechanical parameters and calculated brittleness indices b13 and bl of different rocks under surrounding rock pressure [18] figure 7: brittleness index variations of the 5 types of rocks under surrounding rock pressure c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 566 as shown in fig. 7, the brittleness index bl satisfies the degree of brittleness: fine grain granite > coarse grain granite > sandstone > limestone > marble. the brittleness indices bl and b13 of marble are significantly lower than those of the other four types of rock samples, which is consistent with the experimental results. for the other four types of rocks, the differences of the brittleness index bl are more obvious, making it much easier to quantitatively measure the degree of brittleness and also better reflect the brittleness variation trends of different rock samples. section 4 further verifies the accuracy and applicability of the brittleness index bl by using the experimental results of the same type and different types of rocks under surrounding rock pressure. compared with the brittleness index b13, bl is applicable to the brittleness evaluation in both cases. conclusions ccurate evaluation of rock brittleness is of great importance in rock engineering, such as underground tunnel excavation and hydraulic fracturing and so on. this paper proposes a new brittleness index evaluation method bl and verifies its effectiveness with experimental results. in addition, it also verifies the accuracy and applicability of the method using the existing experimental data. through systematic discussion and analysis of rock brittleness, this paper finally obtains the following conclusions: 1. this paper proposes a new brittleness evaluation method bl based on the post-peak stress drop rate and the difficulty of the pre-peak brittle failure. it verifies the accuracy of this index using the experimental results of phyllite rock samples taken from a deep hole of a tunnel in southwest china. with the experimental results, this paper further compares bl with other brittleness indices b8, b11 and b12, and concludes that bl more accurately reflects the experimental results. 2. with the experimental results of different types of rocks under surrounding rock pressure, this paper compares the brittleness indices b13 and bl and finds that bl accurately reflects the true brittleness variation trend of different rocks under surrounding rock pressure; at the same time, it also explores the brittleness changes of the same type of rocks under different surrounding rock pressures and finds that bl can give a better quantitative description of the rock brittleness than b13. 3. by analyzing the core with a surrounding rock pressure of 12mpa, this paper finds that the internal defects of a rock have an important impact on the rock mechanics. in actual engineering, the internal defects of rocks should be used to the advantage of rock engineering, and attention should be paid to make sure these internal defects will not cause any serious engineering disaster. references [1] altindag, r. (2002). the evaluation of rock brittleness concept on rotary blast hold drills, journal of the southern african institute of mining and metallurgy, 102, pp. 61-66. [2] holt, r.m., fjær, e., stenebråten, j.f., nes, o.m. (2015). brittleness of shales: relevance to borehole collapse and hydraulic fracturing, journal of petroleum science and engineering, 131, pp. 200-209. doi: 10.1016/j.petrol.2015.04.006 [3] hajiabdolmajid, v., kaiser, p. (2003). brittleness of rock and stability assessment in hard rock tunneling, tunnelling and underground space technology, 18, pp. 35-48. [4] dursun, a.e., gokay, m.k. (2016.) cuttability assessment of selected rocks through different brittleness values, rock mechanics and rock engineering, 49, pp. 1173-1190. doi:10.1007/s00603-015-0810-2. [5] özfırat, m.k., yenice, h., şimşir, f., yaralı, o. (2016). a new approach to rock brittleness and its usability at prediction of drillability, journal of african earth sciences, 119, pp. 94-101. doi: 10.1016/j.jafrearsci.2016.03.017. [6] morley, a. (1944). strength of material, longman, green, london. [7] el-ebrashi, m.k., craig, r.g., peyton, f.a. (1969). experimental stress analysis of dental restorations. part iii. the concept of the geometry of proximal margins, journal of prosthetic dentistry, 22, pp. 333-345. [8] ramsay, j.g. (1967). folding and fracturing of rocks, mc graw hill book company, 568. [9] obert, l., duvall, w.i. (1967). rock mechanics and the design of structures in rock / leonard obert, wilbur i. duvall, wiley. [10] tarasov, b., potvin, y. (2013). universal criteria for rock brittleness estimation under triaxial compression, international a c.y. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 557-567; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.52 567 journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 59, pp. 57-69. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2012.12.011 [11] kahraman, s. (2003). corrigendum to: “correlation of tbm and drilling machine performances with rock brittleness, engineering geology, 67, pp. 269-283. doi: 10.1016/s0013-7952(01)00137-5 [12] altindag, r. (2002). the evaluation of rock brittleness concept on rotary blast hole drills, journalsouth african institute of mining and metallurgy, 102(1), pp. 61-66. [13] li, q.h., chen, m., jin, y., wang, f.p., hou, b. (2012). indoor evaluation method for shale brittleness and improvement, chinese journal of rock mechanics & engineering, 31 (8), pp. 1680-1685. [14] tarasov, b.g., potvin, y. (2012). absolute, relative and intrinsic rock brittleness at compression, mining technology, 121(4), pp. 218-225. [15] xia, y.j., li, l.c., tang, c.a., li, x.y., ma, s., li, m. (2017). a new method to evaluate rock mass brittleness based on stress–strain curves of class i, rock mechanics & rock engineering, 50(5), pp. 1-17. doi: 10.1007/s00603-017-1174-6. [16] altindag, r. (2009). assessment of some brittleness indexes in rock-drilling efficiency, rock mechanics & rock engineering, 43(3), pp. 361-370. [17] hucka, v., das, b. (1974). brittleness determination of rocks by different methods, international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences & geomechanics abstracts, 11(10), pp. 389-392. doi: 10.1016/0148-9062(74)91109-7. [18] meng, f., zhou, h., zhang, c., xu, r., lu, j. (2015). evaluation methodology of brittleness of rock based on postpeak stress–strain curves, rock mechanics & rock engineering, 48(5), pp. 1787-1805. doi: 10.1007/s00603-014-0694-6. [19] chen, g., zhao, c., wei, t., wang, j. (2018). evaluation method of brittle characteristics of rock based on full stressstrain curve and crack initiation stress, chinese journal of rock mechanics & engineering. [20] wang, y., li, x., wu, y.f. (2014). research on relationship between crack initiation stress level and brittleness indices for brittle rocks, chinese journal of rock mechanics & engineering. [21] hucka, v., das, b. (1974). brittleness determination of rocks by different methods. international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences & geomechanics abstracts, 11(10), pp. 389-392. [22] tarasov, b., potvin, y. universal criteria for rock brittleness estimation under triaxial compression. international journal of rock mechanics and mining sciences, 59, 57-69. [23] rickman, r., mullen, m.j., petre, j.e. (2008). a practical use of shale petrophysics for stimulation design optimization: all shale plays are not clones of the barnett shale; proceedings of the spe technical conference and exhibition. [24] lawn, b.r., marshall, d.b. (2010). hardness, toughness, and brittleness: an indentation analysis, journal of the american ceramic society, 62 (7-8), pp. 347-350. doi: 10.1111/j.1151-2916.1979.tb19075.x. [25] quinn, j.b., quinn, g.d. (1997). indentation brittleness of ceramics: a fresh approach, journal of materials science, 32, pp. 4331-4346. microsoft word 2232 e. grande et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 321-333; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.24 321 fracture and structural integrity: ten years of ‘frattura ed integrità strutturale’ numerical simulation of the de-bonding phenomenon of frcm strengthening systems ernesto grande university guglielmo marconi, department of sustainability engineering, via plinio 44, 00193-roma, italy e.grande@unimarconi.it, http:// orcid.org/0000-0002-3651-1975 maura imbimbo, sonia marfia university of cassino and southern lazio, dep. of civil and mechanical engineering, via g. di biasio 43, cassino, italy mimbimbo@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3163-3073 marfia@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2166-9788 elio sacco university of naples federico ii, department of structures in engineering and architecture, via claudio 21, naples. italy elio.sacco@unina.it http:// orcid.org/0000-0002-3948-4781 abstract. aim of the paper is to present a one dimensional simple model for the study of the bond behavior of fabric reinforced cementitious matrix (frcm) strengthening systems externally applied to structural substrates. the equilibrium of an infinitesimal portion of the reinforcement and the mortar layers composing the strengthening systems allows to derive the governing equations. an analytical solution is determined solving the system of differential equations. in particular, in the first part of the paper a nonlinear shear-stress slip law characterized by a brittle post-peak behavior with a residual shear strength in the post peak phase is introduced for either the lower reinforcement-mortar interface (approach 1) or both the lower and the upper interface (approach 2). in the latter approach, a calibration of the shear strength of the upper interface is proposed in order to implicitly account for the effect of the damage of the mortar on the bond behavior. in the second part of the paper it is presented the solution of the problem in the case of softening behavior by approximating the shear-stress slip law throughout a step function. comparisons with experimental data, available in literature, are presented in order to assess the reliability of the proposed approach. keywords. frcm; de-bonding; analytical model; interface. citation: grande, e., imbimbo, m., marfia, s., sacco, e., numerical simulation of the debonding phenomenon of frcm strengthening systems, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 321-333. received: 23.10.2018 accepted: 24.11.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/47/2232.mp4 e. grande et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 321-333; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.24 322 introduction he reinforcement of existing structures has always been a relevant problem both in the technical and scientific civil engineering community. lately, the study and design of new reinforcement materials is a challenging issue. in particular, fabric reinforced cementitious matrix (frcm) is an emerging strengthening system obtained embedding a grid of the carbon, glass or aramid reinforcement in an inorganic matrix. in general, the matrix is applied as a double layer incorporating the reinforcement. nowadays, frcm systems are used in the current practice to reinforce concrete and masonry structures. some experimental investigations [1-7] and theoretical/numerical studies ([2, 3, 8-16] on frcm strengthening systems are available in the recent literature. they testify the efficacy and advantages of frcm systems together with the need to investigate aspects specifically characterizing the bond behavior of this new family of strengthening systems. the experimental investigations are mainly shear-lap tests that analyze the local bond behavior of frcms. from the experimental evidence different failure mechanisms can occur, such as a cohesive failure of the substrate, de-bonding at the reinforcement/substrate interface, de-bonding at the reinforcement/matrix interface, sliding of the reinforcement, tensile failure of the reinforcement in the un-bonded portion and tensile failure of the reinforcement within the mortar. the above mechanism occurrence depends on the characteristics of the strengthening system as well as of the support, such as the mechanical properties of the materials, the thickness of the mortar layers and the configuration of the reinforcement. these mechanisms particularly underline the role of additional phenomena to be necessarily considered for the study and the development of theoretical models/design formulas specific for frcms. regarding the theoretical and numerical studies, the approaches available in literature show particular interest to the derivation of simple laws able to simulate the de-bonding phenomenon and, moreover, models able to account for additional phenomena specific of frcms. in [2] the shear stress-slip law at the interface level was obtained throughout a procedure applied to steel and carbon frcm strengthening systems externally embedded on masonry supports. the procedure was carried out by directly considering the experimental data and in particular the strain gauge measurements. a procedure for the derivation of the shear stress-slip law for frcms based on the experimental data was also proposed in [3]. in particular, the authors firstly estimated the fracture energy by using the well-known formula derived by the theory of linear fracture mechanics and, subsequently, they performed numerical fe analyses to detect the optimal values of the parameters of the cohesive shear stress-slip law. in[4] the bond behavior of frcm-to-concrete was analytically examined by using a general approach applied to the case of frp-materials. the results emerged from this study particularly emphasized the role of the pronounced descending branch of the calibrated laws in leading to large values of the effective anchorage length. in addition, lower values of bond shear stresses on the concrete surface with respect to those typically characterizing frp strengthening systems were observed. a similar approach was also presented in [3] for the case of carbon-frcm materials externally applied on masonry supports. in [13] two approaches for numerically studying the bond behavior of masonry specimens strengthened with frcms were proposed. the first one, consisted of an analytical-numerical approach specifically accounting for the interaction between the reinforcement and the mortar; the second approach consisted of a full 3d-fem non-linear approach obtained as an extension of the procedure originally adopted in [13] and in [15]. a recent study presented in [9,16] was mainly devoted to investigate the influence of the upper mortar layer on the bond behavior of frcm-strengthening systems applied on structural supports. in particular, the authors carried out a theoretical modeling approach based on the solution of a system of differential equations obtained by introducing equilibrium considerations. from the study emerged interesting aspects concerning the role of the upper mortar layer on the debonding process of frcms. among these, it was observed that increasing the applied load after the occurrence of the de-bonding between the reinforcement and the upper interface it does not lead to further increases of the peak value of normal stresses of the upper mortar. on the other hand, after the occurrence of the first crack at the upper mortar, only the peak value of slips at the lower interface continues to increase whilst the peak value of slips at the upper interface does not significantly increase. in [10] it was proposed a simple approach for the study of the bond behavior of frcm applied to concrete supports able to enable the use of a common interface modeling strategy by implicitly introducing the effect of the damage of the matrix into the shear behavior of the reinforcement/mortar interface layer. in this paper a one dimensional simple model, based on the one presented in [9] and in [16], is proposed for the study of the bond behavior of frcm strengthening systems externally applied to masonry substrates. the model is mainly t e. grande et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 321-333; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.24 323 characterized by the derivation of the explicit solution of a system of differential equations obtained by considering the equilibrium of an infinitesimal portion of the reinforcement and the mortar layers composing the strengthening systems. in order to model the slip between the reinforcement and the upper and lower mortar layers, two approaches are considered. the first approach (denoted in the following approach 1), considers a nonlinear behavior of the lower reinforcement/mortar interface only, by considering a shear stress-slip constitutive law characterized by a linear brittle behavior with a residual strength in the post-peak phase. on the other hand, the approach 2 assumes a nonlinear behavior for both the lower and the upper reinforcement/mortar interface, still considering a shear stress-slip constitutive law characterized by a linear fragile behavior with a residual strength in the post-peak phase. moreover, in the latter approach, a calibration of the shear strength of the upper interface is proposed in order to implicitly account for the effect of the damage of the mortar on the contribution of this component of the strengthening system. in addition to these approaches, in the second part of the paper is presented the analytical solution in case of a shear stress-slip law characterized by a linear softening behavior in the post-peak phase. in particular, a step function approximating the law together with the procedure carried out from the approach 2 are used in order to derive the analytical solution. the proposed approaches are validated in the paper by considering experimental results derived from the literature. moreover, the results are also compared with the ones obtained by the model recently proposed by [9,16], where, differently from the proposed approaches, the damage of the upper mortar was explicitly introduced in the model by assuming a nonlinear behavior in terms of normal stress-strain for the upper mortar layer. although this assumption allows to account for the phenomena generally observed, it leads to a computational effort significantly greater than the one characterized the two approaches proposed in this paper. accounted model and approaches he model here considered for the study of the bond behavior of frcm systems externally applied on masonry or concrete supports is based on the work in [9, 16]. indeed, considering the scheme shown in fig. 1, the main components characterizing the model are: a cohesive support, a lower mortar layer, a lower interface, the strengthening, an upper interface and an upper mortar layer. introducing a reference axis x in the direction of the reinforcement system and fixing the origin in correspondence of the unloaded section, the equilibrium of forces characterizing an infinitesimal portion of the reinforcement and the upper mortar layer (see fig. 1) leads to the following system of differential equations governing the problem of the bond behavior:       0 0 p e e i i p p p e e e ec p c p d b t s s b dx d b t s b dx                 (1) where p and e c are the normal stresses in the reinforcement and in the upper mortar, respectively; pt and e ct are the thicknesses of the reinforcement and the upper mortar, respectively; i and e are the shear stresses at lower and upper interfaces, respectively, both depending on the corresponding slips is and es ; pb is the width of the reinforcement. introducing the following hypotheses: the support and the lower mortar layer are assumed to be rigid; the (lower and upper) mortar/reinforcement interfaces are modeled as zero-thickness elements with only shear deformability; the upper mortar layer and the reinforcement are assumed deformable only axially. it is possible to write the displacements of both the reinforcement and the upper mortar layer (namely pu and e cu , respectively) as functions of the slip of the lower and upper interfaces: i p e i e c u s u s s    (2) t e. grande et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 321-333; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.24 324 figure 1: schematic of an infinitesimal portion of the strengthening system and the upper mortar component used for performing the equilibrium of the involved forces. considering a linear-elastic behavior for both the reinforcement and the mortar: i p p p p e i e e c c c c du ds e e dx dx du ds ds e e dx dx dx             (3) the system of differential eqns. (1) becomes:       2 12 2 2 22 2 0 0 i e e i i i e e e d s k s s dx d s d s k s dx dx                   (4) where 1k and 2k are two constants equal to: 1 2 1 1 , e p p c c k k e t e t   (5) considering the system (4), the explicit solution is here derived by introducing different shear stress-slip laws characterizing the behavior of the reinforcement/mortar interface. approach 1: nonlinear behavior of the lower interface a preliminary approach is based on the assumption of a linear-fragile behavior with a residual shear strength in the postpeak stage only for the lower interface: 1( ) ( ) otherwise i i i i i i i i res s g s s s s         (6) where ires is the residual value of the shear strength in the post-peak stage, and ig is the shear stiffness of the lower interface in the pre-peak stage. differently, a linear-elastic behavior is assumed for the upper interface ( )e e e es g s  , where eg is the shear stiffness of the upper interface. p p pd p c cd c e e isupport lower interface strengthening upper interface upper mortar lower mortar x e. grande et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 321-333; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.24 325 on the basis of these assumptions it is evident that, after the attainment of the slip threshold value at the lower interface, two different parts characterize the behavior of the specimen: part “1” where the upper mortar and the interfaces are both in the pre-peak stage and part “2” where the upper mortar and the upper interface are both in the pre-peak stage while the lower interface is de-bonded for a length a, representing an unknown of the problem. consequently, four differential equations govern the problem. the first two equations are derived by considering the equilibrium involving an infinitesimal portion of the strengthening system in the part “1”: 2 1 3 1 12 2 2 1 1 4 12 2 0 0 0 i e i i e e d s k s s dx x l a d s d s k s dx dx                   (7) where: 3 1 4 2, , i e e e g k k g k k g g    . the other two equations are obtained through the equilibrium involving an infinitesimal portion of the strengthening system of the part “2”: 2 2 3 22 2 2 2 2 4 22 2 0 0 i e i e e d s k s dx l a x l d s d s k s dx dx                   (8) where i res eg    . the system of differential eqns. (7) and (8) has an analytical solution that depends on eight constants of integration determined by introducing suitable boundary conditions. in particular, the following conditions are indeed enforced:                         1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 p e e c c e e c c e e p p i i e e i l l a l a l a l a s l a s l a s l a s l a s l a s                         (9) the solution is graphically reported in fig. 2 by considering a length value of the part “2” equal to a=50 mm, a residual value of shear strength equal to zero and the data reported in tab. 1. approach 2: nonlinear behavior of both the interfaces as shown in [11,17], the damage of the upper mortar generally occurs before the slipping of the reinforcement/mortar interfaces by particularly influencing the shear stress transfer mechanism. this phenomenon is here simple introduced by considering an elastic-fragile behavior also for the upper interface and assuming for this component of the strengthening system a bond strength equal to the shear stress corresponding to the attainment of the tensile strength of the upper mortar layer. in other words, the effect of the damage of the upper mortar is implicitly introduced into the behavior of the upper interface. e. grande et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 321-333; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.24 326 a) b) c) figure 2: approach 1: a) shear stress developing at the interfaces; b) slip of the interfaces; c) normal stresses at the upper mortar layer. symbol [unit] value young’s modulus of the reinforcement ep [mpa] 206000 young’s modulus of the mortar ec [mpa] 7000 equivalent thickness of the reinforcement tp [mm] 0.054 thickness of the mortar tc [mm] 4 width of the reinforcement bp [mm] 60 width of the mortar bc [mm] 60 bond length l [mm] 1000 table 1: data accounted for numerical analyses. considering this assumption, the system of equations governing the problem has to account for the development of three possible parts characterizing the behavior of the specimen: part “1”: 0> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_14_2760 g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 166 uniformity of thickness of metal sheets by patchwork blanks: potential of adhesive bonding gillo giuliano, gianluca parodo, luca sorrentino department of civil and mechanical engineering, university of cassino and southern lazio, cassino (fr), italy giuliano@unicas.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0018-0438 gianluca.parodo@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7443-6518 sorrentino@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5278-7357 abstract. the sheet metal forming operations generally involve the production of parts characterized by a non-uniform thickness distribution. however, in some cases, a product characterized by a distribution of thicknesses that is as uniform as possible may be desirable. this result can be obtained by using multiphase processes or by subtraction or addition of material from the blank. in this work, which deals with the method for adding material, an innovative methodology has been proposed as an alternative to the welding process. specifically, the methodology is based on the bonding of a patch (before the deformation process), on the base plate with a constant thickness, in the area that most suffers from the thinning caused by the forming process. in this way, it was possible to influence the deformation of the patchwork blank and its thicknesses distribution. through finite element analysis, it was possible to study the formability of a patchwork blank by varying the thickness and size of the patch, in order to produce an axially symmetric component by stretching through a hemispherical punch. preliminary experimental tests demonstrated the reliability of the bonding and the potential of this method to uniform the final thickness of the sheet. keywords. aa6060 aluminum alloy; forming process; finite element method; formability limit curve; adhesive bonding. citation: giuliano, g, parodo, g., sorentino, l., uniformity of thickness of metal sheets by patchwork blanks: potential of adhesive bonding, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176. received: 02.03.2020 accepted: 05.05.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction o meet the growing needs of the automotive industry in terms of safety and comfort, the weight of cars has continuously increased over time. this is due both to the increase in the overall dimensions of the car and to the introduction of various electrical and electronic components [1]. t https://youtu.be/604qgvmouzs g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 167 the weight of the car results into higher fuel consumption, which leads to an increase in the cost per kilometer as well as an increase in pollution. therefore, in order to deal with the increased weight of the cars due to the additional components, an attempt was made to reduce the weight of the body. generally, sheet metal forming processes are used for the production of automotive parts [2]. often, the sheet is made of aluminum alloy due to the high strength-to-weight ratio and the high corrosion resistance presented by these materials [3,4]. in addition, reinforced sheets are used where greater strength and stiffness is required [1]. in some cases, a different distribution of the thicknesses of the product obtained by forming may be necessary. this result can be achieved using multiphase processes by subtraction or addition of material from the initial semi-finished product. in [5,6], multi-phase hot forming processes were analyzed to produce components in aluminum alloy (aa2017) and pb-sn alloy. the subtraction processes of material from a semi-finished product are in developments by the authors. tailored blanks are blanks characterized by a local variation of the thickness of the sheet, by a local variation of the material, or by a local variation of the properties of the material. tailored blanks can be divided into: ‐ tailor welded blanks; ‐ tailor rolled blanks; ‐ tailor heat-treated blanks; ‐ patchwork blanks. tailor welded blanks are obtained by welding two or more sheets of different thickness in butt joint configuration [7,8]. welded sheets can be characterized by different thicknesses, coatings, and mechanical properties. the joining of the parts takes place by laser welding or mash seam welding [9]. the use of mash seam welding requires less precision in cutting the sheet metal and allows reaching high welding speeds [10]. on the contrary, laser welding produces a narrow weld seam reducing the heat-affected zone. laser welding allows reducing the weight of the welded product because it does not require overlapping of the material. in addition, curved welding lines can be made [7]. when non-weldable materials (such as aluminum) must be welded, friction stir welding is used because it does not require the melting of the material [11,12]. in [13], the possibility of reducing the body weight of the car by 25% was shown by using tailor welded blanks in high strength steel. the main disadvantages in the use of tailor-welded blanks are due to the complexity and high investment costs for carrying out the welding processes [14]. tailor rolled blanks [15] present a continuous transition between the thickest and thinnest part of the sheet. this produces a more homogeneous distribution of stress, which does not alter the material formability. however, production costs are high, as they require elaborate lamination processes. in [16,17], the optimal process parameters for adopting tailor rolled blanks in the automotive industry were examined. the goal of tailor heat-treated blanks is to increase the formability of the products, in particular for those materials (highstrength steels, aluminum alloys) that have a limited formability [18]. the mechanical properties are locally modified in order to optimize the subsequent forming operation [19]. the preparation of the patchwork blank partially allows reinforcing a base sheet by using patches [20]. this is done before subjecting the patchwork blank to a forming process [21–23]. for the coupling between the sheet base and the patch, spot welding, laser welding and adhesive bonding can be employed [21]. the preparation of patchwork by spot welding has already been used for the automotive industry [24]. the connection between the parts, using welding techniques, is an automatable operation as opposed to the connection by means of adhesive that requires a preparation of the surfaces to be bonded [25]. patchwork obtained by bonding technique is still under development. this work deals with a method by addition of material; in particular an innovative methodology has been proposed as an alternative to the welding process using patches. the methodology is based on the bonding of a patch on a constant thickness base sheet (before the deformation process), in the area that suffers more for the thinning caused by the forming process. preliminary tests were carried out to highlight the reliability and potential of bonded patchwork blanks, then the influence of the patch types and dimensions on the patchwork blank thickness was numerically analyzed. the numerical model, based on fem analyses, allowed to identify the most appropriate geometric dimensions of the patch to perform the forming process. materials and methods n this paragraph, the methods for manufacturing the bonded patchwork blanks and realizing the experimental tests are shown first; therefore, the methods adopted to investigate numerically the formability of the patchwork blank are illustrated. i g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 168 experimental activity the process consists in stretching, by means of a hemispherical punch, a sheet positioned on a circular die and constrained, using a blank holder, to deform without sliding inside the die. the forming operations for manufacturing the patchwork blanks were carried out using five rectangular sheet samples (220x220 mm) with a thickness of 1 mm (fig. 1). the adopted patches have a circular shape with a radius of 30 mm and a thickness of 0.1 mm. they were obtained from the base sheet following a rolling process. subsequently, the patches were bonded on the base sheet. in a first phase, the surfaces of the sheet and the patch to be bended were subjected to a manual sanding treatment with a p100 abrasive paper to improve wettability. subsequently, in order to remove any possible contaminants, the sheets were subjected to degreasing treatment with acetone. the adhesive used for this activity was the loctite ea 9309.3na. it was a two-component paste adhesive, which cured at room temperature in five days [30]. the mechanical properties of the adhesive in the cured state are shown in tab. 1 [31]. properties value tensile strength 32.2 mpa tensile modulus 2303 mpa shear modulus 841 mpa poisson ratio 0.36 elongation at break 10% table 1: mechanical properties of ea 9309.3na adhesive. after five days the adhesive completed the polymerization, therefore it was possible to test the sheets with the bonded patches. in conclusion, five base sheet specimens and five patchwork blanks specimens were produced. the stretching process of the metal sheets was carried out using the machine present at the laboratory of technology and manufacturing system of the university of cassino and southern lazio, and proposed in [26]. the sheet was blocked between the die and the blank holder in circumferential direction and, therefore, subjected to the action of a hemispherical punch with a radius of 60 mm. the force-stroke curves of punch were obtained by interpreting the data from a load cell on the forming machine. details relating to the experimental equipment are reported in [26,32]. for the tests related to the patchwork blanks, a preliminary test of forming was carried out to estimate the punch stroke at failure. in this way, it has been possible to stop the patchwork blank forming tests before the failure for evaluate their thickness distribution. the measurements of the deformed patchwork blanks thicknesses were carried out using the non-contact measurements system faro laser scanarm platinum 6, characterized by an accuracy of ±35µm. after the thickness measurements, the tests were continued until failure. the stretching process was carried out in the absence of lubrication. it is known that friction affects the strain path and therefore indirectly on the formability limits of the sheet material. in [32,33], the influence of friction on the erichsen test results was demonstrated both by using aluminum alloy sheets (aa2017 and aa5083) and steel sheets (dc05). to evaluate the mechanical properties of the material (base sheet and patchwork) it was necessary to perform tensile tests using a galdabini sun 10 tensile machine. in this regard, five tensile specimens obtained from the base sheet and five tensile specimens with a bonded patch of 0.1mm thickness were manufactured. the tensile tests were carried out according to the standard uni en 10002-1:2004. numerical activity the commercial code of the msc.marc based on the finite element method (fem) was used to simulate the hemisphericalpunch stretch forming process. the numerical simulation considered the tools as rigid bodies while only the sheet was considered deformable. the sheet was discretized into finite elements using axisymmetric elements instead of threedimensional shell elements. in a previous work [26], it has been shown that the type of the used elements does not influence the results. the blank holder, which avoids the sliding of the sheet inside the die, was simulated by fixing the movement of the sheet nodes in the area where the blank holder was present. furthermore, the displacements of the sheet nodes on the symmetry axis have also been blocked, in order to satisfy the axial symmetry condition. g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 169 the chemical composition by weight of the aluminum alloy used (aa6060) is shown in tab. 2. elements percentage si 0.6 fe 0.3 mn 0.1 mg 0.6 cu 0.1 zn 0.15 cr 0.05 ti 0.1 al rest table 2: chemical composition by weight of aa 6060. the mechanical properties of the base sheet material were determined by tensile tests conducted on specimens with a thickness of 1 mm. the mechanical properties of the material and the methods used for the tests are reported in [26]. the material followed a hardening law of the power type (hollomon or power law) characterized by a strength coefficient, k, and a strain hardening exponent index, n, and was of the type:   nk (1) where σ and ε represented respectively the equivalent stress and the equivalent strain. the area where the patch was present has been modelled as an equivalent material, whose mechanical properties have been obtained through specific technological tests, precisely tensile tests of specimens with bonded patch. the parameters for the modelling of the mechanical response of both the base sheet and the patchwork blank were therefore obtained. in the numerical simulations, the patch and the underlying base sheet were represented by elements that were characterized by material parameters (k and n) different from the only base sheet. friction between the sheet and the tools was simulated using the modified coulomb friction model [27], which is characterized by a relation between tangent and normal force of the type:             2 r t n sv v f f arctg r (2) in eq.(2), μ represents the friction coefficient, vr the relative sliding speed and rsv the speed below which ft = 0. during fem analyses, it was possible to assess the formability limit parameter (flp) [26]. it represents the ratio between the maximum deformation reached in a sheet metal node and the maximum limit deformation coming from a forming limit diagram (fld). the fld diagram represents a boundary line between safe and unsafe areas of deformability of the material. in this work, this boundary line was characterized by the boundary conditions introduced by hill [28] and swift [29]. instability in the material occurred when the flp parameter reaches a unit value in a node of the sheet. the validation of the model for the forming simulations of only the base sheet was made in another work of the authors [26]. for the case of the patchwork blanks forming simulations, the model was validated by comparison of thickness trends between experimental and numerical results related to a patch with a radius of 30 mm and a constant thickness of 0.1 mm. for the numerical analysis, three values friction coefficient has been considered (μ = 0, 0.1 and 0.2). further, an analysis of the principal factor of influence were carried out through fem simulations. specifically, the effect of patches with different radii and thicknesses was numerically investigated, as the influence of the friction coefficient. g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 170 as stated before, the hemispherical-punch stretch forming process of the base sheet alone was simulated in three friction conditions: μ = 0, 0.1 and 0.2. in the same friction conditions, the stretching process was simulated using patchwork blanks. the patchwork blank was characterized by a circular patch with constant (0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.7 mm) and variable (from 0 to 0.1 mm) thickness profile. the radius of the considered patches for the numerical analysis were equal to 10 mm and 30 mm. to clarify all the conditions, a plan of the numerical activity with all the analyzed factors is reported in tab. 3. furthermore, a schematic representation of the two types of patch adopted in this work was shown in fig. 2. factors # level levels friction condition (μ) 3 0 / 0.1 / 0.2 patch thickness [mm] 6 constant (0.1 / 0.2 / 0.3 / 0.5 / 0.7) linear (from 0 to 0.1) patch radius [mm] 2 10 / 30 table 3: plan of numerical tests. figure 1: dimensions related to the sheet samples, the process zone and the patches. figure 2: schematic representation of the two types of patch adopted in this work. results and discussion he experimental activity allowed verifying the tightness of the adhesive adopted to connect the patch to the base sheet. the patches were characterized by a thickness of 0.1 mm and a radius of 30 mm; for this test condition, five replications were made. a preliminary test of forming was carried out to estimate the punch stroke at failure, so the t g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 171 subsequently tests were stopped before the failure for evaluate the thickness distribution of the patchwork. the failure appeared with a punch stroke of 18 mm, so all the experimental tests were stopped with a punch stroke of 15 mm. in this way, it was possible to compare the experimental thicknesses distribution with the numerical one. then the tests were continued until failure. the results of the experimental forming tests at failure are reported in tab. 4. specimen type base sheet patchwork blank average failure load [n] 13882.3 7954.1 st. dev. [n] 777.4 720.6 cv 5.6% 9.1% average failure stroke [mm] 29.6 18.2 st. dev. [mm] 2.3 1.3 cv 7.9% 7.1% table 4: experimental results of forming tests for base sheets and patchwork blanks. fig. 3 shows, for comparison, the average load-stroke response of the punch recorded during the test both using the patchwork blank and using only the base sheet. this comparison shows that failures (using a patchwork blank) were obtained for a stroke of the punch lower than that achievable in the stretching process of the base plate only. the minor formability of the patchwork is due to the stiffening produced by the operation of bonding the adhesive on the base sheet. this lower formability of the material is however balanced by the possibility of influence the distribution of thicknesses obtainable before reaching the failure conditions. fig. 4 shows the patchwork deformed at break: the failure occurred in the region of the base plate outside the patch. in addition, the adhesive showed a strong seal, without detaching from the base plate, despite the achievement of high loads (about 8000 n). in fact, the aim of this work consisted to evaluate the potentiality of using bonded patch for influence the distribution of thickness and without the debonding of the patch from the base sheet. obviously in the case of application of this methodology for a real case of study, the deformation must take place before the failure of the component; in fact, the ultimate goal is to obtain the desired deformation with a constant thickness. figure 3: experimental average force-stroke curves of the punch for base sheets and patchwork blanks characterized by a circular patch of 0.1 mm thickness and 30 mm radius. as stated in the previous paragraph, in the numerical simulations, the patch and the underlying base sheet were represented by elements that were characterized as equivalent material using material parameters (specifically k and n) different from g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 172 the only base sheet. the values obtained from technological tensile tests for patchwork blanks were k = 128 mpa, and n = 0.08, while the values obtained for specimens without the bonded patch were k = 135 mpa and n = 0.12. to validate the numerical model, it was necessary to compare the distribution of the thicknesses obtained by fem and that measured experimentally at a predetermined stroke of the punch of 15 mm. this comparison, performed between the results of the fem simulations with a punch stroke of 15 mm in different friction conditions (μ = 0, 0.1 and 0.2) and the results of the experimental tests, as shown in fig. 5. considering the experimental variation of the results related to the thickness measurements of at least of 3%, it is possible to state that the numerical results showed a good correspondence. in fact, the maximum variation in the fem thicknesses, compared to the average values experimentally measured, was about 5% in the case of μ = 0, 3% in the case of μ = 0.1 and 2% in the case of μ = 0.2. figure 4: photo of a bonded patchwork blank sample deformed at failure. figure 5: numerical-experimental comparison of the distribution of the thicknesses after a stroke of the punch of 15 mm (patch radius equal to 30 mm). after the validation of the model, the numerical analyses descripted in the previous paragraph have been carried out. in fig. 6a, some stages of the stretching process were showed, with a particular for observe the mesh adopted for the base sheet. however, the thickness trend until the limit condition was not appreciable from a visual analysis of the mesh. furthermore, the patch with a thickness of 0.1 mm appeared very thin for a visual inspection (fig. 6b). fig. 7 shows the stroke of the punch reached at the beginning of the instability condition (when flp = 1) as a function of the thickness of the patch, related to a patch with a radius of 10 mm. the results obtained for the patch with a radius of 30 mm were quantitatively very similar with the results showed in fig.7. in fact, results obtained for the patch with a radius of 30 mm showed an average decrease in the stroke of the punch of about 3% compared to the results relating to a patch with a radius of 10 mm. the sheet formability (represented by the stroke of the punch corresponding to the condition flp = 1) increased as the thickness of the patch decreases. the same result can be achieved both by using a constant thickness patch and a linear thickness patch. in addition, the larger was the patch thickness, the more was the influence of the friction g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 173 condition on the sheet formability. in conclusion, it is possible to state that the patch thickness that showed a lower influence on the friction condition and a higher sheet formability was the one with the thickness of 0.1 mm. once it was ascertained that the condition involving the greatest formability was related to the use of a patch with a thickness equal to 0.1 mm, the comparison between the results obtained for thicknesses of the patches thicker than 0.1 mm was considered superfluous and, therefore, was not been reported in the work. (a) (b) figure 6: phases of the fem simulation of the stretching process with hemispherical punch with particular of the mesh: (a) base sheet only (continuous frame); (b) patchwork blank (thickness equal to 0.1 mm, dotted frame). figure 7: numerical punch stroke patch thickness trend for flp = 1 (patch radius equal to 10 mm). fixed a certain stroke of the punch, fig. 8a shows the distribution of the thicknesses achieved using a 0.1 mm constant thickness patch patchwork with a patch radius of 10 mm and 30 mm and a for the only base sheet. it is possible to state that the most uniform distribution of the thicknesses was determined for a linear thickness patch with a radius of 30 mm in condition of perfect lubrications. patches with constant thickness showed a uniform trend until the transition region between the patch and the base sheet, where a drop in thickness has been observed numerically. however, this drop appeared of the same intensity independently from the friction conditions. probably the adoption of a tapered patch can make the uniform of thickness of the deformed patchwork blanks more consistent. in fact, linear thickness patch showed a more uniform distribution of thicknesses, in particular in case of perfect lubrication. however, in case of linear thickness patch, the dimension of the patch has more strongly influenced the uniformity of the thickness. in conclusion, it is possible g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 174 to state that, among all the patches investigated, the linear patch with a radius of 30 mm it was the one that guaranteed the optimal distribution of the thicknesses (a) (b) figure 8: numerical distribution of the thicknesses between base sheets and patchwork blanks with radius of 10 mm and 30 mm: (a) constant thickness patch of 0.1 mm; (b) linear thickness patch. conclusions he aim of this work was to show the potential of using a bonded patchwork blank by means of a bonding process to obtain a product characterized by a distribution of thicknesses that is as uniform as possible. experimental tests showed the capability of bonded patch of influencing the thickness distributions during forming process, specifically to stretching process with a hemispherical punch. subsequently, a fem model was validated to investigate the effects of patch dimensions on the distribution of thickness in the patchwork blanks. in fact, through finite element analysis, it was possible to define the appropriate geometric characteristics of a patchwork blanks. therefore, in the case examined it was possible to establish the most appropriate thickness and radius values of the patch to produce a component of simple geometry. results showed a more uniform distribution of thickness for linear patch with a radius of 30 mm, while constant thickness patch showed a drop in thickness near the edges of the patch. further research developments will include the experimental investigations of the efficacy of linear thickness patches in case of more complex geometries and adopting other sheet materials. t g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 175 references [1] merklein, m., johannes, m., lechner, m., kuppert, a. (2014). a review on tailored blanks production, applications and evaluation, j. mater. process. technol., 214(2), pp. 151–164, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2013.08.015. [2] rong, h., hu, p., ying, l., hou, w., zhang, j. (2019). thermal forming limit diagram (tfld) of aa7075 aluminum alloy based on a modified continuum damage model: experimental and theoretical investigations, int. j. mech. sci., 156, pp. 59–73, doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2019.03.027. [3] tisza, m., czinege, i. (2018). comparative study of the application of steels and aluminium in lightweight production of automotive parts, int. j. light. mater. manuf., 1(4), pp. 229–238, doi: 10.1016/j.ijlmm.2018.09.001. [4] hirsch, j. (2014). recent development in aluminium for automotive applications, trans. nonferrous met. soc. china, 24(7), pp. 1995–2002, doi: 10.1016/s1003-6326(14)63305-7. [5] giuliano, g., corrado, a., polini, w. (2018). influence of multiphase forming approach on the thickness uniformity of components from superplastic pbsn60 alloy, manuf. lett., 18, pp. 16–19, doi: 10.1016/j.mfglet.2018.09.004. [6] giuliano, g. (2019). multiphase gas blow forming of aa2017, j. test. eval., 47(2), pp. 1236–1243, doi: 10.1520/jte20170086. [7] zadpoor, a.a. (2007). mechanics of tailor welded blanks: an overview, key eng. mater., 344, pp. 373–382, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.344.373. [8] kinsey, b.l., wu, x. (2011). tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing. [9] saunders, f.i., wagoner, r.h. (1996). forming of tailor-welded blanks, metall. mater. trans. a phys. metall. mater. sci., 27(9), pp. 2605–2616, doi: 10.1007/bf02652354. [10] miyazaki, y., sakiyama, t., kodama, s. (2007). welding techniques for tailored blanks, nippon steel tech. rep., (95), pp. 46–52. [11] buffa, g., fratini, l., merklein, m., staud, d. (2007). investigations on the mechanical properties and formability of friction stir welded tailored blanks, 344. [12] mishra, r.s., ma, z.y. (2005). friction stir welding and processing, mater. sci. eng. r reports, 50(1–2), pp. 1–78, doi: 10.1016/j.mser.2005.07.001. [13] ulsab. (2013). programme report. [14] mohrbacher, h. (2001).a critical review of laser welding technology for mass production of tailored blanks. proceedings of the 9th international conference on sheet metal, leuven, belgium, pp. 305–12. [15] kopp, r., wiedner, c., meyer, a. (2005). flexibly rolled sheet metal and its use in sheet metal forming, 6–8. [16] klinke, n., schumacher, a. (2016).finding the best thickness run parameterization for optimization of tailor rolled blanks. ls-dyna forum 2016. [17] han, s., hwang, t., oh, i., choi, m., moon, y.h. (2018). manufacturing of tailor-rolled blanks with thickness variations in both the longitudinal and latitudinal directions, j. mater. process. technol., 256, pp. 172–182, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.013. [18] geiger, m., merklein, m. (2007). sheet metal forming a new kind of forge for the future, key eng. mater., 344, pp. 9–20, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.344.9. [19] kahrimanidis, a., lechner, m., degner, j., wortberg, d., merklein, m. (2015). process design of aluminum tailor heat treated blanks, materials (basel)., 8(12), pp. 8524–8538, doi: 10.3390/ma8125476. [20] lamprecht, k., geiger, m. (2005). experimental and numerical investigation of the formability of laser welded patchwork blanks, adv. mater. res., 6–8, pp. 689–696, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.6-8.689. [21] streitberger, h.-j., dossel, k.-f. (2008). automotive paints and coatings, weinheim, wiley-vch. [22] lei, c., xing, z., xu, w., hong, z., shan, d. (2017). hot stamping of patchwork blanks: modelling and experimental investigation, int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 92(5–8), pp. 2609–2617, doi: 10.1007/s00170-017-0351-9. [23] petitjean, p.-d., lescart, j.-c., sener, j.-y., delfanne, s. (2001). patchworks: from design to manufacture | patchworks: de la conception à l’industrialisation, rev. metall. cah. d’informations tech., 98(10), pp. 911–926, doi: 10.1051/metal:2001138. [24] magain, p., dawance, j., delfanne, s., chamont, b., fournet, a. (1998). the patchwork technique for proper material placement on panels: industrial application on the new peugeot 206, sae tech. pap., doi: 10.4271/982402. [25] sorrentino, l., polini, w., bellini, c., parodo, g. (2018). surface treatment of cfrp: influence on single lap joint performances, int. j. adhes. adhes., 85(may), pp. 225–233, doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2018.06.008. [26] giuliano, g., bellini, c., sorrentino, l., turchetta, s. (2018). forming process analysis of an aa6060 aluminum vessel, 45, pp. 164–172, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.14. g. giuliano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 166-176; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.14 176 [27] bellini, c., giuliano, g., sorrentino, l. (2019). friction influence on the aa6060 aluminium alloy formability, frat. ed integrità strutt., 13(49), pp. 791–799, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.70. [28] hill, r. (1948). a theory of the yielding and plastic flow of anisotropic metals, proc. r. soc. london. ser. a. math. phys. sci., 193(1033), pp. 281–297, doi: 10.1098/rspa.1948.0045. [29] swift, h.w. (1952). plastic instability under plane stress, j. mech. phys. solids, 1(1), pp. 1–18, doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(52)90002-1. [30] sorrentino, l., bellini, c., parodo, g., turchetta, s. (2019). increasing of enf bonded joints performance by design of laser surface texturing, key eng. mater., 813, pp. 346–351, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.813.346. [31] sorrentino, l., marfia, s., parodo, g., sacco, e. (2020). laser treatment surface: an innovative method to increase the adhesive bonding of enf joints in cfrp, compos. struct., 233(february 2020), pp. 111638, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2019.111638. [32] giuliano, g. (2015). evaluation of the coulomb friction coefficient in dc05 sheet metal forming, j. mech. eng., 61(12), pp. 709–713, doi: 10.5545/sv-jme.2015.2733. [33] giuliano, g., samani, f. (2013). effect of lubrication on the erichsen test, appl. mech. mater., 365–366, pp. 425–428, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.365-366.425. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_30_art_53 l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 438 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues integrated assessment procedure for determining the fracture strength of glass components in csp systems l. guerra rosa, j. cruz fernandes, b. li icems & dept. of mechanical engineering, instituto superior tecnico universidade de lisboa, av. rovisco pais, 1049-001 lisboa, portugal luisguerra@ist.utl.pt, cruz.fernandes@ist.utl.pt, bli@ist.utl.pt abstract. the structural integrity and reliability of glass components are key issues for concentrated solar power (csp) systems. for example, the glass windows in a solar furnace may suffer catastrophic fracture due to thermal and structural loadings, including reaction chamber pressure cycling. predicting design strength provides the basis for which the optical components and mounting assembly can be designed so that failure does not occur over the operational lifetime of a given csp system. the fracture strength of brittle materials is dependent on the size and distribution of cracks or surface flaws. due to the inherent brittleness of glass resulting in catastrophic failure, conservative design approaches are currently used for the development of optical components made of glass, which generally neglect the specific glass composition as well as subcritical crack growth, surface area under stress, and nature of the load – either static or cyclic – phenomena. in this paper, several methods to characterize the strength of glass are discussed to aid engineers in predicting a design strength for a given surface finish, glass type, and environment. based on the weibull statistical approach and experimental data available on testing silica glass rod specimens, a theoretical model is developed for estimating their fracture strength under typical loading conditions. then, an integrated assessment procedure for structural glass elements is further developed based on fracture mechanics and the theory of probability, which is based on the probabilistic modelling of the complex behaviour of glass fracture but avoids the complexity for calculation in applications. as an example, the design strength of a glass window suitable for a solar furnace reaction chamber is highlighted. keywords probabilistic model; fracture strength; structural glass; reliability; concentrated solar power (csp). introduction mprovements in production and refining technologies such as tempering and the production of laminated glass enabled glass to carry more substantial superimposed loads and therefore achieve a more ‘structural’ role [1]. especially, the glass components play important role in some new energy industries such as the concentrated solar power (csp) systems, etc. this gives impetus to studies on the mechanical behaviour of these materials and, in particular on their ability to resist fracture. i l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 439 glass failure is the consequence of the growth of flaws, its behaviour strongly depends on the surface condition as well as on the environmental conditions and the thermal and mechanical loading history to which they are exposed to. due to the much more scatter in the data of glass materials, very large safety factors are often used in glass element design, up to 8 or more. these large safety factors are somewhat arbitrary and not satisfactory, because it is not very clear what the true factor of safety really is. in recent years, considerable research efforts have been paid to improve the understanding of the load-carrying behaviour of structural glass elements, and many new design approaches have been proposed to improve the safety and serviceability of the structural glasses [2-6]. in 1972, brown [7] proposed the “load duration theory” (ldt), which combined the static fatigue theory of charles & hillings [8] with the statistical failure probability function proposed by weibull [9]. in 1974, evans [10] developed the “crack growth model” (cgm) on the basis of the principles of linear elastic fracture mechanics. this method makes use of the empirical description of the sub-critical propagation of cracks (deduced from the experimental relationship between crack growth rate and stress intensity factor ki) together with the weibull failure probability under the hypotheses that a sub-critical crack growth takes place in all surface micro-cracks. fishercripps & collins [11] proposed a modified crack growth model, which is able to predict failure probabilities for both short and long term stresses [11]. fernandes & rosa [12, 13] presented a review on the “ring-on-ring” and “piston-on-3-ball” equibiaxial tests for ceramics and glasses, stress distributions in the test pieces were analysed, the importance of the effect of friction at the contact zones was discussed. based on the weibull statistics and experimental data obtained from testing silica glass rod specimens with diameters between 0.5 and 1 mm [14], a theoretical model was developed for estimating their fracture strength under different loading conditions [15]. by this method, the test results of strength from one testing type can be extrapolated to other test types, such as the uniaxial tension, 3-point bending, 4-point bending, etc. besides, rosa et al [16] studied the subcritical crack growth in three engineering ceramics under biaxial conditions, the results from the ring-onring tests were compared with 4-point bending tests. in 2001, porter [6] proposed the crack size design method (csd); and in 2006 haldimann [4] developed the lifetime prediction model (lpm) where he calculated directly the failure probability of a glass element starting from the probability distribution of its defects and from the deterministic knowledge of loading time-history [4]. recently, santarsiero and froli [2] formulated a new semi-probabilistic failure prediction method, called "design crack method” (dcm), defining a new quantity called design crack, which takes into account of the probability of failure and the surface damaging level. moreover, it is still a major concern to extrapolate the laboratory test results to applications for components under inservice conditions. a number of effects have to be considered, such as the size effect, the gradient effect or notch size effect, and multi-axial stress effect, etc. in ref. [17], the extension of the weakest-link model to multiaxial stress states was verified by comparing fracture stress distributions obtained in four-point bending and in a concentric ring-on-ring test, and it was discussed about how the selected failure criterion influences the predicted distribution of the fracture stress of a component. danzer et al [18] presented a new method for biaxial strength testing of brittle materials, the so-called ball on three balls (b3b) test method. a detailed analysis of the stress field in the specimens and of possible measuring errors were studied. the b3b-testing method has several advantages compared to common three or four-point bending tests and the ring-onring tests. from the above brief review of literature, it is shown that the mechanical behaviour of glass at breakage is very complex, more and more theoretical models as well as experimental methods have been developed. however, for engineering applications, the complexity of calculation procedures needs to be simplified reasonably. the motivation for this present work is to develop an integrated approach for analyzing the crack problem of the glass components in the csp industry, to incorporate the probabilistic modelling, the principles of fracture mechanics and the details of the specific design in question. mechanical characterization of glasses for use in strength forecasting he most commonly used mathematical representation of the relationship between applied stress and probability of survival for glasses is the two parameter weibull distribution as defined [19]: t l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 440 (1) where σ is the applied stress; ps is the corresponding probability of survival; σ0 is the characteristic strength at which 63.2% of the test specimen will break; and m is the weibull modulus, which is a measure of the amount of scatter in the distribution (the shape parameter); small values of m imply wide variations in strength, whereas large values imply more consistent strength values. theoretical models were developed by rosa et al [13-16] for estimating the fracture strength of brittle materials (such as ceramics and glasses, etc) under different typical loading conditions. the probability of survival ps for glasses in a stressed volume v can be calculated as [12]: (2) the application of eq. (2) to uni-axial tension testing stress, t , yields: (3) the above eq. (3) can be expressed in the following linear equation, which facilitates to fit the weibull parameters from test results: (4) similarly, the application of eq. (2) for 4-point bending testing stress, 4p, yields: (5) the above eq. (5) can be expressed in the following linear equation, which facilitates to fit the weibull parameters from test results: (6) in the same way, the application of eq. (2) for 3-point bending testing stress, 3p, yields: (7) the above eq. (7) can be expressed in the following linear equation, which facilitates to fit the weibull parameters from experimental data: (8) the weibull effective volume or surface can be used to scale ceramic and glass strengths from one component size to another, or from one loading state to another. larger specimens or components are weaker, because of the bigger probability of containing larger and more critical flaws. the weibull weakest-link model leads to a strength dependency on component size [12]:                m sp 0 exp                   v m s dvp 0 exp                  m t s vp 0 exp    0lnlnln1lnln              t s mv p                      2 0 4 14 2 exp m mv p m p s       pms m m mv p 4 0 2 ln 14 2 ln1lnln                                         2 0 3 12 exp m v p m p s     pms m m v p 3 0 2 ln 12 ln1lnln                      l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 441 (9) where 1 and 2 are the mean strengths of specimens of type 1 and 2 (which may have different sizes and stress distributions), ve1 and ve2 are the effective volumes, and m is the weibull modulus. similarly, the following relationships can be derived from eq. (4), (6) and (8): (10) (11) the above two eq. (10) and (11) confirmed that the bending strength is higher than the tension strength. if the weibull modulus m is equal to 10, the 3-point bending strength is 1.45 times the tension strength, and the 4-point bending strength is 1.73 times the tension strength. in view of the fact that the weibull modulus m is usually assumed to be a constant for a given material, only the characteristic strength 0 is needed to be extrapolated from laboratory specimen test data to components. for a component with a varying stress field , an effective surface area, aeff, may be computed using the following relationship: (12) then the characteristic strength σ0 for the component can be calculated from the data of specimen as: (13) in service, the components are generally subjected to multiaxial loading conditions, hence, we need to analyze the effect of multi-axial tensile stresses on flaws and determining one equivalent stress based on the selected multiaxial criterion. then, the equivalent stress can be assumed to be the applied stress σ in the above equations. glasses can demonstrate a loss of strength over time. this phenomenon is a kind of stress corrosion and it is known as static fatigue of glass. chemical attack by water vapour (or other media) permits a pre-existing flaw to grow to critical dimensions and cause spontaneous crack propagation as shown in the following fig. 1. figure 1: regions of a typical logv versus logk plot. m e e v v /1 1 2 2 1             m t p m /123 12      m t p m m /12 4 2 14            daa m eff         max  m component specimen specimen component a a /1 0 0            l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 442 crack propagation velocity v is usually indicated in m/s. region i is of primary interest since it represents the main duration of stable crack growth, which may be expressed as a power law:  nv a k (14) where a and n are parameters which depend on the material and the stress-corrosion conditions, they can be determined from experimental data. integrated assessment procedure for structural glass component design ollowing the above process of characterizing the mechanical properties of glasses, one integrated analysis procedure is developed in this section for the component design of glasses, which consists of two major steps: step1: analyse the maximum tensile stresses in the component by the finite element method, taking into account the multiaxial loading conditions and the contact stresses between the glass component and the parts for mounting the glass. step 2: transform the weibull cdf (cumulative distribution function that was adjusted to data obtained from specimens´ testing) for predicting the survival probabilities for the application conditions with different load type, load duration, and surface area. the glass-mount contact can be approximated by hertzian contact of a cylinder on a flat glass surface. the contact halfwidth b can be expressed as [20]: * * 4pr b e  (15) where 122 * 11 gm m g vv e e e           is the effective modulus, 1 * 1 1 m g r r r          is the contact radius, young’s moduli em and eg ,and poisson ratios νm and νg are for the mounting part and the glass part, respectively. the stress distributions at the glass-mount contact area can be analysed using the equations derived in [20], compressive stresses occur in the zone just beneath the contact area, and the maximum tensile stress, t,max , occurs on the glass surface just outside the contact area, which can be derived as:   , 2 1 2 3 g t max v p b     (16) where p is the loading force, b is the contact half-width, vg is the poisson ratio of glass. since the maximum tensile stress (the first principal stress) is critical for brittle materials, it is assumed as the applied stress in the following evaluation procedure. from eq. (1) the stress at fracture ic can be calculated as: 1/ 0 1 ln m ic sp             (17) the initial stress-intensity kii at the crack tip may be estimated as: ii ic ic k k          (18) substituting eq. (17) into eq. (18) yields: f l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 443 1 m ii ic 0 s σ 1 k k ln σ p           (19) in order to take into account the strength reduction of the glass material over time due to subcritical crack growth, analytical expressions had been derived from the v versus k data. the total time-to-failure, ts, of a component under a constant static stress with a known flaw was expressed as [5]: 2 2 2 ic ii k i s i k k t dk vy       (20) where kii is the initial stress intensity factor, and v is the crack velocity. if a power law for the crack velocity (region i of stable crack growth) is assumed, as shown in eq. (14), then the eq.(20) can be expressed as:    2 2 2 22 / 2n ns ii ict k k n a y       (21) therefore, one design strength diagram may be created from the above procedures and the time-to-failure versus equivalent stress curves as a function of the survivability probability (or reliability) can be shown in the diagram, which will be very helpful for the design processes as presented in the following section. design strength example ig. 2 shows some examples of glass components of csp systems used in the plataforma solar de almeria (psa). these glass windows are mounted inside a pressure vessel filled with argon gas at specified operating pressure, which may suffer catastrophic fracture due to thermal and structural loadings, including reaction chamber pressure cycling. we desire to accurately predict the state of stress created in the surface of the glass, and design the glass components for safety operation under severe thermal and mechanical loading conditions. (a) (b) figure 2: examples of glass components of csp systems at psa-ciemat. a) aspect of the solar concentrator and reaction chamber of sf-5 solar furnace; b) aspect of the minivac chamber installed at the focal spot of the new sf-40 solar furnace; a 45º inclined mirror above the minivac allows the sunrays to reflect vertically. during the operations, fracture problem occurred due to the severe thermal and mechanical loading conditions as shown in fig. 3 for one example, crack initiated from the zone close to glass-mount contact area, where the tensile stresses were generated. f l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 444 fig. 4 shows the simulated deformation results of the glass component by ansys software, where the blue colour represents the deformed shape of the glass section due to the temperature and pressure loadings. it is shown that the zone near the glass-mount contact area had larger deformation, which explained why the crack initiated from there. based on the calculated maximum tensile stress in the glass component, the design strength diagram can be generated following the integrated assessment procedure as described in the above sections, which is shown in the fig. 5. the timeto-failure versus the maximum tensile stress curves as a function of the probability of survivability (or reliability) is shown in the diagram, which will be very helpful for the design improvement of the glass component. figure 3: one example of the fracture of glass component; crack initiated from the zone close to glass-mount contact area. figure 4: glass section deformation simulated by fem. figure 5: design strength diagram, the time-to-failure versus the maximum tensile stress curves as a function of the probability of survivability (or reliability) ps. conclusions ith the increasing applications of the glass and ceramic components in the new energy industries such as the csp systems, it is imperative to develop advanced design methods for the safety and reliability of these components, which are quite different from the metal components. the integrated assessment procedure 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 1,00 e-01 1,00 e+00 1,00 e+01 1,00 e+02 1,00 e+03 1,00 e+04 1,00 e+05 1,00 e+06 1,00 e+07 time to failure (hours) t e n s il e s tr e s s ( m p a ) ps=0,9999 ps=0,999 w l. guerra rosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 438-445; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.53 445 proposed in this paper is based on the probabilistic modelling of the complex behaviour of glass fracture but avoids the complexity for calculation in applications. with demonstrative examples, it is shown that the procedure is effective for analyzing the fracture problem of the glass components and helpful for design improvement. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support from the eu integrated research programme in the field of concentrated solar power (csp) named “scientific and technological alliance for guaranteeing the european excellence in concentrating solar thermal energy (stage-ste)”. references [1] feldmann, m., kasper, r., guidance for european structural design of glass components, scientific and policy report by the joint research centre of the european commission, (2014). [2] santarsiero, m., froli, m., a contribution to the theoretical prediction of life-time in glass structures, journal of the international association for shell and spatial structures, 52(4) (2011) 225-231. [3] sutherland, k.k., an engineer’s guide to refined glass strength forecasting, aiaa 2009-2582, 50th aiaa/asme/asce/ahs/asc structures, structural dynamics, and materials conference, 4 7 may 2009, palm springs, california. [4] haldimann, m., fracture strength of structural glass elements–analytical and numerical modelling, testing and design, ph.d. thesis, epfl, lausanne, (2006). [5] doyle, k.b., kahan, m.a., design strength of optical glass, in: proceedings of spie, optomechanics 2003, san diego, california. international society for optical engineering (spie), bellingham, washington, (2003) 14-25. [6] porter, m., aspects of structural design with glass, ph.d thesis, university of oxford, (2001). [7] brown, w., a load duration theory for glass design, publications of national research council of canada, division of building research, nrcc 12354, ottawa, ontario, canada, (1972) 515-524. [8] charles, r., hilling, w., the kinetics of glass failure by stress corrosion, in: symposium on mechanical strength of glass and ways of improving it, belgium (1962). [9] weibull, w., a statistical distribution function of wide applicability, journal of applied mechanics, 18 (1951) 293-297. [10] evans, a.g., wiederhorn, s., proof testing of ceramic materials analytical basis for failure prediction, international journal of fracture, 10(3) (1974) 379-392. [11] fishchercripps, a., collins, r., architectural glazing: design standard and failure models, building and environment, 30 (1995) 29-40. [12] fernandes, j.j., silva, c.p., guerra rosa, l., estatística de weibull aplicada à resistência mecânica de materiais cerâmicos, in: actas "materiais 89"-iv encontro nacional da sociedade portuguesa de materiais, coimbra, i (1989) 55-66. [13] fernandes, j.j., guerra rosa, l., ensaios biaxiais de cerâmicos, in: actas do v encontro da s.p.m., materiais 91 1 (1991) 375-384. [14] santos moreira, j., guerra rosa, l., osório, a.m.b.a., avaliação da resistência mecânica de varetas e fibras de vidro de sílica, in: actas do v encontro da s.p.m., materiais 91, 2 (1991) 539-548. [15] santos moreira, j., guerra rosa, l., osório, a.m.b.a., ensaios de resistência mecânica de varetas de vidro de sílica – comparação entre a resistência mecânica medida por meio de ensaio de tracção e ensaios de flexão em 2, 3 e 4 pontos, in: actas das iv jornadas de fractura da s.p.m., lisboa, portugal, (1991) 1-12. [16] guerra rosa, l., cruz fernandes, j., alexandrino duarte, i., subcritical crack growth in three engineering ceramics under biaxial conditions, in: proceedings of ecf12 – fracture from defects, sheffield, uk, (1998) 509-514 [17] thiemeier, t., bruckner-foit, a., influence of the fracture criterion on the failure prediction of ceramics loaded in biaxial flexure, journal of american ceramics society, 74(1) (1991) 48-52. [18] danzer, r., harrer, w., supancic, p., lubea, t., wang, z., borger, a., the ball on three balls test-strength and failure analysis of different materials, journal of the european ceramic society, 27 (2007) 1481–1485. [19] weibull, w., a statistical theory for the strength of materials," technical report no. 151, swedish royal institute for engineering research, stockholm (1939). [20] johnson, k. l., contact mechanics, cambridge university press, cambridge, uk (1985). t microsoft word numero_59_art_06_3261.docx n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 78 elastic-plastic fracture analysis of anisotropy effect on aa2050-t84 alloy at different temperatures: a numerical study nagaraj ekabote, krishnaraja g. kodancha, p. p. revankar school of mechanical engineering, kle technological university, hubballi, india ekabotenagaraj@gmail.com, krishnaraja@kletech.ac.in, pp_revankar@kletech.ac.in abstract. the third generation al-li alloy aa2050-t84 is widely used in aircraft applications due to its lightweight and significant mechanical properties. the anisotropic variations of tensile and compression properties of this alloy at various temperatures are substantial. in this work, the variations of the j-integral, ctod, and plastic zone size (pzs) due to anisotropy of a 4-inch thick aa2050-t84 plate at ambient and cryogenic temperatures were studied numerically by using compact tension (c(t)) specimen. the material anisotropy resulted in fracture and constraint parameter variation for mode-i constant load. numerical results indicated a decrease in crack driving parameters and a constraint parameter with the decrease in temperature at the plate surface and central location. plate surface locations appear to be isotropic for both temperatures under elastic-plastic fracture analyses as crack driving parameters were almost identical. the temperature effect is more on constraint as the normalized pzs values at ambient temperature have been twice that of cryogenic temperature. the isotropic behavior of a plate under sub-zero temperature makes the plate suitable for cryogenic temperature applications. keywords. aa2050-t84 al-li alloy; j-integral; ctod; constraint parameter; plastic zone size. citation: ekabote, n., kodancha, k. g., revenkar, p. p., elastic-plastic fracture analysis of anisotropy effect on aa2050-t84 alloy at different temperatures: a numerical study, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88. received: 02.09.2021 accepted: 30.09.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open-access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction l-li alloys are popular in aircraft and space applications due to their significant mechanical properties and lightweight compared to conventional aluminum alloys [1]. aircraft applications have withdrawn use of 2nd generation al-li alloys owing to their anisotropic mechanical behavior, lower fracture toughness, and thermal instability induced lower toughness [1, 2, 3]. the high lithium weight percentage in al-li alloy has been the primary cause of these limitations. the innovative processing techniques of lithium addition to aluminum and restricting its proportion to less than 2% has led to emergence of 3rd generation al-li alloys. the commercial aircraft and space shuttle involve critical parts necessitating the use of aa2050-t84 alloy, a 3rd generation al-li alloy [3, 4]. aircraft wing components prone to fracture failure incorporate ‘damage tolerance criteria’ in their design. the critical material properties and loading patterns become essential in design to avoid fracture failure. the american society for testing and materials (astm) standards suggest procedure to obtain fracture toughness for mode-i loading [5, 6]. these a https://youtu.be/_4ebbmqnlys n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 79 standards aim to obtain plane strain fracture toughness (kic or jic), assuring a minimum and conservative value at the high constraint. the fracture toughness depends on specimen geometry, load, and type of specimen, which coined the term constraint. constraint generated at the crack front is measured through well-defined constraint parameters under linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) and elastic-plastic fracture mechanics (epfm) [7, 8, 9, 10,11,12, 13, 14]. these constraint parameters are defined concerning either the stress field or the displacement field around the crack front. the variation of constraint parameters concerning crack length, specimen thickness, and load variations are well documented for different standard specimens. moreover, selecting standard methods and specimen types to obtain fracture toughness depends on the constraint present at the component level [15,16]. material anisotropy was the primary concern for the withdrawal of 2nd generation al-li alloys in aircraft applications. it was observed that anisotropy played a prominent role in the fracture toughness of aircraft components made of al-li alloys [1,4]. it also revealed that the aa2050-t84 plate of 4-inch exhibited variation in tensile, compression, and fracture toughness to a significant level [4]. researchers have opined that wing parts, such as spars and ribs fabricated from aa2050-t84 behave differently due to anisotropy under the same load. the constraint variation due to material anisotropy is scarcely reported in the literature, and is limited to specimen thickness, crack length, specimen type, and load conditions. hafley et al. [4] experimentally evaluated the 4-inch aa2050-t84 alloy plate performance and discussed its applicability to the cryogenic propellent tanks used for heavy-lift launch vehicles. the experimental comparison between aa2195-t8 and aa2050-t84 for tensile, compression, and fracture responses was investigated. the tensile behavior of the aa2050-t84 alloy at room and cryogenic temperatures exhibited anisotropic nature. however, the reported experimental fracture toughness tests as per astm test requirements at both temperatures were invalid. the likely reason for invalid fracture toughness experiments can be related to crack tip/front constraint variations, due to material anisotropy. chemin et al. [17] reported anisotropy through the valid fracture toughness tests on 2-inch aa2050-t84 plate at different orientation and temperatures. the anisotropic behavior was attributed to state of stress variation at crack influenced by grain properties. hence, anisotropy of 4-inch aa2050-t84 plate behavior needs numerical fracture constraint analyses based on tensile test results of hafley et al [4]. the experimentation needs high investment and more time, therefore researchers prefer numerical analysis. this work emphasizes on crack driving parameters like j-integral and crack tip opening displacement (ctod) analyzed for 4-inch aa2050-t84 plate. the through-thickness locations and orientations at ambient and cryogenic temperatures for a constant mode-i load were studied using abaqus software. the tensile properties for preprocess stage of simulation were adopted from hafley et al. [4]. plastic zone size (pzs) parameter was used to analyze the constraint variation at specified conditions. the suitability of 4-inch aa2050-t84 plate for cryogenic application was verified on the basis of anisotropy as a governing factor in crack driving and constraint parameter variations. nomenclature, specimen and material property ccording to astm e1820-20b, the fracture toughness depends on the orientation and location of the specimen extracted from the plate [6]. in the present analyses, the primary directions of the 4-inch aa2050-t84 alloy plate considered are rolling direction (l), transverse direction (t), and short transverse direction (s). the 4-inch aa2050-t84 alloy plate rolling direction is parallel to the l direction and possessed a larger dimension than the other two (t and s) directions. the different plate orientations for fracture study considered were l-t, t-l, and s-t, as shown in fig. 1. for instance, fracture specimen l-t orientation indicates loading in the l direction and crack propagation in the t direction. in the s-t plate orientation for 4-inch plate thickness, only one fracture specimen was possible with dimensions considered in line with experimental tests [4]. as indicated in fig. 1, t is the plate thickness (in this case 4-inch), making the t/2 at its center (2 inches), t/6 at outer plate surfaces. the various plate orientations and locations at ambient (240 c) and cryogenic (-1950 c) temperatures were considered for the fracture analyses. astm 182020b recommends two high constraint specimens viz. single edge bend (se(b)) and compact tension (c(t)) for the measurement of fracture toughness [6]. the c(t) specimen assures lower bound toughness value compared to se(b) and suited for primary structures of aircraft applications [1]. fig. 2 shows the c(t) specimen used for current fracture analyses adopting width (w) = 25.4 mm, crack length (a) = 12.7 mm and thickness (b) = 12.7 mm in compliance to astm 1820-20b [6]. a n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 80 the material chemical composition constituted copper (3.3% to 3.4%) as the primary alloying element with lithium (less than 1%) added to introduce desirable properties [3]. the density reduction by almost 3% and rise in young’s modulus by 6% compared to conventional aluminum alloys were noticed [1, 3]. figure 1: various orientation and location of fracture specimens in a 4-inch aa2050-t84 plate. figure 2: c(t) specimen. the reported experimental tensile properties (shown in tab. 1) based on hafley et al. [4] were adopted for different orientations and locations of the plate at ambient (240 c) and cryogenic (-1950 c) temperatures for finite element (fe) analyses. tab. 1 shows the average tensile properties at various orientations and locations of the 4-inch aa2050-t84 plate [4]. diverse average tensile properties in different orientations and locations were reported for both ambient and cryogenic test temperature. anisotropic tensile behavior characterized by plate location and orientation at different temperatures becomes essential in designing spars and ribs. the damage tolerance criterion-based design accounts for anisotropy in the spars and ribs of the aircraft wing during the fracture analysis. temperature (0c) plate orientation specimen location σys (mpa) σut(mpa) e (gpa) 24 (ambient) l t/6 486.77 509.52 74.46 t/2 515.04 546.06 75.15 t t/6 478.5 521.93 75.15 t/2 468.84 515.73 75.84 s t/2 442.64 505.38 73.77 -195 (cryogenic) l t/6 561.92 612.25 82.05 t/2 592.26 659.82 84.11 t t/6 550.89 631.56 82.73 t/2 543.99 630.18 84.12 s t/2 504 601.91 82.05 table 1: tensile properties of 4-inch aa2050-t84 alloy plate [4] finite element analyses he current work emphasizes 3d elastic-plastic numerical fracture analysis on c(t) specimen for mode-i loading using abaqus 6.14. the stress and strain curves were adopted from the research work of hafley et al. [4] for the elastic-plastic fracture analysis. in this work, the material response has been considered to be a multi-linear kinematic hardening type. the material's plastic part's behavior was modelled by taking twenty divisions after the yielding point of the stress-strain curves along with elastic input viz., young’s modulus (e) and poisson’s ratio (ʋ). the material property input into the abaqus 6.14 for elastic-plastic fracture analysis is adopted as similar to the earlier work of kudari t n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 81 et al. [14, 19]. the crack driving parameters such as j-integral and crack mouth opening displacement (cmod) were extracted directly from abaqus 6.14 post-processor [18]. the c(t) model being symmetric about y-axis was analyzed considering only one-half of it with a/w = b/w = 0.5, as shown in fig. 3. a quadratic 20-node hexahedral (brick) element with reduced integration (c3d20r) was used throughout the model for meshing. a similar kind of element was used in earlier work [19, 20]. the model contains 15910 elements with 71709 nodes. at the crack front, these nodes were collapsed at one end (near the crack tip side) for efficient replication of singularity. at the crack front, 1200 elements with 6013 nodes were created for better accuracy of results. figure 3: meshed model of c(t) specimen figure 4: fe model with boundary conditions in the model, along the area of the crack ligament (b), y-symmetry was imposed. a constant concentrated load corresponding to varying load ratio (papplied/pmax) between 0.1 and 1 with pmax of 16,000 n was applied at hole along ydirection for all numerical analyses. the applied stress (σapplied) is calculated for c(t) specimen by using the relation mentioned in the earlier work of a. h. priest [21]. the pmax of 16,000 n was selected to keep the stress ratio (σapplied/σys) in between the range 0.4 and 0.5. the wireframe model with boundary conditions shown in fig. 4 was used for all cases of numerical studies. however, the material properties were assigned as per the specimen's location, orientation, and operating temperature, as mentioned in tab. 1. results and discussion he numerical procedure for the determination of j-integral was validated through an experimental fracture toughness test performed according to astm e1820-20b. the current numerical elastic-plastic fracture analysis procedure was adopted and validated from the earlier work [14]. the experimental fracture toughness test resulted in jic of 11.589 n/mm at room temperature. the numerical analysis carried out for the same experimental load conditions resulted in the value of j-integral as 11.02 n/mm. the marginal difference (<5%) in values are served as motivation to extend the numerical procedure for further investigations. in the 3-d numerical analysis, the j-integral and cmod were extracted along the crack front (thickness direction) at room temperature as shown in figs. 5 and 6. fig. 5 indicates the variation of j-integral along the crack front at the ambient temperature of 240 c for various plate location and orientation conditions. the peak values of j-integral at crack front center were attributed to the crack tunneling effect [6]. a similar phenomenon of peak j-integral values at the crack front center was observed at a cryogenic temperature of -1950 c. as expected, the cmod values are constant along the crack front for all plate orientations. gentile et al. [13] have performed fe analysis to predict specimen response through crack driving parameters viz. computed j-integral with measured ctod. in the present work we have also attempted to study the behavior of variation of ctod on different orientation and locations. thus, the peak values of j-integral, and ctod at crack front center were taken up for further analysis at both temperatures. effect of plate location crack driving parameters characterized by j-integral and cmod were extracted in lt, tl, and st orientations at through-thickness locations of the plate. these parameters relative values provided insight into the behavioral aspects of t n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 82 the plate under constant external load subjected to different plate orientations. figs. 7 and 8 depict them for varying load ratios. figure 5: j-integral along the crack front at ambient temperature. figure 6: cmod along the crack front at ambient temperature. figure 7: variation of j-integral for different plate orientation and location at 240 c figure 8: variation of cmod for different plate orientation and location at 240 c the non-linear nature of j-integral exhibited the increasing order lt-tl-st, with the highest value recorded for st orientation at a load ratio greater than 0.4. the j-integral differed by around 12% between lt and tl and around 30% between lt and st orientations with peak load ratio for unity. similarly, cmod value differed by about 8% at peak load ratio between lt and tl and around 23% between lt and st orientations. the value of j-integral and cmod for lt configuration was higher by 8-9% at plate center (t/2) against plate surface (t/6). however, it decreased by 2% in tl orientation at peak load ratio. figs. 9 and 10 depict j-integral and cmod variation for various load ratios at different orientations and locations of the plate for cryogenic temperature. the j-integral and cmod varied slightly (4% 8%) exhibiting gradual increase in the lttl-st sequence of plate orientations at peak load ratio. their values at cryogenic temperature increased by 2-4% from positions t/2 to t/6 for lt against less than 1% for tl orientations at peak load ratios. the anisotropy effect on crack driving parameters was less at cryogenic temperature, confirming with observed in tensile test results of hafley et al. [4]. ctod is another important fracture parameter based on displacement at the crack tip/front of the specimen. according to astm 1820-20b [6], ctod is calculated from j-integral value. figs. 11 and 12 show the ctod variation for different plate orientations and locations at ambient and cryogenic temperatures. these ctod variations follow a similar trend displayed by j-integral in figs. 5 and 7. plate surface (t/6) locations are isotropic for both temperatures under fracture analyses as crack driving parameters were almost identical. a similar observation was reported in the tensile behavior of hafley et al. [4]. the weaker intensities of deformation texture components were due to surface rolling associated with n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 83 lower yield strength. the isotropic properties at t/6 location at both temperatures make it a congenial material for wing components like spars and ribs over the surface of the aa2050-t84 plate. figure 9: variation of j-integral for different plate orientation and location at -1950 c figure 10: variation of cmod for different plate orientation and location at -1950 c figure 11: variation of ctod for different plate orientation and location at 240 c figure 12: variation of ctod for different plate orientation and location at -1950 c the location in a plate was quite significant at both temperatures because of appreciable variations in crack driving parameters. however, the plate orientation had a substantial effect at ambient temperature compared to cryogenic temperature. aa2050-t84 plate showed inconsistent fracture behavior concerning locations and orientations at different temperatures being significant for designing aircraft primary wing components. chemin et al. [17] have observed that the plane strain fracture toughness (kic) of the 2-inch thick aa2050-t84 alloy material decreased with lt to tl orientation by almost 23% at ambient temperature. on the contrary, in the present epfm analyses, j-integral increased by nearly 11% from lt to tl orientation at a similar temperature. thus, the tl orientation is more susceptible to fracture failure than the lt under identical load at ambient temperature due to its lower kic value. effect of plate orientation the comparison of crack driving parameters at different temperatures was crucial to claim its suitability at cryogenic temperatures. this issue is prominent in the design of space shuttle tanks because of material extraction from different orientations. the variation of crack driving forces at these orientations at various operating temperatures was crucial also for aircraft component damage tolerance design. figs. 13 to 18 present the variation of j-integral, cmod and ctod at different plate locations dependent on plate temperature and orientations. n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 84 figure 15: variation of cmod for different plate orientation at t/6 location figure 16: variation of cmod for different plate orientation at t/2 location figure 13: variation of j-integral for different plate orientation at t/6 location figure 14: variation of j-integral for different plate orientation at t/2 location figure 17: variation of ctod for different plate orientation at t/6 location figure 18: variation of ctod for different plate orientation at t/2 location n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 85 the decrease in j-integral and cmod was noticed at a cryogenic temperature at both location and plate orientations. the temperature change from ambient to cryogenic leads to the decline by 22%, 32%, and 45% for j-integral values in lt, tl, and st orientations of t/2 locations for peak load ratio. similarly, 28% of the drop in j-integral at t/6 locations for both lt and tl orientations were observed for peak load ratio. in figs. 14 and 16, the specimen extracted at the plate surface (t/6) was less affected (<2%) by orientation at ambient and cryogenic temperatures. from figs. 13 and 15, the plate center (t/2) location show significant variations in j-integral and cmod values at ambient conditions only. the figs. 17 and 18 depict similar trend of ctod variations to establish a correlation with j-integral. the observed behavior was attributed to resistance for dislocation movement at cryogenic temperature, causing the material to dissipate lower energy [21]. fracture results at t/6 location of the plate exhibited isotropic behavior similar to tensile results hafley et al. [4] at both ambient and cryogenic temperatures. however, the plate center (t/2) location showed higher anisotropy at ambient temperature than cryogenic temperatures. the anisotropy was attributed to the strain gradients introduced during rolling, resulting in an increased strain in the vicinity of t/2 location [4]. these results strongly support use of aa2050-t84 plate for cryogenic applications. effect of anisotropy on pzs the modern-day fracture assessment criterion requires data on constraint variation near the crack front and crack driving parameters. constraint is defined as the restriction to plastic deformation at the crack front [22]. plasticity around the crack front is measured as plastic zone size and shape, which depend on the in-plane dimension (crack length) and out-ofplane dimension (specimen thickness) [14]. 3d crack front stress tri-axiality fields significantly affect the constraint measured by pzs [19, 23]. the plastic zone shape and size at the crack front are usually helpful to define plane stress and plane strain conditions. pzs is a suitable parameter to measure constraint near the crack under epfm. the pzs also significantly affects the standard specimen size required for experimental testing of fracture toughness [5, 6]. since the plastic zone is crucial in epfm analysis, the anisotropy role will be noteworthy in pzs variation. the present analysis attempts measurement of the constraint variation concerning anisotropy and temperature using normalized pzs (pzs/crack length = rp/a) at crack front. pzs measured as per kudari et al. [14] at the center of the crack front is shown in fig. 19, and the shape of pzs along the crack front is shown in fig. 20. figs. 21 and 22 show the variation of normalized pzs for plate orientation and location at ambient and cryogenic temperatures. at ambient temperature, normalized pzs for peak load ratio was almost 18% higher in lt orientation, t/6 location compared to t/2 location. pzs is inversely proportional to the square of the yield stress of the material [18]. normalized pzs increased with plate orientation in the order of lt-tl-st in agreement to observations made by hafley et al. [4] that reported a decrease in yield stress in the order of lt-tl-st at both locations of the plate. however, the constraint variation between lt and tl orientation for both temperatures was minimal (<5%) at t/6 location. the minimal difference of yield stress values can be visualized at t/6 locations from tab. 1 for both temperatures. unlike figs. 14 and 16, which showed minimal crack driving parameters at the t/2 location of the cryogenic temperature, the normalized pzs difference was substantial for different plate orientations. this trend indicated isotropic behavior at t/6 plate location for both temperatures, making the aa2050-t84 alloy plate surface suitable for ambient and cryogenic applications. from figs. 23 and 24, the effect of plate orientation on normalized pzs at t/6 location for cryogenic temperature was negligible. at cryogenic temperature, the variation of normalized pzs at t/2 location increased almost 35% between lt and tl or st orientations for peak load ratio, respectively. but, at t/6 location, the constraint variation was minimal (<5%) at cryogenic temperature. however, at ambient temperature, the normalized pzs variation was significant for plate location and orientation. at ambient temperature, the variation of normalized pzs at t/2 location increased almost 22% between lt to tl and 48% between lt and st orientations, respectively. similarly, at t/6 location the constraint variation was almost 4% between lt and tl orientations at ambient temperature. the temperature effect is remarkable on constraint as the normalized pzs values at ambient temperature were almost twice that of cryogenic temperature. the possible reason for lower values of normalized pzs is the brittle nature of the aa2050-t84 alloy at cryogenic temperature. the observations from crack driving parameters and constraint variation at cryogenic temperature strongly suggest that the plate orientation effect nullified and almost behaved as isotropic material at t/6 location (plate surface). n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 86 figure 20: plastic zone shape along the crack front figure 19: pzs (rp) measurement at crack center figure 21: variation of normalized pzs for different plate orientation and location at 240 c figure 22: variation of normalized pzs for different plate orientation and location at -1950 c figure 23: variation of normalized pzs for various plate orientation at t/2 location figure 24: variation of normalized pzs for various plate orientation at t/6 location n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 87 conclusion he computational investigations on the aa2050-t84 specimen revealed the following conclusive remarks. a 4inch aa2050-t84 alloy plate behavior under mode-i loading using c(t) specimen was analyzed in the present study. the effect of anisotropy on fracture and constraint parameters in j-integral, ctod, cmod and pzs was studied at ambient and cryogenic temperatures. on account of rolling, plate surface (t/6) location elongated more and had higher crack driving parameters than mid-plate location (t/2) under identical mode-i loading. plate orientation had a negligible effect on crack driving parameters at both ambient and cryogenic temperatures. however, the constraint parameter, pzs variation, was significant. both crack driving parameters and pzs increased in the order of lt-tl-st for ambient and cryogenic temperatures. the studies based on through-thickness variation indicated that crack driving parameters were maximum at plate surface (t/6) locations for both temperatures. the crack driving parameters were twice at the surface of the plate as compared to the mid-plate location. constraint parameter pzs was higher at plate surface (t/6) ambient temperature than mid-plate (t/2) location. however, the effect of plate location on constraint parameter pzs was minimal at cryogenic temperature. the crack driving parameters exhibited a falling trend with decreased test temperature. the effect of temperature on crack driving parameters and pzs was maximum at the plate surface compared to the mid-plate location. the plane strain fracture toughness (kic) of the aa2050-t84 alloy plate reduced with a decrease in temperature along lt orientation and was almost independent of orientation in tl [17]. the results obtained in the current work are helpful in deciding the location and orientation of the aircraft wing component extraction from aa2050-t84 alloy plate, as crack driving parameters and constraint variation were significant to anisotropic plate properties at different temperatures. the isotropic behavior at the t/6 location under sub-zero temperature made the plate surface suitable for cryogenic temperature applications. acknowledgments le technological university has partially supported this work under “capacity building project” grants. authors thank kle society and kle technological university, hubballi, for the funds and support. references [1] prasad, n. e., gokhale, a. and wanhill, r. j. h. (eds.). (2013). aluminum-lithium alloys: processing, properties, and applications, butterworth-heinemann. doi: 10.1016/c2012-0-00394-8. [2] lynch, s.p., muddle, b.c. and pasang, t., (2002). mechanisms of brittle intergranular fracture in al-li alloys and comparison with other alloys, philosophical magazine a, 82(17-18), pp. 3361-3373. doi: 10.1080/01418610208240447. [3] rioja, r. j. and liu, j. (2012). the evolution of al-li based products for aerospace and space applications, metallurgical and materials transactions a, 43(9), pp.3325-3337. doi: 10.1007/s11661-012-1155-z. [4] hafley, r. a., domack, m. s., hales, s. j. and shenoy, r. n. (2011). evaluation of aluminum alloy 2050-t84 microstructure and mechanical properties at ambient and cryogenic temperatures, nasa langley research center. report number: nasa/tm-2011-217163. [5] astm e399-20a, standard test method for linear-elastic plane-strain fracture toughness of metallic materials, astm international, west conshohocken, pa, 2020. doi: 10.1520/e0399-20a. [6] astm e1820-20b, standard test method for measurement of fracture toughness, astm international, west conshohocken, pa, 2020. doi: 10.1520/e1820-20b. [7] gupta, m., alderliesten, r. c. and benedictus, r. (2015). a review of t-stress and its effects in fracture mechanics, engineering fracture mechanics, 134, pp.218-241. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.10.013. [8] moattari, m. and sattari-far, i. (2017). modification of fracture toughness master curve considering the crack-tip qconstraint, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 90, pp. 43-52. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2017.02.012. t k n. ekabote et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 78-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.06 88 [9] yang, j., wang, g. z., xuan, f. z. and tu, s. t. (2013). unified characterization of in-plane and out-of-plane constraint based on crack-tip equivalent plastic strain, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 36(6), pp.504-514. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12019. [10] vasco-olmo, j. m., díaz, f. a., james, m. n., christopher, c. j. and patterson, e. a. (2017). experimental methodology for the quantification of crack tip plastic zone and shape from the analysis of displacement fields, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 11(41), pp.166-174. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.23. [11] xu, j. y., wang, g. z., xuan, f. z. and tu, s. t. (2018). unified constraint parameter based on crack-tip opening displacement, engineering fracture mechanics, 200, pp.175-188. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2018.07.021. [12] matvienko, y., (2019). comparison of the constraint parameters in elastic-plastic fracture mechanics. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13(49), pp.36-43. doi:10.3221/igf-esis.49.04. [13] gentile, d., persechino, i., bonora, n., iannitti, g. and carlucci, a. (2014). use of circumferentially cracked bar sample for ctod fracture toughness determination in the upper shelf regime. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 8(30), pp. 252-262. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.32. [14] kudari, s. k., maiti, b. and ray, k. k. (2009). experimental investigation on possible dependence of plastic zone size on specimen geometry. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 3(7), pp. 57-64. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04. [15] chiesa, m., nyhus, b., skallerud, b. andthaulow, c. (2001). efficient fracture assessment of pipelines. a constraintcorrected sent specimen approach, engineering fracture mechanics, 68(5), pp.527-547. doi: 10.1016/s0013-7944(00)00129-6. [16] ekabote, n., kodancha, k.g. and kudari, s.k., (2021). suitability of standard fracture test specimens for low constraint conditions. iop conf. ser.: mater. sci. eng., 1123, 012033, doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/1123/1/012033. [17] chemin, a. e. a., afonso, c. m., pascoal, f. a., maciel, c. i. d. s., ruchert, c. o. f. t. and bose filho, w. w. (2019). characterization of phases, tensile properties, and fracture toughness in aircraft-grade aluminum alloys, material design & processing communications, 1(4), pp.1-13. doi:10.1002/mdp2.79. [18] abaqus 6.14-1. (2004) hibbitt, karlsson & sorensen, inc. [19] kudari, s. k. and kodancha, k. g. (2008). effect of specimen thickness on plastic zone. 17th european conference on fracture, brno, czeck republic. [20] moreira, p. m. g. p., pastrama, s. d. and de castro, p. m. s. t. (2009). three-dimensional stress intensity factor calibration for a stiffened cracked plate. engineering fracture mechanics, 76(14), pp. 2298-2308, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2009.07.003. [21] priest, a. h. (1975). experimental methods for fracture toughness measurement. journal of strain analysis, 10(4), pp. 225-232. doi: 10.1243/03093247v104225. [22] yuan, h. and brocks, w. (1998). quantification of constraint effects in elastic-plastic crack front fields, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 46(2), pp. 219-241. doi: 10.1016/s0022-5096(97)00068-9. [23] caputo, f., lamanna, g. and soprano, a. (2013). on the evaluation of the plastic zone size at the crack tip, engineering fracture mechanics, 103, pp. 162-173. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2012.09.030. microsoft word 2191 s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 249 focused on the “portuguese contributions for structural integrity” effect of machining parameters on the mechanical properties of high dosage short –carbonfiber reinforced composites s. e. oliveira, j.a.m. ferreira, j. da silva cemmpre, university of coimbra, department of mechanical engineering, portugal uc2014184149.seo@outlook.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2749-2717 martins.ferreira@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0295-1841 joel.jesus@uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7133-2331 c. capela instituto politécnico de leiria, estg, department of mechanical engineering, portugal ccapela@ipleiria.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3334-4945 abstract. the machinability of polymer matrix composites with fibers strongly depends on the type of fiber and dosage in question, having a high influence on the selection of tools and cutting parameters. the cutting temperature depends of rotation speed and the feed cutting tools and is significantly influencing on the quality of the machined surfaces and tool life. this paper presents the results of a current study concerning the effect of the rotation-cutting speed on the cutting temperature, roughness and tensile strength of short carbon fiber reinforced epoxy composites, potentially used in automotive and aeronautic industries. composite plates were manufactured by compression molding, using short carbon fibers with 0.5 mm and 6 mm length. the increasing of the rotation-cutting speed increases significantly the temperature generated in the tool and slightly increases surface roughness. tensile strength and young´s modulus are little sensitive to drilling speed. however, above 3000 rpm it was observed significant loss of stiffness, associated with the developed temperature in the machining process. keywords. mechanical properties; short fiber composites; machinability of composites. citation: oliveira, s. e., ferreira, j.a.m., capela, c., da silva, j., effect of machining parameters on the mechanical properties of high dosage short –carbonfiber reinforced composites, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 249-256. received: 14.09.2018 accepted: 24.10.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction olymer matrix composites are widely used in the manufacture of components for engineering applications [1,2]. in particular, short-fiber reinforcement polymer (sfrp) composites are easy to manufacture, have low production costs and good mechanical properties. in general, the addition of short fibers in a polymer matrix aims to obtain p http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2191.mp4 s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 250 high performance composites, with the increase of the fiber fraction leading to an increase in modulus and strength of the processed material [3]. however, for a high dosage of reinforcing the homogeneous distribution of the fiber becomes very difficult and the porosity drastically increases, which justifies more detailed studies of this subject. machining of fiber-reinforced composites differs significantly in many aspects from the machining of conventional metals and their alloys. in the machining of fiber-reinforced composites the behavior of the material is not only inhomogeneous but it also depends on diverse fiber and matrix properties, fiber orientation, and the relative volume of matrix and fibers [4]. the cutting tool alternately cuts the matrix and the fibers which machining response may be entirely different [4]. in the manufacture of engineering components from composite material, it is sometimes necessary to perform drilling and milling operations. in the case of manufacturing components in a composite material with short fibers, milling operations may be performed to obtain the desired a local geometry of the components. the machinability of polymer matrix composites with fibers strongly depends on the type of fiber and composite dosage and their mechanical and physical (for instance, thermal) properties. however, the type of fiber used in processing of these materials has a major influence on the selection of tools and cutting parameters [5]. the cutting temperature is also a factor that has a significant influence on the quality of the machined surfaces and tool life. in turn, temperature around cutting point and the final surface roughness depend on rotation and feed cutting tools. during the milling of short-fibber-carbon-reinforced composites (scfc), the temperature on cutting point can cause damage or degradation to the composite’s surface. the surface roughness of the machined area greatly influences the mechanical performance of the dimensional precision and manufacturing costs [5]. therefore, surface roughness and degradation of the composite’s surface require study to ensure the use of an industrial process. this is the first step to study machinability involving a specific composite. milling in composite materials is a rather complex task due to its heterogeneity and the emergence of some problems such as surface delamination appearing during the machining process, associated with the characteristics of the material and cutting parameters. milling is the machining operation most frequently used in the manufacture of fiber-reinforced plastic parts, as a corrective operation to produce well-defined and high-quality surfaces that often require the removal of excess material to control tolerances. therefore, the ability to predict the cutting forces is essential to select process parameters which are necessary for an optimal machining. mechanical performance of scfc depends mainly on the capacity to obtain good fiber dispersion, usually evaluated by nondestructive methods such as ultrasonic c scanning and acoustic emission [6,7]. this paper studied the effect of cutting conditions during milling machining on roughness, cutting temperature and mechanical properties, with the purpose of contributing for a better understanding of the interdependence of these parameters, especially in the case of composites with high dosage. materials and samples or this investigation two composite batches were manufactured: a) a 6mm length fiber, and using biresin® cr120 as matrix, formulated by bisphenol a epichlorhydrin epoxy resin 1,4 bis (2,3-epoxypropoxy) butane, combined with the hardener ch120-3, with 40% (in volume fraction) of carbon fibers. b) 0.5 mm ± 0.15 in length and 7 µm ± 2 ø monofilaments, using biresin® cr83 matrix reinforced with 17.5% (in volume fraction) of carbon fibers. resins were supplied by sika, stuttgart, germany, while the company sigrafil, sgl group, germany, supplied the fibers. composite plates were manufactured by manual molding process, pressing the mold in a servo mechanical machine, mazzola w15. the compression was applied such as it is shown schematically in fig. 1, which also shows the mold and the positioning of the pressure transducer used to monitor inside pressure during the cure process. the desired amount of fibers previously subjected to the fiber separation treatment was added to the resin. then, the materials were mixed and placed in the mold cavity. afterwards, the mold was closed and placed in the mechanical compression load at 7600 dan, with corresponding pressure of about 50.7 bar. the processed plates were then subjected to cure and post cure processes. fig. 2a) shows the mold design and a final composite plate. from this plate, test specimens were later machined according to the scheme and dimensions indicated in fig. 2b). composite plates were subjected to a cure process done at room temperature for 20 hours in the mold, and a post cure was carried out at 70º c for 12 hours. the pressure during the curing process was monitored by the pressure transducer shown in fig. 1. as shown in fig. 2c) the pressure remains nearly constant for the entire duration of the cure process. f s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 251 the specimens were machined according to the geometry and dimensions indicated in fig. 2b) from the plates with dimensions 150x100x5 mm^3 using a computer numerical control (cnc) milling machine, hass mikron vce 500 and a sandvik carbide tool with a diameter of 20 mm, part number sandvik r390-11t308e-nl h13a. the machining parameters used are indicated in tab. 1. fig. 3 presents the most relevant details of track strategies for the plate machining to increasing cutting speed. spindle speed, (rpm) cutting speed, (mm/min) axial increment, (mm) inclination angle axis, (º) 750 50 1.0 0 1500 100 1.0 0 2250 150 1.0 0 3000 200 1.0 0 4500 300 1.0 0 table 1: cutting parameters used in the machining of composite plates. figure 1: scheme of molding apparatus: (a) composite plate. (b) rubber base. (c) pressure transducer. (d) steel upper die part. (e) steel lower die part. (f) aluminum base.   (a) steel upper die part (b) steel lower die part (c) composite plate a) b) figure 2: a) molding cavity; b) final specimen dimensions (units in mm); c) curing pressure. s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 252 figure 3: schematic view of the plate machining: (a) composite plate; (b) fittings; (c) double adhesive band; (d) plane-end mill set. experimental testing emperature profile is important to determine the limits for cutting speed. during the drilling process the temperature around the cutting tool was monitored using a thermographic camera, testo 875, as shown in exemplary fig. 4. figure 4: surface drilling and temperature measurement. sample manufactured with fiber length 6 mm and spindle speed 4500 rpm. surface roughness was quantified using the standardizing parameter rz, which is the arithmetic average of five distances values between the highest peak and lowest valley in each sampling length measures at 15 mm. roughness measurements were carried out using the equipment surface measuring instrument mitutoyo surftest sj-500. tensile tests for the characterization of the mechanical properties, tensile strength and young’s modulus were performed using a machining instron model 4206, monitoring the load and the displacement through an axial extensometer. fiber dispersion into composite was checked using optical equipment [8], the scanning electronic microscopy (sem) philips xl30. after carrying out tensile tests, the fracture surfaces in some specimens were gold sputtered and then observed in sem to understand the fiber adhesion failure mechanisms. fig. 5 shows a sem low magnification characteristic micrograph of the fracture of an external face of a specimen with 0.5 mm length fiber, in which a reasonable dispersion was observed, only with partial separation of the fibers. this kind of microscopic structure was observed in other specimens and cannot be classified as an isometric structure. t s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 253 results and discussion urface roughness was analyzed to verify the adequacy of the machined processing under development. fig. 6 shows the results obtained for both material batches: length fiber 0.5mm and 6mm, presenting the average values and the dispersion range of the experimental tests. the analysis of the figure shows that the experimental results are in good agreement with the usual values in the manufacturing industry, particularly to metallic materials. these results indicate that the parameter rz increases slightly with the drilling speed, in spite of the natural dispersion of the results. composites with lower fiber length and content exhibit much higher roughness rz, probably a consequence of the lower glass transition temperature, tg, of the polymer resin, and consequently in this case it is easier for the temperature on the surface of the tool to reach a value close to or greater than tg during the cutting operation. the analysis of the data indicated that the speed cutting up to 2250 rpm and feed 150 mm per minute presents smaller values of surface roughness. the temperature on the surface of the carbide tool during the cutting of the scfc plates was measured with an infrared thermograph camera, as shown in fig. 4. the values of the maximum observed temperature in the cutting tool during face machining are plotted against the rotation speed for both composites in fig. 7. in both cases, a significant increase of the temperature with the increase of cutting speed was observed. the temperature profile reveals that in some cases (above 3000 rpm) its values reach the glass transition temperature, tg, of the polymer matrices. for the 6mm fibers composites the tg of the resin (113 ºc [9]), while for biresin® cr83 resin, tg 84 ºc, according the manufacturer. figure 5: sem low magnification characteristic micrograph of the fracture surface. figure 6: surface roughness, rz, against drilling speed. the results of the tensile tests are summarized in figs. 8 and 9, which present the tensile strength and the young’s modulus, respectively, against drilling speed. tensile strength is the axial stress for the load peak of the load versus s s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 254 displacement curves. the stiffness modulus was calculated using the linear elastic hooke’s law in the linear region of load versus displacement plot. the collected values presented a correlation coefficient at least 0.99. contrary to the reported on scientific literature [3], a decreasing of the tensile strength with the increasing of both fiber content and length was observed. these results are justified by the poor fiber distribution, poor fiber/matrix adhesion and increasing porosity for higher fiber dosage composites. on the other side, and despite high dispersion of the results, rotation-cutting speed seems to play a reduced effect on composite tensile strength, for both materials. figure 7: maximum temperature around carbon tool against drilling speed. figure 8: tensile strength against rotation-cutting speed. the analysis of the stiffness modulus, shown in fig. 9, indicates that in this case the results are in accordance with the reported on literature [3], as it was observed an increasing of the stiffness with the increasing of both fiber content and length. the results mean that fibber distribution and porosity play a less significant role on composite stiffness than in tensile strength. the analysis of the figure also shows significant dispersion (with standard deviations from 0.25 to 2.65 gpa), but an important aspect must be stated for both materials: above 3000 rpm there is a significant loss of stiffness. this loss of rigidity may be associated with the temperature developed in the machining process and consequent degradation of the matrix. s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 255 failure surface of some samples was observed in the scanning electron microscope. fig. 10 shows a sem micrograph feature for 6mm length fiber composites fiber composites, which reveals a fair adhesion between resin matrix and fibers. it can also be observed some lack of polymers between the fiber and the fiber pullout, as reported in literature for high dosage composites [8, 10]. on the other hand, as shown in fig. 5, the composites with 0.5mm fiber length shows much better fiber dispersion and lower resin lacks. figure 9: stiffness modulus against drilling speed. figure 10: sem observations of fracture surfaces for 6mm fibers composites. conclusions his work studied the effect of rotation-cutting speed on the cutting temperature, roughness and tensile properties of two epoxy based composites reinforced with 17.5% and 40% in volume fraction short carbon fiber. the main conclusions drawn can be summarized as follows: the increasing of rotation-cutting speed significantly increases the temperature generated in the tool reaching the glass transition temperature, tg of the polymer matrices. the surface roughness (rz) only slightly increases with the drilling speed. t s. e. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019y) 249-256; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.26 256 mechanical properties such as tensile strength and young’s modulus are not very sensitive to drilling speed. nonetheless, the high dispersion of the results for rotation-cutting speed seems to play a reduced effect on composite tensile strength and stiffness for both materials. in any case, above 3000 rpm a significant loss of stiffness was observed, which may be associated with the temperature developed in the machining process, which reached values above the glass transition temperature (tg) of the resin. tensile stiffness increases significantly with the simultaneous increasing in the fiber content and length. in fact, tensile strength decreases with the increasing of the fiber content and length, in consequence of the poor fiber distribution and very high porosity for the too high fiber dosage composites. acknowledgments his research is sponsored by feder funds through the program compete – programa operacional factores de competitividade – and by national funds through fct – fundação para a ciência e a tecnologia –, under the project pest-c/eme/ui0285/2013. the authors thank the part of support to this investigation by the brazilian agency cnpq, conselho nacional de desenvolvimento ciêntifico e tecnológico, csf. references [1] shahrajabiana, h., hadia, m. and farahnakian, m. (2012). experimental investigation of machining parameters on machinability of carbon fiber/epoxy composites, int. j. of eng. and innov. tech. (ijeit), 2 (3), pp. 30-32. [2] agarwal, g., patnaik, a. and sharma, r. k. (2014). mechanical and thermo–mechanical properties of bi-directional and short carbon fiber reinforced epoxy composites. j. of eng. sci. and tech., school of engineering, 9(5), pp. 590 – 604. [3] fu, s. y., lauke, b, mäder, e., yue, c. y. and hu, x. (2000). tensile properties of short-glass-fiberand short-fibbercarbon-reinforced polypropylene composites, composites: part a 31, pp.1117-1125. doi: 10.1016/s1359-835x(00)00068-3. [4] komanduri, r. (1997). machining of fiber-reinforced composite. machining science and technology, 1 (1), pp. 113152. doi: 10.1080/10940349708945641. [5] davim, j. p. and reis, p. (2004). damage and dimensional precision on milling carbon fiber-reinforced plastics using design experiments. j. of mat. proc. tech. 160, pp. 160–167. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2004.06.003. [6] park j.m., lee s.i., kim k.w. and yoon d.j. (2001). interfacial aspects of electrodeposited conductive fibers/epoxy composites using electro-micromechanical technique and nondestructive evaluation. j colloid interface sci., 237, pp. 80–90. doi: 10.1006/jcis.2001.7426. [7] xu x., zhou z., hei y., zhang b., bao j. and chen x. (2014). improving compression-afterimpact performance of carbon–fiber composites by cnts/thermoplastic hybrid film interlayer. compos sci technol, 95, pp. 75–81. [8] habib, s. and okada, a. (2016), influence of electrical discharge machining parameters on cutting parameters of carbon fiber-reinforced plastic. mach. sc. and tech., 20(1), pp. 99-114. doi: 10.1080/10910344.2015.1133914. [9] yashiro, t., ogawa, t. and sasahara, h. (2013). temperature measurement of cutting tool and machined surface layer in milling of cfrp. int. j. of machine tools & manufacture, 70, pp. 63–69. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2013.03.009. [10] agarwal, h., amaranath, a., jamthe, y. and gururaja, s. (2015). an investigation of cutting mechanisms and strain fields during orthogonal cutting in cfrps. machining science and technology, 19 (3), pp. 416-439. doi: 10.1080/10910344.2015.1051539. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_26_2574 v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 310 the effect of temperature on low-cycle fatigue of shape memory alloy v. iasnii, p. yasniy, d. baran faculty of engineering of machines, structures and technologies, ternopil ivan puluj national technical university, ternopil, ukraine v_iasnii@tntu.edu.ua, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5768-5288 petroyasniy@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1928-7035 jaturonkabat@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2067-8164 a. rudawska faculty of mechanical engineering, lublin university of technology, lublin, poland a.rudawska@pollub.pl, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3592-8047 abstract. the influence of temperature on the fatigue properties of pseudoelastic niti under low-cycle fatigue are investigated. tests were performed under the uniaxial tensile deformation (pull-pull) at 0°с and 20°с which is above the austenite finish temperature. experimental results indicate that the fatigue life of niti alloy increases with the decrease of test temperature from 20°с to 0°с in the case of presenting the results depending on the strain range and dissipated energy. regardless the test temperature, with the increase of number of cycles to failure, the stress and strain ranges, as well as the dissipation energy decrease, and the total dissipation energy and odqvist’s parameter increase. the slope of the fatigue curves of niti alloy is greater at the temperature of 0°с in comparison with the 20°с in the case of employing the stress range, strain range, odqvist’s parameter, and total dissipation energy as the failure criteria, and is less while employing the dissipation energy as the failure criterion. keywords. pseudoelsticity; niti alloy; low-cycle fatigue; odqvist’s parameter; dissipated energy. citation: iasnii, v., yasniy, p., baran, d., rudawska, a., the effect of temperature on low-cycle fatigue of shape memory alloy, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318. received: 26.07.2019 accepted: 19.08.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction nlike traditional structural materials, shape memory alloys (sma) are characterized not only by mechanical and operational properties but also by functional ones. the functional properties of sma include shape memory effect and the pseudoelasticity. typical stress-strain curve of pseudoelastic smas above the austenite finish temperature shows a large hysteresis loop during loading and unloading. the hysteretic behaviour results in a high dissipation energy and stored strain energy which ensure high performance of sma as a material for damping and storing the energy. u http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2574.mp4 v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 311 the application of smas depends on the phase transformation temperatures, mechanical and functional properties, type of loading (static, cyclic and thermo-mechanical). sma are increasingly used in machine parts, implants [1, 2]. due to the high ability to energy dissipation, sma are used in damping devices for civil engineering [3–6] or other structural elements [7, 8]. as they are subjected to intense cyclic loading during operation, it is important to ensure their reliability and lifetime under low-cycle fatigue [9]. defects, such as internal subsurface voids, surface scratches which lead to crack initiation, play significant role under lowcycle fatigue [10]. also, fatigue microcracks can initiate at the martensite–martensite or austenite–martensite interfaces [11]. the martensite– martensite or austenite–martensite interface motion causes the formation of defects in the grain, these defects becoming potential crack initiation areas. cracks can initiate at the grain boundaries [12]. the cyclical loading affects not only the ability of the material to resist structural fatigue, but also the functional properties. therefore, it is necessary to know how their functional and structural properties change in order to design reliably the devices and structural elements made of pseudoelastic sma which operate under fatigue loading. it is also important to take into account the balance between structural and functional fatigue. under a cyclic loading the residual strain [13] increases and the dissipation energy reduces, thus worsening the efficiency of the damping devices [14]. residual martensite plates increase with the number of cycles and are considered to be one of the causes of the formation of a residual strain during cyclic loading [15]. lifetime of sma can be predicted by stress[16, 10], strain[17-19] and energy based criteria [10] of fatigue failure. an overview of the structural fatigue of sma under mechanical and thermomechanical loading is presented, for instance in the paper [20]. for low cycle fatigue the strain amplitude and the number of cycles to failure could be represented by the empirical dependence fn    (1) where  and β represent εa in nf =1 and the slope of the logδε lognf curve, respectively. for niti wire of 0.5 mm in diameter under rotating-bending fatigue test the relationship between  and t is expressed by the following equation [21]: ( )10 sa t ms    (2) where t is test temperature; ms – martensite start temperature. based on the experimental results, the coefficients are determined as β = 0.28, αs= 0.248, a = 0.0032 k-1 [21]. for niti tube with outer diameter of 0.9 mm and inner 0.7 mm under rotating-bending fatigue test the dependence of α on t is expressed by the following equation [21]: 0 0( ) n m t t     (3) based on the experimental results, the coefficients are determined as β = 0.25, m = 0.065 kn, n = 0.4, t0 = 297 k, α0 = 0.057. a quasi-linear dependence of logδwdis on lognf for several values of the mean stress. it is, hence, interesting to approximate experimental results using the following curve [22]: 1 1dis fw n   (4) where δwdis – is dissipation energy per cycle; α and β are material parameters. numerical results are in good agreement with experimental data for α = 11 and β = −0.377. a damage based fatigue failure model by dividing the total damage sources into three parts, i.e., microcrack initiation, microcrack propagation and martensite transformation induced damage was proposed by song [23]. the damage variable as the ratio of the accumulated dissipation energy after a prescribed number of cycles to that obtained at the failure life was defined v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 312 1 1 / f n n i ii i d w w      (5) where wi is the dissipation energy at i-th loading cycle. so it is important to study the influence of temperature, above the austenite finish temperature, on structural fatigue of pseudoelastic niti alloy. experimental setup and material he influence of temperature (at 0°c and 20°c) on structural fatigue was studied on pseudoelastic ni55.8ti44.2 alloy. characteristics of thermal transitions during sma phase transformations were investigated using differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) by dsc q1000 tai [24]. austenite finish temperature is af = – 38.7°с. material has the following mechanical properties at 0°с and 20°с: yield strength, 0.2 = 447 mpa and 523 mpa, ultimate tensile strength, uts = 869 mpa and 780 mpa [24, 25]. the chemical composition of the alloy according to the delivered certificate is as follows: 55.78% ni;0.005% co; 0.005% cu; 0.005% cr; 0.012% fe; 0.005% nb; 0.032% c; 0.001% h; 0.04% o; 0.001% n and 44.12% тi. cylindrical specimens with a diameter of 4 mm and gage length of 12.5 mm, machined from rod 8 mm in diameter, were tested under uniaxial cyclic loading at temperature 0°с and 20°с at stress ratio r = min/max = 0 (here min and max are the minimum and maximum stresses) on the servo-hydraulic machine stm-10 [26] with automated control and data acquisition system under sinusoidal load with a frequency of 0.5 hz. fatigue tests were carried out under displacement–controlled mode at 0°с. in this case, the maximum stress, except for the first twenty loading cycles, remains constant [24]. therefore, it can be assumed that the stress range was constant during the testing (the stress range was changed less than 3%). fatigue tests were carried out under stress–controlled mode at 20°с. longitudinal strain was measured by bi-06-308 extensometer produced by bangalore integrated system solutions (biss), maximum error did not exceed 0.1%. the crosshead displacement was determined by inductive bi-02-313 sensor with an error not more than 0.1%. the tests at 0°с were carried out in the chamber filled with ice and ice water. this provided the constant temperature of 0°c measured by chromel–alumel thermocouple mounted on the sample with an error not more than 0.5°c. a literature review [24] shows that water have not significant influence on fatigue behaviour of niti alloys [21, 27–29]. results and discussion he dependences of the stress range δσ on the number of cycles to failure nf for niti alloy in ice water at 0°с and at 20°с in the air are shown in fig. 1. stress range was determined at the number of half-cycles to failure. experimental data under low-cycle fatigue presented on fig. 1, are plotted according to the failure criterion of the specimen, and could be well-enough described by power function fn      (6) the parameters  and  in eqn. (6), that were determined by fitting of experimental data (fig. 1), are given in tab. 1. the increase of testing temperature from 0 to 20°с increases the fatigue lifetime under low-cycle fatigue at nf > 1000 cycles and decreases the angle of relationship between lgδσ and lgnf. a similar effect of testing temperature (323k, 333k) on the fatigue lifetime was found for ti 50.7at%ni alloy [30]. fig. 2 shows experimental fatigue curves in coordinates strain range versus number of cycles to failure of the specimen. the strain range values were determined at the number of half-cycles to failure, in the same way as stress range. the experimental data were fitted by means of eqn. (1) with the determined parameters, which are given in tab. 1. the linear behavior of the dependence of the strain amplitude on the number of cycles to failure under low-cycle fatigue at different ratios between the test temperature and the austenite finish temperature, is confirmed by the results obtained by the authors [31–33]. in contrast to the data presented in fig. 1, using strain range as a criterion of fatigue failure, fatigue lifetime of pseudoelastic ni55.8ti44.2 alloy at 20°с is significantly lower than at 0°с. moreover, the slope angle of both curves in logarithmic scales is t t v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 313 approximately the same (parameter β in tab. 1). such effect of temperature on low-cycle fatigue lifetime are similar for niti wire of 0.5 mm in diameter and niti tube with outer diameter of 0.9 mm and inner 0.7 mm under rotating-bending fatigue test at temperatures 20°c 80°c [21]. fatigue lifetime increase with the decrease in temperature from 383 k to 293 k for 3 kinds of ti–ni base shape memory alloy wires with the compositions of ti– 50.0 at%ni, ti–50.5 at%ni and 50.85 at%ni, respectively under rotary bending fatigue tests [19]. this was observed for wires with diameter of 1.0 mm. figure 1: dependence of the stress range on the number of loading cycles in ice water at 0°с and at 20°с in the air. the fatigue life was estimated using the odqvist’s parameter, which characterizes the accumulated plastic strain p, and under uniaxial cyclic loading is determined by formula [34] 2 pn   (7) where n is the numbers of loading cycles. t, °с   r2   r2 a b r2 eq. (1) eq. (6) eq. (9) 0 8.754 ±1.339 0.14 ±0.026 0.868 943.7 ±53.84 0.0814 ±0.00898 0.933 2.472 0.0581 0.941 20 5.379 ±1.634 0.198 ±0.05 0.944 788.6 ±10.56 0.0396 ±0.00195 0.997 3.018 0.0205 0.999 table 1: equations parameters for ni55.8ti44.2 alloy replacing n in eqn. (7) on nf and taking into account that for the sma the plastic strain range can be replaced by the expansion of the elastic deformation δε, the formula (7) can be rewritten as follows: 2n   (8) in the eqn. (8), the strain range  was determined in the same way (at n=0.5 nf) as in the previous cases. according to the fig. 3, the odqvist's parameter increases linearly proportional to the number of loading cycles before the failure of the specimen and is well described by the dependence f fa b n    (9) v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 314 the constant values (tab. 1) of the eqn. (9) were determined by the approximation of the experimental data using the least squares method. analysis of the experimental dependencies in fig. 3 shows that odqvist's parameter χf, before failure of material, increase with the decrease in temperature from 20 to 0°c. moreover, the odqvist's parameter at both temperatures 0°c and 20°c significantly increase with the increase in loading cycles. it implies from the analysis of experimental dependencies, presented on fig. 3, that the value of odqvist's parameter before the fatigue failure of material χf is increasing with the decrease of temperature from 20°с to 0°c. also, with the increase of number of loading cycles the ratio of odqvist's parameter at 0°с and 20 °с increases significantly. figure 2: dependence of the strain range on the number of loading cycles in ice water at 0°с and at 20°с in the air. figure 3: dependence of the odqvist’s parameter on the number of loading cycles in ice water at 0°с and at 20°с in the air. with the increasing of cycles to failure the dissipated energy per cycle decreases (fig. 4). experimental data in this case are well described by the logarithmic dependence w dis f ww n      (10) v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 315 figure 4: dependence of the dissipated energy on the number of loading cycles in ice water at 0°с and at 20°с in the air. the constant values w and w of the eqn. (10) were determined by the approximation of the experimental data using the least squares method are presented in tab. 2. t, °с w w r2 aw bw r2 eq. (10) eq. (13) 0 9.974 ±1.604 0.3537 ±0.0351 0.950 142.6 0.663 0.709 20 2.478 ±1.253 0.3148 ±0.092 0.949 148.4 0.0925 0.924 table 2: equations parameters for ni55.8ti44.2 alloy. in the eqn. (10), the energy of dissipation was determined in the same way as in the previous cases at the number of halfcycles to failure. the fatigue life of the niti alloy increases with the decrease in test temperature when using the strain range (fig. 2), as well as dissipated energy (fig.4). the influence of testing temperature on accumulated dissipation energy before failure was analysed. the accumulated dissipation energy was determined by formula 1 , fn dis i i w w    (11) where wi is the dissipated energy for i-th loading cycle. as the first approximation, the change in the area of hysteresis loop during first cycles could be neglected. in this case, the formula (11) can be rewritten as follows: ,dis fdis nw w   (12) where wdis is the dissipated energy at mean lifetime nf. as in the case with odqvist's parameter, the experimental values of total dissipated energy could be described by a linearly proportional dependence on cycles to failure v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 316 dis w w fw a b n   (13) the parameters (tab. 2) of the eqn. (13) were determined by the approximation of the experimental data using the least squares method. therefore (fig. 5), the total dissipation energy is not constant, but increases with the increasing number of loading cycles to specimen failure. figure 5: dependence of the total dissipation energy on the number of loading cycles in ice water at 0°с and at 20°с in the air. the fatigue life of niti alloy increases with the decrease in test temperature when using the strain range (fig. 2), as well as dissipated energy (fig. 4). conclusions 1. low-cycle fatigue of pseudoelastic ni55.8ti44.2 shape memory alloy was studied under the uniaxial tensile deformation at temperature of 0°с and 20°с, which is above the austenite finish temperature (af = – 38.7°с). fatigue tests were carried out on cylindrical specimens under displacement–controlled mode at 0°с and under stress–controlled mode at 20°с. the fatigue life was described by stress, strain and energy failure criteria. 2. the fatigue life of niti alloy increases with the decrease of test temperature from 20°с to 0°с in the case of presenting the results depending on the strain range and dissipated energy. nevertheless, in the case of employing the stress range, the odqvist’s parameter or the total dissipation energy, and the lifetime of niti alloy under the low temperature in the medium of distilled ice water is less comparing with the room temperature. 3. regardless the test temperature, with the increase of number of cycles to failure, the stress and strain ranges, as well as the dissipation energy decrease, and the total dissipation energy and odqvist’s parameter increase. 4. therefore, as in the case of traditional structural elements, the total dissipation energy of the low-cycle fatigue is not constant and increases proportionally to the increase of cycles number to failure. it is obvious, that if the energy of fatigue failure is constant, then the dissipation energy is wasted not only for the formation of fatigue damage, but also on the heating of specimen, as well as on the forward and reverse phase transformations during the cyclic loading. 5. the slope of the fatigue lifetime curves of niti alloy to the ox axis is greater at the temperature of 0°с in comparison with the 20°с in the case of employing the stress range, strain range, odqvist’s parameter and total dissipation energy as the failure criteria, and is less while employing the dissipation energy as the failure criterion. v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 317 references [1] auricchio, f., boatti, e., conti, m. (2015). sma biomedical applications, shape mem. alloy eng., pp. 307–331. doi: 10.1016/b978-0-08-099920-3.00011-5. [2] morgan, n.b. (2004). medical shape memory alloy applications the market and its products, mater. sci. eng. a, 378(12 spec. iss.), pp. 16–23. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2003.10.326. [3] ozbulut, o.e., hurlebaus, s., desroches, r. (2011). seismic response control using shape memory alloys: a review, j. intell. mater. syst. struct., 22(14), pp. 1531–1549. doi: 10.1177/1045389x11411220. [4] yasniy, p., kolisnyk, m., kononchuk, o., iasnii, v. (2017). calculation of constructive parameters of sma damper, sci. j. tntu, 88(4), pp. 7–15. [5] torra, v., auguet, c., carreras, g., dieng, l., lovey, f.c., terriault, p. (2012). the sma: an effective damper in civil engineering that smoothes oscillations, mater. sci. forum, 706–709(july 2015), pp. 2020–2025. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/msf.706-709.2020. [6] isalgue, a., lovey, f.c., terriault, p., martorell., torra, f.r.m., torra, v. (2006). sma for dampers in civil engineering, mater. trans., 47(3), pp. 682–690. doi: 10.2320/matertrans.47.682. [7] menna, c., auricchio, f., asprone, d. (2015). applications of shape memory alloys in structural engineering, shape memory alloy engineering, elsevier. [8] mohd jani, j., leary, m., subic, a., gibson, m.a. (2014). a review of shape memory alloy research, applications and opportunities, mater. des., 56, pp. 1078–1113. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.11.084. [9] eggeler, g., hornbogen, e., yawny, a., heckmann, a., wagner, m. (2004). structural and functional fatigue of niti shape memory alloys, mater. sci. eng. a, 378(1-2 spec. iss.), pp. 24–33. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2003.10.327. [10] predki, w., klönne, m., knopik, a. (2006). cyclic torsional loading of pseudoelastic niti shape memory alloys: damping and fatigue failure, mater. sci. eng. a, 417(1–2), pp. 182–189. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2005.10.037. [11] miyazaki, s., imai, t., igo, y., otsuka, k. (1986). effect of cyclic deformation on the pseudoelasticity characteristics of ti-ni alloys, metall. trans. a, 17(1), pp. 1115–1120. doi: 10.1007/bf02644447. [12] gloanec, a.l., cerracchio, p., reynier, b., van herpen, a., riberty, p. (2010). fatigue crack initiation and propagation of a tini shape memory alloy, scr. mater., 62(10), pp. 786–789. doi: 10.1016/j.scriptamat.2010.02.001. [13] kan, q., yu, c., kang, g., li, j., yan, w. (2016). experimental observations on rate-dependent cyclic deformation of super-elastic niti shape memory alloy, mech. mater., 97, pp. 48–58. doi: 10.1016/j.mechmat.2016.02.011. [14] pan, q., cho, c. (2008). damping property of shape memory alloys, metal, pp. 1–5. [15] miyazaki, s., mizukoshi, k., ueki, t., sakuma, t., liu, y. (1999). fatigue life of ti–50 at.% ni and ti–40ni–10cu (at.%) shape memory alloy wires, mater. sci. eng. a, 273–275, pp. 658–663. doi: 10.1016/s0921-5093(99)00344-5. [16] scirè mammano, g., dragoni, e. (2012). functional fatigue of niti shape memory wires for a range of end loadings and constraints, frat. ed integrita strutt., 23, pp. 25–33. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.03. [17] matsui, r., makino, y., tobushi, h., furuichi, y., yoshida, f. (2006). influence of strain ratio on bending fatigue life and fatigue crack growth in tini shape-memory alloy thin wires, mater. trans., 47(3), pp. 759–765. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.340-341.1193. [18] casciati, f., casciati, s., faravelli, l. (2007). fatigue characterization of a cu-based shape memory alloy, proc. est. acad. sci. – phys. math., 56(2), pp. 207–217. [19] kim, y. (2002). fatigue properties of the ti-ni base shape memory alloy wire, mater. trans., 43(7), pp. 1703–1706, doi: 10.2320/matertrans.43.1703. [20] kang, g., song, d. (2015). review on structural fatigue of niti shape memory alloys: pure mechanical and thermomechanical ones, theor. appl. mech. lett., 5(6), pp. 245–254. doi: 10.1016/j.taml.2015.11.004. [21] matsui, r., tobushi, h., furuichi, y., horikawa, h. (2004). tensile deformation and rotating-bending fatigue properties of a highelastic thin wire, a superelastic thin wire, and a superelastic thin tube of niti alloys, j. eng. mater. technol., 126(4), pp. 384–391. doi: 10.1115/1.1789952. [22] moumni, z., zaki, w., maitournam, h. (2009). cyclic behavior and energy approach to the fatigue of shape memory alloys, j. mech. mater. struct., 4(2), pp. 395–411. doi: 10.2140/jomms.2009.4.395. [23] song, d., kang, g., kan, q., yu, c., zhang, c. (2015). damage-based life prediction model for uniaxial low-cycle stress fatigue of super-elastic niti shape memory alloy microtubes, smart mater. struct., 24(8), pp. 085007. doi: 10.1088/0964-1726/24/8/085007. [24] iasnii, v., yasniy, p., lapusta, y., shnitsar, t. (2018). experimental study of pseudoelastic niti alloy under cyclic loading, sci. j. tntu, 92(4), pp. 7–12. v. iasnii et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 310-318; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.26 318 [25] iasnii, v., junga, r. (2018). phase transformations and mechanical properties of the nitinol alloy with shape memory, mater. sci., 54(3), pp. 406–411. [26] yasniy, p. v., hlado, v.b., hutsaylyuk, v.b., vuherer, t. (2005). microcrack initiation and growth in heat-resistant 15kh2mfa steel under cyclic deformation, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 28(4), pp. 391–397. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2005.00870.x. [27] tobushi, h., nakahara, t., shimeno, y., al., e. (2000). low cycle fatigue of tini shape memory alloy and formulation of fatigue life, j. eng. mater. technol. asme, 122(2), pp. 186–191. doi: 10.1115/1.482785. [28] cheung, g.s., shen, y., darvell, b.w. (2007). effect of environment on low-cycle fatigue of a nickel-titanium instrument, j endod, 33, pp. 1433–1437. [29] shen, y., qian, w., abtin, h., gao, y., haapasalo, m. (2012). effect of environment on fatigue failure of controlled memory wire nickel-titanium rotary instruments., j. endod., 38(3), pp. 376–380. doi: 10.1016/j.joen.2011.12.002. [30] van humbeeck, j. (1999). non-medical applications of shape memory alloys, mater. sci. eng. a, 273–275, pp. 134– 148. doi: 10.1016/s0921-5093(99)00293-2. [31] melton, k.., mercier, o. (1979). fatigue of niti thermoelastic martensites, acta metall., 27(1), pp. 137–144. doi: 10.1016/0001-6160(79)90065-8. [32] robertson, s.w., pelton, a.r., ritchie, r.o. (2012). mechanical fatigue and fracture of nitinol, int. mater. rev., 57(1), pp. 1–37. doi: 10.1179/1743280411y.0000000009. [33] melton, k.n., mercier, o. (1979). the effect of the martensitic phase transformation on the low cycle fatigue behaviour of polycrystalline ni-ti and cu-zn-al alloys, mater. sci. eng., 40(1), pp. 81–87. doi: 10.1016/0025-5416(79)90010-7. [34] yasnii, p.v., glad’o, v.b., gutsailyuk, v.b. (2003). the influence of elastoplastic deformation on the dislocation structure of 15kh2mfa steel, strength mater., 35(6), pp. 562–567. doi: 10.1023/b:stom.0000013606.21409.af. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 2268 j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 554 focused on “showcasing structural integrity research in india” comparative evaluation of two physically based models for the description of stress-relaxation behaviour of 9% chromium containing steel j. christopher*, c. praveen, b.k. choudhary materials development and technology division, hbni, indira gandhi centre for atomic research, kalpakkam, tamil nadu, 603102, india, e-mail: jchris@igcar.gov.in abstract. an attempt has been made to evaluate the applicability of two constitutive models related to the dislocation-obstacle interactions for the description of stress-relaxation behaviour of e911 tempered martensitic steel. the first one is feltham model (model-i) and the second model proposed by christopher and choudhary (model-ii) is based on the sine hyperbolic kinetic rate formulation coupled with the evolution of internal stress. the physical constants associated with these models have been determined by the minimization of errors between experimental and predicted relaxation stress vs. hold time data for two different strain hold levels of 1.3 and 2.5% at 873 k for e911 steel. model-ii provides better prediction of stress-relaxation behaviour of the steel as compared to model-i. in addition to prediction of relaxation stress vs. hold time data, model-ii describes the evolution of internal stress, inter-barrier spacing and activation volume with the hold time. the predicted increase in inter-barrier spacing and activation volume with hold time indicated that substructural coarsening remains dominant in e911 steel under stress-relaxation conditions. keywords. feltham model; sine hyperbolic kinetic rate; e911 steel; stressrelaxation behaviour citation: christopher, j., praveen, c., choudhary, b.k, comparative evaluation of two physically based models for the description of stress-relaxation behaviour of 9% chromium containing steel, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562. received: 22.11.2018 accepted: 28.02.2019 published: 01.04.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction % chromium tempered martensitic steels are favoured structural materials for high temperature heat exchanger applications in power generating industries. among 9% cr steels, e911 steel offers good combination of high creep strength and ductility, and microstructural stability over long exposures at elevated temperatures [1]. understanding and modelling of inelastic deformation behavior of structural materials at elevated temperatures attract continued scientific and technological interest in view of improving the appropriate conditions for material processing and for reliable prediction of the performance of the components during service. stress-relaxation testing is one of the potential techniques for understanding the high temperature inelastic deformation behaviour of materials [2]. during stressrelaxation testing, the externally imposed constraint i.e. total applied strain (t), is kept constant. since the total strain rate is related to the sum of elastic (e) and inelastic (in) strain components, the total applied strain rate is equal to zero and it is represented as 9 http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2268.mp4 j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 555 0t e in       (1) further, the elastic strain rate ( e ) given in eqn. (1) is written as r e c      (2) the interrelationship between stress-relaxation rate and inelastic strain rate can be obtained from eqn. (1) and eqn. (2) as r in e c         (3) eqn. (3) indicates that the decrease in elastic strain is exactly balanced by an increase in inelastic strain during relaxation. this leads to the decrease in stress values with hold time. eqn. (3) represents a generalised relationship for the description of stress-relaxation behaviour for any materials. in common, developed models for stress-relaxation mainly focus on the interrelationship between inelastic strain rate and relaxation stress. the inelastic strain rate given in eqn. (3) captures only the creep strain developed during stress relaxation. time independent part of inelastic strain (i.e. plastic strain) has been assumed to be insignificant in the present investigation. between the existing models [3], the model proposed by feltham [4] is widely used to describe the stress-relaxation behaviour of different metals and alloys [4-7]. in this study, in addition to the feltham model, the relationship recently proposed by christopher and choudhary [8] based on the sine hyperbolic kinetic rate formulation coupled with the evolution of internal stress has been employed to describe the stress-relaxation behaviour of materials. the physical constants associated with these models have been determined by the minimization of errors between experimental and predicted relaxation stress vs. hold time data for two different strain hold levels of 1.3 and 2.5% at 873 k for e911 steel. among these two models, the appropriate relationship applicable for the e911 steel has also been identified in this study. modelling framework feltham relationship for stress-relaxation behaviour (model-i) ased on kinetic theory of dislocation-local obstacle interaction, feltham [4] proposed the inelastic strain rate relationship to describe the stress-relaxation behaviour and it is given as    0 exp r i in m q v kt                   (4) where 0 is the characteristic strain rate that includes a frequency factor, the area swept out by an activated dislocation and the burgers vector (b) and r  i is equal to the effective stress (e). according to feltham [4], the parameters such as characteristic strain rate ( 0 ), mobile dislocation density (m) and activation volume (v) are unaltered during deformation under stress-relaxation and the internal stress i is assumed as a constant. eqn. (4) is substituted in eqn. (3) and integration of eqn. (3) with appropriate boundary conditions is represented as    0 0 0 exp r r t r i r m q v d c dt kt                     (5) where r0 is the relaxation stress at t = 0. eqn. (5) yields 0 0 ln 1r r kt t v t            (6) b j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 556 where   00 0 1 exp r im q vc v t kt kt                with t0 is treated as a constant. eqn. (6) is employed for the description of relaxation behaviour of different materials. in common, the simplified form of eqn. (6) is represented as  0 ln 1r r s t     (7) where s and  are constants and s = kt/v;  =1/t0. sine hyperbolic rate model for stress-relaxation behaviour (model-ii) n addition to feltham model (model-i) [4], recently developed constitutive model for the description of stressrelaxation behavior of p91 steel has also been used to examine the stress-relaxation behaviour of the steel [8]. the model is based on the incorporation of stress dependent activation volume and average dislocation segment length into the kinetic rate theories [8,9]. the final relationship defining the inelastic strain rate in terms of internal stress (i) is represented by           1/32 2 3 2 1/32 exp sinh m d r i i r i r i in i r i b v q b rt mktm                                    (8) the rate equation for the evolution of internal stress with time is derived based on the power law relationship proposed by argon and takeuchi [10] and it is given as m r i i r r r r h m m                       (9) the coupled differential equations i.e. eqn.(3), eqn. (8) and (9) have been used to describe the stress-relaxation beahviour of the materials. there are three unknown constants such as initial relaxation stress (r0), initial internal stress (i0) and power law exponent (m) related to internal stress. the power law coefficient (h) given in eqn. 9 can be obtained as 0 0 i m r h    . experimenal data he relaxation stress vs. hold time data obtained for e911 steel in normalised and tempered condition has been used in the present investigation. the chemical composition (wt. %) of e911 ferritic-martensitic steel was as follow as: fe-0.105c-9.16cr-1.01mo-1.0w-0.07ni-0.20si-0.35mn-0.23v-0.068nb-0.007p-0.003s-0.072n. normalizing treatment involved austenitizing at 1323 k for 30 min followed by air cooling and tempering treatment was performed by soaking at 1023 k for 1 h followed by air cooling. tem microstructure of e911 steel shows the tempered martensitic lath structure accompanied with dense dislocations as depicted in fig. 1. cylindrical specimens of 32.5 mm gauge length and 6.4 mm gauge diameter were machined from the normalised and tempered specimen blanks. test specimen dimensions are shown in fig. 2. stress-relaxation tests were carried out in air environment (i.e. ambient condition without controlled atmosphere and possibility of air ingress into the furnace environment) at 873 k in a servohydraulic universal testing system equipped with three-zone-resistance heating furnace and proportional-integral-derivative temperature controller. three-zone-resistance heating furnace provides much larger uniform temperature zone than the specimen dimension. calibrated thermocouples were used in conjunction with the appropriate temperature indicating devices and the test temperature was controlled well within ± 2 k. tests were performed by employing nominal loading strain rate of 1  104 s–1 to the desired total applied strain levels of 1.3 and 2.5%. after 24 hours of hold duration, the i t j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 557 unloading was performed at the same strain rate of 110–4 s–1. the diagram for loading pattern is shown in fig. 3a. loadelongation data were recorded using data acquisition system for all the tests. from the load-displacement data, the stress vs. strain data was obtained. as an example, fig. 3b shows the stress vs. strain diagram for e911 steel at 873 k for 1.3% strain hold. using the stress vs. strain and strain vs. time data, the stress-relaxation data was acquired by judiciously selecting small time intervals in terms of relaxation stress (r) vs. hold time (t). in fig. 3b, permanent set defines the strain present in the material when it is unloaded to zero stress. figure 1: microstructure of e911 steel in normalised and tempered condition. figure 2: specimen geometry used for stress relaxation tests. figure 3: a) loading waveform for stress relaxation tests and b) stress-strain curve for strain hold of 1.3% at 873 k. j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 558 methodology for parametric optimization he physical constants associated with these models have been determined by the minimization of errors between experimental and predicted relaxation stress vs. hold time data for two different strain hold levels of 1.3 and 2.5% at 873 k for e911 steel. in order to obtain the unknown constants such as s and  in model-i, least-square optimisation based on levenberg–marquardt algorithm has been used. tab. 1 shows the optimised constants associated with the model-i for e911at 873 k for the strain holds of 1.3 and 2.5%. an iterative procedure has been invoked to obtain the constants associated with the model-ii. as a first step in the iteration, random initial value of parameters within the bounds has been seeded for numerical integration. the coupled differential equations (i.e. eqns. (3), (8) and (9)) defining the of relaxation stress ( r inc    ), inelastic strain and internal stress with time have been numerically integrated by the fourth-order runge-kutta method. following numerical integration, the least-square error value has been estimated and then the parameter values are adjusted using interior-point algorithm for obtaining low least-square error value [9]. the fitting procedure has been repeated for several iterations to reach the optimised parameters. the optimised constants associated with model-ii for e911at 873 k for the strain holds of 1.3 and 2.5% have been presented in tab. 2. for the numerical integration, the values of constants such as m = 3; b = 0.268 nm;  = 64420 mpa; k = 1.38  1023 j/k; d = 1  1013 s1 and r= 8.314 j mol1 k1 have been considered. the mobile dislocation density values of 1  1013 m2 have been chosen for e911 steel [9]. the activation energy value of 285 kj mol1 has been fixed for e911 steel [11]. for model-ii, the bounds for the physical constants are fixed based on the following consideration. the upper and lower limit values of ro were chosen close to the initial relaxation stress. hence, the bounds are fixed between 275 to 350 mpa. since initial internal stress (io) should be less than the initial relaxation stress, the bounds for io are fixed between 200 to 275 mpa. the value of 'm' is allowed to vary between 0 and 1 based on the literature values [10]. once the three unknown independent parameters (ro, io and m) are optimized, the dependent parameter h has been calculated using 0 0 i m r h    . parameter r0, mpa s, mpa , s1 hold strain levels 1.3 % 311.55 20.0 0.34 2.5 % 327.23 20.8 0.50 table 1: optimised parameters associated with the model-i for e911 steel. parameter r0, mpa i0, mpa m h, mpa 1.3 % 309.55 227.08 0.812 2.15 2.5 % 324.68 238.97 0.809 2.22 table 2: optimised parameters associated with the model-ii for e911 steel. results and discussion he experimental as well as predicted relaxation stress (r)-time (t) data have been shown in fig. 4 as double logarithmic plots for the strain holds of 1.3 and 2.5 % at 873 k. a marginal decrease in relaxation stress with time for the initial hold durations followed by rapid linear decrease in stress values at longer durations has been t t j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 559 observed in log-log plot for both the strain holds. it can be seen that the predicted relaxation stress vs. hold time data obtained using model-ii follow the experimental data more closely compared to those derived from the model-i. figure 4: variations in experimental relaxation stress (r) with hold time (t) for a) 1.3% and b) 2.5% strain holds. the predicted r vs. t data using model-i and model-ii have also been superimposed for both strain hold conditions. the variations in the deviation of stress values as r = r,exp  r,pred with time exhibit lower values for model-ii over model-i. this further suggested statistical suitability of the model-ii for describing stress-relaxation behaviour of tempered martensitic 9% cr steels (fig. 5). based on experimental observations in 9% cr steels, it has been shown that the subgrain coarsening accompanied with decrease in dislocation density remains dominant during inelastic deformation under stress-relaxation conditions at elevated temperatures [12,13]. the reported increase in lath width or subgrain size indicated the increase in inter-barrier spacing () for 9% cr steels during stress-relaxation. it is known that inter-barrier spacing () and activation volume (v) is inversely related to internal stress. therefore, the variations in internal stress as well as activation volume with the hold time are expected for 9% cr steels. from the microstructural aspects, it is evident that feltham relation [4] involving constancy in internal stress and activation volume is not applicable for describing the stress-relaxation behaviour of e911 steel. however, model-ii has been able to predict the evolution of internal stress, effective stress and relaxation stress with respect to hold time. this is shown in fig. 6 for the strain hold of 1.3% as an example. based on freidel statistics [14], the internal stress and effective stress can be used to evaluate the inter-barrier spacing and activation volume. the relationships are given as 2 i m b    (10) and   3 1/32( 2 )i e m v b              (11) where 'b' is the burgers vector. fig. 7 depicts the evolution of inter-barrier spacing and activation volume with the hold time. the observed increase in inter-barrier spacing and activation volume confirms that continual substructural coarsening of e911 steel during stress-relaxation. the comments related to the evolution of internal stress (i) and its dependence on relaxation stress (r) following eqn. (9) is noteworthy. in several metals and alloys, based on stress change experiments during steady state creep, it has been observed that the relationship between internal stress and applied stress obeys power law. the exponent values in the range 0.7-1.0 were reported for cd, mg, al-li and al-mg alloys [15-18]. the observed power law exponent m = 0.81 for e911 steel is in agreement with those values observed for different materials [15-18]. based on internal variable approach, it has also been found that the variations in i/a (where a is the applied stress) with a exhibited power law relation as i/a  a0.21 or i = 2.22 a0.79 for p9 steel during secondary creep deformation [8,9]. the equivalence between the results obtained from stress relaxation tests and monotonic creep tests is j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 560 reported in literature for 9% cr steels [13,19]. it was demonstrated that the stress exponent values obtained from stressrelaxation data for 9% cr steel compared favourably with monotonic creep tests and falls in dislocation creep regime [19]. since dislocation creep is the main dominating mechanism for 9% cr steels, the power law dependency between variations of internal stress and relaxation stress proposed by argon and takeuchi [10] has been implemented in the present investigation. the reported value of 0.79 for p9 steel is close to the observed exponent value of 0.81 for e911 steel (tab. 2). it indicates that the power law relation between internal stress and applied stress observed for monotonic creep can be successfully implemented for stress-relaxation studies in 9% cr steels. moreover, present investigations clearly suggested that model-ii provides better description of stress-relaxation behaviour of 9% cr steels than feltham model i.e. model-i. figure 5: deviation in predicated relaxation stress with reference to the experimental value i.e. r as a function of hold time. figure 6: variations in relaxation stress (r), internal stress (i) and effective stress (e) with hold time (t) for the strain hold 1.3% for e911 steel at 873 k. figure 7: variations in inter-barrier spacing () and activation volume (v) with hold time (t) for the strain hold 1.3% for e911 steel at 873 k. conclusions omparative evaluation of two physically based models has been performed for the description of stress-relaxation behaviour of e911 steel for the strain holds of 1.3 and 2.5 % at 873 k. as compared to model-i (feltham model), model-ii proposed by christopher and choudhary provides better prediction towards relaxation stress vs. hold c j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 561 time data of e911 steel. from the microstructural aspects, it is evident that feltham relation involving constancy in internal stress and activation volume is not applicable for describing the stress-relaxation behaviour of e911 steel. contrary to this, model-ii can capable to capture the evolution of internal and effective stresses, activation volume and inter-barrier spacing with time for e911 steel during deformation under stress-relaxation. the predicted increase in interbarrier spacing and activation volume with hold time confirms that continual substructural coarsening of e911 steel during stress-relaxation. references [1] di gianfrancesco, a., cipolla, l., cirilli, f., cumino, g. and caminada, s. (2005). microstructural stability and creep data assessment of tenaris grades 91 and 911, in proceedings of 1th international conference super-high strength steels, pp. 2-4. [2] manjoine, m. j. and voorhees, h. r. (1982). compilation of stress-relaxation data for engineering alloys, astm. doi: 10.1520/mnl11954d. [3] dotseneo, v.i. (1979). stress relaxation in crystals, phys. status solidi b, 93, pp. 11-43. doi: 10.1002/pssb.2220930102. [4] feltham, p. (1963). stress relaxation in magnesium at low temperatures, phys. status solidi b, 3, pp. 1340-1346. doi: 10.1002/pssb.19630030805. [5] mccarthy, p.r., robertson, d.g., orr, j. and strang, a. (2000). recent development in stress relaxation methodologies within europe, key eng. mater., 171–174, pp. 9-16. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.171-174.9. [6] humphries, s.r., snowden, k.u. and yeung, w. (2010). the effect of repeated loadings on the stress relaxation properties of 2.25cr-1mo steel at 550 ºc and the influence on the feltham ‘a’ and ‘b’ parameters, mater. sci. eng., a, 527, pp. 3240-3244. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2010.02.011. [7] trojanová, z., máthis, k., lukác, p., németh, g. and chmelík, f. (2011). internal stress and thermally activated dislocation motion in an az63 magnesium alloy, mater. chem. phys., 130, pp. 1146-1150. doi: 10.1016/j.matchemphys.2011.08.045. [8] christopher, j. and choudhary, b. k. (2018). constitutive modelling of stress-relaxation behaviour of tempered martensitic p91 steel using sine hyperbolic rate law, mater. chem. phys., 205, pp. 442-451. doi: 10.1016/j.matchemphys.2017.11.053. [9] christopher, j. and choudhary, b. k. (2016). constitutive description of primary and steady-state creep deformation behaviour of tempered martensitic 9cr–1mo steel, philos. mag. a, 96(21), pp. 2256-2279. doi: 10.1080/14786435.2016.1197435. [10] argon, a.s. and takeuchi, s. (1981). internal stresses in power-law creep, acta metall., 29, pp. 1877-1884. doi: 10.1016/0001-6160(81)90113-9. [11] nakajima, t., spigarelli, s., evangelista, e., & endo, t. (2003). strain enhanced growth of precipitates during creep of t91, mater. trans., 44(9), pp. 1802-1808. doi: 10.2320/matertrans.44.1802. [12] bose, s. c., singh, k., swaminathan, j. and sarma, d. s. (2004). prediction of creep life of x10crmovnbn-91 (p91) steel through short term stress relaxation test methodology, mater. sci. technol., 20(10), pp. 1290-1296. doi: 10.1179/026708304225022304. [13] guguloth, k., swaminathan, j., roy, n. and ghosh, r. n. (2017). uniaxial creep and stress relaxation behavior of modified 9cr-1mo steel, mater. sci. eng., a, 684, pp. 683-696. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2016.12.090. [14] friedel, j. (1964). dislocations. pergamon press, oxford. [15] northwood, d.o. and smith, i.o. (1984). steady-state creep and strain transients for stress-dip tests in polycrystalline magnesium at 300º c, phys. status solidi a, 85, pp.149-158. doi: 10.1002/pssa.2210850117. [16] northwood, d. o., moerner, l. and smith, i. o. (1985). effect of magnesium content on the stress exponent and effective stress in the steady state creep of al-mg alloys, j. mater. sci., 20(5), pp. 1683-1692. doi: 10.1007/bf00555272. [17] northwood, d.o. and smith, i.o. (1986). stress change tests during the steady .state creep of aluminum alloy 3004 at 300 º c, mater. sci. eng., 79, pp.175-182. doi: 10.1016/0025-5416(86)90402-7 [18] northwood, d.o. and smith, i.o. (1986). internal and effective stresses in the steady-state creep of polycrystalline cadmium at 0.5 tm, phys. status solidi a, 98, pp.163-169. doi: 10.1002/pssa.2210980117. j. christopher et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 554-562; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.53 562 [19] praveen, c., christopher, j. and choudhary b. k. (2017). critical assessment of short-term stress-relaxation studies for the prediction of creep properties of p91 steel, trans. ind. inst. met., 70 (3), pp. 655-660. doi:10.1007/s12666-017-1090-1. nomenclature t e in 0 r 0 r i 0 total applied strain rate b burgers vector elastic strain rate m taylorsfactor inelastic strain rate s, and t constants involved in model-i t hold time initial relaxation stress relaxation stress initial inte           0 m i rnal stress c effective modulus of sample-machine system m power law exponent characteristic strain rate h power law co-efficient mobile dislocation density shear modulus q activation energy r gas constant internal stress       d debye frequency v activation volume k boltzmann's constant t temperature  << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_46_art_32 j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 352 experimental study on concrete damage location by computerized tomography technology jinghong liu school of civil engineering, tianjin university, tianjin 300350, china; hebei construction group co., ltd, baoding 071051, china; college of urban and rural construction, agricultural university of hebei, baoding 071001, china liujinghongfree@sina.com (corresponding author) jian xie school of civil engineering, tianjin university, tianjin 300350, china yongjian liu hebei construction group co., ltd, baoding 071051, china panfei shi anyang architectural design & research institute, anyang 455000, china abstract. in order to solve the technical problem of damage localization in the concrete damage process, the computerized tomography (ct) scanning damage localization test was carried out under uniaxial compression. in addition to the three-dimensional meso model, the porosity variation law of concrete pore or cracks at different loading stages are obtained. a damage variable is created based on ct images. the results show that the change of porosity, pore volume and damage variable is consistent with the loading process. the rapid increase of concrete pore volume and damage variable can be the precursor of concrete damage. the whole process of the development and evolution of concrete cracks was observed and analyzed comprehensively by using the three-dimensional reconstruction images. a method for prognosist the evolution and localization of cracks in concrete by comprehensively analyze the ct reconstruction images, rapid increase of concrete pore volume and rapid growth of damage variable is presented. keywords. concrete; three-dimensional meso model; ct test, damage location. citation: liu, j., xie, j., liu, y., shi, p., experimental study on concrete damage location by computerized tomography and acoustic emission technology, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360 received: 03.08.2018 accepted: 12.09.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/32.mp4 j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 353 introduction oncrete is a kind of complex multi-phase composite material, initial defects such as micro cracks and pores generate in concrete structure in the process of pouring for the reason of hydration heat release, shrink, etc. the micro cracks expand to macro-cracks under external load or environmental factors, then lead to the decline of the strength, stiffness and eventually cause stability damage to engineering. the relationship between the macro performance indexes and failure characteristic parameters has been a technical problem in various fields [1]. the current research of concrete is based on the conventional mechanics test method, that is speculate the mechanical character of structural materials through comparative analysis of test data instead of using the change of the internal meso structure directly to explain the damage evolution process under the load [2]. computerized tomography technology (ct technology) can reach dynamic nondestructive observation on the change of internal meso structure in concrete material [3-6], and ct images are visual basic information to establish the meso damage model of concrete [7, 8]. degree of damage in concrete can be judged according to the tests, and this is of great significance to evaluate the concrete performance [9, 10]. the key of the research on concrete meso damage is to identify the existence of meso damage and the expand process of the damage effectively. ct is short as computerized tomography, compared with other methods, ct test has its incomparable advantage on nondestructive detection and real time observation in concrete material under various loading condition. ct images can be obtained by scanning the sections of concrete with industrial ct scanning. both of the meso structure of concrete and its changing process can be analyzed through ct images, then the law of evolution and expansion for damage in concrete failure process is the key to the ct images analysis. therefore, ct test is an effective mean to detect the meso pore structure, crack initiation, propagation and coalescence with no damage. in view of this, quite a lot of research work, from different views with different research methods, was done by scholars at home and abroad. foreign researches started quantitative study on concrete ct detection in 1980s. morgan [11] is the first to use the medical ct to run ct scanning on concrete specimens, and concrete section images for aggregate, mortar, crack was obtained clearly. chotard [12] got pretty effect on the change of the internal structure for cement while hydrating. lawer [13] analyzed failure mode of concrete surface with digital image correlation technique, and the research conclusion could reflect the internal structural change during cracks evolution process, besides, the influence of aggregate shape, crack shape on concrete strength, toughness was discussed based on ct images after concrete cracking. wong [ 14] conducted uniaxial compression ct test to normal and high strength concrete cylinder specimens, then the evolution process of pore under different stress state was studied. meanwhile, a large number of concrete ct tests were carried out in china, and abundant research results were obtained: academician chen houqun using ct real time scanning to observe the meso failure process of concrete under the uniaxial compression, then the whole process ct images of internal meso cracks from initiation, expansion to coalescence was got, finally, quantitative analysis methods based on concrete ct images was established in the cracks area. ding [15] used medical ct machine and special loading equipment to explore morphology change characteristics of micro cracks under the condition of different loading rate by images analyses and the distribution of ct number. wu [16] described the damage property of concrete materials, and the failure process in concrete was revealed in meso view, that are initial crack stress and crack propagation process. liu [17] used ct technique to scan concrete specimens, then reconstructed the images with mimics software, finally the 3d geometric model of concrete specimens can be got. the plastic damage model of concrete 3d numerical specimens was introduced to simulate the uniaxial tension and compression loading process, then the rationality of 3d numerical model was identified. although researchers at homeland and abroad have done much research work based on ct test [18-22], it is rare to see do quantitative analysis on crack initiation and propagation mechanism of concrete by using acoustic emission and ct combined. ct scanning have obvious advantage on real-time and nondestructive detection to internal structural change process, but its disadvantage is for both of the equipment and scanning cost are much higher. the previous real-time monitoring tests are carried out ct scanning after stopping loading when the loading reaches a specific stress stage. the test results may not ideal or the cost may increase if the stresses when scanning are not properly selected. as the unique passive detection technology in nondestructive testing, acoustic emission detection technology can monitor and evaluate the whole concrete structure in real-time, acoustic emission signal can reflect the change situation of the internal structural damage accurately except for its defects that can’t be observed evolution of pore and damage in structures directly. considering their advantages in detection, tests on combination of acoustic emission and ct can be conducted. stop loading when acoustic emission signal prompts there are new cracks generated or the old cracks expanded, then explore the relationship between ct scanning images and acoustic emission by scanning concrete with ct. in this thesis, the meso structure of concrete and its changing process was analyzed with the feature of ct images, then the order of damage evolution in concrete is described by damage variable based on ct images. c j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 354 ct damage location test in concrete under uniaxial compression he process of cracks propagation was observed with x-ray ct scan detection system in state key laboratory of coal mining, china university of mining and technology (beijing), 3000kn ultra high rigidity servo testing machine under uniaxial compression, the schematic diagram of the test system is shown in fig. 1. figure 1: sketch of experimental system. different amount air entrained agent was added when making concrete blocks, then 4 groups concrete specimens, with initial porosity of 1.1%, 3.3%, 6.7% and 9.2%, were obtained to utilize in this test. the hight and the radium of the concrete cylinder blocks are 190mm, 50mm. the mix proportion of concrete specimens used in the test is shown in tab. 1. the amount of materials in per cube meters concrete cement (kg) water (kg) sand (kg) coarse aggregate (kg) 327 189 755 1133 table 1: mix proportion of concrete specimens in test. displacement control methods was used in the test and its laoding rate was 0.2mm/min. the scanning work was done in the range of upper 100mm, and it is needed add that the scanning interval is 0.2mm. repeat the work like this until test specimens reach the peak strength. continue with the loading after the scanning. the loading curve of the test is shown in fig. 2. the acoustic emission machine was introduced to collect the test data in the whole loading process. figure 2: loading-time curve. as shown in fig. 2, 5 cyclic loading tests were carried out on concrete test specimens, and the loading interval was 30kn in every two adjacent loads, finally the ultimate strength was 134kn. t j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 355 there are 6 stages of scanning on concrete test specimens, included the initial stage, as shown in tab. 2. ct scan times loading(kn) percent of the peak strength 1st scan 0 0% 2nd scan 30 22.3% 3rd scan 60 44.8% 4th scan 90 67.2% 5th scan 120 89.6% 6th scan 134 100% table 2: the load corresponding to the six scanning time of the concrete specimen. there are 499 ct scanning images in every test specimen, 5 ct scanning images are chosen to conduct the analysis due to the limited space, as shown in fig. 3. figure 3: concrete sections map of ct scan. ct scanning test and acoustic emission test were conducted in 4 groups concrete test specimens under uniaxial compression, then the load-time curve, ct images and acoustic emission parameters were collected during the loading process. the concrete test specimens with initial 9.2% porosity are chosen to analyze in this thesis as the limited space. the ct scanning images of initial state, 30kn, 60kn, 90kn, 120kn, and 134kn when destroyed are listed in fig. 4. figure 4: ct scanning images of concrete in different loading. as shown in fig. 4, there is no obvious cracks during the early loading stages in test specimens with 9.2% initial porosity, and the early loading stages can be considered as a compaction process for the pores for the reason of its relative large porosity. the internal micro cracks connect with micro pore and eventually the main visible cracks generate until the test specimens are destroyed. j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 356 3d meso scale model of concrete ct image he amira software was used to reconstruct the meso structure in 3d after the ct images were divided [13]. it is needed to say that amira is a 3d visual modeling software system, and two basic components of the system, data and modules with different function, are included. the data are processed with modules by their connection with each other, then the visualization of scientific data can be realized in various application area, such as medical science, materials science, geophysics and engineering etc. the result of the 3d reconstruction shows in fig. 5. figure 5: from left to right: test specimens, aggregate, mortar, spatial distribution of cracks. in fig. 5, the distribution of aggregate in concrete 3d reconstruction model accords with the original ct images, and the volume of each component is almost the same with the mix proportion of concrete. the visualization of cracks realizes with transparent processing, and the spatial shape is relatively clear, finally the cracks structure in concrete materials is shown in a real way. subsequent work like image segmentation and extrusion of cracks can be done with amira software, and the fig. 6 is the characteristic change chart of cracks and pores. figure 6: threshold segmentation map of concrete pore under different scanning stage as shown in fig. 6, there are cracks and pores in concrete surrounded by green area, then the cracks and pores show more clear in ct images through segmentation and extrusion. ct images in the upper of the test specimens from the 20th to 470th ct images were selected to gather statistical information on the volume of pores and the porosity in every 90 ct images, the relation graphs of pore volume, pore ratio with pressure can be seen in fig. 7, fig. 8. t j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 357 figure 7: pore volume-pressure map. figure 8: pore ratio change with loading. in fig. 7 and fig. 8, the changing law of pore volume, porosity with loading in every ct scanning pieces is almost the same under uniaxial loading. the loading curve decreases slight in the start loading stage but keeps nearly a straight line, as a result that the test specimens is in the elastic stage. in this stage, initial pores are compressed then the volume of the pores and porosity reduce. with the increment of the load, the micro cracks expand gradually, certainly, the volume of the pores enlarge. when the load approaches the peak strength, there are obvious cracks in test specimens from ct images, then the volume of pores and porosity achieve the maximum, thus, the phenomenon that the rapid increment of the volume of pores and porosity indicates the failure of concrete test specimens. figure 9: concrete damage area schematic diagram j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 358 damage analysis during the concrete loading process he concrete’s effective area is calculated by determining the undamaged area of the center in concrete’s ct image, shown as d2 in fig. 9. the remaining part is considered to be a damaged component and is designated as d1. the definition of damage variable is h = d1/d2. the load damage curves of concrete specimens are shown in fig. 10. figure 10: loading-damage curve of concrete specimen. d1 and d2 are determined by analyzing the crack and damage distribution on the cross sections of concrete’s ct image. a concentric circle is drawn on the cross section of 50 mm. the damage was detected by acoustic emission and verified by ct image. the degree of damage is measured by the density of the damage points. d1 is determined if a damage point in a circle is less than a threshold. if the crack passes through the center of the section, this method is invalid, but this situation is very rare. as shown in fig. 10, the damage points, based on the damage variable of ct images and acoustic emission damage location, in the main cracks area after destruction were compared with the damage points in other area, then the result showed the order of the concrete test specimens. before 30% of the peak load, the damage variable is less than 1 which indicates the damage location is in disorder; when the load reach 80%~100% of the peak load, the damage curve rises steeply, then the cracks appears, finally, the test specimens instability fails. the loading-damage curve reflects the whole process from disorder to order, and it keeps in pace with press-porosity volume cure. though the comprehensive analysis on damage location map with acoustic emission, press-porosity volume cure and the load-time curve, that fact can be get as follows. before 30% of the peak load, the damage points are disordered, and the damage variable in concrete is relatively small, then the volume of the pores in material increase slightly. after the load is steadily increase to 30% of the peak load, the damage points appear in order around the macro failure surface, then the damage variable start to grow, so do the volume of the pores. the change of the pores distribution and the center coordinate are also not obvious, and all of this phenomena indicate that the test specimens are destroying steadily. when the load reaches the peak, the stress of concrete test specimen is almost unchanged, while the damage points around the macro failure surface increase rapidly. the damage variable and the volume of the pores show a marked trend of growth. conclusion (1) the ct reconstruction images, rapid increase of concrete pore volume and rapid growth of damage variable are used comprehensively to prognosist the evolution and localization of cracks in concrete provides a new method for the concrete analyses on the evolution process of cracks and damage location. (2) the damage variable is established based on ct images and ct images’ damage points; then the set of the 3d meso model supplement the traditional stochastic mathematical model in concrete. the 3d model set reflects the relationship between meso structure in concrete and macro characteristics, and this lay foundation to the concrete research on damage mechanism. t j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 359 (3) the damage variable is less than 1 indicating that the damage is very small randomly distributed before 30% of the peak load. the loading-damage curve increases steadily between 30% and 80% of the peak load, indicating that the damage is orderly changed. when the load reaches 80% of the peak load, the damage variable increases sharply, and the test specimen fails at this stage. the load-damage curve shows the whole failure process consistent with the load-pore volume curve. (4) the rapid increment of the pore volume, porosity and damage variable can be regarded as the destroy of concrete test specimens, therefore, the phenomenon can be a sign of the destroy in concrete. acknowledgements his paper is supported by the key fund project program sponsored by the education department of hebei province (zd2014073). tremendous thanks to several colleagues and graduate students for their support during the various stages of the work summarized here. references [1] dang, f.n., lei, g.y. and ding, w.h. (2015). study on the ct meso-test experiment of static and dynamic failure processes of concrete, journal of hydroelectric engineering, 34(1), pp. 189-196. [2] liu, m.j., zhao, j. and wang, g.w. (2014). microscopic study of damage in carbonated concrete based on computerized tomography, journal of guangxi university: nat sci ed., 39(1), pp. 187-193. [3] liu, j.h., jiang, y.d. and zhao, y.x. (2012). fractal description of coal damage process based on ct image, journal of beijing institute of technology, 32(12), pp. 1219-1222. [4] bossa, n., chaurand, p. and vicente, j. (2015). micro-and nano-x-ray computed-tomography: a step forward in the characterization of the pore network of a leached cement paste, journal of cement and concrete research, 67, pp. 138147. [5] kocur, g.k., saenger, e.h. and vogel, t. (2010). elastic wave propagation in a segmented x -ray computed tomography model of a concrete specimen, construction and building materials, 24(12), 2393 -2400. [6] mao, l.t., sun, q.w. and yuan, z.x. (2016). crack and strain field analysis in the concrete under uniaxial compression based on ct images, journal of building materials, 19(3), pp. 449-4555. [7] tekin, i., birgul, r. and yaman, i.o. (2015). monitoring macro voids in mortars by computerized tomography method, journal of measurement, 63, pp. 299-308. [8] lockner, d. (1993). the role of acoustic emission in the study of rock fracture, int. j. rock mech. min. sci., 30(7), pp. 883-899. [9] lai, y.s., xiong, y. and cheng, l.f. (2015). study of chatacteris of acoustic emission during entire loading tests of concrete and its application, journal of building materials, 18(3), pp.380-386. [10] wang, j.y., dewanckele, j. and cnudde, v. (2014). x-ray computed tomography proof of bacterial-based self-healing in concrete, journal of cement & concrete composites, 53, pp. 289-304. [11] morgan, i.l., ellinger, h. and klinksiek, r. (1980). examination of concrete by computerized tomography, aci journal, 77(1), pp. 23-27. [12] chotard, t.j., boncoeur-martel, m.p. and smith, a. (2003). application of x-ray computed tomography to characterize the early hydration of calcium aluminates cement, cement & concrete composites, 25(1), pp. 145-152. [13] lawer, j.s., keane, d.t. and shah, s.p. (2001). measuring three-dimensional damage in concrete under compression, aci materials journal, 98(6), p. 465-475. [14] wong, r.c.k. and chau, k.t. (2004). estimation of air void and aggregate spatial distributions in concrete under uniaxial compression using computer tomography scanning, cement and concrete research, 35, pp.1566-1576. [15] ding, w.h., chen, h.q. and zhang, j.j. (2006). x ray ct observation on the fracture process under high strain rate, journal of architectural structure, (s2), pp. 758-762. [16] wu, l.q. (2006). the meso scale test research on concrete under uniaxial compression, nan ning: guang xi university. [17] liu, h.k. and li, j. (2014). nonlocal meso damage model in concrete under uniaxial tension, journal of tongji university (natural science edition), (2), pp. 203-209. [18] mao, l.t., lian, x.y. and hao, l.n. (2014). fractal calculation of 3d cracks based on digital volumetric images and its application, journal of china university of mining & technology, 43(6), pp. 1134-1139. t j. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 352-360; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.32 360 [19] bossa, n., chaurand, p. and vicente, j., (2015). micro-and nano-x-ray computed-tomography: a step forward in the characterization of the pore network of a leached cement paste, journal of cement and concrete research, 67, pp. 138147. [20] liu, j.h., jiang, y.d., zhu, j. and han, w. (2013). fractal characteristics of coal uniaxial compression acoustic emission tests, journal of beijing institute of technology, 33(4), pp. 335-338. [21] wang, w., liu, j.h. and shi, p.f. (2015). the fractal analysis of the rock meso rupture process based on ct technology[j], journal of agricultural university of hebei, 38(3), pp. 124-127. [22] shi, p.f., liu, j.h., yang, y.f. and gao, y. (2016). fractal feature of different initial damage concrete under the uniaxial compression test, concrete, (4), pp. 39-42. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_29_2541 m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 398 focussed on fracture and damage detection in masonry structures retrofit assessment of masonry buildings through simplified structural analysis mariateresa guadagnuolo, marianna aurilio, giuseppe faella department of architecture and industrial design, università degli studi della campania luigi vanvitelli, s.lorenzo ad septimum abbey, aversa (ce) italy. mariateresa.guadagnuolo@unicampania.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8273-4846 marianna.aurilio@unicampania.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8234-4127 giuseppe.faella@unicampania.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1941-9675 abstract. the current seismic prevention strategy is based on a unitary approach aimed at a risk mitigation, also at territorial level. the italian guidelines for the assessment and mitigation of seismic risk of cultural heritage provides indications for the seismic analysis of protected cultural heritage, with the aim of specifying a path of knowledge, assessing the level of safety and planning possible improvements. the italian building heritage is very vast and heterogeneous and was devastated by earthquakes due to its high vulnerability; therefore, the seismic risk mitigation also requires the availability of simple and handy analysis tools. the aim of this paper is the illustration of an easy, although approximate, procedure for the evaluation of the seismic safety index and the optimization of strengthening interventions. the procedure is applied to buildings located in the province of caserta. the analyses are performed with reference to two types of buildings that are particularly recurrent and representative of the building heritage of this area and placed in areas with different seismic hazard. keywords. seismic risk mitigation; masonry buildings; strengthening optimization; province of caserta. citation: guadagnuolo, m., aurilio, m., faella, g, retrofit assessment of masonry buildings through simplified structural analysis, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409. received: 15.06.2019 accepted: 01.12.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he italian building heritage consists of masonry constructions, a wide part of which is located in historic centres, what deserve particular attention as bearers of inestimable values due to their existence over time, which makes it a rich historical, artistic, and cultural environment. the value of these constructions lies in the inestimable meaning that emerges from them, indissolubly linked to the history and evolution of the italian country [1, 2]. most of these buildings belong to periods when there were no rules to observe in their construction, and many were built using rules different from those used today and without seismic criteria [3]. furthermore, existing buildings are often characterized by problems due to degradation and longevity [4-6]. the desire t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2541.mp4 m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 399 to preserve these buildings is linked to the need to transfer the italian heritage, and therefore its history, to posterity. moreover, this issue is as important as extremely complicated, above all due to the presence of an excessive degradation and the low seismic capacity that characterizes these structures [7, 8]. due to the recent code developments and the increasing attention given to the seismic safety of existing structures, especially after the last italian earthquakes, the analysis of existing built heritage and the improvement of its seismic performance have become a fundamental issue [9, 10]. the current seismic prevention strategy is based on a unitary approach that primarily envisages a risk mitigation through the seismic classification of the territory and the retrofitting and strengthening of existing buildings; and any contrast between conservation, interventions, and structural safety must be avoided [11-13]. the italian guidelines for the assessment and mitigation of seismic risk of cultural heritage (directive 2011) [14] provide specific indications for the assessment and reduction of seismic risk of protected cultural heritage. it specifies a path of knowledge, assessment of safety level against seismic loads and planning of possible interventions, conceptually similar to those provided for unprotected buildings, but suitably adapted to the needs and peculiarities of cultural heritage [15]. the italian building heritage is characterized by high complexity and heterogeneity, both from an architectural and structural point of view. a significant number of old stone and masonry buildings do not comply with any provisions of current codes and have low seismic capacity and in general sophisticated analyses are necessary to assess their vulnerability [16, 17]. for all these reasons, is therefore essential to have lean procedures that allow the evaluation of the seismic risk assessment of existing buildings to establish priorities in a long-term prevention policy. in addition, it is important to define a methodology to obtain comparable results to plan future activities of analysis, evaluation and risk management. due to the size and the number of buildings involved, the currently available methodologies for assessing the seismic vulnerability of urban areas usually require the treatment of an enormous volume of data associated with inspection and investigation work. for this reason, the use of simplified procedures is becoming more popular [18]. the vulnerability index method uses the information gathered about the main building parameters (plan, height, structural and nonstructural elements, type and quality of materials), and is one of several general methods for seismic risk analysis. in [19] an easily manageable procedure is presented, adaptable to different buildings, but at the same time able to determine the current state of the structures and their structural deficiencies. the current conditions obviously lead to analyses aimed at improving the seismic performance of as much heritage as possible, avoiding the types of strengthening selected in the past that were not always suitable with respect to both the static condition and characteristics of the buildings and the respect of economic thresholds [20]. in fact, many strengthening adopted in the past have proved ineffective to withstand intense seismic actions [21]. in the present paper, a seismic analysis is performed by applying a simplified method for evaluating the safety index, before and after retrofitting interventions. specifically, an approximate procedure is presented to optimize the type and quantity of the necessary local interventions. the analyses are performed with reference to two types of buildings that are particularly recurrent and representative of the built heritage in the province of caserta and located into areas with different seismic hazard. the aim of the paper is to provide a first step to reduce the seismic risk of the analysed buildings, through very simple analyses of site and existing buildings. cases study he present study analyses two residential buildings, representative of the great majority of the existing buildings in the historic centers of the province of caserta but located into two areas with different characteristics. the choice of these two buildings is representative of the great variation that exists in cities even belonging to the same province. although they are both noble buildings, belonging to two different periods and to two distinct cities is also pointed out in the constructive differences starting from the types of material used and from the development of the construction. these buildings were built in the xv century and in a period between 1800 and the beginnings of 1900. they are mainly simple or massive stones masonry buildings and develop around a court or a central courtyard, generally built for at least two or three stories. the buildings are isolated or enclosed in urban agglomeration, and usually have timber or steel floors and no thrusting roof. “palazzo petrucci-novelli” the building was realized around the xiv century and it is a typical example of the construction typology of the area (fig. 1). it is located in the historic center of carinola (province of caserta), a town that presents a medium-low seismic hazard. t m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 400 the building has a compact shape and an irregular morphology both in plan and in elevation. it is on two levels around a central courtyard, where an external staircase connects the ground floor to the loggia, as shown in fig. 2, fig. 3 and in fig. 4. the masonry consists of simple regular stone blocks; the walls are 60 cm thick. the floors present a large variation: cross vaults, barrel vaults and flat slab are present, while the roof is made by timber trusses. figure 1: external front views. figure 2: ground floor plan. figure 3: elevation. figure 4: sections drawings. “palazzo ducale” the building (fig. 5) is located in the historic center of piedimonte matese, in the province of caserta. it is a prototype of the construction typology of the middle volturno’s area, next to the apennines; therefore, a district with high seismic hazard. the palace, built in the xvi century, consists of a massive stone masonry mixed to fieldstone and brick blocks m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 401 with a thickness of about 80 cm. the building has four levels, arranged around a central courtyard and has a compact shape and an irregular morphology in both in plan and in elevation, as shown in fig. 6, fig. 7 and in fig. 8 figure 5: external front views. figure 6: ground floor plan. figure 7: elevation. figure 8: sections drawings results obtained using the italian guidelines for the assessment and mitigation of seismic risk of cultural heritage he italian national “guidelines for evaluation and mitigation of seismic risk of cultural heritage” [14] identify different simplified mechanical models aimed at evaluating the seismic risk of most common masonry buildings types such as buildings, palaces and other structures with bearing walls and horizontal diaphragms [22], churches t m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 402 and other structures with large halls [23,24], without intermediate diaphragms [25], towers, bell towers, and other tall and slender structures [26].they are strongly linked to the italian building code [27], recently updated with a new version [28], which contains all the parameters necessary to perform a reliable seismic analysis. to evaluate the seismic safety, three different levels of increasing completeness have been identified, of which the lv1 level concerns the assessment of seismic safety index on a territorial scale, also to establish the priority degree of interventions; this method is based on a limited number of geometric and mechanical parameters or visual tests, being linked only to a simplified type of evaluation; as will be better clarified by the following procedure (eqns. 1-9) [14]. same papers compare simplified approaches with more sophisticated procedures [29, 30]; however, retrofitting and strengthening of existing buildings have to be designed through refined non linear analyses [31]. if the seismic safety index estimated using the procedure is greater than the unit, the structure is able to withstand the seismic forces required by the seismic code, on the contrary no. this is useful for highlighting critical situations and establishing a priority for the interventions [27, 28]. the seismic safety index isp is estimated by the ratio between the return period of the seismic action  slvt of the earthquake which gets the building to reach the ultimate limit state and the expected return period of the earthquake on the site , r slvt .  ,  ,  slv sp slv r slv t i t  (1) and ,  ln(1 ) r r slv vr v t p    (2) where: rv is the reference period; vrp is probability of exceedance in the reference period. in the same way, an acceleration safety index isa is computed as the ratio between the peak ground acceleration of the earthquake which gets the building to the limit state of activation slva and the peak ground acceleration of the design earthquake , g slva , related to the site: ,  slv sa g slv a i a  (3) , g slva is the design ground acceleration, corresponding to the assigned return period of the earthquake, related to the subsoil; slva is the ground acceleration leading to the achievement of the structure ultimate limit state (slv), computed as a function of the fundamental period of vibration t1 of the structure [30].  , 1 1 0     e slvslv b c s t a t t t s f     (4)  , 1 1 0  e slv slv c s t t a s f t    1   c dt t t  (5) where the ordinate value of the elastic response spectrum ,  e slvs is: m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 403 , *      slve slv q f s e m    (6) q is the behavior factor, slvf is the lower building shear strength, *e is the mass fraction participant to the first mode of vibration and m is the total seismic mass. the procedure used, in the case in which the mode of collapse is not defined with precision, allows us to assume a triangular modal shape, corresponding to the following values for the mass fraction participant on the first mode and for the coefficient that defines the force at the i-th plane: * 0,750, 75 0, 25   e n   (7) the capacity models assumed for the analyzed structures are subject to shear failure at each level [32, 33]. the shear strength of the building is the lowest among those evaluated in two main direction. , ,                                             yi yi yi yi dixi xi xi xi di slv xi slv yi xi i yi i aa f f              (8)   xia and   yia are shear resistant areas of the i-th floor walls according respectively to x and y direction;    xi and   yi are plan irregularity factors related to the i-th floor;    xi and   yi are coefficients considering, at the i-th floor, the stiffness and strength homogeneity of masonry walls according respectively to x and y direction. the failure mechanisms considered are that expected in masonry walls (fig. 9): collapse of piers due to shear or bending forces, also depending on the strength of the spandrel beams [14, 34]. in masonry piers, the coefficients of failure mechanisms  xi and   yi assume value of 1 in the case of shear failure and 0.8 in the case of eccentric axial force failure; the coefficients related to the spandrel beams resistance xi and yi assume values 1.0 in the case of strong spandrel beams and 0.8 and in the case of weak spandrel beams. figure 9: in-plane failure modes of masonry piers subjected to eccentric axial force: (a) flexural, (b) shear diagonal cracking. the coefficients    xi and   yi are related to the spandrel resistance of the i-th floor masonry walls: their values are 1.0 in case of strong spandrel and 0.8 and in case of weak spandrel, while    di is the design value of the masonry piers shear strength at the i-th floor, defined as: 0 0     1 1.5    i di i       (9) where 0   i is the design shear strength of masonry and 0   i is the average normal stress on walls at the i-th floor. in the preliminary analysis the structure is examined in its actual state before the intervention, identifying the deficiencies and the seismic level at which the limit state of the collapse mechanism activation is achieved. the reference peak ground accelerations are computed using the following seismic parameters: m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 404 latitude longitude vn use class cu site class ag palazzo petrucci novelli 41.188625 13.976842 50 years ii 1 a 0.098 g palazzo ducale 41.365277 14.383055 50 years ii 1 a 0.249 g table 1: values of seismic parameters. “palazzo petrucci novelli” the structure is composed by three different levels; the first one has steel floors and several vaults, the second one has steel and timber floors, while the roof consists of timber structures. the corresponding loads at each level are summarized in the tab. 2. level dead loads: gk live loads: qk masonry weight 1° 12 kn/m2 2 kn/m2 16 kn/m3 2° 6 kn/m2 2 kn/m2 16 kn/m3 3° 1.7 kn/m2 2 kn/m2 16 kn/m3 table 2: values of loads and masonry parameters. the confidence factor fc assumed is equal to 1.35 (corresponding to complete survey of the building geometry but limited knowledge of material mechanical properties). in this case the shear strength is equal to 0.028 mpa while the failure coefficients related to the type of failure expected in masonry piers (cp=𝜉 ) and the resistance of spandrel beams (cs=𝜁 ) are assumed equal to 0.8. according to the procedure provided in [14] for “building structures”, a minimum safety index is (minimum between isp and isa) equal to 0.45 has been computed. therefore, the building is not capable to withstand the design earthquake. “palazzo ducale” the confidence factor fc is equal to 1.35; the shear strength is equal to 0.028 mpa and cp and cs have been also assumed equal to 0.8 in this case. based on the above data, the smaller safety index is equal to is = 0.25, indicating that the structure is unable to withstand the seismic forces provided by the seismic code. level dead loads: gk live loads: qk masonry weight 1°2° 3° 5.4 kn/m2 2 kn/m2 19 kn/m3 4° 0.5 kn/m2 2 kn/m2 19 kn/m3 table 3: values of loads and masonry parameters selection and optimization of interventions he procedure aims at locally strengthening the buildings and increasing their seismic safety index. the choice of retrofit interventions must be based on a motivated strategy aimed at involving only selected building elements to be reinforced to improve structural performance. through the simplified procedure provided by the italian guidelines for the evaluation and mitigation of seismic risk of cultural heritage and following the examples of this paper it is possible to identify the weakest level of a generic building t m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 405 by a few simple steps, to optimize the interventions, focusing them on the story where they need: in fact, starting from the current conditions of the building, it is possible to hypothesize interventions only on some structural elements (piers or spandrel beams) of a generic story. in fact, there are interventions that affect the resistance of single piers and/or spandrels and those that modify their failure mode. this last aspect can be taken into account in the numerical model by increasing the failure coefficient cp or cs relative only to the involved piers or spandrels. then, the structural analysis is performed again to recalculate the safety indices isp and isa. the procedure is then repeated several times until the safety indices reach an acceptable value or until it is possible to increase the strength of the structural elements or change their collapse modes. “palazzo petrucci novelli” in this case, the fig. 10 shows the increment curve of the minimum safety index is of the building, obtained through a combination of gradual increases in the shear strength of masonry piers (shown in the figure through an increase coefficient if), of the failure coefficients of piers and the resistance of spandrel beams (cp, cs) at different floors of the building. it is considered that the if coefficient could not be higher than 1.50 (which corresponds to a maximum increase of 50% in resistance of the masonry piers); the failure coefficients cp and cs cannot, on the other hand, obviously be greater than 1.0. with the aforementioned procedure, it was possible to increase the minimum safety index is from the initial value of 0.45 up to 0.73. the procedure starts from the weak level. in this case the ratio between the shear strength of each level and the shear strength of the entire construction highlights the distribution percentage of this force, immediately identifying the weakest level as shown in fig. 10. the three black points represent the values of the safety index achieved by maximizing the shear strength of piers (if = 1.5) and the failure coefficients (cp = cs = 1), one floor at a time. the gradually increasing curve of the seismic safety index and the points of maximum increase differ from each other in the different design choices. the points of maximum increase correspond to widespread interventions on the entire construction, maximizing the failure coefficients of all piers and spandrel beams (cp, cs) and of piers shear strength (if) in an entire plane. this does not consider that the value of the minimum safety index is could be due to a specific weakness located in the construction rather than to a general stiffness lack. figure 10: safety index curve of “palazzo petrucci novelli”. m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 406 on the contrary it is possible to minimize interventions and consequent costs gradually increasing the shear strength and the specific failure coefficients (where necessary). essentially with a view to achieving the same improvement result but optimizing choices and costs. following the latter approach (hypothesis of targeted and optimized interventions), the maximum increase in the minimum safety index is obtained by increasing the shear strength by 50% at the third and second floors and only 20% on the first floor. the failure coefficients of piers and spandrel beams (assumed equal in both the x and y directions) are increased up to the unity for the third and second floor while they remained unchanged at the first floor. by maximizing all the values of shear strength (if = 1.5) and failure coefficients (cp = cs = 1) at every level of the constructions, the safety index curve rises rapidly to reach the same value of 0.73. in such a case, there would therefore be a waste in terms of costs, uselessly strengthening the first floor too, where instead it is sufficient to increase by only 20% the pier shear strength without changing the failure modes of piers and spandrels. the aforementioned analyses highlight that both design choices allow to improve the seismic capacity of the building, increasing the minimum safety index is from 0.45 to 0.73. however, in the case of optimized interventions, the strengthening would be lower, less expensive and really located on the structural parts affected by structural deficiencies, while in the other case (widespread interventions) there would be unjustifiable and expensive interventions at a global level on the whole building. “palazzo ducale” in this case, as pointed out in fig. 11, the building analysis returns an initial safety index of 0.25, which being lower than 1 shows a significant incapability to cope with a seismic event, a more critical condition than the previously studied case. also, for this second building, a double analysis is carried out based on two different design choices: the first with a gradual increase in resistance and failure coefficients and a second one based on the simultaneous maximization of all increases. figure 11: safety index curve of “palazzo ducale”. m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 407 also, in this case the weakest level is the fourth floor in which there is just the 22% of the shear strength of the entire construction. unlike the previous case, for this type of building, the maximum increase in the safety index (and the related structural improvement) is obtained, for both design approaches, by maximizing both the pier shear strength (if) at all stories in both directions and the failure coefficients of piers and spandrel (cp, cs). this is clearly shown in fig. 11, where the curve representing the gradual increase of the safety index from 0.25 (initial scenario) to 0.52 is obtained by increasing the shear strength by 50% to all levels and assuming a unitary value for all the collapse coefficients cp and cs (assumed equal in both the x and y direction). the black points, representative of widespread interventions on the entire building, confirm that in this case the real improvement of the seismic capacity requires a global strengthening intervention on the entire building structure. this type of simplified method is able to identify the weak level of any structure, succeeding in this way to optimize the interventions and to localize them on the weak parts. the interventions aim to increase the compressive and shear strength. several types of intervention are possible for cultural masonry heritage. there are many strengthening configurations, different in technique and material that achieve the same result and whose geometrical details are difficult to establish in advance. the improvement of the building seismic performances may be achieved using traditional fiber-reinforced composites systems (frp), suitable as structural reinforcing elements. conclusions his paper deals with some issues concerning the vulnerability assessment of masonry buildings and the optimization of the strengthening interventions to be adopted. the case studies are two stone masonry buildings in the area of caserta, southern italy. particular attention is paid to simplified assessment methods that require a less thorough knowledge of the structure, leading to results that can be sufficiently reliable. they are of fast application and are particularly suitable for the analysis of large and complex buildings, especially when they are placed in historic centers. the simplified method illustrated allows an optimization of strengthening and has been applied to two buildings representative of a wide number of residential buildings in caserta: a building in the historic center of carinola, an area with medium-low seismic hazard, representative of regular buildings made of simple stone, and a second building built in the historic center of piedimonte matese, an area of high seismic hazard, highly irregular in its configuration and made with mixed materials of various types. the seismic vulnerability has been assessed using a quantitative method, based on the procedure provided by the italian guidelines for the assessment and mitigation of seismic risk of cultural heritage. for the first examined building ("palazzo petrucci-novelli"), the analyses show an average vulnerability. in this case the seismic capacity of the building can be improved optimizing the strengthening interventions. in this case, in fact, the adopted iterative procedure allows concentrating interventions only on the structural elements characterized by structural deficiencies, avoiding widespread unnecessary interventions throughout the building (that would not lead to a larger increase in the safety index), and which would therefore be economically unjustifiable. the results obtained for the second building ("palazzo ducale") show a high vulnerability. in this case the iterative procedure leads to the same results in terms of increasing the minimum safety index achieved by assuming widespread interventions throughout the building. references [1] de matteis g., brando g., corlito v., criber e., guadagnuolo m. (2019). "seismic vulnerability assessment of churches at regional scale after the 2009 l'aquila earthquake", int. j. masonry research and innovation, 4(1-2), pp.174-196. [2] bergamasco, i., gesualdo, a., iannuzzo, a., monaco, m. (2018). an integrated approach to the conservation of the roofing structures in the pompeian domus, j. cult. herit., 31, pp. 141-151. doi:10.1016/j.culher.2017.12.006. [3] cattari, s., degli abbati, d., ferretti, d., lagormarsino, s., ottonelli, d., rossi, m., et al. (2012). the seismic behaviour of ancient masonry buildings after the earthquake in emilia (italy) on may 20th and 29th, ing sismica., anno xxix(2–3)., pp. 87–111. [4] masi, a., santarsiero, g., ventura, g. (2017). strategie per la riduzione del rischio sismico applicate agli edifici scolastici: un caso studio., anidis 2017 pistoia., pp. 2232 – 2240. t m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 408 [5] costantine, c., spyrakos. (2018). bridging performance based seismic design with restricted interventions on cultural heritage structures. engineering structures., pp. 160:34-43. [6] bosiljkov, v., uranjek, m., zarnìc, r., bokan-bosiljkov, v. (2010). an integrated diagnostic approach for the assessment of historic masonry structures, journal of cultural heritage 11, pp. 239–249. doi: 10.1016/j.culher.2011.11.007. [7] ceroni, f., pecce, m., manfredi, g. (2009). seismic assessment of the bell tower of santa maria del carmine: problems and solutions, journal of earthquake engineering, pp. 14:1, 30-56. doi: 10.1080/13632460902988968. [8] milani, g., shehu, r., valente, m. (2017). seismic assessment of masonry tower by means of nonlinear static procedures, x international conference on strctural dynamics, eurodyn. [9] guadagnuolo, m., faella, g., donadio, a., ferri, l. (2014). integrated evaluation of the church of s. nicola di mira: conservation versus safety. ndt & e international., elsevier., pp. 68, 53-65. [10] giovinazzi, s., lagomarsino, s. (2004). a macroseismic models for the vulnerability assessment of the buildings, 13th world conference on earthquake. 896. [11] zuccaro, g., cacace, f. (2009). modello per la simulazione di scenari sismici per la regione campania., l’ingegneria sismica in italia. bologna, italy. [12] guadagnuolo, m., nuzzo, m., faella, g. (2018). the corpus domini bell tower: conservation and safetys., xiv international conference on bulding pathology and construction repair – cinpar., 11, pp. 444-451. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.11.057 [13] dolce, m., di pasquale, g., speranza e. (2012). a multipurpose method for seismic vulnerability assessment of urban areas., 15 wcee lisboa 2012. [14] direttiva del presidente del consiglio dei ministri 9 febbraio 2011; riferimento ntc d.m. 14.01.08 valutazione e riduzione del rischio sismico del patrimonio culturale. [15] guadagnuolo, m., aurilio, m., faella, g. (2017). rischio sismico di edifici in muratura: metodi a confronto., anidis 2017 pistoia. pp. 2171 – 2180. [16] monaco, m., bergamasco, i, betti, m. (2018). a no-tension analysis for a brick masonry vault with lunette, journal of mechanics of materials and structures, 13(5), pp. 703-714, doi: 10.2140/jomms.2018.13.703. [17] guadagnuolo m., monaco, m. (2009). out of plane behaviour of unreinforced masonry walls. in: protection of historical buildings, 2, pp. 1177-1180, london, new york: crc press, taylor & francis group. [18] de matteis g., corlito v., criber e., guadagnuolo m., 2016. evaluation of earthquake damage scenario of churches at regional scale_experiences in abruzzi and perspectives in campania, proceedings of thexiv forum internazionale di studi “le vie dei mercanti” – world heritage and degradation smart design, planning and technologies, napoli-capri, italy. [19] cimino, g., ricci, i., gasparini, g., trombetti, t. (2017). seismic vulnerability of building heritage of the university of bologna: methodology and analysis., 16th world conference on earthquake, 16wcee 2017 santiago chile. [20] caterino, n., cosenza e. (2017). evalution of seismic retrofit techniques via a multicriteria approach accounting for italian tax incentives. anidis 2017 pistoia. pp. 2181 – 2190. [21] petrucci, e. (2017). considerazioni sulle procedure attuate dopo il siam del 1997 nella regione marche: nuovi contributi al consolidamento delle opere murarie., anidis 2017 pistoia. pp. 2386 – 2396. [22] guadagnuolo, m., paolillo, a. (2012). territorial seismic safety evaluation and appropriate survey: liberty buildings in naples. proceedings of thex forum internazionale di studi “le vie dei mercanti” – less more architecture, design, landscape, aversa-capri, italy. [23] de matteis g., corlito v., guadagnuolo m. and tafuro a. (2019). seismic vulnerability assessment and retrofitting strategies of italian masonry churches of the alife-caiazzo diocese in caserta, int. j. architectural heritage, doi: 10.1080/15583058.2019.1594450. [24] corlito v., guadagnuolo m., tafuro a., de matteis g., 2017. seismic risk assessment of one nave complex churches. the alife-caiazzo diocese in caserta province, proc. 3rd international conference on protection of historical constructions, lisbon. [25] faella g., guadagnuolo m., 2007. la sicurezza sismica degli opifici mediterranei in muratura, proceedings of thev forum internazionale di studi “le vie dei mercanti” rappresentare il mediterraneo, capri, italy. [26] guadagnuolo m., nuzzo m., faella g., “eismic safety of the “corpus domini” bell tower, proceedings xii forum internazionale di studi “le vie dei mercanti” – best pratice in heritage, conservation, management from the world to pompeii, aversa-capri, italy. [27] mit, 2008. norme tecniche per le costruzioni, d.m. 14/01/2008, official bulletin n. 29, 04.02.2008. m. guadagnuolo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 398-409; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.29 409 [28] mit, 2018. norme tecniche per le costruzioni, d.m. 17/01/2018, official bulletin n. 42, 20.02.2018. [29] bartoli, g., betti, m., galano, l., zini, g. (2019). numerical insights on the seismic risk of confined masonry towers. engineering structures, (180) pp. 713 – 727. [30] formisano, a., marzo, a. (2018). simplified and refined methods for seismic vulnerability assessment and retrofitting of an italian cultural heritage masonry building. computers and structures., pp. 13 – 26. [31] ademovi´n., oliveira d.v., lourenço p.b., seismic evaluation and strengthening of an existing masonry building in sarajevo, b&h, buildings 2019, 9, 30; doi:10.3390/buildings9020030. [32] betti, m., galano, l., petracchi, m. and vignoli, a. (2015). diagonal cracking shear strength of unreinforced masonry panels: a correction proposal of the b shape factor, b. earthq. eng., 13(10), pp. 3151-3186. doi: 10.1007/s10518-015-9756-8. [33] betti, m., galano, l., vignoli, a. (2008). seismic response of masonry plane walls: a numerical study on spandrel strength, aip conf. proc., 1020(1), pp. 787-794. doi: 10.1063/1.2963915. [34] monaco, m., calderoni, b., iannuzzo, a., gesualdo, a. (2018). behaviour of in-plane loaded masonry panels, procedia struct. integrity, 11, pp. 388-393. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.11.050. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_13 g. dhondt et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.13 108 focussed on crack paths prediction of three-dimensional crack propagation paths taking high cycle fatigue into account guido dhondt mtu aero engines ag, dachauer str. 665, 80995 munich, germany guido.dhondt@mtu.de abstract. engine components are usually subject to complex loading patterns such as mixed-mode low cycle fatigue loading due to maneuvering. in practice, this lcf loading has to be superimposed by high cyclic fatigue loading caused by vibrations. the changes brought along by hcf are twofold: first, the vibrational cycles which are superposed on the lcf mission increase the maximum loading of the mission and may alter the principal stress planes. secondly, the hcf cycles themselves have to be evaluated on their own, assuring that no crack propagation occurs. indeed, the vibrational frequency is usually so high that propagation leads to immediate failure. in the present paper it is explained how these two effects can be taken care of in a standard lcf crack propagation procedure. the method is illustrated by applying the finite element based crack propagation software cracktracer3d on an engine blade. keywords. crack propagation; mixed-mode; high cycle fatigue; mission; vibrations. introduction rack propagation calculations have become standard in aircraft engine applications. frequently, crack initiation life is not sufficient and has to be augmented by crack propagation life in order to obtain the envisaged component life. this requires crack propagation calculations in the design phase of the engine. however, also later on in the life of the engine fracture mechanics calculations may be necessary to analyze damage observed in-service. by now, threedimensional fully automatic mixed-mode crack propagation calculations are state-of-the-art [1-3]. they generally consist of a pre-processing module which automatically inserts an arbitrary crack into a given mesh, a call to a finite element program to determine the stress field and a post-processing module taking care of the calculation of the stress intensity factors, cycle extraction [4] and the calculation of the new crack front based on a crack propagation law [5-7]. notice that, since the k-factor concept is used, all calculations are linear elastic.in order to take hcf due to vibrations into account all these modules have to be modified. in essence, additional frequency calculations have to be performed for the cracked structure, the results must be scaled based on experimental evidence and the mission containing the mixed-mode k-values at different positions along the crack fronts has to be augmented by the hcf k-values. in addition, the hcf cycles have to be evaluated on their own to check that no propagation occurs. the following sections explain in detail the necessary modifications. finally, an example based on a simplified blade shows a practical application. c g. dhondt et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.13 109 modifications to the preprocessor and the finite element calculations he preprocessing unit takes the finite element input deck for the uncracked structure, inserts the crack (or cracks) and generates an input deck for the cracked structure. without hcf this input deck usually contains a complete flight mission, i.e. a collection of maybe 100 to 200 loading points along the mission. taking hcf due to vibrations into account requires a careful analysis of the mission. first, the user must identify those loading steps prone to resonances, and for each of these determine due to which eigenmode the resonance arises. indeed, vibrations usually occur selectively at certain engine speeds at which they are triggered. a bending mode may be active at a different engine speed than a torsional mode. this means that the user must be able to specify at the start of the preprocessing step which eigenmode should be superimposed on which loading step in the mission. based on this information, the preprocessing unit will create input decks for frequency calculations consisting of an appropriate static pre-loading step followed by a frequency calculation up to and including the mode of interest. figure 1: lcf-mission. for instance, the mission in fig. 1 contains 9 loading points. suppose that a preliminary analysis has revealed that mode 1, which happens to be a bending mode, is resonant near loading point 2 and mode 4, which happens to be a torsion mode, is resonant near loading point 4. then, the preprocessor has to generate three input decks for the finite element program: a static calculation of the mission (9 loading points), a static step corresponding to loading point 2 followed by a perturbation frequency step for at least the first eigenmode and a static step corresponding to loading point 4 followed by a perturbation frequency step for at least the lowest four eigenmodes. since these calculations can be performed in parallel, this should not significantly increase the overall computation time. notice that these calculations have to be performed for the cracked structure in each iteration of the crack propagation software. modifications to the postprocessor n the postprocessor of cracktracer3d the stress intensity factors are determined by comparing the stress tensor at the integrations points of the collapsed quarter point elements immediately ahead of the crack tip with the asymptotic stress field [1]. a frequency calculation, however, does not yield absolute stress values since it is the solution of a homogeneous set of equations: the results can be freely scaled by a constant. to get absolute values, a scaling has to take place by comparing the engineering strain at a certain location and direction with experimental evidence. this evidence is usually gathered for the uncracked structure, and it is assumed that the experimental reference point is far enough away from the crack location, so that the interaction with the crack is minimal. after scaling the eigenmodes, the mixed-mode stress intensity factors can be determined for the mission and for each of the selected eigenmodes. then, referring to the example in fig. 1, three crack propagation calculations are performed. t i g. dhondt et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.13 110 figure 2: lcf-mission augmented by hcf-cycles the first one is for the mission augmented by the eigenmodes at the specified locations (fig. 2). this corresponds to a lcf calculation for an extended mission. the usual procedure is followed involving the determination of a dominant loading point to determine the crack propagation direction, the reduction of the mixed-mode k-values to an equivalent k-factor, calculation of the crack propagation of each loading point separately, cycle extraction on the resulting curve and evaluation of the crack propagation of each extracted cycle based on the maximum cycle temperature (for details the reader is referred to [8]). the crack propagation increments from each extracted cycle are summed. including hcf will frequently lead to more crack propagation, since a hcf cycle at a maximum point of a mission will increase the equivalent k-factor. the second and third calculation concerns the eigenmode itself, centered at the appropriate loading point (fig. 3). also here, the usual cycle extraction routines are applied to short missions consisting of the loading point plus the eigenmode and the loading point minus the eigenmodes. since the calculations are linear the k-factors can be summed appropriately. for the pure hcf-evaluation the criterion is that no propagation should occur. indeed, the hcf frequency is usually so high that propagation results in immediate failure. figure 3: hcf cycles. example simple example is presented in the form of an imaginary blade (fig. 4) subject to centrifugal loading. only two loading points are considered, full power and zero loading. an initial quarter circular crack of with radius 0.4 mm is inserted at the location of maximum principal stress about 25 mm above the disk. the orientation of the crack plane was orthogonal to the maximum principal stress, acting in radial direction. at first a calculation consisting of 50 iterations of cracktracer3d was performed without hcf. the mesh in the last calculation is shown in fig. 5. one can clearly see the domain in which the mesh was modified in order to accommodate the crack. at the crack tip a focused a g. dhondt et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.13 111 20-node reduced integration hexahedral mesh with collapsed quarter point elements was generated, whereas the remaining domain was automatically meshed with quadratic (10-node) tetrahedral elements. figure 4: mesh of the engine blade. figure 5: mesh at the crack tip. in a subsequent calculation the eigenmodes of the blade were determined. the first eigenmode, which is a bending mode (fig. 6) was, taking fictitious experimental data in to account, judged most critical. this mode was appended to the full power loading point. the crack length versus the number of cycles for the original lcf mission and the lcf-mission augmented by the hcf-mode is shown in fig. 7. the superimposed hcf vibration clearly decreased the life of the blade substantially. the shape of the crack, however, did not change. this is illustrated in figs. 8a and 8b. although the crack in fig. 8b is somewhat more rough, the overall shape is the same. this was to be expected since both the centrifugal force and the bending mode lead to a predominantly mode-i loading of the initial crack. this, however, may be different for other missions and vibrational modes. taking the hcf-cycle on its own revealed that no hcf crack propagation takes place, i.e. all equivalent k-values along the crack front in each iteration are below threshold. g. dhondt et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.13 112 figure 6: first eigenmode (bending mode). figure 7: crack propagation due to lcf and due to combined lcf+hcf. figure 8a: crack propagation due to lcf. figure 8b: crack propagation due to lcf+hcf. conclusions method was presented how to alter a procedure capable of calculating lcf crack propagation in order to take hcf due to superimposed vibrations into account. two aspects were looked into: the augmentation of the lcfmission by interspersed hcf-cycles and the evaluation of hcf cycles alone. the modifications needed in the code are little, provided the program is capable of treating arbitrary mixed-mode loading in three-dimensional structures. it was shown that the augmented lcf-mission usually leads to a decreased life. the hcf evaluation itself is usually reduced to a check whether the threshold value is not exceeded and no hcf-propagation occurs. references [1] dhondt, g., application of the finite element method to mixed-mode cyclic crack propagation calculations in specimens, int. j. fatigue, 58 (2014) 2-11. [2] bremberg, d., dhondt, g., automatic crack-insertion for arbitrary crack growth, eng. frac. mech., 75 (2008) 404416. a g. dhondt et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.13 113 [3] schöllmann, m., fulland m. richard, h.a., development of a new software for adaptive crack growth simulations in 3d structures, eng. frac. mech., 70 (2003) 249-268. [4] downing, s.d., socie, d.f., int. j. fatigue, (1982), 31-40. [5] dhondt, g, a new three-dimensional fracture criterion, key eng. mater., 251 (2003) 209-214. [6] forman, r.g., kearney v.e., engle r.m., numerical analysis of crack propagation in cyclic-loaded structures, transactions of the asme, j. basic engng., (1967) 459-464. [7] forman, r.g., shivakumar v., cardinal j.w., williams l.c., mckeighan, p.c., fatigue crack growth database for damage tolerance analysis, u.s. department of transportation, federal aviation administration report dot/faa/ar-05/15 (2005). [8] dhondt, g., cyclic mixed-mode crack propagation due to time-dependent multiaxial loading in jet engines, key engineering materials, 93 (2011) 488-489. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_31_art_10 m. merlin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 127-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.10 127 on the improved adhesion of niti wires embedded in polyester and vinylester resins mattia merlin, martina scoponi, chiara soffritti, annalisa fortini, raffaella rizzoni, gian luca garagnani department of engineering, university of ferrara, via saragat 1, i-44122 ferrara, italy mattia.merlin@unife.it, martina.scoponi@unife.it, chiara.soffritti@unife.it, annalisa.fortini@unife.it, raffaella.rizzoni@unife.it, gian.luca.garagnani@unife.it abstract. this paper discusses the effect of different surface treatments on shape memory alloy wires embedded in polyester (pe) and vinylester (ve) polymeric matrices. in particular, two types of chemical etching and a chemical bonding with a silane coupling agent have been performed on the surfaces of the wires. pull-out tests have been carried out on samples made from a specifically designed teflon mould. considering the best results of the pull-out tests obtained with pe resin, the debonding induced by strain recovery of 4%, 5% and 6% pre-strained niti wires has been evaluated with the wires being subjected to different surface treatment conditions and then being embedded in the pe matrix. the results prove that the wires functionalised and embedded in the pe resin show the maximum pull-out forces and the highest interfacial adhesion. finally, it has been found that debonding induced by strain recovery is strongly related to the propagation towards the radial direction of sharp cracks at the debonding region. keywords. smart materials; surface treatments; thermosetting resin; adhesion. introduction hape memory alloys (smas) are a class of materials with the unique characteristics of shape memory effect (sme) and superelasticity (se), according to the temperature range and applied load. these properties are due to a crystalline, diffusionless and reversible phase transformation between the phase stable at high temperature (austenite) and the phase stable at low temperature (martensite). the shape memory effect is the ability of the alloy to recover a mechanically induced strain when heated above a critical temperature. for such alloys the knowledge of the four transformation temperatures is fundamental: ms and mf are the initial and final temperatures of the direct martensitic transformation from austenite to martensite on cooling, while as and af are the initial and the final temperatures of the inverse martensitic transformation from martensite to austenite on heating [1]. the specific functional properties of smas have been widely used to realise actuators, sensors, damping systems and devices employed in biomedical applications [2-5]. the ability of these materials to generate large recovery stresses when thermally activated has been recently used for the development of functional structures or composites, in which sma elements are embedded in a polymeric matrix [6-10]. several authors have proposed polymer-composite actuators with sma strips or wires embedded in different polymeric matrices in order to improve mechanical and failure behaviour, fatigue resistance and functionality [11-15]. in particular, thairi et al. [16] and winzek et al. [17] studied the difference s m. merlin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 127-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.10 128 between the phase transition temperature of the sma and the glass transition temperature of the polymer. barrett [18] developed a low stiffness active composite in which sma filaments are embedded in a silicone matrix to be used for biomedical, surgical and prosthetic applications. according to the specific application, the choice of the suitable matrix and the chemical composition of the shape memory alloy are of great importance. functional composites, also called smart composites, take advantage of the adhesion between the active elements, in the form of sma wires or thin strips, and the matrix. in literature, many works deal with the transformational behaviour of pre-strained niti wires in the martensitic phase (at t> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_11_2602 f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 136 reliability-based design of reinforced concrete beams for simultaneous bending, shear, and torsion loadings faezeh jafari malayer university, iran faeze_jafari666@yahoo.com jalal akbari* buali sina university, hamedan, iran j.akbari@basu.ac.ir abstract. the design of structural members is targeted in resisting the loads such that the safety of the structure is preserved regarding different conditions of loadings. the traditional design method in concrete standards is based on the load and resistance factors regardless of the random nature of them. uncertainties in design parameters such as load and resistance have great influences in the safety of the structure and using constant coefficients caused unsafe and uneconomical designs. the present research is focused on a probabilistic design of reinforced concrete beams subjected to simultaneous actions of bending, shear, and torsion. for this purpose, analytical formulas for the limit states have been developed to combine different stresses. monte carlo simulation method is used to estimate the safety indexes for three different t, rectangular and l-shaped cross-sections. then, the load and resistance factors have been calculated in different safety indexes, and the influence of load and resistance factors based-on aci standard has been examined. the proposed method is applicable to all concrete standards. however, here the procedures are based on the aci standard. keywords. reliability-based design; reinforced concrete beam; safety index; load and resistance factors; monte-carlo simulation. citation: jafari, f., akbari, j., reliabilitybased design of reinforced concrete beams for simultaneous bending, shear, and torsion loadings, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150. received: 29.08.2019 accepted: 07.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction eliability method as a probabilistic design approach that was proposed for the first time by ellingwood in1974, and then many efforts were carried out in order to employ uncertainties and probability of parameters in current design methods [1]. for instance, evan et al [2] calculated the shear force of reinforced concrete beam in aci regulation using new methods of reliability in 2006. the conducted researches in this field indicate this important issue that the various factors are effective in the failure of concrete beams. these factors are the ratio of the span length over effective depth, ratio of longitudinal steel, support conditions, loading conditions, and materials properties. the performance of a concrete beam in the laboratory on the basis of the statistical methods was studied. in 2013, porco et al [3] studied the r http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2602.mp4 f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 137 punching shear using the reliability method in a flat slab. their study was focused on the evaluation of the compressive strength of the flat slab and its effective factors. moreover, in 2014 daniel jensen [4] was carried out research to obtain the reliability index to show the effect of shear forces and reinforcement of concrete bridges. he showed that the use of this method was made the design 10 % to 15 % lighter. in 2014, bakers et al [5] examined the reliability of concrete bridge in which the studied beam was under the effect of the moment and shear forces. there are also numerous researches were conducted by different researchers regarding the concrete safety index, including research by nowak et al [6]. the authors estimated the safety index in their research to investigate the uncertainty parameters in various materials such as high strength concrete, normal concrete, and light concrete by taking into account various concrete structures such as slabs, beams, and columns. in 2013, [7] uva et al proposed a seismic assessment of in-situ concrete on buildings such that concrete resistance can be evaluated by a novel cdd method to considering the effect of random parameters [7]. pérez-rocha (2013) was used the uncertainty method to examine better design and safety of the structures, including beam, column, and wall in mexico regulation. the calibration of design codes was based on the coefficients existing in regulations [8]. later on, in 2014, abejide examined the effects of uncertainties in the safety of section for three flexure, shear and axial compression states in aci 318-11 standard by considering the random nature of the parameters for reinforced concrete[9]. al-ansari et al applied experimental and numerical methods (fem) in order to study the flexural behavior of t and rectangular concrete beams. their experimental study was compared with the fem analysis results for verifying the fem code, which showed that the fem result of rectangular beam is more safer than an experimental result for t-beam[10]. bastidas et al in 2018 studied the combined effects of chloride-induced corrosion, climate change and cyclic loading with a stochastic model.the results of this study show that the climate change lifetime of structure by roughly 1.4 -2.3% [11]. jafari et al studied the safety index of iranian concrete standard for bending, shear and torsion state using monte carlo simulation. in their research, the safety surface for t, l, and rectangular beams obtained and compared with together [12]. akbari and jafari studied the reliability behavior of concrete beam (t, l, and rectangular shape) under bending conditions using monte carlo simulation. the beta indexes, load resistance factors, and strength reduction factors were obtained for different sections[13]. as well, slowik et al applied a probabilistic approach to the reliability analysis of longitudinally reinforced concrete beams [14]. huang et al in 2019 studied the flexural behavior of frp-strengthened reinforced concrete beams using the ultimate limit state method. according to the result of this research, the probability of failure is different for each failure mode and reduction resistance has a significant influence on concrete behavior [15]. comprehensive literature has been published on the reliability-based design of concrete structures. as well, extensive researches were accomplished for safety index calculations; no single study exists, which computes the load and resistance factors that related to the specified safety index. therefore, to our knowledge, detailed studies for calibration of the load and resistance factors were not reported throughout the literature. accordingly, in this investigation, the load and resistance, loading factors for all main loadings are calculated for any desired safety index and any loading ratios. consequently, the methodology of the present paper could be used on the design of the beams under bending, shear, and torsion loadings for a fully probabilistic based approach for all design codes. as a sample, the safety index for aci concrete standard [16] for three limit states of shear, bending and torsion and also for the combination of the above-mentioned limit states are carried out. to achieve this, the safety indexes were obtained by introducing uncertainty factors in beam design equations and applying the monte-carlo simulation method. then, various limit states function such as (shear, torsion, and bending) were assumed and the safety indexes and the load resistance factors which were addressed in the aci standard. method of research n order to calculate the safety index, the limit functions which show the structural effects should be obtained. eqns. 13 are used to calculate bending, shear, and tensional action on the beams.     * * *   ,    1.7 * * * s y r s y s dead load live load c a f m a f d m m m f b d          (1) '    0.16 * * * *   ,   r c w y v s dead load live load d v f b d f a v v v s     (2) i f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 138 0    2 * * * ,  y r t s dead load live load f t a a t t t s    (3) in eqns. (1) to (3),   rm ,    rv and  rt are the bending resistance, the shear resistance, and the torsion resistance of the crosssections, respectively. furthermore, the parameters of , , , ,  s y ca f f b d refer to areas of longitudinal steel, the yield strength of steel, 28-day compressive strength of concrete, width and effective depth of the cross-sections, respectively. the nominal values of the steel are calculated according to aci 318m-14.2015 standard[16]. for l and t shaped sections, the proposed equations are obtained [12]. to express the shear and torsion limit state functions, all sections of l, t, and rectangular shapes of concrete beams are considered. the factors considered in the aci standard are: concrete strength reduction factor ( 0.90c  ), dead load increase factor    1.20d  and live load resistance factor( 1.60)l  . in addition, the steel strength reduction factor of steel is   0.90s  . tab. 1 shows the statistical information (mean, covariance and probability density function(pdf)) which are used to obtain the safety indexes. standard deviation mean pdf value of parameters random parameters 0.18-20 19.3 normal 21 cf ( mpa ) 0.12 472.5 normal 420 yf ( mpa ) b/10 h/17 d/15 b h d normal b h d dimension (mm) 0.03-0.05 0.03-0.05 0.03-0.05 s v t a a a normal s v t a a a 2area(mm ) 0.1 0.40-0.25 1.05d l normal gamble d l loading table1: statistical values of the used parameters for design the sections of reinforced concrete [17-20]. limit function and safety index equation eqn. 4 shows the limit state function which is used to the safety design of concrete beams under the simultaneous effects of bending, shear, and torsion.    ;   {{            ,      ,         }}s r s r s rg r s m m v v t t     (4) after employing eqn. (4), in order to predict the safety index ( ) , the values of r (resistance surface) and s (load surface) are calculated for the three mentioned states (bending, shear and torsion) using hasofer-lind equation [17-18]. eqn. 5 shows the value of the safety index [18]. in this study, the safety index is calculated for current limit states functions using monte carlo simulation r s 2 2 r s mean mean   σ σ eta index    (5) safety surface of shear-torsion based on eqn. (4), by limiting the left side of eqn. (6) to a specified value ( ' 2 )  * 3 c c w v f b d        the combination of simultaneous effects of shear and torsion can be achieved for different cross-sections. f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 139     ' 2 * * 2 2 * * 3* * 1.7 u wu c c w ww t b dv v f b d b db d           (6) ,  u uv t s the ultimate shear and torsion demand and cv points to the shear strength of concrete. ', ,  w cb d f are the width of the web, the effective depth of the beam, and 28-day compressive strength of concrete, respectively. estimation of the safety surface of aci concrete standard for shear and torsion is as follows: first, the value of shear force, torsion, and bending moment are calculated according to the type of cross-section (l, t and rectangular shaped) using eqn. (1-3). the method of calculation is such that a constant value for the dead load is devoted, and the live load is: live load =dead load*ratio=(1t)/t). for this purpose, t is changed from 0.40 to 1.0 then, the amount of the live load is calculated. the amount of shear load is obtained from the sum of the live load to the dead load and finally, by considering the eqn. (2) the amount of nominal shear steel required is obtained. applying the value of the total moments on the beam (dead load moment+ live load moment) and using eqn. (3), the nominal required torsion steel is obtained. the method of calculating the total moments exerted on the beam is similar to the shear state and is practical by considering the ratio proposed by some researchers [12-13]. the limit state functions considered for solving the problem by taking the special formulas presented in aci standard for shear, torsion and the combination of shear and torsion. eqn. 7 -9 show the torsion shear limit state function. 0 * * r s v w w v v acig b d b d    (7)           2 2 * * 2 * * 2 0 * * 1.7 * * 1.7 r w s w t w w t b d t b d acig b d b d      (8)          & 2 2 * * 2 * * 2 0 * ** * 1.7 * * 1.7 u w s wu s v t w ww w t b d t b dv v acig b d b db d b d        (9) in the above equations, the s index is the load and moment exerted on the cross-section (demand), r is the resistance surface of the cross-section (capacity). in sections 2-3 to 2-5, different levels of standard are presented for various combinations of forces. &  v tacig is limit state function for shear and torsion as well as vacig and tacig is shear and torsion limit sate function, respectively. the safety surface of bending-torsion to investigate the safety surface of the aci standard, the values of torsion and bending steel are calculated using eqns. (1) to (3). after calculating the values of the bending moment and the applied live and dead loads, a limit function as in eqns. (10) and (11) are considered. * * * 0  1.7 * * * s y b s y s c a f acig a f d m f b d          (10)         & 2 2 * * 2 * * 2* *     0 1.7 * * * * 1.7 r w s wr s b t w w t b d t b dm c m c acig i ib d b d        (11) in eqns. 10 and 11, index s refers to the effects of the loads (live + dead), and index r points to the resistance against the exerted loads. &    b taci g is limit state function for bending and torsion as well as bacig and tacig are bending and torsion limit sate functions, respectively. the safety surface of bending-shear the amount of the required steel for three states was calculated in the previous sections. as well, the amount of the forces acting on the cross-section and the strength of the cross-section are obtained for three states of shear, torsion, and bending. in order to consider the combination of the bending and shear state ( & )v bg , eqn. 12 is used. f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 140 & * *   0 * * r r s s v b w w v m c v m c acig b d i b d i                 (12) the safety surface of bending-torsion-shear the following limit sate function , &( )v b tacig is considered to obtain the safety surface of the aci standard for three states of shear, bending, and torsion.         , & 2 2 * * 2 * * 2* *     0 * *1.7 * * * * 1.7 r w s wr r s s v b t w ww w t b d t b dm c v m c v acig i b d i b db d b d                        (13) in eqn. 13, three states of shear, bending and torsion effect appear simultaneously and by considering this limit state function, the safety surface is predicted. sections and dimensions in order to calculate the beta index of t, l, and the rectangular cross-section beams, specified geometrical futures are assumed as shown in fig. 1 and tab. 2. the distributed load (25kn/m) is exerted on the beam length. cross-sections of the mentioned beams are selected in such a way that the area of the t-shape section is twice that of l-shape section and the rectangular section area was   *wb d . figure 1: schematic figure of the l, t, and rectangular sections wb (mm) dq (kn/m) f ( mpa )c eb (mm) yf ( mpa ) 450 25 21 850 420 fb (mm) d(mm) l(mm)  * ; 1 /l dm ratio m ratio t t   200 400 2000 0.4-1.0 table 2: the nominal parameters of this study f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 141 results he results are presented in two sections. the first part of the results is devoted to the estimation of the safety indexes using the proposed method. the main goal is presenting an approach to the safe design of beams instead of the traditional method. in the second part, the load resistance factors are calculated based on estimated safety indexes. the presented method could be easily applied to other international design codes. namely, the safety indexes are estimated without using specific standards, e.g. aci. on the other hand, the estimation of safety indexes is independent of any regulation. the safety surface of standard for states of torsion-shear the safety index is calculated considering statistical values (mean, covariance and pdf) as given in tabs. 1 and 2 and the limits state functions. the following flowchart shows the calculation of the safety indexes and load factors. figure 2: flowchart of computer code to estimate the beta index and load factors. fig. 3 shows the beta indexes vs t values for different cycle numbers, as seen from the figure the cycle number 15000 for all values of t is good enough for the next calculations. as well, fig. 4 shows the beta index for all types of cross-sections for shear-torsion combination. in this combination, the safety index has higher than the individual actions because of the application of strength reduction and load resistance factors in the design procedure. after the combined mode, the designed beam for shear actions, the sections have the maximum beta value, and finally, the beta in the torsional design of beams has the lowest value, which is similar to the results of previous studies [20,23]. however, the safety indexes range is between 2.65 to 3.35, and according to the suggestions of the previous references, the safety index value is suitable for the safe design. t f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 142 figure 3: aci beta index for shear-torsion for different monte carlo cycles figure 4: aci beta index for shear-torsion combination. aci safety surface for bending-torsion in this section, the equations presented in section 2-3 are employed and the aci safety index is calculated for bending and torsion states. fig. 5 shows the beta index for bending and torsion state for three studied cross-sections. the standard surface of aci for torsion is from 2.50 to 3.20 and the standard surface of aci concrete for bending is between 2.50 4.15. the standard surface of aci concrete for bending and torsion is between the values of bending and torsion and it is close to bending state, and the average value is 3.70 for bending-torsion. the maximum value of the safety index for the combination of torsion-bending occurs at t= 0.6. f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 143 figure 5: aci beta index for torsion-bending. figure 6: aci beta index for bending-shear. aci safety surface for bending-shear fig. 6 shows the standard safety surface of aci concrete for shear and bending. the aci standard surface for combination states (shear and bending) is close to the shear state. aci safety surface for bending-sheartorsion the combination of shear, bending and torsional states is carried-out using eqn. 13. graph 7 shows the safety index for the three combination states. according to this figure, the aci beta indexes for l, rectangular, and l cross-sections are 4.05, f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 144 3.91 and 3.13, respectively. the maximum beta value corresponds to t = 0.5 and afterward, the safety index is decreased due to the decreasing of the live load and the impact of the live load coefficient. the variations of the safety index in the tshaped cross-sections are higher than the other ones, and the maximum safety index is obtained for the slab-shaped sections. figure 7: aci beta index for shear-bending -torsion estimation of the standard safety factors for limit states (shear-torsion-bending) in this section, the values of load resistance and strength reduction factors are estimated, and for them, wide ranges are proposed. then, based on these ranges the safe design of the studied beams is conducted without using constant standard code coefficients. therefore, the presented procedure could be implemented for all standards. however, to show the validation of the proposed method, the estimations are based on the aci code. to obtain the safety index, firstly, a wide range of strength reduction factors were considered and entered into the developed matlab code as an input variable. next, the limit state equations in aci standard were used, and safety indexes were calculated. figs. 8 to 10 show the coefficients obtained from monte carlo simulation and the beta index. the reduction factors have a significant influence on the beta indexes. tab. 3 shows factors for (dead load, live load, and resistance reduction factors) that have been assumed for the calculated beta index. in this research for calculating the beta indexes, eleven groups of factors were used. group factor 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 live load resistance factor (𝜸𝑳 1.40 1.42 1.44 1.46 1.48 1.50 1.52 1.54 1.56 1.58 1.60 dead load resistance factor (𝜸𝑫 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.12 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 strength reduction factors(∅) 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.90 table 3: load and resistance factors for calculating the beta indexes. f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 145 fig. 8 shows the maximum beta index corresponds to t =0.40 and 0.50. for all values of t and load resistance factors, the safety indexes are between 3.55 to 4.65. as well, the safety index is decreased due to the reduction of the live load effect or increasing of t values. furthermore, the indexes are reduced by increasing the load and resistance factor by a mild slope. as a result, for rectangular type cross-section, the variations of the safety indexes are more dependent on the values of   ,  ,l d c   . figure 8: prediction of load and resistance factors for the rectangular beam in combined state as seen from fig. 9 the maximum beta index corresponds to t =0.40 and 0.50. for all values of t and load resistance factors, the safety indexes are between 3.15 to 4.00, which there are less than indexes for rectangular cross-section. as well, for lshaped beams, the safety indexes are remained constant by variation of the load resistance factors. as a result, for l type cross-sections, the variations of the safety indexes are independent of the values of ,  ,l d c   . f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 146 fig. 10 represents the maximum beta index corresponds to t =0.40 and 0.50. for all values of t and load resistance factors, the safety indexes are between 2.65 to 3.70. as well, the safety index is decreased due to the reduction of the live load effect or increasing of t values. furthermore, the indexes are reduced by increasing the load and resistance factors by the mild slope. as a result, similar to rectangular type beams, for t type cross-sections, the variations of the safety indexes are more dependent on the values of   ,  ,l d c   . figs. 8 to 9 clearly show that the safety indexes for t type beams are smallest and l type beams have better performance. generally, the rectangular beams have the highest safety factors. because the torsion on these types of beams has less contribution and the bending moment has a significant effect. figure 9: prediction of load and resistance factors for the l section beam in combined state f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 147 figure 10: prediction load and resistance factors for t section beam in combined state discussion he safety surfaces of the aci concrete standard for combined limit sates ( torsion-shear-bending) were studied in this research and the aci standard beta indexes were obtained. in the combined modes, the beta coefficient is greater than 3.0 for the l and rectangular cross-sections, while for the t cross-section, the safety index is less than 3.0 for t>0.5, and according to the suggested references, the safety coefficients should be greater than 2.8 for the bending design of cross-sections and greater than 2 for the design of shear and torsion, which is somewhat the boundary points. figs. 11 and 12 show the maximum and average beta indexes for all limit states for three studied cross-sections. t f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 148 figure 11: average aci beta indexes for different cross-sections. figure 12: maximum aci beta indexes for different cross-sections. conclusion ased on the obtained results the following conclusions could be drawn:  in all cross-sections, the obtained beta index for the combination of bending-shear is between shear and bending state such that the beta index is higher than the bending state and lower than the torsion state.  the beta index for a combination of bending-torsion is between torsion and bending state such that the beta index is higher than the bending state and lower than the torsion state. this surface is close to the bending state which means bending equations have a significant effect on the combination surface. b f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 149  beta index for a combination of shear-torsion is between torsion and this surface is close to shear state which means shear equations have a significant effect on the combination surface.  for all combination states (shear – torsion and bending –torsion), the beta indexes are greater than 3 which shows the beams are designed safety. according to previous research [20], the values of the beta index should be greater than 2.8 due to the design beam in bending and shear limit state safety.  in combined state(shear bending and torsion), the value of the beta index has the highest value in comparison with other limit states (shear – bending, shear – torsion and bending – torsion ) which shows the aci equations adequately guarantee the safe design. disclosure he authors have no conflict of interest to declare. acknowledgment he second author acknowledges the support from malayer university when he was an assistant professor of civil engineering from september 2008 to june 2019. references [1] ellingwood, b. r.and ang, a. h. (1974). risk-based evaluation of design criteria. journal of the structural division, 100 (proc. paper 10778). [2] bentz, e. c., vecchio, f. j.and collins, m. p. (2006). simplified modified compression field theory for calculating shear strength of reinforced concrete elements. aci materials journal, 103(4), pp.614-621 [3] porco, f., uva, g., sangirardi, m.and casolo, s. (2013). about the reliability of punching verifications in reinforced concrete flat slabs. the open construction and building technology journal, 7(1), pp. 123-133 [4] jensen, d.f. (2014). reliability analysis for shear in lightweight reinforced concrete bridges using shear beam database, m.sc. thesis, utah state university. [5] backes, m. r., fernández ruiz, m.and muttoni, a. (2014). interaction between in-plane shear forces and transverse bending moments in concrete bridge webs. in proc. of the 10th fib international ph.d. symposium in civil engineering, quebec (no. conf, pp. 403-408). [6] nowak, a. s.and szerszen, m. m. (2003). calibration of design code for buildings (aci 318): part 1-statistical models for resistance. aci structural journal, 100(3), pp. 377-382. [7] uva, g., porco, f., fiore, a.and mezzina, m. (2013). proposal of a methodology for assessing the reliability of in situ concrete tests and improving the estimate of the compressive strength. construction and building materials, 38, pp. 7283. [8] pérez-rocha, l. e., fernández, m. a., manjarrez, l. e., maldonado, j. d.and esteva, l (2014). a simplified methodology to obtain reliability indexes for calibration of design code for buildings, 4th international conference on computational methods in structural dynamics and earthquake engineering, kos island, greece. [9] abejide, o. s. (2014). reliability analysis of bending, shear and deflection criteria of reinforced concrete slabs. nigerian journal of technology, 33(3), pp. 394-400. [10] al-ansari, m. s. (2015). reliability and flexural behavior of triangular and t-reinforced concrete beams. international journal of advanced structural engineering (ijase), 7(4), pp. 377-386. [11] bastidas-arteaga, e. (2018). reliability of reinforced concrete structures subjected to corrosion-fatigue and climate change. international journal of concrete structures and materials, 12(1), pp. 10-21. t t f. jafari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 136-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.11 150 [12] jafar.f, akbari. jand jahanpour, a. (2017). evaluation of safety index and calibration of load and resistance factors for reinforced concrete beams under bending, shear, and torsion demands, journal of structural and constructional engineering, 3(4), pp. 49-64. [13] akbari, j.and jafari, f. (2018). calibration of load and resistance factors for reinforced concrete. civil engineering infrastructures journal, 51(1), pp. 217-227. [14] słowik, m., skrzypczak, i., kotynia, r.and kaszubska, m. (2017). the application of a probabilistic method to the reliability analysis of longitudinally reinforced concrete beams. procedia engineering, 193, pp. 273-280. [15] huang, x., sui, l., xing, f., zhou, y.and wu, y. (2019). reliability assessment for flexural frp-strengthened reinforced concrete beams based on importance sampling. composites part b: engineering, 156, pp. 378-398. [16] aci committee 318. (2015). building code requirements for structural concrete (aci 318m-14): an aci standard: commentary on building code requirements for structural concrete (aci 318m-14). american concrete institute. [17] ellingwood, b., macgregor, j. g., galambos, t. v.and cornell, c. a. (1982). probability-based load criteria: load factors and load combinations. journal of the structural division, 108(5), pp. 978-997. [18] nowak, a. s.and collins, k. r. (2012). reliability of structures. crc press . [19] choi, s. k., grandhi, r.and canfield, r. a. (2006). reliability-based structural design. springer science & business media . [20] mirza, s. a. (1998). monte carlo simulation of dispersions in composite steel-concrete column strength interaction. engineering structures, 20(1-2), pp. 97-104. [21] matlab (2016), the mathworks, inc., natick, release 2016. [22] badarloo, b.and jafari, f. (2019). numerical study on the effect of concrete grade on the cft circular column’s behavior under axial load. civil engineering journal, 5(11), pp. 2359-2376. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 2178 l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 266 fracture and structural integrity: ten years of ‘frattura ed integrità strutturale’ mechanical and fracture properties of particleboard liviu marsavina politehnica university of timisoara, department of mechanics and strength of materials, 300 222 timisoara, romania liviu.marsavina@upt.ro ion octavian pop universite de limoges, gc2d, ea 3178, egletons f-19300, france pft bois-construction du limousin, egletons f-19300, france ion-octavian.pop@unilim.fr emanoil linul politehnica university of timisoara, department of mechanics and strength of materials, 300 222 timisoara, romania emanoil.linul@upt.ro, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9090-8917 abstract. particleboard (pb) are wood-based composites with fine wood fibers bound together by a small amount of polymeric adhesive, widely used in furniture industry and civil engineering. pb plates can be painted, laminated or veneered, and have good dimensional stability and load bearing capacity when properly designed. however, the deformation and fracture of such elements create malfunctions of structures made of mdf. this paper presents experimental results obtained for three point bending (tpb) tests, mode i and mode ii fracture toughness. the bending tests were carried on rectangular specimens, while the fracture toughness tests were performed on single edge notched bend (senb) specimens for mode i, respectively on compact shear (cs) specimens for mode ii loadings. digital image correlation technique allows the determination of the crack relative displacement factor and estimation of the energy release rate. keywords. particleboard; fracture toughness; digital image correlation. citation: marsavina, l., pop, o., linul, e., mechanical and fracture properties of particleboard, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276. received: 23.08.2018 accepted: 08.10.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction articleboard (pb) represent a class of wood-based composite with fine wood fibers bound together by a small amount of polymeric adhesive. their main applications are in furniture industry and civil engineering [1]. pb plates can be painted, laminated or veneered, and have good dimensional stability and load bearing capacity when p http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/47/2178.mp4 l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 267 properly designed [2]. however, the deformation and fracture of such elements create malfunctions of structures made of pb. different studies on bending properties of pb were published. in [3] design requirements for pb and medium density fiberboard (mdf) plates under different loading conditions are presented. the performance of pb beams under four point bending are presented in [4]. the effect of different types of coatings on the strength and stiffness of pb are investigated in [5]. kulman et al. [6] studied the effect of density and temperature on modulus of rupture and modulus of elasticity of pb and mdf. the fracture behavior of wood and its composites is reviewed by stanzl-tschegg and navi [7]. however, only a few studies investigates the fracture toughness of pb [8-10]. the same like in the case of mdf, different values of fracture toughness were obtained: matsumoto and nairn [11] 2.57 mpa·m1/2 for density of 609 kg/m3, respectively 3.77 mpa·m1/2 for density of 769 kg/m3 using compact tension (ct) specimens, while for wedge splitting specimens and a density of 710 kg/m3 niemz et al. [12] obtained 1.81 mpa·m1/2. fewer investigations were carried out on mixed mode fracture toughness of pb and mdf, [13]. today, several fracture approaches such as the stress intensity factor (sif) [14-16], the crack relative displacement factor (crdf) [17-20] or the energy release rate [21-24] allow expressing fracture criteria. it should also be noted that usually the damage level could be evaluated from a local approach based on the mechanical fields assigned by the crack tip singularity or by a global approach using the mechanical fields far to the crack tip singularity. starting from this analysis, in the present study, a formalism based on the sif and the crdf was applied to evaluate the fracture process. as will be shown latter the crdf allows definition of the kinematic state around to the crack tip. as defined by dubois et al. [17, 18], pop et al. [19] and jamaaoui et al. [25], the crack opening state represents the relative displacement between two points positioned on the upper and the lower crack flanks. its evaluation can be performed directly from the experimental measurements. associated more often to full fields techniques, the optical methods can be easily applied to observe and to analyze the fracture process. today, several optical techniques and methods are developed in order to measure the different fracture properties. among these methods, we remind here: interferometry, stereo correlation, moiré, photoelasticity, digital image correlation (dic) or marktracking methods [24, 26-32]. nevertheless, their application to analyze the fracture process depends on the observation scale and the environmental boundary conditions (i.e. laboratory or in-situ). concerning the characterization of mechanical and fracture properties of pb the dic and the mark-tracking methods seem to be the better. for this purpose, the crack opening displacement was measured by means the dic. associated with optical full field methods the dic allows measure of the bi-dimensional displacement and strain fields. the interest of this method lies in its possibility to perform the measurements without contact. moreover, the studied zone, sometimes called the zone of interest, can be easily adapted to the analyze scale (i.e. local or global). today several algorithms to perform the dic in order to evaluate the fracture parameters are proposed [29-37]. in the present study, the analysis was performed using correla software’s, developed by pem team of pprim institut of poitiers [38-39]. the present paper presents the original results, obtained for two different densities and thicknesses of pb, for modulus of rupture, modulus of elasticity, the fracture toughness in mode i and predominantly mode ii and the crack relative intensity factors. experimental determination of mechanical and fracture properties materials ests were carried out on medium density pb with thicknesses of 16 and 25 mm. the density was determined on each specimen resulting a mean density of 600 (±12) kg/m3 for the pb with 16 mm thickness, respectively 587 (±15) kg/m3 for the pb with 25 mm thickness. the specimens before testing were conditioned at 22±2°c room temperature and 65±5% relative air humidity. bending tests the tests were performed on a zwick roell z005 electromechanical universal testing machine under displacement control by setting the machine to 10 mm/min. during the test, the force versus deflection was measured by means of linear variable differential transformer (lvdt) position sensor (-/+ 0.01mm) and a load cell of 5 kn (±5%). rectangular specimens, fig. 1, were adopted for the three point bending tests, with dimensions b (height)  b (width)  l (length). for 16 mm thickness the dimensions were b=16 mm, l=250 mm, and the span (distance between supports) s=192 mm respectively for 25 mm thickness b=25 mm, l=250 mm, and s=192 mm. the test program consisted of four test series (two different thicknesses of pb plates of 16 and 25 mm, respectively two orientations 1 and 2) with five tests in each t l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 268 series. orientation 1 corresponds to an out-of-plane loading, and orientation 2 corresponds to an in-plane loading direction. typical force displacement curves are shown in fig. 2. it could be observed that for orientation 1, which is the one most used for pb, higher values of loads were obtained comparing with direction 2 and a quasi-brittle behavior figure 1: three point bending specimen figure 2: typical force displacement curves based on the en 310 standard [40], the modulus of rupture (mor) and modulus of elasticity (moe) were determined. the three point bending results are shown in fig. 3. it could be observed that the maximum values of mor and moe were obtained for direction 1 and 16 mm thickness pb: 11.5 mpa, respectively 1782 mpa. the obtained values are in accordance with those from literature for pb, as follow: 11 mpa for mor and 1725 mpa for moe. in fig. 3 boxes marked with 1 and 2 are related to sample orientation according to loading direction. a. modulus of rupture b. modulus of elasticity figure 3: mechanical properties of particleboard mode i fracture toughness tests mode i fracture toughness tests were carried out on single edge notched bend (senb) specimens [41], fig. 4a loaded in three point bending using zwick roell z005, at room temperature, under displacement control with a loading speed of 10 mm/min. the maximum load fmax recorded during the tests was considered to calculate mode i fracture toughness (kic), given by eq. (1): 0 2 4 6 0 100 200 300 400 500 standard trav el in mm f o rc e i n n 11.50 10.63 9.30 9.24 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16_1 25_1 16_2 25_2 m o d u lu s o f ru p tu re [ m p a ] thickness [mm] 1 2 1782.0 1245.6 1406.7 1153.6 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 16_1 25_1 16_2 25_2 m o d u lu s o f e la s ti c it y [ m p a ] thickness [mm] 1 2 25_1 25_2 16_2 16_1 l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 269  max1/2 /ic f k f a w b w  (1) with w specimen width, b = w/2 specimen thickness and f(a/w) is dimensionless sif for senb specimens, calculated with the following [42]:   2 3/2 1.99 ( / )(1 / ) 2.15 3.93( / ) 2.7( / ) / 6 / (1 2 / )(1 / ) a w a w a w a w f a w a w a w a w         . (2) specimen thickness b [mm] width w [mm] crack length a [mm] maximum load fmax [n] fracture toughness kic [mpa·m1/2] mean fracture toughness kic [mpa·m1/2] i.1 23.8 50.1 24.6 466 0.868 0.841 i.2 23.6 50.1 24.5 465 0.868 i.3 23.6 50.1 24.5 454 0.847 i.4 23.6 50.1 24.5 417 0.778 i.5 23.6 50.1 24.5 452 0.843 i.6 16.3 32 17.8 178 0.784 0.736 i.7 16.1 32 16.8 154 0.618 i.8 16.2 32 18.8 149 0.740 i.9 16.1 32 17.8 153 0.682 i.10 16.1 32 17.5 198 0.855 table 1: mode i fracture toughness results the specimen dimensions, maximum load and mode i fracture toughness are summarized in tab. 1. it could be observed that the maximum value of kic = 0.841 mpa·m1/2 was obtained for the 25 mm pb thickness. on contrary, the mode i fracture toughness for 16 mm thickness was 0.736 mpa·m1/2. mode ii fracture toughness tests compact shear (cs) specimens [43], fig. 4b, were used for mode ii fracture toughness determination. tests were performed on a 100 kn a009 (tc100) universal testing machine, at room temperature and using 10 mm/min displacement control. maximum load was used to estimate the mode i and mode ii stress intensity factors. the sifs solutions could be expressed on the form:  max , ,ic i f k a f a w i i ii h b   (3) with b as the specimen thickness, a as crack length and h as specimen width. a numerical calibration of the specimen was performed earlier by petrova et. al. [44] using finite element analysis in order to determine the non-dimensional sifs fi(a/w), resulting:     4 3 2 4 3 2 / 2.472( / ) 1.784 ( / ) 1.135( / ) 0.213( / ) 0.295 / 6.416( / ) 11.154 ( / ) 8.992( / ) 3.667( / ) 1.01 i ii f a w a w a w a w a w f a w a w a w a w a w           (4) it should be noted that even if the applied load produce shear in front of the crack, a small amount of mode i still exist at the crack tip [44], so the fracture thoughness could be expressed using an effective sif value: l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 270 2 2 eff i iik k k  (5) tab. 2 presents the specimen dimensions, maximum load, the mode i, mode ii and effective sifs. a higher value of keff = 0.785 mpa·m1/2 was obtained for the pb with 25 mm thickness comparing with the pb of 16 mm thickness, keff = 0.631 mpa·m1/2. a. single edge notch bend b. compact shear figure 4: test specimens for mode i and mode ii fracture toughness determination. specimen b [mm] w [mm] h [mm] a [mm] fmax [n] ki [mpa·m1/2] kii [mpa·m1/2] keff [mpa·m1/2] mean keff [mpa·m1/2] ii.1 16.4 50.3 76.6 25.0 3110 0.101 0.565 0.574 0.631 ii.2 16.4 50.0 76.0 25.0 3470 0.113 0.630 0.640 ii.3 16.4 51.1 76.0 25.0 3700 0.120 0.672 0.682 ii.4 16.4 49.3 76.3 25.6 3050 0.091 0.532 0.540 ii.5 16.4 50.0 76.0 25.0 3900 0.127 0.708 0.720 ii.6 24 75.0 100 48.5 5911 0.198 0.826 0.850 0.785 ii.7 24 76.0 100 48.5 5189 0.174 0.725 0.746 ii.8 24 76.2 100 49.2 5788 0.194 0.810 0.833 ii.9 24 75.0 100 48.7 5587 0.187 0.781 0.803 ii.10 24 75.4 100 47.7 4814 0.162 0.674 0.693 table 2: mode ii fracture toughness results the obtained results are represented in the fracture envelope plot kii/kic versus ki/kic side by side with the analytical predictions of maximum tensile stress (mts) [45, 46], maximum energy release rate (gmax) [47, 48] and minimum strain energy density (sed) [49, 50]. from fig. 5, it could be observed that the mts and sed criteria fits better with the experimental results. l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 271 figure 5: comparison between fracture criteria and experimental results crack relative displacement factor estimation by digital image correlation n the present paper, the fracture process was evaluated trough two parameters, the stress intensity factor and the crack relative displacement factor (crdf), respectively. as shown above, the calculation of sif is most often based on the analytical solutions. the analysis of the analytical equations allowing calculation the sif shows that its estimation depends on sample geometry and the loading amplitude. based on the displacement fields amplitude the crdf can be related with the kinematic state near the crack tip [19, 20, 25]. in this case, the crdf can be calculated from the displacement fields measured by optical metrologies [19, 20, 25]. in the present paper, we propose to use the digital image correlation (dic) in order to measure the displacement fields and to evaluate the crdf. it should be added that the evaluation of crdf allows to separate the mixed mode loading configurations and to identify the part of each mode in the fracture process. principle of digital image correlation as mentioned above, in the present study, the crdf was investigated by means dic. using this optical full field method the evolution of displacement fields was recorded during the fracture test. now concerning the principle of dic, it is important to specify that this technique is based on comparison of two images acquired before and after sample deformation [29-31, 42]. as described in fig. 6, the displacement was calculated in the zone of interest (zoi) meshed by small groups of pixels, called subsets [19, 20, 29-31, 51]. according with the dic hypothesis, the light intensity distribution during the test does not change. by supposing that the displacements may be approximated as homogeneous and bilinear inside the subset, the displacement fields were estimated by searching the subset distortions in terms of translations, rotations and rigid body motions. in fact, the displacement field represents the displacement vectors of the center of gravity of all subsets. concerning the sample preparation, it should be noted that prior to testing, a very thin black and white speckle pattern was sprayed on the specimen surface. then, as had been indicated above the displacement fields are calculated by tracking the deformation of a random grey speckle pattern applied to sample surface. in the present study, the zoi was meshed by using the 3232 pixels² subset sizes. the optical device configuration used in the present study consist of an avt marlin f-201b with a pentax 12.5-75 mm lens and a led light source. the measurement was realized using an aramis a non-contact and material-independent measuring system based on digital image correlation. the image analysis was performed using correla software’s, developed by pem team of pprim institut of poitiers [38-39]. the estimating uncertainty of displacement is about 0.026 pixels. 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 k ii /k ic ki/kic mts sed gmax cs 16 cs 25 senb 16 senb 25 i l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 272 figure 6: principle of dic evaluation of crack relative displacement factor as detailed in works of [19, 20, 25, 52], the crdf is calculated from the experimental displacement field via an adjustment procedure based on an iterative newton-raphson algorithm (see fig. 7). figure 7: methodology of crdf calculation. this consists in a fitting of analytical solutions of kolossov–muskhelishvili’s series [53, 54] on the displacement fields measured by dic. dubois et al. [16, 17], pop et al. [19] and meite et al. [20] show that by using this approach, an “equivalent” displacement field can be created without experiment noises, the knowledge of the material properties or the nonlinear phenomena presence [17-20]. then, the crdf can be expressed as a function to the weighting coefficients of the analytical solutions of kolossov–muskhelishvili’s series. x1 x2 zoi x1 x2 zoi hsubset v s u b se t dh d v 1 m m*undeformed image deformed image subset x1 x2 subset m (4x4pixels) subset center p ixel x 2 p ix el x 2s u b se t x1 pixel x1 subset sample with black and white speckle pattern zoisubsets optimization                     n / 2 / 2 1 1 2 1 n / 2 / 2 2 1 2 1 u a r f , a r g , u a r l , a r z ,                                    by an adjustment procedureoptimization of displacement field experimental  displacement field equivalent  displacement field experimental boundary conditions  experimental noises adjustment procedure (newton-raphson) identification of the weighting coefficients 1 1 n n 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 0a a a a t t r x x    rigid body motions crack geometry optimized fields  ( ) 11 1k 2 2 a 1         ( ) 122k 2 2 a 1          analytical solutions of kolossov–muskhelishvili’s series crack relative displacement factor l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 273 the mean value of crdf calculated for maximum loading given in tabs. 1 and 2, calculated from pop et al. [19] and meite et al. [20] developments are resumed in tabs. 3 and 4. the values of the weighting coefficients associated with opening and shear modes are also summarized in tabs. 3 and 4. the weighting coefficients were estimated according with the methodology illustrated in fig. 7. specimens a11 [m0.5] 10-3 mean crdf mode i (ki) [m0.5] 10-3 a21 [m0.5] 10-3 mean crdf mode i (kii) [m0.5] 10-3 (ki)/(kii) (ki)/(kii) tab. 1 i.1-6 9.8 0.138 0.07 0.001 125 / i.7-14 7.2 0.102 0.05 0.0008 127 / table 3: single edge notch bend test– crack relative displacement factor specimens a11 [m0.5] 10-3 crdf mode i (ki) [m0.5] 10-3 a21 [m0.5] 10-3 crdf mode ii (kii) [m0.5] 10-3 (ki)/(kii) (ki)/(kii) tab. 2 ii.1-5 0.8 0.012 7.5 0.105 0.11 0.18 ii.6-10 2.3 0.032 10 0.142 0.23 0.24 table 4: compact shear test– crack relative displacement factor the data resumed in tabs. 3 and 4 lead us conclude that the opening and shear modes coexist during the test. the crack path observed after the tests indicated that the crack is not rectilinear. this aspect may be connected with the experimental boundary conditions and the pb fiber orientation. it is also interesting to observe that the relationship between the crdf corresponding to mode i and ii, and the relationship to the sif show some similarities. pop et al [19, 20] and meite et al. [25, 52] show also that the energy may be estimated from the crdf and sif values, eq. (6). ( ) ( ) 8 f k k g     (6) where:  ( ) 1 1 8k a k    (7) where 𝐾 is the crack relative displacement factor; 𝐾 is the stress intensity factor and 𝛾 1 𝑜𝑟 2 corresponds to mode 1 and mode 2; 𝐴 , 𝐴 are the weighting coefficients associated with opening and shear modes. tab. 5 resumed the values of the energy release rate calculated from the results obtained in the tab. 1-4. specimens energy release rate mode i [j/m²] energy release rate mode ii [j/m²] i.1-6 15.3 / i.7-14 9.8 / ii.1-5 0.16 8.2 ii.6-10 0.73 13.5 table 5: energy values. l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 274 conclusions he paper presents the experimental results for mechanical and fracture properties of particleboard materials. tab. 6 summarizes the obtained results for the two pb thicknesses corresponding to direction 2 of orientation. it could be observed that the pb with thickness of 16 mm has higher mechanical properties (modulus of rupture-mor and modulus of elasticity-moe); while the higher fracture toughness was obtained for pb with 25 mm thickness. thickness mor [mpa] moe [mpa] kic [mpa·m1/2] keff [mpa·m1/2] 16 9.30 1406.7 0.736 0.631 25 9.24 1153.2 0.841 0.785 table 6: a comparison of mechanical and fracture properties for pb using the experimental displacements measured by digital image correlation (dic) the crack relative displacement factor (crdf) was estimated. the evaluation of crdf allowing to evaluate the part of each mode in the fracture process. according to presented approach, all changes in material properties can be directly correlated with the displacement measurement and implicitly with the crdf amplitude. as shown, the calculation of crdf may be performed without knowledge of the material constitutive law. the values of crdf show that even for an opening mode loading, the crack path and experimental boundary conditions induce a mixed mode configuration. even if the value of crdf corresponding to mode ii is small, the results show the presence of the mode ii during the crack propagation in opening mode. as shown in tab. 4, the relationship between the crdf corresponding to mode i and ii of fracture, and the relationship between the stress intensity factor (sif) show some similarities to the shear test. this observation allows consideration of the calculated phase angle. moreover, the fracture energy was evaluated from the crdf and the sif values. it should be noted that this approach allows evaluation of the fracture parameters without the knowledge of the properties of material. classical fracture criteria (maximum tensile stress and minimum strain energy density) provide a good prediction of fracture of particleboard (see fig. 5). acknowledgement art of the experimental work was carried out in the framework of the grant from the romanian national authority for scientific research, cncs – uefiscdi, project code pn-iii-p1-1.1-mcd-2016-0076, contract number 41/8.11.2016, which supports the mobility of dr. pop at the university politehnica timișoara. the authors are grateful to mr. robert moscaliuc for specimen preparation and his contribution to experimental program. references [1] beer, p., sinn, g., gindl, m., stanzl-tschegg, s. (2005). work of fracture and of chips formation during linear cutting of particle-board, journal of materials processing technology 159, pp. 224–228. [2] beer, p., gindl, m., stanzl-tschegg, s. (2008). wedge splitting experiments on three-layered particleboard and consequences for cutting, holz als rohund werkstoff 66, pp. 135-141. [3] ansi a208.1 (1998). particleboard and mdf for shelving, american national standard, composite panel association, gaithersburg, md. [4] johnson, j. a., ifju, g., rogers, h.w. (1976). the performance of composite wood/particleboard beams under two point loading, wood and fiber, 8(2), pp. 85-97. [5] norvydas, v., minelga, d. (2006). strength and stiffness properties of furniture panels covered with different coatings, materials science, 12(4), pp. 328-332. t p l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 275 [6] kulman, s., boyko l., antsyferova, a. (2015) bending strength (modulus of rupture) and modulus of elasticity of mdf different density at various temperature, annals of warsaw university of life sciences forestry and wood technology, 91, pp. 101-106. [7] stanzl-tschegg, s.e., navi p. (2009). fracture behaviour of wood and its composites. a review. holzforschung 63, pp. 139–149. [8] ilcewicz, l.b. (1979). on the phenomena of fracture in particleboard, oregon state university. [9] veigel, s., rathke, j., weigl, m., gindl-altmutter, w. (2012). particle board and oriented strand board prepared with nanocellulose-reinforced adhesive, journal of nanomaterials, article id 158503, 1-8. [10] marsavina, l., pop, o., linul, e. (2018). mixed mode fracture toughness of particleboard, proceedia stuctural integrity, 9, pp. 47-54. [11] matsumoto, n., nairn, j.a. (2007). fracture toughness of mdf and other materials with fiber bridging, proc. of 22nd ann. tech. conf. of the amer. soc. of composites, sept. 17-19, seattle, wa, pp. 1-19. [12] niemz, p., diener, m., and pöhler, e. (1997). untersuchungen zur ermittlung der bruchzähigkeit an mdf-platten, holz als rohund werkstoff, 55, pp. 327-330. [13] yoshihara, h. (2010) mode i and mode ii initiation fracture toughness and resistance curve of medium density fiberboard measured by double cantilever beam and three-point bend end-notched flexure tests, engineering fracture mechanics, 77, pp. 2537–2549 [14] sneddon, in., (1946) the distribution of stress in the neighbourhood of a crack in an elastic solid, proc r soc lond, ser a math phys sci 187, 229–260. [15] irwin, gr. (1957) analysis of stresses and strains near the end of a crack traversing a plate, j appl mech, 24, 361–364. [16] erdogan, f. (1962) on the stress distribution in plates with collinear cuts under arbitrary loads, in: proceedings of the fourth us national congress of applied mechanics, 1, 547–574. [17] dubois, f., chazal, c. and petit, c. (2002) viscoelastic crack growth process in wood timbers: an approach by the finite element method for mode i fracture, int j fract, 113, 367–388. [18] dubois, f. and petit, c. (2005) modeling of the crack growth initiation in viscoelastic media by the gθ integral, eng fract mech, 72, 2821–2836. [19] pop. o., meite, m., dubois, f. and absi, j. (2011) identification algorithm for fracture parameters by combining dic and fem approaches, international journal of fracture, 170, 101-114. [20] méité, m., pop, o., dubois f. and absi, j. (2013) characterization of mixed-mode fracture based on a complementary analysis by means of full-field optical and finite element approaches, international journal of fracture, 180, 41-52. [21] cherepanov, g. (1967) crack propagation in continuous media, j appl mech, 31, 476–488. [22] budiansky, e. and rice, j. (1973) conservation laws and energy release rates, j appl mech, 40, 201–203. [23] rice, j. (1968) a path independent integral and the approximate analysis of strain concentration by notched and cracks, j appl mech, 35, 379–386. [24] pop, o., dubois, f. and absi, j. (2013) j-integral evaluation in cracked wood specimen using the mark tracking method, wood science and technology, 47 (2), 257-267. [25] jamaaoui, a., pop, o., dubois, f. and costa, g. (2017) wedge splitting test on douglas genotypes using an integrated mixed-mode approach, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 91, 44-51. [26] post, d. (1993) moire interferometry. in: kobayashi as, editor. handbook on experimental mechanics, new york. [27] orteu, jj. (2009) 3-d computer vision in experimental mechanics, optics and lasers in engineering, 47:282–291. [28] wells, a. and post, d. (1958) the dynamic stress distribution surrounding a running crack—a photoelastic analysis, proc soc exp stress anal, 16, 69–92 [29] sutton, m.a., wolters, w.j., peters, w.h., ranson, w.f. and mcneil, s.r. (1983) determination of displacements using an improved digital correlation method, image and vision computating, 1(3), 133-139. [30] sutton, m.a., cheng, m.q., peters, w.h., chao, y.j. and mcneill, s.r. (1986) application of an optimized digital correlation method to planar deformation analysis, image and vision computing, 4(3), 143-151 [31] sutton, m.a., yan, j.h., tiwari, v., schreier, h.w. and orteu, j.j. (2008) the effect of out-of-plane motion on 2d and 3d digital image correlation measurements, optics and lasers in engineering, 46(10), 746-757 . [32] brémand, f., dupré, j. and lagarde, a. (1995) mesure des déformations sans contact par analyse d’images, photomécanique 95 – etude du comportement des matériaux et des structures, ed. eyrolles, 171-177. [33] bretagne, n., valle, v. and dupre, j.c. (2005) development of the marks tracking technique for strain field and volume variation measurements, ndt&e international, 38, 290–298. [34] dupré, j.c., doumalin, p., belrhiti, y., khlifi, i., pop, o. and huger, m. (2018) detection of cracks in refractory materials by an enhanced digital image correlation technique, journal of materials science, 53 (2), 977-993. l. marsavina et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 266-276; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.20 276 [35] belrhiti, y., dupre, j.c., pop, o., germaneau, a., doumalin, p., huger, m and, chotard, t. combination of brazilian test and digital image correlation for mechanical characterization of refractory materials (2017) journal of the european ceramic society, 37 (5), 2285-2293. [36] bourdin, f., stinville, j.c., echlin, m.p., callahan, p.g., lenthe, w.c., torbet, c.j., texier, d., bridier, f., cormier, j., villechaise, p., pollock, t.m. and valle, v. (2018) measurements of plastic localization by heaviside-digital image correlation, acta materialia, 157, 307-325. [37] valle, v., bokam, p., germaneau, a. and hedan, s. (2018) new development of digital volume correlation for the study of fractured materials, experimental mechanics, 1-15. article in press. [38] brémand, f., cottron, m., doumalin, p., dupré, j.c., germaneau, a., valle, v. mesures en mécanique par méthodes optiques, techniques de l’ingénieur, r1850 v2, 1-26. [39] belrhiti, y., gallet-doncieux, a., germaneau, a., doumalin, p., dupre, j.c., alzina, a., michaud, p., pop, i.o., huger, m., chotard, t. (2012) application of optical methods to investigate the non-linear asymmetric behavior of ceramics exhibiting large strain to rupture by four-points bending test, journal of the european ceramic society, 32, 4073-4081. [40] en 310:1993. wood-based panels. determination of modulus of elasticity in bending and of bending strength. [41] linul, e., marsavina, l., sadowski t., kneć, m. (2012) size effect on fracture toughness of rigid polyurethane foams, solid state phenomena, 188, 205-210. [42] marsavina, l. and linul, e., fracture toughness of polyurethane foams. experimental versus micromechanical models, 18th european conference on fracture: fracture of materials and structures from micro to macro scale, ecf 2010; dresden; germany; 30 august 3 september 2010; code 93905 [43] marsavina, l., constantinescu, d.m., linul, e. et al. (2015) shear and mode ii fracture of pur foams, engineering failure analysis, 58, 465-476. [44] petrova, v., marsavina, l., sadowski, t. (2012). revisit of compact mode ii crack specimen. analysis and fracture interpretation, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 59(1), pp. 41-48. [45] aliha, m.r.m., linul, e., bahmani, a., marsavina, l. (2018) experimental and theoretical fracture toughness investigation of pur foams under mixed mode i+iii loading, polymer testing, 67, pp. 75-83. [46] erdogan, f., sih, g.c. (1963). on the crack extension in plates under plane loading and transverse shear, journal of basic engineering, 85, pp. 519-525. [47] marsavina, l., constantinescu, d.m., linul, e., stuparu, f.a., apostol, d.a. (2016) experimental and numerical crack paths in pur foams, engineering fracture mechanics, 167, pp. 68-83. [48] hussain, m.a., pu, s.l., underwood j. (1974) strain energy release rate for a crack under combined mode i and mode ii. in: fracture analysis, paris pc, g.r. irwin gr editors, astm stp560, philadelphia, pp. 2-28. [49] sih, g.c. (1974). strain-energy-density factor applied to mixed mode crack problems, international journal of fracture, 10, pp. 305-321. [50] marsavina, l., berto, f., negru, r., serban, d.a., linul, e. (2017) an engineering approach to predict mixed mode fracture of pur foams based on ased and micromechanical modeling, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 91, pp. 148-154. [51] hild, f. and roux, s. (2006) measuring stress intensity factors with a camera: integrated digital image correlation (idic), comptes rendus mécanique, 334, 8–12. [52] jamaaoui, a., pop, o., ktari, r., millien, a. and petit, c. (2017) analyzing of wedge splitting test on asphalt pavement using optical measurements, journal of testing and evaluation, 45 (6), 1959-1970 [53] williams, m. (1957) on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack, asme journal applied mechanics 24, 109-114. [54] muskhelishvili, in. (1933) some basic problem of mathematical theory of elasticity, english translation, noordhoff. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 325 a new approach of cmt seam welding deformation forecasting based on ga-bpnn yao lu, yanfeng xing*, xuexing li, sha xu school of mechanical and automotive engineering, shanghai university of engineering science, china edison.lu@foxmail.com, smsmsues@163.com, megres.li@foxmail.com, xytongxing376@sina.com abstract. welding deformation affects the quality of the welded parts. in this paper, by introducing improved back propagation neural network (bpnn), a cold metal transfer (cmt) welding deformation prediction model for aluminum-steel hybrid sheets is established. before applying bpnn, important parameters affecting welding deformation were obtained by orthogonal test and gray relational grade theory. the accuracy of welding deformation prediction of bpnn is improved by genetic algorithm. the results show that compared with the prediction method based on traditional theory, the deformation prediction model based on ga-bpnn has higher accuracy. predicted results were applied to the aluminum-steel cmt seam welding in the form of inverse deformation, and the deformation of the welded plate was significantly improved. keywords. cold metal transfer welding; orthogonal test; gray relational grade theory; bp neural network; genetic algorithm. citation: yao, lu., yanfeng, xing., xuexing, li., sha, xu., a new approach of cmt seam welding deformation forecasting based on ga-bpnn, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336. received: 11.01.2020 accepted: 18.05.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction luminum alloy has the advantages of light weight, strong corrosion resistance and good durability. therefore, the replacement of the traditional steel structure by the aluminum-steel hybrid structure is an effective means to realize the lightweight of the automobile. aluminum-steel hybrid sheet with traditional joining method has poor mechanical properties, so in recent years, new metal sheet joining technologies such as cold metal transfer welding [1], self-piercing riveting [2], and friction stir welding [3] have received increasing attention and application. cmt technology has the advantages of low heat input and no spatter transition. the basic principle of the cmt process is a short circuit transition. each time the short circuit occurs, the welding wire is mechanically retracted, which assists the droplet to detach at relatively low welding currents, and thus the welding heat input can be significantly reduced. therefore, the cmt process is suitable for the welding of thin gage aluminum alloys with corresponding low distortion and high quality. there is no splash in the welding process, and the weld seam is beautifully formed [4]. due to the large difference in material properties such as linear expansion coefficient and thermal conductivity of aluminum and steel, welding deformation occurs in the aluminum alloy cmt welding process, which affects the a mailto:edison.lu@foxmail.com mailto:smsmsues@163.com mailto:megres.li@foxmail.com https://youtu.be/2l4sjlj15gy y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 326 manufacturing process of the welded structure. at present, the main methods for researchers to predict welding deformation are three-dimensional thermoelastic finite element method and inherent strain method. deng et al. [5] predicted the residual stress distribution in low alloy steel and stainless steel dissimilar metal round pipe joints based on the thermoelastic model. xia [6] used the three-dimensional thermoelastic finite element method to predict the residual stress and deformation of steel plates with different thicknesses. liang [7] used the three-dimensional thermoelastic finite element method and the inherent strain method to predict the welding deformation of 1mm ultra-thin plate. the threedimensional thermoelastic-plastic finite element method tracks the entire thermal cycle of the welding process, and can obtain the temperature field and stress field of the welded plate at any time during the welding process and the cooling process. however, due to the current computer level limitation, the three-dimensional thermoelastic finite element method cannot be applied to complex practical engineering. the inherent strain method can economically predict large and complex structural deformations with short calculation times, but the precision is low [8]. therefore, it is particularly important to find a method that is highly accurate and can be applied to practical complex engineering problems to predict the deformation of the welded plate. in the actual welding process, the factors affecting the welding deformation are complex and nonlinear [9]. while bpnn has significant advantages in possessing associative inference and adaptive capacity, and particularly it can be applied to processing various kinds of nonlinear problems [10]. bp neural network is a multi-layer feed forward neural network. its essence is to approximate the input-output relationship of complex structures by multiple fittings with simple nonlinear functions [11]. bp neural network has been applied to the prediction of connection technology performance such as pulse mig welding [12], imprint connection [13], resistance spot welding [14], although bpnn has good local optimization ability, it cannot find the optimal solution in the global scope. bpnn is easy to fall into local extreme points, restricting the accuracy of the neural network [15]. genetic algorithm (ga) is an efficient global optimization search algorithm. the search spans the entire solution space and has strong global optimization ability. the combination of ga and bp algorithm can be used to find the best connection right in the global scope, to avoid the network falling into local minimum points, and get the optimal solution [16]. therefore, the combination of ga and bpnn can improve the prediction accuracy of welding deformation of aluminum-steel sheet. moreover,the deformation predicted by the gabpnn method can be controlled by the inverse deformation method. in this paper, cmt welding orthogonal test was carried out on aa6061-t6 aluminum alloy and dp590 steel sheet by cmt welding technology. the gray relational grade theory is used to analyze the influence of cmt welding parameters on the welding deformation of aluminum steel. then, based on bp neural network and ga-bp neural network, the welding deformation is predicted. the predicted results are applied to the welding by the inverse deformation method, which effectively controls the deformation of the welded plate. methodology welding parameter selection method he main parameters of cmt welding include wire feed speed, welding speed, arc correction, aluminum plate thickness, etc. different parameters have different effects on welding deformation. in order to facilitate the research, this paper screens out the main parameters for the large deformation of the welding based on the orthogonal test and grey relational grade theory. the basic idea of the grey relational grade theory is to judge the degree of correlation between the factors according to the degree of similarity between the curves, which can be used to determine the contribution of factors to a certain behavior or indicator by quantitatively analyzing the dynamic development process of the system [17,18]. this method can be used to analyze the extent to which various factors affect the results and can be used for nonlinear data relationships. the reason why this method is used is to screen out the process parameters that have a great influence on cmt welding deformation, thus simplifying the late neural network prediction model. because the welding parameters and the welding deformation amount show a highly nonlinear relationship, the gray correlation analysis theory is used to investigate the influence of cmt welding parameters on the welding deformation. the analysis steps are as follows. let the reference sequence be:  ( ) 1, 2, ,y y k k n= = (1) the comparison sequence is: t y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 327  ( ) 1, 2, , , 1, 2, ,i ix x k k n i m= = = (2) the four factors selected in this article have different physical meanings, so the data dimensions are different. in order to facilitate the comparison between the factors, the data is first normalized. the normalization formula is as follows: min( ) ( ) , 1, 2, , max( ) min( ) i i x x x k i n x x − = = − (3) calculate the correlation coefficient ( )i k between ( )y k and ( )ix k at time k , which yields: min min ( ) ( ) max max ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) max max ( ) ( ) i i i k i k i i i i k y k x k y k x k k y k x k y k x k    − + − = − + − (4) in the formula: k is the time;  is the resolution; the value range is (0,1) [19]; this article takes 0.8; min min ( ) ( )i i k y k x k− and max max ( ) ( )i i k y k x k− are the minimum and maximum differences of the two levels, respectively. since the correlation coefficient is the correlation degree between the comparison sequence and the reference sequence at each time, the value is too scattered to be detrimental to the overall comparison. therefore, the average value of the comparison between the two columns ir is as follows: 1 1 ( ), 1, 2, , n i i k r k k n n  = = = (5) the magnitude of the correlation characterizes the relative influence of the comparison sequence on the reference sequence. establishment of ga-bpnn model the steps of predicting aluminum-steel cmt welding deformation by ga-bpnn are as follows: 1) determine the structure of bpnn. this paper uses a parallel network structure, including the input layer, hidden layer and output layer. the number of input and output layers is determined by test parameters and evaluation indicators. the transfer function used in this paper is: 1 ( ) 1 x f x e − = + (6) this function maps the real field to the [0,1] space smoothly. in addition, the function is monotonically increasing, continuous and derivable, and the derivative form is very simple, which is a suitable function. 2) initialize the weight coefficients connecting the input layer, hidden layer and output layer of the bpnn; 3) code the chromosomes of the weight coefficients and set the ga parameters. in this paper, the individual coding length of the genetic algorithm is 21. the parameters of the genetic algorithm are set as follows: the population size is 10, the number of evolutions is 50, the crossover probability is 0.4, and the mutation probability is 0.2. 4) design the fitness function and calculate the corresponding fitness value of current chromosomes. the fitness function is designed as: 1 ( ) n i i i f abs y o = = − (7) ( n denotes the number of neurons in the output layer, io and iy represent the predicted and actual outputs of the ith neuron, respectively) y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 328 5) do the selection crossover and mutation to produce the best fitness values; it went on the step 5's process of iterative evolution until getting the near-optimal fitness value or going to the default maximum generation of evolution. the output of this process was the individual with the best fitness, and the individual consists of the weights and threshold, which would be used as the final weights and thresholds of the bpnn. fig. 1 illustrates the solution procedure of the ga optimized bpnn method for deformation forecasting of aluminumsteel cmt welding. data input and normalizationdata input and normalization codecode bpnn training to obtain fitness valuebpnn training to obtain fitness value selectionselection crossovercrossover mulationmulation recalculate the individual fitnessrecalculate the individual fitness termination conditionis satisfied? termination conditionis satisfied? n design the sturcture of the bp neural networkdesign the sturcture of the bp neural network initial weight and thresholdinitial weight and threshold the best weights and thresholdsthe best weights and thresholds simulation resultssimulation results y figure 1: the flow chart of ga optimized bpnn method after the ga-bpnn model is established, it can be used to deal with complex nonlinear problems, which provides a reference for the subsequent prediction of aluminum steel welding deformation. the inverse deformation method the inverse deformation method [20] pre-estimates the direction and size of the structural deformation, and gives the sheet a deformation in the opposite direction during assembly, which is used to offset the deformation caused by the welding, so that the post-weld member maintains the design requirements. after extensive experimental observation, the aluminum-steel sheet cmt welding will undergo warping deformation. the warping deformation shape of the aluminum sheet side is low in the middle and high on both sides. therefore, the same deformation in the opposite direction is applied to the sheet before welding, so that the sheet is restored to a flat shape after welding. in this paper, the estimated size of deformation is given by ga-bpnn. the anti-deformation treatment diagram is shown in fig. 2. y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 329 figure 2: anti-deformation treatment diagram results and discussion a6061-t6 aluminum alloy and dp590 steel commonly used in the automotive industry are used as test plates. so in this paper, aa6061-t6 aluminum alloy and dp590 steel are used as test plates, and er4043 (alsi5) with a diameter of 1.2mm is used as a filler wire. an aluminum plate having a thickness of 1 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm, and 2 mm and a steel plate having a thickness of 1.2 mm are cut into a sample having a length × width of 150 mm × 50 mm by a wire cutter. before the test, the aluminum plate is polished with sandpaper to remove the oxide film, and then the surface of the steel plate is cleaned with an acetone solution to remove stains, grease, and the like on the surface. the test adopts the lap joint method, the upper layer is aluminum plate and the lower layer is steel plate., and the lap joint amount is 150 mm × 10 mm. fig. 3 is a schematic view of cmt seam welding of aluminum-steel sheet. figure 3: illustration of seam welding of aa6061-t6/dp590 sheet the welding equipment required for this test includes the tps4000 cmt welder from fronius, welding torch and kuka robot arm. the welding torch and the surface of the welded part are at an angle of 45°, and the aluminum-steel sheet is welded in a single pass. high purity argon was selected as the shielding gas in the test and operated at a flow rate of 15 l/min. during the aluminum-steel cmt seam welding test, the length and width of the aluminum plate and the steel plate were kept unchanged, and 16 groups of tests were carried out according to the five-factor and four-level orthogonal table. the wire feed speed, welding speed, arc correction and aluminum plate thickness were selected as four factors of orthogonal test. the deformation of aluminum-steel sheet was used as the evaluation index of cmt seam welding quality of aluminum-steel. the welding test factor level table is shown in tab. 1. it was observed that the aluminum plate side showed warping deformation at the middle and low sides after welding. select the middle point b of point a and point c on the side of the aluminum plate as the measurement point, and then the welding deformation is the height difference between point b before welding and point b after welding. the measuring point is shown in fig. 3. the coordinates of point b before and after welding is measured by a binocular stereoscopic measuring point device as shown in fig. 4, and the height difference was calculated manually as the amount of welding deformation. welding parameters analysis the orthogonal test results of aluminum-steel cmt welding are shown in tab. 2. in this paper, the deformation of 16 specimens in tab. 2 was taken as the reference sequence. the corresponding horizontal value-wire feed speed, welding speed, arc correction, and aluminum plate thickness were used as comparison sequence. the data were substituted into the above formula to calculate the correlation degree of each cmt welding parameter to the welding deformation a y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 330 amount. the calculation results are shown in tab. 3. it can be seen from the table that the wire feed speed has the greatest influence on the cmt welding deformation, the welding speed is second, and the arc correction has the least influence. factor level a b c d wire feed speed (m/min) welding speed (mm/s) arc correction (%) aluminum plate thickness (mm) 1 3.6 0.56 -5 1.0 2 3.9 0.62 0 1.2 3 4.2 0.66 5 1.5 4 4.5 0.70 10 2.0 table 1: test level of factor figure 4: binocular stereo vision measurement of mark point device serial number factor result a b c d e δd wire feed speed welding speed arc correction aluminum plate thickness error deformation (mm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.52 2 1 2 2 2 2 0.64 3 1 3 3 3 3 0.48 4 1 4 4 4 4 0.50 5 2 1 2 3 4 0.36 6 2 2 1 4 3 0.40 7 2 3 4 1 2 0.46 8 2 4 3 2 1 0.34 9 3 1 3 4 2 0.50 10 3 2 4 3 1 0.76 11 3 3 1 2 4 0.68 12 3 4 2 1 3 0.58 13 4 1 4 2 3 0.42 14 4 2 3 1 4 0.64 15 4 3 2 4 1 0.52 16 4 4 1 3 2 0.38 table 2: orthogonal test results y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 331 factor wire feed speed welding speed arc correction aluminum plate thickness correlation degree 0.727116 0.723069 0.679584 0.721059 table 3: the correlation degree of each cmt welding parameter to the welding deformation amount prediction of welding deformation based on ga-bpnn from the gray relational analysis, the wire feed speed, welding speed and aluminum plate thickness are three important parameters that affect the welding deformation. therefore, bp neural network is used to study the complex nonlinear relationship between three welding parameters (wire feed speed, welding speed, aluminum plate thickness) and one output parameter (welding deformation) to predict the welding deformation of aluminum-steel sheet. the neural network includes 3 input node, 5 implicit layer node, and 1 output layer node. he prediction model of welding deformation of aluminum-steel sheet based ga-bpnn is shown in fig. 5. figure 5: prediction model of welding deformation based on ga-bpnn in order to obtain the training samples required for the neural network, 120 sets of cmt seam welding tests were performed on the dp590 steel plate and the aa6061-t6 aluminum alloy plate. under the condition that the shielding gas flow rate and the preheating temperature are constant, the welding deformation amount under different heat input is obtained by changing the values of the wire feed speed, the welding speed and the aluminum plate thickness process parameters. the measured deformation point is point b in fig. 3. after establishing the neural network model, based on the 120 sets of data obtained from the experiment, the first 100 groups were selected for training neural network, and the last 20 groups were used for verification. the operation was performed in matlab 2016a. the predicted outputs of bpnn and ga-bpnn are shown in fig. 6 and fig. 7 respectively. fig. 8 is the comparison of bpnn and ga-bpnn error. figure 6: bpnn prediction output as can be seen from the comparison of fig. 6 and fig. 7, the ga-bpnn predicts the amount of welding deformation closer to the actual deformation amount than the bpnn. it can be seen from fig. 8 that both the bpnn and the gabpnn have fluctuations around the zero point and the ga-bpnn has a smaller fluctuation range. the bpnn prediction y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 332 error range is -0.029mm~0.011mm, the maximum relative error is 0.029mm, and the minimum relative error is 0.003mm. the ga-bpnn prediction error range is -0.016mm~0.004mm, the maximum relative error is 0.016mm, and the minimum relative error is 2.69*10-6mm. figure 7: ga-bpnn predictive output figure 8: comparison of neural network errors the detailed comparison of bpnn and ga-bpnn is given below. fig. 9 shows the training performance of two neural networks. it can be seen from fig. 9 that the training error, validation error and test error of the network are decreasing with time, the generalization error is gradually smaller, the generalization ability is improved, and the test curve and the verification curve are consistent. when the circle position in the figure is reached, the generalization error reaches a minimum. the bpnn converges after 4 epochs, and the ga-bpnn converges after 6 epochs. ga-bpnn has a longer convergence time than bpnn because the evolution process of the population takes a long time, and the larger the initial size range of the population size, the number of iterations, the weight and the threshold, the longer the convergence time. fig. 10 shows the validation results of the trained bpnn. it is noticed from the figure that the gradient index and mutation index of the bpnn is smaller than that of the ga-bpnn. fig. 11 is the regression analysis of the expected output of the network and the actual training results. it can be seen from fig. 11 that the correlation coefficient of bpnn is 0.97074, and the correlation coefficient of ga-bpnn is 0.97843, indicating that ga-bp network has better regression performance and better generalization capabilities. tab. 4 lists the mse (mean squared error), rmse (root mean square error) and mae (mean absolute error) prediction errors. from tab. 4 we can see that the prediction precision of the ga-bpnn is higher than that with bpnn. for the two patterns, the prediction mean absolute error of bpnn is 0.0095. contrast with it, the prediction mean absolute error of ga-bpnn is 0.0054. as a result, we can see that the ga-bpnn algorithm has better performance than bpnn. this comparison indicates that taking the advantage of the ga optimization, the bpnn could be trained well with high generalization ability and hence the forecasting performance is superior to the unoptimized neural networks. xu [21] has studied welding deformation based on the traditional method of elastoplastic deformation. in his study, a three-dimensional finite element model for laser welding of a thin plate was established based on the thermal-elasticplastic fem approach to simulate the temperature field and deformation of the 316l stainless steel in the pulsed laser welding process. a moving volumetric heat source was applied to simulate the laser energy input during the welding process. meanwhile, the welding deformation was measured by a laser displacement sensor. and the computed results were compared with the measured results. y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 333 fig. 12 shows the welding deformation results measured by xu under simulation and test. it can be seen from fig. 12 that the simulation results have higher accuracy and have good consistency with the test. the mse、rmse and mae of xu’s result are calculated. the results are shown in tab. 4. according to tab. 4, ga-bpnn has higher prediction accuracy. figure 9: comparison of the training performance of two neural networks: (a) bpnn, (b) ga-bpnn. figure 10: the training state of two neural networks: (a) bpnn, (b) ga-bpnn. figure 11. regression of two neural networks: (a) bpnn, (b) ga-bpnn. y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 334 figure 12: xu’s results of welding deformation under simulation and experiment. mse (mm2) rmse (mm) mae (mm) bpnn 0.00014 0.01205 0.00953 ga-bpnn 0.00005 0.00686 0.00539 xu’s result 0.233172 0.482879 0.174549 table 4: the mse, rmse, mae and mape using bpnn and ga-bpnn prediction method. welding deformation control and verification the welding deformation predicted by bpnn and ga-bpnn was applied to the aluminum-steel sheet by the inverse deformation method to verify the effectiveness of the welding deformation prediction. the aluminum-steel sheets were divided into control experiments, which were no anti-deformation treatment group, bpnn anti-deformation treatment group and ga-bpnn anti-deformation treatment group. in the anti-deformation processing group, the same size deformation was applied to the three points a, b, and c of the steel sheet and the aluminum plate before welding which was opposite to the direction of deformation predicted by the neural network. the results of the deformation control experiment are shown in fig. 13. as can be seen from fig. 13, the post-weld sheet after the reverse deformation treatment is significantly controlled compared to the post-weld sheet without reverse deformation treatment, and the deformation amount of fig. 13(c) is smaller than that of fig. 13(b). (a) post-weld plate without reverse deformation treatment (b) post-weld plate of bpnn reverse deformation treatment (c) post-weld plate for ga-bpnn reverse deformation treatment figure 13: contrast test of deformation treatment y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 335 tab. 5 shows the results of the deformation amount of the control test. it can be seen from the table that in the case where the welding process parameters are the same, the aluminum-steel sheet without anti-deformation warps obviously, and the deformation amount is 0.67 mm. the post-weld deformation of the sheet with the deformation amount predicted by the bp neural network is reduced, and the post-weld deformation is 0.36 mm, and the post-weld deformation of the sheet with the deformation amount predicted by the ga-bp neural network is 0.11 mm which is much smaller than the sheet with the deformation predicted by the bp neural network. therefore, the ga-bp neural network can effectively predict the cmt welding deformation of the aluminum-steel sheet compared with the bp neural network, and the error is controlled within a reasonable range. wire feed speed (m/min) welding speed (m/min) arc correction (%) aluminum plate thickness (mm) deformation (mm) no anti-deformation 3.9 0.70 0 1.5 0.67 bp inverse deformation processing 3.9 0.70 0 1.5 0.36 ga-bp inverse deformation processing 3.9 0.70 0 1.5 0.11 table 5: test result of welding deformation conclusion n this paper, the welding process parameters affecting the cmt seam welding deformation of aluminum-steel are studied by orthogonal test and gray relational grade theory. the influence degree of cmt welding process parameters on welding deformation is analyzed. then bp neural network and ga-bp neural network were used to predict the welding deformation. the final conclusion is as follows: (1) based on the orthogonal test and the gray relational analysis, the wire feed speed has the greatest influence on the aluminum alloy cmt welding deformation, the welding speed is the second, and the arc correction has the least influence. (2) the bp neural network improved based on genetic algorithm has higher prediction accuracy. the bp neural network prediction error range is -0.029mm~0.011mm, the maximum relative error is 0.029mm, and the minimum relative error is 0.003mm. however, the ga-bp neural network prediction error range is -0.016mm~0.004mm, the maximum relative error is 0.016mm, and the minimum relative error is 2.69*10-6mm. (3) the prediction results of bp neural network and ga-bp neural network are applied to the welding of the sheet in the form of anti-deformation. the results show that the deformation of the welded plate is obviously smaller. moreover, the deformation of the post-weld plate with the anti-deformation amount predicted by ga-bp neural network is smallest, indicating that the ga-bp neural network is more suitable for the prediction of cmt welding deformation of aluminum-steel. in the future, the deformation of aluminum-steel hybrid sheets in more complex assembly forms and under multiple welds will be further studied, and the neural network prediction model proposed in the paper will be used for prediction. references [1] solecka, m., kopia, a., radziszewska, a. and rutkowski, b. (2018). microstructure, microsegregation and nanohardness of cmt clad layers of ni-base alloy on 16mo3 steel, journal of alloys & compounds, 751, pp. 86-95. [2] masters, i., fan, x., roy, r. and williams, d. (2012). modelling distortion induced in an assembly by the self piercing rivet process, proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers. part b: engineering manufacture, 226(2), pp. 300-312. [3] rai, r., de, a., bhadeshia, h. k. d. h. and debroy, t. (2011). review: friction stir welding tools, science & technology of welding & joining, 16(4), pp. 325-342. [4] lei, h. y., li, y. b. and carlson, b. e. (2017). cold metal transfer spot welding of 1, mm thick aa6061-t6, journal of manufacturing processes, 28, pp. 209-219. i y. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 325-336; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.25 336 [5] deng, d., kiyoshima, s., ogawa, k., yanagida, n. and saito, k. (2011). predicting welding residual stresses in a dissimilar metal girth welded pipe using 3d finite element model with a simplified heat source, nuclear engineering and design, 241(1), pp. 46-54. [6] xia, j. and jin, h. (2016). numerical study of welding simulation and residual stress on butt welding of dissimilar thickness of austenitic stainless steel, international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 91(1-4), pp. 1-9. [7] wei, l., liang, z. and xiaolu, s. (2017). prediction of welding deformation of ultra-thin plates by inherent strain method, transactions of the china welding institution, 38 (3), pp. 103-106. [8] jin, z., baohua, c., ye, z. and dong, d. (2010). prediction of welding deformation of aluminum alloy by inherent strain method, welding technology, 39(6), pp. 6-10. [9] liming, l., guoli, l., yujun, l., zan, z., chonghua, z. and peisheng, l. (2002). analysis and prediction of welding deformation of ship high strength steel based on artificial neural network, transactions of the china welding institution, (01), pp. 27-29+33-3. [10] li, z., yan, x., yuan, c., peng, z. and li, l. (2011). virtual prototype and experimental research on gear multi-fault diagnosis using wavelet-autoregressive model and principal component analysis method, mechanical systems and signal processing, 25(7), pp. 2589-2607. [11] baştanlar y. and ozuysal, m. (2012). introduction to machine learning, an introduction to machine learning. springer publishing company, incorporated. [12] chen, b. and feng, j. (2014). modeling of underwater wet welding process based on visual and arc sensor, industrial robot: an international journal, 41(3), pp. 311-317. [13] jiangqi, l., fengchong, l., jiqing, c. and ping, a. y. (2009). mechanical properties prediction of the mechanical clinching joints based on genetic algorithm and bp neural network, chinese journal of mechanical engineering, 22(1), pp. 36-41. [14] liu, j., xu, g., ren, l., qian, z. and ren, l. (2016). defect intelligent identification in resistance spot welding ultrasonic detection based on wavelet packet and neural network, international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 90(9-12), pp. 1-8. [15] haisheng, l., long, l., li, c., cheng, l. and qiang, c. (2015). the prediction in computer color matching of dentistry based on ga+bp neural network, computational and mathematical methods in medicine, pp. 1-7. [16] qian, l., huan, t., jing, w., qin, z., jie, c. and zhe, q. w. (2018). warfarin maintenance dose prediction for patients undergoing heart valve replacement— a hybrid model with genetic algorithm and back-propagation neural network, scientific reports, 8(1), pp. 9712 [17] niu, h., yu, j. and huang, z. (2017). gray correlation analysis and chebyshev prediction of air gap discharge voltage, international conference on electrical materials & power equipment. ieee. [18] jian, c., jingmin, f. and chenguang, a. (2010). application of grey correlation analysis in chromatograph peak identification of transformer oil, power system technology, 34(7), pp. 206-210. [19] yanbin, l., xinyi,y. and zhijie, w. (2013). risk assessment on photovoltaic power generation project by grey correlation analysis and topsis method, power system technology, 37(6), pp. 1514-1519. [20] xian, s. (2014). the principle and control of the anti-deformation method of weldment in engineering application, modern welding technology, 12, pp. 38-42. [21] hailaing, x., xingye, g., yongping, l., jian, l., hanguang, f., rongshi, x. (2019). welding deformation of ultra-thin 316 stainless steel plate using pulsed laser welding process, optics and laser technology, 119. microsoft word numero_45_art_3 d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 33 effect of corrosion and fatigue on the remaining life of structures and its implication to additive manufacturing d. peng, r. jones centre of expertise for structural mechanics, department of mechanical and aerospace engineering, monash university, p.o. box 31, monash university, victoria, 3800, australia. f. berto, s.m.j. razavi department of mechanical and industrial engineering, norwegian university of science and technology (ntnu), trondheim 7491, norway abstract. this paper investigates the combined effect of corrosion and fatigue on the growth of cracks that arise from natural corrosion in steel bridges. it is shown that if these two effects need to be simultaneously analyzed. if not, then the resulting life is not conservative. consequently, to enable a better understanding of the remaining life of steel bridges this paper presents a simple methodology for performing this coupled analysis. the implication of this study to additively manufactured ti-6al-4v is also discussed. keywords. steel bridges; corrosion; fatigue crack growth; remaining life. citation: peng., d., jones, r., berto, f., razavi, s.m.j., effect of corrosion and fatigue on the remaining life of structures and its implication to additive manufacturing, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 3344. received: 02.05.2018 accepted: 25.05.2018 published: 01.07.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction t has long been known that the corrosion of steel bridges can have a marked effect on structural integrity. indeed, the collapse of the i35w bridge in minneapolis, usa led us rep. michael conway (r-tx11) to introduce the bridge life extension act of 2008. transportation for america subsequently conducted an analysis of the us national bridge inventory [1] and reported that one in nine u.s. bridges were rated as being structurally deficient. in this context it should be noted that for steel bridges the primary problems essentially result from either corrosion due to exposure of the steel to atmospheric conditions and/or from small non-detectable initial material discontinuities [2]. as a result, the us national cooperative highway research program, nchrp synthesis study [2] highlighted the need to develop advanced fatigue life calculation procedures that were capable of accounting for non-visible cracks in steel bridges. indeed, the need to be able to account for small sub mm initial defects is reinforced in the us federal highway administration steel bridge design handbook [3] where it was noted that crack growth essentially starts from day one and that the majority of the life of steel i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/45/26.mp4 d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 34 bridges is consumed in growing to a size where a crack can be detected. as explained in [4] this observation coincides with that seen in the growth of cracks in operational aircraft [5, 6]. in this context it is now known that the da/dn versus δk relationship associated with the growth of cracks in bridges steels and in the high strength aerospace steels d6ac and 4340 steel are similar and can be represented by the same nasgro equation [4, 7]. furthermore, it is also known that crack growth in bridge steels repaired with an externally bonded composite patch falls on the same “master curve” as does crack growth in operational aircraft and the growth of cracks in aluminum alloys repaired with an externally bonded composite patch [7]. the need to be able to accurately compute the growth of small sub mm cracks in bridge steels was addressed in [4] which revealed that the crack growth history associated with cracks that arose and grew from natural corrosion in a section of a badly corroded bridge could be predicted as per [8] by using the nasgro equation for bridge steels, viz:                2 10 max 1.5 10 1 thrk kda dn k a (1) and setting the threshold term δkthr to a small value, see [4] for more details. here a is the cyclic fracture toughness, see [4] for more details. turning to the question of corrosion and corrosion-fatigue in steel bridges it should be noted that a detailed discussion of the field of corrosion fatigue in steel is provided in [9]. however, there are only a few available publications on the problems of corroded and fatigue in steel bridges. a probabilistic approach which used a damage stress model to predict fatigue lives was developed in [10]. other methods are focused on the use of s-n curves, which use corrosion rates and cumulative fatigue damage approaches [11, 12], for different atmospheric conditions. a fatigue crack growth evaluation method based on linear elastic fracture mechanics was developed in [13]. no available solutions can be found in the literature for the simultaneous effect of material loss due to corrosion and fatigue crack growth due to operational loads. the prediction of the fatigue life of a corroded bridge steel beam is both difficult and computationally intensive as calculations need to be made at each stage of the life of a beam. this is due to the need to compute the stress intensity factors for each crack configuration; to calculate the amount of crack growth, update the crack geometry, and then recompute the stress intensity factors for this new geometry. this problem was discussed in detail in [8] which presented the fundamental steps needed to compute the crack growth histories associated with naturally occurring cracks in complex geometries subjected to representative operational load spectra. these steps are: a) perform a finite element analysis of the uncracked structure. b) extract the stresses at the fatigue critical locations c) use 3d, or 2d weight functions [14-17], or alternatively trefftz function solutions [18 -20] to compute the k(a, c) solution space. here “a” is the crack depth and “c” is the surface crack length. this generally takes less than 5 minutes on a laptop or a pc. examples of this technique applied to cracking in sideframes, couplers and rail wheels are given in [14, 17] and examples associated with cracking in aerospace materials are given in [8, 21]. d) use the hartman-schijve variant of the nasgro together with the k(a, c) solution space determined above and the associated load spectrum to compute the crack length/depth versus cycles history. however, as explained in [8] when analyzing the more complex problem of the simultaneous occurrence of corrosion and cracks in aging rail bridges the above process needs to be modified to also allow for the reduction in the section thickness as the bridge corrodes. this (unfortunately) means that a range of uncracked models, with different section thicknesses, need to be created and the solution space k(a, c) determined for each. the crack growth analysis then uses the measured (worse case) steady state corrosion rate for the bridge and determines the appropriate k solution from a knowledge of the current crack length and the number of cycles, which are used to determine the amount of material that has been lost, by interpolating between these various solution spaces. to meet this challenge, this paper will discuss the issues associated with fatigue crack growth in a corroded steel beam. as per the approach outlined in steps a) to d) the first step in the analysis is to create a 3d model of the steel bridge beam without corrosion and analyze the region of interest. in this initial model, the crack is not explicitly modelled. steps b) to c) are then used to determine the stress intensity factors (k) for any given crack length. these stress intensity factors are then used in conjunction with equation (1) to compute the crack growth history, i.e. step d). in this analysis, as outlined in [8], for each increment in crack growth the rate of loss of material due to corrosion is simultaneously computed and adjusted crack length, i.e. after allowing for the associated loss of material, is determined as is the new stress state in the new uncracked section thickness. this process is then continued until failure by either fracture or exceeding the ultimate d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 35 strength of the remaining ligament occurs. the advantage of this approach is that it negates the need to explicitly model cracks, see [8, 14, 17]. a crack of any size can be analyzed using the original (un-cracked) finite element model. as cracks are not modelled explicitly, a coarser mesh can be used to minimize the number of degrees of freedom, thereby reducing the analysis time. solutions for the stress-intensity factors can then be obtained for a variety of cracks using the original finite element analysis quickly and easily. to illustrate how this approach can be used to compute the growth of cracks that arise due to natural corrosion in bridge steels a simplified analysis of v/line bridge 62 in kilmore east, victoria, australia is performed. by comparing the life obtained by i) allowing only for corrosion and ii) by performing a coupled corrosion-fatigue analysis we find that method i) is very un-conservative. we also show that the interaction between fatigue crack growth and the stress increase created by corrosion induced section reduction needs to be considered when assessing the remaining life of an aged steel bridge. having shown how to predict the effect of surface corrosion on the fatigue life of mild steel attention is then focused on the effect of surface roughness on fatigue cracking in additively manufactured t-6al-4v. whilst additive manufacturing (am) offers the potential to economically fabricate customized parts with complex geometries, the mechanical behavior of these materials must be better understood before am can be utilized for critical load bearing applications. this is particularly true for aircraft applications where, as detailed in mil-std 1530, the design and certification approval require analytical tools that are capable of capturing crack growth and the role of testing is to validate or correct the damage tolerance analysis. to this end it is first shown that the growth of small cracks in a 350 mpa mild steel is similar to the growth of fatigue cracks in both conventionally manufactured ti-6al-4v and in in additively manufactured lens (laser engineered net surface) ti-6al-4v. this suggests that the methodology discussed above may also be applicable to study the effect of surface roughness in additively manufactured ti-6al-4v. the aashto corrosion standard efore we can assess the coupled effect of corrosion and fatigue we first need a knowledge of the rate of corrosion. in this paper we will adopt the american association of state highway and transportation officials (aashto) recommended metal loss model [22, 23] which states that the metal loss versus time curve is bi-linear, see fig. 1. however, as can be seen in fig. 1, there is little actual data to support this model and the data shown in fig. 1 is not particularly convincing. this approach to assessing the “steady state” corrosion rate is consistent with the international standard corrosion of metals and alloys corrosivity of atmospheres, iso designation 9224 [24], which specifies guiding values of corrosion rate for metals exposed to the atmosphere consisting of an average corrosion rate during the first 10 years of exposure. a detailed review of the corrosion of bridge steels, the aashto and iso corrosion standards and documented steady state corrosion rates associated with a range of locations and steels is in given in [25]. figure 1: an example of the bi-linear metal loss versus time curve, from [22]. one problem with aging bridges is that if there is any serious corrosion it is likely to have developed over a reasonable number of years. however, to know its significance we need to know how fast the bridge is corroding, i.e. its corrosion rate, at this moment in time. that said you do not have the luxury to locate corrosion sensors or weight loss samples on a b d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 36 bridge and wait for a further 5 years or so until the sensors/samples themselves reach the steady state corrosion rate that the bridge is seeing. you need answers much sooner. the advantage of the aashto bi-linear approach is that once the bridge is behaving such that the metal loss versus time curve is on the line ab, see fig.1, you know the long-term corrosion rate without having to monitor the bridge for years. for bridges this can be done in the order of four to twelve months using electrical resistance corrosion sensors [2]. a steel electrical resistance corrosion sensor was used to measure the metal loss in bridge 62 at kilmore east which is inland in victoria, australia. fig. 1 substantiates the nchrp and aashto formulation and the advantage gained in real time monitoring of a rail bridge to obtain the long-term corrosion rate. the steady state corrosion rates determined in this test is 0.024 (mm/year). these rates are consistent with those documented in [25]. figure 1: measured thickness loss at east kilmore in victoria. the results of this study support the aashto standard for the loss of metal seen by steel bridges. as such the aashto bi-linear relationship between metal loss and the time in service provides a simple method for estimating the corrosion rates associated with aging structures. operational load spectra s part of the corrosion measurement program mentioned above the strain (load) spectra was also measured. bridge 62 in east kilmore saw passenger trains, including trains pulled by n class locomotives, sprinter carriages, ore trains. armed with this information and details of the number of trains per week, see table 1, the load spectrum associated with the bridge can be determined. train type loco weight wagon weight no of wagons no per week total wt/week n class passenger 118 60 5 14 5852 sprinter 60 2 14 1680 ore train 128 100 20 7 14896 table 1: data on trains using up line over bridge 62. fatigue crack growth with corrosion effect model rmed with a knowledge of the da/dn versus δk behavior of bridge steels, the load spectrum and the steady state corrosion rate we are now in a position to assess the combined effect of corrosion and fatigue on the remaining life of a bridge. a a d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 37 failure due to material loss (corrosion) the bending couple m applied to the section of interest creates normal stresses in the cross section, while the shear force v creates shearing stresses in that section. corrosion of steel bridge girders will be a maximum where electrolyte can “wick” between the transom and the girder compression flange or where electrolyte is trapped by some other means. in general, the worst case scenario involves a loss of material from the web, top flange and bottom flange. a graphical representation of the corroded i beam is provided in figure 3. using the equation for outer flange fiber stress in beams subject to bending:   /q my i (2) where σ is the stress, m is the applied moment, y the distance from the beam neutral axis to the extreme flange fiber and i is the moment of inertia about the neutral axis, a spread sheet can be raised which tabulates reducing flange thickness due to corrosion and consequential increased girder flange stresses. the limits are the as-new girder measured stress and the material yield stress. let us define the normal and shear stress at point q1 as shown in fig. 3 as σq1 and τq1   1 ( ) /q m y t i (3)   1 ( ) / ( 2 )q h t btv bi (4) with this notation the maximum principle stress at point q1 is:               2 21 1 1 1 1( ) 2 2 q q qq (5) therefore, the maximum stress in the flange is given by      1 1, ( )qmax q (6) if the measured corrosion rate for bridge steel i beam is ξ (mm/year), the maximum stress in i beam σ is function of the corrosion rate ξ. figure 3: graphical representation of the corroded i beam. failure due to the combined action of corrosion and fatigue since, on tension dominated surfaces, the life of the corroded steel bridge is a strong function of both the corrosion rate and the assumed initiating (inherent) crack size this paper addresses the interaction of combined corrosion and crack growth on remaining life. in this analysis the stress intensity factors were computed as outlined in steps b) and c) in section 1. for d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 38 each iteration, as the section size reduces, the stress intensity factor for a crack in a corroded steel beam ki can be expressed in the form  * * ( )( , ) ( , )i i originalk a c f k a c (7) where, fσ is a “geometry evolution factor” and the stress intensity factor ki(original)(a*, c*) is the value with original geometry (there no materials loss due to corrosion) obtained as per [15, 16]. here (a, c) and (a*, c*) denote the crack depths and surface crack lengths without an allowance for the loss of material due to corrosion and allowing for a reduction in the section thickness due to corrosion respectively. the crack depth ‘a’ is related a*, see figure 4, by the relationship.  *a a t (8) where t is the current time and ξ is the corrosion rate. if we assume that the crack is a semi-elliptical surface crack the relationship for the surface length can be approximated as  * 21 ( / )c c t a (9) if we assume that the rate of corrosion is the same on both the upper and lower surfaces of the beam, then the geometry evolution factor fσ can be approximated as:            * * * * * 2 2 bottom top bottom top y t i f y t i (10) where i and i* are the moment of inertia about the neutral axis with original (no corrosion) and the current corroded section respectively. figure 4: showing a semi-elliptical crack in corroded i beam. having determined the current section thickness and the associated stress intensity factors equation (1), i.e. the da/dn versus δk relationship for bridge steels, is then used to compute the new crack shape. to allow for the simultaneous loss of material due to corrosion both the section thickness and the new crack shape are then modified to account the loss of material due to corrosion. the process is continued until failure either by exceeding the allowable fracture toughness of the material or by exceeding the ultimate strength of the remaining ligament. if the increment in the crack length is less than the loss of material due to corrosion it is assumed that the crack has been “eaten” by the corrosion. in this case the analysis continues using the assumed initial (inherent) crack size input by the user. in this fashion the remaining life of the section can be determined. d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 39 numerical examples and results analysis n analysis of cracking in bridge 62 with an assumed corrosion rate of 0.024 mm/yr was chosen to illustrate this approach. (this corrosion rate corresponds to the fastest rate measured at the three sites examined in section 2.) in these initial analyses the initiating (inherent) crack was taken from [4], which tested a section from a condemned and badly corroded steel bridge, to be a 0.05 mm deep semi-circular initial crack. the sub-structure of this bridge was subjected to significant moisture and resulting corrosion during the wet seasons. the bridge has two rail tracks, each of which is supported by four girders with 4.87 m length. the dimensions of the girders are given in tab. 2. depth 381mm web thickness 12mm flange width 152mm flange thickness 22mm (average) table 2: dimensions of the bridge 62 girders. the yield stress for this steel was conveyed by v/line staff to be approximately 240 mpa. this implies that retirement resulting from corrosion from an as-new state is approximately 244 years. as mentioned in [28], the deflection requirement of deflection limits of a railway bridge for serviceability limit state under live load plus dynamic load allowance shall be not greater than 1/640 of the span. it is obvious that deflection in this analysis is not a safety issue. the next stage of this study used the finite element model to compute crack growth. for simplicity the loading applied to model was based on the worse case when an ore train (i.e. one g class locomotive and 20 fully loaded wagons) transited the bridge. the g class locomotive has the following specifications: total weight =128 tons, axle loading = 21.3 tons, wheel base = 3810 mm, axle spacing = 1905 mm and leading wheel leading bogie to leading wheel trailing bogie = 12622 mm. due to symmetry considerations only a quarter of the wheel was modelled. the resultant mesh, which was created using the software program femap [29], had 18,146 twenty-one-noded elements and 91,590 nodes (with a total of 274,770 degrees of freedom). the stresses at critical region were in reasonably good agreement with the results obtained from the field strain gauges measurement presented in section 3 and discussed in more detail in [30]. in the coupled “corrosion-fatigue” analysis, if the crack growth in a year is less than 0.024 mm, it was assumed that the crack has been “eaten” by corrosion and its length reset to its initial size of 0.05 mm. in this coupled analysis the section thickness continually reduces with time, i.e. as the loss of metal increases, and the stresses increase accordingly. this coupled analysis yielded a life to failure of approximately 81 years. as such there is a difference of ~18 % in the computed fatigue life between the no corrosion and the coupled “corrosion-fatigue” analyses. figure 5: the resultant computed crack growth histories (ai = ci = 1 mm). 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 10 20 30 40 50 c ra c k d e p th ( m m ) number of years initial crack size: a = c = 1 mm with corrosion a d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 40 it is reported in [4] that the initial crack lengths found in the fatigue test on a specimen cut from a badly corroded bridge varied from approximately 0.1 mm to 1 mm [4]. for a 1 mm initial crack the difference between the two analyses is still significant (approximately 11%), see fig. 5. since the life of the bridge is a strong function of the size of the initiating (inherent) defect, the analysis was repeated for a range of initial crack sizes and the resulting lives are shown in fig. 6. this analysis revealed that the percentage difference between the case of no corrosion and the coupled “corrosion-fatigue” analysis reduces as the size of initial (inherent) crack is increased. figure 6: effect of the depth of the crevice on the remaining life of the bridge. implications for additively manufactured structures he work presented above has dealt with cracks that have arisen naturally and subsequently grown from rough, in this instance corroded, surfaces in a 350 mpa mild steel. however, let us now turn our attention to the effect of surface roughness in additively manufactured ti-6al-4v. in this context the review paper [31] noted that whilst additive manufacturing (am) offers the potential to economically fabricate customized parts with complex geometries, the mechanical behavior of these materials must be better understood before am can be utilized for critical load bearing applications. this is particularly true for cracks in aircraft applications where, as detailed in mil-std 1530 [32], the design and certification approval require analytical tools that are capable of capturing crack growth and the role of testing is to validate or correct the damage tolerance analysis. berto et al [33-36], kahlin, ansell and moverare [37, 38], greitemeier et al [39], chan [40] and leuders et al [41] each revealed that the rough surfaces associated with as additively manufactured parts significantly degrade the fatigue performance of am structures. the sentence used in [37] was: “the surface roughness is the single most severe factor for fatigue for additive manufactured materials”. the importance of characterizing the material discontinuities, including surface roughness, associated with am materials is also stressed in [33, 32, 42]. indeed, [42] suggested that, as we have seen in the previous section, the surface roughness of the material can be treated in the same way as short cracks. the present paper therefore suggests that the methodology outlined above has the potential to study the growth of small naturally occurring cracks that arise and grow form rough surfaces in additively manufactured ti-6al-4v. this hypothesis is supported by the fact that the da/dn versus δk curves associated with the growth of small cracks in a 350 mpa mild steel [43] is similar to the growth of fatigue cracks in both conventionally manufactured ti-6al-4v and in in additively manufactured lens (laser engineered net surface) ti-6al-4v. to illustrate this figure 13 presents the da/dn versus δk curves associated with the growth of small cracks in a 350 mpa mild steel [43], which were tested at a range of r ratios, together with: i) the r = 0.1 short crack curve for mill annealed ti-6al-4v [44], ii) the small crack da/dn versus δk curve for the growth of small cracks in additively manufactured lens (laser engineered net surface) ti-6al-4v [45]. 0 1 2 3 4 5 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 d e p th o f t h e i n it ia l f la w ( m m ) remaining life of the bridge (years) remaining bridge life viz. initial flaw size with corrosion no corrosion t d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 41 iii) the small crack da/dn versus δk curve for the growth of small cracks in the aerospace quality titanium alloys ti-6246 [46] and ti-17 [47]. as can be seen in fig. 7 despite the differences in micro-structures and chemical composition the small crack curves associated with crack growth in the various titaniums, lens ti-6al-4v and the 350 mpa grade mild steel are in good agreement. as a result, it is hypothesized that the methodology outlined above has the potential to study the growth of small naturally occurring cracks that arise and grow form rough surfaces in additively manufactured ti-6al-4v. figure 7: comparison of cracking in a 350 mpa mild steel with cracking in a range of titanium alloys. as an important factor in failure assessments under fatigue and static loading, 3d effect has been studied in numerous researches and 3d effects in the form of stress state have been investigated for wide variety of notch geometries under various in-plane and out of plane loading conditions by considering stress concentration factors and constraint factors throughout the thickness of the specimen [48,49]. as a representative of stress state in cracked and notched components, the variations of the stress concentration factor as a function of the thickness have been studied in some recent researches by berto and co-researchers [50–56]. as an interesting and effective fact, the same concept can be considered for fatigue crack growth assessment in metallic components of steel bridges with presence of natural corrosion in the material. conclusions his paper has presented a methodology that can be used to compute the growth of cracks that arise due to natural corrosion in bridge steels. a simplified analysis of v/line bridge 62 has been used to illustrate the need to perform a coupled corrosion-fatigue analysis. furthermore, comparing the life obtained by allowing only for corrosion and by performing a coupled corrosion-fatigue analysis we find that: a. life allowing for corrosion only = 244 years b. life allowing for the coupled effect of corrosion and fatigue = 81 years therefore, failure as a result of metal loss from only corrosion would appear to be un-conservative. as such the interaction between fatigue crack growth and the stress increase created by corrosion induced section reduction must be considered when assessing the remaining life of steel bridges. we also raise the possibility that the methodology may also be applicable to assessing the effect of surface roughness on additively manufactured parts. 1.0e-10 1.0e-09 1.0e-08 1.0e-07 1.0e-06 1.0e-05 1 10 100 d a /d n ( m /c yc le ) k) (mpa √m) l1 r = 0.14 l2 r = 0.5 l3 r = 0.5 l4 r = -1 l5 r = 0.14 l6 r = 0.5 l7 r = 0.14 l8 r = 0.14 l9 r = 0.5 s11 r = 0.5 s12 r = 0.14 s13 r = 0.5 small crack lens ti6al4v short ti-6al-4v ma ti-17 (all r ratio's) usaf ti-642 r = 0.5 usaf ti-642 r = 0.05 specimens l1-l9, s11-s13 are a 350 mpa mild steel t d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 42 references [1] the fix we’re in for: the state of our nation’s busiest bridges, transportation for america//october 2011. available on line at: http://t4america.org/docs/bridgereport/bridgereport-metros.pdf. [2] connor, r. j., dexter, r and mahmoud, h. (2005). inspection and management of bridges with fracture-critical details: a synthesis of highway practice, national cooperative highway research program, nchrp synthesis 354, transportation research board, washington, d.c. [3] mertz, d. (2012). steel bridge design handbook: design for fatigue, u.s. department of transportation, federal highway administration, publication no. fhwa-if-12-052 vol. 12. [4] ali, k., peng, d., jones, r., singh, r. r. k., zhao, x. l., mcmillan, a. j. and berto, f. (2017). crack growth in a naturally corroded bridge steel. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 40(7), pp. 1117-1127. [5] berens, a. p., hovey, p. w. and skinn, d. a. (1991). risk analysis for aging aircraft fleets volume 1: analysis, wl-tr-913066, flight dynamics directorate, wright laboratory, air force systems command, wright-patterson air force base. [6] barter, s. a., molent, l. and wanhill, r. h. (2012). the lead crack lifing framework. international journal of fatigue, 41, pp. 1-198. [7] ali, k., singh, r. r. k., zhao, x. l., jones, r. and mcmillan, a. j. (2017). composite repairs to bridge steels demystified. journal of composite structures, 169, pp. 180-189. [8] jones, r. (2014). fatigue crack growth and damage tolerance. fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 37, pp. 463–483. [9] akid, r., richardson, t. ed., (2010). corrosion fatigue. in shreir's corrosion. vol. 2, pp. 928-953. [10] adasooriya, n. d. (2016). fatigue reliability assessment of ageing railway truss bridges: rationality of probabilistic stress-life approach. case studies in structural engineering, 6, pp. 1–10. [11] adasooriya, n. d. and siriwardane, s. c. (2014). remaining fatigue life estimation of corroded bridge members. fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 37, pp. 603–622. [12] wanninayake, w.t.m.s.m., wasala, w.m.p.r. and bandara, c.s. (2015). life evaluation of critical members of steel bridges located in different atmospheres, proceedings of the 6th international conference on structural engineering and construction management, kondy, sri lonko. [13] zhou, t. q., chan, t. h. t. and hua, y. (2006). fatigue damage analysis on crack growth and fatigue life of welded bridge members with initial crack, key engineering materials, issn: 1662-9795, vols. 324-325, pp 251-254. [14] peng, d., jones, r., constable, t., lingamanaik, s. n. and chen, b. k. (2012). the tool for assessing the damage tolerance of railway wheel under service conditions. theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 57, 1-13. [15] jones, r., peng, d., pitt, s. and wallbrink, c. (2004). weight functions, ctod, and related solutions for cracks at notches. engineering failure analysis, 11, pp. 79-36. [16] peng, d., wallbrink, c. and jones, r. (2005). stress intensity factor solutions for finite body with quarter-elliptical flaws emanating from a notch. engineering fracture mechanics, 72(9), pp. 1329–1343. [17] peng, d., jones, r. and constable, t. (2013). tools and methods for addressing the durability of rolling stock. engineering failure analysis, 34, pp. 278-289. [18] pitt, s., jones, r. and atluri, s. n. (1999). further studies into interacting 3d cracks. computers and structures, 70, pp 583-597. [19] pitt, s. and jones, r. (1997). multiple-site and widespread fatigue damage in aging aircraft. engineering failure analysis, 4, pp. 237-257. [20] vijayakumar, k. and atluri, s. n. (1981). embedded elliptical crack in an infinite solid, subject to arbitrary crack-face tractions. journal of applied mechanics, transactions asme, 48(1), pp. 88-96. [21] peng, d., jones, r., lo, m., bowler, a., brick, g., janardhana, m. and edwards, d. (2015). crack growth at fastener holes containing intergranular cracking. engineering fracture mechanics, 137, pp. 79-87. [22] fishman, k. l. and withiam, j. l. (2011). lrfd metal loss and service-life strength reduction factors for metalreinforced systems, nchrp 675, transportation research board, washington, dc. [23] aashto, 2009, lrfd bridge design specifications, 4th ed. with interims, american association of state highway and transportation officials, washington, d.c. d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 43 [24] iso 9224:2012: corrosion of metals and alloys corrosivity of atmospheres guiding values for the corrosivity categories. published in switzerland. [25] albrecht, p. and hall, jr. t. t. (2003). atmospheric corrosion resistance of structural steels. journal of materials in civil engineering, 15, pp. 1-24. [26] wade, s. a., begbie, k. j. and trueman, a. (2007). measuring atmospheric corrosion of industrial infrastructure using electrical resistance corrosion sensors, presented at the corrosion control 007, australasian corrosion association, sydney, paper 118. [27] elston, j., peng, d., baker, j., cairns, k., pitt, s. and thilakarathna, h. (2012). development of inspection and user friendly monitoring program for bms deliverables arisen from facet 5, project title: life cycle management of railway bridges project code: r3.118, crc for rail innovation report. [28] bridge design australian standard, as 5100.2—2004. [29] femap – finite element modelling and post processing, version 11.1.2, structural dynamics research corporation, pennsylvania; 2015. [30] peng, d. and cairns, k. (2012). bridge 62 near kilmore east strain gauge data analysis, rail crc report, monash university. [31] li, p., warner, d. h., fatemi, a. and phan, n. (2016). critical assessment of the fatigue performance of additively manufactured ti-6al-4v and perspective for future research. international journal of fatigue, 85, pp. 130-143. [32] mil-std-1530d, department of defense standard practice: aircraft structural integrity program (asip) (31-aug2016). [33] razavi, s. m. j., ferro, p. and berto, f. (2017). fatigue assessment of ti-6al-4v circular notched specimens produced by selective laser melting. metals. 7(8), pp. 291. [34] razavi, s. m. j., ferro, p., berto, f. and torgersen, j. (in press). fatigue strength of blunt v-notched specimens produced by selective laser melting of ti-6al-4v. theoretical and applied fracture mechanics. (doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2017.06.021) [35] branco, r., costa, j. d., berto, f., razavi, s. m. j., martins ferreira, j. a., capela, c., santos, l. and antunes, f. (2018). low-cycle fatigue behaviour of sintered aisi 18ni300 maraging steel produced by selective laser melting. metals, 8(1), pp. 32. [36] razavi, s. m. j., bordonaro, g. g., ferro, p., torgersen, j. and berto, f. (2018). fatigue behavior of porous ti-6al-4v made by laser engineered net shaping. materials, 11(2), pp. 284. [37] kahlin, m., ansell, h. and moverare, j. j. (2017). fatigue behaviour of notched additive manufactured ti6al4v with as-built surfaces. international journal of fatigue, 101, pp. 51-60. [38] kahlin, m., ansell, h. and moverare, j. j. (2017). fatigue behaviour of additive manufactured ti6al4v, with as-built surfaces, exposed to variable amplitude loading. international journal of fatigue, 103, pp. 352-363. [39] greitemeier, d., donne, c. d., syassen, f., eufinger, j. and melz, t. (2016). effect of surface roughness on fatigue performance of additive manufactured ti-6al-4v. materials science and technology, 32(7), pp. 629-634. [40] chan, k. s. (2015). characterization and analysis of surface notches on ti-alloy plates fabricated by additive manufacturing techniques. surface topography: metrology and properties, 3(4). (doi:10.1088/2051672x/3/4/044006) [41] leuders, s., vollmer, m., brenne, f., troster, t. and niendorf, t. (2015). fatigue strength prediction for titanium alloy tial6v4 manufactured by selective laser melting. metallurgical and materials transactions a, 46(9), pp. 38163823. [42] grelik, m. (2017). additive manufacturing in the context of structural integrity. international journal of fatigue, 94, pp. 168-177. [43] jones, r., singh raman, r. k. and mcmillan, a. j. (2018). crack growth: does microstructure play a role?. engineering fracture mechanics, 187, pp. 190-210. [44] wang, k., wang, f., cui, w., hayat, t. and ahmad, b. (2014). prediction of short fatigue crack growth of ti-6al-4v. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 37, pp. 1075-1086. [45] sandgren, h. r., zhai, y., lados, d. a., shade, p. a., schuren, j. c., groeber, m. a., kenesei, p. and gavras, a. g. (2016). characterization of fatigue crack growth behavior in lens fabricated ti-6al-4v using high-energy synchrotron x-ray microtomography. additive manufacturing, 12, pp. 132-141. [46] jha, s. k., john, r. and larsen, j. m. (2013). incorporating small fatigue crack growth in probabilistic life prediction: effect of stress ratio in ti-6al-2sn-4zr-6mo. international journal of fatigue, 51, pp. 83-95. [47] cadario, a. and alfredsson, b. (2007). fatigue growth of short cracks in ti-17: experiments and simulations. engineering fracture mechanics, 74, pp. 2293-2310. d. peng et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 33-44; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.03 44 [48] kotousov, a., lazzarin, p., berto and f., pook, l. (2013). three-dimensional stress states at crack tip induced by shear and anti-plane loading. engineering fracture mechanics, 108, pp. 65–74. [49] kotousov, a., berto, f., lazzarin, p. and pegorin f. (2012). three dimensional finite element mixed fracture mode under anti-plane loading of a crack. theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 62, pp. 26-33. [50] campagnolo, a., berto, f. and lazzarin, p. (2015). the effects of different boundary conditions on three-dimensional cracked discs under anti-plane loading, european journal of mechanics-a/solids, 50, 76-86. [51] berto, f. and marangon, c. (2013). three‐dimensional effects in finite thickness plates weakened by rounded notches and holes under in‐plane shear. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 36(11), pp. 1139-1152. [52] marangon, c., campagnolo, a. and berto, f. (2015). three-dimensional effects at the tip of rounded notches subjected to mode-i loading under cyclic plasticity. the journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 50(5), pp. 299-313. [53] he, z., kotousov, a., berto, f. and branco, r. (2016). a brief review of recent three-dimensional studies of brittle fracture. physical mesomechanics, 19(1), 6-20. [54] berto, f., lazzarin, p., kotousov, a. and pook, l. (2012). induced out-of-plane mode at the tip of blunt lateral notches and holes under in-plane shear loading. fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 35, pp. 538–55. [55] berto, f., kotousov, a., lazzarin, p. and pook, l. (2013). on scale effect in plates weakened by rounded v-notches and subjected to in-plane shear loading. international journal of fracture, 180, pp. 111–118. [56] pook, l. p., campagnolo, a., berto, f. and lazzarin, p. (2015). coupled fracture mode of a cracked plate under antiplane loading. engineering fracture mechanics, 134, pp. 391–403. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 13 articolo 4 ahanchian mohammad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 31-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.04 31 investigation of crack propagation in single optical fiber composite with thermal influence by finite element method ahanchian mohammad ph.d. candidate of mechanical engineering, de la salle university arzumanyan hovhannes, verlinski sergey assistant professor of department of mechanics and machine sciences, state engineering university of armenia abstract. two parallel comparative ‘conventional method and computer simulation using ansys software’ for prediction of crack growth and its behavior in optical fiber are studied and presented in this work. corresponding finite element analysis was performed to determine the evolution of stress and strain states. the method is developed and combined with the modified j-integral theory to deal with this problem. the effects of crack length, temperature and mechanical forces are investigated by finite element method in the cracked body. the conditions where the mode i stress intensity factor motivate fracture occurrence is investigated and variations of the different cases are discussed. the most deleterious situation is found to be that wherein the entire model reaches rupture at some stage. the accuracy of the method is investigated through comparison of numerical results with computerized simulation using commercial ansys software. keywords. crack propagation; fracture; temperature loading; stress intensity factor; breaking force. introduction ecently, an increasing attention is attracted by a new development of microstructure optical fibers in telecommunication systems. an optical fiber is a single, hair-fine filament drawn from molten silica glass [1] which is widely used in communication systems. optical fibers are going to be employed as a replacement of metal wires as the transmission medium in high-speed, high-capacity communication systems and are superior to that of conventional copper cable. in this design data is converted into light then transmitted via fiber optic cables with less loss. one of the most important usages of optical fibers is to transfer data sometimes in very long distances [2]. this duty could not be performed with physical failure and if the fiber core transpires fracture the data would not be transmitted properly. since the main failure mode of fracture in optical fiber is mechanical fracture [3] more consideration is needed regarding the strength and associated reliability [4] of optical fibers which are major technical concerns before they can reach the full potential for telecommunication industry. inevitable presence of sub micro cracks, flaws and hollows in the intersection of materials as a result of manufacturing and further processes [5] or on the surface of glass under either tension or bending [6] play a significant role for concentrating stress near the crack tip which decrease the strength of the material. nevertheless, unfortunately, very few investigations have been conducted on their mechanical and fracture behavior of microstructure optical fibers [4]. these studies were conducted without considering temperature impacts. the goal of the current study is to investigate the fracture behavior of microstructure optical fibers containing surface cracks and environmental effects like temperature. therefore, finite r http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.04&auth=true ahanchian mohammad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 31-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.04 32 element method is coded in mathcad program to inspect fracture behavior and the results are compared with the ansys analysis. the effects of crack configurations, closure stresses and temperature on the failure load have also been investigated. constitutive model of optical fiber he model of optical fiber is a composition of aluminum and silica glass as core which is developed within the framework of small static displacement. the material properties are presented in tab. 1. two isotropic and homogeneous materials, joining to constitute a model of fiber optic in two-dimensional plane stress geometry with an initial circular crack on their meeting line are considered. according to the mentioned significance of optical fiber, ability of fem and since computer modeling is useful to conduct virtual experiments with lower cost [7]; the authors decided to simulate a proper model on this design. material density, kg/m3 modulus of elasticity, mpa modulus of rigidity, mpa poisson's ratio thermal conductivity, w/m.k thermal expansion, 1/c glass 25400 46200 18600 0.245 6.21 8.00e-05 aluminum 26600 71000 26200 0.334 237 2.36e-05 table 1: typical property of materials [8, 9]. the diameter of optical fiber as standard is assumed to be 125 µm having a circular crack in the intersection line of two materials. three different cases considering crack lengths of 3.5, 7 and 10.5 µm are investigated. in the first situation, the crack has the smallest length that is in two dimensional polar coordinate r (radius of crack tip) is equal to the radius of core and θ (angle between crack tip and x direction) had been assumed to be 15 degree. for other cases, radius had been kept constant and θ had been incremented by 15 degree in order to increase crack length. the problem is investigated in linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) with plane stress approach. due to symmetry of the problem, a quarter segment of the model is analyzed. boundary conditions are imposed such as horizontal line is constrained in y direction and vertical line is constrained in x direction; both lines are considered as symmetric along their direction. applied forces are imposed in x any y directions with constant values and the breaking forces are calculated for each case. thermal condition is assumed to have constant value in each half of the quarter model, the lower part of quarter model has 50 °c and the upper part has 60 °c in order to have thermal gradient as presented in fig 1. figure 1: applied forces and thermal conditions on the model. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.04&auth=true ahanchian mohammad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 31-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.04 33 conventional fracture analysis o numerically predict crack formation and growth of this model under accidental loading, it is necessary to characterize fracture properties at the microscopic level. to approach this objective a complete code of program using finite element method was written by the authors in mathcad software. the geometrical characteristics, material properties and boundary conditions are attributed to the model. corresponding finite element analysis was performed to determine the evolution of stress and strain states. for more comprehensible results and better facileness for comparison von misses stress had been calculated across the model using eq. (1). (1) according to the theories in fracture mechanics, stress intensity factor was calculated throughout the model and was applied to obtain j-integral. according to energy criterion, the critical energy release rate was determined and the crack extension was predicted and is presented in this paper. the breaking force values which lead the crack to propagate were obtained using trial and error method for each case. the model will start propagation at low stresses and tends to extend at the tip of the crack [10, 11]. if the region be plastic at the tip of the crack, the metal mass around the crack would support the stress and the structure is not endangered [12]. recent work on microstructure silica optical fibers indicated that they failed in a brittle manner and cracks initiated from the fiber surfaces [13]. according to the results, crack will propagate on the brittle area which is glass. the initiation and propagation of crack through brittle materials is at great speeds near the speed of sound [14]. afterwards, thermal conditions were imposed and the complete procedure was done again. based on the results, it is studied that crack will not growth anymore when the model is subjected to breaking force and thermal condition. moreover, the largest crack needs less force to be broken. the contour plots for maximum crack length solved by mathcad are presented in fig 2. fig 2.a shows von misses stress distribution subject to critical loading. based on the data the highest amount of equivalent stress is placed near the crack tip. fig 2.b presents von misses stress distribution subject to critical loading and thermal conditions. it is shown that the maximum amount of equivalent stress is decreased after applying thermal conditions which prevents crack propagation and material failure. the approximation of crack propagation subject to critical loading is illustrated in fig 2.c. (a) (b) (c) figure 2: contour plots for maximum crack length (critical length), solved by mathcad, (a) von misses stress distribution subject to critical loading, (b)von misses stress distribution subject to critical loading and thermal conditions, (c) approximation of crack propagation subject to critical loading. the red region in fig. 2.a shows the highest amount of equivalent stress. it is placed at the crack tip due to the fact that stresses concentrate at the crack tip. in fig. 2.b the reduction of maximum amount of equivalent stress is a result of temperature. the prediction of crack propagation is presented by red region in fig 2.c. it shows that crack will propagate in silica that is a brittle material meaning that it fractures rather than deforming plastically. it responses to increasing mechanical load until a slow-growing microscopic crack exceeds a certain threshold at which point the crack grows rapidly and the material fractures [3]. t )(6)()()( 2 1 222222 zxyzxyxzzyyxeq   http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.04&auth=true ahanchian mohammad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 31-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.04 34 simulation by ansys onsequently six different cases are discussed and each case is simulated by ansys to justify the accuracy of the written code in mathcad. some results are presented subsequently. the partial zoomed contour plots of ansys analysis of von misses stress distribution for the largest crack size subject to critical loading is presented in fig 3.a. the result after imposing thermal condition to the previous situation is presented in fig 3.b. figure 3: zoomed contour plots for maximum crack length (critical length), simulated by ansys, (a) von misses stress distribution subject to critical loading, (b)von misses stress distribution subject to critical loading and thermal condition. comparing the results of conventional method and ansys simulation n the first situation, the crack has the smallest length that is in two dimensional polar coordinate radius of crack tip is equal to the radius of core and the angle between crack tip and x direction had been assumed to be 15 degree. critical force for this type of crack is -1.95 n; in this case maximum value for equivalent stress is 12.13 mpa, and is placed near the crack tip in aluminum material. by adding thermal condition to applied force, maximum value for equivalent stress would be 12.02 mpa, which is lower than previous case. figure 4: comparison of maximum von misses stress in different cases. c i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.04&auth=true ahanchian mohammad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2010) 31-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.13.04 35 maximum von misses stress and breaking force for different cases are presented in tab. 2. the lowest amount of breaking force occurs in the largest crack size showing that we are near critical crack size. the value of stresses determine by conventional method and ansys simulation are presented and demonstrate that the differences are less than 1% which prove the accuracy of written code. crack length, µm breaking force, n mechanical loading mechanical & thermal loading cm* mpa ansys mpa error cm mpa ansys mpa error 3.5 1.94 12.14 12.22 0.71% 12.02 11.92 0.84% 7 2.28 12.76 12.66 0.85% 12.65 12.56 0.70% 10.5 0.85 10.91 11.01 0.95% 10.81 10.90 0.87% *cm: conventional method table 2: maximum von misses stress distribution and breaking force for different cases. conclusion he computational results presented in this research demonstrate the capabilities of the energy criterion towards modeling fracture in microstructure composites such as optical fiber. critical forces in each case are obtained and it is clear that applying temperature condition would prevent the fracture process and fracture occurs under higher stresses as a result the optical fiber should be protected from low temperatures by adding cladding. it also protects from mechanical loading. moreover, prediction of crack branching and propagation is summarized and compared. the maximum stress magnitudes which instigate the crack are presented and compared. this shows that how big mechanical loading could our design withstand. consequently, there are some parameters that mitigate crack propagation which are higher temperature, lower stresses and smaller grain size. this theory is a result of investigation by conventional method. when the temperature increases, a higher stress is required for a crack to propagate. another point is that large crack size with 45 degree, is critical length and crack propagation occurs under minimum value of mechanical force and shows that production control should be improved properly. references [1] s. b. grassino, what is optical fibers made of?, university of southern mississippi (2003). [2] r. paschota, journal of optik & photonik, 2 (2008). [3] a. d. yablon, “optical fiber fusion splicing” (2005) 181. [4] r. bai, c. yan, 5th australasian congress on applied mechanics, acam 2007. [5] c. yan, r.x. bai, p. k.d.v. yarlagadda, h. yu, 9th global congress on manufacturing and management (gcmm 2008) surfers paradise, australia. [6] c. p. chen, t. h. chang, journal of materials chemistry and physics, issn 0254-0584, 77 (1) (2003) 110. [7] o. c. zienkiewicz, r. l. yaylor, the finite element method, forth ed., mcgraw-hill (1994). [8] f. p. incorpera, d. p. dewitt , introduction to heat transfer, translation of third edition isfahan university,1 (2003). [9] j. e. shigley, c. r. mischke, mechanical engineering design, tehran (2001). [10] d. a. anderson, j. c. tannehill, r. h. pletcher, fracture mechanics, hemisphere, washington, dc (1984). [11] c. atkinson, f. g. leppington, int. j. solids struct., 13 (1977) 1103. [12] http://www.pdhcenter.com/courses/m155/m155.pdf, ‘brittle fracture mechanism’, doe-hdbk-1017/2-93 brittle fracture. [13] c. yan, x. d. wang, l. ye, k. lyytikainen, j. canning, the 18th annual meeting of the ieee, lasers and electrooptics society leos 2005, 529. [14] g. p. cherepanov, mechanics of brittle fracture, mcgraw-hill, new york (1979). t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.13.04&auth=true microsoft word numero 25 art 2 g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 7 special issue: characterization of crack tip stress field crack propagation mechanism and life prediction for very-highcycle fatigue of a structural steel in different environmental medias guian qian, chengen zhou, youshi hong* state key laboratory of nonlinear mechanics, institute of mechanics, chinese academy of sciences, beijing 100190, china *corresponding author. tel: +86 10 82543966, hongys@imech.ac.cn abstract. the influence of environmental medias on crack propagation of a structural steel at high and veryhigh-cycle fatigue (vhcf) regimes is investigated based on the fatigue tests performed in air, water and 3.5% nacl aqueous solution. crack propagation mechanisms due to different crack driving forces are investigated in terms of fracture mechanics. a model is proposed to study the relationship between fatigue life, applied stress and material property in different environmental medias, which reflects the variation of fatigue life with the applied stress, grain size, inclusion size and material yield stress in high cycle and vhcf regimes. the model prediction is in good agreement with experimental observations. keywords. very-high-cycle fatigue; aqueous environment; stress intensity factor; plastic zone. introduction ery-high-cycle fatigue (vhcf) [1-16] of metallic materials is regarded as fatigue failure at stress levels below the conventional fatigue limit and the corresponding fatigue life beyond 107 loading cycles. lots of modern engineering structures and components, such as airplanes, turbines, automobiles and high speed trains are expected to endure the safe performance in the range of 107 1010 load cycles. one typical feature of vhcf for high strength steels is that the s-n curve consists of two parts corresponding to subsurface and surface crack initiations, resulting in a stepwise or duplex shape of the curve [1-16]. generally, the crack initiation in vhcf regime is observed as a fisheye pattern on the fracture surface, which is located at the specimen subsurface region and originated from a nonmetallic inclusion for high strength steels [4-11]. since the pioneering work by naito et al. [17, 18], there have been a variety of studies on the vhcf behavior for different materials [1-16]. among these studies, the crack initiation mechanism in vhcf attracted most of the attention. however, the crack initiation and propagation process of high strength steels in environmental medias in vhcf is still not clear. in addition to experimental investigations, theoretical models for fatigue strength and life prediction in vhcf regime are of significant importance for both scientific and engineering applications. however, models to predict s-n curves in vhcf regime in different environmental medias are lacking due to the complicated crack initiation mechanisms. therefore, in this paper, the process of crack initiation and propagation for a structural steel in environmental medias in vhcf was investigated based on the experiments. the fatigue test was performed in laboratory air, fresh water and 3.5% nacl aqueous solution. the influence of environmental medias on the variation of fatigue strength and cracking process is presented. based on the experimental observations, a model is proposed to study the s-n curves of the material in high cycle and vhcf in different medias. v http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 8 material and experimental method our-glass shape specimens (fig. 1) of a structural steel 40cr (0.4% c, 1% cr) were tested with a rotary bending machine operating at a frequency of 52.5 hz and the testing environments were of three types, namely laboratory air, fresh water and 3.5% nacl aqueous solution. the average size of original austenite grains is 11.2 m and the average yield stress is 1501 mpa. vickers microhardness indentation on the heat-treated specimen gives the average value of 545 kgf/mm2 with the uniform distribution over the specimen cross section. the ph values of fresh water and 3.5% nacl aqueous solution are 7.70 and 7.47, respectively. based on the fatigue test data and scanning electron microscopy (sem) observations of fracture surfaces, the effect of environment on the fatigue behavior at high cycle and vhcf regimes was examined. figure 1: schematic drawing of hour-glass shape specimen for rotary bending fatigue test (dimensions in mm). s-n curves or specimens tested in laboratory air (triangles in fig. 2), single crack originated from the surface of the specimens with fatigue life or the number of cycles to failure nf less than 107 loading cycles and the corresponding stress levels are above 700 mpa, whereas the crack started from subsurface for the specimens with nf beyond 107 loading cycles and the stress levels are below 700 mpa. for fatigue testing in fresh water, a similar stepwise s-n curve is presented (squares in fig. 2), but the stress corresponds to the transition part of the s-n curve is dramatically decreased. for the fatigue tests in nacl aqueous solution, the s-n curve (circles symbols in fig. 2) displays a continuously descending shape. the fatigue strength is even lower than that tested in water from high cycle to vhcf regime, implying that the effect of nacl aqueous solution on the degradation of fatigue strength for the structural steel is more remarkable than that of water media. 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 8 0 200 400 600 800 1000 m a x im u m s tr e s s  m a x ( m p a ) number of cycles to failure in air in water in 3.5% nacl figure 2: s-n curves for specimens tested at laboratory air, fresh water and 3.5% nacl aqueous solution, hollow symbols: crack origination at surface, solid symbols: crack origination at subsurface, semi-solid symbols: mixed crack origination. h f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 9 fractography and fracture mechanics analysis for specimens tested in air or the specimens tested in laboratory air, all the fatigue fracture surfaces of both surface initiation and subsurface initiation modes present the morphology of three regions as shown in fig. 3(a). region a [fig. 3(a), (b)] is the crack initiation and early propagation zone, in which crack propagation velocity is very slow to produce a relatively smooth fracture surface with transgranular cleavage-like morphology and fatigue striations. this region is responsible for a substantially large part of the total fatigue life. as shown in fig. 3 (b), crack initiated at the subsurface of specimen at vhcf regime, forming a fisheye pattern originated from a nonmetallic inclusion with the main chemical compositions examined as al, ca and o. region b is the steady and relatively fast growth zone and fig. 3(c) is a local micrograph of this zone showing quasi-cleavage morphology. region c is the final fracture zone and the fracture surface presents the ordinary morphology of dimple pattern [fig. 3(d)]. figure 3: fracture surface of a specimen tested in laboratory air, at σmax = 610 mpa and nf = 3.27×108, (a) whole fracture surface (c.o.: crack origin), (b) enlargement of region a, (c) enlargement of region b and (d) enlargement of region c. by considering the inner boundary as the crack tip for regions a and b, the stress intensity factor (sif) ki is calculated with the following formula i ak f a  (1) where σa is the applied stress, a is the crack radius and f is the geometry factor. in the calculation, region a is assumed to be elliptical shape and region b is regarded as circular shape. the values of ki almost keep constant at 16 mpam1/2 from f b c a c. o. 1mm (a) (c) 30μm (d) 20μm inclusion fisheye 100μm (b) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 10 high cycle to vhcf regime for region a. the values of ki for region b are between 35 and 60 mpam1/2, which correspond to the material fracture toughness kic. ki for region a and b is used to calculate the plastic zone size rp around the crack tip based on the expression 2 p y 1 3 k r           (2) where δk is the amplitude of ki, σy is the yield stress of the material. the calculated plastic zone size for region a is 32.6 μm, which approximately equals to the size of 2-3 grain sizes. in the crack initiation and early propagation stage (region a), grain boundary serves as a microstructural obstacle. in region b, the calculated plastic zone size is 1449 μm. as the increase of the plastic zone, the crack propagation rate increases significantly. in region c, as the decrease of the ligament of the specimen, the specimen displays a plane stress state. thus, the fracture morphology shows a shear fracture with an angle of 45 degree along the tension direction. for the tested specimens, the fracture is plane strain condition in the crack initiation stage and the crack tip has a high constraint effect as a result of the small plastic zone size and high stress triaxiality. with the decrease of ligament in region c, the crack tip has a small constraint which causes large plastic deformation. however, the crack tip constraint effect during the crack propagation needs a further quantification by using a k-t or j-q method. the sif ranges for inclusions and fisheye patterns are calculated by the following formula [2, 6] 0.5 ak area   (3) where area is the square root of the area for inclusions or fisheyes. fig. 4 (a) shows the relationship between δk and nf. δk for inclusions is about 2.83 mpam1/2 irrespective of the fatigue life, which is smaller than the threshold sif range (δkth) of the material. δk for fisheyes is about 10 mpam1/2, which is somewhat higher than δkth of the material. therefore, it is understood that a crack that originates at an inclusion can propagate until it forms a fisheye pattern. according to murakami’s model [2], fatigue strength at 108 cycles, denoted as σw, is predicted by 1 6 1.56( 120) ( area ) w hv    (4) where hv is the vickers hardness of the material. fig. 4 (b) shows the relationship between σmax/σw and number of cycles to failure. the ratio is between 1 and 1.2, indicating that the fatigue strength of the material in the present study is well predicted by the murakami model. 10 6 10 7 10 8 0 4 8 12 16 number of cycles to failure  k ( m p a m 1 /2 ) sif of inclusion sif of fisheye 107 108 109 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 number of cycles to failure  m a x / w figure 4: (a) δk for inclusions and fisheyes, (b) relationship between σmax/σw and number of cycles to failure. (a) (b) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 11 fractography for specimens tested in environmental medias or the case of fatigue tested in water and 3.5% nacl aqueous solution, the crack origination observed by sem is mainly the surface related initiation. additionally, unlike the single crack origin for specimens tested in air, multiple fatigue crack origins were observed [8], and the fracture surface morphology for fatigue crack steady growth zone is predominantly intergranular, as shown in fig. 5, where the secondary cracks along grain boundaries and cross section of the specimens are observed, which is the phenomenon of grain boundary embrittlement due to the aqueous environmental effect. the presence of widespread secondary cracks is the damage characteristics of the material subjected to aqueous environmental medias. figure 5: (a) cracking surface for the specimen tested in water, at σmax=156 mpa and nf =8 107, (b) secondary cracking (sc) in the cross section of the specimen tested in 3.5% nacl, at σmax=41.3 mpa and nf =9 107. model for s-n curve prediction in different environmental medias t is known that crack initiation related to nonmetallic inclusions (subsurface crack initiation) is attributed to the weak cohesive state between inclusion and matrix. under cyclic loading, a crack may easily form due to the interface debonding and grow into the matrix. in such a case, the subsurface crack initiation cycle ni is [19] i i i 4lw n u   (5) where wi is the surface energy related to subsurface crack initiation and δui is the unit increment of energy for subsurface crack initiation. wi and δui are functions of grain radius l, inclusion radius r (ψ=r/l), stress amplitude δσ and the resistance of dislocation movement k (φ=0.5δσ/k). n is defined to normalize in , such that  22 iawn k l  (6) where  2 1 a      (7) with  being the shear modulus and ν being poisson’s ratio. thus, the normalized ni is denoted as in i i 2 4n n n u     (8) where  u is the dimensionless unit increment of energy for subsurface crack initiation. f i 20 m (a) s c 20 m (b) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 12 figure 6: predicted ni of subsurface crack initiation for specimens tested in air, for different loading levels and material properties. the variation of in with φ and ψ are demonstrated in fig. 6 by assuming φ to be 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2 and 4, and ψ varying from 0 to 2. it is shown that fatigue life in increases with the decrease of φ, i.e. the decrease of fatigue loading δσ or the increase of the resistance of dislocation movement k. for a given loading state (φ being constant), in generally decreases with the increase of ψ, i.e. the increase of inclusion size r or the decrease of grain size l. the trends are in agreement with the experimental observations. yang et al. [20] observed that the fatigue life increases with the decrease of inclusion size for an alloy steel. it is widely observed that the fatigue life increases with the decrease of the applied loading [1-16]. zhao et al. [10] found that the fatigue life increases with the resistance of the dislocation movement, i.e. the yield stress of material. for fatigue crack initiation at surface, by considering the surface crack factor and half cycling process [7, 19], surface crack initiation cycle ns is   s s 2 4 1.25 2 aw n l k    (9) where ws is surface energy related to surface crack initiation. the normalized surface crack initiation cycle sn is   s s 2 w 4 1.25 1 n n n k    (10) where kw is the ratio of surface energy for crack formation at subsurface to that at surface (wi/ws). note that both in and sn are functions of φ and ψ. in short, eqs. (8) and (10) are used to calculate the fatigue life for crack initiation at surface or at subsurface in different environmental medias. for the case tested in air, kw is taken as 3 in the calculation [8, 21]. for the case tested in 3.5 % nacl solution, kw is taken as 25 times of that in air, i.e. 75, from the relationship of kic in air and the aqueous solution [8, 22]. the fatigue life for surface crack initiation sn and subsurface crack initiation in in air as a function of φ and ψ is compared in fig. 7 (a). it is seen that the subsurface crack initiation life is higher than the surface crack initiation life for a high φ (high loading or low material yield stress). thus, surface crack initiation occurs much easier in this stage. with decreasing φ, the surface crack initiation life is higher than the subsurface crack initiation life at the same φ, which as a consequence leads to the subsurface crack initiation in this stage. at points a, b and c, the subsurface crack initiation life equals to the surface crack initiation. the three points correspond to the transition plateau in an s-n curve from the subsurface to the surface crack initiation. fig. 7 (b) compares the surface crack initiation life with subsurface crack initiation life in 3.5% nacl solution. a similar trend as that in air is found. however, the transition from surface to subsurface crack initiation in 3.5% nacl solution is much lower than that in air. this is in agreement with the experimental observations that in aqueous environmental media, the crack initiation starts from the surface even in vhcf regime. it is also seen from figs. 7 (a) and (b) that when subjected to the same loading, the fatigue life in air is much longer than that in aqueous medias. this explains the characteristics of the s-n curve in fig. 2. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 13 figure 7: (a) predicted results of fatigue life for surface and subsurface crack initiation in air, (b) predicted s-n curves for surface and subsurface crack initiation in 3.5% nacl solution. conclusions ased on this study, the following conclusions are drawn: (1) during the crack propagation process for specimens tested in air, fracture surface displays three regions with different crack propagation mechanisms. the formation of different morphologies in these regions is attributed to different crack driving forces and different extents of crack tip constraint ahead of crack tip. (2) the ki value of fisheye crack is close to the corresponding δkth. and there is an early crack steady growth zone named region a with constant ki value between δkth and fracture toughness. (3) the fatigue strength for specimens tested in water and in 3.5% nacl aqueous solution are significantly decreased compared to that tested in air. the fractography characteristics for specimens tested in aqueous solution are multiple crack origination and intergranular mode with widespread secondary cracks in crack steady propagation period. (4) a model is proposed to study the relationship between fatigue life, applied stress and material property in vhcf in different environmental medias. this model predicts that fatigue life decreases with the increase of applied loading and inclusion size, whereas it increases with the increase of material yield stress. in 3.5% nacl solution, the fatigue life decreases significantly and surface crack initiation occurred even in vhcf regime. the model prediction is in good agreement with experimental observations. acknowledgements his work was funded by the national natural science foundation of china (nos. 11172304, 11021262 and 11202210) and the national basic research program of china (2012cb937500). references [1] stanzl, s., tschegg, e., mayer, h. lifetime measurements for random loading in the very high cycle fatigue range, int. j. fatigue, 8 (1986)195-200. [2] murakami, y., yokoyama, n., nagata, j. mechanism of fatigue failure in ultralong life regime, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 25 (2002) 735-746. [3] bathias, c., paris, p., gigacycle fatigue in mechanical practice, marcel dekker, new york, (2005). b t 0.1 1 10 100 0 2 4 6 8 (b) a b  = 0 .5   / k n s and n i in 3.5% nacl  =0.1, ni  =0.4, ni  =0.8, ni surface, ns c 0.1 1 10 100 0 2 4 6 8  =    / k (a) in air  =0.1, ni  =0.4, ni  =0.8, ni surface, ns n s and n i a b c http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true g. qian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 7-14; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.02 14 [4] hong, y., zhao, a., qian, g., essential characteristic and influential factors for very-high-cycle fatigue behavior of metallic materials, acta metall. sinica, 45 (2009) 769-780. [5] zhou, c., qian, g., hong, y., fractography and crack initiation of very-high-cycle fatigue for a high carbon low alloy steel, key eng. mater., 324-325 (2006) 1113-1116. [6] qian, g., hong, y., zhou, c., investigation of high cycle and very-high-cycle fatigue behaviors for a structural steel with smooth and notched specimens, eng. failure analysis, 17 (2010) 1517-1525. [7] hong, y., zhao, a., qian, g., zhou, c., fatigue strength and crack initiation mechanism of very-high-cycle fatigue for low alloy steels, metall. mater. trans. a, 43 (2012) 2753-2762. [8] qian, g., zhou, c., hong, y., experimental and theoretical investigation of environmental media on very-high-cycle fatigue behavior for a structural steel, acta mater., 59 (2011) 1321-1327. [9] qian, g., hong, y., effects of environmental media on high cycle and very-high-cycle fatigue behaviors of structural steel 40cr, acta metall. sinica, 45 (2009) 1359-1363. [10] zhao, a., xie, j., sun, c., lei, z., hong, y., effects of strength level and loading frequency on very-high-cycle fatigue behavior for a bearing steel, int. j. fatigue, 38 (2012) 46-56. [11] zhao, a., xie, j., sun, c., lei, z., hong, y., prediction of threshold value for fga formation, mater. sci. eng. a, 528 (2011) 6872-6877. [12] sun, c., xie, j., zhao, a., lei, z., hong, y., a cumulative damage model for fatigue life estimation of high-strength steels in high-cycle and very-high-cycle fatigue regimes, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 35 (2012) 638–647. [13] stepanskiy, l., cumulative model of very high cycle fatigue, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 35 (2012) 513–522. [14] sun, c., lei, z., xie, j., hong, y., effects of inclusion size and stress ratio on fatigue strength for high-strength steels with fish-eye mode failure, int. j. fatigue, 48 (2013)19–27. [15] paolino, d., chiandussi, g., rossetto, m., a unified statistical model for s-n fatigue curves: probabilistic definition, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 36 (2013)187–201. [16] huang, z., wang, q., wagner, d., bathias, c., chaboche, j., a rapid scatter prediction method for very high cycle fatigue, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 2013, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12021. [17] naito, t., ueda, h., kikuchi, m., observation of fatigue fracture surface of carburized steel, japan soc. mater. sci., 32 (1983) 1162-1166. [18] naito, t., ueda, h., kikuchi, m., fatigue behavior of carburized steel with internal oxides and nonmartensitic microstructure near the surface, metall. trans. a, 15a (1984) 1431-1436. [19] tanaka, t., mura, t., a dislocation model for fatigue crack initiation, j. appl. mech. trans. asme, 48 (1981) 97-103. [20] yang, z., li, s., zhang, j., zhang, j., li, g., li, z., hui, w., weng, y., the fatigue behaviors of zero-inclusion and commercial 42crmo steels in the super-long fatigue life regime, acta mater., 52 (2004) 5235-5241. [21] venkataraman, g., chung, y., nakasone, y., mura, t., free energy formulation of fatigue crack initiation along persistent slip bands: calculation of s-n curves and crack depths, acta metall., 38 (1990) 31-40. [22] suresh, s., fatigue of materials, cambridge university press, cambridge, (1998). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.02&auth=true microsoft word 2229-article text (.docx, max 100 mb)-9975-1-18-20190301 j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 400 a comparison between s-n logistic and kohout-věchet formulations applied to the fatigue data of old metallic bridges materials joelton fonseca barbosa federal university of rio grande do norte, natal, brazil & federal rural university of the semi-arid region, mossoró, brazil faculty of engineering, university of porto, porto, portugal joeltonfb@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3447-8240 josé a.f.o. correia, pedro a. montenegro faculty of engineering, university of porto, porto, portugal jacorreia@inegi.up.pt, jacorreia@fe.up.pt, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4148-9426 paires@fe.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5699-4428 raimundo carlos silverio freire júnior federal university of rio grande do norte, natal, brazil freirej@ufrnet.br grzegorz lesiuk faculty of mechanical engineering, department of mechanics, material science and engineering, wrocław university of science and technology, smoluchowskiego 25, 50-370 wrocław, poland grzegorz.lesiuk@pwr.edu.pl, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3553-6107 abílio m.p. de jesus, rui a.b. calçada faculty of engineering, university of porto, porto, portugal ajesus@fe.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1059-715x ruiabc@fe.up.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2375-7685 abstract. a new formulation of a logistic deterministic s-n curve is applied to fatigue data of metallic materials from ancient portuguese riveted steel bridges. this formulation is based on a modified logistic relation that uses three parameters to fit the low-cycle(lcf), finite-lifeand high-cyclefatigue (hcf) regions. this model is compared to the kohout-věchet fatigue model, which has a refined adjustment from very low-cycle fatigue (vlcf) to very high-cycle fatigue (vhcf). these models are also compared with other models, such as, power law and fatigue-life curve from the astm e739 standard. the modelling performance of the s-n curves was made using the fatigue data considering the stress fatigue damage parameter for the materials citation: barbosa, j., correia, j., montenegro, p., júnior, r., lesiuk, g., jesus, a., calçada, r., a comparison between s-n logistic and kohout-věchet formulations applied to the fatigue data of old metallic bridges materials, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410. received: 22.10.2018 accepted: 27.12.2018 published: 01.04.2019 http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2229.mp4 j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 401 from the eiffel, luiz i, fão and trezói riveted steel bridges. using a qualitative methodology of graphical adjustment analysis and another quantitative using the mean square error, it was possible to evaluate the performance of the mean s-n curve formulation. the results showed that the formulation of the s-n curve using the logistic equation applied to the metallic materials from the old bridges resulted in a superior performance when compared with others models under consideration, both in the estimation of fatigue behaviour in the low-cycle fatigue (lcf) region and in the lowest mean square error. keywords. fatigue; kohout-věchet model; fatigue-life curve; prediction; logistic formulation. copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he knowledge about the fatigue life expectancy of materials and structural components in engineering design is of great importance for the determination of load bearing during operation. prediction of failure through mathematical and statistical modelling is a complex activity that attempts through an analytical model to consider the effects of cyclic stresses, stress intensity, predominance between traction and compression loading, frequency, number of experimental samples and the effects of manufacturing processes. therefore, fatigue assessment is a difficult and still attractive challenge that remains an open problem in many situations. one way to synthesize the number of factors involved in the fatigue life prediction is to reduce the model to the variables that are able to explain cause/effect, i.e. to fit a fatigue test to a stress level 𝜎 (independent variable) to explain the number of cycles ni (dependent variable) required until failure. this fatigue model is known as s-n curves or wöhler's curves, widely used in standards and standardization manuals such as astm e-739-10 [1], iso 12107:2012 [2], en 1993-1-9 [3], bs5400 [4], aashto [5], for engineering design of material and structural details. these standards are based on the basquin equation [6,7] suggested in 1910, aiming at characterizing the fatigue behaviour in the high(hcf) and low-cycle fatigue (lcf) regions. typically, fatigue data for preliminary design are studied in regions of 103 to 107 cycles. however, depending on the application, there is a need to prioritize estimation in the lcf or hcf regions. for extrapolation of estimates in hcf region, one must observe the adjustment equation and insert more fatigue data for regions of unknown space. for lcf region, the combination between the static strength and low-cycle fatigue data can be used to better fit the model. concepts of engineering design for low-cycle fatigue regimes have been important to the use of advanced materials in different applications in mechanical designs. civil engineering structures, railway and roadway bridges, offshore and ground structures, logistic structures, among others, are designed for the hcf regimes. recently, a series of failures of these structures cannot be explained only with the hcf regime, taking into account the extreme loading conditions to which the structural elements are subject (e.g., earthquakes). recent studies [8,9] suggest the use of s-n or ε-n curves covering both the lcf and hcf regimes. the models used to estimate the s-n and ε-n curves, which have a good adjustment capacity in the low-cycle region, will provide greater reliability in estimating the fatigue damage parameters such as smith-watson-topper, strain, walker-like and energy-based criteria, among others. these approaches will allow the fracture mechanics to be able to predict crack onset by fatigue and residual life, more accurately. in addition, s-n curve with good adjustment in the low-cycle fatigue region allows the generalization of probabilistic fatigue models, and in this way, it is possible to estimate the load limit and reliability of the material or structural component at the beginning of the operation. the use of s-n curves in the fatigue life prediction can be related to fracture mechanics based approaches. additionally, probabilistic approaches can be implemented to handle the uncertainties associated to the materials or models as observed in the research works [10–13] that have been applied and compared with existing fatigue data from the portuguese riveted metallic bridges. with the principle of meeting the most accurate estimates for the low-cycle fatigue regions, ranging from ultimate tensile strength to the high-cycle fatigue region, the kohout-věchet s-n curve is currently being proposed. this model has been increasingly used in fatigue life assessment of existing bridge structures [6,14,15]. another model similar to kohout-věchet relation is the model proposed by mu et al [16], in which a multi-slope model capable of adjusting the s-n curve in the three target regions, low-cycle-, finite-lifeand high-cycle-fatigue, using a logistic function of three parameters is proposed. t j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 402 however, the analysis of mu's work was limited to testing the model only for the t300/qy8911 carbon/epoxy composite. knowing that this model has a wide adjustment capacity, in this research it will be applied to represent the fatigue behaviour of metallic materials from the ancient bridges, and in this way verify the performance of the s-n logistic formulation. a comparative study of the performance of the s-n adjustment equations, using models such as kohout-věchet, logistic, astm and generalized power law, will be applied to fatigue data from the old portuguese riveted metallic bridges (eiffel, luiz i, fão and trezói). by means of a graphical adjustment analysis and the mean quadratic error, it will be possible to find the model that best fits with the experimental data. the results will be presented and discussed for a better recommendation on using the model in predicting fatigue of old bridges. methods used in the modelling of the s–n curves power law he generalized power law model is a derivation of the power law model of two terms, commonly used for the interpretation of fatigue data of composite and metallic materials. these models are of direct application and not based on any assumptions, even in limited databases. the estimation of the model parameters is based on the linear regression analysis that can be performed by simple calculations [17]. the generalized power law is given by eqn. 1:  maxlog( ) log c a b n   (1) where 𝜎 is the maximum stress amplitude parameter, n is the number of cycles until the material failure, whereas 𝐴, 𝐵, and 𝐶 are the parameters of the fatigue model derived by linear regression analysis, resulting from the adjustment of the equation to the experimental data. the constant 𝐶 is an adjustment exponent that can smooth the s-n curve in the lowcycle fatigue region. the s-n curve proposed by astm e739 standard1 [1] is widely used by researchers for their reliable and simple modelling process. this model does not recommend an extrapolation outside the experimental data region. the representation of the model can be done by linearized form (log-log) given by eq. 2:    maxlog logn a b   (2) the equations of the power law and astm e739 standard have similar structures for estimating the parameters of the curve in the linearized model (log-log); however, these models have two relevant differences. the first difference presented by astm e739 standard when compared with the power law is to consider fatigue stress as a dependent variable, while the power law considers the fatigue stress an independent variable (the number of cycles to failure, 𝑁 , is assumed as dependent variable). the second difference is the presence of a constant c, included in power law, able to smooth the fit in the lowcycle fatigue region. logistic function the logistic s-n curve model, developed by mu [16], uses a logistic function to describe fatigue life behavior of composite materials, since this function is very similar to the s shape, commonly observed in s-n curves (lin-log). the logistic function is adapted to model the s-n curve and is given by eqn. 3:    log 1 1 n b n c c a ae        (3) where a, b and c are the material constants, obtained by nonlinear least squares, 𝜎 is the normalized stress amplitude n = max/ult and n is the number of cycles until failure. ul is the ultimate tensile strength. kohout-věchet model the full-amplitude s-n curve, based on the stress-damping parameter proposed by kohout and věchet, has been increasingly used in assessing the fatigue life of existing bridge structures [18]. the kohout and věchet s-n curve is a model based on geometric technical adjustment of fatigue behavior, based on stress or other damage linked parameter, that can t j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 403 achieve a good fit to the experimental data. the kohout-věchet fatigue model (kv) can estimate the behavior of the material in low-cycle (lcf) and high-cycle (hcf) regions [6], being able to cover the estimate from the ultimate tensile strength to the permanent fatigue limit. this kv model can be expressed by the following eqn. 4:   max b n b c a n c        (4) where a and b are the similar to basquin parameters, b is the number of cycles corresponding to the intersection of the tangent line of the finite life region and the horizontal asymptote of the total tensile strength, and c is the number of cycles corresponding to the intersection of the tangent line of the region of the finite life and the horizontal asymptote of the fatigue limit. the details for obtaining the parameters can be obtained in ref. [6]. normalized stress ranges the normalized stress ranges were suggested by taras and greiner [19] with aims to take into account the mean stress effects. the research work was developed for fatigue experimental results of riveted joints. this approach can be applied for fatigue results from metallic bridge materials to allow the comparison of experimental fatigue data from distinct mean stresses. the normalized stress ranges can be determined by  norm f r      (5) where, ∆σnorm is the normalized stress range, ∆σ is the tested stress range, and f(r) is a normalization function to account for stress ratio effects, defined as a function of the material. for wrought/puddle iron and mild steel manufactured before 1900, f(r) is defined as:     1   1 0 1 0.7 1   0 1 0.75 r f r r r r f r r r                (6) for mild steel after 1900, the normalization function to be used is the following:     1   1 0 1 0.4 1   0 1 0.6 r f r r r r f r r r                (7) however, the proposed normalization functions are only valid for high-cycle fatigue regimes, hence, they are not valid for lowand medium-cycle fatigue regimes. in this sense, fatigue design curves based on goodman [20], soderberg [21] and gerber [22] diagrams become highly important for the fatigue life evaluation of old metallic bridges using local approaches. comparison of the modeling ability of the s–n curve formulations comparison of the modelling performance of the s-n curves was made using the fatigue data of the materials from the ancient portuguese riveted steel bridges (eiffel, luiz i, fão and trezói bridges). the performance of the mean fatigue curves was based on two methodologies of analysis. the first analysis the adjustment of the s-n curve is based on direct graphical observation, where the degree of adjustment in the lcf and hcf regions is empirically assessed. the second analysis, quantitative, estimates the quality of the curve adjustment to the experimental fatigue data by means of the mean square errors (mse). this parameter was calculated for each fatigue model by defining the error as the difference between the logarithms of the experimental and estimated values for the cyclic stresses, based on the following equation: a j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 404      2 exp 1 1 log log n est i mse n      (8) where 𝜎 and 𝜎 are the experimental cyclic stress and the estimated cyclic stress levels of the s-n curves, respectively, for all models considered in this research. the stress levels correspond to the same number of cycles, n, of the experimental data. therefore the comparison between fatigue models was evaluated qualitatively and quantitatively. acquisition of each model was examined for its accuracy in modeling, ability to extrapolate and interpolate, number of model parameters, sensitivity to available experimental data, etc. the mse normalized calculation related with the adjustment of the presented s-n models to the experimental fatigue data, can be observed in tab. 1. to facilitate the comparison between the s-n curve models, the results of the mse values presented in tab. 1 are normalized using the following expression norm maxmse mse / mse (9) where msemax is the largest mse (equation 8) between the logistic, kohout-věchet, power law and astm e739 models when compared by the bridge model. material normalized mean squared error (mse) logistic kohout-věchet power law astm n eiffel (r=0)* 0.4946 0.4943 0.5138 1 16 eiffel (r=-1)** 0.6246 0.6741 0.6214 1 27 luiz i (r=-1)** 0.4312 0.6450 0.4343 1 16 fão (r=0)** 0.8618 0.9776 0.8341 1 21 fão (r=-1)** 0.5268 0.4400 0.5705 1 14 trezói (r=-1)** 0.5823 1.0000 0.3960 0.8455 10 all bridges(r=-1)*** 0.6682 0.7312 0.6788 1 66 * fatigue tests under stress-controlled conditions; ** fatigue tests under strain-controlled conditions; *** only bridges r=-1. table 1: normalized calculation of the mean squared error of the derived s-n curves. the obtained s-n curve based on astm e739 standard did not present a satisfactory performance when compared with the other models, such as, logistic formulation, kohout-věchet model and power law. the fatigue model proposed by generalized power law obtained a smaller error in four of the seven fatigue data of the analyzed bridge materials, resulting in a better approximation of the s-n curve to the experimental data set. this method obtained the best estimate considering the mse value computed for the material from the trezoi bridge (see table 1). the logistic model that uses only three parameters in the equation obtained a lower mse value when all the experimental fatigue data are analyzed together, considering only the data of the fatigue tests under strain-controlled conditions at r=-1. in the individual analysis of each bridge material it can be observed that the performance of the model was very similar to that of generalized power law model. for a set of fatigue experimental data with few data, it is possible to observe that some equations can’t obtain such precise estimates. this situation is verified for the material from the trezói bridge at r=-1 (fatigue test under straincontrolled conditions) with a sample of 10 specimens, where the kohout-věchet model obtained a very high mse value when compared to logistic formulation and power law. in general, the s-n curve using the logistic formulation obtained satisfactory performance in terms of mse values for all samples with size lower than 16. in the low-cycle fatigue region (lcf), logistic, khout-věchet and power law curves achieved better adjustments than the astm standard. this can be seen in fig. 1 related with the material from the eiffel bridge at r=0 (fatigue test under stresscontrolled conditions), where these models are able to flatten and smoothen the inflection of the s-n curve in this region. j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 405 for the materials from the eiffel (figs. 1 and 2) and luiz i bridges (fig. 3), it is possible to verify the robustness of adjustment of these formulations in the lcf region; in some cases the s-n curve becomes very close to the experimental values. the improvement of the s-n curve in the low cycle region for logistic, power law and kohout-věchet models is justified by the exponent of these equations, responsible for smoothing the rate of degradation in this region and the transition of elasto-plastic behavior. figure 1: comparison of the s-n curves for the fatigue data of the metallic material from the eiffel bridge, r=0 (fatigue tests under stress-controlled conditions). figure 2: comparison of the s-n curves for the fatigue data of the metallic material from the eiffel bridge, r=-1 (fatigue tests under strain-controlled conditions). fig. 2 presents the fatigue data of the material from the eiffel bridge tested at r = -1 (fatigue test under strain-controlled conditions), where it can be seen that the s-n curve based on astm e739 standard does not achieve a good approximation in the low-cycle fatigue region (lcf), even with data availability for the region smaller than 103 cycles. in this region, the logistic and power law curves performed slightly better than the kohout-věchet model. in the high-cycle fatigue region 103 104 105 106 107 108 200 400 600 800 m a x . s tr e s s [ m p a ] n(number of cycles) logistic kohout-vechet power law astm e739 exp. data eiffel r=0 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 m a x . s tr e s s [ m p a ] n(number of cycles) logistic kohout-vechet power law astm e739 exp. data eiffel r=-1 j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 406 (hcf) the generalized power law curve presented a very pronounced degradation rate. the kohout-věchet model presented a coherent behaviour in the hcf region and are recommended to better indicate the fatigue limit of the material. regarding the metallic material from luiz bridge tested at r=-1 (fatigue test under strain-controlled conditions), which can be seen in fig. 3, the fatigue curves for the power law and logistic model obtained very similar performance. the differences between them becoming more evident only in number of cycles higher than 106. in the low-cycle fatigue region, for the power law, logistic and kohout-věchet curves a very similar adjustment is observed. a poor performance of the s-n curve obtained from the kohout-vechet model for numbers of cycles to failure between 105 and 106 is verified, improving estimates to values above 106. by analyzing the adjustement of the curve of the astm standard to the experimental data in the lcf region, it is verified an increasing distances between the experimental data and predictions, and consequently increasing the mse value, making this model with the largest mean square error. figure 3: comparison of the s-n curves for the fatigue data of the metallic material from the luiz i bridge, r=-1 (fatigue test under strain-controlled conditions). figure 4: comparison of the s-n curves for the fatigue data of the metallic material from the trezói bridge, r=-1 (fatigue test under strain-controlled conditions). the available fatigue data from the material from the trezoi bridge consists on only 10 experimental points. therefore, the conclusions to be obtained for the lcf and hcf regions are limited. fig. 4 shows a marked difference in the fit of the analyzed s-n curves in the hcf region. the power law formulation obtained the lowest mse (tab. 1) followed by the logistic model. these models achieved a good agreement with the experimental fatigue data above 106 cycles. the astm standard and kohout-věchet methods did not provided good estimates in the hcf region. however, it is not possible to 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 m a x . s tr e s s [ m p a ] n(number cycles) logistic kohout-vechet power law astm e739 exp. data luiz r=-1 102 103 104 105 106 100 200 300 400 500 m a x . s tr e s s [ m p a ] n(number of cycles) logistic kohout-vechet power law astm e739 exp. data trezoi r=-1 j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 407 assert that the logistic and power law formulations better describe the fatigue life behavior, due to the lack of data mainly in the high-cycle fatigue region. for a more complete analysis of this material, it is necessary to perform further experimental fatigue tests in stress levels between 400 mpa and 300 mpa. regarding the fatigue data from the material of fão bridge, two strain ratios, r, were explored, namely r=0 and r=-1 (fatigue test under strain-controlled conditions). the s-n kohout-věchet formulation and power law resulted in the lowest mse values and very close to each other. the only perceptible difference in a qualitative analysis of the s-n curves at fatigue strain ratio equal to 0, is in the hcf region, where the possible extrapolation to the permanent fatigue limit of the logistic s-n curve would present a more adequate behaviour (fig. 5). figure 5: comparison of the s-n curves for the fatigue data of the metallic material from the fão bridge, r=0 (fatigue test under strain-controlled conditions). figure 6: comparison of the s-n curves for the fatigue data of the metallic material from the fão bridge, r=-1 (fatigue test under strain-controlled conditions). in fig. 6, regarding the fatigue data of the fão bridge at r=-1, the estimation in the lcf region of the power law, logistic and kohout-věchet curves obtained similar and well-adjusted results, while in the hcf region the curve of kohout-věchet obtained better performance and consistent with fatigue limit. based on figs. 5 and 6, it is possible to report that the kohout-věchet curve presents better performance in the hcf region justified by high mse values. one the other hand, the adjustment results based on the astm standard leads to an adjustment not consistent with the experimental results and when compared with the other models. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 100 200 300 400 500 600 m a x . s tr e s s [ m p a ] n(number of cycles) logistic kohout-vechet power law astm e739 exp. data fão r=0 102 103 104 105 106 107 0 100 200 300 400 500 m a x . s tr e s s [ m p a ] n(number of cycles) logistic kohout-vechet power law astm e739 exp. data fão r=-1 j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 408 figure 7: comparison of the s-n curves for the fatigue data at r=-1 (strain ratio) of the metallic materials from the all bridges. fig. 7 presents a comparison between the s-n curves generated based on different fatigue formulations, such as astm standard, power law, logistic and kohout-věchet models, for the fatigue data at r=-1 (under strain-controlled conditions) of the metallic materials from the several bridges under consideration in this research. a single s-n curve was estimated for each studied method considering a total of 66 experimental data available. these old metallic materials were extracted from members of the ancient metallic bridges of the 19th century, so this research sought to propose the method that is best suited to these materials. this analysis aims to consolidate what has already been observed in previous cases. the astm standard does not provide a good approximation in the low-cycle region even though experimental data are available in this region. the power law, logistic and kohout-věchet s-n models obtained good adjustments to the low-cycle region when compated with the experimental data, as shown in fig. 7. for the hcf region the logistic, astm and power law methods presented a similar performance, however, only the kohout-věchet model didn’t obtain a good agreement to the fatigue data in the region above 106 cycles. in general the logistic and power law method obtained the best fit according to the mse estimation, however it is not conclusively due to the lack of data in regions above 106 cycles. conclusions he formulations of the s-n curves, using logistic method, kohout-věchet model, power law and astm e739 standard, applied to the metallic materials of old bridges, obtained different performances mainly in the lcf and hcf regions. the astm standard does not perform well in estimating fatigue life in the low-cycle region. all analyzed graphs showed discrepant values of maximum stresses corresponding to the lcf region. even following the recommendations of the astm e739 standard, of not extrapolating analysis beyond the experimental data, it is perceptible the difficulty of the method in approaching the lcf fatigue data. in the low-cycle region, the logistic, kohout-věchet and power law methods presented satisfactory performance when compared with experimental data, however it is not possible to say which one has the best fit. a greater amount of experimental fatigue data would be needed in the lcf region to complete such analysis. in the high-cycle region, there is also a lack of experimental data, but assuming that the extrapolation of this region is expected to follow the permanent fatigue limit, it can be concluded that the kohut-vechet method presented better performance. the s-n curves of this model are distant from experimental fatigue data in regions above 105 cycles. the generalized simple power law model can yield good approximations in the low-cycle region and in some cases in the region above 105 cycles. the s-n logistic curve formulation, which was initially applied only to composite materials, obtained an interesting performance when applied to the metallic materials of old bridges. in terms of mse, this model obtained similar performance to the results of the kohout-věchet model, using only 3 parameters in the equation. both models presented a good agreement with little experimental data. the largest difference between these models is in hcf region. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 0 200 400 600 m a x . s tr e s s [ m p a ] n(number of cycles) logistic kohout-vechet power law astm e739 exp. data all bridges t j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 409 the logistic model allowed a better approximation to the experimental data in hcf region and a graphical analysis showed better results for a possible extrapolation of the analysis. the achieved results showed that the s-n curve formulation using the logistic and power law equations obtained a better performance in the lcf and hcf regions and lower mse values when compared to the generalized power law formulations and the astm e739 standard. it was also observed that the logistic, kohout-věchet and power law equations are able to obtain smaller errors for the cases with a reduced number of experimental data. however, in order to generalize which model has a better fit, it is necessary to carry out an exhaustive study with a greater amount of experimental data of fatigue of other metallic materials. acknowledgements his study was financed in part by the coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior brasil (capes) finance code 001. the authors also acknowledge the portuguese science foundation (fct) for the financial support through the postdoctoral grant sfrh/bpd/107825/2015, as well as the funding of fiberbridge fatigue strengthening and assessment of railway metallic bridges using fiber-reinforced polymers (poci-01-0145-feder030103) by feder funds through compete2020 (poci) and by national funds (piddac) through portuguese science foundation (fct). references [1] astm committee and others. (2004). standard practices for statistical analysis of linear or linearized stress-life (sn) and strain-life (ε-n) fatigue data, astm int. west conshohocken, pa, usa. [2] iso, b.s. (2012). 12107: 2003, metallic materials--fatigue testing--statistical planning and analysis of data, int. organ. stand. [3] standard, e. (2003). eurocode 3 : design of steel structures, part 1.9, control, pp. 1–117. [4] bsi (british standards institution). (1980). steel, concrete and composite bridges. 10: code of practice for fatigue, eurocode 3, (1). [5] specifications, a.-l.b.d. (2004). american association of state highway and transportation officials (aashto), washington, dc. [6] kohout, j., vechet, s. (2001). a new function for fatigue curves characterization and its multiple merits, int. j. fatigue, 23(2), pp. 175–83. [7] weibull, w. (1961). fatigue testing and analysis of results: publ. for and on behalf of advisory group for aeronautical research and development, north atlantic treaty organisation, pergamon press. [8] chaminda, s.s., ohga, m., dissanayake, r., taniwaki, k. (2007). different approaches for remaining fatigue life estimation of critical members in railway bridges, steel struct., 7, pp. 263–76. [9] kajolli, r. (2013). a new approach for estimating fatigue life in offshore steel structures. university of stavanger, norway. [10] de jesus, a.m.p., pinto, h., fernández-canteli, a., castillo, e., correia, j.a.f.o. (2010). fatigue assessment of a riveted shear splice based on a probabilistic model, int. j. fatigue, 32(2), pp. 453–62, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2009.09.004. [11] jesus, a.m.p. de., silva, a.l.l. da., figueiredo, m. v., correia, j.a.f.o., ribeiro, a.s., fernandes, a.a. (2011). strainlife and crack propagation fatigue data from several portuguese old metallic riveted bridges, eng. fail. anal., 18(1), pp. 148–63, doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2010.08.016. [12] correia, j., apetre, n., arcari, a., de jesus, a., muñiz-calvente, m., calçada, r., berto, f., fernández-canteli, a. (2017). generalized probabilistic model allowing for various fatigue damage variables, int. j. fatigue, 100, pp. 187–194. [13] muniz-calvente, m., de jesus, a.m.., correia, j.a.f.o., fernández-canteli, a. (2017). a methodology for probabilistic prediction of fatigue crack initiation taking into account the scale effect, eng. fract. mech., 185, pp. 101–113, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2017.04.014. [14] kohout, j., vechet, s. (2008). some estimations of tolerance bands of sn curves, mater. sci., 14(3), pp. 202–205. [15] zapletal, j., věchet, s., kohout, j., obrtlík, k. (2008). fatigue lifetime of adi from ultimate tensile strength to permanent fatigue limit, strength mater., 40(1), pp. 32–35. [16] mu, p.g., wan, x.p., zhao, m.y. (2011). a new s-n curve model of fiber reinforced plastic composite, key eng. mater., 462–463, pp. 484–8, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.462-463.484. t j. f. barbosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 400-410; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.38 410 [17] freire júnior, r.c.s., belísio, a.s. (2014). probabilistic s-n curves using exponential and power laws equations, compos. part b eng., 56, pp. 582–90, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2013.08.036. [18] correia, j.a.f.o., raposo, p., muniz-calvente, m., blasón, s., lesiuk, g., de jesus, a.m.p., moreira, p.m.g.p., calçada, r.a.b., canteli, a.f. (2017). a generalization of the fatigue kohout-věchet model for several fatigue damage parameters, eng. fract. mech., 185, pp. 284–300, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2017.06.009. [19] taras, a., greine, r. (2010). development and application of a fatigue class catalogue for riveted bridge components, struct. eng. int. j. int. assoc. bridg. struct. eng., doi: 10.2749/101686610791555810. [20] john goodman. (1919). mechanics applied to engineering, longmans, green, and co. [21] soderberg, c.r. (1930). factor of safety and working stress, trans. am. soc. test matls, 52, pp. 146. [22] society of automotive engineers (1997). sae fatigue design handbook: ae-22. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 25 art 13 h. askes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.13 87 special issue: characterization of crack tip stress field gradient enriched linear-elastic crack tip stresses to estimate the static strength of cracked engineering ceramics harm askes, luca susmel department of civil and structural engineering, the university of sheffield, sheffield s1 3jd, united kingdom abstract. according to gradient mechanics (gm), stress fields have to be determined by directly incorporating into the stress analysis a length scale which that takes into account the material microstructural features. this peculiar modus operandi results in stress fields in the vicinity of sharp cracks which are no longer singular, even though the assessed material is assumed to obey a linear-elastic constitutive law. given both the geometry of the cracked component being assessed and the value of the material length scale, the magnitude of the corresponding gradient enriched linear-elastic crack tip stress is then finite and it can be calculated by taking full advantage of those computational methods specifically devised to numerically implement gradient elasticity. in the present investigation, it is first shown that gm’s length scale can directly be estimated from the material ultimate tensile strength and the plane strain fracture toughness through the critical distance value calculated according to the theory of critical distances. next, by post-processing a large number of experimental results taken from the literature and generated by testing cracked ceramics, it is shown that gradient enriched linearelastic crack tip stresses can successfully be used to model the transition from the shortto the long-crack regime under mode i static loading. keywords. length scale; gradient elasticity; theory of critical distances; static breakage; ceramics. introduction ertainly linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) as formalised by griffith, irwin and others represents a ground-breaking point of no return in the field of fracture and strength of engineering materials, this holding true not only from a scientific, but also from an industrial point of view. what we have achieved in sectors such as, for instance, transportation and energy production would have been impossible without the lefm based design theories. as to the accuracy and reliability of lefm, in 1964 irwin affirms [1]: “… linear elastic fracture mechanics already provides a rather complete set of mathematical tools. additional experimental observations rather than additional methods of analysis are now the primary need for practical applications”. examination of the state of the art suggests that, as far as brittle failures are concerned, the international scientific community has taken the above statement literally: over the last five decades a big effort has been made mainly to experimentally extend the use of the lefm concepts to different materials/loading conditions, rather than to develop new theoretical approaches, lefm being treated as a kind of untouchable “religion”. by challenging irwin’s belief, the present paper aims to show that gradient-enriched linear-elastic crack/notch tip stresses can directly be used to predict the detrimental effect of cracks on the overall static strength of engineering ceramics, the microstructural features of the assessed material being explicitly taken into account through the critical distance calculated according to the theory of critical distances (tcd). this has the potential to represent an important step forward in the way cracked/notched components are designed against static loading. c http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.13&auth=true h. askes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.13 88 fundamentals of gradient elasticity ack in 1964, mindlin published the first paper [2] addressing in a systematic way gradient enriched elasticity, where a novel continuum theory containing a number of additional constitutive parameters was proposed. amongst the different attempts made so far to simplify the above approach by reducing the number of material parameters, certainly the model devised by aifantis and co-workers [3-5] deserves to be mentioned explicitly. in more detail, such a model postulates that the enriched stress-strain relationship can be extended with the laplacian of the strain as follows:  2 2c     (1) where  and  are the stresses and strains, respectively, c is a fourth-order tensor containing the elastic moduli, and l is a length scale parameter that represents the underlying microstructure. the most interesting feature of the above formulation of gradient elasticity is that it can efficiently be implemented numerically and then used, according to the procedure summarised below, to address problems of practical interest [6-8]. in particular, initially the following standard equation has to be solved: ku f (2) where k is the conventional linear elastic stiffness matrix, u is the vector containing the nodal displacements, and, finally, f is the vector summarising the externally applied nodal forces. once the displacements are obtained from eq. (2), they can be used to determine the gradient-enriched nodal stresses  from t t 2 tn nn sn s d n b d u                   (3) in the above relation, n is the matrix summarising the shape functions used to interpolate the stresses, b is the matrix containing the derivatives of the displacement shape functions, and, finally, s is the elastic compliance matrix. to conclude, it is worth recalling here that the most important implication of directly incorporating material length scale l into the stress analysis is that, even in the presence of cracks and sharp notches, the resulting stress fields are not singular in spite of the fact that the material being designed is forced to obey a linear-elastic constitutive law [9]. theory of critical distances and static assessment n the presence of cracks subjected to mode i static loading, the tcd postulates that fast fracture takes place when a critical distance based effective stress, eff, exceeds the material inherent strength, 0 [10], i.e.: eff 0   non-propagation of the crack (4) further, as far as the static assessment is concerned, independently from the ductility level of the material being design, the stress analysis can directly be performed by adopting a simple linear-elastic constitutive law [11-13], provided that the material inherent strength 0 is determined consistently [10-13]. the appropriate way of experimentally determining 0 will be reviewed below briefly. the above considerations should make it evident that designing cracked materials against static loading according to the tcd implies performing a bi-parametrical post-processing of the linear-elastic stress fields acting on the material in the vicinity of the crack tips, the critical distance and the inherent material strength being the two adopted design parameters. when specifically dealing with static failures, the tcd’s critical distance is recommended to be determined from: 2 ic 0 k1 l          (5) where kic is the lefm plane strain fracture toughness. the tcd’s effective stress, eff, can then be calculated according to either the point method, the line method, or the area method as follows [1, 14]: b i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.13&auth=true h. askes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.13 89 eff y l 0, r 2          point method (pm) (6)   2 l eff y 0 1 0, r dr 2l     line method (lm) (7)   l2 eff y2 0 0 4 , r drd l          area method (am) (8) the adopted symbols as well as the meaning of the effective stress determined according to definitions (6), (7), and (8) are explained in fig. 1. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 1: definition of the local systems of coordinates (a) and effective stress, eff, calculated according to the point method (b), line method (c), and area method (d). eq. (4) to (8) clearly show that inherent material strength 0 plays a role of primary importance when the tcd is used to design cracked components against static loading. brittle materials are experimentally seen to have an inherent material strength which is always very close to the material ultimate tensile strength, uts [14-16]. on the contrary, when the fast fracture process zone is characterised by large scale plastic deformations, in general, 0 reaches a value which is somewhat larger than the plain material uts [10, 11, 13]. another important aspect which is worth highlighting here is that 0 adopts a value higher than uts also in those situations in which the breakage of the plain parent material occurs by different mechanisms (such as, for instance, by the propagation of pre-existing microstructural defects) [10]. the considerations reported above clearly suggest that the only way to accurately determine 0 is by testing notched specimens containing stress risers whose presence results in different stress distributions in the vicinity of the tested geometrical features [10-13]. to conclude, when the tcd is used to specifically design cracked engineering ceramics against static loading, the inherent material strength is seen to be equal to the material ultimate tensile strength [15]. this greatly simplifies the problem. according to this remark, in what fallows gm will be used to model the sensitivity of engineering ceramics loaded in mode i to both shortand long-cracks by taking 0 invariably equal to uts. linking the length scales of gm and the tcd y using the area method argument re-interpreted according to non-local mechanics, in two recent investigations [17, 18] we have proven that the length scale parameter, l, employed by gm to perform the stress analysis, eq. (1), can directly be related to critical distance l, eq. (5). since the reasoning resulting in the l vs. l relationship has b http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.13&auth=true h. askes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.13 90 already been explained in great detail elsewhere [17, 18], in what follows just its fundamental steps are summarised briefly. in order to coherently link l to l, according to neuber’s structural volume concept [19], the initial hypothesis is formed that the process zone defining the overall strength of the investigated cracked material is circular in bi-dimensional situations and spherical in tri-dimensional bodies, its radius being equal to l [20]. given a generic material point having coordinates (x, y), nonlocal stresses nl at this point can directly be derived from the local stresses  determined at those points having coordinates (x+x,y+y) that are in the vicinity of the point at which the non-local stresses themselves are evaluated, i.e.:  nl 2 2 22 1 ( x, y ) h l x y ( x x, y y ) dy dx l              (9) in the above equation h is the heaviside function where h(s)=1 when s>0 and h(s)=0 otherwise, s being a generic variable. observing that factor l2 is used for normalisation reasons, the local stresses expanded in a taylor series at the material point having coordinates (x, y) take on the following value:  nl 2 2 22 1 h l x y x y dy dx l x y                          (10) by so doing, the stresses and their derivatives are evaluated at point (x, y) and, therefore, they can be taken out of the integral. if the terms in the integral are rewritten according to polar coordinates  and r, where x=r·cos and y=r·sin, the right-hand side of eq. (10) can be elaborated. for instance, the second derivative terms is found to be:   2 l2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 1 1 2 2 82 2 2 2 2 0 0 1 1 h l x y x dy dx r cos r dr d l l x l x x                          (11) according to eq. (11), it easy to observe that all terms with odd powers of x or y cancel. after some straightforward algebra, one obtains: nl 2 21 8 l      (12) finally, by using the explicit-to-implicit transition as formalised by peerlings et al. [20], eq. (12) can be rearranged as follows: nl 2 2 nl1 8 l      (13) eq. (9), which is the starting point of the reasoning summarised above, represents a link between the am [10] and gradient elasticity as formalised by aifantis and co-workers [3-5], so that, if the terms of order l4 and higher are ignored, the the l vs. l relationship can explicitly be written as: 2 21 l 8   l 2 2  (14) gradient enriched tip stresses to estimate static strength of cracked ceramics n order to check the accuracy of gradient enriched tip stresses in estimating the static strength of cracked engineering ceramics under mode i static loading a number of experimental results were selected from the technical literature, the mechanical properties of the investigated materials being summarised in tab 1. such results were generated by testing cracked samples having different geometries which include: controlled surface flaws, surface scratches, large pores, and sharp notches. the selected experimental results are summarised in the normalised kitagawa-takashi diagram plotting the ratio between the nominal gross stress resulting in static breakage, th, and the material ultimate tensile strength, uts, against a normalised equivalent length calculated as f2a/l, where f is the lefm shape factor and a the crack length. the main advantage of the above schematisation is that experimental results generated by testing samples having shape factor different from unity can directly be compared to the case of a central crack in an infinite plate loaded in tension (for which f is invariably equal to 1). i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.13&auth=true h. askes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.13 91 material ref. uts kic l [mpa] [mpa·m1/2] [mm] sic [21] 620 3.7 0.011 si3n4 [21] 650 4.5 0.015 al2o3 [21] 200 3.1 0.076 sialon [21] 920 4.6 0.008 si3n4 [22] 1160 7.8 0.014 al2o3 [22] 290 4.5 0.077 si3n4 [23] 920 5.6 0.012 si3n4 [24] 915 5.0 0.010 si3n4 [25, 26] 880 5.0 0.010 si3n4 [27] 700 5.0 0.016 si3n4 [28] 700 5.0 0.016 si3n4 [29] 510 5.0 0.031 si3n4 [26] 340 5.0 0.069 al2o3 [25] 790 3.5 0.006 al2o3 [25] 610 3.5 0.010 al2o3 [30] 610 3.5 0.010 al2o3 [30] 390 3.5 0.026 al2o3 [31] 390 3.5 0.026 al2o3 [28] 210 3.5 0.088 table 1: mechanical properties of the investigated engineering ceramics. the curve plotted in the chart of fig. 2 summarises the predictions made through the gradient enriched crack tip stresses calculated according to gm, the l vs. l relationship being the one given by eq. (14). such estimates were obtained by solving gm fe models simulating a bi-dimensional rectangular plate with a central through-thickness crack and subjected to tensile loading. the considered gross widths ranged in the interval 0.25mm-64mm. the ratio between the semi-crack length, a, and the gross width was set constant and equal to 0.05. this resulted for the modelled cracked samples in a shape factor, f, invariably equal to unity. finally, the boundary conditions of the gradient-enrichment step were taken as zero neumann conditions throughout. 0.05 0.5 0.01 0.1 1 10 100  th / u t s f2·a/l sic si3n4 al2o3 sialon inherent strength lefm l=2√2 l gm figure 2: accuracy of gradient enriched tip stresses in estimating the transition from the shortto the long-crack regime under mode i static loading, the mechanical properties of the considered engineering ceramics being summarised in tab 1. the chart of fig. 2 clearly suggests that, as far as engineering ceramics are concerned, gradient-enriched crack tip stresses are successful in modelling the transition from the shortto the long-crack regime. in particular, the above diagram makes it evident that gm is capable of matching the inherent material strength in the very short-crack region by correctly modelling, at the same time, the long-crack behaviour as well. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.13&auth=true h. askes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.13 92 conclusions he validation exercise summarised in the present paper strongly supports the idea that gradient-enriched crack tip stresses can successfully be used to perform the static assessment of cracked components. the gm based design methodology proposed and validated in the present paper by post-processing a large number of experimental results generated by testing engineering ceramics has the potential to turn into an important step forward in developing alternative methods to model the detrimental effect of cracks and defects in engineering components and structures. in particular, since, according to gm’s modus operandi, gradient enriched stresses can directly be calculated at any material points (crack tips included), components containing both cracks and defects could directly be designed against static loading by following the same strategy as the one commonly adopted to perform, as suggested by continuum mechanics, the fatigue assessment of un-cracked bodies. references [1] irwin, g.r., structural aspects of brittle fracture, applied materials research, 3 (1964) 65-81. [2] mindlin, r.d., micro-structure in linear elasticity, arch. rat. mech. analysis, 16 (1964) 52–78. [3] aifantis, e.c., on the role of gradients in the localization of deformation and fracture, int. j. engng. sci., 30 (1992) 1279–1299. [4] altan, s.b., aifantis, e.c., on the structure of the mode iii crack-tip in gradient elasticity, scripta metall. mater., 26 (1992) 319–324. [5] ru, c.q., aifantis, e.c., a simple approach to solve boundary-value problems in gradient elasticity, acta mech., 101 (1993) 59–68. [6] askes, h., gutiérrez, m.a., implicit gradient elasticity, int. j. numer. meth. engng., 67 (2006) 400-416. [7] askes, h., morata i., aifantis e.c., finite element analysis with staggered gradient elasticity, comput. struct., 86 (2008) 1266-1279. [8] askes, h., gitman, i.m., non-singular stresses in gradient elasticity at bi-material interface with transverse crack, int. j. fract., 156 (2009) 217-222. [9] askes, h., aifantis, e.c., gradient elasticity in statics and dynamics: an overview of formulations, length scale identification procedures, finite element implementations and new results, int. j. solids struct., 48 (2011) 1962–1990. [10] taylor, d., the theory of critical distances: a new perspective in fracture mechanics, elsevier, oxford, uk (2007). [11] susmel, l., taylor, d., on the use of the theory of critical distances to predict static failures in ductile metallic materials containing different geometrical features, engng. fract. mech., 75 (2008) 4410-4421. [12] susmel, l., taylor, d., the theory of critical distances to estimate the static strength of notched samples of al6082 loaded in combined tension and torsion. part i: material cracking behaviour, engng. fract. mech., 77 (2010) 452–469. [13] susmel l., taylor d., the theory of critical distances to estimate the static strength of notched samples of al6082 loaded in combined tension and torsion. part ii: multiaxial static assessment, engng. fract. mech., 77 (2010) 470– 478. [14] whitney, j.m., nuismer, r.j., stress fracture criteria for laminated composites containing stress concentrations, j. composite mater., 8 (1974) 253-265. [15] taylor, d., predicting the fracture strength of ceramic materials using the theory of critical distances, engng. fract. mech., 71 (2004) 2407-2416. [16] susmel, l., taylor, d., the theory of critical distances to predict static strength of notched brittle components subjected to mixed-mode loading, eng frac mech, 75 3-4 (2008) 534-550. [17] susmel, l., askes, h., material length scales in fracture analysis: from gradient elasticity to the theory of critical distances, computational technology reviews, 6 (2012) 63-80. [18] susmel, l., askes, h., bennett, t., taylor, d., theory of critical distances vs. gradient mechanics in modelling the transition from the shortto long-crack regime at the fatigue limit, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., (2013) – in press. [19] neuber, h., theory of notch stresses. springer, berlin, (1958). [20] peerlings, r.h.j., de borst, r., brekelmans, w.a.m., de vree, j.h.v., gradient enhanced damage for quasi-brittle materials, int. j. numer. meth. engng., 39 (1996) 3391–3403. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.13&auth=true h. askes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.13 93 [21] kimoto, h., usami, s., miyata, h. relationship between strength and flaw size in glass and polycrystalline ceramics. japan soc. mech. engng., 51 (1985) 2482–2488. [22] anw, k., kim, b.a., iwasa, m., ogura, n., process zone size failure criterion and probabilistic fracture assessment curves for ceramics, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct., 15 (2) (1992) 139-149. [23] taniguchi, y., kitazumi, j., yamada, t., bending stress analysis of ceramics based on the statistical theory of stress and fracture location, j. jap. soc. mater. sci., 38 (1988) 777-782. [24] nagase, y., hoshide, t., furuya, h., yamada, t., room and high temperature strengths for ring specimen of sintered silicon nitride, in: 33rd ann. meeting. society of materials science, japan, (1984) 150-152. [25] kirchner, h. p., gruver, r. m., sotter, w. a., characteristics of flaws at fracture origins and fracture stressflaw size relations in various ceramics, mater. sci. eng., 22 (1976) 147-156. [26] bourne, w.c., tressler, r.e., alteration of flaw sizes and kic of si3n4 ceramics by molten salt exposure, in: int. symp. frac. .mech. ceram., plenum, new york 3 (1978) 113-124. [27] kawai, m., abe, h., nakayama, j., the effect of surface roughness on the strength of silicon nitride, in: proc. int. symp. factors densification sinter. oxide nonoxide ceram., tokyo, (1978) 545-556. [28] kimoto, h., usami, s., miyata, h., flaw size dependence in fracture stress of glass and polycrystalline ceramics, japan soc. mech. eng., 841-852 (1984) 34-40. [29] takahashi, i., usami, s., nakakado, k., miyata, h., shida, s., effect of defect size and notch root radius on fracture strength of engineering ceramics, j. ceram. soc. japan, 93 (1985) 186-194. [30] katayama, y., matsuo, y., relationship between strength and defect size in alumina, in: 3rd symp. high temp. mater., ceramic soc. of japan, (1984) 34-38. [31] iseki, t., maruyama, t., hanafusa, k., suzuki, h., effect of surface roughness on the bending strength of graphite and alumina at high temperatures, j. ceram. soc. japan, 86 (1978) 547-552. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.13&auth=true microsoft word numero_41_art_22.docx j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 157 focused on crack tip fields experimental evaluation of ctod in constant amplitude fatigue crack growth from crack tip displacement fields j.m. vasco-olmo, f.a. díaz university of jaén, spain jvasco@ujaen.es fdiaz@ujaen.es f.v. antunes university of coimbra, portugal fernando.ventura@dem.uc.pt m.n. james university of plymouth, uk m.james@plymouth.ac.uk abstract. in the current work an experimental study of the crack tip opening displacement (ctod) is performed to evaluate the ability of this parameter to characterise fatigue crack growth. a methodology is developed to measure and to analyse the ctod from experimental data. the vertical displacements measured by implementing digital image correlation on growing fatigue cracks are used to measure the ctod. fatigue tests at r ratios of 0.1 and 0.6 were conducted on compact-tension specimens manufactured from commercially pure titanium. a sensitivity analysis was performed to explore the effect of the position selected behind the crack tip for the ctod measurement. the analysis of a full loading cycle allowed identifying the elastic and plastic components of the ctod. the plastic ctod was found to be directly related to the plastic deformation at the crack tip. moreover, a linear relationship between da/dn and the plastic ctod for both tests was observed. results show that the ctod can be used as a viable alternative to δk in characterising fatigue crack propagation because the parameter considers fatigue threshold and crack shielding in an intrinsic way. this work is intended to contribute to a better understanding of the different mechanisms driving fatigue crack growth and the address the outstanding controversy associated with plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure. keywords. crack tip opening displacement; fatigue crack growth; plastic deformation; dic. citation: vasco-olmo, j.m., díaz, f.a., antunes, f.v., james, m.n., experimental evaluation of ctod in constant amplitude fatigue crack growth from crack tip displacement fields, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 158 introduction atigue crack growth has been traditionally characterised by the paris law [1], that relates the crack growth per cycle, da/dn to the stress intensity factor range, δk. however, there are several controversial issues and unanswered questions in this field. the procedures for analysing constant amplitude fatigue under small-scale yielding conditions are well established, although a number of uncertainties remain. variable amplitude loading, large-scale plasticity, and short cracks introduce additional complications that are not fully understood. in addition, in many materials, it is virtually impossible to characterise the fracture behaviour with lineal elastic fracture mechanics (lefm), and an alternative fracture mechanics model is required. elastic-plastic fracture mechanics (epfm) is applied to materials that exhibit nonlinear behaviour (i.e., plastic deformation). hence in the authors’ view, the linear elastic δk parameter should be replaced by nonlinear crack tip parameter since fatigue crack growth is governed by nonlinear processes at the crack tip. two elastic-plastic parameters have been proposed to be related with crack tip plastic deformation, the crack tip opening displacement (ctod) and the j contour integral. both parameters describe crack tip conditions in elastic-plastic materials, and they can be used as a fracture criterion. ctod is a local parameter, while the j integral is used as a global criterion based on the quasi-strain energy release rate. critical values of ctod or j give nearly size-independent measurements of fracture toughness, even for relatively large amounts of crack tip plasticity. there are limits to the applicability of these parameters but they are much less restrictive than the validity requirements of lefm. in this work, ctod is the parameter used to characterise fatigue crack growth. ctod was first observed by wells [2] when he was attempting to measure kic values in a number of structural steel. wells found that these materials were too tough to be characterised by lefm. while examining fractured test specimens, wells noticed that the crack faces had moved apart prior to fracture; plastic deformation had blunted an initially sharp crack, resulting in a finite displacement at the crack tip. the degree of crack blunting increased in proportion to the toughness of the material. this observation led wells to propose the opening at the crack tip as a measurement of fracture toughness. nowadays, ctod is a classical parameter in elastic-plastic fracture mechanics and it has a high importance for fatigue analysis. crack tip blunting at maximum load and the crack tip re-sharpening at minimum load were used to explain fatigue crack growth [3]. ctod has been experimentally measured using extensometers located remotely to the crack tip. thus, in compact tension (ct) specimens an extensometer with blades is located at the mouth of the specimen notch to measure the opening of the specimen [4]. in the case of middle tension (mt) specimens a pin extensometer is placed at the centre of the specimen by fixing it into two small holes [5]. recently, full field optical techniques have become very popular for the analysis of structural integrity problems. among them digital image correlation (dic) technique can be considered because the displacement fields at the vicinity of the crack tip can be measured with high level of accuracy [6]. thus, in this work dic is implemented to measure the ctod from the relative displacement between both crack flanks. moreover, a finite element analysis has also been employed to measure the ctod numerically. the displacement at the first node behind the crack tip is generally used as an operational ctod [7]. figure 1: (a) dimensions (mm) of the ct specimen tested. (b) experimental set-up used to measure dic data during fatigue testing. in previous work, antunes et al. [8] developed a numerical study to quantify the ctod in a mt specimen for two aluminium alloys in order to analyse the applicability of this parameter to characterise fatigue crack growth. a relationship was found between da/dn and the plastic ctod range for the 6082-t6 aluminium alloy independent of stress ratio, showing that the ctod can be a viable alternative to δk in the analysis of fatigue crack propagation. thus, in the current f (b) (a) j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 159 work an experimental study of the ctod is performed by implementing the procedure developed by antunes et al. [8] to evaluate the ability of this parameter to characterise fatigue crack growth. note that the values of δctodp reported in [8] are relatively small, lower than 1 μm, which is certainly a challenge for the experimental determination of plastic ctod since some controversy exists about if dic is able to provide extremely high spatial resolution characterisation of crack tip deformation fields, including crack opening profiles [9]. the vertical displacements measured by dic on growing fatigue cracks are used to measure the ctod as the relative displacement existing between the crack flanks. two fatigue tests at stress ratios of 0.1 and 0.6 were conducted on titanium ct specimens. from the analysis of a full loading cycle, the elastic and plastic ctod could be identified. a linear relationship between da/dn and the plastic ctod was found for both tests, showing therefore that the ctod can be used as a viable alternative in characterising fatigue crack growth. with this work, the authors intend to contribute to a better understanding of the different mechanisms driving fatigue crack propagation and to address the outstanding controversy associated with plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure. experimental work or the experimental analysis of the ctod, two commercially pure titanium ct specimens (fig. 1a) with a thickness of 1 mm were tested at constant amplitude fatigue loading. fatigue tests were conducted at two different stress ratios (0.1 and 0.6) applying 750 n as maximum load level. for the correct implementation of dic, one of the faces of the specimens was prepared by spraying a black speckle over a white background. in addition, the other face of the specimens was polished to assist in tracking the crack tip. fatigue tests were conducted on an electropuls e3000 electromechanical testing machine at a frequency of 10 hz (fig. 1b). a ccd camera fitted with a macro zoom lens to increase the spatial resolution at the region around the crack tip was placed perpendicular to each face of the specimen. during fatigue tests, the loading cycle was periodically paused to allow the acquisition of a sequence of images at uniform increments through a complete loading and unloading cycle. the ccd camera viewing the speckled face of the specimen was set up so that the field of view was 17.3 x 13 mm (resolution of 13.5 μm/pixel) with the crack path located at the centre of the image. illumination of the surface was provided by a fibre optic ring placed around the zoom lens (shown in fig. 1b). experimental methodology n this section, the methodology developed to measure the ctod from experimental data is described. ctod is a parameter that measures the opening at the crack tip. therefore, the vertical displacements obtained from experiments can be used for its measurement. in this work, dic is used to measure the crack tip displacement fields. thus, ctod is explored by analysing the vertical displacements. an example of horizontal and vertical displacement maps measured with dic are shown in fig. 2, corresponding to a crack length of 9.40 mm and a load level of 750 n. figure 2: horizontal (a) and vertical (b) displacement fields measured with dic for a crack length of 9.40 mm at a load level of 750 n. x (pixels) y ( p ix el s) mm 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 -0.05 -0.04 -0.03 -0.02 -0.01 0 0.01 0.02 x (pixels) y ( p ix el s) mm 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 f i (a) (b) j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 160 ctod is obtained by measuring the relative displacement between the crack flanks selecting a pair of points behind the crack tip. therefore, a relevant factor is the crack tip location. first, the y-coordinate of the crack tip is determined by plotting perpendicular profiles to the crack direction employing the vertical displacement map since a change in the displacement values is observed when the profiles go through the crack wake. fig. 3a shows as the different plotted profiles around the crack tip intersect in one point which indicates the location of the crack tip in the y-direction. the corresponding displacement value for this point is used to determine the x-coordinate of the crack tip. once the ycoordinate of the crack tip is known, a parallel profile to the crack direction corresponding to the y-coordinate previously obtained is plotted. the x-coordinate of the crack tip is obtained from the point of the profile which presents the same displacement value than that previously known from the y-coordinate. thus, a horizontal profile corresponding to this displacement value is plotted, establishing the x-coordinate as the intersection point between both lines as shown in fig. 3b. according to this procedure, the crack tip was located at the point with coordinates x = 470 pixels and y = 468 pixels (x = 6.49 mm and y = 6.41 mm), being the coordinates origin the upper left corner of the image. figure 3: methodology for locating the crack tip: (a) y-coordinate and (b) x-coordinate. once the location of the crack tip has been established, the experimental ctod is obtained by defining the measurement point behind the crack tip. thus, ctod as a function of load for a complete loading cycle is evaluated by analysing both the loading and unloading branches. in this way, the portion of the cycle at which the crack is closed and open can be (a) (b) j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 161 evaluated. in addition, from the analysis of the portion at which the crack is open, the elastic and plastic components of the ctod can be estimated from the slope variation observed in the ctod versus load curves. effect of the position behind the crack tip n this section a sensitivity analysis is performed to explore the effect of the position selected behind the crack tip for measuring the ctod. two parameters are related with the selection of the pairs of points behind the crack tip, the directions along and perpendicular to the crack. as fig. 4 shows, the direction along the crack is referenced as l1, while l2 is used for the perpendicular direction. figure 4: magnification of the region around the crack tip showing a pair or points behind the crack tip employed for the ctod measurement. this analysis is made by measuring the ctod at the maximum load as a function of one of the parameters, maintaining constant the other parameter. in fig. 5a ctod for different l2 distances has been plotted as a function of l1 distance. it can be observed that ctod is higher as the measurement points are moving away the crack tip. this increase in the ctod values along the crack is bigger as the measurement points are located at longer l2 distances. moreover, it is observed that for a same l1 value, ctod is gradually increasing until reaching a stable value from a value of l2 = 136.9 μm (10 pixels). this last observation can be more easily analysable if ctod for different l1 locations along the crack is represented as a function of the perpendicular distance l2 to the crack direction. thus, in fig. 5b is clearly observed as, for a same l1 location, ctod gradually increases until reaching a stable value at the l2 distance indicated above. figure 5: graphs showing the effect of the location of the measurement point. (a) ctod as a function of the distance along the crack direction l1; (b) ctod as a function of the distance at the perpendicular direction l2 to the crack. x (pixels) y ( p ix el s) mm 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.2 l1l2 l2 l1l2 l2 i (a) (b) j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 162 according to this analysis, it can be established that the ctod value depends significantly of the location of the pair or points selected behind the crack tip along the crack direction. however, the effect of the perpendicular distance to the crack direction is not so restrictive since it has been observed that from 10 pixels (136.9 μm) a stable value of ctod is obtained. this established conclusion is validated by plotting the ctod versus load curves along a full loading cycle for different l1 and l2 values. fig. 6a shows different plots of ctod versus load along a full loading cycle for different l1 values using a value of 10 pixels (136.8 μm) for l2. in a similar way, fig. 6b shows different plots of ctod versus load for different l2 values employing a value of 5 pixels (for l1). the ctod values are higher as the distances l1 and l2 increase. in addition, the wide of the loops defined by the elastic portions of the loading and unloading branches increases with l1 and l2, being more clearly observable in the case of a l2 increase (fig. 6b). in addition, in fig. 6b it is observed that the wide of the loops is practically inappreciable for l2 values of 10 and 15 pixels (136.8 and 205.3 μm). figure 6: plots of ctod versus load along a full loading cycle: (a) for different l1 values employing a value of 10 pixels (136.8 μm) for l2 and (b) for different l2 values employing a value for l1 of 5 pixels (68.4 μm). thus, l2 distance used to measure the ctod will be 10 pixels (136.8 μm). however, the selection of the l1 distance is not so clear. all results shown forwards are obtained using a l1 distance of 5 pixels (68.4 μm). experimental results nce the effect of the measurement point location has been studied, ctod along a full loading cycle is measured. fig. 7 shows a typical plot of ctod versus load for the same crack length above analysed (a = 9.40 mm), where the separation existing between every data-point corresponds with a load level of 25 n. from the analysis of the loading and unloading branches, different portions can be identified. crack remains closed between points a and b. this portion presents a slight slope since dic detects very small displacements due to the sensitivity of the technique. in addition, other aspect that must be added is that crack closure is a gradual process at which crack does not change suddenly from fully closed to fully open (as can be observed numerically), and therefore it can be detected experimentally. from point b there is a slope change in the trend followed by the data-points, increasing linearly until reaching point c. from point c there is a change in the linearity until reaching the maximum applied load which is attributed to the plastic deformation. both elastic and plastic components of ctod can be estimated by extrapolating the linear regime to the maximum load. during unloading, there is a linear decrease between points d and e with the same slope than that obtained for the elastic regime in the loading branch. then, again there is a change in the linearity due to reversed plastic deformation, where the crack closes again. the same procedure indicated for the loading branch can be used to estimate the elastic and plastic components of ctod. in fig. 7 it is shown how the range for each component of the ctod is obtained. thus, during loading the elastic and plastic ranges of the ctod obtained were 10.23 μm and 4.71 μm, respectively. on the other hand, during unloading the values for the ranges of the elastic and plastic components were 10.42 μm and 4.52 μm, respectively. the values for the plastic component correspond to a percentage regarding to the total ctod of 31.5 % and 30.3 % for the loading and unloading branches, respectively. o (a) (b) j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 163 figure 7: plot of ctod along a full loading cycle indicating its elastic and plastic components at a crack length of 9.40 mm using a l1 value of 5 pixels and a l2 value of 10 pixels. then, the above methodology to obtain the ctod range for the elastic and plastic components is applied along the crack length. fig. 8a shows the elastic and plastic ctod ranges as a function of the crack length. a scatter is observed for the elastic component values, while the values for the plastic component show a gradual increase with the crack length. this last shows that the plastic component of the ctod can be linked to the plastic deformation generated along the crack propagation. it is interesting to note that a very similar trend for the plastic component values has been obtained independent to the stress ratio. it can be due to the fact that the same maximum load value was used to conduct both tests. moreover, in order to remove the scatter obtained for the elastic component, the percentage represented for each component with respect to the total ctod has been plotted in fig. 8b. a realignment is clearly observed for the elastic ctod values, decreasing gradually with the crack length. this is an expected result since it is an opposite behaviour to that shown by the plastic component. figure 8: (a) elastic and plastic ctod ranges as a function of the crack length for both tests. (b) percentage of the elastic and plastic ctod ranges along the crack length for both tests. according to the above results, only the plastic component of the ctod is relevant to characterise fatigue crack growth. fig. 9 shows the da/dn versus δctodp curves obtained for both tests. a different linear relationship has been obtained for each test, being the slope corresponding to the test conducted at low stress ratio higher. this is a logical result since (a) (b) j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 164 fatigue crack growth rate in the specimen tested at low r-ratio was bigger. results show that the plastic component of ctod can be directly related to the plastic deformation at the crack tip during crack propagation. therefore, ctod can be used to characterise fatigue crack growth since this parameter considers fatigue threshold and crack shielding in an intrinsic way. figure 9: crack growth per cycle (da/dn) versus plastic ctod range (δctodp) for both tests. in the current work it has been observed that plastic ctod depends on the maximum applied load in the fatigue cycle, independently of the stress ratio. therefore, as future work could be to conduct a test at high stress ratio with the same fatigue loading range than that defined in the test at low r-ratio in order to check if a linear relationship with similar slope is obtained. in this way, an only expression would be achieved that would allow to characterise fatigue crack propagation for the analysed material independent of the stress ratio as it was concluded by antunes et al. [8] in their numerical study. conclusions n experimental evaluation of the ctod has been performed to analyse the ability of this parameter to characterise fatigue crack growth. ctod has been measured from the vertical displacements obtained on growing fatigue cracks by implementing dic, demonstrating that this optical technique is able to provide extremely high spatial resolution characterisation of crack tip fields. two titanium ct specimens were tested at different stress ratios (0.6 and 0.1). from a sensitivity analysis it has been established that the ctod value depends significantly from the location along the crack direction of the pair of points selected behind the crack tip. however, the effect of the perpendicular distance to the crack direction is not so restrictive. elastic and plastic components of the ctod were identified from the analysis of a full loading cycle. the plastic ctod was found to be directly related to the plastic deformation at the crack tip. a different linear relationship between crack growth per cycle and the plastic ctod range was obtained for each test, where a higher slope was obtained for the test at low r-ratio. results show that the ctod can be used as a viable alternative to stress intensity factor range in characterising fatigue crack growth because ctod considers fatigue threshold and crack shielding in an intrinsic way. the authors have intended to contribute to a better understanding of the different mechanisms driving fatigue crack propagation and to address the outstanding controversy associated with plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure. further work must be made to understand the effect of stress ratio when the applied loading cycle is the same. a j.m. vasco-olmo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 157-165; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.22 165 acknowledgements his work has been performed thank to the financial support from ‘gobierno de españa’ through the research project ‘proyecto de investigación de excelencia del ministerio de economía y competitividad mat2016-76951c2-1-p’. references [1] paris, p.c., a critical analysis of crack propagation laws, j. basic eng., 85 (1960), 528–534. [2] wells, a.a., unstable crack propagation in metals. cleavage and fast fracture, proceedings of the crack propagation symposium, 1, paper 84, cranfield, uk (1961). [3] laird, c., smith, g.c., crack propagation in high stress fatigue, philos. mag. 8 (1962) 847–857. [4] vasco-olmo, j.m., díaz, f.a., garcía-collado, a., dorado, r., experimental evaluation of crack shielding during fatigue crack growth using digital image correlation, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct., 38 (2013) 223–237. [5] antunes, f.v., branco, r., costa, j.d., rodrigues, d.m., plasticity induced crack closure in middle-tension specimen: numerical versus experimental, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct. 33 (2010) 673–686. [6] chu, t.c., ranson, w.f., sutton, m.a., peters, w.h., applications of digital-image correlation technique to experimental mechanics, exp. mech., 25 (1985) 232–244. [7] de matos, p.f.p., nowell, d., on the accurate assessment of crack opening and closing stresses in plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure problems, eng. fract. mech., 74 (2007) 1579–1601. [8] antunes, f.v., rodrigues, s.m., camas, d., a numerical analysis of ctod in constant amplitude fatigue crack growth, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 85 (2016) 45–55. [9] korsunsky, a.m., song, x., belnoue, j., jun, t., hofmann, f., de matos, p.f.p., nowell, d., dini, d., aparicioblanco, o., walsh, m.j., crack tip deformation fields and fatigue crack growth rates in ti-6al-4v, int. j. fatigue, 31 (2009) 1771–1779. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_27_2644 a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 376 focussed on fracture and damage detection in masonry structures minimum energy strategies for the in-plane behaviour of masonry antonio gesualdo*, bruno calderoni university of naples “federico ii”, department of structure for engineering and architecture, napoli, italy via claudio 21, 80125, napoli, italy gesualdo@unina.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7063-8064 calderon@unina.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5596-9829 antonino iannuzzo eth zürich, institute of technology in architecture, zürich, switzerland iannuzzo@arch.ethz.ch, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6633-149x antonio fortunato university of salerno, department of civil engineering, fisciano (sa), italy a.fortunato@unisa.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9224-2143 michela monaco university of campania “luigi vanvitelli”, department of architecture and industrial design, aversa (ce), italy michela.monaco@unicampania.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7895-7089 abstract. unreinforced masonry is the most diffused construction material in the major part of historical centers in europe. in a building subjected to earthquake forces the contribution of in-plane shear resistance of the masonry walls is a determinant factor for the stability of the whole structure. in particular, the masonry piers are the structural elements subjected to the combination of normal and shear forces. in general, ductile tools to model the in plane behaviour of masonry are always welcome in order to evaluate the capacity of walls subjected to vertical and horizontal actions. in this framework, two no-tension approaches to model the behaviour of masonry walls loaded with in-plane forces, involving a minimum energy procedure, are presented. both the procedures allow the representation of the stress maps in the panel in case of monotonic increase of shear load. the results of the numerical analyses are compared and discussed. keywords. masonry; in-plane loads; minimum potential energy. citation: gesualdo, a., calderoni, b., iannuzzo, a., fortunato, a., monaco, m. minimum energy strategies for the in-plane behaviour of masonry, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385. received: 28.09.2019 accepted: 25.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he analysis of masonry structures has been for years a challenging issue to be addressed, especially when seismic actions are involved. masonry buildings are in fact the main part of historical centers in italy and in general all over europe [1]. these buildings are a complex arrangement of masonry walls and different structural elements, t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2644.mp4 a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 377 such as arches and vaults, columns and plane slabs [2]. henceforth existing masonry buildings subjected to seismic loads need a correct modeling of these structural elements and their interaction [3]. in particular, especially in the cases in which the out of plane mechanisms can be considered absent [4], the role of the in plane behavior of masonry elements (piers and spandrels) and their interaction with the horizontal structural elements is a key one [5, 6]. given the importance of the masonry heritage and in view of its rehabilitation, efficient and consistent tools are needed [7], especially constitutive models able to describe the complex patterns of cracks after static and dynamic actions [8, 9, 10]. several constitutive models have been proposed in the last decades to describe the behaviour of masonry, and among them a preminent role can be assigned to the no-tension (nt) model. the first approaches to the unilateral model date back to nineteenth century, [11], although in the indeterminate case of the rectangular table with four legs the problem was for the first time posed in an indirect way by euler at the end of xviii century [12]. the first rational consideration on the constitutive model were developed in the first decades of xix century by signorini [13]. the papers by heyman [14, 15] considered the low tensile stress of masonry negligible, so that a nt material could be taken into account. he introduced the safe theorem of limit analysis for particular masonry structures, according to which an unreinforced masonry vault will stand if a network of compression forces in the section of the structure and in equilibrium with the applied loads can be found. this solution can be considered according the statements of limit analysis a lower-bound solution [16, 17] and was presented for the first time as an application to the case of “voussoir” (or segmental) arch [18], as the author pointed out. since that time, and with limited exceptions [19-21] the nt problem has become an almost exclusively italian question. the first rational assessment was developed since the beginnings of ’80 and mainly thanks to italian contribute, see for example [22, 23]. the classical heyman hypotheses of null tensile strength, infinite compressive strength and no-sliding were since then the basis his theory, together with the static theorem of limit analysis, used mainly for the analysis of arches and vaults [24]. the heyman hypotheses and the limits of their application to masonry structures were successively discussed [25]. this paper presents two nt approaches to model the behaviour of masonry walls subjected to in-plane actions. in both cases a variational strategy is proposed. an extremum problem is in fact solved, in the first case with reference to the complementary energy, in the second one to the potential energy. the first method considers an approximate solution when small strains are involved, with the constitutive hypothesis of unilateral constraints on normal stresses. the solution is a kinematically consistent configuration obtained as a minimum for the complementary energy ce . the numerical problem is solved introducing a curvilinear coordinate system corresponding to the distribution of compression rays [26]. the second approach solves the problem of a 1-d element with variable cross section and symmetric shape defined in the panel domain and corresponding to the compressed area. the solution corresponds to the minimum of total potential energy [27]. the stress maps in case of monotonic increase of shear load is provided [28]. elastic no-tension model general definitions he mechanics of masonry-like –materials, developed by giaquinta and giusti [22] and del piero [23]. fortunato [26] considered the boundary value problem for a masonry-like rectangular panel, traction free on the lateral sides and subjected to zero body forces as well as prescribed rigid body displacements of the top and bottom bases. in particular, the problem is that of a nt body occupying a two dimensional regular region  (fig. 1), with: figure 1: the nt body. t a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 378 n d  : boundary of the body  and n d   ,n d  : free and constrained boundary of the body  . given the body forces b in  , the tractions p on n and the displacements u on d , the solution of the boundary value problem is the triplet { , }u λ b (displacement, anelastic strain, stress) fulfilling the following relations:  equilibrium and static boundary conditions    , , on ndivt b 0 tn p (1)  kinematic boundary conditions  , on du u (2)  stress-strain law and constitutive restrictions on strain involving fractures     [ ] , tr 0 , det 0t e λ t t (3)  normality law    tr 0 , det 0 , 0λ λ t λ (4) where e is the infinitesimal strain and  is the elastic tensor. the inequalities (3) lead to the following partition of the domain  : 1 2 3 { : tr 0 , det 0} { : tr 0 , det 0} { : tr 0 , det 0}.                x t t x t t x t t (5) the domain 1 is that of biaxial compression and the material has the classical bilateral elastic behaviour. in the domain 2 the material is in uniaxial compression and can show fractures. in this case the compressive lines when b 0 are straight lines. in the 3 domain the material is completely inert and any positive semidefinite fracture field is possible. variational formulation it has been proved [23] the existence of a strain energy density for nt materials, so that a variational formulation of the problem can be derived, i.e. an equilibrium configuration corresponds to a minimum of the total potential energy: 1 ( ) . 2 n p ds       u e e p ue (6) the equilibrium displacement solution may not be unique, due to the presence of the anelastic part. a dual formulation of the problem has been derived by [22], with the stress field 0t as statically admissible solution minimizing the complementary energy functional: 11( ) . 2 d c ds        t t t tn ue (7) defined over the convex set of statically admissible stress fields. a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 379 analytical formulations of the variational problem 2-d minimum complementary energy approach he analysis considers a nt masonry panel loaded with a constant vertical force and an increasing horizontal one. in the present approach the equilibrium solution is determined by minimizing the complementary energy (7) according the general method reported in [26]. the rectangular domain defined by the panel is traction free on the lateral sides. the body forces are null and the displacements are prescribed at top and bottom bases: the relative displacements of the two bases are defined by the triplet { , }u v . a reference system { , }o x y is defined with origin in the panel centroid, see fig. 2(a). figure 2: masonry panel and displacement vectors (a); angle  with the vector rays (b); vector rays and coordinates system (c) the problem is solved considering an approximate solution over a reduced definition domain, i.e. 2 3  , that is to search the statically admissible stress field 0t in 2 when the free boundary between 2 and 3 is determined. as above remarked, when the body forces are null, the isostatic compressive curves are straight lines, named compression rays. they form an angle  with the y axis and cross the two bases of the panel, since the vertical edges are part of the free boundary. the curvilinear reference system for the compression rays is defined by the coordinate system  1 2{ , }o , see fig. 2(c). within the panel area an uniaxial thrust region is recognized. this compression region is determined by means of the complementary energy minimum. reference is made to a normalized rectangle of unitary base and height /h b h where b and h are respectively the real base and height of the masonry panel as in fig. 2(a). the compression rays are defined by means of the slope function 1( )g  , subjected to the geometrical constraints: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 ( ) 1 2 1 2 ( ) g h h g h h                 (8) where 1 is the intersection of the slope function with the horizontal axis. the constitutive conditions: t (a) (b) (c) a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 380 1 1( ) , 0 v g u u u       (9) correspond to the existence of compression rays corresponds to a kinematic constraint on the function 1( )g  . the complementary energy (7) assumes in this case the form (see fortunato, 2010):                1 1 1 2 2 1 2 ( ) 2 1 / 2 (1 ) ln 1 / 2 c u g v g e e d g h g g h (10) where the triplet ( , , )u v represents the given set of relative rigid displacements, 1  and 1 are the geometrical bounds of the compression region and g is the first derivative of 1( )g  with respect to 1 . the minimum of ce is obtained solving the euler equation associated to (10) adopting a multiple shooting technique, in other words looking for the function 1( )g  that minimizes the functional (10) with the constraints (9) and the boundary conditions: 11( ) , ( )g g g g   . (11) the conditions (11) correspond to the upper and lower load conditions. 1-d minimum potential energy approach like in the previous paragraph, body forces are null and the analysis is performed considering a nt masonry panel loaded with a constant vertical force and an increasing horizontal one. as the horizontal load increases, the resultant force r is that corresponding to the triangular distribution with base a in fig. 3(a). the straight line connecting the middle points of the triangular distribution forms and angle 1 with the vertical axis. a partition of the entire rectangular domain due to the constitutive model adopted is recognized, so that the compressive stress area 2 in (5) can be assumed that enclosed in the polygonal domain represented in fig. 3(b), whose geometry is defined by:  2cosminb a ,   2cos max b b where 2 is the angle that the symmetry axis of the domain forms with the vertical one and in general it is distinct from 1 . the problem is skew-symmetric with respect to the vertical axis, and the entire problem can be reduced to onedimensional model, i.e. a masonry strut with variable cross section and symmetric shape. the resulting problem is an euler-bernoulli cantilever beam with variable cross section as in fig. 4(a), loaded by r . the internal forces on the beam are:                1 2 1 2 1 1 2cos( ) , sin( ) , .tan 2 3 2 b a h n r t r m n (12) the variational formulation of the problem in terms of potential energy ( )p ue in (6) is used. the boundary conditions are defined at the beam ends of fig. 4 (b) and in the cross section where there is a stiffness first derivative variation. the problem solution is in this case the triplet 2( , , )b c v v satisfying the displacements boundary conditions and minimizing the ( )p ue expressed by: 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 ( ) ( , , ) 1 1 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 p p b c l l l l cei z dz ei z dz ea z dz ea z dz                               u v v f v e e (13) a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 381 where the integrals are defined over the two domains in which stiffness is continuous with its first derivative iei , iea , i ,  i are respectively the stiffness and deformation characteristics of the beam and the external force vector is  1 1 1( , , )n t mf . figure 3: (a) masonry panel with in-plane load; (b) shape of the reacting structure. only the bending and the axial strain energies have been taken into account in the relation (13). the problem has been solved taking into account a fifth-order power series expansion for the angle 2 [29]. the minimum condition is given by: 2( , , ) 0b c  v v (14) and the boundary conditions: 1 2 ' ' 1 2 1 1 2 2 ' ' 1 1 2 2 (0) ; (0) 0 (0) ; (0) ( ) ; ( ) ( ) ; ( ) b a b a c b c b v v v v v v v l v v l v v l v l                (15) with ' ( cos )jj a  rotation angle at the cantilever support corresponding to the deformation of the masonry triangle pjk in fig. 3 (a) and considered as rigid, since the real variation of this angle do not determine sensible changes in the resultant stress maps. a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 382 figure 4: (a) masonry strut within the panel; (b) corresponding cantilever beam. numerical results comparison he numerical tests have been performed considering a masonry wall with dimensions 900×1500×120 mm3, loaded with a constant vertical distributed load of 50 kn and a young modulus of 130 mpa. the shear load t increases till the final value of 27 kn (tab. 1). a b c d e f n [kn] 50 50 50 50 50 50 t [kn] 0 10 15 20 25 27 table 1: valu es of the vertical and horizontal loads on the masonry panel fig. 5 reports the stress maps obtained with the 1-d minimum potential energy approach [28]. the case d) of fig. 5 has been examined with 2-d minimum complementary energy approach. the top and bottom relative displacements , ,u v  have been derived from the absolute displacements obtained in the 1-d model analysis. the 2 region is identified considering that the only compressive stresses run along the compression rays. for the functions 1( )g and  1( )g , as shown in fig. 6 (b), a constant stress distribution along the rays are obtained and the corresponding values for the vertical and horizontal total loads are t=17.8 kn and n=50.1 kn. the approximation of the corresponding values in tab. 1 for the case d is considered sufficient. t a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 383 figure 5: stress contour plots for 1-d approach [n mm-2]. figure 6: stress map for 2-d approach (a) and representation of the functions 1( )g and  1( )g (b) conclusions he essential elements of two variational approaches for the in plane behaviour of masonry walls, considered as nt structural elements, have been presented in this paper. both the strategies allow the representation of the stress maps in the panel in case biaxial loading. the 1-d approach considers a diagonal strut embedded in the panel, t 1( )g    1( )g (a) (b) a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 384 whose geometry is imposed by the nt behavior and the solution corresponds to the minimum of total potential energy. the 2-d approach is conversely based on the minimum of the complementary energy, with a definition of the loaded area as a set of compressed rays and the loading actions on the panel are obtained as a solution of the procedure. the agreement between the results of the two procedures is satisfying, both with regard to the reactive area and to the stress intensity. references [1] guadagnuolo, m., faella, g., donadio, a., ferri, l. (2014). integrated evaluation of the church of s. nicola di mira: conservation versus safety. ndt & e international, 68, pp. 53-65. doi: 10.1016/j.ndteint.2014.08.002. [2] bergamasco, i., gesualdo, a., iannuzzo, a., monaco, m. (2018). an integrated approach to the conservation of the roofing structures in the pompeian domus, j. cult. herit., 31, pp. 141-151. doi:10.1016/j.culher.2017.12.006. [3] betti, m., galano, l., petracchi, m. and vignoli, a. (2015). diagonal cracking shear strength of unreinforced masonry panels: a correction proposal of the b shape factor, b. earthq. eng., 13(10), pp. 3151-3186. doi: 10.1007/s10518-015-9756-8 [4] guadagnuolo m., monaco, m. (2009). out of plane behaviour of unreinforced masonry walls. in: protection of historical buildings, 2, pp. 1177-1180, london, new york: crc press, taylor & francis group. [5] betti, m., galano, l., vignoli, a. (2008). seismic response of masonry plane walls: a numerical study on spandrel strength, aip conf. proc., 1020(1), pp. 787-794. doi: 10.1063/1.2963915. [6] calderoni, b., cordasco, e. a., lenza, p., pacella, g. (2011). a simplified theoretical model for the evaluation of structural behaviour of masonry spandrels, int. j. mater. struct. integrity, 5(2-3), pp. 192-214. doi:10.1504/ijmsi.2011.041934 [7] buonocore, g., gesualdo, a., monaco, m., savino, m.t. (2014). improvement of seismic performance of unreinforced masonry buildings using steel frames. civil-comp proceedings, 106. doi:10.4203/ccp.106.117. [8] gatta, c., addessi, d., vestroni, f. (2018). static and dynamic nonlinear response of masonry walls. international journal of solids and structures, 155, pp. 291-303. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2018.07.028. [9] iannuzzo, a., angelillo, m., de chiara, e., de guglielmo, f., de serio, f., ribera, f., gesualdo, a. (2018). modelling the cracks produced by settlements in masonry structures. meccanica, 53(7), pp. 1857-1873. doi: 10.1007/s11012-017-0721-2 [10] iannuzzo, a., de luca, a., fortunato, a., gesualdo, a., angelillo, m. (2018b). fractures detection in masonry constructions under horizontal seismic forces. ing. sismica, 35(3), pp. 87-103. doi: 10.1007/s11012-017-0721-2 [11] moseley, h. (1833). on a new principle in statics, called the principle of least pressure, london and edinburgh philosophical magazine and journal of science, 3, 285-288. [12] euler, l. (1774). de pressione ponderis in planum cui incumbit, novi commentarii academiae scientiarum petropolitanae 18, 289-329. [13] signorini, a.(1925). un teorema di esistenza ed unicità nella statica dei materiali poco resistenti a trazione. rend. accad. naz. lincei, 401–406. [14] heyman, j. (1966). the stone skeleton, int. j. solids struct., 2 (2), 265–279, doi:10.1016/0020-7683(66)90018-7. [15] heyman, j. (1966). the stone skeleton. international journal of solids and structures, 2(2), pp. 249-279. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(66)90018-7 [16] heyman, j. (1977). equilibrium of shell structures, clarendon press, oxford, u.k. [17] heyman, j. (1995). the stone skeleton: structural engineering of masonry architecture, cambridge university press, cambridge, u.k. [18] kooharian, a. (1953). limit analysis of voussoirs and concrete arches, journal of american concrete institute, 49(12), 317-328. [19] zienkiewicz o.c., valliappan, s., king, i.p. (1968). stress analysis of rock as a ‘no tension’ material, géotechnique, 18(1), doi: 10.1680/geot.1968.18.1.56. [20] chen, w.f. (1970). extensibility of concrete and theorems of limit analysis. journal of the engineering mechanics division, 96(3), pp. 341-352. [21] heuzé, f.e., goodman, r.e., bornstein, a. (1971). numerical analyses of deformability tests in jointed rock—“joint perturbation” and “no tension” finite element solutions. rock mechanics, 3(1), pp. 13-24. doi: 10.1007/bf01243549 a. gesualdo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 376-385; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.27 385 [22] giaquinta, m., giusti, e. (1985). researches on the equilibrium of masonry structures. arch. ration. mech. anal. 88(4), pp. 359-392, doi: 10.1007/bf00250872 [23] del piero, g. (1989). constitutive equation and compatibility of the external loads for linear elastic masonry-like materials. meccanica 24(3), pp. 150-162. doi:10.1007/bf01559418 [24] monaco, m., bergamasco, i, betti, m. (2018). a no-tension analysis for a brick masonry vault with lunette, journal of mechanics of materials and structures, 13(5), pp. 703-714, doi: 10.2140/jomms.2018.13.703 [25] crisfield, m.a., packham, (1987). a mechanism program for computing the strength of masonry arch bridges, trrl research report, 124. [26] fortunato, a. (2010). elastic solutions for masonry-like panels. journal of elasticity, 98(1), pp. 87-110. doi: 10.1007/s10659-009-9219-z [27] gesualdo, a., calderoni, b., sandoli, a., monaco, m. (2019). minimum energy approach for the in-plane shear resistance of masonry panels. ing. sismica, 36(1), pp. 42-53. [28] monaco, m., calderoni, b., iannuzzo, a., gesualdo, a. (2018). behaviour of in-plane loaded masonry panels, procedia struct. integrity, 11, pp. 388-393. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.11.050 [29] wolfram s. (2003) the mathematica book. wolfram media, inc. champaign, usa. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_35_3294.docx g. risitano, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 537 fatigue strength evaluation of ppgf35 by energy approach during mechanical tests giacomo risitano, university of messina, italy giacomo.risitano@unime.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0506-8720 abstract. thanks to the progress of research on thermoplastic materials, the properties of composite materials have improved considerably. the aim of this study is the evaluation of fatigue strength of glass-fibrereinforced polypropylene composite (ppgf35) by applying both the risitano thermographic method (rtm) and the new static thermographic method (stm). keywords. glass-fibre-reinforced polypropylene composite; fatigue assessment; risitano thermographic method; static thermographic method. citation: risitano, g., fatigue strength evaluation of ppgf35 by energy approach during mechanical tests, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548. received: 05.10.2021 accepted: 19.12.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction hanks to the progress of research on thermoplastic materials, the mechanical and thermal properties of composite materials have improved considerably. the improved performance has made these materials more competitive than traditional thermosetting matrix composites, in particular for the automotive companies where they are used for panels, bearings, gears, etc. in fact, until a few years ago, the use of these composite materials was restricted to automotive applications where mechanical requirements had to be limited. today it is possible to obtain light and low cost components using composites with short fibre reinforced plastics (sfrp). these materials, filled with glass fibres up to 50% by mass, are now used for structural components as reported by several papers: bernasconi et al. [1] worked on fatigue strength of a clutch pedal in short glass fibre reinforced polyamide; casado et al. [2] wrote about the fatigue failure of short glass fibre for railway track; sonsino et al. [3] worked on the fatigue design of highly loaded short glass fibre reinforced polyamide parts in engine compartments; scappatici et al. [4] have optimized the design of horizontal-axis small wind turbines. it must also be considered that the recyclable nature of these materials is clearly an interesting step towards the protection of the natural ecosystem. recently, efforts to reduce the weight of automobiles by the increased use of plastics and their composites, have led to a growing interest of short-fibre-reinforced injection-moulded thermoplastics into fatigue-sensitive applications [5, 6]. one of the most important applications of glass reinforced polypropylene is in automotive body panels made by low cost thermoforming techniques. the design of short fibre reinforced plastic components for structural applications requires an accurate knowledge of the several factors affecting the tensile properties and the fatigue lifetime. the tensile strength and t https://youtu.be/-njqyxwpo54 f. cucinotta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 538 toughness/impact energy of short fibre reinforced polymer composites would depend on a number of factors such as fibre length, interfacial adhesion and properties of components. indeed, fu sy et al [7] studied the effects of pa66/pp ratio on the mechanical properties of short glass fiber reinforced. the fatigue tests of sfrp materials require even more time consuming than the tests required for metallic materials due to the presence of the viscous behaviour of the matrix which leads to a high accumulation of heat at high test frequencies [3]. in fact, this heat can lead to a change in the mechanical characteristics of the material by altering the test results. ferreira et al. [8] obtained the s-n curves of polypropylene/glass-fibre thermoplastic composites produced from a bidirectional woven cloth mixture of e glass fibres and polypropylene fibres. esmaeillou et al. [9] performed tension-tension fatigue tests on sfrp composites at different applied maximum stress and analysed the specimens at both microscopic and macroscopic scale. the temperature was measured during cyclic loading using an infrared camera and the progressive loss of stiffness was evaluated during the tests. moreover, the effects of the frequency and of the mean stress on the fatigue strength were evaluated. an energy-based approach was proposed by meneghetti and quaresimin [10] to analyse the fatigue strength of plain and notched specimens made of a short fibre-reinforced plastic weakened by rounded notches. toubal et al. [11] used an analytical model based on cumulative damage for predicting the damage evolution in composite materials. fatigue tests of specimens have been monitored with an infrared thermography system. belmonte et al. [12] investigated the influence of short fibre volume fraction presentence in pa66 on the damage mode during an uniaxial fatigue test. wilmes and hornberger [13] discussed different lifetime estimation methods of different pa66gf35 specimens with different shapes and fibre orientation. traditional methods for assessing the fatigue behaviour of materials are time consuming and expensive. for the first time, la rosa and risitano [14] have proposed an innovative method for assessing the fatigue of materials, components and mechanical systems: the risitano thermographic method (rtm). based on the analysis of thermal infrared images, rtm determines the fatigue limit and the wöhler curve of the material with a short test time passing from long months tests to a few days long tests. a review of the scientific results in literature, related to the application of the thermographic techniques to composite materials have been presented by vergani et al. [15]. an innovative method to determinate the fatigue limit during tensile static test has been proposed by clienti et al. [16] for plastic material and by risitano and risitano [17] for metallic material. clienti et al. [16] suggest that during quasi-static tensile tests the area, where first irreversible plasticization occurred, is detectable by the analysis of the t vs curve considering the temperature change of the curve slope. this variation identifies the transition zone between thermoelastic and thermoplastic behaviour, or in other words, the beginning of irreversible micro-plasticization. the authors have suggested that in that transition zone, there is the damage limit of material. this damage limit must be understood as the macroscopic stress value that would cause the material to break if subjected to cyclic loading at any load ratio. then, it is very close to the traditional fatigue limit. this approach, called static thermographic method (stm), correlated the first deviation from linearity of the temperature surface of the material during tensile test to the fatigue limit. this was observed for basalt fibre reinforced composites by colombo et al. [18], high density polyethylene [19] and glass fibre reinforced composites by harizi et al. [20] and crupi et al. [21]. cucinotta et al. [22] monitored the superficial temperature of high strength concrete specimens subjected to compressive loads, observed a deviation from the linear thermoelastic trend. santonocito [23] applied the stm for the first time on pa12 specimens obtained through additive manufacturing. abello et al. [24] applied the “fast” approach to investigate the evolution of thermomechanical variables during cyclic loadings, to perform a comparison between the cyclic dissipated energy given by thermal and mechanical method and, at last, to investigate the relevancy of predicting the fatigue curve from heat build-up measurements for sfrp materials. jegou et al. [25] investigated pa66gf50 specimens predicting the fatigue curve from the temperature measurements, finding a very good correlation to a wöhler curve obtained from classical fatigue measurements. arif & al. [26] studied the fatigue damage behaviour of pa66 gf30 monitoring the evolution of dynamic modulus, strain, temperature to evaluate damage increasing during fatigue loading. kodeeswaran et al. [27] evaluated the fatigue life of the polymer gears at different frequencies observing both thermomechanical and root crack failures. serrano et al. [28] performed three different test cases to fatigue loading; firstly a dissipated energy approach is applied to the samples and then an energetic approach is used to evaluate quickly the fatigue lifetime. the findings are related to the s-n curve and the authors state that dissipated energy field is not giving full access to “life map” of the component, while the dissipated energy approach seems to be dependent on the local structural conditions of the sample. marco et al. [29] used the contribution of thermal measurements to locate and follow the failure crack and to provide a validation case for a numerical model for fatigue testing. katunin et al. [30] studied the self-heating temperature accompanying the fatigue process of polymeric composites and correlated to structural properties. g. risitano, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 539 this paper investigates fatigue behaviour for a glass-fibre-reinforced polypropylene composite (ppgf35). the aim of this study is to apply for the first time both the risitano thermographic method [14] and the static thermographic method [16] for the evaluation of the fatigue strength of the composite material ppgf35. the results obtained were then compared with the results obtained using the traditional procedure. obviously, the analysis took into account that composites have different and more complex fatigue mechanisms than metallic materials. material and methods he material analysed in this study is a glass-fibre-reinforced polypropylene composite (ppgf35). dog bone specimens (fig. 1) were injection moulded (type 1a of the iso 527-2:1993 standard [31]) with processing conditions based on iso 294-1:1996 [32] and iso 1873-2:2007 [33]. the specimens were machined out from injection-moulded plates at orientation angle of 0°. tab. 1 shows the dimensions of the specimen geometry; also in this case the results are processed with a statistical study on 15 specimens and reporting the average and the standard deviation values. a b c d e f r h 30.610.18 30.540.13 169.450.37 9.860.02 19.840.06 3.930.01 25,000.15 83,480.26 table 1: dimensions of the specimen in mm. the tensile tests were carried out using an italsigma’s servo-hydraulic load machine at a crosshead rate equal to 5 mm/min with constant temperature and relative humidity (23 °c and 50% rh). during all tensile tests, the infrared camera flir a40 was used (fig. 2). tab. 2 shows the mechanical properties of the material. in addition, tab. 3 shows the parameters used for the injection moulding of the sample. tensile tests were carried out on 15 specimens; the results were processed with a statistical study and report the average and standard deviation of the tensile strength, the elastic modulus, the failure strain and density. this led to a significant number of data for analyses with good repeatability. tensile strength elastic modulus failure strain density σr [mpa] e [mpa] εf [%] ρ [kg/m3] 1122.3 8915314.8 3.40.16 12163.6 table 2: mechanical properties of ppgf35. feeding temperature mass temperature back pressure holding pressure mould temperature screw speed flow front speed 40 80 °c 230 280 °c low to medium 30 60 mpa 30 50 °c low to medium 100 200 mm/s table 3: injection moulding parameters. in addition, 20 specimens were tested with cyclic loads. the specimens have the same geometry (fig. 1) as the tensile tested specimens and they were made with the same procedure shown in tab. 3. a load ratio r of -0.1 and a test frequency f of 5 hz were used for these cyclic tests. the choice of this test frequency is in order to ensure that the temperatures reached during the cyclic tests do not exceed the glass transition temperature of the polypropylene. indeed, it was verified that higher test frequencies brought the material to too high temperatures thus invalidating the tests. this is a typical situation for composite materials with a plastic matrix; for this reason, fatigue tests are time-consuming for these materials. t f. cucinotta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 540 figure 1: standard iso 527-2:1993 specimen. test setup he tests were performed at constant temperature and relative humidity (23 °c and 50% rh). as previously mentioned, during all the tests the surface temperature of the specimen was monitored with an ir camera. in order to determine the wöhler curve and the fatigue strength, one series of cycling tests (14 specimens) were traditional fatigue tests:  3 specimens at maximum stress of 72 mpa;  3 specimens at maximum stress of 67 mpa;  3 specimens at maximum stress of 62 mpa;  3 specimens at maximum stress of 57 mpa;  2 specimens at maximum stress of 52 mpa. in order to apply the rtm to determine the fatigue strength, 6 step tests were conducted increasing the maximum stress until failure:  for 3 specimens, four stress steps of 20.000 cycles each were used starting from 52 mpa up to 67 mpa;  for other 3 specimens, eight stress steps of 10.000 cycles each were used starting from 27 mpa up to 67 mpa. it is important to remember that the second type of test was adopted to have more data in order to determine the fatigue strength using the rtm [14]. for this reason, during all cycling tests the infrared camera flir a40 was used (fig. 2). figure 2: experimental setup. t g. risitano, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 541 theoretical approach s repeatedly shown in literature and well explained by clienti et al. [16], during static tests of common engineering materials, the temperature evolution on the specimen surface is characterized by three phases: an initial approximately linear decrease due to the thermoelastic effect (phase 1), then the temperature deviates from linearity until a minimum (phase 2) and a very high further temperature increment until the failure (phase 3). figure 3: typical trend of stress and temperature during a static tensile test. a typical trend of stress and temperature during a static tensile test is shown in fig. 3. for linear isotropic homogeneous material and in adiabatic condition, the variation of temperature during phase i of the static test for uniaxial stress state is:          0 1 0 1 δt= = mt k t c (1) where km is the thermoelastic coefficient. clienti et al. [16] for the first time correlated the damage stress σd, related to the first deviation from linearity of ∆t temperature increment during static test (end of phase i), to the fatigue limit of plastic materials. as reported in [18] “the end of the thermoelastic phase could be related, also for composites, to a stress value σd, which can identify the initiation of a different kind of damage”. this method is recognized as static thermographic method (stm). as repeatedly shown in literature, well explained by la rosa et al. [14] and in subsequent paper of corigliano et al. [34], during hcf tests of common engineering materials, when the specimen is cyclically loaded above its fatigue limit, the temperature evolution on the specimen surface is characterized by three phases: an initial rapid increment (phase i), a plateau region (phase ii), then a very high further temperature increment until the failure (phase iii). the same trend was observed for metals in low cycle fatigue (lcf) by crupi et al. [35], very high cycle fatigue vhcf regimes by crupi et al. [36] and for marine welded joints by corigliano et al. [37]. this method is recognized as “risitano thermographic method” (rtm). handa et al. [38] showed that the temperature evolution during the fatigue tests is different for sfrp composite materials. after an initial linear increment (phase i), there is another linear increment with lower slope (phase ii). the theoretical δtd– n curves, obtained for steel and sfrp composite during constant-amplitude fatigue tests, are shown in fig. 4. as showed in by ricotta et al. [39], different approaches were applied to evaluate the fatigue limit of a cold-drawn aisi 304l stainless steel in push–pull fatigue tests (r = -1), and it was found that the fatigue limits estimated by using all the analyzed approaches were in agreement, allowing a rapid assessment of the fatigue limit similar to that evaluated by carrying out a short staircase procedure at 10 million cycles. in particular, by using the rtm and the thermal response in a static tensile test by static thermographic method stm, a difference of, more or less, 12% and 11% was observed, respectively. a f. cucinotta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 542 the advantages of the stm are the speed of execution and the ease of the test itself. in particular, an stm test for determining the damage limit takes about 5 minutes. the disadvantages are a lower precision of the fatigue strength value (with values always below and, therefore, in safety) and a not easy applicability on materials with high carbon content. nevertheless, the applicability on plastic and composite materials has repeatedly proved excellent especially considering that the fatigue damage mechanisms are very different for these materials compared to metals. figure 4: typical trend of temperature during a fatigue test. figure 5: applied stress and experimental temperature increment during tensile test. results and discussion uring tensile tests, the temperature of the specimen surface was detected by means of an ir camera. as example given, fig. 5 shows the applied stress and the temperature incrementt during a tensile test. in the initial part of the t–t curve, a linear trend is clearly visible in the curve (phase 1) and its slope corresponds to the thermoelastic coefficient km of eq. (1). then, the temperature deviates from linearity (phase 2) presenting a zero derivative flex. it is possible to draw two linear regression lines, one for phase 1 and the other for phase 2, to determinate the relative equations of the two straight lines. by solving the system of the two equations, it is possible to determine the coordinates of the d g. risitano, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 543 meeting point of the two straight lines and, therefore, the stress value for which there is the transition from phase 1 (thermoelastic phase) to phase 2 (thermoplastic phase). in the specific case, the stress value is 65.2 mpa. obviously, the problem could also be resolved graphically. similar behaviour can also be seen in the other tensile tests and the value of the fatigue strength determinate by stm on 15 specimens is 63.12.1 mpa. fatigue tests at constant amplitude values of the stress range were carried out until failure at a load ratio r= 0.1. tab. 4 shows the results of the first series of cycling test (fatigue test). the temperature of the specimen surface was detected by an ir camera during each fatigue test. fig. 6 plots the typical ∆t vs n curve, during a fatigue test at max= 67 mpa, showing the three phases of temperature evolution as reported by handa et al. [38]: an initial rapid linear increment (phase i), an another linear increment with lower slope (phase ii) and a sudden increase just before the specimen failure (phase iii). test maximum stress [mpa] number of cycles to failure run out 1 72 1.35e+04 no 2 72 2.45e+04 no 3 72 7.34e+03 no 4 67 5.67e+04 no 5 67 8.66e+04 no 6 67 3.52e+04 no 7 62 9.21e+05 no 8 62 6.96e+05 no 9 62 5.10e+05 no 10 57 2.30e+06 no 11 57 7.73e+05 no 12 57 2.48e+06 yes 13 52 2.36e+06 yes 14 52 3.25e+06 yes table 4: summary of the first series of cycling tests (fatigue) on 14 specimens. figure 6: δt vs n curve of test number 5 (cycling test). f. cucinotta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 544 fig. 7 shows the s-n data obtained applying the traditional procedure, based on fatigue tests carried out at constant amplitude of stress ranges of the first series of cycling test. as can be seen from both tab. 4 and fig. 7, the results presented a typical dispersion for these materials. in addition, 3 tests were runout: 2 at 52 mpa and 1 at 57 mpa. so, if we consider the stress read on the interpolation line of the wohler curve at one million cycles (plausible fatigue life for this material), the fatigue strength is more or less 60 mpa. summarizing the results of the fatigue tests, it can be said with good confidence that the fatigue strength is between 52 mpa (runout test) and 60 mpa (1·106 cycles to failure). figure 7: s-n curve. as mentioned previously, 6 specimens have been tested differently to apply the rtm. in fact, a history of increasing block load has been designed for each specimen. tab. 5 shows the results of the secondo series of cycling test (rtm). fig. 8 shows the fatigue strength predicted by the rtm using the stabilization temperature applied to all the 20 fatigue tests. as recommended by curà et al. [40], two distinct linear regressions have been drawn; the x coordinate of the point in common to the two straight lines is the fatigue strength. as it is easy to see, the number of data is really very large with good repeatability. it is very interesting to note that the fatigue strength is 59.7 mpa. in summary, three different methodologies were applied to determine the fatigue strength of ppgf35:  by traditional procedure – run out (fig. 7), fatigue strength is determined between 52 mpa (3 runout tests) and 60 mpa (1·106 cycles to failure);  by risitano thermographic method (fig. 8), fatigue strength is 59.7 mpa;  by static thermographic method, fatigue strength is 63.12.1 mpa. the values obtained using the different approaches seem to be in good agreement, considering also the dispersion of the value of the fatigue strength of these materials. in fact, it is evident that the results of both the rtm and the stm are within the range determined with the classic method. however, the most important observation concerns the test time. in fact, to perform the 14 cyclic tests at 5 hz, the test days consumed were more than 30. to apply rtm with 6 tests at 5 hz, the test days consumed drop drastically to one and a half. this result confirms the great effectiveness of rtm as an energy method for the determination of fatigue strength compared to traditional methods, totally time consuming. however, the astonishing result is that to perform the 15 tensile tests and obtain a plausible value of the fatigue strength, just over an hour was necessary. g. risitano, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 545 test maximum stress [mpa] number of cycles run out 15 52 2.00e+04 no 57 2.00e+04 62 2.00e+04 67 1.65e+04 16 52 2.00e+04 no 57 2.00e+04 62 2.00e+04 67 5.09e+04 17 52 2.00e+04 no 57 2.00e+04 62 2.00e+04 67 4.28e+04 18 27 1.00e+04 no 32 1.00e+04 37 1.00e+04 42 1.00e+04 47 1.00e+04 52 1.00e+04 57 1.00e+04 62 1.00e+04 67 1.00e+04 19 27 1.00e+04 no 32 1.00e+04 37 1.00e+04 42 1.00e+04 47 1.00e+04 52 1.00e+04 57 1.00e+04 62 1.00e+04 67 1.00e+04 20 27 1.00e+04 no 32 1.00e+04 37 1.00e+04 42 1.00e+04 47 1.00e+04 52 1.00e+04 57 1.00e+04 62 1.00e+04 67 1.00e+04 table 5: summary of the second series of cycling tests (rtm) on 6 specimens. f. cucinotta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 546 figure 8: fatigue strength predicted by the tm. traditional procedure – run out [mpa] risitano thermographic method [mpa] static thermographic method [mpa] 52-60 59.7 63.12.1 table 6: fatigue strength predicted by traditional procedure and the experimental values by rtm and stm. conclusions his paper investigates fatigue behaviour for a glass-fibre-reinforced polypropylene composite (ppgf35). the aim of this study is to apply for the first time both the risitano thermographic method (rtm) [14] and the static thermographic method (stm) [16] for the fatigue assessment of ppgf35. the predictions of the fatigue strength, obtained by means of stm during tensile test and of rtm during cycling tests, were compared with the value obtained by the traditional procedure. the predicted values are in good agreement with the experimental values of fatigue strength:  by traditional procedure – run out, fatigue strength is determined between 52 mpa and 60 mpa;  by rtm, fatigue strength is 59.7 mpa;  by stm, fatigue strength is 63.12.1 mpa. finally, it is not indifferent to compare the times necessary for the three types of approaches:  traditional procedure, the test days consumed were 31;  rtm, the test days consumed were 1.5;  stm, the test hours consumed were 2. this enormous time saving does not interfere with the accuracy of the results, especially in a field such as fatigue and composite materials where the dispersion of data is very wide. the results gave interesting information for the development of risitano thermographic method and static thermographic method for the fatigue strength assessment of composite material. indeed, results of this kind, like others already obtained [16, 17, 21, 37], suggest that stm is an excellent method for estimating the fatigue resistance of materials by consuming a short test time. in particular, such methodologies can quickly provide information on the fatigue behaviour of components and mechanical systems in operation. methods of this kind would result in a great saving of time and the possibility of having a more detailed design of the mechanical components avoiding approximations on the behaviour of the base material, on the determination of the stresses in exercise, on the real value to be attributed to any notch factors, on the influence of the different technological processes. t g. risitano, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 547 acknowledgements he research reported in this paper was conducted with the financial support of the research project “cerisi” (“research and innovation centre of excellence for structure and infrastructure of large dimensions”), funded by the pon (national operative programme) 2007-2013. references [1] bernasconi, a., davoli, p., armanni, c. (2010). fatigue strength of a clutch pedal made of reprocessed short glass fibre reinforced polyamide. int j fatigue 32, pp. 100–107. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2009.02.001. [2] casado, j.a., carrascal, i., polanco, j.a., gutiérrez-solana, f. (2006). fatigue failure of short glass fibre reinforced pa 6.6 structural pieces for railway track fasteners. eng fail anal 13, pp.182–197. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2005.01.016. [3] sonsino, c.m., moosbrugger, e. (2008). fatigue design of highly loaded short-glass-fibre reinforced polyamide parts in engine compartments. int j fatigue 30, pp. 1279–1288. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.08.017. [4] scappatici, l., bartolini, n., castellani, f., astolfi, d., garinei, a., pennicchi, m. (2016). optimizing the design of horizontal-axis small wind turbines: from the laboratory to market. j wind eng ind aerodyn 154, pp. 58–68. doi: 10.1016/j.jweia.2016.04.006. [5] karger-kocsis, j., karger-kocsis, j. (2012). structure and fracture mechanics of injection-molded composites. wiley encycl. compos., hoboken, nj, usa: john wiley & sons, inc.; doi: 10.1002/9781118097298.weoc240. [6] mortazavian, s., fatemi, a.(2015). fatigue behavior and modeling of short fiber reinforced polymer composites: a literature review. int j fatigue 70, pp. 297–321. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.10.005. [7] fu, s.y., lauke, b., li, r.k.y., mai, y.w. (2005). effects of pa6,6/pp ratio on the mechanical properties of short glass fiber reinforced and rubber-toughened polyamide 6,6/polypropylene blends. compos part b eng 37, pp. 182–190. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2005.05.018. [8] ferreira, j.a.m., costa, j.d.m., reis, p.n.b. (1999). static and fatigue behaviour of glass-fibre-reinforced polypropylene composites. theor appl fract mech 31, pp. 67–74. doi: 10.1016/s0167-8442(98)00068-8. [9] esmaeillou, b., fitoussi, j., lucas, a., tcharkhtchi, a. (2011). multi-scale experimental analysis of the tension-tension fatigue behavior of a short glass fiber reinforced polyamide composite. procedia eng 10, pp. 2117–2122. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2011.04.350. [10] meneghetti, g., quaresimin, m. (2011). fatigue strength assessment of a short fiber composite based on the specific heat dissipation. compos part b eng 42, pp. 217–25. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2010.12.002. [11] toubal, l., karama m, lorrain b. (2006). damage evolution and infrared thermography in woven composite laminates under fatigue loading. int j fatigue 28, pp. 1867–72. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2006.01.013. [12] belmonte, e., de monte, m., hoffmann, c.j., quaresimin m. (2017). damage initiation and evolution in short fiber reinforced polyamide under fatigue loading: influence of fiber volume fraction. compos part b eng 113, pp. 331–41. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2017.01.023. [13] wilmes, a., hornberger, k. (2015). influence of fiber orientation and multiaxiality on the fatigue strength of unnotched specimens – lifetime estimation. procedia eng 133, pp. 148–60. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.12.642. [14] la rosa, g., risitano, a. (200). thermographic methodology for rapid determination of the fatigue limit of materials and mechanical components. int j fatigue 22, pp. 65–73. doi:10. 1016/s0142-1123(99)00088-2. [15] vergani, l., colombo, c., libonati, f. (2014). a review of thermographic techniques for damage investigation in composites. frat ed integrita strutt 8, pp. 1–12. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.27.01. [16] clienti, c., fargione, g., la rosa, g., risitano, a., risitano, g. (2010). a first approach to the analysis of fatigue parameters by thermal variations in static tests on plastics. eng fract mech 77, pp. 2158–2167. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.04.028. [17] risitano, a., risitano, g. (2013). determining fatigue limits with thermal analysis of static traction tests. fatigue fract eng mater struct 36, pp. 631–639. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12030. [18] colombo, c., vergani, l., burman, m. (2012). static and fatigue characterisation of new basalt fibre reinforced composites. compos struct 2012;94, pp. 1165–1174. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2011.10.007. [19] risitano, g., guglielmino, e., santonocito, d. (2018). evaluation of mechanical properties of polyethylene for pipes by energy approach during tensile and fatigue tests. procedia struct. integr., 13, 1663–1669. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.12.348. t f. cucinotta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 537-548; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.35 548 [20] harizi, w., chaki, s., bourse, g., ourak, m. (2014). mechanical damage assessment of glass fiber-reinforced polymer composites using passive infrared thermography. compos part b eng 59, pp. 74–79. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2013.11.021. [21] crupi, v., guglielmino, e., risitano, g., tavilla, f. (2015). experimental analyses of sfrp material under static and fatigue loading by means of thermographic and dic techniques. compos part b eng 77, pp. 268–277. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2015.03.052. [22] cucinotta, f., d’aveni, a., guglielmino, e., risitano, a., risitano, g., santonocito, d. (2021)thermal emission analysis to predict damage in specimens of high strength concrete. frat ed integrita strutt 15, pp. 258–270. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.19. [23] santonocito, d. (2020). evaluation of fatigue properties of 3d-printed polyamide-12 by means of energy approach during tensile tests. procedia struct integr 25, pp. 355–363. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2020.04.040. [24] abello, l.s., marco, y., le saux, v., robert, g., charrier, p. (2013). fast prediction of the fatigue behavior of short fiber reinforced thermoplastics from heat build-up measurements. procedia eng 66, pp. 737–745. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2013.12.127. [25] jegou, l., marco, y., le saux, v., calloch, s. (2013). fast prediction of the wöhler curve from heat build-up measurements on short fiber reinforced plastic. int j fatigue 47, pp. 259–267. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.09.007. [26] arif, m.f., saintier, n., meraghni, f., fitoussi, j., chemisky, y., robert, g. (2014). multiscale fatigue damage characterization in short glass fiber reinforced polyamide-66. compos part b eng 61, pp. 55–65. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2014.01.019. [27] kodeeswaran, m., verma, a., suresh, r., senthilvelan, s. (2017)effects of frequency on hysteretic heating and fatigue life of unreinforced injection molded polyamide 66 spur gears. proc inst mech eng part l j mater des appl 146442071770217. doi: 10.1177/1464420717702176. [28] serrano, l., marco, y., le saux, v., robert, g., charrier, p. (2017). fast prediction of the fatigue behavior of shortfiber-reinforced thermoplastics based on heat build-up measurements: application to heterogeneous cases. contin mech thermodyn, pp. 1–21. doi: 10.1007/s00161-017-0561-2. [29] marco, y., le saux, v., jégou, l., launay, a., serrano, l., raoult, i., (2014). dissipation analysis in sfrp structural samples: thermomechanical analysis and comparison to numerical simulations. int j fatigue 67, pp. 142–150. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.02.004. [30] katunin, a., wronkowicz, a., bilewicz, m., wachla, d. (2017). criticality of self-heating in degradation processes of polymeric composites subjected to cyclic loading: a multiphysical approach. arch civ mech eng 17, pp. 806–815. doi: 10.1016/j.acme.2017.03.003. [31] iso 527-2:1993. plastics — determination of tensile properties — part 2: test conditions for moulding and extrusion plastics. [32] iso 294-1:1996. plastics — injection moulding of test specimens of thermoplastic materials — part 1: general principles, and moulding of multipurpose and bar test specimens. [33] iso 1873-2:2007. plastics — polypropylene (pp) moulding and extrusion materials — part 2: preparation of test specimens and determination of properties [34] corigliano, p., cucinotta, f., guglielmino, e., risitano, g., santonocito, d. (2020). fatigue assessment of a marine structural steel and comparison with thermographic method and static thermographic method. fatigue fract eng mater struct 43, pp. 734–43. doi: 10.1111/ffe.13158. [35] crupi, v., chiofalo, g., guglielmino, e. (2011). infrared investigations for the analysis of low cycle fatigue processes in carbon steels. proc inst mech eng part c j mech eng sci 225, pp. 833–842. doi: 10.1243/09544062jmes2324. [36] crupi, v., epasto, g., guglielmino, e., risitano, g. (2015). thermographic method for very high cycle fatigue design in transportation engineering. proc inst mech eng part c j mech eng sci ;229, pp. 1260–1270. doi: 10.1177/0954406214562463. [37] corigliano, p., epasto, g., guglielmino, e., risitano, g. (2017). fatigue analysis of marine welded joints by means of dic and ir images during static and fatigue tests. eng fract mech 183, pp. 26–38. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2017.06.012. [38] handa, k., kato, a., narisawa, i. (1999). fatigue characteristics of a glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide. j appl polym sci 72, pp. 1783–93. doi: 10.1002/(sici)1097-4628(19990624)72:13<1783::aid-app14>3.0.co;2-b. [39] ricotta, m., menegehtti, g., atzori, b., risitano, g. and risitano, a. (2019). comparison of experimental thermal methods for the fatigue limit evaluation of a stainless steel. metals 9(6), pp. 677. doi: 10.3390/met9060677 [40] curà, f., curti, g., sesana, r. (2005). a new iteration method for the thermographic determination of fatigue limit in steels. int j fatigue 27, pp. 453–459. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2003.12.009. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_32_art_2 n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 13 design of a novel magnetorheological damper with internal pressure control nicola golinelli, andrea spaggiari department of sciences and methods for engineering university of modena and reggio emilia, italy nicola.golinelli@unimore.it, andrea.spaggiari@unimore.it abstract. in this work we designed and manufactured a novel magnetorheological (mr) fluid damper with internal pressure control. previous authors’ works showed that the yield stress τb of mr fluids depends both on the magnetic field intensity and on the working pressure. since the increase of the magnetic field intensity is limited by considerations like power consumption and magnetic saturation, an active pressure control leads to a simple and efficient enhancement of the performances of these systems. there are three main design topics covered in this paper about the mr damper design. first, the design of the magnetic circuit; second the design of the hydraulic system and third the development of an innovative pressure control apparatus. the design approach adopted is mainly analytical and provides the equations needed for system design, taking into account the desired force and stroke as well as the maximum external dimensions. keywords. magnetorheological damper; design and manufacturing; squeeze-strengthen effect. introduction owadays, there are several industrial applications in which magnetorheological fluids (mrfs) are used [1-3]. in particular, this paper focuses on the optimal design methodology for magnetorheological dampers (mrds). the purpose of traditional dampers, or so-called shock absorbers, is to dissipate energy. mrds compared to traditional dampers, exploit the change in the rheological behavior of mr fluids in order to achieve variable damping properties. the changing of the properties of mr fluids occurs when a magnetic field is applied. the magnetic field is typically generated by an axial coil, for which connecting leads are usually brought out through the hollow piston rod [4]. the main classification for mrds concerns the methods by which the insertion volume of the rod is accommodated. this is a major design problem because the oil itself is nowhere near compressible enough to accept the internal volume reduction of 10% or more associated with the full stroke insertion. the aim of this work consists in exploiting the effect of pressure on mrfs to generate further controllable damping force, so accommodating the change in volume is very important. clearly, a static pressure can be applied only when nearly incompressible material are used in the system, so no air or gases are allowed in the design. several studies have been carried out in order to comprehend the influence of pressure on the properties of mrfs. in [5], a novel compressible mr fluid has been synthesized with additives that provide compressibility to the fluid. mr fluids are influenced by the presence of internal pressure [6-11]. in combined squeeze-shear mode, with a magnetic field of 300 mt, passing from 0 to 30 bar the yield shear stress to doubles its value. in flow mode instead, with a magnetic field intensity of 800 mt, the yield stress τb increments its value by nearly ten times. there are three basic mrds architectures [4], as is shown in fig. 1: single-tube, double-tube and through-rod. the single-tube architecture (fig. 1a) is based on a single-rod cylinder structure, in which the piston head divides the damper into extension and compression chamber. during piston movement, mr fluid passes through the control valve which is obtained into the piston head. a floating piston separates the mrf from the accumulator filled with compressed n n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 14 gas. the accumulator is used to compensate the volume change due to the piston rod moving inward the cylinder. to eliminate the floating piston, emulsified oil may be used, distributing the expansion and rod-accommodation volume throughout the main oil volume. the gas separates, but quickly re-emulsifies on action. the valves must be rated to allow for the passage of emulsion rather than liquid oil. mineral damper oil has long chain hydrocarbon molecules which do not pack efficiently together. this allows a higher compressibility than a liquid such as water because the long molecular chains can distort. in the double-tube type of telescopic (fig. 1b), a pair of concentric cylinder is used. the external one contains some gas to accommodate the rod displacement volume. the through-rod telescopic (fig. 1c) avoids the displacement volume issue by having a passing-through rod which causes no volume variation. however this has several disadvantages; there are external seals at both ends subject to high pressures that causes additional friction, the protruding free end may be inconvenient or dangerous, and there is still no provision for thermal expansion of the oil. however it is a simple solution which is used for example in some seismic application. even though this architecture has proved impractical for suspension damping, it is sometimes used for damping of the steering. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: telescopic architectures. single-tube (a), double-tube (b) and through-rod (c). materials and methods ince the active control of the pressure is needed, no flexible diaphragms or compressible gases are allowed. this is because flexible parts would absorb the change in pressure. hence, it is necessary an architecture without volume compensation. fig. 2 shows the conceptual scheme of the damper presented in this paper. we used a bottom-rod fixed to the end plug and coupled with the piston head. the bottom-rod has the same diameter of the upper-rod so that there is no volume variation. during piston movement, the bottom-rod is moving inward the chamber obtained into the piston head. the chamber is also directly connected to the canal through the upper-rod in order to bring out the coil’s wire. thereby, overpressure or depression within the chamber will not occur. it is worth noting that two coils were adopted. in this way, the longer axial length of the piston head is exploited to maximize the concatenated magnetic flux. the main dimensions of the damper are shown in tab. 1. cylinder length, (mm) 192 cylinder diameter, (mm) 50 rod diameter, (mm) 20 figure 2: conceptual scheme of the mr damper. table 1: main system dimensions. s n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 15 the design of the mr damper consisted in two main parts: the hydraulic-mechanical design [12, 13] and the magnetic circuit design. the specifications of the damper we developed are listed in tab. 2. maximum force, (n) 2000 maximum cylinder diameter, (mm) 40 maximum working current, (a) 2 maximum pressure, (bar) 40 stroke, (mm) 50 maximum velocity, (mm/s) 100 table 2: damper specifications. in order to keep the manufacturing of the damper as simple as possible, a commercial hydraulic cylinder and the associated cylinder head were chosen [14]. hence, knowing the outer diameter of the cylinder (50 mm) and the wall thickness (5 mm), even the inner diameter of the cylinder was also fixed (40 mm) (fig. 3c, d). the axial length of the hydraulic cylinder is 192 mm. the commercial cylinder head is arranged for a piston rod diameter of 20 mm (fig. 3a) and it has its own system of seals (fig. 3b). the minimum axial length of the piston head was also fixed and had to be at least l = 90 mm. that is because we decided to compensate for the piston volume using the piston head, so it has to host a compensating bottom rod (50 mm), as presented in fig. 2. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 3: commercial components. cylinder head (a) and sealing system (b). commercial hydraulic cylinder (c) with welded boss. bottom part of the cylinder (d). optimal design of magnetorheological devices requires the knowledge and the characterization of the properties of the materials involved. firstly, the knowledge of the yield shear stress of the fluid as function of the magnetic field is necessary. the yield stress τb hmrf of mrf 140-cg [15] is given by the experimentally-derived equation from [16, 17] and depends on the magnetic field intensity and the particle volume fraction φ:     1.5239 6271700 tanh(6.33 10 )b mrf mrfh c h (1) n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 16 φ is 0.4 and c is a coefficient dependent on the carrier fluid of the mr fluid (c = 1 for hydrocarbons), according to [17] the magnetic b-h relationship of a mr fluid can be defined as [18]:        010.971.133 0 01.91 1    mrfh mrfb e h (2) therefore, a mr fluid’s relative permeability can be defined as:       010.971.133 0 01.91 10.97 mrfhr mrf db e dh (3) where, b is in tesla, hmrf is in a/m, and μ0 = 1.25x10-6 h/m is the permeability of free space. fig. 4 shows the graphs of the b-h relationship of the mrf 140-cg, the values of yield stress τb and the relative magnetic permeability as a function of the magnetic field intensity hmrf. in order to reach the best performances, the material which composes the magnetic circuit should have high magnetic permeability and high magnetic saturation. a material with such properties is the aisi 1010, which is a low-carbon steel (c% < 0.10). this material though, is hardly available because of is being used for niche applications. hence the aisi 430 was used. aisi 430 is a ferritic stainless steel with a high relative magnetic permeability, of about 600. (a) (b) (c) figure 4: mrf 140 cg [15] properties: b-h relationship (a), yield stress τb vs h (b) and relative permeability vs h (c). analytical design of the mr damper fig. 5 shows the forces developed by a magnetorheological damper [19, 20]. considering the parallel-plate bingham model, the forces can be decomposed into three contributions [21]. first, the controllable force fτ, eq. (4), directly correlates with the magnetic field applied through the yield stress τb.    ( )b p a d l a f c sign v h (4) where lp is the axial activation length of the piston head, aa is the annular piston’s area, h is the fluid gap and c is a coefficient that depends on the volumetric flow rate, the viscosity and the yield stress. second, fη, eq. (5), represents the viscous forces and depends on the length of the orifice, the fluid’s viscosity and flow rate.    3 12 aqlaf k wh (5) where q is the flow rate, l is the total axial length of the piston head, w is the mean circumference of the damper’s annular flow path and k is a constant depending on the volumetric flow rate and the velocity. third, ff that stands for the friction forces like those related to the seals system. moreover we should also account for the force derived from the effect of pressure fp. hence, the total force will be obtained by adding up all these contributions:     tot f pf f f f f (6) the dynamic range d, is also a fundamental parameter which provides an estimate of the influence of the control variable on the system behavior. d can be calculated as the controllable forces divided by the uncontrollable forces (eq. 7). n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 17                   fc un f f f ff d f f f (7) figure 5: the total force of mrds can be obtained by summing: friction (dotted blue line), viscous (dashed blue line), magnetic (dashdotted blue line) and pressure (solid red line) driven forces. eq. (4)-(7) were manipulated taking into account the geometrical constraints and the design parameter of the remaining components were determined. in particular, considering that a fluid gap h=1 mm was chosen, the annular area aa is 819.24 mm2 and the viscous forces can be calculated as follow:                       7 3 3 12 122.26 1 100 12 3 10 81954 90 819.24 1 1 191 2 2 81954 122.26 1 d awhv qlaf n q wh (8) in which the velocity vd=100 mm/s and the viscosity η=0.3 pa·s. assuming that the friction forces ff = 250 n and the total force ftot = 2000 n, the required controllable force fτ is:           2000 2000 191 250 1559 ff f f n (9) and the dynamic range turns out to be:                 1559 191 250   4.53   191 250 f f f f f d f f (10) once the controllable force was found, the yield stress of the fluid τb = 20 kpa was set, considering the nominal working current value i = 1 a. the total active pole length is obtainable by manipulating eq.(4):        totp b a f h 1559 1 l 41.32 mm c a 2.30 0.020 819.24 (11) where the coefficient c = 2.30 [12]. the activation areas are four, which implies a single axial length   totp p l l / 4 10 mm. the chosen yield stress implies, by means of the eq. (1)-(2), a magnetic field density bmrf along the active pole of 0.35 t. after that, the piston head (fig. 6a) along with the flange (fig. 6b, c), the rod (fig. 6d) and the bottom-rod (fig. 6e) were manufactured. the piston head and the flange were made of aisi 430. conversely, the rod and the bottom-rod were made of brass because they do not have to influence the magnetic flux during operations. the flange is coupled with the rod by a drilled screw in order to let the coil’s wire passing through it (fig. 6f). n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 18 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure 6: custom components. piston head (a), flange (b, c), rod (d) and bottom-rod with end plug (e). coupling between rod and flange (f). design of the magnetic circuit the aim in the design of a magnetic circuit is to determine the necessary amp-turn (ni) able to develop the required magnetic field and therefore the required damping forces. an optimal design requires to reach the desired magnetic field induction in the fluid gap while minimize the energy lost in steel flux conduit and region of non-working area. the entire circuit should have low reluctance, so soft iron or high permeability steel should be used. for an mr liquid, the permeability may be quite low, as shown in fig. 4c. at high flux density, the iron may saturate, and be a limiting factor, so the cross-section of the iron must be adequate all around the magnetic circuit. the total flux in the circuit is the same at all sections around the circuit, so the critical point of the iron is the part with the lower cross-sectional area. the number of coils may vary to meet system requirements. fig. 7a shows the most common configuration in which the flux lines flow around a single coil. the last two configurations in fig. 7 have multiple coils and similar characteristics, except for the polarity of the magnetic field. in configuration fig. 7b, the magnetic flux lines have all one only direction from the center of the solenoid. in configuration fig. 7c, there is a trade-off between the different coils, which also affects the circuit length. the main advantage of this solution is a decrease of the overall inductance of the circuit that allows, compared to other, less response time of the same device. (a) (b) (c) figure 7: coil configurations. single coil (a), coherent multiple coils (b), incoherent multiple coils (c). the typical design process for a magnetic circuit can be summarized as follow [14]:  determine the magnetic induction bmrf in the mr fluid to give the desired yield stress τb.  determine the magnetic field intensity hmrf by using the b-h relationship of the fluid.  the magnetic induction flux is given by      mrf mrfb a , in which amrf is the effective area of activation of the fluid. since the magnetic induction flux remains constant through all the circuit length, calculate the magnetic induction in the steel bsteel: n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 19     mrf mrfsteel steel steel b a b a a (12)  determine the magnetic field induction bsteel using its b-h relationship.  find the required number of amp-turns (ni) by using kirchhoff’s law of magnetic circuits:     i i mrf steelni h l h h h l (13) where h is the fluid gap and l is the single length of each links which compose the circuit. the required number of coil wire resulted n = 160, considering a working current of 1 a. 304 stainless steel air 304 stainless steel 430 stainless steel air rubber rubber air 20 awg [ i :153] 1020 steel 20 awg [ -i :152] 430 stainless steel density plot: |b|, tesla 1.276e+000 : >1.343e+000 1.142e+000 : 1.209e+000 1.074e+000 : 1.142e+000 9.401e-001 : 1.007e+000 8.730e-001 : 9.401e-001 8.058e-001 : 8.730e-001 7.387e-001 : 8.058e-001 6.715e-001 : 7.387e-001 6.044e-001 : 6.715e-001 5.372e-001 : 6.044e-001 4.701e-001 : 5.372e-001 4.029e-001 : 4.701e-001 3.358e-001 : 4.029e-001 2.686e-001 : 3.358e-001 2.015e-001 : 2.686e-001 1.343e-001 : 2.015e-001 6.715e-002 : 1.343e-001 <0.000e+000 : 6.715e-002 1.209e+000 : >1.276e+000 1.007e+000 : 1.074e+000 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 8: 2d femm model of the piston head (a), magnetic field values through the magnetic circuit (b). magnification of the central activation area (c) and graph of the magnetic field values b across the activation’s gap along the red line (d). magnetic finite element analysis magnetic finite element analysis was performed after the analytical design of the circuit. this operation is a useful method to compare the calculated values with the simulated ones. furthermore, these simulations allow one to verify that the magnetic saturation will occur in no section of the magnetic circuit. the software femm v4.2 [22] a n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 20 was adopted to perform all the simulations. fig. 8a represents the discretized axially-symmetric model of the magnetic circuit which comprehends part of the piston head, the flange and the cylinder’s wall. the material chosen came from the femm material library. aisi 430 was used for the piston head and the flange. since the material of the hydraulic cylinder is not clearly identified by the producer, a plausible material in terms of magnetic properties was used, which is aisi 1020. for the mr fluids, a new material was set up with the magnetic properties described by eq. (2). fig. 8b shows the path of the magnetic flux and the values of the magnetic field density resulted whit a working current of 1 a. as it can be seen the values of b are lower than 1.5 t that is a critical point after which begins saturation. at the beginning of the design, considering the damping force required and a current of 1 a, a yield stress τb = 20 kpa was needed. that implied a magnetic field of bmrf = 350 mt along the activation area. fig. 8c represents a magnification of the central activation area along with the magnetic flux lines and in fig. 8d the relative values of magnetic field. the simulated values of magnetic field density are slightly lower than those desired. a possible explanation is that the magnetic properties of the aisi 1020 do not match exactly those of the original material, which is fe 510. pressurization system he aim of the pressurization system is the active regulation of the fluid pressure. this task has to be done in a totally controllable manner without the aid of volumetric pumps, which are incompatible with mr fluids because of the too high viscosity. moreover, in hydraulic centralized circuits that use volumetric pumps the pressure regulation is quite expensive in terms of energy required because both the circuit and the control unit have to be constantly working in order to maintain the desired pressure. contrarily, the new system presented does not need a continuous supply of electrical power. the designed pressurization system is schematically shown in fig. 9. (a) (b) figure 9: pressurization system. low pressure configuration (a) and high pressure configuration (b). the system is composed of a stepper motor that converts the motion from rotary to translatory by a screw and nut mechanism. this system controls a slider that insists on the volume of mr fluid. lowering the volume of fluid causes an increase of the internal pressure. such system would be energetically convenient compared with other linear actuators currently present on market, for example coil valves. indeed, due to the friction forces between the threads there is no retrograde motion. hence, the desired static pressure level can be maintained with no power consumption. the mr fluid t n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 21 used is a silicone-based fluid that is quite compressible (bulk modulus β of about 1000 mpa) so a pressure control not excessively abrupt is allowed. considering the low compressibility of the fluid, varying the value of pressure requires slider’s strokes of few millimeters. the stroke of the slider is calculated analytically knowing the bulk modulus β, the total volume of the fluid v and the desired pressure variation. the equations involved are:      p v v (14)      v v p (15)    cu v x a (16) by combining eq. (15)-(16):     cu v x p a (17) in which acu is the area of the slider. stepper motors are the most suitable for this application. by knowing the number of steps and the screw pitch an accurate control of the slider’s stroke ∆x is possible without position sensor. results and discussions ig. 10 shows the section of the 3d model of the damper. to allow the assembly, the piston head is composed of two parts: the main body of the piston head and the flange. the flange connects the piston head to the upper-rod using four screws m4x6. particular attention was paid for the sealing system. a dynamic rod seal was used between the bottom part of the piston head and the bottom rod. moreover, two static seal (o-ring) were adopted between the flange and the inner chamber of the piston head. as it can be seen in fig. 11, the coil wires pass through the drilled screw, the flange and the rod. figure 10: cross-sectional view of the prototype of the damper. figure 11: exploded view. (from the right) piston head, drilled screw, flange, rod and cylinder head. f n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 22 the end-plug and the bottom-rod were glued to the cylinder using an acrylic adhesive (loctite 638). the mr fluid was poured through the welded boss into the cylinder. to eliminate the air into the damper, the system was placed in a vacuum chamber. then, two ball joint ends were screwed to the rod and the end plug (fig. 12). figure 12: final assembled prototype. conclusion his work shows a design method for a magnetorheological damper with pressure control. by means of analytical equations the magnetic circuit and the hydraulic circuit have been designed. the new mr damper has an innovative architecture able to drive the internal pressure level. a bottom-rod has been adopted which has the same diameter of the upper rod. the main consequence is that the internal volume of the damper remains constant during the operation and an accumulator is no more needed. in order to increase the feasibility of the prototype, commercial components were used: a hydraulic cylinder, its cylinder head and two ball joint ends. instead, the piston rod, the piston head and the bottom rod were designed and manufactured. finally, all components were assembled paying particular attention to the concentricity between the cylinder, the piston head and the bottom rod. a conceptual design of pressurization system has also been presented. such system consists of a screw drive mechanism that controls the stroke of a slider. moving the slider leads to control the internal volume of the damper and consequently changes the internal pressure. to our best knowledge the prototype presented is the first of its kind ever realized. several tests will be carried out to test the behavior of this device. the results might bring up new considerations that could lead to an optimization of the properties of the damper and to its commercialization. bibliography [1] kaluvan, s., choi, s.-b., design of current sensor using a magnetorheological fluid in shear mode, smart mater. struct., 23(12) (2014) 127003. [2] alkan, m. s., gurocak, h., gonenc, b., linear magnetorheological brake with serpentine flux path as a high force and low off-state friction actuator for haptics, j. intell. mater. syst. struct., 24(14) (2013) 1699–1713. [3] yadmellat, p., kermani, m. r., adaptive modeling of a magnetorheological clutch, ieee/asme trans. mechatronics, 19(5) (2014) 1716–1723. [4] zhu, x., jing, x., cheng, l., magnetorheological fluid dampers: a review on structure design and analysis, j. intell. mater. syst. struct., 23(8) (2012) 839–873. [5] fuchs, a., rashid, a., liu, y., kavlicoglu, b., sahin, h., gordaninejad, f., compressible magnetorheological fluids, j. appl. polym. sci., 115(6) (2010) 3348–3356. [6] spaggiari, a., dragoni, e., effect of internal pressure on flow properties of magnetorheological fluids, in: asme 2011 conference on smart materials, adaptive structures and intelligent systems, 1 (2011) 7–15. [7] spaggiari, a., dragoni, e., effect of pressure on the physical properties of magnetorheological fluids, fract. struct. integr., 23 (2012) 75–86. [8] spaggiari, a., dragoni, e., combined squeeze-shear properties of magnetorheological fluids: effect of pressure, j. intell. mater. syst. struct., 25(9) (2013) 1041–1053. t n. golinelli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 13-23; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.02 23 [9] becnel, a. c., wereley, n. m., demonstration of combined shear and squeeze strengthening modes in a searle-type magnetorheometer, in: development and characterization of multifunctional materials; modeling, simulation and control of adaptive systems; integrated system design and implementation, 1 (2013) v001t03a036. [10] tang, x., zhang, x., tao, r., rong, y., structure-enhanced yield stress of magnetorheological fluids, j. appl. phys., 87(5) (2000) 2634. [11] guo, c., gong, x., xuan, s., qin, l., yan, q., compression behaviors of magnetorheological fluids under nonuniform magnetic field, rheol. acta, 52(2) (2013) 165–176. [12] nguyen, q., choi, s., optimal design methodology of magnetorheological fluid based mechanisms, smart actuation sens. syst., (2012). [13] nguyen, q.-h., choi, s.-b., optimal design of a vehicle magnetorheological damper considering the damping force and dynamic range, smart mater. struct., 18(1) 2009) 015013. [14] gavin, h., hoagg, j., dobossy, m., optimal design of mrf dampers, in: u.s. japan workshop on smart structures for improved seismic performance in urban regions, (2001) 225–236. [15] l. corporation, mrf-140cg magneto-rheological fluid. http://www.lord.com/products-and-solutions/magnetorheological-(mr)/product.xml/1646. (2014) [16] carlson, j. d., magnetorheological fluids, in smart materials, new york, ny, usa: crc press, (2008). [17] lee, j.-h., han, c., ahn, d., lee, j. k., park, s.-h., park, s., design and performance evaluation of a rotary magnetorheological damper for unmanned vehicle suspension systems, scientific world journal., (2013) 894016. [18] wereley, n. m., magnetorheology: advances and applications. royal society of chemistry, (2013). [19] jang, k.-i., min, b.-k., seok, j., a behavior model of a magnetorheological fluid in direct shear mode, j. magn. magn. mater., 323(10) (2011) 1324–1329. [20] yang, g., large-scale magnetorheological fluid damper for vibration mitigation: modeling, testing and control, university of notre dame, (2001). [21] yang, g., spencer, b. f., carlson, j. d., sain, m. k., large-scale mr fluid dampers: modeling and dynamic performance considerations, eng. struct., 24(3) (2002) 309–323. [22] meeker, d., femm 4.2 finite element method magnetics homepage. http://www.femm.info/wiki/homepage, (2015). microsoft word numero_31_art_4 a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 38 the influence of fibre orientation on the post-cracking tensile behaviour of steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete a. abrishambaf, v.m.c.f. cunha, j.a.o. barros isise, dep. civil eng., school eng., university of minho, campus de azurém 4800-058 guimarães, portugal. vcunha@civil.uminho.pt abstract. adding fibres to concrete provides several advantages, especially in terms of controlling the crack opening width and propagation after the cracking onset. however, distribution and orientation of the fibres toward the active crack plane are significantly important in order to maximize its benefits. therefore, in this study, the effect of the fibre distribution and orientation on the post-cracking tensile behaviour of the steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete (sfrscc) specimens is investigated. for this purpose, several cores were extracted from distinct locations of a panel and were subjected to indirect (splitting) and direct tensile tests. the local stress-crack opening relationship (σ-w) was obtained by modelling the splitting tensile test under the finite element framework and by performing an inverse analysis (ia) procedure. afterwards the σ-w law obtained from ia is then compared with the one ascertained directly from the uniaxial tensile tests. finally, the fibre distribution/orientation parameters were determined adopting an image analysis technique. keywords. fibre dispersion and orientation; self-compacting concrete; tensile behaviour; splitting tensile test; inverse analysis. introduction dding fibres to concrete provides several advantages, especially in terms of controlling the crack opening width and propagation, increasing the energy absorption capacity, as well as increasing the post-cracking tensile strength [1, 2]. in composites reinforced with low fibre contents, the contribution of the fibres mainly arises after the crack initiation. crack opening in steel fibre reinforced concrete (sfrc) is restrained by the bond stresses that develop at the fibre / matrix interface during the fibre pull-out. moreover, one of the most important properties of sfrc is its ability to transfer stresses across a cracked section rather uniformly, which depends on the fibre reinforcement effectiveness, i.e. fibre properties (their strength, bond and stiffness), and fibre distribution/orientation towards the active crack plane [3]. in order to optimize the fibre contribution to the post-cracking behaviour, it is important to enhance the distribution and orientation of the fibres at the crack plane. since, fibres are more effective fairly aligned along the principal tensile stresses directions [4, 5]. the dispersion and orientation of fibres in the sfrc bulk hardened-state results from a series of stages, namely [6]: fresh-state properties after mixing; casting conditions into the formwork; flowability properties; and wall-effect introduced by the formwork. among the aforementioned parameters, flowability of steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete (sfrscc) is the most important one [7-9]. having in mind that distribution/orientation of the fibres influences significantly the mechanical properties of the sfrscc, it is important to control and consider both parameters, especially in terms of the design applications. a a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 39 in this research, the effect of fibre distribution and orientation on the tensile behaviour of a sfrscc panel is investigated. for this purpose, a total number of 46 cores were extracted from various locations of two panels. these cores were subjected to indirect (splitting) and direct (uniaxial) tensile tests. in order to assess the influence of fibre distribution/orientation on the tensile post-cracking parameters, specimens were notched either parallel or perpendicular to the expected concrete flow direction. furthermore, fibre distribution parameters were evaluated through an image analysis procedure. finally, the local stress-crack opening relationship (σ – w) was obtained by modelling the splitting tensile test under the finite element framework and by performing an inverse analysis (ia) procedure. afterwards the σ-w law obtained from ia is then compared with the one ascertained directly from the uniaxial tensile tests. experimental program concrete mixture steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete was design with 60 kg/m3 of hooked-end steel fibres (length, lf, of 33 mm; diameter, df, of 0.55 mm; aspect ratio, lf /df , of 60 and a yield stress of 1100 mpa).the mixture constituents are: cement (c), water (w), limestone filler (f), fine sand (fs), coarse sand (cs), coarse aggregate (ca) and superplasticizer (sp). tab. 1 includes the adopted concrete mix composition. in order to evaluate the flowability of the concrete, the slump test was performed according to the efnarc recommendations [10]. the total spread achieved on the slump test was about 670 mm. the young’s modulus and compressive strength were assessed on cylinders with a diameter of 150 mm and height of 300 mm. the average compressive strength (fcm) and the average value of the young’s modulus (ecm) were 47.77 mpa (7.45%) and 34.15 gpa (0.21%), respectively, in which the values in parentheses represent the coefficient of variation. c [kg] w [kg] sp [kg] f [kg] fs [kg] cs [kg] ca [kg] fibre [kg] 413 140 7.83 353 237 710 590 60 table 1: mix composition of steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete per m3. 1600 (mm) 1000 (mm) 1600 (mm) 1000 (mm) (a) (b) figure 1: core extracting plan: (a) panel a, (b) panel b. specimens according to barnett et al. [11] casting panels from its centre point can improve the mechanical behaviour, when comparing to other casting methods. thus this method was selected for the production of two panels. the dimensions of the panels were 1600×1000×60 mm3. in order to evaluate the influence of fibre dispersion and orientation on the tensile properties of the sfrscc, twenty three cores were extracted from each panel, and submitted to either indirect (splitting) or direct (uniaxial) tensile tests. the specimens were extracted according to the scheme represented in fig. 1. in this figure the pale dash lines with arrows represent the supposed concrete flow directions. the hatched cores were used in the splitting tensile tests and the remaining was used in the uniaxial tensile tests. for the execution of the splitting tensile tests, two notches were executed on the cores’ opposite sides with the depth of 5 mm. in order to evaluate the influence of crack orientation towards the concrete flow, specimens were notched either parallel or perpendicular toward the expected a a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 40 flow direction. by assuming θ as the angle between the notched plane and the direction of the concrete flow, the notch plane was designated parallel for θ = 0° or perpendicular for θ = 90°. since the core scheme was maintained for both panels, for each core location within the panel there were two cores with distinct notch directions, i.e. θ = 0 or 90º. this will enable to evaluate the influence of fibre orientation on the stress-crack width (σ-w) relationship. for instance, θ of a1 specimen is 90° and 0° in panels a and b, respectively (see fig. 1). twenty two cores were sawn to produce prismatic specimens to be used in the uniaxial tensile test with the dimensions of 110×102×60 mm3. following the same notching procedure for the splitting test specimens, the prismatic specimens were notched according to parallel (θ = 0°) and perpendicular (θ = 90°) directions regarding the expected concrete flow. the notch was executed on the four lateral faces of the specimen, at their mid-height, with a thickness of 2 mm and a depth of 5 mm. test setup: splitting tensile test in a first stage, the σ – w relationship was assessed by carrying out splitting tensile tests. the recommendations of astm c-496 standard [12] were followed for this purpose. the tests were executed by closed-loop displacement control. to ensure a proper constant displacement rate, once the crack is initiated, a rather low value of the displacement rate, i.e. 0.001 mm/s, was applied. the crack opening width was averaged from the readouts of five linear variable differential transducers, lvdts, which were mounted on the surface of the specimen, three on the top and two on the bottom surfaces, see fig. 2. 10.0 65.0 65.0 10.0 150.0 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 lvdt specimen 60.0 (a) (b) figure 2: geometry of the specimen and setup of the splitting tensile test (dimensions are in mm): (a) specimen front view (top of the panel), (b) specimen lateral view. test setup: uniaxial tensile test the stress – crack opening width (σ – w) relationship was also directly ascertained through uniaxial tensile tests, which were executed according to the rilem tdf-162 [13]. this test was carried under closed-loop displacement control, adopting the following displacement rates during the test: 0.005 mm/min up to a displacement of 0.05 mm, 0.02 mm/min up to a displacement of 0.1 mm, 0.08 mm/min up to a displacement of 0.5 mm, and 0.1 mm/min until the completion of the test. the test was controlled by the averaging signal received from the four lvdts installed on the lateral surface of each prismatic specimen, see fig. 3. 11 0 60 (a) (b) figure 3: uniaxial tensile test setup: (a) specimen front view, (b) specimen lateral view (units in mm) a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 41 results and discussion: splitting tensile test fig. 4 depicts both the envelope and average force – crack mouth opening response (f – w) obtained from the splitting tensile tests, when the notch direction was parallel (θ = 0°) and perpendicular (θ = 90°) to the concrete flow direction. during the first phase of the test, the f w relationships were almost linear up to the load at the crack onset, since the lvdts recorded the elastic deformation of the sfrscc specimen. therefore this deformation should have been removed from the f w curves, however since this deformation was marginal it could be neglected. after the crack onset, two distinct behaviours were observed for the θ = 0º and 90° series. regarding the θ = 0º series (fig. 4(a)), the composite exhibited a non-linear hardening behaviour until the peak load was attained, followed by a softening phase. on the other hand, for θ = 90º series it was observed just a softening phase immediately after the crack onset. briefly, these differences between the θ = 0º and 90° series could be ascribed to rather distinct number of fibres intersecting the crack plane at the specimens’ notch, due to a preferential fibre alignment perpendicular to the concrete flow direction. the higher number of fibres at the crack plane of the θ = 0º series specimens will promote a higher stress transfer grade between the crack surfaces and, consequently, higher post-cracking residual forces. the aspects related to the fibre distribution / orientation will be detailed further ahead. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 envelope average f o rc e ( f ) [k n ] w [mm] 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 envelope average f o rc e ( f ) [k n ] w [mm] (a) (b) figure 4: force – crack opening width relationship, f – w, obtained from splitting tensile test for: (a) θ=0° and (b) θ = 90°. in general, the f – w relationship showed a high scatter. however, in the case of sfrscc the scattering in the results was expected since the mechanical behaviour of this material was significantly dependent on the fibre dispersion/orientation, even for specimens with same geometry and from the same batch. moreover, in this particular case the relatively high scatter could also be enhanced because the specimens were extracted from different locations of the panels, i.e. with distinct distances from the casting point. note that during the casting of the panels, the fibre distribution /orientation was influenced by the viscosity and velocity of the fresh concrete along the flowing process. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 top average bottom f o rc e [ k n ] w [mm] 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 top average bottom f o rc e [ k n ] w [mm] (a) (b) figure 5: nominal tensile stress – crack opening width relationship, σ– w, obtained from splitting tensile test for the two sides (top and bottom) of the specimens: (a) θ = 0° and (b) θ = 90°. figs 5(a) and 5(b) show three average f – w relationships obtained with the splitting tensile test for specimens from the θ = 0º and 90° series, respectively. the “average” curve was obtained by averaging the readouts of the five lvdts flow direction notch direction flow direction notch direction flow direction notch direction flow direction notch direction a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 42 mounted on the specimen, whereas the “top” and “bottom” curves were obtained by averaging only the readouts of the lvdts mounted, respectively, at the upper and lower specimen’s surface. from fig. 5 it was visible that the readouts of the lvdts mounted on the upper surface of specimens showed a relatively higher crack opening width compared to the one recorded by the lvdts at the lower specimen surface. this denotes that the crack opened asymmetrically, which could be ascribed to the variation of effective fibres along the depth of the panel due to segregation. this aspect will be detailed further ahead, when the fibre distribution parameters are endorsed. results and discussion: uniaxial tensile test figs 6(a) and 6(b) illustrate the average and envelope force-crack mouth opening relationship obtained from the uniaxial tensile test for the θ = 0º and 90° series, respectively. the value of the crack opening was determined by averaging the readouts of the four lvdts. for both series (θ = 0° and 90°), the f w curve was almost linear up to the crack initiation. after the crack onset, two distinct behaviours were observed for the θ = 0º and 90° series similarly to what was observed in splitting tensile tests, which could also be ascribed to the distinct number of fibres at the crack plane. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 envelope average f o rc e [ k n ] w [mm] 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 envelope average f o rc e [ k n ] w [mm] (a) (b) figure 6: force – average crack width relationship, fw, obtained from the uniaxial tensile tests: (a) θ = 0° and (b) θ = 90°. regarding the θ = 0º series, fibres start to be slowly pulled-out being observed a semi-hardening response after the crack onset. afterwards a plateau response was observed until a crack width of about 0.6 mm, and finally it was followed by a smooth reduction in the residual forces. actually, during the uniaxial tensile testing of the θ = 0º specimens, once the peak load was achieved the sound of the fibre rupturing was clearly heard, which caused a rapid reduction in the value of the residual forces. this was also confirmed by inspecting the fracture surface visually after the specimen testing. based on pull-out tests of hooked end fibres [14], fibre rupture may occur between the slip intervals of 0.6-1.0 mm, for the fibre inclination angle with the loading direction of 30°. as it will be discussed further ahead, for this series the most probable fibre orientation angle towards the cracking plane was around about 35º, this value was derived from the orientation probability distribution ascertained from an image analysis procedure. on the other hand, the θ = 90º series, after the crack initiation, shown a sudden force decrease up to a crack width of nearby 0.07 mm followed by a plateau. cunha et al. [5] assessed the micro-mechanical behaviour of hooked end fibres by performing fibre pull-out test. it was verified that after a fibre sliding of nearby 0.1 mm, the fibre reinforcement mechanism was mainly governed by the hook plasticization during the fibre pull-out process. additionally, in some specimens of the θ = 90º series, in particular those located closer to the casting point, shown a pseudo-hardening behaviour as it can be observed by the upper bound of the experimental envelope (fig. 6(b)). afterwards, beyond a crack width of about 0.9 mm, a reduction of the residual force was observed, which corresponded to the fibre rupture. results and discussion: evaluation of fibre distribution parameters in order to assess the distribution and orientation of fibres, an image analysis technique was implemented due to its simplicity and relatively low cost [15, 16]. this technique comprised of four main stages: in the first stage, the fracture surface of the specimen was grinded. then the surface was polished by acetone in order to increase the reflective properties of steel fibres. secondly, by using a high resolution digital photograph camera, a coloured image of the grinded surface was obtained. finally, the achieved image was analysed using imagej [17] software to recognize steel fibres. the analysis procedure of an image was depicted in fig.7. after analysing the results, the following parameters were derived out: flow direction notch direction flow direction notch direction a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 43 i) number of fibres per unit area, fn : is the ratio between the total number of fibres counted in the image, ftn , and the total area of the image, a: f f tn n a (1) ii) fibre orientation factor,  : determined as the average orientation towards a certain plane surface by eq. 2: 1 1 . cos f tn if itn      (2) where, ftn is the total number of fibres that can be determined by counting all the visible ellipses and circles at the cross section, θ is the out-plane angle that is defined as the angle between the fibre’s longitudinal axis and a vector orthogonal to the plane. iii) fibre segregation parameter, seg : to calculate the location of the steel fibres gravity centre, an average value of the coordinates in the y axis of entire fibres should be determined in the analysed cross-section. 1 1 . . f tn seg f it y h n     (3) in this equation, y is the coordinate in the y axis of the fibre’s gravity centre, and h is the height (or depth) of the analysed cross-section, iv) number of effective fibres per unit area, feffn : the summation of fibres with deformed hooked in a unit area. since this parameter cannot obtain from the image analysis results, therefore it was executed by visual inspection of the fracture surface. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 7: image processing steps: (a) converting a colored image to greyscale image (b) adjusting a threshold, (c) defining mask, noise (remove small noises) and watershed (separated fibres that are stuck together) functions, (d) fitting the best ellipse to each fibre. tab. 2 includes the results of the image analysis performed on a plane surface of the uniaxial tensile specimens, see fig. 8. the fibre distribution parameters were assessed on two orthogonal planes for each core location regarding to panel centre point (fig. 1). the θ = 0° series presented a considerably higher average fn and feffn , about 80% and 254%, respectively, when compared to the θ =90° series. the differences between these series corroborate that the fibres were preferentially reoriented due to the concrete flow. this could be clearly noticed if the orientation parameter,  , for each series was a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 44 compared (see tab. 2). on the other hand, when the notch plane was parallel to concrete flow direction, a higher orientation factor observed comparing to specimens with θ =90°. therefore, in θ = 0° series, a higher number of the effective fibres in the fracture surface was appeared which increased the concrete fracture parameters. regarding the fibre segregation factor, the obtained average values of seg were insignificantly higher than 0.5 meaning that a slight fibre segregation occurred through the panel’s depth. this could also justify the asymmetric crack opening width observed in the splitting tensile specimens. θ=0° θ=90° specimen distance [cm] f n [fibres/cm2] f eff n [fibres/cm2] ηθ [-] seg [-] f n [fibres/cm2] f eff n [fibres/cm2] ηθ [-] seg [-] b3 20.0 2.071 1.291 0.827 0.580 1.557 0.405 0.688 0.476 a4 23.5 1.889 1.356 0.855 0.518 1.430 0.506 0.737 0.510 c4 32.0 2.036 1.430 0.851 0.555 0.665 0.133 0.630 0.597 d3 32.0 1.913 0.853 0.775 0.491 1.436 0.415 0.666 0.586 b4 40.0 1.956 0.851 0.773 0.530 0.506 0.074 0.561 0.643 a5 46.5 2.220 1.212 0.814 0.479 1.097 0.311 0.672 0.725 a6 69.5 2.304 1.803 0.866 0.557 0.967 0.132 0.604 0.539 c6 77.5 2.142 1.303 0.818 0.600 1.232 0.541 0.756 0.485 d1 77.5 1.921 1.089 0.795 0.532 1.355 0.631 0.760 0.594 average 2.050 1.24 0.820 0.538 1.138 0.35 0.675 0.573 cov (%) 7.16 23.74 4.15 7.33 31.98 57.11 10.20 14.00 table 2: fibre distribution parameters. 102 60 110 figure 8: localization of the plane surface considered in the fibre distribution assessment (units in mm). fig. 9 illustrates the orientation profiles obtained for each average orientation factor in comparison to both the twodimensional (2d) distribution,  = 2/π, [18] and the three-dimensional (3d) isotropic uniform random fibre distribution,  = 0.5, [19]. it was shown that the fibre orientation profile followed a gaussian distribution [20, 21]. the orientation profile for θ= 0°series was represented by a distribution shifted to the left side, while for θ= 90° series the distribution profile tends to the right side. therefore, within the specimens of θ= 0° series, fibres have a tendency to be aligned more perpendicular to the studied plane. the obtained distribution profile for the θ= 0° series was completely distinct from either the 2d or 3d theoretical isotropic uniform random distributions. meanwhile, the distribution obtained for the θ= 90° series was very similar to the 2d theoretical distribution. in conclusion, for sfrscc laminar structures, assuming a 2d or 3d uniform fibre random distribution may be far from the reality, since the influence of fibre orientation due to the concrete flow also needs to be taken in to the account. fig. 10 shows the exponential relationship between the number of fibres, fn , and effective fibres, feffn . a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 45 (a) (b) figure 9: predicted orientation profile: (a) θ=0° and (b) θ=90°. 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 exponential tendency r-square=0.90 n f [] nfeff [-] figure 10: number of the fibres, fn , versus number of the effective fibres, feffn . numerical simulation he most suited test to derive the mode i fracture parameters is the uniaxial tensile test. however, the latter test involves some difficulties such as: the necessity of specialized and expensive equipment; sophisticated test set-up to avoid detrimental interferences, like load eccentricity, since it decreases the stress at the onset of crack initiation [22]. on the other hand the splitting tensile test could be considered as an alternative option for this purpose, because it is cheaper, less sophisticated testing equipment is needed, and can be executed on both cubes and extracted cores. in this section a methodology to predict the stress – crack width (σ – w) relationship of sfrscc using an inverse analysis, ia, procedure based on the results of the splitting tensile test will be presented and discussed. for this purpose, numerical simulations of the splitting tensile tests were carried out with a nonlinear 3d finite element model. in order to confirm the accuracy of the proposed methodology, the σ – w response obtained through the ia of the splitting test results was compared to the σ – w response obtained from the uniaxial tensile test. modelling and simulation the average experimental force – crack width responses of the splitting tensile tests (fig. 4) were simulated using abaqus® finite element software [23]. eight-node hexahedral shape solid elements with 8-integration points were used. the concrete damage plasticity model was implemented in order to simulate mechanical properties of concrete [24, 25]. because of the symmetry in the specimen geometry, supports and test loading applied in the splitting tensile test, only a quarter of the core was simulated, see fig. 11(a). since the specimen had distinct thicknesses it consists of two main parts namely: notch and un-notch (flush). after meshing each part individually, the assembled mesh is shown in fig. 11(b) with a total number of 5674 elements. similar to the performed in the experimental procedure, in the numerical simulation a prescribed displacement was applied on top of the notch. t a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 46 (a) (b) figure 11: three-dimensional view of numerical model [24]: (a) geometry, constraints and prescribed displacement, (b) finite element mesh. concrete constitutive model the concrete damage plasticity, cdp, model was used to simulate the mechanical performance of concrete because it is proficient to model the cracking of concrete in tension and crushing in compression. on the other hand, this model uses the concept of isotropic damage elasticity in combination with isotropic compression and tension plasticity to simulate the inelastic behaviour of concrete under compressive and tensile stresses. the cdp model uses a yield surface that is defined as the loading function proposed by lubliner et al. [26]. the evaluation of the yield surface is controlled by two hardening variables, namely, the plastic strain in tension ( pl t  ) and the plastic strain in compression ( pl c  ). in the case of the effective stress, the yield function is determined as follow:     max max1 3 1 ˆ ˆpl pl c c f q p                (4) where:     0 0 0 0 1 2 1 b c b c         , 0 0.5  (5)        1 1 pl c c pl t t              (6)  3 1 2 1 c c k k     (7) in these equations, p and q are two stress invariants of the effective stress tensor, namely, the hydrostatic stress and the von mises equivalent effective stress, respectively, max ̂ stands for the maximum principal effective stress and is the algebraic maximum eigen value of the effective stress  [27], x represents macauley bracket  1 2 x x  , 0 0b c  is the ratio between the initial biaxial compressive strength and the initial uniaxial compressive strength, ( )pl t t   and ( )pl c c   are the effective tensile and compressive cohesive stresses, respectively. parameter ck is physically assumed as a ratio of the distances between, respectively, the compressive meridian and the tensile meridian with hydrostatic axis in the deviatoric cross section. if this ratio tends to 1, the deviatoric cross section of the failure surface becomes a circle similar to the drucker – prager yielding surface. however, definition of this parameter is only possible if the full triaxial compressive tests are executed on concrete specimens [28]. tab. 3 includes the adopted initial parameters for the cdp model used to simulate the response of the splitting tensile tests. prescribed displacement flush part notch part a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 47 dilatation angle [degrees] 40 eccentricity, e [-] 0.1 σbo/σco[-] 1.16 kc [-] 0.667 table 3: the constitutive parameters of cdp model. concrete constitutive model: stress – strain relationship for modeling the sfrscc uniaxial compressive behaviour in cdp model, once the concrete compressive strength ( cu cmf  ) attained, the concrete shifts to the non-linear phase. then, the compressive inelastic strain, in c  , is defined by subtracting the elastic strain component, 0 el c  , from the total strain, c  , in the uniaxial compressive test. 0 in el c c c     (8) 00 el cc e  (9) in the cdp model, from the stress – inelastic strain relationship ( inc c   ) that is provided by the user, the stress versus strain response ( c c  ) can be converted to the stress – plastic strain curve ( pl c c   ) automatically by the software. tab. 4 includes the values of the model parameters used in the numerical simulation of the splitting tensile tests. density, ρ 2.4×106 n/mm3 poisson ratio, υ 0.2 initial young modulus, cme 34.15 n/mm2 compressive strength, cmf 47.77 n/mm2 tensile strength inverse analysis post-cracking parameters inverse analysis table 4: mechanical properties adopted in the numerical simulations. concrete constitutive model: stress – strain relationship for modeling the sfrscc uniaxial tensile behaviour the stress – strain response under uniaxial tension had a linear elastic behaviour until the material tensile strength ( 0t ) was attained. afterward, the tensile response shifted to the post-cracking phase where a non-linear response was assumed. the sfrc post-cracking strain, ck t  , can be determined by subtracting the elastic strain, 0 el t , corresponding to the undamaged part from the total strain, t  : 0 ck t el t t    (10) 0 0 el t t e  (11) from the stress – cracking strain response ( ckt t   ) defined by the user, the stress – strain curve ( t t  ) was converted to a stress – plastic strain relationship ( plt t   ). inverse analysis procedure the σi and wi values that define the tensile stress – crack width law were computed by fitting the numerical load – crack width curve to the correspondent experimental average curve. from the nonlinear finite element analysis, the numerical load – crack width response, fnum – w, was determined, and compared to the experimental one, fexp – w. at last the normalized error, err, was computed as follows: a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 48 0 0 u uw w iexp inum iexp i i err f f f      (12) where fiexp and finum were the experimental and the numerical load value at i th crack width value, respectively. the final σ – w relationship was defined by the parameters set that lead to the lowest normalised error between the experimental and numerical compressive force versus crack width curves. numerical results fig. 12 illustrates the numerical response obtained from the inverse analysis of the splitting test results (numsplt), as well as the average and envelope (experimental force – crack width curves, expspltavg and expspltenvelope, respectively. 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 exp splt envelope exp splt avg num splt f o rc e [ k n ] w [mm] 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 exp splt envelope exp splt avg num splt f o rc e [ k n ] w [mm] (a) (b) figure 12: experimental and numerical force – crack width relationship, f-w, for: (a) θ=0° and (b) θ = 90°. as shown in fig. 12, a good accuracy between the experimental and numerical simulation was achieved, even though a slight difference was observed, but the estimated error (err) was lower than 5%. fig. 13 depicts the σ – w relationship obtained from the inverse analysis that leads to the smallest error. the numerical tensile strengths for the θ = 0° and θ = 90° series were 3.6 and 3.2 mpa, respectively. by comparing the response for both series, similar to the uniaxial tensile test, the post-cracking residual stresses in θ = 0° series were also significantly higher due to the fibre tendency to be reoriented perpendicular to concrete flow direction as previously discussed. therefore, in θ = 0° specimens there are more effective fibres to bridge the crack plane than in θ = 90° series. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 s tr e s s [ m p a ] w [mm] 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 s tr e s s [ m p a ] w [mm] (a) (b) figure 13: numerical uniaxial stress – crack width relationship, σ – w, obtained from inverse analysis for: (a) θ=0° and (b) θ = 90°. comparison of results figs 14(a) and (b) shows for each series the uniaxial σ – w relationships obtained from the inverse analysis procedure of the splitting tensile test (numsplt), the envelope and average curves from uniaxial tensile test (exputtenvelope, exputtavg.) executed according to the rilem tdf-162 recommendations [13]. moreover, the σ – w response for the splitting test was determined from eq. 13 as recommended by astm c-496 standard (expsplt) [12] and is also represented in fig. 14. a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 49 2 splt f ld    (13) where f is the applied line load, d is the diameter of the cylinder (150 mm) and l is the thickness of the net area in the notched plane (50 mm). 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 exp utt envelope num splt exp utt avg exp splt s tr e s s [ m p a ] w [mm] 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 exp utt envelope num splt exp utt avg exp splt s tr e s s [ m p a ] w [mm] (a) (b) figure 14: comparison of the uniaxial stress – crack width relationship, σ – w, for: (a) θ=0° and (b) θ = 90°. the σ – w relationship obtained by the inverse analysis procedure rendered a relatively good approximation of the uniaxial tensile response, principally, for the series θ = 90°. regarding the θ = 0° series, numsplt and expsplt methods showed a very close numerical tensile strength, which were higher than exputt avg. however, as expected, splitting tensile test tends to slightly overestimate the tensile strength compared to the uniaxial tensile test. at the early cracking stages (w < 0.6 mm) numsplt and expsplt methods rendered σ – w responses nearby upper bound limit of the exputt envelope, this overestimation could be correspondent to the effects of the compressive stress along the loading plane. for higher crack opening widths, since in expsplt method, stress was determined from eq. 13 that assumes a linear elastic stress distribution even after cracking of the matrix, this approach was unable to predict post-cracking tensile response with enough accuracy. on the other hand, numsplt started to get closer to the response obtained from the uniaxial tensile test. regarding the θ = 90° series (see fig. 14(b)), the inverse analysis procedure of the splitting tensile tests also overestimated the tensile strength when compared to the tensile strength obtained from the uniaxial tests, although it was within the experimental envelope. based on the exputt results, a sharp stress reduction happened once the crack initiated due to the brittle nature of the matrix and lower number of effective fibres at the fracture plane. the sudden stress decay occurred until the beginning of the hook mobilization, which happened at a crack width of around 0.3 mm. the result of the inverse analysis method reproduced the exputt response with a good accuracy since unlike the θ = 0° series that showed higher residual stresses, the θ = 90° series had lower post-cracking residual stresses, therefore the load bearing capacity of the specimen has decreased and the compressive stresses were not so preponderant in the overall response. correlation between the fracture and fibre distribution parameters ab. 5 shows the fracture parameters obtained experimentally (uniaxial tensile test) and numerically (inverse analysis of splitting test) for the two series (θ = 0° and 90°). in this table, σpeak, σ0.3, σ1 and σ2 represent the stress at peak, 0.3, 1 and 2 mm, respectively; gf1 and gf2 are the dissipated energy up to a 1 and 2 mm crack opening width. it was noticeable that the influence of the notch orientation towards the concrete’s flow on the post-peak behaviour of the material was quite high. the series with a notch inclination of θ = 0º revealed higher residual stresses and hence larger dissipated energy than the specimens with θ = 90º. the observed variation in the post-cracking parameters could be ascribed to a preferential fibre orientation at the crack surface. on the other hand, in the casting process of the panels from the centre, since the wall effects are negligible, the flow velocity is uniform and diffuses outwards radially from the casting point, see fig. 15. therefore, the fibres have a tendency to reorient perpendicular to the concrete flow direction. consequently, in the θ = 0° series because of the high number of effective fibres with favourable orientation, the composite showed a semi-hardening response while in the θ = 90° series, since fibres were rotated due to the concrete flow velocity, the number of the effective fibres was reduced and lower residual forces were achieved. t a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 50 series parameter σpeak [mpa] σ0.3 [mpa] σ1 [mpa] σ2 [mpa] gf1 [n/mm] gf2 [n/mm] θ = 0º ( ) numsplt 4.50 4.10 2.60 1.25 3.91 6.35 exputt 3.33 3.24 2.30 1.14 2.94 4.47 θ = 90º ( ) numsplt 3.20 1.06 1.40 0.47 1.26 2.18 exputt 2.72 1.05 1.02 0.56 1.09 1.86 table 5: residual stress and toughness parameters obtained from different analysis. fibre concrete flow direction figure 15: explanation for fibre alignment in flowing concrete of a panel casting from the centre. fig. 16 depicts the relationships between the fibre distribution, feffn , the fibre orientation factor (ηθ) and the post-cracking parameters, as well as their projection for both series obtained from the uniaxial tensile test. since post-cracking parameters were affected by not only the fibre distribution but also the fibre orientation, it is more logical to plot these parameters versus both factors. it was observed, as expected, that the post-cracking parameters, except σpeak, had a tendency to increase with the fibre orientation factor and the number of fibres bridging the fracture surface, being this effect more pronounced in the σ0.3 and σ1. to investigate the influence of each factor ( f effn or ηθ) on the post-cracking parameters, independently, in each figure, the projection of the results in the corresponding plane was executed. in all figures, θ=0° specimens showed higher post-cracking parameters and also lower scattering. as it was proved from the image processing results in the previous section (tab. 2), the covs of feffn and ηθ for the θ=90 ° series were considerably higher than for the θ=0° series. conclusions n this study, the influence of fibre dispersion/orientation on the tensile post-cracking parameters of steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete panel was investigated. the σ – w law was determined indirectly from inverse analysis of the splitting tensile test results, as well as directly derived from the uniaxial tensile test. according to the experimental and numerical investigation, the following conclusions could be derived out: 1. the tensile behaviour of the drilled specimens from the panel was influenced by the fibre dispersion and orientation significantly. specimens with notch direction parallel to concrete flow (θ=0°) have significantly higher post-cracking residual stresses than when the notch direction was perpendicular to the flow direction (θ= 90°). 2. roughly, a linear relationship between number of the effective fibres, orientation factor and post-cracking parameters were observed. it was shown that by increasing the number of effective fibres as well as their orientation, fracture parameters tend to raise. this strong dependency could explain that in θ=0° series due to the appearing higher number of effective fibres which were mainly perpendicular to the crack plane, the concrete represented a semihardening behaviour, while in the other series a high stress decay was achieved. 3. in the case of casting panels from the centre, fibres have a tendency to align perpendicular to the radial flow, mainly due to the uniform flow profile velocity that diffuses outwards radially from the centre of the panel. consequently, the total number of the effective fibres was higher in crack planes parallel towards the concrete flow (θ=0°) when compared to the other case of an orthogonal crack plane towards the concrete flow (θ=90°). i a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 51 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure 16: relationship between the fibre distribution, the fibre orientation factor and the post-cracking parameters: (a) peak stress, (b), (c) and (d) stress at a 0.3, 1 and 2 mm crack width, respectively; (e) and (f) energy absorption up to 1 and 2 mm crack width, respectively. 4. in this study it was also evidenced that the fibre orientation in a laminar specimen is completely different from the one in a prismatic specimen. in laminar specimens fibres have a tendency to re-orient perpendicular to the concrete flow direction, while in prismatic specimens the fibre’s orientation tends to be parallel to the flow direction, [29, 30]. the determination of the tensile flexural strength of sfrc is usually performed in three-point bending tests on prismatic specimens as recommended by rilem 162-tdf and en-1465 [31, 32], however due to the different fibre orientation profiles in prismatic and planar structural elements, it could lead to an unrealistic tensile behaviour of laminar structural elements like panels, shells or walls. a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 52 5. the inverse analysis of the splitting tensile response can estimate with a relatively good accuracy the uniaxial tensile behaviour, in particular, for low fibre contents. in general, in the case of using a relatively high content of fibres, which lead to either a partial or full pseudo-hardening behaviour (as it was the case of the θ=0° series), the proposed methodology could somehow overestimate the σ – w law. in this case it is preferable to use a modified version of the splitting tensile test similar to the one proposed by di prisco et al. [33]. acknowledgements his work is supported by the feder funds through the operational program for competitiveness factors compete and national funds through fct portuguese foundation for science and technology under the project slabsys-hfrc-ptdc/ecm/120394/2010. the authors would like to acknowledge the materials supplied by radmix and maccaferri (fibres), secil (cement), sika and basf (superplasticizers), omya comital (limestone filler), and pegop (fly ash). references [1] aci 544–1r, 2002, state-of-the-art report on fiber reinforced concrete, technical report, american concrete institute, (2002). [2] balaguru, p.n., shah, s.p., fiber reinforced cement composites, mcgraw-hill inc., new york, (1992). [3] vandewalle, l., dupont, d., bending test and interpretation, test and design methods for steel fibre reinforced concrete, background and experiences, rilem publication pro 31, bagneux, (2003) 1-14. [4] banthia, n., trottier, j., concrete reinforced with deformed steel fibres, part i: bond-slip mechanisms, aci materials journal, 91(1994) 435-446. [5] cunha, v.m.c.f., barros,j.a.o., sena-cruz,j.m., pullout behaviour of steel fibres in self compacting concrete, asce journal of materials in civil construction, 22 (2010) 1-9. [6] laranjeira, f., design-oriented constitutive model for steel fiber reinforced concrete, phd thesis, universitat politècnica de catalunya, (2010). [7] ferrara, l., meda, a., relationships between fibre distribution, workability and the mechanical properties of sfrc applied to precast roof elements, materials and structures, 39 (2006) 411-420. [8] pansuk, w., sato, h., sato, y., shionaga, r., tensile behaviours and fibre orientation of uhpc, in proceedings of second international symposium on ultra high performance concrete, kassel, germany (kassel university press), (2008) 161-168. [9] kim, s.w., kang, s.t., park, j.j., ryu, g.s., effect of filling method on fibre orientation and dispersion and mechanical properties of uhpc, proceedings of second international symposium on ultra high performance concrete, kassel, germany (kassel university press), (2008) 185-192. [10] efnarc, the european guidelines for self-compacting concrete, (2005). [11] barnett, s.j., lataste, j.f., parry, t., millard, s.g., soutsos, m.n., assessment of fiber orientation in ultra high performance fibre reinforced concrete and its effects on flexural strength, materials and structures, 43 (2010) 10091023. [12] astm c496, standard test method for splitting tensile strength of cylindrical concrete specimens, annual book of astm standards, american society of testing materials, (2004). [13] rilem tc162-tdf, test and design methods for steel fibre reinforced concrete: uniaxial tension test for steel fibre reinforced concrete, materials and structures, 34 (2001) 3-6. [14] cunha, v.m.c.f., barros, j.a.o., sena-cruz,j.m., an integral approach for modelling the tensile behaviour of steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete, cement and concrete research, 41 (2011) 64-76. [15] kang, s.t., kim,j.k., the relation between fibre orientation and tensile behaviour in an ultra high performance fibre reinforced cementitious composites (uhpfrcc), cement and concrete research, 41 (2011) 1001-1014. [16] ferrara, l., ozyurt, n., di prisco, m., high mechanical performance of fiber reinforced cementitious composites the role of casting-flow induced fiber orientation, materials and structures, 44 (2011) 109-128. [17] rasband, w., imagej, national institutes of health, usa, (2008). http://rsb.info.nih.gov/ij/ [18] kamerwararao, c.v.s., effectiveness of random fibres in composites, cement and concrete research, 9 (1979) 685693. t a. abrishambaf et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 38-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.04 53 [19] stroeven, p., hu, j., effectiveness near boundaries of fibre reinforcement in concrete, materials and structures, 39 (2006) 1001-1013. [20] abrishambaf, a., barros, j.a.o., cunha, v.m.c.f., a state of art on the fibre orientation and distribution in steel fibre reinforced concrete, report no. 13-dec/e-16, university of minho, guimaraes, portugal, (2013) 26-31. [21] laranjeira, f., grunewald,s., walraven,j., blom,c., molins,c., aguado, a., characterization of the orientation profile of steel fiber reinforced concrete, materials and structures, 14 (2010) 1093-1111. [22] zhou, f.p., some aspects of tensile fracture behaviour and structural response of cementicious materials, report no. tvbm-1008, division of building materials, lund institute of technology, lund, sweden, (1988). [23] abaqus unified fea software, user manual, dassault systèmes simulia corp., providence, ri, usa, (2009). [24] abaqus unified fea software, analysis user’s manual, volume iv: elements, dassault systèmes simulia corp., providence, ri, usa, (2009). [25] abaqus unified fea software, analysis user’s manual, volume iii: materials, dassault systèmes simulia corp., providence, ri, usa, (2009). [26] lubliner, j., oliver, j., oller, s., onate, e., a plastic-damage model for concrete, international journal of solids structures, 25 (1989) 299-329. [27] jankowiak, t., lodygowski, t., identification of parameters of concrete damage plasticity constitutive model, foundations of civil and environmental engineering, 6 (2005) 53-69. [28] kmiecik, p., kaminski, m., modeling of reinforced concrete structures and composite structures with concrete strength degradation taken into consideration, archives of civil and mechanical engineering, 11 (2011) 623-636. [29] martinie, l., roussel, n., simple tools for fiber orientation in industrial practice, cement and concrete research, 41 (2011) 993-1000. [30] stähli, p., custer, r., on flow properties, fibre distribution, fibre orientation and flexural behaviour of frc, materials and structures, 41 (2008) 189-196. [31] rilem tc162-tdf, test and design methods for steel fibre reinforced concrete: bending test. materials and structures, 33 (2000) 75-81. [32] en 14651, test method for metallic fibered concrete measuring the flexural tensile strength (limit of proportionality (lop), residual), european committee for standardization, brussels, (2005). [33] di prisco, m., ferrara, l., lamperti, m.g.l., double edge wedge splitting (dews): an indirect tension test to identify post-cracking behaviour of fibre reinforced cementitious composites. materials and structures, 46 (2013) 1893-1918. microsoft word numero_34_art_67 c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 608 thermal stress analysis of different full and ventilated disc brakes c. baron saiz, t. ingrassia, v. nigrelli, v. ricotta università degli studi di palermo, dipartimento di ingegneria chimica, gestionale, informatica, meccanica – 90128 palermo, italy tommaso.ingrassia@unipa.it abstract. during the braking phase, the heat produced by friction between pads and disc cannot be entirely dissipated. consequently, the brake disc, especially if very hard braking occur, can accumulate large amounts of heat in a short time so producing high gradients of temperature on it. under these conditions, functionality and safety of the brake system can be compromised. the object of this study is to investigate, under extreme working conditions, the thermomechanical behaviour of different brake rotors in order to evaluate their efficiency and stability and to identify any compromising weakness on them. in particular, by means of fem thermo-mechanical coupled analyses, one full disc and three ventilated rotors with different shapes have been studied. a very hard (fading) test has been used to evaluate the performances of the discs in terms of temperature distribution, stresses and strains. obtained results demonstrate that the analysed ventilated discs, unlike the full rotor, can be effectively used in very hard working conditions, always ensuring high safety levels. among the studied rotors, the curved-vanes disc was found to be the best solution. keywords. ventilated disc; brake rotor; thermomechanical analysis; fem; fade. introduction uring a braking, most of the kinetic energy of a car is converted into thermal energy due to the dry friction effects and, successively, the generated heat is dissipated in the surrounding environment [1-2]. for this reason, one of the main problem of a braking system is how to handle the thermal energy generated during its action. although the heat dissipation mechanisms could be different (conduction, radiation and convection), the major portion of the generated heat flows out to the air and, consequently, it is dissipated by convection. however, on high-demand repeated braking applications, convection mechanism is unable to dissipate the great amount of incoming heat, so causing overheating of the components and inducing potential failures. previous studies, in fact, showed that thermally induced cyclic stresses strongly affect the crack initiation in the brake discs [3]. nakatsuji et al. [4] studied how cracks, which form around small holes in the flange of one-piece discs, propagate in overloading conditions, whereas gao et al. analyzed the thermal fatigue fracture in brake discs [5-6]. high temperatures during braking, moreover, could cause the brake fade [7], which means losing both efficiency and security during the stopping process. high thermal loads, in fact, can determine considerable distortions of the brake rotor [8], so modifying the system response and increasing the brake judder propensity. for all these reasons, increasing the thermal efficiency and the integrity of the brake components has become an essential objective in the modern automotive engineering field [9]. with this aim, innovative rotors have been designed to improve d c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 609 the convection mechanism of disc brakes [10-12], so to limit very high temperatures of the system. ventilated disc brakes accomplish this purpose and, due to their braking stability, controllability and ability to provide a wide-range brake torque [10], they have been more and more used. unlike full disks, they are designed with internal vanes that allow to drive greater amount of airflow through the disc. to continuously improve their performances, many new solutions have been proposed over the years by companies that produce disc brakes. in this paper, different geometries of ventilated rotors have been studied to estimate their performances by means of thermo-mechanical coupled analyses. a full disc has been also analysed, in order to quantify the advantages of using air channels in hard braking conditions. the work has been developed as follows: in the first step, a reverse engineering procedure has been setup to create the parametric cad models of the analysed disc brakes. in this phase, moreover, the geometries of the discs have been suitably modified to compare, in the most correct and consistent way, the results. in the second step, using the ansys fem code, brake-fading tests have been simulated through coupled thermal-structural analyses [13,14]. in the last step, the results of all the analysed brake discs have been studied and compared in terms of temperature, strain and stress distributions. working conditions im of this work is to evaluate the effectiveness, in terms of thermomechanical performances, of different internal configurations of ventilated brake rotors. to achieve this purpose, the analysed brake discs have been subjected to very hard conditions using the brembo fading test [15-16]. this test consists of fourteen repeated braking, from an initial velocity, vi, of 160 km/h (44.44 m/s) to stop, with a constant deceleration. between two following braking, there is a recovery time during which the rotor is initially accelerated and, subsequently, maintained at constant velocity vi. fig. 1 shows the acceleration versus time graph during the fading test. figure 1: acceleration versus time in fading test. the recovery time, ∆tr, is established intentionally brief in order to stress the cooling capacity of the brakes. in tab. 1, the most important input data of the fading test are summarized. all the analysed rotors are made of grey cast iron, one of the most common material commercially used for this kind of components. main physical, thermal and mechanical characteristics are presented in tab. 2. to better simulate the real behaviour of the material, the specific heat capacity, the thermal conductivity and the elastic modulus have been considered variable with the temperature, as shown in figs. 2-4. as regards the case studies, three ventilated discs and a full one, all by brembo, have been used. vented rotors differ from each other in vanes shape. in particular, the three ventilated discs have, respectively, straight, curved and pillar-shaped vanes. three-dimensional fully parametric cad models [17] of the discs have been created from 2d technical drawings by brembo [15], following a typical reverse engineering approach [18]. irrelevant details have been removed to simplify the fem models, so reducing the analysis computational time. main sections of the ventilated discs and a frontal view of the full rotor are shown in fig.5. a c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 610 item value vehicle mass, m (kg) 1445 initial velocity, vi (m/s) 44.444 deceleration, a (m/s2) 5.886 single braking elapsed time, ∆t (s) 7.551 recovery elapsed time, ∆tr (s) 32 tyre rolling circumference, co (m) 1.851 coefficient of adhesion between tyres and road surfaces, fad 0.85 coefficient of friction between pad and disc surfaces, ff 0.43 vehicle inertia coefficient, k 1.1 table 1: fading test input data. property value density, ρ (kg/m3) 7200 thermal expansion coefficient, α (10-5/°c) 967 elastic modulus, e (gpa) 73 40 poisson's ratio, υ 0.27 thermal conductivity, λ (w/m °c) 59.7 – 36.4 specific heat capacity, c (j/kg °c) 469 945 table 2: main properties of the analysed discs material figure 2: specific heat capacity vs temperature. before the numerical analyses, the original geometries of the discs have been suitably modified and scaled in order to compare successively, in the most consistent way, the results obtained for the different rotors. for this purpose, the main dimensions (diameters and thicknesses) and the number of vanes have been standardized for all the configurations. in particular, equal values of the: external and internal diameters of the annular braking surface, hub diameter, front and rear disc thickness, vanes thickness, pad surface, spad, have been imposed. as regard the pad surface, spad, it has been assumed equal to 1/8 of the annular braking surface of the disc (fig.6). c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 611 figure 3: thermal conductivity vs temperature. figure 4: elastic modulus vs temperature. figure 5: section views of the straight (a), curved (b) and pillar-shaped (c) vanes discs; frontal view of the full disc (d). a) b) d)c) c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 612 figure 6: main dimensions of the discs the main discs dimensions are summarized in tab. 3. dimension external diameter of braking surface (mm) 295 internal diameter of braking surface (mm) 196 hub diameter (mm) 55 front and rear disc thickness (mm) 10.5 vanes thickness (mm) 12 pad surface, spad (mm2) 5475.8 table 3: common dimensions of the discs. heat flux and braking force inputs o perform the numerical simulations of the brake-fading test, the working conditions of the thermal and structural analyses have been preliminarily defined. in particular, the specific heat flux at the pads/disc interface and the braking forces have been calculated. all calculations have been made considering the input data reported in tab. 1. since the ansys fem code does not allow to setup the disk rotation during a transient thermal analysis, a specific routine has been developed. in particular, the annular braking surface has been subdivided in eight sectors, each one equal to the pad surface (spad). after, for every single wheel turn, the specific heat flux in a braking sector has been calculated and imposed, following an appropriate timing, to suitably simulate the relative rotational motion between pads and disk. heat flux on the basis of the law of conservation of energy, it can be assumed that almost all the kinetic energy of the vehicle during motion is equal to the heat generated after vehicle stops [1,7]. during the braking phase, in fact, due to the friction between pads and disc surfaces, the kinematic energy of a vehicle is transformed into thermal energy. in this study, as t c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 613 usually happens [10,19], it has been assumed that the thermal conductivity of the pads material is much smaller than the one of the disc. for this reason, it can be hypothesized that the heat generated during the braking is entirely absorbed by the disc. basing on these assumptions, the specific heat fluxes on every sector of the disc braking surface have been calculated as follows. during a braking, the variation of the kinetic energy in a single wheel turn can be calculated as:  2 21 2 f ie m v v    ; where fv and iv are, respectively, the final and the initial velocity during one wheel rotation. since the braking is conducted as uniformly decelerated motion, the variation  2 2f iv v is constant, and can be expressed as:  2 2 2 2f i ov v a d a c        constant; where d represents the distance covered in a wheel turn, equal to the tyre rolling circumference co. consequently, also e has a constant value at every single wheel rotation:  2 21 2 f i oe m v v m a c        constant. neglecting both motion resistance and motor braking, the thermal energy, wheelq , on a single front wheel during a single turn, can be calculated [7,10] as a function of e : 1 2 wheelq f e    constant, where f is the dynamic load distribution coefficient on front wheels [20]. in order to simplify the setup of the boundary conditions, without affecting the results, it has been assumed the heat flux constant over a single wheel rotation and equal to: wheel q q t   ; where t is the wheel turning time. considering that the braking is a uniformly decelerated motion, t increases at every single turn of the wheel and, consequently, q varies accordingly. the routine developed to simulate the relative rotation between pads and disc has required to calculate, from the beginning to the end of the braking, at every wheel turn, the specific heat flux for all the eight sectors in which the braking surface has been subdivided. to do that, knowing q, the specific heat flux in a generic sector of the annular braking surface, equal to spad, has been calculated as: , 1 1 1 8 8 wheel s pad pad pad qq q s t s       . the graph of ,s padq vs time, during a complete braking, for one of the eight sectors is shown in fig. 7. c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 614 figure 7: specific heat flux (w/mm2) vs time (s) for a sector braking forces braking system works by applying two axial forces that clamp the pads against the disc. in this study, the braking forces have to be enough to arrest the vehicle under the working conditions presented in tab. 1. during a braking, the normal (fn) and tangential (ft) forces on one front wheel can be expressed as [16,20]: 1 2 nf f m g k     , 1 2 t ad adf v f f m g k f        , where: f is the dynamic load distribution coefficient on front wheels, k represents the vehicle inertia coefficient fad is the adherence coefficient between tyre and road. the braking torque applied to one wheel can be calculated as [20,21]: 2 o b t c m f    ; consequently, the braking force padf (normal force on a single pad) is equal to: 1 2 b pad f m f f d    , where: ff is the disc/pad friction coefficient d is moment arm, which value is 125.1 mm. c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 615 setup of numerical analyses he fading test has been numerically simulated through a thermo-mechanical coupled analysis. during all the 14 braking/recovery steps, the temperature does not have enough time to stabilize in the disc and, for this reason, transient thermal analyses have been performed. after the thermal analyses, a structural simulation has been setup considering both thermal loads and braking forces on the discs. the length of every single braking is 7.55 s, whereas the recovery steps are 32 s length, according to the time between a braking and the next one. during the recovery time simulations, convection is the only applied boundary condition. for all the analysed configurations of the rotors, the convective heat transfer coefficients have been estimated basing on the experiential formulas in literature [16,22], considering an environment (air) temperature equal to 20°. to simulate the cumulative effect of repeated braking, every thermal transient analysis has been linked with the previous and next ones. in this way, the solution of i-th step represents the input data for the following step and so on. the blocks diagram of the implemented procedure is presented in fig. 8. figure 8: blocks diagram of the braking/recovery simulations at the end of the 14th braking, a static structural analysis module has been inserted and linked to the last thermal one. to setup the structural analysis, the temperature distribution over the disc at the end of the last thermal analysis and the braking forces on the pads ( padf ) have been imposed as boundary conditions. moreover, also a cylindrical constraint has been applied on the hub of the disks. all fem models have been meshed with hexahedral elements. the mesh of the straight-vanes disc is shown in fig. 9. figure 9: mesh of the straight-vanes disc. t c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 616 results thermal results he plots of the maximum temperatures vs time during the fading test are shown in fig. 10. for all the configurations, it can be observed that when braking is taking place, not all the heat generated can be efficiently dissipated and, consequently, disks temperatures remarkably increase. during the recovery stage, instead, since no more heat is introduced in the system, due to the effect of the convective mechanisms, the maximum temperatures tend to decrease. nevertheless, as the recovery time is not long enough to restore initial values, temperatures become higher and higher from the beginning to the end of the test. analysing the temperatures plots, there is no appreciable difference among the analysed vented discs during the first steps of the fading test. going forward in the test, instead, temperatures curves gradually diverge among them (fig. 11). maximum temperature values at the end of the last braking are, respectively, 889 °c for the straight-vanes disc, 841 °c for the curved configuration and 875 °c for the pillar-shaped disc. figure 10: maximum temperature vs time. figure 11: trends of max temperature in the last phases of fading test. concerning the full disc, after completing the sixth braking, the maximum temperature has reached a value slightly above 1100°c, which is over the safety threshold value [23] for this kind of application. for this reason, numerical results of the full disc have not further considered after the sixth arrest. nevertheless, this result is useful to quantify the performances difference between the ventilated disks and the full one, so confirming the use of this last kind of rotor for applications in which moderate braking performances are required. as regards the temperature distribution maps, it can be observed that braking surfaces deal with the highest values. the maximum temperature zones are located on the quarters corresponding to the couple of pads. fig. 12 shows the temperature maps on the external surfaces and the internal vanes of the disks. the maps of temperature distribution on the external surfaces are quite similar among the analysed discs. the efficiency of the vanes in dissipating heat is also appreciable by analysing the temperature distributions on the internal and external surfaces of the discs. in conclusion, with reference to the thermal results, curved vanes represent the best solution because they allow better airflow propagation and, consequently, the maximum temperature reaches a lower value than the straight and the pillar-shaped vanes discs. t c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 617 figure 12: temperature maps at the 14th braking on straight (left), pillar-shaped (centre) and curved-vanes (right) disc mechanical results maps of von mises stresses at the end of the fading test are shown in fig. 13. the trace due to the pads, because of the braking forces and the thermal gradient, is visible both on the pads-rotor interfaces and on their corresponding vanes (fig. 13-14). c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 618 figure 13: von mises stress maps at the 14th braking on straight (left), pillar-shaped (centre) and curved-vanes (right) disc. it can be also observed that the effect of pads is restricted to a small area, substantially the same as spad, and it runs out quickly (fig. 13) along the circumference of the braking surface. moreover, high stress values can be found around the hubs, most likely due to the considerable temperature gradients between the outer and inner parts of the rotors and the c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 619 cylindrical constraints, which limit the thermal expansion. stress distributions over the discs are uniform. curved and pillar-shaped vanes rotors have similar behaviours, both in terms of stress distribution and maximum values reached on them, respectively equal to about 43mpa and 42mpa. figure 14: von mises stress maps on the internal vanes of the straight vanes disc. better results have been obtained with the straight-vanes disc, whose maximum stress value is about 39 mpa, slightly lower than the other two configurations. in an exhaustive study of the performances of brake discs, it is also important to check the structural deformations. in this kind of applications, in fact, thermo-mechanical strains must be under control because excessive values could induce an irregular contact between pads and disc, so compromising the correct functionality of the braking system [8]. in the analysed rotors, strains develop mainly along the radial direction, due to the increase of temperature from the hub to the outer part of the disc. highest deformations have been found at the pads-disc interface. this area is particularly stressed because of the applied braking forces and the thermal flux, which causes locally considerable thermal gradients. fig. 15 represents amplified lateral views of the discs radial deformations; it is possible to perceive how discs start to curve themselves, turning into a cone shape. figure 15: radial deformations on straight (left), pillar-shaped (centre) and curved-vanes (right) disc c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 620 however, from data in tab. 4, it can be observed that the thermo-mechanical strains reach very low values, so demonstrating a very good behaviour of the analysed discs throughout the brake fading test. disc type min (mm/mm) max (mm/mm) straight -0.00043581 0.0003498 pillar -0.0005097 0.00035072 curved -0.00050126 0.00032796 table 4: minimum and maximum radial strain values. conclusions ehaviour of different types of disc brake rotors has been investigated by means of coupled thermo-mechanical numerical analyses. very hard working conditions have been imposed to the discs in order to evaluate and to compare their performances when subjected to fourteen repeated hard braking. three ventilated discs (respectively with straight, curved and pillar-shaped vanes) and a full one have been studied. this last has shown a poor behaviour, reaching an out-of-use condition after the sixth braking. all the analysed vented rotors, instead, have shown very good performances in terms of heat transfer, so allowing their safe use in extreme braking conditions. by comparing the temperature distribution maps, it can be stated that the best disc is the one with curved vanes, whereas the worst one is the straight-vanes disc. this last one reaches a maximum temperature of about 890 °c, which is appreciably higher than the temperature reached by the curved-vanes disc (840 °c). in terms of stresses, instead, previous results are completely reversed. the best disc, in fact, is the straight vanes one, which reaches a maximum value of von mises stress of about 38 n/mm2, whereas the curved-vanes disc has a maximum value of 43 n/mm2. however, these values are much lower than the material yield strength so, under the imposed working conditions, the discs are not much stressed. also with regard to the deformations, all the analysed discs have shown very good performances, reaching very low value of strains. for these reasons, considering that the maximum stress and strain values over the discs are quite low, the discriminating and most important factor in the choice of the best solution should be related to the thermal results. high values of temperature, in fact, can affect the rotor material properties and, consequently, the right functionality of the whole braking system. then, basing on the obtained results, it could be stated that, among the analysed rotors, the best solution for very hard repeated braking is the curved-vanes disc. the methodology implemented in this work could be effectively used also during the design phase in order to evaluate, in a preliminary stage, the best shape of the brake rotor depending on the planned working conditions. thanks to the developed parametric cad models of the discs, in fact, it is possible interfacing the fem numerical models and an optimization software with the aim to identify the optimal solutions in terms of shape and number of the vanes, rotor thicknesses, etc. references [1] milenković, p. d., jovanović, s. j., janković, a. s., milovanović, m. d., vitošević, n. d., đorđević, m. v., raičević, m. m., the influence of brake pads thermal conductivity on passenger car brake system efficiency, thermal science, 14 (2010) s221-s230 [2] belghazi, h., analytical solution of unsteady heat conduction in a two-layered material in imperfect contact subjected to a moving heat source, ph. d. thesis, university of limoges, limoges, france, (2010). [3] mackin, t. j., noe, s. c., ball, k. j., bedell, b. c., bim-merle, d. p., bingaman, m. c., zimmerman, r. s., thermal cracking in disc brakes, engineering failure analysis, 9(1) (2002) 63-76. [4] nakatsuji, t., okubo, k., fujii, t., sasada, m., noguchi, y., study on crack initiation at small holes of one-piece brake discs (no. 2002-01-0926), sae technical paper (2002). [5] gao, c. h., lin, x. z., transient temperature field analysis of a brake in a non-axisymmetric three-dimensional model, journal of materials processing technology, 129(1) (2002) 513-517. b c. baron saiz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 608-621; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.67 621 [6] gao, c. h., huang, j. m., lin, x. z., tang, x. s., stress analysis of thermal fatigue fracture of brake disks based on thermomechanical coupling, journal of tribology, 129.3 (2007) 536-543. [7] talati, f., jalalifar, s., analysis of heat conduction in a disk brake system, heat and mass transfer, 45(8) (2009) 10471059 [8] valvano, t., lee, k., an analytical method to predict thermal distortion of a brake rotor, sae paper 2000-010445, (2000). [9] belhocine, a., bouchetara, m., thermomechanical behavior of dry contacts in disc brake rotor with a grey cast iron composition, thermal science, 17(2) (2013) 599-609. [10] hwang, p., wu, x., investigation of temperature and thermal stress in ventilated disc brake based on 3d thermomechanical coupling model, journal of mechanical science and technology, 24(1) (2010) 81-84. [11] belhocine, a., cho, c. d., nouby, m., yi, y. b., abu bakar, a. r., thermal analysis of both ventilated and full disc brake rotors with frictional heat generation. applied and computational mechanics, 8.1 (2014) 5-24. [12] galindo-lopez, c. h., tirovic, m., understanding and improving the convective cooling of brake discs with radial vanes, journal of automobile engineering, 222(7) (2008) 1211-1229. [13] ingrassia, t., nigrelli v., design optimization and analysis of a new rear underrun protective device for truck, 8th international symposium on tools and methods of competitive engineering, tmce, 2 (2010) 713-725. [14] mineo, c., cerniglia, d., pantano, a., numerical study for a new methodology of flaws detection in train axles, ultrasonics, 54(3), 2014, 841-849. [15] brembo gt, technical information, (2014). [16] gotowicki, p. f., nigrelli, v., mariotti, g. v., aleksendric, d., duboka, c., numerical and experimental analysis of a pegs-wing ventilated disk brake rotor, with pads and cylinders, 10 th eaec conference –5 (2005). [17] ingrassia, t., mancuso, a., nigrelli, v., tumino d., a multi-technique simultaneous approach for the design of a sailing yacht, int. j. interact. design manuf., (2015). doi: 10.1007/s12008-015-0267-2. [18] nalbone, l., adelfio, r., d’arienzo, m., ingrassia, t., nigrelli, v., zabbara, f., paladini, p., campi, f., pellegrini, a., porcellini, g, optimal positioning of the humeral component in the reverse shoulder prosthesis, musculoskeletal surgery, 98 (2) (2014) 135-142. [19] belhocine, a., mostefa b., simulation of fully coupled thermomechanical analysis of automotive brake discs, simulation, 88.8 (2012) 921-935. [20] jazar, r. n., vehicle dynamics: theory and application, springer science & business media, (2013). [21] walker j., the physics of braking systems, stoptech llc, (2005). [22] limpert, r., brake design and safety, second ed., warrendale, society of automotive engineers inc, usa, (1992). [23] adamowicz, a., grzes, p., influence of convective cooling on a disc brake temperature distribution during repetitive braking, applied thermal engineering, 31(14) (2011) 2177-2185. microsoft word numero_37_art_19 m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 138 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture a multiaxial incremental fatigue damage formulation using nested damage surfaces marco antonio meggiolaro, jaime tupiassú pinho de castro pontifical catholic university of rio de janeiro, puc-rio, r. marquês de são vicente 225, rio de janeiro, 22451-900, brazil meggi@puc-rio.br jtcastro@puc-rio.br hao wu school of aerospace engineering and applied mechanics tongji university, siping road 1239, 200092, shanghai, p.r.china wuhao@tongji.edu.cn abstract. multiaxial fatigue damage calculations under non-proportional variable amplitude loadings still remains a quite challenging task in practical applications, in part because most fatigue models require cycle identification and counting to single out individual load events before quantifying the damage induced by them. moreover, to account for the non-proportionality of the load path of each event, semi-empirical methods are required to calculate path-equivalent ranges, e.g. using a convex enclosure or the moi (moment of inertia) method. in this work, a novel incremental fatigue damage methodology is introduced to continuously account for the accumulation of multiaxial fatigue damage under service loads, without requiring rainflow counters or path-equivalent range estimators. the proposed approach is not based on questionable continuum damage mechanics concepts or on the integration of elastoplastic work. instead, fatigue damage itself is continuously integrated, based on damage parameters adopted by traditional fatigue models well tested in engineering practice. a framework of nested damage surfaces is introduced, allowing the calculation of fatigue damage even for general 6d multiaxial load histories. the proposed approach is validated by non-proportional tensiontorsion experiments on tubular 316l stainless steel specimens. keywords. multiaxial fatigue; variable amplitude loads; non-proportional multiaxial loads; nested fatigue damage surfaces; incremental damage calculation. introduction ost fatigue crack initiation models need to properly identify load events before computing the damage induced by them. hence their fatigue damage calculation routines need to include cycle counting algorithms like the well-known rainflow methodology for uniaxial loads. cycle counting is necessary because traditional fatigue models are discrete in nature, since they only can accumulate damage after a load event (e.g. a half-cycle) is properly identified, detected e.g. from a load reversal or from a hysteresis loop that closes. however, the detection and counting of loading events can be a quite challenging task under multiaxial non-proportional (np) histories. the existing multiaxial rainflow algorithms [1] are not trivial to apply. in fact, they are not even robust, since they can output very different halfm m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 139 cycles depending on the choice of the initial counting point of a periodic load history [2, 3]. furthermore, multiaxial fatigue damage evaluation requires the semi-empirical calculation of path-equivalent stress or strain ranges from the rainflow-counted paths, increasing even more its computational burden [4]. on the other hand, a completely different fatigue calculation approach assumes damage as a continuous variable, whose increments can be computed as the loading proceeds. most works based on this idea use continuum damage mechanics concepts [5], which need to be supplemented by purely phenomenological damage evolution equations that are difficult to calibrate, to say the least. in fact, despite their academic appeal, such models remain controversial and have not found a wide acceptance in the fatigue design community. other continuous damage approaches are based on an integration of elastoplastic work. however, the accumulated total work required to initiate a microcrack by fatigue certainly is not a material property. moreover, the elastoplastic work still depends on the number of cycles, thus it is impossible to calculate without previous load cycle and/or reversal detection. therefore, even if it could be assumed that fatigue damage can be quantified by this parameter, its calculation routine still would need to include a rainflow or other similar load event counter. alternatively, instead of integrating dubious strain energy or energy-based damage parameters, a more reasonable path is to continuously quantify fatigue damage itself, using some well-proven model that can properly describe multiaxial fatigue damage in the material in question. the so-called incremental fatigue damage (ifd) approach integrates the chosen parameter until reaching 1.0 or any other suitable critical-damage value using traditional accumulation concepts, as originally performed a long time ago for the uniaxial case by wetzel under topper's guidance in 1971 [6], and again by chu in 2000 [7]. it is important to emphasize that in such calculations fatigue damage is continuously computed after each infinitesimal stress or strain increment, so its quantification does not require the prior identification of load cycles. in this work, the ifd approach is revisited and extended to general multiaxial fatigue problems, including no-proportional ones, based on a direct analogy with non-linear incremental plasticity concepts, however calculating damage instead of plastic strains at each load increment. the incremental fatigue damage approach he incremental fatigue damage approach was proposed for uniaxial load histories in wetzel and topper’s rheological model [6, 8]. it makes use of the derivative of the normal stress  with respect to damage d, called here generalized damage modulus d, thus d d dd d dd (1 d ) d        (1) consider, for instance, a uniaxial constant amplitude loading history with stress amplitude a. during a loading half-cycle, the excursion of the stress  from a to a could be integrated according to eq. (1) to find the associated fatigue damage d  1/2n, however without explicitly calculating the fatigue life n. assuming the material is initially virgin, the damage d from the first half-cycle is initially zero in the initial valley when a and thus a)  0, and continuously grows toward d = 1/2n until  reaches the peak a, when a) = 2a. for simplicity, wöhler’s stress-based fatigue damage model is adopted below (but strain-based models will be considered later). a simplified relation between the current stress state  and the continuous damage d from the half-cycle excursion a  a can then be obtained from wöhler’s curve e.g. written in basquin’s notation:   1/bb ba c a c a c( 2 n ) 2 [ ( )] 2 d d ( ) 2                   (2) the generalized damage modulus d during this half-cycle is thus such that   1/ba c a1 d dd d ( ) 2 [ b( )]           (3) from which the fatigue damage d  1/2n can be calculated using the integral t m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 140       aa aa 1/b 1/b 1/b a a a a c c c 1 1d d b( ) 2 2 2 n                          (4) if this conceptually simple procedure could be generalized to multiaxial np variable amplitude loading (val) histories, integrating damage along a general multiaxial load path, then cycle identification, multiaxial rainflow counting, and stress (or strain) range calculations would not be required to obtain the fatigue damage d. however, this bold statement is easier said than done, since d depends not only on the current stress state ( in this uniaxial case), but also on the previous loading history (the value a from the last reversal), see eq. (3). so, incremental fatigue damage models need to allow d to vary as a function of the stress level and of the existing state of damage [9]. the history dependence of d, often neglected or overly simplified in the few ifd models proposed in the literature, is analogous to the load-order dependence of elastoplastic hysteresis loops. chu [7] outlined the generalization of wetzel’s rheological model to multiaxial loadings, indirectly detecting cycles using two simple rules. however, damage memory is not properly stored in that simple model for general np val histories, where often no hysteresis loop actually closes and thus any virtual loop closure detection makes no sense. the main purpose of this work is to propose the improvements needed to properly extend the interesting ifd idea to general multiaxial loads. multiaxial incremental fatigue damage approach stress-based incremental fatigue damage formulation n this work, instead of using rheological models, a direct analogy between ifd and incremental plasticity is adopted instead to store fatigue damage memory, using internal material variables. in incremental plasticity, a 5d deviatoric stress increment ds  can be used to calculate the associated 5d plastic strain increment plde  from the current generalized plastic modulus p, using a plastic flow rule [10-11]. in particular, it is well known that in the non-linear kinematic (nlk) incremental plasticity formulation, plastic memory is stored by the current arrangement among the hardening surfaces defined by their backstresses i  , from which the surface translation directions iv  are calculated (according to some translation rule) and combined with material coefficients pi to calculate the current plastic modulus p [10-11]. therefore, no plastic straining occurs if the stress increment ds   happens inside the yield surface, whose radius should be equal or smaller than the cyclic yield strength syc. the accumulated plastic strain p is then proportional to the integral of the scalar norm plde  of the deviatoric plastic strain increments. let’s now rephrase the previous paragraph for the desired ifd model, based on the proposed direct analogy between plasticity and fatigue damage. in the ifd model presented here, a 5d deviatoric stress increment ds  can be used to calculate the associated 5d damage increment dd  from the current generalized damage modulus d, using a damage evolution rule. in the ifd formulation, damage memory is stored by the current arrangement among damage surfaces defined by their damage backstresses i  , from which the damage surface translation directions iv  are calculated (according to some translation rule) and combined with material coefficients di to calculate the current damage modulus d. no damage occurs if the deviatoric stress increment ds  happens inside the fatigue limit surface, whose radius should be equal or smaller than the fatigue limit of the material sl. the accumulated damage d is then equal to the integral of the scalar norm dd  of the 5d damage increments. the damage backstress vector   locates the center of the current fatigue limit surface, which can be decomposed as the sum of m damage backstresses  1  ,  2  , …, m  that describe the relative positions between centers of consecutive damage surfaces, as illustrated in fig. 1 for a 2d case. notice in fig. 1 that each damage surface has a constant radius ri, while the radius differences between consecutive surfaces are ri  ri+1  ri. the fatigue limit and failure surfaces are defined, respectively, for i  1 and i  m  1, while the remaining i = 2, 3, …, m are the damage surfaces. the damage backstress lengths are always between i  0  , if consecutive centers coincide, and i ir    , if they are mutually tangent. i m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 141 1r fatigue limit surface '  1 '  2 '  3 '  s'  2r 3r 4r s1 s2 figure 1: fatigue limit, damage, and failure surfaces in a 2d deviatoric stress space for three moving nested surfaces, showing the damage backstress vector that defines the location of the fatigue limit surface center, and its three components that describe the relative positions between the centers of consecutive surfaces at each load event. the proposed multiaxial ifd model uses a 5d damage vector d   [d1 d2 d3 d4 d5]t that acts as an internal variable that stores the current multiaxial fatigue damage state (to account for the damage memory). the scalars d1 through d5 are signed damage quantities associated with each one of the directions of the 5d deviatoric stress vector s  , defined in [11]. in this way, the total accumulated damage d (which thus works for multiaxial fatigue problems analogously to the accumulated plastic strain p for multiaxial plasticity problems) is obtained from the length of the path described by the 5d damage vector d  , calculated in either continuous or discrete formulations from d dd dd d d        | | | |   (5) if a given stress state s  is on the fatigue limit surface with a normal unit vector n  , and if its infinitesimal increment ds  is in the outward direction, then tds n 0     and a fatigue damage increment is obtained from a damage evolution rule (inspired on the analogous prandtl-reuss flow rule [10-11]): t ms npdd d ds n n f f n               ( 1 ) ( ) ( ) ( , )      (6) m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 142 where msf ( )  is a scalar mean stress function of the current 6d stress   to account for mean/maximum-stress effects, which can be defined e.g. from goodman’s or gerber’s am relations when applicable; and , npf n ( )    is a np function to account for the additional effects introduced by the non-proportionality of the load path. for materials that fail due to distributed damage in all directions, the mean stress function msf ( )  could be based on the current hydrostatic stress h from   . on the other hand, for materials that fail due to a single dominant crack, like most metallic alloys (whose multiaxial fatigue damage parameters tend to be better described by the critical-plane approach), then msf ( )  could be based on the normal stress  perpendicular to the considered candidate plane. except for the failure surface (which never translates), during this damage process the fatigue limit and all damage surfaces suffer translations , if or , if i i i i i i i id d v dd r d r                     | | 0 | |     (7) where di are coefficients calibrated for each surface, and iv  are the damage surface translation directions adapted e.g. from the general translation rule from [11]. the current generalized damage modulus d is then obtained from the consistency condition, which guarantees that the current stress state is never outside the fatigue limit surface, taken from an analogy to the nlk hardening formulation for plasticity problems  m ti iid d v n        1   (8) allowing the calculation of the evolution of the damage vector d  using eq. (6). the (scalar) accumulated damage d is then obtained from eq. (5). this formulation can deal with any multiaxial stress history, proportional or np, and eliminates the need to count cycles and find equivalent ranges, or even to define them. indeed, for instance, fig. 2 shows continuous ifd damage predictions for a material whose elastic coffin-manson’s parameters are c  772.5mpa and b  0.09, under the uniaxial loading history x = {0  300  300  300}mpa. jiang-sehitoglu’s translation rule was adopted with m  16 surfaces, calibrated between logarithmically spaced damage levels 108 and 0.01. x 10 -5 accumulated stress (mpa) a cc u m u la te d d a m a g e d theoretical (discrete) damage calculated continuous damage x 10 -5 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 signed damage d1 n o rm al s tr es s (m p a ) unloading loading figure 2: hysteresis loops relating applied stress and a signed damage state (left) and resulting accumulated damage (right) for a uniaxial constant amplitude loading history. strain-based incremental fatigue damage formulation all the formulations and the example presented above assumed nominally linear elastic loading histories, whose damage can calculated from sn models such as wöhler-basquin’s and goodman, but this is not a limitation for this methodology. m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 143 indeed, the proposed ifd approach can be as well extended for elastoplastic loading histories, whose fatigue damage must be quantified by n models. however, instead of using fatigue limit and damage surfaces defined in stress spaces, strain spaces should be used in the continuous damage calculations in such cases. a generalized damage modulus d (instead of d) is thus defined, which for uniaxial loading histories becomes the derivative of the normal strain  with respect to damage d, thus d  d/dd. in the strain-based version of the proposed if approach, a 5d deviatoric strain increment de  , defined in [10], is used to calculate the associated 5d damage increment dd  from the current d, using a suitable damage evolution rule. to do so, damage memory is stored by the current arrangement among damage surfaces defined by their damage backstrains i  , from which the damage surface translation directions iv  are calculated according to some translation rule and combined with material coefficients di to calculate the current d. the accumulated damage d is then equal to the integral of the scalar norm dd  of the damage increments. the same equations from the stress-based version can be used in the strain-based one, as long as the m damage surface backstrains  1  ,  2  , …, m  , radii ri, and radius differences ri  ri+1  ri between consecutive damage surfaces are all defined as strain (instead of stress) quantities. experimental results he proposed ifd formulation is experimentally evaluated using complex 2d tension-torsion stress histories, applied on annealed tubular 316l stainless steel specimens in a multiaxial servo-hydraulic testing machine. the coffin-manson curve for this material is 0 277 0 5822 0 0119 2 n 0 758 2 n     . .. ( ) . ( ) , obtained from uniaxial n tests. the experiments consist of strain-controlled tension-torsion cycles applied to eight tubular specimens, each of them following one of the eight periodic x×xy/3 histories from fig. 3. tab. 1 compares the predicted and observed fatigue lives in number of blocks, where each block consists of a full load period. all predictions were performed using the strainbased version of the proposed incremental plasticity formulation, assuming for simplicity msf 1( )   and , npf n 1 ( )     in eq. (6). cross circle square diamond triangle 1 triangle 2 square/cross square/circle/ diamond figure 3: applied periodic x×xy/3 strain paths on eight tension-torsion tubular specimens, all of them with normal and effective shear amplitudes 0.6%. as shown in tab. 1, albeit the proposed ifd method does not use any cycle detection or counting algorithm, all fatigue lives are predicted with relatively small errors, well within the usual scatter found in all fatigue life measurements. it also automatically applies miner’s rule under val, as it can be seen in the loading path consisting of blocks of consecutive square and cross paths, since the predicted number of blocks 482 is such that 1/482  1/751  1/1314. similarly, the t m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 144 predicted 327 blocks of consecutive square, circle and diamond paths is such that 1/327  1/751  1/996  1/1436. miner’s rule was also confirmed within the observed experimental results, since e.g. in this latter case it would predict a life of 1/(1/772  1/837  1/976) = 285 blocks, almost the same value as the measured 288 blocks. it is important to note that all the predictions listed in tab. 1 were based only on uniaxial coffin-manson data, without any posterior curve fitting procedure. tension-torsion path: predicted observed error cross 1314 1535 14% diamond 1436 976 47% triangle 1 1135 842 35% triangle 2 1180 840 40% circle 996 837 19% square 751 772 3% square + cross 482 342 41% square + circle + diamond 327 288 14% table 1: predicted and observed lives, in number of blocks, for each applied path. conclusions n this work, a continuous multiaxial incremental fatigue damage formulation that does not needs cycle counting or path-equivalent estimations is proposed, based on a direct analogy with incremental plasticity models. both proposed stress and strain-based approaches can be formulated using traditional stress, strain, or even energy-based sn and n damage models, such as wöhler-basquin, coffin-manson, smith-watson-topper, or fatemi-socie, making it an attractive and practical tool for engineering use. in particular, the proposed ifd models do not require additional fitting parameters, or complex calibration routines, as opposed to equally continuous models that are based on traditional continuum damage mechanics approaches. the results show that the proposed method is able to predict quite well multiaxial fatigue lives under complex tension-torsion histories, even though it does not require any cycle detection, multiaxial rainflow counting, or path-equivalent range computations. references [1] wang, c.h., brown, m.w. life prediction techniques for variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue part 1: theories, j. eng. mater. technology 118 (1996) 367-370. [2] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p. an improved multiaxial rainflow algorithm for non-proportional stress or strain histories part i: enclosing surface methods, int. j. fatigue 42 (2012), 217-226. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2011.10.014. [3] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p. an improved multiaxial rainflow algorithm for non-proportional stress or strain histories part ii: the modified wang-brown method, int. j. fatigue 42 (2012) 194-206. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue. 2011.10.012. [4] meggiolaro, m.a.; castro, j.t.p.; wu, h. invariant-based and critical-plane rainflow approaches for fatigue life prediction under multiaxial variable amplitude loading, procedia engineering 101 (2015) 69-76. doi: 10.1016/ j.proeng.2015.02.010. [5] kachanov, l.m. introduction to continuum damage mechanics, springer (1986). [6] wetzel, r.m. a method of fatigue damage analysis, ph.d. thesis, u. waterloo, ca, (1971). i m. a. meggiolaro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 138-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.19 145 [7] chu, c.c. a new incremental fatigue method, in: astm stp 1389 (2000) 67-78. [8] castro, j.t.p., meggiolaro, m.a. fatigue design techniques (in 3 volumes), createspace, scotts valley, ca, usa (2016). [9] kreiser, d., jia, s.x., han, j.j., dhanasekar, m. a nonlinear damage accumulation model for shakedown failure, int. j. fatigue 29 (2007) 1523-1530. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2006.10.023. [10] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., wu, h. a general class of non-linear kinematic models to predict mean stress relaxation and multiaxial ratcheting in fatigue problems part i: ilyushin spaces, int. j. fatigue 82 (2016) 158-166. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.08.030. [11] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., wu, h. a general class of non-linear kinematic models to predict mean stress relaxation and multiaxial ratcheting in fatigue problems part ii: generalized surface translation rule, int. j. fatigue 82 (2016) 167-178. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.08.0310. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_38_2696 m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 504 focussed on fracture and damage detection in masonry structures micromodels for the in-plane failure analysis of masonry walls: limit analysis, fem and fem/dem approaches m. pepe, m. pingaro, p. trovalusci sapienza university of rome, italy marco.pepe@uniroma1.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9416-8415 marco.pingaro@uniroma1.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7037-8661 patrizia.trovalusci@uniroma1.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7946-3590 e. reccia university of cagliari, italy emanuele.reccia@unica.it, http://orcid.org/ 0000-0003-0499-4295 l. leonetti university of calabria, italy lorenzo.leonetti@unical.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7182-2149 abstract. in the last decades the modeling of masonry structures has become an argument particularly appealing for many researchers and a large variety of numerical techniques have been formulated with the aim to produce practical applications in civil engineering, with special reference to the preservation and restoration of cultural heritage. nevertheless, the question appears today still far from being resolved in a general way. the characteristics of fragility, heterogeneity and anisotropy of masonry, as well as the extreme variety of the building/construction rules strongly compromise the possibility of a unified description of its mechanical behavior. in this work a comparison of different models and techniques for the assessment of the mechanical behavior of two-dimensional block masonry walls subjected to the static action of in-plane loads is presented. different approaches and numerical models are considered: a limit analysis approach (la), a fem/dem procedure and a non-linear heterogeneous finite element analysis (fe). here a standard limit analysis is adopted via a homemade procedure based on linear mathematical programming, considering friction at interfaces. analyses are performed referring to benchmark examples from literature. keywords. masonry; rigid blocks; limit analysis; distinct element method; finite element method. citation: pepe, m., pingaro, m., trovalusci, p., reccia, e., leonetti, l., micromodels for the in-plane failure analysis of masonry walls: limit analysis, fem and fem/dem approaches, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516. received: 29.11.2019 accepted: 12.12.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2696.mp4 m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 505 introduction asonry is a composite (heterogeneous) material obtained by assembling natural or artificial blocks by means of mortar layers or dry joints and it is one of the more common structural materials adopted for centuries for ordinary or monumental constructions. the investigation of its mechanical behavior plays a fundamental role in view of the protection and conservation of architectures of historical and archaeological interest. however, to deal with the structural response of historical masonry structures is a complex task. in the last decades a large variety of numerical models and approaches have been proposed in literature, but no one can be applied in a general manner regardless the constructive typology. the selection of the most appropriate modelling strategy is indeed strictly related with the nature of the object to analyze. depending on the adopted model for analysis it is possible introduce three distinct categories: micro-mechanical, macromechanical models and multiscale models. the choice of a micro-mechanical model involves a distinct representation of masonry constituents (units, mortar and unit/mortar interface) whose properties are obtained from experimental tests on small masonry specimens. a micro-mechanical model is suitable for a very detailed response [1-5], but this approach has a limitation represented by the great computational effort due to the high number of degrees of freedom connected to each unit and joint in case of real masonry structures, characterized by considerable number of units. macro-mechanical models describe masonry as homogeneous continuum, use phenomenological constitutive laws for constituents, including also some inner variables for damage, and friction coefficients. the material parameters are derived by means of experimental tests on small masonry specimens or directly on the single constituents. macro-mechanical models are characterized by high computational efficiency, as they do not provide an accurate description of the internal structure of masonry material [6-8]. multiscale continuum models represent a very promising approach for the analysis of masonry structures since they can accurately retain memory of the mechanical and geometrical properties of the material (micro-structure) together with the capability to contain the computational effort compared to a fully micro-mechanical model [9-12]. these models are often derived by considering only two material scales: a micro-scale where, after deducing the mechanical properties of the components, preferably through experimental tests, a material representative volume element (rve) is defined and a macro-scale continuum model, is obtained by performing a homogenization procedure in most cases based on the solution of notable boundary conditions problems for the rve. among these approaches, both concurrent and semiconcurrent multiscale models have been proposed in the literature for masonry-like materials, the first ones referring to a strong coupling between the microand macro-levels [13-16], the latter ones, often referred to as computational homogenization models, characterized by an only weak (although two-way) coupling between them [17-20]. most of the existing approaches are devoted to the mechanical behavior of periodic (i.e. regular) masonries, for which a suitably defined unit cell plays the role of rve, but there exist also different homogenization techniques for both linear and nonlinear analyses of random microstructures, already applied or directly applicable to irregular masonry structures [21-23]. other multiscale strategies have been proposed that exploit different homogenization techniques based on the so-called cauchy rule, and its, generalizations [24] that allowed the derivation of both classical and generalized continua able to properly represent scale effects, that in masonry materials are prominent [25-29]. in this work the attention is mainly focused on the category of micromodels particularly focusing on limit analysis, which represents a very effective tool to estimate the collapse load and collapse mechanism for one-leaf masonry structures [30-35]. in particular the model here presented considers an associative flow-rule connected to a dilatant behaviour of the joints. this hypothesis has been successfully adopted to study the behaviour of historical masonry structures [36-38] even if it may occur that the flow rule is quasi-associated under shear actions, depending by the level of pre-compression of masonry. it must be pointed out that a limitation of limit analysis (both associated and not associated) concerns ductility that is assumed infinite, and this hypothesis not always fits well the softening behaviour of masonry [39]. a validation of the proposed model is provided, via suitable comparisons with two models that finely describe the microstructure and already adopted to the evaluation of the in-plane failure behavior of masonry panels: (i) a discrete model based on a combined finite/discrete element method (fem/dem) [40, 41], and (ii) a heterogeneous nonlinear finite element model (fem), derived from the works [13, 15, 16]. the three models are used to reproduce the analysis performed in [42] here regarded as a benchmark on several masonry panels with different height-to-width ratio and with or without openings. the comparison of the numerical m m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 506 results shows the efficacy of limit analysis for a fast and reliable assessment of the in-plane failure analysis of masonry walls. limit analysis ollowing and reinterpreting the model formulated in [30, 31], masonry is described as a system of n rigid blocks and m joints unable to carry tension and resistant to sliding by friction. the blocks can translate and rotate about the edges of the contact blocks (hinging) as well as slide along the joints. let introduce  1 2 3    t e e ee  the orthonormal basis in the three-dimensional space. we consider the two blocks in fig. 1. loads are applied to the centroid of each rigid block thi : static dead loads are collected in vector  0 01 02 03,   ,   ti i i if f mf , static live loads are collected in vector  1 2 3,   ,   ti i i i l l l lf f mf . for the whole structure it results  0 0if f and  il lf f , with i = 1, …, n  . the vector of the load over the whole system is 0 l f f f  , where live loads are proportional to the dead loads through a non-negative coefficient  called collapse multiplier. let  1 2 3,   ,   ti i i iu u u denote the vector of generalized displacement of the centroid of each thi block. the vector  iu u , with i = 1, …, n  , collect the displacements for the whole structure which correspond in a virtual work sense to loads f . the static variables are the internal forces acting at each thj contact surface between blocks, whose components are the normal force jn , the shear force jt and the moment jm . for each joint they are collected in vector  ,   ,   tj j j jn t mσ . the vector, with j = 1, …, m  , refers to the whole structure. the kinematic variables, or generalized strain, are the relative displacement rates at joints, that is normal displacement j , tangential displacement j and rotation j . for each joint j = 1, …, m  they are collected in the vector  ,   ,   tj j j j  ε . the vector  jε ε refers to the whole structure and corresponds in a virtual work sense to the vector of static variables σ . figure 1: simple two-block structure: dead and live loads, kinematic and static variables masonry is described as a system of rigid blocks directly interacting through contact surfaces unable to carry tension and resistant to sliding by friction. the set of equations for the model are represented by:         t t t t l ε bu b σ f 0 y n σ 0 ε mλ y λ 0 f u 1 (1.1) f m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 507 where eqn. (1.1)1 represents the kinematic compatibility for the whole system of interfaces and blocks in which b is the compatibility matrix as in [42], but also in nonlinear static analysis by [43], eqn. (1.1)2 defines the equilibrium for the whole structure, eqn. (1.1)3 describes the generalized yield domain of the system where n is the block-diagonal gradient matrix, eqn. (1.1)4 represents the flow rule which express the vector ε as a linear combination with non-negative coefficients λ, called inelastic multiplier and m is the block-diagonal matrix of the modes of failures. eqn. (1.1)5 is the complementarity condition which defines the plastic behavior of contact surface. moreover, the collapse mechanism must be characterized by a non-negative work of the live loads, defined by eqn. (1.1)6. within the framework of the holonomic perfect plasticity, the same relations govern the problem of a non-standard rigid-plastic discrete materials. resorting this formal analogy, the collapse load for a masonry structure, under the hypothesis of proportional load with the factor 0  , can be determined. after some algebra the authors obtained the following non-linear and non-convex programming problem (nlncp)                  c 1 2 t tt 0 1 0 l 2 1 2 tt 0 1 l tt t 0 l 2 1 2 min   subjected to     0 0 1 0 0                      am m λ a n f f n an σ λ a m f λ f f n an σ (1.2) with the unknowns  , 2σ , λ and the bounds 0λ , where 2σ are the undetermined unknown of the system which represent the statically undetermined term of the generalised contact stress [30] in order to deal with the nlncp, authors [31] developed a specific code, called alma (analisi limite murature attritive), which used a two-step procedure to solve the problem: in the first step a linear programming problem (lp), obtained by replacing friction with dilatancy, is solved; in the second step, the nlncp solution is approached using, as initial guess for the unknowns of the problem, the solution of the first step. however, the problem of limit analysis of structures with frictional interfaces (non-standard la) is numerically very difficult to be solved. the solution could not exist and when it exists it could be a local minimum instead of the global one [44]. on the other hand, due to the presence of non-associative flow rules, the drucker stability postulate no longer holds and the solution in terms of contact actions and collapse load factor loses its uniqueness. moreover, bi-dimensional or three-dimensional real structures, characterized by many degrees of freedom, increase the computational complexity of the problem. from limit analysis theory it is well known that if normality rule holds, i.e. the vector of inelastic strain results normal to the yield surface, the static and kinematic theorems of limit analysis could be formulated in a linear programming context, resulting in two dual problems, which lead to a unique solution. in particular, following the approach of [31], results of this work refer to a linear programming optimization problem related to the kinematic approach of limit analysis, which provides the collapse multiplier and the corresponding mechanism. friction is considered in term of dilatancy. the kinematic problem is defined as (1.3) with the bounds on the unknowns 0λ . to overcome some computational limits of the original code alma, mainly related to the number of blocks and interfaces involved into analysis, a new version of the code, alma 2.0, was implemented using matlab for linear optimization and a python interface for preand post-processing operations. fem/dem analysis he limit analysis model is compared with the models adopted in [40,41], here regarded as a benchmark. in the referred works, two micro-mechanical models have been proposed for the in-plane failure analysis of masonry walls: a discrete element method (dem) and a combined finite/discrete element method (fem/dem). both t        0 1 0 1 2 0 1 min         1 0 tt c tt l subjected to       λ a n f an n λ 0 λ a n f m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 508 models considered fall in the field of discrete or distinct element methods, which have been proved to be particularly suitable for the study of masonry structures [45]. dem model is based on the original numerical method formulated by [46], and recently developed by [43]. the model is based on the assumption of rigid block and mortar joints modeled as zero-thickness elastic-plastic interfaces, adopting a mohr-coulomb yield criterion. masonry is seen as a system of rigid blocks, whose interactions are represented by forces and moments depending on their relative displacements and rotations. fem/dem method is a combination of discrete elements, originally formulated by [47], and developed by [48], it consists in a discrete element method in which the individual elements are meshed into finite elements, adopting a triangular discretization of the domain with embedded crack elements that activate whenever the peak strength is reached. the method, initially developed in the field of geo-mechanics, has been adopted to study the behavior of historical masonry [49]. differently from the dem described above, blocks can be assumed to behave as rigid or elastic bodies. mortar joints might be idealized as elastic or elastic–plastic zero-thickness mohr–coulomb interfaces. blocks are modeled by means of finite elements while interfaces are modeled as discrete elements. in this work, discrete models are realized adopting the fem/dem method. heterogeneous fem analysis he second comparison model is a heterogeneous finite element model, by which masonry is described as a system of n deformable blocks and m dry joints in which all the nonlinearities due to unilateral contact together with decohesion and friction phenomena are lumped. in detail, masonry blocks are made by bulk finite elements with linearly elastic and isotropic material properties, whereas dry joints are represented as zero-thickness damage-based cohesive interface elements placed in between, equipped with an intrinsic mixed-mode displacement-based traction-separation law (tsl). the variational formulation for the equilibrium problem at the microscopic scale is rather classic and, thus, not reported here for the sake of brevity. however, with the aim to find more theoretical and computational details, the reader is referred to the works [13,16,17], in which this formulation is embedded within a more general multiscale framework. in this paper the following mixed-mode tsl of the type  =t t  , proposed by [50], is chosen (see fig. 2), incorporating unilateral contact with friction in an approximated manner, exploiting a penalty approach to enforce the highly nonlinear kinematical constraint in the normal direction to the joint surface:         max n n ncn p n n max s n sc s max s s p n n sc 1 f , 0 t k , 0 1 f , 0 t 1 f sign k , 0                            (1.4) where  , tn st tt and  = , t n s  denote the traction and displacement jump vectors, written in the local coordinate system  ,n s attached to the interfaces; nc and sc are the critical values of the normal and tangential displacement jump components, corresponding to the total decohesion in pure mode i and mode ii, respectively; pk is the penalty stiffness constant for contact enforcement;  maxf  is a damage function, defined as follows:     2 max max max max max max 27 1 2 , 1 4 0, 1 t f              (1.5) t m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 509 maxt being the normal interfacial strength (assumed equal to the tangential one) and max the maximum valued attained by the effective separation parameter: 2 2 sn n nc sc s n sc , 0 , 0                        (1.6) over the entire deformation history; finally,  is the friction function, defined as: 0.5 0 max 0 max , 1 , 1 s sc               (1.7) 0 being the friction coefficient. it is worth noting that the adopted friction function is different than that appearing in [46], due to the presence of an exponent (in this work set as 0.5, in general less than 1) applied to the dimensionless modeii separation. this novel formulation is able to account for the rapid increase of friction forces between the two sides of masonry joints during its decohesion, coherently with what suggested in [51]. the adopted tsl is versatile, meaning that it can be applied in this form for any masonry type (with dry or mortar joints), characterized by a hybrid cohesive/frictional mechanical behavior. however, for masonries characterized by a dominant frictional behavior, as in the case of dry joints analyzed in this paper, the cohesive part of the tsl (1.4) tends to vanish, so that the adoption of the friction function (1.7) allows friction forces to develop up to their maximum value from the beginning of numerical simulations, i.e. at low separations between adjacent units. figure 2: mixed-mode traction-separation and contact relations in normal (a) and tangential (b) directions on a cohesive interface. numerical results n the following a discussion about comparison of results obtained with limit analysis, fem and fem/dem is presented. the panels analyzed by ferris and tin-loi [42] are chosen as benchmark. authors performed analysis on structures characterized by different size and geometry, providing results in terms of associate and non-associate limit analysis. details of all models are: blocks with full dimension 4x1.75 and half size dimension 2x1.75 and a friction ratio tan 0.65  . fig. 3 shows the geometries considered by the authors. example 1 (33 blocks) and example 2 (55 blocks) are full panels with different ratio length over height, example 3 (46 blocks) is a panel with an opening in the central part, example 4 (55 blocks) is a panel with two horizontal openings, i m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 510 example 5 (61 blocks) is a slender panel with two vertical openings and finally example 6 (146 blocks) represents a bigger panel characterized by four openings positioned on two different levels. each block of the structures is subjected to dead load 0f and a live load lf , proportional to the collapse multiplier, acting towards right direction. moreover, in both fem and fem/dem simulations, the elastic constants (i.e. young’s modulus and poisson’s ratio) for masonry units are 20 e gpa and 0.15  . the additional nonlinear parameter for fem simulations, appearing in eqs. (1.4) and (1.5), are: max 00.001 t t , 0t being the average compressive stress associated with the dead load; 0.001 nc sc b   . b being the width of full-size blocks. it is worth noting that these values have been adopted in the subsequent numerical simulations in order to represent the dominant frictional behavior of dry joints, as stated in previous section. finally, the penalty constant is set as 1000 pk e b , i.e. sufficiently high to avoid significant interpenetrations between adjacent units. fig. 4 refers to results obtained for example 1. the mechanism is characterized by a hinging behavior with the rotation of the upper right corner of the panel. limit analysis and fem present also the formation of two ‘stair-stepped’ crack not detected by the fem/dem which on the contrary provide also a sliding of the blocks not observed in the results of the other two techniques. example 1 example 2 example 3 example 4 example 5 example 6 figure 3: geometrical configurations of the panels analyzed by ferris and tin-loi (a) (b) (c) figure 4: collapse mechanism for example 1, horizontal live load: (a) alma 2.0, (𝑏) fem/dem, (𝑐) fem m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 511 (a) (b) (c) figure 5: collapse mechanism for example 2, horizontal live load: (a) alma 2.0, (𝑏) fem/dem, (𝑐) fem (a) (b) (c) figure 6: collapse mechanism for example 3, horizontal live load: (a) alma 2.0, (𝑏) fem/dem, (𝑐) fem fig. 5 refers to results obtained for example 2. results are similar to those of the smaller panel previously analyzed, with a hinging behavior which exhibits a rotation of the upper right portion of the panel and three ‘stair-stepped’ cracks of the wall now obtained with all the three models. also, in this case the fem-dem present a sliding of the blocks not observed into result of the other models but, by the adoption of a fictitious cohesion value for head joints, could allow to obtain a mechanism less influenced by sliding. fig. 6 refers to results obtained for example 3, characterized by the presence of an opening. in this case the results obtained with the three models are exactly the same, with a hinging behavior which implies the rotation of half panel around a hinge positioned about at the lower right corner of the panel. all the models compute a principal diagonal crack passing through the opening. some slight differences could be pointed out for the mechanism corresponding to the fem, as for example the position of the hinge which is located at ground level (for limit analysis and fem/dem it is positioned upon the first row of blocks) and the absence of movement of the portion of the panel to the left of the opening (the other two models detect a slight rotation of this macro-block around a hinge positioned exactly at the left lower corner of the window). (a) (b) (c) figure 7: collapse mechanism for example 4, horizontal live load: (a) alma 2.0, (𝑏) fem/dem, (𝑐) fem m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 512 (a) (b) (c) figure 8: collapse mechanism for example 5, horizontal live load: (a) alma 2.0, (𝑏) fem/dem, (𝑐) fem (a) (b) (c) figure 9: collapse mechanism for example 6, horizontal live load: (a) alma 2.0, (𝑏) fem/dem, (𝑐) fem fig. 7 refers to results obtained for example 4, characterized by the presence of two openings. results are in this case similar to those obtained for the panel with only one windows. in particular, all the models provide a hinging collapse with rotation around the lower right corner of the wall and the formation of ‘stair-stepped’ cracks. in this case fem/dem provide a hinge positioned at ground level while limit analysis and fem consider the hinge upon the first row of blocks. on the contrary limit analysis and fem/dem reveals also a little rotation of the part of the panel to the left of the first window while fem, as for the previous case, considers this portion of the panel stable. fig. 8 refers to results obtained for the slender panel of example 5. for this case the results of the three different approaches are almost the same, with a hinging collapse due to the formation of several cracks, positioned at correspondence of openings, which divide the panel into several macro-blocks. the more evident difference is noticed for fem/dem which compute the hinge at the lower right corner of the wall at ground level, while for limit analysis and fem it is positioned upon the first row of blocks. fig. 9 refers to results obtained for example 6, characterized by the presence of four openings. the collapse of the panel is due to a hinging behavior with the formation of several diagonal cracks which divide the structure into various macroblocks. about the position of the cracks, the models provide results slightly different, except for those that identify the macro-blocks positioned to the right of the panel. another difference is observed for fem that compute the left part of the panel as stable, while limit analysis and fem/dem reveal in that portion different cracks and rotating macro-blocks. the collapse multiplier 𝛼 obtained with limit analysis, fem/dem and fem has been compared with the results related to the associative (lp) and non-associative (mixed complementarity problem mcp and mathematical program with equilibrium constraints mpec) problems solved by ferris and tin-loi [42]. as expected, results obtained with alma2.0 are very close to the one obtained with the associative case. m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 513 referring to results of example 1, fig. 10a, it could be noticed how alma 2.0 as well as fem provide results in good agreement with benchmark ones, with negligible numerical differences. fem/dem instead returns a lower value of the collapse multiplier. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure 10: comparison of the collapse multiplier for: (a) example1, (b) example2, (c) example3, (d) example4, (e) example5, (f) example6, the same is for example 2, fig. 10b, where it could be observed as the limit analysis model reaches the same value of lp problem resulting little higher respect to those of the non-linear problem. fem on the contrary provide a lower value of 𝛼, closer to mcp and mpec problems. also, in this case fem/dem returns a lower value of collapse multiplier. the response of alma 2.0 for example 3, fig. 10c, is always closer to the result of the lp problem but in this case, it is little higher. fem confirms its capacity to get results in good agreement with those of mcp and mpec problems, while fem/dem provides a slightly higher value of collapse multiplier. the difference between models’ responses is more evident referring to figs. 10d, 10e and 10f, where results of examples 4, 5 and 6 confirms, as expected, that the value of collapse multiplier provided by the solution of the linearized problem treated with alma 2.0 is very close to those corresponding to the associative problem. on the other hand, the capacity of fem to get collapse multiplier values closer to the non-linear models becomes clearer as well as the results provided by fem/dem, even if with some negligible numerical difference. m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 514 conclusions he present work focuses the attention on the comparison between different modelling techniques. in particular, limit analysis (la), fem/dem and fem strategies have been analyzed and applied to the benchmark masonry panels introduced by ferris and tin-loi [42]. the three models object of this study are able to reproduce correctly the collapse mechanism, taking into account the real texture of masonry walls, describing accurately each block’s geometry and disposition, obtaining useful information about the collapse mechanism and the potential crack patterns that may develop. the comparison of the results obtained by means the different discrete models points out some advantages of using la approaches to model the structural response of masonry panels with respect to the other techniques presented in this work. the la approach requires, indeed, less computational effort with respect to fem/dem and fem techniques, which could present a critical issue especially for structure with a large number of degrees of freedom. moreover, another advantage of the la approach concerns the limited number of mechanical parameters to be introduced as inputs of the numerical model-. indeed, unlike fem/dem and fem, which require more mechanical information, the only parameter needed using la is the friction angle. anyway, by the comparison of results in terms of collapse multiplier, it has been noticed that fem, unlike the other models, is able to get values closer to those related to the non-associative response obtained by ferris and tin-loi [42]. the next step of this research will be focused on the analysis of more complex geometries, including a linearized procedure to take into account pure shear according to coulomb friction as well as crushing of the blocks. the assumption of infinite compressive strength, typical of unreinforced masonry structures, could be removed improving the code with the possibility of a crushing failure of masonry. this aspect is particularly interesting for structures reinforced with metallic ties where a concentration of stress could arise. according to several literature contributes [52] a procedure that iteratively modifies the yield surface, by adding a series of new constraints that consider the limited compressive strength of joints, could be introduced. another further development, that has been recently implemented in the code, is the introduction of contact surfaces with cohesion in the formulation. the study about the influence of settlements on the global structural response is also an ongoing research. acknowledgements his research was supported by italian ministry of university and research: prin 2015, project 2015jw9njt (b86j16002300001); prin 2017 no. 2017hfpkzy (b88d19001130001); sapienza research grants ’progetti medi’ 2017 (b83c17001440005). dr. reccia fully acknowledges the research project funded by p.o.r. sardegna f.s.e. 2014-2020 axis iii education and training, thematic objective: 10, specific objective: 10.5, action of the partnership agreement: 10.5.12, call for funding of research projects – year 2017. lorenzo leonetti gratefully acknowledges financial support from the italian ministry of education, university and research (miur) under the national grant “pon r&i 2014-2020, attraction and international mobility (aim) – azione i.2”, project n° aim1810287, university of calabria”. references [1] lotfi, h., shing, p. s. (1994). interface model applied to fracture of masonry structures, journal of structural engineering-asce, 120(1), pp. 63-80. [2] lourenco, p. b., rots, j. g. (1997). multisurface interface model for analysis of masonry structures, journal of engineering mechanics, 123(7), pp. 660-668. [3] oliveira, d. v., lourenco, p. b. (2004). implementation and validation of a constitutive model for the cyclic behaviour of interface elements, computers and structures, 82(17-19), pp. 1451-1461. [4] alfano, g., sacco, e. (2006). combining interface damage and friction in a cohesive-zone model, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 68(5), pp. 542-582. t t m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 515 [5] serpieri, r., albarella, m., alfano, g., sacco, e. (2017). analysis of failure in quasi-brittle materials by 3d multiplane cohesive zone models combining damage, friction and interlocking, procedia structural integrity, 3, pp. 441-449. [6] del piero, g. (1989). constitutive equation and compatibility of the external loads for linear elastic masonry-like materials, meccanica, 24(3), pp. 150-162. [7] casalegno, c., cecchi, a., reccia, e., russo, s. (2013). heterogeneous and continuous models: comparative analysis of masonry wall subjected to differential settlements, composites: mechanics, computations, applications, 4(3), pp. 187-207. [8] liberatore, d., addessi, d., sangirardi, m. (2017). a nonlinear macroelement formulation for the seismic analysis of masonry buildings, eccomas proceedia id: 5575, conference proceeding id: 17126, pp. 2395-2403. [9] masiani, r., trovalusci, p. (1996). cosserat and cauchy materials as continuum models of brick masonry, meccanica, 31(4), pp. 421-432. [10] trovalusci, p., varano, v., rega, g. (2010). a generalized continuum formulation for composite microcracked materials and wave propagation in a bar, journal of applied mechanics, transactions asme, 77(6), 061002. [11] trovalusci, p. (2014). molecular approaches for multifield continua: origins and current developments., cism international centre for mechanical sciences, courses and lectures, 556, pp. 211-278. [12] macorini, l., izzuddin, b.a. (2013). nonlinear analysis of masonry structures using mesoscale partitioned modelling, advances in engineering software, 60-61, pp. 58-69. [13] leonetti, l., greco, f., trovalusci, p., luciano, r., masiani, r. (2018). a multiscale damage analysis of periodic composites using a couple-stress/cauchy multidomain model: application to masonry structures, composites part b: engineering 141, pp. 50-59. [14] reccia, e., leonetti, l., trovalusci, p., cecchi, a. (2018). a multiscale/multidomain model for the failure analysis of masonry walls: a validation with a combined fem/dem approach, international journal for multiscale computational engineering, 16(4), pp. 325-343. [15] greco, f., leonetti, l., luciano, r., nevone blasi, p. (2016). an adaptive multiscale strategy for the damage analysis of masonry modeled as a composite material, composite structures, 153, pp. 972-988. [16] greco, f., leonetti, l., luciano, r., trovalusci, p. (2017). multiscale failure analysis of periodic masonry structures with traditional and fiber-reinforced mortar joints, composites part b: engineering, 118, pp. 75-95. [17] addessi, d., sacco, e., di re, p. (2018). multi-scale analysis of masonry structures, proceedings of the international masonry society conferences, 0(222279), pp. 307-323. [18] addessi, d., de bellis, m. l., sacco, e. (2016). a micromechanical approach for the cosserat modeling of composites, meccanica, 51(3), pp. 569-592. [19] massart, t.j., peerlings, r.h.j., geers, m.g.d. (2007). an enhanced multi-scale approach for masonry wall computations with localization of damage, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 69, pp. 10221059. [20] giambanco, g., la malfa ribolla, e., spada a. (2014). ch of masonry materials via meshless meso-modeling, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 29, pp. 150-165. [21] cluni, f., gusella, v. (2004). homogenization of non-periodic masonry structures', international journal of solids and structures, 41, pp. 1911-1923. [22] pingaro, m., reccia, e., trovalusci, p., masiani, r. (2019). fast statistical homogenization procedure (fshp) for particle random composites using virtual element method, computational mechanics, 64(1), pp. 197-210. [23] pingaro, m., reccia, e., trovalusci, p. (2019). homogenization of random porous materials with low-order virtual elements, asce-asme journal of risk and uncertainty in engineering systems, part b: mechanical engineering, 5(3), 030905. [24] capecchi, d., ruta, g., trovalusci, p. (2010). from classical to voigt's molecular models in elasticity, archive for history of exact sciences, 64(5), pp. 525-559. [25] masiani, r., trovalusci, p. (1996). cosserat and cauchy materials as continuum models of brick masonry, meccanica, 31(4), pp. 421-432. [26] trovalusci, p., masiani, r. (2003). non-linear micropolar and classical continua for anisotropic discontinous materials, international journal of solids and structures, 40(5), pp. 1281-1297. [27] pau, a., trovalusci, p. (2012). block masonry as equivalent micropolar continua: the role of relative rotations, acta mechanica, 223(7), pp. 1455-1471. [28] fantuzzi, n., trovalusci, p., dharasura, s. (2019). mechanical behavior of anisotropic composite materials as micropolar continua, frontiers in materials, 6, 59. m. pepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 504-516; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.38 516 [29] leonetti, l., fantuzzi, n., trovalusci, p., tornabene, f. (2019). scale effects in orthotropic composite assemblies as micropolar continua: a comparison between weakand strong-form finite element solutions, materials, 12(5), 758. [30] baggio, c., trovalusci, p., (1998). limit analysis for no-tension and frictional three-dimensional discrete systems, mechanics of structures and machines, 26(3), pp. 287-304. [31] baggio, c., trovalusci, p. (2000). collapse behaviour of three-dimensional brick-block systems using non-linear programming, structural engineering and mechanics, 10(2), pp. 181-195. [32] portioli, f., casapulla, c., gilbert, m., cascini, l. (2014). limit analysis of 3d masonry block structures with nonassociative frictional joints using cone programming, computers & structures, 143, pp. 108-121. [33] baggio, c., trovalusci, p. (2016). 3d limit analysis of roman groin vaults, brick and block masonry: trends, innovations and challenges proceedings of the 16th international brick and block masonry conference, ibmac 2016, pp. 1023-1028. [34] pavlovic, m., reccia, e., cecchi, a. (2016). a procedure to investigate the collapse behavior of masonry domes: some meaningful cases, international journal of architectural heritage, 10(1), pp. 67-83. [35] cascini, l., gagliardo, r., portioli, f. (2018). liablock_3d: a software tool for collapse mechanism analysis of historic masonry structures, international journal of architectural heritage, in press, doi: 10.1080/15583058.2018.1509155. [36] milani, g. (2008). 3d upper bound limit analysis of multi-leaf masonry walls, international journal of mechanical sciences, 50(4), pp. 817-836. [37] milani, g. (2011). simple lower bound limit analysis homogenization model for inand out-of-plane loaded masonry walls, construction & building materials, 25, pp. 4426-4443. [38] milani g., taliercio a. (2016). limit analysis of transversally loaded masonry walls using an innovative macroscopic strength criterion, international journal of solids and structures, 81, pp. 274-293. [39] milani g., tralli a. (2012). a simple meso-macro model based on sqp for the non-linear analysis of masonry double curvature structures, international journal of solids and structures, 49(5), pp. 808-834. [40] baraldi, d., reccia, e., cecchi, a. (2015). dem & fem/dem models for laterally loaded masonry walls, eccomas proceedia id: 3528, conference proceeding id: 715, pp. 2144-2157. [41] baraldi, d., reccia, e., cecchi, a. (2018). in plane loaded masonry walls: dem and fem/dem models. a critical review, meccanica, 53(7), pp. 1613-1628. [42] ferris, m. c., tin-loi, f., (2001) limit analysis of frictional block assemblies as a mathematical program with complementarity constraints, international journal mechanical science, 160(43), pp. 209–224. [43] baraldi, d., cecchi, a. (2016). discrete approaches for the nonlinear analysis of in plane loaded masonry walls: molecular dynamic and static algorithm solutions, european journal of mechanics, a/solids, 57, pp. 165-177. [44] kirsch, u. (2012). structural optimization: fundamentals and applications., springer science & business media, new york. [45] lemos, j. v. (2007). discrete element modeling of masonry structures, international journal of architectural heritage, 1(2), pp. 190-213. [46] cecchi, a., sab, k. (2004). a comparison between a 3d discrete model and two homogenised plate models for periodic elastic brickwork, international journal of solids and structures, 41(9-10), pp. 2259-2276. [47] munjiza, a. (2004). the combined finite-discrete element method, john wiley and sons, chichester. [48] mahabadi, o. k., lisjak, a., munjiza, a., grasselli, g. (2012). y-geo: new combined finite-discrete element numerical code for geomechanical applications, international journal of geomechanics, 12(6), pp. 676-688. [49] reccia, e., cazzani, a., cecchi, a. (2012). fem-dem modeling for out-of-plane loaded masonry panels: a limit analysis approach, open civil engineering journal, 6(spec.iss.1), pp. 231-238. [50] bilbie, g., dascalu, c., chambon, r., caillerie, d. (2008) micro-fracture instabilities in granular solids, acta geotechnica, 3, pp. 25-35. [51] snozzi, l., molinari, j. f. (2013). a cohesive element model for mixed mode loading with frictional contact capability, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 93(5), pp. 510-526. [52] portioli, f., casapulla, c., cascini, l. (2015). an efficient solution procedure for crushing failure in 3d limit analysis of masonry block structures with non-associative frictional joints, international journal of solids and structures, 69– 70, pp. 252–266. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 25 art 16 f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 109 special issue: characterization of crack tip stress field application of thermoelastic stress analysis for the experimental evaluation of the effective stress intensity factor francisco a. díaz universidad de jaén, departamento de ingeniería mecánica y minera, campus las lagunillas, edificio a3, 23071, jaén, spain eann a. patterson university of liverpool, school of engineering, harrison hughes building, the quadrangle, liverpool l69 3gh, uk john r. yates university of manchester, school of mechanical, aerospace and civil engineering, george begg building, manchester, m60 1qd, uk abstract. in recent years, the advent of staring array detectors has made thermoelastic stress analysis (tsa) a technique with considerable potential for fatigue and fracture mechanics applications. the technique is noncontacting and provides full field stress maps from the surface of cyclically loaded components. in addition, the technique appears to have a great potential in the evaluation of the effective stress intensity factor range during fatigue since fracture mechanics parameters are derived directly from the temperature changes in the vicinity of the crack tip rather than from remote data. in the current work tsa is presented as a novel methodology for measuring the effective stress intensity factor from the analysis of thermoelastic images. δk values inferred using tsa have been employed to estimate an equivalent opening/closing load at different r-ratios in a cracked aluminium 2024 ct specimen. results have been compared with those obtained using the strain-offset technique showing a good level of agreement. keywords. thermoelastic stress analysis (tsa); fatigue; effective stress intensity factor. introduction atigue cracks have been one of the main sources of structural failures in machines for two centuries. the application of fracture mechanics to engineering design has led to more efficient use of structures and components, which leads to great economic benefits by avoiding premature retirement of serviceable machines. however, there are still some aspects of fatigue that remain partially understood, such as the crack closure effect. this lack of understanding arises principally from the difficulties associated in quantifying the phenomenon and measuring its effect on the crack driving force [1]. in recent years, advances in infrared thermography together with the development of infrared staring array radiometer detectors have made it possible to apply this technology to fatigue damage assessments. such an example is thermoelastic stress analysis (tsa). this experimental technique makes it possible to infer the in-plane stresses on a solid structure by measuring the small temperature changes induced as a result of a cyclic load. from the fatigue point of view, tsa constitutes a breakthrough over other experimental stress analysis techniques. with tsa the stress intensity factor is directly obtained by computing the cyclic stress field ahead of the crack tip, which makes it possible to evaluate the actual crack driving force for the fatigue advance [2 and 3]. the outcome is that the tsa f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 110 method provides a direct measurement of the effective δk that is usually measured indirectly by compliance techniques. this arises from the fact that with tsa the near crack tip stress distribution is obtained from the temperature variations at the specimen surface as a result of the thermoelastic effect, providing a direct assessment of the cyclic strains in the field around the crack tip. hence, the observed crack tip stress pattern is the result of the specimen’s response to the applied loading cycle. to support the idea that tsa can provide accurate information about the real fatigue crack driving force, a set experiments using aluminium 2024 ct specimens have been conducted. as a result, δk results obtained using thermoelastic images have been employed to infer an equivalent value for the opening/closing load for increasing rratios. results have been compared with those obtained using the strain offset technique, showing in all cases a good level of agreement, highlighting the value of tsa for fatigue damage assessment. physical principles of thermoelastic effect he thermoelastic effect was first reported by lord kelvin [4] in 1853. it states that any substance in nature experiences changes in its temperature when its volume is changed due to the application of a force: compressive loads cause an increase in temperature while tensile load produces a decrease in temperature. consequently, if a cyclic load is applied to a component there will be a cyclic change in temperature. under elastic conditions, these temperature variations are normally quite small (tens of mk) and they are normally ignored in the classical theory of elasticity. however, with the use of high precision infrared detectors these temperature changes can be measured. the thermoelastic effect is a reversible conversion between the mechanical and thermal forms of energy, since the temperature variation will reverse when the load is withdrawn. however, this energy conversion is reversible only if the elastic range of the material is not exceeded and there is no significant transport of heat during loading and unloading of the structure. moreover, thermoelastic theory states that under adiabatic and reversible conditions, the temperature variations experienced by the cyclically loaded material are proportional to the sum of principal stresses. the relation between the change in temperature due to the application of a cyclic loading and the stress range of a linear elastic and homogeneous material can be written as:  1 2 p t t c          (1) where  is the coefficient of thermal expansion, t is the absolute temperature of the material,  is the density, cp is the specific heat at constant pressure and 1 and 2 are the principal stresses. to ensure that the experimentally recorded variation is linear, the load cycle must be fast enough to prevent heat transport and thus achieve adiabatic conditions. truly adiabatic conditions may be achieved only if the thermal conductivity of the material is zero or no stress gradients are present in the specimen. however, if the load frequency is high enough the thermal diffusion length is reduced and the presence of non-adiabatic effects is minimized. in modern tsa, an infrared camera based on a staring array of photon detectors is used to measure the temperature changes at the surface of the component as a consequence of an applied cyclic load (figure 1a). the technique measures load-correlated temperature signals in a cyclically loaded body using infrared detectors. thus, the analysis of thermoelastic response has to be done under dynamic conditions at an adequate frequency to ensure adiabatic conditions in order to prevent heat transfer through the test piece. when adiabatic conditions are achieved and maintained during the test, the relation between the induced temperature change and the change in the sum of principal stresses is assumed to be linear, and thus the variation in the sum of principal stresses can be experimentally inferred by processing the thermoelastic signal according to the following equation:      1 2 x y x y e a s 1                  (2) where, e, is the young’s modulus, ν, is the poisson’s ratio, εx and εy, are the strains in two orthogonal directions, s, is the thermoelastic signal and a is a calibration constant. to translate the thermal units into stresses a calibration process needs to be performed [5]. this process consists essentially in defining the stress at a point in the images for a given load on the structure. a common method used for calibration consists of generating an independent measure of stress using strain gauges as illustrated in figure 1.b. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 111 figure 1: a) typical thermoelastic pattern of a fatigue crack. b) schematic illustration of the calibration process. phase shift information at the crack tip region hermoelastic information is normally presented as a vector where the modulus is proportional to the change in temperature experienced by the specimen due to the thermoelastic effect and the phase denotes the angular shift between the thermoelastic and the reference signals (loading signal). thus, the magnitude of the phase is normally constant unless adiabatic conditions are not achieved. however, there are two phenomena that lead to a lack of adiabatic conditions and hence a change in phase: heat generation due to plastic work and the presence of high stress gradients. both are conditions that occur near the crack tip region. in these circumstances heat conduction start taking place blurring the data at those regions, and the direct observation of the crack tip from a thermoelastic image is difficult. for image processing purposes, the reference and the thermoelastic signals are set in-phase. thus, the phase map should be zero in all those points where adiabatic conditions are achieved. however, near the crack tip, plasticity and high stress gradients lead to a loss of adiabatic conditions. this loss of adiabaticity can be easily identified in the phase map (figure 2.a). figure 2: typical phase map for a 6mm fatigue crack. illustration of the phase shift occurring at the crack tip as a result of the loss of adiabatic conditions (dimensions in mm). methodology for calculating the stress intensity factor range from thermoelastic images ifferent approaches have been developed in recent years as general methods for calculating the sif from the analysis of thermoelastic images. some of these approaches act by fitting a mathematical model describing the near crack tip stress field to a set of experimental data points collected at the near crack tip region [2 and 3]. as a result of the mathematical fitting the sif can be inferred. the adopted method for calculating the sif [2] is based on a t d http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 112 multipoint over-deterministic (mpod) method [6] in conjunction with a description of the near crack tip stress field based on muskhelishvili’s complex potentials [7]. direct observation of the crack tip is often difficult since data very near the crack tip tend to be blurred as a result of plasticity and the presence of high stress gradients. to calculate δk using tsa, it is required to obtain a thermoelastic map of the region near the crack tip. subsequently, a set of data points has to be collected in the region surrounding the crack tip. in this sense care must be taken to avoid collecting data points at those locations affected by near crack tip plasticity. to identify such a region stanley’s methodology has been employed [3]. stanley’s method [8] combines equation 2 with a mathematical expression describing the crack stress sum derived from westergaard’s model [9].     i iix y 1 2 2 k 2 k a s cos sin 2 22 r 2 r                            (3) for the case of pure mode i cracks, stanley observed that a maximum thermoelastic signal, smax, along any line parallel to the crack, occurred at a 60º angle with respect to the crack. taking this into account, equation 3 can be rearranged into a linear equation relating the vertical distance from the crack to any parallel line with the inverse square of the maximum thermoelastic signal along that particular line, 1/s2max. 2 i 2 2 max 3 3 k 1 y 4 a s        (4) if the previous relation for a real thermoelastic image is plotted (figure 3), three different regions can be identified: 1. region a. in this region no linear behaviour is observed since there is a loss of adiabatic conditions due to high stress gradients and crack tip plasticity. 2. region b. in this region a clear linear behaviour is observed. this can be employed to defined the region of validity of the model since the same behaviour as described by equation 6 is observed. 3. region c. in this region there is a deviation from the linear behaviour observed in region b, which indicates inappropriate use of this mathematical model. figure 3: graph of showing the linear relationship between the vertical distance from the crack tip and (smax)-2 employed in the methodology of stanley and chan for the calculation of the stress intensity factor from thermoelastic data. based on previous analyses, the region of validity for the model is identified in (figure 3) as the portion of the graph where a linear relationship is observed (region b). consequently, data is collected from the corresponding region of the thermoelastic image where such a linear relationship in stanley’s plot exists. the collected points are used to fit the stress field equation described by muskhelishvili’s model and to reconstruct the stress field around the crack tip. from the resultant fitting equation the sif can be inferred (figure 4). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 113 figure 4: schematic illustration of the methodology for calculating the stress intensity factor from thermoelastic data. experimental set-up o support the idea that tsa can provide accurate information about the real fatigue crack driving force a fatigue test was conducted using aluminium 2024 ct specimens (figure 5.a). the specimen was initially prepared by bonding three strain gauges (tokyo sokki kenkyujo co., ltd., type fpa-2-11, 2 mm, 120  0.5 ) at the different locations. two of the strain gauges were located on the specimen’s surface at 62 mm from the edge of the specimen in line with the notch. one of them was aligned with the notch direction while the other was inclined 45 respect to the notch line (figure 5.b). the third strain gauge was located at the middle part of the back of the specimen (figure 5.b). figure 5: a) illustration the dimension of aluminium ct specimens employed for fatigue tests; b) scheme showing the location and orientation of the strain gauges employed for the calculation of the opening and closing loads from the compliance traces the specimen was initially pre-cracked and a crack was initiated and grown until it was approximately 3 mm from the two surface strain gauges (42 mm crack length). subsequently, increasing load steps were gradually applied with the aim of increasing the r-ratio. for each load step, several load and strain readings were collected over a period of 0.2 s using the three strain gauges. the collected data files were processed and the opening and closing loads estimated using the strain offset technique. at the same time, thermoelastic images corresponding to the crack at the different load steps were captured at the front of the specimen. δk results from tsa were compared to the nominal δk [10] for the r-ratios achieved by the increasing applied load steps.       nom 2 3 4 3/2 p f ( ) a k , wt w 2 f 0.886 4.64 13.32 14.72 5.6 1                     (5) where δp is the load range, a is the crack length and t and w are the specimen thickness and width respectively. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 114 calculation of the opening load from the analysis of the compliance traces he hardware employed consisted of a pc (viglen-pentium 200 mhz intel processor) provided with an enhanced multifunction i/o pci board (national instruments model pci 6052e) connected to a bnc accessory (national instrument model bnc-2090). the system was controlled using lab view software version 6.0 and made it possible to store load and strain data corresponding to a loading-unloading cycle as ascii files. since data were affected by random noise, it was necessary to employ a noise reduction technique. the technique adopted was an incremental polynomial method similar to the recommended astm method for data reduction in fatigue tests [11]. subsequently, for the calculation of the opening/closing loads the strain offset technique was adopted [12]. initially, data was divided into two sets according to the loading and the unloading branches and plotted as load versus strain plots. the unloading branch was first employed to determine the specimen compliance in the absence of closure by fitting a first order polynomial to its upper part. after that, the fitted first order polynomial was employed to perform the strain-offset calculation, which consisted of subtracting the actual strain data (affected by closure) from the fitted equation (not affected by closure). subsequently, the load against strain-offset was plotted to estimate the closing load. the closing load was then calculated as the points where data in the plot last crossed the zero strain offset (figure 6.a). figure 6: illustration showing load vs. strain and load vs. strain-offset plots for a 42 mm crack in an aluminium ct specimen loaded between 0.94 and 0.04 kn (r-ratio 0.04). a) unloading branch. b) loading branch. for the loading branch an identical methodology was followed. however, in this case the strain-offset calculation was performed using the same fitting first order polynomial obtained for the unloading branch. finally, the opening load was calculated following the same criteria as previously adopted for the unloading branch (figure 6.b). results corresponding to the opening and closing loads estimated from data at the different locations (horizontal, 45˚ and back face) are presented in figures 7.b, 7.b and 7.c. figure 7: a) illustration showing the variation of the opening and closing loads with the r-ratio for a 42 mm crack using a horizontal strain gauge, b) a 45˚ strain gauge, c) a back face strain gauge. t a) b) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 115 tsa results o proceed to a direct comparison of thermoelastic results with those previously obtained from the analysis of the compliance traces, δk values inferred from tsa (figure 8.a) were also employed to calculate an equivalent opening/closing load according to equation 5. as for the case of compliance-based techniques, the equivalent opening load was plotted for the r-ratios corresponding to every load step and compared to the maximum and minimum applied loads. results are presented in figure 8.b. figure 8: a) plot showing the variation of δk with the r-ratio for a sequence of thermoelastic images corresponding to a 42 mm crack. b) plot illustrating the variation with the r-ratio of the opening load inferred from a sequence of thermoelastic images. discussion he initial aspect investigated was the repeatability of the results based on compliance measurements when using strain gauges bonded at the three locations when applying increasing r-ratio steps. results for the opening/closing were observed in all the cases to give similar results, with slightly smaller values for the case of the 45˚ strain gauge (figures7.a, b and c). in addition, it was also observed that as the r-ratio increased from 0.04 to 0.3, the opening/closing loads remained relatively constant and in all the cases with values higher than the minimum load. this clearly showed the presence of closure at low r-ratios. however, as the r-ratio increased from 0.3 upwards, the opening/closing load was observed to follow the minimum load indicating a considerably reduction in the closure levels. to check the ability of tsa to successfully infer the effective δk, thermoelastic images were captured at the same r-ratio steps simultaneously with compliance experiments. results for δk obtained from the analysis of the thermoelastic images (fig. 8.a) show the same behaviour as observed in the compliance analysis. as the r-ratio increases the δk from tsa tends to approach the nominal δk, showing a reduction in the closure level as the r-ratio increases. moreover, for direct comparison of thermoelastic results with those previously obtained using the strain-offset technique an equivalent opening/closing load was inferred from thermoelastic values of δk using equation 5 (fig. 8.b). results were observed to follow the same tendency as previous results obtained using the strain-offset technique for increasing r-ratio with very similar values to those obtained using the 45˚ strain gauge. this issue clearly support the ability of tsa to measure the effective δk rather that the nominal δk. conclusions sa has been presented as a novel technique to quantify the effective stress intensity factor range during cyclic loading. results from tsa have been compared with those obtained using a standard technique for crack closure measurement namely, the strain-offset technique. compliance results have clearly shown the presence of crack t t t a) b) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true f.a. díaz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 109-116; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.16 116 closure at low r-ratios in the analysed samples. moreover, results inferred from the analysis of thermoelastic images have been observed to be in good agreement with those obtained using the strain offset technique, showing the ability of tsa to successfully quantify the effective δk. references [1] james, m.n., some unresolved issues with fatigue crack closure measurement, mechanisms and interpretation problems, advance in fracture research, proceedings of the ninth international conference on fracture. edited by b.l. karihaloo et al., pergamon press, 5 (1996) 2403-14. [2] díaz, f.a., yates, j.r., patterson, e.a., some improvements in the analysis of fatigue cracks using thermoelasticity, int. j. fatigue, 26, 4 (2004) 365-376. [3] díaz, f.a., patterson, e.a., tomlinson r.a., yates, j.r., measuring stress intensity factors during fatigue crack growth using thermoelasticity, fat. fract. eng. mat. struct., 27 (2004) 571-584. [4] thomson, w. (lord kelvin), on the thermoelastic, thermomagnetic and pyro-electric properties of matters, philosophical magazine, 5 (1878) 4-27. [5] dulieu-smith, s.m., alternative calibration techniques for quantitative thermoelastic stress analysis, strain, 31 (1995) 9-16. [6] sanford, r., dally, j.w., a general method for determining mixed-mode stress intensity factors from isochromatic fringe pattern, engineering fracture mechanics, 11 (1979) 621-633. [7] muskhelishvili, n.i., some basic problems of the mathematical theory of elasticity, third edition, noordhoff ltd., groningen, holland, (1953). [8] stanley, p., chan, w.k., mode ii crack studies using the "spate" technique’, proc. of sem spring conference on experimental mechanics, new orleans, usa, (1986) 916-923. [9] westergaard, h.m., bearing pressures and cracks, j. of applied mechanics, 6 (1939) a49-63. [10] murakami, y., stress intensity factors handbook, pergamon, oxford, (1987). [11] astm, e647-95a, american society of testing and materials, 03.01 (1999). [12] skorupa, m., beretta, s., carboni, m., machniewicz, t., an algorithm for evaluating crack closure from local compliance measurements, fat. fract. eng. mat. struct., 25 (2002) 261-273. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.16&auth=true microsoft word numero_45_art_1 f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 1 numerical simulation of dynamic mechanical properties of concrete based on 3d mesoscale model fengyan qin architecture and civil engineering, west anhui university, lu'an 237012, china qinfengyan1207@163.com jingsong cheng, heming wen cas key laboratory for mechanical behavior and design of materials university of science and technology of china, hefei 230026, china hmwen@ustc.edu.cn hongbo liu school of civil engineering and architecture, heilongjiang university, harbin 150080, china hliu@ hlju.edu.cn abstract. this paper attempts to disclose the mechanical properties of concrete under dynamic load. to this end, concrete was considered as a threephase composite of mortar, aggregate and interfacial transition zone (itz) on the mesoscale. in light of the dynamic constitutive relation of concrete, the dynamic response of concrete specimens was numerically simulated on a 3d meso-mechanical model. then, the authors discussed how the loading speed, aggregate volume content, and aggregate particle size affect the dynamic mechanical properties of concrete. the simulation results show that the damage morphology of concrete under dynamic load agrees well with that of theoretical analysis; the peak stress of concrete increased with the loading speed, revealing an obvious strain rate enhancement effect; the peak stress of concrete also increased with aggregate volume content; however, the peak stress of concrete gradually decreased with the increase in aggregate particle size under the constant volume content and grading of aggregate. the research findings shed new light on anti-impact design of concrete structures. keywords. concrete; dynamic mechanical properties; 3d meso-mechanical model; dynamic constitutive relation; numerical simulation; peak stress. citation: qin, f., cheng, j., wen, h., liu, h., numerical simulation analysis of the dynamic mechanical property of concrete based on 3d meso-mechanical model, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13. received: 15.03.2018 accepted: 02.06.2018 published: 01.07.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/45/12.mp4 f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 2 introduction oncrete is one of the most popular materials in structural engineering. it has been extensively applied in buildings, bridges, mines, dams, power plants and transport facilities. in addition to normal static load, all these engineering structures may be subject to such dynamic loads as earthquakes, vehicle vibration, engineering blasting and debris flow. heavy losses of life and property may occur if the concrete of these structures fails or collapses under these loads. considering the high incidence of earthquakes and debris flows in china, it is very meaningful to examine the mechanical properties of concrete under dynamic load. there are obvious differences in macro strength and deformation features of concrete under dynamic load and that under static load. the dynamic load-induced response is a rather complex process, involving the evolution of microdefects in the material, the sensitive effect of material strain rate, and the impact of hydrostatic pressure correlation [1-5]. under dynamic load, the change in concrete deformation and stress is often transmitted in the form of wave, featuring strong instantaneity. it is very difficult to observe the mesoscale destruction or explain the enhancement of mechanical parameters (e.g. concrete strength) through experimental research. by contrast, the deformation, stress change and damage morphology during the impact can be visually presented through numerical simulation, which can provide some guidance on the cost and effect of the experiment. the numerical simulation of dynamic response starts from the microstructure of concrete. in general, a numerical model should be established based on theoretical and experimental results. then, the macro-mechanical properties of the material and the destruction process of concrete can be explored against the microstructure. on the mesoscale, concrete can be regarded as a composite of mortar, aggregate, and the interfacial transition zone (itz). over the years, many micro-mechanical models have been developed, including but not limited to lattice model [6-7], stochastic particle model [8-9], random aggregate model [10-11], and random mechanical property model [12-13]. based on meso-mechanical models, the numerical simulation can partially replace experimental research, provided that the models are rational and concrete parameters are precise enough. nevertheless, the application of numerical simulation has been severely restricted by the lack of experimental data on the mechanical parameters of mortar, aggregate and the itz, and the low computing efficiency of 3d analytical models. much research has been done on the dynamic features of concrete at home and abroad. for example, liu haifeng et al. [1419] investigated the mechanical properties and constitutive models of concrete under dynamic load, and simulated the dynamic features of concrete under the load using the holmquist–johnson–cook (hjc) model. du xiuli et al. [20-21] subdivided the finite-element grids by characteristic unit scale method and projected the grids to the established random aggregate model. in this way, the random multi-scale mechanical model was created and applied to reveal the micro failure mechanism of concrete under dynamic load. ren wenyuan et al. [22] proposed to simulate the constituent materials of concrete in each phase with the micro finite-element model (fem) based on x-ray computed tomography (xct) images. park et al. [23] conducted finite-element simulation of concrete and mortar at high strain rate, and analysed the bearing capacity, energy absorption and microstructure of the two materials under dynamic load. according to the aggregate grading curve of concrete, wang zongmin et al. [24] generated random aggregates by monte carlo method, prepared tensile test specimens with single-edge cracks from the aggregates, and simulated the whole process of the rupture failure of these specimens. considering the random aggregate structure of concrete, ma huaifa et al. [25] put forward a 3d meso-mechanical numerical model that reflects the random aggregate distribution or random mechanical properties of material in each phase. song laizhong et al. [26] ensured the rationality of aggregate distribution through random placement of parameterized aggregates, thereby fulfilling the bulk mass, fully-grade, high-strength requirements of aggregate arrangement simulation. by means of light gas gun, zhang zhu et al. [27] tested the dynamic mechanical properties test of concrete at different loading speeds, and then performed a numerical simulation on ansys autodyn. the simulation results were contrasted with the experimental data to explain the wave propagation during the destruction of the flyer and the target plate. there are only a few reports on how the size, distribution and volume content of aggregate on the dynamic mechanical properties of concrete. taking concrete as two-phase heterogenous composite of aggregate and mortar, liu haifeng et al. [16-19] wrote a random distribution program of 2d spherical aggregate of concrete in ansys parametric design language (apdl), using fuller’s grading curve and walraven plane transformation formula, and employed the program to discuss the effects of aggregate particle size, distribution and volume content on the dynamic mechanical properties of concrete. xu et al. [28] assumed concrete as a three-phase heterogeneous composite of mortar, aggregate and the itz, identified the regularity of aggregate grading and particle size distribution according to fuller’s grading curve, and developed a random distribution program of 3d spherical aggregate of concrete in ansys apdl. since the itz is too thin to simulate, the c f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 3 aggregate was meshed into grids, the itz was generated by unit reconfiguration, and a 3d micro-mechanical model was created for concrete. the established model enjoys high computing efficiency. in this paper, the dynamic concrete features are simulated at different loading speeds, aggregate volume contents and aggregate particle sizes, using the 3d micro-mechanical model proposed by xu et al., and the influence rule of different factors on the dynamic mechanical properties of concrete are discussed in details. the mortar, aggregate and the itz were built on the material constitutive relation provided by xu and wen [29] and embedded in the business software ansys lsdyna for numerical simulation. establishment of the meso-mechanical model s mentioned above, the ansys ls-dyna dynamic analysis software was adopted to simulate the response of concrete with randomly distributed 3d aggregate under dynamic load. as shown in fig. 1, the test specimens are 100mm, 150mm or 200mm in side length. the upper and lower rigid plates respectively act as an actuator and a support, while the part between them is the concrete sample. the load was imposed onto the upper rigid plate to simulate concrete damage. figure 1: 3d meso-mechanical model. grid size both mortar and aggregate were simulated with the 3d entity unit of the same shape. the grid size was set to 2mm according to the side lengths of the cubic test specimens. compared to mortar, the itz is a weak, porous, nonuniform thin layer wrapped in the outer surface of aggregate particles. the typical thickness of the itz is merely 10~50m, which limits the minimum grid size. to improve the computing efficiency, 3d shell units were introduced to simulate the itz. here, it is assumed that the itz consists of homogeneous materials and its thickness is the average of the maximum and minimum values: 30m. distribution of aggregate particle size considering the effect of aggregate grading on the mechanical behaviour of concrete, fuller’s grading curve was adopted in our model to optimize concrete compactness and strength. the curve can be expressed as [30]:   max n d p d d        (1) where p(d) is the cumulative percentage of aggregates passing a sieve with aperture diameter d; dmax is the maximum size of aggregate particle; n is the shape parameter of the gradation curve and ranges from 0.45 to 0.7. in this paper, n is taken as a common value of 0.5. a f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 4 if the aggregate particle size distribution obeys fuller’s gradation curve, then the amount of aggregate within the grading segment [ds, ds+1] can be obtained as:           1 agg 1 a all max min , s ss s p d p d v d d v v p d p d      (2) where vagg[ds, ds+1] is the aggregate volume within the grading segment [ds, ds+1], dmin is the minimum size of aggregate particle, va is the volume content of aggregate in concrete; vall is the total volume of concrete. after dividing the grading curve into different segments, it is possible to determine the size and number of aggregate particles by the grading segments containing the largest and smallest particles. for the grading segment [ds, ds+1], the spherical aggregate particles can be generated in the following steps: step 1. calculate the volume of aggregate vagg[ds, ds+1] to be generated in grading segment [ ds, ds+1] according to fuller’s grading curve. step 2. generate a random diameter d within the segment [ds, ds+1] to define the size of aggregate particles. it is assumed that the size d obeys uniform distribution between ds and ds+ 1, that is, d s ≤ d ≤ ds+1. it may also be expressed as d = ds +η (ds+1 − ds ), with η being a random number distributed uniformly between 0 and 1. step 3. calculate the volume of the generated particles and subtract it from the aggregate volume vagg[ds, ds+1]. step 4. repeat steps 2 and 3 until the remaining aggregate to be generated is less than πds3/6. in other words, there is no more room to generate any aggregate particle in the current grading segment. meanwhile, record the random number d ( ds ≤ d ≤ ds+1) in a size array sz(i , s ) = d (i = 1, 2, …, j), and the number of generated aggregate particles in a number array nb(s, 1) = j. next, transfer the volume of the remaining aggregate to the subsequent grading segment. step 5. repeat all the steps above for the next smaller size grading segment until the generation of the last aggregate of the minimum particle size. after obtaining the size and number arrays, select the near-spherical assemblies of elements to represent aggregates by replacing the properties of the mortar with those of the aggregates. once the size and corresponding number arrays have been ob-tained then the assemblies of elements which approximate spheres can be selected to represent aggregates by replacing the proper-ties of the cement mortar with those of the aggregates. generation of random aggregates and the itz in numerical simulations, the concrete specimens are either cylindrical or cubic in shape, depending on the type of concrete materials. here, the randomly generated aggregate particles are confined to cubic specimens. two constraints were imposed to select assemblies of elements as aggregate particles at a free position within each concrete specimen: each assembly of elements must be completely within the boundary of the specimen, and no overlap is allowed with the previously selected assembly. the random aggregates and the itzs were generated in the following procedure. step 1. mesh the mortar of the specimen into regular solid hexahedral grids. the grid size should be determined on the accuracy requirements. step 2. generate random coordinates (x , y , z) in 3d space within the specimen with the centre of the assembly of elements as aggregate. step 3. check the central position against the previous selected size array sz(i , s) to see if both constraints are completely satisfied. if one of the two constraints is violated, do not select the assembly of elements as aggregate. subsequently, repeat the coordinate generation and position check. by this analogy, select the assemblies of elements within nb(s, l) one by one. step 4. after the selection of all assemblies of elements within the grading segment [ds, ds+1], change their material properties from mortar to aggregate. after that, proceed with the selection process in the subsequent grading segment. step 5. repeat the steps above to select the assemblies of elements until all the assemblies of elements as aggregates are successively selected in the specimen and the total volume content of aggregates is satisfied. step 6. for each assembly of elements, select the outer surface nodes as aggregate, and split each node into two along the radial direction. next, generate the itz elements between nodes and the corresponding new nodes. moreover, reconstruct the mortar elements adjacent to aggregate by ert without changing the material properties of these elements. finally, check the quality of new elements and remove those failing the quality test (fig. 2(e)). based on the given distribution of aggregate grading, a 3d meso-mechanical model (fig. 2) was generated for concrete using the program developed by xu et al. [28]. the randomly distributed unit set and near-spherical shape of aggregate completely f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 5 conform to the design requirements of the program. in addition, the itz was successfully generated through efficient and low-cost computation. (a) concrete specimen. (b) cement mortar. (c) aggregates . (d) interfacial transition zone (itz). (e) partial enlarged sectional view of an aggregate with itz layer. figure 2: schematic diagram of the 3d meso-mechanical model for cubed concrete specimen. f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 6 contact definition and boundary conditions during numerical calculation, the lower rigid plate was clamped and the speed direction of the upper rigid plate was perpendicular to the concrete specimen. there was no friction between the rigid plate and concrete specimen. to keep the element failure contact effective, the single-face automatic contact *contact_automatic_single_surface was adopted for the simulation. material constitutive model he reliability of numerical simulation hinges on the feasibility of the numerical simulation model and the accuracy of the material constitutive model. as mentioned before, liu haifeng et al. [16-19] simulated the performance of concrete under dynamic load based on the hjc material constitutive model. however, the hjc takes no account of the damage evolution induced by the expansion of concrete volume, and its constitutive relation fails to describe the exact strain rate effect. in this paper, the mortar, aggregate and the itz are all illustrated by the concrete material constitutive model proposed by xu and wen. the model considers the following factors: the tensile and compressive damage effect, pressure correlation, lode corner effect and strain rate effect. since the material properties of the itz have not been fully understood, the material attribute of the itz was assumed to be the same of the mortar, except that its intensity is 60% of the latter. the relevant features of the material constitutive model are introduced as follows. pore state equation the mortar, aggregate and the itz can be considered as porous materials. the pressure-volume strain relationship can be described by the pore state equation (i.e. p~ state equation). the volumetric strain of the fully compacted or solid materials can be expressed as [32]:   0 0 0 1 1 1             (3) where =/0-1 is the volumetric strain;  and 0 are the current density and initial density, respectively; =s/ and 0=s0/0 are the current porosity and initial porosity, respectively; s and s0 are the current density and initial density of the solid material, respectively. when  0, the concrete material belongs to the compressive state. the corresponding state equation can be expressed as:  0 0max 1, min ,1 1 n lock lock crush p p p p                    (4) 2 3 1 2 3p k k k     (5) where k1, k2 and k3 are the bulk modulus of the solid material; pcrush is the pore collapse pressure under the load; plock is the pore densification pressure under the load. when  0, the concrete material belongs to the tensile state. the corresponding state equation can be expressed as: 1p k  (6) intensity model considering the compressive and tensile damage effect of the material, the lode angle effect, and strain rate effect [28-29, 33], the authors established the material constitutive relation to reveal the main mechanical features of concrete and other quasi-brittle materials based on the tripolar constrained face model. the intensity surface of concrete can be expressed according to the stress level on the material [29]: t f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 7             , , ,' ' ' 3 0 3 + 3 3 / 0 / 3 / / 3 / 3 tt tt cc tt cc cc n cc c c cc c cc p f r e p y f f f p f r e p f f bf p f f f r e p f                       (7) where fcc=f ' c difm_t c and ftt=ftdiftt; f' c and ft are respectively the static compressive strength and static tensile strength; difm_t and dift are respectively the dynamic compressive and tensile enhancement factors resulted from the strain rate effect; c and t are respectively the functions of shear damage and tensile softening of concrete [32-34]; b and n are empirical constants; r(, e) is the lode corner effect [35], with  and e being the ratio between the lode angle and the tensile meridian and the ratio between the lode angle and the compressive meridian, respectively. as shown in fig. 3, the strength surface of concrete can be classified into three segments: the tensile section (p0), the transition section (0pfcc/3) and the compressive section (pfcc/3). figure 3: strength surface of concrete parameters mortar itz aggregate 0(kg/m3) 2100 1800 2600 s0(kg/m3) 2630 2630 2630 pcrush(mpa) 10.7 6.4 23.3 plock(gpa) 3 3 3 n 3 3 3 k1(gpa) 14.2 6.9 17.4 k2(gpa) 30 30 -3.0e3  0.20 0.17 0.30 k3(gpa) 10 10 1.5e5 g(gpa) 10.7 3.2 14.7 f' c (mpa) 32.0 19.2 70.0 ft(mpa) 3.1 2.4 4.5 b 1.54 1.54 1.95 n 0.8 0.8 0.76 table 1: parameter values of the 3d meso-mechanical model. f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 8 selection of material parameters the model parameters of mortar, aggregate and the itz of this research are listed in tab. 1. specifically, the initial density0 of mortar and aggregate and the uniaxial compressive strength f' c were extracted from ref. [17]. the compaction density s0 was set to 1.01 times of the initial density of aggregate. the uniaxial compressive strength f' c and the elasticity modulus e of the itz were set to 60% of the mortar. the relevant parameter relations are as follows: pcrush=f ' z /3, k1=e/3(1-2v), g=e/2(1+v) and '0.54t cf f . the values of the other parameters were obtained from ref. [28]. numerical simulation and results analysis damage morphology uring the numerical simulation with our model, the aggregate volume content was 40% and the aggregate particle size fell in 5~20mm. the damage morphology of the cubic specimens with the side length of 150mm is presented in fig. 4, where the grey white part is the removed unit. it can be seen that the specimens were basically destroyed along the itz. this phenomenon echoes with the theoretical results. figure 4: damage morphology figure 5: relationship between the peak stress and the loading speed. d f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 9 effect of loading speed the destruction of cubic concrete specimens (side length: 100mm, 150mm and 200mm; aggregate volume content: 40%; aggregate particle size: 5~10mm and 5~20mm) was simulated at different loading speeds. then, the effect of the loading speed on peak stress of the concrete was analysed by the fem and 3d micro model (fig. 5). as shown in fig. 5, the peak stress gradually increased with the loading speed, whether it was 5m/s, 10m/s or 15m/s. this means the concrete is a sensitive material. under the same condition, the peak stress of the 3d microscopic model is lower than that of the fem, indicating that the former can reflect the inhomogeneity and low strength at the itz of the concrete. there were a large number of microcracks in the concrete. some of them existed before the loading, and some were generated under the load. the original and load-induced microcracked grew steadily in different directions during the simulation. the interaction between the microcracks deflects the propagation direction, making it more time-consuming to achieve full penetration of the specimen. at a low loading speed, the energy generated by the impact was rather small. this leaves enough time for the cracks to propagate and merge. in this case, only a few cracks extended and interacted with each other, resulting in a low stress level and a small peak stress. at a fast loading speed, the impact generated a huge amount of energy, leaving not enough time for stable cracks to propagate and merge. thus, numerous microcracks extended almost simultaneously and interacted with each other. on the macroscale, the material withstood a rather high stress, i.e. the peak stress was on a high level. (a) 100mm100mm100mm specimen (b) 150mm150mm150mm specimen (c) 200mm200mm200mm specimen figure 6: relationship between aggregate volume content and peak stress of concrete. 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 volume fraction of coarse aggregate(%) 70 75 80 85 5-10mm, v=10m/s 5-15mm, v=10m/s 5-20mm, v=10m/s 5-25mm, v=10m/s 5-40mm, v=10m/s f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 10 effect of aggregate volume content keeping the loading speed at 10m/s, the destruction of cubic concrete specimens (side length: 100mm, 150mm and 200mm; aggregate particle size 5~10mm, 5~15mm, 5~20mm, 5~25mm and 5~40mm) was simulated at different aggregate volume contents. then, the impact of aggregate volume content on the peak stress of concrete was deliberated in details (fig. 6). it can be seen from fig. 6 that the peak stress increased continuously with the growth in aggregate volume content. this is because the volume of the mortar shrinks with the increase in aggregate volume; since the aggregate is much stronger than the mortar, the aggregate volume content exhibits a positive correlation with the concrete strength. (a) 100mm100mm100mm specimen (b) 150mm150mm150mm specimen (c) 200mm200mm200mm specimen figure 7: relationship between minimum aggregate particle size and peak stress of concrete. effect of minimum aggregate particle size under the constant loading speed (10m/s), aggregate grading and maximum aggregate particle size (25mm), the destruction of cubic concrete specimens (side length: 100mm, 150mm and 200mm; aggregate volume content: 20%, 30%, 40% and 50%) was simulated at different minimum aggregate particle sizes (5mm, 10mm and 15mm). then, the impact of minimum aggregate particle size on the peak stress of concrete was discussed in details (fig. 7). it is clear that the peak stress was on the rise with the growth of aggregate volume content; when the aggregate volume content remained unchanged, the peak stress gradually declined with the increase in minimum aggregate particle size. the maximum value of the peak stress was observed at the aggregate particle size of 5mm. the overall decline of the peak stress under constant aggregate volume content can be explained as follows. first, it is more likely for aggregate particles to have internal defects if they are of a large size. second, the specific surface area is small at a large minimum particle size, meaning 0 5 10 15 20 25 diameter of coarse aggregate(mm) 65 70 75 80 85 20%, v=10m/s 30%, v=10m/s 40%, v=10m/s 50%, v=10m/s f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 11 that less cement is needed to reach the same aggregate volume content; in this scenario, the binding area between the aggregate and the cement decreases, which weakens the itz and in turn the concrete. effect of maximum aggregate particle size under the constant loading speed (10m/s), aggregate grading and minimum aggregate particle size (5mm), the destruction of cubic concrete specimens (side length: 100mm, 150mm and 200mm; aggregate volume content: 20%, 30%, 40% and 50%) was simulated at different maximum aggregate particle sizes (10mm, 15mm, 20mm, 25mm and 40mm). then, the impact of maximum aggregate particle size on the peak stress of concrete was analysed in details (fig. 8). it can be seen that the peak stress was on the rise with the growth of aggregate volume content; when the aggregate volume content remained unchanged, the peak stress gradually declined with the increase in maximum aggregate particle size. in other words, the peak stress exhibited a gradual declining trend with the growth in the maximum aggregate particle size, when the minimum aggregate particle size remained the same. this trend can be explained as follows. the specific surface area is small at a large maximum particle size, meaning that less cement is needed to reach the same aggregate volume content; in this scenario, a water film can develop easily on the aggregate surface, reducing the strength of the itz and adding to the mechanical nonuniformity of the concrete. due to the porosity induced by the water film, the stress concentrates on the itz, which weakens the itz and in turn the concrete. (a) 100mm100mm100mm specimen (b) 150mm150mm150mm specimen (c) 200mm200mm200mm specimen figure 8: relationship between maximum aggregate particle size and peak stress of concrete p e a k s tr e s s (m p a ) p e a k s tr e s s (m p a ) f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 12 conclusions he dynamic load-induced response of concrete material is a rather complex process, involving the evolution of microdefects in the material, the sensitive effect of material strain rate, and the impact of hydrostatic pressure correlation and the lode angle. besides, the mechanical performance of concrete relies heavily on the size and distribution of the aggregate. in view of these, this paper attempts to disclose the mechanical properties of concrete under dynamic load. to this end, concrete was considered as a three-phase composite of mortar, aggregate and the itz on the mesoscale. in light of the dynamic constitutive relation of concrete, the dynamic response of concrete specimens was numerically simulated on a 3d meso-mechanical model. then, the authors discussed how the loading speed, aggregate volume content, and aggregate particle size affect the dynamic mechanical properties of concrete. the simulation results show that the damage morphology of concrete under dynamic load agrees well with that of theoretical analysis; the peak stress of concrete increased with the loading speed; the peak stress of concrete also increased with aggregate volume content; however, the peak stress of concrete gradually decreased with the increase in aggregate particle size under the constant volume content and grading of aggregate. the research findings shed new light on anti-impact design of concrete structures. acknowledgments he research of this paper is made possible by the generous support from the national natural science foundation of china (grant no: 51678221); key project of natural science research in anhui universities (grant no: kj2017a405); natural science research project of west anhui university (grant no: wxzr201615; wxzr201626; 2010lw009; kj103762015b12). references [1] bischoff, p.h. and perry, s.h. (1991). compressive behaviour of concrete at high strain rates, materials and structures, 24, pp. 425-450. [2] gary, g. and bailly, p., (1998). behaviour of quasi-brittle material at high strain rate. experiment and modelling, european journal of mechanics-a/solids, 17, pp. 403-420. [3] geng, b.y., ni, w., wu, h., huang, x.y., cui, x.w., shuang, wang, s. and zhang, s.q. (2016). on high-strength lowshrinkage itos-based concrete, international journal of heat and technology, 34, pp. 677-686. [4] brara, a., camborde, f., lepaczko, j.k. and mariotti, c. (2001). experimental and numerical study of concrete at high strain rates in tension, mechanics of materials, 23, pp. 33-45. [5] pedersen, r.r., simone, a. and sluys, l.j. (2013). mesoscopic modeling and simulation of the dynamic tensile behavior of concrete, cement and concrete research, 50, pp.74-87. [6] schlangen, e. and garboczi, e.j. (1997). fracture simulations of concrete using lattice models: computational aspects, engineering fracture mechanics, 57, pp. 319-332. [7] li, g.l. and mier, j.g. (2003). 3d lattice type fracture model for concrete, engineering fracture mechanic, 70, pp. 927941. [8] cundall, p.a., strack, o.d. (1979). a discrete numerical model for granular assemblies, geotechnique, 29, pp. 47-65. [9] bažant, z.p., tabbara, m.r., kazemi, m.t. and pijaudier-cabot, g. (1990). random particle model for fracture of aggregate or fiber composites, journal of engineering mechanics, 116, pp. 1686-1705. [10] liu, g.t. and wang, z.m., (1996). numerieal simulation study of fraeture of concrete materials using random aggrega model, journal of tsinghua university (science and technology), 36, pp. 84-89. [11] wang, z., kwan, a. and chan, h., (1999). mesoscopic study of concrete i: generation of random aggregate structure and finite element mesh, computers & structures, 70, pp. 533-544. [12] zhu, w. and tang, c., (2002). numerical simulation on shear fracture process of concrete using mesoscopic mechanical model, construction and building materials, 16, pp. 453-463. [13] zhu, w., tang, c. and wang, s., (2005). numerical study on the influence of mesomechanical properties on macroscopic fracture of concrete, structural engineering and mechanics, 19, pp. 519-534. t t f. qui et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45 (2018) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.45.01 13 [14] song, j. and chen, f.y. (2015). calculation model for thermo-mechanical coupling and 3d numerical simulation for concrete tower of cable-stayed bridge, mathematical modelling of engineering problems, 2, pp. 9-12. [15] liu, h.f. and ning, h.f. (2012). constitutive model for concrete subjected to impact loading, journal of southeast university, 28, pp. 79-84. [16] zhang, h.y., (2015). thermodynamic property of concrete and temperature field analysis of the base plate of intake tower during construction period, international journal of heat and technology, 33, pp. 145-154. [17] liu, h.f. and han, l. (2016). numerical simulation of dynamic mechanical behavior of concrete with twodimensional random distribution of coarse aggregate, chinese journal of high pressure physics, 30, pp. 191-199. [18] liu, h.f. and ning, j.g. (2009). a meso-mechanical constitutive model of concrete subjected to impact loading, explosion and shock waves, 29, pp. 2261-267. [19] liu, h.f., wang, y.y. and song, j.x. (2016). numerical simulation of dynamic mechanical behaviors of desert sand concrete, journal of hydraulic engineering, 47, pp. 493-500. [20] du, x.l., tian, r.j., peng, y.j. and tian, y.d. (2009). numerical simulation of concrete dynamic compressive strength under impact loading based on mesomechanics, journal of beijing university of technology, 35, pp. 213-217. [21] du, x.l. and jin, l. (2011). mechanical property reserch on concrete based on random multi-scale mechanical model, engineering mechanics, 28, pp. 151-155. [22] ren, w.y., yang, z.j. and huang, y.j. (2015). meso-scale fracture modelling of concrete based on x-ray computed tomography images, journal of hydraulic engineering, 46, pp. 452-459. [23] park, s.w., xia, q. and zhou, m. (2001). dynamic behavior of concrete at high strain rates and pressures: ii. numerical simulation, international journal of impact engineering, 25, pp. 7887-7910. [24] wang, z.m. and qiu, z.z. (2005). random aggregate structure of mesoscopic concrete and finite element mesh, chinese journal of computational mechanics, 22, pp. 728-732. [25] xu, h. and wen, h.m. (2016). a computational constitutive model for concrete subjected to dynamic loadings ,2016, international journal of impact engineering, 91, pp. 116-125. [26] song, l.z., shen, t. and yu, b. (2013). the approach to establishing a two-dimensional parameterized aggregate model for concrete simulation, engineering mechanics, 30, pp. 5-13. [27] zhang, z.h., zhao, h. and yu, h. (2011). experimental and numerical simulation of concrete dynamic mechanical properties, chinese journal of high pressure physic, 25, pp. 533-538. [28] xu, p.b., xu, h. and wen, h.m. (2016). 3d meso-mechanical modeling of concrete spall tests, international journal of impact engineering, 97, pp. 46-56. [29] xu, h. and wen, h.m. (2016). a computational constitutive model for concrete subjected to dynamic loadings, international journal of impact engineering, 91, pp. 116-125. [30] riggers, p. and moftah, s.o. (2006). mesoscale models for concrete: homogenisation and damage behaviour, finite elements in analysis and design, 42, 623-636. [31] hao, y., hao, h. and zhang, x. (2012). numerical analysis of concrete material properties at high strain rate under direct tension, international journal of impact engineering, 39, pp. 51-62. [32] hartmann, t., pietzsch, a. and gebbeken, n. (2010). a hydrocode material model for concrete, international journal of protective structures, 4, 443-468. [33] xu, h. and wen, h. (2013). semi-empirical equations for the dynamic strength enhancement of concrete-like materials, international journal of impact engineering, 60, pp. 6-81. [34] malvar, l.j., crawford, j.e., wesevich, j.w. and simons, d. (1997). a plasticity concrete material model for dyna3d, international journal of impact engineering, 19, pp. 847-873. [35] william, k. and warnke, e., (1975). constitutive model for the triaxial behavior of concrete, international association for bridge and structural engineering, bergamo, italy. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_19_2537 a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 231 crack growth study under thermo-mechanical loads: parametric analysis for 2024 t3 aluminum alloy salmi abdallah, elajrami mohamed university of djillali liabès of sidi bel-abbes, algeria salmiabdallah08@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8352-8801 eladjrami_mohamed@yahoo.fr mohamed el-amine slimani university of science and technology houari boumediene, bab-ezzouar, 16111 algiers, algeria mslimani@usthb.dz, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8725-4892 abstract. due to their severe operating conditions, many industrial components are subjected to complex combinations of cyclic mechanical stresses and thermal pressures. these combinations are responsible for the initiation and propagation of fatigue cracks in these parts, which can lead to failure. thus, the study of the fatigue strength of these parts in such conditions becomes essential because it allows us to predict the life and safety of components. this study examines the influence of the load ratio and temperature on the propagation rate of long cracks on the outer surface. the propagation of a fatigue crack in abaqus was therefore automatically simulated using an identified paris law of 2024 t3 aluminum alloy. therefore, the study of these components' fatigue resistance in such conditions becomes essential to predict the service life and safety of the components. keywords. 2024 t3 aluminum alloy; crack growth; temperature; finite elements; thermo-mechanical fatigue. citation: salmi, a., elajrami, m., slimani, m. e.a., crack growth study under thermomechanical loads: parametric analysis for 2024 t3 aluminum alloy, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241. received: 07.06.2019 accepted: 16.08.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction o determine whether a crack is present in an equipment under thermo-mechanical loads, it is necessary, for obvious safety reasons, to identify accurately its harmfulness degree. when this crack spreads, under thermo-mechanical loads, it is important to quickly assess the evolution of this harmfulness degree and more concretely the residual life of the cracked structure. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2537.mp4 a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 232 the resolution of this type of problem, within the framework of fracture mechanics, is carried out classically using the finite element method. but digital simulation of two-dimensional crack growth is challenging to simulate due to mesh-size reasons [1]. the asymptotic behavior of the displacement field in the vicinity of the crack front requires the local use of an extremely refined mesh size. since the remeshing of the complete structure at each stage of the front is prohibitive, one solution is to isolate the discontinuity in a crack block, representing the strict vicinity of the crack, whose mesh size depends on the size of the defect and which can be inserted at any time into the rest of the structure, whose mesh size is fixed once and for all. we can mention, among others. dhondt [2] proposed an alternative solution for local remeshing with a generation of hexahedral elements at the crack passage, within the same framework as the finite element method. more generally, there are so-called "mesh-less" methods, which, in principle, make it possible to get rid of all the difficulties associated with mesh size, but at a higher price. jordan [3] studied the effect of the additional sdb (slide diamond burnishing) parameters on the fatigue behavior of the 2024-t3 al alloy has been studied experimentally. samples of smooth, hourglass-shaped samples were blade-polished using different combinations of additional sdb parameters and then subjected to flexural fatigue tests. residual stresses, introduced by the sdb, were measured by the x-ray diffraction technique. the microstructure close to the surface of the samples polished on a slide was studied. it has been established that the sdb produces two main effects, which depend on additional parameters of the sdb. the essence of the macro-effect is the creation of residual compressive stresses in the superficial and submarine layers. these constraints delay the formation and growth of fatigue macro cracks and thus increase the life of the polished components per blade. monotonic tests were performed from karakaş and szusta [4] to determine the influence of temperature on the mechanical properties of the material. the purpose of the cyclic tests was to acquire the parameters required for the manson-coffin equation in order to plot the stress-fatigue life curves. in addition, the stress-strain behavior of the alloy and the cyclic hardening behavior were evaluated using the ramberg-osgood equation. the results obtained indicate that the fatigue life is reduced when the operating temperature increases. punith gowda [5] reveals the study of the mechanical properties of al2024-tungsten carbide mmcs (metal matrix composites) containing tungsten carbide (wc) particles. the reinforcing particles in al2024 alloy ranged from 0% to 5% by weight. the results of this study revealed that as the tungsten carbide particle content increased, tensile strength, hardness, and young modulus, compressive strength, increased. significantly, accompanied by a reduction in ductility. mohammad zaki [6] reveals the influences of anodizing parameters of al 2024 t3 in tsa (tartaric-sulphuric acid) on the thickness, the weight and corrosion resistance of the anodized layer are studied. the corrosion resistance test was performed by running a salt spray test for 336 hours and anodic polarization measurements using a potentiostat. the results of showed that the most important factor in determining the thickness and weight of the anodized layer is the temperature, followed by the applied voltage, the voltage-temperature interaction, the temperature and the duration of the layer [6]. figure 1: sample (30 mm*10 mm*2.29mm) 10 mm 30 mm plate thickness 2.29 stress crack fixed end a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 233 this study presents a tool for simulating the crack growth in thermo-mechanically loaded equipment. this tool is based on the crack block concept and aims to minimize the cost of meshing operations, which are prevalent in this type of application. moreover, this work is based on the creation of a program in python language using the advantages of the abaqus calculation codes, chosen for their respective flexibility in terms of mesh size and geometric modeler, in the absence of a versatile tool. the reminder of the article is organized as follows: section 2 describes the material used to conduct this study. section 3 discusses the results and, finally, section 4 summarizes the results of this work and draws conclusions. to study the characteristics of long-standing cracks, all tests were performed in ambient air with a frequency of 10 hz [7] and under sinusoidal loading of constant amplitude 118 mpa [8], with a load ratio r between 0.1 and 0.7. the purpose of these tests is to characterize the behavior of long cracks in the case of 2024 t3 aluminum alloy plates by determining the propagation threshold and the parisian law coefficients. initial crack size ainit = 5.08mm capable spread to a critical final size a = 7.18 mm. fig. 1 shows the sample (30 mm*10 mm*2.29mm) exposed to an initial temperature of 20°c. this study focuses on the behavior of an external crack, since the rate of crack propagation is more severe [9]. study material 2024-t3 alloy he 2024 alloy is a copper magnesium aluminum alloy with a high copper content of up to 4% by mass. generally, impurities such as iron and silicon are always present in the composition. in addition to the precipitation hardening, fine particles of size ≈ 100 nm formed during heat treatment, alloy 2024 also contains intermetallic particles. these particles are much larger than the hardening precipitates; they are formed during processing and have no effect in the curing process. on the other hand, they have an important role in the phenomena of localized corrosion. baog et al. [10] estimated that the density of intermetallic is in the order of 300,000 particles/cm2. the microstructure of these alloys becomes very complex given the difference in composition and the different forms of this intermetallic, which are of two types: • the particles s (al2cumg): according to bechet et al. [11], the particles s represent 60% of the intermetallic particles present in the alloy 2024-t3. they have a rounded shape, with sizes ranging from 1 to 5 µm [12]. •the particles of al-cu-fe (mn): several authors have worked on the characterization of these particles according to their size and their chemical composition [10, 11, and 13]. al-cu-fe (mn) particles are generally larger than s-phase particles, with sizes ranging from 10 to 25 µm and irregular shapes. tab. 1 summarizes the intermetallic particles of this type present in the 2024-t3 alloy. table 1: synthesis of the different intermetallic compounds of the al-cu-fe (mn) type present in alloy 2024-t3 elastoplastic behaviour tab. 2 presents the standard elastic properties of aluminum 2024 t3 [15]. modulus of elasticity (gpa) poisson coefficient coefficient of thermal expansion (mm/m*k) thermal conductivity (w/m*k) specific heat capacity (j/kg*k) density (g/cm3) 73 0.33 22.8 120 870 2.77 table 2: mechanical properties of 2024-t3 aluminum alloy t composition reference al7cufe2 [10, 13] al12 (fe, mn) 3si [14] al6 (fe, cu, mn) [11, 13, 14] (al, cu) 6mn [11, 13] al6mnfe2 [11] al20 (cu, fe, mn) 5si [10] a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 234 tab. 3 provides the 2024t3 aluminum alloy chemical compositions [4]. table 3: chemical composition by mass in percentage. results and discussion aris and erdogan have constructed a quantitative framework of fatigue fracture mechanics, which correlates the fatigue crack growth rate to the range of stress intensity factor as follows [16]: mda c k dn   (1) where c and m are empirical material constants, ∆k = kmax kmin is the stress intensity factor range in fatigue loading, n is number of cycles, and da is crack extension length. the following correlation gives the relation between c and m parameters: log c = a + bm (2) a and b 0  where: a is the ordinate at the origin and b is the slope of the regression line. or c = m a b (3) with a =10 = a p da dn       b =10 = k b p   ( ); ( ) p p da mm k mpa m dn cycle           coordinates of the pivot point [17]. the material constants in paris equation depicted in tab. 4 [18]: plate thickness 2.29 mm plate thickness 6.35 (mm) m = 3.2828 m = 4.224 c = 3.63 e-13 c = 1.51 e-15 table 4: material constants in paris law for aluminum panel. the total number of stress cycles n required for a short crack to propagate from the initial crack length a0 to any crack length a can then be determined as 1 z i i n n    (4) ni stress cycles required for the appearance of the initial crack i = 1; 2; 3; . . . ; z z number of grains transverse by the crack material cu fe si cr mg mn zn ti 2024-t3 4.82 0.18 0.07 0.02 1.67 0.58 0.06 0.15 p a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 235 when the crack extends over ten or more grains, the influence of the material structure on the growth of the crack becomes negligible and the theory of mechanics of linear elastic fracture can be applied later [19]. in this simple form, the presence of a growth threshold of fatigue cracks and a limit greater than ∆k (stress intensity factor range) for the fracture are not shown, although, if appropriate, expressions taking into account these limits, as well as the influence of the load ratio of the cycle r = pmin / pmax can be easily found in the literature. load ratio influence ig. 2 shows the curves representing the cracking rate versus the stress intensity factor range for the different load ratios studied. fig. 2 indicates that the propagation rates vary according to the load ratio. the load ratio effect is very important, in fact, the propagation rate at r=0.3 is much higher than at r = 0.1 in the range 19.07 mpa√m<∆k<37.55 mpa√m. for example, for ∆k = 23.55 mpa√m, the propagation rate for r = 0.1 is about 9.89e-5 m/cycle, while it is more than twice as high for r = 0.3 (da/dn =1.11e-4 m/cycle). the same observations can be made if the different load ratios r = 0.3 and r=0.4 are compared. r = 0.4 and r = 0.5 and finally r = 0.5 and r = 0.7. figure 2: load ratio influence on crack propagation the impact of the load ratio r (0.1, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 and 0.7) was verified. indeed, the load ratio effect has a very significant impact on the crack propagation rate of the 2024 t3 aluminum alloy. to study the influence of the load ratio on the propagation time of a fatigue crack, fig. 3 shows the propagation of a 5 mm crack as a function of the number of cycles for load ratios 0.1, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 and 0.7 under a maximum stress of 118 mpa. figure 3: propagation time of a 5mm crack for different load ratios. f a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 236 the results show that the number of cycles increases with the load ratio, that is the higher the load ratio, the greater the cracking resistance at the same maximum stress. we also note that: the paper presents a computational model for determining the lifetime of crack propagation for 2024 t3 aluminum alloy. the fatigue process is divided into crack initiation (ni) and crack propagation (np) periods, which allows the total lifetime to be determined as n ni np  (5) influence of temperature hese results present a digital calculation of the plate. thermal and mechanical results are exposed respectively. thermal results fig. 4 shows the temperature changes as a function of the x-position in the thickness. figure 4: temperature changes as a function of the x-position in the thickness at different temperatures these results show that the thermal gradient in the thickness continues by conduction and decreases during the inner face of the plate. the temperature field in the plate has been well estimated by our calculations. mechanical results this section presents the results of the calculation with a model in which the mechanical behaviour of each phase is of the elasto-plastic type with linear cinematic hardening. the axial displacement variations follow the thickness are represented by the figs. 5 < a (a=5.08mm); b (a=5.50mm); c (a=6.34mm); d (a=7.18mm)> for differing temperatures at crack widths ranging from 5.08 to 7.18. on the one hand in fig. 5: we note that for each x-position in thickness, when the temperature increases from + 30°c to +60°c, the changes in the very high axial displacement is more apparent for crack widths greater than 7.18 mm. on the other hand, for a x-position in thickness and constant temperature, with an increase in crack width from a=5.08mm to 7.18mm, the changes in axial displacement increase. deformation variations according to thickness are illustrated in fig. 6 < a (a=5.08mm); b (a=5.50mm); c (a=6.34mm); d (a=7.18mm)> to differentiate temperatures at crack widths ranging from 5.08 to 7.18 mm. these results also indicate that: the overall deformations of the plate increase significantly, when the thermal and mechanical aspect are coupled. overall, compared to the thermo-mechanical growth cases presented above, the overall deformations of the plate are less well simulated in this case. t a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 237 the equivalent stress variations according to vosmises follow thickness are represented by the figs. 7 < a (a=5.08mm); b (a=5.50mm); c (a=6.34mm); d (a=7.18mm)> to differ from temperatures at crack width between 5.08 and 7.18 mm. 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1x104 2x104 3x104 4x104 5x104 d is p la c e m e n t (u m ) x-position in the thickness(mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c 0 2 4 6 8 10 1x104 2x104 3x104 4x104 5x104 6x104 d is p la c e m e n t (u m ) x-position in the thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c a b 0 2 4 6 8 10 2x104 3x104 4x104 5x104 6x104 7x104 8x104 d is p la c e m e n t (u m ) x-position in the thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c 0 2 4 6 8 10 2x104 3x104 4x104 5x104 6x104 7x104 8x104 9x104 1x105 d is p la c e m e n t (u m ) x-position in the thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c c d figure 5: variations in axial displacement follow from the x-position in the thickness at different temperatures 0 2 4 6 8 10 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 d e fo rm a ti o n (u m ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c 0 2 4 6 8 10 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 d e fo rm a tio n ( u m ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c a b a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 238 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 d e fo rm a ti o n ( u m ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 d e fo rm a ti o n ( u m ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c c d figure 6: deformation variations determined from the x-position in thickness to various temperatures 0 2 4 6 8 10 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 st re ss ( p a ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c 0 2 4 6 8 10 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 st re s s (p a ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c a b 0 2 4 6 8 10 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 s tr e s s (p a ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c 0 2 4 6 8 10 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 s tr e s s ( p a ) x-position in thickness (mm) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c c d figure 7: variations in equivalent stress according to vosmises following from x-position in thickness to various temperatures we also note that: a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 239 maximal value of the von-mises stress due to the thermo-mechanical effect is located at the level of the crack axis. stress distribution is very different with singularities at the x-position in the thickness. in an aluminum alloy plate, the stresses range from 0 mpa to 100 mpa. the difference is quite significant, around 20 mpa, so we can observe the good thermal and mechanical behavior. decrease in stress on the inside edge. if the temperature increases, the equivalent stress increases at any temperature, which validates the published results. variations in equivalent stress according to vos-mises as a function of axial displacement are represented in figs. 8 < a (a=5.08mm); b (a=5.50mm); c (a=6.34mm); d (a=7.18mm)> at different temperatures for crack width between 5.08 and 7.18. 5,0x103 1,0x104 1,5x104 2,0x104 2,5x104 3,0x104 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 s tr e s s (p a ) displacement (um) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 s tr e s s (p a ) displacement (um) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c a b 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 45000 50000 55000 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 st re ss ( p a ) displacement (um) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c 4x104 5x104 6x104 7x104 8x104 9x104 -1x107 0 1x107 2x107 3x107 4x107 5x107 6x107 7x107 8x107 9x107 1x108 1x108 st re ss ( p a ) displacement (um) t=30°c t=40°c t=50°c t=60°c c d figure 8: variations in equivalent stress according to von-mises as a function of axial displacement at different temperatures conclusions he obtained results reveal a difference in behaviour at the selected node levels relative to the conditions imposed by the proposed model. thermo-mechanical input was found to show a significant increase in stress relative to the elasticity threshold of this 2024 t3 aluminum alloy, relative to mechanical input. the following conclusions can be made: the proposed model is used to determine the number of ni loading cycles required to initiate fatigue damage through certain loading cycles and the introduction of adequate material fatigue parameters. the method used for numerical t a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 240 modelling and the possibility of predicting the initiation of fatigue damage in mechanical elements following a cyclic contact solicitation represent this contribution to the problems examined. the qualitative effect of load ratio is to shift a growth rate curve along a line passing through the inflection points. the observation that this shift is not horizontal forms the basis for stress ratio modeling with the hyperbolic sine when the curve is completed. the use of the appropriate mechanical behavior laws for the different phases of thermo-mechanical growth plays an important role in the mechanical results, in particular on the distribution of residual stresses in the structure. thus, the increase in temperature leads to an increase in the equivalent stresses of von-mises, axial displacements and total deformation of the plates. the thermo-mechanical effect occurring at the conditions of the performed tensile , depends on the temperature and the direction of sampling concerning the plate rolling direction. the effect occurs even at such low temperature as 30°c and is most in-tense in the temperature range 50 60°c. von-mises stresses and overall deformations and plate contact pressures increase significantly when the thermal and mechanical aspect is coupled. the effect of temperature on crack propagation is presented, giving the best lifetime prediction. the damage becomes more pronounced with higher temperature finally, it is important to note that the "strong" coupling between temperature and mechanical variables (stress, strain, strain, and damage) is very important. temperature considerations in plastic or visco-plastic models allow the behaviour of structures to be well represented without complex loads. additional analyses should be conducted to assess the applicability and limitations of the methodology for studying cases in which significant behavior of plastic deformation is involved. acknowledgements he authors are especially grateful for the support provided by the laboratory (lms). department of mechanical engineering, faculty of technology, university djillali liabès of sidi bel-abbes, algeria and research unit in renewable energies in the desert center adrar, algeria. references [1] chapuliot, s. (2000). formulaire de ki pour les tubes avec un défaut de surface semi-elliptique longitudinal ou circonférentiel, interne ou externe, direction des réacteurs nucléaires. rapport de recherche., cea r-5900. [2] dhondt, g. (1998). cutting of a 3d finite element mesh for automatic mode i crack propagation calculations, international journal for numerical methods in engineering., 42, pp. 749-772. doi: 10.1002/(sici)1097-0207. [3] jordan, t.m., angel, p.a., galya, v.d., nikolaj, g., kenan, f.s. and vladimir, p.d. (2018). impact of slide diamond burnishing additional parameters on fatigue behaviour of 2024 -t3 al alloy, fatigue fract eng mater struct., 42, pp. 1– 11. doi:10.1111/ffe.12915. [4] karakaş, ö. and szusta, j. (2016). monotonic and low cycle fatigue behaviour of 2024-t3 aluminum alloy between room temperature and 300 °c for designing vawt components, fatigue fract engng mater struct., 39, pp. 95–109. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12336. [5] gowda, p., prakash, k., shivashankare gowda, j.n., and satish babu, b. (2015). effect of particulate reinforcement on the mechanical properties of al2024-wc mmcs, journal of minerals and materials characterization and engineering, 3, pp. 469-476. doi: 10.4236/jmmce.2015.36049. [6] zaki, m., wahab, m., sutarno and wahyudi, s. (2015). effects of anodizing parameters in tartaric-sulphuric acid on coating thickness and corrosion resistance of al 2024 t3 alloy, journal of minerals and materials characterization and engineering, 3, pp. 154-163. doi: 10.4236/jmmce.2015.33018. [7] manti, r., dwivedi, d.k. and agarwal, a. (2008). pulse tig welding of two al-mg-si alloys, journal of materials engineering and performance, 17, pp. 667–673. doi: 10.1007/s11665-008-9210-z. [8] abdullah, s., beden, s.m. and ariffin, a.k. (2011). fatigue crack growth simulation of aluminum alloy under cyclic sequence effects, in tech pub., 247. doi: 10.5772/14898. [9] guedri, a. (2008). conception et simulation numérique des caractéristiques mécaniques des pipelines, ph.d. thesis, université badji mokhtar. annaba. algeria. t a. salmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 231-241; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.19 241 [10] boag, a., hughes, a.e., wilson, n.c., torpy, a., macrae, c.m., glenn, a.m. and muster, t. (2009). how complex is the microstructure of aa2024-t3, corros. sci., 51(8), pp. 1565–1568. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2009.05.001. [11] buchheit, r., grant, r., hlava, p., mckenzie, b. and zender, g. (1997). local dissolution phenomena associated with s phase (al2cumg) particles in aluminum alloy 2024-t3, journal of the electrochemical society, 144(8), pp. 2621–2628. doi: 10.1149/1.1837874. [12] liao, c.m., olive, j., gao, m. and wei, r. (1998). in-situ monitoring of pitting corrosion in aluminum alloy 2024, corrosion., 54(6), pp. 451–458. doi: 10.5006/1.3284873. [13] guillaumin, v. and mankowski, g. (1999). localized corrosion of 2024 t351 aluminum alloy in chloride media, corros. sci., 41(3), pp. 421–438. doi: 10.1016/s0010-938x(98)00116-4. [14] starke jr, e. and staley, j. (1996). application of modern aluminum alloys to aircraft, prog aerosp sci., 32(2-3), pp. 131–172. doi: 10.1016/0376-0421(95)00004-6. [15] hénaff, g. (2005). fatigue des matériaux et des structures, cours ensma, poitiers, france. [16] alihosseini, h., dehghani, k. and faraji, g. (2014). simulation of fatigue life behavior of circular cross-section bar with straight-fronted crack, modeling and numerical simulation of material science., 4, pp. 128-135. doi: 10.4236/mnsms.2014.43014. [17] wang, h. (1997). contribution à l'étude de l'influence des paramètres de chargement sur la modélisation de la propagation de fissure par fatigue sous amplitude de chargement constant, ph.d. thesis, university of science and technology of lille. [18] hosseini-toudeshky, h., mohammadi, b., sadeghi, g. and daghyani, h.r. (2007). numerical and experimental fatigue crack growth analysis in mode-i for repaired aluminum panels using composite material, composites., part a. 38(4), pp. 1141-1148. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesa.2006.06.003. [19] glodez, s. and flasker, j. (1997). model utrujanja zobnih bokov z upoštevanjem parametrov mehanike loma a fracture mechanics model of gear flanks fatigue, journal of mechanical engineering, 43(5-6), pp. 203-218. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_52_art_01_2588 y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 1 building crack monitoring based on digital image processing yanyan xu, yanxia cai*, dandan li,tierui zhang hengshui university, hengshui, hebei province 053000, china xyy_xu@126.com, yxcyanx@yeah.net, zzaod5@163.com abstract. building crack monitoring is of great value to the judgment of building safety. in this study, the digital image processing technology was studied and applied to the monitoring of building cracks. crack images were collected by ccd camera, and then operations such as graying, correction, denoising and segmentation were carried out to obtain clear crack images. the obtained images were processed morphologically to further improve the quality. finally, the width and length of cracks were calculated. in the case analysis, the results of 15 cracks measured by a microscope were taken as the standards and compared with the calculated results. the results showed that the results calculated in this study and the manual measurement results differed little, and the average errors of the width and length were 0.021 mm and 0.024 mm respectively, which suggested that the method proposed had a high reliability. the findings of this study provide a new idea for the further development of the building crack monitoring field and is conducive to the accurate assessment of building safety. keywords. digital image processing; building crack; monitoring; histogram equalization. citation: xu, y.y., cai, y.x., li, d.d., zhang, t.r., building crack monitoring based on digital image processing, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52(2020) 1-8. received: 06.08.2019 accepted: 05.12.2019 published: 01.04.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n the process of concrete production, due to the uneven expansion and contraction, cracks will inevitably occur in the ground. in the process of component transportation and assembly, cracks may also occur due to the influence of external environment. in the process of building use, cracks will gradually occur along with the deformation of materials. building cracks will continue to develop and expand to destroy the integrity of the building structure, resulting in a decline in the mechanical properties of the overall structure; if serious, it may lead to shorter building life and cause safety accidents. cracks in buildings develop slowly, and changes in the width and length can reflect the safety of buildings. therefore, effective monitoring of cracks has important practical values [1]. with the development of technology, digital image processing has shown excellent performance in crack monitoring. riyadi et al. [2] monitored pavement cracks with digital image processing technology, developed detection technology through the gauss pyramid method, classified cracks and non-cracks by linear discrimination, and found that the method had an accuracy of 92.8571% and the processing time of each picture was 1.5 seconds. kim et al. [3] combined unmanned aerial vehicle (uav) technology with digital image processing technology to realize the crack assessment of concrete structures and found that the system could successfully i https://youtu.be/bwlazeacpfw y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 2 measure cracks with thickness greater than 0.1 mm and the estimated error of the maximum length was 7.3%. hoang et al. [4] studied the detection and classification of cracks in asphalt pavement, processed images with digital image processing technology, classified images by machine learning algorithm, and found that the method was helpful to assist inspectors in assessing pavement conditions. lu et al. [5] studied the cracks of cement matrix composites, designed a double threshold algorithm for image processing, and found through experiments that the proposed method could effectively calculate the crack width. felli et al. [6] studied related cracks of the right foreleg of colleoni equestrian statue and made long-term examination on the crack expansion through pasting fiber bragg grating sensor. in this study, a series of digital image processing methods were designed for building cracks, and the example analysis verified that the proposed method had high monitoring accuracy, which provides some bases for its practical application and is conducive to the effective evaluation of building health and the improvement of safety and reliability of buildings. digital image processing igital images refer to images composed of data points (pixels). taking a 360*500 image as an example, it refers to an image which is composed of 360 rows of pixels and 500 columns of pixels. digital image processing refers to the transformation of image signal to digital signal through computer. digital image processing has many advantages: (1) high accuracy: by processing each pixel in the image, the image can maintain a high accuracy; (2) high processing speed: data-based digital images can perform various operations quickly in the process of processing; (3) easy storage: unlike paper images, digital images are not affected by time and are easy to store; (4) a wide range of applications: no matter what kind of equipment the image is collected, it can be processed by digital image processing; (5) high flexibility: linear and non-linear processing can be realized. in the actual acquisition, the image of building cracks may be affected by illumination, photography, occlusion and so on, which makes the boundary between cracks and background unclear and makes it difficult to accurately extract cracks. clear crack images can be obtained through digital image processing technology to realize the monitoring of cracks. image processing method for building cracks image acquisition n order to obtain high-quality images, the selected image acquisition equipment should have high pixel and resolution. in this study, mv-vdm200sm/sc ccd industrial camera produced by video digital image company (fig. 1) was used. some of its parameters are shown in tab. 1. figure 1: ccd camera. maximum resolution 1600* 1200 pixel size 4.40 μm × 4.40 μm frame rate 12 fps output mode usb2.0 power supply requirements 5v power 2.4w table 1: parameters of ccd camera. d i y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 3 in the process of acquisition, the lens was located in front of the crack. the stable image was obtained by tripod and level instrument, and a ruler was set around the crack to provide a standard for crack calculation. then the acquired image was input to the computer through usb. image preprocessing under the influence of illumination and noise, the collected images often have some problems, such as low clarity and inconspicuous details, which are not conducive to crack monitoring. therefore, image preprocessing is needed to improve the quality. image graying the image captured by camera is usually color image in rgb format. the amount of calculation involved in the processing is considerable, which can seriously affect the speed of image processing. therefore, it is necessary to gray the rgb image. in this study, graying was achieved by the weighted average method [7]. it is assumed that there is an rgb image  ,f i j . the treatment formula is:        , 0.3 , 0.59 , 0.11 ,f i j r i j g i j b i j   . (1) gray level correction in order to improve the gray resolution of the image, gray correction can be made to the image. in this study, the image was corrected by the histogram equalization method [8]. firstly, the gray histogram  kp r of the image is calculated:   , 0,1, , 225kk n p r k n    , where kr stands for the k -th grayscale, n stands for number of pixels, kn stands for the number of pixels with gray level of k , and  kp r stands for the proportion of kr in the whole image. the cumulative distribution function ks is calculated: 0 k j k j n s n   . (2) ks is taken as a transform function to correct the gray level of the image: 225 0.5kk s g n    , where kg stands for the new grayscale of the corrected image. all the gray levels of the image are corrected according to the above procedures, and then the corrected gray level image is obtained. image denoising the image is denoised by median filter [9], that is, the gray value in window w is ranked. then the median value is used as the gray value of the central point. the calculation formula is:       , , , ,g p q med f p i q j i j w    , (3) where  ,f i j stands for the original gray value in w and  ,g p q stands for the gray value after median filtering denoising. image segmentation cracks and background are separated by image binarization. for the original image  ,f x y , threshold t is set, and the segmented image is:       1 , , 0 , f x y t g x y f x y t     . (4) y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 4 the method for determining the threshold is as follows. firstly the initial threshold max min 2 t t t   is calculated, where maxt and min t stand for the maximum and minimum gray values in the image respectively. the image gray level is divided into two groups, group 1 with gray level larger than t and group 2 with gray level smaller or equal to t . the average gray values 1 and 2 of the two groups are calculated. suppose 1 2 2 t    . the above procedures repeat until t is stable, and finally the binarization threshold is obtained. crack calculation morphological treatment or the segmented crack image, the morphological algorithm is taken for further improvement, which mainly includes two steps: corrosion and expansion. (1) corrosion:   |a b x b x a   , where a stands for the target image and b stands for the structural element. the noise and burr in the image can be further removed after corrosion. (2) expansion:   |a b x b x x    . after expansion, the image can be restored to the original size. calculation of crack width coordinates are set around the crack to calculate the distance between the two points:    2 2right left right leftw x x y y    , where  represents the pixel scale parameter, which is the actual size represented by the pixel. as cracks are mostly irregular, the coordinates of left pixels are kept unchanged in the calculation, and then the coordinates of right pixels are calculated in turn with the window size of 5×5, and the minimum value is denoted as the crack width. calculation of crack length the length of crack is calculated through the euclidean distance between the starting point of crack  ,s sx y and the ending point  ,e ex y :     2 2 e s e sl x x y y    , where  stands for the pixel proportion parameter. case study crack image acquisition ifteen cracks were collected by ccd camera in building a in hengshui, hebei, china. the data of the length and width of the fifteen cracks were collected using a wysk-40x reading microscope (fig. 2). the specification of the microscope was 50 × 23 × 138 mm. the focus of the microscope was adjustable, and it carried with pure white led light source, had scale, and had 40x magnification. figure 2: the reading microscope. f f y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 5 image processing the images were processed using the method described in the section of image preprocessing. four of the images were taken as examples, and the original images of the four images are shown in fig. 3. figure 3: original crack images. it was found from fig. 3 that the quality of crack images was poor under the influence of illumination and noise, which was not conducive to crack monitoring. the crack images obtained after the processing of the digital image processing method proposed in this study are shown in fig. 4. figure 4: crack images after processing. it was found from fig. 4 that the crack images obtained were clearer and distinct from the background after processing such as denoising, segmentation and morphological treatment, which was conducive to the subsequent crack calculation. crack calculations the width and length of the extracted crack images were calculated using the method mentioned in the section of crack calculation. the comparison between the calculated results and manual monitoring results is shown in fig. 5 and 6. y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 6 figure 5: comparison of crack width. figure 6: comparison of crack length. it was found from fig. 5 and 6 that the width and length of cracks calculated by the method were almost the same as the measured values, which showed that the method had a high monitoring accuracy and could replace manual monitoring to achieve effective monitoring of cracks. the errors between the results obtained by the proposed method and those obtained by manual monitoring are shown in tab. 2. number of image width error/mm length error/mm 1 0.01 0.03 2 0.01 0.01 3 0.03 0.02 4 0.01 0.03 5 0.03 0.03 6 0.03 0.04 7 0.01 0.04 8 0.02 0.03 9 0.01 0.01 10 0.03 0.02 11 0.02 0.02 12 0.02 0.02 13 0.03 0.03 14 0.04 0.02 15 0.02 0.01 average error 0.021 0.024 table 2: errors between the results obtained using the method proposed in this study and the manual detection results it was found from tab. 2 that the maximum error of the method was 0.04 mm, the minimum error was 0.01 mm, and the average error was 0.021 mm in the width monitoring; in the length monitoring, the maximum error was 0.04 mm, the minimum error was 0.01 mm, and the average error was 0.024 mm. the errors were so small that could be nearly neglected, which would not affect the evaluation of cracks, suggesting that the method was reliable. all the results showed that the digital image processing method could obtain almost the same results as the manual monitoring, with a good accuracy, and could realize the effective monitoring of building cracks. discussion igital image processing has a good application in many fields [10]. for example, in the field of medicine, it can analyze ultrasound and electrocardiogram images [11] to provide a guidance for doctors’ surgery [12]. in the field of industry, it can realize the analysis and detection of circuits, chips, micro parts, etc [13,14]. in the field of d y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 7 security, it can identify fingerprints and iris [15]. in the field of art, it can realize the restoration and reconstruction of cultural relic pictures [16]. cracks in buildings are closely related to the overall safety of buildings. monitoring cracks is an important work of building health assessment. traditional manual monitoring methods have many limitations in practical operation, which cannot meet the current needs of building crack monitoring. the emergence of digital image processing technology has brought a new idea for building crack monitoring. this study collected the building crack images by ccd camera, then obtained the clear crack images by a series of pretreatment operations such as graying, denoising and segmentation, and finally realized the monitoring of building cracks by taking the width and length as the criteria. the processing method proposed in this study was found effective in the example analysis. it was found from fig. 4 that the blur, noise and stain in the original images were effectively removed, the image quality was significantly improved, and the cracks were clearly separated from the background, which was conducive to the follow-up operation. then, in the comparison of the results of crack length and width, the data measured by microscope was taken as the result of manual monitoring and compared with those calculated by the method proposed in this study. fig. 5 and 6 show that the results obtained by the two methods were very similar, which was also verified in the calculation of errors. the width error was only 0.021 mm, and the length error was only 0.024 mm. with a high accuracy, the method can realize monitoring of the cracks in buildings. in practice, the method not only has high reliability, but also is convenient, fast and highly usable. however, the manual monitoring method based on microscope is very difficult to achieve in the monitoring of a large number of cracks as it is time-consuming and energy consuming. therefore, the method is more suitable for the monitoring of actual building cracks. in this study, although some achievements have been made in the research of building crack monitoring, there are still many shortcomings, for example, unable to achieve on-line crack monitoring and the identification of complex cracks. in the future work, it is necessary to find more accurate monitoring methods and monitor more characteristics of cracks such as area and depth. conclusion n this study, the monitoring of building cracks was studied, clear crack images were obtained through digital image processing technology, and the length and width of the cracks were calculated and compared with the results obtained by the manual detection. it was found that: (1) the crack image which was processed by digital image processing method was clear and distinguished significantly from the background; (2) the crack results obtained by the method proposed in this study had small errors with the manual detection results, and the average errors of the length and width were 0.024 mm and 0.021 mm respectively; the experimental results verified that the method was reliable in crack monitoring, which is conductive to improving the crack monitoring efficiency and scientifically analyzing crack structure and moreover makes some contributions to the safety monitoring and restoration of buildings. acknowledgement his study is supported by research on the construction of the curriculum system of innovation and entrepreneurship in colleges and universities under the background of "internet +" under grant number jg2018097. references [1] prasanna, p., dana, k. j., gucunski, n., et al. (2016). parvardeh h. automated crack detection on concrete bridges, ieee t. autom. sci. eng., 13(2), pp. 591-599. doi: 10.109/tase.2014.2354314. [2] riyadi, s., sugiarto, a., putra, s. a. and setiawan, 1n. a. (2015). analysis of digital image using pyramidal gaussian method to detect pavement crack, adv. sci. lett., 21(11), pp. 3565-3568. doi: 10.1166/asl.2015.6579. [3] kim, h., lee, j., ahn, e., et al. (2017). concrete crack identification using a uav incorporating hybrid image processing, sensors, 17(9), pp. 2052. doi: 10.3390/s17092052. i t y. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.01 8 [4] hoang, n. d. and nguyen, q. l. (2018). a novel method for asphalt pavement crack classification based on image processing and machine learning, engineering with computers, accepted, in press (part 1), pp. 1-12. doi: 10.1007/s00366-018-0611-9. [5] lu, c., yu, j. and leung, c. k. y. (2016). an improved image processing method for assessing multiple cracking development in strain hardening cementitious composites (shcc), cement concrete comp., 74, pp. 191-200. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2016.10.005. [6] felli, f., brotzu, a., pilone, d. and vendittozzi, c. (2014). use of fbg sensors for monitoring cracks of the equestrian statue of bartolomeo colleoni in venice, frat. integr. strut., 8(30), pp. 48-54. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.07. [7] ren, z. x., bi, j. h., xie, l. and zhang, k. f. (2014). quantitative detection of wood surface defects by image segmentation method, chin. j. liq. cryst. displays, 29(5), pp. 785-792. doi: 10.3788/yjyxs20142905.0785. [8] lai, y. r., tsai, p. c., yao, c. y. and ruan, s. j. (2017). improved local histogram equalization with gradient-based weighting process for edge preservation, multimed. tools appl. 76(1), pp. 1-29. doi: 10.1007/s11042-015-3147-7. [9] aranda, l. a., reviriego, p. and maestro, j. a. (2017). error detection technique for a median filter, ieee t. nucl. sci., pp. 1-1. doi: 10.1109/tns.2017.2666843. [10] prasad, d. s. and reddy, b. s. (2017). digital image processing techniques for estimating power released from the corona discharges, ieee t. dielect. el. in., 24(1), pp. 75-82. doi: 10.1109/tdei.2016.005896 [11] robertson, s., azizpour, h., smith, k. and hartman, j. (2018). digital image analysis in breast pathology-from image processing techniques to artificial intelligence, transl. res. j. lab. clin. med., 194, pp. 19. doi: 10.1016/j.trsl.2017.10.010. [12] scholz, m., konen, w., tombrock, s., et al. (2015). development of an endoscopic navigation system based on digital image processing, comput. aided surg., 3(3), pp. 134-143. doi: 10.1002/(sici)1097-0150(1998)3:33.0.co;2-t [13] zhang, j.j. and meng, x.q. (2015). defect detection of wire rope for oil well based on adaptive angle, frat. integr. strut., 9(34). doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.65. [14] boschetto, a., bottini, l., campana, f., consorti, l. and pilone, d. (2013). investigation via morphological analysis of aluminium foams produced by replication casting, frat. integr. strut., 7(26), pp. 01. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.26.01. [15] ambadiyil, s., prakash, d., sheeja, m. k. and pillai, v. p. m. (2017). secure storage and analysis of fingerprints for criminal investigation using holographic techniques, mater. today proc., 4(2), pp. 4389–4395. doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2017.04.010. [16] pizurica, a., platisa, l., ruzic, t., et al. (2015). digital image processing of the ghent altarpiece: supporting the painting's study and conservation treatment, ieee signal proc. mag., 32(4), pp. 112-122. doi: 10.1109/msp.2015.2411753. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_31_art_11 r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 138 fem simulation of a crack propagation in a round bar under combined tension and torsion fatigue loading r.citarella, m.lepore dept. of industrial engineering – university of salerno fisciano (sa), italy. rcitarella@unisa.it a. maligno institute for innovation in sustainable engineering, university of derby, quaker way, de1 3hd derby (uk). a.maligno@derby.ac.uk v. shlyannikov researches center for power engineering problems of russian academy of sciences, lobachevsky street, 2/31, 420111, kazan, russia. shlyannikov@mail.ru abstract. an edge crack propagation in a steel bar of circular cross-section undergoing multiaxial fatigue loads is simulated by finite element method (fem). the variation of crack growth behaviour is studied under axial and combined in phase axial+torsional fatigue loading. results show that the cyclic mode iii loading superimposed on the cyclic mode i leads to a fatigue life reduction. numerical calculations are performed using the fem software zencrack to determine the crack path and fatigue life. the fem numerical predictions have been compared against corresponding experimental and numerical data, available from literature, getting satisfactory consistency. keywords. surface flaw; tension and torsion; crack growth prediction; fem; g-criterion. introduction umerical modelling of three-dimensional (3d) fatigue crack growth under mixed mode conditions represents a crucial factor in fracture mechanics in order to assess the residual life of components. the fatigue growth analysis of surface cracks is one of the most important elements for structural integrity prediction of the circular cylindrical metallic components (bars, wires, bolts, shafts, etc.), in the presence of initial and accumulated in service damages. in most cases, part-through flaws appear on the free surface of the cylinder and defects are approximately considered as semi-elliptical cracks. multi-axial loading conditions including tension/compression, bending and torsion are typical for the circular cylindrical metallic components of engineering structures. the problem of residual fatigue life prediction of such type of structural elements is complex and the closed solution is often not available because surface flaws are three-dimensional in nature. n r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 139 in [1], experimental and numerical results of fatigue crack growth for a crack starting from a straight-fronted edge notch in an elastic bar under axial loading with or without superimposed cyclic torsion are given and the influence of different loading conditions on fatigue life of cylindrical specimens is discussed. the relations between crack opening displacement and the crack length measured on the free specimen surface are obtained, and it is shown that the growth of the crack fronts is dependent on the initial notch depth. using the aforementioned relations, the crack front shape and crack growth rate in the depth direction can be predicted. the numerical simulations in [4] are based on the dual boundary element method [2-3] whereas, in this paper, the same calculations are performed based on the finite element method (fem). in the past a comparison between fem and dbem results on this kind of problems was already attempted but considering separately the two loading conditions [4-5]; now the comparison is extended in case of simultaneous application of the torsion and traction fatigue loads. the computational 3d fracture analyses deliver variable mixed mode conditions along the crack front. fracture mechanics simulations by zencrack introduction he numerical studies are based on finite element (fe) analyses using the adaptive remeshing approach. this study employs zencrack [6-8] for automated 3d remeshing and crack propagation calculations along with abaqus [9] as the finite element solver. zencrack is a 3d crack analysis tool able to read in an uncracked finite element model and to produce a cracked finite element model. stress intensity factors are calculated automatically from the results of the cracked finite element analysis. furthermore, crack growth can be undertaken by extending the crack position. an updated finite element model is then created and run to simulate crack growth (fig. 1). user input (fe mesh of uncracked comp.) user input (crack location, size) zencrack (creates mesh of crack comp.) fe code (analysis) zencrack (evaluation of crack growth and update fe mesh) zencrack (next fe analyses)stop no yes user input (fe mesh of uncracked comp.) user input (crack location, size) zencrack (creates mesh of crack comp.) fe code (analysis) zencrack (evaluation of crack growth and update fe mesh) zencrack (next fe analyses)stop no yes figure 1: flow chart for crack growth prediction analysis. crack growth criteria in order to predict linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) crack growth using fe method, three basic parameters are required: stress intensity factors (sif), crack propagation direction (cpd) and crack growth material models. there are several approaches to calculating stress intensity factors (sif’s) such as: the crack tip opening displacement (ctod) approach [5], the crack tip stress field approach [10] and the sif extraction method from j-integral [5]. using the crack opening displacement approach the sif values can be obtained as follows:    2 24 1 p p i b b e k u u r             (1a)    2 24 1 p p ii n n e k u u r             (1b)    2 24 1 p p iii n n e k u u r             (1c) t r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 140 where  and e are poisson’s ratio and young’s modulus respectively. the displacement up is evaluated at a point p on the crack front sufficiently close to the crack tip. the displacements pbu , p nu , and p tu are projections of up on the coordinate directions of the local crack front coordinate system and  = π and  = -π denote upper and lower crack surfaces respectively. ki, kii and kiii are the mode i, ii and iii sif’s. in the present work the sif’s are extracted from the j-integral using the method illustrated in [11], based on the following equation:    2 2 21 1 2 i ii iiij k k k e g    (2) where 2/ (1 )e e   for plain strain conditions. the quarter-point node technique is used to model the crack-tip singularity. under mixed mode conditions it is necessary to introduce an equivalent stress intensity factor, keq, considering mode i, ii and iii simultaneously. several formulae have been proposed for keq and the most commonly used expression is [12, 13]:  2 2 21eq i ii iiik k k k    (3) in order to determine new crack front positions, the cpd must be computed. although expressions exist to calculate the crack growth angle based upon the stress intensity factors, an alternative method is adopted here based on the maximum energy release rate at a crack front point. the g-criterion states that a crack will grow in the direction of maximum energy release rate. the cpd,  = o, is then determined by: 0 o dg d          ; 2 0 o dg d          the application of a series of virtual crack extensions (fig. 2) ultimately generates a growth angle at the crack front node that, in the general case, may be out-of-plane. (a) (b) figure 2: energy based calculation of gmax (a) and crack grow direction (b). remeshing technique a critical issue that must be addressed in 3d fe fracture mechanics analysis is that of mesh generation. in the simplest of geometric cases where symmetry can be used, it may be possible to utilise standard mesh generation tools to produce a crack of the required size. in the general case, however, the use of standard tools leads to several time consuming problems including: • component geometries are often complex and time consuming to model in their uncracked forms. • defects often occur at geometrically difficult locations e.g. corners, welds, chamfers. • initial cracks of the correct size and shape must be inserted into the component at the correct location. • cracks may develop in a non-planar fashion depending upon the loading. the approach that has been successfully adopted here is the use of ‘crack blocks’ which model the details of the cracked region. crack-blocks are groups of elements arranged in such a way that they contain a section of crack front. fig. 3-4 demonstrate the use of the crack-block methodology in generating a cracked mesh from a user-supplied intact r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 141 component. the method works by replacing one or more elements in the uncracked mesh by crack-blocks that contain sections of crack front. two types of crack-blocks are available: a standard crack-blocks. the standard crack-blocks reduce to a single element on their back faces and merge with the rest of the mesh via shared nodal numbers. the crack-blocks are designed to replace elements in the mesh by updating element connectivities and node numbers (fig. 3). the crack-blocks consist of “through” and “quarter circular” crack blocks. b large crack-blocks. the large crack-blocks contain multiple nodes on their back faces and are used with surface-based tying to connect them to the surrounding (dissimilar) mesh. the crack-blocks consist of “through” and “quarter circular” crack blocks. (a) (b) figure 3: standard crack-block mesh (a) and detail of the crack-block (b). (a) (b) (c) figure 4: large crack-block mesh (a), detail of un-meshed large crack-block (b) and meshed crack-block (c). the crack-blocks have a varying number of “rings” of elements around the crack front. the innermost ring contains “collapsed” elements to represent the singularity in the stress and strain field at the crack front. a full control of the nodes along the crack front and the radial nodes closest to the crack front allows to reproduce a singularity best suited to lefm or epfm. although the crack-blocks are referenced as “quarter circular” or “through” crack blocks, the user has control of the initial crack front shape which may be defined by fitting a spline through a series of points for the greatest flexibility in definition. loading (e.g. pressure load) and boundary conditions are updated as the crack blocks are incorporated into a mesh. by processing fracture mechanics parameters from a cracked mesh and adding a crack growth algorithm, it is possible to carry out automatic crack growth prediction. this introduces a number of additional challenges. in order to obtain best results from the mesh within the crack-blocks, their outer boundaries must be manipulated to reduce internal element distortion as much as possible. further, to allow a crack to develop through a model, it must be possible to allow crack-blocks to transfer from one position to another. this requires manipulation of the elements outside the crack r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 142 blocks, again to reduce distortion in the mesh. of course there is no single method of crack modelling and remeshing that can be used for all crack geometries. however, the combination of standard and large crack-blocks in conjunction with mesh manipulation algorithms, allows many difficult problems to be handled. test material and specimens he test material is carbon steel r2m. its main mechanical properties including constants of the paris equation (eq. 4) are listed in tab. 1 where e is the young’s modulus, b is the nominal ultimate tensile strength, 0 is the monotonic tensile yield strength, u is the true ultimate tensile strength, n is the strain hardening exponent, c (the numerical value is consistent with a young modulus and remote applied stress expressed in mpa and distances expressed in mm) and m are the paris constants. m da c k dn   (4) e [mpa] b [mpa] 0 [mpa] u [mpa] n c m 209000 810.3 540.8 890 6.134 4.1  10-13 2.818 table 1: mechanical properties of steel r2m. the specimen geometry configuration is shown in fig. 5: the nominal diameter is equal to 10 mm in the test section and the length, including the clamped part, is equal to 100 mm. using linear cutting machine, surface edge cracks were cut with initial flaw depths b0=1.0 mm. figure 5: details of the specimen geometry. the geometric parameters of specimen test section and of growing crack are shown in fig. 6a-b: b is the current crack depth, with the crack front approximated by an elliptical curve with major axis 2c and minor axis 2b. the crack length a is obtained by measuring the distance between the advancing crack break through point and the notch break through point, as shown in fig. 6a. the depth of the initial straight edge notch is denoted by h and the initial notch length by l. the crack opening displacement is measured on the free specimen cylindrical surface, in the central plane of symmetry as shown in fig. 6b. for the simple cyclic axial fatigue tests, the specimens are tested with an applied maximum remote stress equal to 250 mpa and with a stress ratio r=0.1. the combined tension/torsion tests are performed with the same stress ratio, applying synchronous and in-phase tensile and shear stresses whose maximum values are respectively equal to 250 and 100 mpa. two different frequency values (10 and 7 hz) were applied to the specimens in order to highlight the crack front geometry during propagation: during each test, beach marks were produced on each specimen by reducing the applied frequency from 10 to 7 hz, when the surface crack length was approximately equal to a  1mm. the typical beach marks on the post mortem cross section of different specimens are shown in fig. 7a-b. t r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 143 a) b) figure 6: edge crack geometric parameters: section view (a) and lateral view (b). a) b) figure 7: photograph of the cross section of specimens (a-pure tension, b-tension+torsion). experimental results he evolution of the crack growth rate of the elliptical-fronted edge cracks during the tests is determined using cod measurement and information from the microscope. in order to study the crack growth in shafts under fatigue tension loading with superimposed cyclic torsion, several specimens are tested with an initial notch depth equal to 1 mm. fig. 8a-b show plots of the break through point advances a and of cod against the number of cycles n under pure tension and combined tension+torsion, respectively: in-phase cyclic torsion loading superimposed on cyclic tension leads to a fatigue life decreasing. a) b) figure 8: fatigue crack growth (a) and cod curves on free surface of specimens (b). t r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 144 fig. 9a-b represent the superficial crack growth rate da/dn versus crack length a and versus cod, under pure cyclic tension and combined tension+torsion. it can be seen that there is not a significant reduction of the crack growth rates along the external surface direction when the cyclic mode iii loading is superimposed on the cyclic tension. however, looking at fig. 7b and considering changes in the general durability of the specimens in pure tension and combined loading (fig. 8a-b), significant differences in the crack growth rate in the depth direction b under the above types of loading conditions are expected. a) b) figure 9: crack growth rate as a function of superficial crack length (a) and cod (b). fem model he crack propagation in the cylindrical specimens n.1 and 2 (fig. 10a-b), undergoing combined traction-torsion fatigue loads, is simulated by the fem model shown in fig. 11. such model has a length equal to 60 mm, with one end clamped and the other end constrained along the in plane radial directions and loaded along the axial and tangential directions. the mesh is made with 18960 quadratic elements (brick with 20 nodes “c3d20”): such number of elements is nearly constant during the propagation. the whole propagations take nearly one hour calculus on a powerful pc. the initial crack, as indicated by experimental measurements (beach mark technique) has the following sizes: a=0.855 mm, b=0.852 mm, c=3.705 mm. during the propagation, the average crack advance at each step is equal to 0.2 mm. as previously said, the sif’s along the crack front are calculated by the j-integral approach. the crack growth rate is calculated by the paris formula (eq. 4), whose calibration parameters are shown in tab. 1. the crack path is calculated using the g-criterion. a) b) figure 10: geometry of specimens n. 1 (a) and n. 2 (b). t r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 145 figure 11: fem model with highlight of mesh, remote appled tractions and torque. numerical results and discussion n fig. 12 it is possible to see the crack propagation, starting from the initial configuration (step 0) and proceeding through the step 11 up to the final step 21: the crack kinking coming from the superimposed torsion is evident. a qualitative comparison between the numerical and experimental (fig. 7b) crack shape is possible. step 0 step 11 step 21 figure 12: contour plot of von mises stresses (mpa) at different stages of crack propagation, with external and internal views of the growing crack. in fig. 13 it is possible to appreciate the good level of correlation between experimental and numerical (fem and dbem [1]) crack growth rates for both the analyzed specimens. the numerical simulation starts from the first traced crack front, so that there is no comparison available in the initial stage of experimental monitored crack growth. i r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 146 in fig. 14 the growth angle from the initial cracked configuration is shown with its variation along the crack front and against the analyzed crack growth criteria: it is possible to see that the all criteria provide similar predictions. at the beginning of crack growth, the growth rate of the crack front midpoint is faster than that at the intersection with the surface (break through points): the reason is that the maximum stress-intensity factor (fig. 15) is attained at the deepest point of the initial crack front. consequently, a straight-fronted notch evolves towards a curved front and the flaw aspect ratio b/c increases. in fig. 16 the crack depth as calculated by dbem [1] and by fem (zencrack) is shown along the crack propagation, proving a satisfactory level of consistency between the aforementioned computational approaches. figure 13: superficial crack length (mm) vs. cycles for the analyzed specimens (considering the outcomes of the dbem code beasy and of the fem code zencrack). figure 14: growth angle, from the four different criteria, as varying along the initial crack front (considering the outcomes of the dbem code beasy and of the fem code zencrack). figure 15: sif’s (mpamm) along the crack front related to the first step (considering the outcomes of the dbem code beasy and of the fem code zencrack). figure 16: crack advance (mm) of crack front center point point vs. number of cycles. conclusions he computed fem crack propagation results are found to be in good qualitative (the crack path) and quantitative (the crack growth rates) agreement with experimental findings and numerical outcomes available from literature. a rather complex 3d crack growth behavior is present in case of superimposed tension and in phase torsion and the fatigue life is decreased if compared to a pure tension fatigue load. this is related to the increase of the mode mixity effect. moreover, it can be emphasized the reduced calculation times of the fem approach, in comparison with the dbem approach shown in [1], the latter providing some advantages in the preprocessing phase (e.g. remeshing during crack propagation). the crack insertion and the whole crack propagation is fully automatic, with repeated remeshing realized at t r. citarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 138-147; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.11 147 each crack step nearly without user intervention. consequently, for the cases analyzed, the functionality of the proposed procedure can be stated. references [1] citarella, r., lepore, m., shlyannikov, v., yarullin, r., fatigue surface crack growth in cylindrical specimen under combined loading, engineering fracture mechanics, 131 (2014) 439-453. [2] calì, c., citarella, r., perrella, m., three-dimensional crack growth: numerical evaluations and experimental tests, european structural integrity society, in: biaxial/multiaxial fatigue and fracture, edited by andrea carpinteri, manuel de freitas and andrea spagnoli, 31 (2003) 3-504. [3] citarella r., perrella m., multiple surface crack propagation: numerical simulations and experimental tests, fatigue and fracture of engineering material and structures, 28 (2005) 135-148. [4] citarella, r., buchholz, f.-g., comparison of crack growth simulation by dbem and fem for sen-specimens undergoing torsion or bending loading, engineering fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 489–509. [5] citarella, r., cricrì, g., comparison of dbem and fem crack path predictions in a notched shaft under torsion, engineering fracture mechanics, 77 (2010) 1730-1749. [6] zencrack manual, version 7.9. [7] maligno, a.r., rajaratnam, s., leen, s.b., williams, e.j., a three-dimensional (3d) numerical study of fatigue crack growth using remeshing techniques, engineering fracture mechanics, 77 (2010) 94–111. [8] maligno, a.r., citarella, r., silberschmidt, v.v., soutis, c., assessment of structural integrity of subsea wellhead system: analytical and numerical study, fracture and structural integrity (frattura ed integrità strutturale), 31(2015) 97-119. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.08. [9] abaqus user’s and theory manuals, version 6.5, hks inc. (2005). [10] dhondt, g., application of the finite element method to mixed-mode cyclic crack propagation calculations in specimens, international journal of fatigue, 58 (2014) 2–11. [11] shih, c. f., asaro, r. j., elastic-plastic and asymptotic fields of interface cracks, international journal of fracture, 42(2) (1990) 101-116. [12] adrian, pc., aliabadi mh., dual boundary element assessment of three-dimensional fatigue crack growth, engng anal boundary elements, 28 (2004) 1157–73. [13] guagliano, m., vergani, l., a simplified approach to crack growth prediction in a crank shaft, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 17(5) (1994) 1295–306. microsoft word numero_60_art_07_3296.docx a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 89 assessment of fluidity retention, mechanical strength and cost production of blended cement self-compacting concrete using the concept of a performance index boukhelkhal aboubakeur civil engineering research laboratory, university of laghouat, po box 37g, laghouat 03000, algeria. a.boukhelkhal@lagh-univ.dz kenai said geomaterials and civil engineering laboratory, university of blida 1, algeria. sdkenai@yahoo.com abstract. construction industry consumes a large amount of natural resources and energy and produces high amount of co2 emissions and waste materials. for more sustainable construction industry, various waste materials are used as natural aggregates substitution or as cement replacement materials. in this paper, marble powder (mp) is used as a substitution to ordinary portland cement (opc) and its effects on some fresh and hardened properties of self-compacting concrete (scc) are investigated. the tests at the fresh state were slump flow, l-box and sieve segregation. to assess the fluidity retention, slump flow loss was measured after 30, 60 and 90 minutes. at hardened state, two tests were realized: compressive strength and static segregation. the results indicate that adding mp improved the fresh properties but decreased the compressive strength of scc. adding mp allows to maintain the fluidity of scc until 90 minutes. production cost can be reduced by using mp. the performance approach showed that a substitution level of mp of 20% is adequate to produce an eco-efficient scc with high fluidity and acceptable strength. keywords. self-compacting concrete; marble powder; fluidity retention; strength; cost; performance index. citation: boukhelkhal, a., kenai, s., assessment of fluidity retention, mechanical strength and cost production of blended cement self-compacting concrete using the concept of a performance index, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101. received: 06.10.2021 accepted: 19.01.2022 online first: 27.01.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction elf-compacting concretes (scc) are very fluid that can flow and fill all the spaces in the formwork under their gravity, without the need for compaction or vibration, and give homogeneous concretes which are resistant to segregation and bleeding. this type of concrete is suitable for the construction of structures that are heavily reinforced or with complicated shapes. scc can only be prepared with superplasticizer, large amounts of ordinary portland cement (opc) and supplementary cementitious materials (scm). building demolition, industrial and agricultural processes generate annually a high quantity of wastes as shown in tab. 1 in which only a low percentage is recycled 1-5]. the utilization of these wastes has become a priority for its economic and ecological benefits. scc is one s https://youtu.be/wrlrkv6p1l4 a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 90 of the most eco-friendly types of special concrete because waste materials have always been used as scm, fine and coarse aggregates 6-14]. according to tennich et al. 15], incorporation of waste from marbles and tiles factories as partial replacement of opc, which are freely and cheaply available in the composition of scc, allows producing environment friendly concretes. the reuse of industrial by-products and wastes as scm for manufacturing eco-cements is a good way to ensure the ecosystem and the biological components of the environment and human health, which contributes to sustainable development 16]. moreover, adding scm such as natural pozzolana and slag to concrete resulted in low hydration heat, higher compressive strength at later ages, lower porosity, improved durability, lower cost and lower environmental impact due to reduced co2 emissions 17-25]. singh et al. 26] reported that using 10% and 15% of marble powder (mp) as partial replacement of cement increased the compressive and split tensile strengths in the range of 15-20%. alyamac et al. 27] successfully prepared an eco-scc by incorporating 60% of mp as partial replacement of cement. ashish 28] showed that the introduction of mp with 15% by partial replacement of sand offered to concrete superior resistance to carbonation. guneyisi et al. 29] have shown that the introduction of mp by partial replacement of opc into self-compacting mortars leads to an increase in the flow time and setting times, while it reduced the compressive strength and the ultrasonic pulse velocity. toubal et al. 30] showed that incorporating mp in cement paste with various replacement rates of 5, 10 and 15% leads to a reduction of the apparent density and compressive strength and an increase of the porosity at age of 3, 7, 28 and 65 days. the authors concluded that acceptable results could be obtained by using 5% of mp. the use of mp in ordinary pastes, mortars and concretes has been widely investigated. however, few studies investigated the effect of mp as partial substitution of opc on the properties of scc especially on fluidity retention and static segregation. this work aims firstly to investigate the effects of mp as a substitute of opc on some properties of scc such as fluidity retention, compressive strength, and production cost. the performance of each scc mixture was also assessed by using a performance index by taking into consideration several performance criteria. this approach allows the selection of a suitable replacement rate that corresponds to the researched scc performance. in this research work, mp was incorporated at substitution levels of 5, 10, 15 and 20%, keeping the other ingredients and proportions constant. scc mixtures were tested at a fresh state to evaluate the filling, passing ability and the risk to segregation. at hardened state, compressive strength and static segregation were evaluated at the ages of 7 and 28 days. a performance approach index was used to find the optimal substitution levels corresponding to the targeted scc performances at fresh and hardened states. waste type quantity (mt) country reference glass 3.45 egypt [1] slag 0.5 algeria [2] marble 0.34 turkey [3] rice husk 120 china, india, indonesia and bangladesh [4] plastic 1.8 australia [5] table 1: statistics for some waste types. experimental procedure materials pc (cemi, 42.5) that complies with the european standard en 197-1 was used in all scc mixtures. the mp is a by-product of marble stone sawing, shaping, and lustration. the chemical composition and physical properties of cement and mp are presented in tab. 2. laser particle distribution analysis was used to determine the particle size distribution of cement and mp (fig. 1). the results indicated that mp is finer than the cement. tab. 2 gives the diameter of particles that correspond to 10%, 50% and 90% of passing. the results showed that more than 50% of mp material has particles less than 6.5 µm, and about 50% of cement particles are smaller than 12.35 µm. fig. 2 shows the results of the scanning electron microscopy (sem) analysis of cement and mp. this test allows to identify the particles shape of the tested material and confirmed the results for particle size distribution presented in fig. 1. the particles of mp are finer and appear to have less angular shape compared to the cement particles. the mineralogical analysis of mp which is presented in fig. 3 indicates that mp is mainly composed of calcite with some traces of quartz and dolomite. o a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 91 chemical composition (%) cement mp sio2 20.14 0.42 cao 63.47 56.01 mgo 2.12 0.12 al2o3 3.71 0.13 fe2o3 4.74 0.06 so3 2.67 0.01 k2o 0.47 0.01 tio2 0.21 0.01 na2o 0.69 0.43 p2o5 0.06 0.03 loss ignition 1.72 42.78 physical properties specific gravity 3.1 2.7 fineness characteristics fineness (m²/kg) 330 360 d10 (µm) 1.19 1.36 d50 (µm) 12.35 6.50 d90 (µm) 40.53 21.09 table 2: chemical composition and physical properties of cement and mp. figure 1: particle size distribution of cement and mp. (a) (b) figure 2: sem analysis of (a) cement and (b) mp. a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 92 figure 3: xrd analysis of mp. a polycarboxylate-based superplasticizer was used as a chemical admixture, it has a density and ph of 1070 kg/m3 and 8, respectively. natural river sand was used as fine aggregate. two classes of coarse aggregate were used. the physical properties of aggregates were meseaured according to european standared en 1097-6 [31] and are given in tab. 3. fig. 4 presented the particle size distribution of aggeregates. properties fine aggregate coarse aggregate 0/5 3/8 8/15 absorption coefficient (%) 0.59 1.56 2.26 density (kg/m3) 2600 2610 2540 water content (%) 0.03 0.17 0.13 table 3: physical properties of aggregates. figure 4: particle size distribution of aggregates. mixture proportions to study the effect of mp on some fresh and hardened properties and production cost of scc, five mixtures were prepared. the control mix included only opc as a binder, whereas in the other mixtures cement was partially substituted with mp at ratios of 5, 10, 15 and 20%. the proportions of all scc mixtures are shown in tab. 4. a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 93 constituents mix id 0mp 5mp 10mp 15mp 20mp cement (kg/m3) 470 448 426 404 382 marble powder (%) 0 5 10 15 20 (kg/m3) 0 22 44 66 88 sand 0/5 (kg/m3) 882.9 coarse aggregate (kg/m3) 8/15 553 3/8 277 water (kg/m3) 188 superplasticizer (kg/m3) 4.23 water/binder 0.4 superplasticizer/binder 0.9 table 4: mix proportions of scc mixtures. testing procedures slump flow, l-box and sieve segregation tests were carried out to characterize the filling and passing ability and the resistance to segregation of fresh scc according to efnarc requirements 32. the fluidity retention was evaluated by measuring slump flow loss after 30, 60 and 90 minutes. this test allows to estimate the practical duration for using each scc mixture, while the trend to segregation can be qualitatively assessed. compressive strength and segregation static tests were carried out according to en 12390-3 and aashto pp58 3334, respectively. prismatic (7×7×28 cm) and cylindrical (16×32 cm) specimens were cast from each scc mixture. after demolding, the specimens were cured in water at controlled conditions (t=20±2oc and hr>=95%). the average compressive strength test results of six prismatic specimens at the age of 7 and 28 days were determined, while three cylindrical specimens were used to visually assess the static segregation. fresh properties mix id acceptance criteria of scc suggested by efnarc [32] min max 0mp 5mp 10mp 15mp 20mp slump flow (cm) 0 min 70.5 71.1 72.7 73 73.5 65 80 30 min 69.3 70 71.1 71.5 72.2 60 min 67 68.5 69 69.4 70.3 90 min 63 66 67 67.3 68.5 t50 flow time (s) 2.53 1.75 1.61 1.52 1.32 2 5 l-box blocking ratio (%) 0.77 0.81 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.8 1 l-box flow time (s) t20 0.76 0.61 0.5 0.47 0.39 t40 1.71 1.53 1.48 1.43 1.38 segregation ratio (%) 5.1 6.3 6.2 11.2 13.5 5 15 t50 : is the time required for the scc slump flow to reach a circle with 50 cm diameter [32]. t20 and t40: are the times required for the scc to reach points 20 cm (t20) and 40 cm (t40) down the horizontal portion of the l-box [32]. table 5: fresh properties of scc mixtures. results and discussion slump flow he results of the fresh properties of scc mixtures are presented in tab. 5. fig. 5 depicted the variation of slump flow and t50 flow time as a function of the amount of mp. the slump flow is a good indicator of the ability of scc to flow under its weight in an unconfined formwork. fig. 4 showed that all the scc mixes had good flowability, with slump flow values ranging from 70 to 74 cm. it can be seen that all the fresh scc mixtures had slump flow diameter generally conforming efnarc (65 to 80 cm) 32. it has been noted an increase in slump flow with increasing mp content, which means that mixtures prepared with mp presented better fluidity and deformability, compared to the reference mixture. this result may be attributed to the shape of the mp particles, which is less angular than that of the cement and hence increasing the flow of scc with mp. on the other hand, the density of mp, which t a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 94 is lower compared to that of cement, increases the volume of paste and reduces the frictions between coarse and fine aggregates 35. furthermore, the substitution of cement by mp decreased the amount of water consumed by hydration reactions, which results in the additional free water that increases deformability. similar findings were stated by uysal and yilmaz 36. however, guneyisi et al. 29 have reported contradictory results, in which they observed a decrease in the fluidity of the scc with the addition of mp. it should be noted that it is possible to reduce the need for superplasticizer and water for scc made with mp to obtain a similar fluidity to control scc, this reduces the production cost, and on the other hand decreases the water/cement ratio which improves the compressive strength and durability. fig. 5 presents also the t50 flow time for scc mixtures. the results indicate that t50 flow time decreases as the amount of mp increases, this means that scc with mp is more fluid and less viscous. it should be noticed that all scc mixtures do not meet the flow time values suggested by efnarc 32, except for reference scc, but the visual control of fresh scc revealed that there was no problem of segregation or bleeding (fig. 6). figure 5: slump flow and t50 flow time of scc mixtures vs mp content. figure 6: scc mixture without segregation or bleeding. fluidity retention the effect of mp on the slump flow loss of scc mixtures over time is plotted in fig. 7. it can be observed that there was a decrease in slump flow diameter with increasing time. the 0mp, 5mp, 10mp, 15mp, and 20mp mixtures have slump flow values of 71, 71, 73, 73 and 74 cm immediately after being mixed, and after 90 minutes these same mixtures experienced slump flow values of 63, 66, 67, 67.3, and 68.5 cm, respectively. it can be seen that the reference scc lost its fluidity after 90 minutes with a slump flow value inferior to 65 cm, while the other mixtures maintained their fluidity even after 90 minutes with slump flow values superior to 65 cm. adding mp improved and maintained the fluidity of scc mixtures, this means that scc can be used for more than 90 minutes after initial mixing or transported for long distances without losing the self-compacting property. these results may be explained by the substitution of cement by mp, which decreased the amount of water evaporated and consumed by hydration reactions, thus offered additional free water in the mixture. 1 2 3 4 5 70 71 72 73 74 75 0mp 5mp 10mp 15mp 20mp t 5 0 f lo w t im e (s ) s lu m p f lo w (c m ) scc mixes slump flow flow time t50 a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 95 figure 7: slump flow loss of scc mixtures vs mp content. blocking ratio the variation of blocking ratio of scc mixtures made with different amounts of mp is presented in fig. 8. efnarc committee suggests that 0.8 and 1 for lower and upper limits of blocking ratio, respectively, are acceptable for designing appropriate scc mixtures. the blocking ratio values ranged between 0.77 and 0.82. the results indicated that mixtures containing mp had a blocking ratio higher than 0.8, whereas the blocking ratio of the reference mixture was less than 0.8. this means that scc mixtures made with mp have great mobility in a confined area. topçu et al. 37 found similar results. figure 8: blocking ratio of l-box of scc mixtures vs mp content. fig. 9 shows the evolution of t20 and t40 flow times in l-box as a percentage of mp. it can be seen from this figure that the replacement of cement by mp reduced the flow times (t20 and t40) due to an increase in the fluidity of these mixtures, this decrease is of the same as the t50 flow time. all t20 and t40 flow time values are within the target range t20 <1.5 s and t40 <3.5 s suggested by jaramillo et al. 38. the flow times t20 and t40 are good indicators of the viscosity, this means that mixtures including mp have lower viscosity compared to the control mixture. alyamac et al. 27 showed that the addition of mp resulted in higher viscosity and consequently the v-funnel time increased. some authors reported that scc made with mp showed an increase in the flow time by increasing mp content 36, 39. dynamic segregation the results of the sieve segregation test are illustrated in fig. 10. this figure shows that increasing the amount of mp increased the segregation ratio, the values obtained are 5.1, 6.3, 6.1, 11.2 and 13.5% for the 0mp, 5mp, 10mp, 15mp, and 20mp scc mixtures, respectively. these values indicate that all the tested mixtures have good resistance to dynamic segregation (5% ≤ is ≤15%) 32. 60 65 70 75 0 20 40 60 80 100 s lu m p f lo w l o ss (c m ) time (min) 0mp 5mp 10mp 15mp 20mp 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 0 5 10 15 20 b lo ck in g r at io ( % ) mp content (%) requested values (65-80 cm) a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 96 figure 9: t20 and t40 flow times in l-box of scc mixtures vs mp content. figure 10: dynamic segregation ratio of fresh scc mixtures vs mp content. the control mixture has developed the highest resistance to segregation. however, using mp reduced the resistance to segregation. the lower segregation ratio for the control mixture is due to its high viscosity. the increase in the segregation ratio of the other mixtures is attributed to their low viscosity. compressive strength fig. 11 shows the compressive strength of scc mixtures at 7 and 28 days. the compressive strength decreased as the amount of mp increased. this may be attributed to the use of mp, which has no pozzolanic property; therefore, it cannot chemically contribute to the development of the strength at later ages. also, the low water retention which characterizes the mp induces a significant amount of water in the mixture which contributes through the dilution effect to decrease of the compressive strength. besides, the reduction of the volume of c3s and c2s that are responsible for the development of strength, as the cement is partially replaced by mp, decreases also the compressive strength. it has been noted that compressive strength values are between 19-28 mpa at 7 days and 26-37 mpa at 28 days. the mix with 5% of mp developed a similar strength to the reference mix at 28 days. furthermore, the control mix had the highest strength at all the curing ages due to the high amount of opc (470 kg/m3). the 20mp mixture with 380 kg/m3 of opc had the same compressive strength as conventional concrete with 350 kg/m3 of opc which is the most used cement dosage in algerian construction sites. these results are close to those reported in the literature 30, 40. however, tennich et al 15 reported contradictory results. the authors found that the presence of waste fillers from marble in the composition of scc, at a dosage of 350 kg/m3 increased the compressive strength by about 6.7% in comparison to ordinary cement vibrated concrete. in recent work, toubal et al. 41 have shown that wet curing of pastes made with mp leads to higher compressive strength compared to air curing. they also reported that increasing wet curing duration helps to improve the compressive strength by reducing the percentage of water evaporated and the porosity. a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 97 figure 11: compressive strength of scc mixtures vs mp content. static segregation fig. 12 illustrates a visual examination of the static segregation of cylindrical specimens. the figure indicated that all mixtures have a regular and homogeneous distribution of coarse particles in all parts and for all levels of mp. no bleeding was noted at the top of the specimens. it can be concluded that all tested mixtures have good resistance to static segregation. (a) 0mp (b) 5mp (c) 10mp (d) 15mp (e) 20mp figure 12: visual control of static segregation in scc mixtures. production cost of scc until now, the use of scc in building constructions is limited due to the high production cost stemming from the use of superplasticizers and large amount of cement. the superplasticisers enable the concrete to obtain the desired fluidity. a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 98 the use of scm reduced the demand of superplasticizer and the quantity of clinker, which allows decreasing the cost of scc and therefore increasing its use. in this context, this study was carried out to examine the effect of mp on the production cost of scc. the production cost of one cubic meter of the various concrete mixes is given in tab. 6. it can be shown that adding mp decreased the production cost of scc. increasing mp content from 5 to 20% reduced the cost of scc by 3 to 13 %, compared to the plain cement mixture. constituents mix. id 0mp 5mp 10mp 15mp 20mp cement ($) 50.25 47.90 45.55 43.20 40.74 marble powder ($) 0 0.22 0.44 0.66 0.89 sand 0/5 ($) 2.21 coarse aggregate ($) 8/1 5 4.93 3/8 2.34 water ($) 0.72 superplasticizer ($) 5.08 global cost ($) / 1 m3 65.54 63.40 61.27 59.14 56.90 production cost gain (%) 0 3.27 6.52 9.77 13.18 prices are considered for algerian market table 6: production cost for 1 m3 of all scc mixtures. the concept of scc performance index the performance of each scc mixture was evaluated by measuring the performance index (pi) 42. this approach is adopted to facilitate the determination of the suitable replacement rate of mp that complies with the researched performance criteria. the required characteristics depend on the concrete application and are generally defined by the consumer. the first step in this approach is to calculate the weight ranking (wi) of all the selected criteria from eqn. (1).              i measured performance for each mixture w best measured performance (1) the mixture with the best test value in a certain criterion scores 1.00, while the remaining mixtures have test values proportional to the best test value (<1.00). in the second step, a numerical index (ri) is calculated. the highest value of (ri) is equal to 5.00. for each mixture, the corresponding numerical index is the product of the previously calculated weight ranking wi and 5.00 as given in eqn. (2).  5  i ir w (2) mix. id fluidity retention compressive strength cost production gain wi ri wi ri wi ri 0mp 0.92 4.60 1.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 5mp 0.96 4.82 0.99 4.94 0.25 1.23 10mp 0.98 4.89 0.93 4.64 0.50 2.48 15mp 0.98 4. 91 0.77 3.87 0.74 3.71 20mp 1.00 5.00 0.70 3.51 1.00 5.00 table 7: performance indices for individual criteria. in this study, three performance principal criteria have been selected: fluidity retention, compressive strength, and cost production. tab. 7 gives the weighted ranks and numerical indices of all scc mixtures. according to the required performance criteria, the related numerical index is multiplied to get a mixture score (sin) as given by eqn. (3). the mixture with the highest score is the most appropriate in terms of the required multiple criteria. a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 99    1 2 .in i i ins r r r (3) tabs. 8 and 9 present the performance indices for multiple criteria and the suitable mp content for different performance criteria. with regards to the fluidity retention and compressive strength requirements (pi-1), using 5% of mp was found to be more suitable. for constructions that require fluidity retention and production cost gain (pi-2) (or compressive strength and production cost gain (pi-3)), a substitution level of 20% is considered the best. if all of the three characteristics (fluidity retention, compressive strength and production cost gain) are required (pi-4), adding 20% of mp is the appropriate substitution level. mix. id multiple performance criterion 0mp 5mp 10mp 15mp 20mp pi-1 22.99 23.79 22.68 19.02 17.56 pi-2 0 5.95 12.11 18.22 25.00 pi-3 0 6.09 11.48 14.36 17.56 pi-4 0 29.36 56.14 70.55 87.81 table 8: performance indices for multiple criteria. performance index required performance criteria mp (%) pi-1 fluidity retention + compressive strength 5-10 pi-2 fluidity retention + production cost gain 20 pi-3 compressive strength + production cost gain 20 pi-4 fluidity retention + compressive strength + production cost gain 20 table 9: appropriate mp content for different performance criteria. conclusions ased on the experimental results and evaluation of scc with mp using the concept of a performance index, the following conclusions can be drawn :  all scc mixtures have satisfactory self-compacting properties at fresh state. the use of mp in scc enhances the filling and passing abilities.  the addition of mp seems to reduce the need for superplasticizer and water to obtain a similar fluidity to the scc control mixture. this not only reduces the production cost, but also the w/c ratio, which allows to enhance the performance of hardened scc.  the time to retain the fluidity of scc can be extended by using mp, this will be very helpful when transporting concrete over long distances.  at a hardened state, the 28-days compressive strength of scc with mp ranged from 26 to 37 mpa. this means that is possible to used mp in scc for construction requiring medium strength. an examination of the risk of static segregation shows that all the mixtures tested are homogeneous and have good resistance to the static segregation.  the use of mp as a partial replacement for cement reduced the production cost and co2 emissions, which means that mp is an interesting material to produce an eco-friendly scc.  the characteristics of scc may be assigned numerical performance index values. these values may constitute a reliable means for concrete producers in finding the rate of cement replacement by other cementitious materials. according to the performance index results, the inclusion of 20% of mp in scc mixtures was beneficial for most of the targeted performance criteria. b a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 100 references [1] bajad, m.n. modhera, c.d and desai, a.k. (2011). effect of glass on strength of concrete subjected to sulphate attack, civ. engin. res. develop., 1(2), pp. 1-13. [2] behim, m. cyr, m and clastres, p. (2011). physical and chemical effects of el hadjar slag used as an additive in cement-based materials, euro. j. envir. civ. engin., 15(10), pp. 1413-1432. doi: 10.1080/19648189.2011.9723352 [3] celik, m.y and sabah, e. (2008). geological and technical characterization of iscehisar (afyon-turkey) marble deposits and the impact of marble waste on environmental pollution, envir. manag., 87, pp. 106-116. doi: 10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.01.004 [4] safiuddin, m. west, j.s and soudki, k.a. (2011). flowing ability of the mortars formulated from self-compacting concretes incorporating rice husk ash, constr. build. mater., 25(2), pp. 973-978. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2010.06.084 [5] brulliard, c. cain, r. do, d. dornom, t. evans, k. lim, b. olesson, e and young, s. (2012). the australian recycling sector. report of department of sustainability, environment, water, population and communities. available at: https://www.environment.gov.au/system/files/resources/dc87fd71-6bcb-4135-b91671dd349fc0b8/files/australian-recycling-sector.pdf. [6] laidani, z.e.a. benabed, b. abousnina, r. gueddouda, m.k and kadri, eh. (2020). experimental investigation on effects of calcined bentonite on fresh, strength and durability properties of sustainable self-compacting concrete, constr. build. mater., 230, pp. 1-11. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.117062 [7] boukhelkhal, a and benabed, b. (2019). fresh and hardened properties of self-compacting repair mortar made with a new reduced carbon blended cement, silic. bas. compos. mater., 71(4), pp. 108-113. doi: 10.14382/epitoanyag-jsbcm.2019.19 [8] santos, s. da silva, pr and de brito, j. (2019). self-compacting concrete with recycled aggregates – a literature review, j. build. eng., 22, pp. 349-371. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2019.01.001 [9] boughamsa, o. hebhoube, h. kherref, l. belachia, m. abdelouahed, a and rihia, c. (2020). valorization of marble’s waste as a substitute in sand concrete, adv. concr. constr. 9 (2), pp. 217-225. doi: 10.12989/acc.2020.9.2.217 [10] ouldkhaou, y. benabed, b. abousnina, r and kadri, e.h. (2020). experimental study on the reuse of cathode ray tubes funnel glass as fine aggregate for developing an ecological self-compacting mortar incorporating metakaolin, j. build. engin., 20, pp. 1-11. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2019.100951 [11] boukhelkhal, a. azzouz, l. benabed, b and belaïdi, a.s.e. (2017). strength and durability of low-impact environmental self-compacting concrete incorporating waste marble powder, build. mater. struc., 4, pp. 31-41. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.1134146 [12] alipour, p. namnevis, m. tahmouresi, b. mohseni, e and tang, w. (2019). assessment of flowing ability of selfcompacting mortars containing recycled glass powder, adv. concr. constr., 8(1), pp. 65-76. doi: 10.12989/acc.2019.8.1.065 [13] baghabra, al amoudi o.s., shamsad, a. khan, s.m.s and maslehuddin, m. (2019). durability performance of concrete containing saudi natural pozzolans as supplementary cementitious material, adv. concr. constr., 8(2), pp. 119-126. doi: 10.12989/acc.2019.8.2.119 [14] djelloul, o.k. menadi, b. wardeh, g and kenai, s. (2018). performance of self-compacting concrete made with coarse and fine recycled concrete aggregates and ground granulated blast-furnace slag, adv. concr. constr., 6(2), pp. 103-121. doi: 10.12989/acc.2018.6.2.103 103. [15] tennich, m. kallel, a and ben ouezdou, m. (2015). incorporation of fillers from marble and tile wastes in the composition of self-compacting concretes, constr. build. mater., 91, pp. 65-70. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.04.052 [16] sadek, d.m. el-attar, mm and haitham, a.a. (2016). reusing of marble and granite powders in self-compacting concrete for sustainable development, j. clean. prod., 121, pp. 19-32. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.02.044 [17] siddique, r. (2016). compressive strength, water absorption, sorptivity, abrasion resistance and permeability of selfcompacting concrete containing coal bottom ash, constr. build. mater., 47, pp. 1444-1450. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2013.06.081 [18] boukhelkhal, a. azzouz, l. kenai, s. kadri, e.h and benabed, b. (2019). combined effects of mineral additions and curing conditions on strength and durability of self-compacting mortars exposed to aggressive solutions in the natural hot-dry climate in north african desert region, constr. build. mater., 197, pp. 307-318. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.11.233 [19] jalal, m. pouladkhan, a. harandi, o.f and jafarid, d. (2015). comparative study on effects of class f fly ash, nano silica and silica fume on properties of high performance self-compacting concrete, constr. build. mater., 94, pp. 90-104. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.07.001 a. boukhelkhal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 89-101; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.07 101 [20] ardalan, rb. joshaghani, a and hooton, rd. (2017). workability retention and compressive strength of selfcompacting concrete incorporating pumice powder and silica fume, constr. build. mater., 134, pp. 116-122. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.12.090 [21] boukhelkhal, a. azzouz, l. belaïdi, a.s.e and benabed, b. (2016). effects of marble powder as a partial replacement of cement on some engineering properties of self-compacting concrete, adhes. sci. technol., 30(22), pp. 2405–2419. [22] assi, l. carter, k. deaver, e. anay, r and ziehl, p. (2018). sustainable concrete: building a greener future, j. clean. prod., 198, pp. 1641-1651.doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.07.123 [23] kim, y. hanif, a. usman, m. munir, mj. kazmi, sms and kim, s. (2017). slag waste incorporation in high early strength concrete as cement replacement: environmental impact and influence on hydration and durability attributes, j. clean. prod., 172, pp. 3056-3065. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.11.105 [24] ishak, sa and hashim, h. (2015). low carbon measures for cement plant a review, j. clean. prod., 103, pp. 260274. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.11.003 [25] boukhelkhal, d. boukendakdji, o. kenai, s and kadri, e-h. (2018). combined effect of mineral admixture and curing temperature on mechanical behavior and porosity of scc, adv. concr. constr., 6(1), pp. 69-85. doi: 10.12989/acc.2018.6.1.069. [26] singh, m. choudhary, k. srivastava, a. sangwan, ks and bhunia, d. (2017). a study on environmental and economic impacts of using waste marble powder in concrete, j. build. eng., 13, pp. 87-95. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2017.07.009 [27] alyamac, ke. ghafari, e and ince, r. (2017). development of eco-efficient self-compacting concrete with waste marble powder using the response surface method, j. clean. prod., 144, pp. 192-202. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.12.156 [28] ashish, dk (2019). concrete made with waste marble powder and supplementary cementitious material for sustainable development, j. clean. prod., 211, pp. 716-729. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.11.245 [29] guneyisi, e. gesoglu, m and ozbay, e. (2009). effects of marble powder and slag on the properties of selfcompacting mortars, mater. struc., 42, pp. 813-826. doi: doi: 10.1617/s11527-008-9426-2 [30] toubal, ns. mellas, m. sadowski, l and żak, a. (2018). effects of marble powder on the properties of the aircured blended cement paste, j. clean. prod., 183, pp. 858-868. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.01.267 [31] european standared en 1097-6 (2013) tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates part 6: determination of particle density and water absorption. [32] efnarc(2002).specification and guidelines for selfcompacting concrete. european federation of producers and applicators of specialist products for structures, efnarc, norfolk, uk, pp.32. [33] en 12390-3. (2012). essais pour béton durci partie 3 : résistance à la compression des éprouvettes de béton durci. [34] aashto pp58 (2008). "static segregation of hardened self-consolidating concrete cylinders." american association of state highway and transportation officials, washington, dc. [35] yahia, a. tanimura, m and shimoyama, y. (2005). rheological properties of highly flowable mortar containing limestone filler-effect of powder content and w/c ratio, cem. concr. res., 35(3), pp. 532–539. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2004.05.008 [36] uysal, m. and yilmaz, k. (2011). effect of mineral admixtures on properties of self-compacting concrete, cem. concr. com., 33, pp. 771-6. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2011.04.005 [37] topçu, i. bilir, t and uygunoglu, t. (2009). effect of waste marble dust content as filler on properties of selfcompacting concrete, constr. build. mater., 23, pp. 1947-1953. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2008.09.007 [38] arbelaez jaramillo, c.a. rigueira victor, j.w. marti vargas, j.r., serna ros, p and pinto barbosa, m. (2003). reduced models test for the characterization of the rheological properties of self-compacting concrete (scc), proceedings of the third international symposium on self-compacting concrete, reykjavik, island, 17-20 august. [39] alyousef, r. benjeddou, o. khadimallah, m.a. mohamed, a.m. soussi, c (2018). study of the effects of marble powder amount on the self-compacting concretes properties by microstructure analysis on cement-marble powder pastes. advan civ eng. doi: 10.1155/2018/6018613. [40] corinaldesi, v. moriconi, g and naik, tr. (2010). characterization of marble powder for its use in mortar and concrete, constr. build. mater., 24, pp. 113-117. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2009.08.013 [41] toubal, ns. mellas, m. sadowski, l and żak, a. (2019). the effect of curing conditions on the properties of cement-based composites blended with waste marble dust, mine. met. mater. soc., 71(3), pp. 1002-1015. doi: 10.1007/s11837-018-3254-9. [42] el-dieb, a.s and kanaan, d.m. (2018). ceramic waste powder an alternative cement replacement–characterization and evaluation, sustain. mater. techno., 17, pp. 1-11. doi: 10.1016/j.susmat.2018.e00063. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_14 v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 114 focussed on crack paths surface crack growth subject to bending and biaxial tension-compression v. shlyannikov, a. tumanov, a. zakharov kazan scientific center of russian academy of sciences, russia shlyannikov@mail.ru, tymanoff@rambler.ru, alex.zakharov88@mail.ru a. gerasimenko saint-petersburg university of mines, russia anastasiya.geras@mail.ru abstract. fatigue surface crack growth and the in-plane and out-of-plane constraint effects are studied through experiments and computations for aluminium alloy d16t. subjects for studies are cruciform specimens under different biaxial loading and bending central notched specimens with external semi-elliptical surface crack. both the optical microscope measurements and the crack opening displacement (cod) method are used to monitor and calculate both crack depth and crack length during the tests. the variation of crack growth rate and surface crack paths behaviour is studied under cyclic pure bending and biaxial tension-compression fatigue loading. this work is centered on the relations between crack size on the free surface of specimen considered configurations, cod and aspect ratio under different fatigue loading conditions. for the experimental surface crack paths in tested specimens the t-stress, the local triaxiality parameter h, the out-of-plane tz factor and the governing parameter for the 3d-fields of the stresses and strains at the crack tip in the form of in-integral were calculated as a function of aspect ratio by finite element analysis to characterization of the constraint effects along semi-elliptical crack front. the plastic stress intensity factor approach is applied to the fatigue crack growth on the free surface of the tested bending and cruciform specimens as well as the deepest point of the semi-elliptical surface crack front. as result fatigue surface crack paths or crack front positions as a function of accumulated number of cycle of loading are obtained. keywords. surface crack; biaxial loading; bending; crack growth. introduction n order to provide operation in a safe condition, it is necessary to perform fracture mechanics assessment of a structural component under cyclic loading. the fatigue growth analysis of surface cracks is one of the most important elements for structural integrity prediction of the flat metallic components in the presence of initial and accumulated operation damages. in most cases, part-through flaws appear on the free surface of the structures and defects i v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 115 are approximately considered as semi-elliptical cracks. biaxial loading conditions including tension/compression and bending are typical for the metallic components of engineering structures (turbine disk, aeroplane fuselage skin, pressure vessels and so on). the problem of residual fatigue life prediction of such type of structural elements is complex and the closed solution is often not available because surface flaws are three-dimensional in nature. the fatigue failure of structural elements subjected to biaxial stress system maybe develops from surface flaws, and only several analyses have been carried out to determine the stress intensity factors along the front of an edge defects and crack growth rate study on this base [1-4]. an actual surface crack may usually be replaced by an equivalent circular arc or elliptical-arc edge flaw. the elastic stress intensity factors have been published for part-circular, part-elliptical, or straight fronted through-thickness cracks in a cruciform and bending specimens. in this paper, firstly experimental results of fatigue crack growth for a crack starting from a semi-elliptical notch in an cruciform specimens under biaxial loading and bending plate are given. the influence of different loading conditions on fatigue life of cruciform specimens and bending plate is discussed. the relations of crack opening displacement and crack length on the free surface of specimens are obtained and it is shown that the growth of the crack fronts is dependent on the initial notch form. using the aforementioned relations, the crack front shape and crack growth rate in the depth direction can be predicted. the simulations for the crack path assessment are based on the constraint parameters behaviour. the computational 3d fracture analyses deliver a governing parameter of elastic-plastic stress field distributions along the crack front. on this base crack growth interpretation is performed using the traditional elastic and new plastic stress intensity factors [5-7]. different crack growth rate is observed in the direction of the deepest point of the crack front with respect to the free surface of the bending specimen. specimens and material properties he test material is aluminum alloy d16t which main mechanical properties are listed in tab. 1 where e is the young’s modulus, b is the nominal ultimate tensile strength, 0 is the monotonic tensile yield strength, u is the true ultimate tensile strength,  is the elongation,  is the reduction of area, n is the strain hardening exponent and α is the strain hardening coefficient. aluminum alloy 0.2 mpa b mpa  %  % u mpa e gpa n α d16t 439 590 9 9 645 75.922 5.88 1.50 438 598 12 13 686 77.191 5.85 1.58 table 1: main mechanical properties of aluminum alloys. the cruciform specimen (cs) geometry and bending plate (bp) configuration are shown in fig. 1. the thickness of both specimens is equal to 10 mm. using linear cutting machine surface edge cracks were cut with initial flaw depths b0 3.0 mm for both a circular arc and elliptical-arc initial edge notch. the geometric parameters of the specimens and initial notch are shown in fig. 1. in this figure, the crack front approximated by an elliptical curve with major axis 2c and minor axis 2a. the crack length on the free surface of specimen c is obtained by measuring the distance between the advancing crack break through point and the notch break through point. the crack opening displacement is measured on the free specimen flat surface, in the central plane of symmetry as shown in fig. 2. the cs fatigue crack growth tests have been performed with servohydraulic biaxial test equipment at a frequency of 5 hz at a stress ratio r=0.1. the equipment has four independent loading arms with load actuators, which exert up to 50 kn on the both axes. tensile or compressive loads are applied to each pair of arms of the cruciform specimens (fig. 1), developing a biaxial stress field in the working section. the loads are controlled such that the specified forces are produced on opposing arms of the cs according to the given load biaxiality. for pure mode i at crack angle equal  = 90, four biaxial load ratios for cs,  equal to +1.0, +0.5, 0.0 (uniaxial), and -1.0. bending tests were carried out on servohydraulic test system biss-nano with maximal capacity 25 kn at a frequency of 7 hz at a stress ratio r=0.1. the crack length on the specimen lateral surface were monitored using the optical instrumental zoom microscope whereas, to fix the t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 116 crack opening displacement of specimen at the gauge length, a pulley arrangement with an externally axial encoder is introduced (fig. 2). all tests are carried out with sinusoidal loading form with load control. two different stress ratio rf values (0.1 and 0.5) were applied several times to the specimens in order to highlight the crack front geometry during propagation: during each test, beach marks were produced on each specimen by increasing the applied stress ratio from 0.1 to 0.5 at constant value of maximum cyclic nominal stress, when the surface crack length was approximately increased to a  0.1mm. the typical beach marks on the post mortem cross section of different specimens are shown in figs. 2 and 3 for biaxial tension and bending, respectively. from the crack front shape obtained in a) b) c) figure 1: details of the (a) cruciform specimen and (b) plate geometry and (c) initial notches.   figure 2: test equipment for measuring cod and crack path under biaxial loading. a) b)   figure 3: surface crack paths under bending for initial aspect ratio (a) (a/c)0=1.0 and (b) (a/c)0=0.36. v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 117 this way, the relations between the relative crack depth a/t and the aspect ratio a/c can be measured using a comparison microscope. in addition, based on periodically measured increments of surface crack length c, the curve of surface crack propagation versus cycle numbers dc/dn can be obtained. afterwards, utilizing the relation of crack depth versus surface crack length, it is possible to obtain the crack growth rates da/dn in the depth direction. another interesting result pointed out in the present study is the aspect ratio increasing under biaxial loading as a function of crack depth a/t (fig.4,a) whereas the aspect ratio decreasing under bending loading (fig.4,b). a) b) figure 4: aspect ratio versus crack depth under (a) different biaxial loading and (b) bending. numerical results rom figs. 2 and 3 can be seen that the length of the arc of semi-elliptical crack front depends on the loading conditions of the cs and bp specimens. moreover, the crack propagation process in cs samples can be divided into two stages. during the first stage a semi-elliptical crack is a part-through-thickness. on the second stage semielliptical crack completely crosses the wall and becomes a through-thickness. to compare the parameter distributions along the semi-elliptical crack front is convenient to introduce the dimensionless coordinates in the following form 2   . in the following representation of numerical results, we will use variable  changing in the range from 0 to 1. constraint parameters characterization of the constraint effects in the present study was performed using the non-singular t-stresses, the local triaxiality parameter h and the tz-factor of the stress-state in a 3d cracked body to illustrate the features of the behavior of surface cracks in the cs and bp specimens. t-stress using the crack flank nodal displacements technique, the t-stress distributions in various specimen geometries were determined from numerical calculations. to this end, the commercial finite element code, ansys [8], was used to calculate the stress distributions ahead of the crack tips. in this part of the fea calculations, the material is assumed to be linear elastic and characterized by e=76.5 gpa and =0.3. tz-factor the tz factor [9] has been recognized to present a measure of the out-of-plane constraint and can be expressed as the ratio of the normal elastic-plastic stress components      zz z xx yy t (1) where zz is the out-of-plane stress, and xx and yy are the in-plane stresses. the variation of this parameter is important to characterize the thickness effect on the crack front stress distribution and the changes of the plastic zone size. f v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 118 stress triaxiality as a secondary fracture parameter, a local parameter of the crack-tip constraint was proposed by the authors [10] because the validity of some of the above-mentioned concepts depends on the chosen reference field. this stress triaxiality parameter is described as follows:   3, , 3 2          kk ij ijh r z s s (2) where kk and sij are the hydrostatic and deviatoric stresses, respectively. being a function of both the first invariant of the stress tensor and the second invariant of the stress deviator, the stress triaxiality parameter is a local measure of the inplane and out-of-plane constraint that is independent of any reference field. plastic stress intensity factor here, our primary interests are to obtain an accurate description for the distribution along the crack front of the governing parameter for the elastic-plastic solution in the form of an in-integral and to determine the accuracy that this type of calculation, which will later be used for the general 3d problem, provides for the plastic stress intensity factor (sif). the method developed here for combining the knowledge of the dominant singular solution with the finite element technique to obtain accurate solutions in the neighborhood of a crack tip is also applicable to the treatment of problems involving cracks in finite bodies. the plastic stress intensity factor pk in pure mode i can be expressed directly in terms of the corresponding elastic stress intensity factor using rice’s j-integral. that is             ; 11 2 1 2 0 11 2 0 2 1                       n n n n p i way i k k       wayk 11   (3) where wkk 11  is normalized by a characteristic size of cracked body elastic stress intensity factor and ' e e for plane stress and  2' 1  e e for plane strain. in the above equations,  and n are the hardening parameters, wa is the dimensionless crack length, w is characteristic size of specimen (for our case that is specimen width),  is the nominal stress, and 0 is the yield stress. the numerical constant  ni is obtained from the singularity analysis by means of the conjugation solutions for the far and near fields. in the classical first-term singular hrr-solution [11], the numerical parameter in is a function of only the material strain hardening exponent n. shlyannikov and tumanov [5] reconsidered the hrr-solution for both plane strain and plane stress and supposed that under small-scale yielding, the expression for in depends implicitly on the dimensionless crack length and the specimen configuration. in this section, we extend the analysis to the in-integral behavior in an infinitely sized cracked body [11] to treat the test specimen’s specified geometries. the use of the hutchinson’s theoretical definition for the in-factor directly adopted in the numerical finite element analyses leads to [5]     1 cos sin 1 , , , 1 cos 1                                                            fem fem femn fem fem fem femr e rr r r fem n fem fem fem fem rr r r du dun u u c a n d d i n d w t u u n         (4) in this case, the numerical integral of the crack tip field in changes not only with the strain hardening exponent n but also with the relative crack length c/w and the relative crack depth a/t. more details to determine the in factor for different test specimen configurations are given by refs. [5-7]. v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 119 the distributions of the elastic and elastic-plastic constraint parameters along the crack front in the bending specimen under cyclic loading are plotted in figs. 6 and 7. these distributions correspond to the crack front positions at the accumulated number of loading cycles n1=0 (initial front), n2= 28000 (intermediate front), n3= 38000 (intermediate front), n4= 44500 (final failure front). the constraint parameter is plotted against the normalized coordinate  . in this plot  = 0.0 is the crack border (the specimen free surface) while  = 1.0 is the mid-plane of the specimen thickness. it can be observed that all constraint parameters essentially changed along the crack front from the free surface toward the mid-plane. figure 5: constraint parameter distributions for bending plate along crack front (1-initial, 2-3-intermediate, 4-final). figure 6: elastic constraint parameter distributions along crack front under different biaxial loading conditions. the distribution of the elastic-plastic constraint parameters along the crack front in the direction from the free surface toward the mid-plane is plotted in figs. 6 and 7 for the cruciform specimens under different biaxial loading conditions. the constraint parameters are plotted against the normalized angular coordinate  . it can be observed from these figures that all constraint parameters sufficiently changed along the crack front from the free surface toward the mid-plane as a v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 120 function of load biaxiality. fig. 6 represents the distributions of the constraint parameters for the biaxial tension and as well as the combined tension-compression loading for the intermediate crack front position (a/c)=0.6. the last part of the numerical calculations of the present study is devoted to the determination of the elastic and plastic stress intensity factors in cruciform and bending samples. in fig.8 shown the distributions of the elastic and plastic sifs for the same tensile loading conditions along the same crack front in the cs configuration. fig. 8 gives a clear illustration of the necessity to take into account the load biaxiality in order to the interpretation of the characteristics of the material resistance to crack propagation. the data shown in fig. 9 the distributions of the elastic and plastic sifs related to the bending plate in more details for several crack front positions. figure 7: plastic constraint parameter distributions along crack front under different biaxial loading conditions. figure 8: elastic (a,b) and plastic (c,d) stress intensity factor behavior for different aspect ratio under biaxial loading. v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 121 а) b) figure 9: elastic (a) and (b) plastic stress intensity factor distributions for bending plate along crack front (1-initial, 2-3-intermediate, 4final). experimental results and discussion he evolution of the crack growth rate of the elliptical-fronted edge cracks during the tests is determined using cod and the microscope. in order to study the crack growth under fatigue tension-compression biaxial loading and bending, several flat specimens of aluminum alloy d16 are tested with an initial notch depth equal to 3 mm. fig. 10 shows plot of the break through point advances c and of cod against the number of cycles n under different biaxial loading and bending, respectively. as shown in fig. 10, in-phase cyclic tension-compression leads to different effects on the relationship between crack length on the free surface and crack opening displacement for the cruciform specimens and bending plate for the same main material properties. nevertheless there is a strong correlation between these two parameters that can be very useful for automation of experimental studies of fatigue and fracture under multiaxial stress state. on the base of this experimental data, polynomial functions can be used to express the cod as a function of the superficial crack length. figure 10: relationship between cod and crack length on free surface of cruciform specimens and bending plate. fig. 11a represents the superficial crack growth rate dc/dn versus cod on the cruciform specimens undergoing pure mode i tension and compression loading. it is found that the crack growth rate along the external surface direction as a function of cod fit into a single curve with a small scatter band of the experimental results under different loading conditions when (dc/dn)>10-4 m/cycle and cod>0.4 mm. thus, load biaxiality has a significant influence on the initial stage of surface flaw growth. the bending plate (fig. 11b) has a smaller range of crack growth rates as compared to biaxially loaded cs samples. however, looking at fig. 3 and fig. 4b, significant differences in the crack growth rate in the depth direction a and on the free surface c are expected. t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 122 a) b) figure 11: crack growth rate on free surface of (a) cruciform specimens and (b) bending plate versus cod. а) b) figure 12: crack growth rate as a function of (a) elastic and (b) plastic sifs under bending for different crack front points. fig. 12 shows the typical experimental fatigue fracture diagrams in the coordinates of the crack growth rate versus the values of the stress intensity factors for the plate tested under bending loading. the left picture in fig. 12 depicts the behavior of the da/dn and dc/dn as a function of the elastic sif k1, whereas the right picture in fig. 12 gives us the crack growth rate depending on of the dimensionless plastic stress intensity factor kp. to determine the experimental values of the elastic and plastic sifs for two main points of the crack front, namely, the free surface a and mid-plane section c, was used the distributions represented in fig. 9. looking at fig.12 it should be noted that a significant reduction of the crack growth rates is observed in the direction of the deepest point of the crack front with respect to the crack front intersection with the free surface of the bending specimens in terms of the elastic and plastic sifs. in contrast to the elastic sif k1, the plastic sif kp shows very useful effect of the sensitivity to the plastic properties of the tested materials. it can be seen from fig. 12 that the plastic sif gradually increases by increasing the crack length and crack depth at fixed elastic properties of the aluminum alloy characterized by e=76 gpa and =0.3. the data presented very obvious advantages of using the plastic stress intensity factors to characterize the material's resistance to cyclic crack growth. this conclusion is confirmed by the relative position of crack growth curves in fig.12 for the tested aluminum alloy d16 in the terms of the elastic and plastic sifs. v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 123 conclusions atigue crack growth for a semi-elliptical crack with two different initial notch form in cruciform specimens and bending plate of d16 aluminum alloy is studied. experiments and calculations made under biaxial cyclic tensioncompression and bending are described. all the experimental and numerical results are shown: for the same specimen configuration and different the crack front position as a function of cyclic tension-compression and bending loading, the following constraint parameters were analyzed, namely, the non-singular t -stress, zt -factor and the stress triaxiality parameter h in the 3d series of elastic-plastic computations; the governing parameter of the elastic-plastic stress fields in-factor distributions along various crack fronts was also determined from numerical calculations, this governing parameter is used as the foundation of the elastic-plastic stress intensity factor; under cyclic bending, it can be seen that the crack propagation paths differ with diverse initial flaw forms, but under biaxial loading converge to the same configuration when the crack depth ratio is larger than about 0.5; it is found that there is relationship between the crack growth rate on the free surface of specimen and cod for both tested cruciform specimens and bending plate; a significant reduction of the crack growth rates is observed in the direction of the deepest point of the crack front with respect to the crack front intersection with the free surface of the bending plate; the experimental and numerical results of the present study background provide an opportunity to explore the suggestion that crack growth rate may be represented by the plastic stress intensity factor, rather than the magnitude of the elastic sifs alone; it is stated that the elastic-plastic stress intensity factor, which is sensitive to the constraint effects and elastic-plastic material properties, is attractive as the self-dependent unified parameter for characterization of the material fracture resistance properties. acknowledgment he authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support of the russian scientific foundation under the project 1419-01716. references [1] newman, j.c., raju, i.s., an empirical stress-intensity factor equation for the surface crack, eng. fract. mech., 15 (12) (1981) 185-192. [2] carpinteri, a., brighenti, r., part-through cracks in round bars under cyclic combined axial and bending loading, int. j. fatigue, 18 (1) (1996) 33-39. [3] shlyannikov, v.n., tumanov, a.v., an inclined surface crack subject to biaxial loading, int. j. solids struct., 48 (2011) 1778-1790. [4] shlyannikov, v.n., kislova s.yu., tumanov, a.v., inclined semi-elliptical crack for predicting crack growth direction based on apparent stress intensity factors, theoret. appl. fract. mech., 53 (2010) 185-193. [5] shlyannikov, v.n., tumanov, a.v., characterization of crack tip stress fields in test specimens using mode mixity parameters, int. j. fract., 185 (2014) 49-76. [6] shlyannikov, v.n., zakharov, a.p., multiaxial crack growth rate under variable t-stress, eng. fract. mech., 123 (2014) 86–99. [7] shlyannikov, v.n., tumanov, a.v., zakharov, a.p., the mixed mode crack growth rate in cruciform specimens subject to biaxial loading, theoret. appl. fract. mech., 73 (2014) 68-81. [8] ansys mechanical apdl theory reference release 14.5// ansys, inc. southpointe, 275 technology drive, canonburg, pa 2012. [9] guo, w.l., elasto-plastic three dimensional crack border field-i, eng. fract. mech., 46 (1993) 93-104. f t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 114-124; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.14 124 [10] henry, b.s., luxmoore, a.r., the stress triaxiality constraint and the q-value as ductile fracture parameter, eng. fract. mech., 55 (1997) 375-390. [11] hutchinson, j.w., singular behaviour at the end of a tensile crack in a hardening material, journ. mech. phys. solids, 16 (1968) 13-31. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 2195 f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 666 focused on the “portuguese contributions for structural integrity” fatigue crack growth in notched specimens: a numerical analysis f.v. antunes, r. branco, p. prates, j.d.m. costa university of coimbra, portugal fernando.ventura@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0336-4729 ricardo.branco@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 pedro.prates@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 jose.domingos@dem.uc.pt abstract. fatigue crack growth (fcg) is linked to irreversible and nonlinear processes happening at the crack tip, which explains different problems observed in the use of da/dn-k curves. the replacement of k by nonlinear crack tip parameters, namely the crack tip opening displacement (ctod) is an interesting alternative. the objective in here is to study the effect of notches on fcg using the plastic ctod range, p. m(t) specimens with lateral notches of different radius (1, 2, 4 and 8 mm were analysed numerically, keeping the total depth constant (8 mm). the increase of crack length increases p and therefore fcg rate. for plane stress state, the formation of the residual plastic wake with crack propagation, produces crack closure which compensates the effect of crack length and there is a stabilization of p. the reduction of notch radius increases p for all crack lengths, particularly for the shortest ones. for plane strain state there is almost no crack closure therefore p is higher than for plane stress state, and the effect of crack length produces a relatively fast increase of p. keywords. fatigue crack growth; notches; plastic ctod; crack closure. citation: antunes, v. v., branco, r., prates, p., costa j.d.m., fatigue crack growth in notched specimens: a numerical analysis, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675. received: 18.09.2018 accepted: 11.11.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he study of fatigue crack propagation is usually based on relations between the crack increment per load cycle, da/dn, and the stress intensity factor range, k. 1. the dn-k relationship is supposed to be invariant relatively to the shape and size of the cracked component. k is a linear elastic parameter, however it controls the small-scale cyclic plastic deformation occurring at the crack tip 2. nevertheless, da/dn-k relations have several limitations, namely: (i) such curves are completely phenomenological, not derived from physics, and the fitting parameters have units with no physical justification; (ii) such curves are only valid in the small-scale yielding range; (iii) and da/dn depends on other parameters, including the stress ratio and the load history. different concepts have been proposed to overcome the limitations identified in the use of dn-k relationships, which are effectively caused by using a linear elastic parameter to quantify the non-linear irreversible processes responsible for t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2195.mp4 f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 667 fatigue crack growth (fcg). crack closure was proposed 3 and has been used as a complementary parameter to explain the effect of plastic deformation on fcg relations. it has been used to explain the effects of stress ratio, overloads, short cracks and specimen thickness. the t-stress is another concept which has been used to explain the effect of specimen geometry 4. the concept of partial crack closure, proposed by donald and paris 5 and kujawski 6, assumes that the contact of crack flanks does not occur immediately behind crack tip and there is, therefore, a contribution of the load range below crack opening to fatigue damage. christopher et al. 7 proposed a new model based on four parameters to describe the stresses around the crack tip: kf (opening mode stress intensity factor), ks (shear stress intensity factor), kr (retardation stress intensity factor) and the t-stress. however, these new concepts only mitigate the problem, without attacking the real source of the problem. in authors’ opinion, the linear elastic k parameter must be replaced by nonlinear crack tip parameters, able to quantify effectively the crack tip plastic deformation which is supposed to control fatigue crack growth rate (fcgr). the effect of physical parameters like thickness, stress state, specimen geometry and/or overloads is naturally accommodated by the non-linear parameters. antunes et al. 8 used non-linear parameters to validate the crack closure concept and to identify the best crack closure parameter. the non-linear parameters identified in the literature review made by antunes et al. 8 were the range of cyclic plastic strain, the size of reversed plastic zone, the total plastic dissipation per cycle and the crack opening displacement. note that these non-linear crack tip parameters, and also the j integral, usually replace k when the lefm is no longer valid. the crack opening displacement (cod) is a classical parameter in elastic-plastic fracture mechanics, still widely used nowadays 9. it has a direct physical meaning and can be measured experimentally. crack tip blunting and re-sharpening has been used to explain fatigue crack propagation under cyclic loading 10. this cyclic blunting and re-sharpening was modeled by different authors in order to predict the fcgr 11. additionally, it was demonstrated that there is a relationship between cod and striation spacing, and between this and the crack propagation rate 12. the experimental measurement of cod has been done using different strategies. in compact-tension (ct) specimens, an extensometer with blades is used to measure the opening of the specimen at the edge. therefore, this parameter is usually called crack mouth opening displacement (cmod). in middle-tension (m(t)) specimens, a pin extensometer is placed at the center of the specimen, fixed in two small holes to avoid sliding. the resulting force versus displacement curves are typically used to calculate the crack closure level. digital image correlation (dic) has been used to define a virtual extensometer, therefore cod can be obtained at different positions relatively to the crack tip. however, analytical or numerical approaches are required to measure the crack tip opening displacement, ctod. in the finite element method (fem) studies the ctod is usually measured at the first node behind crack tip. the use of ctod in the study of fcg in notched samples has not been seen in literature. one of the well-known approaches to deal with the notch effect in fatigue problems was proposed by neuber [13] who stated that the geometric mean value of the stress concentration factor and strain concentration factor is constant and equal to the elastic stress concentration factor. glinka [14 developed an energy-based approach, known as equivalent strain energy density, based on the assumption that the elastic-plastic strain energy density of the material in the yielded zone of the material is equal to the strain energy density assuming an elastic behaviour. other current and important energy-based approaches are, for example, the control-volume technique introduced by lazzarin [15] and the total strain energy density concept formulated by ellyin [16. it should be also mentioned the theory of critical distances which combines a set of alternative approaches which have in common the fact that the effective stresses at the process zone is estimated on the basis of a characteristic material length, also called critical distance [17-19]. however, these methodologies have some limitations. the main objective here is to study numerically the effect of notches on fatigue crack growth rate using the plastic ctod concept recently introduced by antunes et al. [20]. the material studied was the 7050-t6 aluminium alloy, in the form of single-edge notch tension specimens (sent). the radius of the notch was varied, keeping constant the total depth of the notch. an automatic elastic-plastic finite-element procedure was developed and the simulations were computed assuming both plane stress and plane strain conditions. numerical model ig. 1a shows the geometry of the notched samples. four different notches were considered, with radius of 8, 4, 2 and 1 mm, as illustrated by figs. 1c, 1d, 1e and 1f, respectively. the total notch depth was always 8 mm, as indicated. the initial crack length was a0=8.096 mm including the notch, i.e., the initial crack extended 96 m ahead of the notch. the specimens had a thickness of 0.2 mm in order to simulate pure plane stress state. additionally, plane strain state was modeled imposing boundary conditions which avoid out-of-plane plane deformation. only ¼ of the f f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 668 specimen was modeled considering adequate boundary conditions, as indicated in fig. 1a. a cyclic load was applied remotely from crack tip, as illustrated in fig. 1a, with fmax=400 n; fmin =4 n (r=0.01). the material studied was the 7050-t6 aluminum alloy, which is strengthened mainly by the addition of zn, mg and cu. the t6 heat treatment comprises homogenization and aging, producing hardening by precipitation. the aa7050-t6 has excellent properties, namely good fracture toughness, high strength and stress corrosion resistance, making it ideal for applications in aircraft industry 21, 22. cyclic stress-strain hysteresis loops, obtained in smooth samples, were used to fit the hardening models. the elastic-plastic model adopted assumes that the plastic behavior follows the von mises yield criterion, coupled with voce isotropic hardening law 23: 0 sat 0y( ) y ( y y )[1 exp( c )] p p y      (1) where y0, ysat and cy are material parameters and p is the equivalent plastic strain, and lemaître-chaboche non-linear kinematic hardening law 24: p x satc x       σ x x x  (2) being cx, and xsat material parameters. table 1 shows the identified set of material parameters of voce and lemaîtrechaboche laws. fig. 1 compares experimental results with the analytical model proposed here. several load cycles were applied and the cumulative plastic strain is plotted versus stress. an excellent agreement can be seen, indicating that the analytical model is able to simulate the cyclic plastic deformation. y0 [mpa] ysat [mpa] cy cx xsat [mpa] 420.50 420.50 3.806 228.91 198.35 table 1: material parameters for the 7050-t6 aluminum alloy. figure 1: accuracy of material’s model: experimental results versus analytical model. -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 0 25 50 75 100 125 st re ss [m p a] equivalent plastic strain [%] aa7050-t6 fit voce law parameters lemaître-chaboche law parameters f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 669 the finite element mesh illustrated in fig. 2, composed of 3d linear isoparametric elements, has 7175 elements and 7359 nodes. as can be seen in fig. 1b, a refined mesh was defined near the notch, where the elements have 88 m2. the crack was extended at minimum load, after each two load cycles. the total crack propagation was 1598 =1272 m. results distribution of stresses ahead of notch ig. 3 presents the distribution of linear elastic stresses ahead of notch for the different notch radius, rn. these stresses were divided by the remote stress. the stresses are higher for the lower values of rn, as could be expected. for plane stress state there is a turning point at about 1.5 mm, while for the plane strain state this turning point is at about 1 mm. in fact, the comparison of figs. 2a and b indicates that for plane strain state the variation of stresses with distance from the notch is much faster. the stress concentration factors, obtained dividing the local stresses by the remote stress, are presented in table 2. the decrease of stress ratio increases kt, and the plane strain state promotes higher values of kt than the plane stress state. there is an exception for plane stress state, because the notch ratio of 1 mm gave slightly lower kt than rn=2 mm. rn [mm] kt (plane stress) kt (plane strain) 1 3.64 3.99 2 3.70 3.77 3 3.59 3.52 4 3.26 3.05 table 2: stress concentration factors. figure 2: geometry and finite element mesh of the notched samples. (a) loading and boundary conditions. (b) detail of finite element mesh. (c) notch radius of 8 mm. (d) notch radius of 4 mm. (e) notch radius of 2 mm. (f) notch radius of 1 mm. f f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 670 figure 3: distribution of von mises equivalent stress ahead of the notch (uncracked geometry; elastic behavior). (a) plane stress state. (b) plane strain state. plastic ctod range figs. 4a and 4b present typical results of ctod versus load, measured for crack increments of 40 and 800 m, respectively. the first node behind crack tip is closed at minimum load and only opens when the load reaches point a (fig. 4b), which is the crack opening load. after opening the ctod increases linearly with load, but after point b there is some deviation from linearity which indicates the occurrence of plastic deformation. the maximum ctod occurs at point c, which corresponds to the maximum applied load. after the maximum load there is also a linear variation of ctod with load decrease. with subsequent load decrease, reversed plastic deformation starts and the crack closes again. the plastic deformation increases progressively for loads above point b, up the maximum load. the plastic ctod was obtained subtracting the elastic ctod from the total ctod. the comparison of both figures indicates that the crack increment increases the crack closure level, which is logical because the plastic wake increases. the slope of linear regime increases because the rigidity of the specimen reduces with crack growth. although the increase of crack closure, the crack growth increases the plastic ctod range, which results from the effect of crack length on crack tip stresses. figure 4: crack tip opening displacement (plane stress, rn= 4 mm). (a) a=40 m. (b) a=800 m. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 100 200 300 400 c t o d [ m ] force [n] total ctod plastic ctod a b c 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 0 100 200 300 400 c t o d [ m ] force [n] total ctod plastic ctod a b c p 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0  vm /  n om xn [mm] rn= 1 mm rn=2 mm rn=4 mm rn=8 mm 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 0 1 2 3  vm /  no m xn [mm] rn=1 mm rn=2 mm rn=4 mm rn=8 mm (b) rn xn (a) f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 671 fig. 5 presents the variation of plastic ctod range, p, with crack growth for different notch radius. the increase of crack length tends to increase p and therefore fatigue crack growth rate. however, for notch radius of 1 and 2 mm, there is a rapid decrease of p at the beginning of crack growth, followed by a progressive increase. the progressive increase of p with notch radius, rn, is steeper for plane strain state. for plane stress state, a convergence to the same value is evident, as the crack departs from the notch. this asymptote is expected to be the value of p not affected by the notch. for plane strain state, this convergence is not so evident, which seems to indicate that the effect of the notch is more extensive. the decrease of notch radius increases p, due to the increase of stresses. figure 5: variation of plastic ctod range with crack growth. (a) plane stress state. (b) plane strain state. fig. 6 presents the effect of stress state for different notch radius. at the beginning of crack growth plane stress state gives higher values of p. however, rapidly the values for plane strain state raise above those for plane stress state, and become significantly higher. the higher crack growth rate observed for plane strain state explains the curvature of crack fronts in through-cracked specimens. fig. 6 shows the variation of crack closure level, quantified by: f fopen minu 100clos f fmax min     (1) being fmin, fmax and fopen the minimum, maximum and opening loads, respectively. this parameter quantifies the portion of load cycle during which the crack is closed. the plane stress predictions are clearly higher than plane strain results. for plane strain state and notch radius of 1 and 2 mm, there is an initial peak of uclos followed by a progressive stabilization. this peak is linked to an odd deformation produced by the first load cycle. all the curves converge rapidly to about uclos=10%.for plane stress state there is a progressive increase of crack closure with crack length, as the plastic wake is being formed. the decrease of notch radius increases uclos, which has a faster stabilization. the results in fig. 5 are explained by the relatively low level of crack closure observed for plane strain state. the trends of fig. 4 are also explained by crack closure. for plane stress state there is a faster stabilization of p for shorter notch radius because the crack closure level increases more rapidly. the crack closure is responsible for the convergence of all the curves. for plane strain state, the crack closure level is relatively low, therefore the increase of crack length if felt more intensively on p. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.5 1 1.5 2  p [ m ] xn [mm] rn=1 mm rn=2 mm rn=4 mm rn=8 mm 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2  p [ m ] xn [mm] rn=1 mm rn=2 mm rn=4 mm rn=8 mm rn xn (a) (b) f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 672 figure 6: variation of plastic ctod range with crack growth (a) rn=1 mm. (b) rn=2 mm. (c) rn=4 mm. (d) rn=8 mm. discussion he present study involves two topics of major relevance for fcg, which are notches and short cracks. for short crack, the hypothesis of small-scale yielding may be violated, therefore the use of plastic ctod instead of k is of major importance. the stress concentration associated with the notch reinforces this need. in fact, miller 25 suggested the use of elastic-plastic fracture mechanics to analyse short fatigue crack growth. the increase of crack length produces several effects: the increase of the distance to the notch and consequent reduction of stress concentration. the increase of crack length and, therefore, of crack tip stresses and p. the increase of crack closure as the plastic wake is formed. this is more relevant for plane stress state. it reduces the effective load range and therefore p. the crack closure concept is widely used to explain the short crack behaviour 26,27. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2  p [ m ] xn [mm] plane stress plane strain 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2  p [ m ] xn [mm] plane stress plane strain 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2  p [ m ] xn [mm] plane stress plane strain 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0 0.5 1 1.5 2  p [ m ] xn [mm] plane stress plane strain t (a) (b) (c) (d) f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 673 the variation of crack length is the cause of the global trend for the increase of p with crack growth. for plane stress state, the increase of crack length is accomplished by an increase of crack closure which stabilizes the values of p. in other words, the effect of crack length is compensated by the increase of crack closure. the decrease of notch radius produces a faster increase of crack closure and therefore a faster stabilization of p. for plane strain state, there is almost no crack closure, therefore p is bigger than for plane stress state. the absence of crack closure produces a faster growth of p with crack propagation, explained by the increase of crack length and by the progressive separation from the notch. ding et al. 28 studied the 1070 steel in the form of round bars and concluded that for positive stress ratios fcg is mainly influence by notch plasticity, while for negative stress ratios crack closure plays a significant role. hammouda et al. 29 attributed the observed short crack growth phenomenon to the combined effect of the notch plasticity and the cracktip plasticity. li 30 suggested that the fatigue crack growth from a notch was dominated by notch plasticity within the notch plasticity zone and the notch plasticity induced crack closure out of the notch plasticity zone. figure 7: variation of crack closure with crack length. conclusions numerical study was developed to study the effect of notches on fatigue crack growth rate. as the crack propagates, there is an increase of p and therefore of fatigue crack growth rate. for plane stress state, the reduction of notch radius increases p for all crack lengths, particularly for the shorter ones. the crack closure level increases with the decrease of notch radius, and this explains the convergence of p for different notch radius as the crack propagates. for plane strain state there is almost no crack closure, therefore the crack length has a greater impact on plastic ctod range. acknowledgements his research is sponsored by feder funds through the program compete (under project t44950814400019113) and by national funds through fct – portuguese foundation for science and technology, under the project ptdc/ems-pro/1356/2014. one of the authors, p.a. prates, was supported by a grant for scientific research also from the portuguese foundation for science and technology (sfrh/bpd/101465/2014). all supports are 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 u cl os [% ] xn [mm] rn=1 mm rn=2 mm rn=4 mm rn=8 mm plane  stress plane  strain a t rn xn f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 674 gratefully acknowledged. the authors would also like to thank the dd3imp in-house code developer team for providing the code and all the support services. references [1] paris, p.c. and erdogan, j. (1963). critical analysis of crack growth propagation laws, j. basic eng. 85d, pp. 528–534. [2] rice, j.r. 1967). mechanics of crack tip deformation and extension by fatigue, in: fatigue crack propagation. philadelphia: astm stp 415, pp. 256–271. [3] elber, w. (1970). fatigue crack closure under cyclic tension, eng. fract. mech. 2, pp. 37-45. [4] lugo, m. and daniewicz, s.r. (2011). the influence of t-stress on plasticity induced crack closure under plane strain conditions, int. j. fatigue 33, pp.176–185. [5] donald, k. and paris, p.c. (1999). an evaluation of keff estimation procedure on 6061-t6 and 2024-t3 aluminum alloys, int j fatigue 21, pp. s47–57. [6] kujawski, d. (2001) enhanced model of partial crack closure for correlation of r-ratio effects in aluminum alloys, int j fatigue 23, pp. 95–102. [7] christopher, c.j., james, m.n., patterson, e.a. and tee, k.f. (2007). towards a new model of crack tip stress fields, int j fract 148, pp. 361–371. [8] antunes, f.v., sousa, t., branco, r. and correia, l. (2015). effect of crack closure on non-linear crack tip parameters, int. journal of fatigue 71, pp. 53–63. [9] kawabata, t., tagawa, t., sakimoto, t., kayamori, y., ohata, m., yamashita, y., tamura, e., yoshinari, h., aihara, s., minami, f., mimura, h. and hagihara, y. (2016). proposal for a new ctod calculation formula, eng. fract. mech. 159, pp. 16–34. [10] laird, c. and smith, g.c. 1962). crack propagation in high stress fatigue, philos. mag. 8, pp. 847–857. [11] toribio, j. and kharin, v. (2013). simulations of fatigue crack growth by blunting–re-sharpening: plasticity induced crack closure vs. alternative controlling variables, int. j. fatigue 50, pp. 72–82. [12] pelloux, r.m. (1970). crack extension by alternating shear, eng fract. mech. 1, pp. 170-174. [13] neuber, h. (1961). theory of stress concentration for shear strained prismatical bodies with arbitrary non-linear stress-strain law. j appl mech 28, pp. 544–50. [14] molski, k. and glinka, g. (1981). a method of elastic–plastic stress and strain calculation at a notch root. mater sci eng 50, pp. 93–100. [15] lazzarin, p., berto, f., gomez, f.j. and zappalorto, m. (2008). some advantages derived from the use of the strain energy density over a control volume in fatigue strength assessments of welded joints, int. j. fatigue 30, pp. 1345– 1357. [16] ellyin, f. (1997) fatigue damage, crack growth and life prediction, chapman & hall, london. [17] neuber, h. (1958) theory of notch stresses: principles for exact calculation of strength with reference to structural form and material, springer, berlin, germany. [18] peterson, r.e. (1958) notch sensitivity, in: g. sines, j.l. waisman (eds.), metal fatigue, mcgraw hill, new york, pp. 293–306. [19] susmel, l. and taylor, d. (2011). the theory of critical distances to estimate lifetime of notched components subjected to variable amplitude uniaxial fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue 33, pp. 900–911. [20] antunes, f.v., rodrigues, s.m., branco, r. and camas, d. (2016). a numerical analysis of ctod in constant amplitude fatigue crack growth, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics 85, pp. 45–55. [21] williams, j.c. and starke, jr. e.a (2003). progress in structural materials for aerospace systems, acta mater. 51, pp. 5775–5799. [22] wei, l., pan, q., huang, h., feng, l. and wang, y. (2014) influence of grain structure and crystallographic orientation on fatigue crack propagation behavior of 7050 alloy thick plate, int journal of fatigue 66, pp. 55–64. [23] voce, e. (1948). the relationship between stress and strain for homogeneous deformation, j. inst. metals 74, pp. 537–562. [24] chaboche, j.l. (2008). a review of some plasticity and viscoplasticity constitutive theories, international journal of plasticity 24, pp. 1642–1693. [25] miller, k.j. (1982). the short crack problem, fatigue engng. mater. struct. 5, pp. 223–232. [26] tanaka, k., nakai, y. (1983). propagation and non-propagation of short fatigue cracks at a sharp notch, fatigue engng. mater. struct. 6, pp. 315–327. f. v. antunes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 666-675; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.63 675 [27] mcclung, r.c. and sehitoglu, h. (1992). closure and growth of fatigue cracks at notches, j. engng. mater. techn. 114, pp. 1–7. [28] ding, f., feng, m. and jiang, y. (2007). modeling of fatigue crack growth from a notch, international journal of plasticity 23, pp. 1167–1188. [29] hammouda, m.m., smith, r.a. and miller, k.j. (1979). elastic–plastic fracture mechanics for initiation and propagation of notch fatigue cracks, fatigue engng. mater. struct. 2, pp. 139–154. [30] li, w. (2003). short fatigue crack propagation and effect of notch plastic field, nucl. engng. des. 84, pp. 193–200. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_52_art_23_2761 a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 299 crack growth rate prediction based on damage accumulation functions for creep-fatigue interaction a.v. tumanov, v.n. shlyannikov, a.p. zakharov institute of power engineering and advanced technologies, frc kazan scientific center, russian academy of sciences, russia tymanoff@rambler.ru, shlyannikov@mail.ru, alex.zakharov88@mail.ru abstract. the present study is concerned with formulation of a model for the creep–fatigue crack growth rate prediction on the base of fracture damage zone concepts. it is supposed that crack growth rate can be determined by integration of damage accumulation rate equations into the fracture process zone for low-cycle fatigue and creep loading independently. in the case of low-cycle fatigue loading the damage accumulation function proposed by ye and wang was used as well as a classical kachanov-rabotnov power law was employment for the creep damage accumulation characterization. fracture process zone size is calculated on the base of the nonlinear stress intensity factors concept proposed by shlyannikov. the background for the proposed general model of crack growth rate under creep and fatigue interaction is given in order to comparison with the experimental data. experimental study of crack growth rate under creep and fatigue interaction is performed for compact tension specimen made from 20crmov5. crack growth rate carried out at the elevated temperature of 550°c according to astm e2760 standard. the predictions of the crack growth rate were compared with the experimental data for the 20crmov5 steel obtained at an elevated temperature, and the agreement was found to be satisfactory. keywords. creep-fatigue interaction; crack growth rate prediction; nonlinear stress intensity factors. citation: tumanov a.v., shlyannikov v.n., zakharov a.p., crack growth rate prediction based on damage accumulation functions for creep-fatigue interaction, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309. received: 02.03.2020 accepted: 13.3.2020 published: 01.04.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction tructures in the aviation, space flight, power generation, and petrochemical industries are typically exposed to elevated temperatures. damage accumulation and growth considerations at creep and fatigue owing to changes in the material microstructure, void nucleation, interaction, and growth on the grain boundaries are important in the design and operation of such components in order to ensure structural integrity. it is well known that the creep damage accumulation from the damage caused by cyclic loading is different. at the moment, there are many models in literature allow to take into account the damage accumulation, both during creep and cyclic loading. s https://youtu.be/sueqtvuryuc a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 300 the hayhurst model [1] one of the generalized models for the creep damage accumulation. the main disadvantage of this model is necessity to use six parameters as material properties in order to describe the damage accumulation behavior. moreover, the parameters determination methods are mainly indirect. according to this, the rabotnov-kachanov model is used due to the direct method of material constants determination. the lemaitre model [2] is the one of the most frequently used for the fatigue damage accumulation behavior. in similar phenomenological models using the tensor damage parameter leads to considerable difficulties for material constants determination. for the different creep and fatigue laws if the stress state is unchanged the scalar, vector, and tensor damage parameters give almost identical results. in this regard, models with a scalar damage parameter as a simplified alternative can be considered [3-6]. the main problem of the residual life prediction under the creep-fatigue loading conditions is the complex character of their interaction [7-10]. statistical approximations of experimental results by the polynomial functions are most common approach of the creep-fatigue interaction behavior. in present study, continuum damage mechanics is applied to assess the creep-fatigue interaction and the crack growth rate prediction, considering the complete sequence of formulations. fatigue damage accumulation rate he variable critical distance is one of important parameter in modern fracture mechanics, denoted to as the fracture process zone size. a general assumption regarding the distance criterion under elastic–plastic and creep loading conditions is that a crack increment occurs when the fracture resistance parameter (stress, strain, or energy) reaches a critical value at a characteristic distance from the crack tip. in creep–fatigue interaction both the fatigue and the creep crack growth rate can be obtained from damage accumulation rule independently. the crack size is assumed to increase when the local strain energy density at the crack tip reaches the critical value. hence, a material point initially at a characteristic distance, cr , ahead of the crack tip, 0r  , moves to the tip both in time t after an increment in the crack growth for creep and in number of cycles n , in case of fatigue. it is assumed that the crack length increment equal to the fracture process zone size, fa r  , and the crack growth rate, a , becomes [11-12]:   0 fr f f fa r dr   (1) where  fr is the damage accumulation rate. eqn. (1) for creep conditions was proposed initially, however the analogy between the creep time t and the number of cycles n makes possible to use this dependence for low cycle fatigue. usually, the one of the main characteristic in models with a scalar damage parameter is the number of cycles before fracture f n at the stress amplitude a  . in the simplest case of uniaxial tension-compression, the fatigue life can be obtained from: 1 2 ' c a f f n          (2) where ' f  and c are fatigue constants. the damage parameter at constant stress amplitude according to [13] 1 ln 1 ln nf f f f n n n             (3) where 1nf   the critical value of the damage parameter in the penultimate cycle and it is associated with static toughness 0t u by the following relationship: t a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 301 1 2 0 1 2n a f teu      (4) where e young's modulus. the fatigue damage accumulation rate can be obtained from the equation (3)   1 ln nff f f f d dn n n n         (5) fatigue crack growth rate or ramberg-osgood hardening law [26] the critical value of a strain energy density cw can be obtained from true stress-strain diagram: 0 pf n y c y w d e e                    (6) where  is the strain hardening coefficient, pn is the strain hardening exponent, y is the yield stress, f ultimate tensile stress. according to the classical hutchinson-rosengren-rice model in the zone where fully plastic singularity is dominated the strain energy density w can be found from following expression [14]: 2 2 1 1 (1 ) 1 p pn np y p e p n w k n e r          (7) where  is poisson's ratio, /r r a crack tip distance, a crack length, e dimensionless equivalent mises stresses which depend only on a polar coordinate  and normalized by   max 1e   . the plastic stress intensity factor pk in small-scale and extensive yielding conditions in eqn.(7) can be expressed directly using rice’s j-integral [15]. that is 1 1 2 pn p p y p j e k i l          (8) where 2 2 2 11 1 2 cos 3 6 1 y np e kk e r n j d e n                      cos sinr ry rr r y rr r u u u u r d d r r                                             (9) in eqns. (8-9), iu are crack tip dimensionless displacement components, l is cracked body characteristic size, in our case is the crack length l a , and pi is the numerical constant of the crack-tip stress–strain field, which should be f a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 302 determined for the cracked body with a finite size. in the case of full three-dimensional cracked body, the pi -factor in eqn. (8) changes not only with the strain hardening exponent np but also with the position along the crack front. in eqn. (9), the stress tensor and invariant are both normalized by the yield stress: and ij ij y kk kk y       . more detail in determining the pi factor for different elastic-plastic cracked body configurations are given by refs. [15-18]. in a first approximation the crack growth as a static cracks sequence is considered. thus, the path independent j-integral can be obtained from: 2 2 1 (1 )kj e   (10) substitution eqns. (6) and (8) into (7) give a possibility to obtain the critical distance where the strain energy density reaches a critical value: 2 2 1 1 (1 ) 1 p pn n y f p e c n r k n e w          (11) the fatigue crack growth rate can be calculated by substitution eqns. (5) and (11) into (1) directly, it leads to the following relationship: 2 12 2 2 2 1 12 00 (1 ) 1 1 2 ln( )( ) pf p p nr n n p y e f p f y e p fatigue p t c f f n r kda dr a k dn n eu ew n n n                                  (12) creep damage accumulation n this study the classical kachanov-rabotnov power law is used for the creep damage accumulation description. according to this model, the strain rate during creep is [1-2]: 1 cr e e cr n b             (13) and the creep damage accumulation rate is: 1 m cr e cr cr d d dt             (14) where b and crn are material constants of the norton power law constitutive equation, d and m – are material properties. the damage variable  indicate the measure of creep damage with 0  denoting the undamaged state and 1  the fully damaged state. the creep damage increment cr  at time t can be obtained by integrating the expression (14): .    1 1 3 1 1 m m cr d t c m           . (15) where 3 c is integration constant. this constant can be determined from the initial state. i a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 303 1 0 3 0 (1 ) 1 m m e c d t m        (16) based on the fact that the damage parameter is equal to one at failure 1  the fracture time at the known stress level can be calculated directly: 1 ( 1) cr m e t m d   (17) creep crack growth rate or elastic-nonlinear-viscous material behavior, the stress, strain and displacement rate fields can be use in order to account for a creep stress intensity factor crk , which is amplitude of singularity. for extensive creep conditions the relation between the c-integral and creep stress intensity factor is introduced by the authors [19] in the form: 1 * 11 crn cr ref cr c k bi l        (18) 1* cos 1 sin cos crncr e cr r r rr r rr r n c br d n u u u u r d r r                                                            (19) where ref is reference stress, crk is amplitude of singularity in the form of creep stress intensity factor, c* is the cintegral, iu are displacement rate angular functions, ij are stress components. it should be noted that the cri integral values are determined similar to pi and can be determined directly from the finite element analysis by distribution of the displacement rate functions, iu , and dimensionless angular stress functions, ij , [9]. more detail in determining the cri integral for different creeping cracked body geometries are given by refs. [12, 19-22]. for a static crack in the outer region of the small-scale creep zone, the elastic crack-tip field still dominates. in this case, the expression of c-integral has a simple form [5]: 2 2 1 (1 )( ) ( 1)cr cr k c t e n t    (20) the elastic stress intensity factor for a compact tension specimen is [23]: 1 1 f k y b w  (21) where f is applied load, 1y is geometry correction function: 2 3 4 1 3/2 ( 2 / ) (0.886 4.64 / 13.31 14.72 5.6 (1 / ) a w a a a y a w w w wa w                        (22) f a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 304 the creep crack growth rate was determined based on the assumption that the crack propagation energy is equivalent to the damage initiation energy in infinite plate. thus, the infinite plate remote stresses were calculated from the following expression: 1 ref k a    (23) substitution eqn.(23) into (17) give a possibility to calculate a reference failure time. a strain energy rate density parameter, w , is employed by the author [20] to obtain the critical distance, crr , in the crack tip vicinity under creep conditions. if fc referred the maximum value of the creep-rupture strength at a specified temperature and creep time, then the creep crack tip critical distance crr r is given by expression: 1 crncrcr e fc k r a             . (24) where e is the dimensionless equivalent von mises stress. substitution of eqns. (14) and (24) into eqn. (1) with take into account that cr crr ar , and integrating leads to the equation for creep crack growth in terms of c*-integral and creep stress intensity factor crk : 1 1 1 0 02 2 0 (1 ) ( 1) ( ) cr m n m mr m fc fcme cr cr creep fc cr cr da dr ad k d m t t dt k k                                           (25) creep-fatigue interaction he general simple superposition lifetime prediction models for creep–fatigue interaction can be differentiated as those that account for the hold-time effects and those that are employed for continuous cyclic scenarios. therefore, we will use a linear summation law for creep-fatigue crack growth rate prediction [22, 24] 1 3600fatigue creep fatigue creep da da da da da dn dn dn dn f dt                           (26) 3600 fatigue creep fatigue creep da da da da da f dt dt dt dn dt                           (27) where da/dt is crack growth rate in mm/hour, da/dn is crack growth rate per cycle (mm/cycle), and f is frequency in hz. it is well known that the creep damage accumulation is different from damage caused by cyclic loading. according to this a fracture process zone will be different for both creep and fatigue cases. material properties he material used in the tests and numerical calculations is 20crmov5 steel, which is used for main power plant components such as steam piping and reheat tubes. all mechanical properties were obtained on smoothed round specimens. uniaxial tension and fatigue tests on the biss nano 25kn servo-hydraulic test system according to astm e8, e466 and e646 standards were performed. creep and damage accumulation law properties were obtained by using uts-1300-1-50-1-a test system. more details about creep damage accumulation law constants determination t t a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 305 algorithm can be found in [27]. the main mechanical properties of analyzed material were obtained at the elevated temperature of 5500 c and summarized in tab. 1. property value young’s modulus, e [gpa] 154 poisson's ratio,  0.3 strain hardening coefficient, α 2.06 strain hardening exponent, np 8.22 yield stres, 0 [mpa] 265 ultimate true tensile strength, f [mpa] 577 norton’s constant, b [1/(pa^nhr)] 0.5710-24 norton’s constant, ncr 2.52 damage constant, d [1/(pa^nhr)] 0.5410-24 damage constant, m 2.8 fatigue strength coefficient, ’f [mpa] 750 fatigue coefficient, c -0.087 table 1: the main mechanical properties of 20crmov5 steel. the creep-rupture strength fc at a specified temperature t (kelvin) and creep time t (hours) for 20crmov5 steel approximately can be found from the following equation [25]: ( 156.38 ln( ) 586.36)fc g     (28) 3(ln( ) 2 ln( ) 24.1) 10g t t t     (29) experimental study ne of the main purposes of this present work is to study the influence of the damage accumulation on the creep-fatigue crack growth rate. to this end, subjects for both the experimental studies and numerical analyses are compact tension specimens, which are the most frequently used for characterizing the crack growth rate resistance. in general, the selected dimensions are as recommended by the astm test standard [23]. the length of the specimen working area was chosen 50w  mm and specimen thickness 12.5b  mm. the creep-fatigue tests were carried out on the uts-110mh-5-0u test system with a high-temperature oven and highprecision crack opening displacement extensometer (fig. 1a). the potential drop and unloading compliance methods were used to monitor the crack length during the tests. the waveforms for the loading and unloading portions were trapezoidal, and the loading/unloading times were maintained constant (5 s rise and decay times). a hold time of a predetermined duration, namely 60 s, was superimposed on the trapezoidal waveforms at the maximum load. parts of the 5 s loading and unloading cycles represent low-cycle deformation, while the 60 s dwell under a constant load represents creep (fig. 1b). the tests were conducted at 550c on special high-temperature test equipment with a load ratio r of 0.1 and maximum load value maxp of 11 kn. the specimens were pre-cracked to an initial crack length-to-width ratio /a w of approximately 0.36 to 0.39 under cyclic loading at room temperature. for each tested specimen during the creep–fatigue tests the o a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 306 amplitude ratio was changed from 0.1r  to 0.9r  two times for a short time period. this practice helped to determine the intermediate crack front positions during the creep–fatigue loading between the initial (pre-crack) and the final crack fronts (fig.2). a) b) figure 1: tests equipment (a) and the load waveform (b). figure 2: fracture surfaces. after total failure of the specimen, measurements of the crack sizes were taken for four positions of the crack front by means of an optical microscope. for each front, the crack size at five equally spaced points centered on the specimen midthickness line was measured along the crack front. figure 3: finite element method meshes for compact tension specimen. finite element model ull-field finite element analysis is performed using ansys software to study the crack-front stress fields for compact tension specimen. along the thickness direction, an identical planar mesh is repeated from the symmetry plane to the free surface. to catch the drastic change of the stress field near the free surface, the thickness of f a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 307 successive finite element layers is exponentially reduced from the mid-plane toward the free surface. the radial sizes of the finite elements are varied according to the geometric progression. according to the symmetrical properties, one quarter of the actual structure was selected to establish the three-dimensional finite element model. the twenty-node quadrilateral brick isoparametric three-dimensional solid elements were used to model for the specimen configuration. typical finite element meshes for the compact tension specimen are illustrated in fig. 3 programming of the numerical calculations includes the analysis for the specified experimental combinations of creep time/number of fatigue cycles and crack length in a compact specimen. three position of the crack front were considered (a/w= 0.38, 0.55 and 0.7). for a/w= 0.55 and 0.7 a curvilinear crack fronts were simulated. results and discussion s result of a finite element simulations a stress-strain fields were obtained for different combinations of crack length and creep time. the governing parameter behavior of crack tip fields i for the compact specimen is plotted in fig. 4 along the crack front towards the thickness direction. a) b) figure 4: i -factor distributions along crack front for plastic (a) and creep (b) state. it should be noted that in real solids, the governing parameter of the crack tip field the i-integral is very sensitive to variations of the material properties, load level and geometry. these distributions of the in-integral are used to calculate the nonlinear stress intensity factors in the compact tension specimen. figure 5: comparison of crack growth rate prediction with experimental results for steel 20crmov5. the main objective of the creep-fatigue tests is to provide substantiation for the theoretical models. fig. 5 illustrates the prediction of the creep-fatigue crack growth rate for the 20cr1mov5 steel plotted against c*-integral for the compact tension specimen. the experimental c*-integral values were obtained from the crack length, determined using the a a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 308 technique according to astm e2760 [23]. the experimental data of all tested specimens fall within a relatively narrow scatter band. a good agreement with the theoretical predictions is observed. by the author opinion the shift between prediction and experiment is caused by default value of initial damage w0 for each finite element model. in real specimens the value of initial damage during creep-fatigue depends on load history. for short cracks and small creep times it can be neglected, but influence over time enhanced. the proposed models of the crack growth rate are formulated in terms of nonlinear stress intensity factors. this model can describe the behavior a wide range of the material different properties for creep-fatigue interaction. acknowledges he authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support of the russian science foundation under the project 1879-00279. references [1] rabotnov yn. (1969) creep problems in structure members. north-holland, amsterdam, 822. doi: 10.1002/zamm.19710510726. [2] kachanov lm. (1986) introduction to continuum damage mechanics. martinus-nijhoff, dordrecht, 135 doi: 10.1002/nag.1610110509. [3] brathe l. (1978) estimation of kachanov parameters and extrapolation from isothermal creep rupture data. int j mech sci., 20, pp. 617-624. doi: 10.1016/0020-7403(78)90020-6. [4] hutchinson, j.w. (1983) constitutive behavior and crack tip fields for materials undergoing creep-constrained grain boundary cavitation, acta metall., 31, pp. 1079–1088. doi: 10.1016/0001-6160(83)90204-3. [5] riedel h. (1987) fracture at high temperatures. berlin: springer-verlag, 418. doi: 10.1002/crat.2170230609. [6] bendick w. (1991) analysis of material exhaustion and damage by creep. int j pres ves piping, 47, pp. 57–78. doi: 10.1016/0308-0161(91)90086-h. [7] budden j.p., ainsworth r.a. (1997) the effect of constraint on creep fracture assessments. int. j. fract., 87, pp. 139–149. doi: 10.1016/0029-5493(92)90175-u. [8] wen jf, tu st. (2014) a multiaxial creep-damage model for creep crack growth considering cavity growth and microcrack interaction. eng fract mech, 123, pp. pp. 197–210. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.03.001. [9] katanakha n.a., semenov a.s., getsov l.b. (2015) durability of bends in high-temperature steam lines under der conditions of long-term operation./thermal engineeting, 62(4), pp. 260-270. doi: 10.1134/s0040601515040047. [10] corten h.t. and dolan t.j. (1956) cumulative fatigue damage. in: proceedings of the international conference on fatigue of metals, institute of mechanical engineering, london, pp. 235–246. [11] budden p.j., ainsworth r.a. (1997) the effect of constraint on creep fracture assessments. int. j. fract., 87, pp. 139149. doi: 10.1023/a:1007416926604. [12] shlyannikov v.n., ishtyryakov i.s., tumanov a.v. (2020) characterization of the nonlinear fracture resistance parameters for an aviation gte turbine disc. fatigue fract eng mater struct, pp. 1–17. doi: 10.1111/ffe.13188. [13] ye d.y. and wang z.l. (2001) a new approach to low-cycle fatigue damage based on exhaustion of static toughness and dissipation of cyclic plastic strain energy during fatigue. international journal of fatigue, 23, pp. 679–687. doi: 10.1177/1056789512456030. [14] hutchinson j.w. (1968) plastic stress and strain fields at a crack tip. j. mech. phys. solids. 16, pp. 337-347. doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(68)90021-5 [15] shlyannikov v.n., tumanov a.v. (2014) characterization of crack tip stress fields in test specimens using mode mixity parameters, int. j. fract. 185, pp. 49-76. doi: 10.1007/s10704-013-9898-0 [16] shlyannikov v.n., boychenko n.v., tumanov a.v., fernandez-canteli a. (2014) the elastic and plastic constraint parameters for three-dimensional problems, eng. fract. mech. 127, pp. 83–96. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.05.015 [17] shlyannikov v.n., boychenko n.v., fernandez-canteli a., muniz-calvente m. (2015) elastic and plastic parts of strain energy density in critical distance determination, eng. fract. mech. 147, pp. 100–118. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2015.08.024. t a.v. tumanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 299-309; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.23 309 [18] shlyannikov v.n., yarullin r.r., zakharov a.p. (2016) structural integrity assessment of turbine disk on a plastic stress intensity factor basis, int. j. fatigue 92, pp. 234–245. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.07.016. [19] shlyannikov v.n., tumanov, a.v., boychenko, n.v. (2015) a creep stress intensity factor approach to creep-fatigue crack growth, eng. fract. mech. 142, pp. 201–219. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2015.05.056. [20] shlyannikov v.n. (2017) critical distance for creep crack growth problems, eng. fract. mech. 176, pp. 126–143. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2017.03.001. [21] shlyannikov, v.n., tumanov, a.v. (2018). creep damage and stress intensity factor assessment for plane multi-axial and three-dimensional problems, int. j. solids struct. 150, pp. 166–183. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2018.06.009. [22] shlyannikov v.n. (2019) creep–fatigue crack growth rate prediction based on fracture damage zone models. eng. fract. mech., 214, pp. 449-463. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2019.04.017. [23] astm e2760-19. (2019) standard test method for creep–fatigue crack growth testing. annual book of astm standards. philadelphia (pa): american society for testing and materials. doi: 10.1520/e2760-19. [24] skelton r.p., gandy d. (2008) creep-fatigue damage accumulation and interaction diagram based on metallographic interpretation of mechanisms. mater. high temp. 25, pp. 27–54. doi: 10.3184/096034007x300494 . [25] guidelines for the heat resistance characteristics and durability of metals determination co 153-34.17.471-2003 ministry of energy of russian federation. moscow (2004). pp. 95 [26] ramberg w., & osgood w. r. (1943). description of stress–strain curves by three parameters. technical note no. 902, national advisory committee for aeronautics, washington dc. [27] tumanov a.v., shlyannikov (2018) v.n. method for creep damage accumulation law constants determination. transactions of academenergo. 4, pp. 115-126. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 86 focused on showcasing structural integrity research in india crack growth based life prediction approach under lcf-hcf interaction a. sarkar, a. nagesha, r. sandhya fatigue studies section, metallurgy and materials group, indira gandhi centre for atomic research, kalpakkam, tamil nadu, india-603102 aritra@igcar.gov.in, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8438-320x nagesh@igcar.gov.in,https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2025-8100 san@igcar.gov.in m. okazaki department of mechanical engineering, nagaoka university of technology, japan-940-2188 okazaki@mech.nagaokaut.ac.jp, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7071-0399 abstract. prediction of cyclic life under low cycle fatigue high cycle fatigue (lcf-hcf) interaction is of paramount importance in the context of structural integrity of components in the primary side of fast reactors where such damage under lcf-hcf interaction occurs. the present investigation deals with the crack growth behavior of a type 316ln austenitic stainless steel subjected to simultaneous application of lcf and hcf cycles (blockloading). tests were performed over a wide range of temperatures from ambient to 923 k. experimental results indicate that a critical crack-length (acr) exists, beyond which the lcf-hcf interaction becomes significant. an attempt was made to predict life under block cycling by estimating the acr using fatigue crack threshold (δkth) since the latter is known to be affected significantly by the loading history. a universal equation, based on the concept of an equivalent critical crack length (acr.,eq) which incorporates the damage contribution from dsa and ratcheting under combined lcf-hcf loading, was proposed for life estimation.. keywords. lcf; hcf; lcf-hcf interaction; crack growth; 316ln ss. citation: sarkar, a., nagesha, a., sandhya, r., okazaki, m., crack growth based life prediction approach under lcf-hcf interaction, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97. received: 26.11.2018 accepted: 24.06.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ost of the current investigations pertaining to the fatigue behavior of structural materials are dedicated to either low cycle fatigue (lcf) or high cycle fatigue (hcf) loading even though it is a well known fact that engineering components experience a varying load history (interaction between lcf and hcf) throughout their service life. currently, this is a significant issue in sodium-cooled fast reactors (sfrs) where components of the primary sodium circuit are prone to damage induced by lcf as well as hcf which can lead to a significant reduction in m mailto:aritra@igcar.gov.in https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8438-320x mailto:nagesh@igcar.gov.in https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2025-8100 mailto:san@igcar.gov.in mailto:okazaki@mech.nagaokaut.ac.jp http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2269.mp4 a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 87 service life of such components [1-2]. prediction of fatigue life under lcf-hcf interaction is thus highly essential to ensure the integrity of the components. in this regard, the well-accepted miner’s linear damage summation rule (ldr) poses serious non-conservatism in terms of huge deviations from linearity due to the large difference in lives between lcf and hcf [3-4]. ldr is further refined by modeling attempts, leading to “damage curve approach” (dca) [5]. however, a major limitation of dca is its semi-empirical nature which does not account for some intrinsic factors like crack length. such disadvantages will become more prominent at extreme conditions such as elevated temperature lcfhcf interactions. this necessitates the development of alternate life-prediction models based on crack propagation with periodic measurement of crack length. in view of this, the block-loading experiments including combinations of both lcf and hcf are specially designed so that crack-growth based life-prediction models can be developed based on the same. experimental methodology ylindrical fatigue specimens with a semi-circular initial surface notch of 100 µm diameter and 50 µm depth (fig. 1) were chosen to study fatigue crack growth behavior under block-loading (as per fig. 2) at 573 k. cumulative fatigue damage in terms of lcf-hcf interaction occurs in sodium-cooled fast reactor (sfrs). a closer simulation of the actual reactor conditions can be realized through a loading pattern involving repeated blocks consisting of lcf as well as hcf cycles. since lcf stress/strain for every start-up and shut-down operation actually results in one cycle and hcf stress/strain are caused by in-service vibrations, the loading pattern in a block shown in fig. 2 consists of one fully reversed lcf cycle followed by a specific number of hcf cycles superimposed on the lcf cycle which introduces mean stress/strain during hcf cycling. short fatigue crack growth rate was reported to increase with increase in notch-tip radius [6]. similar effect was found to follow in case of notch-sensitivity [7]. in the present investigation, the main reason for using a small surface notch was to enable lcf-hcf interaction under block-loading at higher temperatures avoiding extensive intergranularity or tendency towards rupture which is accounted for by creep, ratcheting and their interactions with lcf or hcf. the block-loading experiments are hence redesigned to ensure that specimen fails through initiation and propagation of cracks rather than rupture, so that crack based life-prediction models can be applied to them. the combined cycling experiments on notched specimens were designed in two steps on similar lines as carried out on smooth specimens in earlier investigations [8]. in step-i, the specimens were initially subjected to strain controlled lcf loading up to a specific number of cycles corresponding to stabilization of the cyclic stress response (csr). however, unlike smooth specimen testing, in the present case, the lcf cycling in step-ii was carried out under strain control (t/2lcf: ±0.6%) and not under stress-control to prevent tendencies of rupture through strain accumulation induced by creep and creep assisted ratcheting. hcf cycles of three different bs (1, 10 and 200) with strain amplitude (t/2hcf) of ±0.1% (~ σhcf of 150 mpa, using elastic modulus) were introduced at the maximum lcf strain (fig. 2), once the csr reaches stabilization. bs indicates the ratio of hcf cycles to lcf cycles in a particular block. the notch was considered as the initial crack and propagation of the crack from the notch was studied by taking replicas of the specimen surface after interruption at regular intervals, particularly in the short crack growth domain. in the latter stages of crack growth, travelling microscope was used to measure the crack length. in the present study carried out under strain-controlled mode, significant mean strain will act on the specimen which will lead to plastic ratcheting ahead of the crack tip. this phenomenon was considered for developing the life-prediction model. the model was further refined by carrying out block-loading experiments at higher temperatures, in the range from 573 to 923 k at a high bs of 5000. figure 1: geometry of the specimens used for crack growth experiment c a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 88 figure 2: block loading sequence under strain control used in the crack growth experiments. figure 3: fatigue crack propagation behavior under lcf-hcf interaction with different bs under strain control with t/2lcf: ±0.6% and t/2hcf : ±0.1% (equivalent δσhcf: 150 mpa) t: 573 k results and discussion establishing a critical criterion for occurrence of lcf-hcf interaction ig.3 presents the variation of crack length with the number of loading blocks at 573 k, under a loading sequence given in fig. 2. it is observed that the crack propagation was similar irrespective of the bs till a ‘critical’ crack length (acr) was attained. however, once the crack length extends beyond acr, significant acceleration in the rate of crack growth was noted, depending on the bs. the rate of crack propagation is found to be highest for a higher bs of 200 compared to the lower bs of 10 and 1 (only lcf cycling). this resulted in the shortest fatigue life in the former case (bs: 200) amongst all the three bs used in the present study. it may be noted that bs is an important variable in fig. 3. the concept of “critical crack length” is based on the fact that the crack growth data coincides in a similar manner irrespective of the bs, till a particular crack length is reached, beyond which significant difference in crack growth data is observed with variation in bs. according to miner’s rule, the damage under the hcf cycles in the block is considered as zero when the stress amplitude in hcf is much below the fatigue limit and hence cannot impart any significant damage. in the present case, since the hcf strain amplitude is very low (±0.1%), equivalent σhcf is calculated using elastic modulus at 573 k for nuclear grade 316ln ss (0.07wt.%). at 573 k, e value for nuclear grade 316ln ss (0.07wt.%) was reported as 1.5 gpa [9]. using a strain amplitude of ±0.1%, equivalent σhcf is estimated as 150 mpa which was less than the fatigue limit [1011]. the strain-ratio (r) during the hcf cycling is 0.71. however, the crack is found to propagate even during the hcf cycles, once acris reached, as reflected from the change in crack growth behavior with respect to bs (fig. 3) indicating that miner’s hypothesis may be untrue for the present experimental results. this suggests that even though the hcf stress is far below the fatigue limit, hcf cycling contributes significantly to the crack growth, once the length of the crack (which may be nucleated from the lcf cycle) reaches the critical value of acr. in other words, strong lcf-hcf interaction prevails beyond acr. it may be possible that crack-growth data overlap at low number of cycles (blocks). however, it may be noted that the present tests are carried out at fixed lcf strain amplitude of ±0.6%, varying only the hcf cycles superimposed on it (bs). this suggests that crack growth data should be similar for all the cases unless the hcf cycling imparts considerable influence on the crack growth. hence, the difference incurred in the crack growth data is accounted f a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 89 to the variation in bs only. moreover, in the present case, the similitude in the crack growth data was observed upto 2000 blocks for all the three different bs. it is important to note that 2000 blocks constitute up to almost 30% of life for bs :1 (bs :1 indicates cyclic loading under strain amplitude of ±0.6% without any hcf cycles). on the other hand, 2000 blocks constitute upto almost 60% of life for bs: 200 (bs: 200 indicates cyclic loading under strain amplitude of ±0.6% with 200 hcf cycles per each lcf cycle). clearly, overlapping of crack growth data is possible up to such a large extent of fatigue life. this confirms the previous argument and clearly brings out the importance of bs and the concept of acr in the crack growth behavior under the superimposed loading pattern as used in the present case. once acr is reached, further crack growth is facilitated by lcf as well as the hcf cycling which significantly curtails the fatigue life. this is aptly reflected from the variation in fatigue life presented in fig. 3 with increase in bs. the above point is also corroborated through smooth specimen tests exposed to sequential lcf and hcf cycling where a critical damage marking lcf-hcf interaction was found to occur depending on the degree of lcf pre-exposure and magnitude of lcf strain amplitude employed [12]. this is explained on the basis that at least one stage-ii crack should initiate during the lcf pre-cycling which will grow further during the subsequent hcf phase [13]. the crack-growth experiments depicted in the present study show similar result where the crack will grow at an accelerated rate under the influence of hcf only when acris reached. as observed from fig. 3, bs is an important variable which affects the crack propagation rate. however, the concept of “critical crack length” is based on the fact that the crack growth data coincides in a similar manner irrespective of the bs, till a particular crack length is reached. in other words, the critical crack length acr is not affected by the variation in bs. crack propagation under hcf (minor) cycling is possible only when acris reached, following which a change in crack growth behavior with respect to bs is observed. based on the principle of fracture mechanics, no crack propagation can take place when δk is <δkth [14]. in the present case, crack propagation (stage-ii crack) commences once the critical crack length acr is reached. hence, δkth can be correlated with acr using a mathematical relation between δk and a, as shown in eqn. 1. this expression can be utilized for the estimation of acr. acr={δkth/(fδσhcf√π)}2 (1) where f is the boundary correction factor associated with the stress intensity factor and is a function of the shape of the crack. for a semi-circular shaped crack (as in the present case), f is typically considered as 0.64. since acr also marks the onset of lcf-hcf interaction and no such interaction takes place below acr, estimation of acr using the above expression is an important criterion for life-prediction under lcf-hcf interaction. the crack length may not remain fully semi-circular throughout the process of crack growth. however, this may not affect acr since acr is independent of bs and further crack propagation commences only after acr is reached. hence, usage of sif for a semi-circular shaped crack is quite reasonable in the present case. the threshold stress intensity factor, δkth is found to be a strong function of the stress ratio, r [15-16]. δkth shows a gradual decrease with increase in r followed by saturation [14-15]. the value of r was kept at 0.71 in the present blockloading experiments. although δkth is usually computed from stress-controlled experiments, in the present case, σhcf is used for δkth calculation. [17]. the δkth value at r=0.7 on nuclear grade 316ln ss austentitc stainless steel (0.07 wt.%) at ambient temperature was reported by samuel at al. as ~6mpa√m [15]. however, with increase in temperature, there is a further reduction in the δkth value, as reported by okazaki et al [17]. δkth was determined experimentally using a δk decreasing fatigue crack propagation test according to the astm standard [18] at r=0.7. additionally, δkth was estimated using at r=0.7 using the linear variation of δkth with temperature as suggested by shih et al. [19]. using both the methodologies, δkth was determined in the band of 3-4 mpa√m, at 573k with r=0.7. the authors have used these values of δkth for estimation of acr then, acr is approximately estimated using eqn. 1 as follows: acr≒ 220μm (when δkth = 4.0 mpa√m, δσhcf= 25 mpa) acr≒ 140μm (when δkth = 3.0 mpa√m, δσhcf= 25 mpa) these values are displayed in dotted lines in fig. 3. this indicates that the prediction is more reasonable compared to the traditional miner’s rule. hence, in practice, it is essential to ensure that the crack length remains below acr so as to preempt the occurrence of significant lcf-hcf interaction. mechanisms of lcf-hcf interaction crack growth behavior under lcf is characterized by a quick transition from stage-i to stage-ii crack followed by stageii crack growth over the majority of fatigue life. on the other hand, the bulk of the fatigue life is spent in stage-i under a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 90 hcf where the transition from stage-i to stage-ii crack gets much delayed. similar behavior is corroborated through fatigue crack growth experiments conducted on 316l ss by miyahara et al [20] which clearly showed that fatigue crack propagation starts much early at cycle-ratio of 0.1 to 0.2 at high strain amplitudes of ±1.0% or ±0.6% compared to higher cycle ratios of 0.6 to 0.7 for low strain amplitudes of ±0.3% or ±0.2%. this above behavior can be also followed from the relationship between fatigue crack growth and strain amplitude under fm expressed as da/dn=a (δɛin)n a (2) where da/dn=crack propagation rate, δɛin=inelastic strain, a=instantaneous crack length and n & a=material constant. the experiments in the present case are carried out on notched cylindrical specimens under strain control where the crack tip plasticity is quite high. so, the stable crack propagation behavior is governed by a non-linear fracture mechanics parameter δj rather than δk. dowling et al. [21] and el haddad et al. [22] have earlier demonstrated a methodology of using j-integral concept as an elastic–plastic fracture mechanics criterion for predicting crack growth behavior. similar concepts were put forth by starkey et al. [23] and haigh et al [24] where crack growth under high strain conditions was considered. the stress-based crack growth equation which is primarily related to lefm concepts were suitably modified to demonstrate a smooth transition between crack growth rates under high strain conditions involving significant plasticity and that under lefm conditions involving mostly elastic behavior [23]. starkey et al [23] also derived a methodology for computing strain intensity factor using half the elastic plus the plastic strain range eqn. 2 used in the present case can be derived as follows: da/dn = c(δj)m with m=1… (2a) also, δj=δk2/e + f(n)δσδɛina = δk2/e + f(n)b (δɛin)1+na using the cyclic stress-strain relationship of δσ=b(δɛin)n hence [16], δj ≃f(n)b(δɛin)n+1 a …. (2b) where f(n)={3.85(1-n)/√n}+∏n….. (2c) f(n)is computed using a value of ‘n’ as 0.2 which is typical value of cyclic strain hardening exponent in stainless steel [22]. then, equating both 2a and 2b, the expression for eqn. 2 can be derived. it may be noted that this equation does not cover the crack initiation life, ni and remains valid mostly for stage-ii crack propagation. ni is negligibly small enough under lcf (limited to lower cycle-ratios), however, the same is quite significant in the hcf (higher cycle-ratios). hence, ni needs to be accounted for when lcf-hcf interaction is concerned. to utilize this concept under lcf-hcf interaction, crack growth behavior is studied under strain control mode at strain amplitudes ±0.6% (lcf) and ±0.1% (hcf), at 573 k (fig. 4). it is clear from fig. 4 that crack propagation is considerably delayed to higher cycle-ratios in case of hcf as compared to lcf. however, an interruption in the crack growth test under lcf at a given cycle-ratio followed by hcf loading condition will lead to significant lcf-hcf interaction which will change the crack growth behavior (indicated by the arrow in the figure). it is clear from the figure that such sequence (l-h) as indicated by the arrow will significantly curtail the domain of short crack growth under hcf, thereby shortening the crack propagation under hcf. this is the essence of lcf-hcf interaction which leads to drastic fall in remnant hcf lives with prior lcf cycling. development of a unified model for life-estimation under block-loading at different temperatures it is worthwhile to examine whether the method of life-estimation which has been derived from the block-loading experiments conducted at 573 k, can be extended to other temperatures as well, in the range 573-923 k where damage contributions like plastic ratcheting, creep and creep-assisted ratcheting become noticeable. a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 91 figure 4: crack growth behavior at t/2lcf: ±0.6% and t/2hcf : ±0.1% , t: 573 k. predicted value of acr is marked in the figure. the arrow indicates possible lcf-hcf interaction through a sequence of lcf followed by hcf. as indicated earlier, the crack propagation behavior under a given strain amplitude can be expressed through the following mathematical relation: da/dn = a (δɛin)n a (2) where da/dn = crack propagation rate, δɛin= inelastic strain range, a = instantaneous crack length and n & a=material constant. under loading conditions involving extensive creep and ratcheting deformation, the foregoing treatment can be modified by making a minor revision to eqn. (2) as detailed below. significant plastic deformation occurs at higher temperatures like 823 and 923 k leading to accumulation of permanent strain through plastic ratcheting through the mean strain acting on the specimen. this imparts a loss of residual ductility in the material. thus, eqn. (2) can be revised as follows, incorporating the damage contributions from plastic ratcheting (induced through presence of mean strain) by introducing a parameter δc which is the ratcheting strain accumulated per cycle: ( ) nin cda a a dn d   + = (3a) where δc= strain accumulated per cycle through ratcheting, d= material ductility. by integrating eqn. (3a), a ‘ductility normalized equation’ can be naturally derived when δc is zero, as follows: 1 ln( ) ( ) f nin f i a n a a d  = (3b) where af= final crack length and ai = initial crack length. however, for a loading condition where δc>0, the life prediction equation can be derived from eqn. (3a) as: , 1 1 ( ) ( ) ln( ) ln( ) f fn nin in c f in c i i eq i a a n d a a a a       =   + (3c) a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 92 where ai,eq is an equivalent initial crack length incorporating ratcheting as a damage contributor. the crack growth behavior under block loading conditions is presented in fig. 5, which can be clearly explained in the light of eqn. 3(c). for uniform representation at all temperatures, crack length is plotted against block-ratio (ratio of the number of blocks at which the crack length is measured to the total number of blocks to failure, designated as nb/nb). a much higher crack propagation rate at 923 k compared to the lower temperatures as observed in fig. 5 may thus be attributed to a higher accumulation of ratcheting strain per cycle. this is also corroborated from the results of the block-loading tests carried out at 923 k [8, 25] on smooth specimens which showed a significant contribution of creep and ratcheting to the net damage (2.47% strain accumulation per block). however, at 573 k, contribution of creep and ratcheting becomes almost negligible, with a meager 0.001% strain accumulation per block [8, 25] which explains the significant lowering of crack propagation rate at 573 k compared to 923 k, in the present case. this is also reflected from a much higher value of the acr at 573 k compared to 923 k (marked by dotted lines in fig. 5). a similar situation will also occur at 823 k where significant hardening resulting from dynamic strain aging (dsa) will prevent any loss in residual ductility, thus lowering the contribution of ratcheting to net damage, which is corroborated from the test results carried out under block-loading on smooth specimen with a very low strain accumulation of 0.1% per block [8, 25]. it was indicated earlier in [9, 10] that dsa (caused by locking of dislocations by cr atoms at 823 k in type 316ln ss [26]) leads to significant hardening of the matrix during cycling which restricts the local plastic deformation associated with the crack tip, thereby leading to a delay in the crack propagation under hcf. this argument was also supported through a slightly higher value of acr observed at 823 k in the present case, compared to that of 573 k (fig. 5). it is thus clear from the above arguments that the loss of residual ductility due to creep/ratcheting strain accumulation is significantly high at 923 k, resulting in a very high crack growth rate. figure 5: fatigue crack propagation behavior under strain controlled block-loading (ccf) with bs: 5000, t: 573, 823 and 923 k (t/2lcf : ±0.6% and t/2hcf : ±0.1%, equivalent δσhcf: 25 mpa). acr. marked in the figure indicates the onset of significant lcfhcf interaction. nf can be computed from eqn. 3(c) using the values of δc and d for different temperatures once the critical crack length acr is reached. acr can be computed in a similar way as shown in section 3.1. however, acr values will vary with temperature since δkth from which acr is computed (eqn. 1), is a strong function of temperature. in other words, acr is a characteristic of material mechanics which changes with temperature and loading mode of hcf. using eqn. (1), the acr values in the case of t/2hcf : ±0.1% (corresponding δσhcf≃ 150 mpa) were estimated at 140, 147 and 100 μm respectively, at the temperatures of 573, 823 and 923 k. the estimated values are also found to match fairly well with the experimental results (also marked in fig. 4) where the crack growth rate is indeed very low. however, when plastic ratcheting plays a vital role (923 k), the local plastic strain in the vicinity of the crack increases inspite of the crack length being lower than acr. this in turn, will increase the notch sensitivity leading to early failure at 923 k compared to that at 573 k. in such cases, it becomes necessary to impose an additional correction factor to account for the damage contribution from creep/ratcheting. one of the ideas is to introduce the correction in terms of a. sarkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 86-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.09 93 the ratio of the reduction of crack length in a case with creep/ratcheting (923 k) to a case with no ratcheting (573 k). to obtain this reduction-ratio, rc, the following method can be used: reduction-ratio (rc) = (af/acr) ratcheting /(af/acr)no ratcheting the value of rc is calculated as rc= 0.71 under the present experimental condition using the acr values as mentioned above. hence, the modified value of acr, designated as acr,eq can be computed at 923 k as follows: acr,eq.= 0.71*acr= 71 μm (923 k) (4) thus, acr,eq. is a common crack size independent of temperature and bswhich takes into account the effect of plastic ratcheting at 923 k. acr,eq.= rc* acr at ambient temperature or 823 k, effect of plastic ratcheting is negligible and rc remains 1, indicating that in such cases, acr,eq.= acr. since acr,eq. marks the onset of crack propagation at 923 k, it must be an important parameter to avoid the occurrence of ratcheting under block-loadings, since ratcheting will not play a dominant role under block-loading when a> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_30_art_27 c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 211 focussed on: fracture and structural integrity related issues considerations on the choice of experimental parameters in residual stress measurements by hole-drilling and espi c. barile, c. casavola, g. pappalettera, c. pappalettere dipartimento di meccanica, matematica e management, politecnico di bari, viale japigia 182, bari, italy claudia.barile@poliba.it abstract. residual stresses occur in many manufactured structures and components. great number of investigations have been carried out to study this phenomenon. over the years, different techniques have been developed to measure residual stresses; nowadays the combination of hole drilling method (hd) with electronic speckle pattern interferometry (espi) has encountered great interest. the use of a high sensitivity optical technique instead of the strain gage rosette has the advantage to provide full field information without any contact with the sample by consequently reducing the cost and the time required for the measurement. the accuracy of the measurement, however, is influenced by the proper choice of several parameters: geometrical, analysis and experimental. in this paper, in particular, the effects of some of those parameters are investigated: misknowledgment in illumination and detection angles, the influence of the relative angle between the sensitivity vector of the system and the principal stress directions, the extension of the area of analysis and the adopted drilling rotation speed. in conclusion indications are provided to the scope of optimizing the measurement process together with the identification of the major sources of errors that can arise during the measuring and the analysis stages. keywords. residual stress; electronic speckle pattern interferometry (espi); hole drilling method (hd); process parameters; titanium grade 5. introduction he stress field existing in some materials without application of an external source of stress, such as loads or thermal gradients, is known as residual stress. these residual stresses are generated in almost all manufacturing processes such as machining, grinding, forming, rolling, casting, forging, welding, heat treatment, etc. or may occur during the life of structures. the hole drilling method is one of the most widely used techniques for measuring residual stresses [1, 2]. this technique consists in the localized removal of stressed material and in measuring the strain field consequent to the relieved stresses. the hole drilling method using strain gauge rosettes [3, 4] is a consolidated approach for stress determination and it follows the astm test standard [5]. even though strain gauges are usually used to measure these displacements, they have some disadvantages: the specimen surface has to be flat and smooth so that the rosettes can be attached, the surface of the material has to be accurately prepared, the hole has to be drilled exactly in the center of the rosette in order to avoid eccentricity errors, and time and costs associated with installing rosettes are consistent. furthermore the amount of available data is limited: for each measurement, only three discrete readings are available (six in the case of some special rosettes), just sufficient to fully characterize the in-plane residual stresses. t c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 212 the difficulties connected with the use of strain gauges could be promisingly overcame by using optical techniques [6]. during the past years, in fact, different approaches were explored for implementing hole drilling with optical methods. several techniques can be used to generate fringe patterns, from which the local displacements, in the neighborhood of the hole, can be calculated. the use of moiré interferometry for residual stresses determination was investigated in many situations since mcdonach et al. [7] and martínez et al. [8]. however, bonding a grating can also be time consuming. the feasibility of using holographic interferometry was shown by antonov [9]. hung et al. [10] have used shearography in conjunction with a small ball indentation instead of a hole and also a phase shift shearography [11] was adopted. also the possibility to release residual stresses by using local heat treatment, as in [12], was used by pechersky et al. [13] combined with digital speckle pattern interferometry (dspi). instead zhang [14] has investigated the practicability of the combination between dspi and hole drilling. electronic speckle pattern interferometry (espi) which is an optical method based upon the speckle effect [15] has been increasingly used in the last decades. espi was successfully used to measure displacement field in anisotropic specimen made by selective laser melting [16-18], or orthotropic materials [19] as laminated wood [20] but also in combination with hole drilling method to evaluate the residual stress relieving [21] avoiding rigid-body motions [22]. in this paper the advantages of using espi technique in contrast to the classical method are underlined. moreover all the parameters connected with the adoption of the espi technique that can be considered as a source of errors are analyzed and discussed. in defining the set-up it is necessary to have a good control of all the geometrical parameters involved, such as the angles that define the illumination and detection directions. if their values are not accurately evaluated this introduces an error in the determination of the displacement field which introduces an error in the calculation of the stress field [23]. another factor that must be taken into account is that, in espi, displacement are measured along the sensitivity vector. in this paper the influence of the relative angle between the sensitivity direction and the principal stress is evaluated. another important factor is the choice of the drilling rotation speed. rotation speed, in fact, can affect the heat input to the material during the drilling process modifying the plasticization zone and it can affect the dimension of the drilling chips, introducing problems connected with the choice of the internal radius of analysis area [24, 25]. also the combination of these effects [26, 27] must be taken adequately into account if high accuracy measurements are required. classification of some possible sources of errors in espi-hdm n this section the entire measurement system including espi and hole-drilling equipment will be described as well as the list of potential sources of errors connected with the system, the analysis technique and the hole drilling process. also the magnitude of the potential errors introduced will be estimated. figure 1: experimental set-up for espi+hdm measurements. the espi hole-drilling measurement system used in this work is schematically reported in fig. 1. a beam from a dpss laser source is splitted into two beams and focused into two monomode optical fibers. one beam is collimated and illuminates the sample, while the second beam passes through a phase shifting piezoelectric system and then it goes to the ccd camera where interferes with the light diffused by the optically rough surface of the specimen. i x c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 213 initial phase and final phase are evaluated by the four-step phase shifting technique, once the initial and the final phase are determined it is possible to calculate the amount of displacement of each point into the analysis area. the holes are drilled by means of a high speed turbine, electronically regulated; it is mounted on a precision travel stage in order to allow accurate positioning of the drilling device. experimental measurements were performed on a titanium grade 5 specimens. geometrical parameters the geometry and mutual position of laser, ccd and specimen should be accurately defined to correctly measure the displacement map. the xyz reference system of the specimen and the x’y’z’ reference system of the ccd camera are considered as shown in fig. 2. to exactly calculate strains from measured displacements, it is necessary to evaluate the pixel size along x and y directions, this means that the angles of ccd camera with respect to the specimen reference system xyz are needed. the α2 angle defines the x axis and the x’ axis; the β2 angle defines the z axis and the z’ axis; the γ2 angle defines the y axis and the y’ axis. figure 2: schematic of the geometrical set-up with the ccd camera and the specimen. moreover, to calculate strains from measured displacements, it is necessary to know the phase changing of the pattern, detected during tests, and the sensitivity of the optical set up that depends on the geometry of the illumination system. due to the cylindrical symmetry of the illumination beam around the propagation direction of the laser, only two angles are necessary in this case to relate the specimen reference system and the illumination reference system. being x’’y’’z’’ the illumination beam reference system, the α1 angle defines the x axis and the x’’ axis, while the β1 angle defines the z axis and the z’’ axis. these geometric angles can be initially measured by a goniometer. the uncertainty in this measurement is estimated to be δ=±2° because of the difficulties to correctly positioning the goniometer inside the measurement system. in order to assess the influence in the geometrical parameters measuring of an error on the results in terms of measured stress, simple experimental tests were run. rectangular cross section titanium specimen was subjected to three point bending load and induced stresses were measured as shown in fig. 3. the profile of the induced stresses was measured. the angle values were α1=42.5°; β1=0°; α2=24°; β2=0°; γ2=0°. then stress profile was recalculated by hypothesizing an error ±2° on each of the considered angles and compared in order to detect the error on stress values δxx. figure 3: top view of the three-point bending load frame. c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 214 it was found that a ±2° of the in-plane detection angle α2 can introduce the higher error on the measured stress profile with respect to the other angles. fig. 4 shows the effect of an error δα2=±2° while in tab. 1 are reported the numerical results and the effects in terms of percentage error on the calculated stress profile. figure 4: differences in calculated stress in correspondence of an error of δα2=+2° (rumble, blue dots) and δα2=-2° (squared, red dots) with respect to the measured angle depth [mm] σxx [mpa] (α2=24°) σxx [mpa] (α2=22°) σxx [mpa] (α2=26°) δσxx % (δα2=-2°) δσxx % (δα2=+2°) 0.16 -393 -396 -389 0.6 1.2 0.32 -314 -321 -305 2.2 2.9 0.48 -268 -279 -255 3.9 5.0 0.80 -213 -229 -195 7.5 8.4 table 1: calculated stress xx for measured α2 = 24° and percentage errors for δα2=±2°. analysis area definition the size of the analysis area can affect the results in terms of residual stresses (fig. 5). if the radius of the inner circle is too small, error can arise due to the inclusion of some bad pixel in the analysis area due to some chips deposited near the edge of the hole. on the other side, if the outer radius is too large, a region of very small deformations is considered and this can lead to introduce an error especially in the case where low stresses have to be measured in material with high young modulus. in order to evaluate the influence of the analysis area, a bending stress state was induced on the specimen. the stress field was initially measured adopting the values of the inner radius (rint) and the outer radius (rext) commonly used in this kind of experiments. this values are usually defined in terms of ratio with the radius of the drilled hole (rhole), and it is common use to adopt 2 intint hole r r r   . and 4extext hole r r r   .n order to highlight the influence of rint on the obtained stress values, a new calculation was performed by changing the inner radius ratio in the range rint ∈ [2,2.7] and keeping rext unchanged. analogously, the outer radius ratio was changed in the range rext∈ [3,4.36] while keeping rint constant. the upper value 4.36 of the rext range was limited by the image dimensions. tab. 2 reports the stress values for the default radius of rext=4 and the percentage change of stresses using different rext. fig. 6 shows di difference in terms of stress profiles calculated with respect to the reference values rext=4. c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 215 figure 5: screenshot of the area of analysis included between the outer circle (dashed line) and the inner circle (dotted line). the solid line identifies the drilled hole. depth [mm] σxx [mpa] (rext=4) σxx [mpa] (rext=3) |δσxx %| (δrext=-1) σxx [mpa] (rext=3.5) |δσxx % | (δrext=-0.5) σxx [mpa] (rext=4.36) |δσxx %| (δrext=+0.358) 0.04 148 131 11.5 142 4.0 150 1.3 0.12 126 118 6.3 124 1.6 128 1.6 0.20 103 101 1.9 102 0.9 103 0.0 0.28 103 96 7 99 3.4 107 3.9 0.36 68 72 5.8 70 2.9 68 5.5 table 2: summary of the calculated stress for the default radius of rext=4 and the percentage change of stresses δσxx using different rext. figure 6: plot of the difference in terms of measured stress at different depths. the difference are calculated for three different values of the external radius with respect to the reference value rext=4 it can be observed that increasing the external radius of analysis to the maximum value rext =3.48 mm (rext=4.36), which means an 8.95% of variation with respect to the default value, calculated stress at 0.36 mm depth changes about 5.5 %. analogously, decreasing the external radius of analysis to the value rext=2.4 mm (rext=3), which means a 25% of variation with respect to the default value, the calculated stress at 0.36 mm depth changes about 5.8 %. from fig. 5 it can also infer that the maximum difference (17 mpa) is obtained by using the smallest value of external radius in correspondence of the smallest depth, that is to say at about 11.5 % of variation. this attitude could be connected to the fact that reducing the c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 216 amount of data for the calculation of residual stress introduce a variation especially in the case when small amount of displacement need to be measured as it happen in the very first step. a further investigation on analysis area was performed by keeping constant the radius ratio of the external circle of analysis rext=4 and by changing the value of rint (fig. 7). tab. 3 summarizes the corresponding numerical stress values with the indication of the percentage variation with respect to the stresses calculated by using the default value rint=2. depth [mm] σxx [mpa] (rint=2) σxx [mpa] (rint=1.25) |δσxx %| (δrint=-0.75) σxx [mpa] (rint=1.5) |δσxx %| (δrint=-0.5) σxx [mpa] (rint=2.5) |δσxx %| (δrint=+0.5) 0.04 148 159 7.4 148 0 146 1.3 0.12 126 121 3.9 122 3.2 135 7.1 0.20 103 85 17.4 94 8.7 115 11.6 0.28 103 104 9.7 107 3.8 99 3.9 0.36 68 56 17.6 62 8.8 73 7.3 table 3: summary of the calculated stress for the default radius of rint=2 and the percentage change of stresses δσxx using different rint. figure 7: plot of the difference in terms of measured stress at different depths. the difference are calculated for three different values of the internal radius with respect to the reference value rint=2 it can be observed that by reducing the internal radius of analysis to the minimum value rint =1 mm (rint=1.25), which means a 37.5% of variation it is possible to observe a variation in the calculated stress up to 17.6 %. analogously, by increasing the internal radius of analysis to the value rint=2 mm (rint=2.5), which means a 25% of variation with respect to the default value, the calculated stress shows a maximum variation of about 11.6 %. from fig. 6 it is possible to infer that, in this case, the entity of the variation doesn’t appear to be in some way connected to the depth. variation stays still quite low if the rint=1.5 ratio is used while the maximum difference (18 mpa) it is obtained by using the smallest value of the internal radius and this could be connected to the fact that by reducing to much the position of the inner circle of analysis, edge effects and bad quality pixel are introduced in the calculation so that an increment of the error can be found. sensitivity vector it needs to be underlined that in the measurement system displayed in fig. 1 the in-plane displacements consequent to the stress relaxation are measured only along the x direction. in this sense the system appears to be different respect to the strain gage rosette where each extensimeter grid measures strain along different directions. the measured amount of displacement depends on the angle between the relieved stress and the sensitivity vector. if one applies a perfect uniaxial load, as tensile or simple bending test, the stress field can be identified by the maximum principal stress σ1 while the minimum principal stress can be put equal to 0. if measurements are executed with σ1 direction overlapped to the sensitivity vector, the relieved strain is proportional to σ1 according to the hooke’s law. on the other hand, if the sample is positioned inside the measurement system so that the σ1 direction is perpendicular to the sensitivity vector, the relieved strain is proportional to ν.σ1 according to the transversal contraction of the material. in view of these observations it appears interesting to understand how the accuracy of the measurement can be affected by the orientation of the principal c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 217 stresses with respect to the espi sensitivity direction. to this scope a specimen was bent in a four-points frame to obtain an uniaxial stress state with an applied stress σ1=133 mpa and σ2=0 mpa. results can be summarized as it follows:  in all cases the θ angle between the maximum principal stress and the x axis was correctly identified and with a small percentage error. it was found a value of θ=-0.45° for measurement in which the specimen is oriented with the maximum principal stress parallel to the x axis and θ=-0.24° when the specimen is oriented perpendicularly to the x axis;  the measurement of the maximum principal stress is not significantly affected by the orientation of the specimen; the entity of the error is about 10 % and this is a value consistent with errors reported in other studies [28,29];  concerning with the measurement of the minimum principal stress and in particular to its value along the thickness it was found that better results are obtained when the longitudinal axis of the specimen is oriented at 90° with respect to the x direction that is to say when the minimum stress is oriented along the sensitivity direction of the espi system (tab. 4). specimen angle (°) σ2 espi (mpa) σ2 expected(mpa) δ (mpa) 0 13.2 2.3 11.0 90 5.7 2.3 3.4 table 4: results of the measurement of the minimum principal stress, σ2, at 0.4 mm. results seem to be in contrast with the general theory that favors the overlapping of σ1 with the sensitivity vector, but this attitude could be justified considering that the amplitude of load applied in all cases is large enough to be detected at all slopes. the limit condition could be reached decreasing the four-point bending load up to reduce at minimum the number of fringes in correspondence of different angle from the sensitivity vector. drilling speed the effects of the drilling speed have also been analyzed. an electronic controlled drilling machine is used to drill the holes. holes are drilled at three different velocities: 5000 rpm, 35000 rpm, 50000 rpm. the first and the last values represent, respectively, the minimum and the maximum rotation speed attainable by the drilling system. espi was used to detect the displacement map in correspondence of each drilling step. also in this case specimen were loaded in a fourpoint bending frame in order to introduce a well-known stress field. as it can be inferred from fig. 8 the average value of the measured stress state is coherent with the expected theoretical value and almost independent from the drilling speed. however data corresponding to lower speed appear more scattered than data recorded at the maximum speed. in fact the standard deviation for the measurement at 5k rpm is st.dev5k=26.6 mpa that is to say about 20 % of the expected value. this value decreases at 35k rpm being st.dev35k=8.8 mpa that is to say about 6 % of the nominal expected value and it reaches the minimum at 50k rpm where it is st.dev50k=3.9 mpa that is to say less than 3 % of the expected theoretical value. in other words the accuracy and the repeatability of the measurement diminishes by decreasing the rotation speed. this occurrence can be tracked back to the quality of the drilled hole, as reported in fig. 9, left image refers to a hole drilled at 5000 rpm, middle image refers to a hole drilled at 35000 rpm and right image refers to a hole drilled at 50000 rpm. the quality of the hole profile appears to be compromised at lower speed. figure 8: plot of the measured stress at the different rotations speed of the cutter. c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 218 figure 9: image of the drilled holes obtained at the optical microscope 20x. conclusions ole-drilling method is one of the most adopted and reliable approach for measuring residual stress and it can takes advantages by its application in combination with espi because this can result in cheaper and faster measurements. however getting accurate results with this technique requires a good control over the many factors that can affect the final results. in this paper a review of some major sources of errors were presented and their effects were evaluated for the case of measurements on ti grade 5 sample. a good evaluation of the geometrical parameters it is relevant. in particular, for the adopted configuration, it is important to correctly determine the illumination angle. it was found that an error of ±2° on this parameter can introduce an error of about ±3.5 % on the final calculated stress. also the positioning of the area of analysis is important, in some cases, due to geometrical constraints, this area need to be reduced however it should be taken into account that error of the order of 15 mpa could be introduced if the external radius is reduced too much especially in the very first steps. similar results are obtained if the internal radius of analysis is changed too much with respect to the default value. finally it should be reminded that the final quality of the drilled hole is a key factor in determining a good measurement. this is a goal which is strictly connected with the particular material under study, its machinability and the use of proper drilling material. however, final quality is also related with the proper choice of the drilling rotation speed. this parameter must be optimized as a function of the material under study. in this paper, in particular, effects of drilling rotation speed were studied on ti grade 5. this is an interesting material to be studied in view of its very good strength-to-density ratio, and good corrosion resistance, properties that lead to an increasing demand of this material in aircraft industry [30]. it was found that much better quality is obtained by using higher velocity (50000 rpm), which is suggested therefore for measurements on this specific material. care must be taken, however, to avoid that fine chips resulting from drilling operations, at this speed, stick to the material degrading the quality of the speckle fringe pattern and, as a consequence, the accuracy of the measurement itself. references [1] rendler, n.j., vigness, i., hole-drilling strain-gage method of measuring residual stresses, exp. mech., 6 (1966) 577586. [2] astm e387-92 standard test method for determining residual stresses by the hole-drilling strain gage method. annual book of astm standards, philadelphia: american society for testing and materials, 03.01 (1992) 747–753. [3] schajer, g.s., roy, g., flaman, m.t., lu, j., hole drilling and ring core methods, lu j (ed) handbook of measurement of residual stresses. society for experimental mechanics, bethel, (1996) 5–35. [4] schajer, g.s. advances in hole-drilling residual stress measurements. exp mech., 50 (2009) 159-168. [5] standard test method for determining residual stresses by the hole-drilling strain-gage method standard e837-08. american society for testing and materials, west conshohocken, pa, (2008) [6] furgiuele, f.m., pagnotta, l., poggialini, a., measuring residual stresses by hole drilling and coherent optics techniques: a numerical calibration, j. eng. mater. technol., 113 (1991) 41–50. [7] mcdonach, a., mckelvie, j., mackenzie, p.m., walker, c.a., improved moiré interferometry and applications in fracture mechanics, residual stresses and damage composites, exp. technol., 7 (1983) 20–24. [8] martínez, a., rodríguez-vera, r., rayas, j. a., puga, h. j., fracture detection by grating moiré and in-plane espi techniques, opt. laser. eng., 39 (5-6) (2003) 525–536. h c. barile et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.27 219 [9] antonov, a.a., inspecting the level of residual stresses in welded joints by laser interferometry, weld. prod., 30 (1983) 29–31. [10] hung, y.y., hovanesian, j.d., fast detection of residual stress in an industrial environment by thermoplastic-based shearography. sem spring conference on experimental mechanics, albuquerque, usa, (1990) 769–775. [11] hung, m. y. y., long, k. w., wang j. q., measurement of residual stress by phase shift shearography, opt. laser. eng., 27(1) (1997) 61–73. [12] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., feasibility of local stress relaxation by laser annealing and x-ray measurement, strain, 49(5) (2013) 393-398. [13] pechersky m.j., miller r.f., vikram c.s., residual stress measurements with laser speckle correlation interferometry and local heat treating, opt. eng., 34 (1995) 2964–2971. [14] zhang j., two-dimensional in-plane electronic speckle pattern interferometer and its application to residual stress determination, opt. eng., 37 (1998) 2402–2409. [15] cloud, g. l., optical methods of engineering analysis, cambridge university press, new york (1995). [16] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., mechanical characterization of slm specimens with speckle interferometry and numerical optimization, exp. applied mech., of conference proceedings of the society for experimental mechanics series, springer, newyork, ny,usa, 6 (2011) 837–843. [17] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., experimental and numerical characterization of sinterized materials with speckle interferometry and optimization methods, proceedings of the 10th youth symposium on experimental solid mechanics (ysesm), chemnitz, germany, (2011) 35–36. [18] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., mechanical characterization of slm specimens with speckle interferometry and numerical optimization, society for experimental mechanics sem annual conference and exposition on exp. and applied mech., 3 (2010) 2523-2529. [19] baldi, a., full field methods and residual stress analysis in orthotropic material. i linear approach, int. j. solids struct., 44 (25-26) (2007) 8229–8243. [20] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., hybrid characterization of laminated wood with espi and optimization methods, proceedings of the society for experimental mechanics series conference, 3 (2013) 75–83. [21] sedivý, o., krempaszky, c., holý, s., residual stress measurement by electronic speckle pattern interferometry, 5th australasian congress on applied mechanics, acam 2007, brisbane, australia (2007). [22] schajer, g. s., steinzig, m., full-field calculation of hole drilling residual stresses from electronic speckle pattern interferometry data, exp. mech., 45(6) (2005) 526-532. [23] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., residual stress measurement by electronic speckle pattern interferometry: a study of the influence of geometrical parameters, structural and integrity in life integritet i vek konstrukcija, 11(3) (2011) 177-182. [24] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., drilling speed effects on accuracy of hd residual stress measurements, in: conference proceedings of the society for experimental mechanics series, 8 (2014) 119-125. [25] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., remarks on residual stress measurement by hole-drilling and electronic speckle pattern interferometry, the scientific world journal, (2014). [26] steinzig, m., ponslet, e., residual stress measurement using the hole drilling method and laser speckle interferometry: part iii, exp. techniques, 27(5) (2003) 45–48. [27] barile, c., casavola, c., pappalettera, g., pappalettere, c., analysis of the effects of process parameters in residual stress measurements on titanium plates by hdm/espi, measurement: journal of the international measurement confederation, 48(1) (2014) 220-227. [28] steinzig, m., takahashi, t., residual stress measurement using the hole drilling method and laser speckle interferometry part iv: measurement accuracy, experimental techniques, 27(6) (2003) 59-63. [29] viotti, m.r., albertazzi jr., a.g., kapp, w., experimental comparison between a portable dspi device with diffractive optical element and a hole drilling strain gage combined system, optics and lasers in engineering, 46(11) (2008) 835-841. [30] casavola, c., lamberti, l., pappalettere, c., tattoli, f. a comprehensive numerical stress strain analysis of laser beam butt-welded titanium compared with austenitic steel joints, journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 45(7) (2010) 535-554. microsoft word numero_50_art_11_2543 b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 112 using a cohesive zone modeling to predict the compressive and tensile behavior on the failure load of single lap bonded joint benamar badr faculty of technology, university djillali liabes, sidi bel abbes, algeria. a_badroo@yahoo.fr mokhtari mohamed laboratoire rtfm, ecole nationale polytechnique maurice audin, oran, algeria. mokhtarimohamed44@yahoo.fr madani kouider laboratoire lmpm, university djillali liabes, sidi bel abbes, algeria. koumad10@yahoo.fr benzaama habib laboratoire labab, ecole nationale polytechnique maurice audin, oran, algeria. habenza@yahoo.fr abstract. the aim of this work is to analyze the failure behavior of a simple lap joint of type metal / metal consisting of 2024-t3 aluminum plate bonded with an araldite adhesive using the finite element method to predict damage of the metal in tensile and compressive load under the effect of geometric parameters such as the length of the overlap and the geometric shape of the two plates according to the overlap length. the numerical analysis is performed by the abaqus calculation code. the adhesive was modeled by an element of the czm cohesive zone. the adhesive will be submitted in mixed mode given the non-linearity of the two applied load. the calculation of the failure load will be determined according to the different parameters mentioned above. it is well demonstrated that the type of loading and the parameters taken into consideration condition the strength of the structure. the effect of these different parameters on the strength of the adhesive joint is presented as results by failure load curves. keywords. simple lap joint; czm (cohesive zone modeling); vcct (virtual crack closure technique); xfem (extended finite element modeling); tapered plates. citation: benamar, b., mokhtari, m., madani, k., banzaama, h., using a cohesive zone modeling to predict the compressive and tensile behavior on the failure load of single lap bonded joint, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125. received: 15.06.2019 accepted: 30.07.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2543.mp4 b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 113 introduction dhesive bonding is frequently used to manufacture complex-shaped structures and in the several fields of engineering; easy manufacturing and possibility to joint different materials [1]. however, the problem of the single lap joints is the concentrated stress at the edges. this concentration is usually due to the misalignment of the two applied forces. many ideas have been proposed to reduce the stresses that occur at the end of the overlap. these ideas can be grouped into two categories: fracture parameter of adhesive and or geometric. groth [2] used the finite element method for predicting breakage in single-cover joints with a spit net. a large number of predictive techniques is available for bonded joints, either analytical or numerical. da silva et al. [3] provide extensive reviews of these methods for analytical methods and x. he [4] for finite element based techniques. analytical methods are easy to use, but they usually consider simplification assumptions [5]. for complex geometries and elaborate material models, a finite element analysis is preferable to obtain the stress distribution. fracture mechanics based methods use the fracture toughness of materials as the leading parameter for fracture assessment [6]. kaye and heller [7] developed an optimal design of free form bonded and double lap joints, with the aim of achieving reduced peel stresses on the bond line region. several parameters determine the quality of a bonded assembly. the strength of the adhesive and the elements to be assembled (brittle or ductile, strong or weak), as well as, the geometry of the joint and the assembled elements. we find the geometric shape of the single lap joint is the most studied in the behavior of assemblies. we find the experimental and numerical comparison work of barbosa et al. [8] who conducted a study on the effect of lap length, in which they concluded that while tronger and more brittle adhesives are recommended for joint geometries. banea et al. [9] also experimentally and numerically studied the strengths of joint adhesion. they concluded that failure is dominated by global adhesive yielding and the geometry influence. luca sorrentino et al. [10] have also studied the single-lap joint where they demonstrated the effect of surface treatments on the strength of assemblies. other works such as costanzo [11] and banea et al. [12], include the thermal effect on the strength of the adhesive joints. the effect of the length and depth of a parallel slot on the stress distribution at the mid-bond line and in the adherend was investigated by yan et al. [13] using the elastic finite element method. in the study of gültekin et al. [14], mechanical properties of different single lap joint configurations with different adherend width values subjected to tensile loading were investigated experimentally and numerically. in the work of pinto et al. [15], the cohesive zone models (czm) are widely used in delaminate on analysis. they not need an pre-existing of crack like (vcct) virtual crack closure technique [16, 17]. many different cohesive element (czm) formulations have been proposed [18, 19]. however, two main difficulties concerning cohesive elements robustness and their application to large-scale structures still exist. firstly, fine meshes are required to appropriate model, which leads to high, and sometimes unaffordable, computational requirements. secondly, recent findings indicate that the mixed-mode crack propagation predicted by cohesive elements might be unreliable because of an improper estimation of the energy dissipated during the fracture process. the current paper addresses this last difficulty. other technique implementation in abaqus® used without meshing again like the extended finite element modeling (xfem) [20]. it has used also by campilho et al. [21] for strength prediction of single and double-lap joints. the objective of this study is to evaluate by numerical simulation the effect of cohesive stiffness, cohesive strength and fracture energy of the adhesive in order to see their effect on the value of the failure load of the assembly type aluminum / aluminum under a compressive and tensile behavior. four overlap lengths and geometrical parameters modification named tapered have been selected, in order to see also their effect on the failure load of the joint. we also put into consideration the effect of the percentile variation of mode i and mode ii on the value of the failure load of the assembly, analyzing the numerical results show that the failure load increases as the adhesive have high strength especially in mode ii. cohesive interfaces and input parameter he separation path using the czm is entirely in the cohesive zone. the model is a linear tensile-separation law as represented in fig. 1, defined by a surface of nodes in a mesh without interaction between the surfaces. this technique of selecting the interface with failure parameters is quite different from those already used before for similar studies. it consists of drawing the complete assembled system in a single geometry, no assembly between the different elements. next, the orphan mesh existing in the abaqus calculation code is chosen and the mesh elements are a t b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 114 subsequently selected in the common plane between the plates, introducing the parameters of rupture of the adhesive. during loading, plate separation occurs when the failure conditions are satisfied. the cohesive law initially contains a linear regime up to a stress threshold that initiates a softening as the surfaces move away from each other until a separation translated by a null rigidity [22]. the stiffness parameter inputs (knn, kss and ktt) required by abaqus® are the module of the cohesive (e, g) material divided by its thickness [23]. when knn = young’s modulus / thickness of adhesive layer in normal direction; kss = shear’s modulus / thickness of adhesive layer in tangential direction 1; ktt = shear’s modulus / thickness of adhesive layer in tangential direction 2. a linear constitutive relationship between stresses (σ) and relative displacements (δ) is established (fig. 1). figure 1: the linear softening law for mixed-mode cohesive damage models. the model requires the knowledge of the local strengths (σu,i, i = i, ii, iii) and of the critical strain energy release rates (gic). damage onset is predicted using the following quadratic stress criterion: 2 2 2 1 1 1 if 0 = 0 if 0 i ii iii ui uii uiii                               (1) where σi (i = i, ii) represent the stresses at a given integration point of the interface finite element in each mode. mode i represents the local opening mode and mode ii, iii the shear mode at the interface. crack propagation was simulated by the linear energetic criterion. 1i ii iii ic iic iiic g g g g g g                     (2) the area under the minor triangle of fig.1 represents the energy released in each mode, while the bigger triangle area corresponds to the respective critical fracture energy. when eqn. (2) is satisfied damage propagation occurs and stresses are completely released, with the exception of normal compressive ones [24]. this energy is based on the cohesive damage evolution and it is defined using the benzeggagh–kenane criterion [25], with a linear softening law. fracture energies of gi = 0.3n/mm and gii = 0.6n/mm are used for normal (mode i) and shear (mode ii and mode iii) cohesive failures respectively as used by campilho et al. [26]. the introduced parameters in the calculation code abaqus are: ** materials ** *material, name=cohesive *damage initiation, criterion=quads b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 115 40, 24.1, 24.1 *damage evolution, type=energy, mixed mode behavior=power law, power=2.284 0.3, 0.6, 0.6 *damage stabilization 1e-05 *elastic, type=traction 10000. 10000., 10000. analysis he present study consists in a three-dimensional numerical analysis of tensile and compressive loaded (fig. 2) with different overlap length in the first, then with geometrical modification in the second. a non-linear material and geometrical analysis was performed, using plane strain rectangular 8-node and triangular 6-node finite elements. fig. 5 shows a detail of the mesh used at the assembly bond edge. in tensile behavior, the restraining and loading condition consists on clapping of the joint at one edge and applying a vertical restraint and tensile displacement at the opposite edge. the same thing in the compressive behavior but we restraint vertically all length except overlap region the both of the edge in order to favorite the separation, and the tensile replaced by the compressive displace. the choice of our geometric model in three dimensions, in single and double overlap with composite plates is standardized mokhtari [27, 28]. see also the works of benchiha [29] who carried out a study on the influence of defects and the work of bezzerrouki [30], who has carried out several studies in this line of research. the assembled plates are three-dimensional, except for the two-dimensional joint adhesive designed as an interface. the third dimension (the thickness) is geometrically zero; it is introduced in the stiffness properties (knn, kss, ktt). in this study, the joint adhesive was simulated as an interface. this modality allowed us to evaluate the release force under different parameters, such as adhesive, geometry and mechanical behavior. a) b) figure 2: single lap bonded joint geometry. a) tensile behaviour ; b) compressive behaviour. the boundary conditions are not identical for both the tensile and shear behaviors. for the tensile behavior, it is easy to provoke the debonding with a small bending of the plates, so that they align in the same axis of traction where the adhesive is solicited in mixed mode. on the other hand, it is difficult to favor or provoke the detachment in compression behavior. since the completely assembled system is free according to the normal, this results in large deformations in t b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 116 flexion and without detachment, hence the introduction of boundary conditions in the near vicinity of the overlap, where the adhesive is solicited purely in shear mode. thickness of the lower and upper adherend tp 2 mm free length of adherend lf 60 mm overlap length w 15 mm applied tensile (compression) displacement u 2 mm table 1: geometrical properties of single lap bonded. figure 3: representation of bonded systems in compression behavior without the conditions add. any interaction was introduced between bonded surfaces. the adhesive was modeled as an interface (zero thickness) with coh3d8 type elements and a number of more than 800 elements depending on the overlap length. debonding was simulated in the finite element model by keeping the same nodes on both adjacent faces of the overlap area. it is necessary to have an appropriate number of mesh elements in the overlapping region on which the damage properties are conditioned. in other words, when the number of nodes increases or decreases, there will be no convergence and subsequently damage (detachment). figure 4: separation presentation of a cohesive interface. the mesh in the assembly of all study structures is constructed by essentially identical elements in their sizes at the overlapping levels, as shown in the present figure. interface finite elements were used to simulate crack onset and growth, as well as to obtain damage in the adhesive layers. aluminum adherends, whose mechanical properties are presented in tab. 2, were used. tab. 3 shows the strength and failure parameters of the adhesive (araldite 420). these parameters are obtained by the experimental tests in mode i and in mode ii realized by campilho [26]. these properties were obtained experimentally in [24]. the dimensions of the geometries are presented in fig. 2. the location of the interface finite elements is shown in figs. 2 and 5. these elements were placed between the parents of aluminum adherends and these adherends were modeled as elastic-plastic solids with an approximate curve to the real (σ-ɛ) curve of aluminum (fig. 6). b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 117 figure 5: detail of the mesh and interface element. young’s modulus e 68960 mpa poisson’s ratio ν 0.3 elastic limit stress σe 220 mpa table 2: mechanical properties of the adherend used [1] normal stiffness knn 9.25 x 105 gn/m3 shear stiffness kss = ktt 11.85 x 105 gn/m3 normal strength snn 40 mpa shear strength sss = stt 24.1 mpa mode i fracture energy gi 0.3 n/mm mode ii fracture energy gii = giii 0.6 n/mm table 3: elastic, strength and fracture properties of the adhesive used [26]. figure 6: experimental stress–strain curve of the aluminum 2024t3 [31]. the behavior of the aluminum plates used in this study is elastic-plastic. the properties introduced in the calculation code for the elastic part are mentioned in tab. 2. whereas for the plastic part, they are drawn directly from the curve of fig. 6 [31]. in the assembly, the plates solicit the joint adhesive to complex behaviors at different levels. it is therefore important to take notes and analyze the lamination caused by the axial loads on the assembled system just before detachment. b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 118 equivalent stress measurements of von misses were taken to identify the plasticization following the exceeding of the elastic limit. figure 7: behavior of the plates before separation. for the free tensile behavior, plasticization stresses are observed at very low levels which are localized in the bending zones and in order to have the alignment of the plates. but in figs. b) and c) where the plates are not free plasticization stresses are relatively high at different levels, they are located in the plates to the edges of the cover. for the notched plates, which explains their advantages, it is the distribution of the loads on the recovery length which will subsequently make the middle of the adhesive active and have more transfer of constraints. figure 8: behavior of notched plates before debonding. fig. 8 shows the mechanical behavior of notched plates just before debonding. in the case of free or non-free tension, the plastification stresses have very low levels at different concentrations. this is seen in the edges of the lap and at the notch. on the other hand, they reach maximum values at the interface, in the compression behavior, with relatively high levels. cohesive properties effects he edges of an adhesive joint are always tighter than the rest. from these zones, the separation takes place, the geometric parameters of the assembly and that of the adhesive play a determining role in the system resistance; these are the main variables to be evaluated in this study. the objective intended to this section is to cancel the property effect in mode to keep the same rapport (gic / giic, σui /σuii) and to intervener only the effect of values of cohesive properties upon the predicted the failure that occur in assembly with single lap bonded joint configurations, and thus demonstrate the robustness of this type of analysis. the failure loads calculate in this section of analyses show that the compressive and tensile failure of the geometries controlled by the fracture parameters of adhesive. it shows a good agreement between evaluations of parameters; these results were obtained even though the cohesive zone parameters (strength) were estimated, as they were not measured directly. on the force / displacement curve (fig. 9), the triangular shape that presents the energy per unit area of the adhesive's ability to withstand the stress, remains the same. for all cases, if the force increases the displacement decreases and vice t b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 119 versa. only that, the conditions (geometry and / or behavior) under which the assembly is subjected influence these values. indeed, the adhesive joint is more solicited than in its ends, the wider the cover widens, the closer the ends are towards the applied loading and subsequently, the assembly will not have enough time to absorb the energy in the form of displacement and deformation. figure 9: effect of stiffness adhesive and adherend on the traction–separation law. cohesive stiffness effect the effect of the cohesive stiffness of the simple lap joint under compressive and tensile stress is analyzed by varying the values of knn and ktt in the definition of cohesive material; knn and ktt have both been modified simultaneously to maintain the ratio between them constant. so as to see the effect of the young's modulus and shear modulus (which are two parameters related to successive cohesive materials; knn and ktt) on the breaking load. in parallel, the breaking energy is kept constant at the base values (gi = 300j/m2, gii = 600j/m2) as well as the cohesion force in the base values (snn = 40mpa, stt = 24.1mpa). the variation in compressive and tensile strength of the sample with cohesive rigidity is shown in fig. 10. the effect of the stiffness of the cohesive zone on tensile and compressive strength is studied. 400 600 800 1000 1200 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0 3,2 3,4 3,6 3,8 4,0 f a ilu re l o a d ( k n ) cohesive stiffness, k nn (tn/m 3 ) 20 mm 30 mm 25 mm 35 mm 400 600 800 1000 1200 3,0 3,2 3,4 3,6 3,8 4,0 4,2 4,4 4,6 4,8 5,0 f a ilu re lo a d ( k n ) cohesive stiffness, k nn (tn/m 3 ) 20 mm 30 mm 25 mm 35 mm a) b) figure 10: variation of a) tensile failure load and b) compressive failure load as function of cohesive stiffness and overlap length. for the four selected overlapping lengths, it can be seen that as the length increases, the bonding surface increases and therefore the cohesive layer behaves as a linear elastic material with high load resistance, resulting in a considerable increase in the value of the final tensile strength. by increasing the cohesive stiffness, the value of the breaking strength changes slightly. even when the joint is subjected to tension or compression, the value of the failure load changes so that it will be higher in compression. indeed, the cohesive rigid layer does not support large longitudinal displacements and under compressive stress, the joint peels off in mode ii. b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 120 fracture energy effect the results of the damage analyses provided for in the adhesive joint are based on the geometric conditions of the bonded system, the properties of the two plates and their dimensions and the damage properties of the adhesive. recent studies have shown that bonded assemblies have significantly different and variable failure energies [32]. therefore, it is appropriate to examine whether variation in this parameter will affect failure mechanisms under tensile and compressive stress. our analysis is based on the variation of the gi and gii fracture energies while ensuring the gi / gii ratio is maintained constant. on the other hand, the different parameters concerning the modeling of the cohesive zone are kept constant and fixed at the reference values indicated in tab. 2. fig. 11 shows the effect of the fracture energy on the maximal fracture load under tensile and compressive solicitation. 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 1 2 3 4 5 6 f a ilu re lo a d ( k n ) fracture energy j i (j/m 2 ) 20 mm 30 mm 25 mm 35 mm 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 3 4 5 f a ilu re l o a d ( k n ) fracture energy j i (j/m 2 ) 20 mm 30 mm 25 mm 35 mm a) b) figure 11: a) compressive and b) tensile failure load as function of the fracture energy and overlap length. it can be seen from fig. 11 that the failure load values are high in the case of compressive stress because the adhesive are more resistant to shear than to tension. for small values of the failure energy of the adhesive, the overlap length has little influence on failure load, the difference in value is more noticeable in the case of compressive stress than in tension. by increasing the breaking energy value, the adhesive will continue to resist efforts to transmit the load to the plates thus giving high strength. compared to other parameters, such as, normal and tangential resistances snn, stt and sss, the separation energies of the adhesive gi, gii and giii play the most important role on the strength of the adhesive and therefore on the value of the breaking force as shown in fig. 11. the failure of this type of assembly is very sensitive to low value failure energy, especially for short overlap lengths. but in contrast to high values of failure energy. however, as the overlap length increases, the value of the failure load increases resulting in high strength of the assembly. it is clearly noted that the values of the breaking force as a function of the length of the overlap under compressive stress are presented with a high level only for tensile stress because the loaded compression joint behaves in pure shear. cohesive zone strength effect the effect of cohesive zone strength of the system under compressive and tensile strength is investigated by varying the values of snn and stt, in the cohesive material definition, that means both snn and stt were varied simultaneously to keep the ratio between them constant. the fracture energy is held constant at the baseline values (gi = 300j/m2, gii = 600j/m2). the variation of compressive strength of the specimen with cohesive strength is shown in fig. 12, for the two solicitations of compressive and tensile. adhesive by its nature can be presented under different behavior; ductile or rigid according to its strength properties. we notice that the value of the failure load increases with the increase in the tensile strength of the adhesive. under tensile stress the value of the failure load reaches a stable value once the value of the tensile strength exceeds 40mpa, whereas in compression, the value of the failure load continues to increase by increasing the value of the tensile strength. on the other hand, by increasing the overlap length, the value of the failure load increases considerably to give a high resistance to the joint. if the adhesive is resistant (snn high) it will support more the applied load, it will have less longitudinal displacement and therefore an increase in the failure load. b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 121 it is also shown that all values of the failure load in compressive load are represented with a high level than in tensile load, because, the joint on the compressive load works more in pure shear. it is also shown that all values of the breaking force in compressive stress are represented with a high level than in tensile stress, because the joint on the compressive load works more in pure shear. in the case of tensile loading, the ultimate stress effect disappears once the value snn > 40mpa is exceeded. unlike in the case of compressive stress where the joint strength can be high (fig. 12 b). 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 f a ilu re l o a d ( k n ) mode i cohesive strength, s nn (mpa) 20 mm 30 mm 25 mm 35 mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 1 2 3 4 5 f a ilu re l o a d ( k n ) mode i cohesive strength, s nn (mpa) 20 mm 30 mm 25 mm 35 mm a) b) figure 12: a) compressive and b) tensile failure load as function of the cohesive strength and overlap length. effect of tapered geometry on the failure load in single lap bonded joints, the adhesive works more at the levels of these extremities, however the covering medium remains almost inactive, hence the idea of introducing a so-called tapered geometric modification in order to make it work more easily in all its surface. this part of the study gives the advantage of even the external effect (of the plates) on the resistance of the assembly where the effect of the thickness and length of notch on the results has been evaluated (failure load) for the two behaviors: traction and compression. the percentages by contribution to e = 0.75mm and l = 22.5mm where the length of recovery was fixed at 25mm, as presented in the table and the figure below. the dimensional parameters of the notch are taken at a time and separately to better identify their effects. figure 13: tapered geometry modified of single lap bonded joint. percentile evaluation (℅) -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 thickness tapered (mm) 0.5 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.84 0.92 1 length tapered (mm) 10 14.18 18.34 22.5 26.67 30.83 35 table 4: tapered geometry dimensions of adherends used. b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 122 in fig. 14, the common effect on the results shows that the presence of the notch in the plates weakened their rigidity and subsequently more elongation in the plates that come from the separation energy is absorbed. the rigidity of the assembled plates is responsible for the detachment force. a) b) figure 14: a) tensile and b) compressive failure load as function of the tapered parameters (overlap length =25mm). sensitivity analyses dditional to the precedent analyses and considering, the two plate geometries at the overlap level, the sensitivity analyses were performed on the cohesive parameters, which play a significant role in the failure process and are not measured by specific experimental tests [33]. a study was conducted. the influence of fracture properties of the adhesive mode i (gic, σui), mode ii (giic, σuii) and overall (gic, σui, giic, σuii) properties on failure load was also analyzed. from -50% to +50% we ranging the values of the initial ones considered in this analysis tab. 3 were considered. fig. 15 presents the failure load under tensile and compressive behavior as function of the cohesive properties. the failure load of the same geometry using the initial properties (f0) normalizes these failure loads. overall, the failure load increases with each group of properties considered in this study. as expected, mode ii properties have a higher effect on the failure load; especially the compressive behavior with the boundary condition is primarily loaded in shear. -50 -25 0 25 50 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 %%%% f / f 0 percentile variation g ic , ui g iic , uii g ic , ui ,g iic , uii -50 -25 0 25 50 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 % %% % f / f 0 percentile variation g ic , ui g iic , uii g ic , ui ,g iic , uii a) b) figure 15: a) tensile failure load and b) compressive failure load as function of the cohesive properties (l0 = 25mm). fig. 16 shows that the failure load is conditioned by boundary condition: type of load and the restraining. the results obtained show that the fracture properties of the adhesive have a little influence on the failure load for mode i, while it's a b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 123 not the case for the mode ii; the fracture properties present a major influence, it's explained by the fact that shears stresses leading to failure of adhesive. for very low fracture properties, a slight reduction in the joint strength is observed. a) b) figure 16: a) tensile and b) compressive failure load as function of the cohesive properties (overlap length = 25mm). the results for the notched plates show that for all the breaking properties of the adhesive, the higher they are, the higher the peel forces are. the percentage variation of the properties in mode i do not have much effect on the force of separation by contribution to the properties in mode ii, more particularly in compression. this shows that the overlap assembly is stressed much more in shear than in tension, it depends on the geometrical conditions of the loading and fixing joint in which the assembly is subjected. in this case, the compression release forces are not very important compared to the shear behavior as in the case of non-notched plates. conclusion his study has been focused on numerical simulation based on the cohesive zone modeling method of a single lap joint with different situation such as fracture parameter of adhesive, behavior of assembly and geometric adhered, the following conclusions could be deduced from the obtained results:  cohesive zone modeling gives the advantage of numerically predicting the release force by evaluating the parameters of adhesive failure, as well as the geometrical conditions and the behavior in which the assembly is subjected. this method also allows numerically to introduce a damaging interface into a solid without performing an assembly.  the rigidity effect of the interface is negligible except for small values that can destabilize the assembly and give different values of the release force.  failure parameters of the adhesive condition the value of the detachment force of the assembly, the higher the ultimate stress and the breaking energy increase, the more the peel force increases.  the level of the release force depends on the rigidity and geometry of the plates, less deformation and more debonding force.  the level of the debonding force also depends on loading and / or fixation conditions.  the variations of the parameters of adhesive rupture by mode i and / or mode ii, directly affect the level of resistance, hence the influence of the behavior in tension or in compression.  all parameters influencing the debonding force remain limited up to the strength of the adhesive joint. references [1] lee, m.j., cho, t.m., kim, w.s., lee, b.c. and lee, j.j. (2010). determination of cohesive parameters for a mixed– mode cohesive zone model, int. j. adhes. adhes., 30(5), pp. 322-328. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2009.10.005. t b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 124 [2] groth, h.l. (1988). stress singularities and fracture at interface corners in bonded joints, int. j. adhes. adhes., 8(2), pp. 107-113. doi: 10.1016/0143-7496(88)90031-0. [3] da silva, l.f.m., das neves, p.j.c. and adams, r.d. (2009). analytical models of adhesively bonded joint, part 1: literature survey, int. j. adhes. adhes. 29(3), pp. 319-330. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2008.06.005. [4] he x. (2011). a review of finite element analyses of adhesively bonded joints, int. j. adhes. adhes., 31(4), pp. 248-264. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2011.01.006. [5] hart smith, l.j. (1973). adhesive bonded single lap joint, nasa cr 112236. [6] chai, h. (1988). shear fracture, int. j. fract., 37(2), pp. 137-159. [7] kaye, r., heller, m. (2002). through-thickness shape optimization of bonded repairs and lap joints, int. j. adhes. adhes., 22 (1), pp. 7-21. doi: 10.1016/s0143-7496(01)00029-x. [8] barbosa, n.g.c., campilho, r.d.s.g., silva, f.j.g. and moreira, r.d.f. (2018). comparison of different adhesivelybonded joint types for mechanical structures, appl. adhes. sci., 6(15). doi: 10.1186/s40563-018-0116-1. [9] banea, m.d., rosioara, m., carbas, r.j.c. and da silva, l.f.m. (2018). multi-material adhesive joints for automotive industry, composites part b: engineering, 151(15), pp. 71-77. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2018.06.009. [10] sorrentino, l., polini, w., bellini, c., and parodo, g. (2018). surface treatment of cfrp: influence on single lap joint performances, int. j. adhes. adhes., 85, pp. 225-233. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2018.06.008. [11] bellini, c., parodo, g., sorrentino, l. (2019). effect of operating temperature on aged single lap bonded joints, defence technology. doi: 10.1016/j.dt.2019.05.015. [12] banea, m.d., da silva, l.f.m., carbas, r.j.c. and de barros, s. (2017). debonding on command of multimaterial adhesive joints, journal of adhesion, 93(10), pp. 756-770. doi: 10.1080/00218464.2016.1199963. [13] yana, z.m., youa, m., yib, x.s., zhenga, x.l. and lia, z. (2007). a numerical study of parallel slot in adherend on the stress distribution in adhesively bonded aluminum single lap joint, int. j. adhes. adhes., 27(8), pp. 687-695. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2007.02.003. [14] gültekin, k., akpinar, s., özel, a. (2014). the effect of the adherend width on the strength of adhesively bonded single-lap joint: experimental and numerical analysis, composites part b: engineering, 60 pp. 736-745. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2014.01.022. [15] pinto, a.m.g., ribeirob, n.f.q.r., campilho, r.d.s.g. and mendesb, i.r. (2014). effect of adherent recessing on the tensile strength of single lap joints, journal of adhesion, 90(8), pp. 649-666. doi: 10.1080/00218464.2013.766132. [16] krueger, r. (2004). the virtual crack closure technique: history, approach, and applications, appl. mech. rev., 57(2), pp. 109-143. doi: 10.1115/1.1595677. [17] tay, t. (2003). characterization and analysis of delamination fracture in composites: an overview of developments from 1990 to 2001. appl. mech. rev., 56(1), pp. 1-32. doi:10.1115/1.1504848. [18] needleman, a. (1987). a continuum model for void nucleation by inclusion debonding. j. appl. mech., 54(3), pp. 25– 31. doi: 10.1115/1.3173064. [19] jiang, w., hallett, s.r., green, b.g. and wisnom, m.r. (2007). a concise interface constitutive law for analysis of delamination and splitting in composite materials and its application to scaled notched tensile specimens. int. j. numer. methods eng., 69(9), pp. 1982-1995. doi: 10.1002/nme.1842. [20] mohammadi, s. (2008). extended finite element method for fracture analyses of structures, wiley/blackwell. doi: 10.1002/9780470697795.ch7. [21] campilho, r.d.s.g., banea, m.d., pinto, a.m.g., da silva, l.f.m. and de jesus, a.m.p. (2011). strength prediction of single and double lap joint by standard and extended finite element modelling, int. j. adhes. adhes., 31(5), pp. 363372. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2010.09.008. [22] turon, a., davila, c.g., camanho, p.p. and costa, j. (2007). an engineering solution for mesh size effects in the simulation of delamination using cohesive zone models. engineering fracture mechanics, 74(10), pp. 1665-1682. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2006.08.025 [23] abaqus analysis users’ manual. version 6.8. dassault systems, 2008. [24] campilho, r.d.s.g., demoura; m.f.s.f. and domingues, j.j.m.s. (2007). stress and failure analyses of scarf repaired cfrp laminates using a cohesive damage model, j. adhesion sci. technol., 21(9), pp. 855-870. doi: 10.1163/156856107781061477. [25] benzeggagh, m.l., kenane, m. (1996). measurement of mixed-mode delamination fracture toughness of unidirectional glass/epoxy composites with mixed mode bending apparatus. compos sci. technol., 56(4), pp. 439449. doi: 10.1016/0266-3538(96)00005-x. b. benamar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 112-125; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.11 125 [26] de moura, m.f.s.f., daniaud, r. and magalhães, a.g. (2006). simulation of mechanical behaviour of composite bonded joints containing strip defects, int. j. adhes. adhes., 26, 464-473. doi:10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2005.06.010. [27] mokhtari, m., madani, k., benzaama, h. and malarino, s. (2017). effects of the composite stacking sequence on the failure load of the single lap bonded joint, journal of theoretical and applied mechanics, 55(4), pp. 1257-1268. doi: 10.15632/jtam-pl.55.4.1257. [28] mokhtari, m., madani, k., belhouari, m., touzain, s., feaugas, x. and ratwani, m. (2013). effects of composite adherend properties on stresses in double lap bonded joints, materials and design, 44, pp. 633-639. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2012.08.001. [29] benchiha, a., madani, k. (2015). influence of the presence of defects on the stresses shear distribution in the adhesive layer for the single-lap bonded joint, structural engineering and mechanics, 53(5), 1017-1030. doi: 10.12989/sem.2015.53.5.1017. [30] bezzerrouki, m., madani, k., sahli, a. and mallarino, s. (2019). innovative geometric design improves the resistance of simple metal / metal lap joint, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13(48), pp. 491-502. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.47. [31] madani, k., touzain, s., feaugas, x., cohendouz, s. and ratwani, m. (2010). experimental and numerical study of repair techniques for panels with geometrical discontinuities, computational materials science, 48(1), pp. 83-93. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2009.12.005. [32] mukherjee, a. (1997). ply drop-off in layered composites-evaluation of design parameters, computational structural mechanics. allied publishers ltd., pp. 473-82. [33] campilho, r.d.s.g., de moura, m.f.s.f. and domingues, j.j.m.s. (2008). using a cohesive damage model to predict the tensile behaviour of cfrp single-strap repairs, international journal of solids and structures, 45(5), pp. 14971512. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2007.10.003. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 2146 a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 30 prediction of cycle life of expansion bellows for fixed tube sheet heat exchanger a. chouiter, d. benzerga university of sciences and technology of oran, mechanical department, b.p. 1505, 31000 oran, algeria achouiter25@gmail.com, djeb_benz@yahoo.fr a. haddi university of artois, ea 4515, laboratoire de génie civil et géo-environnement, béthune f-62400, france abdelkader.haddi@univ-artois.fr t. tamine university of sciences and technology of oran, mechanical department, b.p. 1505, 31000 oran, algeria ttamine63@yahoo.fr abstract. research on determining the lifetime of an expansion bellows designed to compensate the difference in expansion between the shell and the tubes in a fixed tube sheet heat exchanger has never ceased because of its importance in a heat exchanger. the main function of the expansion bellows is to absorb the difference in expansion between the shell and the tube bundle while resisting the axial thermal deflection and the equivalent internal pressure on the shell side. tema-9 [1] edition attaches great importance to the finite element method in the case of an expansion bellows because of the disadvantages of the old design methods, which lead to overestimation and stress overload in the bellows. the objective of this work is to study the damage in the most stressed zone of the expansion bellows in order to construct a numerical simulation tool of the rupture to determine the lifetime that an expansion bellows can support during the operating conditions of a fixed tube heat exchanger. in a first step, the ansys fem calculation code will allow the determination of the critical zone where the von mises is maximum and where potential cracks can develop. in a second step, a postprocessor based on the concept of continuum damage mechanics and using newton's iterative method will be applied to this critical area for the determination of the bellows critical lifetime. the maximum lifetime will be the value of the number of cycles that corresponds to the critical value of the dc damage (crack initiation). keywords. cycle life; expansion bellow; fixed tube sheet heat exchanger; continuum damage mechanics; damage; finite element. citation: chouiter, a., benzerga, d., haddi, a., tamine. t., prediction of cycle life of expansion bellows for fixed tube sheet heat exchanger, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38. received: 13.07.2018 accepted: 22.11.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/47/2146.mp4 a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 31 introduction he expansion bellows, which permit to compensate the difference in expansion between the tubular bundle and the shell in a fixed tube sheet heat exchanger, is a structural component formed by one or more convolutions. the expansion joint is an integral part of a heat exchanger. it must simultaneously ensure the flexibility due to thermal expansion and withstand the internal pressure in the heat exchanger. in addition, it must be sufficiently flexible longitudinally to accommodate the deviations for which it is designed and must absorb the regular or irregular extension generated by the gradients temperature and pressure. in the literature, we find a wide variety of references related to the calculation of expansion bellows cyclic life. we can cite as an example: lee [2] has used a finite element analysis technique applied to the parameters of the bending and folding process of the metal bellows. becht iv [3] has shown that the fatigue behavior of the bellows can be well predicted by dividing the bellows fatigue data on the basis of geometry parameters. zupei [3] has used approximate calculation methods, which he compared to the results obtained by the finite element method for the u-shaped bellows. broman et al. [5] determined the dynamic characteristics by manipulating the finite element parameters of the bellows beam. kang et al. [6] have studied the process of forming different types of tubular bellows using a single stage hydroforming process. faraji [7, 8] has experimentally and numerically analyzed the optimal parameters for the manufacture of metal expansion bellows. bo-wun huang et al [9], in their work, the dynamic properties of coupled tube-array structures with the axial loads are investigated in heat exchanger. tingxin et al. [10] have experimentally studied the behavior of toroidal bellows compared to u-shaped bellows, they showed that toroidal bellows have a lower stress induced by internal pressure, longer fatigue life, greater ability to resist to instability of internal pressure and are more suited to situations of higher internal pressure. the code asme viii div 1 [11] is widely the most comprehensive code that deal with the design of expansion bellows, their calculations as well as their standards. in this work, we develop a method based on the concept of continuum damage mechanics (cdm), which reaches a stage of maturity allowing modeling any type of degradation. the life of the expansion bellows is obtained by using a post processor based on the of continuum damage mechanics using newton's iterative method which is unconditionally stable and ensures good convergence. in general, the damage is much localized and occupies a small volume, ie a representative volume element rve compared to macroscopic scale of the structure. this is due to the high sensitivity to microscopic damage concentrations. benzerga [12] noted that the damage effect on stress conditions occurs only in a very small area of the material. in other hand, the coupling damage behavior can occur only in rve. it is the principle of the analysis of the local coupling damage-deformation presented by lemaitre and doghri [13]. our approach can be divided into two stages: in a first step, the finite element calculation code (ansys) will allow in elasticity or elasto-plasticity to obtain the critical region of the structure (m*) where the von mises stress is maximal. in a second step, a post processor based on the continuum damage mechanics concept using the newton iterative method was applied at this critical point (m*) for the determination of the critical lifetime of the expansion bellows under service conditions of pressure and thermal expansion. this lifetime is the value corresponding to the critical damage value dc (crack initiation). this method was validated by comparing our numerical results with those of asme code [11]. figure 1: locally coupled analysis of crack initiation. t a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 32 modeling o model the bellows, we used the finite element ansys code. due to symmetry, the design of the joint includes a two-dimensional axisymmetric half u-shape. the dimensions of the structure are the inner radius and the thickness. for meshing the structure, we used 8 nodes quadrilateral axisymmetric elements. these elements have compatible displacement shape, and are well suited for modeling curved boundaries. the meshing in finite element models is the very important step in during analysis because it affects the accuracy and the economy of the solid model. the mesh used in 2d has 10802 elements and 22607 nodes (fig. 2). for the boundary conditions, we respected the symmetry conditions and those of the experiment. consequently, the following boundary conditions are used (fig. 3): (i) the smaller diameter end (right side) is unrestrained axially and restrained in the radial direction, (ii) the large diameter end (left side) is restrained in the axial direction and unrestrained in the radial direction, (iii) the body is subjected to uniform pressure in shell side and displacement in axial direction. figure 2: meshing of the expansion bellows. figure 3: boundary and loading conditions. using ansys finite element software, a subroutine has been developed and implemented in the main code for the determination of the most stressed area (m *) at the curved boundaries (see fig. 2) in which cracks can be developed. the behavior of the critical point (m *) where the equivalent stress σ* is maximal is obtained with the code ansys® and implanted in the post-processor using (lemaitre and doghri, [13]) damage model based on newton iterative method. in continuum damage mechanics, a surface density of microcracks lemaitre and chaboche [14] defines the damage variable: dsd s    (1) t a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 33 critical area critical point (m *) figure 4: macroscopic-microscopic scale. if the damage is isotropic, d is a scalar allowing the introduction of the effective stress notion: 1 d      (2)         * * 1 * 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 veq h v eq m sup with r r                       (3) rv is the triaxiality function which depends on the triaxiality coefficient σh /σeq, in most cases this criterion is satisfied in high stress concentration zones with high triaxiality coefficient value σh /σeq. the third step consists in determining the damage evolution by solving the constitutive laws below which will be written in incremental form and will have to be solved by newton's numerical method benallal et al. [14]: 2 0 1 1 1 3 0 2 2 e p ij ij ij e ij kk ij ij d p ij ij eq eq v e d e d p if f f if es d e e e e e p pr p                     (4) numerical procedure he method used for solving the above constitutive equations is integration schemes such as the radial return method m. ortiz and e. p. popov [16]. the method used is a strain driven algorithm: it is assumed in a first step that the stress values and the other variables of the model are known at the initial time (tn) and that the behavior is t a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 34 purely elastic. major headings should be typeset in boldface with the first letter of important words capitalized.  1 2 pntr        (5) where λ and μ are the lamé coefficients and 1 is the identity tensor of order 2. all other "plastic" variables are equal to their values at time (tn). if this "elastic predictor" satisfies the condition of the load function f≤ 0 (see fig. 4), the assumption is then valid, and the calculation procedure for this time increment is completed. in the contrary case f> 0, this elastic state is "corrected" according to the method below to determine the plastic solution: figure 5: plastic flow surface. the constitutive laws (4) are discretized in an incremental form corresponding to the iterative method of newton that has the advantage of being unconditionally stable (lemaitre and doghri, [13]). consequently, the solutions to time (tn+1) must satisfy the following relations: 0 seq f      2     tr p pnσ e1 e e e (6) n p  pe y d p s    where:       1 2 3 d n n eq and n                  (7) substituting ∆ep by its expression in the second equation, the problem is then reduced to two equations where the unknowns are  and p and must satisfy the system: a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 35 f eq s   (8)  1 2 2pnh tre e e n p         (9) this nonlinear system is iteratively solved according to the newton method (benallal et al, [15]) for each iteration (s), we have: : 0 ; : 0 p f h h f h pc c c                (10) where f and h is their partial derivatives taken at time (tn+1) at each iteration (s). the "corrections" c  and cp are defined by:         1 1pn s and ss c p pc          (11) the iteration (s = 0) corresponds to the elastic predictor. when p and  are determined, ep and d are calculated from their discretized forms and the stresses are determined by:  1ij ijd    the method developed above has been implemented in the ansys commercial code and the post-processor. it will use as data, the parameters of the material and the components of the total deformations. as result, it will give, a function of the internal pressure in the fixed tube-plate heat exchanger and the difference of expansion exerted on the bellows, the damage value, the cumulative plastic deformation and the stress components σij at each step, until initiation of macroscopic cracks at the critical zone (von mises maximal stress value). this will permit to determine the number of maximum service cycles that the expansion bellows can withstand as a function of the variations in internal pressure and thermal expansion. validation of the methodology s mentioned earlier in this paper, the objective of the present work is to develop a model that can predict the critical cycle life of expansion bellows for fixed tube sheet heat exchanger. as an example of application, we consider an expansion which material and geometrical properties has been taken from asme sec ii part d [17] (see tab. 1 and fig. 6). figure 6: two-dimensional model of wall expansion bellow. a (12) a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 36 mechanical & thermal properties of material material sa 516 gr. 70 allowable stress 38000 psi mean metal temperature for the shell 129o f mean metal temperature for tube187o f elasticity modulus e 27400000 psi shell stress for case-2 = 1129.5 psi poisson ratio υ 0.3 dimensions of material o.d of outer cylinder=19.6875 inch, i.d of outer cylinder= 19.3125 inch, g=32.125 inch, length of outer cylinder, lo=2 inch, length of inner cylinder, li=13.4962 inch, thickness of bellows, t = 0.375 inch, thickness of shell, ts = 0.4375 inch radius of inner and outer knuckle ra=rb=1.125 inch. table 1: mechanical, thermal properties and dimensions of material. operating conditions he internal pressure of thick wall bellows is acting on shell side shell. the smaller diameter end is unrestrained in axial direction and restrained in radial direction and the large diameter end are restrained in the axial direction and unrestrained in radial direction (see fig. 3 above). the loading in the axial direction is entered as displacement which is calculated as δ = (ss x as) / kfes where ss= shell stress, as=shell cross-sectional area and kfse=spring rate of main shell. in general, δapplied = δ (1/2nfse) where δ=amount of applied displacement and nfse is total number of bellow. the calculated applied displacement from shell stress is given in tab. 2. operating condition shell side pressure (psi) shell stress (psi) applied displacement (δ) inch shell side pr + differential expansion 250 1129.58 0.02043 table 2: operating conditions. the result of life cycles to failure plots obtained from our proposed method and asme viii div 1 are as shown in fig. 7. analysis and interpretation of results rom the results obtained, we can conclude that our results are quite close to the results obtained by asme approach. . we can still optimize our results by decreasing the mesh so that we can get a fine mesh and results much more accurate. we calculated the results for a service condition, considering only the differential expansion and the internal pressure on the shell side, neglecting the tube-side pressure. taking into account the tube-side pressure, our results will be even closer to reality. the results obtained using our model are lower than those of the asme code, which will allow a safer and more secure design, hence the design is safe. t f a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 37 figure 7: cycle life of expansion bellow. conclusions and perspectives n this paper, we presented a new method based upon damage mechanics, which is now in its stage of maturity. our main motivation in this work was to show that this method is a contribution to calculation of expansion bellow failure. in spite of some differences between proposed method results and the asme results, our method has a good performance in predicting the bellow cycle life to failure. we believe that this work opens widely, the way to research and that its logical continuity should be based on the following points:  from a theoretical point of view:  use of a surface of charge taking into account material strain hardeing;  using a damage anisotropic theory.  from the numerical point of view:  use of finite elements more robust. references [1] tema9th. (2007). standard of tubular exchanger manufacturers association. new york .inc. [2] lee, s. (2002). study on the forming parameters of the metal bellows. journal of materials processing technology, pp. 47–53. [3] becht, c. b. (2000). fatigue of bellows, a new design approach. international journal of pressure vessels and piping, pp. 843–850. [4] zupei, s. (1996). approximate calculation of u-shaped bellows. tsinghua science and technology, pp. 305 309. [5] broman, g., jönsson, a and hermann., m. (2000). determining dynamic characteristics of bellows by manipulated beam finite elements of commercial software. international journal of pressure vessels and piping 77, pp. 445–453. [6] kang, h. w., lee, i. h and cho, d.-w. (2006). development of a micro-bellows actuator using microstereolithography technology. microelectronic engineering, pp. 1201–1204. [7] faraji, g., besharati, m. k., mosavi, m and kashanizadeh, h. (2008). experimental and finite element analysis of parameters in manufacturing of metal bellows. the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, pp. 641–648. [8] faraji, g., mashhadi, m. m and norouzifard, v. (2009). evaluation of effective parameters in metal bellows forming process. journal of materials processing technology, pp. 3431–3437. i a. chouiter et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 30-38; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.03 38 [9] bo-wun, h., pu-ping, y. and jung-ge, t. (2016). dynamic properties of coupled tube-array structures with the axial loads. latine american journal of solids and structures. [10] tingxin, l., xiaoping, l., tianxiang, l., xigang, h and xinfeng, l.(1995). experimental research of toroid-shaped bellows behavior. international journal of pressure vessels and piping, pp. 141-146. [11] code, a. b. (2010). asme rules for construction of pressure vessels viii division 1. new york: the american society of mechanical engineers. [12] benzerga, d. (2015). burst pressure estimation of corroded pipeline using damage mechanics. multiphysics modelling and simulation, systems design and monitoring 2, pp. 481-488 [13] lemaitre, j., doghri, i. (1994). damage 90: a post processor for crack initiation. computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering, pp. 197-232. [14] lemaitre, j,.chaboche, j.l. (1988). mechanics of solids material, cambridge university press. [15] benallal, a., billardon r. and doghri, i. (1988). an integration algorithm and the corresponding consistent tangent operator for fully coupled elastoplastic and damage equations. international journal for numerical methods in biomedical engineering (e4), pp. 731–740. [16] ortiz, m., popov, e. p.(1985).accuracy and stability of integration algorithms for elastoplastic constitutive relations. international journal for numerical methods in engineering, pp. 1561–1576. [17] code, a. b. (2004). asme boiler and pressure vessel ii part d. new york: the american society of mechanical engineers. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_34_2679 y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 459 stress-strain assessment of plain dents in gas pipelines yaroslav dubyk ipp-centre llc, ukraine dubykir@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4327-412x iryna seliverstova g. s. pysarenko institute for problem of strength, national academy of sciences of ukraine, ukraine seliverstovairyna24@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1166-792x abstract. this paper presents the analytical solution of the stress-strain state for a dented pipeline, based on the method of equivalent loads. firstly, a solution for a harmonic imperfection was found, then using fourier series expansion a semi-analytical procedure was proposed to assess a single dent. a comparison between analytical and numerical results for the axial force and pressure load were given. the influence of the dent dimensions, shell radius to thickness ratio and initial loading to stress concentration factor were discussed. keywords. cylindrical shell; plane dent; approximate solution; citation: dubyk y., seliverstova i., stressstrain assessment of plain dents in gas pipelines, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466. received: 11.11.2019 accepted: 06.12.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction runk pipelines are one of the most common means used in the transportation of various kinds of energy resources. ensuring trouble-free operation of pipelines is a pledge of both the environmental and energy security of the country through which they pass. the most common cause of accidents on trunk pipelines is the presence of mechanical damage (dents and gauges) and corrosion [1]. therefore, the key point in the study of the technical condition and the extension of the life of trunk pipelines is the determination of their stress state, taking into account these local damages. dents are one of the most common types of defects arising due to external interaction – damage by heavy machinery (excavators, tractors, pipe layers), falling stones on top of a pipeline or resting on supports [2]. local imperfections like dents on pipelines are quite complicated for engineering analysis. to assess this problem, contact mechanics and nonlinearities in both material and geometry have to be considered in all phases of the dent life cycle. recently these problems are addressed using fea only [3, 4]. finite element method is the most largely used method for solving problems of engineering but since it is a numerical study it does not give the total accurate understanding of the problem. to investigate dent problems, it would be best to develop a closed-form analytical model would be the wisest choice to investigate dent problems but it is almost impossible due to the complicated geometry and it doesn't give considerable advantages comparing to fem analysis. instead a semi-analytical numerical procedure is proposed in the current study based on the equivalent load method. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2679.mp4 y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 460 equivalent loads method was proposed by [5], to study the stress behavior of thin–shell structures containing geometric imperfections. the stress behavior of a geometrically imperfect shell under load is equivalent to the sum of two stress fields [6]. the first stress field is produced by the original load acting on the geometrically perfect version of the shell. the second stress field results from applying to the perfect version of the shell a load pattern that results in perturbation stress behavior equivalent to that which would be induced by the geometric imperfection. it should be noted that the equivalent load does not produce the correct dent shape but instead produce a stress field that is similar to that which would have been produced by the dent. equivalent load is given usually in the form [6]: 2x xx x xp n n n        (1) , ,x xn n n   membrane forces, that arise from the action of the initial load on the curved shell; , ,x x     change curves in two main directions and the change curvature in twist. eq. (1) is standard in the solution of non-ideal shell problems and is used by [7], who proposed to improve its accuracy by considering the additional terms for imperfections amplitudes larger than the shell thickness [8]. modern regulatory documents [9] in the damage risk analysis consider only the permissible depth of such defects, neglecting other geometrical parameters and the load level. the main idea of a current study is to develop effective semi-analytical procedure for dent analysis based on equivalent loads method with second order terms to perform the convergency analysis and to investigate the dent shape effect and loading level on the stress concentrator factor. analytical background general equations he theory of the thin-shells is quite well-known and effective for pipelines application. general equation of cylindrical shell equilibrium under external forces:    [ ] l u f (2)    tu v wu is the displacement vector; ,u v and w are the orthogonal components of displacements in the ,x  and radial directions;   2 t x rr h p p p   f is the external loading vector; [ ]l is a matrix differential operator [10]: 1 [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]d m mod inik h   l l l l (3) differential matrix operator [ ]d m l corresponds to donnel-mushtari shell theory, the simplest one; [ ]mod l modifying operator, for a different shell theory, further we will use flugge shell theory; [ ]ini l differential operator which implies the initial stress influence. these operators are written in explicit form below: 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 2 2 1 1 [ ] 2 2 1 d m s ss s s k s                                                  l (4) t y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 461 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 0 2 2 1 1 [ ] 0 3 3 2 2 1 1 3 1 2 2 2 mod s s s s s s s                                                          l (5) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 1 [ ] 0 2 3 2 2 2 x x ini x x x x x n n n n x ss n n n xs s n n n n n n s x xs                                                                   l (6) the following notations are used: 2 2 2 2 ; ; ; 12 1 h eh k h d h r r         (7) r  shell radius, h  shell thickness, e  young’s modulus,   poisson ratio. the complete explicit solution of eq. (2) can be found only for simplest geometries, and loadings, for a single dent it can’t be obtained, thus a numerical procedure is developed below based on the accurate solution for the harmonic imperfection and fourier series expansion. harmonic imperfection a harmonic imperfection was considered as a base for further solution and the displacements representation can be found using:  cos sinumnu c n x r         ,  sin cosvmnv c n x r         ,  cos coswmnw c n x r         (8) /m r l  , ,n m  wave number in circumferential and axial directions, l  length of the shell, , ,u v wmn mn mnc c c  modes coefficients for corresponded directions. substituting representations (8) in eq. (2), we can get a simple algebraic set of equations:   2 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 0 2 2 22 u v w mn mn mnx k n kn n nn c c c k n k knn n n hn h                                   (9)   2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 2 0 2 2 22 u v w mn mn mnx k k n nn n c c c k kn n n h h                                   (10) y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 462 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 u v mn mn xw mn xx n nn c k n k kn c k k h h n n n n rl n r m c k k n kn kn k n n h m l                                                     (11) this set of equations can be easily solved using any mathematical software, like maple or mathematica, but its solution is too long to be given here. the solution of a harmonic imperfection is itself useful, as it can be used to approximate the long dent, but the solution for a single dent can be further obtained using fourier series expansion. solution for a single dent dents can have different profiles, which depend on the mechanism of dent formation and working conditions. to work with a specific dent, the profile should be measured directly and afterwards approximated by a fourier expansion but, to test the analytical procedure, the following smooth shape function was used to describe the dent profile: 2 2 0 0 1 1 ( , ) exp exp 2 2 x r x r x                               (12) 0x length of the dent in the axial direction, 0 is the length in circumferential direction,  dent depth. a very common way to deal with single imperfections is to use fourier expansion. thus, to find a solution for a dent, load coefficients (1) for every mode, using double integrals, have to be found: 2 2 2 , 0 2 0 0 00 1 1 1 1 1 exp exp 2 2 l m n x l x x p n dxd l x xx                                                     (13)   2 2 2 , 2 0 0 00 1 1 1 1 1 exp exp cos cos 2 2 l m n xx x l x x p n n x dxd l x x rx                                                           (14)   2 2 2 , 2 0 0 00 1 1 1 1 1 exp exp cos cos 2 2 l m n l x p n n x dxd l x r                                                               (15) these integrals can be computed numerically, so it's possible to deal with any dent form, thus, in contrast to other analytical solutions, the dent form influence can be further investigated. also, it is very useful for analysing the dents found during the inspection. for a complete solution, internal forces and moments with a simple summing for each mode must be found:  2 cos cosu v wx mn mn mn n m h x n c c n c k n r r            (16)  21 cos cosu v wmn mn mn n m h x n c c n c kn k n r r           (17)  2 22 cos cosu v wx mn mn mn n m d x m c c n c n n rr             (18) y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 463  2 22 1 cos coswmn n m d x m c n n rr         (19) stresses were obtained using the following formulas of the shell theory, and were divided into membrane and bending part, which is very common for nuclear, oil and gas industries:   2 6 mx bx x x x n m h h      (20)   2 6 m b n m h h           (21) in the following section, this semi-analytical procedure will be tested in detail, and some properties will be discussed results and discussion o analyze the dent behavior, the stress concentration factor will be introduced, which is the ratio of a local stress caused by the dent to the nominal stress level in a perfect pipe: mx bxforce nom scf      (22) m b pressure nom scf       (23) here nom is a nominal stress level in a shell without a dent. in this study, two main loadings for oil and gas pipelines – internal pressure (p) and axial force (f) were considered: 2 x nom force n f h rh     (24) nom pressure n pr h h    (25) first of all, the convergence criteria will be considered to the analysis, i.e. how many modes should be included in fourier expansion. on fig. 1, the convergence solution can be seen with respect to the number of modes involved (number of terms in fourier expansion) and it is possible to conclude that 50th-60th modes were quite enough for dent assessment. also, for internal pressure loading, it's possible to note that the proposed solution converges faster. on fig. 2 and fig. 3, a comparison with numerical results obtained by the commercial fea ansys can be seen. as an applied load axial force (see fig. 2) and pressure (fig. 3) were used, the nominal stress level was equal to 1 mpa, note that the stress categorization according to eqns. (20) and (21) was used. however, an equivalent load method underestimates the peak stress concentrated value, it predicts quite well the stress profile and from fig. 1b it can be seen that 20-25 modes will be enough for profile prediction. the influence of the nominal stress level was analyzed in fig. 4. it can be seen the continuous reduction of the scf with the increasing of the stress level, this effect is introduced in the model with the initial stress matrix (6), without it horizontal lines would be obtained. the initial stress influence can be explained by the fact that high level forces, especially pressure, tries to ‘fix’ the dent and bring the shell to a perfect condition. in addition, from fig. 4, the effect of non-proportional dent dimensions can be observed and conclude that a dent with a longer dimension perpendicular to a nominal stress is more dangerous. thus, in dent assessment not only dent depth should be considered, but also length and width have to be taken into account. from figs. 2-4, it's possible to conclude that internal pressure leads to bigger stress concentration factors with the same nominal stress level. t y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 464 figure 1: convergence of results with respect to fourier terms of expansion: a stress concentrating factor for pressure and force loading; b – profiles of circumferential bending stress for pressure loading. figure 2: comparison with fem solution for axial force loading: r=400mm, h =10mm, ξ=0.5h, 0r = 0x =60mm, analytical solution; fem solution. figure 3: comparison with fem solution for internal pressure loading; r=400mm, h =10mm, ξ=0.5h, 0r = 0x =60mm, analytical solution; fem solution. y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 465 figure 4: effect of initial stress: a) axial force loading, b) internal pressure loading; r=400mm, h =10mm: 0r = 0x =60mm; 0r =90mm, 0x =60mm; 0r =60mm, 0x =90mm. in fig. 5, the effect of shell radius to thickness ratio was analyzed and again it is possible to see the different behavior for internal pressure and axial force loading. it can be clearly seen from fig. 5 that with increasing r to h ratio a higher scf was obtained and the stress concentration can be up to 40 times. in oil and gas industries typical trunk pipelines have r/h=15…40, so the results will be in the lower part of fig. 5 and with the increasing of the nominal stress level scf factor will decrease (see fig. 4) and this effect will be more significant for flexible shells. nevertheless, if using high strength steels for piping, the thickness can be reduced and must be aware of the increasing in scf for dents in very flexible shells. figure 5: effect of radius to thickness ration: a) axial force loading, b) internal pressure loading; σnom=1mpa, h =10mm: 0r = 0x =60mm; 0r =90mm, 0x =60mm; 0r =60mm, 0x =90mm; conclusions simple engineering approach was developed for analysis of stress-strain state of dented pipelines using equivalent load method. using the harmonic imperfection model, an explicit analytical solution for a single dent was received and for a reliable accurate solution 50 terms in fourie expansion must be used. comparison of analytical stresses a y. dubyk et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 459-466; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.34 466 with the results of numerical simulation shows the effectiveness of the proposed procedures. however, equivalent load method underestimates the peak stress concentration value, but it predicts quite good the stress profile. the peak stress value can be adjusted by a simple semi-analytical correction. obtained semi-analytical solution allowed to conduct parametric studies for different dent shapes, radius to thickness ratio at different nominal stress level:  for small dents with increasing depth the stresses concentration increases and for small dents, this growth was more significant  the influence of pressure, for unproportional dent was more significant than in case of axial force loading;  concentration due to the pressure load was more significant, and must be taken into account, especially for short dents, since it can exceed the nominal stress level by an excessive value;  increasing in nominal stress level gives a reduction in stress concentration factor, and for pressure loading this decreasing was more significant;  increasing in r to h ratio leads to increasing in stress concentration factor. for pressure and axial force loading this effect is different and should be accounted for very flexible pipelines. the proposed semi-analytical solution is a powerful method for dents assessment, it is especially useful for parametric analysis, and it can be used to understand the factors that influence the pipeline safe operation. references [1] egig. (2015). gas pipeline incidents. 9th report of the european gas pipeline incident data group. available at: https://www.egig.eu/reports/$97/$155. [2] kec, j. and cerny, i. (2017). stress-strain assessment of dents in wall of high pressure gas pipeline, procedia structural integrity, 5, pp. 340–346. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2017.07.180. [3] li, c., and dang, c. (2017). plastic damage analysis of oil and gas pipelines with unconstrained and constrained dents. engineering failure analysis, 77, pp. 39–49. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2017.02.009. [4] ying wu, y., jiewen xiao, j. and peng zhang, p. (2016). the analysis of damage degree of oil and gas pipeline with type ii plain dent, engineering failure analysis, 66, pp. 212–222. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2016.04.004. [5] calladine, c. r. (1972). structural consequences of small imperfections in elastic thin shells of revolution, international journal of solids and structures, 8(5), pp. 679–697. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(72)90036-4. [6] rinehart, a. j. and keating, p. b. (2007). stress concentration solution for a 2d dent in an internally pressurized cylinder, journal of engineering mechanics, 133(7), pp. 792–800 doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9399(2007)133:7(792). [7] godoy, l. a. (1996). thin-walled structures with structural imperfections, new york, pergamon. doi: 10.1016/b978-0-08-042266-4.x5000-3. [8] godoy, l. a. (1993). on loads equivalent to geometrical imperfections in shells, j. eng. mech, 119(1), pp. 186-190. doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9399(1993)119:1(186). [9] api 579-1/asme ffs-1. (2016). fitness-for-service. [10] leissa, a. w. (1973). vibration of shells, nasa-sp-288. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 20 articolo 4 h. jasarevic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 32-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.04 32 case studies in numerical simulation of crack trajectories in brittle materials h. jasarevic faculty of civil engineering, university of sarajevo, sarajevo (bosnia and herzegovina) haris.jasarevic@gf.unsa.ba s. gagula faculty of engineering and natural sciences, international university of sarajevo, sarajevo (bosnia and herzegovina) sadina@ius.edu.ba abstract. statistical fracture mechanics, formalism of few natural ideas is applied to simulation of crack trajectories in brittle material. the “diffusion approximation” of the crack diffusion model represents crack trajectories as a one-dimensional wiener process with advantage of well-developed mathematical formalism and simplicity of creating computer generated realizations (fractal dimension d = 1.5). however, the most of reported d values are in the range 1.1-1.3. as a result, fractional integration of wiener processes is applied for lowering d and to generate computer simulated trajectories. case studies on numerical simulation of experimentally observed crack trajectories in sandstone (discs tested in indirect tensile strength test) and concrete (compact tension specimens tested in the quasi-static splitting tensile test) are presented here. keywords. statistical fracture mechanics; brittle materials; crack trajectories; fractal dimension; sandstone; concrete. introduction pproach to describe the physics of fracture for cases when failure of single element does not equal to failure of whole body was proposed first by chudnovsky [1]. it evolved afterwards in crack diffusion model [2] and statistical fracture mechanics (sfm) [3, 4], which both describe crack propagation in brittle materials. sfm formalizes following natural ideas [4]: i) crack advance consists of a sequence local fail ures in front of a crack tip, ii) the local failures are random events due to fluctuations of local strength of the material, iii) the crack trajectory is random, i.e. crack can follow any path from a set ω of all admissible crack paths. for each of those paths conditional probability of failure along that path exists. the probability of crack advancing from point a to point b is an average of those conditional probabilities over all admissible crack paths leading from a to b. simulation procedure he “diffusion approximation” of the crack diffusion model (see chudnovsky and gorelik, 1994), represents crack trajectories as a one-dimensional wiener process (brownian motion) w(t). this approach has advantage due to well-developed mathematical formalism and simplicity of creating computer generated realizations with known fractal dimension d = 1.5. however, often it cannot be directly applied to simulate actually observed fracture profiles, a t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. jasarevic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 32-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.04 33 since the most of reported d values are in the range 1.1-1.3 [5]. as a result, it is necessary to modify w(t) to lower its d. the simulation procedure by applying the operation of fractional integration to realization of w(x) in order to decrease d to desired value is described by kunin and gorelik [5] in detail. the realization w(x) with d = 1.5 is first generated as integral of a white noise e(x) written in discrete form as: ( ) ( ) ( )   i i i w x d e (1) where ei is gaussian random variable with zero mean and unit variance and d is crack diffusion coefficient determined from experimental data. d is statistical parameter reflecting the tendency of crack trajectories to deviate from central axis [5]. once the realization is generated, it is necessary to modify fractal dimension by applying the fractional integration operation to it as follows:      1 0 1 ( ) x w x w x d           (2) where (…) is the gamma-function, and fractal dimension of w(x) is d = 1.5-. a numerical implementation of above described procedure has been coded into the software matlab® for case study simulations presented later in this text. the algorithm requires 3 input parameters, namely d, d and n (number of trajectories to be generated). each realization of w(x) with d = 1.5 incorporating parameter d is generated with 1000 time steps (intervals) and fractional integration operation is performed to create final realization w(x) with d = 1.5-. the process is repeated in do loop till n trajectories are created. due to the above described formalism simplicity and computational performance of modern computers, this whole process is completed in the matter of couple of seconds. however, the major issue is obtaining input parameters (d, d) for simulation from experiments (sufficient number of repeated experimental tests is needed). it should be noted that both parameters are strongly scale dependent. issa at al [6] stated that groups of identically sized concrete specimens prepared with different aggregate sizes have different values of d (one with smaller size aggregate have smaller value of d). in addition, larger sized specimens with identical mix have lower values of d. also, zavarise at al [7] pointed that statistical parameters used in stochastic contact models are scale dependent (being function of profilometer resolution). figure 1: experimentally observed crack trajectories in sandstone discs. figure 2: simulated sandstone crack trajectories with d=1.2 and d=0.01 http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. jasarevic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 32-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.04 34 crack trajectories simulation case studies sandstone he test results on macroscopically identical sandstone discs tested in indirect tensile strength test (astm [8] and isrm [9]) were reported by jasarevic at al [10, 11]. 50.8 mm diameter and 25.4 mm thickness (t/d = 0.5) discs cut from a block of torry buff sandstone are used for the tests. the torry buff material tested is a very fine-grained porous, consolidated sandstone, porosity ~19%, permeability ~3-millidarcy, young’s modulus 10.5 mpa (measured on three 44.5-mm diameter, 92.4-mm length cylinders) and dry unconfined compressive strength ~40 mpa. total of ten discs were tested and observed crack trajectories are shown in fig. 1 (jasarevic, 2009a). results clearly show that crack trajectories are random (i.e. no two coincide) satisfying sfm formalism described before. result of computer simulated crack trajectories for fractal dimension d=1.2 and d=0.01 (see jasarevic [10] for calculation details) is shown in fig. 2 for comparison. concrete the test results for study of size effects in concrete fracture on multiple sizes of macroscopically identical compact tension specimens tested in the quasi-static splitting tensile test (ramp test) were reported by issa at al [6, 12]. the specimens were positioned so that the notch was at the top and the actuator applied the load downward through a wedge at an angle of 8.7. a wedge applied the load on the rollers that passed through rectangular cylinders. the rectangular cylinders had the same dimensions as the rectangular part of the notch. the downward force applied through a wedge was translated into a splitting tensile force through the rollers. the test was conducted in the displacement control mode at a rate of loading of 0.125 mm/min. some of conclusions of this work are that concrete fracture surfaces with the larger aggregate sizes appear to have a higher roughness than those with smaller aggregate sizes. the crack path is less tortuous for geometrically identical specimens with smaller size aggregates. similarly, the crack path deviates from the centerline of the specimen to a less degree for the smaller size aggregates than that for the larger ones. crack trajectories for 6 macroscopically identical specimens with maximum aggregate size of ¾ in. (19mm) are shown in fig. 3. same as for sandstone, experimentally observed crack path appears to be random, i.e., no two macroscopically identical specimens exhibit the same fracture path. result of computer simulated crack trajectories for fractal dimension d=1.1 and d=0.05 (see issa at al [12] and hammad and issa [13] for calculation details) is shown in fig. 4 for comparison. figure 3: experimentally observed crack trajectories in concrete specimens. figure 4: simulated concrete crack trajectories for d=1.1 and d=0.05. conclusion andstone and concrete as brittle materials satisfy the sfm formalism in which no two fracture paths for macroscopically identical specimens coincide. the “diffusion approximation” of the crack diffusion model cannot be applied to crack trajectories experimentally observed in sandstone and concrete, since their fractal dimension is less then 1.5. instead fractional integration of wiener processes together with parameters extracted from experiments was t s http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. jasarevic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 32-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.04 35 used to simulate fracture profiles. computer realizations of crack trajectories for two case studies presented here seem to be in good agreement with experimentally observed ones. procedure for simulation is relatively simple and straightforward once the input parameters (fractal dimension d and diffusion coefficient d) are known. however, sufficient number of repeated experimental tests is needed to extract these parameters. references [1] a. chudnovsky, in: studies on elasticity and plasticity, ed. l. kachanov, leningrad, leningrad university press (1973) 3. [2] a. chudnovsky, b. kunin, j. appl. phys., 62 (1987) 4124. [3] a. chudnovsky, b. kunin, in: microscopic simulation of complex hydrodynamic phenomena, eds. m. mareschal and b.l. holian, plenum press, new york (1992) 345. [4] a. chudnovsky, m. gorelik, in: probabilities and materials, ed. d. breysse,. netherlands, kluwer academic publishers (1994) 321. [5] b. kunin, m. gorelik, j. appl. phys. 70, (1991) 7651. [6] m. a. issa, m. a. issa, h. abdalla, m. s. islam, a. chudnovsky, int. j. of fract., 102 (2000) 25. [7] g. zavarise, m. borri-brunetto, m. paggi, wear, 262 (2007) 42. [8] astm. annual book of standards: standard test method for splitting tensile strength of intact rock core specimens (designation d 4645-87). american society for testing and materials, 4 (1989) 851. [9] isrm, int. j. rock mech. min, sci. & geomech. abstr., 15 (1978) 99. [10] h. jasarevic,. observation, characterization and modeling of fracture initiation phenomena, ph.d thesis, dept. of engineering, univ, ill. at chicago (2009). [11] h. jasarevic, a. chudnovsky, j. w. dudley, g. k. wong, int. j. fract. , 158 (2009) 73. [12] m. a. issa, m. a. issa, h. abdalla, m. s. islam, a.chudnovsky, int. j. of fract., 102 (2000) 1. [13] a. m. hammad, m. a. issa, adv. cem. based mater. 1 (1994) 169. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_58_art_21_3243.docx f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 282 focussed on steels and composites for engineering structures influence of 3d-printing parameters on the mechanical properties of 17-4ph stainless steel produced through selective laser melting francesca romana andreacola, ilaria capasso, letizia pilotti, giuseppe brando department of engineering and geology, university “g. d'annunzio” of chieti-pescara, viale pindaro, 42, 65127 pescara, italy francesca.andreacola@unich.it ilaria.capasso@unich.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7536-404x letizia.pilotti@unich.it giuseppe.brando@unich.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3169-516x abstract. additive manufacturing (am) is a technological process in which elements are fruitfully built-up adding materials layer by layer. am had a massive development in recent times, thanks to its intrinsic advantages, especially if compared with conventional processes (i.e. subtractive manufacturing methods), in terms of free-form design, high customization of products, a significant reduction in raw materials consumption, low request of postprocessing and heat treatments, use of pure materials and reduced time for final products to be marketed. in order to give an innovative contribution to the knowledge in the field of metal am materials, this paper reports the main outcomes of an experimental campaign focused on the influence of several specific printing parameters on the mechanical features of the 17-4ph stainless steel, which is one of the most used metal for the selective laser melting (slm) technology. the influence of different printing directions and sample inclinations on the material mechanical behavior is assessed, with the aim of considering an innovative use in the field of structural engineering. moreover, the effects due to scanning and recoating times are studied. in addition, the consequences of heat treatment (annealing) on both the residual stresses and the amount of residual austenite are appraised. keywords. selective laser melting (slm); 17-4ph stainless steel; tensile test; 3d-printing parameters; mechanical properties; additive manufacturing. citation: andreacola, f.r., capasso, i., pilotti, l., brando, g., influence of 3dprinting parameters on the mechanical properties of 17-4ph stainless steel produced through selective laser melting, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295. received: 20.08.2021 accepted: 29.08.2021 published: 01.102.2021 copyright: © 2021 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction dditive manufacturing (am), also known as 3-d printing, is a technology based on the addition of material, superimposed layer by layer, to create pieces or parts of them. this method positively exploits the possibility of direct interfacing with cad (computer aided design), cam (computer aided manufacturing) and cnc (computer numerical control) software [1], for easily obtaining free-form elements. a https://youtu.be/qpebsf8xueg f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 283 during the last 30 years, am has had a groundbreaking development thanks to its irrefutable advantages, such as its versatility in reproducing whatever geometry, the minimum human interaction requirement, the reduced time of design [2], etc. the development of the current am process passed through different printing technologies proposed in the last decades, which are summarized in fig. 1 [2–6]: in 1980 sls (selective laser sintering) systems were developed; in 1986, hull patented a manufacturing process called sla (stereolithography); in 1988, lom (laminated object manufacturing) systems were developed; in 1989, the first fdm (fused deposition modeling) machine was marketed; in 1995, the first slm (selective laser melting) machines were proposed as an alternative technology to stereolithography; in 1998, arcam ab marketed the first ebm (electron laser melting) based machine. since early 2000, several different 3d printing machines and techniques were developed, and, in the last years, a relevant diffusion of new methodologies, with a significant research effort for using innovative materials, has been recorded worldwide (see tab. 1). figure 1: evolution of the additive manufacturing technology. solid based liquid based powder based fused deposition modeling (fdm) stereolithography (sla) selective laser melting (slm) laminated object manufacturing (lom) multi-jet modeling (mjm) electron beam melting (ebm) digital light processing (dlp) selective laser sintering (sls) multi-jet modeling (mjm) laser metal deposition (lmd) laser engineered net shaping (lens) table 1: classification of am process depending on the state of raw material [3][7]. nowadays, the different types of am (additive manufacturing) processes should be rely on the material used, on the methods adopted for building the layers and on the applications required from the beginning to the end of the process. a cad (computer aided design) representation of the object is the starting point for any am process. the quality of the model directly affects the final result for which an accurate virtual representation phase is essential. however, nowadays, there are several methods for obtaining a cad representation even for non-experts of virtual modeling software. once the cad file is obtained, the following step is to make it readable for the printer. for this purpose, all the machines need to convert the cad model into an stl (standard triangulation language) file, a stereolithography interface format, and then perform the object slicing [3]. among the available am processes, slm has attracted attention more and more in the last recent years, because of its superior flexible manufacturing capability, with fruitful applications in the aerospace, medical, and automotive industries. this am technology uses a high-energy laser beam, by which the piece is built layer-by-layer through the selective melting and consolidation of a metal powder. the layer thicknesses vary in the range of 20 and 100 μm. compared with the traditional casting and forging methods, slm attracted and attracts increasing attention due to its outstanding features, such as the ability to net-shape manufacture without the dies and the high capacity of manufacturing any geometry. the slm process is schematically shown in fig. 2. f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 284 the laser beam is mounted on the top of the machine and a set of deflection and focus lenses concentrates the beam itself on the material powder bed for the solidification of the layers. once a layer is sintered a building plate goes down and the roller delivers a new layer on the top of the bed. this process continues, layer by layer until the object is complete as designed. further details on the advantages and disadvantages of this technology are shown in tab. 2 [3]. figure 2: schematization of the slm process. in the framing of wider research activity, focused on the implementation of am processes for the manufacturing of special devices for the seismic protection of buildings, this paper presents the first outcomes of an experimental campaign conceived to identify the relation of the mechanical behavior of base material and some of the meaningful printing parameters, i.e. the recoating time, the printing direction and the orientation of the parts on the plate during the production process. advantages disadvantages use of pure materials mainly industrial techniques high density hight processing temperatures no subsequent treatments are required high machinery costs ability to create non-euclidean forms excellent mechanical performance table 2: advantages and disadvantages of slm [8]. the investigated material is the 17-4 precipitation hardening stainless steel. the scope of the testing activity is to detect the optimum printing parameters that will be used for the continuation of the research activity. apart from the tensile tests that will be presented in the paper, also x-ray diffraction analyses will be shown, in order to investigate the effects of residual stresses on metallography and on the microstructural and crystalline composition of the material. the reported analyses have been carried out on coupons either with or without heat treatment, so to emphasize the influence of this process that usually is implemented to reduce the residual stresses developed during the additive manufacturing process and to increase the material ductility. materials and methods manufacturing conditions selective laser melting system (slm 280) from slm solutions gmbh (lubeck, germany) was used for the production of the specimens. the machine has a laser beam (yb-fiber laser) with a power limit of 400 w and offers a 280 x 280 x 320 mm build envelope. the inert atmosphere inside the construction chamber is guaranteed a f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 285 by the presence of argon gas and the temperature can reach 65 °c. instead, the temperature of the building plate throughout the entire manufacturing process can be increased up to 150 °c. for the experimental tests described in this paper, the following processing parameters were applied:  laser beam diameter: 75 μm  laser beam power: 200 w  laser scanning speed: 800 mm/s  layer thickness: 30 μm  laser scanline spacing: 80 μm  hatch distance: 120 μm  minimum scanning time variable  stripes scanning strategy the selected platform temperature during the printing process was 100 °c while the temperature inside the construction chamber varied between room temperature in the initial phase and 30-35 °c during the additive manufacturing process. when the printing process was completed, the specimens were not subjected to any surface treatment, but only polished after removing the supports. fig. 3 shows a detail of the samples as soon as the additive manufacturing process is complete. a) b) figure 3: specimens after printing process: a) specimen on the building plate with its supports; b) detail of the support structures located at the bottom of the specimen, required for printability in the additive manufacturing process. the studied specimens the material used for this study is 17-4ph stainless steel, also known as 630 steel according to the aisi standard, which is one of the most used steel alloys in additive manufacturing [9–11]. it is a precipitation-hardened stainless steel with high yield strength, good corrosion resistance and high wear resistance [12–15]. an overview of the physical properties of the raw 17-4ph stainless steel powder, provided by slm solutions, is reported in tab. 3, whereas in tab. 4 the nominal mechanical features of the printed metal for two different printing directions are listed [16]. furthermore, tab. 5 shows the chemical composition of the feedstock [16]. property value mass density 7.8 g/cm3 thermal conductivity (at 20° c) 16 w/(m·k) component density > 99.5 % built-up rate (theoretical value) 16.85 cm3/h particle size 10 – 45 μm particle shape spherical table 3: nominal physical properties of 17-4ph powder material. f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 286 mechanical properties printing direction as-built heat-treated young’s modulus e 0° 90° 171 mpa 154 mpa 154 mpa 182 mpa yield strength σy 0° 90° 517 mpa 506 mpa 1024 mpa 1391 mpa ultimate tensile strength σu 0° 90° 987 mpa 931 mpa 1359 mpa 1308 mpa elongation at break εu 0° 90° 26 % 28 % 16 % 14 % reduction of area δa 0° 90° 56 % 56 % 27 % 26 % table 4: nominal mechanical properties of 17-4ph stainless steel. fe cr ni cu mn si nb + ta c n o p s balance 15.0/17.5 3-5 3-5 1 0.07 0.15/0.45 0.07 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.015 table 5: chemical composition of 17-4ph powder. two groups of specimens, for a total of 30 samples, were manufactured to be subjected to tensile tests, in order to assess how the production process and its parameters affect the mechanical properties [15]. the first group, which was not produced according to a standard, was used as a preliminary investigation to test the printer machine and to evaluate the surface finish of the additive manufactured material and the differences in terms of the final result of samples produced with different orientations and/or inclinations. the dimensions and the geometrical features of these not-standardized samples are shown in fig. 4. figure 4: geometric dimensions of the first group of tensile test specimens. the specimens were printed in three different directions. two directions with the longitudinal axis parallel to the x-y plane (horizontal, 5° and 85° inclined) and one with the longitudinal axis perpendicular to the x-y plane (vertical) were considered. it should be noted, however, that all the samples were printed with an inclination of 5° concerning the considered direction, in order to limit the negative effects of the additive manufacturing process on the angles using this slight inclination to reduce area overhangs. a summary of the first group of samples, with positioning details for all different configurations, is reported in tab. 6, where details about the processing direction, the specimen location on the building plate, the possible application of heat treatment processes (an annealing treatment keeping samples in an oven at a temperature of 650 °c for 2 hours and then cooling until room temperature is reached inside the switched-off oven [12,13,15]) are given. the second group of samples was designed according to the specifications given by astm a370 – “standard test methods and definitions for mechanical testing of steel products” [18]. the dimensions and the geometrical features of the standardized samples are shown in fig. 5. tab. 7 shows the characteristics of the second group of samples. in this case, also the scanning time, namely the time required for the fusion (i.e. the realization of one of the powder layers), was considered as a printing parameter to be f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 287 controlled: three different scanning speeds, respectively 45, 50 and 65 seconds, were performed on specimens horizontal inclined by 5° [17,19]. moreover, in tab. 7 the applied recoating time, i.e. time that the laser beam takes to return to its initial position once the production of a layer is complete, is specified [17]. specimen id building direction amount of samples heat treatment scanning time recoating time g1_17-4_to5_n(1,2,3) horizontal, 5° inclined 3 no n.a. n.a. g1_17-4_to85_n(1,2,3) horizontal, 85° inclined 3 no n.a. n.a. g1_17-4_tv_n(1,2,3) vertical 3 no n.a. n.a. g1_17-4_to5_ht_n4 horizontal, 5° inclined 1 yes n.a. n.a. g1_17-4_to85_ht_n4 horizontal, 85° inclined 1 yes n.a. n.a. g1_17-4_tv_ht_n4 vertical 1 yes n.a. n.a. * n.a. = not available. table 6: summary of the first group of tensile test specimens characteristics. figure 5: geometric dimensions of the second group of tensile test specimens. specimen id building direction amount of samples heat treatment scanning time recoating time g2_17-4_to5_45_n(1,2,3) horizontal, 5° inclined 3 no 45 8 g2_17-4_to5_50_n(1,2,3) horizontal, 5° inclined 3 no 50 8 g2_17-4_to5_65_n(1,2,3) horizontal, 5° inclined 3 no 65 8 g2_17-4_to5_45_ht_n(4,5,6) horizontal, 5° inclined 3 yes 45 8 g2_17-4_to5_50_ht_n(4,5,6) horizontal, 5° inclined 3 yes 50 8 g2_17-4_to5_65_ht_n(4,5,6) horizontal, 5° inclined 3 yes 65 8 table 7: summary of the second group of tensile test specimens characteristics. all specimens present the typical “dog-bone” shape with a 2.5 mm thick rectangular cross-section. fig. 6 shows some of the samples produced for both groups. f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 288 a) b) figure 6: some of the produced slm 17-4ph stainless steel specimens: a) first and b) second group of coupons. mechanical characterization tensile tests were performed at room temperature using a galdabini sun60 universal testing machine (see fig. 7) with a maximum load capacity of 600 kn. tests were executed in speed control, setting a speed of 6 mm/min. there is no set applied load limit, so the test ends with the specimen breaking. a summary of the experimental tests setup is provided in tab. 8. moreover, penny & giles linear displacement sensors were employed to measure the deformation of the specimens. these devices, connected to an electronic control unit, are able to monitor stroke lengths ranging of up to 100 mm. figure 7: tensile testing machine detail. evaluation of residual stresses in order to evaluate the residual stresses, x-ray diffraction (xrd) analyses were carried out for both heat-treated and not heat-treated samples. a gnr stressx system was used for this purpose. residual stresses arising during 3d printing are mainly due to the high cooling rate of the layers and could affect the mechanical performance of final products [20,21]. the determination of the residual stresses was performed by x-ray diffraction with a cr kα radiation, within the ψ range from -40° to +40° with a step size of 30-60 s. also, the amount of residual austenite was evaluated by means of xrd analysis through the gnr arexd solution. it is known that its presence, even in small percentages (5%), can cause unexpected deformations that modify the mechanical properties of printed parts [9,12,13]. the percentage amount of austenite was also considered on the virgin powder raw material. the phases of samples were conducted by x-ray diffraction with a point focus molybdenum anode, within the 2θ range from 21.5° to 44.5° with an acquisition time of 180 s. f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 289 test parameters settings control type speed control load application speed 6 mm/min maximum load 600 kn load limit no preload no gauge length l0 50 mm crosshead speed 300 mm/min unloading speed 3 mm/min end-of-test mode sample failure test temperature room temperature table 8: test machine specifications and test conditions. results and discussion tensile tests results tress-strain curves of the vertically and 5° and 85° horizontally oriented coupons are shown in fig. 9, whereas the stress–strain curves of the samples produced with scanning times (t) of 45 s, 50 s, and 65 s are shown in fig. 10. in both figures, the specimens in either their as-built or heat-treated (ht) conditions have been reported. the values of the yield stress σy, the failure stress σu and the failure strain εu for both sets of samples are summarized in tabs. 9 and 10. both tables contain the average results of the mechanical parameters obtained for each type of specimens and their standard deviation values (sd). fig. 8 displays a detail of the samples during the tests execution. figure 8: detail of tensile test execution: a) specimen before the start of the test; b) specimen at the end of the test. influence of printing direction the yield strength presents average values of 636 mpa, 818 mpa and 616 mpa respectively for specimens manufactured vertically, inclined by 5° and inclined by 85°. s f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 290 the ultimate tensile strength does not vary significantly with the printing direction. in fact, the obtained mean values are 1282 mpa, 1314 mpa and 1296 mpa respectively for the vertically, horizontally inclined 5° and 85° samples. the failure strain also shows no significant changes in relation to the different printing orientations. the average values recorded were 14.1% for specimens manufactured vertically and horizontally inclined by 5°, and 14.2% for specimens manufactured horizontally inclined by 85°. influence of scanning time the yielding strain displays mean values of 751 mpa, 634 mpa and 593 mpa for samples produced respectively with scanning times of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s. figure 9: engineering stress–strain curves of the first group of slm 17-4ph ss coupons produced. figure 10: engineering stress–strain curves of the second group of slm 17-4ph ss samples produced. f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 291 specimen id σy mpa sd mpa σu mpa sd mpa εu % sd % g1_17-4_to5 818 ±118 1314 ±8 14.1 ±0.68 g1_17-4_to5_ht_n4 1163 / 1306 / 9.8 / g1_17-4_to85 616 ±131 1296 ±13 14.2 ±0.71 g1_17-4_to85_ht_n4 1024 / 1266 / 10.6 / g1_17-4_tv 636 ±81 1282 ±10 14.1 ±0.78 g1_17-4_tv_ht_n4 1037 / 1268 / 11.8 / note: the average values are calculated among the as-built specimens. table 9: tensile test results for the first group of specimens. specimen id σy mpa sd mpa σu mpa sd mpa εu % sd % g2_17-4_to5_45 751 ±199 1278 ±9 14.2 ±2.24 g2_17-4_to5_45_ht 1116 ±32 1248 ±10 10.9 ±1.51 g2_17-4_to5_50 634 ±58 1264 ±1 15.8 ±0.12 g2_17-4_to5_50_ht 1094 ±32 1268 ±13 10.4 ±0.36 g2_17-4_to5_65 593 ±51 1277 ±14 16.0 ±0.05 g2_17-4_to5_65_ht 1095 ±11 1255 ±11 10.0 ±0.68 note: the average values are calculated both among the as-built and heat-treated specimens. table 10: tensile test results for the second group of specimens. as with the printing direction, the different scanning time does not considerably influence the results obtained in terms of failure stress. in fact, the values achieved for specimens manufactured with scanning times of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s are respectively 1278 mpa, 1264 mpa and 1277 mpa. the same consideration can be made for the failure strain which displays values of 14.2%, 15.8% and 16.0% respectively for the samples produced with scanning rates of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s. effects of heat treatment on mechanical properties the comparison between the as-built and heat-treated specimens showed that the heat treatment changed the stress-strain behavior of the material for all types of samples with different printing features. as far as the yield stress is concerned, it varies with different manufacturing orientations of about +63% for vertically printed specimens, of about +42% for horizontally 5° inclined specimens and of about +66% for horizontally 85° inclined specimens. the annealing treatment induces an increase in yield strength also for samples produced with different scanning times. in particular, this parameter rises of +49%, +73% and +85% for specimens manufactured with scanning rates of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s, respectively. with regard to failure stress, the experimental results do not change significantly due to heat treatment, both for different printing directions and different scanning speeds. in fact, failure stresses decrease of about -1.1% for vertically manufactured specimens, of about -0.6% for specimens horizontally inclined by 5° and of about -2.3% for samples horizontally inclined by 85°. considering the different scanning rates of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s, the ultimate tensile strength changes of about -2%, +0.4% and -2%, respectively. f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 292 the heat treatment also implies a decrease in failure strain. in fact, a reduction of approximately -16.3%, -30.3% and -25.4% for the vertically, horizontally 5° and 85° inclined specimens, respectively, can be observed. likewise, for specimens processed with scanning times of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s the failure strain varies of about -23.5%, -34.3% and -37.2%. the values of the mechanical parameters obtained after the annealing treatment seem to be in contrast with the trend reported in the literature for steel alloys produced by conventional methods, which are generally more ductile and less resistant after heat treatments, even if beyond certain temperatures, there are no further beneficial effects. however, in addition to the data provided by the manufacturer of the 3d printing machine and the powder materials used (slm solutions) [22], that confirm the obtained results (see tab. 4), there are several scientific findings that support and validate the behavior observed for steel and nickel alloys produced by selective laser melting [16,20,21,23,24]. in particular, precipitation-hardened (17-4ph and 15-5ph stainless steels), martensite-aging steels (e.g. “maraging” 1.2709 steel) and nickel alloys inconel 625 and 718 showed a reduction in ductility and an increase in yield and ultimate strength. in contrast, additive-manufactured aluminum and titanium alloys (alsi10mg aluminum alloy and ti6al4v titanium alloy) exhibit the same behavior as the corresponding metallic materials produced by traditional techniques [19,25–27]. some of the specimens after the tensile test are shown in fig. 11. x-ray diffraction results x-ray diffraction analyses have been conducted on all types of specimens to detect the presence of residual stresses (rs) and the amount of residual austenite (ra). the residual stresses were evaluated both in the parallel (90°) and in the perpendicular (0°) directions with respect to the longitudinal axis of the sample. the values of the standard deviation (sd) for specimens produced at different scanning times were also measured, as three test pieces were analyzed for each rate and only one for those with different printing orientations. the results of the xrd analysis are summarized in tab. 11. a) b) figure 11: location of failure of some tested 17-4ph specimens: a) non-standardized vertically printed group; b) standardized horizontally, 5° inclined printed group, recoating time of 65 s. the different manufacturing strategies led to different values of residual stresses and residual austenite. the value of residual stresses for horizontally 5° inclined specimens, is 212 mpa in the parallel direction and 123 mpa in the orthogonal direction. the specimens horizontally 85° oriented are the only ones with negative residual stress values of -548 mpa in the 0° direction and -568 mpa in the other direction, which correspond to compressive residual stresses. the vertically printed specimens show residual stresses of 190 mpa in the longitudinal direction and 121 mpa in the perpendicular direction. regarding the amount of residual austenite, the values observed are respectively 24.3%, 8.2% and 30.4% for the horizontally 5° inclined, 85° inclined and vertically produced specimens. conversely, the samples produced with different scanning rates do not show significant differences between the values of residual stresses and residual austenite. the results shown are average values, obtained from the three specimens tested for each category. the specimens with a scanning time of 45 s show a residual stress value of 275 mpa in the parallel direction and 116 mpa in the orthogonal direction. the samples with a scanning rate of 50 s exhibit residual stress values of 203 mpa in the 0° direction and 60 mpa in the 90° direction. the specimens produced with a scanning speed of 65 s show residual stresses of 214 mpa in the parallel direction and 44 mpa in the perpendicular one. with regard to the amount of residual austenite, the values recorded were 23.7%, 20.3% and 20.6% for specimens produced at scanning rates of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s respectively. f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 293 specimen id rs 0° mpa sd mpa rs 90° mpa sd mpa ra % sd % g1_17-4_to5 212 / 123 / 24.3 / g1_17-4_to85 -548 / -568 / 8.2 / g1_17-4_tv 190 / 121 / 30.4 / g1_17-4_to5_ht_n4 31 / 54 / 13.8 / g1_17-4_to85_ht_n4 35 / 25 / 10.7 / g1_17-4_tv_ht_n4 51 / 21 / 10.2 / g2_17-4_to5_45 275 ±19 116 ±14 23.7 ±3.2 g2_17-4_to5_50 203 ±32 60 ±14 20.3 ±1.6 g2_17-4_to5_65 214 ±27 44 ±60 20.6 ±0.7 g2_17-4_to5_45_ht 110 ±10 50 ±6 17.3 ±1.4 g2_17-4_to5_50_ht 111 ±12 44 ±7 11.3 ±1.6 g2_17-4_to5_65_ht 115 ±28 46 ±12 11.4 ±0.3 powdered raw material 35.3 table 11: results obtained from x-ray diffraction analysis, for both batch of specimens. the applied heat treatment causes a homogenization and reduction of the residual stresses, independently from their manufacturing features. for horizontally 5° oriented specimens, the value of residual stresses is 31 mpa in the parallel direction and 54 mpa in the orthogonal direction (-85% and -56% compared to as-built samples). the horizontally 85° oriented specimens exhibit residual stress values of 35 mpa in the 0° direction and 25 mpa in the other direction (-106% and -104% compared to as-built samples). the vertically printed specimens show residual stresses of 51 mpa in the longitudinal direction and 21 mpa in the perpendicular direction (-73% and -83% compared to as-built samples). regarding the amount of residual austenite, the observed values are 13.8%, 10.7% and 10.2% respectively for the horizontally 5°, 85° inclined and vertically produced specimens (-43%, +31% and -67% compared to as-built samples). the specimens with a scanning time of 45 s show a residual stress value of 110 mpa in the parallel direction and 50 mpa in the orthogonal direction (-60% and -57% compared to as-built samples). the samples with a scanning rate of 50 s exhibit residual stress values of 111 mpa in the 0° direction and 44 mpa in the 90° direction (-45% and -26% compared to as-built samples). the specimens produced with a scanning speed of 65 s show residual stresses of 115 mpa in the parallel direction and 46 mpa in the perpendicular one (-46% and +5% compared to as-built samples). the values of residual austenite recorded were respectively 17.3%, 11.3% and 11.4% for specimens produced at scanning rates of 45 s, 50 s and 65 s (-27%, -44% and -44% compared to as-built samples). the results shown in the case of different scanning times are average values, taken from the three specimens tested for each category. conclusions n this paper, the influence of different printing orientations and inclinations, in combination with different scanning times, on the tensile properties of 17-4ph stainless steel specimens, produced via selective laser melting (slm) were investigated. the effects of annealing treatment on the mechanical behavior of slm-produced samples were investigated too. moreover, in order to figure out the impact of the additive manufacturing process on the final products, the residual stresses and the amount of residual austenite were evaluated. based on the experimental tests, the following conclusions can be outlined: i f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 294  the applied heat treatment increased the tensile strength;  heat treatment reduced the failure strain and thus the ductility;  about the first group of specimens (g1), the highest yield and fracture behavior was provided by the horizontally printed specimen inclined by 5°, both for the as-built and heat-treated samples;  concerning the second group of specimens (g2), the highest yield features are offered by the specimen produced with a recoating time of 45 s, both for heat-treated and as-built specimens. the highest average ultimate tensile strength values were provided by samples with a recoating time of 45 s and 50 s for as-built and annealed specimens respectively;  the highest ductility was obtained for the specimen that was printed horizontally printed with an inclination of 5° (both for as-built and heat-treated specimens) and by samples processed with recoating times of 50 s and 65 s. the heat-treated specimens with the highest mean values of failure strain are those manufactured with a recoating time of 45 s. acknowledgements his research was developed in the framing of the italian research project “3d-damper -processi di ottimizzazione di dampers metallici innovativi stampati in 3d”, in the meaning of the pon action “fabbrica intelligente, agrifood e scienza della vita”, funded by the italian ministry for the economic development. references [1] wang, j.c., dommati, h., hsieh, s.j. (2019). review of additive manufacturing methods for high-performance ceramic materials, int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 103(5–8), pp. 2627–2647, doi: 10.1007/s00170-019-03669-3. [2] coon, c., pretzel, b., lomax, t., strlič, m. (2016). preserving rapid prototypes: a review, herit. sci., 4(1), pp. 1–17, doi: 10.1186/s40494-016-0097-y. [3] abdulhameed, o., al-ahmari, a., ameen, w., mian, s.h. (2019). additive manufacturing: challenges, trends, and applications, adv. mech. eng., 11(2), pp. 1–27, doi: 10.1177/1687814018822880. [4] singh, r., gupta, a., tripathi, o., srivastava, s., singh, b., awasthi, a., rajput, s.k., sonia, p., singhal, p., saxena, k.k. (2019). powder bed fusion process in additive manufacturing: an overview, mater. today proc., 26(may), pp. 3058–3070, doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2020.02.635. [5] ligon, s.c., liska, r., stampfl, j., gurr, m., mülhaupt, r. (2017). polymers for 3d printing and customized additive manufacturing, chem. rev., 117(15), pp. 10212–10290, doi: 10.1021/acs.chemrev.7b00074. [6] herzog, d., seyda, v., wycisk, e., emmelmann, c. (2016). additive manufacturing of metals, acta mater., 117, pp. 371–392, doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2016.07.019. [7] karar, g.c., kumar, r., chattopadhyaya, s. (2021). an analysis on the advanced research in additive manufacturing, . [8] gokuldoss, p.k., kolla, s., eckert, j. (2017). additive manufacturing processes: selective laser melting, electron beam melting and binder jetting-selection guidelines, materials (basel)., 10(6), doi: 10.3390/ma10060672. [9] carneiro, l., jalalahmadi, b., ashtekar, a., jiang, y. (2019). cyclic deformation and fatigue behavior of additively manufactured 17–4 ph stainless steel, int. j. fatigue, 123(january), pp. 22–30, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.02.006. [10] laghi, v., palermo, m., gasparini, g., girelli, v.a., trombetti, t. (2019). experimental results for structural design of wire-and-arc additive manufactured stainless steel members, j. constr. steel res., pp. 105858, doi: 10.1016/j.jcsr.2019.105858. [11] yu, z., zheng, y., chen, j., wu, c., xu, j., lu, h., yu, c. (2020). effect of laser remelting processing on microstructure and mechanical properties of 17-4 ph stainless steel during laser direct metal deposition, j. mater. process. technol., 284, pp. 116738, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2020.116738. [12] rafi, h.k., pal, d., patil, n., starr, t.l., stucker, b.e. (2014). microstructure and mechanical behavior of 17-4 precipitation hardenable steel processed by selective laser melting, j. mater. eng. perform., 23(12), pp. 4421–4428, doi: 10.1007/s11665-014-1226-y. [13] facchini, l., vicente, n., lonardelli, i., magalini, e., robotti, p., alberto, m. (2010). metastable austenite in 17-4 precipitation-hardening stainless steel produced by selective laser melting, adv. eng. mater., 12(3), pp. 184–168, doi: 10.1002/adem.200900259. [14] murr, l.e., martinez, e., hernandez, j., collins, s., amato, k.n., gaytan, s.m., shindo, p.w. (2012). microstructures t f.r. andreacola et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 282-295; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.21 295 and properties of 17-4 ph stainless steel fabricated by selective laser melting, j. mater. res. technol., 1(3), pp. 167– 177, doi: 10.1016/s2238-7854(12)70029-7. [15] giganto, s., zapico, p., castro-sastre, m.á., martínez-pellitero, s., leo, p., perulli, p. (2019). influence of the scanning strategy parameters upon the quality of the slm parts, procedia manuf., 41, pp. 698–705, doi: 10.1016/j.promfg.2019.09.060. [16] slm solutions. (n.d.). material data sheet stainless steel 17-4ph/1.4542/a564. [17] larimian, t., kannan, m., grzesiak, d., almangour, b., borkar, t. (2020). effect of energy density and scanning strategy on densification, microstructure and mechanical properties of 316l stainless steel processed via selective laser melting, mater. sci. eng. a, 770(september 2019), pp. 138455, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2019.138455. [18] astm. (2020). astm a370-20: standard test methods and definitions for mechanical testing of steel products, astm int., , doi: 10.1520/a0370-20. [19] hitzler, l., janousch, c., schanz, j., merkel, m., heine, b., mack, f., hall, w., öchsner, a. (2017). direction and location dependency of selective laser melted alsi10mg specimens, j. mater. process. technol., 243, pp. 48–61, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2016.11.029. [20] zhang, h., gu, d., ma, c., guo, m., yang, j., wang, r. (2019). effect of post heat treatment on microstructure and mechanical properties of ni-based composites by selective laser melting, mater. sci. eng. a, 765(march), pp. 138294, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2019.138294. [21] sarkar, s., kumar, c.s., nath, a.k. (2019). effects of heat treatment and build orientations on the fatigue life of selective laser melted 15-5 ph stainless steel, mater. sci. eng. a, 755(february), pp. 235–245, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2019.04.003. [22] slm solutions. (n.d.). metal powder optimized for selective laser melting. [23] yadollahi, a., shamsaei, n., thompson, s.m., elwany, a., bian, l. (2017). effects of building orientation and heat treatment on fatigue behavior of selective laser melted 17-4 ph stainless steel, int. j. fatigue, 94, pp. 218–235, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.03.014. [24] moussaoui, k., rubio, w., mousseigne, m., sultan, t., rezai, f. (2018). materials science & engineering a e ff ects of selective laser melting additive manufacturing parameters of inconel 718 on porosity, microstructure and mechanical properties, mater. sci. eng. a, 735(august), pp. 182–190, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2018.08.037. [25] mower, t.m., long, m.j. (2016). mechanical behavior of additive manufactured, powder-bed laser-fused materials, mater. sci. eng. a, 651, pp. 198–213, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2015.10.068. [26] xu, z.w., wang, q., wang, x.s., tan, c.h., guo, m.h., gao, p.b. (2020). high cycle fatigue performance of alsi10mg alloy produced by selective laser melting, mech. mater., 148, doi: 10.1016/j.mechmat.2020.103499. [27] masuo, h., tanaka, y., morokoshi, s., yagura, h., uchida, t. (2018). in fl uence of defects , surface roughness and hip on the fatigue strength of ti6al-4v manufactured by additive manufacturing, int. j. fatigue, 117(april), pp. 163–179, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.07.020. microsoft word numero_30_art_61 c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 502 research on parameters optimization of bilateral ring gear blank-holder in thick-plate fine blanking c.j.su, x.h.dong, s.m.guo, q.l.li, t.t.li college of mechanical and electronic engineering, shandong university of science and technology, qingdao 266590, china suchunjian2008@163.com abstract. to compensate for the poor quality of thick-plate blanking parts in cross-section, this paper suggests using the optimizing bilateral ring gear holder parameters to increase burnish zone and improve cutting precision. with the bilateral gear ring, the hydrostatic pressure of shear deformation zone will increase, plasticity of the material will be lifted to maximum and quality of the cross section will be raised. this paper establishes 8mm aisi-1020 fine blanking model by deform2d, analysis different ring gear parameters and clearance that are influenced the stress-strain and cross section quality to predict forming defects. by using the bilateral gear ring blank holder, the poor quality of thick-plate blanking section is successfully enhanced. therefore, the bilateral gear ring blank holder is vital to improve the quality of blanking parts and provide the reliable theory basis for the practical engineering application. keywords. thick-plate; fine blanking; bilateral gear ring blank holder; cross section quality. introduction ine blanking technology has advantages of high efficiency, low energy-expending and low consumption, so it has been widely used in modern industry in recent years. [1, 2] with the wide application in nearly every field, the research on the process has gradually been a hot topic. t.s.kwak et al. [3] analyzed the influence rules of width and height of euphotic belt by using the element-delete method in the process of fine blanking, and concluded that the euphotic belt increases as the tooth height grows, while reduces as the tooth pitch grows. z.h.chen [4] and ridba hambli [5] found tine blanking can achieve maximum brightness by inhibiting the generation of crack, and the distribution rule of stress and strain is given by a detailed analysis on blanking process. peng qun et al. [6] simulated the fine blanking process by using strength blank-holder technology. the material flowing law and strain and stress distribution have been studied, which provide the theoretical basis for fine blanking technology. under the conditions of negative clearance, w.f.fan et al. [7] simulated the fine blanking process of aisi1045 and aisi-1025 with finite element method using cockcroft and latham criteria. the results showed that the negative clearance blanking could guarantee higher cross section quality than common blanking. at present, fine blanking technology adopting thick plate is imperfect compared with that using the thin plate. therefore, to boost production, here higher-quality thick fine blanking pieces is needed. so it is necessary to carry out more researches. the ring gear gag creates optimal conditions for thick plate fine blanking technology that will not only be applied on diversiform material and different thickness of the plank but also be formed into a work piece with high quality. so it has great pragmatic value thus attracts many scholars to research on blank holder with gear ring. f c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 503 sutasn thipprakmas [8] carried the simulation on v-ring blank holder with finite element and researched on the influence rule of material flow and stress distribution of the v-ring blank holder. wen limin et al. [9] established the model of fine blanking on blank holder with unilateral v-ring via the finite element, simulated the circular parts with the thickness of 2.9 mm under different tooth pitches, observed the stress distribution of material during the fine blanking process, and obtained the best relative clearance of blank. lin guozheng et al. [10] analyzed the 7 mm thickness of blank with finite element and found out the best blanking clearance and die entrance. from the above study, it is evident that v-ring can restrain the flow of materials in the shear zone and increases the hydrostatic pressure, and then gets a larger euphotic zone. the blank holder with unilateral v-ring has been widely applied in the plate cutting. however, there may be some problems, such as burr, low shape and dimension precision if the plate is too thick. to solve this problem, this thesis brings forward a new method that is holding the blank with bilateral v-ring. it can not only increase the hydrostatic pressure of shearing deformation zone and allow material give full play to its plasticity, but also enhance the cross section quality of shear plane. the mechanism and theoretical basis of metal plate fine blanking the mechanism of metal plate fine blanking ine blanking is a non-chip machining technology. this is a kind of precision stamping method based on common stamping technology. when used in a stamping forming, it can get more precise size precision, more smooth cutting surface, smaller warping and higher quality stampings of interchangeability than ordinary blanking parts and improve the quality of the products under low cost. fine blanking is a process of plastic shear, in the special three dynamic fine blanking press with special structure, under the action of the plate in the plastic shear. before blanking punch contact sheet, a certain pressure makes the v – ring material pressing on the concave die, thus producing lateral pressure on the inner surface of v-shaped teeth and preventing the material tear and metal horizontal flow in shear. in the punch into the materials at the same time, the backpressure of ejector presses the material and in the pressed state, punch down for blanking operation. the material of shear zone in the three directions compresses the stress state, and then improves the material plasticity. the material will produce plastic separation along the punch and die cutting edge. the theoretical basis of metal plate fine blanking before finite elements analysis, the fine blanking deformation zone should go first. the outside force and stress in fine blanking of the deformation areas of the material are shown in fig. 1. (a) (b) figure 1: force and stress of distribution in fine blanking. in the figure: yf -stamping force for punch act on material, y 1 2 y yf f f  , where y 1f 、 y 2f is stamping force and jacking force, vf -force for the inner edges of v-ring act on the material, n -lateral force, x y,p p -friction force, f c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 504 y -the normal stress caused by yf vx vy,  -the normal stress caused by component of vf in the x, y direction n -the normal stress caused by n , z -the normal stress caused by mould to restrict materials,  -shear stress caused by friction force. take a coordinate system for oxyz in deformation zone and its stress tensor is t t t    (1) where t -spherical stress tensor t -stress deviator. x n xy m yx y vy m z m vy y z n vx yx vx n z y vy vx vy n n vx 0 0 0 ( ) 0 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 ( ) ( ) 0 3 3 1 2 ( ) ( ) 0 3 3 1 2 0 0 ( ) ( ) 3 3 yx t                                                                            (2) m m m 0 0 0 0 0 0 t              (3) m y z vx vy z 1 ( ) 3           (4) the plasticity of material (point o) is affected by the hydrostatic pressure in the department of spherical stress tensor. the spherical stress tensor is the static pressure in deformation zone of fine blanking, and the factors that influence the hydrostatic pressure in deformation zone are known from formula 3, so following ways can increase the hydrostatic pressure and then improve the quality of blanking pieces: 1. magnify v by increasing the kicking force; 2. magnify n through reduce the intensive clearance to some extent; 3. magnify vx vy  by enlarging bhf; 4. pressure angle of blank holder sets for optimum value, as shown in fig. 1(a), vx vy v (cos sin )f f f     (5) take the extreme value: x yd( ) 0 v vf f d   v d(cos sin ) (cos sin )vf f      (6) c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 505 bhf is a constant value, vd 0f  therefore: π/4 0sin-cos   the finite element simulation analysis of thick plate fine blanking the model of finite elements analysis efore simulating the process of the fine blanking, the model of v-shaped ring gear blank holder should be built first. li chuanmin(2007) [11] found that because of the symmetrical structure, half of the model is adopted to save the time and ram. aisi-20 steel with 8mm thick is used in the paper and the model is simulated by way of the double-side gear ring blank holder whose results are shown in fig. 2. the simulating parameters are shown in tab. 1. friction coefficient 0.12 unit grid 3000 step 0.002 the pressure/kn 20 bhf/kn 60 figure 2: finite element model. table 1: simulation parameters. process simulation of the double ring gear pressure side from fig. 3 (a) to (e) it can be seen that in the process of double ring gear blank holder blanking, the shear zone of hydrostatic pressure is significantly higher than other parts, and compressive stress is also larger near the punch and die cutting edge. when the punch is down to ½ of the material thickness, the pressure stress of the die cutting edge greatly decreases. when the material is broken, the compressive stress that shear zone materials bears is further reduced and the tensile stress appears in the die cutting edge of shear deformation zone material. the greater the compressive stress of materials deformation zone is, the more conducive it is to give full play to the material plasticity so as to inhibit the crack generation or expansion and guarantee high quality blanking section. consequently when the material is broken, the tensile stress that exists in deformation zone exacerbates the material fracture. to sum up, if we want to obtain high quality punching parts with double ring gear blank holder blanking, we must try to increase the three to the compressive stress of material shear deformation zone. because bilateral gear ring blank holder blanking, gear form, tooth height, pitch, the blank holder force and the blank holder force will have different influences on the hydrostatic pressure, we need to simulate and analyze the process parameters [12]. the impact of ring gear form on thick plate fine blanking using the v-shape, a step shaped and the cone gear form to finite element simulation, the hydrostatic pressure distribution is shown in fig. 4. as can be seen from the graph, the hydrostatic pressure distribution that v ring produced is broad, almost filling the entire fine blanking zone. however, the step shaped and the circular cone gear ring only produce hydrostatic pressure in gear ring near, and the scope is relatively small. although the step shaped and the cone b c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 506 gear ring blank holder can also play a pressure side effect, but the effect of hydrostatic pressure is far better than that of the v shaped ring gear. in the fine blanking, the gear ring pressure is only one that is large enough to guarantee the materials hydrostatic pressure required in the shear zone. fig. 5 shows the relationship between the gear form and a hydrostatic pressure distribution. as can be seen from the graph, the hydrostatic pressure generated by v ring is the largest and advantageous to the sheet of plastic. (a) before the blanking began (b) ring gear is pressed into the sheet (c) fine blanking 1/4 (d) fine blanking 1/2 (e) material fracture (f) partial view figure 3: fine blanking process simulation of ring gears with both sides (a) v shape (b) step shaped (c) cone gear form figure 4: the hydrostatic pressure distribution with different gear ring form. c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 507 figure 5: the relation of gear ring form and hydrostatic pressure distribution. fig. 6 shows the blanking pieces cross section under different forms of gear ring. it is apparent that different forms of gear ring hedge cutting will produce different effects, and bring about different forming results. in addition, fig. 6 demonstrates that the blanking pieces of v-shaped ring gear have a top quality and the change of euphotic zone length is as high as 50%. the blanking pieces of step shaped have a relatively rough cross section and nearly no euphotic zone. the cross section of blanking pieces with cone gear ring is not ideal, and the cross section of blanking pieces is less than v gear ring form. this is because the hydrostatic pressure that produced by steps form and conical gear ring is not big enough to replace the plastic material in the blanking process. a) v shape b) step shaped c) cone gear form figure 6: the shearing section with different gear ring form. the impact of tooth depth on thick plate fine blanking in the case where other conditions remain unchanged, it takes four different sizes of the tooth depth to simulate the process of fine blanking with bilateral gear ring blank holder. as the v-ring on the die cannot change and is easy to wear, v-ring on the die must be set slightly bigger than on the punch. and simulation parameters of the tooth depth are listed in tab.2. tooth depth(mm) pitch(mm) clearance(mm) upper(under) 0.8(1.2) 3.5 0.05 upper(under) 1.2(1.6) 3.5 0.05 upper(under) 1.6(2.0) 3.5 0.05 upper(under) 2.0(2.4) 3.5 0.05 table 2: simulation parameters of tooth depth. c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 508 fig. 7 shows the distribution of hydrostatic pressure which is under the condition of ring gear blank into sheet. hydrostatic pressure is produced when ring gear blank presses in sheet and increases with the growth of press-in and reaches the maximum value when different sizes of the tooth depth are all pressed into the sheet as indicated in fig. 7. thus, the hydrostatic pressure increases with the growth of the tooth depth. the depth of teeth is larger and hydrostatic pressure is greater in the fine blanking area, so that the whole process can make full use of plasticity of sheet and achieve high quality section pieces. figure 7: relation of tooth depth and hydrostatic pressure. fig. 8 indicates the distribution of stress in shear deformation zone when fine blanking process is half finished. along with fine blanking, compressive stress is decreasing in the zone of materials shear deformation and tensile stress is produced near the convex and concave die as it is in fig. 8. tensile stress occurs in the process of punching which leads to the cracks. on the contrary, compressive stress can restrain the generation and extension of cracks and effectively improve the plasticity of materials. a) 0.8mm b) 1.2mm c) 1.6mm d) 2.0mm figure 8: stress distribution of fine blanking 1/2 in deformation zone. the relationship between the maximum contact pressure and punch in plate is shown in fig. 9. before the punching, there is a certain value of hydrostatic pressure in shear zone and it creates a better plastic state for the further deformation of material. fig. 9 signifies that the compressive stresses in shear zone are generally large and they increase obviously with the growth of depth tooth, but less when the upper tooth depth exceeds 1.2mm. the average value of compressive stresses is around 75mpa. fig. 10 shows the effect relation curve of blanking quality by tooth depth. while bright zone increases, fillet belt and fault zone decrease as the tooth depth increases. however there is not a linear relationship between the increasing bright zone and the increasing tooth depth. in the meantime hydrostatic pressure also increases with the increasing of tooth depth, but it will leave deep impressions on the sheet if the tooth depth is too large, thus 1.2 mm is the best value for the tooth depth. c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 509 figure 9: the relation of maximum contact pressure and punch in plate. figure 10: the effect of blanking quality by tooth depth. the impact of pitch on thick plate fine blanking the optimum parameter of upper tooth depth is 1.2 mm, and the simulation parameters of tooth pitch are shown in tab.3. pitch(mm) upper tooth depth(mm) clearance(mm) 2.6 1.2 0.05 3.5 1.2 0.05 4.6 1.2 0.05 5.7 1.2 0.05 table 3: simulation parameters of tooth pitch. fig. 11 shows the hydrostatic pressure profiles of the different pitch circle of gear pressure style. we can learn from the numerical results that the position of ring gear also has an effect on the hydrostatic pressure, and the hydrostatic pressure decreases with the increasing of pitch. therefore in the process of stamping sheet, appropriate pitch should be chosen to ensure the sufficient hydrostatic pressure blanking, and to fully improve the plastic sheet to obtain the ideal blanking section. fig. 12 shows that, in different pitches, the materials stress distribution of the punch downward 1/6. before the start of the blanking, the shear zone produced a certain value of hydrostatic pressure, creates a better plastic state for the further deformation of material. in the graph, as the pitch increases and compressive stress area reduces deformation, the shear zone compressive stress becomes larger, but stress is smaller far away from the area of fine blanking parts of the compressive. c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 510 figure 11: the hydrostatic pressure with different pitch. a) 2.6 mm b) 3.5 mm c) 4.6 mm d) 5.7 mm figure 12: stress distribution of fine blanking 1/6 in deformation zone. fig. 13 shows the relationship between the maximum compressive stress and the convex molding quantity. it is obvious that the stress of the compressive deformation zone significantly increases along with the increasing pitch. because under the same press, pitch that is too big will produces less hydrostatic pressure. thus the quality of the obtained blanking off surface is relatively poor. if the bhf is increased to obtain a good cutting surface, there will be a corresponding increase in punching die load. through many times of finite element simulations, it can be obtained that smooth surface can reach about 80% when the pitch is equal to 3.5mm, which is considered as the ideal pitch. figure 13: the relationship of maximum equivalent stress and convex of pouch in plate. c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 511 as can be seen from fig. 14, with the increase of radius of tooth pitch, changes are relatively stable. the euphotic zone decreases with the bright belt length down by 50%; the fracture zone increases thus the bright band increases. as teeth pitch does not increase linearly, the ring gear is closer to the die cutting edge (i.e. pitch is small), the shear zone will produce higher hydrostatic stress, and metal materials tend more to flow to the shear zone and improve the quality of the cross section. in conclusion, the quality of blanked parts is most ideal when the pitch is 3.5mm. figure 14: the effect of blanking quality by tooth pitch. the impact of blanking clearance on thick plate fine blanking the influence of different blanking clearances on the stress distribution is shown in fig. 15. the equivalent stress concentrating near the shear zone when the clearance value is zero and its values vary from 19mpa to 100mpa. the stress values in the zone near the euphotic belt are basically uniform. when clearances are 0.8%t and 1.6%t, the equivalent stress distribution of the areas spreads and has no big changes. when clearance is 2.4%t, the areas of equivalent stress distribution decrease but still with no big changes. (a) 0 (b) 0.8%t (c) 1.6%t (d) 2.4%t figure 15: equivalent stress of fine blanking 1/4 with different clearance. the effect of blanking quality by blanking clearance is shown in fig. 16. the fault zone length increases as clearance does. the fault zone of cross section achieves the shortest and euphotic zone the longest when the clearance is 0.8%t. so 0.8%t is the best value optimum for blanking clearance. it is consistent with the theoretical value about 0.5%t. the euphotic zone proportion will decrease with the increase of clearance in the process of plate fine blanking. it is because compressive stress is delayed in deformation zone and its crack propagation velocity is less than that caused by tensile stress when the die clearance is too large. c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 512 figure 16: the effect of blanking quality by blanking clearance experimental results his experiment in fig. 17 uses fine blanking dies that are of different thickness (6mm, 8mm and 10mm) of steel plate to confirm the feasibility of bilateral ring gear blank holder. parts of this experiment are shown in fig. 18. compared with the simulation, the experiment has consistent results as delivered in fig. 19. the blanking part that blank by bilateral gear ring have a high section quality and the experimental results can satisfy the requirement of practical production. 1-plunger 2-punch seat 3-knockout plate 4-die 5-guide pillar 6-guide sleeve 7-guide sleeve of pinger 8-backing plate 9-press countertop 10-adapter ring, 11-hydraulic piston 12-pressure pad ,13-rubber washer 14-plunger 15-die seat 16-ring gear gag 17-punch 18-plunger 19-bridge plate 20-hydraulic slide 21-pull rod 22-punch fix plate 23-adapter ring 24-hydraulic platform figure 17: structure diagram of fine blanking die. it can be seen that the section quality of final parts is higher, the fault zone is also improved, and fillet and burr get smaller. the quality of the eventual parts is ideal. t c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 513 figure 18: sample of blanking parts. figure 19: compare results between simulation and experiment. conclusions n this paper, 8mm aisi 1020 steel on both sides of the ring gear blank holder of the fine blanking mechanism is studied with the commercial finite element software deform. in the fine blanking deformation zone of bilateral gear ring blank mode, analyzed of the material flow law and the state of stress and strain. when to blanking aisi – 1020, simulation the influence law that the different ring gear parameters to hydrostatic pressure and cross section quality of blanking parts and optimized its parameters. in the finite element simulation, when choosing nomalized cockroft & latham fracture criterion predicted cracks and expansion, the conclusion are as follows: 1) adopting fine blanking method that uses bilateral gear ring hold blank can achieve smooth blanking section. at the beginning, three-dimensional compressive stress in shear zone gets the maximum value and then declines gradually throughout the process of fine blanking. 2) hydrostatic pressure increases with the increase of tooth depth. when different sizes of tooth depth are all pressed into the sheet, hydrostatic pressure gets its maximum value. the proportion of bright belt also increases in that process. however, if the tooth depth is too big, it will left a deep imprint on sheet metal and affect the next blanking. for 20 steel material with thickness of 8mm, the blanking pieces will get the top quality when tooth depth is 1.2 mm. 3) the hydrostatic pressure decreases with the increase of pitch. the tooth circle is closer to mold parts (while the pitch is smaller), the shear area can produce higher hydrostatic stress, the metal material tends more to flow to the shear zone, and the proportion of bright band is greater. through the finite element simulation, we can find the best relative pitch: a=3.5mm. 4) the blanking clearance is smaller, the proportion of blanking euphotic zone is higher. when the relative blanking clearance is 0.8%t, the bright band proportion of 20 steel approaches 95%. i c.j.su et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 502-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.61 514 acknowledgements his project is supported by: 1) the national natural science foundation of china (grant no. 51305241). 2) the science and technology project for the universities of shandong province (grant no. 201103095). 3) the innovation fund project for postdoctoral of shandong province in china (grant no. j12la03). 4) taishan scholarship project of shandong province, china (no. tshw20130956). references [1] plastic engineering institute of chinese mechanical engineering society (peicmes). forging press manual: stamping(third edition)[m]. mechanical industry press, (2008). [2] ren lixin., research on computer simulation of thick plate fine blanking and optimization of die edge, qingdao: shandong university of science and technology, (2010). [3] kwak, t.s., kim, y.j., the effect of v-ring indenter on the sheared surface in fine-blanking process of pawl, journal material processing technology, 14 (2003) 656-661. [4] chen, z.h., tang, c.y.,a study of strain localization in the fine-blanking process using the large deformation finite element method, journal of materials processing technology, 86 (1999) 163-167. [5] ridba hambli., finite element simulation of fine blanking process using a pressure-dependent damage model. journal of materials processing technology, 7 (2011) 252-264. [6] qun, p., yanqi, z., numerical simulation of fine blanking, forging technology, 4 (2004) 23-25. [7] fan., w.f., li, j.h., an investigation on the damage of aisi-1045 and aisi-1025 steels in fine-blanking with negative clearance, materials science and engineering a, 499 (2009) 248-251. [8] thipprakmas, s., finite element analysis of v-ring indenter mechanism in fine-blanking process, materials and design, 30 (2011) 526-531. [9] limin, w., shuqin, x., the study of relation between the v-ring position and fine-blanking quality, metal forming equipment & manufacturing technology, 1 (2006) 54-56. [10] guozheng, l., jie, z., ying, t., research of deformation mechanism for thick blank punching based on fem simulation, casting forging welding, 37 (2008) 10-13. [11] chuanmin, l., guiding course of deform5.03 on finite element analysis of metal forming, beijing: mechanical industry press, (2007). [12] zhen, z., xincun, z., an improve ductile fracture criterion for fine blanking process, shanghai jiaotong university, 6 (2008) 702-706. t microsoft word numero_37_art_20 m. margetin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 146-152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.20 146 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture multiaxial fatigue criterion based on parameters from torsion and axial s-n curve m. margetin slovak university of technology, faculty of mechanical engineering, slovakia matus.margetin@stuba.sk r. ďurka vakuumtechnik s.r.o., slovakia durka@vakuumtechnik.sk v. chmelko slovak university of technology, faculty of mechanical engineering, slovakia vladimir.chmelko@stuba.sk abstract. multiaxial high cycle fatigue is a topic that concerns nearly all industrial domains. in recent years, a great deal of recommendations how to address problems with multiaxial fatigue life time estimation have been made and a huge progress in the field has been achieved. until now, however, no universal criterion for multiaxial fatigue has been proposed. addressing this situation, this paper offers a design of a new multiaxial criterion for high cycle fatigue. this criterion is based on critical plane search. damage parameter consists of a combination of normal and shear stresses on a critical plane (which is a plane with maximal shear stress amplitude). material parameters used in proposed criterion are obtained from torsion and axial s-n curves. proposed criterion correctly calculates life time for boundary loading condition (pure torsion and pure axial loading). application of proposed model is demonstrated on biaxial loading and the results are verified with testing program using specimens made from s355 steel. fatigue material parameters for proposed criterion and multiple sets of data for different combination of axial and torsional loading have been obtained during the experiment. keywords. fatigue; multiaxial; s355, criterion, material properties. introduction atigue life time prediction plays an important part in mechanical equipment design, regarding operating safety as well as equipment's reliability and economical design. the ongoing increase of machines' operating parameters and the pursuit of both effective material use and operating reliability make the analysis of fatigue process significant in the area of constructions' mechanical endurance calculation. the critical point of a construction that determines the life time of the whole equipment is often localized on a component that is exposed to a complex loading of external forces. whether it's high-pressure piping systems [1] or f m. margetin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 146-152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.20 147 mobile working machines [2], components of both are subjected to combined loading dependent on external conditions. such a loading causes a stresses in the critical point, and this stress state is nearly always multiaxual. in the process of life time estimation in multiaxial stress state, it is not sufficient to transform this state into uniaxial stress state according to static strength hypotheses, as they especially don't consider the cyclical properties of materials and the different effects of normal and shear stresses on the fatigue life time. therefore, it's necessary to use a mathematical model that is both able to reduce the multiaxial stress state to uniaxial stress state and that respects the mentioned problems at the same time. the methodology of transformation into uniaxial stress state then needs to be able to include also the change in the direction of damage, hence to respect the directional characteristic of the fatigue process. nearly a century passed since first attempts to tackle the problem of multiaxial fatigue have been made, and as for the situation today, there are plenty of criteria that consider component's multiaxial stress state. according to the methodology of assessment of loading process in the critical point, these criteria can be divided into stress-based criteria [3,4,5,6], strain-based criteria [7,8,9] and criteria based on fracture mechanics [10,11,12]. this text presents a new stress-based criterion that transforms the multiaxial stress state of a cyclic loading into an equivalent uniaxial stress. this criterion is based on the critical plane approach. after presentation in the text, the criterion is subsequently verified using proportional tension/compression and torsion loading in an experiment. multiaxial fatigue criterion oday's most used stress-based criteria that transform multiaxial stress state into equivalent stress amplitude in critical plane are in the form the following linear or non-linear combination:     c ea fbσ dτ f n (1) findley [3], mcdiarmid [4] and matake [5] have derived criteria for the calculation of the equivalent amplitude of shear stress as a linear combination of amplitude of shear stress and normal stress in the critical plane in the following form    eq fτ σ kτ f n (2) on the other hand, carpintieri with spagnoli [6] and papuga with ruzicka [13] have derived criteria for the calculation of the equivalent amplitude of normal stress in the critical plane as a non-linear combination in the following form    eq 1 2 fσ k σ k τ f n (3) the difference between the respective criteria is in the definition of the critical plane and in the form of material parameters k that consider the effect of normal and shear stresses. the resultant amplitude of the equivalent stress is then compared with the adequate fatigue life time curve in order to determine the finite fatigue life time or with fatigue limit in order to determine the infinite fatigue life time. the results achieved by presented hypotheses more or less correlate with the experimental results, however, there are some commonly known and well documented problems: parameters weighting the effect of normal and shear stress in hypotheses are independent on the loading level (i.e. number of cycles to failure), which is not true universally [14,15]. material parameters are based on conventional values (yield stress, fatigue limit) that are strongly dependent on the methodology of determination and sometimes their existence itself is questionable (fatigue limit being the example there's no agreement on whether there is an actual amplitude of stress that isn't damaging). neither one of the criteria provides correct results for both boundary loading conditions (pure torsion and pure tension/compression loading). t m. margetin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 146-152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.20 148 based on the previous analysis of the problem, authors have decided to present their own criterion for transformation of multiaxial stress state into equivalent uniaxial stress state. presented criterion results from the following theoretical premises: the criterion is based on the critical plane approach and it assumes that the critical plane is the plane with the maximal shear stress amplitude. the premise that the plane with the maximal shear stress amplitude plays a key role in the process of the crack initiation is well documented in work [16]. the criterion reckons with non-linear combination of shear stress amplitude and normal stress amplitude in the critical plane. 2 2 eq , ,τ kσ τa cr a cr  (4) the criterion doesn't use conventional values of material parameters. parameters that represent cyclical characteristics of the tested material are in the form of baskin equation parameters for pure axial loading eq. 5 and pure torsion loading eq. 6.   b' σa f fσ σ 2n (5)   b' τa f fτ τ 2n (6) the criterion is derived so that it provides correct results for both boundary loading conditions (pure torsion and pure tension/compression loading represented by eqs. 5,6). the parameter weighting normal stress is then in eq. 7 and the resulting form of the criterion is shown in eq. 8.   max 2 b bτ σ2, b f , , f f 2τ 2σ k σ σ 1                    (7)    ma 2 b bτ σ2, b b2 2 ,x max f τ a ff, , f f -1 2τ 2σ τ σ τ τ 2n σ σ r                               (8) experimental assessment o verify the function of the proposed criterion, an experiment was conducted in which experimental specimens were tested at different levels of proportional multiaxial loading. experiment was carried out in the strength and elasticity laboratory of the faculty of mechanical engineering stu, using two experimental stands: inova edyz testing system (tension/compression test) and mts bionix 370.02 axial/torsion testing system (torsion test and tension/torsion test). two sets of experimental specimens were manufactured from steel s355j2+c (chemical composition is in tab. 1 and specimens' geometry in fig. 1.). σy02 [mpa] σu [mpa] a5 [%] 655 680 11.2 c [%] p [%] s [%] mn [%] si [%] cu [%] al [%] mo [%] ni [%] cr [%] 0.16 0.014 0.025 1.31 0.18 0.12 0.018 0.01 0.06 0.07 table 1: mechanical and chemical properties of s355j2+c steel t m. margetin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 146-152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.20 149 figure 1: geometry of the experimental specimens. in the first part of the experiment, baskin equation parameters for pure axial loading and pure torsion loading were acquired. experimental specimens were loaded in the force control mode. failure condition of the experimental specimen was defined by the moment of the so-called “technical initiation of fatigue crack” (0,5–1 mm). the number of cycles prior to the initiation of the fatigue crack was determined on the basis of a continuous measurement of the deformation response to the loading regime of the test specimen σa (or τa) = const.. completion of the test was defined either by the increase of the deformation (or by the angle of the distortion) by 1% in reference to the mean value or by the achievement of the life time of 2.106 cycles. the values of material parameters for the regression line and for the upper and lower prediction intervals of reliability for pure axial loading and pure torsion loading are shown in tab. 2. p=50% p=2.5% p=97.5% τf [mpa] bτ [-] τf [mpa] bτ [-] τf [mpa] bτ [-] r 550 -0.0736 565 -0.0739 536 -0.0732 -0.9876 σf [mpa] bσ [-] σf [mpa] bσ [-] σf [mpa] bσ [-] r 636 -0.0531 655 -0.0531 619 -0.0531 -0.9779 table 2: fatigue properties. to verify the validity of the proposed criterion, the experimental program was carried under multiaxial stress state. the experimental specimen was subjected to a proportional combination of axial and torsion loading using controlled loading force and torque. the test was completed by achieving the same conditions as in the uniaxial loading (see above). conclusions esults of the experiment are tabularly summarized in tab. 4. life time estimated by the help of the presented hypothesis eq. 4 is nf_com and the actual measured life time is nf_exp. for the purposes of comparison, tab. 4 includes also estimated life times with the help of the well known hypotheses based on stresses in critical plane r m. margetin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 146-152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.20 150 presented by findley (nf_find) [3] and mcdiarmid (nf_mcd) [4] eqs 9 and 10. for the calculation of the fatigue life time, material parameters for regression line of fatigue curves were used (tab. 2). material parameters used in eqs 9 and 10 are shown in tabs. 1, 2 and 3.       b* τeq a fin n f fmaxτ τ k σ τ 2n (9)           b'mcd τ eq a n,max f f u k τ τ σ τ 2n 2σ (10) kfin [-] τf* [mpa] kmcd [mpa] 0.131 555 244 table 3: material parameters for eqs 9 and 10 n. τa [mpa] σa [mpa] nf_exp nf_com nf_find nf_mcd 1 159 204 650800 643902 485504 291483 2 180 204 172700 202990 154283 94670 3 167 204 597300 415031 313706 189936 4 209 163 105300 96899 65261 42766 5 183 163 536120 449372 283251 181345 6 196 163 198810 205010 133788 86699 7 209 122 193800 165247 113010 77586 8 201 122 301140 267920 178905 122110 9 193 122 375630 441567 287341 194911 10 185 122 996040 740543 468583 315769 11 209 82 231490 226301 178946 129725 12 201 82 572500 375732 291264 210195 13 193 82 952600 635892 482358 346420 14 185 82 2000000* 1098588 813741 581393 table 4: experimental data. looking at the table, it's evident that estimations using findley's or mcdiarmid's criteria are too conservative for the specimen material and the loading levels we used. at the same time, comparing these two criteria, findley's criterion has smaller deviation from the experimentally acquired data. figure 2 shows comparison of calculated and experimentally acquired life times for the proposed hypothesis. for each specimen, nf_cal are listed in the chart shown in a probabilistic form for the regression line and the lower and the upper prediction reliability intervals of the material parameters (tab. 2). chart shows that the proposed hypothesis correlates well with the experimentally acquired values of the fatigue life time. majority of the experimentally acquired life times are placed within the reliability interval of the estimated life times. experimentally acquired life times of specimens number 3,10,12, 13 and 14 were outside of the reliability interval. for these cases, the criterion provided conservative results. the specimen number 14 was put aside after going through 2 .106 loading cycles. based on the experimental verification of the proposed hypothesis (figure 2) and on its comparison with the well known hypotheses (tab. 4), following can be stated:  the hypothesis correlates well with the experimentally acquired data the majority of measured life times are placed within the prediction interval of the calculated life times.  in case the hypothesis doesn't provide correct results (experimentally acquired life time is outside of the prediction interval of the calculated life time), the results are on the conservative side of the calculation. m. margetin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 146-152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.20 151  in comparison with findley's and mcdiarmid's hypotheses, the life times calculated for the particular experimental program are closer to the measured values. at the same time, both hypotheses provide significantly more conservative results then proposed criterion. figure 2: comparison of experimentally acquired and calculated life times. references [1] garan, m., sulko, m., analysis of the service straining on the beam-axle of lorry, int j a sci tech, 3(7) (2013) 4447. [2] garan, m., monitoring of fatigue damague by sensing the deformation state, phd. thesis, slovak university of technology, slovakia, (2010). [3] findley, w.n., fatigue of metals under combinations of stresses, trans asme, 79 (1957) 1337-1338. [4] mcdiarmid, d.l., a general criterion for high cycle multiaxial fatigue failure, fatigue fract eng m, 14(4) (1991) 429453. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.1991.tb00673.x [5] dang van k., sur la résistance a la fatigue des métaux, phd. thesis, sci techniq l´armement, france, (1973). [6] carpinteri a, spagnoli a., multiaxial high-cycle fatigue criterion for hard metals, int j fatigue, 23(2) (2001) 135-45. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(00)00075-x [7] fatemi, a., socie, d.f., a critical plane approach to multiaxial fatigue damage including out-of-phase loading, fatigue fract eng m, 11(3) (1988) 149-166. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.1988.tb01169.x [8] brown, m.w., miller, k.j., a theory for fatigue failure under multiaxial stress-strain conditions, p i mech eng, 187 (1973) 745-756. [9] smith, r.n., watson, p., topper, t.h., a stress-strain parameter for the fatigue of metals, j mater, 5 (1970) 767-778. [10] tanaka, k., fatigue crack propagation from a crack inclined to the cyclic tensile axis, eng fract mech, 6(3) (1974) 493-507. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(74)90007-1 [11] sih, g.c., barthelemy, b.m., mixed mode fatigue crack growth predictions, eng fract mech, 13(3) (1980) 439-451. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(80)90076-4 [12] hoshide, t., socie, d.f., crack nucleation and growth modeling in biaxial fatigue, eng fract mech, 29(3) (1988) 287299. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(88)90018-5 [13] papuga, j., ruzicka, m., two new multiaxial criteria for high cycle fatigue computation, int j fatigue, 30(1) (2008) 5866. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.02.015 7 11 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 13 14 2,e+04 2,e+05 2,e+06 2,e+04 2,e+05 2,e+06 n f_ ca l nf_exp m. margetin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 146-152; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.20 152 [14] karolczuk, a., kluger, l., lagoda, t., a correction in the algorithm of fatigue life calculation based on the critical plane approach, int j fatigue, 83(2) (2016) 174-183. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.10.011 [15] durka, r., contribution to fatigue life time evaluation of structures under multiaxial loading, phd. thesis, slovak university of technology, slovakia, (2012). [16] polak, j., man, j., vystavel, t., petranec, m., the shape of extrusions and intrusions and initiation of stage i fatigue cracks, mater sci eng a, 517 (2009) 204-211. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2009.03.070 nomenclature σ, τ normal and shear stress respectively σa, τa, σa,eq normal, shear and equivalent stress respectively σf’, τf’ normal and shear fatigue strength coeficient respectively bσ, bτ normal and shear fatigue strength exponent σn normal stress in computed plane nf cycles to failure σy02 yield strength σu ultimate strength ki material parameters used to weight normal and shear stress respectively r correlation coefficient p probability of occurrence << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 23 articolo 5 r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 47 scilla 2012 the italian research on smart materials and mems compliant actuation based on dielectric elastomers for a force-feedback device: modeling and experimental evaluation r. vertechy, m. bergamasco percro laboratory, scuola superiore sant’anna, pisa, italy r.vertechy@sssup.it, m.bergamasco@sssup.it g. berselli department of engineering “enzo ferrari”university of modena and reggio emilia, modena, italy italygiovanni.berselli@unimore.it v. parenti castelli, g. vassura department of mechanical and aeronautical engineering, university of bologna, bologna, italy vincenzo.parenti@unibo.it, gabriele.vassura@unibo.it abstract. thanks to their large power densities, low costs and shock-insensitivity, dielectric elastomers (de) seem to be a promising technology for the implementation of light and compact force-feedback devices such as, for instance, haptic interfaces. nonetheless, the development of these kinds of de-based systems is not trivial owing to the relevant dissipative phenomena that affect the de when subjected to rapidly changing deformations. in this context, the present paper addresses the development of a force feedback controller for an agonist-antagonist linear actuator composed of a couple of conically-shaped de films and a compliant mechanism behaving as a negative-rate bias spring. the actuator is firstly modeled accounting for the viscohyperelastic nature of the de material. the model is then linearized and employed for the design of a force controller. the controller employs a position sensor, which determines the actuator configuration, and a force sensor, which measures the interaction force that the actuator exchanges with the environment. in addition, an optimum full-state observer is also implemented, which enables both accurate estimation of the time-dependent behavior of the elastomeric material and adequate suppression of the sensor measurement noise. preliminary experimental results are provided to validate the proposed actuator-controller architecture. keywords. dielectric elastomers; agonist-antagonist actuation; force-feedback control; haptic interfaces. introduction ielectric elastomer (de) films are visco-elastic capacitors which experience deviatoric deformations and/or generate forces when subjected to high electric potential (voltage) differences [1,2]. thanks to the large force and power densities, relevant compliance and damping, and low effective inertia and cost, de actuators are a promising technology for the development of affordable mechatronic and robotic systems that have to interact effectively, efficiently and safely with unstructured environments and humans [3]. in particular, as already demonstrated by several proof-of-concept prototypes developed in different research institutes all over the world, de actuators can be profitably used for the realization of practical force feedback devices such as, for instance, haptic interfaces (hi) for immersive virtual reality [4,5]. hi are mechatronic devices capable of modulating the forces exchanged with a human operator in d http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 48 order to provide a global sensations of kinesthetic type or local sensations of tactile type. possible advantages that hi can offer to the society come from the realization of the following systems:  simulation in virtual environments for training people to a specific activity (for instance, medical diagnoses and surgical interventions);  prototyping by computer aided design (cad), where the artist or the designer could use the hi for touching or handling the object or the part they are working on;  teleoperation from a remote position for the execution of delicate tasks in hazardous or hardly accessible environments;  multimodal interaction, by which also disable users (for instance, blinds people) could remotely communicate with personal computers and the net more extensively. nowadays, the availability and diffusion on a large scale of the aforementioned systems is limited as long as existing hi are frequently expensive, difficult to manufacture, assemble and maintain, and characterized by low payload to weight ratio and shock sensitivity. within this scenario, the use of smart materials such as de could pave the way to the realization of non-conventional actuation systems with suitable performances to build better-behaved hi, characterized by large power densities, low costs and shock-insensitivity. nonetheless, these de-based environment-interacting devices require stable, fast and accurate regulation of the exchangeable force. this task can actually become quite challenging owing to the relevant dissipative phenomena that affect the majority of de materials when subjected to rapidly changing deformations. as a first step towards the production of practical de-based force feedback devices and hi, the present paper addresses the development of a force controller for an agonist-antagonist linear actuator (see fig. 1). the actuator quasi-static response is predicted on the basis of a non-linear model previously proposed by the authors [6]. then, the system timedependent behaviour is identified resorting to the well-known quasi-linear viscoelastic (qlv) model [7,8], frequently adopted with the sake of compromising between the simplicity of classical linear theories and the difficulty of nonlinear approaches. the overall actuator model is then linearized and employed for designing a force controller which employs a position sensor, is closed around a custom-made force sensor (measuring the actuator-environment interaction force), and implements a state-feedback control law and a kalman filter [9]. this optimum full-state observer makes it possible to compensate for intrinsic de hysteresis and stress relaxation, and to clean-out the sensor measurement noise that usually degrades controller performance. at last, the force regulation capability of the de actuator-controller system is evaluated in dynamic conditions via a properly predisposed experimental test-bench. description of the actuator prototype he actuator cad model is depicted in fig. 1 and comprises:  a rigid frame made by two coaxial identical rings with internal radii equalling rm=40mm and connected by four rods with lengths equalling 2d = 40mm;  an over-constrained compliant parallel mechanism featuring a rigid circular moving platform with external radius equalling rm = 12mm. the mechanism pseudo-rigid body model [10] is depicted in fig. 2. the platform is connected to one of the rigid frame rings via three symmetrically-located identical legs, each articulated via three revolute elastic joints having parallel axes.  two conically-shaped de films (film #1 and film #2) connecting the two rigid frame rings to the mechanism platform (i.e. the actuator output) in an agonist-antagonist arrangement. as previously described in [6], the over-constrained compliant parallel mechanism behaves as a negative stiffness (bias) spring. in particular, thanks to the employed architecture, the actuator output can only move along the actuator axial direction (i.e. the axis of symmetry of the two rigid frame rings). therefore, each leg of the parallel mechanism behaves as a compliant eccentric slider-crank mechanism (fig. 3) with eccentricity, crank and connecting-rod lengths equal to 32e mm , 34.5cr mm and 21.2rr mm , and elastic joint torsional stiffnesses and undeflected angular positions equal to 1 2 1 /k k mnm rad  , 3 51 /k mnm rad , 0 26c   , 0 0 258c r    and 0 232p   . each de film is a circular membrane of acrylic elastomer (vhb-4905 by 3m) with initial thickness (in its undeformed state) equalling 0 1.5t mm , subjected to an equibiaxial pre-stretch equalling 4p  , and coated with a pair of compliant carbon conductive grease electrodes. prior to their use, these virgin de membranes are subjected to preconditioning loading-unloading cycles (as in [6]), which yields a residual stretch (permanent set, 1.6r  ) whose value has been t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 49 estimated on sacrificial specimen. a voltage difference 1v ( 2v ) between the electrode pair of the de film #1 (#2) generates a rightward (leftward) force on the actuator output. the bias spring has been designed so that the overall actuator in its off-state mode (i.e. 1 2 0v v  ) possesses a rest (stable) position when the actuator output lies exactly in the middle of the rigid frame rings (i.e. when x d ). also, the actuator maintains a positive stiffness across the desired stroke (see sec. mathematical model of the dielectric elastomer film force). for each actuator output position, reciprocal activation of the agonist-antagonist de films enables feed-forward independent regulation of the actuator interaction force. figure 1: de actuator cad model. figure 2: parallel compliant mechanism. pseudo-rigid model. figure 3: slider-crank schematic. mathematical model of the dielectric elastomer film force et first consider the de film #1. the expression of the overall external force, f(f,1), that must be supplied at o and p (and directed along the line joining these points, fig. 2) to balance the de internal reaction force at a given generic configuration x of the actuator, can be split as: ,1 1 ,1 ,1 1( , , ) ( , ) ( , )f ve emf x x v f x x f x v   (1) where f(ve,1) represents the viscoelastic response of the de film and f(em,1) represents an electrically induced term, having the dimension of a force and usually referred to as maxwell force [11, 12]. as for the electrically induced force, a suitable expression for conically-shaped des has been derived in [6] and it is given by: 2 2 2 ,1 1 1( , ) ( ) /em m mf v x x v r r     (2) l http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 50 where 2 2 20( )m m pr r t     is the de volume, 4.5 8.85 12 /e f m    is the dielectric permittivity of the acrylic film, and 0.6  is a suitable dimensionless correction factor. this expression is based on the assumption that the incompressible de is a right circular conical horn with constant wall thickness in any of its deformed configurations. as for the de viscoelastic response, a possible approach is to consider the force response due to a step change in displacement and to superimpose each contribution of a displacement history, ( )x t , by applying a proper superposition principle. resorting to a one dimensional model, the overall force response is then given by: ,1 0 0 ( ) ( ) ( ) [ ( ) ( )ˆ ˆ] t t ve dx f t t d x t d d              (3) having assumed 0x  for 0t  and a differentiable displacement history. the function ˆ ( , )t x is named relaxation function and specifies the force response to a unit step change in displacement. in the qlv framework [7,8], the relaxation function takes the form: ,1( , ) ( ) ( ) ( ˆ 0) 1           ex t f x g t with g   (4) where f(e,1)(x) is the elastic response, i.e. the force generated by an instantaneous displacement, whereas g(t), called reduced relaxation function, describes the time-dependant behavior of the material. as for the latter term, it is customary to assume a linear combination of exponential functions, the exponents νi identifying the rate of the relaxation phenomena, and the coefficients ci depending on the material: 0 0 ( ) 1           i r r t i i i i g t ce with c       (5) where, in general, 0 0  . finally, the total force at the instant t is the sum of the contributions due to all past changes [13], i.e. ,1 ,1 0 [ ( )] ( ) ( ) ( ) t e ve f x x f t g t d x            (6) ,1 0 ( ) [ ( )] ( ) t eg t k x x d      (7) where ,1 ,1( ) [ ] /e ek x f x x   . by substituting eqs. (4) and (5) in eq. (7), one obtains: ( ),1 ,1 0 10 ( ) ( ) ( )i t r t ve e i i f t k x c ce x d                 (8) in particular, referring to fig. 4, the force response given by the qlv model can be interpreted as that of a nonlinear stiffness connected by a series of r linear kelvin models (i.e. a parallel spring-damper system). figure 4: actuator non-linear lumped parameter model. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 51 concerning the de quasi-static response, a suitable expression for the elastic force of conically-shaped des has been derived in [6] and it is given by:      3 13 1 2 1 22 2 2 2 1 ,1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 ( ) [ 3) ] ( )  ie i i m m m m x f x ic r r x r r                           (9) where 2 /p r   and 2 2 1 2 1 / ( )m mx r r    are the longitudinal and latitudinal stretches of the de middle surface, 1 30488c pa , 2 151c pa , 3 8c pa are de constitutive parameters of a yeoh-type hyperelastic strain-energy function [14], and 0.93  is a dimensionless correction factor. concerning the reduced relaxation function, 3r  , 0 0.83c  , 1 0.22c  , 2 1 01c c c   , 1 1 4.30v s  , 12 0.70v s  . at last, the contribution of the compliant frame, ( )sf x can be easily evaluated resorting to the pseudo-rigid-body approximation (figs. 2 and 3). in particular, the following relationships are found from the position analysis of a single slider-crank mechanism:  sin ; ; ( ) ( )      c cp c c r p r r e e asin atan x rcos rcos r x                       (10) from the static analysis of the overall compliant frame having three equal legs, the following equation holds: 1 1 3 32 2 3 ( ) 3 ( )3 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ψ ψψ           p c s c p c c c c c k cos k cosk cos f r sin r sin x sin e cos               (11) where 1 0ψ c c   , 2 0 0ψ p p c c       , 3 0ψ p p   . concerning the agonistic-antagonistic actuator, denoting  as the actuator output position measured from the off-state rest location along its axial direction x d (hereafter this location is referred to as actuator central position), the overall actuator force will be given by:  ,1 2 1 2 ,1 1 ,2 2, , , ( , , ) ( , , ) ( )f f f sf v v f d v f d v f d               (12) where, with obvious notation, ,2 ,2 ,2f ve emf f f  is the reaction force of the de film #2. in particular, figs. 5 and 6 report the simulated force-position (fp) curves of the prototype actuator for the voltage sets { 1 20, 0v v  } (solid line), { 1 26.7 , 0v kv v  } (circle marks) and { 1 20, 6.7v v kv  } (dot marks), for two sinusoidal trajectories with 10 mm amplitude but different frequencies equalling 1 mhz and 0.5 hz respectively. these plots highlight that, within the considered range of motion, the quasi-static response of the considered de actuator is rather elastic and linear, whereas its dynamic behavior is severely affected by the hysteresis of the acrylic elastomeric material, which worsens the actuator response as the motion speed increases. this time-dependent effect renders actuator control very challenging and, in practice, limits the functioning of this prototype to applications involving movements with limited dynamics (less than 0.5 hz position cycles). for larger movement dynamics, different de materials, such as silicone elastomers, should be employed. figure 5: actuator response (1 mhz position cycle). figure 6: actuator response (0.5 hz position cycle). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 52 control system his section describes an interaction-force control system for the considered agonist-antagonist de actuator. the controller is based on an optimum observer and on a suitable state-feedback law. in particular, for controller design purposes and owing to simulation results reported in the previous section, the actuator model has been linearized such that the considered prototype can be described via the lumped parameter system depicted in fig. 7, where m (m=105g) is the effective inertia of the actuator output (comprising the sensor mass too), kl (kl = 66.5n/m) is a constant stiffness coefficient capturing the off-state quasi-static linear elastic response of the actuator, fint is the interaction force exchanged with the environment, fdist is a disturbance force accounting for the unmodelled non-linear and time-dependent mechanical response of the system (comprising de film visco-elasticity), and fem,l is the “electric” force generated by the electrical activation of the agonist-antagonist de films. based on eq. (2), for the considered de actuator prototype     2 2 2 1 ,em l l max max v v f k d d v v                      (13) where vmax (vmax = 6.7kv) is the maximum voltage which can be placed between each pair of de actuator electrodes. as a result, the de actuator dynamics can be written as ,int l dist em lf m k f f     (14) figure 7: actuator lumped-parameter model. optimal actuator state estimator controller development requires the complete knowledge of the variables  (along with its time derivative), fint and fdist. the considered actuator is equipped with a position and a force sensor that enable the straight measurement of  and fint; however, no direct information is available for fdist. while this disturbance force could be determined via the visco-elastic model described before, for control purposes we have preferred to estimate it via a kalman filter. specifically, consider the augmented state-space system of the de actuator dynamics  elef   a bcx x uy x w  (15.1) 1 2 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0, , , ,0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 t k m m m m u u                                            a= b= = c=u (15.2) where t dist intf f    x (15.3)  tpos forcew ww (15.4) are respectively the state-space variable and the sensor noise vectors (with wforce and wpos being the effective sensor variances), and u1 and u2 are white noise processes with variances u1 and u2. in the system, fdist and fint have been considered as wiener processes [9], that is as continuous functions which vary slowly with independent increments (namely 1distf u and 2intf u ). then, the estimate t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 53 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆˆ t dist intf f     x (16.1) of the state-space variable vector follows as  ,ˆ ˆ ˆem lf   a b l cx x y x (16.2) with l being the steady-state observer gain matrix which can be determined via the procedure described in [9] once the unknown observer parameters u1 and u2 are chosen. actuator controller for a given desired interaction force dintf , the following state-feedback law is chosen for the controller , ˆ ˆ ˆ( ) c d d em l l dist int int intf k f f g f f     (17) with g being the force error gain. then, among all the possible infinite choices granted by eq. (13), the following activation laws have been chosen for the agonist and antagonist de films    1 max , , 2c cem l em l lv v f f k d    (18.1)    2 max , , 2c cem l em l lv v f f k d    (18.2) note that eq. (18) implies reciprocal activation of the agonist-antagonist de films. this is the simplest form of agonistantagonist actuator command. experimental results or validation purposes, a prototype of the agonist-antagonist de actuator depicted in fig. 1 has been embedded and tested in a properly designed test-bench as shown in fig. 8. in the reported set-up, the de actuator output is connected through a custom-made force sensor to a position-controlled linear brushless dc motor equipped with a built-in position sensor. in the experiments, these sensors are used to infer actuator interaction force fint and output position δ respectively. the employed force and position sensors are affected by white noise disturbances wforce and wpos with variances equaling wforce=10e-5 n and wpos=8e-10 m. as for the employed driving electronics, each of the agonist and antagonist de films is activated by an efficient compact and low-cost electronic driver, which is custom-made and based on a two-transistor discontinuous-mode fly-back converter topology. regarding specifications, the two considered drivers are capable of regulating their output voltages (namely v1 and v2) from 0 to vmax (vmax = 6.7kv) with a 12 hz cut-off frequency. a picture of one of the driver prototypes is reported in fig. 9; more details on driver design and performances can be found in [15]. figure 8: actuator test-bench. f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 54 (a) (b) figure 9: custom made electronic driver prototype. (a) circuit diagram; (b) pcb circuit board prototype. in the experimental tests, the interaction force exchanged between de actuator and dc motor is forced to follow a triangular interaction-force signal dintf , while the dc motor cyclically displaces the de actuator output about its offstate rest position with a sinusoidal trajectory. the gain g of the control law described by eq. (17) is set to 3. with the choice u1=u2=10, the steady-state observer (kalman) matrix to be used in eq. (16) is set to 20363 201 111785 2 3 8.29 0.016 5.6595 316 t e     l= (19) the experimental results for a desired interaction-force varying linearly between 1.5n with frequency equalling 1/6hz and for a sinusoidal output motion varying between 10mm with frequency equalling 0.5hz are reported in fig. 10. figure 10: de actuator force-controller validation. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 55 imposed output motion and desired interaction force command are shown in the first (upper) plot. measured and estimated interaction force tracking errors are shown in the second plot. the reciprocal de actuator activation voltages computed via eq. (18) are reported in the third plot. real (a-priori measured) and estimated (via eq. (16)) disturbance forces are shown in the fourth plot. in particular, the second plot highlights that, for a large part of the experiment duration, the proposed controller is able to keep the measured interaction-force tracking error within ±0.05n, which is roughly equal to the force sensor measurement noise. problems occur between the time intervals spanning from 4.4s and 5.1s and from 7.5 and 8s which, as the third plot shows, are only due to the saturation of the voltage commands v2 and v1 (respectively) rather than to a fault of the controller. note indeed from fig. 6 that, because of the large hysteresis affecting the employed de films at the imposed motion frequency, the considered agonist-antagonist de actuator cannot generate forces greater than 1n for large part of its backward stroke (forces greater than 1.5n can instead be produced for large part of its forward stroke). conclusions n this paper, a closed-loop interaction-force controller for an agonist-antagonist linear actuator based on conicallyshaped dielectric elastomer films has been proposed and validated. the system represents a first step towards the production of practical de-based force feedback devices and hi. at first, a model accounting for the viscohyperelastic nature of the de films has been presented for actuator electro-mechanical design purposes. the model was then linearized and employed for controller synthesis purposes. the developed controller requires a position sensor and a force sensor, implements a reciprocal activation strategy of the agonist-antagonist dielectric elastomer films, employs a state-feedback control law and features a kalman filter which, beside reducing the measurement noise, enables accurate estimation of the dynamic viscous response of the actuator. experimental results showed that the proposed interactionforce controller possesses good force tracking performance whose accuracy is comparable to that of the employed force sensor. due to the significant hysteretic response of the adopted elastomeric material, the force generating ability of the proposed actuator-controller system demonstrated to be valid only for interaction applications involving movements with small-to-medium dynamics. in case higher speeds of motion are required, different de materials such as silicone elastomers can be used. references [1] r. pelrine, r. kornbluh, j. joseph, sensors actuators a, 64(1) (1998) 77. [2] r. vertechy, g. berselli, v. parenti castelli, g. vassura, journal of intelligent material systems and structures, doi: 10.1177/1045389x09356608, 21(5) (2010) 503. [3] r. vertechy, g. berselli m. bergamasco, v. parenti castelli, in: advances in robot kinematics: motion in man and machine, j. lenarcic and m. stanisic eds., springer, doi: 10.1007/978-90-481-9262-5_14, dordrecht, the netherlands, (2010) 127. [4] f. carpi, g. frediani, d. de rossi, ieee trans. on biomedical engineering, 56(9) (2009) 2327. [5] m. y. ozsecen, m. sivak, c. mavroidis, in: proc. of spie, 7647 (2010) 764737(7). [6] berselli, r. vertechy, g. vassura, v. parenti castelli, ieee transactions on mechatronics, doi: 10.1109/tmech.2010.2090664, 16(1) (2011) 67. [7] y. c. fung, biomechanics: mechanical properties of living tissues, springer-verlag, berlin, (1993). [8] g. berselli, r. vertechy, m. babič, v. parenti castelli, journal of intelligent material systems and structures, doi: 10.1177/1045389x12457251, first published on august 28 (2012). [9] b. friedland, control system design: an introduction to state space methods. dover publications, new york, (2005). [10] l. howell, compliant mechanisms, john wiley and sons, new york, (2001). [11] g. kofod, “the static actuation of dielectric elastomer actuators: how does pre-stretch improve actuation?”. j. phys. d: appl. phys., vol. 41, pp. 215405(11), 2008. [12] j. s. plante, s. dubowsky, smart materials and structures, 16(2) (2007) 227. [13] w. n. findley, j. s. lai, k. onaran, creep and relaxation of nonlinear viscoelastic materials: with an introduction to linear viscoelasticity. dover pubblications, new york, (1989). [14] o. h. yeoh, rubber chemistry and technology, 63 (1990) 792. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true r. vertechy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 47-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.05 56 [15] m. babic, r. vertechy, g. berselli, j. lenarcic, v. parenti castelli, g. vassura, mechatronics, doi: 10.1016/j.mechatronics.2009.11.006, 20(2) (2010) 201. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.05&auth=true microsoft word numero_46_art_34 i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 371 the impact of the temperature and exploitation time on the tensile properties and plain strain fracture toughness, kic in characteristic areas of welded joint ivica čamagić faculty of technical sciences, kosovska mitrovica, serbia ivica.camagic@pr.ac.rs simon a. sedmak innovation centre of faculty of mechanical engineering, belgrade, serbia simon.sedmak@yahoo.com aleksandar sedmak faculty of mechanical engineering, university of belgrade, serbia asedmak@mas.bg.ac.rs zijah burzić military technical institute, belgrade, serbia zijah.burzic@gmail.com mihajlo aranđelović innovation centre of faculty of mechanical engineering, belgrade, serbia mixaylo23@gmail.com abstract. this paper presents the analysis of the temperature and exploitation time impact on the resistant measure to brittle fracture of welded joint constituents of the new and exploited low-alloyed cr-mo steel a-387 gr. b from the aspect of application of the parameters obtained by tensile testing and parameters obtained by fracture mechanics testing. the exploited parent metal is a part of the reactor mantle which has working for over 40 years and is in the damage repair stage, wherein it is being replaced with a new material. basic characteristics of the material strength, as well as the stress-elongation curves required for stress analysis are obtained by tensile testing. the testing of plane strain fracture toughness is conducted in order to determine the critical stress intensity factor, kic, that is, assessment of behavior of the new and exploited parent metal, welded metal and heat affected zone from the side of the new parent metal and from the side of the exploited parent metal in the citation: čamagić, i, sedmak, s. a., sedmak, a., burzić, z., aranđelović, m., the impact of the temperature and exploitation time on the tensile properties and plain strain fracture toughness, kic in characteristic areas of welded joint , frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382. received: 05.08.2018 accepted: 21.09.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/34.mp4 i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 372 presence of the crack type error. based on the research results, the analysis of the resistance to brittle fracture was performed in order to compare the obtained values for characteristic areas of welded joint and justify the selection of welding technology. keywords. welded joint; tensile properties; plane strain fracture toughness; critical crack length. and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction long-time exploitation period of a pressure vessel-reactor (over 40 years) has caused certain damages to the reactor mantle. the occurrence of these damages required a thorough inspection of the reactor construction itself, as well as the repair of damaged parts. repairing of the reactor included the replacement of a part of the reactor mantle with newly built-in material. the given pressure vessel was made of low-alloyed cr-mo steel a-387 gr. b in accordance with astm standard with (0.8-1.15)% cr and (0.45-0.6)% mo. for designed working parameters (p = 35 bar and t = 537c) the material is in the area of tendency towards decarbonisation of the surface which is in contact with hydrogen. the surface decarbonisation may reduce the strength of the material. the reactor, based on its construction represents a vertical pressure vessel with a cylindrical mantle. deep lids of the same quality as the reactor mantle are welded to upper and lower side of the mantle. the most important process in motor gasoline production stage takes place in the reactora platforming for altering the structure of hydrocarbon compounds and achieving a higher gasoline octane number. testing of a new and exploited parent metal (pm), the weld metal-wm and heat affected zone (haz), included the determinating of tensile properties and fracture mechanics parameters of the new and exploited pm and welded joint components (wm and haz), at room and working temperature of 540c, [1]. welding technology qualification for sheets made of new and exploited pm was performed in accordance with standard srps en iso 15614-1, [2]. the research performed here was based on the experiences from previous experiments involving the determining of fracture toughness and fatigue crack growth parameters at room and working temperatures, as seen in [3,4]. materials for testing oth exploited (e) and new (n) steel a-387 gr. b with thickness of 102 mm were analyzed. chemical composition and mechanical properties of the exploited and new pm according to the attest documentation are given in tab. 1 and 2, [1]. welding of steel sheets made of exploited and new pm was performed in two stages, according to the requirements given in the welding procedure provided by a welding specialist, and these stages include:  root weld by e procedure, using a coated lincoln s1 19g electrode (aws: e8018-b2), and  filling by arc welding under powder protection (epp), where wire denoted as lincoln lns 150 and powder denoted as lincoln p230 were used as additional materials. chemical composition of the coated electrode lincoln s1 19g, and the wire lincoln lns 150 according to the attest documentation is given in tab. 3, whereas their mechanical properties, also according to the attest documentation, are given in tab. 4, [1]. specimen mark % max. c si mn p s cr mo cu e (exploited) 0.15 0.31 0.56 0.007 0.006 0.89 0.47 0.027 n (new) 0.13 0.23 0.46 0.009 0.006 0.85 0.51 0.035 table 1: chemical composition of exploited and new pm specimens. a b i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 373 specimen mark yield stress, rp0.2, mpa tensile strength, rm, mpa elongation, a, % impact energy, j e 320 450 34.0 155 n 325 495 35.0 165 table 2: mechanical properties of exploited and new pm specimens. additional material % max. c si mn p s cr mo lincoln sl 19g 0.07 0.31 0.62 0.009 0.010 1.17 0.54 lincoln lns 150 0.10 0.14 0.71 0.010 0.010 1.12 0.48 table 3: chemical composition of additional welding materials. additional material yield stress, rp0.2, mpa tensile strength, rm, mpa elongation, a, % impact energy, j at 20c lincoln sl 19g 515 610 20 > 60 lincoln lns 150 495 605 21 > 80 table 4: mechanical properties of filler materials. determination of tensile properties asic characteristics of material strength, as well as the stress-elongation curves required for stress analysis, are obtained by tensile testing. tensile testing of butt welded joint at room temperature, including the shape and dimensions of specimens as well as the procedure itself are defined by srps en 895:2008 standard, [5]. this standard primarily defines transverse tension, i.e. introduction of the load transversely to the welded joint. srps en 895:2008 standard also envisages the determination of the tensile properties of pm and wm at room temperature. determination of tensile properties of pm is defined by srps en 10002-1 standard, [6]. figure 1: tensile test specimens for wm and haz. unlike room temperature testing, the testing procedures at increased temperature of 540c, as well as the specimen geometry are defined by srps en 10002-5 standard, [7]. the specimens used for determining of tensile properties of wm and haz, as well as for working temperature tensile tests are shown in figs. 1 and 2, respectively. b i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 374 testing results of butt welded joint specimens by transverse tension at room temperature of 20c and working temperature of 540c are given in tab. 5, [1]. typical tensile stress-elongation curve for specimen of butt welded joint marked as wj-11, tested at room temperature is shown in fig. 3, left [1], and for specimen marked as wj-2-1, tested at working temperature is shown in fig. 3, right. figure 2: specimens for tensile testing at working temperature. specimen designation testing temperature, c yield stress, rp0.2, mpa tensile strength, rm, mpa elongation1, a, % fracture location wj-1-1 295 451 19.2 expl. pm wj-1-2 20 285 448 20.4 expl. pm wj-1-3 291 454 19.7 expl. pm wj-2-1 217 293 26.3 expl. pm wj-2-2 540 205 285 25.6 expl. pm wj-2-3 211 287 26.9 expl. pm 1 measured at l0 = 100mm, as comparative value (not as a material property). table 5: results of tensile testing of the welded joint. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 wj-1-1 20 o c s tr es s, r , m p a elongation, a, % 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 wj-2-1 540 o c s tr es s, r , m p a elongation, a, % figure 3: stress-elongation diagram of a butt welded joint specimen wj-1-1 (left) and specimen wj-2-1 (right). testing results of specimens of the new pm at room temperature of 20c and working temperature 540c are given in tab. 6, [1]. testing of exploited pm was not performed, because during the testing of welded joint specimens all tested specimens fractured in the exploited pm, which provided us with the properties of exploited pm. typical tensile stress-elongation curve for specimen denoted by pm-1-1n, taken from the new pm and tested at room temperature is given in fig. 4, left [1], and for specimen pm-2-1n, also taken from the new pm, but tested at working temperature, is shown in fig. 4, right [1]. i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 375 specimen designation testing temperature. c yield stress. rp0.2. mpa tensile stress. rm. mpa elongation. a. % pm-1-1n 20 342 513 27.5 pm-1-2n 339 505 28.3 pm-1-3n 335 498 28.6 pm-2-1n 540 251 323 29.1 pm-2-2n 242 316 30.8 pm-2-3n 247 320 30.4 table 6: results of tensile testing of new pm specimens. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 pm-1-1n 20 o c s tr es s, r , m p a elongation, a, % 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 pm-2-1n 540 o c s tr es s, r , m p a elongation, a, % figure 4: stress-elongation diagram of a new pm specimen pm-1-1n (left) and new specimen pm-2-1n (right). testing results of wm specimens tested at room temperature of 20c and working temperature of 540c are given in tab. 7, [1]. typical tensile stress-elongation curve for wm specimen marked as wm-1-1, tested at room temperature is shown in fig.5, left [1], and for specimen marked as wm-2-1, tested at working temperature is shown in fig. 5, right [1]. specimen designation testing temperature, c yield stress, rp0.2, mpa tensile strength, rm, mpa elongation, a, % wm-1-1 20 518 611 20.9 wm-1-2 510 597 22.7 wm-1-3 514 605 21.3 wm-2-1 540 331 419 26.1 wm-2-2 319 406 27.3 wm-2-3 325 412 27.7 table 7: results of tensile testing of wm specimens. i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 376 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 wm-1-1 20 o c s tr es s, r , m p a elongation, a, % 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 wm-2-1 540 o c s tr es s, r , m p a elongation, a, % figure 5: stress-elongation diagram for wm specimen, wm-1-1 (left) and wm specimen wm-2-1 (right) determination of plane strain fracture toughness, kic he impact of exploitation conditions, i.e. exploitation time and temperature on tendency to brittle fracture of the new and exploited pm, as well as the components of welded joint (wm and haz) was evaluated by determining the plane strain fracture toughness, that is, critical value of stress intensity factor, kic. the testing was performed at room temperature of 20c and working temperature of 540c. for determination of, kic, at room temperature the three point bending specimen (seb) were used, whose geometry is defined by astm e399, [8], and astm e1820 standards, [9]. for determination of kic at working temperature of 540c the modified ct tensile specimens were used, whose geometry is in accordance with bs 7448 part 1, standard, [10]. fracture toughness, kic, is determined indirectly through critical j-integral, jic, using elastic-plastic fracture mechanics (epfm) defined by astm e813, [11], astm e 1737, [12], astm e1820, [9] and bs 7448 part 1 and 2, [10, 13] standards, that is, by monitoring the crack development in the conditions of plasticity. the american society for testing and materials (astm) has established a standard procedure for obtaining the crack growth resistance curves of metallic materials, [12]. the improvement of the standard was carried out within the framework of the european structural integrity society esis, [14]. some of the solutions of this standard are also adopted in this paper and refer to the determination of fitted regression line. standards, [8, 9, 11, 12, 15-17], regularly updates, and it is very important to make sure that the latest versions are applied. the experiments are carried out by the testing method of a single specimen by successive partial unload, i.e. by the single specimen permeability method, as defined by astm e813, standard, 11. based on the obtained data, j-a curve is constructed on which the regression line is constructed according to astm e1152, [16]. from the obtained regression line the critical j-integral, jic, is obtained. knowing the value of critical, jic, integral, the value of critical stress intensity factor or plane strain fracture toughness, kic, can be calculated using the dependence: 21 ic ic j e k     (1) calculated values of critical stress intensity factor, kic, are given in tab. 8 for notched specimens in new pm, and in tab. 9 for notched specimens in exploited pm, tested at room temperature of 20c and working temperature of 540c, [1]. it is important to point out that in calculation of plane strain fracture toughness, kic, one value was used for elastic modulus at room temperature (210gpa) and other value for increased temperatures (approximately 160gpa for 5400c). by applying basic formula of fracture mechanics: ic ck a    (2) t i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 377 and by introducing the values of conventional yield stress, rp0,2 = , [1, 17], the approximate values for critical crack length, ac, can be calculated. specimen mark testing temperature. c critical j-integral. jic, kj/m2 critical stress intensity factor, kic, mpa m1/2 critical crack length, ac, mm pm-1-1n 20 60.1 117.8 38.5 pm-1-2n 63.9 121.4 40.8 pm-1-3n 58.6 116.3 37.5 pm-2-1n 540 43.2 87.2 40.0 pm-2-2n 44.7 88.7 41.4 pm-2-3n 45.3 89.2 41.9 table 8: values of kic notched specimens in new pm. specimen mark testing temperature, c critical j-integral, jic, kj/m2 critical stress intensity factor, kic, mpa m1/2 critical crack length, ac, mm pm-1-1e 20 47.8 105.0 41.7 pm-1-2e 42.1 98.6 36.8 pm-1-3e 40.7 96.9 35.6 pm-2-1e 540 24.5 65.6 30.8 pm-2-2e 22.7 63.2 28.6 pm-2-3e 21.8 61.9 27.4 table 9: values of kic notched specimens in exploited pm. the characteristic diagrams f-, and j-a for specimen taken out from the sample of new pm are given in fig. 6 (left) for specimen marked as pm-1-1n tested at room temperature, and in fig. 7 for specimen marked as pm-2-1n tested at the temperature of 540c, [1]. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 4 8 12 16 pm-1-1n 20 o c f , k n , mm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 50 100 150 200 250 pm-1-1n 20 o c j ic = 60,1 kj/m 2 j ic j, k j/ m 2 a, mm figure 6: f-δ (left) and j-δa (right) diagrams of specimen pm-1-1n. i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 378 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 4 8 12 16 pm-2-1n 540 o c f , k n , mm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 50 100 150 200 250 pm-2-1n 540 o c j ic = 43,2 kj/m 2 j ic j, k j/ m 2 a, mm figure 7: f-δ (left) and j-δa (right) diagrams of specimen pm-2-1n. the influence of testing temperature on the value of critical stress intensity factor, kic, for specimens taken from the new and exploited pm is graphically illustrated in fig. 8 (left), and the impact of the testing temperature on the critical crack length, ac, is graphically illustrated in fig. 8 (right), [1]. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 40 80 120 160 200 parent metal pm new pm exploited pm f ra ct u re t o ug hn es s, k ic , m p a m 1/ 2 testing temperature, o c 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 20 40 60 80 100 parent metal pm new pm exploited pm c ri ti ca l cr ac k l en g th , a c , m m testing temperature, o c figure 8: changes in value of kic depending on the testing temperature for the pm (left) and change in value of ac (right) calculated values of critical stress intensity factor, kic, and critical crack length, ac, are given in the tab.10 for notched specimens in wm, tested at room temperature of 20c and working temperature of 540c, [1]. specimen mark testing temperature, c critical j-integral, jic, kj/m2 critical stress intensity factor, kic, mpa m1/2 critical crack length, ac, mm wm-1-1 20 72.8 129.6 20.2 wm-1-2 74.3 130.9 20.7 wm-1-3 71.1 128.1 19.8 wm-2-1 540 50.2 93.9 17.4 wm-2-2 52.6 96.2 18.2 wm-2-3 48.4 92.2 16.8 table 10: values of, kic notched specimens at wm. i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 379 impact of the testing temperature on the value of critical stress intensity factor, kic, for notched specimens in wm is graphically illustrated in fig. 9 (left), and the impact of the testing temperature on the value of the critical crack length, ac, is graphically illustrated in fig. 9, (right) [1]. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 40 80 120 160 200 weld metal wm f ra ct ur e to u gh ne ss , k ic , m p a m 1/ 2 testing temperature, o c 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 10 20 30 40 50 weld metal wm c ri ti ca l cr ac k l en g th , a c , m m testing temperature, o c figure 9: changes in value of kic depending on the testing temperature for the wm (left) and change in value of ac (right). calculated values of critical stress intensity factor, kic, and critical crack length, ac, are given in the tab. 11 for notched specimens in haz from the side of the new pm and in tab. 12 for notched specimens in haz from the side of the exploited pm, tested at room temperature of 20c and working temperature of 540c, [1]. specimen mark testing temperature, c critical j-integral, jic, kj/m2 critical stress intensity factor, kic, mpa m1/2 critical crack length, ac, mm haz-1-1n 20 53.6 111.2 34.3 haz-1-2n 51.7 109.2 33.0 haz-1-3n 49.8 107.2 31.8 haz-2-1n 540 33.6 76.9 31.1 haz-2-2n 34.2 77.5 31.6 haz-2-3n 36.1 79.7 33.4 table 11: values of, kic notched specimens at new haz. specimen mark testing temperature, c critical j-integral, jic, kj/m2 critical stress intensity factor, kic, mpa m1/2 critical crack length, ac, mm haz-1-1e 20 42.4 96.3 32.0 haz-1-2e 36.1 91.3 31.5 haz-1-3e 35.6 90.6 31.1 haz-2-1e 540 20.2 59.6 25.4 haz-2-2e 22.5 62.9 28.3 haz-2-3e 21.7 61.8 27.3 table 12: values of, kic notched specimens at exploited haz. i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 380 impact of the testing temperature on the value of critical stress intensity factor, kic, for notched specimens in haz from the side of the new and exploited pm is graphically illustrated in fig. 10 (left), and the impact of the testing temperature on the value of the critical crack length, ac, also for the notched specimens in haz from the side of the new and exploited pm is graphically illustrated in fig. 10, (right) [1]. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 40 80 120 160 200 heat affected zone haz new haz exploited haz f ra ct u re t o u g h n es s, k ic , m p a m 1 /2 testing temperature, o c 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 heat affected zone haz new haz exploited haz c ri ti ca l cr ac k l en g th , a c , m m testing temperature, o c figure 10: change in value of kic depending on the testing temperature at haz (left) and change in value of ac (right). discussion esting of the welded joint specimens by introducing the load transversely to welded joint provided necessary data regarding how selected welding technology and exploitation time impact the welded joint strength and welded joint components. the obtained results of testing the welded joint specimens by introducing load transversely to welded joint, tab. 5, indicate that all tested specimens have cracked in exploited pm. this information is of great importance because it indicates the weakening of pm which was in exploitation. the fracture of specimens in pm clearly indicates the character of the welded joint. this is “over-matching”, which means that the strength of the welded metal is higher than the strength of the parent metal, [1, 18]. character of obtained tensile curves at room temperature corresponds to a ductile material with approximate share of homogeneous and non-homogeneous elongation at a ratio of 1/2:1/2. here, homogeneous elongation is considered as elongation up to the maximum force, and non-homogenous elongation is considered as elongation from maximum force to fracture (unstable crack growth, i.e. necking). when testing the welded joint specimens at working temperature, there is a similar tendency of change in the properties of strength as with the testing at room temperature, but the difference occurs at the properties of strain (elongation). namely, here we have the case where the ratio of homogeneous to non-homogeneous elongation is approximately 1/4:3/4, which is rather unfavourable from the aspect of exploitation properties. the reserve of homogenous plasticity of materials is considerably smaller, thus the hazard to pm of the consequences of potentially poor operation of the plant is real. by analysing the results obtained by tensile testing at room temperature of specimens taken from the sample of the new pm, given in tab. 6, it can be concluded that the testing results of the new pm are within the limits of values prescribed by the standard for that material, that is, values provided by a manufacturer in attest documentation. the obtained results of tensile testing of wm specimens given in tab. 7 confirm the properly selected welding technology, i.e. welding parameters. yield stress and tensile strength satisfy values prescribed by the standard, whereas strain properties are much better than those given in the standard for this additional material, [19]. this phenomenon indicates a high-grade selected regime of thermal processing after welding. the behaviour of the haz in the loaded welded joint was conditioned by its small volume portion, as well as by the heterogeneity of the structure and different mechanical properties of certain haz areas. a well-made welded joint, designed according to the principle of higher wm strength, should break in pm, which is exactly what happened in presented tests, [1, 18]. based on the obtained testing results of specimens taken from the new and exploited pm, wm and haz from the side of the new and exploited pm, it can be seen that with the increase of the testing temperature there is a decrease in the value of critical jic, integral, that is, fracture toughness, kic. the value of critical crack length, ac, also decreases. t i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 381 the fracture toughness values, kic, of specimens, taken from the new pm, tab. 8, range from 118mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 20c and decrease to 88mpa m1/2 at 540c. also, the fracture toughness values, kic, of specimens, taken from the exploited pm, tab. 9, range from 100mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 20c and decrease to 64mpa m1/2 at 540c. the fracture toughness values, kic, of specimens, taken from wm, tab. 10, range from 130mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 20c to 94mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 540c. the fracture toughness values, kic, of specimens, taken from haz from the side of the new pm, tab. 11, range from 109mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 20c and decrease to 78mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 540c. the testing of specimens taken from haz from the side of exploited pm, tab. 12, the poorer values of fracture toughness kic are obtained. namely, namely, the value of plane strain fracture toughness, kic, ranges from 93mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 20c, and decreases to 61mpa m1/2 obtained by testing at 540c, [1]. the obtained values of critical crack length, ac, fig. 10, at new pm are almost unchanged when it comes to room and working temperature. this was to be expected, because for the calculation of critical crack length, ac, the real values of yield stress obtained by tensile testing were used. however, exploitation weakening of pm has led to the fact that value of ac at specimens taken from exploited pm decreases by about 24% and is about 29mm. the obtained values of critical crack length, ac, fig. 12, at wm in relation to the yield stress level are quite low, and range from 20,2mm for the room temperature and decrease to 17,5mm which is the obtained value of ac, at the testing temperature of 540c. however, if values of critical crack length, ac, in relation to yield stress of the new and exploited om are calculated, they are significantly higher and indicate the good resistance to brittle fracture of wm. the obtained values of critical crack length, ac, fig. 14, at haz from the side of the new pm are slightly changed when it comes to room or working temperature. however, exploitation weakening of pm has led to the decrease of the value, ac, at notched specimens in haz from the side of exploited pm and at the testing temperature of 5400c is 27mm, [1]. conclusion ased on the testing results of tensile properties of specimens taken from the welded joint of the new pm and wm at selected temperatures, it can be concluded that a decrease in strength properties, that is, yield stress and tensile strength was obtained with the increase of temperature. likewise, the increase of testing temperature leads to the increase of elongation. the increase of elongation with the temperature increase is explained by the increased overall plasticity of the material at higher temperatures, but also by the significantly unfavorable ratio of homogenous and nonhomogenous elongation. also, the exploitation time significantly impacts the reduction of strength properties and strain properties, which can be related to the microstructures of the exploited and new pm, [1]. based on the obtained testing results of the critical stress intensity factor kic, which was due to inability to satisfy the plane strain conditions determined indirectly through the critical jic integral, we can see that the values of kic also depend on the testing temperature, placement of notches and exploitation time. the heterogeneity of welded joint mechanical properties, i.e. welded joint components significantly impacts the obtained values of plain strain fracture toughness, kic. the weakest resistance to the crack propagation at static action of force, that is, the lowest value, kic, is at notched specimens in haz, and the best resistance to crack propagation is at notched specimens at wm. the character of the curves, exclusively changes depending on the testing temperature, placement of the notches and exploitation time. by analyzing the obtained curves, we see the almost identical character dependence of the individual curves in each group, except that the difference between the specimens is in the values of maximum force, fmax, which is in direct dependence on the fatigue crack length, a, [1]. exploitation time significantly impacted the resistance to crack propagation, which generally should be related to the weakening of mechanical exploitation properties of the used material in relation to the new material. the resistance to crack propagation, at specimens taken from the exploited pm and from haz from the side of exploited pm is for approximately 20% lower than at specimens taken from the sample of the new pm, and haz from the side of the new pm. the obtained testing results of fracture mechanics parameters (kic, jic i ac) indicate two things. first, tendency to brittle fracture in the conditions of static load acting, is the lowest at the notched specimens in wm and pm and is the highest at the notched specimens in haz, i.e. haz in the concrete case has the worst resistance to brittle fracture. second, the obtained testing results of exploited material indicate a significant difference in the results compared to the new material. testing results and their analysis have justified the selected welding technology for the replacement of a part of the reactor mantle. b i. čamagić et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 371-382; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.34 382 acknowledgement arts of this research were supported by the ministry of sciences and technology of republic of serbia through mathematical institute sanu belgrade grant oi 174001 dynamics of hybrid systems with complex structures. mechanics of materials and faculty of technical sciences university of pristina residing in kosovska mitrovica. references [1] čamagić, i. (2013). investigation of the effects of exploitation conditions on the structural life and integrity assessment of pressure vessels for high temperatures (in serbian), doctoral thesis, faculty of technical sciences, kosovska mitrovica. [2] srps en iso 15614-1:2017, specification and qualification of welding procedures for metallic materials welding procedure test part 1: arc and gas welding of steels and arc welding of nickel and nickel alloys (iso 15614-1:2017, corrected version 2017-10-01), 2017. [3] burzić, m., (2008). analiza parametara prsline toplo–otpornog čelika, integritet i vek konstrukcija, 6(1), pp. 45-56. [4] čamagić, i., sedmak, s., sedmak, a., burzić, z. and todić, a. (2017). impact of temperature and exploitation time on plane strain fracture toughness, kic, in a welded joint, structural integrity and life, 17(3), pp. 239–244. [5] srps en 895:2008, destructive tests on welds in metallic materials transverse tensile test, (2008). [6] srps en 10002-1, metallic materials tensile testing part 1: method of test (at ambient temperature), (1996). [7] srps en 10002-5, metallic materials tensile testing part 5: method of testing at elevated temperature, (1997). [8] astm e399-89, standard test method for plane-strain fracture toughness of metallic materials, annual book of astm standards, 03.01, pp. 522, (1986). [9] astm e 1820-99a, standard test method for measurement of fracture toughness, annual book of astm standards, 03.01, (1999). [10] bs 7448-part 1, fracture mechanics toughness tests-method for determination of kic critical ctod and critical j values of metallic materials, bsi, (1991). [11] astm e813-89, standard test method for jic, a measure of fracture toughness, annual book of astm standards, 03.01, pp. 651, (1993). [12] astm e 1737-96, standard test method for j integral characterization of fracture toughness, annual book of astm standards, 03.01, (1996). [13] bs 7448-part 2, fracture mechanics toughness tests methods for determination of kic, critical ctod and critical j values of welds in metallic materials, bbi, (1997). [14] esis procedure for determining the fracture behavior of materials, european structural integrity society esis p292, (1992). [15] bs 5762-dd 19, standard test method for crack opening displacement, london, (1976). [16] astm e1152-91, standard test method for determining j-r curve, annual book of astm standards, 03.01, pp. 724, (1995). [17] astm e 1290-89, standard test method for crack-tip opening displacement (ctod) fracture toughness measurement, annual book of astm standards, 03.01, (1993). [18] camagic, i., burzic, z., sedmak, a., dascau, h. and milovic, l. (2015). temperature effect on a low-alloyed steel welded joints tensile properties, the 3rd iiw south – east european welding congress, welding & joining technologies for a sustainable development & environment, timisoara, romania, (77-81). [19] burzić, z. (2002). savremene metode provere mehaničko-tehnoloških osobina zavarenih spojeva-deo 2, zavarivanje i zavarene konstrukcije, 47(3), pp. 151-158. p << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_32_art_3 i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 24 development of an engineering methodology for non-linear fracture analysis of impact-damaged pressurized spacecraft structures igor telichev university of manitoba, department of mechanical engineering, 75a chancellors circle, e2-327 eitc, winnipeg, manitoba r3t 5v6, canada. igor.telichev@umanitoba.ca abstract. motivated by the dramatic worsening and uncertainty of orbital debris situation, the present paper is focused on the structural integrity of the spacecraft pressurized modules/pressure vessels. the objective is to develop an engineering methodology for non-linear fracture analysis of pressure wall damaged by orbital debris impact. this methodology is viewed as a key element in the survivability-driven spacecraft design procedure providing that under no circumstances will the “unzipping” occur. the analysis employs the method of singular integral equation to study the burst conditions of habitable modules, although smaller vessels containing gases at higher pressures can also be analyzed. keywords. orbital debris; impact damage; pressurized structure; singular integral equation method. introduction he hazard from orbital debris is a growing international concern for the safety of space-based infrastructure. the series of incidents happened in last six years demonstrated that only one or two collisions can drastically change the orbital debris population. with space activity continuously running and expanding, the rate of collisions in space also increases, leading in turn to a new reality for the orbital debris environment where all functioning spacecraft are under higher risk than they were designed for. because of the very high impact velocities and possibility to fail catastrophically when impacted, the pressurized modules and pressure vessels play a crucial role in spacecraft survivability. they are identified as the most critical components on-board spacecraft [1-3]. historically, considerable amounts of resources have been used to developing anti-orbital-debris shielding for such structures to avoid the pressure wall damage. however, the shielding cannot protect the spacecraft from all types of debris. nowadays, the pressurized modules and high pressure tanks of the most heavily shielded spacecrafts are able to withstand the impact of debris up to one centimeter in diameter. the orbital debris between 1 and 10 cm in size which is too small to be tracked but large enough to cause the shielded pressure wall perforation, poses the highest risk for the spacecraft mission. as it was demonstrated experimentally, the case of both shield and pressurized wall perforation presents a potential for the pressure wall failure in an abrupt fashion [1-4]. the answer to the question whether the spacecraft pressurized structure would undergo “unzipping” due to the impact of undetectable debris is crucial for the mission success or failure. essentially, it quantifies the spacecraft survivability. fig. 1 illustrates the survivability-driven design logic where it is assumed that impact of undetectable debris between 1 and 10 cm in size has occurred and the pressure wall is damaged. this design concept requires that when developing spacecraft, all attempts be made to prevent the accidental spacecraft breakups. the mitigation and protection measures are assessed for effectiveness through the fracture analysis (fig. 1, t i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 25 module 5). in the event that a pressure wall is predicted to “unzip”, the survivability improvements can be achieved by adding more effective shielding or/and by varying the design parameters of the pressurized module. new protection measures will be evaluated by repeating the steps in the above design procedure until the “no rupture” conditions will be verified. the analysis of interaction of penetrative particles with equipment inside a spacecraft is out of scope of the current paper. figure 1: design procedure of spacecraft with enhanced survivability. orbital debris data (untrackable) pressure wall damage? fracture analysis pressure wall rupture? (“unzipping”) varying the design parameters of pressurized module varying the characteristics of shield spacecraft survived, mission continues yes no spacecraft survived, mission continues yes yes no no pressurized module + shield system actions to enhance the survivability? yes no destruction of critical internal components? 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 7 8 10 13 end of analysis disfunctional trackable spacecraft, mitigation requirement is satisfied 14 11 seal/repair of damaged pressure wall 12 end of analysis 14 i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 26 the present paper is focused on the engineering methodology which allows determining the border between the simple perforation and catastrophic fracture of impact-damaged pressurized modules and pressure vessels onboard spacecraft. this methodology is viewed as a key element in the survivability-driven spacecraft design procedure providing that under no circumstances will the “unzipping” occur. addressing this problem will not only improve the survivability of spacecraft itself but also will provide the mitigation effect since each satellite break-up causes not only the loss of space assets but the considerable addition to the orbital debris population. modeling of impact damage xperimental studies have shown that the impact damage has the form of a hole surrounded by a zone of the cracklike defects (fig. 2a, b, c). for the case of both shield and pressure wall perforation the impact damage varies from the petal hole (fig. 2a) to the “cookie-cutter hole” (fig. 2b). the perforation of the unshielded wall is accompanied by a zone of spall cracks adjacent to the impact hole as shown in fig. 2c. for further analysis it suggested to model the cracked area around the penetrated hole by two radial cracks emanating from the rim of the hole perpendicularly to the applied load. the diameter of the model hole is equal to the diameter of the impact hole (dhole), while the length of the fictitious radial cracks is bounded by a damage zone (dcrack). in cylindrical pressurized structure these two radial cracks are set to be normal to the hoop stress, i.e. along the expected fracture path (fig. 2d). figure 2: modeling the impact holes: a) petal hole; b) “cookie-cutter hole”; c) hole with adjacent spall cracks; d) model of impact hole. figure 3: snapshot of the evolution of the stress field after the hole was instantly formed in the loaded plate the penetration process lasts for a matter of microseconds and this process is essentially dynamic. after the appearance of an impact hole in the pre-loaded plate, the field of stress distribution around this hole does not change immediately. this transition process flows as the stress wave travels away from rim of hole. the evolution of the stress field near the hole in the perforated plate were evaluated explicitly using the autodyn® code (fig. 3). the obtained results are consistent e i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 27 with the numerical solution of the non-steady-state problem of kirsh [5]. during the transition process the dynamic stress concentration factor k()=() / increases reaching the maximum value of 3.33 and then asymptotically drops to the static value. modeling of fracture solution of singular integral equation he problem of potential fracture and bursting of aerospace pressurized structures was extensively examined by the nasa advanced fracture mechanics group [1-3]. the fracture propagation analysis was conducted analytically using the linear elastic fracture mechanics approach and numerically employing the finite element method and non-linear fracture mechanics technique. comparison to the experimental data showed that the linear elastic fracture mechanics methods are too conservative and non-linear fracture mechanics approach is required for a more realistic treatment of the problem [1]. figure 4: 5-link crack (a, b) and chebyshev’s nodes on the crack face(c, d). we assumed that a single hole with two radial cracks is located in the infinite plate made of an isotropic elastic perfectly plastic material, the zones of plasticity are localized along the crack prolongations and the compressive stresses within the plastic zones pz are equal to the tensile yield limit y (fig. 4a). the problem can be formulated in terms of a singular integral equation (sie) of a form:     ' ,        l g t dt p x x l t x    (1) where t and x are coordinates of the points on the crack contour l , p(x) is a crack surface traction. the unknown function g(t) is expressed using the muskhelishvili's complex variable formulation [6] via the displacement dcontinuity across the crack contour l:        ' v v 2 1 æ ,    d u i u i g i g t t l dt          (2) here u, v are the contour displacement components in x and y directions, respectively,  2 1 e g    is the shear modulus, e is the modulus of elasticity,  is the poisson’s ratio, 3 1 æ      is the elastic parameter for the plane stress and 3 4æ   for the plane strain. t i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 28 t singular integral equation technique is a powerful alternative to the finite element method in the non-linear analysis of crack propagation which provides very rapid convergence of the numerical results [7-11]. fig. 5 summarizes the procedure of non-linear fracture analysis which employs the method of singular integral equation and includes the following basic steps: modules 1-2: the analysis starts with specifying the design and material characteristics of the pressure wall and determining the impact hole parameters. module 3: the piecewise traction distribution p(x) is applied to the crack surface as it is shown in fig. 4-b. it divides the contour into 5 portions (links) l0, l1, l2, l3 and l4, where each piece of the traction function is differentiable throughout each individual link. the traction-free link l0 corresponds to the hole, links l1 and l3 are radial cracks and links l2 and l4 represent the plastic zones. the solution of the singular integral eq. (1) must satisfy the condition of single-valuedness of displacements for the crack contour: 0 0 ' ' 0 0 1 ( ) exp( ) ( ) 0 q q ll h q q q q ql l g t dt i g t dt              where h reflects the total number of links within the crack; q is the current number of link; is the angle of link inclination and l is half of the crack link. also, the symmetry of the problem and link angular positions (1=2=0, 3=4=π) were taken into account. module 4: unlike the finite element method the method of singular integral equations is free of mesh generation and only nodes are needed. the chebyshev’s nodes with normalized coordinates  and  changing from -1 to 1are generated on each link of the contour (fig. 4c, d) where      [ ( 2 1) / ( 2 )],   [ / ( 2 )]k mcos k n cos m n , 1,   , k n 1, ( 1)m n  . the open circles indicate the points ξ1,.., ξn on the crack faces where displacements are calculated. the closed circles correspond to the traction nodes η1, .., ηn-1. the normalized coordinates  and  change from -1 to 1. module 5: an efficient approach to account for the jump discontinuities of traction applied to the crack faces was proposed by savruk [7]. following [7] the eq. (1) for the case of 5-link crack is replaced by the system of singular integral equations:                     1 0 0 1 3 1 1 2 4 2 1 0 1 , , ,                       , , } ,     0, 2        0 n n n n n n m m m m m n                                             (3) where m00,..,m02, m10,.., m12, m20,..,m22 are normalized kernels, 0,.., 2 are normalized derivatives of the displacement discontinuity across the crack contour 0()=g0’(l0),..,2()=g2’(l2), and 0,..,2 are normalized tractions 0()=p0(l0),.., 2()=p2(l2). the last equation of the system (3) represents the condition of single-valuedness of displacements for the crack contour. also, the symmetry of the problem and link angular positions are taken into account. module 6: the numerical solution of the system of singular integral eq. (3) is obtained by the method of mechanical quadratures [7]. functions 0(), 1(), 2() are sought in the class of functions unbounded at the ends of intervals 2( ) ( ) / 1n nu     , (n=0, 1, 2) expressing u0(), u1(), u2() in terms of the lagrange interpolation polynomials over the chebyshev nodes:         1 1 1 1 1 2 ,  0, 2 n n n n k r k r k r u u t t n n                     (4) where   [   ( )]rt cos r arccos  is a first kind chebyshev polynomial. boundary conditions  1 1 0u  and  2 1 0u   are applied to complete the system of eq. (3). by applying the gauss-chebyshev quadrature expressions the system of singular integral equations is transformed to the closed system of linear algebraic equations with 3n unknowns where n is number of the chebyshev nodes. module 7: the solution of closed normalized and linearized system of equations is obtained by gauss elimination. i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 29 figure 5: steps of the fracture analysis. calculation of length of the plastic zones modules 8-9: once a solution of the linearized system of equations is obtained, the stress intensity factor (sif) at the end of the plastic strip can be evaluated by 2 2 2( ) ( 1)ik l l u   . modules 8-9-10: the stress at the crack tips is considered to be finite. the unknown length of the plastic zones is determined from the condition that the stress intensity factor is equal to zero at the end of the plastic strip:  2  0ik l  . the search is performed by golden section method. calculation of crack tip opening displacement/angle module 11: once a numerical solution of the singular integral equation is obtained, the displacement can be calculated at any point on the crack faces. for the arbitrary point *2 2 2/x x l of the segment l2 we have the following expression:        2 * 2 2 1 ' 2 * * * 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 ( ) (1)  1 l x x u g x g l g t dt l d l g x l g              (5) building the system of singular integral equations chebyshev’s nodes generation applying the method of mechanical quadratures 5 6 solution of normalized and linearized system of equations initial data:  structure  material  damage 2 7 start of analysis 1 applying the boundary conditions 4 3 a end of analysis plastic zone length search calculation of stress intensity factor (sif) yes no sif =0 at the end of plastic zone calculation of ctod/ctoa ctod or ctoa > critical value no crack propagation pressure wall rupture (“unzipping”) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 no yes a i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 30 using the expansion of the function u2(ξ) in terms of lagrange interpolation polynomials over the chebyshev’s nodes we obtain the expression for the function * *2 2( )g x :        * 2 1 1 * * * 2 2 2 22 1 1 1 1 ( ) (1) 1 2 1 n n k r k r k rx g x g u t t d n                        (6) after integration   * 2 1 * 221x d arccos x      and     * 2 1 * 22 1   1 r x t d sin r arccos x r         we get         1* * * * *2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 ( ) (1)     2   n n k r k k r g x g u arccos x t sin r arccos x n r                    (7) analogously we obtain the expressions for * *0 0( )g x and * * 1 1( )g x at * 0 0 0 0 0/ ,  x x l x l  and * 1 1 1 1 1/ ,    x x l x l  :             1* * * * *0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 ( ) (1) / 2   n n k r k k r g x g g x g l l u arccos x t sin r arccos x n r                          (8)    * * *1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1( ) (1) /g x g g x g l l              1* *1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2   n n k r k k r u arccos x t sin r arccos x n r                  (9) from eq. (2) in the symmetric case we have          '' ' ' 1 æv v v 4 g x x x x g              (10) integrating we obtain the relation: (1 ) ( )v v v( ) 2 4 n n æ g x x c g       , where n is a segment number. the constants of integration cn are determined by displacement at the end of the segment: 2 0c   2 2 1 (1 ) 4 æ g l c g         1 10 1 1 1 2 2 (1 ) (1 ) 4 4 æ g l æ c c g l g l g g            thus the crack opening displacement (cod) for the segment ln is defined as following * * * * (1 ) ( )( ) 2v( ) 2 2 n n n n n n æ l g x cod x x c g     (11) since for the plane stress (1 ) 2 4 æ g e   , the expression for *( )ncod x takes the form                         1 * * * 1 1 4 1 ( ) 2 [ 2   ] ,    0, 1, 2   n n n kn y n n n r k n k ry ul s cod x c arccos x t sin r arccos x n e n s r (12) i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 31 the presented technique allows determining the crack opening profile for the entire crack (fig. 6) and calculate the opening displacement (ctod) specifically at the crack tip:  2* 2 2 1 4 ( 1)   n ky ky ul s ctod cod x e n s           (13) fig. 7 illustrates the convergence of the numerical procedure. it allows calculating the crack tip opening angle as well. modules 12-14: the critical crack tip opening displacement is used as a fracture criterion (ctodc). once the value of ctod has been determined and compared with the value of ctodc it is possible to answer the main question if there is a case of simple perforation without crack growth from the impact hole or crack propagation and subsequently catastrophic rupture. we have thus obtained the complete solution of the problem. figure 6: crack profile. figure 7: convergence of ctod calculation. numerical results his section gives the numerical examples which illustrate the application of the method of singular integral equations for the structures with cracks or crack-like damages. the fig. 8 illustrates the evolution of the crack tip opening displacement after an impact hole was suddenly introduced in the loaded plate made of aluminum alloy 2024. once ctod has reached the critical value, the crack starts to propagate. the estimated speed of crack propagation in the metal (vcr) varies in a range of 0.2 c0 to 0.29c0, where c0 is the speed of sound [12-14]. for the calculations it was assumed that vcr  0.27c0. figure 8: evolution of the crack tip opening displacement. t i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 32 it is known that the ratio of the radial crack length (lrad.cr.) to the hole diameter (dhole) has a considerable effect on the critical stress. fig. 9 illustrates that the singular integral equations method allows obtaining the accurate result for any specific case of (lrad.cr./dhole)-ratio. the obtained results also illustrate the fact that for lrad.cr./dhole>0.25, the hole with two radial cracks can be considered as a straight crack. figure 9: critical stress for various (lrad.cr./dhole)-ratio in order to verify above method and illustrate its application, numerical calculations were performed and compared with results of impact and tensile tests of the 3-mm thickness specimens fabricated from alloy 2024 with ultimate tensile strength σu =446 mpa, yield strength σy=370 mpa, modulus of elasticity e=70000 mpa, poisson’s ratio ν=0.33 and fracture toughness kc= 53.9 mpa m1/2. the critical ctod was determined assuming the plane stress state and using the relation ctodc=(kc2)/(σye). to account the strain hardening effects the σy was interpreted as an average of the nominal yield stress and ultimate tensile strength. the computational analysis predicted residual strength to within 5% of the experimental data given in [4]. the fig. 10 and 11 illustrate a fair agreement of the obtained computational results with test data [15] where the specimens were perforated by 0.5 ball projectile at ballistic velocities of 206-308 m/s and then subjected to the tensile tests. the specimens with thickness of 4.8 mm and dimension of 460×910 mm were fabricated from 7075-t6 alloy. the following input data were used for the analysis: ultimate tensile strength σu =535 mpa, yield strength σy=468 mpa, modulus of elasticity e=72000 mpa, poisson’s ratio ν=0.33 and fracture toughness kc= 63 mpa m1/2 for transverse grain and kc= 81.6 mpa m1/2 for longitudinal grain. figure 10: computational results vs test data [15] (7075-t6 transverse grain). figure 11: computational results vs test data [15] (7075-t6 longitudinal grain). i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 33 the tab. 1 presents a comparison with the computational results obtained by the finite element method [1] to quantify the critical crack length in the cylindrical pressurized module experiencing 68.6 mpa hoop and 34.3 mpa longitudinal stresses respectively. the numerical analysis was performed for 2219-t87 aluminum alloy shell with the following parameters: σu =430 mpa, σy=343 mpa, e=73800 mpa, ν=0.33, wall thickness ts=3.17 mm, toughness at the crack initiation kic= 68 mpa m1/2 and toughness at the maximum load kc max= 92 mpa m1/2 [1]. the comparisons shows that the computational results obtained by the finite element and singular integral equations methods are in a good agreement. the numerical experiments on the reinforced habitable modules of the international space station showed the “unzipping” of the pressure wall is unlikely. method critical crack length, mm crack initiation crack unstable growth elasto-plastic fem [1] <599 1041 present approach 590 1082 deviation,% n/a 3.4 table 1: critical crack length (specimen: 2219-t87, ts=3.17 mm) conclusions he present paper is focused on the engineering methodology which is viewed as a key element in the spacecraft design procedure providing that under no circumstances will the “unzipping” occur. a model of crack propagation in impact-damaged pressurized aerospace structure is presented. the non-linear fracture analysis is performed by the method of singular integral equations. comparisons of the calculated results with the test data and numerical results obtained by finite element method showed good agreement. the suggested sie-based approach is concluded to be effective way of assessing the fracture behavior of the impact damaged aerospace pressurized structures. acknowledgements his work was supported by a discovery grant no. 402115-2012 from the natural sciences and engineering research council of canada. references [1] couque, h. et al. swri-nasa cr 64-00133 (1993). [2] lutz, b.e. & goodwin, c. j.. nasa cr 4720, (1996). [3] elfer, n. c. nasa cr 4706, (1996). [4] telichev, i., unstable crack propagation in spacecraft pressurized structure subjected to orbital debris impact, canadian aeronautics and space journal, 57(1) (2011) 106-111. [5] patsyuk, v. i., rimskii, v. k., instantaneous formation of a round hole in a stretched plate, int. applied mechanics, 27 (1991) 1117-1123. [6] muskhelishvili, n.i., some basic problems of the mathematical theory of elasticity, leyden: noordhoff int. publ. (1975). [7] savruk, m. p., method of singular integral equations in linear and elastoplastic problems of fracture mechanics, mat. sci., 40(3) (2004) 337-351. [8] ladopoulos, e.g., singular integral equations: linear and non-linear theory and its applications in science and engineering, springer verlag gmbh, (2000). [9] chernyakov, y.a., grychanyuk v., tsukrov, v.i., stress–strain relations in elastoplastic solids with dugdale-type t t i. telichev, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 24-34; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.03 34 cracks, engineering fracture mechanics, 70 (200) 32163–74. [10] chen, y.z., lin, x.y., numerical solution of singular integral equation for multiple curved branch-cracks. structural engineering and mechanics, 34(1) (2010) 85-95. [11] galybin, a.n., dyskin, a.v., random trajectories of crack growth caused by spatial stress fluctuations, international journal of fracture, 128 (2004) 95–103. [12] broek, d., elementary engineering fracture mechanics, noordorf int. publishing, leyden, (1974). [13] ionov, v. n., selivanov, v. v., fracture dynamics of deformed solid body, moscow, mashinostroeniye, (1987). [14] parton, v. z., boriskovsky, v. g., brittle fracture dynamics, moscow, metallurgia, (1988). [15] forman, r. g. et al., vulnerability of aircraft structures exposed to small arms fire projectile impact damage, affdl-tr-67-157, (1967). shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 151 influence of static mean stresses on the fatigue behavior of 2024 aluminum alloy under multiaxial loading a.s. yankin, v.e. wildemann, n.s. belonogov, o.a. staroverov center of experimental mechanics, perm national research polytechnic university, perm, russian federation yas.cem@yandex.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0895-4912 wildemann@pstu.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6240-4022 cem.belonogov@gmail.com cem_staroverov@mail.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6095-0962 abstract. axial alternating stress controlled fatigue tests with superimposed static torsional mean stress and shear alternating fatigue tests with superimposed static tensile mean stress are represented. the material used in the current experimental investigation is 2024 aluminum alloy. a decrease in the fatigue life of the material was observed with an increase in the shear and static tensile stresses. marin and modified crossland methods are analyzed by means of the available experimental data. the two modifications of sines method are proposed to take into account the static torsional stress effect (sines+) and different slopes of the s-n curves in tension-compression and torsion tests (sines++). it is shown that sines++ model is the most accurate among others. keywords. multiaxial fatigue; mean stress; multiaxial fatigue criteria; 2024 aluminum alloy. citation: yankin, a.s., wildemann, v.e., belonogov, n.s., staroverov, o.a., influence of static mean stresses on the fatigue behavior of 2024 aluminum alloy under multiaxial loading, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163. received: 30.09.2019 accepted: 07.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction uring operations the greatest number of critical components of construction elements undertake complex cyclic loadings, thus the estimation of their influence on durability of metal materials is a problem to be solved [1-5]. also, the need in studying fatigue processes under complex stress state brought a number of experimental works in this area, which used specialized equipment and methods of multiaxial loading. here are some major research centers studying the problems of multiaxial fatigue: ensam university in bordeaux, france (t. palin-luc, n. saintier, f. morel) [6, 7], university of opole, poland (t. lagoda) [8], university of sheffield, united kingdom (l. sumsel) [9], university of lisbon, portugal (v. anes, l. reis, m de freitas) [10, 11], s.p. timoshenko institute of mechanics, kiev, ukraine (v.p. golub) [12], ishlinsky institute for problems in mechanics ras, moscow, russia (n.g. burago, a.b. zhuravlev, i.s. nikitin) [13, 14], and others [15]. d http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2645.mp4 a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 152 the main loading conditions referred to the literature when studying multiaxial fatigue are biaxial tension of cross-shaped specimens, tension with torsion and bending with torsion of cylindrical specimens. meanwhile attention is paid not only to the proportional cyclic loading but also to more complex modes with phase shifting, different frequencies and other characteristics [16-20]. apart from testing standard hourglass and tubular specimens, one can also test weld joint specimens [21, 22], specimens with grooves [23] and other stress raisers [24]. cyclic effects may be associated with a cycle asymmetry due to static loadings caused, as an example, by gravity force or linear overloading. apart from that, static loads may occur along an axis different from the cyclic ones, which results in bending cyclic loads with constant torsion and so on. gerber [25], goodman [26], morrow [27], smith [28], oding [29], birger [30] and many others [31-35] studied the influence of the asymmetry of the loading cycle on the fatigue behavior of various materials. as a rule, the experimental results are shown in the haigh diagram (the stress amplitude versus the mean stress in the cycle), and different relations for their description are suggested. an increase of the mean stress leads to a decrease of fatigue strength. this effect is quite strong for brittle materials (e.g. cast iron) both in axial and in torsion [34]. however this effect is lower in torsion than in axial for ductile materials such as steels and aluminum alloys [31]. thus, some authors [5, 36, 37] do not suggest taking into account the influence of the mean stress under torsion until the maximum values of shear stress do not exceed yield strength. let us note that under cyclic loadings in the compression area there is an increase in fatigue strength which is more significant for brittle materials and less significant for ductile ones [5, 32]. in general, a similar behavior is demonstrated by the materials under constant static stresses under multiaxial loadings (e.g. an alternating bending with a constant torsion and so on) [5, 36-39]. however, there are much less studies in this area, compared to uniaxial effects, and there is no complex approach to studying this issue. apart from that, works mostly pay attention to fatigue limit under more than 106 cycles, i.e. they consider such loadings that allow a material (conventionally) to endure an unlimited number of loading cycles. but if we design structures with a set (limited) service life in order to save resources, it is important to describe not only the fatigue limit but also s-n curves at different levels of additional static stresses. in the previous work [40] the authors researched the influence of the constant components of multiaxial loading (constant tension and alternating torsion, constant torsion and alternating tension-compression) on the fatigue life of 2024 aluminum alloy. it is shown that the influence of the constant static stresses results in a decrease of the number of cycles to failure. moreover, the realized values of the constant static stresses obviously did not exceed the corresponding values of the conventional yield strength for the alloy. the purpose of this work is to check if it is reasonable to use various criteria for multiaxial fatigue using the experimental data presented in the article [40]. experiments material and specimen he material used in the current experimental investigation is a common aeronautic material, 2024 aluminum alloy. the chemical composition of the alloy consists of cu 4.28, mg 1.48, mn 0.75, fe 0.28, si 0.29, zn 0.12, ni 0.009, ti 0.06, cr 0.017, pb 0.05. mechanical properties for the material are listed in tab. 1. fatigue tests were performed on hourglass specimens. the specimen geometry is shown in fig. 1. the specimens are designed in accordance with recommendations of national standard gost 25.502. stresses used in calculating were in accordance with the minimum cross-section of specimen. property symbol 2024 aluminum alloy unit 0.2% tensile yield strength σy 336 mpa 0.3% torsional yield strength τy 153 mpa ultimate tensile strength σu 450 mpa modulus of elasticity e 75.4 gpa shear modulus g 30.0 gpa table 1: mechanical properties of 2024 aluminum alloy. t a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 153 loading path σa (mpa) σm (mpa) τa (mpa) τm (mpa) n uniaxial 168.1 0 0 0 476 451 uniaxial 168.1 0 0 0 617 189 tsts1 168.1 0 0 15.3 378 142 tsts1 168.1 0 0 15.3 455 634 tsts1 168.1 0 0 30.6 435 758 tsts1 168.1 0 0 30.6 404 964 tsts1 168.1 0 0 45.9 356 718 tsts1 168.1 0 0 45.9 368 430 tsts1 168.1 0 0 61.2 519 480 tsts1 168.1 0 0 61.2 259 565 tsts1 168.1 0 0 76.5 203 836 tsts1 168.1 0 0 76.5 298 301 tsts1 168.1 0 0 91.8 255 564 tsts1 168.1 0 0 91.8 322 877 tsts1 168.1 0 0 107.1 240 549 tsts1 168.1 0 0 107.1 296 235 tsts1 168.1 0 0 122.4 305 221 tsts1 168.1 0 0 122.4 198 799 uniaxial 205.1 0 0 0 139 913 uniaxial 205.1 0 0 0 149 767 uniaxial 205.1 0 0 0 185 520 uniaxial 205.1 0 0 0 165 011 tsts1 205.1 0 0 18.4 196 496 tsts1 205.1 0 0 18.4 182 057 tsts1 205.1 0 0 36.8 120 610 tsts1 205.1 0 0 36.8 166 584 tsts1 205.1 0 0 55.2 155 908 tsts1 205.1 0 0 55.2 133 260 tsts1 205.1 0 0 73.6 158 711 tsts1 205.1 0 0 73.6 179 106 tsts1 205.1 0 0 92.0 122 202 tsts1 205.1 0 0 92.0 121 562 tsts1 205.1 0 0 110.4 126 479 tsts1 205.1 0 0 110.4 207 306 tsts1 205.1 0 0 128.8 100 577 tsts1 205.1 0 0 128.8 146 293 torsion 0 0 107.1 0 376 148 torsion 0 0 107.1 0 445 992 tsts2 0 16.8 107.1 0 146 622 tsts2 0 16.8 107.1 0 115 265 tsts2 0 33.6 107.1 0 101 503 tsts2 0 33.6 107.1 0 103 000 tsts2 0 67.3 107.1 0 68 057 tsts2 0 67.3 107.1 0 139 743 tsts2 0 100.9 107.1 0 74 294 tsts2 0 100.9 107.1 0 45 391 tsts2 0 134.5 107.1 0 34 385 tsts2 0 134.5 107.1 0 37 224 tsts2 0 201.8 107.1 0 35 651 tsts2 0 201.8 107.1 0 27 162 torsion 0 0 114.8 0 115 648 torsion 0 0 114.8 0 99 285 tsts2 0 16.8 114.8 0 83 350 tsts2 0 16.8 114.8 0 86 779 tsts2 0 33.6 114.8 0 59 443 tsts2 0 33.6 114.8 0 95 959 tsts2 0 67.3 114.8 0 49 145 tsts2 0 67.3 114.8 0 64 942 tsts2 0 100.9 114.8 0 35 866 tsts2 0 100.9 114.8 0 16 966 tsts2 0 201.8 114.8 0 24 661 tsts2 0 201.8 114.8 0 19 823 table 2: summary fatigue tests. a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 154 figure 1: specimen geometry, all dimensions in millimeters. experimental procedure and results all tests were carried out in the instron electropuls e10000 at room temperature in center of experimental mechanics (russia). the electropuls e10000 linear-torsion is an all-electric test instrument with a dynamic linear load capacity of ±10 kn and dynamic torque capacity of ±100 nm. a summary of the applied loading conditions and experimental fatigue life for each test performed is included in tab. 2. all tests were performed in load-control, using sinusoidal waveforms, and include uniaxial (6 tests), pure torsion (4 tests), tension with static torsional stress (30 tests), and torsion with static tensile stress (22 tests) loading conditions. the range of the torsional mean stress τm was from 0 to 0.84·τy. the normal stress amplitudes σa were 0.5·σy and 0.61·σy. the testing frequency was 50 hz. sin(2 )a m t      =  = (1) the range of the static tensile stress σm was from 0 to 0.6·σy. the shear stress amplitudes τa were 0.7·τy and τa = 0.75·τy. the testing frequency was 3.4 hz. sin(2 )a m t      =  = (2) during the experiments, a decrease in the fatigue life of the material was observed with an increase in the static torsional and tensile stresses. at smaller values of the stress amplitude in the cycle, a decrease in fatigue life with an increase in the static stresses is more evident. correlation of the experimental results with multiaxial fatigue models s has been pointed out before the static torsional stress effect less pronounced than the static tensile stress effect in ductile metals. some researchers [5, 36, 37] propose to neglect this effect as long as the maximum shear stress is within the torsional yield strength (models sines [5], crossland [41] and so on). relevant results of the literature show that the static torsional stress effect is not negligible in ductile metals. the marin method the marin method [42] can be expressed through eqn. (3): 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 1 a m u i i  −        +          (3) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 2 2 2 21 2 11 22 22 33 11 33 12 23 136 6a a a a a a a a a ai         = − + − + − + + + (4) a a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 155 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 2 2 2 21 2 11 22 22 33 11 33 12 23 136 6m m m m m m m m m mi         = − + − + − + + + (5) where σ-1 is the fully reversed axial fatigue limit, σu is the ultimate tensile strength, i2a and i2m are the amplitude and the mean value of the second invariant of the stress deviator tensor. in order to predict the material fracture with an arbitrary number of n cycles, let us replace the fully reversed axial fatigue limit σ-1 in eqn. (3) with the axial s-n curve σa0(n). 2 2 2 2 0 3 3 1 ( ) a m a u i i n         +          (6) let us rearrange eqn. (3) for two types of multiaxial loadings given in the second part. for the first case (see eq (1)), we will write as follows 2 3a ai = , 2m mi = , 2 0 3 ( ) 1 ma a u n        −    (7) for the second one (see eq 2), it will be 2a ai = , 2 3m mi = , 2 0 ( ) 1 3 a m a u n       −    (8) the marin method requires the ultimate tensile strength and the axial s-n curve. the ultimate tensile strength σu of the alloy is equal to 450 mpa. the axial s-n curve was plotted according to the experimental data (σa = 0.5·σy; τm = 0 and σa = 0.61·σy; τm = 0 from tab. 2) and was interpolated through a function σa0(n). ( )'0 ( ) 2a fn n   = (9) ( ) 0'0 ( ) 2a fn n   = (10) where coefficients σf’ = 1478 mpa, τf’ = 370 mpa, and exponents β = -0.156, β0 = -0.051. for different alloys one can observe an increase of fatigue strength in the compression area (at negative static tensile stresses σm) [32]. however, the marin method (see eq 6) does not make it possible to consider this. one can observe the same value of the second invariant i2m (see eq 5) at positive and negative values of static tensile stresses σm. also, the disadvantage of the method is that it predicts the same reduction of fatigue life at constant torsional τm and tensile σm mean stresses (see eq 6). and, as has been mentioned above, for ductile materials an increase of the mean stress in torsion direction leads to a decrease of fatigue strength lower than in axial direction. in order to take into account this effect one can add, for example, the maximum hydrostatic stress (see eq 11) how was made in [31]. the advantage of the model is its relative simplicity and a small number of adjusting experiments (σu; σa0(n)) necessary to determine its parameters. the modified crossland method (crossland+) the crossland method does not take into account the static torsional stress effect. therefore, authors in ref. [31] proposed the modified crossland method: a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 156 2 2 2 2 max 1 a m h i i a b c        + +          (11) ( )1max 11max 22 max 33 max3h   = + + (12) where σh max is the maximum hydrostatic stress, a, b, c are the model parameters, which were determined as follows: the parameter a was determined by means of the torsional s-n curve τa0(n) 0a m m  = = = , max 0h = , 2 0mi = , 0 ( )a a n = , 2 0 ( )a ai n= (13) 0 ( )aa n= (14) the parameter c was determined by means of the axial s-n curve σa0(n) 0a m m  = = = , 2 0mi = , 0 ( )a a n = , 1 2 03 ( )a ai n= , 1 max 03 ( )h a n = (15) 0 0 ( ) 3 3 ( ) a a n с n a   = − (16) the parameter b was determined by means of the axial s-n curve σaτ(n) with torsional mean stress τm = 126 mpa 0a m = = , 2m mi = , ( )a a n = , 1 2 3 ( )a ai n= , 1 max 3 ( )h a n = (17) 2 2 ( ) ( ) 1 3 3 m a a b n n c a      =     − −        (18) s-n curves τa0(n) and σaτ(n) were plotted according to the experimental data from tab. 2 similarly to curve σa0(n) (see section 3.1, eq (9)). the advantage of this model is that it takes into account the beneficial effect of the mean compressive axial stresses and that the marin method does not predict. also, by using the σh max term in the multiaxial function (11), the mean stress effect in the axial direction is increased compared with the torsion case. it is worth notice that this method is quite complicated, compared to the marin method, and requires a great number of adjusting experiments (at least three s-n curves τa0(n), σa0(n) and σaτ(n)). extension of the sines method extension of the sines method to take into account the static torsional mean stress effect (sines+) he sines method [5] can be expressed through eqn. (19): t a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 157 2 1 0 0 1 a m i i a b +  (19) 1 11 22 33m m m mi   = + + (20) where i1m is the mean value of the first invariant of the stress tensor, a0 and b0 are the model parameters. in this article the eqn. (19) was modified similarly to the modified crossland method [31] to take into account the static torsional stress effect 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 a m m i i i a b c        + +          (21) where a1, b1 and с1 are the model parameters, which were determined as follows: the parameter a1 was determined by means of the axial s-n curve σa0(n) 0a m m  = = = , 2 0mi = , 1 0mi = , 0 ( )a a n = , 1 2 03 ( )a ai n= (22) 1 1 03 ( )aa n= (23) the parameter b1 was determined by means of the axial s-n curve σaτ(n) with torsional mean stress τm=126 mpa 2m mi = , 0a m = = , 1 0mi = , ( )a a n = , 1 2 3 ( )a ai n= (24) 1 2 1 ( ) 1 3 m a b n a    =   −    (25) the parameter с1 was determined by means of the torsional s-n curve τaσ(n) with tensile mean stress σm=202 mpa 0a m = = , 1 2 3m m i = , 1m mi = , ( )a a n = , 2 ( )a ai n= (26) 1 22 1 1 ( ) 1 3 m a m c n a b     =    − +        (27) s-n curve τaσ(n) were plotted according to the experimental data from tab. 2 similarly to curve σa0(n) (see section 3.1). this model has all the advantages and disadvantages of the previous modified crossland method. extension of the sines method to take into account different slopes of the s-n curves under tension-compression and torsion (sines++) in some cases, experiments show different slope of the s-n curves in tension-compression σa0(n) and torsion τa0(n) tests. it means that the ratio σa0(ni) / τa0(ni) will not be constant. the modified sines method (sines+) does not take a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 158 into account this effect because it predicts the constant ratio σa0(ni) / τa0(ni) = √3. therefore, the eqn. (21) was modified as follows: ( ) ( ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1a m m aa i b i c i d i+ + +  (28) 1 11 22 33a a a ai   = + + (29) the parameters of eqn. (28) are written in the numerator. it helps avoiding the division by zero (function jumps) at nk point, when σa0(nk) / τa0(nk) = √3. we think that such a formulation is more convenient for program implementation. the the model parameters a2, b2, с2 and d2 were determined as follows: the parameter a2 was determined by means of the torsional s-n curve τa0(n) 0a m m  = = = , 2 0mi = , 1 0mi = , 1 0ai = , 0 ( )a a n = , 2 0 ( )a ai n= (30) 2 01 ( )aa n= (31) the parameter d2 was determined by means of the axial s-n curve σa0(n) 2 0mi = , 0a m m  = = = , 1 0mi = , 0 ( )a a n = , 1 2 03 ( )a ai n= , 1 0 ( )a ai n= (32) 1 2 03 2 0 1 ( ) ( ) a a a n d n   − = (33) the parameter b2 was determined by means of the axial s-n curve σaτ(n) with torsional mean stress τm = 126 mpa 0a m = = , 2m mi = , 1 0mi = , ( )a a n = , 1 ( )a ai n= , 1 2 3 ( )a ai n= (34) ( ) ( ) 22 1 2 23 2 1 ( ) ( )a a m d n a n b     − − = (35) the parameter с2 was determined by means of the torsional s-n curve τaσ(n) with tensile mean stress σm = 202 mpa 0a m = = , 1 2 3m m i = , 1m mi = , 1 0ai = , ( )a a n = , 2 ( )a ai n= (36) ( ) ( ) 22 1 2 23 2 1 ( )a m m a n b c    − + = (37) thus, the approach presented above has all the advantages of the previous model and allows taking into account the different slopes of the fatigue curves under tension-compression and torsion, however, it requires even more experimental data (four s-n curves τa0(n), τaσ(n), σa0(n) and σaτ(n)). a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 159 the comparison of the methods given in the article n order to estimate the predictive ability of the models, we assume that the experimental data scatters are approximately the same in logarithmic coordinates with respect to the fatigue life n (that is, the variance of reproducibility are uniform throughout the factor space). in general, it does not contradict the available data. the increase of the fatigue life n leads to the increase of the experimental data scatter, however, in the logarithmic coordinates they remain the same. then one can use the following functional to assess the predictive ability of the models: ( ) 2 2 1 1 ф log n mi i i n n n = =  (38) where n is the experimental fatigue life, nm is the model’s fatigue life, n is the number of the experiments (62 specimens). tab. 3 shows the values of the functionals for different models. adjusting experiments are the experiments necessary to determine models parameters. fig. 2-5 present a comparison of the models with the experimental data. no. model adjusting experiments ф 1 marin the ultimate tensile strength σu; s-n curve σa0(n). 0.135 2 crossland+ s-n curves σa0(n), τa0(n), σaτ(n). 0.135 3 sines+ s-n curves σa0(n), τaσ(n), σaτ(n). 0.056 4 sines++ s-n curves σa0(n), τa0(n), σaτ(n), τaσ(n). 0.025 table 3: the comparison of the models based on ф functional. figure 2: dependences of fatigue life n of 2024 alloy under cyclic tension-compression with the amplitude σа = 0.5·σy versus the torsional mean stresses τm plotted by means of the multiaxial fatigue models (marin, crossland+, sines+, sines++). based on fig. 2-5 one may notice that the modified methods of sines and crossland predict the same result (the curves coincide). an increase of the mean stress in torsion direction virtually does not affect fatigue strength under the amplitude σа = 0.61·σy (fig 3) unlike the amplitude σа = 0.5·σy (fig 2). it is also clear from tab. 3 and fig. 2-5 that model no. 4 (sines++) is the most accurate. finally, one should mention that the number of the experiments carried out with the same loading parameters were not enough to explicitly judge about the model adequacy. it is necessary to increase the amount of the statistical data. i a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 160 figure 3: dependences of fatigue life n of 2024 alloy under under cyclic tension-compression with the amplitude σа = 0.61·σy versus the torsional mean stresses τm plotted by means of the multiaxial fatigue models (marin, crossland+, sines+, sines++). figure 4: dependences of fatigue life n of 2024 alloy under cyclic torsion with the amplitude τа = 0.7·τy versus the tensile mean stresses σm plotted by means of the multiaxial fatigue models (marin, crossland+, sines+, sines++). figure 5: dependences of fatigue life n of 2024 alloy under cyclic torsion with the amplitude τа = 0.75·τy versus the tensile mean stresses σm plotted by means of the multiaxial fatigue models (marin, crossland+, sines+, sines++). a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 161 conclusions ased on the analysis of the available experimental data the performed work made it possible to reveal the influence of the constant static stresses on the fatigue life of 2024 aluminum alloy during the tension with torsion experiments of the hourglass specimens. at the same time, the implemented values of the constant static stresses did not exceed the corresponding values of the conventional yield strength of the material in question. some methods of the multiaxial fatigue available in the scientific literature are analyzed; they allow to take into account the patterns of the fatigue behavior noted above. the two modifications of sines multiaxial fatigue model (sines+ and sines++) are proposed. according to the comparison results of marin method and the modified crossland+, sines+ and sines++ methods, the latter (sines++) describes the experimental data in the most accurate way. the obtained results may be used for strength computations with regard to setting the admissible limits of the constant static stresses occurring in constructions that will not reduce durability of products operated under cyclic loading. acknowledgements he work was carried out in perm national research polytechnic university with the financial support of the russian foundation for basic research (grants 19-01-00555 a and 16-01-00239 a). the experimental studies were conducted within the state assignment of the ministry of education and science of the russian federation (9.7529.2017/9.10). nomenclature e modulus of elasticity g shear modulus σy tensile yield strength (0.2%) σm tensile mean stress σa normal stress amplitude σu ultimate tensile strength σ-1 fully reversed axial fatigue limit σa0(n) axial s-n curve (rσ = -1) σaτ(n) axial s-n curve with torsional mean stress (τm = 126 mpa) τy torsional yield strength (0.3%) τm torsional mean stress τa shear stress amplitude τa0(n) torsional s-n curve (rτ = -1) τaσ(n) torsional s-n curve with tensile mean stress (σm = 202 mpa) rσ axial stress ratio, rσ = σmin / σmax rτ shear stress ratio, rτ = τmin / τmax n fatigue life (number of cycles to failure) i2 second invariant of the stress deviator tensor i1 first invariant of the stress tensor σh hydrostatic stress references [1] serensen, s.v. (1985). fatigue of materials and structural elements, kiev, naukova dumka. [2] troshhenko, v.t. and sosnovskij, l.a. (1987). fatigue resistance of metals and alloys, kiev, naukova dumka. [3] terent`ev, v.f. and korableva, s.a. (2015) metal fatigue, moscow, nauka. [4] matvienko, yu.g. (2006). models and criteria for fracture mechanics, moscow, fizmatlit. b t a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 162 [5] sines, g. (1955). failure of materials under combined repeated stresses with superimposed static stress, washington, national advisory committee for aeronautics (n.a.c.a). [6] hor, a., saintier, n., camille, r., palin-luc t. and morel, f. (2014) statistical assessment of multiaxial hcf criteria at the grain scale, int. j. fatigue, 67, pp. 151-158. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.01.024. [7] saintier, n., palin-luc, t., benabes, j. and cocheteux, f. (2013) non-local energy based fatigue life calculation method under multiaxial variable amplitude loadings, int. j. fatigue, 54, pp. 68-83. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.12.013. [8] kluger, k. and lagoda, t. (2014). new energy model for fatigue life determination under multiaxial loading with different mean values, int. j. fatigue, 66, pp. 229-245. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.04.008. [9] susmel, l. (2014). four stress analysis strategies to use the modified wohler curve method to perform the fatigue assessment of weldments subjected to constant and variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue, 67, pp. 38-54. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.12.001. [10] anes, v., reis, l., li, b., fonte, m. and de freitas, m. (2014). new approach for analysis of complex multiaxial loading paths, int. j. fatigue, 62, pp. 21-33. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.05.004. [11] reis, l., li, b. and de freitas, m. (2009). crack initiation and growth path under multiaxial fatigue loading in structural steels, int. j. fatigue, 31, pp. 1660-1668. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2009.01.013. [12] golub, v.p. (2014). to solving problems of fatigue under biaxial combined loading based on classical fracture criteria, vestnik dvigatelestroeniya, 2, pp.139-146. [13] burago, n.g., zhuravlev, a.b. and nikitin, i.s. (2011). models of multiaxial fatigue fracture and service life estimation of structural elements, mech. of solids, 6, pp. 828-838. doi: 10.3103/s0025654411060033. [14] burago, n.g., zhuravlev, a.b. and nikitin, i.s. (2013). very-high-cycle fatigue facture of titanium compressor disks. pnrpu mech. bull., 1, pp.52-67. [15] shanyavskiy, a.a. (2018). equivalent uniaxial cyclic tensile stress as an energy characteristic of metal fatigue under multiparameter loading. phys. mesomech., 21(6), pp. 483-491. doi: 10.1134/s1029959918060024. [16] anes, v., reis, l. and de freitas, m. (2015). asynchronous multiaxial fatigue damage evaluation. proc. engineering, 101, pp. 421-429. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.02.051. [17] anes, v., reis, l. and de freitas, m. (2015). multiaxial fatigue damage accumulation under variable amplitude loading conditions. proc. engineering, 101, pp. 117-125. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.02.016. [18] marciniak, z., rozumek, d. and macha, e. (2008). fatigue lives of 18g2a and 10hnap steels under variable amplitude and random non-proportional bending with torsion loading, int. j. fatigue, 30(5), pp. 800-813. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.07.001. [19] shamsei, n., gladskyi, m., panasovskyi, k., shukaev, s. and fatemi, a. (2010). multiaxial fatigue of titanium including step loading and load path alteration and sequence effects, int. j. fatigue, 32(11), pp. 1862-1874. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2010.05.006. [20] xia, t. and yao, w. (2013). comparative research on the accumulative damage rules under multiaxial block loading spectrum for 2024-t4 aluminum alloy, int. j. fatigue, 48, pp. 257-265. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.11.004. [21] sonsino, c.m., kueppers, m., eibl, m. and zhang, g. (2006). fatigue strength of laser beam welded thin steel structures under multiaxial loading, int. j. fatigue, 28(5-6), pp. 657-662. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.09.013. [22] susmel, l. and askes, h. (2012). modified wohler curve method and multiaxial fatigue assessment of thin welded joints, int. j. fatigue, 43, pp. 30-42. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.01.026. [23] li, j., zhang, z., sun, q. and li, c. (2011). multiaxial fatigue life prediction for various metallic materials based on the critical plane approach, int. j. fatigue, 33(2), pp. 90-101. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2010.07.003. [24] gates, n. and fatemi, a. (2014). notched fatigue behavior and stress analysis under multiaxial states of stress, int. j. fatigue, 67, pp. 2-14. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.01.014. [25] gerber, h. (1874). bestimmung der zulassigen spannungen in eisenkonstructionen. z. bayerischen architeckten ingenieur-vereins, 6, pp. 101-110. [26] goodman, j. (1899). mechanics applied to engineering, london, uk, longmans green. [27] morrow, j. (1968). fatigue properties of metals, section 3.2, in fatigue design handbook, pub. no. ae-4, pa, usa, sae: warrendale. [28] smith, j.o. (1942). the effect of range of stress on the fatigue strength of metals, university of illinois engineering experiment station, bulletin series, 334. [29] oding, i.a. (1935). prochnost' metallov: metallovedenie [metal strength: metallurgy], l., onti nktp. a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 151-163; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12 163 [30] birger, i.a. (1979). raschet na prochnost' detalej mashin: spravochnik [calculation of the strength of machine parts], m., mashinostroenie. [31] pallarés-santasmartas, l., albizuri, j., avilés, a., saintier, n. and merzeau, j. (2018). influence of mean shear stress on the torsional fatigue behaviour of 34crnimo6 steel, int. j. fatigue, 113, pp. 54-68. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.04.008. [32] pallarés-santasmartas, l.; albizuri, j.; avilés, a. and avilés, r. (2018). mean stress effect on the axial fatigue strength of din 34crnimo6 quenched and tempered steel, metals, 8(213). doi: 10.3390/met8040213. [33] mayer, h., schuller, r., karr, u., irrasch, d., fitzka, m., hahn, m. and bacher-höchst, m. (2015). cyclic torsion very high cycle fatigue of vdsicr spring steel at different load ratios, int. j. fatigue, 8, pp. 322-327. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.10.007. [34] tovo, r., lazzarin, p., berto, f., cova, m. and maggiolini, e. (2014). experimental investigation of the multiaxial fatigue strength of ductile cast iron, theor. appl. fract. mech., 73, pp. 60-67. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.07.003. [35] mayer, h., schuller, r., karr, u., fitzka, m., irrasch, d., hahn, m. and bacher-höchst, m. (2016). mean stress sensitivity and crack initiation mechanisms of spring steel for torsional and axial vhcf loading, int. j. fatigue, 93, pp. 309-317. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.04.017. [36] bennebach, m. and palin-luc, t. (2015). effect of static and intermittent shear stress on the fatigue strength of notched components under combined rotating bending and torsion, proc. engineering, 133, pp. 107-114. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.12.635. [37] bennebach, m., palin-luc, t. and messager, a. (2018). effect of mean shear stress on the fatigue strength of notched components under multiaxial stress state. proc. engineering, 213, pp. 25-35. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2018.02.004. [38] mocilnik, v., gubeljak, n. and predan, j. (2017). the influence of a static constant normal stress level on the fatigue resistance of high strength spring steeltheor. appl. fract. mech., 91, pp. 139-147. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2017.06.002. [39] papuga, j., halama, r. (2018). mean stress effect in multiaxial fatigue limit criteria. arch. appl. mech., pp. 1-12. doi: 10.1007/s00419-018-1421-7. [40] wildemann, v.e., tretyakov, m.p., staroverov, o.a. and yankin, a.s. (2018). influence of the biaxial loading regimes on fatigue life of 2024 aluminum alloy and 40crmnmo steel, pnrpu mech. bull., 4, pp. 169-177. doi: 10.15593/perm.mech/2018.4.16. [41] crossland, b. (1956). effect of large hydrostatic pressures on the torsional fatigue strength of an alloy steel, proc. int. conf. fatigue of metals, london, pp. 138-149. [42] marin, j. (1956). interpretation of fatigue strengths for combined stresses, pp.184-195. microsoft word numero 25 art 18 j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 124-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.18 124 special issue: characterization of crack tip stress field plastic zone evolution near a crack tip and its role in environmentally assisted cracking jesús toribio, viktor kharin university of salamanca, spain abstract. this paper analyzes the effects of crack tip plastic strains and compressive residual stresses, created by fatigue pre-cracking, on environmentally assisted cracking of pearlitic steel subjected to localized anodic dissolution and hydrogen assisted fracture. in both situations, cyclic crack tip plasticity improves the behavior of the steel. in the respective cases, the effects are supposed to be due to accelerated local anodic dissolution of the cyclic plastic zone (producing chemical crack blunting) or to the delay of hydrogen entry into the metal caused by residual compressive stresses, thus increasing the fracture load in aggressive environment. keywords. plastic zone; near-tip stress-strain fields; environmentally assisted cracking. introduction nvironmentally assisted cracking (eac) of metals is usually evaluated by testing of pre-cracked specimens prepared by fatigue (cyclic) loading in laboratory air that produces a redistribution of stresses and strains as a consequence of cyclic plastic deformations. compressive residual stresses generated at fatigue load release, together with plastic strains, affect the stress corrosion behavior of materials [1]. this paper deals with the mechanical effects of pre-loading on the posterior eac in a pearlitic high-strength steel wire used for prestressed concrete structures. the rising load eac experiments are considered in combination with numerical modeling of the elastoplastic stress-strain field near the crack tip subjected to fatigue pre-cracking and subsequent monotonic loading during eac tests. experimental ac experiments were performed with a series of kmax/kic= 0.28, 0.45, 0.60 and 0.80, where kic is the fracture toughness of the material and kmax the maximum stress intensity factor during fatigue precracking. the experiments were rising load tests of pre-cracked specimens in aqueous solution under anodic and cathodic potentials to evaluate the two main mechanisms of eac [2]: localized anodic dissolution (lad) under the anodic regime and hydrogen assisted cracking (hac) under the cathodic regime. the full experimental details are described elsewhere [1]. the tested high-strength steel has the properties given in tab. 1. for the two regimes of environmental cracking (hac and lad), fig. 1 plots the failure load during the eac test (evaluated through the ratio of the failure load in aggressive environment feac to the failure load in air fc) as a function of the severity of the fatigue precracking regime (expressed in dimensionless terms as the maximum stress intensity factor during fatigue precracking kmax divided by the fracture toughness of the material kic). for both lad and hac, heavier pre-cracking is beneficial for the eac resistance of the steel. this may be attributed to the cyclic plastic zones and compressive stresses near the crack tip due to fatigue. the e e http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.18&auth=true j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 124-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.18 125 higher the cyclic load level, the stronger the pre-straining/stressing effect which delays environmental damage (metal dissolution in lad or hydrogen entry in hac) and improves material performance in a hostile environment. young modulus e [gpa] tensile yield strength y [mpa] toughness kic [mpam] ramberg-osgood curve = /e+(/p)n (i) p<1.07 (ii) p1.07 pi (mpa) ni pii (mpa) nii 195 725 53 2120 5.8 2160 17 table 1: mechanical properties of the steel. figure 1: failure load during the eac test as a function of the severity of the fatigue precraking regime. fractographic analysis of the samples after hac tests revealed the existence of a particular microscopic fracture mode (fig. 2a) which is a signal of hydrogen assisted microdamage [3] in pearlitic steels as those used in the present work: the so called tearing topography surface (tts) between the fatigue pre-crack and the final cleavage fracture. measured tts depth xtts also depends on the pre-cracking regime, as plotted in fig. 2b. again this may be attributed to the cyclic plastic zones and compressive stresses near the crack tip due to fatigue. (a) (b) figure 2: (a) fractographic appearance of the tearing topography surface (tts), (b) depth of the tts zone in the hac tests (cathodic regime of eac) as a function of the severity of the fatigue precraking regime (kmax/kic). modelling of crack tip mechanics o ascertain the effects of pre-cracking on eac, the evolutions of mechanical variables associated with eac are desired. in previous analyses [4] the rice model [5] was applied. in this paper, a high-resolution numerical modelling of the crack tip stresses and strains during fatigue pre-cracking and rising load eac test was performed t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.18&auth=true j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 124-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.18 126 for an elastoplastic material with von mises yield surface and ramberg-osgood strain-hardening rule. mixed isotropickinematic hardening was used to capture bauschinger-type effects. model parameters corresponded to the steel used in the experiments (tab. 1). finite deformation analysis of a plane strain crack under mode i (opening) load was confined to small scale yielding, so that the stress intensity factor k is the only variable governing the near tip mechanics [6]. the initial crack was modeled as a parallel-sided round-tip slit with initial height b0 = 5 m in agreement with data for fatigue cracks in steels [7]. simulated loading histories consisted of several zero-to-tension cycles with kmax/kic= 0.45, 0.60 and 0.80, followed by rising load representing the eac tests. an updated lagrangian formulation was used in the computations. plastic zones developed fairly self-similar with a scaling factor of (k/y)2, which is natural for the k-dominated crack-tip domain and coincides with the prediction by rice [5]. at loading up to the first load reversal at kmax, the monotonic plastic zone is defined by the equivalent von mises stress eq = y (fig. 1, left) where y is the tensile yield stress. because of strain hardening, after load reversal the y-stress based yield criterion must not indicate further where plastic flow really proceeds. the cyclic plastic zones are defined then by positive equivalent plastic strain rate, eqp > 0 (fig. 1, right). they are approximately the same at cyclic load minima (reversed zones at kmin = 0) and maxima (forward zones at kmax), smaller than the monotonic zone and quite stable with the cycle number. x y z 1 y xz 1 figure 3: monotonic (left) and cyclic (right) plastic zones at k = kmax for kmax/kic = 0.6 (the grid spacing is 50 m). at rising load, plastic flow starts at k = 0.2kmax after elastic reloading and develops identically as the cyclic zone does up to attaining the pre-cracking level of k = kmax, when it bursts and advances as the monotonic plastic zone does. the near tip stress distributions differ substantially from estimation given by rice [5]. they stabilize after few first cycles as soon as a steady state of alternating plastic flow is approached. fig. 4 shows the evolution of the hydrostatic stress in the crack plane beyond the tip,  = (x), where x is the distance to the crack tip in the deformed configuration of a solid, during monotonic loading in the eac test after pre-cracking. this stress component is focused since it is determinant for hac controlled by stress-assisted hydrogen diffusion driven by the gradient  towards maximum stress locations [8, 9]. figure 4: hydrostatic stress distributions beyond the crack tip during monotonic loading at eac test after fatigue pre-cracking at kmax/kic = 0.45 (dashed lines) and 0.80 (solid lines). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.18&auth=true j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 124-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.18 127 discussion o analyze the results of the eac tests on the basis of crack tip mechanics, the critical stress intensity factor for eac to proceed kqeac is evaluated from the experimental failure loads (fig. 1) as kqeac= (feac/fc) kic (air). for lad-controlled fracture, fatigue pre-cracking may cause a strong protective effect characterized by the fracture loads ratio feac/fc (fig. 1). considering mechanical factors of eac, the normal stresses at the crack tip surface (at x = 0) and the crack tip plastic strains may influence lad processes [2]. evolutions of the crack tip mean normal stress (x = 0) during eac after different pre-cracking regimes (fig. 5a) are practically insensitive to the cyclic load level kmax. stresses in the interior at x > 0 must be irrelevant for lad since it is a surface dissolution reaction. therefore, no difference should be expected for lad from the residual stresses produced at different k. toughening effect of the pre-cracking on lad-driven eac may be associated with accelerated dissolution of the cyclic plastic zone due to the inherently higher chemical activity of its damaged crystalline structure [2]. due to cyclic damage accumulation not only ahead of the tip but also aside of the main crack path (fig. 3), lateral strain-enhanced dissolution may allow chemical crack blunting to compete with dissolution-induced crack extension. then, fracture load must increase together with the lad-driven crack blunting. the lad process may be supposed to involve a domain with a cumulative plastic strain above a certain level. this region must be proportional to the zone of accumulated cyclic plastic strain xy, or probably to the active plastic size xapz. fig. 5b displays this correspondence according to the eac tests and numerical data about plastic zones. figure 5: mechanical factors of the crack growth by lad: (a) evolutions of the crack tip hydrostatic stress  during eac test after fatigue pre-cracking at kmax/kic = 0.45 (dashed line) and 0.80 (solid line); (b) sizes of the plastic zones associated with eac tests: the terminal active plastic zone during the lad test (xapz at kqeac) which surpasses the cyclic and the monotonic plastic zones created during fatigue pre-cracking of the specimens, xy (kmax) and xy (kmax) respectively. for hac-controlled fracture, hydrogen transport to prospective rupture sites ahead of the crack tip may be supplied by two different mechanisms [8,9]: (i) sweeping by moving dislocations within the active plastic zone during load rise; (ii) diffusion in metal driven by hydrostatic stress gradient towards the maximum tensile stress locations. with regard to the first, hydrogenation and hydrogen damage area must be about as extensive as the active plastic zone. however, experimental data on the tts width xtts as an indicator of hydrogen damage (fig. 2) do not agree with calculated plasticity extent xapz after different pre-cracking regimes (fig. 6a). although tts overpassing the plastic zone size at lower kmax levels in fig. 6a may be attributed to the subcritical crack growth and plastic (damage) zone displacement next to the crack tip, it cannot be at kmax = 0.8kic when xtts << xapz even for stationary crack. this fact indicates that dislocational transport of hydrogen to rupture sites must not be the responsible for hac in this case. considering stress-assisted diffusion, the near tip distributions of the hydrostatic stress (x) displayed in fig. 4 indicate that, during the rising load eac tests, initially compressive stresses (x) < 0 and accompanying negative gradients d/dx < 0 induced by fatigue pre-cracking delay hydrogen penetration towards rupture sites, and this effect is more pronounced for the heaviest fatigue regimes (i.e., with the highest kmax). this is supported by comparison of the evolutions of the average value of the stress gradient <> over the range 0 < x < x+(kqeac) (fig. 6b) which delays hydrogen transportation into the metal as far as the respective component of the diffusion flux is j proportional to  [8,9]. this scale of averaging x+(kqeac) corresponds to the maximum tensile stress position and possible location of the stresst http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.18&auth=true j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 124-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.18 128 controlled microfracture at hydrogen induced failure in experiments. for the precracking regimes compared in fig. 6, this distance is fairly the same x+(kqeac) = 8 m, so that it may be supposed to be a characteristic microstructural scale for hac. therefore, the heaviest fatigue pre-cracking regimes delay the hydrogen accumulation, and thus the progress of hydrogen degradation in the course of a rising load eac test. figure 6: mechanical factors of the crack growth by hac: (a) comparison of the tts extension and the plastic zones associated with hac tests: at lower kmax-levels, the terminal active plastic zone (open square points) at the end of the hac test (xapz at kqeac) surpasses the cyclic and the monotonic plastic zones created during fatigue precracking (triangles), xy(kmax) and xy (kmax) respectively; (b) evolutions of the average value of the hydrostatic stress gradient during hac tests after fatigue pre-cracking at kmax/kic = 0.45 (dashed line) and 0.80 (solid line). conclusions nvironmentally assisted cracking (eac) of high-strength steel is clearly influenced by fatigue pre-cracking, since cyclic loading affects plastic strains and creates compressive residual stresses in the vicinity of the crack tip. cyclic accumulation of plastic strain and compressive residual stresses improve the eac behavior through increase of the failure load in aggressive environment either by: (i) chemical blunting of the crack tip enhanced by accumulated plastic strain in the near-tip area in the case of eac in the anodic regime of localized anodic dissolution (lad) (ii) delay of hydrogen supply to the fracture process zone near the crack tip by stress-assisted diffusion in the case of eac in the cathodic regime of hydrogen assisted cracking (hac). acknowledgements he authors wish to acknowledge the financial support provided by the following spanish institutions: ministry for science and technology (mcyt; grant mat2002-01831), ministry for education and science (mec; grant bia2005-08965), ministry for science and innovation (micinn; grants bia2008-06810, and bia2011-27870) and junta de castilla y león (jcyl; grants sa067a05, sa111a07, and sa039a08). references [1] toribio, j., lancha, a.m., overload retardation effects on stress corrosion behaviour of prestressing steel, constr. building mater., 10 (1996) 501-505. [2] ford, f.p., stress corrosion cracking of iron-base alloys in aqueous environments, in: c.l. briant, s.k. banerji (eds.), treatise on materials science and technology, embrittlement of engineering alloys, academic press, new york, 25 (1983) 235-274. [3] toribio, j., lancha, a.m., elices, m., characteristics of the new tearing topography surface, scripta metall. mater., 25 (1991) 2239-2244. e t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.18&auth=true j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 124-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.18 129 [4] toribio, j., lancha, a.m., effect of cold drawing on susceptibility to hydrogen embrittlement of prestressing steel, mater. struct., 26 (1993) 30-37. [5] rice, j.r., mechanics of crack tip deformation and extension by fatigue, in: fatigue crack propagation, astm stp 41, american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, (1967) 247-309. [6] kanninen, m.f., popelar, c.h., advanced fracture mechanics, oxford university press, new york, (1985). [7] handerhan, k.j., garrison, w.m., jr., a study of crack tip blunting and the influence of blunting behavior on the fracture toughness of ultra high strength steels, acta metall. mater., 40 (1992) 1337-1355. [8] van leeuwen, h.-p., the kinetics of hydrogen embrittlement: a quantitative diffusion model, engng. fract. mech., 6 (1974) 141-161. [9] toribio, j., kharin, v., k-dominance condition in hydrogen assisted cracking: the role of the far field, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 20 (1997) 729-745. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.18&auth=true microsoft word numero_61_art_32_3573.docx t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 487 natural frequency based delamination estimation in gfrp beams using rsm and ann t. g. sreekanth, m. senthilkumar, s. manikanta reddy department of production engineering, psg college of technology, coimbatore-641004, tamilnadu, india. sreekanthtg007@gmail.com, stg.prod@psgtech.ac.in, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3848-7419 msk.prod@psgtech.ac.in, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3720-0941 manikantaslv@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3643-6052 abstract. the importance of delamination detection can be understood from aircraft components like vertical stabilizer, which is subjected to heavy vibration during the flight movement and it may lead to delamination and finally even flight crash can happen because of that. any solid structure's vibration behaviour discloses specific dynamic characteristics and property parameters of that structure. this research investigates the detection of delamination in composites using a method based on vibration signals. the composite material's flexural stiffness and strength are reduced as a result of delaminations, and vibration properties such as natural frequency responses are altered. in inverse problems involving vibration response, the response signals such as natural frequencies are utilized to find the location and magnitude of delaminations. for different delaminated beams with varying position and size, inverse approaches such as response surface methodology (rsm) and artificial neural network (ann) are utilized to address the inverse problem, which aids in the prediction of delamination size and location. keywords. natural frequency; delaminations; gfrp; ann; rsm. citation: sreekanth, t. g. , senthilkumar, m., reddy, s. m., natural frequency based delamination estimation in gfrp beams using rsm and ann, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495. received: 30.04.2022 accepted: 16.06.2022 online first: 17.06.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction omposites are replacing traditional metals in a variety of applications, including aerospace, automotive, and marine structures, due to their high particular strength, corrosion opposition, specific stiffness, and fatigue qualities. laminated fibre reinforced polymers (frps) are one of the most popular composite configurations, and it is relatively easier to tune their properties in different orientations. however, matrix cracking, ply/fibre breaking, delaminations, and other failure modes can occur in such composites in its service period. these failures mostly occur because of static overloading, impact and fatigue loads, design/manufacturing errors, etc. delamination, also known as interlaminar damage, is the separating of the laminate plies and is one of the most serious flaws in composites as it can quickly spread across the entire laminate when subjected to repetitive loads, resulting in c https://youtu.be/bltrdfmywx4 t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 488 costly and devastating failures if not noticed. for example, a vertical stabilizer is a structure composed of composites that is designed to avoid aerodynamic side slip and offer directional steadiness in aircraft and cars. it may be subjected to heavy vibration during the flight movement and it may lead to delamination between different layers and even finally tends to flight crash. in such cases if there is a system developed to predict magnitude of delamination may help us to save human lives and cost. visual inspection, thermography, radiography, ultrasonic testing, and other nondestructive testing (ndt) and structural health monitoring (shm) methods such as acoustic emission technique, vibration-based processes, fibre bragg grating, and others are the delaminations review techniques currently used in practice [1]. most of these approaches involve either transporting the composite structure to the test centre or transporting major testing equipment to the structure site to conduct the test [2]. researchers have recently concentrate their research on creating structural health monitoring (shm) approaches that may detect damages in situ, with vibration-based techniques being one example [3,4]. damages like delaminations diminish the stiffness of composite structures and create local flexibility in the damaged area, changing the dynamic performance of the composite structure. as a result of the change in natural frequencies, mode shapes, frequency response functions, impulsive reaction, and so on, vibration study can be a useful technique for estimating delaminations [5,6]. the existence of damages such as delaminations can be easily recognized by monitoring changes in natural frequencies but determining the location and size of these delaminations is not possible straightforward. but by solving the inverse problem using artificial intelligence tools, location and size of these delaminations can be evaluated [7,8]. methods based on changes in natural frequencies will come under either of the forward problem or the inverse problem. determining the natural frequency changes due to known damage cases is performed during the forward problem and assessment of damage from natural frequencies variation is achieved during the inverse problem [9]. based on this literature review, it was found that relatively little work has been done in the area of composite health monitoring utilising ai techniques. many study works on homogeneous materials can be found internationally, and some researchers are now attempting to use this as a preliminary step for their composite materials research. as a result, it is clear that there is enough room for research into the health monitoring of composites using ai technologies. vibration based monitoring of composites structure health by observing natural frequencies variations of the structures is the research work performed in this work. glass fiber reinforced polymer composite (gfrp) is considered for this study as it is widely used in aircraft and automotive components like stabilizers. vertical stabilizer part will be subjected to heavy vibration during the flight movement and it may lead to delamination in the material. delamination in these like structures may spread quickly throughout the structure when acted upon by fatigue loading which may leads to costly and disastrous failures when not detected priory. the objective of this research is to estimate severity/size and location of these delaminations accurately so that loses due to failures can be avoided. to establish a relationship between input elements and output responses, an inverse technique is used. damage detection based on vibration is an inverse problem for which causes are effectively deduced from effects. damage detection is basically the inverse problem's solution. this problem is separated into two phases for this purpose. following the validation of the experimental results, the initial phase entails training the neural networks, for which a dataset consisting of the first five natural frequencies for various delamination scenarios is constructed using finite element (fe) modeling. in the second step, ann and rsm are used to solve the inverse problem (rsm). experimentation frp beams with and exclusive of delaminations were made to validate the fe model findings. composites investigated in this study are composed of bidirectional woven e-glass fibers. epoxy resin was used as resin because of its high mechanical strength. for curing reasons, a 1:10 ratio of epoxy hardener was applied to the epoxy resin and curing was done in room temperature for a period of 48 hours. the first layer is placed on the plastic sheet, and the mixed resin is carefully applied with a brush over the face of the first layer. the second layer is then piled on top of the first layer, and is pressed with rollers ensuring uniform thickness throughout the area. the procedure is repeated for the remaining layers. the astm d3039 is the standard used to fix the dimensions of the beam as it is the standard used to obtain the mechanical properties of composite. the 16-layer [0/45/90/-45]2s composite beam employed in the experimental and numerical vibration study has a final dimension of 250×25×4 mm. hand layup technique was used for fabrication of plates which were later cut into beams, and delaminations in the beams were created using teflon tapes of 0.09 mm thickness as shown in fig. 1. for experimental validation of numerical results, delaminations were made on beams at four random axial locations and layers with different areas in each location as shown in tab. 1. fig. 2 shows the delamination g t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 489 of specimen 2 alone for better comprehension. width of the delamination was same for all the beams and length of the delaminations is varied to get different sizes of delaminations. figure 1: fabrication of composite figure 2: delamination in specimen 2. specimen delamination size (mm2) layer of delamination position of delamination from the fixed end (‘x’, mm) 1 0 nil nil 2 200 8 60 3 400 11 120 4 500 14 220 table 1: delamination size and location vibration testing setup consists of data acquisition system which converts the analog wave forms into digital values for processing, impact hammer, tri-axial accelerometer with 5 mv/g and labview software installed in the personal computer as shown in fig. 3. finally the series of impact force was given in the beam by using the impact hammer. the software gives the graph of amplitude (y axis) vs frequency (x axis). the objective of the testing’s were to obtain first five natural frequencies for each of the specimen. two beams with the specimen dimensions were made for the experiments and each beam is clamped to act as a cantilever beam. three trials of experiments were performed on both beam cases and the average values of each of the first five natural frequencies were obtained for comparing with numerical results. t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 490 figure 3: experimental setup. finite element analysis nsys software was used to construct a fe model of the 3d cantilever composite beams with and exclusive of damages, as illustrated in fig. 4. there are sixteen layers in the [0/45/90/-45]2s laminate used in this beam type. the material property of the composite beam is determined using the rule of mixture. poisson's ratio (v13, v23 = 0.29, v12 =0.25, young's modulus (e1, e2 = 42.1 gpa, e3= 19 gpa), shear modulus (g13, g23 = 2.4 gpa, g12= 1.6 gpa), and density 1764 kg/m3. the layered solid 185 element was utilized to model the beams. only one element was examined for each layer along the thickness. to establish a balance among computational time and model bound accuracy, a mesh sensitivity analysis was performed to determine the ideal number of elements. it was observed that when the number of elements increases, the accuracy was improved but on the other hand computational time increased largely. modal validation was done by comparing the results from experimental analysis. figure 4: delamination creation in ansys. natural frequencies for each of the specimen cases were obtained using fea. percentage errors of natural frequencies for each of the specimens were calculated. the first five frequencies were compared to the experimental results for undamaged and delaminated composite beam. it was observed that the fe model was able to predict the first five natural frequencies with just an error of less than 8%, showing that fe modeling is sufficient for constructing the dataset rather than the labor-intensive, time-consuming, and pricey experimental method. the main reason for deviations in results may be because of manufacturing difficulties in achieving uniform thickness of layers and errors occurred in noting natural frequencies experimentally. database for training the inverse algorithm database of variations in natural frequencies owing to delaminations is needed for training the inverse algorithm. due to the lack of a well-defined analytical equation for vibration of the delaminated composite beams and the high expense of conducting experiments, the appropriate database is generated using a finite element tool and a a t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 491 validated using experimental data. ansys was used to simulate a big number of composite beams with various sizes and positions of delaminations. the database size required to train ann is important for accurately determining delaminations (location and severity). for this research, 200 delamination scenarios were numerically created by combining delaminations at eight distinct locations along the length, five layer interfaces, and five areas of delaminations. a sample of bending modes 3 and 5 for dataset x=220, layer-3 with delamination size of 250mm2 is shown in fig. 5 (a) and (b) respectively. figure 5 (a): bending mode 3, (b): bending mode 5, for delamination location at x=220, layer-3 with delamination size of 250mm2. the first five natural frequencies were acquired and utilised as input to artificial neural network for each delamination scenario, while delamination size and position were used as output. the ann received a total of 192 input–output datasets for training, with the remainder being utilized for validation. tab. 2 shows an example dataset for a position 30 mm from the fixed end of the beam with various delamination layers and areas, and similar data is generated for the other linear positions also. all these data indicates that the value of natural frequencies changes with location and areas of delaminations. as it is difficult to interpret this relation with human brain, utilizing ai tools is the solution here to relate relation between delaminations and natural frequency. t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 492 delamination location delamination area (mm2) bm1 (hz) bm2 (hz) bm3 (hz) bm4 (hz) bm5 (hz) x axis (mm) layer no. 30 3 250 25.41 159.7 207.91 447.12 874.2 30 3 500 25.32 159.52 207.28 446.9 872.5 30 3 750 25.28 159.87 206.5 444.2 868.64 30 3 1000 25.18 159.25 206.3 441.8 857.65 30 3 1250 25.01 156.8 205.4 435.6 857 30 6 25 25.51 159.65 207.7 445.91 870.85 30 6 50 25.46 158.8 206.97 441.23 857.22 30 6 75 25.41 157.6 206.35 431.29 835.84 30 6 100 25.33 153.9 205.7 417.57 818.26 30 6 125 25.24 149.62 205.3 404.93 807.08 30 8 25 25.548 159.77 207.94 446.4 873.58 30 8 50 25.533 158.9 207.34 442.59 869.54 30 8 75 25.492 156.69 206.8 435.27 866.48 30 8 100 25.427 153.09 206.39 427.88 867.81 30 8 125 25.317 148.32 206.03 422.8 861.22 30 11 25 25.517 159.77 207.94 446.62 873.87 30 11 50 25.484 159.16 207.32 444.01 871.19 30 11 75 25.44 157.69 206.82 438.98 868.76 30 11 100 25.372 155.21 206.36 433.38 866.92 30 11 125 25.286 151.88 206.01 429.08 852.71 30 14 25 25.391 159.73 207.92 447.24 874.35 30 14 50 25.254 159.57 207.28 446.58 872.32 30 14 75 25.132 159.24 206.76 444.96 868.71 30 14 100 25.025 158.66 206.32 441.91 810.61 30 14 125 25.932 157.73 205.97 432.65 852.7 table 2: dataset for delaminations located 30 mm away from the fixed end. inversion using artificial neural network o improve the model and test the hypothesis, inverse methods typically use both the original model of the structure (here, a delaminated beam) and observed data (natural frequencies). the artificial neural network (ann) is a strong interpolator that may be used to map functions and determine a relationship between input parameters and output responses. it's comparable to the brain's biological neural networks. artificial neurons, which receive and process impulses, are the heart of ann. ann was performed using matlab. ann is utilised here to predict the damage characteristics as neural networks are now being employed as universal function approximators for difficult problems. the ann size is critical since smaller networks cannot accurately represent the system, while bigger networks overtrain it. therefore, trial and error method is used to establish the network design. this is accomplished by t t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 493 repeatedly increasing the number of neurons and retraining the neural network. as shown in fig. 6, five input natural frequencies, three outputs (position, interface, and area), and one hidden layer with 13 neurons make up the ann. figure 6: neural network framed for delamination estimation. mean square error (mse) is used as a performance metric for anns, and training is performed employing gradient descent plus momentum and adaptive lr. mlp-based anns are trained using the back propagation neural network (bpnn) methodology. the linear regression analysis of the target (defect dimensions) and anticipated values is shown in fig. 7. for training, validating, testing, and all data, pearson's correlation coefficients (r-values) are 0.97, 0.99, 0.98, and 0.97, respectively. this suggests that the ann-based prediction model is reasonably accurate in predicting the experimental results. figure 7: regression analyses results of data predicted by the ann model inversion using response surface method sm is the development of analytical and statistical approaches utilized in the modeling and analysis of engineering issues in which the output of interest is driven by some input variables and the major purpose is to optimize this output response. rsm is a statistical approach for determining and solving multivariate equations concurrently r t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 494 using quantitative data from appropriate simulations or experiments. the least squares approach makes fitting response surfaces to data in a simpler way. because of their versatility and ease of use, rsm models are commonly used in polynomial approximation systems. the response surface model in the polynomial approximation approach is a polynomial of nth degree whose coefficients are obtained from a linear system of equations. the linear system is solved by minimizing the error between the predicted and actual values using least square minimization. rsm is used here to evaluatet the location and size of the delamination for the given change in frequency. rsm uses surface plots to identify the location and size of the delamination. the response surface plots indicate the variation in the frequency modes with respect to the layer number and the delamination size. for a given change in frequency of a particular mode, rsm is used to anticipate the location and extent of the delamination. rsm was performed using minitab. the location, size, and variation in frequency are all provided. the input factor is the frequency, and the responses are the matching location and size as it is an inverse problem. the rsm plots the location, size, and change in frequencies as a surface plot. the response surface plots indicates the variation in the frequency modes with respect to the layer number and the delamination size it is shown in fig. 8 for x=30mm layer 3. when the test frequency is specified, the data in the surface plot is fitted, and the corresponding range of position and size is displayed. figure 8: response surface plots for modes 3 and 4, for delamination location at x=30mm layer 3 comparison of ann and rsm results he location and size of delamination obtained from rsm is compared with the actual location and size of delamination given in finite element analysis as shown in tab. 3. delamination layer prediction was found to be accurate using both the technique. it is observed that the predicted results obtained from ann are comparatively more accurate than rsm. the rsm, on the other hand, quickly solves the inverse problem and provides an appropriate mathematical equation for forecasting delamination. in comparison to rsm, an ann is a better and more precise modelling method since it better reflects nonlinearities. conclusions his method uses natural frequencies in delamination structures to locate the damaged interface, as well as its size and position. the changes of frequency with various delamination location and size were obtained using experimentation and finite element techniques. the ann and rsm inversion techniques were compared and ann was found to be more accurate, but time consuming technique. the noteworthy delamination estimation results confirm the algorithms' and approach's robustness and accuracy. however, unlike rsm, which gives physical mathematical models that are simple to compute and analyse, one key drawback of ann is the output weights of the network are not easy to infer. the future scopes of this research is using the mode shapes, damping or combination of all these vibration parameters, instead of frequencies alone to detect delamination. t t t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 487-495; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 495 s.no actual [x, a] ann [x, a] rsm [x, a] %error (ann) %error (rsm) 1. (60,500) (59.36, 478.29) (65.93, 552.41) (-1.05, -4.34) (9.88, 10.48) 2. (90,750) (89.16, 717.11) (79.91, 780.32) (-0.92, -4.38) (-11.20, 4.04) 3. (120,750) (122.51, 771.12) (128.96, 767.40) (2.09, 2.81) (7.47, 2.32) 4. (150,1000) (152.23, 1001.31) (156.95, 1009.04) (1.49, 0.13) (4.63, 0.90) 5. (180,1250) (175.73, 1247.62) (184.43, 1254.34) (-2.36, -0.18) (2.46, 0.34) 6. (210,500) (207.52, 501.34) (208.48, 512.85) (-1.17, 0.26) (-0.72, 2.57) 7. (220,750) (210.13, 763.81) (227.37, 762.51) (-4.48, 1.84) (3.35, 1.66) table 3: comparison of actual and predicted delamination parameters using ann and rsm results references [1] senthilkumar, m., sreekanth, t.g. and reddy, s. m. (2020). nondestructive health monitoring techniques for composite materials: a review. polym polym compos 29, pp. 528-540. doi: 10.1177/0967391120921701. [2] tashkinov, m. a. (2017). modelling of fracture processes in laminate composite plates with embedded delaminations. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39, pp. 248-262. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.39.23. [3] sreekanth, t.g., senthilkumar, m. and reddy, s.m. (2021). vibration-based delamination evaluation in gfrp composite beams using ann. polym polym compos, 29, pp. 317-324. doi:10.1177/09673911211003399. [4] sreekanth, t.g., senthilkumar, m. and reddy, s.m. (2021). fatigue life evaluation of delaminated gfrp laminates using artificial neural networks. trans indian inst met, 74, pp. 1439–1445. doi:10.1007/s12666-021-02234-5. [5] kindova-petrova, d. (2014). vibration-based methods for detecting a crack in a simply supported beam, j. theor. appl. mech., 44, pp. 69–82. doi: 10.2478/jtam-2014-0023. [6] x.c. arno ult et al. (2016). short review: potential impact of delamination cracks on fracture toughness of structural materials. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35, pp. 509-522. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57. [7] imran, m., khan, r., badshah, s. (2019). investigating the effect of delamination size, stacking sequence and boundary conditions on the vibration properties of carbon fibre reinforced polymer composite, mater res, 22, pp. 1-7. doi: 10.1590/1980-5373-mr-2018-0478. [8] bilisik, k., demiryurek, o. (2011). analysis and tensile-tear properties of abraded denim fabrics depending on pattern relations using statistical and artificial neural network models. fibers polym, 12, pp. 422. doi:10.1007/s12221-011-0422-8. [9] montalvao, d., n.m.m. maia. & a.m.r. ribeiro. (2006). a review of vibration-based structural health monitoring with special emphasis on composite materials. shock vibr. dig., 38, pp. 295-324. [10] senthilkumar, m., manikanta reddy, s. & sreekanth, t.g. (2022). dynamic study and detection of edge crack in composite laminates using vibration parameters. trans indian inst met, 75, pp. 361–370. doi:10.1007/s12666-021-02419-y. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_30_2603 g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 354 focused on the research activities of the greek society of experimental mechanics of materials probabilistic geotechnical engineering analysis based on first order reliability method georgios belokas university of west attica, greece gbelokas@uniwa.gr, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2674-7877 abstract. limit equilibrium engineering analysis needs the incorporation of probabilistic approaches for the determination of soil strength statistical measures for deterministic and probabilistic analyses. for the commonly used mohr–coulomb strength model, the uncertainty and the characteristic values of cohesion (c) and angle of shearing resistance (φ) determination is not straightforward. this paper applies the first order reliability method (form) to estimate these values from the direct shear and the typical triaxial tests. the method is verified with test data. furthermore, the form is applied to the planar failure limit equilibrium problem to determine the statistical measures of the safety margin (sm) and safety factor (sf). it is observed that the critical slip surface for the best estimate of the mean (smm, sfm), for a 5% probability of exceedance (smp=5%, sfp=5%) and for the characteristic value (smk, sfk) do not coincide. it is interesting that the maximum probability of having a sm<0 or sf<1 does not correspond to the minimum best estimate of the sm or sf. form can be a very useful tool for complete probabilistic analyses. furthermore, probabilistic approaches applied to soil properties estimation can set a framework for the selection of their characteristic values for deterministic analyses. keywords. soil strength; geotechnical engineering; probabilistic approaches; reliability; characteristic values. citation: belokas, g., probabilistic geotechnical engineering analysis based on first order reliability method, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369. received: 16.02.2019 accepted: 22.05.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he limit equilibrium analysis for the design of geotechnical works requires the application of reliability theory principles for: a) the determination of soil properties in deterministic analyses and b) the uncertainty estimation of the safety margin (sm) or safety factor (sf) in probabilistic analyses. modern codes of practice (e.g. eurocode 7 – ec7) provide the alternative of both types of analysis, which may include one of the following methods: a) monte carlo, b) point estimate, and c) first order reliability. the application of first order reliability method (form) for geotechnical engineering limit states analyses (e.g. [1,2]), a method for the estimation of error propagation, has been commonly t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2603.mp4 g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 355 applied to the uncertainty estimation of the experimental results of laboratory tests (e.g. gum: 1995, see [3]) and can be applied directly wherever a closed form of analytical solution exists. under the framework of ec7, the reliability analysis (uncertainty calculation) for a limit equilibrium problem can be performed with respect to the safety margin (sm), which is expected to have a value of sm≥0.0 for a certain level of confidence. that requires the knowledge of the uncertainty of the parameters that affect the value of sm. these parameters normally include the value and the uncertainty of the external and internal loads (permanent and mobile) and of the strength constants, as well as the spatial variability and uncertainty of the model (see fig.1 based on kulhawy [4]). one of the most critical components on the overall sm uncertainty is the strength uncertainty both due to spatial variability and model uncertainty. on the other hand, a deterministic analysis requires the best estimate of the loading conditions and the materials properties, which correspond to a specific level of confidence. inherent soil  variability soil in situ or lab  measurement transformation  model estimated soil  property data scatter statistical  uncertainty measurement  error model  uncertainty sampling  disturbance figure 1: factors affecting the property uncertainty (based on kulhawy [4]). therefore, for the mohr – coulomb strength parameters, cohesion (c) and angle of shearing resistance (φ), which are used in limit state analysis, an estimation of their mean value and their corresponding variation (or uncertainty) is required. these measures may be calculated either by direct application of statistical methods (e.g. for the direct shear test) or by an error propagation method (e.g. form for the typical triaxial test). the present work explores on the application of the form for the statistical evaluation of the strength parameters and for the slope stability analytical solution of a wedge failure mechanism. issues with respect to the design and characteristic strength are also discussed, as well as the capability to apply the form into a general limit equilibrium slope stability problem. statistical measures of soil properties deterministic analysis requires the knowledge of the best estimates of its individual components, i.e. loading conditions and material properties, for a specific confidence level. these correspond to the characteristic values of actions (fk) and of soil parameters (xk) defined in ec7 (εν-1997-1). focusing on soil parameters, for any specific parameter, x, that affects the development of the limit state condition, its characteristic value χk is defined as a cautious estimate of the mean value, (i.e. of the best estimate) of the mean, χm (see εν-1997-1). the selection of this characteristic value has to be representative of the volume involved in the considered failure mechanism and it can depend on the type of the failure mechanism (e.g. local vs generalized failure). when the sample size, n, is large enough to apply statistical methods, the characteristic value corresponds to a worse value governing the occurrence of the soil parameter with a calculated probability not greater than 5% (it is 90% confidence interval, see εν-1997-1), which for a single variable model is given by eq.(1).  , ,1 /       k m d x k d x mx x k s x k v v s x (1) where k is the confidence level coefficient for a given probability distribution, sd,x is the sample standard deviation and v the variation coefficient. for a specific sample with unknown standard deviation, the sd,x is the corrected standard deviation, which is related to the corrected – unbiased sample variance (s2) according to eq.(2).    2 22 , 1 1 var( ) 1        n x d x i m i x s s x x n (2) a g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 356 the use of the corrected variance (sx2=var(x), eq.(2)) instead the uncorrected sample variance (σx2), implies that there is little confidence that σx2 is a close estimate of the population variance, σ2. had it been σx2σ2, the sample would closely follow a normal distribution, which is not the case in geotechnical engineering investigations as sample size is usually small, despite that population may follow a normal distribution. therefore, the direct use of the statistical methods may not be applicable, because they may lead to non-representative values for the soil mass (see [2]). in order to account for this difficulty on the statistical error, direct values (e.g. [2,5]) or semi-empirical methods (e.g. [5, 6]) have been proposed for the estimation of the variation coefficient v. the v coefficient can also be used to include other types of errors, such as the error uncertainty due to ground spatial variability, the measurement error and the transformation uncertainty of the empirical equations application ([6]). however, a good knowledge of the statistical background can provide a better understanding on the selection of the cautious estimate (see [5,7]), or even to apply bayesian statistical methods (e.g. [2,8]), not only in cases of a small sample but also of complex uncertainties. concerning the characteristic values used in deterministic analysis, due to the different types of uncertainties involved (e.g. inherent soil variability, sampling disturbance, fig.1), engineering judgement is also recommended for their selection (e.g. [9]). such judgement should evaluate the relative importance of the following uncertainties (see also [6]):  sampling quality (sampling type and sample condition).  the extent of the in-situ and laboratory investigation (the number and spatial distribution of samples and in-situ and laboratory tests).  the quality of the laboratory tests (accreditation and uncertainty of the laboratory measurements)  the spatial variability of the parameters and samples distribution with respect to the extent of the considered mechanism of geotechnical soil model. in addition, the following should also be taken into account: a) existing experience and data on similar soil units (including their uncertainty) and b) the failure mechanism with respect to the geotechnical profile (e.g. generalized vs local failure, short term vs long term conditions, small – large strains). for a single variable model (e.g. undrained strength, su) and a small sample size (n) of laboratory data with unknown standard deviation of the population (the usual case for geotechnical engineering) and assuming a normally distributed population, the resulting estimated distribution follows the student t-distribution. the estimated characteristic value (xk), which corresponds to a probability p(xk<μ)=1-p=1-α/2 (i.e. in a certain percentage of the cases the expected value of the true mean, μ, is greater than xk), is then given by eq.(3), in which sex is the sample standard error given by eq.(4). , 1 , 1 ,    k m p n x m p n d xx x t se x t s n (3) ,x d xse s n (4) where tp,n-1 is the n-1 degrees of freedom student distribution confidence parameter for the one-sided 1-p lower confidence limit of the true mean (μ). from eqs.(1,3) we get the coefficient k=tp,n-1/n0.5. schneider [10] proposed the approximate relationship χk=xm–0.5sd,x, which corresponds to p=5% and n=14. as already mentioned, eqs.(3,4) correspond to the single variable model (e.g. strength determined from the unconfined compression test, in which qu=2su, where su undrained shear strength). the mohr – coulomb failure criterion used in limit state analyses, is a two variables linear model that includes two constants (cohesion, c, and angle of shearing resistance, φ) and two variables. the for the cases of: a) the direct shear test is given by eq.(5), in which σn is the imposed normal stress (the nonrandom or independent variable) and τ the measured – observed shear stress (the random or dependent variable) and b) the typical triaxial test is given by eq.(6), in which σ3 is the imposed cell pressure – radial stress (the nonrandom or independent variable) and σ1 the measured – observed vertical stress (the random or dependent variable). τ=c+σntanφ= a+b·σn (5) σ1=2c·cosφ/(1–sinφ)+σ3(1+sinφ)/(1–sinφ)=a+b·σ3 (6) with regards to the experiments, if xi is the imposed value and yi is the corresponding observed value of a sample size n, the linear model is given by eq.(7), where εi is the error and a and b the model constants. eq.(7) gives a best estimate of the mean of y for a given x. the measurement error εi is the deviation of the yi from its best (deterministic) estimate y=a+xib (fig.2). in simple linear regression, the best estimate of the constants may be derived from minimizing the error square sum. yi = a + xib + εi (7) g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 357 figure 2: graphical representation of the regression model. assuming that: a) xi is an accurate observation, b) each xi is an independent observation, c) the error εi has a constant variation for each xi and d) the uncertainties of the yi observations are equivalent (otherwise weight coefficients are required), the best mean estimators for the linear regression coefficients are given by eqs.(8,9). observation xi can be a predetermined imposed loading (e.g. the σn in direct shear and the σ3 in the typical triaxial), while observation yi a measured reaction (e.g. the τ in direct shear and the σ1 in the typical triaxial).          ,1 1 1 1 22 ,2 1 1 1 1 , ,1 n n n n i i i i i i d yi i i i m xyn n n d x i i i i i i x x y y x y y x scov x yn b r var x y s x x x x n                               (8) m ma y b x    (9) in eqs.(8,9) (xi, yi) are the data measurements of the two dimensional sample, ,y x are their mean values, sd,x and sd,y are the sample standard deviation of x and y measurements (eqs.(10,11)) and rxy the pearson sample correlation coefficient (given by eq.(12)). the rxy is sensitive only to a linear relationship between two variables (|rxy|≤1, when rxy=1 the correlation is a perfect direct, i.e. increasing). moreover, an unbiased estimate of the variance of y(x) with n-2 degrees of freedom is given by eq.(13). the standard error estimators seb and sea of the b and a regression coefficients are given by εqs.(14,15), respectively. some applications in civil and geotechnical engineering of the two variables linear model have been presented by baecher & christian [1], pohl [8] and kottegoda & rosso [11], as for instance the case of a variation with depth. a classic example is the increasing undrained shear strength with depth. the application of this model in the mohr – coulomb strength failure criterion has some individual characteristics that will be presented later.  2, 1 1 1      n d x i i s x x n             (10)  2, 1 1 1      n d y i i s y y n             (11)    2 22 2                     i i i i xy i i i i n x y x y r n x x n y y         (12)     2 1 , 1 | 2 2        n i i dvar y x s n s n n   , ˆˆi i iy a bx          (13) g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 358     2 1 2 2 1 1 var( | ) 1 2            n i i b n n i i i i x y se n x x x x        (14)     2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2                  n in n i a b i i n i i i i x se se x n n n x x        (15) statistical measures for the direct shear test – two variables model he direct shear test gives a direct determination of c and tanφ of the linear mohr – coulomb criterion (eq.(5)), with σn=x and τ=y. for this occasion: a) the best estimates of the mean are cm=am and (tanφ)m=bm given by eqs.(9,8), respectively (with xi=σni and yi=τi being the data measurements) and b) the standards error estimators se(tanφ)=seb and sec=sea are given by εqs.(14,15). concerning the confidence intervals of the linear regression coefficients estimators, the standard method relies on the normality assumption, which is justified if either: a) the errors in the regression are normally distributed (this leads to a t-statistic) or b) the number of observations n is sufficiently large (in this case the estimator is approximately normally distributed). applying a statistical t-test, the linear regression random variables follow a student’s t-distribution with n-2 degrees of freedom (dof), i.e. tc=(cm–c)/sec ~ tn-2, t(tanφ)=[(tanφ)m–tanφ)/se(tanφ) ~ tn-2, where c and tanφ represent the true mean values (or population mean values). the t-test includes the assumptions that the sample is representative of a specific soil unit, the observations are independent, while the variation of x=σn depends only on the uncertainty of the laboratory measurement. the σn variation has a negligible influence on the total uncertainty. ignoring the influence of sampling disturbance and spatial variability, the characteristic values of cohesion, ck, and angle of shearing resistance, (tanφ)k are given by eqs.(16,17) and their standard errors by eqs.(14,15), respectively. the best estimates and their standard errors can be used for probabilistic analyses, by incorporating the standard errors as quantitative measures of the corresponding uncertainties (uc=setanφ=sd,tanφ/n0.5 and utanφ=setanφ=sd,tanφ/n0.5). , 2 k m p n cc c t se (16)     , 2 (tan )tan tan   p nk m t se   (17) eqs.(16,17) may be used to give the characteristic mohr – coulomb failure envelope: τ=ck+σn(tanφ)k. alternatively, an estimate of the characteristic failure envelope (see also [1,11]) can be obtained by incorporating the shear stress estimates for a specific probability (given by eq.(18)). the resulting from eq.(18) failure envelope is non-linear and needs to be approximated by a linear regression to get the characteristic values of the mohr – coulomb failure criterion parameters.         2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 tan 2                         n n m n n j nm j i i x τ c t n n x x     (18) table 1 shows a fictional example for the application of the abovementioned relationships for a direct shear test. typically, three specimens are obtained from each sample, which sample corresponds to a specific depth and location. applying eqs. (8,9) we obtain the best estimates of strength parameters and their corresponding uncertainties respectively: cm=23.95 kpa, (tanφ)m=0.37950 (i.e. φm=20.8ο) sec=uc=5.3 kpa and setanφ=utanφ=0.01561. applying eqs.(16,17) for a probability p=5% we get the following characteristic values: ck1=14.5 kpa and (tanφ)k1=0.35186 (see fig.3, characteristic 1). applying a linear regression on the characteristic envelope derived from eq.(18) we get the following characteristic values: ck2=16.50 kpa and (tanφ)k2= 0.38500 (see fig.3, characteristic 2), which is less conservative than the characteristic 1. t g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 359 sample 1 2 3 4 5 specimen 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.2 5.1 σn (kpa) 100 300 500 100 300 500 100 300 500 100 300 500 100 300 500 τ (kpa) 56 140 218 56 130 208 69 151 222 48 143 241 76 134 196 table 1: example for direct shear test. 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 s h e a r  st re ss  τ  ( k p a ) normal stress σn' (kpa) exp data best estimate characteristic 1 characteristic 2 characteristic 3 figure 3: failure envelopes, best estimate and characteristic envelopes. the typical test procedure of applying on the three different specimens of each soil sample the σn = 100, 300 and 500 kpa normal stresses respectively, may raise a question concerning the independence of the observations. an alternative is to consider a single variable model for τ on each one of the three σn values (in our case n=5 samples) and then apply a t-test on the observed τ values, which in our example leads to table 2. applying a linear regression on σn, τp=5% pairs we get the following characteristic values: ck3=14.02 kpa and (tanφ)k3= 0.38056 (characteristic 3). this approach, overcomes the issues concerning the independence of observation and gives similar results to characteristic 1 (fig.3), however, it does not give a standard error of the parameters. for this specific case, the maximum standard error on τ lies close to the previously determined standard error of the cohesion. specimen 1 2 3 σn (kpa) 100 300 500 τm (kpa) 61 139.6 212.8 sd (kpa) 11.27 8.14 10.83 n 5 5 5 se (kpa) 5.0398413 3.641428 4.841487 a/2 0.05 0.05 0.05 tn-1 -2.131847 -2.13185 -2.13185 τp=5%,min 50.255831 131.837 202.4787 table 2: application of t – test on the values of the observed τ for each σn. another approach often used in engineering practice is to apply a t-test on the determined c and tanφ pairs from each sample (again n=5 for the examined case). this approach gives cm=23.95 kpa, (tanφ)m=0.37950 (i.e. same as before), sec=uc=6.6 kpa and setanφ=utanφ=0.02183 (i.e. greater than before). applying eqs.(15,16) for a probability p=5% we get the following cautious estimate of strength parameters: ck4=9.8 kpa and (tanφ)k4=0.33296 (characteristic 4), which are unrealistically conservative, as can been in fig.4, due to the higher uncertainties. g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 360 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 s h e a r  st re ss τ  (k p a ) normal stress σn' (kpa) experimental data best estimate characteristic 1 best estimate (alternative) characteristic 4 (alternative) figure 4: best estimates and corresponding characteristic envelopes comparison. statistical measures for the typical triaxial compression test by form n the typical triaxial compression test the mohr – coulomb failure criterion parameters are determined indirectly. for this test, a constant horizontal radial stress (the cell pressure) σr=σc=σ3 is applied to a cylindrical specimen, while the reaction of the axial stress is measured (δσa, σ1=σ3+δσa). we can consider that the cell pressure is an accurate observation (i.e. the non – random). the mohr – coulomb failure criterion in terms of principal stresses is given by eq.(6), in which the statistical measures of constants a and b can be determined directly from the two variables models, while the best estimates of the mean for c and tanφ constants are calculated indirectly by the transformation of eqs.(19,20), respectively. sinφ=(b–1)/(1+b)  φ=asin[(b–1)/(1+b)] and tanφ=tan{asin[(b–1)/(1+b)}] (19) c=a(1–sinφ)/(2cosφ) (20) a way to calculate the uncertainties of c and tanφ is to apply the form, which method makes use of the second moment statistics (the mean and the standard deviation) of the random variables and assumes a linearized form of their performance function (e.g. z=g(x1,…, xn)) at the mean values of the random variables and independency between all variables. truncating at the linear terms the taylor expansion of the performance function about the mean, it is possible to obtain the first order approximation of the variance (σz2) of the true mean (μz) of z. assuming uncorrelated non – random variables x1, …, xn, the approximation of the variance is given by eq.(21), an equation commonly used to estimate the uncertainties by error propagation for laboratory tests results.   2 2 2 2 , 1 1 var( )                     i n n z i d z x i ii i g g x se se x x (21) the sample variance var(xi)=sxi2=(sd,xi)2 of a xi variable (where xi is tanφ or c) relates to the standard error sexi by eq.(4), while sexi is a quantitative measure of the corresponding uncertainty uxi (i.e. uxi=sexi). the variances stanφ2 and sc2 of the mohr – coulomb constants may be now calculated by applying eq.(21) and considering eqs.(19,20) as the performance functions (i.e. c=g(a, φ) and tanφ=g(b) or φ=g(b)):   2 2      bse se b   ,    2 2 tan tan        bse se b   (22)     22 22              c a c c se se se a       (23) i g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 361 where: 2 2 2 2 ( 1) 1 ( 1) / ( 1) )         b bb b ,    3/ 22 2 3 2 ( 1) 1 1 ( a 1 t n )            b b b b (24) 1 – /( ) ( )2     sin cos c a           (25) 21 )2(/( )    c a sin cos              (26) next, the above equations are applied to laboratory results from the herakleion marl (see table 3, data from [12]), with 27 specimens and 9 samples (3 specimens per sample). treating each specimen separately (i.e. sample size n=27), the best estimates of a and b constants of eq.(6) are determined from the linear regression (eqs.( 8,9)), which gives am=229.6 kpa and bm=3.02553. applying these values into eqs.(20,19) we get the best estimates cm=66.0 kpa and (tanφ)m=0.58225. the form (by application of eqs.(23,22,15,14)) gives the corresponding uncertainties sec=uc=15.5 kpa and setanφ=utanφ=0.0347. a tstudent distribution for n-2 dof (eqs.(16,17)) to account for the error propagation leads to the characteristic values ck1= 39.60 kpa and (tanφ)k1=0.52297. the best estimate of the mean failure envelope, as well as the estimated characteristic envelopes are represented in fig.5, in which figure the characteristic 2 and 3 envelopes are explained later in the same section. it is evident from fig.5 that characteristic 1 can be indeed considered as a conservative estimate of the mean failure envelope. sample γς2 (5m) γ1 (2m) γ1 (3.5m) γς13 (17m) γ1 (18m) σ3 (kpa) 117.72 155.98 219.74 62 110 304 95 158 383 110.85 200.12 245.25 104 210 427 σ1 (kpa) 448.32 591.54 736.73 375 606 1488 475 506 1383 593.51 884.86 1044.77 514 785 1339 s (kpa) 283 374 478 219 358 896 285 332 883 352 542 645 309 498 883 t (kpa) 165 218 258 157 248 592 190 174 500 241 342 400 205 288 456 table 3.1: typical triaxial compression data from herakleion marl ([12]). sample γ1 (6m) γς2 (9m) γς13 (24m) γ3 (12.5m) σ3 (kpa) 79 146 265 119.68 258.98 346.29 73.57 141.26 162.85 52 139 222 σ1 (kpa) 365 618 997 640.59 1056.54 1339.07 429.68 587.62 750.47 672 819 1004 s (kpa) 222 382 631 380 658 843 252 364 457 362 479 613 t (kpa) 143 236 366 260 399 496 178 223 294 310 340 391 table 3.2: typical triaxial compression data from herakleion marl ([12]). 0 200 400 600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 σ 3 (k p a ) σ1 (kpa) experimental results best estimate characteristic 1 (form) characteristic 2 (envelope for p>5%) characteristic 2 (linear regression) figure 5: statistical evaluation of the experimental results of table 3. g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 362 treating each sample separately we get the mohr – coulomb failure envelope constants of table 4 (sample size n=9), which are represented in fig.6 by the thin coloured lines, in the classic τ – σn mohr – coulomb diagram. again the remaining characteristic envelopes of fig.6 are explained next. alternatively, for the characteristic envelope we can apply a t-student distribution into the y(x) estimate (i.e. the predicted σ1 for given σ3, given by eq.(27)) for a p=5% probability (i.e. tp,n-2=1.70814) and n-2 dof. in fig. 5 the characteristic 2 line shows the σ1, σ3 graph of the characteristic envelope from eq.(27) for a p=5%. this characteristic envelope is non – linear and a linear regression leads to characteristic values ak=190.36 kpa and bk=2.92550 for eq.(5) and then ck2=55.6 kpa and (tanφ)k2=0.56287 for the mohr – coulomb failure criterion (figs.(5,6), characteristic 2). taking into account the results for the direct shear test, it is obvious that eq.(18) or eq.(27) systematically gives a more optimistic characteristic envelope than the one computed based on mean values and uncertainty calculation of c and tanφ. however, this approach does not take into account the error propagation to calculate the uncertainties. sample mean γς2 (5m) γ1 (2m) γ1 (3.5m) γς13 (17m) γ1 (18m) γ1 (6m) γς2 (9m) γς13 (24m) γ3 (12.5m) c (kpa) 64.34 40.99 22.34 21.24 60.41 77.75 29.69 76.83 48.20 201.58 tanφ 0.59415 0.53191 0.83698 0.64201 0.64099 0.4862 0.64606 0.59134 0.63149 0.34038 φ (ο) 30.42 28.01 39.93 32.70 32.66 25.93 32.86 30.60 32.27 18.78 table 4: application of t – test on the values of the observed τ for each σn. figure 6: characteristic and best estimate mohr – coulomb failure envelopes superimposed on the mohr – coulomb failure envelopes of each sample.       2 3 32 1 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 1 2                         n m m n j n j i i a b t n n        (27) an alternative for the characteristic envelope is to compute first the characteristic values of a and b constants by applying a t-student distribution (i.e. ak=am-tp,n-2sea and bk=bm-tp,n-2seb) for p=5% and n-2 dof and then apply eqs.(20,19) to compute the mohr – coulomb characteristic constants ck and (tanφ)k. this approach, which does not take into account the error propagation, leads to ak=139.86 kpa and bk=2.58981 constants of eq.(6) (fig.5, characteristic 3) and to ck3=43.4 kpa and (tanφ)k3=0.493949 constants of the mohr – coulomb failure criterion (fig.6, characteristic 3). g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 363 finally, as it was applied for the direct shear test, a common approach in engineering practice for the estimation of all statistical measures of c and tanφ is first to derive the mohr – coulomb constants (c, tanφ) for each sample separately (see table 4) and then apply a statistical t-test on each constant independently for n/3-1 dof (where n the complete number of specimens and n/3 the number of specific locations of soil sampling). for the herakleion marl case the n/3-1=8 dof lead to: a) mean values: cm=64.34kpa, (tanφ)m=0.59415, b) standard deviation: sd,c=55.69kpa, sd,tanφ=0.13577, c) standard error: figure 7: characteristic and best estimate mohr – coulomb failure envelopes superimposed on the mohr – coulomb failure envelopes of each sample.   best estimate cm (kpa) (tanφ)m sec (kpa) setan(φ) am, bm from linear regression of all σ1, σ3 data points cm, (tanφ)m from eqs.(20,19) sec and setanφ from form error propagation (this gives characteristic 1) 66.00 0.58225 15.50 0.0347 cm, (tanφ)m from mean values of table 4 sec and setanφ from single variable model (this gives characteristic 4) 64.34 0.59415 18.56 0.0423 table 5: mohr – coulomb failure criterion constants (mean values and uncertainties).   characteristic values ck (kpa) (tanφ)k characteristic 1 (se from form error propagation): ck=cm-tp,n-2sec, tan(φ)k= tan(φ)m-tp,n-2setan(φ) 39.60 0.52297 characteristic 2: ak, bk from linear regression on σ1pred, σ3 data points (σ1pred=am+σ3bm±tn-2seσ1) ck, (tanφ)k from eqs.(20,19) 55.65 0.56288 characteristic 3: ak=am-tp,n-2sea, bk=bm-tp,n-2seb ck, (tanφ)k from eqs.(20,19) 43.43 0.49395 characteristic 4 (se from one variable model, eq.(4), for c and tanφ): cm and tanφ from mean values of table 4 ck=cm-tp,n-2sec, tan(φ)k= tan(φ)m-tp,n-2setan(φ) 29.82 0.50990 table 6: mohr – coulomb failure criterion constants (characteristic values). g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 364 sec=18.56kpa, setanφ=0.04526 and d) characteristic values: ck4=29.82kpa, (tanφ)k4=0.5099. the mean value from this alternate approach (characteristic 4, fig.7) is almost the same with the previously calculated. fig.7 compares the character istic value from this approach (characteristic 4) with the characteristic 1 from the form. the alternate approach is very conservative because it gives a higher se than the form. all the above results are summarized into tables 5 for the mean values and the corresponding uncertainties and table 6 for the characteristic values.     application of the form to a simple planar failure problem urther extending the form application to engineering problems calculations, a limit state analysis may be performed in terms of either the safety margin sm=r-e (r is resistance and ε action as defined in ec7) in terms of the safety factor sf=r/e. more specifically, in form applications the sm application is preferable compared to the fs because the actions ε in the denominator of the sf enhances the non-linearity effects in the error propagation. for the safety margin the reliability index is β=smm/sd,sm, where smm is the best estimate of the mean and sd,sm the standard deviation, while by definition it is βsm=1/vsm, where vsm the variation coefficient. since resistances and actions describe different types of random variables, they are expected to be uncorrelated, and their covariance, ρr,d, can be considered zero. moreover, the variation of permanent loads is generally small compared and should not greatly affect the sm or sf value. the form is applied herein to a planar failure problem, which can be adapted to any type of failure surface (e.g. [13]) of limit equilibrium problems (e.g. method of slices). for the planar wedge failure problem considered herein fig.8 shows the geometry. w is the weight of the wedge, h is the height of the slope, β is the angle of the slope to the horizontal, θ is the angle of the plane of failure with respect to horizontal and n and t are the normal and shear reaction forces on the plane of failure. the safety margin is then determined from the equilibrium equations that lead to eq.(28). on the other hand the sf is given by eq.(29).   212= c sin cos tan sin sin sinsm h γh β θ θ φ θ β θ      (28)     = 2c / γ sin cos tan sin sin sin sinsf h β θ θ φ β h β θ θ β          (29) h β θ w wcosθ wsinθ n t α β γ αβ=η/sinθ figure 8: geometry of two dimensional planar failure. applying the form on eq.(28) the standard deviation of the sm is given by eqs 30 to 33, in which uc, utanφ and uγ are the uncertainties of c, tan(φ) and γ respectively. likewise, applying the form on eq.(29) the standard deviation of the sf is given by eqs.(34-37).   2 22 2 2 2 tan tan                      c sm sm sm u sm u u u c    (30) = sin   sm h c θ           (31) f g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 365  2 sin1 1= cos tan sin 2 sin         β θsm γh θ θ β           (32)    2 sin1 1 = cos tan sin sin 2 sin         β θsm h θ φ θ γ θ β (33)   2 22 2 2 2 tan tan c sf sf sf u sf u u u c                         (34)   2 1 = sin sin sin sf c h β θ θ β              (35) 1 = tan tan sf                      (36)  2 2 1 = sin sin sin sf c γ γ h β θ θ β        = 2c / γ sin cos tan sin sin sin sinsf h β θ θ φ β h β θ θ β            (37) a slope geometry example of β=60ο and η=25m and the material properties from tables 5 and 6 are considered to exhibit the safety probability calculation. a deterministic calculation of the best estimate of the mean of smm and sfm from eqs.(28,29) respectively is computed first, by the best estimates of the mean of the soil properties (i.e. cm, tan(φ)m and γm). then a normal distribution for sm and sf is applied, in order to estimate their value for a probability not greater than 5% (i.e., eq.(38) with k=1.64485). the uncertainties u(sm) and u(sf) are calculated by eqs.(30,34) applying the best estimates of the mean and the corresponding uncertainties of c, tan(φ) and γ (error propagation considers the standard error of the mean, i.e. u=se). the values of sm and sf for probability p=5% and the corresponding probability p for sm<0 and sf<0, all calculated for the critical plane θcr that gives the minimum smm, are presented in tables 7 and 8. the two sets of statistical measures from table 5 for soil strength properties have been used. ( )  msm sm k u sm ,  ( )msf sf k u sf   (38) cm (kpa) (tanφ)m uc (kpa) utanφ smm= min(smm) (kpa) θcr (o) usm (kpa) smp=5%= smm kusm (kpa) vsm p(sm<0) (%) 66.00 0.58225 15.46 0.03470 1435.08 48 527.49 567.43 2.721 0.33 64.34 0.59415 18.56 0.04526 1396.92 48 631.85 357.62 2.211 1.35 table 7: calculations of sm for p=5% and p for sm<0 based on the minimum best estimate of the smm and the corresponding θcr. cm (kpa) (tanφ)m uc (kpa) utanφ sfm= min(sfm) (kpa) θcr (o) usf (kpa) sfp=5%= sfm kusf (kpa) vsm p(sf<1) (%) 66.00 0.58225 15.46 0.03470 1.639 40 0.241 1.243 6.800 0.40 64.34 0.59415 18.56 0.04526 1.6300 40 0.284 1.163 5.740 1.33 table 8: calculations of sf for p=5% and p for sf<1 based on the minimum best estimate of the sfm and the corresponding θcr. g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 366 it is obvious that the minimum values of the estimated means smm=1435.08kpa and sfm=1.639 develop for different critical angle θcr of the plane of failure. however, the corresponding values of smp=5% and sfp=5% (calculated in tables 7 and 8 by applying eq.(38)) are not the minimum ones, nor are psm<0 and psf<1 the maximum ones, as their minimum and maximum values develop for different critical slopes θcr (presented in tables 9 and 10). the differences for the problem examined are of the order of 4% for the sm with respect to the min(smp=5%) value and of the order of 1 to 2% for the sf with respect to the min(sfp=5%). calculations based on min sm for p=5% cm (kpa) (tanφ)m uc (kpa) utanφ min(smp=5%) (kpa) θcr (o) usm (kpa) smm (kpa) vsm psm<0 66.00 0.58225 15.46 0.03470 554.18 46 546.51 1453.11 2.659 0.39 64.34 0.59415 18.56 0.04526 340.75 46 654.42 1417.49 2.165 1.54 table 9.1: calculated minimum sm for p=5% and the corresponding θcr, usm and smm values. calculations based on max p for sm<0 cm (kpa) (tanφ)m uc (kpa) utanφ max(psm<0) (%) θcr (o) usm (kpa) smm (kpa) vsm smp=5% (kpa) 66.00 0.58225 15.46 0.03470 0.40 45 556.72 1475.12 2.650 559.40 64.34 0.59415 18.56 0.04526 1.54 45 667.07 1440.88 2.160 343.64 table 9.2: calculated maximum p for sm<0 and the corresponding θcr, usm and smm values. calculations based on min sf for p=5% cm (kpa) (tanφ)m uc (kpa) utanφ min(sfp=5%) (kpa) θcr (o) usf (kpa) sfm (kpa) vsf psf<0 66.00 0.58225 15.46 0.03470 1.231 42.5 0.260 1.659 6.383 0.56 64.34 0.59415 18.56 0.04526 1.141 43.5 0.317 1.662 5.243 1.83 table 10.1: calculated minimum sf for p=5% and the corresponding θcr, usf and sfm values. calculations based on max p for sf<0 cm (kpa) (tanφ)m uc (kpa) utanφ max(psf<0) (%) θcr (o) usf (kpa) sfm (kpa) vsf sfp=5% (kpa) 66.00 0.58225 15.46 0.03470 0.62 45 0.287 1.718 5.976 1.245 64.34 0.59415 18.56 0.04526 1.90 45 0.338 1.701 5.035 1.145 table 10.2: calculated maximum p for sf<0 and the corresponding θcr, usf and sfm values.. the second set of soil strength parameters lead to more conservative results. the comparison of the results of tables 9.1 and 9.2 with table 7 and of tables 10.1 and 10.2 with table 8 shows that for the probabilistic analyses it is preferable to determine the critical surface that corresponds to the minimum calculated sm or sf for a probability of exceedance 5% (or 90% confidence level, i.e. minsmp=5% or minsfp=5%), instead of calculating the critical surface of the minimum mean value smm or sfm first and then the corresponding smp=5% or sfp=5%. this happens because there is no linear relationship between smm (or sfm) and usm (or usf) for a monotonically increasing or reducing failure plane angle. concerning the influence of the individual uncertainties fig.9 shows their influence on the minimum sm and fig.10 on the probability of having an sm<0. fig.11 shows their influence on the minimum sf and fig.12 on the probability of having an sf<1. it is apparent that for this specific problem, the most influential factor on the probabilistic sm or sf is the uncertainty of cohesion. this is important because cohesion generally has a greater uncertainty from the angle of shearing resistance. the dependence sm and sf with the various uncertainties present the same trends. the above results will now be compared with the results from the deterministic analysis, for which the application of eurocode 7 has been considered and more specifically the design analysis 3 (da-3). da-3 has become the national choice g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 367 of many countries for the case of overall stability of natural and cut slopes. according to this, for the drained conditions, the following components are used for deterministic analysis: a) the design strength cd=ck/(γμγm), (tanφ)d=(tanφ)k/(γμγm) with γm=1.0 (irrespectively of the type of analysis) and γμ=1.25, b) the permanent actions gd=γggk, with γg=1.0 and c) the mobile design loads are qd=γqqk, with γq=0 or 1.3 for favourable or unfavourable loads respectively. table 11 shows the results for the deterministic analyses, in which the four characteristic strength values of table 6 have been used, factored by γμ=1.25 for the design strength values. the minimum safety margin (sm) and safety factor (sf)   figure 9: influence of each uncertainty coefficient on the value of sm=smm-kusm.   figure 10: influence of each uncertainty coefficient on the probability of sm<0. figure 11: influence of each uncertainty coefficient on the value of sf=sfm-kusf. g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 368 figure 12: influence of each uncertainty coefficient on the probability of sf<1. and their corresponding critical slip surface (θcr) are presented. the material unit weight has been taken γsoil,m=22kn/m3 with uncertainty uγ=2kn/m3. according to the calculations, only characteristic 2 gives acceptable safety margin (sm>0) and safety factor (sf>1.00) and. the critical failure plane determined by sm and sf do not coincide. characteristic values 1 and 4 were derived from the statistical measures used in the above analyses. it is obvious that probabilistic and deterministic analyses can give the opposite result. in our case the deterministic analysis was more conservative, which has to do with the selection of the partial safety factors. i cki (kpa) tanφki cdi (kpa) tanφdi smi θcr,sm,i (o) fsi θcr,fs,i (o) 1 39.60 0.52297 31.38 0.41837 -133.35 41 0.947 42 2 55.65 0.56288 44.52 0.45030 431.74 43 1.174 40.5 3 43.43 0.49395 34.74 0.39516 -86.60 40.5 0.967 41 4 29.82 0.50999 23.86 0.40799 -466.99 40 0.814 43.5 table 11: deterministic stability calculation with design parameters.. conclusions reliability methods can be incorporated for the determination of soil strength statistical measures and for probabilistic limit equilibrium analyses. regarding soil strength, the determination of the uncertainties of the mohr – coulomb failure criterion constants c and tanφ from results of the typical triaxial test can be calculated through an error propagation technique, such as the form, applied to an appropriate performance function. this function relates the measured (σ1) and applied (σ3) quantities to the material constants (c, φ) of the m-c failure criterion by a nonlinear relationship. the form was applied to triaxial data and the results from different approaches for calculating the best estimate of the mean, the uncertainties and the characteristic values of the m-c constants were compared. for the approaches considered, the direct application of the form gave a lower uncertainty, since the consideration of each single specimen as independent increased the sample size. the uncertainties together with the corresponding best estimates were also used to estimate the characteristic failure envelope. regarding the characteristic failure, envelope four different approaches were presented with different results. the form gave the more reliable results. in any case, engineering judgement on the results is necessary. the results were applied to a simple planar failure problem, which allows for a direct comparison of the various statistical measures of the sm and sf, since a single failure surface is considered. it was observed that the maximum probability of having a sm<0 or sf<1 does not correspond to the minimum best estimate of the sm or sf. this is influenced by the non – linear relationship of sm and usm (or sf and usf) function and needs further exploring. the sensitivity analysis showed that the only influential uncertainty was that of cohesion, which generally happens to have the greater variability with regards to other soil constants. a sensitivity analysis is recommended in probabilistic analyses in order to determine the influence of each uncertainty separately. r g. belokas, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 354-369; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.30 369 the deterministic analyses gave in general more conservative results and only one gave acceptable sm and sf values. these analyses greatly depend on the selection of the partial safety factor selection that determines the characteristic value. the partial factors are indirectly related to an empirical probability of exceedance and the confidence of material properties and method of analysis. on the contrary, all probabilistic analyses gave acceptable sm and sf values, which means that probabilistic analyses could be used for an appropriate selection of partial safety factors. therefore, the application of statistical methods can also set a framework for the selection of the characteristic mechanical properties, for deterministic analyses. references [1] baecher g. and christian j. (2003). reliability and statistics in geotechnical engineering, wiley, p. 618. [2] orr t. and breysse d. (2008). eurocode 7 and reliability-based design. reliability-based design in geotechnical engineering. computations and applications, kok-kwang phoon(edr), taylor & francis, pp. 298–343. [3] iso/iec guide 98-3:2008. uncertainty of measurement – part 3: guide to the expression of uncertainty in measurement (gum: 1995). [4] kulhawy h. (1992). on the evaluation of static soil properties, stability and performance of slopes and embankments – ii, proceedings of a specialty conference, seed r.b. and boulanger r.w. (eds), asce, pp. 95–115. [5] duncan j. m. (2000). factors of safety and reliability in geotechnical engineering, journal of geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering, 126(4), pp. 307–316. [6] schneider h.r. and fitze p. (2013). characteristic shear strength values for ec7: guidelines based on a statistical framework. proc. 15th european conference on soil mechanics and geotechnical engineering, 4, pp. 318–324. [7] fellin w. (2005). assessment of characteristic shear strength parameters of soil and its implication in geotechnical design, analyzing uncertainty in civil engineering, fellin, w., lessmann, h., oberguggenberger, m., vieider, r. (eds.), springer, pp. 1–15. [8] pohl c. (2011). determination of characteristic soil values by statistical methods. isgsr 2011 vogt, schuppener, straub & bräu (eds), pp. 427–434. [9] frank r., bauduin c., driscoll r., kavvadas m., krebs ovensen n., orr t. and schuppener b. (2004). designers' guide to en 1997-1 eurocode 7: geotechnical design general rules, thomas telford, p. 216. [10] kottegoda n. t. and rosso r. (2008). applied statistics for civil and environmental engineers, 2nd edition, wileyblackwell, p. 736. [11] tsiambaos g. (1988). technicogeological features of the herakleion crete marls. phd, university of patras, p. 358 (in greek). [12] schneider h.r. (1997). definition and determination of characteristic soil properties. proc. 14th international conference on soil mechanics and foundation engineering, 4, pp. 2271–2274. [13] wu t. (2008). reliability analysis of slopes, reliability-based design in geotechnical engineering, computations and applications, kok-kwang phoon (ed.), taylor & francis, pp. 413–447. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_52_art_21_2729 j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 269 multiple crack detection using wavelet transforms and energy signal techniques jalal akbari* bu-ali sina university, department of civil engineering, hamedan, iran, j.akbari@basu.ac.ir, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9713-8652 majid ahmadifarid laboratory of earthquake engineering and structural health monitoring of infrastructures (leeshmi), bu-ali sina university, hamedan, iran, mahmadifarid@gmail.com abbas kazemi amiri wind energy and control centre, department of electric & electronic engineering, university of strathclyde, glasgow, uk abbas.kazemi-amiri@strath.ac.uk abstract. wavelet transforms are efficient tools for structural health monitoring (shm) and damage detection. however, these methods are encountered with some limitations in practice. thus, signal energy analysis is used as an alternative technique for damage detection. in this paper, discrete wavelet transforms (dwt) and teager energy operator (teo) is applied to the curvature of the mode shapes of the beams, and the locations of the damages are identified. the results show that in comparison with the discrete wavelet transform, the signal energy operator has better performance. this superiority in detecting the damages, especially near the supports of the beam, is obvious and has enough sensitivities in low damage intensities. additionally, the damage detection in the cases that the response data are noisy is investigated. for this purpose, by adding low-intensity noises to the curvature of the mode shapes, the abilities of the mentioned methods are evaluated. the results indicate that each method is not individually efficient in the detection of damages in noisy conditions, but the combination of them under noisy conditions is more reliable. keywords. multiple crack detection, wavelet transforms, signal energy, mode shape curvature. citation: akbari, j., ahmadifarid, m., kazemi amiri, a., multiple crack detection using wavelet transforms and energy signal techniques, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280. received: 13.01.2020 accepted: 03.03.2020 published: 01.04.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/dfgv79dnbwk j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 270 introduction n recent years, structural damage detection is an interesting field for the researchers. from a practical point of view, proposing an effective non-destructive technique is a crucial task to maintain the safety and integrity of the structures. the previous studies [1] have reported that most of the non-destructive techniques could be categorized as local or global damage identification methods. furthermore, with increasing the size and dimensions of the buildings or structural elements, the capabilities of traditional damage detection methods such as ultra-sonic and x-ray tests or schmidt's hammer are not practically possible. because such methods require easy accessibility for testing and knowing the vicinity of the damage, which cannot be guaranteed in most cases in civil or mechanical engineering. as well, the health monitoring of large-scale structures is a time-consuming and costly process. the vibration-based damage identification method as a global technique is developed to overcome these difficulties. the main idea for vibration-based damage identification is that the damage-induced changes in the physical properties such as mass, damping, and stiffness will lead to detectable changes in natural frequencies, modal damping, and mode shapes. therefore, with the appearance of modern computer facilities and digital signal processing techniques, new research on shm has seriously been started. ratcliffe [2] presented a structural health monitoring method that could identify the damage without requiring the modal data of the intact structure. he utilized the curve-fitting technique of mode shape's curvature in one-dimensional beams. in this discipline, weng and deng [3] used the wavelet transforms for the detection of small transverse cracks in static and dynamic loadings for pinned-pinned and clamped-free beams. hou et. al. [4] examined wavelet capabilities for damage detection for a system with the mass and spring as a single degree of freedom model. they claimed that the wavelet has enough capability to identify the time of yielding of spring. chang and chen [5] conducted research on the timoshenko beam based on wavelet distance. the proposed wavelet successfully recognized the damage on beams using the first and second mode shapes. ovanesova and suarez [6] utilized stationary discrete wavelet for detecting damages in beam and frame type structures. loutridis et al. [7] carriedout the research for the detection of a crack in double beams using continuous wavelet transforms. chang and chen [8] studied a cantilever-type beam that the crack was an open crack that has been modeled using torsional spring. in their research, gabor wavelet has been applied to the mode shapes, in order to find the crack location. gökdağ, h., & kopmaz, o [9] conducted the research for identifying crack on beams by a combination of the continuous and discrete wavelet. in their research, the combination of the mode shapes of an intact and damaged beam has been taken into account under the errors of measurement and local damage. ruka [10] studied the effects of higher modes in system identification utilizing discrete wavelet and showed that applying higher modes will result in better performance. zhong and oyadiji [11] considered the modal responses of damaged beams using the finite-element method and experimental data. the results showed that the discrete wavelet when the sampling rate is high could not obviously detect the details of the synthesized signal. in addition, in further research, zhang and oyadji [12] considered the reconstructed mode shapes for damaged beams using a discrete wavelet method. they could identify the damage with a 4% intensity for hinged support beams. algaba et al. [13] defined a new damage index composed of natural frequency and mode shape for damage detection using continuous wavelet. the proposed method could not be able to identify low damages. therefore, solís et.al [14] developed a new damage index for low damages with 5% and 10% intensities. however, both indexes were not able to identify the damages for noisy conditions. khorram et.al [15] implemented continuous wavelet and factorial texting techniques for the detection of multiple damages on beams. cao.m, et.al [16-17] studied the damage detection for noisy data. in their research, the mode shape curvature polluted by noise with a given signal to noise ratio. when the wavelet transforms are not able to identify the damage, a combination of wavelet and teager energy of signal could identify the damages with the intensity of 5 %. akbari and ahmadifarid [18] applied the discrete wavelet transform and energy operator for damage detection of the two-dimensional frames. there are two main reasons for the study on damage detection of simple structures like beams: (1) most of the structures or their major components in civil and mechanical engineering could be simplified as a beam or plate. (2) the problem of identifying specific damage in a beam/plate provides an important benchmark for the effectiveness and accuracy of the identification techniques. therefore, in this paper, the damage identification of beam structures in different support conditions and also various damage scenarios have been carefully investigated. to the knowledge of the authors, multiple cracks usually cause damages with low intensity, which are difficult to be detected. this could be much more difficult when the damage is close to the supports. the authors believe that damage identification in such cases has not received enough attention and comprehensive studies in this regard is required. therefore, this paper focuses on the evaluation of multiple cracks detection near the supports of the beams. i j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 271 for this purpose, the mathematical models of two-beam structures with different boundary conditions, including pinedpined and clamped-clamped, were established in matlab [19] by the finite-element modeling, using bernoulli beam elements. two different signal-processing techniques are employed for crack location detection in different damage scenarios by application of mode shape curvature in the absence and presence of noise in the data. signal processing techniques n this paper damage detection of beams with different boundary conditions using discrete wavelet transforms (dwt), teager-energy operator (teo) and the combination of them have been explored. the reason for applying the mentioned methods is due to the capabilities of the methods for damage detection, especially in the presence of noisy conditions. discrete wavelet transforms (dwt) wavelet functions are composed of basis functions that have the capability of synthesizing the signal in time (location) and frequency (scale) domain. in wavelet analysis, the mother wavelet function is defined as eqn. (1)  a,b 1 t-b ψ t = ψ . aa       (1) mother wavelet in addition to time t, is described with a,b parameters in which they are the scaling and transformation parameters, respectively. transformation of continuous wavelet for an arbitrary function, f(t) , is written as eqn.(2)     *1 t - bcwt a,b =   f t .ψ dt  , aa       (2) where j ja=2 , b=2 k . parameters j,k are the indexes of the synthesizing level of an arbitrary signal. by substitution of these parameters in eqn.(2), eqn.(3) could be written as follows.     -j + * -j2 d .wt(j,k)=2 f t .ψ 2 t-k dt     (3) according to eqn.(3), two types of filter is imposed on the signal. the first one is lowpass filter imparted as a scaling function or father wavelet that shows the approximation of a signal, and the second one is a high-pass frequency filter that accounts for the signal components in the higher frequencies (signal details). the coefficients of approximation and details are calculated as eqn.(4)         + j + j ca k = f (t)θ x dx , cd k = f (t)ψ x dx ,       (4) where θ(x) is the scaling function or the father wavelet and ψ(x) is a mother wavelet [20]. the relation between mother and father wavelets could be written as eqn.(5)    mm m d θ x ψ x ( 1) dx   (5) in this paper, for signal processing and damage detection, the daubechies and symlet wavelets [19] with different scaling have been implemented. i j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 272 teager -kayser energy operator (teo) the free vibration response of the single degree of freedom (sdf) system with concentrated mass m and stiffness k is written as eqn.(6)  x t =acos(ωt+θ), (6) where, x(t) is the time variable position of the mass, a is the peak amplitude of the vibration, ω refers to the natural frequency of vibration and θ is the phase angle of the free vibration. for the mentioned sdf system, the total energy is computed as eqn.(7) 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 e (t)= kx + mv e= mω a 2 2 2 . (7) this equation indicates that the energy of a system is dependent on the frequency and amplitude of the vibration. for a discrete signal, the free-response could be written as eqn.(8)       n-1 n n+1 x =acos ω(n-1) + φ x =acos ωn+φ x =acos ω(n+1) + φ          (8) where  refers to the natural frequency of the system and  is the phase angle of the vibration. after processing and simplifying the above equation, the following equation could be obtained as eqn.(9)  2 2 2n n-1  n+1a sin ω = x  x x (9) then, teagerkayser operator for a discrete signal nx is defined using  and could be present as eqn.(10) 2 n n n-1  n+1.[x ]= x  x x  (10) problem definition n this paper, the single and multiple damage detection for the beam-type structures with pined-pined and clampedclamped boundary conditions were investigated. for the steel beams as depicted in fig. 1 the geometrical and mechanical specifications are presented at tab.1 figure 1: the schematic figure of the studied beams (a), and the schematic locations of multiple damages (b). i j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 273 length (m) b (mm) h(mm) 3ρ (kg/m ) e (gpa) 5.0 100 50 7850 210 table 1: mechanical and geometrical specifications of the studied beams. for finite element modeling, the beam length is evenly divided into 100 elements. thus, the length of each element is 50mm. the modal information of the beams has been extracted from a finite element modeling of each beam. in order to simulate the damaged finite element model, the height of the damaged element is reduced to 0.95h e.g. dh =0.95h for 5% damage. the modal curvature of the beam ( φ ) is calculated using the central finite difference method as eqn.(11). 2 φ(l-δl)-2φ(l)+φ(l+δl) φ = (δl)  (11) where, ,φ are the mode shapes and the curvature of mode shapes, respectively. as well, l refers to the length of the beam. here, for studying of the damage detection in the noisy conditions, the signal to noise ratio (snr) is defined. this ratio is introduced as the ratio of the power of the input signal without any pollution, to the power of the white noise signal. this ratio is a criterion for comparing the desirability of a signal to the noise and is defined as eqn.(12) signal db 10 noise p snr =10log ( ) p (12) where, signal noisep , p are the power of the signal and the power of noise, respectively. the higher values of snr for a signal indicates the lower contamination of the signal. in this paper, snr is set to 75, 65 and 55 db for providing the noisy data. scenario no. support condition no. of damaged elements damage intensity (%) order of mode shape in signal energy order of mode shape in wavelet 1 pined-pined 20,30,80 5,5,5 1 4 2 pined-pined 48,51,54 5,5,5 1 3 3 pined-pined 5,95 5,5 3 1 4 pined-pined 1,99 5,5 6 1 5 pined-pined 20,50,80 10,10,10 1 3 6 pined-pined 20,50,80 5,10,15 1 3 7 clamped-clamped 10,20,90 5,5,5 5 3 8 clamped-clamped 20,23,26 5,5,5 3 3 9 clamped-clamped 30,45,80 5,10,15 3 3 table 2: the proposed scenarios of damage detection on beams without noisy conditions. results without noisy data in this section, damage detection for multipledamage detection for pined-pined and clamped-clamped boundary conditions has been presented. for this purpose, several scenarios with and without noisy conditions have been designated. firstly, the modal data for intact and damaged beams are extracted, and then the discrete wavelet is imposed on the mode shapes using matlab functions [18]. secondly, using eqn.(4) the coefficients of discrete wavelets are obtained, and employing eqn.(10), the energy of the signal is obtained. in tab. 2, the designed scenarios for damage detection without noise on the beams have been presented. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 274 fig. 2 illustrates the damage detection results corresponding to the scenarios no. 1. in figs. a and c the signal energy method has been successfully identified with the damaged elements with clear knobs. this method can identify the multiple damaged elements with a distance of the elements equal to 15cm. however, as can be seen from graphs b and d, the wavelet transform did not succeed in the detection of the damages with a low intensity equal to 5%. figure 2: damage detection using signal energy (a,c) and wavelet (b,d) for scenarios 1,2. according to graphs b,d in fig. 2, in the wavelet method, the disorders (irregularities) in two ends of the support of the beams are observed. therefore this dilemma makes damage detection a difficult task. in order to overcome this problem, the mode shape has been extended from both ends of the beams. for this purpose, from each side of the supports, 50 elements have been artificially added to the finite element model, and the results are depicted in fig. 3. figure 3: damage detection using wavelet for scenario no.3. damages in elements 1 and 100 (a), and damages in elements 5 and 95 (b). j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 275 as illustrated in fig. 3, compared to the energy method, wavelet transforms are very sensitive with respect to the starting position of extension and disorders have been appeared in these positions, and this drawback made the damage detection impossible. additionally, the performance of the first mode shape was better in comparison with the use of higher mode shapes. in other words, when the higher mode shapes have been used for finding the locations of damaged elements, negligible knobs or disorders have been seen. therefore, by these small disorders, detections were not possible. as depicted in fig. 4, signal energy could successfully detect the damages near the supports of the pined-pined beams, while the fictitious mode shape extension from the end of the beams is unnecessary. figure 4: damage detection using signal energy for scenario no.3 and no.4. damages in elements 5 and 95 (a), and damages in elements 1 and 99 (b). fig. 5 presents the abilities and sensitivities of the defined methods for different values of the damage intensities. signal energy could detect damage for various intensities of damaged elements with specified knobs in the graph (a). however, in the wavelet method, all of the intensities are the same which is not a good sign for this method. figure 5: damage detection using signal energy for scenario no.5 (a) and scenario no.6. (b). fig. 6 (graphs a,c) shows that the wavelet transforms for clamped-clamped boundary conditions in contrast with pinedpined supports, have better performance even for damaged elements with 5% intensity deficiency. therefore, for such boundary conditions of the beams, the wavelet coefficients are relatively able to detect the local damages. as can be seen from fig. 6-c, when the damaged elements are close to each other, a significant disturbance appears in the vicinity of the damaged elements. in the clamped-clamped beams, when the damages are near the supports, because of the existence of disorders due to the supports, the wavelet coefficients are not able to detect the damages and extension of the mode shapes could not resolve this deficiency (graph a). graphs b, d in fig. 6 reveal that signal energy is successful in detecting damages in clamped-clamped beams. however, it should be noted that mode shapes in this type of beams are not a sinusoidal form, and the energy of mode shapes is not constant but had a curved form. in such a situation, if the damaged j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 276 elements are near the supports, the curvature and the value of energy are negligible, and as a result, the detection process is not easy. fig. 7 displays damage identification for a beam with a spread-configuration of damage using the prescribed methods. as can be seen from this figure, the wavelet doesn't show acceptable performance even for this damage configuration. oppositely, signal energy is able to detect the spread of damages very well. figure 6: damage detection: wavelet transform for scenario no. 7 (a), signal energy for scenario no.7 (b), wavelet transform for scenario no. 8 (c) and signal energy for scenario no.8 (d) figure 7: damage detection using wavelet transform for scenario 9 (a), and signal energy for scenario 9 (b) results in noisy conditions when the noise is added to the mode shapes, the damage detection procedure will be influenced by the added noise. for this purpose, using the following function in matlab, the noisy data are produced. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 277 n 0y =awgn(y ,snr ) (13) where 0ny , y are the output signal as a contaminated mode shape and the input signal as a clean mode shape, respectively. in order to simulate the noisy conditions for mode shapes, the scenarios listed in tab. 3 have been taken into account. in all scenarios, the damage intensities are 5%. scenario no. support condition no. of damaged elements snr (%) order of mode shape in wavelet and signal energy 10 pined-pined 10,50 75 1 11 pined-pined 10,50 75 5 12 clamped-clamped 28,72 75 2 13 clamped-clamped 28,72 75 5 14 pined-pined 20,80 65 3 15 clamped-clamped 28,72 65 5 16 clamped-clamped 28,72 55 6 table 3: the scenarios for damage detection in noisy conditions. figure 8: damage detection using signal energy and wavelet transform in scenarios 10 (a) to 13 (d). when the snr=75% is added to the responses, modal curvatures from lower mode shapes are distorted, and both wavelet coefficients and energy signal methods required employing the higher mode shapes, namely higher than the 5th mode. as noted before, the applied wavelet transform does not represent an appropriate performance in the detection of low j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 278 intensities in pined-pined beams. it turns out that in the noisy condition ( snr=75%) wavelet transform could not detect damages even using higher modes. however, in clamped-clamped beams, the wavelet transform can detect the damages using 5th mode shape data. fig. 8 presents the damage detection for scenarios 10 to 13 in noisy conditions. in scenario no.10, when the lower mode shape data is used, the detection is impossible, and employing the higher modes is needed. in scenario 11, the 5th mode shape information for damage detection is employed, and detection is clear. in opposite to the signal energy technique, the use of high and low mode shapes in the wavelet transform method doesn’t lead to significant improvement (graphs c, d). when the values of snr are reduced, both wavelet transform and energy signal methods could not detect the damages even after applying of the 5th and 6th order of the mode shapes. in this paper, to solve this problem, a combination of discrete wavelet and signal energy methods has been employed. for detection of damages, firstly, a discrete wavelet is applied on the curvature of the mode shape as a noisy response and then approximate and detail wavelet coefficients have been extracted using eqn.(4). because the signal is noisy, the coefficients are not able to detect the locations of the damaged elements, and the appeared disorders in the damaged elements have been affected by the noise. nevertheless, by applying the signal energy operator in approximate wavelet, damage detection successfully has been obtained. fig. 9, displays the locations of damaged elements in snr=65%. as can be seen from this figure, signal energy and wavelet transform individually are not able to detect the damaged elements. as can be seen from graph d, the combination of the proposed method has enough capability to identify the damages. however, near the supports, undesirable irregularities are clearly observed. figure 9: damage detection for scenario no.14 using: only signal energy operator (a), wavelet coefficient detail (b), wavelet coefficient approximate (c) combination of wavelet and signal energy (d). fig. 10, illustrates the identification of damaged elements for snr=65% and 55%. as seen from this figure, the combination of signal energy and wavelet transforms methods could successfully detect the damaged elements. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 279 figure 10: damage detection using signal energy for scenarios 15 or snr= 65% (a), and for scenario no.16 or snr=55% (b). conclusions his paper utilizes the discrete wavelet transforms and teager energy operator methods for damage detection for noisy and clean data. the results show the superiority of the signal energy in comparison with wavelet coefficients. moreover, the results confirm that each individual method in noisy conditions is not suitable for the detection of damages, but the combination of them has a great performance. based on this investigation for the mentioned wavelet transforms and scenarios, the following conclusions could be drawn. 1the signal energy method is able to detect damage using the 1st and the 2nd mode shapes with a 5% intensity in clampedclamped beams. however, when the cracks are in the vicinity of the supports, the higher mode shape, e.g. the 6th mode shape or higher than it is needed. wavelet transforms in the detection of damages with low intensities have poor performance in pined-pined beams. moreover, for the detection of crack close to the support by means of wavelet transforms, the extension of the mode shape from both sides is required. therefore, this problem makes detection difficult. 2for clamped-clamped beams, signal energy has enough capabilities to detect damage using the first mode shape for low intensities. however, when the detection of damage is required near the supports, the higher mode shape data should be taken into account. wavelet transforms have better performance for clamped-clamped beams, compared to the pined-pined ones. however, when the cracks are near the supports, this method is inefficient. 3the sensitivity of signal energy is higher for all intensities of damages while wavelet transforms are insufficiently sensitive to various intensities. therefore, in practice applying the energy method is recommended. when the value of snr is equal to 75%, the signal energy method with higher mode shapes data can detect even low damages, while lower mode shapes are affected with noise, and detection is impossible. wavelet transforms at noisy conditions could not detect the damages at pined-pined beams. when the values of snr are reduced to 65% or 55%, even the signal energy method could not detect the damaged elements. in these cases, the combination of energy and wavelet is required for proper flaw detection. nonetheless, using the higher mode shapes is strongly recommended. acknowledgment he first author acknowledges the support of malayer university when he was an assistant professor of civil engineering from september 2008 to june 2019. disclosure he authors have no conflict of interest to declare. t t t j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 269-280; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.21 280 references [1] doebling, s. w., farrar, c. r., prime, m. b., and shevitz, d. w. (1996). damage identification and health monitoring of structural and mechanical systems from changes in their vibration characteristics: a literature review (no. la-13070-ms). los alamos national lab., nm (united states). [2] ratcliffe, c. p. (1997). damage detection using a modified laplacian operator on mode shape data. journal of sound and vibration, 204(3), pp. 505-517. [3] wang, q., and deng, x. (1999). damage detection with spatial wavelets. international journal of solids and structures, 36(23), pp. 3443-3468. [4] hou, z., noori, m., and amand, r. s. (2000). wavelet-based approach for structural damage detection. journal of engineering mechanics, 126(7), pp. 677-683. [5] chang, c. c., and chen, l. w. (2003). vibration damage detection of a timoshenko beam by spatial wavelet based approach. applied acoustics, 64(12), pp. 1217-1240. [6] ovanesova, a. v., and suarez, l. e. (2004). applications of wavelet transforms to damage detection in frame structures. engineering structures, 26(1), pp. 39-49. [7] loutridis, s., douka, e., and trochidis, a. (2004). crack identification in double-cracked beams using wavelet analysis. journal of sound and vibration, 277(4-5), pp. 1025-1039. [8] chang, c. c., and chen, l. w. (2005). detection of the location and size of cracks in the multiple cracked beam by spatial wavelet based approach. mechanical systems and signal processing, 19(1), pp. 139-155. [9] gökdağ, h., and kopmaz, o. (2009). a new damage detection approach for beam-type structures based on the combination of continuous and discrete wavelet transforms. journal of sound and vibration, 324(3-5), pp. 1158-1180. [10] rucka, m. (2011). damage detection in beams using wavelet transform on higher vibration modes. journal of theoretical and applied mechanics, 49(2), pp. 399-417. [11] zhong, s., and oyadiji, s. o. (2011). detection of cracks in simply-supported beams by continuous wavelet transform of reconstructed modal data. computers and structures, 89(1-2), pp. 127-148. [12] zhong, s., and oyadiji, s. o. (2011). crack detection in simply supported beams using stationary wavelet transform of modal data. structural control and health monitoring, 18(2), pp. 169-190. [13] algaba, m., solís, m., and galvín, p. (2012). wavelet based mode shape analysis for damage detection. in topics in modal analysis ii, springer, new york, ny., 6, pp. 377-384. [14] solís, m., algaba, m., and galvín, p. (2013). continuous wavelet analysis of mode shapes differences for damage detection. mechanical systems and signal processing, 40(2), pp. 645-666. [15] khorram, a., rezaeian, m., and bakhtiari-nejad, f. (2013). multiple cracks detection in a beam subjected to a moving load using wavelet analysis combined with factorial design. european journal of mechanicsa/solids, 40, pp. 97-113. [16] cao, m., radzieński, m., xu, w., and ostachowicz, w. (2014). identification of multiple damage in beams based on robust curvature mode shapes. mechanical systems and signal processing, 46(2), pp. 468-480. [17] cao, m., xu, w., ostachowicz, w., and su, z. (2014). damage identification for beams in noisy conditions based on teager energy operator-wavelet transform modal curvature. journal of sound and vibration, 333(6), pp. 1543-1553. [18] akbari.j, ahmadifarid.m (2018), damage detection of frames using wavelet transforms and signal energy, 7th national and 3rd international conference on modern materials and structures in civil engineering, buali sina university, hamedan, iran, september 8-9. [19] matlab (2018), the mathworks, inc., natick, release 2018a [20] blatter, c. (2018). wavelets: a primer. ak peters/crc press. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_15 a. mehmanparast et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 125-131; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.15 125 focussed on crack paths welding sequence effects on residual stress distribution in offshore wind monopile structures ali mehmanparast, oyewole adedipe, feargal brennan offshore renewable energy centre, cranfield university a.mehmanparast@cranfield.ac.uk, o.adedipe@cranfield.ac.uk, f.brennan@cranfield.ac.uk amir chahardehi atkins energy amir.chahardehi@atkinsglobal.com abstract. residual stresses are often inevitably introduced into the material during the fabrication processes, such as welding, and are known to have significant effects on the subsequent fatigue crack growth behavior of welded structures. in this paper, the importance of welding sequence on residual stress distribution in engineering components has been reviewed. in addition, the findings available in the literature have been used to provide an accurate interpretation of the fatigue crack growth data on specimens extracted from the welded plates employed in offshore wind monopile structures. the results have been discussed in terms of the role of welding sequence in damage inspection and structural integrity assessment of offshore renewable energy structures. keywords. welding sequence; offshore wind monopole; residual stress; fatigue crack growth. introduction elding is a metal joining process which is widely used in manufacturing of full scale components used in industrial applications. during the welding process inhomogeneous plastic strains, caused by thermal cycles (i.e. localised heating and cooling), are introduced into the material which subsequently lead to formation of residual (locked-in) stresses in the welded components. the extent of residual stresses in weldments can be quantified using different techniques. the non-destructive methods which are commonly employed to measure residual stresses are x-ray diffraction, for thin plates, and neutron diffraction, for relatively thick geometries. it has been shown and discussed in previous studies by other researchers that compressive and tensile residual stresses play an important role in the fatigue crack growth behavior of cracked geometries (e.g. [1, 2]). therefore, an important issue to be investigated and accounted for in the remaining life assessment of engineering components subjected to cyclic loading conditions is the influence of residual stresses on the fatigue crack growth behavior of welded components. in order to assess the structural integrity of offshore renewable energy wind turbine structures, which are subjected to fatigue and corrosion damage during operation, fatigue crack growth (fcg) tests have been recently performed on fracture mechanics compact tension, c(t), specimens made of 355d steel which is the material commonly used in fabrication of offshore wind monopiles. c(t) specimens were extracted from typical monopile weldment sections, example of which is given in fig. 1, with the notch tip located in the middle of the heat affected zone (haz) and tested w a. mehmanparast et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 125-131; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.15 126 both in air and seawater. the specimen orientation for these tests was chosen in such a way to allow crack growth occurring in through-thickness (i.e. y axis in fig. 1) direction with the load applied along transverse (i.e. x axis in fig. 1) direction. the preliminary results from these tests have shown “bi-linear” da/dn vs. δk fatigue crack growth behavior [3] which is thought to be due to the tensile-compressive residual stress profiles introduced into the material during the welding process [4]. neutron diffraction (nd) measurements are therefore needed to be performed on weldments to provide accurate interpretation of the fatigue crack growth results. large 355d plates with 90 mm thickness, from which c(t) specimens have been extracted, were welded using multi-pass double v-groove butt welding. the plates were preheated at 50-225°c and no post weld heat treatment was conducted. the parent plates were pre-strained through rolling and then welded, with the weld beads parallel to the rolling direction (i.e. along z axis in fig. 1). in this paper the experimental and numerical results available in the open literature have been reviewed to investigate the influence of welding sequence on residual stress fields for different engineering materials. the findings have been discussed in terms of the influence of multi-pass welding sequence on tensile-compressive residual stress fields and considered to investigate the preferred welding sequences for offshore wind turbine monopile structures. x y z figure 1: 90mm 355d steel weldment typical of an offshore wind monopile structure multi-pass welding effects on residual stress fields single v-groove welded plates he experimental and numerical residual stress data available from studies carried out on single v-groove welded plates have been reviewed in this section. experimental neutron strain scanning measurements were performed by james mn et al [5] on rqt701 high strength steel welded plates manufactured using three different types of filler metals; under-matched, matched and over-matched. two heat input values and plate thicknesses were used in multipass weld runs examined in this work (see fig. 2). it has been shown in [5] that the heat input, filler metal yield strength, plate thickness and fusion zone shape influence the position and magnitude of the tensile and compressive residual stress peaks. an example of a welded plate examined in this work is shown fig. 3. also included in this figure are the indicative directions of residual stress components. the neutron diffraction results plotted against “distance from centre of the weld” in [5] have shown that the z-component (i.e. parallel to weld beads) of stress profile is tensile in the weld metal and haz material whereas the x-component (i.e. transverse) and y-component (i.e. through-thickness) of stress profiles have been found to change from tensile to compressive and the measured values to vary as a function of the depth into the plate thickness (a function of y coordinate). the residual strain measurement results plotted against “distance from center of the weld” in [5] show that the x-component (i.e. transverse) of micro-strain profile is strongly tensile in over-matched welded plates, however in those plates welded with under-matched filler metal both tensile and compressive transverse micro-strains have been found to have magnitudes of much lower than the tensile peaks observed in over-matched welded plates. further shown in [5] is that the position of the tensile peak falls upon the region where the maximum weld t a. mehmanparast et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 125-131; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.15 127 metal volume exists. independent studies on welding residual stress measurements in multi-pass butt-welded austenitic stainless steel thick walled pipes presented in [6] and a36 structural steel thick plates shown in [7] confirm that the welding residual stress is severely sensitive to the yield strength of the weld metal. figure 2: different scenarios of multi-pass weld runs examined in [5]. x y figure 3: an example of a multi-pass welded plate. figure 4: illustration of the plate thickness effects on post-welding residual stress distribution in type 304 stainless steel [8]. a similar study was carried out on aisi type 304 stainless steel in [8] where thin plates during multi-pass manual metal arc welding (mmaw) process were measured using x-ray diffraction. it has been shown in [8] that by increasing the number of passes in single v-groove welded plates, the magnitude of peak tensile stress (at the centre of the weld) gradually reduces and increases on the root side and the top side of the weld pads, respectively. also shown in [8] is that increasing the thickness of the weld pads leads to an increase in the extent of the residual stress distribution region and a reduction in the peak tensile residual stress values (see fig. 4). numerical studies of pass-by-pass residual stress predictions in thick walled plates and thick walled stainless steel pipes can be found in the published literature (e.g. [9, 10]). for instance a finite element study to predict maximum residual stresses in k and v type multi-pass weld joints before and after post weld heat treatment was carried out by cho jr et al [10] in which the predicted results were validated through comparison with hole drilling measurements. it has been shown in [10] that the post weld heat treatment can reduce the maximum residual stress values by around 15%. a. mehmanparast et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 125-131; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.15 128 double v-groove welded plates a numerical sensitivity analysis was carried out by teng t-l [11] to investigate the influence of welding sequence on residual stress distribution in sae 1020 thick plates. two-dimensional finite element analyses were performed in this work to simulate various combinations of multi-pass butt welding sequence. as seen in fig. 5, simulations were conducted to predict residual stresses induced in double v-groove welded plates for three different cases of welding sequences. in this study the v-grooves at both sides of the welded plates were assumed to be the same size. the predicted residual stresses from this study were plotted against “distance from the weld center” and the results are presented in fig. 6. it can be observed in fig. 6 that the stress trends and peak values are relatively sensitive to the welding sequence and the changes in residual stresses are more pronounced in transverse (along x axis) direction compared to the through thickness (along y axis) direction. the predicted results in this figure show that the highest and the lowest peak tensile residual stresses were found in case (c) and case (a) of welding sequences, respectively. comparing the transverse residual stress trends at the center of the weld region in fig. 6(b) it can be seen that the residual stress value predicted for case (c) is almost double of that of predicted for case (a). comparison of the residual stresses predicted in fig. 6(a) and (b) shows that the through thickness (along y axis) peak tensile residual stresses for all three cases of welding sequences have been found much larger than those of predicted along x direction. finally seen in fig. 6 is that the through thickness (along y axis) residual stress trend shows tensile stresses near the weld bead and compressive stresses away from the weld bead, whereas no compressive residual stress field can be observed in transverse (along x axis) residual stresses. x y z figure 5: different cases of multi-pass butt welding sequence [11]. y t h ro u g h t h ic k n e s s r e s id u a l s tr e s s σ y (p a ) (a) (b) figure 6: predicted residual stress components along (a) y direction (b) x direction , for three cases of welding sequences [11]. a. mehmanparast et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 125-131; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.15 129 a similar numerical study on the welding sequence effects in multi-pass butt welding of double v-groove stainless steel thick plates has been conducted by ji sd et al [12] in which finite element predications were validated through comparison with experimental data. a schematic illustration of the welding bead numbers and different cases of welding sequences considered by ji sd et al [12] are shown in fig. 7. as seen in fig. 7 the bottom v-groove in this study was considered smaller than the top groove. it has been shown in [12] that the residual stress fields in the weld region are tensile for both through thickness (along y axis) and transverse (along x axis) directions and the peak values were found near the center of the weld region. finite elements simulations were conducted for different cases of the welding sequences shown in fig. 7 and the peak residual stress results are summarized in tab. 1. as seen in tab. 1 the residual stress profiles and peak values were found sensitive to the welding sequence. moreover, the numerical prediction results presented in [12] suggest that lower magnitude of residual stress profiles and peak values may be obtained when two vgrooves are evenly welded with filler metal (see case(e) and case (c) in fig. 7). x y z figure 7: illustration of welding bead numbers and sequences [12]. welding sequence (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) transverse stress σx (mpa) 623 544 405 718 505 511 829 857 through thickness stress σy (mpa) 634 636 507 823 592 607 879 865 table 1: predicted residual stress peak values for different cases of welding sequences [12]. discussion he residual stress measurements and finite element prediction results available in the literature have shown that the welding sequence has significant influence on the residual stress profiles and peak values in multi-pass butt welded plates. the numerical studies performed to predict residual stress profiles in double v-groove butt welded plates suggest that although transverse stresses may be more sensitive to the welding sequence, the through thickness component of residual stresses generally exhibit higher values compared to transverse stresses. this means that if the welded plate is subjected to a loading condition parallel to the through thickness direction, a relatively small percentage increase or decrease in the peak values of through thickness residual stresses, as a result of the change in the welding sequence, may lead to significant changes in crack growth behavior of the material. it has been also noted that the transverse peak stress values shown in fig. 6(b) are much smaller than those of predicted in tab. 1. the lower σx peak t a. mehmanparast et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 125-131; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.15 130 values in fig. 6(b) compared to tab. 1 might be associated with uneven v-grooves in ref [12], different filler metal properties (e.g. over-matched, under-matched) employed in reference [11] and [12], etc. the peak transverse stresses in thick welded plates used in offshore monopiles (see fig. 1) are expected to be closer to the values predicted in [12] and summarized in tab. 1, though more finite element simulations need to be performed to investigate this further. the residual stress measurement and prediction results for multi-pass welded plates available in the literature suggest that to improve the structural integrity of the offshore wind turbine monopile structures, suitable welding sequences which lead to lower values of damaging (i.e. tensile) residual stresses need to be employed in the fabrication processes. this will provide more robust and cost efficient offshore wind turbine structures. moreover, by measuring the residual stress profiles in welded plates, the time required to inspect damage/cracks initiated in operating structures can be significantly optimized by prioritizing the inspection to be carried out on parts of the structure (e.g. inner surface or outer surface of an offshore monopile) containing tensile residual stresses as opposed to compressive stresses. in other words, in the parts of the offshore monopile welded structures that a tensile residual stress profile exists in a direction parallel to that of the dominant environmental loading axis, frequent inspection will be required since the chance of damage/crack initiation in this region is higher than anywhere else. the fatigue crack growth results from the tests performed on haz c(t) specimens in [3] suggest that the initial part of the fcg behavior with a smaller slope, which can be observed in the bi-linear trend, may be associated with the compressive residual stress effects whereas the latter part of the bi-linear trend, which shows a higher slope, may be related to tensile residual stress profiles remained in the c(t) weld specimens. in order to interpret the fatigue crack growth results performed on specimens extracted from the welded plates employed in offshore monopiles, and also to provide reliable remaining lifetime estimates of the welded structures operating in offshore environments, neutron diffraction residual stress measurements need to be performed on thick welded plates employed in fabrication of offshore monopiles (e.g. fig. 1). these measurements need to be performed along the haz path (through thickness direction) to examine the significance of residual stress effects in the bi-linear fatigue crack growth behavior of c(t) specimens with the crack path located in the haz region. conclusions elding residual stress profiles have been found severely sensitive to the yield strength of the filler metal, heat input, plate thickness, fusion zone shape and welding sequence. numerical studies of multi-pass butt welding in double v-groove thick plates have shown that the highest and the lowest tensile peak stresses are expected to appear when multi-pass welding is performed unevenly and evenly, respectively. the finite element prediction results have shown that the welding sequence influences the residual stress trends and peak values and the changes in residual stresses may be more pronounced in transverse (along x axis) direction compared to the through thickness (along y axis) direction. however, higher values of damaging residual stresses are generally observed in the through thickness residual stress direction. suitable welding sequences which result in lower peak values of tensile residual stresses in thick welded plates need to be employed in manufacturing of offshore wind monopiles. residual stress profiles in offshore structures need to be measured to provide accurate interpretation of the crack growth behavior in offshore welded components. this information also helps to optimize the inspection time required to investigate damage/crack initiation and propagation in offshore wind turbine structures. references [1] jata, k. v., sankaran, k. k., and ruschau, j. j., friction-stir welding effects on microstructure and fatigue of aluminum alloy 7050-t7451, metallurgical and materials transactions a., 31 (2000) 2181-2192. [2] akita, m., nakajima, m., tokaji, k., and shimizu, t., fatigue crack propagation of 444 stainless steel welded joints in air and in 3%nacl aqueous solution, materials & design., 27 (2006) 92-99. [3] adedipe, o., brennan, f., and kolios, a., corrosion fatigue crack growth in offshore wind monopile steel haz material, in: c.g. soares, r.a. shenoi (eds), analysis and design of marine structures v, crc press., (2015) 207-212. [4] jang, c., cho, p.-y., kim, m., oh, s.-j., and yang, j.-s., effects of microstructure and residual stress on fatigue crack growth of stainless steel narrow gap welds, materials & design., 31 (2010) 1862-1870. w a. mehmanparast et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 125-131; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.15 131 [5] james, m. n., webster, p. j., hughes, d. j., chen, z., ratel, n., ting, s. p., bruno, g., and steuwer, a., correlating weld process conditions, residual strain and stress, microstructure and mechanical properties for high strength steelthe role of neutron diffraction strain scanning, materials science and engineering: a., 427 (2006) 16-26. [6] deng, d., murakawa, h., liang, w., numerical and experimental investigations on welding residual stress in multipass butt-welded austenitic stainless steel pipe, computational materials science., 42 (2008) 234-244. [7] chang, p.-h., and teng, t.-l., numerical and experimental investigations on the residual stresses of the butt-welded joints, computational materials science., 29 (2004) 511-522. [8] murugan, s., rai, s. k., kumar, p. v., jayakumar, t., raj, b., and bose, m. s. c., temperature distribution and residual stresses due to multipass welding in type 304 stainless steel and low carbon steel weld pads, international journal of pressure vessels and piping., 78 (2001) 307-317. [9] liu, c., zhang, j. x., and xue, c. b., numerical investigation on residual stress distribution and evolution during multipass narrow gap welding of thick-walled stainless steel pipes, fusion engineering and design., 86 (2011) 288295. [10] cho, j. r., lee, b. y., moon, y. h., and van tyne, c. j., investigation of residual stress and post weld heat treatment of multi-pass welds by finite element method and experiments, journal of materials processing technology., 155–156 (2004) 1690-1695. [11] teng, t.-l., chang, p.-h., and tseng, w.-c., effect of welding sequences on residual stresses, computers & structures., 81(2003) 273-286. [12] ji, s. d., fang, h. y., liu, x. s., and meng, q. g., influence of a welding sequence on the welding residual stress of a thick plate, modelling and simulation in materials science and engineering., 13 (2005) 553-565. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_23_2552 k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 276 a nonlinear elasto-plastic analysis of reissner-mindlin plates by finite element method meftah kamel university of biskra, laboratoire de génie energétique et matériaux, lgem, faculty of sciences and technology, biskra, 07000, algeria k.meftah@univ-biskra.dz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5671-602x sedira lakhdar university of biskra, laboratoire de génie mécanique, lgm, faculty of sciences and technology, biskra, 07000, algeria l.sedira@univ-biskra.dz, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1735-2195 abstract. in this paper, a finite element simulation of nonlinear elastoplastic deformations of reissner-mindlin bending plates is described. the previously proposed four-node q4 element with transverse energy of shearing for thick bending plates is extended to account for isotropic material nonlinearities. an incremental finite element procedure has been used for the elasto-plastic analysis of the thick bending plate. modified newton-raphson method has been used to solve the nonlinear equations. von-mises yield criteria have been applied for yielding of the materials along with the associated flow rule. to verify the present element, simple tests are demonstrated and various elasto-plastic problems in which the development of the plastic zone are solved. keywords. plate element; reissner-mindlin plates; elasto-plasticity; nonlinear analysis. citation: meftah, k., sedira, l., a nonlinear elasto-plastic analysis of reissner-mindlin plates by finite element method, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285. received: 26.06.2019 accepted: 16.08.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n recent years, considerable work has been devoted to the study of nonlinear elasto-plastic responses of reissnermindlin bending plates, since plates are very important parts of engineering structures. the nonlinear elasto-plastic bending plates are analyzed by the finite element methods, the finite difference methods, the discrete element methods and the direct numerical methods. however, the finite element method is a suitable approach and has been successfully used in nonlinear elasto-plastic analysis of plates. for example, a finite element analysis of reissner-mindlin bending plates has been investigated by owen and hinton [1], meftah [2], rezaiee-pajand and sadeghi [3] and kanber and bozkurt [4]. the finite volume formulation is also adopted for the elasto-plastic analysis of reissner-mindlin plates by adapting the layered approach [5] and non-layered model [6]. the elasto-plastic analysis using the element free galerkin i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2552.mp4 k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 277 method (efgm) was initially applied to fracture problems and subsequently applied to 2d problems and to 3d problems [7, 8]. on the other hand, the incremental cyclic plasticity theory is recently used firstly to determine the actual stress and strain state arising in two-dimensional or axi-symmetric notched components and later is extended by marangon et al. [9] and campagnolo et al. [10] to study the three-dimensional effects at the tip of rounded notches in plates of finite thickness. the first order shear deformation theories (fsdts), which include transverse shear deformation, for bending plates have been initially proposed by reissner [11] and further developed by mindlin [12]. these theories are widely employed in the nonlinear elasto-plastic behavior. in this study, a finite element method for analyzing the elasto-plastic plate bending problems is presented. the previous q4 [13] plate element with transverse energy of shearing is extended to account for nonlinear elasto-plastic. the goal of this work is to present a transverse energy four-node element q4 with only four corner nodes which is significantly superior to the classical four-node element and is not computationally as expensive as a quadratic quadrangle 9-noded hétérosis element. having a finite element method for linear elastic analysis of reissner-mindlin bending plates, we further develop the model to investigate the elasto-plastic behavior and plastic zone of the structures under consideration. a modified newton-raphson method has been used to solve the non-linear equations. von-mises yield criterion has been adopted to deal with yielding of the materials along with the isotropic hardening. a computer program has been developed and a number of plate-bending problems have been solved. as the applications of the present element, the square plates with the various boundary conditions are calculated. the results have been compared with existing benchmark solutions. results obtained with the q4 plate element, with the adopted constitutive laws, are compared with those provided by the quadratic quadrangle 9-noded hétérosis element presented in references [1, 14] with the provision of selective integration and reduced integration. all the computations were carried out in fortran finite element code developed by owen and hinton [1] and hinton and owen [14]. reissner-mindlin plate theory he reissner-mindlin plate theory (also designated first order shear deformation theory, fsdt) is more adequate for the analysis of moderately thick plates. the sign convention for stress resultants, the displacement field and the coordinate system are indicated in fig. 1. general notation is mx, my bending moments, mxy twisting moments, vx, vy transverse shear forces, w deflection in z-direction and x , y rotations of the xzand yz-planes, respectively. figure 1: schematic of the reissner-mindlin plate indicating the sign convention chosen for forces and moments. the displacement field at any point within the element is given by:       , , , x y u z x y v z x y w w x y          (1) the flexural and transverse shear strains in the plate for isotropic homogeneous linear behavior elastic can be written in the concise matrix form as: t k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 278    tf x y xy    ;     t s xz yz   (2) the linear relationships between the displacements and strains can be obtained by using the definitions of strains from the theory of elasticity: ; yx x y u v z z x x y y                (3) 2 yx xy xy u v z y x y x                   (4) 2xz xz x w x         ; 2yz yz y w y         (5) assuming normal stress zz to be negligibly small compared to other normal stresses, the stress-strain relationship in the matrix takes the form:  d  (6) where   = { xx yy xy yz zx }t and the matrix  d for isotropic materials is defined:   0 0 f s d d d        (7) with   1 0 . . 0 1s d g k h        ; 3 2 1 0 . 1 0 12(1 ) 1 0 0 2 f e h d                        (8) where h is the thickness of the plate, k is a shear correction coefficient, e is the young's modulus and  is the poisson's ratio. the generalized forces per unit of length of the plate side can be obtained using the stress field; these forces are the bending moments (m) and the shear forces (v):   2 2 h xx yy h xy m z dz                 ;   2 2 h yz xzh v dz            (9) constitutive equation for rate independent elastoplasticity fter initial yielding the material behavior will be partly elastic and partly plastic. during any increment of stress, the changes of strain are assumed to be divisible into elastic and plastic components, so that: a k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 279 e pd d d    (10) the elastic-plastic strain increment is given by the incremental form of:   1 fd d d d         (11) where d is a proportional constant called plastic multiplier and f    is the flow vector, which is normal to the adopted yield function, presented in eq. (12), considering that the yield surface only depends on the magnitude of the applied principal stresses and of a hardening parameter h: ( , ) ( , ) ( ) 0yf h f h h     (12) where y is the yield stress and f( ,h) is the yield criterion. in this paper, the elasto-plastic constitutive model based on the von-mises associated yield criterion is adopted for the reissner-mindlin plate theory [15]:     1 2 22 2 2 2 21( ) 6 2 xx yy xx yy xy yz zx yf                       (13) where e is the von-mises effective stress. the elastic-plastic incremental stress strain relationship:  ep e pd d d d      (14) ep e f d d d d            (15) the differential form of eq. (12) is: 0y f df d h h           (16) or ta 0df d ad    (17) in which the flow vector at is define as: ta x y xy yz zx f f f f f f                          (18) eqns. (16) and (17) can be reduced to get the hardening parameter a as: 1 ya d h h      (19) the plastic rate multiplier can be obtained as: k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 280 t t a a a d d d a d    (20) by substituting the expression of the plastic multiplier d into eq. (15), the elasto-plastic tangent modulus is derived as: t t a a a a ep d d d d a d    (21) the incremental stress-strain relationship is given as:   0 0 epf ff s s s dd d d dd                     (22) for mindlin plate, yield function f is assumed to be function of f but not of the transverse shear stresses s , the direct stresses associated with flexure only hence sd always remain elastic [1, 16, 17]. finite element formulation he mindlin-reissner theory takes the shear deformation into account by decoupling the rotation of the plate crosssection from the slope of the deformed mid-surface and the displacement field requires c0 continuity only. then the displacement fields (the transverse displacement w and two rotations x, y) are described by the same order of shape functions as follows:   1 0 0 0 0 0 0 i in x i xi i y i yi w n w d n n                              (23) the bending and shear strain-displacement relationships are given as: 1 . n f fi i i b d     ; 1 . n s si i i b d     (24) with 0 0 0 0 0 i i fi i i n x n b y n n y x                       ; 0 0 i i si i i n n x b n n y           (25) the tangential stiffness matrix can be written as follows:      t tt f ep f s s a k b d b b d b da          (26) t k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 281 in this study the solution is obtained resorting to the modified newton-raphson method [1]. in this algorithm the modification consists of computing the tangent stiffness matrix only once in the beginning of each load increment than in each iteration. q4 finite element the q4 element shown in fig. 2 is adopted in the present study. this element contains four nodes at the corners and the associated classical interpolation functions given by [13]:   1 1 1 4 i i in     ; i = 1, 2, 3 and 4 (27) with    1 2 3 4, , , 1,1,1, 1       and    1 2 3 4, , , 1, 1,1,1       .   a1 a2 b1  b2 1  2 3 4  1a  2a  1b  2b  figure 2: q4 quadrilateral isoparametric element [13]. for the q4 element the transverse field of distortion  is linearly discretizes in the element of reference by side so that: 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 a a b b                                     (28) by means of then the relations:    1 , 1 0w d          ;    1 , 1 0w d          ; for 1   and 1   (29) one establishes that:  1 2 1 1 2 1 2 a w w        ;  2 4 3 3 4 1 2 a w w        (30.a)  1 4 1 1 4 1 2 b w w        ;  2 3 2 2 3 1 2 b w w        (30.b) by deferring the two results above in the statement of  , one from of deduced that: k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 282 0 0 i i ii i i i i i n n w n n                                                     (31) it is now necessary to express the rotations given here in the element of reference according to rotations in the local coordinate system:   xkk k ykk j                (32) where jk is the inverse jacobian matrix components. numerical examples he resulting mathematical model of the proposed q4 element and the classical associative plasticity model are implemented into a fortran calculation code to account for small strain elasto-plastic problems. a nonlinear elasto-plastic behavior of bending plates under mechanical loading with different boundary conditions and different aspect ratios were studied. both problems involve square plates subjected to a uniformly distributed load of magnitude 1 kn/m². the material is considered as elasto-plastic (where the material is considered elastic perfectly plastic and the von mises model is adopted) with: l = 1.0 ; h = 0.5 and 0.01 ; e = 10.92 gpa;  = 0.3 and yield stress y = 1600 mpa. because of the symmetry, only a quarter of the plate is modeled using 4×4 mesh as shown in fig. 3. x y  l l sym.  sym.  figure 3: square plate, its finite element models. simply supported square plate in the first elasto-plastic example, a simply supported square plate subjected to uniformly distributed load is considered. the results are presented in figs. 4 and 5 and shows the load-deflection curves with respect to the maximum deflection when nondimensional incremental load intensity is 0. ²q l m (m0 fully plastic moment 0 . . ² 4ym l h ). this figure also shows a comparison among the hétérosis finite element solution obtained by owen and hinton [1]. the central displacements, for comparison of plates with different thicknesses (h = 0.01 and 0.5), have been normalized as: 0. . ²w d m l where    3 2. 12(1 )d e h   is the flexural rigidity of the plate. the results obtained from the present 4node element q4 agree well with those obtained from the 9-node hétérosis element reported in reference [1]. from the observation of the figures, it is possible to conclude that the accuracies of the present 4-node new element globally close t k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 283 to that of the 9-node hétérosis element. fig. 6 shows the progression of the plastic regions at different levels of loading. from this figure, first yielding is observed at the four corners of the plate and then at the center, and the plastic regions extend along the diagonals. ². . 0 lm dw 0 ². m lq   0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 elément hétérosis elément q4gamma hétérosis element q4g element figure 4: load-deflection curves for simply supported square plate (h = 0.01). 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 elément hétérosis elément q4gamma ². . 0 lm dw 0 ². m lq hétérosis element q4g element figure 5: load-deflection curves for simply supported square plate (h = 0.5).   0 0 .1 2 5 0 .2 5 0 .3 7 5 0 .5 0 .6 2 5 0 .7 5 0 .8 7 5 1 0 0.125 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 4.60e4+ 4.18e4 to 4.60e4 3.77e4 to 4.18e4 3.35e4 to 3.77e4 2.93e4 to 3.35e4 2.51e4 to 2.93e4 2.09e4 to 2.51e4 1.67e4 to 2.09e4 1.26e4 to 1.67e4 8.37e3 to 1.26e4 4.18e3 to 8.37e3 0.00e0 to 4.18e3 figure 6: progression of yield regions for simply supported square plate (h = 0.01). k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 284 clamped square plate a clamped square plate subjected to uniform load is analyzed. fig. 7 shows the load-deflection curve with respect to maximum deflection with (h = 0.01). the present 4-node element q4 results are compared with those of hétérosis finite element reported by owen and hinton [1]. from this figure, it is observed that the results provided by the present fournode q4 element are in a good agreement with those of the converged results of the 9-node hétérosis element given in [1]. the progression of the yield regions at different levels of loading is summarized in fig. 8. in this case, the first yielding of the plate occurs at the middle of the four edges, and the plastic regions extend along these edges until the center of the plate yields. 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 elément hétérosis elément q4gamma ². . 0 lm dw 0 ². m lq hétérosis element q4g element figure 7: load-deflection curves for clamped square plate (h = 0.01).   0 0 .1 2 5 0 .2 5 0 .3 7 5 0 .5 0 .6 2 5 0 .7 5 0 .8 7 5 1 0 0.125 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.74e5+ 1.59e5 to 1.74e5 1.43e5 to 1.59e5 1.27e5 to 1.43e5 1.11e5 to 1.27e5 9.52e4 to 1.11e5 7.93e4 to 9.52e4 6.34e4 to 7.93e4 4.76e4 to 6.34e4 3.17e4 to 4.76e4 1.59e4 to 3.17e4 0.00e0 to 1.59e4 figure 8: progression of yield regions for clamped square plate (h = 0.01). conclusions n this work, a finite element method for analyzing the problem of elasto-plastic bending of a square plate is presented. the previously proposed four-node q4 element with transverse energy of shearing for thick bending plates is extended to account for nonlinear elasto-plastic problems. the adopted constitutive model is the classical associative von-mises plasticity model where the modified newton-raphson scheme has been implemented for solving the nonlinear numerical system. to perform numerical tests, various examples within the nonlinear context are used to assess the accuracy against currently existing well-performed elements. the present element shows reliability and i k. meftah et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 276-285; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23 285 robustness when compared with some reference elements from the literature. the elasto-plastic results obtained by fournode q4 element for the square bending plates with various boundary conditions can be treated with acceptable accuracy compared with those obtained by 9-node hétérosis element. for the displacement field and for the plastic zone the q4 solutions are very similar to the hétérosis solutions. references [1] owen, d.r.j. and hinton, e. (1980). finite elements in plasticity – theory and practice, pinerdge press limited, swansea, u.k. [2] meftah, k. (2019). analyse non linéaire (élasto-plasticité) des plaques reissner-mindlin, ed. universitaires europeennes, paris, france. [3] rezaiee-pajand, m. and sadeghi, y. (2013). a bending element for isotropic, multilayered and piezoelectric plates, latin american journal of solids and structures, 10(2), pp. 323-348. doi: 10.1590/s1679-78252013000200006. [4] kanber, b. and bozkurt, · o.y. (2006). finite element analysis of elasto-plastic plate bending problems using transition rectangular plate elements, acta mechanica sinica 22, pp. 355–365. doi: 10.1007/s10409-006-0012-y. [5] fallah, n. and parayandeh-shahrestany a. (2014). a novel finite volume based formulation for the elasto-plastic analysis of plates, thin-walled structures, 77, pp. 153-164. doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2013.09.025. [6] fallah, n., parayandeh shahrestany, a. and golkoubi, h. (2017). a finite volume formulation for the elasto-plastic analysis of rectangular mindlin-reissner plates, a non-layered approach, civil engineering infrastructures journal, 50(2), pp. 293 – 310. doi: 10.7508/ceij.2017.02.006. [7] kargarnovin, m.h., toussi, h.e. and fariborz, s.j. (2003). elasto-plastic element-free galerkin method, computational mechanics, 33, pp. 206-14. doi: 10.1007/s00466-003-0521-5. [8] pamin, j., askes, h. and borst, r. (2003). two gradient plasticity theories discretized with the element-free galerkin method, computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering, 192, pp. 2377-403. doi: 10.1007/s00466-003-0521-5. [9] marangon, c., campagnolo, a. and berto, f. (2015). three-dimensional effects at the tip of rounded notches subjected to mode-i loading under cyclic plasticity, j. strain anal. eng. des., 50(5), pp. 299–313. doi: 10.1177/0309324715581964. [10] campagnolo, a., berto, f. and marangon, c. (2016). cyclic plasticity in three-dimensional notched components under in-phase multiaxial loading at r=−1, theor. appl. fract. mech., 81. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2015.10.004. [11] reissner, e. (1945). the effect of transverse shear deformation on the bending of elastic plates. j. appl. mech., 12, pp. 66–77. [12] mindlin, r.d. (1951). influence of rotatory inertia and shear on flexural motion of isotropic, elastic plates, j. appl. mech., 18, pp. 31–38. [13] batoz, j. and dhatt, g. (1992). modelization of structures by finite elements: beams and plates, hermes, paris. [14] hinton, e. and owen, d.r.j. (1984). finite element software for plates and shells, pineridge press limited, swansea, u.k. [15] chen, w.f. and han, d.j. (1988). plasticity for structural engineers, springer-verlag, new york. [16] kanber, b. and bozkurt, o.y. (2006). finite element analysis of elasto-plastic plate bending problems using transition rectangular plate elements, acta mechanica sinica, 22, pp. 355–365. doi: 10.1007/s10409-006-0012-y. [17] belinha, j. and dinis, l. (2006). elasto-plastic analysis of plates by the element free galerkin method, international journal for computer-aided engineering and software, 23, pp. 525-551. doi: 10.1108/02644400610671126. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word ecf22_206 as d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 348 the “projection-by-projection” (pbp) criterion for multiaxial random fatigue loadings: guidelines to practical implementation d. benasciutti, d. zanellati, a. cristofori university of ferrara, department of engineering, via saragat 1, 44122, ferrara, italy denis.benasciutti@unife.it, davide.zanellati@unife.it, alessandro.cristofori@unife.it abstract. this work is motivated by the increasing interest towards the application of the “projection-by-projection” (pbp) spectral method in finite element (fe) analysis of components under multiaxial random loadings. to help users and engineers in developing their software routines, this paper presents a set of numerical case studies to be used as a guideline to implement the pbp method. the sequence of analysis steps in the method are first summarized and explained. a first numerical example is then illustrated, in which various types of biaxial random stress are applied to three materials with different tension/torsion fatigue properties. results of each analysis step are displayed explicitly to allow a plain understanding of how the pbp method works. the examples are chosen with the purpose to show the capability of the method to take into account the effect of correlation degree among stress components, and the relationship between material and multiaxial stress in relation to the tension/torsion fatigue properties. a case study is finally discussed, in which the method is applied to a fe structural durability analysis of a simple structure subjected to random excitations. the example describes the flowchart and the program by which to implement the method through ansys apdl software. this final example illustrates how the pbp method is an efficient tool to analyze multiaxial random stresses in complex structures. keywords. multiaxial fatigue; random stress; frequency-domain approach; power spectral density (psd); finite element method. citation: benasciutti, d. zanellati, d., cristofori, a., the “projection-by-projection” (pbp) criterion for multiaxial random fatigue loadings: guidelines to practical implementation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366. received: 29.10.2018 accepted: 30.11.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction t may happen that a new multiaxial fatigue criterion, first published as an article in a scientific journal, gains an increasing interest also in the technical community, among engineers or developers of fatigue-based software. it may also happen, though, that the scientific article (clearly more focused in explaining the theory than providing detailed results or case studies) does not give enough practical information to allow users or engineers to implement correctly the criterion on their i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/47/2233.mp4 d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 349 own. users, in implementing the criterion, may feel not sure to have correctly understood the basic principles of the method and have doubts that their own programs are really free from errors and/or misinterpretations, and that they return a output truly correct. the possibility to have access to detailed results for a number of simple case studies, to be used as a reference, may thus help to solve possible doubts. the “projection-by-projection” (pbp) method is fatigue criterion for multiaxial loadings. it has first been proposed about ten years ago [1,2] as a conventional time-domain criterion, in which stress time-histories are processed directly. it was then reformulated in the frequency-domain to address multiaxial random loadings [3,4]. indeed, like for other multiaxial criteria, a time-domain definition may become computationally time-consuming (and thus impractical), for example when considering medium-to-large finite element models, in which it is required to process long digitalized multiaxial timehistories in hundreds or thousands of nodes [5]. this is perhaps the main limitation (along with others theoretical issues here not mentioned) that motivated the researchers’ effort of reformulating multiaxial criteria (pbp included) from timeto frequency-domain. unlike their time-domain counterparts, frequency-domain multiaxial criteria (also called multiaxial spectral methods) are indeed able to reduce the overall computational time drastically, while keeping high levels of accuracy. in multiaxial spectral methods, the fatigue damage and life are estimated directly from power spectral density (psd) data (i.e. spectra and crossspectra), which characterize a multiaxial random stress in the frequency-domain [5]. this approach proves to be computationally efficient especially if it can exploit results of fe structural dynamic analyses. it has furthermore been demonstrated that the pbp method, unlike other frequency-domain criteria, is sensitive to the local state of stress in a structure as it correctly takes into account the degree of correlation between stress components. at the same time, the method can also account for different material behaviors depending on different types of multiaxial stress [1-4]. this is of great relevance in engineering applications, in which several materials need to be scrutinized and compared for the same component geometry, or it is required to perform a geometric optimization to make the best use of a given material. though the pbp spectral method has been presented in a number of scientific articles published so far [3,4], it is our belief that this work – entirely devoted to its practical application – would be helpful to anyone who wishes to implement the method on his own. after summarizing some theoretical formulas to characterize deviatoric and hydrostatic stress components in frequency-domain, the work discusses all the steps necessary to implement the pbp method. a first numerical case study is considered, in which various biaxial stress states are applied to three different materials. each analysis step is commented on in detail to give an exhaustive description of the procedure. finally, the case of a simple 2d structure subjected to random excitations is considered to show how the pbp method can be easily embedded into a fe durability analysis. frequency-domain description of a multiaxial random stress efore discussing the pbp criterion and the numerical examples, it is useful to summarize the main quantities used in the following (a nomenclature is also given at the end of the article). the next paragraphs will assume that the reader is somehow familiar with the basic concepts and terminology of the frequency-domain approach to random processes. otherwise, a short review is provided in appendix a. equations will be developed for a biaxial stress state; extension to a three-dimensional stress state is straightforward. description of multiaxial stress state in physical space assume that σ(t) represents the time-varying stress tensor in a point of a mechanical component (t is the time variable). if the point is located on the surface, where fatigue cracks usually nucleate, the tensor σ(t) will have three non-redundant stress components σx(t), σy(t), τxy(t) (i.e. biaxial or plane stress), where σ and τ are normal and shear stress, respectively. each stress σx(t), σy(t), τxy(t) is assumed to be a zero-mean and covariant stationary random stress (the term “stationary” means, roughly speaking, that the random stress has statistical properties almost constant over time). the stress components in σ(t) are usually reordered into a stress vector x(t)=(σx(t), σy(t), τxy(t)), also written as x(t)=(x1(t), x2(t), x3(t)). this vector is characterized in the frequency-domain by the two-sided psd matrix:            )()()( )()()( )()()( )( * , * , , * , ,, fsfsfs fsfsfs fsfsfs f xyxyyyxyxx xyyyyyyyxx xyxxyyxxxx s (1) b d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 350 in which diagonal terms are auto-spectra and out-of-diagonal terms cross-spectra; f is the frequency (hz). matrix s(f) is hermitian (see appendix a). the psd matrix allows the covariance matrix c (symmetric) to be computed:            xyyyxyxy,xx xyyyyyxxyy xyxxyyxxxx ccc ccc ccc , ,, ,, c (2) the i-th diagonal term cii=var(xi(t)) is the variance of stress xi(t), the ij-th out-of-diagonal term is the covariance cij=cov(xi(t), xj(t)) between xi(t) and xj(t). normalizing the covariance cij allows a correlation coefficient to be defined as jjiiijij cccr / . the correlation coefficient represents, for multiaxial random loadings, the statistical equivalent of the phase angle for sinusoidal loadings. it discriminates between two limiting cases: rij=1 for perfectly correlated processes (i.e. proportional stresses), rij=0 for uncorrelated processes (i.e. not-proportional stresses). description of deviatoric and hydrostatic stress the pbp method is an invariant-based multiaxial criterion, so a frequency-domain description of the deviatoric and hydrostatic stresses is needed. the pbp criterion works with the amplitude a2,j of the square root of the second invariant j2 of the deviatoric stress tensor σ'(t), where the decomposition σ(t)=σ'(t)+σh(t)i into deviatoric and hydrostatic tensors is used. the definition )()()(2 tttj ss  relates the second invariant to the stress vector s(t)=(s1(t), s2(t), s3(t)) in the threedimensional deviatoric space. the following transformation rules apply [6]:   3 )()( )( 100 0 2 1 0 0 32 1 3 1 where)()( )()()( )( 2 1 )( 2 1 )( )()(2 32 1 )( 2 3 )( 3 2 1 tt t tt ttts ttts tttts yyxx h xyxy yyyy yyxxxx                                      axas (3) expressions (3) allow both the hydrostatic and deviatoric stress components to be directly computed from the stress vector x(t) in the physical space. when the stress tensor σ(t) changes over time, the tip of vector s(t) describes a curve (loading path ) in the deviatoric space. in a time-domain approach, conventional definitions (e.g. longest chord, minimum circumscribed circle, etc. [6]) are used to identify the amplitude a2,j of the loading path. in a frequency-domain approach, this time-domain procedure is replaced by a spectral characterization of the stress quantities in eq. (3). as a first step, the correlation matrix of s(t) is defined as:       tttt ttette araaxxassr'  )()()()()()(  (4) where r() is the correlation matrix of x(t), with  a time lag (see appendix a). the (symmetric) covariance matrix of s(t) results in the special case =0:              33 2322 131211 'sym '' ''' ')()( c cc ccc tte tt cacassc (5) d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 351 where c=r() is the covariance matrix of x(t), see eq. (2). similarly to x(t), the psd matrix s'(f) of vector s(t) is the fourier transform of the correlation matrix r'() in eq. (4):           tt)()()(' asaaraarar's  ff t  (6) the previous result yields by the fact that the fourier transform   is a linear operator and a is a matrix of constants. by following the same procedure, it is straightforward to find the psd expression of the hydrostatic stress σh(t):   )(re2)()( 9 1 )( ,h fsfsfsfs yyxxyyxx  (7) its zero-order spectral moment (i.e. area of sh( f )) gives the variance:    yyxxyyxxhh cvvtvarv ,2 9 1 )(   (8) expressions (6)-(7) characterize the deviatoric and hydrostatic stress in the frequency-domain completely. analysis steps of the pbp criterion his section summarizes the main analysis steps to be followed when implementing the pbp criterion (see fig. 1). if the pbp method is applied to the output of a fe analysis, the steps have to be repeated for each nodal result in the model. the input data required by the analysis are:  psd matrix s(f) of the biaxial stress (σx(t), σy(t), τxy(t)), along with the covariance matrix c in eq. (2) calculated from s(f). the stress may refer to a physical point in a structure, or to a node in a fe model (in which case matrix s(f) is output directly by a fe analysis). if s(f) is not known, it may be estimated from measured time-histories;  parameters of tension and torsion s-n curves: strength amplitudes σa, τa at na=2106 cycles and inverse slopes kσ, kτ. the s-n lines may represent design curves at prescribed survival probability (97.7%). figure 1: analysis steps and quantities involved by the pbp spectral method in frequency-domain. step 1 – from stress vector to deviatoric/hydrostatic stress the first step is to characterize the stress vector s(t) by its psd matrix s'(f) in eq. (6), and by its covariance matrix c', see eq. (5) or equivalently compute c' from s'(f). then, characterize the hydrostatic stress σh(t) by its power spectrum sh(f) in eq. (7), and by its variance vh, see eq. (8). input stress psd covariance matrix s(f), c material properties σa, τa (at na cycles) kσ, kτ analysis steps output deviatoric/hydrostatic 1 principal system i‐th damage d1, d2 , d3 reference s‐n line ρref, jaref, kref total damage dtot 3 3 2 4 5 tf=dcr/dtot fatigue life 4 psd (deviatoric) psd (projections) s'(f) s'p(f) c', vh c'p11, c'p22, c'p33 u 2 2 t d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 352 step 2 – from the original coordinate system to the (rotated) principal coordinate system in general, matrix c' is not diagonal, i.e. some correlation exists between the stress components of s(t). if this happens, it is necessary to compute a new covariance matrix c'p in which all cross-correlations (out-of-diagonal elements) are zero. this outcome yields by solving the following eigenvalue/eigenvector problem for c':             33 22 11 t 00 00 00 ''' p p p pp c' c' c cucuc (9) the eigenvalues are in the main diagonal of c'p, the eigenvectors are the columns of u. in a time-domain perspective, the eigenvalue/eigenvector problem (9) can be viewed as the projection of the loading path  along the axes of a new (rotated) “principal coordinate system”. the new system is located by a rotation angle (whose direction cosines are the eigenvectors in the column of matrix u) from the original system in which s(t) is initially defined. projecting the loading path into the new coordinate system yields 3 new stress components ωp,i(t) (i=1, 2, 3), which are grouped in the vector ω(t)=(ωp,1(t), ωp,2(t), ωp,3(t)). since matrix c'p is diagonal, the stress components in ω(t) are completely uncorrelated, that is cov(ωp,h(t), ωp,k(t))=0 for any h≠k. the diagonal elements in c'p are the variances cpii=var(ωp,i(t)). fig. 2 shows an example for a tension/torsion loading. the non-null deviatoric stress components s1(t), s3(t) give the twodimensional loading path . once projected in the principal system this path gives rise to two stress projections ωp,1(t), ωp,3(t). both vectors s(t) and ω(t) then share the same loading path in the deviatoric space. figure 2: example of random loading path  in the two-dimensional deviatoric space, resulting from a tension/torsion loading. the rotated “principal coordinate system” is located by axes (s1,0, s3,0) and it is used to obtain the stress projections ωp,1(t), ωp,3(t). in a frequency-domain approach, the direct projection  is yet not necessary, as it is replaced by a “rotation” of the psd matrix from the “old” to the “new” coordinate system. indeed, vector ω(t) is characterized in the frequency-domain by the psd matrix s'p(f), which turns out by “projecting” the spectral matrix s'(f) in the new rotated principal system:                     )(00 0)(0 00)( ' '' 33 22 11 p t p fs fs fs fff p p p susus (10) 1000 1500 2000 2500 s3(t) t t s1 (t) s1 s3 load path ψ xx(t) τxy(t) t t d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 353 matrix s'p(f) is diagonal, by definition, and it collects the auto-spectra s'ii(f) of stress projection ωp,i(t), i=1, 2, 3. thanks to the fact that, in the principal system, the stress projections ωp,i(t) are completely uncorrelated, their fatigue damage can be computed separately. knowing the power spectra s'pii(f), the damage can be estimated through spectral methods for uniaxial loadings (see step 4). to this end, each spectrum needs to be characterized by several parameters (see appendix a): spectral moments (λ0i, λ1i, λ2i, λ4i), bandwidth parameters (α1i, α2i), frequency of up-crossing and peaks (ν0,i, νp,i). step 3 – reference s-n line in the modified wöhler diagram the fatigue damage for each projected stress ωp,i(t) is calculated on a “reference s-n curve” in a modified wöhler diagram (mwd) [7]. this diagram relates the number of cycles to failure, n, to the amplitude of the square root of second invariant of stress deviator, ajj a2, (from now on, this simplified notation will be used to avoid the square root symbol). fig. 3 depicts the relationship between the mwd and the wöhler diagram. the figure shows, on the right, the reference sn line along with the tension and torsion s-n lines in the mwd, and it also clarifies how the tension/torsion lines in mwd have to be sketched from the corresponding lines in the wöhler diagram on the left. from the first and third expression in eq. (3), in the mwd the reference strength amplitudes at na cycles are 3/, aaj   and aaj  , , where σa and τa are the amplitudes for fully-reversed axial and torsion loading, respectively. the inverse slopes for tension and torsion remain unchanged. fig. 3 considers the case in which 3aa   and kτ>kσ. other arrangements of s-n lines are yet possible depending on the combination of fatigue properties characterizing a specific material. the list in tab. 1 shows that materials are indeed characterized by s-n properties over a wide range [8]. material ref. type of loading σa τa kσ kτ σa/τa kσ/kτ aluminium alloy alcumg1 [9] b, t 161 97 7.027 6.868 1.66 0.98 carbon steel c40 (sae1040) [10] a, t 264.2 195.8 17.09 18.2 1.35 1.06 structural steel csn 41 1523 (s355 type) [11] b, t 231.7 144.5 21.21 15.04 1.60 0.71 medium alloy steel 34crmo4 [11] b, t 375 261.1 15.33 11.36 1.44 0.74 low-alloy steel s20c (aisi 1020 type) [9] b, t 227 97.8 6.17 6.06 2.32 0.98 aluminium alloy d-30 [9] b, t 180 120 10.753 9.174 1.5 0.85 structural steel 18g2a (s255 j0) [12] b, t 189.6 141.9 7.9 12.3 1.34 1.56 brass cuzn40pb2 [9] b, t 216 187 5.857 17.172 1.16 2.93 carbon steel c40 (sae1040)* [10] a, t 117.8 152.8 4.62 8.2 0.77 1.77 carbon steel ck 45 (sae1045)* [13], [14] b, t 357 226 7.7 13.4 1.58 1.74 table 1: fatigue parameters for several plain materials or notched specimen). * v-notched (r=0.5 mm) the reference s-n line in the mwd is located by the stress ratio [3,4]:       3 1 ,2 2 3 i iip h,mh ref c v  (11) which is a function of the mean value σh,m and variance vh of the hydrostatic stress σh(t), and of the square root of the sum of variances cp,ii of stress projections ωp,i(t). parameter ρref only depends on the multiaxial stress, not on material. in eq. (11), the numerator approximates the maximum of hydrostatic stress, whereas the denominator estimates the equivalent amplitude of cycles counted in each projection. if all stress components have a zero mean value, it is σh,m=0. in case of constant amplitude multiaxial loading (sinusoidal), the expression (11) returns the definition of ρref given in [1,2] for the time-domain criterion. d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 354 parameter ρref quantifies the relative contribution of hydrostatic to deviatoric stress components in a multiaxial stress. two limiting cases exist for uniaxial loading: a stress ratio ρref=1 for tension or bending (only normal stress), ρref=0 for torsion (only shear stress). a purely hydrostatic state of stress would have ρref. on either two limiting cases (i.e. ρref =0 or 1), the reference s-n line coincides with the line of the corresponding uniaxial loading (tension or torsion). in any other case in which the loading is multiaxial (i.e. for any other value 0≤ρref≤1), the reference s-n curve would lie between those for tension and torsion, its position being established by ρref. figure 3: relationship between s-n lines in wöhler diagram (left) and modified wöhler diagram (right). the reference s-n line for a general multiaxial stress (ρ=ρref) is also shown. symbol ja stands for a2,j . in a log-log diagram, the reference s-n line is expressed by the equation refcnj  refk a , where cref = na·(ja,ref)kref is a strength constant; ja,ref is the amplitude strength (at na cycles) and kref the inverse slope. they are linearly interpolated as [7]:        kkkk jjjj refref aarefa,a,ref   ,, (12) from the amplitude strengths ja,, ja,τ and inverse slopes kσ, kτ of the tension and torsion s-n curves. step 4 – fatigue damage calculated for each stress projection each stress projection ωp,i(t), obtained in step 2, is a uniaxial random stress. its damage in time unit (damage/s), say d(ωp,i(t)), can be estimated in the frequency-domain by uniaxial spectral methods. no restriction is imposed on which method to use from those available in the literature [15,16], although “wide-band methods” are recommended if the psd of each projection ωp,i(t) is not narrow-band. for example, fairly accurate estimations are given by the “tovo-benasciutti (tb) method” [15,16]:             2 12 i0 1 0 refk ,ref,itb,ip,itb k γcd ref (13) where γ(-) is the gamma function and ηtb,i is a correction factor that accounts for the spectral bandwidth of sp,i(f) and it depends on a proper weighting coefficient bapp (for their expressions, see [15,16]). in the limiting case of narrow-band psd, ηtb,i→1. eqn. (13) has been proved to provide estimations close to those from dirlik’s method, which the reader may be more familiar to [17]:                     i k ii refk ref k ii k ,i ref p,i ipdk drd k kqd c d ref refrefref ,3,2,10, 2 121  (14) parameters d1,i, d2,i, d3,i, qi, ri are best-fitting coefficients; their expressions can easily be found in the literature (see, for example, [15-17]). ja(log) n (log)n (log) σ,τ(log) σa ρ=0 (torsion) ρ=1 (tension) ρ=ρref ja,τ ja, ja,ref τa torsion tension σa/3 kσ kτ kref tension (scaled) kτ kσ d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 355 step 5 – estimating the total fatigue damage once the fatigue damage d(ωp,i(t)) for every projection has been calculated, the total damage d(ω) caused by stress vector ω(t) (which coincides with the damage of the multiaxial stress x(t)) can be estimated by the following expression:   2 3 1i 2 )( ref ref k k p,idd                    (15) this expression employs a non-linear combination rule to handle damaging events in uncorrelated stress projections. this law is able to account for the phase shift between stress components. its validity versus experimental data has been checked in previous publications [3]. eqn. (15) is very general. its mathematical expression depends on the particular spectral method used for estimating d(ωp,i(t)). if the “tb method” is considered:      refref k k ,itb,i ref reftb k γcd                 3 1i 2 0i0, 1 2 2 1  (16) the dirlik’s method yields, instead, a slightly more complex equation:         2 3 1i 2 ,3,2,1i0, 2 ip, 1 2 121 ref ref refrefrefref k k i k ii refk ref k ii k refdk drd k kqdcd                                      (17) the fatigue life (time to failure) is tf=dcr/d(ω), where dcr is a critical damage value (=1 in palmgren-miner rule). as a final remark, it is worth to observe that the pbp criterion provides damage estimations that are consistent with those for simple uniaxial random loadings (tension or torsion). for a pure axial loading (e.g. σxx(t)≠0 and σyy(t)=τxy(t)=0), the only non-null deviatoric component is c'11=vxx/3, while the variance of hydrostatic stress is vh=vxx/9, which results in ρref=1 and 3/refa, aj  , kref=kσ. the only non-null projection is 3/)()(1 tt xxp,  and the total damage d(ω)=d1(ωp,1(t)) equals the damage that would be obtained by applying eqs. (13) or (14) to the uniaxial random stress σxx(t). for a pure torsion loading (τxy(t)≠0 and σxx(t)=σyy(t)=0), the only non-null projection is ωp,3(t)=τxy(t), while the hydrostatic stress is zero (vh=0) and ρref=0. the reference s-n line thus coincides with the torsion line (ja,ref=τa, kref=kτ), while the total damage d(ω)=d3(ωp,3(t)) matches the damage of the shear stress. practical implementation of pbp criterion: numerical examples test cases with biaxial stress o further clarify the analysis steps sketched in fig. 1, the pbp method is now applied to some simple case studies, in which 4 types of biaxial stress are combined with 3 types of material fatigue properties. the decision to use simple case studies is no coincidence. in fact, it permits a much clearer monitoring of results in each analysis step, which in turn makes the understanding of the pbp method much easier. on the other hand, the case studies here analyzed – though simple – do synthesize combinations of materials and stress states that are actually encountered in mechanical components subjected to multiaxial loadings. the examples, in particular, are also specifically conceived so to better emphasize some peculiarities of the pbp method. each biaxial stress has components σxx(t), σyy(t), τxy(t) that are zero-mean stationary and gaussian, and with a band-limited rectangular psd, see fig. 4. also the use of a rectangular psd, in place of other more realistic (but irregular) spectra, contributes to make results much easier to be understood. the rectangular one-sided psds are centered on frequency fc=30 hz and are characterized by a fixed maximum-to-minimum ratio fmax/fmin=15, which guarantees that psds are wide-band with α1= 0.893, α2= 0.771 (these parameters remain unchanged for the power spectra of deviatoric and hydrostatic stress, t d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 356 as we as for stress projections). being the frequency range fixed, each psd is fully defined by the height h of each rectangle. through the rectangle area, the height controls the variance vii=hi,i·(fmax–fmin) of auto-psds and the covariance cij=hi,j·(fmax– fmin) of cross-psds (subscript i and j stands for the stress component xx, yy and xy). it is easy to derive the relationship jjiijiji hhrh ,,,,  between the cross-psd height and the correlation coefficient ri,j. the height hi,j is then bounded as jiji hhh  ,0 , see fig. 4. the cross-psd height varies according to the different correlation degrees in the range ri,j=01. figure 4: example of one-sided autoand cross-psd for a tension-torsion loading with non-zero correlation rxx,xy (stress case 3). combining the stress cases (1, 2, 3, 4) in tab. 2 with the materials models (a, b, c) in tab. 3 results in the whole set of load cases (1a, 2a, 3b, …) in tab. 4, which are examined in the numerical examples. the stress cases in tab. 2 are:  case 1: proportional normal stresses σxx(t), σyy(t), i.e. correlation degree equal to one (“in-phase loading”);  case 2: not-proportional normal stresses σxx(t), σyy(t), i.e. correlation degree equal to zero (“out-of-phase loading”);  case 3: tension-torsion loading with proportional stresses σxx(t), τxy(t), i.e. correlation degree equal to one;  case 4: tension-torsion loading with not-proportional stresses σxx(t), τxy(t), i.e. correlation degree equal to zero. all through the examples, the normal stresses have variance vxx=vyy=3 and the shearing stress vxy=1, so that all components of the stress deviator share the same unitary variance. no. of stress case description vxx vyy cxy rxx,yy rxx,xy ryy,xy 1 biaxial tension (correlated) 3 3 0 1 0 0 2 biaxial tension (not correlated) 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 bending-torsion (correlated) 3 0 1 0 1 0 4 bending-torsion (not correlated) 3 0 1 0 0 0 table 2: variance and correlation degree characterizing the biaxial stress states considered in numerical simulations. three hypothetical material models, with different fatigue properties, are investigated:  material a: this material has tension and torsion s-n lines with identical slope (k=kτ) and with amplitude strengths σa and τa=σa/√3, i.e. the torsion line is scaled by 3 . in the mwd, the tension and torsion s-n lines overlap each other, and they also overlap the reference line for any value of ρref. this material model has specifically been conceived for being not sensitive to the type of applied multiaxial stress (i.e. the material is not sensitive to ρref). this situation reflects the hypothesis that the material obeys the von mises equation under fatigue loadings, and it is only sensitive to the deviatoric stress component while not sensitive to hydrostatic stress;  material b: this material model has tension and torsion s-n lines with identical slope (k=kτ), but with fatigue strengths not scaled as in von mises criterion, that is τa≠σa/√3. unlike material a, this material has a fatigue strength that depends on the hydrostatic stress;  material c: this material model has arbitrary tension and torsion s-n lines, i.e. fatigue strengths as per material b, but with different slopes for tension and torsion (k≠kτ). this is the most general situation. like material a, this material is sensitive to the hydrostatic stress, too. in tab. 3, the tension s-n curve is kept fixed, while only the torsion line moves upward from case a to c. f gxx(f) hxx fc f gxy(f) hxy fc f re{gxx,yy(f)} hxx,yy fc xyxxxyxxyyxx hhrh  ,, d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 357 material type description na a mpa) a (mpa) k k a parallel s-n lines, scaled by 3 2106 100 57.7 3 3 b parallel s-n lines, not scaled by 3 2106 100 70 3 3 c arbitrary s-n lines 2106 100 70 3 5 table 3: fatigue properties of three different material models, considered in numerical simulations. tab. 4 gathers the results of all the load cases examined. in particular, it collects some quantities calculated throughout the analysis: the non-zero elements of covariance matrix c’ in deviatoric space and the variance of hydrostatic stress (step 1), the non-zero elements of covariance matrix c’p in the principal coordinate system (step 2), the parameters of the reference s-n curve in the mwd (step 3), the damage of each stress projection (estimated by narrow-band formula and tb method) (step 4), the total damage estimated by pbp method using the narrow-band formula or tb method (final analysis output). ———————— step 1 ———————— –– step 2 –– ––––– step 3 ––––– ––– step 4 ––– output case no. c'11 c'22 c'33 c'12 c'13 c'23 vh a c'p22 c'p33 ρref ja,ref kref dtb,2 (dnb,2) dtb,3 (dnb,3) dtb (dnb) 1a 0.25 0.75 0 0.433 0 0 1.333 0 1 2.0 57.7 3 0 (0) 2.756 (3.283) 2.756 (3.283) 2a 1.25 0.75 0 -0.433 0 0 0.667 0.50 1.50 1.0 57.7 3 0.974 (1.161) 5.063 (6.032) 7.796 (9.287) 3a 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.333 0 2 0.707b 57.7 3 0 (0) 7.796 (9.287) 7.796 (9.287) 3b 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.333 0 2 0.707b 61.3 3 0 (0) 6.504 (7.748) 6.504 (7.748) 3c 1 0 1 0 1 0 0.333 0 2 0.707b 61.3 3.586c 0 (0) 1.054 (1.308) 1.054 (1.308) 4a 1 0 1 0 0 0 0.333 1 1 0.707b 57.7 3 2.756 (3.283) 2.756 (3.283) 7.796 (9.287) 4b 1 0 1 0 0 0 0.333 1 1 0.707b 61.3 3 2.300 (2.740) 2.300 (2.740) 6.505 (7.749) 4c 1 0 1 0 0 0 0.333 1 1 0.707b 61.3 3.586c 0.304 (0.377) 0.304 (0.377) 1.054 (1.308) table 4: summary of step-by-step results (only non-zero values) of numerical case studies. in step 4 and output, the damage values are multiplied by 1010 (notes: a 1.333=4/3, 0.667=2/3, 0.333=1/3; b 2/1707.0  ; c 25586.3  ). load case 1a and 2a refer to biaxial normal stresses applied to material a; case 1a has “in-phase” stresses (rxx,yy=1), case 2a “out-of-phase” stresses (rxx,yy=0). the comparison of damage values shows that case 2a is more damaging than case 1a. this result is due to the greater contribution of deviatoric stress components in case 2a compared to case 1a (see step 2 in tab. 4), whereas it does not depend on the hydrostatic stress component, which is higher in case 1a. though the hydrostatic stress affects the damage by changing the s-n reference curve via ρref value, material a has specifically been conceived for no reaction to a change in the hydrostatic stress. the comparison case 1a vs. 2a shows that not-proportional stress lead to a greater damage. this effect of stress correlation cannot be generalized, yet. it closely depends on the material type. for example, tab. 4 makes clear that a different material (b or c) would behave differently. for example, case 3b and 4b highlight that damage in material b is not correlated to the proportionality degree. d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 358 in tab. 4, it is worth noting that cases 2a and 3a yield the same damage value. this outcome may be explained by considering the role of deviatoric and hydrostatic stress components. on one side, either cases have in common (see step 2 in tab. 4) the sum (c'p22+c'p33) of variances of deviatoric stress components in the principal coordinate system (the third projection has c'p11=0). this sum represents a sort of “total variance” of stress projections ωp,2(t), ωp,3(t) and it enters the damage expression (16) in the special case in which the bandwidth parameters ηtb,i , ν0,i take on identical values for all stress projections (a case that actually occurs in all stress states of tab. 2). it is trivial to verify that damage d(ω) is proportional to 2/ 3322 ref)(2 kpp cc  . on the other side, damage (16) is computed on the same s-n curve for both case 2a and 3a, despite they have a different variance vh for the hydrostatic stress and, hence, a different ρref value (see tab. 4). however, as already said, for material a the hydrostatic stress has no effect on damage. cases 3a, 3b and 3c emphasize the effect of different materials under the same tension-torsion loading (stress case 3). it is not surprising that a change of material type determines a change in the estimated damage, too. this result is governed by the reference s-n line, which takes on different positions for each material type, as confirmed by the dissimilar values of parameters ja,ref , kref (see step 3 in tab. 4). for example, the damage increases from material a to c, in relation to the different positions assumed by the reference s-n line. figure 5: effect of hydrostatic stress on fatigue damage for different materials undergoing a tension-torsion loading with cs1+cs3 = 1. the graph in fig. 5 allows the role of material properties to be further pointed out. the figure depicts the trend of the fatigue damage dtb(ω) in the case of a tension-torsion loading, as a function of ρref in the range 01. parameter ρref synthesizes different types of tension-torsion multiaxial loading, bounded by the limiting uniaxial case of pure torsion (ρref=0) to pure tension (ρref=1). the psd of normal and shearing stress are suitably normalized so to keep constant the variance sum cs1+cs3=1, as well as the corresponding sum constc iip  , for stress projections. this makes the damage only a function of the hydrostatic stress via ρref. predictably, the trends in fig. 5 confirm how different materials respond differently to the same multiaxial loading. while materials b and c show a moderate-to-great sensitivity to the type of loading, material a shows no sensitivity at all. in particular, fig. 5 makes crystalline clear that material a is unable to discriminate between different multiaxial states of stress; the estimated damage is constant and always equal to the value for torsion loading. materials like a, however, may be very common in engineering applications. it may characterize those unfortunate situations in which only the tension s-n curve is available from experiments, whereas the torsion s-n curve is only approximated by taking a line parallel and moved downward by 3 (von mises rule). although not recommended, this a-type material represents the only solution feasible for applying the pbp criterion, if no fatigue data for torsion loading are available. it has to be emphasized that such a “von mises approximation” is even hypothesized (implicitly) in some multiaxial criteria (e.g. [18]), which may thus lead to unrealistic estimations (see [4,8]). fe durability analysis an l-shaped structure under random acceleration d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 359 the purpose of this second example is to illustrate how the pbp method can easily be embedded into a fe durability analysis of a structure undergoing random vibrations. the example considers an l-shaped structure made of steel, whose geometry imitates that one already studied in [18]; some dimensions have been slightly changed [19] to enhance stress concentration effect at the hole and two lateral notches. a finite element model with “shell” elements is used to discretize the structure. a mapped mesh is generated in the notch regions. the average elements size is 3.5 mm; the smallest element dimension of 0.8 mm appears in regions of mesh refinement at notch tip. the model has a total of 1529 elements and 1687 nodes. the structure is clamped at both ends, at which a random acceleration is imposed along the direction normal to the specimen plane. input accelerations have a band-limited (rectangular) one-sided psd, ranging from 1 to 200 hz, with height 25π (m/s2)2·hz-1 (as in [18]). input accelerations applied at the two clamped ends are fully correlated (their cross-psd is different from zero). figure 6: geometry and finite element model of the l-shaped beam. thickness is 0.5 mm. a frequency-domain spectrum analysis is carried out through fe simulations to determine the structure natural frequencies and the stress psd matrix in every fe node. stress spectra are next processed by the pbp method to determine the total fatigue damage caused, in each node, by the local multiaxial state of stress. the whole numerical analysis is performed by software ansys with apdl language, which is also used to implement the pbp method. appendix b provides more details on the numerical algorithm. this analysis strategy, in which all calculations are carried out in ansys software, simplifies the overall data management and thus represents an enhancement of the two-phase procedure followed in [4], in which nodal fe results (psd matrices) were first calculated in ansys, then exported and post-processed in matlab to apply the pbp criterion. the first five natural frequencies returned by modal analysis are: f1=16.1 hz, f2=67.3 hz, f3=82.2 hz, f4=175.7 hz, f5=178.6 hz. in each node the state of stress turns to be biaxial. fig. 7 displays an example of autoand cross-psds in a node close to the round notch. results refer to the “top” layer of shell elements. for fatigue damage estimation, two different types of material (material 1 and 2) were considered for the structure. material 1 (likewise material a in tab. 2) is only sensitive to deviatoric stress components, whereas material 2 (likewise material c in tab. 2) is also sensitive to hydrostatic stress component. the material properties used in simulations are: σa=300 mpa, τa=300/3=173 mpa, k=kτ=8 (material 1); σa=300 mpa, τa=290 mpa, k=8, kτ=5 (material 2). fig. 8 displays the damage maps for either material. the damage is estimated by pbp-tb method in eq. (16) and refers to the “top” layer of shell elements. left figs. (a) show the damage d in linear scale to better highlight the locations of the most damage points; right figs. (b) show the logarithmic values log10(d) to allow the differences in the overall damage distribution to be appreciated best. the comparison of figures makes evident how the damage distribution does change with material type. in particular, the location of the most damaged point in the structure shifts in accordance to the degree by which material is sensitive to the hydrostatic stress value. d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 360 figure 7: autoand cross-psd (one-sided) in a node close to the round notch. figure 8: comparison of damage maps for material 1 vs. material 2. figs. (b) plots of log10(d) from figs. (a). indeed, in a fe model the stress ratio ρref may vary over a range of values, which depend on the variation of the local multiaxial state of stress among nodes. fig. 9(a) illustrates the distribution of ρref values obtained in numerical simulations. this distribution holds for both materials, being ρref only a function of the local stress, not of material. the figure also marks the values at which the multiaxial stress is close to uniaxial tension or torsion, and the regions a, b, c, d identified in fig. 8(a) (top). the values of ρref then measure if the stress in a point is more tension-like or torsion-like. the capability of the pbp criterion to capture the material sensitivity to the local stress state is well summarized by the graph in fig. 9(b), which plots the values of the damage ratio dmat2/dmat1 vs. ρref for each node of the fe model. if the pbp were not sensitive to the material which the structure is made of, the fe analysis would return the same damage value in every node regardless of the material type, and in turn all the dots in fig. 9(b) would lie on the dashed horizontal line. 0 50 100 150 200 10 -4 10 -2 10 0 10 2 10 4 auto-psds frequency, f [hz] st re ss p s d [ (p a2 )/ h z] g xx g yy g xy 0 50 100 150 200 10 -4 10 -2 10 0 10 2 10 4 cross-psds frequency, f [hz] st re ss p s d [ (p a2 )/ h z] re{g xx,yy } re{g xx,xy } re{g yy,xy } .10e‐15      .82e‐04      .16e‐03      .25e‐03      .33e‐03      .41e‐03      .49e‐03      .57e‐03      .66e‐03      .74e‐03      .82e‐03      .90e‐03      .98e‐03      .11e‐02      .11e‐02      .12e‐02      material 1 material 2 (a) (b) .41e‐16      .18e‐04      .36e‐04      .54e‐04      .72e‐04      .90e‐04      .11e‐03      .13e‐03      .14e‐03      .16e‐03      .18e‐03      .20e‐03      .22e‐03      .23e‐03      .25e‐03      .27e‐03      ‐16.38       ‐15.53       ‐14.68       ‐13.82       ‐12.97       ‐12.11       ‐11.26       ‐10.4        ‐9.55        ‐8.7         ‐7.84        ‐6.99        ‐6.13        ‐5.28        ‐4.42        ‐3.57        ‐15.99      ‐15.12      ‐14.25      ‐13.38      ‐12.51      ‐11.63      ‐10.76      ‐9.89        ‐9.02        ‐8.14        ‐7.27        ‐6.4         ‐5.53        ‐4.65        ‐3.78        ‐2.91        a c b d d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 361 (a) (b) figure 9: (a) distribution of ρref values in fe nodes; (b) damage ratio dmat2/dmat1 vs. ρref values (each point refers to one nodal result). likewise, the trend in fig. 9(b) remarks how much the fatigue damage (via pbp criterion) is influenced by the hydrostatic stress via ρref values. being dependent on hydrostatic stress, material 2 is characterized by damage values that depend upon ρref more clearly and that differ by up to an order of magnitude from those characterizing material 1. though simple, the numerical example discussed so far shows, in fact, the ability of the pbp method to capture the material sensitivity to the local multiaxial stress in a structure. this result is of great relevance in engineering applications, especially at early design phases, when it is desirable to compare the performance of different materials for the same component or, by contrast, it is required to identify a material whose fatigue properties are the most suitable for a given component subjected to a known vibration input. concluding remarks he writing of this article was primarily motivated by the aim to provide engineers engaged in vibration fatigue with a practical guide to apply the pbp spectral method. after a summary of the main analysis steps of the pbp criterion, the article applied the criterion to some simple numerical case studies, in which three material types are subjected to four different types of biaxial random stress (e.g. tension-tension, tension-torsion, “in-phase” or “out-of-phase”). a simple rectangular psd for the stress is considered to allow a much easier understanding and interpretation of the obtained results. the results of each analysis step were listed in detail to serve as a benchmark for users interested in implementing the pbp method by their own. results are also used to highlight the main features characterizing the pbp criterion. for example, the examples allow the role of material sensitivity to hydrostatic and deviatoric stress to be clearly pointed out. the case studies make apparent the capability of the pbp method to take into account the correlation degree between stress components, as well as the different material behavior as a function of the various states of stress. the article concludes by an example in which the pbp method is applied to the fe-based fatigue analysis of a thin structure submitted to a random acceleration. this example shows the advantage of the pbp method in cae-based design of structural components undergoing multiaxial fatigue loading. it emphasizes, in particular, how the method proves to be an efficient tool in the design of complex structures, e.g. for discriminating among materials with different fatigue properties, or for identifying the material with the most suitable properties. references [1] cristofori, a. (2007). a new perspective in multiaxial fatigue damage estimation. phd thesis, university of ferrara. [2] cristofori, a., susmel, l., tovo, r. (2008). a stress invariant based criterion to estimate fatigue damage under multiaxial loading, int. j. fatigue, 30(9), pp. 1646–1658. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.11.006 0 0.5 1 1.5 0 50 100 150 200 250 300  ref n o . o f co u n te d n o d e s tensiontorsion a‐b (ρref>1) c‐d (ρref=0.5‐0.9) 0 0.5 1 1.5 10 -2 10 -1 10 0 10 1 10 2  ref d m a t2 /d m a t1 t d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 362 [3] cristofori, a., benasciutti, d., tovo, r. (2011). a stress invariant based spectral method to estimate fatigue life under multiaxial random loading, int. j. fatigue, 33(7), pp. 887–899. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2011.01.013 [4] cristofori, a., benasciutti, d. (2014). “projection-by-projection” approach: a spectral method for multiaxial random fatigue, sae technical paper 2014-01-0924. doi: 10.4271/2014-01-0924 [5] benasciutti, d., sherratt, f., cristofori, a. (2016). recent developments in frequency domain multi-axial fatigue analysis. int. j. fatigue, 91, pp. 397–413. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.04.012 [6] papadopoulos, i.v., davoli, p., gorla, c., filippini, m., bernasconi, a. (1997). a comparative study of multiaxial highcycle fatigue criteria for metals, int j. fatigue, 19(3), pp. 219–35. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(96)00064-3 [7] susmel, l, lazzarin, p. (2002). a bi-parametric wöhler curve for high cycle multiaxial fatigue assessment, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 25, pp. 63–78. doi: 10.1046/j.1460-2695.2002.00462.x [8] benasciutti, d. (2014). some analytical expressions to measure the accuracy of the “equivalent von mises stress” in vibration multiaxial fatigue, j. sound vib., 333(18), pp. 4326–4340. doi: 10.1016/j.jsv.2014.04.047 [9] kurek, m., łagoda, t. (2011). comparison of the fatigue characteristics for some selected structural materials under bending and torsion, mater. sci., 47(3), pp. 334–344. doi: 10.1007/s11003-011-9401-x [10] atzori, b., berto, f., lazzarin, p., quaresimin, m. (2006). multiaxial fatigue behaviour of a severely notched carbon steel, int. j. fatigue, 28, pp. 485–493. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.05.010 [11] papuga, j., růžička, m. (2009). aiming at stress-based critical plane multiaxial method for finite life calculation, in: c.m. sonsino, p.c. mckeighan (eds.), proceedings of the second int. conference on material and component performance under variable amplitude loading, darmstadt, pp. 465–474. [12] niełsony, a. (2010). comparison of some selected multiaxial fatigue failure criteria dedicated for spectral method, j. theor. appl. mech., 48(1), pp. 233–254. [13] simbürger, a. (1975). festigkeitsverhalten zäher werkstoffe bei einer mehrachsigen, phasenverschobenen schwingbeanspruchung mit körperfesten und veränderlichen hauptspannungsrichtungen, lbf frauhofer institute, darmstadt, report no. fb-121 (in german). [14] niełsony, a., sonsino, c.m. (2008). comparison of some selected multiaxial fatigue assessment criteria, lbf fraunhofer institute, darmstadt, report no. fb-234. [15] benasciutti, d., tovo, r. (2005). spectral methods for lifetime prediction under wide-band stationary random processes, int. j. fatigue, 27(8), pp. 867–877. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2004.10.007 [16] benasciutti, d., tovo, r. (2006). comparison of spectral methods for fatigue analysis of broad-band gaussian random processes, probab. eng. mech., 21(4), pp. 287–299. doi: 10.1016/j.probengmech.2005.10.003 [17] dirlik, t. (1985). application of computers in fatigue analysis. phd thesis, dept. of engineering, university of warwick, uk. [18] pitoiset, x., preumont, a. (2000). spectral methods for multiaxial random fatigue analysis of metallic structures, int. j. fatigue, 22, pp. 541–550. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(00)00038-4 [19] benasciutti d., carlet m., zanellati d. (2018) a bandwidth correction to the allegri-zhang solution for accelerated random vibration testing. matec web of conferences, 165, pp. 07006. doi: 10.1051/matecconf/201816507006 [20] bendat, j.s., piersol, a.g. (2010). random data. analysis and measurements procedures, 4th ed., wiley, usa. [21] lutes, l.d., sarkani, s. (2004). random vibrations: analysis of structural and mechanical systems, elsevier, usa. [22] garbow, b.s. (1974). eispack – a package of matrix eigensystem routines, comput. phys. commun., 7(4), pp. 179– 184. doi: 10.1016/0010-4655(74)90086-1 [23] smith, b.t., boyle, j.m., garbow, b.s., ikebe, y., moler, c.b. (1974). matrix eigensystem routines – eispack guide, 2nd ed., lecture notes in computer science, springer, berlin. doi: 10.1007/3-540-07546-1 [24] martin, r.s., reinsch, c., and wilkinson, j.h. (1968). householder's tridiagonalization of a symmetric matrix, num. math., 11, pp. 181–195. (reprinted in: wilkinson, j.h., reinsch, c. (1971). handbook for automatic computation, vol. ii, linear algebra, contribution ii/2, pp. 212–226, springer). [25] bowdler, h., martin, r.s., reinsch, c., and wilkinson, j.h. (1968). the qr and ql algorithms for symmetric matrices, num. math. 11, pp. 293–306. (reprinted in: wilkinson, j.h., reinsch, c. (1971). handbook for automatic computation, vol. ii, linear algebra, contribution ii/3, pp. 227–240, springer). [26] abramowitz, m., stegun, i.a. (1965). handbook of mathematical functions, with formulas, graphs, and mathematical tables, tenth ed., dover. appendix a – spectral description of uniaxial and multiaxial random stress d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 363 let x(t) be a zero-mean uniaxial random stress. it is characterized, in time-domain, by the autocorrelation function r()=e[x(t)·x(t+)] ( is a time lag) and, in frequency-domain, by a two-sided power spectral density (psd) function s(f), ∞0, zero elsewhere. similarly to eq. (19), a matrix of spectral moments of s(f) is defined as: ...,2,1,0d)(d)( 0        nffffff n n n gsλ (24) diagonal elements λn,hh are the moments of auto-psds, out-of-diagonal elements λn,hk (h≠k) the moments of cross-psds: )(d)(d)(;d)( c,, khffsfffsfffsf hk n hk n hknhh n hhn              (25) eqn. (25) shows that the cross spectral moment λn,hk is only function of the co-spectrum )( fs c hk , as the quad-spectrum )( fsqhk is an odd function of f and it simplifies in the integral computation (25) (this finding has somehow to be expected, since spectral moments are real numbers). eqns. (22) and (24) show that =0 yields the covariance matrix c, which also coincides with the matrix λ0 of zero-order moments. variance and covariance terms are:    )(,)(d)(;)(d)( c,0c,0 txtxcovcffstxvarcffs khhkhkhkhhhhhhh          (27) this final result also confirms how cross-psds (which are complex-values functions) are not involved in the covariance matrix (which is real-valued). appendix b – implementation of pbp method in ansys apdl ig. 10 displays the flowchart of the pbp method, along with the scripts used to implement the method in ansys software. the relationship with the previous approach in matlab is also shown for comparison. in both approaches, the analysis is developed in two separate phases that must be executed in sequence. the first phase is managed in ansys by a main program that generates the finite element model (mesh and boundary conditions) and computes the stress psds in each node (“do/endo” loop) through the procedure of random vibration analysis. throughout this phase, the stress psd for each node is stored into a text file (function “psdcovdata2text.mac”). all text files are gathered in a subfolder for subsequent processing. similarly, also the finite element model is saved into a *.cdb file. the list of nodes and elements need to be exported and stored (function “fenode_elem.mac”) only if the next analysis phase is performed in matlab. the second phase, carried out either in ansys or in matlab, computes the damage in each node according to the pbp method. in ansys, this phase is managed by a main program through a “do/endo” loop, in which the stress psd data for each node are first retrieved from text files (function “text2psdcovdata.mac”) and then used as input for subsequent analysis. also the s-n material properties are specified at the beginning of the analysis. at the end of second phase, results are displayed as a contour plot (damage map), or written into a text file (function “pbpresults2text.mac”). f d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 365 figure 10: flowchart of the apdl script to implement the pbp in ansys software. the relationship with the previous matlab-based procedure (sketched on the right) is shown. the first phase must be run one time only. once stress psds have been calculated and stored, the second analysis phase is performed to compute the fatigue damage. this phase is repeated as many times as are the combinations of s-n properties that need to be scrutinized. in terms of computation time, the first phase may be slightly longer than the second one (especially with low ram memory). just to provide an order-of-magnitude estimate, for the model in fig. 6, determining the nodal stress psds takes about 4 minutes, while applying the pbp method takes about 3 minutes on a 64-bit workstation (cpu 3.80 ghz, 32 gb ram). compared to the ansys/matlab mixed procedure, the new approach entirely based on ansys has the great advantage to exploit the graphical capabilities of the commercial software in displaying the damage contour maps, especially in 3d complex finite element models. another little advantage, though trivial, is that only one type of software is needed to carry out the whole calculation. on the other hand, the main disadvantage of using ansys as the only computation tool is due to a greater complexity and less flexibility of apdl language in performing the fatigue damage calculations required in the pbp method. although the apdl language – as matlab – can execute a lot of algebraic and trigonometric functions, and it can even manage “do/endo” and “dowhile/endo” loops, it does not have functions to compute the eigenvalues/eigenvalues of a square matrix or the gamma function γ(-) directly. therefore, an apdl macro (called “eigen.mac”) has been written to deal with eigenvalues/eigenvalues computation. this macro took the cue from the software library eispack, written in fortran [22,23]. in particular, the functions involved are: tred2 for tridiagonalization of a symmetric matrix [24], tql2 for the qr eigenvalue algorithm [25]. instead, the gamma function γ(–) was computed by means of stirling’s approximation formula, see for example [26]. to conclude, it is worth emphasizing that the flowchart here described for ansys software is very general and it can easily be adapted to any other finite element code that perhaps the reader knows better. nomenclature a matrix of constants c, c’ covariance matrix of x(t) and s(t) c'p covariance matrix in the principal coordinate system dtb(ωp,i(t)) damage of stress projection ωp,i(t) by tb method d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 348-366; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.26 366 d(ω) total damage for stress vector ω(t) e[–] expected value g(f) one-sided psd matrix of x(t) kσ, kτ inverse slope of tension and torsion s-n curve ajj a2, amplitude of the square root of second invariant of stress deviator ja,, ja,τ, k, kτ amplitude strengths and inverse slopes of the tension and torsion s-n curves in mwd ja,ref, kref amplitude strength and inverse slope of the reference s-n curve in mwd na reference number of cycles rij correlation coefficient between xi(t) and xj(t) r() correlation matrix of x(t) r'() correlation matrix of s(t) s(t) deviatoric stress vector sh(f) two-sided psd of hydrostatic stress σh(t) s(f) two-sided psd matrix of x(t) s'(f) two-sided psd matrix of s(t) s'p(f) two-sided psd matrix in the principal coordinate system tf time to failure (seconds) u matrix of eigenvectors (rotation matrix) var(xi(t)) variance of stress xi(t) vh variance of hydrostatic stress σh(t) x(t) stress vector in physical space  time lag ηtb,i bandwidth correction factor for the psd of stress projection ωp,i(t) ρref stress ratio σa, τa strength amplitudes at na cycles σh(t) hydrostatic stress σx(t), σy(t), τxy(t) stress components σ(t) stress tensor σ'(t) deviatoric stress tensor ωp,1(t), ωp,2(t), ωp,3(t) stress projections ω(t) vector of stress projections mwd modified wöhler diagram << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 473 focussed on “crack paths” fatigue crack growth simulation of two non-coplanar embedded cracks using s-version finite element method akiyuki takahashi, ayaka suzuki, masanori kikuchi tokyo university of science, japan takahash@rs.noda.tus.ac.jp, 7516629@ed.tus.ac.jp, kik@rs.noda.tus.ac.jp abstract. in this paper, the fatigue crack growth simulation of two noncoplanar embedded cracks using the s-version finite element method is presented, and the validity and reliability of the alignment rule for two noncoplanar cracks are evaluated. according to the previous numerical and experimental studies on two non-coplanar surface cracks, the simulated fatigue crack growth behavior is categorized into five patterns to discuss the criteria for the application of the alignment rule. the results suggest that the strength of interaction between the non-coplanar embedded cracks is similar to that between non-coplanar surface cracks. finally, the interaction of the cracks is evaluated by the stress intensity factor, and the categorization of the fatigue crack growth behavior is discussed by the stress intensity factor. it can be found that the boundary corresponding to the criteria of the application of the alignment rule can be determined as the ratio of the stress intensity factor is 4%. thus, instead of making a decision of the fatigue crack growth pattern based on the visual inspection, the ratio of the stress intensity factor can be used, and should give more quantitative evaluation of the interaction of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. keywords. non-coplanar embedded cracks; fatigue crack growth; stress intensity factor; alignment rule; s-version finite element method. citation: takahashi, a., suzuki, a., kikuchi, m., fatigue crack growth simulation of two non-coplanar embedded cracks using sversion finite element method, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 473-480. received: 23.11.2018 accepted: 12.12.2018 published: 01.04.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction atigue crack growth is a classical but critical issue to ensure the structural reliability. up till now, many experimental and numerical studies on the fatigue crack growth of surface cracks have been conducted to model the complex behavior of fatigue crack growth and establish an accurate evaluation method of the residual fatigue life [1-3]. in the fitness-for service (ffs) code for nuclear power plants, flaws detected in structural components are assumed to be simple elliptical cracks and are evaluated using well-established stress intensity factor calculation methods for the simple elliptical cracks [4]. if two non-coplanar cracks appear and are detected in their close vicinity, according to the alignment rule in the ffs code, one of the cracks is projected onto the plane of the other crack. furthermore, if the projected crack touches or overlaps with the other crack, the cracks are combined into a simple elliptical crack. the combination of cracks is controlled f mailto:takahash@rs.noda.tus.ac.jp mailto:7516629@ed.tus.ac.jp http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2270.mp4 a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 474 by the combination rule in the ffs code. the stress intensity factor calculation methods in the ffs code can then be applicable to the simple elliptical cracks. therefore, the validity and reliability of the alignment and combination rules are of great interest to ensure the appropriate assessment of the structural integrity. in order to evaluate the validity and reliability of the alignment and combination rules, it is necessary to check the fatigue crack growth behavior and the interaction of the non-coplanar cracks. owing to the development of computers and computer simulation techniques, computer simulation is now a powerful approach to complex crack growth problems. kamaya et al. has applied the s-version finite element method (s-fem) to fatigue crack growth simulations, and successfully simulated complex fatigue crack growth behavior [5]. using the s-fem, the cracks are modelled by local meshes. the local meshes are then superimposed onto a global mesh, which models the geometry and boundary conditions of the structure of interest. the global and local meshes can be separately modelled so that the complexity in the mesh generation of cracked structures can be drastically reduced. this remarkable property of sfem in the mesh generation process is a great advantage in the fatigue crack growth simulation, where the finite element meshes must be repeatedly remodeled in accordance with the updated crack shape. in this paper, the fatigue crack growth simulation of two non-coplanar embedded cracks using the s-fem is presented, and the validity and reliability of the alignment rule for two non-coplanar cracks are evaluated. according to the previous numerical and experimental studies on two non-coplanar surface cracks [6], the simulated fatigue crack growth behavior is categorized into five patterns to discuss the criteria for the application of the alignment rule. finally, the interaction of the cracks is evaluated by the stress intensity factor, and the categorization of the fatigue crack growth behavior is discussed in terms of the stress intensity factor. computational method n this study, the fatigue crack growth behavior of two non-coplanar cracks are simulated using the s-fem. in the sfem, as shown in fig. 1, the geometry and boundary conditions of structures are modeled with a global mesh. cracks are modeled with local meshes separately from the global mesh, and can be inserted into the structures by superimposing the local meshes on the global mesh. the displacement functions of the global and local meshes are independently defined. as an example, if the structure has two cracks, the problem is modelled with a global mesh and two local meshes for each crack. the displacement function for the global mesh is defined as ui g (x), and for the local meshes, ui l1 (x) and ui l2 (x). by superimposing the displacement functions, the displacement field of the structure is defined as ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )1 2 1 2 1 2 ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω g l l ig i g l g i i i i g l g i i i g l l i i i i xu x u x u x x u x u x u x x u x u x u x x   − + −  +  − =  +  −  + +  (1) where, g is the entire volume of the structure, l1 and l2 are for the volumes defined by the local meshes, and i is the volume overlapped with the local meshes. in order to preserve the continuity of the displacement function at the boundaries of local meshes, the displacement at the boundaries of the local meshes are fully constraint. thus, the displacement can be equal to the displacement of global mesh. the displacement equation can then be calculated in accordance with the definition of displacement function given in eqn. (1). the detailed information about the s-fem can be found elsewhere [7]. since the local meshes can be modelled separately from the global mesh, the complex shape of cracks can be easily modelled in the s-fem. thus, due to the remarkable advantage of the s-fem in the modeling of cracks, the fatigue crack growth simulation, where the finite element mesh for cracks must be repeatedly updated, can be performed easily by the s-fem. in our developed fatigue crack growth simulation system, the crack front shape is modelled with a number of segments, and the local meshes are automatically modeled using the segment data. the global mesh is prepared only at the beginning of the simulation, and is used repeatedly for the entire simulation. the energy release rate along the crack tip is calculated by the virtual crack closure method (vccm) [8]. the energy release rate calculated by the vccm is simply converted into the stress intensity factor. then, the stress intensity factor range is calculated with the stress intensity factor and the stress ratio. using the stress intensity factor range, the crack growth amount and direction are then determined by the paris law [9] and i a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 475 the criteria proposed by richard et al. [10]. the positions of crack tip segments are updated in accordance with the calculated crack growth amount and direction. figure 1: a schematics of the s-fem. the geometry and boundary conditions are modeled with global mesh. the cracks are modeled with local meshes separately from the global mesh. the local meshes are superimposed on the global mesh to obtain the displacement solution of the problem. figure 2: finite element mesh for the fatigue crack growth simulation of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. each cracks is modelled with each local mesh separately. the position of the center of two cracks are at 100 mm distance from the surface of the specimen. the horizontal separation and vertical height of the crack tips are denoted by h and s. the maximum tensile stress is 127 mpa, and the stress ratio r is 0.1. the displacement at the bottom surface is fully constraint. fatigue crack growth simulation of two non-coplanar embedded cracks n this paper, we focus on the validity and reliability of the alignment rule in the ffs code, the fatigue crack growth behavior of two non-coplanar embedded cracks are simulated. fig. 2 shows the finite element model of the fatigue crack growth simulation of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. two circular embedded cracks are embedded in a rectangular shape of specimen. the size of the rectangular specimen in x, y and z direction are 750 mm, 250 mm and 200 mm, respectively. the center of two cracks are located at 100 mm distance from the surface of the specimen, and the cracks i a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 476 are aligned parallel to the surface. the rectangular shape of the specimen is modeled with a global mesh. 10-noded tetrahedral elements are used for the global mesh. the numbers of elements and nodes are 115,200 and 171,245, respectively. on the other hand, the two cracks are modeled with two local meshes separately. 20-noded hexahedral elements are used for the local meshes. the initial numbers of elements are nodes are 13,680 and 61,210, respectively. the half-depth and length of crack is denoted by a and c. the initial horizontal and vertical distance of the two cracks are denoted by s and h. in the ffs code, the alignment rule is compiled with the horizontal and vertical distance of two cracks, the horizontal and vertical distance are changed to study how the two cracks grow under cyclic loading. the maximum tensile stress of the cyclic loading is assumed to be 127 mpa, and the stress ratio r is set to 0.1. the tensile stress is applied to the finite element model by giving corresponding traction to the top surface of the specimen. the displacement of the bottom surface is fully constraint. the material is assumed to be a steel, and 1.67×10-12 and 3.23 are used as the coefficient and exponent of the paris law [5]. in the paris law, the units of stress intensity factor range k and crack growth rate da/dn are mpamm0.5 and m/cycle, respectively. (a) fatigue crack growth patterns (b) jsme criterion figure 3: (a) fatigue crack growth patterns of two non-coplanar cracks and (b) the alignment rule given by the japan society for mechanical engineers (jsme). the red bold line in the right figure is determined by the experiments of the fatigue crack growth of surface cracks. finite element mesh for the fatigue crack growth simulation of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. each crack. the alignment rule is defined by the horizontal separation s and the vertical height h. the jsme criterion fully covers the area defined by the bold red line. ando et al. performed experiments of the fatigue crack growth of surface cracks, and categorized the fatigue crack growth behavior into five patterns as shown in fig. 3 [3]. in the pattern a, the crack tips meet each other, and the cracks are naturally combined. in the pattern b, the crack tip direction is within the spacing between the initial crack tips. in the pattern c, the crack tips go to the initial crack. in the pattern d, the crack tips pass the initial cracks. in the pattern e, only one of cracks grows horizontally, and never meet the other crack. ando et al. determined that the alignment rule must be applied if the fatigue crack growth behavior is patterns a, b and c [3]. the border of the application and non-application of the alignment rule shown in fig. 3 with the bold red line is obtained by the experiments of surface cracks; therefore, in order to clarify the applicability of the alignment rule to embedded cracks, the fatigue crack growth behavior of two non-coplanar embedded cracks must be observed, and the crack growth behavior must be categorized into the five patterns. the fatigue crack growth behavior of two non-coplanar embedded cracks is simulated. the crack size is fixed to a=2.5 mm and c=2.5 mm. the initial crack tip distance parameters s and h are changed in a range from 2.5 mm to 25 mm. the fatigue crack growth behaviors obtained by the s-fem simulations for s=10 mm are shown in fig. 4. because the location of the two cracks is non-coplanar, the fatigue crack growth behavior is also non-planar, and the s-fem simulation technique successfully reproduces such a complex fatigue crack growth behavior. the fatigue crack growth behaviors can be categorized into pattern b, c and d as shown in the figure. fig. 5 shows the interaction map of the two non-coplanar embedded cracks obtained by the s-fem simulations. ando et al. discussed about the criteria of the application of the alignment rule based on the experiments of the fatigue crack growth of surface crack. the border of the application a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 477 determined by ando et al. almost coincides with the boundary between the pattern c and d obtained by the s-fem simulations. the results suggest that the strength of interaction between the non-coplanar embedded cracks is similar to that between non-coplanar surface cracks. therefore, the alignment rule given by jsme can still give a conservative evaluation of not only surface cracks and also embedded cracks. (a) h=2.5 mm (b) h=5.0 mm (c) h=7.5 mm figure 4: fatigue crack growth behavior of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. the horizontal separation s of the initial crack tips is 10 mm, and the vertical height h is (a) 2.5 mm, (b) 5.0 mm and (c) 7.5 mm. only crack shape is displayed. the red line shows the crack tip. the top figure is the top view of the crack shape, and the bottom figure is the front view of the crack shape. the crack growth behavior is categorized into (a) pattern b, (b) pattern c, and (c) pattern d, respectively. figure 5: interaction map of two non-coplanar embedded cracks obtained by the s-fem simulations. the marks shows the fatigue crack growth patterns. the borders determined by the jsme and ando et al. are also plotted. a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 478 as shown in fig. 3 and 5, the alignment rule in the ffs code is established with the horizontal and vertical distance of two non-coplanar cracks. however, the unit of the horizontal and vertical distance is defined as mm. therefore, there is a question on the validity of the application of the alignment rule to the other size of cracks. to check if it is valid to apply the same alignment rule to the other size of cracks, fatigue crack growth simulations of two non-coplanar cracks of 2c=10 mm with various horizontal and vertical distances are performed. the results are shown in fig. 6. in the figure, the solid and dotted lines are taken from respectively the jsme ffs code and experimental data obtained by ando et al. [3]. in fig. 5 where the crack size is 2c=5 mm, the numerical results are fully covered by the dotted line taken from the experimental data. however, in fig. 6, the some of the numerical results are over the dotted line. therefore, the categorization of the fatigue crack growth behavior of two non-coplanar cracks has a dependence on the initial crack size. thus, the alignment rule is not applicable to arbitrary size of embedded cracks. to remove the dependence of the categorization on the initial crack size shown in fig. 6, the horizontal and vertical distance of two non-coplanar cracks are normalized by the half of the initial crack size c. the result is shown in fig. 7. as a result of the normalization of the horizontal and vertical distances by the half of the initial crack size, the categorizations of the fatigue crack growth behavior of two non-coplanar cracks with 2c=5 mm and 10 mm become almost identical. thus, the results suggest that the horizontal and vertical distance of two non-coplanar cracks should be normalized by the initial crack size to apply the alignment rule to arbitrary size of cracks. figure 6: interaction map of two non-coplanar embedded cracks obtained by the s-fem simulations. the initial crack size is 2c=10mm. the plot is based on the real length of h and s. the borders determined by the jsme and ando et al. are also plotted. (a) (b) figure 7: interaction map of two non-coplanar embedded cracks obtained by the s-fem simulations. the initial crack sizes are (a) 2c=5mm and (b) 2c=10mm. the plot is based on the length of h and s normalized by the half size of crack c. the borders determined by the jsme and ando et al. are also plotted. a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 479 the categorization of the fatigue crack growth behavior and the discussion on the application of the alignment rule, in this study, is based on the visual inspection. in order to evaluate and discuss the alignment rule, the stress intensity factor of two non-coplanar embedded cracks is examined. as shown in fig. 8, the stress intensity factor of two circular cracks is calculated. in the calculation, the horizontal separation of crack tips is zero. in order to investigate the interaction of the cracks, the stress intensity factor of a single crack with the same shape is also calculated. fig. 8 shows an example of the stress intensity factor distribution along the crack tips. the stress intensity factor near the other crack increases as a result of the interaction. comparing the stress intensity factor of two non-coplanar embedded cracks with that of the single crack, the strength of interaction is represented as the ratio of the maximum stress intensity factor increase to the stress intensity factor of the single crack. fig. 9 shows the interaction map with the ratio. as shown in the figure, the boundary between the pattern b and c can be determined as the ratio of the stress intensity factor is 10%. on the other hand, as for the boundary between the pattern c and d, which is the criteria of the application of the alignment rule, the boundary can be determined as the ratio of the stress intensity factor is 4%. thus, instead of making a decision of the fatigue crack growth pattern based on the visual inspection, the ratio of the stress intensity factor can be used, and should give more quantitative evaluation of the interaction of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. figure 8: stress intensity factor distribution along the crack tip of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. the stress intensity factor increases near the other crack. the position along the crack tip is denoted with the angle theta defined in the figure (left). in order to study the interaction of two embedded cracks, the stress intensity factor of a single embedded crack is also calculated. figure 9: interaction map of two non-coplanar embedded cracks. the value written in the left side of the figure shows the ratio of the maximum stress intensity factor of two non-coplanar embedded cracks to the stress intensity factor of the single crack. the horizontal and vertical axis of the figure is normalized by the initial half-length of the crack. a. takahashi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 473-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.45 480 conclusions atigue crack growth simulations of two non-coplanar embedded cracks are performed using the s-fem, and the fatigue crack growth behavior is evaluated by the visual inspection and the ratio of stress intensity factor. the sfem has a great advantage in the fatigue crack growth simulation, because the cracks can be modelled as local meshes separately from the global mesh, which is for the geometry and boundary conditions of structures. using the sfem, the fatigue crack growth simulation could be performed automatically. we need to prepare only the global mesh and the crack front information, which is the number of segments along the crack tip. the complex non-planar behavior of two non-coplanar embedded cracks could be simulated with the s-fem. then, the fatigue crack growth behavior was categorized into five patterns to discuss the similarity of the fatigue crack growth behavior of embedded cracks and that of surface cracks. the results suggest that the location and shape of the boundary between the pattern c and d, which corresponds to the criteria for the application of the alignment rule, is very similar to those for the surface cracks. therefore, the existing alignment rule is applicable to the embedded cracks, although the rule is established based on the numerical and experimental results of surface cracks. however, because the horizontal and vertical distance of two cracks are described with a mm unit, the alignment rule gives different results to different initial size of cracks. to remove the dependence of the alignment rule on the initial crack size, the horizontal and vertical distance of two cracks should be normalized by the half size of initial crack. finally, the stress intensity factor of two non-coplanar embedded cracks and single cracks is calculated. then, it could be found that the ratio of the maximum stress intensity factor of two non-coplanar embedded cracks to the stress intensity factor of the single crack can be a parameter to determine the fatigue crack growth pattern and the criteria for the application of the alignment rule. references [1] brighenti r., carpinteri a. (2013). surface cracks in fatigued structural components: a review, fatigue frac. eng. mat. struct., 36, pp. 1209-1222. [2] rozumek d., faszynka s. (2017). fatigue crack growth in 2017a-t4 alloy subjected to proportional bending with torsion, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42, pp. 23-29 [3] sniezek l, slezak t, grzelak k, hutsaylyuk v. (2016). an experimental investigation of propagation the semi-elliptical surface cracks in an austenitic steel. int. j. pressure vessels and piping, 144, pp. 35–44. [4] codes for nuclear power generation facilities, rules on fitness-for-service for nuclear power plants, jsme, (2016). [5] kamaya, m., miyokawa, m., kikuchi, m. (2010). growth prediction of interacting surface cracks of dissimilar sizes, eng. frac. mech., 77, pp. 3120-3131. [6] ando, k., hirata, t., iida, k. (1983). an evaluation technique for fatigue life of multiple surface cracks: part 2: a problem of multiple parallel surface cracks, j. marine sci. tech., (in japanese), 153, pp. 352-363. [7] fish, j., markolefas, s., guttal, r., nayak, p. (1994). on adaptive multilevel superposition of finite element meshes, appl. numer. math., 14, pp. 135-164. [8] okada, h., higashi, m., kikuchi, m., fukui, y., kumazawa, n. (2005). three dimensional virtual crack closure-integral method (vccm) with skewed and non-symmetric mesh arrangement at the crack front, eng. frac. mech., 72, pp. 17171737. [9] paris, p., erdogan, f. (1963). a critical analysis of crack propagation laws, j. basic eng., trans. american society of mechanical engineers, pp. 528-534 [10] richard, h.a., fulland, m., sander, m. (2005). theoretical crack path prediction, fatigue & frac. eng. mater. sci. 28, pp. 3-12. f microsoft word 2258 j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 513 focused on “showcasing structural integrity research in india” damage localization of closing cracks using a signal decomposition technique j. prawin, a. rama mohan rao csir structural engineering research centre, india prawinpsg@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7579-025x arm2956@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6405-3633 abstract. fatigue cracks are a common occurrence in engineering structures subjected to dynamic loading and need to identify at its earliest stage before it leads to catastrophic failure. the presence of fatigue-breathing crack or closing cracks is usually characterised by the presence of sub and superharmonics in the response of the structure subjected to harmonic excitation. it should be mentioned here that the amplitude of nonlinear harmonics are of very less order in magnitude when compared to linear or excitation component. further, these nonlinear components often get buried in noise as both are having matched (low) energy levels. the present work attempts to decompose the acceleration time history response using singular spectrum analysis and propose a strategy to extract the nonlinear components from the residual noisy time history component. a new damage index based on these extracted nonlinear features is also proposed for closing crack localization. the effectiveness of the proposed closing crack localization approach is illustrated using detailed numerical studies and validated with lab level experimentation on the simple beam-like structure. it can be concluded from the investigations that the proposed signal decomposition based damage localization technique can detect and locate more than one crack present in the structure. keywords. pairwise eigenvalues; singular spectrum analysis; closing crack; damage localization; nonlinearity; bilinear. citation: prawin, j., rama mohan rao, a., damage localization of closing cracks using a signal decomposition technique, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522. received: 15.11.2018 accepted: 22.02.2019 published: 01.04.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ingular spectrum analysis (ssa) is a popular multivariate analysis technique widely used for signal decomposition and signal approximation. ssa essentially can be described in four steps namely embedding, singular value decomposition (svd), grouping and diagonal averaging. the complete description of the technique can be found in golyandina et al., [1]. ssa is popularly used in several diverse areas like climate change, geophysical phenomena, mineral processing, seismic data processing, and telecommunication applications [1-3]. ssa has been recently applied in the area of structural health s http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2258.mp4 j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 514 monitoring and found to be very effective. a detailed review of earlier works of ssa on structural health monitoring applications can be found in prawin et.al, [4]. in most of the earlier works on ssa in shm applications, the noisy components are neglected during the reconstruction and transformation back to the actual response. oliveria et al., [5] recently reported that the discontinuity related damage sensitive features are found in these ignored residual noise components of the actual response. in view of this, we process further the residual (noisy) components obtained from ssa to reliably check whether any higher order or superharmonic resonances present or buried in the residual signal. further, the proposed ssa based decomposition technique can reliably extract all the higher order harmonic components in contrast to the existing approaches which are based on only first few harmonics and the damage detection can be enhanced with consideration of more number of super harmonics. signal decomposition using singular spectrum analysis he breathing crack is usually assessed by the spectrum of the response of the structure measured at a particular location. the presence of super harmonics (i.e. higher order harmonics) apart from the fundamental excitation harmonic confirms the nonlinear behaviour induced by closing crack when the cracked structure is subjected to harmonic excitation. earlier researchers [6-8] basically employed the ratio of the power spectrum amplitude of the response at second or third order harmonic to the first order/linear/excitation harmonic as damage index for closing crack localization. few other researchers [6-8] have used the spatial curvature of the ratio of the power spectrum of superharmonics to excitation harmonic as damage index due to the fact that the second spatial derivative magnifies the cracks/discontinuity in the response. further, most of the existing techniques consider only one or two higher order harmonic frequencies for closing crack localization and the rich damage sensitive features present in the higher order harmonics have been ignored. the basic reason behind this is that the amplitude of super harmonics (i.e. nonlinear harmonics) are of very less order in magnitude when compared to linear fundamental excitation harmonic. these higher order nonlinear harmonic components also often get buried in noise and difficult to conclude whether it is noise or nonlinear component as both are having matched (low) energy levels. therefore, the extraction of these harmonics under noisy environment and damage detection at its incipient stage is highly challenging. in the proposed closing crack localization technique, the cracked structure i.e. with closing crack is subjected to harmonic excitation with a particular single frequency; therefore the response is also harmonic in nature. as mentioned earlier, the response of the cracked structure, i.e. with closing crack vibrates at the excitation frequency as well as the higher order super harmonics of the excitation frequency. in contrast, the healthy structure (i.e., without breathing crack) vibrates only at excitation frequency due to single tone harmonic excitation. since the response of the structure is harmonic in nature, the decomposition of the time history data of the cracked structure, i.e., structural or structural component with closing/breathing crack at a particular location, by ssa contains only harmonic components (i.e. both linear excitation and nonlinear super harmonic harmonics) and noise. harmonic signals basically exhibit two eigen triples with close singular values [1-5]. therefore, this property helps in easy interpretation and identification of the harmonic signal components during decomposition of the measured response by ssa. the number of pairwise eigenvalues indicates the number of harmonic components present in the response. since the structure is excited by a single tone harmonic load, there exists only one pairwise eigenvalue for the structure without a closing crack. in contrast, there will be more than one pairwise eigenvalues exist for the structure with closing crack due to the presence of super harmonics. these harmonic components (i.e. pairwise singular values) are present in descending order (i.e. decreasing) of their energy corresponding to each frequency due to the property of ssa. the first pairwise eigenvalue will be always the linear excitation harmonic component and it always exhibits dominant energy for both healthy and cracked structure (i.e. structure with breathing crack). this can be easily verified by the fourier power spectrum of the respective harmonic component. the subsequent pairwise singular values (i.e. present with low energy levels) represent the nonlinear superharmonic components. the contribution of higher energy in the case of fundamental excitation harmonic is clearly justified by the fact that the amplitude of fundamental harmonic is of two or three order higher in magnitude when compared to the amplitude of nonlinear superharmonic. in the present work, the linear components can be isolated by the first pairwise singular value. it should be mentioned here even though there is no theoretical evidence, extensive studies carried out on closing crack problems reveal that the energy content of the dominant pairwise eigenvalues corresponding to linear response constitutes 99% of the total energy [4, 7,9]. however, to be on the safer side, we prefer to use the first pairwise singular value for extracting the linear fundamental excitation harmonic component. in order to reliably extract the low energy nonlinear harmonics, we apply ssa again on the residual (noisy) components obtained from ssa after ignoring linear harmonic components. this is in contrast to the earlier works [1-3] where the noisy t j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 515 components are usually neglected during the reconstruction of the response. ssa has been performed repeatedly twice on the response in the proposed closing crack localization technique, to isolate the linear components from the actual response in the first instance and to identify the presence or absence of the higher order harmonic resonances from the residual/noisy part of the signal in the second instance. it should be mentioned here that the residual components contain the nonlinear components. the higher order harmonic components, induced by the nonlinear behaviour of the closing crack, are usually buried in the residual component and it is easily detected by the same pairwise eigenvalue concept mentioned earlier in the proposed technique. this clearly demonstrates the ability of the ssa in decomposing the linear, nonlinear harmonic and noise components from the total response. damage diagnostic scheme based on singular spectrum analysis the steps involved in closing crack localization based on the signal decomposition technique are 1. decompose the acceleration time history response obtained at various spatial locations across the structure using ssa. 2. the linear and nonlinear harmonic components are identified through pairwise eigenvalues concept. the first pair indicates the linear component and the rest are nonlinear harmonic components generated by the closing crack. however, these nonlinear harmonics are buried in the noisy components and difficult to extract reliably at this stage 3. reconstruct the residual components (eliminating first eigen pair component) by grouping and diagonal averaging of ssa technique. 4. decompose the residual time history response obtained from step-3 using ssa. the nonlinear components are identified by pairwise eigenvalue concept. 5. the cumulative sum of the peak amplitudes of each of the nonlinear harmonic component is considered as damage index. the damage index is defined as follows 1 nonlinear component) nf peak ,k k di( i ) a (sup erharmonic    (1) where di (i) indicates the damage index of the ith degree of freedom (or sensor node) and nf, peak ,ka represent the number of superharmonic frequencies and the peak fourier power spectrum amplitude of the selected ‘k’th nonlinear harmonic component. the damage index is computed for each sensor location. the sensor node exhibiting the higher magnitude of magnitude index is the true spatial location of the breathing crack numerical investigations simple beam like structures such as simply supported beam and cantilever beam, simulated with closing cracks at varied spatial locations are chosen as numerical examples; to test the ssa based closing crack localization technique. since we have also carried out experimental investigations using the cantilever beam, and the numerical investigations carried out on both the beams are similar in nature, we present only the results of the simply supported beam in this paper to avoid repetition or redundancy. however, the experimental studies on the cantilever beam are presented later in this paper. steel cracked simply supported beam given in fig. 1 is chosen in the present work for numerical investigation. the span of the beam is 0.7m and has an area of 4e-4m2 and moment of inertia as 0.667e-8m4. the natural frequencies of the underlying linear healthy beam are found to be 89.671hz, 354.689hz, 799.16hz, 1419.46hz, 1711.46hz and 2218.17hz. the finite element model of the beam considers standard one-dimensional euler-bernoulli beam elements with two nodes per beam element and each node have three degrees of freedom; longitudinal displacement, translational displacement and bending rotation. heavy side step function, widely preferred by the researchers is used in the present work to model the opening-closing behaviour of the breathing crack. the damaged element stiffness matrix with the bilinear behaviour induced by the rotations ( ,  i j  ) at the nodes of the respective damaged element [6-9] is given by                  1 0 i j i j d i j c i j i j h θ θ , θ θ k k h θ θ k : h θ θ , θ θ (2) a j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 516 where h, k, kd, kc indicates the heaviside step function, undamaged, damaged (breathing crack) and cracked (open) stiffness of a particular element connected by nodes ‘i’ and ‘j’. the crack depth is defined in the cracked stiffness matrix kc. the detailed formulations are deliberately omitted here as they are of least consequence. figure 1: simply supported beam with a closing crack. the beam is discretised with 10 elements. the closing crack is simulated near 2/3 span of the simply supported beam from the left end i.e. element no. 7 with the crack depth of about 7% of the total depth. the beam is excited at the centre with an excitation frequency of 90hz. the acceleration time history responses are obtained at nine locations (i.e. finite element model discretised with 10 elements) spatially across the beam with a spacing of 0.07m per element. the obtained acceleration time history spatially across the beam is polluted with 10% standard white gaussian noise (i.e. snr= 30) before postprocessing to test the applicability of the proposed signal decomposition technique in the presence of noise. however, investigations have also been carried out without measurement noise for comparison purposes. 0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 0.01n (w ithout noise) 100 n (w ithout noise) frequency (hz) p s d  a m p li tu d e 0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 100 n (w ithout noise) 100n (w ith 10% noise) frequency (hz) p s d  a m p li tu d e (a) (b) figure 2: fourier power spectrum (a) undamaged and damaged data without noise (b) damaged data with and without noise the acceleration time history responses are obtained from the cracked structure at two different excitation amplitudes of 0.01n and 100n. the spectral density plot of the cracked structure obtained under these two different excitation amplitudes are shown in fig. 2(a). the spectral density plot of the cracked structure using noise-free and noisy measurements under 100n excitation is presented in fig. 2(b). the spectral density plot corresponding to 0.01n, presented in fig. 2(a) shows a single peak at 90 hz. this confirms that the cracked structure behaves linearly under 0.01n excitation as the structure vibrates only at its excitation frequency. the spectral density plot corresponding to 100n excitation with noise-free measurements, in contrast to 0.01n excitation vibrates not only at its excitation frequency i.e. 90hz but also at its super harmonics, 90hz, 180hz, 270hz, 360hz, and so on. this is evident from the peaks at those frequencies in fig. 2 (a). it can be observed from fig. 2(a) that the peak at fundamental excitation harmonic exhibit very high magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the peaks at their respective super harmonics. the presence of additional superharmonics apart from the fundamental excitation harmonic concludes the nonlinear behaviour induced by the closing cracks. it can be observed from fig. 2(b) that the spectral density plot of the cracked structure corresponding to 100n excitation with noisy measurements shows a peak at the excitation frequency and its superharmonics. however, the peak at first superharmonic, i.e. 180hz is only clearly visible, while the higher order superharmonics get buried in the noise as both exhibit similar energy j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 517 levels. it should be mentioned here that using the conventional spectral analysis, only one or two superharmonics can be extracted reliably under noisy environment while using the proposed approach (ssa), a large number of superharmonics are extractable. in the present work, for the application of ssa on the time history response, the window length is selected as the time lag corresponding to the first zero crossing between l/4 and l/2, computed based on autocorrelation [4]. more details related to the choice of window length are not discussed here, as it deviates from the scope of the present work. however, details on the choice of the window length can be found in prawin et.al. [4]. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 ‐1.0 ‐0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 99.5% confidence interval sa m p le  a u to co rr e la ti o n  f u n ct io n lags 1 2 3 4 5 6 ‐10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 e n e rg y  d if fe re n ce eigenvalue pairs w indow length=72 w indow length=390 w indow length=700 w indow length=855 w indow length=1200 (a) (b) figure 3: (a) autocorrelation function (b) window length 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ‐20 0 20 40 60 healthy data without noise (0.01n) damaged data without noise (100n) healthy data with 10% noise (0.01n) damaged data with 10% noise (100n) e n e rg y number of singular values 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ‐20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 healthy data without noise (0.01n) damaged data without noise (100n) healthy data with 10% noise (0.01n) damaged data with 10% noise (100n) e n e rg y number of singular values (a) (b) figure 4: singular spectrum– (a) actual (b) residual acceleration time history fig. 3 (a) depicts the autocorrelation of the response measured at 0.4m from the left support corresponding to 100n excitation. fig. 3(a) shows the zero crossing of the autocorrelation function of the response at time lags around 72, 232, 387, 545, 698, 851, 1008, 1196, 1315, 1470, and 1625 and so on. fig. 3(b) shows the plot corresponding to the energy difference between eigenpairs with varied window lengths chosen based on the time lags corresponding to zero crossing of the response. the energy difference (of eigenpairs) plot furnished in fig. 3(b) shows zero magnitudes when the length of the window is considered as 1190 (or above). based on this investigation, the above-automated choice of window length is chosen in the present work. once the window length is chosen, the next stage of ssa can be performed on the response to localize the closing crack. the singular spectrum of the noise-free response and response polluted with 10% noise (i.e. node 5) obtained by ssa is given in fig. 4 (a), while the results of the residual response is given in fig. 4 (b). both figs. 4 (a) and 4 (b) furnish the results corresponding to two different excitation amplitudes of 0.01n and 100n. fig. 4(a) concludes that the eigentriples with close singular values exist for the total actual response corresponding to both excitation amplitudes of 0.01n and 1n. while the pairwise component i.e. harmonic signal is absent in fig. 4 (b) for the low amplitude of excitation and present for the high amplitude of excitation even with the noisy measurements. each of the pairwise singular values in the residual signal of 100n excitation corresponds to nonlinear harmonics components i.e. super harmonic components generated due to the j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 518 closing crack in the structure. the nonlinear components are isolated using ssa and damage index is then computed for closing crack localization. closing crack localization – two different test cases the simply supported beam is simulated with closing crack at two different spatial locations in order to illustrate the robustness of the proposed technique in localizing the closing crack present anywhere in the structure. the first test case considers the breathing crack located at element no, 4, while the second test case considers the breathing crack at element no.7. both the test cases have the same crack depth equal to 7% of the total depth. the results of the damage index evaluated for these two varied crack locations is shown in fig. 5 using the noise-free and noisy time history response (i.e. actual response polluted with 10% noise before processing) measured at varied locations spatially across the structure. it can be concluded from fig. 5 that the maximum value of the damage index in both the test cases considered is at the damaged element of the beam even with noisy measurements. figure 5: damage index based on ssa – 9 sensors. figure 6: damage index based on ssa – 4 sensors. closing crack localization with limited instrumentation in order to investigate the effectiveness of the proposed closing crack localization approach with limited sensors, we have used the measurements obtained at 4 selective locations (i.e. at nodes 2, 4, 6, 9), identified using the popular effective independence optimal sensor placement technique [10]. the results of the damage index, obtained with limited measurements for the above damage cases of fig. 5 is presented in fig. 6. it can be observed from fig. 6 that the maximum value of the damage index is at node no.4 for the case of damage simulated in element no.4. the maximum value of the damage index for the case of damage simulated in element no. 7 is at node no.6, which is close to the nodes 7-8 (i.e. element no. 7). therefore, with limited instrumentation, the closest possible spatial location of damage can be identified, while with more sensors, the maximum value of damage will be occurring exactly between the two closely spaced nodes corresponding to damaged element (i.e. peak at nodes 7-8 in the case of damage at element no. 7, as evident from fig. 5). this investigation clearly concludes that the proposed algorithm has the ability to localize the closing crack even with limited measurements. comparison with previous work in order to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed algorithm in identifying smaller and subtle cracks, the results of the proposed damage index are compared with the previous vibration based breathing crack identification techniques based on only first few super harmonics [6-8]. the various damage indices given in the reported relevant research work in the literature are summarized as follows 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 i=1,2,3,...n; 2 i=2,3,...n-1; x x n i jωj i i ω i i i i i i a ( di ) ; a ( di ) ( di ) ( di ) ( di ) d (( di ) ); d (( di ) ) h          (3) j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 519 where the first damage index 1 i( di ) indicates the ratio of the sum of the power spectrum amplitudes of ‘n’ superharmonics to power spectrum amplitude of linear excitation harmonic (i.e fft amplitude (a) at excitation frequency  x ). the second damage index indicates the extension of the first approach to the curvature based index and n represents the total number of degrees of freedom. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 2 4 6 8 10 proposed damage index ( without noise) proposed damage index (with 10% noise) di 1 (without noise) di 1 (with 10% noise) di 2 (without noise) di 2 (with 10% noise) d a m a g e  i n d e x sensor nodes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 proposed damage index ( without noise) proposed damage index (with 10% noise) di 1 (without noise) di 1 (with 10% noise) di 2 (without noise) di 2 (with 10% noise) d a m a g e  i n d e x sensor nodes (a) (b) figure 7: various damage indices (a) 20% crack depth (b) 7% crack depth for this investigation on the proposed damage index with previous works, the closing crack is simulated in simply supported beam in element no.4 with crack depth equal to 20% and 7% of overall depth of the beam. the results of the damage index estimated using eqn. (1) and eqn. (3) is furnished in fig. 7 (a) for the beam having crack equal to 20% of total depth. similarly the results of the damage index corresponding to the case of simply supported beam with crack depth equal to 7% of overall depth of the beam is shown in fig. 7 (b). before computing the damage index, the computed acceleration time history responses are polluted with 10% noise. it can be observed from fig. 7 (a) that the peak value of all the damage indices is at the exact location of the breathing crack. however it can be observed from fig. 7 (b), the two damage indices corresponding to the previous approaches fail to detect smaller cracks due to consideration of only a few superharmonics and difficulty in distinguishing noise and true nonlinear harmonic. for example, the damage index 1di shows multiple peaks which creates confusion and difficult to conclude the exact location of the breathing crack. while the damage index 2di shows a peak at the wrong location. therefore, the earlier approaches [6-8] fail to detect subtle cracks; however, the proposed method identifies the minor damages very precisely by reliably extracting all the possible higher order harmonics. experimental validation part from the above numerical investigations, experimental studies have been carried out by considering a cantilever beam with single and multiple breathing cracks (i.e. two test specimens), to test and verify the proposed closing crack localization algorithm. the experimental set up followed in the present work is popularly used by prime et.al. [11] and douka et.al., [12] earlier for validation of their crack diagnosis algorithms. the single crack test beam shown in fig. 8, is constructed by bonding two aluminium alloy beams (i.e. four pieces) together. the faces of the top plates in contact induce breathing behaviour. the instrumentation set up is same for both the specimens and shown in fig. 8. the length of the beam is 1m for both the test specimens. the cross-section dimension of both the specimens is same and found to be 0.0254 x 0.0127m. the ratio of the thickness of the top and bottom plates decides the crack depth. the top and bottom plate thicknesses corresponding to single crack test specimen (case-1) are 1.5875 mm and 11.1125mm respectively. this results in a crack depth of 12.5% of the overall depth of the beam and the crack is simulated at 0.4m (i.e. located between sensor 3 and 4) from the fixed end. similarly, the top and bottom plate thicknesses corresponding to two crack specimen (case-2) are 3.175mm and 9.525mm which results in 25% crack depth of the total depth of the beam. in the case of two crack experimental specimen shown in fig. 9, the first crack at 0.2m is located between sensor 2 and 3 (closer to sensor 2), while the second crack at 0.7m from the fixed end is located between sensor 5 and 6 (closer to sensor 6). the two crack a j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 520 experimental specimen, employed in the present work was earlier used by the authors for validating their proposed damage diagnosis algorithm [4]. figure 8: instrumentation set up – single crack crack specimen both the experimental specimens are excited near the centre of the beam with harmonic excitation of 10hz. the acceleration time history responses are measured at the eight spatial locations as indicated in fig. 8. the damage index based on ssa is estimated using eqn. (1) for both the test specimens and the results are furnished in fig. 10. the damage index corresponding to single crack experimental specimen shows a single peak at sensor 4, which coincides with the exact location of the actual crack. it is also evident from fig. 10 that the damage index plot corresponding to two crack experimental specimen shows peaks at the spatial location of sensor 3 and sensor 6 clearly reflect the actual closing crack locations of the considered beam. figure 9: experimental multiple breathing crack specimen [4] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 two crack specimen (8 sensors) single crack specimen (8 sensors) single crack specimen (4 sensors) two crack specimen (4 sensors) d a m a g e  i n d e x sensor nodes figure 10: damage index – experimental specimen – multiple breathing cracks j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 521 in order to test the robustness of the proposed algorithm with limited measurements experimentally, the measurements of both the single and two crack specimens at optimally chosen four sensors i.e., at nodes 1, 3, 5 and 8 are only considered instead of all the 8 sensors. the damage index is computed using the limited sensor information. the corresponding results are also presented in fig. 10. it can be observed from fig. 10 that the damage index exhibit pairwise peaks at nodes 3 and 5 for the single crack specimen where the crack is actually located close to the sensor node 4. it can also be concluded from fig. 10 that in the case of two-crack specimen, only one crack at sensor node 3 (i.e. the crack is actually located between nodes 2 and 3) is detectable, with limited measurements of 4 sensors. this study clearly illustrate that only he possible region of spatial location of closing crack can be identified with limited instrumentation and it is also difficult to localize multiple cracks. from the numerical and experimental investigations, it is clear that the proposed signal decomposition approach based on singular spectrum analysis can identify more than one cracks present anywhere in the structure and of any crack depth with minimum optimal number of sensors. conclusions signal decomposition based technique has been proposed in this paper to identify the smaller and subtle closing cracks present anywhere in the structure. both experimental and numerical investigations have been carried out on simple beam-like structures to test the robustness and effectiveness of the proposed signal decomposition based breathing crack localization technique. the results furnished from the investigations are given below 1. the proposed signal decomposition is capable of isolating linear, nonlinear and noise components effectively. 2. the proposed ssa based damage diagnostic technique is robust enough to locate even more than one crack present in the structure. 3. numerical investigations conclude that the proposed breathing crack localization technique is reference free and can detect minor crack of about 7% crack depth. experimental investigations conclude that the proposed technique can detect crack depth of about 12.5% of overall depth of the beam. 4. the proposed approach can identify the breathing crack even with the acceleration responses being polluted with 10% measurement noise. 5. the proposed closing crack localization technique can also identify smaller cracks due to consideration of more number of super harmonics in contrast to the earlier works which consider only first few super harmonics. acknowledgements he authors thank the technical staff of astar and shml lab of csir-serc for their support during laboratory testing. references [1] golyandina, n., nekrutkin, v. and zhigljavsky, a.a. (2001). analysis of time series structure: ssa and related techniques. chapman and hall/crc. [2] vautard, r., yiou, p. and ghil, m. (1992). singular-spectrum analysis: a toolkit for short, noisy chaotic signals. physica d: nonlinear phenomena, 58(1-4), pp.95-126. [3] loh, c.h., chen, c.h. and hsu, t.y. (2011). application of advanced statistical methods for extracting long-term trends in static monitoring data from an arch dam. structural health monitoring, 10(6), pp.587-601. [4] prawin, j., lakshmi, k. and rao, a.r.m. (2018). a novel singular spectrum analysis–based baseline-free approach for fatigue-breathing crack identification. journal of intelligent material systems and structures, 29(10), pp.2249-2266. [5] de oliveira, m.a., vieira filho, j., lopes jr, v. and inman, d.j. (2017). a new approach for structural damage detection exploring the singular spectrum analysis. journal of intelligent material systems and structures, 28(9), pp.1160-1174. [6] shen, m.h. and chu, y.c. (1992). vibrations of beams with a fatigue crack. computers & structures, 45(1), pp.79-93. a t j. prawin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 513-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.49 522 [7] giannini, o., casini, p. and vestroni, f. (2013). nonlinear harmonic identification of breathing cracks in beams. computers & structures, 129, pp.166-177. [8] bovsunovsky, a. and surace, c. (2015). non-linearities in the vibrations of elastic structures with a closing crack: a state of the art review. mechanical systems and signal processing, 62, pp.129-148. [9] prawin, j., rao, a.r.m. and lakshmi, k. (2015). nonlinear identification of structures using ambient vibration data. computers & structures, 154, pp.116-134. [10] kammer, d.c. (2005). sensor set expansion for modal vibration testing. mechanical systems and signal processing, 19(4), pp.700-713. [11] prime, m.b. and shevitz, d.w. (1995). linear and nonlinear methods for detecting cracks in beams (no. la-ur-954008; conf-960238-10). los alamos national lab., nm (united states). [12] douka, e. and hadjileontiadis, l.j. (2005). time–frequency analysis of the free vibration response of a beam with a breathing crack. ndt & e international, 38(1), pp.3-10. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_31_art_5 h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 54 numerical simulation of galvanized rebars pullout h.f.s.g. pereira engineering department, school of science and technology, university of trás-os-montes e alto douro, quinta de prados, 5001-801 vila real, portugal. idmec, pólo feup, rua dr. roberto frias, 4200-465 porto, portugal hfpereira@portugalmail.pt v.m.c.f. cunha, j. sena-cruz department of civil engineering, school of engineering, university of minho 4800-058 guimarães, portugal. isise, university of minho 4800-058 guimarães, portugal abstract. the usage of rebars in construction is the most common method for reinforcing plain concrete and thus bridging the tensile stresses along the concrete crack surfaces. usually design codes for modelling the bond behaviour of rebars and concrete suggest a local bond stress – slip relationship that comprises distinct reinforcement mechanisms, such as adhesion, friction and mechanical anchorage. in this work, numerical simulations of pullout tests were performed using the finite element method framework. the interaction between rebar and concrete was modelled using cohesive elements. distinct local bond laws were used and compared with ones proposed by the model code 2010. finally an attempt was made to model the geometry of the rebar ribs in conjunction with a material damaged plasticity model for concrete. keywords. pullout test; local bond; damage; finite element method. introduction he first works associated to the study of the adherence between concrete and steel rebars, probably, were carried out by considère in the end of the xix century [1, 2]. after the latter works, several others were carried out regarding the experimental study of the bond between concrete and rebars, with special incidence in the decades of 70, 80 and 90 of the past century [3 19]. within the two last decades, some numerical works about the bond behaviour between concrete and rebars were carried out, some with special incidence on the behaviour associated to pullout tests, e.g. [20 23], and others related to the bond behaviour in structural elements, e.g. [24]. reinforced concrete can be regarded as a composite material made up of two components (steel and concrete) with rather distinct mechanical and physical properties. in general, due to the external loads applied to a structural concrete element will arise a certain stress field, being the tensile stresses after cracking bridged by the reinforcing rebars due to the bond mechanisms developed at the rebar / matrix interface. “bond stresses” is the designation ascribed to the shear stresses that arise at the rebar / concrete interface. this bond stresses, when efficiently mobilized, enable the two materials to behave as a composite material. in concrete reinforced structures, the bond between the distinct components of the reinforced concrete member has a primordial role on the overall behaviour and if neglected can lead to poor structural t h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 55 response. these complex phenomena involved in the bond behaviour have led engineers in the past to rely heavily on empirical formulas for the design of concrete structures, which were derived from numerous experiments, e.g. [7 15]. the properties of the adherence between rebar / matrix depends on several factors, such as friction, mechanical interaction and chemical adhesion [24]. in the past, several experimental investigations have been carried out in order to clarify and understand the behaviour of deformed bars pulled out from a concrete bulk under monotonic as well as cyclic loading conditions. some of these experimental results are well documented in literature, e.g. [7-19, 25]. based exclusively on the experimental results it is difficult to filter out the influences of material and geometrical parameters on the bond behaviour. in order to understand thoroughly the bond behaviour, a reliable numerical model (simulation of the transmission of forces at the interface zone, see fig. 1a) should be employed, thus a three-dimensional finite element, analysis is needed. the numerical modelling of the bond behaviour is principally possible at two different levels: (1) detailed modelling (see fig. 1b) in which the geometry of the bar and the concrete are modelled with three-dimensional elements and (2) phenomenological modelling (see fig. 1c) based on a smeared or discrete formulation of the bar-concrete interface [21]. (a) idealized bond zone. (b) detailed modelling. (c) phenomenological modelling. figure 1: schematic simulation of the idealized bond zone [21]. the phenomenological modelling of bond between rebar / concrete can be discretised by three-dimensional finite elements. the link between the rebar and the concrete can be achieved by a discontinuous approach, where bond is defined by discrete or reduced thickness cohesive elements. within these elements the behaviour is controlled by the local bond stress-slip relationship. this approach is able to realistically predict the pullout behaviour for different geometries and for different boundary conditions only if a realistic constitutive bond relationship is used. however, the model is not able to straightforwardly predict the bond behaviour of a given bar geometry. consequently, the influence of these parameters must be stored in advance in the basic parameters matrix of the bond model. thus, one has the possibility to realistically simulate the behaviour of reinforced concrete structures with relatively low effort in modelling and computing time. by the use of detailed modelling, such as both modelling of the ribs of the reinforcement and the concrete lugs (see fig. 1b) between the ribs of the reinforcement a quite refined finite element mesh has to be generated. this leads again to a high effort in modelling, and also to really long computational time, in particular while carrying out a finite element analysis of complex reinforced concrete structures [21 23]. in the present work a parametric study of the numerical simulations of galvanized rebar pullout tests under the finite element framework is presented and discussed. afterwards, the numerical simulations of galvanized rebar pullout tests are compared with the results obtained by using an analytical model [31], namely, a shear-lag model. the adopted local bondslip laws were similar to the one proposed by the ceb-fip model code 2010 [27]. finally, an attempt is made to model the pullout tests by isolating the distinct bond mechanisms, in particular, the mechanical component of bond due to the rebar’s ribs. therefore, to fulfil this purpose a three-dimensional finite element model considering the geometrical modelling of the rebar ribs was implemented. description of the numerical model geometry he experimental pullout tests were carried out on concrete cubic specimens with a rebar positioned in the middle of the specimen. the rebar’s embedded length was equal to half of the cube edge length, i.e. 100 mm, fig. 2. only one quarter of the experimental specimen was geometrically modelled, because the specimen has double symmetry t h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 56 conditions. fig. 3 shows the 3d geometrical model with the representation of the surfaces’ boundary conditions ascribed due to both symmetry conditions and test support conditions. the perpendicular displacements of the finite element nodes at the two symmetry planes were constrained along the yy and zz axis, respectively. moreover, at the specimen’s front plane (where the protruding end of the rebar arises), the displacement of the nodes perpendicular to the plane were also constrained, i.e. in the xx direction. 100mm 100mm 2 0 0 m m 200mm 2 0 0 m m embedded disabled top view front view length bond ø 2 0 .5 m m figure 2: geometry of the specimens used in the pullout test. figure 3: 3d fe mesh and boundary conditions. the pullout specimen was modelled using 3d solid finite elements available from abaqus library [26], namely, c3d8 and c3d6 were used to model the concrete bulk and steel rebar, respectively. additionally, cohesive elements (coh3d8) were considered to model the interface behaviour between the concrete and rebar. (a) (b) figure 4: model with smooth rebar: a) top view, b) front view. (a) (b) figure 5: model with ribbing rebar: a) top view, b) ribbing detail. local bond-slip law the bond properties of a reinforcing rebar can be analytically described by a local bond stress – slip relationship, =(s), in which  is the shear stress acting on the contact surface between rebar and concrete, and s is the corresponding slip, i.e. the relative displacement between steel bar and concrete [31]. once the relation =(s) is known, using equilibrium and compatibility relations, the second order differential equation governing the slip can be defined as: h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 57   2 2 0 s s d s d s dx e a    (1) where d is the diameter, as is the cross sectional area, es is the young’s modulus of the reinforcing bars and s(x) is the slip between concrete and the embedded rebar’s length at the abscissa x. using eq. (1), important phenomena can be analysed such as: the anchorage length evaluation, the determination of the tension stiffening effect and crack spacing and opening. these problems can be solved once the boundary conditions of the specific problems are specified and this observation reinforces the importance of a consistent local bond-slip relationship. relatively to the analytical expressions for the bond-slip relationships, several hypotheses have been proposed and used in the past. one simpler alternative is to define the bond stress – slip relationship with linear branches [15]. nevertheless, alternatively, a more robust non-linear relationship between bond stress and slip can be used. the relationship established by eligehausen [15] and afterwards adopted by the model code 2010 [27] is expressed by the following non-linear functions as follows:  max 1 1 ; 0s s ss      (2) max 1 2; s s s    (3)      2 max max 2 3 3 2 ;f s s s s s s s             (4) 3;f s s   (5) fig. 6 depicts the bond stress – slip relationship according to [27]. tab. 1 includes the parameters of the bond-slip relationship proposed by model code 2010 [27] for distinct bond conditions. figure 6: local bond stress-slip law according to [27]. bond conditions max f [-] s1 [mm] s2 [mm] s3 [mm] good 2.5(fcm)0.5 0.4max 0.4 1 3 clear rib spacing of rebar table 1: parameters defining the bond-slip relationship [27]. in the present work two distinct local bond stress – slip laws were used. for the parametric study, the bond stress – slip relationship was modelled using the linear cohesive law provide by abaqus software, as depicted in fig. 7. this constitutive model available in abaqus was originally developed for the delamination of composites, but it can also be used to model cohesion between steel rebar and concrete, assuming that the interaction between concrete and steel rebar can be collapsed to zero-thickness surface. this approach has been already previously adopted by alfano and serpieri [28, h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 58 29]. in a second stage, a similar local bond stress – slip law to that proposed by [27] was also used. in order to implement it in the software, it was needed to perform previously a transformation of the bond stress – slip law to a damage – slip relationship. figure 7: linear bond-slip law [26]. with reference to the fig. 7, the first part of the constitutive law is linear elastic up to the maximum bond stress (point a), involving an initial displacement 0n . at this point the interface starts to become damaged. once the maximum bond stress is reached and the crack begins to propagate, the stress starts to reduce up to the maximum displacement 1n (point b). gc is the fracture energy needed to propagate the interfacial crack. concrete and steel constitutive behaviour regarding the mechanical behaviour of the steel rebar, it was assumed an elastic perfectly-plastic behaviour. on the other hand, to model the concrete behaviour two distinct approaches with different levels of complexity were adopted. it was assumed a linear elastic behaviour and nonlinear behaviour by using the concrete damage plasticity (cdp) model comprised in the abaqus software [26]. the cdp model from the abaqus library [26] considers the total strain decomposed into an elastic ( el ) and plastic ( pl ) strain components, el pl    . the stress-strain relation associated with the damage evolution is given by:    01 el pld d     (6) where d is the damage variable (d = 0 no damage, d = 1 fully damaged) and 0 eld is the non-damaged elastic modulus. damage is associated with the typical degradation mechanisms of concrete – cracking in tension and crushing in compression, which involves a decrease of the elastic modulus. damage is governed by the hardening variables pl~ and the effective stress  , pld d    . the hardening variables under compression ( plc~ ) and tension ( plt~ ) are considered independently. figure 8: yield surface of dcp model [26]. h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 59 the adopted cdp model used a yield surface that was defined as the loading function proposed by lubliner et al. [30], see fig. 8. the evaluation of the yield surface was controlled by the two hardening variables, namely, the plastic strain in tension ( plt ) and the plastic strain in compression ( pl c ~ ). tab. 2 includes the mechanical properties of concrete and steel used in the numerical simulations. regarding the steel tensile behaviour an elastic – perfectly plastic relationship 1n was considered with a yield stress of 567 mpa. on the other hand, tab. 3 includes the constitutive parameters of the cdp model used to simulate the nonlinear behaviour of concrete when considered. material density, ρ [kg/m3] young modulus, e [gpa] poisson ratio,  [-] steel 7800 200 0.30 concrete 2400 30 0.20 table 2: mechanical properties adopted in the numerical simulations. dilatation angle [º] eccentricity [-] σbo/σco [-] kc [-] 40.0 0.1 1.16 0.667 table 3: the constitutive parameters of cdp model. parametric study his section presents the parametric study that was carried out to calibrate the numerical model for the pullout tests. this study evolves the analysis of the influence of distinct parameters on the numerical responses, such as: the mesh refinement, the cohesive element thickness and the viscosity coefficient. mesh refinement to analyse the influence of the mesh refinement, it was considered in a first stage a linear elastic behaviour for concrete. for the interface behaviour it was used the relationship depicted in fig. 7. for this task, four meshes similar to the one presented in fig. 4 were considered. tab. 4 presents several parameters for mesh characterization, such as number of elements and nodes, and respective computational time for completing the numerical simulation of the pullout test. mesh element quantity nodes quantity computational time 1 2100 2790 48min 21s 2 3100 3945 49min 10s 3 4100 5100 61min 21s table 4: mesh parameters. the parameters to define the behaviour of the cohesive elements layer in terms of nominal stresses are presented in tab. 5. the adopted damage evolution was of the type displacement with linear softening and maximum degradation. moreover, two values for displacement at failure, namely, 5 and 1000 mm were adopted. in the last case, it corresponds practically to assuming no degradation of the bond stresses with the increment of slip. nominal stress normal-only mode [mpa] nominal stress first direction [mpa] nominal stress second direction [mpa] 0 10.26 0 table 5: nominal stress. fig. 9 and 10 depict the results obtained in the numerical simulations considering an elastic behaviour for concrete and the local bond stress – slip relationship defined by fig. 7 for the interface elements behaviour. as it was expectable the t h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 60 ultimate slip obtained during pullout was almost 5 mm and 1000 mm, fig. 9 and 10, respectively. in fig. 10 it was opted to depict only the load slip relationship up to a slip of 1 mm, nevertheless the pullout load kept constant practically up to the ultimate displacement (1000 mm). in both simulations, and excluding mesh 1, the maximum pullout load was reached approximately for a slip of 0.2 mm, and the value was of 63.9 and 66.3 kn for the simulations carried out with and without bond stress degradation with slip, i.e. with an ultimate local slip of 5 and 1000 mm, respectively. considering no degradation of the bond, stress increased in nearby 5% de maximum pullout load. figure 9: pullout load slip relationship with a 5 mm displacement at failure. figure 10: pullout load slip relationship with a 1000 mm displacement at failure. after carrying out the simulations considering an elastic behaviour of the concrete surrounding the rebar, it was assessed the influence of the mesh refinement when using the concrete damage plasticity model to model the surrounding concrete behaviour. for this purpose, three meshes were used, in particular, mesh 3 and 4 that were the same used in the simulations when considering an elastic behaviour for concrete, and another mesh with a higher refinement in the rebar zone and a coarser refinement in the concrete farther from the interface zone. regarding the interface cohesive behaviour, the adopted damage evolution also was of the type displacement with linear softening and maximum degradation. the value of displacement at failure was 5 mm. tab. 6 includes the number of nodes and elements, as well as the computational time for completing the simulation of the pullout test. mesh element quantity nodes quantity computational time 3 4100 5100 3h 36min 4 21960 25010 51h 40min 5 20500 24580 29h 46min table 6: mesh parameters. h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 61 fig. 11 presents the results obtained for the three meshes when considering the concrete damage plasticity model. as it was expectable the maximum slip was 5 mm. in terms of maximum slip the results are similar to the ones obtained considering an elastic behaviour for concrete. as it is visible in fig. 11 b), it was verified a sharper peak in meshes 3 and 5, which incremented nearby 3% the peak load. based in this analysis it was adopted mesh 4, to carry out the forthcoming analysis. a) b) figure 11: bond stress-slip relationship displacement at failure equal to 5 mm: a) complete curve; b) detail peak curve. cohesive element thickness the interface was simulated with the use of cohesive elements in-between the rebar and surrounding concrete. since these are not pure interface elements, a certain thickness must be ascribed to the element. the cohesive element’s thickness used in the parametric study were 0.1, 0.5 and 1.0 mm, respectively. fig. 12 and 13 show the results for the three thicknesses, adopting an ultimate slip of 5 and 1000 mm, respectively. as foreseeable, with the thickness increase was verified an increase of the maximum pullout load. this occurs because the cohesive elements’ mid surface is farther from the rebar’s surface, consequently, there is an increase of the interface area. therefore for the same bond stress profile it will result in higher shear stresses at the interface and consequently a higher pullout load. figure 12: bond stress-slip relationship displacement at failure equal to 5 mm, with different thickness of cohesive elements. figure 13: bond stress-slip relationship displacement at failure equal to 1000 mm, with different thickness of cohesive elements. viscosity coefficient the viscosity coefficient is a regularization parameter for obtaining convergence in damage models that exhibit a softening response. it allows the analysis to converge after the peak load is attained, but the results can be unrealistic if a proper value is not selected. the influence of the viscosity in the pullout response was carried out. for this purpose three quite distinct values for the viscosity coefficient, namely, 0.001, 0.0001 and 0.00001 were selected. these analyses were carried out for two linear bond stress – slip relationships, adopting an ultimate slip of 5 and 1000 mm, respectively. as it can be observed in fig. 14, for the local bond law defined with an ultimate slip of 5 mm, the viscosity coefficient only does not h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 62 have influence if a quite small value is adopted, i.e. equal to 0.00001. for a viscosity value of 0.001 the results were completely incoherent, with the maximum pullout load attaining the value of 200 kn, approximately three times the real value. fig. 15 shows the results adopting a bond stress – slip law with an ultimate slip of 1000 mm. in the latter case, the viscosity coefficient only has influence for the higher viscosity value, i.e. 0.001, causing an increasing in maximum pullout load of approximate 10%. based on these results, it was decided to use the smallest viscosity coefficient in all simulations (0.00001), this option leads to an increase of the computational time cost. figure 14: bond stress-slip relationship displacement at failure equal to 5 mm simulated with different viscosity coefficients. figure 15: bond stress-slip relationship displacement at failure equal to 1000 mm simulated with different viscosity coefficients. numerical modelling of the sena et al. (2009) pullout tests his section presents the numerical results within the finite element framework regarding the simulation of the experimental pullout tests performed by sena-cruz et al. [31]. smooth rebar model the simulations were firstly performed assuming a smooth surface for the steel rebar. the pullout behaviour of three types of rebars, namely, non-alloy, galvanized and galvanized + epoxy rebar were modelled. the obtained numerical results were compared with the experimental results and with the results obtained using the analytical model proposed by sena-cruz et al. [31]. tab. 7 includes the parameters that define the local bond – slip law (fig. 6) used in the numerical simulations. these parameters were obtained by an inverse analysis procedure using an analytical shear-lag model [31]. the inverse analysis procedure consisted in fitting the numerical pullout force – slip relationship with the experimental correspondent one by varying the local bond law parameters. in these simulations the fe mesh depicted in fig. 1 was used. rebar max [-] s1 [mm] error [%] galvanized + epoxy 0.73 (fcm)0.5 0.4 2.00 3.9 galvanized 1.46(fcm)0.5 0.62 1.30 2.5 non-alloy 1.75(fcm)0.5 0.52 1.30 1.8 table 7: parameters of the bond-slip relationship obtained by inverse analysis [31]. fig. 16 depicts both the experimental and numerical results from the finite element analysis, for specimens with non-alloy steel rebars, in terms of pullout force vs. slip. the numerical results were inside of experimental envelope obtained experimentally, however the simulations results by abaqus slightly overestimates the results obtained by the analytical formulation of [31], in terms of stiffness and maximum pullout force. t h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 63 numerical results of the specimens with galvanized steel rebars are presented in fig. 17. the numerical results are also inside of experimental envelope, except in initial zone of slip, were the simulations results by abaqus are a little outside of envelope. in terms of stiffness and maximum pullout force, the conclusions are similar to obtained with the non-alloy rebars. the response of abaqus has an initial peak of the pullout force followed by a softening, afterwards it was observed an increase of the pullout force. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 envelope (non-alloy rebars) numerical model (abaqus) analytical model (sena et al., 2009) p u ll o u t f or ce [ k n ] free end slip [mm] 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 envelope (galvanized) numerical model (abaqus) analytical model (sena et al., 2009) p ul lo ut f or ce [ kn ] free end slip [mm] figure 16: numerical simulation of the experimental pullout curves (non-alloy rebar). figure 17: numerical simulation of the experimental pullout curves (galvanized rebar). numerical results for galvanized + epoxy rebar, presented in fig. 18, are similar to the ones obtained with galvanized rebars. but it is possible to see that experimental results also present an initial peak of pullout force followed by a softening, after the increase of the pullout force. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 envelope(galvanized + epoxy) numerical model (abaqus) analytical model (sena et al., 2009) p ul lo ut f or ce [ kn ] slip [mm] figure 18: numerical simulation of the experimental pullout curves (galvanized+epoxy rebar). model with the rebar's ribbing in this section the pullout tests [31] were modelled using the geometrical representation of the rebars’ ribbs. note that an approximate geometry was adopted due to the complexity of the real rebar ribs geometry. fig. 4 depicts schematically the adopted mesh, which included 8 ribbs along the embedded length of the steel rebar in the concrete. three different heights of ribbing were considered in the three distinct simulations that were carried out, respectively, 0.20, 0.26 and 0.30 mm. the ribs allowed to simulate the mechanical reinforcement mechanism due to the rib interlock verified between concrete and ribbing in experimental test. moreover, the cohesive elements were used to simulate the effects of steelconcrete chemical adhesion and frictional shear. in these simulations the parameters that defined the behaviour of the cohesive elements layer, in terms of nominal stress, are presented in tab. 8. fig. 19 depicts the pullout force vs. free-end slip relationships for the performed numerical simulations. the results that better agreed with the experimental results were obtained with a ribbing height of 0.26 mm, where the maximum pullout force obtained in the numerical simulation was similar to the experimental. the stiffness of the numerical response was higher than the one of the experimental results. the horizontal plateau of the pullout force vs. slip curve was not possible to reproduce numerically. instead, the softening verified numerically was very pronounced. h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 64 the abovementioned differences observed between the numerical results and experimental results could be ascribed to several factors. first of all, note that the geometric representation of the ribs was approximate, since the actual ribs geometry is quite complex and its disposition along the rebar’s surface is non uniform. therefore for modelling accurately the ribs geometry a more complex and full 3d geometrical model should be developed, in which the axisymmetric stress state cannot be considered. as previously stated the numerical responses with the discretization of the ribs were stiffer than the experimental pullout behaviour. to the latter fact may contributed the disposition of the interface elements along the lateral inclined faces of the ribs, which are not submitted to a pure fracture mode ii, since they are also subjected to compressive stresses that will increase the confinement level. this aspect may contributed to an increase of the response stiffness. on the other hand, the steeper softening decay observed in the numerical curves may be related to adopted geometry of the ribs within the numerical model. in the numerical model, the start of the softening stage, after the peak load, coincides with the plastification of the compressive bulk wedges formed in front of the ribs during the pullout procedure, and the increase of the relative displacement between ribs and the surrounding concrete. nominal stress normal-only mode [mpa] nominal stress first direction [mpa] nominal stress second direction [mpa] 0 0.63 0 table 8: nominal stress. figure 19: numerical simulation of the experimental pullout curves (rebars with ribs). conclusions ith the aim of studying the bond behaviour between galvanized rebars and concrete in pullout tests, distinct numerical simulations were carried out using the finite element method framework. a parametric study of the main numerical variables was performed, also to calibrate the model. the numerical simulations of the pullout tests carried out by [31] were compared with both the experimental results and the simulations with an analytical shear-lag model. using the same bond stress – slip relationships the results obtained by the finite element method rendered a higher stiffness and maximum pullout load when compared to ones obtained with the analytical model by [31]. the pullout tests were successfully modelled assuming the steel rebar as smooth, as long a proper local bond stress – slip law is adopted. the numerical simulations including in the geometric model the rebar ribbings, at this stage dis not render so good results and further research should be carried out. the differences observed between the numerical results and experimental results when the ribs were modelled, could be ascribed to the approximate geometric representation of the ribs. therefore for modelling accurately the ribs geometry a more complex and full 3d geometrical model should be developed, in which the axisymmetric stress state cannot be considered. moreover, since some interface elements were not subjected to a pure fracture mode ii, they may also contribute to a stiffening of the initial numerical pullout response. references [1] considère, m., influence des armatures métalliques sur les proprietes des mortiers e bétons, le béton armé, 9 (1899). w h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 65 [2] considère, m., influence des armatures métalliques sur les proprietes des mortiers e bétons, le béton armé, 10 (1899). [3] talbot, a. n., tests of concrete i. shear ii. bond, university of illinois bulletin, iv (1906) [4] webb, r., wilsey, g. h., bonding strength of concrete and steel, armour institute of technology, (1908). [5] emin, g. h., laskey, h., tobias, w. r., bond stress of lap reinforced concrete beams, armour institute of technology, (1911). [6] abrams, d. a., test of bond between concrete and steel, university of illinois bulletin, xi (1913). [7] rehm, g., the fundamental law of bond, in: proceeding of the symposium on bond and crack formation in reinforced concrete, stockholm; relim, paris, (1957). [8] rehm, g., the basic principle of bond between steel and concrete, deustcher ausschuss fur stalbeton; wilhelm ernest and sohn, berlin, 138 (1961) [9] goto, y., cracks formed in concrete around tension bars, aci journal, 68(4) (1971) 244-251. [10] tassios, t.p., properties of bond between concrete and steel under load cycles idealizing sismic actions, comité eurointernational du béton, paris, 131 (1979). [11] tepfers, r., cracking of concrete cover along anchored deformed reinforcing bars, magazine of concrete research, 31(106) (1979) 3-11. [12] stanton, j. f., mcniven, h. d., the development of a mathematical model to predict the flexural response of reinforced concrete beams to cyclic loads, eerc report, university of california, berkeley, 79-2 (1979). [13] ciampi, v., eligehausen, r., bertero, v. v., popov, e.p., analytical model for concrete anchorages of reinforcing bars under generalized excitations, earthquake eng. res. center, university of california, berkeley, 82/23 (1982) 121. [14] hawkins, n. m., lin i.j., f.l. jeang, local bond strength of concrete for cyclic reversed loadings, bond in concrete, p. bartos (editor), applied science publishers ltd., london, (1982) 151-161. [15] eligehausen, r., popov, e.p., bertero, v.v., local bond stress-slip relationships of deformed bars under generalized excitation, university of california; national science foundation, ucb/eerc-83/23 (1983). [16] darwin, d., development length criteria for conventional and high relative rib area reinforcing bars, aci structural journal, farmington hills, 93(3) (1992) 709-720. [17] gambarova, p.g., rosati, g.p., bond and splitting in bar pull-out: behavioural laws and concrete cover role, magazine de concrete research, 49(179) (1997) 99-110. [18] sener, s., bazant, z.p., becq-giraudon, e., size effect on failure of bond splices of steel bars in concrete beams, asce – journal of structural engineering, 125(6) (1999) 653-660. [19] kayali, o., yeomans, s. r., bond of ribbed galvanized reinforcing steel in concrete, cement & concrete composites 22 (2000) 459-467. [20] li, c. y., finite element simulations of fiber pullout toughening in fiber reinforced cement based composites, advanced cement based materials, 7 (1998) 123-132. [21] lettow, s., the simulation of bond between concrete and reinforcement in nonlinear three-dimensional finite element analysis, in: 5th international phd symposium in civil engineering, delft, the netherlands, (2004). [22] torres, l., baena, m., turon, a., cahís, x., barris, c., simulation of bond behaviour between fiber reinforced polymer bars and concrete, in: 8th international symposium on fiber reinforced polymer reinforcement for concrete structures, patras, greece, (2007). [23] shafaie, j., hosseini, a., marefat, m. s., 3d finite element modelling of bond-slip between rebar and concrete in pullout test, in: 3rd international conference on concrete & development, iran, (2009). [24] lowes, l.n., finite element modelling of reinforced concrete beam-column bridge connections, ph. d. thesis, civil engineering division, university of california, berkeley, usa, (1999). [25] bond of reinforcement in concrete-state of the art report, fib-bulletin, lausanne, 102000. [26] abaqus version 6.11 user’s manual. ri: hibbitt, karlsson & sorensen inc, (2011). [27] fédération internationale du béton / international federation for structural concrete (fib), “fip model code for concrete structures 2010”, paul beverly, lausanne, switzerland, (2013). [28] alfano, g., marfia, s., sacco, e., a cohesive damage-friction interface model accounting for water pressure on crack propagation, computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering, 196 (2006) 192-209. [29] serperi, r., alfano, g., bond-slip analysis via a thermodynamically consistent interface model combining interlocking, damage and friction, int. j. numer. meth. engng, 85 (2011) 164-186. [30] lubliner, j., oliver, j., oller, s., oñate, e., a plastic-damage model for concrete, j. solid structures, 25 (1989) 299326. h.f.s.g. pereira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 54-66; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.05 66 [31] sena-cruz, j., cunha, v.m.c.f., camões, a., barros, j.a.o., cruz, p., modelling of bond between galvanized steel rebars and concrete, in: congresso de métodos numéricos en ingenieria, barcelona, spain, (2009) 20. microsoft word numero_44_art_11 g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 140 equation chapter 1 section 1 modification of the bonora damage model for shear failure gabriel testa, andrew ruggiero, gianluca iannitti, nicola bonora, domenico gentile university of cassino and southern lazio, cassino, italy gabriel.testa@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 abstract. the bonora damage model was extended to account for shearcontrolled damage. to this purpose, a new definition for the damage dissipation potential in which an explicit dependence on the third invariant of deviatoric stress was proposed. this expression leads to damage rate equation in which two contributions, the first for void nucleation and growth damage process the latter for shear fracture, can be recognized. for the jiii controlled damage contribution, only two additional material parameters are necessary of easy experimental identification the extended model formulation was verified predicting the failure locus for al 2024-t351 alloy. finally, the failure locus for stress state combinations, where the minimum material ductility is expected, was determined. keywords. cdm; ductile damage; failure locus; triaxiality; lode parameter; shear fracture. citation: testa, g., ruggiero, a., iannitti, g., bonora, n., gentile, d., modification of the bonora damage model for shear failure, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150. received: 11.02.2018 accepted: 18.03.2018 published: 01.04.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he key role of stress triaxiality on ductile fracture of metals and alloys is well known. rice and tracy [1] and mcclintock [2] were among the firsts to observe that the higher the stress triaxiality the smaller the strain to failure. later, this concept was demonstrated experimentally by a number of experimental studies [3-5]. presently, there are compelling evidences that at low or even negative triaxiality numerous classes of materials and alloys show a reduction of failure strain because of an increased susceptibility to shear fracture. mcclintock [6] reported cases where ductility is terminated by shear localization and shear cracking. johnson and cook [5] reported a fracture strain for 4340 steel obtained from a torsion test ( 0  ) that is well below fracture strains at significantly higher mean stresses obtained under axisymmetric conditions from notched tension specimens. later, bao and wierzbicki [7] showed that experimental data at failure for al2024-t351, for different classes of stress states, falls on two distinct branches of a curve on the stress triaxiality vs ductility plot. more recently, barsoum and faleskog [8] also reported susceptibility to fracture under low triaxiality shearing in both mid-strength and high strength weldox steels under combined tension-torsion loading conditions. these results indicate that stress triaxiality alone is inadequate to describe the effect of multiaxial stress state on material ductility, suggesting that also the third invariant of the stress tensor has an influence. in the last decades, several models have been proposed to account for stress triaxiality effect on material ductility. gurson proposed a model based on the growth of a single isolated spherical void in a ductile matrix. he derived a porosity modified yield criterion in which the softening, due to void growth, is enhanced by stress triaxiality [9]. this model has been used extensively to t g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 141 predict the occurrence of ductile fracture in samples and components [10] and it still used in number or research studies. in continuum damage mechanics (cdm), the influence of stress triaxiality is obtained from the definition of the damage energy dissipation under a generic multi-axial state of stress. in the framework of cdm, several damage model have been proposed. lemaitre [11] developed the theoretical framework for cdm and proposed a simple linear law for damage evolution with plastic strain. tai and yang [12], modified the original lemaitre model formulation introducing an exponential law for damage evolution. later, bonora [13] proposed an expression for the damage dissipation potential that allows obtaining a general non-linear law of evolution for damage suitable to describe ductile damage in different classes of metals. in the last decades, the bonora damage model (bdm) was validated extensively for different materials and practical engineering cases. iannitti et al. [14, 15] used the bdm to explain while ductile damage cannot occur in taylor impact cylinder test of highly ductile metals (ofhc ad al 1100-o) while, because of the different stress triaxiality state, it does occur in symmetric taylor impact test (rod-on-rod) under equivalent velocity conditions. the bdm was also used to predict ductile tearing initiation and propagation in structural components such as deep water offshore pipeline welds [16-19]. both gurson and cdm based model formulations fail in predicting fracture under shear-controlled fracture condition. in particular, cdm models predict that material ductility has to increase when the stress triaxiality is reduced, with a maximum failure strain for pure torsion (zero stress triaxiality). in shear fracture sensitive materials, this behavior is contradicted by experimental results. for instance, in upsetting tests of al 2024 or ti-6al-4v, fracture under compressive load (and negative stress triaxiality) is observed to occur at low strain, without barreling in the sample. recently, the attempt to extend current damage model formulations to account for the influence of jiii, was pursued mainly for the gurson model. among all, nahshon and hutchinson [20] proposed to add a lode parameter dependent term in the gurson model original formulation without the need to reformulate the model for the stress triaxiality controlled part. for what concerns cdm, only few examples of model formulation modification to incorporate shear effect can be found in the literature. cao et al. [21] modified the lemaitre damage dissipation potential introducing an explicit dependence on the lode parameter. in their approach, stress triaxiality and lode parameter act simultaneously on the damage rate making difficult to exclude a priori mutual influence between material model parameters. in this work, following the considerations that motivated the work of nahshon and hutchinson [20], the bdm was modified formulating a new expression for the damage dissipation potential. the novelty of the proposed extended bdm is that the damage dissipation potential is a positive definite function, which is a mandatory requirement in cdm, and that it allows to separate between stress triaxiality and shear controlled damage contributions which allow preserving all features of the original bdm formulation. the proposed extended bdm (hereafter indicated as xbdm) has been used to reproduce the variability of reported fracture strain for al 2024 alloy over a wide range of tress triaxiality including the combined loading regime. the possibility to identify experimentally the additional material parameters is discussed. damage model development the bonora damage model he bonora damage model (bdm) is derived according to the thermodynamics framework of continuum damage mechanics (cdm) initially introduced by lemaitre [22]. the cdm framework consists of three parts: the first is the definition of the state variables, which establishes the present state of corresponding physical mechanisms; the second is the definition of the state potential, from which one can derive the state laws, and the definition of associated variables; the third is the definition of the potential of dissipation to derive the evolution law of state variables, which are associated with the dissipative mechanisms. for what concerns damage processes, the state variable d is introduced. under the assumption of isotropic damage, d is a scalar defined as the ratio between the damaged and the nominal net resisting area of the material reference volume element (rve),  0 dad a (1) d ranges from 0, for the material in the undamaged state, to crd at rupture when the material load carrying capability is completely lost. under the strain equivalence hypothesis, the following definition for the “effective stress” is obtained, (1 ) ij ij d      (2) t g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 142 this is the stress that should be applied to an undamaged material to cause the strain occurs in the damaged material under the nominal stress. in cdm, the effective stress replaces the cauchy stress in the set of constitutive equations to account for damage effect on the macroscopic behavior of the material. the use of a state variable requires the introduction of the associated state variable. the variable associated to damage is the damage strain energy density release rate y , which is derived from the state potential [23], (1 ) 2 r y d e   (3) here, e is the young’s modulus and r is the function that accounts for stress triaxiality effects,     22 1 3 1 2 3 r       (4) where  is the poisson’s ratio and  is the stress triaxiality factor defined as the ratio of the means stress m and equivalent von mises stress  , m    (5) the kinetic laws of evolution are obtained from the dissipation potential. because plastic flow can occur without damage and, similarly, damage can occur without noticeable macroscopic plastic flow, it can be assumed that the dissipation potential for plastic deformation and damage are independent, df f f  (6) where f and df are the plastic potential (also the yield function in associative flow) and the damage dissipative potential, respectively. from the generalized normality rule, the damage evolution law is obtained as follow, dfd y      (7) where  is the plastic multiplier equal to the equivalent plastic strain rate scaled by damage effect,  1p d    (8) for the damage dissipation potential, bonora proposed the following expression,     1 2 0 0 1 2 1 ˆ cr d d dsy f s d p                     (9) which is a convex function of the associate variables to ensure fulfillment of the second thermodynamics principle. here, 0 , ,s   are material constants while p̂ is the “active plastic strain” defined as the equivalent plastic strain accumulated under positive triaxiality of the state, 2ˆ 3 p p eq eqp d d dt    (10) g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 143 is the heaviside function that is equal to 1 when the stress triaxiality is positive and 0 otherwise. under compressive state of stress, damage does not accumulate and its effects are temporarily restored ( 0 0&d d  ). this provides a more consistent unilateral condition for damage accumulation and effects. finally, from eqn. (7) and (9), assuming a power law for the material flow curve, the following expression for the damage rate is obtained,                    1/ 1 ˆ ˆln cr cr f th d p d r d d p (11) in this expression , , ,cr th fd   are the material damage parameters where th is the plastic strain threshold under uniaxial state of stress at which damage process is initiated, f is the failure strain under constant stress triaxiality equal to 1/3, and  is the damage exponent that defines the shape of damage evolution law as a function of the active plastic strain. figure 1: evolution of l,  and t with normalized stress ratio 2 1/  under plane stress condition. figure 2: evolution of l and  with stress triaxiality t, under plane stress assumption (for negative t, 2 30, 0   ). g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 144 lode-dependent modified bonora damage model for shear-dominated loading although the cdm framework is not derived for a specific micromechanism, however, the underlying micromechanism is the nucleation and growth of voids (nag). in this perspective, the failure locus predicted, by eqn. (27), is consistent with ductile failure occurring by necking of intervoid ligament. the motivation for a modification of the bdm for shear dominated loading stems from the consideration that the volume of microvoids undergoing shear may not increase but void deformation and reorientation contribute to the loss of load carrying capability and constitute an effective increase in damage. under shear-dominated loading, the stress triaxiality is zero or slightly positive and current bdm predicts an increase of damage at the slowest rate which implies the largest ductility that material can exhibit. the lode parameter has been introduced to account for the influence of the third invariant of stress on material ductility, 3 3 27 2 j l    (12) where 3j is third invariant of the deviatoric stress tensor ijs ,      3 1 2 3 1 det 3 ij ij ik jk m m mj s s s s            (13) the following expression for the lode parameter, as a function of the stress ratios 2 1/a   and 3 1/b   can be written, 3/22 2 ( 2 1)( 2 1)( 2)1 2 1 a b a b a b l a ab a b b                (14) for plane stress ( 3 0, 0b   ), it reduces to, 3 2 3/22 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 a a a l a a          (15) the lode parameter is bounded between -1 and 1: l=-1 for uniaxial tension ( 0a b  ), while for equibiaxial plane stress tension ( 1, 0a b  ) l= 1 and for pure shear stress ( 0, 1a b   ), l=0. under plane stress condition, the expression of the lode angle as a function of the stress triaxiality can also be uniquely determined, 227 1 2 3 l t t        (16) nahshon and hutchinson [20] introduced the following parameter, 21 l   (17) the evolution of l and  with the stress ratio a and t, for plane stress condition, is shown in fig. 1 and fig. 2 respectively. in the latter figure, l vs t is plotted over the stress triaxiality range of significance [-1/3, 1/3] under plane stress assumption. in order to extend current bdm model formulation for stress states centered on a pure shear stress plus a hydrostatic contribution, the original expression of the damage dissipation potential is modified, similarly to [20], introducing a dependency on ω and that does not vanish when 0m  as follow,     1 2 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1ˆ cr k d d ds sy y f a d s d s dp                                  (18) g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 145 figure 3: damage evolution for different values of the shape factor , (k=1). figure 4: relationship between the critical shear strain f and the torsional fracture strain . this expression satisfies the requirement of being a positive definite function. here, no coupling between t and  dependent terms is assumed. thus, the damage rate can be separated in two contributions: the first for nag governed by stress triaxiality and the latter, for shear controlled fracture, governed by  , dfd d d y           (19) where d is given by eqn. (11). recalling eqn. (7) and eqn. (8), the following expression for d is obtained, kd a d p   (20) the simple power law dependence on the parameter  is justified by barsoum and faleskog [8] findings. these indicate that the presence of voids do not seem to play a major role for predicting ductile failure at low levels of triaxiality while g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 146 failure seems to be governed by a simple criterion based on a critical measure of plastic shear deformation. consequently, for simplicity purpose, it is assumed that shear deformation induced damage starts to accumulate as soon as plastic deformation start to occur (no threshold). integrating eqn. (20) for  =1, the material constant a can be determined as 0 0 cr fd dd a dp d       (21) from which it follows 1 1 1 f d a        (22) for constant  load paths and 1  , eqn. (20) can be integrated to get 1 1k cr f d d p             (23) where f is the critical strain for pure shear and  is a shape factor. varying  , different shape of d evolution with plastic strain can be obtained, included linear damage law for 0  . in fig. 3, damage evolution for different values of the shape factor  are shown. for   1 an exponential damage law, similarly to rice and tracy void growth law, is obtained   0 exp ln k cr f cr f dd p p d d              (24) in this case, the assumption of an initial damage d0, in association with preexisting voids or nucleating particles, becomes necessary. for constant  (or l) and t deformation process, the damage rate equation can be integrated leading to the following expression, 1 1ln 1 1 ln k th cr f th f p d d r p                                   (25) present model formulation predicts that for torsion (t=0 and =1) there is also a damage contribution due to stress triaxiality for those materials in which the failure strain in torsion is larger than the damage threshold strain th. in these cases, provided the torsional failure strain (from experiment) , the parameter f can be determined for 1  as   (1 ) ln2 1 1 3 ln th f f th                       (26) in fig. 4 the relationship between f and  for al 2024 is shown. it is interesting to note that eqn. (26) states that the relationship between the parameter f and  depends, among all, on the shape of damage exponents  and  suggesting that a possible mutual dependence between these two parameters may exists. g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 147 fracture locus prediction he concept of fracture, or failure, locus (fl), or limit strain diagram (lsd), was introduced by mackenzie et al. [24]. they analyzed the effect of the stress state on failure strain of several steels (ht80, hy130, marrel, low carbon steel and aluminum alloys) performing traction tests on round notched bar samples. for some materials, also fracture strain in torsion is reported. in their work, stress triaxiality was estimated by means of the bridgman solution derived for a necked bar. as confirmed several years later with the development of finite element technology, this definition of stress triaxiality may differs considerably from the effective stress triaxiality occurring in the sample especially at the failure location. however, they were among the firsts to recognize that the effect of the state of stress on fracture initiation may vary for different classes of alloys. later, the fracture locus was also proposed as possible fracture criterion. to this purpose several phenomenological relationships, between failure strain and stress triaxiality, obtained fitting available experimental data at failure, have been proposed [25, 5]. in cdm, the fracture locus can be derived from the model formulation. in fact, equating eqn. (11) integrated for a generic proportional loading condition and for  equal to 1/3, the material failure strain fp as a function of stress triaxiality can be derived 1 r f f th th p p          (27) for low stress triaxiality ( 3  ), which is that resulting from geometry variations such as notches, the stress triaxiality effect on the damage threshold strain can be neglected ( th thp  ), which lead to 1 r f f th th p           (28) according to this expression, material fracture strain increases with decreasing the stress triaxiality with a maximum for pure shear 0  (torsion). in the present framework, in which stress triaxiality alone is insufficient to describe the effect of the stress state on material fracture strain, eqn. (28) is valid under for =0. similarly, the failure locus for shear controlled fracture can be obtained. in fact, for t=0, equating eqn. (20) integrated for constant  and for =1, we get f f k p    (29) according to this expression, the material failure strain varies hyperbolically with . under plane stress condition ( 3 0  ) the relationship in eqn. (16), between land t, can be substituted in (29) to obtain the failure strain in the shear dominated region of the fracture locus diagram. for uniaxial and equibiaxial tension the failure strain for shear controlled fracture becomes infinite (=0) indicating that shear fracture cannot occurs under these stress states. for pure shear loading (i.e. torsion, =1), the failure strain reaches its minimum. under negative stress triaxiality, with a lower bound at t=-1/3, the solution also predicts that failure under controlled shear can still occur while damage due to void growth cannot develop because of the unilateral condition. model validation: application to al2024-t351 he extended bonora damage model (xbdm) was verified predicting fracture in al2024-t351 alloy under different stress states (different combination of t and ). bao and wierzbicki [7] reported failure strain data measured on different specimen geometries: round notched (rnb) bar samples, cylinders with different diameter over height ratios under uniaxial compression, “butterfly” flat specimen for pure shear and combined loading. although t t g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 148 these tests cover a wide stress triaxiality range from -1/3 up to 1, the lode parameter, and consequently , is not constant in order to verify the predicting capability of the proposed model formulation, material model parameters for al2024-t351 have been determined based on available experimental data. in particular, the parameters for the stress triaxiality controlled damage contribution dt have been determined by fitting of the experimental data relative to tractions performed on rnb specimens. for these geometries the state of stress state is axisymmetric and =0. thus, th and f can be determined by fitting using the expression for the failure locus given in eqn. (28). similarly, the parameters for the shear controlled damage d have been determined by fitting of the experimental data with t<0, for which the contribution of dt is zero because of the unilateral condition. the damage model parameters for al2024-t351 are summarized in tab. 1. th 0.054 th 0.53 dcr 0.1  0.3  0.35 f 0.23  0.30 table 1: summary of damage model parameters for al 2024-t351. in fig. 5 the comparison of predicted fracture loci for stress triaxiality and shear dominated damage with experimental data is shown. here, it can be noted that the agreement is very good for both regions controlled either by  or by t. the gray shaded area is the region where both  and  contribute to determine the critical condition for fracture. also pure torsion falls in this region, since according to the present model formulation, there is a contribution to damage due to dt for t=0. consequently, as expected, fracture strain predicted by eqn. (29) is larger than that measured in pure torsion test. in the intermediate region, where both t and  play a role, fracture strain can be predicted under the assumption of proportional loading (t=const.) and constant  load path using eqn. (25). at fracture d=dcr and p=pf, thus 1 1ln 1 ln k f th f f th f p r p                        (30) figure 5: comparison of the predicted failure locus with experimental data for al2024-t351. g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 149 this equation can be solved graphically for given t and  values to obtain pf. in fig. 6, the calculated failure strain for experiments in the combined regions is plotted (square black dots). data points have been determined using eqn. (30) provided the corresponding  that was estimated from finite element simulation. the agreement is very good confirming the capability of the proposed modelling to predict accurately the occurrence of fracture under complex stress states. figure 6: failure locus or al2024-t351: lower bound solution. eqn. (30) can be used to predict the regime of stress triaxiality where the material would exhibit the minimum ductility because of the maximum contribution of shear damage. in fig. 6 the lower-bound ductility line is plotted solving eqn. (30) for =1. it is interesting to note that this solution predicts that the reduction of ductility for stress triaxiality up to 1 approximately. for higher stress triaxiality values, the solution merges on that obtained for stress triaxiality controlled damage. this implies that increasing the stress triaxiality overrules the lode parameter effect. this lower bound line corresponds to in plane shear combined with pressure. under plane strain condition, such stress state can be obtained simply applying a tensile (or a compressive) stress to pure shear deformation. in this view, the plane strain ductility is then the minimum ductility that the material would exhibit for unflawed geometry, consistently with fracture mechanics. conclusions n this work, the bonora damage model was extended to account for shear-controlled fracture. to this purpose, based on the motivations given in [20], the original expression of the damage dissipation potential was modified introducing a dependency on the third invariant of the deviatory stress. this leads to a new definition of the damage rate equation with two terms, the first controlled by stress triaxiality and the latter controlled by  which is related to the lode parameter. the proposed model formulation allows predicting the failure locus for selected state of stress states and to identify the region, in ductility vs stress triaxiality plot, where jiii is expected to have an effect in the reduction of material ductility. model prediction capabilities have been verified predicting fracture strain in al 2024-t351 under different stress states. in particular, it was found that, according to the model solution, shear damage may play a role also for high stress triaxiality range (1>t>1/3). finally fracture is predicted to occur under negative stress triaxiality also below the “cut off” of t=-1/3, provided that a compressive stress is superimposed to a pure shear deformation state. references [1] rice, j. r. and tracey, d. m., (1969). on the ductile enlargement of voids in triaxial stress fields. journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 17, pp. 201-217. [2] mcclintock, f. a., (1968). a criterion for ductile fracture by the growth of holes. journal of applied mechanics, 35, pp. 363-371. i g. testa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 140-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.11 150 [3] hancock, j. and mackenzie, a., (1976). on the mechanisms of ductile failure in high-strength steels subjected to multi-axial stress-states. journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 24, pp. 147-160. [4] le roy, g., embury, j., edwards, g. and ashby, m., (1981). a model of ductile fracture based on the nucleation and growth of voids. acta metallurgica, 29, pp. 1509-1522. [5] johnson, g. r. and cook, w. h., (1985). fracture characteristics of three metals subjected to various strains, strain rates, temperatures and pressures. engineering fracture mechanics, 21, pp. 31-48. [6] mcclintock, f. a. 1971. plasticity aspects of fracture. fracture: an advanced treatise. new york: academic press. [7] bao, y. and wierzbicki, t., (2004). on fracture locus in the equivalent strain and stress triaxiality space. international journal of mechanical sciences, 46, pp. 81-98. [8] barsoum, i. and faleskog, j., (2007). rupture mechanisms in combined tension and shear—experiments. international journal of solids and structures, 44, pp. 1768-1786. [9] gurson, a. l., (1977). continuum theory of ductile rupture by void nucleation and growth: part i—yield criteria and flow rules for porous ductile media. journal of engineering materials and technology, 99, pp. 2-15. [10] needleman, a. and tvergaard, v. an analysis of ductile rupture in notched bars. journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, (1984) 32, pp. 461. [11] lemaitre, j., (1985). a continuous damage mechanics model for ductile fracture. journal of engineering material and technology, 107, pp. 83-89. [12] tai, w. h. and yang, b. x., (1987). a new damage mechanics criterion for ductile fracture. engineering fracture mechanics, 27, pp. 371-378. [13] bonora, n., (1997). a nonlinear cdm model for ductile failure. engineering fracture mechanics, 58, pp. 11-28. [14] iannitti, g., bonora, n., ruggiero, a. and testa, g., (2014). ductile damage in taylor-anvil and rod-on-rod impact experiment. journal of physics: conference series, 500. [15] iannitti, g., bonora, n., bourne, n., ruggiero, a. and testa, (2017). g. damage development in rod-on-rod impact test on 1100 pure aluminum. aip conference proceedings,. [16] carlucci, a., bonora, n., ruggiero, a., iannitti, g. and testa, g. (2014). crack initiation and propagation of clad pipe girth weld flaws. american society of mechanical engineers, pressure vessels and piping division (publication) pvp, [17] testa, g., bonora, n., gentile, d., ruggiero, a., iannitti, g., carlucci, a. and madi, y., (2017). strain capacity assessment of api x65 steel using damage mechanics. frattura ed integrita strutturale, 11, pp. 315-327. [18] bonora, n., gentile, d., ruggiero, a., testa, g., folgarait, p. and calatroni, a. (2013). failure assessment of pipe tee element using continuum damage mechanics. american society of mechanical engineers, pressure vessels and piping division (publication) pvp. [19] ruggiero, a., iannitti, g., testa, g., limido, j., lacome, j. l., olovsson, l., ferraro, m. and bonora, n., (2014). high strain rate fracture behaviour of fused silica. journal of physics: conference series, 500. [20] nahshon, k. and hutchinson, j., (2008). modification of the gurson model for shear failure. european journal of mechanics-a/solids, 27, pp. 1-17. [21] cao, t.-s., gachet, j.-m., montmitonnet, p. and bouchard, p.-o., (2014). a lode-dependent enhanced lemaitre model for ductile fracture prediction at low stress triaxiality. engineering fracture mechanics, 124, pp. 80-96. [22] lemaitre, j., (1990). micro-mechanics of crack initiation. international journal of fracture, 42, pp. 87-99. [23] lemaitre, j. (2012). a course on damage mechanics, springer science and business media. [24] mackenzie, a., hancock, j. and brown, d., (1977). on the influence of state of stress on ductile failure initiation in high strength steels. engineering fracture mechanics, 9, pp. 167-188. [25] manjoine, m., (1982). creep-rupture behavior of weldments. welding j., 61, pp. 50. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_03_2698 p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 26 focussed on the 1st benelux network meeting and workshop on damage and fracture mechanics unified methodology for characterisation of global fatigue damage evolution in adhesively bonded joints pankaj r. jaiswal, rahul iyer kumar, wim de waele soete laboratory, department of electromechanical, systems and metal engineering (emsme), ghent university, belgium. pankaj.jaiswal@ugent.be, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9373-4489 rahul.iyerkumar@ugent.be, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1241-2697 wim.dewaele@ugent.be, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7196-3328 abstract. this paper reports on the development of a methodology for evaluating the fatigue damage evolution in single and double lap adhesively bonded joints subjected to constant and variable fatigue loading. first, a methodology is developed to monitor the evolution of permanent deformation, stiffness degradation and hysteresis losses of single lap joints subjected to constant amplitude fatigue load. during the test, the global deformation of the adhesive joint is monitored using digital image correlation (dic). a matlab code is developed to analyse and visualize the evolution in stiffness degradation and energy dissipation during the course of a complete fatigue test. hereto ellipses are fitted to the hysteresis loops in the recorded load-deformation data. the slope of the main axis of the ellipse and its enclosed area are extracted to determine stiffness and dissipated energy, respectively. next, the methodology is optimized for implementation during fatigue testing of double lap joints with different bond line thicknesses. the results of the experimental study reveal a distinct relation between stiffness degradation and increase in hysteresis losses with increasing number of fatigue cycles or thus increasing fatigue damage. keywords. single lap adhesive joint; double lap adhesive joint; fatigue test; hysteresis. citation: jaiswal, p. r., kumar, r. i., de waele, w., unified methodology for characterisation of global fatigue damage evolution in adhesively bonded joints, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37. received: 30.11.2019 accepted: 28.04.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction dhesives are widely applied for joining dissimilar materials, and adhesive joints are most noticeable for the development of lightweight structures in aviation, ships or trains as it directly affects fuel economy [1]. in fact, it has been reported that 7% enhancement in fuel efficiency could result from a weight reduction of 10% for a vehicle structure [2]. whilst in automotive industry spot-welded joints are widely used to reach this purpose [3], the shipbuilding industry has shown a high interest in adhesive bonding. fiber-reinforced polymers are increasingly being used in the a https://youtu.be/wxnctvlkldo p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 27 superstructure of ships [4, 5], and adhesive bonding is considered to be a robust and reliable joining technology for the connection of primary and secondary ship structures. however, the durability of the adhesive joint is one of the main challenges and currently limits the utilisation of adhesive bonding [6, 7]. therefore, it is necessary to evaluate the fatigue performance of an adhesively bonded joint so as to provide a guarantee of its safety for an extended period of service life. several researchers have performed experimental studies to evaluate the fatigue life of adhesives and adhesive joints.  colombi and fava [8] evaluated the fatigue performance and stiffness degradation of double lap adhesive joints, steel bonded to cfrp with a 1.1 mm thick epoxy adhesive layer, subjected to fatigue tests at stress ratios equal to 0.1 and 0.4 at a frequency of 12 hz. they observed that with an increasing number of fatigue cycles the debonding and hysteretic energy loss increase and the joint stiffness decreases. the effect of stress ratio on fatigue life of the adhesive joint was considered negligible.   likewise, the durability and crack propagation of single lap aluminum-gfrp specimens bonded with 0.1mm twocomponent structural epoxy paste (araldite 2015) were investigated for various load ratios in four-point bending tests by zamani et al. [9]. it was shown that crack initiation life was equal to almost half of the total life for a maximum fatigue load equal to 50% of the static failure load whereas it is negligible for maximum fatigue loads higher than 60% of the static failure load. afendi et al. [10] studied the strength of single-lap hybrid joints (a combination of bolts and 0.2 mm thick adhesive layer) with similar and dissimilar adherends (aluminium alloy aa7075 and glass fibre reinforced epoxy). three different joint configurations were aged for 20 to 120 days at a temperature of 50 degrees under a moist environment and fatigue loaded for 781000 cycles. the dissimilar specimen configuration showed the highest joint strength and the largest failure strain compared to specimens based on similar adherends. similarly, machado et al. [11] studied the performance of single lap joints with similar (cfrpcfrp) and disimilar (cfrpaluminium 5754h22) substrates bonded by a 0.2 mm layer of xnr6852 e-3 epoxy. specimens were fatigue cycled in the following conditions: unaged, aged and dried after hydrothermal ageing. the experimental results allowed to conclude that the fatigue performance of joints can be affected by changes induced by the drying process or losses in the interface strength and that the dissimilar combination of substrates sustains higher number of cycles to failure. ayatollahi et al. [12] and razavi et al.[13] evaluated the fatigue performance of adhesively bonded single lap joints with non-flat sinusoid and zigzag interfaces, respectively. two aluminium (7075-t6) adherends were bonded with a 0.2 mm thick two-component epoxy-based adhesive (uhu plus endfest 300). both types of joints have been subjected to constant amplitude fatigue with a load ratio of 0.1 at a frequency of 7hz. the results demonstrated that the fatigue strength and life of the joints with the non-flat interfaces is significantly higher than for reference joints with a flat interface. kałuża et al. [14] studied the bond behaviour of double lap (steel-to-cfrp) adhesive joints subjected to fatigue loading at a frequency of 5 hz. they determined the most suitable type of methacrylate adhesive based on the test results for seven different methacrylate adhesives. all previously discussed references focus on thin adhesives. to the best of our knowledge, there is no scientific literature on fatigue damage evolution of thick methyl metacrylate adhesive bonds for joining steel and cfrp. the main objective of this work is to develop and evaluate a methodology to quantify the evolution of fatigue damage during constant amplitude tensile fatigue (catf) tests and variable amplitude tensile fatigue (vatf) tests. first, a methodology is developed to monitor the evolution of damage in single lap adhesive joint (slaj) specimens subjected to a catf test. digital image correlation (dic) is used to measure the global elongation of the adhesive joint [15,16]. a matlab routine is developed to post-process the fatigue test data and to quantify and visualize the evolution of global damage in terms of permanent deformation, stiffness degradation and hysteresis losses. second, the methodology has been optimized towards catf and vatf testing of double lap adhesive joint (dlaj) specimens with two different bond line thicknesses. materials and specimens adhesive or the experimental work, a two-component methyl methacrylate (mma) adhesive was used. the selected adhesive exhibits promising properties of high strength and high ductility [14]. the main mechanical properties of the mma adhesive are summarized in tab. 1. substrates and surface treatment conventional s235 carbon steel and high strength shipbuilding steel ah36 (having a minimum specified yield stress of 350mpa) were selected for the substrates of a single-lap adhesive joint and a double lap adhesive joint configuration respectively. carbon fibre reinforced polymer (cfrp) laminates with a minimum tensile strength of 658 mpa were selected as strap material for the dlaj specimens. f p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 28 for manufacturing of the slaj specimens, the substrates were saw-cut from a steel plate to nominal dimensions of 104 x 25 x 6 mm (length x width x thickness). this was followed by sandblasting of the surface (interface between substrate and adhesive) up to a roughness of approximately 2.5 µm, and cleaning with acetone prior to bonding. sandblasting increases the roughness of the surface, which will enhance the adhesive strength of the joint. care was taken as excessive roughness is known to decrease the strength of the joint [17]. property mma tensile strength [mpa] 12 – 15 maximum tensile elongation [%] 40 60 tensile modulus [mpa] 207-276 lap shear strength [mpa] 16-19 service temperature range [°c] -40 to +82 table 1: main mechanical properties of mma [14,18]. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: (a) a three-dimensional representation of the fixture used for the production of slaj specimens, (b) schematic diagram of a single-lap adhesive joint, (c) produced slaj specimen. (all dimensions are in mm) p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 29 production of single and double adhesive lap joint specimens in this work, two different types of adhesively bonded specimens were manufactured. in a first series, a total of eight slaj specimens with 6mm thick steel substrates were produced. the bond line thickness was controlled to 5mm by using the mould presented in fig. 1(a). the curing of the adhesive was done at room temperature for 24 hours according to the supplier guidelines. essential aspects of the joint are the adherend chamfers and adhesive fillets for reducing stress concentrations at the ends of the bonded area. the reduced stress concentrations should improve fatigue strength and extend the lifetime. the geometry and dimensions have been roughly based on standard astm d1002 [19] and are illustrated in fig. 1(b). after manufacturing, the edges of the substrates along the overlap were prepared with the use of a hand grinder, in order to obtain an acceptable surface finish for dic speckling (see further). additionally, alignment tabs were welded to each adherend, to reduce the geometrical eccentricity of the joint while loading. the final appearance of an slaj specimen is shown in fig. 1(c). in a second series, a total of six dlaj specimens with 8mm thick steel (ah36) and 3mm thick composite (cfrp) substrates were produced with two different bond line thicknesses (4mm and 8mm) in the actual working environment of the maritime industry (damen schelde naval shipbuilding, the netherlands). steel substrate surface preparation was performed identically as described for the slaj specimens. the schematic diagram of the dlaj specimen is illustrated in fig. 2. figure 2: schematic diagram of double lap adhesive joint specimen. fatigue testing methodology he fatigue tests on slaj specimens were performed at room temperature on an esh servo-hydraulic machine with a maximum load capacity of 100kn. the fatigue tests on dlaj specimens have been performed on an esh machine with 150kn load capacity. to allow a detailed study of fatigue damage evolution, the load and the global elongation of the adhesive joint need to be recorded throughout the test. for the dlaj specimens, the elongation of the joint can be accurately approximated by the load-line displacement recorded by the machine. the asymmetry and flexibility of the slaj specimens do not allow to use the load-line displacement. therefore digital image correlation (dic) was used to determine the elongation of the joint during fatigue testing. dic is a contactless deformation measurement method, which uses digitally captured images of a surface of the test specimen. a detailed description of the dic technique can be found in [20,21]. it requires a high contrast surface to maintain a good correlation between the captured images during post-processing. hereto a black speckle pattern (randomly distributed paint dots) is applied over the bright white background of the specimen’s surface of interest. the general requirement for the speckled surface is around 50% black and 50% white. a speckle size of 0.042 mm was aimed at, which results in a measurement accuracy of 100 µε [22,23]. a schematic representation of the test setup, including speckled specimen, light sources and cameras is shown in fig. 3(a). on the one hand, dic has been used to evaluate the strains inside the adhesive joint (not reported in this paper). on the other hand, it was used to record the relative vertical displacement between two markers p0 and p1 (see fig. 3(b)), one on each steel adherend, which serves as an accurate approximation of the global elongation of the adhesive joint. the goal of the above is to accurately determine the relation between applied tensile force and the corresponding elongation of the adhesive joint during a single load cycle. due to the viscoelastic behaviour of the adhesive, hysteresis will occur during each load cycle. it means that the load versus elongation curve during loading and unloading follows different trajectories, t p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 30 thus forming a hysteresis ellipse for each fatigue cycle. based on the characteristics of this ellipse, three essential parameters can be determined, as indicated in fig. 4.  the displacement of the centre of the ellipse x0.  the slope of the centre line, quantified by angle ∅, representing the stiffness of the joint.  the enclosed surface area ‘a’ as an indication of the dissipated energy. figure 3: (a) schematic layout of dic set up [15], (b) characterisation of the global deformation of the adhesive joint by tracking the relative vertical displacement of two virtual markers (p0-p1). figure 4: a typical load-elongation hysteresis ellipse recorded during a fatigue test on slaj specimen. a similar approach for the identification of hysteresis loops obtained during fatigue testing of a structural epoxy adhesive has been reported in [24]. a post-processing routine to calculate and plot the evolution in stiffness degradation, hysteretic energy dissipation and permanent elongation during a complete fatigue cycle was developed in matlab code. the displacement of the centre gives an indication of the amount of permanent, viscoplastic deformation that has occurred. the slope of the main axis of the ellipse relates to the stiffness of the joint; a decrease in slope during the test indicates an accumulation of damage [25,26]. an increase in the enclosed area is a measure for the increased dissipation of mechanical energy [27]. in order to avoid the impact of viscous behaviour or excessive heat dissipation on the durability of the adhesive joint, the fatigue tests were performed at frequencies of 2 and 4 hz. marcadon et al. [28] performed fatigue tests on t-joints for marine applications at 0.2, 1 and 5 hz and concluded that the fatigue damage at the lowest frequency was most probably influenced by viscous behaviour. the selected test frequencies also comply with the dnvgl-rp-c301 standard [29], which p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 31 recommends a maximum loading frequency of 4hz. temperature measurements performed with a handheld thermometer (fluke-68) during fatigue testing and focusing on the adhesive proved that no noticeable heat dissipation occurred. this is important since self-heating of the adhesive would affect its mechanical properties and damage evolution. figure 5: data are acquired at discrete time steps during a slow load cycle (0.1hz) following an interval of 99 fast cycles (2hz). the development of the methodology is based on the group of slaj specimens, tested at a frequency of 2hz. in order to ensure manageable dic data file sizes and reducing the post-processing time, data acquisition has been performed at distinct time intervals. after every series of 99 fatigue cycles (at 2hz), a single slow cycle (0.1hz) was included because the rate of image capturing by the dic cameras is limited to 1 picture per second. this allows to determine 10 dic-based elongation measurements during one slow cycle; a similar methodology is reported in [30]. load versus elongation data were collected during the slow cycle in order to construct one hysteresis ellipse; a typical plot with experimental data and the fitted loadelongation loop is shown in fig. 4. it can be observed that the implemented data acquisition and data post-processing allow characterizing a fatigue hysteresis cycle with reasonable accuracy; only a few outliers do not perfectly fit the hysteresis ellipse. the synchronisation of the test rig control system and the dic data acquisition system is illustrated in fig. 5. figure 6: a sinewave for storing data after an interval of 2000 working cycles. p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 32 in order to improve the methodology of global fatigue damage evolution, a fatigue test was performed at a frequency of 4 hz, and dic images were captured at a rate of 3.846hz. a total of 25 images were post-processed to construct one hysteresis ellipse, as shown in fig. 6. the synchronisation of the data acquisition and dic cameras was implemented in such a way that the dic cameras are triggered frequently, at an interval of every 2000 fatigue cycles. the same methodology was also reported in [25,26]. a representative load-displacement output resulting from this methodology is shown in fig. 7. outliers are eliminated and the fitted ellipse fit excellently represents the collection of experimental data points. results and discussion he fatigue results of slaj and dlaj specimens are discussed in the following two subsections. the first subsection discusses the fatigue testing methodology applied to slaj specimens subjected to constant amplitude fatigue loading. the second subsection reports the results of the dlaj specimens subjected to constant and variable amplitude fatigue loading. figure 7: a load-elongation hysteresis ellipse (slaj). sample id range of load amplitude (minmax) kn fatigue life (cycles) frequency (hz) status of a sample at the end of the test load ratio (r=fmin/fmax) sg-05 0.6-6 3119 2 fail 0.1 sg-04 0.5-5 15900 4 fail 0.1 sg-06 0.4-4 100000 2 intact 0.1 sl-06 0.7-7 100000 4 fail 0.1 table 2: overview of fatigue tests performed on slaj specimens. single lap adhesive joint to define a suitable range of fatigue load amplitudes, four slaj specimens have first been subjected to quasi-static tensile tests at a displacement rate of 1mm/min. the maximum failure load observed was 8kn, and all specimens exhibited a relatively high elongation at failure. next, four tensile fatigue tests were conducted on slaj specimens at a load ratio r=0.1 and different maximum load levels (i.e. 87.5%, 75%, 62.5% and 50% of the maximum observed ultimate tensile strength 8kn). the fatigue test details are summarized in tab. 2. specimens sg-05, sg-04 and sl1-06 have been tested up to failure, while the fatigue test on specimen sg-06 was stopped at 105 cycles to constrain the test duration. 1 the abbreviations sg and sl refer to the first and second production batch respectively. production process and geometry are identical for both batches. t p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 33 representative results obtained for specimen sg-04 have been selected to plot hysteresis loops in fig. 8. a general trend of decreasing stiffness and increasing permanent deformation can be clearly observed by the decreasing slope of the ellipses and the shift of the centre point of the ellipse. the onset of failure was accompanied by a more rapid reduction of stiffness and increase in dissipated energy. these observations agree very well with the findings of boyd in his study on the integrity of hybrid steel-to-composite joints for marine applications [30]. figure 8: load-elongation hysteresis loops for slaj specimen sg-04. double lap adhesive joint specimens in total, six dlaj specimens have been tested at room temperature. first, two quasi-static tensile tests were performed on an mts servo-hydraulic machine with 1000 kn load cell capacity at a displacement rate of 0.5 mm/min. the failure loads and corresponding average shear stresses are listed in tab. 3. the tensile test results confirmed that a thin adhesive bond line thickness leads to a higher average shear strength (4.9 mpa) as compared to a thick adhesive joint (2.6 mpa) [31–33]. based on the results of the tensile tests, a maximum fatigue load of 30kn (corresponding to an average shear stress of 1 mpa) was defined; the test frequency was set at 4hz. the catf tests were conducted on specimens dl-02 and dl-07 and stopped prior to failure after 5x106 and 2.7x106 fatigue cycles, respectively, in order to limit the test duration. the ellipses shown in fig. 9 illustrate the load-displacement data of the double lap joint specimen dl-02 until 1x106 cycles. sample id bond line thickness(mm) ultimate load (kn) shear test (mpa) sample after test dl-09 4 147 2.6 fail dl-05 8 78 4.9 fail table 3: overview of tensile tests performed on dlaj specimens. sample id bond line thickness(mm) type of test ultimate/range of load (min – max) kn fatigue life (cycles) frequency (hz) load ratio (r=fmin/fmax) sample after test dl-02 8 caf 3-30 2.7 x 106 4 0.1 intact dl-07 4 caf 3-30 5.0 x 106 4 0.1 intact dl-04 8 vaf stepped loading of 7.5 6.62 x 105 4 0.1 fail dl-10 4 vaf stepped loading of 7.5 8.23 x 105 4 0.1 fail table 4: overview of fatigue tests performed on dlaj specimens. p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 34 the dissipated energy per fatigue cycle remained almost constant throughout the test, indicating that this parameter is probably not very sensitive to slightly increased damage. fig. 10 shows the evolution of the stiffness for dlaj specimen dl-02; the reported values have been normalized by the initial value of stiffness. the graph shows a noticeable decrease of stiffness at the start, followed by steady progress for the first million cycles. this observation indicates that after the initial 50000 cycles, almost no additional damage is introduced in the specimen. figure 9: load-elongation hysteresis loops for dlaj specimen dl-02. figure 10: evolution of damage parameter ∅ for dlaj specimen dl-02. figure 11: evolution of centre of ellipse xo for dlaj specimen dl-02. this corresponds with visual observations during the test. fig. 11 shows the displacement of the centre of the ellipse until 1 million cycles. a significant increase is observed with the increasing number of fatigue cycles. notwithstanding that no further damage could be observed, the viscoplastic deformation of the adhesive joint keeps on slowly increasing. the variable amplitude fatigue tests were performed up to failure for specimens dl-10 and dl-04 with a bond line thickness of respectively 4mm and 8mm. the atmospheric conditions, test frequency and methodology of data acquisition were identical to the constant load fatigue tests. the variable amplitude fatigue tests were force-controlled and characterised by load step changes of 0.25 mpa average shear stress. starting at a load corresponding to 0.25mpa average shear stress, the load was increased every 100 000 cycles. specimens dl-04 and dl-10 reached a maximum of 662 838 and 823 265 cycles, respectively. similar to the observations of the tensile tests, the thick bond line thickness decreases the fatigue strength of the joint compared to a thin adhesive. representative hysteresis ellipses were obtained without any loss of data points, as demonstrated in fig. 12. fig. 13 shows p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 35 the evolution of damage in terms of normalized energy dissipation for dlaj specimen dl-04. the energy dissipation increases throughout the test, with more or less constant values during each block. a continuously decreasing stiffness with the increasing number of cycles was found, in line with the above observations and the observations reported in [24]. fig. 14 shows the displacement of the centre of the ellipse throughout the test. a significant increase is observed at every load block change, and within each load block, the increase in displacement shows a continuous evolution. between 200 000 and 400 000 cycles this increase is slow, from 400 000 cycles on the displacement of the ellipses increases faster and at 600 000 cycles, the displacement is that big that the specimen separated eventually. figure 12: load-elongation hysteresis loops for dlaj specimen dl-04. figure 13: evolution of damage parameter a for dlaj specimen dl-04. figure 14: evolution of change in centre of ellipse xo for dlaj specimen dl-04. conclusion ingle lap adhesive joint specimens and double lap adhesive joint specimens with two different bond line thicknesses were subjected to a series of constant and variable amplitude fatigue tests. due to the viscoelastic nature of the mma adhesive, the load versus elongation curves recorded during fatigue testing show typical hysteretic behaviour. using dic for monitoring these tests proved to be a valuable tool for an accurate elongation measurement of the flexible slaj s p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 36 specimens. to evaluate the fatigue damage, a matlab code was developed that allows to study the evolution of three characteristics of the hysteresis curves; i.e. the canter of the ellipse (representative of permanent viscoplastic deformation), the slope of the ellipse major axis (representative of the stiffness of the joint) and the enclosed area (representative of the dissipated energy per cycle. a general trend of increasing permanent elongation, decreasing slope and increasing enclosed surface area of the hysteresis ellipses was observed. the results from tests on dlaj specimens indicated that a larger adhesive thickness was inferior to a smaller thickness in terms of static and fatigue strength. acknowledgement he authors would like to thanks thomas geldhof, lauren buyck and mika besard for performing the fatigue tests in the framework of their master dissertations. also thanks to damen schelde naval shipbuilding (the netherlands) for manufacturing the double lap joint specimens. funding his research was carried out within the project “qualify–enabling qualification of hybrid joints for lightweight and safe maritime transport”, co-funded by the interreg 2seasmers zeeën programme and the province of east-flanders. references [1] das, s. (2011). life cycle assessment of carbon fiber-reinforced polymer composites, int. j. life cycle assess., 16(3), pp. 268–282. [2] cheah, l. (2010). cars on a diet: the material and energy impacts of passenger vehicle weight reduction in the u.s. doctor of philosophy in engineering thesis, engineering systems division, , pp. 121. [3] farrahi, g.h., kashyzadeh, k.r., minaei, m., sharifpour, a., riazi, s. (2020). analysis of resistance spot welding process parameters effect on the weld quality of three-steel sheets used in automotive industry: experimental and finite element simulation, int. j. eng., 33(1), pp. 148–157, doi: 10.5829/ije.2020.33.01a.17. [4] noury, p., hayman, b., mcgeorge, d., weitzenbock, j. (2002). lightweight construction for advanced shipbuilding– recent development, det nor. verit. norw. [5] jahnke, j., molter, l., mus, r.l. (2019). adhesive free gfrp-steel connection for maritime applications. trends in the analysis and design of marine structures: proceedings of the 7th international conference on marine structures (marstruct 2019, dubrovnik, croatia, 6-8 may 2019), crc press, p. 353. [6] heshmati, m., haghani, r., al-emrani, m. (2015). environmental durability of adhesively bonded frp/steel joints in civil engineering applications: state of the art, compos. part b eng., 81, pp. 259–275, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2015.07.014. [7] heshmati, m., haghani, r., al-emrani, m. (2016). effects of moisture on the long-term performance of adhesively bonded frp/steel joints used in bridges, compos. part b eng., 92, pp. 447–62. [8] colombi, p., fava, g. (2012). fatigue behaviour of tensile steel/cfrp joints, compos. struct., 94(8), pp. 2407–2417, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2012.03.001. [9] zamani, p., jaamialahmadi, a., da silva, l.f.m., farhangdoost, k. (2019). an investigation on fatigue life evaluation and crack initiation of al-gfrp bonded lap joints under four-point bending, compos. struct., pp. 111433. [10] mariam, m., afendi, m., majid, m.s.a., ridzuan, m.j.m., sultan, m.t.h., jawaid, m., gibson, a.g. (2019). hydrothermal ageing effect on the mechanical behaviour and fatigue response of aluminium alloy/glass/epoxy hybrid composite single lap joints, compos. struct., 219, pp. 69–82. [11] machado, j.j.m., marques, e.a.s., barbosa, a.q., da silva, l.f.m. (2019). fatigue performance of single lap joints with cfrp and aluminium substrates prior and after hygrothermal aging, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 42(10), pp. 2325–39, doi: 10.1111/ffe.13067. [12] ayatollahi, m.r., samari, m., razavi, s.m.j., da silva, l.f.m. (2017). fatigue performance of adhesively bonded single lap joints with non-flat sinusoid interfaces, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 40(9), pp. 1355–1363, t t p. r. jaiswal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 26-37; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.03 37 doi: 10.1111/ffe.12575. [13] razavi, s.m.j., ayatollahi, m.r., samari, m., da silva, l.f.m. (2019). effect of interface non-flatness on the fatigue behavior of adhesively bonded single lap joints, proc. inst. mech. eng. part l j. mater. des. appl., 233(7), pp. 1277– 1286, doi: 10.1177/1464420717739551. [14] kałuża, m., hulimka, j. (2017). methacrylate adhesives to create cfrp laminate-steel joints–preliminary static and fatigue tests, procedia eng., 172, pp. 489–96. [15] van lancker, b., hertelé, s., de corte, w., dispersyn, j., de waele, w., belis, j. (2016).application of digital image correlation in linear structural adhesive glass-metal connection testing. glasscon global, fca conferences, llc, pp. 305–313. [16] colavito, k., das, m., hahs, d., gorman, j., madenci, e., smeltzer, s. (1816).digital image correlation for adhesive strains in bonded composite lap joints. 49th aiaa/asme/asce/ahs/asc structures, structural dynamics, and materials conference, 16th aiaa/asme/ahs adaptive structures conference, 10th aiaa non-deterministic approaches conference, 9th aiaa gossamer spacecraft forum, 4th aiaa multidisciplinary des, p. 1844. [17] rudawska, a., danczak, i., müller, m., valasek, p. (2016). the effect of sandblasting on surface properties for adhesion, int. j. adhes. adhes., 70, pp. 176–90. [18] hulimka, j., kałuża, m. (2017). preliminary tests of steel-to-steel adhesive joints, procedia eng., 172, pp. 385–392. [19] d-1002-05, a. (2001).standard test method for apparent shear strength of single-lap-joint adhesively bonded metal specimens by tension loading (metal-to-metal). american society for testing materials. [20] dispersyn, j., hertelé, s., de waele, w., belis, j. (2017). assessment of hyperelastic material models for the application of adhesive point-fixings between glass and metal, int. j. adhes. adhes., 77, pp. 102–117. [21] kumar, r.l.v., bhat, m.r., murthy, c.r.l. (2013). experimental analysis of composite single-lap joints using digital image correlation and comparison with theoretical models, j. reinf. plast. compos., 32(23), pp. 1858–1876. [22] (n.d.). resolution and accuracy. available at: https://www.correlatedsolutions.com/support/index.php?/knowledgebase/article/view/8/1/resolution-andaccuracy. [23] rutkiewicz, a., jakobczak, a. (2017). the digital image correlation system accuracy direct testing using strain gauges, proc. 2017 balt. geod. congr. (geomatics), bgc geomatics 2017, pp. 369–373, doi: 10.1109/bgc.geomatics.2017.71. [24] savvilotidou, m., keller, t., vassilopoulos, a.p. (2017). fatigue performance of a cold-curing structural epoxy adhesive subjected to moist environments, int. j. fatigue, 103, pp. 405–414. [25] dattoma, v., giancane, s. (2013). evaluation of energy of fatigue damage into gfrc through digital image correlation and thermography, compos. part b eng., 47, pp. 283–239. [26] giancane, s., panella, f.w., nobile, r., dattoma, v. (2010). fatigue damage evolution of fiber reinforced composites with digital image correlation analysis, procedia eng., 2(1), pp. 1307–15. [27] casas-rodriguez, j.p., ashcroft, i.a., silberschmidt, v. v. (2007). damage evolution in adhesive joints subjected to impact fatigue, j. sound vib., 308(3–5), pp. 467–478. [28] marcadon, v., nadot, y., roy, a., gacougnolle, j.l. (2006). fatigue behaviour of t-joints for marine applications, int. j. adhes. adhes., 26(7), pp. 481–489. [29] veritas, d.n. (2012). design, fabrication, operation and qualification of bonded repair of steel structures, recommended practice, dnv-rp-c301. [30] boyd, s.w., blake, j.i.r., shenoi, r.a., kapadia, a. (2004). integrity of hybrid steel-to-composite joints for marine application, proc. inst. mech. eng. part m j. eng. marit. environ., 218(4), pp. 235–246. [31] kahraman, r., sunar, m., yilbas, b. (2008). influence of adhesive thickness and filler content on the mechanical performance of aluminum single-lap joints bonded with aluminum powder filled epoxy adhesive, j. mater. process. technol., 205(1–3), pp. 183–169. [32] arenas, j.m., narbón, j.j., alía, c. (2010). optimum adhesive thickness in structural adhesives joints using statistical techniques based on weibull distribution, int. j. adhes. adhes., 30(3), pp. 160–165. [33] ojalvo, i.u., eidinoff, h.l. (1978). bond thickness effects upon stresses in single-lap adhesive joints, aiaa j., 16(3), pp. 204–211. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_17_3269.docx t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 232 focussed on steels and composites for engineering structures a nonlinear concrete damaged plasticity model for simulation reinforced concrete structures using abaqus thanh cuong-le*, hoang-le minh, thanh sang-to faculty of civil engineering, ho chi minh city open university, ho chi minh city, viet nam cuong.lt@ou.edu.vn, hoang.lm@ou.edu.vn, sang.tt@ou.edu.vn abstract. the reinforced concrete structure is typical and widely used in many fields. the behavior of concrete is nonlinear and complex. especially, when cracks/crushings occurred in softening phase. thus, it is important to find a damaged model of concrete with high reliability in the numerical simulation. the nonlinear behavior of concrete is the most feature used in the simulation. this characteristic is expressed through the parameters defining the yield surface, the flow potential, and the nonlinear relationship of stressstrain in the cases of tension and compression. this paper introduces a damaged concrete model that applies to the simulation of reinforced concrete structures. the reinforced concrete beam and flat slab are selected as examples to evaluate the reliability of the model presented. through the results achieved, the model used in this paper shows high reliability and can be used to simulate more complex reinforced concrete structures. keywords. nonlinear behavior; concrete material; numerical simulation; concrete damaged plasticity. citation: cuong-le, t., le-minh, h., sangto, t., a nonlinear concrete damaged plasticity model for simulation reinforced concrete structures using abaqus, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242. received: 12.09.2021 accepted: 23.09.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ecause of the complicated nonlinear behavior of concrete material. there are many theories about the damaged model in a finite element method (fem) analysis reported in the literature. among the damaged models, the concrete damaged plasticity (cdp) model is considered the most reliable use in simulation. based on this model, by using many other techniques, many damaged models have been proposed. most improved techniques are based on developing a new stress-strain relationship in both compression and tension or proposing a novel function to calculate damaged parameters in compression dc and tension (dt). lubliner et al. [1] was proposed a novel constitutive model lied on plasticity theory for the non-linear analysis of concrete. a new yield criterion was presented which accounts for both elastic and plastic stiffness degradations effects. comparing results between numerical simulation and experimental methods showed that the model responded well to applications. carol et al. [2] was presented as a formulation for tensile damage. one of the important advantages of the model is that closed-form solutions are possible for some loading cases. damaged models which are based on presenting a novel curve of stress-strain in three dimensions stress can find in reports of. ahmed et al. [3]. were proposed a damaged model based on the novel stress accounting for damaged shear. the new stress makes further decompose tensile and compressive parts into pure biaxial shear and pure tensile/compressive biaxial stresses. the theory of lubliner theory [1] was employed to develop a new method to modify b https://youtu.be/2uqyvnhmwha t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 233 the damaged concrete model by lee et al. [4]. thus, this proposed model was accounted for confinement having a uniform and non-uniform conditions. jason et al. [5] introduced the new function to calculate the damaged elastic-plastic. this model has overcome the limitations of pure elastic-plastic damage in the case un-loading phase. grassl et al. [6] were used the combination of damage mechanics and plasticity flow to investigate the concrete structure under dynamic loading conditions, etc. in this paper, the concrete damaged plasticity model (cdp) in combination with the tensile damage variable (dt) and compressive damage variable (dc) were followed by birtel and mark [7]. this model is employed to simulate the test of a reinforced concrete beam namely c3 in tests of vecchio và shim (2004) [8] and a reinforced concrete slab in test of genikomsou and polak [9] for reliable consideration. a damaged model presented for concrete material parameters for the yield function and plastic flow potential he damaged concrete plasticity model (cdp) is employed in the abaqus manual. this model was improved by lee and fenves [4] . the model cdp based on that definition the yield function of concrete shown in fig. 1 and the parameters of flow potential and yield surface given in tab. 1. where  0 0/b c is the ratio between the strength of biaxial and uniaxial in compression. kc is the ratio between the magnitudes of deviatoric stress in uniaxial tension and compression. figure 1: concrete yield surface dilation angle eccentricity ( )  0 0/b c ck 300~400 0.1 1.16 0.667 table 1: the material parameters in cdp model. compressive and tensile behavior behavior in compression uniaxial loading conditions in compression includes 3 phases shown in fig. 2. the details of phases are described below: t t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 234 phase 1: in this phase, the relationship of stress-strain is denoted linear given in eqn. (1). at the end of this phase registered   0.4c cmf according to ec2.  1 0c ce (1) phase 2: when the compressive stress is achieved   0.4c cmf , cracks begin to appear accordingly, the relationship of stress-strain of concrete in this phase is nonlinear behavior given in eqn. (2)                     2 12 1 1 1 2 c c ci cm c c cm c c ci cm c e f f e f (2) where cie is the modulus of elasticity of concrete. phase 3: the behavior of concrete in this phase is softening and determined based on the theory which is proposed by kratzig and polling (2004), this model is suitable for numerical analysis because the model depends on the length of mesh elements eql . phase 3 is expressed in eqns. (3-4).                  12 3 1 1 2 2 2 c cm c c c c c c cm c f f (3)                     2 1 2 1 0 ; 2 0.5 (1 b) pl cm c c c in c ch cm cm c eq f b g f f b l e (4) where chg denotes crushing energy,  pl c and  in c are plastic strain and inelastic strain, respectively. figure 2: behavior in compression. behavior in tension the tensile nonlinear behavior of concrete is a curve showing the stress-crack opening relationship proposed by hordijk. the characteristic of this curve is that it does not depend on the element meshing in the fem model. the formulation of this relationship is given in eqn. (5). t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 235               2 3 3 2 1 1 ( ) 1 (1 )c w c w ct tm c c w w w c e c e f w w (5) where  1 23, 6.93c c and wc is the critical crack opening which can be considered as the fracture crack opening given in eqn. (6).  5.14 fc tm g w f (6) based on the curve of stress-crack opening relationship, it can be obtained a new curve having the feature of stress-strain through eqn. (7). thus, the strain t at tensile strength tm can be evaluated from crack opening. where eql can consider as a length of element (meshed size). after this assumption, the stress-strain curve relationship given in fig. 3.   t tm eq w l (7) figure 3: behavior in tension. compressive damage and tension damaged component compression damage variable (dc) this parameter is used to specify compressive stiffness degradation damage, cd is determined through plastic strain  pl c and a using a constant factor cb with 0 < cb ≤ 1.            1 1 1 1/ 1 c c c pl c c c c e d b e (8) in this paper, assumption  0.7cb to evaluate the parameter cd . fig. 4 illustrates the relationship between compressive damage parameter and inelastic strain with concrete having strength  35cmf calculated in eqn. (8). t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 236 figure 4: the curve of compressive damage parameter and inelastic strain tension damage variable (dt) similar to the compression damage variable cd , the damaged parameter in tension td depends on  pl t and an experimentally determined parameter  0.1tb . so, unloading is assumed to return almost back to the origin and to leave only a small residual strain.            1 1 1 1/ 1 c c t pl c t t c e d b e (9) figure 5: the curve of compressive damage parameter and crack opening. application for simulation of a reinforce concrete beam beam namely c3 is selected as reported by vecchio và shim (2004) [8]. the geometry and details of beam c3 are shown in fig. 6. the beam has a section; 152mm width and 552mm height. the length of the beam is 6400mm. rebars at the bottom layer arrange (2m30+2m25) and at the top layer is (3m10). experimental geometry and details of c3 beam are shown in fig. 6. the material characteristics of the c3 beam are given in tab. 2. numerical simulation was established using abaqus software. in detail, the beam uses solid element type c3d8r with 1 point of gaussian integration, rebar uses t2d3 element which is only under tension and compression conditions, interaction between rebar and concrete using "embedded" algorithm. this method allows a node or group nodes of rebar to be constrained to the kinetic boundary conditions with the nodes in the concrete elements. in the simulation c3 beam of vecchio and shim (2004) [10], the rebar and the concrete have meshed with the same element size (40mm). the a t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 237 interaction between the rigid steel plate and the concrete uses the "tie". the progress in the simulation is shown in fig. 7. a comparison of the displacement which is arranged at the middle beam between the simulation and data obtained from the experiment is given in fig. 8. the results in fig. 8 show that the damaged nonlinear model presented satisfies the beam stiffness degradation. simulation result at the complete failure of the beam registered the loading having 266 kn compared with the test loading having 267 kn. figure 6: elevations and cross-sections of c3 beam. concrete       avarage compressive strength fcm 43.5 n/mm2 modulus of elasticity eci 34300 n/mm2 tensile strength ftm 3.13 n/mm2 rebar-m10 diameter  11.3 mm modulus of elasticity e 200000 n/mm2 yield strength fy 315 n/mm2 ultimate tensile strength fu 460 n/mm2 rebarm25 diameter  25.2 mm modulus of elasticity e 200000 n/mm2 yield strength fy 445 n/mm2 ultimate tensile strength fu 680 n/mm2 rebarm30 diameter  29.9 mm modulus of elasticity e 200000 n/mm2 yield strength fy 436 n/mm2 ultimate tensile strength fu 700 n/mm2 rebard4 diameter  3.7 mm modulus of elasticity e 200000 n/mm2 yield strength fy 600 n/mm2 ultimate tensile strength fu 651 n/mm2 table 2: material characteristics of the c3 beam. t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 238 figure 7: simulation c3 beam using abaqus. figure 8: comparison of the displacement between simulation and experiment. figure 9: cracking pattern in simulation. figure 10: damaged c3 beam in an experiment. figure 11: crushing pattern in simulation. the patterns of cracking and crushing in the simulation are given in fig. 9 and fig. 11. in comparison with the complete failure of the beam in fig. 10. based on the results, we can recognize that the cracking/crushing pattern using simulation is consistent with the experimental results. the damaged model used in this paper can show cracked/crushed elements that having the damaged parameters /t cd d in range value  0, 1 . t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 239 application for simulation of a reinforce concrete slab his example presents finite element simulations of punching shear in a concrete slab implemented by adetifa and polak [9]. this example is employed to evaluate the reliability of the proposed damaged model for predecting the behavior of a complex structure concrete. the geometry and details of the specimen concrete slab had the dimensions 1800 × 1800 × 120mm. for bending reinforcement, 10m bar were used to embed in the slab. the arrangement of bars in top layer and bottom layer is illustrated in fig. 12. the section a-a is shown in fig. 13 and the material characteristics are given in tab. 3. figure 12: the arrangement of bars: (a) in the top layer, (b) in the bottom layer. figure 13: the section a-a of specimen. concrete avarage compressive strength fcm 44 n/mm2 modulus of elasticity eci 36483 n/mm2 rebar-d10 diameter  10 mm modulus of elasticity e 200000 n/mm2 yield strength fy 455 n/mm2 ultimate tensile strength fu 620 n/mm2 table 3: material characteristics of the concrete slab. t (a) (b) t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 240 the process of numerical simulation using abaqus is carried out similar to the previous example. this process includes defining geometrical dimensions, defining the nonlinear behavior of steel and concrete materials, establishing the boundary conditions, and setting the loading process until the structure is completely damaged. the geometrical dimensions in the simulation are given in fig. 14. figure 14: simulation reinforce concrete slab using abaqus. the simulation result show that the maximum punching shear force value is 243 kn compared to the of 241 kn obtained from experimental result. the difference between numerical simulation results and experimental results is only 0.82%. the relationship between punching shear force – displacement at the middle of slab using simulation is also very good agreement compared to experimental results as shown in fig. 15. figure 15: comparison of displacement between simulation and experiment. the damaged model of concrete materials using in this paper also allows to predict the crack pattern, which is defined by the elements having plastic deformation, the crack shapes in fig. 16 and in fig. 17 show that the position around the column with 1.5m distance from the edge of the column is the crack appearing with the largest density and width. figure 16: the damaged shape of punching shear in section view. t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 241 figure 17: comparison the crack pattern on the top of slab between simulation and experiment. conclusion he paper presents a damaged model of concrete in numerical simulation. this model is developed lied on the cdp (available in abaqus) associating with the proposed damaged parameters  0.7cb in compression and  0.1tb tension. this damaged model is employed to simulate the real-test beam namely c3 in vecchio và shim (2004) [8] under static loading and a flat concrete slab in the test of adetifa and polak [9]. the numerical simulation results show that the model satisfies well with the data obtained from testing. the complete failures of the c3 beam the cracking in the top face of slab using numerical simulation illustrated that two damaged parameters responded well to the experiment’s results. the model presenting in this paper can be considered as a reference model with high reliability in simulation structural reinforced concrete. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support granted by the scientific research fund of the ministry of education and training (moet), vietnam (no. b2021-mbs-06). reference [1] lubliner, j., oliver, j., oller, s. and onate, e. (1989). a plastic-damage model for concrete. international journal of solids and structures 25, pp. 299-326. [2] carol, i., rizzi, e., willam, k. (2001). on the formulation of anisotropic elastic degradation. ii. generalized pseudorankine model for tensile damage, int. j. solids struct., 38(4), pp. 519–546, doi: 10.1016/s0020-7683(00)00031-7. [3] ahmed, b., voyiadjis, g.z., park, t. (2020). damaged plasticity model for concrete using scalar damage variables with a novel stress decomposition, int. j. solids struct., 191–192, pp. 56–75, doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2019.11.023. [4] lee, j., fenves, g.l. (1998). plastic-damage model for cyclic loading of concrete structures, j. eng. mech., 124(8), pp. 892–900, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9399(1998)124:8(892). [5] jason, l., huerta, a., pijaudier-cabot, g., ghavamian, s. (2006). an elastic plastic damage formulation for concrete: application to elementary tests and comparison with an isotropic damage model, comput. methods appl. mech. eng., 195(52), pp. 7077–7092, doi: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.04.017. [6] grassl, p., nyström, u., rempling, r., gylltoft, k. (2011). a damage-plasticity model for the dynamic failure of concrete, proc. 8th int. conf. struct. dyn. eurodyn 2011, pp. 3287–3294. [7] birtel, v., mark, p. (2006). parameterised finite element modelling of rc beam shear failure, ababqus user’s conf., , pp. 95–108. [8] vecchio, f.j., shim, w. (2004). experimental and analytical reexamination of classic concrete beam tests, j. struct. t t t. cuong-le et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 232-242; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.17 242 eng., 130(3), pp. 460–469, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(2004)130:3(460). [9] genikomsou, a.s., polak, m.a. (2014). finite element analysis of a reinforced concrete slab-column connection using abaqus, struct. congr. 2014 proc. 2014 struct. congr., , pp. 813–823, doi: 10.1061/9780784413357.072. [10] engineering, s. (2015). compressive behavior of unconfined and confined clay brick masonry compressive behavior of unconfined and confined clay, october, 9445(april 2004), pp. 1562–1569, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(2004)130. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_46_art_16 v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 158 developments in the fracture and fatigue assessment of materials and structures analysis of cylindrical delamination cracks in multilayered functionally graded non-linear elastic circular shafts under combined loads victor rizov department of technical mechanics, university of architecture, civil engineering and geodesy, 1 chr. smirnensky blvd., 1046 – sofia, bulgaria v_rizov_fhe@uacg.bg abstract. this paper is focused on delamination fracture analyses of a multilayered functionally graded circular shaft under two loading combinations (centric tension and torsion, and bending and torsion) assuming non-linear elastic mechanical behavior of the material. the loading combinations under consideration generate mixed-mode ii/iii delamination crack loading conditions (the centric tension and bending generate mode ii crack loading, while the torsion is responsible for mode iii crack loading). the shaft is made by concentric longitudinal layers. the number of layers is arbitrary. besides, each layer has individual thickness and material properties. the material in each layer is functionally graded in radial direction. hyperbolic laws are used to describe the continuous variation of material properties in radial direction. a cylindrical delamination crack (the crack front is a circle) is located arbitrary between layers. the delamination fracture is studied in terms of the strain energy release rate by analyzing the energy balance. in order to verify the solution obtained, the strain energy release rate is derived also by differentiating the complementary strain energy with respect to the delamination crack area. parametric investigations of the behavior of the cylindrical delamination crack are carried-out. the present paper is a contribution in the fracture mechanics of multilayered functionally graded non-linear elastic circular shafts under combined loads. keywords. multilayered circular shaft; functionally graded material; cylindrical delamination crack; material non-linearity; combined loads. citation: rizov, v., analysis of cylindrical delamination cracks in multilayered functionally graded non-linear elastic circular shafts under combined loads, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177. received: 04.05.2018 accepted: 03.06.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ne of the main advantages of the functionally graded materials over the traditional structural materials is the material property graded distribution [1 6]. very often, fracture is the critical failure mode for the functionally graded structures to lose their structural capacity [7 10]. therefore, the study of fracture mechanics of o http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/16.mp4 v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 159 functionally graded materials plays an important role in the design of various structural members and devices made by these novel un-homogeneous materials. understanding the fracture behavior of functionally graded structures under various loading conditions is vital for the further development of the methods for safety design. the present paper deals with analyses of a cylindrical delamination crack in a multilayered functionally graded non-linear elastic circular shaft under combined loads. it should be mentioned that in one of the previous works of the author, nonlinear analyses of cylindrical delamination cracks in circular shafts have been developed assuming that the shafts are loaded in pure torsion only [10]. however, in reality, the circular shafts usually are under various load combinations which include torsion (this fact is the basic motive for writing the present paper). fracture analysis in terms of the strain energy release rate shaft under centric tension and torsion he multilayered functionally graded circular shaft, shown schematically in fig. 1, is under consideration. the shaft is made of adhesively bonded concentric longitudinal layers. in each layer, the material is functionally graded in radial direction. besides, the functionally graded material exhibits non-linear mechanical behavior. figure 1: multilayered functionally graded circular shaft loaded in centric tension and torsion. the number of layers is arbitrary. also, each layer has individual thickness and material properties. the shaft cross-section is a circle of radius, r . the length of the shaft is 2l . the shaft is loaded in centric tension and torsion, respectively, by longitudinal forces, f , and torsion moments, t , applied at the end sections of the shaft as shown in fig. 1. a circular notch is cut-out in the middle of the shaft in order to generate conditions for delamination fracture. it is assumed that a cylindrical delamination crack of length, 2a , is located symmetrically with respect to the middle of the shaft. the delamination crack represents a cylindrical surface (the crack front is a circle of radius, br ). thus, the internal crack arm is a shaft of length, 2a , and circular cross-section of radius, br . the external crack arm is a shaft of length, 2a , and ringshaped cross-section of internal radius, br , and external radius, r . the delamination crack is located arbitrary between layers. the circular notch divides the external crack arm in two symmetric segments of length, a , each. apparently, the two segments of the external crack arm are free of stresses (fig. 1). due to the symmetry, only half of the shaft, 2l x l  , is analyzed. in the present paper, the delamination fracture is studied in terms of the strain energy release rate. it is obvious that the longitudinal force, f , induces mode ii crack loading conditions. the mode ii component of the strain energy release rate, iig , is determined by analyzing the energy balance. by assuming an increase of the crack length, a , the energy balance is written as f ii c u f u a g l a a        (1) t v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 160 where u is the increase of the longitudinal displacement of the end section of the shaft, fu is the strain energy cumulated in half of the shaft as a result of the centric tension by f , cl is the length of the crack front. by substituting of 2c bl r in (1), iig is obtained as 1 2 2 2 f ii b b uf u g r a r a         (2) the expression in brackets in (2) is doubled due to the symmetry (fig. 1). it should be specified that the present delamination fracture analysis is valid for non-linear elastic behavior of the material. the analysis can also be applied for elastic-plastic behavior if the shaft undergoes active deformation, i.e. if the external loading increases only [11, 12]. it should also be mentioned that the present analysis is carried-out assuming validity of the small strains assumption. by using methods of mechanics of materials, one obtains  l hu a l a    (3) where l and h are, respectively, the longitudinal strains in the internal crack arm and the un-cracked shaft portion, 2l a x l   , induced by the longitudinal force, f . figure 2: cross-section of the internal crack arm loaded in centric tension and torsion. the longitudinal strain in the internal crack arm is determined from the following equation for equilibrium of the crosssection of the internal crack arm: 1 1 i i n i i a f da     (4) where 1n is the number of layers in the internal crack arm, i is the distribution of the longitudinal normal stresses in the i-th layer, ia is the area of the cross-section of the same layer. in the present paper, the mechanical behavior of the functionally graded material in the i-th layer is described by the following non-linear stress-strain relation [13]: i i is p      (5) where is and ip are the distributions of the material properties in the same layer,  is the longitudinal strain. v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 161 the properties, is and ip , vary continuously in the radial direction of the i-th layer according to the following hyperbolic laws: 1 1 i i b i i d i i s s r r s r r     (6) 1 1 i i b i i d i i p p r r p r r     (7) where ib s , id s , ib p and id p are material properties ( id s and id p control the material gradient of is and ip , respectively), ir and 1ir  are shown in fig. 2. in (6) and (7), the radius, r , varies in the interval  1;i ir r  . it should be mentioned that the distribution of the longitudinal strains is analyzed assuming validity of the hypothesis for plane sections, since the length to diameter of the cross-section ratio of the shaft under consideration is large. thus, l is distributed uniformly in the cross-section of the internal crack arm. hence, by substituting of (5), (6) and (7) in (4), one derives     1 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 3 i n i i l i i i i i f r r r r                (8) where 1 i i i b l b i i s p       (9) 2 2 2 i i i i i i b d l b d i i i i i b l b i i s s p p s p                  (10) 1i i ir r   (11) 1 i d i i i s r     (12) 1 i d i i i p r     (13) it should be noted that by substituting of 0 id s  and 0 ib p  in (8), one obtains   1 2 2 1 1 1 i i n l i i i b f r r s       (14) v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 162 which is exact match of the equation for equilibrium of multilayered circular shaft made by homogeneous linear-elastic layers loaded in centric tension [14]. this fact is an indication for consistency of eqn. (8) since at 0 id s  and 0 ib p  the non-linear stress-strain relation (5) transforms in the hooke’s law assuming that 1/ ib s is the modulus of elasticity in the i-th layer. eqn. (8) should be solved with respect to l by using the matlab computer program. eqn. (8) is applied also to determine h . for this purpose, 1n and l are replaced, respectively, with n and h in (8), (9) and (10). here, n is the number of layers in the un-cracked shaft portion. figure 3: non-linear   diagram. since the external crack arm is free of stresses (fig. 1), the strain energy cumulated in half of the shaft as a result of the centric tension is written as f fl fhu u u  (15) where flu and fhu are the strain energies in the internal crack arm and the un-cracked shaft portion, respectively. the strain energy in the internal crack arm is obtained by addition of strain energies cumulated in the layers 1 0 1 i i i n fl fl i a u a u da     (16) where 0 iflu is the strain energy density in the i-th layer. the strain energy density is equal to the area, opq, enclosed by the stress-strain curve (fig. 3). thus, 0 iflu is written as 0 0 l ifl i u d     (17) by substituting of (5) in (17), one derives 0 1 ln ln i i i i i fl l l i i i i i s s s s u p p p p p                (18) the strain energy cumulated in the un-cracked shaft portion is expressed as v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 163   0 1 i i i n fh fh i a u l a u da      (19) where the strain energy density in the i-th layer, 0 ifhu , is obtained by formula (18). for this purpose, l is replaced with h . by substituting of (3), (15), (16) and (19) in (2), one obtains   1 0 0 1 1 1 i i i i i n i n ii l h fl fh i ib b a a f g u da u da r r                       (20) apparently, the torsion moment, t , induces mode iii crack loading conditions (fig. 1). by analyzing the balance of the energy, the mode iii component of the strain energy release rate, iiig , is written as 1 2 2 2 t iii b b ut g r a r a           (21) where  is the angle of twist of the end section of the shaft, tu is the strain energy cumulated in half of the shaft as a result of the torsion. in (21), the expression in the brackets is doubled in view of the symmetry (fig. 1). by applying methods of mechanics of materials, one obtains  qm b a l a r r      (22) where m and q are the shear strains at the periphery of the cross-sections of the internal crack arm and the un-cracked shaft portion, respectively. the shear strain at the periphery of the cross-section of the internal crack arm is determined by using the following equation for equilibrium of the cross-section of the internal crack arm: 1 1 i i n i i a t rda     (23) where i is the distribution of the shear stresses in the i-th layer induced by the torsion. in the present paper, the mechanical behavior of the functionally graded material in torsion is described by the following non-linear stress-strain relation [13]: i i if g      (24) where  is the shear strain, if and ig are the distributions of the material properties in the i-th layer. the continuous variation of if and ig in the radial direction of the i-th layer is described by the following hyperbolic laws: 1 1 i i b i i d i i f f r r f r r     (25) v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 164 1 1 i i b i i d i i g g r r g r r     (26) where 1i ir r r   (27) the radiuses, ir and 1ir  , are shown in fig. 2. in (25) and (26), ibf , idf , ibg and idg are material properties ( idf and id f govern the gradient of if and ig , respectively). the distribution of shear strains in radial direction is written as m b r r   (28) by substituting of (24), (25), (26) and (28) in (23), one derives     1 4 4 5 1 1 1 2 1 1 5 4 5 i n m i i i i i i i b t r r r r r                 (29) where 1 i i    (30)  22 21 1 i i i b i b m i d ii i i i b i f g g rr r                (31) id i i f    (32) 1 ib i i i f r     (33) it should be mentioned that at 0 ib g  and 0 id f  eqn. (29) transforms in   1 4 4 1 1 1 2 i i n m i i i b b t r r r f        (34) the fact that (34) is exact match of the equation for equilibrium of a multilayered circular shaft made by linear-elastic homogeneous layers loaded in torsion [14] is an indication for consistency of (34) since at 0 ib g  and 0 id f  the nonlinear stress-strain relation (24) transforms in the hooke’s law assuming that 1/ ib f is the shear modulus in the i-th layer. eqn. (29) should be solved with respect to m by using the matlab computer program. eqn. (29) is used also to determine the shear strain at the periphery of the cross-section of the un-cracked shaft portion. for this purpose, 1n , br and m are replaced, respectively, with n , r and q in (29) and (31). v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 165 figure 4: non-linear   diagram. the strain energy cumulated in half of the shaft as a result of the torsion is obtained as t tl thu u u  (35) where tlu and thu are the strain energies in the internal crack arm and the un-cracked shaft portion, respectively. the strain energy in the internal crack arm is written as 1 0 1 i i i n tl tl i a u a u da     (36) where 0 itlu is the strain energy density in the i-th layer as a result of the torsion. in principle, the strain energy density is equal to the area, opq, enclosed by stress-strain curve in fig. 4. thus, formula (18) can be used to obtain 0 itlu . for this purpose, 0 iflu , l , is and ip are replaced, respectively, with 0 itlu ,  , if and ig , where  is expressed by (28). the strain energy cumulated in the un-cracked shaft portion as a result of the torsion is expressed as   0 1 i i i n hl th i a u l a u da      (37) where the strain energy density in the i-th layer, 0 ithu , is obtained by (18). for this purpose, 0 iflu , l , is and ip are replaced, respectively, with 0 ithu , h , if and ig . here, the distribution of the shear strains is written as h q r r   (38) by substituting of (22), (35), (36) and (37) in (21), one obtains 1 0 0 1 1 1 i i i i i n i n qm iii tl th i ib b b a a t g u da u da r r r r                         (39) the total strain energy release rate, g , is written as ii iiig g g  (40) v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 166 by substituting of (20) and (39) in (40), one arrives at   1 0 0 1 1 1 i i i i i n i n l h fl fh i ib b a a f g u da u da r r                        1 0 0 1 1 1 i i i i i n i n qm tl th i ib b b a a t u da u da r r r r                         (41) the integration in (41) should be performed by the matlab computer program. in order to verify (41), the strain energy release rate is derived also by differentiating the complementary strain energy with respect to the crack area. the total strain energy release rate is written as [15] *du g da  (42) where *du is the change of the complementary strain energy, da is an elementary increase of the crack area. for the cylindrical delamination crack (fig. 1), da is expressed as 2 bda r da (43) where da is an elementary increase of the crack length. by substituting of (43) in (42), one arrives at * 2 b du g r da  (44) the complementary strain energy cumulated in half of the shaft as a result of the centric tension and torsion is obtained as * * *l hu u u  (45) where *lu and * hu are the complementary strain energies in the internal crack arm and the un-cracked shaft portion, respectively. the complementary strain energy in the internal crack arm is expressed as 1 * * 0 1 i i i n l l i a u a u da     (46) where *0 ilu is the complementary strain energy density in the i-th layer. the complementary strain energy density is equal to the area, oqr, that supplements the area enclosed by the stress-strain curve to a rectangle (fig. 3 and fig. 4). thus, * 0 il u is written as *0 0 0il i l fl i tlu u u       (47) by substituting of (5), (18), (24) and (28) in (47), one obtains v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 167 2 * 0 1 ln ln i i i i il l l l i i l i i i i i s s s s u s p p p p p p                     2 1 ln lni i i i i i i i i i i f f f f f g g g g g g                    (48) where  is determined by (28). the complementary strain energy in the un-cracked shaft portion as a result of centric tension and torsion is written as  * *0 1 i i i n h h i a u l a u da      (49) where the complementary strain energy density, *0 ihu , is obtained by (48). for this purpose, * 0 il u , l and  are replaced, respectively, with *0 ihu , h and h , where h is determined by (38). the expression, obtained by substituting of (45), (46) and (49) in (44), is doubled in view of the symmetry (fig. 1). the result is 1 * * 0 0 1 1 1 i i i i n i n l h i ib a a g u da u da r                (50) integration in (50) should be carried-out by the matlab computer program. it should be noted that the strain energy release rate calculated by (50) is exact match of the strain energy release rate determined by (41). this fact verifies the analysis of the cylindrical delamination crack in the multilayered functionally graded circular shaft loaded in centric tension and torsion (fig. 1). shaft under bending and torsion the cylindrical delamination crack is analyzed also when the external loading consists of bending moments, m , and torsion moments, t , applied at the two ends of the multilayered functionally graded circular shaft (fig. 5). figure 5: multilayered functionally graded circular shaft loaded in bending and torsion. obviously, the bending moments induce mode ii crack loading. by considering the balance of the energy, the mode ii component of the strain energy release rate is derived as v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 168 1 2 2 2 m mii b b um g r a r a           (51) where  is the angle of rotation of the end section of the shaft due to the bending, mu is the strain energy cumulated in half of the shaft as a result of the bending. it should be noted that the bending induces stresses not only in the un-cracked shaft portion and the internal crack arm, but also in the external crack arm. by using methods of mechanics of materials,  is obtained as  l ha l a     (52) where l and h are the curvatures of the crack arms and the un-cracked shaft portion, respectively. since the bending generates mode ii crack loading conditions, the two crack arms deform with the same curvature. therefore, l is determined in the following way. first, the equation for equilibrium of the cross-section of the internal crack arm is used 1 1 1 i i n d i i a m z da     (53) where dm is the bending moment in the internal crack arm. the distribution of the longitudinal normal stress, i , in the i-th layer, induced by the bending of the shaft, are expressed by (5). the distribution of the longitudinal strains,  , is written as 1l z  (54) by substituting of (5), (6) and (7) in (23), one derives     1 4 4 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 4 5 i n d l i i i l i i i i m r r r r                 (55) where i i i bs    (56) i i d i b i s s    (57) the radiuses, ir and 1ir  , in (55) are shown in fig. 6. it should be noted that at 0 ib p  and 0 id s  eqn. (55) transforms in   1 4 4 1 1 1 4 i i n l d i i i b m r r s      (58) which is exact match of the equation for equilibrium of multilayered circular shaft made of homogeneous linear-elastic layers loaded in bending [14] assuming that 1/ ib s is the modulus of elasticity in the i-th layer. v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 169 figure 6: cross-section of the internal crack arm loaded in bending and torsion. figure 7: two three-layered functionally graded circular shafts loaded in centric tension and torsion with cylindrical delamination crack located between (a) layers 2 and 3 and (b) layers 1 and 2. in (55), there are two unknowns, dm and l . one more equation with unknowns dm and l is derived by considering the equilibrium of the cross-section of the external crack arm. obviously, (55) can be used as equation for equilibrium of the cross-section of the external crack arm. for this purpose, 1n has to be replaced with 2n ( 2n is the number of layers in the external crack arm). besides, dm has to be replaced with dm m (this follows from the fact that the sum of the bending moments in the two crack arms is equal to m ). thus, the equation for equilibrium of the cross-section of the external crack arm is written as     2 4 4 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 4 5 i n d l i i i l i i i i m m r r r r                  (59) eqns. (55) and (59) should be solved with respect to l and dm by using the matlab computer program. v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 170 eqn. (55) is used also to determine h . for this purpose, dm , 1n and l are replaced, respectively, with m , n and h . the strain energy cumulated in half of the shaft as a result of the bending is obtained as m ml mq mhu u u u   (60) where mlu , mqu and mhu are the strain energies in the internal crack arm, the external crack arm and the uncracked shaft portion, respectively. formula (16) is applied to determine mlu . for this purpose, flu and 0 iflu are replaced with mlu and 0 imlu , respectively. the strain energy density, 0 imlu , in the i-th layer of the internal crack arm as a result of the bending is obtained by formula (18). for this purpose, 0 iflu and l are replaced with 0 imlu and  , respectively (  is expressed by formula (54)). figure 8: two three-layered functionally graded circular shafts loaded in bending and torsion with cylindrical delamination crack located between (a) layers 2 and 3 and (b) layers 1 and 2. formula (16) is used also to determine mqu by replacing of flu , 1n and 0 iflu with mqu , 2n and 0 imqu , respectively. 0 imqu is determined by replacing of l with  . mhu is found by formula (19). for this purpose, fhu and 0 ifhu are replaced with mhu and 0 imhu , respectively. the strain energy density, 0 imhu , in the i-th layer of the un-cracked beam portion as a result of bending is obtained by formula (18). for this purpose, 0 iflu and l are replaced with 0 imhu and b , respectively. the distribution of the longitudinal strains, b , in the cross-section of the un-cracked shaft portion is found by (54). for this purpose,  , l v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 171 and 1z are replaced with b , h and 2z , respectively ( 2z is the vertical centroidal axis of the cross-section of the uncracked portion of the shaft). by substituting of (52), mlu , mqu , mhu and (60) in (51), one derives the following expression for the mode ii component of the strain energy release rate as a result of the shaft bending:   1 2 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 i i i i i i i n i n i n mii l h ml mq mh i i ib b a a a m g u da u da u da r r                            (61) the mode iii component of the strain energy release rate induced by the shaft torsion is obtained by formula (39). the total strain energy release rate is found by addition of (39) and (61). the result is   1 2 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 i i i i i i i n i n i n l h ml mq mh i i ib b a a a m g u da u da u da r r                             1 0 0 1 1 1 i i i i i n i n qm tl th i ib b b a a t u da u da r r r r                         (62) integration in (62) should be carried-out by the matlab computer program. figure 9: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against 1d s property (curve 1 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a, curve 2 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 8a, curve 3 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7b, curve 4 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 8b). formula (62) is verified by obtaining of g with the help of (44). the complementary strain energy cumulated in half of the shat as a result of bending and torsion is found as * * * *mtl mq mthu u u u   (63) where *mtlu , * mqu and * mthu are the complementary strain energies in the internal crack arm, the external crack arm and the un-cracked shaft portion, respectively. it should be specified that *mqu is due to the bending only, since the external crack arm is not loaded in torsion. v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 172 figure 10: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against 1 3 /b bs s ratio: curve 1 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a (linear-elastic solution), curve 2 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a (non-linear solution), curve 3 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 8a (linear-elastic solution), curve 4 – for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 8a (non-linear solution). formula (46) is applied to determine *mtlu . for this purpose, * lu and * 0 i lu are replaced with * mtlu and * 0 i mtlu , respectively. formula (48) is used to obtain the complementary strain energy density, *0 i mtlu , in the i-th layer of the internal crack arm. for this purpose, *0 i lu and l are replaced, respectively, with * 0 i mtlu and  , where  is expressed by (54). * mqu is obtained by replacing of * lu , 1n and * 0 i lu , respectively, with * mqu , 2n and * 0 i mqu in (46). * 0 i mqu is determined by replacing of *0 i lu and l , respectively, with * 0 i mqu and  in (48) and taking into account the fact that the external crack arm is loaded in bending only. thus, *0 i mqu is written as 2 * 0 1 ln ln i i i i i mq i i i i i i i s s s s u s p p p p p p                    (64) the complementary strain energy cumulated in the un-cracked shaft portion as a result of bending and torsion is calculated by (49). for this purpose, *hu and * 0 i hu are replaced with * mthu and * 0 i mthu , respectively. formula (48) is used to obtain the complementary strain energy density, *0 i mthu . for this purpose, * 0 i lu , l and  are replaced, respectively, with *0 i mthu , b and h , where h is found by (38). finally, *mtlu , * mqu and * mthu are added-up and substituted in (44). the result is 1 2 * * * 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 i i i i i i n i n i n mtl mq mth i i ib a a a g u da u da u da r                     (65) the integration in (65) should be performed by the matlab computer program. it should be noted that the strain energy release rate obtained by (65) is exact match of the strain energy release rate calculated by (62), which is a verification of the v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 173 delamination fracture analysis of the multilayered functionally graded non-linear elastic circular shaft loaded in bending and torsion. figure 11: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against 1d p property at three 1 3 /b bp p ratios for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a (curve 1 – at 1 3 / 0.5b bp p  , curve 2 – at 1 3/ 1b bp p  and curve 3 – at 1 3/ 1.5b bp p  ). parametric investigations arametric investigations of delamination fracture in the multilayered functionally graded non-linear elastic circular shaft are performed in order to elucidate the effects of material gradients, cylindrical delamination crack location, non-linear mechanical behavior of the material and load combinations. for this purpose, calculations of the strain energy release rate are carried-out by formulae (41) and (62). the results obtained are presented in non-dimension form by using the formula 3 /n bg g s r . two three-layered functionally graded circular shafts loaded in centric tension and torsion are analyzed in order to elucidate the influence of the cylindrical delamination crack location on the fracture behavior (fig. 7). a cylindrical delamination crack is located between layers 2 and 3 in the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a. a shaft with cylindrical delamination crack located between layers 1 and 2 is also under consideration (fig. 7b). in both shaft configurations, the thickness of the layers is t (fig. 7). it is assumed that 50t  nm, 300f  n and 0.01t  m. in order to elucidate the influence of the load combination on the fracture behavior, two three-layered functionally graded circular shafts loaded in bending and torsion are also analyzed (fig. 8). in the shaft shown in fig. 8a, a cylindrical delamination crack is located between layers 2 and 3. a cylindrical delamination crack is located between layers 1 and 2 in the shaft configuration in fig. 8b. the thickness of each layer is 0.01t  m in both shafts (fig. 8). the loading is 50t  nm and 40m  nm. the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form is presented as a function of 1d s material property ( 1d s controls the gradient of 1s property in layer 1) in fig. 9 for the four shaft configurations shown in fig. 7 and fig. 8. it is assumed that 2 3 / 0.3d ds s  , 1 3/ 2b bs s  , 2 3/ 1.8b bs s  , 1 3/ 0.3d dp p  , 2 3/ 0.2d dp p  , 3 3/ 0.4d dp s  , 1 3/ 1.7b bp p  , 2 3 / 1.9b bp p  , 3 3/ 0.9b dp p  , 1 3/ 0.4d df f  , 2 3/ 0.3d df f  , 3 3/ 0.5d df s  , 1 3/ 1.7b bf f  , 2 3/ 1.6b bf f  , 3 3 / 1.1b bf s  , 1 3/ 0.2d dg g  , 2 3/ 0.5d dg g  , 3 3/ 0.4d dg s  , 1 3/ 1.5b bg g  , 2 3/ 1.9b bg g  and 3 3/ 0.8b bg s  . curves in fig. 9 indicate that the strain energy release rate decreases with increase of 1d s . this behavior is due to the decrease of the shaft stiffness. it can also be observed in fig. 9 that the strain energy release rate increases when the cylindrical delamination crack position is changed from this shown in fig. 7a and fig. 8a to that shown in fig. 7b and fig. p v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 174 8b. this finding is attributed to the increase of the stiffness of the internal crack arm. fig. 9 shows also that the loading combination “bending and torsionˮ generates higher strain energy release rate in comparison with the loading combination “centric tension and torsionˮ for the considered values of f , t and m . figure 12: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against 1d f property at three 1 3 /b bf f ratios for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a (curve 1 – at 1 3 / 0.7b bf f  , curve 2 – at 1 3/ 1.2b bf f  and curve 3 – at 1 3/ 1.7b bf f  ). figure 13: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against 1d g property at three 1 3 /b bg g ratios for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a (curve 1 – at 1 3 / 0.8b bg g  , curve 2 – at 1 3/ 1.3b bg g  and curve 3 – at 1 3/ 1.8b bg g  ). the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form is presented as a function of 1 3 /b bs s ratio in fig. 10 for the shaft configurations shown in fig. 7a and fig. 8a. one can observe in fig. 10 that the strain energy release rate increases with increasing of 1 3 /b bs s ratio (this due to the decrease of the shaft stiffness). curves in fig. 10 confirm the finding that when the shat is loaded in bending and torsion the strain energy release is higher in comparison with the case when the v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 175 shat is loaded in centric tension and torsion for the considered values of f , t and m . in order to evaluate the effect of the material non-linearity on the delamination fracture, the strain energy release rate obtained assuming linear-elastic behavior of the three-layered functionally graded shafts is plotted in non-dimensional form against 1 3 /b bs s ratio in fig. 10 for comparison with the strain energy release rate generated by the non-linear solution. it should be mentioned that that the linear-elastic solution to the strain energy release rate is derived by substituting of 0 ib p  and 0 ib g  , where 1, 2, 3i  , in formulae (41) and (62). it can be observed in fig. 10 that the material non-linearity leads to increase of the strain energy release rate. the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form is presented as a function of 1d p material property in fig. 11 at three 1 3 /b bp p ratios for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a. the curves in fig. 11 indicate that the strain energy release rate decreases with increase of 1d p . it can be observed also that the strain energy release rate increases with increasing of 1 3 /b bp p ratio (fig. 11). the influence of 1d f material property on the delamination fracture behavior is shown in fig. 12. the shaft configuration in fig. 7a is considered. one can observe that the strain energy release rate decreases with increasing of 1d f (fig. 12). the curves in fig. 12 show that the increase of 1 3 /b bf f ratio leads to increase of the strain energy release rate. figure 14: the /iii iig g ratio plotted against /t f ratio for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a. the effect of 1d g material property and 1 3 /b bg g ratio on the delamination fracture is illustrated in fig. 13. the shaft configuration shown in fig. 7a is analyzed. fig. 13 shows that the strain energy release rate decreases when 1d g increases. it can be observed in fig. 13 that the strain energy release rate increases with increasing of 1 3 /b bg g ratio. the influence of the torsion moment to longitudinal force, /t f , ratio on the mode iii component of the strain energy release rate to mode ii component of the strain energy release rate, /iii iig g , ratio is shown in fig. 14. the shaft configuration in fig. 7a is considered. one can observe in fig. 14 that /iii iig g ratio increases with increasing of /t f ratio. v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 176 finally, the effect of the bending moment to torsion moment, /m t , ratio on the strain energy release rate is illustrated in fig. 15. the shaft configuration shown in fig. 8a is analyzed. the curve in fig. 15 indicates that the total strain energy release rate increases with increasing of /m t ratio. figure 15: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against /m t ratio for the shaft configuration shown in fig. 8a. conclusions delamination fracture analysis of multilayered functionally graded circular shaft is developed in terms of the strain energy release rate. the shaft is made of an arbitrary number of adhesively bonded concentric longitudinal layers which have different thicknesses and material properties. the material in each layer is functionally graded in radial direction. besides, the material exhibits non-linear mechanical behavior in each layer. the continuous variation of material properties in radial direction is described by hyperbolic laws. a cylindrical delamination crack is located arbitrary between layers (the internal crack arm is a shaft of circular cross-section; the external crack arm is a shaft of ring-shaped cross-section). two load combinations (centric tension and torsion, and bending and torsion) are investigated. these load combinations generate mixed mode ii/iii delamination fracture (the centric tension and bending generate mode ii crack loading conditions, the torsion generates mode iii crack loading conditions). the strain energy release rate is derived by analyzing the balance of the energy. in order to verify the solution obtained, the strain energy release rate is determined also by differentiating the complementary strain energy with respect to the crack area. parametric investigations of the delamination fracture are carried-out in order to evaluate the effects of material gradients, the crack location, the material non-linearity and the load combinations. it is found that the strain energy release rate increases with increasing of 1 3 /b bs s , 1 3/b bp p , 1 3/b bf f and 1 3/b bg g ratios. the increase of 1ds , 1dp , 1df and 1dg leads to decrease of the strain energy release rate. concerning the influence of the delamination crack location on the fracture behavior, it is found that the strain energy release rate decreases when the diameter of the cross-section of the internal crack arm increases. the analysis reveals that the non-linear mechanical behavior of the material leads to increase of the strain energy release rate. the comparison between the strain energy release rates generated by the two loading combinations shows that the strain energy release rate is higher when the shaft is loaded in bending and torsion for the considered values of the longitudinal force, bending and torsion moments. the results obtained in the present paper show that the strain energy release rate in a v. rizov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.16 177 multilayered functionally graded circular shafts can be controlled by using appropriate material gradients in radial direction. the present paper is a contribution in delamination fracture mechanics of multilayered functionally graded circular shafts exhibiting non-linear mechanical behavior of the material under combined loads. references [1] hirai, t. and chen, l. (1999). recent and prospective development of functionally graded materials in japan, material science forum, 308-311, pp. 509-514. [2] mortensen, a. and suresh, s. (1995). functionally graded metals and metal-ceramic composites: part 1 processing, international materials review, 40, pp. 239-265. [3] nemat-allal, m.m., ata, m.h., bayoumi, m.r. and khair-eldeen, w. (2011). powder metallurgical fabrication and microstructural investigations of aluminum/steel functionally graded material, materials sciences and applications, 2, pp. 1708-1718. [4] neubrand, a. and rödel, j. (1997). gradient materials: an overview of a novel concept, zeit f met, 88, pp. 358-371. [5] suresh, s. and mortensen, a. (1998). fundamentals of functionally graded materials, iom communications ltd, london. [6] bohidar, s.k., sharma, r. and mishra, p.r. (2014). functionally graded materials: a critical review, international journal of research, 1, pp. 289-301. [7] paulino, g.c. (2002). fracture in functionally graded materials, engineering fracture mechanics, 69, pp. 1519-1530. [8] pan, s.-d., feng, j.-c., zhou, z.-g. and zhi, w.-l. (2009). four parallel non-symmetric mode –iii cracks with different lengths in a functionally graded material plane, strength, fracture and complexity: an international journal, 5, pp. 143-166. [9] tilbrook, m.t., moon, r.j. and hoffman, m. (2005). crack propagation in graded composites, composite science and technology, 65, pp. 201-220. [10] rizov, v.i. (2016). elastic-plastic fracture of functionally graded circular shafts in torsion, advances in materials research, 5, pp. 299-318. [11] lubliner, j. (2006). plasticity theory (revised edition), university of california, berkeley, ca. [12] chakrabarty, j. (2006). theory of plasticity, elsevier butterworth-heinemann, oxford. [13] lukash, p.a. (1998). fundamentals of non-linear structural mechanics, stroizdat. [14] varvak, p.m. (1997). new methods in strength of materials, vishta shkola. [15] rizov, v.i. (2017). analysis of longitudinal cracked two-dimensional functionally graded beams exhibiting material non-linearity, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41, pp. 498-510. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_7_2595 p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 81 alloy substitution in a critical raw materials perspective p. ferro, f. bonollo university of padova, italy paolo.ferro@unipd.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8682-3486 franco.bonollo@unipd.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7196-2886 s.a. cruz eurecat, centre tecnològic de catalunya, unitat de materials metàl·lics i ceràmics, av. universitat autònoma, spain sylvia.cruz@eurecat.org abstract. since many years, the european community has been monitoring some raw materials because of their high importance to the european union economy and their high supply risk. such raw materials, classified as critical, form a strong industrial base, producing a lot of goods and applications used in everyday life and modern technologies. many critical raw materials are used as alloying elements and their high supply risk may constitute a serious problem for the future world economy and technological progress. mitigating actions are therefore needed such as recycling, material efficiency improvements and, when possible, material substitution. in the present work, a systematic approach for alloy substitution and/or optimization in a critical raw materials perspective is developed. the method is illustrated with an example. keywords. raw material; criticality index; materials selection; metals and alloys; alloy substitution. citation: ferro, p., bonollo, f., cruz, s.a., alloy substitution in a critical raw materials perspective, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91. received: 20.08.2019 accepted: 02.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction aw materials are crucial to world’s economy. they are essential to securing a transition to green energy technologies, to securing growth and sustainable consumption and to securing access to clean and efficient consumer technologies. therefore, monitoring the availability of raw materials is of growing interest within the european union (eu) and across the globe. in this scenario the eu identified a series of raw materials that are critical because they are highly important to the eu economy and, at the same time, they suffer of a high supply risk. for this reason, critical raw materials (crms) are subjected to a regular review and update. the last updated report about crms [1] identified as critical: antimony, beryllium, borates, cobalt, coking coal, fluorspar, gallium, germanium, indium, magnesium, natural graphite, niobium, phosphate rock, silicon metal, tungsten, platinum group metals, light rare r http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2595.mp4 p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 82 earths and heavy rare earths, baryte, bismuth, hafnium, helium, natural rubber, phosphorus, scandium, tantalum, and vanadium. the crms list is updated every three years. as it can be observed from the above mentioned ‘black list’, crms are linked to clean technologies. they are irreplaceable in solar panels, wind turbines, electric vehicles, and energy-efficient lighting. unfortunately, the criticality assessment related to raw materials is a very difficult task and there is not a recognized method to reach that goal in literature [2,3]. for example, in a recent paper, hofmann et al. [4] showed that material scientists seem frequently not concerned with the criticality of raw materials so that they suggested to advance the implementation of the concept of materials criticality in materials research and development. an excellent review of the criticality concept, as well as the methodologies used in its assessment, was presented by frenzel et al. [5]. in that work, the authors also discussed a number of risks present in global raw materials markets that are not captured by most criticality assessments and, finally, they proposed measures for the alleviation of such risks. in another recent paper, tkaczyk et al. [6] present a multi-faceted and multi-national review of the essentials for the critical raw materials, co, nb, w, and rare earth elements (rees). such raw materials are relevant for emerging technologies and will thus continue to be of increasing major economic importance. that paper deals with also a ‘sustainability evaluation’ for each element, including essential data about markets, applications and recycling. possibilities for substitution is finally summarized and analyzed. in recent studies, the european commission's joint research centre (jrc) showed that several green technologies could be at risk because of potential supply risks of certain metals [7–9]. in particular, electric vehicles are of particular criticism because their dependence on critical rees used in ndfeb permanent magnets (pm). because of its high energy density, ndfeb is expected to be used also in high-tech applications and energy-related devices such as generators in wind turbines [10]. for these reasons, the global demand for rees is likely to be increasing in the coming years [10-13], despite they are evaluated as ‘critical materials’ [14-19]. among the ‘mitigating strategies’ aimed to face this issue, both recycling and substitution are considered in literature. for instance, substitution was found more feasible in cases where it takes place at the product, component or technology level rather than the element level [20-22]. many works in literature confirm the substitution as a good method to face the increasing challenge of crms supply risk [23-26]. the research framework programs (e.g. fp7 and h2020) provides financial support to relevant projects related to substitution of critical raw materials. gkanas et al. [27] defined four advantages linked to crms substitution: flexibility in materials supply, cost saving, weaken monopoly power of suppliers and environmental benefits. in 2012, the european parliament observed that ‘the majority of substitutes are currently in the research and development stage and market-ready solutions are rarely available’ [28]. therefore, the substitution concept needs to broaden its scope to include, for instance, product design, changes to process, higher material efficiency and product replacement by new technology [29]. in this scenario, pavel et al. studied the possibility to substitute rare earths used both in electric road transport applications [30] and wind turbines [31]. they firstly showed how, despite the benefits of climate change mitigation and from potential fuel savings, several barriers could hinder the widespread adoption of electric vehicles because a potential supply disruption of critical rare earths for magnet-based electric traction motors. they demonstrated how the potential supply risks associated with rare earths for electric road transport applications cannot be easily mitigated as there are no effective substitutes for the rare earths used in permanent magnets. the general feeling is that more effort is needed to develop new solutions and to search for even better alternatives. in another work, rademaker et al. [32] showed that in the brief period waste flows from permanent magnets will remain small relative to the rapidly growing global rare earth elements demand. therefore, during the next decade, recycling is unlikely to substantially contribute to global ree supply security. on the other hand, in the long term, waste flows will increase sharply and will meet a substantial part of the total demand for these metals. future ree recycling efforts should, therefore, focus on the development of recycling technology and infrastructure. perez et al. [33] provides an overview of the present status and outlook on technologies used to recover critical metals from solution, including precipitation, reduction, ion exchange, solvent extraction, electrochemical methods and adsorption onto novel, sustainable materials. they finally suggested key directions to tackle existing challenges in the field of resource recovery and improve the sustainability of future material cycling. despite the different works present in literature aimed to assess the raw materials criticality and suggest mitigating actions such as recycling and substitution, methods aimed to help the designer to play out the necessary ‘mitigating actions’ required to reduce the criticality of industrial products are not yet developed. literature studies are mainly focused on rees substitution with particular reference to specific applications [34] while a systematic methodology for a generic critical material substitution in design is still absent. in the following, an overall indicator for raw material criticality assessment is first proposed. a systematic procedure for alloy substitution in a crms perspective is then developed and illustrated with an example. p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 83 criticalities assessment n literature, the criticality issues linked to each raw material are quantified by a series of indexes such as the abundance risk, the sourcing and geopolitical risk, the environmental country risk, the supply risk, the economic importance and finally, the end of life recycling input rate in order to use such indicators in design, it would be necessary to aggregate the above-mentioned indexes in an overall general indicator for each critical raw material to reach this goal. one possibility should take the normalized value of each index in order to remove the units and reduce them to a common scale (0-10, for instance). then, they may eventually be weighted to reflect the perceived seriousness of each criticality, and finally, the weighted, normalized measures should be summed or averaged to give the indicator. the abundance risk level (arl) of the crm ‘i’ is associated to the value of the ‘abundance in the earth’s crust (aec) [ppm]’ by the following proposed relation: max 10 10 log i crm i crm aec arl aec             (1) where aeccrmi stays for the amount in the earth’s crust of the crm ‘i’ (measured in ppm) and aeccrmmax is the maximum value found in the crms list. the sourcing and geopolitical risk (sgr) index indicates the supply disruption risk due to political factors, based on the countries in which the element is produced (e.g. in terms of political stability and control of corruption) and the concentration of worldwide production. a higher value means a higher risk. according to eu report of the ad-hoc working group on defining critical raw materials (2010, [35]), the sourcing and geopolitical risk for an element ‘i’ is a modified and scaled herfindahl-hirschmann index, calculated as (eqn. 2):  2wgii ic c c hhi s wgi  (2) where wgic is the world bank's "worldwide governance indicator" for the producing country 'c' and sic is the percentage (%) of worldwide production of the raw material 'i' within country 'c' [35]. the world bank "worldwide governance indicator" measures the political and economic stability of producing countries. in this context it is useful to remember that the herfindahl-hirschmann index (hhi) gives an indication of the level of concentration of production of a raw material within any one country, in terms of its annual worldwide production. in economic terms, it is used to gauge the risk of monopolistic production within the supply chain of the material under consideration. the higher its value, the higher the risk. in this work the sgr index of the crm ‘i’ is normalized and scaled as follows: max 10 wgi i i wgi hh sgr hh   (3) where hhiwgimax is the maximum value reached by the index hhiwgii in the crms list. the environmental country risk (ecr) indicates the risk that worldwide supply of an element may be restricted in future as a result of environmental protection measures taken by any of its producing countries. a higher value means a greater risk that environmental legislation may restrict supply in the future. it is quantified, for an element ‘i’, by the following equation: max 10 epi i i epi hhi ecr hhi   (4) where, i p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 84  2 10 10 epi c i ic c epi hhi s        (5) and hhiepimax stays for the maximum value reached by the index hhiepii in the crms list. epic is the environmental performance index calculated by yale university, for the producing country 'c' [35]. the environmental performance index (epi) is a method of quantifying and numerically marking the environmental performance of a state's policies [36]. the greater the epic indexes, the lower the risk of supply disruption induced by environmental legislation. the supply risk (sr) indicator quantifies the inadequate supply of a raw material to meet industrial demand. it is calculated by taking into account estimation of how stable the producing countries are (considering the level of concentration of raw material producing countries), the extent to which a raw material ‘i’ may be substituted, and, finally, the extent to which raw material needs are recycled. the formula for the calculation of the sr index for the element ‘i’ is given by equation (6) [5]:  1 wgii i i isr g f hhi  (6) where gi is the raw material substitutability (defined in equation (7)) and fi is the recycling rate that is the ratio of recycling from old scrap to european consumption. the substitutability, g, represents the possibility of substituting the raw material ‘i’ and it is calculated as a weighted average over the end-uses/sectors, as follows [5]: i s s s g a g  (7) where as is the share of material consumption in a given end-use sector (s) and the gs value may be zero if the raw material (rm) is easily and completely substitutable at no additional cost, 0.3 if the rm is substitutable at low cost, 0.7 if the rm is substitutable at high cost (and/or loss of performance) and finally 1.0 if the rm is not substitutable. thus, the higher gi, the lower the substitutability. the supply risk is increased if the producing countries are unstable and provide a high share in the world production, because the substitutability is low (gi is high), and because the recycled rate is low ((1 – fi) is high). in this work, the normalized and scaled sr indicator (nsr) is used: max 10ii sr nsr sr   (8) where srmax stays for the maximum value reached by the index sri in the crms list. the importance for the economy of a raw material is measured by breaking down its main uses and attributing to each of them the value added of the economic sector that has this raw material as input [5]. the economic importance of a raw material ‘i’ (eii), is calculated as the weighted sum of the individual megasectors (expressed as gross value added), divided by the european gross domestic product (gdp) (eqn. 9) [35,37]: 1 i s s si ei a q gdp   (9) in eqn. (9), as is the share of consumption of a rm in a given end-use sector, s, while qs is the economic importance of the sector, s, that requires that raw material and it is measured by its value-added. the values for economic importance of each material were scaled to fit in the range from 0 to 10, with higher scores indicating higher economic importance. in the present work, the normalized and scaled ei indicator (nei) is defined as follows: max 10ii ei nei ei   (10) where eimax stays for the maximum value reached by the indicator eii in the crms list. p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 85 finally, the end of life recycling input rate (eol-rir) is ‘the input of secondary material to the eu from old scrap to the total input of material (primary and secondary)’. in the ec criticality assessments (ec 2011, 2014), recycling rates and eol-rir (%) refer only to functional recycling. functional recycling is ‘the portion of eol recycling in which the material in a discarded product is separated and sorted to obtain recyclates’. recyclates obtained by functional recycling are used for the same functions and applications as when obtained from primary sources; as opposed to recyclates generated from non-functional recycling which substitute other raw materials, and therefore do not contribute directly to the total supply of the initial raw material. in the present work, in order to assess the overall criticality index for each crm, the eol-rir index is substituted by the recycling drawback index (rdi) defined as follows: max 10 10ii eol rir rdi eol rir      (11) raw materials criticality indicator (cicrm) he criticality indicator for the crm ‘i’ (cicrmi) is obtained by averaging the above-defined, scaled (0-10) and weighted criticalities indexes values (eqn. (12)):   / 6 icrm arl i sgr i ecr i nsr i nei i rdi i ci k arl k sgr k ecr k nsr k nei k rdi      (12) in eqn. (12) k is a non-dimensional coefficient which value is in between 0 and 1, according to the seriousness of the corresponding criticality aspect. when all k values are set equal to 1 in eqn. (12), equal seriousness is perceived for all the criticality aspects. the values of the criticality index in eqn. (12) are calculated by using data taken from the literature [38]. areas of fig. 1 are proportional to the cicrm value while tab. 1 collects the numerical values of each criticality index obtained. it is observed (fig. 1) that the high seriousness of the european union dependence from rare earths is quantified by the highest values of their criticality indicator. figure 1: criticality grade of different crms measured by the rm criticality indicator (k = 1 for all the indexes). t p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 86 crm arl sgr ecr nsr nei rdi cicrm sb 6.15 6.46 7.68 8.78 5.89 3.64 6.43 ba 2.82 2.59 2.62 3.27 3.97 9.77 4.17 be 5.00 4.49 6.43 4.90 5.34 10.00 6.03 bi 7.52 7.18 8.52 7.76 4.93 9.77 7.61 b 4.45 5.04 5.31 6.12 4.25 10.00 5.86 ce (lrees) 3.63 10.00 9.49 10.00 4.93 9.77 7.97 co 4.05 4.20 3.94 3.27 7.81 10.00 5.55 f 2.68 2.65 5.75 9.77 ga 4.17 6.88 8.19 2.86 4.38 10.00 6.08 ge 5.27 6.97 8.33 3.88 4.79 9.55 6.46 hf 4.97 1.31 2.02 2.65 5.75 9.77 4.41 he 3.27 3.56 9.77 in 6.05 3.57 3.97 4.90 4.25 10.00 5.46 ir 8.45 5.49 6.66 5.71 5.89 6.82 6.50 la 3.86 8.40 10.00 10.00 4.93 9.77 7.83 mg 1.08 7.85 9.33 8.16 9.73 7.95 7.35 natural graphite (carbon) 3.15 6.98 8.33 5.92 3.97 9.32 6.28 nb 4.15 5.48 6.17 6.33 6.58 9.93 6.44 pd 7.27 3.11 3.11 3.47 7.67 7.73 5.39 p 2.43 2.04 6.99 6.14 pt 7.75 3.93 4.71 4.49 6.71 7.50 5.85 pr 4.49 8.40 10.00 10.00 4.93 7.73 7.59 rh 8.45 5.49 6.73 5.10 9.04 4.55 6.56 ru 8.45 5.49 6.73 6.94 4.79 7.50 6.65 sc 4.11 10.00 9.49 10.00 4.93 9.77 8.05 si 0.00 5.37 6.36 2.04 5.21 10.00 4.83 ta 5.15 2.89 3.57 2.04 5.34 9.77 4.79 w 5.35 7.24 8.58 3.67 10.00 0.45 5.88 v 3.37 4.43 5.15 3.27 5.07 0.00 3.55 y (hrees) 3.93 10.00 9.49 10.00 4.93 9.77 8.02 table 1: criticality grade of different crms measured by the rm criticality indicator (k = 1 for all the indexes). alloy substitution in a crms perspective aterial substitution is one of the mitigating actions aimed to reduce the product criticality in a crms perspective. in substituting a material, the designer needs to maintain or increase the component performances while reducing at the same time the criticality issues above described. by taking into account mechanical components, the main designer’s objective is mass reduction, but this is not a limitation of the proposed approach. in the following, the alloy substitution in a pressure vessel new design is considered as an example. when a pressure vessel has to be mobile, its weight becomes important. aircraft bodies, rocket casings and liquid-natural gas containers are examples; they must be light, and at the same time they must be safe, and that means that they must not fail by fast fracture. if it is assumed that the component is, for simplicity, spherical, of specified radius r, and that the wall thickness, t (the free variable), is small compared with r (fig. 2), then the performance equation for the mass m of the pressure vessel is: m p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 87 24m r t  (13) where  is the alloy density. figure 2: pressure vessel geometry. the tensile stress in the wall of a thin-walled pressure vessel is 2 p r t    (14) where ∆p, the pressure difference across this wall, is fixed by the design. the constraint is that it should not fail by fast fracture; this requires that the wall-stress be less then 1 /ck c , where k1c is the fracture toughness of the material of which the pressure vessel is made, and c is the length of the longest crack that the wall might contain. equating first the tensile stress (eqn. 14) to the yield strength y, then to the fracture strength 1 /ck c and substituting for t in the objective function (eqn. 13) leads to the performance equation (15) and index (m) laid out below. 3 1/2 1 2 ( ) c m p r c k            (15) 1c m k   (16) now, crms may be contained, in different amounts, in the alloy composition. therefore, an alloy criticality index can be defined as follows: 1 % 100 i i n crm a crm i wt ci ci    (17) where n is the number of crms in the alloy chemical composition and wt%crmi is the amount of the crm ‘i’ in the alloy, measured in weight percent. it is observed that the alloy criticality index (cia) represents an overall criticality value per unit of mass of the alloy. in a crms perspective, the objective to be minimized will be the criticality of the designed component (criticality per unit of function). this objective is formulated by multiplying the mass of the component (m) by the alloy criticality index (eqn. 18) [39]: * am m ci (18) r t p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 88 since cia represents an overall criticality value per unit of mass of the alloy, m* quantifies the criticality of the whole component in a crms perspective. this concept can be easily applied to metallic materials. following the same above described procedure, the new performance equation (19) and index (m*) are: 3 1/2 1 * 2 ( ) a c ci m p r c k            (19) 1 * a c ci m k   (20) m and m* are called material indexes, according to ashby’s definition [40]. pressure vessels are commonly made by low alloy steels, like the uns k32550 (ams 6425). for substitution purpose it is thus more convenient to plot the relative values of the materials indexes as shown in fig. 3, where m0 and m0* are the material indexes value of the uns k32550 steel. figure 3: trade-off plot for the alloy substitution purpose (k coefficient values in eqn. (12) are set equal to 1). each symbol, in fig. 3, represents a different material. those which have the characteristic that no other solution exists with lower values of both the performance metrics are said to be non-dominated solutions; the line on which they lie is called optimal trade-off surface. the point of coordinates (1,1) in fig. 3 is occupied by the steel to be substituted (uns k32550). the two straight lines across that point divide the plot in four quadrants named a, b, c and d. materials lying on the quadrant d are obviously the worst ones since they are heavier and more critical than the reference alloy. materials that are in the quadrant c, are less critical but heavier than the steel to be substitute; on the contrary, alloys belonging to the quadrant b are more critical but less heavy. the solutions stay in the quadrant a, where alloys that allow producing both less heavy and less critical pressure vessels are found. in particular, the best solutions must be sought among the non-dominated solutions of the quadrant a. in the example, if the criticality issues are valued much more seriousness than weight reduction, the solution moves to the titanium grade 1 (en din 3.7025) or the aluminum aa 1080 (strain hardened only). on the other hand, if the criticality issues and weight reduction are valued equally, the nickel-based alloy uns n10004 should be considered as a good substitute in a crms perspective. p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 89 the analyzed case-study was deliberately simplified in order to demonstrate the potentiality of the method. the obtained solutions must be evaluated by using supporting information and by taking into account other possible constraints defined by the designer such as corrosion resistance, maximum allowed thickness. despite this, the definition of the criticality indicator and the alloy criticality index allow finding an alloy substitute in a systematic approach. finally, it is observed that if only one aspect of the raw materials criticality needs to be reduced (say, the recycling issue, rdi), it will be sufficient to set all the other coefficients k in eqn. (12) equal to 0. conclusions systematic approach, based on the concept of criticality index, was developed to face the problem of alloy substitution in a critical raw materials perspective. the substitution procedure is based on the definition of the criticality indicator for a generic raw material that takes into account different aspects of the raw materials criticality, quantified by indexes proposed by the european union. the aggregation of such indexes was obtained by averaging their normalized and weighted values. by using the criticality indicator, the alloy criticality index was then defined. it allows formulating an objective equation that quantifies the criticality per unit of function of a product. that objective equation is finally used for material substitution using the multi-objective strategy proposed by ashby. acknowledgments his work is part of the results of the european project called ‘design of components in a critical raw materials perspective’ (dermap, project # 17205). authors want to thank eit rawmaterials for the financial support and all the project partners (swerea sweecast ab, mondragon university, agh university, eurecat, enginsoft, fonderie zanardi) for their contribute to the project development. references [1] european commission (2017). communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the committee of the regions. brussels, 13/09/2017 com(2017) 490 final. https://ec.europa.eu/transparency/regdoc/rep/1/2017/en/com-2017-490-f1-en-main-part-1.pdf (accessed on 26 june 2019) [2] achzet, b., helbig, c. (2013). how to evaluate raw material supply risks—an overview. resources policy, 38 pp. 435– 447. doi: 10.1016/j.resourpol.2013.06.003 [3] blengini, g.a., nuss, p., dewulf, j., nita, v., peirò, l.t., legaz, b.v., latunussa, c., mancini,l., blagoeva, d., pennington, d., pellegrini, m., maercke, a.v., solar, s., grohol, m., ciupagea, c. (2017). eu methodology for critical raw materials assessment: policy needs and proposed solutions for incremental improvements. resources policy, 53, pp. 12–19. doi: 10.1016/j.resourpol.2017.05.008 [4] hofmann, m., hofmann, h., hagelu ̈ken, c., hool, a. (2018). critical raw materials: a perspective from the materials science community. sustainable materials and technologies, 17, e00074. doi: 10.1016/j.susmat.2018.e00074 [5] frenzel, m., kullik, j., reuter, m.a., gutzmer, j. (2017). raw material ‘criticality’— sense or nonsense? phys. d: appl. phys., 50, 123002. doi: 10.1088/1361-6463/aa5b64 [6] tkaczyk, a.h., bartl, a., amato, a., lapkovskis, v., petranikova, m. (2018). sustainability evaluation of essential critical raw materials: cobalt, niobium, tungsten and rare earth elements. j. phys. d: appl. phys. 2018, 51 203001. doi: 10.1088/1361-6463/aaba99 [7] moss, r.l., tzimas, e., kara, h., willis, p., kooroshy, j. critical metals in strategic energy technologies — assessing rare metals as supply-chain bottlenecks in low-carbon energy technologies, european commission, joint research centre. https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/2239d6b7-cda8-4570-a9f0-13ad60ce3f11 (accessed on 09.07.19). [8] moss, r.l., tzimas, e., kara, h., willis, p., kooroshy, j. (2013). the potential risks from metals bottlenecks to the deployment of strategic energy technologies, energ policy, 55, pp. 556–564. doi: 10.1016/j.enpol.2012.12.053 a t p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 90 [9] moss, r.l., tzimas, e., willis, p., arendorf, j., espinoza, l.t. critical metals in the path towards the decarbonisation of the eu energy sector — assessing rare metals as supply-chain bottlenecks in low-carbon energy technologies, european commission, joint research centre, https://setis.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/reports/jrc-report-critical-metals-energy-sector.pdf (accessed on 09.07.19). [10] stegen, k.s. (2015). heavy rare earths, permanent magnets, and renewable energies: an imminent crisis, energ policy, 79, pp. 1–8. doi: 10.1016/j.enpol.2014.12.015 [11] european rare earths competency network (erecon), strengthening of the european rare earths supply chain — challenges and policy options, http://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/10882/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/native 2015 (accessed on 09.07.19). [12] alonso, e., sherman, a.m., wallington, t.j., everson, m.p., field, f.r., roth, r., kirchain, r.e. (2012). evaluating rare earth element availability: a case with revolutionary demand from clean technologies, environ. sci. technol., 46, pp. 3406–3414. doi: 10.1021/es203518d [13] nansai, k., nakajima, k., kagawa, s., kondo, y., suh, s., shigetomi, y., oshita, y. (2014). global flow of critical metals necessary for low-carbon technologies: the case of neodymium, cobalt, and platinum, environ. sci. technol., 48, pp. 1391–1400. doi: 10.1021/es4033452 [14] massari, s., ruberti, m. (2013). rare earth elements as critical raw materials: focus on international markets and future strategies, resour. policy, 38, pp. 36–43. doi: 10.1016/j.resourpol.2012.07.001 [15] achzet, b., helbig, c. (2013). how to evaluate raw material supply risk — an overview, resour. policy, 38, pp. 435– 447. doi: 10.1016/j.resourpol.2013.06.003 [16] glo ̈ser, s., espinoza, l.t., gandenberger, c., faulstich, m. (2015). raw material criticality in the context of classical risk assessment, resour. policy, 44, pp. 35–46. doi: 10.1016/j.resourpol.2014.12.003 [17] european commission, report on critical raw materials for the eu, http://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/10010/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/native 2014 (accessed on 09.07.19) [18] us department of energy, critical materials strategy, http://energy.gov/sites/prod/files/doe_cms2011_final_full.pdf 2011 (accessed on 09.07.19). [19] goe, m., gaustad, g. (2014). identifying critical materials for photovoltaic in the us: a multi-metric approach, appl. energy, 123, pp. 387–396. doi: 10.1016/j.apenergy.2014.01.025 [20] nassar, n.t. (2015). limitations to elemental substitution as exemplified by the platinum-group metals, green chem., 17, pp. 2226–2235. doi: 10.1039/c4gc02197e [21] pavel, c.c., marmier, a., tzimas, e., schleicher, t., schu ̈ler, d., buchert, m., blagoeva, d. (2016). critical raw materials in lighting applications: substitution opportunities and implication on their demand, phys. status solidi a, 216, pp. 2937–2946. doi: 10.1002/pssa.201600594 [22] smith, b.j., eggert, r.g. (2016). multifaceted material substitution: the case of ndfeb magnets, 2010–2015, jom 2016, 7, pp. 1964–1971. doi: 10.1007/s11837-016-1913-2 [23] graedel, t.e. (2002). material substitution: a resource supply perspective, resour. conserv. recycl., 34, pp. 107–115. doi: 10.1016/s0921-3449(01)00097-0 [24] ayres, r.u. (2007). on the practical limits to substitution, ecol. econ., 61, pp. 115–128. doi: 10.1016/j.ecolecon.2006.02.011 [25] nakamura, e., sato, k. (2011). managing the scarcity of chemical elements, nat. mater., 10, pp. 158–161. doi: 10.1038/nmat2969 [26] powell, d. (2011). sparing the rare earths: potential shortages of useful metals inspire scientists to seek alternatives for magnet technologies, sci. news, 180, pp. 18–21. doi: 10.1002/scin.5591800522 [27] gkanas, e.i., bakouros, y.l., and makridis, s. s. (2015). ”substitutionability” of the critical raw materials in energy applications: a short review and perspectives, mater. sci.eng. adv. res., 1(3), pp. 1-9. doi: 10.24218/msear.2015.11 [28] european parliament, substitutionability of critical raw materials (directorate general for internal policies, brussels, 2012). [29] peck, d., kandachar, p. and tempelman, e. (2015). critical materials from a product design perspective. materials & design, 65, pp. 147-159. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2014.08.042 p. ferro et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 81-91; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.07 91 [30] pavel, c.c.., thiel, c., degreif, s., blagoeva, d., buchert, m., schu ̈ler, d., tzimas, e. (2017). role of substitution in mitigating the supply pressure of rare earths in electric road transport applications. sustainable materials and technologies, 12, pp. 62–72. doi: 10.1016/j.susmat.2017.01.003 [31] pavel, c.c., arántegui, r.l., marmier, a., schu ̈ler, d., tzimas, e., buchert, m., jenseit, w., blagoeva, d. (2017). substitution strategies for reducing the use of rare earths in wind turbines. resources policy, 52, 349–357. doi: 10.1016/j.resourpol.2017.04.010 [32] rademaker, j.h., kleijn, r., yang, y. (2013). recycling as a strategy against rare earth element criticality: a systemic evaluation of the potential yield of ndfeb magnet recycling, environ. sci. technol., 47, pp. 10129–10136. doi: 10.1021/es305007w [33] perez, j.p.h., folens, k., leus, k., vanhaecke, f., voort, p.v.d., lainga, g.d. (2019). progress in hydrometallurgical technologies to recover critical raw materials and precious metals from low-concentrated streams. resources, conservation and recycling, 142, pp. 177-188. doi: 10.1016/j.resconrec.2018.11.029 [34] pavel, c.c., marmier, a., tzimas, e., schleicher, t., schüler, d., buchert, m. and blagoeva, d. (2016). critical raw materials in lighting applications: substitution opportunities and implication on their demand. phys. status solidi a, 213(11), pp. 2937–2946. doi: 10.1002/pssa.201600594 [35] eu report of the ad-hoc working group on defining critical raw materials, 2010, available on the enterprise and industry directorate general. web site https://ec.europa.eu/growth/tools-databases/eip-rawmaterials/en/community/document/critical-raw-materials-eu-report-ad-hoc-working-group-defining-critical-raw (accessed on 09.07.19) [36] https://epi.envirocenter.yale.edu (accessed 09.07.19) [37] chapman, a., arendorf, j., castella, t., thompson, p and willis, p. study on critical raw materials at eu level, final report. oakdene hollins and fraunhofer isi. https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&ved=2ahukewin1zjxpjxhahva4ky khqvyd_0qfjaaegqiahac&url=https%3a%2f%2fec.europa.eu%2fdocsroom%2fdocuments%2f5605%2fa ttachments%2f1%2ftranslations%2fen%2frenditions%2fnative&usg=aovvaw1jupnqztiwkeo38nythhb2 (accessed 09.07.19) [38] study on the review of the list of critical raw materials, critical raw materials factsheets. (2017). isbn 978-92-7972119-9, doi: 10.2873/398823 [39] ferro, p., bonollo, f. (2019). materials selection in a critical raw materials perspective. materials and design, 177, 107848. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2019.107848 [40] ashby, m.f. (2000). multi-objective optimization in material design and selection. acta mater., 48, pp. 359-369. doi: 10.1016/s1359-6454(99)00304-3. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 3 effects of surfaces nanocrystallization induced by shot peening on material properties : a review sara bagheri fard, mario guagliano dipartimento di meccanica, politecnico di milano, via la masa 1, 20156 milan, italy riassunto. si presenta una breve descrizione del processo di nanocristalizzazione delle superfici per mezzo di deformazioni plastiche severe. in particolare, si concentra l’attenzione sui processi di pallinatura che fino ad oggi si sono dimostrati efficaci per ottenere superfici nano strutturate e se ne descrive lo stato dell’arte. l’influenza del processo utilizzato sul comportamento del materiale in relazione alle differenti proprietà di interesse è, poi, analizzata criticamente. infine, sulla base delle attuali conoscenze si tracciano e sottolineano alcuni possibili sviluppi di ricerca in questo settore. abstract. a brief description of surface nanosrystallization process via severe plastic deformation is presented. to come to the point different shot peening methods which have proved to be able to create nanocrystalline layers are demonstrated clarifying the actual state of the art. then the influence of the process is reviewed on material behavior and a wide range of affected properties are investigated. on this basis some possible addresses for future research in this field are drawn and underlined. keywords. shot peening, nanocrystallization, high energy, surface treatments, severe plastic deformation (spd). introduction n the last few decades, ultrafine-grained materials, especially nanocrystalline (nc) characterized by crystal grains with dimensions up to 100 nm, have attracted considerable scientific interest, since nanostructured materials are expected to possess superior mechanical properties in simple chemical compositions fundamentally different from their conventional coarse-grained polycrystalline counterparts [1-10]. actually, the majority of failures of engineering materials such as fatigue fracture, fretting fatigue, wear and corrosion, etc are very sensitive to the structure and properties of the material surface, and in most cases material failures originate from the surface. accordingly, it is recommended that the entire components made of nc materials may not be necessary in many applications, particularly in components subjected to fatigue and merely optimization of the surface structure and properties may effectively enhance the global behavior and the service lifetime of materials. thus surface nanocrystallization is expected to greatly enhance the surface property without changing the chemical compositions and shape of materials [11]. among various methods proposed to produce ultrafine-grained materials, severe plastic deformation (spd) technique has received the greatest attention due to its simplicity and applicability for all classes of materials. although submicron grained materials can be successfully produced by most spd processes, nc materials are obtained only by nonhomogeneous deformation processes with large strain gradients[12-19]. the basis of the spd method is to increase the free energy of the polycrystals and generate much more defects and interfaces (grain boundaries) in various nonequilibrium processes such as high-pressure torsion [6, 8, 20-23], ball milling [24-35], sliding wear [36, 37], drilling [38-42], shot blasting and annealing [43-46], ultrasonic shot peening [15, 47-52] and air blast shot peening [16, 17, 39, 50, 53-55]. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 4 among the mentioned techniques, shot peening is a very well known method used to increase the performance of components in different service conditions. fatigue, rolling contact fatigue, fretting and stress corrosion are operative situations where shot peening can strongly improve the performance of mechanical parts and structural elements. the present study focuses on the application of shot peening processes to obtain nc surfaces as this technique is a popular process in industries widely used due to its flexibility, which makes it possible to be used for components of almost any shape. it can be performed on commercial scale to provide nc layers with a high productivity. the paper is written with the aim to describe the actual state of the art and review different properties of nc layered materials in order to describe the effect of nanocrystallization on material behavior. on this basis some possible addresses for future research in this field are drawn and underlined. surface nanocrystallization s stated before, the key point of surface nanocrystallization process of a bulk material is to introduce a large amount of defects and/or interfaces into the surface layer so that its microstructure is transformed into nanosized crystallites while the structure of the coarse-grained matrix remains unchanged without any associated changes in the cross sectional dimensions of the samples [56]. observations of these processes have revealed a rearrangement of dislocations during the process in the way that they move from the grain interiors to the region near the grain boundaries [10]. a schematic illustration of the defect rearrangement is presented in fig. 1. the figure emphasizes that the local density of dislocations at grain boundaries grows, thus increasing their non-equilibrium. typical optical microscopic images of treated surfaces which can describe the initiation of nanocrystals are shown in fig. 2. (a) (b) figure 1: arrangement of grain boundaries in nanostructured layers: (a) the dislocation structure during spd processing (b) the dislocation structure after spd processing leading to formation of non-equilibrium grain boundaries. shot peening hot peening (sp) is a mechanical surface treatment in which small spherical peening media with sufficient hardness are accelerated in peening device of various kinds and impact with the surface of the treated work piece with a quantity of energy able to cause surface plastic deformation. the aim of the process is the creation of compressive residual stresses close to the surface and the work hardening of the same layer of material. these effects are very useful in order to totally prevent or greatly retard the failure of the part [58-62]. there are a lot of papers about the ability of sp to improve the mechanical behavior of materials [62-66]. and most of them affirm that the effect of shot peening is mainly related to the induced residual stresses. miller also hypnotized that shot peening effect could be related to grain distortion and to the increased microstructural barriers. he proposed that due to the multiplication of structural defects and dislocations, a crack would propagate with more difficulty in work-hardened surfaces [67]. recent results show that in some cases surface hardening can be considered as the main cause of modified behavior of shot peened materials [68, 69]. a s http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 5 figure 2: typical cross-sectional optical micrographs close to the smat-treated surfaces under different treating conditions (annealed, commercially pure titanium specimens): (a)vibration amplitude50%, treatment time 10s; (b) vibration amplitude50%, treatment time 16s; (c) vibration amplitude100%, treatment time 30s; (d) vibration amplitude100%, treatment time 60s [57]. bearing this fact in mind, it is natural to think to shot peening as a treatment effectual to obtain nanostructured materials. the concept of nanocrystallization by shot peening is that during the process with the hit of high energy particles, many pits and also extruded ridges around the edge of the pit are formed on the surface. when the ridge is hit by another particle, the contact area between sample and the particle can decrease significantly, therefore the strain and strain rate can be increased. additionally, the collision mode also is changed from single direction to multiple directions due to the ridge, which is more favorable to the accumulation of dislocations. with the proceeding of collisions, some areas will approach the critical condition of nanocrystallization after several suitable hits [19]. recent researches have successfully shown that different shot peening processes are able to introduce nanostructured layers with different characteristics, as concern their depth, the dimension of the crystals and microstructural properties. these methods are different both for the needed technological facilities and also for the mechanics of the treatment itself. here is a very brief introduction about each of these processes: shot blasting in this method, in order to obtain nanolayers the specimen’s surface is sandblasted repeatedly by high-speed sand particles and then subsequently annealed [43-46]. in contrast to other sp methods, in shot blasting the size and also the geometry of shots are typically random and accidental and generally speaking shot sizes are smaller in comparison with the shots used in air blast shot peening. the sandblasted surface layer is heavily (plastically) deformed and consequently have highdensity dislocations. after annealing, the initially formed dislocation network or fine “sub-grains” will change to nanosized grains with sharper grain boundaries. it is observed that the mechanical properties of the sandblasted surface are commonly inferior to those of the sandblast-annealed surface [44,45] and it can attributed to the different characteristics of nanograins after annealing. air blast shot peening (absp) absp is a sp process through which the shots are projected by compressed air. the schematic of the equipment is illustrated in fig.3. in air blast shot peening, nc is produced when higher shot speed and larger coverage than http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 6 conventional operation is applied [17]. in absp, the shot velocity has a narrow distribution and the impact direction of shot to specimen is almost perpendicular [50]. air pressure, shot size and shot materials are the process parameters that mainly affect the results of the treatment and the characteristic of the nc surface. figure 3: schematic illustration showing the equipment of absp. ultra sonic shot peening in fig. 4 experimental set-up of ussp called at times (smat) is illustrated. in this method shots are resonated by vibration of an ultrasonic transducer and the impact directions of the balls onto the sample surface are rather random. repeated multidirectional impacts at high strain rates onto the sample surface result in severe plastic deformation and grain refinement progressively down to the nanometer regime in the entire sample surface [64-70]. obvious enhancement in the overall properties and performance of the materials is observed after the smat treatment [15, 47, 48, 70-76]. figure 4: sketch of smat surface nanocrystallization and hardening in snh method the specimen is loaded at one end of a cylindrical container. the disc is held in place via mechanical locking. some balls with diameters normally bigger with those used in other peening methods are loaded into the container. the high velocity of the balls is commonly achieved by shaking the container three dimensionally using a spex 8000 mill. such 3d shaking provides kinetic energy to the balls and generates the complex pattern of motion of the balls inside the container [77-80]. this method like previous mentioned ones can provide structural metallic components with several desired features, such as compressive residual stress, work hardened surface layer and also nanocrystalline surface [81-85]. high energy shot peening high-energy shot peening (hesp) is another method reported to be capable of synthesis of nanostructured surface layers. the principle of the hesp treatment is very similar to that of the ussp method, but with lower frequency and bigger shots. similar to previous methods, the entire surface of the sample to be treated is peened by the flying shots with a high energy and the nc layer is achieved using different durations for peening [86]. compressed air shot compressed air shot compressed air shot vibration generator sample vacuum http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 7 experimental investigations on nc surfaces obtained by shot peening p processes to obtain nc layers have been successfully used on a variety of materials including pure metals, alloys and intermetallics. majority of these experiments have included characterization of structure and properties of the surface layers by scanning electron microscopy (sem), transmission electron microscopy (tem), microhardness, scratch and so many other tests in order to assess the contribution of the process to improvement of material behavior. here some notable effects of surface nanocrystallization on special properties which have been studied in literature are discussed. fatigue since most fatigue cracks initiate from the surface and propagate to the interior, a component with a nanostructured surface layer and coarse-grained interior is expected to have highly improved fatigue properties because both fatigue-crack initiation and propagation are inhibited by fine grains near the surface and coarse grains in the interior, respectively. moreover, the residual compressive stresses introduced during the severe plastic-deformation process can also effectively stop or retard the initiation and propagation of fatigue cracks [71-74]. there are so many results confirming improvement of fatigue life of different materials using sp nanocrystallization methods [46, 62, 80, 81, 84, 85, 87]. in an experiment conducted by snh process, a c-2000 alloy was treated by five tungsten carbide and cobalt balls with a diameter of 7.9 mm for duration times of 30, 60, 90, and 180 min. load-controlled four-point-bend fatigue tests revealed that the surface nanocrystallization process affected the fatigue behavior of the material in two ways: the nanostructured surface layer, work-hardened region, and residual compressive stresses could enhance the fatigue strength especially in the high-cycle fatigue range (> 106 cycles), while the surface contamination and micro-damages caused by the snh process could somehow deteriorate the fatigue strength. as shown in fig. 5, the 30 min treatment resulted in the best improvement in the fatigue resistance, while prolonged treatments (60, 90, and 180 min) either leaded to no improvements or even decreases in the fatigue resistance. in the shorter cycle fatigue range (<106 cycles), the fatigue lifetimes of all the treated samples except the 30-min treated sample were lower than those of the as-received one. the longer the processing time, the lower the fatigue lifetimes in shorter cycle fatigue range. thus, to fully utilize the snh process to improve the fatigue behavior of the material with a nanostructured surface layer, processing conditions need to be optimized [80]. figure 5: fatigue behavior of snh treated ni-based c-2000 super alloy samples [80]. specimens of the austenitic stainless steel aisi 304 were also shot peened using s170r with coverage of 98% and almen intensities of 0.175, or 0.120 mma, respectively. tension/compression fatigue tests were performed under stress control without mean stresses (r = -1) with a cycling frequency of 5 hz. the investigations revealed that the microstructural changes severely influence the cyclic deformation behavior of the near surface regions as well as of the soft specimen 300,00 350,00 400,00 450,00 500,00 550,00 600,00 650,00 700,00 750,00 100000,00 1000000,00 10000000,00 number of cycles to failure m ax im um s tr es s (m p a) 180 min-snh treated 90 min-snh treated 60 min-snh treated 30 min-snh treated as recieved s http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 8 core: plastic strain amplitudes and cyclic creep were drastically decreased by shot peening. furthermore, fatigue crack growth rates are markedly reduced by this mechanical surface treatment. remarkably, as illustrated in fig. 6, the initial residual stress profile and surface strain hardening were not completely eliminated even by applying high cyclic stress amplitudes [62]. figure 6: residual stress depth profiles of shot peened (almen intensity 0.175 mma) aisi 304 before and after cyclic loading with mpaa 320=σ after nf/2 cycles [62]. elastic modulus elastic modulus is another improved characteristic of sp surface crystallized specimens studied by some researchers [44, 88]. in an smat experiment conducted on annealed commercially pure titanium, the results demonstrated that maximum value of the elastic modulus at the top surface showed an increase of about 16% in comparison with the untreated sample. the smat was performed in air at room temperature with stainless steel balls 3 mm in diameter, for 30 min, at a vibration frequency of 20. the results seem to indicate that the increase of modulus from the bulk to the surface follows the grain refinement and as it can be seen in fig. 7 the elasticity modulus decreases as a function of distance from the treated surface [88]. figure 7: reduced modulus versus the distance for the sample surface for a load p=10 mn [88]. in another experiment performed on commercial brass, samples were sand blasted under a blasting pressure of 300 kpa for 10 min to produce nanocrystalline surface layers. the sand flow rate was 5 gs-1. the samples were then annealed at 150, 250, 350, 500 and 600 c, respectively, for 1h and cooled in air to obtain different grain sizes in the sandblasted surface layer. the nanocrystallization resulted in improved elastic behavior. it is said that this happened because the elastic limit or the yield strength was increased when the dislocation motion was retarded by grain boundaries [44]. -600 -500 -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 depth (m icrom eter) r es id u al s tr es s (m p a) fatigued initial state 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 distance from the surface (m icrom eter) r ed u ce d m o d u lu s (g p a) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 9 chemical reaction kinetics gaseous nitriding is one of the most widely used surface modification techniques to improve the surface hardness, anticorrosion properties and wear resistance of metallic materials by formation of a surface nitrided layer. however nitriding processes are performed at relatively high temperatures (550°c-600°c) for a long duration and may induce serious deterioration of the substrate in many families of materials. it has been experimentally demonstrated that chemical reaction kinetics are greatly enhanced when the grain size is significantly reduced to the nanometer scale. since mechanically induced nanostructures store a large excess energy in the grain boundaries and grain interior in the form of non-equilibrium defects, which constitute an extra driving force for the nitride formation process that may further facilitate their chemical reactivity [89-92]. investigations have reported that surface nanocrystallization of elemental iron samples with a purity of 99.95 wt. % specimens via smat performed in an apparatus in which steel balls (8 mm in diameter) vibrated by a generator with a frequency of 3 khz repeatedly stroke the sample surface, greatly enhances the nitriding kinetics and reduces the activation energy for the diffusion of nitrogen significantly. it has been found that the nitriding temperature of iron processed by smat can be reduced to 300 °c, which is at least 200 °c below the conventional nitriding temperature [93]. in another experiment stainless steel balls (with a mirror like surface and a diameter of 8 mm) struck an iron sample with a purity of 99.95 wt.% at the bottom of a cylinder-shaped vacuum chamber attached to a vibration generator (50 hz) within 60 min, the grains in the surface layer were effectively refined into the nanometer scale. the sample was protected by a high-purity argon atmosphere during the smat to avoid oxidation. the experimental evidence confirmed that the mechanically induced surface nanocrystallization of fe created a considerable amount of stored energy in the surface layer that constituted an effective driving force for the nitriding process at low temperatures [94]. the reduced nitriding temperature is of considerable importance seeing that it may allow for the nitriding of material families (such as alloys and steels) and work-pieces that cannot be treated by conventional nitriding. wear, coefficients of friction and scratch resistance the process of microstructure refinement also has proved to lead to an enhancement of the wear, friction and scratch resistance [44,73,88,93-95]. the coefficients of friction and penetration curves for iron smat treated samples (stainless steel shots with a diameter of 8 and the vibration generator of 50 hz within duration of 60 min) were measured in an experiment. results showed that the coefficient of friction of the treated sample (0.38±0.06) was considerably smaller than that of the original sample (0.52±0.03). the nanoscratch experiments were repeated several times with very consistent results, indicating enhanced wear and friction resistance of the surface layer after smat and nitriding [94]. in another experiment the hardness on top surface nanostructured layer of smat treated pure fe bulk samples, reaches a value as high as about twice that of the coarse-grained matrix. also the wear and friction measurements on a smat lowcarbon steel sheet showed that the wear volume loss is lower than that of the untreated original one. as it is clear in fig. 8, the friction coefficient values at different applied loads for the as-treated sample are evidently smaller (about a half) than those of the original sample [73]. (a) (b) figure 8. variations of the wear volume loss with load (a) and variations of the coefficient of friction with load (b) for the smat and the original low-carbon steel samples [73]. 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0 2 4 6 8 10 load (n) w ea r v o lu m e l o ss (m m ^3 ) as-treated original 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0 2 4 6 8 10 load (n) f ri ct io n c o ef fi ci en t as-treated original http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 10 the nanostructured surface layer of pure titanium smat treated in air at room temperature with stainless steel (balls 3 mm in diameter, for 30 min, at a vibration frequency of 20 khz), also revealed a lower friction coefficient, almost 50% smaller than that of the untreated titanium. and approximately 50% higher scratch resistance at the level of the top nanolayer than its value in the bulk. it can be noticed that the variations of the scratch resistance are very similar to that of the hardness [88]. in another experiment, standard nanoscratch tests have been performed using particular nanoindenters on elemental iron plates (with a purity of 99.95 wt. %) which were smat treated: 8 mm diameter steel balls vibrated by a generator with a frequency of 3 khz. repeated nanoscratch experiments indicated that the wear and friction resistance of the surface layer treated by smat were greatly enhanced [93]. micro-scratch tests were also performed to evaluate the wear resistances of sandblast-annealed brass samples. the wear resistance of the brass was considerably improved by nanocrystallization. it was also revealed that with an increase in the annealing temperature; the scratch resistance was lowered significantly. the difference in volume loss reached one order of magnitude larger, when the grain size changed from 20 nm to 80 nm. the increase in the wear resistance by nanocrystallization is consistent with the associated improvement in the mechanical behavior of the material [44]. corrosion there are some results indicating that the corrosion resistance can also be markedly improved by shot peening methods [43, 44, 46,54,55,93]. jiang et al. carried out corrosive immersion tests on sand blasted 35a commercially pure titanium specimens (treated with sio2 particles of 200–300 µm in diameter and compressed air pressure of about 300 psi followed by a recovery treatment below 300 °c, for 30 min with subsequent air cooling).the results indicated that in the surface nano-crystalline layer, the high density of grain boundaries was beneficial to the formation of a thin passive film, which could restrict the movement of metal ions from metal surface to the solution, thus minimizing corrosion and improving polarization behavior of the sandblast-annealed titanium [46]. the effect of air blast shot peening on corrosion resistance in surface nanocrystallization of 1cr18ni9ti stainless steel was also investigated by polarization curves and pit corrosion tests. shot peening was carried out by a flow of stainless steel balls with a diameter of 0.8 mm under 0.5 mpa for 5 min. it was reported that compared with the as-received coarse crystalline counterpart, the passive film on the surface of shot peened sample is easier to form and is more stable. shotpeening-induced surface nanocrystallization can markedly enhance the overall and local corrosion resistance of steel in chlorine–ion-contained solution [55]. fig. 9 shows potentiodynamic polarization curves obtained in 3.5% nacl solution for shot-peened and as received samples. it is demonstrated that shot peening significantly improved the polarization behavior of stainless steel, not only markedly decreasing anodic current density and passivation-maintaining current density, but also having the tendency of shifting cathodic current density to lower value, and slightly lowering the free corrosion potential. additionally, shot peening induced a considerably enlarged passive region of stainless steel and raised the breakdown potential of passive film, and for as-received reference samples, there was no remarkable passive region in polarization curve. figure 9: potentiodynamic polarization curves of shot-peened and as-received samples of 1cr18ni9ti stainless steel obtained in 3.5% nacl solution [55]. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 11 thermal stability in order to investigate thermal stability of nanostructured surface layer, nc layer was fabricated on silicon steel fe-3.29si (and also on an ultra low carbon steel) by means of air blast shot peening with different conditions: (shot size and material: sus304 /0.3 mmfe0.8c /0.8 mmfe1.0c /0.05 mm, air pressure (mpa) and speed (ms-1): 0.4, 50–100, 0.8, 50–100, 0.5, 150–200). after annealing, the nanolayer showed good thermal stability up to 873 k and also a sharp boundary to the underlying work-hardened area which was completely recrystallized. the microstructure of samples with subsequent annealing is shown in fig. 10. it can be seen that the typical recrystallization occurred in the former work hardening region. on the contrary, no obvious change can be detected in nano region by sem. the experience indicates that only slight grain growth may be possible in nanograins. however, the grain coalescence due to grain rotation might be the responsible mechanism to slight grain growth in nanocrystallite [19]. figure 10. microstructure of shot peened fe-3.29si after annealing at 873 k for 3.6 ks: (a) 3,000%, (b) 10,000% [19]. hardness some experiments have been conducted in order to investigate the influence of nc process via sp methods on hardness of different materials [73, 80, 93]. all results indicate that the hardness near the treated surface significantly increases, by the sp process, and that the increase of hardness from the bulk to the surface seems to follow the grain refinement as observed by tem. the variation in hardness with depth agrees well with the structural and compositional analysis results [88, 93]. published results also demonstrate that the hardness increment from the bulk to the surface cannot be explained by the existence of residual stresses but it is certainly due to another mechanism related to the grain size diminution as the increase of dislocation density and deformation bands [73]. technological potential of the snh process has become apparent in preliminary studies where hardness increases dramatically with respect to untreated components. hardness tests were conducted on c-2000 alloy snh treated samples (five tungsten carbide and cobalt (94%wc+ 6%co, in wt%) balls with a diameter of 7.9mm for the duration times of 30, 60, 90, and 180 min). the results showed that compared with the as-received sample, the hardness of the treated sample has been increased substantially [80]. figure 11: hardness profile of the samples [80]. 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 distance from the surface (m icrom eter) v ic ke rs 's h ar d n es s (h v) 30 min-snh treated 60 min-snh treated 180 min-snh treated as recieved load: 300gf error: +/10% http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 12 fig. 11 exhibits the microhardness distribution along the depth of the samples. compared with the as-received sample, hardness of the treated sample has been increased significantly, but the hardness profile does not change much with the processing time. since work hardening is a consequence of severe plastic-deformation process, it can be seen that after a 30 min treatment, the depth of the deformation-affected zone changes only slightly. in other words, because the intensity of the impact of balls does not change, the plastic-deformation zone remains nearly constant, although it has already been known that the surface nanolayer could continue to extend with the processing time. thermal properties thermal properties of shot peened surface nanocrystallized materials have also been studied in some experiments [96,97]. surface nanocrystallized iron obtained by ultrasonic shot peening with the following process parameters were investigated for thermal properties: material iron with a purity of 99.95 wt. %, vibration frequency of the chamber driven by ultrasonic generator 20 khz and the shot diameter of 3 mm. the samples used in the study were treated in vacuum for 400 s at room temperature [97]. it was found that the thermal conductivity of the nanostructured surface layer decreases clearly compared with that of coarse-grained matrix of the sample. the conducted analysis shows that the decrease of thermal conductivity is mainly due to the decrease of the electron and phonon mean free path and to electron and phonon scattering at the grain boundaries. small grain size with large volume fraction of interfaces within which a large amount of defects as well as high random atomic arrangement may exist, would strongly lead to electron and phonon scattering at grain boundaries. hence, when electrons and phonons pass the interfaces, they are scattered intensely, that inevitably leads to the reduction of thermal conductivity of the microstructure [97]. in fig. 12, it is interesting to observe that, from positions 1 to 2, the average image voltage is almost the same, and from positions 3 to 7, the voltage values increase clearly, then they become approximately stable again. the variations in average image voltage imply that, with the refinement of the microstructure, the thermal conductivity decreases clearly. (a) (b) figure 12: (a) schematic diagram of the scanning positions from the surface layer to the matrix on the cross-sectional surface. (b)variation in average image voltage while scanning from the treated surface layer to the matrix as indicated in (a) [97]. in the treated layers, a large value of residual stress was induced by the ultrasonic shot peening, which leads to an important lattice distortion and a high dislocation density. these residual stresses and dislocations can act as both phonon and electron scatterers and thereby reduce the thermal conductivity of the microstructure [96]. magnetic properties magnetic properties, as an important physical property, have attracted many researchers in ferromagnetic nanocrystalline materials. this phenomenon largely shows dependence on the composition, microstructure, and grain size [98, 99]. magnetic properties were measured for smat fe-30 wt. % ni alloy. the samples were first heated and water quenched in order to obtain uniform grain size. then they were treated at a 50 hz frequency with spherical stainless steel balls of 8 mm in diameter under vacuum at ambient temperature for different durations from 30 to 90 mins. the results indicated that the saturation magnetization (ms) and specially coercivity (hc) of the nanostructured surface layer increase significantly compared to the coarse grains sample prior to smat. experimental and theoretical analysis attributed the increase of ms to the change of lattice structure resulting from strain-induced martensitic transformation. meanwhile, hc was further increased from residual microstress and superfined grains [98]. the enhancement of material’s magnetic properties is significantly favorable for its application in several fields of engineering. treated layer treated layer matrix scanning from the surface of the layer to the matrix 1,02 1,03 1,04 1,05 1,06 1,07 1,08 1,09 1 3 5 7 9 scanning position from the treated surface layer to the m atrix a ve ra g e im ag e vo lt ag e (v ) scanning positions http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 13 discussion it is verified experimentally that the nc regions produced by all sp methods have the following characteristics however in different extents: equiaxed grains of around 20nm extremely high hardness separated from adjacent deformed structure regions with sharp boundaries no recrystallization and substantially slow grain growth by annealing dissolution of cementite when it exists surface compressive residual stresses and also work hardening of the surface layer. accordingly it seems that the main properties of the nc structure are independent of the sp techniques used in the experiment [18]. in order to obtain the desired nc region via any of the mentioned sp methods, a proper combination of different parameters attributable to the enhancement of kinetic energy of the shots shall be chosen. it has been reported that the increase in the kinetic energy per one shot such as the increase in the shot velocity and/or the shot size is the most effective parameter to increase the thickness of nc layer. it is also found that there is a certain critical initial hardness of specimens to produce the nc structure by sp: the nc structure forms when the specimen hardness is lower than the shot hardness [18]. another important parameter in the formation of nc layers is the coverage technically defined as: the area fraction of specimen surface deformed by shot bombarding. it is revealed that the nc thickness tends to saturate with coverage irrespective of the shot size. on the other hand, the increasing in the coverage is ineffective to increase the maximum thickness of nc layer, the thickness of nc layer is initially increased with coverage but tends to saturate. it is possible to produce the surface nc layers with several 10 μm thick by sp when the kinetic energy (shot size and/or shot velocity) and the coverage are properly controlled [18]. actually so far apart from assessment of some particular characteristics, no comprehensive comparison between different methods of nc creating sp methods and also no detailed comparison between them and the conventional sp process is available in literature. just some researchers have studied the effect of a number of parameters and have found some results about the contribution of each to the whole process. conclusion and suggestions he formation of nc surface by means of some sp processes is a promising way to improve mechanical properties of metal alloys and in recent years has been the subject of increasing scientific and technological interests. . initial work has been performed to prove the possibility of obtaining nc surfaces by these methods and also to assess the microstructural characteristics of the obtained layers. more recently, researches have been done to evaluate the mechanical properties of nc surfaces obtained by sp processes. the results of sp experiments demonstrate that these methods are so efficient and undemanding to produce nanocrystalline surfaces and have potential application in various fields of industry. the experiments show that a remarkable improvement can be achieved as regards wear, corrosion and hardness. fewer investigations are performed on fatigue but also in this case all the results demonstrate an improved behavior after formation of nc layers. the enhanced material properties of nc materials demonstrate the technological significance of nanomaterials in improving traditional processing techniques even if a clear relation between the modified characteristics and the process parameters is not identified. therefore it seems commendable to perform more comprehensive investigations on sp methods which provide a new approach for selective surface reactions. moreover, it can be concluded that nc layers may not be induced by sp if the impacted energy of small balls is not large enough. therefore, to fully utilize the sp processes to improve the behavior of the material with a nanostructured surface layer there is an optimized processing condition, which shall be investigated in conjunction with microstructural analysis in future. finally sp methods seem to have the potentiality to improve many other material properties not studied in detail up to now such as different surface chemical treatments that are controlled by the diffusion of foreign atoms and many other treatments which may take effect from the grain size. this fact can open new fields of application for shot peening processes, which today are mostly used for enhancing fatigue and fatigue related damage processes. accordingly more investigations shall be planned in future to improve the performance of engineering materials used in industry. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 14 references [1] r. birringer, h. gleiter, h. klein, p. marquardt, phys lett a, 102 (1984) 365. [2] r.w. cahn, nature, 348 (1990) 389. [3] r. bohn,t. haubopld, r. birringer,h. gleiter, scr. metall. mater., 25 (1991) 811. [4] k. lu, j. wang, w. wei, j appl phys, 69 (1991) 522. [5] c. koch, mater sci forum, 243 (1992) 88. [6] r. valiev, a. korznikov, r. mulyukov, mater sci eng a, 168 (1993) 141. [7] d. morris, ‘mechanical behavior of nanostructured materials’, clausthal, germany: trans. tech. publications ltd. (1998) 70. [8] j. nagahora, k. kita, k. ohtera, mater. sci. forum., 304 (1999) 825. [9] t. kulik, j. non-crystalline solids, 287 (2001) 145. [10] r. valiev, nature materials, (2004) 3. [11] u. erb, a. ei-sherik, g. palumbo, k. aust, nanostruct. mater., 2 (1993) 383. [12] k. lu, j. lu, j. mater sci technol , 15 (1999) 193. [13] l.c. jang, c.c. koeh, scripta metal, 24 (1990) 159. [14] r. valiev, y. ivanisenko, e. rauch, b. baudelet, acta mater., 44 (1996) 4705. [15] n.r. tao, m.l. sui, j. ku, k. lu: nanostructured mater., 11 (1999) 433. [16] m. umemoto, y. todaka, k. tsuchiya, mater. trans., 44 (2003) 1488. [17] m. umemoto ,y. todaka, y. watanabe, j. li, k. tsuchiya, j. of metastable and nanocrystalline materials, 24-25 (2005) 571. [18] y. todaka, m. umemoto, y. watanabe, k. tsuchiya, materials science forum, 503-504 (2006) 669. [19] j.l. liu, m. umemoto, y. todaka, k. tsuchiya, j mater sci, 42 (2007) 7716. [20] a.v.korznikov, i.m.safarov, v.p.pilyugin, r.z.valiev, nanostructured mater., 4 (1994) 156. [21] r.z.valiev, r.k.islamgaliev, i.v.alexandrov, progress in materials science, 45 (2000) 103. [22] g.e. abrosimova, a. s. aronin, s. v. dobatkin, i. i. zverkova, d. v. matveev, o. g. rybchenko, e. v. tatyanin, physics of the solid state, 49-6 (2007) 1034. [23] y.todaka, m.umemoto, j.yin, zh.liu, k.tsuchiya, materials science and engineering a, 462 (2007) 264-268. [24] j.s.c. jang, c.c. koch, scripta metallurgica et materialia, 24 (1990) 1599. [25] h. j. fecht, e. hellstern, z. fu, w.l. johnson: metallurgical and materials transactions a, 21 (1990) 2333. [26] c.h. moelle, h.j. fecht, thermal, nanostructured materials, 6 (1995) 421. [27] j. yin, m. umemoto, z. g. liu, k. tsuchiy, isij int., 41 (2001) 1389. [28] y. todaka, m. umemoto, k. tsuchiya, isij int., 42 (2002) 1429. [29] y. xu, m. umemoto , k. tsuchiya, materials transactions, 43 (2002) 2205. [30] y. xu, z.g. liu, m. umemoto, k. tsuchiya, metallurgical and materials transactions a, 33a (2002) 2195. [31] y. todaka, m. nakamura, s. hattori, k. tsuchiya, m. umemoto, j. japan inst. metals, 66-1 (2002) 34. [32]y. todaka, p.g. mccormick, k. tsuchiya, m. umemoto, materials transactions, 43 (2002) 667. [33] a.l. ortiz, l. shaw, acta materialia, 52 (2004) 2185. [34] l. shaw, h. lou, journal of materials science, 42 (2007) 1415. [35] j.w. tian, k. dai, j.c. villegas, l. shaw, p.k. liaw, d.l. klarstrom, a.l. ortiz: material science and engineering a, in press. [36] p. heilmann, w.a.t. clark, d.a. rigney, acta metall., 31 (1983) 1293. [37] d.a. hughes, d.b. dawson, j.s. korellis, l.i. weingarten, wear, 181-183 (1995) 458. [38] y. todaka, m. umemoto, s. tanaka, k. tsuchiya, materials transactions, 45 (2004) 2209. [39] y. todaka, m. umemoto, j. li, k. tsuchiya, review on advanced materials science, 10 (2005) 409. [40] y. todaka, m. umemoto, j.li, k. tsuchiya, j. of metastable and nanocrystalline materials, 24-25 (2005) 601. [41] m. umemoto, y. todaka, j. li, k. tsuchiya, material science forum, 539-543 (2007) 2787. [42] j.g. li, m. umemoto, y. todaka, k. tsuchiya, journal of alloys and compounds, 434-435 (2007) 290. [43] x.y. wang, d.y. li, electrochim. acta., 47 (2002) 3939. [44] l. wang, d.y. li, surface and coating technology, 167 (2003) 188. [45] l. wang, d.y. li, wear, 255 (2003) 836. [46] x.p. jiang, x.y. wang, j.x. li, d.y. li, c.s. manc, m.j. shepard, t. zhai, material science and engineering a, 429 (2006) 30. [47] g. liu, j. lu, k. lu, materials science and engineering a, 286 (2000) 91. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 15 [48] x. wu, n. tao, y. hong, b. xu, j. lu, k. lu, acta materialia, 50 (2002) 2075. [49] z.g. liu, h.j. fecht, m. umemoto, material science and engineering a, 375-377 (2004) 839. [50] y. todaka, m. umemoto, k. tsuchiya, materials transactions, 45 (2004) 376. [51] f.a. gao, n. trannoy, j. lu, material science and engineering a, 369 (2004) 36. [52] c. wen, z. chen, b. huang, y. rong, metallurgical and materials transactions, 37a (2006) 1413. [53] y. todaka, m. umemoto, y. watanabe, k. tsuchiya, transactions of materials research society of japan, 29 (2004) 3523. [54] k.s. raja, s.a. namjoshi, m. misra, materials letters, 59 (2005) 570. [55] t. wang, j. yu, b. dong, surface & coatings technology, 200 (2006) 4777. [56] y. t. zhu, t. g. langdon, jom, 58 (2004) 63. [57] k.y. zhu, a. vassel, f. brisset, k. lu, j.lu, acta materialia, 52 (2004) 4101. [58] k.j. marsh, ‘shot peening: techniques and applications’ (1993) london, emas. [59] j. o. almen, p.h. black,’residual stresses and fatigue in metals’ (1963) mcgraw-hill publ. company. [60] l. wagner, materials science and engineering a, 263 (1999) 210. [61] a. blarasin, m. guagliano, l.vergani, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 20 (1997) 1171. [62] i. altenberger, b. scholtes, u.martin, h. oettel, materials science and engineering a, 264 (1999) 1. [63] m. guagliano, journal of materials processing technology, 110 (2001) 277. [64] m. guagliano, e.riva, m.giudetti, engineering failure analysis, 9 (2002) 147. [65] c. colombo, m. guagliano, l.vergani, sid, 1 (2005) 253. [66] v. schulze, ‘modern mechanical surface treatment’ (2006) wiley-vch. [67] k.j.miller: the 27th john player lecture (the institution of mechanical engineers) (1991) 205. [68] i.f. pariente, m. guagliano, surface and coating technology, 202 (2008) 3072. [69] k. dai, l. shaw, materials science and engineering a, 463 (2007) 46. [70] n.r. tao, z.b. wang, w.p. tong, m.l. sui, j. lu, k. lu, acta materialia, 50 (2002) 4603. [71] h.w. zhang, z.k. hei, g. liu, j. lu, k. lu, acta materialia, 51 (2003) 1871. [72] k.y. zhu, a. vassel, f. brisset, k. lu, j.lu, acta materialia, 52 (2004) 4101. [73] k. lu, j. lu, materials science and engineering a, 375–377 (2004) 38. [74] z.g. liu, h.j. fecht, m. umemoto, materials science and engineering a, 375–377 (2004) 839. [75] j. ren, a. shan, j. zhang, h. song, j. liu, materials letters, 60 (2006) 2076. [76] y. lin, j. lu, l. wang, t. xua, q. xue, acta materialia, 54 (2006) 5599. [77] k. dai, j. villegas, z. stone, l. shaw, acta materialia, 52 (2004) 5771. [78] k. dai, j. villegas, l. shaw, scripta materialia, 52 (2005) 259. [79] j. villegas, k. dai, l. shaw, p. liaw, materials science and engineering a, 410–411 (2005) 257. [80] j.w. tian, j.c. villegas, w. yuan, d. fielden, l. shaw, p.k. liaw, d.l. klarstrom, materials science and engineering a, 468–470 (2007) 164. [81] y. ochi, k. masaki, t. matsumura, t. sekino, international journal of fatigue, 23 (2001) 441. [82] j. villegas, k. dai, l. shaw, ‘surface roughness evolution in surface nanocrystallization and hardening (snh) process’ t.srivatsan, r.varin, editors. processing and fabrication of advanced materials: xii. materials park, oh: asm international (2003) 358–372. [83] j. villegas, k. dai, l. shaw, p. liaw, ‘experiments and modeling of the surface nanocrystallization and hardening (snh) process’, shaw l, suryanarayana c, mishra r, editors. processing and properties of structural nanomaterials. warrendale, pa: tms (2003) 61–68. [84] t. hanlon, y.n. kwon, s. suresh, scripta mater., 49 (2003) 675. [85] w. yuan, c. stephens,p. liaw, l. shaw, r.a. buchanan, r. mcdaniel, fatigue properties of surface nanocrystalline and hardened titanium, presented at the undergraduate poster competition, university of tennessee; (march 2003). [86] g. liu, s.c. wang, x.f. lou, j. lu, k. lu, scripta mater., 44 (2001) 1791. [87] u. martin, i. altenberger, b. scholtes, k. kremmer, h. oettel, materials science and engineering a, 246 (1998) 69. [88] l. huang, j. lu, m. troyon, nanomechanical, surface & coatings technology, 201 (2006) 208. [89] w.p. tong, n.r. tao, z.b. wang, h.w. zhang, j. lu, k. lu, scripta materialia, 50 (2004) 647. [90] c.c. koch, nanostruct. mater., 2 (1993) 109. [91] h. j. fecht, ‘in nanophase materials: synthesis, properties’, applications, g. c. hadjipanayis, r. w. siegel, eds. (1994) dordrecht, netherlands, kluwer academic. [92] c. suryanarayana, progress in materials science, 46 (2001) 1. [93] w.p. tong, c.z. liu, w. wang, n.r. tao, z.b. wang, l. zuoa, j.c. he, scripta materialia, 57 (2007) 533. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true s. bagheri fard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 3-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.01 16 [94] w. p. tong, n. r. tao, z. b. wang, j. lu, k. lu, science, 299 (2003) 686. [95] z.b. wang, n.r. tao, s. li, w. wang, g. liu, j. lu, k. lu, mater. sci. eng. a, 352 (2003) 144. [96] a.l. geiger, d.p.h. hasselman, p. welch, acta mater., 45 (1997) 3911. [97] f.a. guo, n. trannoy, j. lu, materials science and engineering a, 369 (2004) 36. [98] r.c. o’handley, ’modern magnetic materials’, new york, john wiley & sons inc. (2000) 432-466. [99] y. q. wu, t. bitoh, k. hono, a. makino, a. inoue, acta mater., 49 (2001) 4069–4077. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.01&auth=true microsoft word numero_53_art_15_2764 m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 177 evaluating properties of asphalt mixtures containing polymers of styrene butadiene rubber (sbr) and recycled polyethylene terephthalate (rpet) against failures caused by rutting, moisture and fatigue mahmoud ameri, reza mohammadi, milad mousavinezhad, amirhossein ameri, hamid shaker iran university of science and technology, tehran, iran. ameri@iust.ac.ir, r_mohammadi@civileng.iust.ac.ir, miladmosavinezhad1992@gmail.com, amir.ameri7293@yahoo.com, h_shaker@civileng.iust.ac.ir arash fasihpour plan and budget organization, tehran, iran fasihpour@yahoo.com abstract. properties of asphalt mixture play a vital role in structural integrity and performance of flexible pavements structure. in flexible pavements, asphalt concrete surface layer consists of asphalt binder, aggregates and in some cases additives. in this research study styrene butadiene rubber (sbr) and recycled polyethylene terephthalate (rpet) are used to evaluate their individual and also their combinational effects on moisture susceptibly, rutting and low temperature cracking of asphalt concrete mixture. combinations of sbr, rpet and water were vulcanized to form thermoplastic elastomer polymers as bitumen modifier. then conventional bitumen tests including penetration grade, softening point and rotational viscosity (rv) as well as asphalt mixture tests including resilient modulus, dynamic creep, idt fatigue and moisture susceptibility tests were performed on binders and asphalt mixture specimens. the test results indicated that sbr and rpet increase viscosity and softening point and stiffen the binders by reducing their penetration grade. test results of specimens prepared with modified binders showed higher tensile strength and higher rutting resistance than that of control specimen. within the content of this study it is concluded that modification of bitumen with sbr reduces low temperature stiffness of binder and hence reduces failure due to thermal cracking and modification with rpet increases rutting resistance of the mixture at high temperatures. keywords. sbr; rpet; resilient modulus; dynamic creep; moisture susceptibility; fatigue test. citation: ameri, m., mohammadi, r., mousavinezhad, m., ameri, a., shaker, h., fasihpour, a., evaluating properties of asphalt mixtures containing polymers of styrene butadiene rubber (sbr) and recycled polyethylene terephthalate (rpet) against failures caused by rutting, moisture and fatigue, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186. received: 12.03.2020 accepted: 04.05.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/pplmxiwn6sg m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 178 introduction sphalt concrete is commonly used on the surface layer of flexible pavements of the roads and airports. this layer is directly affected by the environment and traffic loads and tolerates the highest level of pressur and stress. thus, researchers have long been trying to improve the quality of the surface layer of flexible pavements by modifying aggregate, bitumen, and their optimum combination usage. it is a well-known fact that the viscoelastic behavior of asphalt concrete mixture results from its bitumen components. therefore, asphalt pavement distresses such as permanent deformation and thermal cracking are related to the quality of asphalt binder utilized in asphalt mixtures [1]. there are various methods for improving the performance of asphalt mixture. use of bitumen modifier is one of the common methods. the thermo-rheological behavior of bitumen causes it to act like a fragile solid at low temperatures, while at high temperatures, it flows and behaves like a newtonian fluid. these characteristics increase the risk of cracking at low temperatures and rutting at high temperatures, and as a result, decrease the service life and increase the maintenance cost of asphalt pavements [2, 3]. one of the most common categories of the bitumen modifiers is polymer materials. among these polymers, elastomers, and thermoplastics, due to their ability to enhance overall viscoelastic properties of bitumen, have a great impact on bitumen characteristics and their resistance to distresses [4]. elastomer polymers are a particular class of polymeric materials characterized by their resilience quality that permits them to stretch in response to stresses and easily return to their original shape when the force or stress is removed. the bitumen modified by elastomer polymer is more elastic and has less temperature sensitivity and a longer fatigue life. also, these polymers decrease bitumen permeability and increase their softening point, resulting in higher resistance to rutting [2]. crumb rubber (cr) and styrene butadiene (sb) are the most commonly used elastomer polymers in the asphalt industry and the combination of these materials, known as styrene butadiene rubber (sbr), is one of the most effective bitumen modifiers [5, 6]. when temperature is raised, thermoplastic polymers gradually become softer until they eventually become liquid-like and when the temperature is dropped, they turn into the solid-state again. furthermore, thermoplastic polymers absorb aromatic oils and light fractions of bitumen, causing a decrease in penetration grade and an increase in bitumen viscosity. also, these polymers increase softening point, leading to better adhesion and improvement of binder performance, particularly in wet conditions [7, 8]. polyethylene (pe), polypropylene (pp), and ethylene vinyl acetate (eva) are three thermoplastic polymers with a high potential to change the properties of binders and asphalt mixtures [9, 10]. research has shown that adding crumb rubber increases bitumen complex modulus (g*) and decreases permanent deformation in asphalt mixtures [11]. sbr is another well-known polymer that is made from styrene, butadiene, and rubber which can positively change the properties of bitumen. more specifically, styrene increases elasticity, and butadiene increases the stiffness of bitumen. also, sbr improves flexibility and elasticity of binders and asphalt mixtures, leading to higher resistance to low-temperature cracking. hence, sbr modified binder is more suitable for areas with cold climate. [12, 13]. despite the positive effects mentioned before, sbr cannot provide all the ideal characteristics of a binder. when the thermoplastic polymers is used in bitumen, the most important goals are to improve functional properties such as permanent deformation at high temperatures without adversely affecting other properties of asphalt mixtures such as fatigue and low temperature cracking. studies have shown that polyethylene (pe) modified binder has a higher complex modulus compared to that of the control sample. when pe is used as a bitumen modifier, the viscosity in high temperatures will increase, leading to greater mixture resistance to vehicle loads, and better performance of asphalt concrete mixture in hot-climate regions [14]. in order to prepare an asphalt binder that can be utilized in both high and low temperatures, researchers have used elastomer and thermoplastic polymers simultaneously together. evaluation of rheological properties showed that bitumen modified with crumb rubber and polyethylene is a less thermally sensitive binder compared to the base bitumen [15]. using recycled crumb rubber and polyethylene as bitumen modifiers increased the rutting resistance of mixtures at high temperatures and reduced thermal cracking at low temperatures [16]. using recycled materials for bitumen modification not only improves the performance of asphalt concrete pavement, but also has many environmental benefits. hence, many recycling additives such as crumb rubber, waste plastics, and recycled glass fiber have been used in the asphalt industry to reduce land consumption and save the natural resources for the next generations [17, 18]. plastic bottles are among the wide variety of man-made scrap materials which are generally produced from polyethylene terephthalate (pet). the recycled version of pet, known as rpet, is a thermoplastic powder-sized polymer that can be used for bitumen modification. researchers have shown that as a bitumen modifier, rpet, can increase the adhesion and viscosity of binder, and at the same time increase the fatigue life of asphalt mixture [19]. in this study, sbr and rpet polymers, categorized as elastomer and thermoplastic polymers, were respectively evaluated to modify properties of the base bitumen and the corresponding asphalt mixtures. a m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 179 experimental methods ypically, aggregate forms 90% to 96% of the total weight of the asphalt mixture; hence, the structural, chemical and physical properties of these stone materials have a significant effect on the strength of asphalt mixtures [20, 21]. the crushed limestone aggregates used in this study were obtained from the asbcharan quarry located in the northeastern part of tehran province, rudehen. the gradation and specifications of aggregates are shown in tab. 1. a) grading limit used in the research study sieve number sieve size (mm) weight percentage passing through each 4.0 gpa scale average value 1" 25 3.4" 19 100 100 1.2" 12.5 90-100 95 3.8" 9 #4 4.75 44-74 59 #8 2.36 28-58 43 #16 1.18 #30 0.5 #50 0.3 5-21 13 #100 0.15 #200 0.75 2-10 6 aggregate test aggregate test method bulk specific gravity 2.484 astm c127 absorption course aggregate (%) 2.1 astm 127 absorption fine aggregate (%) 4.3 astm 128 los angeles abrasion loss (%) 23 aashto t96 tow fracture faces (%) 93 astm d5821 b) engineering properties of aggregate source table 1: gradation and specifications of the aggregates asphalt binder is an essential component of asphalt concrete mixture, and it is the binder that holds aggregate together. the quality of the asphalt binder is directly related to the performance of the asphalt mixture [22]. in this experimental investigation, a 60-70-penetration-grade binder obtained from tehran’s pasargad oil company was used. to characterize the properties of the asphalt binder, conventional tests including penetration, softening point and ductility test were carried out. tab. 2 presents the basic properties of the base bitumen. test method criteria result penetration of 25 c ,100gr, (0.1mm) astm d5 60-70 68 softening point (c) astm d36 45-54 48 ductility of 25 (cm) astm d113 100 100 flash point (c) astm d92 250 300 fire point (c) astm d70 230 315 specific gravity at 25 c astm d70 1.05-1.06 1.048 kinematic viscosity 120c (cst) astm d2170 815 kinematic viscosity 135c (cst) astm d2170 425 kinematic viscosity 150c (cst) astm d2170 235 penetration index (pi) 2 𝑃𝐼 2 -1.15 penetration viscosity number (pvn) -0.55 table 2: basic properties of the 60-70 penetration-grade asphalt binder t m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 180 the properties of sbr polymer and rpet, which is produced from shredding recycling bottles are presented in tab. 3. property value diffractive index 1.4 density 1.05 viscosity (@100℃) 50 gr/(cm.s) tensile strength (@145℃, 35min, 500mm/min) 20 mpa conductivity 130.3 µs/cm a) sbr properties property value average molecular weight 30,000-80,000 gr.mol-1 density 1.4 gr.cm-3 melting temperature 255-265℃ glass transition temperature 70-115℃ young’s modulus 1700 mpa water absorption (24h) 0.5% b) rpet properties table 3: properties of sbr and rpet polymers in this study sample preparation in order to find the optimum asphalt binder content, the asphalt mixtures were designed and fabricated by using the standard marshal mix design method in accordance with astm d1599. aggregates were heated for 24 h at the temperature of 180℃, then mixed with 140℃ binder with different contents. marshal specimens were fabricated by applying 75 blows on each side of cylindrical samples to simulate heavy-traffic loading [23]. three similar specimens were used for each binder percentage, to increase the precision of optimum binder content determination. the optimum binder content was determined to be 5.6% based on maximum stability, maximum bulk specific gravity and designed limits including 4 percent air voids, percent voids in mineral aggregates and median of other limits for satisfactory asphalt mixture. based on previous research, the optimum mixing content of sbr and rpet are 5% and 10% of the weight content of the base bitumen, respectively [24, 25]. in this research study, both additives were replaced as part of the bitumen with portions of 0%, 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of their optimum weight values. the additives were blended with bitumen, using a high shear mixer at 175 ℃ for 30 minutes at speed of 5000 rpm [26]. the different modified binders prepared for this research are presented in tab. 4. sample composition n1 base bitumen n2 base bitumen with 5% sbr n3 base bitumen with 3.75% sbr and 2.5% rpet n4 base bitumen with 2.5% sbr and 5% rpet n5 base bitumen with 1.25% sbr and 7.5% rpet n6 base bitumen with 10% rpet table 4: different modified binder constituents used in this research study result and discussion penetration grade results enetration test is a method to measure hardness and consistency of bituminous materials in accordance with astmd5 [27, 28]. the test is conducted at 25℃ .the results of penetration test of base bitumen (control sample) and modified binders are presented in fig. 1. based on the test results presented in fig. 1, it can be seen that modified binders (at all combination levels of sbr and rpet) are stiffer and have lower penetration indicia than the base bitumen. as can be observed from the test results presented in fig. 1 show that with quantitative increase in the percent weight of sbr and rpet in the additive admixtures the binder penetration value is decreased. p m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 181 figure 1: penetration test results of the modified binders and the base bitumen softening point test results the softening point is a temperature at which a substance attains a particular degree of softening. it is a conventional test conducted on bituminous materials to measure their consistency at high temperatures in accordance with astm-d36 test method [29]. the results from softening point test of base bitumen and modified binders are presented in fig. 2. as can be seen modification of the base bitumen with sbr and rpet additive admixtures at all combination levels will increase the softening points of the modified binders. the increase in softening point of the modified binder takes an upward trend when additives (sbr and rpet) quantity is increased in the admixture. it should be pointed out that when binder softening point increases, higher temperature is required to liquify the binder. figure 2: softening point test results of the modified samples and the base bitumen. rotational viscosity test (rv) results viscosity is an important rheological property for measuring the consistency of bitumen. it is defined as the ratio of the applied shear stress to the rate of shear strain [30]. the test is performed in accordance with astm-d44020 [31]. bituminous binder typically exhibit newtonian behavior at high temperatures above 150℃. however, they exhibit non-newtonian behavior as the temperatures decreases, then their viscosity becomes dependent on the shear strain rate. the temperature at which the non-newtonian behavior dominates depends on binder type. nowadays the most practical means to measure the viscosity of bituminous materials is the rotational viscometer device that makes the measurement of viscosity of binders possible at various temperature. fig. 3 shows the trend of viscosity changes of binders as function of type and contents of sbr and rpet modifiers at 135℃. as can be observed from this figure the viscosities of modified binders at all combination levels of sbr and rpet are increased and are within the limits specified by strategic highway research program (shrp) committee. gyratory asphalt concrete sample preparation gyratory samples were prepared in accordance with astm-d6924, with the optimum binder contents obtained from marshall test method. to ensure proper viscosity of modified binders at mixing and compaction temperatures, the aggregates and modified binders were mixed and compacted by super pave gyratory compactor (sgc) at various m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 182 temperatures corresponding to viscosities obtained from rv test results. the diameter and highest of cylindrical mold used to compact asphalt mixture samples were 100 mm and 62.5 mm respectively. the air void content for all samples was set to 4% [32]. in this investigation a total of 72 samples were fabricated based on a minimum of three replicate samples per mix, per test type. figure 3: rotational viscosity test results of the modified binders and the base bitumen resilient modulus test results in the first step, the resilient modulus test was conducted on each specimen, considering the fact that the test is a nondestructive. resilient modulus is defined as the ratio of the repeated axial deviator stress to the recoverable axial strain [33]. resilient modulus is one of the main factors in designing asphalt concrete pavements. it shows the asphalt’s potential for possible deformations based on the relation between stress and strain under a specific load [34]. in this research study, the resilient modulus value was determined in accordance with astm-d4123, by using the utm5 device. the 450n load was applied with 0.1 s loading time and 0.4 s rest period, while the temperature was set at 25°c. the resilient modulus is calculated by eq. 1 [35]. rm = p (ν+0.2734) / t. h (1) where rm is the resilient modulus (mpa), p is the repetitious load (n), ν is the poisson ratio (assumed to be 0.35), t is the sample’s thickness (mm), and h is the horizontal reversible deformation (mm). according to fig. 4, the value of the resilient modulus of all specimens prepared with modified binders increased about 100 percent compared to the control sample. to explain this change, it can be noted that asphalt mixes modified with sbr have more elasticity relative to control sample, and the application of rpet in asphalt mixes increase the adhesion between binder and aggregates. the fact that incremental difference between the resilient modulus values of specimens with different additive type and additive contents is not significant, indicates that sbr and rpet have similar influence on permanent deformation potentials of asphalt mixtures. figure 4: the resilient modulus values of the modified and the control mixture m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 183 dynamic creep test results in this study flow number (fn) is used to evaluate and compare the rutting resistance of all mixtures. fn is defined as the number of load cycles at which the rate of change of compliance of a mixture is minimum. higher fn value indicates a more stable asphalt mixture with higher resistance to rutting [36, 37]. the fn values calculated from dynamic creep test results of samples per binder type are shown in fig. 5. as can be observed from the results presented in fig. 5 the fn values and hence the rutting resistance of all mixes prepared with admixtures of sbs and rpet binder are higher than that of the control mixture. the highest rutting resistance belongs to the sample prepared with 10 percent rpet. this phenomenon may be attributed to increase in viscosity and adhesive effect of rpet. figure 5: number of cycles to failure (flow number) obtained from dynamic creep test moisture susceptibility test results the moisture susceptibility of asphalt mixtures is assessed by measuring their tensile strength in wet and dry conditions in accordance with aashto-t283 standard [38]. the tensile strength ratio (tsr) is defined as the ratio of the ensile strength of the conditioned (or wet) specimens to that of the dry specimens [39]. the higher the tsr value, the higher the resistance of the mixture to moisture damage [40, 41]. fig. 6 shows the trend of tsr changes as a function of rpet content in the mixtures. as can be observed from this figure the tsr value is increased with increase in rpet content in the mixtures. hence, it may be deduced that modification of bitumen with rpet polymeric materials will enhance resistance of asphalt mixtures against moisture damage. the increase in moisture resistance of the asphalt mixtures prepared with rpet modified binder might be due to conspicuous adhesive effect of rpet modified binder which enhances cohesive bonding between aggregates in the asphalt mixture skeleton. the results also show that the tsr values of all mixture prepared with rpet and sbr modified binders satisfy the minimum requirement of 80% suggested by many asphalt agencies worldwide. a possible explanation for increase in moisture resistance of asphalt mixtures containing sbr may be attributed to the styrene content of the sbr which increases the elasticity of the modified binder leading to higher tensile strength value of the mixture [5]. figure 6: tsr (tensile strength ratio) test results of the modified and the control. m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 184 indirect tensile fatigue test results fatigue cracking due to low temperature drop in pavement structures has been a major concern of pavement design engineers, because these types of cracking are generally developed within the pavement structure [42]. to understand the fatigue performance of asphalt mixture prepared with binders at varying combination levels of sbr and rpet modifiers, their behavior were evaluated by repeated load indirect tension test at 0℃ [43] the test results are presented in fig. 7. the results presented in this figure show that fatigue resistance of all mixtures prepared with modified binders is significantly increased and is higher than that of the control mixture. the results also show that, the fatigue parameter of mixture designated as n2 is almost ten times higher than that of the control mixture, indicating that sbr modified binder greatly reduces the low temperature susceptibility of the mixtures and also reduces the chance of thermal cracking. figure 7: idt fatigue test results of the modified and the control mixtures. conclusion ithin the context of this research study it can be concluded that both sbr and rpet polymers improve physical and mechanical properties of the base binder. the results of moisture susceptibility and dynamic creep tests show that by increasing the ratio of rpet ،resistance of the asphalt mixture increases. also, by increasing the ratio of sbr in fatigue test, resistance of mixture increases. considering the results of all the tests conducted in this research study it can be said that the modified asphalt with both polymers compared to the base bitumen has better performance. it can also be mentioned that using rpet and sbr is suitable in road asphalt pavement in regions located in deserts where there is a large difference between the day and night temperature as they decrease the rutting in high temperature and reduce the cracking in low temperature. references [1] yang, h., (2004). pavement analysis and design, 1. [2] nikolaides, a., (2014). highway engineering: pavements, materials and control of quality. crc press. [3] tafti, m. h., aqda, s. a. h., motamedi, h. (2019). the impacts of type and proportion of five different asphalt modifiers on the low-temperature fracture toughness and fracture energy of modified hma, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47, pp. 169-185. [4] zhu, j., birgisson, b., kringos, n. (2014). polymer modification of bitumen: advances and challenges, european polymer journal, 54, pp.18-38. [5] behnood, a., gharehveran, m. m. (2019). morphology, rheology, and physical properties of polymer-modified asphalt binders, european polymer journal, 112, pp. 766–791. [6] gogoi, r. (2015). performance prediction analyses of styrene-butadiene rubber and crumb rubber materials in asphalt road applications, materials and structures, 49, pp. 3479–3493. [7] senise, s. (2017). thermomechanical and microstructural evaluation of hybrid rubberised bitumen containing a thermoplastic polymer, construction and building materials, 157, pp. 873-884. [8] lu, x. (2001). modification of road bitumens with thermoplastic, polymer testing, 20, pp. 77-86. [9] al-hadidy, a.i. (2018). effect of laboratory aging on moisture susceptibility and resilient modulus of asphalt concrete mixes containing pe and pp polymers, karbala international journal of modern science, 4, pp. 377-381. w m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 185 [10] luo, w.-q., chen, j.-c. (2011). preparation and properties of bitumen modified by eva graft copolymer, construction and building materials, 25, pp. 1830-1835. [11] moreno navarro, f. and rubio gamez, m. c., (2012). influence of crumb rubber on the indirect tensile strength and stiffness modulus of hot bituminous mixes, journal of materials in civil engineering, 24, pp. 715-724. [12] mcnally, t. (2011). polymer modified bitumen: properties and characterisation. woodhead publishing, 1th edition. [13] liang, p., liang, m.(2017). improving thermo-rheological behavior and compatibility of sbr modified asphalt by addition of polyphosphoric acid (ppa), construction and building materials, 139, pp. 183-192. [14] murphy, m. (2000). bitumens modified with recycled polymers, materials and structures, 33, pp. 438-444. [15] hussein, a.a., pei feng, c. (2017), effects of high-density polyethylene and crumb rubber powder as modifiers on properties of hot mix asphalt. construction and building materials, 142, pp. 101-108. [16] ge, d., yan, k., you, z. and xu, h., (2016). modification mechanism of asphalt binder with waste tire rubber and recycled polyethylene. construction and building materials, 126, pp. 66-76. [17] karahrodi, m.h., jazani, o.m. (2017). modification of thermal and rheological characteristics of bitumen by waste pet/gtr blends, construction and building materials, 134, pp. 157-166. [18] modarres, a., hamedi, h. (2014). effect of waste plastic bottles on the stiffness and fatigue properties of modified asphalt mixes, materials and design, 61, pp. 8-15. [19] el-naga, i. a., raga, m. (2019). benefits of utilization the recycle polyethylene terephthalate waste, construction and building materials, 219, pp. 81-90. [20] oglesby, c. h. and hicks, r. g. (1982). highway materials, chapters 15, 16 and 17, 4th edition. [21] haghnazar, h. and saneie, m. (2019). impacts of pit distance and location on river sand mining management. modeling earth systems and environment, 5(4), 1463-1472. [22] yoder, e. j. and witczak, m. w. (1975). principles of pavement design, chapter 9, 2nd edition. [23] astm-d1599, (2001). american society for testing and materials for determine the optimal bitumen percentage of asphalt samples. [24] tabatabaei, s. a., kiasat, a., alkouhi, f. k. (2013). the effect of styrene-butadiene-rubber (sbr) polymer modifier on properties of bitumen, international journal of materials and metallurgical engineering, 7(10). [25] ahmad, a. f., razali, a. r. (2017). utilization of polyethylene terephthalate (pet) in bituminous mixture for improved performance of roads, materials science and engineering, 203(1). doi:10.1088/1757-899x/203/1/012005. [26] ameri, m., mohammadi, r. (2017). evaluation the effects of nanoclay on permanent deformation behavior of stone mastic asphalt mixture, construction and building materials, 156, pp.107-113. [27] abson, g. and burton, c. (1964). physical tests and rang of propertics, in a. j. holborg (ed), bituminous materials: asphalt, 1. [28] astm-d5, (2001). american society for testing and materials for determining the penetration grade of bitumen. [29] astm-d36, (2001). american society for testing and materials for determining the softening point of bitumen. [30] chunshui huang, (2018). a new viscoelastic mechanics model for the creep behaviourof fiber reinforced asphalt concrete, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45, pp. 108-120. [31] astm-d4402, (2001). american society for testing and materials for determining the viscosity of bitumen. [32] astm-d6924, (2001). american society for testing and materials for constructing asphalt samples. [33] yang. h .huang, (2004). pavement analysis and design, chapter 2. [34] ameri, m., nemati, m., shaker, h., jafari, f. (2019). experimental and numerical investigation of the properties of the hot mix asphalt concrete with basalt and glass fiber, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50, pp. 149-162. [35] astm-d4123, (2001). american society for testing and materials for determining the resilient modulus of asphalt mixture. [36] goh, s.w., you, z., (2009). a simple stepwise method to determine and evaluate the initiation of tertiary flow for asphalt mixtures under dynamic creep test, construction and building materials, pp. 3398–3405. [37] en13697-25a, (2007). european standard test methods for determine the dynamic creep of asphalt mixture. [38] aashto-t283, (2002). american association of state highway and transportation officials methods for determine the moisture sensitivity of asphalt mixture. [39] farazmand, p., hayati, p. (2021). relationship between microscopic analysis and quantitative and qualitative indicators of moisture susceptibility evaluation of warm mix asphalt mixtures containing modifiers, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51, pp. 215-224. [40] babagoli, r., mohammadi, r. and ameri, m. (2017). the rheological behavior of bitumen and moisture susceptibility modified with sbs and nanoclay, petroleum science and technology, pp. 35 1085-1090. m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 177-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.15 186 [41] boyes, a.j. (2011). reducing moisture damage in asphalt mixes using recycled waste additives, master of science thesis, california polytechnic state university. [42] al-khateeb, g. g., ghuzlan, k. a. (2014). the combined effect of loading frequency, temperature, and stress level on the fatigue life of asphalt paving mixtures using the idt test configuration, international journal of fatigue, 59, pp. 254-261. [43] en 12697-24, (2007). european standard test methods for determine the indirect tensile fatigue of asphalt mixture. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_05_3298.docx m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 62 finite element modeling of flexural behavior of reinforced concrete beams externally strengthened with cfrp sheets mahmoud madqour, hilal hassan, khaled fawzy structural department, zagazig university, egypt madqour42@gmail.com https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0994-2884 hilalcivil@yahoo.com https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5486-5497 khaled_lashen1@yahoo.com https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2275-4025 abstract. in this research, the finite element method is used to develop a numerical model to analyse the effect of the external strengthening of reinforced concrete beams by using carbon fiber reinforced polymer (cfrp) sheets. a finite element model has been developed to investigate the behavior of rc beams strengthened with cfrp sheets by testing nineteen externally simple r.c. beams, tested under a four-point load setup until failure. various cfrp systems were used to strengthen the specimens. the numerical results using the (ansys workbench v.19.1) were calibrated and validated with the experimental results. the research results indicate a significant improvement in the structural behavior of the specimens strengthened using cfrp sheet systems. then the validated model investigated the effect of the width of cfrp sheets, no of layers, and cfrp size on the behavior of strengthened r.c. beams. results of this numerical investigation show the effectiveness of increase cfrp width to improve the flexural capacity of r.c. beams. an increase in the flexural capacity up to 100 % compared to the control beam. keywords. strengthening; carbon fiber reinforced polymer; deflection; ansys; ultimate strength. citation. mahmoud madqour, hilal hassan., khalid fawzi., finite element modeling of flexural behavior of reinforced concrete beams externally strengthened with cfrp sheets, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77. received: 30.08.2021 accepted: 30.09.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ver the past decades, (frp) has been commonly used to repair and rehabilitate civil structures, showing signs of aging degradation and distress. (cfrp) is a brittle material that typically fails at a lower load level (i.e., horizontal crack propagation or debonding). as a result, the ultimate capacity of the reinforced concrete structural elements is challenging to achieve., kang et al.,[1]. in the past, various researchers conducted studies on reinforced concrete beams with cfrp retrofitted in flexure, and the failure patterns were observed [2-4]. recent research has focused on the impact of geometric factors such as length and the frp–concrete width ratio. it has been shown that the ultimate stress for debonding increases with bonded length up to a critical bond length. although numerous researchers have presented results demonstrating the influence of frp laminate width on ultimate load, these results are frequently inconsistent [5–7]. the available results in the literature are frequently contradictory. while some o https://youtu.be/fsvmddevrec m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 63 studies have indicated that average bond strength decreases with frp width [5], others have found that bond strength increases with frp width [8]. travassos et al [9] suggested adding more cfrp composite at the ends of the cfrp plate to prevent premature debonding. two approaches were offered in particular: (i) addition of more layers of rectangular cfrp sheets; and (ii) addition of more layers of cfrp sheets across the main cfrp plate. hasnat et al. [10] studied reinforced concrete beams strengthened by carbon-fiber-reinforced polymer sheets. a cfrp wrap (u-shape) had prevented the premature cover from debonding, increasing the final moment's efficiency. the study on reinforced concrete beams, consisting of a t-section, was carried out by mostafa et al. [11]. lusis et al. [12] investigated the influence of insertion of short fibers on reinforced concrete's mechanical characteristics using a series of experiments and numerical analysis. they had a significant effect on the tensile strength of the structure. abid et al. [13] performed a systematic analysis of previous scientific studies based on the strength and durability of concrete beams externally covered by frp reinforcement. the research study focused on bond behavior, testing techniques, and models used to determine bond performance. bennegadi et al. [14] developed a numerical model for optimization of reinforced concrete beams by external (hfrp) plate, and they found that the ultimate load of the reinforced concrete beam was increased when compared to the reference beam, the geometrical and mechanical properties of the hfrp plate must be optimized. el-ghandour [15] carried out three-point load checks on seven half-scale reinforced concrete beams, strengthened with longitudinal cfrp sheets and u-wraps. kara and ashour [16] developed a numerical system for predicting curvature, deflection, and the moment capacity of reinforced concrete beams strengthened by frp. narmashiri et al. [17] conducted more experimental and numerical research on cfrp-reinforced steel i-beams in terms of failure analysis and structural behavior. they concluded that the geometric and mechanical characteristics control the loadbearing capacity of cfrp plates. kermiche and redjel [18] provided experimental research and an analytical model to simulate the mechanical behavior of concrete and reinforced concrete. osman et al.,[19]. performed experimental studies on seven reinforced concrete beams under four-point loads with specific span-to-depth shear ratios. a comparative analysis of 27 reinforced concrete beams with and without cfrp sheets was also carried out. the findings obtained using ansys have been similar to the experimental outcomes of the studies. considering the previous literature review, it is clear that only few researchers have studied the effect of different cfrp strengthening schemes and locations on bending moment and rc beam failure behaviour. a total of nineteen fe models were developed to study the flexural behavior of rc beams externally bonded with cfrp sheets. ten specimens were used to validate the accuracy of the numerical model by comparing it with experimental results by madqour et al.[20] and nine models were developed to investigate the effect of increasing cfrp sheets size. description of the experimental program he fe model was created to investigate the flexural behavior of rc beams reinforced with cfrp sheets [20] by madqour et al. information on the rc beams is omitted and briefly summarized in the following. geometric features of the beams a total of ten rc beam specimens strengthened with various schemes were tested by madqour et al.[20]. the specimens examined included a control beam (b01) reinforced with two steel bars with a diameter of 10 mm. the tested beam has a rectangular cross-section with a nominal width, depth, length of 150 mm, 200 mm, and 2000 mm and spanned over 1800 mm. the compression reinforcing of the specimens tested consisted of two steel bars of 8 mm diameter fig. 1 also, the 6 mm diameter stirrups spaced at interval 125 mm. table 1 provides the characteristics of the examined beams. the deflection of the beams was measured at mid-span using a displacement transducer (lvdt) placed on the beams fig. 2. t m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 64 figure. 1. details of the tested beams (in mm) [18]. table 1: description of the examined rc beams. figure. 2. test setup. finite element model development everal computer programs packages have been developed to solve finite element problems. ansys, nastran, adina, ls-dyna, marc, sap, cosmos, abaqus, and nisa are some of the most commonly used packages. the most recent version of ansys 19.1 [21] was selected for use in this research work. it can model non-metal materials and successfully model reinforced concrete as non-homogeneous material with nonlinear response. it also can predict and display the cracking and crushing patterns of the material. ansys 19.0 fe software is used to develop 3d fe specimen models tested by madqour et al. [20]. the geometry, constituent material characteristics, loading, and boundary conditions of the fe models are similar to those of the tested beams previously described in table 1. beams designation [20]. fem designation reinforcement type frp width (mm) b00 s00 control beam without strengthening n/a b02 s01 two layers with lengths 1700, and1400 mm 100 b04 s01s one layer and on both sides with length 1700 mm 100 b05 s01u one layer and 6 (u-shape) 100 s m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 65 figure 3: fe models elements: (a) solid65 (b) link180 (c) shell181 (d) solid185 layered and solid45 [22-27]. numerical modeling the concrete is modeled by using 8-noded solid65 fig 3(a) element, which has three degrees of freedom at each node and can crack in tension and crushing in compression. fig. 3(a) shows the geometry of the solid65 element. due to the fact that concrete is highly nonlinear in compression, a proper uniaxial stress-strain relationship is used to describe this nonlinearity more precisely, the compressive behavior of concrete is modeled by using the nonlinear stress-strain relation proposed by popovics, [28] and later modified by thorenfeldt et al. [29]. figure (2) shows the curve, which is defined using these equations. the use of thorenfeldt et al., [29]'s stress-strain model for concrete in compression was found to be effective for frp reinforced rc beams by el-tawil et al., [30].               1 ( ) c c o cu nkc o nf n (1)  0.80   17 cfn (2) m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 66        0.67 1       62 cfk for    1   1 c o (3)  1      k for     1c o (4) figure (4): uniaxial stress-strain curve implemented in the fem for concrete.where,  cu is the maximum compressive strength, εcu is the ultimate strain, and ε0 is the strain at maximum stress. the steel reinforcement modeled with a 3-d spar link 180 element having three degrees of freedom at each node (translation in x, y, z directions), as shown in fig. 3(b). the reinforcement element is assumed to be a bilinear isotropic elastic-perfectly plastic material identical in tension and compression. shell 181 element is used to model the frp sheet. the thickness of a shell element is relatively small compared to other dimensions of the element. this element is a four-node element with six degrees of freedom at each node: x, y, z-direction translations, and x, y, and z-axis rotations fig.2 (c). to exclude the debonding of frp sheets, the effective frp strain should be as recommended by aci 440.2r-08 [31]. therefore, such a recommendation is used to modify the debonding frp strain equation originally proposed by teng et al. [23]. the effective frp strain to consider debonding failure in modified form is given by   0.41      d f f f fc n e t ˋ ≤ 0.9  uf (5) where,  df is the debonding strain of externally bonded frp reinforcement, fc ˋ is specified compressive strength of concrete, (mpa), n is the number of layers, fe is the tensile modulus of elasticity of frp, (mpa), ft is the nominal thickness of one ply of frp reinforcement, (mm), and  uf is the design rupture strain of frp reinforcement. m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 67 solid 185 element is used to model the loading supports. eight nodes represent this element fig.2(d), each having three degrees of freedom in the nodal directions x, y, and z. plasticity, stress stiffening, creeping, large deflection, and high strain power are all capabilities of the element. the adhesive is modeled using the element solid45 fig. 2(d). it is an eight-node three-dimensional structure with three degrees of freedom at each node, i.e., translations in directions nodal x, y, and z. the element has the capacity for plasticity, creeping, swelling, stress stiffening, large deflection, and significant strain. hawileh et al. [24] used the solid45 element to model adhesive and obtained satisfactory results in the study of rc beams reinforced by frp. this system consists of two nodes, one set of nodes with the concrete element used in this analysis and another with frp elements. the material properties of the concrete, steel reinforcement, cfrp, steel plate, and epoxy used in the developed fe models are summarized in table 2. table 2: material properties concrete, reinforcement steel, cfrp, epoxy, and steel plate. fe model validation he flexural behavior of rc beams externally strengthening with cfrp sheets is studied using a total of nineteen fe models. the accuracy of the numerical model is validated by comparing experimental results with the ten beams reported in table 1, and the remaining models are developed to study the effect of cfrp width and sheet size on the flexural behavior of the beams. fig. 4 shows the developed fe models for a rc beam, externally strengthening with cfrp sheets. the four beams detailed in the previous section are modeled and to evaluate the accuracy of the numerical models. the predicted and obtained experimental data are compared for all beams. for four beams, in fig. 5 are plotted the experimental and predicted results in terms of load versus mid-span deflection. table 3 compares the fe results and experimental measured data in terms of attained load (pu) along with its corresponding mid-span deflection (δu) value. material fe type properties values concrete solid 65 compressive strength (mpa) 32 modulus of elasticity (gpa) 30.6 poisson's ratio(v) 0.25 modulus of elasticity (gpa) 200 open shear transfer 0.50 closed shear coefficient 0.80 uniaxial cracking (ft) 32 uniaxial crushing (fc) 3.4 reinforcement steel link 180 yield strength (mpa) (longitudinal) 525 yield strength (mpa) (stirrups) 400 poisson's ratio(v) 0.20 elastic modulus (mpa) 200 000 cfrp shell 181 modulus of elasticity (gpa) 230 design thickness (mm/ply) 0.129 tensile strength (mpa) 4000 epoxy solid45 modulus of elasticity (gpa) 4.50 tensile strength (mpa) 30 steel plate solid185 elastic modulus (mpa) 200 000 poisson’s ratio 0.3 t m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 68 figure 5: finite element model of a rc beam: (a) numerical model; (b) modeling of longitudinal reinforcement without stirrups and modeling of longitudinal reinforcement with stirrups. figure 6: comparison between experimental and numerical load-deflection curve for b00, b02, b04, and b05 beams. table 3: comparison between experimental and numerical results for b00, b02, b04, and b05 beams. parametric study n this section, parametric research is carried out by developing and analyzing nine additional fe models to investigate the influence of cfrp laminate size (width) and different schemes of frp laminates on the flexural response and strength of rc beams externally strengthened with sheets as in fig. 7. beam no. ansys (100 mm width) experimental load (kn) deflection (mm) load (kn) deflection (mm) b00 51.39 30 51.20 32.01 b02 72.43 31.76 75.66 31.74 b04 77.67 23.82 75.1 26.13 b05 80.08 24.87 ---- i m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 69 figure 7: strengthening configurations of specimens to investigate the behavior of the beam when the size (width) of cfrp sheets is changed, nine fe models were developed. one of the beams was modeled as an un-strengthened control, while the other eight were strengthened using cfrp sheets s tr en g th en in g m o d el s one layer s01 (one layer) s01u (one layer + 6u shape) s01s (one layer + on sides) two layers s02 (two layers) s02 u (two-layers + 6u shape) s02 s (two layers + on sides) three layers s03 (three layers) s03u (three-layers + 8u shape) s03 s (three layers + on sides) m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 70 of varying width of 150 mm. table 3 lists the designations for each studied model. figure 6 shows the predicted load versus mid-span displacement response curves. table 3 further summarizes the predicted ultimate achieved load (pu) and its corresponding mid-span deflection (u). effect of cfrp sheet size for the case one layer as expected, the beams with a width of 150 mm bonded frp sheets obtained a larger load-carrying capacity (flexural strength) than the beams with a width of 100 mm, as shown in fig. 8 and table 4. the load-carrying capacity (pu) of beam s01, which has a 150 mm wide cfrp sheet, is 8% greater than the control specimen. fig.8 further shows that the increase in pu for beams s01u with 150 mm wide cfrp sheets and s01s with 150 mm wide cfrp sheets was 7.98% and 12.95%, respectively. as a result, the increase in the load-carrying capacity of a beam is inversely proportional to the increase in cfrp laminates' size (width). figure 8: numerical load-deflection curve for s01, s01s, and s01u beams. effect of cfrp sheet size for case of two-layers the load versus mid-span deflection curves for the two layers are provided in fig. 9. the load capacity (pu) of beam s02, which has a 150 mm wide cfrp sheet, is 12.8 % greater than that of the control specimen. table 4 further shows that the increase in pu for beams s02u with 150 mm wide cfrp sheets and s02s with 150 mm wide cfrp sheets was 9.58 % and 10.47%, respectively, as a result, the increase in the load capacity of a beam is inversely proportional to the increase in the width of cfrp sheets. m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 71 figure 9: numerical load-deflection curve for s02, s02s, and s02u beams. effect of cfrp sheet size for in case of three-layers the predicted load versus mid-span deflection curves for the three layers are provided in fig. 10. the ultimate load of beam s03 with a 150 mm wide cfrp sheet is 22.50 % greater than that of the control specimen. table 4 shows that the increase in pu for beams s03u with 150 mm wide cfrp sheets and s03s with 150 mm wide cfrp sheets was 14.10 % and 14.32 %, respectively.   table 4: comparison between analytical and experimental results. beam no. ansys (100 mm width) ansys (150 mm width) experimental load (kn) deflection (mm) load (kn) deflection (mm) load (kn) deflection (mm) cb 51.39 30 51.39 30 51.20 32.01 s01 75.21 23.92 81.78 28.25 69.44 27.72 s01s 72.43 31.76 83.20 34.01 75.66 31.74 s01u 78.43 24.79 85.23 29.85 73.76 32.96 s02 77.67 23.82 89.08 28.14 75.1 26.13 s02s 80.08 24.87 89.45 26.74 ---- s02u 88.03 24.53 97.36 30.96 87.85 36.96 s03 76.39 23.69 98.59 28.50 79.39 23.33 s03s 86.88 26.09 101.41 27.39 ---- s03u 86.43 26.48 100.62 29.93 88.78 30.97 m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 72 figure 10: numerical load-deflection curve for s03, s03s, and s03u beams. figure 11: strain distribution and force equilibrium conditions for externally strengthened frp beams. theoretical prediction of beam capacities everal research, including wenwei et al. [32] and chellapandian et al. [33], compared the experimental and theoretical flexural and shear capacities of various cfrp strengthening rc beams. s m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 73 according to aci, the bending moment of externally bonded frp beams is calculated using strain compatibility, internal force equilibrium, and governing modes of failure [31]. the strain distribution and force equilibrium conditions for externally reinforced frp beams are depicted in figure (11). according to gangarao and vijay[34], aci [31], the modes of failure in externally reinforced frp beams are (1) tension-controlled failure with frp rupture (  s  0.005> sy,  frp =  ufrp ); (2) tension-controlled failure without frp rupture (  s  0.005>  sy,   ufrp frp ,  cu = 0.003); (3) tension and compression-controlled failure (  sy  0.005  sy,   ufrp frp ,  cu = 0.003); (4) compression-controlled failure (  s  sy,    frp frpu ); and (5) balanced failure ( s =   u =0.003,  frp frpu ,  s  sy). strain and stress in frp: frp reinforcement is assumed to behave linearly elastic manner until failure. furthermore, the frp stress is proportional to strain. the maximum strain obtained in the frp reinforcement is determined by either the strain level developed in the frp at the point where the concrete crushes, the frp ruptures, or the frp debonds from the substrate. the effective strain level in frp reinforcement at the ultimate can be calculated using the following expression:                                e cu i m u h c f b k f c (6)       dli cr m h kd b i ec (7)                            2 2s s ss f s f s f e e eef ef efh k ec ec ec ec d ec ec (8) the effective stress level in the frp reinforcement can be calculated as follows: fe f ef e f (9) concrete delamination or frp debonding can occur if the substrate cannot sustain the force in frp. to prevent the debonding of frp reinforcement, a limitation should be provided on the strain level developed in the frp reinforcement. the bond dependent coefficient km is given as follows:             1 1 0.90    180, 000 60  360, 000 f f m f f ne t k for ne t fu (10a) or            1 360, 000 1 0.90      180, 000     60  m f f f f k for ne t fu ne t (10b) the flexural strength of beams with frp external reinforcement can be computed using equation (11). the additional strength reduction factor ( f 0.85) is applied to the flexural strength contribution of the frp reinforcement. m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 74                        2 2 s f f f f a a mn a fy d a e h (11) the theoretical bending moment values are calculated by incorporating the additional strength reduction factor,  f . table 5 shows the final results of the theoretical method. table 5: results of the theoretical method. conclusion he main aim of the research is to investigate the influence of increasing cfrp sheet size and width, the models have been validated by comparing the behaviour and response of nine beam specimens. at all levels of loading until failure, the numerical and experimental data demonstrated a high correlation, and it can conclude that.  the fe models accurately predicted the flexural behaviour of the tested reinforced concrete beam specimens with and without cfrp sheet reinforcement.  increasing the number of layers of frp sheets increases the ultimate strength of rc beams up to 100% compared to the control beam. however, the mid-span deflections are less than those of the control specimen.  by increasing the width of cfrp sheets increases beam load capacity. references [1] kang, t. h. k., howell, j., kim, s. and lee, d. j. (2012). a state-of-the-art review on debonding failures of frp laminates externally adhered to concrete. international journal of concrete structures and materials, 6(2), pp. 123-134. [2] bennati, s., dardano, n. and valvo, p. s. (2012). a mechanical model for frp-strengthened beams in bending. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 6(22), pp. 39-55. [3] cunha, r., oliveira, k., brito, a., vieira, c. and amorim, d. (2021). evaluation of the behaviour of reinforced concrete beams repaired with glass fibre reinforced polymer (gfrp) using a damage variable. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 15(57), pp. 82-92. [4] benaoum, f., khelil, f. and benhamena, a. (2020). numerical analysis of reinforced concrete beams pre cracked reinforced by composite materials. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 14(54), pp. 282-296. [5] ueda, t., sato, y. and asano, y. (1999). experimental study on bond strength of continuous carbon fiber sheet. special publication, 188, pp. 407-416. [6] carloni, c., ali-ahmad, m. and subramaniam, k. (2005, august). scaling effect in frp/concrete interface debonding. in proceedings of the 7th international conference on mesomechanics, pp. 1-4. [7] rilem, t. q. f. s. (2004). quasibrittle fracture scaling and size effect—final report. mater. struct, 37272, pp. 547586. beam no. theoretical load (kn) (100 mm cfrp width) theoretical load (kn) (150 mm cfrp width) cb 47.01 47.01 s01 66.66 72.79 s02 77.85 86.09 s03 86.08 95.58 s01s 79.32 86.52 s02s 85.73 94.43 s03s 90.23 99.82 t m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 75 [8] kamel, a. s., elwi, a. a. and cheng, r. j. (2004). experimental investigation on frp sheets bonded to concrete. emirates journal for engineering research, 9(2), pp. 71-76. [9] travassos, n. a. c., gomes, a. m. and universidade técnica de lisboa. (2005). caracterização do comportamento da ligação cfrp-betão. [10] hashemi, s. and al-mahaidi, r. (2010). investigation of bond strength and flexural behaviour of frp-strengthened reinforced concrete beams using cement-based adhesives. australian journal of structural engineering, 11(2), pp. 129139. [11] mostafa, a. a. and razaqpur, a. g. (2017). finite element model for predicting post delamination behaviour in frpretrofitted beams in flexure. construction and building materials, 131, pp. 195-204. [12] lusis, v., krasnikovs, a., kononova, o., lapsa, v. a., stonys, r., macanovskis, a. and lukasenoks, a. (2017). effect of short fibers orientation on mechanical properties of composite material–fiber reinforced concrete. journal of civil engineering and management, 23(8), pp. 1091-1099. [13] abid, s. r. and al-lami, k. (2018). critical review of strength and durability of concrete beams externally bonded with frp. cogent engineering, 5(1), 1525015. [14] bennegadi, m. l., sereir, z. and amziane, s. (2013). 3d nonlinear finite element model for the volume optimization of a rc beam externally reinforced with a hfrp plate. construction and building materials, 38, pp. 1152-1160. [15] el-ghandour, a. a. (2011). experimental and analytical investigation of cfrp flexural and shear strengthening efficiencies of rc beams. construction and building materials, 25(3), pp. 1419-1429. [16] kara, i. f. and ashour, a. f. (2012). flexural performance of frp reinforced concrete beams. composite structures, 94(5), pp. 1616-1625. [17] narmashiri, k., sulong, n. r. and jumaat, m. z. (2012). failure analysis and structural behaviour of cfrp strengthened steel i-beams. construction and building materials, 30, pp. 1-9. [18] kermiche, s. and redjel, b. (2012). analyse expérimentale et analytique du comportement en flexion des poutres en béton armé préfissurées renforcées par un matériau composite en toile de fibres de carbone (tfc). synthèse: revue des sciences et de la technologie, 25, pp. 41-58. [19] osman, b. h., wu, e., ji, b. and abdulhameed, s. s. (2018). effect of reinforcement ratios on shear behavior of concrete beams strengthened with cfrp sheets. hbrc journal, 14(1), pp. 29-36. [20] madqour, m. and hassan, h. (2021). experimental and analytical investigations of reinforced concrete beams strengthened by different cfrp sheet schemes. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 15(56), pp. 123-136. [21] ansys. a finite element computer software and user manual for nonlinear structural analysis. canonsburg, pa.: ansys 2007; inc; (2007). [22] aiello, m. a., ascione, l., baratta, a., bastianini, f., battista, u., benedetti, a. and zampa, a. (2014). guide for the design and construction of externally bonded frp systems for strengthening existing structures. [23] teng, j. g., smith, s. t., yao, j. and chen, j. f. (2003). intermediate crack-induced debonding in rc beams and slabs. construction and building materials, 17(6-7), pp. 447-462. [24] hawileh, r. a., naser, m. z. and abdalla, j. a. (2013). finite element simulation of reinforced concrete beams externally strengthened with short-length cfrp plates. composites part b: engineering, 45(1), pp. 1722-1730. [25] version, a. r. (2009). 12.1. 0, a finite element computer software and user manual for nonlinear structural analysis, ansys inc. canonsburg, pa. [26] f. bouziadi, boulekbache, b., haddi, a., djelal, c., hamrat, m. j. c. and b. materials, (2018). numerical analysis of shrinkage of steel fiber reinforced high-strength concrete subjected to thermal loading, construction and building materials, 181, pp. 381-393. [27] bouziadi, f., boulekbache, b., haddi, a., hamrat, m. and djelal, c. (2020). finite element modeling of creep behavior of frp-externally strengthened reinforced concrete beams. engineering structures, 204, 109908. [28] popovics, s. (1970, march). a review of stress-strain relationships for concrete. in journal proceedings, 67(3), pp. 243248). [29] thorenfeldt, e. (1987). mechanical properties of high-strength concrete and applications in design. in symposium proceedings, utilization of high-strength concrete, norway. [30] el-tawil, s., ogunc, c., okeil, a. and shahawy, m. (2001). static and fatigue analyses of rc beams strengthened with cfrp laminates. journal of composites for construction, 5(4), pp. 258-267. m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 76 [31] aci committee, (2005), building code requirements for structural concrete (aci 318-05) and commentary (aci 318r-05), american concrete institute. [32] wenwei, w. and guo, l. (2006). experimental study and analysis of rc beams strengthened with cfrp laminates under sustaining load. international journal of solids and structures, 43(6), pp. 1372-1387. [33] chellapandian, m., prakash, s. s. and sharma, a. (2019). experimental and finite element studies on the flexural behavior of reinforced concrete elements strengthened with hybrid frp technique. composite structures, 208, pp. 466478. [34] gangarao, h. v. and vijay, p. v. (1998). bending behavior of concrete beams wrapped with carbon fabric. journal of structural engineering, 124(1), pp. 3-10. nomenclature a depth of equivalent rectangular stress block afrp = n tf wf, area of frp external reinforcement as area of non-prestressed steel reinforcement b width of rectangular cross-section c distance from extreme compression fiber to the neutral axis d the effective depth of the beam ec modulus of elasticity of concrete efrp or ef tensile modulus of elasticity of frp es and ec modulus of elasticity of steel and concrete fc the compressive strength of the concrete ffe effective stress in frp; stress level attained at section failure fy yield strength of non-prestressed steel reinforcement cf ˋ compressive strength of concrete h overall depth of the beam icr moment of inertia of cracked section transformed to concrete km bond-reduction coefficient for flexure k the ratio of the depth of the neutral axis to reinforcement depth measured on the same side of the neutral axis mdl bending moment due to dead-load mn nominal bending moment n number of frp layers tf nominal thickness of one ply of frp reinforcement tfrp tensile force in frp ts tensile force in steel β1 the ratio of the depth of equivalent rectangular stress block to the depth of neutral axis εbi strain level in the concrete substrate at the time of frp installation 𝜀𝑐 concrete compressive strain εci initial strain in extreme compression fiber εcl additional strain in extreme compression fiber after strengthening and loading εcu maximum usable compressive strain in concrete ε0 the corresponding compressive strain at the compressive strength εfd debonding strain of externally bonded frp reinforcement, (mm/mm) εfe effective strain level in frp reinforcement; strain level attained at section failure εfrp strain level in frp reinforcement εfrpu strain in frp at the point of incipient rupture εfrpl additional strain in extreme tension fiber after strengthening and loading m. madqour et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 62-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.05 77 εfu ultimate rupture strain in frp reinforcement εs strain level in steel reinforcement εsy strain corresponding to the yield strength of steel reinforcement εsi initial strain in steel reinforcement εsl additional strain in steel reinforcement after strengthening and loading  cu the maximum compressive strength  f frp reinforcement ratio s   the ratio of non-prestressed reinforcement  f additional frp strength-reduction factor microsoft word numero_34_art_68 m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 622 2d size, position and shape definition of defects by b-scan image analysis michele scafidi, donatella cerniglia, tommaso ingrassia università degli studi di palermo, dipartimento di ingegneria chimica, gestionale, informatica, meccanica – 90128 palermo, italy tommaso.ingrassia@unipa.it abstract. the non-destructive evaluation of defects by automatic procedures is of great importance for structural components. thanks to the developments of the non-contact ultrasonic techniques, the automation of the inspections is gaining a progressively important role. in this work, an automatic inspection technique for the evaluation of defects by the analysis of b-scan images obtained by a laser ultrasonic system is presented. the data are extracted directly from a b-scan map obtained for a panel with internal defects, and are used to build an image of the cross section of the panel. the proposed automatic procedure allows the definition of size, position and shape of defects in panels of known thickness. keywords. nde; laser ut system; b-scan image analysis; defect size definition; 2d defect shape definition. introduction he laser ultrasonic testing (ut) systems are becoming more common among the non-destructive evaluation (nde) techniques thanks to the possibility to carry out non-contact inspections [1-3]. one of the most important advantage of this technique is related to the use of high frequency ultrasonic waves, that allow the detection of defects with very fine spatial resolution. moreover, laser ut systems can be effectively used for remote inspections with no contact conditions influence and, if proper delivery optics are used to guide the laser beam, they can operate also in hostile environments. since the propagation mechanism of the ultrasonic waves is not influenced by the angle of incidence of the laser beam on the material surface, this kind of system can be used to inspect parts where access is limited. the laser beam, in fact, can be directed to the surface with high angles off axis. the presence of defects, corners and curved surfaces, modifies the waves propagation, causing reflection and mode conversion. the waves resulting from different sources (i.e. reflected or converted waves) can interfere each other, generating very complex patterns. for this reason, the inspection of complex structures by means of laser ut systems can become extremely hard. nevertheless, by knowing the analytical models of the waves propagation in solid structures, the experimental layout can be designed to optimize the results post-processing analysis. with this purpose, laser ut systems can be used to automate the scanning procedure and to make a rapid acquisition of the ultrasonic data by creating b-scan maps in real time [1]. the analysis of the b-scan image allows determining in an automated way the presence of defects in the tested component as well as the characteristics of the defects. a technique of particular importance in the analysis of defects in plates is the time of flight diffraction (tofd) [4-9]. this technique allows to determine the presence of cracks in the material and to determine the position and length of the crack even in t m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 623 components of complex geometry [10-13]. to facilitate the automation of the analysis, tofd b-scan maps with selected wave types can be obtained by optimizing the layout of the laser system. the aim of this work is the automatic definition of size, shape and position of the defects in plates of known thickness. a virtual image of the section of the analyzed component is created by an algorithm that locates the areas with defects. a second algorithm allows determining also the boundary shape of the defect. ultrasonic system and laser layout description he laser system used in this work, shown in fig. 1, consists of: an ir nd:yag pulsed laser for the ultrasonic wave generation; a cw laser interferometer as receiver system for the out-of-plane displacements measurement; a motorized linear micro-slide; a system for data acquisition and processing. figure 1: laser system: (a) ir nd:yag pulsed laser for ultrasonic wave generation; (b) cw laser interferometer receiver; (c) motorized linear micro-slide; (d) sample. in the application here considered, the wave generation and detection are made on the same side of a panel of thickness t at a defined distance d (see fig. 2). the laser source generates longitudinal, shear and surface waves in the ablation regime whose angular dependence is reported in ref. [4]. figure 2: cross-section of a plate with indication of laser source, laser receiver and wave paths. t m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 624 as shown in fig. 2, the surface skimming longitudinal wave, l-wave, travels just below the surface of the plate; the longitudinal back-wall wave, ll-wave, reflected by the opposite plate surface in accordance with the snell’s law, travels with an orientation  that depends on the distance d. being the longitudinal wave velocity vl about twice than the shear and surface wave velocities [14] and considering that the l-wave path (length d) is the shortest between the generation point and the receiver point, the l-wave is the first that reaches the receiver. if the ll-wave travels along a path with length dll=2d, the surface wave, the shear wave and the ll-wave reach the receiver at about the same time. this condition occurs when the triangle of the wave path is equilateral (θ=30°) but, in this case, it is impossible to identify the three different waves apart. choosing a propagation angle θ=45°, instead, the distance between the two lasers is d=2t and the total length of the ll-wave path is dll=2t√2=2.83t1.4d. this choice ensures that the ll-wave can be entirely acquired, cutting off the surface wave and the shear wave from the time window. furthermore, the intensity of the out-of-plane component of the ll-wave for θ=45° is about 70% of the ll-wave intensity. in this way, in line with the purposes of this research, the distance d and the time-window have been then optimized to visualize only the l-wave and the ll-wave. in fig. 3, a signal acquired by the receiver, in a t=5 mm aluminum plate without defect and a source/receiver distance of d=10 mm, is shown. figure 3: typical signal of the longitudinal waves without defect. in fig. 4, the section of the analyzed plate with the laser layout scheme is shown. figure 4: section of the analyzed aluminum plate and laser layout (measures in mm). in the plate two circular holes, d1 and d2, were drilled. their diameters are, respectively, 2.10 mm and 2.09 mm. the distances of the defects centers from the scanning surface (y-depth) are, respectively, y1=1.54 mm and y2=2.45 mm. the distance, l, between the centers of the two defects is 37.26 mm. m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 625 to analyze the plate, a b-scan map has been built by regularly shifting, along a 100 mm straight line, the laser system and storing the signal for each step. fig. 5 shows the b-scan map obtained with the panel of fig. 4. the laser source position defines the abscissa xg of the b-scan map. two perturbations can be noted due to the presence of the defects. figure 5: b-scan map obtained for the plate of fig. 4 with indication of the l-wave negative and ll-wave positive peaks. the b-scan map is shown in false-colours to highlight the peak-to-peak amplitude of the signals. similarly to the case of the waves diffracted by the crack tip [6, 7, 13], the perturbation shows a parabolic-like pattern in the b-scan. in general, the defect affects the shape of the perturbation then, analyzing this last, the defect characteristics can be determined. unfortunately, if the presence of the perturbations on the b-scan map can clearly make in evidence the presence of defects, the definition of their size, position and shape requires a more complex analysis. in the next sections, the proposed procedures for defining the size, the position and the shape of the defects are described. b-scan analysis: size and position definition he ll-wave (red line in fig. 5) is interrupted twice in correspondence of the defect d1. these interruptions are caused by the interposition of the defect along the ll-wave path, as shown in the fig. 6. from the b-scan, it would seem that the defect interrupts also the l-wave. actually, this effect is caused by the superposition of the longitudinal wave, l-wave, and the reflected wave due to the defect, lr-wave. in this case, in fact, due to the little depth (y) of the defect d1, the ll-wave and the lr-wave have similar path lengths. a different case, shown in fig. 7, is represented by the defect d2 that has a greater depth. the ll-wave is interrupted only one time but for a bigger length. for the defect d1, the length of the interruptions depends on the defect size while for the defect d2, the length of the interruption depends also on the depth. as general case, measuring the length of the interruptions of the ll-wave directly on the b-scan map, information about the dimension of the defect can be obtained, while information on its depth can be hardly extracted. for a better definition of the size and position of the defect, the draft of an image of the section, considering the information extracted by the b-scan, is here proposed. this section image consists in drawing, for each scan step, a broken line describing the path of the ll-wave. these path-lines are drawn in a gray colour whose intensity is proportional to the amplitude of the corresponding acquired signal. each pixel of the section image is obtained as intersection of the path-lines of two different steps. the biggest intensity of the (two) intersecting lines is assigned to the pixel. in this way, a bright pixel belongs to one not-interrupted path whereas a dark colored pixel is part of two t m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 626 interrupted paths. therefore, defects cannot be in the bright zones of the section image, while they could be in the dark areas. in fig. 8, the section image built with the data extracted from the b-scan of fig. 5 is shown. figure 6: interruption of the ll-wave due to the defect d1 and corresponding effects on the b-scan map. figure 7: interruption of the ll-wave due to the defect d2 and corresponding effects on the b-scan map. figure 8: section image built from the data of the b-scan of fig. 5. in fig. 8, some “shadow” and unanalyzed zones are highlighted. in these last areas, no signal was acquired because the extreme parts of the plate have not been scanned. the shadow zones, instead, correspond to low-intensity signals. in general, in these areas the presence of defects cannot be excluded observing only the section image built with the described procedure. the shadow zones with no defects could be removed by performing the inspection also from the other side of the panel. for the purposes of this research, the shadow zones and the unanalyzed zones have not been considered. to extract the information about the size and the position of the defect, a binarized section image has been built from the section image of fig. 8 by a threshold procedure. to optimize the results, proper threshold values have been chosen depending on the defect characteristics. in particular, at this stage of the research, they have been defined knowing the value of the defect diameter. the best threshold values are, respectively, 40% and 35 % of the maximum intensity for the defect d1 and d2. the binarized section images are shown in fig. 9. m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 627 figure 9: binarized section images obtained with a threshold value of 40% (a) for d1 and 35% (b) for d2. the analysis of the section images allows to determine the positions of the defects by identifying the center of gravity (cg) of the dark zones. the procedure consists in calculating the coordinates of the cg by the following equations: ig x x n   (1) ig y y n   (2) where xi and yi are the coordinates of the generic dark pixel, while n is the total number of pixels in the dark zones. from the analysis of the section image, the x coordinates of the center of the defects are x1=40.2 mm and x2=77.7 mm, respectively for d1 and d2. consequently, the calculated distance between the two defects is l=37.5 mm. this value is in a very good agreement with the real one, equal to 37.26 mm, and the error is about 0.6%. the y positions (depth) of the center of the defects result y1=1.62 mm for d1 and y2=2.32 mm for d2. the errors on the depth are, respectively, about +5.2% and -5.3%. b-scan analysis: defect shape definition he shape of the defects has been determined by analyzing the b-scan map perturbations due to the defects (fig. 5). because of the regular shape of the drilled holes, the perturbation is not caused by the diffraction [4-9] but is due to the reflection of the longitudinal waves at the smoothed boundary of the hole. as shown in fig. 10, for each scan step, a longitudinal wave (lr-wave), starting from the generation point, hits the defect and is reflected to the receiver point. figure 10: path of a generic lr-wave (left) and corresponding point in the b-scan image (right). at each step, the laser receiver acquires the signal of the lr-wave reflected by the closer point of the defect. in this way, the bottom boundary of the perturbation on the b-scan map is defined. extracting the coordinates xg of the perturbation boundary points from the b-scan, the time of arrival tl(xg) of the lr-waves can be determined (fig. 10). known the wave velocity vl of the longitudinal wave, the length of the path ll(xg) covered by the lr-wave can be determined by the following equation:    l g l l gl x v t x  (3) as seen in fig.10, the path of the lr-wave is composed of two parts: the first one goes from the generation point to the reflection point, the second one from this last point to the receiver. since the initial direction of the lr-wave and the t m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 628 defect shape and position are unknown, the lengths of the two parts of the path cannot be determined separately. under these conditions, all the points for which the sum of the distance from two fixed point (generation and receiver point) is ll(xg) could be reflection points. in particular, all the points on the semi-ellipse with generation and receiver points as foci and with the sum of the distances from them equal to ll(xg) could be reflection points. since the generation and receiver points are on the x-axis (fig. 4), the generic equation of the ellipse having the possible reflection points is:  2 2 2 2 1c x x y a b    (4) where a and b are, respectively, the major and minor semi-axes of the ellipse, whose values, for the analyzed case, are:   2 l gl xa  (5)   2 2 2 2 l gl x db            (6) and xc is the abscissa of the center of the ellipse (central point between the two foci at d distance), that is linked to the generation point by the following relationship: 2 c g d x x  (7) finally, for each scan step, knowing xg and calculating ll(xg), the ellipse passing through the reflecting point of the defect can be drawn. the envelope of all the ellipses determines the shape of the defect. fig. 11 shows, for the defect d1, the envelope of the ellipses superimposed to the circular profile of the drilled hole. a very good agreement is found in the matching of the experimental and real data. figure 11: envelope of the ellipses (blue lines) drawn for the defect d1 and defect contour (black circle). the envelope of the ellipses shown in fig. 8 determines only one half of the defect profile. the other part of the profile can be determined by applying the same algorithm to the experimental data coming from an inspection performed in the opposite side of the panel. conclusions a new procedure of analysis of the b-scan image obtained by laser ut for nde has been presented in this paper. it has been shown that, using an appropriate lay-out optimized to detect the longitudinal wave reflected by the opposite side of the panel, it is possible to define the main characteristics of the defects. in particular, the size, the position and the shape of the defect can be determined. the main dimensions and the position of the defect can be defined analyzing some section images built from the b-scan maps. these section images, if suitably filtered, allow to calculate the coordinates of the defect center. m. scafidi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 34 (2015) 622-629; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.68 629 the analysis of the perturbation in the b-scan, due to the presence of the defects, allows determining the shape of the defect. the definition of the shape of the defect is achieved by means of the envelope of the ellipses drawn on the image section, by measuring the time of arrival of the wave reflected by the defect from the b-scan. although the research requires a calibration procedure and the automation of some parts of the analysis, the results obtained are in good agreement with the characteristics of the defects created into the aluminum panel used as case study. the next steps of the research are the reduction of the effects of the shadow zones, the improvement and the automation of the procedures to extract position, size and shape of the defects. references [1] cerniglia, d., scafidi, m., pantano, a., rudlin, j., inspection of additive-manufactured layered components, ultrasonics, 62 (2015) 292-298. [2] rudlin, j., cerniglia, d., scafidi, m., inspection of laser powder deposited layers, proceedings of 52nd annual conference of the british institute of non-destructive testing (2013), bindt 2013 – telford (uk), (2013). [3] cerniglia, d., djordjevic, b.b., ultrasonic detection by photo-emf sensor and by wideband air-coupled transducer, research in nondestructive evaluation, 15 (2004) 111-117. [4] scruby, c.b., drain, l., laser ultrasonics: techniques and applications, adam hilger, bristol, (1990). [5] sinclair, a.n., fortin, j., shakibi, b., honarvar, f., jastrzebski, m., moles, m.d.c., enhancement of ultrasonic images for sizing of defects by time-of-flight diffraction, ndt&e international, 43 (2010) 258-264. [6] petcher, p.a., dixon, s., a modified hough transform for removal of direct and reflected surface waves from bscans, ndt&e international, 44 (2011) 139-144. [7] petcher, p.a., dixon, s., parabola detection using matched filtering for ultrasound b-scans, ultrasonics, 52 (2012) 138-144. [8] merazi-meksen, t., boudraa, m., boudraa, b., mathematical morphology for tofd image analysis and automatic crack detection, ultrasonics, 54 (2014) 1642-1648. [9] silk, m. g., the transfer of ultrasonic energy in the diffraction technique for crack sizing. ultrasonics, 17 (1979) 113– 121. [10] nath, s.k., balasubramaniam, k., krishnamurthy, c.v., narayana, b.h., reliability assessment of manual ultrasonic time of flight diffraction (tofd) inspection for complex geometry components, ndt&e international 43 (2010) 152-162. [11] nalbone, l., adelfio, r., d’arienzo, m., ingrassia, t., nigrelli, v., zabbara, f., paladini, p., campi, f., pellegrini, a., porcellini, g., optimal positioning of the humeral component in the reverse shoulder prosthesis, musculoskeletal surgery, 98(2) (2014) 135-142. [12] nath, s. k., effect of variation in signal amplitude and transit time on reliability analysis of ultrasonic time of flight diffraction characterization of vertical and inclined cracks, ultrasonics 54 (2014) 938-952. [13] ferrand, a., darmon, m., chatillon, s., deschamps, m., modeling of ray paths of head waves on irregular interfaces in tofd inspection for nde, ultrasonics 54 (2014) 1851-1860. [14] krautkramer, j., krautkramer, h., ultrasonic testing of materials, springer-verlag berlin heidelberg gmbh, new york, (1977). microsoft word numero_50_art_22_2545 c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 264 focused on structural integrity and safety: experimental and numerical perspectives web rotational stiffness of continuous steel-concrete composite castellated beams carla cristiane silva, rodrigo barreto caldas, ricardo hallal fakury, hermes carvalho, joão victor fragoso dias department of structural engineering, federal university of minas gerais, av. pres. antônio carlos, 6627, pampulha, belo horizonte, minas gerais 31270-901, brazil carlacristianesilva@hotmail.com abstract. continuous composite beams can present a global instability known as lateral distortional buckling (ldb). the design code en 1994-1-1:2004 provides a procedure for the verification of this ultimate limit state, in which the resistant bending moment is calculated considering the behavior of the inverted “u-frame” mechanism. an essential parameter for the determination of this moment is the rotational stiffness of the composite beam, which depends on the web stiffness. the en 1994-1-1:2004 procedure is restricted to composite beams with solid-web steel sections without openings. this paper presents several numerical analyses of the web rotational stiffness of castellated sections such as anglosaxon, litzka and peiner typologies. finally, based on numerical results obtained, three different adjustment coefficients were proposed for the anglo-saxon, litzka and peiner typologies for the calculation of the web rotational stiffness of the castellated profile. the proposed coefficients provided an excellent adjustment between the results obtained numerically and those obtained from the classical formulation of the plate theory, with an average deviation of 2%, indicating low dispersion and homogeneous results. keywords. rotational stiffness; castellated composite beam; lateral distortional buckling; elastic critical moment. citation: silva, c. c., caldas, r. b., fakury, r. h., carvalho, h., dias, j., v., f., web rotational stiffness of continuous steelconcrete composite castellated beams, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275. received: 16.06.2019 accepted: 16.08.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n continuous and semi-continuous composite beams, in the regions of hogging moment, the bottom flange is compressed, which makes it susceptible to buckling in relation to its major axis of inertia (axis located in the plane of flexion), since the buckling in relation to the its minor axis of inertia is restrained by the web. if the web has insufficient stiffness to prevent lateral flexion, the compressed flange shows a lateral displacement, δ, accompanied by a twist, θ, (fig. 1), characterizing an ultimate limit state called lateral distortional buckling (ldb). i http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2545.mp4 c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 265 figure 1: lateral distortional buckling (oliveira [1]). continuous and semi-continuous composite beams can be used with castellated sections, which are structural elements with multiple hexagonal openings of the same shape, regularly spaced in the web. the main reasons for the use of castellated beams in steel structures are increase of resistant capacity and flexural stiffness around the axis of greater inertia, provided by the increase of the total height of the cross section; elements lighter than a profile without openings of the same height, thus reducing the total weight; larger free spans, reducing the number of columns and foundations, leading to faster and more economical assembly; possibility of passing ducts or pipes through the openings and aesthetic gain, since the openings incorporate to the environment a modern appearance. adding the potential of castellated steel beams for use in composite floors, the effect on material economy is even more promising once the steel-concrete composite beams are a very effective floor system due to the considerable increase in floor stiffness, steel weight reduction and the lower height of the beam-slab section (queiroz et al. [2]). the brazilian standard abnt nbr 8800:2008 [3] provides a procedure for the determination of the lateral distortional buckling-moment resistance capacity of the continuous and semi-continuous steel-concrete composite beams, similar to the en 1994-1-1:2004 [4] european standard. this procedure depends on the determination of the elastic critical moment, calculated considering the behavior of the inverted “u-frame” mechanism. a fundamental parameter for this determination is the rotational stiffness of the composite beam which, in turn, depends on the web stiffness. it should be noted that these code procedures apply only to composite beams without web openings. in the literature there are several studies on lateral distortional buckling (ldb) of continuous composite beams without web openings, among them roik et al. [5], chen [6], dekker et al. [7], hanswille et al. [8], calenzani [9], calenzani [10], chen and wang [11], ye and chen [12], wang [13], guo et al. [14], zhou et al. [15], zhou et al. [16], oliveira [17], amaral [18] dietrich [19], dias [20] and oliveira [1]. the number of researches of castellated composite beams in regions of hogging moments is still limited. salah and gizejowski [21, 22, 23] performed several studies with alveolar beams (cellular and castellated openings) to analyze the influence of beam slenderness (length to height ratio), distortional buckling modes, profile height and steel type. piassi et al. [24] developed an analytical model in order to obtain the expression of the rotational stiffness of composite cellular beams and the results were compared with numerical models developed in the ansys 15.0 [25] program. however, there are no studies on the rotational stiffness of the web castellated profile. therefore, this paper presents a numerical study, validated with results of the literature, with the aim of proposing an equation for the calculation of the bending stiffness of the web of steel-concrete composite beams, which can be used to determine the rotational stiffness of the inverted “u-frame” mechanism and obtain the elastic critical moment of lateral distortional buckling. literature review inverted “u-frame” mechanism he european standard en 1994-1-1:2004 [4] and the brazilian standard abnt nbr 8800: 2008 [3] suggest the use of the inverted “u-frame” mechanism to determine the elastic critical moment of ldb, in which the concrete slab is considered to be over two or more parallel steel beams, as shown in fig. 2. t c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 266 figure 2: inverted “u-frame” mechanism with two beams (oliveira [1]). according to fan [26], the inverted "u-frame" mechanism is more adequate to represent the behavior to ldb compared to the model of a composite beam composed of a single steel profile superimposed on a concrete slab ("t" cross section) because it represents better the lateral displacement and torsional constraints imposed on the steel profile by the concrete slab and the shear connection. the "u-frame" mechanism also has a direct relation with the usual situations, once most constructions use floor systems composed of parallel steel beams equally spaced under the concrete slab. in the literature there are two types of inverted "u" mechanism, the continuous one, which has only rigid internal supports, and the discrete one, which has regularly spaced transversal stiffeners throughout the hogging moment region, which contributes to the restriction of ldb. the en 1994-1-1:2004 [4] and abnt nbr 8800:2008 [3] standards only present formulations considering the continuous "u-frame" mechanism for the verification of composite beams. rotational stiffness a fundamental parameter for the calculation of the elastic critical moment (mcr) is the rotational stiffness of the composite beam, ks, also known as the rotational stiffness of the inverted "u-frame" mechanism. this stiffness, considered simplified by a rotational spring located in the top flange of a steel profile, allows to reproduce the influence of the "u-frame" mechanism at the bending moment resistant to the ldb, considering the bending of the slab, the distortion of the web and the deformation of the shear connection (fig. 3). according to johnson [27], this stiffness is obtained by unit of length, relating the moment at point a, located in the geometric center of the top flange, caused by forces, f, applied to the bottom flanges of the parallel beams of the "u-frame" mechanism, with the corresponding rotation, θ, of these flanges. this rotation is obtained by the ratio between the lateral displacement of the bottom flange (δ) and the distance between the geometric centers of the flanges of the steel profile (ho). the bending moment at point a is the product between force f and distance ho. taking one of the beams, the rotation at point a will be equal to δ/ho, and since the moment in a is given by the product f.ho, the following general expression for the rotational stiffness is obtained: / o s o f h k h  (1) to determine precisely eqn. (1), it is necessary to carry out experimental or numerical analyses. alternatively, the rotational stiffness of the composite beam (ks) can be obtained as a result of the series association of the cracked slab bending stiffness, k1, the steel profile web rotational stiffness, k2, and shear connection bending stiffness, k3, as follows: 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 sk k k k          (2) for the calculation of the slab bending stiffness, k1, the slab is considered as a beam fixed on the profiles. this stiffness is characterized by the bending moments that arise when applying unitary rotations on the fixed ends (fig. 4) and, generally, can be obtained as: c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 267   2 1 ei k a   (3) where a is the distance between the parallel beams of the inverted "u-frame" mechanism, α is a coefficient depending on the position of the beam being considered. if the beam is at the end of the slab, α = 2, and for the internal beam, α = 3 (for internal beams with four or more similar beams, one can adopt α = 4). the term (ei)2 represents the bending stiffness of the homogenized composite section of the slab, disregarding the tensile concrete, per unit length of the beam, taken as the lowest value between the stiffness in the middle of the span and in the internal support. figure 3. rotational stiffness of a composite beam (oliveira [1]). figure 4. cracked slab bending stiffness (calenzani [9]). the steel profile web rotational stiffness is obtained by considering the web as a cantilever plate in the geometric center of the top flange and free in the geometric center of the bottom flange where a force f acts, according to fig. 5. the relation between the force f and the displacement δ2 is given by the expression: 3 2 3 o f d h  (4) c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 268 where d is the plate bending stiffness per unit length. according to eqn. (1) and rearrangement of eqn. (4), we obtain: 2 3 o d k h  (5) figure 5. web rotational stiffness (calenzani [9]). the plate bending stiffness per unit length can be calculated, according to timoshenko and gere [28], as: 3 212(1 ) wetd    (6) where e and ν are, respectively, the young's modulus and the poisson’s ratio of the structural steel and tw is the web thickness of the steel profile. substituting eqn. (6) for eqn. (5), the value of k2 per unit length can be determined by:   3 2 24 1 w o et k h    (7) the web rotational stiffness, k2, determined for the plate without openings, described in eqn. (7), should be adapted in the case of alveolar beams for the consideration of the openings, and being this adaptation the proposal of this article. the shear connection bending stiffness (k3) represents the moment in the geometric center of the top flange when a unitary rotation is imposed for the connection between the steel profile and the reinforced concrete slab (fig. 6). the analytical determination of this stiffness is very difficult. according to johnson and molenstra [29] apud calenzani [9], it tends to have a very high value when the i section has no openings, influencing less than 1% of the rotational stiffness ks for the case of shear connection with two connectors in the cross section and less than 5% for one shear connector. for this reason, the stiffness k3 is usually disregarded in the calculations. in the case of castellated beam, in which the presence of openings reduces the web stiffness, the influence of the shear connection becomes even less relevant. the european standard en 1994-1-1:2004 [4] does not provide an equation for the calculation of the elastic critical moment of ldb, but suggests the use of the inverted "u-frame" mechanism. the elastic critical moment of ldb is obtained, according to brazilian standard abnt nbr 8800:2008 [3], by eqn. (8) (which was also presented in the previous version of the european standard, env 1994-1-1:1992 [29]), initially proposed in the roik et al. [5] studies: 2 2 dist g cr s afy c l m gj k ei l     (8) in which g is the transverse elasticity modulus, e is the young's modulus of the structural steel, j is the st. venant torsion constant of the profile, iafy is the second moment of area of the compressed flange in relation to the y axis (vertical axis), αg c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 269 is a related factor to the cross-section geometry, ks is the rotational stiffness of the composite beam and cdist is a coefficient that depends on the distribution of bending moments in the length l of the analyzed composite beam span. figure 6. shear connection bending stiffness (calenzani [9]). dias [20] proposed a new procedure for the determination of the elastic critical moment of composite beams with web profile without openings subjected to uniform hogging moment according to eq. (10):   2 2, 2 0 g w d b cr k ec m gj n h nl                    (9) where 4 , b w d kl ec   (10) where h0 is the distance between the geometric centres of the steel profile flanges, g the transverse elasticity modulus, e the young's modulus of the structural steel, j the st. venant torsion constant of the steel profile, l the beam length, cw,d the warping constant of the steel profile, n the number of half-waves of the buckling mode, k the spring stiffness in the centre of the upper face of the top flange, ηb is a dimensionless parameter and kg takes into account effects caused by the presence of the slab in the model. the new procedure proposed by dias [20] presented excellent agreement with numerical values, with deviations below 10% in 97.29% of the analyzed models and mean error of 2.33%. results better than the formulations of roik et al. [5] and hanswille et al. [8], which did not lead to satisfactory results, presenting average errors of 12.41% and 16.51%, respectively. these last two works present several simplifications and can lead to results not as precise as those of dias [20]. oliveira [1] extended the equation of dias [20] for composite beams submitted to non-uniform hogging moment. numerical analysis numerical model he formulation of the rotational stiffness discussed in en 1994-1-1:2004 [4] covers only composite beams composed of steel profiles without openings. this stiffness depends substantially on the web rotational stiffness (k2), which can be determined by considering the web as a plate fixed in the geometric center of the top flange and free in the geometric center of the bottom flange (fig. 7). thus, a simplified numerical model of plate was developed to determine the web stiffness of the castellated profiles. the numerical model represents a plate of height (dg), thickness tw and length varying due to the number of openings, in the case of the castellated web (fig. 5). as described previously, by applying a horizontal force f in the geometric center t c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 270 of the bottom flange, the web lateral displacement (δ2) can be determined through eqn. (1) and, from this, the web stiffness, k2, is calculated. three-dimensional models of finite elements were developed in the software ansys 17.0 [25]. shell elements, shell181, were used to represent the steel profile. figure 7. plate model. the young’s modulus of the steel, e, was considered equal to 200000 mpa and the poisson’s ratio, ν, equal to 0.3. in order to simulate the boundary conditions, the displacements and rotations in the three directions were prevented at the top of the web. at the bottom, the nodes displacements were coupled, resulting in a uniform displacement along the lower portion of the web across the model length, condition which normally occurs due to the presence of the bottom flange. the finite element mesh was generated freely by the program, resulting in an unstructured mesh, which does not represent influence due to the great simplicity of the type of analysis. a mesh study was performed, varying the size of the elements from large values to very small values (1.52h0 to 0.003h0, with more than 32 values). the mesh used was 0.152h0 once it presented results with good precision (the variation for smaller meshes is less than 0.1%) and did not present high computational time. validation of numerical model plates with solid-webs were modeled for the validation of the numerical model. the numerical web rotational stiffness without openings (k2,num,sol) was calculated according to eqn. (1), considering the applied force (f) equal to 1 kn and the maximum displacement of the plate (δ2) obtained from the numerical analysis. the analytical web rotational stiffness without openings (k2,an,sol) was calculated according to eqn. (7). the results of the numerical analysis were compared with the analytical results and it was observed that the maximum difference between the two results was less than 0.3% (tab. 1). therefore, it is considered that the numerical model is suitable for simulations of web stiffness. dg (mm) tw (mm) lbeam (m) δ2 (m) k2,num,sol (kn.m/m) k2,an,sol (kn.m/m) k2,num,sol/k2,an,sol 260 6.4 2.85 4.28e-04 55393.01 55398.14 1.000 300 5.0 1.99 1.98e-03 22893.71 22818.77 0.997 600 7.5 4.85 1.93e-03 38543.48 38633.24 0.998 900 10 11.17 1.19e-03 61113.43 61050.06 1.001 1200 15 14.89 6.25e-04 154755.51 154532.97 1.001 table 1: validation of numerical models. c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 271 parametric study he plates evaluated in this study had anglo-saxon, peiner and litzka typologies (tab. 2 shows the geometric ratios for the castellated beam typology patterns and fig. 8 illustrates their parameters) with an expansion ratio equal to 1.5. this value is usual for the alveolar profile, used by several authors in their experimental and numerical works (zaarour and redwood [30]; bezerra [31]; vieira [32]). anglo-saxon litzka peiner p 1.08d 1.7322d 1.5d bw 0.25d 0.5774d 0.5d a0 0.83d 1.155d d b 0.29d bw/2 bw/2 table 2: geometric parameters for the beams. figure 8. definition of geometric parameters for the beams. the parametric study was performed considering four heights, dg, 300, 600, 900 and 1200 mm, covering large and small heights. in relation to the thickness of the castellated web, the web slenderness values (dg/tw) equal to 20, 40, 60 and 80 were analyzed, covering larger and smaller slenderness than usual slenderness values. the profiles were modeled with a number of openings, n, equal to 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19 and 21, in order to verify if the increase of the span would influence the stiffness. a total of 432 models were analyzed, with the combinations of properties presented in fig. 9. figure 9. models analyzed in the web rotational stiffness parametric study. dg typology n dg/tw 300 600 900 1200 anglo-saxon litza peiner 20 40 60 80 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 t c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 272 results and discussion ig. 10 shows the relationship between the results of the numerical analyses of plates with hexagonal openings and the values obtained according to the analytical formulations of web plates without openings (considering the same dimensions) for anglo-saxon, litzka and peiner typologies. the numeric stiffness of the castellated web, k2,num,cast, was calculated according to eqn. (1) and the analytic stiffness of the web without openings, k2,an,sol, calculated by eqn. (7). a linear relationship between the results of k2,num,cast and k2,an,sol is shown for the three typology patterns studied, with the mean of the ratio k2,num,cast/k2,an,sol equal 0.53, 0.54 and 0.55 for the anglo-saxon, litzka and peiner typologies, respectively. figure 10. comparison between the numerical and analytical results of the web stiffness of the anglo-saxon, litzka and peiner typologies. adopting an adjustment coefficient (β), the eqn. (7), used by en 1994-1-1:2004 [4] and abnt nbr 8800:2008 [3], can be adapted for the determination of the rotational stiffness of castellated webs, considering the total height of the castellated beam, dg, instead of the height of web without openings, h0, as below:   3 2 24 1 w g e t k d     (11) in which β is: 0.53 0.54 0.55        anglo-saxon liztka peiner (12) a dispersion analysis of the results was performed as described in the european standard en 1990:2002 [33], and the coefficient of variation for the proposed formulation was equal to 0.22%, indicating low dispersion and homogeneous results. adopting, conservatively, a simplified adjustment coefficient, βsimplified, equal to 0.53 for eqn. (11), can determine only one equation for the stiffness of the castellated beams (anglo-saxon, peiner and litzka typologies), in which the error obtained is less than 4%. it was also observed that the number of openings had no great influence on the rotational stiffness of the castellated web. 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250 k 2 ,n um ,ca st k2,an,sol anglo-saxon peiner litzka f c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 273 conclusion he union between the potential of the continuous composite beams and the castellated steel profiles is promising for material savings. despite this, the construction of these beams runs into deficiency of studies about their behavior. in the case of continuous composite beams, the ultimate limit state of lateral distortional buckling deserves special attention. this ultimate limit state depends fundamentally on the web rotational stiffness. in castellated sections the openings in the web of the composite beams reduce the web rotational stiffness of these profiles when compared to those without openings, which makes these beams more susceptible to this buckling mode. according to the standards en 1994-11:2004 [4] and abnt nbr 8800:2008, in order to obtain the lateral distortional buckling resistant moment, it is necessary to calculate the elastic critical moment which depends on the geometric properties of the steel profile and the rotational stiffness of the composite beam. in this paper, three different adjustment coefficients (β) were proposed for the anglo-saxon, litzka and peiner typologies of castellated beams, 0.53, .054 and 0.55, respectively, for the calculation of the web rotational stiffness of the castellated sections, fundamental variable for obtaining the rotational stiffness of the composite beam and, consequently, the elastic critical moment of lateral distortional buckling. as the web rotational stiffness is reduced, the elastic critical moment will also be smaller and, consequently, the resistant moment. the coefficients were obtained (one for each of the opening patterns) from a parametric numerical study performed in the software ansys 17.0 [25]. the proposed coefficients provided an excellent adjustment between the results obtained numerically and those obtained from the classical formulation of the plate theory. the maximum deviation between the numerical results and the proposed methodology was 2%, considering different adjustment coefficients for each opening pattern. the adjustment coefficient equal to 0.53 (value obtained for the anglo-saxon typology) can be used in the proposed equation for composite beams with three typologies of openings (anglo saxon, liztka and peiner), resulting in a deviation maximum equal to 4% of the numerical results. acknowledgment he authors would like to acknowledge the support provided by the government agencies of brazil: capes, cnpq, fapemig and ifmg. notation a distance between the parallel beams of the inverted "u-frame" mechanism d0 height opening dg web height of the castellated section ho distance between the geometric centers of the flanges of the steel profile k spring stiffness kg coefficient that takes into account effects caused by the presence of the slab in the model ks rotational stiffness of the composite beam k1 cracked slab bending stiffness k2 web rotational stiffness k2,an,sol analytic stiffness of the web without openings k2,num,cast numeric stiffness of the castellated web k2,num,sol numerical web rotational stiffness without openings k3 shear strength stiffness n number of half-waves of the buckling mode cw,d warping constant d plate bending stiffness e young's modulus of the structural steel (ei)2 bending stiffness of the homogenized composite section of the slab f force g transverse elastic modulus of the steel iafy second moment of area of the compressed flange in relation to the y axis j st. venant torsion constant of the profile l beam span mcr elastic critical moment αg related factor to the cross-section geometry β adjustment coefficient βsimplified simplified adjustment coefficient δ lateral displacement δ2 web lateral displacement δ2,ext displacement of the end plate t t c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 274 tw web thickness s distance between openings se distance between the first and last openings cdist coefficient that depends on the distribution of bending moments δ2,cen displacement of the center plate ηb dimensionless parameter ν poisson’s ratio θ twist references [1] oliveira, j.p.s. (2018). nova proposição para verificação do estado-limite de flambagem lateral com distorção de vigas mistas de aço e concreto. ph.d. thesis – departamento de engenharia de estruturas – programa de pósgraduação em engenharia de estruturas, universidade federal de minas gerais, minas gerais. [2] queiroz, g., pimenta, r. j. and mata, l.a.c. (2001). elementos das estruturas mistas de aço-concreto. o lutador, 3ed., belo horizonte, minas gerais, 332p. [3] associação brasileira de normas técnicas. (2008). nbr 8800:2008 projeto de estruturas de aço e de estruturas mistas de aço e concreto de edifícios. rio de janeiro. [4] european committee for standardization. (2004). en 1994-1-1:2004. eurocode 4: design of composite steel and concrete structures. part 1-1: general rules and rules for buildings. brussels. [5] roik, k., hanswille, g. and kina, j. (1990). solution for the lateral torsional buckling problem of composite beams. stahlbau, 59, p.327-332. [6] chen, s. (1992). instability of composite beams in hogging bending. ph.d. thesis, university of warwick, u.k. [7] dekker, n.w., kemp, a.r. and trinchero, p. (1995). factors influencing the strength of continuous composite beams in negative bending. journal of construction steel research, 34, p.161-185. [8] hanswille, g., lindner, j. and munich, d. (1998). lateral torsional buckling of composite beams (em alemão). stahlbau, 67, p.525-535. [9] calenzani, a.f.g. (2008). proposição de procedimento para a determinação da rigidez rotacional de vigas mistas contínuas e semicontínuas com perfis de alma senoidal. ph.d. thesis – centro de pós-graduação em engenharia de estruturas, universidade federal de minas gerais, belo horizonte. [10] calenzani, a.f.g., fakury, r.h., paula, f.a., rodrigues, f.c. and queiroz, g. (2012). rotational stiffness of continuous composite beams with sinusoidal-web profiles for torsional buckling. journal of construction steel research, 79, p.22-33. [11] chen, s. and wang, x. (2012). finite element analysis of distortional lateral buckling of continuous composite beams with transverse web stiffners. advances in structural engineering, 15(9), pp.1067-1616. [12] ye, j.h. and chen, w. (2013). elastic restrained distortional buckling of steel-concrete composite beams based on elastically supported column method. international journal of structural stability and dynamics, 13(1), pp. 1-29. [13] wang, a.j. (2014). numerically integrated analysis and design of continuous composite beams. australian journal of structural engineering, 15(2), pp.203-220. [14] guo, f., zhou, s. and jiang, l. (2015). lateral buckling analysis of the steel-concrete composite beams in negative moment region. advances in materials science and engineering, article id 763634, 8p. [15] zhou, w.b., jiang, l.z., li, s.j. and kong, f. (2015). elastic distortional buckling analysis of i-steel concrete composite beam considering shear deformation. international journal of structural stability and dynamics, 16, pp. 1-22. [16] zhou, w.b., li, s.j. and yan, w.j. (2016). practical formulas towards distortional buckling failure analysis for steel-concrete composite beams. the structural design of tall and special buildings, pp.1-18. [17] oliveira, j.p.s., calenzani, a.f.g., fakury, r.h. and ferreira, w.g. (2016). elastic critical moment of continuous composite beams with a sinusoidal-web profile for lateral-torsional buckling. engineering structures, 113, pp.121132. [18] amaral, t.v., oliveira, j.p.s, calenzani, p.s.o. and fakury, r.h. (2016). momento crítico elástico elástico à flambagem lateral com distorção de vigas mistas de aço e concreto. xxxvii iberian latin american congresso in computational methods in engineering, brasília-df, cilamce 2016. [19] dietrich, m.z. (2017). estudo da rigidez rotacional de vigas mistas de aço e concreto com lajes maciças de concreto armado. dissertação de mestrado – departamento de engenharia civil – programa de pós-graduação em engenharia civil, universidade federal do espírito santo, vitória. c. c. silva et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 264-275; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.22 275 [20] dias, j.v.f. (2018). determinação do momento crítico elástico à flambagem lateral com distorção de vigas mistas contínuas e semicontínuas. dissertação de mestrado – departamento de engenharia de estruturas – programa de pós-graduação em engenharia de estruturas, universidade federal de minas gerais, belo horizonte. [21] salah, w. and gizejowski, m.a. (2008). numerical modelling of composite castellated beams. international conference on composite construction in steel and concrete, vi, pp. 554 – 565. [22] salah, w. and gizejowski, m.a. (2010). stability and ductility of castellated composite beams subjected to hogging bending. stability and ductility steel structures, rio de janeiro, brazil, pp. 839–846. [23] salah, w. and gizejowski, m.a. (2010). restrained distortional buckling strength of steel-concrete composite beams a review of current practice and new developments, modern building materials, structures and techniques, vilnius, lithuania, pp. 604–612. [24] piassi, a.d., dias, j.v., calenzani, a.f.g. and menandro, f.c.c. (2018). lateral distortional buckling of cellular composite-beams. revista ibracon de estruturas e materiais, 11(2), pp.331-356. [25] ansys, inc. (2016). release 17.0 documentation for ansys. canonsburg. [26] fan, c.k.r. (1990). buckling in continuous composite beams. ph.d. thesis, university of warwick, u.k. [27] johnson, r.p. (2004). composite structures of steel and concrete: beams, slabs, columns and frames for buildings. 3 ed. warwick, u.k.: blackwell, 250p. [28] timoshenko, s.p. and gere, j.m. (1961). theory of elastic stability. 2 ed. nova iorque, mcgraw-hill book co., 541p. [29] european committee for standardization. (1991). env 1994-1-1:1992. eurocode 4: design of composite steel and concrete structures: general rules and rules for buildings. brussels. [30] zaarour, w. and redwood, r. (1996). web buckling in thin-webbed castellated beams; journal of structural engineering, 122(8), paper 11030. [31] bezerra, e.m., fakury, r.h., castro e silva, a.l.r., caldas, r.b. (2010). bending moment resistance for lateral torsional buckling of castellated steel beams, xxxiv jornadas sudamericanas de ingeniería estructural, san juan, argentina. [32] vieira, w.b. (2011). simulação numérica do comportamento estrutural de vigas casteladas de aço com ênfase na flambagem do montante de alma. dissertação (mestrado) universidade federal de viçosa, programa de pósgraduação em engenharia civil. [33] european committee for standardization. (2002). en 1990:2002. eurocode: basis of structural design. brussels. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_33_art_1 d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.01 1 focussed on characterization of crack tip fields measurement and analysis of fatigue crack deformation on the macroand micro-scale d. nowell, s.j. o’connor, k.i. dragnevski university of oxford, uk david.nowell@eng.ox.ac.uk, samuel.oconnor@eng.ox.ac.uk, kalin.dragnevski@eng.ox.ac.uk abstract. the paper describes an experiment which performs in-situ loading of a small compact tension specimen in a scanning electron microscope. images are collected throughout a number of successive loadincg cycles. these are then analysed using digital image correlation (dic) in order to produce crack flank displacements as a function of load. this data is then compared with a simple elastic approach, and it is concluded that elastic-plastic analysis is required in order to accurately capture the displacements close to the crack tip. a simple approach due to pommier and hamam is therefore employed. this gives a better representation of the data, but predicts a variation of crack tip displacement, , which is difficult to explain from a physical perspective. the need for a more sophisticated analysis of the data is therefore highlighted. keywords. crack tip displacements; digital image correlation; elastic-plastic fracture mechanics. introduction he understanding of fatigue crack propagation is an essential pre-requisite to safe operation of many engineering structures and systems. most damage tolerant life prediction approaches are based on the application of experimental crack propagation data to the real system. for example, the paris law [1] is frequently used to apply experimental da/dn vs delta k data to service loads and to the system geometry. however, most experimental data is obtained for constant amplitude loading whereas engineering systems frequently experience non-uniform loading. the presence of history effects in fatigue crack propagation is well known and this means that life prediction under service loading conditions remains a challenging problem in many cases. a detailed understanding of the crack tip response to a range of load histories is the key to improvements in this area. recent work at oxford has been presented at the forni di sopra [2,3] and malaga [4] ij fatigue/ffems workshops and has concentrated on the use of digital image correlation to measure and analyse the displacements fields around a crack. our work has made use of a long-range optical microscope to examine deformations in a region within 0.5 mm of the crack tip. analysis of these deformations has allowed stress intensity factors to be calculated and crack closure assessed. in the current paper we will seek to extend this approach by reporting measurements taken during in-situ loading of a fatigue crack in a scanning electron microscope. this permits more detailed examination of the displacement field in the neighbourhood of the crack tip. t d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.01 2 macroscopic measurements ur earlier work on the measurement of crack tip displacement fields has employed a long range microscope, focused on an area approximately 600 x 400 m close to the crack tip [2]. a number of images were captured at intervals during the loading cycle, and digital image correlation carried out using a public domain matlab script produced by erbl et al [5]. the data obtained were processed in a number of ways, but a particularly convenient means of presenting the results is to determine the experimental stress intensity factor by comparing the measured crack tip opening displacements with those predicted by an elastic model. the crack flank displacements for an elastic crack are given by 4 2 i i k r u e    (1) where ki is the elastic stress intensity factor, e is young’s modulus, and r is the distance from the crack tip. hence, a plot of ui against r should yield a straight line and the stress intensity factor can be extracted from the gradient. fig. 1(a) shows results from a typical experiment conducted under constant amplitude loading. the dotted line represents the theoretical variation of elastic stress intensity factor with load for the size and type of specimen used (a standard compact tension specimen). it will be seen that the experimental results broadly follow the theoretical ones, and that the slope of the load vs k line is very similar. however the experimental results exhibit an offset, and the experimental k values are lower than predicted. this may be interpreted as being due to plasticity induced crack closure, which causes superposition of an additional negative residual k term (kr). it can be seen from the results that the crack does not open until about 0.5kn of applied load (approximately 25% of the maximum load). figure 1: variation of measured stress intensity factor with load for specimen ctf6 [4] (a) after constant amplitude loading and (b) immediately after an overload. fig. 1(b) shows results from the same specimen immediately after a 50% overload cycle. although the slope of the experimental line remains parallel to the theoretical one, these results exhibit some unusual features. in particular, negative k values are measured, which at first sight appears physically unreasonable. however, if there is a large plastic opening displacement at the crack tip, a crack shape of this form is possible, and closer inspection of the experimental results suggests that this is the measured deformation. the results presented here were obtained by analysing the relative displacement of 5 pairs of points from the recorded images, and the first pair is approximately 100 m from the crack tip. in order to investigate the crack tip deformation in more detail, a novel experiment was therefore proposed, which involved in-situ loading of a small specimen in the scanning electron microscope. o .5 ) .5 ) d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.01 3 microscopic measurements xperiments were conducted in the laboratory for in-situ microscopy and analysis (lima), which is part of the solid mechanics and materials engineering group in the department of engineering science at the university of oxford. the imaging device used was a carl zeiss evo ls15 vp-scanning electron microscope. the chamber of the sem was large enough so that in-situ testing could be performed with a deben testing stage similar to that shown in fig. 2. a 5 kn load cell was attached to the testing stage and an extension rate of 1:25 mm/min was used for this testing. computer software was used to set the drive parameters and to collect live data on the force applied and extension from the testing stage during loading. the specimen design was a modified compact tension specimen and the material used was aluminium alloy with a yield stress of approximately 320 mpa. figure 2: deben in-situ microtest tensile & compression stage with a 2 kn load cell. the specimen was pre cracked before being loaded on the deben stage with the same tensile testing rig used for macroscopic specimen loading. the specimen was loaded at a frequency of 5 hz, signicantly faster than could be achieved with the deben testing stage. 17,000 cycles were applied to the specimen to grow the crack approximately 7mm at the same loads to be used for later testing on the deben stage. once pre cracked and placed on the deben testing stage, the crack was grown slightly further to approximately 7:2mm before in-situ sem images were captured. the maximum applied load was 1:25 kn and the minimum load was 0:125 kn, giving an r ratio of 0.1. a single overload cycle of 1:875 kn was applied as part of the experiment, but only constant amplitude results will be reported here. imaging was carried out using a secondary electron detector at an operating voltage of 15kv and working distance of 9mm and images were captured at a resolution of 3072 x 2304 pixels over an image area of approximately 215 m x 161 m. images were taken every 0:125 kn to give 19 images for a complete cycle between 0:125 kn and 1:25 kn. the images were taken with the crack in approximately the same location within the image. to do this, the load was held at the desired value while the microscope stage and the electron bean were aligned with the crack before the next image was captured. once images were collected, a series of sets of points were selected on either side of the crack and relative displacement was obtained using the dic algorithm [5] for pairs of points within each set. each set of points contained 2000 points (with 200 points in the horizontal x direction and 10 in the y direction), see fig. 4. the procedure adopted therefore produced relative displacement in the y direction at 200 different x direction distances from the crack tip over the series of images. the points were distributed from close to the crack tip up to a distance of approximately 150 m along the crack flanks. displacement data could have been obtained with fewer points, however a large number of points were selected to reduce the chance that badly tracked points may influence the results. due to the high resolution of the images, displacements around the crack were quite large at high loads when measured in pixels. therefore, in order to better track the points, the area surrounding each point that is used for image correlation was increased from a 30 x 30 pixel square used in earlier work up to a 200 x 200 pixel area. in addition to the images taken to analyse displacements around the crack tip, images of the full crack were captured in order to measure crack length for calculation of k. the loading was paused at the highest load of a loading cycle (1:25 kn), magnification reduced and a series of images taken along the full crack. these images were then fitted together using normalised 2-d cross-correlation with the matlab image processing toolbox to give an image of the full crack length to measure from. an example is shown in fig. 5. e d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.01 4 figure 3: dimensions (in mm) of specimens used for in-situ sem testing. specimens were cut from a sheet of aluminium alloy 6082t6. figure 4: typical image collected from the experiment at a load of 1:25 kn. sets of points are selected on either side of the crack to measure displacements. figure 5: series of images aligned to give an image of the full crack length at a load of 1:25 kn d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.01 5 results s shown in eq. (1), if an elastic model is assumed, a plot of log uy vs. log r should be expected to give a straight line with a gradient of 0:5. this can then be used to obtain an experimental measurement of k. fig. 6 shows a typical set of results obtained with a crack length (measured from the notch tip) of approximately 7:2 mm. it will be apparent that the data falls into two distinct sets. points more than about 25m from the crack tip seem to give a good straight line fit, although the slope differs from 0.5 for all but the highest load. points closer to the crack tip give a much shallower slope. it is instructive to compare this distance with the irwin [6] estimate of plastic zone size. 2 1 2 p y k r           (2) where y is the yield stress of the material. this gives a figure of rp  330 m, for the maximum load, although the cyclic plastic zone size will only be about a quarter of this value. hence, whilst an initial elastic analysis sheds some useful light on the problem, an elastic/plastic analysis is likely to be more appropriate at this level of plasticity. in common with our earlier work we will choose to employ a model proposed by pommier and hamam [7]. this partitions the total displacement field into elastic and plastic components. in terms of displacements along the crack flanks, the model leads to 8   2 i y k r u e     (3) i.e., that a constant plastic displacement component  is added to the elastic solution given in eq. (1). in practice, of course the plastic deformation at the tip is unlikely to give rise to a constant deformation along the crack flanks, but close to the tip, eq. (3) is a reasonable approximation. plotting uy against r should give a straight line with a gradient related to k and an intercept of . the data in fig. 6 is re-plotted in this way in fig. 7. figure 6: variation of relative displacement (uy) with distance from the crack tip (r) at five different values of load (p/pmax) during the loading phase of a loading cycle. from fig. 7 it can be seen that the data gives a good straight line fit for r > 5 m0.5, i.e. r > 5 m. the data can be used to plot the loading history in k vs space. pommier and hamam [7] have suggested that the relationship should look like that shown schematically in fig. 8. in particular, they suggest that in cyclic loading, such as the loop indicated by (c) in the figure, there is little change in  in the first part of each cycle. this observation can be used to explain the existence of a threshold k in fatigue. it is postulated that, until the application of a certain level of k, there is very little cyclic plasticity (characterised by ) and the crack does not grow. the experimental data is plotted in fig. 9a, where it can be seen that the experimental loops are similar in general form to those predicted in [7]. however, there is significant variation in  throughout the cycle. in particular,  seems to continue to increase for a while after load reversal at maximum load (and similarly decrease for a while at the minimum load reversal). this feature is difficult to explain physically, and may simply a d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.01 6 be an artefact of the straight line fitting to the uy vs r data. this is illustrated in fig. 10, where it can be seen that fitting a straight line for the data corresponding to p/pmax = 0.5 leads to a negative value for . this may be thought to be physically inadmissible, although it should be remembered that the datum image for the dic is that at minimum load, rather than corresponding to the undeformed material. hence, only variations in  are measured, not the absolute value. figure 7: variations of relative displacement (uy) with distance from the crack tip (r) at eight different values of load (p/pmax) during the loading phase of a single cycle. figure 8: pommier and hamam’s suggested behaviour in k vs  space [7]. cyclic behaviour is indicated by the loop (c). figure 9: variation of k and  for loading cycles. loading phase [black] and unloading [red] are shown for the first cycle. in fig. 9b a second cycle of loading [blue] and unloading [magenta] is included. 0.5 d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.01 7 figure 10: variations of relative displacement (uy) with distance from the crack tip (r) at four different values of load (p/pmax) during the initial loading phase of a single cycle. a line of best fit produced with a least squares method is included for each load in the matching colour. finally, in fig. 9b, data from two consecutive loading cycles are presented. it will be seen that the cycles are very similar, illustrating the reproducibility of the technique. however, a small increase in  can be seen between the first and the second cycle, corresponding to the accumulation of damage at the crack tip and, possibly, crack tip extension. conclusions he paper has presented a technique for in-situ loading of a small compact tension specimen in a scanning electron microscope. it has proved possible to take high quality images of the area close to the crack tip during complete loading cycles. constant amplitude data are reported here, but images from a single overload cycle have also been captured. digital image correlation has been used to analyse the data using both an elastic and an elastic-plastic approach. unsurprisingly, the elastic approach does not model the measured displacements well, particularly close to the crack tip. an elastic-plastic approach provides a better fit, but there are still deficiencies in capturing deformations close to the tip. this may be partly because the existence of the process zone at the tip affects the displacements measured at the grid locations, and these may no longer represent purely crack flank displacement. a more sophisticated elastic-plastic model is almost certainly in order to model the data more accurately, but the experiment had demonstrated the capability to measure displacements close to the crack tip which will be useful in calibrating other models. references [1] paris, p., erdogan, f., a critical analysis of crack propagation laws, jnl basic engineering, 85 (1963) 528-534. [2] nowell, d., kartal, m.e., de matos, p.f.p., measurement and modelling of near-tip displacement fields for fatigue cracks in 6082 t6 aluminium, proc. first i.j. fatigue & ffems joint workshop, forni di sopra, italy, march 7-9, 2011, gruppo italiano frattura, (2011). [3] nowell, d., kartal, m.e., de matos, p.f.p., digital image correlation measurement of near-tip fatigue crack displacement fields: constant amplitude loading and load history effects, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct., 36 (2013) 3-13. [4] nowell, d., kartal, m.e., and de matos, p.f.p., characterisation of crack tip fields under non-uniform fatigue loading, proc. second i.j. fatigue & ffems joint workshop, malaga, spain, april 15-17, 2013, gruppo italiano frattura, (2013). [5] eberl, c. thompson, r., gianola, r., digital image correlation and tracking with matlab, matlab central file exchange (2006) http://www.mathworks.co.uk/matlabcentral/fileexchange/12413-digital-image-correlation-and-tracking. [6] irwin, g.r., plastic zone near a crack and fracture toughness, mechanical and metallurgical behavior, proc. seventh sagamore ordnance materials research conference, iv(1960) 63-78. [7] pommier, s., hamam, r., incremental model for fatigue crack growth based on a displacement partitioning hypothesis of mode i elastic-plastic displacement fields, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct., 30 (2006) 582-598. t 0.5 microsoft word numero_61_art_02_3414.docx e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 20 review of current developments on high strength pipeline steels for hic inducing service ehsan entezari, jorge luis gonzález-velázquez, diego rivas lópez, manuel alejandro beltrán zúñiga department of metallurgy and materials, escuela superior de ingeniería química e industrias extractivas, instituto politécnico nacional, mexico ehsan.entezari2014@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3379-1761 jlgonzalezv@ipn.mx, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6914-4449 drivasl@ipn.mx, https://orcid.org/ 0000-0003-4591-719x mabz_2205@hotmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4201-9896 jerzy a. szpunar department of mechanical engineering, university of saskatchewan, canada jerzy.szpunar@usask.ca, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1291-8375 abstract. nowadays, an increasing number of oil and gas transmission pipes are constructed with high-strength low alloy steels (hsla; nonetheless, many of these pipelines suffer from different types of hydrogen damage, including hydrogen-induced cracking (hic). many studies are being done to investigate the role of key metallurgical and processing factors to limit the negative effects of hic in hsla steel pipes. the thermomechanical control process (tmcp) is a microstructural control technique that avoids the conventional heat treatment after hot rolling and attempts to obtain the desired mechanical properties during the forming process. recent research has shown that tmcp provides high hic resistance without adding high amounts of alloying elements or applying expensive heat treatments. however, there is an incipient knowledge on predicting hic behavior, both in susceptibility and kinetics, in hsla steel pipe when it is exposed to hydrogen charging service conditions. this paper presents a review of the current developments of hsla and tmcp of pipeline steels, as well as the phenomenological and empirical models proposed to predict the kinetics of hic as a function of key parameters such as heat treatments and microstructures, especially nature and spatial distribution of non-metallic inclusions and the hydrogen permeation rate and the mechanical and fracture mechanics properties. keywords. high strength pipeline steels; hydrogen-induced cracking; thermomechanical controlled process; hic growth rate models. citation: entezari, e., gonzález-velázquez, j.l., rivas lópez, d., beltrán zúñiga, m.a., szpunar, j.a., review of current developments on high strength pipeline steels for hic inducing service, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45. received: 28.12.2022 accepted: 03.04.2022 online first: 14.04.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/qaqwiuugc6y e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 21 introduction he growing demand for high-strength steels with good hic resistance for oil and gas transmission pipelines has led to research on optimizing the composition and thermomechanical processing routes. the alloy design of new generations of pipeline steels is mainly focused on manufacturing micro-alloyed steels. this is because the microstructural features of them allow both improving the mechanical properties and weldability, yet at lower production costs since they eliminate the use of expensive alloying elements and heat treatment [1, 2]. nowadays, thermodynamics models such as mucg83, jmatpro, and thermo-calc will provide the opportunity to design pipeline steels with new chemical compositions [3-5]. salt bath heat treatment (quenching-partitioning process) and thermomechanical control process (tmcp) are two main processing routes for producing pipeline steels [6-8]. zhao and al. [9] suggested that the tmcp provides better microstructural control and shortens processing routes. the balanced combination of finish rolling temperature (frt) and finish cooling temperature (fct) and optimizing the cooling rate during tmcp led to a microstructural refinement that enhances the mechanical properties combination, as shown by jiang and al. [10]. from a metallurgical point of view, pipeline steels with bainitic and martensitic microstructures have been employed in the manufacturing of recent oil and gas pipelines in applications that demand an excellent combination of high strength and toughness with small wall thickness, such as high pressure and long-distance transportation systems [11, 12]. with the increasing acidity of crude oils and natural gas, the hydrocarbon transportation systems are increasingly experiencing hydrogen-induced cracking (hic), stress-oriented hydrogen-induced cracking (sohic), stress corrosion cracking (scc), and sulfide stress cracking (ssc). among these damage mechanisms, hic is considered one of the most important threats to structural integrity, mainly because of its high frequency of occurrence [13]. the standards nace tmo-284, nace tmo-177, and nace tmo-103 were published in the 1980s as laboratory test methods to evaluate the hydrogen cracking resistance of the pipeline steels [14-17]; however, they were basically screening methods for material selection, but do not provide data to predict the hic remaining strength and remaining life of pipeline steels in hydrogen charging environments. arafin and al. [18] and moon and al. [19] showed granular bainite and tempered martensite have excellent resistance against hic cracking. furthermore, it has been demonstrated that non-metallic inclusions (nmi) act as irreversible hydrogen trapping sites where the accumulation of hydrogen atoms at the interface of inclusions and the steel matrix promotes hic [20]. many researchers showed that elements such as manganese (less than 2 wt. %), chromium (less than 0.3 wt. %), molybdenum (less than 0.4 wt. %), phosphorus (less than 0.008 wt. %), and copper (above 0.2 wt.%) along with niobium, vanadium, titanium, and calcium enhance the hic resistance of pipeline steels. it is suggested that these alloying elements may control the phase transformation temperature and the rate of hydrogen diffusion, as well as controlling nmi morphology, providing a path to develop high hic resistance steels for pipeline manufacturing [21-26]. usually, ph and hydrogen partial pressure (ph2s) have been regarded as key environmental factors to determine the severity of hic damage. in general, it has been observed that the reduction of ph and increment of ph2s increase the hydrogen flux, leading to a higher hic susceptibility [27]. also, residual stress caused by inhomogeneous plastic deformation and incorrect welding processes is a well-known factor that increases the severity of hic in sour oil and gas pipelines [27, 28]. ongoing investigations indicate that the kinetics of hic in oil and gas transmission pipes exposed to sour environments can be predicted by phenomenological, empirical, and numerical methods [29, 30]. these findings have encouraged the idea by combining the results of research-oriented to develop high strength steels that are resistant to hic with the phenomenological and analytical methods to predict hic kinetics that can lead to the development of ffs algorithms to assess hic with reasonable accuracy. the present review paper summarizes the processing routes to produce high-strength steel pipes and describes their metallurgical and mechanical characteristics, and also, it reviews the main parameters used in the kinetic modeling of hic such as microstructures, especially nature and spatial distribution of non-metallic inclusions, and the hydrogen permeation rate, and mechanical and fracture mechanics properties. steel processing alloy designing n the modern pipeline industry, the need to reduce costs and time to design and produce improved steels that satisfy requirements of higher strength and defects tolerance has encouraged many researchers to use thermodynamic models such as mucg83, jmatpro, and thermo-calc [3-5]. t i e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 22 mucg83 is a thermodynamic model developed by bhadeshia [31] based on thermodynamic and kinetics of solid-state phase transformation in steels. the software uses the chemical composition as an input parameter, and the timetemperature-transformation (ttt) diagrams are the output data of the software. the developments in the design of thermomechanical heat treatment schedules have led to a new multi-platform software known as jmatpro, which generates continuous cooling transformation (cct) diagrams [32]. the advantage of this thermodynamic model is that only a few experimental data are required as input, and since it considers the effect of cooling rate, it can be applied to hot rolling and other processes that involve continuous cooling. another well-known method for optimizing the chemical composition of steels in alloy designing is using thermo-calc tcfe6 database software [33]. many researchers used thermo-calc models to predict microstructural, mechanical properties, and continuous cooling transformations [34-36]. the chemical compositions of high-strength pipeline steels have been continuously modified in the last decades in order to improve strength, toughness, and weldability. usually, the chemical composition of api-5xl steel grades contains < 0.1 wt.% of carbon, < 0.6 wt.% silicon, and up to 20 wt.% manganese, with additions of less <0.6wt.% of each of niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum [37]. the main role of the alloying elements used for improving the strength is through grain refinement and precipitate dispersion hardening. alloying elements also affect the transformation temperature, which allows microstructural control during hot rolling operations. tab. 1 illustrates the influence of alloying elements on improving the microstructural characteristics and mechanical properties of high strength pipeline steels without compromising weldability, especially [37-39]:  molybdenum (mo), silicon (si), nickel (ni), and nb + v: all contribute to increased steel strength.  ni+ mo: affect microstructure refinement achieved by suppressing austenite recrystallization, as well as steel strengthening through precipitation hardening and hardenability enhancement.  ni+ b: improve hardenability synergistically.  v+mo+nb: affect secondary hardening achieved by producing carbides, nitrides, and carbonitrides.  mo+nb+ti: more effective in improving the strength requirements obtained by finer ferrite grain size and precipitation hardening. the new generations of high-strength pipeline steels are classified into different categories based on microalloying. x70 steel is micro-alloyed with niobium and vanadium with reduced carbon content to enhance the precipitate hardening and grain refinement [40]. x80 steel has further reduced carbon content for weldability improvement [41]. the addition of molybdenum, copper, and nickel enhances the strength and low-temperature toughness of x100 steel. as mentioned before, high-strength pipeline steels, such as grade x100, offer the possibility of constructing high-pressure service (≥ 15 mpa) and high flow rate pipelines that allow reducing the transport and construction costs by 30 % compared with x70 and x80 pipeline steels [40, 42]. recently x120 steel has been introduced for improving the transport efficiency of ultra-high-pressure service. this type of steel is micro-alloyed with nickel, chromium, molybdenum, niobium, titanium, and copper to enhance strength by grain refinement and fine dispersions of hard second phases such as bainite [41]. heat treatment methods salt bath heat treatment is characterized by fast and homogeneous heating, controlled quenching, low surface oxidation, and improved decarburization, which is advantageous compared to traditional oil or water quenching media [43]. tab. 2 shows the types of heat treatment applied in the fabrication of high-strength steels as a function of salt bath chemical composition and temperature [43]. quenchingpartitioningtempering (q-p-t) heat treatment is a combination of heat treatment processes listed in tab. 2. it is used for manufacturing high-strength steel with an excellent combination of strength and toughness. the q-p-t treatment starts with austenitization, followed by quenching in a salt bath at temperatures between martensite-start (ms) and martensite-finish (mf) temperature for a specified time and finally quenching in water. this treatment promotes the diffusion of carbon from the supersaturated martensite to the retained austenite and stable ferrite regions, producing a very fine dispersion of carbides, combined with interstitial solid solution hardening [44, 45]. since salt bath heat treatment processes are time-consuming and are limited by the size of the molten salt bath, a thermomechanical controlled process (tmcp) is another option to produce high-strength pipeline steel [6,7]. thermomechanical controlled processing (tmcp) is a technique for controlling the hot-deformation process in a rolling mill to improve the mechanical properties of steels. by minimizing or even eliminating heat treatment after hot-deformation, such processing saves energy in the steel manufacturing process, increasing productivity for high-grade steels. it usually necessitates a change in alloy design that allows for both a reduction in total alloying additions and improved weldability [39]. further, the preheating temperature, non-recrystallization temperature (tnr), finish cooling temperature (fct), and e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 23 finish rolling temperature (frt) are key temperature parameters used in this process [43]. tab. 3 shows the combination of fct, frt, and cooling rate, typically used in tmcp [46-58]. alloying elements strengthening hardenability grain refinement toughness properties suppressing recrystallization controlling phase transformation controlling phase transformation c ● mn ● ● ● ● ni ● ● ● v ● si ● ti ● ● ● mo ● ● ● nb ● ● b ● ● ● ni + mo ● ● ● ni + b ● ● nb + v ● ● v + mo + nb ● ● mo + nb + ti ● ● ● ● table 1: simplified illustration of alloying elements on microstructural and mechanical properties of high-strength pipeline steels. typically, tmcp includes three steps: reheating, rolling, and cooling. strengthening microstructural factors such as grain size, precipitate size and spacing, solid solution, and dislocation hardening can be controlled by key temperature parameters during each step of tmcp [48, 59]. in the last decade, offshore structures have been constructed in colder regions and deeper water, demanding low thickness and high strength pipeline steels with improved toughness, weldability, and excellent hic resistance. this has encouraged steel manufacturers to use processing routes such as tmcp to produce pipeline steels with the desired mechanical and in-service damage resistance properties [46, 60]. the metallurgical characteristics of tmcp steels the new generation of api-5xl steels is classified into four categories based on microstructural control, as indicated in tab. 4 [60-67]. the main strategy to fabricate api 5xl steels is to obtain fine microstructural features by controlling key temperature parameters such as tnr, fct, frt during tmcp, which improves mechanical properties. further, the interaction between chemical composition and controlled cooling rate is more effective in generating a microstructure with fine grain size (low angle boundaries) that inhibits dislocation movement, resulting in an ideal combination of strength and toughness at temperatures as low as -40 °c. as a result, the chemical elements mentioned in tab. 1 can affect the cooling rate and subsequently control the grain size during the tmcp process [39]. accelerated cooling, quenching and tempering, and the online heat treatment process are used for producing pipeline steels with bainite-martensite microstructure. tempering reduces the brittleness of martensite and enhances the toughness of pipeline steels by producing fine dispersions of carbides [44]. the online heat treatment process is applied to produce highstrength low alloy steel plates with thickness up to 40 mm [39]. e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 24 table 2: types of heat treatment applied for the manufacturing of high-strength steels with the chemical composition and melting temperature of salt baths. table 3: the overview of a balanced combination of main temperatures parameters in tmcp. heat treatment types heat treatment temperature range (°c) bath components composition (wt.%) melting temperature (°c) operating temperature range (°c) austempering 200-400 kno3 nano2 50-60 40-50 135 160-550 nano3 nano2 50-60 40-50 145 150-500 kno3 nano3 50-60 40-50 225 250-600 martempering above ms kno3 100 337 350-500 nano3 100 370 400-600 kno3 nano2 50-60 40-50 135 160-550 nano3 nano2 50-60 40-50 145 150-500 kno3 nano3 50-60 40-50 225 250-600 hardening 760-1260 nacl kcl bacl2 cacl2 10-15 20-30 40-50 15-20 400 500-800 naco3 kcl 45-55 45-55 450 550-900 bacl2 kcl2 nacl 50 30 20 40 570-900 bacl2 nacl 70-96 4-30 600-800 700-1250 quenching partitioning quenching between ms and mf & partitioning above ms koh naoh 60-75 25-40 130-160 150-350 api5xl steel grades finish rolling temperature (°c) finish cooling temperature (°c) cooling rate (°°c/s) ref x70 750-850 450-600 16-23 [45,46] x80 810-890 500-550 20-40 [47-49] x100 800-830 250-530 30-38 [50-53] x120 800-840 300-450 33-35 [54-56] e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 25 api5xl steel grades steel manufacturing process microstructure microstructural features x70 tmcp + qt bainite-martensite multiphase steel: *b+m+f *slender bainitic sheaves along with martensite laths [61]. *smaller prior austenite grain (pag) and fine ferrite grains [62]. *martensite laths [61]. *high volume fraction of filmy austenite [63, 64]. ¤ polygonal and granular ferrite act as the second phase in the bainite matrix [65]. x80 tmcp + acc bainite dual-phase steel: ¤b+f tmcp + acc + hop bainite-martensite multiphase steel: *b+m+a x100 tmcp + acc + hop bainite dual-phase steel: ¤b-f x120 tmcp + acc martensite dual-phase steel: m+f fine ferrite acts as the second phase in the martensite matrix [66]. tempered lath martensite: tlm martensite laths [67]. table 4: classification of the new generation of high-strength pipeline steels based on microstructural control. polygonal and granular ferrite, austenite, martensite laths, slender bainitic sheaves, smaller prior austenite grains, and fine ferrite grains are microstructural features that can be accomplished by controlling temperature parameters during tmcp [60-66]. such microstructural features can be achieved based on the manufacturing process mentioned in tab. 4 and positively influence the mechanical properties of pipeline steels, as shown in fig. 1 and tab. 5 [48, 50, 52, 57, 6269]. microstructure and mechanical properties tab. 6 presents data about the relationship between microstructure and chemical compositions of pipeline steels and their influence on tensile properties [39, 41, 48, 50, 52, 57]. as shown in tab. 6, api x120 steel is micro-alloyed with different chemical elements, and also the amount of carbon content is reduced [41]. figure 1: minimum tensile properties of the new generation pipeline steels. e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 26 table 5: the effect of positive microstructural features on microstructuremechanical properties of pipeline steels. api-5xl steel grades microstructure x120 x100 x80 x70 tempered lath martensite (tlm) martensite dual phase steel (m + f) bainite dual phase steel (b + f) bainite martensite multiphase steel (b + m + a) bainite dual phase steel (b + f) bainite martensite multiphase steel (b + m + f) c he m ic al c o m po si ti o n ( w t% ) c 0.075 0.070 0.080 0.080 0.080 0.075 mn 1.10 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 ni 1.25 1 0.6 si 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.3 mo 0.5 0.5 0.1 nb 0.07 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 v 0.09 0.06 0.05 ti 0.03 0.03 0.04 yuts (mpa) 980 780 720 550 550 480 uts (mpa) 110 1000 850 680 680 620 el% 15 13 20 25 20 22 table 6: the relationship between microstructures and chemical compositions and effects on tensile properties. microstructural features effects ref fine ferrite grains  decrease in the slip length and slip reversibility.  decrease in the slip deformation around the crack tip during crack propagation.  decrease in dislocation pile-ups or an increase in the barriers of the crack propagation. [65] smaller prior austenite grains polygonal ferrite  as a second phase in the bainite matrix significantly enhances both the yield strength and low-temperature toughness. [68]  the enhancement of the fatigue limit of pipeline steels occurs. [69] martensite laths  the uniform distribution of dislocations and re-arrangement of stress concentration that occurs along the high angle grain boundaries.  blockage of cleavage crack propagation by martensite lath boundaries acting as a barrier. [64] filmy austenite  crack-tip blunting through the transformation retained austenite to the martensite and consumption a large amount of energy at crack tip (trip effect).  decrease in the propagation rate and stress intensity factor of the main crack due to the compressive residual stress formation and propagation of the secondary crack resulting from the trip effect. [69] bainitic sheaves  bainitic microstructures with a smaller width of the bainite laths have a higher stress intensity factor than the threshold value (kth) for crack blunting. [62, 64] e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 27 hydrogen induced cracking (hic) hic testing methods hen high-strength pipeline steels are exposed to hydrogen charging environments, such as sour environments, it is necessary to test hic susceptibility. the standard test method nace tmo-284 evaluates the susceptibility to hic by determining three parameters; crack length ratio (clr), crack thickness ratio (ctr), and crack sensitivity ratio (csr). in this testing method, unstressed specimens with dimensions 100 × 20 mm are exposed to synthetic seawater with ph=5 and purging h2s gas or an h2s/co2 mixture at room temperature for 96 hours. fig. 2 illustrates the nace tmo-284 test setup [14]. the acceptance criteria are clr ≤15 %, ctr ≤ 5 %, and csr ≤ 2%, according to the nace mr 0175/ iso 15156 [70]. a higher value of csr indicates a higher susceptibility to hic, whereas a higher value of ctr indicates more stepwise cracking, which makes hic more severe from the mechanical point of view, according to the api 579-1/asme ffs-1 standard. ctr also is related to microstructural banding or nmi content [70]. figure 2: schematic diagram of the nace tmo-284 test. the nace tmo 177 is a testing method aimed to evaluate stress-orientated hydrogen-induced cracking (sohic) resistance in a sour environment [15]. in this testing method, hydraulic loading is applied for a fully machined specimen with dimensions 6.35 mm diameter, 25.4 mm gauge length, and 15-20 mm shoulder radius. loading is controlled by constant load devices to limit load relaxation in the duration of testing. the test is conducted at 30 %, 50 %, and 90 % of the yield strength, as established in the nace tmo103 standard test method. accordingly, specimens that do not crack at 50 % yield have suitable resistance to sohic [15]. additionally, in normal hic, the cracks form groups of individual cracks aligned nearly parallel to the plate wall, but sohic occurs when hic cracks combine with radial oriented cracks and merge to the surface, as shown in fig. 3. tensile or residual stress is required to produce sohic [15]. figure 3: schematic illustration of the morphology of hydrogen-induced cracking (hic) and stress-oriented hydrogen-induced cracking (sohic) in the pipeline. w e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 28 an alternative testing method to evaluate the resistance to sohic is four points bent double beam. in this testing method, a steel sample, containing a notch with 2 mm depth and 0.13 mm radius, are bolted back to back across a pair of rollers and thereby placed into 4 points bending and exposed to the hydrogen charging environment for 168 hours, as depicted in fig. 4 [16]. figure 4: full-size double-beam test specimen design. an experimental method to artificially induce hic is cathodic charging, which consists of an electrochemical cell where the test plate is connected as a cathode, and a piece of platinum is known as an anode. by applying a predetermined direct current and voltage, the hydrogen generated by the cathodic reaction is absorbed by the test specimen due to the poisoning effect of the electrolyte, specially formulated for that purpose [17], as shown in fig. 5. since the purpose of this test is to induce and observe the formation and growth of hic cracks, therefore, the concentration and fugacity of hydrogen are not determined. the typical testing conditions of cathodic hydrogen charging are shown in tab. 7 [18]. these conditions are empirical and have been demonstrated to be capable of inducing detectable hic in the matter of several hours, which is very convenient for experimental purposes. during the test, specimens are examined from the unexposed face by straight beam ultrasonics to generate a c-scan map of the hydrogen-induced cracks. this test can be used to determine the hic susceptibility by the nace tm 284 criteria, but its greatest advantage is that it allows experimentally observing the hic kinetics [17]. figure 5: schematic of the cathodic hydrogen charging experimental setup. a) test plate, b) anode (pt), c) electrolyte solution with poison, d) dc power source. e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 29 table 7: optimal testing condition of cathodic hydrogen charging. table 8: qualitative effects of steel microstructure on hic resistance and susceptibility. test parameter optimized condition current density test duration electrolyte the total volume of electrolyte argon gas purge testing temperature testing pressure 15-20 ma/cm2 variable h2so4 solution with an addition of 20 mg/l as2o3 750 ml 25 cm3/min ambient ambient microstructure effect on hic ref ferrite-pearlite dual phase f+p  the ferrite-pearlite boundaries. are preferred paths for hydrogen crack propagations.  the intergranular fracture occurs along ferrite-perlite boundaries, and transgranular fracture occurs on slip plane occurs along slip planes. [27]  the cementite lamellae has a lower hydrogen diffusivity than the spheroidal cementite.  high dislocation densities and large grain boundary areas increase hydrogen diffusivity.  acicular ferrite delays hic due to dispersed carbonitride precipitates and high-density of tangled dislocations. [72]  high ferrite grain boundary areas per unit volume provides an efficient diffusion path for hydrogen transport, thus increasing the hydrogen concentration and the probability of hic. [73] martensite dual phase m+f / m+a  martensite-ferrite bands are efficient hydrogen trapping sites. [27]  propagation of hic cracks along lath martensite is more likely because the lath martensite is inherently brittle due to its high dislocation density and high residual stresses.  the diffusion of hydrogen atoms significantly reduces the critical micro-strain for decohesion of ferrite-martensite plates, thus increasing the susceptibility to hic.  hic cracks initiate in martensite islands and propagate into ferrite areas. [74]  phase segregation regions in martensite-austenite microstructure are preferable sites for hic. [75] bainite dual phase gb + af  granular bainite (gb) regions have are more resistance to hic than the ferrite-pearlite regions.  high hic resistance is due to the excellent resistance of ferrite against hic. [76]  bainitic steel with lath morphology has low hic resistance.  the high-volume fraction of bainitic laths leads to faster diffusion of hydrogen atoms, and a higher concentration of sub-surface hydrogen traps, consequently increase in the susceptibility to hic. [76] bainitemartensite multiphase b-m-a / b-m-f  bainite-martensite multiphase steels have better resistance to hic than the martensite dual-phase steels.  bainite-martensite multiphase steel and ferrite-granular bainite perform similarly for hic. [77] tempered martensite  tempered martensite reduces hydrogen damage susceptibility by reducing the dislocations density and stored energy of martensite.  nano-particles in tempered martensite decrease the mobility of hydrogen atoms and hydrogen concentration and thus reducing hic susceptibility. [78]  the quenching and tempering improve hic resistance. [79] e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 30 factors of importance for hic control microstructure he metallographic microstructure of the steel differently affects hydrogen diffusion rates and hydrogen atom trapping, thus influencing hic. tab. 8 shows the qualitative influence of microstructural features of api-5xl steels on hic resistance or susceptibility [27, 72-79]. one of the most important microstructural features that affect hic susceptibility is nmi. nmi is considered as the main hydrogen trap site to initiate hic. nmi in pipeline steels typically are aluminum, silicon, magnesium, titanium oxides, and manganese sulfides [20, 27]. there are contradictions about the effect of nmi on hic. liu and al. [80] found that hydrogen cracking does not occur at sio2 precipitates; however, xue and al. [81] observed hic cracks initiate at sio2. xue and al. [81] found that crack initiation did not occur at mns inclusions in an api 5l x80 pipeline steel, even though it has been widely documented that hic cracks initiate at elongated mns inclusions [20, 27, 29]. in general, it is observed that multiple factors play a role in the effect of nmi on hic in pipeline steels, such as morphology and size, the spatial distribution of nmi, elastic properties of the nmi and the matrix, and the crystallographic relationship between nmi and the matrix. in the case of nmi morphology, rahman and al. [82, 83] found that steel plates containing spinal and rectangular nmi are more susceptible to hydrogen cracking than globular nmi, assuming that globular nmi does not create regions with highstress concentrations and they are not sufficiently brittle to initiate cracks. however, the most important factor of nmi that affects hic susceptibility is the inclusion size. the length of hic cracks directly correlates with the length of nmi. large nmi is prone to trap large quantities of hydrogen atoms and thus initiate hydrogen cracking [84]. qin and al. [85] showed that the critical hic cracks nucleation size with mns and tic inclusions is 10 μm and 335 nm, respectively. the spatial distribution of nmi is another critical factor for hic initiation. rahman and al. [82] proposed a mathematical model that indicates that larger inclusion sizes and shorter distances among nmi reduce the plane strain fracture toughness at the interface of nmi, according to eqn. (1).                            -1/2nn n 1+n1+n 1+n 31 2 ic 1 1 2 2 3 3 2a2a 2a k  = b + +   l l l (1) where ∧i, 𝜌i, and ai with i = 1, 2, and 3, represents the probability of cracking initiation at the interface of nmi, the density of nmi, and the average size of the nmi, respectively (i = 1 for spinal, i = 2 for rectangular, and i = 3 for globular shape). l is the inter-distance parameter of two adjacent nmi. l is a crucial component in determining the crack propagation between the two nmi that depends on the density of nmi 𝜌 . generally, an increase in the density of nmi ( 𝜌) decreases inter-distance among nmi (l), increasing the probability of cracking initiation (∧ as a result of reducing fracture toughness (kic . further, b is a material constant, and n is the strain-hardening exponent. based on eqn. (1), it was concluded that the spinal nmi has a much larger contribution to the hydrogen-induced reduction of kic because these nmi are larger and closer to each other than other types of inclusions. thus, spinal nmi reduces fracture resistance by introducing more nuclei for fracture initiation [82]. the distribution of nmi in steel plates is another factor affecting the susceptibility of pipeline steels to hic. domizzi and al. [86] and rahman and al. [82] reported that most nmi with larger size and higher volume fractions are located in the middle thickness of steel pipes. this inhomogeneous distribution of nmi in the pipe suggests that there is a heterogeneity of fracture toughness, so the middle thickness of the pipe has lower fracture toughness and consequently a higher probability of hydrogen cracking than the regions near the surface. this conclusion is corroborated by the observation that most hic cracks are located at the middle thickness of steel pipes. hydrogen trapping at the inclusion-matrix interface is also influenced by the elastic properties of the nmi and steel matrix. peng and al. [20] and qin and al. [85] proposed an elastic-energy-based model obtained from statistical information of nmi and the relation between hydrogen concentration at the inclusion-matrix interface and shear modulus. they concluded that an increase in shear elastic modulus of the matrix promotes hydrogen trapping, reducing the matrix ductility and concentrating elastic stresses around nmi. in such conditions, the hic cracks initiate around nmi and easily propagate in the steel matrix [20, 85]. t e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 31 the crystallographic coherency of the inclusion-matrix interface is another factor that has been taken into consideration. in this regard, the lattice parameter of corresponding planes in nmi (ainclusion) and matrix (amatrix) determine the value of the elastic strain (f), as defined by eqn. (2) [85]. inclusion matrix matrix a - a f  =  a (2) when nmi and steel matrix have the same crystallographic structure, crystallographic orientation, and lattice parameter, i.e., a fully coherent inclusion-matrix interface, the elastic strain at the interface has its lowest value [20, 84]. in general, the growth of nmi leads to loss of coherency, so the distribution of dissolved hydrogen atoms around the nmi change. when the length of nmi (l) is larger than the critical length (lc), the hydrogen trapping and crack formation at interfaces depend on the density of misfit dislocations, and when an increase of misfit dislocation density reduces the number of dislocation loops around nmi, the process of plastic deformation is facilitated. furthermore, when l is less than the lc, the coherency is kept at the interface, and the coherency strain facilitates hydrogen trapping and, thus, enhances hic [20, 85]. chemical elements such as manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, nickel, chromium, niobium, vanadium, titanium, copper, calcium, and alloy carbide precipitations have an important role in determining hydrogen diffusion and nmi morphology. the susceptibility to hic reduces with decreasing the content of manganese to less than 2 wt. % [21]. above 2 wt. % manganese, high segregation ratio of manganese to carbon promotes hic through hydrogen enhanced decohesion effect (hede), and hydrogen-enhancedlocalized plasticity (help) [21]. contents of phosphorus higher than 0.008 wt. % reduce carbon activity in the presence of manganese, which enables higher contents of phosphorus migration to grain boundaries and thereby increases susceptibility to hydrogen cracking [21]. additionally, low sulfur content enhances the ratio of longitudinal cracks in pipeline steels, promoting hic [21]. nickel reduces the hydrogen diffusion coefficient in the microstructure of pipeline steels [87, 88]. additions of chromium of 0.3 wt. % delay the eutectoid transformation of austenite and induce microstructural changes in the ferrite-pearlite and ferrite-bainite content, which indicates that by controlling the chromium content, the phase transformation temperature can be controlled to enhance hic resistance. additions of molybdenum of 0.4 wt. % makes hydrogen absorption less likely, improving the hic resistance of pipeline steels [21, 88]. niobium and nanoscale particles of niobium carbide (nbc) and niobium nitride (nbn) disrupt dislocation interactions with hydrogen atoms and hinder crack propagation leading to the transition of intergranular fracture to microvoid coalescence, thus enhancing hic resistance [89]. nanoscale vanadium precipitations reduce hydrogen diffusion into the nmi and delay hydrogen cracking [90]. the effect of titanium addition on hic resistance depends on the size of titanium carbide (tic) and titanium nitride (tin) particles. titanium carbide and titanium nitride ti (c, n) particles less than 0.1 μm diameter enhance hic resistance [87, 88]. contents above 0.2 wt. % of copper improves the resistance of pipeline steels to hic in the environment with a ph value greater than 4.0. this is because a stable copper-containing oxide film can be formed on the surface of the pipeline, reducing the permeation rate of hydrogen. further, nanoscale copperrich precipitates prevent redistribution of hydrogen atoms and improve resistance to hic. copper also affects the shape of ferrite, increasing copper content from 1 to 2 wt. % modifies polygonal ferrite to acicular ferrite that has good hic resistance; nonetheless, this may cause brittleness. interaction between copper and cobalt can also decrease hydrogen uptake and thus reduce hic susceptibility, while copper together with molybdenum has a detrimental effect on hic resistance [21,23, 91]. the addition of calcium controls the shape of sulfide inclusions such as mns and consequently improves hic resistance. the calcium treatment maintaining the ratio of calcium to sulfur above 1.5 is suggested for pipeline steels with sulfur contents higher than 0.001 wt.% [21]. environment environmental factors such as ph and h2s pressure critically affect hydrogen intake in pipeline steel. the decrease of ph and increase of ph2s increase the generation of hydrogen atoms by anodic reaction of iron (eqn. (3)) and the cathodic reaction of the hydrogen ion eqn. (4)) [92].  2+fe  fe +2e (3)  + 22h +2e   2h (atomic hydrogen)  h (4) where hydrogen ions can be generated by dissociation reactions; (eqn. (5)): e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 32  + -2h s  h +hs (5) the diffusion of hydrogen atoms into the interstitial lattice sites and inclusion-matrix interface increases hydrogen pressure decreasing the strength of interatomic bonds (cohesive strength) along the grain boundaries and promoting hic by a mechanism known as the hydrogen-enhanced decohesion (hede) [93]. fig. 6 depicts a schematic illustration of hede. to fully understand this result, eqn. (6) shows that the ph and ph2s are the main environmental parameters at ambient temperature affecting hydrogen flux (jperm) and hic resistance [94]. generally, the increase of ph2s and the decrease of ph increase hydrogen permission flux and hydrogen gas pressure into the crack cavity, resulting in the growth of hic crack and then the decrease of hic resistance.    2 0.25 -0.17ph  perm h sj =k d p 10 (6) where the value of k(d) is determined from experimental data of kittel and al. [95] and depends on corrosion layer thickness (d). residual stress steel manufacturing processes such as machining, joining, and rolling have considerable influence on residual stress and strain distribution in steel plates used to manufacture seam pipes for hydrocarbon transport. indeed, heterogeneous residual stress fields and plastic strains caused by inhomogeneous plastic deformation affect hydrogen permeation and hic fracture susceptibility as proposed by kharin and toribio [96]. jack and al. [97] showed that a high level of residual stress, consequently high dislocations density, and the high-volume fraction of high angle grain boundaries led to the hydrogeninduced fracture in x65 pipeline steel. therefore, a precise temperature schedule during tmcp and selection of the proper welding procedure effectively reduces residual stress in pipeline steels [97]. the welding joints of pipeline steels also produce residual stress in the weld metal and the heat-affected zone where hydrogen accumulation and then hydrogen cracking occur. javadi and al. [98] proposed that hydrogen concentration decreased as the distance from the weld metal increased. prediction of hic growth rates phenomenological methods henomenological methods have been applied to predict the hic growth rate in order to develop the ffs assessment criteria for in-service pipelines and to mitigate hydrogen-induced fracture risk [29]. according to the hydrogen pressure mechanism (hpt), the concentration of the atomic hydrogen within trapping sites, such as grain boundaries and internal voids, leads to increased pressure at the cavity, which eventually causes the formation of an embedded crack and thereby initiating hydrogen-induced cracking [99]. another suggested mechanism of hydrogen damage is the hydrogenenhanced decohesion model (hede), which assumes that hic is caused by the diffusion of atomic hydrogen into the interstitial sites, decreasing the strength of interatomic bonds (cohesive strength) along the grain boundaries and resulting in hydrogen cracking, as schematically shown in fig. 6 [100, 101]. figure 6: schematic of hydrogen-enhanced decohesion (hede). a) atomic lattice b) absorbed hydrogen c) hydrogen at particle-matrix interfaces. p e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 33 hydrogen-enhanced localized plasticity (help) establishes that hic is caused by hydrogen adsorption into a preexisting crack cavity leading to adsorption-induced dislocation emission (aide), as schematically shown in fig. 7. the accumulation of hydrogen atoms in the crack cavity reduces the plastic zone size around the crack tip, which results in high local triaxial stresses that induce microvoid coalescence and further crack growth [102]. figure 7: effect of hydrogen adsorption on the area of the plastic zone as hydrogen-enhanced localized plasticity (help) mechanism. hede and help mechanisms are primarily related to the final fracture mode, whereas hpt is related to the initiation and stable growth of hic. robertson and al. [103] proposed that the transition from help to hede mechanism occurs in areas with a high concentration of hydrogen. in general, the phenomenological models attempt to correlate hic growth rate with critical strain energy release rate, yield stress, hydrogen-induced fracture toughness, and hydrogen diffusion within the crack opening. the yield stress (σy) and plastic strain (εp) and plain strain fracture toughness (kih) of steels exposed to the atomic hydrogen depend on hydrogen concentration (c) while young's module (e) is little affected, and these effects have to be introduced in the models. generally, the yield stress and fracture toughness of steels exposed to hydrogen charging environments decreases with the increase of hydrogen concentrations into hydrogen trap sites. huang and al. [104] and sofronis and al. [105] proposed a phenomenological model based on the hede mechanism in which the critical energy release rate (gc) is a function of hydrogen concentration, as represented by eqn. (7) and eqn. (8). a high gc value may suppress crack initiation under elastic deformation and promote ductile fracture.  c cg = g   c (7)             c c c 0c c c c c [(ζ-1) ] g               g   c  > ζg cg   c = ζg                            g   c    ζg (8) where c is the total hydrogen concentration, c0 is the initial hydrogen concentration, gc (c) represents the embrittlement function. ζ and ξ are parameters that control the initial and the maximum reduction of the critical energy release rate, with ξgc denoting a lower bound value. the values of ζ and ξ are 0.9-0.8 and 0.5, respectively [104, 105]. furthermore, the crack driving force function ( h ) is presented by eqn. (9) [104, 105]: +e c ψ h=  g la (9) where cg is critical energy release rate, l is a length scale parameter controlling the smoothness of the crack topology, and a and +eψ represent plastic adjustment function and density of stored elastic energy, respectively, as defined by eqn. (10) and eqn. (11) [104, 105]: e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 34             p f a a exp (10)   + 2e e e dev   dev+ ψ =k  tr  ε +2μ (ε : ε ) (11) in the above equations, the coefficient α is a material parameter, ε is the equivalent plastic strain, and εf is a critical failure strain. the bracket ⟨x⟩+ is viewed as a function of (x ± |x|) / 2, k denotes the bulk modulus, and μ is the shear modulus. also, tr (ε) expresses the trace of the strain tensor, and εedev is the elastic part of the deviatoric strain tensor expressed as εedev = εe – tr (ε) i/3 with εe and i signifying the elastic strain and second-order identity tensor, respectively [104, 105]. the above phenomenological model incorporated plastic contribution into the crack driving force function, assuming a higher critical energy release rate and consequently lower crack driving force for ductile fracture [104, 105]. this model can predict crack initiation and propagation and brittle-ductile transition in the fracture of pipeline steels. sofronis and al. [105] and liang and al. [106] suggested a help model that describes the hydrogen effect on the local yield stress (σy) as presented by eqn. (12):        1 p y  0 0 ε σ =     1+ ε n h (12) where 0 h is the initial yield stress in the presence of hydrogen, p ε is the plastic strain in uniaxial tension, 0ε is the initial yield strain in the absence of hydrogen and n is the hardening exponent that is assumed unaffected by hydrogen. gerberich and al. [107, 108] proposed a model that calculates hic crack growth in correlation with plane strain fracture toughness (kih) and grain size (d) in the form of the differential equations:   0 eff h ih 1.5 crit 0 2  1+   c d v  kda =  dt 3 d r t (c -c ) (13) the correlation of stable hydrogen crack growth with yield stress (σy) and grain size (d) is:   0 eff h y crit 0 9 c d v  σda =  dt 2 d r t  c -c (14) the unstable hydrogen cracks growth in correlation with plane strain fracture toughness (kih) and grain size (d) is given by:   2 0 eff h ih 2 crit 0 9 c  d v  kda =  dt 2e d r t  c -c (15) where c0 is the initial hydrogen concentration, ccrit is the critical hydrogen concentration, deff is the diffusivity of hydrogen in steel, hv is hydrogen partial molar volume in steel, e is young's module, ϑ is poisson's ratio, and r and t are the universal gas constant, ambient temperature, respectively. these authors [107, 108] proposed a formula (eqn. 16)) to calculate the time required to crack initiation in correlation with yield stress and stress concentration factor (k):                 5 2 4 0.51 1 2 0.5 y c k t =  × × c    1-1 k 2  σ ×e (16) e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 35 where c1 is the diffusivity constant, c2 is a constant determined by the correlation between fracture stress and hydrogen embrittlement and   is notch root radius. a phenomenological model proposed by gonzalez and al. [17] assumed that the hic crack growth results from the accumulation of internal hydrogen pressure in a preexisting cavity that increases the stress intensity factor, and when it surpasses the plane strain fracture toughness of steel with dissolved hydrogen in the fracture plane, the crack propagates. they proposed a model that predicts hic crack growth rate based on the fracture mechanics criterion that establishes that the crack will start to grow when the plane strain fracture toughness in the cracking plane (kih) reaches its critical value, eqn. 17. ih h2 a k = 2p π (17) where ph2 is atomic hydrogen pressure and a is the crack length. solving eqn. 18 for the crack length and obtaining the total differential equation, gonzalez and al. [17] reached the following equation for the hic crack growth rate:        h h h 2 ih 3 α r t  e   d v cda = a dt 4 k  b (18) where ∆ch is the hydrogen concentration gradient, deff is the diffusivity of hydrogen in steel, and b is the wall thickness, and r, t, and hv are the universal gas constant, ambient temperature, and hydrogen partial molar volume in steel, respectively. also, the constant α is 11.5 for p= 17500 atm and  2 e e =  1-ν . the hic crack length after exposure time (t) to the hydrogen charging environment is defined by eqn. (19).  0    hta a e (19) where a0 is the initial crack length at time t = 0 and h is:        h  h 2 ih 3 α r t e   d c h= 4 k  b (20) according to this model, the hic crack growth rate will be faster as kih decreases, while a high value of dh and δch will increase the crack growth rate, which is logical since these two parameters indicate the input flux of hydrogen, so the higher input, the higher hic rate. further, gonzalez and al. [17] investigated the mechanism and kinetics of hic by cathodic charging experiments, finding that hic cracks mainly initiate at the interface of elongated mns and steel matrix, and they propagate in a path parallel to the rolling direction along with the interfaces of pearlite and ferrite bands. they also showed that the shape of hic cracks is conditioned by the spatial distribution of hic nuclei, namely non-metallic inclusions, and it is less affected by microstructural anisotropy. however, after some time, the individual cracks begin to interconnect to form large cracked areas with a drastic decrease in the hic growth rate. according to their findings, gonzalez and al. [17] demonstrated that hic occurs in two stages; nucleation and growth of individual cracks, where the maximum hic growth rate is observed, and the second is the interconnection of individual cracks where the kinetics is slowed down to almost zero. however, the phenomenological model presented by gonzalez and al. [17] did not consider the interconnection stage; nonetheless, it showed a good correlation with the observed experimental hic growth rates of individual cracks. fig. 8 shows the comparison of experimental results and the tendency of hic kinetics predicted with gonzalez's model [17], good agreement between experimental and predicted results [109]. diniz and al. [110] suggested a phenomenological model considering the hydrogen transport through interstitial diffusion, as shown in eqn. (21). e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 36               t b ct h t d d cdc c c da dt dt (21) where λd denotes the length of the diffusion zone, a represents the crack length, and τd is diffusion time. ct represents hydrogen concentration at the crack tip, and ch indicates the hydrogen concentration for the stationary crack when t>> τd, and cb is the hydrogen concentration for fast crack propagation [110]. figure 8: comparison of experimental and predicted results of hic growth of an api 5l x52 steel plate by cathodic charging and a synthetic sour medium. hydrogen transport through the hydrogen trapping mechanism was modeled by mc-nabb and foster [111] and is represented by eqn. (22).     t l t t θ = kc   1- θ θ t (22) where cl is hydrogen concentration in normal interstitial lattice sites, θt denotes the coverage of trapping sites, k represents the hydrogen capture rate, and  is the hydrogen release rate. it should be noted that the above model describes the threshold hydrogen concentrations at the crack tip. balueva [112] proposed a phenomenological model based on determining the time to grow delamination (t) under hydrogen pressure, given by eqn. 23: 2 βa1 1 a t=2α (a-  βarctan( )) 2 2a + β β (23) where α and β are defined as: c 0 eff πg α=  6rtc d (24) 2 c 0β=8b 2g d   (25) gc is the critical energy release rate specified as: e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 37 2 4 h2 c 0 p a g =  128d (26) where ph2 is atomic hydrogen pressure, a is delamination radius and d0 is flexural rigidity defined by eqn. 27:      3 0 2 eh d = 12 1-υ (27) where h is a thin layer of thickness, e is young's modulus, and υ is the poisson ratio. delamination radius (a) under hydrogen pressure overtime is defined by eqn. 28:   1 1a  t =  t+  π β 2α 4 (28) empirical models traidia and al. [94, 113] presented an empirical model considering the effect of temperature on hic growth rate. they found a decrease in temperature at range 0-100 °c for an aggressive environment (ph = 3 and ph2s = 1000 mbar) decreased the mechanical properties of steels, especially the fracture toughness and increased hydrogen pressure in the crack cavity. the combination of these two factors causes hic to develop mainly at low temperatures; however, hydrogen cracking is not observed at a temperature higher than 65 °c [113]. according to these authors [94, 113], the hydrogen cracks growth rate is related to fracture toughness (kih) and ph2, given by the differential equations:   cth2 ih 2 2 h2 cth2 dcda 2a dp πe dk =    +      dt p dt dc dt4 1 p (29) where cct is the hydrogen concentration at the crack tip, while ph2 is defined as: h2  h2 h2 n rt p =  v-n rtb  (30) where nh2 is the total number of hydrogen moles, v is the crack volume determined by integration of the crack opening, t is temperature, and b is given by eqn. 31: 1 2 z b=  + z t (31) where z1 is the first compressibility constant (1.54×10-6 k pa-1), and z2 is the second compressibility constant (4.69×10-8 k pa-1), ph2 is a function of t, and ph2 is a function of kih as follows:         2 cs 2 c t p t = γ p,t  s t (32) crit ih h 2 π k p =  2 πa (33) the hydrogen concentration at the crack surface (ccs) is defined by eqn. 34: e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 38   h h cs h2 (γ p,t ) σ  v c =s(t)exp( )  p rt (34) where hydrogen solubility (s) and fugacity factor of gaseous hydrogen (γ (p, t)) are represented by the below equations:  s 0 h s (t)= s  exp ( ) rt (35)   1 2 h2 z γ  p,t =exp[( + z ) p ] t (36) where s0 is the hydrogen solubility pre-exponential factor (0.82 mol/(m3pa–1/2)12), and ∆hs is the enthalpy of solution (28.6 kj mol-1). in more recent work, gonzalez and rivas and al. [114] developed an empirical hic growth rate model based on the bestfit curve of experimental data, which is presented in eqn. (37).   t-μi σ(i)* -ea=a ei (37) where t is the cathodic charging time and also  *a i , σi and μi, which are a function of the applied current density (i)are defined by the below equations:  * 2maxa = a - βii (38) 2-γi iσ = αe (39) 2-ηi iμ =δe (40) parameters α, β, γ,  δ and η are material constants that have to be found experimentally for every specific steel since these are parameters dependent on the microstructure, volume and shape of non-metallic inclusions, strength and chemical composition of the steel [114]. fig. 9 shows a comparison of experimental and simulated results of hic growth of an api 5l x60 steel plate, reported by traidia and al. [94]. they compared the numerical predictions of hic kinetics in two different kih with the experimental data achieved by brouwer and al. [115] and found a good agreement on both the hic initiation and growth of simulated and experimental results, see fig. 9. further considerations to establish hic models the ample evidence available nowadays makes it possible to use the multi-physics models to predict hydrogen cracking behavior in pipeline steels. this evidence indicates that the hoop stress induced by the internal pressure, crystallographic texture, and the tensile mechanical properties, along with the geometry and location of the hic cracks and the pipe thickness, have a little effect on the kinetics of hydrogen cracking in pipeline steels. however, hydrogen permeation rate, the nature and spatial distribution of non-metallic inclusions, in-plane fracture toughness, and the individual crack interconnection events are among the main parameters to establish a comprehensive hic kinetics model. at the service temperatures of most hydrocarbon pipelines, ph and ph2s are the two main operational parameters that control the hic kinetics since they directly affect the hydrogen permeation rates. indeed, the experimental evidence shows that lower ph and higher ph2s decrease the incubation period. the incubation period is the time needed to reach the critical pressure for the hic cracks growth [27, 116]. however, the few available experimental data and in-field evidence indicate that incubation times are a few hours or even less than an hour. therefore, attention has to be placed on the active propagation of already formed hic cracks. e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 39 figure 9: comparison of experimental and simulated results of hic growth of an api 5l x60 steel plate. the nature and distribution of nmi control the kinetics of hic cracks of steel pipe by determining the number and separation of initial hic cracks. as observed in this paper, larger inclusions with spinal morphologies that are commonly observed in the middle thickness of steel pipes contribute to low fracture toughness and more numerous initial cracks, which lead to higher kinetics of hic. so, in modeling the kinetic of hic, the role of nmi with respect to spatial distribution and nature should be considered to establish a reliable model. another important consideration is the interconnection of hic cracks which is an inevitable condition after the individual cracks have reached the necessary sizes to interconnect to each other. the experimental observations performed by gonzalez and al. [17] indicate that the more initial hic cracks, the shorter time to begin the interconnection stage, which is only a few days in some cases. furthermore, the model has to incorporate the new hic cracks that continue to appear after several weeks or even months of exposure to hydrogen charging environment, a phenomenon that has been little investigated, i.e., the delayed nucleation of hic cracks. summary and conclusions eat treatments, microstructures, especially nature and spatial distribution of non-metallic inclusions, hydrogen permeation rate, and the mechanical and fracture mechanics properties are the key factors affecting the kinetics of hic. thermomechanical controlled processing (tmcp) is the main processing route for manufacturing the hsla steel pipes with good mechanical properties and high hic resistance. in this regard, controlling various temperature parameters during tmcp, such as preheating temperature, tnr, fct, and frt, leads to microstructural refinement and consequently improves hic resistance. regarding microstructure, pearlitic and martensitic microstructures are susceptible to hic cracking; however, granular bainite and tempered martensite positively influence the hic resistance. another important microstructural factor is also the nature and spatial distribution of non-metallic inclusions. larger inclusions with spinal and rectangular morphologies are the main nuclei for hic, and additionally, contribute to the degradation of fracture toughness and increasing kinetic of hic. furthermore, the growth of non-metallic inclusions increases the density of misfit dislocations, which plays the main role in hydrogen trapping rate and facilitates plastic deformation and, thus, hic growth at the inclusion-matrix interface. further, as another microstructural factor, alloying elements such as manganese (less than 2 wt. %), chromium (less than 0.3 wt. %), molybdenum (less than 0.4 wt. %), phosphorus (less than 0.008 wt. %), copper (above 0.2 wt.%), and calcium, as well as carbide precipitations enriched with niobium, vanadium, and titanium enhance hic resistance in pipeline steels. the ph and ph2s are the environmental factors affecting the hydrogen permission rate. generally, the decrease of ph and increase of ph2s increase hydrogen permission rate through the generation of hydrogen atoms by anodic reaction of iron and the cathodic reaction of the hydrogen ion. the diffusion of hydrogen atoms into the hydrogen trap sites, especially the h e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 40 inclusion-matrix interface, increases hydrogen pressure and, thus, hic initiation and growth. moreover, heterogeneous residual stress fields generated by an inappropriate manufacturing process are known as a parameter increasing hydrogen permeation rate and hic fracture susceptibility. the yield stress (σy) and fracture toughness (kih) of steels exposed to the atomic hydrogen depends on hydrogen concentration stored into hydrogen trap sites; the increase of hydrogen concentration, the decrease of yield stress and fracture toughness, and thus, the hic crack growth rate will be faster. acknowledgment he authors e. entesari, j.l. gonzalez and d. rivas are grateful to instituto politécnico nacional (ipn) and conacyt for their financial support. references [1] scherf, s., harksen, s., hojda, r., strötgen, d. (2018).weldability of high toughness x100 seamless pipes with a new low carbon alloying concept for arctic offshore structural applications. the 28th international ocean and polar engineering conference, onepetro. [2] carrasco, j.p., diniz, d.d.s., barbosa, j.m.a., silva, a.a., dos santos, m.a. (2019). numerical simulation of the hydrogen trapping effect on crack propagation in api 5ct p110 steel under cathodic overprotection, int. j. hydrogen energy, 44(5), pp. 3230-3239. [3] da trindade filho, v.b., silva, j.m.s.e., linne, c., boas, a.c.c.v. (2020). high strength micro alloyed steel seamless pipe for sour service and high toughness applications. [4] morales, e. v., bott, i.s., silva, r.a., morales, a.m., de souza, l.f.g. (2016). characterization of carbon-rich phases in a complex microstructure of a commercial x80 pipeline steel, j. mater. eng. perform., 25(7), pp. 2736–2745. [5] stalheim, d.g., muralidharan, g. (2006).the role of continuous cooling transformation diagrams in material design for high strength oil and gas transmission pipeline steels. international pipeline conference, 42630, pp. 231–238. [6] javaheri, v., pohjonen, a., asperheim, j.i., ivanov, d., porter, d. (2019). physically based modeling, characterization and design of an induction hardening process for a new slurry pipeline steel, mater. des., 182, pp. 108047. [7] alaneme, k.k., olanrewaju, s.o., bodunrin, m.o. (2011). development and performance evaluation of a salt bath furnace., int. j. mech. mater. eng., 6(1), pp. 67-74. [8] shikanai, n., mitao, s., endo, s. (2008). recent development in microstructural control technologies through the thermo-mechanical control process (tmcp) with jfe steel's high-performance plates, jfe tech. rep., 11(6), pp. 1-6. [9] zhao, m.-c., yang, k., shan, y. (2002). the effects of thermo-mechanical control process on microstructures and mechanical properties of a commercial pipeline steel, mater. sci. eng. a, 335(1–2), pp. 14-20. [10] jiang, m., chen, l.-n., he, j., chen, g.-y., li, c.-h., lu, x.-g. (2014). effect of controlled rolling/controlled cooling parameters on microstructure and mechanical properties of the novel pipeline steel, adv. manuf., 2(3), pp. 265-274. [11] zikeev, v.n., chevskaya, o.n., mishet'yan, a.r., filippov, v.g., korostelev, a.b. (2021). effect of high strength structural steel structural state on fracture resistance, metallurgist, 65(3), pp. 375-388. [12] koo, j.y., luton, m.j., bangaru, n. v., petkovic, r.a., fairchild, d.p., petersen, c.w., asahi, h., hara, t., terada, y., sugiyama, m. (2003).metallurgical design of ultra-high strength steels for gas pipelines. the thirteenth international offshore and polar engineering conference, onepetro. [13] askari, m., aliofkhazraei, m., afroukhteh, s. (2019). a comprehensive review on internal corrosion and cracking of oil and gas pipelines, j. nat. gas sci. eng., 71, pp. 102971. [14] nace international the corrosion society. (2016). nace standard tm0284: standard test method evaluation of pipeline and pressure vessel steels for resistance to hydrogen-induced cracking. [15] nace international the corrosion society. (2005). ansi/nace tm0177: laboratory testing of metals for resistance to sulfide stress cracking and stress corrosion cracking in h2s environments. [16] nace international the corrosion society. (2003). nace standard tm0103: laboratory test procedures for evaluation of sohic resistance of plate steels used in wet h2s service. [17] gonzalez, j.l., ramirez, r., hallen, j.m., guzman, r.a. (1997). hydrogen-induced crack growth rate in steel plates exposed to sour environments, corrosion, 53(12). t e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 41 [18] arafin, m.a., szpunar, j.a. (2011). effect of bainitic microstructure on the susceptibility of pipeline steels to hydrogen induced cracking, mater. sci. eng. a, 528(15), pp. 4927-4940. [19] moon, j., choi, j., han, s.-k., huh, s., kim, s.-j., lee, c.-h., lee, t.-h. (2016). influence of precipitation behavior on mechanical properties and hydrogen induced cracking during tempering of hot-rolled api steel for tubing, mater. sci. eng. a, 652, pp. 120-126. [20] peng, z., liu, j., huang, f., hu, q., cao, c., hou, s. (2020). comparative study of non-metallic inclusions on the critical size for hic initiation and its influence on hydrogen trapping, int. j. hydrogen energy, 45(22), doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2020.02.131. [21] ghosh, g., rostron, p., garg, r., panday, a. (2018). hydrogen induced cracking of pipeline and pressure vessel steels: a review, eng. fract. mech., 199, pp. 609–618. [22] hsu, y.-t., jiang, h.-y., yen, h.-w., lin, h.-c., hong, s. (2020). hydrogen-induced embrittlement of nickelchromium-molybdenum containing hsla steels, j. chinese inst. eng., 43(1), pp. 58-66. [23] shi, x., yan, w., wang, w., shan, y., yang, k. (2016). novel cu-bearing high-strength pipeline steels with excellent resistance to hydrogen-induced cracking, mater. des., 92, pp. 300-305. [24] lin, l., li, b., zhu, g., kang, y., liu, r. (2018). effect of niobium precipitation behavior on microstructure and hydrogen induced cracking of press hardening steel 22mnb5, mater. sci. eng. a, 721, pp. 38-46. [25] gonzález-velázquez, j.l., entezari, e., szpunar, j.a. (2022). on the assessment of non-metallic inclusions by part 13 of api 579-1/asme ffs-1 2016., frat. e integrita strutt., (59). [26] turk, a., san martín, d., rivera-díaz-del-castillo, p.e.j., galindo-nava, e.i. (2018). correlation between vanadium carbide size and hydrogen trapping in ferritic steel, scr. mater., 152, pp. 112-116. [27] mohtadi-bonab, m.a., eskandari, m. (2017). a focus on different factors affecting hydrogen induced cracking in oil and natural gas pipeline steel, eng. fail. anal., 79, doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2017.05.022. [28] li, x., xie, f., wang, d., xu, c., wu, m., sun, d., qi, j. (2018). effect of residual and external stress on corrosion behaviour of x80 pipeline steel in sulphate-reducing bacteria environment, eng. fail. anal., 91, pp. 275-90. [29] traidia, a., chatzidouros, e., jouiad, m. (2018). review of hydrogen-assisted cracking models for application to service lifetime prediction and challenges in the oil and gas industry, corros. rev., 36(4), pp. 323-47. [30] boellinghaus, t., hoffmeister, h. (2000). numerical model for hydrogen-assisted cracking, corrosion, 56(06),. [31] hkdh bhadeshia. hkdh bhadeshia.(n.d.). materials algorithms project. available at: https://www.phase-trans.msm.cam.ac.uk/map/steel/programs/mucg83.html. [32] sente software ltd. sente software ltd.(n.d.). jmatpro®. available at: http://www.jmatpro.com. [33] software development kits. software development kits. (n.d.). thermo-calc software ab. available at: http://www.thermocalc.com/ productsservices/software-development-kits. [34] yamashita, t., okuda, k., obara, t. (1999). application of thermo-calc to the developments of high-performance steels, j. phase equilibria, 20(3), pp. 231-237. [35] lin, l.i., yanlin, h.e., de cooman, b.c., wollants, p., huang, s.g., vleugels, j. (2006). computer-aided designing and manufacturing of advanced steels, rare met., 25(5), pp. 407-411. [36] chen, y., zhou, x., huang, j. (2019). chemical component optimization based on thermodynamic calculation of fe1.93 mn-0.07 ni-1.96 cr-0.35 mo ultra-high strength steel, materials (basel)., 12(1), pp. 65. [37] vervynckt, s. (2010). control of the non-recrystallization temperature in high strength low alloy (hsla) steels. [38] liessem, a., knauf, g., zimmermann, s. (2007).strain based design-what the contribution of a pipe manufacturer can be. the seventeenth international offshore and polar engineering conference, onepetro. [39] rosado, d.b., de waele, w., vanderschueren, d., hertelé, s. (2013). latest developments in mechanical properties and metallurgical features of high strength line pipe steels, int. j. sustain. mech. eng. des., 4(1). [40] liu, c., bhole, s.d. (2013). challenges and developments in pipeline weldability and mechanical properties, sci. technol. weld. join., 18(2), pp. 169-181. [41] yoo, j.-y., ahn, s.-s., seo, d.-h., song, w.-h., kang, k.-b. (2011). new development of high grade x80 to x120 pipeline steels, mater. manuf. process., 26(1), pp. 154-160. [42] yang, x.-l., xu, y.-b., tan, x.-d., wu, d. (2015). relationships among crystallographic texture, fracture behavior and charpy impact toughness in api x100 pipeline steel, mater. sci. eng. a, 641, pp. 96-106. [43] (n.d.). substances and technologies, knowledge source on materials engineering. [44] zhang, k., zhu, m., lan, b., liu, p., li, w., rong, y. (2019). the mechanism of high-strength quenching-partitioningtempering martensitic steel at elevated temperatures, crystals, 9(2), pp. 94. [45] entezari, e., mousalou, h., yazdani, s., gonzález-velázquez, j.l., szpunar, j.a. (2022). the evaluation of quenching temperature effect on microstructural and mechanical properties of advanced high strength low carbon steel after e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 42 quenching partitioning treatment, procedia struct. integr., 37, pp. 145-52. [46] zhao, j., jiang, z. (2018). thermomechanical processing of advanced high strength steels, prog. mater. sci., 94, pp. 174242. [47] ohaeri, e., omale, j., tiamiyu, a., rahman, k.m.m., szpunar, j. (2018). influence of thermomechanically controlled processing on microstructure and hydrogen induced cracking susceptibility of api 5l x70 pipeline steel, j. mater. eng. perform., 27(9), pp. 4533-4547. [48] hwang, b., kim, y.m., lee, s., kim, n.j., ahn, s.s. (2005). correlation of microstructure and fracture properties of api x70 pipeline steels, metall. mater. trans. a, 36(3), pp. 725-739. [49] min, z. (2010). microstructure and mechanical properties of x80 pipeline steels in different cooling schedules, acta metall. sin. (english lett., 23(3), pp. 171-175. [50] yu, q.b. (2012).effect of cooling rate on microstructures and mechanical properties of x80 pipeline steel. advanced materials research, vol. 535, trans tech publ, pp. 525–528. [51] zhao, j., hu, w., wang, x., kang, j., cao, y., yuan, g., di, h., misra, r.d.k. (2016). a novel thermo-mechanical controlled processing for large-thickness microalloyed 560 mpa (x80) pipeline strip under ultra-fast cooling, mater. sci. eng. a, 673, pp. 373-377. [52] lan, l., chang, z., kong, x., qiu, c., zhao, d. (2017). phase transformation, microstructure, and mechanical properties of x100 pipeline steels based on tmcp and htp concepts, j. mater. sci., 52(3), pp. 1661-1678. [53] lee, d.h., sohn, s.s., song, h., ro, y., lee, c.s., lee, s., hwang, b. (2018). effects of start and finish cooling temperatures on the yield strength and uniform elongation of strain-based api x100 pipeline steels, metall. mater. trans. a, 49(10), pp. 4536-4543. [54] nafisi, s., arafin, m.a., collins, l., szpunar, j. (2012). texture and mechanical properties of api x100 steel manufactured under various thermomechanical cycles, mater. sci. eng. a, 531, pp. 2-11. [55] zhou, x., zeng, c., yang, h., ma, l., liu, z., wu, d., wang, g. (2016). effect of cooling process on microstructure and mechanical properties of x100 pipeline steel, steel res. int., 87(10), pp. 1366-1375. [56] takeuchi, i., makino, h., okaguchi, s., takahashi, n., yamamoto, a. (2006).crack arrestability of high-pressure gas pipelines by x100 or x120. 23rd world gas conference, amsterdam, citeseer, pp. 1-16. [57] morozov, y.d., simbukhov, i.a., dyakonov, d.l. (2012). study of microstructure and properties of ultrahigh-strength pipe steel of strength category x120 prepared under laboratory conditions, metallurgist, 56(7), pp. 510-518. [58] garcia, c.i., hua, m.j., liang, x., suikannen, p., deardo, a.j. (2012).on the microstructure of plate steels for api-5l x120 applications. materials science forum, vol. 706, trans tech publ, pp. 17-23. [59] garcia, c.i. (2017).high strength low alloyed (hsla) steels. automotive steels, elsevier, pp. 145-167. [60] bannenberg, n., streißelberger, a., schwinn, v. (2007). new steel plates for the oil and gas industry, steel res. int., 78(3), pp. 185-188. [61] contreras, a., lópez, a., gutiérrez, e.j., fernández, b., salinas, a., deaquino, r., bedolla, a., saldaña, r., reyes, i., aguilar, j. (2020). an approach for the design of multiphase advanced high-strength steels based on the behavior of cct diagrams simulated from the intercritical temperature range, mater. sci. eng. a, 772, pp. 138708. [62] lan, h.f., du, l.x., li, q., qiu, c.l., li, j.p., misra, r.d.k. (2017). improvement of strength-toughness combination in austempered low carbon bainitic steel: the key role of refining prior austenite grain size, j. alloys compd., 710, pp. 702-710. [63] entezari, e., avishan, b., mousalou, h., yazdani, s. (2018). effect of electro slag remelting (esr) on the microstructure and mechanical properties of low carbon bainitic steel, kov. mater, 56, pp. 253-263. [64] wu, q., zikry, m.a. (2015). dynamic fracture predictions of microstructural mechanisms and characteristics in martensitic steels, eng. fract. mech., 145, pp. 54-66. [65] kim, s., kwon, j., kim, y., jang, w., lee, s., choi, j. (2013). factors influencing fatigue crack propagation behavior of austenitic steels, met. mater. int., 19(4), pp. 683-690. [66] sami, z., tahar, s., mohamed, h. (2014). microstructure and charpy impact properties of ferrite–martensite dual phase api x70 linepipe steel, mater. sci. eng. a, 598, pp. 338-342. [67] simm, t., sun, l., mcadam, s., hill, p., rawson, m., perkins, k. (2017). the influence of lath, block and prior austenite grain (pag) size on the tensile, creep and fatigue properties of novel maraging steel, materials (basel)., 10(7), pp. 730. [68] ym, k., nj, k. (2002). effect of microstructure on the yield ratio and low temperature toughness of linepipe steels, isij int., 42(12), pp. 1571-1577. [69] qi, x.y., du, l.x., hu, j., misra, r.d.k. (2018). high-cycle fatigue behavior of low-c medium-mn high strength steel with austenite-martensite submicron-sized lath-like structure, mater. sci. eng. a, 718, pp. 477-482. e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 43 [70] nace international the corrosion society. (2015). nace mr0175: materials for use in h2s-containing environments in oil and gas production. [71] hwang, y.-i., kim, h.-j., song, s.-j., lim, z.s., yoo, s.-w. (2017). improving the ultrasonic imaging of hydrogeninduced cracking using focused ultrasound, j. mech. sci. technol., 31(8), pp. 3803-3809. [72] findley, k.o., o'brien, m.k., nako, h. (2015). critical assessment 17: mechanisms of hydrogen induced cracking in pipeline steels, mater. sci. technol., 31(14), pp. 1673-1680. [73] dunne, d.p., hejazi, d., saleh, a.a., haq, a.j., calka, a., pereloma, e. v. (2016). investigation of the effect of electrolytic hydrogen charging of x70 steel: i. the effect of microstructure on hydrogen-induced cold cracking and blistering, int. j. hydrogen energy, 41(28), pp. 12411-12423. [74] laureys, a., pinson, m., depover, t., petrov, r., verbeken, k. (2020). ebsd characterization of hydrogen induced blisters and internal cracks in trip-assisted steel, mater. charact., 159, pp. 110029. [75] li, j., gao, x., du, l., liu, z. (2017). relationship between microstructure and hydrogen induced cracking behavior in a low alloy pipeline steel, j. mater. sci. technol., 33(12), pp. 1504-1512. [76] park, j.h., oh, m., kim, s.j. (2017). effect of bainite in microstructure on hydrogen diffusion and trapping behavior of ferritic steel used for sour service application, j. mater. res., 32(7), pp. 1295-1303. [77] shahzad, m., tayyaba, q., manzoor, t., ud-din, r., subhani, t., qureshi, a.h. (2018). the effects of martensite morphology on mechanical properties, corrosion behavior and hydrogen assisted cracking in a516 grade steel, mater. res. express, 5(1), pp. 16516, doi: 10.1088/2053-1591/aaa55f. [78] ohaeri, e., omale, j., rahman, k.m.m., szpunar, j. (2020). effect of post-processing annealing treatments on microstructure development and hydrogen embrittlement in api 5l x70 pipeline steel, mater. charact., 161, pp. 110124, doi: 10.1016/j.matchar.2020.110124. [79] zhu, x., li, w., hsu, t.y., zhou, s., wang, l., jin, x. (2015). improved resistance to hydrogen embrittlement in a highstrength steel by quenching-partitioning–tempering treatment, scr. mater., 97, pp. 21-24, doi: 10.1016/j.scriptamat.2014.10.030. [80] liu, z.y., wang, x.z., du, c.w., li, j.k., li, x.g. (2016). effect of hydrogen-induced plasticity on the stress corrosion cracking of x70 pipeline steel in simulated soil environments, mater. sci. eng. a, 658, pp. 348-354. [81] xue, h.b., cheng, y.f. (2011). characterization of inclusions of x80 pipeline steel and its correlation with hydrogeninduced cracking, corros. sci., 53(4), pp. 1201-1208. [82] rahman, k.m.m., qin, w., szpunar, j.a., kozinski, j., song, m., zhu, n. (2021). new insight into the role of inclusions in hydrogen-induced degradation of fracture toughness: three-dimensional imaging and modeling, philos. mag., 101(8), pp. 976-996. [83] rahman, k.m.m., mohtadi-bonab, m.a., ouellet, r., szpunar, j., zhu, n. (2019). effect of electrochemical hydrogen charging on an api x70 pipeline steel with focus on characterization of inclusions, int. j. press. vessel. pip., 173, pp. 147-155. [84] miyoshi, e., tanaka, t., terasaki, f., ikeda, a. (1976). hydrogen-induced cracking of steels under wet hydrogen sulfide environment. [85] qin, w., szpunar, j.a. (2017). a general model for hydrogen trapping at the inclusion-matrix interface and its relation to crack initiation, philos. mag., 97(34), pp. 3296-3316. [86] domizzi, g., anteri, g., ovejero-garcıa, j. (2001). influence of sulphur content and inclusion distribution on the hydrogen induced blister cracking in pressure vessel and pipeline steels, corros. sci., 43(2), pp. 325-339. [87] beidokhti, b., dolati, a., koukabi, a.h. (2009). effects of alloying elements and microstructure on the susceptibility of the welded hsla steel to hydrogen-induced cracking and sulfide stress cracking, mater. sci. eng. a, 507(1-2), pp. 167173. [88] liou, h.-y., shieh, r.-i., wei, f.-i., wang, s.-c. (1993). roles of microalloying elements in hydrogen induced cracking resistant property of hsla steels, corrosion, 49(05). [89] zhang, s., fan, e., wan, j., liu, j., huang, y., li, x. (2018). effect of nb on the hydrogen-induced cracking of highstrength low-alloy steel, corros. sci., 139, pp. 83-96. [90] li, l., song, b., cai, z., liu, z., cui, x. (2019). effect of vanadium content on hydrogen diffusion behaviors and hydrogen induced ductility loss of x80 pipeline steel, mater. sci. eng. a, 742, pp. 712-721. [91] baba, k., mizuno, d., yasuda, k., nakamichi, h., ishikawa, n. (2016). effect of cu addition in pipeline steels on prevention of hydrogen permeation in mildly sour environments, corrosion, 72(9), pp. 1107-1115. [92] mohtadi-bonab, m.a. (2019). effects of different parameters on initiation and propagation of stress corrosion cracks in pipeline steels: a review, metals (basel)., 9(5), pp. 590. [93] lynch, s.p. (2003). mechanisms of hydrogen assisted cracking-a review, hydrog. eff. mater. behav. corros. deform. e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 44 interact., pp. 449-466. [94] traidia, a., alfano, m., lubineau, g., duval, s., sherik, a. (2012). an effective finite element model for the prediction of hydrogen induced cracking in steel pipelines, int. j. hydrogen energy, 37(21), pp. 16214-16230. [95] kittel, j., ropital, f., pellier, j. (2008). effect of membrane thickness on hydrogen permeation in steels during wet hydrogen sulfide exposure, corrosion, 64(10), pp. 788-799. [96] kharin, v., toribio, j. (2005).effect of residual stress profile on hydrogen embrittlement susceptibility of prestressing steel. anales de mecánica de la fractura, vol. 22, citeseer, pp. 464-469. [97] jack, t.a., pourazizi, r., ohaeri, e., szpunar, j., zhang, j., qu, j. (2020). investigation of the hydrogen induced cracking behaviour of api 5l x65 pipeline steel, int. j. hydrogen energy, 45(35), pp. 17671-17684. [98] javadi, y., sweeney, n.e., mohseni, e., macleod, c.n., lines, d., vasilev, m., qiu, z., mineo, c., pierce, s.g., gachagan, a. (2021). investigating the effect of residual stress on hydrogen cracking in multi-pass robotic welding through process compatible non-destructive testing, j. manuf. process., 63, pp. 80-87. [99] zapffe, c.a., sims, c.e. (1941). hydrogen embrittlement, internal stress and defects in steel, trans. aime, 145(1941), pp. 225-271. [100] oriani, r.a. (1972). a mechanistic theory of hydrogen embrittlement of steels, berichte der bunsengesellschaft für phys. chemie, 76(8), pp. 848-857. [101] lynch, s. (2012). hydrogen embrittlement phenomena and mechanisms, corros. rev., 30(3-4), pp. 105-123. [102] beachem, c.d. (1972). a new model for hydrogen-assisted cracking (hydrogen "embrittlement"), metall. mater. trans. b, 3(2), pp. 441-455. [103] robertson, i.m., sofronis, p., nagao, a., martin, m.l., wang, s., gross, d.w., nygren, k.e. (2015). hydrogen embrittlement understood, metall. mater. trans. b, 46(3), pp. 1085-1103. [104] huang, c. (2020). numerical modeling of hydrogen embrittlement. [105] sofronis, p., liang, y., aravas, n. (2001). hydrogen induced shear localization of the plastic flow in metals and alloys, eur. j. mech., 20(6), pp. 857-872. [106] liang, y., sofronis, p., aravas, n. (2003). on the effect of hydrogen on plastic instabilities in metals, acta mater., 51(9), pp. 2717-2730. [107] gerberich, w.w. (1974). effect of hydrogen on high-strength and martensitic steels, hydrog. met., pp. 115-147. [108] gerberich, w.w., chen, s. (1990).environment-induced cracking of metals, fundamental processes: micromechanics. proceedings of the first international conference on environment-induced cracking of metals,(houston, tx: nace, 1989), pp. 167-187. [109] gonzález-velázquez, j.l. (2020). a practical approach to fracture mechanics, elsevier. [110] diniz, d., silva, e., carrasco, j., barbosa, j., silva, a. (2014). effect of reversible hydrogen trapping on crack propagation in the api 5ct p110 steel-a numerical simulation, int. j. multiphys., 8(3), pp. 313-324. [111] mcnabb, a., foster, p.k. (1963). a new analysis of diffusion of hydrogen in iron and ferritic steels, trans. metall. soc. aime, 227(3), pp. 618. [112] balueva, a. (2014). modeling of hydrogen embrittlement cracking in pipelines under high pressures, procedia mater. sci., 3, pp. 1310-1315. [113] traidia, a., el-sherik, a.m., duval, s., lubineau, g., el-yagoubi, j. (2014). model of parameters controlling resistance of pipeline steels to hydrogen-induced cracking, corrosion, 70(1), pp. 87-94. [114] gonzalez jl, rivas d, dorantes h, vazquez p, g.w. (2015).modeling and simulation of cracked area growth rate of hydrogen-induced cracking in pipeline steels. 10th international symposium on advanced science and technology in experimental mechanics-japan. [115] brouwer, r.c., de mul, l.m., van den handel, g. (1995). modelling hydrogen induced crack growth: validation by comparison with experiment, nace international, houston, tx (united states). [116] hara, t., asahi, h., ogawa, h. (2004). conditions of hydrogen-induced corrosion occurrence of x65 grade line pipe steels in sour environments, december 2004, corrosion, 60 (12). nomenclature a austenite acc accelerated cooling aide adsorption-induced dislocation emission e. entezari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 20-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.02 45 cct continuous cooling transformation f ferrite frt finishing rolling temperature fct finishing cooling temperature gb globular bainite hede hydrogen enhanced decohesion help hydrogen-enhancedlocalized plasticity hic hydrogeninduced plasticity hpt hydrogen pressure mechanism hop heat treatment online process hsla high strength low alloy steel m martensite ms martensite start temperature mf martensite finish temperature nmi nonmetallic inclusions ph2s hydrogen partial pressure ssc stress sulfide corrosion sohic stress-orientated hydrogen-induced cracking tlm tempered lath martensite tmcp thermomechanical control process ttt time-temperature-transformation tnr non-recrystallization temperature qpt quenchingpartitioningtempering qt quenching and tempering << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_46_art_26 l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 285 performance index of natural stones-gfrp hybrid structures luca sorrentino, costanzo bellini, wilma polini, sandro turchetta university of cassino and southern lazio, department of civil and mechanical engineering, italy luca.sorrentino@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5278-7357 costanzo.bellini@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4804-6588 wilma.polini@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6839-3889 sandro.turchetta@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8365-8910 abstract. natural stone is a material that presents durableness over time and high aesthetic characteristic, but it is brittle and its tensile strength is significantly lower than compressive one: these peculiarities must be taken into account for material usage; in fact, for applications requiring high flexural and tensile strength, as thin sections or long spans, the particular mechanical behavior of the natural stone constitutes an issue to be overcome. a solution to the above mentioned problem is presented in the present paper: a natural stone tile is reinforced by bonding a sandwich structural laminate made of composite materials. in such manner, a double result is obtained: the mechanical strength increment and the and the tile specific weight decrement. in particular, two different types of sandwich structures, made of glass/epoxy laminates and honeycomb or foam core, were bonded to the lower surfaces of marble and granite tiles; then, 3-point bending tests were carried out on specimens extracted from the produced hybrid tiles. a performance index, considering both strength and weight of tiles, was introduced and the comparison with specimens extracted from traditional unreinforced tiles demonstrated that the considered reinforcement increases the structural characteristics of stone tiles up to an order of magnitude. keywords. natural stones; glass/epoxy sandwich laminate; 3-point bending test; structural behavior improvement. citation: sorrentino, l., bellini, c., polini, w. and turchetta, s., performance index of natural stones-gfrp hybrid structures, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294. received: 22.06.2018 accepted: 08.08.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction or a long time, construction and in building furniture use natural stone. only recently, the aesthetic properties of the stone are exploited to decorate the environments. all these applications are limited by the brittle nature and the consequent defects of the stone. in fact, the strength of stone in tension is considerably less than its strength in compression, the compressive strength of a rock exceeds its tensile strength by one to three orders of magnitude typically. this disparity limits the use of stone for long spans or thin sections, where tensile and flexural strength capacity is required. f http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/26.mp4 l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 286 the durability and the strength of stone are affected by mechanical and chemical weathering processes. the atmosphere, water, dissolved salts, acid rain and temperature fluctuations act as agents of decay, inflicting visible damage to stone as a decay, as demonstrated by winkler [1]. cohen and monteiro [2] showed that limestone and granite are affected by weathering agents and are particularly susceptible to superficial dissolution caused by carbon dioxide (co2), sulfur dioxide (so2) and nitric acid (nox) dissolved in water as acid rain. it is evident that the weathering results in a loss of strength in natural stone. reinforcement provides stone members with flexural strength required for use in long spans, columns and slabs. however, in some cases, reinforced stone may fail to perform to its desired capacity because of faulty design, use of inferior materials, poor construction practices and insufficient maintenance. if such a problem occurs early in a structure's service life, repair and strengthening of the concrete sections may be more favorable than replacement or reconstruction of the failing members. at the beginning of the second half of the last century, the use of external steel reinforcing to strengthen existing concrete bridges and buildings was investigated by researchers in south africa and france. thin steel plates were bonded with epoxy to the tension face of concrete beams to provide additional local stiffness. subsequently, mays [3] applied this technique to reinforce concrete members in europe, the united kingdom, japan, new zeland, south africa and the united states. since steel plates are readily available and relatively inexpensive, repair of structures by externally bonded reinforcement is an attractive alternative to replacement. however, corrosion of the external metal plate remains a problem. a wide variety of civil engineering applications sees the introduction of fibre-reinforced polymers (frps). neale [4] found these materials to be particularly attractive for applications involving the strengthening and rehabilitation of existing structures. composite materials were proposed as a corrosion-resistant alternative to external steel reinforcement of concrete members. iyer et al. [5] used sheets of graphite fibers in an epoxy matrix to strengthen cracked concrete beams in an existing bridge. also, saadatmanesh and ehsani [6] showed that glass fiber composites, well bonded with epoxy to concrete beams, double the ultimate capacity of the beams also employed to increase strength and ductility with encouraging results in terms of mechanical behavior and cost effectiveness. recently it was investigated by sisti et al. [7] and aiello et al. [8] a new type of reinforcement for historic masonry buildings made by recycled old stone or bricks with gfrp grits, that demonstrated to improve the bending capacity of the structure. external composite reinforcement was infrequently applied to natural stone, as demonstrated by kurtis and dharan [9]. to determine the effect of external reinforcement on the load-carrying capacity of two types of stone, 3-point bend tests were performed on marble and travertine marble (actually a limestone) reinforced with hs carbon fibers in an epoxy matrix. the results show how the load capacity of the stone may be increased of about 5-10 times. in a previous work, polini et al. [10] investigated the use of external composite reinforcement on natural stone. it involved the production of a hybrid structure “natural stone/composite” very thin, the use of less expensive composite materials, such as glass fiber, and the comparison between two natural stones that are largely used for decorative application, marble and granite. the results demonstrated that the load capacity of the stone can be increased by a factor of 7 and 6 for granite and marble respectively. in another work, bellini et al. [11] created a new hybrid structure, in which the thin laminate made of composite material was substituted with a sandwich structure. in this work, sandwich structural laminates based on composite materials are used as external reinforcement both to increase the mechanical resistance and to decrease weight of natural stone. high strength glass/epoxy laminates were bonded to the lower surfaces of marble and granite beams, and 3-point bend tests were performed on both reinforced and unreinforced specimens. such reinforcement is useful to increase low initial tensile strength or to restore strength lost by weathering. an increase in strength can result in the use of longer spans and thinner sections, decreasing dead load. therefore, the use of external composite reinforcement of natural stone in application such as exterior cladding, flooring, countertops, and desktops can result in weight saving and possible cost saving. the materials and the methods to produce the specimens are deeply described in the next sections; then, the test to mechanically characterize the stone-composite sandwich specimens are deeply discussed and the obtained results are presented and analyzed. materials and methods n this work, the new hybrid material was constituted by a sandwich structural laminate in composite materials glued to a stone tile. two kinds of sandwiches were considered: the first one was self-produced by gluing two composite skins to a diab divinycell p60 core, the second one was a commercial sandwich of hexcel corporation, that is i l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 287 called fibrelam® grade 5. the first core material chosen for the core was the diab divinycell p60 panel, that is made of a recyclable closed cell thermoplastic foam. it is addressed to public transport, industrial applications and wind applications, since it offers excellent fst properties (fire and toxicity of fumes), resistance to high temperatures, good thermal insulation and low water absorption. it also offers good mechanical properties, such as excellent resistance to chemical agents and a very low density of 60 kg/m3. this core is compatible with any type of resin, polyester, vinylester, epoxy and it can be used with most prepregs because it resists up to the temperature of 150 °c, so there are no problems for the prepreg oven polymerization. it was used a panel of 8 mm thickness. the composite skins were constituted by glass fiber/epoxy matrix prepreg fabric. the composite fabric consisted of fibers woven at [0/90]; thirteen fabrics were overlapped and cured at a temperature of 125°c for 90 minutes by means of vacuum bagging in autoclave to obtain a board thickness of about 2 mm, so the total thickness of the sandwich structure was 12 mm. composite material density is 1850 kg/m3; moreover, this material has a compressive strength of 650 mpa and a tensile strength of 1750 mpa. the other core material was the fibrelam®, that is made of unidirectional glass fiber skins with a cross pattern of thickness 0.38 mm glued to an aramid alveolar panel to have a total sandwich thickness of about 10 mm. it has excellent resistance to compression (5.5 mpa) and to impact (4.5 nm), that are compatible with stone application. the fibrelam® has a remarkable stiffness, testified by a maximum deformation of 0.8 mm/m, which allows the sandwich structure to be used without any support and a flames extinguish time of 4 seconds after a 60-second exposure; its density is 2.5 kg/m2. perlato royal of coreno and absolute black granite were the natural stones chosen for the tiles. perlato royal of coreno is characterized by a high strength to wear and to impact that together to its resistance to weather agents carried out to be used for buildings. it has a density of 2650 kg/m3; it has a compressive strength of 166 mpa and a tensile strength of 10 mpa. the absolute black granite is very hard and since it is available in small volumes, it has a great commercial value. it has a density of 3030 kg/m3; it has a compressive strength of 295 mpa and a tensile strength of 27 mpa. two adhesives were used to bond the self-produced composite sandwich to stone tiles: the scotch-weldtm ec-2216 b/a gray of 3mtm and the scotch-weldtm af163-2k of 3mtm. the first is an epoxy resin scotch-weldtm ec-2216 b/a gray of 3mtm, whose polymerization time is 7 days at 24°c, 2 hours at 66°c and 30 minutes at 93 °c. it is commonly used for composite material and it is suitable for aerospace applications. the second adhesive is a thermosetting epoxy resin scotch-weldtm af163-2k of 3mtm, which occurs as a veil. it polymerizes in 90 minutes at 107.2 °c. the commercial sandwich hexcel fibrelam® was glued to stone only by means of the resin scotch-weldtm af163-2k of 3mtm, since it allows to reach the best geometrical precision in gluing, so taking full advantage of the high precision of the commercial sandwich. all the samples manufactured are shown in tab. 1, five repetitions were carried out for each parameter combination. after bonding to sandwich panels, each hybrid tile was cut with a diamond saw to produce samples measuring 40 mm x 200 mm for 3-point bending tests. the 3-point bend test was considered for evaluating the structural properties of the obtained samples, according to the uni en 12372 standard for stone products. in detail, the width of the sample should be between 25 mm and 100 mm and it has to be twice the size of the largest grain in the stone. the sample length should be six times its thickness, while the distance between the two pins that sustain the sample should be five times its thickness. factor # levels level value stone type 2 coreno perlato royal, absolute black granite stone thickness [mm] 3 3,4,6 core type 2 diab p60, fibrelam grade 5 adhesive type 2 ec-2216, af163-2k table 1: experimental plan. process to prepare the sample with core diab p60 and ec-2216 adhesive three marble tiles and three granite tiles, whose dimensions were 200 mm x 200 mm x 10 mm, were brushed on the raw side by means of an abrasive paper and, then, they were cleaned by a cloth soaked in ethylic alcohol. the same operations were repeated on the composite laminate of 2.2 mm thickness, once cut through a band-saw at 205 mm x 205 mm. a l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 288 panel of core diab p60 was cut to obtain six samples of 203 mm x 203 mm, their thickness was reduced from 20 mm to 8 mm by a vertical sawing machine and, then, theirs surfaces were cleaned through a jet of compressed air. now, the adhesive was applied on a raw side of the stone, both sides of the composite laminate and both sides of the core diab p60 in a uniform way (see fig. 1). therefore, the stone was assembled to the composite sandwich and the obtained sample was put into some clamps in order to avoid the development of air bubbles and the leak of adhesive at the interface due to the excessive pressure. the samples were polymerized at room temperature for 120 minutes and at 63° c into an oven for further 120 minutes. process to prepare the sample with core diab p60 and af163-2k adhesive three marble tiles and three granite tiles, whose dimensions were 200 mm x 200 mm x 10 mm, were brushed on the raw side by means of an abrasive paper and, then, they were cleaned by a cloth soaked in ethylic alcohol. the same operations were repeated on the composite laminate of 2.2 mm thickness, once cut through a band-saw at 205 mm x 205 mm. a panel of core diab p60 was cut to obtain six samples of 203 mm x 203 mm, their thickness was reduced from 20 mm to 8 mm by a milling machine and, then, theirs surfaces were cleaned through a jet of compressed air. now, a film of adhesive was taken out the freezer and kept at room temperature for two hours. then, it was cut at the dimensions of the tile and it was applied on the stone surface; then the composite laminate was put on the other side of the adhesive film. another piece of adhesive was applied on the free composite laminate surface and the core diab p60 was put on the other side of the adhesive. a final piece of adhesive was applied to the free core surface and another composite laminate was put on the other side of the adhesive film. the obtained samples were put into a vacuum bag (see fig. 2), previously lined with breather in order to support the vacuum distribution around the samples. the bag was sealed and the air was inhaled up to a pressure of 0.50 bar. now, the bag was put into the oven and the temperature was increased of 4.95 °c per minute for twenty minutes, up to arrive at 135 °c; then, the temperature was kept constant for 1 hour. finally, the oven was turned off and the bag was kept in pressure till the temperature reached 65°c. figure 1: sample with core diab p60 and ec-2216 adhesive. figure 2: process scheme for the manufacturing of sandwich structure with core diab p60 and af163-2k adhesive. l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 289 process to prepare the sample with fibrelam® and af163-2k adhesive three marble tiles and three granite tiles, whose dimensions were 200 mm x 200 mm x 10 mm, were brushed on the raw side by means of an abrasive paper and, then, they were cleaned by a cloth soaked in ethylic alcohol. the same operations were repeated on the hexcel fibrelam® panels, once cut through a band-saw at 205 mm x 205 mm. now, a film of adhesive was taken out the freezer and kept at room temperature for two hours. then, it was cut at the dimensions of the tile and it was applied on the stone surface; then the fibrelam® panel was put on the other side of the adhesive film (see fig. 3). the obtained samples were put into a vacuum bag (see fig. 4), previously lined with breather in order to support the vacuum distribution around the samples. the bag was sealed and the air was inhaled up to a pressure of 0.50 bar. now, the bag was put into the oven and the temperature was increased of 4.95 °c per minute for twenty minutes, up to arrive at 135 °c; then, the temperature was kept constant for 1 hour. finally, the oven was off and the bag was kept in pressure till the temperature reached 65 °c. figure 3: sample with core hexcel fibrelam® and af163-2k adhesive. figure 4: process scheme for the manufacturing of sandwich structure with core fibrelam® and af163-2k adhesive. results discussion n instron® machine was used to perform 3-point bending test on the specimens manufactured as described above, see fig. 5. the samples were tested in an unconditioned state at room temperature. results from the 3point bending tests are presented in tab. 2. figs. 6-8 show an example of load trend vs displacement in 3-point bend test of samples with a stone tile of 3 mm thickness. three points bending tests results show that the samples with the core diab p60 reached an average maximum load higher than that of samples with the core hexcel fibrelam®. moreover, in figs. 6-8 deflection before failure of the sample with the core hexcel fibrelam® is higher than that of the samples reinforced with the core diab p60, that makes more rigid the sample. if af163-2k adhesive is used instead of ec-2216, the samples reinforced with the core diab p60 show an average maximum load higher of about 0.2-0.5 kn, once fixed the stone type and thickness; this is probably due to, in addition to the best mechanical performances of the adhesive, also and above all to its uniform thickness. a l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 290 the mechanical performances of the samples increase slightly as the thickness of the stone increases, once fixed the type of stone and adhesive; this is probably due to the fact that stone is as more rigid as greater is its thickness, stiffness that limits the deflection to failure of the samples. among the samples with core diab p60 and adhesive af163-2k that with the highest value of the average maximum load has a marble or granite thickness of 6 mm; it presents a load to bend of about 3.9 kn or 4.8 kn for marble and granite respectively that is 150% or 60% more than the corresponding sample in marble or granite only (see tab. 2). figs. 6-8 show how the deflection before failure of the samples with granite is higher than those with marble, that is due to the greater resistance and homogeneity of the granite compared to the marble. a) b) figure 5: example of 3-point bend test: a) granite with diab® core; b) marble with fibrelam® core. tab. 3 reports the weights, with the same total thickness, of the sandwich structure samples compared to the same ones in marble or granite. as can be seen from the table, the lightest samples have a core of hexcel fibrelam®, since this panel has a weight of 2.5 kg/m2 compared to 9.5 kg/m2 of the sandwich structure constituted by the diab p60 core and the two glass fiber laminates. the lightest sample, that has a marble tile of 3 mm thickness and a hexcel fibrelam® core, has a weight of 11.12 kg/m2 that is about 3 times lower than that of the same sample of marble. the heaviest panel, that has a granite tile of 6 mm thickness and a diab p60 core, weights 28.14 kg/m2 compared to 54.54 kg/m2 of the same sample in granite only. therefore, considering the ratio between flexural load and weight, that is called performance index pi, it can be seen that the sandwich structures have a pi from 2 to 5 times higher than that of the stone sample with the same thickness; in particular, the sandwich structure with hexcel fibrelam® panel and a marble tile of 3 mm thickness has a pi equal to 138.35 n*m2/kg compared to 30.64 n*m2/kg of marble sample with the same thickness. figure 6: trend of load vs displacement in 3-point bending test: stone 3mm+adhesive af163-2k+ core hexcel fibrelam® core. l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 291 stone type core type adhesive stone thickness [mm] loads [kn] hybrid panel loads [kn] stone difference average value standard deviation average value standard deviation perlato coreno marble diab p60 ec-2216 3 2.071 0.092 1.056 0.004 96.12% af163-2k 3 2.244 0.027 1.056 0.004 112.50% fibrelam af163-2k 3 1.539 0.015 0.915 0.003 68.20% absolute black granite diab p60 ec-2216 3 2.392 0.057 2.029 0.012 17.89% af163-2k 3 2.583 0.028 2.029 0.012 27.30% fibrelam af163-2k 3 1.284 0.043 1.758 0.013 -26.98% perlato coreno marble diab p60 ec-2216 4 2.512 0.026 1.201 0.004 109.16% af163-2k 4 3.011 0.024 1.201 0.004 150.71% fibrelam af163-2k 4 2.110 0.037 1.050 0.005 100.79% absolute black granite diab p60 ec-2216 4 3.029 0.017 2.308 0.013 31.24% af163-2k 4 3.480 0.050 2.308 0.013 50.78% fibrelam af163-2k 4 2.335 0.015 2.019 0.012 15.62% perlato coreno marble diab p60 ec-2216 6 3.275 0.149 1.520 0.005 115.46% af163-2k 6 3.905 0.072 1.520 0.005 156.91% fibrelam af163-2k 6 2.769 0.024 1.351 0.003 104.94% absolute black granite diab p60 ec-2216 6 4.372 0.063 2.921 0.017 49.67% af163-2k 6 4.797 0.169 2.921 0.017 64.22% fibrelam af163-2k 6 2.885 0.032 2.596 0.019 11.11% table 2: results of experimental 3-point bending tests. figure 7: trend of load vs displacement in 3-point bending test: stone 3mm+adhesive ec-2216+ core diab p60. l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 292 figure 8: trend of load vs displacement in 3-point bending test: stone 3mm+adhesive af163-2k+ core diab p60. stone type core type adhesive stone thickness [mm] weight [kg/m2] pi [n*m2/kg] hybrid panel stone diff. hybrid panel stone diff. perlato coreno marble diab p60 ec-2216 3 18.12 39.75 54.42% 114.29 26.55 330% af163-2k 3 18.28 39.75 54.01% 122.76 26.55 362% fibrelam af163-2k 3 11.12 34.45 67.72% 138.35 30.64 352% absolute black granite diab p60 ec-2216 3 20.00 45.45 56.00% 119.58 44.63 168% af163-2k 3 19.61 45.45 56.85% 131.69 44.63 195% fibrelam af163-2k 3 12.50 39.39 68.27% 102.72 51.50 99% perlato coreno marble diab p60 ec-2216 4 20.50 42.40 51.65% 122.52 28.32 333% af163-2k 4 19.67 42.40 53.61% 153.08 28.32 441% fibrelam af163-2k 4 14.62 37.10 60.59% 144.32 32.37 346% absolute black granite diab p60 ec-2216 4 22.43 48.48 53.73% 135.06 47.61 184% af163-2k 4 22.16 48.48 54.29% 157.06 47.61 230% fibrelam af163-2k 4 15.94 42.42 62.42% 146.47 54.41 169% perlato coreno marble diab p60 ec-2216 6 24.70 47.70 48.22% 132.60 31.86 316% af163-2k 6 25.76 47.70 46.00% 151.57 31.86 376% fibrelam af163-2k 6 18.81 42.40 55.64% 147.22 35.85 311% absolute black granite diab p60 ec-2216 6 28.14 54.54 48.40% 155.36 53.56 190% af163-2k 6 27.90 54.54 48.84% 171.95 53.56 221% fibrelam af163-2k 6 21.94 48.48 54.74% 131.50 60.25 118% table 3: pi comparison between sandwich structure and stone. l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 293 conclusions n order to increase load-carrying capacity of natural stone, an external sandwich structural laminate in composite material can be efficiently glued to a stone tile. among the samples with core diab p60 and adhesive af163-2k that with the highest value of the average maximum stress has a marble or granite thickness of 6 mm; it presents a load to bend of about 3.9 kn or 4.8 kn for marble and granite respectively that is 150% or 60% more than the corresponding sample in marble or granite only. the lightest sample, that has a marble tile of 3 mm thickness and a hexcel fibrelam® core, has a weight of 11.12 kg/m2 that is about 3 times lower than that of the same sample of marble. the heaviest panel, that has a granite tile of 6 mm thickness and a diab p60 core, weights 28.14 kg/m2 compared to 54.54 kg/m2 of the same sample in granite only. therefore, considering the load/weight ratio, that is called performance index pi, it can be seen that the sandwich structures have a pi from 2 to 5 times higher than that of the stone sample with the same thickness; in particular, the sandwich structure with hexcel fibrelam® panel and a marble tile of 3 mm thickness has a pi equal to 138.35 n*m2/ kg compared to 30.64 n*m2 / kg of marble sample with the same thickness. finally, it is possible to conclude that it is convenient to substitute tiles of natural stone of 20 mm or 30 mm thickness with thin stone tiles reinforced with a sandwich structural laminate in composite material. in this way it is possible to resolve some problems that are typical of stone, such as the difficulty of carriage and of assembly, the impossibility to obtain large tile (i.e. 3000 mm x 1500 mm), the excessive brittleness and so on. moreover, it will be possible to apply the natural stone reinforced with composite sandwich panels to nautical and aerospace field, due to the significant reduction in weight, and, therefore, it will be possible to make precious the rooms of yacht and luxurious airplanes. further testing should be done to determine the optimal number of composite fiber plies required to provide adequate mechanical proprieties. such a determination could result in cost savings and increased ductility of the reinforced stone. in addition, the use of smaller thickness of stone should be investigated. finally, an investigation of the effect of external composite reinforcement of stones that have curved shape should be conducted. acknowledgements he authors are grateful to eng. adriano for his valuable research that has given rice for this work. special thanks to tecnavan interiors s.r.l. (aida project to bring innovation in small and medium firms of frosinone district, italy) for providing materials and in particular to mr m. fiorini and mr s. fini. references [1] winkler, e.m (1994). stone in architecture: properties, durability, new york, springer-verlag inc. [2] cohen, j.m. and monteiro, p.j.m. (1991). durability and integrity of marble cladding: a state-of-the-art review, j. perf constr fac. asce, 5(2), pp. 113-124. doi: 10.1061/(asce)0887-3828(1991)5:2(113). [3] mays, g.c. (1985). structural applications of adhesives in civil engineering, mat. sc. techn., 1, pp. 937-943. doi: 10.1179/mst.1985.1.11.937. [4] neale, k.w. (2000). frps for structural rehabilitation: a survey of recent progress, progress in struc. engin. mat., 2(2), pp. 133-138 doi: 10.1002/1528-2716(200004/06)2:2<133::aid-pse16>3.0.co;2-c. [5] iyer, s., silvaramakrishnan, c and atmaram, s. (1989). testing of reinforced concrete bridges for external reinforcement. in: asce (eds), structural material: proceedings of 7th annual structural congress, new york, usa; pp. 116-122. [6] saadatmanesh, h. and ehsani, m.r. (1989). application of fiber-composites in civil engineering. in: asce (eds), structural material: proceedings of 7th annual structural congress, new york, usa, pp. 526-535. [7] sisti r., corradi m. and borri a. (2016). an experimental study on the influence of composite materials used to reinforce masonry ring beams, con. build. mat., 122, pp. 231-241. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.06.120. [8] aiello, m., micelli, f. and valente, l. (2007). structural upgrading of masonry columns by using composite reinforcements. j. compos. constr., 11(6), pp. 650-658. doi: 10.1061/(asce)1090-0268(2007)11:6(650). [9] kurtis, k.e. and dharan, c.k.h. (1997). composite fibers for external reinforcement of natural stone, j comp. constr., 1(3), pp. 116-119. doi: 10.1061/(asce)1090-0268(1997)1:3(116) i t l. sorrentino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 285-294; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.26 294 [10] polini w., sorrentino l., turchetta s. and fiorini m. (2015). polymeric composite laminate to increase the performance of natural stones, int. j.eng. techn., 7(2), pp. 453-460. [11] bellini, c., polini, w., sorrentino, l., turchetta, s. (2018). mechanical performances increasing of natural stones by gfrp sandwich structures, proc. struct. integr., 9, pp. 179-185. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.06.028 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 21 articolo 1.doc c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 5 indentation response of a niti shape memory alloy: modeling and experiments c. maletta, f. furgiuele, e. sgambitterra dept. of mechanical engineering, university of calabria, 87036 rende (cs), italy. carmine.maletta@unical.it m. callisti, b. g. mellor, r. j.k. wood engineering sciences, university of southampton, uk. mc3a09@soton.ac.uk abstract. the indentation response of a pseudoelastic nickel-titanium based shape memory alloy (sma) has been analyzed. indentation tests have been carried out at room temperature using a spherical diamond tip and indentation loads in the range 50-500 mn in order to promote a large stress-induced transformation zone in the indentation region and, consequently, to avoid local effects due to microstructural variations. the measured load-displacement data have been analyzed to obtain information on the pseudoelastic response of the alloy. to aid this analysis numerical simulations were performed, by using a commercial finite element (fe) software code and a special constitutive model for smas, so as to understand better the microstructural evolution occurring during the indentation process. finally, the fe model has been used to analyze the effects of temperature on the indentation response of the alloy. this analysis revealed a marked variation of both the maximum and residual penetration depths with increasing test temperature. sommario. nel presente lavoro è stata analizzata la risposta all’indentazione di una lega a memoria di forma (sma – shape memory alloy) a base di nickel e titanio. in particolare, sono state eseguite prove di indentazione mediante l’utilizzo di un indentatore sferico e per livelli di carico compresi tra 50 e 500 mn, al fine di favorire la formazione di zone di trasformazione ampie e, pertanto, evitare effetti locali dovuti a variazioni microstrutturali. le curve carico-spostamento sono state analizzate al fine di ottenere informazioni utili per la comprensione del comportamento pseudoelastico della lega. a tale scopo, sono state condotte analisi numeriche, utilizzando un software commerciale agli elementi finiti, per meglio comprendere i cambiamenti microstrutturali, che avvengono durante il processo di indentazione. infine, il modello numerico è stato utilizzato per analizzare l’effetto della temperatura sulla risposta all’indentazione delle smas. i risultati hanno mostrato una marcata variazione della profondità di penetrazione e della profondità residua al variare della temperatura. keywords. shape memory alloys; indentation tests; finite element simulations. introduction ickel-titanium (niti) based shape memory alloys (smas) have, over recent decades, attracted the interest of the scientific and engineering community due to their unique functional properties, namely the pseudoelastic effect (pe) and the shape memory effect (sme) [1], coupled with their good mechanical properties and biocompatibility. the unique functional response of niti alloys is due to a reversible solid state phase transformation between a parent phase (austenite) and a product phase (martensite), the so called thermoelastic martensitic n http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 6 transformation (tmt); the latter is a diffusionless phase transition which can be activated either by temperature (thermally-induced martensitic transformation, tim) or by applied stress (stress-induced martensitic transformation, sim) [1]. as a result of these microstructural changes, niti alloys show high recovery capabilities (up to a maximum deformation of 12%), by either raising the temperature of the material above the characteristic transition temperatures (sme) or by removing the mechanical load (pe). however, despite the increasing interest and the efforts of many researchers to understand these unusual mechanisms, the use of niti alloys is currently limited to high-value applications (e.g. medical devices, mems, etc.), due to high raw material and manufacturing costs, the latter resulting from the need to control precisely the processing parameters since the functional and mechanical properties of niti alloys are significantly affected by the thermo-mechanical loading history experienced during manufacturing. the design of niti based components also needs accurate knowledge of the mechanical and functional response of the material, as well as how this evolves during subsequent thermo-mechanical processes. in addition, as most niti components are characterized by complex shape and small size scale (e.g. endovascular stents, micro-surgery devices, mems etc.) their properties cannot be directly obtained from the bulk raw material. thus the use of non-destructive techniques to analyze the mechanical and functional properties of small volumes of material is essential. among the techniques available, nanoindentation is widely used to measure mechanical properties [2], such as hardness, elastic modulus, scratch resistance, creep, etc., of small volumes of materials with negligible damage to the surface. however, despite the aforementioned advantages, various difficulties arise in analyzing the mechanical properties of smas from the indentation response, due to micro-structural changes, such as phase transition and martensite variant re-orientation. in fact, the latter is expected to play a significant role in the indentation response of smas, as this takes place in the indentation region due to the presence of highly localized stresses. as a consequence, well known contact mechanics theories for conventional metals cannot be directly applied to smas and work has been carried out, in recent years, to understand better the effects of microstructural transitions on the indentation response of both thin films [3-8] and bulk specimens [9-15]. these studies revealed marked effects of material composition, as well as the thermo-mechanical treatments carried out during material processing, on the indentation response of smas. in particular, both the mechanical and thermal recovery mechanisms of nanoindents have been analyzed in order to study the pseudoelastic and shape memory capabilities of the alloys, respectively. furthermore, the effects of the test temperature on the indentation response of a pseudoelastic alloy have been analyzed [11] by numerical simulations. in addition, a method to estimate the phase transformation stresses of a pseudoelastic alloy has been proposed in [13], based on comparing the indentation response of the sma with that of a conventional elastic material. finally, cyclic instrumented indentation was carried out in [14] so as to capture the stress-induced phase transition mechanisms from the experimentally measured load-displacement curves. however, notwithstanding the encouraging results obtained recently, considerable research needs to be carried out to elucidate the relationship between the indentation response of smas and their mechanical and functional properties. in this study a commercial pseudoelastic niti alloy (type s, memory metalle, germany) has been analyzed by indentation tests and finite element analysis. in particular, indents have been made at room temperature using a spherical diamond indenter and indentation loads in the range 50-500 mn, in order to promote a large stress-induced transformation zone in the indentation region and, consequently, to avoid local effects due to microstructural variations. experimentally measured force-displacement curves have been analyzed to obtain information on the pseudoelastic response of the alloy. furthermore, finite element (fe) simulations were developed, by using a special constitutive model for smas implemented in a commercial fe software code, to study the microstructural mechanisms occurring during indentation. the fe models have been used to analyze the stress induced transformation zone in the indentation region and systematic analyses have been carried out to understand better the relationship between the nanoindentation response and the typical thermo-mechanical parameters of smas. finally, the fe model has been used to analyze the effects of temperature and transformation stresses, calculated from the clausius-clapeyron relationship, on the indentation response of the alloy. material and methods material commercial pseudoelastic niti sheet (type s, memory metalle, germany), with a nominal chemical composition of 50.8 at.% ni-49.2 at.% ti and thickness t = 1.5 mm, has been used in this investigation. it was supplied in the flat annealed condition. the raw material was first analyzed by differential scanning calorimetry (dsc) and standard tensile tests in order to determine the main thermo-mechanical parameters of the alloy. fig. 1.a illustrates the a http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 7 dsc thermogram of the raw material which was obtained at a heating/cooling rate of 1.6 ks-1 in the temperature range 100°c to 100°c. this analysis revealed the presence of a two-stage phase transformation (b2 r b19’) during cooling, with the presence of r-phase (rhombohedral phase), while a single-stage phase transformation (b2 b19’) was observed during heating, as is usual in ni-rich niti alloys. the figure also gives the values of the transformation temperatures (ms, mf, as, af, rs and rf), which have been estimated by the tangent line method; the alloy shows an austenite finish temperature af = 13,7°c, which indicates a fully austenitic structure at room temperature, i.e. the alloy exhibits a pseudoelastic response. fig. 1.b presents a stress-strain curve of the alloy obtained from an isothermal (t = 298 k) displacement controlled loading-unloading cycle up to a maximum deformation of 6.2% which corresponds to the maximum deformation of the stress-strain transformation plateau. the figure also shows the values of the main mechanical parameters of the alloy, young’s moduli (ea and em), transformation stresses  , , ,s f s fam am ma ma    and transformation strain  l , together with the clausius-clapeyron constants  / , /a ma m amc d dt c d dt   , which have been obtained from isothermal tests carried out at different temperatures. (a) (b) figure 1: thermo-mechanical properties of the alloy investigated: a) dsc thermograph with transformation temperatures and b) loading-unloading isothermal stress-strain cycle (298 k). indentation tests the indentation response of the alloy investigated has been determined by using a nanotest 600 (micro materials ltd, united kingdom) nanoindenter. rectangular shaped samples (20 mm x 10 mm), were cut from the as-received sheet and prepared, prior to indentation tests, by grinding with progressively finer silicon carbide papers (#800-#4000), and polishing with 1 m diamond compound; finally, the specimens were cleaned with acetone and dried in air. after the mechanical polishing procedure the specimens were analyzed by a 3-d optical profilometer (infinite focus, alicona, austria) to ensure that the surface finish was within acceptable limits for micro indentation measurements. indentation tests were carried out at room temperature, using a spherical indenter (r=25 m), as a sharp tip indenter (such as berkovich, vickers, etc.), causes high strain gradients immediately beneath the indenter which promote plastic deformation, which inhibits the subsequent reverse transformation from martensite to the parent phase. in fact, previous research [11] has demonstrated that there is no evidence of superelastic recovery upon unloading when a berkovich indenter is used, while a large recovery is observed when using a spherical tip indenter. preliminary indentation tests were performed to identify optimum test parameters, such as maximum load range, loading/unloading rate and dwell time, in order to reduce measurement errors and avoid creep effects on the p-curve. several indents were made at increasing values of maximum load (50, 150, 300 and 450 mn), with a loading/unloading rate of 2.5 mns-1 and a holding time of 60 seconds at the maximum load; furthermore, a set of 20 indentations were carried out for each value of the maximum load, so as to capture the average response of the material, i.e. to analyze different grains of the polycrystalline structure. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 8 finite element modeling inite element analyses (fea) have been carried out, by using a commercial fe software code and a special sma constitutive model [16, 17] in order to study the microstructural evolution during indentation tests as well as to estimate the evolution of the indentation response of the alloy as a function of the test temperature. in particular, two-dimensional axisymmetric fe analyses were carried out by exploiting the axisymmetry of the indenter, while the sample was assumed to be a cylinder with radius equal to 10 times the diameter of the indenter, in order to avoid boundary effects [18]. the model, illustrated in fig. 2, consists of approximately 50400 2d four-noded quadrilateral elements. the figure also illustrates that a very fine mesh has been used to model the contact region in order to capture the high stress gradient and the complex non-linear effects due to plastic deformation and stress-induced transformation mechanisms, in addition to those due to the contact. this model results from a preliminary convergence study, which was developed by analyzing a standard elastic-plastic material; in particular, systematic comparisons between numerical results and elastic-plastic contact theory have been carried out in order to obtain an optimal balance between accuracy and computational efficiency.     figure 2: axisymmetric fe model used to analyze the indentation process. subsequently, the constitutive model for smas, which is directly implemented in the numerical code, was calibrated using the thermo-mechanical parameters illustrated in the previous section, while linear elastic behavior has been adopted for the diamond indenter (elastic constant: e=1141 gpa, =0.07). the numerical results were compared with the experimentally measured load-displacement curves and, subsequently, the influence of test temperature on the indentation response of the sma has been numerically analyzed, as described in the following section. results and discussions preliminary fe analysis reliminary fe studies have been carried out to investigate the phase transition mechanisms in the indentation region as well as to understand better the main differences with respect to conventional elastic-plastic metals. fig. 3.a illustrates the transformation boundaries in the contact region, for a maximum load of 300 mn, which have been obtained from the fe simulations by comparing the von mises equivalent stress with the characteristic transformation stresses of the sma. starting from the outer region, a fully untransformed austenitic zone is observed (a), i.e. where the von mises stress is below the start transformation stress sam  . the area b represents the transformation zone, i.e. von mises stress between sam and f am and consequently the volume fraction of martensite is between 0 and 1. finally, c and d represent the fully transformed martensitic regions, i.e. where the von mises stress is higher than the transformation stress, fam ; however, in c only elastic deformation of the martensitic structure is observed while in d the local stress exceeds the yield stress of martensite and permanent deformation is observed leading to stabilization of the martensite. this stabilized martensite does not revert to austenite on unloading. it is worth noting that the contours in f p http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 9 fig. 3.a represent an average estimate of the different regions near the indenter, i.e. they are obtained from the macroscopic stress field and do not take into account the real microstructure of the alloy. in fact, local stress-induced transformation mechanisms, due to different orientations of the martensite variants, and dislocation movement, could occur around the contact region as a consequence of the stress field. fig. 3.b presents a comparison of the indented profile of a sma and an equivalent elastic-plastic material having the same young’s modulus as the austenite phase and a yield stress equal to the start transformation stress y sam  . in particular, the profiles at the maximum load of 300 mn and upon unloading, normalized with respect to the maximum depth, are compared. the figure clearly illustrates a smaller residual depth in the sma after unloading, i.e. it exhibits higher recovery deformation as a consequence of the reversible stress-induced martensitic transformation in the indentation region. in fact, the recovery mechanisms in smas can be attributed to both elastic and pseudoelastic properties. a) b) figure 3: preliminary fe results: a) stress-induced transformation contours near the contact region; b) comparison of the indentation profile between an elastic-plastic material and a sma. indentation tests fig. 4 shows the load-displacement (p-) curves obtained from indentation tests carried out at increasing values of maximum load: 50 mn (a), 150 mn (b), 300 mn (c) and 450 mn (d). it is worth noting that good repeatability of the p-δ curves was observed, especially at higher values of indentation load; this results from an optimal choice of the test parameters. in fact, the load-displacement curves become smoother and differences between repeat tests decrease with increasing indentation load, due to both a reduction in experimental errors and the greater amount of material undergoing phase transformation. the reversible stress-induced phase transition mechanisms are also demonstrated by the pop-out events [18] which occur in the unloading stage. in addition, as observed from the preliminary fe simulations, the residual depth upon unloading is a useful measure of the functional behavior of the sma in terms of its pseudoelastic recovery capability. fig. 5.a shows the values of the maximum depth (hmax), residual depth (hr) and residual depth ratio (hr/hmax) as a function of the indentation load. the figure illustrates that both the residual depth and the residual depth ratio increase with increasing indentation load, which indicate an overall reduction of the pseudoelastic response of the sma due to an increased volume fraction of dislocations and stabilized martensite (region d in fig. 3.a) immediately beneath the indented surface. similar considerations can be made from an energetic point of view, as illustrated in fig. 5.b. specifically, this figure presents the recovery energy (ee), i.e. the energy associated with the unloading path, the dissipated energy (ed), i.e. the area between loading and unloading curve, the total energy (et= ee+ed), the recovery energy ratio (ee/et) and the dissipated energy ratio (ed/et) as a function of the indentation load. the figure clearly shows an increase of both dissipated and recovery energy with increasing indentation load, which indicate an overall increase of both permanent and recovery deformation, as is also illustrated in fig. 5.a. fig. 5.b shows that the difference between the recovery energy and dissipated energy increases gradually with indentation load above 150 mn. this indicates that, although the residual depth increases with increasing load (fig. 5.a) the recovery energy also increases counteracting the energy dissipated in the formation and movement of dislocations. fig. 5.b also demonstrates almost constant values of the dissipated energy ratio and the a: untransformed austenite b: transformation region c: transformed martensite d: stabilized martensite f am  s f am am    s am  http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 10 recovery energy ratio for indentation loads above 150 mn. this suggests that the greater amount of material stressed reversibly at higher indentation loads, and thus the greater recovery energy available, balances the increased amount of dissipated energy involved in the indentation process at higher indentation loads. although plastic deformation beneath the indenter reduces the amount of shape recovery this plastically deformed material decreases the stress gradient in the material surrounding the plastically deformed volume favoring the reverse phase transformation. figure 4: single quasi-static indentation tests for different values of maximum load: (a) 50 mn, (b) 150 mn, (c) 300 mn and (d) 450 mn. a) b) figure 5. recovery and residual capability of the sma after unloading: a) depth recovery and b) energy recovery. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 11 effects of test temperature the effects of test temperature on the indentation response of the sma have been analyzed by fe simulations by using the clausius-clapeyron relationship to calculate the relevant transformation stresses. to that end the fe model was first validated by comparison with experimental measurements carried out at room temperature, as it was not possible to perform indentation tests under temperature-controlled conditions. fig. 6 compares the load-displacement curves obtained from fe simulation and experiment for indentation at room temperature to a maximum load of 300 mn. the figure clearly illustrates good agreement between the numerical results and experiments in terms of both maximum depth and residual depth, as well as in terms of the recovery and dissipated energy. figure 6: comparison of the load-displacement curves obtained from fe simulations and experimentally measured (t=293 k, p=300 mn). fig. 7 shows the load-displacement curves obtained for different test temperatures (t=293 k, t=303 k, t=313 k) for an indentation load of 300 mn. as expected, a marked effect of temperature on the indentation response of the sma is observed, in terms of both maximum depth and residual depth, which is a direct consequence of the changes in transformation stresses of the alloy. the evolution of these parameters as a function of temperature and the direct transformation stress  sam for an indentation load of 300 mn is illustrated in fig. 7.b. a) b) figure 7. effects of test temperature on the indentation response of the sma: a) load-displacement curves of the sma at different temperatures; b) maximum depth and residual depth vs temperature and direct transformation stress. the figure shows a reduction of both maximum depth and residual depth with increasing test temperature; however the residual depth decreases more rapidly, which indicates an overall improvement of the pseudoelastic response of the sma http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true c. maletta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 5-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.01 12 and an associated reduction in the amount of stabilized martensite present resulting from the increase of transformation stresses with temperature. conclusions he indentation response of a pseudoelastic niti shape memory alloy (sma) has been analyzed in this study, by experimental measurements and numerical simulations. single quasi-static indentation tests have been carried out and load-displacement data have been analyzed to obtain valuable information on the pseudoelastic response of the alloy. in addition, numerical simulations have been carried out to understand better the microstructural evolution occurring during the indentation process, as well as to analyze the effects of test temperature on the indentation response of the sma. the main results of this study are summarized as follows:  stress induced transformation mechanisms occur in the indentation region, as demonstrated by the preliminary fe simulations, which significantly affect the indentation response of smas with respect to conventional elastic plastic materials;  a spherical indenter should be used in order to promote a large stress-induced transformation zone in the indentation region and, consequently, to avoid local effects due to microstructural variations. this allows the overall macroscopic response of the alloy to be measured;  the volume fraction of stabilized martensite immediately beneath the indented surface increases with increasing indentation load in single quasi-static tests, which results in an overall reduction of the shape recovery during unloading;  the functional behavior of niti superelastic alloys is clearly governed by an energy balance between martensite formation and the plastic deformation involved in the indentation process.  systematic finite element (fe) studies revealed a significant effect of the test temperature and the corresponding transformation stress on the indentation response of the alloy in terms of both maximum and residual depth. references [1] k. otsuka, x. ren, progr. mater. sci., 50 (2005) 511. [2] w.c. oliver, g.m. pharr, j. material res., 7 (1992) 1564. [3] g. satoh, a. birnbaum, y.l. yao, in: proc. of int. congress on applications of lasers and electro-optics, temecula ca (2008). [4] p.d. tall, s. ndiaye, a.c. beye, z. zong, w.o. soboyejo, h.j. lee, a.g. ramirez, k. rajan, mater. manuf. processes, 22 (2007) 175. [5] a.k. nanda kumar, c.k. sasidharan nair, m.d. kannan, s. jayakumar, mater. chem. phys., 97 (2006) 308. [6] g.a. shaw, w. c. crone, mater res soc symp proc., 791 (2003) 215. [7] w.c. crone, g.a. shaw, d.s. stone, a.d. johnson, a.b. ellis, in: society for experimental mechanics, sem annual conference proceedings, carlotte, nc (2003). [8] g.a. shaw, d.s. stone, a.d. johnson, a.b. ellis, w.c. crone, appl. phys. lett., 83 (2003) 257. [9] c. liu, y.p. zhao, t. yu, mater. design, 26 (2005) 465. [10] c. liu, y. zhao, q. sun, t. yu, z. cao, j. mater. sci., 40 (2005) 1501. [11] a.j. m. wood, t.w. clyne, acta materialia, 54 (2006) 4607. [12] a.j.m. wood, j.h you, t.w. clyne, proc. spie, 5648(39) (2205) 216. [13] w. yan, q. sun, x.q. feng, l. qina, int. j. solids struct., 44 (2007) 1. [14] m. arciniegas, y. gaillard, j. pena, j.m. manero, f.j. gil, intermetallics, 17 (2009) 784. [15] r. liu, d.y. li, y.s. xie, r. llewellyn, h.m. hawthorne, scripta materialia, 41(7) (1999) 691. [16] m. saeedvafa, a constitutive model for shape memory alloys, internal msc report (2002). [17] m. saeedvafa, r.j asaro, la-ur-95-482, los alamos report, (1995). [18] a.c. fisher-cripps, nanoindentation, second edition, springer (2002). t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.01&auth=true microsoft word numero_63_art_04_3834.docx t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 37 artificial neural network based delamination prediction in composite plates using vibration signals t. g. sreekanth, m. senthilkumar, s. manikanta reddy department of production engineering, psg college of technology, coimbatore-641004, tamilnadu, india. sreekanthtg007@gmail.com, stg.prod@psgtech.ac.in, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3848-7419 msk.prod@psgtech.ac.in, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3720-0941 manikantaslv@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3643-6052 abstract. dynamic loading on composite components may induce damages such as cracks, delaminations, etc. and development of an early damage detection technique for delamination prediction is one of the most important aspects in ensuring the integrity and safety of such components. the presence of damages such as delaminations on the composites reduces its stiffness and changes the dynamic behaviour of the structures. as the loss in stiffness leads to changes in the natural frequencies, mode shapes, and other aspects of the structure, vibration analysis may be the ideal technique for delamination prediction. in this research work, the supervised feed-forward multilayer back-propagation artificial neural network is used to determine the position and area of delaminations in glass fiber-reinforced polymer (gfrp) plates using changes in natural frequencies as inputs. the natural frequencies were obtained by finite element analysis and results are validated experimentally. the findings show that the suggested technique can satisfactorily estimate the location and extent of delaminations in composite plates. keywords. health monitoring, composite, gfrp, delamination, vibration, natural frequency, artificial neural network. citation: sreekanth, t. g., senthilkumar, m., reddy, s. m., artificial neural network based delamination prediction in composite plates using vibration signals, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45. received: 05.09.2022 accepted: 15.10.2022 online first: 17.10.2022 published: 01.01.2023 copyright: © 2023 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction omposite materials have been trending in modern engineering designs over the last three decades as a result of their appealing mechanical qualities, stable physical and chemical characteristics, etc. these composites, on the other hand, are prone to failure mechanisms that are unique from those of metallic alloys [1]. there is growing concern about the maintenance of composite components as each non-destructive testing method has technical constraints in terms of size, material composition, and damage/failure modes of fibre reinforced plastics (e.g. weak bond, matrix cracking, delamination and fibre cracking) [2]. glass fiber-reinforced plastics and carbon fiber-reinforced plastics have become popular in present engineering applications and it is expected that this practice will continue in the future also [3]. e-glass laminates have become more common in aviation components such as wings, fuselages, and stabilisers; as stronger, more durable, and tougher resins c https://youtu.be/saxbi03uvj8 t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 38 such as epoxies have evolved [4]. when the plane flies at a higher altitude, the trapped moisture/water expands, causing micro-cracking or delaminations. furthermore, as time passes, aircraft may experience more flight cycles, and this process of freezing and unfreezing will cause micro-cracks to get larger, eventually leading to delaminations. delaminations can be caused by a flaw in the manufacturing, assembly, or in-service stages, or by a combination of these. material/structural discontinuities that cause inter-laminar strains are the most common cause of delaminations [5]. delaminations can also develop at stress-free edges due to mismatches in individual layer properties. it can also happen in areas where there is out-of-plane loading, such as when curved beams bend. delaminations have a substantial impact on the composites' static and dynamic performance [6]. it is also an important type of failure in composites as delamination diminishes the composite's strength. when static loading is applied, there is a risk of local buckling when compression loading is applied. when this local buckling spreads to a relatively big delaminated part, the overall structure may break suddenly. delamination reduces stiffness under dynamic stress, which might result in a larger deflection magnitude for the total structure. foreign object impact is also a common cause of fibre reinforced polymer delaminations [7]. the vibration approach is a global damage detection method in which changes in physical parameters such as mass, damping, and stiffness cause changes in modal variables to be recognised. for damage diagnosis and quantification, the frequency-domain method employs changes in modal properties such as natural frequency, frequency response functions, damping, and mode shapes [8]. there is a requirement for finding natural frequency variations due to delamination generation in the method of delamination diagnosis in composite plates by vibration method, which can be produced using finite element analysis. the composite type utilized for this study was glass fiber-reinforced polymer (gfrp). the inverse problem is used to determine the position and magnitude of delaminations in composite plates using changes in the first five natural frequencies as input. the methodology followed is shown in fig. 1. figure 1: methodology. an analytical model is necessary to solve an inverse problem, which necessitates considerable effort in developing a mathematical framework that is both accurate and reliable. artificial neural network (ann) approaches can be applied to damage assessment techniques to overcome the complexity of framing mathematical frameworks [9, 10]. ann is used to anticipate damage features since neural networks are now being used as universal function approximators for difficult problems. the desire to develop a good data pattern recognition and decision-making system has driven this research. the ann was trained using a learning procedure that depicted the relationship between various inputs (here, the first five natural frequencies) and outputs (location and area of delaminations in plate). fabrication of gfrp plates he fabrication procedure was performed by hand layup. glass fibre, epoxy resin, and hardener are used for the fabrication. there are 16 layers in the composite and the stacking sequence of [0/45/-45/90]2s was considered for the work. the glass fibre is cut from a roll of glass fibre with dimensions 250 mm × 250 mm. in a 10:1 ratio, epoxy resin and hardener are mixed. to shield the working table from resin spillage and easy removal of composite, a layer of polythene is laid over it. over the polythene sheet, the first layer of the bidirectional woven e-glass fibre is laid, and the resin is applied with a brush to the first layer. the second layer is layered on top of the first layer and squeezed with rollers, then resin is softly applied over the second layer, and the process is repeated until the last layer is completed. the fabrication progression is shown in the fig. 2. t t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 39 figure 2: fabrication of composite plates. gfrp specimens without delamination was made initially and the specimens with delamination was fabricated thereafter with a delamination dimensions of 40 mm x 40 mm, 40 mm x 60 mm, and 40 mm x 50 mm, for specimen 2, 3 and 4 respectively. there is no delamination in specimen 1. for the specimen 2, delamination is created at seventh layer (50 mm x 50 mm away from the top right end), for specimen 3, delamination is created at fifth layer (100 mm x 100 mm away from the top right end) and for the specimen 4, delamination is created at ninth layer (150 mm x 150 mm away from the top right end). the delamination is made with teflon tapes. teflon tape was cut to the proportions of the delamination and put in the fibre laminates interface layers. after manufacturing, the gfrp was left to cure. at the carpentry shop, gfrps were cut to 220 mm × 200 mm dimensions using a power tool machine. extra 20 mm is given at one side for clamping purposes. fabricated plate samples are shown in fig. 3. figure 3: fabricated gfrp plates. vibration testing he vibration testing experimental setup is shown in fig. 4. the data acquisition system (daq), impact hammer, triaxial accelerometer, and computer with labview software comprise up the experimental setup. cantilever clamping is used to hold the specimens. the effective dimensions of specimens after clamping are 220 mm × 200 mm. an impact hammer was used to excite the clamping plate, which applied an impulse force to the composite plate. tri-axial accelerometer was used to capture the dynamic behaviour of the excited plate. the accelerometer was fixed in a way that z axis was pointing upwards and it is attached to the surface with petro wax adhesive. the accelerometer was t t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 40 attached to a data acquisition system, which amplified and translated the analogue signals provided by the accelerometer to digital signals. the daq was attached to the pc and labview software was used to interface with it. figure 4: experimental setup of vibration testing. finite element analysis odal analysis is a way for investigating the dynamic features of a structure when it is vibrated. modal analysis can be used to determine a structure's natural frequencies and mode shapes. because modeling composite plates falls under the category of three-dimensional modeling of solid structures, the element type employed to simulate the plates was layered solid 185. the number of elements examined for each layer along the thickness was one, and information about each layer is defined by shell element. first five natural frequencies are considered for this research work. the natural frequencies were compared to the experimental data for undamaged and delaminated composite plates to validate the finite element analysis (fea) results. when the percentage error for each case is determined and compared, plates with and without delaminations have a maximum inaccuracy of 7 %. the differences in results could be due to inaccuracies in specimen production and faults in frequency measurement from vibration tests. figure 5: sample delamination scenario. m t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 41 coordinates (mm) delamination size (mm2) nf 1 (hz) nf 2 (hz) nf 3 (hz) nf 4 (hz) nf 5 (hz) x axis (mm) y axis (mm) z axis (mm) x= 60 y=60 z=0.6 25 258.5 814.45 867.58 1849.3 1894.2 x= 60 y=60 z=0.6 50 254.46 810.39 863.57 1839.9 1889.3 x= 60 y=60 z=0.6 75 250.41 806.37 859.51 1834.7 1884.2 x= 60 y=60 z=0.6 100 246.26 802.28 855.48 1831.2 1879.6 x= 60 y=60 z=0.6 125 241.85 798.13 851.48 18519.6 1874.1 x= 60 y=60 z=1.5 25 256.49 812.42 865.15 1847.1 1892.6 x= 60 y=60 z=1.5 50 254.4 809.6 862.2 1839.2 1879.9 x= 60 y=60 z=1.5 75 250.32 805.26 858.16 1834.2 1874.5 x= 60 y=60 z=1.5 100 245.26 800.84 853.1 1821.6 1870.2 x= 60 y=60 z=1.5 125 240.25 796.25 848.48 1809.4 1859.6 x= 60 y=60 z=2.40 25 256.3 812.24 865.01 1846.5 1892.5 x= 60 y=60 z=2.40 50 253.8 810.21 862.15 1839.8 1878.9 x= 60 y=60 z=2.40 75 249.22 803.84 858.14 1835.2 1873.5 x= 60 y=60 z=2.40 100 245.2 799.4 847.9 1830.8 1868.2 x= 60 y=60 z=2.40 125 240.9 794.54 843.47 1819.7 1860.6 x= 60 y=60 z=3.3 25 256.25 812.22 865.62 1846.2 1892.6 x= 60 y=60 z=3.3 50 254.16 810.26 863.54 1838.5 1890.12 x= 60 y=60 z=3.3 75 249.24 805.46 859.25 1834.4 1885.6 x= 60 y=60 z=3.3 100 245.12 801.03 855.05 1829.4 1881.2 x= 60 y=60 z=3.3 125 241.1 796.95 850.47 1824.6 1877.6 x= 60 y=60 z=4.1 25 256.12 812.2 865.25 1845.5 1892.1 x= 60 y=60 z=4.1 50 253.24 809.46 863.14 1838.4 1889.92 x= 60 y=60 z=4.1 75 249.16 805.03 858.25 1834.4 1885.6 x= 60 y=60 z=4.1 100 245.1 800.95 854.05 1829.31 1881.15 x= 60 y=60 z=4.1 125 241 795.69 849.47 1824.5 1876.6 table 1: dataset for the location x=60 mm y=60 mm. database generation database of shifts in frequencies (due to known delaminations) is required to train the inverse algorithm. with the aid of finite element analysis, the appropriate database is created. a significant number of composite plate samples with various sizes and locations of delaminations were subjected to numerical analysis. the database size required to train ann is important for properly diagnosing delaminations. two hundred and twenty five distinct delamination scenarios were created numerically for this study by combining delaminations at nine different places (combinations of x = 60, 120, 180; and y = 60, 120, 180; where x and y are distance of delaminations location from bottom left end.), five different sizes (25, 50, 75, 100, 125 mm2) and five different layers (layer 2, 5, 8, 11 & 14). fig. 5 shows an example of one of the delaminations scenarios, with delaminations at x=60, y=60 and a delaminations area of 25 mm2 on layer 5. tab. 1 shows the first five natural frequencies of the plate sample with delaminations at x=60, y=60, and z=0.6, for five delamination areas. a similar dataset is created for the remaining eight locations. fig. 6 (a) and (b) illustrate the bending modes for the same sample delaminated plate with delamination size of 25 mm2. a t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 42 figure 6: (a) bending mode 1, (b) bending mode 2. feed-forward back-propagation neural network neural network functions as a processor, storing and retrieving experience based information as and when needed. in terms of accumulating information through the learning process, it functions similarly to the human brain [11]. learning is a process in which the parameters of a neural network, such as synaptic weights and bias levels, are modified in a continuous manner. the difference between a feed forward neural network and a recurrent neural network is that the connections between each unit do not form a loop. furthermore, information only moves in one way, that is, forward, from the input nodes to the output nodes via the hidden nodes. as a result, no loops arise in this network. there are two types of learning processes: supervised learning and unsupervised learning. the system will try to anticipate the results based on known samples dataset in supervised learning approach, which is also the most often used training technique [12]. it will compare its own predictions to known goal values, after which it will learn from the errors encountered throughout each cycle. the data will flow from the input layer to the neurons, which will then transfer the data to the next nodes. weights and connections are given as data passes along, and when the data reaches the successor node, the weights are added and either weakened or intensified. there will be no changes to the weights if the output obtained is equivalent to the expected output [13-15]. however, if the output obtained differs from the real result, the error will propagate backwards through the system, and the weights will be adjusted accordingly. back-propagation refers to the reverse flow of error through the neural network. supervised feed-forward multilayer back-propagation artificial neural network tool in matlab is used for this research based on findings from various literatures [16-17]. neural network training o improve the model and verify the hypothesis, inverse techniques employ both the original model of the structure (here, a delaminated plate) and observed data (here, the first five natural frequencies). the goal here is to see how effective global vibration parameters (natural frequencies) as input to an ann back-propagation algorithm are in locating and predicting the location and magnitude of delaminations. the ann size is critical since smaller networks cannot correctly reflect the system, while bigger networks over-train it. as illustrated in fig. 7, the ann used here has five inputs (frequencies), four outputs (position in x and y directions, layer, and size of delamination), and one hidden layer with 12 neurons. all the parameters are optimized to get the maximum accuracy. the mean square error (mse) is utilised as an ann's performance metric, and the levenberg-marquardt back-propagation technique is employed to train it. as discussed in database generation section, 225 input-output dataset is created and out of which 155 are used for training, 35 each used for testing and validation. fig. 8 depicts the linear regression analysis of the target and anticipated values. the pearson's correlation coefficients (r-values) for training, validating, testing, and total data are 0.908, 0.931, a t t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 43 0.912, and 0.912, respectively. this indicates that the ann-based prediction model is providing a satisfactory match to the data. figure 7: neural network used for delamination prediction. figure 8: regression analyses of data predicted by the ann model. t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 44 results for delamination prediction ive finite element models were created to test the ann approach for determining delamination location and area in composite plates. tab. 2 shows the actual and estimated values of layer, position, and delamination area. in the table, the real values of delaminations are assigned values that are chosen at random. plate number actual predicted percentage error delamination location – x (mm) 1 50 58.2 16.4 2 75 81.25 8.3 3 100 93.6 -6.4 4 125 114 -8.8 5 150 164 9.3 delamination location – y (mm) 1 75 61.3 -18.2 2 100 80.5 -19.5 3 125 109 -12.8 4 150 121.2 -19.2 5 175 163.9 -6.3 delamination location – z (mm) 1 0.9 0.73 -18.9 2 1.2 1.1 -8.3 3 1.8 1.76 -2.2 4 2.1 2.23 6.2 5 3 2.87 -4.3 delamination area (mm2) 1 30 27.6 -8.0 2 60 61.5 2.5 3 90 93.5 3.9 4 110 104.6 -4.9 5 140 121.2 -13.4 table 2: comparison of actual and predicted delamination parameters for composite plates when compared to findings for y direction location, the values for delaminations area, position in x direction, and layer prediction were better for all 5 plate samples. plate 1 seemed to have the highest x axis location prediction error of 16.4 percent, but it was the only example where the x axis location error above 10%. the reason for this error is may be because of the reason that actual location was out of the training dataset. for y direction prediction, it can be understood that all plates except plate 5 have error greater than 10%. layer prediction inaccuracy was within 10% for all plates, except for plate 1. error in delamination area forecast for plate 5 alone crossed 8%. the reason for this case may be that, the actual area was outside the training data considered. the reason for overall error may be because of more complexity in plate delaminations prediction because of more number of inputs (four) to the neural network. it's also worth noting that the inaccuracy was particularly significant when predictions were made outside of the training dataset. this indicates that the findings can be further improved by expanding the training dataset. conclusions ibration-based analysis on composite plates is offered in this study effort to forecast the severity and location of the delamination. after confirming with experiments, numerical models of non-delaminated and delaminated composite plates were built, and the first five natural frequencies for various delamination situations were produced. natural frequencies are degraded by delamination in composite plates, according to research. these findings were utilised to train the neural network, which was then used to create the inverse algorithms. the first five natural frequencies are fed into the ann, which then takes outputs as delamination scenarios. numerical frequency data was used to track the neural network's performance in evaluating delaminations. it was observed that the ann was able to estimate the delaminations in composite plates with reasonably good precision. neural networks have a lot of benefits, such as the need for less statistical training, the capacity to recognise intricate nonlinear correlations among variables, the capacity to recognise all potential interactions among predictor variables, etc. an increased computing overhead, tendency for overfitting, and the empirical nature of model development are drawbacks for neural networks. f v t. g. sreekanth et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.04 45 references [1] senthilkumar, m., sreekanth, t. g. and reddy, s. m. (2020) nondestructive health monitoring techniques for composite materials: a review. polym polym compos 29, 528-540. doi: 10.1177/0967391120921701 [2] onggar, t., häntzsche, e., hund, r.d. and chokri, c (2019) multilayered glass filament yarn surfaces as sensor yarn for in-situ monitoring of textile-reinforced thermoplastic composites. fibers polym 20, 1945–1957. doi: 10.1007/s12221-019-1237-2 [3] zhou, w., wei, zy., wang, gf., han, kn., liu, r. and ma, lh. (2021) transverse tensile deformation and failure of three-dimensional five-directional braided carbon fiber composites. fibers polym 22, 1099–1110. doi: 10.1007/s12221-021-9199-6 [4] sreekanth, t.g., senthilkumar, m. and reddy, s.m. (2021) vibration-based delamination evaluation in gfrp composite beams using ann. polym polym compos 29, 317-324. doi: 10.1177/09673911211003399 [5] kindova-petrova, d. (2014) vibration-based methods for detecting a crack in a simply supported beam, j. theor. appl. mech. 44, 69–82. doi: 10.2478/jtam-2014-0023 [6] sreekanth, t.g., senthilkumar, m. and reddy, s.m. (2021) fatigue life evaluation of delaminated gfrp laminates using artificial neural networks. trans indian inst met 74, 1439–1445. doi: 10.1007/s12666-021-02234-5 [7] liu, y.j., jiang, z., wen, h.m. (2020) predicting impact induced delamination of frp laminates. int. j. impact eng.. doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2019.103436 [8] senthilkumar, m., reddy, s. m. and sreekanth, t.g. (2022) dynamic study and detection of edge crack in composite laminates using vibration parameters. trans indian inst met 75, 361–370. doi: 10.1007/s12666-021-02419-y [9] pagani, a., enea, m., carrera, e. (2021) component-wise damage detection by neural networks and refined fes training. j. sound vib. doi: 10.1016/j.jsv.2021.116255 [10] sreekanth, t.g., senthilkumar, m. and reddy, s.m. (2022) natural frequency based delamination estimation in gfrp beams using rsm and ann. frattura ed integrità strutturale 61, 487-495. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.32 [11] bilisik, k., demiryurek, o. (2011) analysis and tensile-tear properties of abraded denim fabrics depending on pattern relations using statistical and artificial neural network models. fibers polym 12, 422. doi: 10.1007/s12221-011-0422-8 [12] ribeiro, j.p., tavares, s.m., parente, m. (2021) stress–strain evaluation of structural parts using artificial neural networks. proc. inst. mech. eng. l p i mech eng l-j mat. doi: 10.1177%2f1464420721992445 [13] aadatmorad, m., talookolaei, r. a.-j., pashaei, m.-h., khatir, s. and wahab, m.a. (2022). pearson correlation and discrete wavelet transform for crack identification in steel beams, mathematics 10, 2689. doi: 10.3390/math10152689 [14] zenzen, r., khatir, s., belaidi, i., le thanh, c., wahab, m. a. (2020) a modified transmissibility indicator and artificial neural network for damage identification and quantification in laminated composite structures, composite structures 248, 112497, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.112497. [15] khatir, s., tiachacht, s., le thanh, c., ghandourah, e., mirjalili, s., wahab, m. a. (2021) an improved artificial neural network using arithmetic optimization algorithm for damage assessment in fgm composite plates, composite structures 273, 114287, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2021.114287. [16] al thobiani, f., khatir, s., benaissa, b., ghandourah, e., mirjalili, s. and wahab, m. a. (2022) a hybrid pso and grey wolf optimization algorithm for static and dynamic crack identification, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics 118, 103213, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2021.103213. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 2190 t. febra et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.25 242 focused on the “portuguese contributions for structural integrity” response of fabric insert injection overmolding pp based composites subjected to single and muti-impact t. febra, j.a.m. ferreira, j. d. costa, j. da silva cemmpre, university of coimbra, department of mechanical engineering, portugal tiago_febra@geco-moldes.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9372-5072 martins.ferreira@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0295-1841 jose.domingos@dem.uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8274-3734 joel.jesus@uc.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7133-2331 c. capela instituto politécnico de leiria, estg, department of mechanical engineering, portugal ccapela@ipleiria.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3334-4945 abstract. this paper presents the results of a current study on the development and impact response of composite plates manufactured by injection overmolding on the two sides of a single reinforcement fibre mat. the injection polymer is a talc-filled polypropylene, nowadays used for structural purposes. three configurations with different insert fibre mats were used: kevlar, biaxial and multiaxial glass fibre mats. the parameters studied were the fibre mat type and the impact energy. for single impact tests, it was concluded that the highest impact energy required to achieve impactor perforation is obtained with kevlar insert, while the highest percentage of energy recovered is achieved with biaxial glass fibre netting. kevlar insert also allows for the maximum impact stiffness. for the multi-impact tests, the recovered energy and the dynamic stiffness show the same tendencies of the single impact tests. on low energy impacts, the effect of the insert fibre and of the previous impact are quite reduced, while for impact energies above 6j, previous impacts reduce significantly the recovered energy and the impact energy for which the perforation was achieved. keywords. composites; impact response; injection overmolding. citation: t. febra, j.a.m. ferreira, j. d. costa, j. da silva, c. capela, response of fabric insert injection overmolding pp based composites subjected to single and mutiimpact, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248. received: 14.09.2018 accepted: 09.01.2019 published: 01.04.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction his paper is concerned with the manufacture and performance of a single piece final product made from a fibre mat insert with polymer injected overmolding in both sides. polymers and fibre mats have very different mechanical properties but should remain safely bonded throughout their useful life. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2190.mp4 t. febra et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.25 243 traditional overmolding is a two-stage sequential process in which a previously injected rigid polymer substrate is overmolded with a more flexible thermoplastic material. the final component is a single piece composed by two polymers with very different mechanical properties. the adhesion between the two materials is the key for a successful practice use, by which the component must be safe and the interface remain permanently bonded. nowadays, polypropylene (pp) is a widely used material for structural purposes because of its mechanical properties, reasonable cost, easy processing and recyclability. optimization procedures for overmolding parameters have been developed and published [1-4]. recently, fibre reinforcement mats have been used as the substrate material for some applications where final stiffness can play important role. the overmolding process requires the merging of several characteristics to increase its functionality, including combinations of mechanical strength and touch feeling or grip ability, cushioning against vibration or impact, or esthetical factors like gloss. the rigid substrate provides the basic mechanical properties for structural purposes while the soft polymer cover adds the desired user comfort and product functionalities. the increasing use of overmolding components can be seen in applications such as automotive interiors, medical devices, telephone keypads, toothbrushes, shaving hardware, household appliances and hand tools [5–7]. nowadays, polypropylene (pp) is replacing traditional engineering thermoplastics for structural purposes in automotive applications, due to its mechanical properties, reasonable cost, easy processing and recyclability. a low velocity impact event is one of the most dangerous loads on composite laminates, giving rise to different types of damages, including matrix cracking, fibre fracture, fibre-matrix debonding and delamination between different layers [8]. internal delamination induces premature buckling of the structures with the consequent drop of compressive strength [9, 10] and also in less relevant of the tensile strength [11]. the response of composites subjected to single-impact loading is abundantly reported on scientific literature, also repaired composites [12, 13]. andrew et al. [13] evaluated the residual compression after low-velocity impacts on gfrp composites repaired by kevlar chopped short fibres/epoxy and found higher maximum impact load and lower contact time for repaired specimens relatively to the unrepaired ones. however, scarce information can be found about the performance of composites under repeated impacts. this subject was studied by morais et al [14], concluding that stacking sequences and laminate thickness have a major influence on the composite’s response under repeated impacts. the structural performance under repeated impacts was studied by cholakara et al [15] on kevlar-fibre/epoxy composites, by mouritz et al [16] and by hosur et al [17] on glass reinforced laminates and by wyrick and adams [18] on the carbon/epoxy laminates. the parameters studied were the fibre mat type and the impact energy. the impact response was monitored in terms of the maximum load and displacement, dynamic impact modulus, absorbed and recovered energies and damage area. in addition to the study of the influence of the aforementioned parameters regarding simple impact response, this work also aims to compare the response of the material to simple impact and multi-impact with increasing energies. reference matrix insert mould temp. (ºc) processing temp. (ºc) injection pressure (bar) mgfm talc-filled pp multiaxial glass fiber mesh 22 220 41 bgfn talc-filled pp biaxial glass fiber netting 22 220 41 km talc-filled pp kevlar mat 22 220 41 table 1: formulation and manufacture parameters of the composites. materials and testing he present work studied impact response using square 100x100 mm2 and 3mm nominal thickness specimens. the overmolding matrix was polypropylene (pp) filled by 20% in weight of talk, hostacom trc 352n titan supplied by yonde basel. three configurations with different insert fibre mats were manufactured, as is summarized in table 1. in turn, the glass fibre inserts used were fiberglass multiaxial mesh fabric and biaxial fiberglass reinforcing mesh, supplied by huesker. the third insert was an aramid kevlar 49 mesh, supplied by toray. the injection moulding process was carried out using a sandreto 200 ton machine, using the parameters indicated in table 1. fig. 1 shows the insert fibre mat placed in the mould. t t. febra et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.25 244 low-velocity impact tests were performed using a drop weight-testing machine instron–ceast 9340. an impactor with a diameter of 10 mm and mass of 3.4 kg was also used. the tests were performed with the impactor stroke at the centre of centrally supporting the 100x100 mm specimens. two types of tests were carried out: single impact tests for different impact energies and multi-impacts tests in which the specimens were subjected to successive impacts with increasing energy. for each condition, two/three specimens were tested at room temperature. figure 1: view of the insert fibre mat placed in mould. results and discussion single impact tests ig. 2a) shows typical energy versus time curves, while fig. 2b) presents the dynamic load against the displacement, both for the three different insert fibre mats samples. all these tests were performed with an impact energy of 6 j. fig. 2a) also shows that maximum energy was achieved quickly in the kevlar mat composite, due to its higher dynamic stiffness, as demonstrated in fig. 3b). for this type of impact energy multiaxial glass fibre mesh has the lower recovered energy, which is quite similar for the other two insert mats. figure 2: influence of the insert material on the impact response for 6 j impact energy: a) energy versus time; b) load versus displacement. fig. 3a) presents the average values of three tests for each condition of the recovered energy versus impact energy, showing that biaxial glass fiber netting insert promotes the highest values of recovered energy, contrary to what happens with multiaxial glass fiber mesh insert which was observed as having a lower perforation energy. fig. 3b) presents the dynamic impact stiffness (calculated as the ratio between the maximum load and the displacement at maximum load) against the displacement, showing a slow decrease for the three insert fibers only for impact energies higher than 10 j. kevlar composites exhibit dynamic stiffness more than 25% higher than both glass fiber composites. f t. febra et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.25 245 figure 3: influence of impact energy on response parameters: a) recovered energy versus impact energy; b) dynamic modulus versus impact energy. figs. 4a) and 4b) show exemplary photos of the damage zones on a talc filled pp with multiaxial glass fibre mesh insert (mgfm) sample tested for impact energy of 6j in impact side and back side, respectively. as well reported in literature for fiber-reinforced composites [19], higher damage occurred in the backside in which a long failure crack is observed, while in the impact side only a regular plastic deformation caused by impactor occurs. figure 4: exemplary photos of the damage on a mgfm sample tested for impact energy of 6j: a) impact side; b) back side. (a) (b) figure 5: exemplary cscan images of damaged zones for impact energy of 5j: a) bgfn mat; b) km mat. t. febra et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.25 246 some samples were inspected by c-scan technique, supplied by physical acoustics cooperation, in order to analyze the damaged zone. figure 5 shows the typical and representative images of the bgfn mat and km mat samples, impacted by 5j. it is possible to observe that, in spite of the higher damaged area of the km mat sample, the c-scan image for bgfn mat insert suggests a much more intense damage. these observations are in accordance with the lower dynamic stiffness obtained in fig. 3b) for the bgfn mat inserts. similarly to what happens in sandwich composites, three types of failure can be observed: rupture of the superficial polymer layers, delamination of the interface and in extreme conditions, rupture of the fibers [20]. multi-impact tests the results of the multi-impact tests (in which the same specimen was subjected to successive impacts with impact energy increasing successively 1j for each test) are summarized in figures 6 and 7, in terms of the recovered energy (in percentage of the impact energy) and the dynamic stiffness, respectively. fig. 6 shows the same tendencies of the single impact tests presented in fig. 3a), indicating that biaxial glass fibre netting inserts promote the highest values of recovered energy. however, the multiaxial glass fibre mesh insert shows the lower recovered energy and perforation energy. recovered energy decreases parabolic until failure, according with f. cucinotta et al. [20]. also, as in the single impact tests presented in fig. 3b) kevlar inserts exhibit the highest dynamic stiffness, in contrast to glass fibre inserts (fig. 7). in any case, a significant difference was observed on the dynamic stiffness values for the multi-impacted specimens in comparison with the single impacted tests, decreasing significantly after the peaking for an intermediate impact energy. this fact is caused by the accumulated damage occurred at the intermediate impact energy. figure 6: recovered energy after multi-impact tests. figure 7: dynamic stiffness after multi-impact tests. figure 8: comparison of the recovered energy for multi-impact and single impact tests. t. febra et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.25 247 fig. 8 compares the results of the recovered energy obtained for the multi-impacts and the single impact tests. the results indicate that for low energy the effect of the insert fibre and of the previous impact is quite reduced. however, for impact energies above 6j, previous impacts significantly reduce the recovered energy and the impact energy for which the perforation was achieved. the bgfn mat insert promotes a slightly improved impact response for both series of tests. conclusions he present work studied the effect of the fiber type on the impact response of insert injection overmolding talc filled pp composites subjected to single impact and the multi-impacts tests, for which successive impacts with increasing energy were applied. the main conclusions that can be drawn were as follows: for single impact tests, the highest impact energy required to achieve impactor perforation is obtained with kevlar insert while the highest percentage of energy recovered is achieved with biaxial glass fiber netting. the maximum impact stiffness was obtained with kevlar insert, with both glass fibre inserts achieving similar results. the maximum post-impact load was also obtained with kevlar insert, while the minimum for the multiaxial glass fibre mesh; for the multi-impact tests, the recovered energy and the dynamic stiffness show the same tendencies of the single impact tests. however, a significant difference was observed on the dynamic stiffness values for the multi-impacted specimens which decrease significantly after the peaking for an intermediate impact energy; the comparison of the recovered energy obtained for the multi-impact and single impact tests show that for low energy the effect of the insert fibre and of the previous impact is quite reduced, while for impact energies above 6j previous impacts reduce significantly the recovered energy and the impact energy for which the perforation was achieved. acknowledgments he authors would like to acknowledge geco-moldes, leiria, portugal, for the supply of the samples and the sponsoring of this research by feder funds through the program compete – programa operacional factores de competitividade – and by national funds through fct – fundação para a ciência e a tecnologia –, under the project uid/ems/00285/2013. references [1] carella, a.r., alonso, c., merino, j.c., pastor, j.m. (2002). sequential injection of thermo-plastic polymers. analysis of processing parameters for optimal bonding conditions, polym eng sci, 42, pp. 2172–2181. [2] schellekens, m., twene, d., vander waals, a. (2011). block copolymers for waterborne coatings—a novel ecofriendly approach for improved coating adhesion to untreated polypropylene based plastics. prog org coat, 72, pp. 138–143. doi: 10.1016/j.porgcoat.2011.03.007 [3] dondero, m., pastor, j.m., carella, j.m., perez, c.j. (2009). adhesion control for injection overmolding of polypropylene with elastomeric ethylene copolymers. polym eng sci, 49, pp. 1 886–1893. [4] nguyen, s., perez, c.j., desimone, m., pastor, j.m., (2013). overmolding of elastomeric propylene copolymers on polypropylene. effects of block and random microstructures. international journal of adhesion & adhesives, 46, pp 44–55. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2013.05.016 [5] huang, d.y., chen, r.s. (1999). bonding strength at solid-melt interface for polystyrene in a sequential two-staged injection molding process, polym eng sci, 39, pp. 2159–2171. [6] weng, d., andries, j., morin, p., saunders, k., politis, j. (2000). fundamentals and material development for thermoplastic elastomer(tpe) overmolding. j injection molding technol, 4, pp.22–28. [7] richardson, m.o.w., wisheart, m.j. (1996). review of low-velocity impact properties of composite materials. compos part a-appl s, 27, pp. 1123-1131. doi: 10.1016/1359-835x(96)00074-7. [8] lankford, j. (1997). shear versus dilatational damage mechanisms in the compressive failure of fibre reinforced composites. compos part a-appl s, 28, pp. 215-222. doi: 10.1016/s1359-835x(96)00110-8. [9] lee, s.h., yerramalli, c.s., waas, a.m. (2000). compressive splitting response of glass–fiber reinforced unidirectional composites. compos sci technol, 60, pp. 2957-2966. doi: 10.1016/s0266-3538(00)00159-7. t t t. febra et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 242-248; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.25 248 [10] reis, p.n.b., ferreira, j.a.m., antunes, f.v., richardson, m.o.w. (2009). effect of interlayer dalamination on mechanical behavior of carbon/epoxy laminates. j compos mater, 43, pp. 2609-2621. doi: 10.1177/0021998309344649. [11] balc, o., çoban, o., bora, m.ö., akagündüz, e., yalçin, e.b. (2017). experimental investigation of single and repeated impacts for repaired honeycomb sandwich structures. mat sci eng a-struct, 682, pp. 23–30. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2016.11.030. [12] andrew, j.j., arumugam, v., saravanakumar, k., dhakal ,h.n., santuli ,c. (2015). compression after impact strength of repaired gfrp composite laminates under repeated impact loading. compos struct, 133, pp. 911–920. [13] de morais, w.a., monteiro, s.n., d’almeida, j.r.m. (2005). effect of the laminate thickness on the composite strength to repeated low energy impacts. compos struct, 70, pp. 223–228. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2004.08.024. [14] cholakara, m.t., jang, b.z., wang, c.z. (1989). deformation and failure mechanisms in 3d composites. in proc. 34th int. sampe conference, may 8-11, pp. 2153-2160. [15] mouritz, a.p., gallagher, j., goodwin, a.a. (1997). flexural strength and interlaminar shear strength of stitched grp laminates following repeated impacts. compos sci technol, 57, pp. 509-522. doi: 10.1016/s0266-3538(96)00164-9. [16] hosur, m.v., karim, m.r., jeelani, s. (2003). experimental investigations on the response of stitched/unstitched woven s2-glass/sc15 epoxy composites under single and repeated low velocity impact loading. compos struct, 61, pp. 89-102. doi: 10.1016/s0263-8223(03)00032-1. [17] wyrick, d.a., adams, d.f. (1988). damage sustained by a carbon/epoxy composite material subjected to repeated impact. composites, 19, pp. 19-26. doi: 10.1016/0010-4361(88)90540-x. [18] reis, p.n.b., ferreira, j.a.m., zhang, z.y., benameur, t., richardson, m.o.w. (2013). impact response of kevlar composites with nanoclay enhanced epoxy matrix. composites: part b 46, pp. 7–14. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2012.10.028. [19] cucinotta, f., paoli, a., risitano g. and sfravara f.(2018). proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers part m: journal of engineering for the maritime environment, 232 ( 2), pp. 234-244. doi: 10. 1 177/1475090217720619. nomenclature bgfn biaxial glass fiber netting; gfrp – glass fibre reinforced polymers; km kevlar mat; mgfm multiaxial glass fiber mesh. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_46_art_35 i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 383 investigation of the effect of cracks on the vibration processes in reinforced concrete structures i. shardakov, a. shestakov, r. tsvetkov, i. glot institute of continuous media mechanics, ural branch, russian academy of science, 1, korolev street, perm, russia shardakov@icmm.ru, shap@icmm.ru, flower@icmm.ru, glot@icmm.ru abstract. the validity of the mathematical model describing the propagation of vibrations in the reinforced concrete structures (rc structures) was verified by comparing the experimental and numerical data. the proposed model allowed us to perform numerical experiments aimed at comparing vibrorecords obtained for the structure without defects and the structure with typical fracture caused by crack formation. based on the results of comparison, an informative diagnostic parameter was proposed. this parameter makes it possible to control the nucleation and growth of cracks in a rc structure. keywords. vibration-based diagnostics; rc structure; cracks; full-scale model; experiment; simulation. citation: shardakov i., shestakov, a., tsvetkov, r., glot, i., investigation of the effect of cracks on the vibration processes in rc structures, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390. received: 12.08.2018 accepted: 22.09.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he results of studies of the behavior of complex building structures under critical conditions are important for solving the problems of their safe operation. one of the modern approaches that make it possible to solve problems of safe operation of structures is the use of automated deformation monitoring systems. the most important components of these systems are mathematical models that adequately describe the operation of the structure in subcritical and critical stages of its deformation. the development and verification of such models is possible only when carrying out field experiments. for their implementation, a model structure was designed and assembled. this model reflects the deformation processes in fullscale engineering structure. it is a 4-storey monolithic reinforced concrete building on a scale of 1: 2 (fig.1). its total height is 6m, length is 9m, and width is 6m. automated deformation monitoring systems are based on the non-destructive control methods, in particular, the methods of vibration diagnostics [1, 2, 3, 4], among which one can differentiate between the methods analyzing natural vibrations [5, 6] and those examining the transient vibration processes [7, 8]. the vibration methods have found wide application because of the use of piesoceramic materials, which can operate both as actuators and sensors. they allow fault diagnosis in a broad frequency range and can be installed at the surface of the examined structure [9, 10] or embedded into it [11, 12]. the proposed approach is based on the registration of vibration processes in the structure under the action of impulse loads. it allows us to perform the local analysis of separate fragments of the structure while tracing the evolution of the t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/35.mp4 i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 384 front of shock waves as they pass through the structure. when the propagating wave front runs across defects, its frequency composition and propagation time change. by comparing the signals from the structure with and without defects, we can detect any faults, their location and size. the effectiveness of the solution of these problems depend on the selection of the place where the elastic wave is initiated, the spectral composition of the impulse and the place of recording the signal passing through the structure. a well-grounded choice of these parameters is possible in the framework of an appropriate mathematical model, which adequately describes the dynamic processes occurring in the structure. figure 1: testing stand with installed model rc structure. in this study, the mathematical model describing the free vibrations of the structure caused by impact loading is verified. in the experiments, elastic waves in different elements of the model structure (columns, slabs) were excited by an impact of a 460g striker. the resulting vibrograms were recorded by accelerometers mounted at different points of the structure. registration of vibration processes in the model structure involved a synchronous recording of data from two accelerometers, one of which was located on the striker, and the other – at a certain point of the structure. the registration of the acceleration at the impact point made it possible to obtain the value of the impact force (as the product of the acceleration by the striker mass) as a function of time. these data were used to determine the force boundary condition at the point of impact necessary for solving the initial-boundary problem of propagation of a shock wave in a structure. this allowed us to compare the vibrograms obtained in the experiment and calculated on the basis of the proposed model. this model was used as a framework for performing a series of numerical experiments, in which vibrograms obtained for the structure with crack formation at typical sites were compared with vibrograms for defect-free structure. based on the results of these solutions we identified an informative diagnostic parameter, which reflects the processes of initiation and growth of cracks in reinforced concrete. this approach makes it possible to create an effective system for vibration control of the process of crack formation in rc structures. conceptual description of the mathematical model he object under study is a monolithic reinforced concrete building (fig. 1), whose columns are mounted on metal supports. the dynamic behavior of the building is described in the framework of the linear theory of viscoelasticity. the concrete is assumed to be viscoelastic and isotropic, and steel reinforcement is modeled within the framework of the linear theory of elasticity. the mathematical model is represented by the following relations. equations of motion: 2 2 div , v t       u x (1) t testing stand model rc structure i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 385 physical relations:    2 e 2 e 1 2 1 2 g i g i                           (2) geometrical relations:   t  u u (3) boundary conditions:      , / ,f t f t mw t s x s    n n 0, /s s   n x (4) initial conditions for t = 0: 0, / 0u du dt  (5) here: c rv v v  is the total volume of the structure, consisting of the volumes vc and vr, occupied by concrete and steel reinforcement; , ,  , е are, the tensors of stresses, strain, strain rates and a unit tensor, respectively;    ,i i  are the first invariants of the strain tensor and of the strain rate tensor; x is radius vector of a point in the cartesian coordinate system; u is the displacement vector; n is the unit vector oriented along the outward normal to the surface s of the structure; s is the surface, to which an external impulse force is applied along its normal; ρ is the material density, f (t) is a scalar that determines the time variation of the force impulse; m is the striker mass, w(t) (scalar) is the striker acceleration in the interval of striker contact with the surface of the structure (this value is recorded experimentally by an accelerometer mounted on the striker); (,  ) denote vector and scalar products;  is the nabla operator; g is the shear modulus,  is the poisson's ratio; β is the parameter characterizing the dissipative properties of concrete. at cx v the values of ρ, g, , β correspond to the physical properties of concrete, and at rx v they correspond to the physical properties of steel reinforcement. figure 2: the finite element model of rc structure: (a) – a fragment of the column; (b) – reinforcement of the joint of the column, slab and cross beams; (c) – assembled structure; (d) – slab fragment; (e) – beam fragment. the numerical implementation of the mathematical model is carried out by the finite element method using ansys software. fig. 2 shows the finite element mesh of the model structure (the number of nodes is 506569). it represents the main components of the structure (columns, crossbars and slabs) and their reinforcement schemes. the characteristic geometric parameters of the model structure and the physical properties of the materials are given below. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 386  the main geometric characteristics of the model structure: column space is 2 m; height of the floor is 1.5 m; cross section of the column is 200 × 200 mm; cross-section of the cross beam is 200 × 250 mm; thickness of the slab is 150 mm; diameter of the reinforcement of columns and lower chords of cross beams is 12 mm, diameter of the other reinforcement is 8 mm.  physical characteristics of concrete:  0.102 ;  17.2g gpa;   73.46 10 ;  2507 kg/ m3.  physical characteristics of steel:  0.3 ;  76.9g gpa;  0 ;  7800 kg/ m3.  characteristic dimension of the finite element mesh: 0.1 m.  integration time step: 10–5 s. verification of the mathematical model based on experimental results o verify the mathematical model, we performed a series of experiments, in which the dynamic deformation response of the structure to a locally applied external impulse force was analyzed. we used three loading schemes, of which two involved impact loading of the column and the registration of the deformation response to this impact at different points of the columns (fig.3, a, b) and the third (fig. 3, c) provided impact load of the lower edge of the floor slab and the registration of the response at its upper edge. locations of the sensors recording the response of the structure to the externally applied impact loads are indicated by the red dots in the figures. these sensors recorded the vector component of acceleration directed along the normal to the surface, at which the sensors were located. fig. 3 presents the fragments of the general model structure shown in figs. 1 and 2c. these are the fragments in which the deformation response to the impact action was analyzed. the sizes of the selected fragments of the structure were chosen in such a way that at the points of recording the deformation responses there are no waves reflected from the boundaries of the fragment within the time interval under consideration. the external impulse force was generated by a striker with a mass of 460 g. the value of acceleration w (t), resulting from the impact of the striker on the surface of the structure, was recorded by an accelerometer zetlab bc111 fixed to the striker. the range of recorded frequencies of this accelerometer is 0.5-15000 hz. the deformation response of the structure to the impulse force was registered by the zetlab bc110 accelerometers, fixed at various points of the structure (the range of recorded frequencies is 0.5–10000 hz). transformation of the collected sensor data to a digital form was performed synchronously using the adc zet 017-u8 with a frequency of 50 khz. (a) (b) (c) figure 3: schemes of loading and registration of response. as an example, fig. 4 shows the experimentally measured shape of the force impulse and the corresponding fourier image (load diagram is given in fig. 3a). as follows from these data, the impulse duration is 0.28 ms, and the main part of impulse energy is localized in the frequency range of 0-5 khz. it should be noted that the experimentally recorded value of the force impulse was used in the mathematical model (1) (5) to specify the boundary condition (4). then, the results of numerical simulation were compared with experimental data obtained from accelerometers recording the deformation responses to impact. when making a comparison, the calculated and experimental data were subjected to frequency filtering, ensuring the removal of the signal at frequencies above 6 khz. fig. 5 shows a series of vibrograms and the corresponding fourier images for three loading schemes (a, b, c) presented in fig. 3. the experimental data are indicated by blue lines and the simulation data by red lines. a comparison of the results obtained demonstrates good agreement between the model and the experiment in the frequency range from 0 to 6khz. t i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 387 (a) (b) figure 4: impulse load: (a) – force evolution. (b) – fourier transform. scheme vibrogram fourier transform a b c figure 5: vibrograms and corresponding foutier transforms for three loading schemes. analysis of changes in vibrograms caused by crack initiation he proposed model (1)-(5), which passed the verification procedure, was used for numerical analysis of changes in the vibration parameters of the rc structure in the period of nucleation and propagation of cracks. the most probable places for crack formation in the structure are the connections of vertical columns with floor slabs and cross beams. in accordance with fig. 6, we considered a fragment of the structure, for which we simulated the subsequent nucleation of cracks at the crossbar-to-column connections. four crack nucleation stages were identified: the crack t1 appeared at the first stage, and cracks t2, t3 and t4 were successively formed at the next three stages. the numerical experiment consists in solving successively the problems of the dynamic deformation response of the structure to equal, locally applied impulse loads at all stages of crack nucleation. the examined structural fragment, the schemes of loading and registration of deformation response correspond to the scheme shown in fig. 3b. to characterize the external force action, we used the parameters of the force impulse, determined experimentally at the stage of verification of the mathematical model. as before, the implementation of the numerical experiment was based on the finite element method using the ansys software package. to simulate the crack, we excluded from the calculation one layer of finite elements for concrete adjacent to the face of the column, retaining yet the finite elements for the reinforcement to provide simulation of its integrity. as already mentioned, the evolution of crack formation was determined by a sequence of 4 stages: the first stage is associated with the formation of crack t1 followed by successive nucleation of cracks t2, t3, and t4 at the next three t i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 388 stages. the cracks were located in the cross sections of the cross beams. the depth of the crack was 150 mm, the thickness of the undestroyed part of the crossbar was 100 mm. the location of the prospective sensor for recording the dynamic deformation response is indicated by a red dot on the vertical column above the crack formation zone (point s in fig. 6). it is evident that the cracks always locate in the region between the impact point and the sensor. figure 6: location of cracks at the bottom of the column. the results of the numerical simulation in the form of vibrograms and their fourier images for point s are shown by red lines in the graphs in fig. 7. a blue line shown in the same graphs for the sake of comparison corresponds to the experimental data obtained for the defect-free structure (fig. 5, vibrogram b). these results demonstrate that a significant distortion of the vibration patterns and their fourier images occurs at each stage after nucleation of a new crack. stage vibrogram fourier image 1 2 3 4 figure 7: changes in vibrograms at crack formation. the most intense free vibrations of the structure are realized at frequencies around 3400 hz. a comparison of the amplitude value ka of the fourier image at this frequency with the value 0a obtained at the same frequency in the defectfree structure carries important information. the ratio of these values * 0/kk a a can be considered as an informative parameter that responds to the process of crack growth. fig. 7 shows a variation in the criterion *k taken at the i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 389 frequency of 3400 hz (corresponding to the most intense vibrations) with the growth of damage in the structure. the first column corresponds to the defect-free structure, and the other columns – to the structures, in which the number of cracks increases. in this case, the value of the criterion increases markedly. figure 8: criterion * 0/kk a a at different stages of cracking. conclusion n this work, verification of a mathematical model of dynamic processes in a reinforced concrete structure was carried out within the framework of viscoelasticity. a comparison of the experimental and calculated data has demonstrated that this model can be effectively used to describe with sufficient accuracy the propagation of vibration processes initiated by external, locally applied impact loads. a series of numerical experiments performed on the basis of the mathematical model allowed us to investigate changes in the vibration parameters of the rc structure, in which the process of crack formation has started. as a parameter, characterizing the process of crack nucleation, we used the ratio of the amplitude values of the fourier transform in the defect and defect-free structure obtained at the frequency of the most severe vibrations. on the whole, the results of this study served to determine the substance of the desired algorithm for implementing the vibration diagnosis of reinforced concrete structures with the aim to control the process of crack formation. acknowledgments he research was performed at the institute of continuous media mechanics ural branch of russian academy of science with the support of the russian science foundation (project №14-29-00172). references [1] verma, s.k., bhadauria, s.s. and akhtar, s. (2013). review of non destructive testing methods for condition monitoring of concrete structures, j. constr. eng, 834572. doi: 10.1155/2013/834572. [2] fan, w. and qiao, p. (2011). vibration-based damage identification methods: a review and comparative study, structural health monitoring. 10(1), pp. 83-111. doi: 10.1177/1475921710365419. [3] stepinski, t., uhl, t., and staszewski, w. (2013). advanced structural damage detection: from theory to engineering applications., john wiley & sons. doi:10.1002/9781118536148. [4] wang, l. and chan, t.h.t. (2009). review of vibration-based damage detection and condition assessment of bridge structures using structural health monitoring., proc. of the second infrastructure theme postgraduate conference. queensland university of technology. paper id 26738. http://eprints.qut.edu.au/. [5] quaranta, g., carbonu, b. and lacarbonara, w. (2014). damage detection by modal curvatures: numerical issues, j. vibr. contr. 22 (7) pp. 1913-1927. doi: 10.1177/1077546314545528. [6] bykov, a.a., matveenko, v.p., serovaev, g.s., shardakov, i.n. and shestakov, a.p. (2015). mathematical modeling of vibration processes in reinforced concrete structures for setting up crack initiation monitoring, mech. solids, 50 (2), pp. 160-170. doi: 10.3103/s0025654415020053. i t i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 383-390; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.35 390 [7] raghavan a. and cesnik c.e.s. (2007). review of guided-wave structural health monitoring, shock and vibration digest, 39 (2), pp. 91–114. doi: 10.1177/0583102406075428. [8] liu, x.l., jiang, z.w. and ji, l. (2013). investigation on the design of piezoelectric actuator/sensor for damage detection in beam with lamb waves, exp. mech. 53 (3), pp. 485–492. doi: 10.1007/s11340-012-9646-9. [9] song g., gu h., mo y. l., hsu t. t. c., dhonde h. (2007). concrete structural health monitoring using embedded piezoceramic transducers, smart mater. struct. 16(4), pp. 959–968. doi: 10.1088/0964-1726/16/4/003. [10] bykov, a.a., matveenko, v.p., shardakov, i.n. and shestakov, a.p. (2017). shock wave method for monitoring crack repair processes in reinforced concrete structures, mech. solids 52 (4), pp. 378–383. doi: 10.3103/s0025654417040033. [11] fröjd p. and ulriksen p. (2016). amplitude and phase measurements of continuous diffuse fields for structural health monitoring of concrete structures, ndt&e international, 77, pp. 35–41. doi: 0.1016/j.ndteint.2015.10.003. [12] xu, k., deng, q., cai, l., ho, s. and song, g (2018). damage detection of a concrete column subject to blast loads using embedded piezoceramic transducers, sensors, 18 (5), 1377. doi: 10.3390/s18051377. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_24_3672.docx m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 336 on the use of the stepped isostress method in the prediction of creep behavior of polyamide 6  tedjini mohsein, sedira lakhdar, guerira belhi laboratoire de génie mécanique (lgm), university of biskra, algeria mohsein.tedjini@gmail.com l.sedira@univ-biskra.dz, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1735-2195 b.guerira@univ-biskra.dz kamel meftah laboratoire de génie energétique et matériaux (lgem), university of biskra, algeria university of batna 2, algeria k.meftah@univ-batna2.dz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5671-602x abstract. the stepped isostress method (ssm) is an advanced technique which allows the prediction of the long-term behavior and enables the construction of creep master curves of materials with short-term experimental tests. however, the performance of this method is highly dependent on the numerical model and the time spent in data processing. in this paper, the effect of the extrapolation techniques on the creep curves trend is investigated using the ssm data of polyamide test. three extrapolation functions are used to offset the delay of the stress history: polynomial, power and exponential functions. furthermore, a numerical routine is developed during the last step of the ssm, where the shift factors are computed taking into account the rescaling and the dwell times of each level of stresses. the processing of the ssm raw data has revealed that the rescaling parameters are the most determining factors to reach an accurate long-term creep curves. the rescaling process has shown an appropriate time, whether achieved by the exponential or power functions. larger shift factors for exponential functions are assessed and therefore a long period of creep master curve was obtained. keywords. creep; polyamide 6; fitting function; ssm method; master curve. citation: tedjini, m., sedira, l., guerira, b., meftah, k., on the use of the stepped isostress method in the prediction of creep behavior of polyamide 6, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348. received: 13.07.2022 accepted: 20.08.2022 online first: 01.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/w_-8inlvxg8 m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 337 introduction ll mechanical structures are subjected to instantaneous loads which cause either elastic, plastic or combined behaviors. nevertheless, a viscous effect under monotonic loads can be observed under different scenarios, the most common being dependence on the rate of deformation, dependence on temperature, creep and relaxation [1]. although it is generally overlooked for some solid materials, the viscous effects play a major part in defining the mechanical response of polymers. many experiments were conducted with different techniques to predict the mechanical behavior of materials, starting with simple mechanical experiments such as tensile [2], compression [3], finishing by creep and relaxation tests [4]. however, the creep was among the most important natural phenomena which can describe the material behavior overtime just under his weight influence and through that, we can find further mechanical properties. thus, the creep test is conducted on material in order to measure its tendency to deform under constant loading; however, this test requires a very long dwell time [5]. formerly, the heat factor was considered as the main accelerator of the creep behavior with very large scale time. it is assumed that the creep response for one temperature can be achieved by another temperature at delayed time, the time-temperature superposition principle (ttsp) was therefore developed and given serious results [6–8]. however, since the elevated temperature may affect the chemical properties of the tested material, a particular care should be devoted to ttsp when the thermo-sensitive materials are processed. to avoid the negative temperature effect and following an equivalent energy loading, the high stress level is also considered as a creep accelerator factor. therefore, the time stress superposition principle (tssp) was derived from the ttsp and adopted in several researches where improved results are obtained [9,10]. among others, hadid et al. [9] have used this approach to predict the long-term material creep behavior of the injection fiber glass reinforced polyamide, an improved empirical model (power law) is used and an excellent superposition of curves is obtained. based on both temperature and stress effects, a novel approach called time temperature stress superposition concept (ttss) is invented thereafter to reduce abundance of samples and to get more accurate results [11,12]. this last one remains very complex, even though it overcomes the negative heat impact and the samples abundance. dealing with temperature loads as piecewise constant functions is considered afterwards as a revolution in the long term prediction techniques. therefore, the stepped isothermal method (sim) [13] was developed firstly by thornton et al. [14] and successfully used in several subsequent researches. this approach helped to reduce the large number of samples; but it maximizes the heat impact possibility. when dealing with thick specimens, concern regarding the rapid heating and the non-uniform temperature distribution in the specimen needs to be investigated [15]. as logical extension of sim method, the technique of stepped iso-stress method (ssm) is emerged as an enhanced solution to both problems: the multiplicity of samples and the heat effect. recent studies have been performed by giannopoulos et al. [16,17] that have dealt with kevlar material and aramid yarns in terms of mechanical properties, creep, stress and rupture. after that, the effectiveness of this method versus the tssp method, for specimens of polyamide 6 having a large thickness, has been confirmed in co-author's previous work [5]. as a sequel to this work, the authors [15] analyzed the effect of different testing parameters of the ssm on a commercial polyamide 6 creep tests. the obtained master curves based on power law in rescaling process, correlate well with those obtained with the classical tssp. the authors have shown that the variation in the dwell time or the change in the stress increment do not affect the creep of studied material. later, tanks et al. [18] applied two numerical processing in the ssm method in order to investigate the creep behavior of unidirectional carbon lamina used in rehabilitating prestressed concrete structures. both of power-law and prony series methods are used in rescaling procedure for addressing stress history. the power-law was shown to be more conservative by overestimating creep strains, but this is less material efficient for design over the longterm [18]. recently, guedes [19] proposed an analytical method to process the ssm raw data. based on two different viscoelastic models, the method is validated through numerical simulations to assess the creep tests. also, in order to study the effect of multilayered material on the physico-mechanical properties of bamboo-polypropylene composite (bpcs), hsu et al. [20] extended their analysis to time depending behavior using the ssm accelerated creep approach. the results have shown that the ssm creep master curves agree well with the long-term experimental creep. the creep master curves were also not influenced by different stress increments and dwelling time variations. one of the numerical problems encountered with accelerated techniques in construction of the long-term creep curve of plastic materials is uncertainty the fitting method used to address stress or temperature history, which affects the magnitude of the shift factors developed from the data. the uncertainty can be reduced by testing multiple samples but at significant cost. in this context, some convergence problems were raised in our previous works [15], this was due to efficiency of the method used in solving of the optimization problem on one hand, and to the high number of the data a m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 338 points addressed in fitting process, on the other hand. to this end, the extrapolation model was performed using limited number of points from the starting range of the short-term creep, which did not necessarily lead to a perfect model. an approach that help to overcome this problem consists to use an improved solving method, which is enhanced with additional convergence criterion, can fulfill a good convergence with merely random initial conditions. in order to simulate the creep deformations behavior of the adhesive joints through finite element-based numerical analyses, sadigh et al. [21] have used the called levenberg-marquardt algorithm to fit a power-law model at a variety of stress and temperature levels. the goodness of the fitting procedure was checked using the standard error of their estimations. the main goal of the present study is to investigate the effect of the numerical processing data on the construction of the master creep curves of polyamide 6 using the stepped isostress method. three extrapolating functions are tested during the stress history rescaling and an improved method for solving the optimization problems is used. in addition, a numerical routine is developed in order to estimate the shift factors and to perform all the corresponding time shifting operations. this is expected to achieve improved long-term-creep curves. materials and methods preparation of polyamide he material tested in the present work is a polyamide 6, trade mark domamid 6bkbl, with a melting temperature tf =221 °c and density ρ =1.1 g/cm3 (iso 1183). the raw material was mixed using thermo scientific haake polylab qc extruder (screw speed 30 rpm and heated zones about 221 °c as an average temperature). plane sheets of 4 mm thickness were manufactured through a compression molding process: the material was heated to a melt temperature and progressively pressed in a rectangular mold (up to 200 bar). laboratory hydraulic press (schwabenthan polystat 300 s) was used for a total time of 10 minutes (4 minutes for preheating and 6 minutes for compression). cad and a laser process were carried out to design dumbbell-shape specimens. the dimensions of tensile and creep test specimens are chosen as per iso 527-2, type 1b, with thickness h=4 (see fig. 1). the specimens are stored in an atmosphere with 20% of humidity for at least one month. tensile test uniaxial tensile experiments were performed, using moderately thick specimens of pa6. the tests are conducted by instron 5969 testing machine equipped with 5kn cell force. the specimens are loaded at ambient temperature (25 °c) and 30% of humidity. the load was applied by moving the crosshead of the machine at a specific rate of 1 mm/min (according to iso 527-1: plastics-determination of tensile properties). the deformation is measured with an advanced video extensometer (ave). the traction test allows determining the linear mechanical properties of the polyamide, and the stress levels which will be considered for creep tests. ssm method the classical approach (tssp) is generally applied to obtain the creep master curve [15,16,19], using a set of tensile creep tests on at least one specimen per each stress level. to overcome these limitations, the ssm technique is adopted in this work with reduced number of specimens and a valuable gain in time. in this ssm tests, the temperature of 25 °c was set and kept constant throughout a period of the tests. the deformation is measured with a clamp extensometer and the machine is controlled by data acquisition software that allows complex loading sequences to be performed. a starting reference load was initially applied to the specimen (5 mpa), and stair-step loads with five levels are programmed (10, 15, 20, 25, 30 mpa). a dwell time of 2 hours for each load step is considered. the method is generally depending on a set of processes clearly performed in the following sections to reach the final results and to get the adequate master curves. figure 1: dimensions of the test specimens. t m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 339 at the beginning of the experiment, an initial vertical adjustment step is necessary to allow matching of the true starting point for each curve. the change from load to greater level is instantaneous. however, a shift in deformation due to the elastic nature of the material is observed. this step is to erase an element of elasticity and to link the beginning of the current curve with the end of the previous one. in fact, the creep in each step is the accumulation of the creep strain resulting from the applied stress in the current stress level, and also from the creep strain of the previous steps. so, a series of consecutive dependent curves should be separated. however, the creep response of material is considered as a timeinvariant behavior since a time-delay on the applied load directly equates to a time-delay of the output response. this aimed at seeking a rescaling time which physically reflects a loading start point, assuming that the test has been conducted under the same stress but on a previously unstressed specimen. according to the time–temperature superposition principle (ttsp), this preprocessing is essential to fulfill the unified conditions of boltzmann principle. in order to calculate the rescaling factors, an exponential function is proposed to extrapolate the experimental curves of the raw short time creep, eqn.1.         0 1 1 2 2xp expa e t t a t t (1) where t is an independent variable. 0, a1, a2, t1 and t2 are constants. that can be computed by matching with the experiment data through a nonlinear regression for each stress level. two others fitting functions are also analyzed. the third degree polynomial function proposed by achereiner et al. [13], given in eqn.2 and the power law function presented in our previous research [15], eqn.3.        2 30 1 2 3a t a t a t (2)     0 0 n t t (3) where the constants a1, a2, a3, t0 and n are computed as mentioned above. it should be noted that all functions have been fitted considering the full time range in the extrapolation process. further details are discussed in subsequent section. the horizontal shifting is a horizontal displacement of the curves in terms of the logarithmic time. it can be achieved by computing the shifting factor (), which is the ratio between the time for a viscoelastic process to proceed at an arbitrary stress and the time for the same process to proceed at a reference stress [16]. the creep strain is defined as:        , , /r r t t (4) where  is the strain as a function of stress and time, r is the reference stress,  is the elevated stress and ασ is the shift factor. the independent creep curves can be shifted along the logarithmic time axis to obtain the creep master curve at reference stress. the evolution of the shift factor that expresses the creep rate with the stress can be represented by two models, namely the modified model of williams-landel-ferry given in eqn. 5, or the eyring model given in eqn. 6, [15].               1 2 log( ) r r c c (5) where c1 and c2 are material constants.                     * log log 2.30 r r v k t (6) where  and r are the strain rate and a reference strain rate respectively, v* is the activation volume, k is boltzmann’s constant and t is the absolute temperature. eqn. 6 is more suitable for the present case, since the creep temperature is below the glass transition temperature. in addition, polyamide 6 is a semi-crystalline polymer, and it is more appropriate to use the eyring model [15,16,22]. m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 340 however, the strain rate is considered as a control factor in the pa6 response and creep behavior. it can be graphically determined for each stress level from the slope of the secondary creep portion of the strain-time curve of the experiment result, eqn. 7.     t (7) contrary to the method used in previous research, where the strain rate is calculated in a global way and taking into account only two points of the curve, i.e. the total slope of the curve, in this work, an instantaneous strain rate will be considered in computation of the shift factor. for this purpose, the same numerical extrapolation proposed in rescaling process (eqn.1) will be derived and adopted to calculate the strain creep variation, eqn. 8.          1 1 1 2 2 2( ) exp expt a t t t a t t t (8) after that, an average value is then computed over the dwell time for each stress level and substituted in eqn. 6. both the rescaling and the logarithmic shifting can be done graphically but it is better to follow a numerical procedure at each stress step. estimation of shift factor  and t-axis shifted values at each stress level can be obtained following numerical method depicted in fig. 2. figure 2: numerical flowchart of the horizontal shifting. yes nomenclature: ns : number of load steps nps: number of time measurements in each load step (1d table). t : response time (2d table) i : time counter j : load step counter trescaling : rescaling time of each step (1d table).  : shift factor (1d table) start        ns,j=,nps,it(i,j), ns,,j=jt ns,j=nps(j),ns rescale 11 ,1 ,1 , read           2 11111 11    j ,t,npstδt ασ nsj          jt,jt/jδtjα rescaleσ  11  jnpsi           j,tj,jnpstj )+ δt(j-jδt 1 1    1 ii 1 jj write  , t end      j,itjj,it  1i yes no no m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 341 optimization method in this research, the constants parameters of the creep strain function are computed using levenberg-marquardt method. in fitting m(x,t), a function of an independent variable t and a vector of n parameters x, to a set of m data points (ti, i), the summation of the weighted squares of the differences between the experimental data (ti) and the value of the preassumed function m(x,ti) should be minimized [21], (eqn. 9). it consists to find the minimum value of the objective function f, defined as follow:      2 1 1 1 (x) (x) (x) (x) 2 2 m t i i f f f f (9) where fi are the residuals for data points ( , )i it defined as:   i( x ) (x,t )i if m (10) as regards n:f r r , it follows from the first formulation in eqn.9, that       1 (x) (x) (x) x x m t i i ij j ff f (11) thus, its gradient is   t(x) (x) (x)f j f ; (  m nj r is the jacobian of f ) (12) the non linear least squares problem can be solved by general optimization methods. the gauss-newton method is the basic of the very efficient methods, based on a linear approximation to the components of f (a linear model of f ) in the neighbourhood of x : for small h , we can write :    (x h) (h) (x) (x) hf l f j (13) and    1 (x h) (h) (h) (h) 2 tf l l l (14) full expression of l(h) can be obtained by substitution (eqn.13) in (eqn.14). the gradient and the hessian of l are   t t(h) (x) (x) (x) hl j f j ;   t(h) (x) (x)l j j (15) so, at a minimum of the sum of squares f, the gauss–newton step h minimizes l(h) (i.e. l'(h)=0), the unique value can be found by solving    t(x) (x) h (x)j j g ; with (x) (x) (x)g j f (16) a damping parameter  is introduced thereafter by levenberg and marquardt [23]. the step hlm is defined by the following modification to (eqn.16). however, to ensure a good convergence, i.e. steepest descent direction and reduced step length, the method is controlled by additional stopping criteria, (see algorithm 1.) where the damping parameter is adjusted at each iteration [24].    t lmj(x) j(x) i h (x)g (17) m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 342 algorithm 1. levenberg–marquardt method [24] begin : 0k ;  : 2 ;   0:x x : (x) (x)ta j j ; : (x) (x) tg j f    1test: g e ;    : max iia ; (e1 , e2 and τ are chosen by the user) while (not test) and (  maxk k )  : 1k k ; solve    lmha i g if   lm 2 lm 2h he e then test :=true else  new lmx : x h             new lm lm 1 : (x) (x ) h h 2 tf f g if   0 then  newx: x : (x) (x) ta j j ;  t: (x) (x)g j f    1test: g e         3: max 1 3, 1 2 1 ;  : 2 else    : ;   : 2 end results and discussion tensile test he evolution of the stress with respect to the deformation is presented in fig. 3. first the material exhibits a linear relationship depicted as hookean behavior. the slope of the tangent to the stress-strain curve throughout the elastic range is measured (2.9 gpa) and a value of 61 mpa is recorded as a tensile strength at yield elongation (3.40 %). the most important in this curve is the elastic limit 37 mpa to use next as a pilot in the creep experience. ssm test an initial vertical adjustment is performed to the recorded data. all the creep curves are plotted referring to a constant offset (0=0.37 %). however, an increase of strain is observed in each stress jump. in fact, an elastic part which is a real response of the rump function applied in the beginning of each stress is observed between successive stress levels. this elastic strain is measured and eliminated from strain versus time curves of polyamide. since the elastic modulus is affected after a period of creep, the short term creep curves are adjusted vertically according to the reference [16]. this is achieved graphically by matching every end point of the current strain curve with the start point of the next one, fig. 4a. so, a series of purely creep curves for each stress level are illustrated in fig. 4b. however, in order to take into account the stress history and to perform a master curve, a horizontal rescaling of all curves is carried out through the time-axis. the short-term creep results are dependent responses, that reflect a creep behavior under an accumulate stress. these short term curves are extended to the left in order to seeking the rescaling time (tresc). this is depicted by the required time to achieve the onset of strain (0) for the reference stress. for this purpose, the effect of the curve fitting and the extrapolating functions to approximate this time are analyzed using power, third degree polynomial and exponential models. in order to overcome this problem, the already discussed levenberg– marquardt method (algorithm 1) is used in the present work, taking into account the entire database of measurements (n  7200). once the fitting model is aligned to the experimental curve, it is necessary to equalize the expression of the t m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 343 obtained model and the onset strain 0. hence, the requested rescaling time is computed by solving the obtained non linear equation. associated curves are depicted in fig. 4c and show an excellent fitting between the three functions and the experimental results.   figure 3: pa6 tensile curve. the exponential function fits perfectly the experimental data of the short term curve with r2 value of 0.999. (r2= 0.976 and 0.971 for power law and r2=0.997 for third degree polynomial), for 5 and 10 mpa, respectively. however, some differences are noted through the extrapolation domain, moving back to the left where the slopes of the functions give rise to a significant deviation, particularly inherent to polynomial function. the rescaling times deduced by each extrapolating functions are reported in tab. 1. we can see that the results of the power law and exponential function are very close. on the other hand, the polynomial function shows the lowest time, a deviation of up to an hour for high stress levels is occurred. in contrast to some research [18], a greater rescaling time with exponential curve fitting is obtained in the present work. mathematically, this is in good agreement with the effect of the strain rate, once the strain rate increases, the slope of the curve is systematically high, and therefore, the rescaling time is susceptible to take meaningful values. the most advantageous of the present approach that the total dwelling time range is considered in interpolation process. unlike to other researches [5,9,16] where only a limited range of time, before and after the onset of each stress/strain response, is considered. on the other hand, all fitting functions are applied so that theirs curves could mimic those of the first creep experimental curve (5 mpa): the curves obtained by the power and exponential functions are in good agreement with data relating to the zero value (expected zero time at 0). the first raw of tab. 1 shows that the power and exponential functions respectively are close to zero value (-20 s and 5.7 s), in contrast with a higher error (1050 s) assessed by the third polynomial function. in order to complete the process to obtain the shifting factors, equality between the maximum and the lower strain that can be achieve by the reference and the actual stress respectively is considered. the logarithmic shifting can be done graphically but numerical process depicted in the flow chart is adopted, fig. 2. fig. 5a illustrates the computed shifting factors for a set of independent curves obtained by the three extrapolation functions. it can be found that all models give increasing values and the trend of their evolution follows a power function. fig. 5b refers to a bar chart representation for log (), at first sight, an almost linear variation can be noted. the corresponding values of the power and exponential functions are close to each other and exhibit higher values than the polynomial function. it is noteworthy that the deviation observed between the shift factors for different functions is justified by the close dependence on the rescaling time. examining flowchart, fig. 2, an assumed inversely proportional relationship between the shift factor and the rescaled initial time of each level is found. each new shift factor is also inversely related to all previous values of rescaling time. the fact that the exponential function has presented the largest rescaling time values, and therefore the shortest time to achieve the maximum strain of the reference level, thus resulting the largest inverse value that affect the shift factors. the same numerical process is applied to address the shift of the independent creep curves versus t-axis times. the curves for long-term creep prediction in semi-logarithmic and linear time scale are plotted in the figs. 6a and 6b, respectively. the present method has allowed one to achieve smooth master creep curves without gap between the different short creep responses. on the whole, a large deviation between the three curves was shown in figs. 7a and 7b. however, all of them reach the same strain with delayed time: the unified master curve for the polynomial function covers a period of m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 344 14.27 days approximately (t=1.233106 s). however, a significant improvement can be shown by the power function, where t=2.315107 s, (8.92 months) is obtained. in contrast, a long creep time is estimated at about 2.45 years (t=7.624107 s) using the exponential function. figure 4: required handling of the raw data of ssm load (mpa) rescaling time (h) polynomial rescaling time (h) power law rescaling time (h) exponential 5 -0.2917 0.0016 -0.0056 10 1.3750 1.7914 1.8194 15 3.1306 3.6851 3.7889 20 4.8667 5.5500 5.6722 25 6.7222 7.4322 7.6139 30 8.5389 9.2080 9.5083 table 1: rescaling time (trescaling) this large discrepancy between the third-order polynomial, power law and exponential models can be related to the accuracy of the rescaling time assessment in the beginning of each extrapolation functions. an inadequate value has a significant influence on the horizontal rescaling and shifting processes and affects, therefore the final master curve obtained by each model. however, a numerical criterion that could be helpful to judge the quality of the predictions, assumes that the rheological model of the creep behavior should be operative at all stress level. it found that the third order polynomial is less able to imitate this behavior in the reference stress (tab. 1). in contrast, the exponential (prony series approximation) and the power law models that fulfill this assumption, and satisfy the zero time value for zero creep strain, can be considered the better prediction. 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 c re e p  s tr a in  ( % ) time (s)  ssm experimental result 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 polynomial power exponential c re e p s tr a in (% ) time (s) 30 mpa 25 mpa 20 mpa 15 mpa 10 mpa 5 mpa tresc (polynomial) tresc (power) tresc (exponential) 0=0.37 (%) (b) elimination elastic zone and vertical shifting (d) rescaling curves (a)ssm test 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 c re e p  s tr a in  ( % ) time (s)  5 mpa  10 mpa  15 mpa  20 mpa  25 mpa  30 mpa 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 30 mpa 25 mpa 20 mpa 15 mpa 10 mpa  polynomial  power  exponential c re e p  s tr a in  ( % ) time (s) 5 mpa (c) extrapolation and rescaling curves m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 345 figure 5: shift factors values vs. accelerating stresses for different extrapolate functions, (a)  and (b) log (). figure 6: final master curves with different extrapolate techniques, (a) logarithmic time scale, (b) linear time scale. m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 346 1e‐02 1e+00 1e+02 1e+04 1e+06 1e+08 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 c re e p  s tr a in  ( % ) log t (s)  exponential  polynomial  power 0.0e+00 2.0e+07 4.0e+07 6.0e+07 8.0e+07 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 c re e p  s tr a in  ( % ) time (s)  exponential  polynomial  power figure 7: effect of extrapolation techniques on the prediction of the long term creep, (a) logarithmic time scale, (b) linear time scale. figure 8: effect of extrapolation functions on the activation volume activation volume the activation volume can be presented as the slope between the log () and the accelerator stress variables, fig. 8. a parabola trends with a coefficient of determination equal to r2=0.999 have been derived from the different fitting functions using experimental data. however, when assessing the quadratic function, the coefficient of the quadratic term is too small compared to the linear term. instead, a very close linear form can be addressed with (r2=0.994). it should be noted that, a parabolic form has been adopted by the co-authors [15], which was shown to be more consistent with the eyring model given in eqn. 6, and agree well with the previous results, further details are given in [17]. therefore, the slightly linear variation in the activation volume of each increased stress creates new configuration of molecular chains. the current chain configuration is a build-up of all the previous creep bearings. the fact that the polymer molecules are continuously pulled during the creep process, the creep behavior of a previously strained material occupies a larger activation volume than an unstrained material [15]. conclusions n the present research, the stepped isostress method is used to predict the long-term creep behavior of moderately thick specimens of polyamide 6. different empirical model were considered to simulate the strong nonlinearity of the viscoelastic behavior of the considered material under a piecewise constant stress. a third degree polynomial, power and exponential fitting functions are developed and examined trough the construction of the master curve. the assessment of the suggested parameters of the fitted models requires an improved numerical solving method to be considered. the use of levenberg-marquardt algorithm allows to overcome the limited use of data points in extrapolation 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 s h ift f a ct o r, lo g (  ) -0 (mpa) polynomial power exponential polynomial fit, r2=0.999 i (a) (b) m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 347 process and leads to excellent convergence and accuracy. the handling and processing of the ssm raw data have been performed automatically, where a computational subroutine is developed. the numerical process reveals that the magnitude of the shift factor is strongly affected by the accuracy of the inverse of the rescaling time on one hand and has a proportional relationship with the dwell time on the other hand. however, a larger shift factors for the exponential as well as for the power functions are obtained and therefore, larger long-term master curves were estimated with a very close agreement. the construction of the master curve confirms the consistence of the eyring equation and the relationship between the shift factor and the creep stress. acknowledgements he authors would like to thank the plastics laboratory staff of biskra cable industry for their help in the preparation of material and specimens. references [1] dan-andrei, ş. (2016).viscoplastic behaviour of polyamides. viscoelastic and viscoplastic materials, intechopen. [2] atidel, g., saintier, n., dhiab, a., dammak, f. (2011). etude du comportement mécanique d’un polyamide 66 chargé de fibres de verre courtes, mec. ind., 12(5), pp. 333–342, doi: 10.1051/meca/2011104. [3] gnip, i.j., kersulis, v.i., vaitkus, s.i., veyelis, s.a. (2005). long-term prediction of creep strain of expanded polystyrene, mech. compos. mater., 41(6), pp. 535–540, doi: 10.1007/s11029-006-0007-6. [4] raghavan, j., meshii, m. (1998). creep of polymer composites, compos. sci. technol., 57(12), pp. 1673–1688, doi: 10.1016/s0266-3538(97)00104-8. [5] hadid, m., guerira, b., bahri, m., zouani, k. (2014). the creep master curve construction for the polyamide 6 by the stepped isostress method, mater. res. innov., 18(sup6), pp. s6-336-s6-339, doi: 10.1179/1432891714z.0000000001022. [6] yang, j.l., zhang, z., schlarb, a.k., friedrich, k. (2006). on the characterization of tensile creep resistance of polyamide 66 nanocomposites. part i. experimental results and general discussions, polymer (guildf)., 47(8), pp. 2791–2801, doi: 10.1016/j.polymer.2006.02.065. [7] dean, d., husband, m., trimmer, m. (1998). time-temperature-dependent behavior of a substituted poly(paraphenylene): tensile, creep, and dynamic mechanical properties in the glassy state, j. polym. sci. part b polym. phys., 36(16), pp. 2971–2979, doi: 10.1002/(sici)1099-0488(19981130)36:16<2971::aid-polb12>3.0.co;2-r. [8] arnold, j.c., venditti, n.p. (2007). prediction of the long-term creep behaviour of hydroxyapatite-filled polyethylmethacrylate bone cements, j. mater. sci. mater. med., 18(9), pp. 1849–1858, doi: 10.1007/s10856-007-3056-z. [9] hadid, m., rechak, s., tati, a. (2004). long-term bending creep behavior prediction of injection molded composite using stress-time correspondence principle, mater. sci. eng. a, 385(1–2), pp. 54–58, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2004.04.023. [10] luo, w.b., wang, c.h., vu-khanh, t., jazouli, s. (2007). time-stress equivalence: application to nonlinear creep of polypropylene, j. cent. south univ. technol. (english ed., 14(1 suppl.), pp. 310–313, doi: 10.1007/s11771-007-0271-1. [11] luo, w., wang, c., zhao, r. (2007).application of time-temperature-stress superposition principle to nonlinear creep of poly(methyl methacrylate). key engineering materials, 340-341 ii, trans tech publ, pp. 1091–6. [12] larbi, s., berradj, m., djebbar, a., bilek, a. (2011). prediction of creep behaviour of the hybrid composite material using the accelerated characterisation method, adv. mater. res., 324, pp. 356–359, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.324.356. [13] achereiner, f., engelsing, k., bastian, m., heidemeyer, p. (2013). accelerated creep testing of polymers using the stepped isothermal method, polym. test., 32(3), pp. 447–454, doi: 10.1016/j.polymertesting.2013.01.014. [14] thornton, j.s., allen, s.r., thomas, r.w., sandri, d. (1998).the stepped isothermal method for time-temperature superposition and its application to creep data on polyester yarn. proceedings of sixth international conference on geosynthetics, 2, pp. 699–706. t m. tedjini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 336-348; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.24 348 [15] hadid, m., guerira, b., bahri, m., zouani, a. (2014). assessment of the stepped isostress method in the prediction of long term creep of thermoplastics, polym. test., 34, pp. 113–119, doi: 10.1016/j.polymertesting.2014.01.003. [16] giannopoulos, i.p., burgoyne, c.j. (2011). prediction of the long-term behaviour of high modulus fibres using the stepped isostress method (ssm), j. mater. sci., 46(24), pp. 7660–7671, doi: 10.1007/s10853-011-5743-x. [17] giannopoulos, i.p., burgoyne, c.j. (2012). accelerated and real-time creep and creep-rupture results for aramid fibers, j. appl. polym. sci., 125(5), pp. 3856–3870, doi: 10.1002/app.36707. [18] tanks, j., rader, k., sharp, s., sakai, t. (2017). accelerated creep and creep-rupture testing of transverse unidirectional carbon/epoxy lamina based on the stepped isostress method, compos. struct., 159, pp. 455–462, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2016.09.096. [19] guedes, r.m. (2018). a systematic methodology for creep master curve construction using the stepped isostress method (ssm): a numerical assessment, mech. time-dependent mater., 22(1), pp. 79–93, doi: 10.1007/s11043-017-9353-0. [20] hsu, c.y., yang, t.c., wu, t.l., hung, k.c., wu, j.h. (2018). effects of a layered structure on the physicomechanical properties and extended creep behavior of bamboo-polypropylene composites (bpcs) determined by the stepped isostress method, holzforschung, 72(7), pp. 589–597, doi: 10.1515/hf-2017-0165. [21] sadigh, m.a.s., paygozar, b., da silva, l.f.m., tahami, f.v. (2019). creep deformation simulation of adhesively bonded joints at different temperature levels using a modified power-law model, polym. test., 79, doi: 10.1016/j.polymertesting.2019.106087. [22] ward, i.m., sweeney, j. (2012). mechanical properties of solid polymers, john wiley & sons. [23] marquardt, d.w. (1963). an algorithm for least-squares estimation of nonlinear parameters, j. soc. ind. appl. math., 11(2), doi: 10.1137/0111030. [24] madsen, k., nielsen, h.b., tingleff, o. (2004).methods for non-linear least squares problems. in: informatics and mathematical modelling, t.u. of d., (ed.), 2 nd editi, informatics and mathematical modelling, technical university of denmark. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_02_2680 m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 13 shear behaviour of reinforced concrete beams under impact loads by the lumped damage framework mateus cardoso oliveira, daniel victor da cunha teles, david leonardo nascimento de figueiredo amorim laboratory of mathematical modelling in civil engineering, post-graduation programme in civil engineering, department of civil engineering, federal university of sergipe, são cristóvão, brazil mateusoliver490@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6227-8516 danielvcteles@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9206-6351 david.amorim@ufs.br, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9233-3114 abstract. impact loadings such as vehicle collisions or falling rocks on a structure could lead it to collapse and, eventually, to fatal victims. among possible alternatives to analyse this issue, lumped damage mechanics is an interesting option due to its formulation and easiness for practical application. therefore, this paper presents a simplified lumped damage model to evaluate reinforced concrete structures under impact loads with shear failure mode. in the proposed approach, the damage variable is considered as an output parameter. such damage variable takes values between zero and one, which quantifies the concrete cracking due to impact loading. the proposed formulation was applied in experiments of reinforced concrete beams under impact loads that presents shear collapse. the obtained results showed good accuracy between the proposed model and the actual structural behaviour. moreover, a possible flowchart for practical applications is also presented. since the model parameters are easily associated to inelastic phenomena, the proposed formulation might become accessible to engineers in practice. keywords. impact load; reinforced concrete beams; shear failure; lumped damage mechanics. citation: oliveira, m.c., teles, d.v.c., amorim, d.l.n.f., shear behaviour of reinforced concrete beams under impact loads by the lumped damage framework, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25. received: 11.11.2019 accepted: 15.04.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ccidents involving impact loads often occur on reinforced concrete structures. some usual accidents are vehicles that collide on structures, explosions, rock-fall, falling of heavy objects or parts of another structure in the construction phase, and impact of ships in docks. in such cases, engineers often need a consistent and immediate result of the structural response. a https://youtu.be/j1ei78unrr4 m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 14 during the impact, the structural response can be obtained by fracture mechanics [1] or continuous damage mechanics [2]. however, such theories are applied in a finite element analysis that present an excessive computational cost and depict results that difficult their use for several engineering applications, making their practical application unfeasible in many cases. on the other hand, lumped damage mechanics (ldm) combines and applies fundamental concepts of continuous damage mechanics and fracture mechanics, such as the strain equivalence hypothesis and the griffith criterion, with the concept of plastic hinges. ldm is an interesting alternative for several civil engineering applications. this theory was initially proposed by flórez-lópez [3] to analyse reinforced concrete structures under seismic loads, and the first book about ldm was published in 2015 [4]. ldm has already been used to satisfactorily analyse several structures with actual engineering applications, such as simple and reinforced concrete structures, bridges and masonry arches [5-14]. recently, uchoa et al. [15] proposed a ldm based methodology to estimate the loss of flexural stiffness in simple concrete beams subjected to the four-point bending experimental test. the collapse of reinforced concrete (rc) beams subjected to impact loads can be caused by bending moment [16, 17] or shear force [18-22]. li et al. [23] and pham et al. [24] showed that the contact stiffness has limited effect in impulse and midspan displacement response. previous studies have proposed numerical models to evaluate behaviour response of the rc beams under low impact velocity [25-29]. fan et al. [30] proposed a finite element analysis in order to predict flexural and shear responses of rc beams and columns subjected to low impact velocity. however, due to differences in rc beams behaviour under low and high impact velocities, there are not enough studies in this theme, especially for high velocities. according to zhao et al. [22], shear failure in rc beams has not yet been adequately understood, unlike bending failure. kishi et al. [18] showed that rc beams that under static load fail by bending, may fail by shear when subjected to high impact loads. in order to evaluate the ability of rc beams to resist shear under impact loads, simplified analytical model have been proposed [18-21]. nonlinear analyses using finite elements can also be applied. for instance, zhao et al. [22] used an elastoplastic damage model with three-dimensional finite elements. this type of application results in a high computational cost and complex interpretation of the numerical results. in the light of the foregoing, this paper presents an alternative approach based on ldm that estimates the response of rc beams subjected to shear failure due to impact loads. the proposed formulation is obtained by the thermodynamic of irreversible processes. since the proposed formulation is quite simple, structural safety might be easily analysed with practical engineering criteria. finally, the accuracy of the proposed ldm model is verified by comparing the obtained results with experimental responses [22]. lumped damage mechanics general overview onsider a finite beam element between nodes i and j, as the one depicted in fig. 1a. the deformed shape of the beam element can be described by the flexure rotations i and j at the nodes i and j, respectively. both flexure rotations are set in the matrix of generalised deformations, defined as:    tji φ (1) where the superscript t means ‘transpose of’. in order to take into account the inelastic phenomena, the finite element is now understood as an assemblage of an elasticplastic-damage timoshenko beam with two inelastic hinges at its edges, as shown in fig. 1b. note that the bending inelastic effects are lumped at the hinges and the shear ones are distributed along the beam element. for rc beams, the damage variables di and dj account for the bending concrete cracking, the plastic flexure rotations i p and j p quantify the yielding of the longitudinal reinforcement, the damage variable ds measures the shear concrete cracking and the plastic distortion  p accounts for the yielding of the transversal reinforcement (fig. 1c). the matrix of generalised stresses {m} is defined as a set of bending moments, mi and mj, which are conjugated with generalised deformations i and j (fig. 1c). c m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 15    tji mmm (2) figure 1: lumped damage beam: (a) deformed shape, (b) finite element and (c) inelastic variables. according to the deformation equivalence hypothesis [4], the matrix of generalised deformations can be expressed as:            ppdde γφγφφφ  (3) where {e is the matrix of elastic deformations, given by [4]:      mmφ                         lgalga lgalga ei l ei l ei l ei l e 11 11 36 63 (4) being e the young’s modulus, g the shear modulus, i the inertia moment and a the cross section area; {d is the matrix that represents the deformation of the beam due to bending cracking in concrete by means of damage variables (di e dj) in each hinge, given by [4]:        mφ                j j i i d dei ld dei ld 13 0 0 13 (5) {d is the matrix that represents the beam distortion caused by diagonal shear cracks through the damage variable ds, expressed as [4]:            mγ                s s s s s s s s d dlga d dlga d dlga d dlga d 11 11 (6) m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 16 {p is the matrix that quantifies the deformation caused by the yielding of the longitudinal reinforcement, i.e.:    tpjpip φ (7) and {p is the matrix that represents the plastic distortion of the beam caused by the yielding of the transversal reinforcement (fig. 1c), given by:    tppp γ (8) hence, the elastic relation is obtained by substituting (4-8) in (3):                        mm mffγφφ                                  ss ss j i ssjif pp dlgadlga dlgadlga dei l ei l ei l dei l d,dd 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 136 613 (9) where [ff (di , dj)] and [fs (ds)] are the flexibility matrices due flexural and shear cracking, respectively. thermodynamic approach considering a beam element with a certain level of flexure and shear damage as well as plastic rotations and distortion, the total thermodynamic potential is given by the helmholtz’s free specific energy [34, 35]:      pptpp γφφdεγφφ  2 1  (10) being  the total thermodynamic potential and [e(d)] the stiffness matrix of the damaged element, given by:        1 ssjif d,dd ff]d[ε (11) where (d) = (di , dj , ds) is the set of the damage variables. for a proper definition, the model must be thermodynamically admissible. this condition is achieved through clausiusduhem inequality, which is also called as non-negative dissipation. thus, considering that the process is isothermal, such inequality is expressed as:     0 φm t (12) where the first term is the variation of the internal energy involved in the process and the second one is the variation of the thermodynamic potential. assuming that the total thermodynamic potential can be linearized around the current values of the state variables, then:                ddγγφφφφ  t p t p p t p t                                       (13) therefore, the clausius-duhem inequality is rewritten as: m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 17                   0                                           d d γ γ φ φ φ φ m  t p t p p t p t t  (14) eqn. (14) must be obeyed in any thermodynamic process, including one that is fully reversible, where the inelastic effects are null. this can be observed since the derivation of the total thermodynamic potential in relation to the total generalised deformations results in the generalised stress matrix, according to the following expression:        mγφφdε φ          pp (15) the other differential relations of thermodynamic potential in relation to state variables are given by the following expressions:        mγφφdεφ        pp p  (16)        mγφφdεγ        pp p  (17)            y d                                                    s j i s ji j j i i y y y dlga mm dei lm dei lm 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 16 16  (18) it is observed that {m}, –{m}, –{m} and {y} are the thermodynamics variables associated with {}, { p}, { p} and {d}, respectively, being yi and yj the damage driving moments of the hinges i and j, and ys the damage driving moment of the shear cracking along the beam [4]. therefore, by substituting the expressions (15-18) in the inequality (14) and assuming the predominance of shear effects, then:     0 sspt dy γm (19) the inequality (19) must be obeyed throughout the structural analysis. therefore, the positivity of each term must be ensured separately, since both inelastic phenomena (plastic deformations and damage) can occur non-simultaneously (considering any application, not only for rc beams). in the first term of (19) it is noted that the internal stress present in the matrix {m} always have the same signs of the generalised plastic distortion rate, therefore, the positivity of the first term is verified. since the physical and geometric properties of the structural element under analysis, as well as the damage variable, are always positive, then the positivity of the second term is achieved. proposed modelling of impact problems n order to analyse the nonlinear response of simply supported beams under impact loads, fujikake et al. [17] performed experiments in which a known mass body (hammer) is released from four different heights. with these experiments, an analytical model based on the energy balance of a two-degree-of-freedom mass-spring-damping system was i m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 18 presented with the purpose of quantify the behaviour of rc beams under impact loads. thus, the energy dissipated (ep) during the impact is given by [17]:       max212 21 21 2 2 22 gwmmv mm mmvm dwwpe p    (20) being m1 and m2 the beam and hammer masses respectively, g the acceleration of gravity, wmax the maximum displacement (mid-span), and v the impact velocity, given by: ghv 2 (21) where h is the drop height. it is worthy noted that the analytical eqn. (20), presented by fujikake et al. [17], has been successfully applied on shear impact problems in the technical literature [18-21]. therewith, by equalling both energy dissipation equations, i.e. (19) and (20), for a simply supported beam as the one depicted in fig. 2 and assuming, for the sake of simplicity, that shear damage and plastic distortion after impact are characterised by their final values (ds and p), then:       ss jp j d dlga m mgwmmv mm mmvm 2 2 max21 2 21 21 2 2 1222      (22) being the bending moment mj calculated with the mean impact force pm (fig. 3):   dt p d p m dttpi t i p 0 (23) where ip is the impulse and td is the impact duration. figure 2: simply supported beam under impact load and its mathematical model in the aftermath. m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 19 figure 3: force-time graph for impact loads. results and discussion xperiments performed by zhao et al. [22] and bhatti et al. [37] were used in order to analyse the proposed shear impact model. zhao et al. [22] the beams present 3m span (2l), longitudinal reinforcement composed of four bars with 20mm in the tension side and two bars with 16mm in the compression side, with yield stress of 495.5mpa and ultimate tension of 620.2mpa. the stirrups consisted of 6mm bars spaced by 30cm, with yield stress 344.7mpa and ultimate tension of 550.4mpa [22]. other properties of the beams are presented in tab. 1, as well as some dynamic response values. beam – impact weight (kg) – drop height (m) cross section (cm) compressive strength of concrete (mpa) mean impact force (kn) beam c-1700-4.60 20×50 32.14 205.22 beam c-1300-5.56 30.25 296.88 beam c-868-7.14 26.26 286.71 table 1: properties of the analysed beams. therefore, for each beam, the damage variable (ds) and the plastic distortion are obtained from eqn. (9) and (22). this calculation process was performed to evaluate the applicability of the proposed formulation. the damage and the plastic distortion calculated on each beam is shown in tab. 2. fig. 3 shows a scheme with the crack pattern after impact. the obtained damage values are high, meaning that a severe cracking level in the three beams, which is consistent with the experimentally observed cracking patterns (fig. 4). furthermore, by knowing the value of the plastic distortion ( p), it is possible to determine the plastic displacement of the beam (fig. 2): lw pp  (24) in order to illustrate the proposed approach, the solution of beam c-1700-4.60 [22] is described as follows. firstly, eqn. (9) must be rewritten to agree with the mathematical model of the beam (fig. 2). therewith, it is assumed that the inelastic effects due to bending moment are negligible. then, the constitutive relation for a simply supported beam is given as:      mffγφ ssfp d (25) e m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 20 which leads to:   js j p j m dlga m ei l   1 1 3  (26) beam – impact weight (kg) – fall height (m) damage (ds) plastic distortion (p) estimated plastic displacement (cm) experimental plastic displacement (cm) [22] beam c-1700-4.60 0.9681 0.0750729 11.3 not available beam c-1300-5.56 0.9603 0.0402814 6.0 ≅ 5.2 beam c-868-7.14 0.9601 0.0404670 6.1 ≅ 5.0 table 2: damage and plastic distortion results for the analysed beams. figure 4: beam cracking patterns after impact. (source: adapted from zhao et al. [22]). since zhao et al. [22] presented the maximum displacement (wmax) of the beam, eqn. (26) can be rewritten as:   js j p j m dlga m ei l l w   1 1 3 max  (27) note that eqn. (27) is a simple rearrangement of eqn. (9) according to the analysed problem. the young’s modulus can be estimated by any design code regulation. in this paper, the brazilian code [36] was used i.e. m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 21 ckfe 5600 (28) being fck the compressive strength of concrete, given in mpa. for beam c-1700-4.60 [22], eqns. (27) and (22) give, respectively, the following relations (units in n and m):  s p d  1 78940000775692.0 850011635391.070786666666.0  (29)  21 969534875.5 9250.15391443033.17227 s sp d d    (30) then, by solving this nonlinear system (29-30) the shear damage (ds) and plastic distortion ( p) are, respectively, 0.9681 and 0.0750729. finally, by using eqn. (24) the plastic displacement (wp) is estimated in 11.3 cm. bhatti et al. [37] the beams presented span of 2.0 m and cross section with 20 cm of basis and 40 cm of height. the concrete compressive strength is 41.2 mpa and its young’s modulus is 25.7 gpa. all beams casted by bhatti et al. [37] present two rebars of 35 mm as longitudinal reinforcement at both sides and two types of transversal reinforcements: 6 mm @ 15.0 cm (type a) and 6 mm @ 7.5 cm (type b). both longitudinal and transversal reinforcements present yield stress and young’s modulus of 373 mpa and 206 gpa, respectively. the impact velocity and the mean impact force on each beam is given in tab. 3. beam – impact velocity (m/s) mean impact force (kn) a-4.6 397.35 a-6.5 463.05 a-8.4 635.66 b-4.6 419.47 b-7.4 509.01 b-9.3 614.62 table 3: properties of the analysed beams. therefore, damage and plastic distortion were obtained by applying the same procedure previously illustrated (tab. 4). fig. 5 shows cracking pattern presented in the beams after impact. beam – impact velocity (m/s) damage (ds) plastic distortion (p) estimated plastic displacement (cm) experimental plastic displacement (cm) [37] a-4.6 0.9446 0.0066656 0.667 ≅ 0.362 a-6.5 0.9505 0.0107417 1.074 ≅ 0.590 a-8.4 0.9516 0.0184035 1.840 ≅ 0.944 b-4.6 0.9327 0.0070843 0.708 ≅ 0.203 b-7.4 0.9469 0.0143020 1.430 ≅ 0.663 b-9.3 0.9579 0.0201287 2.013 ≅ 1.235 table 4: damage and plastic distortion results for the analysed beams. m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 22 figure 5: beam cracking patterns after impact. (source: adapted from bhatti et al. [37]). note that the calculated plastic displacements are quite close to the experimental ones. the absolute difference between the estimated and experimental responses varies from 0.305 cm to 0.846 cm, approximately. note that in all cases the estimated response is greater than the experimental one. therefore, the proposed procedure can estimate the actual structural behaviour analytically. since the proposed formulation can be applied to real problems quite easily, a sequence of actions is proposed based on the flowchart shown in fig. 6. thus, during accidents involving impact load on reinforced concrete structures, the field engineer can obtain the necessary parameters for the model damage calculation, which are: data of the structure characteristics, obtained in the design; data of the impact nature that can be measured with an analysis of where the accident occurred and the application of basic concepts of physics. thus, from the level of permanent deformation of the structure, it is possible to calculate the plastic distortion. then the damage (ds) and maximum displacement (wmax) values are calculated based on eqn. (22). finally, as observed in the experiments of zhao et. al. [22], the damage variable indicates how severe the impact load was and, then, could be used to create practical engineering criteria. figure 6: demonstrative flowchart of the structural accident assessment procedure. m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 23 conclusions he proposed shear impact model was able to obtain damage, plastic distortion and plastic displacement values for each beam tested by zhao et al. [22] and bhatti et al. [37]. this damage variable is associated with the cracking level of the beam due to the shear effect. analogously, the calculated plastic distortion is associated with the stirrup yielding. note that the damage and plastic displacement values calculated with the proposed formulation are in agreement with the experimental observations of zhao et al. [22]. a possibility for practical applications is represented by a flowchart (fig. 6) that describes the procedure for obtaining the necessary data and then indicates their application in the proposed model, obtaining the damage values and maximum displacement of the structure. by means of the damage value, it is possible to objectively evaluate cracking level of the structural element and then determine its type of rehabilitation. therefore, further experiments are needed to corroborate and validate the accuracy of the proposed formulation. notwithstanding, it is expected that with a larger experimental campaign it will be possible to adjust equations that describe the concrete crack resistance and reinforcement yielding, similar to that performed by teles et. al. [29]. additionally, with more results it is possible to relate damage ranges with repair levels, similar to the ones proposed by flórez-lópez et al. [4] for static loadings. acknowledgements he authors thank the laboratory of mathematical modelling in civil engineering of the post-graduation programme in civil engineering of the federal university of sergipe – lamec/proec/ufs for the physical space during the development of this work. the second author thanks copes/posgrap/ufs for their financial support. references [1] broek, d. (1984). elementary engineering fracture mechanics, dordrecht, martinus nijhoff publishers. [2] lemaitre, j., chaboche, j.l. (1985). mécaniques des matériaux solides, 1. ed., paris, dunod. [3] flórez-lópez, j. (1991). modelos de daño concentrado para la simulación del colapso de pórticos planos, rev. int. metod. numer., 9(2), pp. 123-139. [4] flórez-lópez, j., marante, m.e., picón, r. (2015). fracture and damage mechanics for structural engineering of frames: state-of-the-art industrial applications, hershey, igi global. doi: 10.4018/978-1-4666-6379-4. [5] cipollina, a., lópez-inojosa, a., flórez-lópez, j. (1995). a simplified damage mechanics approach to nonlinear analysis of frames. comput. struct., 54(6), pp. 1113-1126. doi: 10.1016/0045-7949(94)00394-i. [6] liu, y.-b., liu, j.-b. (2004). a damage beam element model for nonlinear analysis of reinforced concrete member, earthq. eng. eng. vib., 24(2), pp. 95-100. [7] araujo, f., proença, s.p.b. (2008). application of a lumped dissipation model to reinforced concrete structures with the consideration of residual strains and cycles of hysteresis, j. mech. mater. struct., 3(5), pp. 1011-1031. doi: 10.2140/jomms.2008.3.1011. [8] faleiro, j., oller, s., barbat, a.h. (2010). plastic-damage analysis of reinforced concrete frames, eng. computation., 27(1), pp. 57-83. doi: 10.1108/02644401011008522. [9] alva, g. m. s., el debs, a. l. h. c. (2010). application of lumped dissipation model in nonlinear analysis of reinforced concrete structures, eng. struct., 132(4), pp. 974-981. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2009.12.024. [10] toi, y., hasegawa, k.h. (2011). element-size independent, elasto-plastic damage analysis of framed structures using the adaptively shifted integration technique, comput. struct., 89(23-24), pp. 2162-2168. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2011.09.002. [11] perdomo, m.e., picón, r., marante, m.e., hild, f., roux, s., flórez-lópez, j. (2013). experimental analysis and mathematical modeling of fracture in rc elements with any aspect ratio, eng. struct., 46, pp. 407–416, doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2012.07.005. t t m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 24 [12] santoro, m.g., kunnath, s.k. (2013). damage-based rc beam element for nonlinear structural analysis, eng. struct., 49, pp. 733-742. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2012.12.026. [13] amorim, d. l. n. f., proença, s. p. b., flórez-lópez, j. (2013). a model of fracture in reinforced concrete arches based on lumped damage mechanics, int. j. solids struct., 50(24), pp. 4070-4079. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2013.08.012. [14] amorim, d. l. n. f., proença, s. p. b., flórez-lópez, j. (2014). simplified modeling of cracking in concrete: application in tunnel linings, eng. struct., 70, pp. 23-35. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2014.03.031. [15] uchoa, b.c.l., amorim, d.l.n.f., assis, w.s. (2018). aplicação da teoria do dano concentrado para estimativa da rigidez à flexão em vigas de concreto simples. proceedings of the 1st iberic conference on theoretical and experimental mechanics and materials / 11th national congress on experimental mechanics, 729-38, porto, portugal. [16] hughes, g., beeby, a.w. (1982). investigation of the effect of impact loading on concrete beams, struct. eng., 60, pp. 45-52. [17] fujikake, k., li, b., soeun, s. (2009). impact response of reinforced concrete beam and its analytical evaluation, j. struct. eng-asce, 135(august 2009), pp. 938–50. doi: 10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0000039. [18] kishi, n., mikami, h., matsuoka, k., ando, t. (2002). impact behavior of shear-failure-type rc beams without shear rebar, int. j. impact eng., 27(9), pp. 955-968. doi: 10.1016/s0734-743x(01)00149-x. [19] saatci, s., vecchio, f. j. (2009). effects of shear mechanisms on impact behavior of reinforced concrete beams, aci struct. j., 106(1), pp. 78–86. doi: 10.14359/56286. [20] cotsovos, d. m. (2010). a simplified approach for assessing the load carrying capacity of reinforced concrete beams under concentrated load applied at high rates, int. j. impact eng., 37(8), pp. 907–917. doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2010.01.005. [21] yi, w.-j., zhao, d.-b., kunnath, s.k. (2016). simplified approach for assessing shear resistance of reinforced concrete beams under impact loads, aci struct. j., 113(4), pp. 747–756. doi: 10.14359/51688617. [22] zhao, d., yi, w., kunnath, s.k., asce, f. (2017). shear mechanisms in reinforced concrete beams under impact loading, j. sruct. eng., 143(9), pp. 1–13, doi: 10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0001818. [23] li, h., chen, w., & hao, h. (2018). influence of drop weight geometry and interlayer on impact behavior of rc beams, int. j. impact eng., 131, pp. 222-237, doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2019.04.028. [24] pham, t. m., hao, y., & hao, h. (2018). sensitivity of impact behaviour of rc beams to contact stiffness, int. j. impact eng., 112, pp. 155-164, doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2017.09.015. [25] wongmatar, p., hansapinyo, c., vimonsatit, v., & chen, w. (2018), recommendations for designing reinforced concrete beams against low velocity impact loads, int. j. struct. stab. dy., 18(09), pp. 1850104-1–1850104-21, doi: 10.1142/s0219455418501043. [26] adhikary, s. d., li, b., & fujikake, k. (2015). low velocity impact response of reinforced concrete beams: experimental and numerical investigation, int. j. prot. struct., 6(1), pp. 81-111, doi: 10.1260/2041-4196.6.1.81. [27] adhikary, s. d., li, b., & fujikake, k. (2016). state-of-the-art review on low-velocity impact response of reinforced concrete beams, mag. concrete res., 68(14), pp. 701-723, doi: 10.1680/jmacr.15.00084. [28] das adhikary, s., & li, b. (2018). simplified analytical models to predict low-velocity impact response of rc beams, pract. period. struct. des. construct., 23(2), pp. 04018002-1– 04018002-10, doi: 10.1061/(asce)sc.1943-5576.0000357. [29] teles, d. v. c., oliveira, m. c., & amorim, d. l. n. f. (2020). a simplified lumped damage model for reinforced concrete beams under impact loads, eng. struct., 205(110070), pp. 1-10, doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2019.110070. [30] fan, w., liu, b., huang, x., & sun, y. (2019). efficient modeling of flexural and shear behaviors in reinforced concrete beams and columns subjected to low-velocity impact loading, eng. struct., 195, pp. 22-50, doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2019.05.082. [31] saatci, s., vecchio, f. j. (2009). effects of shear mechanisms on impact behavior of reinforced concrete beams, aci struct. j., 106(1), pp. 78–86. doi: 10.14359/56286. [32] cotsovos, d. m. (2010). a simplified approach for assessing the load carrying capacity of reinforced concrete beams under concentrated load applied at high rates, int. j. impact eng., 37(8), pp. 907–917. doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2010.01.005. [33] yi, w.-j., zhao, d.-b., kunnath, s.k. (2016). simplified approach for assessing shear resistance of reinforced concrete beams under impact loads, aci struct. j., 113(4), doi: 10.14359/51688617. m. c. oliveira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 13-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.02 25 [34] lemaitre, j., desmorat, r. (2005). engineering damage mechanics, berlin, springer-verlag. [35] ragueneau, f., la borderie, c., mazars, j. (2000). damage model for concrete-like materials coupling cracking and friction, contribution towards structural damping: first uniaxial applications, mech. cohes.-frict. mat., 5(8), pp. 607625. doi: 10.1002/1099-1484(200011)5:8<607::aid-cfm108>3.0.co;2-k. [36] associação brasileira de normas técnicas. nbr 6118: projeto de estruturas de concreto — procedimento. rio de janeiro, pp. 238. 2014. [37] bhatti, a. q., kishi, n., mikami, h., ando, t. (2009). elasto-plastic impact response analysis of shear-failure-type rc beams with shear rebars. mater. design., 30(3), pp. 502-510. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2008.05.068. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 20 articolo 1 r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 6 crack path dependence on inhomogeneities of material microstructure roberto brighenti, andrea carpinteri, andrea spagnoli, daniela scorza department of civil and environmental engineering & architecture, university of parma, viale usberti, 181/a, 43124 parma, italy spagnoli@unipr.it abstract. crack trajectories under different loading conditions and material microstructural features play an important role when the conditions of crack initiation and crack growth under fatigue loading have to be evaluated. unavoidable inhomogeneities in the material microstructure tend to affect the crack propagation pattern, especially in the short crack regime. several crack extension criteria have been proposed in the past decades to describe crack paths under mixed mode loading conditions. in the present paper, both the sih criterion (maximum principal stress criterion) and the r-criterion (minimum extension of the core plastic zone) are adopted in order to predict the crack path at the microscopic scale level by taking into account microstress fluctuations due to material inhomogeneities. even in the simple case of an elastic behaviour under uniaxial remote stress, microstress field is multiaxial and highly non-uniform. it is herein shown a strong dependence of the crack path on the material microstructure in the short crack regime, while the microstructure of the material does not influence the crack trajectory for relatively long cracks. sommario. l’andamento dei percorsi di frattura sotto diverse condizioni di carico e caratteristiche microstrutturali del materiale ha un ruolo importante nella determinazione delle condizioni di nucleazione e propagazione a fatica della fessura. inevitabili disomogeneità nella microstruttura del materiale tendono a influenzare il percorso di propagazione della fessura, particolarmente nel caso di fessure corte. in letteratura sono stati proposti numerosi criteri volti a descrivere i percorsi di frattura in condizioni di modo misto. nel presente lavoro, sia il criterio di sih (della massima tensione principale) che il criterio r (della minima estensione della zona plastica) sono stati adottati per predire i percorsi di frattura alla scala microscopica tenendo conto di fluttuazioni delle microtensioni dovute alle disomogeneità del materiale. anche nel semplice caso di comportamento elastico del materiale in presenza di tensione monoassiale remota, il campo tensionale alla microscala risulta essere multiassiale e non uniforme. viene evidenziata una significativa dipendenza del percorso di frattura nel caso di fessure corte dalla microstruttura del materiale, mentre nel caso di fessure lunghe tale dipendenza risulta trascurabile. keywords. crack path; kinked crack; microstress fluctuation; material microstructure. introduction he evaluation of fatigue crack growth at small scale is still an open problem. as a matter of fact, when the crack size is comparable with a characteristic length of the material (e.g. grain size in metallic materials), mechanical barriers to crack growth are produced by the material microstructure, and the plastic zone size at crack tip t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 7 happens to be comparable with the crack size, leading to the violation of the small-scale yielding hypothesis. the effects of the material microstructure on the crack growth at small scale [1] can be modelled by taking into account the nonuniform stress field induced by embedded inohomogeneities. even for a uniform remote stress applied to the structural component, an oscillating stress field might develop at the microscale. in the present paper, by using both the solution of a homogeneous elastic infinite plane with a circular elastic inclusion and the superposition principle, the stress field for a regular arrangement of inclusions is determined, and the corresponding mixed mode stress intensity factors (sifs) are computed. crack paths are evaluated by applying both the maximum principal stress criterion (the sih criterion [2, 3]) and the minimum plastic zone extension criterion (the rcriterion [4, 5]). the trajectory described by the crack tip is computed through an incremental method, where the mode i and mode ii sifs of the kinked crack are approximately evaluated as a function of the sifs related to a projected straight crack. finally, some examples related to metallic alloys are examined. it is shown that small-scale fluctuations of the stress field heavily affect the crack path for short cracks while, after reaching a transition point during the crack propagation process, such an influence disappears for sufficiently long cracks. microstress field induced by material inhomogeneities tructural materials always present heterogeneity features due to either the composite nature of the materials (e.g. composite materials characterised by a matrix and a reinforcing phase; concrete-like materials having a cementbased paste with dispersion of aggregates of different sizes) or unavoidable inhomogeneities (e.g. metallic alloys composed by a base material and secondary inclusions), see fig. 1. due to such inhomogeneity characteristics, the stress field in the material at microscopic level might be non-uniform and multiaxial even if a uniaxial uniform remote stress is applied. a local fluctuation of the microstress field can play a crucial role in the crack path assessment for cracks having length comparable with a characteristic material length. (a) (b) figure 1: (a) micrograph of pure iron with ferrite inclusions and crystals having a polygonal shape. (b) typical concrete material with aggregates, cement paste and voids. the modelling rationale here adopted to describe the inhomogeneities contained in the material is based on a periodic distribution of spherical particles embedded in the base material. by considering, for the sake of simplicity, a single inclusion of radius embedded in an infinite plane under remote uniform stress (fig. 2), the elastic stress field can be determined by applying the superposition principle together with the kirsch solution [6]. the resulting stress field, , , x y xy   , is uniform within the inclusion, and can be expressed as a fraction of the remote applied stress 0 y : 0 0, , 0x y xyx y y yk k         (1) on the other hand, the stress field , ,x y xy   under plane stress condition in the region around the inclusion (see point p in fig. 2) can be expressed as follows [6]: s http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 8 2 22 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 4 2 4 (1 ) 3 18 2 3 1 2 (1 ) 3 10 2 1 1 1 2 (1 ) 26 8 12 3 y x x x y y x x y y y x x xy y k k r k rr y y f g r r r r k k r k rr y y f g r r r r k k r xy kr y r y r r r                                                                       2 4 r xy r        (2) where 2 2r x y  . the x-y coordinate system has origin in the inclusion centre (fig. 2). further, the coefficients ,x yk k depend on the elastic constants of the base material ( 1 1,e  ) and of the inclusion ( 2 2,e  ) [6]:     2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 (3 1) (1 3 ) (8 2 6 1 ) (1 ) ( 2 2 6 2 ) (3 ) (8 3 ) (8 2 6 1 ) (1 ) ( 2 2 6 2 ) x y c e e e k e c c c e e e c c c e e e c k e c c c e e e c c                                                (3a) with 211c   , and 2 2 2 2 4 4 6 8 (3 2 ) 24 , y r y r y f g r r    (3b) figure 2: circular elastic inclusion in an infinite elastic plane under remote uniform tensile stress 0 y . the elastic stress field in such heterogeneous materials can be computed by exploiting both eqs 1-3 for a single inclusion and the superposition principle, provided that the inclusions are assumed to be non-interacting (as reasonably occurs for widely spaced inclusions). by considering point p belonging to the base material (fig. 3), the resulting stress field is determined approximately by summing up the effects of the inclusions (such as particles 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. in fig. 3), that is: http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 9 figure 3: equally-spaced circular inclusions in an infinite domain arranged in a hexagonal cell pattern having characteristic size d , under remote uniform tensile stress 0 y . ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 ( ) ( ) ( ) 0 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) x i x i p i p i y y i y i p i p y i xy i xy i p i p i p r p r p r                      (4) where the cartesian stress tensor components ( ) ( ) ( )( , )i x i p i pr  , ( ) ( ) ( ) 0( ( , ) )i y i p i p yr   , ( ) ( ) ( )( , )i xy i p i pr  indicate the stress fluctuations evaluated in p in an elastic infinite plane containing a single inclusion i ( 1, 2, 3, 4, .....i  ), see eq. 2, under the remote stress 0 y . in the above expressions, the summation might be performed by taking into account all the inclusions that are within a significant influence region around the point p under consideration, since the inclusions located at a sufficiently large distance from p produce vanishing fluctuations of the stress components. in fig. 4, sample spatial distributions of the fluctuating stress components along different lines normal to the remote loading axis are shown. 0e+000 4e-004 8e-004 position (m) -0.004 -0.002 0 0.002 0.004 di m en si on le ss s tr es se s,  x/  0y ,  x y/  0y 0.998 0.999 1 1.001 1.002 di m en si on le ss s tr es se s,  y/  0y y / 0y x / 0y xy / 0y (a) 0e+000 4e-004 8e-004 position (m) -0.008 -0.004 0 0.004 0.008 di m en si on le ss s tr es se s,  x/  0y ,  x y/  0y 0.996 1 1.004 di m en si on le ss s tr es se s,  y/  0y y / 0y x / 0y xy / 0y (b) figure 4: stresses along a horizontal straight path (dashed line) located at (a) half distance and (b) one-third distance between two lines of inclusions, in an infinite plane under plane stress remote uniform tension stress 0 y . dots indicate the positions of inclusions in the material. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 10 approximate sifs for a nominally-mode i kinked crack n the case of an infinite cracked plane under a uniform remote stress 0 y , the sif of a straight crack of semi-length l aligned with the x-axis is ( ) 0i yk l    . assume that such a straight crack is embedded in the stress field (given by eqs 2-4) within the base material. such a stress field can be decomposed in the remote uniform uniaxial tensile stress 0 y and a fluctuating multiaxial stress field ( )xt here assumed to be a one-dimensional function of the x coordinate. furthermore, by observing the courses (reported in fig. 4) of the stress components due to the presence of inclusions, we can suppose that ( )xt is a selfbalanced microstress field characterized by a material length d (related to the inclusion spacing), with two non-zero stress components ( / )y af x d      and ( / )xy af x d      . for the sake of simplicity, we assume    / cos 2f x d x d (this could be regarded as a first order approximation through fourier series of a general periodic function), fig. 5a. under the self-balanced microstresses  and  , the sifs (of the projected crack) are obtained using buckner’s superposition principle:         02 2 2 2 2 20 0 0 02 2 2 2 2 20 0 0 cos 2 2 2 2 2 cos 2 2 2 2 2 l l l i a a a l l l ii a a a f x d x d ll l l k dx dx dx l j dl x l x l x f x d x d ll l l k dx dx dx l j dl x l x l x                                                       (5) where j0 is the zero-order bessel function [7]. (a) (b) figure 5: (a) self-balanced microstress field and periodically kinked crack. (b) kinked crack in an infinite plane. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 11 the total sifs of the straight crack with semi-length l are the sums of the two contributions due to remote and microstress fields, that is: ( ) ( ) i i i ii ii ii k k k k k k         (6) in the self-balanced microstress field, we assume that the crack might kink at each material microstructure semi-period, namely at each reversal in the microstress spatial courses. obviously, kinking occurs since the microstress field is multiaxial. because of the symmetry condition related to the y-axis, the crack propagates symmetrically with respect of such an axis. now, considering at first a singly-kinked crack (of projected crack length 2l ), we have that the sifs at the tips of the inclined part of the crack can be expressed through the sifs ik and iik of a straight crack of length equal to the projected length of the kinked crack [8,9], that is:         11 12 21 22 , , , , i i ii ii i ii k a b a k a b a k k a b a k a b a k         (7) where ija are coefficients which depend on the slant angle  (positive counter-clockwise for tip coordinate x > 0) and the length ratio b a between the deflected leading segment and the horizontal trailing (preceding) segment (fig. 5). if a geometry different from that of an infinite plate with a central crack were examined, the sifs defined with respect to the projected crack would change but not the expressions in eq. 7. the coefficients ija for b a   (and, with good approximation, also for 0.3b a  ) are [8]:         3 2 11 1 2 12 1 2 21 1 2 22 cos 2 sin cos sin cos cos 2 cos a a a a                 (8) note that the local sifs in eq. 8 are equal to those of an inclined straight crack of projected semi-length l forming an angle 2  with respect to the loading axis of 0 y [8], fig. 6. figure 6: infinite cracked plane with an inclined crack under remote tensile stress 0 y . then, we assume that, as the crack propagates following the path in fig. 5a, only the latter deflection of the crack path influences the stress field near the crack tips (e.g. along the straight segment 2-3 in fig. 5a, the deflection point 2 has an http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 12 effect, while the deflection point 1 does not have). the local sifs at the crack tip are assumed to be given by eqs 7 and 8 for deflected (mode i+ii) segments (the segments 1-2 and 1 2  in fig. 5b). the approximate calculation (based on the assumption that the near-tip stress field depends on the local crack direction at the crack tip) of the local sifs for the kinked crack is examined for the case of an edge cracked plane under uniform tensile stress, fig. 7a [10]. in particular, a two-equal-segment kinked crack with 1 45   and 2 ranging from 0° to 60° is considered. in fig. 7b, we can observe that the sifs computed by means of a fe model agree quite satisfactory with the analytical values corresponding to an equivalent slant straight crack (see thin line in fig. 7a) having both the direction of the leading segment of the kinked crack and a projected length (normal to the loading axis) equal that of the kinked crack. 1 =  da = a1 fem present study f i f ii 30 45 60 75 90 angle, 2 (degrees) 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 d im en si on le ss s if s, f i (i i) = k i (i i) /  0 y (  a 2 ) 1 /2 (a) (b) figure 7: (a) edge-cracked plane. (b) sifs obtained from the simplified method (present study, dashed line) and a fe analysis (continuous line) for a two-segment crack. mixed-mode crack propagation criteria he kinked pattern of a crack embedded in the microstress field above described (see sections 2 and 3) can be analysed by adopting a mixed-mode crack propagation criterion. several criteria for both stable and unstable crack propagation have been proposed during the last decades for different materials. according to the mts-criterion (maximum tensile stress) proposed by erdogan and sih [2, 3], the crack grows in the direction perpendicular to the maximum principal stress (  ) direction or, equivalently, parallel to the maximum tangential stress. analytically, the criterion can be stated as follows: 2 2 0, 0            (9) where the polar coordinate  is used to identify the position vector with respect to the crack tip direction. by means of the stress field expressions (2), eq. 9 can be written as follows: 2 1tan tan 0 2 2 2 2       with /i iik k  (10) this classical criterion, used to describe the mixed-mode crack propagation under the local sifs ik and iik , provides a kinking angle  , defined with respect to the general inclined axis of the crack, given by: 2 1 1 2 arctan 8 4 4 i i ii ii k k k k            (11) t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 13 several others criteria have been proposed, for instance the zero shear stress criterion by maiti et al. [11], the m-criterion proposed by kong et al. [12] based on the maximum value of the stress triaxiality ratio /h eqm   ( h is the hydrostatic stress, whereas eq is an equivalent stress which can be assumed to be equal to the von mises stress), the maximum dilatational strain energy density criterion (t-criterion) proposed by theocaris et al. [13-15]. from experimental tests, it has been observed that the crack propagation direction usually tends to follow the local or global minimum extension of the plastic core region. from a physical point of view, this phenomenon could be explained by considering that the plastic core region is a highly-strained area, and the crack tends to reach the elastic region of the material outside the plastic zone, propagating through the plastic region which develops around the crack tip. therefore, it is reasonable to assume that the crack follows the “easiest” path to reach the elastic region. such a path can be assumed to coincide with the shortest path from the crack tip to the elastic material outside the plastic zone, as is stated by the rcriterion proposed by shafique et al. [4, 5] (fig. 8). the r-criterion can mathematically be written as follows : 2 2 0, 0 p pr r         (12) where pr is the function which defines the radial distance from the crack tip to a generic point of the plastic zone boundary 1 2( , ) 0f i j  , with 1i = first stress tensor invariant and 2j = second deviatoric stress tensor invariant. when the conditions stated in eq. 12 are fulfilled, the direction of minimum radial distance is determined, and the crack propagation direction vector t is assumed to be coincident with such a direction (fig. 8). crack plastic region elastic region t x y  r ( )p  f(i ,j )=01 2 figure 8: graphical representation of the r-criterion. the above criterion can also be justified by considering that the fracture stress f is proportional to the square root of fw , which is the fracture energy per unit surface area. such an energy for a quasi-brittle elastic-plastic material is equal to the summation of the surface energy s and the plastic work p consumed to create a unit surface area, that is, f s pw    . for structural materials, where typically p s  , the fracture stress f appears to be primarily dependent on p only. the shortest distance from the crack tip to the elastic-plastic boundary corresponds to the minimum plastic work which is needed to create a new portion of crack area, that is, such a shortest distance corresponds to the minimum values of fracture energy and fracture stress. applications to short-crack propagation regime he above described model for the assessment of crack propagation at the microscale is herein applied to a carbon steel d6ac whose composition and mechanical parameters are presented in tab. 1, where only the main secondary elements are listed. by performing a weighted average of the physical and mechanical parameters of the secondary constituents, a single equivalent inclusion with the features reported in tab. 2 can be defined. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 14 element volume fraction mass density young modulus poisson’s ratio thermal expansion coeff.  [%]  [kg/m3] e [gpa]   [k-1] iron fe ~ 98.00 7870 200 0.29 1.20e-05 molibden mb ~ 1.05 10220 330 0.38 5.35e-06 cromium cr ~ 1.05 7190 248 0.30 6.20e-06 table 1: physical and mechanical parameters of the main elements in a carbon steel d6ac. element volume fraction mass density young modulus poisson’s ratio thermal expansion coeff.  [%]  [kg/m3] e [gpa]   [k-1] base material fe ~ 98.00 7870 200 0.29 1.20e-05 equivalent inclusion -~ 2.10 8705 289 0.34 5.78e-06 table 2: mean physical and mechanical parameters of the base material and the equivalent inclusion in a carbon steel d6ac. now consider an infinite plane under remote uniform tensile stress 0 y , containing an initial straight crack normal to the applied stress. by adopting the equivalent inclusion volume fraction (tab. 2) and considering an average inclusion diameter equal to about 20 m (e.g. see ref. [16]), an inclusion spacing d equal to about 234 m can be computed for a regular hexagonal distribution of inclusions (fig. 3). the static crack extension is determined by applying the above described criteria (the erdogan-sih criterion and the r-criterion) on the crack growth direction. the mixed mode sifs are computed by taking into account only the remote stress 0 y (the local fluctuation of the stress component y is negligible, as is shown in fig. 4) and the micro shear stress fluctuations  . in fig. 9, the crack path predicted for an initially straight crack developing at half distance between two horizontal lines of inclusions (see fig. 4a, with 0/ 0.0026a y   ) is represented. the crack path evaluated by the erdogan-sih criterion is similar to that determined by the r-criterion (fig. 9). nevertheless, it can be observed that the r-criterion produces a slight crack path deviation since the plastic zone shape is influenced in a complex way by the mode i and mode ii sifs which continuously change during the whole process of crack propagation. (a) (b) figure 9: (a) path of an initially straight crack developing at half distance between two lines of inclusions in an infinite plane under remote uniform tensile stress y0 . (b) detail of the crack path at the microscale where the distribution of inclusions is shown. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 15 fig. 10 shows the crack path determined for an initially straight crack developing at a vertical distance equal to one-third between two horizontal lines of inclusions (see fig. 4b, with 0/ 0.0037a y   ). as in the previous case, the crack path evaluated by the erdogan-sih criterion is rather similar to that determined by the r-criterion. (a) (b) figure 10: (a) path of an initially straight crack developing at one-third distance between two lines of inclusions in an infinite plane under remote uniform tensile stress 0 y . (b) detail of the crack path at the microscale where the distribution of inclusions is shown. by comparing fig. 9 and fig. 10, it can be observed that the kinking angle of the crack tends to increase with increasing the value of the 0/a y  ratio. conclusions n the present paper, a simple analytical model to describe the trajectory of a plane crack propagating within an inhomogeneous material is proposed. with reference to metals, the inhomogeneities are treated by considering a two-phase material with an equivalent mean inclusion characterized by a regular spatial distribution. even under remote uniaxial loading, the equivalent inclusions generate a multiaxial fluctuating stress field which is assumed to be responsible for mixed-mode crack propagation. by adopting different mixed-mode crack growth criteria, the crack path can be connected with the main features of the material microstructure, here accounted in terms of an appropriate microstress field. it is shown that both the maximum principal stress criterion and the r-criterion (based on the minimum extension of the core plastic zone) predict a zig-zag crack pattern, characterised by a length scale related to both the volume fraction of inclusions and their mean size. moreover, it is shown a strong dependence of the crack path on the material microstructure in the short crack regime, while the microstructure of the material does not influence the crack trajectory for relatively long cracks. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge the research support for this work provided by the italian ministry for university and technological and scientific research (miur). references [1] s. suresh metallurgical trans, 14a (1985) 2375. [2] f. erdogan, g. c. sih, j basic engng, 85 (1963) 519. i t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. brighenti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.20.01 16 [3] g.c. sih, int. j. fract, 10 (1974) 305. [4] m.a.k. shafique, k. k. marwan, engng fract mech, 67 (2000) 397. [5] m.a.k. shafique, k. k. marwan, int. j plasticity, 20 (2004) 55. [6] ye.ye. deryugin, g.v. lasko, s. schmauder, field of stresses in an isotropic plane with circular inclusion uncere tensile stress (http://www.ndt.net/article/cdcm2006/papers/lasko.pdf) [7] a.carpinteri, a. spagnoli, s. vantadori, in: the 13th int. congress on mesomechanics (mesomechanics 2011), 6-8 july 2011, vicenza (italy). [8] h. kitagawa, r. yuuki, t. ohira, engng fract mechs, 7 (1975) 515. [9] yz. chen, theoretical applied fract mech, 31 (1999) 223. [10] a. carpinteri, r. brighenti, s. vantadori, d. viappiani, special issue engng fract mech, 75 (3-4) (2007) 510. [11] s. k.maiti, r. a. smith, int j fract, 23 (1983) 281. [12] x. m. kong, m. schulter, w. dahl, engng fract. mech. , 52 (1995) 379. [13] p. s. theocaris, np. adrianopoulos, engng fract mech, 16 (1982) 425. [14] p. s.theocaris, g. a. kardomateas, np. adrianopoulos, engng fract. mech, 17 (1982) 439. [15] p. s. theocaris, np. adrianopoulos, int. j. fract, 20 (1982) r125. [16] y. murakami, metal fatigue: effects of small defects and nonmetallilc inclusions. elsevier, amsterdam, (2002). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.20.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero 25 art 7 j. tong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 44-49; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.07 44 special issue: characterization of crack tip stress field near tip strain evolution under cyclic loading j. tong, y.-w. lu, b. lin university of portsmouth, uk y. h. tai rolls-royce plc, uk j.r. yates university of manchester, uk abstract. the concept of ratchetting strain as a crack driving force in controlling crack growth has previously been explored at portsmouth using numerical approaches for nickel-based superalloys. in this paper, we report the first experimental observations of the near-tip strain evolution as captured by the digital image correlation (dic) technique on a compact tension specimen of stainless steel 316l. the evolution of the near-tip strains with loading cycles was studied whilst the crack tip was maintained stationary. the strains were monitored over the selected distances from the crack tip for a given number of cycles under an incremental loading regime. the results show that strain ratchetting does occur with load cycling, and is particularly evident close to the crack tip and under higher loads. a finite element model has been developed to simulate the experiments and the simulation results are compared with the dic measurements. keywords. dic; fe; ratchetting; crack tip mechanics; fatigue crack growth. introduction he concept of ratchetting strain as a crack driving force in controlling crack growth has been investigated utilising a variety of constitutive models, including elastic-plastic, visco-plastic and crystal-plastic formulations, for nickelbased superalloys [1-3]. crack tip deformation fields were examined for both stationary and growing cracks at room and 650c using the finite element method. distinctive strain ratchetting behaviour near the crack tip was identified in all cases, leading to progressive accumulation of tensile strains normal to the crack growth plane. it was hypothesised that this tensile strain may be responsible for material separation leading to crack growth. most recently the concept has been applied successfully [4] to fatigue crack growth of a nickel alloy in vacuum at a range of temperatures, where the influence of oxidation is removed. although this latest work appears to be very encouraging, no direct experimental evidence is yet available to support this line of reasoning. in this paper, we present the first series of experimental results on the measurement of the near-tip strains as a function of the number of loading cycles in a compact tension specimen of stainless steel 316l using the dic method. finite element analysis has also been carried out on the specimen and the near-tip strain results from the simulation are compared with those obtained experimentally. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.07&auth=true j. tong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 44-49; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.07 45 experimental methods he material used for the investigation was stainless steel 316l. a compact tension (ct) specimen was employed with a width of 56 mm, a thickness of 7 mm and a machined notch size of 24 mm. an average grain size of the material along the rolling direction was found to be approximately 28.5 µm. the specimen was pre-cracked first in a servo-hydraulic test machine under cyclic tension, allowing a crack growth of ~2.05 mm to obtain a final crack length of ~26.05 mm. the cyclic testing was then conducted at constant load amplitude with the range of load increased after a given number (20) of cycles, as shown in fig. 1. the evolution of the strain fields near the crack tip was monitored during the cyclic loading using the digital image correlation (dic) technique. the dic system employed is a stereomicroscope system, vic-3d micro™ by correlated solutions [5]. speckle patterns were painted on the specimen surface to facilitate the image analysis, and a resolution of 1224 x 1024 pixels was achieved through the use of the cameras coupled with the microscope. four series of tests were conducted where the near-tip strains were monitored and recorded using the dic method. a loading frequency of 0.1 hz was used for the testing to allow sufficient time to collect the data. the images were captured at a framing rate of 5 per second for each cycle and about 50 images were recorded for each cycle. the field of view of the images was approximately 2.15 x 1.80 mm, giving a pixel size of 1.76 µm. figure 1: the cyclic loading scheme used for the experiment. digital image correlation has been used extensively to determine fracture parameters using the displacement data extracted from digital images [6, 7]. the basic principles of dic are to take a set of sequential images for a deformed object, with the first image taken before deformation serves as a reference and the subsequent images acquired at different deformation stages from the same region correlated with the reference image. the algorithm is based on the mathematical correlation of the intensity changes of the sequentially recorded digital images, and implemented through a procedure of finding the best correlation between the two images. digital images are usually divided into smaller interrogation windows, or sub-sets, a matching process is performed on each of these sub-sets. a full field map of displacements/strains of each subset may be obtained when the correlation process is completed successfully. in the current work, lavision davis 8.1.1 was employed to carry out the image correlation [8]. the size of the subsets was chosen as 28 x 28 pixels with a step size of 3 pixels, sufficient to provide a high spatial resolution and good image correlation quality as well as acceptable computational cost. to study the near-tip strain evolution with load cycles, regions of interest near the crack tip were selected and strain distributions studied. specifically, two points ahead of the crack and on the crack plane, r2 and r4, were monitored, where the distance to the crack tip, r2 = 28.5 µm and r4 = 57 µm, as illustrated in fig. 2. these values were selected to be either the same as the average grain size of the material (r2) or about double the average grain size (r4). the strain data at each location were obtained from an average value of multiple points within a 25 µm x 25 µm square. during the loading cycles, the crack length was also monitored and corrected post testing when micro crack growth was detected, such that the values of r2 and r4 stay the same throughout the tests. micro-crack growth was indeed detected during some of the loading sequences (test series 3-1 to 3-3, omitted in fig. 1). these were excluded in the subsequent ratchetting analyses. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 60 80 100 120 140 160 l oa d [ k n ] number of cylces test 3-4 test 3-5 test 3-6 test 3-7 t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.07&auth=true j. tong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 44-49; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.07 46 figure 2: the random speckle pattern on the specimen and a typical displacement map extracted from the dic measurement. the locations of r2 and r4 are illustrated with respect to the crack tip. finite element analyses inite element analyses were carried out on the ct specimen using abaqus [9] under plane stress loading conditions to obtain the near-tip strain distribution on the specimen surface, and the results were compared with those measured by the dic. material model the material model by lemaitre and chaboche [10] was adopted where both isotropic and nonlinear kinematic hardening rules were used to describe the monotonic and the cyclic behaviour of ss316l [11, 12]. the equivalent von mises stress is defined as:      3 : 2 dev devf s s       (1) where dev is the deviatoric part of the back stress and s is the deviatoric stress tensor. the size of the yield surface is defined using a simple exponential law:  0 0 1 plbq e      (2) where 0 is the size of the yield surface at zero plastic strain, q and b are isotropic hardening material parameters. the equivalent plastic strain is given by:      2 2 21 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 pl v                (3) the evolution of the kinematic hardening component is defined as:   0 1 1pl plc c c                (4) where  is the back stress, and are material parameters, and is the rate of change of c with respect to temperature and field variables. a total of five materials parameters are required to run the fe analyses: initial yield stress 0; kinematic hardening parameters c and  and isotropic hardening parameters q∞ and b. the values of these parameters for ss316l were obtained using the experimental data for a strain range 4.0%  [13], and are summarised in tab. 1. f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.07&auth=true j. tong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 44-49; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.07 47 e [gpa] 0 [mpa] kinematic hardening isotropic hardening c [mpa]  q∞ [mpa] b 193 100 60000 280 200 6 table 1: the material parameters for ss316l [13]. the finite element model the compact tension specimen as used in the experiment was modelled using the finite element method (abaqus). due to symmetry of the geometry and the loading, only half of the specimen was meshed with 4-noded quadrilateral plane stress elements, as shown in fig. 3. finer elements were generated around the crack-tip area ( ≈ 1.8 µm) and a rigid line was attached along the symmetry line to prevent the potential penetration of the crack flanks due to crack closure under cyclic loading. a mesh convergence study was carried out, and a mesh size of 3.6 µm was found to be adequate such that the effect of mesh size on the stress-strain responses became negligible. the loading pin (marked in red in fig. 3) was modelled as elastic and no slip was allowed between the loading pin and the specimen [14]. cyclic tensile loading was applied at the centre of the pin according to the loading scheme (fig. 1). a sequential crack tip node-release technique was applied to model the micro-crack growth, where nodes were released incrementally and set to the micro-crack growth length detected, otherwise the crack was assumed stationery. the strain values were calculated at the integration points and the average strain values were obtained for r2 and r4 over a square of 25 µm x 25 µm, similar to those obtained by the dic method. figure 3: the fe mesh for the half-model of a ct-specimen, where a finer mesh ( ≈ 1.8 µm) was used in the crack tip region. results and discussion he strain evolutions with cycles are shown in fig. 4 at r2 and r4 for the four test series (as shown in fig. 1) from both the dic and the fe analyses. it is evident from both analyses that tensile strains increase with the number of cycles in all load cases, although the fe analyses appear to predict higher responses than those from the dic. a closer agreement between the two is achieved at r2, as opposed to r4, indicating that grain size might serve as a suitable candidate as a “critical distance”. micro-crack growths were detected at some of the early test series, such that ratchetting behaviour could not be monitored on these occasions. these may be due to the pre-cracking load history or the notch effect. further work is being carried out on controlled crack growths so that the relation between the ratchetting strain and the micro-crack growth may be explored. t rigid line http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.07&auth=true j. tong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 44-49; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.07 48 (a) (b) figure 4: strain responses at (a) r2 and (b) r4 with the number of cycles for the four test series (fig. 1), comparison of the results from the dic and the fe analysis. conclusions e report the first experimental evidence of the near-tip strain evolution as captured by the digital image correlation on a compact tension specimen of stainless steel 316l. the evolution of the near-tip strains with loading cycles was monitored at selected load levels whilst the crack tip remains stationery. the results clearly show that strain ratchetting occurs with cycle, and is particularly evident close to the crack tip and under higher loads. finite element analyses have also been carried out, and the results compare favourably with those measured at a distance about the grain size. references [1] tong, j., zhao, l.g., lin, b., ratchetting strain as a driving force for fatigue crack growth, int. j. fatigue, 46 (2013) 49–57. [2] zhao, l.g., tong, j., a viscoplastic study of crack-tip deformation and crack growth in a nickel-based superalloy at elevated temperature, j. mech. physics solids, 56 (2008) 3363-3378. [3] zhao, l.g., tong, j., byrne, j., the evolution of the crack tip stress-strain fields and plasticity induced crack closure revisited, fatigue fracture engng. mater. struc., 27 (2003) 19-29. [4] tong, j., cornet, c., lin, b., zhao, l.g., unpublished results, (2012). [5] http://www.correlatedsolutions.com/index.php/products/vic-3d-2012/microscopy, (2012) [6] mcneill, s.r., peter, w.h., sutton, m.a., estimation of stress intensity factor by digital image correlation, engineering fracture mechanics, 28(1) (1987) 101–112. [7] durig, b., zhang, f., mcneill, s.r., chao, y.j., peters iii, w.h., a study of mixed mode fracture by photoelasticity and digital image analysis, optics and lasers in engineering, 14(3) (1991) 203–215. [8] lavision gmbh, strainmaster mannual davis 8.1, gottingen, germany, (2012). [9] abaqus 6.8, hibbitt karlsson and sorensen inc, providence, ri, (2009). [10] lemaitre, j., chaboche, j.l., mechanics of solid materials, cambridge university press, (1990). w http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.07&auth=true j. tong et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 25 (2013) 44-49; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.25.07 49 [11] chaboche, j.l., rousselier, g., on the plastic and viscoplastic constitutive equations–part ii: application of internal variable concepts to the 316 stainless steel, transactions of the asme, journal of pressure vessel technology, 105 (1983) 159–64. [12] chaboche, j.l., constitutive equations for cyclic plasticity and cyclic viscoplasticity, international journal of plasticity, 5 (1989) 247–302. [13] van eeten, p., nilsson, f., constant and variable amplitude cyclic plasticity in 316l stainless steel, journal of testing and evaluation, 34 (2006) 298–311. [14] kuntiyawichai, k., burdekin, f.m., engineering assessment of cracked structures subjected to dynamic loads using fracture mechanics assessment, engineering fracture mechanics, 70 (2003) 1991–2014. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.25.07&auth=true microsoft word 2260 a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 152 effect of crack position and size of particle on sif in sic particles reinforced al composite aicha metehri, madani kouider, abdelkader lousdad university of sidi bel abbes, faculty of technology, department of mechanical engineering, laboratory of mechanics physical of material (lmpm), 22000, algeria. aicha_vie2009@yahoo.fr, koumad10@yahoo.fr, a lousdad@yahoo.com abstract. in this paper the effect of reinforcement crack position and loading conditions (in mode i) on the stress intensity factors of the al/sicp metal matrix composite was examined using a finite element method. a simple cubic cell model with square reinforcement shapes was developed to investigate its effect on the mechanical properties of the mmc. the finite element technique was used to calculate the stress intensity factors ki and kii for crack in the matrix and in particle. the particle and matrix materials were modelled in linear elastic conditions. the obtained results show the important role on the stress intensity factors played by the relative elastic properties of the particle and matrix. the results also show that the loading conditions and inter-distance between two particles with two interfacial cracks has an important effect on the ki and kii stress intensity factors. keywords. matrix; reinforced; composite; particle; crack; fic. citation: metehri, a., kouider, m., lousdad, a., effect of crack position and size of particle on sif in sic particles reinforced al composite, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 152-160. received: 16.11.2018 accepted: 28.12.2018 published: 01.04.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction article-reinforced metal–matrix composites (prmmcs) are increasingly attracting the attention of automotive and consumer goods industries. aluminum alloy matrix-reinforced ceramic particles such as sic, al2o3 are such materials normally used in automobile and aviation. it is reported that aluminum reinforced with silicon carbide particles (sicps) exhibited several advantages in structural applications because of unique properties. this included isotropic mechanical properties, high specific stiffness, high specific modulus, thermal stability and strength as well as high wear resistance. thus, these composites have found new applications as structural materials in aerospace and automotive industries zhou (2003) [1]. there are several studies investigating the physical and mechanical properties of metal matrix composites temel varol (2013) [2]. other numerical analyses have been carried out by a number of researchers by considering matrix and reinforcement properties and their respective volume fractions. these analyses approached the problem by considering the unit cell concept of regular array of particles in the matrix. in addition, the shape of the particles was assumed to be either: cylindrical, spherical, rectangular or cubical. p http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2260.mp4 a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 153 liu et al (2007) [3] had found that the numerical results with unity aspect ratio were in good agreement with the published experimental data for the effect of reinforcement morphology on the deformation behavior in al6092/sicp metal matrix composite. a series of finite element models have been constructed. srinivasa et al [4] have shown that the fracture toughness of the composites decreased with an increase in vol% for aln and decreased in al2o3 particle size. all the composites exhibited r-curve behavior which has been attributed to crack bridging by the intact metal ligaments behind the crack tip. the young’s modulus of the composites increased with the vol% of aln whereas the thermal diffusivity and coefficient of thermal expansion followed a reverse trend. the particle size effects on overall deformation behavior of composites come from the particle size effects on deformation and on damage is uniquely determined on the basis of reference length of microstructure such as particle diameter or inter-particle distance. as the fracture strength of brittle materials is higher when the size of sample is smaller, the fracture and debonding of particles in composites is difficult to occur on smaller sized particles this work was the subject of keiichiro (2010) [5]. the results of ramazan and al (2015) [6] showed in analysis of a metal matrix composites reinforced with an in-situ high aspect ratio alb2 flake that 30 vol% of a1b2/al composite show a 193% increase in the compressive strength and a 322% increase in compressive yield strength. results also showed that ductility of composites decreases with adding alb2 reinforcements. bo et al (2015) [7] studied the interaction between a mode i crack and an inclusion in an infinite medium which was examined under consideration of coupled mechanical and thermal loads under plane strain condition. finally, the effects of temperature-dependent elastic properties on the inclusion–crack interaction are estimated. it is also found that the shielding or amplifying effect on the crack growth is dependent on the mismatched expansion coefficient if only the variation of temperature is considered. the results of omyma et al (2014) [8] showed that the densification and thermal conductivity of the composites decreased with increasing the amount of sic and increased with increasing sic particle size. increasing the amount of sic leads to higher hardness and consequently improves the compressive strength of al–sic composite. moreover, as the sic particle size decreases, hardness and compressive strength increase. the use of fine sic particles has a similar effect on both hardness and compressive strength. generally the microscopic failure characteristics of mmcs induced by the coupled loads are in three forms: matrix failure caused by void nucleation and growth; particle breakage and particle/matrix interface de-cohesion. all these authors did not take into account the presence of a non-emergent crack in a particle composite by fem whose different positions were highlighted with respect to the particle, on the other hand, the variation of the particle size following the thickness of the composite material has been taken into account in order to see its effect on the value of the stress intensity factor. the objective of this work is numerically analysis, by fem. the effect of reinforcement crack position, loading conditions (in mode i) and the size of particle on the stress intensity factors of the al/sicp metal matrix composite has been investigated. the first part is to highlight the effect of the crack position (in matrix and in particle) and the size of particle on the stress intensity factors ki and kii. while the second part presents the investigation of the effect of the interaction between two interfacial cracks (spacing particles) on the stress intensity factors ki, kii under mode i. finite element model micromechanical and material model n general, while in fast fracture state, the sic particle size has great influence. this is possibly attributed to the different failure mechanisms of crack growth caused by the actions of sic particle size, shape and distribution [9]. that is why the size of the particle equal to 50µm is selected. in this study the smallest area of the cross-section and special design was selected as the representative area element. it is assumed that the global behavior of the composite is the same as that of the area element. fig. 1 shows the micromechanical model used. a crack of length a starting at x=50µm is assumed to be at the interface between the particle and the matrix. the particle and matrix in the model are bonded perfectly with the exception of the crack faces. frictionless sliding behavior is assumed between the crack faces. a schematic diagram of the randomly arranged particles in the composite material is given in fig. 1a. the complete cell model is also given in fig. 1b. due to symmetry the unit cell model containing only one quarter of particle to reduce the calculation time as well. the length, width and thickness of the particle were 50µm, 50µm and 50µm respectively. i a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 154 figure 1: (a) assumed randomly arranged particles in the overall composite material. (b) the symmetric quarter model in 2d. in order to develop a three-dimensional finite element for the analysis of the stress intensity factors mmcs, a special design of al matrix and reinforced particles sic was proposed as shown in fig. 2. the produced mmc was subjected to a mechanical load from 50mpa to the 200mpa. mechanical characteristics of materials are given in the table below [1]: property al sic modulus of elasticity (gpa) 68.3 427 poisson’s ratio 0.33 0.17 table 1: mechanicals properties of materials. figure 2: (a) the schematic of assumed mmc model with crack in particle, (b) finite element mesh of model, (c) spacing particles and interaction of two interfacial cracks, (d) finite element mesh of two cubic particles interaction. a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 155 finite element model and bondary condition inite element analyzes are performed using fe code abaqus [10]. fig. 2 shows the configuration of the crack position in the present model. the symmetry conditions were applied in the finite element solutions as shown in fig. 3. hence, it is also assumed that there is no sliding and debonding occurring on the interface of particle– matrix during the loading process. figure 3: boundary conditions for mode i loading for crack in matrix. the distance between the crack in matrix and the interface particle/matrix is c=5µm. the interface crack length is also normalized with 50µm and stress intensity factors are calculated for different y/z ratio of reinforcement is taken as: y/z = 1, y/z= 1.42 and y/z =2.5. we have set "y" because at this dimension the particle will have a resistance according to the width of the composite material with particle and therefore less stress concentration which reduces the value of the stress intensity factor at the head of the crack, on the other hand, according to the dimension "z", the composite material with particle with a weak resistance which pushed us to try to see the variation of dimensioning of the particle following "z" in order to see the consequences on the ability to reduce stress at the crack. the precision of numerical computations is strongly related to the quality of the designed mesh surrounding the crack in matrix, or crack in the particle. thus, a 8-node linear brick (c3d8r) finite element was used for modeling. the elements near the crack are taken as small as possible in order to simulate the stress intensity factors and deformation near the crack more accurately (fib. 2b). the finite element model is shown in fig. 3 with 7200 elements. the stress σ is applied along the x-axis for mode i loading (fig. 3a). as we know the mesh has a presiding role on the determination of the values of the constraints or the factor of stress intensity. these values are related to the type of elements, numbers of elements and the boundary conditions for our work, we had done a study of convergence of the results or we varied the type of elements and the number of elements. the results do not show a difference except that the calculation time is important considering the existing material and it is for this reason that we took just 1/4 of the structure. for our calculations, the choice was made on the finite element type c3d8r for a linear study. the number of element type are shown in the tab. 2 for a 50mpa applied load: c3d8r number of nodes elements number ki 1normal mesh 8729 7200 5.02mpa.mm 1/2 2medium mesh 19286 16848 5.026mpa.mm 1/2 3raffini mesh 38655 34848 5.053mpa.mm 1/2 table 2: number and type of element. f a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 156 figure 4: normal mesh figure 5: medium mesh figure 6: raffini mesh results and discussion effect of the crack position on the stress intensity factors or better illustrating the influence of the crack position on the variation of the stress intensity factors in particle/reinforced metal-matrix composites; a crack length a=50µm (the critical state of a crack). in this section it is assumed that the length, width and thickness of particle are 50µm, 50µm, 50µm respectively. the matrix has the following dimensions: the length 180µm, the width 180µm and the thickness is 100µm. we had the choice to vary the length and the width of the crack but for our study, we did not want to highlight several parameters at once, so we took the case where the crack has the same size as the particle. other studies are in progress and which aim to vary the size of the crack and to see the report width of crack, length of the crack on the factor of stress intensity. figure 4: normal and shear stresses distribution at the crack tip for σ = 200mpa in the matrix (mode i): (a) σxx, (b) σyy, (c) σzz, (d) σxy.. f (a) (b) (c) (d) a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 157 in the matrix the evaluation of stress intensity factors, ki and kii at the crack tip are determined by using the finite element solutions. the existence of a crack in the matrix at a vicinity of the interface particle/matrix with the distance c=5µm and the length a=50µm was studied as shown in fig. 4 where the normal and shear mechanical stresses distributions at the crack tip are given for σ=200mpa. it is observed that the normal and shear stresses are higher at the crack tip for mode i loading. variations of ki and kii for the crack in the matrix depending on the different ratio of reinforcement and load applied are given in fig. 5. ki values for the crack in matrix in the vicinity of the interface particle/matrix (c=5µm) are higher than kii values. the opening mode ki takes positive values (18 mpa.mm1/2) for all applied loads on the cell that exert to open the crack faces. the cause of this is the higher crack tip nodal displacement due to the load. kii takes a negative value (equal approximately to -1.4 mpa.m m1/2) when the y/z ratio is decrease under mode i loading conditions. it is possible to say that loading condition does not have much effect on kii value for the ratio y/z=2.5. the effect of interaction crack– interface is highlighted when the crack length (a=50µm) tends towards the half of the thickness of the cell (e=100µm) and particularly for that containing the crack [11]. indeed, a tendency of the crack towards the interface leads to a strain field at the crack tip more significant due to the interaction with the interface. the crack position in the matrix leads to the maximum sif values in mode i when the y/z ratio is decrease. these results indicate that deformation fields in the vicinity of the crack tip are dominated by opening mode ki value. figure 5: variation of ki and kii with different ratio of reinforcement and applied load for the crack in the matrix. figure 6: normal and shear stresses distribution for σ = 200mpa in particle (mode i): (a) σxx, (b) σyy, (c) σzz, (d) σxy. (a) (b) (b) (a) (d) (c) a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 158 in the particle in this case the presence of a crack (parallel to the interface particle/matrix) in particle is considered and the effect of the different ratio of reinforcement and loading conditions on the energy of crack propagation characterized by the stress intensity factors are taken into account. the crack length is equal to 50µm and the distance between interface and crack in particle is c=5µm. fig. 6 shows the normal and shear stresses distribution at the crack tip given for σ=200mpa. fig. 7 shows the variations of ki and kii stress intensity factors with the different aspect ratio of reinforcement and applied load under mode i loading. it can be seen that for all applied loads, in general, for the crack length (a=50µm), ki and absolute kii values increase. furthermore, one can notice that the opening and the sliding mode of the crack are more intense in the cases of existence of the crack in the particle. it can be also noticed that the existence of a crack in particle facilitates the sliding of the crack. at the same time it facilitates the opening of the crack propagation because the values of ki and kii in particle are higher than the values of ki and kii in matrix which is due to the high elastic modulus of the particle. the increase in ki value is linear depending on the ratio of reinforcement. it is observed that the maximum value of ki or the maximum absolute value of kii are registered at y/z=1 (ki 20 mpa.mm1/2 for a=50m) under mode i loading. the level of this stress intensity factors decreases with the increase in the y/z ratio. figure 7: variation of ki and kii with ratio of reinforcement and applied load for the crack in the particle. inter-distance effect on the sif in this part, we study the inter-distance effect of the two interfacial cracks between two cubic particles on the evolution of the stress intensity factors ki and kii is considered. the distance ‘d’ is the interdistance separating the interfacial cracks tips from the first particle and the second particle as presented in fig. 2c. the displacement of the interfacial cracks of length a=50µm are parallel to the y-axis. the results obtained for the applied loading conditions for σ=150mpa are illustrated in fig. 8. figure 8: mechanical stress distribution at the crack tip cases of interfacial crack–crack interaction (two cubic particles interaction for σ = 150mpa). (a) (b) a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 159 fig 9 shows the variations of ki and kii stress intensity factors according to the distance between two interfacial and parallel cracks for two cubic particles and for different applied loads with thickness of particle fixed at 50µm. it is observed that for d=15µm, both ki, absolute values kii are more intense than other inter-distances. ki decreases when‘d’ increases (fig. 9a). as we can see that the variation of the sif ki is inversely proportional to the distance between two interfacial cracks and stabilizes when the two particles either at the end of the model. in fact, an almost 5 time decrease in the inter-particle spacing leads to a significant increase in the ki. the shearing mode kii stress intensity factor (fig. 9b) seems to be independent to inter-distance ‘d’ since these values are very low compared to ki. thus, the opening fracture mode is the preponderant one. the latter shows that this failure criterion is closely linked to the spacing particle. this is mainly due to increased tensile stresses. the risk of failure to the composite material is real when the spacing interfacial cracks are very small. figure 9: variation of ki and kii versus particles spacing (two cubic particles case) and applied load. conclusion n this study a finite element model is developed to calculate the stress intensity factors in mode i and mode ii (ki and kii) under mode i loading condition. from the general results of the investigation the following conclusions can be drawn: for the considered loading conditions (mode i) and for all crack position: ‐ the higher mechanical load occurring at the crack tip and the deformation fields in the vicinity of the crack tip are dominated by the opening mode. ‐ for the position of the crack in the matrix the stress intensity factor ki is high (18 mpa.mm1/2), the stress intensity factor ki decreases if the particle size decreases, by increasing the applied load, the value of the stress intensity factor increase considerably. the difference compared with the other curves (50mpa and 200mpa) is approximately 28% for the ratio y/z =1, and almost 22% for the ration y/z = 2.5 which is almost equal to the 1/4. also, the value of the stress intensity factor kii increases by decreasing the ratio y/z, the increase in the applied load causes an increase in the kii up to a ratio y/z = 1, once this ratio is exceeded, the effect of the applied load disappears. ‐ for the position of the crack in particle the risk of propagation by opening effect is very important since the value of ki is very high ( ki 20 mpa.mm1/2 ). one can conclude that same behavior in this case of the stress intensity factor ki for the position of the crack in the matrix. the difference lies between 23% and 25% for the two ratios (y/z =1 and y/z=2.5). the absolute value of the stress intensity factor kii increase by decreasing of the size of particle. the increase in the applied load causes an increase in the absolute kii value to the ratios y/z =1 and 2.5; with his sign is changed. ‐ the particle spacing can affect the stress intensity factors by influencing the interaction between the particles. the sif increases with a decrease in particle spacing. a 5-time decrease in inter-particle spacing can lead to a 2-time increase in ki stress intensity factor (sif equal to 23mpa.mm1/2 for =200mpa). i (a) (b) a. metehri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2018) 152-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.18 160 references [1] zhou, y.c, long, s.g., liu, y.w. (2003). thermal failure mechanism and failure threshold of sic particle reinforced metal matrix composites induced by laser beam, mechanics of materials, 35, pp. 1003–1020. doi: 10.1016/s0167-6636(02)00322-8. [2] varol, t., canakci, a. (2013). effect of particle size and ratio of b4c reinforcement on properties and morphology of nanocrystalline al2024-b4c composite powders, powder technology 246, pp. 462 –472. doi: 10.1016/j.powtec.2013.05.048. [3] chan, k.c., tang, c.y. (2007), effect of reinforcement morphology on deformation behavior of particle reinforced metal matrix composites in laser forming, computational materials science, 40, pp. 168–177. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2006.12.007 [4] boddapati, s. r., rodel, j., jayaram, v. (2007). crack growth resistance (r-curve) behavior and thermo-physical properties of al2o3 particle-reinforced aln/al matrix composites, composites: part a 38, pp. 1038–1050. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesa.2006.06.015 [5] tohgo, k., itoh, y., shimamura, y. (2010). a constitutive model of particulate-reinforced composites taking account of particle size effects and damage evolution, composites: part a 41, pp. 313–321. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesa.2009.10.023. [6] ramazan, k, ömer, s. (2015). fabrication and properties of in-situ al/alb2 composite reinforced with high aspect ratio borides, techno press, pp. 777-787. doi: 10.12989/scs.19.3.777. [7] bo, p., miaolin, f., jinquan, f. (2015). study on the crack–inclusion interaction with coupled mechanical and thermal strains, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 75, pp. 39-43. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.10.006. [8] el-kady, o., fathy, a. (2014). effect of sic particle size on the physical and mechanical properties of extruded al matrix nanocomposites, materials and design, 54, pp. 348–353. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.08.049 [9] li, w, liang, h., chen, j., zhu, s. q., chen, y. l. (2014). effect of sic particles on fatigue crack growth behavior of sic particulate-reinforced al-si alloy composites produced by spray forming; procedia materials science 3, pp. 1694 – 1699. doi: 10.1016/j.mspro.2014.06.273. [10] abaqus/cae ver 6.9. (2007). user’s manual. hibbitt, karlsson & sorensen, inc. [11] madani, k., belhouari, m., bachir bouiadjra, b., serier, b., benguediab, m. (2007). crack deflection at an interface of alumina/metal joint: a numerical analysis; computational materials science. 38, pp. 625–630. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2006.04.0060. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_42_3578.docx h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 613 the p-h2 relationship as a function of (hf/hm) in indentation habibi samir laboratory of industrial engineering and sustainable development (lgidd), department of mechanical engineering, ahmed zabana university of relizane, 48000, relizane, algeria habibisamir87@gmail.com abstract.in the present study, a semi-empirical modeling of the mechanical response in pile-up mode is obtained by deriving the load-depth relationship during the indentation loading cycle. the advantage compared to the relations previously used is that this new expression is a function of the predictable criterion of the mode of deformation, (hf/hm), which makes it possible to distinguish the sink-in mode from the pile-up mode. a comparison between the proposed expression and the results of the instrumented indentation tests shows excellent agreement. keywords. indentation test; mechanical response; pile-up; predictable criterion. citation: samir, h., the p-h2 relationship as a function of (hf/hm) in indentation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623. received: 05.05.2022 accepted: 05.09.2022 online first: 15.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he study of the mechanical response by instrumented indentation has aroused the interest of many authors [1-4] although their experimental and numerical approaches are different who demonstrated that the load curve obtained from indentation tests can be described by the following power law: p=kh2 (1) where p is the indentation load applied to the indenter, h the indentation depth and k-factor a material-dependent constant. this relation was obtained experimentally as an alternative to classical approaches to determine the mechanical properties (hainsworth et al., [1]), finite element approach (zeng et rowcliffe, [2]), and dimensional analysis (cheng et cheng, [3]). then, relation (1) was used as a reference for a calibration of the indenter tip radius and load frame compliance (sun et al., [4]). however, hainsworth et al. [1] demonstrated that the value of the k-factor also depends on the geometry of the indenter tip and to the elastoplastic properties. these works [1-6] take as references the model proposed by [1] which is expressed as a function of the instrumented hardness, h, and the reduced modulus, er. this expression of k as a function of reduced modulus of elasticity and instrumented hardness for sink-in mode has been refined by malzbender et al. [5] and for pile-up mode has been refined by habibi et al. [6] is formulated by eqn. (2.a) and (2.b) respectively taking into account the geometry of the indenter and the tip defect as follows: t https://youtu.be/zpmqgivrodw h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 614                            2 r r r 2 r r r e1 π h e ε       h 4 ec k e1 π h e      h 4 eα. c a b (2) the deformation mode in the vicinity of the indenter depends on the elastoplastic response of the material under indentation. the two corresponding expressions of mechanical responses are different thus necessitating to previously considering one or the other model to determine the mechanical properties. however, to help the users to estimate the deformation mode, a simple criterion based on the ratio between the final depth and the corrected maximum depth reached by the indenter under the maximum load, (hf/hm), can be used [7-9]. the objective of this research is to refine the expression of k as a function of the criterion for identifying the deformation mode relating to the pile-up taking into account the geometry of the indenter and the tip defect. the advantage of the analytical expression proposed is its simplicity and the determination of (hf/hm) beforehand to determine the exact deformation mode of the material and to avoid the substitution by error of the sink-in mode by the pile-up mode or vice versa. the proposed model is then applied to bulk materials presenting pile-up deformation mode, i.e. copper, brass and bronze which have been the subject of previous investigations such as for example [10]. background he methodology developed by oliver and pharr [11] to calculate hardness, h, and young's modulus, e, in nanoindentation is currently applied in the majority of indentation work. on the other hand, this methodology is not justified for materials presenting pile-up as a mode of deformation [12-14]. from where, it is necessary to indicate the methods of calculation of the hardness and the modulus of young in the two modes. oliver and pharr [11] proposed to determine the reduced modulus er, from the contact stiffness (the slope shown in fig. 1.a) as follows:          122 m r c m 1 νs 1 ν e 2 a e e (3) indentation hardness is the ratio of the maximum applied, p, load to its projected contact, ac, area between the indenter and the specimen as following:  c p h a (4) where em and νm are respectively the young's modulus and the poisson's ratio of the indented sample and e and ν are those of the indenter. another relationship has been proposed previously [15] to express hardness as a function of indentation force and stiffness, concerning the two deformation modes by instrumented indentation.                              2 c 2 24.56     7 a 24.56     8      m d m d p h h for sink in a s p h h for pile up b s (5) with the coefficient 24.56 resulting from consideration of the equivalent conical indenter associated with vickers and berkovich indenter tips have a semi-angle at the top of 70.3°. where hm the maximum indentation depth, p the maximum applied load, s is the contact stiffness,  a constant equals to 0.75 for vickers and berkovich indenters (for sink-in mode) and α is a constant equal to 1.2 (for pile-up mode) and hd represents the length of the indenter tip defect. t h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 615 (a) (b) figure 1: (a) key parameters used in indentation characterization [7], (b) schematic illustration of pile-up and sink-in around a pyramidal indenter [16]. the two semi-empirical relations (2.a) and (2.b) presented by the authors [5] and [6] respectively, are expressed as a function of the ratio of instrumented hardness on the reduced modulus, (h/er). however, this characteristic and specific relationship of the material designated by (h/er) was expressed by the authors [8], according to the predictable criterion relating to the deformation mode (see fig. (1.b)) designated by hf/hm, as follows: h er =        f m h  0.2 1 h (6) note that hf is the residual depth and hm is the maximum depth as shown in fig. (1.a). the calculated value of the hf/hm ratio designates the type of deformation mode under the indenter, namely the sink-in mode or the pile-up mode (see fig. (1.b)). the critical value that separates the sink-in zone from that of the pile-up is estimated at 0.7 [7], 0.875 [8] and 0.83 [9]. for hf/hm lower than the critical value, the sink-in mode is predominant and for hf/hm higher than the critical value, the pile-up mode is predominant [7-9]. that value of 0.875 [8] is not appropriate for this case study because it does not take consider the corrections that have to be applied in order to take into account the bluntness of the indenter, the frame compliance or other factors which affect indentation response. from where, the analytical result when γ=0.875 is used must be compared with data without correction while an analytical results with a γ=0.83 [9] should be compared to data with correction of tip defect and compliance. therefore, the critical value adopted during the present research, to identify the deformation mode by indentation is 0.83 [9]. materials and experimental method n this research, three distinct materials are studied: 99% pure commercial copper, bronze and 63/37 brass, hereafter designated by cu99, sae660 and c27200 respectively. the indentation test is applied to properly prepared specimens to limit surface roughness and the introduction of work hardening resulting from polishing followed by grinding with sic papers of different grain sizes and finishing polishing using a series of diamond pastes up to a grain size of 1 m. the tests are carried out using a csm 2-107 instrumented microindenter (for a vickers diamond indenter, ei=1140 gpa and ʋi=0.07 [17]. the load range available on the indentation device varies from 0.1 to 30 n. the load resolution is given for 100 n and the depth resolution for 0.3 nm. samples reference poisson’s ratio  forces range (n) sae660 0.30 0.2-10 cu99 0.28 0.2-20 c27200 0.36 0.02-10 table 1: materials designation, poisson’s ratio, maximum force range, number of valid tests and tip defect lengths obtained by selfcalibration. i h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 616 the values of the loading and unloading rates (expressed in mn/min) were set at twice the value of the maximum applied load [18] and a dwell time of 15 s was imposed according to the standard indentation test procedure astm e92 and e384-10e2. before analyzing the characteristic curves by indentation relating to the materials examined, the indentation device is systematically calibrated by identifying the conformity of the frame, cf, by the self-calibration protocol. results and analyses nalysis of the criterion adopted by giannakoupolos et al [8] concerning the relation between the ratio of hardness on the reduced modulus according to the indicator of the deformation mode applied in the present study on copper and its alloys is presented in the following figures: figure 2: the (h/er)-(1-hf/hm) relationship in indentation for c27200, cu99 and sae660. the linear regressions from the graphical representations (see figs. 3 (a,b,c)) show the following slopes: 0.2000, 0.2003 and 0.1999 for the materials c27200, cu99, sae660 respectively. these three slope values are equivalent to the value of the slope equal to 0.2 and which is proposed by giannakopoulos et al. [8]. from where we confirm the value found by these authors [8] to express the relation (6). finally, we substitute the (h/er) ratio by the predictable deformation mode criterion, γ=hf/hm integrated in the relation 0.2*(1-hf/hm). the transformed analytic expressions (2.a) and (2.b) become as follows:                                                  2 rsi2 m d 2 rpu2 m d π. 1 γp 5 e                    0, 83            c. 1 γ 2 5h h π. 1 γp 1 5 1   e             0,83           α c. 1 γ 2 5h h ksi si a kpu si b (7) the expressions (7.a) and (7.b) represent the new analytic expressions of mechanical responses corresponding to sink-in mode and pile-up mode respectively. these relations are expressed as a function of the reduced modulus specific to each deformation mode identified by the prediction mode criterion. we note that γ separates the two zones of sink-in and pileup for a critical value of 0.83 [9]. in the present work we focus on the validation of the expression (7.b) applied to copper and its alloys. tab. 2 below shows that the three characterized materials admit a predominant pile-up deformation mode. a h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 617 however the expression (7.a) will be used to compare the variations of results of calculation of mechanical responses in the event of substitution of a mode by another by error. samples reference γ erpu(gpa) ersi (gpa) kanal (gpa) kexp (gpa) kanal/erpu(/) sae660 0.96  0.01 128  19 150  22 26.43  0.05 26.30  0.20 0,2065 cu99 0.92  0.01 91  11 105  12 37.00  0.07 36,80 0.80 0,4066 c27200 0.95  0.01 91  8 106  8 23.79  0.05 24.60  0.20 0,2614 table 2: materials designation, reduced moduli ersi (sink-in mode) and erpu (pile-up mode), mechanical responses (kanal, kexp) and corresponding ratio (kanal/erpu) for the tested materials. we calculated er from eqn. (3) as well as eqns. (5.a) and (5.b) relating to sink-in, ersi, and pile-up, erpu, modes respectively. however, the experimental response, kexp, is calculated directly from the experimental data (p/(hm+hd)2) and the analytical response, kanal, is calculated from eqn. (7.b) proposed in this present research. the graphical representations of p-(hm+hd)2 of the three materials are deliberately inverted to show their linear regressions without taking into account the tip defect (hd=0) in continuous lines and taking into consideration the correction imposed by the tip defect equal to 205 nm, 221 nm, 245 nm in discontinuous lines for sae660 (a), cu99 (b) and c27200 (c) respectively (see tab. 1). figure 3: linear regression of mechanical responses p-(hm+hd)2 by indentation of bulk metallic materials. the graphical representation (fig. 4) consists in evaluating the difference between the linear regression taking into account hd (with correction of hm) and the regression without taking into consideration the truncation length, namely neglecting the value of hd (without hm correction) as shown in tab. 3. tab. 3 shows an excellent factorial correlation of the linear regressions with very favourable reproducibility rates which tend towards 100% for the cases with or without the imposed corrections. however, the percentage differences between (hd=0) and (hd=205nm, hd=221nm, hd=245nm) for c27200, cu99 and sae660 register 48.70%, 9% and 4.3% respectively. therefore, the differences are evident according to tab. 3, which tend to affect the precision of the results of the mechanical responses and in particular when it comes to the scales of microindentation and eventually h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 618 nanoindentation. the magnitudes of the estimated deviations vary from one material to another, for example for c27200 the difference is estimated at 48.7%, considered very substantial and is likely to generate significant characterization errors. for the other two materials, the values of 9% and 4.3% are significantly important in the reliability of the results of the expected mechanical responses. hence the need to integrate the hd in the corrections imposed by the tip defect to take into account the effect of the truncation length in the characterization calculations and in particular in the present work. samples reference regression without correction regression with correction percentage difference [%] sae660 h2 = 20265*p + 3.106 with r2=0.9868 (h+hd)2= 39505*p + 638539 with r2=0,9995 48.7 cu99 h2 = 24845*p – 452152 with r2=0.9995 (h+hd)2= 27288*p – 791652 with r2=0,9996 9.0 c27200 h2 = 41414*p – 2.106 with r2=0.9994 (h+hd)2= 39622*p – 2.106 with r2=0,9997 4.3 table 3: results of linear regressions with and without the introduction of correction imposed by the indenter tip defect. the expressions proposed (eqns. (7.a) and (7.b)) in this work and in particular eqn. (7.b) relating to the pile-up is expressed as a function of the reduced modulus in pile-up mode. figs. 5 show the variation of er (pile-up) as a function of the maximum depth of indentation. figure 4: evolution of reduced modulus in pile-up mode vs. the maximum indentation depth. these figs. 4 clearly show that the er are substantially constant and the effect of the depths is almost insignificant for the three materials studied. hence the confirmation of the intrinsic character of the module examined for copper and its alloys studied. for the three characterized materials, in pile-up mode, we express the relationship between the kexp and the kanal as shown in figs. 5. linear regressions show very favourable factorial correlations with excellent experimental reproducibility rates. this shows that the expression specific to the pile-up mode (7.b) of semi-empirical analytical type is very compatible and coherent with the experimental data. h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 619 figure 5: correlation between kexp and kanal in the case of pile-up mode. if we reformulate this same relation (7.b) by expressing kanal on er, we obtain a new relation which varies only as a function of γ as is expressed in eqn. 8:                  2 2 m d π. 1 γp 1 5 1       if      γ > 0.83 α c. 1 γ 2 5h h . anal rpu rpu k e e (8) the graphical representations 7 allow the understanding and interpretation of eqn. (8). we have previously found that figs. 5. (a,b,c) of the reduced pile-up moduli of copper and its alloys show a cloud of characteristic points which are substantially constant. when we study the kanal/erpu variation we also find a substantially constant point trend as shown in figs. 6. this implies logically and mathematically (by transitive relation) that the mechanical response kanal is effectively constant. hence the validation of the semi-empirical model proposed in the present investigations. the histograms 8 represents a comparative study between the mechanical responses of the materials examined in pile-up mode, kpu, calculated by eqn. (7.b) and in sink-in mode, ksi, calculated by eqn. (7.a) as well as the (direct) experimental expression assumed to be independent of the deformation modes, namely p/(hm+hd)2 as follows: for the three materials, γ=hf/hm is greater than the critical value of 0.83 [9] which shows the predominance of the pile-up mode. so we try to estimate the ksi, kpu and kexp responses in this interval defined by [7-9] as being the pile-up mode zone. we note that the three calculated responses ksi, kpu and kexp are different and we also notice that kpu is closer to kexp unlike ksi. hence, the computational expression eqn. 7b is more adequate for the pile-up than the inappropriate exploitation of eqn. 7a relating to the sink-in if it is used in the case of a pile-up by error (not justified by the calculation of γ less than 0.83). therefore, the influence of the choice of the deformation mode expressed as a function of γ on the reliability of the results of the mechanical responses. finally we try to evaluate the differences between the different responses ksi, kpu and kexp. h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 620 figure 6: appreciation of the characteristic point clouds of (kanal/er) according to the maximum indentation load. figure 7: assessment of kexp, kpu and ksi for copper and its alloys according to the deformation mode criterion. h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 621 figure 8: histogram expressing the averages of the differences in the mechanical responses between the pile-up and the sink-in as a percentage. samples reference (kpu-ksi)/kpu [%] (esi-epu)/esi [%] sae660 16.28 14.67 cu99 15.32 05.71 c27200 15.91 14.15 table 4: estimated mean differences in mechanical responses and reduced moduli between sink-in mode and pile-up mode. the differences in the mechanical responses between the pile-up and sink-in deformation modes of the three materials studied are shown in figs. 9 and are estimated on average at 16% as shown in tab. 4 above. these mechanical responses are functions of the reduced moduli relating to the two deformation modes by indentation from where we note the influence of the reduced moduli differences on the results of the analytical expressions kpu and ksi. the estimated differences of these modules are estimated at 14.67%, 5.71% and 14.15% for sae660, cu99 and c27200 respectively. as other authors have observed [8,19,20] who find an error that can reach 30% if the deformation mode of the projected area is not taken into account in the calculations. so, finally, the mechanical response is a function of the reduced modulus, the deformation prediction criterion expressed by the ratio of (hf/hm), thus reflecting the nature of the material. obviously the chosen indenter geometry also has an influence on the mechanical response knowing that for the vickers indenter the empirical constant integrated in the analytical expression is c=24.56 (see eqns. (7.a) and (7.b)). however, in this work, we cannot estimate the exact influence of the geometry on the mechanical response because we will have to compare other indenters such as the berkovich point and the spherical point. the taking into account of the deformation modes is dominating on the reliability and the precision of the mechanical responses results calculated by the eqns. (2.a) and (2.b) on the one hand. 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 (k p uk si )/ k p u [% ] hm (nm) (a) c27200 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 (k p uk si )/ k p u [ % ] hm [nm] (b) cu99 0,13 0,14 0,15 0,16 0,17 0,18 (k p uk si )/ k p u [% ] hm [nm] (c) sae660 h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 622 conclusion n conclusion, we have derived an analytical expression for the load-depth relationship during loading in an indentation experiment, namely eqn. (7.b). the advantage over similar relationships derived previously is that the proposed equation is expressed as a function of the deformation mode prediction criterion and the reduced modulus which provides computational ease and caution in distinguishing between the sink -in and the pile-up. a comparison between the results achieved by the proposed analytical expression and the experimental expression shows an excellent correlation for the bulk metallic materials studied. the substitution of sink-in mode by pile-up mode and vice versa can generate a significant result error on the mechanical response which is estimated at around 16%. taking into account the correction imposed by the tip defect is necessary because the length of truncation can considerably affect the results of mechanical responses. in perspective, investigations concerning the influence of work hardening on the mechanical response by indentation are provided. acknowledgements his research was supported by the general directorate of scientific research and technological development of algeria (dgrsdt: under the authority of the ministry of higher education and scientific research in charge of scientific research). references [1] hainsworth, s. v., chandler, h. w., page, t. f. (1996). analysis of nanoindentation load-displacement loading curves, j. mater. res., 11, pp. 1987-1995. doi: 10.1557/jmr.1996.0250. [2] zeng, k., rowcliffe, d. (1996). analysis of penetration curves produced by sharp indentations on ceramic materials, philosophical magazine a 74, pp. 1107-1116. doi: 10.1080/01418619608239711. [3] cheng, y.-t., cheng, c.-m. (1998). relationships between hardness, elastic modulus, and the work of indentation, appl. phys. lett., 73, p. 614. doi: 10.1063/1.121873. [4] sun,y., zheng, s., bell, t., smith, j. (1999). indenter tip radius and load frame compliance calibration using nanoindentation loading curves, philosophical magazine letters 79, pp. 649-658. doi: 10.1080/095008399176698. [5] malzbender, j., de with, g., den toonder, j. (2001). the p–h2 relationship in indentation, j. mater. res. 15, pp. 1209 1212. doi: 10.1557/jmr.2000.0171. [6] habibi, s., chicot, d., mejias, a., boutabout, b., zareb, e., semsoum, d.-e., benaissa, s., mezough, a., merzouk h. (2021). the p–h2 relationship on load–displacement curve considering pile-up deformation mode in instrumented indentation, journal of materials research, 36, pp. 3074–3085. doi: 10.1557/s43578-021-00286-3. [7] oliver, w.-c. and pharr, g.-m. (2004). measurement of hardness and elastic modulus by instrumented indentation: advances in understanding and refinements to methodology, journal of materials research , 19(1), pp. 3–20. doi: 10.1557/jmr.2004.19.1.3. [8] giannakopoulos, a.-e., suresh, s. (1999). determination of elastoplastic properties by instrumented sharp indentation. scriptamaterialia, 40,pp. 1191-1198. doi: 10.1016/s1359-6462(99)00011-1. [9] yetnan’jock, m., chicot, d., ndjaka, j.-m., lesage, j., decoopman, x., roudet, f., and mejias, a. (2015). a criterion to identify sinking-in and piling-up in indentation of materials, int. j. mech. sci., 90, pp. 145-150. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2014.11.008. [10] chicot, d., puchi-cabrera, e.-s., iost, a., staia, m.-h., decoopman, x., roudet, f., louis, g. (2013). analysis of indentation size effect in copper and its alloys, materials science and technology, 29, pp. 868-876, doi: 10.1179/1743284713y.0000000213. [11] oliver, w.c. and pharr, g.m. (1992). an improved technique for determining hardness and elastic modulus using load and displacement sensing indentation experiments, j. mater. res., 7, pp. 1564-1583. doi: 10.1557/jmr.1992.1564. [12] loubet, j.-l., bauer, m., tonck, a., gauthier manuel, b. (1993). nanoindentation with a surface force apparatus, mechanical properties and deformation behaviour of materials having ultra-fine microstructures, kluwer academic publishers, 233, pp. 429-447. i t h. samir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 613-623; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.42 623 [13] guillonneau, g., kermouche, g., bec, s., loubet, j.-l.(2012). determination of mechanical properties by nanoindentation independently of indentation depth measurement. journal of materials research, 27, pp. 2551-2560. doi: 10.1557/jmr.2012.261. [14] bec, s., tonck, a., georges, j-m., georges, e., loubet, j.-l. (1996). improvements in the indentation method with a surface force apparatus, philos. mag., a 74, p. 1061. doi: 10.1080/01418619608239707. [15] semsoum, d.-e., habibi, s., soufiane, b., merzouk, h. (2022). the proposition of analytical expression hm–(√p/s) in microindentation pile-up deformation mode, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60, pp. 407-415. doi : 10.3221/igf-esis.60.28. [16] fischer-cripps, a.-c. (2006). critical review of analysis and interpretation of nano-indentation test data.surf.coat. technol. 200, pp. 4153–65. doi: 10.1016/j.surfcoat.2005.03.018. [17] field, j.-e., telling, r.-h. (1999). the young modulus and poisson ratio of diamond, research note cambridge, cavendish laboratory. [18] quinn, g.-d., patel, p.-l., loyd, i. (2002). effect of loading rate upon conventional ceramic microindentation hardness, j. res. natl. inst. stand. technol., 107, pp. 299–306. doi: 10.6028/2fjres.107.023. [19] soufiane, b., habibi, s., semsoum, d.-e., merzouk, h., mezough, a., boutabout, b., montagne, a. (2021). exploitation of static and dynamic methods for the analysis of the mechanical nanoproperties of polymethylmetacrylate by indentation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 56, pp. 46-55. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.56.03. [20] alcala, j., barone, a.-c., anglada, m. (2000). the influence of plastic hardening on surface deformation modes around vickers and spherical indents, acta materialia, 48, pp. 3451–3464.doi: 10.1016/s1359-6454(00)00370-0. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word 2234 a. spagnoli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 394-400; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.29 394 focussed on “crack paths” experimental investigation on the fracture behaviour of natural stone exposed to monotonic and cyclic loading andrea spagnoli department of engineering and architecture, università di parma, parma, italy spagnoli@unipr.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0592-7003 david a. cendon franco departamento de ciencia de los materiales, universidad politécnica de madrid, madrid, spain dcendon@mater.upm.es, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7256-0814 antonio d’angelo department of engineering and architecture, università di parma, parma, italy dangeloa@pizzarotti.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4704-1048 abstract. the present paper is devoted to an experimental study on the fracture behaviour of natural stones, commonly used as elements for building cladding, under both monotonic and cyclic loading, with particular emphasis to white carrara marble. the effect of progressive damage produced by inservice thermal fluctuations can be investigated through the application of appropriate cyclic mechanical loads. in the experimental tests conducted, some static mechanical properties of marble are characterized by means of three-point bending tests on edge-cracked prismatic specimens for the determination of young's modulus, tensile strength and fracture energy. moreover, cyclic three-point bending tests are conducted to determine the propagation rate of nominally mode-i fatigue cracks. finally, the fatigue behaviour of the marble is studied through a cohesive crack model, in which the direct tensile strength of the material is determined by a brazilian test, and the behaviour is calibrated by means of a suitable fe model. the effect of crack path on the fracture resistance of marble is discussed. keywords. fatigue crack propagation; marble; quasi-brittle behaviour, thermal cycles. citation: spagnoli, a., cendon franco, d. a., d’angelo, a., experimental investigation on the fracture behaviour of natural stone exposed to monotonic and cyclic loading, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 394-400. received: 25.10.2018 accepted: 12.11.2018 published: 01.01.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he carrara marble is a widely used material in the construction field, both in historical and monumental buildings and in recent constructions, for example in the cladding elements of ventilated facades [1]. installed as coating of facades, the marble slabs are exposed to different actions that deteriorate the material, including temperature (daily t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/47/2234.mp4 a. spagnoli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 394-400; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.29 395 and seasonal excursions, through-thickness gradient), mechanical loads (wind, self-weight), chemical attacks (acid rain) and humidity changes. in particular, temperature may induce stresses due to thermal expansion (restraint effects of the anchorage system, non linear temperature fields and non uniform thermal expansion) and thermal fluctuations tend to cause a progressive damage of the material, sometimes accompanied by a curvature of the surface of the slabs [2]. such bowing phenomenon can progress up to the collapse of the element, with consequences often critical on safety for the users of the buildings where these covering slabs are installed. bowing is generally accompanied by an overall reduction of strength, which increases with increase in degree of bowing, while at the micro structural level of the material bowing is accompanied by a decohesion of calcite grains. the present paper is devoted to an experimental study on the fracture behaviour of natural stones under both monotonic and cyclic loading, with particular emphasis to white carrara marble. the effect of progressive damage produced by thermal fluctuations can be investigated through the application of appropriate cyclic mechanical loads. in the experimental tests conducted, some static mechanical properties of marble are characterized by means of three-point bending tests on edgecracked prismatic specimens for the determination of young's modulus, tensile strength and fracture energy [3]. moreover, cyclic three-point bending tests are conducted to determine the propagation rate of nominally mode-i fatigue cracks [4]. finally, the fatigue behaviour of the marble is studied through a cohesive crack model, in which the direct tensile strength of the material is determined by a brazilian test, and the behaviour is calibrated by means of a suitable fe model [5]. the effect of crack path on the fracture resistance of marble is discussed. in particular, it is shown that different level of meandering in the intergranular cracking of marble is observed and correlated with the so-called xenoblastic or homoblastic texture of calcite grains [4]. experimental testing under monotonic loading preliminary experimental campaign is carried out to quantify the resistance parameters of a carrara marble under monotonic loading. four prismatic specimens were tested under three-point bending. the nominal dimensions of the specimens are as follows: length l=220 mm; span s=180 mm; height w=60 mm; width b=30 mm (fig. 1). one specimen out of the 4 ones is a smooth specimen. notched specimens are characterised by a central edge notch machined by means of a water jet technique. notches with different nominal dimensions are machined, so that the notch depth is between 6.9 mm and 8.1 mm (the notch width is kept equal to 1.5 mm due to some technical constraints). tests were performed by means of an instron testing machine. three lvdt sensors were used to measure the rigid body motionfree mid-span deflection of the beam and a clip-on gauge to measure crack mouth opening displacement (cmod). tests on notched specimens were performed under cmod control with a of less than 10-3 mm/min. digital image correlation technique was adopted to capture full-field two-dimensional displacement maps on specimen surface in the notch vicinity. figure 1: geometrical and testing configuration of notched specimen under three-point bend loading. the rupture load of the smooth specimen is equal to 5.1 kn (corresponding to a nominal bending strength of 12.8 mpa, where the nominal stress  n is equal to 26 / (4 )ps bw ). for the 3 notched specimens, the mean bending stress at failure is equal to 6.7 mpa (corresponding to a mean rupture load of 2.7 kn), with a coefficient of variation equal to 0.13. in fig. 2, the load against mid-span deflection is shown for two notched specimens, along with the corresponding curves of the nominal stress against the crack mouth opening displacement. a a. spagnoli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 394-400; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.29 396 from the experimental curves related to notched specimens, fracture toughness of marble is calculated by using two different approaches. the first approach is based on the two-parameter model [6]. note that a modified version of the twoparameter model has recently been proposed in order to take into account the possible crack deflection during the stable crack propagation [7-9]. accordingly, the initial crack length a0 is assumed to grow steadily before the peak load is attained. this nonlinear stable stage terminates when the crack propagates to a critical extent and the sif ki attains a value ksic that differs from the nominal kic (computed on the basis of a0). if the geometric and loading conditions are such that the stress intensity factor is monotonically increasing with the crack length (being the load constant), as occurs in the case of a 3-point bend beam with an edge crack, the critical condition explained before takes place at the peak load. from lefm formulas and from two compliance experimental measurements, the equivalent crack length and the effective toughness ksic are worked out. the second approach is based on the work-of-fracture method in ref. [10] recommended by the rilem technical committee. for 3-point bending tests on edge-notched beams, the method is based on the experimental determination of the work exerted by the applied mid-span force, which corresponds to the area underneath the complete load–displacement curve. such a work is assumed to be fully spent to produce a mode i crack through the mid-span ligament of the beam. 0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 mid-span deflection, [mm] 0 1 2 3 0.5 1.5 2.5 l oa d, p [k n ] (a) figure 2: load vs mid-span deflection curves (a) and nominal stress-cmod curves (b) for notched specimens under three-point bending. in the graph experimental results for two specimens (black thin lines) are reported along with numerical results (red thick lines). the mean value of fracture toughness according to the two-parameter model is equal to 1.90 mpam0.5 (coefficient of variation equal to 0.19). according to the work-of-fracture method, the mean fracture toughness is 1.91 mpam0.5 (coefficient of variation equal to 0.37). for the sake of completeness, a splitting test on four prismatic specimens (nominal dimensions d = 60 mm, l = 30 mm, b = 60 mm) was performed according to astm c496. the resulting indirect tensile strength (  2 / ( )t p dl ) is equal on average to 7.1 mpa (coefficient of variation equal to 0.11). experimental testing under cyclic loading leven three-point bending tests on notched specimens, with the same geometry as that adopted for monotonic loading and with the initial notch length a0 in the range 6.6 to 8.5 mm, under nearly pulsating loading were performed. tests were carried out under load control mode, with blocks of cycles composed by a single square cycle with frequency of 0.1 hz and by 125 sinusoidal cycles with frequency 2.5 hz. square cycles are introduced to take dic photos at maximum load. applied cycles have a loading ratio r = 0.1 and a maximum load expressed as a percentage of the mean failure load pu of three-point bend notched specimens under monotonic loading (pu=2.7 kn). sn-like data are n o m in a l s tr e ss , n [ m p a ] e a. spagnoli et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47 (2019) 394-400; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.29 397 reported in fig. 3, where the load range level is expressed as the range of the applied sif (calculated for a crack length equal to a0), normalized by the estimated sif threshold  0.5, = 0.74 mpami thk (see the last paragraph of the present section). run-out specimens (see open circle in fig. 3) correspond to unbroken specimens after a number of loading cycles larger than n0 = 100,000. a log-log linear fitting of the experimental points with 0> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_08_2740 j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 92 focussed on structural integrity and safety: experimental and numerical perspectives numerical investigation of the seismic behavior of unanchored steel tanks with an emphasis on the uplift phenomenon jalal akbari* bu-ali sina university, department of civil engineering, hamedan, iran j.akbari@basu.ac.ir, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9713-8652 omid salami laboratory of earthquake engineering and structural health monitoring of infrastructures (leeshmi), bu-ali sina university, hamedan, iran omidsalami@gmail.com mohsen isari faculty of civil engineering, university of tabriz, tabriz, iran isari.mohsen@tabrizu.ac.ir abstract. ground steel storage tanks are widely used in different industries. regarding the significance of these structures, ensuring the proper performance of such structures in earthquakes needs evaluating their seismic performance. the present study examines the seismic behavior of an unanchored fluid storage system via abaqus after validation with an experimental model. next, the uplift of the bottom sheet is studied using the accelerogram records of the 1940 el centro and 1994 northridge earthquakes. the overturning moment time history of the fluid storage system and the maximum overturning moments were obtained to identify their behavior. the results indicated that not bracing storage tanks leads to the uplift phenomenon. finally, the maximum axial stress of the storage tank shell was compared with the values recommended in the design codes to control the buckling. keywords. liquid storage tanks; steel cylindrical tanks; unanchored steel tanks; water storage tanks; uplift of steel tanks. citation: akbari, j., salami, o., isari, m., numerical investigation of the seismic behavior of unanchored steel tanks with an emphasis on the uplift phenomenon, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105. received: 20.01.2020 accepted: 21.03.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ylindrical ground fluid storage tanks are widely used in different industries to store water, fuel and chemical materials. the failure of fuel tanks, particularly in oil refineries, can lead to large and uncontrollable fire and impose destructive environmental effects. due to the presence of flammable materials in oil refineries, a small incident can c https://youtu.be/kbs1egqsywi j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 93 lead to a large disaster that not only imposes financial and life losses but also imposes irreparable environmental damages whose effects can last for many years. comprehensive studies have been conducted on fluid storage tanks. such studies are classified into three groups of analytical, experimental and numerical. tank studies were mostly conducted in the late 1940s by jacobsen [1] and in the early 1960s by housner [2]. he investigated the dynamic fluid forces on the inner wall of a tank and its surrounding environment. they analytically proposed some graphs to derive the effective mass of the fluid and hydrodynamic forces for different length/diameter ratios of the tank. the effective mass later became an essential factor in obtaining the base shear of tanks. this method was used by engineers to design tanks until 1955. after the 1964 alaska earthquake, an important study was conducted on the failure of tanks, which still is employed by clough [3]. in the late 1970s, analytical studies were conducted on tanks by veletsos, which demonstrated the more realistic behavior of tanks during earthquakes [4-8]. the validity of some of such models is accepted in the engineering society and included in design regulations as design standards. however, some tanks designed based on new regulations are damaged in intensive earthquakes. the weak performance of tanks in earthquakes indicates that the seismic behavior of such tanks is more complicated than that assumed in analytical or even numerical models and regulations. thus, considering the inability of analytical relations and complications, several experimental studies were conducted on the seismic behavior of tanks along with analytical and numerical methods. for example, niwa [9-10], and manos et al. [11] experimentally studied unanchored tanks. they examined scaled models under dynamic and static loads on shaking tables. they employed different conditions in the bottom clamping, support rigidity, the length/radius ratio of the tank and tank top shapes and compared the obtained results. zui et al. [12] investigated the clamping effect of an unanchored cylindrical tank on its seismic behavior. they concluded that the clamping of the tank considerably changed the seismic response. barton et al. [13] derived the seismic responses of fluid storage tanks to horizontal earthquakes via the added mass method chiba [14-15] evaluated the nonlinear vibration of cantilevered cylindrical tanks, including two polyethylene tanks. they found that the nonlinearity of a tank’s behavior is dependent on the heights of the tank and fluid. the general results of experimental studies suggest that the uplift mechanism, which is nonlinear to the excitation frequency, is an important phenomenon in the seismic responses of unanchored tanks. out-of-form wall deformation occurs in both anchored and unanchored seismic-loaded tanks. such deformation and the uplift mechanisms change the stress distribution and lead to compressive stress on the tank wall. such stress is larger in unanchored tanks than in anchored ones. owing to the rapid growth of computers, numerical techniques, particularly the finite element method (fem), have widely been employed to evaluate the behavior of tanks with high accuracy. they employed anchored and unanchored tanks. elzeiny [16] used the eulerian-lagrangian concept for the fluid and structure in their model. they obtained the nonlinear responses of fluid storage tanks by considering the waving of the water surface and the fluid-structure interaction (fsi). their assumptions included unanchored cylindrical metal fluid storage tanks under the strong movement of the ground. malhotra and clough investigated the behavior of steel cylindrical tanks with a simple beam model [17]. as well, malhotra studied the base uplifting phenomenon and simple seismic analysis of liquid-storage tanks [18-20]. souli et al. [21] proposed a procedure known as the arbitrary lagrangian-eulerian (ale) algorithm to solve the fsi problem. the ale algorithm suggests that the grid and material are independent of each other and the grid topology is stable. this allows the fluid surface material to maintain its lagrangian approach without becoming complicated due to large deformation, making it possible to deal with moving boundaries in grids. taniguchi [22] modeled and evaluated the dynamic movement parameters of unanchored cylindrical tanks containing a fluid in a single-direction movement. for fsi problems with large structural deformation and destructive fluid surface wave movements, aquelt et al. [23] proposed a method based on trial and error to model the reaction of the structure with the lagrangian approach and model the reaction of the fluid with the eulerian approach. virella et al. [24] predicted the maximum ground movement that would lead to elastic buckling on top of an anchored tank. in the most important recent experimental study, maekawa et al. [25] analyzed a model with a scale of 1:10 in terms of tank deformation and buckling. they reported that their method was properly consistent with experimental results in analyzing the bucking and behavior of a tank. besides, they found that their method was sufficiently accurate in evaluating the seismic strength of tanks, such as seismic safety. maekawa [2627] studied the seismic behavior of ground steel tanks via numerical modeling and obtained the reduction factor in regulations with higher accuracy. the present study investigates the seismic behavior of unanchored steel tanks via time history analysis with a focus on the uplift mechanism. for this purpose, the relationships between hydrodynamic loads and the bottom sheet uplift and their effects on the structural deformation, structural stress, and fluid movement through the tank were explored. the following assumptions were used for numerical models. the physical properties of the tank material are linear. the fluid is incompressible and non-viscose. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 94 the entire analyses are nonlinear and the time history analyses are an explicit integral. adaptive meshing is used. fsi is incorporated. the interaction between the tank and its bottom support is ignored. the fluid within the tank is generally assumed to be incompressible and non-viscous in the formulation of seismic problems for tanks. as well, the fluid is assumed to be non-rotational. the laplace differential equation is employed based on the velocity potential function to model the ideal fluid movement. the laplace boundary conditions are defined by the dynamic response of the tank structure. these boundary conditions are a combination of ground movement-induced vibration and hydrodynamic load-induced deformation. research methodology validation ue to the complications of the problem, it is required to validate the numerical model before examining the seismic behavior of the tank-fluid model. for this purpose, the study of maykawa [25], which includes a roofless ground tank-fluid tank, was used. the experimental results included the measurement of the pressure, surface wave height, and shell stress in a time of 8 s by an accelerogram. as can be seen, the system (fig. 1) is placed on a rigid rectangular plane. figure 1: the physical model of the experimental tank-fluid system [14] the tank’s height and diameter are both 1.83 m, the tank wall thickness is 2 mm, the tank material is aluminum with an elasticity modulus of 71 gpa, the material density is 2,700 kg/m3, and the yield stress is 100 mpa. the fluid is water with a density of 1,000 kg/m3 in 1.53 m of height. the seismic load is applied by a seismic table with an accelerogram of maximum base acceleration of 0.5 g. fig. 2 demonstrates the acceleration records in the northsouth direction. figure 2: the accelerogram of the experimental model [14] d j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 95 modeling was performed with finite-element software. the boundary conditions, loads, and other specifications used in the fem model were the same as those employed in the experimental investigation. double-curved membrane four-node elements with reduced integration and s4r membrane strain formulation (i.e., each element with four nodes and each node with six degrees of freedom) were employed in the tank wall meshing. these elements can properly simulate both local and general buckling. the modeling included the effects of large displacements and nonlinear shapes. welding details were excluded from the model. two separate components appear in water hydrodynamics: the impulsive component and the convective component. here, the surface wave phenomenon plays a key role. hence, specific eight-node elements of eos type known as the c3d8r elements were employed. such elements represent state equations and are used in software to model the states of surface waves. typical fluid-structure interaction (fsi) specifications were used in the fsi problem. the fsi of penalty type with a factor of 0.015 was applied. fig. 3 shows the time history results of pressure (except for the hydrostatic pressure) at two points in the tank with r = 1.83 m, height of z = 0.05 m and 0.45 m from the bottom. figure 3: the time history of pressure at two points between experimental and numerical models as can be seen, the numerical results are in good agreement with the experimental results. the pressure at t= 3s indicates that the pressure response amplitude is affected by the bottom uplift. fig. 4 represents the base shear time history. according to fig. 4, both experimental and fem results follow a similar trend in time. however, the fem results are slightly larger. the equivalent wave height is another essential aspect of tank-fluid systems. here, the time history of the equivalent wave height is derived from numerical values. fig. 5 depicts the equivalent time history responses at two points r=1.72 m and r=-1.72 m. the points were selected on the loading axis. although there are slight deviations from the experimental values in the numerical values, the numerical values are almost consistent with the experimental values in terms of peak times and wave shapes and amplitudes. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 96 figure 4: base shear’s time history between experimental and numerical models. figure 5: a comparison of the surface wave height time histories at points r=1.72 m and r=-1.72 m tab. 1 summarizes the details and parametric features of the tank-fluid system, including the equivalent surface wave height, base shear, overturning moment and axial shell stress. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 97 experiment numerical api (650) euro code (8) nzsee malhotra et al. [19] surface wave height (cm) 8.0 8.9 16 13 14 16 base shear force (kn) 40.7 47.3 37.3 44.3 39.4 45.9 overturning moment (kn.m) 65.1 28.9 21.8 29.0 25.0 30.6 axial shell stress (mpa) 25.8 20.5 n/a n/a 51.8 n/a table 1: a comparison of responses between numerical and experimental methods and regulations codes numerical results ig. 6 illustrates a schematic of the tank and its details. the unanchored roofless tank rests on a rigid bed. tab. 2 provides the specifications of the material. the shell thickness varies at different heights. the fluid is water in the heights of 6, 9, and 12, occupying 50%, 75%, and 100% of the tank capacity, respectively. the young modulus (e), passion’s index (ν), and density (ρ) of 210 gpa, 0.3, and 7800 kg/m3 were applied to the tank material. moreover, the density, bulk modulus, and wave speed of 1000 kg/m3, 2200 mpa, and 1449 m/s were applied to the water, respectively. figure 6: a schematic of the tank and the corresponding fem mesh. six models with different fluid levels were incorporated. tab. 2 provides the models. model fluid height (m) occupied tank capacity (%) record t1 6 50 1940 el centro t2 9 75 1940 el centro t3 12 100 1940 el centro t4 6 50 1994 northridge t5 9 75 1994 northridge t6 12 100 1994 northridge table 2: the models and applied earthquake records for numerical studies f j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 98 dynamic time history analyses were performed on the models at three different heights in a time of 12 s with the 1940 el centro and 1994 northridge accelerogram records. fig. 7 represents the specifications of the accelerogram records. the maximum ground accelerations of the el centro and northridge earthquakes occurred to be 0.35 and 0.58 g at 2.1 and 5.4 s, respectively, both in the north-south direction. [28] figure 7: the accelerogram records of a) the el centro (above) , and b) the northridge (below) these analyses were performed to obtain a better insight into the behavior of unanchored fluid storage tanks under seismic loads. figs. 8 and 9 indicate the overturning moment time histories of the tank-fluid system for the northridge and el centro earthquakes, respectively. the first reaction occurred from the beginning for approximately 5 and 4.5 s (figs. 8 and 9, respectively) when the system was subject to the el centro and northridge earthquakes. in this time, the load mostly arose from impulsive modes. figure 8: the overturning moment under the 1940 el centro earthquake. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 99 figure 9: the overturning moment under the 1994 northridge earthquake as can be seen, the second part of the graphs resulted from high-period movements. the fluid pressure loads on the wall were calculated, and their reflection caused the fluid to move within the tank. the observed behavior of lateral loads revealed that the behavior of the fluid was initially induced by impulsive values and then by convective values. tab. 3 provides the numerical results at the maximum load and the corresponding accelerogram record. earthquake tank maximum load units (mn, mn.m) time (s) acceleration (g) 1940 el centro t1 lateral load overturning moment 11.46 28.29 4.51 0.21 1940 el centro t2 lateral load overturning moment 16.62 69.09 9.73 0.04 1940 el centro t3 lateral load overturning moment 74.81 388.40 3.52 0.11 1994 northridge t4 lateral load overturning moment 14.11 36.51 5.44 0.53 1994 northridge t5 lateral load overturning moment 29.28 130.50 5.36 0.47 1994 northridge t6 lateral load overturning moment 54.49 278.10 4.11 0.51 table 3: the obtained results from applied earthquake records. as can be seen, the maximum loads did not occur at the time of the maximum acceleration. a comparison of the earthquake time histories and input accelerogram records with the load time histories reveals three different behaviors in the response time histories: 1. the maximum load occurs when the ground movement is large. for example, t6 overturned at 4.11 s with a ground acceleration of above 0.5g. 2. the maximum load happens when the total of the impulsive and vibrating movements of the fluid is maximum. for example, the maximum load of t2 happened at 9.73 s. 3. the maximum load takes place when the ground movement is medium but the reaction between the fluid movement and tank dynamic response is large. for example, t3 stayed stable at the maximum acceleration but overturned at 3.53 s at a ground acceleration of above 0.11 g. in this respect, higher impulsive modes have a strong effect on the general response of the tank-fluid system. bottom sheet uplift figs. 10 and 11 illustrate the vertical uplift time histories of the bottom sheet under the 1940 el centro and 1994 northridge earthquakes, respectively. for the tank-fluid system with a fluid height of 6 m, the bottom sheet exhibited no uplift when j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 100 subjected to the earthquakes. however, at a fluid height of 9 m, the bottom sheet uplifted once under the 1940 el centro earthquake and several times under the 1994 northridge earthquake. at a fluid height of 12 m, the tank overturned under the 1940 el centro and 1994 northridge earthquakes at 3.52 and 4.11 s, respectively. the results show that the tank-fluid system experienced a large uplift when overturning. a comparison of the bottom uplift time histories with the overturning moment time histories suggests that the bottom uplift takes place only when the overturning moment exceeds a specific value. also, a large bottom uplift happens at a large moment. figure 10: the bottom’s uplift time history under the 1940 el centro earthquake. figure 11: the bottom’s uplift time history under the 1994 northridge earthquake. as can be seen, there is a clear trend in the bottom uplift rise versus the overturning moment rise in the results. in general, there is a delay between the maximum overturning moment and the maximum bottom uplift. the magnitude and direction of the overturning moment may undergo significant changes in a short period under seismic loads. the time of the overturning moment-induced bottom uplift is typically small. thus, although the overturning moment is very large, the bottom uplift can remain small. figs. 9 and 10 present the maximum bottom uplift and the uplifted area. as can be seen, the uplifted area can be more than 9% of the tank radius. wozniak et al. [29] provided the ultimate uplift limit. the wave height within the tank. figs. 12 and 13 demonstrate the wave height time histories at the movement axis (θ=0) concerning the hydrodynamic pressure on the fluid free surface under the 1940 el centro and 1994 northridge earthquakes, respectively. as it can be observed from these figures, the maximum equivalent wave heights under the el centro earthquake were obtained to be 2.01 and 2.74 m for t1 and t2, respectively. also, the maximum equivalent wave heights under the northridge earthquake were derived to be 3.11 and 5.03 m for t4 and t5, respectively. specifically, the assumption of ignorable wave heights does not apply to other analytical models under the same conditions. the results suggest that the fluid wave height can be large and strongly damage upper installations during an earthquake. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 101 figure 12: the equivalent wave height time history under the 1940 el centro earthquake. figure 13: the equivalent wave height time history under the 1994 northridge earthquake. the stress and fracture of the tank wall the stress on the tank wall during an earthquake is generally affected by the membrane mechanism. figs. 14-17 illustrate the axial stress time histories near the tank bottom and at the middle level of the tank shell at the movement axis (θ=0). membrane stress is affected by the overturning moment near the bottom. membrane stress variations seem to have the same vibration features as the overturning moment near the tank base. at the middle fluid height level, where the overturning moment effect considerably reduces with an increase in the height, the axial stress is influenced by the wall deformation and has a different vibration pattern from the lower of the tank. as can be seen, the axial stress in the middle of the fluid can be very large. according to figs. 14 and 16, the axial stress at the bottom of the tank with 6 m of fluid height is largely affected by the bottom uplift. the tensile stress compared to the compressive stress reduces from 8 to 12 s in fig. 8 and from 8 to 11 s in fig. 17 for the tank with 9 m of fluid height due to the el centro earthquake. the tensile stress may even become compressive stress because of its reduction, which is dependent on the bottom sheet uplift. it is also observed that the maximum axial stress may not happen at the same time as the maximum turnover moment due to the shell deformation effects. the bending mechanism should also be considered both near the tank bottom, where fixes are applied, and in the locations with the highest deformations. the axial stress near the tank bottom is compressive rather than being tensile due to the bottom uplift-induced compression. the circumferential stress, which is generally tensile stress, arises from the outward fluid pressure and shell deformation. on the contrary, the circumferential stress seems to be compressive since the shell is fixed in the radial direction. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 102 figure 14: the axial stress time history of t1 under the 1940 el centro earthquake. figure 15: the axial stress time history of t2 under the 1940 el centro earthquake. figure 16: the axial stress time history of t4 under the 1994 northridge earthquake. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 103 figure 17: the axial stress time history of t5 under the 1994 northridge earthquake. tank structure failure the most-reported seismic damage is the buckling of the tank wall by high stress in response to seismic loads. tab. 4 provides the highest compressive stress on the tank wall. according to the awwa d100-96 standard [30], the permissible compressive stress is 105 mpa, considering structural stability. according to the analysis results, elephant-foot buckling may happen near the tank base in t2, t3, t5, and t6 due to large compressive stress. also, elephant-foot buckling can occur on the top of t2 due to large compressive circumferential stress. in other cases, buckling may take place due to a combination of axial compression and circumferential stress. based on the time history analysis results, the dynamic behavior of unanchored steel tanks during an earthquake can be summarized as follows: a) the dynamic behavior of unanchored systems is the same as that of anchored systems when the seismic load is not large enough to cause bottom uplift. the major deformations of an unanchored tank in response to seismic loads are bottom sheet uplift and out-of-form circular shell deformation due to the lack of anchoring systems. major tank deformations make the tank-fluid system very flexible. b) the bottom uplift mechanism is very complicated and nonlinear. the bottom sheet uplifts when the overturning moment exceeds the permissible value. although there is an alignment between the bottom uplift rise and the overturning moment rise, the bottom uplift behavior varies in wide overturning moment ranges. c) the lateral loads and the overturning moment may be impulsive or convective, depending on the value and type of the fluid components (i.e., either impulsive or convective). d) the tank’s stress appeared in response to seismic loading is generally influenced by the membrane mechanism. large bending mechanism-induced stress appear in locations with fixtures and large deformation, particularly in the lower part of the tank. e) high axial stress may occur near the tank base, leading to elephant-food buckling and the buckling fracture of the wall. a combination of compressive circumferential stress and tensile stress at a high height of a tank may also lead to elephant-foot buckling. earthquake height (m) axial stress (𝐤pa) height (m) 1940 el centro 6 31.4 0.46 1940 el centro 9 109.6 0.50 1940 el centro 12 662.8 0.00 1994 northridge 6 9.2 0.38 1994 northridge 9 160.0 0.48 1994 northridge 12 377.6 0.48 table 4: the maximum stress in the wall of the tank. j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 104 conclusions he numerical model of an unanchored steel ground storage tank demonstrated that the seismic behavior of unanchored tanks in response to seismic loads differs from that of anchored ones due to the nonlinearity of the uplift mechanism. thus, it is necessary to evaluate the effects of the uplift mechanism when designing a seismic load-resistant tank-fluid system. the effects of the uplift mechanism are generally evaluated by simplified equivalent models due to their complications. however, the results are not reliable. the present study investigated the seismic responses of unanchored tanks by time history analyses. the structural deformation due to uplifts, the interaction between the fluid movement and the dynamic structural response, and tank stress were completely discussed. the major conclusions of this study are outlined as follow: 1. bottom uplift occurs only when the fluid-induced overturning moment exceeds the critical value; 2. the uplift mechanism is nonlinear to the overturning moment; 3. the uplift mechanism determines the system’s dynamic response. the wall sheet turns around the bottom point when the bottom sheet uplifts, which causes larger deformation than the vibration-induced deformation. tank-fluid systems become very flexible when uplifting. 4. the bottom uplifting mechanism causes large stress on the tank structure. large compressive stress appears near the bottom and on the top of the shell due to the bottom sheet uplift. acknowledgment he first author acknowledges the all support from malayer university when he was an assistant professor of civil engineering from september 2008 to june 2019. conflict of interests he authors have no conflict of interest to declare. references [1] jacobsen, l.s. (1949). impulsive hydrodynamics of fluid inside a cylindrical tank and of fluid surrounding a cylindrical pier. bull seismol soc amer 39(3), pp. 189204. [2] housner, g.w. (1963). the dynamic behavior of water tanks. bulletin of the seismological society of america, 53 (2), pp. 381-387. [3] clough, d. p. (1977). experimental evaluation of seismic design methods for broad cylindrical tanks. report no. uc/eerc 77-10. earthquake engineering research center, university of california, berkeley, calif. [4] veletsos, a.s. (1974). seismic effects in flexible liquid storage tanks”, proceedings of fifth world conference on earthquake engineering, rome italy, 1, pp. 630-639 [5] veletsos, a. s. and yang, j. y. (1976). dynamics of fixed-based liquid storage tanks. proceedings of 03-japan seminar for earthquake engineering research with emphasis on lifting systems. tokyo, pp. 317-341 [6] veletsos, a. s. and yang, j. y. (1977). earthquake response of liquid storage tanks. advances in civil engineering through engineering mechanics division specialty conference, asce, north carolina, pp. 1-24. [7] veletsos, a.s. (1984). seismic response and design of liquid storage tanks. in: guidelines for the seismic design of oil and gas pipeline systems. asce; pp. 255-370. 443-60. [8] veletsos, a.s., tang, y., and tang, h.t. (1992). dynamic response of flexibly supported liquid-storage tanks, journal of structural engineering, asce, 118 (1), pp. 264-283. t t t j. akbari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 92-105; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.08 105 [9] niwa, a. (1978). seismic behavior of tall liquid-storage tanks. report no.78, earthquake engineering research center, university of california at berkeley. [10] niwa, a., clough, r.w. (1982). buckling of cylindrical liquid storage tanks under earthquake loading. earthq eng struct dyn, 10(1), pp. 107_22. [11] manos, g.c., clough, r.w. (1982). further study of the earthquake response of a broad cylindrical liquid storage tank. earthquake engineering research center. report ucb/eerc 82-07. [12] zui, h., osamu, o., tohru, s., and akira, n. (1985). seismic response analysis and dynamic model tests of cylindrical tanks. doboku gakkai ronbunshu 362, pp. 441-450. [13] barton, d. c., and parker j. v. (1987). finite element analysis of the seismic response of anchored and unanchored liquid storage tanks." earthquake engineering & structural dynamics, 15(3), pp. 299-322. [14] chiba, m. (1993). non-linear hydroelastic vibration of a cantilever cylindrical tank—i. experiment (empty case). international journal of non-linear mechanics 28(5), pp. 591-599. [15] chiba, m. (1993). non-linear hydroelastic vibration of a cantilever cylindrical tank—ii. experiment (liquid-filled case). international journal of non-linear mechanics 28(5), pp. 601-612. [16] el-zeiny, a. (1995). nonlinear time-dependent seismic response of unanchored liquid storage tanks. ph.d. dissertation. irvine: department of civil and environmental engineering, university of california. [17] malhotra, p.k., veletsos, a.s. (1994). beam model for the base-uplifting analysis of cylindrical tanks. j struct eng, asce 120(12), pp. 3471-3488. [18] malhotra, p.k. (1995). base uplifting analysis of flexibly supported liquid-storage tanks. earthq eng struct dyn 24(12), pp. 1591-1607. [19] malhotra, p.k. (1997). seismic response of soil-supported unanchored liquid storage tanks. journal of structural engineering, asce, 123 (4), pp. 440-450. [20] malhotra, p.k. (2000). simple procedure for seismic analysis of liquid-storage tanks. structural engineering international, 3, pp. 197-201. [21] souli, m., zolesio j.p. (2001). arbitrary lagrangian_eulerian and free surface methods in fluids mechanics. comput methods appl mech eng 191, pp. 451-466. [22] taniguchi, t. (2004). rocking behavior of unanchored flat-bottom cylindrical shell tanks under the action of horizontal base excitation. eng struct 26, pp. 415-426. [23] aquelet, n., souli, m., olovsson, l. (2006). euler–lagrange coupling with damping effects: application to slamming problems. computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering. 195(1-3), pp. 110-32. [24] virella, j.c., godoy, l.a., suarez, l.e. (2006). dynamic buckling of anchored steel tanks subjected to horizontal earthquake excitation. j constr steel res 62, pp. 521-531. [25] maekawa, a., shimizu, y., suzuki, m. and fujita, k. (2010). vibration test of a 1/10 reduced scale model of cylindrical water storage tank, journal of pressure vessel technology, 132(5), 051801-1-051801-13. [26] maekawa, a. (2012). consideration of a method to estimate seismic response reduction coefficient for liquid storage tanks.,15th wcee, lisboa. [27] maekawa, a. (2013). recent advances in seismic response analysis of cylindrical liquid storage tanks, institute of nuclear safety system, inc. japan, 2(12). [28] pacific earthquake engineering research center, peer strong motion database, (2011) http://peer.berkley.edu.smcat. [29] wozniak, r. s., and warren, w. (1978). basis of seismic design provisions for welded steel oil storage tanks. chicago bridge & iron company. [30] american water works association. standard for welded steel tanks for water storage. ansi/awwa d100-96 (1997). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_15_3246.docx h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 198 focussed on steels and composites for engineering structures forced vibration analysis of laminated composite plates under the action of a moving vehicle h.a. mobaraki, r.-a. jafari-talookolaei babol noshirvani university of technology, shariati ave., 47148-71167 babol, mazandaran, iran hossein.mobaraki1995@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7713-1215 ra.jafari@nit.ac.ir, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4357-2597 p.s. valvo university of pisa, largo lucio lazzarino, i-56122 pisa, italy p.valvo@ing.unipi.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6439-1926 r. haghani chalmers university of technology, sven hultins gata 6, se-412 96 gothenburg, sweden reza.haghani@chalmers.se, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0547-7700 abstract. this paper provides a finite element analysis of laminated composite plates under the action of a moving vehicle. the vehicle is modeled as a rigid body with four suspension systems, each consisting of a springdashpot. overall, the vehicle possesses three degrees of freedom: vertical, rolling, and pitching motions. the equations of motion of the plate are deduced based on first-order shear deformation theory. using the eulerlagrange equations, the system of coupled equations of motion is extracted and solved by using the newmark time discretization scheme. the algorithm is validated through the comparison of both the free and forced vibration results provided by the present model and exact or numerical results reported in the literature. the effects are investigated of several system parameters on the dynamic response. keywords. forced vibration; laminated composites; moving vehicle. citation: mobaraki, h.a., jafari-talookolaei, r.-a., valvo, p.s., haghani dogaheh, r., forced vibration analysis of laminated composite plates under the action of a moving vehicle, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211. received: 21.08.2021 accepted: 13.10.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n recent years, the dynamic analysis of engineering structures, such as bridges, roads, and rails, under the action of moving loads has gained great attention. such structures are often subjected to high stresses and experience severe vibrations. bridges as main substructures can be modeled as plates traversed by three major types of loading: moving loads, moving masses, and moving oscillators. thus, researchers have studied their behavior under the action of these loadings. i https://youtu.be/npted1pabpg h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 199 some researchers have focused their studies on analyzing the effects of moving loads on isotropic beams and plates [1-4], while others have focused on the case of moving masses [5-8]. besides, some works are related to moving oscillators [9-11]. ghafoori et al. [12] provided a semi-analytical method to obtain the dynamic response of a plate subjected to a moving oscillator. also, wu et al. [13] aimed at introducing a technique to replace each 3-dof system consisting of spring-mass by a set of equivalent masses. lin and trethewey [14] investigated the response of elastic beams subjected to an arbitrary springmass damper system and obtained the governing equations of motion based on the finite element method (fem). recently, laminated composites, due to their lightweight and high strength, as well as the material adaptability, have gained in popularity for the construction of civil structures such as bridges. this has brought a new field of interest in studying the response of either laminated composite plates or beams traversed by moving oscillators or loads. malekzadeh et al. [15] studied the dynamic response of cross-ply thick laminated plate under the action of moving load based on three-dimensional elasticity. they applied layerwise theory to discretize the equations of motion. mohebpour et al. [16] investigated the response of laminated composite plate subjected to moving oscillator using the fem based on first-order shear deformation theory (fsdt). in 2004, lee et al. [17] analyzed a multi-span continuous composite plate under multi-moving loads based on third-order shear deformation theory (tsdt). ghafoori and asghari [18] presented an analysis of angle-ply laminated composite plates traversed by moving masses and forces. they applied the fem to obtain equations of motion and solved them by using the newmark method. mohebpour et al. [19] developed an algorithm based on the fem to study the response of laminated composite beams subjected to moving oscillators. they used fsdt to obtain the equations of the beam. kim [20] studied the dynamic stability behavior of damped laminated beams subjected to uniformly distributed forces based on a finite element formulation consistent with vlasov’s beam theory. also, the effect of fiber orientation, boundary conditions, and external and internal damping was studied. it should be mentioned that the dynamic response of an intact plate can be used for damage detection in a defected plate [21-23]. in this paper, the problem of a laminated composite plate subjected to a moving vehicle is investigated. thus, the effects of various parameters, such as vehicle mass, plate damping ratio, etc., are also investigated. the governing equations of the plate are obtained based on fsdt and the vehicle is considered as a rigid body having 3 degrees of freedom: vertical, rolling, and pitching motions. this modelling approach is the major novelty of the present paper. lastly, the newmark time integration procedure is used to find the response of the system in time. mathematical modeling onsider a laminated composite plate under the action of a moving vehicle with constant velocity v along the x-axis as shown in fig. 1. the plate has length a, width b and thickness h with the coordinate frame placed at the midplane. the displacement field based on fsdt is as follows:       0, , , , , , ,xu x y z t u x y t z x y t       0, , , , , , ,yv x y z t v x y t z x y t (1)     0, , , , ,w x y z t w x y t where u , v and w are the displacements of a point of the laminate (x, y, z) in the three coordinate directions. also, 0u , 0v and 0w refer to displacements of a point on the mid-plane (  0z ) and  x ,  y refer to rotations about the xand yaxis, respectively. using eqn.1, the non-zero strain components are derived as follow:       0, 0, ,x x x x x x xu u z zk       0, 0, ,y y y y y y yv v z zk (2)           0, , 0, 0, , ,xy y x y x x y y x xy xyu v u v z z zk c h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 200            0 xz x wu w z x x            0 yz y wv w z y y where x ,  , y and  xy denote the normal and shear strains of an arbitrary point, respectively. furthermore,  0 x ,  0 y , and  0xy are the mid-plane strains, and xk , yk and xyk are the bending curvatures. figure 1: laminated composite plate under the action of a moving vehicle according to the transformed constitutive relations for a 2d orthotropic lamina, the stress-strain relations for the kth lamina can be written as [24]:                                                            11 12 16 44 45 12 22 26 45 55 16 26 66 ,     k kk k kkx x yz yz y y xz xz xy xy q q q q q q q q q q q q q (3) where ijq is the reduced stiffness. the strain energy of the laminated composite plate is:                                      20 0 2 1 ( )      2 h a b k k k k k k k k k k p x x y y xy xy yz yz xz xzhu dz dy dx (4) substituting eqn.3 into eqn.4 and then integrating over the thickness leads to:            2 2 2 2 2 2p 11 0, 22 0, 66 0, 0, 0, 0, 11 , 22 ,0 0 1 u [ 2 2 a b x y y x y x x x y ya u a v a u v u v d d                   2 2 2 266 , , , , 44 0, 0, 16 , 0, 0,2 2 2x y y x x y y x y y y y x x y xd a w w b u v          2 255 0, 0, 12 0, 0, 16 0, 0, 0,2 2 2x x x x x y y x xa w w a u v a u v u             11 , 0, 12 , 0, 16 , , 0, 26 , 0, 0,2 2 2 2x x x y y x x y y x x y y y xb u b u b u b u v (5)            26 0, 0, 0, 12 , 0, 22 , 0, 26 , , 0,2 2 2 2y x y x x y y y y x y y x ya u v v b v b v b v h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 201                66 , , 0, 0, 12 , , 16 , , ,2 2 2x y y x y x y y x x x y y x x xb u v d d             26 , , , 45 0, 0,2 2 ] dy dxx y y x y y x x y yd a w w furthermore, the kinetic energy of the laminated composite plate is:              2 2 2 2 2,t , , , , , , , ,0 0 1 [ ( ) + 2         2 a b p 0 t t 1 t x t t y t 2 x t y tt i u v w i u v i dy dx (6) where  0 1 2,   , i i i are mass moments of inertia, defined as follows:           2 2 0 1 2 2 ,  ,  1,  ,  h h i i i z z z dz (7) as mentioned earlier, a moving vehicle is modeled with 3-dof as shown in fig. 1. the potential energy of the vehicle is:                               2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 4 1 4 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 4 v v v v v v v v v u k q w b q a q k q w b q a q mg k q w b q a q k q w b q a q w w w w (8) where     0 ,          1, 2, 3, 4i i iw w x y i (9) also, the damped energy of dashpots can be written as:                                         2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 4 1 4 2 3 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 dv v v v v v v v v w c q w b q a q c q w b q a q c q w b q a q c q w b q a q (10) in the above equations, ik and    1, 2, 3, 4ic i refer to the suspension system stiffness and damping parameters, respectively. moreover, the kinetic energy of the vehicle is:     2 2 21 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 v x yt mq i q i q (11) where m is the vehicle total mass and xi and yi are its mass moments of inertia about the xand y-axes respectively. figure 2: rectangular higher-order element h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 202 finite element solution n order to obtain numerical results, we propose a higher-order plate element as shown in fig. 2. the element has 9 nodes and each node has 5 degrees of freedom including the axial displacement 0u , lateral displacements 0 0,  v w , and independent rotations  ,  x y . to obtain the generalized displacement corresponding to each degree of freedom inside an element, the lagrange interpolation is used. this can be stated as:     0 , uu x y n d     0 , vv x y n d     0 , ww x y n d (12)        , xx x y n d        , yy x y n d where  d is the element nodal displacement vector and  un ,  vn ,  wn ,   xn , and   yn are the shape function matrices, defined as:     1 2 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0un n n n     1 2 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0vn n n n     1 2 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0wn n n n (13)       1 2 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0xn n n n       1 2 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0yn n n n where the in functions are            1 1 2 1 1 2 1n           2 4 1 1 2 1n          3 2 1 1 2 1n            4 4 1 2 1 1n         5 16 1 1n (14) i h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 203          6 4 2 1 1n           7 1 2 1 2 1n          8 4 1 2 1n         9   2 1 2 1n here, ζ   e x a . and η e y b are non-dimensional element coordinates and ea and eb are the element length and width, respectively. substituting eqn.12 into eqn.5 and eqn.6 respectively provides:      1 2 t p eu d k d (15)       1  2 t p et d m d (16) where  ek is the element stiffness matrix and  em is the element mass matrix. their expressions are provided in appendix a. after assembling the element matrices and applying the euler-lagrange equations, the coupled governing equations of motion are obtained as follows:                                                                ¨ ¨ 111 ¨ 22 2 33 ¨ 3 δ δδ qqqm c k f qq q qq q (17) where  δ is the plate total displacement vector and  pc is the plate damping matrix, assumed as rayleigh’s proportional damping [25]:       0 1p p pc a m a k (a 18)                      0 1 1/1 1/2 i i i j j j a a (b 18) eqn.17 is discretized by applying the newmark time integration method in which γ 1/ 2 and β 1/ 4 . numerical results n this section, firstly, the free vibration results are compared with those available in the literature. also, a parametric analysis is carried out to study the effects of system dynamic characteristics on the dynamic response of plate. the examples provided are based on the following material properties unless mentioned otherwise: i h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 204    1 2 12 13 240  ,    9.65  ,    0.6 e gpa e gpa g g e     323 2 120.5  ,    0.25,      1389.23  /g e v kg m as a first example, the variation of the non-dimensional natural frequency of a laminated composite plate simply supported along all edges with symmetric cross-ply layup   0 / 90 is considered by changes of /a h . tab. 1 shows the results. refs. /a h 10 20 50 100 kant et al. [26] 15.1048 17.6470 18.6720 18.835 matsunaga ]27] 15.0721 17.6369 18.6702 18.835 reddy [28] 15.1073 17.6457 18.6718 18.835 akavci [29] 15.3684 17.7584 18.6934 18.841 rodriguez et al. [30] 15.1674 17.7471 18.7895 18.956 abedi et al. [31] 15.1056 17.6448 18.6719 18.836 present 15.1425 17.6592 18.6689 18.789 table 1: non-dimensional natural frequency (  2 22ω (ω / h ) ρ/ ea ) of a laminated composite plate simply supported at all edges with symmetric cross-ply layup   0 / 90 . from the above results, it is obvious that an increment in the plate length with respect to its thickness decreases the overall stiffness of the plate. as a consequence, it increases the non-dimensional natural frequency. the next example expresses the effect of plate length to thickness on the first three non-dimensional natural frequencies. the plate has a     0 / 30 / 60 / 0 layup and two alternative boundary conditions: cccc and ssss. (a) (b) figure 3: effect of plate length to thickness on the first three non-dimensional natural frequencies (a) cccc (b) ssss. ( 1 225e e ,  12 13 20.5g g e , 23 20.2g e ) h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 205 in order to obtain non-dimensional forced vibration results, firstly, non-dimensional parameters are discussed as below: (a) velocity parameter α , defined as the ratio of the fundamental period of the plate to the time required for the vehicle passing the span    2 α   p v a (19) where v is the velocity of vehicle. it is supposed that the velocity is constant and the vehicle is moving along the x-axis. (b) mass parameter  , defined as the ratio of vehicle mass to the plate mass     p m m m abh (20) (c) frequency parameter γi , defined as the ratio of the natural frequency of quarter-vehicle to the fundamental frequency of the plate         / 4 γ        1, 2, 3, 4 i i i p p k m i (21) (d) mass moments of inertia ε and χ are defined as below:  2 χ y p i m a (a 22)  2 ε x p i m h (b 22) (e) logarithmic decrement of quarter-vehicle spring-dashpot δi , which is defined as                    δ     1, 2, 3, 4 12 2 4 4 2 / 4 i i i i c c i m kmf m (23) in the following examples, the values of ik and ic for all suspension systems are equal. to validate the forced vibration results, the model of the vehicle is reduced to a moving oscillator as discussed in [16]. fig. 4 shows the comparison of results. it can be seen that the present reduced-order model tracks the reported results with low deviation. therefore, the maximum errors are 2.29% for   1.5 and 2.17% for   2 . the next examples provide a better look at the mid-point deflection of the laminated composite plate. as a first example, the effect of boundary conditions on the dynamic magnification factor (dmf), defined as the ratio of maximum dynamic deflection with respect to maximum static deflection is studied. a laminated plate is considered with   30 / 60 as layup. here, the subscript “as’’ refers to an anti-symmetric stacking sequence. four different boundary conditions are considered: cccc, ssss, cfcf, and sfsf. it should be noted that, for a better comparison among results, the maximum static deflection, in this example and in the further ones, is referred to the condition having lower dmf. it can be concluded that the cccc boundary condition has higher stiffness. thus, it gains lower amounts of dmf, as can be seen from fig. 5. h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 206 figure 4: comparison of present reduced-order model with reference [16] figure 5: influence of various boundary conditions on mid-point dmf (  0.2 , γ 0.1 ,  χ ε 0.1 ,  δ 0.1,    5 %p ). fig. 6 presents the effect of the plate slenderness ratio parameter under cccc boundary condition with   30 / 60 as layup. increasing the length causes dmf to shift towards higher values. this happens because an increase in the length of the plate leads to a decrement in its structural stiffness and an increment in the dynamic deflection. to study the effect of plate damping ratio, consider a plate simply supported along all edges with   30 / 60 as layup. according to fig. 7 increasing damping ratio leads to a reduction in mid-point dynamic deflection which indeed reduces dmf. however, the critical velocity is kept constant. the last example expresses the influence of vehicle mass on the dynamic deflection of the mid-point. the laminated composite plate has     0 / 30 / 60 / 0 layup with cccc boundary condition. fig. 8 shows that, as long as the vehicle h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 207 mass increases, the mid-point dynamic deflection increases during the existence of loading on plate. as a matter of fact, the dmf increases as shown in fig. 9. figure 6: influence of slenderness ratio on mid-point dmf (  0.2 , γ 0.1 ,  χ ε 0.1 ,  δ 0.1,    5 %p ). figure 7: effect of plate damping ratio on mid-point dmf (  0.2 , γ 0.1 ,  χ ε 0.1 , δ 0.1 ). conclusion n this paper, the forced vibrations are investigated of a laminated composite plate under the action of a moving vehicle. several examples are included to study the influence of system dynamic parameters, such as plate damping ratio, vehicle mass, and plate slenderness ratio. the equations of motion of plate are obtained based on first-order shear deformation i h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 208 theory and solved using newmark’s discretization scheme. free and forced vibration results show good agreement with those available in the literature. this modeling algorithm can be extended to a full vehicle model to obtain results that are applicable in practical designs. it is shown that the sfsf boundary condition provides higher values of dmf. besides, decreasing the damping ratio and increasing the slenderness ratio, alongside with the vehicle mass, can have considerable effect on the dmf. figure 8: effect of vehicle mass on mid-point dynamic deflection during the existence of load on plate (  0.2 γ 0.1 ,         0.1, 0.1, 5%, 1)p figure 9: dynamic magnification factor for various vehicle masses (  0.2 , γ 0.1 ,  χ ε 0.1 ,  δ 0.1,    5 %p ) h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 209 appendix a        0 0 0 0 0 0 0 011 , , 22 , , 66 , , , ,0 0[ . . ( . . a b t t t t e u x u x v y v y u y u y v x v xk a n n a n n a n n n n       0 0 0 0, , , , 11 , , 22 , ,. . ) . .x x y y t t t t u y v x v x u y x x y yn n n n d n n d n n           66 , , , , , , , ,( . . . .x x y y x y x y t t t t y y x x y x y xd n n n n n n n n        0 0 0, , 44 , , ,. ) ( . . .y x y y y t t t t x y w y w y w yn n a n n n n n n       0 0 0 0, 55 , , ,. ) ( . . .y x x x t t t t w y w x w x w xn n a n n n n n n     0 0 0 0 0 0 0, 12 , , , , 16 , ,. ) . . ( .xt t t tw x u x v y v y u x u y u xn n a n n n n a n n       0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0, , , , , , 11 , , , ,  . . . ) . .x xt t t t tu x u y v x u x u x v x x u x u x xn n n n n n b n n n n        0 0 0 012 , , , , 16 , , , ,. . ( . .y y x xt t t ty u x u x y y u x u x yb n n n n b n n n n     0 0 0 0 0 0, , , , 26 , , , ,. . ) ( . .y y t t t t x u x u x x u y v y v y u yn n n n a n n n n      0 0 0 0 0 0, , , , 12 , , , ,. . ) . .x xt t t tv x v y v y v x x v y v y xn n n n b n n n n        0 0 0 022 , , , , 26 , , , ,. . ( . .y y x xt t t ty v y v y y y v y v y yb n n n n b n n n n       0 0 0 0, , , , 16 , , , ,. . ) ( . .y y x x t t t t x v y v y x x u y u y xn n n n b n n n n       0 0 0 0, , , , 26 , , , ,. . ) ( . .x x y y t t t t x v x v x x y u y u y yn n n n b n n n n       0 0 0 0, , 66 , , , , , ,. ( . . .y x x x t t t t y v x y u y u y y y v xn n b n n n n n n       0 0 0 0, , , , , , , ,. .   . .x y y y t t t t v x y x u y u y x x v xn n n n n n n n           0 , , 12 , , , , 16 , ,. ) . . ( .y y x x y x xt t t tv x x y x x y y xn n d n n n n d n n           , , , , , , 26 , ,. . . ) ( .x x y x x y x y t t t t x y x x x x y yn n n n n n d n n           , , , , , , 45. . . ) ( .y x y y y y x y t t t t y y x y y xn n n n n n a n n          0 0 0 0, , , ,. . . . .y x x x y y t t t t t w y w y w x w xn n n n n n n n n n   0 0 0 0, , , , . . )]   t tw x w y w y w xn n n n dy dx                                0 10 0[i . . . i ( . .x x a b tt t t t e u u v v w w u um n n n n n n n n n n                                   2 . . )) i . . ] y y x x y y t ttt v vn n n n n n n n dy dx references [1] song, q., shi, j., liu, z., wan, y. (2016). dynamic analysis of rectangular thin plates of arbitrary boundary conditions under moving loads, int. j. mech. sci., 117, pp. 16–29, doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2016.08.005. [2] frýba, l. (2013). vibration of solids and structures under moving loads, vol. 1. springer science & business media. [3] kim, t., lee, u. (2018). vibration analysis of thin plate structures subjected to a moving force using frequency-domain spectral element method, shock vib., doi: 10.1155/2018/1908508. h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 210 [4] babagi, p.n., navayi neya, b., dehestani, m. (2017). three dimensional solution of thick rectangular simply supported plates under a moving load, meccanica, 52(15), pp. 3675–3692, doi: 10.1007/s11012-017-0653-x. [5] wu, j.j. (2007). vibration analyses of an inclined flat plate subjected to moving loads, j. sound vib., 299(1–2), pp. 373– 387, doi: 10.1016/j.jsv.2006.07.002. [6] mofid, m., shadnam, m. (2000). on the response of beams with internal hinges, under moving mass, adv. eng. softw., 31(5), pp. 323–328, doi: 10.1016/s0965-9978(99)00061-7. [7] esen, i. (2013). a new finite element for transverse vibration of rectangular thin plates under a moving mass, finite elem. anal. des., 66, pp. 26–35, doi: 10.1016/j.finel.2012.11.005. [8] esen, i. (2011). dynamic response of a beam due to an accelerating moving mass using moving finite element approximation, math. comput. appl., 16(1), pp. 171–82, doi: 10.3390/mca16010171. [9] moghaddas, m., sedaghati, r., esmailzadeh, e., khosravi, p. (2009). finite element analysis of a timoshenko beam traversed by a moving vehicle, proc. inst. mech. eng. part k j. multi-body dyn., 223(3), pp. 231–243, doi: 10.1243/14644193jmbd179. [10] ebrahimi, m., gholampour, s., jafarian kafshgarkolaei, h., nikbin, i.m. (2015). dynamic behavior of a multispan continuous beam traversed by a moving oscillator, acta mech., 226(12), pp. 4247–4257, doi: 10.1007/s00707-015-1474-4. [11] pesterev, a.v., yang, b., bergman, l.a., tan, c.a. (2001). response of elastic continuum carrying multiple moving oscillators, j. eng. mech, 127.3, pp. 260-265. [12] ghafoori, e., kargarnovin, m.h., ghahremani, a.r. (2011). dynamic responses of a rectangular plate under motion of an oscillator using a semi-analytical method, jvc/journal vib. control, 17(9), pp. 1310–1324, doi: 10.1177/1077546309358957. [13] wu, j.j. (2006). free vibration characteristics of a rectangular plate carrying multiple three-degree-of-freedom springmass systems using equivalent mass method, int. j. solids struct., 43(3–4), pp. 727–746, doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2005.03.061. [14] lin, y.h., trethewey, m.w. (1990). finite element analysis of elastic beams subjected to moving dynamic loads. jsv/journal of sound and vib., 136.2, pp. 323-342. [15] malekzadeh, p., fiouz, a.r., razi, h. (2009). three-dimensional dynamic analysis of laminated composite plates subjected to moving load, compos. struct., 90(2), pp. 105–114, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2009.02.008. [16] mohebpour, s.r., malekzadeh, p., ahmadzadeh, a.a. (2011). dynamic analysis of laminated composite plates subjected to a moving oscillator by fem, compos. struct., 93(6), pp. 1574–1583, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2011.01.003. [17] lee, s.y., yhim, s.s. (2004). dynamic analysis of composite plates subjected to multi-moving loads based on a third order theory, int. j. solids struct., 41(16–17), pp. 4457–4472, doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2004.03.021. [18] ghafoori, e., asghari, m. (2010). dynamic analysis of laminated composite plates traversed by a moving mass based on a first-order theory, compos. struct., 92(8), pp. 1865–1876, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2010.01.011. [19] mohebpour, s.r., fiouz, a.r., ahmadzadeh, a.a. (2011). dynamic investigation of laminated composite beams with shear and rotary inertia effect subjected to the moving oscillators using fem, compos. struct., 93(3), pp. 1118–1126, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2010.09.011. [20] kim, n. il. (2010). dynamic stability behavior of damped laminated beam subjected to uniformly distributed subtangential forces, compos. struct., 92(11), pp. 2768–2780, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2010.04.005. [21] saadatmorad, m., jafari-talookolaei, r.-a., pashaei, m.h., khatir, s. (2021). damage detection on rectangular laminated composite plates using wavelet based convolutional neural network technique, compos. struct., 278, 114656, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2021.114656. [22] khatir, s., tiachacht, s., thanh, c.l., ghandourah, e., mirjalili, s., abdel wahab, m. (2021). an improved artificial neural network using arithmetic optimization algorithm for damage assessment in fgm composite plates. compos. struct., 273, 114287, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2021.114287. [23] zenzen, r., khatir, s., belaidi, i., thanh, c.l., abdel wahab, m. (2021). a modified transmissibility indicator and artificial neural network for damage identification and quantification in laminated composite structures, compos. struct., 248, 112497, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.112497. [24] reddy, j.n. (2003). mechanics of laminated composite plates and shells: theory and analysis, crc press [25] chopra, a.k. (2012). dynamics of structures, upper saddle river, nj: pearson education [26] kant, t., swaminathan, k. (2001). analytical solutions for free vibration of laminated composite and sandwich plates based on a higher-order refined theory, compos. struct., 53(1), pp. 73–85, doi: 10.1016/s0263-8223(00)00180-x. [27] matsunaga, h. (2000). vibration and stability of cross-ply laminated composite plates according to a global higher-order plate theory, compos. struct., 48(4), pp. 231–244, doi: 10.1016/s0263-8223(99)00110-5. h.a. mobaraki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 198-211; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.15 211 [28] reddy, j.n. (1984). a simple higher-order theory for laminated composite plates, j. appl. mech. trans. asme, 51(4), pp. 745–752, doi: 10.1115/1.3167719. [29] akavci, s.s. (2007). buckling and free vibration analysis of symmetric and antisymmetric laminated composite plates on an elastic foundation, j. reinf. plast. compos., 26(18), pp. 1907–1919, doi: 10.1177/0731684407081766. [30] rodrigues, j.d., natarajan, s., ferreira, a.j.m., carrera, e., cinefra, m., bordas, s.p.a. (2014). analysis of composite plates through cell-based smoothed finite element and 4-noded mixed interpolation of tensorial components techniques, comput. struct., 135, pp. 83–87, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2014.01.011. [31] abedi, m., jafari-talookolaei, r., valvo, p.s. (2016). a new solution method for free vibration analysis of rectangular laminated composite plates with general stacking sequences and edge restraints, comput. struct., 175, pp. 144–156, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2016.07.007. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_49_art_47_2275 d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 507 focused on showcasing structural integrity research in india optimization of vanadium content for achieving higher wear resistance and hardness in high cr-v white cast irons for ball tube mill liner application dhirendra kumar, g. jayaraman, m. swamy, a. h. v. pavan , antony m. c. harison corporate research & development division, bhel, hyderabad, india, 500093 dkumar@bhel.in, jayaraman@bhel.in, smekala@bhel.in, pavanahv@bhel.in, harisonmc@bhel.in a. n. sudhakar heavy power equipment plant, bhel, ramachandrapuram, hyderabad, india, 502302 ansudhakar@bhel.in abstract. the liner materials in coal fired tube mills are less promising due to lower combination of abrasion wear resistance, hardness and impact toughness properties, thus giving service life of 25,000 to 35,000 hours. in this study, focus was given to develop a high cr-v cast iron of high abrasion wear resistance with higher hardness and impact strength for ball tube mill liner application. the developed liner possesses high abrasive wear resistance and impact resistance simultaneously with expected service life of 40,000 to 50,000 hours. this grade was made using induction melting and sand casting method. the casting was heat treated in two stages to achieve higher abrasion wear resistance and mechanical properties. various tests like chemical analysis, abrasion wear, hardness and impact tests were conducted on the above developed material. abrasion wear test results show a low wear loss value (2.7 to 4.4 mg/min). hardness and impact tests show a high combination of hardness (57 to 64 hrc) and impact strength (44 to 57 j/cm2). prototype tube mill liners were manufactured and tested in a tube mill at 250mw site. results obtained from site testing are also discussed in this study. keywords. high cr cast iron; high cr-v cast iron; abrasion wear; hardness; impact strength. citation: kumar, d., jayaraman, g., swamy, m., pavan, a.h.v., harison, a.m.c., sudhakar, a. n., study of microstructure, abrasion wear and mechanical properties of high cr-v white cast iron for ball tube mill liner application, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514. received: 24.11.2018 accepted: 21.05.2019 published: 01.07.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction urning coal with higher efficiency has been a great need in coal pulverizing sector wherein coal is burnt like gas. burning coal like gas reduces the co2 emission by reduction of coal consumption. coal is pulverized with the help of liner plates inside the mill. these plates are mostly made of high chromium cast irons (hcrcis) and b http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/49/2275.mp4 d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 508 possess high hardness and wear resistance. hcrcis have m7c3 carbide in their matrices which enables them to have high wear resistance property [1, 2]. these cast irons have continuous distribution of rod-like m7c3 carbide in their respective matrices. the continuous distribution of m7c3 carbide makes their toughness lower. in order to improve their toughness, the morphology of carbides can be modified to chunk-like or even granular [3]. so, with discontinuous distribution of m7c3 carbide, a high chromium cast iron would be quite promising in wearing parts of machines in many industries like coal pulverizes. the demand of higher wear resistant material in coal pulverizing sector has always been encouraging to reduce the dwell time to the great extent. the need ‘to eliminate frequent shutdown of tube mill for replacement of worn out and/or broken liners and loss in terms of power productivity’ have encouraged to develop candidate alloys which provide superior abrasive wear resistance along with adequate toughness [4, 5]. the addition of strong carbide-forming elements, such as vanadium, tungsten, niobium and titanium, improves the mechanical properties of high chromium white irons [6]. vanadium can form vanadium carbide (vc) with vickers hardness of hv2800 which is much harder than that of m7c3 with vickers hardness, hv 1200~1800 in high chromium cast iron [7]. the globular morphology of vc reduces splitting to matrix and enables to get superior toughness. the microstructure of high chromium iron becomes finer with vanadium addition. with good solubility in eutectic m7c3 carbides and austenite, vanadium influences the transformation of austenite in high chromium cast iron. vanadium content favors precipitation of dispersive secondary carbides of vc type in austenite which is favorable for martensitic transformation [8, 9, 10]. with an increase in vanadium content, the impact toughness increases, while hardness decreases and thereby relative wear resistance improves [7]. therefore, influence of vanadium on microstructure, hardness and impact strength and wear properties was studied in this work to develop a high chromium-vanadium cast iron (hcrvci) material for the tube mill liner application. experimental procedure arious grades of hcrci blocks with varying weight percentages of vanadium were cast using induction melting and die casting method. hcrci grade, nfa 32.401 or fb cr26moni with 0.00 wt. % vanadium was considered as base material. the compositions of cast iron grades were analyzed through spark emission spectroscopy (ses) method using spectrax m5 machine. the cast iron blocks were hardened and tempered in two stages. subsequent to this, ultrasonic testing (ut) was carried out on them to detect internal defects, if any. samples were prepared from the casting blocks for microstructure evaluation, phase characterization, hardness, impact value and wear properties evaluation. charpy un-notched impact test samples were prepared with dimensions as, length: 10mm, width: 10mm and height: 55mm. abrasion wear test samples were prepared with dimensions as, length: 25+0.0/-0.2mm, width: 6mm and height: 75mm.the samples for metallographic examination were polished for obtaining extremely good surface finish. the polished samples were etched chemically using villela’s etchant for 40 seconds each. the microstructures were analyzed through optical microscopy method. the etched samples were observed for features pertaining to morphology of grains and precipitates under leica dmi 5000 m inverted metallurgical microscope using the bright field method. the samples were further examined under “zeiss supra® 55 vp make field emission scanning electron microscope (fesem) with compatible energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (eds) system to reveal morphologies present in the matrices. hardness test with 10 kg load and 15 seconds dwell time was carried out on the surface of the samples from all cast iron grades using shimadzu-hsv-30 hardness tester. impact test was carried out on charpy un-notched test samples. the machine used for the impact test is iffect technology, inc make dynatup, model 500. the working range of the machine as per the astm-e-23 is 25j to 286.4j. the wear test experiment was carried out as per the astm g 65. abrasion wear test setup and schematic diagram of test apparatus is shown in fig. 1. the samples for wear test were cleaned with methanol and dried. the specimens were weighed to the nearest 0.0001g. each specimen was fixed securely in the holder and erodent (quartz sand; size: 180µm to 250µm) was poured in the hopper. a load of 80n was applied to the specimen against the wheel. the applied force was measured accurately by means of a spring scale which was hooked around the specimen and pulled back to lift the specimen away from the wheel. revolution was set to 200 rpm. the erodent flow rate through the nozzles was approximately 330 g/min. the dwell time between the two tests was considered as 40 minutes. the each test was run for 15 minutes. each time, the specimen was removed and reweighed to the nearest 0.0001 g. using the hcrci grade, fb cr26moni with 0.50 wt. % vanadium, few prototype liners were manufactured and installed in a coal pulverizing tube mill at an identified site along with freshly installed hcrci grade, fb cr26moni liners for their comparative wear study and service life evaluation. v d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 509 figure 1: abrasion wear testing setup and schematic diagram of test apparatus result and discussion chemical analysis fter successful casting, the chemical compositions of cast hcrci and hcrvci grades were analyzed and they were found within the range. tab. 1 describes the compositions achieved for the various grades of cast irons. all castings were hardened at 960oc for 10 hours and tempered at 295oc for 7 hours. through ultrasonic testing (ut), all cast iron blocks were confirmed with good homogeneity. grade of cast iron element (wt. %) c si mn ni mo s p cr cu v fe fb cr26moni 2.69 0.99 0.99 0.21 0.29 0.05 0.04 25.09 0.30 nil bal. fb cr26moni +0.25v 2.75 0.95 0.89 0.36 0.21 0.09 0.05 25.20 0.29 0.29 bal. fb cr26moni +0.5v 2.74 0.80 0.99 0.35 0.39 0.05 0.04 24.99 0.39 0.53 bal. fb cr26moni +1.0v 2.68 0.90 0.93 0.19 0.29 0.05 0.05 24.96 0.29 1.01 bal. fb cr26moni +2.0v 2.69 0.72 1.02 0.22 0.30 0.03 0.04 24.99 0.35 2.03 bal. fb cr26moni +3.0v 2.70 0.90 1.00 0.29 0.35 0.05 0.05 24.80 0.20 3.01 bal. fb cr26moni +4.0v 2.58 0.89 1.05 0.22 0.29 0.05 0.05 25.02 0.29 4.02 bal. fb cr26moni +5.0v 2.51 0.91 1.01 0.19 0.21 0.05 0.04 24.99 0.25 5.03 bal. fb cr26moni +6.0v 2.50 0.80 1.10 0.20 0.41 0.05 0.04 25.10 0.19 6.00 bal. fb cr26moni +7.0v 2.69 0.81 0.95 0.22 0.20 0.05 0.05 24.85 0.15 7.02 bal. fb cr26moni +8.0v 2.70 0.80 0.90 0.21 0.29 0.04 0.04 24.90 0.20 8.01 bal. table 1: compositions of the various grades of hcrcis with varying vanadium content microscopic examination the hcrvci grade, fb cr26moni+0.5v has achieved the best combination of hardness and impact strength which are discussed in the later stage. therefore, the microstructures of base material (fb cr26moni) and developed material (fb cr26moni+0.5v) were exclusively examined. microstructure of fb cr26moni material in fig. 2: a) resembles coarse eutectic interdendritic rod-like continuous m7c3 carbides network in the gray tempered martensite matrix. microstructure a d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 510 of fb cr26moni+0.5v material in fig. 2: b) shows fine globular mc type carbides and chunk like m7c3 carbides more uniformly distributed in the martensite structure which is reported to contribute better combination of hardness and impact strength. during eutectic solidification of hcrci with vanadium addition, eutectic colonies diameter, ‘de’ is directly proportional to eutectic transition temperature range, ‘∆te’. this can be expressed as eqn. (1) [15]: 𝑑𝑒 ∝ ∆𝑇𝐸   (1) vanadium is found to narrow the eutectic transition temperature range and hence, refines the microstructure. globular and chunk like uniform carbides precipitates distribution in the matrix of martensite is highly favorable for stabilizing the microstructure and imparting a better combination of higher hardness and impact toughness properties. therefore, morphology of fb cr26moni+0.5v cast iron is more suitable for tube mill liner application. figure 2: a) microstructure of hcrci grade, fb cr26moni at 200x magnification and b) microstructure of hcrvci grade, fb cr26moni +0.5v at 200x magnification. field emission scanning electron microscopic analysis after microstructure evaluation, the high chromium cast iron (fb cr26moni) and high chromium-vanadium cast iron (fb cr26moni+0.5v) materials were examined under field emission scanning electron microscope. fesem images and eds spectrums shown in fig. 3: a) confirm the rod-like m7c3 carbide as chromium carbides in the continuous carbide network in the matrix of fb cr26moni material and fig. 3: b) & c) confirm the globular mc type carbide as vanadium carbide and modified chunk like m7c3 type carbide as chromium carbide distribution with vanadium content in the matrix of fb cr26moni+0.5v material. there is more uniform distribution of carbides and the presence of vanadium in the matrix. coarse eutectic interdendritic rod-like continuous m7c3 carbides network in the gray tempered martensite matrix of fb cr26moni material is more prone to easy crack propagation. since, carbides are brittle, their continuous network would provide a preferred path for fast crack growth. tempered martensite matrix holds carbides less firmly which results in splitting of carbides from the surface. more uniform distribution of globular mc type carbides and chunk like m7c3 carbides in the martensite matrix of fb cr26moni+0.5v material is quite favorable for delaying the crack propagation. this type of distribution is studied and found to have a better combination of hardness and impact strength. therefore, morphology of fb cr26moni+0.5v material is highly stable as compared to that of fb cr26moni material. since, eds analysis has shown that mc type carbide is vanadium carbide (vc) and m7c3 carbide is chromium carbide (cr7c3), vc precipitates with 2800hv hardness along with m7c3 precipitates with 1200 ~ 1800hv hardness induce more hardness in the matrix. presence of vanadium in the matrix of cast iron material is reported to gives additional strengthening effect [4] which helps in delaying crack initiation and propagation. hardness behavior hardness was tested on samples from different cast iron blocks. a graph of ‘hardness value’ (hv) with ‘vanadium’ content (wt. %) was plotted and it is shown in fig. 4. hardness test result shows that the hcrci grade, fb cr26moni with vanadium content of 0.5 wt. % has achieved the highest hardness value. vanadium addition, initially, would have led to precipitation of fine vanadium carbides (vc type) which favors martensitic transformation [8, 9, 10]. with vanadium d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 511 addition, m7c3 type carbides are reported to restrict continuous needle like carbides precipitation to discontinuous and chunk like carbides. higher hardness and higher affinity to carbon of vc as compared to m7c3 type carbides and the martensitic transformation might have imparted more hardness to the matrix of base material with 0.5 wt. % v content. higher vanadium content is found to stabilize austenite further and thereby reduces hardness value [7]. therefore, fig. 4 shows first increase and then decrease in hardness. figure 3: fesem image and eds spectrum of a) fb cr26moni material precipitate, b) fb cr26moni+0.5v material precipitate and c) fb cr26moni+0.5v material matrix d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 512 figure 4: hardness of cast iron grades with varying vanadium content impact strength since, hcrci with 0.50 wt. % vanadium has the highest hardness, impact strength study was made for the hcrci with vanadium content from 0.00 wt. % to 2.00 wt. % v range only. the charpy impact test results (fig. 5) show that the impact strength of the base material improves with increase in the vanadium content. higher impact value with higher hardness is very much favorable for tube mill liner to ensure its higher service life. vanadium forms vc type carbides first at higher temperature and act as heterogeneous nucleation nuclei for chromium carbide precipitation which leads to refinement of carbides and their improved distribution [11, 12, 13, 14]. these morphological changes are observed to improve the impact strength of the cast iron grades. therefore, it is found that the hcrci with 0.5wt% vanadium has the well suited combination of hardness and toughness properties for the parts experiencing impact and wear actions simultaneously. figure 5: impact strength of cast iron grades with varying vanadium content abrasion wear testing the hcrci with 0.5% vanadium content is found to have the highest combination of hardness and impact strength. therefore, an exclusive abrasive wear study of the base material (fb cr26moni) and the developed material (fb cr26moni+0.5v) was made as per the standard astm g 65. the volume loss of materials was calculated as per the eqn. (2). 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑠, 𝑚𝑚3 𝑀𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝑔 𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑔/𝑐𝑚 3 𝑋 1000 (2) d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 513 the test results are given in tab. 2. the results show that the hcrci grade, fb cr26moni with 0.5wt% vanadium addition is comparatively a higher wear resistant alloy which is more suitable for wear resistance application. the wear resistance of the developed cast iron grade (fb cr26moni +0.5v) was calculated as the ratio of volume loss of the reference material (fb cr26moni) to the volume loss of that material. the average abrasive wear resistance of fb cr26moni +0.5v material as compared to fb cr26moni material is 2.33. this shows that fb cr26moni +0.5v material has higher wear resistance and it is more suitable for liner applications in coal pulverizers. therefore, the comparative wear study of prototype liners of these materials for 2,667 hours was made by installing them in a coal pulverizing tube mill. the average wear out thickness of the developed liner (fb cr26moni +0.5v) and the normal liner (fb cr26moni) were found to be 0.83mm and 2.08mm, respectively. the above data shows a higher wear life for the cast iron grade, fb cr26moni +0.5v. material: fb cr26moni fb cr26moni +0.5v sample no: a11 a12 a13 a3h1 a3h2 a3h3 test time, min: 45 45 45 45 45 45 initial mass, g: 84.5123 84.7395 84.5744 86.8523 86.8457 81.5244 final mass, g: 84.1666 84.3957 84.1764 86.7301 86.6998 81.3267 mass loss, g: 0.3457 0.3438 0.3980 0.1222 0.1459 0.1977 mass loss, mg/min: 7.7 7.6 8.8 2.7 3.2 4.4 volume loss, mm3: 46.2784 46.0241 53.2798 16.3588 19.5315 26.4659 volume loss per kg of erodent, mm3/kg: 9.3492 9.2978 10.7636 3.3048 3.9457 5.3466 average volume loss per kg of erodent, mm3/kg: 9.8035 4.1991 table 2: abrasive wear test result of the base material and the developed material conclusions etailed study on the abrasion wear, mechanical behavior, microscopic examination and characterization of hcrci and hcrvci grades leads to the following major conclusions: 1. all grades of cast irons were cast using die casting method and chemical compositions were achieved successfully with homogeneous matrix in the respective casting blocks. 2. 0.5 wt. % vanadium addition to the base hcrci grade (fb cr26moni) has refined the microstructure to form globular vc type carbides and chunk like cr7c3 carbides distribution in the martensite matrix. this is quite favorable for improved life of liners in tube mills. 3. hcrvci grade, fb cr26moni+0.5v has higher abrasion wear resistance and higher combination of hardness and impact strength as compared to the reference hcrci grade, fb cr26moni. hence, the hcrci with 0.5 wt. % vanadium addition is more promising with enhanced properties of hardness, impact toughness and higher abrasion wear resistance for tube mill liner application. 4. the study of prototype liners of the developed cast iron shows a higher service life as compared to the existing base material liners. acknowledgement uthors express their gratitude to the managements of bhel, corporate r&d, hyderabad for financially supporting this study. they acknowledge the officials at surface coating department, bhel, corporate r&d, hyderabad for their support in carrying out the wear test of cast iron samples. they acknowledge the concerned d a d. kumar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 49 (2019) 507-514; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.47 514 officials at quality labs, bhel ramachandrapuram for the chemical analysis and officials at heat treatment shop, bhel, ramchandrapuram for the heat treatment of cast iron blocks. references [1] zhi, x., xing, j., fu, h., gao, y. (2008). effect of titanium on the as-cast microstructure of hypereutectic high chromium cast iron, j. mater. charact. 59, pp. 1221–1226. doi: 10.1016/j.matchar.2007.10.010. [2] filipovic, m., kamberovic, z., korac, m. (2013). microstructure and mechanical properties of fe–cr–c–nb white cast irons, j. mater. des. 47, pp. 41–48. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2012.12.034. [3] xinhui, f., lin, h., qingde, z. (1989) a structural study of high chromium cast iron as a grinding ball material, j. met. sci. technol., 5, pp. 401-406. [4] sawamoto, a., ogi, k., matsuda, k. (1986). solidification structures of fe-c-cr-(v-nb-w) alloys, j. afs transactions, 72, pp. 403-416. [5] dodd, j., parks, j. l. (1980). factors affecting the production and performance of thick-section high chromiummolybdenum alloy iron castings, j. metals forum, 3 (1), pp. 3-12. [6] radulovic, m., fiset, m., peev, k., tomovic, m. (1994). the influence of vanadium on fracture toughness and abrasion resistance in high chromium white cast irons, j. journal of materials science, 29, pp. 5085-5094. [7] keming, l., fuming, w, changrong, l., liuyan, s. (2005). influence of vanadium on microstructure and properties of medium-chromium white cast iron, available at: http://vanitec.org/technical-library/paper/influence-ofvanadium-on-microstructure-and-properties-of-medium-chromium-w. [8] yuwei, w., wen s., (1989). the effect of v in high cr cast iron, j. foundry, 5, pp. 9-12. [9] junyi, s., xiangzhong, g., enze, w. (1984). study on high chromium white cast iron containing vanadium with martensite matrix in the as-cast condition, j. journal of xi’an jiaotong university, 18(5), pp. 23-28. [10] yifu, y., tongxiang, f. (1995). spheroidizing of carbides of white cast iron, j. modern cast iron, 3 pp. 28-32. [11] scandian, c., boher, c., de mello, j.d.b., rézaï-aria f., (2009). effect of molybdenum and chromium contents in sliding wear of high-chromium white cast iron: the relationship between microstructure and wear, wear, 267, pp. 401–408. doi: 10.1016/j.wear.2008.12.095 [12] pierson, h.o., (1996). handbook of refractory carbides and nitrides, 1st ed. sandia national laboratories, available at: file:///e:/paper%20published_to%20be%20published/icon2018%20papers/paper%20submission_frattura%20e d%20integrita/references%20hcrvwci/ref%2013.pdf [13] xiang, c., yanxiang, l., (2010). effect of heat treatment on microstructure and mechanical properties of high boron white cast ,iron, j. mater sci eng a, 528, pp. 770–775. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2007.10.009 [14] xiaohui, z., jiandong, x., yimin, g., (2008). effect of heat treatment on microstructure and mechanical properties of a ti-bearing hypereutectic high chromium white cast iron, mater sci eng a, 487, pp. 171–179. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2007.10.009 [15] ogi, k., matsubara, y., matsuda, k., (1982). eutectic solidification of high chromium cast iron-mechanism of eutectic growth, afs transactions, 89, pp. 197–204. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_32_2607 s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 383 focused on the research activities of the greek society of experimental mechanics of materials experimental uncertainty budget for concrete compressive strength test based on a multifactorial analysis stamatia gavela, nikolaos nikoloutsopoulos, george papadakos, dimitra passa, anastasia sotiropoulou school of pedagogical and technological education, department of civil engineering educators matina@gavela.gr, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0775-2750; nikolasnikoloutso@hotmail.com; gpapadakos@teemail.gr; dimpassa@aspete.gr; sotiropoulou@aspete.gr abstract. the objective of the study is to introduce an experimental uncertainty budget process for concrete compressive strength test, based on a protocol that incorporates effects of multiple factors significant for the measurement result. the proposed procedure is rather useful for laboratories seeking accreditation according to iso/iec 17025, in order to emphasize the contribution of type a uncertainty estimations, rather than relying on type b estimations that are unable to address the correlation between those factors. two independent experiments were performed. experiment i is proposed as a simple, suitably designed, reproducibility trial for laboratories performing en 12390 test method, i.e. when a specified nominal curing age is targeted, following experimental design on multiple uncertainty parameters. a sensitivity analysis was introduced based on a semi-empirical multifactorial regression model (experiment ii) for concrete compressive strength as a function of specimen’s curing age and w/c ratio. the present study is an effort towards an integrated and standardized method for experimental, semi-empirical multifactorial regression estimation of the uncertainty budget for the en 12390 test method, being useful, also, as a baseline for internal quality control programs when adjusted for the specific characteristics of concrete specimens tested by a laboratory. keywords. concrete compressive strength test; multifactorial model; type a uncertainty estimation; sensitivity analysis. citation: gavela, s., nikoloutsopoulos, n., papadakos, g., passa, d., sotiropoulou, a. experimental uncertainty budget for concrete compressive strength test based on a multifactorial analysis, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394. received: 19.01.2019 accepted: 14.05.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction etermination of the uncertainty budget in cases of measuring the compressive strength of concrete specimens is critical as it is a quantitative criterion according to which the result of a corresponding test is assessed against the compliance of the specimen with concrete specifications. this is particularly emphasized in the new version of international standard iso/iec 17025:2017, by which it is required that any conformity assessment laboratory output d http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2607.mp4 s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 384 shall be provided according to a predetermined decision rule. most of the attempts to determine the uncertainty budget for a concrete compressive strength test according to european standard en 12390-3 are based mainly on type b estimations, i.e., on external laboratory sources or on reasonable assumptions according to scientific knowledge. type b estimation of uncertainty factors is simple and fast and provides a solution in cases where it is not feasible to perform an experimental (statistical) uncertainty investigation (a type a estimation). this type of assessment leads to a number of disadvantages, such as the inability to assess the degree of positive or negative correlation between the various parameters that contribute to the result of the measurement. in this study, firstly the parameters of uncertainty during an en 12390-3:2009 testing for specimens prepared according to en 12390-1: 2012 are analyzed using an ishikawa (cause and effect) diagram. two experiments were performed for further statistical investigation of the interacting behavior of the most essential parameters presented in the ishikawa diagram. the first experiment is also proposed as a procedure for a laboratory performing the en 12390 test method in order to reveal its type a estimation for the most essential corresponding uncertainty parameters when a specified nominal curing age is targeted. within this framework it is essential to perform a sensitivity analysis on the effect of the specimen’s curing age. to do so, a semi-empirical model, was estimated within the second experiment for the correlation of concrete compressive strength as a function of the parameters of specimen’s curing age and w/c ratio. the proposed procedure is described in a way to be exploitable by any laboratory, especially in the case of seeking accreditation according to iso/iec 17025. the semi-empirical model is expected to be useful, also, for accredited testing laboratories in order to perform their internal quality control program. uncertainty parameters identification and analysis he characteristics of the specimen that is subjected to a compressive strength measurement according to european standard en 12390-3 are subject to a definition detailed in en 12390-1. any deviation from the technical specifications of the specimen, i.e. in terms of its geometrical and other characteristics, also leads to a measurement error. this does not affect directly the numerical quantity resulting from the application of the compressive strength test method if a proper testing apparatus is used. it occurs indirectly, as any measurement result is attributed to a theoretically perfect cube with edges that are all of equal length, e.g. exactly 15cm. this is something that cannot be achieved perfectly, in practice. by testing as many specimens of the same characteristics as possible, is expected to yield measurement results dispersion that is affected by these definitional deviations. such errors contribute to the overall uncertainty of the test result inherently. they are impossible to be eliminated, but it is possible to be minimized [1] by improving the preparation conditions of the specimens (e.g. by improving the manufacturing quality of the moulds being used by the laboratory). the category of factors contributing, due to definitional errors, to the increase of the combined measurement uncertainty include, also, those associated with the definition of the aimed concrete composition for the specimen prepared, and of course, of the concrete used in the corresponding construction. the values for the mix proportions of the concrete constituents, usually expressed in kg/m3, and the particle size of the aggregates used are two of these factors. in particular, however, the ratio of the amount of water to the amount of cement used in the concrete mix has already emerged from the late 19th century as essential for concrete compression strength test results. mathematical models that value this relationship for a given specimen curing age have been early proposed [2,3]. recent work has suggested mathematical models describing the apparent association of the specimen compressive strength with curing age [4-11]. another factor that affects the result of concrete compressive strength for a specimen of a given curing age is the temperature of the environment in which the curing process takes place [5]. it is characteristic that a higher value of this temperature leads to faster curing. at the nominal age (e.g. on 28 days) the specimen may exhibit different value of compressive strength as compared to the case where the same curing procedure would be performed in a lower temperature environment. of course, the combined uncertainty of the result of a test according to en 12390-3 depends on the calibration quality of the uniaxial compression apparatus and the degree of familiarity of its user. an apparatus that has been successfully calibrated according to the requirements of international standard iso 7500-1 may be considered as causing negligible random errors to the test results. however, it should be noted that any systematic errors due to the accuracy of the reference standard (e.g. a force gauge) which is used during the calibration procedure cannot be overlooked. for this reason, the measurement uncertainty for the reference standard should always be incorporated into the uncertainty budget of a test according to en 12390-3. all of the above are summarized in the cause-and-effect diagram (ishikawa diagram, as already been introduced by authors of this paper in a previous study [8]) which has been used according to guidance from eurachem [11], in a way [8,12] that aims at mapping uncertainty factors while simultaneously visualizing synergies between them (fig.1). t s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 385 figure 1: cause-and-effect diagram on how uncertainty factors contribute to the final result of a test according to en 12390-3. scope of the experiments scope of experiment i actors like equipment accuracy, testing method selection, e.g. the en 12390-3 method, measurement conditions and equipment handler’s skills should be considered as inherent to the operation characteristics of the laboratory. their reproducibility is a matter under control of the interested laboratory. a simple reproducibility experiment, in which the same equipment is used for all the needed measurements, provides adequately the contribution of all these parameters to the laboratory’s uncertainty estimation, as the specific laboratory will continually use the specific equipment, under the specific measurement conditions, by the same handlers. however, a simple reproducibility experiment cannot incorporate the effect of parameters, that have to do with the specimen’s characteristics (which define the concrete composition under consideration), especially when the specimen is not prepared by the laboratory. such parameters are all those related to the mix composition and to the definitional uncertainty produced by deviations from the definition given for the specimen in en 12390-1, especially its geometrical characteristics. in experiment i of this study, the experimental design incorporated different levels of cement content (cc) and water to cement ratio (w/c), which is adequate in order to produce the majority of the corresponding combinations of mix constituents that the laboratory could encounter when receiving specimens of a specific combination of types of concrete constituents. by fixing the type of the materials for the proposed type a uncertainty estimation makes this protocol materials’ type specific. this is not considered to reduce its effectiveness, especially when a laboratory receives specimens from a specific producer on an ongoing basis. in real circumstances of laboratory operation, small deviations of maximum three days from the nominal curing age of performing the compressive strength test may occur for any reason. a stratification of such deviations was also included in the design of the experiment in order to produce such an uncertainty factor. also, a large number (about 30) of different molds, of three different construction designs, where used randomly for the preparation of the specimens, providing varying geometries, representative to the corresponding variation that a laboratory could encounter when receiving any specimen from any external customer. the aim is to propose a method for determining the uncertainty for an en 12390-3 concrete compressive strength test result, the experimental part being extended, but only in the case where the test method is applied for a specific nominal value of curing age. the method is formulated in such a way that it is reproducible and exploited by any laboratory that applies this test, especially if it seeks accreditation in accordance with iso / iec 17025. this protocol of the proposed method for a type a uncertainty estimation is designed in such a way that it leads to: (a) the optimum economy of used specimens, (b) the aggregation of covariation among all the parameters that vary due to the experimental design, and (c) a (safe-side) maximal estimation of the uncertainty budget, something that is, also, supported by iso in the gum approach. f s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 386 scope of experiment ii experiment ii aims at the experimental investigation of the correlation of compressive strength testing results with the parameters of curing age and water to cement ratio at the same time, through sensitivity analysis. a sigmoidal curve was used to fit the experimental results. freiesleben hansen & pedersen [4] and carino [5] firstly proposed a sigmoidal curve for modeling the curing procedure. all of the parameters presented in fig.1 affect the compressive strength testing according to european standard en 12390 series. some essential questions are: to what extent do all these parameters correlate to each other and to the result of the test procedure? are the results of the testing procedure valid if these parameters fail to be accurately determined? for example, should a testing result be put aside if the curing age of the specimen deviates by a few days from the typical nominal 28-days value? the population of parameters affecting the result of a compressive strength test is big so unless performing sensitivity analysis for any subset of these parameters via a specialized experiment it is almost impossible to assess the impact of this subset of parameters. studying the effect of all the above parameters in one single experiment for various levels of those parameters would lead to an enormous specimens’ population. for this reason in the frame of an extended study aiming at the creation of a function that correlates the testing result on the compressive strength of concrete specimens to all the significant of the above parameters, only the experimental investigation of the correlation of compressive strength testing results with the parameters of curing age and water to cement ratio was examined. the integration of various similar experiments of such a protocol by various laboratories and for various parameters of the test procedure could speed the achievement of a standardized semi-empirical model on the relation of concrete compressive strength as a function of a great number of testing parameters and mix materials characteristics [8]. experimental design n the context of this study, tests have been carried out on a number of specimens prepared according to the definition of a 15 cm cementitious concrete test specimen as set out in en 12390-1. for the design of the experiments a combination of characteristics for the composition of the concrete was chosen for the preparation of the specimen. the cement used in the present study was cem ii 32.5. the aggregates used were crushed limestone. determination of particle density and water absorption of fine and coarse aggregates was performed according to en 1097-6. the superplasticizer used was sika viscoflow 700. the concrete compositions of the tested specimens are shown in table 1 as kg of constituent per 1m3 of fresh concrete produced (kg/m3). those compositions were obtained after performing concrete mix design using the densities of raw materials. concrete mix design can lead to errors when raw materials are “fluffy” or lightweight or can absorb big amounts of water [10] because for these materials the error in the determination of its density is bigger but also because of a degree of compaction as the air within the initial amount of this “fluffy” material (before mixing) is displaced by all the other constituents of the mixture (during mixing). in this study, conventional aggregates were used so the errors are expected to be small. deviations in mix proportions have been addressed to the factors contributing to the uncertainty in ishikawa diagram above. if a laboratory reproduces the experiments using concrete mix design (using densities of raw materials) will address the same systematic errors. however, the fresh concrete’s density can be determined according to en 12350-6. knowing the density of fresh concrete, the yield per batch can be determined as the mass of all the ingredients in a batch divided by the density. in this way one can verify if proportions of ingredients that came from concrete mix design (kg/m3) produces indeed 1m3 of fresh concrete. in experiment i, the uncertainty estimation process was performed for the case of applying the 28-day nominal curing age that is set by the corresponding national regulation on structural concrete technical specifications. for each of the experiment i compositions, ten specimens were prepared and tested for compressive strength by pairs, at curing ages equal to 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31 days, respectively. experiment ii was intentionally performed using concrete syntheses different than those used for experiment i. this way, it was possible to assess the extent to which the corresponding multifactorial model can be used for syntheses that lie outside the range of those been used for its estimation. in experiment ii, 13 specimens were prepared for each of the concrete compositions. water to cement ratio values were selected to be separated by equivalent intervals of 0.02. at the same time superplasticizer’s mix proportions were kept the same except from the mixture with the highest water to cement ratio. in this mixture a small decrease of superplasticizer’s mix proportion was needed so the mixture did not become segregated. the cement content expressed in kg/m3 was selected to be kept constant for the entire experiment, and as mentioned before, at a value different than the range used in experiment i. so, inevitably, it was impossible to change the water-to-cement ratio and keep the content of aggregates unchanged as expressed in kg/m3. otherwise the base for the calculation of constituents’ content would not be in all cases equal to 1 m3. i s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 387 additionally, ten specimen of composition i-g were prepared, half of which were tested at 7 days of age, while the rest were tested at the age of 14 days. these additional results where needed in order to apply the experiment ii multifactorial model on the results of experiment i tests. composition cement [kg/m3] w/c [-] sand [kg/m3] coarse aggregates 4-16mm [kg/m3] coarse aggregates 16-31.5mm [kg/m3] superplasticizer [kg/m3] slump [mm] experiment i i-a 300 0.45 1021.2 623.1 341.3 4.20 10 i-b 300 0.50 1001.4 610.0 334.7 3.60 200 i-c 300 0.55 980.9 598.5 327.8 3.60 250 i-d 330 0.45 988.4 603.1 330.4 4.62 170 i-e 330 0.50 966.7 589.8 323.1 3.96 240 i-f 330 0.55 944.1 576.1 315.6 3.96 250 i-g 360 0.45 956.7 583.7 319.7 4.32 230 i-h 360 0.50 932.0 568.7 311.5 4.32 250 i-i 360 0.55 908.3 554.2 303.6 3.60 260 i-j 360 0.45 956.7 583.7 319.7 4.32 220 experiment ii ii-a 280 0.46 1112.9 372.0 679.0 6.16 30 ii-b 280 0.48 1104.7 369.2 674.0 6.16 70 ii-c 280 0.50 1090.7 364.5 665.5 6.16 100 ii-d 280 0.52 1088.2 363.7 664.0 6.16 140 ii-e 280 0.54 1081.3 361.4 659.7 5.32 180 table 1: mix compositions. slump test for each composition was performed according to en 12350-2 and slump test results are shown in table 1. curing procedure according to en 12390-2 was followed. after demolding, specimens were immersed in water. the curing temperature was about 20 °c. a number of different metal moulds, labeled with a serial number, were used to prepare the specimens for experiment i. these moulds were used in a randomized manner in order to prepare the specimens for all the various compositions presented in table 1. the use of different moulds has led to an expected and reasonable dispersion of the geometric characteristics of the specimens (e.g. lack of surface flatness and perpendicularity, edge dimensional accuracy). therefore, the following results are expected to be representative of reasonable dispersion of the geometric characteristics of the specimens been tested by a laboratory that uses any of these moulds and the parameter of the specimen’s geometry is expected to have contributed into the results of this study. also, the uniaxial compression apparatus used was successfully calibrated with a subsequent correction of its calibration, according to international standard iso 7500-1. it can be assumed that the calibration of the apparatus contributes to the final combined uncertainty only when the corresponding systematic errors occur. method of analysis xperiment ii results were used into a multifactorial regression analysis procedure leading to a sigmoidal by time equation: 𝐶𝑆 𝑊 𝐶⁄ , 𝑡 𝐶𝑆 ∙ 𝑒 𝑐 𝑐 ∙ 𝑊/𝐶 ∙ 𝑒 (1) e s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 388 the left part in the above eq.(1), as described in eq.(2). 𝐶𝑆 𝑐 𝑐 ∙ 𝑊/𝐶 (2) provides the value of compressive strength estimated for a reference curing age. in the case of eq.(1) where the multifactorial model function incorporates the variation of cs(w/c,t) for the entire range of curing age span, csref represents the tested specimens’ compressive strength at infinite curing age, which could be called the final compressive strength csinf. in the case of experiment i, eq.(2) was used for testing specimens at a nominal curing age of about 28 days. the exponential part of eq.(1) provides an estimation of the proportion of the final compressive strength reached at curing age t: 𝑃 𝑡 𝑒 (3) sensitivity analysis and application of the law of propagation of uncertainty is easily performed according to the iso gum procedure when such a multifactorial function is used. specifically, the sensitivity coefficients cw/c and ct can be estimated as the corresponding derivatives of the function in eq.(1). these coefficients provide an assessment for the uncertainty of the result of concrete specimen compressive strength measurement which is attributed to the uncertainty in estimating the values for water-to-cement ratio and curing age, respectively. these two sensitivity coefficients are provided by the following equations: 𝐶 / 𝑐 ∙ 𝑒 𝑐 ∙ 𝑃 𝑡 (4) 𝐶 ∙ ∙ (5) a laboratory performing testing in well-known concrete syntheses could use eq.(1) as a baseline in the frame of quality control. that is, for concrete specimens that are similar in synthesis as those used for establishing eq.(1), the result of any future compressive strength testing should not deviated significantly from the reference value provided by eq.(1). for significantly different syntheses a laboratory should repeat the herein presented experimental procedure in order to fit eq.(1) to the results of the corresponding compressive strength tests. results and discussion ccording to experiment i results, the values c0 = 124 ± 11 mpa and c1 = -150 ± 22 mpa were obtained for the least squares regression line of fig.2a, with a satisfying fitting quality (r2 = 0.68). by interpreting the value obtained for parameter c1, each percentage change in the water to cement ratio (i.e., a change in w/c by 0.01), causes a change for the mean value of the compressive strength of the specimens by approximately 1.5 mpa. at the same time, no statistically significant correlation of cs and cc was detected based on experiment i results (fig.2b). fig.2a depicts the confidence bands of the regression line at the level of 95%. but these limits are not expected to provide a generic conclusion as they correspond only to an experiment based on a similar set of specimens. in contrast, the prediction bands of the regression line can yield the 95% probability limits within which any single iteration of the test is expected to occur. the regression procedure for experiment ii compressive strength tests provided a statistically significant multifactorial function [see fig.3a for the relation of the multifactorial model as a function of w/c and fig.3b for the relation of the model as a function of curing age t] with parameter values: c0 = 143 ± 24 mpa, c1 = -136 ± 38 mpa, τ = 0.45 ± 0.18 days and n = 1.0 ± 0.2, at a confidence level of 95%. the fitting quality is very satisfying (r2 = 0.92). one of the laboratory test results was omitted as an outlier, so 64 results were used in the regression procedure, instead of 65. it should be noted that values for c0, c1 obtained from experiment ii provide a linear function of cs(t) with w/c, which provides an estimation of csinf, i.e. cs(t) for infinite curing age, when values for parameters c0, c1 obtained from experiment i provide a corresponding estimate, strictly dedicated to the nominal value of 28 days for curing age t. if a comparison between these two results is aimed at, then the right part of eq.(1), the p(t), should be taken into account. the correlation of the compressive strength with the curing age parameter was strongly confirmed by the results of experiment ii (fig.3b). for this reason, eq.(1) was applied to the results of experiment i tests, keeping the left part of the equation unchanged and, so limiting the regression process for optimizing the values for the sigmoidal shape parameters a s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 389 (a) (b) figure 2: evaluation of the effect of parameters (a) of water to cement ratio, w/c, and (b) cement content, cc, in determining the levels of compressive strength of specimens. (a) (b) figure 3: multifactorial regression model as a function of (a) water-to-cement ratio (w/c) and (b) curing age t. τ = 3.8 ± 0.9 days and n = 0.50 ± 0.08, with a similarly very satisfying fitting quality (r2 = 0.92, fig.4a). it is of great importance that statistically significant parameter values where obtained, although the curing procedure was much slower than the one when experiment ii was performed. however, the correlation of the compressive strength with the curing age parameter, when the figure is narrowed to a curing age range of 27 to 31 days (fig.4b for the results from experiment i), is not significantly apparent. it could be assumed that for such short time deviations, the correlation of compressive strength with curing age is a minor uncertainty factor for ages around the 28-day value. in contrast, as shown in fig.2a, the significance of water to cement ratio, w/c, is confirmed for a range of values varying from 0.45 to 0.55. sensitivity analysis despite the fact that experiment ii regression function corresponds to specific qualitative characteristics of the constituents, the sensitivity analysis of this study is expected to have a more global validity. for example, using eq.(4) on the results of experiment ii, cw/c for curing ages of 7, 28 and 90 days was estimated at -89, -109, -119 mpa per unit of w/c. this means that if we assume a maximum error on w/c of about ±0.02 and a triangular distribution for a type b estimation of w/c standard uncertainty, this would correspond to an effect on the compressive strength of the specimen of 0.7, 0.9 and 1.0 mpa, respectively. the same estimation based on eq.(4) when performed for the results of experiment i provide the values of -65, -94, -111 mpa per unit of w/c respectively, which correspond to standard uncertainties of 0.5, 0.8, and 0.9 mpa for the final result on compressive strength measurement. s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 390 (a) (b) figure 4: effect of the specimen curing age on compressive strength test results: (a) for samples with w/c = 0.45 and cc = 360kg/m3 and for ages from 7 to 31 days (the line shows the partial application of eq.(1) as resulted from experiment ii on these results from experiment i), (b) for samples of three different compositions and for curing ages varying from 27 to 31 days. on the other hand, if we assume a maximum error on the curing age t of about ±1 day and a triangular distribution for the corresponding type b estimation of standard uncertainty for variable t, eq.(5) estimates an effect on the compressive strength of the specimen at 0.6, 0.1 and much less than 0.1 mpa when experiment ii results apply. the same estimation based on eq.(4) when performed for the results of experiment i provide the values of 39, 57, 67 mpa per day, respectively, which correspond to standard uncertainties of 0.8, 0.3 and much less than 0.1 mpa for the final result on compressive strength measurement. it is interesting to compare these estimations to the results of experiment i where the expanded uncertainty (k=2) for testing one single specimen according to the en 12390 series procedure was estimated at about 17% for similar concrete syntheses. it is obvious that water to cement ratio and curing age errors cannot build up the major part of the testing procedure uncertainty. major uncertainty parameters should be other like the geometry of the specimen, which is not easily assessed in an experimental way, and the compressive apparatus repeatability. application of eq.(3) on the results of experiment ii provides a value of about 80% of the final compressive strength of each specimen been reached at a curing age of 28 days. when applying eq.(3) on the results of experiment i, this proportion is calculated at 69%. curing procedure was much slower in experiment i, which emphasizes the need to investigate the function of compressive strength by time. it is also evident from fig.2b that the compressive strength still increases significantly after the curing age of 28 days. when testing the specimens only at that curing age, independent for how many are the replicate specimens being used, the figure of p(t) cannot be accomplished. the result will be always assessed on the basis of an assumed proportion of the final compressive strength been reached at 28 days. a laboratory, or a producer, wishing to estimate the final compressive strength of a series of specimens should apply eq.(1). an interesting idea coming from this would be not to test 5 or 6 specimens at exactly 28 days, but testing them in consequent time intervals (e.g. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30 days) and thus producing the sigmoidal curve of eq.(1). this would even provide directly the result on csinf, with no need for p(t) assumption. such semi-empirical models, especially if completed with all the significant parameters, are expected to be useful, among others, for accredited testing laboratories in order to perform their internal quality control program. specifically, testing results lying outside the prediction bands of eq.(1) should be considered as outliers. finally, one more possibility provided for performing quality control of compressive strength testing is that there is no strict bound for completing the test procedure at the exact nominal 28-days curing age. that means, if a laboratory misses to perform the test at exactly 28 days of curing age, or if a verification testing is to be performed at a significant time interval after the nominal 28-days curing age, it is feasible to reduce the test result by using the eq.(1) to the corresponding value, at curing age equal to the nominal 28-days. prediction intervals when the regression line has been derived from pairs of values [(w/c)i, csi] of i = 1, ... n measurement results, then the prediction interval for the mean estimated cs value out of eq.(1), for a specific value of w/c, is calculated according to eq.(6) [12]. s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 391 𝐶𝑆 𝑡 %, ∙ 𝑠𝑒 𝐶𝑆 𝐶𝑆 𝑈 (6) where 𝑠𝑒 𝐶𝑆 𝑠 ∙ 1 / / ∑ / / (7) while 𝑊/𝐶 is the average of all (w/c)i values from all measurements and 𝐶𝑆 is the estimate for cs obtained for the specific (w/c)i value, using equation (1), and s is given in eq.(8): 𝑠 ∑ 𝐶𝑆 𝐶𝑆 (8) based on experiment i, it would appear that the result of a single en 12390-3 testing would lie within ± 17% of the mean value of compressive strength with a 95% probability. this result should be broadly considered inherent for the process, the equipment and the operators that contributed, not taking into account the uncertainty posed by the compressive apparatus calibration procedure. any reduction effort for these uncertainty parameters that are inherent for any laboratory performing the en 12390-3 testing method requires optimization in one of these features of the test method. opportunity for standardizing the procedure in a laboratory which performs compressive strength tests for concrete samples of a particular type of cement and aggregates, maintained at a specific temperature and tested at a certain curing age, a type a estimation of uncertainty for the test result can be made. in order to do that, a simple experiment, as follows, is needed to be designed and implemented: (a) multiple specimens are prepared for compositions that correspond to selected values of the w/c and cc parameters covering the range that the laboratory test method is performed for (e.g. such as the nine compositions presented in table 1 for experiment i). (b) the number of multiple specimens per composition will be derived by obtaining the product of the number of curing age values (when to perform the test) by the preferred number of specimen replicates per composition and curing age. for example, if five curing age values and two specimen replicates per each curing age value are selected, then ten samples per concrete composition are required. curing ages for performing the corresponding compression tests should be selected for reasonable intervals by which the date of the test could deviate from the desired nominal value (i.e. the 28 days in the present study). (c) to prepare the above test specimens, it is desirable to use as many different moulds as possible, for the purposes discussed in the preceding paragraph. (d) by the above combination of samples, the coverage of all uncertainty parameters shown in fig.1 is achieved, except for the possible systematic errors of the uniaxial compression device and the variation/deviation of the cement and aggregate characteristics. (e) a statistical analysis of the test results for the compressive strength of the specimens, can be used to check whether such short deviations in the determination of the curing age and the cement content can influence the result. (f) applying the regression curve from eq.(1) and eqs.(2-4) for all the experimental results yields the uncertainty of the compression strength tests corresponding to the range of concrete compositions as per values selected in step a). (g) according to iso guide for the expression of uncertainty in measurements [13], if the procedure is repeated under the same conditions and the result is obtained as the mean value of n samples, the type a estimated standard uncertainty may be divided by √n. when conducting this uncertainty estimation, the standard uncertainty urs attributed to load cell reference indications (i.e. the load cell used as a reference standard, rs, for the calibration of the test apparatus) shall be added, according to the law for error propagation. in eq.(9), urs is added after been divided by 2, as an example of how the procedure should be applied when urs is referred with a coverage factor k = 2. thus, an expanded uncertainty interval with a coverage factor k = 2 is given in eq.(9): 2 ∙ ∙√ (9) according to eq.(9), a laboratory that has performed an experiment like experiment i proposed in this study, estimating utypea, for testing according to en 12390-3 on a single concrete specimen, at 17%, using a calibration procedure for the test s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 392 apparatus that is characterized by a reference standard uncertainty of urs equal to 5%, and also performing the en 123903 testing method for n replicates of the sampled concrete, the corresponding expanded uncertainty is shown in table 2. the above estimations indicate that performing the en 12390-3 method for more than n=3 replicates of the sampled concrete provide a minor optimization on the uncertainty of the results that comes as the mean value of the n test results. n ucs [%] 1 18 3 11 4 10 6 9 10 7 table 2: indicative expanded uncertainty estimations. quality control testing compressive strength as per en 12390-3 method, according to en 12390-1 specimen definition, involves a great number of significant uncertainty parameters. building an experiment that would be able to demonstrate accurately the effect of each parameter to the shape of the “vertical” distribution of the measurement results (e.g. see figs.2,3) would demand so many combinations that would lead to a requirement for hundreds of specimens. lack of homogeneity of specimens is one parameter that could cause strong effects to the shape of measurement results distribution, even when a statistical model is proven to fit them well. for instance, in fig.2b, the greater dispersion in results shown for ccs equal to 300 & 360 kg/m3 could be attributed to an optimized (for such mixes) workability of mixes with cc equal to 330 kg/m3. skewness and kurtosis of the model residuals distribution as compared to the gaussian could be a criterion for assessing whether the experiment results have been totally derailed. exclusion of outlying values should be addressed only in extreme cases as a negative skewness of the measurement results distribution, i.e. there are more extreme cases to the lower values as compared to the mean rather than to the higher values, could be normally explained. the reason for that could be the fact that for a given mix composition, there not a mechanism to produce an extremely high compressive strength performance for a corresponding specimen. on the other hand, lack of homogeneity occurs due to purely random reasons (e.g. a small spot inside the specimen’s matrix where the constituents failed to be mixed properly) leading the specimen to fail during the compressive strength at relatively low compressive load. in any case, a test for outliers could be also performed, i.e., based on the 99% prediction intervals of the cs to w/c linear correlation. this is achieved by substituting the t95%,n-2 statistic in eq.(6) by t99%,n-2. this decision rule was applied at this study leading to the exclusion of three measurement results of experiment i that where lying outside the 99% prediction intervals for the linear correlation presented in fig.2a. outlier analysis should be stricter in the case of the multifactorial model of experiment ii, as this is its essential use. depart from using eq.(1) in order to perform a sensitivity analysis on the effect of c/w and curing age, it could be also used as a baseline for identifying outlying results when compressive strength tests are performed routinely on specimens coming from concrete compositions with the same characteristics as those used to build that baseline. the decision rule for the identification of outliers could be the expanded uncertainty, with a coverage factor equal to 3, for the results provided when eq.(1) is used. conclusions he findings of the present study can be shortly summarized as follows: the mean compressive strength produced as a result of testing according to en 12390-3 can be estimated by a sigmoidal-by-time multifactorial regression function incorporating both the water to cement ratio and curing age parameters. the use of this multifactorial function provides the opportunity to assess whether the compressive strength of the tested synthesis has a significant trend to increase after the nominal curing age of 28-days. the sensitivity coefficient of compressive strength as related to water to cement ratio is a function of curing age, specifically the relation of compressive strength with water to cement ratio is well represented by a line for which the slope t s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 393 changes in a sigmoidal relation with curing age. as related to curing age, this coefficient is also changing by time. at a curing age of 28 days it is expected to be non-significant. so, deviations in the order of a few days from the definition of 28 days do not affect significantly the compressive strength test result. the sensitivity on the effect of water to cement ratio and curing age uncertainty is minor as compared to the combined uncertainty of the test result at 28 days. the results of this study are useful for a laboratory seeking accreditation on the method of en 12390 series. if the laboratory decides to follow a type a estimation for the most of the uncertainty parameters, it is only needed to reproduce experiment i as a standardized procedure, using specimens that comply with the characteristics of concrete compositions that this specific laboratory is called to test according to en 12390-3. then this laboratory would gain an estimation of precision under partial reproducibility conditions. reproducing experiment ii would provide the laboratory, an additional opportunity to further evaluate the contribution of w/c and curing age parameters on a sensitivity analysis basis. as the laboratory repeats tests according to en 12390 using the same apparatus, the same operators, for specimens with similar characteristics and for compositions falling within the range covered by the experiment, then the result of this type an uncertainty estimation can be used repeatedly. in the estimation resulting from n such identical samples, the uncertainty parameter due to the systematic errors of the calibration of the test set should always be added. it is estimated that in any of its applications, this method for a type a uncertainty estimating for a test specimen being tested according to en 12390 will yield levels of uncertainty significantly greater than the expected repeatability of the device used, such as, for example, of 17% calculated in this paper. the study could be further extended by proper experiments on a multifactorial sigmoidal curve incorporating also other significant parameters such as the curing temperature, the aggregates characteristics and the type of cement. nomenclature cs(w/c,t) concrete specimen compressive strength as a function of curing age t and w/c [mpa] csref compressive strength reference value for specific curing age t as a function of w/c [mpa] csinf concrete specimen compressive strength at infinite time as a function of w/c [mpa] w/c concrete specimen water-to-cement ratio [-] cc cement content for a specific concrete composition [kg/m3] t curing age of the concrete specimen [days] p(t) proportion of the final value, csinf, at curing age t for a specific w/c value[-] τ regression (shape) parameter of the sigmoidal curve related to curing age [days] n regression (shape) parameter of the sigmoidal curve [-] c0 regression parameter (intercept) related to the estimation of the reference value csref [mpa] c1 regression parameter (slope factor) related to the estimation of the final value csref [mpa] cx sensitivity coefficient of a multifactorial function for the independent variable x [mpa/units of x] references [1] papadakos, g.n., karangelos, d.j., rouni, p.k., petropoulos, n.p., anagnostakis, m.i., hinis, e.p., simopoulos, s.e. (1892). uncertainty in soil radioactivity measurement due to sampling definitional errors, metrologia 2016: 6th national biannual conference in metrology, athens, greece [in greek]. [2] féret, r.. on the compactness of the mortars, annales des ponts et chaussées, 7(4), pp. 5-164. [3] abrams, d.a. (1927). water-cement ratio as a basis of concrete quality, journal of american concrete institute, 23, pp. 452-457. [4] freiesleben hansen, p., pedersen, j. (1985). curing of concrete structures, ceb information bulletin, 166, 42. [5] carino, n.j. and lew, h.s. (1983). temperature effects on strength-maturity relations of mortar, journal of the american concrete institute, proceedings, 80(3), pp. 177-182. [6] yeh, c. (2006). generalization of strength versus water–cementitious ratio relationship to age, cement and concrete research, 36, pp. 1865–1873. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2006.05.013 [7] metwally abd allah, a. (2014). compressive strength prediction of portland cement concrete with age using a new model, hbrc journal, 10(2), pp.145–155. doi: 10.1016/j.hbrcj.2013.09.005 [8] gavela, s., nikoloutsopoulos, n., papadakos, g., passa, d., sotiropoulou, a. (2018). multifactorial experimental analysis of concrete compressive strength as a function of time and water-to-cement ratio, 1st international conference of the greek society of experimental mechanics of materials, structural integrity procedia 10 (2018) 135–140. s. gavela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 383-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.32 394 [9] gavela, s., papadakos g., kaselouri-rigopoulou v. (2017). a suggestion for standardizing a traceable process for the determination of the mechanical properties of concrete containing thermoplastic polymers as aggregates, in: thermoplastic composites–emerging technology, uses and prospects, materials science and technologies nova publications book, isbn: 978-1-53610-727-2 [10] sotiropoulou, a., gavela, s., nikoloutsopoulos, n., passa, d., papadakos, g. (2017). experimental study of wood shaving addition in mortar and statistical modeling on selected effects, journal of the mechanical behavior of materials, 26, pp. 1-2. doi: 10.1515/jmbm-2017-0013 [11] eurachem/citac guide (qac 2016). guide to quality in analytical chemistry – an aid to accreditation, 3rd edition. [12] gavela, s., papadakos. g., nikoloutsopoulos, n., passa, d., sotiropoulou, a. (2018). determination of type a uncertainty for the concrete compressive strength test, 18th panellenic concrete conference, athens [in greek]. [13] simopoulos, s.e. (2003). technical measurements, handouts for the corresponding lesson ntua school of mechanical engineering, athens. available at: http://nuclear.ntua.gr. [14] bipm, evaluation of measurement data – guide to the expression of uncertainty in measurement, jcgm 100: 2008 (gum 1995 with minor corrections) << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_19_2651 a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 236 finite element modeling of the behavior of a hollow cylinder in a hydrogen-containing environment a. a. lakhdari université des sciences et de la technologie d'oran mohamed boudiaf, algeria amina.lakhdari@univ-usto.dz, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0627-0194 s.a. bubnov ryazan state radio engineering university, russia serbubnov@inbox.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0274-8341 a. seddak université des sciences et de la technologie d'oran mohamed boudiaf, algeria sed_dz@yahoo.fr, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4539-8350 i. i. ovchinnikov, i. g. ovchinnikov saratov state technical university gagarin y.a., russia bridgeart@mail.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8370-297x bridgesar@mail.ru, https://ordic.org/0000-0003-0617-3132 abstract. the two main research orientations on the problem of hydrogen embrittlement are examined: the study of fundamental principles and the disclosure of micromechanisms and the relation between hydrogen embrittlement and metal aging; the development of models and methods for predicting the kinetics of change in stress-strain state and for evaluating the longevity of structures subjected to hydrogen embrittlement. the state of the problem of hydrogen embrittlement of metals in the first direction is briefly analyzed. more attention is paid to the importance of predicting the behavior of charged metal structures under the influence of hydrogen embrittlement. we then examine the use of finite element modeling using the ansys software to compute the calculation analysis of a hollow cylinder subjected to internal and external pressures and hydrogen embrittlement. the cylinder material is nonlinear elastic and its properties depend on the hydrogen concentration at each point of the cylinder. consideration is given to the influence of the rigidity of the stress state and the hydrogen concentration on the diffusion kinetics of hydrogen in the cylinder body. the problem is solved in time steps. the distributions of the hydrogen concentration and the stresses for a quarter of the volume of the cylinder are given, as well as the citation: a. a. lakhdari, s.a. bubnov, a. seddak, i. i. ovchinnikov, i. g. ovchinnikov, finite element modeling of the behavior of a hollow cylinder in a hydrogen-containing environment, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253. received: 06.10.2019 accepted: 26.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2651.mp4 a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 237 graphs of these values according to the thickness of the wall of the cylinder at different times. it is shown that the ansys software package adapted to the resolution of such problems can model the behavior of different structures in a hydrogencontaining environment, taking into account the effects caused by both the influence of hydrogen on mechanical properties of the material and by the stress state of the structures, as well as by the influence of the stress state on the interaction kinetics of hydrogen with the structures. keywords. hydrogen embrittlement; hollow cylinder; physical nonlinearity; hydrogen effect; finite element modeling. introduction he influence of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of structural material is a topical problem, because in recent times hydrogen is widely used in various industrial fields. hydrogen has a destructive effect on materials and structures at elevated temperatures and pressures, as well as at normal temperatures known as conventionally low temperatures [1-6]. at the present time, the term "embrittlement by hydrogen" is understood to include all the detrimental influence of hydrogen on the properties of materials. hydrogen embrittlement (he) is a direct consequence of a critical local hydrogen concentration in a metallic material. there are two main mechanisms of hydrogen-assisted rupture [7-9]: hede (hydrogen-enhanced decohesion); help (hydrogen-enhanced localised plasticity). the hypothesis of the hede mechanism is based on the favoring of the formation of microcracks following the reduction of the cohesion of the metal network, that is to say on the weakening of the inter-atomic bonds, following a high concentration of hydrogen in crack tip. in contrast, the help mechanism is based on the ductile nature of hydrogen assisted rupture. the help mechanism involves hydrogen-plasticity interactions of an elastic nature. the help model represents variations in crack tip plasticity and the hede model explains the speed of propagation of microcracks. there is also another adsorption induced dislocation emission (aide) model, which suggests, as with the hede mechanism, that hydrogen embrittlement is due to the weakening of inter-atomic bonds. as is known, hydrogen interacts differently with metals, depending on the temperature and pressure exerted on the structure. the introduction of hydrogen into metals and alloys can take place by one of two qualitatively different mechanisms [10]: 1.as a result of low temperature electrochemical processes with the participation of hydrogen ions, which are reduced and absorbed by steel. at low temperatures (i.e. ordinary temperatures), hydrogenation of the metal occurs, resulting in embrittlement by hydrogen and modification of the mechanical properties of the metal. this process is often called low temperature hydrogen embrittlement. 2. from a hydrogenated gaseous medium, at temperatures (above 200°c) and high pressures, as a result of thermal dissociation of hydrogen molecules, forming atomic hydrogen absorbed by steel, which interacts with carbides. high temperature hydrogen corrosion occurs which destroys the material of the structural elements. many studies have been devoted to the problem of high temperature hydrogen corrosion of metal structures [7-10]. this process is called high temperature hydrogen corrosion. according to the work [11], there are two main lines of research on low-temperature hydrogen embrittlement: a) study of the fundamentals of hydrogen embrittlement processes ; b) development of deformation models and estimation of the longevity of structural elements interacting with hydrogen. the first axis has been studied and analyzed in sufficient detail in many studies and it has been found that the processes of hydrogen embrittlement and degradation of the mechanical properties of pipeline materials were not sufficiently studied [12-16]. t a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 238 the development of deformation models and the evaluation of the longevity of structural elements subjected to hydrogen embrittlement have been the subject of several studies [11], and in this work the finite difference method was generally used to calculate the structures. in the work [17], the process of hydrogenation and deformation of a hollow cylinder was studied, taking into account the effect of the stress state on the hydrogen saturation kinetics of the structure. in this work, we examine finite element modeling of the behavior of a long hollow cylinder under hydrogenation conditions, taking into account the effect and concentration of hydrogen as well as the rigidity of the flow diagram state of stress on the kinetics of penetration of hydrogen into the cylinder. low temperature hydrogen embrittlement t is observed at temperatures below 200°c (-20 to 200°c), and in this case, the source of hydrogen is either hydrogen itself, or hydrogen is a by-product in some technological processes, so hydrogen enters the metal simply under pressure. the effect of hydrogen at low temperature is distinguished by the penetration of hydrogen by diffusion in the elements of metal structures under constraints or not. in addition, the hydrogen penetrates intensively in the zones under traction, and much less in the zones under compression. thus, it accumulates and after reaching a certain concentration, it causes a change in the mechanical properties of the material of the structure, depending on its concentration. for a low concentration of hydrogen, there is practically no change in the mechanical properties. but by reaching a critical concentration level, the hydrogen causes an intense degradation of the properties, and for a maximum concentration (saturation limit), the change of the mechanical properties is slowed down, although the hydrogen saturation of the material continues [17, 18]. in the structures under stress and subjected to a hydrogenation at low temperature, there is a more intense variation of the mechanical properties of the material in the zones under traction than in the other zones under compression. the non-uniform variation of the mechanical properties causes a redistribution of the stress field, which in turn influences the distribution of the hydrogen concentration. the redistribution of the stresses and the hydrogen field in the mass of the structural element will remain unstable as long as the state of the structure is not stabilized. during the low temperature hydrogenation, a physico-chemical interaction of the steel with the hydrogen takes place, leading to an irreversible change of the mechanical properties. this is mainly due to the destruction of the carbide component. this physico-chemical phenomenon is called hydrogen corrosion of steel. hydrogen corrosion develops in carbon steels after long operation at high temperature and pressure in an environment containing hydrogen. at the base of the mechanism of hydrogen corrosion is the interaction of hydrogen with carbon with the formation of methane. this reaction begins with the decarburization of the surface and the formation of microcracks, which progressively propagate in the metal, reducing its strength and plasticity. hydrogen embrittlement of metal structures is closely related to their microstructure, and in particular to the processes of segregation and diffusion occurring at interfaces and defects. formulation of the problem he behavioral model of a long hollow cylinder under low temperature hydrogen embrittlement conditions is examined, in which hydrogen, without chemical interaction with the metal, penetrates into the volume of the structural element and accumulates there. it is accepted that the penetration of hydrogen takes place by the diffusion mechanism. in this case, as the experimental data show, the hydrogen does not penetrate equally in the different zones of the structural element in the zones where the compressive stresses predominate, the hydrogen penetrates more slowly, in the zones where tensile stresses are predominant, hydrogen penetrates faster. thus, we have a medium whose diffusion characteristics depend on the state of stress [17, 18]. also according to experimental data, the diffusion characteristics of the cylinder material depend on the hydrogen concentration. therefore, it is further assumed that the diffusion coefficient of hydrogen in structure d (c, s) depends on the rigidity of the state of stress s and the hydrogen concentration c:    0  , 1d c s d c s     (1) i t a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 239 where: d diffusion coefficient, without taking into account the effect of hydrogen in not charged structure;   and   coefficients to be determined based on experimental data; c hydrogen concentration; s parameter, characterizing the rigidity of the state of stress schema, with: s = σо / σi (2) where: σо mean stress; σi intensity of the constraints. according to formula (1), with increasing hydrogen concentration, the diffusion coefficient also increases. the s parameter takes negative values, if the compression components predominate in the constraint state schema. in this case, the diffusion coefficient decreases. on the other hand, with a predominance of traction components, the parameter s takes positive values, which leads to an increase in the diffusion coefficient. we consider that the structural element consists of a nonlinear elastic material whose deformation diagram is approximated by the function: m i i i  a b      (3) where: a, b and m known coefficients; εi intensity of deformations. to take into account the influence of hydrogen on the deformation diagram, by analogy with [16, 17], we use an influence function θ (c, s):  m-1mi i i  ,a b c s        (4) where:      0 0 0 1       ,      ba then s s c s exp k c s s then s s           in these formulas: 0  s a threshold value of parameter s, to which hydrogen does not affect the material deformation diagram; k, a, b known coefficients. the modeling work involves analyzing the redistribution of stresses in the volume of a structural element as a result of low-temperature hydrogen corrosion, as well as identifying the most dangerous modes of operation. implementation of the model in the ansys finite element software package. o solve this problem, we chose the ansys software implementing the finite element method (fem) [19-22 ]. the idea of the approach is that in ansys, each finite element (ef) can define its own properties. for example, when solving a structural problem, each finite element can be assigned an individual elasticity modulus, a transverse strain coefficient or points of the strain diagram. with the adpl language, built into ansys, we have written a number of macros, which solved this problem. all model parameters are conventionally divided into groups: the geometrical parameters of the hollow cylinder (inner and outer radii, length); the loading parameters of the structural element (internal and external pressures, hydrogen concentrations on the internal and external surfaces, number of time steps); t a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 240 the parameters of the initial mechanical properties of the material (modulus of elasticity, transverse deformation coefficient, diffusion coefficient, density, stress diagram, etc.); the parameters of the finite element model which determine the quality of the mesh; the massive parameters, containing the mechanical properties of the material that vary in time and space. there are also massive-parameters for storing the results of calculations. in tab. 1, the names and dimensions of the massifs used are presented. name of the massif content dimension psy_func values of the function ψ(εi, c, s) for each fe at each time step _n el amount nu_func values of the function ν(εi, c, s) for each fe at each time step _n el amount teta_func values of the function θ(c, s) for each fe at each time step _n el amount strain_stress values of deformations and corresponding stresses under the influence of hydrogen _n el amount s_factor parameter values, characterizing the rigidity of the constraint state diagram for each ef at each time step _n el amount d_factor diffusion coefficient values for each fe at each time step _n el amount strain_int deformation intensity values for each fe at each time step _n el amount stress_int constraint intensity values for each fe at each time step _point el amount n  stress_avg values of the average stress for each fe at each time step _n el amount concentr hydrogen concentration values for each fe at each time step _n el amount table 1: names and dimensions used in mass calculations in tab. 1: n number of time steps needed to solve the problem; _el amount total number of finite elements of the model; point number of points by which the deformation diagram is constructed. the massive strain_stress is three-dimensional. it is therefore possible to save a deformation diagram for each fe at each time step. the solution of the problem is conveniently divided into several stages: step 1: construction of the geometric model of the structural element. at this stage, the construction of a geometric model of a fragment of the long hollow cylinder. the construction of the geometric model was carried out according to the bottom-up principle, that is to say, first, the key points are defined, and then the lines passing through these points are drawn. according to the lines, was built the axial section of the cylinder. then, by rotating the section around the oz axis, at a 90 degree angle, is built a volume cylinder fragment (in order to save the memory of the computer). the section could be rotated 360 degrees, to obtain the entire cylinder. for the construction of the geometric model, the cylindrical coordinate system was chosen. step 2: construction of the finite element model as is known, the use of an ordered mesh makes it possible to obtain more precise solutions, with respect to a disordered mesh. to build an ordered mesh, you have to prepare a model. for this, each line forming part of the volume must be a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 241 divided into a determined number of segments. for the axial, radial and angular directions, the number of segments is given as parameters n_axis, n_tang and n_thickness. by modifying the values of these parameters, it is possible to easily enlarge or refine the mesh of finite elements in the whole of the structural element. when applying the mesh of finite elements, it is important to have on several thicknesses of the wall of the cylinder (not less than 10), because as a result of the influence of the hydrogenated medium will have changes in the mechanical properties, including the thickness of the cylinder. in this case, follow the form ef. elements that are too thin and elongated may give a greater error. in case of gross violation of the geometry of the finite element, ansys will issue a warning. that is why, by increasing the number of elements according to the thickness, it is desirable to increase it and according to other directions. to solve the problem, it took three types of finite element from the ansys library. for the diffusion problem, was chosen element solid239, for the structural problem solid95, and for the mesh of finite elements mesh200. all element types have a modification of 20 nodes (hexahedra), so changing the element type to solve the corresponding problem does not add any difficulties all the nodes of the finite element model remain in place. the finite element solid95 was chosen because it supports the material, for which a deformation diagram can be given. at present, this type of element is considered obsolete, but it is suitable for the resolution of some problems. the number of points on the deformation diagram must not exceed 100. step 3: load application and problem resolution at this point, the initial conditions and limits are defined and the problem is solved. to construct the initial deformation diagram (before the effect of hydrogen, θ (c, s) =1), we need the values of stress strain intensities, which will calculate the stress intensities according to the equation (4). this is why, first of all, the problem of blade is solved for a hollow cylinder in linearly elastic material for the pressures (external and internal), which we will use later in calculations under the action of hydrogen. the initial strain diagram is shown in fig. 1. figure 1: initial diagram of material deformation the solution of the problem occurs according to the following algorithm: 1. define the boundary conditions and determine the initial stress-strain state of the structural element. determine the value of the s parameter for each finite element. 2. define the boundary conditions for the diffusion equation and determine the initial value of the hydrogen c concentration for each finite element. 3. perform a new calculation: the diffusion coefficient d for each finite element according to relation (1); points of the deformation diagram for each finite element according to relation (4). 4. definite the boundary conditions corresponding to a given time step for the diffusion equation and its resolution with new values of the diffusion coefficient for each finite element. 5. define the boundary conditions corresponding to a given time step and determine the new stress-strain state and the new values of the s parameter for each finite element. a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 242 6. incremental time step. 7. repeat steps 3-6 until the destruction of the structural element. fig. 2 shows the deformation diagram, constructed taking into account the effects of low temperature hydrogen. step 4: results analysis. figure 2: initial deformation diagram (col2) and modified by the influence of hydrogen (col1). calculation and analysis of the results alculations were made for a hollow cylinder with the parameters: inner radius of 0.3 m; outer radius of 0.5 m; cylinder length of 3.5 m. the characteristics of the material: modulus of elasticity e=3.0e10; transverse deformation coefficient nu=0.2; thermal conductivity coefficient alpha=1.4e-5 ; density of the material dens=7659 ; coefficients of the function of approximation of the deformation diagram: a0=3.0e10, b0=2.0e11. the modulus of elasticity, the parameters of the strain diagram and all the constraints on the figures are measured in pa (pascal), the time is measured in hours. tab. 2 shows the different loading cases of the hollow cylinder. № loading in , mpаp out , мpаp 3 in ,1/ mc 3 out ,1/ mc 1. 0 20 3.2e-4 3.2e-4 2. 0 20 7.2e-4 1.5e-4 3. 0 30 7.2e-4 1.5e-4 4. 20 11 0.5 4 0.00005e t   3.2e-4 table 2: loading cases and effects of hydrogen loading №1. the hollow cylinder is under external pressure pout; the concentration field of the hydrogen is homogeneous. the concentration field has the form shown in fig. 3, and it does not change over time. the intensity of the constraints is shown in fig. 4. the radial, tangential and axial stresses at time t=10 are shown in figs 5, 6, 7. fig. 8 shows the stress intensity curves sint, axial stresses sz, radial and tangential sx and sy according to the thickness of the wall of the cylinder. c a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 243 figure 3: concentration field of hydrogen. figure 4: intensity of constraints at the moment   10.t  figure 5: radial constraints at the moment   10t  . a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 244 figure 6: tangential constraints at the moment   10. t  figure 7: axial constraints at the moment   10t  . figure 8: stress curves according to the thickness at the moment   10.t  a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 245 calculations show that there is no redistribution of stresses because the hydrogen concentration does not change in both time and volume of the structural element. as a result, hydrogen has virtually no effect on the stress state of the structural element. loading №2. the hollow cylinder is under external pressure outp 20 мpа , the internal pressure is equal to 0. the hydrogen concentration on the inner and outer surfaces is kept constant, but with different values. the concentration field of hydrogen is shown in fig. 9. the intensity of the stresses is shown in fig. 10. the radial, tangential and axial stresses at time t = 10 are shown in figs 11, 12.13. figure 9: concentration field of hydrogen. figure 10: intensity of constraints at the moment   10.t  in fig. 14, the stress intensity curves sint, the axial stresses sz, radial and tangential stresses sx and sy are presented according to the thickness of the wall of the cylinder at time t =10. note that the deformation pattern does not change over time; however, it is individual for each finite element due to the fact that the concentration field is not uniformly distributed in the volume of the structural element. the graphs show a change in the character of the stress curves. the redistribution of the tangential stresses and, consequently, of the stress intensities is particularly remarkable. loading №3. the loading is similar to the load №2, only the external pressure is outp 30  mpa. the concentration field is stationary and is shown in fig. 15. the intensity of the stresses is shown in fig. 16. the radial, tangential and axial stresses at time t =18 are presented in figs. 17, 18, 19. in fig. 20, the stress intensity curves sint, the axial stresses sz, radial and tangential stresses sx and sy are presented according to the thickness of the wall of the cylinder at time t =18. a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 246 figure 11: radial constraints at the moment 10. t  figure 12: tangential constraints at the moment   10t  .   figure 13: axial constraints at the moment   10t  .   a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 247 figure 14: stress curves according to the thickness at the moment   10.t  figure 15: concentration field of hydrogen. figure 16: intensity of constraints at the moment   18t  . a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 248 figure 17: radial constraints at the moment 18t  . figure 18: tangential constraints at the moment 18t  . figure 19: axial constraints at the moment   18t  . a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 249 in this case, the redistribution of the constraints is also observed. loading №4. the hollow cylinder is subjected to the internal and external pressures inp and outp respectively, and in out p p , the concentration of hydrogen on the outer surface is constant, and on the inside it increases linearly with each time step from a certain initial value. as a result, we obtain a time-varying concentration field (figs. 21 and 22). the intensity of the stresses is shown in fig. 23. the radial, tangential and axial stresses at time t = 11 are presented in figs. 24, 25, and 26. there is also a redistribution of the constraints, and more intense than in the cases of loading previously envisaged. in fig. 27, the stress intensity curves sint, the axial stresses sz, radial and tangential stresses sx and sy are presented according to the thickness of the wall of the cylinder at time t =11. figure 20: stress curves according to the thickness at the moment   18t  . figure 21: concentration field of hydrogen at the moment   5t  . a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 250 figure 22: concentration field of hydrogen at the moment   11t  . figure 23: intensity of constraints at the moment 11t  . figure 24: radial constraints at the moment 11t  . a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 251 figure 25: tangential constraints at the moment 11t  . figure 26: axial constraints at the moment   11t  . figure 27: stress curves according to the thickness at the moment   11t  . a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 252 conclusions 1. the study showed that the use of the finite element software ansys allows numerical simulations of the changes in the hydrogen concentration field and the stress-strain state of a hollow cylinder, not only the action of hydrogen at high pressure and temperature, as has been as done in the work [16], but also when hollow cylinder interacts with hydrogen at low temperature. 2. adapted to the resolution of such problems, the ansys software package is used to model the behavior of different structures in a hydrogen-containing environment, taking into account the effects caused by both the influence of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of hydrogen material and stress state of structures, and considering the influence of state of stress on the kinetics of the interaction of hydrogen with structures. 3. the elaborate model of material behavior of structural elements in a hydrogenated medium takes into account the selective effect of low temperature hydrogen on the mechanical properties of materials. the selectivity is expressed as a function of the anisotropy induced by the hydrogen concentration and the rigidity of the stress state scheme. 4. the proposed model takes into account the influence of the type and the level of the stress state of the material on the kinetics of hydrogen penetration into the material by the dependence of the diffusion coefficient and the absorption limit of the material. hydrogen. 5.it should be noted that the established relationships fairly adequately describe the behavior of the tube under the combined action of charge and hydrogenation, while taking into account the destructive action of hydrogen. 6. the numerical simulation shows that the most dangerous case is the case of the simultaneous action of the charge and the hydrogen on the inner surface of the wall of the tube, because in this case the combination of the action of the stresses of traction and hydrogen leads to an intensive degradation of the tube material. 7.it should be noted that, contrary to the case of hydrogen at high pressure and temperature, the penetration of hydrogen occurs through the mechanism of activated diffusion and that the kinetics of hydrogen penetration depends on the rigidity of the scheme of the state of constraint. since the state of stress changes with time under the influence of hydrogen entering the structure, the kinetics of hydrogen penetration into the structural element also changes over time. 8. hydrogen embrittlement of metal structures is closely related to their microstructure, and in particular to the processes of segregation and diffusion occurring at interfaces and defects. references [1] lynch, s. (2019). discussion of some recent literature on hydrogen-embrittlement mechanisms: addressing common misunderstandings, corrosion reviews; 37(5), pp. 377-395. doi: 10.1515/corrrev-2019-0017. [2] djukic, m.b., bakic, g.m., sijacki zeravcic, v., sedmak, a., rajicic, b. (2016). hydrogen embrittlement of industrial components: prediction, prevention, and models, corrosion; 72 (7), pp. 943-961. doi: 10.5006/1958. [3] bueno, a., moreira, e., gomes, j. (2014). evaluation of stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen embrittlement in an api grade steel, engineering failure analysis; 36, pp. 423–431. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2013.11.012. [4] serebrinsky, s., carter, e.a., ortiza, m. (2004). a quantum mechanically informed continuum model of hydrogen embrittlement, j. of the mechanics and physics of solids; 52 (10), pp. 2403 – 2430. doi: 10.1016/j.jmps.2004.02.010. [5] kolachev, b.a. (1999). hydrogen in metals and alloys, metal science and heat treatment; 41(3), pp. 93-100. doi: 10.1007/bf02467692. [6] woodtli, j., kieselbach, r. (2000). damage due to hydrogen embrittlement and stress corrosion cracking, eng. failure analysis; 7, pp. 427450. doi: 10.1016/s1350-6307(99)00033-3. [7] lynch, s. (2012). hydrogen embrittlement phenomena and mechanisms, corrosion reviews; 30(3-4), pp. 105–123. doi: 10.1515/corrrev-2012-0502. [8] may, l.m., dadfarnia, m., nagao, a., wang, s., sofronis, p. (2019). enumeration of the hydrogen-enhanced localized plasticity mechanism for hydrogen embrittlement in structural materials, acta materialia; 165, pp. 734-750. doi: doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2018.12.014. [9] djukic, m.b., bakic, g.m., zeravcic, v. s., sedmak, a., rajicic, b. (2019). the synergistic action and interplay of hydrogen embrittlement mechanisms in steels and iron: localized plasticity and decohesion, eng. fracture mechanics; 216, pp. 106-528. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2019.106528. a. a. lakhdari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 236-253; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19 253 [10] djukic, m.b., sijacki zeravcic, v., bakic, g.m., sedmak, a., rajicic, b. (2015). hydrogen damage of steels: a case study and hydrogen embrittlement model, eng. failure analysis; 58 (2), pp. 485-498. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2015.05.017. [11] ovchinnikov, i.g. and khvalko, t.a. (2003). serviceability of structures under high-temperature hydrogen corrosion, ed. sarat. gos. tekhn. un-t. saratov, russia. [12] balueva, a. (2014). modeling of hydrogen embrittlement cracking in pipe-lines under high pressures, procedia materials science.; 3, pp. 1310-1315. doi: doi.org/10.1016/j.mspro.2014.06.212. [13] hardie, d., charles, e.a., lopez, a.h. (2006). hydrogen embrittlement of high strength pipeline steels; corrosion science. ; 48 (12), pp. 4378–4385. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2006.02.011. [14] novak, p., yuan, r., somerday, b.p., sofronis, p., ritchie, r.o. (2010). a statistical, physical-based, micro-mechanical model of hydrogen-induced intergranular fracture in steel, j. of mechanics and physics of solids; 58 (2), pp. 206– 226. doi: 10.1016/j.jmps.2009.10.005. [15] kim, n.h., oh, c.s., kim, y.j., yoon, ke, b., ma, y.w. (2012). hydrogen-assisted stress corrosion cracking simulation using the stress-modified fracture strain model, j. of mechanical science and technology; 26 (8), pp. 2631-2638. doi 10.1007/s12206-012-0642-x. [16] bubnov, a.a., bubnov, s.a. and ovchinnikov, i. i. (2011). modelling of stress state and fracture of thick-walled piping in hydrogen corrosion and heterogeneous thermal field, ed. goryachaya liniya –telekom. moscow, russia. [17] ovchinnikov, i.i. (2013). models of deformation and delayed destruction of materials in a hydrogen-containing environment, vestnik sstu; 2 (70), pp. 178-183. (russian) [18] ovchinnikov, i.i. (2013). modeling the behavior of a long hollow cylinder in a hydrogen-containing environment, the diffusion characteristics of which depend on the stressed state, vestnik sstu; 2 (70), pp. 183-191. (russian) [19] ansys element reference. ansys release 18.0. documentation inc., 2017. [20] ansys theory reference. ansys release 18.0. documentation inc., 2017. [21] ansys parametric design language guide. ansys release 18.0. documentation inc., 2017. [22] ansys modeling and meshing guide. ansys release 18.0. documentation inc., 2017. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_31_art_6 j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 67 inter-laminar shear stress in hybrid cfrp/austenitic steel j. lopes, m. freitas icems and departamento de engenharia mecânica. instituto superior técnico. universidade de lisboa. av. rovisco pais 1049-001 lisboa. portugal joao.ribeiro.lopes@ist.utl.pt d. stefaniak dlr, institute of composite structures and adaptive systems, ottenbecker damm 12, 21684 stade, germany p.p. camanho idmec. pólo feup. rua dr. roberto frias. 4200-465 porto. portugal abstract. bolted joints are the most common solution for joining composite components in aerospace structures. critical structures such as wing to fuselage joints, or flight control surface fittings use bolted joining techniques. recent research concluded that higher bearing strengths in composite bolted joints can be achieved by a cfrp/ titanium hybrid lay-up in the vicinity of the bolted joint. the high costs of titanium motivate a similar research with the more cost competitive austenitic steel. an experimental program was performed in order to compare the apparent inter-laminar shear stress (ilss) of a cfrp reference beam with the ilss of hybrid cfrp/steel beams utilizing different surface treatments in the metallic ply. the apparent ilss was determined by short beam test, a three-point bending test. finite element models using cohesive elements in the cfrp/steel interface were built to simulate the short beam test in the reference beam and in the highest interlaminar shear stress hybrid beam. the main parameters for a fem simulation of inter laminar shear are the cohesive elements damage model and appropriate value for the critical energy release rate. the results show that hybrid cfrp/steel have a maximum ilss very similar to the ilss of the reference beam. hybrid cfrp/steel is a competitive solution when compared with the reference beam ilss. fem models were able to predict the maximum ilss in each type of beam. keywords. fracture; fatigue; durability; case studies; experimental techniques; numerical techniques. introduction omposite materials have been used in aerospace applications in the past four decades. their use has grown in the share of weight of aircrafts (from the very specific use in nose cones and radomes of the airbus a300 to the full barrel composite fuselage of the boeing 787) and also in complexity. the development of composite manufacturing has enabled the shift from rather simple shells and sandwich structures to full composite assemblies like elevators, horizontal and vertical tail planes, and the already mentioned full barrel composite fuselage. this shift from modular architecture to integral architecture [1] has had many advantages: it has reduced the number of components of an assembly and therefore the number of fasteners. it has simplified the manufacturing process by reducing the number c j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 68 of parts to manufacture and to assemble. a composite component, however complex, still needs to be assembled to other components. bolted joints are the most common joining technique between composite components. bolted joints offer the advantage of being capable of carrying large loads, are simple to install and to inspect. this type of joint is more challenging in composite structures than in metallic structures due to their low bearing strength, high notch sensitivity, brittle and anisotropic nature, and high dependence on composite configuration. the typical solution to joint composite parts is to do a thickness build-up in the vicinity of the bolted area. this solution leads to an increase in weight, therefore cost, and additional stresses caused by eccentricities. the research work of the german aerospace centre with other partners has demonstrated that a significant improvement in bearing load can be achieved by replacing some cfrp plies by metallic plies in the vicinity of the bolted area. fink and kolesnikov [2] demonstrated the suitability of hybrid cfrp/metal composites in experimental tests using cfrp and ti6al4v alloy. the inter-laminar shear stress was measured using the short beam test method in several conditions of temperature and humidity. bearing ultimate strength tests were also performed with different ratios of ti alloy contents. it was concluded that hybrid cfrp/ti has a high bearing strength, high shear strength, and high compression strength. also, the hybrid specimens have a low sensitivity to temperature and humidity. kolesnikov and fink [3] performed impact tests, bearing tests and dynamic tests in cfrp/ti6al-4v. the research concluded that compressive strength of hybrid material is higher than monolithic cfrp; the bearing tests using a three row bolted joint showed that cfrp/ti has a joint efficiency over 65% in the case of a 0º-on axis loading, and a satisfactory fatigue behaviour. camanho et al. [4] investigated the experimental and numerical response of bolted joints using a hybrid cfrp and ti– 15v–3cr–3sn–3al alloy with several percentages of ti content. the experimental results showed that the bearing strength increases with the increase of ti content, a hybrid joint with 50% titanium has a higher specific stiffness than the reference monolithic cfrp; the critical region in a hybrid joint is the bolt-bearing region and not the transition zone from hybrid to cfrp; the numerical models yielded good results in predicting the bearing strength of hybrid and monolithic composites. fink et al. [5] investigated the mechanical response and the manufacturability of hybrid cfrp/ti alloy in a spacecraft payload adaptor. using cfrp and ti–15v–3cr–3sn–3al the research concluded that the cfrp/metal hybridization had, among others, the advantages of high bearing, shear and pull-out strength, high specific bearing strength, and considerable weight savings. fink and camanho [6] performed inter-laminar shear stress by the use of the short beam method and experimental and numerical response of the bearing strength of a hybrid cfrp/ti alloy. this research concluded that hybrid bearing strength increase to a factor of 2.5 when compared with typical cfrp laminates. also it concluded for the feasibility and mechanical effectiveness of hybrid joints. all the previous works were done using titanium alloys as reinforcement material. however the use of steel was already considered as a potential alternative to titanium [5, 6]. titanium has the advantage of high specific strength, galvanic compatibility, and lower coefficient of thermal expansion (cte) than corrosion resisting steel. corrosion resisting steel has the advantage of higher stiffness, higher ultimate strength, excellent fatigue properties and much lower cost when compared with ti alloys. it has the disadvantage of having a higher cte producing a significant residual thermal stress. although these stresses are not addressed in the present work, stefaniak et. al could show that due to mechanical interaction, residual stresses in multi-layered fmls are lower than often assumed when only thermo-mechanical behavior is considered [7]. additionally, by modifications in the curing process, the “smart curing” [8], residual stresses can be lowered significantly. in this research the objective is to measure the inter-laminar shear stress in a hybrid cfrp/steel composite. this research comprises an experimental test program and a numerical simulation in a finite element commercial package. the test program is exposed in detail as well as the numerical simulations. the results of both the experiments and the simulations are presented and compared. experimental testing n experimental program on apparent inter-laminar shear stress (ilss) was determined by short beam three-point bending tests with two main objectives: i) to identify the most suitable surface treatment method for the metal foil in this particular fibre metal laminate; ii) to determine the required cohesive element parameters to simulate delamination failure. a j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 69 stainless steel 1.4310 (x10crni18-8) [9] is used due to the need of a high yield point of the metallic component and the galvanic corrosion compatibility between carbon and steel. the selected cfrp is 8552/as4 ud prepreg from hexcel with 134 g/m2, a widely used cfrp in the aerospace industry. the basic properties of these materials are given in tab. 1. material tensile stiffness e1 (gpa) tensile stiffness e2 (gpa) density ρ (g/cm3) steel 1.4310 [10] 178 178 7.9 cfrp 8552/as4 [11] 141 10 1.58 table 1: material properties. in order to assess the adhesion between the metal and cfrp two different lay-ups are used. the reference pure cfrp specimens consist of 16 layers ud [016] whereas for the hybrid specimens the steel layer is positioned as the centre layer [08/st/08]. to increase comparability, the steel foil is chosen to 0.05 mm, as thin as possible during treatment. these layups result in a laminate thickness of 1.98 mm for the reference beam and 2.03 mm for the hybrid beam. two plates per treatment method are manufactured and specimens are then cut by diamond sawing. cure temperature is 180ºc as per prepreg manufacturer’s recommendations. adhesion performance is evaluated by determination of the apparent inter-laminar shear strength by the short-beam method en iso 14130 [12] a three-point bending test. specimen length is 20±0.1 mm and width is 10±0.1 mm. fig. 1 shows the dimensions of the hybrid specimen in which the difference to the reference beam specimen is that the steel layer is absent in the reference beam. figure 1: dimensions of the short beam specimen. the testing length, the distance between supports, is 9.9±0.1 mm with a radius of 2 mm. the radius of the loading member is 5mm. a testing machine zwick 1476 with a maximum capacity of 100 kn was used. the displacement was measured with and lvdt placed in the movable part of the machine with a range of 49.5mm and accuracy below <0.1μm. fig. 2 shows a schematic representation of the short beam fixture. figure 2: schematic representation of the short beam fixture. j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 70 a standard surface treatment for stainless steel before adhesive joining is the ‘boeing sol-gel process’. following this process, the material is degreased and then deoxidized by using a wet or dry grit-blasting method. finally, an aqueous solgel system [13], a dilute solution of a stabilized alkoxy zirconium organometallic salt and an organosilane coupling agent, is applied. an adhesive coating is then applied to the treated surface to generate a durable bond [14]. this treatment is conducted in this work and regarded as a reference. the surface treatment process can be subdivided into surface preand post-treatment. the pre-treatments are further differentiated into mechanical, physical, chemical and electrochemical treatments. the aim of the surface post-treatment process is to increase adhesion with the help of a coupling agent and to conserve the surface activity achieved by the pretreatment. a surface treatment process always consists of a particular pre-treatment in combination with a particular posttreatment. as shown in fig. 3, the sol-gel system is used in each approach, but an additional epoxy primer is applied only on the reference ‘boeing sol-gel’-specimens. figure 3: schematic representation of the surface treatment process then different categories of pre-treatments for the steel foils are investigated. at first, grit-blasting is regarded and parameters as time, pressure, grit material and grit size are varied. after degreasing, the aqueous sol-gel is applied. as second category, vacuum blasting is examined, varying grit material as well as grit size. finally, sol-gel is applied. as pickling is the most prevalent chemical pre-treatment for stainless steel [15], different pickling processes were examined to replace mechanical treatment of the thin steel foils. specimens for the evaluation of the adhesion performance were fabricated using nitric-hydrofluoric and nitric-phosphoric-hydrofluoric acid as well as a nitrate-free solution consisting of hydrofluoric acid and hydrogen peroxide as oxidizing agent [16, 17]. acid concentrations and pickling durations were varied and the pre-treated metal foils were rinsed with deionized water before drying in an oven. after drying, the foils were also post-treated with the aqueous sol-gel system. foils are laminated with prepreg within one hour after treatment to prevent environmental influences. however, as the manufacturing process may be constricted by this limitation, for one vacuum blasting configuration the foils were stored one day at room temperature with 50% relative humidity after treatment before positioning in the lay-up. 600 specimens were tested in total, whereas is was ensured by a second manufacturing and testing loop that 10 valid test results are existent for the most promising surface treatment configurations of each category, vacuum blasting, grit blasting, pickling and boeing sol-gel process. specimens manufactured utilizing these configurations and pure cfrp specimens were then additionally tested at different conditions. dry specimens were tested at -55°c as well as 120°c and moisture saturated specimens were tested at room temperature. cure temperature is 180°c, therefore, comparing the hybrid specimens with pure cfrp-ud reference specimens it has to be considered that the curing shear stresses act on the same plane as the inter-laminar shear stresses. as curing temperature is above testing temperature, the differing coefficients of thermal expansion inevitably lead to residual stress in the laminate which can cause deformations. these inter-ply stresses may significantly lower the mechanical properties of the hybrid laminate, especially the residual inter-laminar shear strength. different investigations have been performed to reduce residual stresses in pure composite as well as in fibre metal laminates, utilizing modified curing processes, an additional clamping tool to reduce thermal mismatch or post-stretching to reduce residual stress level of an already cured laminate [7]. however, these approaches are regarded in research only and the measurement of the residual stress level is j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 71 still unsatisfactory. essentially, it has to be considered in the following investigations that these residual stresses increase with lower testing temperatures as the difference between manufacturing and testing temperature increases. numerical models numerical techniques in fracture modelling here are two main techniques used to model fracture onset and fracture propagation: vcct and czm also known as cohesive elements, or in some literature as interface elements. the vcct technique is based on the principle that when a crack extends for a small amount the energy released in the crack propagation is equal to the work necessary to close the crack. this concept was first introduced by rybicki and kanninen [18] and developed further by krueger [19]. in this technique the values of gi, gii, and giii are computed from the nodal forces and displacements obtained from the solution of the finite element model. vcct enables the calculation of these parameters in a single simulation. it does require however complex meshing techniques and an initial delamination. therefore vcct can predict crack propagation but not crack initiation. mendes [20, 21] examined the failure criteria for mixed mode delamination in glass/epoxy and cfrp/epoxy specimens. the purpose of an extensive program of tests was to determine the inter-laminar energy release rate of mode i, mode ii, mixed-mode i+ii, and mode iii. the tests were dcb, enf, mmb, and ect. mendes calculated the energy release rate analytically, through the beam theory, and numerically through the vcct technique. by comparing the experimental results with numerical simulations using vcct mendes concluded that the power law [22] criteria showed reasonable results in modes i+ii, b-k [23] criteria had better results when mode iii was present. b-k extended to mode iii as proposed by reader [24] seems more convincing. cohesive elements are a more recent technique than vcct. the concept of the cohesive elements is actual finite elements that are intended to model the resin layer between ply interfaces. cohesive elements are able to predict the onset and propagation of delamination without requiring pre-cracks. however, cohesive elements must be placed along all possible interfaces where delamination may occur. in the proposed method [25, 26] a softening law for mixed-mode delamination can be applied to any interaction criterion. the constitutive equation of the cohesive elements uses a single variable, the maximum relative displacement, to track the damage at the interface under general loading conditions. the material properties required to define the element constitutive equation are: i) the inter-laminar fracture toughness; ii) the penalty stiffness, iii) and the strengths. the b–k interaction law requires additionally a material parameter  that is determined from standard delamination tests [25]. these elements have zero thickness and typically are rectangular elements with two nodes at each vertex as shown in fig. 4. figure 4: zero thickness cohesive element. figure retrieved from [25]. ankersen and davies [27] discuss some advantages and limitations of the cohesive elements by comparing two different constitutive laws of the cohesive elements: the bi-linear law and the exponential law. according to this research both constitutive laws are identical in delamination prediction. exponential constitutive law is more appropriate to use with dynamic implicit solvers whereas the bi-linear constitutive law is more suited with explicit solvers. mesh size is also a critical parameter in the cohesive elements technique due to the high stress gradients ahead of the cohesive zone. however for a sufficiently refined mesh the results are mesh independent. the main characteristics of the two techniques are summarized in the tab. 2. in this research the numerical modelling is based on previous researches where cohesive elements were proposed and developed [25, 26, 28]. this is the main reason why the cohesive elements were used. t j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 72 vcct cohesive elements  requires nodal variables and topological information ahead and behind the crack front  requires remeshing for crack propagation  requires initial delamination  predicts propagation of existing delamination  does not need an onset delamination  predicts delamination initiation and propagation  requires a refined mesh  requires complex input parameters  computationally expensive table 2: summary of main features of vcct and cohesive elements techniques finite element model abaqus finite element code was used in all the numerical analysis in this work. two models were built. the reference beam with monolithic cfrp, and the hybrid beam with cfrp and the steel layer. the main feature of these models is the use of zero thickness cohesive elements. the geometrical model took advantage of the symmetries in the three-point bending test. only one half of the beam’s length was modelled applying a proper boundary condition in the mid span. the model has a unit width with appropriate symmetry boundary conditions on both faces parallel to the lengthwise direction of the beam (x-direction). the negligible poisson effect in the y-direction allows this simplification. fig. 5 shows the actual beam of 20mm x 10mm (represented in transparency) and the finite element geometric model 5mm x 1mm. figure 5: short beam (in translucent grey) and geometrical model of the beam (in solid grey) for finite element simulation. the reference beam was modelled with one layer of zero thickness cohesive elements in the neutral fibre and the hybrid beam was modelled with zero thickness cohesive elements in the interface between the cfrp and the steel. the models have 8 elements per thickness in the cfrp and 40 elements across length with a bias ratio of 4, i.e. 40th element in mid-span is 4 times smaller than the 1st element in the extreme of the beam. the largest element has 0.460mm in length and the smaller element has 0.115 mm in length. the fem model of the reference beam has:  640 cubic 8 node c3d8r elements with reduced integration: 320 elements for each half thickness.  40 coh3d8 zero thickness cohesive elements in the neutral fibre.  1478 nodes.  5400 dof’s. the fem model of the hybrid beam has:  680 cubic 8 node c3d8r elements with reduced integration: 320 elements for each half thickness plus 40 elements in the steel layer.  80 coh3d8 zero thickness cohesive elements: 40 elements on each cfrp/steel interface  1640 nodes.  5892 dof’s. fig. 6 shows the fem model of the hybrid beam in abaqus: j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 73 figure 6: model of the unit width hybrid beam loading member and support modelled as rigid bodies. the cohesive elements use the quadratic nominal stress criterion (quads) shown in eq. 1. 2 2 2 0 0 0 1n s t n s s t t t t t t                    (1) the variables nt , st , tt are the normal stress and the shear tensions on both directions respectively of the cohesive models. the variables 0nt , 0 st , 0 tt are the damage threshold values of the cohesive elements. the macaulay operator in the normal stress nt is used to ensure that the damage does not occur when 0nt  . the damage evolution of the cohesive elements uses the mixed mode criterion proposed by benzeggagh and kenane, the b-k criterion [23]. this criterion accounts for the variation of fracture toughness as function of the mode ratio. in order to match the experimental result with the numerical simulation several values of giic were tested as the dominant failure mode in this test is mode ii (tab. 3). in order to replicate the actual test, the numerical model has to include the contact interaction between the beam and the loading member and the beam and the support. a penalty formulation was established for the contact properties and interaction definition was set to surface to surface interaction. simulations with contact formulation are prone to severe discontinuous nonlinearities. therefore the entire displacement was divided by 10 equal steps of 0.1mm to reduce severe discontinuities in the solver. the accumulated effect of cohesive elements with damage model and damage evolution, and the contact formulation causes a very intense computational effort. some initial settings of the steps module, namely the tolerances of the line search control parameters and the time incrementation parameters had to be increased from their initial settings in order to enable the solver to reach a solution. results and analysis experimental results he apparent inter-laminar shear strength for the reference beam (monolithic cfrp) was calculated based on the load measured by the testing machine using eq. (2) [12]: 3 4 f b h     (2) where: f is the load in (n), b and h are the width and thickness of the specimens respectively (mm),  is the apparent inter-laminar shear strength (mpa). t j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 74 for hybrid beams however a modified version of eq. (2) is used to account for the different stiffness of the constituents in the laminate [3]:       2 2 23 3 3 4 3 4 metal cfrp f s t eb s t s t s t t e              (3) where: s and t are the specimen thickness and metal layer thickness in millimetres respectively metale and cfrpe are the elastic modulus of the metal and cfrp respectively in gpa. eq. (1) and (2) were used for every individual width and thickness of the specimens as they differ slightly from nominal dimensions due to manufacturing tolerances. tab. 3 presents the experimental results with the average maximum ilss for all types of beams and a comparison between the reference beam and the hybrid beams. the average maximum ilss is in the range of [125 mpa – 130 mpa] which corresponds to a maximum load of [3.4kn – 3.5 kn] types of beams ilss (mpa)  std ilss (mpa) hybrid referenceilss ilss (mpa) hybrid reference ilss ilss reference beam 130.03 1.40 vacuum blasting (one day storage) 129.87 3.76 -0.16 0.999 vacuum blasting 128.20 2.36 -1.83 0.986 grit blasting 126.11 5.00 -3.92 0.970 pickling 125.63 2.15 -4.4 0.966 table 3: ilss experimental results – comparison between reference beam and the hybrid beams with different surface treatments. fig. 7 shows the typical behaviour of reference and hybrid specimens: an almost linear elastic displacement, followed by a gradual yielding of the resin rich neutral fibre (in the case of the reference beam) or cfrp/metal interface (in the case of the hybrid beam), until the beam reaches its maximum load. failure occurs shortly after. the crack propagates in one of two ways: by a sudden and continuous propagation or by several steps due the heterogeneity of the resin. figure 7: plot of typical examples of reference beam and hybrid beam with vacuum blasting. j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 75 numerical results from the finite element model the displacement and the reaction force of the loading member were extracted. from these two data sets the apparent inter-laminar shear stress was calculated using eq. (2) and (3) for the reference beam and the hybrid beam respectively. tab. 4 presents the numerical results and compares them with the experimental results. in the upper part of the table is the average experimental ilss and the numerical ilss for several values of giic of the reference beam. similarly in the lower part of the table is the average ilss and the numerical ilss for several values of giic of the vacuum blasting tests. reference beam ilss (mpa) difference experimental 130.03 numerical giic =1.1 n.mm-1 132.90 2.2% giic =1.0 n. mm-1 123.70 4.9% giic =0.8 n. mm-1 110.10 15.3% giic =0.9 n. mm-1 101.40 22.0% hybrid beam ilss (mpa) difference experimental 128.20 numerical giic =1.0 n.mm-1 123.68 3.5% giic =1.1 n.mm-1 132.94 3.7% giic =0.9 n.mm-1 113.49 11.5% giic =0.8 n.mm-1 110.14 14.1% table 4: comparison between experimental average results and numerical results figure 8: reference beam. comparison between numerical and experimental results (specimen #4). figure 9: hybrid beam. comparison between numerical and experimental results (specimen #2). j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 76 fig. 8 and fig. 9 show the plots of several numerical simulations for several values of giic for the reference beam and the hybrid beam respectively. fig. 8 shows an initial linear trend followed by a slight decrease in slope. this decrease is the beginning of the yielding of the cohesive elements. the load increases at an apparently linear rate until it reaches its peak. after the peak there is a sudden drop in the apparent shear stress load indicating the unstable crack propagation. after the shear stress increases again. this increase is the result of the reaction of two half beams fully delaminated one above the other and it is no longer meaningful. in the case of the reference beam the solver is able to converge to a solution in every step. in the case of the hybrid beam after the peak shear stress the abaqus solver is unable to converge to a solution of its current step. this is due to the fact that in the case of an unstable crack propagation the kinetic energy associated with it is relevant and it’s not considered in an abaqus implicit analysis. however the maximum load is correctly calculated by the solver. one common feature of either the reference or hybrid beams is that the stiffness of the numerical simulation is higher than the stiffness of the experimental results. this discrepancy is analysed in the next section. discussion he numerical models predict a maximum ilss shear strength close to the experimental maximum ilss provided that the proper giic is set. the results predicted by the numerical models have a higher stiffness than the stiffness of the experimental tests. there are several factors that contribute for this discrepancy: i. in the experimental tests the displacement is measured by an lvdt above the specimen in the movable part of the testing machine while in the numerical simulation the displacement is measured directly in the loading member. the effect of the compliance of the testing machine is therefore expected; ii. there is an unavoidable initial slack in the experimental test that does not occur in the numerical simulation; iii. the testing machine has some elasticity that, however small, cannot be ignored. the first factor is considered as the most relevant. in these tests the measured displacement until failure is extremely low (≈ 0.45mm). it is possible that the lvdt may be unable to measure accurately the displacement in such a small range. there is also a small contribution of the initial slack of the testing fixtures. it is observed some irregular data in the beginning of the experimental tests plots. the third factor is the less significant. the maximum measured loads [3.4 kn – 3.5 kn] are far lower than the maximum capacity of the testing machine (100 kn). these accumulated factors, although in different weights, are responsible for the discrepancy in slope between the numerical and experimental curves. the experimental results show that the maximum ilss of the hybrid beams is very close to the ilss of the reference beam. vacuum blasting surface treatment is clearly the best in terms of hybrid ilss performance. the one day storage between surface treatment and composite manufacturing does not affect ilss performance. the remainder surface treatments are clearly less competitive. the numerical results show that with a proper adjustment of the critical energy release rate giic it is possible to predict accurately the maximum load (therefore the ilss) of both the reference and hybrid beams. the standard deviation of the ilss of the hybrid beams is considerably higher that the reference beam. it is also noted that the standard deviation of the treatment with one day storage is higher than the same treatment with no storage. however, it is unlikely that it will have an impact in actual aircraft design due to the conservative factor of safety of composite aircraft structures. the short beam test method was chosen due to the previous experiences in assessing ilss in hybrid composites [2],[6]. the small size of the specimens does not affect a purely experimental research where different specimens are compared and any eventual effect of the compliance of the testing machine has an identical impact in all results. however, it poses a greater difficulty when trying to replicate the test in a fem simulation because the eventual effect of the compliance of the testing machine is increased with specimens that have such a small displacement. it is suggested therefore that in a future research of inter-laminar shear stress by three-point bending the size of the specimens should be bigger than the size prescribed by en14130 in order to reduce the effect of the factors that induce uncertainty in this test. t j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 77 conclusions and future work ybrid cfrp/steel composites have a maximum ilss very close to the ilss of a reference beam. hybrid cfrp/steel composites are a competitive and cost effective alternative to cfrp/ti alloy. it has a similar maximum ilss while the cost of the austenitic steel is significantly lower than the cost of ti alloys. vacuum blasting is the surface treatment that withstands higher ilss from all the tested surface treatments. it is also simpler than pickling or grit blasting. the vacuum blasting treatment with one day storage has a maximum apparent ilss close to the reference beam (less 0.16 mpa). this shows that the one day storage between treatment and lay-up does not affect the shear stress capability. this is a very important advantage in terms of manufacturing process. the fem model is able to predict the maximum ilss of the hybrid cfrp/steel beam which is the main engineering parameter. the discrepancy between the measured displacement and the numerical displacement is not fully understood. although the available data suggests that it is due to the compliance of the testing machine, only a dedicated test program to determine the eventual compliance using dic technology [29] would definitely demonstrate the effect of the compliance the size of the specimens prescribed by en14130 is very small. this small size enhances the effect of the compliance of the testing machines. it is suggested therefore that in a future research of inter-laminar shear stress by three-point bending the size of the specimens should be bigger than the size prescribed by en14130 in order to reduce the effect of the factors that induce uncertainty in this test. the short beam tests have some shortcomings, particularly when comparing with numerical simulations. it involves contact formulation and the shear stress is an induced stress caused by transverse shear of the loading member. these disadvantages leads to a next step of the study of shear stress of hybrid cfrp/steel composites that is the single lap shear tests (sls). acknowledgements he first author’s research is supported by the research grant bd/51597/2010 provided by the portuguese foundation for science and technology. the support of the institute of composite structures and adaptive systems of the german aerospace centre in the manufacturing and testing of the specimens is acknowledged. acronyms and definitions cfrp – carbon fibre reinforced polymer cte – coefficient of thermal expansion czm – cohesive zone method dcb – double cantilever beam dic – digital image correlation ect – edge crack torsion enf – end notch flexure fem – finite element method ilss – inter-laminar shear stress lvdt – linear variable differential transformer mmb – mixed mode bending quads – quadratic nominal stress criterion sls – single lap shear vcct – virtual crack closure technique references [1] esd symposium committe, esd terms and definitions (version 12), massachussets institute of technology engineering systems division, (2001). h t j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 78 [2] fink, a., kolesnikov, b., hybrid titanium composite material improving composite structure coupling, in: spacecraft structures, materials and mechanical testing 2005, 581 (2005) 135. [3] kolesnikov, b., herbeck, l., fink, a., cfrp/titanium hybrid material for improving composite bolted joints, compos. struct., 83(4) (2008) 368–380. [4] camanho, p.p., fink, a., obst, a., pimenta, s.,hybrid titanium–cfrp laminates for high-performance bolted joints, compos. part appl. sci. manuf., 40(12) (2009) 1826–1837. [5] fink, a., camanho, p. p., andrés, j. m., pfeiffer, e., obst, a., hybrid cfrp/titanium bolted joints: performance assessment and application to a spacecraft payload adaptor, compos. sci. technol., 70(2) (2010) 305–317. [6] fink, a., camanho, p., reinforcement of composite bolted joints by means of local metal hybridization,composite joints and connections, pedro camanho and liyong tong, eds. woodhead publ., (2011). [7] stefaniak, d., kappel, e., kolotylo, m., huhne, c., experimental identification of sources and mechanisms inducing residual stresses in multi layered fiber-metal laminates, in: euro-hybrid 2014, pfh – private university of applied sciences, stade, germany, (2014). [8] kim, h. s., park, s. w., hwang, h. y., lee, d. g., effect of the smart cure cycle on the performance of the co-cured aluminum/composite hybrid shaft, in: thirteen. int. conf. compos. struct. iccs13, 75(1–4) (2006) 276–288. [9] lamineries matthey sa. stahl 1.4310. [10] de freitas, m., reis, l., li, b., comparative study on biaxial low-cycle fatigue behaviour of three structural steels, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 29(12) (2006) 992–999. [11] marlett, k., hexcel 8552 im7 unidirectional prepreg 190 gsm & 35%rc qualification material property data report, faa, faa special project number sp4614wi-q, (2011). [12] en 14130 fibre-reinforced plastic composites determination of apparent interlaminar shear strength by short-beam method, (1998). [13] mazza, j.j., sol-gel technology for low-voc, nonchromated adhesive bonding applications serdp; project pp1113, task 1. storming media, (2004). [14] rider, a., williams, i., shum, e., mirabella, l., environmental durability trial of bonded composite repairs to metallic aircraft structure, dtic document, (2005). [15] covino, b. s., scalera, j. v., fabis, p. m., u. s. b. of mines, pickling of stainless steels–a review. united states dept. of the interior, bureau of mines, (1984). [16] stefaniak, d., kappel, e., kolesnikov, b., hühne, c., improving the mechanical performance of unidirectional cfrp by metal-hybridization, in: eccm15 15th european conference on composite materials, venice, italy, (2012). [17] narváez, l., cano, e., bastidas, j. m., effect of ferric ions in aisi 316l stainless steel pickling using an environmentally-friendly h2so4-hf-h2o2 mixture, mater. corros., 54(2) (2003) 84–87. [18] rybicki, e. f., kanninen, m. f., a finite element calculation of stress intensity factors by a modified crack closure integral, eng. fract. mech., 9(4) (1977) 931–938. [19] krueger, r., the virtual crack closure technique: history, approach and applications, nasa, nasa/cr-2002211628 icase report no. 2002-10, (2002). [20] marat-mendes, r., critérios de delaminação em materiais compósitos sob solicitações multiaxiais, phd thesis in mechanical engineering, universidade técnica de lisboa instituto superior técnico, lisboa, (2009). [21] marat-mendes, r. m., freitas, m. m., failure criteria for mixed mode delamination in glass fibre epoxy composites, compos. struct., 92(9) (2010) 2292–2298. [22] whitcomb, j. d., analysis of instability-related growth of a through-width delamination, national aeronautics and space administration, langley research center, technical report nasa-tm-86301, nas 1.15:86301, (1984). [23] benzeggagh, m. l., kenane, m., measurement of mixed-mode delamination fracture toughness of unidirectional glass/epoxy composites with mixed-mode bending apparatus, compos. sci. technol., 56(4) (1996) 439–449. [24] reeder, j. r., 3d mixed-mode delamination fracture criteria–an experimentalist’s perspective, in: american society for composites 21st annual technical conference, dearborn, mi; united states, (2006). [25] camanho, p. p., dávila, c. g., mixed-mode decohesion finite elements for the simulation of delamination in composite materials, nasa-tech. pap., 211737(1) (2002) 33. [26] camanho, p. p., davila, c. g., de moura, m. f., numerical simulation of mixed-mode progressive delamination in composite materials, j. compos. mater., 37(16) (2003) 1415–1438. [27] ankersen, j., davies, g. a. o., interface elements-advantages and limitations in cfrp delamination modelling, in: 17th international conference on composite materials, edinburgh, uk, (2009). [28] turon, a., davila, c. g., camanho, p. p., costa, j., an engineering solution for solving mesh size effects in the simulation of delamination with cohesive zone models, (2007). j. lopes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 67-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.06 79 [29] pan, b., qian, k., xie, h., asundi, a., two-dimensional digital image correlation for in-plane displacement and strain measurement: a review, meas. sci. technol., 20(6) (2009) 062001. microsoft word numero_51_art_32_2700 c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.32 442 interlaminar shear strength study on cfrp/al hybrid laminates with different properties costanzo bellini, vittorio di cocco, luca sorrentino department of civil and mechanical engineering, university of cassino and southern lazio, 03043 cassino, italy costanzo.bellini@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4804-6588 vittorio.dicocco@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1668-3729 luca.sorrentino@unicas.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5278-7357 abstract. fml (fibre metal laminate) is a hybrid material that presents outstanding structural properties, such as resistance to cyclic and dynamic loads, together with low specific weight. this material consists of metal sheets alternating to composite material layers. in the present work, the ilss (interlaminar shear strength) was evaluated for different types of carbon fibre/aluminium fml, produced varying the layer thickness and the bonding solution of layers. in fact, fmls consisting of one or two metal sheets (a parameter strictly connected to the layer thickness, as the metal/composite volume fraction was kept at constant value) and bonded with structural adhesive or prepreg resin were considered for this study. the ilss was determined according to the three-point bending method with short beam specimens. the experimental tests evidenced an effect of the adhesion methodology on the ilss value, while the layer thickness did not influence the interlaminar strength. the mechanical behaviour after the maximum load point was investigated too, evaluating the trend of the shear stress as a function of the loading nose displacement. keywords. carall; short beam flexural test; bonding strength. citation: bellini, c., di cocco, v., sorrentino, l., interlaminar shear strength variation of cfrp/al hybrid laminates with different properties, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448. received: 17.10.2018 accepted: 03.12.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ml is a particular hybrid material constituted by metal sheets alternated to composite material laminates. the mechanical properties of this material are very interesting, since it combines the high strength/weight ratio of composite materials with the ductility of metals [1]. one of the most widespread fml is the glare (glass laminate aluminium reinforced epoxy), that consists in aeronautical grade aluminium sheets joined with glass fibre laminates. however, this kind of fml does not possess high stiffness, so in the past other types of fml have been investigated [2,3]. in particular, carbon fibre composites were considered for this application, giving rise to caralls (carbon fibre reinforced aluminium laminates), that have higher stiffness, but they also are troubled with galvanic f http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2700.mp4 c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.32 443 corrosion [4]. indeed, the composite material nature strongly determines the structural characteristics of the whole hybrid laminate; in fact, a higher impact toughness is given by the aramid fibres, while carbon fibres are not suitable for this purpose; furthermore, the latter is more appropriate for high-cycle fatigue applications, while the former for low-cycle fatigue ones [5]. in the present work, the influence of both the metal/composite bonding and the layer thickness on the ilss value of different hybrid laminates was investigated. this kind of mechanical test was chosen because it highlights the characteristics of the interface between the constituents of the fml. in a composite material, the ilss is a property that depends on the matrix, since it relies on the adhesion between matrix and fibres. in an fml, the adhesion between metal sheets and composite material layer holds the same role; in fact, the rupture generally happens at the interface between these materials. the surface preparation is a factor that must be evaluated when designing fmls and composites in general for critical applications [6]. the ilss of a laminate is an important parameter since the separation of the layers, that is the delamination, makes the bending stiffness drop and, consequently, the bending deformation grow. it is important to emphasize that the attention was paid not only to the maximum reached loads but also to the whole force-displacement curves, in order to evaluate the behaviour prior to and after the main damage occurrence. other significant singularities of the present work consist in the reinforcement architecture and the stacking sequence: other researchers considered unidirectional reinforcements and metal sheet as external layers, while this work deals with woven fabric and the external layers are made of composite material. in the literature there are some other works dealing with the ilss of fmls, but, to our best knowledge, the analysis of the effect of both the layer thickness and the metal/composite interface on the ilss and the loading curves has never been investigated. several works aimed at improving the bonding between metal and composite material. three different solutions for carall were compared by ning et al.: the enhancement of the composite-metal interface due to the addition of nanoparticles and the chemical etching or mechanical patterning on the surface of the metal sheet. the influence of the surface treatment of the sheet for the production of glare was investigated by mamalis et al. [7] and park et al. [8]. the advisability of a glass layer at the metal/composite interface of a carall was evaluated by jakubczak et al. [9]. the influence of the fibre treatment on the mechanical characteristics was compared for a composite laminate and a fml by lawcock et al. [10,11]. the effects of adhesive thickness between metal and composite on the structural characteristics of glare was investigated by li et al. [12]; instead, the influence of loading conditions on the shear strength and the damage mechanism were studied by liu et al. [13]. the influence of the hygrothermal ageing on the ilss of carall was investigated by botelho et al. [14] and by pan et al. [15], while that of testing temperature on the ilss of glare was studied by hinz et al. [16]. an in-depth study on the flexural behaviour of different types of carall, characterized by different layer thickness and composite/metal bonding, was carried out by bellini et al. [17–20]. materials and methods s mentioned in the introduction paragraph, in this work the shear strength of cfrp/al hybrid laminates was examined. in particular, the aim consisted in assessing the influence of the layer thickness and the interface bonding on the ilss of this type of material. an experimental plan was conceived, that considered two levels for each explored factor; therefore, a total of three different laminates were produced. as concerns the layer thickness, a type of laminate presented three cfrp layers and two aluminium sheets, while the other was constituted by two aluminium sheets and a cfrp layer. it must be remembered that all the laminates presented the composite material as external layers, while the metal was inside. moreover, the thickness of the various layers was chosen in order to obtain a constant composite material/metal ratio and a total laminate thickness equal to 5 mm. consequently, the metal sheet thickness was 0.3 mm or 0.6 mm (for the fml with two sheets or a single sheet, respectively) and the number of prepreg plies was 12, that were grouped in threes or fours to produce both types of fml. as regards the other parameter, that is the bonding solution between aluminium and cfrp, a kind of laminates was produced inserting a layer of structural adhesive, the af 162 2k, at the interface, while in the other one any adhesive was absent, hence the adhesion relied on the prepreg resin only. all the fml analysed in this work were manufactured considering the prepreg hand layup process, also known as vacuum bag process, a manufacturing technique common in the aeronautical industry. several steps were necessary to make the laminates. the process started with the mould preparation: a release agent was spread on the surface of a steel plate, that had a thickness of 10 mm, in order to allow part removal at the end of the curing process. after, the prepreg plies and the metal sheets were cut in the suitable dimensions and stacked on the mould, paying attention to respect the established stacking sequence. then, the vacuum bag was prepared using all the necessary ancillary materials, as the release film and the breather fabric, and the laminates were sealed under the vacuum bag. once the sealing operation was concluded, the mould a c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.32 444 with the prepreg was inserted in the autoclave for curing. six specimens were extracted from each laminate by diamond disk saw cutting, then they were tested according to astm d 2344. in fig. 1 a type of specimen, that one with one metal sheet, is visible. this test method calculated the ilss of laminate through the three-point bending of a short beam, that is a bending test with a span-to-thickness ratio of four. considering that the laminate thickness was 5 mm, the span was set to 20 mm, so the length of the specimens was decided to be 25 mm, while the width was 10 mm. the astm standard prescribed also a fixed load speed of 1 mm/min. figure 1: short beam specimens with a single aluminium sheet. figure 2: a specimen during the three-point bending test. results he results of the experimental tests carried out on short beam specimens are presented in this section. both the maximum ilss and the trend of the shear strength were reported and discussed. in particular, a statistical analysis was carried out on the values found for the ilss in order to establish if the layers thickness and the metal/composite interface affected this structural parameter. considering a specimen width b and a specimen thickness h, the ilss due to the load p can be determined through the following relation, as stated in the astm d 2344 standard: 3  4    p ilss b h  (1) the ilss values obtained from the three-point bending tests carried out on all the specimens produced in this activity are presented in fig. 3. it can be noted that the highest shear strength was equal to 49.03 mpa and it was reached by the laminate characterised by a single metal sheet and metal/composite bonding assured by structural adhesive, while the lowest value was equal to 39.08 mpa and was obtained by the other laminate with a singular metal sheet, that one without structural adhesive. considering the average value, this finding was confirmed, in fact the highest strength belonged to the laminate with a single metal sheet bonded with adhesive and the lowest strength to the one bonded with the prepreg resin, while the strength of the remaining laminate reached a value between the former two. moreover, the experimental values are quite accurate since the cov (coefficient of variation) of the results is low, in fact it ranged between 3.6% and 3.7% for all the t c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.32 445 tests. the presence of the adhesive improved the ilss of the material, but it must be remembered that it was detrimental for the flexural strength of the laminate, as found in previous works [17,20]. figure 3: results relevant to the three-point bending tests carried out on the produced fml. the consistency of the data obtained from the experimental tests was assessed by statistical analysis; in particular, an anova (analysis of variance) was carried out, and the results are reported in tab. 1. this statistical tool asserted that the contribution factor of the layer thickness was quite low, less than 5%, while the contribution of the interface solution was high, more than 75%. the interaction contribution was calculated too, but the result was negligible and so it is not present in tab. 1. in order to confirm these findings, the anova was completed with the estimation of the p-value, another statistical parameter: the studied factor is not influencing the results if its p-value is higher than 5%, that is the value commonly used as limit. as visible in the table, the adhesion factor had a p-value equal to 0%, so it was influencing, while the number of sheets had a value of almost 13%, so it was unaffecting. therefore, it can be concluded that among the studied factor, the only one that conditioned the ilss value was the presence of the structural adhesive at the interface between metal and composite material. source contribution p-value number of sheets 4.85% 12.9% presence of adhesive 75.84% 0.0% experimental error 19.31% total 100% table 1: ilss value measured for all the tested specimen. the factor influence on the short beam strength was investigated also through the main effects plot, another statistical instrument, and the results of this analysis are presented in fig. 4. as it can be seen from the chart in the figure, the ilss increased with the adhesive presence, while it decreased with the increment of the number of sheets, even if this decrement was lower compared to the variation induced by the former factor, as stated also by the anova. the trend of the shear strength as a function of the loading nose displacement is presented in fig. 5. for each kind of laminate, a single curve is reported, that is representative of the relevant group because the data scatter was narrow. the shear stress trend was found comparable for all the specimen type; in fact, at first a shear stress increment was found, then, after the attainment of maximum load, each curve showed a fluctuating trend, due to the presence of various failures. the first part of the curve, till the maximum load, showed a linear trend for the laminate without the adhesive, while the other two types presented a slight knee before attaining the maximum value. this behaviour was probably caused by the plasticization of the adhesive layer, that in the former kind of laminate was not present. the slope of the first part of the c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.32 446 curves, that is faintly connected to the stiffness of the laminate, was steeper for the laminate without the adhesive. this finding is due to the lower stiffness of the adhesive, that conditioned the behaviour of the whole laminate, and it confirmed what found in a previous work [20]. the laminates with a single aluminium sheet presented a steep stress decrease after the maximum value, that was equal to 36% for the fml bonded with the prepreg resin and 22% for the laminate bonded with the structural adhesive, while for the laminate with two metal sheet the shear decrease was more gradual. the laminate without the adhesive presented also a load recovery, while this load increment was negligible for the other laminates; in fact, the shear stress level after the first drop increased till a value equal to 82% of the maximum load. finally, it must be noted that all the laminates presented a residual load capacity; in particular, the laminate with two metal sheets presented the highest value, that was equal to 64% of the maximum load, while it was 46% for the laminate with a single sheet bonded with prepreg resin and 41% for that one bonded with adhesive. in conclusion, it can be stated that the best choice was the laminate with two aluminium sheets bonded with the adhesive, since it presented a maximum ilss slightly lower than the highest one, that was relevant to the other laminate bonded with adhesive, the highest residual load capacity and after the attainment of the maximum ilss the shear stress trend did not show a drop. figure 4: main effect plot relevant to experimental tests. figure 5: shear stress as a function of displacement for the tested specimens. 21 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 presentabsent n sheets s h o rt b ea m s tr en g th adhesive c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.32 447 conclusions lms are hybrid laminates, constituted by metal sheets and composite material layers interposed, that present high structural properties. however, the reliability of the interface between metal and composite is very important; for this reason, the influence of the metal/composite interface and the stacking sequence on the ilss (interlaminar shear strength) was investigated in the present work. in particular, for the first factor the bonding agent consisted in a structural adhesive or the resin of the prepreg itself, while, for the second factor, the number of metal sheets was varied: a single sheet or two ones were considered, maintaining at a constant value the volume ratio between carbon fibre and aluminium, in order to obtain different layer thickness. the ilss was chosen as parameter to be studied since it relied on the interface effectiveness, and it was determined through the three-point bending test on short beam. three types of specimens were produced and tested: the first one with a single metal sheet bonded with adhesive, the second one with a single metal sheet bonded with prepreg resin and the third one with two aluminium sheets bonded with adhesive. the experimental tests found that the laminate showing the highest ilss was the first one, while the second one presented the lowest value. moreover, a statistical analysis was performed on the experimental results for stating the influence level of the different factors, and it was discovered that the layer thickness had a low effect on the shear strength, while the interface typology was the most influencing factor. the work was completed with the analysis of the shear stress trend as a function of the loading nose displacement. all the specimens showed a linear (or almost linear) shear stress increase till a maximum value, followed by a sharp drop, except for the laminate with two aluminium sheets that presented a smoother load decrease. the same laminate was characterized also by the highest residual load at the end of the experimental test. references [1] fu, y., zhong, j., chen, y. (2014). thermal postbuckling analysis of fiber-metal laminated plates including interfacial damage, compos. part b eng., 56, pp. 358–364, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2013.08.033. [2] lee, b.e., park, e.t., kim, j., kang, b.s., song, w.j. (2014). analytical evaluation on uniaxial tensile deformation behavior of fiber metal laminate based on srpp and its experimental confirmation, compos. part b eng., 67, pp. 154– 159, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2014.06.031. [3] li, h., hu, y., xu, y., zheng, x., liu, h., tao, j. (2015). reinforcement effects of aluminumelithium alloy on the mechanical properties of novel fiber metal laminate, compos. part b eng., 82, pp. 72–77, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2015.08.013. [4] hamill, l., hofmann, d.c., nutt, s. (2018). galvanic corrosion and mechanical behavior of fiber metal laminates of metallic glass and carbon fiber composites, adv. eng. mater., 20(2), pp. 1–8, doi: 10.1002/adem.201700711. [5] botelho, e.c., silva, r.a., pardini, l.c., rezende, m.c. (2004). evaluation of adhesion of continuous fiber-epoxy composite/aluminum laminates, j. adhes. sci. technol., 18(15–16), pp. 1799–1813, doi: 10.1163/1568561042708377. [6] sorrentino, l., polini, w., bellini, c., parodo, g. (2018). surface treatment of cfrp: influence on single lap joint performances, int. j. adhes. adhes., 85, pp. 225–233, doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2018.06.008. [7] mamalis, d., obande, w., koutsos, v., blackford, j.r., ó brádaigh, c.m., ray, d. (2019). novel thermoplastic fibremetal laminates manufactured by vacuum resin infusion: the effect of surface treatments on interfacial bonding, mater. des., 162, pp. 331–344, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2018.11.048. [8] park, s.y., choi, w.j., choi, h.s., kwon, h. (2010). effects of surface pre-treatment and void content on glare laminate process characteristics, j. mater. process. technol., 210(8), pp. 1008–1016, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.01.017. [9] jakubczak, p., bienias, j., surowska, b. (2018). interlaminar shear strength of fibre metal laminates after thermal cycles, compos. struct., 206, pp. 876–887, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2018.09.001. [10] ye, l., afaghi-khatibi, a., lawcock, g., mai, y.w. (1998). effect of fibre/matrix adhesion on residual strength of notched composite laminates, compos. part a appl. sci. manuf., 29(12), pp. 1525–1533, doi: 10.1016/s1359-835x(98)00071-2. [11] lawcock, g., ye, l. (1998). effects of fibre / matrix adhesion on carbon-fibrereinforced metal laminates i. residual strength, compos. sci. technol., 3538(97), pp. 1609–1619. [12] li, h., hu, y., fu, x., zheng, x., liu, h., tao, j. (2016). effect of adhesive quantity on failure behavior and mechanical properties of fiber metal laminates based on the aluminum-lithium alloy, compos. struct., 152, pp. 687–692, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2016.05.098. f c. bellini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 442-448; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.32 448 [13] liu, c., du, d., li, h., hu, y., xu, y., tian, j., tao, g., tao, j. (2016). interlaminar failure behavior of glare laminates under short-beam three-point-bending load, compos. part b eng., 97, pp. 361–367, [14] doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2016.05.003. [15] botelho, e.c., pardini, l.c., rezende, m.c. (2007). evaluation of hygrothermal effects on the shear properties of carall composites, mater. sci. eng. a, 452–453, pp. 292–301, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2006.10.127. [16] pan, l., ali, a., wang, y., zheng, z., lv, y. (2017). characterization of effects of heat treated anodized film on the properties of hygrothermally aged aa5083-based fiber-metal laminates, compos. struct., 167, pp. 112–122, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2017.01.066. [17] hinz, s., heidemann, j., schulte, k. (2005). damage evaluation of glare 4b under interlaminar shear loading at different temperature conditions, adv. compos. lett., 14(2), pp. 47–55. [18] bellini, c., di cocco, v., iacoviello, f., sorrentino, l. (2019). performance evaluation of cfrp/al fibre metal laminates with different structural characteristics, compos. struct., 225, pp. 111117, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2019.111117. [19] bellini, c., di cocco, v., iacoviello, f., sorrentino, l. (2019). flexural strength of aluminium carbon/epoxy fibre metal laminates, mater. des. process. commun., 1, pp. e40, doi: 10.1002/mdp2.40. [20] bellini, c., cocco, v. di., iacoviello, f., sorrentino, l. (2019). influence of structural characteristics on the interlaminar shear strength of cfrp/al fibre metal laminates, procedia struct. integr., 18, pp. 373–378, doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2019.08.177. [21] bellini, c., di cocco, v., iacoviello, f., sorrentino, l. (2019). experimental analysis of aluminium carbon/epoxy hybrid laminates under flexural load, frat. ed integrità strutt., 49, pp. 739–747, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.49.66. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_6 j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 55 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe scaling of compression strength in disordered solids: metallic foams j. kováčik slovak academy of science ummsjk@savba.sk j. jerz, n. mináriková slovak academy of science ummsjerz@savba.sk, ummsnmin@savba.sk l. marsavina, e. linul university politehnica timisoara liviu.marsavina@upt.ro, emanoil.linul@upt.ro abstract. the scaling of compression strength with porosity for aluminium foams was investigated. the al 99.96, almg1si0.6 and alsi11mg0.6 foams of various porosity, sample size with and without surface skin were tested in compression. it was observed that the compression strength of aluminium foams scales near the percolation threshold with tf ≈ 1.9 2.0 almost independently on the matrix alloy, sample size and presence of surface skin. the difference of the obtained values of tf to the theoretical estimate of tf = 2.64 ± 0.3 by arbabi and sahimi and to ashby estimate of 1.5 was explained using an analogy with the daoud and coniglio approach to the scaling of the free energy of sol-gel transition. it leads to the finding that, there are two different universality classes for the critical exponent tf: when the stretching forces dominate tf = f = 2.1, respectively when bending forces prevail tf = .d = 2.64 seems to be valid. another possibility is the validity of relation tf ≤ f which varies only according to the universality class of modulus of elasticity in foam. keywords. metallic foams; aluminium foams; compression; compression strength; percolation. introduction he compression strength is a key property, which determines the industrial applications of the disordered solids, such as natural rocks, porous ceramics or metallic foams [1-8]. the traditional approaches to the failure phenomena of solid materials are mostly valid for the solids that are macroscopically homogeneous. moreover, they deal with the problem without considering the effect of the microscopic disorder. in disordered materials, the presence of pores of various sizes, shapes and orientations makes the problem more complex. the initiation and growth t j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 56 of the cracks, which leads to the macroscopic failure in the disordered system is in general a non-equilibrium and nonlinear phenomenon. the scaling model [9] considers that the compression strength of the disordered material is a function of the compression strength of solid material and the degree of disorder (porosity or volume fraction of solid material). benguigui, ron and bergman [10] in 2d and sieradzki and li [11] in 3d found experimentally that the compression strength cs of disordered solids scales according to the power law:   ftccs pp  (1) where p is the degree of disorder, pc is a percolation threshold, i.e., the value of disorder below which the compression strength vanishes, and tf is a critical exponent for the compression strength. in 3d sieradzki and li [11] obtained tf = 1.7 ± 0.1 for the system composed of a 2 mm thick aluminium plate with holes punched at positions corresponding to the triangular networks. on the other hand, bergman [12] proposed the theoretical bounds for tf, which in 3d give 2.58 < tf (d=3) < 2.76. using computer simulation, sahimi and arbabi [13] found tf ~ 2.64 ± 0.3 in 3d, which agrees with the bounds proposed by bergman. they assumed that the lower value of tf = 1.7 ± 0.1 by sieradzki and li [11] was due to the fact that the measurements were done far from pc and also due to the significant size effect. recently, author [14] used the scaling model for the study of the tensile strength of copper and nickel foams. the obtained results for tf agree reasonably with the sahimi and arbabi estimated value tf ~ 2.64. unfortunately, the data are far from the percolation threshold and the obtained values can be over or under estimated. the scope of this work is to study the scaling of the compression strength of the aluminium foams prepared by powder metallurgical route [15]. the metallic foams are the disordered solids consisting of a metal matrix filled with gas pores. the metallic foams around 0.1 and less volume fraction of metal can be prepared thus enabling to study the scaling of the compression strength near the percolation threshold. experimental investigations o investigate the scaling of the compression strength, the metallic foams of various densities were prepared by powder metallurgical route [15]. the samples were made from aluminium alloy powders al 99.96, almg1si0.6 and alsi11mg0.6, which were mixed together with a foaming agent (0.4 wt.% of titanium hydride), cip-ed and then continuously hot extruded at 450 °c into a foamable precursor. the precursor was expanded into the porous cellular solid by hydrogen, which is released from the foaming agent, during the heating of the precursor above the melting temperature of the metal matrix. then the rapid cooling process takes place to freeze the obtained cellular structure. the samples of various geometry were prepared: cylinders with the diameter of 20 mm and the length of 10, 20, 25, 30 and 40 mm without surface skin, with the diameter of 28 mm and the length of 32 mm with surface skin and finally with the diameter of 40 mm and the length of 51 mm with surface skin. the prepared foam samples were usually from the range of 0.07 0.45 volume fraction of metal (see tab. 1). the metallic surface skin always covers the foam prepared by the powder metallurgical route. the surface skin was removed via the electric discharge machining thus excluding the possible effect of the skin on the compression strength scaling. it enabled also to evaluate the effect of the surface skin using a couple of samples with the skin. the compression test was carried on instron testing machine with constant ram speed of 10 mm/min. from the load-deflection curve, the stress-strain curve was obtained and the compression strength of the foam sample was determined (see fig.1). results and discussions to model the compression strength of aluminium foams, the following assumption was made: because the foams with 0.1 and less volume fraction of metal can be successfully prepared, the percolation threshold was set to zero and eq. (1) was rewritten in the following way: ft 0 0cscs           (2) t j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 57 where cs0 is the compression strength of the solid material without porosity; is the density of foam; 0 is the density of solid material; /0 is the volume fraction of metal. the fitting of the experimental results to eq. (2) showed that the scaling exponent tf is in the range of 1.89 – 2 depending on alloy composition, sample size and surface skin presence (see tab. 1 and figs. 2 and 3). the results indicate that it is a universal critical exponent: it is independent on the compression mechanisms of the cell-walls and is almost the same for both brittle compression of casting aluminium alloy alsi11mg0.6 (see fig. 1.a) and plastic deformation of wrought aluminium alloys al 99.96 and almg1si0.6 (see fig. 1.b). the lowest values of tf were obtained for the samples with surface skin, because the skin oriented parallel to the applied load increases the sample strength at constant volume fraction of metal. it must be further noted, that the data for the compression strength of metallic foams showed statistical fluctuations due to various pore sizes, shapes and orientations at constant porosity (see fig. 4). figure 1: typical stress-strain curves for, the definition of the compression strength of and the macroscopic structural changes at compression strength for: (a) brittle alsi11mg0.6 foam, 0.18 volume fraction of metal, (b) ductile al 99.96 foam, 0.31 volume fraction of metal. matrix alloy geometry [mm] range of volum fraction cs0 [mpa] tf [ ] 2 [ ] n [ ]  20 x 25 0.09 0.44 69.8±2.6 1.96±0.11 6.67 16 al 99.96  28 x 32 (skin) 0.18 0.41 69.9±0.8 1.94±0.04 0.65 8  40 x 51 (skin) 0.17 0.32 70.0±0.8 1.89±0.04 0.68 12 almg1si0.6  20 x (10-40) 0.07 0.40 114.9±1.5 1.97±0.03 2.20 65 alsi11mg0.6  20 x (10-40) 0.10 0.89 305.0±4.1 2.00±0.04 40.0 77 table 1: composition, sample geometry and observed scaling exponents for investigated metal foams determined via eq. (2). 2 is the error of the fitting. n is the number of measured foam samples used for fitting. j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 58 0.01 0.1 1 0.1 1 10 100 1000  c s [ m p a ] volume fraction of metal [-] 0.01 0.1 1 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000  c s m p a ] volume fraction of metal [-] figure 2: scaling of the compression strength for alsi11mg0.6 foam without surface skin  20 x {10, 20, 30, 40} mm2. figure 3: scaling of the compression strength for almg1si0.6 foam without surface skin  20 x {10, 20, 30, 40} mm2. the observed values are also in contradiction with the prediction of the compression yield stress dependence on volume fraction of metal for closed cell foams according to ashby et al. [2]:                      0 1 2/3 0 10 ys cs 'ccc '       . (3) basically this equation is in general a combination of cell face stretching and cell edge bending. it is evident that the obtained dependence is almost the straight line in log-log space. for that reason, let us assume that the cell edge bending part can be neglected. therefore the cell face stretching will prevail and the results ought to scale with the exponent of 3/2, but it is significantly lower value as was experimentally observed. why obtained values of tf are low in comparison with the theoretical value 2.64 ± 0.3 and higher than 1.5 derived by ashby et al. [2]? one significant solution can be the fact, that with the increasing porosity, the pore size in metallic foams becomes comparable with sample geometry and the size effect takes place. nevertheless, after enlarging the volume of samples by 30% no increase of tf was observed (see al 99.96 foams in tab. 1 and fig. 5). it is evident, that the question why the compression strength of metallic foams scales near the percolation threshold with tf of 1.89 – 2 cannot be simply explained by the sample size and the distance from the percolation threshold. it is necessary to look for another explanation. a possible solution can be found in the experimental work of daoud and coniglio [17]. they proposed that the free energy f of sol-gel transition scales as: fd .b.af   , c c p pp   (4) where a, b are numerical constants, p is the volume fraction of sol, pc is the percolation threshold,  is the critical exponent for the correlation length, d is dimension of the problem and f is the critical exponent for the modulus of elasticity. the critical exponent f possesses two different universality classes in 3d [16]: f = 2.1 for central-force model when stretching forces dominate, and f = 3.76 for bond-bending model when bending forces dominate. the first term in eq. (4) represents the contribution of the finite gel clusters below and above the percolation threshold. the second term to the free energy is the contribution of an infinite gel cluster. in 3d  = 0.88 [9] thus giving .d = 2.64, which coincide with the theoretical prediction for tf = 2.64 ± 0.3 by sahimi and arbabi and also with bergman’s bounds on tf. j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 59 figure 4: effect of the pore size and orientation on the compression strength of alsi11mg0.6 foam with surface skin  40 x 51 mm2 at 0.19 volume fraction of metal: vertically oriented pores with apparent diameter of (a) 2.25 mm, (b) 3.03 mm, (c) 5.94 mm and (d) randomly oriented pores with apparent diameter of 4.52 mm. 0.01 0.1 1 0.1 1 10 100  28 x 32 mm  40 x 51 mm  c s [ m p a ] volume fraction of metal [-] figure 5: effect of the sample size on the scaling of compression strength for al 99.96 foam with surface skin. this fact can support the following analogy: the energy necessary for the compression failure of the metallic foam is an area under the stress-strain curve and its value depends on the compression strength and foam structure. therefore, one can suppose, that eq. (4) can be used to describe the compression energy and also to model the scaling of the j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 60 compression strength of the metallic foams. using this analogy, the first term can be identified with the interaction of the existing macrocracks inside the cell-walls of the foam which are not involved in foam fracture. the macrocracks (see fig. 6) are created during the cooling process due to the hydrogen pressure within the pores and due to subsequent nonuniform cell-wall contraction during cooling. the second term can be connected with the interaction of some amount of the existing macrocracks and also microcracks initiation and growth thus leading to the breakage/plastic failure of foam sample weakest region and therefore to macroscopic failure of the sample (see fig. 1 – start of the densification of weakest region of foam by crack propagation/plastic bending depending on alloy composition [18]). a) b) figure 6: macro cracks inside the cell walls in (a) alsi11mg0.6 foam and (b) almg1si0.6 foam as a result of foaming process (0.2 volume fraction of metal). in eq.(4),  is in the range of [0, 1], thus implying that the term with lower exponent represents the dominant part of the compression energy. therefore, when the stretching forces dominate, the leading term is the second one with f = 2.1. in this case, the foam fails mostly via interaction and growth of some macrocracks and after sufficient concentration of microcracks is generated in foam cell walls by stretching (compression/tension). on the contrary, when microcracks are created by bending forces with f = 3.76, material fails by the growth and interaction of the existing macrocracks and the first term ought to prevail with .d = 2.64. the critical exponent f = 1.66 ± 0.07 has been experimentally found for the modulus of elasticity of identical aluminium foams [15]. the obtained value belongs to the universality class of the central-force model 2.1. the lower value of f was found due to the significant size effect and the anisotropy of the samples. it implies that the metallic bonds inside the cell walls of the aluminium foams fail predominantly by the stretching forces and confirms tf ≈ 1.9 2.0. one can conclude that, the theory seems to be correct. however, it is necessary to check the proposed ideas. the validity can be simply proved using the metallic foams or other disordered solids that belongs to the bond-bending universality class in 3d with f = 3.76. in this case, the compression strength of such material ought to scale with tf approximately 2.64. summarising, the critical exponent of the compression strength seems to possess two different universality classes in 3d: tf ≤ f = 2.1 (5) when central-forces dominate (stretching forces). when bond-bending forces dominate, the compression strength depends on the correlation length of macrocracks, and tf = .d = 2.64 (6) this scaling relation coincides with the limits proposed by bergman and is in agreement with the theoretical prediction by sahimi and arbabi [13]. latest research in the field of ti–6al–4v foams [19] produced by additive manufacturing gives f = 2.96 and tf = 2.81 (yield point). also in the field of replicated microcellular materials, one finds f = 2.6–3, and the value of f tends to increase as percolation threshold decreases [20, 21]. therefore it can be expected that these materials fails in compression via bending mechanism and therefore their scaling exponents possess higher values as powder metallurgical metallic foams. another possibility is following: eq. (5) is usually found experimentally in the form of: tf ≤ f (7) j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 61 where f varies according to the stretching/bending forces acting in the foam microstructure and therefore exponent for compression strength depends on the corresponding universality class for modulus of elasticity. as a final remark it can be mentioned that the compression strength of the solid material determined using eq. (2) (see tab. 1) more or less coincide with tensile strength of corresponding aluminium alloys prepared by pm route. conclusions ummarising, the compression strength of aluminium foams scales near the percolation threshold with tf ≈ 1.9 2.0 almost independently on the matrix alloy, sample size and presence of surface skin. the obtained values of tf are the same for the brittle and ductile aluminium alloys thus proving that the scaling exponent tf is a universal critical exponent. however, tf ≈ 1.9 2.0 is in contradiction with the theoretical estimate of tf = 2.64 ± 0.3 by arbabi and sahimi, and also significantly higher than ashby estimate of 1.5. this problem was solved, using an analogy with the daoud and coniglio approach to the scaling of the free energy of sol-gel transition. it leads to the finding that, there are either two different universality classes for the critical exponent tf: when the compression of the cell-walls is caused by stretching forces tf = f = 2.1. when bending forces prevail, the scaling relation tf = .d = 2.64 seems to be valid. another possibility is the validity of relation tf ≤ f which varies only according to the universality class of modulus of elasticity in foam. acknowledgements his work was supported by the grant of the romanian national authority for scientific research, cncsuefiscdi, project pn-ii-id-pce-2011-3-0456, contract number 172/2011, slovak research and development agency under contract apvv-0692-12, bilateral agreement between upt and sas, contract no. sk-ro-0014-12 and 653/2013. references [1] gibson, l.j., ashby, m.f., cellular solids, structure and properties, second ed., cambridge university press, (1997). [2] ashby, m.f., evans, a.g., fleck, n.a., gibson, l.j., hutchinson, j.w., metal foams: a design guide, butterworth heinemann, boston, (2000). [3] onck, p.r., van merkerk, r., raaijmakers, a., de hosson, j.th.m., fracture of openand closed-cell metal foams, j. mater. sci., 40 (2005) 5821–5828. [4] motz, c., pippan, r., deformation behavior of closed-cell aluminium foams in tension, acta mater., 49 (2001) 2463– 2470. [5] olurin, o.b., fleck, n.a., ashby, m.f., deformation and fracture of aluminium foams, mat. sci. eng., a291 (2000) 136–146. [6] koza, e., leonowicz, m., wojciechowski s., simančík, f., compressive strength of aluminium foams, mater. lett., 58 (2003) 132– 135. [7] kováčik, j., simančík, f., comparison of zinc and aluminium foam behaviour kovove materialy-metallic materials, 42 (2) (2004) 79-90. [8] voiconi, t., linul, e., marsavina, l., kováčik, j., kneć, m., experimental determination of mechanical properties of aluminium foams using digital image correlation, key eng. mat., 601 (2014) 254-257. [9] stauffer, d. and aharony, a., introduction to percolation theory, 2nd edition, taylor & francis, london, (1992). [10] benguigui, l., ron p., bergman, d.j., strain and stress at the fracture of percolative media, j. phys., 48 (1987) 1547. [11] sieradzki k., li, r., fracture behavior of a solid with random porosity, phys. rev. lett., 56 (1986) 2509-2512. [12] bergman, d.j., fragmentation, form and flow in fractured media, ann. israel phys. soc., 8 (1986) 266-272. [13] sahimi m., arbabi, s., mechanics of disordered solids. iii. fracture properties, phys. rev. b, 47 (1993) 713-722. [14] kováčik, j., the tensile behaviour of porous metals made by gasar process, acta mater., 46(15) (1998) 5413 – 5422. [15] kováčik, j., simančík, f., aluminium foam modulus of elasticity and electrical conductivity according to percolation theory, scripta mater. 39 (1998) 239-248. s t j. kováčik et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 55-62; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.06 62 [16] sahimi, m., applications of percolation theory, taylor & francis, london, (1994). [17] daoud, m., coniglio, a., singular behaviour of the free energy in the sol-gel transition, j. phys. a, 14 (1981) l301l306. [18] marsavina, l., kováčik, j., linul, e., experimental validation of micromechanical models for brittle aluminium alloy foam, theor. appl. fract. mec., (2016, in press). doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2015.12.020 [19] hernández-nava, e., smith, c.j., derguti, f., tammas-williams, s., léonard, f., withers, p.j., todd, i., goodall, r., the effect of density and feature size on mechanical properties of isostructural metallic foams produced by additive manufacturing, acta mater., 85 (2015) 387-395. [20] despois, j.f., mueller, r., mortensen, a., uniaxial deformation of microcellular metals, acta mater, 54 (2006) 41294142. [21] goodall, r., marmottant, a., salvo, l., mortensen, a., spherical pore replicated microcellular aluminium: processing and influence on properties, mater sci eng a, 465 (2007) 124-135. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_20 g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 172 focussed on crack paths experimental estimation of the heat energy dissipated in a volume surrounding the tip of a fatigue crack g. meneghetti (http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3517-9464) m. ricotta (http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4212-2618) university of padova, department of industrial engineering, italy giovanni.meneghetti@unipd.it, mauro.ricotta@unipd.it abstract. fatigue crack initiation and propagation involve plastic strains that require some work to be done on the material. most of this irreversible energy is dissipated as heat and consequently the material temperature increases. the heat being an indicator of the intense plastic strains occurring at the tip of a propagating fatigue crack, when combined with the neuber’s structural volume concept, it might be used as an experimentally measurable parameter to assess the fatigue damage accumulation rate of cracked components. on the basis of a theoretical model published previously, in this work the heat energy dissipated in a volume surrounding the crack tip is estimated experimentally on the basis of the radial temperature profiles measured by means of an infrared camera. the definition of the structural volume in a fatigue sense is beyond the scope of the present paper. the experimental crack propagation tests were carried out on hot-rolled, 6-mm-thick aisi 304l stainless steel specimens subject to completely reversed axial fatigue loading. keywords. crack tip; crack propagation; heat energy; aisi 304l; averaging approaches. introduction umerical or experimental evaluation of plastic dissipation at the tip of fatigue cracks have attracted the attention of several researchers, who investigated, just as few examples, crack propagation assessment criteria [1,2], the thermal effects on stress intensity factors [3,4], the plastic zone size and energy dissipation [5-7]. in the field of the experimental approaches, the development of infrared cameras having increased performances (for example in terms of thermal sensitivity, spatial resolution and frame rate) has given impulse to temperature-related fatigue studies. in a previous paper, dealing with fatigue assessment of notches, the heat energy dissipated in a unit volume of material per cycle, q, has been assumed as a fatigue damage index and a proper experimental procedure has been put forward to estimate the q parameter at any point of a specimen or a component undergoing fatigue loadings [8]. such experimental technique is based on temperature measurements performed by means of an infrared camera or a thermocouple glued at the point of a component where the fatigue assessment is to be performed and it has the advantage that thermal boundary conditions do not need to be controlled during experimental tests. the q parameter has been applied to correlate fatigue test results obtained on smooth and bluntly notched specimens made of an aisi 304l stainless steel subjected either to constant amplitude [9,10] and two load level [11] fatigue tests. being a point-related quantity, q can hardly correlate fatigue test results generated from severely notched specimens, because the well known notch support effect makes questionable the use of peak quantities (stress-, strainor energy-based) evaluated at the notch tip in order to assess fatigue life. in particular, the use of peak quantities evaluated at the apex of stress concentrators fails by a large amount in the case n g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 173 of fatigue cracks. to account for the notch support effect, peterson postulated that the controlling factor is the stress at the distance of the structural size ahead the notch tip [12]; on the other hand, neuber introduced the structural volume concept, inside which stresses are to be averaged [13]. in view of the extension of the heat energy-based approach to severely notched specimens, a theoretical frame and an experimental procedure have been established in the present paper, by considering a specimen containing a propagating fatigue crack. in particular, the specific heat loss q has been averaged over a volume v surrounding the tip of the propagating crack, leading to the definition of the averaged energy parameter q*. the volume v, even though on the order of the size of the structural volume for construction steels, has been chosen arbitrarily, since the focus of the present paper is the thermal problem and not yet the validation of a fatigue assessment method. q* has been estimated starting from the temperature field measured close to the fatigue crack tip. experimental temperature distributions have been compared with an analytical solution available in the literature. theoretical background n order to derive the energy per cycle dissipated in a volume v surrounding a crack tip, a previous theoretical model [8] has been adopted. let us consider a material undergoing a fatigue test and consider a control volume v surrounding the crack tip, as shown in fig. 1. the external surface s of the control volume v can be divided into three parts, namely scv, scd and sir through which the heat q is transferred to the surroundings by convection, conduction and radiation, respectively. the first law of thermodynamics states: ( ) v v w dv q u dv      (1) where w is the input mechanical energy and u the variation of the internal energy. all quantities are referred to a unit volume of material per cycle. eq. (1) can be written in terms of mean power exchanged over one loading cycle as:   mij ij l p v v v t d f dv h dv c e dv t                     (2) where fl is the frequency of the applied mechanical load, h=hcd+hcv+hir is the thermal power dissipated by conduction, convention and radiation, respectively,  the material density, c the specific heat and pe the rate of accumulation of damaging energy in a unit volume of material. let us consider a plane problem and assume that the temperature of a material undergoing a constant amplitude, sinusoidal fatigue loading is given by:  ( , ; ) ( , ) 2 ( , ; )a l mt r t t r sen f t t r t       (3) where ta is the amplitude of temperature oscillations due to the thermoelastic effect and tm is the mean temperature evolution. ta and tm depend on the position (r,) considered in the component. it is worth noting that the thermoelastic effect consists of a reversible exchange between mechanical and thermal energy, that does not produce a net energy dissipation or absorption over one loading cycle [14-17]. since eq. (2) considers the rate of energy contributions averaged over one cycle, then only the mean temperature evolution tm(t) appears on the right hand side of eq. (2). the specific net heat generation hgen is given by:  gen ij ij l ph d f e      (4) therefore eq. (2) can be written in order to put into evidence only the thermal problem: m gen v v v t h dv h dv c dv t             (5) i g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 174 typically, the mean temperature tm increases at the beginning of a fatigue tests and, after some time, it stabilises as soon as thermal equilibrium is reached with the surroundings. at thermal stabilisation, tm is constant with time, therefore the last term on the right hand side of eq. (5) disappears. as it will be demonstrated later on, hcd can be supposed much greater than hcv and hir, therefore it can be assumed h hcd. the thermal power extracted from volume v of fig. 1 by conduction can be calculated starting from the thermal flux through its boundary: ( , ) cd m m cd v s r r t r h dv gradt n ds z r d r                            (6) where gradtm is the gradient of the temperature field t(r,),  is the material thermal conductivity, z is the specimen’s constant thickness, dscd=z·ds (see fig. 1) and r the radius of the circular volume shown in fig. 1. in eq. (6), mh gradt n      is the specific thermal flux evaluated at the point (r,) of the boundary of v.  sr v r scd scv sir h w q u figure 1: energy balance for a volume of material v surrounding a crack tip subject to fatigue loadings. after having calculated the thermal power dissipated by conduction by means of eq. (6), it is possible to estimate the energy per cycle averaged in the volume v: * 1 l v q h dv f v    (7a) making use of eq. (6), it is obtained: * ( , )1 m l r r t r q z r d f v r                  (7b) in previous papers, the specific heat loss q=h/fl was used as a fatigue damage indicator to perform fatigue assessments [8-11]. being a point-related quantity, its use was limited to the analysis of the fatigue strength of bluntly notched specimens. following neuber’s structural volume concept [13], in the present paper the energy term q is averaged over a control volume v according to eq. (7), in view of the application of the energy-based approach to severely notched or cracked components. however, it should be noted that the aim of the present paper is to formulate the fatigue related thermal problem and validate an approach able to estimate experimentally q*. therefore, the control volume surrounding the crack tip of fig. 1 was fixed arbitrarily and has not a precise relation to the fatigue properties of the material. as it will be shown later on, in order to apply eq. (7b) the surface material temperature was monitored by means of an infrared camera operating at a sample frequency facq. in order to estimate tm(r,) at a given time ts during the fatigue test, a trigger signal was given to the infrared camera at t=ts and a number of infrared images nmax were acquired with a sampling rate facq. by recalling eq. (3), the mean temperature field was estimated as pixel-by-pixel average value: g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 175    max 1 , max 2 ( 1) / n a l s acq m n m estimate t sen f t n f t t n           (8a)   max 1 max , max max 2 ( 1) / n a l s acq n m m estimate t sen f t n f t n t n n           (8b) where ts is the time when the temperature acquisition starts. a error index can be defined between the estimated (tm,estimate) and the actual (tm) mean temperature field: ,m estimate m a t t t    (9) by using eq. (8b) into eq. (9), the error index results:   max 1 max 2 ( 1) / n l s acq n sen f t n f n         (10) eq. (10) says that for typical testing conditions adopted in the present work, i.e. fl=37hz, facq=200hz, nmax=1000, the relative error  in the estimation of the mean temperature is lower than 0.1%. material, specimens’ geometry and test procedure ingle edge v-notched specimens were machined from a 6-mm-thick hot rolled aisi 304l stainless steel plate (elastic modulus e=194700 mpa, engineering proof stress rp0.2=327 mpa, engineering tensile strength rm=690 mpa [9]), according to the geometry shown in fig. 2. constant amplitude, push-pull stress-controlled fatigue tests were carried out by using a servo-hydraulic schenck hydropuls psa 100 machine equipped with a 100 kn load cell and a trio sistemi rt3 digital controller. load test frequencies between 30 and 37 hz were adopted. crack propagation was monitored by using a travelling optical stereo-macroscope operating with a magnification of 40x. the material surface temperature was monitored by means of a flir sc7600 infrared camera, having a 1.5-5.1 m spectral response range, 50 mm focal lens, a noise equivalent temperature difference (netd) < 25 mk, an overall accuracy of 0.05°c, operating at a frame rate, facq, equal to 200 hz and equipped with an analog input interface, that was used to sample synchronously the force signal coming from the load cell. the infrared camera and the travelling microscope monitored the opposite surfaces of the specimens, respectively. to increase the infrared camera spatial resolution, a 30 mm extender ring was adopted, which allowed a spatial resolution ranging from 20 to 23 m/pixel, depending on the distance between the specimen’s surface and the focal lens. due to the extender ring, the field of view (fov) was reduced to 320x256 pixels, which corresponds to a minimum of 6.4 mm x 5.1 mm and a maximum of 7.4 mm x 5.9 mm. the specimens’ surface were polished by using progressively finer emery papers, namely starting from grade 100 up to grade 1000, and after that the surface was polished with a diamond abrasive powder. finally, a black paint was applied to the specimens’ surface to increase the emissivity. the acquired temperature maps were processed first by using the flir motionbyinterpolation tool to correct the relative motion between the fixed camera lens and the moving specimen subject to cyclic loads, whose displacements ranged from 6 to 14 pixels, depending on the crack length. the infrared images were analysed by means of the dedicated altair 5.90.002 software, in order to calculate the mean temperature distribution tm(r,) at a given time t=ts during the fatigue s g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 176 test according to eq. (8a). by using eq. (10), being typically fl=37 hz, nmax=1000, facq=200hz and 0< ts < 0.5/fl, it is obtained 10-3; such a reduced error was considered acceptable from an engineering point of view. after having determined the distribution of the mean temperature tm(r,), the heat power dissipated by conduction was calculated by solving eq. (6) numerically on the basis of a finite number of radial temperature profiles: in particular, 7 radial paths were considered emanating from the crack tip at different  angles (see fig. 1), namely 0°, 45°, 90°, 135°, -45°,-90° and-135°. in the present paper, the radius r of the volume surrounding the crack tip was assumed equal to 3·10-4 m. even though such a radius may be on the order of the neuber’s structural volume size of a construction steel, it has been assumed as a pure reference example in the present paper, in order to demonstrate the applicability of the proposed approach. 150 8 90 90° machine grip machine grip 46 figure 2: specimens’ geometry (thickness 6 mm). fatigue test results and temperature profiles close to the crack tip hree specimens were tested and the relevant crack growth data are shown in fig. 3. linear elastic, twodimensional, plane stress finite element analyses were performed to evaluate the mode i stress intensity factor range, k=kmax-kmin, for different crack lengths. to account for the machine grip effect, displacements were applied in the numerical model to the lines shown in fig. 2. the paris curve relating the crack growth rate to k was evaluated and plotted in fig. 3b. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 50000 100000 150000 n, number of cycles a [m m ] v_3 v_4 v_5 1.e-08 1.e-07 1.e-06 1.e-05 10 100 k [mpa m0.5] d a/ d n [ m /c y cl e] v_3 v_4 v_5 14.211 k1037.9 dn da   figure 3: tension-compression a) crack propagation curves and b) paris curve of aisi 304 l stainless steel specimens. the crack length and the temperature field at different k values were measured at several times t=ts, regularly distributed during each fatigue test. as stated above, 1000 infrared images were acquired at each time ts and then processed according to eq. (8a). some typical radial temperature profiles evaluated at =0° are shown in fig. 4a and 4b, in the case of k=26 mpa·m0.5 (i.e. kmax=13 mpa·m0.5) and k=60 mpa·m0.5 (i.e. kmax=30 mpa·m0.5), respectively. in the former case a temperature drop equal to about 0.8 k within a distance of 2.5 mm from the crack tip can be observed; conversely, in the latter case, the temperature decreases much more, being the drop about 3 k. therefore, the signal-to-noise ratio is t g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 177 significantly higher in fig. 4b than in fig. 4a. to evaluate the first derivative at r=r (eq. (6)), the temperature-distance data along the seven considered paths were fitted using a proper polynomial function, shown with a continuous line in fig. 4. (a) 293 293.2 293.4 293.6 293.8 294 294.2 294.4 r [m] t m [ k ] =0° r=3·10-4 m fl=37 hz k=26 mpa·m0.5rrr t   0 5.0·10-4 1·10-3 1.5·10-3 2.0·10-3 2.5·10-3 r=r (b) 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 0 r [m] t m [ k ] 5.0·10-4 1·10-3 1.5·10-3 2.0·10-3 2.5·10-3 =0° r=3·10-4 m fl=35 hz k=60 mpa·m0.5 rrr t   r=r figure 4: typical radial temperature profiles measured during the tension-compression fatigue tests in the case of (a) k=26 mpa·m0.5 and (b) k =60 mpa·m0.5. energy per cycle averaged in a volume at the crack tip ig. 5a, 5b and 5c show the specific thermal flux h at the different points along the boundary of v (fig. 1) for specimen v_3, v_4 and v_5, respectively, using =16 w/(m·k) [8]. finally, fig. 5d shows, as an example, the specific energy flux per cycle q, obtained simply dividing h by the load test frequency. in the authors’ opinion, for the material and the experimental conditions analysed in the present paper, a reasonably accurate evaluation of the heat power can be achieved by considering k values higher than 25 mpa·m0.5 (kmax>12.5 mpa·m0.5). having in hand the specific thermal flux h evaluated at different angles  of the boundary of v, numerical integration was performed according to eq. (6). to evaluate the errors due to the discretisation, eq. (6) was solved by dividing the 360° angle starting from a minimum of 4 intervals (=90°) to a maximum of 24 (=15°). a 0.51% variation on results was found by using 8 as compared to 24 intervals. therefore, 8 intervals (=45°) were adopted in numerical calculations. finally, the energy per cycle averaged in the volume v, q*, was evaluated by means of eq. (7b). results are listed in tab. 1 and it can be seen that q* increases as k increases. it should be noted that k are elastically calculated, independently on plastic zone size evaluations. v_3 specimen k [mpa·m0.5] q* [mj/m3 cycle] 26.3 0.813 26.8 0.504 28.4 0.655 31.2 0.727 35.6 0.829 45.2 1.02 49.6 1.32 55.3 1.33 64.1 3.28 v_4 specimen k [mpa·m0.5] q* [mj/m3 cycle] 31.5 1.21 36.7 1.47 42.0 1.55 78.7 4.64 98.0 5.19 v_5 specimen k [mpa·m0.5] q* [mj/m3 cycle] 28.5 0.581 30.3 1.80 32.9 1.91 36.9 2.18 40.6 1.93 45.7 2.60 53.2 2.99 60.1 4.00 66.9 5.96 table 1: q* values calculated for different specimens at different k values. f g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 178 (a) 0° -45° -90° -135° 180° 135° 90° 45° k=26.3 mpa·m0.5 k=28.4 mpa·m0.5 k=35.6 mpa·m0.5 k=49.6 mpa·m0.5 k=64.1 mpa·m0.5 v_3 specimen 102 103 104 4·104 h [w/m2] crack (b) -45° -90° -135° 180° 135° 90° 45° 102 103 104 5·104 h [w/m2] k=31.5 mpa·m0.5 k=36.7 mpa·m0.5 k=78.7 mpa·m0.5 k=98.0 mpa·m0.5 v_4 specimen 0° crack (c) k=30.3 mpa·m0.5 k=36.9 mpa·m0.5 k=45.7 mpa·m0.5 k=53.2 mpa·m0.5 k=66.9 mpa·m0.5 v_5 specimen 103 104 6·104 0° h [w/m2] -45° -90° 180° crack -135° 135° 90° 45° (d) 102 103 2·103 q [j/(m2·cycle)] k=30.3 mpa·m0.5 k=36.9 mpa·m0.5 k=45.7 mpa·m0.5 k=53.2 mpa·m0.5 k=66.9 mpa·m0.5 v_5 specimen 0° -45° -135° 135° 90° 45° -90° crack 180° 10 figure 5: distribution of the thermal flux h along the boundary of the control volume for different  angles for (a) v_3, (b) v_4 (c) v_5 specimen and (d) and corresponding energy flux per cycle q of v_5 specimen. comparison between experimental and theoretical temperatures close to the crack tip n analytical solution is available in order to evaluate the time-dependent temperature field in the case of a homogeneous and isotropic infinite plate with a time-independent heat generation hl distributed along a line in the thickness direction [18]. at the time t=0 when the heat generation starts, the temperature is supposed homogeneous and equal to t0. between time t=0 and t, the temperature variation t(r,t)=t(r,t)-t0 can be expressed by eq. (11) [18]: 2 ( , ) 4 4 lh rt r t ei t c                (11) where ei is the integral exponential function given by u x ei e u du    and x= 2 4r tc         . since the major source of heat power is the cyclic plastic zone, the linear heat generation hl was applied in its centre, according to [3]. fig. 6a shows the cyclic plastic zone idealised as a circle having radius rp. according to irwin [20], the cyclic plastic zone radius in the plane stress condition is equal to: 2 ' ,02 1 2 2 p p k r          (12) a g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 179 where ' ,02p is the material cyclic proof stress. for the aisi 304l steel material analysed in this paper, =7940 kg/m3, c=507 j/(kg·k) [19], ' ,02p =290 mpa [9]. with the aim to compare experimental results with the analytical solution eq. (11), a dedicated fatigue tests was performed. a specimen containing a crack as long as half the width (i.e. the ligament length was about 23 mm according to fig. 2) was installed in the fatigue machine to allow for thermal equilibrium with the surroundings so that the homogeneous temperature t0 could be measured. then the fatigue test was started with fl=37 hz and the load was adjusted to apply a linear elastic stress intensity factor range equal to k=36.9 mpa·m0.5; therefore rp is equal to 6.44·10-4 m according to eq. (12). the temperature field as well as the signal coming from the load cell were registered synchronously by the infrared camera using a sampling rate facq=200 hz. to disregard the thermoelastic temperature oscillations superimposed to the mean temperature evolution tm, which are not taken into account in eq. (11), an infrared image captured at a time t=t* was considered, when the applied force was close to zero. (a) vp  s r rp  2rp (b) 0 5·10-4 1.0·10-3 1.5·10-3 2.0·10-3 2.5·10-3 293.5 294 294.5 295 295.5 r [m] 296 t m (r ) [° k ]  k=36.9 mpa·m0.5 rp=6.44·10-4 m fl=37 hz t=1.835 s hl=63.4 w/m t0=293.25° k eq. 11 experimental data rp figure 6: a) cyclic plastic zone vp and (b) comparison between experimental and theoretical radial temperature profile. fig. 7 shows the evolution of the temperature averaged inside the plastic zone vp, t*(t), defined as: 1 ( ) 1 * ( ) ( ) pixel p n i i p p pixelv t t t t t t dv v n       (13) where npixel is the number of pixel inside the cyclic plastic zone size vp. fig. 7b shows the enlarged view of the “detail a” of fig. 7a, where the thermoelastic effect superimposed to the mean temperature evolution t*m can be appreciated. considering the radial temperature profiles that have been measured at t*=1.835 s (the applied force was approximately zero at this time), the total heat generated inside the cyclic plastic zone vp was calculated according to eqs (5) and (6). to evaluate the last contribution on the right hand side of eq. (5) (the internal energy contribution), a linear fit of t* in a time window equal to 1s (fig. 7b) was done and the slope of t*m(t) was considered. after that, the constant heat generation per unit thickness hl to input in eq. (11) was calculated as: 1 p l gen p v h h dv z    (14) and resulted equal to 63.0+0.4=63.4 w/m, where the first contribution is the conduction and the second is the internal energy term. fig. 6b shows a comparison between the temperature field evaluated according to eq. (11) and the experimental data for =0°. according to [2], it can be seen that outside the cyclic plastic zone the measured temperature field is in good agreement with that evaluated under the hypothesis of linear heat generation, which eq. (11) is based on. g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 180 inside the cyclic plastic zone differences are more pronounced because heat generation is actually distributed inside vp, while in eq. (11) it has been lumped to the centre of the cyclic plastic zone. (a) 19 19.5 20 20.5 21 21.5 22 22.5 23 23.5 24 0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 time [s] t * [° c ] t*=1.835 s a k=36.9 mpa·m0.5 fl=37 hz (b) t*m(t) = 0.337·t + 20.1 20 20.5 21 21.5 22 22.5 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 time [s] t * [° c ] t=t* detail a figure 7: a) temperature evolution during a fatigue test and b) enlarged view of detail a discussion s stated above, eq (6) was derived under the assumption that the energy dissipated by convection and radiation is negligible, i.e. h hcd. the specific thermal flux power extracted by natural convection hcv and that dissipated by radiation hir are given by   ( , ; ) , ;cvh r t t r t t      (15a)   4 4( , ; ) , ;ir nh r t t r t t        (15b) where  is the heat transfer coefficient by convection,  is the surface emissivity, n the stephan–boltzmann constant and t the room temperature. by considering, as an example, the experimental conditions of v_5 specimen and k=40.6 mpa·m0.5, the mean temperature averaged inside v, t*m, was equal to 28.1°c, t =19°c, =0.92 [8] and fl=35 hz. by assuming a reasonable heat transfer coefficient under the hypothesis of natural convection on the order of 10 w/(m2 k) and considering that scv=sir=2·r2, q*cv and q*ir can be calculated by means of eqs 15 and 7a: * cv cv cv l h s q f v    (16) the result is q*cv=867 j/(m3·cycle) and q*ir=472 j/(m3·cycle), respectively, that are four order of magnitude lower than the relevant q* values reported in tab. 1, that take into account only the conduction term. conclusions theoretical framework has been defined to estimate the specific heat energy per cycle averaged in a defined volume surrounding the tip of a propagating crack, q*. a two-dimensional thermal and structural problem has been considered. experimental tests were executed on aisi 304l stainless steel cracked specimens subjected to push-pull fatigue loads and the q* parameter has been determined starting from temperature measurements performed in the vicinity of the crack tip by means of an infrared camera. with reference to the material and experimental equipment available in the present paper, a reasonably accurate estimation of q* was possible only for kmax>13 mpa·m0.5. the experimental temperatures close to the crack tip were compared successfully with an analytical solution available in the literature. a a g. meneghetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 172-181; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.20 181 acknowledgements his work was carried out as a part of the project code cpda145872 of the university of padova. the authors would like to express their gratitude for financial support. references [1] klingbeil, n.w., a total dissipated energy theory of fatigue crack growth in ductile solids. int j fatigue, 25 (2003) 117128. [2] ondracek, j., materna, a., fem evaluation of the dissipated energy in front of a crack tip under 2d mixed mode loading condition. procedia materials science, 3 (2014) 673-678. doi: 10.1016/j.mspro.2014.06.111. [3] ranc, n., palin-luc, t., paris, p.c., thermal effect of plastic dissipation at the crack tip on the stress intensity factor under cyclic loading. eng fract mech, 78 (2011) 961-972. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.11.010. [4] ranc, n., palin-luc, t., paris, p.c., saintier, n., about the effect of plastic dissipation in heat at the crack tip on the stress intensity factor under cyclic loading, int j fatigue, 58 (2014) 56-65. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.04.012. [5] bär, j., seifert, s., investigation of energy dissipation and plastic zone size during fatigue crack propagation in a highalloyed steel, procedia materials science, 3 (2014) 408-413. doi: 10.1016/j.mspro.2014.06.068. [6] plekhov, o., fedorova, a., kostina, a., panteleev, i., theoretical and experimental study of strain localization and energy dissipation at fatigue crack tip, procedia materials science, 3 (2014) 1020-1025. doi: 10.1016/j.mspro.2014.06.166. [7] fedorova, a.yu., bannikov, m.v., plekhov o.a., infrared thermography study of the fatigue crack propagation, fracture and structural integrity, 21 (2012) 46-53. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06. [8] meneghetti, g., analysis of the fatigue strength of a stainless steel based on the energy dissipation, int j fatigue, 29 (2007) 81–94, doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2006.02.043. [9] meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., the use of the specific heat loss to analyse the lowand high-cycle fatigue behaviour of plain and notched specimens made of a stainless steel, eng. fract. mech. 81 (2012) 2–17. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2011.06.010 [10] meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., atzori, b., a synthesis of the push-pull fatigue behaviour of plain and notched stainless steel specimens by using the specific heat loss, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 36 (2013) 1306-1322. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12071. [11] meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., atzori, b., experimental evaluation of fatigue damage in two-stage loading tests based on the energy dissipation, proc imeche part c: j mechanical engineering science, 229 (2015) 1280-1291. doi: 10.1177/0954406214559112. [12] peterson, r. e., notch sensitivity, in: g. sines and j. l. waisman (eds.) metal fatigue, macgraw-hill, new york, (1959) 293-306. [13] neuber, h., über die berücksichtigung der spannungskonzentration bei festigkeitsberechnungen. konstruction, 20 (1968) 245-251. [14] ellyin, f., fatigue damage, crack growth and life prediction, chapman & hall, london, (1997). [15] pandey, k.n., chand, s., deformation based temperature rise: a review, int j pres ves pip, 80 (2003) 673-687. [16] charkaluk, e., constantinescu, a., dissipation and fatigue damage. proceedings of the fifth international conference on low cycle fatigue lcf 5, berlin, germany, (2003). [17] plekhov, o.a., panteleev, i.a., naimark, o.b., energy accumulation and dissipation in metals as a result of structuralscaling transitions in a mesodefect ensemble, physical mesomechanics, 10 (2007) 294-301. [18] carslaw, hs., jaeger, jc, conduction of heat in solids, clarendon press, oxford, (1947). [19] atzori, b., meneghetti, g., ricotta, m. analysis of the fatigue strength under two load levels of a stainless steel based on energy dissipation, in: bremand f, editor. proceedings of the 14th international conference on experimental mechanics icem 14, the european physical journal epj web of conferences, 6 (2010). [20] irwin, g.r., linear fracture mechanics, fracture transition and fracture control, eng fract mech, 1 (1968) 241-257. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 21 articolo 3.doc a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 21 a three-parameter model for fatigue crack growth data analysis a. de iorio, m. grasso, f. penta, g.p. pucillo università di napoli federico ii, dipartimento di meccanica ed energetica,via claudio 21 – 80125 napoli antdeior@unina.it abstract. a three-parameters model for the interpolation of fatigue crack propagation data is proposed. it has been validated by a literature data set obtained by testing 180 m(t) specimens under three different loading levels. in details, it is highlighted that the results of the analysis carried out by means of the proposed model are more smooth and clear than those obtainable using other methods or models. also, the parameters of the model have been computed and some peculiarities have been picked out. keywords. fatigue crack growth; data analysis; non-linear regression. introduction he assessment of the fatigue damage by means of phenomenological models notoriously is closely linked to the analysis of experimental results obtained from standard specimens of a given material tested with suitably chosen loading programs. however, it is well known that crack growth data have stochastic nature, as the phenomenon which generates them, due to, essentially, the random evolution of the local combinations, at each point of the crack front, of the induced stress state and material properties. for this reason, in order to identify a deterministic law describing the phenomenon, that is able to represent the common data trend independently of the global scatter or the position of the single data point, data have to be elaborated by means of a best-fit method after having selected an analytical model. since the availability of a reliable crack propagation model has a tremendous impact on the fatigue design practice, for over half a century this problem has been faced by many researchers [1]. for the same reason, the attention of the researchers has been focused also on the accuracy by which the experimental data are produced and analysed, with the aim of defining a standard procedure for material testing and related results analysis (astm) and to formulate interpretative models of the experimental data. the most used methods for crack growth testing and data analysis are those suggested by astm standard [2], which, concerning the data analysis, proposes two different approaches: the secant method and the incremental polynomial method. since both methods are based on local interpolation of experimental data, irregularities and/or anomalies in the data distribution, for the first method, and the number of data points chosen for the best-fit parabola, for the second one, affect significantly the results. on the other hand, the foremost polynomial or exponential analytical formulas found in literature [3-6] do not seem to have solved completely the problem. hence our interest in facing this problem, in order to contribute, if possible, to improve on the quality of raw crack propagation data analysis by formulating an interpretative model for the whole lives field of the acquired data. formulation of the model mong the various analysis methods developed till now, besides those proposed by the astm standards, we mention for their popularity: mukherjee method [3], which is based on the linear interpolation of the finite differences computed between t a http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 22 two consecutive points, in order to estimate the rate of growth at the central point; polynomial expressions of smith [4], davies and feddersen [5], that interpolate locally or globally the experimental data; polak and knesl method [6], which uses splines to fit and reduce the scatter in the data. most of the methods until now proposed are local interpolations of experimental points, as already stated in the introduction, and are strongly affected by the real distribution of the analysed data, being unable to filter both the irregularities and anomalies that are always present in the sample. therefore, most analytical models derived in such a way are very often closely linked to the particular experimental practice adopted to produce the data and, above all, do not fit all data with the needed and controlled accuracy in the whole cycles number range of each test. in a previous paper [7], some of the authors already discussed the possibility to use splines of an arbitrary order to globally interpolate the raw data and reduce the scatter of the crack growth material constants when gapped or noisily data are used. in order to formulate a new model able to (at least) partially fill the aforementioned lacks, the results of 180 crack growth tests carried out by ghonem and dore [8] have been analysed. to find the curve that better interpolates all the examined data, different analytical formulations have been tested. by means of successive refinements, the following three parameters model has been defined:   0 β f a γ a α n 1 n         where: a0 = initial crack length; nf = number of cycles to failure;  , β, γ = model parameters identified by a non-linear least squares method; n = number of cycles corresponding to a given crack length. the crack growth rate can be directly evaluated in the range [n0-nf] by means of the previous expression without amplify the irregularities and/or anomalies of the raw data and without losing information in the initial and final part of the aforementioned range, as it occurs with other procedures as those suggested by astm standards. verification of the model he data of the 180 tests of ghonem and dore, which are fully described in term of both specimens and testing conditions in the paper [8], are summarized in fig. 1-3. each figure reports the results of a series of 60 tests carried out under the same loading conditions. once the model has been defined, the goodness-of-fit has been evaluated computing the residuals and the values attained by the coefficient of determination r2 , which is reported in the graphs of fig. 4-6, for each data set. for a quick (non-objective) evaluation of the goodness of the interpolation, the results of some tests together with the related best-fitting curves obtained by the proposed model are also reported in fig. 7. figure 1: fatigue crack growth curves set i (r = 0.6). figure 2: fatigue crack growth curves set ii (r = 0.5). t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 23 figure 3: fatigue crack growth curves set iii (r = 0.4). figure 4: coefficient of determination, mean and standard deviation for set i. figure 5: coefficient of determination, mean and standard deviation for set ii. figure 6: coefficient of determination, mean and standard deviation for set iii. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 24 figure 7: crack growth data with best-fit curves. moreover, normality tests of the residuals have been carried out using the χ2 test and the frequency distributions of the residuals computed for each specimen tested have been also diagrammed to verify that the mean was close to zero and the standard deviation was very small, in other words that the conditions to guarantee a small error in the estimation of the crack lengths by means of the model were satisfied [9]. in fig. 8, as an example, three of the aforementioned distributions are reported, one for each set. figure 8: pdf of residuals of three selected best-fit, one for each set. from the examination of the normality test results, it has been noted that the majority of them verify the expected conditions (see. tab. 1), whereas the others do not pass the test due to some large anomalies present in the frequency distribution diagrams. however, if the graphs of the raw data are observed in details in the fields corresponding to each anomaly, it can be seen that the data points move away from the trend of all other points in either an irregular or anomalous manner. numbers of best-fit with normal distribution of residuals numbers of best-fit with non normal distribution of residuals set _ i 47 13 set _ ii 32 28 set _ iii 31 29 table 1: results of normality tests. the outliers in the graphs of the mean and standard deviation are not only due to the random scatter in the raw data, but also to the fact that in some experimental curves there are data points sequences that do not follow the trend of the whole test. this anomaly affects the response of the optimization algorithm used in the non-linear least square method. the best-fitting model parameters obtained for these latter experimental curves define a solution with a residual distribution http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 25 distorted in mean and asymmetric. to highlight what said, three curves with irregular points and a curve with anomalous data, in which the residuals distribution exhibits an unbalanced mean and a marked asymmetry due to the solely effect of the irregular data in the anomalous part (spotlighted), are reported in fig. 9-11 and fig. 12, respectively. figure 9: crack length vs. number of cycles (left) and corresponding residuals (right). figure 10: crack length vs. number of cycles (left) and corresponding residuals (right). figure 11: crack length vs. number of cycles (left) and corresponding residuals (right). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 26 figure 12: crack length vs. number of cycles (left) and corresponding residuals (right). in any case, the best-fitting with the proposed method appears visually acceptable and the coefficient of determination r2 is very close to one. it follows that if the normality test of the residuals distribution does not verify the optimum conditions for the approximation of the experimental data with the proposed model, it is due to the defectiveness of some experimental points or of short parts of some experimental curves. this result, apparently negative, can even be profitably used to filter the experimental data, that is eliminate all data that move away in an excessive or anomalous manner from the unique natural trend of all the other data points, as unique must be the physical law that characterizes the crack propagation phenomenon in each material that is free of geometrical singularities and structural inhomogeneities. this way to see the experimental data allows minimizing and improving the information derivable from testing and, in this particular case, to improve the evaluation of the model parameters α, β, γ using all available data. identification and variability of the parameters α, β, γ he interpolation of the experimental data of each test, through the proposed model and best-fitting technique, allows identifying the parameters α, β, γ of the model. the numerical values of these parameters are represented in three distinct groups of three diagrams, each group being relative to a data set obtained under the same loading condition (fig. 13-15). the parameters values assigned to each data set are the statistical averages of the values obtained for each experimental curve of the set. they are given in tab. 2, where the standard deviations of the three samples of parameter estimates are also reported. β α γ set _ i µ 1.37 0.47 -0.062 σ 0.35 0.078 0.073 set _ ii µ 1.55 0.43 -0.105 σ 0.42 0.069 0.15 set _ iii µ 1.62 0.43 -0.15 σ 0.53 0.01 0.176 table 2: model parameters values. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 27 figure 13: α, β, γ parameters with corresponding mean value for set i. figure 14: α, β, γ parameters with corresponding mean value for set ii. figure 15: α, β, γ parameters with corresponding mean value for set iii. from the achieved results it can be seen that the parameter α has a small deviation around the mean value in respect to that of β and γ. also, the two parameters β and α, plotted one as function of another (see fig. 16), are related with the following law: log(1 ) c     in fig. 16, for each data set, the values of the constant c together with the fitting curves are reported; in order to show the goodness of fit, also the values of the coefficient of determination r2 are reported in the same figure. moreover, since the constant c remain almost unchanged for the three data sets, it could be considered as a material constant, appearing independent from the loading conditions that differentiate the three testing groups. figure 16: correlation between α and β values for each set. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 28 further relations seem to be detectable between the loading ratio r and the parameters β and γ, on the one end, and between the parameter γ and the constant c, on the other end, as it can be seen in fig. 17 and 18. figure 17: correlation between β, γ values with the loading ratio. figure 18: correlation between β, γ values with the constant c. obviously, about these latter relations, further experimental investigations on other materials and with a greater number of loading conditions are needed. conclusions n analytical model to interpolate the experimental crack growth curves (actual crack length as function of the number of cycles), that is alternative to the methods proposed by the astm 647-95a standard, has been derived analysing the data of 180 fatigue crack propagation tests carried out by ghonem and dore. by a cross-check performed by means of the normality test of the residuals and the coefficient of determination r2, it has been highlighted that it is possible to identify those data groups, if present, which move in an anomalous and non influential manner away from the trend of the other data points, so as to be able to take in count of them in the analysis of the results. furthermore, the model parameters have been evaluated and some interesting correlations have been found between them, which, after further validation by means of an extended experimentation, could be useful to build up a new phenomenological model, that is robust and well-rounded at the same time, to compute the fatigue crack growth rates. a http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true a. de iorio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 21-29; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.03 29 references [1] a.k. head, phil .mag., 44(7) (1953) 925. [2] astm e 647, standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates, astm (1995), philadelphia, pa, usa. [3] b. mukherjee, int. j. of fracture, 8(4) (1972) 449. [4] r. a. smith, int. j. of fracture, 9(3) (1973) 352. [5] k.b. davies, c.e. feddersen, int. j. of fracture, 9 (1973)116. [6] j. polak, z. knesl, int. j. of fracture, 11 (1975) 693. [7] a. de iorio, d. ianniello, f. penta, e. santoro, in: 8th eccm, naples, (1998). [8] h. ghonem, s. dore, engineering fracture mechanics, 27(1) (1987) 1. [9] s. c. chapra, r. p. canale, numerical methods for engineers with pc applications, mcgraw-hill, (1985). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.03&auth=true microsoft word numero_51_art_1_2597 a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 1 focussed on igf25 – fracture and structural integrity international conference 2019 three approaches to evaluate the heat dissipated during fatigue crack propagation experiments a. vedernikova, a. iziumova, a. vshivkov, o. plekhov institute of continuous media mechanics ub ras, 614013 perm, russia terekhina.a@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1069-7887 fedorova@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1769-9175 vshivkov.a@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7667-455x poa@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0378-8249 abstract. this work is devoted to the comparative analysis of three techniques for measurement of energy dissipation in metals under fatigue crack propagation: use of original contact heat flux sensor, post-processing of infrared thermography data and lock-in thermography. contact heat flux sensors allow real-time recording of heat source values. non-contact temperature measurements by infrared thermography techniques make it possible to calculate the heat source field on the specimen surface by solving a heat conductivity equation. lock-in thermography is a well-established technique for measuring energy dissipation under cyclic loading conditions based on the analysis of the second harmonic amplitude of the thermal signal. this paper describes the results of the experiments with v-notched flat specimens made of stainless steel aisi 304 which were subjected to cyclic loading. it was shown that the values of energy dissipation estimated by different techniques are in good qualitative agreement. contact and noncontact measurements can be used for investigation of energy dissipation either separately or in combination. based on the measurements, the power dependence of fatigue crack growth rate on dissipated heat near the crack tip can be obtained. keywords. ir-thermography; lock-in thermography; heat flux sensor; dissipated energy; fatigue crack propagation. citation: vedernikova, a., iziumova, a., vshivkov, a., plekhov, o., three approaches to evaluate the heat dissipated during fatigue crack propagation experiments, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 1-8. received: 27.08.2019 accepted: 08.10.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ne of the key problems of fracture mechanics and strength analysis is to predict the fatigue life of cracked parts of engineering constructions subjected to cyclic loading. the fatigue crack growth well correlates with energy dissipation at the crack tip [1-25]. different experimental approaches focused on the experimental study of the dissipated energy are described in the literature. o http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2597.mp4 a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 2 one of the techniques is based on the application of original seebeck effect-based contact heat flux sensor, which ensures the quantitative integral heat flow values in some area near the crack tip. such methodology was originally used for studying energy dissipation in liquid flows [3] and the failure of metals [2, 4]. the second method for heat flux estimation involves analysis of temperature distribution measurements obtained for the specimen surface by means of infrared (ir) thermography. plastic strain-induced heat sources were calculated by solving the volume-averaged heat conduction equation. the main difficulties associated with application of the second technique can be attributed to the necessity to differentiate strongly oscillating signals and to determine the parameters responsible for the interaction between the specimen and the external environment. nevertheless, ir thermography data are widely used to gain deeper insight in the process of plastic deformation and fracture of metallic materials [5-10]. it was shown in [11, 12] that the results of contact (heat flux sensor) and non-contact (ir thermography) measurements of energy dissipation during irreversible deformation agree well. the third, lock-in thermography, method provides space-resolved measurements, extracts thermoelastic information directly from the thermal signal [13] and investigates energy dissipation using the double frequency method proposed by sakagami [14]. lock-in thermography is employed to detect crack initiation and propagation in structural materials using thermographic mapping [15-25]. in this study, we have shown that the energy dissipation values measured by the thermography techniques are in good qualitative agreement with the results obtained by the method in which contact heat flux sensors are used. this provides evidence that contact and non-contact measurements can be used either separately (fast assessment of the material state at different loading stages) or in combination (verification of the heat source value and estimation of its distribution over the material surface). experimental series of tests were performed on v-notched flat specimens made of stainless steel aisi 304 and subjected to cyclic loading at a frequency of 10 hz (constant stress amplitude 12 kn and stress ratio r = 0). fig. 1 shows the geometry of the specimens and the experimental setup scheme. the chemical composition of the material examined is given in tab. 1. c cr fe mn ni p s si 0.08 18-20 66.34-74 2 8-10.5 0.045 0.03 1 table 1: chemical composition (wt. %) of stainless steel aisi 304. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: (a) specimen geometry; (b) schematic of the measuring equipment: 1 – test specimen, 2 – grips of the testing machine, 3 – contact heat flux sensor, 4 –potential drop measuring setup to monitor the crack length, 5 – infrared camera; (c) photo of the specimen and the measuring equipment. a a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 3 specimens were cyclic loaded in a servohydraulic testing machine instron 8802. the potential drop technique was used to measure and characterize the crack propagation process [26]. crack sizes in a steel specimen were predicted by applying a constant direct current or an alternating current to the specimen and by measuring an increase in electrical resistance due to the crack propogation. to analyze the energy dissipation at the crack tip during mechanical tests, we have used the seebeck effect-based heat flux sensor. in order to improve the heat flow, a heat-conductive paste was applied to the specimen surface beneath the sensor. the evolution of the temperature field was recorded with an infrared camera flir sc 5000. the features of the ir camera are as follows: the spectral range of 3-5 μm, the maximum frame size is 320×256 pixels, the spatial resolution is 10-4 meters, and the temperature sensitivity is in the range from 25 mk to 300 k. the camera was calibrated based on the standard calibration table. the application of the lirsc5000 mw g1 f/3.0 close-up lens (with distortion less than 0.5%) made it possible to investigate the plastic zone in detail. the specimen surface intended for infrared shooting was polished in several stages and coated by a thin layer of amorphous carbon to improve the surface emissivity. specimens were tested and monitored by means of the infrared camera in order to acquire thermographic sequences during tests at regular intervals (1000 cycles each). direct heat flux measurement technique he heat flux measurement technique relies on the use of seebeck effect-based contact heat flux sensor [2]. the heat dissipated by specimens is directly proportional to the current intensity and the time it takes for the current to pass through the specimens:   abp i (1) where p is the heat flux power (w), i is the direct current (a), and  ab is the peltier coefficient (v), which is related with a coefficient of thermal electromotive force. structurally, the sensor comprises two peltier elements ("measuring" and "cooling"), thermocouples, and a radiator. to measure the heat flow through the "measuring" peltier element during the experiment, the temperature on its free surface is kept constant. the cooling peltier element caulked with a radiator was connected with the "measuring" peltier element. this cooling system has feedback and is controlled based on two temperature sensors located between "measuring" and cooling peltier elements and far from the studied specimen in the zone with constant temperature. the heat flux emitted from the specimen surface passes through the heat flux sensor. the sensor was fixed on the specimens by applying thermal paste and then pressed against the spring to provide the necessary thermal contact. the negligibility of heat dissipation which was caused by sensor – specimen friction was experimentally proved [2]. the signal from the flux sensor was measured by the amplifier and registered in the adc of the microcontroller. then the data were transmitted to personal computer for further processing. the sensors were calibrated using a device with a controlled heat flux. indirect heat flux measurement technique estimation of the heat sources field based on the heat conductivity equation o calculate the heat source field induced by plastic deformation, we use heat conduction eqn. (2) for processing the obtained infrared thermography data:                 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) t x, y,z, t t x, y,z, t t x, y,z, t t x, y,z, t c q x, y,z, t k t x y z (2) where ( )t x, y,z, t is the temperature field,  is the material density (kg/m3), c is the heat capacity ( j/(kg·k)), k is the heat conductivity (w/(m·k)), ( )q x, y,z,t is the heat source field, x, y,z are the coordinates, and t is the time. the ir camera allows one to register the temperature distribution only over the specimen surface that is the reason why eq. 2 has to be averaged over the z-coordinate (thickness). t t a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 4 difference  '( )x, y,t between the averaged specimen temperature ( )t x, y,z,t and the initial specimen temperature in the thermal balance with the environment 0t is defined as:        /2 0 0 /2 1 '( ) ( ( ) ) ( ) h h x, y, t t x, y,z, t t dz x, y, t t h (3) where h is the specimen thickness. the following boundary conditions are considered:                  2 2 /2 0 /2 2 ( , , , ) ( , , , ) ( , , , ) ( ( , , , ) ) h hz z h h z h t x y z t t x y z t x z t x y z t k t x y z t t dz z h (4) where  is the heat exchange coefficient in perpendicular direction to the specimen surface. one boundary condition describes the symmetry of the heat source, whereas the second boundary condition is responsible for the heat exchange of the specimen with the environment. therefore, integrating eq. (2), considering expressions (3) and boundary conditions (4), we obtain relation (5) to estimate the heat source field caused by irreversible deformation:              0 int ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) x y t t q x y t c x y t k x y t (5) where  is the time constant, which is related to the heat losses [27, 28]. the parameter  was measured before each test by the additional experimental procedure of specimen cooling after pulse point heating. the identification process consisted in estimating the time derivative and the laplacian of the temperature function if there was no internal and external heat source on the specimen during its cooling. for steel aisi 304, the value of parameter  amounted to 10 sec. the numerical finite-difference scheme of eqn. (5) applied to the ir thermography data allows one to investigate the heat source evolution on the specimen surface. to calculate the heat sources from the noisy temperature fields, the procedure of the movement compensation and filtering of infrared data was performed. these algorithms are described in detail in [9]. estimation of the dissipated energy based on the lock-in thermography energy dissipation can be estimated by applying the lock-in thermography technique. lock-in thermography is based on a correlation in frequency, amplitude and phase of the detected signal with a reference signal coming from the loading system. temperature variations on the specimen surface are monitored with the ir camera during mechanical tests. the evaluation of the dissipated energy is based on post-processing of the recorded thermal data using the discrete fourier transformation (eq. 6) and performed for each pixel of the recorded frames.        sin 2 sin 2 2m e l e d l dt t t t f t t f t t               (6) where mt is the mean temperature, lf is the mechanical loading frequency, e and d are the phase shifts, et is the thermo-elastic amplitude (e-mode), dt is the plasticity effect amplitude (d-mode), and  t is the noise of the temperature signal. it was shown that in case of plastic deformation the second mode coupled with the double loading frequency (d-mode) correlated with the dissipative energy [14]. eq. (6) is integrated in the algorithm of altair li software. for each analysed sequence of ir frames, the evaluation provides an amplitude and a phase image for different modes. a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 5 results and discussion n order to compare the heat flux sensor results and the results of thermography measurements, we have studied the temperature evolution in a small rectangular area which covered all temperature fluctuations near the crack tip. the size of the area coincides with heat flux sensor dimensions. a comparison of the results obtained by contact sensor and the infrared thermography data (heat conduction eqn. (5)) during crack propagation tests is illustrated in fig. 2. the heat flux sensor allows measurement of the integral heat flux only. the infrared thermography technique was used to obtain the image of temperature distribution and the field of heat source distribution in the crack tip region. to compare the ir results with the data of the contact sensor, we integrated the heat source field over the space equal to the size of contact sensor. fig. 2a presents the characteristic curve describing the heat flux variation during the fatigue tests: solid line heat flux measured by the contact heat flux sensor, squares heat flux measured by the infrared thermography technique. three zones were identified on the heat flux curve during the crack propagation experiment. the short initial increasing zone corresponds to the crack initiation stage. the second zone with a constant heat flux corresponds to the steady state crack growth stage. the last zone is characterized by a sharp increase in heat dissipation and is ended with specimen failure. it can be seen that the power heat source detected by the contact sensor and determined on the basis of ir thermography data (eqn. (5)) are in good quantitative agreement throughout the test. figs. 2b,c present the relation between the heat flux power  q and crack growth rate  da dn for the stainless steel aisi 304 specimen. the power law relation for predicting the fatigue crack growth is determined as follows:  int . bda aqdn (6) (a) (b) (c) figure 2: (a) ir-thermography data and heat flux sensor measurements; (b) heat flux power during crack propagation experiments; (c) relation between heat flux power and crack growth rate for the stainless steel aisi 304 specimen. the obtained results led us to conclude that the techniques applied to estimate heat dissipation on the basis of contact and non-contact measurements can be used in engineering practice for fatigue crack growth predictions.let us now consider the possibility of using lock-in thermography to predict fatigue crack growth. with the altair li software it is possible to calculate the resulting amplitude of temperature variations (amplitude image) and the distribution of phase shifts between the thermographic signal and the mechanical loading (phase image) for the e-mode and d-mode, respectively (eq. 6). as shown by bremond [13], the d-mode provides information about the dissipated energy. the values of the amplitude related to the double loading frequency were determined. fig. 3a shows the results of the normalized lock-in thermographic and the heat flux sensor measurements of the crack propagation experiment with a constant force exerted on the stainless steel aisi 304 specimen. for normalization of lock-in thermography data, a scaling factor was used. we assume a linear relationship between each point of thermography data and the results of the contact heat flux sensor. the scaling factor is computed for one point as the ratio of the power of heat source obtained by contact sensor to the value of d-amplitude. then the values of d-amplitude at other time moments are multiplied by a scaling factor. for steel aisi 304, the value of scaling factor amounts to 0.32. it can be seen that the dissipated energy measured by lock-in i a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 6 thermography and the heat flux sensor are in good qualitative agreement over the high heat dissipation period. the averaged d-amplitude values are rising with loading cycles what caused by processes in front of the crack tip. the d-amplitude behaviour and, in particular, its increase are similar to that of the crack growth rate. therefore, the value of the d-mode amplitude can be used to describe crack propagation. figs.3b,c present the relation between d-mode variation and crack growth rate for the stainless steel aisi 304 specimen. the power law relation is determined as follows:  bdda asdn (7) where ds is the maximum amplitude of the thermal signal that changes at the double of loading frequency. (a) (b) (c) figure 3: (a) lock-in thermography data and heat flux sensor measurements; (b) heat flux during crack propagation experiments; (c) relation between second order temperature variation and crack growth rate for the stainless steel aisi 304 specimen. analysis of the results has revealed that lock-in thermography can be used for evaluating the crack growth rate. it is interesting that the fatigue crack growth can be described by the d-amplitude signal in very similar to the paris law. conclusion r-thermography data, lock-in thermography data and heat flux sensor measurements were used to investigate energy dissipation under fatigue crack propagation in stainless steel aisi 304. comparison of the obtained results demonstrates that they are in good qualitative agreement. at the scaling factor of 0.32 the heat flux sensor results coincide quantitatively with the lock-in thermography data. the thermographic and heat flux sensor measurements showed an increase in the energy dissipated ahead of the crack tip with increasing crack growth rate. the measured energy dissipation values can be used to determine a linear correlation between these two parameters. acknowledgments his work was supported by the russian foundation for basic research (grant №18-31-00293) and the presidium of the russian academy of sciences (program no. 16 “development of physicochemical mechanics of surface phenomena as the fundamental basis for the development of modern structures and technologies). references [1] iziumova, a., plekhov, o. (2014). calculation of the energy j-integral in plastic zone ahead of a crack tip by infrared scanning, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 37, pp. 1330-1337. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12202. i t a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 7 [2] vshivkov, a., iziumova, a., plekhov, o., bär, j. (2016). experimental study of heat dissipation at the crack tip during fatigue crack propagation, frat. ed integrita strutt., 35, pp. 131-137. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07. [3] pradere, c., joanicot, m., batsale, j.-c., toutain, j., gourdon, c. (2007). processing of temperature field in chemical microreactors with infrared thermography, quant. infrared thermogr. j., 3, pp. 117-135. doi: 10.3166/qirt.3.117-135. [4] wang, c., blanche, a., wagner, d., chrysochoos, a., bathias, c. (2014). dissipative and microstructural effects associated with fatigue crack initiation on an armco iron, int. j. fatigue, 58, pp. 152-157. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.02.009. [5] izyumova, a.y., plekhov, o.a., vshivkov, a.n., prokhorov, a.a., uvarov, s. v. (2014). studying the rate of heat dissipation at the vertex of a fatigue crack, tech. phys. lett., 40, pp. 810-812. doi: 10.1134/s1063785014090211. [6] iino, y. (1979). fatigue crack propagation work coefficient-a material constant giving degree of resistance to fatigue crack growth, eng. fract. mech., 12, pp. 279-299. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(79)90120-6. [7] chow, c.l., lu, t.j. (1991). cyclic j-integral in relation to fatigue crack initiation and propagation, eng. fract. mech., 39, pp. 1-20. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(91)90018-v. [8] dowling, n., begley, j. (1976).fatigue crack growth during gross plasticity and the j-integral. mechanics of crack growth, astm stp, 590, pp. 80-103. [9] fedorova, a.y., bannikov, m. v., terekhina, a.i., plekhov, o.a. (2014). heat dissipation energy under fatigue based on infrared data processing, quant. infrared thermogr. j., 11(1), pp. 2-9. doi: 10.1080/17686733.2013.852416. [10] plekhov, o.a., saintier, n., palin-luc, t., uvarov, s. v., naimark, o.b. (2007). theoretical analysis, infrared and structural investigations of energy dissipation in metals under cyclic loading, mater. sci. eng. a, 462(1-2), pp. 367-369. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2006.02.462. [11] iziumova, a., vshivkov, a., prokhorov, a., plekhov, o., venkatraman, b. (2016). study of heat source evolution during elastic-plastic deformation of titanium alloy ti-0.8al-0.8mn based on contact and non-contact measurements, pnrpu mech. bull., 1, pp. 68-81. doi: 10.15593/perm.mech/2016.1.05. [12] plekhov, o., vshivkov, a., iziumova, a., zakharov, a., shlyannikov, v. (2019). the experimental study of energy dissipation during fatigue crack propagation under biaxial loading, frat. ed integrita strutt., 48, pp. 50-57. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.07. [13] brémond, p. (2007). new developments in thermo elastic stress analysis by infrared thermography. iv panamerican conference for non destructive testing, buenos aires, argentina, 22-26 october. [14] sakagami, t., kubo, s., tamura, e., nishimura, t. (2005). identification of plastic-zone based on double frequency lock-in thermographic temperature measurement. international conference of fracture icf 11, turin, italy, 20-25 march. [15] bär, j. (2016). determination of dissipated energy in fatigue crack propagation experiments with lock-in thermography and heat flow measurements, procedia struct. integr., 2, pp. 2105-2112. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.06.264. [16] de finis, r., palumbo, d., ancona, f., galietti, u. (2017). fatigue behaviour of stainless steels: a multi-parametric approach. conference proceedings of the society for experimental mechanics series, 9, pp. 1-8. [17] de finis, r., palumbo, d., galietti, u. (2018). energetic approach to study the plastic behaviour in ct specimens. 14th quantitative infrared thermography conference, berlin, germany, 25-29 june. doi: 10.21611/qirt.2018.133. [18] bär, j., seifert, s. (2014). investigation of energy dissipation and plastic zone size during fatigue crack propagation in a high-alloyed steel, procedia mater. sci., 3, pp. 408-413. doi: 10.1016/j.mspro.2014.06.068. [19] bär, j., seifert, s. (2014). thermographic investigation of fatigue crack propagation in a high-alloyed steel, adv. mater. res., 891-892, pp. 936-941. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.891-892.936. [20] bär, j. (2016). determination of dissipated energy in fatigue crack propagation experiments with lock-in thermography and heat flow measurements, procedia struct. integr., 2, pp. 2105-2112. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.06.264. [21] bär, j., urbanek, r. (2019). determination of dissipated energy in fatigue crack propagation experiments with lock-in thermography, frat. ed integrita strutt., 48, pp. 563-570. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.54. [22] palumbo, d., de finis, r., galietti, u. (2019). evaluation of the heat dissipated around the crack tip of aisi 422 and cf3m steels by means of thermography, procedia struct. integr., 18, pp. 875-885. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2019.08.238. [23] rigon, d., ricotta, m., meneghetti, g. (2019). analysis of dissipated energy and temperature fields at severe notches of aisi 304l stainless steel specimens, frat. ed integrita strutt., 47, pp. 334-347. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.47.25. [24] plekhov, o., vshivkov, a., iziumova, a., venkatraman, b. (2019). a model of energy dissipation at fatigue crack tip in metals, frat. ed integrita strutt., 48, pp. 451-458. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.43. a. vedernikova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2020) 1-8; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.01 8 [25] plekhov, o., vshivkov, a., iziumova, a., zakharov, a., shlyannikov, v. (2019). the experimental study of energy dissipation during fatigue crack propagation under biaxial loading, frat. ed integrita strutt., 48, pp. 50-57. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.07. [26] nayeb-hashemi, h., swet, d., vaziri, a. (2004). new electrical potential method for measuring crack growth in nonconductive materials, meas. j. int. meas. confed., 36(2), pp. 21-129. doi: 10.1016/j.measurement.2004.05.002. [27] boulanger, t., chrysochoos, a., mabru, c., galtier, a. (2004). calorimetric analysis of dissipative and thermoelastic effects associated with the fatigue behavior of steels, int. j. fatigue, 26, pp. 221-229. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(03)00171-3. [28] chrysochoos, a., louche, h. (2000). infrared image processing to analyze the calorific effects accompanying strain localization, int. j. eng. sci., 38, pp. 1759-1788. doi: 10.1016/s0020-7225(00)00002-1. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 14 notiziario n in 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) ed car non edi ess rias dei ab qu gra n. 21 otto n questo nu editoriale d verbale dell verbali dei resoconto prossime at resoconto esis proce modulo di i ditoriale d rissimi, n è la prima itoriale come sere breve e c ssumere (brev i prossimi dod bbiamo contin uesto risultato azie all’inserim gli atti dei 2009), nint dobbiamo rigorosamen spagnoli, sa tutti i num grazie sia a l’entusiasmo arricchito d obre 2010 umero del presidente l’assemblea a consigli di p delle attività ttività igf; delle attività t edures and do iscrizione igf del presid volta che vi presidente ig conciso e scr vemente, vi a dici mesi, lasc nuato a poten o è stato raggi mento di una convegni inte th internationa ringraziare g nte alfabetico abrina vantad meri da gennai al presidente o con cui ha da tutti i nume e igf; annuale dei s residenza; igf 2009-10 tc-esis 200 ocuments (ww f-esis. dente scrivo, invian gf. e’ ovvio rivere cose in assicuro) i risu ciandoci un p nziare il sito iunto non sol serie di contr ernazionali f al conference o gli organizza o, bruno at dori. io 2005 de “l aim uscent anno immedi eri digitalizzat soci 2009; 0 09-10; ww.esisweb.o ndovi ormai d o che, per spe nteressanti. p ultati ottenuti piccolo margin web igf, rag lo grazie alle ributi importa fatigue crack p on multiaxial atori di ques tzori, filippo la metallurgi te, prof. wal atamente ade ti dal gennaio org) da anni news erare di esser per arrivare qu i in questi ulti ne per qualch ggiungendo i attività igf antissimi e ch path (padova fatigue & f sti eventi, p o berto, rob ia italiana”, r lter nicodem erito alla nos o 2000. fr sletter spero e letto da voi uindi subito imi dodici me he “sorpresa” il numero di (convegni, gi he vengo qui a 2003), crack fracture (icmf primo fra tu berto brighe rivista ufficial mi, sia il nuo stra proposta rattura ed integri gradite, ma è i, devo rispet al dunque, q esi ed anticipa spero gradita 2600 (duemil iornate, rivista ad elencare: path (padova ff9, parma utti andrea enti, paolo l le dell’associ ovo president a. presto l’ins ità strutturale, 1 è la prima vo ttare due rego questo editori are in qualche a. laseicento!!!) a, tesi di dott a 2006) e cra 2010). di qu carpinteri e lazarin, les azione italian te vincenzo serimento sar 4 (2010); notiz lta che scrivo ole fondamen iale non può e modo le atti lavori pubbli torato), ma an ack path (vice uesto contrib poi, in ord p.pook, and na di metallur crapanzano rà completato ziario 93 o un ntali: che ività icati. nche enza buto dine drea rgia, per o ed fra 94 qu inte ma il p per tu pre fer inf lug ring non sec prim intr da ave da atti a res ass neg (ad per ulte na altr qu ve la gio attura ed integrità uesti sono sol eresse dell’ig a all’intero mo potenziament la web t iniziative or la pagina f consente un r quanto rigua una session una session il worksho la scuola e il convegno luglio 2010) utte queste a esidenza che rro, angelo f fine … la rivi glio ed agosto graziare tutti n riporterò q condo numer me settimane rodotto due n un numero ri endo anche il un numero p ività del giorn promuovere ponsabilizzar solutamente u gli ambiti di i d esempio, un r quanto rigu eriore espans azionale igf, c ra sorpresa ch uesto editorial erbale ass riunione ha orno: approv à strutturale, 14 lo i primi di u gf, con l’obb ondo della ric to del sito e la tv igf, che rganizzate dal facebook, nu n elevato livel arda le attivit ne all’interno ne all’interno p igf a forn stiva igf, giu o ysesm 20 ). ttività sono desidero qui finelli, dome sta igf fratt o abbiamo de coloro che ci qui il lungo e ro. in questa e di attività nuovi board. l istretto di esp compito e la più ampio di nale, oltre che la rivista. re maggiorme uno strument interesse dell’ no special issue uarda il pross sione dell’arch che si terrà a he … non ant le è stato fin t emblea de inizio alle or vazione ordin 4 (2010); notizi una serie di in biettivo di for cerca accadem a nostra intera e grazie alla ll’igf negli u uova forma d llo di scambio tà più “tradizi del convegno del convegno ni di sopra da unta alla secon 010, youth sym state ovviam ricordare sem nico gentile, tura ed integrità eciso di supe i hanno aiutat elenco, ma è riorganizzaz ha dimostrat l’editorial ad perti internazi a responsabili i esperti inter e revisionare e’ importan ente i colleg to a disposizi ’igf. insomm dedicato a qu simo futuro hivio igf ed a cassino, dal ticiperò ora!! troppo lungo ei soci del re 17.15 pres ne del giorno; iario nserimenti di m rnire un arch mica ed indust azione con il disponibilità ultimi tre anni di comunicaz o e condivisio ionali”, in que o aias (tori o aipnd (ro al titolo proble nda edizione mposium on ex mente possib mpre in rigor marco paggi à strutturale. n erare la prima to nei primi a evidente che zione, vediam to un entusi dvisory board, c ionali, affianc ità di proporr rnazionali, ch articoli (diret nte sottoline ghi coinvolti ione dell’inter ma, se qualch ualche partico … nei pross d ho il piace l 13 al 15 giu o, ma le cose d l 25 giugno sso il politecn materiale “est ivio quanto p triale. web ha tocca dei colleghi i, avvicinando zione ed inter one. esti mesi l’ig no 2009); oma 2009); ematiche di frat (trieste, 5-7 l xperimental sol bili solo graz roso ordine a i, alessandro nata nel 2007 a fase, riorga anni (i più dif e senza il lor mo anzitutto l iasmo ed una che avrà princ cherà la direz re alla direzio he avrà anzitu ttamente opp are che que nei different ra comunità s he collega est olare argomen imi mesi si a re di comuni ugno 2011 ... da dirvi erano o 2009 nico di torin terno” all’igf più ricco ed a ato anche altr i, permette d osi il numero razione, che gf ha organizz ttura nei materia luglio 2010) lid mechanics, zie all’instanc alfabetico: ste pirondi, luc 7, è arrivata al anizzandola c fficili!!) partec ro contributo la nomina di a dedizione cipalmente il zione nella de one iniziative utto il compi pure indicando esta nuova ti board, ma scientifica, an terno ai board nto), non ha c avrà un ulteri icarvi che è certamente n o tante. tanti il p fran no (castello d f, ma che rig aggiornato po ri aspetti, fra c di rendere co di duecento v si sta avvicin zato: ali per l’ingegne giunto alla su cabile contrib efano beretta ca susmel. l suo quattord completamen cipando al co o la rivista av i luca susme a dir poco e ruolo di thin efinizione dell e editoriali. il ito di supervi o revisori est organizzazio che, in ogni nzitutto nazio d desidera pro che da contat iore rafforzam stata avviata non potrete m cari saluti, presidente i cesco iacov del valentino uardano com ossibile non s cui: ontinuamente videoregistraz nando ai cent eria (7-9 genn ua nona edizio buto dell’inte a, francesca c dicesimo num te. e’ sicuram omitato scient vrebbe chiuso el a vice-dir encomiabili. nk tank della la linea scient journal review isionare in se erni al board one della riv i caso, la rivi onale ma non oporre una in tarmi. mento del sit l’organizzazi mancare. avr igf viello o), con il seg munque i camp solo ai soci i e fruibili tutt zioni on line! to “amici” e naio 2010); one (trieste 7 ero consiglio cosmi, giuse mero! nei me mente necess tifico. per bre o i battenti gi rettore. già n abbiamo qu rivista: costit tifica della riv w board, costit enso lato tutt d) e contribue vista vuole ista vuole es n solo, che lav niziativa edito to web, con ione del conv remo poi qua guente ordine pi di igf, te le ! che 7-10 o di eppe esi di sario evità ià al nelle uindi tuito vista, tuito te le endo solo ssere vora riale una vegno alche e del ris iac son ber pun l’a pun l’a pun il p con aip pun il p pun il t no dis “in fina com dall i su le mu cong par com inve su valo com 93. il g approv comun relazio approv relazio indirizz previsio rinnov varie ed sultano prese coviello. no presenti rnasconi, gen nto 1 all’o.d.g assemblea de nto 2 all’o.d.g assemblea de nto 3 all’o.d.g presidente co nvegno aias pnd (associa nto 4 all’o.d.g presidente pre organiz cicli” (c orgnaiz 10 marz l’imple scientifi l’increm destinat la pub numero nto 5 all’o.d.g tesoriere ang on abbiamo più stribuito infatti nternational as anze. me già citato ne lla gestione e ma urplus economici iniziative 2008 urakami, superb gruo attivo, men reggio. me ormai di ab estito in titoli. decisione dell’a ore di un preliev me si può notar 183,20 a € 57 giro di affari del vazione del ve nicazioni del p one annuale d vazione del b one dei reviso zi dell’attività one finanziari vo cariche soc d eventuali enti i seguen i seguenti s ntile, sacco, n g.: approvazion ei soci approv g.: approvazion ei soci approv g.: comunicazio omunica all’a s (associazion azione italian g.: relazione a esenta all’ass zzazione della circa 30 partec zzazione del zo 2009 (circa ementazione fica igf), e co mento del nu tari; bblicazione co o (luglio 2009 g.: approvazion gelo finelli da debiti !! ti ai co-organiz ssociation for fr ella relazione d anutenzione del i derivanti dalle 8 devono quind bamente organiz ntre la giornat bitudine, ma og assemblea di ca vo effettuato nel re dal rendicon 7.818,04 lla gestione 200 erbale dell’as presidente; del presidente ilancio consu ori dei conti; dell’associaz ia e quota ass ciali nti consiglier soci: paggi, natali, di co ne ordine del gio va l’ordine del ne del verbale d va il verbale d oni del presiden assemblea ch ne italiana pe na prove non annuale del pres semblea l’attiv a giornata ig cipanti) workshop ig a 70 partecipa del sito web on una webt umero dei de on cadenza r 9, n.9) contien ne del bilancio a lettura della zzatori l’attivo racture of conc dello scorso anno nostro invidiato e nostre manifes di essere segnalat zzata a trieste ta di studio sul ggi più che ma catania del 200 l 2003. il conto nto economico, 08, rilevabile da ssemblea dei s e; untivo 2008; zione nell’ann sociativa 2010 ri: ferro (pre lacidogna, cco, iannitti, orno. l giorno dell’assemblea d dell’assemble nte he sono in er l’analisi de distruttive m sidente vità svolta dal gf tenutasi a t gf “progetta anti) b igf, con tv, con oltre estinatari della egolare (trim ne 15 articoli. consuntivo 20 a seguente rela o di framc crete structures” o, le spese a cui to sito web e da stazioni. te per l’autonom e dalla prof.ssa lla fatica altocic ai, l’andamento 02, a bilancio v o profitti o perdi l’anno finanzia al bilancio cons soci del 5 nov no 2010; 0; esidente), be dellabiancia, pallone, piac dei soci del 5 no a dei soci del corso di org elle sollecitaz monitoraggio ll’ultima asse torino il 5 n azione a fatic quasi 800 a 130 video dis a newsletter mestrale) della 08 azione di bila cos-6 (catani ”, siamo riuscit i il gruppo va qualche doveros mia finanziaria francesca cosm clica, organizzat del mercato bo viene comunque ite verrà quantif ario 2008, chiu suntivo, è stato fr vembre 2008 eretta, cosmi matteis, bo cente, spagno ovembre 2008 l 5 novembre ganizzazione zioni), torino diagnostica) emblea dei so ovembre 200 a di giunzion articoli dispo sponibili igf, strettam rivista igf ancio da lui st ia, giugno 200 ti a fare fronte a incontro nel cor sa spesa di rapp con cui sono st mi ha portato, o ta a torino dal orsistico, ha, an e riportato il cap ficato al momen usa la partita f invece di € 188 rattura ed integri ; i, frassine, f olzon, susm oli e 2008. le sessioni i o 9-12 settemb , roma 15-17 oci. questa ha 08 dal titolo “ ni saldate (…e onibili (pratic mente collega frattura ed i tilata in data 3 07) ed inviati alle spese di ges rso di un anno presentanza. a tate portate a te oltre ad un insp l prof. donato ncora una volta apitale inizialm nto di un eventu framcos-6, 8.564,47 ità strutturale, 1 finelli, furgi mel, fedele, f igf all’intern bre, e nel pro 7 ottobre 200 a visto: “fatica ad alti e non)”, for camente tutt ata con il sito integrità stru 30 aprile 2009 i € 3000 co stione del grupp sono sostanzial a questo fine son ermine; la summ perato successo d firrao, ha pro a, sconsigliato i mente versato a uale completo rea , porta il capita 4 (2010); notiz iuele, guaglia foletti, carb no del pross ossimo conve 09. issimo numer rni di sopra il ta la produzi o, con oltre 1 utturale. l’ult 9: ome “donazion ppo con le sole n lmente rapprese no pertanto nece mer school del di partecipazion dotto un sostan il realizzo dei f cui viene detrat alizzo. ale del gruppo ziario 95 ano, boni, simo egno ro di l 9 e ione 1600 timo e” a nostre entate essari prof. ne, un nziale fondi tto il da € fra 96 l’a pun il t 200 il b ten iscr ne son invi l’a pun per del iac ded l’a il p di t iac l’a pun l’a com pun iac pro rac del fer fin co ber fur gu fir fra sus pir pag ge ris ber l’a pun il p t-s gu int no attura ed integrità assemblea de nto 6 all’o.d.g tesoriere ang 09: bilancio 2008 c nendo conto dell ritto alla voce bi el corso dell'ann o stati regolarm itiamo ad appro assemblea de nto 7 all’o.d.g r quanto rigu lla nuova rivis coviello comu dicata ad usti assemblea ap presidente ric trieste. coviello propo assemblea ap nto 8 all’o.d.g assemblea ap mprensiva de nto 9 all’o.d.g coviello comu opone all’ass ccolte le disp lle schede. i r rro nelli osmi retta rgiuele uagliano rrao assine smel rondi ggi entile sultano quind retta, cosmi, assemblea ap nto 10 all’o.d. presidente pro stress in cricc uagliano com ternational co on essendovi à strutturale, 14 ei soci approv g.: relazione de gelo finelli d chiude con entr ll'avanzo di € 9 ilancio del gior o 2008 abbiam mente ottempera ovarlo. ei soci approv g.: indirizzi del uarda le attivit sta frattura ed unica che firr ica. pprova all’una corda la decisi one infine ca pprova all’una g.: previsione fin pprova all’un ella quota iscri g.: rinnovo cari unica la propr emblea l’accla ponibilità, son risultati dello 22 voti 23 voti 21 voti 23 voti 5 voti 8 voti 4 voti 10 voti 16 voti 19 voti 20 voti 12 voti di eletti nel nu ferro, finelli pprova. g.: varie ed ev opone all’ass che sollecitate munica all’ass onference on ulteriori varie 4 (2010); notizi va all’unanimi ei revisori dei c da lettura della rate per € 32.8 93.183,20 dell rnalmastro all'i mo verificato che ati. riteniamo p va all’unanimi ll’attività dell’a tà previste ne d integrità strut rao è disponi animità. ione del con assino come s animità. nanziaria e quo nanimità di la izione esis). iche sociali ria disponibil amazione di i no quindi atti scrutinio son uovo consigli i, gentile, pa ventuali semblea il lav e in modo ii” semblea che mechanical b e ed eventuali iario ità. conti a relazione de 14,00 e uscite la gestione prece inizio dell'anno e la contabilità pertanto che il ità associazione nel el prossimo a tturale, sia in t ibile ad organ nsiglio di pres sede per il pro ota associativa 2 asciare immu . lità per la cari iacoviello l’a ivate dal teso o i seguenti: io di presiden aggi, pirondi, voro di m. za ” per il premio fra il 5 ed behaviour of i, il presidente ei revisori de € 68.179,16. edente, la presen 2009. del gruppo è st l bilancio riflet ll’anno 2010 anno, il presid termini di pub nizzare il 27 g idenza di org ossimo conve 2010 utata la quota ica di presid assemblea ac oriere e dal s nza i seguenti susmel, akeri e c. colo o giovani 200 d il 9 giugno f materials”. l e scioglie l’as ei conti, v.m nte gestione si c tata tenuta rego tta conti sinceri dente sottolin bblicizzazione giugno 2010, ganizzare nel egno naziona a associativa dente igf per clama unanim segretario le p soci: ombo dal tito 07. l’assembl o 2011 il po l’assemblea u ssemblea alle m. sglavo e g chiude con un a olarmente e che i in accordo con nea l’importan e, che di cont in occasione 2010 una scu ale igf (xxi anche per il r il biennio 2 mamente iaco procedure di olo “analisi sp lea approva a olitecnico di unanimamen ore 19.30. g. demelio, c avanzo di € 57 gli adempiment n la realtà dell nza di contri tributi scienti e del trentenn uola estiva pr i) nel 2011. l 2010 (amm 2009-2011. il oviello come p voto, median perimentale s all’unanimità milano org te plaude l’ini on data 30 ap 7.818,04 che è ti fiscali del gr l'associazione e buire al succe fici. nale, una gior resso l’unive montante a 3 presidente f presidente ig nte distribuzi sulla presenza ganizzerà l’ “ iziativa. prile stato ruppo e vi esso rnata rsità 0 €, ferro gf. ione a del “11th ve con la seg ris fer pun si i co em pun il p pun le vic seg rev pro tes pun le il 5 l’or pun il p per ne erbali dei nsiglio di presid riunione ha i guente ordine 1) insedia 2) comun 3) attribu 4) attività 5) modific 6) varie ed sultano prese rro, angelo f nto 1 all’o.d.g insedia il nuo osmi, giusepp mail e telefonic nto 2 all’o.d.g presidente co di aver cont di aver cont igf. nto 3 all’o.d.g cariche socia cepresidenti: s gretario franc visori:franco obiviri:donat soriere: ange nto 4 all’o.d.g seguenti attiv forni di sop bologna 21 donato firr milano 28/ pressure ve trieste  5-7/7 titolo  7-10/ lezion 50% degli ev rganizzazione roma, nove francesco i nto 5 all’o.d.g presidente fa r quanto rigua la durata de il meccanism ella discussion consigli d denza del 9 sett inizio alle ore e del giorno: mento nuovo nicazioni uzione cariche à previste per ca statuto ass d eventuali nti i seguenti finelli, marco g.: insediamento ovo consigli pe ferro, ang ci dei compo g.: comunicazio munica al co tattato donat tattato andre g.: attribuzion ali vengono co stefano beret cesca cosmi o furgiuele, v to firrao, rob elo finelli g.: attività prev vità vengono pra (ud) 7-8/ 1/6/2010 gi rao /6/2010 gior essels and pip /2010, summ o structural in 7/2010 9th y ne del prof. p ventuali utili e a francesca embre 2010 s iacoviello, an g.: modifica sta notare come arda l mandato de mo elettorale, ne del punto s di presiden tembre 2009 e 18.30 del 9 o consiglio di e sociali il 2010 ociazione i consiglieri: paggi, alessa o nuovo consigl io di presiden gelo finelli, d onenti sono ri oni. onsiglio: to firrao per ea carpinteri p e cariche sociali osì attribuite tta, giuseppe (la sede socia vincenzo sglav berto frassine viste per il 2010 approvate all /1/2010 tito iornata igf rnata igf, r ping), titolo: mer school ig ntegrity of thi ysesm yout ezzotti, kyot derivanti da cosmi se il prof. pez ngelo finelli. atuto associazion e negli ultimi el presidente, , in particolar si evidenzia c nza settembre 20 i presidenza francesco ia andro pirond lio di presidenz nza costituito domenico g iportati in all invitare teks per portare le i. all’unanimità e ferro ale andrà trasf vo e, roberto ro 0. l’unanimità: olo workshop c/o museo relatori k.h. structural int gf (con even in structures, th symposium to institute of ysesm 201 zzotti non fos ne. anni si siano che andrebbe re delle delegh che 009 presso il p acoviello (pre di za. o da: frances gentile, marco legato 1. sid a portare l e memorie de : ferita presso i oberti p: frattura e m per la memo . schwalbe, r tegrity for en ntuale patroci 20-25 ore di m on experim f technology 0 verrà elarg sse disponibile o evidenziati g e portato a 4 he. fr politecnico di esidente), ste sco iacoviello o paggi, aless la rivista meta ei convegni c il nuovo segre materiali per oria di ustic r. ainsworth nergy compo inio ssd ing lezione + pro mental solid y, referente fr gito da igf i e a luglio, gio gravi limiti de anni per con rattura ed integri i torino, via fano beretta, o (presidente sandro piron allurgica in pd crack paths in etario) l'ingegneria, ca, data e tito h (chief edito onents, referen g-ind 14 + ova finale, 5 c mechanics, rancesca cosm in forma libe ornata igf c ello statuto d sentire un’azi ità strutturale, 1 duca degli a , francesca c e), stefano b ndi, luca susm df nel sito ig igf integran referente luc olo da confe or di internat nte stefano b + 21) relatore crediti dottora 4/5 invited l mi. erale come fin con titolo da d ell’associazio ione più effic 4 (2010); notiz abruzzi 24, co cosmi, giuse eretta, franc mel. i riferim gf. ndo il sito es ca susmel ermare, refer tional journa beretta e k.h. schwa ato. lecturers o 2 nanziamento definire, refer ne, in partico cace; ziario 97 on il eppe esca menti sis e ente al of albe, h di per renti olare fra 98 pun no il p con la con ris (te pun vie nor ea con ig pun pro pre co il p dop all’ il tele all’a il p me del pun ne pun il p per l’a il n ve il n attura ed integrità è necessario nella diffico newsletter l’eventuale prossimo c nto 6 all’o.d.g on ci sono var presidente sci nsiglio di presid riunione ha i n il seguente o comunicazi attività igf ecf 20 sito e rivista varie ed eve sultano prese esoriere), stef nto 1 all’o.d.g ene letta la re rmativa non as comporta n conseguent gf, considerat nto 2 all’o.d.g summe osegue l’orga esso le associ onvegno. giornat presidente rip po lunga ed appoggio org assemb tesoriere ric ematicamente assemblea. l forni 2 presidente rif eeting ad invi ll’operazione nto 3 all’o.d.g ei prossimi me nto 4 all’o.d.g sito: presidente illu r la digitalizza rivista: attività proseg numero di lu rrà realizzato numero di gen à strutturale, 14 o un dialogo c oltà di convoc costituisca il assemblea str convegno igf g.: varie ed eve rie ed eventua ioglie il consi denza del 18 m inizio alle ore ordine del gi ioni f (anzitutto t a igf entuali nti i seguenti fano beretta, g.: comunicazio elazione del prevede alcun la perdita del te obbligo di to il tipo di op g.: attività igf er school e co anizzazione d azioni di cui ta su ustica. porta al cons d approfondi ganizzativo, la blea dei soci corda al co e la disponibil la data esatta 2011 ferisce la prop ito in collabo con le due ca g.: ecf 20 esi verrà anali g. sito e rivista ustra gli acco azione dei lav gue regolare. uglio vedrà i c un numero s nnaio conterr 4 (2010); notizi che coinvolga care un’assem mezzo miglio raordinaria pe f 2011. entuali. ali. iglio alle ore 1 marzo 2010 e 11.00 del gi iorno: trieste) i consiglieri: giuseppe fe oni commercialis na possibilità lle agevolazio redazione d peratività dell f onvegno yse degli eventi. i fanno parte. siglio le nuov ita discussion asciando il ruo onsiglio la ne lità di tutti i c dell’assembl posta di susm orazione con ase editrici in lizzata la poss igf rdi in corso c vori. contributi di a speciale per g rà le memorie iario a il maggior n mblea straordi ore attraverso er la modifica 19.45. iorno 18 mar francesco ia erro. sta in merito à di proroga o oni fiscali relat degli adempim l'ente, non si esm trieste 2 i membri del verranno or ve condizioni ne, ritiene o olo organizza ecessità di o consiglieri (an lea verrà com mel per un nu n due case ed questione, su sibilità di cand con teksid, a alcuni membr giovani autori e selezionate a numero possib inaria in autun o il quale avvi a potrebbe te rzo 2010 la se acoviello (pre agli obblighi o di ravvedim tive detassazi menti obbliga i vedono part 2010. l cdp sono i rganizzate du i offerte per opportuno lim ativo ad altre organizzare l nche di quelli munque defini uovo evento a ditrici interna upportato in q didare l’italia. associazione ri del consigli in ottobre, c al 9th ysesm bile di soci; nno 2010 dat are un confro enersi appena ede di metallu esidente), fra i cui non è s mento in sana ione delle quo atori previsti ticolari proble invitati a con ue cene sociali l’organizzazi mitare il co associazioni/ l’annuale ass i assenti) ad o ita entro la fin a forni di so azionali. il pr questo da sus . vengono pr italiana di m io di presiden on un lavoro m. to il fitto cale onto aperto e a prima di que urgia dell’uni ancesca cosm stato possibil atoria. l'omes ote associativ per le societ emi. ntribuire alla i, una in occa ione della gio ntributo dell /enti. semblea dei organizzare u ne di maggio opra nel 2011 residente si f smel. il consi roposte divers metallurgia ed nza igf. introduttivo ndario di imp e democratico ella ordinaria iversità di ro mi (segretario le adempiere. ssa presentazi ve e dei contri à commercia pubblicizzazi asione della s ornata su ust l’igf al sol soci. dopo una giornata 2010. . tale evento fa carico di d iglio approva se sedi. icf e l’imp di james. pegni, si ritien o; a in occasione oma la sapie o), angelo fi . al moment ione del mod ibuti istituzio ali. nel caso ione degli ev scuola, una p tica. il consig lo patrocinio o aver verifi igf da assoc o consisterà in definire i det a all’unanimità pegno necess ne la e del enza, nelli to la dello nali, dell’ venti per il glio, o ed cato ciare n un ttagli à. sario pun no il p con la seg 1) c 2) c 3) f 4) c 5) e 6) m 7) g 8) v ri (te ap ale pun a nor par com co sot ma il p isi del pun l'a ore di pun sus pre lim l'in (pe atti luc pun il p di l mo sar avr pun a p per icf on mo nto 5 all’o.d.g on vi sono va presidente sci nsiglio di presid riunione ha i guente ordine comunicazio convocazion forni 2011 cassino 2011 esis ed icf modifica stat gestione inve varie ed even isultano prese esoriere), luc pprovano il p essandro piro nto 1 all’o.d.g seguito di un rma di statu rticolarmente mposizione s onsiglio ha ap ttolinea l’imp ancanza del nu presidente inf i della rivista. l consiglio sc nto 2 all’o.d.g assemblea dei e 11.15 in sec iem, in viale nto 3 all’o.d.g smel relazion evede la parte mitato di prese nizio di genna enna) e nel si ività svolta da ca susmel ver nto 4 all’o.d.g prossimo con lunedì 13 giu odifica dello s ranno i prof. j rà luogo mart nto 5 all’o.d.g proposito del r quanto rigu f prof. alber line. conside oderno sito w g.: varie ed eve arie ed eventu ioglie il consi denza del 7 lug inizio alle ore e del giorno: oni ne assemblea d tuto estimenti ntuali enti i seguent ca susmel. presente verb ondi. g.: comunicazio na serie di in uto per il co urgenti, il statutaria, con pprovato via portanza della umero legale forma il cons . a questo sc cientifico. il p g.: convocazion soci 2010 vie conda convoc del risorgim g.: forni di sop na in merito ecipazione di entazioni ed a aio. saranno to web. inolt all'igf. rificherà inolt g. cassino 201 nvegno nazio ugno e sarà se statuto. il gio j.j. marigo d tedì 14 giugno g. esis ed icf lle attività esi uarda l’icf, il rto carpinteri erata l’esperie web. l’igf, n entuali. uali. iglio alle ore 1 glio 2010 e 15.00 del gio dei soci ti consiglieri: ale per via in oni nconvenienti, onsiglio di p presidente h nsiderando la a mail o tele a presenza e non abbia pi siglio che, in copo saranno presidente si i ne assemblea dei ene convocat cazione. l’as mento, 2 (faco pra 2011 all’organizzaz i 50 invitati. ampie possib effettuate le tre, le due riv tre la possibil 1 onale igf si eguita dall'ass orno 14 giugn di paris vi ed o (in serata). i f is non ci son l presidente i i, finalizzata a enza igf, ino nella persona 13.00. orno 7 luglio francesco ia nformatica: s il 6 luglio è presidenza de ha proposto a riunione de fonicamente e della partec iù a ripetersi. qualità di dir o necessarie a incaricherà de i soci ta a bologna i semblea si sv oltà di ingegn zione del joi la struttura ilità di discus videoregistra viste pubblich lità di tenere u terrà a cassin emblea strao no le session d il prof. w. n i lavori prose no novità. informa il co alla digitalizza oltre, l’igf ha a del presiden 2010 presso acoviello (pre stefano beret risultato evi el 7 luglio. c via mail all’ el 7 luglio co la procedura cipazione ai rettore della r alcune modifi ell’attivazione in data 29 ott volgerà presso neria). int meeting d del meeting ssione. la sca azioni dell’eve heranno uno un meeting b no dal 13 al 1 rdinaria dei s ni avranno ini nicodemi del eguiranno mer onsiglio che azione dell’int a offerto all’i nte, come per fr l'edificio h3 esidente), fra tta, giuseppe idente l’impo considerata l ’intero cons ome istruttor a straordinar consigli di p rivista igf, h iche organizz e delle proced tobre 2010 all o l’università di int. journa sarà quella d adenza per l'a ento e la pub special issue ilaterale italia 15 giugno. la soci convocat izio con due l politecnico rcoledì 15 giu è in corso un tero patrimon cf la propria raltro già not rattura ed integri dell'universi ancesca cosm e ferro, dom ossibilità di ra la necessità d siglio di dero ria ai fini di ria all’unanim presidenza, a ha attivato la p zative, fra cui dure. le ore 11.00 i à di bologna, al of fatigue di un worksh adesione è il 7 bblicazione d e con una pag a/irlanda nel a prima sessio ta con un sol memorie inv di milano. l ugno, per con na stretta col nio culturale a collaborazio to al consigli ità strutturale, 1 ità degli studi mi (segretario menico genti aggiungere il di deliberare ogare in via una approva mità. il presid auspicando v procedura pe una differen n prima conv , al terzo pian e e fatigue an hop ad inviti 7/11 e per l'in degli atti su s gina di apertu mese di gen one avrà inizio lo punto all’o vitate. il relat l’assemblea o ncludersi all’o llaborazione c icf ed alla s one per la pub io, sta proced 4 (2010); notiz i di trieste co o), angelo fi ile, marco pa numero lega su alcuni p eccezionale azione on-lin dente comun vivamente ch er l’indicizzazi nte composizi vocazione, ed no della sede nd fracture, con un num nvio degli arti supporto dig ura contenent nnaio 2011. o nel pomerig ordine del gio tori da contat ordinaria dei ra di pranzo. con il presid ua pubblicazi bblicazione d dendo con m ziario 99 on il nelli aggi, ale a punti alla e. il nque he la ione ione d alle e del che mero icoli gitale te le ggio orno: ttare soci ente ione di un mezzi fra 100 pro con pun il p di v def il p si p pro pun il t imp con car pun il p co il p re wo sito in due num con stru riv la por stat del attura ed integrità 0 opri alla digita nsiste nella po nto 6 all’o.d.g presidente ria vita. in partic finizione delle presidente co procederà ad oposto all’ass nto 7 all’o.d.g tesoriere illu possibilità di nsigliano una ratterizzato da nto 8 all’o.d.g presidente inf atti del atti del la rivis crapan la rivis onsiderando tu presidente sci esoconto d orkshop, scuola una session una session il worksho la scuola e il convegno luglio 2010) o igf quest’ultimo emilacinquece mero di acce ntenuti del s utturale”). vista igf “fra rivista è arri rtfolio pdf e ta attivata la lla rivista, iden à strutturale, 14 alizzazione, n ossibilità di ar g. modifica dell assume le line colare vengon e responsabili nta di poter i d una prima semblea strao g. gestione inve ustra al consi intervenire c a gestione pa a una maggio g. varie ed even forma che il s l convegno ic l convegno ic sta “la metal zano e walte sta metallurgic utti i contribu ioglie il consi delle atti a estiva e conv ne all’interno ne all’interno p igf a forn stiva igf, giu o ysesm 20 ). anno sono a ento, mentre esi è costante sito fra le pr attura ed integri ivata al nume versione sfog procedura pe ntificando un 4 (2010); notizi nelle more de rricchire note lo statuto ee guida che v no sottolineat ità. inviare al con discussione ordinaria dei s estimenti iglio la situaz con la necess articolarment ore sicurezza r ntuali. sito web ha vi cf xi (torin cmff9 (parm llurgia italian er nicodemi cal science an uti, l’archivio iglio alle ore 1 ivita’ igf vegni del convegno del convegno ni di sopra da unta alla secon 010, youth sym aumentati not e, per quanto mente in cre rime dieci ri ità strutturale” ero 14 (ottob gliabile. da s er l’indicizzaz n vice-diretto iario ella stipula di evolmente il n verranno segu te le difficoltà nsiglio una pr informale. s soci del 13 gi zione attuale saria rapidità, te prudente. rispetto all’att isto negli ultim no 2005). si ri ma 2009). si r na” dal 2000 nd technolog igf supera a 17.00. 2009-2010 o aias (tori o aipnd (ro al titolo proble nda edizione mposium on ex tevolemente i o riguarda i v escita, sia dall isposte per m ” bre 2010), ed segnalare che zione isi (dur ore (luca sus un accordo f numero di lav uite per aggio à nella gestio rima proposta successivamen iugno 2011. degli investi , insieme ad il consiglio tuale e di sott mi mesi impo ngrazia per il ringrazia per i (in corso di i gy (in corso d al momento i no 2009); oma 2009); ematiche di frat (trieste, 5-7 l xperimental sol i contenuti d video disponi l’italia che da molte chiavi d è disponibi diversi autor rata, almeno n smel), un edit fra le due asso vori già dispon rnare lo statu ne del patrim a entro la pro nte si proced imenti. i pro una situazion incarica il t toporlo al cdp ortanti inserim l contributo a il contributo a inserimento). di inserimento i 2500 lavori d ttura nei materia luglio 2010); lid mechanics, el sito. i lavo ibili in stream all’estero, ed di ricerca ( ile on line se ri non sono s nove mesi). e torial advisory ociazioni. il p nibili nell’arch uto igf, orm monio igf e ossima assem derà ad elabo blemi legati ne di mercato tesoriere di p. menti: alberto carpi andrea carpi si ringrazian o). si ringrazia disponibili on ali per l’ingegne giunto alla su ori disponibili ming, ci si sta i principali m (ad esempio, econdo tre di soci igf, ed e’ stata riorga board ed un j principale van hivio igf. mai arrivato al e la necessità mblea dei soci, orare il docu allo statuto e o particolarm identificare interi. interi. no per il cont a per il contri n-line. eria (7-9 genn ua nona edizio i e reperibili i a avvicinando motori di rice “frattura” o ifferenti form altri ancora anizzata la str journal review ntaggio per l’i trentesimo a di una più ch , durante la q umento che e la consegu mente complic un investime tributo vince ibuto la teksi naio 2010); one (trieste 7 in pdf sono o o ai duecento erca inserisco oppure “integ mati: singolo sono stranier ruttura gestio w board. igf anno hiara quale sarà ente cata, ento enzo id. 7-10 oltre o. il no i grità pdf, ri. è onale pr re es min pre (at ag 1) t 2) e 3) s 4) n tc tc spe es ac in t els agr spe a g rec pro tc fro nex th wo es ac (a) (b) rossime att esoconti d sis – tc2 “m nutes of the t esent: prof. j t), prof. j. m genda: tc2 – state o esis/elsevie special issues next tc2 me c2 state of th c2 is one of t ecial issues of sis/elsevier ag cording to in the next year sevier journal reement shou ecial issues and general agreem ceipt of 4 000 omised to the c2 workshops om esis. ext tc2 meeting he next meetin orkshop in be sis tc3 “fa tivities durin professor professor l vicenza (6 professor b les p. poo the interna at the inter tivita’ igf assembl bologn convoc diem, xxi co cassino cassino delle attiv micromechanis tc2 esis me . pokluda (c marrow (uk), of the art er agreement s and other fu eetings he art the best work f engineering greement nformation re rs. the only t ls. this mean uld be re-cons other future out ment was me 0 euro as a e tc2 chairm s. the guest e ngs ng will be he erlin next year atigue of engi ng 2009-2010 bruno atzo les p. pook 0 km from v bruno atzori ok (london) a ational journa rnational con f lea dei soci 201 na, 29 ottobr cazione. l’ass , in viale del r onvegno nazion o 13 – 15 giu o, via g. di b vita’ tc-e sms” eting, brno, j cz), prof. i. d dr. k. slame uture outputs king tc´s in g fracture me ceived from p think actually ns that additio sidered or a n tputs et in the decis part of 10 0 man from the editorial is to eld during the r. prof. marro ineering mater 0 ori (padua), p (london): ch venice), italy, i (padua), pro and professor al “engineerin nference on “ 10 re 2010 alle semblea si svo risorgimento nale igf ugno 2011, p biasio 43, cas esis 2009-10 june 29, 2010 dlouh•• (cz) ecka (cz). the frame o echanics (aug prof. stefano y remaining u onal financial new, more fav sion that furth 000 euro es e esis exco oo hard work e ecf18 in d ow will consid rials and stru professor an hairmen of th , 23rd to 25th ofessor andr r andrea spa ng fracture m “crack paths ore 11.00 in olgerà presso o, 2 (facoltà d presso l’aula sino (fr). 0 0 ), dr. b. fed f esis. ther gust 2008 and o beretta, the unchanged is l resources sh vourable, pub her productio is income fr o in order to to be done w dresden in a der an arrang uctures” ndrea carpin he 3rd interna h september, rea carpinteri agnoli (parma mechanics”, v (cp 2009)”, h fr n prima conv o l’università di ingegneria) magna della delich (ge), p re are regular d january 2010 elsevier sup 5000 euro f hould be sear blishing hous on of special i rom elsevier enable a sup without a clea august 2010. gement of a t nteri (parma) ational confer 2009. i (parma), pr a): guest edit vol.77, 2010, held in vicen rattura ed integri vocazione, ed di bologna, ). a facoltà di prof. j. janov r meetings an 0) devoted to port for esis for each speci rched for. ne e should be f issues or stp r for two spe pport for you ar backgroun dr. fedelich tc2 workshop , professor rence on “cr rofessor paolo tors of a spec with papers s nza, italy, 23rd ità strutturale, 1 d alle ore 11 al terzo pian ingegneria d vec (svk), d nd workshops o tc2 were p s will be subs ial issue publ evertheless, th found. p´s will be sus ecial issues. t ung scientists nd and an app h promised to p in oxford, u paolo lazza rack paths (cp o lazzarin (p cial issue on “ selected from d to 25th sep 4 (2010); notiz 1.15 in secon no della sede dell’università dr. v. kozhu s each year. t ublished. stantially redu lished in sele he esis/else spended until this amount to participat propriate supp o organize a t uk, in 2012. arin (padua) p 2009)”, hel padua), profe “crack paths m those presen ptember, 2009 ziario 101 nda del à di usko two uced cted evier l the was te at port tc2 and ld in essor s” of nted 9. fra 102 (c) (d) (e) (f) am or es com es adh for co (les tec con th in en live act th aim sho (b.b attura ed integrità 2 professor (darmstad in parma, i professor (darmstad fatigue”, v fatigue and professor guest edi mechanics fatigue and professor e approach t the main o 1. develop strain en 2. develop frequen 3. improv subjecte mong the mos 1. karolcz techno 2. rozum univers rganization of 1. the 6th (poland 2. the xv (poland sis tc4 "poly mmittee meeting is tc4 cont hesives and to rward meetin 22nd-24th se 18th-20th m 11th-15th se 15th-16th se ommittee me sdiablerets@e chnical comm nferences he 5th esis t les diablere ngineering fra e in july 2010 ctive work areas he following a m that these w ould either co blackman@im à strutturale, 14 andrea carp t): chairmen italy, 7th to 9 andrea carp t): guest ed vol.33, 2011, d fracture (ic andrea carp itors of a sp ”, vol.78, 20 d fracture (ic ewald macha to multiaxial f objectives of pment of new nergy density pment of a s ncy domain. vement of pr ed to multiax st important r zuk a., nonology, opole 2 ek d., mixed sity of techn f two internat h internationa d). v internationa d). lymers and p gs tinues to me o organise an ng dates for th ept 2010 (tc may 2011 (tc4 ept 2011 (6th i ept 2011 (tc eetings are eurotel-victor mittee secretary tc4 internatio ets, switzerla acture mecha 0. see www.tc s are active wor will become fu ontact the w mperial.ac.uk) 4 (2010); notizi pinteri (parm of the 9th in 9th june, 2010 pinteri (parm ditors of a s , with papers cmff9), to b pinteri (parm pecial issue 011, with pap cmff9), to b a (chairman o fatigue using the project ar w procedures y parameter at spectral meth rocedures of ial service loa results, public -local method 2009, 152 pag d mode fatig ology, opole tional confer al conferenc al colloquium polymer compo et twice a ye international he committee c4 committee 4 committee international 4 committee open to a ria.ch) to ma ry, bamber bl onal confere and. selecte anics, 76 (18) c4pca.elsevier rk areas, in w ull iso stand work area co) for further d iario ma), professo nternational c 0. ma), professo special issue s selected fro be held in par ma), professor on “multiax ers selected f be held in par of the esis t the critical pl re: s for accurate t the strength hod for fatigu f fatigue dam ading by calcu cation of hab ds in fatigue ges. gue cracks o e 2009, 152 pa rences: ce on mecha m on mechan osites" ear to develo l confernece e, all to be hel e meeting) e meeting) l esis tc4 co e meeting) all. please ake room bo lackman (b.bl nce on the f ed papers fro december 2 r.com which the tech dands in due c ordinator (se details. or les p. p conference on or les p. p on “multiax om those pre rma, italy, 7th r les p. poo xial fracture” from those p rma, italy, 7th tc 3.1 sub-c lane. stage 4” e determinatio h test stand. ue life assess mage map de ulations with ilitation disse e calculation, f constructio ages. atronic system nical fatigue o op fracture m every three ye ld in les diab onference) contact th ookings. an lackman@im fracture of po om this con 009. the ‘ca hnical comm course. anyo ee below) or pook (londo n multiaxial f pook (londo xial fatigue m esented at th h to 9th june, ok (london) ” of the inte presented at th h to 9th june, committee “m ”. on of fatigue ment of mat etermination fem or bem ertations: studies and onal material ms and mate of metals (xv mechanics tes ears. berets, switze he eurotel n agenda for perial.ac.uk). olymers, com ference have all for papers’ mittee are deve one wishing t the committ n) and prof fatigue and f n) and prof models” of t he internation , 2010. and profess ernational jo he internatio , 2010. multiaxial fati characteristic terials under for machine m and spectra monographs s, studies and erials (msm v-icmfm), 1 st methods fo erland are: victoria in r the meeting mposites and a e been publi ’ for the 6th i eloping esis to get involve tee technical fessor cetin fracture (icm fessor cetin the “internat nal conferen or andrea s ournal “engin onal conferen igue”): projec cs of material multiaxial ran e component al methods. s z. 241, opo d monograph 2010), 5-8 j 13-15 septem or polymers, les diabl g can be ob adhesives to ished as a sp international s tc4 test pr ed in these ex secretary, ba morris son mff9), to be h morris son tional journa nce on multia pagnoli (parm neering frac nce on multia ct “energy-ba ls with contro ndom loadin ts and struct ole universit hs z. 241, op uly 2010, op mber 2010, op composites erets via em btained from ook place in 2 pecial edition conference w rotocols with xciting work a amber blackm sino held sino al of axial ma): cture axial ased olled ng in tures ty of pole pole pole and mail the 2008 n of went h the areas man 1. p fol in loa pro 2. c fol 135 cur polymers: llowing the su short fibre c ading (iso 17 otocols in the 1.1 work are the commit criteria for k multi-specim adhesives an measure the modified tes 1.2 work are the commit published in composites, insufficiently poor reprodu 1.3 work are the commit cutting techn specimen via by measuring been comple 1.4 work leonardo.cas the commit various hosti and will perm round-robin composites: llowing the su 586-2) and fo rrently develo 2.1 work andrea.pavan the commit rate (iso 1 committe fo include the i and fibre ori 2.2 work andreas.brun the commit engineering fabrics and completed. 2.3 work i.horsfall@cr the commit rates (iso measuremen uccessful dev omposites (i 7281) and un e following ar ea: jc testing; ttee aims to d kc and gc. men techniqu nd composit crack growt t and analysis ea: essential ttee aims to n 2001 (esis , elsevier 20 y reproducibl ucibility in th ea: determina ttee aims to d nique. a test a orthogonal g forces in tw eted and a sec k area: stellani@polim ttee aims to d ile environme mit different testing is due uccessful dev or delaminati oping test pro area: short n@polimi.it) ttee aims to e 3586-2) to fa or determining dentification ientation effec area: dela nner@empa.c ttee aims to laminates wh through-thic area: dela ranfield.ac.uk ttee aims to e 15024) to hi nt of accurate velopment of so 13586-2) nder tension-t reas: co-ordinator develop a tes a protocol w ue (esis pub tes, elsevier th in the test. s schemes un work of fract develop a p publication 2 01) but in th le to warrant he results via r ation of gc v evelop an alte protocol has cutting at a c wo directions, cond is now u environmen merieuropa.co develop a test ents. the act test environm e to commen velopment of ion resistance otocols in the t fibre com extend the te aster rates (ci g kc and gc and teatmen cts. amination o ch) extend the te here other fib ckness (3d) amination o k) extend the tes igher rates ( e and reliable standards for and of the tension fatigu r: francesco b st protocol to was develope blication 28, 2001). the . developme der considera ture; co-ordi plane stress f 28, chapter 2 he view of t t standardisati round-robin s via cutting; c ernative techn s been develo constant spee , in the directi undeway with nal stress om) t protocol to tivity started ments to be nce. standards fo e of unidirec following are mposites at echniques dev irca 1m/s). c in bulk poly t of ‘pop-in’ of ud and echniques de bre orientatio reinforceme of ud lam st developed (circa 1m/s). test data and r slow rate k develoment o ue loading (is baldi (email: o characterise ed by the com chapter 2, major limitin ent of the tes ation. inator: marta fracture test 2, fracture m the committe tion within is studies and ad co-ordinator: nique for the oped in which ed (eng frac ion of cutting hin the comm cracking; o determine th in 2010. the studied. an r slow rate k ctional lamina eas: high laodi veloped to de such develop ymers at highe failure, the m d cross-ply eveloped to d ons are typic ents. round minates at for the deter the challe d the treatme fr kc and gc det of a test stan so 15850), t baldi@ing.un e toughness i mmittee mem fracture m ng factor has t method is rink (email: for polymeri mechanics tes ee, the result so. the com dditional exp gordon will determinatio h a tool is used ct mech 76, (1 g and transve mittee. co-ordina he sensitivity test adopted initial esis t kc and gc det ates in mode ing rates; c etermine kc pment will bu er rates (iso mitigation of d laminates; determine gi ally used. t d-robins on high rates rmination of enges include ent of kinetic rattura ed integri termination in ndard for the the committe nibs.it) in polymers w mbers hale an mechanics tes s proved to b still underwa marta.rink@p ic films. a ting methods s produced b mmittee is in erimental and liams (email: on of gc in to d to remove a 18) p.2711-27 erse to this dir ator: leon of different d will follow a tc4 protoco termination in e i (iso 150 co-ordinator and gc of sh uild upon th 17281). tech dynamic effec co-ordinato ic via delami these can inc various diffe , co-ordina delamination e the mitigat c energy efect ità strutturale, 1 n polymers (i ese properties ee is currently which fail th nd ramsteine sting method be the difficu ay within the polimi.it) version of t s for polymer by this meth nvestigating th d theoretical c g.williams@i ough, ductile a thin layer o 730, 2009). g rection. one nardo cas polymes to s a fracture mec ol has been d n short fibre 024: 2000), t r: andrea hort fibre co e tecniques d hnical issues cts and specim or: andy b ination in ud clude cross-pl erent compo ator: ian h n resistance a tion of dyna ts. a protoco 4 (2010); notiz so 13586-1) s at high rate y developing he lefm vali er, based upo ds for polym ulty to accura committee, w the protocol rs adhesives hod are curre he origins of contributions imperial.ac.uk polymers usi f polymer fro gc is determi e round-robin stellani (em stress crackin chanics appro development, composites ( the committe pavan (em mposites at s developed by being addre men manufac brunner (em d composite ly layups, wo osites have b horsfall (em at quasi-static amic effects, ol was drafted ziario 103 and es of test idity on a mers ately with was and ently f the s. k) ng a om a ined n has mail: ng in oach and (iso ee is mail: slow y the ssed cture mail: es to oven been mail: test the d by fra 104 3. a es a s pas sho du ma es 20 fol gro the ma tec cra ka sin wit ass in elab thr lead no sui com and attura ed integrità 4 bamber blac round robin 2.4 work are the commi delamination applied crac completed, a adhesives: 3.1 work are the commit structural ad mode i fract standard in developmen ratio mixedconditions. 3.2 work are the commit a flexible lay made of ‘ho difficult it is packaging la structural ad arm. an es polymers ad prepared for sis tc8 “ n special issue st year tc8 d ould be discu uring ecf in aterial modelli sis tc10 “ e years esis t llowing a kic oup was form e areas of fra aterials. the chniques and acking). in 19 arpenko physi nce then, tc th contributio sessment; dam the past, the boration of f rough the gra d to the intro ow, tc 10 ta ted. knowle mplex technic d working pa à strutturale, 14 ckman and a is planned in ea: delaminat ttee aims to n fatigue. th ck opening d and a second ea: fracture o ttee aims to d dhesive joints ture is now c 2009 (iso 2 t of a mode i mode (frmm ea: peel testin ttee aims to d yer by peeling w well a sub to peel the aminates and dhesives. the sis test pro dhesives and r submission t numerical meth about the fis did not achie ssed in the ne n dresden pr ing. environmenta tc10 on env ck-off works mally establish acture mecha work has alw their applica 995, a sub-com ico-mechanic 10 and its sub ons typically a mage mechani work of tc fracture contr ant of two res oduction of a akes up new dge managem cal problems arties (comm 4 (2010); notizi a round-robin n the near futu tion fatigue in o develop a he quasi-stati displacement. round robin of structural a develop linear under modes complete follo 25217: 2009). ii test using m) test. the ng of flexible develop test p g. the centra strate is bond substrate.’ in more recen e major challe otocol is avail d composites to iso. hods" t meeting of eved much p ext meeting. rof. yuan ha ally assisted c vironmentally shop at gks hed as esis t anics as a m ways been st ation to prob mmittee on “ cal institute o b-committee addressing m isms and thei c 10 was focu rol guidelines search projec new iso stan eac related ment in the are new cha munities of pr iario n using a ud ure. n ud laminat test protoco ic test protoc . a first ro is now under adhesive joint r elastic fractu s i, ii and mi owing the pu the curren the calibrated re is a future laminates; co protocols to d al goal has be ded’ as oppo nitial round r nt activity has enge here is t lable esis pu s, elsevier 20 the re-launch rogress in ro as organized cracking” and y-assisted cra ss in 1990 rel tc 10 in 1991 method of fa trongly relate lems of eac “hydrogen d of the nationa have jointly materials prope ir prevention; used on the d s for controll cts which invo ndard on acce d tasks for w area of env allenges, and ractice) and th d carbon fib tes; co-ordin ol to measur col (iso 150 ound robin u rway. ts; co-ordiona ure mechanics ixed i/ii load ublication of nt round robi d end-loaded e goal to exten o-ordinator: n determine the een to develo sed to the m robins focuss s been direct to accurately ublication 28 001, and a m hed tc8 has ound-robin on a meeting fo d subcommittee acking ated to the to 1. the main o ilure assessm ed to the de c, with main degradation” al academy o organised a n erties under e ; corrosion m development ling eac. th olved more th elerated eac which the ope vironmental d the participat he formation bre peek co ator: gerald p e the fatigue 24) has been using a carb ator: bamber s (lefm) tes ding regimes. a british stan in activities in split (c-els nd the lefm neal murphy e adhesive fra op geometry i much more co sed on the m ted towards account for t 8, chapter 3, more fully dev just been pub n cohesive m or tc8 as we e on "hydroge opic of "envi objective of t ment, and of evelopment o emphasis on was founded of sciences of number of suc environmenta management. of innovative he work was han 30 europ c testing. en and versat degradation o tion in existin n of new netw omposite has pinter (email: e resistance n modified fo on fibre rein r blackman (b st standards f the develop ndard in 2001 n the commi s) test and in m tests to hig (email: neal.m acture toughn independent ommonly mea measurement o the peeling o the energy di fracture me veloped versi blished onto model. a maj ell as a work en degradation ironmentally tc10 was to environmen of fracture m n monotonic d following an f ukraine. ccessful techn al degradation e methods fo supported b pean laborato tile structure of metallic m ng networks works will pla been compl : pinter@unil of composit or fatigue loa nforced com b.blackman@ for the determ pment of the 1 (bs 7991:2 ittee are direc mixed-mode gh rates and t murphy@ucd ness, ga, for t tests where a asured peel st of adhesion b of metallic la issipated plast echanics test ion of this is eng. fract. m or problem i kshop for mi n" assisted crac merge resear ntal degradati mechanics tes loading (i.e., n initiative of nical meeting n; inspection or testing of by the europ ories and rese of the group materials and such as techn ay an importa leted. a sec leoben.ac.at) tes to failure ading at cons mposite has b @imperial.ac.u mination of g test protocol 001) and an cted towards e using the fix to fatigue load d.ie) the debondin a measuremen trength, i.e. ‘h between layer ayers bonded tically in the ting methods s currently b mechanics. in is funding wh icroand ma cking", eac, rch experienc ion/corrosion t and evalua stress corro f members of gs and worksh and control; eac and on ean commis earch groups p appears ide the solution nical associati ant role in fut cond e by stant been uk) gc in l for iso the xedding ng of nt is how rs in d by peel s for eing n the hich acro, the ce in n of ation sion f the hops risk n the sion and eally n of ions ture. on scie ind ap we tc org for en sym es at ch vic tre sec in lin (ep pet uk (in uk th of t 1. i th act fur 2. g 2.1 th wh the 2.2 du co th by sta to t ne example is entists and e dustry needs i part from this re the 4th internati ukraine, in c 11th polish-u 12th quadren conference c10 was also ganized in the r the forthco nhanced effe mposium. sis tc11 " h the agm he hairman ce chairman easurer cretary addition the ncoln,uk), m pri, usa), m tten, nl), dr k), mr p. m nstron, hi k), mr mike s he following a tc11 activiti introduction he committee tivity continue rther informa general activit 1 european stru he high temp hilst retaining e activities of 2 conferences an uring 2009-10 ommittee effo he first of the phil jones an ff from serco their hard wo s the “medite engineers with in the mediter s, tc10 conti ional confere combination w ukrainian-ge nnial internat "wear pro o strongly inv e frame of na oming 18th e ects" compris high tempera eld at serco dr hellmu (bam, ge mr larry c dr peter b (doosan b mr malcol (npl, ted following we mr colin austi mr carl barr r stuart hold mccarthy (co igh wycomb spindler (brit are extracts fr ies during 200 e has continu es and plans d ation about th ties ructural integrity perature mech its status as the htmtc nd seminars 0 no formal co ort during 200 se will be a m nd mike lyn o assurance, ork. erranean net h expertise in rranean coun inued to supp ence "fractu with the rman summe tional confer ocesses 20 volved in th ato “scienc european co sing a total ature mechanic o, risley, uk uth klingelhö ermany) candler (exo barnard babcock, tipt lm s loveday ddington, uk ere elected to tin (serco a rett (ukas, dsworth (emp onsultant, cr be, uk), prof tish energy, g rom the outgo 09: ued to be ac developed fo he htmtc m ty society hanical testin a uk charity c have been p onferences or 09-10 has focu meeting on h ch, to be hel have put sign twork on co n corrosion, ntries. port and co-s ure mechanic er school on rence on frac 009", 19-20 n he workshop ce for peace” onference on of six sessio ical testing" on tuesday 2 öffer va, uk) ton, uk) y k) o the main co assurance, ri feltham, uk pa, zurich, s rawley, uk), f. kamran ni gloucester, u oing chairma tive througho r future activ may be found ng committe y and a com ublished in th r seminars we ussed upon e high tempera d on 20th an nificant effor orrosion and environment sponsor eac cs of materia fracture mec cture, icf12, j november 200 p "integrity o in biskra, alg fracture tc ons, and wil 20th april 20 ommittee : m isley, uk), pr k), mr. s. co switzerland), , dr p. mor ikbin (imperi uk). an’s report, p out the past vities / meetin d on the webee (htmtc) mpany limited he esis new ere held. events for the ature mechan nd 21st april rt into its org fr integrity” in tally assisted c related con als and struc chanics, 23 2 july 12-17, 20 09 in szczecin of pipelines geria, april 2 c10 has orga ll hold a tec 010 the follow miss kate ab rof. martin ba ollins (inco mr phil jone rris (corus rial college, l prepared by m year. two ngs of the com site at www.h operates as t d by guarant wsletter. e next two yea nical testing i 2010. the s ganisation and rattura ed integri nitiated by tc cracking and ferences and ctural integrit 27 june 2009 009, in ottaw n-świnoujście transporting 6-29 2010. anised a symp chnical meeti wing officers bott (siemen ache (univ. s o, hereford, u es (alstom po s, rotherham london, uk) mr paul mcc meetings hav mmittee. htmtc.com technical com tee. contact ars. in controlled steering group d the success ità strutturale, 1 c10 and aime d material sci workshops. ty", 23 -27 j , in lviv, ukr wa, canada. e, poland. g hydrocarb posium on " ing in conju were elected ns industrial t swansea, uk) uk), dr. p ower turbom, uk), mr ) mr owen o carthy, which ve been held mmittee 11 (t with esis ha d environmen p, plus organ of this work 4 (2010); notiz ed at connec ience to supp the most re june 2009, l raine. ons" which "environmen nction with : turbomachin ), prof. b. do hähner (ie-j -systems, ru i. mcenteg o’grady (ex gives a summ d, working gr tc11) of e as continued nts, co-ordin nisational supp kshop will be ziario 105 cting port cent lviv, was ntally this nery, ogan jrc ugby, ggart ova, mary roup esis, and ated port due fra 106 th me ber a t in me me 2.3 pub the 2.4 du a th t s t n th 2.5 2.5 th em min 3. c th res as our of dev attura ed integrità 6 he second ev echanical fati rlin,germany third event, ad n addition to eetings outsid echanical testi 3 publications blications by e htmtc um 4 working gro uring the year although the he past year, the subject h tand). the temperat novel tempera hermal fixed p the miniatu appropriate the crack work in this a) the colla ‘code of b) vamas held in co c) the eu p 5 related activi members o committees testing (dr standards (d involved bo proceeding the germa mirrored th committee i fatigue stan voting right regime but projects in t 5 main commit he main comm mpa, dubend nutes and anc conclusion he committee ulting in the in 2008/9, th r remit to ma practice issu velopments in à strutturale, 14 vent, co-ordin igue, to be he y,see www.tm ddressing qu the above, i de the htmt ing. the commit mbrella have p oups r the following testing of w its code of has also been ture measurem ature measure points. work ure testing g e, will expand initiation gr s area within a aboration in v practice for c twa31 –w onjunction wi project ‘cre ities of the comm during the y r. klingelhöf dr. klingelh oth mr. lov (mr mccarth an standard c he iso tc16 intends to be dard commit ts on the iso according to the fatigue reg ttee meetings mittee met tw dorf, switzerl cillary papers e continues to development he latter item aintain testing ued by the c n technology 4 (2010); notizi nated by dr. eld on 12th an mf-workshop. uality assuran individual me tc umbrella, ttee during th progressed to g working g weldments w practice on n taken up b ment workin ement techni k on developin group is main its activities. roup, under t astm, vam vamas tw creep/fatigu weldments is ith welds 200 eete’ has bee mittee have c year. work h ffer, dr häh öffer, mr lo veday and m hy, mr loved ommittee on 64 sc5 comm e active in al ttee activated o scale. it can european re gime. but we wice during 2 land; the seco from these m o operate as t of new testin m has involved g methods for committee h and operatio iario . hellmuth k nd 13th may .bam.de nce issues for embers have and have be he year have o the publicati group activity working grou testing of w by internatio ng group, und iques, such a ng a code of ntaining a wat the chairman mas and the e wa25compo ue testing of c s continuing t 09, in florida en completed contributed t has now com hner & mr l oveday & dr mr. mccarthy ay, mr mcen n “fatigue test mittee which ll working gr d austria to b n be summari egulations fiv are confiden 2009/10. th ond was at d meetings have an effective ng technique d significant r the high tem ave been ke onal practice. klingelhöffer 2011, at bam r high tempe continued t een heavily in been limited ion stage. y has taken pla up, under the weldments is onal institute der the chair as an in-situ c practice cont tching brief o ship of prof european pro onent testing cracked com to discuss cra a in june 2009 d and the resu to a number me to fruition loveday) and peter morri ; and revisio nteggart). ting” has bee h contains 14 roups of iso be active in th ized that fou ve countries a nt that a fifth he first meet doosan babco e been circula thematic ne s, or contribu effort from m mperature test ept under rev our aim for r, is the 2n m federal in erature testin to participate nvolved in th during 2009 ace: chairmansh s making prog e of welding rmanship of m calibration m tinues. on developme kamran nik oject crete g – has produ mponents’. ack initiation 9. ults are incorp r of national n on the prep d the revisio s). iso 204 on of the is en re-establis 4 working gr o tc164 sc5 he fatigue sta r european c are needed th european co ting was the ock, tipton, ated to all mem etwork. in-d uting to the p members of t ting field at a view and wil the future, as nd internation nstitute for m ng, is planned in several v he developme 9/10; no activ hip of prof. b gress towards g (iiw) selec mr malcolm l method exploi ents in this fi kbin (imperia e: uced a final v in welds and porated in to l, european paration of a n of the iso 4 – creep te so extensom hed after 15 roups with re 5. furthermo andard regim countries are hat europe is ountry will be agm held o uk on tues mbers. depth technic preparation of the committe “state of the ll, when nec s a committee nal worksho materials resea d for later in 2 very successfu ent of new is vities being u b. dogan, ha s becoming a ct committe loveday, con iting phase ch ield and, whe al college), h version of the d haz. a sm the iso/tta and interna new iso st o & eciss sting – is no meter verifica years inactiv elated fatigue re a member me, too. now active in the s able to star found. on friday 24 sday, 27th oc cal networkin f european & ee over the pa e art” level. in cessary, be re e, continues to op on ther arch and test 2011. ul testing rel so standards undertaken un as not met du an iso stand e standards ntinues to exp hanges to de en the situatio has progressed e iso/tta* mall meeting a 5. ational stand tandard on t tensile tes ow published ation standar vity and has b e standards. r of the germ austria has e fatigue stand rt standardiza 4th april 200 ctober 2009. ng has continu & iso standa ast year, fulfil n addition, co evised to ref o be focussed rmoting, lated s on nder uring dard. (sc plore efine on is d its 5 was ards tmf sting has rd is been the man also dard ation 09 at the ued, ards. lling odes flect d on the act th wh can for dr eic e-m mr tel e-m es pro mo sub 201 sol in he foll h d r f p t it i be th the (w har th est exp e generation o tivity during th he agm was hich was atte ncellations du r further info r hellmuth. k chen 87,1220 mail: hellmuth r m. s. loved l.+44 (0) 193 mail: malcolm sis tc24 "in of beretta and ost of the con bmit the revis 10). this spe lutions by gk autumn 2009 e will host in lowing aspect high cycle and damage releva relationship b fatigue strengt propagation o the impact of is intended to limited to ab he date is not e opportunity wolaxim an rmonized. here is also a ablished afte plosion of a ta of other such he year focus followed by a ended by ov ue to volcanic ormation abou klingelhöffer 5 berlin, ger h.klingelhoef day, htmtc 2 561576 m.loveday@n ntegrity of rai d zerbst have ntributions at sed version) h ecial issue wi kss, polimi a 9 prof. zerbs n autum a m ts are envisag d ultra-high cy ant loading am between differ th and initial f short cracks f corrosion o provide amp out 50 person yet fixed. pos y for a presen nd eureka a plan to inv er the viareg ank wagon. h codes of pr ssed on plann a two day wo ver 50 peopl c ash from ice ut the htmt , htmtc c rmany. phone ffer@bam.de c secretary, npl.co.uk ilway structure e organized a t the worksho has taken a lo ill also conta and iwm that st moved to t meeting of a f ged: ycle fatigue o mplitudes in h rent design ph defects (nons in axles ple time for d ns. ssible dates ar ntation of the a). tc24 plan volve in tc2 ggio accident ractice, benef ning major w orkshop on ‘h le despite a eland. furthe tc – tc11 pl chairman, ba e +4930 8104 national phy res” a special issue op held in m ong time for ain a coopera t had been pr the federal in forum for di of railway axle high cycle fat hilosophies (s -metallic inclu discussion. to re september e uk project ns to be the p 24 meetings t, where a b fiting both th workshops/ se high temper considerable r details may lease contact: am, federal i 4 1521. fax + ysical labora about about milan on octo the preparati ative paper ( resented indep nstitute for m iscussion of es tigue safe life vs. da usions, corro o enhance dis r 27-28, octo rssb-t728 place where th also the er broken axle c fr he european a eminars to be rature mecha e number of be found on institute for +4930 8104 15 atory, queens t “damage t ober 2008. th on but it is n (a real result pendently by materials resea methods for amage toleran sion pits etc.) cussion and i ober 11-12 an and of the n he results of ra (europea caused the tr rattura ed integri and global te e held in 2010 anical testing f people una the htmtc materials re 527 s road, tedd tolerance of r he special iss now at the arr of the tc2 the three bod arch and tes r structural in nce) ) informal exch d october 25 ew eu proje the different an railway a rain derailme ità strutturale, 1 esting commu 0 & 2011. g in controlle able to atten c website: ww esearch & te dington, midd railway axles sue (three pa rival line (it w 24 activity) in dies. ting (bam, b ntegrity of ra hange of idea 5-26. this me ects that will s projects cou agency) com ent with the 4 (2010); notiz unities. the m d environme nd due to fl ww.htmtc.com esting, unter dx., tw11 0l s” which cont apers have jus will appear wi ncorporating berlin, germa ailway axles. s, attendance eeting will also start in fall 2 uld be shared mmittee that e disastrous f ziario 107 main ents’ light m den lw, tains st to ithin sif any). the will o be 2010 and was final fra 108 es tw or 1) 2) 3) attura ed integrità 8 sis procedu wo kinds of do esis p4-92d p means "p d following d prior to t p1-92 esis recom responsible b p2-92 esis proce responsible b p3-03d draft uni responsible bo p4-92d esis recom responsible bo p5-00/vama procedur responsible bo p6-98 esis proce using not responsible bo p7-00 esis proce responsible bo p8-99d esis draft responsible bo p9-02d guidance (under pre p10-02 a code of responsible bo p11-02 technical inclusion responsible bo d1-92 fracture responsible b d2-99 fracture the esis tc6 this activity. th responsible bo à strutturale, 14 ures and do ocuments are d, where: procedure", an g the year (eg the year (eg: d mmendation body: tc1 subcom edure for de body: tc1 subcom ified proced ody: tc1 subcom mmendation ody: tc10 comm as re for deter ody: tc6 commit edure to me tched tensil ody: tc8 commit edure for dy ody: tc5 subcom t code of pra ody: tc11 comm on local ap eparation no practice fo ody: tc11 high t l recomman ns ody: tc20 comm control gu body: tc10 comm toughness 6 and vamas tw he final form of th ody: tc6 commit 4 (2010); notizi ocuments ( e produced by nd 2 and 4 are : 92d) means d1-92) means ns for deter mmittee on fractur etermining mmittee on fractur dure for det mmittee on fractur ns for stress mittee on environm rmining the ttee on ceramics. asure and ca le specimen ttee on numerical ynamic tens mmittee on dynam actice for t mittee on high tem pproach of r ot available) or conductin temperature mech ndations for mittee on inclusion uidelines fo mittee on environm of ceramics wa3 developed a t he test method has ttee on ceramics. iario (www.esisw y esis techn e the current s "draft", ie: n s "document rmining the re mechanics test the fractur re mechanics test termining t re mechanics testi s corrosion mental-assisted cr e fracture to alculate ma s. l methods. sile tests mic testing at inter the determi mperature mechan rupture of m ). ng notched hanical testing co r the extrem ns. r stress cor mental assisted c s using the s test method and co s appeared as p5-0 web.org) nical commit numbers, wh not yet approv t" other than e fracture re ting standards. re behaviou ting standards. the fracture ing standards (un testing usin racking. oughness of aterial para rmediate strain rat nation and nical testing. metallic mat d bar creep r ommittee. me value an rrosion crac racking. evnb metho onducted a round 00. tees with the hile 92 is the y ved, while test methods esistance of ur of materi e behaviour nder prepara ng pre-crack f ceramics u ameters for tes. interpreta terials. rupture test nalysis of dat cking of hig od; round ro robin for its valid following de year of issue. s. f ductile ma ials. r of materia ation not ava ked specime using the sev the local a ation of cycl ts and inter ta on large gh strength obin, test pr dation. d2-99 pres esignatory syst aterials. al. ailable). ns. vnb method approach to lic stress-st rpreting th nonmetall h alloys. rogramme. sents a detailed do tem: esis p2 d . o fracture train data. e data. lic cumentation of 2-92 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_26_3301.docx h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 396 focussed on fracture and structural integrity methodology of hydrogen embrittlement study of long-term operated natural gas distribution pipeline steels caused by hydrogen transport hryhoriy nykyforchyn, olha zvirko, myroslava hredil, halyna krechkovska, oleksandr tsyrulnyk, oleksandra student karpenko physico-mechanical institute of the national academy of sciences of ukraine, lviv, ukraine hnykyforchyn@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/ 0000-0003-1012-2901 olha.zvirko@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6973-6804 mysya.lviv@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5070-8259 krechkovskahalyna@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7392-7753 otsyrulnyk@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9038-966x oleksandrastudent1@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5638-2744 leonid unigovskyi naftogazbudinformatyka ltd., kyiv, ukraine unileonid2@gmail.com abstract. a methodology of experimental research on hydrogen embrittlement of pipe carbon steels due to the transportation of hydrogen or its mixture with natural gas by a long-term operated gas distribution network is presented. the importance of comparative assessments of the steel in the as-received and operated states basing on the properties that characterize plasticity, resistance to brittle fracture and hydrogen assisted cracking is accentuated. two main methodological peculiarities are pointed out, (i) testing specimens should be cut out in the transverse direction relative to the pipe axis; (ii) strength and plasticity characteristics should be determined using flat tensile specimens with the smallest possible thickness of the working part. the determination of hydrogen concentration in metal, metallographic and fractographic analyses have been supplemented the study. the effectiveness of the proposed methodology has been illustrated by the example of the steel research after its 52-year operation. keywords. exiting natural gas distribution network; pipeline steel; hydrogen transportation; hydrogen embrittlement; dissipated microdamaging. citation: nykyforchyn, h., zvirko, o., hredil, m., krechkovska, h., tsyrulnyk, o., student, o., unigovskyi, l., methodology of hydrogen embrittlement study of long-term operated natural gas distribution pipeline steels caused by hydrogen transport, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404. received: 13.10.2021 accepted: 17.11.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/tn0n4tjwopk h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 397 introduction nvironmental challenges are a global problem, and attention to these has become especially acute in recent years. one of the ways to minimize environmental challenges is considered to be a radical modernization of energy policy, in particular, by decarbonizing energy sources. this implies the use of hydrogen as an environmentfriendly fuel; therefore, the problem has been arising to transport hydrogen from potential places of its production to consumption places. to solve this task, the possibility of using the existing gas pipeline networks (both transmission and distribution) is considered [1–6]. at the first stages, a mixture of natural gas with a certain percentage of hydrogen is expected to transport. in different eu countries the maximum blend level of hydrogen in natural gas infrastructure is currently in the range 0–12% [4]. hydrogen transportation by gas pipelines is a complex problem, in which a particularly important aspect is the possible integrity violation of the pipes due to the well-known detrimental effect of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of steels. investigations of influence of natural gas/hydrogen mixtures on mechanical properties of pipeline steels demonstrate their susceptibility to hydrogen-induced embrittlement, which increases with the hydrogen partial pressure increasing [3]. added hydrogen significantly influences on deterioration of mechanical properties of notched specimens [3, 5]. it should be noted that hydrogen embrittlement in pipes is considered mainly due to a possible hydrogenating effect of the soil environment in the case of insulation cover damages [7–11], whereas less attention is paid to corrosion processes on the pipe inner surface, however, these could also serve as factors of pipe integrity violation [12–15]. the main issue is possible hydrogenation of the pipe wall from its inner surface because of humidity of the transported gas which causes electrochemical processes leading to hydrogen evolution [16, 17]. hydrogen transportation by pipelines is assumed to intensify the metal hydrogenation for two reasons: (i) due to hydrogen dissociative adsorption [18] and (ii) an increase in the amount of electrochemically formed hydrogen [19] absorbed by the pipe wall. on the other hand, gas pipeline networks usually have been operating for a long time, which leads to the essential deterioration of initial (as-received) physico-mechanical properties of steels, mostly affecting their brittle fracture resistance [20–26]. in the case of hydrogen transportation, a decrease in the resistance to hydrogen embrittlement is especially important since it can cause hardly predictable pipeline failures [19, 20, 27]. developing the study [6], this work presents a set of experimental techniques adapted to assessing the technical state of long-term operated steels of distribution gas pipelines for hydrogen transport in a mixture with natural gas. a carbon pipeline steel after 52-year operation was investigated using the proposed methodology. materials and methods he object of research is carbon steel (ukrainian code is vst3ps) of distribution gas pipelines with an outer diameter of 159 mm and a pipe wall thickness of 4.5 mm made of rolled steel. the steel in the as-received state (spare pipes) and after 52 years of operation has been tested. the chemical composition of the steel in both states is presented in table 1. note a relatively low si content in the operated steel that can affect its quality. elements (wt.%) c si mn cr ni cu p s as-received steel 0.12 0.006 0.36 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.036 0.034 after operation 0.11 0.001 0.45 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.047 0.055 table 1: chemical composition of the carbon steel in the as-received state and after operation. metallography using sem evo-40xvp revealed ferrite-pearlite microstructure of the tested steel (fig. 1). cementite precipitation at the ferrite grain boundaries and an essential amount of traces from non-metallic inclusions (max. 2 m in size) was noted in the as-received steel, and in the case of the operated steel – some cracking at the boundaries of small ferrite grains. standard mechanical properties of strength (σuts, σy) and plasticity (elongation, reduction in area (ra) were determined by tensile testing ( = 3×10-4 s-1) using flat specimens, and impact toughness kcv by charpy testing. besides these tests, the effect of preliminary hydrogenation on steel’s strength and plasticity was evaluated. e t h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 398 figure 1: microstructure of the carbon steel in the as-received (a) and operated (b) states. two main methodical peculiarities should be distinguished in the preparation of the specimens; (i) all specimens are cut transversally to the rolling direction/pipe axis, (ii) working part thickness for the flat specimens is 2 mm. the former one concerns with an essentially higher sensitivity of steel characteristics to operational degradation and hydrogen embrittlement determined on transversal specimens [23, 24]. this choice is explained by the fact that operational damaging of rolled steel pipes mainly consists of microdelaminations along components of the ferrite-pearlite structure and nonmetallic inclusions elongated in the rolling direction [23, 26, 28] leading to such orientation of defects. the orientation of these defects coincides with the fracture plane of transversal specimens (in contrast to longitudinal ones) facilitating the fracture processes, thus, transversal specimens are preferable for testing. this regularity is inherent not only for pipeline steels but also for metal structures of port cranes [29] and pipes of thermal power plants [30]. the latter methodical peculiarity i.e. the use of specimens with a small thickness is reasonable taking into account that steel hydrogenation in both laboratory and field (during hydrogen transportation) conditions starts from its surface. fig. 2 illustrates the shape of flat tensile specimens cut from a pipe in the transversal direction after having applied the manufacture procedure summarized in fig. 3. their thickness and width of the working part are 1.2 mm and 4.0 mm respectively. non-working parts of the specimens are slightly thickened (1.7 mm) to prevent plastic deformation during loading. figure 2: a set of flat tensile specimens. the manufacture of transverse specimens for mechanical tests from thin-walled pipes became possible due to the implementation of a number of engineering solutions. special attention was paid to tensile specimens: a workpiece in the form of a segment of the required size (fig. 3a) was cut out from the pipe section with subsequent straightening of its (a) (b) h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 399 sides (fig. 3b), avoiding deformation of the central part, which fell on the working part of the specimen (fig. 3c). thanks to this procedure, a length of the straightened workpiece made it possible to manufacture the specimen of the required thickness, and the working part of such specimen did not undergo changes. figure 3: fabrication steps for a flat tensile specimen. transversal impact specimens are segment-shaped with the pipe’s radius. to ensure their fixedness during the testing, special tabs were used in which the ends of the specimens were fixed. (fig. 4). this design made it possible to determine the impact strength of steels on specimens with a standard height of 10 mm and a thickness equal to the pipe wall thickness, in this case, 4.5 mm, with a notch depth of 2 mm. figure 4: specimen with tabs for the impact testing. susceptibility of the steel to hydrogen embrittlement was estimated by assessing the changes in characteristics σuts, σy, elongation and ra caused by specimen hydrogenation prior the tensile testing. the results are presented by the parameter λ as the ratio of the corresponding characteristics determined for the steel in the as-received and operated states:    100%h p p p , (1) where strength and plasticity characteristics of steels are given for hydrogenated (ph) and non-hydrogenated (p) specimens. preliminary hydrogenation was done electrochemically in the h2so4 water solution (рн 3.5) under a cathodic current density of 1 mа/сm2 during 100 h. this electrolyte ensures, from the one hand, relatively low corrosion and, from the other hand, the absence of the shielding effect of surface films, which is inherent for solutions with рн ≥ 4. prolonged hydrogenation provides the uniform distribution of hydrogen in the bulk of the specimens. after the completion of the hydrogen charging, the specimens were removed from the cell, dried, and loaded by tension in the air until fracture at the same deformation rate as the non-hydrogenated specimens. the time between the processes of hydrogenation and fracture of specimens did not exceed 10 min, thus, the desorption of hydrogen from the metal is considered insignificant. h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 400 the content of the residual hydrogen in steels was determined using hydrogen analyser eltra h-500 at temperature 950 ºс. rectangular specimens 19.0×4.7×4.1 mm were polished, degreased with acetone, and then washed with ether. residual ether was removed with a rapid stream of hot air. assessment of steel sensitivity to hydrogen embrittlement in the as-received and operated states he results of tensile tests averaged from three specimens is presented in table 2. note a lower (by 12-15%) strength of the operated steel comparing to the as-received one. plasticity is relatively low as for a given steel grade, however, it was determined using transversal (t) specimens for which plasticity characteristics are expectedly lower than for longitudinal (l) ones. in particular, as derived from [30], the ratio rat/ral≈0.95 for a lowalloyed heat-resistant steel in the as-received state and can drop to ≈0.85 for the operated one due to the intensification of the steel anisotropy with operation time. for pipeline steels with clearly detectable defects oriented in the longitudinal direction, this ratio is expected to be higher. in addition, specimens of a small thickness (1.2 mm) were tested, which could also affect the results [31]. steel state specimen no. y [mpa] average y [mpa] uts [mpa] average uts [mpa] elongation [%] average elongation [%] rat [%] average ra [%] as-received steel 1 330 344 487 468 18 17 58 59 2 356 456 14 58 3 345 460 16 60 after operation 4 303 302 407 404 15 16 54 54 5 308 404 16 56 6 296 402 17 51 table 2: standard mechanical properties of steels in the as-received and operated states. plasticity is only slightly decreased due to operation; however, this is accompanied by strength loss, which corresponds to the main regularities of the operational degradation [19, 25, 26] – a simultaneous decrease of both strength and plasticity indicates the development of operational microdamages in the material. impact testing results averaged three specimens are (98±4) j/сm2 and (9±4) j/сm2 respectively for the as-received and operated steel. these data indicate not only an order of magnitude difference between kcv values of steel in the asreceived and operated states, but also an extremely low level of brittle fracture resistance for the operated steel. figure 5: fracture surfaces of impact specimens (notch on the left) of the carbon steel in the as-received steel (а) and after operation (b). t (a) (b) h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 401 microfractographic analysis (fig. 5) confirmed fundamental differences in brittle fracture resistance of steels in different states. steel in the as-received state is characterized by more high-energy fracture type with clear signs of fracture surface texture due to delaminations along the rolling direction. thin nonmetallic inclusions (identified as manganese sulphides by morphological features) were found, as a rule, at the bottom of delaminations oriented along the texture. their decohesion from the matrix led to the occurrence of such delaminations. as a rule, chains of these inclusions are located in ferrite grain layers crossing their boundaries; therefore, smooth delamination surfaces were associated with fracture within the ferrite. ridges formed as a result of the stretching of the bridges between the delaminations, with small dimples on their surface, were considered a sign of ductile fracture by micro-void coalescence within pearlite grains. fractographic features associated with the steel texture were not observed only in the areas of brittle fracture, which correspond to the zone of spontaneous fracture in as-received steel specimens. the main fractographic peculiarity of the operated steel is in the dominance of the cleavage fracture (fig. 5b) that can explain its extremely low resistance to brittle fracture. such fracture surface formation did not imply only transgranular fracture. in particular, intergranular facets were observed in some places, as well as significant secondary cracking along the grain boundaries. it should be emphasized that intergranular fracture on the fracture surfaces in the as-received steel was not detected at all. it was assumed that steel hydrogenation during long-term operation could contribute to the development of operational microdamages in the form of intergranular cracking. it is known, after all, that hydrogen promotes fracture along both the grain boundaries and interphase ones [27]. thus, such intergranular damage was clearly visualized against the background of a predominantly transgranular relief in the zone of spontaneous fracture in the operated steel during impact testing. note that the extremely low impact toughness for the operated steel concerns the metal with yield strength approx. 300 mpa, whereas such kcv (kcu) value of ~ 1 j/cm2 is typical for hardened steels with martensitic structure (σy > 1500 mpa). this phenomenon can be explained only by taking into account the regularities of the operational degradation of structural steels with the intensive development of dissipated damage in the bulk of the pipe wall. similar results on low brittle fracture resistance (kcv ≤ 20 j/cm2) were reported for pipeline steels and structural steels of portal cranes [19, 29]. the results of hydrogen concentration measurements in the tested steels are presented in table 3. specimen no. steel state hydrogen concentration сн (ppm) average сн value (ppm) 1 as-received 0.134 0.111 2 0.109 3 0.090 4 after operation 0.818 0.459 5 0.482 6 0.317 8 0.149 9 0.656 10 0.331 table 3: hydrogen concentration in steels of different states a significant data scattering on the hydrogen content in specimens from the operated steel is obviously due to its intense operational damage, which has an uneven character. the residual hydrogen content in the operated metal is more than 4 times higher than that of steel in the initial state. evidently, it is the operational hydrogenation of the pipe wall that led to such an intensive operational decrease in the resistance to brittle fracture of the steel. figure 6 illustrates the results obtained by tensile testing of hydrogenated and non-hydrogenated specimens made of the carbon steel in different states. the mechanical properties of hydrogenated specimens were compared with the corresponding characteristics obtained for non-hydrogenated ones depending on the steel state. it can be stated that preliminary hydrogenation insignificantly affected steel strength in both as-received and operated states whereas the influence on plasticity is more noticeable. for the plasticity characteristics, the coefficient λ was calculated as the indicator of the hydrogen effect on steel, namely, of its susceptibility to hydrogen assisted cracking (table 4). the obtained results indicated no effect of preliminary hydrogenation of the steel on its plasticity in the as-received state, however, the operated metal revealed high sensitivity to hydrogen action. reduction in area is a more sensitive parameter for the assessment of hydrogen embrittlement of operated metal than elongation, which is consistent with general regularities [19, 25, 26]. however, at assessment of asreceived steels to hydrogen embrittlement, a high sensitivity of failure elongation was reported in [4]. h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 402 (a) (b) figure 6: strength (a) and plasticity (b) of the carbon steel under tensile testing of non-hydrogenated (white bars) and hydrogenated (black bars) specimens. steel state λ (%) elongation ra as-received 0 2 after operation 26 35 table 4: assessment of metal susceptibility to hydrogen embrittlement based on plasticity characteristics. conclusions he methodology of hydrogen embrittlement evaluation of structural steels has been adapted to the problem of a possible integrity violation of long-term operated gas pipelines in the case of transporting hydrogen or its mixture with natural gas. it implies comparative assessing the state of the as-received and operated steels based on tensile testing with the evaluation of strength and plasticity, determination of the resistance to brittle fracture (impact toughness) and hydrogen assisted cracking (tensile testing of preliminary hydrogenated specimens). the main peculiarities of the proposed methodology are: (i) the use of the specimens cut out transversally relative to the rolling direction (pipe axis), and (ii) the minimization of the plain tensile specimen thickness (in the presented case, to 1.2 mm) to assess the resistance of the steel to hydrogen assisted cracking. the former peculiarity is explained by a higher sensitivity of transversal specimens to operational degradation of rolled steels as compared to longitudinal ones. another peculiarity is due to the need to redistribute the hydrogen formed on the surface into the entire cross-section of the specimens. some engineering solutions have been proposed to ensure these conditions for the specimens cut out from gas distribution pipelines with a small diameter and wall thickness. the applicability of the proposed methodology for hydrogen embrittlement testing has been demonstrated by the example of the carbon steel (0.11-0.12 mass. % of c) of gas distribution pipelines in the as-received and 52-year operated states. the residual hydrogen content in the operated steel was 4 times higher than in the unoperated steel. operational degradation of the steel was revealed by a significant decrease in impact toughness and brittle fracture resistance. deterioration of mechanical properties of the operated steel accompanied by high concentration of residual hydrogen was explained by intensive development of dissipated damages in the bulk of the pipe steel, which could be facilitated by the steel hydrogenation during its operation. microfractographic studies were consistent with the results of mechanical testing on brittle fracture resistance: for the steel in the initial state, a combination of ductile fracture with delaminations in the rolling direction dominated, whereas, in the operated steel, a combination of cleavage with some elements of brittle intergranular fracture and secondary microcracking prevailed. since intergranular cracking was not observed at all on the fracture surface of the as-received steel, it was assumed that intergranular fracture elements were the manifestation of operational damage, the appearance of which was accelerated by steel hydrogenation, and cleavage was a sign of embrittlement of the operated metal. transgranular cleavage of the fracture surface at the stage of spontaneous t h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 403 fracture made it possible to visualize operational damage in the metal in the form of intergranular fragments visible against the background of the flat relief of the transgranular cleavage. references [1] haeseldonckx, d., and d’haeseleer, w. (2007). the use of the natural-gas pipeline infrastructure for hydrogen transport in a changing market structure, int. j. hydrog. energy, 32(10–11), pp. 1381-1386. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2006.10.018. [2] vries, h., mokhov, a.v., and levinsky, h.b. (2017). the impact of natural gas/hydrogen mixtures on the performance of end-use equipment: interchangeability analysis for domestic appliances, appl. energy, 208, pp. 1007– 1019. doi: 10.1016/j.apenergy.2017.09.049. [3] meng, b., gu, c., zhang, l., zhou, c., li, x., zhao, y., zheng, j., chen, x., han, y. (2017). hydrogen effects on x80 pipeline steel in high-pressure natural gas/hydrogen mixtures, int. j. hydrog. energy, 42(11), pp. 7404-7412. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2016.05.145. [4] pluvinage, g., toth, l., and capelle, j. (2021). effects of hydrogen addition on design, maintenance and surveillance of gas networks, processes, 9(7), 1219. doi: 10.3390/pr9071219. [5] zhou, d., li, t., huang, d., wu, y., huang, z., xiao, w., wang, q., wang, x. (2021). the experiment study to assess the impact of hydrogen blended natural gas on the tensile properties and damage mechanism of x80 pipeline steel. int. j. hydrog. energy, 46(10), pp. 7402-7414. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2020.11.267. [6] nykyforchyn, h., unigovskyi, l., zvirko, o., tsyrulnyk, o., and krechkovska, h. (2021). pipeline durability and integrity issues at hydrogen transport via natural gas distribution network, procedia struct. integr., 33, pp. 646-651. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2021.10.071. [7] kim, c., kim, w., and kho, y. (2002). the effects of hydrogen embrittlement by cathodic protection on the ctod of buried natural gas pipeline, met. mater. int., 8, pp. 197–202. doi: 10.1007/bf03027018. [8] shipilov, s. a., and may, i. l. (2006). structural integrity of aging buried pipelines having cathodic protection, eng. fail. anal., 13, pp. 1159–1176. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2005.07.008. [9] bueno, a.h.s., castro, b.b., and ponciano, j.a.c. (2008). assessment of stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen embrittlement susceptibility of buried pipeline steels, environment-induced cracking of materials, 2, pp. 313-322. doi: 10.1016/b978-008044635-6.50068-6. [10] cabrini, m., lorenzi, s., marcassoli, p., and pastore, t. (2011). hydrogen embrittlement behavior of hsla line pipe steel under cathodic protection. corros. reviews, 29(5-6) pp. 261-274. doi: 10.1515/corrrev.2011.009. [11] voloshyn, v. а., zvirko, о. і., sydor, p. ya. (2015). influence of the compositions of neutral soil media on the corrosion cracking of pipe steel, mater. sci., 50(5), pp. 671–675. doi: 10.1007/bf03027018. [12] .askaria, m., aliofkhazraeia, m., and afroukhteh, s. (2019). a comprehensive review on internal corrosion and cracking of oil and gas pipelines, j. nat. gas sci. eng., 71, 102971. doi: 10.1016/j.jngse.2019.102971. [13] hredil, m., and tsyrulnyk, o. (2010). inner corrosion as a factor of in-bulk steel degradation of transit gas pipelines. proc. of the 18th european conference on fracture (ecf-18), dresden, germany, 30.08 – 03.09. no.483. [14] zhao, w., zhang, t., wang, y., qiao, j., and wang, z. (2018). corrosion failure mechanism of associated gas transmission pipeline. materials 11, 1935. doi: 10.3390/ma11101935. [15] zvirko, o.i., mytsyk, a.b., tsyrulnyk, o.t., gabetta, g., nykyforchyn h.m. (2017). corrosion degradation of steel of an elbow of gas pipeline with large-scale delamination after long-term operation, mater. sci., 52(6), pp. 861–865. doi: 10.1007/s11003-017-0032-8. [16] tsyrul’nyk, o. t., slobodyan, z. v., zvirko, o. i., hredil, m. i., nykyforchyn, h. m., and gabetta, d. (2008). influence of operation of kh52 steel on corrosion processes in a model solution of gas condensate, mater. sci., 44(5), pp. 619–629. doi: 10.1007/s11003-009-9138-y. [17] capelle, j., dmytrakh, i., azari, z., pluvinage, g. (2013). evaluation of electrochemical hydrogen absorption in welded pipe with steel api x52. int. j. hydrog. energy, 38(33), pp. 14356–14363. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2013.08.118. [18] sun, y., cheng, y. f. (2021). thermodynamics of spontaneous dissociation and dissociative adsorption of hydrogen molecules and hydrogen atom adsorption and absorption on steel under pipelining conditions, int. j. hydrog. energy, 46(69), pp. 34469-34486. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2021.07.217. [19] nykyforchyn, h., zvirko, o., dzioba, i., krechkovska, h., hredil, m., tsyrulnyk, o., student, o., lipiec, s., pala, r. (2021) assessment of operational degradation of pipeline steels, materials, 14(12), 3247. doi: 10.3390/ma14123247. h. nykyforchyn et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 396-404; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.26 404 [20] nechaev, yu.s. (2008). metallic materials for the hydrogen energy industry and main gas pipelines: complex physical problems of aging, embrittlement, and failure, uspekhi fizicheskikh nauk, 51(7), pp. 681–697. doi: 10.1070/pu2008v051n07abeh006570. [21] filippov, g.a., livanova, o.v., chevskaya, o.n., shabalov, i.p., 2013. pipe steel degradation during operation and brittle failure resistance, metallurgist, 57, pp. 612–622. doi: 10.1007/s11015-013-9778-x. [22] maruschak, p., panin, s., danyliuk, i., poberezhnyi, l., pyrig, t., bishchak, r., and vlasov i. (2015). structural and mechanical defects of materials of offshore and onshore main gas pipelines after long-term operation, open engineering 5(1), pp. 365-372. doi: 10.1515/eng-2015-0045. [23] zvirko, o.i., kret, n.v., tsyrulnyk, o.t., and vengrynyuk, t.p. (2018). influence of textures of pipeline steels after operation on their brittle fracture resistance, mater. sci., 54(3), pp. 400–405. doi: 10.1007/s11003-018-0198-8. [24] marushchak, p. о., kret, n. v., bishchak, r. т., and kurnat, і. м. (2019). influence of texture and hydrogenation on the mechanical properties and character of fracture of pipe steel, mater. sci., 55(3), pp. 381–385. doi: 10.1007/s11003-019-00313-z. [25] degradation assessment and failure prevention of pipeline systems. lecture notes in civil engineering; bolzon, g., gabetta, g., nykyforchyn, h., (2021) springer: cham, switzerland, 102, 252 p. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-58073-5. [26] zvirko, о.і., кryzhanivskyi, e.і., nykyforchyn, h.м., krechkovska, h.v. (2021). methods for the evaluation of corrosion-hydrogen degradation of steels of oil-and-gas pipelines, mater. sci., 56(5), pp. 585-592. doi: 10.1007/s11003-021-00468-8. [27] mcmahon jr., c.j. (2001). hydrogen-induced intergranular fracture of steels, eng. fract. mech., 68(6), pp. 773–788. doi: 10.1016/s0013-7944(00)00124-7. [28] venegas v., caleyo f., baudin t., espina-hernández, j.h., and hallen, j.m. (2011). on the role of crystallographic texture in mitigating hydrogen-induced cracking in pipeline steels, corros. sci., 53, pp. 4204–4212. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2011.08.031. [29] nemchuk, o.o., and nesterov o.a. (2020). in-service brittle fracture resistance degradation of steel in a ship-toshore portal crane, strength of mater., 52(2), pp. 275–280. doi: 10.1007/s11223-020-00175-w. [30] student, o.z., and krechkovs’ka, h.v. (2012). anisotropy of the mechanical properties of degraded 15kh1m1f steel after its operation in steam pipelines of thermal power plants, mater. sci., 47(5), pp. 590–597. doi: 10.1007/s11003-012-9432-y. [31] gussev, m. n., busby, j. t., field, k. g., sokolov, m. a., and gray, s. e. (2014). role of scale factor during tensile testing of small specimens. astm, sixth symposium on small specimen test techniques. stp 1576. doi: 10.1520/stp157620140013. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_60_art_08_3278.docx t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 102 experimental investigation on the mechanical behavior of concrete reinforced with alfa fibers tidjani messas materials, geomaterials and environment laboratory, badji mokhtar university, abbèss laghrour university, algeria. messas_tidjani@univ-khenchela.dz, https:// orcid.org / 0000-0002-0399-3541 djamel achoura materials, geomaterials and environment laboratory, badji mokhtar university, algeria. achoudj@yahoo.fr, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1692-3523 abdelaziz boutrid mineral processing and environmental laboratory, badji mokhtar university, abbèss laghrour university, algeria. abdelaziz.boutrid@univ-khenchela.dz, https://orcid.org/ 0000-0002-1041-3904 belgacem mamen abbèss laghrour university, algeria. belgacem.mamen@univ-khenchela.dz, https://orcid.org/ 0000-0003-2342-9363 abstract.currently, the reinforcement of ordinary concrete with synthetic fibers poses ecological problems because the manufacturing process of these products is very polluting. plant fiber composites are a new challenge for environmental protection. the present article aims to investigate the mechanical behavior of concrete reinforced with natural fibers, called alfa fibers. compression and three-point bending tests have been performed on cubic and prismatic samples, respectively. different fiber lengths (2.5, 5, and 8 cm) and content (0.6, 1.2, and 1.8 % by volume) of alfa fibers have been used to examine their influence on the mechanical behavior of the fiberreinforced concrete. the obtained results show that for a volume content of 1.2 % of plant fibers of 5 cm length, the tensile strength of the reinforced concrete increases up to 54.41 % compared to the ordinary concrete (bt). however, for a content of 1.8 % of fibers with 8 cm length, both the compressive and tensile strength of the reinforced concrete decrease slightly. at this level, an excess of both fiber content and their length produces the formation of voids within concrete. moreover, such an excess made the hydration reaction slower. it is worth noticing that the orientation of fibers also plays a significant role in the nucleation and propagation of microcracks. the fibers arranged both horizontally and obliquely are more resistant to microcracking than those oriented in the loading direction. keywords. fiber-reinforced concrete; alfa fiber; fiber length; volume citation: messas, t., achoura, d., boutrid, a., mamen, b., experimental investigation on the mechanical behavior of concrete reinforced with alfa fibers, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113. received: 25.09.2021 accepted: 17.01.2022 online first: 17.01.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/dx1sjlygddc t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 103 fraction; mechanical behavior; microcracks. introduction oday, concrete is the main building material used in civil, industrial constructions and bridges due to its features, such as versatility and durability in many environments. nevertheless, it has a certain brittleness, low tensile strength, and low ductility. therefore, faster collapse is observed after the first signs of fracture or other pathologies [1]. these disadvantages have restricted its use. consequently, the need to develop fiber-reinforced concrete offers the possibility to overcome such a drawback. the inclusion of fibers in concrete used in civil constructions reduces its conventional brittleness by providing better tensile strength [2-4]. fibers are discontinuous elements of variable nature, uniformly distributed in the matrix according to a random or forced orientation. the addition of fibers to concrete allows to absorb and dissipate energy and reduce the propagation of cracks. they also improve the post-cracking behavior of concrete. several types of fibers can be used, such as steel [5-7], polypropylene [8-11]. the fiber should be chosen according to the needs of the work required. over the past decade, bio-fibers have replaced synthetic fibers to produce environmentally friendly concrete because several types of these fibers are available and abundant in some parts of the world. various studies on the influence of natural fibers on the strength, properties, and structural behavior of concrete proof that the inclusion of natural fibers improves the mechanical properties of concretes and gives a better resistance to crack propagation. in recent years, many natural fibers have been used to reinforce the ordinary concrete: find wood fibers [1213], date palm fibers [14-16], bamboo [17-19], coconut [20-22], and alfa [23-25]. the natural fiber examined here is the alfa (stippa tenacissima), a bushy plant that belongs to the poaceae family with upright stems 60 to 150 or even 200 cm long. the sheath of the leaves presents auricles from 10 to 12 mm of height. this species is native to the arid regions of the western mediterranean basin, and mainly used in both the paper and rope industries. this plant does not need additional water to grow, nor the use of pesticides or amendment. the effect of alfa reinforcement on the mechanical properties of concrete has not been widely studied to date [23-25]. they reported that 1 % of alfa fibers is the most suitable intake for concrete reinforcement. more specifically, our results reveal that a fiber content of 1.2 % (by volume) with a length of 5 cm can be considered as the optimal parameters for alfa fiber-reinforced concrete. these results show the key role of alfa fibers: they delay cracking and reduce concrete bursting better than polypropylene. additionally, the alfa fibers offer economic and environmental benefits to society. this work aims to investigate the effect of alfa fibers on the mechanical behavior of the reinforced concrete. compressive and three-point bending tests are performed with different fiber contents (0.6, 1.2, and 1.8 % by volume). for each of the above content, three different fiber lengths (2.5, 5, and 8 cm) are examined. materials he mixture of fiber-reinforced concrete examined is prepared according to the standard nf p 18-101 [26]. cement the cement used is a cem ii/a-42 portland-composite cement, produced by hadjar soud cement company-skikda (algeria). it consists mainly of clinker ≥ 74 wt %, gypsum (4–6 wt %), limestone (16–18 wt %), and slag ≤ 20 wt %. the physical characteristics and chemical composition are summarized in tabs. 1 and 2, respectively. apparent density (g/cm³) absolute density (g/cm³) normal consistency (%) fineness (retained on 0.065 mm sieve) (%) initial setting time (h/min) 1.057 3.00 27 3.1 2/34 table 1: physical properties of cem ii/a-42 portland-composite cement. t t t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 104 elements cao al2o3 sio2 fe2o3 mgo nao2 k2o cl¯ so3 wt % 62.80 5.68 22.25 3.52 0.74 0.27 0.47 0.004 1.94 table 2: chemical composition of cem ii/a-42 portland-composite cement. aggregates the aggregates, according to the nf p 15-433 [27], consist of crushed limestone sand (0/4 mm) and siliceous sand dune (0-1, 25 mm). two gravels crushed limestone ((4/8) and (8/16) mm) coming from the same quarry are employed in the mixture as the crushed sand. the physical characteristics of the aggregates are presented in tabs. 3 and 4. physical characteristics crushed limestone sand sand dune apparent density (t/m³) 1.561 1.2 absolute density (t/m³) 2.5 2.3 sand equivalent (%) 64.06 85 water absorption (%) 2.3 2.45 fineness modulus 3.76 1.6 cleanliness 0.75 0.9 table 3: physical characteristics of crushed and dune sand. physical characteristics gravel (4/8) gravel (8/16) apparent density (t/m³) 1.431 1.428 absolute density (t/m³) 2.56 2.56 flattening coefficient (%) 11.25 9.43 water absorption (%) 1.1 0.9 micro deval in presence of water (%) 13.74 13.74 los angles coefficient (%) 29.63 29.63 table 4: physical characteristics of gravels crushed limestone. alfa fibers alfa plant presents numerous morpho-physiological adaptations that allow it to withstand extreme environments, particularly the complex mediterranean ecosystem. as shown in fig. 1a, the alfa leaf is a circular, smooth, shiny, and solid ribbon. its diameter decreases gradually from the bottom to the top [25]. to determine the fracture stress of alfa fiber, a uniaxial test is carried out by using the zwick roell apparatus shown in fig. 1b. the load-displacement curve is shown in fig. 1c. the chemical composition, physical and mechanical properties are reported in tabs. 5-7, respectively. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: a) alfa fibers, b) zwick roell apparatus and c) load-displacement curve. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 displacement (mm) l o ad ( n ) t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 105 cellulose hemicelluloses lignin ash wax 45 % 24 % 24 % 2 % 5 % table 5: chemical composition of alfa fibers [28]. microfibril angle (°) diameter (mm) length (mm) 31 1 2 10 1000 table 6: physical properties of alfa fibers. young's modulus (gpa) elongation (mm) tensile stress (mpa) density breaking stress (mpa) 14.48 2.27 200.56 0.89 645.82 table 7: mechanical tensile properties of alfa fibers. experimental procedure he specimens are prepared according to the standard nf en 12390-2 [29]. the mixing is carried out by employing a concrete mixer of capacity 50 l. for the ordinary concrete, the mixing time is taken to be about five minutes, whereas and for the fiber-reinforced concrete is more than six minutes. the alfa fibers are added into the tank during the mixing phase with a specific content. then, the compaction procedure is performed on a vibrating table for a one minute. finally, the samples are removed from the molds after 24 hours and stored in a saturated humid medium at a temperature of 20±2°c (see fig. 2a). tab. 8 reports the specimen’s designation, together with the corresponding fiber length and content by volume. designation bt bfv1 bfv2 bfv3 bfv4 bfv5 bfv6 bfv7 bfv8 bfv9 fiber length (cm) 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 8 8 8 content (%) 1.2 1.2 0.6 0.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.2 0.6 table 8: specimen designation, length and content of alfa fibers. to evaluate the compressive strength of the above samples, compression tests are carried out on cubic specimens of dimension (10 x 10 x 10) cm at the age of 28 days, according to the standard nf en 12390-3 [30], by using a testing machine "utest" of 2000 kn capacity (see fig. 2b). for the tensile strength evaluation, three-point bending tests are performed on notched prismatic specimens (10 x 10 x 40) cm according to the nf en 12390-5 [31] standard by using a "strassentest" testing machine with a maximum capacity of 100 kn (see fig. 2c). (a) (b) (c) figure 2: experimental procedure: (a) fiber reinforced-concrete samples; (b) uniaxial compression testing and (c) three-point bending testing. t t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 106 results and discussion effect of alfa fiber content and length on compressive strength n fig. 3 is plotted the influence of fiber content on the compressive strength, for different values of fiber length. the results obtained show that all the curves related to fiber lengths of (2.5 and 5 cm) are characterized by a similar trend. the highest value of the compressive strength is that of ordinary concrete (bt), equal to 57.7 mpa. however, the lowest value is obtained for bf v9 specimen with 32.19 mpa, for a fiber content of 1.8 % and a fiber length of 8 cm. a decreasing in the compressive strength is observed for a fiber content greater than 1.2 %. at a content of 1.8 %, the drop in compressive strength ranges about 26.42 % for fibers of 5 cm in length, 31.19 % for fibers of 2.5 cm, and 44.21 % for ones of 8 cm in length. here, the drop in strength is calculated compared to the initial compression strength of ordinary concrete. this decrease is essentially due to the nature of the fibers (vegetable fiber) containing mainly cellulose, thus causing a slowing down of the hydration process. the morphology of the fibers (smooth fiber) decreases the adherence matrix-fiber and consequently decreases the resistance to the compression. the influence of fiber length on the compressive strength is presented in fig. 4 for different values of fiber content. based on the results obtained, the compressive strength decreases by increasing fiber length. the maximum recorded drop in compressive strength is around 25.51 mpa. this decreasing is due to the disruption of the matrix's crystal lattice arrangement due to the inclusion of longer fibers and the formation of urchin balls during the concrete casting (see fig. 4). figure 3: effect of fiber content on the compressive strength of concrete. figure 4: effect of fiber length on the compressive strength of concrete. effect of alfa fiber content and length on tensile strength according to fig. 5, an enhancement in tensile strength is observed only when the concretes reinforced with fibers having a length of 2.5 and 5 cm. furthermore, no improvement is obtained for a content of 1.8 %; this is due to a possible disorder in the distribution of fibers in the concrete volume. regarding the influence of fiber length on tensile strength, it remains relatively constant compared to that of the ordinary concrete (bt) that is 6.12 mpa (see fig. 6). the strength is around 6.12 mpa for reinforced concrete with fibers length of 8 cm and a content of 0.6 and 1.2 %. however, for fiber-reinforced concrete using fibers length of 8 cm and content of 1.8 %, the strength is estimated at around 6.30 mpa. according to the ordinary concrete tensile strength (bt, see fig. 6), the maximum improvement of the tensile strength of reinforced concrete is obtained with fibers of 5 cm in length and contents of 0,6 % and 1.2 %. the obtained resistances are respectively 9,45, and 9,15 mpa for the specimens bf v2 and bf v5, with gains in the percentage of resistances respectively of the order 54,41 % and 49,51 %. here, the gain in strength is calculated compared to the tensile strength of ordinary concrete. with the same content and fiber of 2.5 cm in length, the strengths are respectively of the order of 8.55 mpa for the specimen bf v1 and 8.10 mpa for that bf v4. their percentage increase strength is 39.70 and 32.35 %, respectively. as previously mentioned, percentage increase strength is calculated compared to the tensile strength of ordinary concrete. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 fiber content by volume (%) c o m p re s s iv e s tr e n g th ( m p a ) bt l=2.5 cm l=5.0 cm l=8.0 cm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fiber length (cm) c o m p re s s iv e s tr e n g th ( m p a ) bt 0.60% 1.20% 1.80% i t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 107 figure 5: influence of fiber content on the tension strength. figure 6: effect of fiber length on the tension strength of concrete. failure compressive failure igs. 7a and 7b show the compressive failure modes of ordinary concrete and fiber-reinforced concrete, respectively. the ordinary concrete specimen breaks abruptly and collapses during the compression test. in contrast, the sample with fiber-reinforced concrete nucleates cracks that propagate progressively up to the material fails. the addition of alfa fibers take up the stresses caused by the deformations and thus slows down the nucleation of cracks. crack propagation in compression-loaded fiber reinforced concrete specimens is strongly influenced by the orientation of the fibers [25]. on the one hand, fibers aligned perpendicular to the cracking plane oppose the nucleation of cracks. on the other hand, fibers aligned parallel to the cracking plane have little influence on the propagation of microcracks. based on the microstructure analysis of the present investigation, the majority of the fibers are arranged perpendicular and oblique to the cracking plane. (a) (b) figure 7: compressive failure of a specimen made of: (a) ordinary concrete and (b) fiber-reinforced concrete. tensile failure during the tensile test (fig. 8), the fiber-reinforced concrete specimens, contrary to ordinary concrete, show microcracks during the elastic step. at a given load value, the microcracks become visual, and then progressively propagate and increase in width, leading to a decrease in the residual strength of the fiber-reinforced concrete because of the loss of adhesion between the fibers and the cementitious matrix. 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 0.6 1.2 1.8 fiber content by volume (%) t e n s io n s tr e n g th ( m p a ) bt l=2.5 cm l=5.0 cm l=8.0 cm 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fibre length (cm) t e n s io n s tr e n g th ( m p a ) bt 0.60% 1.20% 1.80% f t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 108 figure 8: tensile fracture of alfa fiber concrete specimen. sem micrographs of alfa-reinforced concrete and ordinary concrete are respectively shown in figs. 9a-c and d-f. these sem micrographs demonstrate two zones with different aspects. the texture of the first zone, adjacent to the alfa fibers, appears to be uncracked (see figs. 9b-c). this suggests a better adhesion between the concrete and the alfa fibers. this better adhesion contributes to the limitation of cracking and the formation of hydrated phases in the cementitious matrix. however, the second zone within the ordinary concrete shows multi-identified cracks producing a localized damage zone (see figs. 9e-f). figure 9: sem micrographs: (a-c) alfa-reinforced concrete and (d-f) ordinary concrete. in fig. 10a the load-deflection curves obtained under three-point bending test for the specimens bt, bfv7, bfv8, and bfv9 are reported, whereas in fig. 10b those related to bt, bfv3, bfv6 and bfv9 specimens are shown. the curves plotted show that for ordinary concrete, in the first elastic stage, the load varies in a quasi-linear manner up to a given t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 109 load. at this point, the resistance drops abruptly. for fiber reinforced concretes, three stages are observed: a linear trend characterized the first stage, whereas in the descending branch (second stage); the fibers limit the cracks and their opening by sewing. finally, in the third stage, the load tends to be constant and is vanished only after a large deformation. this decreasing is due to the presence of fibers at the level of the crack. the failure then occurs either by tearing or by fiber breakage. (a) (b) figure 10: load-deflection curve: (a) for a fiber content of 1.8 % and (b) for a fiber length of 8 cm. (a) (b) (c) figure 11: maximum deflection versus fiber length for fiber content: (a) 0.60 %, (b) 1.20 %, and (c) 1.80 % by volume. figs. 11a-c show the improvement of the ductility of concrete. for the length of alfa fibers more than 5 cm, the deflection is negatively affected by the presence of fibers. the mechanical behavior in tensile bending of the different types of concrete is better by using short fibers 2.5 cm in length. by considering the fibers content, a content of 1.20 % leads to good results in terms of deflection. fiber content  1,8 % 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 deflection (mm) l o ad ( k n ) bt bfv7 (l=2.5 cm) bfv8 (l=5 cm) bfv9 (l=8 cm) fiber length 8 cm 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 deflection (mm) l o a d ( k n ) bt bfv3 (0,6%) bfv6 (1,2%) bfv9 (1,8%) 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fiber length (cm) m a x im u m d e fl e c ti o n ( m m ) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 l o a d ( k n ) maximum deflection (mm) load (kn) 0.60 % 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fiber length (cm) m a x im u m d e fl e c ti o n ( m m ) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 l o a d ( k n ) maximum deflection (mm) load (kn) 1.20 % 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fiber length (cm) m a x im u m d e fl e c ti o n ( m m ) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 l o a d ( k n ) maximum deflection (mm) load (kn) 1.80 % t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 110 in fig. 12 the load-crack width curves obtained under three-point bending test for the specimens bfv7, bfv8, and bfv9 are reported, whereas in fig. 12b those related to bfv3, bfv6 and bfv9 specimens are shown. the loadcrack opening curves in fig. 12 show a linear elastic trend up to a given load value corresponding to the nucleation of the first crack. the maximum load varies according to the fiber length and content. then the trend is characterized by a load deceasing and an increasing in the crack opening. finally, the curves become flattered (horizontal) and then vanishonly after a large crack, confirming that the specimens have reached their total failure (see fig. 12a and fig. 12b). (a) (b) figure 12: load-crack width curve: (a) for a fiber content of 1.8% and (b) for a fiber length of 8 cm. (a) (b) (c) figure 13: maximum crack opening versus fiber length for fiber content: (a) 0.60 %, (b) 1.20 %, and (c) 1.80 % by volume. it can be observed that the fiber length is an important factor that greatly affects the mechanical behavior and cracking of the concrete for the different contents examined. thus, the crack opening of the specimen reinforced with alfa fibers of 8 fiber content 1,8 % 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 0 1 2 3 4 5 crack width (mm) l o a d ( k n ) bfv7 (l=2.5 cm) bfv8 (l=5 cm) bfv9 (l=8 cm) fiber length 8 cm  0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 0 1 2 3 4 5 crack width (mm) l o a d ( k n ) bfv3 (0,6%) bfv6 (1,2%) bfv9 (1,8%) 0 5 10 15 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fiber length (cm) m a x im u m c ra c k o p e n in g (m m ) 0 1 2 3 l o a d ( k n ) maximum crack opening (mm) load (kn) 0.60 % 0 5 10 15 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fiber length (cm) m a x im u m c ra c k o p e n in g (m m ) 0 1 2 3 l o a d ( k n ) maximum crack opening (mm) load (kn) 1.20 % 0 5 10 15 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 fiber length (cm) m a x im u m c ra c k o p e n in g (m m ) 0 1 2 3 l o a d ( k n ) maximum crack opening (mm) load (kn) 1.80 % t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 111 cm length can reach 13 mm without breaking for a content of 1,8 %, whereas the reinforced one with fibers of 5 cm length can reach 18 mm. the length of the fibers and their contents become essential parameters characterizing the opening of cracks. indeed, the load required to pull out the fibers is a function of the adherent length of the fiber, see fig. 14. figure 14: resistance of alfa fibers to crack propagation. conclusion he objective of the present study is to evaluate the performance and mechanical behavior of alfa fiber reinforced concrete by varying two parameters, that is the fiber content and length. the main conclusions drawn from this research study are:  the addition of alfa fibers in the concrete does not increase the compressive strength. on the contrary, a slight decreasing has been found for fiber content 0.6 and 1.2 % by volume. on the other hand, this fall is remarkable, with a content of 1.8 %. in particular, for the case with a length of 8 cm, one can explain it by slowing down the phenomenon of hydration because of the presence of the cellulose and the discontinuity of the crystalline network of the cement matrix with the formation of balls (excess of fibers).  the higher compressive strength of fiber-reinforced concrete is obtained for a content 1.2 % of fibers with a length of 5 cm (bfv 5), whose compressive strength is close to that of the ordinary concrete (57.7 mpa).  the addition of alfa fibers in concrete allowed the increase of the tensile strength compared to that of the ordinary concrete (bt), particularly for fiber contents of 0.6 and 1.2 % and lengths of 2.5 and 5 cm. the gains of tensile strength going up to the value of 54,41 %.  on the other hand, a fiber content of 1.8 % and a length of 8 cm did not give satisfaction or significant improvements in tensile strength. for this point, the gain in strength has been calculated compared to the tensile strength of ordinary concrete.  overall, the addition of alfa fibers has a favorable effect on the crack nucleation and post-cracking behavior.  the failure mode of the tested specimens shows that the inclusion of alfa fibers improves the ductility of the concrete. this ductility varies according to the content and the length of alfa fibers. acknowledgments he work presented in this paper has been supported by badji mokhtar university (annaba, algeria), and abbès laghrour university (khenchela, algeria). their support is gratefully acknowledged. t t t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 112 references [1] herscovici, h.l., roehl, d., sánchez filho, e. de s. (2019). experimental studies of short concrete reinforced steel fiber beams under bending. revista ibracon de estruturas e materiais, 12(2), pp. 288–307. doi: 10.1590/s1983-41952019000200005. [2] jiang, c., fan, k., wu, f., chen, d. (2014). experimental study on the mechanical properties and microstructure of chopped basalt fibre reinforced concrete. materials & design, 58, pp. 187–193. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2014.01.056 [3] yao, w., li, j., wu, k. (2003). mechanical properties of hybrid fiber-reinforced concrete at low fiber volume fraction. cement and concrete research, 33(1), pp. 27–30. doi: 10.1016/s0008-8846(02)00913-4. [4] hefni, y., zaher, y. a.e.w., mona a. (2018). influence of activation of fly ash on the mechanical properties of concrete. construction and building materials, 172, pp. 728–734. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.04.021. [5] kaïkea, a., achoura, d., duplan, f., rizzuti, l. (2014). effect of mineral admixtures and steel fiber volume contents on the behavior of high performance fiber reinforced concrete. materials & design, 63, pp. 493–499. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2014.06.066. [6] vantadori, s., carpinteri, a., guo, l-p., ronchei, zanichelli, a. (2018). synergy assessment of hybrid reinforcements in concrete. composites part b: engineering, s1359836818305262. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2018.04.020 [7] zarei, a., rooholamini, h., ozbakkaloglu, t. (2021). evaluating the properties of concrete pavements containing crumb rubber and recycled steel fibers using response surface methodology. int. j. pavement res. technol. doi: 10.1007/s42947-021-00049-7. [8] melais, s., melais, f.z., achoura, d. (2015), influence of fiber type and volume contents on the physical and mechanical behaviour of sandcrete with blast furnace slag fillers rev. sci. technol., synthèse, 30, pp. 91-102. [9] lura, p., terrasi, g.p. (2014). reduction of fire spalling in high-performance concrete by means of superabsorbent polymers and polypropylene fibers. cement and concrete composites, 49, pp. 36–42. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2014.02.001. [10] chai, l-j., guo, l-p., chen, b., wang, m., carpinteri, a., scorza, d., vantadori, s. (2020). fracture mechanics-based mixture optimization of ecological high-ductility cementitious composites modified with recycled asphalt concrete. construction and building materials, 264(1-10), 120686. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.120686. [11] chai, l., guo, l., chen, b., cao, y. (2020). effects of curing age on compressive and tensile stress-strain behaviors of ecological high ductility cementitious composites. journal of southeast university (english edition), 36 (1), pp. 73-80. doi: 10.3969/j.issn.1003-7985.2020.01.010. [12] coutts r.s.p. (2005). a review of australian research into natural fibre cement composites. cement and concrete composites, 27(5), pp. 518–526. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2004.09.003. [13] tonoli, g.h.d., savastano jr, h., fuente, e., negro, c., blanco, a., rocco lahr, f.a. (2010). eucalyptus pulp fibres as alternative reinforcement to engineered cement-based composites. industrial crops and products, 31(2), pp. 225– 232. doi: 10.1016/j.indcrop.2009.10.009. [14] kriker, a., debicki, g., bali, a., khenfer, m.m., chabannet, m. (2005). mechanical properties of date palm fibres and concrete reinforced with date palm fibres in hot-dry climate. cement and concrete composites, 27(5), pp. 554–564. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2004.09.015. [15] benaimeche, o., carpinteri, a., mellas, m., ronchei, c. scorza, d., vantadori, s. (2018). the influence of date palm mesh fibre reinforcement on flexural and fracture behaviour of a cement-based mortar. composites part b: engineering, 152, 292–299. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2018.07.017. [16] benaimeche, o., łukasz, s., mellas, m. (2019). the utilization of vegetable fibers in cementitious materials. reference module in materials science and materials engineering, pp. 1-14. doi: 10.1016/b978-0-12-803581-8.11596-6 [17] sudin, r., swamy, n. (2006). bamboo and wood fibre cement composites for sustainable infrastructure regeneration. j mater sci 41, pp. 6917–6924. doi: 10.1007/s10853-006-0224-3. [18] li, y., mai, y-w, ye, l. (2000). sisal fibre and its composites: a review of recent developments. composites science and technology, 6 60(11), pp. 2037–2055. doi: 10.1016/s0266-3538(00)00101-9. [19] tolêdo filho, r.d, ghavami, k., england gl., scrivener, k. (2003). development of vegetable fibre–mortar composites of improved durability. cement and concrete composites, 25(2), pp. 185–196. doi: 10.1016/s0958-9465(02)00018-5. [20] ali, m. (2014). seismic performance of coconut-fibre-reinforced-concrete columns with different reinforcement configurations of coconut-fibre ropes. construction and building materials, 70, pp. 226–230. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2014.07.086. t. messas et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 102-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.08 113 [21] rahim, m., douzane, o., tran le, a.d., promis, g., laidoudi, b., crigny, a., dupre, b., langlet, t. (2015). characterization of flax lime and hemp lime concretes: hygric properties and moisture buffer capacity. energy and buildings, 88, pp. 91–99. doi: 10.1016/j.enbuild.2014.11.043 [22] sellami, a., merzoud, m. amziane, s. (2013). improvement of mechanical properties of green concrete by treatment of the vegetals fibers. construction and building materials, 47, pp. 1117–1124. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2013.05.073 [23] khelifa, m.r., leklou, n., bellal, t., hebert, r.l., ledesert, b.a. (2016). is alfa a vegetal fiber suitable for making green reinforced structure concrete?. european journal of environmental and civil engineering, pp. 1–21. doi: 10.1080/19648189.2016.1217792 [24] elhamdouni, y., khabbazi, a., benayad, c., dadi, a., ahmid, o.i. (2015). effect of fiber alfa on thermophysical characteristics of a material based on clay. energy procedia, 74, pp. 718–727. doi : 10.1016/j.egypro.2015.07.807 [25] ben brahim, s., ben cheikh, r. (2007). influence of fibre orientation and volume fraction on the tensile properties of unidirectional alfa-polyester composite. composites science and technology, 67(1), pp. 140–147. doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2005.10.006 [26] nf p 18-101: aggregates terminology definitions – classification, afnor, (1990). [27] nf p 15-433: methods of testing cement. determination of shrinkage and swelling, classification, afnor, 1994. [28] el-abbassi, f.z, assarar, m., ayad, r., bourmaud, a., baley, c. (2020). a review on alfa fibre (stipatenacissima l.): from the plant architecture to the reinforcement of polymer composites. composites part a: applied science and manufacturing, 128, 105677. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesa.2019.105677 [29] nf en 12390-2: testing hardened concrete — part 2: making and curing specimens for strength, afnor, p 18455, 2001. [30] nf en 12390-3 testing hardened concrete part 3: compressive strength of test specimens. afnor, june 2019 [31] nf en 12390-5 testing hardened concrete part 5: flexural strength of test specimens. afnor, april 2012 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_1 a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.01 1 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture crack front segmentation under combined mode iand mode iiiloading a. eberlein university of paderborn, institute of applied mechanics, pohlweg 47-49, 33098 paderborn, germany eberlein@fam.upb.de, http://mb.uni-paderborn.de/fam/ h. a. richard university of paderborn, institute of applied mechanics, pohlweg 47-49, 33098 paderborn, germany richard@fam.upb.de, http://mb.uni-paderborn.de/fam/ abstract. this article approaches the topic of crack initiation and crack growth behaviour under combined mode iand mode iii-loading conditions. such loading combinations especially lead to a crack, which unscrew out of its initial orientation and segments into many single cracks respectively facets. this characteristic depicts the crucial difference to a crack growth under pure mode i-loading, pure in-plane shearing (mode ii) as well as 2d-mixed-mode-loadings. since this stepped fractured surfaces thus far are proved little and therefore their characterisation remains to be done, a facets quantification using some characteristic dimensions will be performed within this article. after the description of experiments for facet creation the facet’s quantification using the crack profile near the initial position each facet will be analysed concerning characteristic dimensions. finally the findings will be illustrated and discussed in this contribution. keywords. 3d-mixed-mode; facets; fatigue; fracture; ctsr-specimen. introduction by today unsolved and long existing research matter in fracture mechanics is the characterisation of crack initiation and growth behaviour under combined mode iand mode iii-loading. this loading combination specially leads the initial crack to twist out of its previous direction and separate at once into multiple daughter cracks, afterwards called facets. building on the researches and findings from sommer [1], knauss [2] as well as pons and karma [3] within this article a quantification of facets will be presented and discussed. the purpose is to get new insights and facts about facets creation and initiation. experiments for facet creation reating facets experiments under mixed-mode i + iii-loading were performed using the ctsr-specimen and corresponding loading device [4, 5]. a detailed explanation of the experimental procedure and ctsr-specimen’s geometry follows below. a c a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.01 2 ctsr (compact tension shear rotation) -specimen referring to the afm-specimen a new specimen, so-called ctsr-specimen (fig. 1) has been developed [4]. relevant specimen’s dimensions are listed in the chart on the right hand side of fig. 1. hereby the specimen thickness t is a compromise between a thick specimen with a high torsional stiffness and high testing load levels. the appropriate loading device is shown in fig. 2. in combination with the new specimen this loading device enables any combination of mixedmode-loading including pure mode i-, pure mode iiand pure mode iii-loading. a detailed explanation and illustration of adjusting the mixed-mode-loading can be found in [4, 5, 6]. specimen length l 103 mm specimen width w 55 mm initial crack length a0 27.5 mm specimen thickness t 15.5 mm figure 1: ctsr-specimen with characteristic dimensions. experimental procedure under combined mode i-mode iii-loading for the creation of facets crack growth experiments with changing loading directions were performed. after a crack growth of a crack length a = 3.5 mm under mode i-loading condition with a constant cyclic comparative stress intensity factor δkv the loading direction by turning the loading device and rotating the specimen was changed into mixedmode i + iii-loading with δki ≠ 0 and δkiii ≠ 0 (fig. 2). figure 2: mixed-mode i + iii-loading by shifting the loading device. then the tests started again under constant cyclic load range δf set so, that the cyclic comparative stress intensity factor δkv before and after the loading direction was identically. crack length-cycle curves and fractured surfaces typical a-n-curves resulting from such experiments with changing loading directions are shown in fig. 3. the mixedmode i + iii-loading was adjusted by varying both loading angles α and β. a crack length a of 3.5 mm under mode iloading, due to that high cyclic stress intensity factor δkv = δki, is reached after ca. n = 70,000 cycles. afterwards changing the loading direction the crack growth delays. significant crack growth retardations were noticed by stress intensity factor ratios 1 < kiii/ki < ∞. a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.01 3 figure 3: crack growth retardation after changing the loading direction from mode i to mixed-mode i + iii. on the one hand the retardation effects are caused by the new crack growth direction due to mode iii-loading part. hereby the crack twists at an angle ψ0 out of its previous orientation. additionally the crack separates in many facets, which influence the crack growth rate too. characteristic fractured surfaces with facet formation after changing the loading direction from mode i-loading to mixed-mode i + iii-loading are pictured in fig. 4. this row on fractured surfaces shows the facet formation depending on mode iii-part on the total stress intensity factor kiii/(ki + kiii). the figures indicate that facet formation begins at a specific mode iii-part on the total stress intensity factor of kiii/(ki + kiii) = 0.37. within this experimental research no facets were observed below that ratio. the first fractured surface on the left hand side of fig. 4, captured by mode iii-part on the total stress intensity factor of kiii/(ki + kiii) = 0.26, shows that the crack continuously and smoothly without any facet initiation changes its direction. furthermore, the crack front is still coherent. with increasing mode iii-part on the mixed-mode i + iii-loading the facets’ shape changes clearly. figure 4: facet formation with increasing mode iii-part. a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.01 4 to get a better knowledge of such facet formation under mixed-mode i + iii-loading for its consideration in existing hypotheses for crack growth prediction under 3d-mixed-mode-loadings a facet quantification was performed, which is presented and discussed in the next section. characterization of crack front segmentation he first step to understand the crack growth behaviour under mode i-mode iii-loading conditions is to quantify the crack front segmentation respectively the facet formation. therefor some characteristic dimensions and angles were defined. definition of characteristic dimensions first of all, the geometry of each facet will be simplified to a circular shape. then due to the non-planar shear stress τz facets initiate twisted under a facet angle ψf as fig. 5 a) shows. reflecting the work of lin et al. [7] this facet quantification distinguishes between two facet types – ascending facets fas indicated in fig. 5 b) by red lines – and falling facets ffa indicated in fig. 5 b) by dashed lines, which finally connects the ascending facets fas. ascending facets fas initiate induced by a local opening mode-loading [8] whereas falling facets ffa form in a bridging region b making a connection to each fas facet. figure 5: definition of characteristic dimensions for facet quantification: a) schematic facet formation at the crack front due to τz; b) facet’s geometry and characteristic dimensions in the y-z-plane the ffa facets are unfavourable oriented to a local opening mode-loading. consequently, another local mechanisms, like local friction or plasticity [7], are probably responsible for their formation. so higher energies respectively loads for the creation of ffa facets are required. as a conclusion such facet formation proceeds at a later crack growth stage as the initiation of fas facets [3, 7]. other characteristic dimensions for facet quantification are the projected facet length d, the facet distance c and the width e of the bridging region b (see fig. 5 b)). approach for quantification of facet’s geometry for facet quantification the fractured surfaces were analysed microscopically. hereby the crack’s profile was measured close to the initial notch that is after a short crack extension δa. fig. 6 illustrates a typical crack’s profile of a mode iii fractured surface. the measurement plane of crack’s profile, indicated by the arrow, lies in a distance of about δa ≈ 285 µm from the wire eroded notch. in the front view (indicated by the red arrow) the crack’s profile looks as in fig. 6 b) shown. thereby the fas facets, which were considered for the quantification, are marked in the graph. furthermore, it is visible that in the middle of the specimen the biggest facets creates. the analysis of all fas facets reveals an average projected facet length of d = 1.23 mm and an average distance of c = 1.63 mm. the biggest facet angles ψf exhibit the fas facets fas,3, fas,4 and fas,5 (see fig. 6 b)). the angles ψf lie within an expected range between 42.3° and 49.3°. starting from the middle of the specimen to the specimen borders a decreasing facet angle was noted. the reason for this is the decreasing shear stress τz and an increasing mode ii-part by moving from the middle of the specimen to the border. due to no pure mode iii-loading condition facets near the specimen border initiate under smaller twist angles. the measurement of the bridging regions b exposed an average width e of 342 µm. such a systematic analysis approach for facet quantification was performed for all fractured surfaces within this experimental research. in the next section the results of facet quantification are shown and discussed. t a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.01 5 figure 6: analysis of facet formation: a) fractured surface under pure mode iii-loading; b) crack’s profile: measurement of each formed facet. results of facet’s quantification the results of facet’s quantification are illustrated in fig. 7. due to the fact that within this experimental research no facets below kiii/(ki + kiii) of 0.37 initiated, the number of facets in fig. 7 a) for lower kiii/(ki + kiii)-ratios is zero. when facets create their quantity decreases with increasing mode iii-part to an average number of five facets at pure mode iiiloading. moreover, an increasing projected facet length d and facet distance c can be detected by means of fractured surfaces (shown in fig. 7 b)). at pure mode iii-loading an average projected facet length d of 2.5 mm and an average facet distance c of 3.4 mm result. since the shear stress τz declines by moving along the specimen thickness from the middle of the specimen to the border, the conditions for pure mode iii-loading are mostly given only in a limited range around the centre plane [9]. therefore, for the measurement of the facet angles ψf only three facets around the centre plane of the specimen thickness are considered. fig. 7 c) displays the results of the measured facet angles. in contrast to the hypothesis by richard for the crack twisting angle ψ0 the measured facet angles partially are ca. 10° smaller as the hypothesis predicts. however, the measured facet angle ψf for pure mode iii-loading coincides very well with the hypothesis by richard. the determination of the facet angles respectively the crack twisting angles is principally very difficult. the measured deviations can be formed e. g. by local plastic deformations of the facets while final rupture. in addition a strong correlation between the projected facet length d, the facet distance c and the bridging width e (see fig. 7 d)) of the bridging regions b (see fig. 7 e)) with the measured facet angles ψf exist. such a correlation between this characteristic dimensions lin et al. found too [7]. this correlation they explain on the basis of energy’s balance consideration. the result of the bridging regions analyses is pictured in fig. 7 d). here the characteristic width e increases with rising mode iii-part. the magnitude of the bridging width e is in comparison with the projected facet length d and the facet distance c significantly smaller and is in a direct contact with both values. at pure mode iii-loading the bridging width e is almost 1 mm. further the fractured surfaces with higher mode iii-loading parts in the bridging regions b exhibit no fatigue characteristics. instead the fractured surfaces show a classical strength failure due to cleavage fracture as well as shear fracture. based on this experimental knowledge of facet’s creation and crack front segmentation under combined mode imode iii-loading the next step will be an establishing of a criterion for crack growth initiation under mixed-mode i + iiiloadings. in this field today only a few approaches subsist, which are subjected to many assumptions and restrictions [7, 10, 11, 12, 13]. a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.01 6 figure 7: overview of facets quantification’s results (averages): a) number of facets depending on mode iii-part; b) projected facet length d and facet distance c depending on mode iii-part; c) facet angle ψf depending on mode iii-part in contrast to the crack twisting angle ψ0 by richard [6]; d) bridging width e of regions b depending on mode iii-part; e) bridging regions b of a pure mode iii fractured surface references [1] sommer, e., formation of fracture ‘lances’ in glass, engng. frac. mech., 1 (1969) 539–546. [2] knauss, w.g., an observation of crack propagation in anti-plane shear, int. j. frac., 6 (1970) 183-187. [3] pons, a.j., karma, a., helical crack-front instability in mixed-mode fracture, nature, 464 (2010) 85-89. [4] schirmeisen, n.-h., risswachstum unter 3d-mixed-mode-beanspruchung, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2012). [5] eberlein, a., einfluss von mixed-mode-beanspruchung auf das ermüdungsrisswachstum in bauteilen und strukturen. vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2016). [6] richard, h.a., schramm, b., schirmeisen, n.-h., cracks on mixed-mode loading – theories, experiments, simulations, int. j. fat., 62 (2014) 93-103. a. eberlein et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.01 7 [7] lin, b., mear, m.e., ravi-chandar, k., criterion for initiation of cracks under mixed-mode i + iii loading, int. j. frac., 165 (2010) 175-188. [8] pollard, d.d., segall, p.e., delaney, p.t., formation and interpretation of dilatant echelon cracks, geol. soc. am. bull., 93 (1982) 1291-1303. [9] kullmer, g., richard, h.a., wang, c., eberlein, a., numerische untersuchungen zur ermittlung der rissablenkungs und rissverdrehungswinkel bei allgemeiner mixed-mode-belastung, dvm-bericht 245, bruchmechanische werkstoffund bauteilbewertung: beanspruchungsanalyse, prüfmethoden und anwendungen, deutscher verband für materialforschung und –prüfung e.v. berlin (2013) 59-68. [10] cambonie, t., lazarus, v., quantification of the crack fragmentation resulting from mode i + iii loading, proc. mater. science 3 (2014) 1816-1821. [11] pham, k.h., ravi-chandar, k., further examination of the criterion for crack initiation under mixed-mode i + iii loading, int. j. frac. 189 (2014) 121-138. [12] leblond, j.-b., lazarus, v., karma, a., multiscale cohesive zone model for propagation of segmented crack fronts in mode i + iii fracture, int. j. frac. 191 (2015) 167-189. [13] ronsin, o., caroli, c., baumberger, t., crack front echelon instability in mixed mode fracture of a strong nonlinear elastic solid, europhys. lett. 105 (2014) 34001. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_42 g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 368 focussed on crack paths fatigue crack paths under the influence of changes in stiffness g. kullmer, b. schramm, h. a. richard paderborn university, germany kullmer@fam.upb.de abstract. an important topic of the collaborative research centre trr 30 of the deutsche forschungsgemeinschaft (dfg) is the crack growth behaviour in graded materials. in addition, the growth of cracks in the neighbourhood of regions and through regions with different material properties belongs under this topic. due to the different material properties, regions with differing stiffness compared to the base material may arise. regions with differing stiffness also arise from ribs, grooves or boreholes. since secure findings on the propagation behaviour of fatigue cracks are essential for the evaluation of the safety of components and structures, the growth of cracks near changes in stiffness has to be considered, too. depending on the way a crack penetrates the zone of influence of such a change in stiffness and depending on whether this region is more compliant or stiffer than the surrounding area the crack may grow towards or away from this region. both cases result in curved crack paths that cannot be explained only by the global loading situation. to evaluate the influence of regions with differing stiffness on the path of fatigue cracks the paths and the stress intensity factors of cracks growing near and through regions with differing stiffness are numerically determined with the program system adapcrack3d. therefore, arrangements of changes in stiffness modelled as material inclusions with stiffness properties different from the base material or modelled as ribs and grooves are systematically varied to develop basic conclusions about the crack growth behaviour near and through changes in stiffness. keywords. curved crack path; crack growth simulation; material inclusion; change in stiffness; finite elements. introduction n important topic of the collaborative research centre trr 30 of the deutsche forschungsgemeinschaft (dfg) is the crack propagation behaviour in graded materials. in addition, the growth of cracks in the neighbourhood of material boundaries belongs under this topic. in particular, accidentally embedded extraneous material causes material boundaries. in many cases, material inclusions represent regions with stiffness properties different from the base material and the boundaries of these regions represent local changes in stiffness. furthermore, ribs, grooves or boreholes cause similar changes in stiffness. depending on the way a crack penetrates the zone of influence of a region with different stiffness and depending on whether this region is more compliant or stiffer than the surrounding area the crack may grow towards or may tend to grow away from the change in stiffness. if the crack crosses the change in stiffness, the crack growth behaviour reverses. if the region with different stiffness is locally bordered, the crack may grow around this region. all mentioned cases result in curved crack paths. curved crack paths result from mixed mode loading at the crack tip. thereby in general the basic crack opening modes co-occur, see fig. 1. mode i describes normal loading leading to a a g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 369 symmetrical opening of the crack surfaces. mode ii is valid for shear loading causing in-plane sliding of the crack surfaces. mode iii represents shear loading generating anti-plane sliding of the crack surfaces. f f f f f f mode i mode ii mode iii x y z x y z x y z figure 1: basic crack opening modes, richard and sander [1]. since the present study only deals with plane problems, mode iii is irrelevant. whereas a crack propagates self-similar under mode i-loading it deflects under mode ii-loading about the angle φ0 ≈ 70° as represented in fig. 2. under plane mixed-mode-loading with continuously changing ratios of mode i and mode ii curved cracks form in the x-y-plane according to fig. 1. figure 2: crack propagation under different crack opening modes, richard and sander [1] simulation model for the investigation of the fatigue crack growth in the neighbourhood of changes in stiffness imulation models based on the ct-specimen, see fig. 3, are used to investigate the basic influence of line-shaped regions with differing stiffness and different orientation on the path of fatigue cracks. the default thickness of the specimen is 5mm and the default value of young´s modulus is 210.000mpa. the material behaviour is idealised as linear elastic, isotropic and homogeneous. poisson´s ratio is zeroed to avoid stresses in thickness direction of the specimen and thickness influences and therefore to ensure a state of plane stress in spite of using a three-dimensional model. a three-dimensional model is required for the present investigation since the crack growth is simulated with the program system adapcrack3d developed by the institute of applied mechanics of the university of paderborn (fulland [2]). as shown in fig. 3 a rectangular partition inserted into the cad-model of the ct-specimen represents the line-shaped region with differing stiffness. the simulation models differ since young´s modulus, the thickness, the distance to the starter notch and the orientation of the line-shaped change in stiffness vary. to evaluate the influence of the stiffness mismatch, on the one hand, with default thickness young´s modulus of the line-shaped region is varied and on the other hand, with standard young´s modulus the thickness of the line-shaped region is modified. to analyse the influence of the orientation of the change in stiffness in relation to the nominal global mode i-loading of the initial crack, the orientation of the change in stiffness is varied by stepwise rotation of the line-shaped region about the centre a. thus, for a fixed distance d = 9.7mm the orientation angle α varies between 90° and 30°. to investigate the influence of the distance d between the starter notch and the change in stiffness with default thickness and constant orientation angle α = 45° the distance d varies in steps of 2.5mm from 9.7mm to 19.7mm. for this investigation, young´s modulus of the line-shaped region is once double and once half the value of default young´s modulus. s g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 370 17 3 32,4 18 3 9 ,6 90 8 6 ,4 9 0° 32,4 2 4 0 5 d a  14,4 line-shaped region with differing stiffness figure 3: geometry of the ct-specimen and positioning of the line-shaped region with differing stiffness. the ct-specimen is partitioned according to fig. 4. inside the partitions p1 and p2, the default properties of young´s modulus and the thickness of the specimen are valid. whereas inside partition p3, that represents the region with differing stiffness, depending on the type of examination either young´s modulus or the thickness varies. the partition p2 guarantees a comparable fine mesh in the neighbourhood of the partition p3 and identical boundary conditions independent from the orientation angle α and the distance d of the change in stiffness. therefore, the border of partition p2 is sufficiently distant from the partition p3 for all investigated orientations and positions of the change in stiffness. furthermore, fig. 4 shows the boundary conditions. all simulation models are supported at the positions a, b and c. the bearing is statically determined and symmetrical. the specimen is loaded with distributed line loads of 2500n/mm at the upper and lower inner side of the bore. with a specimen thickness of 5mm the resulting load is 12.5kn. the boundary conditions are chosen in a way that the bearing reactions vanish and a symmetrical deformation of the specimen occurs if all partitions of the specimen have the same young´s modulus and the same thickness. in this case, a pure mode i-loading is present at the crack tip and the crack should grow straight ahead. figure 4: partitioning of the ct-specimen and definition of the boundary conditions. fig. 5 shows a typical global mesh exemplary for the ct-specimen with a change in stiffness with an orientation angle α = 45°. the mesh consists of 10-noded quadratic tetrahedral elements. inside the partitions p2 and p3 where the crack most likely will propagate the edge length of the elements is chosen 1mm whereas in partition p1 an edge length of 2.5mm is sufficient. g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 371 figure 5: exemplary mesh for the ct-specimen with a change in stiffness, orientation angle of the change in stiffness α = 45°. for the crack growth simulation with adapcrack3d the global mesh is unstitched along the crack path with the aid of a crack model. the crack model is a surface mesh that contains only the surface of the crack. at first, the crack model is built up of the mesh of the initial crack as shown in fig. 6. therefore, linear triangle elements with an edge length of 0.5mm are used. the initial crack has a lateral length of 2mm as defined in fig. 3. for a growing crack, the crack model is incrementally extended with additional crack surfaces in the direction depending on the estimated mixed mode ratio. since, as already mentioned, the present investigation in principle represents a plane problem, poisson´s ratio is zeroed to ensure a state of plane stress and the stress intensity factor kiii is neglected to avoid a twisting of the crack surface. furthermore, adapcrack3d is modified in a way that with every simulation step a uniform crack increment over the specimen thickness with a fixed lateral length is achieved. additionally it is meaningful to use the mapped mesh-method to mesh the initial crack as shown in fig. 6 to achieve constant crack deflection angles, because adapcrack3d uses local coordinate systems based on the mesh of the previous crack surface to calculate the coordinates of the new crack front nodes. x y z model of the initial crack mesh of the initial crack figure 6: positioning of the crack model inside the ct-specimen, orientation angle of the change in stiffness α = 45°. for the calculation of the stress intensity factors ki und kii adapcrack3d uses the modified virtual crack closure integral (mvcci) after rybicki and kanninen [3] applied to a comoving submodel composed of a regular linear g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 372 hexahedral mesh containing the crack front. thereby for every node at the crack front, first the energy release rates gi and gii for the respective crack opening modes are calculated. to evaluate the stress intensity factors ki and kii the mean values of the energy release rates gi and gii over the thickness of the specimen and the equations valid for the state of plane stress egk ii  (1) egk iiii  (2) are used. since plane mixed mode loading is existent, the crack deflection angles are calculated with the maximum tangential stress criterion after erdogan and sih [4]. verification of the crack growth simulations efore the execution of the actual numerical simulations of ct-specimens with different changes in stiffness, the simulation model and the modified version of adapcrack3d are verified. therefore, simulations with the intended different values of young´s modulus, the different thicknesses and a constant orientation angle α = 90° are conducted. due to symmetry mode ii should be zero and the crack should grow straight through the changes in stiffness independent of young´s modulus or the thickness of the change in stiffness. the numerically determined resulting crack paths for all cases are almost straight with slight deviations from zero in y-direction. the extent of the deviations is for the ct-specimen with a homogeneous partition p3 with default young´s modulus and default thickness as big as for the ct-specimens with different changes in stiffness. already numerical inaccuracies due to an asymmetric fe-mesh, typical for using the free mesh option, cause slight deviations from a straight crack path. the maximum deviation from the straight line is in all cases for a simulated additional crack length of more than 20mm less than 0.2mm. thus, the simulation model and the modified version of adapcrack3d are suitable for the intended investigation. moreover, crack growth simulations with the ct-specimen with a change in stiffness with young´s modulus double the default young´s modulus and an orientation angle α = 45° are executed with crack growth increments of 0.2mm, 0.5mm und 1mm. because the resulting crack paths are almost the same, the fixed default crack increment of 0.5mm for the further simulations is chosen, since this uniform crack increment has turned out to be a reasonable compromise between effort and accuracy. crack paths for different orientations of an inclusion he simulated crack paths for different orientations angles of a change in stiffness modelled as an inclusion and the alignment of the inclusion for the extreme orientation angles α = 30° as well as α = 90° are presented in fig. 7. for the stiff inclusion, young´s modulus is double the default young´s modulus and for the compliant inclusion, young´s modulus is half the default young´s modulus. figure 7: simulated crack paths with variable orientation of the inclusion, a) stiff inclusion, b) compliant inclusion. b t b) a) g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 373 for α = 90° the crack propagates independently of the inclusion stiffness straight through the inclusion. with increasing inclination angle of the inclusion, the deflection of the crack rises. if the crack penetrates the region influenced by the stiffness mismatch of an inclined inclusion the crack tends to grow around the boundary to the stiff material and to grow towards the boundary to the compliant material. this can be clearly seen with the simulation results for the inclusion with orientation angle α = 30°. in this case, the crack hardly enters the stiff inclusion. furthermore, the crack grows along the boundary of the compliant inclusion and leaves the inclusion at the farthest corner. in both cases the orientation angle α = 30° seems to be a lower limit so that the crack properly traverses the inclusion. if the crack traverses the inclusion the crack growth behaviour reverses approaching the second material boundary. when the crack leaves the region influenced by the stiffness mismatch the crack approaches tangentially a parallel to the extension line of the initial crack. the offset of the parallel to the extension line increases with the inclination of the inclusion. where the crack crosses a material boundary, the crack path has an inflexion point and the curvature of the crack path changes. this means that the stress intensity factor kii is zero at the material boundary and the crack locally grows straight under mode i conditions. the maximal magnitude of kii corresponds with the maximal curvature of the crack path and the maximal stiffness asymmetry around the crack tip due to the inclusion. anyway, kii is small compared to ki leading to slightly curved crack paths. crack paths for stiff changes in stiffness ig. 7 shows crack paths through changes in stiffness due to doubling or halving young´s modulus in partition p3. these results are already discussed in [5, 6]. fig. 8 presents the comparison between crack paths due to changes in stiffness with double young´s modulus or double thickness for the orientation angles α = 45° and α = 60°. figure 8: crack paths for different orientation angles of stiffenings the comparison of crack paths in fig. 8 shows that in the neighbourhood of different kinds of stiffenings the principle characteristics of the crack paths are similar. if the crack enters the region of influence of a stiffening, the crack grows away from the stiffening. with increasing inclination of the stiffening, the deflection of the crack rises with the tendency that the crack tangentially passes by this region, see fig. 7. if the extent of the stiffening is too big or the inclination of the stiffening is moderate, the crack penetrates the stiffening under a certain angle as defined in fig. 11. furthermore, the curvature of the crack paths changes at this point. inside of the stiffening, the cracks extend steadily curved. on the backside of the stiffening, they grow towards the boundary of the stiffening. again, the curvature of the crack paths changes where the cracks leave the stiffening. with increasing distance behind the stiffening, the crack paths approach tangentially a parallel to the extension of the initial crack. the offset of this parallel increases with rising inclination of the stiffening. the results show that the influence of the stiffening on the deflection of the crack path depends on the orientation of the stiffening and on the stiffness mismatch of the stiffening as also shown in fig. 15. obviously, the effective stiffness mismatch due to a local stiffening through doubling young´s modulus with constant thickness is greater than due to a local stiffening through doubling the thickness with constant young´s modulus. here it becomes noticeable, that a three dimensional fe-model is used for the crack growth simulation. thus, particularly inside of the thickening, the stresses are not constant over the whole thickness of the specimen but the outer edges of the thickening are stress-free regions. these stress free regions do not participate in the stiffness mismatch. therefore, obviously the effect on the crack path of a thickening with double thickness is weaker than the effect of a stiff inclusion with double young´s modulus. f g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 374 1.0921.0741.0851.0791.1471.1461.2491.256 1.268 1.206 1.242 809 854 888 906 938 1.033 ‐1,5 ‐1 ‐0,5 0 0,5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 y ‐a x is  i n  m m x‐axis in mm region outside the thickening region inside the thickening 1.082 1.1111.134 1.2421.2401.328 1.418 1.515 2.354 2.300 2.508 2.400 2.2152.224 2.194 2.147 ‐1,5 ‐1 ‐0,5 0 0,5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 y ‐a x is  i n  m m x‐axis in mm region outside the thickening region inside the thickening figure 9: ki-values along the crack path through a thickening with orientation angle α = 45°. fig. 9 exemplarily shows the distribution of the stress intensity factor ki on the path through the thickening with the orientation angle α = 45° using a bubble diagram whereupon the diameter of the bubbles represents the local value of ki. when the crack approaches the stiffening, ki drops although the crack grows, by the reason that the stiffening causes a stress shield at the crack tip. ki reduces about the factor 2 when the crack enters the thickening. inside the thickening, ki increases. when the crack exits the thickening ki rises about the factor 2 . if in contrast an inclusion with double young´s modulus causes the stiffening then ki rises about the factor 2 when the cracks enters the inclusion and ki reduces about the factor 2 when crack exits the inclusion [5, 6]. since the relations for the stress intensity factor egk ii  and for the energy release rate dadugi  , which is the energy release –du over the increment of the crack surface da, are valid and since with every section crossing the thickness or young´s modulus rise or reduce by the factor 2, obviously, the energy release is continuous when the crack crosses the boundaries of the stiffening. the evaluation of the stress intensity factor kii yields that the values of kii are overall small compared to the values of ki. the greatest values of kii occur, where the stiffening causes the greatest local stiffness asymmetry. at the boundaries of the stiffening, the course of kii shows a zero crossing and the sign of kii changes, so that at these points, the crack path has inflexion points and locally mode i-loading exists. crack paths for compliant changes in stiffness ig. 10 illustrates the comparison between crack paths due to changes in stiffness with halving young´s modulus or halving the thickness in partition p3 for the orientation angles α = 45° and α = 60°. firstly, the cracks grow towards the change in stiffness. with increasing inclination of the change in stiffness, the deflection of the cracks rises, whereby the entrance angle according to fig. 11 increases. at the transition point into the compliant region, the curvature of the crack paths changes. inside of the compliant region, the crack extends steadily curved. on the backside of the compliant region, the crack paths deflect more with increasing inclination of the change in stiffness and tend to run tangential to the region boundary. if the compliant region is big enough, the crack leaves this region on the backside, whereat the curvature of the crack path changes again. with greater distance behind the compliant region, the crack paths approach tangentially a parallel to the extension of the initial crack. the offset of this parallel to the initial crack increases with rising inclination of the change in stiffness. in contrast to the crack paths due to a stiffening through doubling young´s modulus or doubling the thickness as shown in fig. 8 the crack paths due to a compliant region through halving young´s modulus or halving the thickness are rather similar. obviously, this may be reasoned by the fact that inside a cut-out in contrast to a thickening no stress-free regions occur, so that the effective stiffness mismatches due to both methods to generate a compliant change in stiffness are similar. the characteristics of the courses of the stress intensity factors ki and kii for the compliant regions are corresponded to the characteristics of the courses of the stress intensity factors ki and kii for the stiffening. f g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 375 figure 10: crack paths for different orientation angles of compliant changes in stiffness comparison of crack paths for stiff and compliant changes in stiffness ig. 11 illustrates the definition of the transition angles of the crack paths at region transitions. initial crack stiffstiff compliant initial crack β γ γ stiffcompliant compliant figure 11: definition of the entrance angle β and the exit angle γ of the crack path at region transitions. the comparison of the transition angles in fig. 12 and the crack paths through stiff and compliant changes in stiffness in the figs. 7, 8 and 10 show that in both cases at the transition from a compliant to a stiff region the crack grows away from the region boundary. therefore, the transition angle from compliant to stiff according to the definition of the transition angles in fig. 11 becomes smaller than the orientation angle of the change in stiffness. at the transition from a stiff to a compliant region, the crack grows towards the region boundary and the transition angle becomes greater than the orientation angle of the change in stiffness. furthermore, fig. 12 indicates that the transition angles are equal at transitions with the same stiffness mismatch independent of what causes the change in stiffness. figure 12: comparison of the entrance and the exit angles depending on the type of the change in stiffness f g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 376 crack paths depending on the distance of the change in stiffness from the starter notch he crack paths for a stiff inclusion and a compliant inclusion with constant orientation angle α = 45° and varying distance to the starter notch are represented in fig. 13. the distance varies in steps of 2.5mm from 9.7mm to 19.7mm. figure 13: crack paths for stiff inclusions (top image) and compliant inclusions (lower image) with constant orientation angle α = 45° and varying distance from the starter notch as shown in fig. 13 the characteristics of the particular crack paths for the stiff inclusions and the compliant inclusions are equal. in the region of influence of the inclusion, the crack deflects and the deviation of the crack path from the initial crack increases with the distance from the starter notch. behind the inclusion, the crack grows parallel to the initial crack with a certain offset. the parallel offset behind the stiff inclusion is the bigger the greater the distance of the inclusion from the starter notch. whereas, the parallel offset behind the compliant inclusion is the smaller the greater the distance of the inclusion from the starter notch. superposing the crack paths, so that the entry points and the exit points coincide, shows that the crack paths through the inclusions and the transition angles according to fig. 11 are independent of the distance of the inclusion from the initial crack but dependent on the stiffness mismatch. this is represented exemplarily in fig. 14 for crack paths through the compliant inclusions. the dependence of the transition angles on the stiffness mismatch represents fig. 15. here the transition angles for an inclusion with constant distance d = 14.7mm from the starter notch and constant orientation angle α = 45° and varying young´s modulus are plotted over the stiffness mismatch. the stiffness mismatch ē is defined as follows: di di ee ee e    (3) whereat ei is young´s modulus of the inclusion and ed is the default young´s modulus. if ei and ed are equal the stiffness mismatch is zero. therefore, the crack does not deflect and the transition angles are equal to the orientation angle. if ei is less than ed the stiffness mismatch ē is negative but at least -1. if ei is greater than ed the stiffness mismatch ē is positive but not more than +1. the course of the entrance angle and the course of the exit angle over ē show a counter similar behaviour. if ē is less than a critical negative value, the entrance angle reaches a constant value and t g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 377 the exit angle is zero. this means that a crack enters a sufficiently compliant inclusion but does not leave it. if ē is greater than a critical positive value, the exit angle reaches a constant value and the entrance angle is zero. this means that a crack does not enter a sufficiently stiff inclusion. obviously, both critical values of ē have the same absolute value and only if ē is within this range, the crack is able to cross the inclusion. figure 14: comparison of the crack paths through the compliant inclusions with constant orientation angle α = 45° and varying distance from the initial crack. figure 15: transition angles of cracks through inclusions with varying stiffness mismatch (α = 45°, d = 14.7mm) conclusions he results of the presented investigations on the influence of changes in stiffness on the paths of fatigue cracks show, that changes in stiffness cause curved crack paths when they generate an asymmetric stiffness distribution in the neighbourhood of the crack. the deflection of the crack paths and therefore the transition angles at changes in stiffness depend on the stiffness mismatch and the orientation angle between the initial crack and the change in stiffness but they are independent on the distance between the initial crack and the change in stiffness. only if the magnitude of the stiffness mismatch is less than a critical value the crack is able to cross the change in stiffness. where the crack crosses the boundary of a change in stiffness the energy release is continuous and the crack path has an inflexion point. references [1] richard, h. a., sander, m., ermüdungsrisse, vieweg+teubner verlag, wiesbaden, (2009). [2] fulland m., risssimulationen in dreidimensionalen strukturen mit automatischer adaptiver finite-elementenetzgenerierung, fortschritt-bericht vdi, reihe 18: mechanik/bruchmechanik nr. 280, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2003). t g. kullmer et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 368-378; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.42 378 [3] rybicki, e. f., kanninen, m. f., a finite element calculation of stress intensity factors by a modified crack closure integral, engineering fracture mechanics, 9 (1977) 931-938. [4] erdogan, f., sih, g.c., on the crack extension in plates under plane loading and transverse shear, journal of basic engineering, 85 (1963) 519-525. [5] kullmer, g., schramm, b., richard, h.a., einfluss linienförmiger fremdeinschlüsse mit variabler orientierung und unterschiedlichen elastizitätsmodulen auf den verlauf von ermüdungsrissen. in: dvm-bericht 246, bruchmechanische werkstoffund bauteilbewertung: beanspruchungsanalyse, prüfmethoden und anwendungen, deutscher verband für materialforschung und -prüfung e.v., berlin, (2014) 73-82. [6] kullmer, g., schramm, b., richard, h.a., about the influence of line-shaped inclusions on the path of fatigue cracks, procedia materials science, 3 (2014) 110-115. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 1 art 3.doc v. tvergaard, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 25-28 25 1 introduction many procedures for the analysis of crack propagation are based on using critical values of parameters characterising the crack-tip stress and strain fields, such as the stress intensity factor, the j-integral, the crack-tip opening displacement, or the crack-tip opening angle. alternatively, the prediction of crack growth may be directly based on the fracture mechanism operating on the microscale, either by incorporating the failure mechanism in the constitutive equations for the material, or by representing the failure mechanism through a cohesive zone model of the fracture process zone. the present paper will give a survey of a number of investigations where the prediction of crack growth has been based on models of the actual fracture mechanism. one of the most well known material models that accounts for the micromechanics of damage is the modified gurson model [1,2], which models the evolution of ductile fracture by the nucleation and growth of voids to coalescence. some of the analyses using this model to predict ductile crack growth will be discussed. also for creep failure in metals at high temperatures material models [3] have incorporated the micromechanisms of diffusive cavity growth in grain boundaries, leading to open micro-cracks at grain boundary facets at a rate strongly affected by grain boundary sliding. results on creep crack growth based on this failure model will be mentioned. the term continuum damage mechanics is used for constitutive relations, which are able to represent the effect of damage evolution on the macro level, by developing appropriate expressions in which free material parameters can be fitted to experiments, as in the case of low cycle fatigue [4]. as an example, predictions of micro-crack formation in a metal matrix composite, based on this material model, will be presented here. cohesive zone models have been used in recent years in a number of analyses of crack growth resistance in elasticplastic solids [5]. some of the predictions obtained in these studies will be briefly mentioned here. 2 material models with damage evolution when the failure mechanism is incorporated in in the constitutive relations, the crack growth follows directly from the predicted loss of stress carrying capacity in one or more integration points in an element. then it is natural to kill the failed elements, by using the element vanish technique [6]. this procedure has been used for the predictions of crack growth to be discussed in the following three subsections. crack growth by ductile failure much interest has been devoted to the development of elastic-plastic or viscoplastic constitutive equations that account for the effect of ductile damage development. the most well known model is that suggested by gurson [1], which makes use of an approximate yield condition ( , , ) 0ij fmσ σφ = for a material containing a volume fraction f of voids, where ijσ is the average macroscopic cauchy stress tensor and mσ is an equivalent tensile flow stress representing the actual microscopic stress-state in the matrix material. with some modifications to improve predictions of plastic flow localization numerical modelling in non linear fracture mechanics ( da esis newsletter 2005) viggo tvergaard dept. of mechanical engineering, solid mechanics, technical university of denmark, nils koppels allé, building 404, dk-2800 kgs. lyngby, denmark abstract: some numerical studies of crack propagation are based on using constitutive models that account for damage evolution in the material. when a critical damage value has been reached in a material point, it is natural to assume that this point has no more carrying capacity, as is done numerically in the element vanish technique. in the present review this procedure is illustrated for micromechanically based material models, such as a ductile failure model that accounts for the nucleation and growth of voids to coalescence, and a model for intergranular creep failure with diffusive growth of grain boundary cavities leading to micro-crack formation. the procedure is also illustrated for low cycle fatigue, based on continuum damage mechanics. in addition, the possibility of crack growth predictions for elastic-plastic solids using cohesive zone models to represent the fracture process is discussed. keywords: damage evolution, crack growth, coesive zone v. tvergaard., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 25-28 26 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) i local 1 ˆˆ ˆyi i i i v f y f w y y dv w y = −∫& & [7] and of final failure by void coalescence [8] this yield condition is of the form ( ) 2 2* *2 1 12 2 cosh 1 02 k e k m m q q f q f σ σ σ σ ⎛ ⎞ ⎡ ⎤φ = + − + =⎜ ⎟ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦⎝ ⎠ (1) where ( )½3 / 2ije ijs sσ = is the macroscopic effective mises stress, and / 3ij ij ij kks gσ σ= − is the stress deviator. this material model accounts for the growth of the void volume fraction f due to plastic flow of the material around voids and due to the nucleation of new voids, and final failure is directly predicted when f reaches the critical value, at which the yield surface has shrunk to a point. this material model has been applied in a number of numerical studies of crack growth, including some studies where two populations of void nucleating particles are modelled; large weak particles that nucleate voids at relatively small strains and small strong particles that nucleate voids at much larger strains. for an edge cracked specimen under dynamic loading [9] results of a plane strain analysis are shown in fig. 1, where contours of constant void volume fraction define the predicted crack growth path in a case of a random distribution of the larger inclusions ahead of the initial crack-tip. also a full three dimensional analysis has been used to analyse this type of specimen [10]. here the computer requirements were much larger, but the advantage is that more realistic spherical shapes of the larger inclusions can be accounted for, and that 3d modes of growth are accounted for, such as tunnelling and shear lip formation. continuations of the 3d fracture study have been carried out recently in analyses that do not directly focus on crack growth, e.g. the failure of a metal matrix composite [11] or of a charpy v-notch specimen cut through a weld [12]. some attempts to include a damage dependent material length scale in this constitutive model have been carried out by leblond et al. [13] and tvergaard and needleman [14], using an integral condition on the rate of increase of the void volume fraction. the expressions used in [14] are (2) (3) where 0l > is the material characteristic length, i j ijz g y y= , and 8p = , 2q = . the usual local formulation corresponds to the limit 0l → , and it has been shown, as for other non-local continuum models, that the mesh dependence of numerical solutions in a softening regime are removed by taking 0l > . this nonlocal damage model has been applied by needleman and tvergaard [15] to predict ductile crack growth in the edge cracked specimen under dynamic loading also analysed in [9,10]. figure 1: crack growth indicated by contours of constant void volume fraction, f , for random distribution of larger particles. (a) 1.5 ,t sμ= 0.09 mmaδ = ; (b) 1.6 ,t sμ= 0.27 mmaδ = . (from [9]). creep crack growth high temperature failure leading to crack growth has been modelled in terms of continuum damage mechanics (hayhurst et al. [16]), where damage parameters are fitted to material behaviour on the macro level. the micromechanisms of creep failure in polycrystalline metals involve the nucleation and growth of small voids to coalescence; but here diffusion plays an important role, and the cavities occur primarily on grain boundary facets perpendicular to the maximum principal tensile stress (e.g. ashby and dyson [17]), where a creep constraint on the rate of cavitation is often a dominant mechanism. cavity coalescence on a grain boundary facet leads to a microcrack, and final intergranular failure occurs as such micro-cracks link up. grain boundary sliding is an important mechanism that further complicates the analysis of creep failure. a micromechanically based constitutive model for creep failure in a polycrystalline metal has been proposed (tvergaard [3,18]), in which the macroscopic creep strain rate is given by the expression ( ) ( )0 0 3 1 * 2 n nijc c e ij e e s c f σ η ε ε σ σ ⎛ ⎞ ⎡ = + +⎜ ⎟ ⎢ ⎝ ⎠ ⎣ && 2* * * *3 1 2 2 1 1 ij n n ij e e e s s sn m n n σ σ ρ σ σ σ ⎤⎧ ⎫⎛ ⎞− −−⎪ ⎪⎥+⎨ ⎬⎜ ⎟ + + ⎥⎝ ⎠⎪ ⎪⎩ ⎭⎦ (4) here, n is the creep power, 0c > represents substructure induced acceleration of creep, and expressions for other parameters are determined by axisymmetric cell ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )1 ˆˆ, 1 / q i i i i p v w y w y w y y dv z l ⎡ ⎤ = = −⎢ ⎥ +⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ ∫ v. tvergaard., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 25-28 27 model studies for a grain with a cavitating facet and sliding boundaries [3]. if there is no sliding, *f is unity, *ρ is the density of cavitating facets *ijm is a direction tensor for cavitating facets, and * ns σ− is the difference between the maximum principal stress and the normal stress on a cavitating facet. the material model has been used to predict crack growth [18], by applying the element vanish technique when cavity coalescence was predicted on a grain boundary. for a double edge cracked panel under tension fig. 2 shows the predicted damage near the crack-tip at two stages of time, where the damage parameter a/b is the cavity radius divided by the cavity half spacing on a facet, and vanished triangular elements are painted black. figure 2: distributions of creep damage ahead of a crack-tip. continuous cavity nucleation, no grain boundary sliding, and 40c = . (a) 0/ 0.064ft t = . (b) 0/ 0.686ft t = . (from [18]). plane strain multi-grain cell models for a polycrystalline aggregate have been used by van der giessen and tvergaard [19] to study the final creep fracture process, as microcracks formed at grain boundary facets link up. such analyses are however limited by the unrealistic grain geometry and the reduced constraint on sliding. but a great advantage is that large grain arrays can be analysed if a crude mesh is used within each grain, and this allows for direct modelling of intergranular crack growth in a plane strain multi-grain aggregate (onck and van der giessen [20]). fatigue cracking among the many applications of continuum damage mechanics [4], studies of failure by low cycle fatigue are an important example, where a material model directly based on the micro mechanics of failure has not been developed. as the development of fatigue fracture depends strongly on the plastic strain range in each cycle, an accurate cyclic plasticity model is needed (e.g. ohno and wang [21]), with damage mechanics incorporated. the scalar damage parameter d is taken to be zero initially, but when the accumulated plastic strain p reaches a threshold value dp , it is assumed that damage starts to develop according to the evolution law 1 , if ( ) , 0 , if d d p py d p p p ps α α ≥⎧ = = ⎨ <⎩ & & (5) here, s is a material parameter describing the energy strength of damage, the strain energy release rate is given by ( )( )22 / 2 1e vy r e dσ= − , and the expression for vr depends on the mean stress / 3 ,kkσ so that fatigue develops more rapidly under tensile stresses. when the damage parameter reaches a critical value cd , this is taken to represent such a high density of microcracks that coalescence into a macrocrack occurs. in a finite element analysis this failure event is represented in terms of the element vanish technique, such that the model can be used to predict the growth of a macroscopic crack. this type of numerical study has been carried out in [22] for a metal matrix composite, where the fatigue crack growth occurs in the metal matrix around short brittle fibres. 3 modelling by coesive zone as an alternative to the continuum models discussed above, a number of crack growth analyses describe the fracture process separately in terms of a traction separation law for the crack surface, while the inelastic deformations around the crack are accounted for by standard plasticity without damage. this gives an attractive possibility for separating effects of fracture process parameters from effects of the material parameters determining inelastic deformations, e.g. in relation to determining crack growth resistance curves. thus, analyses of this type determine directly the ratio between the remote fracture toughness and the local fracture toughness determined by the assumed cohesive model. in [5] a rather general case of crack growth along the interface between an elastic-plastic solid and a rigid solid was studied. here, a cohesive zone model was needed that accounts for both normal and tangential separation, or mixtures of these, not only in order to study effects of remote mixed mode loading, but also because of the oscillating elastic singularity resulting from the elastic mismatch across the interface, which gives varying mixtures of normal stress and shear stress along the interface. this work has been continued in a number of different studies of interface debonding, for different types of material systems. thus, in [23] resistance curves have been determined numerically for crack growth along an interface joining two elastic-plastic solids, or an elastic-plastic solid to an elastic substrate. the steady-state value ss k of the remote fracture toughness is found when the resistance curves reach their maximum, which depends on the local mode mixity 0ψ near the crack-tip. as an example fig. 3 shows such steady-state values for a case with an elastic substrate, where the elastic modulus 2e in the substrate is twice that in the elastic-plastic solid. the angular measure 0ψ is near o0 for mode i loading and would be near o90 or o90− for mode ii loading. the steady-state toughnesses are normalised by the value 0k corresponding to a purely elastic solid, for the separation v. tvergaard., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 25-28 28 energy assumed in the traction separation law. the different curves correspond to different values of the peak stress σ̂ for the traction separation law, normalised by the initial yield stress. the curves show two typical features of such results, that the fracture toughness level is very sensitive to small increases of the peak stress, and that the curves have minima for near mode i conditions at the crack-tip. figure 3: steady-state interface toughness as a function of the local mixity measure 0ψ , for 1 1/ 0.003y eσ = and 2yσ ∞ , considering different values of 1/ ,yσ σ 2 1/ 2e e = . (from [23]). 4 references [1] a.l. gurson, engng. mater. technol., 99 (1977) 2. [2] v. tvergaard, advances in applied mechanics, academic press, inc., 27 (1990) 83. [3] v. tvergaard, acta metallurgica, 32 (1984) 1977. [4] j. lemaitre, a course on damage mechanics. springer-verlag, (1992). [5] v. tvergaard, j.w. hutchinson, j. mech. phys. solids, 41 (1993) 1119. [6] v. tvergaard, j. mech. phys. solids, 30 (1982) 399. [7] v. tvergaard, int. j. fracture, 17 (1981) 389. [8] v.tvergaard, a.needleman, acta metall., 32 (1984) 157. [9] v. tvergaard, a. needleman, j. mech. phys. solids, 40 (1992) 447. [10] k.k. mathur, a. needleman, v. tvergaard, j. mech. phys. solids, 44 (1996) 439. [11] v. tvergaard, modelling simul. mater. sci. eng., 9 (2001) 143. [12] v. tvergaard, a.needleman, 3d charpy specimen analyses for welds, to appear in proc. charpy centenery conf. (2001). [13] j.b. leblond, g. perrin, j. devaux, j. appl. mech. 61 (1994) 236. [14] v. tvergaard, a. needleman, int. j. solids structures 32 (1995) 1063. [15] a. needleman, v.tvergaard, eur. j. mech., a/solids, 17 (1998) 421. [16] d.r. hayhurst, p.r.brown, c.j. morrison, philosophical transactions, royal society london a311 (1984) 131. [17] m.f. ashby, b.f. dyson, national physical laboratory, report dma(a), (1984) 77. [18] v. tvergaard, int. j. fracture, 42 (1990) 145. [19] e. van der giessen, v. tvergaard, acta metall. mater., 42 (1994) 959. [20] p.r. onck, e. van der giessen, mech. mater, 26 (1997) 109. [21] n. ohno, j.-d. wang, int. j. of plasticity, 9 (1993) 375. [22] v. tvergaard, t.ø. pedersen, arch. mech., 52 (2000) 799. [23] v. tvergaard, j. mech. phys. solids, 49 (2001) 2689. microsoft word numero_37_art_29 m. kurek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 221-227; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.29 221 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture estimation of fatigue strength under multiaxial cyclic loading by varying the critical plane orientation marta kurek, tadeusz łagoda department of mechanics and machine design, opole university of technology opole, poland andrea carpinteri, sabrina vantadori department of civil-environmental engineering and architecture, university of parma parma, italy abstract. the main purpose of this paper is to examine the influence of the critical plane orientation on the estimated fatigue strength of metals under multiaxial loading. the algorithm employed to evaluate fatigue strength implements the criterion of maximum normal and shear stress on a suitable damage plane (critical plane). the angle  defining the critical plane orientation is measured with respect to the direction that maximises the applied normal stress. eleven (11) structural materials under combined bending and torsion cyclic loading are examined. for each analysed material, the value of  angle is selected so that the value of the scatter, defined by a root-mean-square value, is minimum. on the basis of such a calculation, an empirical expression for  is proposed, that takes into account the values of bending and torsion fatigue strengths at a reference number of loading cycles. according to such an expression,  is constant for a given material. keywords. critical plane; fatigue strength; multiaxial loading. introduction tructural components of machines and devices are subjected to service loads which often include multiaxial load conditions. the complex nature of the fatigue processes has produced several fatigue criteria which, implemented in algorithms, constitute a basic tool for estimating fatigue strength/life. these criteria generally reduce the spatial stress state to an equivalent uniaxial one. among all multiaxial fatigue criteria, it is possible to distinguish a group based on the critical plane concept, which assumes that material fatigue failure is caused by stresses (strains) related to the critical plane. in 1935, stanfield suggested the use of the critical plane to describe multiaxial fatigue [1]. currently, such a concept gains an increasing interest. the paper presents both a model for estimating fatigue life and the analysis of the influence of the critical plane orientation on such an estimation. particular attention is paid to the proposal of a new function to determine the critical plane orientation, based on both the analysis of scatters and the ratio between the fatigue strength for bending and that for torsion, at the given number of loading cycles. the calculation employs the criterion of maximum normal and shear stresses acting on the critical plane [2]. s m. kurek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 221-227; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.29 222 fatigue strength evaluation enerally, the estimation of fatigue strength consists of several stages. the first step includes measurement, generation or calculation of the stress tensor components according to the following equations, in the case of biaxial fatigue (for example, cyclic bending and torsion): )(sin)( tt axx   (1) )(sin)(   tt axy (2) where )(txx refers to stress induced by bending, and )(txy refers to torsion-induced stress. further: a amplitude of normal stress induced by bending; a amplitude of shear stress induced by torsion;  pulsation;  phase shift; t time. then, the following step involves the computation of the critical plane orientation, which can be performed by using one of three established methods: weight functions, damage accumulation, variance. one damage accumulation method to determine the critical plane is that proposed by carpinteri et al. [3], according to which the normal to the critical plane is defined by the angle  :                 45 1 1 2 3 2 2b  (3) measured with respect to the direction of the maximum normal stress, and being: af af b   2 (4) where af and af are the fatigue limits for fully-reversed bending and torsion, respectively. as far as the multiaxial fatigue criteria based on the critical plane concept are concerned, macha [2] formulated the criterion of maximum normal and shear stress in fracture plane for random loading, which can be generalised for different loading conditions. the general form can be written as follows: )()()( tktbt seq    (5) where kb , are constants used for a specific criterion form [4], )(t is the normal stress and )(ts is the shear stress, both acting on the critical plane:  2sin)(cos)()( 2 ttt xyxx  (6)  2cos)(2sin)( 2 1 )( ttt xyxxs  (7) where g m. kurek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 221-227; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.29 223    (8) being  the angle defined by the direction of the maximum normal stress if the above damage accumulation method [3] is applied. an alternative method is that to determine the direction for which the normal stress variance reaches its maximum [5,6]:    dtt t t  0 0 2 0 1   (9) where 0t is the observation time interval. the criterion proposed by macha (see eq. (5)) is here employed on the critical plane, where the determination of the critical plane orientation is performed according to the above damage accumulation method. the weighted factors b and k can be determined by equating eq.(1) to af and eq.(2) to af : )290cos( cos2 )290sin(2sin cos )290sin( 2 22           b b (10)   2cos2 2sin2 b k   (11) by substituting eq. (10) in eq. (11), we get: af af k    2 (12) according to eq. (12), we can notice that the parameter k is a constant depending on the material fatigue properties. the final step is the calculation of the fatigue strength. for constant amplitude cyclic loading, the fatigue strength is evaluated by using basquin’s fatigue characteristics ( a and m ) in compliance with the relevant astm standard [7]. the formula for strength calculation under cyclic loading is expressed as follows: aeq ma ncal ,lg10   (13) where aeq , is the amplitude of the equivalent stress related to the critical plane (eq.(5)). materials examined atigue test results related to 11 selected construction materials are analysed. according to the astm recommendations [7], such results are also used to calculate the regression equation for fully-reversed bending (or uniaxial push-pull): af man  loglog  (14) and for fully-reversed torsion: f m. kurek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 221-227; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.29 224 af man  loglog  (15) being  mama , , , the coefficients of the regression equations for bending and torsion, respectively. the values of coefficients of the above regression equations for each analysed material are listed in tab. 1. eq. (3) proposed by carpinteri et al. involves only fatigue limits, and can be applied for 2b ranging from 1 to 3 . by analysing the values of coefficients m and m listed in tab. 1, all materials can be noted to be characterized by values of m different from those of m , which means that such materials have non-parallel mutual fatigue characteristics. therefore, a dependence of  angle on the ratio between bending strength and torsion strength in correspondence to a given number of loading cycles, fin , is proposed in next section. material bending torsion )(tmin fin )( )( 2 fia fia n n b    number of tests a m a m [°] [cycles] d30 [8] 30.50 10.75 25.40 9.20 8 2000000 1.496 6 ggg40 [9] 32.39 10.95 35.48 12.41 1 1000000 1.110 15 10hnap [10] 30.88* 9.50* 25.28 8.20 45 2000000 1.874 108 pa4 (6082) [11] 23.80 8.00 21.40 7.70 45 2000000 1.680 45 30crnimo8 [12] 27.54 8.05 69.56 24.62 0 100000 1.500 9 cuzn40pb2 [13] 19.99 5.86 45.30 17.17 16 1000000 0.920 55 gts45 [9] 53.00 19.40 35.50 12.80 20 250000 1.265 11 cast iron ic2 [8] 23.7 8.80 44.00 19.50 0 1000000 1.155 4 hard steel 982fa [8] 36.60 12.10 49.50 18.60 14 1000000 1.550 11 sm45c [14] 31.10 10.30 49.40 18.60 0 100000 1.402 5 sus304 [15] 19.8* 7.04* 22.5 8.7 5 2500 1.379 18 *push-pull table 1: coefficients of regression eqs. (14) and (15) and fatigue properties of the examined materials. the number of tests is also reported. fatigue strength scatter calculation n order to analyse how the fatigue life is influenced by the value of  angle, simulation studies are carried out by assuming  ranging between 0° and 45°, with an increment equal to 1 °. for each of the 46 angle values, the parameter b is computed according to eq. (10), whereas the parameter k is a constant according to eq. (11) and depends only on the fatigue material properties. fig. 1 shows the value of the parameter b against the  angle (fig. 1(a)) and that of the parameter k (fig. 1(b)) for 10hnap steel [10]. in order to perform a suitable analysis of the fatigue strength scatter, the logarithmic dependence of the ratio between the experimental and calculated fatigue strength should be examined. a new method to determine such a scatter has been proposed by walat et al. [16], who have defined the root mean square error: n n n e n i cal   1 exp2log (16) i m. kurek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 221-227; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.29 225 therefore, the scatter can be determined as follows: et 10 (17) fig. 2 shows the relationship between the scatter value t and the angle  , for two selected materials. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 , 0 b 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 , o 0.1261k figure 1: dependence of the parameter b on (a) the angle  and (b) k value for 10hnap steel. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 5 10 15 20 25 x: 45 y: 2.128  0 t 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10  0 t figure 2: relationship between the scatter t and the angle  for: (a) 10 hnap steel [10]; (b) pa4 aluminum alloy [11]. scatters are computed only for experimental tests under combined bending and torsion. the angle  corresponding to the minimum scatter value is registered for each examined material and listed in table 1. the present authors propose a new expression for  : 4 )( )( 2 31 5.22arcctg                           fia fia n n    (18) where  is a function of the fatigue strength ratio 2b : )( )( 2 fia fia n n b    (19) (a) (b) (a) (b) m. kurek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 221-227; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.29 226 fin is the number of loading cycles computed from eq. (18) by inserting the value of  that minimises the scatter t . fin is considered as a material constant, and such a value is listed in table 1 for each analysed material. in fig. 3, the angle  corresponding to the minimum scatter value is plotted against 2b for each examined material. eq. (18) is also plotted in fig. 3 (see the dashed curve). note that such a relationship can be applied to a range of 2b larger than  3 ;1 . 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0.5 1 1.5 2 β ° σa(nfi) / τa(nfi) cuzn40pb2 gts45 sus304 d30 hard steel pa4 10hnap 30crnimo8sm45c ggg40 cast iron figure 3:  against ' 2 b by employing eq. (18). the value of  in correspondence of the minimum value of the scatter is also plotted. conclusions he following conclusions can be drawn: 1. in the present paper, the influence of the critical plane orientation on the fatigue strength estimation is analysed. 2. an empirical expression of the angle  used to define the critical plane orientation is proposed, the idea starting from the observation of experimental fatigue test results under combined cyclic bending and torsion. 3. such an expression is a function of the ratio 2b between bending and torsion fatigue strengths at a reference number of loading cycles, and is a constant for a given material. 4. the dependence of  on the above strength ratio 2b (instead of the fatigue limit ratio) is here proposed for those materials characterised by m different from m . 5. this expression of  can be used for a 2b range larger than  3 ;1 . references [1] stanfield, g., discussion of the strength of metals under combined alternating stresses, in: h.gough, h.pollard (eds.), proc. inst. of mechanical engineers., 131 (1935) 93. t m. kurek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 221-227; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.29 227 [2] macha, e., generalization of fatigue fracture criteria for multiaxial sinusoidal loadings in the range of random loading, in: m. brown, k.j. miller (eds.), biaxial and multiaxial fatigue, mechanical engineering publications, london, (1989) 425–436. [3] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., multiaxial assessment using a simplified critical plane-based criterion, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 969-976. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2011.01.004 [4] łagoda, t., ogonowski, p., criteria of multiaxial random fatigue based on stress, strain and energy parameters of damage in the critical plane, mat.-wiss. u. werkstofftech, 36 (2005) 429-437. doi: 10.1002/mawe.200500898 [5] kluger, k., łagoda, t., fatigue life of metallic material estimated according to selected models and load conditions, j. theoret. appl. mech., 51 (2013) 581-592. [6] walat, k., kurek, m., ogonowski, p., łagoda, t., the multiaxial random fatigue criteria based on strain and energy damage parameters on the critical plane for low-cycle range, int. j. fatigue, 37 (2012) 100-111. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2011.09.013 [7] astm e 739–91, standard practice for statistical analysis of linearized stress–life (s–n) and strain life fatigue data, in: annual book of astm standards, vol. 03.01, philadelphia (1999) 614–628. [8] nishihara, t., kawamoto, m., the strength of metals under combined alternating bending and twisting, memoirs of the college of engineering, kyoto imperial university, japan, (1941). [9] muller, a., zum festigkeitsverhalten von mehrachsig stochastisch beanspruchten gußeisen mit kugelgraphit und tempergu, fraunhofer – institut fur betriebsfestigkeit, darmstadt, (1994). [10] pawliczek, r., badanie wpływu parametrów obciążenia i geometrii karbu na trwałość przy zmiennym zginaniu i skręcaniu, rozprawa doktorska, politechnika opolska, opole (in polish) (2001). [11] niesłony, a., łagoda, t., walat, k., kurek, m., multiaxial fatigue behaviour of aa6068 and aa2017a aluminium alloys under in-phase bending with torsion loading condition, mat.-wiss. u. werkstofftech., 45 (2014) 947-952. [12] sanetra, c., untersuchungen zum fetigkeitsvwrhalten bei mehrachsiger randombeanspruchung unter biegung und torsion, dissertation, technische universitat clausthal, (1991). [13] kohut, m., łagoda, t., badania zmęczeniowe mosiądzu mo58 w warunkach proporcjonalnego cyklicznego zginania ze skręcaniem, in: seweryn, a. (ed.), iii sympozjum mechaniki zniszczenia materiałów i konstrukcji, dział wydawnictw i poligrafii politechniki białostockiej, poland (2004). [14] lee, s.b., a criterion for fully reversed out of phase torsion and bending, in: miller, k.j, brown, m.w. (eds), multiaxial fatigue, astm stp 853, philadelphia, usa, (1985) 553-568. [15] sakane, m., ohnami, m., sawada, m., fracture modes and low cycle biaxial fatigue life at elevated temperature, j. of engineering and technology 109 (1987) 236-243. doi:10.1115/1.3225970 [16] walat, k., łagoda, t., lifetime of semi ductile materials through the critical plane approach, int. j. fatigue, 67 (2014) 73-77. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_56 l. chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 500 influence of different sizes of concrete and roller compacted concrete on double-k fracture parameters liu chunjiang school of civil engineering, chang’an university, shanxi, xi’an, 710061, china liuchunjiang23@sina.com zhang huabo shandong rong cheng construction group co., ltd., shandong, rongcheng, 264300, china lv ninghua rongcheng jiu zhou project management ltd., shandong, rongcheng, 264300, china abstract. affected by physical properties of various components, characteristics and stress states of junction surface and other multiple factors, concrete, as a kind of multi-phase composite material, has complicated failure mechanism, thus making its fracture mechanism research difficult. but concrete has been widely used in engineering construction, so research on concrete fracture theory is of important realistic significance and construction value. this study discusses influence rule of specimen size and crack-depth ratio (α0/h) on doublek fracture parameters (initial fracture toughness iniick and unstable fracture toughness un ick ) and its size effects by using fracture test. different sizes of concretes and roller compacted concrete (rcc) specimens are adopted to explore influence of specimen size on concrete double-k fracture parameters. results reveal that initial fracture toughness iniick and unstable fracture toughness un ick increase as specimen size enlarges, showing a size effect; besides, subcritical crack extends with the increase of specimen size. with regard to specimens with different crack-depth ratios, its unstable fracture toughness unick is unrelated to initial crack-depth ratio when crack-depth ratio is more than or equal to 0.4, while initial fracture toughness iniick is correlated with initial crack-depth ratio, which indicate that double-k fracture parameters can be considered as material constants describing concrete initial fracture, stable expansion and whole process of stability failure. keywords. concrete; fracture; double-k fracture parameters; crack-depth ratio. introduction o date, fracture mechanics is applied in concrete structure from three aspects [1]: first is research on fracture mechanism of concrete; second is decision of endanger degree of some serious cracks in concrete structure, for example, stability analysis of crack in pier, upstream face crack in massive-head dam and pressure vessel crack of prestressed concrete (pc) in atomic power station; third is improvement of design method of concrete structure, for t chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 501 instance, decision of stability of various thorough cracks in concrete pouring blocks and calculation of cracking load of reinforced concrete (rc) in diagonal direction, etc. people are expected to improve design methods of gravity dam and arch dam using fracture mechanics [2]. two-parameter model considers actual crack in combination with micro-crack zone as an effective crack, then obtains results using theory of linear elastic fracture mechanics and combines it with numerical computation method. its essence lies in using valid crack tip opening displacement (ctod) to reach critical valid ctod, i.e., fracture criterion. xu shilang [3], a scholar from china, put forward a simple and applicable fracture criterion in 1999, namely, double-k fracture criterion. this criterion, belonging to the first type, not only corrects linear elastic fracture mechanics model based on a complete theory, but also decides its fracture parameters with the help of simple test methods, which is expected to be popularized and applied in practical engineering. two fracture parameters are introduced into this criterion, initial fracture toughness iniick and unstable fracture toughness un ick . test indicates that those two parameters without size effect under a certain size, as fracture parameters, can be well applied in the analysis of concrete structure crack extension, and have drawn much attention [4-7]. a relevant trial [8] reveals that maximum seam strain is 10 times of average value of ordinary bending ultimate strain, which is exactly a ratio of theoretical strength and breaking stress of a point of concrete material. this thesis aims to explore characteristics of double-k fracture parameters (initial fracture toughness iniick and unstable fracture toughness unick ) of concrete using data obtained from test. design of concrete fracture stiffness test with wedge splitting method material selection and mix proportion aterials include tap water for life, 32.5 ordinary portland cement, fly ash (level ii), natural medium sand with particle size of over 5mm, macadam with maximum particle size of 20 mm (level i), high efficiency slushing agent suitable for mass concrete, and mix proportion is shown in tab. 1. wedge splitting specimen [14, 15] is adopted in this test (fig. 1) and tab. 2 displays specimen parameters. all specimens are divided into two categories containing 12 kinds of working conditions, the quantity of specimen in each working condition is presented in tab. 2 and testing devices are in fig. 2. materials tap water cement fly ash sand stones additives rcc kg/m3 130 134 90 805 1280 0.75% common concrete kg/m3 203.7 407 0 535 1245 0 table 1: mix proportion of roller compacted concrete (rcc) and common concrete. rcc prefabricated crack construction structural adhesives marble figure 1: shape and size of specimen. m l. chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 502 categories serial number quantity size of specimen (1×h×t/mm) crackdepth ratio depth of cracks [mm] thickness of cracks [mm] rcc rcc1504 12 150×150×150 0.4 60 3 rcc1504 6 150×150×150 0.5 75 3 rcc1504 6 150×150×150 0.6 90 3 rcc1504 6 300×300×150 0.4 120 3 rcc1504 6 400×400×150 0.4 160 3 rcc1504 6 500×500×150 0.4 200 3 common concrete pc1504 9 150×150×150 0.4 60 3 pc1504 6 150×150×150 0.5 75 3 pc1504 6 150×150×150 0.6 90 3 pc1504 9 300×300×150 0.4 120 3 pc1504 9 400×400×150 0.4 160 3 pc1504 9 500×500×150 0.4 200 3 table 2: working conditions of specimen. testing devices testing devices are shown in fig. 2. clip-on extensometer wedge holder load sensor top board signal amplifier data acquisit ion system computer figure 2: acquisition of test data with wedge splitting method test results specimen over 150×150×150 mm3 is calculated with following formula, and specimen (150×l50×l50 mm3) uses regular computing method [9-11]. unilateral opening specimen is affected by axial tension, and stress intensity factor (sif) can be calculated with formula below:  1 /lk af a d  (1) where,  /hp d t   and           2 3 4 / 1.122 0.231 / 10.55 / 21.71 / 30.382 /f a d a d a d a d a d     chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 503 unilateral opening specimen is affected by bending moments only, and sif is:  2 2 6 /l m k a g a d td  (2) where, 1/ 2 1/ 2h vm p d p e  and           2 3 4 / 1.122 1.4 / 7.33 / 13.08 / 14 /g a d a d a d a d a d     overlapping formula (1) and (2), sif expression of crack tip in any load time with wedge splitting geometry is obtained: 1 2i l lk k k  (3) as some problems may exist in part of specimen making and maintenance, here, the quantity of several effective specimens with good surface, basically complete trial curve, small deviation and calculative in double-k fracture parameter is listed in tab. 3. arithmetic mean value of initial fracture of 4~6 specimens from each group is taken as trial results. when the difference between single value and average value is over 15% of the average value, this value is excluded, and mean value of the rest of values is considered as trial result. trial result is:   1 n ic icj j k k mpa m    (4) categories size [mm] p [kn] cmod [mm] e [gpa] ac [mm] ca [mm] k1 k2 ki pc 300 4.91 141.1 19.45 166.4 46.5 0.432 0.872 1.304 pc 300 5.08 170.3 16.04 165.4 45.3 0.438 0.881 1.319 pc 300 4.61 130.4 18.02 160.5 40.4 0.381 0.771 1.152 pc 300 5.03 133.3 15.77 161.4 41.3 0.416 0.840 1.256 pc 300 4.52 118.0 21.36 165.5 45.3 0.399 0.804 1.203 pc 300 5.03 138.3 17.58 158.4 38.5 0.400 0.810 1.210 pc 400 5.55 183.9 16.53 234.4 74.5 0.466 0.913 1.379 pc 400 5.76 222.1 15.45 240.3 80.2 0.509 0.991 1.500 pc 400 6.60 245.5 16.02 241.6 81.6 0.582 1.131 1.713 pc 400 6.49 252.4 16.89 240.7 80.8 0.569 1.104 1.673 pc 400 6.44 266.9 15.32 245.2 85.3 0.592 1.145 1.737 pc 500 8.16 180.2 16.33 275.4 75.5 0.510 0.997 1.507 pc 500 8.31 210.2 15.78 298.5 98.4 0.615 1.183 1.798 pc 500 7.68 252.4 15.58 300.4 100.7 0.534 1.124 1.658 pc 500 8.26 208.6 20.00 300.1 100.4 0.621 1.193 1.814 rcc 300 4.53 155.0 15.51 174.0 54.2 0.444 0.887 1.331 rcc 300 5.37 226.3 14.91 176.2 56.0 0.525 0.903 1.428 rcc 400 5.58 221.1 16.19 245.0 85.3 0.521 1.010 1.531 rcc 400 5.76 216.3 14.38 248.1 88.1 0.554 1.070 1.624 rcc 400 4.78 200.7 15.33 243.0 83.0 0.457 0.890 1.347 rcc 500 8.30 239.8 15.02 314.2 114.2 0.705 1.039 1.744 rcc 500 6.92 246.4 15.00 309.8 109.9 0.604 1.154 1.758 rcc 500 6.37 257.5 15.09 311.9 112.0 0.546 1.043 1.589 table 3: trial results of various working conditions. l. chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 504 influence of crack-depth ratio on concrete fracture stiffness edge splitting specimens (crack-depth ratio: 0.3:0.4:0.5:0. 6 and size: 150 mm × 150 mm × 150 mm) are selected for studying influence of a/h on double-k fracture parameter and crack mouth opening displacement (cmodc) and influence rule of crack-depth ratio in concrete fracture process and fracture strength. test design tap water, 32.5 ordinary portland cement, fly ash (level ii), natural medium sand with particle size of over 5mm, macadam with maximum particle size of 20 mm (level i) and high efficiency slushing agent suitable for mass concrete are used in the test and their mix proportions are shown in tab. 4. material tap water cement fly ash sand stones additives rcc [kg/m3] 130 134 90 805 1280 0.75% ordinary concrete [kg/m3] 203.5 407.5 0 535 1245 0 table 4: mix proportions of rcc and ordinary concrete. wedge splitting specimen is applied in the trial, containing two categories (12 kinds of working conditions), and quantity of specimen in each working condition is shown in tab. 5. categories serial number quantity size 1×h×t [mm3] crack-depth ratio depth of cracks [mm] thickness of cracks [mm] rcc rcc1504 6 150×150×150 0.4 60 3 rcc1505 4 150×150×150 0.5 75 3 rcc1506 4 150×150×150 0.6 90 3 ordinary concrete pc1504 6 150×150×150 0.4 60 3 pc1505 2 150×150×150 0.5 75 3 pc1506 3 150×150×150 0.6 90 3 table 5: working conditions of specimen. phenomenological analysis of wedge splitting test this test is carried out on a 200kn compression-testing machine and adopts formula to calculate valid crack growth quantity. from cracks in damaged trial (figs. 3, 4), effective subcritical growth quantity can be obviously found in figures, and direction of crack growth is not smooth, which is mainly caused by reasons of concrete itself, as well as various construction aggregates. cracks will bypass and keep on growing when encountering construction aggregates with large particle size. figure 3: damaged cracks of rcc specimen. figure 4: damaged cracks of concrete specimen (type 150). w chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 505 analysis of calculation results p-mod curve character parameters of wedge splitting specimen are figured out based on test results (tab. 6). serial number of specimen size (mm) crack-depth ratio pmax [kn] cmodc [mm] rcc-1 150 0.4 5.29 110 rcc-2 150 0.4 5.08 115 rcc-3 150 0.4 6.13 89 rcc-4 150 0.4 4.52 109 rcc-5 150 0.4 4.70 109 rcc-6 150 0.4 5.13 102 rcc-7 150 0.5 4.62 163 rcc-8 150 0.5 4.69 139 rcc-9 150 0.5 4.65 152 rcc-10 150 0.5 4.23 155 rcc-11 150 0.6 3.03 215 rcc-12 150 0.6 3.61 186 rcc-13 150 0.6 3.97 189 rcc-14 150 0.6 4.02 229 c-1 150 0.4 7.76 101 c-2 150 0.4 6.70 92 c-3 150 0.4 7.71 98 c-4 150 0.4 5.44 101 c-5 150 0.4 5.53 96 c-6 150 0.4 5.75 93 c-7 150 0.5 6.19 102 c-8 150 0.5 6.20 103 c-9 150 0.6 6.52 101 c-10 150 0.6 6.31 100 c-11 150 0.6 5.98 113 table 6: basic test results. l. chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 506 tab. 7 makes a list of unstable fracture toughness calculated by initial crack-depth ratio and maximum load pmax, serial number of specimen valid crack growth quantity [cm] unstable fracture toughness [mpam] initial fracture toughness [mpam] rcc-1 8.1 0.944 0.415 rcc-2 8.6 1.039 0.316 rcc-3 8.3 1.016 0.420 rcc-4 7.8 0.968 0.351 rcc-5 8.7 0.957 0.344 rcc-6 7.8 0.996 0.486 rcc-7 9.9 0.775 0.385 rcc-8 9.4 0.784 0.360 rcc-9 9.6 0.811 0.407 rcc-10 9.5 0.797 0.359 rcc-11 11.6 0.815 0.361 rcc-12 11.4 0.900 0.307 rcc-13 10.9 0.852 0.305 rcc-14 11.6 0.948 0.269 c-1 8.3 1.01 0.481 c-2 7.7 1.06 0.582 c-3 6.8 1.09 0.555 c-4 8.0 1.05 0.648 c-5 7.9 1.11 0.621 c-6 7.8 1.19 0.648 c-7 8.7 1.18 0.517 c-8 7.6 1.15 0.529 c-9 8.0 1.23 0.514 c-10 9.6 1.21 0.518 c-11 8.6 1.20 0.543 table 7 unstable fracture toughness under different working conditions it can be seen from above table that sick value gets smaller as initial crack-depth ratio increases, so s ick based on initial crack-depth ratio not only has size effect, but also changes with the changes of initial crack-depth ratio. that indicates that subcritical growth quantity of wedge splitting specimen changes with size, related to initial crack-depth ratio as well, which is different from three-point bending beam. thus, it is obvious that small specimen has to take stable growth of crack into consideration. flexibility coefficient applied in calculating valid subcritical crack growth length ( ca ) with double-k fracture criterion is diverse, thereby leading to different ca . after obtaining ca , fracture toughness s ick and cmodc can be figured out, so valid subcritical crack growth length ( ca ) is believed to be an important parameter [12-13]. in two-parameter model, chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 507 because unloading point in test is hard to be controlled in a specified point, valid subcritical crack growth length ( ca ) obtained by computer is biased compared with theoretical value. however, double-k fracture criterion is with no need for unloading process and controlling unloading point in test, simply works out valid subcritical crack growth length ( ca ) with pmax and its corresponding cmodc, and the test results are relatively close to theoretical value. ordinary concrete has the same change rule of unstable fracture toughness with rcc. crack-depth ratio has an effect on the fracture toughness of ordinary concrete and rcc, but there are also differences. the fracture toughness of ordinary concrete decreases as crack-depth ratio increases, and this principle is basically suitable for crr. discussion t is summarized from analysis of fracture test results of rcc and ordinary concrete wedge-splitting specimens that double-k fracture criterion may have some differences although it is simple, practical and without human distractions. concrete fracture toughness has size effect, that is to say, concrete fracture toughness increases as size of specimen increases; besides, crack-depth ratio affects concrete fracture toughness to some extent, but the influences are not all consistent. change rules of unstable fracture toughness of ordinary concrete and rcc are basically the same, and crack-depth ratio plays a role in fracture toughness of ordinary concrete and rcc, but not identical. the rule to ordinary concrete is that concrete fracture toughness is reduced with the increase of crack-depth ratio, and the rule to rcc partially conforms to ordinary concrete rule. in addition, crack-depth ratio of specimen also has a great influence on fracture toughness, and varies non-uniformly; when 0 / 0.4a h  , s ick increases as 0 /a h rises; it decreases as 0 /a h rises when 0 / 0.4a h  , and reaches maximum when 0 / 0.4a h  , i.e., unstable value. references [1] mingyong, c., the application of fractal theory in rock material damage, j. sci., 36 (2007) 64. [2] zuyi, c., lihong, c., discussions on the wedge stability analysis method specified in the gravity dam design code, j. journal of hydroelectric engineering, 2 (2002) 101-108. doi:10.3969/j.issn.1003-1243.2002.02.014. [3] zhimin, w., shilang, x., jinlai, w., double-k fracture parameters based on the fictitious crack model, in: the 1st international joint symposium between chuangnam national university and dalian university of technology, korea, 111 (1998) 29-34. doi:10.3321/j.issn:1000-8608.2000.03.027. [4] zhimin, w., shilang, x., xijing, l., influence of initial crack-depth ratio of specimen on silicon double-k fracture parameters, j. journal of hydraulic engineering, 4 (2000) 35-39. doi:10.3321/j.issn:0559-9350.2000.04.007. [5] zhimin, w., shilang, x., jinlai, w., research on concrete double-k fracture parameters and its size effect with threepoint bending beam, j. journal of hydroelectric engineering, 4 (2000) 16-23. doi:10.3969/j.issn.1003-1243.2000.04.002. [6] zhimin, w., shilang, x., shenggen, d., xijing, l., yining, d., jiayi, l., the double-k fracture parameter of concrete for non-standard three-point bending beam specimens, j. engineering science, 3 (2001) 76-81. [7] shaowei, h., zhengxiang, m., experimental study on double-k fracture characteristics of standard reinforced concrete three-point beam, j. journal of building structures, 34(3) (2013) 152-157. [8] shilang, x., hougui, z., hongbo, g., shouyang, z., an experimental study on double-k fracture parameters of concrete for dam construction with various grading aggregates, j. china civil engineering journal, 39(11) (2006) 5062. [9] xiufang, z., shilang, x., hongbo, g., superposition calculation of double-k fracture parameters of concrete using wedge splitting geometry and boundary effect, j. journal of dalian university of technology, 46(6) (2006) 867-874. [10] weilian, q., lijun, l., ming, l., calculation of the maximum stress intensity factor of 3-d fatigue crack in engineering structures, j. earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 27(6) (2007) 58-63. [11] dongfeng, l., guoqiang, l., research on relationship between stress intensity factor and strain energy releasing rate of type ii crack, j. journal of water resources architectural engineering, 11(1) (2013) 184-186. [12] xiangqian, f., shaowei, h., jun, l., experimental research on double-k fracture toughness of non-standard threepoint bending concrete beam, j. journal of building structures, 33(10) (2012) 152-157. [13] shilang, x., jianmin, w., crack propagation in a concrete dam under water pressure and determination of the doublek fracture parameters, j. china civil engineering journal, 2 (2009) 119-125. i l. chunjiang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 500-508; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.56 508 [14] xiufang, z., shilang, x., hongbo, g., superposition calculation of double-k fracture parameters of concrete using wedge splitting geometry and boundary effect, j. journal of dalian university of technology, 46(6) (2006) 868-874. [15] aoshuang, t., xuezhi, w., effect of incision shapes of prefabricated crack on fracture energy of concrete wedge splitting specimens, j. concrete, 8 (2011) 67-69. doi:10.3969/j.issn.1002-3550.2011.08.022 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_63_art_09_3836.docx o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 91 description of fatigue sensitivity curves and transition to critical states of polymer composites by cumulative distribution functions o.a. staroverov, a.i. mugatarov, a.s. yankin, v.e. wildemann center of experimental mechanics, perm national research polytechnic university, russia cem_staroverov@mail.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6095-0962 cem_mugatarov@mail.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2229-8181 yas.cem@yandex.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0895-4912 wildemann@pstu.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6240-4022 abstract. in this paper, a novel model is presented to describe the composite mechanical properties degradation during cyclic loading. the model is based on cumulative distribution functions using. weibull probability distribution law and beta distribution are considered. the dependences of the fatigue sensitivity coefficient on the preliminary cyclic exposure are derived. the damage value function derivative using is proposed to define damage accumulation stages boundaries. model parameters are obtained using experimental data. determination coefficients are calculated. a high descriptive capability is noted. rationality and expediency of using cumulative distribution functions as the approximation of experimental data on mechanical characteristics reduction after preliminary cyclic exposure is concluded. keywords. composite, damage accumulation, mechanical properties degradation, cumulative distribution functions. citation: staroverov, o.a., mugatarov, a.i., yankin, a.s., wildemann, v.e., description of fatigue sensitivity curves and transition to critical states of polymer composites by cumulative distribution functions, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99. received: 06.09.2022 accepted: 15.10.2022 online first: 31.10.2022 published: 01.01.2023 copyright: © 2023 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction redicting the remaining life of composite materials used in structures that can operate under cyclic loading represents a relevant scientific mission of deformable solid mechanics. a number of papers dedicates to experimental studies of mechanical characteristics of various classes of composites exposed to cyclic effects [1-5]. staging of damage accumulation processes is noted in many of them [6-9]. the initial stage, also called the initiation stage, suggests fast damage accumulation. multiple fatigue damages related to matrix cracking, damage to phase interfaces, and rupture of some fibers were found in [10-13]. the second stage, also called the stabilization stage, suggests slow damage accumulation. some authors suggest that it involves matrix cracking processes. the stabilization stage is followed by intensified accumulation of damages and transition to the third stage, or the final breakdown stage, which implies fiber destruction and macro-failure of the specimen. damage accumulation in the composites frequently leads to mechanical properties (young’s modulus, ultimate strength, etc.) reduction [14-18]. p https://youtu.be/4wwgmu2fmti o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 92 a number of models which enable damage value calculations under fatigue loading exist. the most famous of them are the palmgren–miner model (linear summing of damages) [19-22] and the marco-starkie model (non-linear summing) [23-27]. however, neither of these models takes into account the aforementioned three stages, so formally they are not suitable to describe damage accumulation processes in composites. an approach where the damage parameter is related to the varying mechanical characteristic takes place in [5, 9, 28-29]. moreover, some papers [8, 30-32] model the degradation of composite mechanical characteristics by setting random values of strength and deformation parameters of the reinforcing component and matrix. the modeling results are good, but their disadvantage is the high number of required constants. this paper proposes a new model to describe the degradation of composite mechanical characteristics after preliminary cyclic loading. the model is based on experimental data approximation by probability distribution functions. material and methods wenty-six fiber-glass laminate specimens with the reinforcement pattern of [0/90]8 were used in the experimental studies. the test method is based on the existing standards of quasi-static and fatigue tension of polymer composite materials. nominal values of ultimate strength σu and elasticity modulus e were taken from quasi-static uniaxial tension tests (astm d3039). the maximum number of cycles to failure nmax was found for uniaxial cyclic tension at the maximum stress value σmax = 0.5·σu, the asymmetry coefficient r = 0.1, and the frequency ν = 20 hz (astm d3479). three specimens were tested for quasi-static and cyclic tension. the other 20 specimens were exposed to preliminary cyclic loading and then statically tested. preliminary cyclic exposure was implemented within 0.1 to 0.8 nominal fatigue life nmax. the test method is schematically shown in fig. 1. figure 1: the order of experimental tests procedure: 1 – quasi-static tension tests; 2 – fatigue tests; 3 – preliminary cyclic loading; 4 – quasi-static tension after preliminary cyclic loading. for each specimen, the fatigue sensitivity coefficients are found using the formula     0 0 ; ue b u e k k e (1) where e is young’s modulus; e0 is the mean young’s modulus for a non-damaged material; σu is the ultimate strength of the material; σu0 is the ultimate strength of a non-damaged material. the fatigue sensitivity coefficient takes values from 0 (completely failed material) to 1 (non-damaged material). fatigue sensitivity coefficients correspond to the following damages values   1 ; 1 -e e b bk k (2) the preliminary cyclic exposure is found using the formula  0 n n n (3) t o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 93 where n is the number of preloading cycles; n0 is the fatigue life for this loading cycle. the test data set represents the dependency of the fatigue sensitivity coefficient kb (ke) on the preliminary cyclic exposure n. the results are processed using the model below. model description ypical points of the fatigue sensitivity curve in the coordinates of preliminary cyclic exposure vs. fatigue sensitivity coefficient (n – kb) are shown in fig. 2a. the following conversion can be made: the same points are built in the coordinates of damage value vs. preliminary cyclic exposure (ωb – n) as shown in fig. 2b. some features of this dependency can be noted. first, it is limited by zero and one. second, if the “healing” of the material is absent, this dependency is monotone-increasing. third, the characteristic segment of slow damage accumulation in the diagram middle can be noted. these features also have some probability distribution integral functions. in the case of non-damaged material before preliminary cyclic exposure, the n(ωb) function passes through the coordinate system center. therefore, consideration of the two-parameter weibull law of probability distribution [33] and beta distribution is convenient. as an example, the integral curve of the weibull distribution law is given in fig. 2c. a b c figure 2: residual properties dependence on preliminary cyclic exposure in the coordinates of “kb–n” (a) and “n–ωb” (b); the integral curve of the two-parameter weibull distribution law (c) two-parameter weibull distribution the dependency of the preliminary cyclic exposure on the damage can be described by the following equation:           1 b bn e (4) where λ>0 is the scale parameter; κ>0 is the form parameter. both these values are material properties characterizing its ability to keep strength and rigidity after some operating time. in a general case, these parameters can depend on the temperature, exposure amplitude, frequency, etc. the dependency of the residual strength coefficient on the preliminary cyclic exposure can be described as:      1 1 ln 1 -bk n n (5) the parameters λ and κ can be defined both numerically and using the method of least squares from the equation of a straight line approximating data in logarithmic coordinates (these approaches give close but slightly different results):         1 ln 1 ln ln ln 1 -bk n (6) 0 1 0 1 k b n 0 1 0 1 n ωb 0 1 0 1 f (x ) x t o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 94 an example of this dependence is shown in fig. 3. figure 3: model parameters receiving example to divide the fatigue sensitivity curve into damage accumulation stages, the derivative of the damage value function can be considered:      1 -1 1 ' ln 1 1 b n n (7) the graph of this function is given in fig. 4a. the physical sense of this function is the damage accumulation rate. for a low number of cyclic exposures, the intensity of damage accumulation is high (stage i), this stage is followed by an area of slow damage accumulation (stage ii); when the number of cyclic exposures approaches the limit, the damage accumulation rate rapidly grows (stage iii). earlier, the authors in [9] proposed a definition of boundaries for these stages using the points ns1 and ns2, where ωb'=0.3. such division is conditional and may vary depending on the material (and its class). the values of ns1 and ns2 are defined by solving the transcendent eqn. (7). an example of a kb(n) curve with the highlighted stages is given in fig. 4b. the values of the fatigue sensitivity coefficient in exposures ns1 and ns2 are designated as kbs1 and kbs2, respectively. the characteristic of the material defining the average rate of fatigue sensitivity coefficient reduction in the area of slow damage accumulation ψ can be introduced as:   1 2 2 1 . bs bs s s k k n n (8) a b figure 4: damage accumulation rate curve (a) and fatigue sensitivity coefficient vs. preliminary cyclic exposure graph (b) with highlighted stages -2 -2,5 ln (1 -k b ) ln(-ln(1-n)) 0 0 0 1 ω b ' n i ii iii 0.3 ns1 ns2 0 1 0 1 k b n i ii iii ns1 ns2 kbs1 kbs2 o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 95 the model has some disadvantages. first, when n→1, kb becomes less than 0. however, this will take place only for the number of cycles close to the limit, so this specific feature can be neglected. second, taking the logarithm is not suitable to describe data where the values of kb and n exceed 1. this problem can be solved by a numerical search of the parameters from eqn. (5), where taking the logarithm is not required. beta distribution the dependency of kb(n) can be described as follows                             1-1 -1-1 -1 0 0 , 1 ; , 1 ; , 1 , nn b n b k n b t t dt b t t dt b (9) where bn(α,β) is an incomplete beta-function; b(α,β) is a beta-function. the parameters α and β must exceed zero and are numerically searched. a derivative of the damage function:            -1-1 1 ' , b n n n b (10) in comparison with the previous one, this function has some advantages. first, for n=1, the value kb=1. second, all experimental points can be used to find the parameters α and β without the logarithm taking. no n, cycles n e, gpa ke σu, mpa kb 1 0 2.19 369 2 0 2.32 392 3 0 2.36 382 4 25000 0.1171 2.11 0.9214 351 0.9213 5 25000 0.1171 2.10 0.9170 332 0.8714 6 25000 0.1171 2.00 0.8734 343 0.9003 7 25000 0.1171 2.08 0.9083 327 0.8583 8 25000 0.1171 1.96 0.8559 327 0.8583 9 75000 0.3514 2.03 0.8865 287 0.7533 10 75000 0.3514 2.00 0.8734 317 0.8320 11 75000 0.3514 1.96 0.8559 307 0.8058 12 75000 0.3514 1.94 0.8472 318 0.8346 13 75000 0.3514 2.02 0.8821 310 0.8136 14 125000 0.5856 1.81 0.7904 296 0.7769 15 125000 0.5856 1.84 0.8035 300 0.7874 16 125000 0.5856 1.95 0.8515 310 0.8136 17 125000 0.5856 1.94 0.8472 306 0.8031 18 125000 0.5856 1.97 0.8603 299 0.7848 19 175000 0.8199 1.87 0.8166 274 0.7192 20 175000 0.8199 1.81 0.7904 269 0.7060 21 175000 0.8199 1.80 0.7860 264 0.6929 22 175000 0.8199 1.72 0.7511 269 0.7060 23 175000 0.8199 1.86 0.8122 250 0.6562 24 182321 0.00 0 25 228810 0.00 0 26 229212 0.00 0 table 1: experimental data. o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 96 results and discussion he experimental data are given in tab. 1. the average young’s modulus of a non-damaged material e0=2.29 gpa, the average ultimate strength of a non-damaged material σu=381 mpa, and the average durability for this amplitude n0=213448 cycles. approximation function parameters were found for the following cases: weibull distribution, using data approximation in logarithmic coordinates (wl); weibull distribution, the numerical search of parameters (wn); beta distribution, the numerical search of parameters (bn). for all cases, the determination coefficient was found. tab. 2 and 3 contain the model parameters found for the full data set. because r2>0.7 for all cases, the model has a high descriptive capability. close determination coefficient values for all the cases can be noted. fig. 5 represents curves of fatigue sensitivity coefficient and damage accumulation rate for young’s modulus (a, c) and ultimate strength (b, d) decrease. the similarity of these curves can be noted. rationality and expediency of using probability distribution functions as the approximation of experimental data on mechanical characteristics reduction after preliminary cyclic exposure is concluded. a significant advantage of this approach is the small amount of required experimental data for parameter definition (4 tests required) and simplicity in modeling. method wl wn bn parameter 1 κ=3.67383 κ=3.54769 α=0.23774 parameter 2 λ=0.17364 λ=0.17651 β=0.04566 ns1 0.0854 0.0891 0.0756 ns2 0.9196 0.9125 0.8685 ns2-ns1 0.8343 0.8234 0.7929 ks1 0.9101 0.9096 0.9102 ks2 0.7767 0.7731 0.7797 ψ 0.1599 0.1657 0.1646 r2 0.7164 0.7196 0.7265 table 2: calculated model parameters (young’s modulus reduction) method wl wn bn parameter 1 κ=2.86946 κ=2.81928 α=0.31281 parameter 2 λ=0.23938 λ=0.24205 β=0.08719 ns1 0.1704 0.1767 0.1516 ns2 0.7933 0.7818 0.7439 ns2-ns1 0.6229 0.6051 0.5923 ks1 0.8666 0.8646 0.8704 ks2 0.7195 0.7190 0.7307 ψ 0.2362 0.2405 0.2359 r2 0.8456 0.8469 0.8536 table 3: calculated model parameters (ultimate strength reduction) t o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 97 a b c d figure 5: fatigue sensitivity coeffitient curves for young’s modulus (a) and utimate strength (b) reduction with corresponding curves of damage accumulation rate (c, d) and highlighted stages conclusions  an ability to describe experimental data on deformation and strength properties reduction of composites after preliminary cyclic exposure using probability distribution functions is considered.  two probability distributions are considered: two-parameter weibull law and beta distribution. for the weibull distribution, a method to find parameters by approximation of experimental data in logarithmic coordinates is described.  using of damage value function derivative is proposed to find damage accumulation stages boundaries.  experimental data are processed for reduced mechanical characteristics of structural fiber-glass laminate. model parameters are obtained. fatigue sensitivity coefficient and damage accumulation rate curves are built. boundaries of damage accumulation stages are defined. determination coefficients are calculated. because r2 exceeds 0.7, the high descriptive capability of the model can be noted.  all parameter calculation methods showed close results. beta distribution usage is more perspective due to the function having a value from 0 to 1. each model requires only 4 experiment tests to define parameters (1 static test, 1 fatigue test, and 2 intermediate points on the curve). these models can be used in the modeling of the deformation and failure processes of various composite structures.  the future planned research will contain this method's usage for the description of other experimental data and loading conditions. moreover, experimental study of the fast reduction of properties stages seems expedient for the purpose of more competent description. 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 k e n data wl wn bn 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 k b n data wl wn bn 0.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 ω e ' n wl wn bn 0.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 ω b ' n wl wn bn o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 98 acknowledgements he work was carried out in perm national research polytechnic university with financial support of grant of president of russian federation for government support of young russian scientists (no mk-1545.2022.4) and within the state assignment of the ministry of science and higher education of the russian federation (no. fsnm-2020-0027). references [1] almeida, r.s.m., besser, b., tushtev, k., li, y. and rezwan, k. (2022). fatigue behavior and damage analysis of pip c/sic composite, journal of the european ceramic society, 42(13), pp. 5391–5398. doi: 10.1016/j.jeurceramsoc.2022.06.053. [2] mortazavian, s. and fatemi, a. (2015). fatigue behavior and modeling of short fiber reinforced polymer composites: a literature review, int. j. fatigue, 70, pp. 297–321. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.10.005 [3] vassilopoulos, a.p. ed., (2010). fatigue life prediction of composites and composite structures, woodhead publishing. [4] degrieck, j. and van paepegem, w. (2001). fatigue damage modeling of fibre-reinforced composite materials: review, appl. mech. rev., 54(4), pp. 279–300. doi: 10.1115/1.1381395. [5] philippidis, t.p. and passipoularidis, v.a. (2007). residual strength after fatigue in composites: theory vs. experiment, int. j. fatigue, 29(12), pp. 2104–2116. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.01.019. [6] de vasconcellos, d.s., touchard. f. and laurence, c.-a. (2014). tension–tension fatigue behaviour of woven hemp fibre reinforced epoxy composite: a multi-instrumented damage analysis, int. j. fatigue, 59, pp. 159–169. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.08.029. [7] van paepegem w. and degrieck j. (2002). a new coupled approach of residual stiffness and strength for fatigue of fibre-reinforced composites, int. j. fatigue, 24(7), pp. 747–762. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(01)00194-3 [8] schaff, j.r. and davidson, b.d. (1997). life prediction methodology for composite structures. part i constant amplitude and two-stress level fatigue, journal of composite materials, 31(2), pp. 128–157. doi: 10.1177/002199839703100202. [9] wil'deman, v.e., staroverov, o.a. and lobanov, d.s. (2018). diagram and parameters of fatigue sensitivity for evaluating the residual strength of layered gfrp composites after preliminary cyclic loadings, mechanics of composite materials, 54(3), pp. 313–320. doi: 10.1007/s11029-018-9741-9. [10] zhao, x., wang, x., wu, z. and zhu, z. (2016). fatigue behavior and failure mechanism of basalt frp composites under long-term cyclic loads, int. j. fatigue, 88, pp. 58–67. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.03.004. [11] liang, s., gning, p.-b. and guillaumat, l. (2014). properties evolution of flax/epoxy composites under fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue, 63, pp. 36–45. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.01.003. [12] brod, m., just, g., dean, a., jansen, e., koch, i., rolfes, r. and gude, m. (2019). numerical modelling and simulation of fatigue damage in carbon fibre reinforced plastics at different stress ratios, thin-walled structures, 139, pp. 219–231 doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2019.03.005. [13] brighenti, r., carpinteri, a. and scorza, d. (2015). effect of fibre arrangement on the multiaxial fatigue of fibrous composites: a micromechanical computational model, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 9(34), pp. 59–68. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.05. [14] strizhius, v. (2016). fatigue failure criterion of laminated composites under a complex stress-strain state, mechanics of composite materials, 52(3), pp. 369-378. doi: 10.1007/s11029-016-9589-9. [15] shokrieh, m.m. and lessard, l.b. (2000). progressive fatigue damage modeling of composite materials, part ii: material characterization and model verification, journal of composite materials, 34(13), pp. 1081–1116. doi: 10.1177/002199830003401302. [16] epaarachchi, j.a. and clausen, p.d. (2003). an empirical model for fatigue behavior prediction of glass fibre-reinforced plastic composites for various stress ratios and test frequencies, composites part a: applied science and manufacturing, 34(4), pp. 313–326. doi: 10.1016/s1359-835x(03)00052-6. [17] post, n.l., case, s.w. and lesko, j.j. (2008). modeling the variable amplitude fatigue of composite materials: a review and evaluation of the state of the art for spectrum loading, int. j. fatigue, 30(12), pp. 2064–2086. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2008.07.002. t o.a. staroverov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 91-99; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.09 99 [18] carrella-payan, d., magneville, b., hack, m., lequesne, c., naito, t., urushiyama, y., yamazaki, w., yokozeki, t. and van paepegem, w. (2016). implementation of fatigue model for unidirectional laminate based on finite element analysis: theory and practice, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38, pp. 184-190. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.25. [19] miner, m.a. (1945). cumulative damage in fatigue, j. appl. mech., 12, pp. 159–164. [20] fatemi, a. and yang, l. (1998). cumulative fatigue damage and life prediction theories: a survey of the state of the art for homogeneous materials, int. j. fatigue, 20(1), pp. 9-34. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(97)00081-9. [21] liu, y. and mahadevan, s. (2007). stochastic fatigue damage modeling under variable amplitude loading, int. j. fatigue, 29(6), pp. 1149–1161. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2006.09.009. [22] santecchia, e., hamouda, a.m.s., musharavati, f., zalnezhad, e., cabibbo, m., el mehtedi, m. and spigarelli, s. (2016). a review on fatigue life prediction methods for metals, advances in materials science and engineering, 2016, no 9573524. doi: 10.1155/2016/9573524. [23] marco, s.m. and starkey, w.l. (1954). a concept of fatigue damage, trans. asme, 76(4), pp. 627–640. doi: 10.1115/1.4014922. [24] okutan, b. (2002). the effects of geometric parameters on the failure strength for pin-loaded multi-directional fiberglass reinforced epoxy laminate, composites part b: engineering, 33(8), pp. 567–578. doi: 10.1016/s1359-8368(02)00054-9. [25] aeran, a., siriwardane, s.c., mikkelsen, o. and langen, i. (2017). a new nonlinear fatigue damage model based only on s-n curve parameters. int. j. fatigue, 103, pp. 327–341. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.06.017. [26] nouri, h., meraghni, f. and lory, p. (2009). fatigue damage model for injection-molded short glass fibre reinforced thermoplastics, int. j. fatigue, 31(5), pp. 934–942. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2008.10.002. [27] zuo, f.-j., huang, h.-z., zhu, s.-p., lv, z. and gao, h. (2015). fatigue life prediction under variable amplitude loading using a non-linear damage accumulation model, international journal of damage mechanics, 24(5), pp. 767–784. doi: 10.1177/1056789514553042. [28] van paepegem, w., degrieck, j. and de baets, p. (2001). finite element approach for modelling fatigue damage in fibrereinforced composite materials, composites part b: engineering, 32(7), pp. 575–588. doi: 10.1016/s1359-8368(01)00038-5. [29] carraro, p.a and quaresimin, m. (2018). fatigue damage and stiffness evolution in composite laminates: a damagebased framework, procedia engineering, 213, pp. 17–24. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2018.02.003. [30] hwang, w. and han, k.s. (1986). cumulative damage models and multi-stress fatigue life prediction, journal of composite materials, 20(2), pp. 125–153. doi: 10.1177/002199838602000202. [31] kawai, m. and ishizuka, y. (2018). fatigue life of woven fabric carbon/epoxy laminates under alternating r-ratio loading along non-proportional path in the σm-σa plane, int. j. fatigue, 112, pp. 36–51. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.02.036. [32] subramanian, s., reifsnider, k.l. and stinchcomb, w.w. (1995). a cumulative damage model to predict the fatigue life of composite laminates including the effect of a fibre-matrix interphase, int. j. fatigue, 17(5), pp. 343–351. doi: 10.1016/0142-1123(95)99735-s. [33] weibull, w. (1951). a statistical distribution function of wide applicability, j. appl. mech., 18(3), pp. 293–297. doi: 10.1115/1.4010337. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_30_art_62 l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 515 energy dissipation mechanism and damage model of marble failure under two stress paths liming zhang college of science, qingdao technological university, qingdao, shandong 266033, china; dryad_274@163.com co-operative innovation center of engineering construction and safety in shandong peninsula blue economic zone, qingdao technological university ; qingdao, shandong 266033, china; dryad_274@163.com mingyuan ren, shaoqiong ma, zaiquan wang college of science, qingdao technological university, qingdao, shandong 266033, china; email: myfly90@163.com, msq_qq@163.com, zqw4521@163.com abstract. marble conventional triaxial loading and unloading failure testing research is carried out to analyze the elastic strain energy and dissipated strain energy evolutionary characteristics of the marble deformation process. the study results show that the change rates of dissipated strain energy are essentially the same in compaction and elastic stages, while the change rate of dissipated strain energy in the plastic segment shows a linear increase, so that the maximum sharp point of the change rate of dissipated strain energy is the failure point. the change rate of dissipated strain energy will increase during unloading confining pressure, and a small sharp point of change rate of dissipated strain energy also appears at the unloading point. the damage variable is defined to analyze the change law of failure variable over strain. in the loading test, the damage variable growth rate is first rapid then slow as a gradual process, while in the unloading test, a sudden increase appears in the damage variable before reaching the rock peak strength. according to the deterioration law of damage and the impact of confining pressure on the elastic modulus, a rock damage constitutive model is established, which has a better fitting effect on the data in the loading and unloading failure processes. keywords. marble; energy evolution; damage variable; constitutive equation. introduction ock mass, which is a typical non-homogeneous material, shows initial damage during formation and long geological processes. in the rock loading process, internal damage continues to accumulate, micro-cracks are expanded and aggregated, and these ultimately connect to cause rock failure. damage characterizes the rock r l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 516 1 3 o a b c failure process from the microscopic perspective. cao et al. [1] considered that rocks with partial damage may also withstand the loads, and the rock damage statistical model was established accordingly. qin et al. [2] build a damage constitutive equation based on the rock uniaxial-compression. ha et al. [3] studied rock failure mechanism under unloading stress path. huang et al. [4, 5] believed that rock unloading damage had obvious tension-shear failure characteristics. wu and zhang [6] regarded failure parameter as one of the parameters of rock mechanic characteristics. shi et al. [7] believed that the rock deformation curve was consistent with weibull distribution, and hoek-brown’s guideline was used to establish the rock damage model. zhang et al. [8] proposed the concept of basic damage, and provided the damage equation under the condition of rock uniaxial compression. xu and wei [9] used the proportion of damaged micro-unit volume accounting for the total as the damage variable to establish a rock failure statistical model. in recent years, the energy perspective has become a new perspective for rock failure research. chen et al. [10] conducted rock failure experiments before and after the peak strength. they proposed a new index of rock energy discrimination. xu et al. [11] studied the energy consumption characteristics of sandstone under loading and unloading stress paths. they draw that the various energy indicators are elevated with the larger confining pressure. jin et al. [12] analyzed the change law of dissipated energy in the uniaxial cyclic loading and unloading processes, and used the energy method to determine the rock damage thresholds in different loading paths. based on the relationship between damage and energy dissipation, du [13] defined the failure variable and established the damage mechanics model for structured soils. hua and you [14] observed that without external force, the elastic energy accumulated in the rock loading process may release itself to cause failure. the rock three-point bending tests conducted by zhou et al. [15] showed that the strain energy density would show a nonlinear increase with the increase of loading rate. gaziev [16] believed that the fracture energy caused by the failure of rock in brittle materials was closely related to stress state. xie et al. [17] believed that the essence of rock failure is the damage caused by energy dissipation. liu et al. [18] draw a conclusion that most of external work was converted into rock elastic strain energy before yielding. however, the dissipation strain energy increased rapidly after yielding. zhang et al. [19] believed that the rate of dissipated strain energy change went up with the unloading rate increase. the above studies analyze rock failure from the perspective of damage, but there is currently a lack of combining energy dissipation mechanism to study the characteristics of rock failure, and research regarding the rock failure constitutive model under triaxial loading and unloading paths is scarce. in this study, by analyzing energy accumulation, dissipation and release characteristics throughout the entire process of marble deformation under loading and unloading stress paths, the damage variable is defined from the perspective of energy dissipation, and a rock failure mechanics model is established. test stress paths he test is completed on mts rock testing machine. marble rock blocks are processed with a diameter of 50 mm and height of 100 mm. the rock sample precision meets the requirements of the rock mechanic test. in order to ensure the uniformity of the rock sample, the screen is conducted in two steps: first the significantly-jointed rock samples are removed, then a rock sample with the wave velocity of 4000-4400 m/s is selected. figure 1: stress paths of marble loading and unloading test. there are two stress paths in the test, i.e. the conventional triaxial loading and unloading (fig. 1). oac is the conventional triaxial test path, and oab is the test path with confining pressure unloading, of which the respective unloading rates of confining pressure are 0.2, 0.4 and 0.8 mpa/s. t l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 517 energy dissipation characteristics of marble failure process calculation method of energy ccording to the energy principle, the acting of external forces on the test system is as shown below: d eu u u  (1) where u is the total work done by external force on the rock specimens, du is the dissipated strain energy, eu is the elastic strain energy. the calculation relationship is shown in fig. 2, [17]. figure 2: the numerical relationship between the dissipated strain energy and the elastic strain energy [17]. analysis of energy dissipation characteristics fig. 3 shows the relation between the marble axial stress, strain energy and axial strain at different stress paths. the energy curve has the following characteristics: (1) compaction stage: the dissipated strain energy is very small, while elastic strain energy grows slowly. (2) elastic stage: external force continues to work, elastic strain energy is developed approximately parallel to total strain energy, while the dissipated strain energy increases slowly. it is believed that the elastic stage is the stage of energy accumulation, when most of the energy absorbed by the rock speciments can be stored as elastic strain energy. (3) pre-peak plastic stage: total strain energy continues to increase. the propagation of internal cracks must dissipate a large amount of external force work, so that the energy is absorbed and begins converting into surface energy for crack propagation, and the growth rate of the dissipated strain energy is increased significantly, while that of the elastic strain energy is slowed. (4) post-peak stage: from the peak point to stress drop point, a large number of micro-cracks are propagated and accumulated until the emergence of macroscopic rupture occurs, and this must overcome the work of the frictional force, resulting in a substantial increase in dissipated strain energy. when the stress drops sharply, the internally accumulated elastic strain energy is released rapidly, causing rock failure. (a) (b) figure 3: energy change curves under two stress paths (confining pressure: 10 mpa): (a) the conventional triaxial loading test (b) the conventional triaxial unloading test (i axial stress, ii absorbed total strain energy, iii elastic strain energy, iv dissipated strain energy) a l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 518 unlike conventional triaxial loading, it is clear that brittle failure occurs in the rock samples with unloading failure. as the confining pressure decreases, stress drop occurs rapidly after the peak strength, and internal stored energy is released quickly. elastic stain energy and dissipated stain energy are no longer gradual processes, but rather sharp increase processes. elastic strain energy is significantly reduced, while dissipated stain energy is instantly and sharply increased to the total strain energy value. determination of marble failure position n both the conventional triaxial loading test and unloading test, the failure points occur posterior to the peak strength. how to determine the failure point is a matter which requires in-depth discussion. as viewed from the energy conversion relationship in the rock failure process, the energy dissipation process is associated with the entire process of rock deformation, thus resulting in rock failure. the change rate of dissipated energy is used to determine the position of the failure point. the slipping point regression analysis method is used [20], and the first-order derivative of dissipated energy against strain is taken to express the change rate of dissipated energy du : /d ddu d u  (2) where ddu is the dissipated energy increment, d is the strain increment corresponding to ddu and du is the change rate of dissipated energy. the slipping point regression method is used to take a calculated interval for linear regression at each dissipated energy-strain point, so as to obtain the slope of the interval represented by the point, and then the curves of the relationship between slope and strain at each point are prepared (fig. 4). figure 4: slipping point regression method [13]. the relation between the change rate of dissipated strain energy and strain at different stress paths is shown in fig. 5. for the loading test, dissipated strain energy is increased slowly in the compaction and elastic stages, and the change rate of the dissipated strain energy is very small. in the plastic deformation stage, the change rate of the dissipated strain energy is increased, gradually approaching the linear growth law. after the peak to the stress drop stage, the change rate of dissipated energy shows a non-linear growth, then sharply increases to the extreme point at the drop point, leading to rock macroscopic failure plane connected, i.e. the failure point. similar to the loading test, the change rate of dissipated strain energy in the unloading test is maintained at a constant level before unloading. the change rate of dissipated strain energy at the unloading position is slightly jumping. due to changes of stress path, the rock stress state is changed, leading to change in the allocation of absorbed total strain energy, which corresponds to the growth rates of elastic strain energy and dissipated strain energy. the change rate of dissipated strain energy is slowly increased between the unloading point and peak point, then it suddenly increases at the stress drop point. this sudden increase in the change rate of dissipated strain energy indicates a sudden release of stored elastic strain energy, thus leading to rock failure. as viewed from the stress-strain relationship, the sudden change point corresponds to the stress drop point, i.e. the failure point. it should be noted that for the rock samples with the unloading rate of confining pressure equal to 0.8 mpa/s, a second stress drop exists, and the change rate of dissipated strain energy also shows a small sudden jump at the initial drop point, indicating that partial failure occurs to the rock mass at the stress position, and this sudden jump value is significantly smaller than that at the final failure. i st ra in e ne rg y regression point axial strain l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 519 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 -100 100 300 500 700 900 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 -400 0 400 800 1200 1600 (a) (b) 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.000 0.003 0.006 0.009 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 (c) (d) figure 5: change rate of dissipated energy of different stress paths: (a) the conventional triaxial loading test; (b) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.2 mpa/s; (c) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.4 mpa/s; (d) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.8 mpa/s ( i axial stress, change rate of dissipated strain energy). the change rate of dissipated strain energy can be used not only to distinguish the various stages of the marble deformation process, but also to determine the position of the failure point, which is a new method that may be used to determine the failure point. the position of the first sudden jump point in the change rate of energy is the unloading point, and the greatest sudden jump point represents the overall failure of the rocks. the stage with a constant change rate of dissipated strain energy is the elastic stage, while that with a growth trend is the plastic stage. definition of failure variable nergy dissipation is achieved through internal crack propagation and failure surface friction, and this process is directly related to rock failure [17]. therefore, the extent of rock damage is characterized from the perspective of dissipated energy, so as to define the damage variable d as follows: d /d u u (3) the change law of damage variable over axial strain under different confining pressures is shown in fig. 6. for the loading test, the change in dissipated strain energy is very small in the elastic stage, and the damage variable is basically unchanged. in the plastic deformation stage, the damage variable is increased as the strain grows, and the curve slope gradually increases, which is a gradual process. after the peak strength point, the slope becomes smaller. between the peak strength point and failure point, the damage variable curve is concave. after rock failure, the damage variable remains constant in the residual deformation stage. unlike the damage variable of the loading test, the change of the damage variable is very small in the initial stages after unloading. the damage variable is only rapidly increased when approaching the peak strength point, which is a sudden e ⅱ a xi al s tr es s[ m p a] c ha n ge r at e o f di ss ip at ed en er gy [m j/ m 3 ] a b c d o ⅰ ⅱ ⅰ ⅰ ⅱ ⅱ axial strain axial strain axial strain axial strain a xi al s tr es s [m p a] a xi al s tr es s[ m p a] c h an ge r at e of d is si p at ed en er gy [ m j/ m 3 ] c h an ge r at e o f di ss ip at ed en er gy [m j/ m 3 ] unloading point a xi al s tr es s [ m p a] c h an ge r at e of d is si p at ed en er gy [ m j/ m 3] unloading point unloading point ⅰ l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 520 increase process. posterior to the peak strength point of the rock sample in the unloading test, it soon reaches the failure point. after the peak strength point in the loading test, the failure of the rock sample only occurs after the generation of large deformation. it will be a long period of time from the peak strength point to the failure point, and unloading failure is characterized by more sudden occurrence than loading failure. 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 (a) (b) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 (c) (d) figure 6: change of damage variable at different stress paths: (a) the conventional triaxial test; (b) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.2 mpa/s; (c) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.4 mpa / s; (d) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.8 mpa/s. the deformation control mode is used in the test, and the strain is a constant in the unit of time, i.e.: /d dt c  (4) and dd dd d dt d dt    (5) eq. (4) is then substituted into eq. (5), as follows: dd dd c dt d  (6) eq. (6) shows that the damage variable is proportional to the time evolution rate and it is similar to the strain evolution rate. it is indicated that for the deformation control mode with a constant strain rate, the evolutionary law of the damage variable over time may be speculated according to its evolutionary law over strain, which is of reference value to the study of rock creep failure. peak point failure point d am ag e va ri ab le unloading point axial strain axial strain axial strain axial strain d am ag e va ri ab le d am ag e va ri ab le d am ag e va ri ab le failure point failure point peak point peak point unloading point failure point peak point unloading point l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 521 failure constitutive equation change law of elastic modulus over confining pressure ock mass is a type of non-continuous and non-homogeneous material, the interior of which contains both large and small cracks. in the rock compression process, the increase of confining pressure may improve the crack closure rate, as well as the rock compressive strength and the elastic modulus. under high confining pressure, the occurrence of slipping requires a large external force, so that the rock strength is higher and the elastic modulus is greater. considering the impact of confining pressure on the elastic modulus, it is found, by fitting the experimental data, that the elastic modulus is closely related to the confining pressure, and the change law is shown as below: 31 1 1 exp 1r a e e c e                 (7) where re is the elastic modulus after confining pressure correction, 1e is the elastic modulus under uniaxial compression, and 1re e in the uniaxial loading test. in addition, a is the correction coefficient of the curve peak, and c is a parameter used to characterize the change rate of the confining pressure. c is equal to 1 in the conventional triaxial test, while c is changed over the confining pressure in the unloading test. establishment of constitutive equation the rock itself is shown to contain certain initial damage. according to eq. (7), rock damage will be increased with higher dissipated strain energy in the compression process. assuming that the rock stress has a power function relationship with the damage variable, the elastic modulus after the confining pressure correction is used to establish the damage constitutive equation:  1 be d   (8) eq. (7) is then substituted into eq. (8), so to obtain:  31 1 1 exp 1 1 ba e c d e                     (9) where b is the correction coefficient of curve shape. taking the conventional triaxial loading test data as an example (confining pressure: 10 mpa), the impact of the eq. (9) parameters on the stress-strain curve distribution characteristics is analyzed. fig. 7 shows the stress-strain curve by assuming b equal to 0.5 and different values for parameter a . as the value of a increases, steeper pre-peak curve, higher peak strength and smaller residual strength can be observed, thus indicating that a is correlated with the compressive strength. under the same stress, the greater the a value is, the smaller the pre-peak deformation will be, so the a value also reflects the rock deformation characteristics. figure 7: stress-strain curves of different parameter a (b=0.5). figure 8: stress-strain curves of different parameter b (a=500). r l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 522 fig. 8 shows the stress-strain curve obtained by assuming a equal to 500 and by varying b value. the b value has little effect on the pre-peak stage, and the various curves are basically overlapped. a smaller b value determines a slightly higher peak strength. on the contrary, it has a greater impact on post-peak softening and on the residual strength of the rock. the greater the b value is, the more significant the post-peak strain softening phenomenon of the rock sample will be, and the smaller the residual strength will be. b has a great impact on the curve shape between the peak strength and the stress drop point. rock has a plastic flow tendency with the reduction of b while it shows a significant brittle stress drop with the increase of b. stress path confining pressure [mpa] unloading rate [mpa/s] a b c r2 (%) the conventional triaxial test 10 427 0.36 1 98 20 442 0.38 97 30 468 0.41 95 40 500 0.45 94 unloading test 10 0.2 1.2052 0.5022 320.36 98 0.4 1.2164 0.5059 338.32 97 0.8 1.2850 0.4938 332.19 97 20 0.2 1.1320 0.5385 310.12 99 0.4 1.2540 0.5382 324.50 99 0.8 1.0350 0.7922 342.50 90 30 0.2 0.9735 0.7860 345.80 99 0.4 0.9509 0.7120 333.64 98 0.8 0.8321 0.7226 373.89 98 40 0.2 0.8635 0.6894 342.5 98 0.4 0.8456 0.7011 368.32 97 0.8 0.8247 0.7376 328.47 98 table 1: parameter value setting based on the test data, the parameters, i.e. a , b and c , are adjusted to simulate the constitutive equation, and the matlab nonlinear fitting tool is used to perform test data regression. tab. 1 lists the parameters, i.e. a , b and c , under different stress paths. figs. 9 and 10 show the fitting curves of the constitutive equation on the conventional triaxial loading and unloading tests, respectively. the stress-strain curve simulated by this constitutive equation is highly consistent with the experimental curve, with a correlation coefficient greater than 94%. the internal cracks caused by rock compression are closed, so that an initial compression stage will likely exist in the stress-strain curve. the initial stage of the stress-strain curve simulated by this constitutive equation can reflect the concave shape of the curve in the compaction stage. under static loading conditions, the rocks are loaded from the initial state to the failure process, i.e. internal crack compaction, fissure propagation, aggregation and connection, which is a continuous process, so that the entire process of stress-strain equation becomes unified. in this study, a unified equation is used to simulate the deformation process, so as to avoid the shortcomings of staged fitting. this constitutive equation considering the confining pressure impact contains only three parameters. through adjusting these three parameters, the rock deformation processes under various stress paths may be simulated, thus this model is highly adaptable. l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 523 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0.000 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 (a) (b) 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0.000 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0 40 80 120 160 200 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 (c) (d) figure 9: stress-strain curves of conventional triaxial tests: (a) confining pressure 10 mpa; (b) confining pressure 20 mpa; (c) confining pressure 30 mpa; (d) confining pressure 40 mpa. (a) (b) (c) figure 10: stress-strain curves of different unloading rates: (a) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.2 mpa/s; (b) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.4 mpa/s; (c) unloading rate of confining pressure 0.8 mpa/s.     1 [ m p a]  1 [m p a]  1 [ m p a]  1 [m p a]    1 [m p a]    1 [ m p a]  1[ m p a] l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 524 conclusions he energy dissipation process is associated with the entire process of rock deformation, thus resulting in rock failure. the compaction and elastic stages mainly form the accumulation process of elastic strain energy. after the peak strength, dissipated strain energy is increased significantly. in the unloading test, the elastic strain energy is released at the stress drop point, while the dissipated strain energy increases sharply. the change rates of dissipated strain energy can be used not only to distinguish the various stages of deformation process, but also to determine the position of the failure point. the stage with a constant change rate of energy is the elastic stage, while that with a growth trend is the plastic stage. the ratio between dissipated strain energy and total stain energy is defined as the damage variable. the change of damage variable is a gradual process for the conventional triaxial loading test, while it is a sudden increase process for the unloading test. the damage mechanics model in the marble deformation process is established from the perspective of energy dissipation, which may reflect the impacts of confining pressure changes on the marble strength. acknowledgement he study is supported by the national natural science foundation of china (41472270, 41372298), shandong province higher educational science and technology program (j10le01) and qingdao science and technology program (12-1-4-4-(10)-jch). references [1] cao, w., g., zhang, s., zhao, m., h., study on statistical damage constitutive model of rock based on new definition of damage, rock and soil mechanics, 27(1)(2006) 41-46. [2] qin, y., p., zhang, j., f., wang, l., preliminary discussion on theoretical model of rock damage mechanics, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 22(4) (2003) 646-650. [3] ha, q., l., rock slope engineering and unloading nonlinear rock mass mechanics, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 16(4)(1997)386-391. [4] huang, r., q., huang, d., experimental research on mechanical properties of granites under unloading condition, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 27(11) (2008) 2205-2213. [5] huang, d., huang, r., q., zhang, y., x., experimental investigations on static loading rate effects on mechanical properties and energy mechanism of coarse crystal grain marble under uniaxial compression, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 31(2) (2012) 245–255. [6] wu, z., zhang, c., j., unidirectional loading and mechanical damage model of rock properties, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 15(1) (1996) 55–61. [7] shi, c., jiang, x., x., zhu, z., d., et al., study of rock damage age constitutive model and discussion of its parameters based on hoek-brown, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 30(1) (2011) 2647-2652. [8] zhang, q., s., yang, g., s., ren, j., x., new study of damage variable and constitutive equation of rock, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 22(1) (2013) 30-34. [9] xu, w., y., wei, l., d., study on statistical damage constitutive model of rock, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 21(6) (2002) 787–791. [10] chen, w., z., lu, s., p., guo, x., h., et al., research on unloading confining pressure tests and rock burst criterion based on energy theory, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 28(8) (2009) 1530-1540. [11] xu, g., a., niu, s., j., jing, h., w., et al., experimental study of energy features of sandstone under loading and unloading, rock and soil mechanics, 32(12) (2011)3611-3617. [12] jin, f., n., jiang, m., r., gao, x., l., defining damage variable based on energy dissipation, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 23(12) (2004) 1976-1980. [13] du, w., the isotropic damage constitutive model based on the principle of energy dissipation, journal of sichuan building, 30(2) (2010) 183-185. [14] hua, a., z., you, m., q., rock failure due to energy release during unloading and application to underground rock burst control, tunnelling and underground space technology, 16(3) (2001) 241-246. t t l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 515-525; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.62 525 [15] zhou, x., p., yang, h., q., zhang, y., x., rate dependent critical strain energy density factor of huanglong limestone, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 51(1) (2009) 57-61. [16] gaziev, e., rupture energy evaluation for brittle materials, international journal of solids and structures, 38(42-43) (2001) 7681-7690. [17] xie, h., p., ju, y., li, l., y., criteria for strength and structural failure of rocks based on energy dissipation and energy release principles, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 24(17) (2005) 3003-3010. [18] liu, x.,m., xiong, l., liu, j.,h., et al, slacking mechanism of red sandstone based on energy dissipation principle, journal of central south universty (science and technology), 42(10) (2011) 3143-3149 [19] zhang, x., y., cheng, j., kang, y., h., et al, analysis on damage and energy during rock deformation under cyclic loading and unloading conditions, nonferrous metals, 63(5) (2011) 41-45. [20] eberhardt, e., stead ,d., stimpson, b., et al, identifying crack initiation and propagation thresholds in brittle rock, canada geotechnical journal, 35 (1998) 222-233. microsoft word numero_33_art_52 c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 471 a new micromechanical model of cnt-metal nanocomposites with random clustered distribution of cnts chongyang gao, yu lu school of mechanical engineering, zhejiang university, hangzhou 310027, china corresponding author: gcysci@163.com y.t. zhu 2school of materials science and engineering, nanjing university of science and technology, nanjing 210094, china abstract. uniform dispersion of carbon nanotubes (cnts) is a key issue for utilization of their reinforcement potential in cnt-reinforced metal matrix nanocomposites (mmncs). it was reported that cnt clusters often exist in mmncs prepared by various techniques, which reduces the load transfer efficiency between the matrix and reinforcement. in this paper, a new micromechanical constitutive model of cnt-reinforced mmncs is developed, which takes into account of the influences of cnt clusters and misorientations. the strength values of a cnt/al nanocomposite predicted by the new model are compared first with experimental data for validation. then, the developed model is applied to predict the size effect, temperature effect and strain rate effect of the nanocomposite in its overall elastoplastic response. keywords. micromechanical modelling; metal matrix nanocomposites; carbon nanotubes; cluster effect; misorientation angle. introduction n recent years, it has been reported that incorporating carbon nanotubes (cnts) into polymers [1-3], ceramics and metals [4-7] can dramatically improve their mechanical properties. this is due to the high strength; high young’s modulus and super thermal conductivity of cnts. metal matrix nanocomposites (mmncs) reinforced with cnts have enhanced yield strength and a low thermal expansion coefficient, which render them substantial potential in some weight sensitive applications such as aerospace structures [8]. yang et al. [9] demonstrated that the yield strength of a 1.5 wt. % cnt/al nanocomposite produced by an improved chemical vapor deposition (cvd) is 2.2 times that of the pure aluminum, while the result obtained in compression tests [10] is not so high due to different preparation technique of the sample. kim et al. [11] showed that the measured tensile strength of cnt/cu nanocomposite with 10 vol. % cnts is 281mpa, which is approximately 1.6 times higher than that of unreinforced pure copper. li et al. [12] made cntnanocrystalline cu nanoacomposite using ball-milling and high-pressure torsion consolidation, which has very high yield strength of 1100 mpa at 1 wt% cnt addition. thus, cnts can be an ideal reinforcement for material design to improve mechanical properties of composites. the high aspect ratio of length to diameter of curved cnts makes them prone to entangle with each other resulting in clustering in matrix, and consequently difficult to be uniformly dispersed in matrix. to solve this problem, various preparation techniques have been employed to achieve a more uniform distribution of cnts in mmncs so as to realize i c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 472 their full strengthening potential. however, agglomeration and imperfect interfacial load transfer of cnts still often exist in these composites. to facilitate the applications of cnt-reinforced metal matrix nanocomposites, it is essential to develop a reliable micromechanical constitutive model that can be used to describe and predict their mechanical properties. some modeling efforts have been made to describe the mechanical properties of the cnt-reinforced nanocomposites. courtney [13] established a classic model for short-fiber-reinforced plastic-matrix composites by introducing the effect of the aspect ratio into the basic role-of-mixture model, which can be applicable to cnt-reinforced nanocomposites. based on the generalized shear-lag model [14] for metal matrix composites with reinforcement in cylindrical forms, kim et al. [11] proposed a strength model to describe a two-stage yielding process in the experimental stress–strain curves of the cnt/cu nanocomposites, and also observed elongated cnt clusters in the microstructure of the composite. barai and weng [15] developed a two-scale micromechanical model to make a pioneering analysis of the effect of cnt agglomeration and interface condition on the strength of cnt-reinforced mmncs. obviously, it is inevitable that a lot of cnt agglomerations in metallic matrix materials will appear because of easy entanglement of cnts, especially for those with the high aspect ratio, as observed in [16-18]. although there are also some other models proposed for cnt-reinforced polymers matrix nanocomposites [1, 3, 19, 20], a model with consideration of clustering phenomenon is still lacking. to describe the flow stress and estimate the plastic strength of cnt-reinforced metal matrix composites, a new micromechanical constitutive model, with consideration of the effect of cnt clusters and the influence of cnt misorientation angle, will be proposed in this paper. in the "modelling of cnt-reinforced mmncs" section, the cluster effect is introduced into the new model by using the statistically average equivalent length and diameter of cnts, and the misorientation angle effect is reflected by a definition of an effective load transfer coefficient. in the next section, the model parameters are determined for the cnt/al nanocomposite by a nonlinear multi-variable global optimization method, i.e., generic algorithm. in the "results and discussion" section, the new model is experimentally validated, and some important predictions of the model are given and discussed. modelling of cnt-reinforced mmncs acroscopically, the cnt reinforced metal matrix nanocomposite is deformed homogeneously, in which the metal matrix is plastic and the cnt fiber is elastic. the mmncs derive their plasticity from the good plastic behavior of the metallic matrix materials. the flow stress of cnt-reinforced mmncs during the elastoplastic deformation process can be generally expressed below with the classical rule of mixtures as widely used for two-phase composites [20]:  1c f f f m       (1) where c the flow stress of nanocomposites is, f is the stress of cnts at composite failure, m is the flow stress of the pure matrix material. fv denotes the volume fraction of cnts. for mmncs reinforced with discontinuous cnts, the applied load transfers from the matrix to cnts along the cnt– matrix interface by the way of shear stress, and interfacial bonding significantly affects the strength of the composite. in order to load high-strength fibers to their maximum strength, the metallic matrix will flow plastically in response to the high shear stress developed. plastic deformation of a matrix implies that the shear stress at the interface will never go above the matrix shear yield strength. in such a case, the following equation can be derived on a perfect bonding interface based on the equilibrium of forces [13]: 2 4 2 fm i y d l d    (2) where i y is the shear yield strength of the interface and fm is the maximum stress in cnts, l and d are the average length and diameter of primary cnts, respectively. it can be seen that the maximum stress in cnts varies with the length of cnts. if a carbon nanotube is sufficiently long, it should be possible to load the cnt to its breaking stress, fm fb  , by means of load transfer through the metallic matrix flowing plastically around it. that is to say, there exists a critical m c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 473 length of cnts, crl , which is the minimum length necessary to reach fracture for a given cnt diameter. based on eq. (2), the critical length of cnts can be deduced as: 2 cr fb i y d l    (3) if crl l , the matrix will flow plastically around cnts and load a cnt to a stress in its central position given by 2( / )f myl d  . for crl l , the average stress in a cnt can be written as:   0 cr cr cr 1 1 [ ( )] [1 (1 )] l f f f f f x dx l l l l l l l               (4) where  can be regarded as a load transfer function and f represents the average stress of cnts over a portion crl . the value of  will be precisely 1/2 for an ideally plastic matrix with no strain hardening, i.e., the increase in stress in a cnt over the portion was assumed as being linear. now, by amending the cnt stress in eq. (1) with the average stress in eq. (4), a basic model of cnt-reinforced mmncs can be obtained as:  11 1 4 f b c f f f m i y d l                  (5) thermo-viscoplastic constitutive model of fcc metal matrix materials for cnt reinforced mmncs, the reported matrices are mostly the lightweight metal materials such as aluminum, copper, magnesium and their alloys. although the carbon nanotubes are dispersed in the matrices to enhance their mechanical properties, the matrix materials play the most significant role in the plastic deformation behavior of the cnt reinforced composites. to reasonably describe the plastic deformation behaviors of the composite, a reliable plastic constitutive model should be established for the metallic matrix material. the plastic deformation of metals can be explained as the process of dislocation motion and accumulation under the ratecontrolled and thermally-activated mechanism. in the thermal activation analysis, dislocation motion is resisted by both short-range and long-range barriers. the short-range barriers may be overcome by thermal activation, while the longrange barriers are essentially not related with temperature (i. e. it is athermal). hence, the flow stress of the metal materials, which is essentially defined by the material resistance to dislocation motion, can be decomposed into two parts: m ath th    (6) where m is the flow stress of the matrix material; ath is the athermal component of the flow stress reflecting the longrange barriers, while th is the thermal component of the flow stress reflecting the short-range barriers which depends on the thermal activation. by using the mechanical threshold stress (mts, denoted as ̂ ) as a reference stress that characterizes the constant structure of a material, the thermal stress can be expressed as:   ˆ,th thf t    (7) where ˆth is the thermal component of mts according to ˆ ˆ ˆath th    ,  ,f t is the thermal activation function (<1.0) representing the coupling effects of strain rate (  ) hardening and temperature ( t ) softening. based on the wellknown relation of dislocation speed and thermal activation energy (or called free energy) proposed by johnston and c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 474 giman [21] and the expression of free energy given by kocks and ashby [22], the thermal activation function can be expressed as:   11 2 0 , 1 ln pq f t t                          (8) on the other hand, with consideration of the effect of grain size in the flow stress by using the hall-petch relationship, the athermal stress can be written as: ath = 1 2 g kd   (9) where g is the stress due to initial defect, d is the grain size and k is a microstructural stress modulus. the athermal stress can be treated as a constant as a whole because the grain size can be measured for a particular matrix. for a face-centered cubic (fcc) matrix (e.g., pure aluminum and its alloys), the thermal component of mts has been deduced in [23]. finally, the constitutive model of fcc metal matrix materials was determined as: 11 1 2 0 0 ˆ exp ln 1 ln pq n m ath s y t t                                              (10) where ŷ is the reference thresholds of the thermal stress; n is strain hardening exponent;  31 0ˆ s mk g g b  and  32 0ˆ mk g g b  (here k̂ is the boltzmann constant, 0g and 0sg are the normalized and saturated free energies, mg is the shear modulus of the matrix material, b is the burgers vector representing the excursion induced by dislocation); 0 and 0s are the reference and saturated strain rates; q and p are a pair of parameters representing the shape of crystal potential barrier. compared with the conventional modelling of matrix materials which just adopt the yield strength of the matrix [10, 18], the new model of matrix materials is a physics-based thermo-viscoplastic constitutive relation that can describe the plastic flow stress of cnt reinforced mmncs during plastic deformation with consideration of strain rate hardening and temperature softening effects. consideration of the misorientation angel of cnts because cnts are randomly distributed in matrix and are highly curved when dispersed in matrix, the misorientation angle,  , between the loading direction and the nanotube length direction for a cnt always varies along its length. to reflect the influence of misorientation angle of cnts in the constitutive model, it was assumed that the curved cnts can be regarded as a chain of multiple straight segments, as shown in figure 1. figure 1: cutting of the curved cnts as a chain of short straight ones (case 1single curved cnts; case 2straight clustered cnts; case 3curved clustered cnts). c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 475 for cnt-reinforced mmncs fabricated by hot extrusion, an exponential function was proposed as the probability density function of the distribution of misorientation angle [14]: ( ) exp( )f b k   (11) where b is a constant, and k is a constant dependent on the alignment of cnts. now, if the effective strengthening stress of cnts can be expressed as f (where  is an effective load transfer coefficient defined with the misorientation distribution function), the basic model of cnt-reinforced mmncs in eq. (5) may be improved as one with consideration of the influence of misorientation angle. however, the definition of the load transfer coefficient is always assumed in an empirical approach and lacks physical basis of constitutive modelling. in addition, the average length of the cnts dispersed in mmncs is generally less than the critical length, which is estimated as several dozens of micrometers. so the model in eq. (5) may be not suitable for further modelling of the misorientation angle effect. therefore, a physically-based model of short fibre-reinforced composites [24] was introduced below, so as to calculate the direct strengthening of cnts for cnt-reinforced mmncs with a known distribution of misorientation angle and under the assumption that perfect bonding exists between fibers and the matrix. for simplicity, an isotropic poisson’s ratio,  , was assumed for the composite. since cnts with smaller inclination angles from the loading direction bear larger stresses and break first during tensile loading, we assumed that 0 is a critical inclination angle within which every cnt has been broken, i.e., cnts with the inclination angle 0 bear a stress equal to their ultimate strength and are just about to break. then, the stress in a cnt can be derived as [24] 0 2 2 02 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 cos sin ( ) cos sin (cos sin ) cos sin 2 f f f f                                           (12) where f is known as 2sin 1/ (1 )f   . to obtain the total load, ( )p  at a specimen cross-section, a , perpendicular to the loading direction, the orientationdensity distribution of cnts intercepted by the cross-section, ( )cn  , is also needed and deduced as 1 ( ) 11 ( )cos f c f f mf ea d n f a l g                  (13) where 2 / 4fa d , fe is young’s modulus of cnts, mg is the shear modulus of the matrix. ( )f  is the misorientation distribution of three-dimensional randomly-oriented cnts. the exponential function proposed in eq. (11) was adopted here for the distribution, as distinct from the previously used ones. the total load is a function of 0 and can be calculated as 0 /2 0( ) ( ) ( ) cosc fp n a d          (14) its maximum value at 0 0  can be considered as the load that cnts can carry at composite failure. thus, by substituting eqs. (12) and (13) into eq. (14), the strengthening stress (  ) contributed directly by cnts can be finally integrated as c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 476 0 max ( ) 1 ( ) 11 f f f f mf ep d r a l g                     (15) where ( ) [ (0) ( / 2) 2 ( )]f fr b w w w     (16) and  2 2 2 2 3 1 ( ) cos(4 ) sin(4 ) 1 8 8( 16) 2( 16) 1 cos( 2 ) sin( 2 ) 2( 4 ) 4 k k w k k k k e k k                             (17) model modification with consideration of cnt cluster effect as seen in figure 2, cnts always agglomerate in the metallic matrix and form a lot of clusters [16], though various techniques were used to make the dispersion of reinforcement as uniform as possible. this is why the strength of the nanocomposite measured in tests is actually far lower than the prediction of theoretical models. figure 2 clusters of carbon nanotubes after dry mixing of cnts and al powders [16] (with kind permission from springer science and business media). as summarized in the introduction, most models of cnt reinforced mmncs were established with the assumption that the cnts are uniformly distributed in the matrix as shown in figure 3(a). however, there exists serious cluster phenomenon of cnts in general as shown in fig. 3(b). therefore, a modified constitutive model of cnts reinforced mmncs with consideration of the cluster effect was specially proposed as follows. it was proved by the experimental observation by luo et al. [25] that the free-path spacing of cnts follows a logarithmic normal distribution. and tyson et al. [26] pointed out that the particle size of clustered cnts also follows the lognormal distribution, and proved in their experiments that the lognormal distribution has the same mean value and standard deviation as the associated normal distribution. in our modelling, a cnt cluster, which is resulted from a group of intertwined cnts, was regarded as an equivalent large reinforced particle, the shape of which can be approximately described by an equivalent length ( cl ) and an equivalent diameter ( cd ) as shown in figure 3(b). so, the two sizes should follow the lognormal distribution, respectively. their probability density functions of the lognormal distribution can be written as follows: c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 477 2 1 1 ln ( ) exp , 0 ( , ) 22 c c x m f x x x l d nnx             (18) and 2 2 2 2 2 2 ln , ( , ) ln i i i i c c i i i i m i l d n              (19) where l and d represent the mean values of the associated normal distribution of the equivalent length and diameter, respectively; l and d represent the standard deviations of the associated normal distribution of the equivalent length and diameter, respectively. (a) (b) figure 3: comparison of random distributions of cnts (a) uniform pattern; (b) with clusters according to the lognormal distribution of the equivalent length and diameter of cnts in eq. (18), the average values of the equivalent length ( cl ) and diameter ( cd ) of cnts can be statistically calculated as:   2 , max , min 2 l c c l c c n l m c c c cl l l f l dl e     (20) 2 , max , min 2= ( ) dc c dc c n d m c c c cd d d f d dd e    (21) where ,maxcl and ,maxcd are the maximum values of the equivalent length and diameter of the cnt clusters; ,mincl and ,mincd are the minimum values of them. the upper and lower boundaries of the equivalent length and diameter following the lognormal distribution were illustrated in figure 4. obviously, there exist minimum and maximum boundary values for the equivalent length and diameter in reality. the minimum values can be regarded as several times of the average original length and diameter of cnts (about 15 times as presented in [16]), and the maximum values can be evaluated by c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 478 experimental observations like figure 2. in addition, the standard deviations of the associated normal distribution of the equivalent length and diameter will be eliminated in their average values of lognormal distribution under the presupposed condition in eq. (19) for the lognormal distribution. p ro b a b ili ty d e n si ty f u n ct io n p ( x ) radom variable x (l c or d c ) (nm) x min x max logorithmic normal distribution figure 4: illustration of the actual upper and lower boundaries of the equivalent length and diameter of cnt clusters with the lognormal distribution. since the equivalent length and diameter of cnts are closely related with the volume fraction of cnts, l and d was assumed to change with the volume fraction. the depending relationship of them on the volume fraction are still unknown, however, they can be evaluated by using the polynomial function interpolation method to numerically fit the real nonlinear curves. based on the experimental stress-strain curves at four different volume fractions [9], the cubic spline function was used to match these data points, then l can be expressed as: 3 21 1 1( ) ( )l f f f fh v l a v b v c v l     (22) since the change of d with volume fraction ( 0 1f  ) is faster than l and the change of d is also faster than l , then d and d can be expressed by a quadric polynomial interpolation function:    4 3 22 2 2d f f f fg d a b c d        (23) finally, by substituting eqs. (20-23) into eq. (15) and then into eq. (1) together with eq. (10), we can get the modified micromechanical model of cnt reinforced metal matrix composites to describe their thermo-viscoplastic flow behaviors: 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 11 1 2 0 0 ( ) 1 = ( ) 11 ( ) ˆ(1 ) exp ln 1 ln f f f c f f f f f f mf pq n f ath s a v b v c ed r v l a v b v c g y t t                                                                              (24) c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 479 determination of model parameters luminum and its alloys are widely used in aerospace and automotive industries because of their good mechanical properties [27]. cnts can be an ideal reinforcement to design aluminum matrix nanocomposites (cnt/al) to improve their wear and creep properties. so a typical cnt-reinforced mmnc (cnt/al) is chosen as the example in this paper. determination of model parameters for pure aluminum matrix as the matrix model is relatively independent to the strengthening component in the composite model, the material parameters in the matrix model in eq. (10) can be determined firstly. for the pure aluminum matrix, the two reference strain rates 0s and 0 can be evaluated in advance. the two parameters lie in logarithmic functions and produce a smaller influence than 1 and 2 together with them. so their evaluation errors can be offset by fitting of 1 and 2 . the value of 0 is evaluated as 7 11 10 s  , and the value of 0s can be estimated as 9 11 10 s  which is generally two orders greater than 0 . the remaining seven parameters, ath , ŷ , n , 1 , 2 , p , q , can be determined by a global multi-variables nonlinear optimization method, i.e. generic algorithm (ga) as used in [23], based on a group of experimental stress-strain curves of pure aluminum [9, 28] at different strain rates and temperature. a matlab program has been developed to realize the optimization calculations. the optimized results of the matrix model parameters were listed in table 1. model parameters theoretically allowed ranges optimized results units ath [0, 20] 12.0 mpa ŷ [100, 1000] 456 mpa n [0, 1] 0.293 / 1 [ 6 59 10 , 9 10   ] 51.11 10 1/k 2 [ 6 59 10 , 9 10   ] -51.04 10 1/k p (0, 1] 0.939 / q [1, 2] 1.712 / table 1: optimized results of the material parameters of the al matrix model determination of model parameters for cnt/al composite for the cnt/al composite in [9], the average original length and diameter of cnts can be known as 0 1l m and 0 25d nm . the cnt strength parameters in the composite model of eq. (24) can be first ascertained as 30f gpa  and 100fb gpa  [29]. the shear yield strength of perfect bonding interface should be equal to that of the matrix, 45i y mpa  . the parameters in the distribution function of misorientation angle were evaluated as 0.874b  and 6.47k  . the cnt weight fractions were transformed into volume fractions by using the measured density, and the congruent relationship of weight fractions and volume fractions for cnt/al was listed in table 2. weight fractions wt ( % ) 0 0.5 1.5 2.0 measured density  ( 3g cm ) 2.636 2.642 2.638 2.625 volume fractions fv ( % ) 0 0.68 1.88 3.12 table 2: the congruent relationship of volume fractions and weight fractions for cnt/al a c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 480 the remaining seven parameters,( 1a , 1b , 1c , 2a , 2b , 2c , f ), were determined based on the experimental stress-strain curves of cnt/al composite [9] at different volume fractions, by using the same optimization method as mentioned above. the physically available ranges of these parameters were ascertained by the cubic spline interpolation curve matching. the optimized constitutive parameters of the cnt/al composite were finally shown in table 3. model parameters 1a 1b 1c 2a 2b 2c f varying ranges [2.5e5, 2.5e6] [-4.5e4, -5e3] [100, 900] [1.5e7, 3.5e7] [-7e5, -3e5] [6e3, 1.4e4] ( 55 , 90  ) optimized results 52.96 10 41.35 10  873 73.1 10 55.6 10  6030 62.6 table 3: final optimized constitutive parameters of cnt/al nanocomposite. results and discussion n this section, the new model established and determined for the cnt/al nanocomposite will be compared with experimental data for validation, and then some of important predictions of the new model will be presented. validation of the new model as shown in figure 5, the true stress-strain curves calculated from the proposed new model were compared with the experimental data obtained in compression tests [9] for cnt/al composite of 0.68 %, 1.88 % and 3.12 % cnt volume concentrations. the curve of 0 % cnt composite namely corresponds to the pure aluminum matrix material. obviously, the strength of the cnt/al composite is effectively enhanced by the addition of cnts at volume fractions of 0.68% and 1.88%. however, the strength of the composite drops at a higher volume concentration of 3.12 %, which should be caused by the presence of too many cnt clusters. it was indicated that the new model can well describe the true stressstrain relation of the composite at different volume fraction, especially at large strain because that the new matrix model has the ability of reflecting the plasticity of composites during large deformation. 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0 50 100 150 200 250 t ru e s tr e s s (m p a ) true strain volume fraction exp.dat our model v f =0% v f =0.68% v f =1.88% v f =3.12% figure 5: comparison of the model description and experimental data [9] of the true stress-stain curves for cnt/al composite at different volume fractions (under quasi-static loading and at room temperature). the dependence of the flow stress of cnt/al composite on the volume fraction at different strains was shown in figure 6 so as to validate the new model based on experimental data [9]. it is obvious that there exists an extreme point in the strength of the composite with the variation of volume fraction. for the sample of cnt/al composite, its strength gets the maximum value at about 2.0 vol.% in experiments, and the model prediction of the maximum strength appears at 2.5 vol.%, showing a certain error with the experimental result but well describing the varying trend of the experimental data i c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 481 within the whole range of volume fraction. obviously, the strength of the composite increases with the increasing volume fraction at relatively lower volume fractions, and then begins to drop when the volume fraction exceeds a critical point. the reason for this noticeable phenomenon should be resulted from the cluster effect of cnts which varies with volume fraction. the number of cnt clusters dramatically goes up at higher volume fraction for a large amount of cnts tend to entangle in the matrix, which is definitely detrimental to the mechanical properties of the composites. 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 50 100 150 200 250 300    t ru e s tr e ss ( m p a ) volume fraction v f (%) model prediction experimental data =0.10 =0.06 =0.03 figure 6: model validation by the experimental data [9] of the dependence of the flow stress of cnt/al composite on the volume fraction at different strains (under quasi-static loading and at room temperature). the predictions of the basic model [13] which does not consider the cluster effect as well as misorientation angle were presented in figure 7 at the volume fractions of 0.68 %, 1.88 % and 3.12 %, so as to demonstrate the correctness of the new model modified. it can be seen that the predicting curves monotonously increase with the increasing volume fraction of cnts, and that the predictive values at 3.12 vol.% are much higher than those of the experimental results in [9]. this is mainly caused by the ignorance of the cluster effect and imperfect interface influence in the basic model. the interfacial bonding between pure aluminum and cnts will be weaken due to the agglomeration of cnts, as a consequence, the effective load transfer between the al matrix and cnts will be seriously obstructed on the imperfect interface. thus, compared with the traditional model, it is obvious that the new model with consideration of the cluster effect can give satisfactory predictions. 0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 f lo w s tr e ss ( m p a ) true strain predictions of the model in [13] v f =2.5% v f =1.5% v f =0.5% figure 7: the predictions of the basic model [13] without consideration of the cluster effect and misorientations at different volume fractions under quasi-static loading and at room temperature. model predictions and discussion the dependence of the model prediction of direct strengthening of cnt/al composite on the average aspect ratio of the primary length to diameter of cnts ( /l d ) was given in figure 8 at a strain of 0.04. it can be seen in the figure that the c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 482 strengthening stress nonlinearly goes up with the increasing aspect ratio. the significant increase in strengthening with increasing length is obvious when the aspect ratio is less than 50 (or cnt length is less than 1 m at a given cnt diameter of 20 nm). however, the curve tends to an asymptote when the cnt length is greater than 1 m . in other words, beyond a critical length, the strengthening effect reaches a saturated value, which is consistent with the fact that the clustering of cnts rapidly increases with increasing aspect ratio. in addition, the strengthening increases with the decreasing cnt diameter at a given cnt length, as found in [15] with perfect bonding interface. 10 100 1000 0 20 40 60 80 100 aspect ratio of primary length to diameter of cnts (log (l /d )) model predictions cnt v f =2.0% cnt v f =1.5% cnt v f =1.0% s tr e n g th e n in g s tr e ss   ( m p a ) figure 8: the dependence of the strengthening stress of cnt/al composite on the average aspect ratio of primary length to diameter of cnts under different volume fractions at a strain of 0.04. the new model's predictions of the dependence of flow stress of the cnt/al composite on temperature at different volume fractions were presented under quasi-static and dynamic loading and at a strain of 0.04 in figure 9. a wide temperature range from low temperature (50k) to high temperature (1000k) was provided for the wide application conditions of mmncs. when the volume fraction of cnts is equal to 1.88 %, the flow stress under quasi-static loading descends about 75 mpa from room temperature to high temperature. and the flow stress of the cnt/al composite under high-strain-rate loading is about 80 mpa higher than that at quasi-static loading. 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 -1=1000s   1=0.001s  f lo w s tr e s s (m p a ) temperature t(k) 0.68 vol.% cnt 1.88 vol.% cnt figure 9: dependence of the flow stress of cnt/al composite on temperature at different volume fractions under quasistatic and dynamic loading. the strain rate sensitivities of the flow stress of the cnt/al composite at different volume fractions were predicted under room and high temperature and at a strain of 0.04 in figure 10. it was indicated that the ascending trend of the flow stress with increasing logarithmic strain rate is basically linear at room temperature and somewhat nonlinear at high c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 483 temperature. the flow stress of cnt/al composite will increase about 50-60 mpa from 3 110 s  to 3 110 s  , with a similar growth ratio to pure aluminum. thus, the strain rate effect of cnt-reinforced mmncs during plastic deformation should mainly be reflected in the metal matrix materials. -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 80 120 160 200 240 280 strain rate (log s -1 ) f lo w s tr e ss  m m n c ( m p a ) 0.68% cnt 1.88% cnt t=673k t=293k figure 10: strain rate sensitivities of the flow stress of cnt/al composite at different volume fractions under room and high temperature. conclusions n this paper, we have developed a new micromechanical constitutive model to capture the overall elasto-plastic response of carbon nanotube reinforced metal matrix nanocomposites. the significant influences of cnt clusters and misorientations on the mechanical properties of the nanocomposites were considered in the proposed model. the cluster effect was introduced into the new model by using the statistically-averaged equivalent length and diameter of cnt clusters with a logarithmic normal distribution, and the misorientation angle was considered by using an improved physically-based strength model of short fibre-reinforced composites. for the cnt/al nanocomposite, the new model was validated by experimental results first, and was also compared with the traditional model without considering the cluster effect. it was demonstrated that the new model is reasonable and reliable. the predictions of the new model of the cnt/al nanocomposite indicated that the strengthening stress nonlinearly goes up with the increasing aspect ratio of the length to diameter of cnts and eventually tends to a saturated value. in addition, the flow stress of the composite descends with increasing temperature under quasi-static and dynamic loading, while ascends with the increasing logarithmic strain rate basically linearly at room temperature and somewhat nonlinearly at high temperature. acknowledgements his research work was supported by the national natural science foundation of china (no. 11272286), the zhejiang provincial natural science foundation of china for distinguished young scholars (lr13e050001) and the open foundation of state key lab of explosion science and technology of china (no. kfjj14-9m). references [1] jarali, c.s., patil, s.f., pilli, s.c., lu, y.c., modeling the effective elastic properties of nanocomposites with circular straight cnt fibers reinforced in the epoxy matrix, j mater sci., 48 (2013) 3160-3172. [2] wang, x., yong, z.z., li, q.w., bradford, p.d., liu, w., tucker, d.s., cai, w., wang, h., yuan, f.g., zhu, y.t., ultrastrong, stiff and multifunctional carbon nanotube composites, mater res lett., 1 (2013) 19-25. i t c. gao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 471-484; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.52 484 [3] dastgerdia, j.n., marquis, g., salimi, m., micromechanical modeling of nanocomposites considering debonding and waviness of reinforcements, compos struct., 110 (2014) 1-6. [4] sridhar, i., narayanan, k.r., processing and characterization of mwcnt reinforced aluminum matrix composites, j mater sci., 44 (2009) 1750-1756. [5] habibi, m.k., paramsothy, m., hamouda, a.m.s., gupta, m., enhanced compressive response of hybrid mg–cnt nano-composites, j mater sci., 46 (2011) 4588-4597. [6] salimi, s., izadi, h., gerlich, a.p., fabrication of an aluminum–carbon nanotube metal matrix composite by accumulative roll-bonding, j mater sci., 46 (2011) 409-415. [7] joo, s.h., yoon, s.c., lee, c.s., nam, d.h., hong, s.h., kim, h.s., microstructure and tensile behavior of al and almatrix carbon nanotube composites processed by high pressure torsion of the powders, j mater sci., 45 (2010) 46524658. [8] rawal, s., metal-matrix composites for space applications, jom., 53 (2001) 14-17. [9] yang, x.d., shi, c.s., he, c.n., liu, e.z., li, j.j., zhao, n.q., synthesis of uniformly dispersed carbon nanotube reinforcement in al powder for preparing reinforced al composites, compos: part a., 42 (2011) 1833-1839. [10] liao, j.z., tan, m.j., sridhar, i., spark plasma sintered multi-wall carbon nanotube reinforced aluminum matrix composites, mater & design., 31 (2010) 96-100. [11] kim, k.t., cha, s., hong, s.h., hong, s.h., microstructures and tensile behavior of carbon nanotubes reinforced cu matrix nanocomposites, mater sci and eng a., 430 (2006) 27-33. [12] li, h., misra, a., horita, z., strong and ductile nanostructured cu-carbon nanotube composite, appl phys lett., 95 (2009) 071907. [13] courtney, t.h., mechanical behavior of materials, mcgraw-hill book co., singapore. (2000). [14] ryu, h.j., cha, s.i., hong, s.h.j., generalized shear-lag model for load transfer in sic/al metal-matrix composites, mater res., 18 (2003) 2851-2858. [15] barai, p., weng, g.j., a theory of plasticity for carbon nanotube reinforced composites, int j plasticity, 27 (2011) 539559. [16] morsi, k., esawi, a., effect of mechanical alloying time and carbon nanotubes (cnt) content on the evolution of aluminum (al)–cnt composite powders, j mater sci., 42 (2007) 4954-4959. [17] kwon, h.s., park, d.h., silvain, j.f., kawasaki, a., investigation of carbon nanotube reinforced aluminum matrix composite materials, compos sci technol., 70 (2010) 546-550. [18] esawi, a.m.k., borady, m.a.e., carbon nanotube-reinforced aluminum strips, compos sci technol., 68 (2008) 486492. [19] coleman, j.n., cadek, m., blake, r., nicolosi, v., ryan, k.p., belton, c., fonseca, a., nagy, j.b., gunko, y.k., blau, w.j., high-performance nanotube-reinforced plastics: understanding the mechanism of strength increase, adv funct mater., 14(8) (2004) 791-798. [20] villoria, r.g., miravete, a., mechanical model to evaluate the effect of the dispersion in nanocomposites, acta mater., 55 (2007) 3025-3031. [21] johnson, w.g., gilman, j.j., dislocation velocities, dislocation densities, and plastic flow in lithium fluoride crystals, j appl phys., 30 (1959) 129-144. [22] kocks, u.f., argon, a.s., ashby, m.f., thermodynamics and kinetics of slip, prog mate sci, 19 (1975) 1-281. [23] gao cy, zhang lc. a constitutive model for dynamic plasticity of fcc metals, mater sci eng a., 527 (2010) 31383143. [24] zhu, y.t., blumenthal, w.r., lowe, t.c., the tensile strength of short fibre-reinforced composites, j mater. sci., 32 (1997) 2037-2043. [25] luo, z.p., koo, j.h., quantifying the dispersion of mixture microstructures, j microscopy, 225 (2007) 118-125. [26] tyson, b.m., al-rub, r.k.a., yazdanbakhsh, a., grasley, z., a quantitative method for analyzing the dispersion and agglomeration of nano-particles in composite materials, compos: part b, 42 (2011) 1395-1403. [27] surappa, m.k., aluminium matrix composites: challenges and opportunities, sadhana, 28 (2003) 319-334. [28] kima, w.j., lee, s.h., high-temperature deformation behavior of carbon nanotubes (cnt)-reinforced aluminum composites and prediction of their high-temperature strength, compos: part a., 67 (2014) 308-315. [29] cha, s.i., kim, k.t., arshad, s.n., mo, c.b., hong, s.h., extraordinary strengthening effect of carbon nanotubes in metal matrix nanocomposites processed by molecular level mixing, adv mater, 17 (2005) 1377-1381. microsoft word 2261 p.h. nayak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.35 370 characterization and tensile fractography of nano zro2 reinforced copper-zinc alloy composites prasad h. nayak vtu rrc, belgaum, dept. of mechanical engineering, oxford college of engineering, bangalore, karnataka, india prasadnayak990@gmail.com h. k. srinivas dept. of mechanical engineering, sjbit, bangalore, karnataka, india madeva nagaral aircraft research and design centre, hindustan aeronautics limited, bangalore, karnataka, india madev.nagaral@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8248-7603 v. auradi dept. of mechanical engineering, sit, tumkur, karnataka, india vsauradi@gmail.com abstract. nano particulates fortified metal lattice composites are finding extensive variety of utilizations in car and sports hardware fabricating businesses. in the present investigation, an endeavor has been made to create copper-zinc-nano zro2 particulates strengthened composites by utilizing fluid liquefy technique. 4, 8 and 12 wt. % of nano zro2 particulates were added to the cu-zn base grid. microstructural studies were finished by utilizing sem and eds examination. mechanical behavior of cu-zn-4, 8, 12 wt. % of nano zro2 composites were assessed according to astm benchmarks. checking electron micrographs uncovered the uniform dispersion of nano zro2 particulates in the copper zinc composite network. eds examination affirmed the nearness of zr and o components in nano zro2 strengthened composites. further, it was noticed that hardness, uts, yield quality of cuzn composite expanded with the expansion of 4, 8 and 12 wt. % of nano zro2 particulates. ductility of nano composites was decreased by adding zirconium oxide particulates. fractography of tensile specimens were carried out by using sem micrographs to understand the failure mechanisms. keywords. cu-zn alloy; nano zro2 particulates; liquid melt method; mechanical behavior; fractography. citation: prasad, h., n., srinivas, h, k., nagaral, m., auradi, v., characterization and tensile fractography of nano zro2 reinforced copper zinc alloy composites, frattura ed integritàstrutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376. received: 17.11.2018 accepted: 21.01.2019 published: 01.04.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/48/2261.mp4 p.h. nayak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.35 371 introduction he common name being composition material or simply a composite is combination of two or many materials with non-identical physical and chemical behaviors, when intermixed produces entirely different product with distinct characteristic when compared with the individual material characteristic. the blending of the material is usually done at a macroscopic level. these materials are intermixed in such a ratio that its certain properties get enhanced. the ratios of two materials are optimized based on their applications. these composites are used not only for their improvised mechanical properties, but also for thermal, electrical and environmental applications [1, 2]. these materials are generally preferred for different applications like concretes, reinforced plastics such as fiber reinforced polymers, metal composites, ceramic composites. ceramic matrix composites & metal matrix composites are generally used for bridges and structure such as boat house, panels of swimming pools, bodies of sports cars, bath tubs, and storage tanks & also advanced materials in spacecrafts & aircrafts building which are in high demand [3, 4]. the composites usually consist of fiber or particulate phase which is stronger & stiffer when compared with the matrix phase. the fiber or particulates commonly known as reinforcement phase have good mechanical, thermal & electrical properties when compared to the matrix phase [5]. nano metal matrix composites are gradually getting to be distinctly appealing materials for cutting edge aviation applications and yet their properties can be custom-made by the proper chose of reinforcement. among three different composites, particulate strengthened mmcs as of late discovered unique intrigue on account of their quality and firmness at a normal room and raised temperatures. it is important to note that the properties of the nano metal matrix are unequivocally affected by secondary parameters of the reinforcement, for example, shape, size, introduction, circulation and volume [6]. among any of other commonly used metals, copper is one characterized by the best thermal conductivity and resistance to corrosion which explains why it is commonly chosen in the first instance for metal material. on the other hand, having very low mechanical properties, it must be strengthened by ceramic particles, for example, which is one of the most reliable methods of reinforcement. copper based metal lattice composites (cmcs) have discovered more prominent applications in the field of car, air ships and machine apparatus enterprises attributable to their low thickness and associative high wear opposition, quality, consumption obstruction, firmness and warm conductivity. copper and its combination are to a great extent utilized as a material for heading [7, 8]. since copper-based materials have a relativity high temperature and low wear obstruction, the copper network has been effectively fortified with nano zirconium oxide and graphite particles, proceeds or irregular strands, called metal matrix composite (mmcs). there is a globally developing attention in assembling clay particulate fortified metal grid materials which forms joined properties of its fortifications and display enhanced physical and tribo-mechanical properties. in the present investigation, copper-10%zn amalgam-based composites were manufactured by stir process. nano zro2 particulates were utilized as the support. the 4, 8 and 12 wt. level of earthenware production fortifications were taken to create the copper-zro2 composites. the composites were tried for mechanical properties like hardness, extreme rigidity, yield quality and rate stretching according to astm guidelines. elements content wt. % cu 89.20 zn 9.90 others 0.90 table1: the chemical composition of cu-zn alloy experimental details he copper-zn-nano zro2 composites created in this investigation contains 4, 8 and 12 wt. % of artistic nano zro2 particulates. the density of copper-zinc compound is 8.737 g/cm3 and that of zro2 is 5.68 g/cm3. the density of composites diminishes with expansion of nano zro2 particulates. the concoction creation of copperzinc combination is appeared in the tab. 1. the fabrication of copper-zinc-zro2 composites was carried out by liquid metallurgy route via stir casting technique. the preparation of copper-zinc-nano zro2 composites was accomplished by two-stage stir casting technique. pre-calculated t t p.h. nayak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.35 372 quantity of cu-zn alloy ingots were charged into the heating furnace to liquefy. though the cu-zn alloy melts at 1080˚c, the melting furnace was superheated to a temperature of 1150˚c. thermocouples were used to measure temperature. the melt metal in crucible was then degassed to remove unwanted byproducts using a chemical called hexa-chloro-ethane (c2cl6) upto 3 mins. a steel impeller used was coated with a ceramic material known as zirconium which is used to agitate by rotating the molten metal such that the vortex is created. the process of stirring was carried out at a speed of 300 rpm & the impeller was immersed for about 60% height of molten metal from the top surface of melt within the crucible. simultaneously during the process of stirring the pre-calculated amount of reinforcement was added into the vortex in two-stages, to ensure good wet-ability stirring was continued for upto 5 mins. the reinforcing materials zro2 was preheated upto 500˚c in oven to remove moisture content before adding it into molten metal vortex. now, cu-zn alloy along with 4 wt. % zro2 particulates were poured into solid cast iron mould to get a composite after solidification. similarly, cu-zn-8 and 12 wt. % of zro2 composites were fabricated for the further studies. the microstructural analysis completed by utilizing sem instrument. tests around 5 mm thickness across taken from the casting samples and were cleaned appropriately. a reagent named keller's was utilized to etch the examples. hardness of as cast copper-zinc-zro2 amalgam composites were coordinated to know the influence of nano scale zro2 particles in the system material astm e 10 standard [11]. the cleaned precedents were striven for their hardness, using brinell hardness testing machine, which is having a ball indenter and applying a load of 250 kg and tolerate time of 30 seconds, three courses of action of readings were noted at better places of the sample and an average of all the value was used for figuring. the tensile properties of the prepared samples are established as per the astm e8 method upon tension test piece of gauge-diameter 9mm with gauge-length of 45mm. metal & its alloys are to be designed to provide material properties tailored to applications. universal testing machine (utm) is used to conduct tensile test to find out the effect of nano zro2 particulates on tensile behavior of cu-zn alloy composites. results and discussion microstructural analysis ig. 1(a) shows microstructure of as cast copper-10% zinc alloy, fig. 1b represents cu-zn-12 wt.% of nano zro2 composites. the sem micrographs reveal almost uniform distribution of zro2 particulates throughout the matrix as observed in the fig. 1b. uniformly distributed particulates increase the overall strength and other properties reducing the porosity of the mmc. fig. 2 is the eds spectrum of copper-zinc and 12 wt.% of nano zro2 reinforced composites. eds spectrum revealed the presence of nano zro2 particles in the copper-zinc alloy matrix in the form of zr and o elements along with cu and zn matrix elements. (a) (b) figure 1: sem micrographs of (a) as cast copper-zinc alloy (b) copper-12 wt. % zro2 composite f p.h. nayak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.35 373 figure 2: eds spectrum of copper-zinc-12 wt. % zro2 composite hardness measurements ardness is a property of a material that demonstrates the capacity of the material to oppose nearby plastic disfigurement. fig. 3 demonstrates the impact of the nano zro2 molecule substance on the hardness of the copper-zinc compound. the hardness esteems are decidedly related with the weight level of nano particles, since particles fortified the lattice. moreover, the outcomes demonstrate that nano particles fortified mmcs harder than copperzinc composite because of hall-petch and orowan fortifying components and in addition the great interface between the fortification and framework. copper-zinc and 12 wt. % nano zro2 composites demonstrate more hardness; the expansion in hardness of these composites can be ascribed to the scattering fortifying impact [13]. by including 12 wt. % nano zro2 particulates into the copper combination, the hardness of copper amalgam expanded to 85.4 bhn from 126.7 bhn. figure 3: showing the hardness of as cast copper-zinc alloy and nano zro2 composites tensile behavior ig. 4 and 5 demonstrating the tensile properties of copper-zinc combination and copper-zinc-4, 8 and 12 wt. % nano zro2 composite. fig. 4 demonstrating the ultimate strength (uts) of copper-10% zinc compound and zro2 composites. fig. 4 it is apparent that uts of copper-zinc-zro2 composite is much more than the base lattice h f p.h. nayak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.35 374 combination. by including 3, 8 and 12 wt. % of nano zro2 nano particulates to the base amalgam uts has expanded from 329.7 mpa to 435 mpa. from the fig. 4 it was discovered that yield quality of the copper-zinc base compound is 275.6 mpa and in copper-zinc-12 wt. % nano zro2 composite is 356.2 mpa. it demonstrated a change of 29 % in yield quality. the expansion in uts and ys is essentially because of solid holding between fortification particles and copper-zinc grid, plays an imperative role on the load exchanging from network to support. this is a result of grain refinement and molecule fortifying [14, 15]. the upgrades of quality are influenced by the higher load bearing and confound fortifying caused by nano zro2 particles. in contrast with the base copper, the immense improvement in the quality saw in the composites is because of the nearness of the particles as obstructions that confine the movement of separations caught by zro2 particulates. this will prompt increment the strength of the nano composites during tests. fig. 5 demonstrates the elongation of as cast copper-zinc amalgam and its composites. the rate prolongation was lessened in copper-zinc-zro2 composite when contrasted with the base combination. it very well may be seen from the diagram that the flexibility of the composites diminishes fundamentally with the 4, 8 and 12 wt. % nano zro2 fortified composites. this diminishing in rate prolongation in correlation with the base combinations is a most regularly happening burden in particulate fortified metal lattice composites. the lessened flexibility in copper-zinc-4, 8 and 12 wt. % composites can be ascribed to the nearness of zro2 particulates which may get broke and have sharp corners that make the composites inclined to confined break commencement and engendering. the embrittlement impact that happens because of the nearness of the hard-artistic particles causing expanded neighborhood stretch focus destinations may likewise be the reason [16]. figure 4: showing the ultimate tensile and yield strength of as cast copper alloy and copper-zinc-4, 8 and 12 wt. % nano zro2 composite. figure 5: showing the percentage elongation of as cast copper alloy and copper-zinc-4, 8 and 12 wt. % nano zro2 composite. fractography he study of fractured surface of alloys & its composites becomes necessary to find the cause of failure of the fabricated materials. there are two important things to be remembered during analysis of fractography, a ductile material when fails there is a formation of small dimple like structure in the broken areas whereas in case of brittle fractures there is transgranular (fracture through grains) or inter-granular (fracture through grain boundaries) failures which can be observed in sem images taken from a failed material. the fractured surfaces of copper-zinc along with 12 wt. % of nano zro2 composite resulted from tension tests, are shown in fig. 6 (a-b). fig. 6a represents the ductility fracture in copper-zinc alloy. sem analysis of the fractured surfaces shows the dimpled fracture surface for the reinforced & unreinforced material. t p.h. nayak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.35 375 (a) (b) figure 6: sem tensile fractured surfaces of (a) copper-zinc alloy (b) copper-zinc-12 wt.% of nano zro2 composites conclusions n this research, by using stir casting fabrication technique the nano zro2/copper-zinc nano composites have been fabricated by considering 4, 8 and 12 wt. % of reinforcement. the micro-structural analysis, major mechanical behaviors like hardness, ultimate and yield strength, percentage elongation, and fractography behavior of prepared samples are studied as per astm standards. the matrix is almost free from pores in as cast alloy and uniformly distributed of nano particles in the prepared composite, which is evident from sem microphotographs. the eds analysis confirms the presence of nano zro2 particles in the cu-zn alloy matrix. compared to unreinforced material the mechanical properties of cu-zn-4, 8 and 12 wt. % nano zro2 composite are superior and enhanced. due to strain localization, the fracture surface of the composite material consists of small voids. references [1] baradeshwaran, a., elaya perumal, a. (2014). study on mechanical and wear properties of al7075-al2o3-graphite hybrid composites, composites part:b, 56 , pp. 464-471. [2] mohsen, (2011). on the role of processing parameters in producing cu/sic metal matrix composites via friction stir processing: investigating microstructure, microhardness, wear andtensile behavior, materials characterization, 62, pp. 108-117. [3] suhas, j, quadros, d., vaishak, n. l., (2016). evaluation and characterization of tensile properties of short coated carbon fiber reinforced aluminium 7075 alloy metal matrix composites via liquid stir casting method, material science research india, 13(2), pp. 66-73. [4] naher, s., brabazon, d., looney, l. (2003). simulation of the stir casting process, journal of materials processing technology, 143-144(9), pp. 567-571. [5] zare, h., zahedi, m., toroghinejad, m. r., meratian, m., knezevic, m. (2016), compressive, shear, and fracture behavior of cnt reinforced al matrix composites manufactured by severe plastic deformation, materials and design, 106 , pp. 112-119. [6] bagheri et al., (2016). the effect of reinforcement percentages on properties of copper matrix composites reinforced with tic particles, journal of alloys and compounds, 676 , pp. 120-125. [7] doddamani, s., kallemulla, m. (2017). fracture toughness investigations of al6061-graphite particulate composite using compact specimens, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 , pp. 484-490. i p.h. nayak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 48 (2019) 370-376; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.35 376 [8] nagaral, m., hiremath, v., auradi, v., kori, s, a., (2018). influence of two stage stir casting process on mechanical characetization of aa2014-zro2 nano composites, transactions of the indian institute of metals, 71(11), pp. 2845-2850. [9] nagaral, m., kalgudi, s., auradi, v., kori, s. (2018). mechanical characterization of ceramic nano b4c-al2618 alloy composites synthesized by semi solid processing, transactions of the indian ceramic society, 77(3), pp. 1-4. [10] manjunatha, t. h.., basavaraj, y., nagaral, m., venkataramana, v., (2018). investigations on mechanical behavior of al7075nano b4c composites, iop conf. series: materials scinece and engineering, 376, 012091. [11] pujar, v., srinivas, h, k., nagaral, m. (2018). processing and mechanical characterization of nano b4c particulates reinforced al2218 alloy composites, international journal of advanced mechanical engineering, 8(1), pp. 117-126. [12] nagaral, m., pavan, r., shilpa, p, s., auradi, v. (2017). tensile behavior of b4c particulate reinforced al2024 alloy metal matrix composites, fme transactions, 45(1), pp. 93-96. [13] unlu, s. (2009). investigation of tribological and mechanical properties of metal bearings, bulletin of materials science, pp. 451-457. [14] fazil, n., venkataramana, v., nagaral, m., auradi, v. (2018). synthesis and mechanical characterization of micro b4c particulates reinforced aa2124 alloy composites, international journal of engineering and technology uae, 7, pp. 225-229. [15] nagaraj, n., mahendra, k, v., nagaral, m. (2018). microstructure and evaluation of mechanical properties of al-7si flyash composites, materials toady proceedings, 5(1), pp. 3109-3116. [16] jadhav, p., sridhar, b, r., nagaral, m. (2018). a comparative study on microstructure and mechanical properties of a356-b4c and a356-graphite composites, international journal of mechanical and production engineering and development, 8(2), pp. 273-282. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_14 k. yanase et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 101-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.14 101 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture high cycle torsional fatigue properties of 17-4ph stainless steel k. yanase fukuoka university kyanase@fukuoka-u.ac.jp, http://www.fukuoka-u.ac.jp/english/ b.m. shönbauer university of natural resources and life sciences (boku) bernd.schoenbauer@boku.ac.at, https://www.boku.ac.at/en/ m. endo fukuoka university endo@fukuoka-u.ac.jp, http://www.fukuoka-u.ac.jp/english/ abstract. sensitivity to small defects under torsional fatigue loading condition is examined in the high cycle fatigue regime. fatigue crack initiation and small crack growth behaviors were observed during fatigue testing and fractographic investigations were performed. the results are compared to the data obtained in the uniaxial fatigue tests, which allows the effect of biaxial stresses on the surface of material to be discussed. finally, an approach for predicting the fatigue limit of 17-4ph stainless steel under torsional and tension-compression fatigue loadings is presented. keywords. 17-4ph; small defect; torsion; biaxial fatigue; fatigue limit. introduction recipitation-hardened chromium-nickel-copper stainless steel 17-4ph possesses high strength, toughness and good corrosion resistance. therefore, it is widely used in applications where good corrosion resistance as well as high strength are required, e.g., in the aerospace, chemical, food processing, paper and power industry. in the last few decades, a number of investigations on the uniaxial fatigue properties of 17-4ph have been performed; however, no results of torsional fatigue tests are presently available. in practice, there are several applications for the material in which components (e.g., bearing outer rings, propeller shafts and pressure safety valve springs) are exposed to torsional fatigue loading and where a high number of load cycles is accumulated within service life. given the substantial knowledge on uniaxial fatigue, it is of practical merit to propose a predictive method that can connect the fatigue strength under multiaxial loading with that under uniaxial loading. in our previous studies [1,2], a series of tension-compression fatigue tests were carried out to elucidate the uniaxial fatigue properties of 17-4ph stainless steel in the high and very high cycle fatigue regimes. it was found that the material exhibits interesting properties that are different from those noted for conventional steels. for example, the defect tolerance under cyclic loading is highly dependent on the notch root radius, which makes the prediction of the fatigue strength in the presence of small flaws challenging. p k. yanase et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 101-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.14 102 as an extension of our previous work [1,2], further fatigue tests under torsional loading at r = ˗1 were conducted and the results yielded are reported in this paper. in particular, material sensitivity to small defects under torsional fatigue loading condition is examined in the high cycle fatigue regime. furthermore, fatigue crack initiation and small crack growth behavior were observed during fatigue testing and fractographic investigations were performed. the results are compared to the data obtained in the tension-compression fatigue tests and the effects of biaxial stresses on the surface of material are discussed. finally, the experimental data are evaluated to examine the predictive approach (cf. [3-7]) for the fatigue strength of 17-4ph stainless steel under torsional and tension-compression fatigue loadings. material and experiment he testing material used in the present investigation was a chromium-nickel-copper stainless steel 17-4ph precipitation hardened at 913 °c and age hardened at 621 °c for 4 h (condition h1150). the material properties at room temperature are summarized in tab. 1, and the average grain size is 11 m (independent of orientation). for more details, we refer to schönbauer et al. [1]. the surface of a round-bar specimen was ground and electropolished to remove the residual stress. artificial defects (onehole, two-hole, and three-hole, respectively) were introduced in the gage length of the specimen (length = 10 mm, fig. 1). the major axes of two-hole and three-hole defects were intentionally set to be perpendicular to the direction of the major principal stress. to remove any residual stresses that were possibly generated during drilling, the specimens were stressrelief annealed in a vacuum at 600°c for one hour. fatigue tests were performed by using a servohydraulic testing machine at stress ratio r = ˗1. tensile strength (mpa) yield strength (mpa) elongation (%) reduction of area (%) vickers hardness (kgf/mm2) 1030 983 21 61 352 table 1: mechanical properties of the 17-4ph at room temperature. figure 1: specimen shape and geometry for the torsional fatigue test. results and discussion n this section, the obtained experimental data are examined by considering the effects of the principal stresses on the surface of specimen and area [8]. here, area is defined as the square root of the projection area perpendicular to the major principal stress direction. furthermore, the characteristic properties of 17-4ph stainless steel are discussed. fatigue crack growth behavior concerning the one-hole defect (diameter = 100 µm, depth = 63 µm, area = 70 µm), all specimens failed from smooth part rather than originating from the hole. accordingly, this defect had no influence on the fatigue limit. however, small mixed mode cracks (mode iii and i) were observed at the bottom and at the edge of the hole, respectively, as shown in fig. 2. examination of the specimens with the two-hole defect (diameter = 2100 µm, depth = 131 µm, area = 161 µm) and the three-hole defect (diameter = 3100 µm, depth = 280 µm, area = 274 µm) showed that failure originated from t i k. yanase et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 101-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.14 103 holes associated with mode i fatigue crack growth in the principal stress direction (i.e., 45 degrees from the specimen axis), as shown in fig. 3. figure 2: one-hole defect (a) before and (b) after fatigue testing at shear stress amplitude, a = 320 mpa and number of cycles, n = 2.8107 cycles. figure 3: mode i fatigue crack growth from a two-hole defect under torsional loading at shear stress amplitude, a = 290 mpa. 10 0 10 1 10 2 10 ‐13 10 ‐12 10 ‐11 10 ‐10 10 ‐9 10 ‐8 10 ‐7 stress intensity factor range k i  (mpam) c ra ck  g ro w th  r a te  d a /d n  ( m /c y cl e ) * for torsional loading, the crack is assumed as a semicircular crack fitting curve torsion tension‐compression figure 4: fcgr curves for mode i crack under torsional loading and tension-compression loading [9]. specimen axis specimen axis k. yanase et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 101-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.14 104 in fig. 4, the fatigue crack growth rate (fcgr) under torsional loading is compared to that under tension-compression loading [9]. it is noted that, for torsional loading, the stress intensity factor range is calculated by assuming a semi-circular crack. as shown, fcgr can be uniquely characterized irrespective of the difference of loading condition. however, the crack shape is not necessarily semi-circular, as was noted for a medium carbon steel (jis s35c) (fig. 5, [10]). accordingly, a further study is necessary to inspect the evolution of crack shape and its effect on the torsional fatigue behavior of 174ph. figure 5: crack profile propagating from an artificial defect in a medium carbon steel (jis s35c) under torsional loading (r = ˗1) [10]. fatigue limit by considering the major principal stress 1 and the minor principal stress 2 on the surface of material, the fatigue limit can be expressed as [3]:       1 2 w 1/6 1.43( 120) ( ) k hv area (1) where hv signifies the vickers hardness. under torsional loading, the principal stresses are rendered as  1 and   2 (fig. 6). therefore, eq. (1) can be rewritten to yield:            w w1/6 1/6 1.43( 120) 1.43( 120)1 (1 ) 1( ) ( ) hv hv k karea area (2)    two‐hole defect applied torque applied torque figure 6: stress transformation on the specimen surface (cf. fig. 3). k. yanase et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 101-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.14 105 according to the previously reported results [3-7],  0.18k holds for carbon steels, cr-mo steel, ductile cast irons, and high tension brass. if the effect of biaxial stress is negligible (i.e.,  0k ), the torsional fatigue limit is solely determined by the major principal stress as follows (cf. fig. 6):     w w1/6 1.43( 120) ( ) hv area (3) on the other hand, schönbauer et al. proposed that the fatigue limit in the presence of a large defect or a long crack can be estimated by the following equation [2]:      th,lc w 2 0.65 k area (4) where the threshold stress intensity factor range of th,lcδk =6.7 mpa m for the investigated 17-4ph steel at r = ˗1 was determined by schönbauer et al. [9]. fig. 7 shows the relationship between the shear stress amplitude a and area . when a specimen endured the number of cycles n = 1.2107, it was regarded as a run-out specimen. as shown, the prediction for fatigue limit with k = 0 (fig. 7(b)) renders higher correlation to the experimental data than using k = ˗0.18 (fig. 7(a)). further, for the torsional loading, fatigue limit can be reasonably estimated by the two prediction lines:   0.6 (1.6 )a hv and the threshold for long crack (cf. eq. (4)). 10 1 10 2 10 3 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 area (m) s h e a r  st re ss  a m p li tu d e ,   a  ( m p a ) "1‐hole defect" "2‐hole defect" "3‐hole defect"  a  = 0.6(1.6hv) threshold for long crack area parameter model  with "k = ‐0.18" failure run‐out prediction for fatigue limit (a) prediction with k = ˗ 0.18 (b) prediction with k = 0 figure 7: relationship between shear stress amplitudea and area . in fig. 8, fatigue limit for torsional loading and tension-compression loading is compared [2]. it is noted that, in the tension-compression data, various types of defects are considered (e.g., drilled hole, circumferential notch, corrosion pit). as shown, the respective fatigue limit can be reasonably estimated by considering the major principal stress (i.e., k = 0) and area . the torsional fatigue limit becomes insensitive to the defect when  100μmarea , which is in strong contrast 10 1 10 2 10 3 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 area (m) s h e a r  st re ss  a m p li tu d e ,  a  ( m p a ) "1‐hole defect" "2‐hole defect" "3‐hole defect"  a  = 0.6(1.6hv) threshold for long crack area parameter model with "k = 0"              failure run‐out prediction for fatigue limit k. yanase et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 101-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.14 106 to that for tension-compression loading. concerning the tension-compression loading, the area parameter model (cf. eq. (3)) can be used for 17-4ph when  100μmarea , which is much less than area < 1000 µm for the conventional carbon steels. fig. 8 clearly shows that the aforementioned one-hole defect ( area = 70 µm) has negligible influence on fatigue limit under torsional loading. finally, as some experimental data significantly deviate from the prediction line, a further study is necessary to elucidate the reasons behind these discrepancies. 10 1 10 2 10 3 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 area (m) s tr e ss  a m p li tu d e  ( m p a )  a  = 1.6hv  a  = 0.6(1.6hv) threshold for long crack area parameter model with k = 0                torsion tension‐compression failure run‐out prediction for fatigue limit failure run‐out prediction for fatigue limit figure 8: relationship between stress amplitude and area . conclusions n this study, the torsional fatigue behavior of precipitation-hardened chromium-nickel-copper stainless steel 17-4ph was investigated in the presence of small defects. it was shown that the dimensions of defects can be evaluated by the square root of the projection area perpendicular to the major principal stress direction, area . the results pertaining to the fatigue crack growth behavior and fatigue limit demonstrate that the effect of biaxial stress on the surface of specimen is negligible and the major principal stress governs the fatigue behavior under torsional loading. references [1] schönbauer, b.m., yanase, k. and endo, m., vhcf properties and fatigue limit prediction of precipitation hardened 17-4ph stainless steel, int. j. fatigue, 88 (2016) 205-216. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.03.034. [2] schönbauer, b.m., yanase, k. and endo, m., to be submitted to int. j. fatigue. [3] endo, m. and ishimoto, i., the fatigue strength of steels containing small holes under out-of-phase combined loading, int. j. fatigue, 28 (2006) 592-597. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.05.013. [4] endo, m. and ishimoto, i., j. solid mech. mater. engng. (jsme), 1 (2007), 343-354, doi: 10.1299/jmmp.1.343. [5] yanase, k., a study on the multiaxial fatigue failure criterion with small defects, astm mater. perform. charact., 2 (2013) 1-9. doi: 10.1520/mpc20130013. [6] yanase k., endo m., multiaxial high cycle fatigue threshold with small defects and cracks, engng. fract. mech., 123 (2014) 182-196. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.03.017. i k. yanase et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 101-107; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.14 107 [7] endo, m., yanase, k., effects of small defects, matrix structures and loading conditions on the fatigue strength of ductile cast irons, theor. appl. fract. mech., 69 (2014) 34-43. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2013.12.005. [8] murakami, y., metal fatigue: effects of small defects and nonmetallic inclusions, elsevier, oxford (2002), chapter 4 – effects of size and geometry of small defects on the fatigue limit. doi: 10.1016/b978-008044064-4/50004-9. [9] schönbauer, b.m., stanzl-tschegg, s.e., perlega, a., salzman r.n., rieger, n.f., turnbull, a., zhou, s., lukaszewicz, m., gandy, d., the influence of corrosion pits on the fatigue life of 17-4ph steam turbine blade steel, engng. fract. mech., 147 (2015) 158-175. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2015.08.011. [10] ikeda, s. the effects of biaxial stress and stress gradient on fatigue crack growth behavior, master thesis (2008), fukuoka university. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_61_art_20_3443.doc r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20                                                        294 x effect of gfrp and steel reinforcement bars on the flexural behavior of rc beams containing recycled aggregate rasha a. el-sadany egyptian atomic energy authority, national center for radiation research and technology, egypt rasha_sadani@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1506-5232 sherif h. al-tersawy higher technological institute 10th of ramadan city, egypt al_tersawy@hotmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5880-5088 hossam el-din m. sallam faculty of engineering, zagazig university, egypt hem_sallam@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9217-9957 abstract. concrete containing wastes from the demolition of old deteriorated buildings are produced enormously. concrete is a brittle matrix that is usually reinforced by ductile reinforcement such as steel bars. however, due to the susceptibility of steel to corrosion, fiber-reinforced polymers (frp) bars are used as an alternative reinforcement. the main drawback of frp bars is their brittleness. these two types of reinforcements, i.e., steel and glass frp (gfrp) bars, have been used in the present work. the flexural behavior of twelve rc beams reinforced with different ratios of gfrp or steel areas containing recycled aggregate has been experimentally studied and compared with beams without recycled aggregate. the present results show that beams reinforced with gfrp and containing recycled aggregate exhibit a lower loadcarrying capacity, lower the first crack, and the highest deflection. all gfrp rc beams exhibited brittle failure, i.e., concrete crushing in the compression zone, except one beam, with 2�16 bars and concrete without recycled aggregate, which ruptured gfrp bars. however, ductile failure modes are observed for all beams reinforced with steel bars, i.e., yielding in steel bars followed by concrete failure. the novelty and advantage of the present results are that the large deflection of gfrp rc beams represents enough warning before failure, as found in ductile rc beams. keywords. recycled aggregates; gfrp bars; steel bars; rc beam. citation: elsadany, r.a., tersawy, s.h., sallam, h.e.m, effect of gfrp and steel reinforcement bars on the flexural behavior of rc beams containing recycled aggregate frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307. received: 30.01.2022 accepted: 01.06.2022 online first: 05.06.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/c_bm5s-gx1k r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20  295 introduction ao et al. [1] stated that most of the total solid waste produced in the world is construction and demolition waste. recycling such solid waste is considered an environmental challenge [2-3]. recycled aggregate is a sustainable solution for the environmental depletion of the construction sector [4]. therefore, using this recycled solid waste to partially replace aggregates in concrete manufacturing has attracted considerable attention from many researchers [5-7]. the workability of the recycled concrete is reduced due to an increase in coarse aggregate porosity, and additional water may be required to get the same slump [8]. the microstructure of the interfacial transition zone (itz) depends mainly on the w/c ratio of the new paste; moreover, the itz of the concrete made with recycled aggregate is influenced by the pre-saturation water, which can be released into the new paste, disrupting its microstructure [9]. when the recycled aggregate replacement level is increased by weight, the compressive strength decreases for normal, medium, or highstrength concrete [10]. also, the concrete made with 10% recycled aggregate is weaker than concrete made with natural aggregate at the same water to cement ratio. this may be due to the influences of crushing types on recycled aggregates characteristics. the method of preparing recycled aggregate for mixing concrete influences the concrete workability when using different percentages of coarse recycled aggregate content (0%, 50%, and 100%). when using recycled aggregate that is water-saturated and a surface dry, similar workability is achieved. besides, the same workability can be achieved after a prescribed time when using dried recycled aggregate and adding additional water during the concrete mix. the time taken to achieve the same workability is called the additional water time. the amount of recycled aggregate affects the amount of water absorption of concrete. this means that the increase of the recycled aggregate amount will proportionally increase the amounts of water absorption. otherwise, increasing the recycled aggregate to 100% leads to an increase in the compressive strength up to 25% and increases the deflection to 4% [11]. this discrepancy may appear because the recycled aggregate was made by crushing waste concrete of laboratory test cubes and precast concrete columns. the corrosion problem is initiated in hot countries such as the middle east due to hot weather and high level of humidity [12]. frp reinforcement emerged as a practical solution because of its non-corrosive properties, high strength-to-weight ratio, and good fatigue resistance [13]. due to this brittle nature of frp, it was recommended to direct the flexure members to fail in compression rather than fail in tension [14, 15]. in such brittle characteristics, this type of failure is less catastrophic and more progressive. to determine the deflection of frp reinforced beams, most code guidelines adopted a simple elastic method, branson’s equation [16], and an effective moment of inertia equation to describe the reduced stiffness of cracked sections. the effective moment of inertia originally modified by aci 316 [16] was adopted by aci 440.1r-06 [17]. most experimental results of gfrp reinforced beams in the literature [18-20] showed higher ultimate moment capacities than those predicted by most code guidelines. when using high-strength concrete in gfrp reinforced beams, a brittle behavior, sudden failure, and fewer width cracks were observed compared to beams made of normal concrete [21]. in ref. [22], it was shown that cfrp-reinforced concrete beams' performance and behavior are comparable to the conventional steel-reinforced concrete beams. a new proposed tension stiffening model for concrete members reinforced with gfrp predicted significantly better experimental results than the existing models [23]. considering the shear performance of steel-reinforced concrete beams cast with recycled aggregate [24], an equation for estimating the shear was proposed. it showed satisfactory results when verified against the experimental results. a study of the effect of recycled aggregate on the behavior of structural beams in flexure, shear, and bond showed a minimum difference in the peak load and load-deflection behavior attributed to the percentage replacement of natural concrete aggregate with recycled concrete aggregate [25]. it is worth noting that hamad et al. [25] carried out a bond splitting (bond beams) test to measure the bond strength. research significance ptimal use of recycling construction and demolition waste in the concrete industry is one of the most important environmental challenges. this research work attempts to understand the behavior of reinforced concrete (rc) containing recycled coarse aggregate (rca) from demolition waste either with ductile or brittle reinforcement. the characteristics of gfrp made by a manual method are tested. the characteristics of concrete made with the rca from demolition were also studied and compared to the characteristics of new concrete, i.e., concrete with the natural r o r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20                                                        296 coarse aggregate (nca). finally, a comparative study was made between the behavior of beams reinforced with steel reinforcements new concrete and beams reinforced with the manually made gfrp bars and the recycled aggregate. experimental program he experimental program was divided into three stages. the first stage was the fabrication and testing of gfrp bars. a manual method was used in the fabrication of gfrp bars. samples of the fabricated bars are tested in tensile and bond strength to get the gfrp mechanical characteristics. in the second stage, a comprehensive experimental test was carried out to measure the properties of both new concrete and concrete containing rca. the flexural characteristics of the gfrp and steel-reinforced beams made with 11 recycled and new concrete were studied in the last stage. four main aspects were studied, load-carrying capacity, deflection, load at first crack, and failure mode. the materials used in this research were natural sand, natural crushed stone (dolomite) for new concrete, dolomite-based crushed concrete as the source of recycled aggregate, ordinary portland cement, steel bars, and gfrp bars. fabrication of gfrp bars gfrp bars were fabricated in the experimental program using a hand lay-up technique [26]. this was done by stretching the thread of glass fiber between two hooks. the homopolymer polypropylene series resin used was fabricated in vetrotex company, usa. it consists of two main components, polyesters and hardeners. the physical and mechanical properties of the used glass fiber and resin are listed in table 1. the relation between the number of rolls and the final diameter of the bars was deduced, as listed in table 2. materials specific gravity tensile elongation % tensile strength (mpa) flexural strength (mpa) tensile modulus (gpa) flexural modulus (gpa) glass fiber 2.54 4.5% 3250 -69 - resin --140 210 -7.5 table 1: the physical and mechanical properties of the glass fiber and resin as reported by the manufacturer. no. of rolls* bar diameter 35 10 mm 45 12 mm 65 16 mm table 2: relation between the number of rolls and diameter of gfrp bars (*the weight of one batch of rolls equal 20 kg). for every 1 m of gfrp bars, the resin polyester was pushed with a 150 gm force using the movable hook. to press out the excessive quantity of the used resin, the movable arm will rotate and pull out the fibers to make it twisted fiber after being saturated with resin. when the clear distance between the two hooks reaches the required length, the process may be stopped [26], as shown in fig.1. after sufficient curing of the gfrp bars, samples of bars were taken to examine their tensile and bond characteristics. samples from gfrp bars having a length of 1.2 meters each were tested in tension to get tensile strength and young's modulus to use these characteristics in the design equations of beams [27]. using a standard procedure of pullout test according to astm d7913 [28], the bond strength specimens’ tests were made to all gfrp bars diameters; 10, 12, 16 mm. three samples representing each nominal diameter (10, 12, 16 mm) were tested to get the bond strength of the gfrp bars. during the fabrication of bars, no coating material was glued to the surface of bars to increase t r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20  297 the bond strength between gfrp bars and the surrounding concrete. the bonding response was dependent completely on the normal surface of bars as resulted from initial fabrication. a) the device for fabricating gfrp bars b) continuous fibers are tensioned between 2 hooks. c) saturating the fibers with the resin. d) pulling out and twisting the fibers to squeeze out the excessive amount of the resin. figure 1: fabrication processes of gfrp bars. properties of concrete with and without rca in this stage, a natural crushed stone (dolomite) was used as a coarse aggregate, which is common and available in egypt. dolomite had a specific weight of 2.61, a bulk density of 1.65 t/m3, water absorption, and 2.05%. fine aggregate (sand) had a specific weight of 2.36 and bulk density of 1.7 t/m3. recycled coarse aggregate had a specific weight of 2.41, bulk density of 1.74 t/m3, and water absorption of 5.51%. the cement used was cemi42.5n. for both recycled and new concretes, the compressive strength in 7 days and 28 days and indirect tensile strength in 28 days was determined. the tests were made according to astm c469-96 [29] and astm c469-94 [30], respectively. the mix design of new and recycled concrete was summarized in table 3. type of concrete cement (kg) natural coarse agg. (kg) recycled coarse agg. (kg) fine agg (kg) w/c new concrete 416.7 992 0 724.5 0.48 recycled concrete 416.7 496 496 724.5 0.48 table 3: mix design of new and recycled concrete. preparation of beams in this stage, gfrp rc beams and s te el r c be ams w ith and w it hout rca we re pr e pa red. a three-point bend test was adopted to determine the first crack, deflection, load carrying capacity, and failure mode of rc beams as a function of reinforcement type (gfrp and steel rods) and matrix type (concrete with and without rca). the twelve beams were categorized into three series; each series was composed of four beams with identical reinforcement areas but different types of reinforcement (gfrp and steel rods) and different types of concrete (with and without rca). in the first series, r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20                                                        298 tensile reinforcement was 2ф16 mm, while top reinforcement was 2ф10 mm. in the second series, tensile reinforcement was 4ф16 mm, while top reinforcement was 2ф12 mm. in the third series, tensile reinforcement was 6ф16 mm, while top reinforcement was 3ф12 mm. all beams had 2200 mm long provided with f8 mm steel stirrups at 167 mm center to center (6ф8/m), 2000 mm span, 240 mm depth, and 150 mm width. the experimental setup, instrumentation, and details of the test beams are shown in fig. 2. details of reinforcements of all beams are listed in table 4. (a) the test set up and instrumentation of beams (b) (c) details of beams figure 2: the test setup, instrumentation, and details of beams table 4: details of reinforced concrete beams (*identification codes: b: beam; n: new concrete; r: recycled concrete; g: gfrp bars; s: steel bars; 1, 2, and 3: series number). beams* bottom (tensile) reinforcement top (compression) reinforcement bng1 2 gfrp rods 16 2 gfrp rods  10 brg1 bns1 2 steel rods 16 2 steel rods  10 brs1 bng2 4 gfrp rods  16 2 gfrp rods  12 brg2 bns2 4 steel rods  16 2 steel rods  12 brs2 bng3 6 gfrp rods  16 3 gfrp rods  12 brg3 bns3 6 steel rods 16 3 steel rods  12 brs3 4 beams-series1 4 beams-series2 4 beams-series3 2 4 0 m m 150 mm 2 4 0 m m 150 mm 2 4 0 m m 150 mm 25 mm 2200 mm 2 4 0 2000 mm 100100 dial gauge p r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20  299 mechanical properties of reinforcements and concretes three samples from each nominal diameter (10, 12, and 16 mm) were tested to get its tensile characteristics. the mechanical properties of steel bars are summarized in table 5. the results of tensile and bond strength of gfrp bars are presented in table 6. as expected, the gfrp bars had a typical linear behavior up to failure, i.e., exhibited brittle failure, as shown in fig. 3. for all nominal diameters, the ultimate tensile strength (uts) of gfrp bars is higher than those corresponding in steel bars, as shown in tables 5 and 6. steel bars nominal diam. (mm) 10 12 16 yield stress (mpa) 360 430 510 uts (mpa) 415 520 600 table 5: tensile properties of steel bars. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 s tr e s s ( m p a ) strain (mm/mm) sam ple (1) sam ple (2) sam ple (3) gfrp 12 mm figure 3: stress-strain curve of 2 gfrp. nominal/actual ave. diam. (mm) average tensile strength (mpa)/ (coefficient of variation (%) average bond strength (mpa)/ (coefficient of variation (%) 10/10.23 435.6 / (5.1%) 7.0 / (4.3%) 12/12.32 597.3 / (7.2%) 5.0 / (9.2%) 16/16.5 620.4 / (7.6%) 3.1 / (8.0%) table 6: tensile and bond strength of gfrp bars. fig. 4 shows new and recycled concrete's compressive and tensile strengths at 7 and 28 days. it is shown that the compressive strength of concrete with rca was less than those of concrete without rca by 28.8 % and 13.3 % for 7 and 28 days, respectively. furthermore, it was found that the 28 days tensile strength of concrete with rca was less than that of concrete without rca by 30 %. this reduction may be attributed to the presence of the cement paste or a certain amount of mortar surrounding the particles of rca. the percentage of water absorption of concrete with rca was 60% higher than that of concrete without rca. this may be due to the attached mortar around the rca particles. these observations are in agreement with the results obtained in the literature [31]. structural behavior of rc beams the experimental results of all tested beams (first crack, deflection, load-carrying capacity, and mode of failure) are r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20                                                        300 summarized in table 7. in general, the first crack load and ultimate load of all rc beams containing rca are lower than those of corresponding rc beams without rca. the opposite trend was observed for maximum deflection. 242.7 173.7 401.7 348.2 74.33 52 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 normal c.agg. recycled c.agg. s tr en g th ( n /m m 2 ) comp. st rengt h (7 days) comp. st rengt h (28 days) tensile st rengt h (28 days) figure 4: compressive and tensile strength of concrete with and without rca. beam first crack load (kn) ultimate load, pult, (kn) maximum deflection (mm) pult-rca/pult-nca for beams failed due to concrete crushing failure mode bng1 15 57 27 rupture in frp brg1 12 54 35 n/a concrete crushing bns1 18.5 70 22 yielding in steel followed by concrete crushing brs1 15 63 25 0.90 yielding in steel followed by concrete crushing bng2 21 70 25 concrete crushing brg2 17 62 32 0.89 concrete crushing bns2 28 79 18 yielding in steel followed by concrete crushing brs2 24 78 22 0.99 yielding in steel followed by concrete crushing bng3 31 79 23 concrete crushing brg3 25 72 31 0.91 concrete crushing bns3 39 89 17 yielding in steel followed by concrete crushing brs3 28 85 19 0.96 yielding in steel followed by concrete crushing table 7: flexural test results of all rc beams in the beginning, a comparison between the measured values of ultimate loads of gfrp rc beams and those predicted by the aci 440.1r-06 provision [17] was made. the approach of the aci code was based on the forces equilibrium, strain compatibility of sections and considers the equivalent stress block. the equations of moment capacity depend on whether the reinforcement ratio is lesser or higher than the balanced ratio: r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20  301  ff a bd (1) ' 10.85      f cuc fb fu f cu fu ef f e f (2) when  f fb 10.8 2        b n f fu c m a f d (3)           cu b cu fu c d (4) when 1.4 f fb  2 ' 10.85 0.5 4                   f cu c f f cu f cu fu f e f f e e f (5) 2       n f f a m a f d (6) '0.85  f f c a f a f b (7) also nm can be calculated from 2 ' 1 0.59          f fn f f c f m f bd f (8) theoretical and experimental ultimate loads are compared in table 8. there is a good agreement between them. crack pattern and mode of failure crack pattern and mode of failure of steel rc beams are typical of under-reinforced rc beam behavior, as shown in fig. 5. a and b. the first crack loads ranged from 15 to 39 kn based on the tensile reinforcement ratio and concrete type, see table 7. in general, steel rc beams with rca had lower first crack loads than steel rc beams without rca, as listed in table 7. flexural cracks propagate upwards as loading progress but remain very narrow throughout the loading history. with increasing load, flexural-shear cracks initiated propagated towards the point of load. with a further increase in the applied load, crushing of concrete at the top compression side around the point of load application occurred at the ultimate load after yielding steel reinforcement. on the other hand, all gfrp rc beams failed due to concrete crushing in the compression zone, i.e., brittle failure, except beam bng1, which failed due to the rupture of tensile gfrp bars, i.e., catastrophic failure, fig. 5. c-e. r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20                                                        302 beam code pu aci 440 (kn) pu exp. (kn) pu exp. /pu aci 440 bng1 56 57 1.02 bng 2 66 70 1.06 bng 3 77 79 1.03 brg 1 56 54 0.96 brg 2 61 62 1.02 brg 3 70 72 1.03 table 8: ultimate theoretical and experimental loads. figure 5: crack pattern and mode of failure of rc beams. in the case of gfrp rc beams, the failure mode of beams may be predicted by computing the gfrp reinforcement ratio and comparing it to the balanced gfrp reinforcement ratio from equations (1) and (2). the ratio of the balanced frp reinforcement was a ratio when the crushing in the concrete happened at the same time as the rupture in frp when the ratio of frp reinforcement is less than the balanced ratio, (ρf < ρfb ), the failure mode is expected to be a rupture in frp. (a) (b) (c) (e) (d) r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20  303 oppositely, when the balance ratio of the frp reinforcement is less than the ratio of the frp reinforcement (ρfb < ρf), the mode of failure is expected to be crushing of concrete at the top middle part of the beam. it may be noted that the balanced ratio for frp reinforcement ρfb is lower than the balanced ratio for steel reinforcement ρb [32-34]. beam bng1 (2 #16) had a gfrp reinforced ratio of ρf = 0.0112, which is less than the balanced ratio (ρfb) =0.0116. the first crack at the tension face of the beam appeared at 12 kn. when increasing the load, another crack in the tension face appeared. after that, the shear cracks almost 45 degrees. at a load of 57 kn, the beam failed due to gfrp rupture, see fig. 5.c. beams bng2 and bng3 were made of new concrete and had a reinforced ratio of frp bars ρf = 0.0223 and 0.033, respectively. both ratios were bigger than the balanced ratio, and the first cracks appeared at mid-span at the loads 17 kn and 25 kn. at loads 70 kn and 79 kn, the beams failed in the compressive region due to crushing in the middle of the beam. the mode of failure of beams bng3 was illustrated in fig. 5.d. the ρf of beams with rca, brg1, brg2, and brg3; were similar to beams bng1, bng2, and bng3, but the ρfb ratio was lower due to using of a lower strength concrete. the balanced ratio ρfb = 0.001. the first crack of brg1, brg2, and brg3 appeared at 15, 21, and 27 kn. the beams failed in the compression zone at loads of 54, 62, and 72 kn, respectively, as shown in fig. 5. it is worth noting that failures in bns3 and bng3 are quite similar, and it complies with what was stated in the literature, i.e., steel and gfrp have a similar effect on the flexural behavior of the beams. however, rc beams with rca, i.e., lower concrete's compressive strength, showed a significant difference in the crack patterns, see fig. 5.b. (brs3) and fig. 5.e. (brg3). where brg3 showed diffuse cracks near the supports may be due to the lower concrete's strength and lower modulus of elasticity of the reinforcements (gfrp bars). it is clear from table 7 that the ratios of ultimate load of rc beams with rca to that of rc beams with nca (pult-rca/pult-nca) are lower in the case of gfrp rc beams than steel rc beams. therefore, the ultimate loads of gfrp rc beams are more affected by the compressive strength of concrete than steel rc beams due to the lower modulus of elasticity of gfrp. this is a limitation on the use of either gfrp bars or rca. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 lo a d   ( k n )  deflection (mm) brg1 brg2 brg3 bng1 bng2 bng3 analytical bng1 analytical brg3 figure 6: load-central deflection curves of gfrp rc beams. flexural behavior of rc beams the experimental results of load-central deflection for gfrp rc beams and steel rc beams are shown in figs. 6 and 7, respectively. relative linear elastic behavior was observed in all beams until reaching the cracking limit of the beam at the tension face. it can be seen that the deflections of gfrp rc beams with rca are higher than those of gfrp rc beams without rca by about 1.3 to 1.55 times, see fig. 6 and table 7. the same trend was observed in the case of steel rc beams, see fig. 7. the deflection increase is attributed to the recycled concrete's modulus of elasticity and strength r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20                                                        304 reduction. this means the material is easier to be deformed and cracked. a greater deflection was obtained at a lower 1oad in beams made of recycled aggregate than beams made with new concrete [8]. furthermore, the deflection of rc beams reinforced with gfrp was higher than that of corresponding beams reinforced with steel by about 1.7 times. this may be due to the lower gfrp bar’s modulus of elasticity than that of the steel. these observations agree with the results found in the literature; it was found that beams reinforced with gfrp had a higher deflection by about 2.5 to 3.0 times than that of the beam reinforced with steel [33]. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 lo a d  ( k n ) deflection (mm) brs1 brs2 brs3 bns1 bns2 bns3 analytical bns1 analytical brs3 figure 7. load-central deflection curves of steel rc beams. the present experimental results have been compared with the analytical model proposed previously by sallam and colleagues [35-36], see figs 6 and 7. assumptions and details of the analytical model can be found in refs. [35-36]. in both cases (steel and gfrp rc beams), the final failure of the beams is due to concrete crushing in the compression zone, while in steel rc beams, the tensile reinforcement reached its yield stress before concrete crushing. however, in gfrp rc beams, concrete crushing occurred before the tensile reinforcement reached its ultimate tensile strain. in the case of steel rc beams, bns1 and brs3 (fig. 7), there is good agreement between the analytical data and the experimental results, and this may be due to the occurrence of steel yielding before concrete crushing. however, there is a fair agreement between the analytical data and the experimental results of bgn1 and bgr3 (fig. 6). it may be because concrete crushing occurred after the first crack in the tensile zone without any events between them. therefore, the analytical model cannot describe the nonlinearity of the p-d curve of gfrp rc beams. fig. 8 shows the effect of the presence of rca and reinforcement type and area on the maximum deflection. by comparing the reduction in maximum deflection due to the increase of reinforcement area in different cases, it can be stated that the increase of steel area is more pronounced than that of gfrp in decreasing the maximum deflection in the case of concrete without rca. in the case of lower strength concrete (concrete with rca), the increase of reinforcement area for both types of reinforcement has the same effect. the effect of rca in concrete is more pronounced in the case of gfrp rc beams. fig. 9 shows the effect of the presence of rca and reinforcement type and area on the ultimate load of rc beams. it can be seen that the ultimate loads of gfrp rc beams with/without rca were slightly lower than those of steel rc beams. this may be attributed to the steel interlocking effect, which improves the bond between steel bars and concrete, increasing load-carrying capacity. when the reinforcement bars cannot transfer the bond force, cracks parallel to the rebar are developed [34]. furthermore, it can be observed that the rc beams made of recycled aggregate and reinforced with either gfrp or steel reinforcement had a load-carrying capacity lower than that beams made of natural coarse aggregate by about 5%, 11 %, and 9% for beams brg1, brg2, and brg3, respectively, and about 10%, 1.3%, and 4% for beams r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20  305 brs1, brs2, and brs3, respectively. this reduction is attributed to the lower compressive strength of concrete made with recycled aggregate than concrete made with natural aggregate. 27 25 23 35 32 31 22 18 17 25 22 19 0 10 20 30 40 50 beam 1 beam 2 beam 3 bng brg bns brs d e fl e ct io n , m m figure 8: maximum deflection for all rc beams. 57 70 79 54 62 7270 79 89 63 78 85 0 20 40 60 80 100 beam 1 beam 2 beam 3 bng brg bns brs u lt im a te lo a d  ( k n ) figure 9: ultimate loads values for beams. conclusion ased on this study, the following conclusions can be drawn:  the characteristics of concrete made with rca showed an acceptable lower compressive strength value than concrete without rca (≈ 13% reduction) and a higher absorption ratio (≈ 60 % higher than natural aggregate concrete).  the gfrp rc beams with rca had sufficient load-carrying capacities compared to those beams without rca (≈ reduction of 5%, 11%, and 9 % for reinforcement ratios 0.011, 0.022, and 0.033, respectively).  the steel rc beams with rca had a good load carrying capacity compared to those without rca (≈ reduction of 10%, 1.3%, and 4 % for reinforcement ratios 0.011, 0.022, and 0.033, respectively).  ll gfrp rc beams had lower ultimate loads than those of corresponding steel rc beams. these reductions are b r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20                                                        306 about 19%, 11%, and 11% for beams without rca and 14%, 21%, and 15% for beams with rca, considering reinforcements ratios (0.011, 0.022, and 0.033), respectively.  the use of rca increases the deflection of rc beams compared to rc beams without rca due to the lower modulus of elasticity of gfrp.  the ultimate loads of gfrp rc beams are more affected by the compressive strength of concrete than steel rc beams due to the lower modulus of elasticity of gfrp. this is a limitation on the use of either gfrp bars or rca.  based on the strength, durability, and sustainability points of view, the economic benefit is considered another limitation of using either gfrp or rca. therefore, additional research should be conducted to cover the durability and sustainability of such materials. references [1] rao, a., jha, k. n., and misra, s. (2007). use of aggregates from recycled construction and demolition waste in concrete. resources, conservation and recycling, 50(1), pp. 71-81. doi: 10.1016/j.resconrec.2006.05.010. [2] sormunen, p., and kärki, t. (2019). recycled construction and demolition waste as a possible source of materials for composite manufacturing. journal of building engineering, 24, 100742. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2019.100742. [3] da rosa azambuja, r., de castro, v. g., trianoski, r., and iwakiri, s. (2018). utilization of construction and demolition waste for particleboard production. journal of building engineering, 20, pp. 488-492. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2018.07.019. [4] salgado, f.d-a., and silva, f.d-a. (2022). recycled aggregates from construction and demolition waste towards an application on structural concrete: a review. journal of building engineering, in press, 104452. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2022.104452 [5] de brito, j., ferreira, j., pacheco, j., soares, d., and guerreiro, m. (2016). structural, material, mechanical and durability properties and behavior of recycled aggregates concrete. journal of building engineering, 6, pp. 1-16. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2016.02.003. [6] leite, m. b., and santana, v. m. (2019). evaluation of an experimental mix proportion study and production of concrete using fine recycled aggregate. journal of building engineering, 21, pp. 243-253. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2018.10.016. [7] sainz-aja, j., carrascal, i., polanco, j. a., and thomas, c. (2020). fatigue failure micromechanisms in recycled aggregate mortar by μct analysis. journal of building engineering, 28, 101027. doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2019.101027 [8] mcneil, k., and kang, t. h. k. (2013). recycled concrete aggregates: a review. international journal of concrete structures and materials, 7(1), pp. 61-69. [9] djerbi, a. (2018). effect of recycled coarse aggregate on the new interfacial transition zone concrete. construction and building materials, 190, pp. 1023-1033. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.09.180. [10] prince, m. j. r., and singh, b. (2015). bond behaviour of normal‐and high‐strength recycled aggregate concrete. structural concrete, 16(1), pp. 56-70. doi: 10.1002/suco.201300101. [11] malešev, m., radonjanin, v., and marinković, s. (2010). recycled concrete as aggregate for structural concrete production. sustainability, 2(5), pp. 1204-1225. doi: 10.3390/su2051204. [12] makhlouf, h. m., ahmadi, b. h., and al jabal, j. (1991). preventing concrete deterioration in the arabian gulf. concrete international, 13(5), pp. 65-67. [13] federation international du beton, fib, task group 9.3, frp reinforcement in rc structures, lausanne, switzerland, (2007). [14] pilakoutas, k., neocleous, k., and guadagnini, m. (2002). design philosophy issues of fiber reinforced polymer reinforced concrete structures. journal of composites for construction, 6(3), pp. 154-161. [15] mufti, a. a., and isis canada. (2001). reinforcing concrete structures with fibre reinforced polymers [computer file]. isis canada. [16] aci committee. (2008). building code requirements for structural concrete (aci 318-08) and commentary. american concrete institute. [17] aci committee. (2006). guide for the design and construction of concrete reinforced with frp bars (aci r. elsadany et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 294-307; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.20  307 440.1r-06), american concrete institute. [18] al-sunna, r., pilakoutas, k., hajirasouliha, i., and guadagnini, m. (2012). deflection behaviour of frp reinforced concrete beams and slabs: an experimental investigation. composites part b: engineering, 43(5), pp. 2125-2134. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2012.03.007. [19] theriault, m., and benmokrane, b. (1998). effects of frp reinforcement ratio and concrete strength on flexural behavior of concrete beams. journal of composites for construction, 2(1), pp. 7-16. [20] tavares, d. h., giongo, j. s., and paultre, p. (2008). behavior of reinforced concrete beams reinforced with gfrp bars. revista ibracon de estruturas e materiais, 1(3), pp. 285-295. doi: 10.1590/s1983-41952008000300004. [21] goldston, m. w., remennikov, a., and sheikh, m. n. (2017). flexural behaviour of gfrp reinforced high strength and ultra high strength concrete beams. construction and building materials, 131, pp. 606-617. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.11.094. [22] nor, n. m., boestamam, m. h. a., and yusof, m. a. (2013). carbon fiber reinforced polymer (cfrp) as reinforcement for concrete beam. international journal of emerging technology and advanced engineering, 3(2), pp. 6-10. [23] sheikh, s. a., and kharal, z. (2018). replacement of steel with gfrp for sustainable reinforced concrete. construction and building materials, 160, pp. 767-774. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.12.141 [24] etman, e. e., afefy, h. m., baraghith, a. t., and khedr, s. a. (2018). improving the shear performance of reinforced concrete beams made of recycled coarse aggregate. construction and building materials, 185, pp. 310-324. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.07.065. [25] hamad, b. s., dawi, a. h., daou, a., and chehab, g. r. (2018). studies of the effect of recycled aggregates on flexural, shear, and bond splitting beam structural behavior. case studies in construction materials, 9, e00186. doi: 10.1016/j.cscm.2018.e00186. [26] reda, r. m., sharaky, i. a., ghanem, m., seleem, m. h., and sallam, h. e. m. (2016). flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened by nsm gfrp bars having different end conditions. composite structures, 147, pp. 131-142. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2016.03.018. [27] aci committee (2012). guide for test methods for fiber reinforced polymers (frp) for reinforcing and strengthening concrete structures (aci 440.3r-12), aci committee 440, american concrete institute. [28] astm d7913/d7913m-14(2020), standard test method for bond strength of fiber-reinforced polymer matrix composite bars to concrete by pullout testing, astm international, west conshohocken, pa, usa. [29] astm c496–96 (1996), standard test method for splitting tensile strength of cylindrical concrete specimens, astm committee (philadelphia). [30] astm, c469–94, (1994) standard test method for static modulus of elasticity and poisson's ratio of concrete in compression, philadelphia ,astm committee . [31] sivakumar, n., muthukumar, s., sivakumar, v., gowtham, d., and muthuraj, v. (2014). experimental studies on high strength concrete by using recycled coarse aggregate. international journal of engineering and science, 4(1), pp. 2736. [32] american concrete institute. committee 440. (2003). guide for the design and construction of concrete reinforced with frp bars: aci 440.1 r-03. american concrete institute. [33] san, a. r.m and swany, r. n (2005). flexural behavior of concrete beams reinforced with glass fiber reinforced polymer bars. malaysian journal of civil engineering, 17, pp. 49-57. [34] rafi, m. m., nadjai, a., and ali, f. (2007). experimental testing of concrete beams reinforced with carbon frp bars. journal of composite material, 41(22), pp. 2657-2673. doi: 10.1177/0021998307078727. [35] sallam, h.e.m., saba, a.m., shaheen, h.h. and abdel-raouf, h. (2004). prevention of peeling failure in plated beams, j adv concr technology, jci, 2(3), pp. 419-429. [36] sharaky, i.a., torres, l. and sallam, h.e.m. (2015). experimental and analytical investigation into the flexural performance of rc beams with partially and fully bonded nsm frp bars/strips, composite structure, 122, pp. 113126. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_01_3673.docx v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 1 elastic and nonlinear crack tip solutions comparison with respect to failure probability valery shlyannikov, andrey tumanov, natalia boychenko frc kazan scientific center of russian academy of sciences, russia shlyannikov@mail.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2468-9300 tumanoff@rambler.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2345-6790 tasha1203@mail.ru abstract. this study represents a methodology to assess the probability of failure based on three the driving force formulations defined by the corresponding brittle and ductile fracture criteria for compact and bending specimens made of 34xh3ma and s55c steels. the elastic stress intensity factor (sif) and two types of the non-linear plastic sifs were considered as the driving force or generalized parameter (gp) to determine the probability of failure assuming a three-parameter weibull distribution. the elastic sif were experimentally obtained for studied materials and specimen geometries whereas the plastic sifs were numerically calculated for the same material properties, specimen configurations and loading conditions according to classical j2 and strain gradient plasticity theories. different specimen types with varying relative crack lengths and thicknesses were investigated. proposed the normalized generalized parameter accounting for brittle or ductile fracture can be used as a suitable failure variable that is confirmed by comparison of the obtained failure cumulative distribution functions based on the three studied gps. keywords. failure probability; weibull distributions; nonlinear stress intensity factors; generalized parameters. citation: shlyannikov, v., tumanov, a., boychenko, n., elastic and nonlinear crack tip solutions comparison with respect to failure probability, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 1-13. received: 10.07.2022 accepted: 19.07.2022 online first: 20.07.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he main objective of experimental studies in fracture mechanics is to determine the critical value of a parameter characterizing the failure of a material. in most cases, the results of experimental studies must be evaluated statistically owing to the scatter of the critical fracture resistance parameter. if the fracture parameter is chosen correctly and the measuring instruments provide the required accuracy, the dispersion density corresponds to the normal gaussian–laplace distribution [1]. to evaluate the fracture resistance parameters and probability of failure, it is convenient t https://youtu.be/swjqge6ot4i v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 2 to use the weibull distribution function [2]. the analysis of the weibull parameters suggests that the studied characteristic is applicable as a fracture criterion. the generalized probabilistic local approach (gpla), developed by muniz-calvente et al. [3–7], allows the primary failure cumulative distribution function (pfcdf) owning to a certain failure type to be determined for a given material from experimental data and used subsequently for probabilistic design. such approach introduce a realistic safety boundary provided that the failure criterion represented by an adequate generalized parameter (gp) and the corresponding failure criterion is properly recognized as a reference variable to be considered in the failure assessment. the authors [3] supposed that the three-parameter weibull distribution could be extended to any type of failure using the driving force (xc) defined by the corresponding fracture criterion. this methodology is feasible to apply for any kind of failure provided the experimental results for this specific failure are available and the corresponding reference driving force controlling such a failure is recognized. the reference driving force is characterized by the different weibull distribution obtained, which influences the resulting predictions for brittle and ductile type of failure. the authors [3] draw attention to the need to apply the statistical technique denoted confounded data [8,9]. this approach allows the cumulative distribution functions (cdf) for any of the flaw populations to be separately achieved without neglecting the mutual statistical interference between several distributions. in the present study, an extension of such a probabilistic failure approach is presented allowing the consideration of different constitutive equation of the material behavior, as well as the influence of scale effects, when specimens of different size are tested. the results are compared for states when the most suitable failure generalized parameter to determine the probability of failure is identified among three alternatives, namely, elastic solution, classical j2 theory of plasticity and strain gradient plasticity theory. probabilistic model he model for a probability–statistical assessment used in this study is based on a generalized local model, described in [3–7]. this generalized probabilistic local approach (gpla) allows a direct relationship to be found between the critical reference variable, as defined by the fracture criterion, and the failure probability. the relationship, known as primary failure cumulative distribution function (pfcdf) can be expressed by means of a three parameter weibull cumulative distribution function (cdf) [10]. accordingly, the failure probability pfail of an element subjected to a certain critical factor xc uniformly distributed on the element can be represented as follows 1 expfail gp p                (1) where λ, β and δ are, respectively, the location parameter, the shape parameter and the scale parameter associated with the selected reference area. generalized parameter gp in eq.1 is determined in terms of the driving force for accepted either brittle or ductile failure criterion. the following is the iterative procedure applied to achieve fitting of the optimal primary distribution function from an experimental data set exhibiting three different failure types. it implies estimation of the nine weibull parameters, three for any of the failure mechanisms. fig. 1 shows a flaw chart that describes the iterative procedure applied consisting in the following steps:  in an experimental program, failure tests are carried out and the corresponding results for the critical parameter determined.  the loading process up to failure for any test is simulated by means of a finite element code. in this way, the type and value of the driving force at failure for any element are known.  the failure results are ranked in increasing order according to the value of the driving force reached by any specimen at failure. subsequently, using bernard’s expression [11]: , 0.3 0.4 fail i i p n    (2) the accumulated failure probability is provided for any population individually referred to the specific specimen size and failure type obtained. in eq.2 i = 1, ..., n, and n is the number of cases studied. t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 3  the weibull parameter are estimated by applying eq.1 to the generalized parameter and the failure probability as obtained for any test. once fitting is accomplished, the value of the nine weibull parameters are estimated for the iteration being.  with the aim of assessing the convergence of the procedure, the parameter values obtained at any iteration are compared with those found in the preceding iteration until the summation of the variations in the values of each of them is less than a prescribed threshold value ε: 1 1 1i i i i i i              (3) when this occurs, the parameter values obtained in the last iteration are considered to be the final solution. figure 1: flow-chart representing the iterative procedure applied for data fitting. as can be observed, the procedure proposed is implemented by merely mentioning without specifying the “failure criterion” bound to the driving force being considered. this allows the approach to be applicable to any specific failure problem handled irrespective of its complexity provided the weakest link principle is applicable referred to either brittle or ductile failure. generalized parameters n this section we will consider both elastic and nonlinear formulations for the generalized parameter which characterizes the fractures of the tested specimens according to brittle and ductile failure criteria. three gps were analyzed in this study, related to the following fracture parameters: elastic stress intensity factor (sif) k1 (gpk1), plastic stress intensity factor kp (gpkp) based on the classical j2 hutchinson-rice-rosengren (hrr) solution, and plastic sif ksgp (gpksgp) backgrounded on strain gradient plasticity theory. i v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 4 elastic generalized parameter gpk1 he values of the elastic sif k1 were obtained in accordance with standard astm e399 [12] by the following equations. for the compact tension c(t) configuration: 1 1 qp a k y wb w           2 3 4 1 1.5 2 0.886 4.64 13.31 14.72 5.6 1 / a wa a a a a y w w w w wa w                                      (4) and for the single-edge-notched bend (senb) configuration: 1 1 13 2 qp l a k y wbw       2 3 4 1 1.93 3.07 14.53 25.11 25.8 a a a a a y w w w w w                                  (5) where a is the crack length, b is the specimen thickness, w is the specimen width, l1 is the span of the bending specimen, and y1 is the geometry-dependent sif correction factor. the values of the pq loads were obtained using the typical load versus load-line crack opening displacement curves for the c(t) and senb configurations. hrr-plastic generalized parameter gpkp he classical hrr singular solution [13,14] for an infinite size cracked body of a strain-hardening material was completed by shlyannikov and tumanov as numerical method [15] for plastic stress intensity factor determination applied to mixed mode plane strain/plane stress problems and general three-dimensional (3d) structural element configurations. according to this method, the plastic sif kp can be expressed directly in terms of the corresponding elastic sif k1:    1 1 2 2 1 0 n yn p n k a k i w                    (6) where α and n are the strain hardening parameters, yn is the nominal stress, 0 is the yield stress, and in is the governing parameter of the elastic–plastic stress–strain fields in the form of dimensionless factor:     , , ( , ,fem femni n a w n a w d                1, , cos sin 1 1 cos 1 fem fem femfem n fem fem fem femr e rr r r fem fem fem fem rr r r du dun n a w u u n d d u u n                                                    (7) t t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 5 in this case, the numerical integral of the crack-tip field in changes not only with the strain-hardening exponent n, but also with the relative crack length a/w and specimen configuration. numerical results regarding the behavior of the in-integral in the most common experimental configurations for test specimens in fracture mechanics can be found in refs. [16–18]. sgp-plastic generalized parameter gpksgp he third generalized parameter is presented in the form of a plastic stress intensity factor based on the strain gradient plasticity (sgp) theory. in this case the aim of the conventional mechanism-based strain gradient plasticity theory [19-21] is to capture the role of geometrically necessary dislocation (gnd) density in the mechanics of crack initiation and growth. the advantage of sgp plasticity theory, which grounded on the taylor’s dislocation model [22], is sensitivity to the intrinsic material plastic length parameter ℓ. according to sgp theory, the tensile flow stress is related to a reference stress σref, the equivalent plastic strain εp and the effective plastic strain gradient ηp:  2 p pflow ref f l     (8) where  2218 refl b   (9) here, ā is an empirical coefficient that is assumed to be equal to 0.5, μ is the shear modulus and b is the burgers vector length. the first-order version of the conventional mechanism-based strain gradient (cmsg) plasticity model is implemented in the computation of the material jacobian and, consequently, of the rate of the stress tensor: 3 2 2 m e ij kk ij ij ij e flow k                           (10) where ij is the deviatoric strain rate tensor. as with other continuum strain gradient plasticity models, the cmsg theory is intended to model a collective behaviour of dislocations and is therefore not applicable at scales smaller than the dislocation spacing. taking into account the singular nature of the stress distribution at the crack tip for the cmsg plasticity theory of plasticity eqs.8-10, shlyannikov et al. [23-25] introduced a new plastic stress intensity factor in the following form:    ˆ, ,fem fem feme sgp er k r r     (11)      ˆ, , ,fem fem femp ij ija r r r     (12) fem fem sgp pk a r  (13) where r r l is the normalized distance to the crack tip, and  is the power of the stress singularity. in eq.11, the angular distributions of the dimensionless stress component  ˆ ,femij r  are normalized, such that   1 2 ,max max ˆ 3 2 1fem fem feme ij ijs s   and fem femij ij y   . in the further presentation of numerical and experimental results, we will use the following notation for plastic sif femsgp sgpk k . in this study, tested compact and bending specimens made of 34xh3ma and s55c steels are considered as a subject for application of the conventional elasticity, the classical j2 and cmsg plasticity theories. the implementation of a mechanismt v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 6 based sgp theory in ansys [26] using a user material subroutine usermat has been described in more detail by the authors [23-25]. material properties and numerical data he algorithm described in section 2 was used for the probabilistic assessment based on the experimental data. several experiments and corresponding numerical calculations were performed on ct and senb specimen configurations produced from steels 34xh3ma and js55c. the fracture toughness tests were performed in accordance with astm e399 [12]. the experimental data for the fracture toughness characteristics of the senb specimens of js55c steel were obtained from meshii et al. [27]. the main mechanical properties of the analyzed materials are listed in tab. 1, where е is the young’s modulus, σ0 is the yield stress, σf is the tensile strength, σu is the true ultimate tensile stress, α is the strain hardening coefficient, and n is the strain hardening exponent. steel e, gpa σ0, mpa σf, mpa σu, mpa a n 34xh3ma 216.2 714.4 1040 1260 0.529 7.89 js55c 212.4 393 703 1274 1.265 5.45 table 1: main mechanical properties of the steels. a) b) figure 2: senb (a) and c(t) (b) specimen configuration. the loading configuration and specimen geometry are shown in fig. 2. the relative crack length a/w and relative thickness b/w were varied for each specimen configuration. the relative crack length a/w was varied in the range of 0.245–0.645. three types of c(t) specimens with b/w ratios of 0.125, 0.25, and 0.5 and four types of senb specimens with b/w ratios of 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, and 1.5 were used. the specimen sizes and crack lengths are listed in tab. 2. a full-field 3d finite-element analysis was performed using the experimental set of pq loads for each tested specimen to determine the elastic–plastic stress fields along the through-thickness crack front in the senb and c(t) specimens subjected to bending and tension loadings. in all numerical calculations for a strain-hardening material with a pure power-law behavior, the ramberg–osgood constitutive relationship with n, a, and 0 constants, listed in tab. 1, was used. the numerical calculations for the conventional mechanism-based strain gradient plasticity model according to the constitutive eqs.8-10 were performed for the value of the intrinsic material plastic length parameter ℓ = 5 μm. to accurately characterize the strain gradient effect, a high-density fe mesh was formed near the crack tip and along crack front in senb and c(t) specimens. the fe-mesh sensitivity parametric study shown that a quadrilateral brick element size less than 0.15 μm provided mesh-independent results. for the elastic-plastic analysis of both specimen fe models, the initial crack tip was assigned a radius of curvature ρ = 0.87 μm. a typical fe mesh for the c(t) specimen configuration has 9,625,812 nodes, while for the senb specimen has 17,903,812 nodes. the ansys [26] finite-element code was applied to obtain the distribution of stresses along the crack front for the tested specimen, which were used to determine both the elastic and nonlinear stress intensity factors. the obtained gps in the form of elastic and plastic sifs for all specimen configurations are listed in tab. 2. t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 7 results and discussion n this work, the method of confounded data is employed to the consideration of the cumulative distribution functions (cdf) for three flaw populations, characterized by corresponding the generalized parameters, namely, elastic k1 and two types of plastic kp and ksgp stress intensity factors. the first of them represent brittle material behavior, while the second and third parameters are related to ductile fracture. the maximum elastic or plastic stress intensity factor is considered to be the critical parameter (gp) under static failure conditions. recall that, the method of confounded data allows the cumulative distribution functions for any of the flaw populations to be separately achieved. material specimen type w, mm b, mm b/w a/w a, mm k1 kp ksgp 34xh3ma c(t) 40 20 0.5 0.350 14.0 66.012 0.6965 1.301 0.350 14.0 63.343 0.6864 1.308 0.625 25.0 62.72 0.6860 1.302 0.645 25.8 68.152 0.6965 1.342 10 0.25 0.380 15.2 77.563 0.7209 1.401 0.425 17.0 78.99 0.7245 1.441 0.475 19.0 77.551 0.7188 1.490 0.487 19.5 76.35 0.7140 1.399 5 0.125 0.380 15.2 71.4 0.7071 1.332 0.358 15.4 60.67 0.682 1.269 0.4625 18.5 70.17 0.7021 1.330 0.475 19.0 69.44 0.6995 1.326 34xh3ma senb 20 10 0.5 0.245 4.9 68.12 0.7945 1.288 0.250 5.0 57.24 0.7629 1.272 0.445 8.9 64.35 0.7659 1.289 0.445 8.9 57.5 0.7576 1.310 0.610 12.2 55.25 0.745 1.285 0.615 12.3 57.53 0.7525 1.238 20 1 0.605 12.1 52.146 0.7289 1.232 0.620 12.4 55.964 0.7328 1.258 s55c senb 25 6.25 0.25 0.507 12.67 58.112 0.709 1.985 0.501 12.53 67.492 0.75 2.442 0.499 12.47 58.12 0.7 1.872 0.503 12.58 65.81 0.732 2.232 0.500 12.51 67.79 0.744 2.323 12.5 0.5 0.500 12.49 55.214 0.699 1.891 0.504 12.61 63.259 0.733 2.329 0.5008 12.52 56.896 0.71 1.983 0.5028 12.57 61.94 0.725 2.120 0.5016 12.54 61.359 0.722 2.104 25.0 1.0 0.497 12.43 59.295 0.722 1.943 0.498 12.45 59.24 0.715 1.935 0.502 12.54 62.902 0.741 2.149 0.497 12.43 62.17 0.735 2.064 37.5 1.5 0.494 12.35 60.122 0.723 1.897 0.502 12.56 62.74 0.733 2.031 0.499 12.48 64.635 0.749 2.132 0.501 12.53 61.516 0.73 2.039 table 2: generalized parameters for tested specimens. i v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 8 primary failure cumulative distribution function n order to illustrate the methodology applied for checking the suitability of the failure criterion, as represented by an adequate generalized parameter (gp), taking into account the critical parameter distribution and the size of the specimen tested the following examples are exposed. three experimental programs consisting of senb and c(t) specimen tests with different sizes (tab. 2) are simulated. for each of the considered generalized parameter, we distinguish three separate populations: senb specimen from js55c steel, senb specimen from 34xh3ma steel and c(t) specimen from 34xh3ma steel. thus, we will consider the behavior of two different materials that are implemented on test samples of two configurations. k1 kp ksgp js55c senb 34xh3m senb 34xh3m c(t) js55c senb 34xh3m senb 34xh3m c(t) js55c senb 34xh3m senb 34xh3m c(t) λ 55.697 51.103 57.030 0.643 0.707 0.668 1.835 1.220 1.256 δ 7.782 8.395 15.019 0.089 0.054 0.039 0.277 0.060 0.109 β 1.456 1.359 1.986 6.079 2.459 2.477 1.481 1.595 1.479 table 3: the resulting three-parameter weibull distribution characteristics for tested steels. test data are simulated assuming that n=18 senb specimens from js55c, n=8 senb specimens from 34xh3ma and n=12 c(t) specimens from 34xh3ma are loaded up to failure, which may caused by three different initiating failure mechanisms related to elasticity, classical and strain gradient plasticity. in this experimental program, the values of the failure load for each test is registered from which the corresponding driving force (in this case, stress intensity factors) distribution at failure is determined using a finite element code. thereafter, the fem results are used for estimating the three sets of weibull parameters corresponding to any failure type following the steps as indicated above. making use of the data numerically simulated, nine cdfs are fitted separately. the weibull parameters being found in this procedure are listed in tab. 3, from which the adequacy of the fitting performed is apparent, provided a sufficient number of experimental data results are at disposal. a) b) c) figure 3: probabilities of failure for (a) elastic, (b) plastic kp and (c) ksgp sifs for senb js55c steel specimens. figs. 3-5 represent the experimental failure cumulative distribution function (efcdf) for each test type and their fitting by eq.1. as shown in figs. 3-5, the pfcdf leads to a satisfactory adjustment of the experimental results for each experimental programs have been implemented on senb and c(t) test samples produced from js55c and 34xh3ma steels, which would not be possible if the failure criterion were unsuitable. however, as can be observed, the primary failure cumulative distribution function, based on the nonlinear generalized parameters (plastic sifs kp and ksgp), give more uniform behavior with respect to the gp related with elastic sif k1. the use of the material property pfcdf (figs. 3-5) in combination with the weibull parameters (tab. 3) generated for each experiment permits us to conclude that the division into three external (k1, kp and ksgp) and three internal (senb-js55c, senb-34xh3ma and c(t)-34xh3ma) populations was justified. i v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 9 a) b) c) figure 4: probabilities of failure for (a) elastic, (b) plastic kp and (c) ksgp sifs for senb 34xh3ma steel specimens. a) b) c) figure 5: probabilities of failure for (a) elastic, (b) plastic kp and (c) ksgp sifs for c(t) 34xh3ma steel specimens. figs. 3-5 show probability diagrams as a function of the elastic sif k1, plastic sifs kp and ksgp for js55c and 34xh3ma steels with different ranges of values and scales, which make it not convenient to compare the pfcdf in specimens with different thicknesses and configurations. using only the information as presented so far is impossible to determine if a test specimen subjected to bending or tension loading, characterized by elastic generalized parameter, has higher or lower probability of failure than the same sample interpreted in terms of plastic gps. in addition, it is not clear whether there are differences in the assessments of the failure probability from the point of view of the classical and modern gradient theories of plasticity. dimensionless generalized parameters o overcome these problems, the authors proposed for representing the results the following normalized coordinates for each of the generalized parameters: min max min i n gp gp gp gp gp    (14) where gpmin and gpmax are the minimum and maximum values of the gp for each failure probability diagram, respectively; gpi denotes the current value of the generalized parameter; n = k1, kp, ksgp. in the following analysis of the experimental results, we use the pfcdf and the dimensionless variables gpn which change in the range from 0 to 1. the dimensionless t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 10 gpn enables the arrangement of the generalized parameters depending on the probability of failure and identification of the gp having the largest probability of failure at a given material and the specimen configuration. fig. 6 summarizes the failure probability pfail versus the dimensionless gpn in terms of elastic k1 and plastic kp, ksgp sifs for js55c (fig. 6a) and 34xh3ma (figs. 6b, c) steels based on eq.14. as can be seen, the primary failure cumulative distribution function, related to the elastic and nonlinear generalized parameters do not match each other for the three internal populations (senb-js55c, senb-34xh3ma and c(t)-34xh3ma). this conclusion once again confirms the possibility of applying the statistical technique known as confounded data to the analysis of elastic-plastic problems of fracture mechanics. since the reference driving force is different (elastic k1 and plastic kp and ksgp sifs), the type of failure is characterized by the different weibull distribution obtained, which influences the resulting predictions for either brittle or ductile type of fracture. a) b) c) figure 6: probabilities of failure versus normalized gp for (a) and (b) senb and (c) c(t) specimens in terms of elastic and plastic sifs. in fig. 6a, for senb sample made of js55c steel, the elastic solution (gpk1) and the theory of gradient plasticity (gpksgp) predict approximately the same probability of failure, while the classical theory of plasticity (gpkp) gives significantly underestimated results. in senb specimen made of 34xh3ma steel, the elastic solution shows the highest probability of failure (fig. 6b), and the nonlinear solutions are close to each other. in a compact c(t) sample of that material, the highest probability of failure corresponds to strain gradient plasticity theory (fig. 6c). summarizing the presented results, we can say that the observed differences in the probability of failure are due to the use of various constitutive equations of material behavior in the range from elasticity to gradient plasticity. the failure cumulative distribution functions pfail and normalized gps may be interpreted as material characteristics enabling the prediction of the failures of structure elements depending on the formulation of the constitutive equation of the material behavior. the failure distribution functions of the senb and compact c(t) specimens of 34xh3ma steel were compared in figs. 7a, b to analyze the influences of the sample configuration with the elastic and plastic approaches of fracture mechanics point of view. as observed in these figures, the probabilities of failure based on the elastic solution (fig. 7a, gpk1) and plastic solution (fig. 7b, gpkp and gpksgp) for the two test specimen geometries do not coincide with each other. differences in the distributions of the failure probability increase in the transition from elastic to plastic analysis. moreover, a higher failure probability is predicted by the gradient theory of plasticity when applied to a compact sample. for the same geometry of the bending sample, figs.7c, d represent the results of assessing the influence of the elastic-plastic properties of the steels under consideration. recall that js55c and 34xh3ma steels (tab. 1) have approximately the same elastic properties (e and poisson’s ratio ν), but differ significantly in plastic (σ0, α, n) and fracture resistance (σf, σu) characteristics. the failure probability distribution functions of the same senb specimen configuration for elastic solution in terms of gpk1 are shown in fig. 7c for the considered materials. as expected for the elastic conditions, the distribution curves are considerably close to each other with a slight difference at high values of the failure probability. fig. 7d shows a comparison of results for senb specimen of js55c and 34xh3ma steels for two plasticity theories based on the classical approach (gpkp) and plastic strain gradient effects (gpksgp). as can be seen, significant differences in these nonlinear solutions take place in the more ductile steel js55c. in this case, a high fracture probability corresponds to the generalized parameter for gradient plasticity. obviously, this is due to the fact that in the gradient plasticity theory, in comparison with the classical j2 theory, an additional parameter in the form of the intrinsic material plastic length scale ℓ is added to the set of traditional material properties (e, ν, σ0, α, n). v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 11 a) b) c) d) figure 7: comparison of failure probability versus normalized gp for elastic and nonlinear solutions, (a) and (b) 34xh3ma steel, (c) and (d) js55c and 34xh3ma steels. conclusions he principal conclusions of the present study are:  the application of the confounded data concept allows the primary failure cumulative distribution functions to be obtained for elastic and ductile fracture types that may appear in an experimental test campaign.  the comparison of the results obtained from the experimental programs carried out on senb and c(t) specimens of different sizes from js55c and 34xh3ma steels is possible using the weibull parameters estimated from the elastic and plastic generalized parameter behaviors.  the applicability and suitability proposed of the normalized generalized parameters are confirmed by means of an example using simulated data corresponding to elastic and nonlinear fracture mechanics approaches.  it is assumed that the use of nonlinear generalized parameters in comparison with elastic ones is justified due to the fact that in some cases the gradient theory of plasticity predicts the highest probability of failure. acknowledgements he authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support of the russian science foundation under the project 2019-00158. t t v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 12 references [1] wentzel, e.s. (1969). probability theory, science, moscow. [2] weibull, w. (1951). a statistical distribution function of wide applicability, j. appl. mech., 18(3), pp. 293-297. [3] muñiz‐calvente, m., fernández canteli, a., shlyannikov, v., castill, e. (2015). probabilistic weibull methodology for fracture prediction of brittle and ductile materials, appl. mech. mater., 784, pp. 443-451. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.784.443. [4] muñiz‐calvente, m., fernández‐canteli, a. (2016). joint evaluation of fracture and fatigue results from distinct specimen size and geometry, proced. struct. integr., 1, pp. 142-149. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.02.020. [5] muñiz‐calvente, m., shlyannikov, v., meshii, t., giner, e., fernández‐canteli, a. (2016). joint evaluation of fracture results from distinct test conditions, implying loading, specimen size and geometry, proced. struct. integr., 2, pp. 720727. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.06.093. [6] muñiz‐calvente, m., ramos, a., pelayo, f., lamela, m., fernández‐canteli, a. (2016). statistical joint evaluation of fracture results from distinct experimental programs: an application to annealed glass, theoret. appl. fract. mech., 85 (part a), pp. 149-157. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2016.08.009. [7] vantadori, s., muñiz‐calvente, m., scorza, d., fernández‐canteli, a., álvarez vázquez, a., carpinteri, a. (2018). the generalised local model applied to fibreglass, compos. struct., 202, pp. 1353-1360. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2018.06.073. [8] castillo, e., fernández‐canteli, a., garcía-prieto, m.a., lamela, m.j. (2004). strength characterization of glass by means of the statistical theory of confounded data, key eng. mater., 264-268, pp. 1923-1926. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.264-268.1923. [9] przybilla, c., fernández-canteli, a., castillo, e. (2013). maximum likelihood estimation for the three-parameter weibull cdf of strength in presence of concurrent flaw populations, j. eur. ceram. soc., 33, pp. 1721-1727. [10] muñiz‐calvente, m., ramos, a., shlyannikov, v., lamela, m., fernández‐canteli, a. (2016). hazard maps and global probability as a way to transfer standard fracture results to reliable design of real components, eng. fail. anal., 69, pp. 135-146. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2016.02.004. [11] bernard, a., bos-levenbach, e. (1955). the plotting of observations on probability-paper, stichting mathematisch centrum. statistische afdeling. [12] astm e399-90 (1997). standard test method for plane-strain fracture toughness of metallic materials. annual book of astm standards. philadelphia (pa): american society for testing and materials. doi: 10.1520/e0399-90r97. [13] hutchinson, j.w. (1968). singular behaviour at the end of a tensile crack in a hardening material, j. mech. phys. solids, 16 (1), pp. 13-31. doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(68)90014-8. [14] rice, j.r., rosengren, g.f. (1968). plane strain deformation near a crack tip in a power-law hardening material, j. mech. phys. solids, 16 (1), pp. 1-12. doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(68)90013-6. [15] shlyannikov, v., tumanov, a. (2014). characterization of crack tip stress fields in test specimens using mode mixity parameters, int. j. fract., 185, pp. 49-76. doi: 10.1007/s10704-013-9898-0. [16] shlyannikov, v.n., boychenko, n.v., tumanov, a.v., fernández‐canteli, a. (2014). the elastic and plastic constraint parameters for three-dimensional problems, eng. fract. mech., 127, pp. 83-96. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.05.015. [17] shlyannikov, v.n. (2013). t-stress for crack paths in test specimens subject to mixed mode loading, eng. fract. mech., 108, pp. 3-18. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.03.011. [18] shlyannikov, v.n., zakharov, a.p. (2014). multiaxial crack growth rate under variable t-stress, eng. fract. mech., 123, pp. 86-99. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.02.013. [19] gao, h., huang, y., nix, w.d., hutchinson, j.w. (1999). mechanism-based strain gradient plasticity—i. theory, j. mech. phys. solids, 47 (6), pp. 1239-1263. doi: 10.1016/s0022-5096(98)00103-3. [20] qiu, x., huang, y., wei, y., gao, h., hwang, k.c. (2003). the flow theory of mechanism-based strain gradient plasticity, mech. mater., 35 (3-6), pp. 245-258. doi: 10.1016/s0167-6636(02)00274-0. [21] huang, y., qu, s., hwang, k.c., li, m., gao, h. (2004). a conventional theory of mechanism-based strain gradient plasticity, int. j. plast., 20 (4-5), pp. 753–782. doi: 10.1016/j.ijplas.2003.08.002. [22] taylor, g.i. (1938). plastic strain in metals, j. inst. metals, 62, pp. 307–324. [23] shlyannikov, v., martínez-pañeda, e., tumanov, a., tartygasheva, a. (2021). crack tip fields and fracture resistance parameters based on strain gradient plasticity, int. j. solids struct., 208-209, pp. 63-82. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2020.10.015. v. shlyannikov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 1-13; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.01 13 [24] shlyannikov, v., martínez-pañeda, e., tumanov, a., khamidullin, r. (2021). mode i and mode ii stress intensity factors and dislocation density behaviour in strain gradient plasticity, theoret. appl. fract. mech., 116, 103128. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2021.103128. [25] fedotova, d., khamidullin, r., shlyannikov, v. (2022). inversion of dislocation densities under mixed mode fracture, eng. fail. anal., 138, 106311. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2022.106311. [26] ansys mechanical apdl theory reference release 21.r1. (2021). ansys, inc. southpointe, 275 technology drive, canonburg, pa. [27] meshii, t., lu, k., takamura, r. (2013). a failure criterion to explain the test specimen thickness effect on fracture toughness in the transition temperature region, eng. fract. mech., 104, pp. 184-197. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.03.025. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_7 a. sedmak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 63-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.07 63 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe integrity and life estimation of turbine runner cover in a hydro power plant a. sedmak, s. bosnjak faculty of mechanical engineering, the university of belgrade, kraljice marije 16, belgrade, serbia. asedmak@mas.bg.ac.rs m. arsic institute for materials testing, bulevar vojvode mišića 43, belgrade, serbia. miodrag.arsic@institutims.rs s.a. sedmak innovation centre of faculty of mechanical engineering, the university of belgrade, kraljice marije 16, belgrade, serbia. z. savic institute for materials testing, bulevar vojvode mišića 43, belgrade, serbia. abstract. this paper presents integrity and life estimation of turbine runner cover in a vertical pipe turbines, kaplan 200 mw nominal output power, produced in russia, and built in six hydro-generation units of hydroelectric power plant „đerdap 1” in serbia. fatigue and corrosion-fatigue interaction have been taken into account using experimentally obtained material properties, as well as analytical and numerical calculations of stress state, to estimate appropriate safety factors. fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, was also calculated, indicated that internal defects of circular or elliptical shape, found out by ultrasonic testing, do not affect reliable operation of runner cover. keywords. hydro power plant; runner cover; fatigue; corrosion. introduction esigning, construction and running hydro power plants is a complex task. due to limited possibilities of periodic inspections, hydro turbines and their components are designed for at least 40 years of operation. therefore, extensive researches and testing of hydro power plant equipment have been carried out all over the world. turbine and hydromechanical equipment testing has been introduced recently in serbia as well. special attention has been given to the problem of reduced material plasticity, as explained below. along with experimental tests carried out on the cover, made of cast steel 20gsl (gost), tests were performed in order to determine mechanical properties and fracture mechanics parameters. test results indicated large dispersion of material plasticity, i.e. elongation (a5) and contraction (z), [1,2]. namely two specimens met the demands of the standard (a5 = d a. sedmak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 63-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.07 64 23% and 27%), while two other had significantly lower values of elongation (a5 = 8% and 9%). obtained values of fracture mechanics parameters (critical stress intensity factor kic, critical fatigue crack length ac, fatigue threshold δkth, coefficient in paris equation c, exponent in paris equation mp, fatigue crack growth rate da/dn) are presented in tab. 1, as shown also in [1,2]. specimen kic [mpam] ac [mm] ∆kth [mpam] c mp da/dn [m/cycle] with reduced plasticity 46.3 9.3 7.4 5.7·10-11 3.15 6.36·10-08 with adequate plasticity 50.4 8.7 3.0 3.0·10-11 3.02 5.11·10-08 minimum allowed value of kic for 20gsl at temperature below 0°c is kic = 41 44 mpa·m1/2 table 1: fracture mechanics parameters at 23°c, for the stress intensity factor range δk = 10 mpam. stress state urbine runner cover at the hydro power plant ''djerdap 1'' is presented in fig. 1. loading is defined for normal operation conditions, comprising combined action of pressure, axial force and torsion moment, as explained in [1]. finite element mesh for axisymmertic model is shown in fig. 2. the results, indicating max. stress 81.1 mpa, is shown in fig. 3. a) q2 q q1 q q q2 q q1 b) figure 1: vertical kaplan turbine, with nominal output power of 200 mw. figure 2: finite element mesh for axisymmetric model. t a. sedmak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 63-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.07 65 figure 3: equivalent stresses for combined loading (pressure, axial force, torsion). fatigue and fatigue-corrosion estimation atigue and fatigue-corrosion interaction are the most important aspects of turbine cover life and integrity estimation. here, this combined effect of fatigue and corrosion is estimated by using the equation for safety factor, [3]:            1 a ( )m моn where σ-1 is the fatigue strength, obtained by standard testing, in conditions simulating the real, i.e. in water, ψσ coefficient of loading asymmetry, equal to ratio of maximum fatigue strength to the maximum static strength (470 mpa in this case); σm mean cycling stress; σмо residual stress – in this case σmо = 60 мpа, [1]; σа amplitude of cycling stress. fatigue strength depends on number of cycles and can be evaluated by using logarithm curve, obtained from weller’s curve:    1lg lga b n in the case of new material: f a. sedmak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 63-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.07 66 lg (-1) = 2.787 – 0.155  lg (n). taking into account 1,000 cycles per year (shut down start up) and 40 years of designed life, one should use 40103 as relevant number for fatigue strength estimation for material with adequate plasticity: lg σ-1 = 2.787-0.155·lg n = 2.787 0.155·lg(40·103) = 2.073, σ-1 = 118.5 мра; for the turbine under consideration the maximum stress at shut down and start up is max = 81.1 мpа, thus the amplitude stress a=40.55 mpa. coefficient of sensitivity to cycle asymmetry is         1 118.5 0.25 470 a whereas the corrosion-fatigue safety coefficient is:                 1 118.5 0.25 (40.55 60) 2.30 40.55 m mo a n taking into account 5% of the amplitude as the usual value for corrosion fatigue, one gets:       81.1 0.025 81.1 2.03 m a mpа mpa for the number of cycles one can get: n = nн·60·7000·40 = 71.43·60·7000·40 = 1.2·109 cycles, where nн – number of rotation/min, (nн = 71.43 min-1); 60 – minutes in an hour; 7000 – number of operating hours per year; 40 – designed life (years). now, one can get: lg σ-1 = 2.787 0.155·lg n = 2.787 0.155·lg(1.2·109) = 1.379, σ-1 = 23.9 мра; having in mind coefficient of sensitivity to cycle asymmetry:         1 23.9 0.05 470 a safety coefficient for corrosion-fatigue strength is then:                   1 23.9 0.05 (81.1 60) 8.34 2.02 m i i a n influence of internal defects on fatigue of cast steel 20gsl is an important issue and should be carefully evaluated. toward this aim the mechanisms of microcrack initiation and conditions of propagation of microcracks to macrocracks have been established, [2,3]. based on test results establishment of the following empirical relation has been established: a. sedmak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 63-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.07 67           * 1 1 1/2 max1 d where: σ-1 lower limit of fatigue strength dispersion; β – material coefficient, dmax maximum size of the defect in cast material. for the cast steels with defects (material with reduced plasticity), the following equation for fatigue strength holds: lg -1 = 2.69 – 0.155· lg n based on this equation, one can conclude that defect sizes up 0.5 mm do not influence fatigue strength, whereas the maximum acceptable defect size (d = 1.5 mm) reduces fatigue strength σ-1 from 118.5 mpa to 91.15 mpa. anyhow, the corrosion-fatigue safety factor is still satisfactory, sσ = 1.63. estimation of service life of the runner cover through the use of fracture mechanics stimation of runner cover service life through the use of fracture mechanics has been carried out according to methodology presented in paper [3]. in the area of stable crack growth, paris' equation describes the behaviour of the material with sufficient accuracy:     pm da c k dn where ∆k is the stress intensity factor range, defined by ∆k=m∆σ√a, m=1.21πq, defect shape parameter. in the case of an internal defect, measuring 6 mm in diameter, detected by ultrasonic inspection, q=1.65, [4]. if the critical crack length is calculated for σmax=81.1+60=141.1 mpa,              2 2 max 1 1 46.3 45.2 2.38 141.1 ic cr k a mm m number of cycles until reaching the critical size of the internal defect within the turbine runner cover, made of cast steel 20gsl with reduced plasticity (mp=3.15, cp=5.7∙10-11), can be calculated by the integration of paris’ equation:                       10 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 1 1 2.35 10 2 m m mp p p m p p p cr n m c m a a for ∆σ=4.055 mpa, a0=6 mm, acr= 45.2 mm. taking into account number of load cycles per year period (nu = nh·60·7000 = 71,43·60·7000 = 3·107 cycles), one can estimate service life of the turbine runner cover with reduced plasticity as n/nu=783 years. conclusions esults of fatigue strength tests carried out on large specimens, as well as obtained values of fracture mechanics parameters, enabled the estimation of service life of turbine runner cover with reduced plasticity. defects up to 0.5 mm have no influence on fatigue strength, whereas defects with acceptable value (1.5 mm) reduce fatigue strength from 118.5 to 91.15 mpa, still enabling reliable operation of the cove. e r a. sedmak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 63-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.07 68 finally, internal defect with size of 6 mm, as recorded by ndt, does not jeopardize integrity of turbine cover, since predicted fatigue life is more than 783 years. acknowledgement he authors acknowledge the support from the serbian ministry of education and science for projects tr 35002, tr 35040 and tr 35006. references [1] arsić, m., vistać, b., analysis of operational capability and a possibility of operational safety of the turbine cover in a life cycle at least 30 years long, institute for materials testing, belgrade, (2005). [2] arsić, m, bošnjak, s., odanović, z., grabulov, v., vistać, b., influence of plasticity reduction on strength and fracture of turbine runner cover in hydro power plant đerdap 1, in: the first international conference on damage mechanics, icdm 1, belgrade, (2012) 57-60. [3] arsić, m, karić r., sedmak a., burzić m., methodological approach to integrity assessment and servica life of rotating equipment at hydropower plant – turbine shaft, structural integrity and life, 13(2) (2013) 117124. [4] hertzberg, r., deformation and fracture mechanics of engineering materials, new york, john wiley & sons, inc, (1995). t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_09_2769 r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 106 focussed on structural integrity and safety: experimental and numerical perspectives effect of different parameters controlling the flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened with nsm using nonlinear finite element analysis ramy reda higher technological institute, egypt ramy_mostafa12000@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3298-7925 zeinab omar, hossam sallam, seleem s. e. ahmad zagazig university, egypt zomar73@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5531-9014 hem_sallam@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9217-9957 seleemahmad62@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9894-0209 abstract. near surface mounted technique become the most attractive technique for strengthening rc structures. a lot of research had been conducted to study experimentally the flexural behavior of rc members strengthened with nsm technique unlike the numerical research. a numerical investigation utilizes the non-linear finite element (fe) modeling using ansys was performed. the developed fe model considers the behavior of the epoxy-concrete interface using cohesive zone model (czm) which is capable of predicting the failure mode of the strengthened beams. the parametric study include the effect of different parameters such as nsm bar number, nsm bar length, end inclination angle and end inclination leg length on the flexural behavior of strengthened beams. the results showed that, the developed fe model able to predict the expected modes of failure in nsm technique, the nsm bar length was effective till 0.5 of beam span, beams strengthened with end inclined angle 45º nsm bar gives the highest improvement in load carrying capacity, this improvement was very close in case of using end inclined angle of 60º and 90º. keywords. finite element modeling; near surface mounted; debonding; end anchorage; inclination angle; flexural strengthening. citation: reda, r.m., zeinab, o., sallam, h.e.m, seleem s. e. ahmad, effect of different parameters controlling the flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened with nsm using nonlinear finite element analysis, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123 received: 21.03.2020 accepted: 12.04.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction einforced concrete constructions are widely used over the world, after a while use it will deteriorates, demolition or rebuild will lead to bleeding the time and cost. in the last decade several techniques were conducted by many researchers to repair and strengthen the rc structures such as near surface mounted (nsm) and externally bonded r https://youtu.be/vkotlhiotts r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 107 (eb) [1-7]. nsm is more effective than eb due to increasing the flexural strength for rc structures over eb by increasing bond capacity due to larger bonded surface area, furthermore it needs less installation time and makes protection against external damage by embedding the frp bars in the concrete cover [8-10]. in nsm technique grooves are cut in the concrete cover and half of the groove filled with the adhesive, frp bars inserted into the groove, the remaining half of the adhesive filled in the groove and leveled [7]. nsm technique has a better bond performance compared to eb, the two interfaces of nsm (concrete-adhesive, adhesive-frp) are affected by frp properties, frp bar length, bar diameter, frp bar surface treatment, groove geometry, groove size and concrete properties [11, 12]. several investigations were performed to study the flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened with nsm frp reinforcement. hassan et al. [13] studied the effect of cfrp bar length, groove width and the strength of concrete on the flexural behavior of concrete structures, the results suggested that the nsm cfrp bars length should not be less than 80 times the diameter of the used bars and the resistance of concrete split failure increased by the increasing of the groove width and/or using high strength concrete. al-mahmoud et al. [14] studied the effect of using two different diameter of cfrp bars; 6 and 12mm, type of concrete conventional or high-strength concrete and two types of filling materials (resin and mortar) on the flexural behavior. the results concluded that using cfrp bars with 12mm diameter increase the carrying load capacity by 83.6% compared with beams strengthened with 6mm bar diameter, on the other hand the concrete strength doesn’t effect on the load carrying capacity if the failure of the strengthened beams are due to nsm system failure, also the failure mode can be changed by the type of adhesive used. finite element analysis either by ansys or abaqus software showed that it is a good solution in different structures problems [15-17]. hawileh [18] developed 3d nonlinear fe ansys model to predict the load carrying capacity of rc beams strengthened with nsm frp bars and validate this model by comparing the predicted results with the experimental results obtained by al-mahmoud et al. [14]. then study the effect of using different types of frp bars materials such as cfrp, afrp and gfrp and cfrp bar diameter. the results showed very good agreement between the ansys model and the experimental results, all types of frp bars enhance the flexural strength especially cfrp which increase the strength by 18.5% and 43.8% compared to afrp and gfrp bars, respectively. furthermore the increasing of the frp diameter has a significantly effect on load carrying capacity of the strengthened rc beams [18]. reda et al. [8] studied the effect of gfrp bar length on the flexural strength of rc beams, the beam strengthened with gfrp bar length 1000, 1200, 1400 and 1800mm, and also studied different epoxy length effect and end anchorage using gfrp bars with bent end inclined by 45º and 90º and others straight on the flexural strength of rc beams. the author concluded that the beam strengthened with gfrp bars of length 1400mm gives the higher load carrying capacity, the results showed that either the beams strengthened with bent end gfrp bars inclined by 45º showed superior flexural behavior over the beams strengthened with bent end gfrp bars inclined by 90º or straight bars. on the other hand a little effect of partial bonded in the constant moment region on the flexural behavior of strengthened beam. el-emam et al. [19] studied experimentally and numerically the effect of nsm gfrp bars length, area of main steel reinforcement and the thickness of the concrete cover on the flexural response of strengthened rc beams, the author used different gfrp bars length; 550, 1150 and 1800mm, also used 30mm and 50mm concrete cover. the results showed that increasing of gfrp bar length increase the flexural strength, the same observation when increasing the main steel reinforcement ratio from 2-ø10mm to 2-ø16mm the ultimate load will be increased, the opposite observation when increasing the concrete cover thickness the flexural capacity will be decreased, the numerical results showed a good agreement with the experimental results [19]. sharaky et al. [20] studied the effect of nsm strengthening location, nsm strengthening pattern, nsm frp strips number and of the groove depth on the flexural behavior strengthened rc beams. two different location of nsm strengthening, near the bottom surface of the beams and beneath the stirrups, the results showed that a significantly enhancement on the ultimate load of the strengthened beams in case of installing the nsm strengthening beneath the stirrups compared with installing the nsm strengthening near the bottom surface of the beam, furthermore using two nsm frp strips installed in one slot beneath the stirrups increase the load carrying capacity by 187% if compared with control beam. also the groove depth gives a noticeable effect. although a lot of research had been carried out to study the flexural behavior of rc members strengthened with nsm technique experimentally, further numerical researches are still required to understand the effect of several parameters on the flexural behavior of rc members. in this paper the effect of many parameters such as nsm bar number, nsm bar length, end inclination angle and end inclination leg length on the flexural behavior of strengthened beams with nsm technique were studied numerically using non-linear finite element fe modeling. the numerical fe model was compared with experimental results conducted from another research [8]. r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 108 finite element fe model on-linear finite element fe using (ansys -version 19.0) was performed to study the flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened with nsm technique [21]. first the present model was verified by comparing the model with the experimental results conducted by reda et al. [8]. after validation, a parametric study was conducted. elements description ansys element library includes several elements which can be used to simulate the different types of materials [21]. in this research (solid65) was used to simulate concrete and epoxy adhesive, (solid65) has eight nodes with three degrees of freedom at each node – translations in the nodal x, y, and z directions. solid65 has the ability to crack in tension and crush in compression. the willam and warnke criterion was used to define the failure of concrete [15, 22], it is the available model in ansys material library to model concrete [15]. a (link180) element was used to model the steel reinforcement and nsm frp bars. two nodes are required for this element. each node has three degrees of freedom, – translations in the nodal x, y, and z directions. the element is also capable of plastic deformation. an eight-node solid element (solid45) was used for the steel plates (loading or supports) in the models. the element is defined with eight nodes having three degrees of freedom at each node-translations in the nodal x, y, and z directions [21]. (a) concrete in compression (b) concrete in tension [22] (c) steel (d) gfrp figure 1: the stress strain curves used in model; concrete, steel and gfrp. materials modeling concrete, steel and gfrp stress strain curves used in model are shown in (fig.1). (fig. 1-a) defined the concrete as a material with a nonlinear behavior with a compressive strength, tensile strength, elastic modulus and poisson’s ratio of 30 mpa and 2.9 mpa, 20 gpa and 0.2 respectively, open and closed crack shear coefficients were taken as 0.4 and 0.8 respectively, (ε0 is the strain at the ultimate compressive strength = 2fc’/ec and; ec is the concrete elastic modulus [23]). (fig. 1-d) shows the concrete behavior in tension simulated by smeared crack approach. smeared crack approach has been adopted to define the concrete behavior in tension. the smeared crack approach was discussed previously by the authors [24]. the steel reinforcement was assumed to have an elastic-perfectly plastic response, (fig. 1-c) shows the elastic-strain hardening behavior for the reinforcing steel bars with yield stress, elastic modulus and poisson’s ratio of 420 mpa, 200 gpa and 0.3 respectively. the nsm gfrp bars were considered to be linear elastic up to failure, (fig. 1-d), with tensile strength, elastic 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015 0.002 0.0025 0.003 0.0035 0.004 s tr e ss  [ m p a ] strain [mm mm^‐1] n r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 109 modulus and poisson’s ratio of 820 mpa, 44.8 gpa and 0.26 respectively. the material used to model concrete was also used to define the adhesive behavior with tensile strength, elastic modulus and poisson’s ratio of 24.8 mpa, 4.48 gpa and 0.37 respectively. while the steel plates (loading or supports) were modeled as rigid elastic material having a modulus of elasticity and poisson’s ratio of 200 gpa and 0.3 respectively. concrete-epoxy interface the epoxy-concrete interface was defined by two element types (conta174 and targe170) which can be used for pairbased contact, element type targe170 was used to model the target surface (concrete), while the element type (conta173) was used to model the contact surface (epoxy). conta174 is applicable to 3-d structural and coupled-field contact analyses, the element is used to represent contact and sliding between 3-d target surfaces and a deformable surface defined by this element. on the other hand targe170 is capable to represent various 3d target surfaces for the associated contact elements [21, 25 and 26]. mixed-mode debonding based on normal tension stress-gap and shear stress-slip was assigned to the contact surface by developing the czm in ansys menu [25, 26]. the maximum normal contact stress (eqn. (1) [26]) and the contact gap at the completion of debonding (eqn. (2) [26]) used to the tension stress-gap model were 3.28 mpa and 0.045 mm respectively. σmax   0.6 'fc (mpa) (1) ucn = gfo   '   0.2 10    24.3 c f mm         (2) where is the σmax is the maximum normal contact stress, fc′ the concrete compressive strength, ucn is the contact gap at the completion of debonding and gfo is the base value of fracture energy which depends on the maximum aggregate size and equal 0.03475 n/mm as reported in ceb-fip model code [27]. for the shear stress-slip model, the maximum equivalent tangent contact stress and tangential slip at the completion of debonding were 6.74 mpa and 1.086 mm respectively, as calculated using eqs. (3)-(5) [26]. τmax = (0.802 + 0.078 φ) fc′0.6 (mpa) (3) uct =   0.5260.976     0.802 0.078  mm   (4) φ = groove depth 1 mm groove width 2 mm   (mm/mm) (5) where τmax is the maximum shear contact stress, φ the aspect ratio of the interface failure plane, fc′ the concrete compressive strength, and uct the contact slip at the completion of debonding [26]. model geometry the same geometry, dimensions, material properties and boundary conditions for all simulated beams. concrete beam, boundary conditions and meshing of the fe model for cb, beam 2g-0.8/s and beam 2g-0.5-60/100 as an example were shown in (fig. 2). furthermore two rigid steel supports and loading plates were also modeled to transfer the applied loads and reduce the stress concentration if the loads are applied directly to the concrete elements. sensitivity analysis was performed by studying the effect of element size 15, 20, 25 and 30 mm on the results of the numerical model for cb compared to the experimental results [8] as shown in (fig. 3), from the comparisons the mesh element size 20 mm was more suitable to use to model all beams, and was used for all elements; concrete, steel, nsm bars, adhesive (epoxy) and steel plates (loading and supports). r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 110 (a) (b) (c) figure 2: the simulated beams: (a) cb beam, (b) generated mesh for 2g-0.8/s beam and its cross section, (c) generated mesh for 2g0.5-60/100 beam. figure 3: the effect of element size on the sensitivity of the cb model: (a) load deflection curve, (b) maximum deflection. 0 20 40 60 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 l oa d , ( k n ) deflection, (mm) cb -expremental [8] element size= 15 mm element size= 20 mm element size= 25 mm element size= 30 mm 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 10 20 30 40 u lt . d ef le ct io n r a ti o , n u m /e x p element size, (mm) loading plate support beam steel reinforcement frp bars (a) (b) r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 111 parametric study the non-linear finite element models were extended to investigate the effect of various parameters on the flexural behavior of nsm frp strengthened beams such as; nsm bar numbers, nsm bar length, end anchorage inclination angle and end anchorage inclination length. all beams had a total length of 2200mm and a rectangular cross-section having a width of 150mm and depth of 350mm. the beams reinforcement consisted of two 12mm diameter bars for bottom reinforcement and two 10mm diameter bars for top reinforcement. as well as 8mm diameter steel stirrups were placed at a distance of 200mm. the beam details; full dimensions, reinforcement arrangements, the loading configuration and the groove locations of the modified beams were shown in (fig. 4). the modified beams consists of one un-strengthened beam (control beam cb), and 63 strengthened beams. all beams were tested under two point loading flexural tests. the fe models were conducted to investigate the effect of various parameters on the flexural behavior of the nsm strengthened beams. full details of the parametric study of the models are listed in (fig. 5), tab. 1 and explained below. figure 4: beam details and grooves locations. figure 5: full details of the parametric study of the models. 20 300 30 350 150 110 8 @ 175mm 2 bars 12mm 2 bars 10mm stirrups 8mm 350 600 2200 1900 1600 groove 20 x 20 150 30 6565 150 30 36 38 36 groove 20 x 20 r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 112 the strengthened beams were divided into four groups according to end anchorage inclination angle; s (straight without inclined leg), 45º, 60º and 90º. the first group contains six beams, the first beam was strengthened with one straight nsm bar of length 1600mm, the second beam was strengthened with one straight nsm bar of length 1000mm and the third beam was strengthened with one straight nsm bar of length 500mm. the remaining three beams are similar to the above beams but with two straight nsm bars. the three remaining groups having inclined leg, each group divided to subgroups according to the inclined leg length (50, 100 and 150mm). second group consisted of eighteen beam divided into three subgroups as mention. first subgroup contain six beams, the first beam was strengthened with one nsm bar of length 1600mm with end inclined angle 45º and end inclined leg 50mm in length, the second beam was strengthened with one nsm bar of length 1000mm with end inclined angle 45º and end inclined leg 50mm in length, the third beam was strengthened with one nsm bar of length 500mm with end inclined angle 45º and end inclined leg 50mm in length, the remaining three beams with the same details but with two nsm bars. second subgroup contain six beams with the same configuration of the first subgroup but with end anchorage inclination leg length of 100mm. third subgroup contain six beams with the same configuration with end anchorage inclination leg length of 150mm. the third and fourth groups with end anchorage inclination angle of 60º and 90º respectively. tab. 1 summarizes the configuration of the modified beams. the identifications are as follows: ng-l-i/y where n is refers to no of nsm bars, g = gfrp nsm bars, l = length of nsm gfrp bar (0.8 =1600 mm, 0.5 =1000 mm and 0.25 =500 mm), i is the inclination angle of the end anchorage (s = no leg, 45º, 60º and 90º) and y is refers to end anchorage inclination length; 50, 100 and 150mm. validation of the fe models comparison between the modified model and experimental results; load deflection curve and mode of failure produced by reda et al. [8] for the control beam (cb) and (f2-180/90) beam are shown in (fig. 6). the comparison showed a good agreement between the developed models and experimental results at all stages of loading and in mode of failure. figure 6: comparison between experimental results presented in [8] and fe model: (a) load–deflection curve for cb, (b) load– deflection curve of beam f2-180/90 and (c) failure mode of beam 2f-180/90 and the predicted from fe. a r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 113 test variables end anchorage length (mm) end anchorage inclination angle nsm bar length (mm) nb (-) beam id reference beam -cb nsm strengthening straight 1600 1 1g-0.8-s nsm strengthening and nsm bar length10001g-0.5-s nsm strengthening and nsm bar length500 1g-0.25-s nsm strengthening and nsm bar number straight 1600 2 2g-0.8-s nsm strengthening, nsm bar length and bars no;10002g-0.5-s nsm strengthening, nsm bar length and bars no;500 2g-0.25-s end anchorage 50 45 1600 1 1g-0.8-45/50 end anchorage and bar length 10001g-0.5-45/50 end anchorage and bar length 500 1g-0.25-45/50 end anchorage and leg length 100 16001g-0.8-45/100 end anchorage, bar length and leg length10001g-0.5-45/100 end anchorage, bar length and leg length500 1g-0.25-45/100 end anchorage and leg length 150 16001g-0.8-45/150 end anchorage, bar length and leg length10001g-0.5-45/150 end anchorage, bar length and leg length500 1g-0.25-45/150 end anchorage and bars no; 50 45 1600 2 2g-0.8-45/50 end anchorage, bars no; and bar length10002g-0.5-45/50 end anchorage, bars no; and bar length500 2g-0.25-45/50 end anchorage, bars no; and leg length 100 16002g-0.8-45/100 end anchorage, bars no;, bar length and leg length10002g-0.5-45/100 end anchorage, bars no;, bar length and leg length500 2g-0.25-45/100 end anchorage, bars no; and leg length 150 16002g-0.8-45/150 end anchorage, bars no;, bar length and leg length10002g-0.5-45/150 end anchorage, bars no;, bar length and leg length500 2g-0.25-45/150 leg inclination angle 50 60 1600 1 1g-0.8-60/50 inclination angle and bar length 10001g-0.5-60/50 inclination angle and bar length 500 1g-0.25-60/50 inclination angle and leg length 100 16001g-0.8-60/100 inclination angle, bar length and leg length10001g-0.5-60/100 inclination angle, bar length and leg length500 1g-0.25-60/100 inclination angle and leg length 150 16001g-0.8-60/150 inclination angle, bar length and leg length10001g-0.5-60/150 inclination angle, bar length and leg length500 1g-0.25-60/150 inclination angle and bars no; 50 60 1600 2 2g-0.8-60/50 inclination angle, bars no; and bar length10002g-0.5-60/50 inclination angle, bars no; and bar length500 2g-0.25-60/50 inclination angle, bars no; and leg length 100 16002g-0.8-60/100 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length1000 2g-0.5-60/100 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length500 2g-0.25-60/100 inclination angle, bars no; and leg length 150 16002g-0.8-60/150 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length10002g-0.5-60/150 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length500 2g-0.25-60/150 leg inclination angle 50 90 1600 1 1g-0.8-90/50 inclination angle and bar length 10001g-0.5-90/50 inclination angle and bar length 500 1g-0.25-90/50 inclination angle and leg length 100 16001g-0.8-90/100 inclination angle, bar length and leg length10001g-0.5-90/100 inclination angle, bar length and leg length500 1g-0.25-90/100 inclination angle and leg length 150 16001g-0.8-90/150 inclination angle, bar length and leg length10001g-0.5-90/150 inclination angle, bar length and leg length500 1g-0.25-90/150 inclination angle and bars no; 50 90 1600 2 2g-0.8-90/50 inclination angle, bars no; and bar length10002g-0.5-90/50 inclination angle, bars no; and bar length500 2g-0.25-90/50 inclination angle, bars no; and leg length 100 16002g-0.8-90/100 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length10002g-0.5-90/100 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length500 2g-0.25-90/100 inclination angle, bars no; and leg length 150 16002g-0.8-90/150 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length10002g-0.5-90/150 inclination angle, bars no;, bar length and leg length500 2g-0.25-90/150 table 1: details of the parametric study of the models. r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 114 results and discussion he key points of the load–deflection curves obtained from the fe analysis; such as cracking load pcr, yield load py, yield deflection δy ultimate load pu and maximum deflection δu, percentage of increase in maximum load carrying capacity for strengthened beams with respect to cb pu%, in addition to ductility index μ (the ratio of the ultimate deflection to the deflection at yielding), stiffness e, energy absorption ω (the area under load–deflection curve) and also failure mode of the strengthened beams were presented in tab. 2. the control beam failed due to concrete crushing after yielding of the steel reinforcement, while beams 1g-0.25/s, 2g-0.5-45/150, 2g-0.5-60/100 and 2g-0.25-90/150 for example failed due to epoxy debonding as shown in (fig. 7) which mean that the developed fe model is capable of predicting the epoxy-concrete interface debonding failure. beam id pcr (kn) py (kn) δy (mm) pu (kn) δu (mm) pu % μ e (kn/mm) ω (kn.mm) failure mode cb 27.5 85 4.3 90.55 21 4.9 65.8 1706 cc 1g-0.8-s 33 94 4.2 122.9 14.7 35.7 3.5 65.9 1403.1 ccs 1g-0.5-s 32 92 4.2 119.7 11 32.2 2.6 65.9 953 ccs 1g-0.25-s 28 91 4.5 94.7 30 4.6 6.7 66.0 2636.4 eed-ccs 2g-0.8-s 32 106 4.5 154.1 13.6 70.2 3.0 66.1 1492.4 ec 2g-0.5-s 33 105 4.6 129.9 10.1 43.5 2.2 66.2 941.9 eed 2g-0.25-s 35.5 90 4.2 96.4 19.4 6.5 4.6 66.2 1664 ccs 1g-0.8-45/50 31 93 3.6 153.6 23.15 69.6 6.4 70.8 2796.8 cc 1g-0.5-45/50 29 102 4.3 143.14 16.189 58.1 3.8 69.0 1797.7 ccs 1g-0.25-45/50 29 103 4.6 128.58 17.17 42.0 3.7 68.9 1790.5 eed 1g-0.8-45/100 29 98 0.4 145.6 18.8 60.8 47.0 68.9 2158.1 ccs 1g-0.5-45/100 29 105 4.65 147.7 28.2 63.1 6.1 68.9 3517.2 cc 1g-0.25-45/100 29 101 4.4 130.3 17.7 43.9 4.0 68.8 1864.4 ccs-ec 1g-0.8-45/150 29 99 4.1 150.5 20.9 66.2 5.1 68.9 2474.2 ec 1g-0.5-45/150 29 99 4.1 150.8 28.5 66.5 7.0 68.7 3606.5 cc 1g-0.25-45/150 29 103 4.6 139.1 24.01 53.6 5.2 68.9 2724.2 eed 2g-0.8-45/50 33 104 4 180.8 24.11 99.7 6.0 70.3 3440.1 ccs 2g-0.5-45/50 31 104 4.1 172.15 18.37 90.1 4.5 70.1 2393.9 ccs 2g-0.25-45/50 36 103 4.2 152 29.3 67.9 7.0 70.1 3664.9 ec 2g-0.8-45/100 31 117 4.9 178.28 24.8 96.9 5.1 70.1 3563.1 cc 2g-0.5-45/100 31 101 3.7 162.5 12.5 79.5 3.4 70.1 1428.7 ccs 2g-0.25-45/100 31 103 4.3 141.1 19.7 55.8 4.6 71.5 2241.2 cc 2g-0.8-45/150 34 101 4 176.2 27.2 94.6 6.8 68.8 3801.5 cc 2g-0.5-45/150 31 105 4.1 166.9 14 84.3 3.4 70.1 1688.9 eed 2g-0.25-45/150 31 100 3.9 146.9 18.3 62.2 4.7 70.0 2105.2 ec 1g-0.8-60/50 31 101 4.4 150.9 23.2 66.6 5.3 70.1 2817.6 cc 1g-0.5-60/50 30 104 4.6 150.6 23.4 66.3 5.1 70.0 2837 ccs 1g-0.25-60/50 37 103 4.8 139.5 33.2 54.1 6.9 70.4 3966.5 eed 1g-0.8-60/100 29 107 4.8 159.8 33.4 76.5 7.0 70.2 4403.5 ied 1g-0.5-60/100 29 104 4.7 160.6 33.46 77.4 7.1 69.9 4382.5 cc 1g-0.25-60/100 36 95 4 135 19.88 49.1 5.0 69.9 2152.1 ccs 1g-0.8-60/150 30 105 4.6 154.6 28.6 70.7 6.2 70.2 3661 cc 1g-0.5-60/150 30 101 4.2 146.2 20.9 61.5 5.0 70.0 2481.9 ccs 1g-0.25-60/150 33 96 4.1 136.6 22.2 50.9 5.4 70.1 2478.7 eed t r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 115 2g-0.8-60/50 32 108 4 175.5 23.7 93.8 5.9 71.0 3375.9 ccs 2g-0.5-60/50 33 96 3.4 169.5 15.8 87.2 4.6 71.2 1975.7 eed 2g-0.25-60/50 31 103.8 4.4 148.1 30.6 63.6 7.0 71.1 3776.9 eed 2g-0.8-60/100 30 97 3.8 167.4 12.6 84.9 3.3 69.7 1460.4 ccs 2g-0.5-60/100 31 107 4.1 164.7 15.3 81.9 3.7 71.3 1881.1 eed 2g-0.25-60/100 31 101 3.9 142.3 19.7 57.2 5.1 70.2 2287.1 sf 2g-0.8-60/150 37 104 4.2 167.9 19.5 85.4 4.6 71.0 2593.5 ccs 2g-0.5-60/150 31 106 4 167.5 15.4 85.0 3.9 71.5 1933.9 ccs 2g-0.25-60/150 31 107 4.5 143.9 24.7 58.9 5.5 70.8 2933.4 ccs 1g-0.8-90/50 29 96 3.8 153.1 29 69.1 7.6 70.0 3646.9 cc 1g-0.5-90/50 30 100 4.4 148.6 25.2 64.1 5.7 69.9 3057.1 cc 1g-0.25-90/50 30 93 3.8 131.6 21.7 45.3 5.7 69.9 2345.8 eed 1g-0.8-90/100 29 103 4.4 152.6 35.14 68.5 8.0 69.9 4528.8 cc 1g-0.5-90/100 31 95 3.8 140.2 22.1 54.8 5.8 69.7 2576.6 eed 1g-0.25-90/100 29.5 95 4 135.2 22.1 49.3 5.5 69.7 2442.8 cc 1g-0.8-90/150 31 96 3.9 153.1 25.15 69.1 6.4 70.5 3123.8 cc 1g-0.5-90/150 30 103 4.5 145.1 20.4 60.2 4.5 69.8 2370.7 eed 1g-0.25-90/150 34 99 4.5 137.6 33.7 52.0 7.5 69.9 3970.7 eed 2g-0.8-90/50 30 106 4.2 169.8 13.3 87.5 3.2 70.2 1533.6 cc 2g-0.5-90/50 31 100.1 3.8 168.6 15.75 86.2 4.1 70.3 1932.2 ccs 2g-0.25-90/50 30 104 4.6 145.4 34 60.6 7.4 70.0 4131.2 ccs 2g-0.8-90/100 34 103 4.2 165.6 13.5 82.9 3.2 68.8 1559.9 cc 2g-0.5-90/100 33 105 4.45 156.24 14.3 72.5 3.2 68.7 1631.5 ccs 2g-0.25-90/100 35 105 4.4 141.4 31 56.2 7.0 69.6 3734 ccs 2g-0.8-90/150 33 99 3.6 168.3 16.5 85.9 4.6 70.0 2077.2 ied 2g-0.5-90/150 29 95 3.7 165 17.3 82.2 4.7 70.0 2142.8 ccs 2g-0.25-90/150 31 101 4.2 144.6 16.9 59.7 4.0 69.1 1774.8 eed pcr = load at cracking, py and δy = load and deflection at yielding, pu and δu = load and deflection at ultimate, pu% is the percentage increase in the load carrying capacity, μ = ductility index, e= stiffness, ω = energy absorption (area under p-δ curve). cc concrete crushing, ccs concrete cover separation, eed end epoxy debonding, ec epoxy crushing, ied intermediate epoxy debonding and sf shear failure. table 2: fe analysis from ansys results and failure modes of the beams. effect of nsm bar length the effect of the nsm bar length on the flexural behavior of strengthened beams was investigated in this section. (fig. 9) shows load deflection curves, mid-span steel strain and mid span frp bars strain for different beams, the bars length were 0.8, 0.5 and 0.25 of the beam span; 1600, 1000, and 500 mm. it is clear from (fig. 9-a) that increasing of the nsm bar length played a significant effect in increasing the ultimate load carrying capacity, similar result was reported in [8, 19 and 25]. the load carrying capacity for beams 2g-0.8-150/90, 2g0.5-150/90 and 2g-0.25-150/90 were 168.3, 165 and 130.9kn with increasing of 85.9, 82.2 and 44.6% respectively if compared with cb. a small noticeable enhancement in load carrying capacity between beams strengthened with nsm bar length 0.8l and 0.5l which was 2%, this may be due to the covering of the constant moment region with the bar length of 0.5l unlike the beam strengthened with frp bar of length 0.8l which extended outside the constant moment region which lead to a little effect in increasing the load carrying capacity over beam strengthened with 0.5l bar length. the same observation in the nsm frp load strain curve see (fig. 9-c). r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 116 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 7: failure modes of the beams: (a) 1g-0.25/s, (b) 2g-0.5-45/150, (c) 2g-0.5-60/100 and (d) 2g-0.25-90/150. (fig. 8) shows the predicted crack patterns from the fe analysis at failure for cb and strengthened beams; 2g-0.5-s, 2g0.25-s and 1g-0.25-s. (fig. 10) shows the effect of nsm bar length for the strengthened beams on load carrying capacity with respect to load carrying capacity of the corresponding beam but without end anchorage pu/pu, θ=0, noticeable enhancement (and close together) in all beams strengthened with one nsm frp bar when use nsm bar length of 0.5l and 0.8l if compared with the same beam but without end anchorage see (fig 10-a), greater improvement in load carrying capacity when use one nsm bar of length 0.25l with respect to the same beam without end anchorage, the big improvement reflect the great effect of the end anchorage in small nsm bars length. beam strengthened with two nsm bars shown in (fig 10-b), the figure confirm that the efficiency of the end anchorage increase with the decrease of the nsm bar length from length 0.8l to length 0.25l, there are noticeable enhancement in load carrying capacity when use nsm bar length of 0.5l if compared with 0.8l. the load carrying capacity of beams strengthened with same nsm bar length gives close results even though they had different parameters such as end inclination angle and end inclination leg length, this mean that the bar length is the main factor controlling the increasing of load carrying capacity of strengthened beams. r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 117 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 8: predicted crack patterns of the beams at failure: (a) cb, (b) 2g-0.5-s, (c) 2g-0.25-s and (d) 1g-0.25-s. figure 9: effect of nsm bar length: (a) load-deflection curve, (b) steel strain and (c) frp strain. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d ,  (k n ) strain, (microstrain x 103) 2g‐0.8‐90/150 2g‐0.5‐90/150 2g‐0.25‐90/150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d ,  (k n ) strain, (microstrain x 103) cb 2g‐0.8‐90/150 2g‐0.5‐90/150 2g‐0.25‐90/1500 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 lo a d ,  (k n ) deflection, (mm) cb 2g‐0.8‐90/150 2g‐0.5‐90/150 2g‐0.25‐90/150 (c)(b)(a) r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 118 figure 10: the effect of nsm bar length on pu/pu, θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with one nsm bar and (b) beams strengthened with two nsm bars. figure 11: the effect of nsm bar length on δu/δu, θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with one nsm bar and (b) beams strengthened with two nsm bars. figure 12: the effect of nsm bar length on e/eθ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with one nsm bar and (b) beams strengthened with two nsm bars. the effect of nsm bar length for the strengthened beams on maximum deflection with respect to maximum deflection of the corresponding beam but without end anchorage δu/δu, θ=0 were shown in (fig. 11), the highest increasing in maximum deflection were for beam strengthened with one nsm bar of length 0.5l see (fig. 11-a). the same observation in beams strengthened with two nsm bars with end inclination angle 60º and 90º see (fig. 11-b). (fig. 12) shows the effect of nsm bar length on the beams stiffness compared to the stiffness of the corresponding beams but without end anchorage e/eθ=0, there are no noticeable changes in the stiffness of beams strengthened with one nsm bar when use different nsm bar length 0.8l, 0.5l and 0.25l see fig (12-a). 1.00 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.10 0 50 100 150 e /e θ = 0 nsm bar length (mm) two nsm bars 45    50 45    100 45    150 60    50 60    100 60    150 90    50 90    100 90    150 0.8l                        0.5l                      0.25l leg        leg           angle   length       1.00 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.10 0 50 100 150 e /e   θ = 0 nsm bar length (mm) one nsm bar 45    50 45    100 45    150 60    50 60    100 60    150 90    50 90    100 90    150 0.8l                        0.5l                      0.25l leg        leg           angle   length       0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 0 50 100 150 δ u /δ u ,θ = 0 nsm bar length (mm) two nsm bars 45    50 45    100 45    150 60    50 60    100 60    150 90    50 90    100 90    150 0.8l                        0.5l                      0.25l leg        leg           angle   length       0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 0 50 100 150 δ u /δ u ,θ = 0 nsm bar length (mm) one nsm bar 45    50 45    100 45    150 60    50 60    100 60    150 90    50 90    100 90    150 0.8l                        0.5l                      0.25l leg        leg           angle   length       1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 0 50 100 150 p u /p u ,θ = 0 nsm bar length (mm) two nsm bars 45    50 45    100 45    150 60    50 60    100 60    150 90    50 90    100 90    150 leg        leg           angle   length      0.8l                        0.5l                      0.25l 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 0 50 100 150 p u /p u ,θ = 0 nsm bar length (mm) one nsm bar 45    50 45    100 45    150 60    50 60    100 60    150 90    50 90    100 90    150 leg        leg           angle   length       0.8l                        0.5l                      0.25l (a) (b) (b) (a) (a) (b) r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 119 effect of nsm bar number the effect of the nsm frp bar number was shown in (fig. 13), the figure clarify that the increasing of bar number in the strengthened beams from one bar to two bars increase the load carrying capacity of the strengthened beams, the load carrying capacity for beams 2g-0.5-50/90 and 1g-0.5-50/90 were 168.6 and 148.6kn with increasing of 86.2 and 64.1% respectively if compared with cb, using two bars instead of one bar increase the load carrying capacity by 13.5%, this result agree with this reported in [11], (fig13-c) shows the same observation for the effect of nsm bar length on the strain of nsm frp bars. figure 13: effect of nsm bar number: (a) load-deflection curve, (b) steel strain and (c) frp strain. figure 14: the effect of nsm bar number on pu/pu, θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with bar length 0.8l, (b) beams strengthened with bar length 0.5l and (c) beams strengthened with bar length 0.25l. figure 15: the effect of nsm bar number on δu/δu, θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with bar length 0.8l, (b) beams strengthened with bar length 0.5l and (c) beams strengthened with bar length 0.25l. figure 16: the effect of nsm bar number on e/e θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with bar length 0.8l, (b) beams strengthened with bar length 0.5l and (c) beams strengthened with bar length 0.25l. 1 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.1 0 50 100 150 e /e   θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.8l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar        angle     no;       1 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.1 0 50 100 150 e /e θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.5l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar        angle     no;       1 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.1 0 50 100 150 e /e θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.25l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar        angle     no;       0.50 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.10 2.30 2.50 2.70 2.90 3.10 0 50 100 150 δ u /δ u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.25l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar       angle     no;      0.50 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.30 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.10 2.30 2.50 2.70 2.90 3.10 0 50 100 150 δ u /δ u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.5l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar       angle     no;      0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00 3.20 0 50 100 150 δ u /δ u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.8l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar            angle     no;        1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 0 50 100 150 p u /p u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.8l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar     angle     no;     1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 0 50 100 150 p u /p u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.5l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar        angle     no;       1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 0 50 100 150 p u /p u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) bar length 0.25l 45    1 bar 45    2 bars 60    1 bar 60    2 bars 90    1 bar 90    2 bars leg        bar     angle     no;     0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d ,  (k n ) strain, (microstrain x 103) 1g‐0.5‐90/50 2g‐0.5‐90/50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d , ( kn ) strain, (microstrain x 103) cb 1g‐0.5‐90/50 2g‐0.5‐90/50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 lo a d ,  (k n ) deflection, (mm) cb 1g‐0.5‐90/50 2g‐0.5‐90/50 (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) (c) (b) (a) (a) (b) (c) r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 120 the effect of the nsm frp bar number for the strengthened beams on load carrying capacity with respect to load carrying capacity the corresponding beam but without end anchorage pu/pu, θ=0 were shown in (fig. 14), the beams strengthened with one nsm frp bar gives higher enhancement compared to the beams strengthened with two nsm frp bars in case of strengthening with nsm bar length of 0.8l, this may be because of the large confinement of the nsm bar compared to two bars show (fig. 14-a). unlike beams strengthened with two bars of length 0.5l and 0.25l gives more enhancement over beams strengthened with one nsm bar as shown in (fig. 14-b and c), this may be due to the occurrence of the full length of the nsm bars in the maximum moment region which made it more effective, and the increasing of the bars number leads to increasing the load carrying capacity. the stiffness of the strengthened beams give the same trend of load carrying capacity see (fig. 16). effect of end anchorage inclination angle in this section the effect of end anchorage inclination angle on the flexural response for cb, 2g-0.5/s, 2g-0.5-45/50, 2g0.5-60/50 and 2g-0.5-90/50 beams are shown in (fig. 17). in general beams strengthened with nsm frp having end anchorage inclined by 45º gives higher load carrying capacity compared to those beams strengthened with nsm frp having end anchorage inclined by 60º, 90º and others with straight bars that may be due to enhancement of the shear capacity of the strengthened beams, the same result was reported in [8, 24], beams strengthened with end inclination angle of 60º gives load carrying capacity close to beams strengthened with end inclination angle of 90º, as shown in (fig. 17-a); beam 2g-0.545/50 with inclination angle of 45º gives the highest load carrying capacity 172.15kn which increased by 90.1% if compared with cb. the next 2g-0.5-60/50 beam with inclination angle of 60º gives 169.5kn with increase of 87.2% if compared with cb, beam 2g-0.5-90/50 with inclination angle of 90º gives 168.6kn with increase of 86.2% if compared with cb. the lower increase in load carrying capacity was in beam 2g-0.5/s with straight end which gives 129.9kn with 43.5% enhancement when compared with cb. figure 17: the effect of end anchorage inclination angle: (a) load-deflection curve, (b) steel strain and (c) frp strain. the effect of end anchorage inclination angle on maximum load carrying capacity pu, maximum deflection δu and stiffness e for the strengthened beams with respect to corresponding beam without end anchorage were shown in (figs. 18, 19 and 20). from (fig. 18) it is very clear that the beam strengthened with end anchorage inclination angle of 45º gives highest enhancement in load carrying capacity if compared with beam strengthened with end anchorage inclination angle of 60º and 90º in cases of using two nsm bars see (fig. 18-b) and lowest enhancement in beam stiffness in beam strengthened with one nsm bar. while the large enhancement in beam stiffness in beams strengthened with two nsm bars and end anchorage inclination angle of 60º as shown in (fig. 20-b). beams strengthened with end anchorage inclination angle of 90º gives the lowest load carrying capacity if compared with beams strengthened with end anchorage inclination angle of 45º and 60º as shown in (fig.18). effect of end anchorage leg length the effect of the nsm frp end anchorage leg length on the flexural behavior of beams was shown in (figs. 18 to 21), the figures presents a comparison between different beams with the same nsm frp bar numbers, bar length and end anchorage inclination angle, the difference was in end anchorage length 50, 100 and 150mm. as shown in the (fig. 21) beams strengthened with end anchorage length of 50 and 150mm gives nearly the same load carrying capacity and highest than beams strengthened with end anchorage length of 100mm. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d ,  (k n ) strain, (microstrain x 103) 2g‐0.5/s 2g‐0.5‐45/50 2g‐0.5‐60/50 2g‐0.5‐90/500 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d ,  (k n ) strain, (microstrain x 103) cb 2g‐0.5/s 2g‐0.5‐45/50 2g‐0.5‐60/50 2g‐0.5‐90/500 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 lo a d ,  (k n ) deflection, (mm) cb 2g‐0.5/s 2g‐0.5‐45/50 2g‐0.5‐60/50 2g‐0.5‐90/50 (a) (b) (c) r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 121 figure 18: the effect of end anchorage inclination angle and length on pu/pu, θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with one nsm bar and (b) beams strengthened with two nsm bars. figure 19: the effect of end anchorage inclination angle and length on δu/δu, θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with one nsm bar and (b) beams strengthened with two nsm bars. figure 20: the effect of end anchorage inclination angle and length on e/e θ=0 for: (a) beams strengthened with one nsm bar and (b) beams strengthened with two nsm bars. figure 21: the effect of end anchorage length: (a) load-deflection curve, (b) steel strain and (c) frp strain. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d ,  (k n ) strain, (microstrain x 103) 2g‐0.5‐90/50 2g‐0.5‐90/100 2g‐0.5‐90/150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 lo a d ,  (k n ) strain, (microstrain x 103) cb 2g‐0.5‐90/50 2g‐0.5‐90/100 2g‐0.5‐90/150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 lo a d ,  (k n ) deflection, (mm) cb 2g‐0.5‐90/50 2g‐0.5‐90/100 2g‐0.5‐90/150 1.00 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.10 0 50 100 150 e /e θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) two nsm bars 45        0.8l 45        0.5l 45        0.25l 60        0.8l 60        0.5l 60        0.25l 90        0.8l 90        0.5l 90        0.25l leg             bar angle     length      1.00 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.10 0 50 100 150 e /e θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) one nsm bar 45        0.8l 45        0.5l 45        0.25l 60        0.8l 60        0.5l 60        0.25l 90        0.8l 90        0.5l 90        0.25l leg             bar angle     length      0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 0 50 100 150 δ u /δ u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) one nsm bar 45        0.8l 45        0.5l 45        0.25l 60        0.8l 60        0.5l 60        0.25l 90        0.8l 90        0.5l 90        0.25l leg             bar angle     length      0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 0 50 100 150 δ u /δ u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) two nsm bars 45        0.8l 45        0.5l 45        0.25l 60        0.8l 60        0.5l 60        0.25l 90        0.8l 90        0.5l 90        0.25l leg             bar angle     length      1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 0 50 100 150 p u /p u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) two nsm bars 45        0.8l 45        0.5l 45        0.25l 60        0.8l 60        0.5l 60        0.25l 90        0.8l 90        0.5l 90        0.25l leg             bar             angle     length          1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 0 50 100 150 p u /p u ,θ = 0 leg inclination length (mm) one nsm bar 45        0.8l 45        0.5l 45        0.25l 60        0.8l 60        0.5l 60        0.25l 90        0.8l 90        0.5l 90        0.25l leg             bar angle     length      (a) (b) (a) (b) (b)(a) (a) (b) (c) r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 122 beam strengthened with end inclination leg of length 0.25l gives the highest enhancement in term of load carrying capacity if compared to same beam without leg in beams strengthened with both one and two nsm frp bars as shown in (fig. 18a, b). conclusions ased on the results presented in this paper conducted from the developed fe model, the following conclusions can be drawn: the developed fe model is suitable for modeling and analyzing rc beams strengthened using nsm technique in flexure, and capable of predicting the different expected modes of failure. increasing the nsm bar length up to 0.5l has a considerable effect on the load-carrying capacity of the strengthened rc beams, while a little effect if the length increased to 0.8l if compared with beams strengthened with nsm bar length 0.5l. in case of strengthening with nsm bar length of 0.8l, the efficiency of inclined leg is more pronounced in one bar than that in two bars i.e. (pu for beams strengthened by nsm with leg/pu for beams strengthened by nsm without leg) in case of one bar ranged from 1.18 to 1.30 and in case of two bars ranged from 1.07 to 1.17. a different conclusion in case of using two nsm bars with length of 0.5l and 0.25l which gives the higher enhancement, this may be due to the occurrence of the nsm bars in the maximum moment region which made it more effective, and the increasing of the bars number leads to increasing the load carrying capacity. the strengthened beam with end anchorage inclined angle of 45º showed superior flexural behavior in term of load carrying capacity over strengthened beam with end anchorage inclined angle of 60º, 90º and other straight. references [1] wu, z., wang, x. and iwashita, k. (2007). state-of-the-art of advanced frp applications in civil infrastructure in japan, composites & polycon, american composites manufacturers association, tampa, fl usa, pp. 1-13. [2] lorenzis, l.d. and teng, j.g. (2007). near-surface mounted frp reinforcement: an emerging technique for strengthening structures, composites part b, 38, pp.119-143. [3] laraba, a., merdas, a. and chikh, n. (2014). structural performance of rc beams strengthened with nsm-cfrp, proceedings of the world congress on engineering, ii, pp. 958-966. [4] bilotta, a., ceroni, f., nigro, e. and pecce, m. (2015). efficiency of gfrp nsm strips and ebr plates for flexural strengthening of rc beams and loading pattern influence, composites structures, 124, pp. 163-175. [5] american concrete institute aci 440. (2017). guide for the design and construction of externally bonded frp systems for strengthening concrete structures. mi, usa: farmington hills; (aci 440.2r-17). [6] zhang, s.s., yu, t. and chen, g.m. (2017). reinforced concrete beams strengthened in flexure with near-surface mounted (nsm) cfrp strips: current status and research needs, composites part b, 131, pp. 30-42. [7] zhang, s.s. (2018). bond strength model for near-surface mounted (nsm) frp bonded joints: effect of concrete edge distance, composite structures, 201, pp. 664-675. [8] reda, r.m., sharaky, i.a., ghanem, m., seleem, m.h. and sallam, h.e.m. (2016). flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened by nsm gfrp bars having different end conditions, composite structures, 147, pp. 131-142. [9] sharaky, i.a., torres, l. and sallam, h.e.m. (2015). experimental and analytical investigation into the flexural performance of rc beams with partially and fully bonded nsm frp bars/strips, composite structure, 122, pp. 113126. [10] sallam, h.e.m., saba, a.m., shaheen, h.h. and abdel-raouf, h. (2004). prevention of peeling failure in plated beams, j adv concr technolo, jci, 2(3), pp. 419-429. [11] sharaky, i.a., torres, l., comas, j. and barris, c. (2014). flexural response of reinforced concrete (rc) beams strengthened with near surface mounted (nsm) fibre reinforced polymer (frp) bars, composite structures, 109, pp. 8-22. [12] parretti, r. and nanni, a. (2004). strengthening of rc members using near-surface mounted frp composites: design overview, advances in structural engineering, 7(6), pp. 469-483. [13] hassan, t. and rizkalla, s. (2004). bond mechanism of near surface mounted fibre reinforced polymer bars for flexural strengthening of concrete structures, aci structure journal, 101(6), pp. 830-839. b r. m. reda et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 106-123; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.09 123 [14] al mahmoud, f., castel, a., françois, r. and tourneur, c. (2009). strengthening of rc members with near-surface mounted cfrp rods, composite structure, 91(2), pp. 138-147. [15] pereira, s. s. r., carvalho, h., dias, j. v. f., verga m, v. r. and montenegro, p. a. (2019). behaviour of precast reinforced concrete columns subjected to monotonic short-term loading. frattura ed integrita strutturale, 13(50), 242250. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.20. [16] dias, j. v. f., oliveira, j. p. s., calenzani, a. f. g. and fakury, r. h. (2019). elastic critical moment of lateral-distortional buckling of steel-concrete composite beams under uniform hogging moment. international journal of structural stability and dynamics, 19(7). doi: 10.1142/s021945541950079. [17] santos, l. r. d., cardoso, h. d. s., caldas, r. b. and grilo, l. f. (2020). finite element model for bolted shear connectors in concrete-filled steel tubular columns. engineering structures, 203. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2019.109863. [18] hawileh, r.a. (2012). nonlinear finite element modeling of rc beams strengthened with nsm frp rods, construction and building materials, 27, pp. 461-471. [19] el-emam, h., el-sisi, a., reda, r.m., seleem, m.h. and bneni, m. (2020). effect of concrete cover thickness and main reinforcement ratio on flexural behavior of rc beams strengthened by nsm-gfrp bars, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52, pp.197–210. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.16. [20] sharaky, i.a., selmy, s.a.i., el-attar and m.m., sallam, h.e.m. (2020). the influence of interaction between nsm and internal reinforcements on the structural behavior of upgrading rc beams, composite structures, 234-111751. [21] ansys, inc. (2018). release 19.0 documentation for ansys. [22] hawileh, r.a., rahman, a. and tabatabai, h. (2010). nonlinear finite element analysis and modeling of a precast hybrid beam–column connection subjected to cyclic loads, applied mathematical modelling, 34, pp. 2562-2583. [23] yan, f. and lin, z. (2016). bond behavior of gfrp bar-concrete interface: damage evolution assessment and fe simulation implementations, composite structures, 155, pp. 63-76. [24] sharaky, i.a., reda, r.m., ghanem, m., seleem, m.h. and sallam, h.e.m. (2017). experimental and numerical study of rc beams strengthened with bottom and side nsm gfrp bars having different end conditions, construction and building materials, 149, pp. 882-903. [25] shabana, i.s., sharaky, i.a., khalil, a., hadad, h.s. and arafa, e.m. (2018). flexural response analysis of passive and active near surfacemounted joints: experimental and finite element analysis, materials and structures, 51(107), pp. 115. [26] omran, h.y. and el-hacha, r. (2012). nonlinear 3d finite element modeling of rc beams strengthened with prestressed nsm-cfrp strips, construction and building materials, 31, pp. 74-85. [27] ceb-fip model code 1990. design code; (1993). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_34 y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 295 focussed on crack paths influence of joint line remnant on crack paths under static and fatigue loadings in friction stir welded al-mg-sc alloy y. besel, m. besel, u. alfaro mercado institute of materials research, german aerospace center (dlr), linder hoehe, 51147 cologne, germany yasuko.besel@dlr.de, michael.besel@dlr.de, ulises.alfaro@dlr.de t. kakiuchi, y. uematsu department of mechanical engineering, faculty of engineering, gifu university, 1-1 yanagido, gifu 501-1193, japan kakiuchi@gifu-u.ac.jp, yuematsu@gifu-u.ac.jp abstract. the influence of the joint line remnant (jlr) on tensile and fatigue fracture behaviour has been investigated in a friction stir welded al-mg-sc alloy. jlr is one of the microstructural features formed in friction stir welds depending on welding conditions and alloy systems. it is attributed to initial oxide layer on butting surfaces to be welded. in this study, two different tool travel speeds were used. jlr was formed in both welds but its spatial distribution was different depending on the tool travel speeds. under the tensile test, the weld with the higher heat input fractured partially along jlr, since strong microstructural inhomogeneity existed in the vicinity of jlr in this weld and jlr had weak bonding. resultantly, the mechanical properties of this weld were deteriorated compared with the other weld. fatigue crack initiation was not affected by the existence of jlr in all welds. but the crack propagated preferentially along jlr in the weld of the higher heat input, when it initiated on the retreating side. consequently, such crack propagation behaviour along jlr could bring about shorter fatigue lives in larger components in which crack growth phase is dominant. keywords. friction stir weld (fsw); joint line remnant (jlr); lazy s; zigzag line; aluminium alloy; fatigue. introduction onventionally, riveting has been used to join high strength aluminium plates for fuselage structures. for increasing demand towards improvement of energy consumption of an aircraft, weight reduction of a fuselage is one of the most effective solutions. as some material overlap is necessary for rivet joining, it is feasible to achieve weight reduction by replacing those rivet joints by welded butt joints. however, some aviation aluminum alloys such as precipitation hardening 2xxx and 7xxx series have poor weldability in case of fusion welding. friction stir welding (fsw) is solid state welding invented by twi [1]. in the fsw processes, a non-consumable rotating tool consisting of cylindrical shoulder and pin is inserted into and moved along the butt joint line of two sheets. frictional heating generated during this process causes softening of the material and local plastic deformation occurs. the plasticized material is stirred together by the rotation process resulting in a solid state join. since the joining process by fsw basically c y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 296 takes place well below the melting point of the joined materials, it can even be used to join such non-fusion-weldable aluminium alloys mentioned above. characteristics of the weld depend strongly on welding parameters such as tool rotating speed and tool travel speed. high strength joints without defects such as voids or lack of penetration (lop) can be produced when using appropriate welding parameters [2, 3]. however, other types of weld imperfections or weld flaws can arise even under the optimized welding conditions, that may or may not compromise the integrity of the welded join. especially at low heat input, a faint zigzag line is sometimes formed in the stir zone [4, 5]. sato et al. revealed by tem observation that this zigzag line comprised a high density of amorphous al2o3 particles and suggested that they originated from the initial butt surfaces and its native oxide layer [6]. so, the zigzag line is also called “joint line remnant (jlr)” or “lazy s”. in the following, the term of jlr is used for this zigzag line microstructural feature in the weld. the intensity, spatial distribution and location of jlr depend mainly on the aluminium alloy system, welding parameters (esp. welding speed) and tool configuration. “root flaw” (sometimes “kissing bond”) is a weld defect with partially unwelded or only weakly bonded butt surfaces on the root side of the weld due to insufficient plunging of the tool, poor joint to tool alignment or inappropriate welding parameters [2, 7, 8, 9]. jlr can be formed accompanying root flaws depending on the welding conditions. these insufficient bonds at the bottom part of the jlr (i.e. root flaws) are not always detectable by non-destructive inspection but generally they open at root bend tests, while the jlr with sufficient root bonding does not deteriorate either root bending properties [4, 8] or tensile properties under as-welded conditions [10, 11]. fatigue properties of the fs welds with jlr formation have been investigated for various al alloys, e.g. 5083 and 6082 [8], 2024 and 5083 [12], 2024-t4 [13], 2198-t8 [14], and 1050-o [15]. some researchers reported that kissing bonds or weak bonds on the root side caused fatigue crack initiation resulting in lower fatigue strengths [8, 12, 13]. in [14] and [15] it has been observed that fatigue fracture can take place independently from the existence of the jlr and cause hardly influence on fatigue strengths. uematsu et al. investigated the fatigue initiation site in 1050-o with jlr and showed that localized plastic deformation at the boundary between tmaz and haz at the advancing side of the fsw line caused fatigue crack initiation [15]. they also investigated fatigue behavior in fswed samples of both heat-treatable and non-heat treatable alloys and concluded that fatigue fracture location was dependent on alloys due to their different microstructures and hardness distributions. while fsw is a promising candidate as future joining technology, al-mg-sc alloys are promising candidates as next baseline material for metallic fuselage structures. they have lower density and better corrosion resistance than conventional fuselage material, e.g. 2024, and they basically show good weldability [16]. the characteristic al3sc dispersoids in al-sc alloys show high thermal stability and act as recrystallization inhibitor [17]. due to these thermally stable precipitations in al-mg-sc alloys, they are expected not to have pronounced degradation of mechanical properties by fsw processing, which are generally found in heat-treatable 2xxx alloys without post-welding heat treatment. it has been demonstrated that the formation of joint line remnant and the mechanical integrity of the fsw joint are controlled by the welding parameters [4]. consequently, in this study, the friction stir welding technique was applied to an al-mg-sc alloy at two different tool travel speeds. formation of the joint line remnant was examined, tensile and fatigue tests were performed and the influence of the jlr on the fracture behavior under tensile as well as fatigue loadings of the fswed al-mg-sc alloy was investigated. experimental procedures he material used in this study was al-mg-sc alloy 5024 –h116 plate with a nominal thickness of 3.3 mm. its nominal chemical composition is listed in tab. 1. the fsw tool consisted of a conical threaded pin (diameter 4.5 mm) and a cylindrical shoulder (diameter 12.5 mm). two plates were butted and position-controlled friction stir welded at constant tool rotation speed of 1200 rpm. the surface of the plates to be welded was ground directly before the fsw process to remove the native oxide layer, and thus, minimize the influence of initial surface conditions on the joint quality. however, as a common matter of fact, an amorphous aluminum oxide film layer can be rapidly formed in laboratory air [18]. the tool travel speed was controlled at two levels: 480 and 720 mm/min (hereafter welds produced with these parameters are referred to as weld-480 and weld-720, respectively). temperature during welding was monitored with a thermocouple plunged at 7 mm away from the joint line in the retreating side plate at a depth of 1 mm from the top surface. the root bending tests revealed no cracking, i.e. no root flaws were produced with those welding parameter sets. structural features of the welds including the jlr were examined with a light microscope on the polished cross sections etched with 5 wt% naoh aqueous solution. hardness profiles on the mid-section in the welds were measured by means of a micro-vickers hardness tester under a load of 9.8 n. t y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 297 for tensile tests, specimens with a parallel section length of 70 mm, a gauge length of 30 mm, width of 12 mm and nominal thickness of 3.3 mm were prepared (fig.1). the weld center line passed through the center of the gauge length. the tensile tests were carried out at room temperature with the specimens as welded without removing any surface features of the weld such as weld flashes. the geometry of the fatigue specimens is shown in fig. 2. the weld center line lies perpendicularly to the loading direction in the center of the specimen. tool marks and flashes formed by fsw on the surface were removed to eliminate their geometrical influence (e.g. notch effect) on crack initiation behavior. prior to the fatigue tests, the specimen surfaces were mechanically polished with emery papers and finished with buff-polishing using 1µm-diamond suspension. the fatigue tests were carried out under cyclic loading conditions with a stress ratio of r = -1 at a frequency of 10 hz. si fe cu zn mg mn ti sc al 0.25 0.4 0.2 0.2 3.9 0.25 0.2 0.4 bal. table 1: nominal chemical composition of al-mg-sc alloy in wt%. figure 1: tensile test specimen. figure 2: fatigue test specimen. results and discussion weld structures ig. 3 shows optical micrographs of the cross sections of weld-480 and weld-720. in order to verify formation of jlr in those welds, stir-in-plate friction stir welding (one plate welding) was performed in al-mg-sc plate with the tool travel speed of 600 mm/min. the macroscopic structure of the stir-in-plate weld is shown in fig. 3(c). dashed lines in the figures indicate the pin width. all welds had a stir zone (sz) in the center surrounded by a thermomechanically affected zone (tmaz). fine recrystallized and equiaxed grains were formed in sz around the weld center in all welds. based on ebsd-measurements the average grain sizes in sz of weld-480 and 720 were determined as 1.12 µm and 1.63 µm, respectively. obviously, no zigzag line was observed in the stir-in-plate weld, see fig. 3(c). on the contrary, zigzag lines were observed in the butt weld for all weld conditions, as seen in figs. 3(a) and (b), where the zigzag lines were highlighted with freehand lines for aid of visualization. although the native oxide layer had been removed before the welding process, it seems that a new thin oxide film grew rapidly on the butting surfaces in laboratory air condition. this new oxide film was so thick that incomplete breakups remained resulting in formation of the zigzag line i.e. joint line remnant (jlr) in the welds. the degree of breakup of the oxide layer can sometimes be estimated based on the heat input during fsw [4, 5]. generally, the heat input in fsw is considered to correlate with tool rotational speed and tool travel speed, where higher heat input is caused by higher tool rotational speed or lower tool travel speed, respectively [3, 19]. consequently, in this study, the f y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 298 higher heat input is expected for weld-480 than weld-720. indeed, the maximum temperatures measured at 7 mm away from the joint line were 377 and 339 °c for weld-480 and weld-720, respectively. the distribution of the jlr of weld-480 was wider on both advancing side (as) and retreating side (rs) than that of weld720. as marked with the rectangle i in fig. 3(a), the jlr was extended towards the edge of sz on the retreating side. in weld-720 (lower heat input), the jlr distributed more around the weld center in sz (fig. 3(b)). this spatial distribution of jlr serves as an indicator for the degree of material flow and mixing during the fsw process. seidel and reynolds visualized the material flow in the weld using marker insert technique and observed increased mixing in the weld with a decreasing weld pitch which is defined as the tool advance per rotation [20]. they suggested that the higher heat input might result in the softening of a greater amount of material, and consequently more material flow in the weld zone. in our study, comparing the distribution of the jlr in each weld, it can be said that greatest material flow was brought about in weld-480, i.e. higher heat input. this finding is consistent with the results of seidel and reynolds. (a) weld 480 (b) weld 720 (c) stir-in plate weld figure 3: macroscopic weld structure. hardness and tensile test results vickers hardness profiles of the different welds are shown in fig. 4. in all weld conditions, softening occurred in sz and hardness was mostly recovered in the neighboring tmaz. the hardness in sz of weld-720 was higher than that of the other two welds and the lowest hardness was observed in weld-480. this order reflects inversely the order of the heat input: i.e. higher heat input brought about greater softening in sz. tensile test results are summarized in tab. 2. fracture occurred in sz in all welds. tensile strength and yield stress of weld-480 are lower than those of weld-720. in particular, the degradation in elongation of weld-480 is significant: the reduction is more than 30% compared to weld-720, although sz (i.e. the fracture site) in weld-480 was softer than weld720. weld id e-modulus [mpa] 0.2% yield stress 0.2 [mpa] tensile strength ts [mpa] elongation max [%] weld-480 70793 218 311 4.61 weld-720 72182 237 329 6.77 table 2: tensile test results. y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 299 figure 4: hardness profiles along midsection of weld. in order to identify fracture location of each weld, cross sections of the fractured samples were metallographically prepared, i.e. polished followed by etching. as clearly seen in fig. 5, fracture behavior in weld-480 seems different from that in weld-720. while in weld-720 fracture occurred nearly through the center of the weld, weld-480 was fractured on the retreating side. fig. 6 shows the intersection of jlr and the fracture plane of weld-480 in more detail; the area corresponds to the dashed rectangle in fig. 5(a). the fracture path in the lower part was smooth and steadily curved while the fracture face in the upper part was jagged but macroscopically nearly straight, see also upper part of fracture face in fig. 5(a). the lower smooth fracture path presumably originated from jlr; as pointed by an arrow in fig. 6 fracture face and jlr meet tangentially. furthermore, taking into account the jlr spatial distribution in the weld seam (see fig. 3(a)), it can be finally concluded that the fracture in the lower part took place along jlr. scanning electron microscope (sem) fractography was performed on the fracture surfaces in the upper and lower areas, as shown in fig. 7(a) and (b), respectively. the sem fractographs revealed different fracture behavior in both areas: comparably large dimples were observed in the upper area, while very finely shallow dimples covered the fracture surface in the lower area. the shallow dimples indicate low ductility or weak bonding. since jlr was formed at the location of originally abutting free surfaces, it can be considered that the shallow dimples in the lower area were attributed to weak or incomplete bonding at jlr. because more than about 30 % of the fracture path proceeded along jlr (lower part a-a’ in fig. 5(a)), weld-480 exhibited significantly lower elongation and strengths than the other welds showing jlr independent fracture paths. heat input in fsw is described to be proportional to tool rotational speed and inversely proportional to tool travel speed [3, 19]. it has been reported that high zigzag line pattern (herein jlr) is not formed in the high heat input welds, since degree of stirring increases with heat input and results in sufficient break-up of the initial oxide layer [4]. in this study, friction stir welding was performed at two different tool travel speed, i.e. two different heat input levels. jlr was formed in all welds, but the distribution of jlr in each weld was different. in the weld with the highest heat input (weld-480), the specimen was fractured partially along jlr which resulted in lower elongation than the other welds with lower heat input. since the high heat input in weld-480 facilitated the material transport, the spatial distribution of jlr became wider. in the area where the fracture occurred, jlr located around the boundary of sz and tmaz, see fig. 8, which corresponds to area i marked with square in fig. 3(a). since the direct stirring of the material, fine-recrystallized, equiaxed grains were formed in sz. meanwhile, the material in tmaz experienced strong shear deformation that resulted in a unique wavy structure as seen on the right-hand side in fig. 8. additionally, jlr at the fracture site lay almost normal to the loading direction and seemed to have comparably weak bonding properties. furthermore, local inhomogeneity and mismatch of microstructure may induce local strain concentration under mechanical loading. as a consequence, it can be concluded that the fracture factually occurred along jlr in this area in weld-480 although higher heat input was applied than weld720 not showing this kind of fracture along jlr. y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 300 (a) weld 480 (b) weld 720 figure 5: cross sections of tensile fractured welds. figure 6: magnified view of intersection of jlr and fracture surface (see dashed rectangle in fig. 5) figure 7: sem fractographs of tensile fracture surface of weld-480: (a) upper part of weld, (b) lower part of weld along jlr. y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 301 figure 8: micrograph of weld-480 in area i of fig. 3(a) around tensile fracture site. fatigue fracture behavior s-n data of the fsw joints are drawn together with that of the base material in fig. 9. since the welds showed softening in all conditions, their fatigue lives were lower than the base material. open marks indicate that fatigue crack initiation took place at weld defects. more details of the fatigue behavior of the fswed al-mg-sc alloy have been discussed somewhere else [21]. in this study, the focus is limited to the influence of jlr on the fatigue behavior. in weld-720, jlr didn’t play any roles in either initiation or propagation behavior: i.e. fatigue cracks in those welds were initiated independently from the jlr distribution and their growth was not affected by jlr. in weld-480, fatigue crack initiation sites scattered around the weld both on the advancing side (as) and retreating side (rs), as marked in fig. 10. when a crack initiated on as (at stress amplitudes a = 240 mpa and 200 mpa), its propagation was also within as and no influence of jlr was observed. similarly, in the case of the crack initiation on rs (at stress amplitudes a = 220 mpa and 180 mpa), the crack propagation was also in rs. fig. 11 shows sem image of the fracture surface of the sample tested at a = 220 mpa. the crack origin was located on the bottom surface as indicated with an arrow, and the crack grew from this origin radially towards the opposite top surface. macroscopic crack growth directions according to the striation patterns on the fracture surface are indicated with several white arrows. even after the crack reached the opposite surface of the specimen, the crack front trace was not parallel to the through-thickness direction as it is typically observed for through-thickness cracks in homogeneous material under tensile cyclic loading. figure 9: fatigue data of friction stir welds and base material (r=-1). y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 302 figure 10: fatigue crack initiation sites of weld-480. irregular fracture morphology was observed in the lower and left-hand part of the specimen. in order to investigate the fatigue crack growth behavior on this irregular fracture, a cross section at b-b’ was examined, as shown in fig. 12. macroscopically large flexure was observed on this cross section (fig. 12(a)). the profile c-c’ corresponds to the irregular fracture site (see fig. 11). jlr was well pronounced in this cross section, and the crack encountered jlr. as seen in the enlarged image (fig. 12(b)) of the rectangle in fig. 12(a), it can be observed that the crack propagation partially occurred along jlr. this area was nearly consistent with the fracture site along jlr in the tensile test as mentioned in the previous section (see fig. 8). thus, also fatigue crack propagation partially along jlr resulted in macroscopic flexure of the crack path. sem fractography was performed for more detailed observation in the areas marked by the rectangles ii in fig. 11. fig.s 13(a) shows area ii where the irregular fracture began to appear. the lower part of the image displays the irregular fracture surface, i.e. jlr-fracture site, see arrow (1). in the upper part fine striations were observed with intervals of a few micrometers. major crack propagation direction in this area was upwards according to the orientation and the development of intervals of the striations, see arrow (2), and it indicates that the crack propagated from the jlr-fracture. fig. 13(b) shows higher magnification image of area iii marked in fig. 13(a). no striation was observed in the jlrfracture part (lower part of fig. 13(b)). instead, very fine asperity was formed. since the asperity of jlr fracture in the lower part of fig. 13(b) was equivalent to the average grain size of weld-480 (1.67 µm), it is considered that the crack propagated intergranularly at jlr. figure 11: fatigue fracture surface of weld-480 tested at a = 220 mpa. figure 12: cross section at b-b’ in fig. 11: (a) macrograph, (b) magnified view of the area defined by the rectangle in (a). y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 303 figure 13: sem observation of fatigue fracture surface of weld-480: (a) magnified view of area ii in fig. 11, (b) magnified view of area iii. based on the evidence of the crack growth direction in the surrounding matrix as seen in fig. 13(b), it can be concluded that when the crack approached there the fatigue crack propagated preferentially at jlr because of its weak bonding, and grew further from the jlr-fracture site into the matrix. as a result, the macroscopic crack growth direction in this area became not totally perpendicular to the through-thickness direction as seen in fig. 11. the fine dimples in area vii of jlr-fracture surface in the residual fracture regime resembled the monotonic tensile fracture as seen in fig. 7(b). taking into account the elevated net stress in this section due to the already long through-thickness crack, it can be concluded that the weakly bonded jlr was ruptured quasi-statically. thus, when the fatigue crack approached jlr, it propagated firstly at jlr and then into the matrix. the fracture area at jlr was about 10% of the total fracture surface. the locally weak bonding clearly accelerated local crack growth rate around jlr. however, significant decrease in fatigue life of the two specimens where jlr-fracture occurred on rs was not observed as seen in fig. 9. it is generally known that most part of fatigue lives of a metallic component is spent on initiation and early propagation phases. the fracture at jlr occurred in the phase of comparably fast striation growth as seen in fig. 13. therefore, the crack propagation at jlr could shorten the fatigue life to some extent but its contribution to the total life was insignificant in the laboratory size specimens used in this study. in contrast, when the component is large, i.e. crack propagation phase may occupy a significant amount of fatigue life, the crack growth along jlr could lead to significantly shorter life time of such components. summary and conclusions nfluence of joint line remnant (jlr) in friction stir welded (fswed) al-mg-sc alloy on tensile and fatigue fracture behavior was investigated. butt welding was performed under two different heat input conditions by changing tool travel speeds. fatigue tests were conducted with polished specimens, i.e. without welding flash and root flaws. although the native oxide layer was removed before fs welding, a new oxide layer was immediately formed under lab air condition. this newly generated oxide layer was thick enough to form pronounced jlr in the welds. the distribution of jlr in the welds clearly were differed by the heat input levels: in the lower heat input weld, jlr distributed mainly around the weld center. higher heat input facilitated the material flow during the welding process, and consistently jlr in the weld with the high heat input was more widely distributed and reached the boundary of stir zone (sz) and thermomechanically affected zone (tmaz) on retreating side (rs) of the weld, where microstructural mismatch exists. when jlr located within sz, tensile fracture occurred independently of the existence of jlr. however, because of the local microstructural mismatch between sz and tmaz existing at jlr in addition to weak bonding of jlr, tensile fracture occurred partially along jlr in the higher heat input weld. as a result, this weld showed lower yield and tensile strengths and less ductility than the other weld. fatigue crack initiation was not influenced by jlr in all welds. but in the higher heat input weld, when a crack initiated on rs and approached jlr, the fatigue fracture occurred preferentially along jlr. due to the weak bonding, the fatigue crack propagated intergranularly at jlr. contribution of this preferential fatigue crack growth at jlr towards the total fatigue life was insignificant because it happened in the striation growth stage in a comparably small specimen. in the case that the fatigue crack growth phase contributes significantly to fatigue lives, i.e. in large components under moderate i y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 304 fatigue loading, the effect of jlr on crack growth rates as well as the applicability of linear elastic fracture mechanics and e.g. its k-concept should be investigated. acknowledgement he authors would like to express their sincere gratitude to the japanese society for the promotion of science for funding most of this work under the “jsps postdoctoral fellowship (short-term) for north american and european researchers” (fy 2012). further thanks to the colleagues from the institute for materials research of the german aerospace center in cologne, namely mr. sauer for providing the fsw joints and mr. fuchs for mechanical testing. references [1] thomas, w. m., nicholas, e. d., needham, j. c., murch, m. g., temple-smith, p., dawes, c. j, improvements relating to friction welding. european patent specification ep 0 615 480 b1, (1992). [2] leonard, a.j., lockyer s.a., flaws in friction stir welds, proc. of 4th int. symposium on friction stir welding, park city, utah, usa, (2003). [3] kim, y.g., fujii, h., tsumura, t., komazaki, t., nakata, k., three defect types in friction stir welding of aluminum die casting alloy, mat. sci. eng. a, a415 (2006) 250–254. [4] sato, y.s., takauchi, h., park, s.h.c., kokawa, h., characteristics of the kissing-bond in friction stir welded al alloy 1050, mater. sci. eng. a, a405 (2005) 333–338. [5] peel, m., steuwer, a., preuss, m., withers, p.j., microstructure, mechanical properties and residual stresses as a function of welding speed in aluminium aa5083, acta mater., 51 (2003) 4791–4801. [6] sato, y.s., yamashita, f., sugiura, y., park, s.h.c., kokawa, h., fib-assisted tem study of an oxide array in the root of a friction stir welded aluminium alloy, scripta mater., 50 (2004) 365–369. [7] oosterkamp, a., oosterkamp, l.d., nordeide, a., ‘kissing bond‘ phenomena in solid-state welds of aluminum alloys, welding journal, 83, (2004) 225–231. [8] dickerson, t.l., przydatek, j., fatigue of friction stir welds in aluminium alloys that contain root flaws, int. j. of fatigue, 25 (2003) 1399–1409. [9] vugrin, t., schmuecker, m., staniek, g., root flaws of friction stir welds – an electron microscopy study, in k.v. jata et al. (ed.): friction stir welding and processing iii, the minerals, metals and materials society, 2005, pp. 277284. [10] liu, h.j., chen, y.c., feng, j.c., effect of zigzag line on the mechanical properties of friction stir welded joints of an al-cu alloy, scripta mater., 55 (2006) 231–234. [11] ren, s.r., ma, z.y., chen, l.q., effect of initial butt surface on tensile properties and fracture behavior of friction stir welded al-zn-mg-cu alloy, mater. sci. eng. a, a479 (2008) 293–299. [12] zhou, c., yang, x., luan, g., effect of oxide array on the fatigue property of friction stir welds, scripta mater., 54 (2006) 1515–1520. [13] di, s., yang, x., luan, g., jian, b., comparative study on fatigue properties between aa2024-t4 friction stir welds and base materials, mater. sci. eng. a, a435–436 (2006) 389-395. [14] jolu, t.l., morgeneyer, t.f., gourgues-lorenzon, a.f., effect of joint line remnant on fatigue lifetime of friction stir welded al-cu-li alloy, science and technology of welding and joining, 15 (2010) 694–698. [15] uematsu, y., tokaji, k., shibata, h., tozaki, y., ohmune, t., fatigue behavior of friction stir welds without neither welding flash nor flaw in several aluminium alloys, int. j. of fatigue, 31 (2009) 1443–1453. [16] filatov, y.a., yelagin, v.i., zakharov, v.v., new al-mg-sc alloys, mater. sci. eng. a, a280 (2000) 97–101. [17] riddle, y.w., sanders, t.h., a study of coarsening, recrystallization, and morphology of microstructure in al-sc-(zr)(mg) alloys, metall. mater. trans. a, 35a (2004) 341–350. [18] michel, s.a., oxidation and fatigue crack growth in aluminium alloys, proc. of 3rd int. conf. microscopy of oxidation, cambridge uk, (1996). [19] frigaard, o., grong, o., mildling, o.t., a process model for friction stir welding of age hardening aluminum alloys, metall. mater. trans a, 32a (2001) 1189–1200. t y. besel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 305 [20] seidel, t.u., reynolds, a.p., visualization of the material flow in aa2195 friction-stir welds using a marker insert technique, metal. mater. trans. a, 32a (2001) 2879–2884. [21] besel, m., besel, y., alfaro mercado, u., kakiuchi, t., uematsu, y., fatigue behavior of friction stir welded al-mg-sc alloy, int. j. fatigue, 77 (2015) 1-11. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.02.013. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_58_art_28_3248.docx r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 386 focussed on steels and composites for engineering structures rc beams damaged by cracking and strengthened with nsm cfrp/gfrp rods r. capozucca, e. magagnini, m.v. vecchietti struct.section dicea, università politecnica delle marche, ancona, italy r.capozucca@staff.univpm.it, e.magagnini@staff.univpm.it, m.v.vecchietti@pm.univpm.it s. khatir soete laboratory, faculty of engineering and architecture, ghent university, belgium samir.khatir@ugent.be abstract. the near surface mounted (nsm) method of inserting fiber reinforced polymer (frp) elements (rods or lamina) into notches has been shown to be a good way for restoring reinforced concrete (rc) elements. the knowledge about the use of glass-frp rod following the nsm to reinforce rc beams is limited. this paper deals with the analysis of static and dynamic behaviour of rc beams with and without strengthening. the response of rc beams was assessed at different concrete’s damage level by non-destructive vibration tests. first, a couple of beams have been analysed: one rc beam subjected to bending and under vibration tests; another one beam, damaged by bending and strengthened with nsm carbon-frp rods tested again under vibration. further, one rc beam damage was analysed under bending and vibration tests without strengthening; successively, the beam model with nsm gfrp rod has been tested following the same loading path. below experimental results are shown and commented; in particular, changes in frequency values are related to the evolution of damage level affected rc beams with nsm cfrp and gfrp rods. keywords. nsm, cfrp/gfrp, damage, bending and vibration tests, frequency. citation: capozucca, r., khatir, s., magagnini, e., vecchietti, m.v., rc beams damaged by cracking and strengthened with nsm cfrp/gfrp rods, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401.. received: 26.08.2021 accepted: 02.09.2021 published: 01.10.2021 copyright: © 2021 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he near surface mounted (nsm) technique for the strengthening of reinforced concrete (rc) elements foresees grooves along the concrete cover where the fibre reinforced polymer (frp) rods are glued with the use of mortar or epoxy resin. t https://youtu.be/injd0o7k8ym r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 387 the advantages of using nsm frp rods as strengthening compared to external bounded (eb) frp strips are several: greater simplicity of installation; more remarkable ability to prevent loss of bond; and above all, minor susceptibility to damage deriving from collision, high temperature and fire [1-3]. although the nsm technique appears capable of solving several aspects related to the strengthening with composite materials, the current knowledge on nsm strengthening is more limited than eb method. the effectiveness of nsm frp rods for strengthening is contingent on preserving the rod-to-concrete bond [4-7]. in fact, bond behaviour has an influence on the ultimate capacity of reinforced elements as well as on serviceability aspects such as crack width and spacing [8-12]. experimental results of pull-out tests [12-13] show that the filler used to fill the grooves and its properties greatly influences the bond behaviour. the response of the nsm frp bars in terms of load carrying capacity increases if a filler able to give a better redistribution of the bond stresses along the anchor length is adopted. the most common filler used for the nsm technique is a bi-component epoxy resin [4,5-14]. experimental data show that the tensile strength values of the epoxy resin can vary between 13.8 and 42.6mpa, while those of cement mortar between 6.3 and 9 mpa. moreover, some geometrical parameters could affect the adherence and, therefore, the structural behaviour, such as dimensions of the rod section; thickness and height for rectangular section bars; width and depth of the groove; distance between two adjacent grooves; distance between the groove and the edge of the beam [14,15]. numerical modelling by finite element (fe) has proved that the tensile stresses in concrete decrease as the width of the groove increases [14]. some experimental investigations [15-17] have dealt with assessing the bond behaviour in the case of non-circular frps. for rectangular frp lamina, it is suggested that the minimum width of a groove should not be less than three times the thickness of the rectangular bar and the minimum depth should not be less than 1.5 times the height of the bar itself [18]. few experimental researches deal with investigating the behaviour of rc beams strengthened with nsm frp elements made by different composite materials [19-22] and the assessment of strengthened rc beams with nsm frp rods with non-destructive free vibration tests [23,24]. this paper deals with the investigation by static and dynamic tests on rc beams strengthened both with cfrp and gfrp rods. a couple of beams with one rc beam subjected to bending and under vibration tests at different damage degrees is analyzed, while a second beam, damaged by bending and strengthened with nsm carbon-frp rods, has been tested. another rc beam damaged by bending strengthened by nsm gfrp rod has been experimentally studied. the response of rc beams has been assessed through non-destructive vibration monitoring at different level of damage due to concrete cracking or decrease of bond of frp rods. static and vibration results are shown and discussed below. static and dynamic tests of rc beams with nsm cfrp rods wo rc beams, labelled and b0 and b1, having a rectangular section of 150x220 mm and a length of 1700 mm were subjected to static bending tests. both beam samples were reinforced with 2+2∅10 mm longitudinal steel bar and shear resistant reinforcement consisting of ∅6/60 mm stirrups. the reinforcement’s entity has been defined to give a scaled behavior with respect to a real beam with greater dimensions; moreover, the stirrup’s disposition has been designed to guarantee the failure of the specimens by bending and not by shear. two notches with dimensions of 20x20 mm were realized at the beam’s intrados; the grooves were made for both specimens, but the two ∅8 mm cfrp reinforcing bars were inserted only in specimen b1 (fig. 1) [4]. the beam b0, on the other hand, was tested in the condition without strengthening. preliminary tests were carried out on concrete, steel and cfrp elements. preliminary tests showed that the concrete used has a characteristic cylindrical strength equal to fc,av.~ 53.34 n/mm2 and young’s modulus ~36·103 n/mm2. monotonic tensile tests were carried out under displacement control on three samples of steel bars, leading to determine an average yielding stress equal to fy,av.~509 n/mm2 and young’s modulus about ~2.1·105 n/mm2. the cfrp rods used have a nominal diameter of ø8mm and are superficially treated to have better adherence. cfrp rods were tested in tension following the suggestion of [25] and the results are shown in tab. 1. the average young’s modulus was evaluated equal to ef,av ~ 1.42·105n/mm2. a bi-component epoxy resin was adopted to glue the cfrp rods to the concrete. the behaviour of rc beams with and without frp nsm strengthening was assessed through four points bending tests, where the two supports and the two loading points were placed, respectively, at 1500 mm and 300 mm form the centerline. the static tests were carried out, on all the specimens, by means of loading and unloading cycles and, successively, to increased bending load until failure (tab. 2). t r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 388 b0 b1 figure 1: rc beam section with and without cfrp rods. specimen nominal diameter ø [mm2] real diameter ø [mm2] section area a [mm2] failure load fm [n] tensile strength ft [n/mm2] average tensile strength ft,av. [n/mm2] 1 8 9.1 65.04 144270 2218.21 2153.27 2 8 9.1 65.04 135870 2089.06 3 8 9.1 65.04 134490 2067.84 4 8 9.1 65.04 137200 2109.51 5 8 9.1 65.04 148400 2281.71 table 1: results of uniaxial tensile test on cfrp rods. with the aim to obtain information about the strain’s evolution in the steel bars and in the cfrp rod, three electronical strain gauges were adopted; specifically, two of them were applied on the steel longitudinal reinforcement, both positioned at the centerline, one on the beam’s extrados and the other one on the intrados; the last one was positioned in the middle of the beam on one of the two cfrp rods. two horizontal lvdt’s recorded the concrete’s deformations in the compressed zone. an inductive lvdt with a full scale of 100 mm and a sensitivity of 0.01 mm was used to evaluate the beam’s deflection at the centerline. another displacement transducer was also positioned at 100 mm from the support. a hydraulic jack with a maximum capacity of 500 kn together with a load distribution’s system was utilized for the application of the two forces symmetrically applied in the center line at a wheelbase of 300 mm. for each step of cyclic loading a corresponding damage level, identified as di with i=1,…,7, was defined. from laboratory static tests, on specimens b0 (without strengthening) and b1 (strengthened with cfrp rods), the experimental results shown in tab. 3 and tab. 4 were obtained. the comparison between the envelopes of experimental diagrams moment, m, vs curvature, χ, for beams b0 and b1 is given in fig. 2. r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 389 damage degree beam b0 beam b1 with nsm cfrp rod moment [knm] load [kn] moment [knm] load [kn] d1 2.16 7.21 2.13 7.10 d2 4.28 14.32 4.29 14.29 d3 9.46 31.50 9.48 31.61 d4 11.61 38.73 11.63 38.77 d5 14.30 47.80 26.39 87.97 d6 31.48 104.92 d7 34.62 115.39 table 2: experimental step of loading. deflection δ [mm] concrete strain εc,sup steel strain extradoss εs1 steel strain intradoss εs2 curvature χ [1/mm·10-6] d1 0.56 -0.000203 -0.000136 0.000660 5.31 d2 1.79 -0.000494 -0.000181 0.001092 8.48 d3 5.07 -0.001011 -0.000362 0.002399 18.41 d4 8.62 -0.001796 -0.000154 0.004676 32.2 d5 28.02 table 3: experimental data obtained by static tests for beam b0. deflection δ [mm] concrete strain εc,sup steel strain extradoss εs1 steel strain intradoss εs2 cfrp strain εcfrp curvature χ [1/mm10-6] d1 0.25 -0.000070 -0.000096 0.000034 0.000093 1.02 d2 0.67 -0.000171 -0.000186 0.000238 0.000329 2.78 d3 2.17 -0.000421 -0.000422 0.000925 0.001373 9.70 d4 2.88 -0.000530 -0.000510 0.001231 0.001767 12.31 d5 7.17 -0.001208 -0.001039 0.002873 0.004151 28.05 d6 10.66 -0.001690 -0.001290 0.002764 0.005748 38.04 d7 15.25 -0.001997 -0.001459 0.002836 0.008690 54.86 table 4: experimental data obtained by static tests for beam b1. r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 390 the experimental modal testing was performed adopting the so call “mobile accelerometer” technique where an accelerometer, positioned at several points during tests, measures the beam’s acceleration after the excitation by an impact hammer positioned at a fixed point. the fixed point of specimen’s excitation by impact was established as the one placed at 4.5 cm from one end (point ch1 in fig. 3). the response of the structure is obtained as an average of 10 impacts for each accelerometer position, for a total of 14 accelerometer positions. the accelerometer used for the dynamic experimentation is model 4508 piezoelectric ccld accelerometer, 100mv/g, 1 slot, top connector, by brüel & kjær; it is a piezoelectric transducer. this accelerometer model has a very low weight (4.8 g) and covers a frequency range from 0.3 hz to 8000 hz with a sensitivity of 10 mv/g. one of the aims of the dynamic experimental program is to obtain a comparison between the experimental and theoretical characterization of the beam models, to check the reliability of the experimental results. we then proceeded to the theoretical determination of the first four natural frequencies for the specimens with and without cfrp nsm reinforcement according to the euler-bernoulli continuous beam model. figure 2: experimental diagrams bending moment, m, curvature, χ, beams b0 and b1. figure 3: instrumentations for vibration tests. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 0.00001 0.00002 0.00003 0.00004 0.00005 0.00006 m [knm] χ [1/mm] b0 b1 r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 391 for beam b0, tab. 5 contains the natural frequencies obtained for each position of the accelerometer at different level of damage. fig. 4 shows the variations of the experimental frequencies with reference to the damage-free state (d0) for cracking due to the increase in bending; the variation of the experimental frequencies with respect to d0, for all damage levels, for the first four vibration modes, is expressed as:    0 0 0 100r d di d d f f f f f (1) where dif is the frequency obtained for the damage condition di and 0df is the frequency obtained in the undamaged condition d0. for beam b1, tab. 6 summarized the natural frequencies obtained for each position of the accelerometer at different level of damage. the variations of the experimental frequencies with reference to the damage-free state (d0) for cracking due to the increase in bending are shown in fig. 5. figure 4: variation percent of frequencies for beam b0 at different damage degree. figure 5: variation percent of frequencies values for beam b1 at different damage degree. 0 3 5 8 10 13 15 18 20 23 25 28 30 33 35 1 2 3 4 δ f/ f d 0 [% ] mode d0-d1 d0-d2 d0-d3 d0-d4 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 1 2 3 4 δ f/ f d 0 [% ] mode d0-d1 d0-d2 d0-d3 d0-d4 d0-d5 d0-d6 r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 392 mode 1 mode 2 frequency [hz] frequency [hz] theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 m1 308 275 252 228 215 180 848 706 686 635 579 519 m2 308 275 251 227 215 180 848 706 686 635 580 521 m3 308 276 251 226 215 180 848 706 685 635 579 521 m4 308 275 250 228 215 180 848 706 685 635 579 520 m5 308 275 250 228 216 180 848 706 685 635 580 521 m6 308 275 250 227 216 180 848 706 684 634 580 520 m7 308 275 249 228 216 180 848 706 684 635 580 521 m8 308 275 250 228 216 180 848 m9 308 275 249 228 216 180 848 706 684 636 581 520 m10 308 275 249 227 216 180 848 706 684 635 581 520 m11 308 275 249 226 216 180 848 706 684 635 581 520 m12 308 275 250 226 216 180 848 706 684 635 581 521 m13 308 275 249 228 216 180 848 706 684 635 581 522 m14 308 275 250 228 217 180 848 706 684 635 582 520 average 308 275 250 227 216 180 848 706 685 635 580 520 mode 3 mode 4 frequency [hz] frequency [hz] theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 m1 1663 1274 1238 1192 1076 999 2749 1875 1823 1753 1657 m2 1663 1237 1149 1079 999 2749 1824 1753 1658 m3 1663 1237 1193 1077 1000 2749 1822 1752 1659 m4 1663 1274 1235 1193 1075 999 2749 1822 1751 1658 m5 1663 1274 1235 1194 1076 999 2749 1823 1754 1662 m6 1663 1233 1079 1000 2749 1881 1822 1751 1662 m7 1663 1274 1233 1195 1077 1000 2749 1824 1755 1662 m8 1663 1274 1233 1195 1077 1000 2749 m9 1663 1274 1233 1195 1079 999 2749 1878 1821 1755 1663 m10 1663 1274 2749 1879 1823 1753 1664 m11 1663 1275 1233 1193 1080 1000 2749 nc 1824 1753 nc m12 1663 1275 1232 1193 1080 1001 2749 1878 1820 1753 1665 m13 1663 1274 1232 1196 1079 1001 2749 1877 1816 1753 1664 m14 1663 1275 1231 1196 1084 2749 nc 1820 1755 average 1663 1274 1234 1190 1078 1000 2749 1878 1822 1753 1661 table 5: average experimental frequency values recorded for all mark points mi with i=1,…,14 at different damage degree on beam b0. r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 393 mode 1 mode 2 frequency [hz] frequency [hz] theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 m1 311 284 281 272 254 248 857 723 719 710 674 659 m2 311 284 281 272 254 249 857 723 719 710 674 659 m3 311 284 281 272 255 249 857 723 719 710 674 660 m4 311 284 281 272 255 249 857 723 719 710 676 660 m5 311 284 280 272 256 249 857 722 719 710 676 660 m6 311 284 280 272 256 249 857 722 719 710 676 660 m7 311 284 280 272 256 249 857 723 719 711 677 660 m8 311 284 280 272 256 249 857 m9 311 284 280 272 256 249 857 722 719 711 676 660 m10 311 284 280 272 256 250 857 722 719 711 677 661 m11 311 284 280 272 256 250 857 722 719 711 677 661 m12 311 284 280 272 256 250 857 723 719 711 677 661 m13 311 284 280 272 257 250 857 723 719 711 677 662 m14 311 284 280 272 256 250 857 722 719 710 677 662 average 311 284 280 272 256 249 857 723 719 710 676 660 mode 3 mode 4 frequency [hz] frequency [hz] theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 theor. d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 m1 1680 1298 1294 1281 1216 1195 2777 1923 1915 1893 1833 1809 m2 1680 1237 1221 1216 1195 2777 1923 1914 1895 1835 1812 m3 1680 1298 1293 1280 1216 1196 2777 1923 1913 1894 1835 1812 m4 1680 1298 1293 1281 1218 1197 2777 1922 1913 1893 1835 1816 m5 1680 1299 1293 1281 1218 1197 2777 1924 1914 1896 1837 1811 m6 1680 1245 1232 1220 1196 2777 1923 1914 1894 1838 1811 m7 1680 1299 1293 1281 1219 1197 2777 1924 1913 1896 1839 1811 m8 1680 1299 1293 1282 1219 1197 2777 m9 1680 1298 1293 1281 1219 1197 2777 1922 1913 1895 1839 1812 m10 1680 1300 1292 1282 1219 1197 2777 1922 1914 1893 1839 1813 m11 1680 1301 1293 1281 1219 1198 2777 1923 1913 1894 1840 1813 m12 1680 1298 1293 1282 1219 1198 2777 1922 1914 1896 1839 1814 m13 1680 1299 1292 1281 1219 1198 2777 1922 1913 1894 1839 1814 m14 1680 1301 1292 1283 1219 1199 2777 1924 1914 1894 1840 1814 average 1663 1274 1234 1190 1078 1000 2749 1878 1822 1753 1661 table 6: average experimental frequency values recorded for all mark points mi with i=1,…,14 at different damage degree on beam b1. r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 394 moment [knm] curvature χ [1/mm·10-6] mode 1 mode 2 mode 3 δf = fd0-fdi δf/fd0 [%] δf = fd0-fdi δf/fd0 [%] δf = fd0-fdi δf/fd0 [%] d0 0 0 d0-d0 d0-d0 d0-d0 d1 1.803 0.0858 d0-d1 9.14 d0-d1 3.04 d0-d1 3.16 d2 4.287 0.848 d0-d2 17.35 d0-d2 10.06 d0-d2 6.59 d3 9.463 1.84 d0-d3 21.55 d0-d3 17.80 d0-d3 15.38 d4 11.461 2.22 d0-d4 34.56 d0-d4 26.28 d0-d4 21.54 d5 11.606 3.22 table 7: exp. values by static test and frequency variations δf/fd0 for each damage di – b0. moment [knm] curvature χ [1/mm·10-6] mode 1 mode 2 mode 3 δf = fd0-fdi δf/fd0 [%] δf = fd0-fdi δf/fd0 [%] δf = fd0-fdi δf/fd0 [%] d0 0 0 d0-d0 d0-d0 d0-d0 d1 2.1309 0.102 d0-d1 1.31 d0-d1 0.49 d0-d1 1.04 d2 4.287 0.278 d0-d2 4.23 d0-d2 1.67 d0-d2 1.96 d3 9.482 0.970 d0-d3 9.98 d0-d3 6.44 d0-d3 6.21 d4 11.631 1.231 d0-d4 12.22 d0-d4 8.60 d0-d4 7.86 d5 26.39 2.805 d0-d5 13.93 d0-d5 11.75 d0-d5 12.05 d6 31.477 3.804 d0-d6 25.68 d0-d6 20.56 d0-d6 20.86 d7 34.617 5.486 table 8: exp. values by static test and frequency variations δf/fd0 for each damage di – b1. tab. 7 and tab. 8 summarize the experimental values of frequency variations δf/fd0 evaluated for beams b0 and b1 in relation to the curvatures, χ, obtained by static tests at different damage degree di. in fig. 6 the frequency variations in percent for equivalent steps of damage di in relation to the undamaged state d0 for the first four vibration modes r=1,…4 are compared considering both beam models. figure 6: frequency value variations for equivalent steps of damage di in relation to the undamaged state d0 for the first four modes r=1,…4 – beams b0 and b1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 1 2 3 4 δ f/ f d 0 [% ] mode b1[d0-d1] b1[d0-d2] b1[d0-d3] b1[d0-d4] b0[d0-d1] b0[d0-d2] b0[d0-d3] b0[d0-d4] r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 395 static and dynamic tests of rc beams with nsm gfrp rods n this section, the experimental behaviour of one rc beam, identified as b2, with and without nsm gfrp rod strengthening, is assessed by free vibration consider the undamaged condition and the damaged condition obtained by concrete cracking due to bending. the rc beam was initially subjected to static tests without strengthening; once obtained a relevant crack patter, the nsm gfrp rod strengthening was applied, and the rc beam was once again subjected to loading. figure 7: geometric section of rc beam b2 with steel reinforcement. concrete steel gfrp rod epoxy resin cylindrical compressive strength [n/mm2] young’s modulus [n/mm2] density [ns2/mm4] yielding strength [n/mm2] young's modulus [n/mm2] tensile strength [n/mm2] young's modulus [n/mm2] young's modulus [n/mm2] poisson’s coefficient 44 35.0·103 2.4·10-9 500 34.50 1040 34·103 1.6·103 0.20 table 9: results of preliminary tests on materials. figure 8: configuration of modal testing: impact hammer and accelerometer. i r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 396 in this phase, the static and dynamic investigations were carried out on a rc beam model characterized by a rectangular section of 120x160 mm and a length of 2200 mm, as shown in fig. 7. the sample is reinforced with upper and lower longitudinal reinforcement of 2ø10 and shear resistant reinforcement of ø6 stirrups. also in this case, a 2x2 cm intradosal groove has been prepared to allow the accommodation of the ø9-gfrp rod following the nsm technique, after the first phase of testing (fig. 7). tab. 9 contains a summary of the mechanical characteristics of each material, as concrete, steel, gfrp rod and epoxy resin, experimentally got by preliminary tests. the mechanical features of the gfrp rod were obtained by laboratory tests on two samples carried out following the astm-d 3039 standard [25]. as already introduced, the experimental characterization of beam b2 involves static and dynamic tests. the hinge ends configuration was adopted for the investigation to reach the condition of simply supported beam. in fig. 8, it can be observed the apparatus adopted for reproduced the hinge constraint at the ends of beam. this condition was maintained for both static bending and vibration tests. for reproduce the hinge constraints, customized metal devices were realized; 3 mm metal disk and a 3 mm thick neoprene lamina were used to solve contact problems at the extremities. first of all, the undamaged condition of beam b2 without strengthening was tested by vibration. the beam was excited by applying an impulse with a hammer as impact device. the impact was applied in a point maintained fixed during tests (fig. 8). a response transducer, that is a piezoelectric accelerometer, was adopted for sensing force and motion of the beam. it was placed in 9 different positions and an average of 10 impacts was considered for each location. a fast fourier transformation (fft) two-channel analyser and pulse software allowed the data acquisition. the geometrical and mechanical parameters given above were considered for the evaluation of theoretical frequencies adopting the euler-bernoulli beam model. fig. 9 gives a comparison between the frequency values obtained theoretically and experimentally from free vibration tests on the beam with different constraint conditions at the ends and always in an undamaged condition d0. this comparison allowed us to check the quality of the experimental apparatus, in such a way as to have a control over the reliability of the experimental measurements. after the first dynamical characterization, rc beam b2 was subjected to a series of load step p by bending. for each phase of loading, different damage conditions di with i=1,…,3 due to concrete cracking were identified. three different cycles of loading were identified: p1=4.0kn, p2=8.0kn, p3=18.0kn (fig. 10). the bending tests involve the use of vertical hydraulic jack together with a load cell, as system to transfer and measure the applied load; strain gauges, as electronic devices to measure the strain on the steel reinforcement; two lvdts, as mechanical devises to record deflection at the centerline and near the support. (a) (b) figure 9: theoretical and experimental frequencies for undamaged rc beam b2: (a) free-free ends and (b) hinge-hinge ends. for each each level of damage by bending (fig. 10), the rc beam b2, in the un-strengthened condition, was subjected to vibration monitoring. the average frequencies obtained by dynamic tests, for each state of damage di with i =1,…,3, are summarized in fig. 11. after the first phase of concrete’s cracking, the damaged rc beam b2 were tested with the presence of a nsm gfrp rod filled into the notch. in this case four damage level were identified: p1 = 4kn – damage degree d1; p2 =8 kn – d2; p3 =16kn – d3; p4=28kn d4. in fig. 12, the crack pattern obtained at the fourth level of damage d4 is shown. also in this case, after each cycle of loading, modal testing was carried out. fig. 13 contains the average frequency values measured for strengthened beam b2, considering the first four vibration modes. r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 397 figure 10: load-deflection diagrams for the first three damage level on un-strengthened rc beam b2. figure 11: average frequency values obtained for b2 without strengthening. figure 12: crack pattern at damage level d4 for beam b2 with nsm gfrp rod. figure 13: average frequency values obtained for b2 with nsm gfrp rod strengthening. for each damage levels, modal testing gives the frequency response functions (frfs). in fig. 14, it can be seen the overlap of all frfs obtain for each state of damage. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 load p [kn] deflection [mm] d1 d2 d3 r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 398 figure 14: frfs obtained at each level of damage di i=1,…,4 for beam b2 strengthened with nsm gfrp rod strengthening. discussion of experimental results he results provided by the experimentation allow us to define some useful aspects for the strengthening technique of rc beams according to the nsm method with cfrp and gfrp rods. the influence of the rc beam’s nonlinear behavior due to concrete cracking under loading on the beams is reflected in the different vibration modes considered. it can be summarized thus: the variation percent of the frequency values as compared to the integral, nondamaged state, d0, is always increasing from the elastic-linear uncracked phase to the elastic-linear cracked phase, till the inelastic and plastic phase. the natural frequency values tend to describe the beam’s global response relative to loss of bending stiffness, and they are less sensitive to local stiffness variations. another result that needs to be underlined is the excellent behaviour of the nsm strengthening both with cfrp and gfrp rods in terms of maintaining adherence without exhibiting loss of adherence or damage, with increased resistance capacity of the c-gfrp rod strengthened beams. fig. 6 shows for beams b0 and b1, with and without cfrp nsm rods, the comparison between the frequency variations in relation to the average experimental values obtained on undamaged beams, that is on the initial condition for the loading program. it can be noted that the decrease of frequency is more accentuated for beam b0 without strengthening compared to beam b1 damaged and then strengthened with cfrp rods. this result is also highlighted in the case of beam b2 damaged and then reinforced with nsm gfrp rod. for the beam without strengthening, the increasing of damage corresponds to the reduction of frequencies, confirmed by variations equal to 10%÷20% for mode r=1 (fig. 15). the reduction of frequency values at the increment of damage state is less significant for the strengthened beam with nsm gfrp rod (fig. 16). in this case, the maximum of the frequency variations is equal to about 4%. the presence of the nsm strengthening with c-gfrp acts by reducing the width of the cracks even for high loads and this is experimentally recorded by the vibrational response of the strengthened beam. t r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 399 figure 15: frequency value variations in percent for the first four modes (beam b2 without strengthening). figure 16: frequency value variations in percent for the first four modes (beam b2 with nsm gfrp rod). conclusion his paper describes an investigation on rc beams strengthened with nsm cfrp and gfrp rods. the investigation foresaw both static and free vibration tests. the main results of the experimental campaign are as follows:  excellent behavior of the strengthened beams both with nsm cfrp and nsm gfrp rods in terms of maintaining adherence without exhibiting loss of bond or damage before the collapse of compressive concrete;  the presence of the nsm strengthening both with nsm cfrp and nsm gfrp rods acts by reducing the width of the cracks even for high entity of load;  the analysis of experimental frequencies is an adequate ndm to monitor rc beams with reinforcement or with strengthening by frp rods. t r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 400 acknowledgement he polytechnic university of marche supplied research funds to enable this experimental study. the authors would like to thank all the technicians and students who assisted in the development of this research work. references [1] de lorenzis, l., teng, j.g. (2007). near-surface mounted frp reinforcement: an emerging technique for strengthening structures, composites part b: engineering, 38(2), pp. 119–143. [2] capozucca, r. (2009). static and dynamic response of damaged rc beams strengthened with nsm cfrp rods, composite structures 91(3), 237–248. [3] el-hacha, r., rizkalla, s. (2004). near-surface mounted fibre reinforced polymer reinforcements for flexural strengthening of concrete structures. aci structural journal, 101(5), pp. 717-726. [4] capozucca, r. (2013). analysis of bond-slip effects in rc beams strengthened with nsm cfrp rods. composite structures, 102, pp. 110-123. [5] capozucca, r. (2011) bond-slip effects in rc beams strengthened with near surface mounted cfrp rods, in: proceedings fib symposium, prague 2, pp. 779–782. [6] cosenza, e., manfredi, g., realfonzo, r. (1997). behavior and modeling of bond of frp rebars to concrete, asce journal of composites for construction, 1(2), pp. 40–51. [7] de lorenzis, l., nanni, a. (2002). bond between near surface mounted fiber reinforced polymer rods and concrete in structural strengthening. aci structural journal, 99(2), pp. 123–133. [8] hassan, t.k., rizkalla, s. (2004). bond mechanism of nsm frp for flexural strengthening of concrete structures, aci structural journal, 101(6), pp. 830–839. [9] lees, j.m. (2009). sensitivity of nsm reinforcement forces to bond-slip effects, in: 4th international conference on advanced composites in construction (acic 09), pp. 227–238, edinburgh. [10] perera, k., ibell, t., darby, a., denton, s. (2009). bond mechanisms of various shapes of nsm cfrp bars. in: 4th international conference on advanced composites in construction, (acic 09), pp. 250–257, edinburgh. [11] lu, x.z., teng, j.g., ye, l.p., jiang, j.j. (2005). bond–slip models for frp sheets/plates bonded to concrete, engineering structures, 27(6), pp. 920–937. [12] sharaky, i.a., torres, l., baena, m., miàs, c. (2013). an experimental study of different factors affecting the bond of nsm frp bars in concrete. composite structures, 99, pp. 350–365. [13] de lorenzis, l., nanni, a. (2001). shear strengthening of reinforced concrete beams with nsm fibre-reinforced polymer rods. aci struct. j., 98(1), pp. 60–68. [14] hassan, t., rizkalla, s. (2003). investigation of bond in concrete structures strengthened with near-surface mounted carbon fibre reinforced polymer strips. j. of comp. for constr., 7(3). [15] sena cruz, j.m., barros, j.a.o., gettu, r., azevedo, a.f.m. (2006). bond behavior of near-surface mounted cfrp laminate strips under monotonic and cyclic loading. asce, journal of composites for construction, 10, pp. 295-303. [16] capozucca, r., bossoletti, s., montecchiani, s. (2015). assessment of rc beams with nsm cfrp rectangular rods damaged by notches. composite structures, 128, pp. 322-341. [17] blaschko m. (2003). bond behaviour of cfrp strips glued into slits. in: proceedings frprcs-6. singapore: world scientific, pp: 205–214. [18] nanni, a., di ludovico, m., parretti, r. (2004). shear strengthening of a pc bridge girder with nsm cfrp rectangular bars. advances in structural engineering, 7(4), pp. 297-309. [19] issa, m.s., metwally, i.m., elzeiny, s.m. (2011). influence of fibres on flexural behavior and ductility of concrete beams reinforced with gfrp rebars. eng. structures, 33, pp.1754-1763. [20] capozucca, r. (2014). on the strengthening of rc beams with near surface mounted gfrp rods. composite structures, 117c, pp: 143-155. [21] ding, y., ning, x., zhang, y., pacheco-torgal, f., aguiar, j.b. (2014). fibres for enhancing of the bond capacity between gfrp rebar and concrete. construction and building materials, 51, pp: 303-312. [22] masmoudi, a., ouezdou, m., ben, bouaziz j. (2012). new parameter design of gfrp rc beams. construction and building materials, 29, pp. 627-632. t r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 386-401; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.28 401 [23] capozucca, r. (2018). vibration analysis of damaged rc beams strengthened with gfrp. composite structures, 200, pp. 624-634. [24] capozucca, r., bossoletti, s. (2014). static and free vibration analysis of rc beams with nsm cfrp rectangular rods. composites part b: engineering, 67, pp. 95-110. [25] astm d 3039/d 3039 m 08. standard test method for tensile properties of polymer matrix composite materials. american standard of testing and materials, (2008). microsoft word numero_61_art_25_3527.docx k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 372 a simple and efficient eight node finite element for multilayer sandwich composite plates bending behavior analysis khmissi belkaid, nadir boutasseta, hamza aouaichia, djamel eddine gaagaia, badreddine boubir research center in industrial technologies crti p.o.box 64, cheraga, algeria khmissi.belkaid85@gmail.com, n.boutasseta@crti.dz, h.aouaichia@crti.dz, d.gaagaia@crti.dz, b.boubir@crti.dz adel deliou university of med seddik benyahia (umsb of jijiel), department of mechanical engineering laboratory of materials and reactive systems lmsr, university djillali, liabes, sidi bel-abbes, algeria. del032003@yahoo.fr, adel.deliou@univ-jijel.dz, deliouadel15@gmail.com abstract. in this paper, a c0 simple and efficient isoparametric eight-node element displacement-model based on higher order shear deformation theory is proposed for the bending behavior study of multilayer composites sandwich plates. difficult c1-continuity requirement is overcome efficiently by choosing seven degrees of freedom for each element node: two displacements for inplane behavior and five bending unknowns namely: a transverse displacement, two rotations and two shear angles, which results in the approximation formulation having only first order derivative requirement. the governing equations of the element (constitutive, virtual work and equilibrium equations) are implemented for the prediction of approximate solutions of deflections and stresses of sandwich plates linear elastic problems. the formulation element is able to present a cubic in-plane displacement along both core and faces sandwich cross-sectional, as well as, the shear stresses are found to vary as quadratic field without requiring shear correction factors and independent from any transverse shear locking problems when the plate is thin. the accuracy and validity of the proposed formulation is verified through the numerical evaluation of displacements and stresses and their comparison with the available analytical 3d elasticity solutions and other published finite element results. keywords. third order shear deformation theory; sandwich composite plates; finite element; bending behavior. citation: belkaid, k., boutasseta, n., aouaichia, h., gaagaia, d. e., boubir, b., deliou, a., a simple and efficient eight node finite element for multilayer sandwich composite plates bending behavior analysis, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 372-393. received: 27.03.2022 accepted: 01.06.2022 online first: 10.06.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/222xnmsjfzm k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 373 introduction andwich composite plates are being increasingly used in many fields of modern technology due to their high strength, weight ratio and low maintenance cost. a good understanding of their behavior in terms of deformations and stresses distribution through the structures provide an effective vision for their applications. generally, sandwich composite structures are made-up of a very rigid isotropic or orthotropic face sheets and relatively soft thick core material. in mechanical analysis of the bending sandwich plate, displacement fields vary in a zigzag manner through the thickness, thus making the displacements very discontinuous at the layer interfaces due to the large variation in stress between layers. hence, the development of a suitable computational theory is required for accurately predicting the responses of these laminated sandwich structures. in this context, a number of shear deformation theories have been developed in order to accurately model multilayer plate. in the literature, the simplest equivalent single layer esl laminate approach is the classical laminated plate theory (clpt) kirchhoff assumptions [1]. their finite element model spatial approximations [2] contain c0-requirement for the in-plan displacements using lagrange interpolation function, and transverse displacement c1-requirement using hermite interpolation functions over the element. however, these elements models are characterized by a complex mathematical formulation due to the c1-requirement, and the theory is only appropriate for thin laminate plate analysis due to neglecting the effects of transverse shear deformation. the simplest theory which takes into account the transverse shear deformation is the first order shear deformation theory [fsdt] [3, 4]. their finite element models [5] are characterized by a simple formulation with c0-requirement for all degrees of freedom using lagrange interpolation function. however, the theory requires shear correction factors and the transverse shear stresses show at least a quadratic distribution through the plate thickness according to pagano three-dimensional elasticity theory [6]. various analytical higher order theories (hsdt) have been proposed for the multilayer composite structures analysis, taking into account shear deformation effects without shear correction. their kinematics assumption is expanded up to higher powers of the thickness coordinate and quadratic transverse shear [7-10]. barut et al. [11] analyzed a thick sandwich plate by third and second order theories in which the in-plane and the transverse displacements show cubic and quadratic variations respectively through the thickness of the plate. other analytical and experimental works can be found for the sandwich plate and shell analysis: noor et al. [12], kant et swaminathan [13], mantari et al. [14], grover et al.[15], kanematsu et al. [16], torabizadeh and fereidoon, [17], m. michele et al. [18], deliou adel [19]. however, analytical methods are only suitable for specific simple boundary conditions and geometries. in this case, several (2d) finite element models based on higher order shear deformation theory (hsdt) have been developed [20] for the static analysis of multilayer composite sandwich plates. b. pandya , t. kant [21] have presented a simple isoparametric finite element formulation based on a higher-order displacement model for flexure analysis of multilayer symmetric sandwich plates. b.s. manjunatha, t. kant [22] have evaluated the transverse stresses between layers of laminated composite and sandwich laminates using c0 nine and sixteen finite element formulation based on higher order theory. however, the models resort to use selective numerical integration scheme in order to overcome the shear locking problem. t. kant and j. kommineni, [23] presented a simple c0 quadrilateral lagrange finite element formulation with nine-nodes and nine degrees of freedom per node based on refined higher-order shear deformation theory for the linear and geometrically non-linear analysis of fiber reinforced composite and sandwich plates. however, the selective integration scheme based on gauss quadrature rules is introduced in order to overpass the shear locking problem. c.-p. wu and c.-c. lin [24] have presented the stress and displacement analysis of the thick sandwich plates using an interlaminar stress mixed nine-node finite element based on high order deformation theory. however, the formulation element possesses eleven nodal field variables in each node. r.p. khandelwal et al. [25] have developed an efficient c0 continuous nine-node finite element model with eleven nodal field variables for each node based on combined theories refined higher order shear deformation theory (rhsdt) and least square error (lse) method for the static analysis of soft core sandwich plates, the model satisfied the continuity of transverse shear stress condition between layer interfaces and zero transverse shear stress at the top and bottom of the sandwich plate. m.k. pandit et al. [26] proposed a computationally efficient c0 nine-node finite element based on improved higher order zigzag theory for the static analysis of laminated sandwich plate with soft compressible core. however, the element has elven nodal field variables for each node adopting a reduced integration technique for the evaluation of stiffness matrix. t.m. tu , t.h. quoc [27] have developed a nine-nodded rectangular element with nine degrees of freedom at each node for the bending and vibration analysis of laminated and sandwich composite plates. the theory accounts for parabolic distribution of the transverse shear strains through the thickness of the plate and rotary inertia effects. a. nayak et al. [28] analyzed the bending behavior of isotropic, laminated composite and sandwich plates using two c0 quadrilateral finite element formulations based on highers k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 374 order theory where the element possess seven nodal field variables in each node. however, the formulations introduced assumed strain interpolations for the transverse shear strain in order to overcome the shear locking problem. chalak et al. [29] presented an improved c0 2d nine-node finite element with eleven field variables per node. the model is based on higher order zigzag plate theory and has been applied to the analysis of laminated composites and sandwich plates. r. sahoo and b. singh [30] suggested an efficient c0 eight nodded isoparametric element with seven degrees of freedom per node based on a new inverse trigonometric zigzag theory for the static analysis of laminated and sandwich plates. however, the selective integration scheme is used in order to solve the locking shear problem. according to this literature survey, hsdt finite element models impose inconvenients such as: large number of nodal field variables, often encounter a locking problem when the plate is thin and resort to impose stiffness penalty in the formulation to remedy this problem. on the other hand, single layer reddy’s theory is one of the higher-order theories used most often for analyzing multilayer plates, being able to evaluate stresses and transverse shear strains with a small variables number, not depending on the number of layers [9]. however, reddy’s theory encounter formulation complications when the finite element requires c1 second-order derivatives. the same problem also arises in the classical theory of thin plates [31]. therefore, many finiteelement models (2d) based on reddy’s third order theory have been proposed in the literature [20] for the bending behavior analysis of isotropic and multilayer composite plates. furthermore, reddy finite elements usually use conforming and nonconforming formulation where the c1 transverse displacement and its derivatives are interpolated by a modified bicubic hermite functions, while the in-plane displacement and shear rotations are interpolated c0 lagrange functions (jn reddy [32], phan and reddy [33], averill and reddy [34], j. ren, . hinton [35], ine-wei liu [36]) the objective of this work is to propose an efficient plate bending elements based on reddy’s shear deformation theory, which has a simple formulation that overcome the difficult c1 requirement with small nodal field variables and that does not need to impose any stiffness penalty in the formulation and is also able to predict accurately the response of multilayer plates. based on the recently proposed displacement-model [37], a serendipity isoparametric eight nodes finite element is formulated for the study of multilayer sandwich plate bending behavior. in the formulation of the element, seven nodal field variables are chosen in an efficient manner so that there is no need to impose any stiffness penalty and present simple mathematical formulation. in this work, the present sandwich plate element is used to solve many multilayer sandwich plates problems for various parameters such as, different loadings, geometry, boundary conditions, and materials. kinematics he displacement field of the plate according to reddy’s third order shear deformation theory (tsdt) [9] can be expressed as follows: 3 1 4 3         x x z w u u z h x 3 2 4 3           y y z w u v z h y (1) 3 u w where: u1, u2, u3 are the displacements field in the x, y and z directions respectively. u, v displacement of a point  ,x y on the mid-plane of the plate.  x ,  y are rotations about the axes y and x respectively, and h is the thickness of the plate. the strain associated with displacement field (1) are given as follows:  0 0 2 211 1 1 1       u z z x  0 0 2 222 2 2 2       u z z y t k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 375 3 3 0      u z (2) 0 2 23 3 32 4 4 4                   u u uu z z y y z 0 2 23 3 31 5 5 5                   u u uu z z x x z  0 0 2 23 31 26 6 6 6                     u uu u z z y x x y where: 2 0 0 2 1 1 1 2 2 4 ;   ;     3                    x x u w x x xh x 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 ;   ;   3                    y y u w y y yh y 0 2 4 4 2 4 ;                  y y w w y yh 0 2 5 5 2 4 ;                x x w w x xh 0 0 6 6;   ;                   yx u v w w y x x y y x 2 2 6 2 4 2 3                yx w y x x yh constitutive equations he laminate is usually made of several orthotropic layers (fig 1). each layer must be transformed into the laminate coordinate system (x, y, z) [2]. the stress–strain relationship is given as: 11 12 16 12 22 26 16 26 66                                 xx xx yy yy xy xykk c c c c c c c c c ; 44 45 45 55                    xz xz yz yzkk c c c c (3) where  ijc are the transformed material constants: t k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 376   4 2 2 4 11 11 12 66 222 2   c c c c c c s c s   2 2 4 412 11 22 66 124 ( )    c c c c c s c c s    2 2 2 216 11 12 66 222    c c c c c s c c s cs  4 2 2 422 11 12 66 222 2   c c s c c c s c c   4 2 2 426 11 12 66 222 ( )    c c s c c c s c c cs   2 2 2 266 11 22 12 664 ( )    c c c c c s c c s 2 2 44 44 55 c c c c s  45 55 44 c c c cs 2 2 55 55 44 c c c c s where cos ,   sin  c s and  is angle between global axis and local axis for each laminate layer. 1 12 2 2 11 12 22 12 21 12 21 12 21 ;   ;   ;   1 1 1              e e e c c c 66 12 55 13 44 23;   ;    c g c g c g figure 1: geometry and coordinate system of the sandwich plate the differential equilibrium equations for transverse stress analysis are given as follows [2]: 11              k k kkn h xyxx xz h k dz x y 11                k k k kn h xy yy yz h k dz x y (4) k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 377 virtual work principle he static equations of the theory can be derived from the virtual work principle [9] by expressing the strain energy variation as follows:   0                xx xx yy yy xy xy xz xz yz yz v v dv q wdv (5) according to the substitution of equations (2) in the static equation (5) we obtain: 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 3 3                                                   y yx x xx xx xx yy yy yy a u w v w n m p n m p x x x y y yh x h y 2 2 4 2 3                                                   y yx xxy xy xy xx x u v w w n m p q y x y x y x x y xh (6) 2 2 4 4 0                                         xx x yy y yy y w w w r q r q w da x y yh h where the resultants forces are defined as follows:   1 3 1 1, ,                         k k xx xx xx xxn h yy yy yy yyh k xy xy xy xy n m p n m p z z dz n m p ;   1 2 1 1,                 k k n hxx xx xz h yy yy yzk q r z dz q r (7) therefore, from the eq (7) and eq (3), we obtain the generalized relations resultants forces as follows [9]:       0 0 2                                                 ij ij ij ij ij ij a b en m sym d f p sym sym h                                     ss s ij ij s s ij a dq r sym f (8) where: 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 2 1 2 6 1 2 6 1 2 6                   t t 0 0 2 2 4 5 4 5             t ts s     1 2 3 4 6 , 1 , , , , 1, , , , ,      k k hn ij ij ij ij ij ij ij k h a b d e f h c z z z z z dz , , 1, 2, 6i j     1 2 4 1 , , 1, , ,   , 4, 5      k k hn s s s ij ij ij ij k h a d f c z z dz i j t k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 378 substituting the resultant forces (8) in equation (6), the static equation becomes                   0 t 0 0 t 0 0 t 2 0 t 0 0 t 0 0 t 2 a 2 t 0 2 t 0 2 t 2 st s s st s s st s s st s s ( a b e b d f e f h a d d f q w )da 0                                                      (9) finite element formulation n this work, a c0 isoparametric serendipity eight-node element (fig.2) is employed for the bending analysis of sandwich plates based on reddy’s third order shear deformation. in the present formulation element the complexities associated with c1 continuous plate are overcome with efficient manner by choosing seven nodal degrees of freedom (dof) [37, 38] as follows: two displacements    ,  u v for the membrane behavior and five displacements ( ,   ,   , , )   x y x yw for describing the bending behavior, where ,                 x x y y w w x y are shear angles. figure 2: eight-node isoparametric finite element the generalized field variable and element geometry of the model at any point may be expressed in terms of nodal approximation as follows:         8 8 1 1 , , ;   , ,              i i i i i i x n x y n y                         8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 8 8 1 1 , , ;   , ,  ; , , ;   , ,  ; , , ;   , ,                                                   i i i i x i xi y i yi i i i i x i xi y i yi i i u n u v n v n n n n where corner nodes are defined as follows:    i i i i i 1 n , 1 (1 )( 1), i 1, 2, 3, 4 4             and mid side nodes as: i k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 379    2i i 1 n , 1 (1 ), i 5, 7 2           2i i 1 n , 1 (1 ), i 6, 8 2        , in are the bi-nonlinear interpolation functions of lagrange type corresponding to node i=1-8 [39]. the strain displacements vectors can be formed as derivative elementary nodal matrix [b] multiplied by the proposed nodal field variable   as follows:          0 0 0 0 2 2;   ,   ,   ,                                      s s s sb b b b b (10) i ,x 0 i , y i , y i ,x n 0 0 0 0 0 0 b 0 n 0 0 0 0 0 n n 0 0 0 0 0                 ; i ,x 0 i , yk i , y i ,x 0 0 n 0 0 0 0 b 0 0 0 n 0 0 0 0 0 n n 0 0 0                i ,x 2 i , y1 i , y i ,x 0 0 0 0 0 n 0 b c 0 0 0 0 0 0 n 0 0 0 0 0 n n                 ; i , y is i ,x i 0 0 n 0 n 0 0 b 0 0 n n 0 0 0             is 2 i 0 0 0 0 0 0 n b c 0 0 0 0 0 n 0                , , , , , , , 1 8      t i i i xi yi xi yiu v w i with: c1=-4/3h2, c2=-4/h2 according to the substitution of strain matrix (10) in the static equation (9), the elementary stiffness matrix    ek is deduced according the static system      ek f [37] as follows:   1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 0 2 0 2 2 ([ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ] [ ][ ] [ ]                                           t t t t t t e t t t s t s s s t s s s t s s s k b a b b b b b e b b b b b d b b f b b e b b f b b h b b a b b d b b d b b  [ ][ ])det  t s sf b j d d (11) where    , f are elementary nodal vectors of forces and degrees of freedom, respectively. the analytical integration can be converted to gauss’s numerical integration [40]. full integration scheme quadrature rules, namely (3×3) is employed in the energy expression for the evaluation of the element stiffness property. k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 380 numerical examples and comparison studies n this section, several sandwich plates examples are solved to verify the effectiveness of the proposed formulation in the prediction of displacements and stresses results including different parameters such as, thickness ratios, materials, loading distribution, laminated face sheet, boundary conditions. the results of proposed model are compared with the three-dimensional elasticity solutions and other element models available in the literature. bending of a simply supported sandwich square plate subject to a doubly sinusoidal transverse load for this example, the proposed element convergence and ability of the bending behavior is studied by considering a simply supported (f/c/f) symmetrical square sandwich plate subject to a doubly sinusoidal transverse load   0, sin sin  yx q x y q a b for different thickness ratios a/h = 4,10,50,100. the properties of the core and those of the sheets are shown in (table 1). it is noted that normalized central deflection displacement results converge for different uniform mesh sizes toward pagano 3d-elasticity solution [6] (table 2). the increasing meshes indicate the accuracy and convergence rate of central transverse displacements results with a fast decrease of relative errors for both thin and moderately thick sandwich plates with no shear locking in the thin plates (a/h=50, 100). the simply supported boundary conditions used for the bending example are as follows: / 2 0      y yx a v w ; / 2  y b 0     x xu w the normalized deflection, stresses and in-plan are defined by: 3 2 2 22 4 2 2 0 0 0 , , 0 10 ,   , , , , , , 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2                                      xx xx yy yy h ea b a b h h a b h h w w q a q a q a 2 2 0 00   0, 0, ,   0, , 0 ,   , 0, 0 2 2 2                                       xy xy xz xz yz yz h h b h a h q a q aq a 3 3 2 2 4 4 0 0 100 100 ,                h e h e u u v v q a q a proprieties e1 e2 g12 g13 g23 v12 thickness sandwich plate core 275.8 mpa 275.8 mpa 110.32 mpa 413.68 mpa 413.68 mpa 0.25 0.8h sheet 172369.9 mpa 6894.76 mpa 3447.38 mpa 1378.95 mpa 3447.38 mpa 0.25 0.1h table 1: mechanical proprieties of a sandwich plate. reference theory , , 0 2 2       a b w a/h=4(err%) a/h=10(err %) a/h=50(err %) a/h=100(err %) present (2×2) 6.5668 (13.55) 1.8739 (14.83) 0.60962 (34.78) 0.3439 (61.43) present (4×4) 7.1009 (6.52) 2.07035 (5.91) 0.91441 (2.181) 0.8604 (3.5) present (6×6) hsdt(q8) 7.1377 (6.03) 2.081172 (5.41) 0.92644 (0.89) 0.8845 (0.796) present (8×8) 7.1461 (5.927) 2.08326 (5.32) 0.92844 (0.68) 0.8888 (0.323) present (10×10) 7.1492 (5.88) 2.08396 (5.29) 0.92901 (0.61) 0.89005 (0.185) present (12×12) 7.1508 (5.86) 2.08426 (5.27) 0.92923 (0.59) 0.89053 (0.131) pagano[6] elasticity solution 7.5962 2.2004 0.9348 0.8917 table 2: normalized center deflection convergence of a simply supported square sandwich plate subject to a doubly sinusoidal transverse load. i k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 381 in fig 3 the central normalized w deflection is plotted for different a/h ratios. in fig 4, the in-plane displacements u1(a/2,0,0) and u2(0,b/2,0) are described through the plate thickness as a cubic variation. it can be seen that the obtained bending responses by the present formulation are in excellent agreement with the elasticity solution of pagano [6]and with those obtained by t. kant and k. swaminathan analytical solution [13]. figure 3: evolution of normalized central transverse deflection w with aspect ratio a/h of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a doubly sinusoidal transverse load. figure 4: evolution of normalized in-plane displacements 1 2,u u as function of the thickness of a simply supported  0 / / 0 c sandwich plate subject to a doubly sinusoidal transverse load a/h=4. in table 3, the bending sandwich plate  0 / / 0   c is studied for different aspect ratios a/h in order to present the normalized transverse deflection and maximum stresses using the constitutive equation. furthermore, the transverse shear stresses are evaluated using the equilibrium equations. a close agreement has been found between the obtained results by the proposed element and those obtained using pagano elasticity-3d solution [6], as well as with those obtained by finite element models based on different theories. furthermore, it’s noting that in thin sandwich plate cases (a/h=50,100), the results of the proposed model do not have locking shear problems with additional better accuracy in comparison with other model elements that have used stiffness penalty with a high number of nodal variables than the proposed model (e.g. b. pandya , t. kant [21], t. kant and j. kommineni, [23], m.k. pandit et al. [26], chalak et al. [29], r. sahoo and b. singh [30]). 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 n o n d im en si o n al t ra n sv er se d is p la ce m en t w a/h present (12×12) pagano -2,0 -1,5 -1,0 -0,5 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 t h ic k n es s co o rd ia n te ( z/ h ) nondimensional displacements u present u1 analytic hsdt u1 present u2 analytic hsdt u2 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 382 a/h reference theory w  xx  yy  xz  yz xy 2 present (12×12) hsdt(q8) 21.356 2.770 0.386 0.2174* 0.1535* 0.2288 0.1880+ 0.1317+ pagano [6] elasticity solution 21.653 2.6530 0.3920 0.1850 0.1400 0.2340 ramtekkar et al. [41] mfem-3dlw 2.6840 0.3960 0.1860 0.1420 0.2360 kant et kommineni [23] fem-q9tsdt 21.3707 2.7985 0.2371 4 present (12×12) hsdt(q8) 7.1508 1.4929 0.2375 0.279* 0.1154* 0.1377 0. 2418+ 0.0997+ pagano [6] elasticity solution 7.5962 1.5160 0.2595 0.2390 0.1072 0.1440 ramtekkar et al. [41] mfem-3dlw -1.5700 0.2600 0.2400 0.108 0.149 wu et lin [24] mfem-3dlw -1.5480 0.2413 0.2497 0.1339 pandya et kant [21] fem-q9hsdt 0.6947 1.247 0.2338 0.2382 0.1132 0.1343 manjunatha et kant [22] fem-q9hsdt 7.1596 0.2750 0.1137 kant et kommineni [23] fem-q9tsdt 7.1502 1.4989 --0.1428 kant et swaminathan [13] hsdt 7.0551 1.5137 0.2648 --0.1379 iga [42] tsdt 7.0872 1.4244 0.2361 0.2708 0.1169 0.1383 iga [42] hsdt 7.0686 1.4791 0.2391 0.3074 0.1274 0.1406 5 present (12×12) hsdt(q8) 5.1389 1.334 0.1955 0.299* 0.0986* 0.1149 0.2592+ 0. 0851+ pagano [6] elasticity solution 5.4746 1.3704 0.2094 0.2569 0.0918 - khandelwal et al. [25] fem-q9hzzt 5.4464 1.3617 0.2216 0.2530 0.1025 - 10 present (12×12) hsdt(q8) 2.08426 1.1419 0.1035 0.3454* 0.05797* 0.0672 0.2986+ 0.0493+ pagano [6] elasticity solution 2.2004 1.1531 0.1104 0.3000 0.0530 0.0707 pandit et al.[26] fem-q9hzzt 2.2002 1.1483 0.1086 0.3158 0.0570 0.0709 tu et al.[27] fem-q9tsdt 2.2027 1.1466 0.1105 0.3181 0.0532 0.0715 khandelwal et al. [25] fem-q9hzzt 2.1786 1.1539 0.1184 0.3185 0.0598 chalak et al.[26] fem-q9hzzt 2.1775 1.1528 0.1143 0.3058 0.0575 0.0705 ramtekkar et al. [41] mfem-3dlw 1.1590 0.1110 0.3030 0.0550 0.0720 wu et lin [24] mfem-3dlw 1.2100 0.1115 0.3177 0.0713 pandya et kant [21] fem-q9hsdt 2.023 1.110 0.1017 0.2841 0.05593 0.0666 kant et kommineni[23] fem-q9tsdt 2.0864 1.1657 -0.0692 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 383 kant et swaminathan[13] hsdt-anal 2.0798 1.1523 0.1100 0.3465 0.0538 0.0685 nayak et al. [28] fem-q4hsdt 1.1410 0.1034 0.3506 0.0534 0.0685 nayak et al. [28] fem-q9hsdt 1.1510 0.1043 0.2815 0.0532 0.0689 iga [42] tsdt 2.0629 1.1299 0.1028 0.3302 0.0578 0.0679 iga [42] hsdt 2.0515 1.1424 0.1031 0.3781 0.0628 0.0682 20 present (12×12) hsdt(q8) 1.1937 1.1019 0.0678 0.3648* 0.04227* 0.0493 0.31374+ 0.03401+ pagano [6] elasticity solution 1.2264 1.1100 0.0700 0.3174 0.0361 0.0511 pandit et al. [26] fem-q9hzzt 1.2254 1.1055 0.0694 0.3342 0.0392 0.0509 khandelwal et al. [25] fem-q9hzzt 1.2128 1.1113 0.0769 0.3374 0.0415 chalak et al.[29] fem-q9hzzt 1.2121 1.1103 0.0742 0.3272 0.0399 0.0508 ramtekkar et al. [41] mfem-3dlw 1.1150 0.0700 0.3170 0.0360 0.0510 wu et lin [24] mfem-3dlw -1.1730 0.0724 0.3530 0.0525 kant et kommineni [23] fem-q9hsdt 1.1947 1.1246 -0.0506 kant et swaminathan [13] hsdt 1.1933 1.1110 0.0705 --0.0504 iga [42] tsdt 1.1876 1.1027 0.0678 0.3467 0.0408 0.0501 iga [42] hsdt 1.1850 1.1061 0.0678 0.3974 0.0443 0.0502 50 present (12×12) hsdt(q8) 0.92923 1.0918 0.0563 0.3799* 0.4283* 0.0435 0.3147+ 0.02646+ pagano [6] elasticity solution 0.9348 1.0990 0.0569 0.3230 0.0306 0.0446 pandit et al. [26] fem-q9hzzt 0.9341 1.0948 0.0566 0.3403 0.0333 0.0445 chalak et al. [29] fem-q9hzzt 0.9248 1.0997 0.0611 0.3300 0.0321 0.0443 iga [42] tsdt 0.9284 1.0965 0.0565 0.3520 0.0352 0.0444 iga [42] hsdt 0.9280 1.0971 0.0565 0.4036 0.0383 0.0445 kant et kommineni [23] fem-q9hsdt 0.9299 1.1118 0.0448 100 present (12×12) hsdt(q8) 0.8905 1.0904 0.0546 0.4118* 0.05132* 0.0427 0.30167+ 0.02157+ pagano [6] elasticity solution 0.8917 1.098 0.0550 0.324 0.0297 0.0433 rosalin sahoo, b.n. singh [30] itzzt-q8 0.8919 1.1088 0.0555 0.3433 0.0276 0.044 chalak et al.[29] hozt-q9 0.8814 1.0982 0.0592 0.3426 0.0332 0.0433 pandit et al. [26] hozt-q9 0.8917 1.1093 0.0547 0.3412 0.0324 0.0434 iga [42] tsdt 0.8908 1.0957 0.0548 0.3528 0.0344 0.0436 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 384 iga [42] hsdt 0.8907 1.0958 0.0548 0.4046 0.0374 0.0436 pandya et kant [21] fem-q9hsdt 0.891 1.108 0.0554 0.3001 0.03362 0.044 kant et kommineni [23] fem-q9hsdt 0.8915 1.1058 0.044 *constitutive +equilibre table 3: normalized transverse displacement, plane stresses, transverse shear stresses of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c under doubly sinusoidal loading. through figs (5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,11), the normal , ,  xx yy xy and transverse shear , xz yz stresses states are described through thickness of the sandwich plate in bending behavior for aspect ratios a/h=10,4 according to the constitutive and equilibrium equations. the obtained results stresses are in close agreement with those obtained by pagano elasticity solution [13] and by tsdt numerical solution [42]. figure 5: normal stress distribution  xx through the thickness of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a sinusoidal load (a/h =10, 4). figure 6: normal stress distribution  yy through the thickness of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a sinusoidal load (a/h =10, 4). -1,5 -1,0 -0,5 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h )  xx (a/2,b/2,z) reddy iga a/h=10 present a/h=10 reddy iga a/h=4 present a/h=4 -0,15 -0,10 -0,05 0,00 0,05 0,10 0,15 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h )  xy (0,0,z) reddy iga a/h=10 present a/h=10 present a/h=4 reddy iga a/h=4 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 385 figure 7: normal stress distribution xy through the thickness of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a sinusoidal load (a/h =10, 4). figure 8: transverse shear stress distribution  yz through the thickness of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a sinusoidal load (a/h =10, 4) (constitutive equations). figure 9: transverse shear stress distribution  xz through the thickness of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a sinusoidal load (a/h =10, 4)(constitutive equations). -0,3 -0,2 -0,1 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h )  yy (a/2,b/2,z) reddy iga a/h=10 present a/h=10 reddy iga a/h=4 present a/h=4 -0,02 0,00 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,16 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h )  yz (0,b/2,z) reddy iga a/h=10 present a/h=10 reddy iga a/h=4 present a/h=4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h )  xz (a/2,0,z) reddy iga a/h=10 present a/h=10 reddy iga a/h=4 present a/h=4 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 386 figure 10: transverse shear stress distribution  yz through the thickness of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a sinusoidal load (a/h =10, 4) (equilibrium equations). figure 11: transverse shear stress distribution  xz through the thickness of a simply supported sandwich plate  0 / / 0 c subject to a sinusoidal load (a/h =10, 4)(equilibrium equations). three-layer sandwich square plate subject to a uniform load in this example, the effect of the scale factor r  face corec rc variation on deflection and stresses state of a simply supported sandwich square plate  0 / / 0 c is studied under a uniform transverse load with aspect ratio a/h =10 and face and core layers thickness hc/hf = 8. this sandwich example has been suggested by srinivas [43]. the material properties of core layer are defined as: 0.999781 0.231192 0 0 0 0.231192 0.524886 0 0 0 0 0 0.262931 0 0 0 0 0 0.26681 0 0 0 0 0 0.159914                corec the normalized deflection and stresses are defined by:             1 1 1 2 0 0 0 1 12 3 1 2 0 0 0 2 3 0.999781 / 2, / 2, 0 / 2, / 2, / 2 / 2, / 2, 2 / 5 ,   , , / 2, / 2, / 2 / 2, / 2, 2 / 5/ 2, / 2, 2 / 5 ,   , , / 2, / 2                                                         x x xx xx y yx xx yy yy y yy w a b a b h a b h w q h q q a b h a b ha b h q q q a b  0 , 2 / 5       h q table 4 shows the deflection and normal stresses solution by the proposed model for different factor scales r = 5, 10, 15 compared with those obtained using the exact solution reported by srinivas [43], hsdt finite element by pandya and kant [21], hsdt meshfree solution by ferreira et al. [44], trsdt trigonometric shear deformation theory solution by mantari 0,00 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,10 0,12 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd ia n te ( z/ h ) present a/h=10 pagano a/h=10 present a/h=4 pagano a/h=4  yz (0,b/2,z) -0,05 0,00 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6  xz (a/2,0,z)normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd ia n te ( z/ h ) pagano a/h=10 present a/h=10 pagano a/h=4 present a/h=4 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 387 et al. [14] and ihsdt inverse hyperbolic shear deformation theory by grover et al.[15]. it is noted that the obtained results are in very good correlation with all scale factor r cases when compared with the exact solution. r theory w 1 xx 2 xx 3 xx 1 yy 2 yy 3 yy 5 present hsdt(q8) (12×12) 257.4323 60.1869 46.6913 9.3382 38.3327 30.07465 6.0149 exact [43] 258.97 60.353 46.623 9.34 38.491 30.097 6.161 fem-hsdt [21] 256.13 62.380 46.910 9.382 38.930 30.330 6.065 mrbf-hsdt [44] 257.110 60.366 47.003 9.401 38.456 30.242 6.048 cfs-ihsdt [15] 255.644 60.675 47.055 9.411 38.522 30.206 6.041 cfs-trsdt [14] 256.706 60.525 47.061 9.412 38.452 30.177 6.035 10 present hsdt(q8) (12×12) 155.9531 65.3098 49.3654 4.936 43.2633 33.42849 3.3428 exact [43] 159.38 65.332 48.857 4.903 43.566 33.413 3.5 fem-hsdt [21] 152.33 64.650 51.310 5.131 42.830 33.970 3.397 mrbf-hsdt [44] 154.658 65.381 49.973 4.997 43.240 33.637 3.364 cfs-ihsdt [15] 154.550 65.741 49.798 4.979 43.4 33.556 3.356 cfs-trsdt [14] 155.498 65.542 49.708 4.971 43.385 33.591 3.359 15 present hsdt(q8) (12×12) 116.9587 66.9283 49.3353 3.289 45.8775 34.9577 2.3305 exact [43] 121.72 66.787 48.299 3.238 46.424 34.955 2.494 fem-hsdt [21] 110.430 66.620 51.970 3.465 44.920 35.410 2.361 mrbf-hsdt [44] 114.644 66.919 50.323 3.355 45.623 35.167 2.345 cfs-ihsdt [15] 115.820 67.272 49.813 3.321 45.967 35.088 2.339 cfs-trsdt [14] 115.919 67.185 49.769 3.318 45.910 35.081 2.339 table 4: the normalized deflection and stresses of square sandwich plates under uniform load. an additional analysis is considered for the effect of different scale factors r = 5, 10, 15 on the evolution of in-plane displacements    1 2/ 2, / 2, ,   / 2, / 2,u a b z u a b z , normal stresses    / 2, / 2, ,   / 2, / 2, xx yya b z a b z and transverse shear stresses    0, / 2, ,   / 2, 0, xz yzb z a z with respect to the sandwich plate thickness. in fig 12, it is noted for the bending behavior that the in-plane displacements are reduced along the thickness when the scale factor r is increased. in addition, in figs 13, 14 it can be seen that the normal and transverse shear stresses have also reduced only through the core of plate, whereas they have increased through the faces. k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 388 (a) (b) figure 13: effect of scale factor r variation on the distribution of normal stresses ,   xx yy through the thickness of a simply supported  0 / / 0   c sandwich plate subject to a uniform transverse load. (a) (b) figure 14: effect of scale factor r variation on the distribution of transverse shear stresses ,   xz yz through the thickness of a simply supported  0 / / 0   c sandwich plate subject to a uniform transverse load. sandwich plates with laminated face sheets in this example, the proposed element is evaluated for different laminated face sheets of rectangular sandwich plates. kanematsu et al. [16] carried out experimental solution of clamped rectangular sandwich plates (450×300 mm) with four types laminated composite orientation faces sp1, sp2, sp3 and sp4 (fig. 15). the faces of the sandwiches are symmetrical laminated composite made of carbon/epoxy (carbon fiber–reinforced plastic-cfrp) e1=105 gpa, e2=8.74 gpa, g12= g13= g23=4.56 gpa, v=0.327, while the core is an aluminum honeycomb material (aluminum honeycomb core) e1=68.6 mpa, e2=68.6 mpa, g12=26.4 mpa, g13=103 mpa, g23=62.1 mpa, v=0.3. the thickness of each layer is 0.125mm, while the core thickness is 10mm for the sp1 and sp2 types, and 7mm core thickness for the sp3 and sp4 types. the plate is subject to a uniform distributed load of intensity q=1.01 kpa. in addition, the authors provided analytical solutions based on the rayleigh-ritz method for the same plate problem, using two types boundary conditions, simply supported (ssss) and clamped (cccc). the obtained results of the transverse displacement using the proposed element are given in table 5, compared with those obtained using analytical solutions and from experimental work given by -0,0015 -0,0010 -0,0005 0,0000 0,0005 0,0010 0,0015 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h ) nondimensional displacement u 1 r=5 r=10 r=15 -4 -2 0 2 4 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h ) nondimensional displacement u 2 r=5 r=10 r=15 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h )  xz r=5 r=10 r=15 -0,05 0,00 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 -0,6 -0,4 -0,2 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 normalized t h ic k n es s co o rd in at e (z /h )  yz r=5 r=10 r=15 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 389 kanematsu et al. [16]. the results have also been compared with those obtained by finite element models of lee and fan [45] and nayak et al. [28], m. o. belarbi et al. [46]. the comparison results show the reliability and practicality of the proposed element for the studies of laminated faces sandwich structures. figure 15: different types of laminated faces sandwich structures [46] references theory central deflection (mm) sp1 sp2 sp3 sp4 clamped (cccc) present (12×12) fem-q8-tsdt 0.04891 0.056578 0.074968 0.05469 kanematsu et al. [16] analytical solution 0.05040 0.05400 0.07720 0.06130 kanematsu et al. [16] experimental solution 0.06900 0.08500 0.09400 0.09000 lee et fan [45] fem-q9-lw 0.05190 0.05524 0.07834 0.06216 nayak et al. [28] fem-q9-hsdt 0.05248 0.05797 m. o. belarbi et al. [46] fem-q4-rsft52 0.04906 0.05647 0.07506 0.05525 simply supported (ssss) present (12×12) fem-q8-tsdt 0.12124 0.17823 0.17213 0.2067 kanematsu et al. [16] analytical solution 0.1173 0.1829 0.1794 0.2206 lee et fan [45] fem-q9-lw 0.1213 0.1774 0.1729 0.2138 nayak et al. [28] fem-q9-hsdt 0.1754 0.2111 m. o. belarbi et al. [46] fem-q4-rsft52 0.1160 0.1733 0.1695 0.2010 table 5: deflection laminated faces sandwiches plates under uniformly transverse load. k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 390 conclusion n this paper, an improved c0 two-dimensional plate finite element (fe) model has been developed for the static analysis of laminated thin and thick sandwich plates. the reddy’s third order shear deformation theory (tsdt) is employed by adopting single layer approach when the warping cross-sectional of in-plane displacements is considered to be cubic for both the face sheets and the core of sandwich. the problem of c1 continuity requirement of the second order derivatives of transverse displacements is circumvented by selecting the degrees of freedom nodal field in an efficient manner. for the present analysis, an eight-node c0 finite element is successfully implemented having seven degrees of freedom for each element node: two displacements    ,  u v for in-plane behavior and five bending unknowns: a transverse displacement, two rotations and two shear angles ( ,   ,   , , )   x y x yw . whereas element stiffness matrices, which have first order derivative requirement, are solved through a computationally (3×3) gauss integration scheme. in the proposed formulation, there is no stiffness penalty requirement such as: shear correction factors, and numerical techniques to overcome transverse shear locking phenomenon that as used in previous element models. in order to demonstrate the effectiveness and validity of the proposed formulation, many sandwich plates numerical examples are solved and displacements as well as stresses are calculated for different problems and which give results better than other existing 2d finite element models. the results obtained by using the present fe model are successfully compared with those of analytical and numerical solutions available in the literature. the numerical results show that the performance of the present finite element model is excellent in predicting the bending response of thin and thick laminated composites sandwich structures as the error percentage with respect to the 3d elasticity solution is considerably low. the present fe model may, therefore, be recommended for use as accurate tool in other behavior analysis of laminated sandwich plates. statements and declarations competing interests and funding he authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper. there is no funding to declare. nomenclature 1 2 3, ,u u u displacement field in the x, y and z directions respectively , ,u v w displacement of a point on the mid-plane , x y rotations of normal to the mid-plane about the y and x axes respectively , x y shear angles to the mid-plane about the y and x axes respectively  i strain , ,a b h dimensions of the plate along the x, y and z directions respectively  ij stress tensor   ijc constitutive matrix at the lamina level ie young modulus 12 13 23,   , g g g shears modulus 12 21,   poisson’s ratios  n ,    m ,    p , q ,    r resultants forces ,, , , ,ij ij ij ij ij ija b d e f h extensional, coupling and flexural stiffnesses , ,s s sij ij ija d f transverse shear stiffnesses i t k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 391 in interpolation functions 0 0 2, ,   , ,                         s sb b b b b strain displacement matrices   element nodal field variables  f element load vector  ek element stiffness matrix , c fh h core and face thicknesses of sandwich, respectively references [1] kirchhoff, g. (1850). über das gleichgewicht und die bewegung einer elastischen scheibe, journal für die reine und angewandte mathematik (crelles journal), 1850 (40), pp. 51-88. doi: 10.1515/crll.1850.40.51 [2] reddy, j.n. (2004). mechanics of laminated composite plates and shells: theory and analysis, crc press. [3] reissner, e. (1945). the effect of transverse shear deformations on the bending of elastic plates, journal of applied mechanics, 12 pp. a69-a77. doi: https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4009435 [4] whitney, j.m. (1969). the effect of transverse shear deformation on the bending of laminated plates, journal of composite materials, 3 (3), pp. 534-547. doi: 10.1177/002199836900300316 [5] carrera, e. (2002). theories and finite elements for multilayered, anisotropic, composite plates and shells, archives of computational methods in engineering, 9 (2), pp. 87-140. doi: 10.1007/bf02736649 [6] pagano, n. (1970). exact solutions for rectangular bidirectional composites and sandwich plates, journal of composite materials, 4 (1), pp. 20-34. doi: 10.1177/002199837000400102 [7] reddy, j. , robbins, d. (1994). theories and computational models for composite laminates, applied mechanics reviews, 47 (6), pp. 147-169. doi: 10.1115/1.3111076 [8] ghugal, y. , shimpi, r. (2002). a review of refined shear deformation theories of isotropic and anisotropic laminated plates, journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 21 (9), pp. 775-813. doi: 10.1177/073168402128988481 [9] reddy, j.n. (1984). a simple higher-order theory for laminated composite plates, journal of applied mechanics, 51 (4), pp. 745-752. doi: 10.1115/1.3167719 [10] reddy, j.n. (1984(c)). a refined nonlinear theory of plates with transverse shear deformation, international journal of solids and structures, 20 (9), pp. 881-896. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(84)90056-8 [11] barut, a., madenci, e., heinrich, j., tessler, a. (2001). analysis of thick sandwich construction by a {3,2}-order theory, international journal of solids and structures, 38 (34), pp. 6063-6077. doi: 10.1016/s0020-7683(00)00367-x [12] noor, a.k., burton, w.s., bert, c.w. (1996). computational models for sandwich panels and shells, applied mechanics reviews, 49 (3), pp. 155-199. doi: 10.1115/1.3101923 [13] kant, t. , swaminathan, k. (2002). analytical solutions for the static analysis of laminated composite and sandwich plates based on a higher order refined theory, composite structures, 56 (4), pp. 329-344. doi: 10.1016/s0263-8223(02)00017-x [14] mantari, j., oktem, a., soares, c.g. (2012). a new trigonometric shear deformation theory for isotropic, laminated composite and sandwich plates, international journal of solids and structures, 49 (1), pp. 43-53. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2011.09.008 [15] grover, n., maiti, d., singh, b. (2013). a new inverse hyperbolic shear deformation theory for static and buckling analysis of laminated composite and sandwich plates, composite structures, 95 pp. 667-675. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2012.08.012 [16] kanematsu, h.h., hirano, y., iyama, h. (1988). bending and vibration of cfrp-faced rectangular sandwich plates, composite structures, 10 (2), pp. 145-163. doi: 10.1016/0263-8223(88)90044-x [17] torabizadeh, m.a., fereidoon, a. (2021). applying taguchi approach to design optimized effective parameters of aluminum foam sandwich panels under low-velocity impact, iranian journal of science and technology, transactions of mechanical engineering, pp. doi: 10.1007/s40997-021-00441-5 [18] marino, m., nerilli, f., vairo, g. (2014). a finite-element approach for the analysis of pin-bearing failure of composite laminates, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 8 (29), pp. 241-250. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.29.21 [19] deliou, a., bouchouicha, b. (2018). fatigue crack propagation in welded joints x70, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 12 (46), pp. 306-318. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.28 k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 392 [20] zhang, y., yang, c. (2009). recent developments in finite element analysis for laminated composite plates, composite structures, 88 (1), pp. 147-157. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2008.02.014 [21] pandya, b. , kant, t. (1988). higher-order shear deformable theories for flexure of sandwich plates-finite element evaluations, international journal of solids and structures, 24 (12), pp. 1267-1286. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(88)90090-x [22] manjunatha, b.s. , kant, t. (1993). on evaluation of transverse stresses in layered symmetric composite and sandwich laminates under flexure, engineering computations, 10 (6), pp. 499-518. doi: 10.1108/eb023922 [23] kant, t. , kommineni, j. (1992). c 0 finite element geometrically non-linear analysis of fibre reinforced composite and sandwich laminates based on a higher-order theory, computers & structures, 45 (3), pp. 511-520. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/0045-7949(92)90436-4 [24] wu, c.-p., lin, c.-c. (1993). analysis of sandwich plates using a mixed finite element, composite structures, 25 (1), pp. 397-405. doi: 10.1016/0263-8223(93)90187-u [25] khandelwal, r.p., chakrabarti, a., bhargava, p. (2013). an efficient fe model based on combined theory for the analysis of soft core sandwich plate, computational mechanics, 51 (5), pp. 673-697. doi: 10.1007/s00466-012-0745-3 [26] pandit, m.k., sheikh, a.h., singh, b.n. (2008). an improved higher order zigzag theory for the static analysis of laminated sandwich plate with soft core, finite elements in analysis and design, 44 (9-10), pp. 602-610. doi: 10.1016/j.finel.2008.02.001 [27] tu, t.m., quoc, t.h. (2010). finite element modeling for bending and vibration analysis of laminated and sandwich composite plates based on higher-order theory, computational materials science, 49 (4), pp. s390-s394. doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2010.03.045 [28] nayak, a., moy, s.j., shenoi, r. (2003). quadrilateral finite elements for multilayer sandwich plates, the journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 38 (5), pp. 377-392. doi: 10.1243%2f03093240360713441 [29] chalak, h.d., chakrabarti, a., iqbal, m.a., hamid sheikh, a. (2012). an improved c0 fe model for the analysis of laminated sandwich plate with soft core, finite elements in analysis and design, 56 pp. 20-31. doi: 10.1016/j.finel.2012.02.005 [30] sahoo, r., singh, b. (2013). a new shear deformation theory for the static analysis of laminated composite and sandwich plates, international journal of mechanical sciences, 75 pp. 324-336. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2013.08.002 [31] batoz, j.l., tahar, m.b. (1982). evaluation of a new quadrilateral thin plate bending element, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 18 (11), pp. 1655-1677. doi: 10.1002/nme.1620181106 [32] reddy, j.n. (1989). on refined computational models of composite laminates, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 27 (2), pp. 361-382. doi: 10.1002/nme.1620270210 [33] phan, n. , reddy, j. (1985). analysis of laminated composite plates using a higher‐order shear deformation theory, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 21 (12), pp. 2201-2219. doi: 10.1002/nme.1620211207 [34] averill, r. , reddy, j. (1992). an assessment of four‐noded plate finite elements based on a generalized third‐order theory, international journal for numerical methods in engineering, 33 (8), pp. 1553-1572. doi: 10.1002/nme.1620330802 [35] ren, j. , hinton, e. (1986). the finite element analysis of homogeneous and laminated composite plates using a simple higher order theory, communications in applied numerical methods, 2 (2), pp. 217-228. doi: 10.1002/cnm.1630020214 [36] liu, i.-w. (1996). an element for static, vibration and buckling analysis of thick laminated plates, computers & structures, 59 (6), pp. 1051-1058. doi: 10.1016/0045-7949(95)00350-9 [37] belkaid, k. (2019). development of a 2d isoparametric finite-element model based on reddy’s third-order theory for the bending behavior analysis of composite laminated plates, mechanics of composite materials, 55 (2), pp. 241-258. doi: 10.1007/s11029-019-09807-y [38] belkaid, k. (2019). buckling analysis of isotropic and composite laminated plates: new finite element formulation. in computational methods and experimental testing in mechanical engineering of conference. springer. doi: 10.1007/978-3-030-11827-3_8 [39] zienkiewicz, o.c., cheung, y.k. (1964). the finite element method for analysis of elastic isotropic and orthotropic slabs. in ice proceedings of conference. thomas telford. [40] hughes, t.j., cohen, m., haroun, m. (1978). reduced and selective integration techniques in the finite element analysis of plates, nuclear engineering and design, 46 (1), pp. 203-222. doi: 10.1016/0029-5493(78)90184-x [41] ramtekkar, g., desai, y., shah, a. (2003). application of a three-dimensional mixed finite element model to the flexure of sandwich plate, computers & structures, 81 (22-23), pp. 2183-2198. doi: 10.1016/s0045-7949(03)00289-x k. belkaid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61(2022) 372-393; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.25 393 [42] nguyen-xuan, h., thai, c.h., nguyen-thoi, t. (2013). isogeometric finite element analysis of composite sandwich plates using a higher order shear deformation theory, composites part b: engineering, 55 pp. 558-574. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2013.06.044 [43] srinivas, s. (1973). a refined analysis of composite laminates, journal of sound and vibration, 30 (4), pp. 495-507. doi: 10.1016/s0022-460x(73)80170-1 [44] ferreira, a.j.m., roque, c.m.c., martins, p.a.l.s. (2003). analysis of composite plates using higher-order shear deformation theory and a finite point formulation based on the multiquadric radial basis function method, composites part b: engineering, 34 (7), pp. 627-636. doi: 10.1016/s1359-8368(03)00083-0 [45] lee, l.j., fan, y.j. (1996). bending and vibration analysis of composite sandwich plates, computers & structures, 60 (1), pp. 103-112. doi: 10.1016/0045-7949(95)00357-6 [46] belarbi, m., tati, a. (2016). bending analysis of composite sandwich plates with laminated face sheets: new finite element formulation, journal of solid mechanics 8 (2), pp. 280-299. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 356 focussed on fracture and damage detection in masonry structures analytical and numerical analysis on the collapse modes of leastthickness circular masonry arches at decreasing friction giuseppe cocchetti politecnico di milano, dipartimento di ingegneria civile e ambientale, piazza l. da vinci 32, i-20133 milano, italy giuseppe.cocchetti@polimi.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9695-2967 egidio rizzi* università degli studi di bergamo, dipartimento di ingegneria e scienze applicate, viale g. marconi 5, i-24044 dalmine (bg), italy egidio.rizzi@unibg.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6734-1382 abstract. departing from pioneering heyman modern rational investigations on the purely-rotational collapse mode of least-thickness circular masonry arches, the hypothesis that joint friction shall be high enough to prevent inter-block sliding is here released. the influence of a reducing coulomb friction coefficient on the collapse modes of the arch is explicitly inspected, both analytically and numerically, by tracing the appearance of purely-rotational, mixed sliding-rotational and purely-sliding modes. a classical doubly built-in, symmetric, complete semi-circular arch, with radial joints, under self-weight is specifically considered, for a main illustration. the characteristic values of the friction coefficient limiting the ranges associated to each collapse mode are first analytically derived and then numerically identified, by an independent self-implementation, with consistent outcomes. explicit analytical representations are provided to estimate the geometric parameters defining the limit equilibrium states of the arch, specifically the minimum thickness to radius ratio, at reducing friction. these formulas, starting from the analysis of classical heymanian instance of purely-rotational collapse, make new explicit reference to the mixed slidingrotational collapse mode, arising within a narrow range of limited friction coefficients (or friction angles). the obtained results are consistently compared to existing numerical ones from the competent literature.1 keywords. circular masonry arches; couplet-heyman problem; reducing friction; purely-rotational mode; mixed sliding-rotational mode; purely-sliding mode. citation: cocchetti, g., rizzi, e., analytical and numerical analysis on the collapse modes of least-thickness circular masonry arches at decreasing friction, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375. received: 30.06.2019 accepted: 05.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. 1 an earlier version of the present work with preliminary developments was presented at the sahc12 conference in wroclaw, poland, october 15-17, 2012 [7]. http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9695-2967 http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6734-1382 http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2554.mp4 g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 357 introduction irst rational studies on the statics of masonry arches were blooming in 1700, with the development of so-called pre-elastic theories. in recent times, they have culminated, in the second half of 1900, in the modern reinterpretation and application of limit analysis to masonry constructions, according to the fundamental pioneering work by jacques heyman [1-4]. specifically, heyman stated three classical behavioural assumptions for masonry structures (1 no tensile strength; 2 infinite compressive strength; 3 no sliding failure), and investigated the five-hinge purely-rotational collapse mode of continuous symmetric circular masonry arches under self-weight (taken as uniformly-distributed along the geometrical centreline of the arch, with self-weight per unit length w =  t d ), by providing analytical representations for the determination of the characteristic parameters of the masonry arch in the critical, least-thickness condition, such as (figs. 1a,b): • angular position  of the rupture (radial) joint with inner intrados hinge at the haunches; • critical thickness to radius ratio  = t/r ; • non-dimensional horizontal thrust h = h/(w r ) acting in such a limit state of minimum thickness still available to sustain the arch (couplet-heyman problem). this classical least-thickness problem in the statics of masonry arches has been revisited by the present authors within a wide research project that has been considering different characteristic aspects, by employing both self-consistent analytical and numerical techniques [5-10]. arches of a general half-angle of embrace 0 <  <  (including for undercomplete and over-complete, horseshoe circular masonry arches) have been systematically analysed in analytical terms. different solutions have been explicitly derived, and numerically explored, which appeared fully consistent with updated outcomes from a re-discussion by heyman [4], and prior developments by ochsendorf [11-12], as well as with classical earlier work by milankovitch [13] (see foce [14]), and several most recent attempts that meanwhile have appeared [15-24]. an earlier account on these developments was provided in sahc10 conference paper [5]; later, a comprehensive analytical treatment with unprecedented closed-form explicit representations was provided in [6], while in [8], consistent comparisons were developed by a discrete element method implementation, in the form of a discontinuous deformation analysis (dda) tool. then, first new developments on the role of friction have been preliminarily investigated in such a research mainstream, as initially reported in sahc12 conference work [7], prodromal to the present one, by releasing heyman hypothesis 3 of no sliding failure, and accounting for both mixed sliding-rotational and purely-sliding collapse modes (figs. 1c,d). here, within that context, a new, complete, analytical treatment is developed, starting from the developed analytical solutions that had earlier been derived for purely-rotational collapse [6,8], with additional comprehensive numerical verification. very recently, separate innovative numerical implementations as an optimisation problem to be solved by non-linear mathematical programming are being developed [9,10], with results that turn out truly consistent with the ones here derived and presented. specifically, the limit values of coulomb friction coefficient  = tan (and friction angle  ), at the theoretical (radial) joints of a continuous arch, marking the transitions between the three collapse modes depicted in figs. 1b-d are here explicitly derived, together with the determination of the analytical dependence of the mixed-mode collapse characteristics (fig. 1c), as a function of friction coefficient , namely m( ), m( ), hm( ). it is newly shown that, at decreasing friction coefficient  at the (radial) joints of the arch, horizontal thrust hm( ) under mixed mode becomes fixed (decreasing), by finite (reducing) friction. this induces, as a consequence, non-linear increasing dependencies of ( ) and ( ). in other words, at a decreasing friction coefficient at the joints of the arch, an increase in the critical value of least thickness is required to warrant the equilibrium of the self-standing masonry arch. here, a main reference is made to complete semi-circular arches with a 2 =  opening (fig. 1a), for a comprehensive illustration and discussion. for such a reference case, the friction range in which mixed-mode collapse is shown to appear turns out quite narrow, in practical terms, i.e. with friction angles  between around 22° and 17° ( = tan between around 0.4 and 0.3). despite, that the value of these findings shall appear to be more of a theoretical type (complete behaviour of a codified mechanical system), than of a practical nature (usually friction coefficients in masonry constructions shall safely be above that; arches are normally built with much higher margins in terms of thickness to radius ratios, with respect to the critical least-thickness condition; and so on), conditions that may be associated to a reducing friction, such as loosening joints, insertion of external materials among the blocks, non-firm or spreading supports, etc., may come up into the picture, leading to considerable interest in anyway reaching a full understanding on arch “stability” (say, equilibrium) at reducing f g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 358 friction, as in the present setting. moreover, the critical value of friction coefficient up to induce possible sliding may increase with the opening angle of the arch (specifically for over-complete horseshoe arches, see later discussion in section 2.3), thus possibly approaching the ranges of friction coefficients that may be encountered in practice and maybe leading to the potential appearance of sliding within the failure mode. figure 1: sketches of a symmetric semi-circular masonry arch under self-weight: (a) characteristic parameters, primarily: half-angle of embrace , inner rupture joint angular position , thickness to radius ratio , non-dimensional horizontal thrust h; (b) purely-rotational collapse mode; (c) mixed sliding-rotational collapse mode; (d) purely-sliding collapse mode. the present analytical and numerical results appear to be consistent to ones numerically developed in the existing literature, specifically concerning the effects of friction in masonry arches. for instance, gilbert et al. [25] have numerically investigated the role of friction, by estimating for a semi-circular arch a minimum thickness to radius ratio  = 0.1068, in the presence of a purely-rotational collapse mode, when  is greater than 0.396 (friction angle larger than  = 21.60°). this marks, at decreasing friction, the transition from the purely-rotational mode to the mixed slidingrotational mode. furthermore, a value of  = 0.31 ( = 17.22°) was found, which then located the shift from the mixed sliding-rotational mode to the purely-sliding mode. in gilbert et al. [25] a characteristic, sort of l-shaped diagram depicts the critical value of thickness to radius ratio  as a function of friction coefficient , with a double kink at these two critical values of , a constant value of  for  > 0.396 and rapidly-growing values of  right on  = 0.31. these outcomes appear in good agreement with numerically developed earlier results by sinopoli et al. [26-28], which individuated the above-mentioned kinks respectively at  = 0.395 ( = 21.55°) and  = 0.309 ( = 17.17°). here, the following “exact” analytical results for the complete semi-circular arch are going to be consistently derived: rm = 0.395832 (rm = 21.5952°), for the transition from purely-rotational to mixed sliding-rotational modes; ms = 0.309215 (ms = 17.1824°), for the transition between mixed and purely-sliding modes. (a) (b) (c) (d) g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 359 in the present paper, two sorts of analyses on the role of reducing friction in circular masonry arches are carried-out, as respectively presented in sections 2 and 3, with mutually consistent results, as eventually outlined in resuming section 4: • first, a complete analytical approach in the wake of previous original analytical solutions for purely-rotational collapse [6,8] is developed, towards the characterisation of the mixed sliding-rotational collapse mode and of the relevant friction bounds. this analytical analysis starts from the presumed purely-rotational collapse mode due to heyman [1-4] and, by decreasing friction, derives, through a static approach, the modes that subsequently arise, with explicit “exact” solutions. • second, a comprehensive, original self-implemented numerical approach is developed, which sets an optimisation analysis in the sense of the lower-bound (static) theorem of limit analysis, within a classical commercial spreadsheet wherein an optimisation function is made available. there, the constitutive behaviour of the circular masonry arch is stated and equilibrium conditions are varied towards the determination of the critical least-thickness condition and of the attached collapse mode. thus, the collapse mode, whether purely-rotational, mixed sliding-rotational or purely-sliding, is not there a priori hypothesised, while correctly numerically recovered, through an optimisation process, with outcomes that turn out fully coherent with those “exact” ones from the previous analytical analysis, and also to the above-quoted findings from the preceding literature [25-28]. analytical approach tarting from the classical analysis of purely-rotational collapse of circular masonry arches in the so-called couplet-heyman problem [1-4], the determination of collapse characteristics , , h for a symmetric circular arch of general half-angle of embrace  (figs. 1a,b) may be stated by the solution of the following system of three characteristic equations, in terms of unknown non-dimensional horizontal thrust variable h [5,6,8]: 2 2 2 ( 2 ) sin 2(1 cos )(1 / 12) 2 ( 2 )cos 2 (1 / 12), cot 2 2 ( 2 ) (sin cos ) 2sin (1 / 12) cot (1 / 6) ( 2 )sin 2 m m m e ccr m h h h h h a a h h h                                 − − − + = = + − −  = = − + = +  − + − +  = = = − + − −  1 2 (1) eqns. (1)a and (1)b represent two equilibrium relations, respectively the rotational equilibrium of any upper portion ab of the half-arch (symmetry conditions apply) with respect to inner intrados hinge at haunch b, and of whole half-arch ac with respect to extrados hinge at shoulder c (fig. 1b); the latter introduces the dependence on opening angle , through variable a =  cot(/2). importantly, eqn. (1)c truly corresponds to the correct tangency condition of the line of thrust (locus of pressure points) at haunch intrados b and may be derived from the following stationary condition: num[ ]( ) ( ) 0 den[ ] hdh h h h d h     = =  = =  11 1 e 1 (2) where symbol ( )′ denotes a differentiation with respect to  [6] and advantage has been taken from the quotient rule of differentiation. notice that the correct statement of this tangency condition actually sets a main difference to classical heyman solution, which stated the tangency condition on the thrust force itself (h = hh in eqn. (1)c), and may be considered as leading to a sort of approximation of the true solution, at least until when  keeps small. moreover, in eqns. (1) ccr and m are two control flags allowing to shift from classical heyman solution (ccr = 0, m = 0), to the correct solution of heyman problem (ccr = 1, m = 0), and to milankovitch solution considering the true s g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 360 self-weight distribution along the arch (ccr = 1, m = 1), respectively leading to a “linear”, a “quadratic” and a “cubic problem” in the algebraic solution for unknown triplet a( ), ( ), h( ). this is originally and extensively derived, described and discussed in [6]. all what will be considered in the following will stick to classical hypothesis m = 0, i.e. by assuming a self-weight distribution along the geometrical centreline of the arch, in classical heyman sense, though with correct evaluation ccr = 1 of the tangency condition in eqn. (1)c. an extensive discussion on the differences between the three arising solutions has been reported in [6], including about the spreading discrepancies appearing for over-complete (horseshoe) circular masonry arches. known heyman “linear” solution may finally be obtained from eqns. (1), for ccr = 0, m = 0, and can be classically represented as: ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 2 cos sin cos sin cot cot 2 2 cos sin cos sin cos sin 1 cos 2 1 cos cot h h a h h                         + + = = + −  − − = = +  = =   (3) going to properly correct ccr solution (ccr = 1, m = 0), for the complete semi-circular arch, i.e.  = a = /2, system (1) renders the following characteristic ccr solution triplet for the purely-rotational collapse mode to be recorded: 0.951141 54.4963 , 0.107426, 0.621772 ( / 2)r r rrad h   = =  = = = (4) more generally, at variable half-opening angle  of the circular masonry arch (thus at variable a =  cot (/2)), the solution of system (1) for ccr = 1, m = 0 can be analytically represented in closed-form as follows [6]: 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( 2 ) 2 2 2 2 f f gs s a g s g s g s f gs s f g f s f gs s h s    − +  = −  − − + = +  −  − + =   with 2 ( ) ( sin )' ( ) ( ) sin ( ) cos f f s c g g s cf sc s s c c            = = = + = = + = + = = = = (5) indeed, triplet a( ), ( ), h( ) becomes a double-valued function of inner hinge position , coming from the solution of the following “quadratic problem” [6]: 2 2 2 2 ( 2 ) 2 0 ( ) 4( ) 4( ) 0 2 2( ) 0 s g s a fg a g f g g s g f s h f s h g f    − − + =  + − − + − =  − − + − = (6) the above three quadratic equations in a, , h can be obtained from system (1) by eliminating in turn couples (, h ), (a, h) and (a, ). notice that solutions (5)b and (5)c for  and h can be obtained from a 2×2 subsystem formed by eqns. (1)a and (1)c, namely those independent on a( ) in source system (1). functions a( ), ( ), h( ) become single-valued at  = s = 1.12909 rad = 64.6918°, namely at the value of  setting to zero the term under square roots g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 361  [rad] a =  c o t(  /2 ) heyman ccr  2 −  2/3  [rad]  heyman ccr  4/12  [rad] h heyman ccr 1 −  2/3 in eqns. (5): f 2 – 2gs + s 2 = 0. this corresponds to a stationary (maximum) point of the curves ( ) or (a ) at variable arch opening [6,8]. the characteristic solution for  = a = /2 keeps in the pre-peak branch (a+, –, h+) of solution (5). solutions (5)a, (5)b and (5)c can be analytically plotted as a function of hinge position , as depicted in fig. 2, with comparison between correct ccr solution [6] and classical (say “approximated”) heyman solution. similar representations occur as well for milankovitch solution accounting for the true self-weight distribution along the circular arch, though leading to the following more involved “cubic problem”: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( ) 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 0 3 12 12 0 6 3 3 2 3 2 2 0 s g s a g f g s a f g a g s f g g s g f s h s f g s h g f f s h g f     =     − + − − + + + − − + − = − − − − + − =  − − (7) with rather similar results and minor differences, to those recovered for the above “quadratic problem” [6]. thus, the value of milankovitch solution is not further inspected here, since focus is now going to be made on the effect of reducing friction, on correct ccr solution, vs. “approximated” heyman one, in the kept hypothesis of self-weight distribution along geometrical centreline of the circular arch. moreover, ccr solutions (5)b and (5)c can be analytically plotted by parametric plots (( ), h( )) and (, h( )), for 0 ≤  ≤ s, showing (with important implications in the present forthcoming analysis on the role of reducing friction) non-linear dependencies of (h ) and (h ) at variable non-dimensional horizontal thrust h (figs. 3a,b), in the critical condition of purely-rotational collapse (fig. 1b). figure 2: analytical parametric plot of solution triplet a( ), ( ), h( ) as a function of inner hinge angular position  for ccr and heyman solutions, with common trends for small  (a =  cot(/2), : half-angle of embrace; : thickness to radius ratio; h: nondimensional horizontal thrust; refer to fig. 1). g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 362 this remarkably shows that (h ) becomes a non-linear increasing function at decreasing h and that (h ), in the pre-peak branch, is also a non-linear increasing function at lowering h. thus, if h is set by external conditions (e.g., here, through friction reduction), in the least-thickness limit equilibrium state,  and  vary accordingly to the trends represented in figs. 3a,b (non-linearly and with opposite concavities). these considerations display a crucial implication in the forthcoming investigation analysis at reducing friction. (a) (b) figure 3: analytical parametric plot as a function of non-dimensional horizontal thrust h( ): (a) least thickness to radius ratio ( ); (b) inner hinge angular position . reducing friction the whole above solution holds true in heyman sense for high values (infinite, in the limit) of friction coefficient  = tan, apt to prevent sliding failure within the arch. by imaging now to decrease friction coefficient  (not present in system (1)) from infinity or from such high values, one seeks when, and where in the arch, a first sliding joint may arise, for a critical value of  = rm marking the transition between purely-rotational and mixed sliding-rotational modes. this should occur when limit sliding activation condition t/n =   is reached for the first time, where t( ) and n( ) are the shear (clock-wise positive) and normal (compression positive) components of the internal thrust force at each theoretical (radial) joint of the continuous arch. from the translational equilibrium of any upper portion ab of the half-arch of general half-opening , one gets, in non-dimensional terms: ( ) ( ) sin cos ( ) ( ) cos sin t t h w r n n h w r            = = −     = = +  (8) it may be noticed that non-dimensional internal force components t( ) and n( ) are just functions of geometrical angular position variable , at a given value of horizontal thrust h (which is constant along the arch). specifically, thickness to radius ratio parameter  does not intervene in eqns. (8). at the shoulders of the arch ( = ), internal action component ratio t/n becomes: sin cos ( ) cos sin t h n h         − = = + (9) for the complete semi-circular arch, at the half-arch extremes (namely crown a and shoulder c) one has, respectively:  = 0, t = 0, n = h, thus t/n = 0;  =  = /2, t = h sin –  cos = h, n = h cos +  sin = /2, thus t/n = 2h/. g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 363 plots in fig. 4a represent the variation of local slope t/n of the internal thrust (to the local joint normal) at variable half-opening  of upper portion ab, for fixed values of h ranging from 0.1 to 1, together with the maps of stationary points appearing in the t/n curves at variable h. (a) (b) figure 4: local slope t/n of non-dimensional shear/normal internal force components at variable  for the complete semi-circular arch ( = /2): (a) curves for different values of non-dimensional horizontal thrust h, with stationary maps; (b) limit situations of collapse mode transition with sliding activation at  = rm and  = ms. two main facts clearly appear from the inspection of fig. 4a: absolute maxima of thrust slope are always attained at the shoulder ( =  = /2); relative minima (maxima on negative side) occur at stationary points at intermediate locations 0 ≤  ≤ 0.5, at variable thrust 0 ≤ h ≤ 1. this shows, on one hand, that the first sliding joint, at decreasing , should appear at the shoulder when t/n = +, leading to: cos sin sin cos h h         + = = − (10) g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 364 which provides transition mark  = rm at h = hrm = hr and then fixes the horizontal thrust within the arch, h = hm( ), under mixed sliding-rotational mode, as linearly decreasing with friction coefficient : 2 0.395832 ( 21.5952 ), 0.621772 ; ( ) ( ) / 2 2 r rm r rm rm r m h h h h h h         = = = =  = = = = (11) notice that generally h( ) is a non-linear function of , at variable . for the complete semi-circular arch ( = /2; cos = 0, sin = 1), it just becomes a linear function of , namely h = /2 . on the other hand, in analytically seeking the stationary points marked in fig. 4a, one then searches for the additional joint where further sliding may occur. thereby, the corresponding stationary condition leads to: 2 (1 )cos sin1 0 (1 ) sin cos hd t t t n tn t t t t n d n n n n n n hn            − − +−       = = = − =  = =       − +      (12) thus, since such sliding joint is activated when, there, t/n = –, while h = h, one has to solve the following system of three governing equations (independently from thickness parameter  ): 2 2 0 (sin cos ) (cos sin ) 0 cos sin (sin cos ) (cos sin ) 0 sin cos t t h h n n t h n h h h                         =  − + =    = −  + − − =   + = =  − − + = − (13) remark that eqn. (13)a states the map of stationary points of t/n as  2 = h – h2 = h(1–h) or  2 + (h – 1/2)2 = (1/2)2 (see the circle insert in fig. 4a). this is also obtained either by eliminating couple (,  ) from system (13), or variable  from eqns. (13)a and (13)b. instead, by eliminating couple (, h ) from system (13), and couple (, h ) from system (13) or variable h from eqns. (13)a and (13)b, one also gets, respectively: 2 2 2 [ 2 sin 2( )] [1 4 cos 2( )] [ 2 sin 2( )] 0           + + − − − + + − + = (14) 2 ( 2 sin 2 ) 2 cos 2 2 sin 2 0      + − + − = (15) the latter equation leading to following symbolic solution  = ±( ): 2 cos 2 1 4 ( ) 2 sin 2         − = + (16) where higher root + holds true for  ≥ cos1/(1+sin1) = 0.293408, with  ≤ 1/2. thus, from eqn. (14), with  = /2, one may numerically solve for position  = s of the new sliding joint. then, in cascade, at that value of  = s, eqn. (15), or eqn. (16), leads to transition friction coefficient ms (higher root); finally, eqn. (13)a gives, at  = s, thrust hms (lower root, corresponding to hms = hms). in doing so, or either by directly numerically solving system (13), one gets: 0.499796 28.6362 , 0.309215 ( 17.1824 ), 0.485714s ms ms msrad h  = =  = =  = (17) g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 365 notice that, once friction mark ms is known, thus hms = /2 ms, stationary condition (13)a, i.e.  2 = h(1–h), gives the following explicit expression of the angular position of the inner sliding joint for the purely-sliding collapse mode: (1 ) 1 2 2 s ms ms ms msh h        = − = −    (18) since hms is near 0.5, s is also near 0.5 (see circle insert in fig. 4a). mixed sliding-rotational mode at this stage, the friction boundaries for the appearance of the mixed sliding-rotational collapse mode have been located. notice that: • at  = rm, any 2-dof linear combination of 1-dof modes in figs. 1b and 1c is possible; • at  = ms, any 2-dof linear combination of 1-dof modes in figs. 1c and 1d is feasible; • in range ms <  < rm, the mixed-mode mode in fig. 1c is found, with variable position m( ) of inner hinge b, thickness to radius ratio m( ) and horizontal thrust hm( ), at variable friction coefficient . this last occurrence is ruled by a new system of governing equations, in place of those in system (1), in which second equilibrium eqn. (1)b is replaced by sliding equation h = h = /2 , namely: 1( , ) ( , ) ( , )e h h h h h h         =  =  = (19) the solution of this system actually brings back to the previous analysis for the purely-rotational mode. indeed, equations h = h1 and h = he are still the same, with same solutions (5)b and (5)c for ( ) and h( ), as previously explained. by setting h = h = /2  in the expression of h( ) in eqn. (5)c and solving for ( ) = h( ) 2/, or by eliminating h = /2  in two eqns. (19)a and (19)c, this leads to trends m( ) and m( ). these can be analytically plotted, by parametric plots at variable rm ≤  ≤ ms (figs. 7-8, section 4), where ms can be found from ( ), eqn. (5)b, at  = ms. similarly, ms is found as (ms), at hms = /2 ms, so that: 1.05616 60.5134 , 0.200637, 0.485714ms ms msrad h = =  = = (20) since this leads to an increase of ( ) at decreasing , constant trace  = r of the purely-rotational mode is abandoned, since ( ) is higher and thus provides a new least thickness condition (fig. 7). accordingly, the hinge at the shoulder, co-present with the sliding joint there at  = rm, closes down. the inner haunch hinge b keeps instead on, and moves further down at decreasing . basically, the trends of ( ) and ( ) are read in figs. 7 and 8a, as they were in figs. 3a and 3b at decreasing h. indeed, h is limited by friction to h = /2 , with the linear decreasing trend at lowering  represented in fig. 8b. such a trend is linear for the exposed case of  = /2. tab. 1 reports analytically-evaluated (“exact”) mixed-mode collapse characteristics , , h at variable friction coefficient . at new transition  = ms, trends m( ), m( ), hm( ) stop. limit equilibrium states associated to modes in fig. 1d do not depend on thickness parameter , thus they would require any value of  > ms in the least thickness condition. thus, the inner hinge at the haunch also closes down and from the two modes in figs. 1c and 1d, co-present at  = ms, only the purely-sliding mode in fig. 1d survives for  > ms. however, all these states at  = ms are right-away limit equilibrium states, thus equilibrium is no-longer possible in practice, at any value  > ms. notice also that, at  = ms, inner hinge and sliding joints are differently located, respectively at  = ms = 1.05616 rad = 60.5134° (hinge joint) and  = s = 0.499796 rad = 28.6362° (sliding joint), thus interestingly at nearly 60° and 30°. the present analytical outcomes are going to be further commented in section 4, with comparison as well to independent, matching, numerical results by a self-made spreadsheet implementation, as derived in the next section. g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 366   h  [rad] [deg]   h  [rad] [deg] 0.7 0.107426 0.621772 0.951141 54.4963 0.35 0.152920 0.549779 1.01227 57.9986 0.3959 0.107426 0.621772 0.951141 54.4963 0.34 0.163977 0.534071 1.02392 58.6661 0.395832 0.107426 0.621772 0.951141 54.4963 0.33 0.175448 0.518363 1.03499 59.3003 0.3958 0.107455 0.621721 0.951188 54.4991 0.32 0.187338 0.502655 1.04548 59.9016 0.39 0.112750 0.612611 0.959654 54.9841 0.31 0.199653 0.486947 1.05540 60.4702 0.38 0.122192 0.596903 0.973737 55.7910 0.3093 0.200531 0.485847 1.05608 60.5088 0.37 0.132031 0.581195 0.987190 56.5618 0.309215 0.200637 0.485714 1.05616 60.5134 0.36 0.142273 0.565487 1.00003 57.2974 0.3092 no equilibrium solution table 1: “exact” critical solution values of triplet , h,  obtained for the complete semi-circular arch by the analytical analysis at variable friction coefficient . sliding joints appear at  = /2 rad = 90° for 0.309215 = ms ≤  ≤ rm = 0.395832 and at  = s = 0.499796 rad = 28.6362° for  = ms = 0.309215. comment on present mixed mode at variable opening angle of the arch the previous relations, generally set for any half-angle of embrace , and illustrated in detail for the considered reference case of the complete semi-circular arch ( = /2), could be used to further explore the output of the discovered mixed mode, at reducing friction, for arches with variable opening angles. it can be shown that the analytical solution for the representation of the mixed mode here derived holds true for a range of opening angles up to the following limit one (0 <  ≤ lm). indeed, if one seeks the condition leading to the common satisfaction of systems of three eqns. (1) and three eqns. (13), namely those that mark the rotational mode and the sliding mode, one achieves the following numerical solution of the six equations in six unknowns lm (limit opening angle for present mixed sliding-rotational mode), lm (friction coefficient), lm (thickness to radius ratio), hlm (non-dimensional horizontal thrust),  rlm, (angular position of inner rotational joint),  slm (angular position of inner sliding joint): ( )/22.48716 142.504 ( cot 0.844185), 1.41527 ( atan =0.955669 54.7558 ), 0.679605, 0.0978058, 1.03749 59.4435, 0.297052 = 17.0198° lmlm lm lm lm lm lm lm lm r s lm lm rad a rad h rad rad         = =  = = = = =  = = = = = (21) thus, the documented solution of mixed mode is achieved until for an angle of embrace of about lm = 142.5°, anyway requiring considerable friction (and thickness) for the arch to withstand under self-weight, in the limit condition of least thickness. at that value of  (marking a rather open, thick, horseshoe arch), the two solutions for rotational collapse and sliding collapse, together with that for mixed mode collapse, unify all together and are co-present at the same time for the values of the characteristic coefficients reported in eqn. (21). further numerical results and representations of the collapse characteristics of the circular masonry arch at variable angle of embrace, implicitly described by the present analytical treatment, and fully consistent with such analytical solutions, are additionally presented in [9,10], by a separate numerical treatment, based on a comprehensive non-linear mathematical programming formulation and implementation. a simpler, straightforward numerical strategy is instead proposed next, for independent and complete validation of the achieved analytical results. g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 367 numerical approach n immediate, self-implemented numerical algorithm for the individuation of the collapse modes of symmetric circular masonry arches has been further created within commercial spreadsheet software excel, to independently inspect and validate the previous analytical outcomes on the arch’s collapse characteristics, as revealed at reducing friction. it makes use of an optimisation function named “solver”, which allows for the selection of a grg (generalised reduced gradient) engine, towards the solution of smooth non-linear optimisation problems. similar, independent numerical tools of thrust-line or limit analysis, which may as well involve the use of spreadsheets and formulations of mathematical programming have been proposed [29-35]. an approach that shall be quite similar to the present one has been earlier developed by de rosa and galizia [34], for the analysis of pointed masonry arches. discrete element method tools (see e.g. [8], and references therein quoted) may as well be employed toward the stated validation purpose, though the correct and precise evaluation of the threshold values of friction coefficients, and relevant arch thicknesses and collapse characteristics, with respect to the analytically determined benchmark values above, may constitute a rather delicate quest. the feeling, confirmed by first trials by an available dda program already adopted in [8], within the present research endeavours, is that such numerical tools may not turn out as refined enough, to become capable to feel the subtle differences in the effects of variable friction, especially in correctly getting the transition values of friction coefficient, as exactly derived by the earlier analytical derivation. likely, general trends may be qualitatively reproduced, in the best option, but it may be hard to recover true quantitative matchings with the analytical results. thus, a separate and dedicated numerical tool was eventually conceived and implemented, as delivered in the present section, to provide a final confirmation of the analytical results, with truly matching outcomes, on a real quantitative basis, as then resumed in the subsequent section. input for the present spreadsheet numerical implementation within excel is constituted by two kinds of data: • geometrical: arch width d, mean radius r (both nominally fixed to 1 m); • material: limit tension stress t (set to zero, according to heyman hypothesis 1), limit compression stress c (set to 1000 kn/m2, i.e. a high value apt to comply with heyman hypothesis 2), variably-fixed friction coefficient , weight per unit volume  (set to 25 kn/m3). based on these input data, the trends of internal actions n( ), t( ), m( ) along the arch are recovered by equilibrium and confronted to the limit values that define section resistance, specifically in terms of shear force t and moment m. then, an iterative procedure is put in place at variable thickness t, which constitutes the cell variable within the optimisation process, to evaluate the limit condition of least thickness. characteristics  (angular position of rupture joints), , h in the limit condition are then obtained, together with the variation of internal actions n( ), t( ), m( ) along the arch, and associated thrust-line eccentricity e( ) = m/n from geometrical centreline. thus, the numerical analysis is carried out by a static approach and the collapse mode is found out by the analysis in the limit thickness condition, as the output of the optimisation (thickness minimisation) process. like that, notice that the collapse mode is not a priori imposed but truly obtained out of the numerical process. the analysis is here carried out on a complete semi-circular masonry arch (angle of embrace 2 =  ). due to symmetry, only one half of the arch is considered, with “hyperstatic” actions (moment x = ma and horizontal thrust y = h) acting at geometrical centreline at crown section a. statically-admissible configurations are those warranting equilibrium of any upper portion of the arch of angular opening . they are described in non-dimensional terms by expressions (8), which determine shear t( ) = t( ) w r and normal n( ) = n( ) w r actions in each theoretical section of the arch, and by the following expression of moment m( ) = m( ) w r2. consistently with relations (8), in non-dimensional terms: ( ) 2 ( ) (1 cos ) sin (1 cos ) x m h w r     = + − − − − (22) cross section resistance may be set as follows. given that 0 = t t d ≤ n( ) ≤ c t d should always be satisfied within the arch, focus is made on moment and shear resistances. since eccentricity e( ) = m( )/n( ), with n( ) > 0 for h > 0 (compression), should not exceed  t/2 (no tensile strength) and assuming that shear is limited by a coulomb friction law with friction coefficient , one states the following two resistance inequalities to hold: ( ) ( ) ; ( ) ( ) 2 t m n t n      (23) a g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 368 within the optimisation process, toward the determination of least-thickness condition t = tmin still making the whole self-standing equilibrium possible, cell constraints are then represented by resistance conditions (23) and by the enforcement that, at crown section a, y = h > 0 and |x| = |ma| ≤ y t/2. equilibrium values of n( ), t( ), m( ) from eqns. (8) and (22) are then determined at discretised angular positions, with angle-step  = 0.001 rad. the optimum search of tmin is iteratively performed, by varying the initial values of x = ma, y = h and t, in order to satisfy all given constraints (with tolerances in the order of 10-6). rotational and sliding joints are respectively detected, and their angular position  recorded, when limit conditions (23)a and (23)b, with numerical equalities, are reached (fig. 5). a high value of friction coefficient is first set, namely  = 0.7 (  35°), which should allow for predicting a purely-rotational collapse mode, due to heyman hypothesis 3 (see analytical results in tab. 1). the analysis is then repeated at lowering values of friction coefficient , which has been reduced by steps up to  = 0.0001, until the numerical algorithm becomes no-longer able to find equilibrium solutions. transition conditions at  = rm and  = ms have been numerically found, by looking at activated hinge and/or sliding joints (figs. 5 and 6). results have been recorded in terms of characteristic arch parameters , , h at variable . salient numerical outcomes are reported in tab. 2 below (to be consistently compared with analytical results in earlier tab. 1). it may be noted from tab. 2 that for  = 0.3959 ( = 21.5986°) the algorithm numerically detects the simultaneous presence of a rotational and a sliding joint at  =  = 90°. this provides a consistent numerical estimate of “exact” friction coefficient rm = 0.395832 (rm = 21.5952°), as earlier analytically derived. further, the lack of equilibrium solutions for  < 0.3093 ( < 17.1868°) provides a consistent numerical approximation of “exact” bound ms = 0.309215 (ms = 17.1824°). these numerical results are also consistent with earlier independent numerical outcomes in [25-28], as mentioned in the introduction. also, the approximate numerical values of characteristic parameters , , h fit quite well with the “exact” predictions from the analytical approach (tab. 1), as analysed, represented and resumed next.   h hinge joints  [deg] sliding joints  [deg]   h hinge joints  [deg] sliding joints  [deg] 0.7 0.107426 0.621772 0-54.4883-90 0.35 0.152920 0.549779 0-58.0120 90 0.396 0.107426 0.621772 0-54.4883-90 0.34 0.163977 0.534071 0-58.5563 90 0.3959 0.107663 0.621878 0-54.4883-90 90 0.33 0.175448 0.518363 0-59.3011 90 0.3958 0.107456 0.621721 0-54.4883 90 0.32 0.187338 0.502655 0-59.9027 90 0.39 0.112750 0.612611 0-54.9753 90 0.31 0.199653 0.486947 0-60.5043 90 0.38 0.122191 0.596903 0-55.7774 90 0.3094 0.200406 0.486004 0-60.5043 90 0.37 0.132031 0.581195 0-56.6082 90 0.3093 0.200531 0.485847 0-60.5043 28.6479-90 0.36 0.142273 0.565487 0-57.2958 90 0.3092 no equilibrium solution table 2: approximate critical solution values of triplet , h,  obtained for the complete semi-circular arch by the numerical analysis at variable friction coefficient . summary of analytical and numerical outcomes igs. 7-8 below all together resume the present analytical and numerical results, by showing classical collapse characteristics of the masonry arch , , h at variable (reducing) friction coefficient . numerical data out of the analysis in section 3 are over-scored with cross markings on continuous analytical trends (parametric plots) out of the “exact” analysis in section 2, with very good matching among them. specifically, fig. 7 first reports a main outcome of the derivation, as the limit curve in the (,  ) plane, in the sort of typical representation pointed out by gilbert et al. [25] and sinopoli et al. [26-28], and recently by aita et al. [23], there generalised to masonry arches of various typologies and shapes. f g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 369 figure 5: numerical optimisation results for the trends of shear t( ) and moment m( ) at friction coefficient  = 0.3959. figure 6: numerical optimisation results for the trends of shear t( ) and moment m( ) at friction coefficient  = 0.3093. moreover, fig. 8 accordingly as well shows the non-linear trend of inner angular position  variation at reducing friction  in the mixed collapse mode and the associated (linear) decreasing trend of non-dimensional horizontal thrust h, as limited by reducing friction  at the sliding joint forming at the springing of the arch at  =  = /2. this constitutes a key feature for the appearance and interpretation of the arising mixed mode, as revealed by the present analytical and numerical investigation on the role of reducing friction. on the hierarchy of the collapse modes at variable (decreasing) friction coefficient , it may be resumed that for  >rm the collapse mode in the least-thickness condition is purely-rotational (fig. 1b). collapse characteristics , , h remain unvaried at changing : since purely-rotational collapse is uniquely determined by arch geometry, they are not dependent on the values of friction coefficient if greater than rm. at transition  = rm = 0.395832 (rm = 21.5952°), a first sliding joint appears at the shoulder of the arch ( =  = /2), for a non-dimensional horizontal thrust h = hr matching h = h( ) = /2 . this marks the transition from purely-rotational to mixed sliding-rotational collapse modes. the simultaneous presence of a hinge and a sliding joint at the shoulders is detected in both analytical and numerical analyses. the 2-dof collapse mode in such a transition state could be represented by any linear combination of 1-dof modes in figs. 1b and 1c. when friction coefficient  is then further decreased from rm, non-dimensional horizontal thrust h keeps fixed by friction as h = h( ). the least thickness required for equilibrium is forced to increase. indeed, since a lower friction coefficient is related to a lower resistance to sliding, a larger section (thickness) is needed to prevent collapse. also, the purely-rotational collapse mode cannot be further triggered, since a thickness larger than value r required by purely-rotational collapse (independent on  ) is needed to avoid sliding. hence, the collapse mode that appears first, when thickness is decreased from a super-critical value to the critical one, is the mixed sliding-rotational mode in fig. 1c. at the same time, the inner g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 370 hinge at the haunches moves further down, at decreasing , from the location at purely-rotational collapse. this is due to the non-linear increasing trends of  and  at lowering h (fixed here by friction) in the purely-rotational solution (fig. 3). figure 7: least thickness to radius ratio  at variable friction coefficient , obtained by the analytical and numerical analyses. the mixed sliding-rotational mode range, ms <  < rm, is limited by ms = 0.309215 (ms = 17.1824°) and rm = 0.395832 (rm = 21.5952°). the shaded region represents the possible arch equilibrium states of couples (,  ). reducing friction  sets a required increase of least thickness to radius ratio . at  = ms = 0.309215 (ms = 17.1824°) an additional sliding joint opens up at ms = 0.499796 rad = 28.6362°, when  = ms = 0.200637, with h = hms = 0.485714. at  = ms, this sliding joint coexists with a hinge at the haunches at m(ms) = 1.05616 rad = 60.5134°, and the corresponding 2-dof mixed collapse mode would be any linear combination of 1-dof collapse modes in figs. 1c and 1d. any larger value of  > ms would instead represent limit equilibrium conditions at  = ms for which purely-sliding collapse would develop (fig. 1d). in practice, at  = ms any value of  > ms would correspond to limit states associated to purely-sliding modes in fig. 1d and the arch would no longer be able to withstand under self-weight. nothing should be said, by the present static approach, for values of  < ms, since then equilibrium is no-longer possible at any value of . thus, it may be concluded that the shaded region in fig. 7 represents the equilibrium states of couples (,  ) allowing for arch equilibrium under self-weight. the inferior boundary of this domain is set by constant line  = r at  ≥ rm, then by curve  = m( ) at ms ≤  ≤ rm, finally by vertical line  ≥ ms at  = ms (fig. 7). tab. 3 below further resumes all the main solution characteristics obtained by the analytical results, for the various traced collapse modes of the complete semi-circular arch (2 =  ), at reducing friction, according to the above detailed discussion and the corresponding illustration of the collapse modes. notice that the collapse mechanisms were already drawn, on scale, in figs. 1b,c,d, as indeed corresponding to the main cases on the 1st, 3rd and 5th rows of tab. 3, now reported. remark that these constitute the three basic collapse cases that are revealed by the study. the other two intermediate rows in the table represent transition cases, among couples of them, where any possible combination of the two underlying mechanisms meeting at such a transition instance becomes possible. conclusions he role that friction coefficient  at the theoretical (radial) joints of a continuous circular masonry arch plays in the definition of geometrical collapse of continuous arches has been fully investigated, with specific reference illustration to the classical case of the complete semi-circular arch (half-angle of embrace  = /2 = 90°). the analytical treatment presented in [5,6,8] for purely-rotational collapse has been complemented and extended, by releasing heyman hypothesis 3 of no sliding failure and looking at the induced changes of the collapse mode through the role of a reducing friction, leading to sliding onset. t g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 371 (a) (b) figure 8: trends of characteristic parameters , h at variable friction coefficient , obtained by the analytical and numerical analyses: (a) inner hinge angular position ; (b) non-dimensional horizontal thrust h. reducing friction  sets a non-linear increase of angular position  of the inner hinge and a linear (for 2 =  ) decrease of non-dimensional horizontal thrust h. then, at decreasing friction coefficient , different masonry arch collapse modes have been located as follows (figs. 1b-d, tab. 3): • for  > rm classical purely-rotational collapse (fig. 1b), with five hinges in the symmetric configuration of the whole arch (one at the crown, two at the haunches and two at the shoulders); • for ms <  < rm mixed sliding-rotational collapse (fig. 1c), with three hinges in the whole arch, one at the crown and two at the haunches, and with two sliding joints at the shoulders; • for  = ms and  > ms purely-sliding collapse (fig. 1d), with four sliding joints in the whole arch, symmetrically placed at the shoulders and at the haunches (at an angle s ≃ 30° differing from that m(ms) ≃ 60° locating the last inner hinge position in the previous collapse mode at  = ms). at two transition instances  = rm and  = ms, 2-dof modes obtained as any linear combinations of the two adjacent 1-dof modes above become possible. the reducing friction range in which the newly (analytically) discovered mixed sliding-rotational mode occurs is quite narrow, with friction angles between near 22° and 17°. this result obviously holds true for the ideal case of perfectly holding shoulders (i.e. no abutment settlements). as a crucial feature, at decreasing friction coefficient , horizontal g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 372 thrust h decreases with it, as set by friction, linearly for 2 = , by ranging from hr to about 0.78 hr. at the same time,  non-linearly increases from r to about 1.87 r (then, critical thickness almost doubles) and  also increases from near r ≃ 54.5° to about 1.11r ≃ 60.5°. an inner sliding joint finally appears at  = ms at a different s location near 30° from the crown. table 3: summary of analytical collapse characteristics at variable friction coefficient  for the complete semi-circular arch with 2 =  (refer also to fig. 1). this analytical and numerical investigation has enquired the role of friction in the framework of classical heyman masonry arch analysis. focus has been explicitly made on the case of a complete semi-circular arch (2 =  ), to report detailed results and understand crucial features, specifically for the present mixed sliding-rotational mode. the analysis could be further generalised to cases of general half-opening angles , as implicitly analytically here defined and independently numerically outlined in [9,10] by an innovative non-linear mathematical programming procedure, accounting for both static and kinematic admissibilities, all together. this considers a general formulation apt to address possible issues of non-normality in the prediction of the limit analysis formulation and potential instances of non-uniqueness in the determination of the limit thickness condition. indeed, these aspects have been previously discussed in the literature [36-39], particularly in the context of accounting for friction effects in masonry constructions [40-45]. specifically, gilbert et al. [25] have mentioned that "casapulla and lauro (2000) have identified a special class of non-associative friction problems for which provably unique solutions exist. the class comprises arches with symmetrical loading and geometry.", as handled in the present case. these outcomes have also been confirmed by the recent analysis by aita et al. [23]. despite, further, general analytical and numerical formulations shall investigate the subject, in inspecting if friction reduction effect may induce a resulting non-uniqueness in the prediction of the least-thickness condition, as instead still recorded in the present setting devoted to the analysis of symmetric masonry arches under self-weight, for more unspecific configurations and loading conditions. collapse mode friction coefficient  collapse characteristics , , h ( =  / 2) purely rotational (r)  > rm 1 2 0, / 2 90 ( , ) 0.951141 54.4963 ( , ( )) ( , ) 0.107426 0.621772 r r r r r r e r r rad h h rad h h a h h h             = = =   = = =  + =   = =   = rotational/ mixed shift (rm)  = rm = 0.395832 (rm = 21.5952°) 0 0.951141 54.4963 , / 2 90 r rm r rm r s rm rm rad rad      = = =  = = =  0.107426,rm = 0.621772rmh = mixed slidingrotational (m) ms <  < rm 1 0, / 2 90 ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) / 2 r s m m r m e m m rad h h h h h h h h                     = = =   = = + =   = =   = = mixed/ sliding shift (ms)  = ms = 0.309215 (ms = 17.1824°) 0, / 2 90 1.05616 60.5134 , 0.499796 28.6362 r s ms ms r ms s ms rad rad rad      = = =  = =  = =  0.200637,ms = 0.485714msh = purely sliding (s)  = ms 0.499796 28.6362 / 2 90 s s s s rad rad    = =  = =  , 0.200637,s ms  = 0.485714s msh h= = –  < ms no equilibrium solution g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 373 further remarks on the present study, its implications, practical value and perspectives may be outlined as follows: • issue of dilatancy at the blocks’ interfaces. matter of dilatancy may be pertinent, like as due to interlocking arising among masonry joints, for the mutual surfaces of the chunks being not perfectly planar, with a relative roughness that shall locally be present there. then, a little relative normal displacement among the joints may accompany a tangential relative displacement, when sliding is activated, the resulting friction angle being the arctangent of the relevant normal to sliding displacement ratio. this shall indeed introduce a further characteristic parameter of the joint, within the analysis, beyond the already considered main one, namely the friction coefficient. this further effect may likely be secondary in the analysis, explicitly focusing on the role of friction, in the considered context of masonry arches; a main novelty, in analytical terms. possibly, the dilatancy effect may induce some variations in the threshold friction coefficient values that are derived within the present paper, for the potential sliding onset and the transitions among the various possible collapse modes, and for the recorded collapse characteristics. moreover, it looks hard to state, a priori, if such a dilatancy effect may lay on the safe or the unsafe approximation side, for the critical arch behaviour. as a conjecture, the dilatancy process may lead to further resources of the arch to withstand under self-weight, if confinement within the arch shall hold true (like with firm supports). in that sense, the present analysis neglecting dilatancy may turn out to lay on the conservative side, meaning that the predicted least-thickness condition may anyway be safe (even a lower arch thickness may suffice for arch equilibrium, due to dilatancy). certainly, dilatancy shall anyhow lead to another, different source of non-normality, and possible related effects. thus, the perspective handling of the issue of dilatancy may certainly be appropriate, for a complete understanding of arch collapse but shall require a dedicated and comprehensive treatment, and may then constitute the subject of future research work. • issue of real friction values, in practical contexts, as pertinent to a reducing friction, apt to prevent/induce sliding. the present investigation is mainly and firstly endowed of a theoretical value. the results look useful in terms of the overall behaviour of the considered mechanical system; a full recognition of all its possible features. however, there may be reasons that may induce or be associated to a reducing friction effect among the blocks, as possibly connected to external conditions, like loosening of the joints, fading or spreading supports, percolation of rain, humidity, rubbish and mud within the joints, loosening of the mortar, if present, in cemented joints, and possible damage within that, existing interfaces between different composing materials (concrete, soil, earth, stone, masonry, etc.) among the arch’s blocks, bearing interface on underlying pier, wall or ground with underfilled loosened material, like earth, natural sediments, etc. these effects may lead the friction coefficient values to reduce and possibly approach the critical ranges where sliding may be triggered, so that a verification about that shall anyway be attempted. moreover, arches of different opening angles or of varied morphological shapes, symmetric or unsymmetric, do display a variation of the critical friction coefficient value possibly leading to the onset of sliding. indeed, the discussion in section 2.3, still concerning symmetric arches but with variable opening angles, already shows that the transition value of friction apt to prevent any sliding within the arch raises up to a value of friction coefficient around 1.4 (friction angle about 55°), for the limit case where the range of mixed mode vanishes (limit horseshoe arch). for this case, and other overcomplete arch cases, the critical value of friction leading to possible sliding onset may be nearing the range for practical applications, where, with the further possible intervention of some of the above effects, may really come to induce arch collapse with sliding. thus, the issue of quantifying the amount of friction that shall be necessary to avoid sliding seems anyway much important, also in practical terms, for investigating the whole equilibrium ranges of the arch. • arch discretisation. the analysis actually refers to that of a continuous arch, i.e. in strict heyman sense, where rupture joint may appear at critical locations, precisely where they shall be. this leads to the definition of the true least-thickness critical condition that nature by the gravitational field will find to let the arch to first collapse once thickness is gradually reduced. if fracture joints shall instead occur only at pre-defined locations, due to specific block arrangements, this should lead to lower critical thicknesses, for the arch to withstand. this aspect was widely discussed in previous works [6,8], in the context of infinite friction, and shall apply as well in the present, finite friction one. thus, specific block patterns, within the arch, may lead to some variations, of the general characteristics of a continuous arch, though the latter truly mark the real underlying least-thickness condition, at variable friction. acknowledgements his work has been carried-out at the university of bergamo, school of engineering (dalmine). the financial support by ministerial (miur) funding “fondi di ricerca d’ateneo ex 60%” at the university of bergamo is gratefully acknowledged. t g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 374 references [1] heyman, j. (1969). the safety of masonry arches, international journal of mechanical sciences, 11(4), pp. 363−385, doi: 10.1016/0020-7403(69)90070-8. [2] heyman, j. (1977). equilibrium of shell structures, clarendon press, oxford. [3] heyman, j. (1982). the masonry arch, ellis horwood ltd., chichester. [4] heyman, j. (2009). la coupe des pierres, in: proceedings of the 3rd international congress on construction history, brandenburg university of technology, cottbus, germany, 20–24 may 2009, 2, pp. 807–812. [5] rizzi, e., cocchetti, g., colasante, g., rusconi, f. (2010). analytical and numerical analysis on the collapse mode of circular masonry arches, in: proceedings of 7th international conference on structural analysis of historical constructions (sahc-2010), eds. xianglin gu and xiaobin song, shanghai, china, october 6-8, 2010, trans tech publications, switzerland, periodical of advanced materials research 133-134, pp. 467–472, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.133-134.467. [6] cocchetti, g., colasante, g., rizzi, e. (2011). on the analysis of minimum thickness in circular masonry arches. part i: state of the art and heyman's solution. part ii: present ccr solution. part iii: milankovitch-type solution, applied mechanics reviews, asme, september 01, 2011, 64(5), paper 050802 (oct. 01, 2012), pp. 1–27. doi: 10.1115/1.4007417. [7] rizzi, e., colasante, g., frigerio, a., cocchetti, g. (2012). on the mixed collapse mechanism of semi-circular masonry arches, in: proceedings of 8th international conference on structural analysis of historical constructions (sahc-2012), wroclaw, poland, october 15–17, 2012, ed. jerzy jasienko, dwe, vol. 1, pp. 541–549. [8] rizzi, e., rusconi, f., cocchetti, g. (2014). analytical and numerical dda analysis on the collapse mode of circular masonry arches, engineering structures, 60(february 2014), pp. 241–257, doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2013.12.023. [9] cocchetti, g., rizzi, e. (2018). limit analysis of circular masonry arches at reducing friction, in: proceedings of the 10th international masonry conference (10th imc), politecnico di milano, july 9–11, 2018, eds. gabriele milani, alberto taliercio and stephen garrity, the international masonry society (ims), pp. 486–503. [10] cocchetti, g., rizzi, e. (2019). non-linear programming numerical formulation to acquire limit self-standing conditions of circular masonry arches accounting for limited friction, international journal of masonry research and innovation, accepted 29 october 2019, in press (corrected proofs). [11] ochsendorf, j. (2002). collapse of masonry structures, doctoral dissertation, university of cambridge, uk. [12] ochsendorf, j. (2006). the masonry arch on spreading supports, the structural engineer, 84(2), pp. 29–36. [13] milankovitch, m. (1907). theorie der druckkurven, zeitschrift für mathematik und physik, 55, pp. 1–27. [14] foce, f. (2007). milankovitch’s theorie der druckkurven: good mechanics for masonry architecture, nexus network journal, 9(2), pp. 185−210. [15] alexakis, h., makris, n. (2013). minimum thickness of elliptical masonry arches, acta mechanica, 224(12), pp. 2977−2991. [16] makris, n., alexakis, h. (2013). the effect of stereotomy on the shape of the thrust-line and the minimum thickness of semicircular masonry arches, archive of applied mechanics, 83(10), pp. 1511−1533. [17] alexakis, h., makris, n. (2015). limit equilibrium analysis of masonry arches, archive of applied mechanics, 85(9−10), pp. 1363−1381. [18] bagi, k. (2014). when heyman’s safe theorem of rigid block systems fails: non−heymanian collapse modes of masonry structures, international journal of solids and structures, 51(14), pp. 2696−2705. [19] lengyel, g. (2018). minimum thickness of the gothic arch, archive of applied mechanics, 88(5), pp. 769–788. doi: 10.1007/s00419-018-1341-6. [20] cavalagli, n., gusella, v., severini, l. (2016). lateral loads carrying capacity and minimum thickness of circular and pointed masonry arches, international journal of mechanical sciences, 115−116(september 2016), pp. 645−656. [21] nikolić, d. (2017). thrust line analysis and the minimum thickness of pointed masonry arches, acta mechanica, 228(6), pp. 2219−2236. doi: 10.1007/s00707-017-1823-6. [22] gáspár, o., sipos, a.a., sajtos, i. (2018). effect of stereotomy on the lower bound value of minimum thickness of semi−circular masonry arches, international journal of architectural heritage, 12(6), pp. 899–921. doi: 10.1080/15583058.2017.1422572. [23] aita, d., barsotti, r., bennati, s. (2019). looking at the collapse modes of circular and pointed masonry arches through the lens of durand−claye’s stability area method, archive of applied mechanics, pp. 1−18. doi: 10.1007/s00419-019-01526-z. g. cocchetti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 356-375; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.26 375 [24] angelillo, m. (2019). the model of heyman and the statical and kinematical problems for masonry structures, international journal of masonry research and innovation, 4(1−2), pp. 14−31. doi: 10.1504/ijmri.2019.096820. [25] gilbert, m., casapulla, c., ahmed, h.m. (2006). limit analysis of masonry block structures with non-associative frictional joints using linear programming, computers and structures, 84(13-14): pp. 873–887. [26] sinopoli, a., corradi, m., foce, f. (1997). modern formulation for preelastic theories on masonry arches, journal of engineering mechanics, asce, 123(3): pp. 204–213. [27] foce, f., aita, d. (2003). the masonry arch between «limit» and «elastic» analysis. a critical re-examination of durand-claye’s method, in: proc. of the 1st int. congress on construction history, madrid, 20-24 january 2003, s. huerta (ed.), madrid: instituto juan de herrera, i, pp. 895–908. [28] sinopoli, a., aita, d., foce, f. (2007). further remarks on the collapse mode of masonry arches with coulomb friction, in: proc. of 5th int. conference on arch bridges (arch’07), funchal, madeira, portugal, pp. 649–657. [29] baggio, c., trovalusci, p. (2000). collapse behaviour of three-dimensional brick-block systems using non-linear programming, structural engineering and mechanics, 10(2), pp. 181-195. [30] ponterosso, p., fishwick, r.j., fox, d.st.j., liu, x.l., begg, d.w. (2000). masonry arch collapse loads and mechanisms by heuristically seeded genetic algorithm, computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering, 190(8-10), pp. 1233–1243. [31] harvey, b., maunder, e. (2001). thrust line analysis of complex masonry structures using spreadsheets, in: “historical constructions 2001 – possibilities of numerical and experimental techniques”, proc. of the 3rd int. seminar, edited by lourenço p.b. and roca p., guimarães, portugal, pp. 521–528. [32] vermeltfoort, a.t. (2001). analysis and experiments of masonry arches, in: “historical constructions 2001 – possibilities of numerical and experimental techniques”, proc. of the 3rd int. seminar, pp. 489–498. [33] hughes, t.g., hee, s.c., soms, e. (2002). mechanism analysis of single span masonry arch bridges using a spreadsheet, in: proceedings of the institution of civil engineers−structures and buildings, 152(4), pp. 341–350. [34] de rosa, e., galizia, f. (2003). evaluation of safety of pointed masonry arches through the static theorem of limit analysis, in: proc. of 5th int. conference on arch bridges, arch’07, pp. 659–668. [35] portioli, f., casapulla, c., gilbert, m., cascini, l. (2014). limit analysis of 3d masonry block structures with non−associative frictional joints using cone programming, computers and structures, 143, pp. 108−121. [36] casapulla, c., lauro, f. (2000). a simple computation tool for the limit-state analysis of masonry arches, in: proc. of 5th int. congress on restoration of architectural heritage, pp. 2056-2064. [37] casapulla, c., d’ayala, d. (2001). lower bound approach to the limit analysis of 3d vaulted block masonry structures, in: proc. of the 5th int. symposium on computer methods in structural masonry, strumas v, pp. 28– 36. [38] d’ayala, d., casapulla, c. (2001). limit state analysis of hemisferical domes with finite friction, in: “historical constructions 2001 – possibilities of numerical and experimental techniques”, proc. of the 3rd int. seminar, pp. 617–626. [39] d’ayala, d., tomasoni, e. (2011). three-dimensional analysis of masonry vaults using limit state analysis with finite friction, int. j. of architectural heritage, 5(2), pp. 140–171. [40] boothby, t.e., brown, c.b. (1992). stability of masonry piers and arches, j. of engineering mechanics, asce, 118(2), pp. 367–383. [41] boothby, t.e. (1994). stability of masonry piers and arches including sliding, j. of engineering mechanics, asce, 120(2), pp. 304–319. [42] boothby, t.e. (1995). collapse modes of masonry arch bridges, masonry international, 9(2), pp. 62–69. [43] smars, p. (2000). etudes sur la stabilité des arcs et voûtes: confrontation des méthodes de l’analyse limite aux voûtes gothique en brabant, doctoral thesis, katholieke universiteit leuven, belgium, p. 229. [44] smars, p. (2008). influence of friction and tensile resistance on the stability of masonry arches, in: proc. of the 6th int. conference on structural analysis of historic construction, pp. 1199–1206. [45] audenaert, a., peremans, h., reniers, g. (2007). an analytical model to determine the ultimate load on masonry arch bridges, j. of engineering mathematics, 59(3), pp. 323–336. microsoft word numero_51_art_9_2656 a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 115 investigations in static response and free vibration of a functionally graded beam resting on elastic foundations abdelbaki chikh department of civil engineering, faculty of applied sciences, ibn khaldoun university, tiaret, algeria cheikhabdelbakki@yahoo.fr abstract. in this article, an analytical study was done to predict the behavior of the beam vis-à-vis bending, buckling, and dynamic responses of isotropic homogeneous beams based on an elastic foundation. the material properties of the fg-beams vary across the thickness using the power law. in this work, the sinusoidal shear deformation beams theory is used to investigate the static and dynamic behavior of fg beams. the present theory fulfills the condition of nullity of edge stresses and does not require the use of a shear correction factor. hamilton's principle is used to deduce equations of motion, and analytical solutions for simply supported beams were obtained using the navier resolution method. nondimensional displacements, eigenfrequencies and critical-buckling loads of isotropic homogeneous beams were obtained for various values of the foundation parameters. the numerical results obtained by the present technique have been compared with the results of literature and are in excellent agreement with them. it can be concluded that the current hsdbt is simple and accurate in solving the bending, eigenfrequency and critical-buckling load problems for fgm beams. keywords. undetermined integral terms; free vibration; isotropichomogeneous beams; navier’s solution; elasticity. citation: a. chikh, investigations in static response and free vibration of a functionally graded beam resting on elastic foundations, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126. received: 08.10.2019 accepted: 04.11.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he functionally graded materials (fgm) may be defined as materials having a progressive variation of material properties. this material is produced by mixing two or more materials in a certain percentage of volume (ceramic and metal). the mixing ratio of the constituents varies regularly and the material properties change without any interruption throughout the thickness. there are a large number of works have been done on the dynamics, flexion and buckling behavior of fgm structures. the conventional composite structures suffer from a discontinuity in the properties of materials at the interface of layers and constituents. therefore, constraint fields in intersection areas create interface problems and thermal stress concentrations in high-temperature environments. many authors have studied the dynamic behavior of fgm beams, mostly, t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2656.mp4 a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 116 by means of both the classical beam theory (cbt), fsdbt and hsdbt wang et al. [1] given a solution to solve the free vibration, buckling and bending problems of the timoshenko and euler-bernoulli beams based on different models of elastic foundations. there are many areas of application for composite materials (chikh et al. [2]; akbaş et al. [3]; chikh et al. [4]; fahsi et al. [5]) same the aircraft and aerospace industry. omidi et al [6] studied the dynamic stability of simple supported fg beams reposing on a linear elastic foundation; with piezoelectric-layers under a periodic axial compression load. zhong et al. [7] provided an analytical solution for console beams subjected to various types of mechanical loads. thai et al. [8] studied the free vibration and bending of fg beams by the use of different higher-order beams theories. zhu, h. [9] established threedimensional finite element model using finite element software to simulate and compare the stress performance of the strengthening beams with different numbers of cfrp plates. bouchikhi, a. s et al. [10] investigated the 2d simulation used to calculate the j-integral of the main crack behavior emanating from a semicircular notch and double semicircular notch and its interaction with another crack which may occur in various positions in (tib/ti) fgm plate under mode i. yassine khalfi et al. [11] developed a refined and simple shear deformation theory for mechanical buckling of composite plate resting on two-parameter pasternak’s foundations. meftah kamel [12] presented a finite element method for analyzing the elasto-plastic plate bending problems. saidi hayat [13] presented a new shear deformation theory for free vibration analysis of simply supported rectangular functionally graded plate embedded in an elastic medium. in this paper, a higher-order shear deformation beams theory for bending; buckling and free vibration of fg beams are developed. the present theory differs from other higher-order theories because, in present theory the displacement field which includes undetermined integral terms, which is not considered by the other researchers. the results of the present model are compared with the known data in the literature. variational formulation and cinematics onsider an fg beam with length l, width b, and thickness h made of al/al2o3 as represents in fig. 1. the lower part of the fg-beam was totally ceramic and the upper surface was completely made of metal. the beam 0 x l; b / 2 y b / 2; h / 2 z h / 2        in the cartesian coordinate systems. assumed to be positive in the proposed direction, and the beam is deformed in the x-z plane solely. the x-axis coinciding with the beam inert axis. the beam is supported by winkler–pasternak foundations. figure 1: fgm beam supported by winkler–pasternak type elastic foundation. kinematics and constitutive equations n the fundamental of the assumptions expressed in the previous section, the displacement field of present theory can be obtained by:  00 1 0 ( , , ) ( , , , ) ( , , ) ( ) , , ( , , , ) ( , , ) w x y t u x y z t u x y t z k f z x y t dx x w x y z t w x y t         (1) where: ( ) ( ) sin , ( ) z f zh f z g z h z         c o a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 117 the deformations related to the displacement-field in eq. (1) contains only three unknowns  0 0, ,u w  . the linear strains corresponding with the displacement field in eq. (1) are: 0 1 2 0( ) , ( )x x x x xz xzz f z g z         where        0 00 1 2 01 1 , , ² , , , , ' , , , , , ² x x x xz u x y t w x y t k a x y t k x y t dx x x                 (2) the integral appearing in the above expressions shall be resolved by a navier type solution and can be represented as: 'dx a x      (3) where the coefficient '" "a is depending on the type of solution chosen, in this case via navier. therefore, '" "a and 1k is expressed as follows: ' 2 12 1 ,a k      (4) according to the polynomial material law, the effective young’s modulus e(z)   ( ) 0.5 pm c me z e e e z h    (5) the constitutive relations of an fg plate can be written as: 11 55 0 0 x x xz xz c c                    (6) where ijc are, the three-dimensional elastic constants given by:    11 552 ( ) ( ) , 2 11 e z e z c c     (7) the equilibrium equations can be obtained using the hamilton principle, in the present case yields:   2 1 0 t t u v k dt     (8)   /2 /2 /2 0 /2 , ( ) , ( ) h x x xz xz h e l h h u d d z v q f w d k z u u w w dzdydx                                   (9) a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 118 where  is the top surface, and ef is the density of reaction force of foundation. for the pasternak foundation model: 2 2 ( , ) ( , )e w p w x y f k w x y k x     (10) the equilibrium equations can be acquired using the hamilton principle. 2 3 3 '20 0 0 1 2 3 12 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 4 52 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 ' ' 2 '2 '0 1 1 3 1 5 12 2 2 : 0 : ( , ) 0 : x b x e s xzx n u w u i i i k a x t t x t x m w w u w w q x t n f i i i i x x t t x t x t x qm u k a k a i k a i k a xx t x t                                                       4 2 '4 6 12 2 2 0i k a x t x       (11) where  xn denote the resulting force in-plane,    ,b sx xm m denote the total moment resultants and  xzq are transverse shear stress resultants and they are defined as /2 /2 /2 /2 /2 /2 /2 /2 , , ( ) , ( ) h h b x x x x h h h h s x x xz xz h h n dz m zdz m f z dz q g z dz                 (12) following the navier solution process, we assume the following solution form for  0 0, ,u w  and that check the boundary conditions, 0 0 1 cos( ) sin( ) e sin( ) i t m u u x w w x x                              (13) where , ,u w and  are arbitrary parameters to be determined,  is the natural frequency, and m l    . the transverse load ( )q x is also expanded in fourier series as:   1 ( ) sinm m q x q x     (14) where 0 2 ( )sin( ) l mq q x x dx l   (15) in the case where a sinusoidally distributed load, we have 1 01 ,m q q  (16) in the case where uniform distributed the load, we have a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 119  0 4 1 , , 1, 3, 5...m q m q m m    (17) in the case where static problems, we have the following equation:     k f  (18) where    , , tu w   and  k is the symmetric matrix given by   11 12 13 12 22 23 13 23 33 s s s k s s s s s s          (19) in the case of free vibration problem problems, the analytical solutions can be obtained by:      2 0k m   (20) where  m is the symmetric matrix given by   11 12 13 12 22 23 13 23 33 m m m m m m m m m m          (21) for buckling problems, can be expressed as     0k n   (22) in which: 2 3 11 11 12 11 13 1 11 4 2 2 22 11 1 0 2 2 3 2 2 2 23 1 11 33 1 55 1 11 11 1 12 2 13 1 3 22 1 4 2 2 4 2 23 5 33 1 6 , , ' , ' , ' ' , , , ' , , ' , p w s s a s b s k a d s e k k n k s k a f s k a a k a g m i m i m k a i m i i m i m k a i                                    (23) where     2 2 2 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 2 2 2 55 55 2 , , , , , 1, , ( ), , ( ), ( ) , ( ) h h h s h a b d e f g c z f z z zf z f z dz a c g z dz       (24)     2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 , , , , , ( ) 1, , ( ), , ( ), ( ) h h i i i i i i z z f z z zf z f z dz    (25) a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 120 results and discussion n this study, bending; buckling and free vibration investigation on ss fg beam by the present theory is suggested for investigation. the fg beams are made of aluminum (al; em = 70 gpa, ρm = 2702 kg/m3, νm = 0.3) and alumina (al2o3; ec = 380 gpa, ρc = 3960 kg/m3, νc = 0.3) and their properties vary in the direction of the thickness of the beam according to power-law. the lower part of the fg-beam is rich in aluminum, while the upper part of the fg-beam is alumina rich. for convenience, the following dimensionless parameters are used: 24 2 4 2 04 4 ( / 2)100 , ( / 2) , , , pc c w w p k la l w l e i k l n l w l k k n ei ei ei eiql         (26) the buckling answer of an fg beam under axial force  0n has been studied. a dimensionless; critical-buckling load is shown in tab. 2. the critical-buckling load was obtained for various values regarding the foundation parameters wk and pk . the results were contrasted with those delivered by rao et al. [16]. tab. 2 reveals that this study's results agreed with those available in the literature. tab. 3 present the comparisons of the dimensionless natural frequency obtained by the present beam theory with other beams theories results of chen et al. [14] and ying et al. [15] for three divers values of the thickness-to-length ratio, and for divers values of foundation parameters wk and pk . as can be seen, the new results are in excellent concordat with previous ones. foundation parameters l/h = 120 l/h = 15 l/h = 5 wk pk chen et al. [14] ying et al. [15] present chen et al. [14] ying et al. [15] present chen et al. [14] ying et al. [15] present 0 0 1.30229 1.30229 1.30416 1.31528 1.31527 1.30416 1.42026 1.42024 1.30416 10 0.64483 0.64483 0.64527 0.64835 0.64830 0.64527 0.67820 0.67451 0.64527 25 0.36611 0.36611 0.36624 0.36742 0.36735 0.36624 0.38170 0.37667 0.36624 10 0 1.18057 1.18057 1.18210 1.19140 1.19134 1.18210 1.28260 1.27731 1.18210 10 0.61333 0.61333 0.61372 0.61656 0.61649 0.61372 0.64639 0.64025 0.61372 25 0.35567 0.35567 0.35579 0.35692 0.35684 0.35579 0.37206 0.36568 0.35579 102 0 0.64007 0.64007 0.64051 0.64377 0.64343 0.64051 0.69610 0.66848 0.64051 10 0.42558 0.42558 0.42576 0.42741 0.42716 0.42576 0.45927 0.43881 0.42576 25 0.28285 0.28285 0.28291 0.28380 0.28360 0.28291 0.30516 0.28944 0.28291 table 1 comparisons of the mid-span deflection 4 ( / 2)100 ( / 2) c w l e i w l ql  of an isotropic-homogeneous beam on elastic foundations due to a uniform pressure. i a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 121 wk theories 2 pk  0 0.5 1 2 0 rao et al. [16] 9.8696 14.8040 19.7390 34.5440 present 9.8538 14.7886 19.7234 29.5930 1 rao et al. [16] 9.9709 14.9070 19.8410 34.6450 present 9.9551 14.8899 19.8247 29.6943 102 rao et al. [16] 20.0020 24.9370 29.8710 44.6760 present 19.9859 24.9207 29.8555 39.7251 104 rao et al. [16] 1023.1000 1028.0000 1032.9000 1047.7000 present 1023.0656 1028.0004 1032.9352 1042.8048 table 2 comparisons of buckling load parameter n of an isotropic-homogeneous beam on elastic foundations l/h = 20 foundation parameters l/h = 120 l/h = 15 l/h = 5 wk 2 pk  chen et al. [14] ying et al. [15] present chen et al. [14] ying et al. [15] present chen et al. [14] ying et al. [15] present 0 0 3.14143 3.14145 3.14028 3.13025 3.13227 3.13730 3.04799 3.06373 3.11161 1 3.73588 3.73587 3.73520 3.72657 3.72775 3.73165 3.65802 3.66645 3.70107 2.5 4.29687 4.29689 4.29646 4.28809 4.28886 4.29237 4.21834 4.22319 4.25717 102 0 3.74823 3.74823 3.74757 3.73895 3.74012 3.74400 3.67050 3.67882 3.71333 1 4.14356 4.14357 4.14309 4.13472 4.13558 4.13915 4.06636 4.07200 4.10521 2.5 4.58227 4.58227 4.58192 4.57347 4.57410 4.57757 4.49914 4.50278 4.53999 104 0 10.02403 10.02403 10.02407 9.99582 9.99583 10.01451 7.34081 7.34081 7.84931 1 10.04813 10.04812 10.04816 10.01970 10.01971 10.03857 7.34095 7.34095 7.84931 2.5 10.08394 10.08393 10.08398 10.05519 10.05520 10.07435 7.34116 7.34116 7.84931 table 3. comparisons of the fundamental frequency parameter 4 2 4 c al ei     of an isotropic-homogeneous beam on to elastic foundations using diverse beam theories a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 122 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 w kp/ 2 kw=0 kw=10 kw=20 kw=50 kw=100 figure 2: variation of the non-dimensional transverse displacement 4 ( / 2)100 ( / 2) c w l e i w l ql  of an isotropic-homogeneous beam with pasternak parameter pk and winkler parameter wk . 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 n kp/ 2 kw=0 kw=10 kw=20 kw=50 kw=100 figure 3: variation of the non-dimensional buckling load parameter n of an isotropic-homogeneous beam with pasternak parameter pk and winkler parameter wk . a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 123 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75  kp/ 2 kw=0 kw=10 kw=20 kw=50 kw=100 figure 4: variation of the nondimensional fundamental frequency 4 2 4 c al ei     of isotropic homogeneous beam with pasternak parameter pk and winkler parameter wk . 0,0 0,5 1,0 0 6 12 18 x/l mode (m=1) kw=0 kw=10 2 kw=10 3 figure 5: mode shape of w at the base surface of the beam with various aspect ratios for the first mode frequency  21 , / 20 , / 2.5pm l h k    a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 124 0,0 0,5 1,0 -2 0 2 x/l mode (m=2) kw=0 kw=10 2 kw=10 3 figure 6: mode shape of w at the base surface of the beam with various aspect ratios for the second mode frequency  22 , / 20 , / 2.5pm l h k    0,0 0,5 1,0 -0,5 0,0 0,5 x/l mode (m=3) kw=0 kw=10 2 kw=10 3 figure 7: mode shape of w at the base surface of the beam with various aspect ratios for the third mode frequency  23 , / 20 , / 2.5  pm l h k . a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 125 figure 8: effect of shear deformation, pasternak parameter pk , and winkler parameter wk on the deflection of isotropic homogeneous beams under uniform load. in fig. 2, the non-dimensional transverse displacement is plotted against the pasternak parameter and several values of the winkler parameter. it can be drawn from this curve that the higher the pasternak’s foundation parameter, the lower the transverse displacement and the same thing for the winkler parameter. fig. 3 presents the variation of the dimensionless critical-buckling load as a function of the pasternak parameter and for various values of the winkler parameter. it can be drawn from this curve that the dimensionless critical-buckling load increases linearly with the pasternak parameter. fig. 4 presents the variation of the non-dimensional fundamental frequency in function of the pasternak parameter and for various values of the winkler parameter. it can be drawn from this curve that the higher the pasternak’s foundation parameter is, the higher the vibration frequency. figs. 5, 6 and 7 are respectively the first, second and third-order of mode shapes of the displacement w at the lower surface of the isotropic homogeneous beam on an elastic foundation. the impact of shear deformation on the deflection of fg beams is shown in fig. 8 for various values of pasternak parameter and tow values of winker parameter  20 , 10w wk k  . conclusion n this paper; an efficient theory is presented for bending; free vibration and analysis of the dimensionless critical buckling load for functionally graded simply-supported beams reposed on two elastic parameters. this theory incorporates both shear deformation. the governing equations and the boundary conditions are calculated using hamilton’s principle. the closed-form solutions are obtained by using navier solution. numerical comparisons are made to illustrate the mastery of the current theory. the present theory satisfies the stress-free boundary conditions on the conditions on the upper and lower surfaces of the beam, and do not need a shear correction factor. i a. chikh, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 115-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.09 126 detailed mathematical formulations are given and numerical results are established, while the emphasis is set on examining the effect of the several parameters. the results of the actual theory are almost identical to each other and conform well with the existing solutions. references [1] wang, c. m., lam, k. y., and he, x. q. (1998). exact solutions for timoshenko beams on elastic foundations using green’s functions∗. mechanics of structures and machines, 26(1), 101–113. doi: 10.1080/08905459808945422. [2] chikh, a., bakora, a., heireche, h., houari, m. s. a., tounsi, a., and bedia, e. a. a. (2016). thermo-mechanical postbuckling of symmetric s-fgm plates resting on pasternak elastic foundations using hyperbolic shear deformation theory. structural engineering and mechanics, 57(4), 617–639. doi:10.12989/sem.2016.57.4.617. [3] akbaş, ş. d. (2015). free vibration and bending of functionally graded beams resting on elastic foundation. research on engineering structures and materials, 1(1), 25–37. doi:10.17515/resm2015.03st0107 . [4] chikh, a., tounsi, a., hebali, h., and mahmoud, s. r. (2017). thermal buckling analysis of cross-ply laminated plates using a simplified hsdt. smart structures and systems, 19(3), 289–297. doi: 10.12989/sss.2017.19.3.289. [5] fahsi, a., tounsi, a., hebali, h., chikh, a., bedia, e. a. a., and mahmoud, s. r. (2017). a four variable refined nthorder shear deformation theory for mechanical and thermal buckling analysis of functionally graded plates. geomechanics and engineering, 13(3), 385–410. doi: 10.12989/gae.2017.13.3.385. [6] omidi, n., khorramabadi, m. k., and niknejad, a. (2009). dynamic stability of functionally graded beams with piezoelectric layers located on a continuous elastic foundation. journal of solid mechanics, 1(2), 130–136. http://jsm.iau-arak.ac.ir/article_514296.html. [7] zhong, z., and yu, t. (2007). analytical solution of a cantilever functionally graded beam. composites science and technology, 67(3–4), 481–488. doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2006.08.023. [8] thai, h.-t., and vo, t. p. (2012). bending and free vibration of functionally graded beams using various higher-order shear deformation beam theories. international journal of mechanical sciences, 62(1), 57–66. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2012.05.014. [9] hua zhu. (2018). stress performance of embedded carbon fiber reinforced plastics plate consolidated reinforced concrete structure. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 12(46), 361-370. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.33. [10] bouchikhi, a. s., lousdad, a., yassine, k., bouida, n. e., gouasmi, s., and megueni, a. (2019). finite element analysis of interactions between two cracks in fgm notched plate under mechanical loading. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13(48), 174-192. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.20. [11] khalfi, y., bouchikhi, a. s., and bellebna, y. (2019). mechanical stability investigation of advanced composite plates resting on elastic foundations using a new four-unknown refined theory. frattura e integrita strutturale, (48), 208-221. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.48.22. [12] meftah, k., and sedira, l. (2019). a nonlinear elasto-plastic analysis of reissner-mindlin plates by finite element method. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13(50), 276-285. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.23. [13] saidi, h., and sahla, m. (2019). vibration analysis of functionally graded plates with porosity composed of a mixture of aluminum (al) and alumina (al2o3) embedded in an elastic medium. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13(50), 286-299. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.24. [14] chen, w. q., lü, c. f., and bian, z. g. (2004). a mixed method for bending and free vibration of beams resting on a pasternak elastic foundation. applied mathematical modelling, 28(10), 877–890. doi: 10.1016/j.apm.2004.04.001. [15] ying, j., lü, c. f., and chen, w. q. (2008). two-dimensional elasticity solutions for functionally graded beams resting on elastic foundations. composite structures, 84(3), 209–219. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2007.07.004 [16] rao, g. v., and raju, k. k. (2002). elegant and accurate closed form solutions to predict vibration and buckling behaviour of slender beams on pasternak foundation. indian journal of engineering & materials sciences, 9, 98–102. http://nopr.niscair.res.in/handle/123456789/19729. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_7 a. vshivkov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 57-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07 57 focussed on crack paths experimental study of heat dissipation at the crack tip during fatigue crack propagation a. vshivkov, a. iziumova, o. plekhov institute of continuous media mechanics ub ras, 614014 perm, russia vshivkov.a@icmm.ru j. bär university of the federal armed forces, institute for materials science, 85577 neubiberg, germany abstract. this work is devoted to the development of an experimental method for studying the energy balance during cyclic deformation and fracture. the studies were conducted on 304 stainless steel aise and titanium alloy ot4-0 samples. the investigation of the fatigue crack propagation was carried out on flat samples with different geometries and types of stress concentrators. the heat flux sensor was developed based on the seebeck effect. this sensor was used for measuring the heat dissipation power in the examined samples during the fatigue tests. the measurements showed that the rate of fatigue crack growth depends on the heat flux at the crack tip. keywords. heat flow; fatigue crack; dissipated energy. introduction oday, the investigation of material durability is the research trend of vital importance. different types of structures have bottleneck areas, whose destruction can lead to irreversible consequences. material durability is the problem of current concern due to universal use of structures and mechanisms, whose resources are not endless. the issue of timely replacement of these devices is a compromise between the prevention of catastrophic consequences and economic efficiency. any real engineering construction contains stress concentrators, welded joints and other potential sources of defects. the analysis of the kinetics of damage accumulation, the process of crack nucleation and kinetics of the crack development allows specialists to predict the time of structure failure and to perform in proper time a partial replacement or repair of deteriorated units of complex structures. moreover, the repair or replacement of the worn-out parts on a timely basis is more effective than their complete replacement after mechanical damage. it is therefore very important to know the time during which the defects in the ill-behaved areas are reaching critical values. theoretical and experimental study of the processes accompanying the evolution of the material structure during its deformation and fracture is an actual problem of modern experimental mechanics. its solution enables researchers to gain deeper insight into the nature of the fracture processes and to develop new, high-performance techniques for assessing t a. vshivkov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 57-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07 58 the service life of both traditional and advanced structural materials. one of the most effective approaches to the development of fracture criterion is the energy approach. the energy balance can be calculated based on the analysis of evolution of the temperature field (for instance, measured by infrared thermography) on the sample surface, at least for flat samples. this calculation is usually associated with the need to differentiate strongly oscillating signals and to determine the parameters responsible for the interaction of the sample with environment. one of the options for improving the reliability and accuracy of the results is the development of an independent method for measuring the power of heat sources. such an idea was originally used for studying the energy dissipation under liquid flow [1] as well as the failure of metals [2]. in our work, this problem was solved by using a contact heat flux sensor, which was developed based on the seebeck effect. the results of analysis of the energy balance in the fracture zone obtained with the new heat flux sensor during the propagation of fatigue cracks in stainless steel aise 304 and titanium alloy ot4-0 lend support to the validity of the proposed method. in this study, the thermodynamic characteristics of the process of fatigue crack propagation, such as the dissipation rate and the rate of energy accumulation at the crack tip was investigated also the possibility of predicting the rate of fatigue crack propagation and the time of fatigue crack transition from the stationary to nonstationary regime were considered. the contact heat flux sensor o analyze the energy balance at the crack tip a contact heat flux sensor was designed and constructed. the proposed sensor is based on the seebeck effect, which is the reverse of the peltier effect [3]. the peltier effect is a thermoelectric phenomenon, in which the passage of electric current through conducting medium leads to the generation or absorption of heat at the point of contact (junction) of two dissimilar conductors. the quantity of heat and its sign depend on the type of materials in contact, the direction and the strength of the electric current: abq п i t   (1) where q is the quantity of dissipated or absorbed heat; i is the electric current; t is the time of current flow; пab is the peltier coefficient, which is related with a coefficient of thermal electromotive force. the effect was discovered by j. peltier in 1834 [3]. this effect is more pronounced in semiconductors, which explains their usage in the peltier elements. a peltier element consists of one or more pairs of small semiconductor parallelepipeds – each pair comprises one n-type and one p-type semiconductor (bismuth telluride, bi2te3, and silicon germanide), which are connected pairwise by means of metal straps. the seebeck effect [3] lies in the fact that thermoelectromotive force occurs in a closed circuit consisting of dissimilar conductors provided that the contact zones are kept at different temperatures. a circuit including only two different conductors is called a thermocouple. the quantity of heat absorbed or dissipated by the element is directly proportional to the current intensity and the time of its passage. fig. 1 presents a schematic diagram of the heat flux sensor. the following notation is used in fig. 1: sample (1), the heat flux sensor (2). a thermal contact between the sample and the sensor is provided due to the introduction of the thermal paste. structurally, the sensor comprises two peltier elements ("measuring" (2) and "cooling" (3)), thermocouples (5), (6) and the radiator (4). the measuring peltier element is connected to a low-resistance resistor of 1.2 � (7). to measure the heat flow through the "measuring" peltier element during the experiment the temperature on its free surface keeps constant. the cooling peltier element caulked with a radiator was connected with the "measuring" peltier element. this cooling system has feedback and is controlled based on two temperature sensors located between "measuring" and cooling peltier elements and far from the studied sample in the zone with constant temperature. the signal from the sensor (voltage at the resistor (7)) is measured by the amplifier and registered in the adc of the microcontroller. the data are transmitted from the microcontroller to the personal computer for further processing. the "cooling" peltier element is controlled via pulse width modulation. these sensors were calibrated using a device with a controlled heat flux. the calibration scheme is shown in fig. 2. a wire resistor with the known resistance is glued on a plastic plate with a size equal to that of test samples. the heat isolating system provides the heat flux from the resistance to the sensor only. the heat flow was calculated using the values of the resistor voltage and the electric current across the resistor. t a. vshivkov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 57-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07 59 figure 1: schematic of the device.1 – testing sample; 2 – “measuring” peltier element; 3 – “cooling” peltier element; 4 – radiator; 5, 6 – thermocouple; 7 – resistor. figure 2: sensor calibration scheme (1 – back side of testing machine, 2 – spring, 3 – sensor, 4 resistor 5 plastic sample 6 dc power supply source). the sensor is calibrated directly in the testing machine, in conditions closely approximating the experimental conditions. a calibration curve for each sensor was obtained based on the experimental data (fig. 3). the sensor signal is correlated to the heat flux dissipated by the resistor. the graphs presented in fig. 3 show a linear dependence that agrees well with the theoretical prediction. figure 3: calibration graph of heat flow sensors. a. vshivkov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 57-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07 60 experimental setup series of samples made from stainless steel aise 304 and titanium alloy ot4-0 were tested in the developed device. the tests were carried out for samples of different sizes and with different types of stress concentrators. the geometry of the samples is shown in fig. 4. during tests the samples were subjected to cyclic loading of 10 hz with a constant amplitude and stress ratio r = -0.1. the crack length in the course of the experiment was measured by the potential drop method [4]. a) b) c) figure 4: geometry of samples: a, b – steel, c – titanium. contact heat flux sensors were made for each type of the sample. the sizes of sensor are shown in fig. 5. a) b) c) figure 5: sizes of sensors: a) – peltier element 10x10 mm., b) – peltier element 50x50 mm., c) – peltier element 30x30 mm. (1 – plastic, 2 – copper plate, 3 – termocouple, 4 – peltier elements). a a. vshivkov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 57-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07 61 the study of the thermoelastic effect he sensitivity of the sensors was illustrated by the study of thermoelastic effects in metals under investigation. the amplitude of applied stress did not exceed 40% of the limit of proportionality, which provided the absence of sample heating caused by plastic deformation. in the goal of the experiments was the investigation of the accuracy of the proposed method and the influence of the conditions of heat exchange with the environment. the experimental data was compared with the analytical solution of the kelvin equation. additionally, the influence of the conditions of contact between the sensor and the sample on the measured parameters was checked. the amplitude of the stress was 5 kn, the frequency of 1 hz, the stress ratio r = -1. the experimental results for various conditions of sensor contact with the sample are shown in fig. 6. figure 6: power of heat flux during the thermoelastic test (1 – the analytical solution of the kelvin equation; 2 – the experimental data from the sensor pressed by the spring to the sample; 3 – the experimental data from the sensor corrected by the consideration of whole free surface of the sample; 4 – the experimental data from the sensor located with a gap of 0.5 mm. from the sample; 5 – the experimental data from the sensor located with a gap of 0.1 mm. from the sample.) fig. 6 shows three variants of mounting the sensor to the sample: a tripod with a gap of 0.5 mm (4) and 0.1 (5), and the pressing of sensor to the sample by the spring (3). analysis of the results presented in fig. 6, allows us to conclude that there is no influence of friction on the measured heat flow. the measured value with a tripod is substantially less than the theoretically calculated (graphs (4) and (5) in fig. 6). in this case, it is assumed that the sensor does not change the conditions of heat exchange of the sample and the environment (heat dissipation is the same in all directions). to correct the heat measured data from the pressed sensor (2) we assumed that the sensor with cooling system does not change the heat transfer conditions and multiply the data by a factor taking into account the whole free surface of the sample. taking these hypothesis into account we can obtain a complete coincidence of measured and theoretical values (graphs (1) and (3) in fig. 6). the study of fatigue crack propagation he developed sensor was used to study the heat dissipation caused by growth of fatigue cracks. typical result of measurements of the heat flux during the experiment is presented in fig. 7. the plots can be divided into three parts. short initial increasing part corresponds to starting of crack propagation (part 1). the second part with constant heat flux corresponds to the regime of short crack propagation (part 2). the last part of the plot (part 3) is characterized by sharp increasing of heat dissipation. during this part we observe the long crack propagation process. the last part is finished by specimen failure. fig. 8 presents the experimental data to illustrate general regularities in the dynamics of fatigue crack growth. the tests presented in the figure were carried out on the samples made from steel. the geometry of the samples is presented in fig. 4a. the stress amplitude was constant during the test. the unfilled point corresponds to the results of the heat measurement with the developed sensors. there are three different stress amplitudes in fig. 8 with corresponds to following applied forces: 13 kn (unfilled squares), 15 kn (unfilled circles) and 17 kn (unfilled diamonds). the filled marks t t a. vshivkov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 57-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07 62 corresponds the heat flux calculated by treatment of surface temperature evolution measured by independent way. based on the data presented in fig. 8 we can conclude that there is a linear relation between crack rate and product of crack length and heat power from the crack tip. this conclusion was confirmed by the results obtained with the other sample geometries presented in fig. 4. all tests were carried out with constant stress amplitude. figure 7: the characteristic dependence of the power of heat flux from the crack tip. figure 8: the relation between fatigue crack rate and the fatigue crack length multiplied by the power of heat flow. conclusion he paper describes the structure and performance of the heat flux sensor which was designed based on the seebeck effect. this sensor can be used to analyze the energy balance of the material during the deformation process either in combination with the method of infrared thermography (for its verification), or independently. in the case of its independent usage the loss of information about the spatial distribution of the heat is compensated by the possibility of long-term measurements. with this technique a comprehensive investigation into the processes of energy dissipation during the propagation of fatigue cracks in metal alloys was done. the analysis of the results allowed putting forward the hypothesis for a linear relationship between the rate of fatigue crack propagation and the product of the rate of energy dissipation by the length of the crack. the developed method can be used to calculate the value of the dissipated energy at any moment of the material lifetime. one of possible promising continuation of the work is a combination of this result with the calculation of applied energy. it could give us an opportunity to estimate a stored energy (cold work) of deformation. the stored energy is widely used to formulate a criterion of material failure [5, 6]. thus, the proposed method can be applied to assess the state of the material. acknowledgments his work was supported by the perm regional government № с-26/619 and grants rfbr (№ 14-01-96005, 1401-00122). references [1] pradere, c., joanicot, m., batsale, j.-c., toutain, j., gourdon, c., processing of temperature field in chemical microreactors with infrared thermography, qirt journal, 3 (2006) 117-135. [2] izyumova, a. yu., plekhov, o. a., vshivkov, a. n., prokhorov, a. a., uvarov, s. v., studying the rate of heat dissipation at the vertex of a fatigue crack, technical physics letters, 40(9) (2014) 810-812. [3] kyhling, h., spravochnik po fizike [guide to physics], moscow, (1982). t t a. vshivkov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 57-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07 63 [4] bowler, n., theory of four point direct current potential drop measurements on a metal plate, research in nondestructive evaluation, 17 (2006) 29-48. [5] fedorov, v.v., thermodynamic aspects of strength and fracture of solids, fan, tashkent, (1979). [6] ivanov, a.m., lunin, e.s., characteristic features of energy dissipation in construction steel, industrial laboratory. materials diagnostics, 11 (2009) 46-49. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 2 art 2 finale.doc al. carpinteri et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 2 (2007) 10-16; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.02.02 10 1 introduction fatigue crack growth data for ductile materials are usually presented in terms of the crack growth rate, da/dn, and the stress-intensity factor range, ( )max mink k kδ = − . at present, it is a common practice to describe the process of fatigue crack growth by a logarithmic d / da n vs. kδ diagram (see e.g. fig. 1). three regions are generally recognized on this diagram for a wide collection of experimental results [1]. the first region corresponds to stress-intensity factor ranges near a lower threshold value, thkδ , below which no crack propagation takes place. this region of the diagram is usually referred to as region i, or the near-threshold region [2]. the second linear portion of the diagram defines a power-law relationship between the crack growth rate and the stress-intensity factor range and is usually referred to as region ii [3]. finally, when maxk tends to the critical stress-intensity factor, ick , rapid crack propagation takes place and crack growth instability occurs (region iii) [4]. in region ii the paris’ equation [5,6] provides a good approximation to the majority of experimental data: d ( ) d ma c k n = δ (1) where c and m are empirical constants usually referred to as paris’ law parameters. from the early 60’s, research studies have been focused on the nature of the paris’ law parameters, demonstrating that c and m cannot be considered as material constants. in fact, they depend on the testing conditions, such as the loading ratio min max min max/ /r k kσ σ= = [7], on the geometry and size of the specimen [8, 9] and, as pointed out very recently, on the initial crack length [10]. however, an important question regarding the paris’ law parameters still remains to be answered: are c and m independent of each other or is it possible to find a correlation between them based on theoretical considerations? concerning this point, it is important to take note of the controversy in the literature about the existence of a correlation between c and m. for instance, cortie [11] stated that the correlation is formal with a little physical relevance, and the high coefficient of correlation between c and m is due to the logarithmic data representation. similar arguments were proposed in [12], where a correlation-free representation was presented. on the other hand, a very consistent empirical relationship between the paris’ law parameters was found by several authors [13, 14] and supported by experimental results [3, 13, 15–18]. in this paper, the correlation existing between the paris’ law parameters is derived on the basis of theoretical arguments. to this aim, both self-similarity concepts [9] and the condition that the paris’ law instability corresponds to the griffith-irwin instability at the onset of rapid crack growth are profitably used. comparing the functional expressions derived according to these two inare the paris’ law parameters dependent on each other? alberto carpinteri, marco paggi politecnico di torino, dipartimento di ingegneria strutturale e geotecnica, corso duca degli abruzzi 24, 10129 torino, italy riassunto. nel presente articolo si riesamina la questione relativa all’esistenza di una correlazione tra i parametri c ed m della legge di paris. in base all’analisi dimensionale ed ai concetti di autosomiglianza incompleta applicati alla fase lineare della propagazione della frattura per fatica, si propone una rappresentazione asintotica che mette in relazione il parametro c ad m ed alle altre variabili che governano il fenomeno in oggetto. gli esponenti della correlazione vengono poi determinati in base alla condizione che l’instabilità alla griffith-irwin debba coincidere con l’instabilità alla paris nel punto di transizione tra la propagazione sub-critica e quella critica. si riscontra infine un ottimo accordo tra la correlazione proposta e l’evidenza sperimentale relativamente alle leghe di alluminio, titanio ed acciaio. abstract. the question about the existence of a correlation between the parameters c and m of the paris’ law is re-examined in this paper. according to dimensional analysis and incomplete self-similarity concepts applied to the linear range of fatigue crack growth, a power-law asymptotic representation relating the parameter c to m and to the governing variables of the fatigue phenomenon is derived. then, from the observation that the griffith-irwin instability must coincide with the paris’ instability at the onset of rapid crack growth, the exponents entering this correlation are determined. a fair good agreement is found between the proposed correlation and the experimental data concerning aluminium, titanium and steel alloys. keywords. fatigue crack growth, paris’ law parameters, correlation, dimensional analysis, griffithirwin instability. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.02.02&auth=true al. carpinteri et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 2 (2007) 10-16 11 dependent approaches, a relation between the paris’ law parameters c and m is proposed. as a result, it is shown that only one macroscopic parameter is needed for the characterization of damage during fatigue crack growth. 2 correlation derived according to self-similarity concepts according to dimensional analysis, the physical phenomenon under observation can be regarded as a black box connecting the external variables (called input or governing parameters) with the mechanical response (output parameters). in case of fatigue crack growth in region ii, we assume that the mechanical response of the system is fully represented by the crack growth rate, 0 =d / dq a n , which is the parameter to be determined. this output parameter is a function of a number of variables: ( )0 1 2 1 2 1 2, , , ; , , , ; , , , ,n m kq f q q q s s s r r r= k k k (2) where iq are quantities with independent physical dimensions, i.e. none of these quantities has a dimension that can be represented in terms of a product of powers of the dimensions of the remaining quantities. parameters is are such that their dimensions can be expressed as products of powers of the dimensions of the parameters iq . finally, parameters ir are nondimensional quantities. as regards the phenomenon of fatigue crack growth, it is possible to consider the following functional dependence: (3) where the governing variables are summarized in tab. 1, along with their physical dimensions expressed in the length-force-time class (lft). from this list it is possible to distinguish between three main categories of parameters. the first category regards the material parameters, such as the yield stress, yσ , and the fracture toughness, ick . the second category comprises the variables governing the testing conditions, such as the stressintensity factor range, kδ , the loading ratio, r , and the frequency of the loading cycle, ω . concerning environmental conditions and chemical phenomena, they are not considered as primary variables in this formulation and variable definition symbol dimensions 1q tensile yield stress of the material σy fl –2 2q material fracture toughness kic fl –3/2 3q frequency of the loading cycle ω t –1 1s stress-intensity range δk = kmax kmin fl –3/2 2s characteristic structural size d l 3s characteristic internal length h l 4s initial crack length a0 l 1r loading ratio – ( )ic 0 d , , ; , , , ;1 , d y a f k k d h a r n σ ϖ= δ − figure 1. scheme of the typical fatigue crack propagation curve max min k k r = table 1. main variables governing the fatigue crack growth phenomenon. al. carpinteri et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 2 (2007) 10-16 12 their influence on fatigue crack growth can be taken into account as a degradation of the material properties. finally, the last category includes geometric parameters related to the material microstructure, such as the internal characteristic length, h, and to the tested geometry, such as the characteristic structural size, d , and the initial crack length, a0. considering a state with no explicit time dependence, it is possible to apply the buckingham’s π theorem [19] to reduce by n the number of parameters involved in the problem (see e.g. [8, 20–26] for some relevant applications of this method in solid mechanics). as a result, we have: (4) at this point, we want to see if the number of the quantities involved in the relationship (4) can be reduced further from five. considering the nondimensional parameter ic/k kδ , it has to be noticed that this is usually small in the region ii of fatigue crack growth. however, since it is well-known that the fatigue crack growth phenomenon is strongly dependent on this variable (see e.g. the paris’ law in eq. (1)), a complete self-similarity in this parameter cannot be accepted. hence, assuming an incomplete self-similarity in 1π , we have: (5) where the exponent β1 and, consequently, the nondimensional parameter 1φ , cannot be determined from considerations of dimensional analysis alone. moreover, the exponent β1 may depend on the nondimensional parameters iπ . it has to be noticed that 2π takes into account the effect of the specimen size and it corresponds to the square of the nondimensional number z defined in [8], and to the inverse of the square of the brittleness number s introduced in [20, 21, 27]. moreover, the parameter 4π is responsible for the dependence of the fatigue phenomenon on the initial crack length, as recently pointed out in [10]. repeating this reasoning for the parameter (1 )r− , which is a small number comprised between zero and unity, a complete self-similarity in 5π would imply that fatigue crack growth is independent of the loading ratio. however, this behavior is in contrast with some experimental results indicating an increase in the response d / da n when increasing the parameter r [28]. therefore, assuming again an incomplete self-similarity in 5π , we have: (6) comparing eq. (6) with the expression of the paris’ law, we find that our proposed formulation encompasses eq. (1) as a limit case when: (7) as a consequence, from eq. (7) it is possible to notice that the parameter c is dependent on two material parameters, such as the fracture toughness, ick , and the yield stress, yσ , as well as on the loading ratio, r, and on the nondimensional parameters 2π , 3π , and 4π . moreover, eq. (7) demonstrates, from the theoretical standpoint, the existence of a relationship between the parameters c and m. 3 correlation derived according to the crack growth instability condition in this section we derive a correlation between the paris’ law parameters similar to that in eq. (7) on the basis of the condition of crack growth instability. in fact, as firstly pointed out by forman et al. [4], the crack propagation rate, d / da n , is not only a function of the stress-intensity factor range, kδ , but also on the condition of instability of the crack growth when the maximum stress-intensity factor approaches its critical value for the material. focusing our attention on this dependence, forman et al. [4] observed that the crack propagation rate must tend to infinity when max ick k→ , i.e. (8) this rapid increase in the crack propagation rate is then responsible for the fast deviation from the linear part of the region ii in the fatigue plot (see e.g. fig. 1). considering the transition point labeled cr in fig. 1 between region ii and region iii, the following relationship between the crack growth rate and the stress-intensity factor range can be derived according to the paris’ law: (9) ( ) 2 ic y 2 2 2 02 2 2 ic ic ic ic 1 2 3 4 5 d d , , , ;1 , , , , . y y y ka n k d h a r k k k k σ σ σ σ ⎛ ⎞ =⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠ ⎛ ⎞δ = φ − =⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠ = φ π π π π π ( ) 1 2 ic 1 2 3 4 5 y ic d , , , , d ka k n k β σ ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞δ = φ π π π π⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠⎝ ⎠ ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 2 1 2 1 2 ic 2 2 3 4 y ic 2 2 ic y 2 2 3 4 d d (1 ) , , (1 ) , , . a n k k r k k r k β β β β β σ σ− − = ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞δ = − φ π π π =⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠⎝ ⎠ = − δ φ π π π ( ) ( )2 1 2 2 ic y 2 2 3 4 , (1 ) , , .m m c k r β β σ− − = = − φ π π π max ic d lim dk k a n→ = ∞ ( )cr cr cr d d ma v c k n ⎛ ⎞ = = δ⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠ al. carpinteri et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 2 (2007) 10-16 13 where crkδ denotes the value of the stress-intensity factor range at the point cr. due to the fact that a rapid variation in the crack propagation rate takes place when the onset of crack instability is reached, it is a reasonable assumption to consider crmax ick k≅ . as a consequence, it is possible to correlate the value of crkδ with the material fracture toughness: (10) hence, introducing eq. (10) into eq. (9), an approximate relationship between the paris’ constants is derived according to the condition that the onset of the paris’ instability corresponds to the griffith-irwin instability: (11) moreover, as regards the parameters crv and ick entering eq. (11), it has to be remarked that they are almost constant for each class of material. the dependence on the loading ratio is also put into evidence in eq. (11). a closer comparison between eq. (11) and eq. (7) permits to clarify the role played by crv . in fact, eq. (11) corresponds to the correlation derived according to selfsimilarity concepts when: (12) confirming the experimental observation reported in [3] that crv should depend on the material properties, on the geometry of the tested specimen, and on the material microstructure. therefore, considering the same testing conditions, this conventional crack growth rate is almost constant for each class of material and eq. (11) establishes a one-to-one correspondence between the c and m values. 4 experimental assessment of the proposed correlation: aluminium, titanium and steel alloys parameters c and m entering the paris’ law are usually impossible to be estimated according to theoretical considerations and fatigue tests have to be performed. however, many authors [3, 13, 29] experimentally observed a very stable relationship between the parameters c and m, which is usually represented by the following empirical formula: (13) usually written in a logarithmic form: (14) taking the logarithm of both sides of the theoretically based relationship between c and m in eq. (11), we obtain (15) which corresponds to eq. (14) if (16) in order to check the validity of the proposed correlation derived according to the instability condition of the crack growth, an experimental assessment is performed by comparing the experimentally determined values of b with those theoretically predicted according to eq. (16). concerning steels and aluminium alloys, radhakrishnan [13] collected a number of data from various sources and proposed the following least square fit relationships ( kδ being in mpa√m and da/dn in m/cycle): (17) in order to compare the prediction of our proposed correlation with the experimentally determined values of b, parameters m and kic have to be known in advance. however, only in a few studies both the values of the fatigue parameters and of the fracture toughness are experimentally determined and reported. therefore, to avoid experimental tests, the values of the material fracture toughness are taken from selected handbooks. concerning steels, we assume a = crv = 7.6x10 -7 m/cycle, as experimentally determined by radhakrishnan, 0r = , and we try to estimate the parameter b on the basis of the values of the fracture toughness proposed in the asm handbook [30]. this book provides a collection of values in a diagram kic vs. both the prior austenite grain size, and the temperature test. over a large range of temperatures (t from –269°c to 27°c) and grain sizes (d from 1 μm to 16 μm), ick varies from 20 mpa√m to 100 mpa√m with an average value of ic 60k = mpa√m. the comparison can also be extended to aluminium alloys. according to the same procedure discussed above, the estimated average value of the critical stress-intensity factor from handbooks [30–33] is equal to ic 35k = mpa√m with minimum and maximum values equal to 15 mpa√m and 49 mpa√m, respectively. using the average values we find: (18) cr ic(1 )k r kδ = − cr ic 1 (1 ) m c v r k ⎡ ⎤ ≅ ⎢ ⎥−⎣ ⎦ ( ) 1 2 2 ic cr 2 2 3 4 y , , , , m k v β β σ = = − ⎛ ⎞ = φ π π π⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎝ ⎠ mc ab= log log logc a m b= + cr ic 1 log log log (1 ) c v m r k ⎡ ⎤ = + ⎢ ⎥−⎣ ⎦ cr ic , 1 . (1 ) a v b r k = = − 7 2 6 2 log log(7.6 10 ) log(1.81 10 ) for steels, log log(2.5 10 ) log(4.26 10 ) for al alloys. c m c m − − − − = × + × = × + × 7 2 6 2 log log(7.6 10 ) log(1.67 10 ) for steels, log log(2.5 10 ) log(2.86 10 ) for al alloys. c m c m − − − − ≅ × + × ≅ × + × al. carpinteri et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 2 (2007) 10-16 14 in both cases, a good agreement between the proposed estimation based on an average value of the critical stress-intensity factor and the experimental relationships in eq. (17) is achieved. another source of experimental data is [34], and is based on the nasgro program [35], which is one of the most comprehensive database of fatigue crack growth curves for aerospace alloys. these experimental data concern the material fracture toughness, the paris’ law parameters, as well as the crack growth rate corresponding to kmax ≅ kic for fatigue tests characterized by 0r = (see tab. 2). as previously outlined, the fracture toughness data and the values of νcr are almost constant for each class of materials. this property is very well evidenced by the 2219-t62, 2219-t87, 6061-t62 and 7075-t73 aluminium alloys. the application of eq. (9) permits to predict the value of the paris’ law parameter c as a function of m and to compare it with the experimental one reported in the fifth column of tab. 2. the agreement between the experimental data and the predictions made according to our correlation is noticeably good, as also evidenced by the relative percentage error reported in the last column of tab. 2. 5 conclusions to shed light on the controversy about the existence of a correlation between the paris’ constants, both selfsimilarity concepts and the condition that the paris’ law instability corresponds to the griffith-irwin instability at the onset of rapid crack growth have been profitably used. comparing the functional expressions derived from these two independent approaches, an approximate relationship between c and m has been proposed. according to this theory, the parameter c is also dependent on the fracture toughness of the material, on the crack growth rate at the onset of crack instability, and on the loading ratio. the main consequence of this correlation is that only one macroscopic parameter is needed for the characterization of damage during fatigue crack growth. a good agreement between the theoretical predictions obtained using this correlations and experimental data has been achieved. from the engineering standpoint, it has to be emphasized that our proposed correlation constitutes a useful tool for design purposes. in fact, in case of a lack of experimental fatigue data for a new material to characterize, one could, as a first approximation, determine the parameter c as a function of the exponent m according to eq. (11). then, a parametric analysis by varying the exponent m in its usual range of variation can be performed and numerical simulations of fatigue crack growth can be put forward. parameters crv and ick entering the correlation can be either known in advance, or estimated from materials with similar composition, thermal treatment and mechanical properties (see also [36–38]). 6 acknowledgements support of the european union to the leonardo da vinci project “innovative learning and training on fracture (iltof)” is gratefully acknowledged. 7 references [1] r.o. ritchie, “influence of microstructure on nearthreshold fatigue-crack propagation in ultra-high strength steel”, metal science, 11 (1977) 368–381. material experimental data present correlation m c c relative error (%) alum-2219-t62 (l-t) 28.2 3.5 x 10–6 2.87 2.40 x 10–10 2.41 x 10–10 0 alum-2219-t87 (l-t) 27.3 3.5 x 10–6 3.30 6.27 x 10–11 6.38 x 10–11 2 alum-6061-t62 (l-t) 25.0 3.5 x 10–6 3.20 1.63 x 10–10 1.18 x 10–10 –28 alum-7075-t73, forged (l-t) 27.3 3.5 x 10–6 2.98 1.80 x 10–10 1.84 x 10–10 2 pure titanium (fty = 380 mpa) 46.0 1.0 x 10–5 3.41 1.95 x 10–11 2.14 x 10–11 10 ti–6al–4v-rt (mill annealed) 15.5 2.0 x 10–7 3.11 3.80 x 10–11 3.97 x 10–11 4 ph13-8mo-h1000 (steel alloy) 100.0 3.0 x10–5 3.40 5.00 x 10–12 4.75 x 10–12 –5 table 2. experimental assessment of the proposed correlation for aluminium, titanium and steel alloys according to the nasgro database [35]. )( mmpa k ic ( ) vcr m/cycle al. carpinteri et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 2 (2007) 10-16 15 [2] d. taylor, “fatigue thresholds”, butterworths, london (1981). [3] h. kitagawa, “introduction to fracture mechanics of fatigue”, in an. carpinteri, editor, handbook of fatigue crack propagation in metallic structures, vol. i, 47–105, elsevier science b.v. (1994). [4] r.g. forman, v.e. kearney and r.m. engle, “numerical analysis of crack propagation in cyclic-loaded structures”, asme journal of basic engineering, 89 (1967) 459–464. [5] p.c. paris, m.p. gomez and w.p. anderson, “a rational analytic theory of fatigue”, the trend in engineering 13 (1961) 9–14. [6] p.c. paris and f. erdogan, “a critical analysis of crack propagation laws”, asme journal of basic engineering, 85d (1963) 528–534. [7] v.m. radhakrishnan, “parameter representation of fatigue crack growth”, engineering fracture mechanics, 11 (1979) 359–372. [8] g.i. barenblatt and l.r. botvina, “incomplete selfsimilarity of fatigue in the linear range of fatigue crack growth” fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 3 (1980) 193–202. [9] g.i. barenblatt, “scaling, self-similarity and intermediate asymptotics”, cambridge university press, cambridge (1996). [10] a. spagnoli, “self-similarity and fractals in the paris range of fatigue crack growth”, mechanics of materials, 37 (2005) 519–529. [11] m.b. cortie, “the irrepressible relationship between the paris law parameters”, engineering fracture mechanics, 30 (1988) 49–58. [12] f. bergner and g. zouhar, “a new approach to the correlation between the coefficient and the exponent in the power law equation of fatigue crack growth”, international journal of fatigue, 22 (2000) 229–239. [13] v.m. radhakrishnan, “quantifying the parameters in fatigue crack propagation”, engineering fracture mechanics, 13 (1980) 129–141. [14] l. tóth and a. krasowsky, “fracture as the result of self-organised damage process”, journal of materials processing technology, 53 (1995) 441–451. [15] j.b. lee and d.n. lee, “correlation of two constants in the paris equation for fatigue crack propagation rate in region ii”, in proceedings of the 6th international conference on fracture icf6, new delhi, india, 1727–1733. pergamon press (1984). [16] m. cavallini and f. iacoviello, “fatigue models for al alloys”, international journal of fatigue, 13 (1991) 442–446. [17] m. cavallini and f. iacoviello, “a statistical analysis of fatigue crack growth in a 2091 al-cu-li alloy”, international journal of fatigue, 17 (1995) 135–139. [18] f. iacoviello. d. iacoviello and m. cavallini, “analysis of stress ratio effects on fatigue propagation in a sintered duplex steel by experimentation and artificial neural network approaches”, international journal of fatigue, 26 (2004) 819–828. [19] e. buckingham, “model experiments and the form of empirical equations”, asme transactions, 37 (1915) 263–296. [20] a. carpinteri, “notch sensitivity in fracture testing of aggregative materials”, engineering fracture mechanics, 16 (1982) 467–481. [21] a. carpinteri, “plastic flow collapse vs. separation collapse in elastic-plastic strain-hardening structures”, rilem materials & structures, 16 (1983) 85–96. [22] a. carpinteri, “size effects on strength, toughness and ductility”, journal of engineering mechanics, 115 (1989) 1375–1392. [23] a. carpinteri, “cusp catastrophe interpretation of fracture instability”, journal of the mechanics of physics of solids, 37 (1989) 567–582. [24] a. carpinteri, “scaling laws and renormalization groups for strength and toughness of disordered materials”, international journal of solids and structures, 31 (1994) 291–302. [25] a. carpinteri, “strength and toughness in disordered materials: complete and incomplete similarity”, in sizescale effects in the failure mechanisms of materials and structures, proceedings of the international union of theoretical and applied mechanics (iutam), turin, italy, 3–26, london: e & fn spon, (1994). [26] r.o. ritchie, “incomplete self-similarity and fatigue-crack growth”, international journal of fracture, 132 (2005) 197–203. [27] a. carpinteri, “static and energetic fracture parameters for rocks and concretes”, rilem materials & structures, 14 (1981) 151–162. [28] i. milne, r.o. ritchie and b.l. karihaloo, eds. “comprehensive structural integrity: fracture of materials from nano to macro”, vol. 4: cyclic loading and fatigue, elsevier, amsterdam (2003). [29] e.h. niccolls, “a correlation for fatigue crack growth rate”, scripta metallurgica, 10 (1976) 295–298. [30] materials park: asm international. asm handbook, (1985-1988). fatigue and fracture. [31] materials park: asm international. metals handbook, (1985). [32] materials park: asm international 10th ed. metals handbook, (1990). properties and selection: nonferrous alloys and special-purpose materials. [33] cindas/purdue university, west lafayette, in. structural alloys handbook, (1996). [34] b. farahmand, “analytical method of generating da/dn curves for aerospace alloys”, in: gdoutos ee, editor. fracture of nano and engineering materials and structures (proceedings of the 16th european conference of fracture, alexandroupolis, greece, 2006), paper no. 140 on cd–rom. springer, dordrecht (2006). [35] r.g. forman, v. shivakumar and j.c. newman, “fatigue crack growth computer program nasa/flagro”, technical report jsc-22267a, nasa, january 1993. [36] a. carpinteri and m. paggi, “self-similarity and crack growth instability in the correlation between the al. carpinteri et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 2 (2007) 10-16 16 paris’ constants”, engineering fracture mechanics, 74 (2007) 1041–1053. [37] n. pugno, m. ciavarella, p. cornetti and a. carpinteri, “a generalized paris’ law for fatigue crack growth”, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 54 (2006) 1333–49. [38] n. pugno, p. cornetti and a. carpinteri, “new unified laws in fatigue: from the wöhler to the paris’ regime”, engineering fracture mechanics, 74 (2007) 595– 601. microsoft word numero_41_art_29.docx h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 211 focused on crack tip fields modelling of interfacial transition zone effect on resistance to crack propagation in fine-grained cement-based composites h. šimonová, m. vyhlídal, b. kucharczyková, p. bayer, z. keršner brno university of technology, faculty of civil engineering, veveří 331/95, 602 00 brno, czech republic simonova.h@vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-1537-6388 michal.vyhlidal@vutbr.cz barbara. kucarczykova@vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7123-5099 bayer.p@fce.vutbr.cz kersner.z@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4724-6166 l. malíková, j. klusák institute of physics of materials, academy of sciences of the czech republic, v. v. i., žižkova 22, 602 00 brno, czech republic malikova.l@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5868-5717 klusak@ipm.cz abstract. in this paper, the attention is paid to investigation of the importance of the interfacial transition zone (itz) in selected fine-grained cement-based composites for the global fracture behaviour. this is a region of cement paste around the aggregate particles which specific features could have significant impact on the final behaviour of cement composites with a crack tip nearby this interface under applied tension. the aim of this work is to show the basic interface microstructure by scanning electron microscopy (sem) done by mira3 tescan and to analyse the behaviour of such composite by numerical modelling. numerical studies assume two different itz thicknesses taken from sem analysis. a simplified cracked geometry (consisting of three phases – matrix, itz, and aggregate) is modelled by means of the finite element method with a crack terminating at the matrix–itz interface. itz’s modulus of elasticity is taken from generalized self-consistent scheme. a few conclusions are discussed based on comparison of the average values of the opening stress ahead of the crack tip with their critical values. the analyses dealing with the effect of itz’s properties on the stress distribution should contribute to better description of toughening mechanisms in silicate-based composites. keywords. fine-grained concrete; interfacial transition zone; scanning electron microscopy; three-point bending fracture test; effective fracture toughness. citation: šimonová, h., vyhlídal, m., kucharczyková, b., bayer, p., keršner, z., malíková, l., klusák, j., modelling of interfacial transition zone effect on resistance to crack propagation in fine-grained cementbased composites, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 212 introduction ement-based composites belong to traditional and broadly used building materials [1]. despite their long-term using, the investigation of damage of elements made of such materials under static loading is still developing. concrete, as representative of such composites, shows nonlinear, more precisely, quasi-brittle behaviour – the ability to carry load continues even after the deviation from the linear branch of load–displacement diagram until the peak point and then the decrease of loading force follows until the failure, so called tensile softening. on the other hand, the individual components of primarily considered two-stage composite, cement paste and aggregate, show very often brittle elastic behaviour. this difference in cement-based composites behaviour is caused by development of multiple microcracking predominantly in the so called interfacial transition zone (itz) [2] and others toughening mechanisms. the aim of this paper is quantification of basic mechanical fracture parameters of selected fine-grained cement-based composites – static modulus of elasticity, fracture toughness and fracture energy and investigation of effect of itz between cement matrix (mtx) and aggregate (agg) on stress distribution in cement based composite with crack terminating at the itz–mtx interface. interfacial transition zone (itz) he existence of interfacial transition zone (originally „aureole de transition“) between aggregate and cement paste was introduced in the fifties of last century by farrran [3]. properties of itz and its impact on behaviour of cement-based composites have been studied numerically and experimentally from many points of view since that. number of publications concerned with mechanical properties of individual components of cement-based composites are connected with homogenization techniques, such as e. g. mori-tanaka scheme [4] or generalized self-consistent scheme [5] used in this paper to estimation of itz’s elasticity modulus. although investigation of concrete fracture is connected with the recognition that for description of its structural behaviour are necessary other independent material parameters, such as fracture toughness [6, 7] and not only compressive/tensile strength, only a few publications about itz are concerned with this fact, e.g. [8, 9]. fracture mechanics based on analytical-numerical approaches, mainly connected with finite element method (fem), is widely used to simulate structural response of materials with internal defects (microcracks, voids, pores) which lead to initiation, propagation of cracks and consequent fracture. the problem with crack–interface interaction of two elastic materials is long-term investigated by team gradually created by prof. knésl from institute of physics of materials of the academy of sciences of the czech republic, v. v. i. [10, 11]. experimental part materials and specimens wo fine-grained cement-based composites mixtures with various water to cement (w/c) ratios and amount of plasticizer have been prepared for purpose of this study. mixtures have been prepared on the basis of the standard čsn en 1961 [12]. portland cement type 42.5 r as a binder and quartz sand with the maximum nominal grain size of 2 mm standardize according to čsn en 196-1 [12] for the fine aggregate were used. the w/c ratio was different for both mixtures. the second mixture’s w/c ratio was reduced by addition of super-plasticizer svc 4035 in amount of 1 % by cement mass. mixtures were prepared by a mixing device with controllable mixing speed. the basic information about the composition and properties of the fresh composites are given in tab. 1. the properties of the fresh composites were determined in accordance with čsn en 1015-3 [13] and čsn en 1015-6 [14]. the three specimens of 1000 mm in length and with 60 × 100 mm in cross-section were made from each mixture and primarily used for recording the length changes. after the stabilization of shrinkage values, approximately after 90 days, the beam specimens with nominal dimensions 40 × 40 × 160 mm were cut from these specimens and subsequently used for three-point bending fracture tests. this procedure was chosen primarily because of exclusion of specimen boundary effect. the specimens for microscopy measurements were prepared from former mentioned specimens. c t t h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 213 composite id components and properties units 04042016 09052016 quartz sand [kg] 45.9 45.9 cement i 42.5 r [kg] 15.3 15.3 super-plasticizer svc 4035 % by cement mass ‒ 1.0 water to cement ratio [‒] 0.5 0.35 workability [mm] 140 135 bulk density [kg/m3] 2200 2280 table 1: composition and properties of fresh composites. fracture tests the fracture tests in three-point bending were carried out using a heckert fp 10/1 testing machine with measuring range of 0−2000 n. the beam specimens were provided by initial central edge notch with approximately depth 1/3 of specimen depth situated in the middle of span length; span length was 120 mm. the displacement increment loading was performed, which allowed to record load versus displacement diagrams (l–δ diagrams) during the tests. the l–δ diagrams were used for the determination of elasticity modulus from the first (almost linear) part of the diagram, and for the calculation of effective fracture toughness using the effective crack extension method [15] and specific fracture energy using work-of-fracture method [16]. because of stability loss during loading, it was not possible to reconstruct the descending part of l–δ diagrams. therefore, the work of fracture wf* value is determined as area under l–δ diagrams before stability loss occurred. for details about determination above mentioned mechanical fracture parameters see [17]. the results of performed fracture tests evaluation are introduced in tab. 2 in form mean values and standard deviations ordinarily from six specimens. the monitored mechanical fracture parameters were following: modulus of elasticity e, effective fracture toughness kice and specific fracture energy gf* (determined using mentioned work of fracture wf* value). composite id parameter units 04042016 09052016 modulus of elasticity e [gpa] 32.1±1.6 34.2±2.6 fracture toughness kice [mpa·m1/2] 0.759±0.054 1.093±0.067 fracture energy gf* [j·m–2] 10.76±1.78 24.37±2.89 table 2: selected fracture tests results of 04042016 and 09052016 composites. microstructure of tested specimen’s material microscopy measurements for quantitative description of microstructure of itz were carried out using scanning electron microscopy (sem) mira3 tescan. the projection of specimen’s surface was performed using secondary electrons (se) or backscattered electrons (bse). the selected micrographs caused by detection of se with accelerating voltage of electrons 20 kv are introduced bellow. microstructure of fracture surfaces at the aggregate–cement paste interface for both tested specimens are introduced in fig. 1. sem image of fracture surface of the specimen with greater w/c ratio (on the left) shows less compact microstructure in compare with the other one. it is possible to identify the elemental minerals forming interface, namely ettringite, portlandit and c-s-h gel. on the contrary, there wasn't found any ettringite on the right sem image. it can be caused by random selection of fracture surface part. the other advantage of sem is a possibility of length measurements. it has to be mentioned that measurements are made on a two dimensional sections through a three dimensional microstructure. nevertheless, the distances, used here for the primary information about size and shape of the itz, are uncorrected distances measured on 2d sections. h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 214 the measured values of distances between individual grains of aggregate are shown in fig. 2. these distances, even though they don’t correspond to the idealized concept of a thickness and shape of the itz, come from real measurements. these measurements prove that the formation of the discrete zone (itz) with constant thickness around grain of aggregate is practically impossible. therefore, the distances between these individual grains and the larger one, or more precisely their mean values, are considered as the thicknesses of the itz in following study [2, 18]. figure 1: microstructure of fracture surface at aggregate–cement paste interface by detection of se with magnification 5000×, specimens 04042016 (left) and 09052016. figure 2: distances between grains of aggregate measured using sem with detection of se, specimens 04042016 (left, magnification 70×) and 09052016 (magnification 60×). h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 215 numerical model simplified model of the cracked specimen was created in ansys software to determine clearly the impact of the itz. note that the configuration assumed is based on the three-point bending fracture test of a beam with central edge notch, see fig. 3 (left). in the process of model creating the effects of the vertical position of inclusion, size of the aggregate and its circular shape were ignored. the crack was modelled by introduction of appropriate boundary conditions with its tip at the interface between mtx and itz, see the scheme in fig. 3. materials were modelled as linear, elastic and isotropic, which are represented by their elastic constants, i.e. poisson's ratio  and young's modulus e. thickness of itz for both composites was considered as the mean value of distance of individual grains of aggregate obtained from sem micrographs, see fig. 2. modulus of elasticity value of cement paste (emtx) was taken from above mentioned results of fracture tests (see tab. 2) and was statistically processed – the value of 5 % quantile (emtx, 0.05), mean value (emtx, mean) and 95 % quantile (emtx, 0.95) were taken into consideration. this simplification was chosen because of absence of nanoindentation tests and because of the same ratio of components (aggregate:cement) in both composites. the last information means that the elasticity modulus value of emtx is approximately k-multiple of elasticity modulus of the composite mentioned in tab. 2. the elasticity modulus values of itz (eitz) were considered as 50 % values of emtx according to the procedure called generalized self-consistent scheme [5]. the elasticity modulus value of aggregate (quartz sand) was taken from [19] as the mean value. the complex overview is introduced in tab. 3. figure 3: scheme of the three-point bending fracture tests with central edge notch in the middle of span length (left), scheme of simplified 2d model of the cracked specimen created in software ansys. composite id parameter units 04042016 09052016 thickness of itz [μm] 55 40 emtx [gpa] 32.1±1.6 34.2±2.6 mtx [‒] 0.21[20] 0.21 [20] eitz [gpa] 0.5emtx [5] 0.5emtx [5] itz [‒] 0.21 [20] 0.21 [20] eagg [gpa] 73±1.6 [19] 73±1.6 [19] agg [‒] 0.20 [20] 0.20 [20] table 3: overview of the elastic constants used in the numerical model. results or quantitative description of the influence of itz on the stress state in the crack tip vicinity the opening stress   yy is observed and evaluated. the mean stress  yy and the stress range  yy are calculated: a f h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 216     0 1 , 0 d d yy yy x y x d , (1)     agg itz,max ,minyy yy yy , (2) where d is a size of region, where the stress is averaged. for each configuration critical applied stress is evaluated by means of critical value of mean opening stress  cyy [21]:      icc 2 itz 2 yy k d (3) then the critical applied stress is:      c appl ,c appl  yy yy (4) and it determines the magnitude of applied stress under which the crack will propagate through itz. in the following calculations it was taken kic = 0.5 mpa·m1/2. this value is estimated as equal to usual fracture toughness of matrix of the composite. composites 04042016 and 09052016 as it was mentioned above the thickness of itz was taken from sem measurement and in the composite 04042016 it was 55 μm, while in the composite 09052016 it was 40 μm. figure 4: distribution of the opening stress  yy in itz and agg; itz thickness 55 μm and 40 μm. in fig. 4, the opening stresses   yy (for both composites) are shown in dependence on the distance from the crack tip x, where the value x = 0 μm refers to the crack tip. the step changes of the stresses   yy are apparent at the interface between itz and agg. here the average values  yy are evaluated over the whole itz thicknesses. the average values  yy and the stress ranges  yy for the composite 04042016 (d = 55 μm) are stated in tab. 4 while for the composite 09052016 (d = 40 μm) they can be found in tab. 5. 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 100 200 300 400 o pe n in g st re ss [ m p a] x [μm] 04042016 09052016 agg (d =55 μm) (d =40 μm) itz h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 217 emtx [gpa] eitz [gpa] eagg [gpa]  yy [mpa]  yy [mpa]  c  yy [mpa] appl ,c [mpa] emtx, 0.05 29.50 14.75 73.00 [19] 5.49 5.42 53.79 9.80 emtx,mean 32.10 16.05 73.00 [19] 5.90 4.92 53.79 9.12 emtx, 0.95 34.70 17.35 73.00 [19] 6.04 4.83 53.79 8.91 table 4: the mean stress yy , its critical value yyc , stress range yy and critical applied stress appl,c for various emtx and eitz values considering the itz thickness 55 μm. emtx [gpa] eitz [gpa] eagg [gpa]  yy [mpa]  yy [mpa]  c  yy [mpa] appl ,c [mpa] emtx, 0.05 29.90 14.95 73.00 [19] 5.09 5.91 63.08 12.39 emtx,mean 34.20 17.10 73.00 [19] 5.54 5.43 63.08 11.39 emtx, 0.95 38.50 19.25 73.00 [19] 5.97 4.97 63.08 10.57 table 5: the mean stress   yy , its critical value  yyc , stress range  yy and critical applied stress appl ,c for various emtx and eitz values considering the itz thickness 40 μm. comparison of results and their discussion in the following, the main results obtained for both composites with different itz thickness values and elasticity moduli of mtx and itz are compared and discussed. the graphical expression of the dependences can be seen in fig. 5 where the values of critical applied stress appl ,c are plotted in dependence on the elasticity modulus of itz. figure 5: the values of the critical applied stress appl ,c in dependence on the elasticity modulus of itz. the critical applied stress appl ,c corresponds to the level of the applied stress under which further crack propagation through itz is expected. the values of appl ,c are gained from the average values of the opening stress and their critical values. they depend on the distance d where the average stress is evaluated. we suppose that further crack propagation will occur by the crack increment through whole itz, we take d equal to the itz thickness and we can see that the results depend just on this. the plots in fig. 5 clearly show that composites with thicker itz exhibit lower critical applied stress. thus they violate easier than the composites with thinner itz. similarly, it can be observed (from the tabs. 4 and 5 and from the fig. 5) that the stiffer itz leads (for particular itz thickness) to lower values of appl ,c . these pilot results can lead to more reliable description of toughening mechanisms of composites of this kind. further it can be used for design of more resistant silicate-based composites. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 14 16 18 20 c ri ti ca l a p p lie d st re ss [m p a] eitz [gpa] 4042016 9052016 (d =55 μm) (d =40 μm) h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 218 conclusions he authors focused their attention on the evaluation of the influence of the interfacial transition zone on the stress distribution in the cracked specimen. the crack tip was located at the interface between mtx and itz. as the average stress is used for stability criterion suggestion in cases of general singular stress concentrators [21], it can be used for quantification of the severity of the crack with its tip at a bi-material interface. therefore, the opening stress   yy was observed and the average stress  yy ahead of the crack tip calculated. not only the influence of the various itz thicknesses but also of various elastic moduli of itz on the near-crack-tip stress field was studied and discussed. critical applied stress was evaluated based on knowledge of critical opening stress. knowledge of the effect of the itz on the stress distribution will contribute to better understanding of the toughening mechanisms of the itz and aggregate in silicate-based composites. acknowledgement his outcome has been achieved with the financial support of the czech science foundation under project no. 1618702s “amiri – aggregate-matrix-interface related issues in silicate-based composites”. references [1] nevile, a.m., properties of concrete, pearson education limited, harlow, (2011). [2] scrivener, k.l., crumbie, a.k., laugesen, p. the interfacial transition zone (itz) between cement paste and aggregate in concrete, interface science, 12 (2004) 411–421. issn 1573-2746. doi: 10.1023/b:ints.0000042339.92990.4c [3] farran, j., contribution mineralogique a l'etude de l'adherence entre les constituants hydrates des ciments et les materiaux enrobes, revue des matiriaux de construction, 491 (1956) 155–157, 492 (1956) 191–209. [4] mori, t., tanaka, k., average stress in matrix and average elastic energy of materials with misfitting inclusions, acta metallurgic, 21 (1973) 571–574. doi: 10.1016/0001-6160(73)90064-3. [5] hashin, z., monteiro, p.j.m., an inverse method to determine the elastic properties of the interphase between the aggregate and the cement paste, cement and concrete research, 32 (2002) 1291–1300. doi: 10.1016/s0008-8846(02)00792-5 [6] li, c.v., maalej, m., toughening in cement based composites. part i: cement, mortar and concrete, cem concr comp. 18 (1996) 223–237. doi: 10.1016/0958-9465(95)00028-3 [7] shah, s.p., fracture toughness of high strength concrete, aci mater j, 87 (1990) 260–265. [8] wriggers, p., moftah, s.o., mesoscale models for concrete: homogenisation and damage behaviour, finite elements in analysis and design , 42 (2006) 623–636. doi: 10.1016/j.finel.2005.11.008 [9] vervuurt, a., van mier, j.g.m., fracture of the bond between aggregate and matrix: an experimental and numerical study, in: a. katz, a. bentur, m. alexander, g. arligue, (eds.) rilem second international conference on the interfacial transition zone in cementitious composites, e & fn spon, new york, (1998) 51–58. [10] klusák, j., profant, t., knésl, z., kotoul, m., the influence of discontinuity and orthotropy of fracture toughness on conditions of fracture initiation in singular stress concentrators, eng fract mech. 110 (2013) 438–447. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.05.002 [11] knésl, z., klusák, j., náhlík, l., crack initiation criteria for singular stress concentrations, part i.–iv, eng mech, 14 (2007) 399–408, 409–422, 15 (2008) 99–114, 263–270. [12] čsn en 196-1:2005, methods of testing cement – part 1: determination of strength, prague: čni, 2005, (the czech version of the european standard en 196-1:2005). [13] čsn en 1015-3:2000, methods of test for mortar for masonry – part 3: determination of consistence of fresh mortar (by flow table), prague: čni, 2000, (the czech version of the european standard en 1015-3:2000). [14] čsn en 1015-6:1999, methods of test for mortar for masonry – part 6: determination of bulk density of fresh mortar, prague: čni, 1999, (the czech version of the european standard en 1015-6:1999). t t h. šimonová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 211-219; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.29 219 [15] karihaloo, b.l., fracture mechanics and structural concrete, wiley, new york, (1995). [16] rilem tc-50 fcm recommendation, determination of the fracture energy of mortar and concrete by means of three-point bend tests on notched beams, materials and structures, 18 (1985) 287–290. doi: 10.1007/bf02498757. [17] rovnaník, p., šimonová, h., topolář, l., bayer, p., schmid, p., keršner, z., carbon nanotube reinforced alkaliactivated slag mortars, construction and building materials, 199 (2016) 223–229. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.05.051 [18] diamond, s., huang, j., interfacial transition zone: reality or myth? in: a. katz, a. bentur, m. alexander, g. arligue, (eds.) rilem second international conference on the interfacial transition zone in cementitious composites, e & fn spon, new york, (1998) 3–39. [19] acker, p., micromechanical analysis of creep and shrinkage mechanisms. in: f.j. ulm, z.p. bažant, f., wittman, (eds.) creep, shrinkage and durability mechanics of concrete and other quasi-brittle materials, elsevier, oxford, uk, (2001) 15–25. [20] sorelli, l., constantinides, g., ulm, f.j., toutlemonde, f., the nano-mechanical signature of ultra high performance concrete by statistical nanoindentation techniques, cement and concrete research, 38 (2008) 1447– 1456. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2008.09.002 [21] knésl, z., a criterion of v-notch stability, int j fracture, 48 (1991) r79–r83. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_51_art_37_2551 c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 486 focussed on fracture and damage detection in masonry structures 3d limit analysis of masonry pavilion domes on octagonal drum subjected to vertical loads c. anselmi, f. galizia university of naples “federico ii”, department of structures for engineering and architecture, italy anselmi@unina.it, fgalizia@unina.it e. saetta sapienza university of rome, department of structural and geotechnical engineering, italy e.saetta@virgilio.it abstract. within the framework of limit design applied to masonry structures, this paper aims at analyzing the different behavior of a pavilion dome according to the adopted construction and reinforcement technologies. by using the static theorem applied to the dome discretized in rigid macroblocks of variable shape aligned along parallels and meridians, a mathematical model has been constructed in order to search for the load collapse multiplier, and thus to evaluate the degree of structural safety. then, the associated failure mechanism is represented at the instant in which the collapse is reached. the program implementing the model is sufficiently versatile and, in addition to the mechanical characteristics, allows to define the intrados profile, the thickness variability, as well as to insert any window opening in the drum, the lantern at the top and the hoops at each level. the results shown here are concerned with some numerical applications carried out on a theoretical dome, as well as with a preliminary analysis of the dome of santa maria del fiore in florence by brunelleschi. keywords. masonry; dome on octagonal drum; limit analysis; no-tension material; yield surface. citation: anselmi, c., galizia, f., saetta, e., 3d limit analysis of masonry pavilion domes on octagonal drum subjected to vertical loads, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503. received: 26.06.2019 accepted: 12.12.2019 published: 01.01.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ithin the framework of limit design applied to masonry structures, this paper aims at analyzing the different behavior of a pavilion dome according to the adopted construction and reinforcement technologies; for example, if in correspondence of the ribs the bricks of the contiguous sails are well interlocked (as in the santa w http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/51/2551.mp4 c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 487 maria del fiore dome) the dome shows a much greater load-bearing capacity compared to the case of interlocking between the bricks completely missing (santa maria dell’umiltà dome in pistoia). in several previous works [1, 2, 3, 4] the authors had already dealt with rotation domes subject to vertical and horizontal loads; by using the static theorem of the limit analysis applied to the dome discretized in rigid macro-blocks of variable shape aligned along the parallels and the meridians, several optimization models have been implemented in order to search for the load collapse multiplier, thus to evaluate the degree of structural safety. it should be noted that many different modelling approaches in the literature were used to investigate the behaviour of masonry constructions, and particularly of domes. among those, it is worth mentioning the works by o’dwyers on the funicular analysis of masonry vaults [5], and those using analytical and finite element models [6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12]. rigid block models based on limit analysis and contact dynamics were also adopted [9, 13]. in the previously papers, as in this, the yield domain conditions for the quadrilateral interfaces between the macro-blocks are expressed in terms of stress resultants, in observance of the following mechanical assumptions: inability to carry tension, unlimited or limited compressive strength (in the second case the domain is suitably linearized), frictional sliding with dilatancy. this last hypothesis, even if not realistic, has been assumed because in some cases the influence of failure for sliding is negligible in the kinematic mechanism of the domes; that allows us to base the formulation on simple optimization problems rather than more involved nonlinear analyses, with considerable reduction of computational costs. the yield domain conditions for the quadrilateral interfaces between the macro-blocks are expressed in terms of stress resultants, in observance of the following mechanical assumptions: inability to carry tension, unlimited or limited compressive strength (in the second case the domain is suitably linearized), frictional sliding with dilatancy. this last hypothesis, even if not realistic, has been assumed because in some cases the influence of sliding failure is negligible in the kinematic mechanism of the domes; that allows us to base the formulation on simple optimization problems rather than more involved nonlinear analyses, with considerable reduction of computational costs. it should be pointed out that the sliding failure was taken into account assuming a friction coefficient fc = 0.75. this value is perhaps excessive when compared with those taken by other authors in the most recent literature [14, 15, 16, 17] where, for different materials, coefficients varying from 0.63 to 0.69 are used. however, even when a value included into that range is taken into account, the results static and kinematic are almost identical to those which are here presented (at least for the tested cases 7 and 11 of tab. 1). furthermore, analyzing the response even in the case of a further reduction in the friction coefficient, it was found that the result remains unchanged up to the value fc = 0.2 0.22 for which the value of the collapse multiplier decreases and the kinematic mechanism shows an evident failure for sliding. finally, for fc = 0.18 0.20 there is a further reduction of the multiplier, but the collapse mechanism is qualitatively equivalent. compared to previous tackled problems, in this work there are two new aspects: a different type of dome, because it is set on octagonal and not circular drum, and the role played by the interlocking between the bricks in correspondence of the ribs on the bearing capacity of the dome. as we consider vertical loads, we studied a dome segment corresponding to one sixteenth between two contiguous meridian symmetry planes (fig. 1). in this context, we have developed a program through excel and its solver to solve the static optimization problem that provides the collapse multiplier. once the collapse multiplier has been defined, again using excel, the corresponding kinematic problem is implemented to represent the failure mechanism at the instant in which the collapse is reached. in order to simulate the lack of interlocking between the bricks at the ribs or its presence, an advantageous aspect in the present modeling is that the yield conditions on the related interfaces of the macro-blocks can be either introduced (the failure is possible) or not (the failure is not possible). although for the considered application cases has always been used a discretization in only eight macro-elements (six for the dome and two for the drum), the program implemented in excel appears sufficiently versatile and, in addition to the mechanical characteristics, allows to define the intrados profile, the thickness variability, as well as to insert any window opening in the drum, the lantern at the top and the hoops at each level. some results of application cases are shown and, finally, a first approach was made to the analysis of the santa maria del fiore dome in florence, built by brunelleschi. of course, models with reduced block dimensions could be implemented to take into account failure mechanisms which were not considered in the present work. however, it should be noted that the configuration of the macro-blocks taken into consideration aimed at reproducing the main features of the crack patterns which are frequently observed on masonry domes, such as those investigated in this manuscript. as the authors pointed out in the manuscript, such crack patterns usually involve the ribs and the webs along radial and meridian interfaces which correspond to the ones considered in the model that was presented. however, it is clear that further analysis could be carried out to investigate the effect of interlocking and block size on the obtained failure mechanism. c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 488 preliminary and geometric features ince only vertical loads are considered, a dome segment has been studied corresponding to a sixteenth between two contiguous meridian planes of symmetry, one passing through the center line of a sail, the other for a rib (fig.1a). in the horizontal section of the dome, the angle between the two symmetry planes is π/8, and the segment can be studied at least in this first approach as fixed at the drum base and subject to dead loads due to their own weight and live loads corresponding to increasing overloads, as well as to the actions on the interfaces belonging to the symmetry planes, which are the redundant unknowns of the static problem. with regard to a dome segment of amplitude = /8 (fig. 1b), a discretization in rigid blocks is made, each one bounded by two consecutive cross-sections i and i+1 defined by the angles θi and θi+1 respectively with the dome’s z-axis (fig. 1c). symmetry plane of a sail symmetry plane passing for a rib x y π/8 (a) x z y (b) (c) φ=π/8 φ=π/8 o x z θi θi+1 (c) figure 1: the dome segment. (a) the two contiguous meridian symmetry planes; (b) 3d view; (c) section in the x-z plane. the generic block like this defined have six faces: two of them named radial lying on the aforesaid radial cross-sections i and i+1, two other named meridian lying on meridian symmetry planes, and finally two other again lying on the extrados and intrados surfaces of dome respectively (fig. 2). j ce i+1 1 2 3 7 8 6 4 5 le i+1 meridian face j (1-2-4-3) meridian face j+1 (5-6-8-7) radial face i (1-2-6-5) radial face i+1 (3-4-8-7) extrados face (1-5-7-3) intrados face (2-6-8-4) figure 2: the generic block have been used two reference: the fixed one (o, x, y, z), to define the vertices coordinates of generic block (fig.1), and a local one (gf , n, r, t) placed in gf centroid of each contact interface with a contiguous block (fig.3a), to define the stress resultants interacting through this generic interface, as shown below. s c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 489   (a) (b) x y z o rj nj ri gj gi gj+1 gi+1 ri+1 nj+1 ni+1 nitj rj+1 ti+1 ti tj+1 nj nnj mrj gj gi g p tj ni ti mtj nni mni mritri tti mti ri rj x y z o figure 3: (a) fixed and local references; (b) own weight p acting in the g centroid of block and stress resultants applied on the i radial face and on j meridian face. forces acting on the single block ith reference to fig. 3b, the generic block is subjected to the own weight p applied on its center of gravity g, and to the stress resultants applied on the centroid of each contact interface with a contiguous block, referred to the local reference n, r and t. the resultants on the radial interfaces are six, named normal force nn (or simply n), shear forces tt and tr, twist moment mn, bending moments mt and mr, respectively applied on the interfaces i and i+1. whereas, on the meridian interfaces j and j+1, lying on symmetry planes, the resultants are only three: the normal force nn and the two bending moments mt and mr . with reference to i and j interfaces, all these forces can be expressed in matrix form by the si and sj vector respectively:                                  i i i i i i x i x i x i r t n r t n )13( )13( )16( m m m t t n m r s                           j j j )x( j )x( j )x( j r t n 12 11 13 m m n m r s besides, must be consider the overload acting on the dome named ol understood as a covering load applied in the centroid of extrados face (see fig. 2), that in the present formulation increases through a collapse multiplier α(fig. 4a). if a lantern is present at the top of dome, also a force pl corresponding to one sixteenth of the lantern own weight will act on the block top (fig. 4b), together with the oll overload related to the small dome of the lantern (also increasing through the α multiplier). (a) (b) x y z o ge ∙ol pl oll figure 4: (a) the overload acting on the dome, increasing through an α multiplier(b) the force on the block on top corresponding to one sixteenth of the lantern own weight, together with the overload (which also increases through αacting to the small dome of the lantern. w c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 490 finally, if hoops are inserted, the possible action of them is represented by a fh force applied on extrados face, lying in a plane parallel to the dome springing and oriented towards the inside. having fixed a suitable nh pretension effort, the resultant force fh = nh· tan(/8) is positioned at half the height with respect to the height of the generic parallel ring with hoop (point c in fig. 5). x y z o c fh nh nh fh fh π/8 π/8 fh fh π/8 π/8 nh nh z b a c x fh d ht za zb zc=(za+zb)/2 (a) (b) (c) figure 5: force depending by the hoop. (a) the resultant force fh; (b) nh pretension effort and fh resultant force; (c) level of c application point of fh force. equilibrium conditions for the single block he equilibrium conditions for the generic block, in the global reference frame x, y and z are so formulated: 0fffsdscybxa  eeeeeeeeeee 1h010  (1) where ea and eb are (6x3) matrices of the coefficients of the redundant unknowns ex and ey on the meridian interfaces j and j+1 respectively, listed in (3x1) vectors, while ec and ed are (6x6) matrices of the unknowns e0s and e 1s on the radial interfaces i and i+1 respectively, listed in (6x1) vectors; e0f is the (6x1) vector of the dead loads, e hf is the (6x1) vector of the possible action of the hoop, and e1f the (6x1) vector of the live load increasing through the α collapse multiplier it is necessary to specify that, in the problem under examination, only the unknowns 1s remain on the radial faces, because the 0s ones are zero on the face of the block at the top and, as regards to every other block, they coincide with the unknowns 1s of the i+1 face of the previous block. yield domains for the generic interface ith reference to a generic quadrilateral interface (fig.6), the six stress resultants on generic radial interface i+1 have to respect the yield conditions related to rocking and sliding domains; whereas, on generic interfaces j and j+1 lying on meridian symmetry planes, the stress resultants only are three (the normal force and the two bending moments) and just have to respect the conditions related to rocking domain. in the following, linearized yield domains circumscribing the actual nonlinear ones are shown. t w c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 491 t gr figure 6: generic quadrilateral interface and local reference linear rocking yield domains for the case of unlimited compression strength, a linear yield domain was proposed in [3, 4] with reference to the quadrilateral section of fig. 7; within a coherent kinematic mechanism, the rotation axis has to coincide with one of the four section sides, so we imposed four limit conditions: 0mnd  iii (2) with di (fig.7a) distance between the g centroid and the generic side i (i=1, 2, 3, 4), and ii km m , being ttrr mm kkm  the cartesian expression of the bending moment m (fig.7b). k3 d4          d3 d1 k2 k4 k1 g d2 (a) mr di k i m t gr mi mt (b) figure 7: the quadrilateral interface. (a) geometric aspect; (b) mechanical aspect. these conditions define four planes passing through the origin o of the 3d-reference (mt, mr, n), that form the pyramid of fig. 8, having cross section homothetic to the quadrilateral interface (coincident with the linear domain proposed in [18] starting by a different formulation). mr o′ mt o mr mt n (a) mr o mt (b) figure 8: yield domain. (a) the four planes through the origin o; (b) cross section. as the present paper only consider vertical loads, here we have assumed a limited compression strength of the masonry; in order to include a limit to the compressive stress into domain of fig. 8, we have added four planes parallel to n-axis of the 3d-reference (mt, mr, n), and four other planes forming an opposite pyramid passing through the q point at abscissa n=n0, being n0 the limit normal force applied in the g centroid which leads the entire section to the collapse. this linear yield domain results circumscribed to the approximate nonlinear one proposed in [18], where an additional quadratic term c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 492 on n was enclosed to take into account the limited compression strength. we note that the cross section of the two domains coincide at abscissa n=n0/2 (fig. 9, referred to the (m1, m2, n) 3d space, being m1 and m2 the components of m in the section principal reference). the twelve planes are summarized by the following equations: 0)k(km)k(kmnd ttrr  iiii (3) 04nd)k(km)k(km 0ttrr  /iii (4) 0nd)k(km)k(kmn-d 0ttrr  iiiii (5) being i the generic side (i=1, 2, 3, 4).   domain in [4] domain proposed [3] m2 m1 in [4]  (a) (a) m1 m2 no q (b) domain proposed domain in [5]domain in [18] figure 9: yield domain for rocking in the 3d space (m1, m2, n). (a) cross section at n=n0/2.; (b) 3d view (axonometric projection) of linearized yield domain proposed and the approximate non linear one proposed in [18]. if in the eqns. (3)-(5) the sign (=) is replace with (≤), the conditions for n, mr and mt that define the linearized yield domain are obtained. linear sliding yield domains as mentioned above, the twelve conditions (3)-(5) related to rocking domain are necessary for all the interfaces, while further conditions related to sliding domain (fig.10) must be added about radial interfaces.   tgφ tgφ φ φ o tt (or tr, or mn) n figure 10: yield domain for sliding. in particular, the yield domain normal force n – shear force t is defined by a cone (fig.11a), with axis coinciding with the naxis has been opportunely replaced, in this first approach, by a pyramid circumscribed to the cone having four faces. therefore we impose four conditions making reference to the cartesian components tt and tr of t shear force: c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 493 0tntan t0  (6) 0tntan r0  (7) thus, in fig. 10,  coincide with the angle of friction 0. g d3 r d4 d1 d2 k3 k2 k4 k1(a) (b) φ0 n tr tt φ0 figure 11: yield domain for sliding. (a) yield domain normal force n shear force t; (b) yield domain normal force n twisting moment mn, "equivalent" circular section. instead, for the yield domain normal force n twisting moment mn reference was made to an "equivalent" circular section having radius r equal to the mean of the distances of g by the sides of quadrilateral section (fig.11b): )ddd(d 4321  41 r (8) therefore two conditions are imposed: 0mnrtan n03 2  (9) being, in the yield domain by sliding of fig. 10, tanφ = ⅔ r tanφ0. in matrix form, the conditions on the generic meridian interface and on radial one can be expressed respectively by: 0tnxdy  mfmfmfx mf (10) 0tnsdy  rfrf1 rf s rf (10′) where mfy is a (12x1) vector, mfxd is a (12x3) matrix of the coefficients of the redundant unknowns mfx (that is )f( jx or 1)f( jy on the meridian faces j and j+1 respectively), listed in (3x1) vector, while mftn is a (12x1) vector of known terms. moreover rfy is a (18x1) vector, rfsd is a (18x6) matrix of the only rf 1s unknowns on the radial faces i+1, listed in a (6x1) vector, while rftn is a (18x1) vector of known terms. governing equations of whole structure and assessment of the collapse multiplier  amed m the number of balance equations for whole structure and n the number of the unknowns on the interfaces, in matrix form we have: 0ffax  1α (11) where a is a (mxn) matrix of the coefficients of the unknowns x on the interfaces, listed in the (nx1) vector, while f is the (mx1) vector of the dead loads and of the possible actions of the hoops, and 1f the (mx1) vector of the live load increasing by the unknown collapse multiplier α n c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 494 moreover, named d the number of the yield domain conditions, in matrix form we have: 0tnxdy  (12) where y is a (dx1) vector, d is a (dxn) matrix and finally tn is a (dx1) vector of known terms. now the static theorem of limit analysis can be applied to evaluate the collapse multiplier αby implementing the following problem of mathematical optimization: maximize α subject to: (13) 0ffax  1α (balance equations) 0tnxdy  (yield domain conditions) 0α (not negativity of α) being x and α the unknowns of the problem. reconstruction of the collapse mechanism nce the unknowns α and x have been defined through the static theorem of the limit analysis (paragraph 5), is possible pursue the kinematic problem to identify the corresponding collapse mechanism. the unknowns of problem are: (mx1) vector u which collects the degrees of freedom, six for every block of the discretized structure; (nx1) vector δ which collects the possible displacements between the interfaces (six for every radial interface and three for every meridian one); (dx1) vector λ which collects the generalized strain rates associated to the yield conditions y (eq.12). these unknowns are bounded by kinematic conditions: δua t (14) and by the flow rule λdδ t (15) from which, by eliminating δ, we obtain the compatibility conditions: 0λdua  tt (16) being ta and td the transposed matrices of a and d respectively (defined in paragraph 5). if we denote with δxufuf tt1 t v αl  the virtual work done by the forces through the associated displacements and by the stress resultants through the mutual displacements between the interfaces, the problem of mathematical optimization is set in the following way: it is imposed 0l v  subject to: (17) 0λdua  tt (compatibility conditions) 0λ  (not negativity of λ) once solved the problem (17), the kinematic mechanism is represented at the instant in which the collapse is reached through suitable matrices of directional cosines. o c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 495 results he above described discrete model has been implemented by using excel and its solver. although for the considered application cases has always been used a discretization in only eight macro-elements (six for the dome and two for the drum), the implemented program appears sufficiently versatile and, in addition to the mechanical characteristics, allows to define the intrados profile, the thickness variability, as well as to insert any window opening in the drum, the lantern at the top and the hoops at each level. once the collapse loads multiplier has been found, through the introduction of appropriate matrices of directional cosines and taking advantage of the symmetry, the program provide the collapse mechanism of a quarter of a dome, represented through axonometric and zenithal views, and a section. in order to test the validity of the procedure, was considered a single dome with the same geometric and mechanical characteristics, and was analyzed the effect on the load-bearing capacity of the following features: (a) lack/presence of interlocking between the bricks at the ribs; (b) hoops in the case of possible failure at the ribs; (c) absence/presence of window openings in the drum; (d) drum width. the dome examined have the following geometric and mechanical characteristics: the internal angular profile sa is a sixth of an acute fifth horizontal internal semi diameter his = 11.5 m thickness on top s0 = 1.5 m thickness at base plane of dome si = 1.5 m thickness of drum st = 1.5 ÷ 2.5 m drum height ht= 8 m height window opening hf= 6 m half-width window opening lf= 2 m lantern radius rl = 2 m lantern weight on a segment of dome pl= 100 kn limit compressive strength σ0 = -4000 kn/m2 friction coefficient fc= 0.75 masonry density γm= 18 kn/m3 density of covering material (as overload) γc= 10 kn/m3 pre-tension force of a single hoop nh = 200 kn the numeric results (multiplier α) are summarized in the tab. 1 and compared in tab. 2. case failure at ribs lf (m) nh (kn) st (m) α 1 no 0 0 1,5 24.129 2 no 2 0 1,5 14.224 3 no 0 0 2,5 32.374 4 no 2 0 2,5 29.112 5 yes 0 0 1,5 7.567 6 yes 0 400 1,5 10.211 7 yes 2 0 1,5 3.168 8 yes 2 400 1,5 7.624 9 yes 0 0 2,5 17.621 10 yes 0 400 2,5 18.857 11 yes 2 0 2,5 13.046 12 yes 2 400 2,5 14.342 table 1: examined cases. t c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 496 features compared cases increase % decrease % (a) 1-5 68.637 (a) 2-7 77.73 (a) 3-9 45.570 (a) 4-11 55.188 (b) 5-6 34.940 (b) 7-8 140.693 (b) 9-10 7.012 (b) 11-12 9.936 (c) 1-2 41.049 (c) 3-4 10.074 (c) 5-7 58.141 (c) 9-11 25.964 (d) 1-3 34.171 (d) 2-4 104.672 (d) 5-9 132.853 (d) 7-11 311.843 table 2: compared cases.   no fa ilure a t ribs 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 al ph a nh diagram alpha vs nh (lf=2m) fa ilure a t ribs a lpha vs nh   0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 a lp h a lf diagram alpha vs lf (st=1,5m) fa ilure a t ribs no fa ilure a t ribs 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 a lp h a st diagram alpha vs st (lf=2m) fa ilure a t ribs no fa ilure a t ribs figure 12: variability of αmultiplier as a function of nh, lf and st. fig. 12 shows the variability of α multiplier as a function of nh, lf and st parameters. furthermore, some compared cases of tab. 2 are shown in the following subparagraph 7.1 together with the relative collapse mechanisms. finally, in subparagraph 7.2, some results obtained by examining the most famous pavilion dome in the world, that of s. maria del fiore by brunelleschi in florence, are illustrated. some compared cases with relative collapse mechanisms we refer to compared cases shown in bold in tab. 2. only for practical display reasons the comparisons relating to the four features listed above with (a), (b), (c) and (d) will be illustrated below in order (c), (a), (b) and (d). as previously mentioned, figs. 13-17 show the collapse mechanism of a quarter of a dome, represented through axonometric and zenithal views, and a section. c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 497 feature (c): absence/presence of window openings in the drum with reference to the cases 1 and 2 shown in bold in tab. 1, for the dome analyzed without failure at ribs and without windows (case 1 shown in fig.13) the multiplier α is equal to about 24, while with a window the value decreases to about 14 (case 2 shown in fig.14). figure 13: collapse mechanism for case 1 (no failure at ribs / lf=0 / nh=0 / st=1.5 / multiplier α=24.129) figure 14: collapse mechanism for case 2 (no failure at ribs / lf=2 / nh=0 / st=1.5 / multiplier α=14.224) feature (a): lack/presence of interlocking between the bricks at the ribs; for the same dome with window (case 2 shown in fig.14) in case of possible failure at ribs the multiplier value decreases from 14 to about 3 (case 7 shown in fig.15). c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 498    figure 15: collapse mechanism for case 7 (failure at ribs / lf=2 / nh=0 / st=1.5 / multiplier α=3.168) feature (b): hoops in the case of possible failure at the ribs; for the same case 7 shown in fig.15 with possible failure at ribs, if you introduce 2 hoops the α value increases to about seven and half (case 8 shown in fig.16).   figure 16: collapse mechanism for case 8 (failure at ribs / lf=2 / nh=400 / st=1.5 / multiplier α=7.624) feature (d): drum width. finally, if instead of introducing the hoops (fig.16), the thickness of the drum is increased from 1.5 to 2.5 meters, the α value increases from about 3 (case 7 shown in fig.15) to about 13 (case 11 shown in fig.17). c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 499   figure 17: collapse mechanism for case 11 (failure at ribs / lf=2 / nh=0 / st=2.5 / multiplier α=13.046) the case of s. maria del fiore to validate the optimization program developed in excel, also on a actual dome, a first approach was made to the analysis of the most famous dome on octagonal drum: the one built by brunelleschi for the cathedral of florence between 1420 and 1436, of which numerous researchers have dealt [19-22]. obviously as has already been done by other authors who have carried out various types of analysis it is assumed that the drum is a regular octagon, and with it also the dome; this allows us to study only one sixteenth of the dome, as for the theoretical one examined above. actually, compared to the theoretical model assumed, the octagonal dome shows some irregularities concerning geometry and static behavior: the sides have different lengths each-other, the drum rests alternately on four solid walls (inclined at 45° with respect to the axis of the nave) and on four ogival arches (two parallel to the axis of the nave and two to that of the transept), with a consequent different crack pattern, also determined from the different structural elements that surround it. moreover, the architectural reliefs carried out over the centuries present notable differences between them. to overcome the uncertainties related to the dimensions of some elements that characterize the structure, we have taken the dimensions assumed by m. como [19] using some rounding done by g. conti [20]. in the excel program, which for the dome (excluding the drum) provided a discretization in six elements, an further block was introduced on top, at the base of the lantern, in analogy to what was done by como [19], while the other 30 voussoirs of its discretization have been incorporated by us, in groups of 5, into our 6 blocks. however, despite using the average value of the unit weight of the brick masonry assumed by him, we have taken into account the different unit weight of the portions of masonry made of sandstone present both in the part at the base of the dome and in the ring on top, named serraglio. anyway, the weight of the dome (including the lantern) estimated by us is 29,272 t, quite close to the value reported by other scholars. the hypothesis that, despite the octagonal form, brunelleschi have built a rotational dome (and therefore without the use of a supporting framework), remained secret for 500 years, but in recent times shared by all the most recent scholars of masonry structures, starting by di pasquale [21], supports the conviction that in correspondence of the ribs there is a continuity of masonry texture, with good interlocking between the bricks. this has allowed us to introduce the assumption that in the (j+1) faces (see fig.2) of the blocks of the analyzed segment belonging to the meridian plane passing through the rib there is no failure. furthermore, having the purpose of making a comparison with the pressure curve shown by como [19], that starting from the top of the dome involves the whole upper part of the drum, 13 meters high, we had to make a second modeling. in fact, the limitation imposed by the program implemented in excel just two blocks to discretize the drum led us to c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 500 adopt a different modeling of the oculus (circular hole). however, as for the first modeling, the same horizontal maximum width of 5.8 meters assumed in [19] as average diameter was utilized: modeling 1 (later called mod1). the oculus has been modeled with a hexagonal shape, but the drum is not considered in all its height, because the basic section of our calculation model was placed in the horizontal plane that cuts in half the aforementioned oculus. to this plan belong the faces (i+1) (fig.2), i.e. those that have the smallest area and are therefore more prone to crushing failures. modeling 2 (later called mod2). to be able to consider the whole upper part of the drum, the oculus has been modeled with a lozenge shape having vertical axis equal to the height of the drum (13 m), and the horizontal one equal to 5.8 m. the mechanical and geometrical characteristics assumed for the dome are listed below in tabs. 3 and 4. mechanical data values and units of measure friction coefficient fc 0.75 masonry density γm 18.5 kn/m3 sandstone density γs 25 kn/m3 density of covering material (as overload) γc 10 kn/m3 limit compressive strength σ0 -4000 kn/m2 lantern weight on a segment of dome pl 469 kn table 3: mechanical data of s. maria del fiore dome. geometric data in the plane passing from ribs dimensions (m) in the plane that cuts the sails dimensions (m) heights and other dimensions (m) outer diameter 54 49.88 internal diameter 45 41.57 radius of arch pointed-fifth 36 dome thickness at the base 4.5 4.15 outside diameter of the lantern base 7 6.47 drum thickness 5 4.6 dome height 35.75 drum height for mod1 7.5 height of the drum upper block for mod1 4.6 height of the drum lower block for mod1 2.9 drum height for mod2 13 height of the drum upper block for mod2 7.5 height of the drum lower block for mod2 5.5 average diameter of the oculus 5.8 table 4: geometric data of s. maria del fiore dome. with the program implemented in excel, for mod1 and mod2, three different analyses were performed: (1) the classical one already applied to the theoretical dome (see previous sub-paragraph 7.1); (2) a similar analysis but applied to the dome in the current state, taking into account the cracks already present; (3) a comparison between the pressure curve obtained from m.como and shown in [19] and those obtained with mod2. more precisely, as regards points (1) and (2), the value of the collapse load multiplier obtained is the same, so this value can provide an indication, even if approximate, about the safety of the actual dome subject to vertical loads. on the other hand, the almost coincident values obtained with mod2 are justified by the fact that, as for the mod1, the failure occurs by crushing at the lower area section, corresponding to interface between the two blocks of the drum, belonging to the plane c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 501 that cuts the oculus in half. mod2 involves a slight increase in the volume of the oculus with a consequent slight decrease in the weight of the drum blocks, and this leads to the negligible growth of the α multiplier value. finally, with regard to point (3), for a slice of dome equal to 1/8 of the entire dome, corresponding to a single sail of the dome subjected to its own weight and to that of the lantern on top, in [19] is shown the construction of the pressure curve that, starting from the upper end of the section of the voussoir at the crown, is tangent to the intrados of the dome near the haunches, and intercepts the center of the section at the drum base (fig.20a). instead, still using the program implemented in excel, which analyzes a segment equal to 1/16 of the dome, two similar pressure curves were obtained using two different objectives in the optimization problem: for the first, it was imposed that the multiplier has value zero, in compliance with the condition that the curve intercepts the center of the section at the base of the drum (fig.20b); for the second, it was imposed that the horizontal thrust transferred from the dome to the drum assumes the value of 2000 kn, in accordance with that of 400 t estimated by como [19] (fig.20c). the results of the analyses referred to in points (1) and (2) are summarized in tab. 5 (in it the ratios wc1/wa1 and wc2/wa2 provide indicative coefficients on collapse safety), while the most significant collapse mechanisms are shown in figs. 18 and 19. instead, for the comparison referred to in point (3), the pressure curve in [19] and those obtained in this paper pursuing two different objectives are shown in fig. 20. dome slice analysis mod1  multiplier actual weight wa1(kn) weight at collapse wc1 (kn) ratio wc1/wa1 mod2  multiplier actual weight wa2(kn) weight at collapse wc2 (kn) ratio wc2/wa2 without and with cracks 30.096 23,900 122,621 5.131 30.226 27,272 126,419 4.635 table 5: comparison between the values obtained with mod1 and mod2 figure 18: collapse mechanism of s. maria del fiore dome (mod1) figure 19: collapse mechanism of s. maria del fiore dome (mod2) c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 502   (a) (b) (c) figure 20: comparison between our pressure curves and that of como [19]. (a) curve in [19]. (b) curve obtained by imposing that it intercepts the center of the section at the drum base. (c) curve obtained by imposing the thrust assumes the value referred in [19]. obviously, the simplicity of the proposed model, sufficient to successfully compare the answers obtained with those expected based on the experience, does not allow a comparison to be made between the solution obtained for brunelleschi's dome and that provided by the model illustrated in [13]. the latter, having a more dense discretization, allows the insertion of the vertical elements of the herringbone and to obtain crises due to sliding, even if with very low values of the friction coefficient. conclusions ithin the framework of limit analysis applied to masonry structures, this paper has aimed at analyzing the different behavior of a pavilion dome according to the adopted construction and reinforcement technologies. by using the static theorem applied to the dome discretized in rigid macro-blocks of variable shape aligned along parallels and meridians, a mathematical model has been constructed in order to search for the load collapse multiplier, so to evaluate the degree of structural safety. then, the associated failure mechanism is represented at the instant in which the collapse is reached. the excel program that implement the modeling is sufficiently versatile and, in addition to the mechanical characteristics, allows to define the intrados profile, the thickness variability, as well as to insert any window opening in the drum, the lantern weight on top and hoops at each level. the so far carried out applications, in the case of possible failure at the ribs, have shown the effectiveness of the hoops, that increases as the pre-tensioning stress increases or, alternatively, according to hoops number placed; however, for an reasonable overall force of pre-tensioning, the value of the multiplier obtained is anyway inferior to that computed in the case of a good interlocking between the bricks at the ribs. for the dome discretization into six blocks, the introduction of the hoops also seems to produce better effects if it’s concentrated at the fifth ring starting from the top, rather than if distributed over several rings, for the same overall pre-tensioning force. the applications have also confirmed the effect of window openings in the drum: the value of the collapse multiplier decreases as the openings width increases. as further developments, in addition to using the present excel program to investigate other aspects, such as the problem of the double-shell domes and the search for the minimum thickness of the pavilion domes, the authors are implementing a matlab program, also eventually reducing the macroblocks size in order to refine the solutions already obtained and to study also the pavilion domes under horizontal loads. obviously, the aim is to extending these new analyses also to the dome of santa maria del fiore in florence and compare to this dome the one of santa maria dell'umiltà in pistoia, apparently similar, in which, instead, cracks at the ribs appeared already during its construction. the comparison between the two different construction methods of the two domes (with and without interlocking between the bricks at ribs), could provide confirmation that, when it is assumed that there are no cracks at ribs, it follows that the two half-segments w c. anselmi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51 (2020) 486-503; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.37 503 in contact along a rib constitute a single block. a similar assumption has been considered also by foraboschi [22] to analyse the behaviour of the brunelleschi dome. references [1] anselmi, c., de rosa, e. and fino, l. (2004). limit analysis of masonry structures, proceedings of the 4th international seminar on structural analysis of historical constructions (edited by: c. modena, p. b. lourenço, p. roca), padova, italy 1, pp .545–550. [2] anselmi, c., de rosa, e., galizia, f. and maniello, d. (2006). evaluation of the safety coefficient of axi-symmetric masonry domes with drum and lantern having variable profile and carrying their own weight, proceedings of the seventh international masonry conference, london, gb 5, pp. 1–6. [3] anselmi, c., de rosa e. and galizia, f. (2009). evaluation of horizontal collapse for a rigid dome supported by radial masonry columns subjected to own weight. in: w.w. el-dakhakhni, r.g. drysdale. proceedings of the eleventh canadian masonry symposium, toronto, ontario, canada, may 31–june 3, pp. 543-550. [4] anselmi, c., de rosa, e., galizia, f. and maniello, d. (2009). limit analysis of masonry domes subjected to horizontal loads, protection of historical buildings prohitec 09 (edited by f.m. mazzolani), rome, italy 2, pp. 10971101. [5] o’dwyer, d. (1999). funicular analysis of masonry vaults, comput. struct., 73(1-5), pp. 187-197. [6] pavlovic, m., reccia, e. and cecchi, a. (2016). a procedure to investigate the collapse behavior of masonry domes: so-me meaningful cases, int. j. archit. herit., 10(1), pp. 67-83. [7] baggio, c., and trovalusci, p. (2016). 3d limit analysis of roman groin vaults, proc. 16th international brick and block masonry conference (ibmac 2016) padova (italy), pp. 1023-1028. [8] li, t. and atamturktur, s. (2013). fidelity and robustness of detailed micromodeling, simplified micromodeling, and macromodeling techniques for a masonry dome, journal of performance of constructed facilities, 28(3), 480-490. [9] casapulla, c., mousavian, e. and zarghani, m. (2019). a digital tool to design structurally feasible semi-circular mason-ry arches composed of interlocking blocks, comput. struct., 221, pp. 111-126. [10] velilla, c., alcayde, a., san-antonio-gómez, c., montoya, f.g., zavala, i. and manzano-agugliaro, f. (2019). rampant arch and its optimum geometrical generation, symmetry, 11(5), art. no. 627. [11] olmati, p., gkoumas, k. and bontempi, f. (2019). simplified fem modelling for the collapse assessment of a masonry vault, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 13(47), pp. 141-149. [12] simon, j. and bagi, k. (2016). discrete element analysis of the minimum thickness of oval masonry domes, int. j. archit. herit., 10(4), pp. 457-475. [13] beatini, v., royer-carfagni, g. e tasora, a. (2019). a non-smooth-contact-dynamics analysis of brunelleschi’s cupola: an octagonal vault or a circular dome? meccanica, 54 (3), pp. 525-547. [14] lourenço, p.b. e ramos, l.f. (2004). characterization of cyclic behavior of dry masonry joints, journal of structural engineering, 130(5), pp. 779-786. [15] casapulla, c. and portioli, f. (2016). experimental tests on the limit states of dry-jointed tuff blocks, materials and structures, 49(3), pp. 751-767. [16] vasconcelos, g. and lourenço, p.b. (2009). experimental characterization of stone masonry in shear and compression, construction and building materials, 23(11), pp. 3337-3345. [17] lee, h.s., park, y.j., cho, t.f. and you, k.h. (2001). influence of asperity degradation on the mechanical behaviour of rough rock joints under cyclic shear loading, international journal of rock mechanics and mining sciences, 38(7), pp. 967-980. [18] orduña, a. and lourenço, p. (2005). three-dimensional limit analysis of rigid blocks assemblages. part i: torsion failure on frictional interfaces and limit analysis formulation, international journal of solids and structures, 42 (18-19), pp. 5140-5160. [19] como, m. (2017). statics of historic masonry constructions, third edition, springer, 4.11, pp. 242-271. [20] conti, g. (2014). la matematica nella cupola di santa maria del fiore a firenze, in ithaca: viaggio nella scienza, n. 4, anno 2014 arte e scienza, pp. 5-11. [21] di pasquale, s. (2002). brunelleschi. la costruzione della cupola di santa maria del fiore. marsilio, venice. [22] foraboschi, p. (2014). resisting system and failure modes of masonry domes, engineering failure analysis 44, elsevier ltd., pp. 315–337. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_02_3579.docx b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 14 effect of parent concrete strength on recycled concrete performance bachir kebaili civil engineering laboratory (lgc), badji mokhtarannaba university, p. o. box 12, 23000 annaba, algeria ba_kebaili@hotmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7017-4071 mohammed benzerara civil engineering laboratory (lgc), badji mokhtarannaba university, p. o. box 12, 23000 annaba, algeria materials, geomaterials and environment laboratory (lmge), department of civil engineering, badji mokhtarannaba university, p. o. box 12, 23000 annaba, algeria mohammed.benzerara@univ-annaba.dz, mohammed.benzerara@yahoo.com souad menadi, nadia kouider, redjem belouettar civil engineering laboratory (lgc), badji mokhtarannaba university, p. o. box 12, 23000 annaba, algeria smenadi2000@yahoo.fr, kouider.nadia23@gmail.com, r.belouettar@yahoo.fr abstract. reusing concrete wastes as a secondary aggregate might be an efficient solution for long-term environmental protection and sustainable development. however, the different properties of waste concrete, particularly compressive strengths might have a negative impact on recycled concrete. the main purpose of this experimental investigation is to evaluate the influence of parent concrete quality on recycled concrete performance. three categories of compressive strength (10 to 15 mpa), (20 to 25) mpa, and (30 to 40 mpa) are used to complete this assignment. as a random parameter, an unknown compressive strength was also incorporated. the experimental mix contains 40% secondary aggregates (both coarse and fine) and 60% natural aggregates. to achieve the necessary workability, the significant water absorption properties of recycled concrete aggregate necessitate water content adjustment. as a result, the compressive strength of recycled concrete decreases by 14 to 23.7 percent when compared to conventional concrete. to compensate for this loss, a quantity of cement content deemed to be absorbed by porous attached mortar equal to 4% of the weight of the recycled aggregate was added. the results show that the strength qualities of the original concrete have only a little impact on the compressive strength of the recycled concrete. when crushed, low compressive strength parent concrete produces a considerable volume of fine aggregate and a high proportion of clean recycled coarse aggregates with less attached mortar and has the same compressive strength as excellent parent concrete. in comparison, cement content adjustment does not enhance flexural strength; this appears to be due to a weak interface zone between the aggregate and the old adhering mortar. citation: kebaili, b., benzerara, m., menadi, s., kouider, n., belouettar, r., effect of parent concrete strength on recycled concrete performance, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25. received: 06.05.2022 accepted: 15.07.2022 online first: 24.07.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/tqzh7pmoize b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 15 keywords. recycled concrete; waste recovery; environment; aggregates; mechanical behavior. introduction lgeria is now undergoing a massive development program that includes nearly one million new homes, basic infrastructure, and a 1200 km east-west motorway [1,2]. this task necessitates the use of massive volumes of raw materials in concrete, road construction, and engineering fill, which harms the natural environment [3,4]. concrete debris, which is generated by the demolition of old buildings and seismic disasters, has somehow been overlooked as a source of aggregate [5]. this waste is disposed as trash. fig. 1 shows an uncontrolled landfill rubble discharge that affects the natural landscape. figure 1: uncontrolled concrete waste dumping (annaba, algeria). reusing concrete waste as substitute aggregates would be a feasible solution to the aforementioned challenges, as well as a strategy to protect the environment by allowing for far more effective use of natural resources. construction waste consumption in algeria is 5%, with the remaining disposed of, providing a management and environmental policy issue [6]. the primary aim of this study is to show the potential benefits of employing concrete waste in the production of concrete. recycled concrete aggregate (rca) exhibited a wide variety of properties when compared to natural aggregate (na). the percentage of rca employed in concrete manufacturing varies from 25% to 100%; this range of replacement has been used to generate excellent recycled concrete. the substitution of natural aggregates by recycled aggregates in the production of fresh concrete provides a new aggregate supply while also allowing for the conservation of natural resources [6,7]. when 100 percent rca was employed, the loss was determined by [8] to be decreased by roughly 20–25 percent when compared to normal concrete. other research [7] observed a similar trend for strength to decline by roughly 8% when strength exceeds 60mpa. according to [9] the rca has a high level of water absorption due to the porosity induced by the attached mortar, absorbing up to 8%. as a result, the rca need more water to be as usable as na. when crushed, rca from low strength concrete has less attached mortar than rca from high strength concrete as seen by [10]. when compared to na, the increase in water content associated to rca's porosity is thought to be responsible for the loss of compressive strength [11]. the water absorption coefficient may differ from the free water absorption calculated in the laboratory, and the pores of recycled aggregate are most likely filled with cement paste during mixing. this might result in an excess of water in the mixture [12]. even when the fraction of coarse rca replacement approaches 80 percent, structural concrete may be produced [10]. some efficient and easy approaches, such as adjusting the water-cement ratio, aggregate water content, mixing technique, and additive [13], can enhance the concrete within a given range. furthermore, increasing the cement content in recycled aggregate concrete (rac) by around 6.2 percent without affecting the w/c ratio results in compressive strength and consistency comparable to that of ordinary concrete [14]. they also observed that compressive strength loss was just approximately 2.5 percent and 0.4 percent lower. according to [15], when rac is mixed, a thin layer of cement slurry is generated on the surface, which penetrates through the porous attached mortar and fills cracks and voids. in the flexure strength it was found that the crack originated not just at the interfaces of the recycled aggregates and the mortar, but also at the rca themselves [16]. some studies revealed that the compressive strength of rac decreased with a b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 16 the degree of aggregate replacement [17]. as a substitute, the rca raises the water absorption coefficient [18]. it has also been examined to utilize recycled fine aggregate (rfa) instead of natural sand. according to published research, the high porosity of rfa may influence the rac's long-term durability. for a 100 percent replacement, the compressive strength drops by up to 30% [19]. replacement levels ranging from 30% to 60% rfa showed minimal effect on rac characteristics [20]. the increased porosity of the rca can be mitigated by maintaining a consistent water-cement ratio (w/c) and adding a plasticizing admixture [21]. the rca, according to the findings, had the same properties as the na. few studies have explored the influence of recycled aggregate ra derived from parent concrete (pc). the results for 28-day nominal cube crushing strengths of 20 mpa, 40 mpa, and 60 mpa indicated that the grade of initial concrete had no effect on mechanical features, despite all of them reporting lesser strength than the concrete created just with na [22]. few researchers investigated rac made from various pc strengths and discovered that the reduction in compressive strength of concrete achieved by adding rca derived from a low concrete was greater than the drop observed for rac derived from an excellent concrete. the flexural strength of concrete 25 and 50 percent replacement of natural fine aggregate by rfa was similar after 28 and 56 days, but at 75 and 100 percent replacement, the flexural strength was lower than conventional concrete [23]. the 28-day flexural strength of rac produced by substituting 50% and 100% of coarse na with rca revealed a 7.5– 13.8 percent drop for 100% [20]. when rca is employed, compressive and flexural strength drop, however the reduction is less pronounced in low strength concrete than in stronger concrete [12]. using rca composed of concrete with strength of 50 mpa resulted in concrete compressive and tensile strengths equivalent to natural coarse aggregate [24]. a good amount of concrete waste may be recycled; however it is worth considering whether it is essential to classify concrete waste based on compressive strength before usage. this will result in a difficult, if not impossible, procedure. the primary goal of this experimental investigation is to establish if a concrete mixture design integrating recycled concrete aggregates derived from varying strength parent concrete as a replacement for raw aggregates may achieve appropriate performance for structural purposes. experimental program he recycled aggregates were obtained from laboratory grade concrete that had not yet been utilised. the specimen was kept in an open room for preservation. the rca was produced by testing until demolishing various concrete test specimens 16x32 cm² of unknown age, but over than six months, (fig. 2). the compressive strength was measured as the failure of cylindrical concrete specimens in the compression-testing machine, and sorted according to their compressive strength. the pc crushed as described before, exhibited a wide range of compressive strength with lower and higher limits ranging from 10 to 40 mpa. three pc strength classes arrangement were considered, (10 to 15) mpa, (20 to 25) mpa and (30 to 40) mpa. three pc grades were established: (pc15), (pc25), and (pc40), which are described as low, up to 15mpa, normal, up to 25 mpa, and excellent concrete, up to 40 mpa, as is typical for concrete in algeria. as an arbitrary rca, an unknown pc strength was also put into the investigation. figure 2: test specimen crushed as concrete waste. t b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 17 crushing of concrete as indicated in fig. 3, the damaged concrete was crushed to sizes smaller than 25 mm using a small jaw crusher. the aggregates were separated by size via mechanical sieving, providing the 03 rca proportions, fine (0/5) mm and coarse (5/10), (10/20) mm. the resulting rca were heterogeneous, consisting of natural coarse aggregate with attached mortar as seen in fig. 4. . figure 3: jaw crusher apparatus and the machine in operation. figure 4: produced recycled concrete aggregates fine and coarse. figure 5: fine crushed mass of parent concretes. mass of fine recycled aggregates when pc is crushed, each class generates a different amount of rfa. the quantity of rfa in pc15 is more than in pc25 and pc40. because the bond between mortar and aggregate is weaker in low pc crush, most of weak attached mortar was separated from the aggregate, which is hardly removed by mechanical sieving. 21,5% 17,6% 15,5% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% pc15 pc25 pc40 f in e  c ru sh e d  m a ss  ( % )  parent concrete  b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 18 because of the strong link between aggregate and attached mortar, the quantity of attached mortar grows as pc strength increases. as a result, the mass of fine particle formed in the form of rfa is substantially higher for aggregates produced from low pc than for aggregates produced from normal and excellent pc fig. 5. after sieving, the rca from pc15 are slightly cleaner and contain less attached mortar. apparent density the main distinction between na and rca is the attached mortar. it has a porous structure and a low bulk density. the rca made from high-quality concrete had the most attached mortar. as pc strength grows, so does bulk density (fig. 6). except in the case of low pc, the rca has less attached mortar and an apparent density that is fairly equivalent to rca derived from excellent parent concrete. this property influences other characteristics such as specific density, porosity, and strength. figure 6: apparent density of recycled aggregates. water absorption coefficient the capacity of rca and na to absorb water distinguishes them (nf en 1097-6) [25]. in reality, it is related to the quantity of attached mortar, and it must be analysed in order to compare the diverse rca obtained from different pc. the absorption capacity is another key property that determines the characteristics of both fresh and hardened concrete. the proportion of water absorption increases when the strength of the pc from which the recycled aggregate is produced increases, due to a large amount of attached mortar in rca obtained from higher strength pc, as shown in fig. 7. this attached mortar is more porous, which increases rca's water absorption capacity. because of that, water content must be adjusted to get the necessary workability. in contrast, as the amount of attached mortar decreases, so does the water absorption, which is most likely for low pc. the grading curve incorporating 40% rca and 60% na, including rfa, was obtained for each pc category. the study team assumed that 40% was a suitable quantity to maximize usage without impacting other concrete qualities. the grading size analysis enabled the concrete mix to be evaluated using the bolomey dosages method [13], with a desired slump range from 50 to 70 ±10 mm as a plastic concrete. the mix design was developed for the second phase of concrete testing; rca and na, taking into account varied water/cement ratios. the compressive strength objective was 20 mpa, as specified by the algerian seismic standard [26]. concrete mix the cement-water ratio was adjusted to generate a plastic concrete slump in the mix. four rac categories were investigated: rac15, rac25, and rac40, which were derived from pc15, pc25, and pc40, respectively, and rac for unknown recycled aggregates. tab. 1 displays the mix proportions obtained using the bolomey dosage method. the cement content amount of cem.ii 42.5 was 350 kg/m3. 1 1,05 1,1 1,15 1,2 1,25 1,3 1,35 1,4 na (5/10) na (10/20) rca15 (5/10) rca15 (10/20) rca25 (5/10) rca25 (10/20) rca40 (5/10) rca40 (10/20) a p p a re n t  d e n si ty  ( g /c m 3 ) recycled aggregates b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 19 figure 7: water absorption capacity. figure 8: grading size analysis. categories fa na (5-10) na (10-20) rfa rac (5-10) rac (10-20) cement w/c kg rac15 418 172 482 279 114 321 350 0.65 rac25 0.7 rac40 0.65 rac 0.7 nc 697 286 803 0.5 table 1: amount of aggregate, cement and water. 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 w a te r  a b so rp ti o n  c a p a ci ty  ( % ) time (min) na5/10 na10/20 rca15 5/10 rca15 10/20 rca25 5/10 rca25 10/20 rca40 5/10 rca40 10/20 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 0,01 0,1 1 10 c u m u la ti v e  u n d e rs iz e d   p a rt ic le s  si ze  m a ss  ( % ) particles size (mm) fra ra10 ra20 fna na20 na10 b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 20 the trial mix concrete was required to comply with the nf p 480-1 standard [27], and the consistency was assessed using the nf en 12350 standard slump test [28]. the slump test results for all recycled aggregate concrete, rac15, rac25, rac40, rac and nc, varied between 50 and 70 mm, confirming the assumption of plastic concrete. for the same workability, the w/c ratio was higher for the rac than for conventional concrete; this was mostly attributed to the porosity of recycled aggregate and the nature of attached mortars with their larger absorption coefficient. in this manner, 12 specimens were cast in 10x10x10 cm3 and 10x10x40 cm3 for compression and flexural testing for each type of mix. the specimens were made on a shaking table in accordance with the nf p18-422 standard [29]. a comparison is done with a na for a minimum compressive strength objective of 20 mpa, which is typical for construction applications. mechanical behaviour under the nf p18-405 [30], tests on the four categories of rac and nc were conducted at 28 days, with the specimens conserved and covered by a plastic tray to avoid moisture loss. the compression test was carried out on a calibrated 500 kn hydraulic press at a constant speed in accordance with the standard nf en 12390-3 [31]. three-point bending tests were performed on 10x10x40 cm3 specimens to assess the flexural strength characteristics using a hydraulic press with a capacity of 150 kn in accordance with the standard nf en 12390-5 [32]. results and discussion compressive strength hen recycled coarse aggregates are employed, the strength of rac15, rac25, and rac40 decreases; the drop in compressive strength was 23% for pc25 and 15% for pc15 and pc40. this finding is analogous to that of etxeberria m et al [8]. this loss is due to water absorption; the rac requires more water than the nc to attain the same workability. when tested, tabsh sami w et al [11] observed that the porosity of attached mortar affects the compressive strength. also, the bond between the coarse aggregate and the old attached mortar, which was impacted by the crushing machine when it was made, appears to be accountable for that loss. the reduction in rac compressive strength was less severe when the pc was low. the strength decrease was around 16.0 percent, which is the same as excellent pc. contrary to expectations, the compressive strength of rac is not related to the grade of pc [21]. when the pc has a lower strength, the rac has the same characteristics as when the pc is excellent. this can be explained by the old mortar-aggregate bond; with pc40, the bond was stronger than with pc25. whereas the rac strength obtained from pc15 dropped at the same rate as the compressive strength produced from pc40. the loss in rac resulting from unknown pc strength was 10.34 percent, as shown in fig. 9. figure 9: compressive strength of recycled and normal concrete before the mix correction. 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 nc rcpc15 rcpc25 rcpc40 rc c o m p re ss iv e  s tr e n g th  ( m p a ) concretes w b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 21 further analysis was required to clarify this experimental distinction of the assertion that more pc has lower compressive strength; hence, the impact on the rac strength will be negative. the coarse aggregates formed while crushing pc15 are more like natural aggregates since the bond between the mortar and aggregates is weak. the interface was significantly cleaner, with less adhered mortar, as noticed by [5], which increased the bond in the new mix. as a consequence, the compressive strength of the rac significantly increased. according to the comparative study of the findings obtained from different rca, the percentage reductions in compressive strength for the rac15; rac40 were roughly 16 percent, but this depletion was 23.7 percent for the rac25. in contrast to prior research [16], which linked rac strength to parent concrete strength, this claim was seen for rac generated from strong pc, despite the fact that the results were obtained without using a low concrete as low as 15 mpa. it is observed that for unknown pc, the compressive strength drops by less than 13.9 percent. as a result, the impact of the rca's origins may be less substantial than originally thought. the necessity of sorting concrete waste according to compressive strength, which may make reuse of concrete waste practically more difficult, is unnecessary. statistical analysis of concrete test results is important for understanding the concrete failure stress; the strength characteristic may be reliable by using the standard deviator to assess the dispersion of this data to evaluate the strength characteristic and to compare different concrete tab. 2. table 2: strength characteristics for different rac. rac's strength properties were slightly different. the amount and quality of attached mortar determine the strength of rac. the standard deviator, which demonstrates the disparity of compressive strength is greater for rac than nc, might be a source of confusion due to the heterogeneous and variable quality of the recycled aggregates. the standard deviation was minimal in all concretes. when compared to the target concrete, the findings obtained for recycled concrete demonstrate that the pc strength characteristic has a minimal influence on the compressive strength of the rac. thus, it may be argued that rca can be reused without regard for their origin and without sorting. it may also be claimed that unknown pc has the same compressive strength, which confirms the previous conclusion. concrete mix correction the study was done to describe a way to improve the compression strength of rac as a regular concrete, which would most likely be employed as structural concrete. because of the attached mortar, the rca has a higher superficial porosity, which affects the rac compressive strength. when the concrete is mixed, a certain quantity of cement powder is supposed to be absorbed by these pores [14], requiring the addition of extra water to maintain the same workability. we may suppose that pores contribute to a drop in cement content as well; as a result, compressive strength diminishes proportionate to the rate of replacement. after 10 minutes, the differential porosity between the na and rca was determined to approximate the cement powder ratio roughly absorbed by the clear porosity of the rca. this may be the time it takes to mix the concrete fig. 8. this trend can be used as a basis for cement content adjustment. given that the rca porosity was determined to be 5.90%, meanwhile the na porosity was 1.90%. the apparent porosity of the rca is defined as the difference between the two porosities. this permitted for the consideration that the difference between the absorption coefficients of the rca and the na is the loss of cement content, which filled the attached mortar pore at the start of the mix. the addition of cement content, roughly 4 percent of the weight of the rca, is probably acceptable to improve the compressive strength of the rac. using the same proportions and adding 4% of the weight of the rca introduced in the mix, a new recycled aggregate concrete corrected (racc) mix was created. tab. 3 displays the modified mix proportions. when the cement amount is adjusted to increase the strength of the concrete, the cement water ratio for the racc drops, and the slump test on the revised mix showed a slump between 70 and 90 mm. this new mix performed was tested under the same conditions as the previous recycled concrete. the results demonstrate that the extra cement content enhanced compressive strength, as seen in fig. 10. n° 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 average deviator fc mpa loss % nc 23.76 23.88 23.88 23.88 24.24 24.96 25.20 25.44 25.68 25.80 24.67 3.35 23.32 0.00 rac15 21.20 20.16 20.64 20.88 21.00 21.12 21.36 21.48 22.32 24.48 21.46 5.59 19.50 16.40 rac25 18.36 18.60 18.60 18.60 18.96 18.96 18.96 19.20 19.56 21.12 19.09 4.15 17.79 23.70 rac40 22.30 20.40 20.40 20.40 20.52 21.72 21.84 21.84 21.96 23.64 21.50 4.98 19.75 15.30 rac 20.16 20.88 21.00 21.60 21.60 21.96 22.98 22.92 23.04 23.88 21.95 5.17 20.09 13.90 b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 22 table 3: amount of aggregate, cement corrected and water. figure 10: compressive strength for normal and recycled corrected concrete after the mix correction. figure 11: flexural strength for normal and recycled concrete before and after mix correction. this method might be used to adjust the rac mix prepared with a different recycled aggregate by using simply the absorption coefficient of each component. as can be seen, the racc standard deviator was more than the na. the racc has a higher average strength than na, although the standard deviator reveals that racc is still more various. flexural strength 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 nc rccpc15 rccpc25 rccpc40 rcc c o m p re ss iv e  s tr e n g th  ( m p a ) concretes 4,10 3,85 3,18 3,65 3,39 4,71 4,19 3,21 3,71 3,51 0 1 2 3 4 5 nc pc15 pc25 pc40 up f le x u ra l  st re n g th  ( m p a ) concretes normal corrected categories fa na (5-10) na (10-20) rfa rac (5-10) rac (10-20) cement w/c kg racc15 418 172 482 279 114 321 350+4%.rac 0.6 racc25 0.65 racc40 0.6 racc 367 0.65 nc 697 286 803 0.5 b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 23 the results reveal that flexural strength increases for nc and racc15 but is very moderately influenced for racc25, racc40, and unknown parent concrete corrected racc. when an amount of cement content is supplied, the changes in flexural strengths indicated in fig.11 enhance the bond between the aggregate for nc and pc15 due to the characteristic stated above, racc15, are cleaner with less attached mortar. the cracked surface in the other cases revealed that the majority of failures in parent concrete occurred near the interface between the old attached mortar and the aggregate. the weaker interface zones in racc impact failure, as observed in pc25 and pc40, where adding cement content has little effect. conclusions he results show that the strength qualities of the parent concrete have only a little influence on the compressive strength of the recycled concrete. furthermore, when crushed, low compressive strength parent concrete produces a significant volume of fine aggregate and a high proportion of recycled coarse aggregates with less attached mortar and the same compressive strength as excellent parent concrete. from a methodological point of view, the analyses of the obtained outcomes of the experimental test program have revealed five main issues.  low compressive strength concrete, when crushed, generates more amounts of fine recycled aggregates and gives recycled coarse aggregates more clean with less attached mortar than normal and excellent parent concrete.  for the same workability, the w/c ratio in rac is more essential than na, but less critical than rac25 for rac15 and rac40. this has an effect on the compactness of concrete, resulting in a lower rac25 compressive strength..  for a given target mean strength, the obtained strength increases with pc quality, as well as with low compressive strength; due to less attached mortar.  the percentage loss in compressive strength due to 40% recycled aggregate replacement is between 15 and 25%, however the offset in strength can be reduced by correcting the cement content by about 4% of the weight of recycled concrete aggregate replacement.  flexural strength is unaffected by cement content adjustment, which appears to be related to interface weakness between aggregate and attached mortar. nomenclature fna : fine natural aggregate. na : natural aggregate. nc : natural concrete. na20 : natural aggregate up to 20 mm. na10 : natural aggregate up to 10 mm. na (5/10) : natural aggregate fractions 5 to 10 mm. na (10/20) : natural aggregate fractions 10 to 20 mm. pc : parent concrete. pc15 : parent concrete 15 mpa. pc25 : parent concrete 25 mpa. pc40 : parent concrete 40 mpa. rfa : recycled fine aggregate. rca : recycled concrete aggregate. rca15 (5/10) : recycled concrete aggregate from pc15 fractions 5 to 10 mm. rca15 (10/20) : recycled concrete aggregate from pc15 fractions 10 to 20 mm. rca25 (5/10) : recycled concrete aggregate from pc25 fractions 5 to 10 mm. rca25 (10/20) : recycled concrete aggregate from pc25 fractions 10 to 20 mm. rca40 (5/10) : recycled concrete aggregate from pc40 fractions 5 to 10 mm. rca40 (10/20) : recycled concrete aggregate from pc40 fractions 10 to 20 mm. rac : recycled aggregate concrete. rac15 : recycled aggregate concrete from pc15. rac25 : recycled aggregate concrete from pc25. t b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 24 rac40 : recycled aggregate concrete from pc40. racc : recycled concrete corrected. racc15 : recycled concrete corrected from pc15. racc25 : recycled concrete corrected from pc25. racc40 : recycled concrete corrected from pc40. w/c : water-cement ratio. acknowledgments he authors would like to thank lgc-civil engineering laboratory, badji mokhtar annaba university (annaba, algeria) who provided facilities for conducting the various tests in the laboratory. references [1] benzerara, m., guihéneuf, s., belouettar, r., perrot, a. (2021). combined and synergic effect of algerian natural fibres and biopolymers on the reinforcement of extruded raw earth, constr. build. mater., 289, pp. 123211. [2] rahim, o., achoura, d., benzerara, m., bascoulès-perlot, c. (2022). experimental contribution to the study of the physic-mechanical behavior and durability of high-performance concretes based on ternary binder (cement, silica fume and granulated blast furnace slag)., frat. e integrita strutt., 16(59), pp. 344–358. [3] melais, s., bouali, m.f., melaikia, a., amirat, a. (2021). effects of coarse sand dosage on the physic-mechanical behavior of sand concrete, 56, pp. 151–159, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.56.12. [4] djedid, t., mani, m., ouakouak, a., guettala, a. (2022). effect of varying silica-limestone sand fines on the physicalmechanical performance of concrete, frat. ed integrità strutt., 59(16), pp. 580–591, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.38. [5] pani, l., francesconi, l., rombi, j., stochino, f., mistretta, f. (2020).the role of parent concrete in recycled aggregate concrete. international conference on computational science and its applications, pp. 368–378. [6] boudina, t., benamara, d., zaitri, r. (2021). optimization of high-performance-concrete properties containing fine recycled aggregates using mixture design modeling, frat. ed integrità strutt., 15(57), pp. 50–62, doi: 10.3221/igfesis.57.05. [7] agarwal, a., bhusnur, s., priya, t.s. (2020). experimental investigation on recycled aggregate with laboratory concrete waste and nano-silica, mater. today proc., 22, pp. 1433–1442. [8] etxeberria, m., vázquez, e., mari, a., barra, m. (2007). influence of amount of recycled coarse aggregates and production process on properties of recycled aggregate concrete, cem. concr. res., 37(5), pp. 735–742. [9] de juan, m.s., gutiérrez, p.a. (2009). study on the influence of attached mortar content on the properties of recycled concrete aggregate, constr. build. mater., 23(2), pp. 872–877. [10] etxeberria, m., mari, a.r., vázquez, e. (2007). recycled aggregate concrete as structural material, mater. struct., 40(5), pp. 529–541. [11] tabsh, s.w., abdelfatah, a.s. (2009). influence of recycled concrete aggregates on strength properties of concrete, constr. build. mater., 23(2), pp. 1163–1167. [12] de oliveira, m.b., vazquez, e. (1996). the influence of retained moisture in aggregates from recycling on the properties of new hardened concrete, waste manag., 16(1–3), pp. 113–117. [13] tam, v.w.y., tam, c.m., wang, y. (2007). optimization on proportion for recycled aggregate in concrete using twostage mixing approach, constr. build. mater., 21(10), pp. 1928–1239. [14] domingo, a., lázaro, c., gayarre, f.l., serrano, m.a., lópez-colina, c. (2010). long term deformations by creep and shrinkage in recycled aggregate concrete, mater. struct., 43(8), pp. 1147–1160. [15] rao, a., jha, k.n., misra, s. (2007). use of aggregates from recycled construction and demolition waste in concrete, resour. conserv. recycl., 50(1), pp. 71–81. [16] ghafoori, e., motavalli, m., zhao, x.-l., nussbaumer, a., fontana, m. (2015). fatigue design criteria for strengthening metallic beams with bonded cfrp plates, eng. struct., 101, pp. 542–557, doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2015.07.048. [17] xiao, j., li, j., zhang, c. (2005). mechanical properties of recycled aggregate concrete under uniaxial loading, cem. concr. res., 35(6), pp. 1187–1194. [18] khatib, j.m. (2005). properties of concrete incorporating fine recycled aggregate, cem. concr. res., 35(4), pp. 763–9. t b. kebaili et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 14-25; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.02 25 [19] talamona, d., hai tan, k. (2012). properties of recycled aggregate concrete for sustainable urban built environment, j. sustain. cem. mater., 1(4), pp. 202–210. [20] matias, d., de brito, j., rosa, a., pedro, d. (2013). mechanical properties of concrete produced with recycled coarse aggregates--influence of the use of superplasticizers, constr. build. mater., 44, pp. 101–109. [21] bhat, j.a. (2021). effect of strength of parent concrete on the mechanical properties of recycled aggregate concrete, mater. today proc., 42, pp. 1462–1469. [22] eguchi, k., teranishi, k., nakagome, a., kishimoto, h., shinozaki, k., narikawa, m. (2007). application of recycled coarse aggregate by mixture to concrete construction, constr. build. mater., 21(7), pp. 1542–1551. [23] ahmed, s.f.u. (2014). properties of concrete containing recycled fine aggregate and fly ash, j. solid waste technol. manag., 40(1), pp. 70–78. [24] moghadam, a.s., omidinasab, f., abdalikia, m. (2021). the effect of initial strength of concrete wastes on the fresh and hardened properties of recycled concrete reinforced with recycled steel fibers, constr. build. mater., 300, pp. 124284. [25] nf en 1097-6. (2014). essais pour déterminer les caractéristiques mécaniques et physiques des granulats partie 6 : détermination de la masse volumique réelle et du coefficient d’absorption d’eau, eur. stand. afnor. [26] national earthquake engineering center cgs. (2003). algerian seismic design regulation rpa99/version 2003, d.t.r.-b.c-2.48. [27] nf en 480-1. (2014). adjuvants pour béton, mortier et coulis méthodes d’essais partie 1: béton et mortier de référence pour essais., eur. stand. afnor. [28] nf en 12350-2. (1999). essai pour béton frais. partie 2: essai d’affaissement, eur. stand. afnor. [29] nf p 18-422. (1981). bétons mise en place par aiguille vibrante, eur. stand. afnor. [30] nf p 18-405. (1981). confection et conservation des éprouvettes, eur. stand. afnor. [31] nf en 12390-3. (2000). essai pour béton durci partie 3: résistance à la compression des éprouvettes, eur. stand. afnor. [32] nf en 12390-5. (2001). essai pour béton durci, partie5 : résistance à la flexion sur éprouvette, eur. stand. afnor. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_2 c. madrigal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 8-14 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.02 8 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture plastic flow equations for the local strain approach in the multiaxial case c. madrigal, a. navarro, c. vallellano dpto. ing. mecánica y fabricación, escuela técnica superior de ingeniería avda. camino de los descubrimientos, s/n. 41092, seville university of seville navarro@us.es abstract. this paper presents a system of plastic flow equations which uses and generalizes to the multiaxial case a number of concepts commonly employed in the so-called local strain approach to low cycle fatigue. everything is built upon the idea of distance between stress points. it is believed that this will ease the generalization to the multiaxial case of the intuitive methods used in low cycle fatigue calculations, based on hysteresis loops, ramberg‐osgood equations, neuber or esed rule, etc. it is proposed that the stress space is endowed with a quadratic metric whose structure is embedded in the yield criterion. considerations of initial isotropy of the material and of the null influence of the hydrostatic stress upon yielding leads to the realization of the simplest metric, which is associated with the von mises yield criterion. the use of the strain‐hardening hypothesis leads in natural way to a normal flow rule and this establishes a linear relationship between the plastic strain increment and the stress increment. keywords. low cycle fatigue; plastic flow rule; kinematic hardening; non-proportional loading; multiaxial fatigue introduction e are trying to develop a theory of cyclic plasticity which allows fatigue designers to make calculations for multiaxial loads in a way as similar as possible to which they do when using the well-known local strain methodology for uniaxial low cycle fatigue problems. we would like to define concepts that translate to multiaxial loadings in a simple manner the tools of that trade, namely, the use of the cyclic stress-strain curve and hysteresis loops, the invocation of the memory rule when hysteresis loops are “closed”, the extension of the neuber or esed rules to multiaxial loading, etc. we have found it useful to base our theory in the idea of distance between stress points and to calculate these distances by using the expression for the yield criterion [1-6]. the local strain method constitutes nowadays a standard tool for fatigue life predictions in many industries. it has been incorporated in commercial software [7, 8] and it is very well described in textbooks [9, 10]. the extension of the local strain method to the multiaxial case requires at least three main steps. the first one is the development of plastic flow rules which reproduce the way we operate with hysteresis loops, cyclic curves, memory effect and so on in the simple uniaxial case. the second step would be the development of multiaxial neuber-type rules for dealing with inelastic strains at notches. this relies heavily on the use of a theory of plasticity and hence on the previous step. there are already a w c. madrigal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 8-14 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.02 9 number of proposals in this respect [11, 12]. the third step is probably the most difficult and it is the area where more work has been invested so far: the multiaxial cycle counting and fatigue life criteria. there are too many of them to single any one out. a comparison of several criteria is provided in [13]. they need the stresses and strains as inputs and therefore they also depend on the two previous steps. we are concerned here with the first step. our theory does not make use of yield or loading surfaces that move about in stress space, a common ingredient of existing cyclic plasticity theories. it uses the concept of distance in a stress space endowed with a certain metric measurable from the yield criterion. the full mathematical details of the method have been given elsewhere [1-6] and we would just like here to provide a first insight of this idea of distance in the stress space and show some comparison with experimental results. to keep the discussion at the simplest possible level we will restrict the treatment given here to the case of combined tension and torsion loading. plastic strains calculations he local strain method revolves around a simplified description of the stress-strain behaviour. a very characteristic feature of the calculations of plastic strains in low cycle fatigue problems is the clear distinction between loading and unloading. in the uniaxial case, one speaks of loading when the stress goes up in the cycle of applied stress and of unloading when it goes down. during the first quarter of the very first cycle, we “move” along the cyclic curve (dashed line in fig. 1) until unloading starts, marking the first point of load reversal (point a). we then “depart” from the cyclic curve and switch to the hysteresis loop. after a while moving along the descending branch of the hysteresis loop another point of load reversal (point b) will be reached and we will leave the current branch of the loop being traversed and start a new branch going up, and so on. one of the key elements in the simulation of the   behaviour at a notch for variable amplitude loading is the correct application of the memory effect (see [9, chapters 12-14] and [10, chapter 5]), both for closing hysteresis loops and for switching the axes where neuber’s hyperbolas are drawn for each load excursion. this is shown to occur in fig. 1 as one moves, for example, from point d to point e. after reaching point e the strain is then decreased to point f, following the path determined by the hysteresis loop shape. upon re-loading, after reaching point ee', the material continues to point a along the hysteresis path starting from point d, proceeding just as if the small loop e-f-e had never occurred. the same thing happens in the loop b-c-b. as we will point out later on, this memory rule is a simplified representation of the so-called kinematic hardening. figure 1: uniaxial memory effect. t c. madrigal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 8-14 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.02 10 as can be seen, the application of the memory effect depends on a precise control of the distance or separation, in terms of stress, between the successive points of load reversal. thus, for example, when the stress is descending from c, the memory effect is invoked at b' when the distance between the current stress point and c becomes equal to the distance previously established between b and c. distances between stress peaks and valleys are kept in a stack for comparison and this kind of comparison (at the applied stress level) are really the basis of the cycle counting methods, such as the well-known rainflow algorithm. it is not at all clear how we can perform these checks in a multiaxial situation, where some of the components of stress may be increasing while others are decreasing. the question then is how we reckon distances in the multiaxial case and how we apply the memory effect. we have proposed a way to answer these questions by looking at the yield criterion in a particular way. the development of the theory is still ongoing and the reader interested in the rigorous derivation is directed to [1-6]. to put it in a nutshell, we believe the yield criterion defines the metric of the stress space and we show how to obtain all the equations of plasticity from this idea. the metric is the mathematical device that allows one to calculate distances and angles in a vector space, in the stress space in our case. how does it work? first, we treat the stress and strain tensors as vectors, just listing all the components in succession. let’s illustrate the procedure with a relatively simple example. consider a tension-torsion experiment: a thin-walled cylindrical specimen is subjected to combined tension and torsion under strain controlled conditions. there are only two components of the stress vector σ different from zero in this case, the longitudinal stress  and the shear stress  . let’s assume the material follows the von mises yield criterion. the mises yield locus is a circle of radius 2k or 2 3 y in the deviatoric plane, where k and y denote the yield stresses in pure shear and uniaxial tension (or compression) respectively (see [14, p. 62]). then, we define the magnitude of the stress vector in the following way, which allows us to say simply that yielding begins when the length or magnitude of the stress vector attains the critical radius   2 2 2 2 2 3 σ (1) we notice that we are not using the usual euclidean norm in eq. (1), for the coefficients of this quadratic form, which is what it is called the metric1 of the space, are not equal to unity. mathematically, this signals that our space is not euclidean, which means, loosely speaking, that the basis vectors are not orthogonal. they form an oblique basis. we calculate angles between vectors by means of the familiar dot product, but we have to realize that with the metric chosen the rule is a little different from the usual one. thus for two stress vectors   1 1 1,σ and   2 2 2,σ ,      1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 σ σ (2) and the angle  between the two vector follows from    1 2 1 2 cos σ σ σ σ (3) what about the plastic strain vector? do we use the same rule as in the stress case? not really, because plastic strain components are slightly different. look at the dot product in eq. (2). can we apply this to calculate the plastic work? the result would be:        2 2 3 pσ dε p ppdw d d (4) this is obviously not correct. the plastic work is simply 1 eq. 1 is really an integrated form of the metric since the metric is in fact defined in terms of differentials c. madrigal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 8-14 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.02 11     p ppdw d d (5) how come? remember the oblique basis business? when we have an oblique basis, we also have a reciprocal basis. the plastic strain components have to do with this reciprocal basis. in more precise mathematical terms, stresses and plastic strains behave as dual vector spaces. if we have a vector expressed in the original basis and another vector expressed in the reciprocal basis, since the vectors of both bases are, so to speak, orthogonal, then it turns out that their dot product has exactly the form given in eq. (5). thus everything is all right. so, finally, how do we calculate the magnitude of plastic strain vectors? one of the nice surprises of the mises’ metric in eq. (1) is that the rule for calculating the norm of the plastic strain vector turns out to be the usual euclidean formula:                           2 2 2 2 2 23( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 2 ε p p p p p p p (6) please note that in the tension-torsion experiment, while there are only two components of the stress tensor different from zero ( and  ), there are more than two components of plastic strain that must be taken into account, for the hoop and the radial strains are not zero on account of the fact that plastic deformation preserves volume. so if  p is the axial plastic strain, the hoop and radial plastic strains both equal     2 p . this comes out nicely from the general equations given in [2-6]. the usual strain hardening hypothesis, which assumes that the radius of the mises circle (the so-called equivalent stress) is a function only of the generalized or equivalent plastic strain increment (see [14, p. 68]) now takes the form   σ ε ph d (7) where the integral is taken along the strain path starting at some initial state.   h is a function characteristic of the metal concerned that must be determined experimentally. it is usually a steadily increasing function, for most metals harden when deformed plastically. under this condition, the function   h has an inverse,  1   h whose derivative  φ   relates the length of plastic strain vector to the increment of the magnitude of the stress vector   φε σ σpd d (8) we call this new function,  φ σ the hardening modulus. it can be derived empirically from conventional uniaxial cyclic tests. this rule (8) implies that plastic deformation only occurs when there is a positive increment in the magnitude σ of the stress vector σ . that is, hardening only depends on the increment of the distance. this fact naturally leads to the normality flow rule. then, the strain increment vector is given by     φε ε n σ σ np pd d d (9) where n is the normal unit vector to the yielding surface, i.e., the iso-distance surface in our view, at the stress point. the normal vector is thus given by the gradient of the magnitude σ of the stress vector,      1 2 3 σ σ n (10) c. madrigal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 8-14 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.02 12    2 2 τ σ σ n (11) and it is easy to see that substituting back in (9) we obtain precisely the prandtl-reuss equations. now, situations where load reversals occur are obviously more complicated. we have found that the definition of distance, or rather separation, between stress points after load reversals, from the point of view of plasticity, must involve the angle formed by the lines joining the current stress point and the point of load reversal and this with the origin. however, given the introductory nature of this presentation, this will not be discussed here further. the reader is kindly directed to our last publication [6] to see how this leads to an alternative representation of kinematic hardening and how a multiaxial memory rule can be defined in a rather intuitive way. the flow equations derived can be seen to involve explicitly the points of reversal in each loading segment and there is no need to use yield surfaces moving around in stress space. everything is controlled by distance. application to experimental results his section discusses the application of the proposed model to experimental results reported by lamba and sidebottom [15] on a tubular specimen of oxygen-free high-conductivity (ofhc) copper subjected to combined tension and torsion. the specimen was used for investigating the subsequent strain hardening behaviour after shear strain cycling through the strain control program shown in fig. 2. the cyclic path sequence was 0-1-0-1-0-2-0-2-etc. all paths started at the crossing point, in the left top corner of the figure. prior to this strain history the specimen had been cycled under shear strain control until it cyclically stabilized and then along a 90° out-of-phase path until it restabilized. a comparison made between uniaxial and out-of-phase hardening cycling showed that the cyclic hardening produced by out-of-phase cycling was appreciable greater. figure 2: imposed strain history for the subsequent strain hardening experiment. (the cyclic path sequence was 0-1-0-1-0-2-0-2-etc). this experiment was employed by lamba and sidebottom [15] to show the erasure of memory effect observed if the material had been stabilized by 90° out-of-phase strain cycling. according to the authors, as long as the subsequent strain paths remain in the region enclosed by the out-of-phase cycling, one “big” strain cycle with the same or slightly lesser maximum strain as that imposed for the out-of-phase cycling always brings the material to one particular plastic state. the importance of this observation is that the entire strain hardening behaviour can be studied with just one specimen as long as it is subjected to one “big” cycle between each pair of strain paths. t c. madrigal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 8-14 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.02 13 the stress-strain response to the path in fig. 2 appears in fig. 3, along with the predicted results. in the calculations reported here only the path sequence in fig. 2 has been considered. the out-of-phase hardening has been taken into account by obtaining the model parameters, namely the metric constants and the hardening modulus function from the stress response and from the stable effective cyclic stress-strain curve derived in a 90° out-of-phase experiment, respectively. figure 3: stress response to strain path in fig. 2. the model predictions quantitatively agree with the experimental results. the strain and stresses at the end of each path are shown in tab. 1, along with the model predictions. the model’s average error is around 7,5 %, which is much lower than similar studies reported in the literature [16, 17]. strain path experimental results model predictions point ε (%) γ (%) σ (mpa) τ (mpa) σ (mpa) error (mpa) error (%) τ (mpa) error (mpa) error (%) 0 0.0 -1.1 0.0 -94.5 0.0 0.0 -98.8 4.3 -4.6 1 0.4 -0.8 80.9 -86.7 77.9 3.0 3.7 -90.5 3.8 -4.4 2 0.5 -0.4 99.7 -80.5 108.5 -8.8 -8.9 -81.9 1.4 -1.7 3 0.6 0.2 142.4 -64.2 152.2 -9.8 -6.9 -60.3 -4.0 6.2 4 0.4 0.9 198.6 -8.8 178.2 20.4 10.3 -7.1 -1.6 18.6 5 0.2 1.1 162.9 44.3 170.7 -7.8 -4.8 49.9 -5.6 -12.6 table 1: comparison of experimental results and model predictions. acknowledgements he authors would like to thank the spanish ministry of education for its financial support through grant dpi2014-56904-p. t c. madrigal et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 8-14 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.02 14 references [1] navarro, a, brown, m.w., miller, k.j. j., a multiaxial stress-strain analysis for proportional cyclic loading, strain anal. eng., 28 (1993) 125-133. [2] navarro, a., brown m.w., a constitutive model for elasto-plastic deformation under cyclic multiaxial straining, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 20 (1997) 747-758. [3] navarro, a., plastic flow and memory rules for the local strain method in the multiaxial case, in: susmel l., tovo r., (eds)., progettazione a fatica in presenza di multiassialità tensionali, proceedings of the igf workshop, ferrara, (2005) [4] http://www.gruppofrattura.it/ocs/index.php/gigf/gigf2005/schedconf/presentations. [5] navarro, a., giráldez, j.m., vallellano, c., a constitutive model for elastoplastic deformation under variable amplitude multiaxial cycling loading, int. j. fatigue 27 (2005) 838-846. [6] madrigal, c., navarro, a., chaves, v., numerical implementation of a multiaxial cyclic plasticity model for the local strain method in low cycle fatigue, theor. appl. fract. mech., 80 (2015) 111-119. [7] madrigal, c., navarro, a., chaves, v., biaxial cyclic plasticity experiments and application of a constitutive model for cyclically stable material behaviour, int. j. fatigue, 83 (2016) 240-252. [8] msc.fatigue, msc software corporation. [9] fe-fatigue, ncode international. [10] dowling, n.e., mechanical behaviour of materials. engineering methods for deformation, fracture and fatigue, prentice hall, inc., englewood cliffs, nj, (1993). [11] bannantine, j.a., comer, j.j., handrock, j.l., fundamentals of metal fatigue analysis, prentice hall, inc., englewood cliffs, nj, (1990). [12] hoffman, m., seeger, t.a., a generalized method for estimating multiaxial elastic-plastic notch stresses and strains, part 1: theory, j. eng. mater.-t. asme, 107 (1985) 250-254. [13] glinka, g., buczyński, a., ruggeri, a., elastic-plastic stress-strain analysis of notches under non-proportional loadings paths, arch. mech., 52 (2000) 589-607. [14] socie, d.f., marquis, g.b., multiaxial fatigue, society of automotive engineers, inc., warrendale, pa, (2000). [15] chakrabarty, j., theory of plasticity, 3rd ed., elsevier butterworth-heinemann, oxford, (2006). [16] lamba, h.s., sidebottom, o.m., cyclic plasticity for nonproportional paths: part 1 – cyclic hardening, erasure of memory, and subsequent strain hardening experiments, j. eng. mater. technol., 100 (1978) 96-103. [17] mcdowell, d.l., socie, d.f., lamba, h.s., multiaxial nonproportional cyclic deformation, astm stp, 770 (1982) 500-518. [18] lamba, h.s., sidebottom, o.m., cyclic plasticity for nonproportional paths: part 2 – comparison with predictions of three incremental plasticity models, j. eng. mater. technol., 100 (1978) 104-111. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_52_art_07_2686 m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 82 alternative estimation of effective young’s modulus for lightweight aggregate concrete lwac meriem fakhreddine bouali department of civil engineering, faculty of sciences & technology, university of mohamad cherif messaadia, souk ahras, 41000, algeria m.bouali@univ-soukahras.dz b.meriemfakhreddine@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6986-980x abdelkader hima department of electrical engineering, faculty of technology, university of el-oued, 39000, algeria abdelkader-hima@univ-eloued.dz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5533-3991 abstract. the prediction of effective mechanical properties of composite materials using analytical models is of significant practical interest in situations in which tests are impossible, difficult, or costly. many experimental and numerical works are attempting to predict the elastic properties of lightweight aggregate concrete (lwac). in order to choose the optimized prediction composite model, the purpose of this paper is to appraise the effective young’s modulus of lwac using two-phase composite models. to this effect, results of previous experimental research have used as a platform, upon which, 07 two-phase composite models were applied. the outcomes of this comparative analysis show that not all two-phase analytical models can be directly used for predicting young’s modulus of lwac. the maxwell, counto1 and hashin-hansen models are in close concordance with the experimental young’s modulus of all lwac used for comparison in this study (119 values). they were found more appropriate for reasonable prediction of elasticity modules of the lwac. keywords. analytic model; concrete; young’s modulus; lightweight aggregate; two-phase. citation: bouali, m. f., hima, a. alternative estimation of effective young’s modulus for lightweight aggregate concrete lwac, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 8297. received: 15.11.2019 accepted: 08.01.2020 published: 01.04.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ecently, special attention has been paid to the development of lightweight aggregate concrete (lwac) 1, 2, 3 which offers many advantages as a building material, including low weight, easier construction and better resistance compared with ordinary concrete. lightweight aggregate concrete (lwac) primarily improves the thermal and sound insulation properties of buildings next to its basic applications 4. the lightweight concrete are created by substituting the natural aggregates with the lightweight aggregates (lwa), which are classified into two fundamental r https://youtu.be/y01qadxmwdw m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 83 categories: natural (like pumice, diatomite, volcanic ash, etc.) and manufactured (such as perlite, extended schist, clay, slate, sintered powdered fuel ash (pfa), etc.) 3, 5. beside its technical and financial interests, lwac can be integrated into the demarche of sustainable improvement by utilizing in specific artificial aggregates which are lighter than natural aggregates 6. the young’s modulus (elastic modulus) is a very important material property which is measured directly on concrete. engineers need to know the value of this parameter to conduct any computer simulation of structure. various experimental works have concerned the study of behavior of lwac 1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. however from an experimental point of view, this is not always easy. therefore when the tests are impossible, difficult, costly, or timeconsuming, the research about prediction models for the elastic modulus using properly validated composite models is of great practical interest. the aim of the composites materials approach is to develop a model that will enable expression of average properties of the mixtures through properties and volume fractions of its constituents 11. diverse explicit models of the literature are utilized. their application to the prediction of lwac behaviors shows a wide dissimilarity between the different approaches particularly when the volume fraction of reinforcement is more than 40% and when the contrast between the phases grows 9. for this purpose and to distinguish the most appropriate two-phase composite model for predicting lwac's effective modulus of elasticity, the estimation of the young’s modulus of lwac using two-phase composite models was applied. furthermore, an efficient and accurate model is useful to reduce the cost and duration of the experimental mix design studies. in this present work, a large bibliography data for different lwac tested experimentally and published in the literature are used: de larrard 7, yang and huang 8, and ke y et al. 9. for lwac test results investigated in this study, the volume fraction vg of the lightweight aggregate varies from 0% (the matrix) to 47.8% and the contrast of the characteristics of the phases eg/em (young’s modulus of lightweight aggregate and matrix) varies between 0.20% and 95% except for four types of concretes for which this ratio exceeds 1 because of a very low value of em (eg  em) 7. in order to determine the models likely to yield the lowest number of errors; the results of effective young’s modulus of lwac obtained by using 07 two-phase composite models were compared with the experimental results obtained by de larrard 7, yang and huang 8 and ke y et al. 9 (119 values) and discussed. therefore, prediction possibilities using composite material models in determination of modulus of elasticity were sought and some suggestions were made accordingly to a statistical study. prediction of elastic modulus for lwac two-phase composite models ore attention has been paid to lightweight aggregate concrete. the weakest component of lwac is not the cement matrix or the interfacial transition zone (itz) but the aggregates. therefore, the research about prediction model for lwac’s young modulus is valuable for the concrete application 6. lo and cui 13 illustrate that the ‘’wall effect’’ does not exist on the surface of expanded clay aggregates in lightweight concrete by sem and bsei imaging, resulting in a better bond and much more slender interfacial zone than the ordinary concrete 14. so, materials which are produced can be considered a two-phase composite material. the purpose of the composites materials approach is to develop a model that will enable expression of average properties of the mixtures through properties and volume fractions of its constituents 1, 11. we look for the models to estimate the young modulus for lightweight aggregate concrete (lwac) in terms of the properties and volume fractions of its constituents. these include the mortar matrix and the lightweight aggregate as reinforcing material. before analyzing lightweight aggregate concrete as a composite material, some assumptions must be considered. first, the heterogeneous composite material (lwac) is considered to be comprised of only two linear-elastic phases (the mortar and the lightweight aggregate). second, the unit cell is assumed sufficiently large to account for the heterogeneity of the system, and the deferring geometry of the phases. however, it is extremely small so that the composite is described homogeneous on a macro scale 10, 15, 16. fig. 1 presents the models for an idealized unit cell of a two-phase composite material 10, 11, 17. the lwac comprises a dispersed phase of lightweight aggregate with a young’s modulus eg and volume fraction vg and a continuous phase of the mortar matrix, with a young’s modulus em and volume fraction vm. m m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 84 as explained by gilormini and brechert 18, the choice of a model is governed by several parameters including the geometry of the heterogonous medium, the mechanical contrast between the phases (eg/em) and the volume fraction of reinforcement (vg). therefore, the equivalent homogenous behavior of lwac depends of the characteristics of the mortar (matrix, phase m) and lightweight aggregate (dispersed phase, phase g). figure 1: composite models: (a) voigt model, (b) reuss model, (c) popovics model, (d) hirsch-dougill model, (e) hashin-hansen model, (f) maxwell model, (g) counto1 model, (h) counto2 model. voigt model 10, 19: c _ voigt m m g ge e v e v  . (1) reuss model 10, 19:   m g c _ reuss g g m g e e   e e v e e    (2) popovics model 10, 20:  voigt reussc _ popovics c c1e e e 2   . (3) hirsch-dougill model 10, 15, 21: c _ hirsch c _ voigt c _ reuss 1 1 e 2 1 1 e e         (4) hashin-hansen model 10, 11, 22:         m g g m g c _ hashin m m g g m g e e e e v e e e e e e v            . (5) maxwell model (dispersed phase) 10, 15:         g c _ maxwell m g g m 1 2v α 1 / α 2 e e 1 v α 1 / α 2 e e                   . (6) counto1 mod 17, 23:   g c _ counto1 m m g g g m v e e 1 e v v e e                . (7) counto2 model 17:   g c _ counto2 m g g g m v e e 1 e v e e              . (8) bache and nepper-christensen model 15, 24: gm vv c _ bache m ge e e  (9) m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 85 the models of voigt (eq. and reuss (eq.2) provide the upper and lower bound of effective properties, respectively. it has been indicated 11, 19 that the upper bound relation of the parallel phase ‘voigt model’ might be applied as a first approximation to lwac when g me e . however, the relation of the series phase ‘reuss model’ validates the results of normal weight concrete with g me e 11, 19. the biphasic models of popovics (eq. 3) and hirsch-dougill (eq. 4) originally designed for composites with particles (like concrete) [25], propose elastic modulus of the composite by combining the voigt and reuss models. hirsh 21 derived an equation to express the elastic modulus of concrete in terms of empirical constant, and also provided some experimental results for the elastic modulus of concrete with different aggregates. the model composite spheres was introduced by hashin 25. this model consists of a gradation of size of spherical particles embedded in a continuous matrix 26. hansen 19 evolved mathematical models to predict the elastic modulus of composite materials based on the individual elastic modulus and volume portion of the components. from the concentric model, hashin-hansen model (eq. 5) supposes that the poisson ratios of all phases and the composite are equal (c=m=0.2) 10, 19. the dispersed phase model ‘’maxwell model’’, eq. (6), describes concrete as a dispersed phase composite material 10, 11. as a concentric model 10, zhou et al. 17 indicate that a more realistic counto1 model (eq.7) can be considered (fig. 1g). another version of counto’s model (eq.8) 17 is presented in fig. 1h. the strength-based bache and nepperchristensen model (eq. 9), gives a geometric average of component properties in relation to their volume fractions vm and vg. this is a mathematical model with no physical meaning 17. experimental data from published literature in this section, the bibliography data for different lightweight aggregate concrete (lwac) tested experimentally by de larrard 7, yang and huang 8 and ke y et al. 9 are compiled in tabs. 1, 2 and 3, respectively. the mechanical properties em, eg are the young’s modulus of the matrix (mortar: phase m) and lightweight aggregate (dispersed phase, phase g), respectively. the young’s modulus of the composite obtained experimentally by de larrard 7, yang and huang 8 and ke y et al. 9 are _  exp de larrarde , _exp yange and _eexp ke respectively. for lwac test results by de larrard 7 compiled in tab. 1, it can be seen that the volume fraction vg (the volume fraction of the lightweight aggregate) varies from 25.5% to 47.8% and that the contrast of the characteristics of the phases eg/em varies between 27.74% and 95% except for four types of concretes for which this ratio exceeds 1 because of a very low value of em (eg  em). in their experimental program yang and huang 8 have tested three types of artificial coarse aggregates with young's modulus of 6.01, 7.97 and 10.48gpa made of cement and fly ash with various combinations through a cold-pelletizing process. each type of aggregate was mixed with four types of mortar matrices with a young's modulus of 29.330, 28.130, 26.440 and 24.870gpa. this corresponds to a contrast ratio eg/em between the two phases ranging from 20.49% to 42.14%. by supposing a poisson’s ratio of 0.2, the strength of coarse aggregate was computed from the elastic moduli of the components and the strength of concrete. the rate of lightweight aggregate volume fraction vg was between 18% and 36%, the diameter of the gold aggregates assumed as spherical for all concretes tested had a d/d ratio in the order of (5/10) mm (tab. 2). in their study, concrete was considered as a composite material in which coarse aggregate were embedded in a matrix of hardened mortar. in the experimental study of ke y et al. 9, five lwas are used: three expanded clay aggregates (a) of quasi-spherical shape (0/4 650a, 4/10 550a, 4/10 430 a) and two aggregates of expanded shale (s) of irregular shape (4/10 520s, 4/8 750 s). the three used matrices (called m8, m9 and m10) are made of portland cement mortar cem i 52.5 and normal sand 0/2 mm. normal, high performance (hp) and very high performance (vhp) mortar matrices, were utilized for the realization of the concrete specimens tested by ke y et al. 9. in their work, the volume fraction of aggregate was 0% (mortar), 12.5%, 25%, 37.5% and 45% with a contrast of the properties varying from 12.26% to 69.61%. the young’s modulus of the three mortar matrices were experimentally determined as 28.6, 33.2 and 35.4 gpa for m8, m9 and m10, respectively, as seen in tab. 3 9. they correspond to a normal, hp and vhp matrix, respectively 9. mechanical properties of the lightweight aggregate are shown in tab. 4 9. the elastic modulus of lwac is estimated by utilizing some composite material models _c anale like popovics, hirschdougill, hashin-hansen, maxwell, counto1, counto2, and bache and nepper-christensen (eqs.(2)-(9)). m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 86 this study try to figure out that these composite material models, mentioned above, got reliable prediction abilities for the modulus of elasticity of lwac. the modulus of elasticity values were predicted utilizing the composite models and then, the predicted results were compared to the experimental results of de larrard 7, yang and huang 8 and ke y et al. 9 respectively. ref. grav. d/d (mm) vg eg (gpa) em (gpa) eexp_de larrard (gpa) 8 argi 16 8 isol s 8 leca 7j. 8 leca 28j. 8 surex 675 8 galex 7j. 8 galex 28j. 9 schiste 15j. 9 schiste 28j. 9 leca 1j. 9 leca 2j. 9 leca 7j. 9 leca 28j. 9 leca 90j. 9 surex 1j. 9 surex 2j. 9 surex 7j. 9 surex 28j. 9 surex 90j. 3 lwc1 crush 3 lwc1 crush 3 lwc1 pellet 3 lwc1 pellet 3 hslwc pel. 3 hslwc pel. 1 liapor 2 liapor 16 javron 16 g/s -0.2 16 g/s +0.2 16 eau + 16 eau – 4-12 3.15-8 4-10 4-10 6.3-10 3-8 3-8 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 6.3-10 6.3-10 6.3-10 6.3-10 6.3-10 10-20 10-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 0-16 4-16 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.425 0.425 0.391 0.391 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.414 0.403 0.403 0.414 0.414 0.255 0.255 0.473 0.432 0.463 0.443 0.478 0.473 0.453 8 13.1 7.6 7.6 16.2 33 33 21 21 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 19 19 19 19 19 13.6 13.6 14 14 14 14 21.5 21.5 16 16 16 16 16 25.2 25.2 23.5 25.2 25.2 20.6 21.9 24.9 25.6 11 15 20 25.2 31 11 15 20 25.2 31 33.2 33.2 32.8 32.8 38.5 38.5 29.7 27.9 23.8 24.6 23.1 26.6 21.1 15.6 19.2 14.1 15.7 21 25.5 25.8 23.9 23.4 10 12 13.9 16 17.8 14.6 17.1 20.6 22.3 22.6 23 24.3 22.7 24.3 27.6 28.3 25.5 24.8 19.7 19.9 19.7 20.9 18.1 table 1: characteristics of lwac tested by de larrard 7. ref. grav. d/d (mm) vg eg (gpa) em (gpa) eexp_yang (gpa) a3 a4 a5 a6 5-10 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 6.01 6.01 6.01 6.01 29.33 28.13 26.44 24.87 23.020 20.600 18.210 15.800 b3 b4 b5 b6 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 7.97 7.97 7.97 7.97 29.33 28.13 26.44 24.87 23.790 21.530 19.010 17.220 c3 c4 c5 c6 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 10.48 10.48 10.48 10.48 29.33 28.13 26.44 24.87 24.660 22.580 20.320 18.650 table 2: characteristics of lwac tested by chung-chia yang and ran huang 8. m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 87 eexp_ke e0ke e0.125ke e0.250ke e0.375ke e0.450ke m8 0/4 650a 4/10 550a 4/10 430a 4/10 520s 4/8 750s 28.588 23.539 26.157 24.900 25.135 27.367 20.665 21.680 21.391 22.471 26.262 16.743 17.900 17.293 19.428 25.281 15.669 16.606 15.699 18.286 24.324 m9 0/4 650a 4/10 550a 4/10 430a 4/10 520s 4/8 750s 33.183 29.396 29.159 27.568 29.480 31.931 23.712 24.934 23.778 26.521 30.987 19.871 21.358 20.818 22.188 30.146 17.175 19.696 18.935 20.184 29.311 m10 0/4 650a 4/10 550a 4/10 430a 4/10 520s 4/8 750s 35.397 31.147 32.089 30.220 32.783 34.213 26.753 27.991 26.033 27.998 33.845 22.427 23.684 22.296 24.340 32.945 20.346 21.724 20.082 22.024 33.002 table 3: characteristics of lwac tested by ke y et al. 9 (gpa). lwa 0/4 650a 4/10 550a 4/10 430a 4/10 520s 4/8 750s eg 6.870 6.790 4.340 6.490 19.900 table 4: mechanical properties of lightweight aggregate tested by ke y et al. 9 (gpa). results and discussions comparative analysis omparison between the estimative results of effective elastic modulus of lwac obtained as a result of calculations of the eqns. (2-9) and those of experimental data have been presented in tabs. 5, 6 and 7 respectively. a confrontation of lwac young’s modulus between experimental results in 7, 8, 9 and the predictions of 07 composite models material models are shown in fig. 2, fig. 3 and fig. 4 respectively. the differences between the various predictive composite models and the experimental results in 7, 8, 9 have been computed according to the proportion of reinforcement vg in lwac. when the volume fraction of aggregates vg grows, the errors between the predictions and the experimental results increase for all composite material models. since the weakest component of lwac is not the cement matrix but the lightweight aggregates, the effect of volume fraction of lightweight aggregate on young’s modulus of lwac is very clear. the increase in the volume fraction of lightweight aggregates vg substantially reduces the young’s modulus of the lwac. to compare the experimental and predicted young’s modulus of lwac, the error percentage e . is determined using the following expression:   c _ anal exp exp e e e  % 100 e          (10)  e abs e   , absolute value of e  it appears for first time that all models are generally suitable for predicting the modulus of elasticity of the lwac. tabs. 8-9-10 give the error percentages of the composite material models and experimental results in 7, 8, 9 respectively. in order to choose the models which have good performances, the error percentages below 10% are chosen as desired range and the model’s error percentages below this value are indicated in bold. therefore, the models which verified this condition have been underlined. c m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 88 ref. grav. eexp_de larrard ec_popovics ec_hirsch ec_hashin ec_maxwell ec_counto1 ec_counto2 ec_bache 8 argi 16 8 isol s 8 leca 7j. 8 leca 28j. 8 surex 675 8 galex 7j. 8 galex 28j. 9 schiste 15j. 9 schiste 28j. 9 leca 1j. 9 leca 2j. 9 leca 7j. 9 leca 28j. 9 leca 90j. 9 surex 1j. 9 surex 2j. 9 surex 7j. 9 surex 28j. 9 surex 90j. 3 lwc1 crush 3 lwc1 crush 3 lwc1 pellet 3 lwc1 pellet 3 hslwc pel. 3 hslwc pel. 1 liapor 2 liapor 16 javron 16 g/s -0.2 16 g/s +0.2 16 eau + 16 eau – 15.6 19.2 14.1 15.7 21 25.5 25.8 23.9 23.4 10 12 13.9 16 17.8 14.6 17.1 20.6 22.3 22.6 23 24.3 22.7 24.3 27.6 28.3 25.5 24.8 19.7 19.9 19.7 20.9 18.1 15.71 19.21 14.76 15.39 20.98 25.19 26.09 23.29 23.69 9.93 11.91 14.10 16.17 18.32 13.82 16.54 19.58 22.42 25.30 23.15 23.15 23.05 23.05 29.44 29.44 25.49 24.93 19.80 20.33 19.38 20.92 18.61 15.35 19.16 14.44 14.98 20.97 25.17 26.07 23.29 23.69 9.93 11.89 14.00 15.88 17.69 13.80 16.54 19.58 22.41 25.28 22.95 22.95 22.88 22.88 29.17 29.17 25.49 24.93 19.80 20.32 19.38 20.90 18.61 16.30 19.37 15.29 16.04 21.04 25.09 26.02 23.30 23.70 9.94 11.97 14.33 16.68 19.24 13.73 16.54 19.58 22.43 25.40 23.61 23.61 23.45 23.45 30.31 30.31 25.52 24.94 19.84 20.38 19.41 21.00 18.63 16.98 19.67 15.91 16.76 21.19 25.32 26.20 23.33 23.73 9.96 12.11 14.69 17.31 20.20 13.90 16.57 19.58 22.50 25.63 24.25 24.25 24.04 24.04 31.08 31.08 25.62 25.01 19.96 20.53 19.51 21.21 18.68 16.76 19.57 15.71 16.52 21.14 25.24 26.13 23.32 23.72 9.95 12.06 14.57 17.10 19.88 13.84 16.56 19.58 22.48 25.55 24.05 24.05 23.84 23.84 31.07 31.07 25.58 24.98 19.91 20.47 19.47 21.12 18.66 15.79 19.16 14.82 15.50 20.93 24.96 25.91 23.28 23.67 9.92 11.87 14.08 16.22 18.51 13.63 16.51 19.58 22.39 25.24 23.13 23.13 23.02 23.02 29.38 29.38 25.46 24.90 19.77 20.29 19.35 20.87 18.59 15.67 19.22 14.73 15.34 20.99 25.17 26.07 23.30 23.69 9.93 11.91 14.10 16.15 18.23 13.79 16.54 19.58 22.42 25.31 23.17 23.17 23.06 23.06 29.75 29.75 25.49 24.93 19.80 20.33 19.38 20.92 18.61 table 5: modulus of elasticity of lwac predicted by various composite models compared with the experimental results of de larrard 7(gpa). ref. grav. eexp_yang ec_popovics ec_hirsch ec_hashin ec_maxwell ec_counto1 ec_counto2 ec_bache a3 a4 a5 a6 23.020 20.600 18.210 15.800 21.201 18.879 16.701 14.879 20.471 18.055 15.920 14.190 23.102 20.559 18.039 15.905 23.967 21.501 18.963 16.770 24.121 21.523 18.860 16.570 21.589 19.265 17.018 15.124 22.049 19.422 16.953 14.915 b3 b4 b5 b6 23.790 21.530 19.010 17.220 22.635 20.398 18.248 16.445 22.276 19.987 17.863 16.112 23.848 21.481 19.106 17.095 24.530 22.218 19.820 17.754 24.653 22.236 19.739 17.600 22.709 20.504 18.340 16.515 23.198 20.784 18.451 16.510 c3 c4 c5 c6 24.660 22.580 20.320 18.650 24.047 21.963 19.900 18.166 23.898 21.794 19.746 18.039 24.723 22.568 20.369 18.512 25.214 23.093 20.867 18.960 25.305 23.106 20.810 18.854 23.944 21.900 19.854 18.130 24.370 22.195 20.030 18.221 table 6: modulus of elasticity of lwac predicted by various composite models compared with the experimental results of yang and huang 8(gpa). m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 89 ref. grav. eexp_ke ec_popovics ec_hirsch ec_hashin ec_maxwell ec_counto1 ec_counto2 ec_bache m8 0/4 650 a 28.588 23.539 20.665 16.743 15.669 28.588 23.182 19.563 16.762 15.308 28.588 22.870 18.903 15.954 14.504 28.588 24.522 20.996 17.908 16.234 28.588 25.101 21.886 18.912 17.233 28.588 25.303 21.886 18.652 16.845 28.588 23.253 19.833 17.044 15.556 28.588 23.921 20.016 16.748 15.050 m8 4/10 550 a 28.588 26.157 21.680 17.900 16.606 28.588 23.132 19.499 16.693 15.237 28.588 22.810 18.820 15.863 14.413 28.588 24.499 20.956 17.857 16.176 28.588 25.084 21.855 18.870 17.185 28.588 25.288 21.855 18.607 16.793 28.588 23.215 19.781 16.984 15.492 28.588 23.886 19.957 16.675 14.971 m8 4/10 430 a 28.588 24.900 21.391 17.293 15.699 28.588 21.195 17.227 14.366 12.906 28.588 20.297 15.597 12.534 11.142 28.588 23.769 19.699 16.216 14.357 28.588 24.561 20.895 17.543 15.667 28.588 24.828 20.895 17.203 15.162 28.588 21.878 18.062 15.041 13.450 28.588 22.586 17.845 14.099 12.240 m8 4/10 520 s 28.588 25.135 22.471 19.428 18.286 28.588 22.939 19.253 16.429 14.967 28.588 22.576 18.499 15.516 14.063 28.588 24.414 20.808 17.662 15.959 28.588 25.022 21.740 18.711 17.002 28.588 25.233 21.740 18.439 16.597 28.588 23.067 19.583 16.756 15.250 28.588 23.752 19.733 16.395 14.669 m8 4/10 750 s 28.588 27.367 26.262 25.281 24.324 28.588 27.305 26.095 24.948 24.286 28.588 27.304 26.091 24.942 24.280 28.588 27.335 26.137 24.988 24.322 28.588 27.396 26.237 25.110 24.448 28.588 27.421 26.237 25.077 24.397 28.588 27.236 26.027 24.895 24.244 28.588 27.322 26.113 24.957 24.288 m9 0/4 650 a 33.183 29.396 23.712 19.871 17.175 33.183 26.167 21.778 18.468 16.763 33.183 25.636 20.708 17.195 15.512 33.183 28.147 23.821 20.065 18.040 33.183 28.904 24.978 21.363 19.328 33.183 29.166 24.978 21.028 18.829 33.183 26.435 22.283 18.937 17.160 33.183 27.253 22.383 18.384 16.336 m9 4/10 550 a 33.183 29.159 24.934 21.358 19.696 33.183 26.108 21.707 18.394 16.688 33.183 25.562 20.611 17.093 15.410 33.183 28.123 23.780 20.012 17.981 33.183 28.887 24.947 21.320 19.279 33.183 29.151 24.947 20.982 18.776 33.183 26.392 22.228 18.874 17.094 33.183 27.214 22.318 18.303 16.250 m9 4/10 430 a 33.183 27.568 23.778 20.818 18.935 33.183 23.852 19.220 15.934 14.259 33.183 22.477 16.848 13.338 11.782 33.183 27.365 22.485 18.333 16.127 33.183 28.353 23.970 19.975 17.743 33.183 28.684 23.970 19.555 17.121 33.183 24.953 20.430 16.871 15.001 33.183 25.733 19.955 15.475 13.285 m9 4/10 520 s 33.183 29.480 26.521 22.188 20.184 33.183 25.881 21.435 18.113 16.405 33.183 25.274 20.234 16.699 15.021 33.183 28.034 23.627 19.812 17.759 33.183 28.824 24.830 21.158 19.093 33.183 29.095 24.830 20.811 18.577 33.183 26.232 22.020 18.638 16.845 33.183 27.060 22.067 17.996 15.923 m9 4/10 750 s 33.183 31.931 30.987 30.146 29.311 33.183 31.075 29.150 27.371 26.362 33.183 31.069 29.133 27.346 26.335 33.183 31.170 29.276 27.490 26.466 33.183 31.303 29.493 27.749 26.732 33.183 31.355 29.493 27.679 26.626 33.183 30.943 29.031 27.287 26.298 33.183 31.128 29.201 27.393 26.363 m10 0/4 650 a 35.397 31.147 26.753 22.427 20.346 35.397 27.567 22.816 19.271 17.450 35.397 26.907 21.515 17.742 15.953 35.397 29.889 25.176 21.098 18.905 35.397 30.735 26.466 22.541 20.334 35.397 31.026 26.466 22.169 19.781 35.397 27.953 23.452 19.839 17.925 35.397 28.838 23.494 19.141 16.926 m10 4/10 550 a 35.397 32.089 35.397 27.504 35.397 26.826 35.397 29.865 35.397 30.718 35.397 31.011 35.397 27.909 35.397 28.796 m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 90 27.991 23.684 21.724 22.742 19.195 17.373 21.411 17.633 15.847 25.135 21.045 18.845 26.434 22.497 20.285 26.434 22.123 19.727 23.396 19.776 17.858 23.426 19.057 16.837 m10 4/10 430 a 35.397 30.220 26.033 22.296 20.082 35.397 25.099 20.162 16.680 14.904 35.397 23.460 17.394 13.683 12.055 35.397 29.096 23.825 19.351 16.977 35.397 30.180 25.451 21.146 18.742 35.397 30.541 25.451 20.687 18.063 35.397 26.427 21.564 17.748 15.746 35.397 27.229 20.946 16.112 13.766 m10 4/10 520 s 35.397 32.783 27.998 24.340 22.024 35.397 27.261 22.459 18.906 17.085 35.397 26.510 21.007 17.218 15.439 35.397 29.775 24.980 20.843 18.621 35.397 30.654 26.316 22.334 20.098 35.397 30.954 26.316 21.950 19.527 35.397 27.743 23.183 19.536 17.606 35.397 28.634 23.163 18.737 16.498 m10 4/10 750 s 35.397 34.123 33.845 32.945 33.002 35.397 32.858 30.576 28.491 27.317 35.397 32.847 30.546 28.449 27.273 35.397 33.001 30.762 28.665 27.469 35.397 33.176 31.047 29.002 27.815 35.397 33.244 31.047 28.912 27.677 35.397 32.695 30.437 28.398 27.249 35.397 32.938 30.651 28.522 27.316 table 7: modulus of elasticity of lwac predicted by various composite models compared with the experimental results of ke y et al. 9(gpa). figure 2: confrontation of lwac young’s modulus between experimental results in 7 and the predictions of 07 composite material models. figure 3: confrontation of lwac young’s modulus between experimental results in 8 and the predictions of 07 composite material models. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 5 10 15 20 25 30 e c_ a n a l (g p a ) eexp_de larrard (gpa) ec_hashin ec_popovics ec_hirsch ec_bache ec_counto2 ec_maxwell ec_counto1 5 10 15 20 25 30 5 10 15 20 25 30 e c_ a n a l (g p a ) eexp_yang (gpa) ec_hashin ec_popovics ec_hirsch ec_bache ec_counto2 ec_maxwell ec_counto1 m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 91 figure 4: confrontation of lwac young’s modulus between experimental results in 9 and the predictions of 07 composite material models. ref. grav. popovics hirschdougill hashinhansen maxwell counto1 counto2 bache and nepperchristensen 8 argi 16 8 isol s 8 leca 7j. 8 leca 28j. 8 surex 675 8 galex 7j. galex 28j. 9 schiste 15j. 9 schiste 28j. 9 leca 1j. 9 leca 2j. 9 leca 7j. 9 leca 28j. 9 leca 90j. 9 surex 1j. 9 surex 2j. 9 surex 7j. 9 surex 28j. 9 surex 90j. lwc1 crush 3 lwc1 crush 3 lwc1 pellet 3 lwc1 pellet 3 hslwc pel. 3 hslwc pel. 1 liapor 2 liapor 16 javron 16 g/s -0.2 16 g/s +0.2 16 eau + 16 eau – 0.68 0.05 4.65 -1.98 -0.09 -1.21 1.11 -2.53 1.24 -0.66 -0.76 1.42 1.05 2.93 -5.36 -3.25 -4.95 0.52 11.96 0.66 -4.73 1.54 -5.15 6.65 4.02 -0.03 0.52 0.52 2.16 -1.61 0.09 2.84 -1.62 -0.21 2.40 -4.61 -0.15 -1.28 1.06 -2.53 1.24 -0.67 -0.90 0.70 -0.76 -0.63 -5.48 -3.26 -4.95 0.52 11.87 -0.21 -5.55 0.80 -5.84 5.68 3.06 -0.05 0.51 0.48 2.11 -1.64 -0.01 2.83 4.48 0.89 8.44 2.16 0.18 -1.60 0.84 -2.52 1.27 -0.61 -0.23 3.12 4.27 8.07 -5.96 -3.30 -4.95 0.60 12.37 2.66 -2.83 3.29 -3.51 9.82 7.11 0.07 0.57 0.71 2.41 -1.47 0.47 2.91 8.87 2.46 12.87 6.77 0.93 -0.69 1.55 -2.41 1.42 -0.38 0.91 5.68 8.20 13.50 -4.79 -3.08 -4.94 0.91 13.39 5.43 -0.21 5.88 -1.09 12.61 9.82 0.49 0.85 1.34 3.14 -0.94 1.48 3.22 7.42 1.93 11.40 5.24 0.67 -1.03 1.28 -2.44 1.38 -0.46 0.52 4.82 6.90 11.71 -5.22 -3.15 -4.95 0.81 13.04 4.56 -1.03 5.01 -1.90 12.57 9.79 0.30 0.74 1.07 2.86 -1.18 1.04 3.09 1.21 -0.23 5.14 -1.29 -0.33 -2.13 0.43 -2.59 1.16 -0.77 -1.04 1.27 1.36 3.98 -6.64 -3.44 -4.96 0.39 11.67 0.57 -4.81 1.40 -5.28 6.45 3.81 -0.17 0.40 0.34 1.94 -1.77 -0.13 2.72 0.46 0.11 4.44 -2.28 -0.06 -1.30 1.04 -2.53 1.25 -0.66 -0.71 1.45 0.92 2.42 -5.53 -3.26 -4.95 0.54 12.00 0.74 -4.65 1.57 -5.12 7.78 5.11 -0.04 0.52 0.52 2.17 -1.62 0.07 2.84 table 8: error percentages of composite models and experimental results in 7 (%). 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 e c_ a n a l (g p a ) eexp_ke (gpa) ec_hashin ec_popovics ec_hirsch ec_bache ec_counto2 ec_maxwell ec_counto1 m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 92 it can be observed from tab. 8 that: for the hirsch-dougill, popovics, bache and nepper-christensen, counto2 and hashin-hansen models, 31/32 cases lead to e smaller than 10%. all these models give a maximum e for a contrast equal to eg/em= 61.29% with a volume fraction of the aggregates vg = 41.4% (aggregate: 9 surex 90j.). for the popovics and bache and nepper-christensen models, 28/32 cases give e smaller than 5% and 3/32 cases give e smaller than 10%. e ranges from –5.53% to 12.00%. for the hirsch-dougill and counto2 models, 27/32 cases give e smaller than 5% and 4/32 cases give e smaller than 10%. e ranges from –5.84% to 11.87%. for the hashin-hansen model, 31/32 cases lead to e smaller than 10%. hence, for 26/32 cases it is smaller than 5%. e ranges from –5.96% to 12.37%. for the counto1 and maxwell models, 28/32 cases lead to e smaller than 10%, e ranges from –4.94% to 13.50%. it is clear from these results that the selected models are able to effectively estimate the young’s modulus of lwac tested by de larrard [7] with a max difference e equal to 13.50% (obtained by the maxwell model) using 32 measurements. ref. grav. popovics hirschdougill hashinhansen maxwell counto1 counto2 bache and nepperchristensen a3 a4 a5 a6 -7.90 -8.36 -8.29 -5.83 -11.07 -12.35 -12.57 -10.19 0.36 -0.20 -0.94 0.66 4.11 4.37 4.13 6.14 4.78 4.48 3.57 4.87 -6.22 -6.48 -6.54 -4.28 -4.22 -5.72 -6.90 -5.60 b3 b4 b5 b6 -4.85 -5.26 -4.01 -4.50 -6.36 -7.17 -6.04 -6.44 0.25 -0.23 0.50 -0.72 3.11 3.20 4.26 3.10 3.63 3.28 3.84 2.21 -4.54 -4.77 -3.53 -4.09 -2.49 -3.47 -2.94 -4.12 c3 c4 c5 c6 -2.49 -2.73 -2.07 -2.59 -3.09 -3.48 -2.82 -3.28 0.26 -0.05 0.24 -0.74 2.25 2.27 2.69 1.66 2.62 2.33 2.41 1.09 -2.90 -3.01 -2.29 -2.79 -1.17 -1.70 -1.42 -2.30 table 9: error percentages of composite models and experimental results in 8 (%). compared with the experimental data of yang and huang 8 (tab. 6, tab. 9), bache and nepper-christensen, counto2, popovics, hirsch-dougill, underestimate the measured young’s modulus. on the other hand, the maxwell and counto1 models overestimate the young’s modulus measured by yang and huang [8]. as seen in tab. 9, for the hashin-hansen and counto1 models, 12/12 cases give e smaller than 5%. e ranges from 0.94% to 4.87%. the maxwell gives 12/12 cases smaller than 10% and 11/12 smaller than 5%. e ranges from 1.66% to 6.14%. in all composite models, the error percentages differ between 0.05% and 12.57%. it can be seen that the most accurate models are those of hashin-hansen, counto1 and maxwell which give less errors percentages. the predictions of the lwac young’s modulus using the 07 composite material models are compared with experimental data of ke y et al. [9] (tab. 7 and tab.10) in fig. 4. all selected composite models appear applicable to predict the young’s modulus of lwac tested by ke y et al [9]. for the maxwell model, 50/75 cases give e smaller than 5% and 22/75 cases smaller than 10%. this means that 72/75 cases have e smaller than 10%. this model converges on the experimental values measured by ke y et al. [9] with an absolute maximum difference e of 15.72%. for the counto1 model, 47/75 cases lead to e smaller than 5% and 23/75 smaller than 10%, which gives 70/75 cases with e smaller than 10%, with a maximum difference of 16.14%. for the hashin-hansen model, 59/75 cases give e smaller than 10% of which 38/75 cases smaller than 5%. e ranges from 0% to 16.77%. for the counto2 model, 36/75 cases have e smaller than 10%, of which 27 cases have e smaller than 5%, with the maximum difference of 21.59%. for the popovics model, 34/75 cases give e smaller than 10% with 25/75 cases smaller than 5%. the maximum e is 25.78%. m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 93 ref. grav. popovics hirschdougill hashinhansen maxwell counto1 counto2 bache and nepperchristensen m8 0/4 650 a 0.00 4.18 1.60 6.96 3.61 0.00 -2.84 -8.53 -4.71 -7.43 0.00 1.52 5.33 0.12 2.31 0.00 6.63 5.91 12.96 9.98 0.00 7.49 5.91 11.40 7.50 0.00 1.21 4.03 1.80 0.72 0.00 1.62 -3.14 0.03 -3.95 m8 4/10 550 a 0.00 6.34 3.34 0.24 2.59 0.00 -12.80 -13.19 -11.38 -13.21 0.00 11.56 10.06 6.74 8.25 0.00 4.10 0.81 5.42 3.49 0.00 3.32 0.81 3.95 1.13 0.00 11.25 8.76 5.12 6.71 0.00 -8.68 -7.95 -6.84 -9.85 m8 4/10 430 a 0.00 4.54 7.91 6.23 8.55 0.00 -18.49 -27.09 -27.52 -29.03 0.00 14.88 19.47 16.93 17.79 0.00 1.36 2.32 1.45 0.20 0.00 0.29 2.32 0.52 3.42 0.00 12.14 15.56 13.02 14.33 0.00 -9.29 -16.58 -18.47 -22.04 m8 4/10 520 s 0.00 2.87 7.40 9.09 12.72 0.00 -10.18 -17.68 -20.14 -23.09 0.00 8.74 14.32 15.44 18.15 0.00 0.45 3.25 3.69 7.02 0.00 0.39 3.25 5.09 9.24 0.00 8.23 12.85 13.75 16.60 0.00 -5.50 -12.18 -15.61 -19.78 m8 4/10 750 s 0.00 0.12 0.48 1.16 0.01 0.00 -0.23 -0.65 -1.34 -0.18 0.00 0.23 0.63 1.32 0.16 0.00 0.11 0.09 0.68 0.51 0.00 0.20 0.09 0.81 0.30 0.00 0.48 0.90 1.53 0.33 0.00 -0.16 -0.57 -1.28 -0.15 m9 0/4 650 a 0.00 4.25 0.46 0.98 5.04 0.00 -12.79 -12.67 -13.46 -9.68 0.00 10.99 8.16 7.06 2.40 0.00 1.67 5.34 7.51 12.54 0.00 0.78 5.34 5.82 9.63 0.00 10.07 6.03 4.70 0.09 0.00 -7.29 -5.60 -7.49 -4.89 m9 4/10 550 a 0.00 3.55 4.63 6.30 8.71 0.00 -12.34 -17.34 -19.97 -21.76 0.00 10.46 12.94 13.88 15.27 0.00 0.93 0.05 0.18 2.12 0.00 0.03 0.05 1.76 4.67 0.00 9.49 10.85 11.63 13.21 0.00 -6.67 -10.49 -14.30 -17.50 m9 4/10 430 a 0.00 0.74 5.44 11.94 14.83 0.00 -18.47 -29.14 -35.93 -37.78 0.00 13.48 19.17 23.46 24.69 0.00 2.85 0.81 4.05 6.29 0.00 4.05 0.81 6.07 9.58 0.00 9.48 14.08 18.96 20.77 0.00 -6.66 -16.08 -25.67 -29.84 m9 4/10 520 s 0.00 4.90 10.91 10.71 11.97 0.00 -14.27 -23.71 -24.74 -25.54 0.00 12.21 19.18 18.37 18.68 0.00 2.23 6.38 4.64 5.36 0.00 1.31 6.38 6.21 7.92 0.00 11.02 16.97 16.00 16.50 0.00 -8.21 -16.79 -18.90 -21.07 m9 4/10 750 s 0.00 2.38 5.52 8.81 9.71 0.00 -2.70 -5.98 -9.29 -10.15 0.00 2.68 5.93 9.21 10.06 0.00 1.97 4.82 7.95 8.80 0.00 1.80 4.82 8.18 9.16 0.00 3.09 6.31 9.48 10.28 0.00 -2.51 -5.76 -9.13 -10.06 m10 0/4 650 a 0.00 4.04 5.89 5.92 7.08 0.00 -13.61 -19.58 -20.89 -21.59 0.00 11.50 14.71 14.07 14.24 0.00 1.32 1.07 0.51 0.06 0.00 0.39 1.07 1.15 2.78 0.00 10.26 12.34 11.54 11.90 0.00 -7.41 -12.18 14.65 -16.81 m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 94 m10 4/10 550 a 0.00 6.93 10.20 11.14 13.25 0.00 -16.40 -23.51 -25.55 -27.05 0.00 14.29 18.75 18.95 20.03 0.00 4.27 5.56 5.01 6.63 0.00 3.36 5.56 6.59 9.19 0.00 13.03 16.42 16.50 17.80 0.00 -10.26 -16.31 -19.54 -22.49 m10 4/10 430 a 0.00 3.72 8.48 13.21 15.46 0.00 -22.37 -33.18 -38.63 -39.97 0.00 16.94 22.55 25.19 25.78 0.00 0.13 2.24 5.16 6.67 0.00 1.06 2.24 7.22 10.05 0.00 12.55 17.16 20.40 21.59 0.00 -9.90 -19.54 -27.73 -31.45 m10 4/10 520 s 0.00 9.18 10.78 14.37 15.45 0.00 -19.13 -24.97 -29.26 -29.90 0.00 16.85 19.78 22.32 22.42 0.00 6.49 6.01 8.24 8.74 0.00 5.58 6.01 9.82 11.34 0.00 15.37 17.20 19.74 20.06 0.00 -12.66 -17.27 -23.02 -25.09 m10 4/10 750 s 0.00 3.29 9.11 12.99 16.77 0.00 -3.74 -9.75 -13.65 -17.36 0.00 3.71 9.66 13.52 17.22 0.00 2.77 8.27 11.97 15.72 0.00 2.57 8.27 12.24 16.14 0.00 4.18 10.07 13.80 17.43 0.00 -3.47 -9.44 -13.43 -17.23 table 10: error percentages of composite models and experimental results in 9 (%). the bache and nepper-christensen and hirsch-dougill models underestimate the young’s modulus of lwac measured in [3]. bache and nepper-christensen model, 43/75 cases give e smaller than 10% and e ranges from 31.45% to 1.62%. for the hirsch-dougill model, 29/75 cases give e smaller than 10% with 23 cases smaller than 5%. it can be seen by examining fig. 4 that the most accurate models are those of maxwell, counto1 and hashin-hansen which give less errors percentages (fig. 4 and tab. 10). statistical analysis in order to confirm what has been announced previously and distinguish the most suitable model for predicting the effective elasticity modulus of the lwac, a global statistical study was carried out on all the experimental values of the three researchers (119 measures). to this effect, the mean values and standard deviation for all composite models used in this study and experimental data are calculated as seen in tab. 10. popovics hirschdougill hashinhansen maxwell counto1 counto2 bache and nepperchristensen mean values standard deviation -6.90 8.24 -9.66 11.14 -2.72 5.72 0.29 5.27 -0.23 5.32 -5.94 7.12 -6.42 8.46 table 10: mean values and standard deviation of composite models and all experimental data in 7, 8, 9. fig. 5 shows the normal distribution approximation of error percentage for all 07 composite analytical models. every estimator has a pick on the mean value and a standard deviation presented by a tight or wide curve. as expected, the maxwell, counto1 and hashin-hansen composite models provide a good prediction of experimental young’s modulus of all lwac tested by de larrard 7, yang and huang 8 and ke y et al. 9 (119 values) with a maximum volume fraction of aggregates vg equal to 49.37%. it is clear from curves of fig. 5 that the best curves that fit experimental data are respectively maxwell, counto1 and hashin-hansen models because the mean values are closest to zero than others. it is also important to notice that the standard deviation of both models (maxwell 5.27, counto1 5.32 and hashin-hansen 5.72) are tight which indicates that there is a high concentration of estimated values around of zero. m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 95 figure 5: error percentage distribution approximation to normal statistic low of each composite material model. conclusion he modulus of elasticity is a very important mechanical parameter, its determination sometimes involves impossible, difficult or costly tests, the alternative use of the biphasic laws in these cases appears very interesting but the choice of a model and not another remains a question which requires a precise examination and strongly depends on the type of materials chosen. in order to choose the optimized prediction composite model for lightweight aggregate concrete, the purpose of this paper was to appraise the effective young’s modulus of lwac using two-phase composite models. from the obtained numerical predictions, as confronted to existing experimental data and analytical results, the main findings are summarized below: when the young’s modulus of lightweight aggregates eg is much less than the young’s modulus of the mortar matrix in the lightweight aggregate concrete em, hirsch-dougill models remain distant from experimental results and cannot be applied to predict the modulus of elasticity of lwac. using popovics, counto2 and bache-nepper christensen composite models may not always produce accurate results. for 119 experimental values of young’s modulus for lwac, the maxwell, counto1 and hashin-hansen seem the most reasonable for this purpose. the maxwell model takes into account in the calculation of the effective elastic modulus of the contrast between the two phases (the mortar matrix and the light aggregates) represented by the coefficient  (eg/em) which made it possible to simulate the materials well and offered consequently more precise results if compared with other models. thus, the precision of this prediction model demonstrates its effectiveness and potential application as a model for lightweight aggregate concrete. the maxwell model remains close from the experimental values with a man value error equal to 0.29 and a standard deviation equal to 5.27. in addition the counto1 and hashin-hansen models provide a good prediction of t m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 96 experimental young’s modulus of all lwac tested by de larrard 7, yang and huang 8 and ke y et al. 9 (119 values) with a maximum volume fraction of aggregates vg equal to 49.37%. in conclusion, it can be suggested that additional studies about investigation for predicting modulus of elasticity of lwac, may contribute to confirm the reliability and the accuracy of maxwell, counto1 and hashin-hansen models. nomenclature e : young’s modulus ge : young’s modulus of lightweight aggregate (dispersed phase) me : young’s modulus of matrix (mortar) gv : volume fraction of aggregate (dispersed phase) mv : volume fraction of matrix (mortar) ce : young’s modulus of composite c _ voigte : young’s modulus of composite using voigt model (upper bound) c _ reusse : young’s modulus of composite using reuss model (lower bound) c _ hashine : young’s modulus of composite using hashin-hansen model c _ hirsche : young’s modulus of composite using hirsch-dougill model c _ popovicse : young’s modulus of composite using popovics model c _ maxwelle : young’s modulus of composite using maxwell model : empirical factor c _ counto1e : young’s modulus of composite using counto1 model c _ counto 2e : young’s modulus composite using counto2 model c _ bachee : young’s modus of composite using bache and nepper-christensen model deexp larrard e : young’s modulus of lwac tested by de larrard and le roy (1995) exp _ yange : young’s modulus of lwac tested by yang and huang (1998) exp _ kee : young’s modulus of lwac tested by ke y et al (2010) c : poisson’s ratio of composite m : poisson’s ratio of matrix (mortar) g : poisson’s ratio of aggregate (dispersed phase) d: smallest diameter of aggregates in concrete d: largest diameter of aggregates in concrete c _ anale : young’s modulus predicted from analytic model e : error percentage e : absolute value of error percentage references [1] muhammad riaz, a. and bing, c. (2019). experimental research on the performance of lightweight concrete containing foam and expanded clay aggregate, composites part b: engineering, 171, pp. 46-60. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2019.04.25 m.f. bouali et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 52 (2020) 82-97; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.52.07 97 [2] rashad, a. m. (2018). lightweight expanded clay aggregate as a building material – an overview. construction and building materials, 170, pp. 757–775. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.03.009. [3] colangelo, f. and ilenia, f. (2019). lightweight concrete with polyolefins as aggregates. use of recycled plastics in eco-efficient concrete, pp. 167-187, elsevier. doi: 10.1016/b978-0-08-102676-2.00008-6. [4] muhammad riaz, a., bing, c. and farasat ali shah, s. (2019). investigate the influence of expanded clay aggregate and silica fume on the properties of lightweight concrete, construction and building materials, 220, pp. 253-266. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.05.171 [5] chandra, s., berntsson, l. (2002). lightweight aggregate concrete. elsevier. [6] ke, y., beaucour, a. l., ortola, s., dumontet, h., cabrillac, r. (2009). influence of volume fraction and characteristics of lightweight aggregates on the mechanical properties of concrete, constr. build. mater. 23(8), pp. 2821–2828. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2009.02.038 [7] de larrard, f. (1995). une approche de la formulation des bétons légers de structure, bulletin de liaison des laboratoires des ponts et chaussées lcpc, 195, pp. 39–47 (in french). [8] yang, c. c., huang, r. (1998). approximation strength of lightweight aggregate using micromechanics method, adv. cem. based mater, 7(3–4), pp. 113–138. doi: 10.1016/s1065-7355(98)00002-9. [9] ke, y., ortola, s., beaucour, a.l., dumontet, h. (2010). identification of microstructural characteristics in lightweight aggregate concretes by micromechanical modelling including the interfacial transition zone (itz). cem. conc. res., 40(11), pp. 1590–1600. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2010.07.001. [10] kurugöl, s., tanaçan, l., ersoy, h.s. (2008). young’s modulus of fiber-reinforced and polymer-modified lightweight concrete composites, constr. build. mater, 22(6), pp. 1019–1028. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2007.03.017. [11] tanaçan, l. ersoy, h.y. (2000). mechanical properties of fired clay-perlite as composite material, j. mater. civil eng. asce, 12(1), pp. 55–59. doi: 10.1061/(asce)0899-1561(2000)12:1(55). [12] cui, hz. (2011). study of prediction model for compressive strength of lightweight aggregate concrete. adv mater res, pp. 1204–1209. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.335-336.1204 [13] lo, t.y., cui, h.z. (2004). effect of porous lightweight aggregate on strength of concrete, mater. lett. 58, pp. 916919. doi: 10.1016/j.matlet.2003.07.036. [14] ardakani, a., yazdani, m. (2014). the relation between particle density and static-elastic moduli of lightweight expanded clay aggregates, appl. clay sci. 93–94, pp. 28–34. doi: 10.1016/j.clay.2014.02.017. [15] ohama, y. (1987). principle of latex modification and some typical properties of latex-modified mortar and concrete, aci mater. j., 84(6), pp. 511–518. [16] kocataskin, f., özturan, t., ersoy, h.y. (1988). a composite materials approach for the prediction of concrete properties, bull. techn. univer. istanbul, 41(2), pp. 333–347. [17] zhou, f.p., lydon, f.d., barr, b.i.g. (1995). effect of coarse aggregate on elastic modulus and compressive strength of high performance concrete, cem. conc. res., 25(1), pp. 177–186. doi: 10.1016/0008-8846(94)00125-i. [18] gilormini, p., bréchet, y. (1999). syntheses: mechanical properties of heterogeneous media: which material for which model? which model for which material?, mod. simul. mater. sci. eng., 7(5), pp. 805–816. doi: 10.1088/0965-0393/7/5/312. [19] hansen, t.c. (1960). strength elasticity and creep as related to the internal structure of concrete. in: chemistry of cement, proceedings of fourth international symposium, monograph, 2, pp. 709–723, washington. [20] popovics, s., erdey, m. (1970). estimation of the modulus of elasticity of concrete-like composite materials, m.r.a. mater. struct., 3(4), pp. 253–260. doi: 10.1007/bf02474013. [21] hirsch, t.j. (1962). modulus of elasticity of concrete affected by elastic moduli of cement paste matrix and aggregate, aci j., 59(3), pp. 427–452. [22] hansen, t.c. (1965). influence of aggregate and voids on modulus of elasticity of concrete, cement mortar, and cement paste, aci j., 62(2), pp. 193–216. [23] counto, u.j. (1964). the effect of the elastic modulus of the aggregate on the elastic modulus, creep and creep recovery of concrete, mag. conc. res., 16(48), pp.129–138. doi: 10.1680/macr.1964.16.48.129 [24] bache, h.h., nepper-christansen, p. (1965). observations on strength and fracture in lightweight and ordinary concrete-the structure of concrete and its behavior under load, proceedings of international conference, cement and concrete association, pp. 93–108, london. [25] nielsen, l.e., chen, p.e. (1968). young’s modulus of composites filled with randomly oriented short fibers, j. mat., 3(2), pp. 352–358. [26] hashin, z. (1962). the elastic moduli of heterogeneous materials. j. appl. mech, 29(143). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_30 g. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 228-233; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.30 228 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture biaxial fatigue tests of notched specimens for aisi 304l stainless steel g. beretta, v. chaves, a. navarro university of sevilla. departamento de ingeniería mecánica y fabricación. escuela técnica superior de ingeniería. universidad de sevilla. avda. camino de los descubrimientos, s/n. 41092, sevilla. spain. guido.bere@gmail.com, chavesrv@us.es, navarro@us.es abstract. high cycle fatigue tests were conducted for stainless steel aisi 304l. the geometry was a thin walled tube with a passing through hole. the tests were axial, torsional and in-phase axial-torsional, all of them under load control with r = −1. the s-n curves were constructed following the astm e739 standard and the fatigues limits were calculated following the method of maximum likelihood proposed by bettinelli. the crack direction along the surface was analysed, with especial attention to the crack initiation zones. the notch fatigue limits for different hole diameters were compared with the predictions done with a microstructural fracture mechanics model. keywords. fatigue limit; biaxial tests; notch; crack direction. introduction tress concentrations are the cause of fatigue failure in many industrial components. during the last few decades a great effort has been done by many researchers to understand the notch behaviour, either testing materials with notched geometries and/or proposing models to make predictions. just focusing in the high cycle fatigue regime and the fatigue limit, many experimental works can be found in the literature: gough tested v-notches in cylindrical specimens under combined stresses [1], frost did tests on double v-notch flat plates made of mild steel [2], el haddad et al. [3] and duquesnay et al. [4] did push-pull tests in plates with circular holes, lukás et al. did push-pull tests of cylindrical specimens with circumferential semi-circular notches in 2.25cr-1mo steel and copper [5], tanaka and akinawa tested plates with elliptical notches [6], meneghetti et al. tested double u-notch plates [7]. susmel and taylor conducted experiments using vshaped notches loaded in tension at various angles of inclination [8] and endo tested cylindrical specimens with a small surface hole, under axial, torsional and combined axial-torsional loading [9]. many methods have been proposed to predict the fatigue limit of notches under multiaxial fatigue loading, as the square root of the defect area method proposed by murakami and endo to deal with defect-containing components [10], the point method of taylor using the susmel-lazzarin critical plane criterion [8], the damage model extended to stress gradients proposed by brighenti and carpinteri [11], or the extension of the short crack growth model of navarro and de los rios [12] to specimens containing holes under in-phase biaxial loading [13]. however, despite all this work, it is a fact that the mechanisms of fatigue crack growth at notches are still not fully understood. in particular, it still remains unclear the direction of the crack during the initial growth of the crack, known as s g. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 228-233; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.30 229 stage i. according to the critical plane approaches, the stage i occurs on the maximum shear stress plane. susmel and taylor [8] conducted experiments using v-notches at various angles of inclination to reproduce a multiaxial loading condition, and observed that the stage i crack growth occurred on the plane of maximum shear stress. endo [9], conducted tests on cylindrical specimens with a small surface hole, under axial, torsional and combined axial-torsional loading and observed that the crack grew approximately normal to the first principal stress from the start, regardless of the applied stress. so, these two experimental studies show a disagreement in the stage i direction. the knowledge of this direction is crucial, as most of the methods for predicting the fatigue limits are based on a stress gradient along a certain line, which is supposed to be representative of the stage i crack path. this paper reports on an experimental study conducted with stainless steel aisi 304l under proportional biaxial loading, from pure tension to pure torsion, in the high-cycle-fatigue regime. the geometry was a thin walled tube with a passing through hole. the direction of the crack on the specimen surface was examined. finally, theoretical predictions were compared with the experimental results. material data and tests he material was commercial aisi 304l stainless steel. its chemical composition (in wt.%) was as follows: 0.021 c, 0.029 p, 0.024 s, 0.34 si, 1.485 mn, 18.227 cr, 8.148 ni, 0.215 mo, 0.0005 ti, 0.08 n and 0.39 cu. the microstructure was formed by equiaxed austenite grains with some delta ferrite bands and the average austenite grain size was 80 µm. the specimens were machined from 22-mm-diameter round bars. no heat treatment was applied after the machining. the monotonic mechanical properties, as determined from 5 tensile tests, were as follows: tensile strength, σuts = 654 mpa; yield strength, σys (0.2%) = 467 mpa; and elongation, a = 56%. fatigue tests were performed either in a servo-hydraulic axial–torsion load frame, at a frequency of 6-8 hz, or in a resonance testing machine, at 80-100 hz, in both cases under fully-reversed loading (r =-1). each test was completed when the crack grew to be several millimetres long or after 3.5 × 106 cycles (run-outs). the fatigue limit in tension–compression (r = -1), as determined for cylindrical specimens and expressed in terms of stress amplitude, was σfl = 316 mpa, and the torsional fatigue limit τfl = 288 mpa (for further details, please see [14]). the fatigue limits were calculated using the method proposed by bettinelli [15], an alternative to classical choices such as the staircase method. the probability of being a run-out is expressed by a binomial distribution, and the value of the fatigue limit is estimated using the maximum likelihood method. figure 1: geometry of the notched specimen with the passing through hole. t g. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 228-233; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.30 230 the geometry of the notched specimen was a thin walled tube with a passing through hole (see fig. 1). the diameters d of the holes were 1, 2 and 3 mm. the external surface of the gauge section was carefully polished to remove machining marks until reaching an average roughness (ra) of 0.1 µm. the passing hole and the internal surface of the tube were machined with great care. unfortunately, it was not possible to polish these two surfaces. fatigue limit predictions with the microstructural model avarro and de los rios [12] developed a model for short fatigue cracks growing in un-notched bodies. the authors assumed that plastic displacement ahead of the crack take place in rectilinear slip bands cutting across the grains of the material. this model was recently applied to a circular notch under proportional biaxial loading [13]. the problem is sketched in fig. 2. for simplicity, the remote applied stresses σy∞, τ∞ defining the biaxial load are considered to range between 0 and 1. the crack and the barrier, which represents the grain boundary, are modeled with dislocations. to keep the symmetry in the problem two opposing cracks are considered. the crack is modeled as a straight line and its initiation point and its direction can be whatever, defined by the angles θ and θ1. the solution of the equilibrium equations for the two distributions of dislocations (one with burger’s vector perpendicular to the crack and the other parallel to the crack) under the remote applied stresses, provides the stresses at the barrier, σ3i and τ3i, for successive crack lengths (a=id/2), which are expressed in terms of half grains d (i=1,3,5,...). these barrier stresses depend linearly on the applied stresses, as it was shown in a previous publication [16]. then, the value of the load required to overcome the i-th barrier, λ(θ, θ1, i) is just the value that multiplied by the stresses at the barrier lead to the fulfilment of the biaxial activation criterion, which has the following expression:                1 3 3 * * 1 , , i i i c i c i m m (1) figure 2: sketch of the microstructural model applied to an infinite plate with a circular hole subjected to proportional biaxial loading. in the previous expression,   * i cm and   * i cm are the activation constants, which depends on the material and can be calculated from the plain fatigue limits in tension and torsion and the kitagawa diagram. the maximum value of λ for all these crack lengths a=id/2 (i=1, 3, 5, ...) will provided the minimum load λ(θ, θ1), required to overcome all the barriers along the direction defined by the angles θ and θ1. as an estimation this maximum value is generally reached for a crack n g. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 228-233; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.30 231 length that oscillates between 1 and 10 grain diameters, depending on the material, the stress gradient ahead of the notch, etc. this procedure must be repeated for all the directions given by θ and θ1 and the minimum value of all the obtained λ(θ, θ1), will be the predicted notched fatigue limit, λ0n:      0 1min ,n (2) the values of θ, θ1 for λ0n will provide the predicted crack initiation point at the notch and the predicted crack direction along the first grains (stage i). for a full explanation of the microstructural model applied to a circular notch under proportional biaxial loading, please see the reference [13]. experimental results and predictions he experimental fatigue limits for the aisi 304l stainless steel and the predictions with the microstructural model are shown in fig. 3. there are results for three hole diameters, d=1 mm, d=2 mm and d=3 mm. besides, the experimental data for smooth specimens, already published [14], and its theoretical curve (ellipse quadrant) is plot. it is seen that the predictions for d=2 mm agree quite well with the experimental data, while for d=1 mm and d=3 mm the agreement is not so good. more experimental data is required to get a reliable evaluation of the model. figure 3: comparison of experimental and predicted fatigue limits for the aisi 304l stainless steel. crack initiation point and crack direction during the stage i figs. 4, 5 and 6 show examples of cracks emanating from the hole for tension-compression, pure torsion and in-phase biaxial loading (σy∞= τ∞), respectively, for applied stresses close to the fatigue limit. the crack initiation point was, in the majority of the tests, located close to the point of maximum principal stress, which according to fig. 2, means a value of θ=0º for the axial tests, θ=45º for the torsion tests and θ=31.7º for the biaxial tests (σy∞= τ∞). the crack direction along the first 400 µm (5 average grains long), considered as the stage i of the crack growth, was also studied. the experimental directions were close to the maximum principal stress direction, which means values of θ1=0º for axial tests, θ1=45º for torsional tests and θ1=31.7º for biaxial tests (σy∞= τ∞). with respect to the model, an approximately similar minimum value of λ is obtained for several combinations of θ, θ1. it means that the predicted notched fatigue limit, λ0n, is associated with several initiation points and crack directions. certainly, this is not fully correct, as the experimental values of θ, θ1 are quite precise and with low scatter. further work needs to be done in the model in order to discriminate directions and correctly predict the crack initiation point and the stage i crack direction. t g. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 228-233; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.30 232 figure 4: tension-compression. cracks emanating from the hole at an applied stress close to the fatigue limit. d = 1 mm, σy∞ = 200 mpa, n = 308 700 cycles. figure 5: cracks emanating from the hole at an applied stress close to the fatigue limit. d = 1 mm, τ∞ = 146 mpa, n = 1 454 269 cycles. figure 6: cracks emanating from the hole at an applied stress close to the fatigue limit. d = 1 mm, σy∞ = τ∞ = 140 mpa, n = 206 765 cycles. conclusions n experimental program has been conducted for tubes with a passing through hole of aisi 304l stainless steel under in-phase biaxial loading. biaxial fatigue curves were constructed using the experimental fatigue limits. the predictions of the fatigue limits obtained with a microstructural model reasonably agreed with the experimental a g. beretta et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 228-233; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.30 233 values. the crack initiation point was close to the point of maximum stress, that is, 0º for axial tests and 45º for torsional tests. the crack direction along the stage i was close to the maximum principal stress direction. acknowledgements he authors would like to thank the spanish ministry of education for its financial support through grant dpi2014-56904-p. references [1] gough, h.j, pollard, h.v., clenshaw, w.j., ministry of supply, aeronautical research council reports and memoranda. london: his majesty’s stationary office (1951). [2] frost, n.e., proc instn mech eng, 173 (1959) 811-827. [3] el haddad, m.h., topper, t.h., smith, k.n., prediction of non-propagating cracks eng fract mech, 11 (1979) 573584. [4] duquesnay, d.l., yu, m.t., topper, t.h., in: the behaviour of short fatigue cracks, miller, k.j, de los rios, e.r. (ed), elsevier, (1986) 323-335. [5] lukás, p., kunz, l., weiss, b., stickler, r., fatigue fract engng mater struct, 9 (1986) 195-204. [6] tanaka, k., akinawa, y., in: fatigue’87. ritchie, r.o., starke jr., e.a. (ed), engineering materials advisory services, (1987) 739-748. [7] meneghetti, g., susmel, l., tovo, r., high-cycle fatigue crack paths in specimens having different stress concentration features, eng failure anal, 14 (2007) 656-672. [8] susmel, l., taylor, d., wo methods for predicting the multiaxial fatigue limits of sharp notches, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 26 (2003) 821-833. [9] endo, m. (2003), in: biaxial/multiaxial fatigue and fracture, esis publication 31, carpinteri, a., de freitas, m. and spagnoli, a. (ed), elsevier, (2003) 243-364. [10] murakami, y., endo, m., effects of defects, inclusions and inhomogeneities on fatigue strength, int j fatigue, 16 (1994) 163-82. [11] brighenti, r, carpinteri, a., a notch multiaxial-fatigue approach based on damage mechanics, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 39 (2012) 122-133. [12] navarro, a., de los rios, e.r., philos mag a, 57 (1988) 12-36. [13] chaves, v., navarro, a., beretta, g., madrigal, c., microstructural model for predicting high cycle fatigue strength in the presence of holes under proportional biaxial loading, theor appl fract mech, 73 (2014) 27-38. [14] chaves, v., navarro, a., madrigal, c., stage i crack directions under in-phase axial–torsion fatigue loading for aisi 304l stainless steel, int j fatigue, 80 (2015) 10-21. [15] bettinelli, s., tesi di laurea, universita degli studi di padova. supervisor: prof. r. tovo, (2006). [16] chaves, v., navarro, a., fatigue limits for notches of arbitrary profile, int j fatigue, 48 (2013) 68-79. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_53_art_04_2704 v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 38 longitudinal fracture analysis of inhomogeneous beams with continuously varying sizes of the cross-section along the beam length victor rizov department of technical mechanics, university of architecture, civil engineering and geodesy, 1 chr. smirnensky blvd., 1046 – sofia, bulgaria, e-mail: v_rizov_fhe@uacg.bg holm altenbach lehrstuhl für technische mechanik und geschäftsführender leiter institut für mechanik g10/58, fakultät für maschinenbau, otto-von-guericke-universität magdeburg, universitätsplatz 2, 39106 magdeburg, deutschland, holm.altenbach@ovgu.de abstract. analyses of longitudinal fracture behavior of inhomogeneous beams which have continuously varying sizes of the cross-section along the beam length are carried-out. beams of a rectangular cross-section are studied. it is assumed that beams exhibit continuous (smooth) material inhomogeneity along the width and height of the cross-section. a longitudinal crack located arbitrary along the beam height is analyzed. first, a cantilever beam with linearly varying width and height along the beam length is considered. the material of the beam has non-linear elastic mechanical behavior. the external loading consists of one bending moment applied at the free end of the lower crack arm. the fracture behavior is analyzed in terms of the strain energy release rate assuming that the modulus of elasticity is distributed continuously in the beam cross-section. the balance of the energy is considered in order to derive the strain energy release rate. a solution to the strain energy release rate is obtained also by considering the complementary strain energy for verification. the longitudinal fracture behavior of the inhomogeneous nonlinear elastic cantilever beam configuration is studied also for the cases when the variation of the width and height of the cross-section is described by sine and power laws. keywords. beam of varying cross-section; longitudinal fracture; material non-linearity; inhomogeneous material citation: v. rizov, h. altenbach, longitudinal fracture analysis of inhomogeneous beams with continuously varying sizes of the cross-section along the beam length, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50. received: 09.12.2019 accepted: 20.04.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ne of the efficient ways to improve the stability and to increase the strength and load bearing capacity of the structures, and at the same time to reduce their weight is to use beams of continuously varying sizes of the cross-section along the beam length. structural members and components with variable cross-section in the o https://youtu.be/wsetdvfgdss v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 39 length direction are commonly used in various engineering applications in aeronautics, robotics, power stations, shipbuilding and car industry where the weight saving is of basic importance. beam structures with varying cross-section can be sophisticated further by using inhomogeneous materials. in contrast to the conventional homogeneous materials, such as metals, the material properties of inhomogeneous materials vary smoothly along one or more directions in the solid. thus, the properties of inhomogeneous materials are continuous functions of spatial coordinates. the interest to the inhomogeneous materials is due mainly to the fact that certain kinds of inhomogeneous materials, such as functionally graded materials, have been widely used in aeronautical and mechanical engineering in the last thirty years [1 12]. the mechanical characteristics and microstructure of functionally graded materials can be tailored technologically during the manufacturing process in order to optimize the performance of the structural members and components to the external loadings and influences. the fracture behavior of inhomogeneous (functionally graded) structures and materials is of tremendous importance for practical engineering [13 15]. various studies of the fracture behavior of functionally graded composite materials have been reviewed in [13]. cracks oriented both parallel and perpendicular to the gradient direction have been analyzed by using methods of linear-elastic fracture mechanics. fracture behavior under fatigue crack loading conditions has also been investigated. rectilinear as well as curved cracks have been considered [13]. an approach for studying of delamination fracture behavior of a beam structure under creep loading conditions has been developed in [14]. the analysis has been carried-out assuming validity of the principles of linear-elastic fracture mechanics. an elevated temperature has been used to accelerate the delamination fracture at constant external loads. a double cantilever beam configuration has been examined. it has been found that the service lifetime can be successfully predicted by using a form of paris law. various techniques for analyzing of functionally graded layers and sandwich beam constructions have been presented and discussed in [15]. analyses of different beam configurations under static or dynamic loading conditions have been carriedout by using methods of linear-elastic fracture mechanics. works on buckling behavior of sandwich constructions have also been reviewed. static analyses of functionally graded beam structures resting on pasternak elastic foundation have been reviewed too. investigations of viscoelastic bending behavior of sandwich structures have been presented. it should be noted that all of the above mentioned publications have been focused on fracture in beam configurations with constant cross-section along the beam length. besides, linear-elastic behavior of the material has been assumed. therefore, the aim of the present paper is to analyze the longitudinal fracture behavior of inhomogeneous beam configurations with constantly varying sizes (width and height) of the cross-section along the beam length. the analysis is carried-out assuming non-linear elastic mechanical behavior of the material. one of the motives for the present paper is the fact that certain kinds of inhomogeneous materials, such as functionally graded materials, can be built-up layer by layer [11, 12] which is a premise for appearance of longitudinal cracks between layers. it should be mentioned that the previous works of the author are concerned with longitudinal fracture analyses of inhomogeneous (functionally graded) beam configurations with constant sizes of the cross-section along the beam height [16 – 19]. the beam under consideration in the present paper exhibits smooth material inhomogeneity in both width and height directions. the longitudinal fracture is analyzed in terms of the total strain energy release rate by applying the theory for bending of prismatic beams since this theory can be used also for beams with varying cross-section along the beam length provided that the variation is not abrupt and the angle of inclination of the beam edge is small [20]. theoretical model n inhomogeneous non-linear elastic cantilever beam configuration with linearly varying cross-section along the beam length is shown in fig. 1. the length of the beam is l . the beam is clamped in section d . the crosssection of the beam is a rectangle of width, b , and height, h . the variations of b and h along the beam length are given by the following linear laws: 3 t n n b b b b x l    , (1) 3 t n n h h h h x l    , (2) a v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 40 where 30 x l  . (3) in (1) and (2), nb and nh are the width and height in the free end of the beam, the width and height in the clamping are denoted by tb and th , 3x is the longitudinal centroidal axis of the beam (fig. 1). figure 1: geometry and loading of inhomogeneous cantilever beam with linearly varying sizes of the cross-section in the length direction. the beam under consideration exhibits continuous (smooth) material inhomogeneity in both height and width directions of the cross-section. thus, the distribution of the modulus of elasticity, e , in the beam cross-section is described by the following power law:     3 3 12 2 g f t l s l l b y z e e e e e e b h                   , (4) where 3 2 2 b b y   , (5) 3 2 2 h h z   . (6) v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 41 in (4), le , te and se are, respectively, the values of the modulus of elasticity along the edges, 1 2l l , 1 2t t and 1 2s s of the beam (fig. 1), f and g are material properties that control the material inhomogeneity in the height and width directions, respectively. figure 2: cross-section of the lower crack arm. a longitudinal crack of length, a , is located arbitrary along the beam height (fig. 1). it should be noted that the present paper is motivated also by the fact that certain kinds of inhomogeneous materials, such as functionally graded materials, can be built-up layer by layer which is a premise for appearance of longitudinal crack between layers [8]. the thicknesses of the lower and upper crack arms in the free end of the beam are denoted by 1nh and 2nh , respectively. the variations of the thicknesses of the lower and upper crack arms, 1h and 2h , along the crack length are written as 1 1 3 2 t n n h h h h x l    , (7) 2 2 3 2 t n n h h h h x l    , (8) where 30 x a  . (9) the external loading of the beam consists of one bending moment, m , applied at the free end of the lower crack arm (fig. 1). thus, the upper crack arm is free of stresses. the longitudinal fracture behavior of the beam shown in fig. 1 is studied in terms of the total strain energy release rate, g . for this purpose, the balance of the energy is analyzed. by assuming a small increase, a , of the delamination crack length, the balance of the energy is expressed as u m a gb a a        , (10) where  the increase of the angle of rotation of the free end of lower crack arm, u is the strain energy cumulated in the beam. from (10), the strain energy release rate is derived as 1m u g b a b a       . (11) the angle of rotation of the free end of lower crack arm is obtained by applying the castigliano’s theorem for structures exhibiting material non-linearity v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 42 *u m     , (12) where *u is the complementary strain energy in the beam. since the upper crack arm is free of stresses, the complementary strain energy is written as * * *1 2u u u  , (13) where *1u and * 2u are, respectively, the complementary strain energies cumulated in the lower crack arm and in the uncracked beam portion, 3a x l  . the complementary strain energy in the lower crack arm is expressed as 1 1 2 2 * * 1 01 3 1 1 0 2 2 hb a b h u u dx dy dz      , (14) where *01u is the strain energy density, 1y and 1z are the centroidal axes of the cross-section of the lower crack arm (fig. 2). the strain energy density is written as [16] *01 01u u  , (15) where  is the normal stress,  is the strain, 01u is the strain energy density in the lower crack arm. the mechanical behavior of the material is treated by the following stress-strain relation [21]: me h    , (16) where h and m are material properties which describe the material non-linearity. the strain energy density is obtained by integrating of (16) 2 1 01 2 1 me h u m       . (17) by substituting of (16) and (17) in (15), one drives 2 1 * 01 2 1 me mh u m       . (18) by using (4), the distribution of the modulus of elasticity in the lower crack arm is written as     1 1 12 1 2 g f t l s l l b y z h e e e e e e b h h                    , (19) where 1 2 2 b b y   , (20) v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 43 1 11 2 2 h h z   . (21) since beams of high length to height ratio are under consideration in the present paper, the distribution of the strains in the cross-section of the lower crack arm is treated in accordance with the bernoulli’s hypothesis for the plane sections. thus,  is expressed as 1 1 11 1c y z y z      , (22) where 1c  is the strain in the centre of the lower crack arm cross-section, 1y  and 1z  are the curvatures of lower crack arm in the 1 1x y and 1 1x z planes, respectively. the curvatures of the lower crack arm and the strain in the centre of the cross-section are found from the equations for equilibrium of the elementary forces in the cross-section of the lower crack arm 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 22 h b h b n dy dz     , (23) 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 22 h b y h b m z dy dz     , (24) 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 22 h b z h b m y dy dz     , (25) where 1n is the axial force, 1ym and 1zm are the bending moments with respect to the centroidal axes, 1y and 1z ,  is the normal stress, b and 1h are the width and height of the cross-section (fig. 2). it is obvious that (fig. 1) 1 0n  , (26) 1y m m , (27) 1 0zm  . (28) after substituting of (16) in (23), (24) and (25) the equations for equilibrium are solved with respect to 1c  , 1y  and 1z  by using the matlab computer program. then *01u is found by substituting of (19) and (22) in (18). the complementary strain energy in the un-cracked beam portion is written as 2 2 * * 2 02 3 2 2 2 2 hb l b ha u u dx dy dz      , (29) where *02u is the strain energy density, 2y and 2z are the centroidal axes. formula (18) is used to obtain * 02u . for this purpose,  is replaced with d where d is the distribution of the strains in the un-cracked beam portion. the v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 44 distribution of d is found by replacing of 1c , 1y and 1z with 2c , 2y and 2z in (22) where 2c is the strain in the centre, 2y  and 2z  are the curvatures of the un-cracked beam portion. the strain in the centre and the curvatures are obtained by using the equations of equilibrium (23), (24) and (25). for this purpose, 1h ,  , 1y and 1z are replaced with h , d , 2y and 2z , respectively. the stresses, d , is found by replacing of  with d in formula (16). the strain energy cumulated in the beam is obtained as 1 2u u u  , (30) where the strain energies in the lower crack arm and in the un-cracked beam portion are denoted by 1u and 2u , respectively. formulae (14) and (29) are used to determine 1u and 2u . for this purpose, * 01u and * 02u are replaced with 01u and 02u , respectively. the strain energy density in the un-cracked beam portion, 02u , is found by replacing of  with d in formula (17). finally, by substituting of  and u in (11), one obtains the following expression for the strain energy release rate: 1 1 2 2 2 2 * * 01 1 1 02 2 2 2 2 22 hb b h b h b h m g u dy dz u dy dz b m                1 1 2 2 2 2 01 1 1 02 2 2 2 2 22 hb b h b h b h u dy dz u dy dz              (31) the integration in (31) is carried-out by using the matlab computer program. matlab is used also to determine the derivative,  ... m   , in (31). it should be noted that b , h , 1h , 01u , 02u , * 01u and * 02u in (31) are obtained by (1), (2), (7), (17) and (18) at 3x a . the strain energy release rate is derived also by differentiating the complementary strain energy in the beam with respect to the crack are *du g da  , (32) where da is an elementary increase of the crack area. since da bda , (33) expression (32) takes the form *du g bda  , (34) where da is an elementary increase of the crack length. by substituting of *u in (34), one obtains the following expression for the strain energy release rate: 1 1 2 2 2 2 * * 01 1 1 02 2 2 2 2 22 1 hb b h b h b h g u dy dz u dy dz b               , (35) where b , h , 1h , * 01u and * 02u are found by (1), (2), (7), and (18) at 3x a . the integration in (35) is performed by using the matlab computer program. the fact that the strain energy release rate obtained by (35) is exact match of that v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 45 found by (31) is an indication for correctness of the longitudinal fracture analysis of the inhomogeneous cantilever beam with linearly varying cross-section along the beam length carried-out in the present paper. case studies his section of the paper reports results which illustrate the influence of the varying cross-section of the beam in the length direction on the longitudinal fracture behavior. for this purpose, calculations of the strain energy release rate are performed by applying (31). the results obtained are presented in non-dimensional form by using the formula  /n lg g e b . the influence of the material inhomogeneity in the height and width directions, crack length, material non-linearity and the crack location along the beam height on the longitudinal fracture behavior are also analyzed. it is assumed that 0.008nb  m, 0.006nh  m, 0.130l  m, and 2m  nm. the variation of the height of the cross-section along the beam length is characterized by /t nh h ratio. figure 3: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against /t nh h ratio (curve 1 at / 0.5t le e  , curve 2 – at / 1.0t le e  and curve 3 – at / 1.5t le e  ). figure 4: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against /t nb b ratio (curve 1 at / 0.25a l  , curve 2 – at / 0.50a l  and curve 3 – at / 0.75a l  ). the influence of the variation of the height on the longitudinal fracture is illustrated in fig. 3 where the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form is plotted against /t nh h ratio at three /t le e ratios (it should be mentioned that /t le e ratio characterizes the material inhomogeneity along the width of the cantilever beam configuration). it is evident form fig. 3 that the strain energy release rate decreases with increasing of /t nh h ratio. the curves in fig. 3 indicate also that increase of /t le e ratio leads also to decrease of the strain energy release rate. the effect of the variation of the beam width in the length direction on the longitudinal fracture behavior is investigated too. the variation of the width is characterized by /t nb b ratio. in order to evaluate the influence of the crack length on the longitudinal fracture, /a l ratio is introduced. one can get an idea of the influence the crack length in fig. 4 where the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form is plotted against /t nb b ratio at three /a l ratios. it can be observed in fig. 4 that the strain energy release rate decreases with increasing of /t nb b ratio. the strain energy release rate decreases also with increasing of /a l ratio since the height and width of the beam cross-section increase towards the clamping. the influence of the material inhomogeneity along the beam height on the longitudinal fracture behavior is analyzed. for this purpose, /s le e ratio is introduced. calculations of the strain energy release rate are performed at various /s le e ratios. the results obtained are presented in fig. 5 where the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional is plotted against /s le e ratio at three 1 /n nh h ratios. it can be observed in fig. 5 that the strain energy release rate decreases with t v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 46 increasing of /s le e ratio. the crack location along the beam height is characterized by 1 /n nh h ratio. one can observe in fig. 5 that the increase of 1 /n nh h ratio leads to decrease of the strain energy release rate. figure 5: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against /s le e ratio (curve 1 – at 1 / 0.3n nh h  , curve 2 – at 1 / 0.5n nh h  and curve 3 – at 1 / 0.7n nh h  ). figure 6: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against m (curve 1 – at non-linear elastic behavior of the material and curve 2 – at linear-elastic behavior). figure 7: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against f (curve 1 – at / 0.5s te e  , curve 2 – at / 1.0s te e  and curve 3 – at / 2.0s te e  ). the effect of the magnitude of the external loading of the beam on the longitudinal fracture behavior is studied also. for this purpose, calculations of the strain energy release rate are carried-out at various values of m . the calculated strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form is presented as a function of m in fig. 6. the curves in fig. 6 show that the strain energy release rate quickly increases with increasing of m . the influence of the non-linear mechanical behavior of the material on the longitudinal fracture is investigated too. for this purpose, the strain energy release rate obtained assuming linear-elastic mechanical behavior of the inhomogeneous material is presented as a function of m in fig. 6. it should be noted that the linear-elastic solution to the strain energy release rate is derived by substituting of 0h  in formula (31) which follows from the fact that at 0h  the non-linear stress-strain relation (16) transforms into the hooke’s law where the modulus of elasticity of the inhomogeneous material is expressed by (4). it is evident from fig. 6 that the non-linear mechanical behavior of the material causes increase of the strain energy release rate. the influence of the material property f on the longitudinal fracture behavior of the inhomogeneous non-linear elastic cantilever beam with linearly varying cross-section in the length direction is evaluated. the strain energy release rate in v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 47 non-dimensional form is presented as a function of f in fig. 7 at three /s te e ratios. the curves in fig. 7 indicate that the strain energy release rate decreases with increasing of f . one can observe also in fig. 7 that the increase of /s te e ratio leads to decrease of the strain energy release rate. it is interesting to investigate the effect of the law for variation of the sizes of rectangular cross-section along the beam length on the longitudinal fracture behavior. in order to elucidate this effect, a further two laws (sine and power) for continuous variation of the beam cross-section are considered. the variations of the width and height of the beam according to the sine law are written as   3sin 2 n t n x b b b b l         , (36)   3sin 2 n t n x h h h h l         , (37) where 30 x l  . (38) formulae (36) and (37) indicate that the width and height vary smoothly from nb and nh at the free end of the beam to tb and th at the clamped end of the beam. the variations of thicknesses of the lower and upper crack arms when the sine law is used are expressed as 31 1 sin 2 2 t n n h h x h h l         , (39) 32 2 sin 2 2 t n n h h x h h l         , (40) where 30 x a  . (41) when the power law is used, the variations of the width and height of the beam cross-section are written as   3 2 3 n t n x b b b b l          , (42)   3 2 3 n t n x h h h h l          (43) where 30 x l  . (44) correspondingly, the variations of the thicknesses of the two crack arms are obtained as 3 3 2 1 1 2 t n n xh h h h l         , (45) v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 48 3 3 2 2 2 2 t n n xh h h h l         , (46) where 30 x a  . (47) it is obvious from formulae (45) and (46) that the width and height vary smoothly from nb and nh at the free end of the beam to tb and th at the clamped end of the beam. the effect of the law for continuous variation of the beam cross-section on the longitudinal fracture behavior of the inhomogeneous non-linear elastic beam is illustrated in fig. 8 where the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form is presented as a function of the material property, g , for the three laws (linear, sine and power). it is evident from fig. 8 that when the sine law is used the strain energy release rate is lower in comparison to that obtained at the linear law for variation of the width and height of the beam cross-section (this finding is explained by the fact that when the sine law is used the height and width of the beam cross-section are higher compared with the height and width according to the linear law). figure 8: the strain energy release rate in non-dimensional form plotted against g at three different laws for variation of the beam cross-section in the length direction (curve 1 – at power law, curve 2 – at linear law and curve 3 – at sine law). the use of power law leads to obtaining of higher strain energy release rate compared to that calculated at linear law (this behavior is attributed to the lower sizes of the beam cross-section when the power law is used for describing the variation of the height and width along the beam length). it should be noted that when the sine and power laws are applied for describing the variation of the beam cross-section in the length direction, the strain energy release rate is obtained by (31). for this purpose, the sizes of the cross-section, b , h and 1h , which are involved in (31) are calculated, respectively, by formulae by (36), (37) and (39) or by (42), (43) and (45). concerning the effect of g , the curves in fig. 8 show that the strain energy release rate decreases with increasing of g . conclusions he main novelty of the present paper is that in contrast to previous papers [16 19] which deal with longitudinal fracture analysis of inhomogeneous beams with constant cross-section, the inhomogeneous beam considered here has continuously varying height and width in the length direction. the fracture is studied in terms of the total strain energy release rate assuming non-linear elastic mechanical behavior of the material. a solution to the strain energy release rate is derived by considering the balance of the energy. the strain energy release rate is obtained also by t v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 49 differentiating of the complementary strain energy in the beam with respect to the crack area for verification. the longitudinal fracture behavior is analyzed assuming continuous (smooth) material inhomogeneity in both height and width directions of the beam cross-section (the distribution of the modulus of elasticity in the cross-section is described by applying a power law). special attention is paid to the influence of the continuously varying sizes of the beam crosssection on the longitudinal fracture behavior. it is found that the strain energy release rate decreases with increasing of /t nh h and /t nb b ratios (these ratios characterize the variation of the cross-section along the beam length). concerning the effects of the crack length and the crack location along the beam height on the longitudinal fracture, the analysis reveals that the strain energy release rate decreases with increasing of /a l and 1 /n nh h ratios. the decrease of the strain energy release rate with increasing of /a l ratio is due to the fact that the sizes of the cross-section increase towards the clamped end of the beam. the longitudinal fracture behavior is studied also when the continuous variation of the height and width of the cross-section along the beam length is described by using sine and power laws. the investigation shows that when the sine law is used the strain energy release rate is lower in comparison to that derived when the sizes of the cross-section vary linearly along the beam length. when variation of the sizes is described by the power law the strain energy release rate is higher compared to that obtained by using linear law for describing the variation of beam crosssection. the research performed shows that the longitudinal fracture behavior of inhomogeneous beam structures can be controlled by using appropriate laws for continuous variation of the sizes of the beam cross-section in the length direction. the results obtained in the present paper could be useful in preliminary structural design of inhomogeneous beams with continuously varying cross-section in the cases when their longitudinal fracture behaviour is also required to be addressed. acknowledgments izov is grateful for the financial support from the german academic exchange service (daad) for his research stay in department of technical mechanics, institute of mechanics, otto-von-guericke-university, magdeburg, germany. references [1] mortensen, a., suresh, s., functionally graded metals and metal-ceramic composites: part 1 processing, international materials review, 40 (1995) 239-265. [2] gasik, m.m., functionally graded materials: bulk processing techniques, international journal of materials and product technology, 39 (1995) 20-29. [3] neubrand, a., rödel, j., gradient materials: an overview of a novel concept, zeit f met, 88 (1997) 358-371. [4] suresh, s., mortensen, a., fundamentals of functionally graded materials, iom communications ltd, london (1998). [5] hirai, t., chen, l., recent and prospective development of functionally graded materials in japan, material science forum, 308-311 (1999) 509-514. [6] butcher, r.j., rousseau, c.e., tippur, h.v., a functionally graded particulate composite: measurements and failure analysis, acta matererialia, 47 (1999) 259-268. [7] nemat-allal, m.m., ata, m.h., bayoumi, m.r., khair-eldeen, w., powder metallurgical fabrication and microstructural investigations of aluminum/steel functionally graded material, materials sciences and applications, 2 (2011) 1708-1718. [8] saidi, h., sahla, m., vibration analysis of functionally graded plates with porosity composed of a mixture of aluminum (al) and alumina (al2o3) embedded in an elastic medium, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2019) 286299. [9] chikh, a., investigations in static response and free vibration of a functionally graded beam resting on elastic foundations, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 14 (2019)115-126. [10] nagaral, m., nayak, p. h., srinivas, h. k., auradi, v., characterization and tensile fractography of nano zro2 reinforced copper-zinc alloy composites, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13 (2019) 370-376. [11] marae djouda, j., gallittelli , d., zouaoui, m., makke, a., gardan , j., recho, n., crépin, j., local scale fracture characterization of an advanced structured material manufactured by fused deposition modeling in 3d printing, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 14 (2019) 534-540. r v. rizov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 38-50; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.04 50 [12] bohidar, s.k., sharma, r., mishra, p.r., functionally graded materials: a critical review, international journal of research, 1 (2014) 289-301. [13] tilbrook, m.t., moon, r.j., hoffman, m., crack propagation in graded composites, composite science and technology, 65 (2005) 201-220. [14] al-khanbashi, a., hamdy, a.e., fracture mechanics approach to predict delamination lifetime in mode ii under constant loads, journal of adhesion science and technology, 18 (2004) 227-242. [15] sayyad, a.s., ghugal, y.m., modeling and analysis of functionally graded sandwich beams: a review, mechanics of advanced materials and structures, 1 (2018) 1-20. [16] rizov, v.i., non-linear elastic delamination of multilayered functionally graded beam, multidiscipline modeling in materials and structures, 13 (2017) 434-447. [17] rizov, v.i., delamination analysis of a layered elastic-plastic beam, international journal of structural integrity, 4 (2017) 516-529. [18] rizov, v.i., analysis of cylindrical delamination cracks in multilayered functionally graded non-linear elastic circular shafts under combined loads, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 158-177. [19] rizov, v.i., influence of material inhomogeneity and non-linear mechanical behavior of the material on delamination in multilayered beams, frattura ed integrità strutturale, (2019) 468-481. [20] timoshenko, s., strength of materials. part ii. advanced theory and problems, science (1965). [21] lukash, p.a., fundamentals of non-linear structural mechanics, m. (1998). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 14 articolo 2 in a br fed bra lob ab as 33 we par and kw ac cor rel rel str ke in pro con stru cra phe con pro the esti ma bas th cor t nfluence astm a raitner lob deral universi asília, brazil, batoae@gmail. bstract. t stm a743 c specimens ere tested un rameters tha d its scatter wofie’s relati ccording to t rrectly the r ation are co ation makes ength. eywords. f ntroductio he ast compon develop ogressive and nditions. thi ucture, on the ack growth an enomenon is nditions of t ocedures to e e use of these imate the effe achine elemen sic relations of he fatigue life rrelated with t e of mea 743 ca6 bato da silv ity of brasília, 70940-910. com.br, jorge@ the objective ca6nm allo were experi nder stress at describe th bands. in th ions were te the obtained reduction ef onsistent an s it possible fatigue; goo on tm a743 ca nents be desig ment and th d located pro is failure pro e presence of nd it can cul s common in these compo estimate the e e methodolog ects of mean nts subject to f load characte is described the alternat b. lo an stres 6nm al va, jorge l mechanical e @unb.br, felip e of this wo oy steel. it is imentally ev ratio 0, 1/3 he fatigue be he assessmen ested in orde d results it w ffect fatigue nd the walk to evaluate odman; gerb a6nm alloy gned for infin e propagation ocess of struc ocess depend f residual stre lminate in fra n axes’ flaw nents indent endurance lim gies demands stress in the complex load erization by the wöh ting stress, s obato da silva et ss on the lloy stee luiz de alm engineering d peo2@gmail.co ork is to ev s used in sev valuated und 3 and 2/3. ehavior of th nt of the me er to evaluat was possible life and pre ker’s relation in a consiste ber; walker; steel is used nite fatigue lif n of those cr ctural degrad s strongly on esses, on the g acture of the s, blades and tified that re mit of structu s a solid char fatigue streng ds, for the us hler curve or sa. this met alii, frattura ed e fatigu el meida ferr department, ca om, alex07@ valuate the e veral hydrog der axial load based on t he evaluated ean stress eff te the validi to verify th esented high n presented ent way the kwofie; as d in several fe, fatigue cra racks are asso dation that h n the stress geometric de e structural co d rotors. sta sidual stresse ural compone racterization gth and to ide ed material. s-n curve, s thod is a rel d integrità struttu ue streng reira, felipe ampus univer unb.br effects of m genator turbi ds with stres the obtained d material, ob fects of fatig ity of the us hat goodman h scatter. th d smaller sca effect of th stm a743 c hydrogenato acks usually ar ociated to th appens in a levels that a tails and on t omponent af arting from t es are fundam ents are much of the mater entify the mo stress-life, wh lation that c urale, 14 (2010) gth of e oliveira, rsitário darcy mean stress o ine compon ss ratio of d results it btain its s-n gue life, goo se of such ru n and gerb he prediction atter than k he presence o ca6nm. r turbine co re found at th e fatigue pro material und ctivate in the the material. t fter a certain the producti mental facto h known and rial. in that w del to be cap here the num can be well ) 17-26; doi: 10 , josé alex ribeiro, on the fatig ents. in ord 1 and mor was possibl n curves, its odman, gerb ules for the er’s relation ns of walke kwofie’s rel of mean stre mponents. i he root of tur ocess. fatigue der stress and e most loade these condit number of on, assembly rs to cause d relatively re way, the prese able to predic mber of cycles used to adju .3221/igf-esis. xander araú gue behavior der to achiev e 60 specim le to determ endurance li ber, walker tested mate ns do not mo er and kwof lation. walk esses on fati n spite of th rbine blades. e is a perman d strain dyna ed points of tions can deve cycle loads. t y and operat the fatigue. eliable. howe ent work aim ct the strengt s to failure, n ust appropria 14.02 17 újo r of ve it, mens mine imit and erial. odel fie’s ker’s igue hese the nent, amic f the elop this tion, the ever, ms to th of n, is ately http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it mailto: lobatoae@gmail.com.br mailto: jorge@unb.br mailto: felipeo2@gmail.com mailto: alex07@unb.br b. l 18 exp cyc som cha min of an by th the exp me ini com pro go fati pro the in hig end sim dat wid mo stre sy. ex lobato da silva perimental da cles. this rela a as  me practical a aracterize the nimum value the range stre ms s  mssm  mssa  nd to describe eq. 5. the re ma m s s r  1 1 as    he standard co e eq. 1 can be perimental res ar s  ean stress effect tially, empiri mpensate the oposed a par oodman intro igue data in oposed as imp e fatigue stren order to ove gh mean stre durance limit milar to swt, ta, eq. 14. a despread mat odel consists i ess, sm, on th according to a s  xpressed in fo a s  et alii, frattura ata in the sen ation can be e bn applications a e constant am , eq. 2. the ess is called am max mins 2 minmax s 2 minmax s e the mean str elation betwe ax in . m r s r   ondition to de e express in t sults. ' b f n  t predition mo ic models w e effect of m rabolic repres oduced a theo the graphic provement of ngth coefficie ercome the fa esses, smith, for the load , however usi according to thematical rel in the substit e limit of fati o this model, m rts ar s e         orm of power m rts ar s e           ed integrità stru nse to correla expressed as in and also fatig mplitude load mean stress, mplitude stre ress, a factor en sa, sm e r etermine the the form of e odels ere proposed mean stress in sentation of oretical line t sa versus sm. f the previou nt and that th ailure predicti watson and ratio, r = -1 ing a factor  empiric con lations to des tution of the b igue strength the stress-life r series, the e 0 1 ! n i i s           utturale, 14 (201 ate the alterna n eq. 1, wher gue tests in m ds. the stres sm, is the ave ess, sa, eq. 4. used to char is expressed parameters o eq. 7. it is call d by gerber n the high cyc the wöhler’s to represent since 1960, s models. fat he compressio ion’s problem d topper s 1, sar, is expre  that makes nsiderations, scribe the effe basquin’s equ for the rever e relation can eq. 8 can be e i m rt s     10) 17-26; doi: ate stress and re a and b ar materials invol ss range, s erage between these are ba racterize the d in the eq. 6. of wöhler cur led basquin’s r (1874), go cle fatigue st s limit fatigu the evaluated some mode tigue tests ind on normal m m under load swt [3] prop essed in the e possible an a berkovits an fect of mean s uation’s const rse load condi be presented expressed by e 10.3221/igf-esi d the numbe e the constan lve maximum s , is the diff n maximum v asic relations t degree of sym rve is to assum s equation. w oodman (189 trength, accor ue data on th d fatigue data els to determ dicate that the ean stress sho conditions w posed a mod eq. 13. on th adjustment o nd fang [5] stress on the tant, eq. 7, fo ition, srt, and d by eq. 8. eq. 9: is.14.02 r of cycles to nt and the cur m and minimu ference betwe value and mi that character mmetry of the me alternating where ’f e b a 9), haigh (1 rding to lee he graphic sm a, eq. 11. ha mine the effec e tensile norm ould increase with relatively del in which his same year f the curve in and more r fatigue beha or a function on the ultim o failure betw rve exponent, um constant l een the maxi inimum value rize one load e load, load ra g load, null m are material co 1917) e sode [1] and dow max/su versus s aigh was the ct of mean s mal mean stre it [1]. y low amplitu the equivale , walker [4] p n relation to ecently kwo avior of endu that will dep ate strength, ween 103 and , respectively. (1) level stresses imum value e, eq. 3. the cycle. (2) (3) (4) atio, r, is defi (5) (6) mean stress. t onstants base (7) erberg (1930) wling [2]. ge smin/su , eq. first to plot stress have b ess should red ude and relati ent stress to presented crit the experime ofie [6] propo urance limit. s end on the m or yield stren (8) (9) d 106 . that and half fined thus, ed in ) to rber 12. t the been duce ively the teria ental osed such mean ngth, http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it ad of sta des ma ma yiel spe th 466 for t dmitting that superior orde a a s  arting from th scribe some m aterial an aterial he mate martens strength ld strength, sy ecimen design he specimens 6-96 [8]. the r samples a a t the argument er converge q 1 m ar rt s        his last expres models presen  ,f r   ,f r  nd method erial used in t sitic. this typ h and that res sy) of the sam of the samp ese standards nd b, fig. 1 a b. lo t of the expo quickly to zero    ssion, one can nted in the ta hypothes 1  m rt f s          , 2 rt m s    , rt m s     table 1 ds the developm pe of steel is sist to the cor ple a and sam table le a were de specify the m and only spec sam a b obato da silva et onential funct o. in this spec n verify with e ab. 1. ses m rt s      1 2 2 rt m s ln        1 2 rt m s r ln         1: particular sol ment of this r used in the rrosion. the mple b are sh e 2: mechanic esigned accor main dimensi cimen 2 for sa figure 1: spe mple e ( a 1 b 1 alii, frattura ed tion tend to z cific conditio easiness that resulti a ar s  a ar s   r    a s  r    a s  lutions of wide research was production o mechanical p howed in tab cal properties rding to ast ions. in this w ample b, fig cimen 1 for sa (gpa) srt 198 8 198 9 d integrità struttu zero,  m s  n, the eq. 9 a depending on ing equation 1m rt s    2 1m y s         1 21 2 ar r s         1 2 ar r s          espread kwofi the astm a of structural c properties (yo b. 2. of sample a tm e 606-04 work three d 2. tab. 3 sho ample a and b (mpa) sy ( 890 6 918 6 urale, 14 (2010)  0 rt s  , the c assumes the f n the value of model goodman gerber swt walker ie model. a743 ca6nm components oung modulu and b. [7] and samp different spec ows the respec . (mpa) 637 665 ) 17-26; doi: 10 consequence following form f α, the wides equation (11) (12) (13) (14) m alloy steel that request us, e, tensile ple b starting imens were u ctively data. .3221/igf-esis. is that the te m: (10) spread model l, a stainless i high mechan strength, srt, g from astm used: specime 14.02 19 erms l will inox nical and m e en 1 http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it b. l 20 fa th 90 the cur obs th stre stre str th me cha equ app end and alte lobato da silva tigue tests he fatigue test [9] and astm e critical value rve, 2 specim served the tes he s-n curves ess levels. th ess, s-n curv rategy for evalu he strategy us ean stress, sm aracterize the uation when plication of t durance limit, d sar basquin sh ernating stres et alii, frattura s under axial m 739-91 [10 es of design i mens were tes sts were repro s were obtaine he stress relat ves were desig uation of mean ed to evaluat m, alternating e mean and sm = 0, the e he value of r , called sar basq hould be iden s, sar model. fatigu experime data specimen / 1 / a 1 / b 2 / b ed integrità stru loads were p 0] , the minim is 12 specime sted for each oduced, guara ed considerin ted to the in gned for the f n stress models te models’ ad stress, sa, an alternating s equivalent fa resulting life, quin then, if th ntical statistic figure 3: st ue ental a  ,a m   n / sample a a 15 b 15 b 15 utturale, 14 (201 figure 2: s tab erformed in t mum number ens with repr h one of the anteeing at le ng the total cr finite life is d following rati s’ adherence dherence con nd the resulti stress in one atigue strength n, in the ba he prediction cally. tab. 4 trategy for eval extrapol    ars   ar   ars   a (mm) b (mm 51.42 63.7 51.13 61.5 52.40 58.8 10) 17-26; doi: specimen 2 for ble 3: specimen the mts 810, of necessary roduction of 5 chosen str ast 58% of re rack growth u defined as lim o loads, r, -1 nsists in the u ing life, n. a mean stress h according asquin’s equa model was ad shows a resu luation of mea late data n sm   ,a m  m) c (mm) 71 24.00 57 28.00 87 34.66 10.3221/igf-esi r sample b. n data , universal tes specimens to 50 to 75%. t ress levels. in eproduction. under dynami mit of fatigue 1, 0, 1/3 and 2 use of three p according to s model allow to specific m ation allows t dherent to th ume of the e an stress model cycle numbe ms  experimental d d (mm) e 10.00 12.00 12.50 is.14.02 sting machine o obtain a cur then, for a pr n the three le ic loads, repe e. in order to 2/3. parameters th fig. 3, the a ws to evalua model, called to estimate a e experiment equations use ls’ adherence er s     ata e (mm) f (m 6.00 48. 7.00 28. 7.00 56. e. according rve s-n in or reliminary an evels where la ating the pro o evaluate th hat characteri application o ate, through sar model. in a new value fo tal results, the ed to estimat statistical analysis modelar s basquinar s mm) g(mm) 00 50.00 00 50.00 00 to astm e 4 rder to determ nalysis of the arger scatter cess for diffe e effect of m ize a fatigue f the data wh extrapolation a similar way, or the equiva e values of sar te the equiva 468mine s-n was erent mean test: hich n of , the alent r model alent http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it to res th obt re tes f estimate the pectively. 1 ' ra f s    2 1 a r         he estimate of tained results esults and sts with ratio l or the ra 7 show t f e exponents o   m rtse n          1 1 ' r f s n         f parameters s. p d discussio loading, -1 atio loading e the statistic b sa ( sa / m dev cv mod goodm gerb walk kwo b. lo table 4: equ of the kwofi  1rb  1r b   and  was parameter e   table 5: par ns equal -1, 11 sp ehavior of th (mpa) 4 srt (%) 4 mean 9.63 viation 5.46 v (%) 5 table 6: s del equat man ber ker ofie obato da silva et uations used to fie and walke s accomplish expected estimate sta 0.407 1.453 rameters that c pecimens wer he estimated f 417 4 46.9 4 3 e+05 3.51 6 e+05 5.73 56.7 1 statistic behavi tion to estima s s ar s alii, frattura ed o estimate the e er’s models,  ed using the d value andard error 0.019 0.084 characterize kw re used of sam fatigue lives fo 440 4 49.4 52 e+05 1.99 3 e+04 4.92 6.3 0 ior of fatigue li ate the equiva 1 a ar m rt s s        1 a ar m rt s s        2 1 r a r       s ar a s e        d integrità struttu equivalent alter  and  , resp levenberg-m confiden estimate 0.346 1.187 wofie and wal mple a and 2 or such stress 463 5 2.1 57 e+05 8.03 e+02 2.63 0.2 32 ives (r = -1) alent alternatin m t    2    1 r     m rt s     urale, 14 (2010) rnating stress. pectively, the marquardt m nce intervals standard erro 0.468 1.720 ker’s models. 22 specimens s level. 09 56 7.2 63 e+04 9.38 e+04 * 2.7 * sample a. ng stress eq ) 17-26; doi: 10 e eqns. 21 an ethod [11]. t or of sample b 66 3.3 e+03 * * quation (17) (18) (19) (20) .3221/igf-esis. nd 22 were u (21) (22) tab. 5 shows b. the tab. 6 14.02 21 used, the and http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it b. l 22 tes for stat tes for the tes for fati lobato da silva sts with ratio l r the ratio loa tistic behavio sts with ratio l r the ratio loa e statistic beh sa (m sa / s me devia cv sts with ratio l r the ratio lo igue lives esti et alii, frattura sa ( sa / m dev cv loading, 0 ading, r = 0, or of fatigue li sa (mp sa / srt mea deviat cv (% sa (mp sa / srt mea deviat cv (% loading, 1/3 ading, r = 1/ avior of the f mpa) 19 srt (%) 29. ean 4.9 e+ ation 1.1 e+ (%) 22. ta loading, 2/3 oading, r = 2 imated for su sa (mp sa / su médi desv cv (% ed integrità stru (mpa) 3 srt (%) 3 mean 1.73 viation 5.49 v (%) 3 table 7: s 13 specimen ives estimated pa) 260 (%) 29.2 an 6.2 e+ tion 5.5 e+ %) 88.9 table 8: st pa) 260 (%) 29.2 an 7.9 e+ tion 3.5 e+ %) 44.7 table 9: st /3, 7 specime fatigue lives e 7 200 .2 29.8 +05 3.5 e+ +05 * .7 * able 10: statisti 2/3, 19 spec ch stress leve pa) 133 (%) 14.7 ia 8.7 e+0 vio 3.7 e+0 %) 42.3 table 11: sta utturale, 14 (201 353 3 38.4 3 3 e+06 1.13 9 e+05 8.82 31.6 7 statistic behavi ns were used d for such str 265 2 29.8 05 5.3 e+05 05 * * tatistic behavio 265 2 29.8 05 1.7 e+05 05 * * tatistic behavio ens were used estimated for 211 33.7 05 4.0 e+05 1.4 e+05 35.7 ic behavior of cimens of the el. 135 14.8 05 7.8 e+05 05 4.1 e+05 52.2 atistic behavior 10) 17-26; doi: 364 4 39.6 43 3 e+06 4.53 2 e+05 8.32 78.1 1 ior of fatigue li of sample a ress level. 300 33.7 5 1.8 e+05 4.4 e+04 24.6 or of the fatigue 300 33.7 5 2.0 e+05 1.5 e+03 0.8 or of the fatigue d of the samp such stress le 216 37.3 5 2.7 e+05 5 * * the fatigue live e sample b w 140 15.5 5 4.4 e+05 5 1.5 e+05 33.8 r of the fatigue 10.3221/igf-esi 400 4 3.6 47 e+05 2.61 e+02 1.09 8.4 0 ives (r = -1) and 14 specim 332 37.3 9.3 e+04 4.1 e+04 43.7 e lives (r = 0) 332 37.3 8.8 e+04 3.8 e+04 42.7 e lives (r = 0) ple a and 7 s evel. 223 38.9 1.5 e+04 * * es (r = 1/3) were used. ta 141 15.6 3.7 e+05 4.0 e+04 10.6 e lives (r = 2/3 is.14.02 40 50 7.9 55 e+05 5.75 e+03 9.74 0.4 16 sample b. mens of samp 347 38.9 7.0 e+04 1 1.0 e+04 2 14.3 sample a. 347 38.9 9.7 e+04 2 3.8 e+04 3 38.8 sample b. specimens of 228 44.0 1.3 e+04 7 * * samples a and ab. 11 shows 143 15.8 2.0 e+03 6 * * 3) sample b. 09 5.5 e+04 e+03 6.9 ple b. tabs. 8 391 44.0 1,9 e+04 2.4 e+03 12.4 391 44.0 2.7 e+04 3.2 e+03 11.7 f the sample b 235 26.0 7.1 e+04 3.4 * * d b s the statistic 148 16.4 6.2 e+01 * * 8 and 9 show b. tab. 10 sh 270 29.0 4 e+04 * * behavior of w the hows f the http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it bas eff th cha the end mo fig adh arri lev sed on the ob ffect of the mea he experiment aracterize the e parallel proj durance limit odels’s adheren g. 5 shows th herence. the ives to 300 m vels around 34 f 1e 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 1000 s ar ( m p a) btained result an stress tal data and i e fatigue stren ection metho considering a r m -1 14 0 99 1/3 72 2/3 15 nce to experime he fatigue ex trend line a mpa. in addi 4% upper tha figure 5: good e+2 1e+3 1e numb r = -1 r = 0 r = 1/3 r = 2/3 trend lin confiden trend lin confiden b. lo ts it is possibl its respective ngth are summ od [12]. basic an extrapolati figu basquin’s co (a) [mp mean stand 406.9 1 96.8 1 29.8 9 52.3 table ental results: xperimental d adjusts to bas tion, for ratio an real failure dman’s predicti 1e+4 100 1000 s a (m p a) e+4 1e+5 1e+ ber of cycle (n) ne goodman eq. nce interval goodman ne basquin eq. nce interval basquin obato da silva et le to verify a s trend lines, marized in th cally, this met ion of the fat ure 4: s-n curv onstant pa] ard error m 02.9 -0 46.8 -0 91.2 -0 7.4 -0 e 12: paramete goodman’s m data and the squin’s curve o loading of condition. ion. 1e +6 1e+7 n eq. eq. alii, frattura ed significant dis for such ratio he tab. 12. t thod consists tigue curve fo ves about the ef basquin’s ex (b) mean stan 0.0941 0 0.0962 0 0.0987 0 0.0077 0 ers that charact model predictions e but reveal b 2/3, the mo e+5 n (number of c d integrità struttu spersion of fa o loading, are the enduranc in achieving or life identifi ffect of mean s xponent dard error m 0.0059 0.0125 2 0.0101 0.0039 terize the s-n based on g big scatter, a del predicts t figure 1e+6 cycle) experim 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 1000 s ar g o o d m an ( m p a) urale, 14 (2010) atigue life for e shown in f ce limit, s`f, c s-n curve fo ed as infinite stress. enduranc (s`f) [m mean stand 383.2 2 263.9 186.7 136.9 curves goodman’s m as shown in f the possibilit e 6: goodman 1e+7 mental data r = -1 r = 0 r = 1/3 r = 2/3 trend line sar bas r = -1 r = 0 r = 1/3 r = 2 ) 17-26; doi: 10 all stress rati fig. 4 and the an be easily o or the steel an fatigue life. ce limit mpa] dard error 28. 0 28.0 23.3 6.7 model. the re fig. 6. the c ty to apply, o n’s scatter diagr squin (mpa) 0 2/3 trend .3221/igf-esis. os tested. e parameters obtained thro nd estimating esults reveal confidence lim on average, st ram. 1000 d line 14.02 23 that ough g the low mits tress http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it b. l 24 mo fig res out lev mo th obt we ord mo th res exp are adh lobato da silva odels’s adheren gs. 7 and 8 sh ults, it is veri t of the conf vels around 72 odels’s adheren he fatigue exp tained results re adjusted v der of size, ap odels’s adheren he figs. 11 an ults presente pressively hig e around 100 herent. 1e 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 1000 s ar ( m p a) 1e 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 1000 s ar ( m p a) et alii, frattura nce to experime how the fatig ified a relative fidence limits 2% lower than figure 7: ger nce to experime perimental da s indicate that very well to b pproximately figure 9: wa nce to experime nd 12 show d it is verifie gh. the obtai mpa, twice e+2 1e+3 1e num trend li confiden trend li confiden e+2 1e+3 1e num r = -1 r = 0 r = 1/3 r = 2/3 trend li confiden trend li confiden ed integrità stru ental results: g gue experimen ely high scatte s of the basq n real failure rber’s predictio ental results: w ata and the p t this model h asquin’s curv 50 mpa. alker’s predictio ental results: k the fatigue e d that in a w ned results w larger than t e+4 1e+5 1 mber of cycle (n) r = -1 r = 0 ine gerber eq. nce interval gerber ine basquin eq. nce interval basqui e+4 1e+5 1 mber of cycle (n) ine walker eq. nce interval walker ine basquin eq. nce interval basqui utturale, 14 (201 gerber’s model ntal data and er, approxima quin’s equatio conditions an on. walker’s mode predictions b has a level of ve. in addition on kwofie’s model experimental way similar to were adjusted the value pre e+6 1e+7 r = 1/3 r = 2/3 r eq. in eq. e+6 1e+7 r eq. in eq. 10) 17-26; doi: l d the predictio ately 300 mp on. this mod nd it is extrem del based on wa adherence sig n, the confide l data and the walker’s mo well by the esented by w 10.3221/igf-esi ons based on pa. the trend del predicts t mely conserva figu alker’s model gnificantly hig ence intervals figu e predictions odel, kwofie’s basquin’s tre walker’s mode 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 1000 s ar g er b er ( m p a) 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 1000 s ar w al k er ( m p a) is.14.02 n gerber’s m line of the pr the possibility ative. ure 8: gerber’s l are showed gh to the exp s associated t ure 10: walker’ based on k s model also end line. how el. in other w sar ba r = -1 r = r = 1/3 r = sar ba r = -1 r = r = 1/3 r = model. based o redict results y to apply, o s scatter diagra d in the figs erimental res to both mode ’s scatter diagr kwofie’s mod presents a le wever, its con words, kwofi squin (mpa) 0 2/3 tre squin (mpa) 0 2/3 tre on the presen for this mod on average, st am. . 9 and 10. ults because t els have the s am el. based on evel of adhere nfidence inter ie’s model is 1000 end line 1000 end line nted del is tress the they ame the ence rvals less http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it co bet we lim sup des goo to d ac re [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] t t onclusion he aim o alloy ste results w tween basqui re used to pr mit for this all perior reducti scribe the me od prediction describe the e cknowledg his proje are grate eferences y-l. lee, j butterworth n. e. dowl k. n. smith k. walker, testing and a. berkovit s. kwofie, i astm / e 6 astm / e 4 1.0e+3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 1000 s ar [ m p a] t t figure 11: kw ns of this resear eel. in that se were used to in’s alternatin edict the mea loy steel is 38 tion around 5 ean stress effe n for the pres effect of the m gements ect was suppo efully acknow s j. pan, r. h h-heinemann ling, mechani h, p. watson, effect of e d materials, w ts, d. fang, in int. j. fatigue 606-04 stand 466-96 stand 3 1.0e+4 num r = -1 r = 0 r = 1/3 r = 2/3 trend line kw basquin eq. bas confidence inte b. lo wofie’s predicti ch was to eva nse, s-n curv o determine t ng stress and an stress effec 83 mpa; b) th 50% in the e fect on the fa ence of mean mean stress o orted by cen wledged. we a hathaway, m n, usa (2005) ical behaviou , t. h. toppe environment west conshoh nt. j. fatigue, e, 23 (2001) 8 dard practice fo dard practice fo 1.0e+5 1.0 mber of cycle (n) wofie eq. sed on experimental da rval limits basquin eq confidence interval limits obato da silva et ion. aluate the eff ves were exp the enduranc predictions o cts. by means he fatigue lif endurance lim atigue strength n stress but p on the fatigue trais elétricas are thankful t m. e. barkey ). ur of material er, journal of and comple hocken, pa, ( , 15 (1993) 17 829. for strain con for conducting 0e+6 1.0e+7 ta . kwofie eq. alii, frattura ed fect of mean erimentally d ce limit of th of such mode s of the obtai fe is strongly mit; c) good h, turning its presents relativ e strength of a s do norte do o god for th y, fatigue t s, 2nd edition, f materials, as ex load hist (1970) 1. 73. ntrolled fatigu g constant am d integrità struttu figu stress of the determined fo he material a el. the good ined results it influenced b dman and g s use non-rec vely high scat astm a743 o brasil s. a. he blessing of testing and a , prentice-ha stm, 5(4) (19 tory on fatig ue testing, (20 mplitude axial 0 1 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 s a r [m p a ] k w o fi e urale, 14 (2010) ure 12: kwofie’ fatigue behav or loading rati and to evalua dman, gerber t is possible t by the presen erber’s mode ommended; d tter; e) walke ca6nm allo eletronorte to live, to pro analysis (th all, englewood 970) 99.767. gue life, ast 004). l fatigue tests 100 200 300 400 sar [mp r = -1 r = 0 r = 1/3 r = 2/3 trend line ) 17-26; doi: 10 ’s scatter diagra vior of astm ios of -1, 0, 1 ate the comp r, walker and o infer: a) the ce of mean s el were show d) kwofie’s m er’s model wa oy steel. e and finatec oduce and to heory and pr d cliffs, nj, ( tm stp 462 s of metallic m 500 600 700 80 pa] eq (2.2.1) .3221/igf-esis. am. m a743 ca6 1/3 and 2/3. parative diagr d kowfie’s mo e fatigue stren stresses, havin wn inadequate model presen as the best mo c. these supp develop scie ractice), else (1998). 2, am. soc. materials, (200 00 900 1000 14.02 25 nm the rams odel ngth ng a e to nts a odel ports ence. evier for 02). http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it b. l 26 [9] [10 [11 [12 re t lobato da silva astm / e (1990). 0] astm / e (-n), (1991 1] p. r. gill, w press, (1981 2] s-k. lin, y esponsibili he autho t et alii, frattura e 468-90 sta 739-91 stan 1). w.murray, m 1) 136. y-l. lee, m-w ity notice ors are the on ed integrità stru andard practi ndard practic m. h.wright, t w.lu, int. j. o e nly responsibl utturale, 14 (201 ice for presen ce for statistic the levenbe of fatigue, 23 le for the prin 10) 17-26; doi: ntation of co cal analysis o erg-marquard (2001) 75. nted material 10.3221/igf-esi onstant amp of linear or l dt method in included in th is.14.02 plitude fatigu linearized str practical oti his paper. ue test for m ress-life (s-n imization, lo metallic mater n) and strainondon: acade rials, -life emic http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.14.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 339 research on differences and correlation between tensile, compression and flexural moduli of cement stabilized macadam yi yang school of traffic and transportation, changsha university of science & technology, hunan 410004, china; modern investment co., ltd., hunan 410004, china 114949297@qq.com jianlong zheng school of traffic and transportation, changsha university of science & technology, hunan 410004, china zjl@csust.edu.cn songtao lv school of traffic and transportation, changsha university of science & technology, hunan 410004, china lstcs@126.com abstract. in order to reveal the differences and conversion relations between the tensile, compressive and flexural moduli of cement stabilized macadam, in this paper, we develop a new test method for measuring three moduli simultaneously. by using the materials testing system, we test three moduli of the cement stabilized macadam under different loading rates, propose a flexural modulus calculation formula which considers the shearing effect, reveal the change rules of the tensile, compression and flexural moduli with the loading rate and establish the conversion relationships between the three moduli. the results indicate that: three moduli become larger with the increase of the loading rate, showing a power function pattern; with the shear effect considered, the flexural modulus is increased by 47% approximately over that in the current test method; the tensile and compression moduli of cement stabilized macadam are significantly different. therefore, if only the compression modulus is used as the structural design parameter of asphalt pavement, there will be a great deviation in the analysis of the load response. in order to achieve scientific design and calculation, the appropriate design parameters should be chosen based on the actual stress state at each point inside the pavement structure. keywords. road engineering; cement stabilized macadam; laboratory test; tensile-compression-flexural modulus; loading rate. citation: yang, y., zheng, j., lv, s., research on differences and correlation between tensile, compression and flexural moduli of cement stabilized macadam, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349. received: 14.03.2017 accepted: 23.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 340 introduction ue to high intensity and rigidity and good resistance, the cement stabilized semi-rigid base can adapt to heavy traffic and complex climate environment, making it become one of the major types of base course for highgrade highway asphalt pavement in china [1]. restricted by economic and technological conditions, for a long period of time, semi-rigid base will still be widely applied as a major base course of pavement. therefore, we should further understand its characteristics and improve and utilize them so as to give full play to the advantages of this semirigid base material [2]. the asphalt pavement design code currently in use in china is simple, in which unconfined compressive resilient modulus is used as the parameters in the structural design of asphalt mixture and semi-rigid base material [3,4], and the pavement material is similar to most of the engineering materials, showing different characteristics under different tensile and compression moduli. when the difference between the tensile and compression moduli of the material is large, it is inappropriate to use a single modulus to calculate and analyze the mechanical response [5]. reference [6,7] studied the constitutive relations of materials with different tensile and compressive elastic moduli and the fracture mechanical responses thereof. reference [8-11] discussed and analyzed the application of the elastic theory of different moduli like tensile and compression moduli in the theories of beam, shell and plate, established elasticity solutions to beams, shells and plates with different tensile and compression moduli under different loads, and proposed a static equilibrium equation and calculation methods for stress and displacement under external force. for the pavement material, in 1992, changsha university of science & technology (formerly changsha communications college) proposed a calculation method when differences between tensile and compression moduli are considered for the rigid pavement [12], then analyzed the drawbacks of flexible pavement design using tensile and compression moduli as the moduli of the structural layer and deduced the basic formula and test method of the double modulus theory [13]. the semi-rigid base is formed through stratified compaction, with significant differences in its tensile and compressive moduli. under the action of traffic load, the neutral surface of the semi-rigid base course is not at the geometric center of the structural layer; instead, it shifts towards the compressive zone. the existing asphalt pavement design method does not consider the actual stress distribution of the semi-rigid base, and performs the structural load response analysis according to the compressive elastic modulus, which will lead to the unbalance between the working state of the structural design parameter and the actual stress state, and further resulting in large deviation in calculation and analysis results. in order to achieve scientific calculation and analysis, the corresponding design parameters should be determined according to the stress state of the points inside the pavement structure. therefore, it is necessary to set up the mechanical response analysis method for asphalt pavement structure using the double modulus theory with different tensile and compressive moduli, especially the method to obtain the corresponding material parameters. in this paper, by using the mts (material test system), we propose a new test method for measuring tensile, compression and flexural moduli simultaneously. we test three moduli of the cement stabilized macadam under different loading rates, propose a flexural modulus calculation formula which considers the shearing effect and reveal the change rules of the tensile, compression and flexural moduli with the loading rate and the differences and correlations between the three moduli so as to provide theoretical basis for the selection and optimization of material parameters in the asphalt pavement structure design. specimen molding and test preparation specimen molding he cement used as the raw material of cement stabilized macadam is xing’an hailuo ordinary portland cement pc32.5 and its information are shown as tab.1. the aggregate is the limestone aggregate manufactured by yangjiaqiao crushing plant and its information are shown as tab.2. the test results show that the technical indexes of these raw materials meet the requirements as specified in the code. in the basis of practical engineering, the gradation of csm aggregate was designed to realize framework-dense structure according to the testing methods of material stabilized with inorganic binders for highway engineering [14].the mineral aggregate gradation adopted is shown in tab. 3: according to the mineral aggregate gradation listed in tab. 3, we carry out the heavy compaction test on cement stabilized macadam. first, we determine the optimum water content and maximum dry density at different cement dosages, and then determine the dosage of cement that meets the requirements by performing the unconfined compressive strength d t y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 341 test at each dose. the final test results are: the dosage of cement added into the cement stabilized macadam is 4.5%, the maximum dry density is 2.35g/cm3 and the optimum water content is 4.5%. test results specification fineness (sieve size 80μm) 1.8 ≤10% initial setting time (min) 302 ≥180 final setting time (min) 364 ≥360 stability (mm) 3 ≤5 3 day flexural strength of cement mortar (mpa) 4.7 ≥2.5 3 day compressive strength of cement mortar (mpa) 19.9 ≥10 table 1: the characterization of xing’an hailuo ordinary portland cement pc32.5. test coarse aggregate specification content of needle and plate particle 11.7% ≤20% crushing value 19.8% ≤30% liquid limit& plasticity index of particles less than 0.6mm liquid limit≤28% 26.5% plasticity index≤9 6.2 table 2: the characterization of the limestone aggregate. mesh size (mm) pass rate (%) 26.5 100 19 92.5 16 85.5 13.2 77.0 9.5 62.7 4.75 34.4 2.36 21.2 1.18 17.0 0.6 11.5 0.3 8.2 0.15 5.1 0.075 3.6 table 3: synthetic aggregate gradation of cement stabilized macadam. based on the above data, according to the requirements in the test regulations [14], we make specimens for flexural strength and flexural modulus, whose size is 100mm×100mm×400mm. we use the static molding method in the specimen molding. after that, specimens are put in a standard preservation room (temperature: 20°c±2°c; humidity≥ 95%) for 90 days of preservation. description of the tensile, compression and flexural test method we use mts (material test system) for modulus testing. the test principle is shown in fig. 1, 2 and 3. the mid-span deflection is measured using a micrometer placed on the upper surface of the specimen, which is used to calculate the flexural modulus of the specimen; the compressive strain of the mid-span upper surface and the tensile strain of the lower surface are measured by the strain gauges attached to the surface, respectively, which are used to calculate the compression modulus and tensile modulus of the specimen. y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 342 in order to eliminate the friction between the load head, the support and the specimen, we use a cylindrical load head and a cylindrical support and apply butter to the load head and the support before the test. the loading rate includes 0.1mm/min, 0.4mm/min, 0.7mm/min, 1mm/min four grades. figure 1: testing principle for tensile, compression and flexural moduli (1-beam specimen; 2-cylindrical support; 3-micrometer; 4strain gage). the strain gages are foil resistance strain gages, with a grid length of 80mm and a resistance of 120ω. due to the rough beam surface of the cement stabilized macadam specimen, it is necessary to put cement paste on the upper and lower surfaces to fill the gaps in areas where strain gages will be put on one week before the test. while attaching 4 strain gages on the upper and lower surfaces respectively, i.e. 8 strain gages in total, we measure the compressive and tensile strains of the test beam (as shown in fig. 1 and fig. 2). at the same time, considering the edge effect of strain, the center of the most marginal strain gage should be 20mm away from the edge of the beam. the strain gage pasting method and test device are shown in fig. 2 and fig. 3. the center of the most marginal strain gage is 20mm away from the edge of the beam. the way the strain gage is pasted and the test device are shown in fig. 2 and fig. 3. figure 2: schematic of strain gauges pasted figure 3: installation drawing of modulus test derivation of the tensile, compression and flexural moduli calculation formulas traditional flexural modulus calculation formula hen the length of the bar l is much greater than the cross-sectional height h, i.e. l>5h, the analytical formula for pure bending can be used. the current test procedure calculates the flexural modulus without considering the shear effect [14]. the calculation and derivation process is as follows: p/2 p/2p/2 p/2 p (a) p/2 (b) p/2 l/2-x l/2 x l/6 l/3l/3l/3 figure 4: force analysis diagram of specimen w y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 343 fig. 4(a) shows the simplified force diagram of the specimen. (b) shows the equivalent force diagram for the right part of the specimen. the approximate differential line of deflection equation for the beam can be expressed by section as follows: when 0≤x≤l/6: ω ='' 6f pl e i (1) when l/6≤x≤l/2: ω = −'' 4 2f pl px e i (2) where, ef is the traditional flexural modulus; i is the inertia moment; w is the mid-span deflection; p is the load applied; l is the specimen span. by integrating formula (1) and (2) twice respectively, based on the boundary conditions and continuity conditions, we will know that when l/6≤x≤l/2, ω = − − + 2 3 2 3 8 12 144 2592f plx px pl x pl e i (3) when x=l/2, by substituting the inertia moment i=bh3/12 into formla (3), we obtain the flexural modulus calculation formula: ω = 3 3 23 108 f pl e bh (4) where, h is the mid-span sectional height; b is the cross section width of the specimen; other symbols are the same meanings as above. flexural modulus calculation correction formula considering the shear effect when the span height of the beam is greater than 5, the positive stress formula for pure bending can be applied to the positive stress calculation for transverse bending. however, for a deep beam with a span height of less than 5, if we use the pure bending theory and assumptions for slender beam in material mechanics, the error will increase rapidly with the decreasing depth-span ratio [15]. in the current inorganic binder test regulation for flexural modulus, the span height ratio l/h used is 3, but it did not consider the shear effect on the beam deflection, so the result is inconsistent with the actual situation [14]. therefore, this paper deduces the flexural modulus calculation correction formula considering the shear effect. (the flexural modulus mentioned later is the result considering the shear effect). ¦ ¤¦ ø γ τ p/2 p/2 τ p/2 p/2p/2 p/2 figure 5: force analysis diagram of specimen considering the shear effect as shown in fig. 5, let the additional deflection caused by the shear effect be ω∆ . then: ω γ∆ = ⋅ 3 l (5) y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 344 where, τ γ = g is the shear strain; is the shear stress; τ = t a is the shear force; = 2 p t is the sectional area; µ = +2(1 ) feg is the shear modulus; μ is poisson’s ratio. we substitute this into formula (5) and obtain µ ω + ∆ = 2(1 ) 3 f pl e bh . the deflection ω ' under the mutual action of moment and shear can be expressed as: ω ω ω= + ∆' . by substituting the above equations, we obtain: µ ω + = + 3 3 2(1 )23 ' 3108 ff plpl e bhe bh (6) then the flexural modulus 'fe considering the shear effect can be expressed as: µ ωω + = + 3 3 2(1 )23 ' 3 '108 ' f plpl e bhbh (7) if we compare the flexural modulus formula (7) considering the shear effect and formula (4) without considering the shear effect, the change ratio of the two is: µ− + = 2 2 ' 216(1 ) 69 f f f e e h e l . as the required span height ratio l/h of the cement stabilized macadam beam specimen is 3, we know that with the shear effect taken into account, the flexural modulus is increased by about 47% (poisson’s ratio μ is 0.25). derivation of tensile modulus calculation formula based on flexural test the tensile and compressive stress distribution of the mid-span section is shown in fig. 6(b). x y x dx h1 h h2 h1 h2 ¦ òp ¦ òt (a) (b) ep et b figure 6: stress distribution of specimen mid-span section let the micro-area unit parallel to the neutral axis (as shown in fig. 6(a)) =da bdx . for the mid-span section, the bending moment m caused by the internal force can be expressed as follows: σ σ − = +∫ ∫ 01 2 2 0 21 2 h p t h m bx dx bx dx h h (8) where, m is the bending moment; σ p is the compressive stress of the upper surface; σt is the tensile stress of the lower surface; h1 is the vertical distance between the upper surface of the specimen and the neutral axis moved up; h2 is the vertical distance between the lower surface of the specimen and the neutral axis; other symbols have the same meanings as above. by integrating this formula, we obtain: σ σ= +2 21 2/ 3 / 3p tm bh bh (9) y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 345 that is: ε ε= +2 21 2/ 3 / 3p p t tm e bh e bh (10) the plane hypothesis: ε ε=2 1/ /t ph h (11) where, ε p is the compressive strain of the upper surface; εt is the tensile strain of the lower surface; other symbols have the same meanings as above. equilibrium condition: σ σ σ σ − = ⇒ =∫ ∫ 01 1 20 21 2 h p t p th bxdx bxdx h h h h (12) as the tensile modulus σ ε= /t t te and the compression modulus σ ε= /p p pe , by combining formula (10), (11) and (12), we obtain: ε ε ε= + 2 23 ( ) /t p t te m b h (13) ε ε ε= + 2 23 ( ) /p p t pe m b h (14) where, et is the tensile modulus; ep is the compression modulus. therefore, the tensile compression modulus ratio is: ε ε = = 2 2 1 2 2 2 pt p t e h e h (15) the mid-span bending moment of the specimen: = / 6m pl (16) by substituting eq. (16) into formula (13) and formula (14), we obtain the tensile and compression modulus calculation formulas as follows: ε ε ε + = t p 2 2 t ( ) 2 t pl e bh (17) ε ε ε + = t p 2 2 p ( ) 2 p pl e bh (18) analysis on tensile, compression and flexural moduli test results analysis on the change rules of the three moduli with the loading rate ccording to the deduced tensile, compressive and flexural modulus calculation formulas, we use the triple mean variance to eliminate the abnormal test results and calculate the test mean value of 9 groups of specimens. the test results of the three moduli under different loading rates are shown in tab. 2. a y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 346 loading rate ν /(mm/min) flexural modulus ef’/mpa tensile modulus et/mpa compression modulus ep/mpa 0.1 2341.94 9304.05 15949.03 0.4 2515.55 9492.45 16872.67 0.7 2617.37 9565.97 17355.81 1 2660.74 9645.57 17401.38 table 2: tensile, compression and flexural modulus test results under different loading rates. according to the change rules of the three moduli with the loading rate, we use a power function (19) to fit the data: = ⋅ be a v (19) the fitting results are shown in tab. 3 and fig. 7. fitting parameters correlation coefficient r2 a b flexural modulus 2661.22 0.056 0.996 tensile modulus 9631.25 0.015 0.993 compression modulus 17493.15 0.039 0.985 table 3: summary of three modulus fitting results under different loading rates. 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 2300 2350 2400 2450 2500 2550 2600 2650 2700 fl ex ur al m od ul us e f / / m p a loading ratesv/(mm/min) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 9300 9350 9400 9450 9500 9550 9600 9650 loading ratesv/(mm/min) te ns ile m m od ul us e t / m p a (a) flexural modulus (b) tensile modulus 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 15800 16000 16200 16400 16600 16800 17000 17200 17400 17600 loading ratesv/(mm/min) c om pr es si ve m od ul us e p / m p a (c) compression modulus figure 7: change rules of the three moduli with the loading rates. y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 347 from the above fitting results, it can be seen that the tensile modulus, compression modulus and flexural modulus increase with the increase of the loading rate, showing a good power function relationship. it has been proved in the existing research that when the loading rate increases, the stress state inside the specimen is not exactly one-dimensional stress state, but rather a mechanical response characteristic towards the one-dimensional strain state. in particular, in the middle part of the specimen, under a higher loading rate, due to the inertia of the material, the lateral strain of the specimen is restricted, and the higher the strain rate is, the more obvious the restriction will be, showing an obvious strain ratio effect, which causes the material modulus and strength to increase with the growth of loading rate [16]. the modulus and strength of asphalt mixture has a similar change pattern [17-20]. in the same way, in this paper, the change rule that the modulus of the cement stabilized macadam material changes with the loading rate also proves this conclusion. comparison and analysis of the three moduli according to the test results in tab. 2, we get to know: (1) under different loading rates, the ratio between the compression and tensile moduli is 1.71, 1.78, 1.81 and 1.80, with an average value of 1.78. the cement stabilized macadam material shows significant differences between the tensile and compression moduli, and the compression modulus is greater than the tensile modulus, it proved the differences between the tensile and compressive modulus of cement stabilized macadam material. (2) the tensile modulus is respectively about 3.97, 3.77, 3.65 and 3.63 times the flexural modulus, with a mean value of 3.76; the compression modulus is about 6.81, 6.71, 6.63 and 6.54 times the flexural modulus, respectively, with a mean of 6.68. in other words, the tensile and compression moduli are much greater than the flexural modulus. it can be seen that, regardless of the stress state inside the cement stabilized macadam semi-rigid base structure, it is obviously inappropriate to simply use the unconfined compressive resilient modulus to calculate the structural load response. as the compressive resilient modulus is the largest among the three moduli, the structural deformation response calculated based on this modulus will be the smallest. as a result, the asphalt pavement structure, which takes the surface deflection as the indicator, will be thin and unsafe, and the road pavement is likely to be damaged at an early stage. (3) under different loading rates, the ratios between each two of the tensile, compressive and flexural moduli, are stable, showing that even the loading rate has direct impact on the moduli of cement stabilized macadam material, but it does not affect the ratio relationship between the three moduli[19]. this provides basis and convenience for the conversion between the three moduli. conversion relations between the three moduli with the loading rate as the intermediate variable, according to formula (19) and the fitting results in tab. 3, we can establish the conversion relations between the three moduli. (1) conversion relation between the tensile modulus and the flexural modulus: ′= 0.271164.79t fe e (20) (2) conversion relation between the compression modulus and the flexural modulus: ′= 0.772.04p fe e (21) (3) conversion relation between the tensile modulus and the compression modulus: = 0.39224.81t pe e (22) according to the conversion relations between the three moduli in formula (20), (21) and (22), as long as we can get one modulus value, we can easily calculate the other two modulus, which facilitates the selection of modulus design parameters based on the stress state inside the pavement structure. conclusions (1) when the shear effect is considered, the flexural modulus of the beam specimen of cement stabilized macadam will be greatly increased. therefore, when measuring the modulus of the indoor middle beam made of semi-rigid material, we should consider the shear effect. y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 348 (2) the tensile, compression and flexural moduli of the cement stabilized macadam increase with the increase of the loading rate, showing a power function growth pattern. (3) the tensile and compression moduli of cement stabilized macadam are significantly different. if only the compression modulus is used as the structural design parameter of asphalt pavement, there will be unbalance between the working state of the structural design parameter and the actual stress state, and further resulting in large deviation in load response analysis and affecting the safety of the design results. in order to improve the accuracy of the design calculation, we should select the corresponding design parameters according to the stress state of the points inside the pavement structure. (4) this paper reveals the differences between the tensile, compression and flexural moduli of cement stabilized macadam and their conversion relations, but it does not consider the impacts of different mineral aggregate gradations, which, however, are rather significant on the moduli of cement stabilized macadam. in order to improve the resistance of the semi-rigid base material against load damages, the gradation optimization will be one of the focuses in our future research. references [1] sha, q.l., the design and construction of long life semi-rigid pavement for heavy traffic with heavy wheelload, beijing: china communications press, (2011). [2] sha, a.m., material characteristics of semi-rigid base, china journal of highway & transport, 1 (2008) 21. [3] yao, z.k., asphalt pavement structure design, beijing: china communications press, (2011). [4] jtg d50-2006, specifications for design of highway asphalt pavement [s]. [5] wu, x., zhao, h.j., huang, z.g., yang, l.j., thermal bending and buckling calculations bimodulous plate, journal of chang’ an university (natural science edition), 34(6) (2014) 117-124. [6] patel, b.p., khan, k., nath, y.a., new constitutive model for bimodular laminated structures: application to free vibrations of conical/cylindrical panels, composite structures, 110(1) (2014) 183-191. [7] luo, z.y., xia, j.z., gong, x.n., unified solution for expansion of cylindrical cavity in strain-softening materials with different elastic moduli in tension and compression, engineering mechanics, 25(9) (2008) 79-92. [8] he, x.t., chen, s.l., elasticity solution of simple beams with different modulus under uniformly distributed load, engineering mechanics, 24(10) (2007) 51-56. [9] kong, j., yuan j.y., pan, x.m., elasto-plastic analysis of thick spheric shell with different elastic moduli for tensile and compressive deformations, mechanics in engineering, 32 (1) (2010) 41-45. [10] wu, x.., yang, l.l., huang c., sun. j., large deflection bending calculation and analysis of bimodulous rectangular plate, engineering mechanics, 27(1) (2010) 17-22. [11] he, x.t., chen, s.l., sun, j.y., applying the equivalent section method to solve beam subjected lateral force and bending-compression column with different moduli, international journal of mechanical sciences, 49 (2007) 919924. [12] zhang, q.s., zheng, j.l., the double moduli calculation method of rigid pavements, journal of changsha communications institute, 8(3) (1992) 40-47. [13] liu, j.l., ying, r.h., the application research of double modulus theory in flexible pavement design, hunan communication science and technology, 1(27) (2001) 16-23. [14] jtg e51-2009, test methods of materials stabilized with inorganic binders for highway engineering [s]. [15] wang, z.z., zhu j.z., chen, l., guo, j.l., tan, d.y., mi, w.j., the stress calculation method for deep beams with the shear-bending coupling distortion under concentrated load, engineering mechanics, 25(4) (2008) 115-119. [16] wang, d.r., hu s.s., influence of aggregate on the compression properties of concrete under impact, journal of experimental mechanics, 17(1) (2002) 23-27. [17] zheng, j.l., new structure design of durable asphalt pavement based on life increment, china journal of highway and transport, 27(1) (2014) 1-7. [18] zheng, j.l., lv s.t., nonlinear fatigue damage model for asphalt mixtures, china journal of highway and transport, 22(5) (2009) 21-28. [19] lv s.t., fatigue equation of asphalt mixture considering the influence of loading rate, engineering mechanics, 29(8) (2012) 276-281. [20] mannan, u.a., islam, m.r., tarefder, r.a., effects of recycled asphalt pavements on the fatigue life of asphalt under different strain levels and loading frequencies, international journal of fatigue, 78 (2015) 72–80. y. yang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 339-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.45 349 nomenclature l test beam span p test load applied ω mid-span deflection of the specimen under pure bending h mid-span sectional height of the specimen b mid-span sectional width of the specimen e resilient modulus of the specimen i mid-span sectional inertia moment of the specimen ef flexural modulus without the shear effect taken into account ω∆ change in the mid-span deflection of the specimen caused by the shear effect γ shear strain τ shear stress t shear force a mid-span sectional area of the specimen g shear modulus µ poisson’s ratio ω ' mid-span deflection of the specimen under the mutual action of moment and shear ef’ flexural modulus with the shear effect considered 1h vertical distance from the upper surface of the specimen to the neutral axis 2h vertical distance from the lower surface of the specimen to the neutral axis σ p compressive stress of the upper surface of the specimen σt tensile stress of the lower surface of the specimen ε p compressive strain of the upper surface of the specimen εt tensile strain of the lower surface of the specimen ep compression modulus et tensile modulus m mid-span bending moment of the specimen ν loading rate r2 correlation coefficient microsoft word numero_31_art_7 j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 80 modelling probabilistic fatigue crack propagation rates for a mild structural steel j.a.f.o. correia, a.m.p. de jesus university of trás-os-montes e alto douro, vila real, portugal ucve-idmec-laeta, porto, portugal jcorreia@utad.pt, ajesus@utad.pt a. fernández-canteli university of oviedo afc@uniovi.es r.a.b. calçada faculty of engineering, university of porto, porto, portugal ruiabc@fe.up.pt abstract. a class of fatigue crack growth models based on elastic–plastic stress–strain histories at the crack tip region and local strain-life damage models have been proposed in literature. the fatigue crack growth is regarded as a process of continuous crack initializations over successive elementary material blocks, which may be governed by smooth strain-life damage data. some approaches account for the residual stresses developing at the crack tip in the actual crack driving force assessment, allowing mean stresses and loading sequential effects to be modelled. an extension of the fatigue crack propagation model originally proposed by noroozi et al. (2005) to derive probabilistic fatigue crack propagation data is proposed, in particular concerning the derivation of probabilistic da/dn-δk-r fields. the elastic-plastic stresses at the vicinity of the crack tip, computed using simplified formulae, are compared with the stresses computed using an elasticplastic finite element analyses for specimens considered in the experimental program proposed to derive the fatigue crack propagation data. using probabilistic strain-life data available for the s355 structural mild steel, probabilistic crack propagation fields are generated, for several stress ratios, and compared with experimental fatigue crack propagation data. a satisfactory agreement between the predicted probabilistic fields and experimental data is observed. keywords. fatigue, crack propagation, fracture mechanics, local approach, probabilistic approach, finite element modelling. introduction atigue of materials and structures has been investigated for more than 150 years [2]. although it still attracts a lot of attention of engineers and scientists. concerning the investigation of the fatigue crack propagation, significant developments were carried out since the original paris et al. [3] milestone contribution. paris et al. [3] was pioneer suggesting the stress intensity factor range as a crack driving force parameter. the so-called paris’s law stated this relation f j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 81 in a very simple form: the power function. it has been rather documented in the literature the paris’s law limitations [4]: i) it only models stable fatigue crack propagation behaviour (propagation regime ii) and ii) does not account for stress ratio effects. many alternative fatigue crack propagation relations have been proposed to overcome the limitations of the paris’s law and also to deal with variable amplitude loading. nevertheless, the paris’s law still has been intensively used to model fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude loading due to its attractive simplicity. the number of parameters involved in the more comprehensive fatigue crack propagation models may increase significantly which makes their evaluation a costly task and very often discouraging engineers of their application. fatigue crack growth testing is costly and alternative less expensive approaches to derive fatigue crack growth data are consequently welcome. local strain-based approaches [5-8] were originally proposed to model fatigue crack initiation on notched components [9]. a link between the local strain-based approaches to fatigue and the fracture mechanics based fatigue crack propagation models has been proposed by some authors [1, 10-14]. glinka [13] was one of the first researchers to use the local strain approaches to model fatigue crack propagation. the original idea of glinka was later followed and developed by his collaborators, such as noroozi et al. [1, 10-11], using crack tip residual stress concepts to explain stress ratio effects as well as loading interaction effects on fatigue crack growth rates. peeker and niemi [12], based on the original idea of glinka, made also independent contributions, using crack closure concepts to explain stress r-ratio and load interaction effects. in general, elastoplastic stress analysis at the crack tip vicinity has been performed using analytical approaches, however numerical approaches based on finite element analysis were followed by hurley and evans [14]. the underlying concept behind the proposed local approaches for fatigue crack propagation modelling consists of assuming fatigue crack propagation as a process of continuous failure of consecutive representative material elements (continuous re-initializations). such a kind of approaches has been demonstrated to correlate fatigue crack propagation data from several sources, including the stress ratio effects [1, 10-14]. the crack tip stress-strain fields are computed using elastoplastic analysis, which are applied together a fatigue damage law to predict the failure of the representative material elements. the simplified method of neuber [15] or moftakhar et al. [16] may be used to compute the elastoplastic stress field at the crack tip vicinity using the elastic stress distribution given by the fracture mechanics [1, 16-17]. this paper proposes an assessment and extension of the model proposed by noroozi et al. [1, 10-11] to predict the fatigue crack propagation rates, based on local strain approach to fatigue. this model has been denoted as unigrow model and classified as a residual stress based crack propagation model [18]. the model is applied in this paper to derive probabilistic fatigue crack propagation da/dn-δk fields for the s355 structural mild steel, for distinct stress r-ratios (p-da/dn-δk-r). results are compared with available experimental fatigue crack propagation data from testing of compact tension specimens [19]. a central parameter in the unigrow model is the material representative element size, ρ*, which is tuned in this research by means of a trial and error procedure. the elastoplastic stresses at the vicinity of the crack tip are computed using both simplified formulae and elastoplastic finite element analyses for comparison purposes. the deterministic strain-life damage relation adopted in the original unigrow model is replaced by a probabilistic counterpart. the probabilistic model as proposed by castillo and fernández-canteli [20] for the strain-life field, based on weibull distribution, was generalized in order to incorporate a damage parameter definition able to account for mean stress effects. in particular, the smith-watson-topper damage parameter was selected resulting the p-swt-n which was applied to derive the probabilistic crack propagation fields. theoretical background n this section, an overview of the unigrow model that has been proposed to predict the fatigue crack growth by means of a local approach to fatigue, is presented. also, a recently proposed probabilistic strain-life model is introduced. an extension/generalization of the probabilistic strain-life approach, to account for mean stress effects, is proposed which will be applied latter, in this chapter, in conjunction with the unigrow model to predict probabilistic fatigue crack propagation data. overview of the deterministic unigrow model the unigrow model as proposed by noroozi et al. [1] is supported on the following assumptions: the material is composed of elementary particles of a finite dimension ρ* also called material representative elements, below which material cannot be regarded as a continuum, fig. 1.a); the fatigue crack tip is considered equivalent to a notch with a radius equal to ρ*, fig. 1.b). i j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 82 the fatigue crack growth results from a process of successive crack increments due to crack re-initializations over the distance ρ*. thus, the fatigue crack growth rate can be established according the following relation: fn ρ dn da *  (1) where nf is the number of cycles required to fail the material representative element, which can be computed using a fatigue damage relation such as the so-called strain-life relations. (a) (b) figure 1: crack configuration according to the unigrow model: a) crack and the discrete elementary material blocks; b) crack geometry at the tensile maximum and compressive minimum loads [1]. noroozi et al. [1] suggested the use of a strain-life relation based on smith, watson and topper fatigue damage parameter [8]:       cbfffbff nεσenσswtεσ  2''2'2δ 22max (2) alternatively, peeker and niemi [12] in a similar approach for the fatigue crack propagation suggested the use of the morrow’s equation [7] to compute the failure of the material representative element:     ' 2 ' 2 2 b cf m f f fn n e         (3) the morrow’s equation was derived from the coffin-manson relation [6, 7] of the material, and allows mean stress effects to be accounted for:    cffbff nεn e σε 2'2 ' 2 δ  (4) swt-life equation, eq. (2), was originally derived by the multiplication of the coffin-manson eq. (4) by the basquin relation [21] available for a stress r-ratio equal to −1:  bff nσσσ 2' 2 δ max  (5) in the previous two equations, fσ ' and b represents, respectively, the fatigue strength coefficient and exponent; fε' and c represents, respectively, the fatigue ductility coefficient and exponent and e is the young modulus. the maximum stress, σmax, mean stress, σm, and the strain range, ε have to be evaluated as the average values at the elementary material block size, ρ*, taking into account an elastoplastic analysis. to compute the elastoplastic stresses and strains at the elementary material blocks ahead of the crack tip, noroozi et al. [1,10] proposed the following analytical procedure: the elastic stresses are computed ahead of the crack tip, using the creager-paris solution [22] for a crack with a tip radius ρ*, using the applied stress intensity factors. j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 83 the actual elastoplastic stresses and strains, ahead of the crack tip, are computed using the neuber [15] or glinka’s approaches [23]. multiaxial approaches may be adopted using the procedures presented by moftakhar et al. [16] and reinhard et al. [17]. the residual stress distribution ahead of the crack tip is computed using the actual elastoplastic stresses computed at the end of the first load reversal and subsequent cyclic elastoplastic stress range, along the y direction: σσσr δmax  (6) the residual stress distribution computed ahead of the crack tip is assumed to be applied on crack faces, behind the crack tip, in a symmetric way with respect to the crack tip. the compressive stress distribution, acting on crack faces, is equivalent to a residual stress intensity factor which is used to correct the applied stress intensity factor range leading to a total (effective) stress intensity factor range, which excludes the effects of the compressive stresses. the residual stress intensity factor, kr, is computed using the weight function method [24]:     a rr dxaxmxσk 0 , (7) where  a,xm is the weight function [24] and  xr is the residual stress field computed from the elastoplastic stress analysis (see eq. (6)). the applied stress intensity factors (maximum and range values) are then corrected using the residual stress intensity factor, resulting the total kmax,tot and ktot values [1,10]. for positive stress r-ratios, which is the range covered by the experimental data used in this research, kmax,tot and ktot may be computed as follows: rappliedtot rappliedtot kkk kkk   δδ max,max, (8) where kr assumes a negative value corresponding to the compressive stress field. for high stress r-ratios, the compressive stresses ahead of the crack tip may be neglected and the applied stress intensity factor range is assumed fully effective; for low stress r-ratios the compressive stresses increases and the effectiveness of the applied stress intensity factor range decreases accordingly. using the total values of the stress intensity factors, the first and second steps before are repeated to determine the corrected values for the maximum actual stress and actual strain range at the material representative elements. then, eq. (2) is applied together with eq. (1) to compute the fatigue crack growth rates. the described methodology does not lead to close-form (explicit) solutions for the fatigue crack propagation rates. nevertheless, adopting some simplified assumptions about the elastoplastic conditions, such as predominantly elastic behaviour of the material at the crack tip or predominantly plastic behaviour of the material at the crack tip, it is possible to derive those close-form solutions for the stress-strain histories at the crack tip and for the number of cycles to failure of the material representative element. in these cases, the fatigue crack propagation rates may be expressed in the following two-parameters crack driving relation [1, 10]:     γqtotptot kkc dn da δmax, (9) where c, p, q and γ are constants to be correlated with the cyclic constants of the material in a form depending on the elastoplastic conditions at the crack tip. this two-parameters (kmax and k) fatigue crack propagation relation allows the simulation of mean stress effects on fatigue crack propagation rates. the crack propagation models based on a two parameters crack driving force has been recently followed by several authors [25, 26]. probabilistic ε–n and swt–n fields the fatigue crack propagation modelling based on local approaches requires a fatigue damage relation to compute the number of cycles to fail the elementary material blocks. in this paper, probabilistic fatigue damage models are proposed rather than the deterministic swt–n, coffin-manson or morrow models often used in the literature. the probabilistic εa– n model proposed by castillo and fernández-canteli [20] is used. however, and since this probabilistic εa–n model does not account for mean stress effects, an alternative probabilistic swt–n field is also proposed, as an extension of the p–εa– n field suggested by castillo and fernández-canteli [20], to account for mean stress effects. j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 84 castillo and fernández-canteli [20] proposed a probabilistic model to describe the strain-life field of the material (p-εa-n field), based on weibull distribution. the model assumes that the fatigue life, nf, and the total strain amplitude, εa, are random variables. based on several physical and statistical considerations, such as the weakest link principle, stability, limit behaviour, range of the variables and compatibility, castillo and fernández-canteli [20] derived a strain-life model, which shows exactly the same formulation as proposed the authors for the stress-life field. the interested readers can see the detailed assumptions in castillo et al. [27, 28], where the stress version of the model has been studied and successfully applied to different cases of lifetime problems. this leads to the weibull strain-life model [28]:         0 0* * 0 0 log log ( ; ) 1 exp log log f a a f a f a a n n p f n n n                         (10) where p is the probability of failure, n0 and εa0 are normalizing values, and λ, δ and β are the non-dimensional weibull model parameters. their physical meanings (see fig. 2) are: n0: threshold value of lifetime; εa0: endurance limit of εa; λ: parameter defining the position of the corresponding zero-percentile curve; δ: scale parameter; β: shape parameter. note that the strain-life model (eq. (10)) has a dimensionless form and reveals that the probability of failure p depends only on the product ** af εn , where  0* log nnn ff  and  0* log aaa εεε  , that is: * * * * * ~ ( , , ) ~ , ,f a f a a n w n w                 (11) i.e., ** af εn has a weibull distribution. this model provides a complete analytical description of the statistical properties of the physical problem being dealt with, including the quantile curves without the need of separating the total strain in its elastic and plastic components but dealing with the total strains directly [20]. with respect to the conventional coffin-manson approach, the strain-life probabilistic model show some advantages: it arises from sound statistical and physical assumptions and not from an empirical arbitrary assumption; it provides a probabilistic definition of the whole strain-life field; it does not need to consider separately the elastic and the plastic strains; the run-outs can also be used in the analysis, and facilitates damage analysis. log nf  c=log εa0 lo g  ε a b = lo g  n 0    p=0  p=0.05  p=0.5  p=0.95 figure 2: percentile curves representing the relationship between dimensionless lifetime, nf*, and the strain amplitude, εa*: p-εa-n field. the swt (=σmax.εa) parameter was proposed by smith et al. [8] in order to account for mean stress effects on fatigue life prediction. any combination of maximum stress and strain amplitude that leads to the same swt parameter should lead j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 85 to the same fatigue life. the swt-n and εa -n fields exhibit similar characteristics. therefore the p-ε-n field proposed by castillo and fernández-canteli [20] may be extended to represent the p-swt-n field as:         0 0* * 0 0 log log ( ; ) 1 exp log log f f f n n swt swt p f n swt n n swt swt                    (12) where p is the probability of failure, n0 and swt0 are normalizing values, and λ, δ and β are the non-dimensional weibull model parameters. similarly to the p-ε-n field, the physical meaning of the parameters from eq. (12) (see fig. 3) are: n0: threshold value of lifetime; swt0: fatigue limit of swt; λ, δ and β: weibull distribution parameters. eq. (12) has also a dimensionless form and reveals that the probability of failure p depends only on the ** swtn f product, where  0* log nnn ff  and  0* log swtswtswt  that is: * * * * * ~ ( , , ) ~ , ,f fn swt w n w swt swt              (13) i.e., ** swtn f follows a weibull distribution. the parameters log n0 and log εa0 of the p-εa-n model, log n0 and log swt0 of the p-swt-n model can be estimated by least square method. the weibull parameters can be estimated using the maximum likelihood method [27, 28]. log nf* swt0 n0  p=0 p=0.05 p=0.5 p=0.95l o g  s w t *    figure 3: percentile curves representing the relationship between dimensionless lifetime, nf*, and the swt* damage parameter: pswt-nf field. procedure to generate probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields he procedure proposed to derive probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields may be summarized into the following steps: 1) estimation of the weibull parameters for the p-swt-n or p-εa-n fields, using experimental εa-n or swt-n data from smooth specimens; 2) application of the unigrow model together with the probabilistic fatigue damage models; 3) computation of the p-da/dn-k-r fields. the unigrow model was implemented in a worksheet, supported on vba programming, specifically developed for compact tension (ct) specimens. the input data are the material properties, loads, dimensions of the ct specimen, including the initial and final crack size to be simulated. additionally, the elementary material block size, ρ*, is required. this parameter may be evaluated by a trial and error procedure in order the numerical results fit satisfactorily the t j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 86 experimental data. fig. 4 gives a general overview of the procedure. the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields were evaluated using, alternatively, the probabilistic ε-n and swt-n fields. the residual stress fields ahead of the crack tip were evaluated in this paper using an elastoplastic finite element model of the ct specimens. end yes elastic stress analysis creager‐paris solution elastoplastic stresses analysis neuber or glinka approach elastoplastic stress  analysis  fem σr= σmax ‐ σ    kr (weight function method)    kmax,tot and ktot    σmax and ε/2  p‐ε‐n weibull field p‐swt‐n weibull field  ε‐n exp. data da/dn=ρ*/nf  p‐da/dn‐k‐r field  iterate ρ*  (p‐da/dn‐k‐r)predicted vs. (da/dn‐k‐r)exp.    satisfactory? no first estimate of ρ* figure 4: procedure to generate probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields. experimental fatigue data of the s355 mild steel he fatigue behaviour of the s355 mid steel was evaluated by de jesus et al. [19], based on experimental results from fatigue tests of smooth specimens and fatigue crack propagation tests. the fatigue tests of smooth specimens were carried out according to the astme606 standard [29], under strain-controlled conditions. tab. 1 and 2 summarize the elastic (e: young modulus) and monotonic strength properties (fy: yield strength; fu: tensile strength) as well as the cyclic elastoplastic constants (k’: cyclic strain hardening coefficient; n’: cyclic strain hardening exponent) and the strain-life constants (refer to eq. (3)–(5)). the crack propagation tests were performed using compact tension (ct) specimens, according to the procedures of the astm e647 standard [30], under load-controlled conditions. fig. 5 t j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 87 presents the experimental fatigue crack propagation rates obtained for the s355 steel, where stress ratio effects on fatigue crack propagation rates are shown. an increase in fatigue crack propagation rates is clear, when the stress ratio changes from 0 to any positive stress ratios considered in the experimental program. also, it is clear that all the positive stress ratios resulted in similar crack propagation rates. this behaviour is consistent with a crack closure effect that occurs between rσ=0.0 and rσ=0.25. for rσ=0.0 there is some crack closure, the applied stress intensity factor range being not fully effective. for rσ=0.25 and higher, there is no crack closure, the applied stress intensity factor range being fully effective. details about the properties evaluation for the s355 steel can be found in reference [19]. e [gpa] fu [mpa] fy [mpa] k’ [mpa] n’ 211.60 744.80 422.00 595.85 0.0757 table 1: monotonic and cyclic elastoplastic properties of the s355 mid steel. ’f [mpa] b ’f c 952.20 -0.0890 0.7371 -06640 table 2: morrow constants of the s355 mid steel.  k  [n.mm‐1.5] d a /d n  [ m m /c yc le ] p‐00‐01 (r=0.0) p‐00‐03 (r=0.0) p‐25‐01 (r=0.25) p‐25‐02 (r=0.25) p‐05‐01 (r=0.5) p‐05‐02 (r=0.5) 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐4 400 500 1500 1.0e‐5 1.0e‐3 1000 1.0e‐2 figure 5: experimental fatigue crack propagation data of the s355 steel for distinct stress ratios: experimental results. 1.0e‐04 1.0e‐03 1.0e‐02 1.0e‐01 1.0e+01 1.0e+02 1.0e+03 1.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+0 cycles to failure, n f  / 2  [ ‐] p=1% p=5% p=50% p=95% p=99% experimental data postulated data b = ‐3.2593 c = ‐9.1053 β = 4.6952 λ = 36.6676  = 5.8941 0.1 1 10 100 1.0e+01 1.0e+02 1.0e+03 1.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+0 cycles to failure, n f s w t  [ m p a ] p=1% p=5%  p=50% p=95% p=99% experimental data postulated data b = ‐4.1079 c = ‐4.4317 β = 3.6226 λ = 53.8423  = 7.2698 figure 6: p-ε-n field for the s355 steel. figure 7: p-swt-n field for the s355 steel. the p-ε-n and p-swt-n fields of the s355 steel are presented in figs. 6 and 7, respectively. the constants of the weibull fields are also referred in the figures. the extrapolations using the weibull field should be avoided for highand low-cycle fatigue lives. since the number of cycles to fail the representative volume element, in the crack propagation regime, may j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 88 be low, it was decided to postulate some fatigue data at the lowto very low-cycle fatigue domain, using the morrow equation of the material, for that purpose. the morrow equation is more reliable to perform extrapolations for very low number of cycles than the weibull field since the weibull field shows an abnormal asymptotic behaviour for very lowcycle fatigue. probabilistic fatigue crack propagation rates predictions he probabilistic fatigue crack propagation rates predictions were based on the application of the unigrow model to the ct specimens. the elementary material block size, ρ*, is required. a trial and error procedure was adopted in order to result a good agreement between the numerical and experimental da/dn vs. k data, for the materials under consideration (see fig. 4). the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields were evaluated using both the probabilistic εa-n and swt-n fields, for comparison purposes. the procedure to generate the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields was aforementioned and illustrated in the fig. 5. finite element analysis of the ct geometry in order to assess the accuracy of the simplified elastoplastic analysis proposed in the unigrow model for the residual stress estimation, a bi-dimensional parametric finite element model of the ct specimen was built and used in an elastoplastic finite analysis, using ansys® 12.0 commercial code [31]. fig. 8 illustrates the typical finite element mesh of the ct geometry with the respective boundary conditions. figure 8: typical finite element mesh of the ct specimen, using 6-noded quadratic triangular plane stress elements. only ½ of the geometry is modelled, taking into account the existing plane of symmetry. plane stress conditions were assumed since the thickness of specimens are relatively reduced (b=8mm). plane stress quadratic 6-noded triangular elements were used in the analysis (solid183), with 3 integration points. in order to simulate the pin loading, rigid-toflexible contact was used with a friction coefficient, µ=0.3. the pin was modelled as a rigid circle controlled by a pilot node, using targe169 elements. the surface of the holes was modelled as a flexible surface using conta172 elements. the augmented lagrange contact algorithm was used. the associative von mises (j2) yield theory with multilinear kinematic hardening was used to model the plastic behaviour. fig. 9 shows the superposition of the rambergosgood relation [32] with the response of a finite element model reproducing a uniaxial stress state (single cubic element t j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 89 model). besides the symmetry boundary conditions, the pilot node controlling the pin displacement was restricted along the loading direction. finally, the load was applied directly to the pilot node. it is interesting to note that the crack was modelled with a tip radius of ρ*, according the assumptions of fig. 1b. the mesh size at crack tip was calibrated using a convergence study taking into account the elastic stresses along the crack plane (σx: crack plane direction; σy: crack plane normal direction). fig. 10 illustrates the crack tip meshes considered in this convergence study and mesh 2 was the one adopted for the numerical simulations. tab. 3 presents the maximum elastic stresses (σx and σy) ahead of the crack tip, resulting from distinct mesh densities, for the s355 steel. the results are compared between the adopted reference mesh 2 and the other tested meshes. mesh 2 gives a good compromise between computational cost and stability of the solution. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0.00e+00 1.00e‐02 2.00e‐02 3.00e‐02 4.00e‐02 5.00e‐02 strain [‐] s tr e ss  [ m p a ] ramberg‐osgood fem ‐ multilinear figure 9: cyclic curve of the s355 steel. mesh 5 mesh 4 mesh 1 mesh 2 mesh 3 figure 10: finite element meshes used in the convergence study for the s355 steel (ρ*=55µm). j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 90 maximum stress mesh 5 mesh 4 mesh 1 mesh 2 mesh 3 y [mpa] 1637.00 1772.00 1797.00 1926.90 1928.80 dev. [%] -15.04 -9.04 -6.71 0.10 x [mpa] 419.70 423.83 416.67 417.89 417.78 dev. [%] 2.83 1.42 -0.29 -0.03 table 3: maximum elastic stresses for distinct finite element mesh densities for the s355 steel (fmax=5443.5n, a=10mm, ρ*=55µm). the finite element model was used to simulate a loading and unloading sequence. the residual stresses are computed from the stress field at the end of the unloading load step. alternatively, the simplified analytical solution based on multiaxial neuber’s approach [15] was implemented for comparison purposes. in this case, the residual stresses resulted from the subtraction of the cyclic elastoplastic stress range to the maximum elastoplastic stress, both computed in an independent way. the finite element model was initially applied to perform elastic and elastoplastic stress analyses in order to allow the comparison of the elastic and elastoplastic stress distributions, respectively with the creager-paris solution [22] and multiaxial neuber’s approach [15]. according to the unigrow model, the compressive residual stresses computed ahead the crack tip are assumed to be applied symmetrically, in the crack faces. using the weight function method [24], the residual stress intensity factor, kr, was computed for the stress r-ratios considered in the experimental program. the elastic stress distributions from the numerical and analytical solutions for the ct specimens made of the s355 steel are compared in fig. 11. fig. 12 compares the elastoplastic stress distributions. the results were computed for a crack tip radius, ρ*=5.5×10-5m, which was found to be the best value for the s355 steel, that gives the best predictions for the crack growth rates, based on swt fatigue damage probabilistic field. 0.0e+00 8.0e+08 1.6e+09 2.4e+09 3.2e+09 4.0e+09 0.0e+00 2.0e‐04 4.0e‐04 6.0e‐04 8.0e‐04 1.0e‐03 distance from the crack tip [m] e la st ic  s tr e ss ,   y  [p a ] fem (a=10mm) creager‐paris (a=10mm) fem (a=15mm) creager‐paris (a=15mm) fem (a=20mm) creager‐paris (a=20mm) r=0.0 0.0e+00 2.0e+08 4.0e+08 6.0e+08 8.0e+08 0.0e+00 2.0e‐04 4.0e‐04 6.0e‐04 8.0e‐04 1.0e‐03 distance from the crack tip [m] e la st ic  s tr e ss ,   x  [p a ] fem (a=10mm) creager‐paris (a=10mm) fem (a=15mm) creager‐paris (a=15mm) fem (a=20mm) creager‐paris (a=20mm) r=0.0 a) σy stress distribution (fmax=5443.5n, ρ*=55µm). b) σx stress distribution (fmax=5443.5n, ρ*=55µm). figure 11: elastic stress distribution ahead of the crack tip and along the crack plane line (y=0) for ct specimens made of the s355 steel: comparison between analytical and numerical results. distinct crack sizes considered. 0.0e+00 2.0e+08 4.0e+08 6.0e+08 8.0e+08 0.0e+00 1.0e‐03 2.0e‐03 3.0e‐03 4.0e‐03 5.0e‐03 6.0e‐03 distance from the crack tip [m] e la st o p la st ic  s tr e ss ,   y  [p a ] fem (a=10mm) neuber (a=10mm) fem (a=15mm) neuber (a=15mm) fem (a=20mm) neuber (a=20mm) r=0.0 0.0e+00 1.0e+08 2.0e+08 3.0e+08 4.0e+08 5.0e+08 0.0e+00 1.0e‐03 2.0e‐03 3.0e‐03 4.0e‐03 5.0e‐03 6.0e‐03 distance from the crack tip [m] e la st o p la st ic  s tr e ss ,   x  [p a ] fem (a=10mm) neuber (a=10mm) fem (a=15mm) neuber (a=15mm) fem (a=20mm) neuber (a=20mm) r=0.0 a) σy stress distribution (fmax=5443.5n, ρ*=55µm). b) σx stress distribution (fmax=5443.5n, ρ*=55µm). figure 12: elastoplastic stress distribution ahead of the crack tip along the crack plane line (y=0) for ct specimens made of s355 steel: comparison between analytical and numerical results. distinct crack sizes considered. j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 91 the residual stress distributions are illustrated in fig. 13, for distinct crack sizes and stress r-ratios, for the ct specimens made of s355 steel and assuming ρ*=5.5×10-5m. these residual stresses were computed using both analytical and numerical solutions. ‐5.0e+08 ‐4.0e+08 ‐3.0e+08 ‐2.0e+08 ‐1.0e+08 0.0e+00 1.0e+08 2.0e+08 0.0e+00 5.0e‐04 1.0e‐03 1.5e‐03 2.0e‐03 2.5e‐03 3.0e‐03 distance from the crack tip [m]  re si d u al  [ p a ] fem (a=10mm) neuber (a=10mm) fem (a=15mm) neuber (a=15mm) fem (a=20mm) neuber (a=20mm) r=0.0 ‐5.0e+08 ‐4.0e+08 ‐3.0e+08 ‐2.0e+08 ‐1.0e+08 0.0e+00 1.0e+08 2.0e+08 0.0e+00 5.0e‐04 1.0e‐03 1.5e‐03 2.0e‐03 2.5e‐03 3.0e‐03 distance from the crack tip [m]  re si d u al  [ p a ] fem (a=10mm) neuber (a=10mm) fem (a=15mm) neuber (a=15mm) fem (a=20mm) neuber (a=20mm) r=0.25 a) rσ=0.0 (fmax=5443.5n, ρ*=55µm). b) rσ=0.25 (fmax=7185.5n, ρ*=55µm). ‐5.0e+08 ‐4.0e+08 ‐3.0e+08 ‐2.0e+08 ‐1.0e+08 0.0e+00 1.0e+08 2.0e+08 3.0e+08 0.0e+00 1.0e‐03 2.0e‐03 3.0e‐03 4.0e‐03 5.0e‐03 6.0e‐03 distance from the crack tip [m]  re si d u al  [ p a ] fem (a=10mm) neuber (a=10mm) fem (a=15mm) neuber (a=15mm) fem (a=20mm) neuber (a=20mm) r=0.5 c) rσ=0.5 (fmax=10778.2n, ρ*=55µm). figure 13: residual stress distribution ahead of the crack tip along the crack plane line (y=0) for ct specimens made of s355 steel: comparison between analytical and numerical results. distinct stress ratios and crack sizes considered. a) stress field, in mpa, at the end of the 1st loading reversal. b) stress field, in mpa, at the end of the 1st unloading reversal. c) strain field at the end of the 1st loading reversal. d) strain field at the end of the 1st unloading reversal. figure 14: stress and strain fields, along the load direction, obtained for the ct specimens made of s355 steel, resulting from elastoplastic finite element analysis (ρ*=55µm, a=15mm, rσ=0.0, fmax=5443.5n). j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 92 the stress and strain fields along the y (load) direction assuming a material representative element of ρ*=55µm, a crack size a=15mm, a maximum load fmax=5443.5n, and a stress r-ratio, rσ=0.0, obtained for the ct specimens using the elastoplastic finite element analysis, are illustrated in fig. 14. it is clear the compressive stress field at the crack tip vicinity and at some extension of the crack wake. the stress and strain fields are shown at the end of the first loading reversal and at the end of the unloading reversal. fig. 15 presents the residual stress intensity factor as a function of the applied stress intensity factor range obtained for the ct specimens made of s355 steel, using the numerical analysis. kresidual = ‐0.3935kapplied + 94.978 r 2  = 0.9987 kresidual = ‐0.3264kapplied + 83.854 r 2  = 0.9994 kresidual = ‐0.2212kapplied + 49.136 r 2  = 0.9999 ‐500 ‐400 ‐300 ‐200 ‐100 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 kapplied [n.mm ‐1.5 ] k re si d u al  [ n .m m ‐1 .5 ] r=0.0 r=0.25 r=0.5 figure 15: residual stress intensity factor as a function of the applied stress intensity factor range obtained for the s355 steel (ρ*=5.5×10-5m). the elastic stress distributions presented a satisfactory agreement between the analytical and numerical results, for several crack sizes (measured from loading line), within a small distance from the crack tip. for higher distances, slight deviations are found for σy stresses. for σx stresses, the maximum deviation is found in the maximum absolute value. for small and high distances from the crack tip, the deviations on σx stresses are minimal. additional simulations with further mesh refinements did not produce noticeable changes in the elastic stress distributions, demonstrating a good mesh refinement. besides the numerical solution for the elastoplastic analysis, results from the multiaxial neuber’s analysis are also considered. despite the same global trends are observed for the σy and σx stress distributions, deviations in maximum absolute values are verified in the elastoplastic stresses. in general, the analytical solutions lead to maximum absolute stresses higher than the elastoplastic fe analysis. σx stresses are more stepped than the corresponding numerical stresses near the crack tip. also, the analytical solution shows some instability near the crack tip. the analysis of the σy stress distribution shows an inflection point which is related to the size of the plastic zone. the analytical solution does not show this behaviour, which is a clear limitation of the analytical approach. the compressive residual stresses decrease progressively with increasing stress ratio, making the applied stress intensity range more effective. the extension of the compressive residual stresses increases with the crack size. the numerical model always predicts a compressive stress region which is lower than that predicted using the analytical model. the comparison between the numerical and analytical results highlighted some inconsistencies in the analytical results. the analytical procedure produces reliable results at the crack notch root, but the residual stress distribution along the crack front path (away from the crack notch root) seems to be inconsistent, which is in part justified by the incapacity of the analytical model to handle the stress redistribution due to yielding. therefore, the numerical solution, for the residual stresses, was adopted in the crack propagation prediction, based on the unigrow model. a linear correlation between the residual stress intensity factor and the applied stress range is verified, for each stress rratio. this linear relation agrees with the proposition by noroozi et al. [10]. p-da/dn-k-r results and discussion the unigrow model was applied to compute the fatigue crack propagation for the same experimental conditions used to derive the aforementioned fatigue crack propagation data. the residual stress intensity factor was computed based on compressive residual stress distribution from the finite element analysis, and using the weight function method [24], as proposed in the unigrow model. the strain range and maximum stress required by the probabilistic strain-life or swt-life j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 93 models were assessed using the analytical approach, applied to the first elementary material block, keeping the original structure of the unigrow model. average strain and stress values, along the first elementary material block, were used instead of peak values. the analytical solution produces reliable results at the crack tip notch root as verified in previous section. the original structure of the unigrow model has some advantages: i) a direct correspondence with fracture mechanics based analyses, which facilitates the physical understanding of the process; ii) allows close form solutions for fatigue crack propagation laws in the same format of existing fracture mechanics approaches; iii) requires inexpensive computations. the elastoplastic finite element analysis was used for the derivation of the residual stresses which were afterwards used for the computation of the residual stress intensity factor, using the weight function method. the p-swt-n or the p-εa-n fields were used to derive the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields (p-da/dn-k-r fields). for each case, an independent identification of the elementary material block size, ρ*, was performed. fig. 16 shows the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields that were obtained, for the s355 steel, using the p-εa-n field. fig. 17 illustrates the probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields predicted for the s355 steel, resulting from the p-swt-n field. an elementary material block size of 5.5×10-5m was found suitable for both p-swt-n and p-εa-n damage fields. concerning the p-da/dn-k-r fields predicted for the s355 steel, the field that resulted from the p-swt-n damage model produced the best results. this observation is justified by the fact that the s355 steel shows a markedly stress ratio influence on fatigue crack propagation rates, requiring a fatigue damage model that is able to account for the mean stress effects.  k  [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c yc le ] experimental data: r=0.0 p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1500500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000  k  [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c y cl e ] experimental data: r=0.25 p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1500500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 a) b)  k  [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c y cl e ] experimental data: r=0.5 p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1500500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 c) figure 16: probabilistic prediction of the fatigue crack propagation based the p-ε-n field, for the s355 steel: a) rσ=0; b) rσ=0.25; c) rσ=0.5. j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 94  k  [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c yc le ] experimental data: r=0.0 p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1500500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000  k  [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c y cl e ] experimental data: r=0.25 p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1500500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 a) b)  k  [n.mm‐3/2] d a /d n  [ m m /c y cl e ] experimental data: r=0.5 p=0.01 p=0.05 p=0.50 p=0.95 p=0.99 1.0e‐6 1.0e‐3 1.0e‐2 200 1500500 1.0e‐4 1.0e‐5 1000 c) figure 17: probabilistic prediction of the fatigue crack propagation based the p-swt-n field, for the s355 steel: a) rσ=0; b) rσ=0.25; c) rσ=0.5. conclusions n assessment of the unigrow model was presented in this paper, based on available experimental data for the s355 mild steel. the unigrow model was also extended to predict probabilistic fatigue crack propagation fields, replacing the deterministic swt-n relation proposed in the unigrow model by p-swt-n or p-εa-n fields. the pswt-n field was firstly proposed in the present paper, as a generalization of the p-εa-n field, in order to take into account the mean stress effects. elastoplastic finite element analysis was used to compute the residual stress field which is a more accurate than using the analytical elastoplastic formulae that does not account for stress redistribution due to yielding. the predicted p-da/dn-k-r field for the s355 steel, based on the material p-swt-n field, showed a satisfactory agreement with the available experimental data. the proposed p-da/dn-k-r fields were able to model conveniently the stress rratio effects on crack propagation rates as well as to represent the scatter on these fatigue crack propagation rates. the elementary material block size found for the material is within the same order of magnitude for this parameter found by noroozi et al. [10]. acknowledgements he authors acknowledge the portuguese science foundation (fct) for the financial support through the doctoral grant sfrh/bd/66497/2009. a t j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 95 references [1] noroozi, a.h., glinka, g., lambert, s., a two parameter driving force for fatigue crack growth analysis, international journal of fatigue, 27 (2005)1277-1296. [2] schütz, w., a history of fatigue, engineering fracture mechanics, 54 (1996) 263-300. [3] paris, p.c., gomez, m., anderson, w.e., a rational analytic theory of fatigue, trend engineering, 13 (1961) 9-14. [4] beden, s.m., abdullah, s., ariffin, a.k., review of fatigue crack propagation models for metallic components, european journal of scientific research, 28 (2009) 364-397. [5] coffin, l.f., a study of the effects of the cyclic thermal stresses on a ductile metal, translations of the asme, 76 (1954) 931-950. [6] manson, s.s., behaviour of materials under conditions of thermal stress, naca tn-2933, national advisory committee for aeronautics, (1954). [7] morrow, j.d., cyclic plastic strain energy and fatigue of metals, int. friction, damping and cyclic plasticity, astm stp 378, (1965) 45-87. [8] smith, k.n., watson, p., topper, t.h., a stress-strain function for the fatigue of metals, journal of materials, 5(4) (1970) 767-778. [9] shang, d.-g., wang, d.-k., li, m., yao, w.-x., local stress–strain field intensity approach to fatigue life prediction under random cyclic loading, international journal of fatigue, 23 (2001) 903–910. [10] noroozi, a.h., glinka, g., lambert, s., a study of the stress ratio effects on fatigue crack growth using the unified two-parameter fatigue crack growth driving force, international journal of fatigue, 29 (2007) 1616-1633. [11] noroozi, a.h., glinka, g., lambert, s., prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude loading and a single overload based on elasto-plastic crack tip stresses and strains, engineering fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 188206. [12] peeker, e., niemi, e., fatigue crack propagation model based on a local strain approach, journal of constructional steel research, 49 (1999) 139–155. [13] glinka, g., a notch stress-strain analysis approach to fatigue crack growth, engineering fracture mechanics, 21 (1985) 245-261. [14] hurley, p.j., evans, w.j., a methodology for predicting fatigue crack propagation rates in titanium based on damage accumulation, scripta materialia, 56 (2007) 681–684. [15] neuber, h., theory of stress concentration for shear-strained prismatic bodies with arbitrary nonlinear stress–strain law, trans. asme journal of applied mechanics, 28 (1961) 544–551. [16] moftakhar, a., buczynski, a., glinka, g., calculation of elasto-plastic strains and stresses in notches under multiaxial loading, international journal of fracture, 70 (1995) 357-373. [17] reinhard, w., moftakhar, a., glinka, g., an efficient method for calculating multiaxial elasto-plastic notch tip strains and stresses under proportional loading, fatigue and fracture mechanics, astm stp 1296, r.s. piascik, j.c. newman, n.e. dowling, eds., american society for testing and materials, 27 (1997) 613-629. [18] mikheevskiy, s., glinka, g., elastic–plastic fatigue crack growth analysis under variable amplitude loading spectra,” international journal of fatigue, 31 (2009) 1828–1836. [19] de jesus, a.m.p., matos, r., fontoura, b.f.c., rebelo, c., simões da silva, l., veljkovic, m., a comparison of the fatigue behavior between s355 and s690 steel grades, journal of constructional steel research, 79 (2012) 140–150. [20] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., a unified statistical methodology for modeling fatigue damage, springer, (2009). [21] basquin, o.h., the exponential law of endurance tests, in: proc. annual meeting, american society for testing materials, 10 (1910) 625-630. [22] creager, m., paris, p.c., elastic field equations for blunt cracks with reference to stress corrosion cracking, international journal of fracture mechanics, 3 (1967) 247–252. [23] molski, k., glinka, g., a method of elastic-plastic stress and strain calculation at a notch root, materials science and engineering, 50 (1981) 93-100. [24] glinka, g., development of weight functions and computer integration procedures for calculating stress intensity factors around cracks subjected to complex stress fields, progress report no.1: stress and fatigue-fracture design, petersburg ontario, canada, (1996). [25] sadananda, k., vasudevan, a.k., kang, i.w., effect of superimposed monotonic fracture modes on the δk and kmax parameters of fatigue crack propagation, acta materialia, 51(22) (2003) 3399-3414. j.a.f.o. correia et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 80-96; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.07 96 [26] kajawski, d., a new (δk+kmax)0.5 driving force parameter for crack growth in aluminum alloys, international journal of fatigue, 23(8) (2001) 733-740. [27] castillo, e., galambos, j., lifetime regression models based on a functional equation of physical nature”, journal of applied probability, 24 (1987) 160-169. [28] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., hadi, a.s., lópez-anelle, m., a fatigue model with local sensitivity analysis, fatigue and fracture of engineering material and structure, 30 (2006) 149–168. [29] astm e606: standard practice for strain-controlled fatigue testing, annual book of astm standards, astm, west conshohocken, pa, usa, 03.01 (1998) [30] astm e647: standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates, annual book of astm standards, astm, west conshohocken, pa, usa, 03.01 (2000). [31] sas, ansys, swanson analysis systems, inc., houston, version 12.0, (2011). [32] ramberg, w., osgood, w.r., description of the stress-strain curves by the three parameters, naca tn-902, national advisory committee for aeronautics, (1943). microsoft word numero_33_art_51 j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 463 weight function method for computations of crack face displacements and stress intensity factors of center cracks junling fan, dengke dong, li chen, xianmin chen avic aircraft strength research institute, xi’an 710065, china fanjunling@mail.dlut.edu.cn xinglin guo state key laboratory of structural analysis for industrial equipment, dalian university of technology, dalian 116024, china abstract. the weight function method provides a powerful and reliable tool for the determination of the stress intensity factor around the crack tip in a linearly elastic cracked solid subjected to arbitrary loading conditions. however, it is difficult to exactly compute the crack face displacement whose partial derivative is responsible for the weight function calculation. in the present paper, only one reference stress intensity factor is used for the purpose of establishing a general expression of the crack face displacement. then, the generalized and simple expression is applied to calculate the weight function and the stress intensity factor of the center crack configuration. the calculation of the weight function is reduced to the simple integration of the correction function and of the partial derivative of the crack face displacement. it is shown that the present expressions for the computations of the crack face displacement and its partial derivative are in good agreement with their exact solutions. keywords. weight function; crack face displacement; stress intensity factor; center crack configuration. introduction s is known, the stress intensity factors (sifs) dominate the singular stress states around the crack tip. thus, the calculation of the sifs is of quite importance for assessing the load capacity, fatigue crack growth rate and fracture failure control of a cracked component. although the sifs are possibly available in some of the sif handbooks [1], the documented solutions are sometimes inapplicable in practical problems due to complicated non-linear stress fields. the weight function method provides a reliable method to calculate the sif around a crack tip in a 2d linearly elastic body subjected to any arbitrarily chosen load systems [2]. wu and carlsson [3] presented the generalized weight function method based on the physical judgment on the shape of the opened crack, and subsequently derived the sifs for center cracks in finite width plates with mixed boundary conditions. shen and glinka [4] used two linearly independent reference stress intensity factors together with the characteristic properties of the weight function to determine the three unknown parameters in the universal weight function. overall, the weight function method makes it possible to determine exact and reliable stress intensity factors which are useful for the evaluation of fatigue crack growth and residual strength of aircraft structures in service. a j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 464 nevertheless, the weight function is strongly dependent on the solution of the crack face displacement whose functional dependence on the crack is undetermined. therefore, it is necessary to make appropriate assumption on the opened crack shape. the present paper is aimed at developing an approximate and simple expression of the crack face displacement for collinear cracks and center crack subjected to mode i loading conditions. weight function method he weight function method has been widely applied to determine the sifs of cracked structures since it is able to take complex loading conditions into consideration. it has been shown that, if the sif k(a)(1) and the crack face displacement u(1)(x, a) of any linearly elastic cracked solid are known as functions of the crack length a for a symmetrical load system (1), then for the same cracked solid subjected to any other symmetrical load system (2), the sif k(a)(2) can be obtained by the simple integration of the weight function h(x, a) and the stress function σ(2)(x): ( 2 ) ( 2 ) 0 ( ) ( ) ( , ) a k a x h x a dx  (1) where the weight function, independent of σ(2)(x), is defined as: ( 1) ( 1) ( , ) ( , ) ( ) u x ah h x a k a a    (2) in eq. (1) and (2), a is the half or full crack length for edge cracks and center cracks, respectively; h is a material constant, h=e for plane stress condition and h=e/(1-v2) for plane strain condition with e the young’s modulus and v the poisson’s ratio; k(a)(1) and u(1)(x, a) are, respectively, the known reference stress intensity factor and the crack face displacement in mode i loading conditions for the known load system (1); and σ(2)(x) is the stress distribution function across the plane of the crack in the crack free solid subjected to the load system (2). from eq. (1), it is known that if the weight function is set to be a known function for a particular crack geometry, the sif for any stress distribution is able to be calculated by integrating eq. (1). therefore, the main problem is to exactly determine the weight function h(x,a) and the corresponding partial derivative (1) ( , ) /u x a a  of the crack face displacement. for a reference sif k(a)(1), it is possibly available in the sif handbooks for a wide range of crack configurations and loading conditions. however, there are often no detailed databases about the crack face displacement u(1)(x, a), and it is difficult to rigorously calculate u(1)(x, a) since the functional dependence of u(1)(x, a) on both x and a is undetermined. thus, approximate u(1)(x, a)-solutions across the crack line of a cracked solid are of primary importance for determining the weight function h(x, a) and stress intensity factor k(a)(2) [5]. crack opening displacements across the center crack n eq. (1) and (2), if k(a)(1)=k(a)(2)=k(a), and σ(1)(x)= σ(2)(x)= σ(x). then, substituting (2) into (1), it leads to: 2 0 ( , ) ( ) ( ) a u x a k a h x dx a      (3) so, the crack face displacement u(x, a) in eqn. (3) is the only unknown function dependent on the crack line x and half of the crack length a. as is well known that u(x=a, a)=0 for any crack tip. as a result, eq. (3) becomes: 2 0 ( ) ( ) ( , ) a k a h x u x a dx a       (4) integrating eq. (4) over the half crack length a, we have: 2 0 0 ( ) ( ) ( , ) a a k a da h x u x a dx   (5) t i j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 465 based on the previous works [3], the crack face displacement u(x, a) is assumed to be dependent on x and a:   * *0 0 1 1, ( ) ( ) x x u x a u a u u a u a a             (6) where u0(a) and u1(a) are the unknown functions relative to the half crack length a;  *0 /u x a describes the deformation of the center crack;  *1 /u x a is assumed to be the higher order of   * 0 /u x a . to approximately determine the crack face displacements u(x, a) across the whole crack line of a central through crack, u(x, a) should also follow the given criterions below [3, 5]: (i) exhibiting proper limiting behavior near the crack tip; (ii) deforming as a shape of the ellipse when the cracked solid is subjected to a remotely uniform stress field; (iii) demonstrating the consistent behavior for the small crack; (iv)   0 , | 0x u x a a     . if an infinite solid with a central through crack of the length 2a is subjected to a remotely uniform tensile stress filed σ0, the crack face displacements and the sif are, respectively, presented as:      0 0 2 , 2 and yu x a a k a a h         (7) where ξ=0 is the coordinate with its origin at one of the crack tips, and ξ=2a is the other crack tip. based on eqn. (7), if a finite solid, with a center crack of the length 2a, is also undergoing a remotely uniform tensile stress σ0, the crack face displacements and the sif are able to be written as:           0 0 2 , and y f a u x a a x a x k a f a a h        (8) where x is the coordinate with its origin at the crack center; x=±a are set to be the two crack tips of the crack; 2b is the width of the elastic cracked solid; f(a) is defined as the correction function which is dependent on the crack geometry and the size of the cracked solid. in the criterion (ii), it is assumed that the crack face displacement of the center crack deforms as a shape of the ellipse when the cracked body is subjected to a uniformly distributed stress field perpendicular to the crack line. so, the shape of the opened crack can be expressed as an elliptic function:   2 * 0 1 x xu aa        (9) as a consequence, from eq. (8) and (9) the first term in the right hand side of eq. (6) is determined as: 2 * 0 0 0 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 f a ax x u a u a h a        (10) here, the first term u(x, a) satisfies the criterions (i) and (ii). so, the second term u(x, a) should make the full expression of u(x, a) satisfy all the four criterions. upon that, *1 x u a       is taken as a higher order of *0 x u a       :   3/22* 1 1 x u x a a          (11) j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 466 to make u(x, a) demonstrate the consistent behaviour for the small crack, u1(a) should have the characteristic properties: u1(a)=0(1/a) if the half crack length a tends to be zero. based on the above criterions, an approximate and simple expression of the crack face displacement is derived as:           3/22 2 * * 0 0 0 1 1 2 , 1 1 f a a g ax x x x u x a u a u u a u a a h a a a                                  (12) where g(a) is the only unknown function of the half crack length a. substituting eqn. (12) into (5), and assuming the stress function σ(x) is equal to a constant value σ0, it leads to: 3/22 22 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 1 a a af a a g ax x f a ada h dx dx h a a a                             (13) and solving eq. (13), the unknown function g(a) is determined as:  2 20 00( ) 16 ( ) 8 ( ) 3 a g a f a ada f a a h   (14) finally, substituting eqn. (14) into (12), the fully expression of the crack face displacements is derived as:   3/22 22 2 0 00 0 16 ( ) 8 ( )2 ( ) , 1 1 3 a f a ada f a af a a x x u x a h a ha a                       (15) results and discussions calculations of u(x,a) and  , /u x a a  for collinear cracks o check the accuracy of the expression for u(x, a) of the central through crack, an array of collinear cracks in an infinite plate, subjected to a uniformly tensile stress field σ0, is taken into account. so, the correction function f(a) is: 2 ( ) tan 2 b a f a a b         (16) where 2a is the full crack length; and 2b is set as the distance between the two adjacent crack center lines. substituting eqn. (16) into (15) and simplifying the expression, the dimensionless displacement is determined as:       2 0 3/22 0 , 2 2 tan 1 2 32 8 2 tan tan 1 3 2 3 2 a hu x a a a x ab b b a a a xda aa b b b                                    (17a) also, a generalized formula for the crack face displacements has been given by wu and carlsson [3]:   2 2 0 , 4 2 ln cos 1 2 hu x a b a x b a b a                             (18a) t j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 467 for the same situation, the exact u(x, a)-solution was presented as [3]:   2 2 0 , 4 ln cos cos cos ln cos 2 2 2 2 hu x a x x a a b b b b b                                          (19a) fig.1(a) presents the variations of the dimensionless crack face displacements hu(x, a)/(σ0b) for collinear cracks in an infinite plate, respectively, determined by eq. (17a), (18a) and (19a). it is clearly shown that if the values of a/b≤0.5, values of hu(x, a)/(σ0b) calculated through eq. (17a) and (18a) are in good agreement with the exact u(x, a)-solutions given by eqn. (19a). for this situation, the maximum difference between the results by eq. (18a) and (19a) is about 0.359% occurred at a/b=0.5 and x/a=0.95; but the maximum difference between eq. (17a) and (19a) is only 0.0071% when a/b=0.5 and x/a=0. once the values of a/b≥0.7, the differences between the crack face displacements by eq. (18a) and (19a) increase sharply from 1.9% (a/b=0.7 and x/a=0.95) to 17.06% (a/b=0.95 and x/a=0.95). but, the differences between eq. (17a) and (19a) are still in the small range of 0.092% to 5.1%. therefore, it is concluded that the present expression of the crack face displacement for collinear cracks can give much better u(x, a)-solutions than that calculated by eqn. (18a) since the higher order term √[1-(x/a)2] is taken into account. fig.1(b) gives the relationship between hu(x, a)/(σ0b) and a/b-values for collinear cracks according to eqn.(17a). it is then seen that the crack face displacements increase with the increasing values of a/b. figure1: comparisons of the dimensionless crack face displacements for collinear cracks (a) hu(x, a)/(σ0b) versus x/a; (b) hu(x, a)/(σ0b) versus a/b. according to eq. (17a), (18a) and (19a), the dimensionless partial derivatives of u(x, a) for an array of collinear cracks are, respectively, derived as (17b), (18b) and (19b) below: 2 2 2 2 22 0 2 2 2 2 2 tan ( , ) 8 22 2 1 ln tan 1 2 1 8 tan 1 1 tan 2 2 2 1 1 tan 2 2 b a h u x a x x bx aa b a a a a a bx a a a x a b b a bx x a aa a b b                                                                                       3/22 2 3/2 22 2 32 tan 3 2 tan 1 tan 4 2 2 2 2 1 ln tan 1 23 3 tan 4 2 2 b a a b a a a x b a b b b a ba a a b b                                                                                (17b) j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 468       2 2 2 2 0 1 2( , ) 4 8 ln cos tan 1 2 2 1 x h u x a b a b aa x aa a b a bx a                                    (18b) 0 2 2 2 2 sin ( , ) 2 tan 2 cos cos cos cos cos 2 2 2 2 2 a h u x a a b a b x x a x a b b b b b                                                        (19b) fig.2 shows the variations of the dimensionless partial derivatives  , /u x a a  which is used for calculating the weight function h(x, a). through fig.2 (a), it is clearly found that for the values of a/b≤0.5, the dimensionless derivatives, separately, obtained by eq. (17b) and (18b) agree quite well with those from the exact u(x, a)-solutions presented in eq. (19b). for 0.7≤a/b≤0.9, the predicted values of  , /u x a a  by eq. (17b) can give lower errors than eq. (18b) due to the consideration of the higher order of  21 x a . from fig.2 (b), it is obviously observed that once the values of a/b>0.9, great differences are presented between the partial derivatives determined by eq. (17b) and (18b) to (19b). figure 2: dimensionless partial derivatives of collinear cracks (a) 0≤a/b≤0.8; (b) 0.95≥a/b≥0.9. calculations of weight functions and stress intensity factors to calculate the weight function through eq. (2), the only unknown information is k(a)(1). to make the problem easier, it is better to choose the uniformly distributed stress field as the reference load system (1) since the basic assumption relevant to the crack shape is most suited for this type of loading condition. therefore, the formula for computing the weight function of a finite width plate is in the form given below: 0 ( , ) ( , ) ( ) u x ah h x a af a a     (20) for a finite width plate with a central through crack, the correction function, dependent on the crack length 2a and the width of the finite plate 2b, is given as [1]: 2 3( ) 1 0.128 0.288 1.525f a p p p    (21) where p=a/b is defined as the ratio between the crack length 2a to the width of the plate 2b. substituting (21) into (15), the partial derivative u(x, a) for the center crack is solved as the function of a and x: j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 469 2 2 2 '0 3/22 2' 0 2 0 2( , ) ( ) ( ) 1 ( ) 1 16 3 ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 1 3 8 3 3 u x a x x x f a f a a f a a aa h a g a g a g ax x h a a a a a h                                                                   3/22 2 2 '( ) 1 ( ) ( ) 1 x x x f a f a a f a a a a                                       (22) where f ′(a), g(a) and g′(a) are, respectively, determined as:       ' 2 2 6 2 3 4 5 6 ' 6 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 1 ( ) 0.128 0.576 4.575 ( ) 0.5 0.0853 0.1399 0.5953 0.0789 0.1255 0.2907 ( ) 2 0.5 0.0853 0.1399 0.5953 0.0789 0.1255 0.2907 + 0.0853 0.2798 1.7858 0 f a p p b g a a b p p p p p p g a a b p p p p p p a p p p                     4 5 6.3156 0.6274 1.7442p p p           (23) subsequently, substituting (22) into (20), the weight function h(x, a) for the center crack in a finite plate by the present method is obtained and written as: 2 2 2' 0 3/22 2' 2 ( , ) ( ) ( , ) 2 1 1 1 ( ) ( ) 3 ( ) ( ) ( )16 1 1 3 ( ) ( ) ( ) u x a f a ah x x x h x a a a af a a f a a g a g a g ax x f a a a f a a f a a a                                                                   3/22 2 2' ( )8 3 1 1 1 3 ( ) f a ax x x a a f a a                                          (24) the weight function for a central through crack in an infinitely wide plate has been derived by paris and sih [4]:  , a x a xh x a a a x a x        (25) from eq. (25), if x/a-value tends to be zero, the dimensionless weight function h(x, a)√(πa) tends to be a constant value of 2. this is the limiting condition for collinear cracks in an infinite plate and for center cracks in a finite plate. based on eq. (17b), (24) and (25), fig.3(a) shows the variations of the weight function h(x, a)√(πa) for collinear cracks in an infinite plate and for center cracks in a finite plate at the center of the crack x/a=0. according to eq. (1), (24) and (25), the sifs for center cracks in mode i conditions are computed and presented in fig.3(b). it is obviously found that the eq. (25) used for crack problems will result in significant error for the calculations of weight functions and sifs in finite plates since the correction function has not been considered. conclusions general approach has been presented to calculate the crack face displacement of collinear cracks in an infinite plate and of center cracks in a finite plate. the approximate and simple expression is able to be determined based on only one reference stress intensity factor and some criterions around the crack tip. the crack face a j. fan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 463-470; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.51 470 displacement and its partial derivative, respectively, computed by the present expression and the exact solution are confirmed to be in good agreement if the values of a/b≤0.8. the calculation of the weight function for center cracks in mode i loading conditions is reduced to the simple quadrature of the correction function and of the partial derivative of the crack face displacement. it is concluded that the limiting value of the stress intensity factor in an infinite plate might introduce significant error into the weight function and stress intensity factor evaluation. figure 3: comparisons of collinear cracks and center crack (a) weight function variation; (b) sif variation. references [1] tada, h., paris, p., irwin, g., the analysis of cracks handbook, asme press, new york, (2000). [2] rice, j., some remarks on elastic crack-tip stress fields, int j solids struct., 8 (1972) 751-758. [3] wu, x., carlsson, j., the generalised weight function method for crack problems with mixed boundary conditions, j mech physics solids., 31(1983) 485-497. [4] shen, g., glinka, g., determination of weight functions from reference stress intensity factors, theo appl fract mech. 15(1991) 237-245. [5] he, z., kotousov, a., branco, r., a simplified method for the evaluation of fatigue crack front shape under mode i loading, int j fract., 188 (2014) 203-211. microsoft word numero_37_art_15 les p. pook et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.15 108 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture coupled fracture modes under anti-plane loading les p. pook 21 woodside road, sevenoaks tn13 3hf (uk) les.pook@tesco.net f. berto department of management and engineering, university of padova, stradella s. nicola 3, 36100, vicenza (italy) berto@gest.unipd.it a. campagnolo department of industrial engineering, university of padova, via venezia 1, 35131, padova (italy) alberto.campagnolo@unipd.it abstract. the linear elastic analysis of homogeneous, isotropic cracked bodies is a twentieth century development. it was recognised that the crack tip stress field is a singularity, but it was not until the introduction of the essentially two dimensional stress intensity factor concept in 1957 that widespread application to practical engineering problems became possible. the existence of three dimensional corner point effects in the vicinity of a corner point where a crack front intersects a free surface was investigated in the late 1970s: it was found that modes ii and iii cannot exist in isolation. the existence of one of these modes always induces the other. an approximate solution for corner point singularities by bažant and estenssoro explained some features of corner point effects but there were various paradoxes and inconsistencies. in an attempt to explain these a study was carried out on the coupled in-plane fracture mode induced by a nominal anti-plane (mode iii) loading applied to plates and discs weakened by a straight crack. the results derived from a large bulk of finite element models showed clearly that bažant and estenssoro’s analysis is incomplete. some of the results of the study are summarised, together with some recent results for a disc under in-plane shear loading. on the basis of these results, and a mathematical argument, the results suggest that the stress field in the vicinity of a corner point is the sum of two singularities: one due to stress intensity factors and the other due to an as yet undetermined corner point singularity. keywords. finite elements; mixed modes; coupled modes; stress intensity factors; corner point singularities. introduction he linear elastic analysis of homogeneous, isotropic cracked bodies is a twentieth century development [1, 2], with the first papers appearing in 1907, but it was not until the introduction of the stress intensity factor concept in 1957 [3] that widespread application of linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) to practical engineering t les p. pook et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.15 109 problems became possible. a stress intensity factor is the leading term of a series expansion of a crack tip stress field. the first application of finite elements to the calculation of stress intensity factors for two dimensional cases was in 1969 [4]. finite element analysis had a significant influence on the development of lefm. corner point singularities were investigated in the late 1970s [5]. it was soon found that the existence of corner point effects made interpretation of calculated stress intensity factors calculated using finite element analysis difficult, and their validity questionable. one of the main interests dealing with fracture mechanics is to quantify the crack tip surface displacement [6]. by superimposing the displacements due to the three modes of loading (mode i, mode ii, mode iii), shown in fig. 1, it is possible to fully describe the crack tip surface displacements. if a crack surface is considered as consisting of points then the three modes of crack surface displacement provide an adequate description of the movements of crack surfaces when a load is applied. assuming a poisson’s ratio, v, greater than zero, and also assuming that the crack front is perpendicular to a surface of a body, as is done in this paper, then it is possible to prove that modes ii and iii at the crack tip cannot exist in isolation [7, 8]. mode ii causes mode iiic and mode iii generates mode iic. these induced modes are properly named coupled modes. the superscript c is usually employed for their representation. there are no coupled modes when v is zero, and the magnitude of coupled modes increases with v [9]. it is not clear what happens when v is less than zero. figure 1: notation for modes of crack tip surface displacement. figure 2: notation for crack tip stress field. a series expansion is able to represent the stress field in the neighbourhood of the crack tip [3, 10]. the leading order term of this series is the stress intensity factor, k. subscripts i, ii, ii are used to denote mode. in agreement with the well known fracture mechanics framework, the stress components are proportional to kr where r is the distance from the σ z τ rz τ θz τ θr σ θ r θ x crack tip y z 2α = 0 les p. pook et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.15 110 crack tip (fig. 2). displacements are instead proportional to kr. the leading order term tied to the stress intensity factor provides an accurate description of the stress field in a k–dominated region characterized by a radius r  a/10 where a is crack length, [6]. the concept of a corner point singularity was introduced by bažant and estenssoro first and later by pook [5, 11]. some pioneering results were given also by benthem [21]. an approximate solution showed that the of intensity of the stress field near the point of corner singularity can be done by defining a stress intensity measure called k. however, explicit expressions for k, and the stress and displacement fields associated to it are not available. the only statement based on the initial assumption used is that stresses are proportional to k/r and displacements to kr1 – . the distance r is in this particular case the distance of a generic point from the corner point and  is a function of poisson’s ratio. application of bažant and estenssoro’s analysis was successful in explaining some aspects of behaviour in the vicinity of a corner point, but various paradoxes and inconsistencies appeared [1]. in an attempt to resolve these an extensive finite element research programme has been carried out [13-15]. the purpose of the present paper is to present some of the results obtained, and also to present a possible approach to resolution of paradoxes and inconsistencies. the research programme wo models were considered. firstly, discs of finite thickness under anti-plane (remote nominal mode iii) loading [13]. the radius of the disc, r, is equal to 50 mm. a through the thickness crack with its tip at the centre of the disc has been considered, with a length, a, equal to 50 mm. different ratios have been considered between the disc thickness t and the crack length a. in particular the following ratios have been modelled: t/a = 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.25, 2.5, 2.75 and 3. finite element models have been analysed by means of ansys 11. stress intensity factors were evaluated from the stress components in the neighbourhood of the crack tip using standard equations [6,10]. the material has been considered linear elastic and the poisson’s ratio has been set equal to 0.3 while the young’s modulus, e, has been set equal to 200 gpa. the load has been applied in terms of displacement on the nodes corresponding to the cylindrical surfaces. the applied displacements correspond to a nominal mode iii stress intensity factor kiii = 1 mpam0.5 (31.62 n·mm0.5). recently, results have been obtained for in-plane shear loading of a disc, t/a = 1. in plane displacements were applied on the cylindrical surface, corresponding to a nominal mode ii stress intensity factor kii = 1 mpam0.5 (31.62 n·mm0.5). figure 3: stresses τyz and τxy on crack surface at s = 0 mm from disc and plate surfaces, t/a =1. t les p. pook et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.15 111 secondly, plates of finite thickness under anti-plane (remote nominal mode iii) [14]. a square plate with a constant width equal of 100 mm has been considered. the thickness of the plate t has been varied in the models keeping constant the crack length (a = 50mm). the following ratios between t and a have been considered: 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 2.25, 2.5, 2.75 and 3. as for the case of the discs the material has been considered obeying a linear elastic law with v = 0.3 and e = 200 gpa. in this case the load has been applied by means of a constant displacement equal to 10-3 mm applied on the external edge of the plate. displacements uz were applied to the side containing the crack mouth. t/a s = 0 mm s = 0.25 mm s = 1 mm disc plate disc plate disc plate 0.25 0.505 0.538 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.508) 0.497 (0.507) 0.50 0.520 0.527 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.506) 0.497 (0.506) 0.75 0.530 0.523 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.507) 0.497 (0.506) 1.00 0.538 0.520 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.507) 0.497 (0.506) 1.25 0.544 0.517 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.506) 0.497 (0.506) 1.50 0.549 0.515 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.506) 0.497 (0.506) 1.75 0.553 0.513 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.506) 0.497 (0.506) 2.00 0.556 0.512 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.506) 0.497 (0.506) 2.25 0.559 0.510 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.507) 0.497 (0.506) 2.50 0.542 0.510 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.506) 0.497 (0.505) 2.75 0.545 0.509 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.506) 0.497 (0.506) 3.00 0.547 0.508 0.497 0.498 0.497 (0.507) 0.497 (0.506) table 1: values of λ for τxy, s is the distance from the surface in the z direction. values in brackets are for τyz. stress components , τyz and τxy were obtained from finite element models at different distances, s, from the free surfaces of the plate or disc. in particular, distances of 0 mm, 0.25 mm, 1 mm and 2 mm have been considered. typical results are shown fig. 3, plotted on logarithmic scales. results from discs and plates are very similar. values of λ obtained are listed in tab. 1 comparing the results from discs and plates. for s = 0 and 0.25 mm τyz does not behave as a straight line. for values of s ranging between 0.25 to 2 mm the slope characterizing τxy is constant and almost equal to the theoretical value of 0.5. hence, mode ii stress intensity factor kii can be correctly defined and calculated for these values of s. dealing with cracked plates at s = 0 the slope λ reaches its maximum at t/a = 0.25 remaining in all the cases considered significantly lower than the value of 0.598 usually assumed for the case of a corner point singularity. these latest results are different from those obtained in the case of discs where the slope λ increases for increasing values of t/a. both for plates and discs the mode iii stress intensity factor kiii can be well defined at s = 1 mm and 2 mm because the slope is close to that theoretically expected (0.5). for in plane shear loading stresses τyz and τxy on the crack surface at s = 0 mm are similar to the stress distributions for nominal mode iii loading. the value of λ, calculated from τxy, is 0.541, is virtually the same as for nominal mode iii loading. the finite element results obtained at the coordinate s = 0 (fig. 4) show that the stress component τyz is very far from the linear theoretical trend corresponding to a straight line on log log coordinates. this is true both for discs and plates, and the corresponding stress intensity factors are shown in fig. 12: the apparent value of the mode iii stress intensity factor kiii is strongly dependent on the coordinate x. for s=0 realistic values of kiii cannot be calculated. values of λ, calculated from τxy and τyz, are 0.499 and 0.506, in excellent agreement with the nominal mode iii results. similarly, stresses τyz and τxy on the crack surface at s = 2 mm from the disc are similar to the stress distributions for nominal mode iii loading. values of λ are in excellent agreement. distributions of kii and kiii at s = 0 mm from the disc surface are similar to those for nominal mode iii loading, shown in fig. 4. however, through the thickness distribution of kii and kiii, differ from those for nominal mode iii loading. this difference is because the use of nominal mode ii loading has eliminated disc les p. pook et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.15 112 bending. the results show that the change of loading mode from nominal mode iii to nominal mode ii has had no effect on the distributions of τyz and τxy on and near the crack surface, but has significantly changed the through thickness distributions of kii, kiii. discussion and conclusions s previously pointed out [13-15] the results in tab. 1 show that bažant and estenssoro’s solution is incomplete. there is no clear pattern to values of λ shown in the table, and attempts to find a three dimensional stress function for the stresses in the vicinity of a corner point have so far been unsuccessful. figure 4: kii and kiii at s = 0 mm from disc and plate surfaces, t/a =1. a corner point stress function could be expected to reduce to a westergaard stress function as a special case, but the following argument suggests that this is impossible. the westergaard method of stress analysis [10] makes use of complex variables in which it is assumed that i2 = -1. complex numbers can be represented by a point on a plane. a three dimension equivalent to a westergaard stress function would have to be based on a hypercomplex number system. hamilton’s quaternions are a hypercomplex number system [16] that is sometimes used in elasticity [17]. in a quaternion it is assumed that i2 = j2 = k2 = -1. a quaternion can be represented by a point in 4 dimensional space. quaternions can be represented as pairs of complex numbers, but do not include complex numbers as a special case. a three dimensional equivalent of the westergaard method would have to be based on quaternions. this suggests that a corner point stress function could not include westergaard stress function as a special case. this implies that stresses in the vicinity of a corner point are sums of stresses due to two different singularities of different orders: stress intensity factors and corner point singularities. the latter being asymptotic to zero as distance from the corner point increases. in other words bažant and estenssoro’s analysis is incomplete. it is therefore not surprising that values of λ derived from finite element analysis are inconsistent. to make progress the next step is to use the finite element results to separate the two singularities numerically and see whether this gives clues to the form of corner point singularities. a les p. pook et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 108-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.15 113 references [1] pook, l.p., a 50-year retrospective review of three-dimensional effects at cracks and sharp notches. fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 36 (2013) 699-723. [2] pook, l.p., the linear elastic analysis of cracked bodies and crack paths. theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 79 (2015) 34-50. [3] williams, m.l., on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack. j. appl. mech.., 24 (1957) 109-114. [4] dixon, j.r., pook, l.p., stress intensity factors calculated generally by the finite element technique. nature, 224 (1969). 166-167. [5] bažant, z.p., estenssoro, l.f., surface singularity and crack propagation. int. j. solids struct., 15 (1979) 405-426. [6] pook, l.p., linear elastic fracture mechanics for engineers. theory and applications. wit press, southampton (2000) [7] kotousov, a., lazzarin, p., berto, f., pook, l.p. three-dimensional stress states at crack tip induced by shear and anti-plane loading. eng. fract. mech., 108 (2013) 65-74. [8] lazzarin, p, zappalorto, m., a three‐dimensional stress field solution for pointed and sharply radiused v‐notches in plates of finite thickness. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 35 (2012) 1105–1119. [9] kotousov, a., berto, f., lazzarin, p., pegorin, f., three dimensional finite element mixed fracture mode under antiplane loading of a crack. theoretical appl. fract. mech., 62 (2012) 26-33. [10] paris, p.c., sih, g.c., stress analysis of cracks. in fracture toughness testing and its applications. astm stp 381. american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, (1965) 30-81. [11] pook, l.p., some implications of corner point singularities. eng. fract. mech., 48 (1994) 367-378. [12] benthem, j.p., the quarter-infinite crack in a half-space; alternative and additional solutions. int. j. solids struct., 16 (1980) 119-130. [13] pook, l.p., berto, f., campagnolo, a., lazzarin, p., coupled fracture mode of a cracked disc under anti-plane loading. eng. fract. mech., 128 (2014) 22-36. [14] pook, l.p., campagnolo, a., berto, f., lazzarin, p., coupled fracture mode of a cracked plate under anti-plane loading. eng. fract. mech., 134 (2015) 391-403. [15] pook, l.p., campagnolo, a., berto, f., coupled fracture modes of discs and plates under anti‐plane loading and a disc under in‐plane shear loading. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., (2016) doi: 10.1111/ffe.12389 [16] pulver, s., quaternions: the hypercomplex number system. mathematical gazette, 92 (2008) 431-436. [17] weisz-patrault, d., bock, s., gülebeck, k., three-dimensional elasticity based on quaternion-valued potentials. int. j. solids struct., 51 (2014) 3422-3430. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_30_art_63 l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 526 time-history simulation of civil architecture earthquake disaster reliefbased on the three-dimensional dynamic finite element method liu bing college of mechanical and electronic engineering, china university of petroleum, qingdao 266580, china college of mechanical and electronic engineering, shandong university of science and technology, qingdao 266510, china. liubing5195@163.com qi yaoguang, du jiyun college of mechanical and electronic engineering, china university of petroleum, qingdao 266580, china abstract. earthquake action is the main external factor which influences long-term safe operation of civil construction, especially of the high-rise building. applying time-history method to simulate earthquake response process of civil construction foundation surrounding rock is an effective method for the anti-knock study of civil buildings. therefore, this paper develops a civil building earthquake disaster three-dimensional dynamic finite element numerical simulation system. the system adopts the explicit central difference method. strengthening characteristics of materials under high strain rate and damage characteristics of surrounding rock under the action of cyclic loading are considered. then, dynamic constitutive model of rock mass suitable for civil building aseismic analysis is put forward. at the same time, through the earthquake disaster of time-history simulation of shenzhen children’s palace, reliability and practicability of system program is verified in the analysis of practical engineering problems. keywords. earthquake disaster; three-dimensional dynamic finite element method (fem); civil architecture; time-history analysis method. introduction nderground structure seismic research involves many subjects such as seismology, dynamics, rock mechanics, the theory of spray anchor bracmg and so on and it has always been a hot research topic at home and abroad. this paper from the viewpoint of engineering application, focuses on civil building earthquake disaster dynamic process simulation and system application development, carried on the comprehensive study of the civil construction dynamic time-history seismic analysis method and developed the three-dimensional dynamic finite element numerical simulation system of civil building earthquake disaster process. the explicit central difference method is adopted to realize the incremental solution to basic differential equation of kinematics. strengthening characteristics of materials under high strain rate and damage characteristics of surrounding rock under the action of cyclic loading are considered and dynamic constitutive model of rock mass suitable for civil building aseismic analysis is put forward. finally, a three-dimensional dynamic simulation of the earthquake disaster process was carried out of shenzhen children’s palace. the results show that calculation speed can satisfy the requirement of engineering analysis program. the law is correct and calculation result is reasonable. therefore, it can be applied to earthquake disaster process simulation in actual underground engineering. u l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 527 the explicit finite element solution of the seismic wave field henzhen children’s palace, which is under design is located at the foot of lotus hill. its seismic response is mainly affected by the seismic wave propagation, which is a question of near field wave. solution of seismic wave field in the area of engineering is the key to the earthquake disaster process simulation of the children’s palace. for threedimensional simulation for complex engineering, finite element method is generally used to realize the integral solution of wave equation. the solution ways of finite elements can be divided into two kinds of implicit and explicit. the explicit central difference method based on system kinematics basic theorem, wave equation can be expressed as differential equation of motion of incremental lagrange format [11] as follows:   int ext dampma f f f (1) in the equation, a is the acceleration of mesh nodes; int , extf f are internal forces and external forces of mesh nodes respectively; dampf is the damping force; m is the mass matrix. the lumped mass matrix form is adopted in the program and is defined as follows:       t m ρ dv (2) in the equation,   is the matrix ofi , i selects 1 within the area of i and 0 outside the area. in the program, for hexahedral 8 node unit, the volume of node region of i is 1 8 of its neighboring units. for ease of matrix inversion, local damping force is adopted, defined dampf as follows:   int damp extf α f f signa (3) in the equation, signa is sign of grid node's speed and direction.  is the local damping coefficient,   d . d is the critical damping ratio. for geotechnical materials, the scope of d is generally 2%~5%. for the explicit solution of eq. (1) there are many methods. and central difference method with second order accuracy is adopted in this paper, as shown in fig. 1: 0t 1nt 2/1nt nt nt 2/1nt 1nt 2/1 nt2/1 nt figure 1: timeline of central difference method assume that displacement, velocity and acceleration of 1 20,  nt , t , ,t are known, then, displacement, velocity and acceleration of 1nt can be calculated by central difference approximation, as follows: s l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 528     1 1 intn ext dampa m f f f (4)   1 2 1 2  n / n/ na a δta (5)     1 2 1 21 n nn na a δt a (6)           1 2 1 2 1 2 12n / n/ n / n nt t t / , t t t (7) in the equation, 1n na , a are respectively displacement of 1n nt ,t ;  1 2 1  n n / na , a , a are respectively velocity of  1 2 1n n / nt ,t ,t ; na , 1na is respectively accelerated speed of 1n nt , t . the explicit central difference method calculation process can be described as follows: (1) according to the initial condition 0a , 0a , we can calculate that    0 1 0 1 2 0,  damp n/a m f f a a . (2) for each time step: 1 2n /a is calculated by eq. (5); displacement 1na of 1nt is calculated by eq. (6); accelerated speed 1na is calculated by eq. (4). finite element explicit calculation is a conditional stability algorithm which is often constrained by the solution stability and calculation time consuming. this is because to ensure the stability of calculation, we generally need to select the smaller calculation time step t to increase system cycle count and extend the calculation time. therefore, on the premise of ensuring stability calculation, we need to choose the larger t . considering the physical meaning of the wave finite element, t can be regarded as the minimum duration in a computational time step, that wave propagation distance is not more than any one unit size. it can be calculated as follows:     min 0 80 0 98e e e l t α . α . c (8) in the equation, ec is the unit wave velocity; el is the ratio of the largest area between element volume and unit 6 surface. the system time step of eq. (8) only considers the seismic wave transmission stability in calculation model rather than artificial boundary conditions and computational stability requirements of supporting measures such as anchor bars to the system time step. therefore, in the practical engineering calculation, according to different situations, we need to make adjustments of t . node internal force solution in the explicit solution of type (1), the key is the solution to node internal force fint. in incremental variational type calculation, we first calculate unit stress increment and update the unit stress. then the updated nodes stress is integral to the unit nodes to obtain internal forces. deformation description in the delta lagrange explicit calculation, deformation is described by strain rate ije :                       1 1 2 2 i i j i j ij ij ij j j i i i v v v v v e ω d x x x x x (9) in the equation, ijω is the spin rate tensor; ijd is the deformation rate tensor; iv is the velocity component; jx is the weight coordinates, ,i j =1, 2, 3. l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 529 stress update the numerical algorithm of integral rate constitutive equation is called as stress update algorithm. stress  ijσ t dt of t dt can be obtained by ij as follows:        ij ij ijσ t dt σ t dt (10a) the cauchy stress rate can be expressed as:  ij      ij ik jk jk ikω ω (10b) in the equation,  ij is the jaumann rate,  ij  ijkl klc d , ijklc is the elastic constitutive tensor. stress integral  ijσ t dt obtained through eq. (10a) is performed to the unit nodes, and then node’s internal force vector intf is obtained. the dynamic elastoplastic damage constitutive of the surrounding rock the dynamic elastoplastic damage constitutive model of civil construction foundation surrounding rock he dynamic elastoplastic damage constitutive model of civil construction foundation surrounding rock is the basis of simulation of the children’s palace earthquake disaster process. on the basis of theoretical study, we need to combine with a large number of indoor and outdoor tests, and establish a scientific and practical dynamic damage constitutive model of rock. civil construction foundation surrounding rock shows the dynamic strengthening characteristics and fatigue damage properties of the surrounding rock. the research results [5] showed that: under dynamic loading, the surrounding rock strain rate increases. and elastic modulus of surrounding rock materials and damage resistance are improved. while under cyclic loading conditions, there appears fatigue damage of surrounding rock and elastic modulus of surrounding rock materials and destruction resistant properties are reduced. the two factors are in opposition to each other and coexist at the same time. it should be considered in the constitutive model as follows: (1) the study on rock dynamic strengthening characteristics is mainly divided into high strain rate    2 110 s and middle strain rate      4 1 1 110 10s s study. among which, high strain rate is mainly to solve the problem of shock blasting. because the loading ways are simple, there are relatively more tests. while children’s palace earthquake effect strain rate is generally at the range of     6 1 1 110 10s s , belonging to medium strain rate and there are less tests. from the existing research results [5, 14 ~ 17] we can get the following conclusions:  rock dynamic strength and modulus of elasticity increase with the increase of strain rate.  rock dynamic strength increases with strain rate. this is because that cohesion increases with strain rate while internal friction angle is not affected by strain rate.  the dynamic characteristics of medium strain rate of the rock are affected by the way of loading, loading rate, rock type and test equipment. all kinds of test results are with large discreteness, so consistent rules are difficult to conclude based on experiments. (2) there are many rock damage constitutive researches. damage description is usually with tensor description form of first, second and fourth order. in view of the aeoplotropism of seismic wave propagation, this paper adopts second order damage tensor to describe the damage of surrounding rock in the earthquake. considering the above two kinds of characteristics of surrounding rock in the earthquake, the dynamic elastic modulus of surrounding rock of dynamic constitutive model can by expressed as:  0 e p e (11) in the equation, e is the static elastic modulus of surrounding rock; t l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 530  p is the strain rate function greater than 1. the mohr-coulomb yield criterion is adopted and assumes that the compressive stress is negative and tensile stress is positive. line ab is the shear yield criterion  0sf , line bc is the tensile yield criterion  0tf , that is:               * * 1 3 * 3 2 ( )s t t f n tq c n f (12a) among which, n       1 sin 1 sin (12b) in the equation, ,c are respectively cohesion and internal friction angle; * 1 σ , * 3 σ are respectively first and third effective principal stress;  t is ultimate tensile strength,  max / tan t c ; t is the damage effect coefficient. under the second order tensor form,    2 2 21 2 31t d d d , 1 2 3, ,d d d are damage coefficient of principal stress direction, solved by the damage evolution equation. within every calculation step,  , t q is constant. according to the non-correlation of surrounding rock, corresponding potential function to yield criterion is as follows:       * $ 1 3 * 3 s ψ t g σ σ n g σ (13a) among which,       1 sin 1 sin n (13b) in the equation,  is the surrounding rock dilatancy angle. in the calculation, element stress applies the effective force form considering damage:                   1 1 2 2 3 3 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 * σ d h σ σ d h σ d h (14) under the tension cases, assume  1.0h ; in press conditions,  0.2h . the damage process of surrounding rock is along with the micro fissure development and micro porosity increase and decrease of strength of materials. in the larger sense, damage of surrounding rock is caused by tension. according to some practical observation results, most of the surrounding rock tensile damage is caused by the actual strain exceeding the limit tensile strain of surrounding rock. for the three-dimensional situation, it can be considered that element stress enters plasticity and first principal tensile strain exceeds ultimate tensile strain. then damage will occur, that is:                     1 1 0 0 0 s s ij or f d h and f (15) in the equation,   ijh is the three-dimensional damage evolution equation, l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 531 1 is the first principal tensile strain of the surrounding rock,   is the ultimate tensile strain of the surrounding rock. for the situation of the ultimate tensile strain of untested surrounding rock in practical engineering, we adopt specific value of rock tensile strength sr and elasticity modulus e , that is:      sr ke (16) in the equation, k is the safety coefficient. in the damaged area, surrounding rock stress and physical parameters decrease with the increase of slant plastic strain. the greater the cumulative plastic deformation is, the higher the damage degree of surrounding rock will be. in the adjacent area in front of the ultimate strength of surrounding rock material, micro crack damage increase is very rapid. this kind of change rate of damage can usually be described by exponential function. therefore, three-dimensional damage evolution equation can be expressed as follows:        1 exp 1, 2, 3p pi i id r i (17) in the equation,  pi is the slant plastic strain in the principal strain direction, r is damage constant of the material. for the purposes of showing the state of surrounding rock damage in the post-processing, second order damage tensor is converted to a first-order damage scalar when output the results file, expressed as   2 2 21 2 3d d d d . stress correction and damage calculation unit stress calculation is the core of the explicit finite element method. in the elastic and plastic damage calculation of the tn+1 moment, the gauss point elastic stress is calculated using unit material initial parameters and whether unit is in a state of damage is judged (when    0d tn , unit damage coefficient of the moment is calculated). if the unit is in a state of damage, each gaussian point stress is revised as the effective stress. on this basis, considering damage effect on yield surface and carry out yield judgment. in case of yield, plastic stress correction is required. also, we need to judge whether principal tensile strain exceeds the ultimate tensile strain. if there is exceeding, it's considered unit damage and damage coefficient is calculated. this stress correction method is applicable to the situation that yield function  nf is the linear function. based on the principle that plastic stress should flow on the yield surface, it is required that plastic stress of tn + 1 moment as follows:     0n nf σ σ (18) for the linear function, eq. (18) can be converted to:       0n n*f σ f σ (19a)          0n*f f f (19b) in the equation, * (·)f is calculated by yield function minuses to the constant term  0nf . based on this transformation, linear yield function plastic stress correction formula was deduced by service manual [20] as follows:             n i i i i n g s (20) in the equation,  is the plastic flow factor; is is the elastic constitutive; l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 532  ii ,  n i are respectively elastic assumed stress and the revised plastic stress. within each computing time step t, in the constitutive model,  q is the constant and yield function is the linear function. eq. (20) can be applied to carry out plastic correction of unit effective stress considering the damage. for the plastic shear failure, there is:                     * 1 1 1 2 * 2 2 * 3 3 2 1 2 1 n i n i n i s ψ s ψ s ψ σ σ λ α α n σ σ λ α n σ σ λ α n α (21a)                * * 1 3 1 2 1 2 ,s i i s ψ f σ σ λ n n n (21b) among which,     1 2 4 2 , 3 3 k g k g (21c) in the equation, k , g are respectively bulk modulus and shear modulus;  *in is the equivalent elastic assumed stress after damage correction. for the ultimate tensile damage, there is:                  * * 1 1 3 * * 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 nt i i nt i i nt t t t α σ σ σ σ α α σ σ σ σ α σ σ (22) in the damage calculation, damage coefficient id should be calculated according to the damage evolution equation. computation formula is as follows:                      ( 1) ( ) * 2 ( 1) ( 1) 01 exp ( ) p p s i tn i tn i i p p i tn i tn f d r (23) among which,          0 1 ( 1) 2( 1) 3( 1) 3p p p ptn tn tn (24) engineering projects establishment of the model he children’s palace subject has a maximum altitude of 37.25 m and a maximum span of 24 m. its foundation is in the dolomite limestone of lower cambrian system. the rock is of hard property and fissure is of medium development. there are mainly iii category and partial iv category of surrounding rock. physical and mechanical parameters are shown in tab. 1. this example temporarily is regardless of the anchor rod, anchor rope, lining and other supporting measures. since this project did not carry out live stress test, initial geostatic stress field calculation in this paper considers self-weight stress field affected by river valley and excavation slope. and local damping is adopted and set as 0.157 1. this project did not carry out the test of rock mass deformation modulus and cohesion-strain rate test. considering engineering safety, the p, q value is set as 1. t l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 533    3/ g cm e gpa  c mpa         t mpa 2.7 4.0 0.3 0.8 45 43 0.3 table 1: the children's palace foundation rock physics parameters considering that the children’s palace is close to the earth surface, seismic wave field inversion model in the engineering area and the children’s palace cavity analysis model can use the same model. finite element model is established including administrative building, draft tube gate chamber, the tailrace tunnel, bus tunnel and diversion tunnel. and it is a total of 272 304 hexahedron eight nodes unit containing 301112 nodes. the axis of the main building is the y direction x axis and y axis are perpendicular to the downstream, z-axis coincides with geodetic coordinates. the calculation scope along three direction x, y, z axis are respectively 176.0, 108.0, 141.0 m. the children’s palace finite element calculation model is shown in fig. 2. to reflect the three dimensional input features, seismic wave in this paper applied three-dimensional earthquake acceleration time history recorded by wolong tv station in wenchuan earthquake and make an interception of 20 s for calculation. this project filter frequency range is 0.1~10.0 hz. corresponding maximum grid feature sizes is not greater than 7.0 m. after filtering, baseline correction were carried out on original recorded seismic waves, measured acceleration time history curve is as shown in fig. 2. seismic wave incident reference point is the origin of coordinates, as shown in fig. 2 (a), incident direction vector is (1, -1, 1). note: look for a new perspective of (a) and change (b) into an architectural renderings of the children’s palace (shown in fig. 3), keeping the draft tube gate chamber, bus tunnel, diversion tunnel, tailrace tunnel. and make administration main workshop into the hall. (a) (b) figure 2: the finite element calculating model for the children's palace: (a) fem model; (b) excavation model cavity earthquake disaster simulation on the basis of rock damage and stress disturbance around children’s palace foundation, datum plane wave and power attenuation coefficient β would be of inversion. the process of earthquake disaster in children's palace group will be calculated and simulated. there are about 27 myriad of hexahedral eight nodes units in this model�dynamic calculation lasts about 25 s (there is seismic wave input in former 20 s). flac3d general numerical analysis software is adopted about 10.8h, then fig. 4 is obtained. the analysis of calculation results is as following: 1) as can be seen from the fig. 4, the displacement time history law is basically in line with inversion input seismic waves. because of the airport surface effect, peak ground displacement of each monitoring point has experienced a sharp increase compared with input seismic waves. among which, the main building roof arch monitoring point a increased by 80%, l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 534 upstream wall monitoring point b increased by 55%, downstream sidewall monitoring point d increased by 45%, slope monitoring point f increased by 58%. the amplification effect of free face is unfavorable for surface surrounding rock stability. when the 25s of calculation is finished, along with layman of seismic wave and damping dissipation, kinetic energy of the whole of model system is basically to 0 and reaches a steady state. figure 3: 3d model for the children's palace. 0.20 0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0 5 10 15 20 25 t/s crown of measuring point a upstream sidewall point b downstream sidewall point d the slope point f figure 4: displacement time history curve of dynamic calculation process monitoring. under the impact of wave time difference, space contour, plastic damage and damping dissipation, displacement time history curve of the monitoring point shows difference in quantity and there appears the relative motion. this is also an important reason for instability of the children's palace under the action of earthquake. from fig. 4, we can see that largest relative displacement between main workshop upstream sidewall and downstream sidewall is 6 cm; which is 50% of input waveform amplitude load value. considering install the backfill of concrete to the factory units can slow down the situation to a certain extent. 2) as can be seen from the fig. 5, under the action of seismic wave load, third principal stress of surrounding rock is in the cycle of severe shock. this kind of cyclic loading results in a sharp increase in damage of surrounding rock and can cause fatigue failure of surrounding rock. the three curves show that after the calculation unit stress state and the initial stress state are quite similar. it suggests that after the earthquake surrounding rock stress state did not produce large disturbance. due to unit stress state in the earthquake changing with time, stress state cannot reflect the stability of surrounding rock objectively. the author thinks that damage degree and stress state should be adopted together to describe degradation degree and the stability of surrounding rock in the earthquake. to sum up, in the earthquake disaster of shenzhen children’s palace, cave surrounding rock produced large absolute and relative displacement (upstream and downstream sidewall 6cm). in the process of seismic wave propagation, surrounding rock stress disturbance is strong. some areas were in the alternative changing of elastic and plastic stress state and caused fatigue damage of surrounding rock. with the development of time, cumulative plastic strain increases, which causes irreversible damage to the surrounding rock material and reduce of the bearing capacity of surrounding rock and surrounding rock stability is influenced. at the 13″ moment, part of rock whole interval was filled with plastic damage area. after the calculation of 25″ moment, cave surrounding rock plastic damage zone was widened and damage degree of surrounding rock was significantly improved. under earthquake loading effect, children’s palace foundation rock mass may lose stability in the earthquake. l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 535 figure 5: time-history curves of 3rd principal stress at typical area of surrounding rock. figure 6: time-history curves of 3rd plastic damage elements of global model. we could see from fig. 6 that, with the spread of seismic wave, part of the surrounding rock has been in the alternate change state between elastic stress and plastic stress for a long time. at the moment of 13 s, the number of whole model’s plasticity damage has reached peak, there are 56 545 units as a whole. the biggest moment of plastic damage zone is consistent with seismic displacement peak time. at the time of 13 s, most of the sidewall rocks in children’s palace have entered the plastic damage area (see fig. 6). the depth of local cracking area is as high as 7m, plastic damage zone depth is as much as 20m, children’s palace has the possibility of instability. conclusion his paper is to expound the finite element simulation theory of earthquake disaster in children’s palace and develop three-dimensional dynamic finite element numerical simulation system in the earthquake disaster process of children’s palace through starting from engineering analysis. the dynamic constitutive model of rock mass adaptive to seismic analysis of children’s palace is put forward through adopting central difference method and considering the enhancement of material parameter, as well as fatigue damage of material under circulating load effect. the earthquake disaster simulation is performed on children’s palace in shenzhen through applying software. it has t l. bing et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 526-536; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.63 536 indicated that computation speed of procedure in this paper could satisfy the requirement of engineering analysis, and this procedure has performed relatively real and reasonable simulation on earthquake disaster of children’s palace. due to that article’s length is limited, there inevitably exists vulnerable spot of initial defects and structure on other perspective. the architecture is regarded as continuum medium field through applying damage mechanics. the material containing various microfracture and microdefect is indistinctly deemed as continuous medium with damage field. the occurring and development of damage is considered as the evolution process of damage. the appropriate damage variable is introduced to describe physical and mechanical properties of this continuum. heterogeneity and mesoscopic structure characteristics are grasped. the corresponding numerical model and theoretical analysis is constructed at micro and macro level respectively. analysis about the initiation extension of building micro cracks, formation of macroscopic fracture, adhesive failure, damage fracture criterion as well as the influence of mesoscopic composition on macro elastic modulus and so on is performed. the failure mechanism of structure is further demonstrated, and it has certain promotive role in perfecting material and structural design. acknowledgements he issue of national sci-tech support plan -‘the application demonstration of industrializing oil equipment's research and development platform’, no (2012bah26f04). references [1] liu, j. b., du, y. x., wang, z. y., 3d viscous-spring artificial boundary in time domain, earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 5(1) (2006) 93–102. [2] du, x. l., zhao, m., wang, j. t., artificial stress boundary condition of the near field wave simulation, acta mechanica sinica, 38(1) (2006) 49–56. [3] li, x. j, lu, t., explicit finite element analysis of earthquake response for underground caverns of hydropower stations, journal of hydroelectric engineering, 28(5) (2009) 41–46. [4] zhang, x. z., xie, l. l., problems in numerical solution of complex open system by using explicit finite element method, earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 25(2) (2005) 10–15. [5] qian, q. h., qi, c. z., dynamic strength and dynamic fracture criteria of rock and rock mass, journal of tongji university (natural science), 36(12) (2008) 1599–1605. [6] qi, c. z., qian, q. h., physical mechanism of dependence of material strength on strain rate for rock-like material, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 22(2) (2003) 177–181. [7] zhao, j., li, h. b., estimating the dynamic strength of brittle rock using mohr-coulomb and hoek-brown criteria, journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 22(2) (2003) 171–176. [8] li, h. b., zhu, l., lu, t., dynamic response analysis of large underground excavations in jointed rock, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 27(9) (2008) 1757–1766. [9] chen, j. y., hu, z. q., lin, g., 3d seismic response study on large scale underground group caverns, chinese journal of geotechnical engineering, (2001). t microsoft word numero_35_art_43 š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 379 focussed on crack paths fatigue life prediction of pedicle screw for spinal surgery š. major the institute of theoretical and applied mechanics, academy of science, prosecká 809/76, 19000 praha 9, czech republic major@itam.cas.cz v. kocour the institute of theoretical and applied mechanics, academy of science, prosecká 809/76, 19000 praha 9, czech republic kocour@itam.cas.cz p.cyrus department of technical education, faculty of education, university hradec králové, rokitanského 62,500 03 hradec králové, czech republic cyrus@uhk.cz abstract. this paper is dedicated to fatigue estimation of implants for spinal surgery. this article deals especially with special case of hollow pedicle screw. implant systems utilizing specially designed spinal instrumentation are often used in these surgical procedures. the most common surgical procedure is spinal fusion, also known as spondylodesis, is a surgical technique used to join two or more vertebra. implants are subjected to many loading cycles during their life, especially in the case of other degenerative changes in the skeleton, there are often changes in loading conditions, which often cannot be accurately determined. these changes often lead to further bending load in the thread. hollow screws studied in this work show higher fatigue resistance than other types of implants. keywords. pedicle-screw; titan alloy; fatigue life; finite element analysis. introduction edicle screws are used for treating several types of spinal injuries. together with rods and plates, they are used to form intrapedicular fixation or transpedicle screw devices [1-4] for spinal fusion. fusing of the spine is used to eliminate the pain caused by abnormal motion of the vertebrae by immobilizing the faulty vertebrae or to treat most spinal deformities, such as scoliosis. basicaly, this method involves the insertion however, screw breakage and loosening have been reported, which may create post-surgery problems [2]. currently various types of pedicle screw are used: cylindrical and conical, hollow and solid. in this work are considered solid and hollow cylindrical screws. hollow screws are used for filling the wound with cement. since the bone during drilling fulfills blood and other impurities, which could be the cause internal inflammation. filling takes place through of a hollow screw. for filing are used various cements. in this work was used polymethyl methacrylate bone cement with multi-waled carbon nanotubes [5]. the prediction of fatigue failure is important forprevention of serious medical complications. for the fatigue life p š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 380 prediction of pedicle-screws was used the method proposed by navarro [6, 7, 8] and comparison with other methods used in multiaxial fatigue [9]. in the work, fatigue resistance of hollow pedicle-screw and solid pedicle-screws were compared. materials characterization crews used in this study were made of commercially titanium alloy 6al4v eli also known as grade 23. it is an α-β phase titanium alloy made of 6% al and 4% v in weight with a reduced content of interstitial elements such as oxygen and carbon (extra low intersticials) and also iron. chemical composition of material is shown in tab. 1. this table compared the maximum value of the chemical elements specified by the manufacturer and the values measured by x-ray spectrometers. c[%] n[%] o[%] h[%] v[%] al[%] fe[%] manufacturer 0.08 0.03 0.013 0.0125 3.5-4.5 5.5-6.5 0.25 measurement 0.073 0.025 0.012 0.0113 4.12 6.015 0.17 table 1: chemical composition of titanium alloy grade 23. in the first row are the maximal values of the elements specified by the manufacturer. in the second row line element values are obtained by measuring. figure 1: crack growth rate of grade 23 titanium alloy. the crack growth properties were measured on standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates introduced by astme 647. mechanical properties of material are: the young modulus of this material is e = 104.5 gpa. test were performed to determine the ultimate tensile strength, σu = 860 mpa and yield stress σy = 820 mpa. further mechanical properties are elongation at break a = 14%, reduction area si = 25% and vickers hardness 350 hv. the crack growth properties were measured on standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates introduced by astme 647 [9]. this test method covers the determination of fatigue crack growth rates from nearthreshold to kmax controlled instability. results are expressed in terms of the crack-tip stress-intensity factor range (δk), defined by the theory of linear elasticity. the experimental measurement was performed on specimen with diameter ds = 4 mm. the measured properties, obtained constants are c = 5.1 10-12 and n = 4.2 for the crack growth in m/cycle, stress intesity factor k in mpa.m0.5. the mechanical properties and biocompability of implant can be improved by surface s š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 381 treatment. in this work, specimens with two types of surface treatment and implants without surface treatment were used. the first surface treatment was based on deposition tio2. the second deposition was based on tin surface. the both screws with surface treatment have a higher surface roughness than a screw without surface treatment. roughness of a screw without treatment is ra = 0.1 μm while roughnesses of the nitrided and tio2 covered screws are ra = 2.7 μm and ra = 3.1 μm. the rougher surface improves the reception of the material by bones. fig. 1 show experimental determination of paris law for titanium alloy grade 23. paris law can be written for this material as: 12 4.25.1 10 da k dn   (1) also fatigue test were carried out, results of these experiments are shown in fig. 2. this figure shows fatigue curve (stress to number of cycle) σ-n. fatigue test were carried out by room temperature on cylindrical specimen with diameter 4 mm. loading frequency of fatigue experiment was 50 hz and the loading was full reserve r = −1. in fig. 2 is clearly visible reduction of fatigue limit for both types of surface treatments. figure 2: fatigue curves in grade 23 titanium alloy with surface layer tio2 and tin and without surface treatment. figure 3: specimen used in fatigue tests. š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 382 implant testing or experiments wee used two types of pedicle-screw, the solid cylindrical and hollow screw. both types have the same dimensions and geometry of thread. the implants were clamped in an artifical vertebra during test, so that the device simulates the bone-metal contact. the implants were subjected to bending loading. the pedicle-screw is loaded by a pair of forces perpendicular to the screw axis, the two forces are perpendicular to each other. both forces are offset from the axis so that also create torque. the second bending force reaches its maximum when the first force reaches its second maximum, i. e. the period of the second load is doubled, i. e. t2 = 2t1. the experiments were carried to the final rapture of specimen. final rapture is defiden as the complete fracture of the pedicle-screw. fracture appeared the point where the screw enters into the bone, i. e. at the point highest stresses. since the bone consists of two basic parts, it is necessary to construct an artificial pedicle so that this fact was simulated. surface of bone is composed from hard “compact bone” and cover layer of periosteum. the interior of the bone consists of a more flexible and softer tissue so-called “spongy bone”. artificial pedicle consists of two layers, a hard layer on the surface of 4 mm thick and the rest of the softer. the hollow bolt is fixed tightly by the entire length of the thread, whereas the vicinity of the thread is filled with cement everywhere. schematic representation of the sample with loading forces is pictured in fig. 3. during experiments the samples were loaded by this forces l1 = 200, 300, 400, 500 n and l2 = 50 n. the experiments were performed the room temperature and loading frequency was f1 = 24 hz respectively f2 = 12 hz. numerical model d-model of implant was prepared in solidworks software and exported in ansys software. the model was meshed and solwed in ansys, see fig.4. the aim of this model was determination of stress and strains in the pedicle-screw. another finite element model was prepared for calculation of stress-intensity factor along the crackpath. figure 4: meshed finite element model of pedicle screw. first model of pedicle-screw is composed of 556.024 tetrahedral elements (type of element solid187) for solid, and 442.052 for hollow screw. in the case of solid screw, as model of the contacts between thread and bone for first 4 mm from point of entry into the bone was used null displacement, for the rest of the contact is allowed to move in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the screw (0.5 mm allowable displacement). depth of hard part of bone corresponds to almost one loop of the thread. in the case of hollow screw. conditions of null displacement were applied to all degrees of freedom (due the cement presence) of the nodes along the entire length of the thread in the bone. for second model, model of the crack initiation area, is used refinement of net and the size of the elements is 5 μm, see fig. 5. the important fact is, that in the region of crack initiation is elastoplastic deformation, while rest of volume is under elastic deformation. plasticity of material was simulated kinematic hardening. figure 5: meshed finite element model of crack. figure 6: von misses stress in the thread. f 3 š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 383 distribution of the von mises stress obtained for elastic deformation of thread area of screw is shown in fig.6. in this figure is clearly visible local maximum of stress concentration at the bottom of thread (lower diameter of thread). the crack initiates in this region. the evolution of normal stress along the crack path is displayed in fig. 7, for four different loads. for analysis of crack propagation phase is necessarily calculate the stress intensity factor at the bottom of thread, respectively at the forehead of crack. for this calculation second finite element model was prepared. for this model semieliptical crack is assumed. it is assumed, that the crack initiates on te lower diameter of thread and subsequently grows along the bottom of the thread (crack grows along the helix, with inclination 14.5°, which corresponds to the thread pitch) and propagates into core of the screw, see fig. 8. the crack is characterized by two axes a and b, these two axis define the ellipse. the major axis is tangential to the thread and the secondary axis is perpendicular to the axis of the helix, respectively to the axis of screw. figure 7: the evolution of normal stress along the crack path, for four different loads (200 n, 300 n, 400 n, 500 n). when the diameter of crack is smaller then 50 μm, it is assumed that the crack flat. this assumption cannot be used for crack diameter greater then 50 μm. for greater crack is necessarily use submodelling, becose the number of elements is too large. the calculation of stress-intensity factor at the front of crack was based on j-integral method. for calculation was assumed that the material can be characterized by linear elastic deformation. stress-intensity factor is a function of crack length a. this relations is can be determined by repeated simulations. the lenght of crack at the start of simulation was 5 μm. this length is much smaller than the initial crack length for the propagation phase. with paris' law, a relationship n s s d d k a a k          (2) can be obtained where δas and δad are increments of crack on surface and deepest poit of crack. the δks and δkd are appropriate increments of stress-intensity factors and n is exponent in paris law. with new increment of δas, crack length at the surface changed and a new finite element model can be solved and the stress-intensity factor calculated. this process is repeated by software until the final length of crack is reached. the shape changes in the process of crack growth can be described by the ratio a/b, where a and b are values corresponding to the lengths axis of the ellipse. relations between ratio a/b and the length of crack is shown in fig. 9. a sharp decline in the ratio a/b (see fig. 9) indicates that the crack propagates faster along the helix (around the circumference of the screw cylinder) then into body of material. the following figure shows realitions between crack intensity factor (at the bottom of the thread) and crack length. gradient of stress-intensity factor is is much greater at the š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 384 beginning of process, see fig. 10. the stress intensity factor grows much faster at the surface of screw. therefore, it is necessary to implement a plurality of simulations for the initial phase of the process. figure 8: crack in the thread, growing plane. figure 9: relations between ratio a/b and the length of crack. figure 10: relations between gradient of stress-intensity factor and the length of crack. theoretical model or theoretical analysis of fatigue process was used new method proposed by navarro [7, 8] and multiaxial fatigue criteria modified for notched specimens were tested [9]. model proposed by navarro combined initiation and propagation phase, without the need to define boundary length of crack, to differentiate between the two phases of crack growth. it is necessary, to calculate the number of cycles needed to reach the length a (curve a-ni, is necessary to know fatigue curve σ-n. the fatigue curve σ-n is in fig. 1. this curve can be expressed by parameters obtained from f š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 385 some multiaxial fatigue criteria, becose the pedicle screw is under multiaxial loading. if fatemi-socie criteria is used, socalled “initiation curves” can obtained [6, 7, 8], see fig. 11. in the fig. 11 initiations curves for length of crack a1 and a2 are displayed. these curves shows the number of cycles required to achieve a crack length a1, respectively a2 , if fatemi-socie parameters fs are known. the damage parameter is given by the equation: max max1 2 y fs k            (3) in this equation, δγmax is the shear strain increment in the plane where it has maximum value, k is a constant that is obtained from the fatigue tests, σmax is the normal stress perpendicular to the plane where is the maximum shear strain, and σy is the yield strength. the number of cycle can be calculated by equation    , fa i total n a da n fs a n fs c k    (4) figure 11. initiations curves for length of crack a1 and a2 figure 12. application of the prediction model in the test with f = 400 n (nitrided pedicle screw). š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 386 in propagation stage, the number of cycles needed to propagate a crack to final failure, is calculated using fracture mechanics. this phase is described by the curve a-np. this curve is obtained by integration of growth law for any crack length to failure. the growth law can be expressed as 1 2 , 0 0 n ff n th long f f f da a c k k dn a a l                     (5) where δkth,long is the growth threshold for long cracks, f is a parameter (for this case f = 2.5), a0 is the el haddad parameter [11, 12] and l0 is the average distance to the first microstructural barrier. el haddad parameter is defined as 2 , 0 1 th long fl k a          (6) where δσfl is the fatigue limit of the material. the growth of threshold for long cracks in eq. 5 was multiplicated by factor which was derived from the theoretical approximation of the kitagawa–takahashi diagram [13,14]. the stress intensity factor is can be calculated as     22 1 2 0 2 1 1i s s k a m m s ds a as              (7) where σ is the stress normal to the growth plane of the crack and s is a coordinate running through the crack from the tip of crack to the surface. s and a parameters depend on the dimensions of the cross section of the specimen and crack length. when two curves (number of cycles to length and number of cycles to rupture, a-ni and a-np) are known, they can be merged, so that the entire fatigue life can be described. this curve for total life of screw is shown in fig. 12. from this picture is clearly visible, that the initiation life is much smaller than propagation life. figure 13: fatigue tests in implants and theoretical prediction.of hollow and solid pedicle screws. symbols: specimen without treatement – circle, nitride surface – square, oxide surface triangle. results ollow screws show higher fatigue resistance at the same load than full screws. this could be explained with more suitable distribution of stress along thread. results of experimental load of pedicle-screw are shown at fig. 13. fig. 13 shows that the crack initiation phase is about 10 % of fatigue life of implant. h š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 387 this figure shows also curves of theoretical lifespan obtained with help of a model based on navarro method. other methods of lifespan forecast have been tested for a comparison with our new method. in article [9], there are described various multiaxial criteria, adapted for lifespan forecast of notched samples, which corresponds to the case of the screw. a criterion proposed by goncalves gives the best forecast of all criteria described in [9]. goncalves criterion has been modified with help of ag and bg parameters for sample analysis. 5 2 1. max 1 1 g gam i g gam i a a d b b f        (8) and       max min / 2i i id s t s t  , (9) where parameters di can be determined from minimum and maximum values of the transformed deviatoric stress tensor. the material variables are set from fatigue limits as:   1 2 1 1 3 ga     , (10) 3 3 1 gb    . (11) if we perform a comparison of theoretical lifespan forecast of the screw based on navarro method [6, 7, 8], and older methods [9] (goncalves method is best of them), it can be said that navarro method gives 50 % better result than goncalves method. navarro method respects conditions of fixation of the screw in the bone better than older methods. the most important advantage of navarro method is a possibility of including an influence of filling cement. conclusions ollow screws with the performance show higher fatigue resistance with the same load, which can be explained by stronger deposition over the entire length of the screw. results of fatigue test were compared with theoretical predictions and theoretical model predicts that initiation phase is about 10% of fatigue life of implant. references [1] chen, c.s., chen, w.j., cheng, c.k., jao, s.h., chuech, s.c., wang, s.c., failure analysis of broken pedicle screws on spinal instrumentation, medical engineering & physics, 27 (2005) 487–496. doi:10.1016/j.medengphy.2004.12.007. [2] griza, s., de andrade, c.e.c., batista, w.w, tentardini, e.k., strohaecker, t.r., case study of ti6al4v pedicle screw failures due to geometricand microstructural aspects, engineering failure analysis, 25 (2012) 133–143. doi:10.1016/j.engfailanal.2012.05.009. [3] amaritsakul, y., ching-kong , ch., jinn, j., biomechanical evaluation of bending strength of spinal pedicle screws, including cylindrical, conical, dual core and double dual core designs using numerical simulations and mechanical tests, medical engineering & physics, 36 (2014) 1218–1223. doi: 10.1016/j.medengphy.2014.06.014. [4] krag, m. h., biomechanics of thoracolumbar spinal fixation: a review, spine, 16 (1991) 84–99. [5] ormsby, r. mcnally, t., oharre, p., burke, g., mitchell, g., fatigue and biocompability of properties of poly(methyl methacrylate) bone cement with multi-waled carbon nanotubes, acta biamaterialia 8 (2012) 1201–1212. doi: 10.1016/j.actbio.2011.10.010. [6] ayllón, j.m, navarro, c., vázquez, j., domínguez, j., fatigue life estimation in dental implants, engineering fracture mechanics, 123 (2014) 34–43. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.03.011. h š. major et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 379-388; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.43 388 [7] navarro, c., muńoz, s., domínguez, j., on the use of multiaxial fatigue criteria for fretting fatigue life assessment, int j fatigue, (2008) 32–44. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.02.018. [8] navarro, c., vázquez, j., domínguez, j., a general model to estimate life in notches and fretting fatigue. engineering fracture mechanics, (2011) 1590–601. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2011.01.011. [9] major, s, hubálovský, s., kocour, v., valach, j., effectiveness of the modified fatigue criteria for biaxial loading of notched specimen in high-cycle region, applied mechanics and materials, 732 (2015) 63-70. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.732.63. [10] astm e647. standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates. west conshohocken, pa, united states, http://www.astm.org/standards/e647.htm. [11] lazzarin, p., tovo, r., meneghetti, g,. fatigue crack initiation and propagation phases near notches in metals with low notch sensitivity. int j fatigue, 19 (1997) 647–65. doi:10.1016/s0142-1123(97)00091-1. [12] el haddad, m.h., topper, t.h., smith, k.n., prediction of non-propagating cracks, engineering fracture mechanics, 11 (1979) 573–584. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(79)90081-x. [13] kitagawa, h., takahashi, s., applicability of fracture mechanics to very small cracks or the cracks in the early stage, in: proceedings of the second international conference on mechanical behavior of materials. metals park, oh: asm; (1976) 627–31. [14] peters, j.o., boyce, b.l., chen, x., mcnaney, j.m., hutchinson, j.w., ritchie, r.o., on the application of the kitagawa–takahashi diagram to foreign-object damage and high-cycle fatigue, engineering fracture mechanics. 69 (2002) 1425–1446. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(01)00152-7. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_33_2608 k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 395 focused on the research activities of the greek society of experimental mechanics of materials a simplified damage evolution relationship and deformation characteristics of a pozzolanic lime mortar when subjected to unloading-reloading cycles in the pre-peak region kostas kaklis school of mineral resources engineering, technical university of crete, chania 73100, greece kaklis@mred.tuc.gr, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2722-5915 zach agioutantis department of mining engineering, university of kentucky, lexington, kentucky 40506, usa zach.agioutantis@uky.edu, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9799-4114 stelios mavrigiannakis school of mineral resources engineering, technical university of crete, chania 73100, greece smaurig@mred.tuc.gr, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6409-6043 pagona maravelaki-kalaitzaki school of architectural engineering, technical university of crete, chania 73100, greece nmaravel@elci.tuc.gr, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8776-6695 abstract. two series of uniaxial and triaxial compression tests including unloading-reloading cycles were performed under different confining pressures, in order to study the stress-strain and the deformation behavior of a pozzolanic lime mortar subjected to cyclic loading. each test included a cyclic loading sequence using five loops in the pre-peak region. the experimental results showed that the specimens exhibit a strain-softening behavior for uniaxial and low pressure triaxial tests and a strain-hardening behavior for higher triaxial compression tests. the mortar specimens subjected to triaxial compressive cyclic loading at higher confining pressures failed along a single or conjugate shear planes accompanied by considerable lateral expansion. the marked young’s modulus degradation behavior in the prepeak region is related to damage that occurs in each specimen. keywords. pozzolanic lime mortar; cyclic loading; plastic strain; young’s modulus degradation; damage evolution. citation: kaklis k., agioutantis z., mavrigiannakis s., maravelaki-kalaitzaki p., a simplified damage evolution relationship and deformation characteristics of a pozzolanic lime mortar when subjected to unloading-reloading cycles in the pre-peak region, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406. received: 22.01.2019 accepted: 25.05.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he authors have previously investigated and published the mechanical properties of a pozzolanic lime mortar, which consists of carbonate sand, hydrated lime and metakaolin (ml) [1]. pozzolanic mortars have multiple appli-t http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2608.mp4 k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 396 cations in the restoration of ancient monuments or historic structures. this particular mortar is often used as a filler or joint material in restoration projects [2, 3], subjected to shear stresses that may develop along the mortar-stone interface. stone blocks in ancient monuments were typically joined together using metallic connectors in order to provide structural integrity in case of dynamic loading. more specifically, the structural elements of the monuments on the acropolis of athens were initially joined together using “i”-shaped metallic connectors placed in appropriate grooves which were filled with molten lead [4]. the restoration process of the parthenon in athens, greece involved the replacement of a number of marble epistyles [5] where titanium connectors were placed in carved grooves which were then filled with a cement based mortar. titanium prohibits the use of lead as the “titanium-lead” bimetallic contact forms a strong galvanic element [4]. pozzolanic mortars can also be used as filler material when seating metallic connectors in grooves carved into the original or restored stone fragments. apart from this explicit use as filling material, pozzolanic mortars used as rubble, joint, finishing and capping mortars can provide particular durability to the masonry with respect to both external loading and weathering. the longevity of some ancient structures, such as the pantheon, the colosseum, hagia sofia, etc., can also be attributed to the use of pozzolanic mortars as the main joint material. therefore, pozzolanic mortars and especially the lime-metakaolin system studied in this research, are very important in the conservation field and particularly when repair mortars are intended to be integrated in ancient structures. this work aims to provide evidence that pozzolanic lime mortars can replace cement-based mortars in historic structure restoration projects, thus mitigating potential problems arising from salt-induced decay and material incompatibility in physico-chemical and mechanical terms, which are typically attributed to the cementitious component of cementbased mortars. although mortars are typically characterized by their elastic properties and material strength values, it is very important to also include their inelastic or plastic characteristics as the latter are often responsible for their successful longterm performance. deformations and resulting damage of materials such as concrete and mortars typically follow the elastic-plastic damage model. the elastic-damage and elastic-plastic models differ in that the elastic-plastic models can simultaneously take into account the accumulation effect of plastic strains and elastic modulus degradation [6]. in order to investigate the deformation characteristics and damage evolution with respect to rocks and concrete, it is necessary to perform a series of experiments. many uniaxial and triaxial experiments under a loading-unloading-reloading regime (cyclic loading) have been conducted and are reported in the international literature (e.g., test on rocks [7, 8] and concrete [9, 10]). the authors have also performed such tests on mortars [1, 11] and have shown that such specimens predominantly exhibit a plastic behavior. some of these experiments [11] were focused on examining the stress-strain behavior and deformation characteristics of a pozzolanic lime mortar in the pre-peak region of the stress-strain curve. the term “cyclic loading” refers to the loading-unloading-reloading procedure which was utilized to gain a better understanding of the elasto-plastic properties of the material. details on this test are given by gatelier et al. [7]. this investigation further analyzes the results from two series of uniaxial and triaxial compression tests under cyclic loading, which were recently completed by the authors [11]. future work will aim at experimentally investigating the post-peak region behavior of the material in order to suggest a complete damage evolution law. material and methods composition of the pozzolanic mortar he properties and constitution of the pozzolanic mortar used in the experiments previously conducted by the authors are described in detail in [11]. in summary, a mix design of sand, lime and metakaolin (at 50, 30 and 20% w/w, respectively) was developed utilizing a water to binder ratio of 0.92. mixing took place at ambient conditions. the specific weight ratio of hydrated lime and metakaolin of 1.5 used, ensured that a fully developed pozzolanic reaction of the metakaolin with hydrated lime could occur. eventually, any unreacted proportion of the hydrated lime is considered to contribute to the plasticity of the final mortar after its carbonation [12]. through this process the mortar is assumed to acquire a pore size distribution similar or compatible to porous stone, thus facilitating the homogeneous distribution of water and more importantly allowing the water vapor to escape through the composite system [2, 3]. additionally, in an effort to improve the performance characteristics of the mortar, the sand used in the mix consisted of equal proportions of carbonate sand passing through the 125 and 63 μm sieves. preparation of specimens for mechanical experiments the preparation of specimens has been described in detail in [11]. previous research by the authors [1] indicated that it is better to develop cylindrical mortar specimens by coring mortar blocks compared to direct casting into cylinders. mortar specimens were cast in prismatic molds constructed out of wooden particle boards. the mold was removed two days after casting and the mortar was allowed to cure in a curing chamber at a relative humidity (rh) of 90-95% t k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 397 and a temperature (t) of 20 °c with respect to the en 196–1 standard. specimens were allowed to cure for 26 days in the curing chamber and followed by two days in ambient conditions prior to testing as outlined in the methodology described by gameiro et al. [13]. cored cylinders were then cut and ground to provide smooth loading surfaces for both the uniaxial and triaxial tests following the recommendations for rock mechanics tests [14, 15]. the diameter of the mortar cylinders was 50 mm (±2 mm) and their height was 100 mm (±3 mm) thus ensuring a height to diameter ratio (h/d) approximately equal to 2. experimental setup series of uniaxial and triaxial compression tests were performed on mortar specimens using a stiff 1600 kn mts hydraulic testing frame (model 815) which could apply the axial load either through load-control or displacement-control. the tests were used to obtain the stress-strain behavior and the deformation characteristics of the pozzolanic lime mortar specimens under cyclic (loading-unloading and reloading) conditions. as mentioned in previous studies [1, 11], this particular pozzolanic mortar has been considered as an isotropic material due to the finegrained materials that it contains as well as the mixing and casting procedures used. although all of the specimens were considered equivalent, irrespectively of how they were oriented during preparation and testing, in the present study specimens were extracted parallel to the casting direction in order to avoid any variations in the calculated mechanical parameters of the mortar, due to the consolidation direction in the casting block. tests were typically conducted using load control at a constant load rate during the initial loading stages and displacement (stroke) control during the final loading stage. the final loading stage starts from the bottom of the unloading curve of the last loop. thus, apart from the pre-peak stress-strain curve and the peak stress value, the post-peak stress-strain curve was also recorded. an external 500 kn load cell by maywood was inserted between the loading platen and the specimen in the uniaxial tests. triaxial tests were conducted using a wykeham farrance triaxial chamber (fig.1a) with a maximum lateral pressure capacity of 14 mpa. the triaxial cell was mounted on the testing frame and axial load was directly applied to the loading piston without an external load cell. figure 1: (left) the triaxial chamber mounted inside the mts 815 frame; (right) the external lvdt experimental setup for measuring the axial deformation values during the triaxial compression cyclic tests. the triaxial compression tests were carried out under confining pressures of 1.15, 2.09, 3.96, and 6.06 mpa. a cyclic loading sequence with five loops was used in both the uniaxial and the triaxial compression tests. the five unloadingreloading loops were performed in the pre-peak region and the axial load was applied under load control with a rate of 200 n/s. the load increment from one loop to the next ranged from 2.5 to 3.5 kn. in the final loading step the axial load was applied under displacement control with a rate of 0.01 mm/s in order to obtain the complete stress-strain curve in the post-peak region. axial strain was measured during the uniaxial and triaxial compression tests using the displacement sensor of the loading frame as well as an external lvdt sensor, in order to get more accurate and comparable strain measurements from these tests (fig.1b). as the most representative and reliable strain measurements are realized using electrical strain gages, uniaxial tests were instrumented with strain gages as well. however, strain gages were not utilized in triaxial compression tests, as the triaxial chamber did not allow for that. in cyclic loading, when a specimen is compressed up to a deviator stress level, then unloaded to zero deviator stress and then reloaded, the unloading and reloading branches are in most cases different from the initial loading curve (fig. 2), as well from each other, forming a narrow loop that can be approximated by a straight line. the young’s modulus of the material can be derived from the slope of this line [8, 16]. in cyclic loading the strain is partly elastic and partly plastic. the elastic strain 𝜀 is defined as the recovered deformation by unloading to zero deviator stress, while the plastic strain 𝜀 is defined as the accumulated residual axial strain a k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 398 of the material after being unloaded to zero stress (fig.2) [16, 17]. this plastic strain includes various types of unrecoverable deformation due to dislocation, viscous-flow and micro-fracturing [18]. in this study the young’s modulus was calculated as shown in fig.2. this method is only based on elastic strain when compared to methods proposed by other investigators [19, 20, 21] who utilize additional deformation parameters for the calculation of young’s modulus. figure 2: typical stress-strain curve under cyclic loading. experimental results and discussion unloading – reloading (cyclic) stress – strain relation ig.3a presents typical deviator stress-strain curves with five loading-unloading cycles under uniaxial compressive and conventional triaxial compressive loading for confining pressures of 1.15 mpa, 2.09 mpa and 6.06 mpa. the stress-strain responses indicated that the mortar becomes ductile even under low confining pressure. the initial part of deformation before yielding, the so-called elastic part, is significantly curved and includes appreciable permanent deformation. in addition, two different types of deformation are illustrated in fig.3a: (a) specimens under uniaxial compression and triaxial compression at low confining pressure (1.15 mpa) exhibited a strain-softening behavior with an easily identifiable peak stress, and (b) specimens under triaxial compression at higher confining pressures (2.09 mpa and 6.06 mpa) exhibited a strain-hardening behavior. at higher confining pressures, peak stress which corresponds to failure is not easily recognized due to the large strain on a strain-hardening curve [22]. (a) (b) figure 3: (a) the complete deviator stress-strain curve for pozzolanic lime mortar specimens tested in uniaxial and triaxial cyclic loading under confining pressures of 1.15 mpa, 2.09 mpa and 3.96 mpa; (b) the mean young’s modulus for each loop of the triaxial cyclic loading under confining pressures of 2.09 mpa and 3.96 mpa. the young’s modulus values were calculated at each cycle as discussed previously [8, 16] and are presented in fig.3b for each of the four last loops in the case of triaxial compression tests under confining pressures of 2.09 mpa and 6.06 mpa. in both cases of cyclic triaxial compressive loading, it is obvious that the young’s modulus decreases with increasing strain. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 d ev ia to r st re ss , σ 1 σ 3 (m p a) axial strain uniaxial 1.15 mpa 2.09 mpa 6.06 mpa 5th 4th 5 th4 th3rd 2nd 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0.001 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.009 0.011 0.013 d ev ia to r st re ss , σ 1 σ 3 (m p a ) axial strain 2.09 mpa 6.06 mpa f k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 399 deformation characteristics one uniaxial compression test and four triaxial compression tests under cyclic loading conditions were performed in order to examine the deformation characteristics of the pozzolanic lime mortar. by processing the experimental data the plastic strain, the total strain as well as the young’s modulus of the material were determined and presented in table 1, for each one of the five loops. note that in the loops performed at relatively low stress levels of the triaxial cyclic compression test with lateral pressures of 2.09 mpa and 3.96 mpa, the calculated values of the young’s modulus did not range within the acceptable limits for this material and were excluded from table 1. in addition, these values are not taken into account in the subsequent calculations and they do not appear in the respective diagrams. loops uniaxial triaxial confining pressure of 1.15 mpa deviator stress (mpa) plastic strain, εpl (x10-3) total strain, ε (x10-3) young’s modulus, ε(mpa) deviator stress (mpa) plastic strain, εpl (x10-3) total strain, ε (x10-3) young’s modulus, ε(mpa) 1st 1.85 0.447 0.672 7720 3.50 0.203 0.466 14105 2nd 2.98 0.552 0.967 6720 4.64 0.332 0.702 12328 3rd 4.67 0.845 1.591 6228 6.40 0.512 1.181 9426 4th 5.78 1.319 2.314 5972 8.13 1.150 2.113 8374 5th 7.04 2.244 3.525 5537 loops triaxial confining pressure of 2.09 mpa triaxial confining pressure of 3.96 mpa deviator stress (mpa) plastic strain, εpl (x10-3) total strain, ε (x10-3) young’s modulus, ε (mpa) deviator stress (mpa) plastic strain, εpl (x10-3) total strain, ε (x10-3) young’s modulus, ε (mpa) 1st 3.09 0.912 0.946 2.26 1.041 1.041 2nd 4.14 1.257 1.545 3.12 1.313 1.380 3rd 5.35 1.960 2.549 9256 4.71 1.931 2.315 12343 4th 6.36 3.164 3.957 8391 6.20 3.463 4.073 10091 5th 7.87 6.594 7.665 7705 7.78 6.881 7.707 9531 loops triaxial confining pressure of 6.06 mpa deviator stress (mpa) plastic strain, εpl (x10-3) total strain, ε (x10-3) young’s modulus, ε(mpa) 1st 3.36 1.466 1.466 2nd 5.19 1.929 2.216 18170 3rd 6.25 3.349 3.810 13663 4th 7.31 5.924 6.560 11601 5th 8.94 10.458 11.247 11.358 table 1: results of uniaxial and triaxial compressive tests under cyclic loading. fig.4a and fig.4b show the relationship between the plastic strain and the elastic strain, respectively, as a function of the total strain of the mortar specimens subjected to both uniaxial and triaxial compressive cyclic loading for each of the five unloading-reloading loops. these diagrams show clearly the different behavior of the mortar specimens tested in uniaxial and triaxial cyclic loading. from a regression analysis, linear relationships between the plastic strain and total strain, as well as the elastic strain and total strain are derived, with a correlation coefficient higher than 0.95, both in uniaxial (1) and triaxial (2) compressive cyclic loading scenarios. it should be noted that the fitting of results for the triaxial cyclic compression tests took into account the data points from all three different confining pressures. k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 400 (a) (b) (c) figure 4: (a) plastic strain vs. total strain; (b) elastic strain vs. total strain; (c) εpl/ε and εεl/ε ratios vs deviator stress. for uniaxial compression cyclic test: 𝜀 0.61 ∙ 𝜀, 𝜀 0.39 ∙ 𝜀 (1) for triaxial compression cyclic test: 𝜀 0.89 ∙ 𝜀, 𝜀 0.11 ∙ 𝜀 (2) the variation of the εpl/ε and εel/ε ratios with the deviator stress is presented in fig.4c for the last loops of the same experimental tests; the red lines correspond to the εpl/ε ratio, while the blue lines correspond to the εel/ε atio. as expected, each pair of points corresponding to the same loop of the same test, satisfy eq.(3). 1 (3) fig.5a presents the relationship between the plastic strain and the deviator stress for the uniaxial and the triaxial cyclic compression test under confining pressures of 2.09 mpa, 3.96 mpa and 6.06 mpa. this diagram confirms the different behavior of the mortar specimens tested in uniaxial and triaxial cyclic loading. using regression analysis, exponential (a) (b) figure 5: (a) plastic strain vs. deviator stress; (b) εpl/ε vs. confining pressure. εpl = 0.89 ε r2 = 0.99 εpl = 0.61 ε r² = 0.98 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 p la st ic a x ia l st ra in , ε p l (x 1 0 -3 ) total axialstrain, ε (x10-3) uniaxial 2.09 mpa 3.96 mpa 6.06 mpa εel = 0.11 ε r² = 0.95 εel = 0.39 ε r² = 0.95 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 e la st ic a x ia l st ra in , ε e l (x 1 0 -3 ) total axial strain, ε (x10-3) uniaxial 2.09 mpa 3.96 mpa 6.06 mpa 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0 2 4 6 8 10 e la st ic s tr a in , ε e l / t o ta l st ra in ,ε p la st ic s tr a in , ε p l / t o ta l st ra in ,ε deviator stress, σ1 σ3 (mpa) uniaxial 2.09 mpa 3.96 mpa 6.06 mpa uniaxial 2.09 mpa 3.96 mpa 6.06 mpa εpl = 0.34e 0.37(σ1-σ3) r2 = 0.96 εpl = 0.23e 0.31(σ1-σ3) r² = 0.98 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 p la st ic a x ia l st ra in , ε p l (x 1 03 ) deviator stress, σ1 σ3 (mpa) uniaxial 2.09 mpa 3.96 mpa 6.06 mpa εpl/ε = 0.78 σ3 0.07 r2 = 0.89 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 p la st ic s tr a in , ε p l / t ot al s tr ai n , ε confining pressure, σ3 (mpa) 2nd loop 3rd loop 4th loop 5th loop k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 401 relationships between the plastic strain and deviator stress are derived, with a correlation coefficient higher than 0.96, for uniaxial compression (4) and triaxial compression (5) cyclic tests. the exponential relationships in fig.5a are not applicable near the zero deviator stress values, since there are no plastic strains at this loading condition. for uniaxial compression cyclic test: 𝜀 0.23 ∙ 𝑒 . (4) for triaxial compression cyclic test: 𝜀 0.34 ∙ 𝑒 . (5) the effect of the confining pressure σ3 of the triaxial compression cyclic tests on the εpl/ε ratio is presented in fig. 5b. the fitting results for the triaxial cyclic compression tests were derived by including all of the data points from the four last loops. using regression analysis, a power relationship between the εpl/ε ratio and the confining pressure is derived with a correlation coefficient equal to 0.89, as expressed by eq.(6). 0.78 ∙ 𝜎 . (6) young’s modulus degradation the degradation of young’s modulus is a crucial parameter that reflects the damage of the pozzolanic lime mortar under compressive loads. in the present study, the slope of the line replacing the loop which is formed by the unloading and reloading curve is defined as the elastic modulus 𝐸 (fig.2). the young’s modulus of every cycle, determined from the cyclic uniaxial and triaxial compressive tests is listed in table 1. in order to avoid possible errors caused by low stress levels, the young’s modulus values of the first cycles in some of the triaxial compression tests are ignored. the variation of the calculated young’s modulus with the confining pressure for each loop is presented in fig.6a. the increasing trend of the elastic modulus as a function of the confining pressure is evident. fig.6b shows the young’s modulus variation with the total strain for all of the mortar specimens tested in both uniaxial and triaxial compression tests under different confining pressures. the results indicate that the young’s modulus decreases with increasing total strain, which may be due to the propagation of initial defects, which were amplified upon increased load and successive loading cycles. this degradation behavior is related to weak patterns of damage, such as microvoids and microcracks, which are not able to modify and influence the elastic modulus of the specimen. (a) (b) figure 6: the variation of young’s modulus with (a) the confining pressure and (b) the total strain for mortar specimens tested in uniaxial and triaxial cyclic loading under different confining pressures. failure mode as previously discussed, the failure mode of the pozzolanic lime mortar specimens subjected to uniaxial and triaxial cyclic compressive loading is directly related to the type of stress-strain behavior (i.e., strain-softening vs. strain-hardening) as well as to the stress level of the confining pressure in triaxial compression tests. in the case of uniaxial compression cyclic tests and triaxial compression cyclic test at low confining pressure (1.15 mpa) (fig.3a), the mortar exhibits a strain-softening behavior. two different failure modes were observed during the uniaxial compressive loading of mortar. some specimens failed along a single shear plane (fig.7a) and others failed in axial splitting (fig.7b). the specimen subjected to triaxial compression cyclic test with confining pressure of 1.15 mpa failed along a single shear plane (fig.7c). as previously stated, the mortar specimens subjected to triaxial compressive cyclic loading at higher (2.09 – 6.06 mpa) confining pressures exhibited a strain-hardening behavior (fig.3a). in this case, the failure mode is characterized by large axial strain up to the maximum compressive stress and large lateral expansion of the cylindrical specimen. a con0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 y o u n g 's m o d u lu s, e ( m p a ) confining pressure, σ3 (mpa) 2nd loop 3rd loop 4th loop 5th loop 0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 y o u n g 's m o d u lu s, e ( m p a ) total axial strain, ε (x10-3) uniaxial 1.15 mpa 2.09 mpa 3.96 mpa 6.06 mpa k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 402 jugate shear plane failure with lateral expansion is presented in fig.8a for the case of triaxial compression test with confining pressure of 2.09 mpa. in the case of the 3.96 mpa confining pressure, conjugate shear planes are observed (fig.8b), combined with a remarkable lateral expansion and some trace of lüders lines [23]. (a) (b) (c) figure 7: typical crack patterns in pozzolanic lime mortar cylindrical specimens. (a) shear plane failure in uniaxial compression test; (b) axial splitting failure in uniaxial compression test; (c) single shear plane failure in triaxial compression test with confining pressure of 1.15 mpa. (a) (b) figure 8: typical crack patterns in pozzolanic lime mortar cylindrical specimens under triaxial loading. (a) failure on conjugate shear planes for a confining pressure of 2.09 mpa; (b) failure on conjugate shear planes for a confining pressure of 3.96 mpa. simplified damage evolution relationship for cyclic tests under triaxial compression the pozzolanic lime mortar uniaxial and triaxial compression cyclic tests exhibit young’s modulus degradation caused by progressive damage accumulation. as mentioned before, fig.6b confirms this degradation process and can be utilized to characterize the damage evolution relationship. the damage part can be implemented by a damage index, d, which is equal to zero in the absence of damage and equal to one in the case of complete damage. under uniaxial and triaxial loading conditions, the calculated “damaged” elastic modulus, ed is related to the initial “undamaged” elastic modulus eo, according to the following equation: 𝐸 1 𝑑 ∙ 𝐸 (7) the values of damaged young’s modulus 𝐸 were calculated graphically from each loop of the triaxial compressive cyclic loading (table 1). ιt is important to note that in this study as initial undamaged elastic modulus eo was assumed to be the modulus that was calculated using the second or third loop for each confining pressure of the triaxial compression tests. the corresponding values of the damage index were calculated by rearranging relationship (7): 𝑑 1 (8) fig.9a illustrates the calculated values for the damage index using eq.(8), for the triaxial compression cyclic tests with confining pressures of 2.09 mpa, 3.96 mpa, and 6.06 mpa. note, that the values obtained for the series of triaxial tests k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 403 with a lateral pressure of 1.15 mpa were not used in fig.9a and in the subsequent derivation of the damage index relationship because of two reasons: (a) these tests exhibited a strain-softening behavior, while specimens under higher triaxial compression pressures exhibited a strain-hardening behavior and (b) the behavior of the specimen tested under a lateral pressure of 1.15 mpa exhibited a failure mode (fig.7c) similar to that of uniaxial test (fig.7a) and dissimilar to that of high pressure triaxial tests (fig.8). (a) (b) figure 9: (a) fitting results of damage index d for triaxial compression cyclic tests with confining pressures of 2.09 mpa, 3.96 mpa and 6.06 mpa. (b) fitting results for coefficients 𝑎, 𝑏 and 𝑐. in this work, a similar model with those proposed for concrete [24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29] was adopted in order to predict the damage evolution relationship for the pozzolanic lime mortar, which is described in eq.(9): 𝑑 𝑎 𝑏 ∙ 𝜀 (9) where a, b are coefficients of the damage evolution relationship; c is an optimum order related to the speed of damage propagation, which controls the curvature of the damage evolution curve. the fitting curves on the calculated damage index for each confining pressure are plotted in fig.9a, while the fitting results for coefficients a, b and c are listed in table 2. σ3 a b c 2.09 0.31 0.73 0.83 3.96 0.29 0.62 1.10 6.06 0.42 0.91 1.32 table 2: fitting results for coefficients a, b and c. as illustrated in fig.9b, the coefficients a, b and c are functions of the confining pressure. from a regression analysis, these coefficients are determined in eqs.(10-12). the corresponding fitting lines and least square correlation coefficients are shown in fig.9b. 𝑎 0.0284 ∙ 𝜎 0.2253 (10) 𝑏 0.0498 ∙ 𝜎 0.5557 (11) 𝑐 0.123 ∙ 𝜎 0.5866 (12) the evolution of d as a function of the confining pressure (eq.(13)) is calculated by substituting eqs.(10-12) in eq.(9): 𝑑 0.0284 ∙ 𝜎 0.2253 0.0498 ∙ 𝜎 0.5557 ∙ 𝜀 . ∙ . (13) the verification of this damage model expressed in eq.(13) is shown in fig.10, where the predicted elastic moduli ed for each loop of the triaxial compression cyclic tests with confining pressure of 2.09 mpa (fig.10a) and 6.06 mpa (fig. 10b) are compared with the corresponding experimental values. the values of the predicted elastic moduli are in good agreement with the elastic moduli that were determined experimentally. the different behavior between uniaxial and triaxial compression tests with respect to plastic strain versus total strain and plastic strain versus deviator stress can be d = 0.42 0.91 ε-1.32 d = 0.29 0.62 ε-1.10 d = 0.31 0.73 ε-0.83 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 d a m a g e in d ex , d total axial strain, ε (x10-3) 2.09 mpa 3.96 mpa 6.06 mpa α = 0.0284 σ3 + 0.2253 r2=0.65 b = 0.0498 σ3 + 0.5557 r2=0.42 c = 0.123 σ3 + 0.5866 r2=0.99 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 c o ef fi ci en ts a ,b ,c confining pressure, σ3 (mpa) a b c k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 404 attributed to the completely different stress fields that are developed in each test, as a result of the application of lateral pressure in the triaxial compression tests. note that the proposed damage evolution equation applies only to the prepeak region. as presented experimentally [16, 17], the degradation of the elastic modulus becomes more pronounced in the post-peak region and to the specific mortar design. therefore, additional experimental work should be carried out in the future in order to investigate whether the young’s modulus degradation process can be utilized to lead to a complete damage evolution law. (a) (b) figure 10: comparison of experimental results and the proposed model for damage evolution on triaxial compression cyclic tests with (a) 2.09 mpa and (b) 6.06 mpa confining pressure. conclusions n the present study, uniaxial and triaxial compression tests under unloading-reloading (cyclic loading) conditions were conducted to elucidate the stress-strain and the material deformation behavior, as well as to derive a damage evolution relationship in the pre-peak region of a pozzolanic lime mortar. linear equations can be used to describe the relationship between the plastic strain and total strain, while exponential equations can be utilized to correlate the plastic strain and deviator stress in the case of both uniaxial and triaxial compression cyclic tests. the ratio εpl/ε is very high (0.89) for the triaxial compression tests, while it becomes lower (0.61) for uniaxial compression. in addition, a power relationship was derived between the εpl/ε and the confining pressure σ3. a strain-softening behavior can be used to describe the uniaxial test and the triaxial compression test at low confining pressure (1.15 mpa). triaxial compression tests at higher confining pressures can be described by a strain-hardening behavior. these different types of deformations are also reflected in the macroscopic failure mode of the pozzolanic lime mortar specimens subjected to uniaxial and triaxial cyclic compressive loading. the macroscopic crack pattern of mortar specimens under uniaxial compression are mainly shear failure and, in some cases, split failure, while the specimen subjected to triaxial compression cyclic test with relatively low confining pressure (1.15 mpa) failed along a single shear plane. under triaxial compression tests with higher confining pressures, failure occurs along a single shear plane or conjugate shear planes combined with lateral expansion. given that the young’s modulus is related to stress, strain and the susceptibility to crack initiation, propagation and coalescence, the quantification of changes in the elastic modulus can be used to describe the effects of cyclic loading on material deformation. the observed decrease of young’s modulus with increasing strain is attributed to the propagation of initial defects and microfractures in these mortar specimens. increasing the confining pressure in triaxial compression tests affects the degradation of the elastic modulus which can be expressed using a damage index. a mathematical expression is proposed which can calculate the damage index as a function of the confining stress for the case of pozzolanic lime mortars under triaxial compressive cyclic loading. this expression was derived based on a specific pozzolanic mortar design but can be easily expanded to similar mortar designs. the predicted elastic moduli for different unloading-reloading loops are in good agreement with the experimental values. as the damage evolution relationship quantifies changes in the elastic modulus of the material as a function of the confining stress, a full characterization of the pre-peak behavior of the material under different loading scenarios can be obtained. this information can be fully exploited when modeling the behavior of these mortars for a specific application. acknowledgements this research was co-financed by the european union (european social fund-esf) and greek national funds through the operational program “education and lifelong learning” of the national strategic reference framework 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0.001 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.009 d ev ia to r st re ss , σ 1 σ 3 (m p a) axial strain 2.09 mpa 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0.001 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.009 0.011 0.013 d ev ia to r st re ss , σ 1 σ 3 (m p a ) axial strain 6.06 mpa i k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 405 (nsrf) research funding program: thales: reinforcement of the interdisciplinary and/or inter-institutional research and innovation. references [1] kaklis, k.n., mavrigiannakis, s.p., agioutantis, z.g. and maravelaki-kalaitzaki, p. (2018). characterization of pozzolanic lime mortars used as filling material in shaped grooves for restoring member connections in ancient monuments, international journal of architectural heritage, 12(1), pp. 75-90. doi: 10.1080/15583058.2017. 1377313. [2] veiga, r.m., velosa, a. and magalhaes, a. (2009). experimental applications of mortars with pozzolanic additions: characterization and performance evaluation, construction and building materials, 23, pp. 318-327. doi: 10. 1016/j.conbuildmat.2007.12.003. [3] aggelakopoulou, e., bakolas, a. and moropoulou, a. (2011). properties of lime–metakaolin mortars for the restoration of historic masonries, applied clay science, 53(1), pp. 15-19. doi: 10.1016/j.clay.2011.04.005. [4] kourkoulis, s.k., pasiou, e.d., triantis, d., stavrakas and i., hloupis, g. (2015). innovative experimental techniques in the service of restoration of stone monuments part i: the experimental set up, procedia engineering, 109, pp. 268-275. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.06.232. [5] kourkoulis, s.k. and pasiou, e.d. (2015). interconnected epistyles of marble monuments under axial loads, international journal of architectural heritage, 9(3), pp. 177-194. doi: 10.1080/15583058.2012.756079. [6] benin, a.v., semenov, a.s., semenov, s.g., beliaev, m.o. and modestov, v.s. (2017). methods of identification of concrete elastic-plastic-damage models, magazine of civil engineering, 8, pp. 279–297. doi: 10.18720/mce. 76.24. [7] gatelier, n., pellet, f., loret, b. (2002). mechanical damage of an anisotropic porous rock in cyclic triaxial tests, international journal of rock mechanics and mining sciences, 39(3), pp. 335-354. doi: 10.1016/s1365-1609 (02)00029-1. [8] jia, c., xu, w., wang, r., wang, w., zhang, j. and yu, j. (2018). characterization of the deformation behavior of fine-grained sandstone by triaxial cyclic loading, construction and building materials, 162, pp. 113-123. doi: 10. 1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.12.001. [9] neuenschwander, m., knobloch, m. and fontana, m. (2016). suitability of the damage-plasticity modelling concept for concrete at elevated temperatures: experimental validation with uniaxial cyclic compression tests, cement and concrete research, 79, pp. 57-75. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2015.07.013 [10] li, b., xu, l., chi, y., huang, b. and li, c. (2017). experimental investigation on the stress-strain behavior of steel fiber reinforced concrete subjected to uniaxial cyclic compression, construction and building materials, 140, pp. 109-118. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.02.094. [11] kaklis, k., agioutantis, z., mavrigiannakis, s. and maravelaki-kalaitzaki, p. (2018). on the experimental investigation of pozzolanic lime mortar stress-strain behavior and deformation characteristics when subjected to unloading-reloading cycles, procedia structural integrity, 10, pp. 129-134. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.09.019. [12] costigan, a. and pavia, s. (2010). influence of mechanical properties of lime mortar on the strength of masonry, 2nd conference on historic mortars hmc 2010 and rilem tc 203-rhm final workshop, editor(s): j. valek, c. groot and j.j. hughes, e-isbn: 978-2-35158-112-4, publisher: rilem publications sarl, pp. 457-466. [13] gameiro, a., santos silva, a., faria, p., grilo, j., branco, t., veiga, r. and velosa, a. (2014). physical and chemical assessment of lime–metakaolin mortars: influence of binder: aggregate ratio, cement and concrete composites, 45, pp. 264-271. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2013.06.010. [14] bieniawski, z.t. and bernede, m.j. (1979). suggested methods for determining the uniaxial compressive strength and deformability of rock materials, international journal of rock mechanics and mining sciences & geomechanics abstracts, 16(5), pp. 135-140. doi: 10.1016/0148-9062(79)90262-6. [15] vogler, u.w. and kovari, κ. (1978). suggested methods for determining the strength of rock materials in triaxial compression, international journal of rock mechanics and mining sciences & geomechanics abstracts, 15(2), pp. 47-51. doi: 10.1016/0148-9062(78)91677-7. [16] mogi, k. (2007). experimental rock mechanics, geomechanics research series 3, balkema proceedings and monographs in engineering, water and earth sciences, the netherlands, taylor & francis/balkema. [17] bahn, b.y. and hsu, c.t.t. (1998). stress-strain behavior of concrete under cyclic loading, aci materials journal, 95(2), pp. 178-193. [18] chen, w.f. and han, d.j. (1988). plasticity for structural engineers, new york, springer-verlag. [19] li, b., xu, l., chi, y., huang, b. and li, c. (2017). experimental investigation on the stress-strain behavior of steel fiber reinforced concrete subjected to uniaxial cyclic compression, construction and building materials, 140, pp. 109-118. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.02.094. k. kaklis et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 395-406; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.33 406 [20] sima, j.f., roca, p. and molins, c. (2008). cyclic constitutive model for concrete, engineering structures, 30(3), pp. 695-706. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2007.05.005. [21] lam, l. and teng, j.g. (2009). stress–strain model for frp-confined concrete under cyclic axial compression, engineering structures, 31(2), pp. 308-321. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2008.08.014. [22] farmer, i. (1982). engineering behaviour of rocks. second edition, new york, chapman and hall. [23] olsson w.a. (2000). origin of lüders' bands in deformed rock, journal of geophysical research atmospheres, 105(b3), pp. 5931-5938. doi: 10.1029/1999jb900428. [24] osorio, e., bairán, j.m. and marí, a.r. (2013). lateral behavior of concrete under uniaxial compressive cyclic loading, materials and structures, 46(5), pp. 709–724. doi: 10.1617/s11527-012-9928-9. [25] sinaie, s., heidarpour, a., zhao, x.l. and sanjayan, j.g. (2015). effect of size on the response of cylindrical concrete samples under cyclic loading, construction and building materials, 84, pp. 399-408. doi: 10.1016/ j.conbuildmat. 2015.03.076. [26] breccolotti, m., bonfigli, m.f., d’alessandro, a. and materazzi, a.l. (2015). constitutive modeling of plain concrete subjected to cyclic uniaxial compressive loading, construction and building materials, 94, pp. 172-180. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.06.067. [27] he, w., wu, y.f. and liew, k.m. (2008). a fracture energy based constitutive model for the analysis of reinforced concrete structures under cyclic loading, computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering, 197(51-52), pp. 4745-4762. doi: 10.1016/j.cma.2008.06.017. [28] yu, t., zhang, b. and teng, j.g. (2015). unified cyclic stress–strain model for normal and high strength concrete confined with frp, engineering structures, 102, pp. 189-201. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2015.08.014. [29] hafezolghorani, m., hejazi, f., vaghei, r., jaafar, m.s.b. and karimzade k. (2017). simplified damage plasticity model for concrete, structural engineering international, 27(1), pp. 68-78. doi: 10.2749/101686616x1081. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_37_3282.docx t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 566 analysis of workability, mechanical strength and durability by the ft-ir method of concrete based on silica-limestone sand preserved in aggressive environments tarek djedid laboratory of exploitation and valorisation of saharan energy resources " levres " department of hydraulic and civil engineering, faculty of technology, university of el-oued, 39000, algeria tarek-djedid@univ-eloued.dz mohammed mani department of hydraulic and civil engineering, faculty of technology, university of el-oued, 39000, algeria m.mani39@gmail.com abdelhamid guettala research laboratory in civil engineering « lrgc » university mohamed khider biskra, bp 145 rp, 07000 biskra, algeria guettalas@yahoo.fr abdelkader hima* department of electrical engineering, faculty of technology, university of el-oued, 39000, algeria abdelkader-hima@univ-eloued.dz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5533-3991 abstract. the interest of using combined sand of equal percentage of silica and limestone becomes evident in the formulation of compacted concrete in several previous works around the world due to the formidable percentage of fines that improves the compactness and increases various mechanical resistances, which produces a more durable construction against different probable aggressions. this paper examines the effect of using this type of sand on workability, compressive strength, flexural strength, and splitting tensile strength. a durability test was consulted using infrared spectroscopy to assess diverse types of hydration products formed. the obtained results show clearly the advantages of using sand with silica and limestone grains (50/50)% in ordinary concrete infected by aggressive water. there is also an improvement in compactness, different mechanical resistances, and a reduction in the formation of harmful hydration products. citation: djedid, t., mani, m., guettala, a., hima, a., analysis of workability, mechanical strength and durability by the ft-ir method of concrete based on silica-limestone sand preserved in aggressive environments, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579. received: 28.09.2021 accepted: 19.12.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/j6gurlx4gm0 t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 567 keywords. silica-limestone sand; concrete; workability; mechanical strength; infrared spectroscopy. introduction and is the second most used material in the world after water. fifteen billion tons of sand are extracted every year, mainly for construction (roads and concrete manufacturing). it takes 200 tons of sand to build a single house and 30.000 tons of sand for one kilometer of road [1]. in order to meet the growing needs, industrials are exploiting huge quarries, dredging rivers and seabed with sometimes disastrous ecological consequences. the increasing extraction of natural sand in riverbeds is causing many problems, losing water, deepening river courses and provoking bank slides, loss of vegetation on river banks, etc. [2, 3]. one of the adopted methods to reduce the environmental impact of the construction industry is the use of alternative raw materials [3-5] by partially or totally replacing the constituents of concrete in order to reduce the total cost of construction. aggregate properties affect the durability and performance of concrete, so fine aggregate is an essential component of concrete and cement mortar. the most commonly used fine aggregate is natural river sand. fine and coarse aggregate account for about 75% of the total volume of concrete [6]. it is therefore important to obtain an abundant alternative aggregate of good quality on site as the aggregate forms the main matrix of the concrete or mortar. one of the problems encountered in achieving adequate workability in concrete and mortar mixtures based on crushed limestone sand is the increased water demand. this adverse effect is mainly due to the presence of a high percentage of fines, the shape and texture of the crushed sand. this increase in water demand can be reduced by using super plasticizers [7-9]. cement and concrete of australia (ccaa) [10] indicates that the shape and texture of aggregate particles have a significant influence on the workability of freshly mixed concrete, as they affect the water demand and the water-cement ratio. t. shanmugapriya and r. n. uma [11] reported that the optimum percentage of replacement of natural sand with crushed limestone sand is 50%. the results also revealed that increasing the percentage of partial replacement of cement with silica fume increased the compressive and flexural strength of high performance concrete. puneeth, g. t. and mamatha, a [12] reported that the optimum percentage of manufactured sand and microsilica were 50% and 15% respectively. the concrete with this percentage of micro silica and manufactured sand has higher compressive, tensile and flexural strength than conventional concrete. nisnevich et al [13] showed that lightweight concrete containing thermal power plant rejects and quarry sand had a strength multiplied by 2 or more when the crushed sand was close to 50%. prakash, rao, and giridhar, kumar [14] deduced that concrete cubes containing crusher sand developed about 17% higher compressive strength, more than 7% higher tensile strength, and 20% higher flexural strength than concrete cubes and prisms with river sand as fine aggregate. vasumathi [15] examined the strength of concrete by partially replacing cement with fly ash and natural sand with quarry sand. it is concluded that there is a gain in strength at young age, but the strength does not increase at least after 28 days and workability decreases. there are other researchers who reported that the semi-substitution of river sand by crushed limestone sand participates in the reduction of the porosity of concrete and contributes to the improvement of its strength and durability. the southeastern region of algeria suffers from the penury of the river sands and the rising of groundwater phenomenon. in addition, waters in this region are loaded with chlorides (cl-) and sulphates (so4-2) and strongly affected the stability and durability of constructions. therefore, this work investigates the effects of the semi-substitution of river sand by crushed limestone sand (at the same w/c ratio and plasticity range) on several properties of fresh and hardened concrete. the performance and durability of the concrete formulation were evaluated through the measure of various parameters i.e. slump, density of fresh concrete, compressive strength, flexural strength, tensile strength, and infrared spectroscopy. materials cement he used cement in this experiment is of type cemi42.5n-lh/sr5 (sulfate resistant cement). it comes from the cement factory of ain el kebira, setif (algeria), whose physico-chemical and mineralogical characteristics are indicated in tab. 1. s t t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 568 aggregates two types of sand were used during this work; the first is a river sand (rs) that comes from the sand pit of asila sandpit (el meghaier, algeria), and the second is a crushed sand (cs) that is brought from the quarry refusals of ben brahim (hassi messoud, algeria). rs has a continuous particle size distribution ranging from 0.08 to 5 mm with a fraction of grains smaller than 0.08 mm is about 1%.however, the particle size of cs is altered between 0.08 and 3 mm with a proportion of grains smaller than 0.08 mm being about 17% (fig. 1). two types of gravels are used g1 (3/8) and g2 (8/16) of the same mineralogical source as cs. the main physicalmechanical and chemical characteristics of the used aggregates are presented in tab. 2. the mineralogical analysis by xrd shows us the siliceous nature of rs, and the essentially calcareous nature of cs (fig. 2). adjuvant the used admixture in this formulation is a brown super plasticizer with a high water reducer which makes it possible to obtain very high quality concretes and mortars. it is supplied by the company granitex and marketed under the name: medaplast sp 40, with a density of 1.20 ± 0.01, a ph of 8.2, and a chloride content ˂ 1g/l, in accordance with the standards nf en 934-2 and na 774. the authorized percentage by the manufacturer is 0.6 2.5% by weight of cement depending on the performance required. technical requirements of formulation the cement dosage is 400kg/m3 and the same strength class of concrete c 30/37 mpa has been chosen for all the studied formulations. the used method in the preparation of concrete is the graphical method of dreux gorisse [16]. two compositions of concrete were made in this context; the first is based on 50% substitution of river sand by crushed limestone sand [9] named c1, and the other is a control concrete c0 of 0% limestone sand to access the comparison. in order to choose a suitable percentage of w/c and super plasticizer, three w/c ratios were tested (0.4, 0.42, 0.43) and for each ratio, two percentages of super plasticizer were used (2 and 2.5% as upper limits allowed by the manufacturer). for the follow-up of this investigation, five time periods were proposed (28, 60, 90, 180, 360 days) in order to guarantee the effect of this formulation stored in a moderately aggressive environment (based on an equal percentage of fine siliceous and calcareous grains) on the different mechanical strengths and the results given by infrared spectroscopy. chemical composition (% wt) cao al2o3 sio2 fe2o3 na2o so3 k2o clir loss on ignition free cao 63.69 4.55 20.9 5.03 0.18 2.08 0.33 0.001 0.75 0.7 0.75 mineralogical composition (%) c3s c2s c3a c4af 67.35 9.42 3.33 16.2 physical and mechanical properties specific gravity (g/cm3) 3.22 blaine specific surface area (cm2/g) 3025 initial set (min) 185 final set (min) 285 consistency of cement paste (%) 25.09 strength class (mpa) 42.5 table 1: characteristics and composition of the used of cement. t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 569 type sand gravel rs cs cg 3/8 8/16 apparent volumetric mass (g/cm3) 1.65 1.44 1.43 1.40 absolute volumetric mass (g/m3) 2.55 2.55 2.72 2.45 fineness modulus 2.29 2.62 compactness (%) 62 56 52 57 porosity (%) 38 44 48 43 void ratio (%) 61 78 92 75 visual sand equivalent (%) 71.37 80.87 piston sand equivalent (%) 72.65 82.60 aggregate cleanness (%) 98.84 99.95 water absorption after 24 h (%) 2.13 4.1 2.38 3 flatness coefficient (%) 17 14 los angeles testing (%) 24 25 water content (%) 1.73 0.6 0.45 0.45 methylene blue test 1.5 0.8 table 2: physical, mechanical and chemical properties of aggregates. figure 1: size analysis of the studied aggregates. experimental procedures wo tests were carried out in the fresh state, the first is the abrams cone slump test according to the specification of en 12350-2 [17]. the other is the density determination test according to the recommendations of en 123506 [18]. the aim was to optimize the water and super plasticizer dosage to reduce the overall pore volume [19]. three types of moulds were used, 100×100×100 mm cubes for compressive strength, 70×70×280 mm prisms for flexural strength, and 110×220 mm cylinders for tensile strength (brazilian test). the execution of these mechanical strengths is performed according to the european standards, i.e. en 12390-3, en 12390-5 and en 12390-6 respectively [20-22]. t t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 570 (a) (b) figure 2: xrd analysis of investigated sands: (a) rs, (b) cs. ft-ir spectroscopy is a technique that is based on the interaction between ir radiation and a sample which can be solid, liquid or gas. it measures the frequencies at which the sample absorbs the radiation as well as the intensity of these absorptions. the frequencies are useful for identifying the chemical composition of the sample because the chemical functional groups are responsible for absorbing radiation at different frequencies. the concentration of a component can be determined from the absorption intensity. this test is performed at the laboratory of chemical research of the university of el oued at the age of 360 days. ft-ir spectra were recorded using a shimadzu iraffinity-1 spectrophotometer. the spectra of the concrete samples were recorded by grinding the samples into powder, mixing the powder with a small amount of kbr (potassium bromide) powder (0.198g kbr powder + 0.002g concrete) and compacting the mixture into a disk. specifically, the mid-infrared frequency range (4000 to 400 cm-1) with a resolution of 8 cm-1. thirty scans were recorded each time. environmental conditions to accelerate the degradation process, the concrete specimens are exposed to three chemically aggressive environments of water rising in three locations (named a, b, c) of el oued region (algeria) during one year. it should be noted that wetting-drying cycles are opted for after the first twenty-eight days of continuous immersion in drinking water, which represents a total of 22 wetting-drying cycles of up to 360 days. the concentrations of the chemical elements through these environments are represented in tab. 3. it is also worth mentioning that these environments can be considered as moderately aggressive environments xa2 [23]. the specimens are naturally dried in the open air, which was more relevant for the service conditions. a wet-dry cycle lasted 15 days. first, the specimens were continuously immersed in each environment for 7 days, and then were put in the open air to dry naturally for another 8 days [24,25]. designation of specimens and aggressive environments c0a, c0b, and c0c: ordinary concrete specimens based on river sand (siliceous) in each environment a, b and c subjected to wetting-drying cycles. c1a ,c1b, and c1c: ordinary concrete specimens based on 50% quarry sand (limestone) and 50% silica sand in each environment a, b and c subjected to wet-dry cycles. c1a ic, c1b ic, and c1c ic: ordinary concrete specimen based on 50% quarry sand (limestone) and 50% silica sand in each environment a, b, and c subjected to continuous immersion. environment a: rising waters from the chott area. environment b: rising waters from the sidi mastour area. environment c: rising waters from the sahane 1 area. t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 571 ph t sal ca+2 mg+2 nh4+ clrs hco3no3no2so4-2 °c ‰ mg/l env a 7.71 10-22 4.1 761.5 140.9 0.53 5739.8 4400 185.44 7.05 0.47 2610.81 env b 7.35 10-22 7.7 689.3 165.2 0.6 2290.2 10400 488 3.79 0.04 1119 env c 7.44 10-22 9.6 521.0 680.5 0.23 4956.3 7200 229.36 2.59 0.04 2120 table 3: physico-chemical characteristics of rising waters. results and analysis effect of substitution on workability rom the results of fig. 3, it is noticed that the slump rate increases with increasing water and super plasticizer dosages for both types of concrete. comparing the results of c0 and c1, it is undoubtedly stipulated that the shape of the grains and the nature of the texture are the most responsible for the workability of the concrete [26]. fig. 4 shows the high densification of c1 with w/c equals to 0.42 and the percentage of super plasticizer in relation to the weight of cement of 2.5%. on the other hand, the concretes c0 with w/c equal to 0.42 and sp percentages equal to 2%, 2.5% are almost comparable. this situation states that the ratio of w/c is 0.42 and the percentage of super plasticizer of 2.5% becomes the most suitable for this formulation. the workability of concrete is made with 50% substitution of river silica sand by crushed limestone sand which is much more influenced by the amount of water and super plasticizer they introduce due to the high specific surface area of the limestone fines. however, in order to keep a good densification and an excellent quality of the plastic concrete in accordance with the position of a more compact and durable concrete, it was necessary to choose the right volume of water and to increase the quantity of admixture until a workable mixture was obtained. figure 3: slump rate of c0 and c1 as a function of w / c and percentage of sp. figure 4: density of c0 and c1 as a function of e/c and percentage of sp. an excellent correlation equation (fig. 5) between the slump values and the specific weights is obtained in the fresh state of all the formulations tested with different w/c and super plasticizer dosage has the value y= 0.18x34.93x2 + 42.56x + 2304.6, and the correlation coefficient r2 = 0.95, where y represents the specific density values and x represents the slump values. this predictive equation has been adapted in the case of ordinary concrete based on alluvial sand or silicalimestone sand (50/50) % where w/c is between 0.4 0.43 and sp content is between 2 % and 2.5 %. f t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 572 figure 5: relationship between the slump values and the specific weights obtained in the fresh state. effect of substitution on mechanical strength: compressive strength compressive strength is an important characteristic of concrete and one of the main parameters of this research. the compressive strength has been measured at different times. it represents the average of the strengths of a series of three cubic specimens subjected to crushing. compressive strengths were monitored on 10x10x10 cm specimens subjected to alternating cycles of wetting-drying and continuous immersion in groundwater until the day of testing. fig. 6 shows the compressive strength values at different measurement times: 28, 60, 90, 180, and 360 days. figure 6: evolution of compressive strengths of different concretes in environment a, band c. the results show that the compressive strengths of c0, c1 and c1 ic concrete in all environments often increase with age and do not show any decrease except for a slight reduction of the compressive strength of c1 ic in environment a at the age of 360 days by 0.45% compared to that at the age of 180 days. when comparing the strength values at 360 days, c1 concretes have better compressive strengths than c0 (control) concretes in all environments. in fact, c1 concretes with a 50% limestone sand base and whatever the storage condition (c1 ic contained immersion, c1 wetting -drying) present a superiority in the development of mechanical compressive performance compared to the c0 control (wetting -drying) of the order of 1.40%, 0.73% in environment a , 4.84%, 3.74% in environment b and 18.82%, 13.89% in environment c respectively. the increase in compressive strength of c0a between 28 and 360 days (fig. 6) is due to the crystallization of new products in the voids of the interfacial transition zone by slow chemical reactions between the cement paste constituents and the aggregate, formation of calcium silicate hydrates in the case of siliceous aggregates. these interactions then contribute to the development of the strength over time [19]. t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 573 furthermore, the mechanical behavior of c1 concrete is constantly immersed in the aggressive waters of environments a, b and c and it is therefore better than the same concrete kept alternately. these results are in agreement with those found by the united states bureau of reclamation which states that the rate of degradation of an alternately immersed specimen for one year is equivalent to that degraded under continuous immersion for eight years [27-29]. in this case and up to the age of one year, the existence of 50% of limestone sand in the cement matrix is infected by aggressive species resulting from the phenomenon of rising water considerably, improves the compressive strength. this is due to the appropriate percentage of fines which promote capillary pore sealing and thus gradually increase the compressive strength. this was confirmed by priyanka [30] who proved that the substitution of 50% of natural sand by artificial limestone sand in the mortar mix, presents an excellent compressive strength especially with a w/c ratio equal to 0.5. another assertion was provided by adams [31] who said that the substitution of natural sand by 50% of crushed limestone sand in high performance concrete presents a better compressive strength of concrete. effect of substitution on mechanical strength: flexural strength fig. 7 shows the flexural strength values at the different ages mentioned above. the results indicate that most of the flexural strength values of the different types of concrete in all environments peak at the age of 180 days and then were decreased at the last maturity at 360 days with the exception of c0a and c1a ic of environment a, which peaked at the age of 60 days and c1c ic of environment c that shows its highest value at 90 days. these values can provide an overall indication of the intensity of aggressiveness of each environment. thus it can be said that environment a and c and especially a are more severe than environment b, as also shown in tab. 3. generally the values of the mechanical strength to compression and bending are more optimized in environment b, then in c respectively, while environment a is characterized by lower values than the other two mentioned above. in our investigation, we observed optimum values of flexural strength of c1 type concrete in all environments at the age of 180 days, of the order of 11, 10.38 and 7.98 mpa respectively in a,b, and c. these figures no longer persist and will be reduced by 38.36%, 23.12%, and 1.12% successively at age 360 days. this scenario explains that the hydration products, especially c-s-h and ch evolved gradually, until that time, the harmful hydration products like monosulfoaluminate will be enlarged and occupy space at the interfacial transition zone between aggregate and paste [32-34] which finally decreases the flexural strength. it has been observed that the increase in 180 day flexural strength of c1b, c1c, may be due to the additional and continuous formation of caco3 during wetting-drying periods. for this reason, some researchers found that the reaction between the amount of caco3 and the minerals in the cement, in particular c3a, c4af, produces a solid compound (c3a.caco3.11h2o) [6, 19]. at the age of 360 days, c1 concrete is better than c0 in all environments, the results clearly show that the flexural strengths of different types are almost comparable in environment a. while in b, c1 and c1 ic concretes show an increase in flexural strength of 12.55 % and 4.83% compared to c0. similarly, c1c and c1c ic showed an increase of 15.51% and 10.98% compared to c0. figure 7: evolution of flexural strengths of different concretes in the environment a, b and c. t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 574 effect of substitution on mechanical strength: tensile strength fig. 8 describes the evolution of the splitting tensile strength over time. the results show that the concrete c1 reached a peak at the age of 28 days in all the environments, then the resistances of the same type of concrete were decreased over time and they were recovered again at the last deadline. however, the c0 concrete marked its high value in a at the same time as c1. on the other hand, in the b and c environment, it showed an improved resistance at 90 days. this study allows us to compare the different splitting tensile strength by an obtained splitting at the beginning and at the end of the deadlines. it was found that the concrete c1 has evolved 8.95%, 40.62% and 9.38% at 28 days as well as 8.44%, 15.59% and 1.80% at 360 days in a, b, and c respectively compared to the control concrete. fig. 8 shows us in another way that the c1 specimens kept in environment b present results superior to the order of 4.95 mpa and 4.3 mpa at 28 and 360 days in succession compared to the other specimens in the other environments. the results of the previous paragraph confirm once again that environment b favors the good hydration of cement compared to a and c. this situation is in agreement with those given in tab. 3. figure 8: evolution of tensile strengths of different concretes in the environment a,b and c. effect of substitution on durability by ft-ir spectroscopy he ft-ir spectra (fig. 9, 10, 11) of all 360-day-old samples are almost similar. the main absorption bands in all samples in various environments are presented as the following: the ir spectra of these 360-day old samples implanted in environment a are shown in fig. 9. first, signals are due to ettringite, s-o at 1118 cm-1 of sample c0a, c1a and c1a ic and at 420 cm-1 for c0a, as well as o-h at 3410 cm-1 for all samples can be seen [35-37]. there were also o-h bands from sample c0a,c1a ic at 1029 cm-1 due to aluminate hydration products, c3ah6 [38] and an o-h absorption band at 428,459 cm-1 due to alo6 at c1a and c0a respectively [36]. the infrared spectra of the composition of the study concretes (fig. 9), indicate that the bands associated with different forms of gypsum were evident. thus, the present spectra, in addition to the main band s-o of ettringite at 1118 cm-1, another absorption of s-o at 601, 671 cm-1 for c1a and c1a ic and 601, 667 cm-1 from c0a explains the existence of gypsum. another signal of the latter mineral of s-o band located at 1620 cm-1 between the two mixtures and regardless of the environment indicates bassanite (2caso4.h2o) [35].the results also show another s-o band at 1103 cm-1 of hemihydrates at c1a [39]. an o-h band of aluminate hydration products, c3ah6 is found at 1029 cm-1 within sample c0a and c1a ic. in addition the 459 cm-1 band due to alo6 observed within sample c0a[36]. the absorption bands are observed for calcium carbonate phases are due to co3-2 ion were numerous which are presented at 713, 875,1377, 1423,1797 and 2511 cm-1of the c0a mixture and 709, 798, 875, 1392, 1435, 1465, 1477, 1797, 2511, 470, and 497 cm-1 of the c1a compound, finally the signals of c1a under continuous immersion (ci) are: 709, 798, 875, 1419,1797, and 2511 cm-1 [36]. t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 575 figure 9: infrared spectroscopies of c0a, c1a and c1a ic concrete at 360 days of age. concerning the environment b (fig. 10), the ft-ir spectroscopy does not present any significant difference, the signals which are due to ettringite s-o are always met at 1118 cm-1 in all the samples, and at 2191 cm-1[40] of band o-h in c0b. one notices in this stage that the environment b is less infected by ettringite and gypsum. indeed, the specters of gypsum in the various samples are located at the s-o bands: 601, 671 cm-1 as well as another at 1620 cm-1 representing the bassanite. the o-h bands of aluminate hydration products, c3ah6 are found at: 1029, 1026 and 3525 cm-1 of c0b, c1b ic and all samples respectively. another additional o-h band is found at 3406 cm-1 indicates the existence of bayerite al(oh)₃ in all samples, in addition to the 459 cm-1 band that is due to alo6 [36]. finally, the caco3 spectra are distributed at bands 713, 779, 875, 1427, 1797 and 2515 cm-1 for the c0b mixture and 713, 779, 798, 875, 1419, 1797, and 2515 cm-1from c1b and c1b ic. from the environment c (fig. 11), it is confirmed once again that the spectral behavior of the tested samples is much more similar than those of environments a and b. initially, it can be said that the signals of the obtained ettringite are grouped in the following bands: a band s-o at 1118 cm-1 represented in all the tested samples. others are noticed within the o-h bands at 2198, 2191, 3417, and 3410 cm-1, the first and the last band show the fines of the c0c and c1c ic concrete as well as the two intermediary ones, illustrate the c1 concrete. the s-o gypsum bands are localized as it has been seen before at the following regions: 601, 671, and 1620 cm-1 in the different samples. the compound c3ah6 is observed within the o-h bands: 1029, 3525, and 3545 cm-1, the first one indicates c0c concrete, c1c ic and the last two show c0c concrete. bayerite al(oh)₃ is found at the o-h band at 3406, 3545cm-1 regions of the c0c sample. the alo6 band is restricted to 459, 416 cm-1 within the c0c and c1c samples. t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 576 figure 10: infrared spectroscopies of c0b, c1b and c1b ic concrete at 360 days of age. the caco3 spectra are equally distributed at the co3-2 bands: 713, 779, 875, 1427, 1797, 1863, and 2511 cm-1 for the c0c mixture. in addition peaks found at the regions: 713, 775, 875, 1006, 1033, 1427, 1797, and 2515 cm-1 characterizes the c1c concrete and finally the c1c ic mixture also shows that the peaks are localized at the following locations: 713, 779, 875, 1396, 1446, 1469, 1797, and 2511 cm-1. generally and in all environments, it was noticed that more intense peaks (signals) of ettringite and gypsum in the c0 samples. the calcite are in great quantity resulting from the conversion of ca(oh)2 to caco3. this finding certainly indicates the advantage of using concrete that it based on an equal percentage of limestone sand and silica sand than ordinary concrete that are based on silica sand in a chemically aggressive environment. conclusion he use of half of the sand in a concrete formulation as sand from limestone crushing gives favorable results compared to conventional concrete. after this study, the following remarks can be drawn:  the concrete based on 50% river sand and 50% crushed limestone sand gains the best specific weight according to a well chosen plasticity range. t t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 577 figure 11: infrared spectroscopies of c0c, c1c and c1c ic concrete at 360 days of age.  a statistical correlation was obtained when measuring the workability and the corresponding specific weight with coefficient r2 = 0.95. this polynomial form approach can give a preliminary indication of the compactness during the measurement of the workability.  in the rising water table and in any studied environment in this investigation, the underground structures that are built with silica-limestone sand show higher mechanical strength compared to those built with natural river sand.  the followed policy for the degradation of the samples is based on the use of alternative cycles of wetting-drying is very interesting and proves that the continuous immersion favors a good chemical hydration of c-s-h and ch and generates good mechanical strengths of all the elaborated samples.  intense harmful hydration products were created from the conventional concrete compared to the studied concrete such as ettringite and gypsum.  increased number of ettringite and gypsum peaks and other aluminate products in control samples compared to silica-limestone sand concrete (50/50) %.  the positive effect of limestone in sand based concrete of equal percentage of silica and limestone was certainly noticed by the formation of a whitish layer on the outer surface of the specimens, which also creates a barrier against the infiltration of aggressive agents inside the concrete.  the limestone grains are cheaper and available compared to the silica ones, which are in strong daily decline. this solution helps to decrease the overall cost of the works and preserve the environment. t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 578 nomenclature rs river sand cs crushed sand xrd x-ray diffraction c 30/37 compressive strength class 30/37 w/c water/cement ratio cg crushed gravel g1 gravel (3/8) g2 gravel (8/16) ft-ir fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy xa2 moderate aggressive environment sp superplasticizer references [1] alger, e.n.g.(1999). document: sable la nouvelle donne, algérie, pp. 01-05. [2] ahmad, s. and mahmood, s. (2008). effects of crushed and natural sand on the properties of fresh andhardened concrete. in: 33rd conference on our world in concrete and structures, singapore, 100033006. [3] elavenil, s., vijaya, b. and hariharan, k. (2005). manufactured sand, a solution and an alternative to river sand and in concrete manufacturing. j eng comput appl sci (jec&as), 2(2), pp. 20–24. [4] mounir, l. and idrees, z. (2019). effect of total substitution of crushed limestone sand on concrete durability, european journal of environmental and civil engineering. doi: 10.1080/19648189.2019.1649199. [5] ahmed ahmed, e. and ahemed kourd, a. e. (1989). properties of concrete incorporating natural and crushed stone very fine sand, aci material journal, 86(4), pp. 417-424. [6] neville, a. m. (1995). properties of concrete. fourth edition, england, longman, pp.844. [7] chi, c., wu, y. and riefler, c. (2004). the use of crushed dust production of self consolidating concrete (scc), recycling concrete and other materials for sustainable development.aci symposium, 219, pp. 115-130. [8] kenai, s., benna, y. and menadi, b. (1999). the effect of fines in crushed calcareous sand on properties of mortar and concrete. proceedings of the international conference on infrastructure regeneration and rehabilitation, sheffield, pp. 253-261. [9] djedid, t., guettala, a. and mani, m. (2019). study of the workability and mechanical strength of concrete in the face of upwelling (case of the el oued region of algeria. j fundam appl sci. 11(1), pp. 368-384. doi: 10.4314/jfas.v11i1.24. issn 1112-9867. [10] ccaa, t 60. (2008). guide to the specification and use of manufactured sand in concrete, australia, cement concrete aggregate, pp. 1-15. [11] shanmugapriya, t. and uma, r. n. (2012). optimization of partial replacement of m-s and by natural sand in high performance concrete with silica fume. int j eng sci emerg technol, 2(2), pp.73-80. [12] puneeth, g. t., mamatha, a. (2016).an experimental investigation on the strength of concrete by partial replacement of cement with micro silica and naturel sand with manufactured sand. international journal of civil and structural engineering research, 3 (2), pp. 52-57. [13] nisnevich, m., sirotin, g. and eshel, y.(2003). light weight concrete containing thermal power station and stone quarry waste, magazine of concrete research, 55, no. 4, pp. 313-320. doi:10.1680/macr.2003.55.4.313. [14] prakash, rao. d. s. and kumar, v. g. (2004). investigations on concrete with stone crusher dust as fine aggregate. indian concrete journal, 78(7), pp. 45-50. [15] vasumathi, a.m. (2003). a study on the strength of the concrete by partial replacement of cement with fly ash and sand with quarry dust, proceedings of national seminar on futuristics in concrete and construction engineering, s.r.m engineering college, chennai, pp. 8-14. [16] dreux, g. and jean, festa. (1998). nouveau guide du béton et de ses constituants. paris, eyrolles. p. 416. [17] en 12350-2. (1999). essais pour béton frais partie 2: essais d'affaissement. institut de normalisation, serbie. [18] en 12350-6. (1999). essai pour beâton frais partie 6: masse volumique. institut de normalisation, serbie. [19] neville, a. and brooks, j.j. (2010). concrete technology.second edition. isbn.978-0-273-73219 8(pbk). t. djedid et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 566-579; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.37 579 [20] nf en 12390-3. (2003). essai pour béton durci – partie 3: résistance à la compression des éprouvettes, france, afnor. [21] nf en 12390-5. (2001). essai pour béton durci – partie 5: résistance à la flexion sur éprouvettes, france, afnor. [22] nf en 12390-6. (2000). essai pour béton durci partie 6: résistance en traction par fendage d'éprouvettes, france, afnor. [23] nf en 206-1. (2004). béton partie 1: spécification, performances, production et conformité, france, afnor. [24] lei, jiang, a. and ditao, n. b. (2016). study of deterioration of concrete exposed to different types of sulfate solutions under drying-wetting cycles. construction and building materials, 117, pp. 88 – 98, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.04.094 0950-0618/_ 2016 elsevier ltd. [25] ahmed, m. d., abd elmoaty, m., and ayman, a. aly.(2016). long term study of mechanical properties, durability and environmental impact of limestone cement concrete. alexandria eng. j.55 (2), pp. 1465-1482, doi: 10.1016/j.aej.2016.01.031. [26] swapnil, s. f. (2014). concrete with smart material (manufactured crushed sand)a review. international conference on advances in engineering & technology. journal of mechanical and civil engineering, 6(11), pp. 2729. [27] kamali, s., gerard, b., and moranville, m. (2003). modelling the leaching kinetics of cement based materials-influence of materials and environment. cem concr compos; 25, pp. 451–458. doi: 10.1016%2fs0958-9465(02)00085-9. [28] agostini, f., lafhaj, z., skoczylas, f. and loodsveldt, h. (2007). experimental study of accelerated leaching on hollow cylinders of mortar. cem. concr. res., 37, pp. 71–78. doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2006.09.018. [29] bederina, m., makhloufi, z., bounoua, a., bouziani, t., queneudec, m. (2013). effect of partial and total replacement of siliceous river sand with limestone crushed sand on the durability of mortars exposed to chemical solutions, construction and building materials, 47, pp.146–158. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2013.05.037. [30] priyanka, a.j. and dilip, k. k. (2013). effect of replacement of natural sand by manufactured sand on the properties of cement mortar. international journal of civil and structural engineering, 3, pp. 621-628. doi: 10.6088/ijcser.2 201203013057. [31] adams, j.m., rajesh, a.m., brightson, p. and anand, m.p. (2013). experimental investigation on the effect of msand in high performance concrete, american journal of engineering research (ajer); v 02, pp. 46-51. [32] kumar mehta, p. and monteiro, p. j. m. (2006). concrete microstructure, properties, and materials, third edition, new york, mcgraw-hill. doi: 10.1036/0071462899. [33] tokyay, m. (2016). cement and concrete mineral admixtures, middle east technical university, ankara, turkey, crc press. taylor & francis group, p.325. [34] mani, m., bouali, m. f., kriker, a. and hima, a.(2021).experimental characterization of a new sustainable sand concrete in an aggressive environment,frattura ed integrità strutturale, 55 (1), pp.50-64, doi: 10.3221/igf esis.55.04. [35] fernandez-carrasco, l., torrens-martin, d., morales, l.m. and martinezramirez, s. (2012). infrared spectroscopy in the analysis of building and construction materials. in: infrared spectroscopy—materials science, engineering and technology. london, intech open edition, pp. 369–382. [36] trezza, m.a. and lavat, a. (2001). analysis of the system 3cao.al2o3-caso4.2h2o-caco3-h2o by ft-ir spectroscopy. cement and concrete research 31, pp. 869-872, doi: 10.1016/s0008-8846(01)00502-6. [37] djedid, t. (2020). effet de la substitution du sable de rivière par du sable de carrière sur la durabilité des bétons à base de différents ciments algériens dans des environnements chimiques. thèse de doctorat en génie civil. univ biskra. 213p. [38] fernandez-carrasco, l. and vazquez, t. (1996). aplicacion de la espectroscopia infrarroja al estudio del cemento aluminoso. mater. constr., 46, pp. 53–65. doi: 10.3989/mc.1996.v46.i241.540. [39] mandal, p. k. and mandal, t. k. (2002). anion water in gypsum (caso4-2h2o) and hemihydrate (caso4-1/2h2o). cem. concr. res.,3 2, pp.313–316. [40] ramachandran, v. s. and beaudoin, j. (2000). handbook of analytical techniques in concrete and technology principles, techniques, and applications. england, william andrew publishing. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_63_art_23_3679.docx v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 301 metallurgical hydrogen as an indicator and cause of damage of rolled steel victor p. loginov, vladimir a. polyanskiy, yuriy a. yakovlev institute for problems in mechanical engineering of the russian academy of sciences, russia lvp@ipme.ru vapol@mail.ru; http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1199-1028 yura.yakovlev@gmail.com; http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5041-0441 anatoly m. polyanskiy rdc electron and beam technologies, russia ampol@electronbeamtech.com; http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6470-9583 vecheclav m. olekov, grigory n. rostovykh research institute of bridges and defectoscopy, russia olekov48@mail.ru, g@rostovykh.com abstract. fatigue tests and measurements of the volumetric distribution of metallurgical hydrogen in specimens cut from rolled i-beam 60sh3 made of steel 10khsnd were carried out. fatigue tests show a 20% reduction in fatigue limits compared to similar sheet material. on the fractures of the samples, there are flock-like defects in the areas of interface of the flanges of the i-beam or in the so-called zones of difficult deformation. the concentration of metallurgical hydrogen is unevenly distributed and varies from 0.17 ppm to 1.8 ppm. large concentrations of hydrogen are observed in the zones of difficult deformation, which indicates the hydrogen nature of the metal defects observed at the fracture. the result of mechanical tests and hydrogen diagnostics is a manufacturing defect of rolled products that cannot be corrected. hydrogen diagnostics using metallurgical hydrogen (without hydrogen charging samples) requires essentially less time than mechanical tests and yields the adequate result. keywords. i-beam, fatigue, hydrogen diagnostics, metallurgical hydrogen. citation: loginov, v. p., polyanskiy, v. a., yakovlev, y. a., polyanskiy, a. m., olekov, v. m., rostovykh, g. n., metallurgical hydrogen as an indicator and cause of damage of rolled steel, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308. received: 15.07.2022 accepted: 03.10.2022 online first: 16.12.2022 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2023 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he strong influence of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of structural metals has been studied for about 150 years. as a rule, all studies of this effect on metals include preliminary saturation or "charging" of samples with hydrogen in a hydrogen-containing environment. such saturation is standardized [1-3]. tests for hydrogen t https://youtu.be/58ibni_cafc v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 302 induced cracking or resistance to hydrogen cracking are also standard [4]. the study of the effect of natural, so-called "metallurgical" hydrogen, has long passed into the field of industrial testing [6] and is currently being studied only in the weld metal [7, 8]. in other cases, for each type of alloy there are maximum allowable concentrations of hydrogen which are controlled, most often, directly in the molten metal at the production stage. we do not have information about modern scientific research on "metallurgical" hydrogen and its effect on the mechanical properties of metals. as a rule, the hydrogen concentration changes significantly at various processing stages: crystallization of ingots, rolling, forging. this is the general practice of a single control for each type of products. for example, during the production of steel products it is controlled only in the melt, during the production of aluminum it is controlled only in the ingot. it is also difficult to find studies on the effect of hydrogen on the deformation and destruction of structural metals in a conventional "non-aggressive" environment. at the same time, over the years that have passed since the discovery of the hydrogen problem, the influence of hydrogen dissolved in metals on its mechanical properties has greatly increased. modern structural alloys begin to “feel” this effect starting from hydrogen concentrations of 0.1 ppm [9]. it is generally accepted that hydrogen is located inside the metal in traps of various nature [10]. in this case, each type of trap corresponds to a certain binding energy of hydrogen [11]. the most popular procedure for measuring the degree of occupancy of traps with hydrogen and their binding energies is based on the method of thermal desorption spectra (tds) [12], which is lengthy and is almost never applied to “metallurgical hydrogen”, since it is too small to measure the spectrum [13]. these difficulties lead to the fact that all hydrogen accumulated in the metal is usually divided into two classes: diffusible hydrogen and bound hydrogen. together they form the total hydrogen concentration. there is no single approach in the methods of dividing hydrogen into diffusible and bound ones. the standard [5] defines diffusible hydrogen with the help of the method of its extraction. “the primary method for the measurement of diffusible hydrogen in ferritic arc weld metal is based upon collection and measurement, over mercury, of the hydrogen evolved from a standard-sized weld sample. the evolution takes place at room temperature and consequently the collection time is typically about 14 d.” in other sources, it is considered to be hydrogen with a binding energy or diffusion activation energy of less than 0.3 0.4 ev cf.[14]. it is postulated in [15] that the diffusible h content is determined by hot extraction at 300oc. in our work [16], we showed that using the model of multichannel diffusion of hydrogen in a solid it is possible to determine the distribution of its concentration over binding energy levels based on the results of standard measurements by the hot vacuum extraction method. the av-1 industrial mass-spectrometric analyzer of hydrogen makes it possible to obtain the dependence of hydrogen flows from metal samples on time. this relationship is referred to as the extraction curve. the volume of hydrogen is proportional to the integral of the flow (of the extraction curve). we have shown that the uniform distribution of hydrogen inside the sample is associated with a certain energy level of the hydrogen bond in each peak., see [16]. thus, metallurgical hydrogen has several diagnostic features at once: total concentration, population of various energy levels or distribution of concentration by binding energy levels, the form of the distribution of the total, diffusible and bound hydrogen concentration inside the metal. the relationship of these features with the mechanical state of structures will allow the development and practical application of hydrogen diagnostics of structural metals. materials and experimental equipment echanical fatigue tests and studies of the distribution of hydrogen in the material of the rolled i-beam no. 60sh3 from steel 10khsnd were carried out. the chemical composition of steel is given in tab. 1. c si mn ni s p cr n cu as fe 0.12 0.8-1.1 0.5-0.8 0.5-0.8 < 0.04 < 0.035 0.6-0.9 < 0.008 0.4-0.6 < 0.04 96 table 1: chemical composition (in%) of steel 10khsnd. for mechanical testing, 12 standard corset samples were cut from the lower and upper flanges of the i-beam with the length, width and thickness of the working part 420x75x40 mm3. the main dimensions of the samples are shown in fig.1. m v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 303 the thickness of the lower and upper flanges of the beam is 24 mm; therefore, a part of the vertical flange about 15 mm high was preserved on the samples. figure 1: corset test sample cut from the i-beam flange. fatigue tests were carried out on a cdm-200 pu pulsator press (see fig. 2.) at a frequency of 324 cycles per minute based on 2 million load cycles. the cycle characteristic for all the samples is as follows 0.1 min max      here min , max are the minimal and maximal tension stresses. the stresses in the samples during the tests were determined by the tensometric sensors and the test load. figure 2: tests of a corset specimen cut from the i-beam flange for comparison, the similar corset samples were made and tested from rolled sheet steel 10khsnd with a thickness of 30 mm. to measure the distribution of hydrogen concentration in the metal of the i-beam, an industrial mass-spectrometric hydrogen analyzer av-1 was used. it is designed to measure the hydrogen concentration in metals and alloys in the factory laboratory during the final control of castings from various alloys [16-18]. for measurements, prismatic samples were cut out with dimensions of 6x6x25 mm3 or 6x6x40 mm3 (depending on the thickness of the metal). the cutting of samples for measuring the distribution of hydrogen concentration was carried out with a hand saw so that their temperature did not rise higher than 50 – 60oc. one set of samples was cut from the corset sample (i-beam) which collapsed during testing at the clamping point (the fracture line is shown schematically in fig. 1). the scheme of sample cutting is shown in fig. 3. samples in which the hydrogen measurements were carried out are marked on the diagram with the symbol “x”. v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 304 figure 3: scheme of cutting samples for the analysis of hydrogen content. we also studied the distribution of hydrogen concentrations over the cross section of the i-beam "as is" without preloading. the scheme of sampling (cutting samples) is shown in fig. 4. figure 4: scheme of sampling (cutting samples) from the i-beam experimental results he dependences of the maximum applied mechanical stress on the number of the test cycles for specimens cut from the i-beam and specimens cut from a sheet are shown in fig. 5. an analysis of the fracture surfaces of samples made from 60sh3 beams indicates the presence of defects in all tested samples (see fig. 6.). no defect was observed in the samples cut from a 30 mm sheet. fig. 7 shows the distribution of hydrogen concentrations over the area of the sample destroyed at the clamping point (the sampling scheme is shown in fig. 3). points 1 and 11 correspond to the left and right borders of the sample, respectively. the distribution of hydrogen over the cross section of the i-beam was measured according to the cutting scheme. (see fig. 4.). the map of the positions of samples with color-coded hydrogen concentrations is shown in fig. 8. t v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 305 figure 5: test results of specimens cut from i-beam 60sh3 flanges and from 30 mm rolled sheet. figure 6: photograph of fracture of a sample cut from the i-beam. figure 7: distribution of total hydrogen concentrations ch in a sample cut from the i-beam after its break, see fig.3 for the sample’s code. v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 306 figure 8: distribution map of the total hydrogen concentration ch over the cross section of the i-beam. discussion of results ll defects on the fractures of the samples are concentrated in the so-called zone of difficult deformation, where the metal is deformed with the lower compression forces. the causes of these defects may include: poor calibration of rolls of section rolling mills, insufficient heating of the metal before hot rolling, cooldown of the metal during rolling on the last passes in the finishing stands, violation of the regime of hot plastic deformation by rolling, high concentrations of hydrogen in the metal unevenly distributed in the slab. this manufacturing defect is final and cannot be eliminated by any heat treatment, without plastic deformation. the distribution of hydrogen both over the cross section of the i-beam and over the area of the flange is extremely uneven. it significantly exceeds the average level in zones of complex strain (see fig. 7.8). we can unambiguously say that the cause of defects at the sample fracture is the hydrogen porosity. in the most technical requirements and specifications for structural steels, the concentration of hydrogen in rolled products is not standardized; the hydrogen control is carried out on a sample of about 15 g cut from the molten metal. such an approach, as this study shows, does not fully characterize the quality of the rolled products because of the multiple difference in the measured values of hydrogen concentration in the cold products. the uneven distribution of hydrogen concentrations in the cold metal can be associated with the distribution of non-metallic particles that could not be removed from the molten metal due to their adhesion to small hydrogen bubbles. this phenomenon is especially important in the case of extensive metal recycling and requires additional research. due to the standard requirements the maximum permissible concentration of hydrogen in steels is normalized at the level of 2-4 ppm. but it is necessary to consider the specifics of sampling during the standard industrial testing. very rarely, the measurements of hydrogen concentration are carried out in solid cold rolled products. the data of numerous studies [8,19-22] show that the hydrogen concentration 0.5 1.5 ppm in the cold metals is critical for the strength of modern structural steels, [8,20]. mechanical testing is very time consuming. for example, in this study each of the 12 samples was tested from 12 to 96 hours depending on the number of load cycles. due to the large scatter of fatigue test results, at least four samples are needed to obtain the average results. hydrogen diagnostics is much faster and cheaper, the time for measuring the hydrogen concentration in one sample is about an hour, and the same statistical reliability is reached ten times faster. in this study, we used the total hydrogen concentration as the single indicator. the distribution over binding energies can provide additional information, [17]. for example, diffusive hydrogen in steels is much more dangerous for the mechanical characteristics of the metal than the bound hydrogen, and its concentrations in the zone of localization of structural defects can be tens times higher than the average values. conclusions a v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 307 comprehensive study of a rolled steel i-beam was carried out consisting of the fatigue tests and the hydrogen diagnostics. the distribution of hydrogen concentrations over the volume of the i-beam is measured. the dependences of the cyclic maximum mechanical stresses on the number of load cycles to the destruction of corset specimens cut from the i-beam were obtained. we observe a good correlation between zones of the high hydrogen concentration and the places of sample fracture. high hydrogen concentrations explain both the defect nature and decrease in the fatigue limits of the metal in 60sh3 beam compared to the sheet. technical testing using the hydrogen diagnostics is faster and cheaper than the traditional mechanical testing. this indicates the advantages of hydrogen diagnostics. the data obtained from studies of industrial rolled products indicate the insufficiency of monitoring the concentration of hydrogen in samples from the molten metal. references [1] iso11114-4:2017, (2017). test methods for selecting metallic materials resistant to hydrogen embrittlement. international organization for standardization. https:// www.iso.org/standard/64587.html. [2] iso16573:2015, (2015). steel measurement method for the evaluation of hydrogen embrittlement resistance of high strength steels. international organization for standardization. https://www.iso.org/standard/57128.html. [3] tm0284-2106-sg, (2016). evaluation of pipeline and pressure vessel steels for resistance to hydrogen-induced cracking. ansi/nace standard, nace international, houston, tx. https://store.nace.org/ansi-nace-tm0284-2016. [4] iso 3690^2018, (2018)/ welding and allied processes determination of hydrogen content in arc weld metal. international organization for standardization url: https://www.iso.org/standard/72150.html. [5] hassel, a., merzlikin, s., mingers, a., georges, c., flock, j., bergers, k., tomandl, a., muhr, a. and zwettler, f., (2013). methodology of hydrogen measurements in coated steels, luxembourg, publications office of the eu. doi: 10.2777/10253. [6] klett, j., mattos, i. b., maier, h. j., e silva, r. h. and hassel, t. (2021). control of the diffusible hydrogen content in different steel phases through the targeted use of different welding consumables in underwater wet welding. mater. corros., 72(3), pp. 504-516. doi : 10.1002/maco.202011963. [7] brätz, o., klett, j., wolf, t., henkel, k. m., maier, h. j. and hassel, t. (2022). induction heating in underwater wet welding—thermal input, microstructure and diffusible hydrogen content. materials, 15(4), 1417. doi: 10.3390/ma15041417 [8] wang, m., akiyama, e. and tsuzaki, k. (2007). effect of hydrogen on the fracture behavior of high strength steel during slow strain rate test. corrosion science, 49(11), pp. 4081-4097. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2007.03.038. [9] oriani, r. a. (1970). the diffusion and trapping of hydrogen in steel. acta metallurgica, 18(1), pp. 147-157. doi : 10.1016/0001-6160(70)90078-7. [10] hirth, j.p. (1980).effects of hydrogen on the properties of iron and steel. metall. mater. trans. a 11, pp. 861–890. doi: 10.1007/bf02654700. [11] kissinger, h. e. (1957). reaction kinetics in differential thermal analysis. analytical chemistry, 29(11), pp. 1702-1706. doi: 10.1021/ac60131a045. [12] tapia-bastidas, c. v., atrens, a. and gray, e. m. (2018). thermal desorption spectrometer for measuring ppm concentrations of trapped hydrogen. int. j. hydrog. energy, 43(15), pp. 7600-7617. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2018.02.161. [13] park, i. j., jeong, k. h., jung, j. g., lee, c. s. and lee, y. k. (2012). the mechanism of enhanced resistance to the hydrogen delayed fracture in al-added fe–18mn–0.6c twinning-induced plasticity steels. int. j. hydrog. energy, 37(12), pp. 9925-9932. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2012.03.100. [14] depover, t. and verbeken, k. (2018). the detrimental effect of hydrogen at dislocations on the hydrogen embrittlement susceptibility of fe-cx alloys: an experimental proof of the help mechanism. int. j. hydrog. energy, 43(5), pp. 3050-3061. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2017.12.109. [15] polyanskiy, a. m., polyanskiy, v. a. and yakovlev, y. a. (2014). experimental determination of parameters of multichannel hydrogen diffusion in solid probe. int. j. hydrog. energy, 39(30), pp. 17381-17390. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2014.07.080 a v. loginov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 301-308; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.23 308 [16] belyaev, a. k., polyanskiy, a. m., polyanskiy, v. a., sommitsch, c. and yakovlev, y. a. (2016). multichannel diffusion vs tds model on example of energy spectra of bound hydrogen in 34crnimo6 steel after a typical heat treatment. int. j. hydrog. energy, 41(20), pp. 8627-8634. doi:10.1016/j.ijhydene.2016.03.198 [17] andronov, d. y., arseniev, d. g., polyanskiy, a. m., polyanskiy, v. a. and yakovlev, y. a. (2017). application of multichannel diffusion model to analysis of hydrogen measurements in solid. int. j. hydrog. energy, 42(1), pp. 699710. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2016.10.126 [18] wang, m., akiyama, e. and tsuzaki k., (2005) effect of hydrogen and stress concentration on the notch tensile strength of aisi 4135 steel. mater. sci. eng. a, 398(1), pp. 37–46. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2005.03.008. [19] venezuela, j., hill, t., zhou, q., li, h., shi, zh., dong, f., knibbe, r., zhang, m., dargusch, m.s. and atrens, a., (2021). hydrogen-induced fast fracture in notched 1500 and 1700 mpa class automotive martensitic advanced highstrength steel. corrosion science, 188, 109550, doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2021.109550. [20] liu, q. and atrens, a. , (2013). a critical review of the influence of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of medium strength steels, corros. rev. 31, pp. 85–104. doi: 10.1515/corrrev-2013-0023. [21] ramamurthy, s., lau, w. m. l. and atrens, a. (2011). influence of the applied stress rate on the stress corrosion cracking of 4340 and 3.5 nicrmov steels under conditions of cathodic hydrogen charging. corrosion science, 53(7), pp. 2419-2429. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2011.03.028. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_41_3855.docx r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 602 a simplified formula to estimate the load history due to ballistic impacts with bullet splash. development and validation for finite element simulation of 9x21mm full metal jacket bullets riccardo andreotti callens® area3, via merini 37 21100 varese, italy dipartimento di meccanica, politecnico di milano, via la masa 1, 20156 milano, italy riccardo.andreotti@callens.it andrea casaroli dipartimento di meccanica, politecnico di milano, via la masa 1, 20156 milano, italy andrea.casaroli@polimi.it mauro quercia callens® area3, via merini 37 21100 varese, italy mauro.quercia@area3.it marco v. boniardi dipartimento di meccanica, politecnico di milano, via la masa 1, 20156 milano, italy marco.boniardi@polimi.it abstract. an original simplified formula is proposed to estimate the load history caused by ballistic impacts characterized by the so-called bullet splash phenomenon, consisting in the complete bullet fragmentation with no penetration of the target. the formula is based on the progressive momentum variation of the mass of the bullet impacting on a planar plate normal to the impact direction. the method aims at creating a simplified approach to assess the response of structures by means of explicit finite element simulations without the need of modelling the interaction between impactor and target. the results demonstrate that the proposed method can be used to estimate the forces generated by bullet-splash phenomena of 9x21mm full metal jacket bullets and effectively applied to finite element simulations allowing significant reductions in computational cost. keywords. ballistic impact; load history; bullet splash; stainless steel plate; finite element simulation (fem); explicit solver. citation: andreotti r., casaroli a., quercia m., boniardi m.v., a simplified formula to estimate the load history due to ballistic impacts with bullet splash. development and validation for finite element simulation of 9x21mm full metal jacket bullets, 62 (2022) 602-612. received: 12.08.2022 accepted: 14.09.2022 online first: 15.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/1laacexm1gm r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 603 introduction n today’s aerospace and defense industry, the optimization of protective capabilities of a structural system is mainly done by means of finite element explicit simulations, with a similar approach to what is done for passive safety requirements like bird strike [1]. this paper aims at proposing and discussing the effectiveness of an easy-to-use formula to estimate the evolution in time of the impactor-target interaction forces due to bullet splash [2], which represent a typical load case of a properly working protective structure able to locally withstand the interaction with the impactor, therefore generating high intensity reaction forces that propagate to the surrounding structures threatening their general integrity. the estimation of the load history allows analysts to conduct finite element simulations of bullet splash phenomena to predict the response of protective structural systems with the significant advantage of avoiding the cost of modelling and simulating the interaction phenomena between impactor and target. a similar approach was followed by the u.s. army ballistic research laboratory of aberdeen, maryland with the development of the epic-2 code [3], but the code is not available. the available literature mostly proposes simulation techniques for ballistic impacts focusing on the effects of rigid projectiles on deformable targets, to predict the ballistic limit velocity and the failure modes of the target. in 2021 goda et al. [4] analyzed the damage and stress field of a modern ceramic/composite protection impacted and penetrated by rigid projectiles. in 2022 the same author focused on the effects of the shape and angle of impact on the energy absorption of woven-fabric protections again impacted and penetrated by rigid projectiles [5]. yunfei et al. [6] (2014) verified both numerically and experimentally the effects of impactors of different strengths and deformability on penetrating metallic plates. rajput & iqbal (2017) [7] instead showed the effects of the nose shapes of rigid projectiles impacting on aluminum plates at different velocity. regarding the effects of the fragmentation of the bullet, bresciani et al. [8] in 2016 published a study about the use of adaptive remeshing and smooth particle hydrodynamics (sph) methods to investigate the interactions between impactor and target when they both encounter fragmentation. in this context, andreotti et al. (2021) [9] proposed a simplified finite element approach to simulate the interaction between bullet fragments and target during bullet splash phenomena. the model then proposed was based on an arbitrary lagrangianeulerian (ale) formulation to simulate the interaction between fragments and target as a fluid structure interaction (fsi), therefore avoiding the mechanical characterization of the deviatoric components of the constitutive law assigned to the bullet’s material. the approach was experimentally validated for 4 mm thick plates made with aisi 304 steel hit by 9x21mm full metal jacket bullets both in terms of back plate residual displacements and in terms of plastic strain field in the impact area. the work here presented was conceived to take advantage of that experience and propose an even more efficient way to face the problem of assessing protective structural systems against bullet splash phenomena once the focus of the simulations to be carried out is to investigate the response of the structures in the surroundings of the impact point without the need of a detailed reproduction of the local strain field due to the direct pressure of the fragments hitting the epicenter of the impact. this paper presents a formula to estimate the resultant load history due to bullet splash interactions, based only on the geometry of the bullet, its mass distribution, and its initial impact velocity. the formula is aimed to be useful to define load curves to be applied to simplified finite element models to conduct explicit dynamics analyses on any simulation platform featured with an explicit structural solver. the approach has been validated by comparing the results of the detailed fluid-structure interaction already experimentally validated by andreotti et al [9] with the results of a simplified simulation in which the load history is estimated by means of an analytical-numerical approach based on the proposed theoretical formula. the comparisons between the history of global reaction forces and the stress waves being transferred through the plates during the simulations show a clear consistency of the method. moreover, the comparison between the fsi and non-fsi calculation times shows a clear advantage in terms of computational cost. section 2 of the article illustrates the development of the load history formula and its practical application to the 9x21 fmj bullet considered by andreotti et al. [9]. section 3 explains how the finite element simulations were conducted. in section 4 the results are discussed comparing them with the ones obtained by means of the fsi model. section 5 summarizes the results and conclusions introducing possible further developments to the research. estimation of the load history ccording to andreotti et al. [9], bullet splash phenomena are mainly governed by the inertial, geometrical and compressibility properties of the impactor, while the deviatoric part of the constitutive law of the bullet’s materials can be considered neglectable. the simplification effectively introduced to treat bullet splash as a fluid structure i a r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 604 interaction, where the fluid represents the mass of the bullet’s debris flowing against the target’s surface, suggests therefore a further simplification, valid for splashing bullets hitting planar surfaces at 90° incidence angle, which is the worst impact angle a ballistic protection can face. this simplification consists in estimating the load generated by the interaction between bullet’s debris and target as the resultant force needed to progressively deviate the trajectory of the flux of bullet’s material, considering the displacements of the target as neglectable. this allows to decouple the fluid-structure interaction and treat the problem as a transient phenomenon during which the structure is loaded by an already known load history, therefore avoiding the computational cost due to modelling the fsi. the resultant force f(t) to be applied in the impact direction x is estimated as the time derivative of the momentum of the bullet fragments under the hypothesis that the only effect of the impact on bullet’s material is a 90-degree deflection of its trajectory, gradually happening during the relative movement of the bullet with respect to the target, considered rigid and fixed (fig. 1). to calculate the load history, let’s consider a generic time t after the first contact between impactor and target and consider the elementary variation of the momentum dq, happening from time t to time t+dt, that would be  ( )x xi xfdq dm v v (1) where dm is the mass of debris deflected from time t to t+dt while vxi and vxf are the x components of the velocity of the debris before and after the deflection. as a result of the 90-degree deflection hypothesis vxf can be considered null, and considering only 90-degree impacts vxi is equal to the initial impactor velocity v, therefore eqn. (1) becomes: dq dmv (2) in the hypothesis that the bullet is homogeneous, and no perturbations occur to the bullet’s particles until they ideally intersect the target’s surface, the elementary mass dm can be expressed as:  ( )dm a t vdt (3) where a(t) represents the area of intersection between the bullet’s undeformed volume and the plane lying on the impact surface of the target at time t, ρ is the density of the associated material and vdt represents the elementary displacement ds describing the kinematics of the unperturbed part of the bullet from time t do t+dt: ds vdt (4) we can now substitute eqn. (3) into eqn. (2) and divide both terms for dt, obtaining the estimation of the impact force f at time t, as a function of initial velocity, inertia, and geometry of the impactor:   2 ( ) ( ) ( ) dq t f t a t v dt (5) by integrating in time eqn. (5) we obtain the definition of the initial momentum q of the impactor:         ( ) ( ) ( )q f t dt v a t vdt v a s ds v v vm (6) where v is the volume of the homogeneous impactor and m is its total mass. however, most bullets are not homogeneous, so the hypothesis of homogeneity must be overcome to apply the formula to real world problems. we can easily generalize the formula to consider heterogeneous bullet’s sections by introducing the resultant impact force as the sum of m contributions:    1 ( ) ( ) m i i f t f t (7) r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 605 where m is the number of different materials composing the impactor and fi(t) is the force contribution due to the i-material at time t. therefore, the load history due to the bullet splash of an impactor whose generic section is composed by m different materials can be expressed as:    2 1 ( ) ( ) m i i i f t v a t (8) where 𝜌 is the density of the i-material, and ai(t) is the area of the i-material ideally intersecting the surface of the target at time t. figure 1: schematic simplification of the 90-degree bullet splash. the deflection of the debris is a continuous process during which the portion of the bullet ideally intersecting the target’s surface is perfectly deflected in radial direction and no perturbation occurs to the portion of the bullet not yet having intersected the surface of the target. figure 2: graphic representation of the bullet’s section composed by the brass jacket (orange) and the lead filler (gray). application of the method to estimate the load history due to 9x21mm fmj bullet splash at 322m/s a concrete application of the proposed method consists in analyzing the section of the bullet (fig. 2 and fig. 3) to identify the material distribution along its cross section to build the ai(t) functions (fig. 4), and then applying eqn. (8) to calculate r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 606 the resultant load history (fig. 5). considering ρ = 10750 kg/m3 as the density of the lead-based alloy filler and ρ = 8730 kg/m3 as the density of the brass jacket, the process leads to the calculation of the load history, giving as a result a force history that grows from null to 68430 n in around 0.03s and keeps that intensity until t=0.0466s when the estimated interaction phenomenon ends. as a control, the integration in time of the estimated total load history f(t) (fig. 5) gives a total variation of the bullet’s momentum equal to 2.576 kgm/s, which correctly corresponds to the product of the impact velocity (322 m/s) multiplied by the nominal mass of the 9x21mm fmj bullet (8 g). figure 3: measured radius values (ordinate axis in mm) of the boundary surfaces of the materials all along the axial coordinate of the bullet (abscissa in mm). figure 4: values of the intersectional areas ai [mm2] (ordinate) as functions of interaction time t [s] (abscissa) and their sum. figure 5: values of the estimated impact forces fi [n] (ordinate) as functions of interaction time t [s] (abscissa). the total value of the impact force is represented in blue, the component due to the lead filler is represented in red, the component due to the brass jacket is represented in gray. r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 607 finite element simulations o validate the load history approach we simulated the same impact analyzed by andreotti et al. [9] to validate the fsi method. the simulated impact is therefore a 9x21mm full metal jacket (fmj) bullet hitting a 250x250mm 4 mm thick aisi 304l plate at 322 m/s with an impact angle of 90degree. geometrical discretization of the plate to allow proper comparison between fsi approach and load history approach, a first round of simulations was performed with the same structural finite element model used by andreotti et al. [9], with a squared 60x60 mm area of the plate around the impact point discretized in 8-nodes solid elements with 0.2 mm size. the remaining part of the plate was instead simplified with 2.5mm shell fully integrated 4-nodes elements connected to the solids. a double symmetry plane boundary condition is associated with the model. the displacements of the external boundary nodes of the shell plate are constrained in the impact direction (fig. 6). figure 6: geometrical discretization of the plate: shell elements (blue), solid elements (green). mechanical characterization of the plate to allow proper comparisons, the static and dynamic constitutive model of the aisi 304l associated with the plate was taken from andreotti et al. [9]. comparative simulations four simulations have been conducted. the first simulation (a) is a repetition of the fsi simulation based on the arbitrarylagrangian-eulerian method (ale) adopted by andreotti et al. [9]. the second simulation (b) is the application of the estimated load history as a distributed load acting on the epicenter as a uniform pressure applied on a circular area equal to the nominal cross section of the bullet, i.e. with 4.5mm radius. the third simulation (c) is again the application of the estimated load history as a uniform distributed load acting on a circular area, this time with a radius increased by 50% to take into account the real interaction area as experimentally analyzed by andreotti et al. [9]. at last, some fourth and fifth simulations (d and e) were conducted on a full-shell plate model loaded with the estimated load history again distributed on a circular area with respectively 4.5mm and 6.75mm radiuses. tab. 1 summarizes all the features of the conducted simulations. all the numerical simulations were conducted by means of the explicit solver lsdyna [10]. simulation loading method pressure distribution fe model of the plate a fsi [9] variable pressure field (ale) [9] solid (0.2mm) – shell (2.5mm) b estimated load history uniform circular (4.5mm radius) solid (0.2mm) – shell (2.5mm) c estimated load history uniform circular (6.75mm radius) solid (0.2mm) – shell (2.5mm) d estimated load history uniform circular (4.5mm radius) shell (2.5mm) e estimated load history uniform circular (6.75mm radius) shell (2.5mm) table 1: summary of the simulations conducted. t r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 608 results and validation o evaluate how well the proposed load history method could effectively substitute the fsi approach for the purpose of assessing the response of a structural system impacted by ballistic impacts with bullet splash, in the following we compare the results of the simulations in terms of resultant forces at the constraints, local stress waves transmitted from the epicenter to the periphery of the plate and normalized computational cost of each simulation. having the fsi approach been experimentally validated by andreotti et al. [9], the results of simulation a will be treated as a benchmark for the proposed alternative method. further considerations will be carried out by comparing the predicted back-plate residual deformations of the plate with the experimental data. total reaction forces the comparison between the histories of the total reaction force needed to contrast the impact along the boundary of the plate shows very good adhesion of the results, with the peaks corresponding to the first back-and-forth bounces being very similar both in amplitude and phase. no significant spread is visible between benchmark simulation a and test simulations b and c, with less than 10% difference in peaks amplitude, showing substantial equivalence between the fsi method and the proposed estimated-load-history method in terms of global reaction forces. full-shell simulations d and e show slightly shorter oscillation periods in the bounces happening at the end of the simulation time; the difference in phase is evident after 0.3ms and is due to the slightly higher stiffness resulting from the reduction in degrees of freedom due to the adoption of a looser shell mesh. moreover, the comparison between b and c as well as between d and e shows the invariance of the global forces with respect to the arbitrarily chosen pressure distribution areas. figure 7: comparison between the total reaction forces in the impact direction, showing good adhesion of the results. stress waves propagation the propagating stress waves generated by the simulated impacts are very similar. as displayed in fig. 11, the amplitude of the stress waves propagating from the epicenter at the end of the interaction time is very similar across all the simulations. to compare in more detail those results, we chose two points at half-way radial distance from epicenter to the constrained perimetry of the plate (fig. 8). point 1 stays on the diagonal of the plate (maximum radial distance from epicenter to the constrained nodes). point 2 stays on the cross section of the plate where the radial distance from the loaded point to the fixed nodes at the boundary is minimum. in general, the comparison between the histories of maximum principal stress shows good adhesion of the stress waves. at point 1 (fig. 9) simulations b and c underestimate the peak stress by around 20% with respect to a. full-shell simulations d and e also slightly underestimate the peak stress of about 8%. at point 2 (fig. 10) simulations b and c underestimate the peak stress of around 5%; simulations d and e, instead, overestimate the peak stress of about 10%. no significant differences are visible between simulations b and c, and no significant differences are visible between simulations d and e, again confirming that the arbitrary extension of the loaded area and the local intensity of the pressure field is non relevant within the tested range. t r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 609 as already observed on the reaction forces, full shell simulations d and e show slightly shorter oscillation periods in the bounces happening at the end of the simulation time. the difference in phase and amplitude is evident after 0.3ms and is due to the slightly higher stiffness due to the less degrees of freedom characterizing the looser shell mesh adopted. figure 8: points of comparison between the stress waves. figure 9: comparison between the stress waves in terms of maximum principal stress at point 1. figure 10: comparison between the stress waves in terms of maximum principal stress at point 2. r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 610 figure 11: comparison between the stress waves in terms of maximum principal stress at 0.05ms (right after the end of the interaction time). on first row simulation a, on second row simulations b and c (left to right), on third row simulations d and e (left to right). the stress scale is in mpa. residual displacements compared to the experimental data and the a simulation (fig. 12) the residual displacements predicted by the simulations b, c, d and e are overestimated between +56% (simulation b) and +15% (simulation e). it is evident, however, how the radius of the chosen circular area on which the uniform pressure was arbitrarily applied has a very significant impact on residual displacements, with simulations c and d (6.75mm radius) giving much better predictions than b and d (4.5mm radius). even though local effects are out of the scope of this study, this observation suggests the possibility to even identify an equivalent radius that could better predict the residual back plate deformation. r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 611 figure 12: comparison between residual displacements as measured experimentally (from left: the minimum, maximum and average values) and simulations results. calculation times compared to simulation a, the elimination of the fsi allowed simulations b and c to finish in around 45% the amount of calculation time. furthermore, the substitution of shell elements in place of the detailed 3d solid mesh from, needed at the epicenter to conduct detailed investigation using fsi, allowed simulations d and e to run enormously faster, in less than 0.2% of the time needed by simulation a (fig. 13). the comparison was obviously conducted at equal conditions. figure 13: comparison between the calculation times needed to obtained the above results. the histogram represents the percentage ratios between the calculation’s times needed by the simulations divided by the calculation time needed by our benchmark simulation a. simulations b, c and d, e are represented in the same column because their calculation times are equal due to the same structural model used (see tab. 1). 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 r e si d u a l  d e fo rm a ti o n  [ m m ] 1 0 0 ,0 % 4 5 ,2 % 0 ,2 % s im ulation   a si mulat io ns   b   and  c sim ulations   d  a nd   e c o m p a r e d  c a lc u la t io n  t im e s  [ % ]  r. andreotti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 602-612; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.41 612 conclusions he aim of this study was to identify and validate a more efficient way to assess the global response of a structural system to ballistic impacts with bullet splash. the method proposed is based on the ideal continuous fragmentation of the bullet. the impact forces are calculated as the time derivative of the momentum of the flux of fragments. the proposed formula was applied to estimate the load history due to the impact of a 9x21 fmj bullet at 322 m/s. the load history was applied to impact simulations with progressively simplified finite element models. the results demonstrated good adhesion to the results obtained on the same case by means of the already validated fsi method developed by andreotti et al. [9]. the method allowed to reproduce the dynamic stress condition of the plates both in terms of local stress waves as well as in terms of history of resultant reaction forces. these results demonstrated to be independent from the radius of loaded area in the range of 4.5mm to 6.75mm. moreover, the efficiency of the method has demonstrated to be significantly high, with calculation times reduced to less than 0.2% of the time needed by the locally detailed fsi-based method used as a benchmark. the study therefore demonstrates the method as useful for industrial applications and suggests further investigations of its applicability on different ammunitions and targets. references [1] heimbs, s. (2011). computational methods for bird strike simulations: a review, comput. struct., 89(23–24), pp. 2093– 112, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2011.08.007. [2] parker, s.p. parker, s.p.(2003). bullet splash. available at: https://encyclopedia2.thefreedictionary.com/bullet+splash. [accessed may 29, 2021]. [3] quigley, e.f. (1989). epic-2 calculated impact loading hlstory for finite element analysis of ballistic shock, aberdeen, maryland. [4] goda, i., girardot, j. (2021). numerical modeling and analysis of the ballistic impact response of ceramic/composite targets and the influence of cohesive material parameters, int. j. damage mech., 30(7), pp. 1079–1122, doi: 10.1177/1056789521992107. [5] goda, i. (2022). ballistic resistance and energy dissipation of woven-fabric composite targets: insights on the effects of projectile shape and obliquity angle, def. technol., doi: 10.1016/j.dt.2022.06.008. [6] yunfei, d., wei, z., guanghui, q., gang, w., yonggang, y., peng, h. (2014). the ballistic performance of metal plates subjected to impact by blunt-nosed projectiles of different strength, mater. des., 54, pp. 1056–1067, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.09.023. [7] iqbal, m.a., diwakar, a., rajput, a., gupta, n.k. (2012). influence of projectile shape and incidence angle on the ballistic limit and failure mechanism of thick steel plates, theor. appl. fract. mech., 62(1), pp. 40–53, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2013.01.005. [8] bresciani, l.m., manes, a., romano, t.a., iavarone, p., giglio, m. (2016). numerical modelling to reproduce fragmentation of a tungsten heavy alloy projectile impacting a ceramic tile: adaptive solid mesh to the sph technique and the cohesive law, int. j. impact eng., 87, pp. 3–13, doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2015.10.003. [9] andreotti, r., abate, s., casaroli, a., quercia, m., fossati, r., boniardi, m. v. (2021). a simplified ale model for finite element simulation of ballistic impacts with bullet splash – development and experimental validation, frat. ed integrita strutt., 15(57), pp. 223–245, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.57.17. [10] lstc. (2015). ls-dyna® keyword user’s manual–version r8.0, i. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_24_3316 c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 359 focussed on fracture and structural integrity a probabilistic fatigue crack growth life approach to the definition of inspection intervals for railway axles c. mallor*, s. calvo, j.l. núñez, r. rodríguez-barrachina area of research and development, instituto tecnológico de aragón, maría de luna, 8-50018 zaragoza, spain cmallor@itaiinova.es, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8047-4211 a. landaberea caf s.a., j.m. iturrioz, 26, beasain, gipuzkoa, spain abstract. different options that rely on fracture mechanics are currently used in engineering during the design and assessment of components. one of the most important aspects is the time taken for a crack to extend to its critical size. if this time is known and it is sufficiently large, a design concept based on inspection intervals can be applied in a viable way, as is it the case of a railway axle component. to define inspection intervals that ensure the continuous and safe operation of a damage-tolerant railway axle, a reliable estimation of its fatigue crack growth life is required. due to the uncertainties involved in the fatigue process, inspections must be devised not only considering the uncertainties in the performance of the inspection technique, but also based on a probabilistic lifespan prediction. from this premise, this paper presents a procedure for determination of inspection intervals that uses a conservative fatigue crack growth life estimation based on the lifespan probability distribution. a practical example to illustrate the reliability-based inspection planning methodology in a railway axle under random bending loading is given. the inspection intervals are further assessed in terms of overall probability of detecting cracks in successive inspections and in terms of probability of failure, considering the probability of detection curve of the non-destructive testing technique. the procedure developed provides recommendation for the definition of inspection intervals and associated inspection techniques. keywords. probabilistic fatigue crack growth; damage tolerance; inspection intervals; probability of detection; nasgro. citation: mallor, c., calvo, s., núñez, j..l., rodríguez-barrachina, r., landaberea, a., a probabilistic fatigue crack growth life approach to the definition of inspection intervals for railway axles, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373. received: 25.10.2021 accepted: 22.10.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/0dubv-ac1t8 c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 360 introduction urrently, the design and operation of a railway axle is based on a two-stage safety concept comprising “safe life” and “damage tolerance analysis (dta)” approaches [1,2]. the primary level of safety, safe life, consists in designing the axles for fatigue strength in accordance with en 13103 standard [3] applicable for both non-powered and powered axles. the secondary level of safety, damage tolerance, relies on periodic non-destructive inspections (ndi) for crack detection, which in current practice are defined on the basis of service experience or, more recently and under development, based on fracture mechanics. the latter mainly relies on the lifespan prediction governed by the fatigue crack growth (fcg) process which is affected by many uncertainties. for instance, the experimental variability of material properties among test replications [4,5], the scattering of non-uniform loading patterns during the component operation [6,7], and the uncertainties inherent to geometrical parameters [8]. these uncertainties cause variability in the lifespan prediction and, therefore, several works propose the use of probabilistic approaches [9–13] as an alternative to deterministic ones. over recent years, the definition of inspection intervals in railway axles based on fracture mechanics is an active topic of research [1,14–21]. in these investigations, despite the different considerations of, initial and final crack sizes, they all use the fatigue crack growth lifespan for the subsequent inspection planning. a reliable fatigue crack growth life estimation is therefore key aspect [22]. it would thus be of interest to improve the procedures for fatigue crack growth lifespan estimation considering its stochastic nature in order to better define inspection periodicities. to obtain a probabilistic fatigue crack growth life estimation, one such interesting strategy is to construct the probability distribution of the axle lifespan as a result of the randomness of the input sources, using the pearson distribution family based on prescribed statistical moments. this moments can be estimated by applying the full second order approach (fsoa) to the well-known fatigue crack growth nasgro model [23] as thoroughly described in [24–26]. the levels of safety assessment for railway axles are illustrated in fig. 1. it also includes an additional stage ``in-service damage indication systems'' with further options that offer potential for establishing a third stage safety concept. for completeness, the fig. 1 also indicates the maturity of the technologies in the three stages, by using a three-level scale as follows: (*) state-of-the-art; (**) present and future development; and (***) original contribution within this research article. the figure is adapted from an extended review on safe life and damage tolerance aspects of railway axles in [1] therefore the reader is referred to this paper for full details. it is important to note that the developments in this paper aim at enriching the secondary safety level dta, by improving the periodic inspections definition currently based on operating experience or based on a limited use of deterministic approaches using a more comprehensive probabilistic approach that provides a higher level of safety assurance. in consequence, they constitute an extension of the nowadays and under development practices by proposing the use of probabilistic fracture mechanics together with non-destructive testing methods. figure 1: components of a safety assessment system for railway axles. c c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 361 the purpose of this paper is to provide a new methodology for determination of inspection intervals in railway axles that relies on a conservative fatigue crack growth life estimation based on the lifespan probability distribution. the procedure developed extends the current state-of-the-art in damage tolerance in railway axles considering the fatigue crack growth from a probabilistic point of view. the proposed reliability-based inspection planning method is discussed through a numerical example of fatigue crack growth in a railway axle, providing recommendations for the calculation of practical inspection intervals and the associated cumulative probability of detection (cpod) and probability of failure (pf) depending on the probability of detection (pod) curve of the non-destructive testing (ndt) technique. probabilistic fatigue crack growth methodology in the damage tolerance assessment of railway axles he essence of damage tolerance in railway axles is to detect cracks before they become critical, providing certain level of safety for the axles in a fleet of trains by performing periodical inspections in-service. thus, damage tolerance analyses are based on fracture mechanics to simulate crack propagation. within the frame of the damage tolerance concept, the possibility of using probabilistic fatigue lifespan estimation is developed here. for that purpose, this section gives an overview of the steps of the damage tolerance of railway axles. then, the propagation of uncertainty in fatigue crack growth using the fsoa and the probability distribution fit using the pearson distribution family are outlined. finally, the two previous elements are combined providing a reliability-based inspection interval definition. steps of the damage tolerance analysis the steps of a damage tolerance analysis of a railway axle comprise [27–29]: step 1. establishment of the initial crack location, orientation, shape, and size, step 2. simulation of sub-critical crack extension, i.e., the fcg process, step 3. determination of critical crack size for component failure, step 4. determination of residual lifetime of the component, and step 5. establishment of inspection intervals and computation of the overall probability of crack detection. the aim of the damage tolerance analysis in this paper is to determine inspection intervals with an associated cpod, what is also function of the performance of the ndt method. the different steps of the analysis are explained in detail for a particular example dealing with the fatigue crack growth in a railway axle. probabilistic fatigue crack growth life starting from the assumption of an initial crack-like defect (step 1), the crack growth simulation (step 2) considers: (i) the component geometry and dimensions; (ii) the loading conditions including the bending moment (cyclic), the load spectra (in-service load sequences) and the press-fit (static); (iii) the material properties, primary the da/dn–δk curve and (iv) the considered crack growth equation, commonly the nasgro model. the nasgro equation is shown in eqn. (1).                   δ 1 1 δ δ 1 1 p th n q max c k fda k c k dn r k k (1) where da/dn is the crack propagation rate, n is the number of applied cycles, a is the crack depth, r is the stress ratio, k is the stress intensity factor (sif) range and f is the crack opening function, kth is the threshold stress intensity factor range, kc is the critical stress intensity factor, and c, n, p, and q are material empirically derived constants. it is important to note that the crack geometry is described by two parameters that represent the two axes of a semiellipse. therefore, the crack growth rate that also depends on the boundary conditions, is calculated at two different points, the deepest point, and the crack surface point. for a more detailed description of the previous considerations please refer to [23,24]. after that, different definitions of the critical crack size (step 3) are in use. for instance, the break through the wall of the surface crack is adopted in [29], final cracks of 60 mm and 30 mm are used in different analyses in [30], and a crack depth of 20 mm is taken as the failure criterion in [31]. however, since the growth rate of long cracks is usually so high due to its exponential nature, the failure is imminent whatever the relatively large critical crack depth. in other words, as the critical t c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 362 crack size is selected in the unstable region, characterized by rapid, accelerating over time, unstable crack, where kmax asymptotically approaches kc, the fracture is imminent, and therefore, the number of cycles calculated slightly varies when different criteria for the critical crack size are adopted. next, the residual lifetime is calculated (step 4), that is, the number of loading cycles or the distance in kilometres, which the assumed initial crack, (step 1), would need to grow up to the final crack size, (step 3). among all the different aspects which affect the residual lifetime (step 4), it strongly depends on the fcg process (step 2), and, as it is stochastic in nature, the residual lifetime also depends on the uncertainties inherent to the factors listed in (i) to (iv). addressing the fcg problem from a probabilistic point of view is, therefore, a crucial point for the final (step 5), establishing inspection intervals with a probability of crack detection associated. in order to obtain a probabilistic fatigue crack growth life estimation, this work applies a procedure that uses the first four moments of the fatigue crack growth life predicted by the fsoa to fit the parameters of a probability distribution based on the pearson distribution family. the fsoa for the moments of functions of random variables presented in [24] enables the prediction of the expected value and the variance of the fatigue lifespan of interest. further extensions developed in [25] enable the prediction of the skewness and the kurtosis of the probabilistic fatigue crack growth life. the first-order second-moment (fosm) method is the theoretical foundation of the fsoa, and, the most general equations for the expected value and covariance matrix in matrix form are presented in [26]. on this basis, the complete mathematical derivation of the fsoa for the first to fourth moments of functions of random variables using summation notation is presented in [24,25]. they present the expressions involving tensors of different orders in a simple and comprehensible way. notice that, the first to fourth moments are related, by definition, to the expected value (first raw moment), the variance (second central moment), the skewness and the kurtosis (third and fourth central standardized moments, respectively) of the random output variable. for a detailed description, the manner in which the fsoa is applied to the fatigue crack growth nasgro model for propagating the first to fourth moments of the fatigue life n is illustrated in [24–26] through the use of the probabilistic nasgro equations (pr. eqn.). finally, the expected value of n, its variance, the skewness, and the kurtosis are calculated based on the first to fourth predicted moments. at this point, the problem of fitting a probability distribution from prescribed moments arises. commonly, the normal distribution is assumed when there is not much information available about the underlying probability distribution, notwithstanding that this assumption might not reflect the reality in some scenarios. among the different distributions that can be considered, the pearson distribution family is used in the methodology presented in [25,26] as it is a versatile family that covers a broad range of distribution shapes. additionally, it enables the expression of the parameters of the distribution as a function of the first four moments of the distribution without a priori hypotheses. depending on these quantities, different common probability distributions arise, for instance, the beta, symmetrical beta, gamma, cauchy, inverse-gamma distribution, beta prime, student's t and the normal distribution. the formulas to calculate the parameters for each type of pearson distribution as a function of the expected value, variance, skewness and kurtosis, are enclosed in [32]. summarizing, once the fsoa method and the pearson family fit are applied, there is available a probabilistic description of the fatigue crack growth life, that provides relevant information about the statistical distribution of the output random variable fatigue life. figure 2: probabilistic fatigue life. reliability-based inspection interval definition the damage tolerance methodology overviewed in steps of the damage tolerance analysis is commonly based on the deterministic calculation of the fatigue crack growth (step 2), but as mentioned, given the uncertainties inherent to geometric c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 363 parameters, the variability of loads and the scatter of the material properties, the calculation of an axle lifespan should not be done with a simple deterministic calculation, and instead, a probabilistic approach is preferred. as shown in fig. 2, the random nature of the fatigue crack growth in the railway axle needs a probabilistic description taking into account of the variabilities given by the geometric accuracy, the material properties and the actual in-service loads. with such an uncertainty, applying the probabilistic approach outlined in probabilistic fatigue crack growth life, the probability distribution of the fatigue crack growth life is available. that is, the distribution of the fatigue life predictions with allowance for these sources of uncertainty is obtained, thus leading to an enhanced and more robust control over the safety required by these critical components. the probability distribution can be described in various forms, such as by the survival function (sf), by the cumulative distribution function (cdf) or by the probability density function (pdf). in the context of probabilistic fatigue crack growth life in railway axles, the sf is the function that gives the probability that an axle will survive beyond any specified time, number of cycles or kilometers travelled. frequently, in engineering, the survival function is also known as the reliability function. alternatively, the reliability function can also be evaluated for a given reliability percent obtaining the corresponding number of kilometers travelled. in other words, in this way it provides the minimum mileage travelled for a given surviving proportion of axles. another name for the survival function is the complementary of the cumulative distribution function (ccdf). moreover, as it is well known, the cdf and the pdf are closely related. given these basic premises, the working approach selects a reliability level in such a way that a conservative lifespan balancing safety and economic issues is achieved. notice that, the input uncertainties and scatter are implicitly in the output probability distribution provided by the pr. eqn. and represented by its survival, cumulative distribution, and probability density functions of fatigue life. the stated procedure is illustrated in fig. 3. as a result of the procedure, a conservative estimation of the lifespan is obtained, taking advantage of the knowledge available at the lower tail of the distribution of lives. finally, instead of the deterministic lifespan calculation, the conservative lifespan estimation is considered as the fcg process (step 2) outcome, which is the basis for the subsequent steps oriented to the interval inspection definition. figure 3: conservative reliability-based life estimation from probabilistic fatigue life, illustrated by the survival function (sf), cumulative distribution function (cdf) and probability density function (pdf) of fatigue life. c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 364 the idea for determining the periodicity of the non-destructive inspections (ndi) is depicted simply in fig. 4. first, based on the conservative lifespan estimation, the residual lifetime (step 4) is delimited. this portion of lifetime is denoted as ndef in fig. 4 in reference to the lifetime for the definition of inspection intervals. keeping in mind the considerations on the two-dimensional shape of the crack, and on its evolution due to fatigue loads, the ndef covers the propagation from amin to amax (steps 1 and 3), being the minimum and the maximum crack sizes considered for the lower and the higher lifetime bounds, respectively, and it is calculated through the eq (2).     def max minn n a n a (2) the usual assumption made is that amin corresponds to crack size apod% that has certain probability of being detected by ndt, for instance the crack size a95% which has a pod = 95%. finally, the inspection interval tins is determined by dividing ndef by a number of times ntimes that takes account of the number of times that the crack can be detected before a failure could occur. this simple procedure is formulated in eq (3).  defins times n t n (3) for example, the usual assumption considering ntimes equal to 2 or 3 [14], allows the crack to be observed at least twice or three times before it leads to catastrophic failure. this assumption is based on the fact that a crack could be missed at an inspection. it is, however, evident that even two or more inspections cannot ensure the crack detection. figure 4: calculation of the periodicity of ndt inspections, i.e., inspection intervals of maintenance. in particular, as it is not known exactly when crack growth is triggered by an accidental event, the component will always be subjected to inspection every tins km, and depending on the inspection method used, the cumulative probability of detecting (cpod) a crack in the axle or its complementary cumulative probability of failure (cpof) or simply referred to as probability of failure (pf ) can be computed as described in [22]. summarizing, the cpod of a crack growing according to an a-n curve, can be calculated based on the given number of inspections #i and the pod-a curve of the ndt method used. the easiest way to calculate the cpod is to convert the pod of the individual inspections, #1, #2, #3, …, designated with the sub-index #i, to probability of non-detection (pond) by the relationship pond(a#i) = 1 − pod(a#i) where a #i is the corresponding crack depth at the #i inspection. these ponds, when multiplied give a cumulative probability of nondetection in successive inspections (cpond). notice, that the individual pond decreases with increasing crack length. finally, the cpond is converted back to its complementary cpod. in short, the cumulative probability of detection cpod of a crack can be evaluated as in eq (4).             # # # #cpo 1 cpon 1 1 1i i i ii id d pond a pod a (4) c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 365 the probability of failure pf, also denoted as cpof, given that all the inspections failed to detect an actual crack, can be considered as the cpond as expressed in eq (5).         # # # #1 1f i i i iip cpof cpod cpond pod a (5) it is important to recall the hypothesis made here, that is, the presence of a crack (step 1) and so the probability of failure equals the probability of not detecting the crack in due time throughout the axle lifetime. this must be distinguished from the probability of failure of an arbitrary axle in a fleet of trains since an existing defect an its nucleation to a crack of that size is very unlikely. to calculate the real probability of failure, the pf obtained in the damage tolerance analysis should be multiplied by the probability of having a defect on the axle and by the probability that a crack will nucleate from that defect and further grow during the service life. therefore, the real probability of failure of an axle is, by orders of magnitude, smaller than the one obtained in a damage tolerance analysis. the calculation of the real probability of failure is beyond the scope of this work. note that, in this context, damage tolerance does not mean that a crack detected during an inspection is considered acceptable even when its size is far from being critical. in some other applications, this is a possible option, but it should be handled with care especially for safety relevant applications, as it is the case of a railway axle. in consequence, preventive maintenance is a prevailing principle in the railway industry. in summary, the approach presented here extends the current damage tolerance principles in railway axles by means of improving the crack growth simulation (step 2), replacing the deterministic crack growth estimation by a probabilistic one. the damage tolerance assessment benefits from a better knowledge of the distribution of fatigue lifespan. as a result, it would give a more conservative recommendation for the definition of inspection intervals as it is based on a probabilistic fatigue propagation instead of on a deterministic one. the specific in-service inspection procedures shall be improved continuously in order to benefit of the continuous advance in the state-of-the-art technology. results and discussion his example shows the use of probabilistic fatigue life estimation in defining inspection intervals for railway axles within the frame of a damage tolerance concept. first, it uses the fsoa to obtain the expected value, variance, skewness, and kurtosis of the fatigue lifetime based on nasgro model. secondly, it presents the probability distribution of a particular pearson distribution type adjusted using these first four prescribed moments. thirdly, a conservative estimation of the lifespan is obtained based on the lifespan probability distribution. finally, instead of the deterministic lifespan calculation, the conservative lifespan estimation is used as basis for the interval inspection definition and the subsequent cpod calculation associated with the selected ndt technique. the methodology was applied to the example in [26]. the numerical example investigates the fatigue crack growth in the railway axle shown in fig. 5 under random bending moment. the axle was 173 mm in diameter and it was made of ea1n steel defined in the en 13261 standard [33]. a semicircular initial crack aini of 2 mm was postulated at the t-transition, as indicated in the cross-section of the fig. 5. the crack grows keeping a semielliptical shape up to a final crack depth afin of 50 mm following the direction of the radial coordinate x in fig. 5. the fatigue crack growth material parameters for the nasgro model were those collected in [24]. note that, the pod of a crack depends not only on the ndt technique but also on the actual crack size, as illustrated in fig. 6 where the pod versus crack size curve for various ndt methods is shown. it is worth mentioning that ultrasonic techniques have notable different pod curves, as shown in fig. 6, depending on the near-end or far-end application conditions pictured in fig. 5. on the other side, magnetic particle inspections provide very good results and, also, deal with comparatively short crack depths. based on the pod curves, the cpod of cracks and defects in railway axles or its complementary pf, can be computed by using the backward detection scheme described in [22]. the loads considered were the bending moment loading in the railway axle due to the vehicle weight and cargo and the press-fit loading produced by the wheel mounting with interference. the bending moment was assumed as a random input variable normally distributed with a standard deviation equal to the 1.5% of the mean value. the parameters of the bending moment distribution were: mean value = 70.32 [mn mm] and variance = 1.11 [mn mm]2. the bending moment level selected m corresponded to the highest load amplitude in the spectrum of a 22.5 tonnes per axle railway, plus additional forces, generated when the train goes through curved track, over crossovers, switches, rail joints, braking efforts, etc. this assumption implied a worst case scenario since such stress level corresponded to the maximum one for axle bodies according to the en 13103 standard [3]. moreover, the present example considered the load spectrum acting on a railway axle over its service. the load spectrum was derived from the one available in the uic b 169/rp 36 report [34]. the resulting service t c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 366 loading spectrum is shown in fig. 7. in addition, the wheel was press-fitted with 0.286 mm interference in diameter. as a result of the spectrum combined with the randomness of the load, different number of blocks are eventually damaging, i.e., contribute to the crack growth. the reference bending stress amplitude for the mean value of bending moment and the interference stress normal to the crack surface needed for the stress intensity factor kmax and kmin evaluation were calculated via the finite element method (fem) in [24]. figure 5: general view of a railway axle with a postulated crack in the t-transition inspected using near-end scan and far-end scan. figure 6: probability of crack detection (pod) as a function of crack size for several non-destructive testing (ndt) methods [28]. figure 7: stress spectrum (mileage 15 000 km) considered in the probabilistic analysis. c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 367 the fsoa was applied to calculate the first moment, the second central moment, the third central moment and the fourth central moment of dni at every crack depth, with the two input random variables kimax and kimin. then, the expected value, the variance, the skewness  and the kurtosis  of the fatigue life n were obtained from the ith moments, providing a continuous result along the crack depth a. the results provided by the proposed methodology were compared with the results of 10 000 monte carlo (mc) simulations. to check the accuracy of the method in terms expected value, standard deviation, skewness  and kurtosis, the values of these moments of n for a crack depth equal to 50 mm provided by the monte carlo (mc) and by the probabilistic nasgro equations (pr. eqn.) using the fsoa method are gathered in tab. 1. units mc pr. eqn. pr. eqn.-mc error [%] a [mm] 50 50 – n [km] 4 514 673 4 287 909 -5.02% n [km] 1 402 147 1 325 913 -5.44%  [–] 1.13 1.10 -2.65%  [–] 5.13 5.38 4.87% table 1: expected value, standard deviation, skewness and kurtosis of n provided by monte carlo (mc) and by the probabilistic nasgro equations (pr. eqn.). the results demonstrated that:  the expected value, the standard deviation or variance, the skewness and the kurtosis provided by the mc and by the probabilistic nasgro equations are very similar, therefore, the fsoa is reasonably accurate.  the key advantage of the fsoa method is the lower computational time, which is close to the computation time of a deterministic calculation.  due to the accuracy and the computational efficiency, the fsoa outperforms the conventional mc method. at this point, the probability distribution was fitted based on the prescribed moments of the lifespan provided by the fsoa. three scenarios were considered: (i) the lifespan was assumed to be normally distributed; (ii) the lifespan was assumed to be log-normally distributed; (iii) the pearson distribution family was used to model the lifespan, thus avoiding the need of assuming a distribution in advance. notice that in case (iii), the pearson distribution type was automatically determined based on the skewness and kurtosis, leading in this example to the pearson type vi that corresponds to the beta prime distribution. the probability density functions of the three aforementioned distributions, and the mc histogram of the fatigue life n for a crack depth equal to 50 mm are compared in fig. 8. figure 8: histogram of fatigue life n provided by the monte carlo (mc) and probability density function (pdf) of the normal, the log-normal and the beta prime distributions constructed from moments provided by the probabilistic nasgro equations (pr. eqn.) for 50 mm crack depth. c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 368 the following outcomes are achieved:  the expected value, the variance, the skewness, and kurtosis provided by the pr. eqn. enable the construction of pdfs with more than two parameters as it is the case of the versatile pearson distribution family.  the automatic selection of the pearson distribution type that is based on the moments of the underlying distribution is a more general procedure than the selection of an arbitrary probability distribution to fit.  the method of moments makes calculating the parameters of the pearson distribution type quite simple and fast.  the similarity between the pearson type vi, i.e., the beta prime distribution, and the mc histogram confirms that the pearson family accurately captures and provides a good description of the underlying lifespan distribution.  the beta prime distribution agrees well with the mc histogram for all the lifespan range, including the tails and the peak. the superiority of the beta prime distribution over the normal and the lognormal distributions to represent the mc results is clear, especially when describing the lower tail of the distribution of lives, which is of great importance in reliability and in damage tolerance assessment. as mentioned above, the beta prime distribution of the fatigue life n fitted using the fsoa, can be represented by the sf, by the cdf and by the pdf as shown in fig. 9 for a crack depth equal to 50 mm. the normal and the log-normal distributions are also plotted for comparative purposes. figure 9: survival function (sf), cumulative distribution function (cdf) and probability density function (pdf), of the normal, the log-normal and the beta prime distributions constructed from moments provided by the probabilistic nasgro equations (pr. eqn.) for 50 mm crack depth. c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 369 the reliability-based inspection interval definition described in reliability-based inspection interval definition, which is applied below, takes advantage of the probabilistic information contained in the fig. 9. in order to apply the reliability-based inspection interval definition, it is necessary to briefly review the principles and requirements for the safety, serviceability and durability of structures concerning the probability of failure and reliability. the en 1990:2002 [35] standard describes the basis for the design and verification of structures and gives guidelines for related aspects of structural reliability. it provides recommendation for the probability of failure, pf, for structural design. it should be emphasized that these values are only notional, and therefore, do not necessarily represent the actual failure rates but, they can be used as operational values and for comparison of reliability levels of structures. as for the failure probability of a railway axle, the standard defines for a construction during the entire life, a probability of failure pf, en 1990 = 7 × 10-5. taking this guidance, in the present case study, the probability of failure was chosen to be 7 × 10-5 since the railway axles are non-redundant primary components whose failure consequences are extremely severe. accordingly, the complementary reliability level is 99.993%. the sf, cdf and pdf of the lifespan probability distribution determined, consider the input variabilities involved in the fatigue problem. the sf of the beta prime distribution fitted based on the fsoa moments, was evaluated for a 99.993% reliability percent, following the procedure described in reliability-based inspection interval definition. the conservative estimation of the fatigue life based on the pearson probability distribution for 99.993% reliability is shown in fig. 10. figure 10: estimation of a conservative number of kilometres for 99.993% reliability. the selected proportion of axles surviving led to a minimum mileage travelled of 1.4 × 106 km, that is, according to the probabilistic fatigue crack growth simulation, 99.993% of axles survive beyond that conservative mileage. the calculations in fig. 10 are conservative when compared to the deterministic estimation since there is the additional prescription of a reliability percent during the sf evaluation. it is worth noting that, apart from a reliability percent, the shape of the distribution significantly influences the conservative life estimate. therefore, the ability of the method in describing the lower tail of the lifespan is a key aspect. note further that because of the conservatism introduced in the adoption of a 99.993% reliability percent, the fatigue crack growth lifetime obtained from a probabilistic basis was shorter than the one obtained by simply using the deterministic calculation. this is somehow comparable to the use of a safety factor but, rather than being arbitrarily chosen, this procedure uses the available knowledge of the lifespan response as a result of the randomness of the input sources and, therefore, its application has a probabilistic foundation. in this example, the conservative lifespan calculated in this manner is obtained according to the randomness of the input loads/stresses. finally, the conservative lifespan estimation in fig. 10 was considered as basis for the interval inspection definition and the for the subsequent evaluation of the cpod and pf associated with the selected ndt technique. the assumptions adopted to calculate the lifetime ndef (step 4) from amin to amax and the number of times that the crack can be detected before a failure could occur, considered for the inspection interval definition (step 5), are given in tab. 2. amin amax ntimes [mm] [mm] [–] 2 50 3 table 2: assumptions on the inspection period definition. c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 370 the suggested inspection interval (step 5) according to the idea depicted in fig. 4 led to approximately 462 000 km. that is, the axle will always be subjected to periodic inspection every tins = 462 000 km. then, given the length of the inspection interval suggested, the history values of cpod in successive inspections considering the backward detection scheme and the ultrasonic near-end scan ndt method are calculated according to eq (4) and shown in fig. 11. figure 11: cumulative probability of detection (cpodi) considering the backward detection scheme and the near-end scan technique. nine inspections were possible for the span of this particular case. it can be observed an increase in instantaneous cpod value due to the repetition inspections. note that, the individual pod increases with increasing crack length, fig. 6, and thus the cpod in successive inspections becomes also higher. the results of the overall cpod using eq (4), and the results of pf using eq (5), for the backward detection scheme and the ultrasonic near-end scan technique, are enclosed in tab. 3. tins no. of ins. near-end scan and backward detection scheme [km] [-] cpod pf = 1 cpod 462 000 9 0.999 984 429 4 1.56 × 10-5 table 3: cpod and pf probabilities in the case of ultrasonic near-end scan technique and backwards detection scheme. it is necessary to emphasize that the maintenance plan of railway axles for freight wagons prescribes additional off-service inspection during main wheelset overhauling, typically every ≈ 1 × 106 km for freight trains application. in these circumstances the inspection of axles is performed by using mpi. performing such an inspection is not considered in the previous calculations, what would further increase the cpod values and, accordingly, it would decrease the pf values. the goal is to have a tins associated with a permissible level for probability of failure. a crucial question is what permissible probability of failure is justifiable in engineering practice. for safety critical components, as it is the case of a railway axle, a probability of failure during the entire lifetime in the order the pf, considered in en 1990:2002 [35] standard, pf, en 1990 = 7 × 10-5, seems reasonable. the objective in the design of the maintenance inspection plan is to achieve a pf, lower than the previous specific threshold. it can be observed that the pf for an inspection interval of 462 000 km is compliant with the acceptable probability of failure selected as the threshold. it is demonstrated that the selected inspection intervals were adequate to ensure a high cpod using the ultrasonic near-end scan, prior to the potential failure. the observations of this results lead to the following general outcomes:  the stochastic approach provides viable means for evaluating the effect of random parameters upon the definition of interval inspections within the damage tolerance concept.  a probabilistic lifespan prediction can be integrated in the design and inspection planning of railway axles.  the methodology devised can handle conservative fatigue crack growth estimations that are related to the input variabilities involved in the fatigue crack growth phenomenon. c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 371  according to the assumptions of: (i) pf ≤ 7 × 10-5; (ii) backward detection scheme; and (iii) ultrasonic near-end scan, from the results analysed, it is recommended to perform ndt using the ultrasonic near-end application condition every approximately 462 000 km.  the procedure establishes a reliability-based inspection planning and thus, enables the optimization of maintenance expenses selecting an appropriate inspection periodicity. conclusions his paper presents a simple procedure devised for the determination of inspection intervals within the damage tolerance analysis of railway axles, that is based on a probabilistic description of fatigue lifespan, and it is applicable for both non-powered and powered axles. it considers the input uncertainties through a conservative fatigue crack growth life estimation based on the lifespan probability distribution, benefiting from the knowledge available at the lower tail of the distribution of lives. the most important advantage of this approach is that it is based on a more conservative probabilistic rather than deterministic fatigue crack growth lifespan calculation. the benefit consists in a simple relationship between the adopted reliability in the probabilistic lifespan and the conservative prediction of the residual fatigue lifetime for practical use. moreover, this methodology allows to focus on establishing an optimum inspection interval combining probabilistic approaches into the damage tolerance assessment phase. however, it must also balance a variety of sensitive issues of safety, economic, and vehicle availability. the probability distribution fitted from the first four prescribed moments is helpful to describe the fatigue crack growth process under stochastic conditions such as under a random bending moment loading and loading spectrum. the present approach offers potential application in practice, and it could have a remarkable effect onto the definition of inspection intervals. in the future work, the application of methodology presented will be extended, considering more parameters as random variables such as the material properties. further investigations regarding limit state functions and conditional probability events involving fatigue failure, crack detection and reliability updating by actual observations are required. continued efforts are needed to make reliability-based procedures and probabilistic analyses more integrated in the maintenance planning of damage-tolerant railway axles. acknowledgements he authors acknowledge the spanish ministry of economy, industry and competitive through the national programme for research aimed at the challenges of society that financially supported the project rtc-2016-4813-4. references [1] zerbst, u., beretta, s., köhler, g., lawton, a., vormwald, m., beier, h.th., klinger, c., černý, i., rudlin, j., heckel, t., klingbeil, d. (2013). safe life and damage tolerance aspects of railway axles – a review, eng. fract. mech., 98, pp. 214–271. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2012.09.029. [2] zerbst, u., klinger, c., klingbeil, d. (2013). structural assessment of railway axles – a critical review, eng. fail. anal., 35, pp. 54–65. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2012.11.007. [3] en 13103-1:2017. railway applications. wheelsets and bogies. part 1: design method for axles with external journals, european committee for standardization. [4] cervello, s. (2016). fatigue properties of railway axles: new results of full-scale specimens from euraxles project, int. j. fatigue, 86(supplement c), pp. 2–12. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.11.028. [5] beretta, s., carboni, m. (2011). variable amplitude fatigue crack growth in a mild steel for railway axles: experiments and predictive models, eng. fract. mech., 78(5), pp. 848–862. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.11.019. [6] pokorný, p., náhlík, l., hutař, p. (2014). comparison of different load spectra on residual fatigue lifetime of railway axle, procedia eng., 74, pp. 313–316. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2014.06.269. [7] pokorný, p., hutař, p., náhlík, l. (2016). residual fatigue lifetime estimation of railway axles for various loading spectra, theor. appl. fract. mech., 82, pp. 25–32. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2015.06.007. [8] traupe, m., landaberea, a. (2017). euraxles a global approach for design, production and maintenance of railway axles: wp2 development of numerical models for the analysis of railway axles, mater. werkst., 48, pp. 687–698. t t c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 372 doi: 10.1002/mawe.201600570. [9] bea, j.a. (1997). simulación del crecimiento de grietas por fatiga aleatoria mediante elementos probabilistas. phd thesis, universidad de zaragoza. [10] bea, j.a., doblaré, m., gracia, l. (1999). evaluation of the probability distribution of crack propagation life in metal fatigue by means of probabilistic finite element method and b-models, eng. fract. mech., 63(6), pp. 675–711. doi: 10.1016/s0013-7944(99)00053-3. [11] núñez, j.l. (2003). análisis del fenómeno de la fatiga en metales en etapa de nucleación mediante la utilización de modelos estadísticos de daño acumulado y elementos finitos probabilistas. phd thesis, universidad de zaragoza. [12] calvo, s. (2008). determinación de la probabilidad de fallo en componentes métalicos sometidos a estados multiaxiales de tensión mediante la utilización de elementos finitos probabilistas y modelos estadísticos de daño acumulado. phd thesis, universidad de zaragoza. [13] calvo, s., canales, m., gómez, c., valdés, j.r., núñez, j.l. (2011). probabilistic formulation of the multiaxial fatigue damage of liu, int. j. fatigue, 33(3), pp. 460–465. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2010.10.003. [14] broek, d. (1989). the practical use of fracture mechanics, dordrecht, the netherlands, kluwer academic publishers. [15] beretta, s., carboni, m., cantini, s., ghidini, a. (2004). application of fatigue crack growth algorithms to railway axles and comparison of two steel grades, proc. inst. mech. eng. part f j. rail rapid transit, 218(4), pp. 317–326. doi: 10.1243/0954409043125888. [16] beretta, s., carboni, m. (2006). experiments and stochastic model for propagation lifetime of railway axles, eng. fract. mech., 73(17), pp. 2627–2641. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2006.04.024. [17] cocheteux, f., pouillart, t. (2009). design, manufacture and maintenance of wheelset at sncf, int. j. railw., 2(1), pp. 8–17. [18] zerbst, u., schödel, m., beier, h.th. (2011). parameters affecting the damage tolerance behaviour of railway axles, eng. fract. mech., 78(5), pp. 793–809. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.03.013. [19] luke, m., varfolomeev, i., lütkepohl, k., esderts, a. (2011). fatigue crack growth in railway axles: assessment concept and validation tests, eng. fract. mech., 78(5), pp. 714–730. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.11.024. [20] mädler, k., geburtig, t., ullrich, d. (2016). an experimental approach to determining the residual lifetimes of wheelset axles on a full-scale wheel-rail roller test rig, int. j. fatigue, 86, pp. 58–63. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.06.016. [21] náhlík, l., pokorný, p., ševčík, m., fajkoš, r., matušek, p., hutař, p. (2017). fatigue lifetime estimation of railway axles, eng. fail. anal., 73, pp. 139–157. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2016.12.014. [22] carboni, m., beretta, s. (2007). effect of probability of detection upon the definition of inspection intervals for railway axles, proc. inst. mech. eng. part f j. rail rapid transit, 221(3), pp. 409–417. doi: 10.1243/09544097jrrt132. [23] forman, r.g., mettu, s.r. (1990). behavior of surface and corner cracks subjected to tensile and bending loads in ti6al-4v alloy, astm stp 1131 am. soc. test. mater. phila. pa, pp. 519–46. [24] mallor, c., calvo, s., núñez, j.l., rodríguez-barrachina, r., landaberea, a. (2020). full second-order approach for expected value and variance prediction of probabilistic fatigue crack growth life, int. j. fatigue, 133, pp. 105454. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.105454. [25] mallor, c., calvo, s., núñez, j.l., rodríguez-barrachina, r., landaberea, a. (2020). uncertainty propagation using the full second-order approach for probabilistic fatigue crack growth life, int. j. numer. methods calc. des. eng. rimni, 36(3), pp. 37. doi: 10.23967/j.rimni.2020.07.004. [26] mallor c., calvo s., núñez j.l., rodríguez-barrachina r., landaberea a. (2020). propagation of uncertainty in fatigue crack growth for probabilistic life estimation, procedia struct. integr., 28, pp. 619–626. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2020.10.072. [27] zerbst, u., schwalbe, k.-h., ainsworth, r.a. (2003). 7.01 an overview of failure assessment methods in codes and standards. in: milne, i., ritchie, r.o., karihaloo, b., (eds.), comprehensive structural integrity, oxford, pergamon, pp. 1–48. [28] zerbst, u., mädler, k., hintze, h. (2005). fracture mechanics in railway applications – an overview, eng. fract. mech., 72(2), pp. 163–194. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2003.11.010. [29] zerbst, u., vormwald, m., andersch, c., mädler, k., pfuff, m. (2005). the development of a damage tolerance concept for railway components and its demonstration for a railway axle, eng. fract. mech., 72(2), pp. 209–239. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2003.11.011. [30] carboni, m., cantini, s. (2016). advanced ultrasonic “probability of detection” curves for designing in-service inspection intervals, int. j. fatigue, 86, pp. 77–87. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.07.018. [31] benyon, j., watson, a. (2001). the use of monte-carlo analysis to increase axle inspection interval. proceedings of the 13th international wheelset congress, rome, italy, pp. 17–21. c. mallor et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 359-373; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.24 373 [32] johnson, n.l., kotz, s., balakrishnan, n. (1994). continuous univariate distributions, vol. 1–2, wiley-interscience. [33] en 13261:2009+a1:2010: railway applications – wheelsets and bogies – axles – product requirements, european committee for standardization. [34] uic b 169 rp 36:2013-12 defect tolerance concept (dtc) permitted defects and surface properties for axles under maintenance., uic standard. [35] en 1990: 2002+a1. eurocode. basis of structural design, european committee for standardization. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_57 x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 509 short review: potential impact of delamination cracks on fracture toughness of structural materials x.c. arnoult, m. růžičková, k. kunzová centrum výzkumu řež s. r. o., husinec-řež, czech republic xavier.arnoult@cvrez.cz a. materna czech technical university in prague, faculty of nuclear sciences and physical engineering prague, czech republic abstract. the current energy policy envisages extended lifetime for the current nuclear power plants (gen ii npp). this policy imposes a large research effort to understand the ageing of power plant components. in this goal, it is necessary to improve knowledge about safety, reliability and components’ integrity for more than forty years of operation. in central and eastern europe, the majority of npps are vver types, where some of the components are produced from austenitic steel 08ch18n10t. irradiated 08ch18n10t may exhibit brittle behavior, namely delamination cracks are found in some cases on the fracture surface of irradiated 08ch18n10t with elongated δ-ferrite. delamination cracks have also been observed on the fracture surface of high-strength steels or aluminum-lithium alloys. this article presents a state-of-the art review to provide a detailed analysis of the influence of delamination cracks on the toughness of metal alloys. in general, the delamination cracks are present in metal alloys having a high texture and microstructure anisotropy. three types of delamination cracks have been observed and are classified as crack arrester delamination, crack divider delamination and crack splitting delamination. the microscopy characterization, 3d fracture theories and computational studies explaining possible causes and effects of delamination cracks on the mechanical properties of metal alloys are presented. keywords. delamination cracks; fracture mechanics; steels; ferrite. introduction elamination cracks, i.e. secondary cracks parallel to the rolling plane, have been observed on high strength steels [1-10], aluminum-lithium alloys [11-15], ti-stabilized stainless steels [16, 17] and ultrafine-grained steels [18]. different types of delamination cracks in combination with different orientations of the specimen direction had been identified [13, 19]. the delamination cracks have been classified (a) as crack divider, (b) crack arrester and (c) crack splitting as shown on the figure 1. in the last 4 decades, some researcher noticed the existence of delamination cracks and tried to understand the origins, mechanisms and consequences on the fracture toughness, impact toughness and tensile properties. some delamination cracks are shown on the fracture surfaces of irradiated 08ch18n10t with elongated δ-ferrite [16, 17], the 304 l and the 316 l after exposure in pwr [20] environments and degraded by hydrogen embrittlement [21]. d x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 510 as the current energy policy envisages an extended lifetime for the current generation ii nuclear power plants, large research effort must be devoted to understanding the ageing of power plant components, where delamination cracking is one of the possible ageing mechanisms. in this short review, the mechanism of delamination cracking is presented and open questions are identified in determining if the delamination cracks have negative or positive impact on the material toughness, which applies especially to the crack divider orientation. (a) l-t and t-l orientation: crack divider. (b) t-s and l-s orientation: crack arrester. (c) s-l and s-t orientation: crack splitting. figure 1: terminology used to describe the various orientation of delamination cracks [13, 19]. influence of heat treatment, test temperature and irradiation tensile fracture surface ramfitt and marder [22] tested a very low-carbon steel (vlc steel) under tensile loading at room temperature to understand the influence of the finishing temperature of heat treatment (960°c 150°c) on the fracture surface of this steel. after fracture, delamination cracks were observed in all transverse specimens from plates where the finishing temperatures were at 480°c and below. in the case of longitudinal specimens, delamination cracks occurred on specimens made from plates having a finishing temperature at 370°c and below. thus finishing temperatures at least 260°c below the a1 temperature (i.e. the eutectoid temperature above which austenitic phase is formed) promoted the development of delamination cracks in the fracture process of the vlc steel. it was also observed that the number of delamination cracks increased with decreasing finishing temperature of heat treatment and delamination cracks were always orientated parallel to the rolling plane. baldi et buzzichelli [23] investigated the influence of finishing temperature (cf. table 1) and microstructure on seven different high-strength-low-alloy-steels (hsla steels). they studied the tensile behavior of these steels as a function of finishing temperature and specimen orientation (0° and 90° relative to the rolling direction). the authors observed that on all studied hsla steels, the fracture surface displayed longitudinal delamination cracks in both directions. code heat temperature, °c rolling schedule finishing temperature, °c final thickness, mm cooling mc1 1150/2h 80% r.a. at < 750°c 700 12 air mc2 1150/2h 80% r.a. at < 750°c 700 12 air mc3 1150/2h 80% r.a. at < 800°c 750 12 air mc4 1150/2h 80% r.a. at < 750°c 700 12 oil quench f2a 1150/2h 80% r.a. at < 750°c 700 12 air c1b 1150/2h 80% r.a. at < 750°c 700 12 air m1 1150/2h 66% r.a. at < 900°c 750 12 air table 1: rolling and heat-treatment schedule [23]. similarly, yan et al [6] investigated the influence of tempering temperature on a hsla steel. the 200°c, 400°c and 700°c tempered specimens exhibited a typical cup-and-cone tensile fracture (cf. figure 2). there were no delamination cracks on the fracture surface. however, large and deep delamination cracks were observed on the fracture surfaces of tensile specimens tempered in the range between 500°c and 650°c (cf. figure 9). the latter specimens did not have a typical cup-and-cone fracture shape, which indicates a low or very low ductility, and the fracture surfaces were divided in two b x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 511 parts by the center. guo 2002 [1] observed a similar phenomenon on ct specimens fabricated from api x70 steel. as guo et al, yan et al observed small delamination cracks close and parallel to the main delamination cracks. figure 2: sem picture of a fracture observed on a 200°c-tempered tensile specimen [6]. figure 3: sem picture of fracture of 600°c tempered tensile specimen [6]. tankoua et al [10] studied the influence of test temperature on the fracture surface of arcelor pipeline steel. specimen orientations were 0° and 90° according to the rolling direction. for both orientations, the authors observed three fracture modes in competition on notch tensile specimen. at 20°c, 100°c and -196°c the ductile fracture, ductile fracture with central delamination cracks and cleavage fracture were observed, respectively. this indicates a ductile-brittle-transitiontemperature in the fracture behavior of this steel. in the case of -196°c, the cleavage fracture mode was accompanied by a small number of micro delamination cracks. baldi and buzzichelli [23] found central delamination cracks on a welldeveloped ductile fracture surface. in the last decade, irradiated 08ch18n10t specimens (chemically equivalent to a321) originating from the reactor vessel of the decommissioned vver-440-type 230 nuclear power plant located in greifswald in northern germany was evaluated by hojna et al. [16, 17]. the authors observe a complex fracture surface after a tensile test at room temperature: ductile fracture zone and many different types of secondary cracks, among which delamination cracks were present [17]. x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 512 charpy impact toughness properties the charpy impact test may be used to evaluate the fracture energy at different temperatures, to characterize qualitatively the fracture mode (ductile or brittle facture) and to estimate the ductile-brittle-transition temperature (dbtt). this test is interesting to understand in which fracture mode the delamination cracks are displayed. all studies, cited in this section, used specimens with a v shape notch. bramfitt and marder [22] obtained four different charpy curves at different heat treatment finishing temperature before being cooled down and the range of test temperature was from 24°c to -150°c. as heat treatment finishing temperature decreases, the upper shelf energy decreases from 160 j to 50 j and the dbtt was shifted to lower temperature and disappeared for specimen having a finishing temperature at 316°c. charpy specimens manufactured from the plate finished at 960°c and tested at 24°c showed a fully ductile fracture surface. the same material tested at -18°c and -73°c showed a completely developed cleavage fracture. for the charpy specimens manufactured form the plate finished at 707°c that were tested at 24°c and -18°c, the fracture surface showed delamination cracks which were parallel to the rolling plane. at -18°c the number of delamination cracks was higher than at room temperature. when specimens were tested at -73°c, the fracture appearance was fully cleavage. the same phenomenon was observed for specimens manufactured from the plate finished at 538°c. however, the number of delamination cracks at equivalent test temperature was observed higher compared with the previous plate. for the specimens made from the plate having finishing temperature at 316°c, delamination occurred at all three temperatures, and the delamination has still occurred at -129°c where only 5% of the area was a cleavage fracture. this study shows the influence of heat treatment and test temperature on the number of delamination cracks developed and their length present on the fracture plane, however, these qualitative results did not provide a clue on the role that the delamination cracks play in the fracture behavior of metal alloys. baldi 1978 [23] and song et al [18] observed a similar evolution of the number and length of delamination cracks related to the decrease of test temperature. figure 4: effect of banding concentration on dbtt and upper shelf energy [24]. shanmugan and pathak [24] demonstrated the influence of the number of delamination cracks present on the fracture surface and how the charpy toughness properties are influenced by these special cracks. they used a micro-alloyed steel and subjected it to a suitable heat treatment in order to implement a variation of ferrite bands in terms of density per mm. figure 4 shows the effect of ferritic banding density present inside the microstructure on the charpy toughness properties. during the charpy test, the delamination crack density on the fracture surface corresponded approximately with the density of ferrite bands per mm. for temperatures higher than 10°c, a high number of ferrite bands led to a decrease of upper shelf energy and a shift of the dbtt to lower temperatures has been observed, as compared to the case of no ferrite bands present in the specimen. contrarily, a low density of ferrite bands led to a higher upper shelf energy than in the case without ferrite bands. similarly to bramfitt and marder [22], shanmugan and pathak [24] observed that delamination cracks seem to disappear with decreasing test temperature. according to them, this is due to the fact that at very low temperature, not enough time is given for delamination cracking process to take place. in this study, it was x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 513 shown that delamination cracks may have positive effect on the impact toughness properties if their number is relatively low. fracture surface of specimens from plate of hsla steels which underwent a tempering step [6] and were tested at room temperature did not display any delamination cracks, unlike those tested at -30°c (cf. table 2 and figure 5). tempering temperature, °c cvn impact energy, j delamination cracks as-rolled 56 no 200 60 no 300 50 no 400 51 small and local 500 47 large and global 550 45 large and global 575 49 large and global 600 50 large and global 625 53 large and global 650 49 large and global 700 55 small and local table 2: charpy impact toughness of tempered specimens and tested at -30°c [6]. figure 5: sem picture of fracture surface of charpy specimens tempered at 200°c a), 400°c b), 500°c c), 600°c d) and tested at 30°c. x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 514 it was observed that at higher tempering temperatures delamination cracks increase both in number and in length, then decrease both in number and in length when the tempering temperature reaches 700°c. yang et al [2] observed for api x70 pipeline steel a temperature dependence on the appearance of the fracture surface. at -60°c, specimen 10 mm thick and in t-l orientation showed a ductile fracture whereas at -20°c, authors observed some delamination cracks on the fracture surface. joo et al [9] showed also an orientation dependence on the charpy impact toughness. this could probably be explained by the development of delamination cracks during the fracture process. the api x80 [9] t-l and l-t oriented specimen had a ductile failure between 25°c and -60°c, with the presence of delamination cracks on fracture surface for temperatures from -20°c to -60°c, and cleavage failure mode without delamination cracks at -80°c and 100°c. figure 6: charpy specimens’ orientation [9]. figure 7: charpy impact test as function of temperature a), as function of orientation b), fracture surface of l-t orientation of charpy specimens broken at room temperature c), -60°c d), and -100°c e) [9] x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 515 for d-d orientation (cf. figure 6), api x80 steel developed some delamination cracks only at -20°c and the impact energy was comparable for the other two orientations at the same temperature. for the other test temperatures (from 60°c to -100°c), cleavage fracture was the main failure mode for d-d specimen orientation (cf. figure 7). for the authors, good resistance to impact of specimens with t-l and l-t orientation at ductile-brittle transition region is due to the capacity of delamination to take place during the failure process. their assumption is reinforced by the fact that the impact energy dropped sharply below -60°c for the t-l and l-t oriented specimens and the only time when the d-d orientated specimens showed a similar magnitude of impact energy as t-l and l-t oriented specimens was when some delamination cracks were present during the failure process. relationship between metallography and delamination cracks s described in the two previous sections, heat treatment and specimen orientation have a strong effect on the occurrence of delamination cracking as one of the fracture modes. it seems obvious that microstructure and texture of the studied steels is an important factor in this process. different steels with various microstructure and texture were investigated. steels code microstructure hsla steel [23] mc1, f2a acicular ferrite mc2 acicular ferrite mc3 acicular ferrite mc4 polygonal ferrite, acicular ferrite c1b polygonal ferrite, acicular ferrite, thin filament of cementite along grain boundaries m1 polygonal ferrite d=7µm, d=6µm, acicular ferrite pearlite hsla steel [24] banding of ferrite banding of pearlite c-mn steel [18] ferrite pearlite average grain size = 6.8 µm ultrafine grained cmn steel [18] ferrite with globular cementite particle in the grain cementite located at ferrite grain boundaries average grain size = 1.3 µm x100 steel [8] a ferrite, bainitic-martensitic dual phase, ferrite fraction: 20% b ferrite and bainitic-martensitic dual phase, ferrite fraction: 70% c ferrite and bainitic-martensitic dual phase, ferrite fraction: 75% d deformed ferrite, bainitic-martensitic dual phase, ferrite fraction: 20% hsls [6, 7] ferrite lower bainite carbides and nitrides api x80 [9] coarse allotriomorphics ferrite, pearlite, ma constituent, bainite micro-alloyed low carbon steel [10] ferrite, bainite 08ch18n10t [25] austenite delta-ferrite table 3: different steels and their microstructure investigated for the understanding of delamination cracks. a x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 516 as seen in table 3, there are various kinds of steels where the delamination cracks could be one of the fracture modes. all these steels have a common characteristic, which is the presence of ferrite in the microstructure. different authors performed metallography analyses to understand the origins and the mechanisms of the delamination cracking process. typically, it has been concluded that the region between delamination cracks was similar to a ductile tensile failure (cf. figure 8a) or cup-and-cone shape [1, 18, 19, 22]. figure 8: sem image of charpy specimen tested at -170°c a), orientation map of grains around the delamination cracks b), and orientation map of grains at the top of subunits c) [18]. furthermore, dimples were often present in the vicinity of the delamination cracks [1, 22].the necking-like shape of the region between delamination cracks indicates a relatively high degree of ductility even at low and very low test temperatures [1, 18, 22]. moreover, the arrows in figure 8a show chains of large voids in the specimen under the fracture surface parallel to the delamination cracks. however baldi and buzzichelli [23] note that delamination cracks have a propensity to propagate in brittle manner, and usually the delamination cracks were displayed on brittle fracture surface [8-10, 17, 18, 20, 23]. that is a paradox of delamination cracks. when the failure mode is ductile, majority of investigators claim that the delamination cracks are not developed, but around a transition region, where the shear failure mode and the brittle failure mode are in competition, the delamination cracks have chances to be promoted. as seen above, the delamination cracks are consequences of a very ductile behavior it was observed that delamination crack initiation and growth was located along weak interfaces [2], some delamination cracks follow along the path of the grain boundaries of highly elongated grains [22], or occurred between coarse ferrite grains and a region richer in martensite, bainite or pearlite phases, i.e. between softer and harder phase [9]. figure 8b [18] shows grain orientation around delamination cracks; two colors dominate, indicating that the texture is highly anisotropic inside this ultrafine-grained steel. the red is for the family crystal orientation {100} and the blue for the family crystal orientation {111}. it can be seen that delamination cracks opened the interface of elongated clusters of grains with different crystal orientation components, demonstrating that the delamination cracks spread along the boundaries of grains having high-angle grain boundary misorientation. hara et al [3, 8] made a relationship between the microstructure, texture and ctoa (crack tip opening angle) results. table 4 shows the results of ctoa related to the phases present inside different steels and the texture. according to the authors, for the steel a, there were no delamination cracks on the fracture surface. for the steels b and c, few small delamination cracks were shown on the fracture surface, however, for the steel d, large delamination cracks were present on the fracture surface, and it is for the steel d that the ctoa was the lowest. in this case, delamination cracks can have a negative impact on mechanical properties. the steel d is the one having the highest intensity of crystal plane family {100}. the comparison between the microstructure of steel b (or c) compared with that of steel d clearly shows that deformed ferrite increases sharply the intensity of crystal plane family {100}, and the differences in the x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 517 microstructure between steel a, b and c did not influence the ctoa properties but only the fracture surface. in this case, the factor promoting the delamination cracks is microstructure composed of hard and soft phases and a high intensity of plane {100}. steels microstructure {100} intensity parallel to rd ctoa a bainite 1.5 12 to 18° b and c ferrite and bainitemartensitic 1.6 to 1.7 11 to 18° d deformed ferrite bainite-martensite more than 2.5 <10° table 4: relationship between ctoa, the intensity of the {100} texture parallel to the rolling direction and the microstructure [8]. to understand the role of elongated grains, yan et al [6,7] used the as-rolled steel and subjected it to the triple-oil-quench heat treatment, thus the elongated grain microstructure changed to equiaxed grain microstructure. charpy test conducted at -30°c indicated that the samples with equiaxed grains exhibited no delamination cracks on the fracture surface. this result signifies that the presence of elongated grains in the microstructure are a necessary but not sufficient condition. for the authors, the presence of precipitates is assumed to be one of the causes of the delamination cracks. the precipitates have been formed by tempering the hsla steel at temperatures in the range between 500 to 650°c. then the elongated grains and aligned precipitates seem together responsible for the delamination cracking process in this steel. for steels having microstructural bands [9], bands could be an important cause of delamination occurrence. figure 9 shows a significant difference in the crystallography of areas designated x and y located on opposite sides of the delamination crack. crystal face orientation is (101) for the area x and (111) for the area y and a clear difference is apparent in the grain orientation spread map. the different orientations may create a weakness between the bands and allow the development of a delamination crack. figure 9: delamination crack in a l-t orientation charpy sample broken at -40°c: top: sem picture, bottom: orientation maps and grain orientation spread maps with the key in degrees [9]. x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 518 in case of crack divider, formation of delamination crack is mainly driven by stress component zz . in front of the crack in a finite thickness plate (for example a ct-specimen), zz reaches its maximum in the middle of the thickness. to evaluate the intensity of zz over the thickness of specimen, the out-of-plane constraint factor zt , for a mode i through thickness crack, has been given by [26]       0.58 1 / 2.3 1 1/2 3/2 2 0.94 / 1 1 1 1 1.218 0.395 0.361 2 2 1 n n z p r b r r r r t r b b b z b                                                (1) for 0zt  where b  thickness, n  strain hardening exponent, pr  average size of plastic zone through the thickness of the plate [26]. as was observed in [1-3, 10, 27], a large delamination crack occurs at the middle of specimen. as a result of equation (1), its size increases with increasing thickness of the specimen [1]. newly created free surface causes local drop in zt (cf. figure 10) and condition for the formation of smaller delamination cracks at the quarter of the thickness. figure 10: the out-of-plane constraint factor t_z in front of a mode i crack, solid line with delamination crack, dashed line without delamination crack [1]. a number of authors [1, 8-10, 18, 19, 22, 28] noticed an enhancement of the fracture toughness properties ( ck , cj ), significantly higher lower-shelf energy and shifting at lower temperature of the dbtt during charpy impact tests. the same authors observed the development of multi-delamination cracks that were found on the fracture surface of charpy and ct-specimens as well as a single central delamination crack on tensile notch or smooth specimens [6, 10]. when fracture toughness tests are performed using ct-specimens, the parameters ck and cj are thickness dependent [29]. due to the stress distribution at the crack tip, ck and cj increase when the ct-specimen with decreasing thickness. thin specimens are in plane-stress condition whereas thick specimens are in plane-strain condition. the same dependence was also shown for the charpy impact test [2]. then as shown on figure 10, there is a triaxial stress relaxation, (because zz is reduced to zero), and transformation of the global plane-strain fracture into a serie of local plane-stress failure x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 519 caused by delamination cracks. thus the multi-delamination cracks acts as a sum of plane-stress subunits (cf. figure 11). [1, 2, 19, 28] and the fracture toughness and impact toughness could increase. figure 11: effective thickness b1, nominal thickness b [1]. yan et al [6] provided an interesting explanation about the development of delamination taking into account the plastic zone near the crack tip. in the case of charpy impact test, the specimen bends and a plastic zone is generated at the notch and the contraction in the thickness direction is constrained. in this way, a triaxial stress state is created. when the crack grows, the location of this plastic zone will move from the zone close to the notch to extend across the thickness. the magnitude of stresses in this plastic zone is significantly higher than the yield stress that the delamination cracks generated. both the low strain-hardening capacity for tempered steel and the elongated grains in the triaxial tensile stress zone facilitate the generation of delamination cracks along the weak paths and lead to distinct delamination cracks. rao et al [13] noticed similar behavior in aluminum-lithium alloys, having small strain hardening and elongated grains, when they performed fracture toughness tests with ct-specimens. no large delamination cracks or only minor local delaminations were observed in steels having medium capacity for elongation and necking. during a charpy impact test, delamination cracks may appear if the stresses in the thickness direction are high enough to delaminate the anisotropic microstructure along its weak paths. perhaps, it is one of the reasons why the delamination cracks are more likely generated at the temperature transition where the fracture mode is mixed for non-active material, and around 11 dpa for irradiated austenitic steel with delta-ferrite content [16, 17]. guo et al [1] defined a criterion to estimate when the delamination crack will occur in the case of fracture toughness test. it is assumed that the in-plane strength of the material is c , and the strength in the thickness direction is zc and zc c  . when  yy c cr  , macrocrack will occur, when  zz c zcr  delamination cracks will occur and the delamination cracks will appear before macrocrack will propagate if zc c  . kalyanam et al [15] show the influence of the stress distribution of a central delamination crack in ct-specimen. near the tip of the macrocrack, the delamination crack produced a small region of traction free surfaces on the center plane, where the delamination crack is located, which then led to a sharp gradient in stress fields similar to those observed at the outside surface. it can be noticed that the stress component zz is equal to zero at the delamination crack location, thus locally, the material is in plane-stress condition. at the head of delamination crack, the stress component yy is about 1.4 ys in the absence of delamination cracks and increases to about 2.1 ys in the presence of delamination cracks. for the stress component xx , the presence of delamination cracks represents a difference in the order of 0.5 ys near the center plane. thus at the head of the macrocrack near the delamination crack, there is plane-stress condition whereas at the head of the delamination crack far from the macrocrack, the triaxial state of stress prevails. to estimate simply the “subunit toughness” in assuming that the steel behaves as a laminate, the following equation could be used [32] x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 520 1/2 l c a pmf w k bw       (2) where  m is the number of ligaments, p the load on each ligament, w and b are full specimen width and thickness, and a f w       the function of the crack length-to-width ratio. when the subunit toughness is estimated, the global fracture toughness can be computed using the following equation [33]: 01 24 l c ic f ys k k e b b           (3) where ys is the yield strength,  e the elastic modulus, f the true fracture strain for plain stress condition, b the full thickness of specimen, and 0b the maximum thickness in which the plane-stress fracture can fully develop. rao et al [13] used these two equations to estimate the fracture toughness of aluminum-lithium alloys and the agreement between the experimental results and estimation was excellent according to them. conclusion s seen above, numerical simulation by finite-element-analysis [15] may be used to provide the stress distribution close to the back and the head of delamination crack. nevertheless, this type of simulation accounts only for one delamination crack and therefore, cannot provide information on the impact of multi-delamination cracks on ck and cj . furthermore, no explanation can be provided about the influence of delamination cracks on the crack growth rate of the macrocrack. neither is it clear if the delamination cracks appear before or during the propagation of the macrocrack. thus to clarify these two questions it is necessary to develop a simulation methodology that could foresee if there are some reciprocal influences between the macrocrack and the delamination cracks. the use of multi-scale modeling to estimate the stress and strain distribution inside grains and at grain boundaries could help to progress in this field and define a delamination cracks criterion.  heat treatment, test temperature, thickness of specimen and stress distribution significantly influence the number, width and length of delamination cracks.  for charpy impact test, the upper shelf energy decreases, the dbtt shifts to lower temperatures and the lower shelf energy increases in the presence of delamination cracks.  large number of delamination cracks yields to inferior toughness.  the presence of ferrite together with a harder phase combined with high intensity of {100} orientation plane favors the occurrence of delamination cracks.  the delamination cracks occur in brittle manner at weak interfaces.  the delamination cracks change the stress distribution from plane-strain to plane-stress condition. the presented work was financially supported by the susen project cz.1.05/2.1.00/03.0108 realized in the framework of the european regional development fund (erdf). reference [1] guo,w., dong, h., lu, m., zhao, x., the coupled effects of thickness and delamination on cracking resistance of x70 pipeline steel, int. j. pressure vessels pip., 79 (2002) 403-412. [2] yang, z., huo, c.y., guo, w., the charpy notch impact test of x70 pipeline steel with delamination cracks. key eng. mater., 297-300 (2005) 2391-2396. a x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 521 [3] hara, t., shinohara, y., asahi, h., terada, y., effects of microstructure and texture on dwtt properties for high strength line pipe steels, in: asme. proceeding of the international pipeline conference, calgary, alberta, canada, (2006) 245-250. [4] yang, z., guo, w.l., huo, c.y., wang, y., fracture appearance evaluation of high performance pipeline steel dwtt specimen with delamination cracks, key eng. mater., 324-325 (2006) 59-62. [5] hara, t., shinohara, y., terada, y., asahi, h., dwtt properties for high strength line pipe steels. proceeding of the 18th international offshore and polar engineering conference, vancouver, canada, (2008) 189-193. [6] yan, w., sha, l., zhu, w., wang, y., shan, y., yang., k., delamination fracture related to tempering in a highstrength low-alloy steel. metall, mater. trans. a., 41 (2009) 159-171. [7] yan, w., sha, l., zhu, w., wang, y., shan, y., yang.,k., change of tensile behavior of a high-strength low-alloy steel with tempering temperature, mater. sci. eng. a., 517 (2009) 369-374. [8] hara, t., t. fujishiro, effect of separation on ductile crack propagation behavior during drop weight tear test. proceeding of the 18h international offshore and polar engineering conference, vancouver, canada, (2008) 321-327. [9] joo, m.s., suh, d.w., bae, j.h., bhadeshia, h.k.d.h., role of delamination and crystallography on anisotropy of charpy toughness in api-x80 steel, mater. sci. eng. a., 546 (2012) 314-322. [10] tankoua, f., crepin, j., thibaux, p., arafin, m., cooreman, s., gourgues, a.f., delamination of pipeline steels: determination of an anisotropic cleavage criterion, mech. ind., 15 (2014) 45-50. [11] rao, k.t.v., ritchie, r.o., fracture-toughness behavior of 2090-t83 aluminum lithium alloy sheet at ambient and cryogenic temperatures, scr. mater., 23 (1989) 1129-1134. [12] rao, k.t.v., ritchie, r.o., mechanical properties of al–li alloys part 1 fracture toughness and microstructure, mater. sci. technol., 5 (1989) 882-895. [13] rao, k.t.v., yu, w., ritchie, r.o., cryogenic toughness of commercial aluminum-lithium alloys: role of delamination toughening, metall. mater. trans. a., 20 (1989) 485-497. [14] rao, k.t.v., ritchie, r.o., mechanisms influencing the cryogenic fracture-toughness behavior of aluminum-lithium alloys, acta. metall. mater., 38 (1990) 2309-2326. [15] kalyanam, s., beaudoin, a.j., dodds, r.h., barlat, f., delamination cracking in advanced aluminum–lithium alloys – experimental and computational studies, eng. fract. mech., 76 (2009) 2174-2191. [16] hojná, a., falcnik, m., hietanen, o., hulinová, l., korhonen, r., oszvald, f., behaviour of 08ch18n10t steel after 15 years of operation as core shroud of wwer 440 plant, proceeding of the 11th international conference material issues in design, manufacturing and operation of nuclear power plants equipement, st-perterburgs, federation of russia, (2010). [17] hojná, a., ernestová, m., hietanen, o., hulinová, l., korhonen, r., oszvald, f., irradiation assisted stress corrosion cracking of austenititc stainless steel wwer reactor core internals. proceeding of the 15th international conference on environmental degradation of materials in nuclear power systems-water reactors, cheyenne montain resort, colorado springs, colorado, usa, (2011). [18] song, r., ponge, d., raabe, d., mechanical properties of an ultrafine grained c–mn steel processed by warm deformation and annealing, acta mater., 53 (2005) 4881-4892. [19] embury, j.d., petch, n. j., wraith, a. e., wright, e. s., fracture of mild steel laminates, trans. metall. soc. aime, 239 (1967) 114-118. [20] vaillant, f., tribouilloy-buissé, l., couvant., t., stress corrosion cracking propagation of colf-worked austenitic strainless steels in pwr environment. proceeding of the 14th int. conf. on environmental degradation of materials in nuclear power systems, virginia beach, va, usa, (2009). [21] michler, t., naumann, j., hydrogen environment embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels at low temperatures, int. j. hydrog. energy., 33 (2008) 2111-2122. [22] bramfitt, b.l., a.r. marder, study of delamination behavior of a very low-carbon steel, metall. mater. trans. a., 8 (1977) 1263-1273. [23] baldi, g., buzzichelli, g., critical stress for delamination fracture in hsla steels, metal science, 12 (1978) 459-472. [24] shanmugam, p. and s.d. pathak, some studies on the impact behavior of banded microalloyed steel, eng. fract. mech., 53 (1996) 991-1005. [25] srba, o., michalicka, j., keilova, e., kocik, j., tem study of radiation induced defects in baffle-former-barrel assembly from decommissioned npp greifswald, ieee trans nucl sci, pp 99 (2014) 1-6. [26] wanlin, g., elasto-plastic three-dimensional crack border field—iii. fracture parameters, eng. fract. mech., 51 (1995) 51-71. x.c. arnoult et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 509-522; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.57 522 [27] shin, s.y., hong, s. bae, j., kim, h.k., s. lee, separation phenomenon occurring during the charpy impact test of api x80 pipeline steels. metall. mater. trans. a., 40 (2010) 2333-2349. [28] rao, k.t.v., yu, w., ritchie, r.o., cryogenic toughness of commercial aluminum-lithium alloys – role of delamination toughness. metall trans a., 20 (1989) 485-497. [29] anderson, t.l., fracture mechanics: fundamentals and applications, third edition in crc press (eds.) linear elastic fracture mechanics, taylor & francis, (1994) 29-116. [30] bridgman, p.w., studies in large plastic flow and fracture with special emphasis on the effects of hydrostatic pressure, harvard university press, ma, (1964) [31] yan, w., shan,y.y., yang, k., influence of tin inclusions on the cleavage fracture behavior of low-carbon microalloyed steels, metall trans a., 38 (2007) 1211-1222. [32] bluhm, j.j., a model for the effect of thinckness on fracture toughness, astm proc., 61 (1961) 1324-31. [33] broek, d., elementary engineering fracture mechanics, springer n. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_8 f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 69 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe failure analysis of dissimilar single-lap joints f.a. stuparu, d.a. apostol, d.m. constantinescu, m. sandu, s. sorohan university politehnica of bucharest, romania stuparu.florin@gmail.com, apostolda@yahoo.com, dan.constantinescu@upb.ro, marin.sandu@upb.ro, stefan.sorohan@upb.ro abstract. single-lap joints made of aluminium and carbon fibre adherends of different thickness are tested to understand better the behaviour of such dissimilar joints. the overlap length and the thickness of the adhesive are kept constant. local deformation fields are monitored by using the digital image correlation method. peeling and shearing strains are investigated, emphasizing that peeling is important in the region where failure is initiated, towards an extremity of the overlap region. the use of only carbon fibre adherends is not recommended for a smaller thickness as an additional interface failure is produced and compromises the integrity of the lap joint. however, a dissimilar joint (aluminium-carbon) with smaller thickness adherends succeeds to maintain the stiffness of the assembly, but its strength is diminished. the obtained results are suggesting that a complete monitoring of the failure processes in the overlap region can be fully understood only if local deformation measurements are possible. keywords. sigle-lap joints; dissimilar adherends; digital image correlation; peeling and shearing. introduction eronautical, automotive or naval structural integrity is of great importance and any presence of imperfections can reduce significantly the load bearing capacity. without a better understanding of progressive failure, the fracture criteria and predictive capabilities will be limited. in many cases adhesive joints have to be used and single-lap joints are of particular interest. several parameters have a significant influence as: the thickness of the adherends, the overlap length, and the adhesive thickness. on the other hand, the use of dissimilar materials in such joints represent new challenges and the complete understanding of the local phenomena deserve further investigations. in many engineering applications the gluing of metallic and composite materials starts to be a necessity. it is known that the thickness of the adhesive influences the strength of the assembly but its effect is not completely understood. experimental results have shown that the strength of the joint decreases with the increase of the adhesive thickness. gleich et al. [1] showed that the interface stresses grow proportionally with the thickness, and grant et al. [2] pointed out through experimental testing that the strength decreases due to the increase of the bending moment. the increase of the thickness leads to the increase of the arm of the force and therefore of the bending moment. it looks like the optimum strength of an epoxy adhesive is to be obtained when its thickness is between 0.1 and 0.5 mm. however, as pointed by banea and da silva [3], the results may vary due to the type of loading, the ductile or fragile behaviour of the adhesive and the rigidity of the adherends. opposite to what was expected, they showed that for a fragile adhesive a better performance of the lap-joint was obtained for the thicker adhesive. an explanation of the peculiar behaviour relied on the different thermal inertia of the thicknesses which resulted after the thermal cycle. the contradiction between the classical a f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 70 elastic analysis and the experimental results generated further studies of da silva et al. [4]. the adherends were made from steel as to diminish the level of deformations. their conclusion suggests that the stresses at the interface adherendadhesive are responsible for the strength decrease when the thickness of the adhesive increases. a different approach is proposed by matihas and lemaire [5] which emphasize that in engineering applications the thickness of the adhesive is seldom constant and a probabilistic analysis is needed to study the reliability of such adhesive joints. they used aluminium and carbon fibre adherends of constant thickness and using volkensen's model calculated a coefficient of safety for which the probability of failure should be below 0.01%. their results pointed out that a thicker adhesive will help in reaching the reliability goal, that is contrary to the experimental findings obtained in [1, 2, 4]. the increase of the adherend thickness diminished the peeling effect at the extremities of the adhesive length and led to the increase of the shearing strength of an epoxy adhesive [6], and the increase of the adhesive overlap length increased the failure force of the assembly [7], but in fact the strength of the adhesive layer diminishes. in [8] different adhesives were used for single-lap joints of carbon fibre adherends with an overlap between 10 and 80 mm. for a ductile adhesive the failure force increases with the increase of the overlap, but for a fragile adhesive the force increases only up to 30 mm overlap and afterwards decreases due to the interlaminar failure of the adherends. in [9], when increasing the thickness of the steel adherends from 1 to 5 mm the maximum force and failure strength increases as already established in other studies. a complex analysis was performed by da silva et. al [10] which analysis the influence of several parameters (stiffness of adherend, thickness of adherend, thickness of adhesive, overlap length) on the strength of the single-lap joint by using the taguchi method. starting from an initial configuration the influence of each parameter is quantified as giving a maximum percentage increase of the strength of the assembly. the increase of the values of the analyzed parameters is beneficial to obtain strength increase with specified values, with one exception, the thickness of the adhesive, by which increase the strength of the single-lap is diminished. it was also noticed that the different procedures used to prepare the surfaces to be glued haven't influenced the obtained results. the digital image correlation (dic) method has inspired several researchers to analyze the strength of lap-joints. moreira and nunes [11] investigated the behaviour of a flexible adhesive and the critical shearing deformations which decrease towards the ends of the overlap, suggesting that the peeling strains are responsible for the initiation of the failure. they pointed out that it is essential to consider the peeling effects for the correct interpretation of the strength of the joint. moutrille et al. [12], nunes and moreira [13], and silva and nunes [14] used also dic for studying several geometrical configurations and successfully analyzed the influence of the aforementioned different parameters on the shearing strength of the joints. in this article the type and the thickness of the adhesive as well as the overlap length are kept constant. the single-lap joints are configured by using aluminium and carbon fibre adherends of 3 mm and 5 mm thickness combined differently. dic is used to monitor the local failure in the adhesive and give insides on the particular phenomena. peeling (opening or mode i) and shearing (mode ii) deformations are analyzed in detail and some conclusions concerning the particularities of using dissimilar adherends are drawn. it is emphasized that only local measurements, in the overlap region, can provide correct information about the deformation and failure of the adhesive. tested configurations and materials he single-lap joints used in the investigations have the dimensions presented in fig. 1. the thickness of the adhesive is kept constant to 0.5 mm and the overlap length is 20 mm. the thickness t of the adherends was changed from one configuration to another. the adherends were made from aluminium or carbon fibre. at the ends of the overlap a 5 mm gap is kept on each side of the overlap as used to control the thickness of the adhesive layer with a wax layer of 0.5 mm. the adhesive used in the experiments is araldite 2015 with the elastic constants established with dic on bulk specimens as: longitudinal modulus of elasticity e = 1790 mpa and poisson's ratio  = 0.32. this adhesive has a ductile behaviour. the adherends were made from aluminium 6060 t6 and unidirectional carbon fibre of 250 g/m2 with epoxy resin matrix. the considered thicknesses of the adherends for both materials were either 3 mm or 5 mm, having all of them a width of 30 mm. the adherends were further denoted as aluminium and carbon having the thickness indicated afterwards. the elastic constants of these adherends were established through traction tests on bulk iso standardized specimens, as indicated in tab.1. tests were done on a zwick z010 (10 kn) machine. speed of testing was of 1 mm/min. the increase of stiffness of the 3 mm carbon adherend can be explained due to the higher volume fraction of carbon fibres which resulted for this thickness. t f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 71 the single-lap joint prepared for dic measurements is shown in fig. 2. on the left side it is better noticed the uneven surface due to the wax of constant 0.5 mm thickness which filled the overlap for 5 mm on each side as to control the adhesive thickness. figure 1: dimensions of the single-lap joints. aluminium carbon 3 mm carbon 5 mm modulus of elasticity [mpa] 70000 76000 64000 poisson's ratio 0.33 0.35 0.37 table 1: elastic constants of adherends. figure 2: surface of a single-lap joint prepared for dic measurements. overall, six different geometrical configurations were used for testing, as mentioned in tab.2. for each configuration five lap joints were tested. if the failure was not cohesive the test was disregarded. adherend 1 adherend 2 material thickness material thickness configuration 1 aluminium 3 mm aluminium 3 mm configuration 2 carbon 3 mm carbon 3 mm configuration 3 aluminium 3 mm carbon 3 mm configuration 4 aluminium 5 mm aluminium 5 mm configuration 5 carbon 5 mm carbon 5 mm configuration 6 aluminium 5 mm carbon 5 mm table 2: configurations used for testing with aluminium and carbon adherends of different thickness. f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 72 the relative displacements between the adherends were monitored in the overlap region and both peeling and shearing deformations were measured by using dic. for each configuration out of the five performed tests only the representative one was chosen for further comparisons. plots of the shearing stress as a function of the displacement between the grips as indicated by the testing machine were also represented. experimental evaluation of local deformations he lateral surface of the single-lap joint was analyzed by using dic. the aramis 2m system was used to measure the deformations of the adhesive. for all tests a calibre of 35 x 28 mm was considered. one frame per second was acquired. in order to obtain a map of the deformations along the overlap length three virtual gauges were chosen on each side of the overlap as seen in fig. 3. configuration 4 is presented in the figure, both adherends being aluminium of 5 mm thickness. top and bottom gauges are positioned on the edges of the adhesive layer. the relative displacements of the adherends are measured along the x axis as to investigate the peeling deformation and the corresponding strain, and along the y axis to monitor the shearing displacement of the adherends and the shearing strain. local peeling strains are shown with their values in fig. 3. a maximum strain of about 9 % was obtained at the lower extremity of the adhesive shortly before the failure of the joint. as getting towards the middle region of the overlap compression is produced in the adhesive, thus indicating the bending of the adherends. figure 3: peeling relative strains in the adhesive. figure 4: shearing strain in the adhesive along the overlap. t f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 73 shearing is produced along the whole overlap length and values of the shearing strain can be depicted in fig. 4. the same frame as in fig. 3 is presented. shearing is mainly constant in the adhesive with a maximum value, again, towards the lower extremity of the overlap. an initial crack started from there and propagated. this is due to the possible slightly unsymmetrical geometric arrangement of the single-lap joint. behaviour of lap joints made of dissimilar adherends s different adherends were used for understanding the behaviour of similar and dissimilar single-lap joints, we initially tested aluminium adherends of 3 mm, respectively 5 mm thickness (configurations 1 and 4). shearing stress is represented as a function of the displacement of the grips measured by the testing machine. the shearing stress is an average value and is calculated as the ration between the force and the surface of the adhesive overlap. the measured displacement includes the deformations of the adhesive, of the adherends, and a possible slippage of the adherend in the mechanical grips, although this was not evident by analyzing the specimen after failure. this is why this value is greater than the one measured by using dic. from fig. 5 it is to be noticed that the stiffness of the joint is increased for the thicker aluminium adherend. as stiffness decreases (3 mm) the peeling effect is greater and the joint fails at a smaller force. 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 s h ea ri n g s tr es s [ m p a] displacement [mm] aluminium 3 mm aluminium 5 mm figure 5: influence of the aluminium adherend thickness. in fig. 6, for carbon adherends, it is to be noticed that for a thickness of 3 mm the stiffness is lower than for a thickness of 5 mm (which is not surprising). however, the failure force is much smaller and the shearing stress decrease to about 11 mpa. failure is produced suddenly, without a decrease of the maximum force as happens for the 5 mm thickness. 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 s h ea ri n g s tr es s [m p a] displacement [mm] carbon 3 mm carbon 5 mm figure 6: influence of the carbon adherend thickness. a f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 74 for carbon adherends a delamination between the layers of the adherend appears especially for the 3 mm thickness adherends (configuration 2). the strength of the joint is in fact dictated by the interface strength of the carbon laminas and not given by the cohesive strength of the adhesive. if the interface strength is assumed to be constant regardless the thickness of the carbon adherends it results that a lower stiffness will lead to a higher peeling force as the thickness of the adherend is decreased. one can notice in fig. 7 the pull-out of the carbon fibres due to the interlaminar failure of the adherend. figure 7: interlaminar failure of the 3 mm carbon adherend. it is also recommended to avoid any mechanical machining or scratching on the surface of the carbon adherend as to increase its roughness prior to the application of the adhesive. this may also contribute to the unexpected interlaminar failure. for adherends of 5 mm thickness the shearing failure stress is about 16 mpa regardless the joint configuration (fig. 8). a slightly larger displacement until failure is obtained for the aluminium-aluminium lap joint (configuration 4). however, the aluminium-carbon lap joint is stiffer but fails sooner. 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 s h ea ri n g s tr es s [ m p a] displacement [mm] aluminium carbon aluminium carbon figure 8: influence of material combinations for 5 mm adherend thickness. for 3 mm adherends, as to be seen in fig. 9, the best results were clearly obtained for aluminium adherends, that is maximum shearing stress and maximum displacement at failure. if one of the adherends was carbon, interlaminar failure resulted eventually. lower stiffness is undesirable as it increases the bending of the adherend and the peeling stresses in the adhesive. the global values of the displacements of the single-lap joint measured through the displacement of the grips of the testing machine is at failure about 3 mm for the 5 mm adherends, and about the same value or less for the 3 mm adherends (not less than 2.5 mm). this globally measured displacement is significantly larger than the local relative displacements of the adherends measured on x and y directions (figs. 3 and 4 for aluminium adherends) with dic. only the local relative displacements are reflecting the correct behaviour of the adhesive. f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 75 0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 s h ea ri n g s tr es s [ m p a] displacement [mm] aluminum carbon aluminium carbon figure 9: influence of material combinations for 5 mm adherend thickness. local deformations of single-lap joints hortly before the failure of the single-lap with 5 mm aluminium adherends the relative peeling displacement between the adherends is about 0.07 mm (fig. 3 or fig. 4) along the x axis at the lower extremity of the overlap as measured by the first virtual gauge, then becomes 0.04 mm in the next virtual gauge, and 0.02 mm in the third virtual gauge; so the peeling displacement decreases rapidly. failure initiated from this region. in the other side of the overlap the relative displacements are smaller. the shearing displacement along the y axis is 0.58 mm; this value remains mainly constant along the overlap length at this stage of loading. a comparison of the results obtained for relative shearing displacements is given in fig. 10 for 5 mm adherends (configurations 4, 5, and 6). the three adherends combinations behave quite similarly (see also fig. 8) but the local relative displacements are much smaller. the carbon-carbon joint behaves very well for this thickness; on the contrary the aluminium-carbon joint fails sooner, although it is stiffer. probably some delaminations in the carbon adherend were produced for this particular test. maximum relative shearing displacements are about 0.5-0.7 mm, much smaller than the ones obtained in following the indications of the testing machine. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 s h ea ri n g s tr es s [ m p a] displacement [mm] aluminium carbon aluminium carbon figure 10: relative shearing displacements for adherends of 5 mm. the 3 mm adherends give a satisfactory behaviour, as before, only for the aluminium adherends (configuration 1). smaller thickness and stiffness carbon adherends imply higher bending moments and delamination of the carbon layers. failure is produced sooner for configurations 2 and 3, at less than 0.2 mm relative shearing displacement (fig. 11). as commented before, local relative displacements are much smaller less than 0.3 mm, that is 10 times smaller than the global displacements (see fig. 9). s f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 76 if we analyze the peeling and shearing displacements for the aluminium and carbon adherends of 3 mm (fig. 12) where failure will initiate it is evident that the peeling deformations are much smaller. for the carbon adherends these deformations indicate an initial negative displacement, which has the significance of the reduction of the initial gauge length due to the local bending effects which are more pronounced for this thickness. at higher forces the peeling is evident (at about 10 mpa shearing stress) and the lap joint fails soon afterwards. as mentioned before, additional delaminations between the carbon fibre laminas are accelerating the failure event. for both adherends the peeling deformations cannot be neglected and influence the moment of failure although they are of small values. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 s h ea ri n g s tr es s [ m p a] displacement [mm] aluminium carbon aluminium carbon figure 11: relative shearing displacements for adherends of 3 mm. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 ‐0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 s h ea ri n g s tr es s [ m p a] displacement [mm] x aluminium 3 mm y aluminium 3 mm x carbon 3 mm y carbon 3 mm figure 12: variation of local relative displacements for aluminium and carbon 3 mm adherends. conclusions he use of dissimilar single-lap joints is of great importance and this is why it is investigated in this article. by keeping constant the overlap length and the thickness of the adhesive we analyze the influence of the thickness and material (aluminium or carbon fibre) of the adherends. digital image correlation measurements done in the immediate vicinity of the adhesive layer can provide correct information about the shearing and peeling deformations. it was shown that failure initiates where peeling is significant. for carbon fibre adherents, especially for the lower thickness of 3 mm, additional interlaminar damage compromises the integrity of the joint and leads to premature failure of the assembly. dissimilar joints (aluminium-carbon) with smaller t f.a. stuparu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 69-77; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.08 77 thickness adherends succeed to maintain the stiffness of the assembly as compared to the aluminium joints, but their strength is diminished by the pull-out and delamination of carbon fibres. it is of great importance to rely on local deformation measurements and not on the global ones as indicated by the testing machine, which include also the deformation of the adherends. only by using such an approach a proper understanding of adhesive failure is possible. acknowledgements his work was supported by a grant of the romanian national authority for scientific research, cndi– uefiscdi, project number pn-ii-pt-pcca-2011-3.2-0068, contract nr. 206/2012. references [1] gleich, d.m., van tooren, m.j.l., beukers, a., analysis and evaluation of bondline thickness effects on failure load in adhesively bonded structures, j. adhes. sci. technol., 15 (2001) 1091–1101. doi:10.1163/156856101317035503. [2] grant, l.d.r., adams, r.d., da silva, l.f.m., experimental and numerical analysis of single-lap joints for the automotive industry, int. j. adhes. adhes., 29 (2009) 405–413. doi:10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2008.09.001. [3] banea, m.d., da silva, l.f.m., mechanical characterization of flexible adhesives, j. adhesion, 84 (2009), 261–285. doi:10.1080/00218460902881808. [4] da silva, l.f.m., rodrigues, t.n.s.s., figueiredo, m.a.v., de moura, m.f.s.f., chousal, j.a.g., effect of adhesive type and thickness on the lap shear strength, j. adhesion, 82 (2006) 1091–1115. doi:10.1080/00218460600948511. [5] mathias, j.d., lemaire, m., reliability analysis of bonded joints with variations in adhesive thickness, j. adhes. sci. technol., 27 (2013) 1069–1079. doi:10.1080/01694243.2012.727176. [6] pereira, a.m., ferreira, j.m., antunes, f.v., bártolo, p.j., analysis of manufacturing parameters on the shear strength of aluminium adhesive single-lap joints, j. mater. process. tech., 210 (2010) 610–617. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2009. 11.006. [7] park, j.h., choi, j.h., kweon, j.h., evaluating the strengths of thick aluminum-to-aluminum joints with different adhesive lengths and thicknesses, compos. struct., 92 (2010) 2226–2235. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2009.08.037. [8] neto, j.a.b.p., campilho, r.d.s.g., da silva, l.f.m., parametric study of adhesive joints with composites, int. j. adhes. adhes., 37 (2012) 96–101. doi:10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2012.01.019. [9] de morais, a.b., pereira, a.b., teixeira, j.p., cavaleiro, n.c., strength of epoxy adhesive-bonded stainless-steel joints, int. j. adhes. adhes., 27 (2007) 679–686. doi:10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2007.02.002. [10] da silva, l.f.m., critchlow, g.w. figueiredo, m.a.v., parametric study of adhesively bonded single lap joints by the taguchi method, j. adhes. sci. technol., 22 (2008) 1477–1494. doi:10.1163/156856108x309585. [11] moreira, d.c., nunes l.c.s., experimental analysis of bonded single lap joint with flexible adhesive, appl. adhesion sci., 2 (2014). doi:10.1186/2196-4351-21. [12] moutrille, m.p., derrien, k., baptiste, d., balandraud, x., grédiac, m., through-thickness strain field measurement in a composite/aluminium adhesive joint, compos. part a-appl. s., 40 (2009) 985–996. doi:10.1016/j.compositesa. 2008.04.018. [13] nunes, l.c.s., moreira, d.c., simple shear under large deformation: experimental and theoretical analyses, eur. j. mech. a-solid., 42 (2013) 315–322. doi:10.1016/j.euromechsol.2013.07.002. [14] silva, t.c., nunes, l.c.s., a new experimental approach for the estimation of bending moments in adhesively bonded single lap joints, int. j. adhes. adhes., 54 (2014) 13–20. doi:10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2014.04.006. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_29_2600 n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 342 focused on the research activities of the greek society of experimental mechanics of materials simulation of the corrosion-induced damage on aluminum alloy 2024 specimens with equivalent surface notches nikolaos d. alexopoulos, nikoleta siskou, christina-margarita charalampidou university of the aegean, school of engineering, department of financial and management engineering, 41 kountouriotι str, 82132, chios, greece nalexop@aegean.gr, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7851-1845 stavros k. kourkoulis national technical university of athens, department of mechanics, laboratory for testing and materials, theocaris building, 5 heroes of polytechnion avenue, 157 73, athens, greece abstract. the effect of corrosion environment aggressiveness on the tensile mechanical properties degradation of aa2024-t3 was investigated. tensile specimens were pre-corroded for various exposure times to different corrosive solutions, i.e., exfoliation corrosion (exco) and 3.5 wt. % nacl. then they were tested mechanically. in non-corroded specimens, surface notches of various depths were machined to simulate the degradation of the tensile mechanical properties due to the presence of artificial surface defects. a mechanical model was developed to correlate the corrosion-induced tensile ductility degradation due to pitting and possible hydrogen embrittlement with the equivalent artificially induced surface notches. the cases studied for this physical correlation were: a) exco exposure with artificial notches, b) exco with 3.5 wt.% nacl exposure and c) 3.5 wt.% nacl exposure with artificial notches. higher correlation was noticed for short exposure times for all cases where the dominant degradation mechanism is slight pitting formation. it was found that 1 h exco exposure is equivalent to 92 h exposure to nacl solution regarding the tensile ductility degradation while 24 h exco exposure has the same effect on ductility decrease with a 240 μm surface notch or 4000 h exposure to nacl solution. keywords. corrosion; notches; mechanical properties; aluminum alloy. citation: alexopoulos, n.d., siskou, n., charalampidou, c.m., kourkoulis, s.k., simulation of the corrosion-induced damage on aluminum alloy 2024 specimens with equivalent surface notches, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353. received: 25.01.2019 accepted: 27.05.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction uring the last decades attention has been paid by the aviation industries to the reduction of aircrafts maintenance costs. damage tolerance evaluation for the skin and the fuselage of the aircraft is of major importance for the decrease of the inspection intervals and therefore of the respective maintenance costs. among the greatest d http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2600.mp4 n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 343 problems in maintenance and repair of aircraft structures is corrosion. the possibility that corrosion will interact with other forms of damage, e.g. fatigue cracks, impact etc. can result in significant loss of the structural integrity and may lead to fatal consequences, e.g. the aloha airlines accident. the synergetic interaction of corrosion and fatigue has a deteriorating effect on the mechanical performance of aeronautical aluminum alloys, mainly because of accelerated crack propagation [1]. the major damage mechanism on the corroded surface affecting the integrity of aircraft structures is the formation of pitting, e.g. [2-4]. corrosion-induced pits initiate on the surface due to chemical or physical heterogeneities such as intermetallic particles, dislocations or mechanical damage and flaws, e.g. [5,6]. wrought aluminum alloys used in aircraft applications, contain numerous intermetallic particles increasing substantially the mechanical properties (yield stress, fatigue crack growth etc.), nevertheless they play a pivotal role in the nucleation of pitting, e.g. [7,8]. aluminum alloy 2024, is highly used in the aircraft industry due to its improved mechanical properties and high damage tolerance capability, nevertheless it shows high susceptibility to corrosion attack due to its microstructure [9-11]. corrosion involves several electrochemical mechanisms; in acidified solutions, the basic anodic reaction is the metal dissolution while the cathodic reactions are oxygen and hydrogen reduction resulting from aluminum ion hydrolysis [2]. dealloying of stype (al2cumg) particles, that are the most common intermetallic phases in 2xxx aluminum alloys, leads to cu-rich remnants within the clusters [12] that switch the anode reaction to the alloy matrix adjacent to the particle and eventually to the grain boundaries; thus, it assists the formation of sub-surface micro-cracks [13-15]. cracking formation generally starts at local defects such as microstructural features inside the material, surface features such as notches or in-service damage process such as corrosion (e.g. pitting) that act as stress concentrators [16,17]. accumulated corrosion damage can be noticed on aging aircrafts due to corrosion-induced embrittlement mechanisms. hydrogen embrittlement phenomenon along with corrosion of aluminum alloys can lead to the rapid failure of the materials. hydrogen is usually produced by surface corrosion reactions and afterwards diffuses into the material and is trapped at preferential sites [18] as shown in [19,20]. it can be adsorbed at crack tips or notches or diffuse ahead of cracks [21] that embrittles the material below the crack tip. to face the corrosion-induced structural degradation issue, available data usually refer to accelerated laboratory tests. many researchers focused on the development of damage functions to account for the corrosion assessment on the mechanical properties, e.g. [21-23]. the most common accelerated corrosion test used for the aluminum alloys of the 2xxx and 7xxx alloy series is the exfoliation corrosion (exco) test according to astm g34. it has been reported that 24 h exposure of the aluminum alloy 2024-t4 to the exco solution corresponds to nearly 6 years of natural exposure of the same structural element regarding its surface exfoliation [24]. various mechanical tests had been carried out on aa2024-t3 to assess the effect of the corrosion damage on the material’s structural integrity. tensile and fatigue mechanical tests had been carried out in pre-corroded material, resulting to the mechanical properties degradation [25,26]. corrosion of aa2024 was found to result in a moderate decrease of the strength properties (yield stress and ultimate tensile strength) with a significant reduction of tensile ductility [27,28]. according to alexopoulos and papanikos [29] the cross-sectional area of aa2024 specimens which was supposed to be unaffected by micro-cracks (referred as ‘effective thickness’), decreases exponentially with increasing exposure time to exco solution due to the crack propagation mechanism that leads to higher corrosion penetration into the material. corrosion exposure was found to have a negative effect on yield stress mainly due to the cross-sectional decrease at higher exposure times as well as on tensile ductility decrease due to the combination of hydrogen embrittlement in the low exposure times and decrease of the cross-section for the higher exposure times [30]. the reduction of the load carrying cross section of the specimens as well as the notch effects caused by pitting formation and exfoliated areas are sufficient to explain the moderate reduction of tensile strength properties. the corrosion problem includes several degradation mechanisms and the damage could be described and analyzed as the sum of several parameters downgrading the mechanical properties. in order to better interpret the corrosion-induced damage, various mechanisms involved in the corrosion process should be taken into consideration; they may depend on material, temper, corrosive environment and exposure time. the aggressiveness of the corrosive environment is a significant parameter influencing corrosion damage evolution as well as the underlying corrosion mechanism. recent investigations [31] indicate that in-service obtained corrosion damage correlates well to the one caused by a 3.5 wt. % nacl solution, with pitting density, depth and shape evolving with exposure time. vasco et al. [32] performed correlations between corrosion damage from accelerated corrosion tests of varying aggressiveness by accounting for both, the metallographic features of corrosion damage and the mechanical properties of the corroded material. correlations regarding geometrical metallographic features were found under dominance of pitting corrosion and up to 8 hours in exco solution; higher variations after the occurrence of pit coalescence and transition to dominance of exfoliation corrosion were presented. the aim of the present work is to simulate the real corrosion-induced degradation of the mechanical properties due to corrosion surface pits and possible hydrogen embrittlement and to correlate it with the equivalent degradation by the artificially induced surface notches. moreover, a comparison between the effects of the aggressiveness of the corrosion environment on the mechanical behavior of aa2024 specimens subjected to exco and 3.5 wt.% nacl solution will be investigated. n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 344 experimental procedure he material used was a wrought aluminum alloy 2024-t3 which was received in sheet form of 3.2 mm nominal thickness. the weight percentage chemical composition of the alloy is 4.35 % cu, 1.50 % mg, 0.64 % mn, 0.50 % si, 0.50 % fe, 0.25 % zn, 0.10 % cr, 0.15 % ti and al rem. tensile specimens were machined from the material sheet according to astm e8 specification with 12.5 mm x 50 mm being the reduced cross section of the specimen. all the specimens were cut parallel to the longitudinal (l) rolling direction of the material. reference specimens were tensile tested according to astm e8 specification, while two series of tensile specimens were exposed for various times to different laboratory corrosion environment, namely exfoliation corrosion (hereafter called exco solution) and 3.5 wt. % sodium chloride (hereafter called nacl solution) according to the specifications astm g34 and g44, respectively. the exco solution consisted of the following chemicals diluted in 1 l distilled water; sodium chloride (4.0 m nacl), potassium nitrate (0.5 m kno3) and nitric acid (0.1 m hno3). the results of the exco solution exposure have been performed and reported in a previous article of the authors [33]. the concentration of the nacl solution consisted of 3.5 g nacl for each 96.5 ml of water. the solution volume was calculated per exposure area of the specimens and it was constant for all specimens. in both experimental procedures, the specimens were cleaned with alcohol prior to corrosion exposure according to specification astm g1. additionally, the specimens were masked with appropriate insulating pvc tape in order to be exposed only at the reduced surface area of approximate 55 mm in length. the experimental procedure was carried out in laboratory environmental conditions and at room temperature. according to the literature [26], corrosion damage and hydrogen embrittlement is evident on the large surfaces of the tensile specimen’s gauge length and not so intense on the side surfaces. machining of the artificial notches was decided to be performed on the large surfaces of the tensile specimen, namely vertical to the loading axis. a drawing of the specimen with manufactured two surface notches can be seen in fig.1. the two artificial notches facing one the other (on the same vertical level) can be well seen in the figure as well as the maximum depth of 0.5 mm per notch. this notch depth per surface was the maximum depth of attack of corrosion products (pits and cracks) generated after approximating 72 h exposure time in exfoliation corrosion solution. in different specimens, notches with smaller depths were manufactured (ranging from 0.1 till 0.5 mm) to incrementally simulate the corrosion surface damage on aa2024-t3 as well as the specimen’s residual tensile strength and tensile ductility after the corrosion exposure. tensile tests were carried out in a servo-hydraulic instron 8801 100 kn testing machine according to astm e8m specification, with a constant deformation rate of 3.3 x 10-4 sec. an instron extensometer 50 mm ± 10 mm maximum travel was attached to the specimen’s gauge length before the tensile test. a data logger was used during all tensile tests to store the values of load, displacement and axial strain in a computer. to get representative average values of the tensile properties, at least three tensile tests have been carried out per each test series. evaluated properties were the conventional yield stress rp0.2% (0.2 % proof stress), ultimate tensile strength rm and elongation at fracture af. figure 1: sketch of the tensile specimen with machined two (upper and lower) surface notches on the large surfaces. results and discussion surface characterization of pre-corroded specimens he exposure of aa2024 specimens to the corrosive environment (exco or 3.5 wt. % nacl solution in the present study) results in the deterioration of the surface of the specimens due to the nucleation of corrosioninduced surface pits, as can be seen in fig.2. the depicted corroded area has dimensions of 12.5 mm x 55 mm being t t n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 345 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure 2: typical photographs of aa2024-t3 pre-corroded tensile specimens exposed to the exco solution for (a)-(c) 2 h, 4 h and 24 h of exco solution and (d) – (f) 6 h, 168 h and 720 h of 3.5 wt. % nacl solution, respectively. the width and the length of the exposed area of the specimens, respectively. for short exposure times to exfoliation corrosion solution and up to 2 h, pitting formation on the corroded surfaces remains rather limited. with increasing exposure time to exco solution, an increase in the pitting density is evident. corrosion damage initiates in the form of surface corrosion pits and evolves to the formation of micro-cracks and exfoliation areas due to the presence of intergranular corrosion. regarding the corrosion environment of 3.5 wt. % nacl solution, it is evident that for the short exposure times the surface deterioration remains limited since pits were not identified after 6 h of exposure. however, the pitting density and size tend to increase with increasing exposure time; corrosion damage in the form of pits was observed after 168 h of exposure while more pits of higher diameter as well as pit coalescence are evident after 720 h exposure. typical tensile curves of pre-corroded specimens typical nominal tensile stress-strain curves for the investigated exposure times of aa2024-t3 to exco and 3.5 wt. % nacl solutions can be seen in figs.3(a,b), respectively. the nominal stress calculation was based on the nominal cross-section of the tensile specimens, namely width x thickness = 12.5 mm x 3.2 mm. it can be noticed that for the short corrosion exposure times to exco solution and up to 2 h, the values of axial nominal stress are not essentially influenced by the corrosion exposure while for higher exposure times, e.g. after 4 h, a significant stress drop was noticed [33]. this stress drop was attributed to the decrease of the specimen’s cross-section – due to the corrosion-induced micro-cracks formation that withstand the applied mechanical loading, so called as “effective thickness” [29]. on the contrary, an essential decrease of tensile ductility is evident even for the very short exposure times, e.g. 0.5 h that can be attributed to the hydrogen embrittlement phenomenon. for even higher exposure times, both the axial nominal stress and axial nominal strain are essentially decreased. regarding corrosion exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution, no essential stress decrease was noticed even for the highest exposure time, e.g. 4200 h. however, elongation at fracture exhibited a significant degradation even for the very short exposure times such as 6 h. it is worth mentioning that higher ductility degradation was observed at the time range between 6 and 168 h, where pitting incubation takes place, as well as in the time range of 720 and 2184 h, probably because of the change in the degradation mechanism, e.g. pit growth and coalescence. typical nominal tensile curves for the specimens of aa2024-t3 with machined surface notches can be seen in fig.3c; the surface notch depth is a varying parameter. in the same figure, a reference tensile curve without any notches (black circles) was added for comparison. as can be seen, the surface notches act as stress concentrators and tend to decrease the tensile mechanical properties of the alloy and especially elongation at fracture that decreases in higher rates than the yield stress. an essential decrease of the axial nominal strain was noticed even for the low-depth notches; nevertheless, this was not the case for the strength properties that seem to be almost unaffected even for the notch depth of 0.30 mm. for instance, the tensile curves of 0.10 and 0.15 mm notch depths showed quite the same behavior with the reference one with the exception of the significant loss in ductility. by increasing the notch depth, up to 0.50 mm in this work, a continuous elongation at fracture decrease was noticed (magenta circles) exhibiting extremely low tensile elongation at fracture values. characterization of the fracture mechanism stereoscopical examination on the fractured, pre-corroded specimens of aa2024-t3 (fig.4) revealed that the pitting corrosion mechanism is extremely limited for the very short corrosion exposure times, i.e., up to 2 h to exco solution. it is evident that with increasing exposure time to exco solution, the pitting density tends to increase. a ductile fracture mechanism is evident from the 45˚ slope of the fracture surface as can be seen in figs.4(a,b). for the higher exposure times, e.g. 24 h in fig.4c, it seems that the fracture paths follow a non-linear pattern and definitely from pit to pit. for the specimens exposed to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution, pitting was not as evident as observed in the respective exco specimens. pitting density for relatively short exposure times of 6 h (fig.4d) and 168 h (fig.4e) was extremely small, while the pits substantially increased for higher exposure times, e.g. 720 h (fig.4f). however, the 45˚ slope of the fracture surface remains even after 720 h of exposure revealing a ductile fracture mechanism. n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 346 (a) (b) (c) figure 3: typical tensile nominal stress strain curves of aa2024-t3 after corrosion exposure for different exposure times to (a) exco solution, (b) 3.5 wt. % nacl solution and (c) varying depth of artificial surface notches. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure 4: typical photographs of aa2024-t3 pre-corroded tensile specimens exposed to the exco solution (a)-(c) for 2 h, 4 h and 24 h, respectively and 3.5 wt. % nacl solution (d)-(f) for 6 h, 168 h and 720 h, respectively. 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0 100 200 300 400 500 nominal axial strain ε [-] aluminum alloy 2024-τ3 t = 3.2 mm, l direction exposure at exco solution n o m in a l a xi a l st re ss σ [ m p a ] reference 0.5 hours 1 hour 2 hours 4 hours 12 hours 8 hours 24 hours stress drop 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0 100 200 300 400 500 2184 hours aluminum alloy 2024t3 t= 3.20 mm, l direction exposure at 3.5 % nacl solution n o m in a l a xi a l st re ss σ [ m p a ] nominal axial strain ε [-] reference 6 hours168 hours 720 hours 4200 hours 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0 100 200 300 400 500 0.50 mm 0.30 mm 0.15 mm n o m in a l a x ia l s tr e s s σ [ m p a ] nominal axial strain ε [-] aa2024-t3 l, t = 3,2 mm with artificial surace-notches reference0.10 mm n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 347 effect on the conventional yield stress the experimental results of the conventional yield stress rp0.2% (nominal values) for the (a) exposure times to exco solution, (b) exposure times to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution and (c) notch depths are presented in fig.5. the results are presented in decreasing normalized values (y-axis) from the initial value of the conventional yield stress for comparison purposes. the black circles and dotted line represent the experimental results and fitting line of exposure to exco solution in both figures, the orange triangles and line corresponds to the fitting results of exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution and the blue squares and dashed line to the respective results of notch depth. regarding the comparison of conventional yield stress decrease between the two investigated corrosive environments, it is evident that the more aggressive solution (exco) leads to higher decrease of conventional yield stress up to 12 h of exposure. for the very short exposure times, the stress decrease seems to be almost the same for both investigated solutions; however specimens exposed to the mild corrosion solution (3.5 wt. % nacl) needed more hours for the same degradation percentage, e.g. approximately 99 % normalized decrease of rp0.2% can be noticed after 168 h of exposure to nacl solution as well as after 1 h of exposure to exco solution (fig.5a). it is worth to mention that the 3.5 wt. % nacl solution does not reveal any exfoliation of the corrosion attacked material surfaces which could represent a more pronounced notch effect reducing the specimens’ cross-sectional area. however, the decrease of conventional yield stress, remains limited for all the investigated corrosion exposure times of both investigated environments and does not exceed 40 % at maximum and for the investigated exposure times. the highest normalized decrease of rp0.2% was approximately 68 % for the specimens exposed to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution and 79 % for the specimens exposed to exco solution. the comparison of the conventional yield stress decrease between the exposure to exfoliation corrosion solution and machined notch depths, is performed in fig.5b. the specimens exposed to exfoliation corrosion exhibited higher conventional yield stress rp0.2% degradation than the specimens with the machined artificial surface notches up to 12 h of corrosion exposure as well as 0.3 mm notch depth. corrosion exposure decreases the conventional yield stress with higher rates even from the short exposure times, e.g. 2 h where the pitting formation is limited, probably because of the hydrogen embrittlement phenomenon. no essential decrease of rp0.2% was noticed even after the notch depth of 0.30 mm, e.g. a 97 % normalized decrease on rp0.2% was observed. for the short exposure times and low notch depth values, the contribution of exco and notch depth to the normalized property decrease is almost the same, e.g. the 0.1 and 0.15 mm notch depths resulted approximately in the same decrease as for the 0.5 and 1 h of exposure to exco solution; however, after 2 h corrosion exposure a higher decrease rate is noticed because of the synergetic effect of pitting corrosion and hydrogen embrittlement. nevertheless, the machined notch depth of 0.50 mm yielded the same normalized conventional yield stress decrease as for the highest exposure time to exco, with the normalized decrease, reaching almost 80 %. the decrease in the conventional yield stress with increasing notch depth is well accepted since high notch depth values tend to increase the plasticity induced in front of the notch tip; plastic region increases with increasing stress level and general yielding at the reduced cross-section occurs for lower applied force level, thus resulting in lower nominal stress level. (a) (b) figure 5: normalized decrease of conventional yield stress rp0.2% values for the various exposure times of aa2024-t3 to the exco solution compared with (a) 3.5 wt. % nacl solution and (b) notch depths. 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0,0 70 80 90 100 aluminum alloy 2024-τ3 t = 3.2 mm, direction l n o rm a liz e d d e cr e a se o f co n ve n ti o n a l yi e ld s tr e ss r p 0 .2 % [% ] exposure time to exco solution [hours] exco solution 0 700 1400 2100 2800 3500 4200 exposure time to nacl solution [hours] 3.5 wt. % nacl solution 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0,0 70 80 90 100 exposure time to exco solution [hours] n o rm a liz e d d e cr e a se o f co n ve n ti o n a l yi e ld s tr e ss r p 0 .2 % [% ] exco solution 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 aluminum alloy 2024-τ3 t = 3.2 mm, direction l notch depth [mm] artificial notches n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 348 effect on tensile ductility the results of the residual elongation at fracture af values can be seen in fig.6 for the three investigated cases, namely the exco exposure, the nacl exposure as well as the artificial notches. the results are presented in the form of normalized decrease from the initial value of af with double x-axis for comparison reasons. corrosion exposure has a deleterious effect on tensile ductility (elongation at fracture in the present case) even from the short exposure times to both investigated corrosive solutions. the normalized decrease of elongation at fracture af is almost the same for both solutions at short exposure times where the pitting formation remains limited; approximately 75 % remaining percentage of the initial mechanical property was observed after only 1 h of exposure to exco solution while the same decrease was noticed for the case of exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution after 48 h (fig.6a). the same was observed for 2 h at exco and 168 h at 3.5 wt. % nacl with a normalized decrease value of 68 %. nevertheless, higher exposure times are needed for the 3.5 wt. % nacl solution in order to result in the same degradation percentage with the respective specimens exposed to exco solution. it should also be taken into consideration that the hydrogen embrittlement phenomenon takes place in this case, especially at the short exposure times in exco solution. the respective results for the comparison between corrosion exposure to exco solution and artificial surface notches are presented in fig.6b. it is evident that the normalized af decrease is not linear proportional to the notch depth nor to the exposure time increase in the reduced cross-section. an essential af decrease was observed even for the low-depth notches, e.g. approximately 70 % normalized decrease for 0.10 mm, as well as for the short exposure times such as 75 % normalized decrease after 1 h of exposure. after 12 h of exposure to exfoliation corrosion solution, the af decrease seems to reach a plateau value and further corrosion exposure did not decrease the tensile ductility considerably while for the increasing notch depth it decreases continuously to extremely low values such as 6 % for the 0.50 mm notch depth; this is evidence of maximum depth of attack of the surface corrosion-induced cracks [30]. it is well accepted that the ductility decrease from the short corrosion exposure times can be attributed to the hydrogen embrittlement phenomenon. (a) (b) figure 6: normalized decrease of elongation at fracture af values for the various exposure times to the exco solution of aa2024-t3 compared with (a) 3.5 wt. % nacl solution and (b) notch depth. correlation of corrosion exposure times to notches regarding ductility degradation as shown in the previous two sections, the increase of the surface notch depth decreases the tensile elongation at fracture (ductility) of aa2024-t3 and to a lesser extent the conventional yield stress. from the experimental tensile test results of pre-corroded 2024-t3 specimens, an essential decrease in tensile ductility was noticed even for the short corrosion exposure times, for both investigated corrosive solutions as well as for small artificial notch depth values. hence, it is obvious that the empirical correlation between the problem of corrosion-induced degradation and the equivalent problem with artificial surface notches should be assessed through the residual tensile ductility property. the experimental results of the residual elongation at fracture af of the pre-corroded in exco solution tensile specimens of aa2024-t3 can be seen in fig.7. in the same figure, the exponential decrease curve fitting was plotted as well. for the 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 20 40 60 80 100 aluminum alloy 2024-τ3 t = 3.2 mm, direction l exposure time to nacl solution [hours] n o rm a liz e d d e cr e a se o f e lo n g a ti o n a t fr a ct u re a f [ % ] exposure time to exco solution [hours] exco solution 0 700 1400 2100 2800 3500 4200 3.5 wt. % nacl solution 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 20 40 60 80 100 n o rm a liz e d d e cr e a se o f e lo n g a ti o n a t fr a ct u re a f [ % ] exposure time to exco solution [hours] exco solution 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 aluminum alloy 2024-τ3 t = 3.2 mm, direction l notch depth [mm] artificial notches n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 349 conversion of the total depth of the surface notches in equivalent exposure time to corrosion solution, an empirical coefficient was devised. the value of this coefficient was selected such as to ‘tailor’ the equivalent ductility decrease curve of the surface notches in order to take approximate values with the experimental ductility decrease curve of the pre-corroded specimens. the empirical correlation factor m in [h/mm] was calculated based on the following equation to correlate the available elongation at fracture test results as: equivalent notch depth (mm) = . (1) fig.7 shows the correlation of the elongation at fracture decrease induced by the exposure to exco solution as well as by the presence of the surface notches. the best calculation results were found by using the value m = 20 for the empirical coefficient and the simulation of the ductility decrease curve of the investigated aa2024-t3 specimens for the short exposure times, where the synergy of pitting formation and hydrogen embrittlement is the dominant degradation mechanism. by using this coefficient value, it is obvious that the results of the artificial notch depths are very close to the experimental values for the short corrosion exposure times and up to 2 h. it seems that the total notch depth of 0.10 mm corresponds to 2 h of exfoliation corrosion regarding the elongation at fracture decrease. on the other hand, the empirical coefficient that better simulates the tensile ductility decrease for the long exposure times, where the exfoliation of the corroded surfaces along with hydrogen embrittlement are the responsible mechanisms for the elongation at fracture decrease, was found to be approximate m = 100. for instance, a total depth of 150 μm surface notch results in the same af decrease as for 15 h of exposure to exfoliation corrosion solution. summarizing the available test results, the factor m takes values as: mexco to notch= 20, 0 𝑡 4 h, 100, 16 𝑡 48 h, . (2) figure 7: correlation of the elongation at fracture af decrease due to exposure to the exco solution as well as to the presence of the artificial surface notches. fig.8 shows the correlation of elongation at fracture decrease resulting from the exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution, along with the respective results from the artificial surface notches. it can be noticed that the residual elongation at fracture of the two different cases is well correlated for the short exposure times by using a coefficient value m = 500. this means that 50 h of exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution results in the same elongation at fracture decrease as for 0.1 mm surface notch depth. the pitting corrosion mechanism is responsible for the ductility decrease for the short exposure times. however, a different value of this coefficient should be used, m = 15000, in order to obtain good correlation for the long exposure times and high notch depths, wherein the effect of micro-cracks formation due to pit growth and coalescence is responsible for the af degradation. hence, the following equation can be drawn by the findings of the results of the experimental protocols: mnacl to notch = 500, 0 𝑡 400 ℎ, 15.000, 2000 𝑡 8000 ℎ . (3) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 m = 20 exposure time to exco solution [hours] e lo g a ti o n a t fr a ct u re a f [% ] aluminium alloy 2024-t3, t = 3.2 mm exposure to exco solution experimental results of exposure to exco solution results of the empirical correlation total depth of the notches with exposure time to exco solution m = 100 n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 350 figure 8: correlation of the elongation at fracture af decrease due to exposure to the 3.5 wt. % nacl solution as well as to the presence of the artificial surface notches. fig.9 shows the correlation results of the effect of the two corrosive environments, i.e. exco and 3.5 wt. % nacl solutions, with regard to the same corrosion-induced tensile ductility decrease. to this end, for the conversion of exposure times to exco solution to the respective times of exposure to nacl solution, the n coefficient in [-] is formulated as: nexco to nacl = . (4) the best calculation results were found by using the value n = 92 for the empirical coefficient and for the simulation of the tensile ductility decrease curve of the investigated specimens for short exposure times regime. the same rate decrease is evident between the two different corrosive solutions at the short exposure times where slight pitting formation is the dominant degradation mechanism. by using this coefficient value, it is obvious that the results of the exfoliation corrosion are very close to the experimental values of exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl up to 1 h of exposure and 14 % elongation at fracture. thus, it can be concluded that 1 h of exposure to exco solution is equivalent to 92 h of exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution regarding the af degradation. for higher exposure times, there is no correlation between the corrosive environments regarding the ductility decrease since the corrosion-induced degradation mechanism is different. by exploiting this empirical tool, the design engineer could estimate the equivalent surface notches problem (fictitious notch) with the true problem of corrosion exposure of aa2024-t3. this might be a very useful tool as through experimental data or through finite element calculations, the design engineer could estimate the residual mechanical properties of the sheet alloy for maintenance and repair actions. it is obvious that the proposed empirical correlation for 2024-t3 gives reliable results for short exposure duration in exfoliation corrosion solution. in short corrosion exposure times, the degradation mechanism of ductility has been correlated in the open literature with the hydrogen embrittlement. to this end, the above-mentioned empirical correlation is suggested to be exploited for exposure times higher than 2 h, where the first surface pits and sub-sequent micro-cracks are beginning to be formed in the investigated cross-section of the aa2024-t3. conclusions ummarizing the findings of the present experimental study, it could be concluded that surface pitting corrosion remains limited for the short exposure times to both corrosive environments, e.g. up to 2 h in exco and 168 h in nacl solution; a substantial increase in pitting density and size was observed with increasing exposure times for both investigated solutions. moreover, all investigated tensile mechanical properties of aa2024-t3 are exponentially decreasing with increasing exposure time to corrosive solutions as well as surface notch depth; tensile ductility decreases with higher 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 e lo n g a ti o n a t fr a ct u re a f [ % ] exposure time to nacl times solution [hours] aluminium alloy 2024-t3, t = 3.2 mm exposure to 3.5 % nacl solution experimental results of exposure to 3.5 % nacl solution results of the empirical correlation total depth of the notches with exposure time to 3.5 % nacl solution m = 15000 m = 500 s n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 351 figure 9: correlation of the elongation at fracture af decrease due to exposure to the exco solution as well as to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution. rates than conventional yield stress for both, exco and 3.5 wt. % nacl solutions as well as for artificial surface notches. in addition, it was shown that a ductile fracture mechanism is evident from the 45˚ slope of the fracture surface for up to 4 h for the specimens exposed to exco solution and even after 720 h for the specimens exposed to nacl solution; however, for higher exposure times to exco solution, the fracture path seems to follow the surface pits. another interesting finding of the study is that the more aggressive environment (exco) results in higher decrease of the conventional yield stress, especially for the short exposure times. higher exposure times to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution are needed for the same degradation of rp0.2% as for the exco solution, e.g. approximately 99 % normalized rp0.2% decrease was noticed after 1 h of exposure to exco solution while the same decrease is evident after 168 h of exposure to nacl solution. the specimens exposed to exfoliation corrosion exhibited higher conventional yield stress rp0.2% degradation than the specimens with the machined artificial surface notches, especially for the short exposure times and low depth of notches. however, the highest notch depth of 0.50 mm resulted in the same normalized decrease, approximately 80 %, as for the highest exposure time. an empirical coefficient was introduced for the correlation between the corrosion-induced tensile ductility degradation with the equivalent artificially induced surface notches. three cases were investigated: (a) exco exposure with artificial notches, (b) exco exposure with 3.5 wt. % nacl exposure and (c) 3.5 wt. % nacl exposure with artificial notches. higher correlation regarding the ductility decrease was noticed for the short exposure times, where the slight pitting formation as well as hydrogen embrittlement for the case of exco solution are the dominant degradation mechanisms, and low-depth notches for all investigated cases. the best correlation between exposure to exco solution and artificial surface notches was found by using m = 20 for the short exposure times where the main degradation mechanisms are the pitting formation along with hydrogen embrittlement; thus, a total notch depth of 0.10 mm corresponds to 2 h of exfoliation corrosion with regard to the same tensile ductility degradation. for the case of correlation between 3.5 wt. % nacl solution and artificial notches, the coefficient value that better simulates the corrosion-induced ductility decrease was found to be m = 500 for exposure times less than 400 h, where the incubation of pits is the dominant degradation mechanism; hence, 100 μm surface notch depth results in the same elongation at fracture decrease as for 50 h of exposure to 3.5 wt. % nacl solution. for the case of correlation between exposure to exco and 3.5 wt. % nacl solutions, it is proposed that 1 h exco exposure is equivalent to 92 h exposure to nacl solution regarding tensile elongation at fracture decrease. references [1] menan, f., henaff, g. (2009). influence of frequency and exposure to a saline solution on the corrosion fatigue crack growth behavior of the aluminum alloy 2024, int. j. fatigue, 31, pp. 1684-1695. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2009. 02.033 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 exposure time to nacl solution [hours] e lo n g a tio n a t fr a ct u re a f [ % ] aluminium alloy 2024-t3, t = 3.2 mm experimental results of exposure to nacl solution results of the empirical correlation exposure to nacl exco solution n = 92 n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 352 [2] davis, j.r. (1999). corrosion of aluminum and aluminum alloys, asm international materials park, united states. [3] chen, g.s., gao, m., wie, r.p. (1996). microconstituent-induced pitting corrosion in aluminum alloy 2024-t3. corrosion, 52, pp. 8-15. doi: 10.5006/1.3292099. [4] szklarska–smialowska, z. (1999). pitting corrosion of aluminum. corros. sci., 41, pp. 1743-1767. doi: 10.1016/ s0010-938x (99)00012.-8. [5] shreir, l.l., jarman, r.a., burstein, c.t. (1994). corrosion: metal/environmental reactions, oxford: butterworth & heinemann ltd. doi: 10.1016/c2013-0-04015-7. [6] strehblow, h.h. (1995). mechanisms of pitting corrosion, in: corrosion mechanisms in theory and practice, new york, marcel dekker inc.; pp. 201-238. [7] birbilis, n., cavanaugh, m.k., buchheit, r.g. (2006). electrochemical behavior and localized corrosion associated with al7cu2fe particles in aluminum alloy 7075-t651. corros. sci., 48, pp. 4202-4215. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2006. 02.007. [8] boag, a., taylor, r.j., muster, t.h., goodman, n., mcculloch, d., ryan, c., rout, b., jamieson, d., hughes, a.e. (2010). stable pit formation on aa2024-t3 in a nacl environment. corros. sci., 52, pp. 90-103. doi: 10.1016/ j.corsci.2009.08.043. [9] boag, a., hughes, a.e., glenn, a.m., muster, t.h., mcculloch, d. (2011). corrosion of aa2024-t3 part i: localised corrosion of isolated im particles. corros. sci., 53, pp.17-26. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2010.09.009. [10] blanc, c., lavelle, b., mankowski, g. (1997). the role of precipitates enriched with copper on the susceptibility to pitting corrosion of the 2024 aluminum alloy. corros. sci., 39, pp. 495-510. doi: 10.1016/s0010-938x (97) 86099-4. [11] derose, j.a., suter, j., bałkowiec, t., michalski, a., kurzydlowski, k.j., schmutz, p. (2012). localised corrosion initiation and microstructural characterization of an al2024 alloy with a higher cu to mg ratio. corros. sci., 55, pp. 313-325. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2011.10.035. [12] shi, h., tian, z., hu, t. liu, f. han, e.h., taryba, m. lamaka, s.v. (2014). simulating corrosion of al2cumg phase by measuring ionic currents, chloride concentration and ph. corros. sci., 88, pp. 178-186. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci. 2014.07.021. [13] hughes, a.e., boag, a., glenn, a.m., mcculloch, d., muster, t.h., ryan, c., luo, c., zhou, x., thompson, g.e. (2011). corrosion of aa2024-t3 part ii: co-operative corrosion. corros. sci., 53, pp. 27-39. doi: 10.1016/ j.corsci.2010.09.030. [14] buchheit, r.g., grant, r.p., hlava, p.f., mckenzie, b., zender, g.l. (1997). local dissolution phenomena associated with s phase (al2cumg) particles in aluminum alloy2024-t3, j. electrochem. soc., 144, pp. 2621-2628. .doi: 10.1149 /1.1837874. [15] hashimoto, t., zhang, x., zhou, x., skeldon, p., haigh, s.j., thompson, g.e. (2016). investigation of dealloying of s phase (al2cumg) in aa 2024-t3 aluminium alloy using high resolution 2d and 3d electron imaging. corros. sci., 103, pp. 157-164. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2015.11.013. [16] lyon, k.n., marrow, t.j., lyon, s.b. (2015). influence of milling on the development of stress corrosion cracks in austenitic stainless steel. j. mater. process. technol., 218, pp. 32-37. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.11.038. [17] ishihara, s., saka, s., nan, z.y., goshima, t., sunada, s. (2005). prediction of corrosion fatigue lives of aluminium alloy on the basis of corrosion pit growth law. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 29, pp. 472-480. doi: 10.1111/ j.1460-2695.2006.01018.x. [18] azofeifa, d.e., clark, n., amador, a., saenz, a. (1997). determination of hydrogen absorption in pd coated al thin films. thin solid films, 300, pp. 295-298. doi: 10.1016/s0040-6090(96)09493-x. [19] kamoutsi, h. (2004), “corrosion-induced hydrogen embrittlement in high-strength aluminum alloys”, phd thesis, department of mechanical and industrial engineering, university of thessaly, volos. [20] kamoutsi, h., haidemenopoulos, g., bontozoglou, v., pantelakis, s.g. (2006). corrosion-induced hydrogen embrittlement in aluminum alloy 2024, corros. sci., 48, pp. 1209-1224. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2005.05.015 [21] lynch, s.p. (2013). mechanisms and kinetics of environmentally assisted cracking: current status, issues, and suggestions for further work, metall. mater. trans. a, 44, pp. 1209-1229. doi: 10.1007/s11661-012-1359-2. [22] liao, m., bellinger, n.c., komorowski, j.p. (2003). modeling the effects of prior exfoliation corrosion on fatigue life of aircraft wing skins. int. j. fatigue, 25, pp. 1059-1067. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2003.08.005. [23] chen, g.s., wan, k.c., gao, m., wei, r.p., flournoy, t.h. (1996). transition from pitting to fatigue crack growthmodeling of corrosion fatigue crack nucleation in a 2024-t3 aluminum alloy. mater sci. eng. a, 219, pp. 126-132. doi: 10.1016/s0921-5093(96)10414-7. [24] sprowls, d.o., walsh, j.d., shumaker, m.b. (1972). simplified exfoliation testing of aluminum alloys, astm stp 516. doi: 10.1520/stp35415s. n. alexopoulos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 342-353; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.29 353 [25] jones, k., hoeppner, d.w. (2006). prior corrosion and fatigue of 2024-t3 aluminum alloy. corros. sci., 48, pp. 3109 3122. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2005.11.008. [26] kermanidis, a.t., petroyiannis, p.v., pantelakis, s.g. (2005). fatigue and damage tolerance behaviour of corroded 2024 t351 aircraft aluminum alloy. theor. appl. fract. mech., 43, pp. 121-132. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2004.12.008. [27] pantelakis, s.g., daglaras, p.g., apostolopoulos, c.a., (2000). tensile and energy density properties of 2024, 6013, 8090 and 2091 aircraft aluminum alloy after corrosion exposure. theor. appl. fract. mech., 33, pp. 117-134. doi: 10.1016/s0167-8442 (00)00007-0. [28] petroyiannis, p.v., kermanidis, a.t., kamoutsi, h., pantelakis, s.g., bontozoglou, v., haidemenopoulos, g.n. (2005). evidence on the corrosion induced hydrogen embrittlement of the 2024 aluminum alloy. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 28, p.p. 565-574. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2005.00900.x. [29] alexopoulos, n.d., papanikos, p. (2008). experimental and theoretical studies of corrosion-induced mechanical properties degradation of aircraft 2024 aluminum alloy. mater. sci. eng. a, 498, pp. 248-257. doi: 10.1016/j.msea. 2008.08.024. [30] alexopoulos, n.d., dalakouras, c.j., skarvelis, p., kourkoulis, s.k. (2012). accelerated corrosion exposure in ultrathin sheets of 2024 aircraft aluminium alloy for glare applications. corros. sci., 55, pp. 289-300. doi: 10. 1016/j.corsci.2011.10.032. [31] gurin, m., andrieu, e., odemer, g., alexis, j., blanc, c. (2014). effect of varying conditions of exposure to an aggressive medium on the corrosion behavior of the 2050 alculi alloy. corros sci., 85, pp. 455-470. doi: 10.1016 /j.corsci.2014.04.042. [32] vasco, m.c., chamos, a.n., pantelakis, s.g. (2017). effect of environment's aggressiveness on the corrosion damage evolution and mechanical behavior of aa 2024-t3. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 40, pp 1551-1561. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12651. [33] alexopoulos, n.d., velonaki, z., stergiou, c.i., kourkoulis, s.k. (2016). the effect of artificial ageing heat treatments on the corrosion-induced hydrogen embrittlement of 2024 (al–cu) aluminium alloy, corros. sci., 102, pp. 413-424. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2015.10.034. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_43_art_8 m. davydova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.08 106 the effect of porosity on fragmentation statistics of dynamically loaded zro2 ceramics marina davydova, sergei uvarov, oleg naimark institute of continuous media mechanics ural branch russian academy of sciences, 1, ac. korolev str., perm 614013, russia. 1957davydova@gmail.com, http://lab13.icmm.ru/index.php/en/ pia@icmm.ru, http://lab13.icmm.ru/index.php/en/ naimark@icmm.ru, http://lab13.icmm.ru/index.php/en/ abstract. the effect of load intensity and porous material structure on the fragmentation statistics of zro2(mgo)-based ceramics is studied. cylindrical samples were fragmented under dynamic compression. experimental data processing showed that the shape of stress-strain curves, the fragment size distribution and distribution of time intervals between the fractoluminiscense impulses depend on the sample porosity and load intensity. the x-ray computed tomography (ct) study of porous material structures allowed us to link the fragmentation statistics with pronounced porosity clustering (about 97% of the total pore volume) formed due to sintering. keywords. fragmentation; ceramic; crack cluster. citation: davydova, m., uvarov, s., naimark, o., the effect of sample porosity on statistical regularities of dynamical fragmentation of ceramic zro2, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112. received: 17.10.2017 accepted: 28.10.2017 published: 01.01.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ynthesis of ceramic materials with projected properties implies studying the relationship between physical and mechanical characteristics and porosity of the material. on the one hand, the role of porosity as the main structural factor is associated with the absence of the effective mechanism of structural relaxation due to a dislocation motion, and, on the other hand, with the long–range interactions in the ensemble of pores growing during the deformation. these features determine the pore clustering, damage-failure kinetics and mechanical properties in a wide range of load intensity [1]. study of the effect of porosity revealed the influence of the porous cluster morphology on the deformation properties of ceramics zro2(y2o3) [1,2]. this is associated with a change in pore distributions related to the transition from the isolated pore structure to the structure with pore clustering. in this paper, the effect of pore cluster morphology of the ceramic material subject to dynamic loading and fragmentation was studied based on the analysis of 2d and 3d structure images obtained by x-ray computed tomography (ct). samples and experimental technique he samples used in the experiment were fabricated at the institute of strength physics and material sciences (sb ras, tomsk) from the ceramics of zro2-mgo system (8.6 % mol mgo) by the plasmochemical method [4]. the manufacture of ceramic samples was carried out by powder metallurgy technique, which consisted in powder s t m. davydova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.08 107 compacting within the steel molds with a hydraulic punch under compacting pressure of 70 mpa. the obtained compacts were sintered in air at 1550°с and then subjected to isothermal exposure within an hour. the samples had the shape of cylinders of diameter from 8.5 to 13 mm, length from 6.8 to 12.2 mm and weight from 2.2 to 6.3g. porosity of the initial powder before compacting varied from 10% to 60%. figure 1: a) the scheme of experimental set-up (1-sample, 2-input bar, 3-output bar, 4-photomultiplier tube (pmt), 5teflon ring, 6 impedance matched wc insert, 7plastic cylinder); b) stress-strain curve for ceramic samples with porosity of 10%, 20%, 45%, 60%. dynamic tests were carried out using a split hopkinson pressure bar, (fig.1(a)), which consists of the input (3 m in length and 25 mm in diameter) and output (1 m in length and 25 mm in diameter) bars to provide single-pulse loading conditions. the bars were made of high-strength steel ( ~ 1900b gpa ). a sample was sandwiched between the bars and separated from them by the impedance–matched tungsten carbide (wc) inserts, which prevented samples from being indented into the bars, the hardness of which was less than the hardness of the examined ceramics. the position of the bars was carefully adjusted before each loading to ensure a uniform distribution of the force applied to the end faces of the samples. in order to eliminate the effect of dispersion in the bars and to provide the dynamic stress equilibrium conditions (the equality of forces applied to the specimen ends) during tests, we used a brass pulse shaper, which was a 7x7 mm plate of thickness 1.4 mm. by varying the striker velocity, we managed to increase the deformation rate from 400 to 3000 s-1. the study of fragmentation statistics (fragment size distribution and distribution of time intervals between the fractoluminiscence impulses) required modification of the traditional scheme of the split hopkinson bar. the samples and the ends of the bars adjacent to the samples were placed into plastic cylinders, which allowed the fragments of ceramics to remain confined within the cylinder and provided dimming necessary for registration of the fractoluminiscence impulses. the formation of fracture surfaces during sample fragmentation initiated light emission, which was recorded by the two a) b) m. davydova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.08 108 photomultiplier tubes (pmt) with the rise time of 0.8 ns, which were located at the opposite lateral surfaces of the sample. to improve reliability of experiments, two pmt were used. from the pmt signal was transmitted to the tektronix digital oscilloscope dp07254 with a band width of 3.5 ghz and sampling rate less than 10 ghz. thus, the modified setup had the advantage of getting both the deformation curves and the statistic characteristics of the fragmentation process, based on the data on the two types of distribution: size distribution of the spatial parameter (fragment size) and size distribution of the temporal parameter (the interval between fractoluminiscence impulses). figure 2: sample with porosity of 30%: a) ct image of the sample cross section; b) fragment size distribution function for 5 specimens; c) typical time interval distribution function. dynamic fragmentation results ig. 1(b) shows typical stress-strain curves for ceramic samples with different porosity before sintering. it should be noted that for the samples with porosity less than 45%, the stress-strain  ( ) curves have one stress maximum, whereas for the samples with porosity of 45% and 60% the  ( ) curves show two maxima. the experimental data were used to construct the cumulative fragment size distribution, i.e., the relationships between the number of fragments, n , the size (mass) of which is larger than a prescribed value, and the size, r (mass m ), of the fragment. the fragment mass was measured by weighing fragments on the electronic balance hr-202i. fig. 2(b) and fig. 3(b) present the log-log plots of the cumulative fragment size distribution for the samples, in which the initial porosity of the powder component was 20%, (fig. 2(b)), and 60%, (fig. 3(b)). the above distributions are well described (r2>0.96) by the power law function: f a) b) m. davydova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.08 109  dsn cr (1) figure 3: sample with porosity 2 %: a) ct image of the sample cross section; b) fragment size distribution function for 3 samples; c) typical time interval distribution function. the value of the power law exponent sd depends on the material porosity and load intensity. the time intervals between the fractoluminiscence impulses was about 2÷103 ns in the active fracture stage, while in the final stage it increased up to 106 ns. the change in porosity from 10% to 60% led to a growth of the impulse number by a factor of 18. fig. 2(c) and fig. 3(c) present the log-log-plots of the time interval distribution function, which depicts the dependence of the number of intervals, tn , with the size larger than or equal to t . the distribution function for the samples with porosity of 10÷45% is well described (r2>97%) by two power laws (two straight lines), (fig. 3(c)). whereas for the samples with porosity of 60% it is described by power law (one straight line), (fig. 2(c)):  1 dt tn c t (2) the value of power law exponent td in the relation (2) is affected by the porosity and load value. the ceramic material under study has a cellular structure, which is formed by hollow powder particles (particle porosity) separated by interparticle pores [3,4]. therefore, it was suggested in [5] that the difference in the time interval distribution functions, (fig. 2(c) and fig. 3(c)), for samples of different porosity and a weak sensitivity of the power law exponent to load intensity for low porosity samples, (fig. 3(b)), should be explained by the competition between two pore systems. the a) b) m. davydova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.08 110 study of porous structure of the non-deformed samples using x-ray computed tomography (ct) indicates that the key role in fracture and fragmentation process for studying ceramic is belong to the interparticle pores system. x-ray computed tomography (ct) study he investigation of porous structure (inter-particle porosity) of ceramic samples with initial powder porosity of 20% and 60% was done using x-ray computed tomography (nikon metrology xt h 225+180 lc, perm state university). the ct data obtained for the sample with initial porosity of 60% (diameter is 13 mm and height is 12 mm) were represented by a stack of 1039 cross-section images of the sample, (fig.2(a)), and for the sample with initial porosity of 20% (diameter is 8 mm and height is 7 mm) – by a stack of 1350 images, (fig.3(a)). dark areas in fig.2(a) and fig.3(a) correspond to pores. processing of the ct data was done using the imagej (ij1.46r) open source software, which allowed us to calculate the number and volume of the pores, porosity, area and perimeter of the pores in all slices and to perform 3d visualization. the results of stack processing showed that the real porosity of the sample produced from the powder with initial porosity of about 60% was 30% and the real porosity of the sample with initial powder porosity of about 30% was 2%. the cumulative pore size distribution function for the pore size greater than a prescribed value is presented in fig.4. in the calculation we used the stack of 1350 slices in the case of 2% porosity sample and the stack of 900 slices in the case of 30% porosity sample. gray dots indicate the pore size distribution for the low porosity (2%) sample. the pore size distribution for the sample with porosity of 30% is described by a curve consisting of orange dots and separately located big red dot. the construction of 3d images, (fig.5 and fig.6), of the sample pore structure allowed us to establish that volume of 374 mm3 (red dot) is the pore cluster, and the orange curve describes the size distribution of pores that stand alone (outside the cluster). moreover, cluster covers 98% of porosity and this is the main reason of its considerable influence on the fracture process. note that it will be impossible to obtain the above cluster if we try to construct 3d image of the pore ensemble using a small number of slices, (10 or 20, fig.6(a)): the formation of 3d cluster is feasible only with a sufficiently large number of slices, (more than 100, fig. 6(b)). figure 4: cumulative pore size distribution functions for samples with porosity 2 % and 30% conclusion he experiments on dynamical fragmentation of zro2 ceramics showed, that the initial porosity of the samples has effect on the shape of the stress-strain curves, (fig. 1(b)), the scatter of the power law exponent of the fragment size distribution, (fig. 2(b) and fig.3(b)), and the type of the time interval distribution function, (fig. 2(c), fig. 3(c)). t t m. davydova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.08 111 figure 5: 3d image of the pore system for 2% porosity sample (100 slices). figure 6: 3d image of the pore cluster for 30% porosity sample: a) 10 slices; b) 100 slices. a) b) m. davydova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 106-112; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.08 112 processing of ct images of non-deformed samples using the imagej code allowed us to conclude, that mentioned features of ceramics fragmentation with different porosity should be associated with a large cluster, which is formed in the process of preparation of ceramic samples with porosity of 30% (from the initial powder compact with 60% porosity) and combines up to 98% of all sample pores. initial fracture stage, which involves multiple initiation and growth of porous defects plays the key role in fragmentation of sample with low porosity 2% (initial 20%). but for the samples with 30% porosity (initial 60%), this stage is practically absent due to the presence of pore cluster, and the failure is caused by the loss of stability of the partitions between the pores. this hypothesis is confirmed by the following facts:  stress-strain curves for high porosity samples have two maxima, the first of which corresponds to the pore collapse and the second to the deformation of compacted material;  in the initial stage of fracture, the intervals between the fractoluminescence impulses for the sample with 2% porosity are two or three times longer than for the sample with 30% porosity. the increase in porosity from 2% to 30% leads to an 18-fold growth of the number of fractoluminescence impulses, which corresponds to the scale-invariant power law distribution of time intervals (straight line in fig. 2(c)). the scatter of power law exponent (fig. 2(b)) for the sample with 30% porosity is also due to the formation of a cluster, which provides a wide range of possible fracture variants. the scale invariant law associated with the increase of porosity is also the fundamental subject of research, because it characterizes the material ability to demonstrate the criticality of damage-failure transition due to the involvement of total spectra of the space-time scales into the mechanisms of the defect-induced structural relaxation. the established characteristic features of fragmentation may be crucial for studying the absorption mechanisms [6,7], which can exhibit scaling (structural wave fronts [8]) in a wide range of load intensity. references [1] buyakova, s.p., maslovskii, v.l., nikitin, d.s., kulkov, s.n., mechanical instability of a porous material, technical physics letters, 27(12) (2001) 981-983. doi: 10.1134/1.1432322 [2] kulkov, s.n., maslovskii, v.l., buyakova, s.p., nikitin, d.s., the non-hooke’s behavior of porous zirconia subjected to high-rate compressive deformation, technical physics. the russian journal of applied physics., 47(3) (2002) 320324. doi: https://doi.org/10.1134/1.1463121 [3] buyakova, s. p., kulkov, s. n., effect of mechanical processing of ultrafine zro2 + 3 wt % mgo powder on the microstructure of ceramics produced from it, inorganic materials, 46 (2010) 1155–1158. doi:10.1134/s0020168510100249 [4] kalatur, e.s., kozlova, a.v., buyakova, s.p., kulkov, s.n., deformation behavior of zirconia-based porous ceramics, iop conf. series: materials science and engineering, 47 (2013) p.012004. doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/47/1/012004. [5] davydova, m.m., uvarov, s.v., naimark, o.b., space-time scale invariance under dynamic fragmentation of quasibrittle materials, phys. mesomechanics, 19(1) (2016) 86-92. doi: 10.1134/s1029959916010094. [6] naimark, o.b., some regularities of scaling in plasticity, fracture, and turbulence, phys. mesomechanics, 19(3) (2016) 307-318. doi: 10.1134/s1029959916030097. [7] naimark, o.b., defect induced transitions as mechanisms of plasticity and failure in multifield continua in: g. capriz, p. m. mariano (eds.), advances in multifield theories of continua with substructure, birkhäuser, boston, (2004) 75114. doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-8176-8158-6. [8] grady, d., structured shock waves and the fourth-power law, j. of applied physics, 107 (2010) 013506. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.3269720. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_58_art_29_3252.docx r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 402 focussed on steels and composites for engineering structures analysis of static response of rc beams with nsm cfrp/gfrp rods r. capozucca, e. magagnini, m.v. vecchietti struct.section dicea, università politecnica delle marche, ancona, italy r.capozucca@staff.univpm.it, e.magagnini@staff.univpm.it, m.v.vecchietti@pm.univpm.it abstract. in this paper experimental results of investigation on reinforced concrete (rc) beams strengthened with the near surface method (nsm) are analyzed considering the response under bending tests on two beams. one of the rc beams was damaged by bending until the yield of reinforcement and successively strengthened with carbon fiber polymer (cfrp) rod, while the second beam was strengthened with glass-frp rod. both the beams have been subjected to bending tests until failure. experimental diagrams and discussion on static response are presented in the paper. it also places a particular emphasis on the non-linear response of rc sections strengthened with cfrp and gfrp rods under bending moment beyond the first elastic behavior. keywords. rc beams; nsm; cfrp-gfrp rod; static test. citation: r. capozucca, e. magagnini, m.v. vecchietti, analysis of static response of rc beams with nsm cfrp/gfrp rods, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415. received: 26.08.2021 accepted: 03.09.2021 published: 01.10.2021 copyright: © 2021 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he damage of reinforced concrete (rc) structures both for civil building and bridges is an important duty of structural engineering. rehabilitation of structures requests innovative techniques with new material [1-4]. in the last decades the use of fiber reinforced polymers (frps) has been growing and, in general, two methods of strengthening have been adopted. first it was the frp strips or laminates glued to surface of rc beams [2,3]; this technique may be indicated as external bonded (eb) strengthening. it appears an available method to strengthen rc beams, but it may be loss validity for impact or due to fire because the frp strips or laminate are non-sufficiently protected. a second technique is the near surface mounted (nsm) that foresees to insert frp rods in grooves on the concrete cover [4-10]. this technique appears available in many experimental studies thought the bond between concrete and frp rods is a yet open problem to analyze [10-13]. in fact, the maintaining of bond is the most important condition that must be monitored in the beams strengthened with nsm frp rods [14-18]. experimental works have been developed by researchers to analyze the static [14,15] and vibration responses of strengthened rc beams in real scale or in small scale [19-22]. other aspects that may influence the response under loading are: shape of frp rods, circular or rectangular; distance between rods and surface of grooves; roughness of frp rods’ surface; tensile strength of frp rods [23-25]. in literature, investigations on the behavior of rc beams strengthened with cfrp and gfrp rod are present [26-30] also considering new methods [30]; further codes of practice [31] have been developed and they may be utilized by engineers. unfortunately, many aspects of nsm technique t https://youtu.be/d5fo9xktxka r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 403 must be develop more and other experiments are necessary to define modelling and responses both in service and ultimate conditions. this paper deals with the investigation by static tests on rc beams strengthened both with cfrp and gfrp rods. a couple of beams in real scale with one rc beam subjected to bending tests at different damage degree is analyzed: one beam, damaged by bending and strengthened with nsm carbon-frp rod, has been tested; another one rc beam strengthened by nsm gfrp rod, has been experimentally studied. static results are shown and discussed below considering the nonlinear behavior of rc beams under loading. experimental bending tests set-up and strengthening material xperimental tests were carried out on two rc beams, b1 and b2, with a cross-section of 120·160 mm and length of 2200 mm, the steel reinforcement consisted of four longitudinal steel bars of 10 mm diameter and stirrups of 6 mm diameter. a groove of 20·20 mm was created at the bottom of each beam to locate an nsm reinforcement bar. after static tests, beam b1 was strengthened with a cfrp rod measuring 9.7 mm in diameter and 2000 mm in length, while beam b2 was strengthened with a gfrp rod of 9.5 mm diameter and 2000 mm length. fig. 1 depicts geometric configuration of the specimens. the two beams tested in laboratory were characterized by concrete with a tested average cylinder compressive strength equal to fc=44.31 mpa and young’s modulus ec=34492 mpa; steel bars with a yielding stress equal to fy=450 mpa and young’s modulus es=210 000 mpa. figure 1: beam model with steel reinforcing and nsm frp rod: geometrical features. specimens diameter, d [mm] section area, acfrp [mm2] tensile strength, f [mpa] young’s modulus, e [mpa] cfrp rod 9.7 73.90 2000 155 000 gfrp rod 9.53 71.26 760 40 800 table 1: results of tensile tests on frp rods. (a) (b) figure 2: (a) specimens of cfrp and gfrp rods for tensile tests; (b) failure of specimens after tensile tests. e r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 404 company mapei produced the cfrp and gfrp rods used in this research. tensile tests on three specimens for each type of fiber were used to determine the mechanical and geometrical properties of the c-gfrp rods (fig. 2a); all the samples’ failures were in the xgm category – explosive, gage, middle – as defined by astm d-3039 [32] (fig. 2b). main results obtained by tensile tests are summarized in tab. 1. a two-component epoxy structural adhesive (eres=5130 mpa) was adopted for the bonding of the frp rod to the concrete surfaces into the notch. static response of beams damaged and strengthened the first phase of static bending tests involves experimentation on the un-strengthened rc beam b1. the apparatus was design to reproduce a simply supported condition with hinge restraints at the extremities, as presented in fig. 3. figure 3: experimental apparatus for static bending tests. the external load was applied in two points placed at a distance of 300mm through vertical jacks; the compressed concrete’s and the tensile steel’s strains were monitored using electronic strain gauges positioned at the centreline (fig. 4). the beam’s deflection was recorded by a linear inductive displacement trasducer (lvdt) applied at the midspan section. the beam without strengthening was subjected to static tests using an increasing bending loading path. three cycles of loading were adopted. for each cycle of loading pi, a damage level di with i=1,2,3 was identified, as shown in tab. 2. results of static bending tests, in terms of deflection, concrete and steel strain and curvature, are summarized in tab. 2. the experimental diagrams displayed in fig. 5 were developed by measurements taken in terms of deflection and strains at the midspan of rc beam b1. therefore, it is possible to characterize the static behavior of beam b1 before the application of nsm cfrp strengthening, based on these data. after reaching a consistent state of concrete’s cracking, a cfrp circular rod was positioned in the notched and then it was filled by adhesive epoxy resin. the strengthened beam b1 was subjected once again to cyclic bending loading. the first three damage levels were the same as for the previous unreinforced case. two additional cycles of loading, d4 and d5, were adopted, for a total of five degrees of damage. damage steps load, p [kn] deflection at midspan, δ [mm] strain at compressive concrete, εc (‰) strain at steel reinforcement (at intrados), εs (‰) curvature at midspan section, χ (10-5) d1 4.00 1.65 0.21 0.85 0.81 d2 8.00 4.67 0.50 1.64 1.64 d3 16.00 11.38 0.94 3.10 3.11 table 2: experimental results obtained for un-strengthened beam b1. r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 405 after the fifth damage level, the strengthened beam b1 was subjected to increasing load until the collapse. the maximum load reached during test, that lead to the specimen’s failure, was equal to pu= 49.06 kn. as previously described, the recording of the strains achieved during the test, has been entrusted to one strain gauges placed on the cfrp rod, as shown in fig. 5. tab. 3 contains a summary of the main data acquired from the instrumentation used for each loading step and the curvature at the midspan section evaluated for the strengthened beam b1. figure 5: instruments for strain and displacement monitoring at the midspan. damage steps load, p [kn] deflection at midspan, δ [mm] strain at compressive concrete, εc (‰) strain at steel reinforcement (at intrados), εs (‰) strain at cfrp rod, εcfrp (‰) curvature at midspan section*, χ (10-5) d1 4.00 0.96 0.09 0.24 0.14 0.03 d2 8.02 0.80 0.24 0.52 0.55 0.21 d3 18.01 3.29 0.59 1.42 1.50 0.61 d4 24.01 7.36 0.83 2.10 2.06 0.82 d5 30.01 9.45 1.05 2.73 1.12 table 3: main results obtained by static bending tests for beam b1 with nsm cfrp. * curvature evaluated from deformation on compressive edge and cfrp bar. (a) 0 5 10 15 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 lo a d p [k n ] δ [mm] d1 d2 d3 r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 406 (b) (c) figure 5: diagrams (a) load, p, vs deflection, δ; (b) load, p, vs strain, ɛc, at the edge of compressive concrete and (c) load, p, vs strain of tensile steel, ɛs – rc beam b1 without strengthening. (a) 0 5 10 15 20 0 200 400 600 800 1 000 lo a d p [k n ] εc (· 10-6) d1 d2 d3 0 5 10 15 20 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 3 500 lo a d p [ kn ] εs (· 10-6) d1 d2 d3 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 5 10 15 20 lo a d p [ kn ] δ [mm] d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 failure conditio n r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 407 (b) figure 6: diagrams (a) load, p, vs deflection, δ, and (b) load, p, vs strain of cfrp rod, ɛcfrp, rc beam b1 with nsm cfrp rod. in fig. 7 the diagrams of moment, m, versus curvature, χ, refer to the cross-sectional area, obtained by static bending tests are illustrated: the first one is referred to un-strengthened specimen b1, where χ is calculated from values recorded on compressive concrete edge and on steel bar; the second one is referred to strengthened beam b1, where χ is obtained from strain values measured on compressive concrete edge and on cfrp rod. results of static bending tests obtained for beam with nsm cfrp strengthening are shown in fig. 6 in term of load deflection (p δ) and load – strain of tensile cfrp rod (p εcfrp) diagrams evaluated at midspan section of beam. during the tests, the propagation of cracks was also visually observed: after the first load cycle, with p1 = 4 kn, the cracks on the un-strengthened specimen, was almost absent; when the load was increased, the crack pattern followed the trend of a typical rc beam, with vertical cracks in midspan and oblique cracks nearby the supports, as shown in fig. 8. in the nsm cfrp strengthened beam, the crack pattern developed following the fractures occurred during the previous test on the un-strengthened specimen; only for the last two loading cycles the cracks increased in depth and width (fig. 9). if we analyze the collapse mode of beam b1 strengthened with nsm cfrp, it can be seen that the specimen reached failure for the crushing of compressed concrete and the debonding of the cfrp rod that began at the maximum moment region region and propagated to an extremity of beam. in particular, the debonding between adhesive and the surrounding concrete was recorded at midspan; moving away from the midspan section, also part of concrete cover was interested (fig. 10). (a) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 lo a d p [k n ] εcfrp (· 10-6) d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 m o m e n t m [ kn m ] curvature χ [1/mm · 10-5] d1 d2 d3 r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 408 (b) figure 7: diagrams moment, m, vs curvature, χ, evaluated at the midspan section for(a) un-strengthened and (b) nsm cfrp strengthened rc beam b1. figure 8: visualization of cracks by bending loading at damage level d3 for rc beam b1 without strengthening. figure 9: visualization of cracks by bending loading at damage level d5 for rc beam b1 strengthened with nsm cfrp rod. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 1 m o m e n t m [ kn m ] curvature χ [1/mm · 10-5] d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 409 figure 10: collapse of beam b1 strengthened with nsm cfrp rod. following the same strategy, rc beam b2, strengthened with nsm gfrp rod was tested statically, adopting the same setup and the same instrumentation. static bending tests were carried out on the beam applying four cycles of bending loading and then increasing the load until the collapse of the sample. in this case as well, the steps of loading were related to the degree of damage di with i=1,2,3,4. tab. 4 presents the main level of loading adopted durin tests together with the main data achieved from experimentation. fig. 11 presents the trace of the deflection, δ, recorded at the centerline of beam in relation to the increasing of bending load, p; in addition, the development of strain on tensile gfrp rod, εgfrp, is traced. the evolution of the curvature, χ, relative to the cross-sectional area and computed from data measured on compressive concrete and gfrp rod, in relation to the increasing of moment, m, is depicted in fig. 12. damage steps load, p [kn] deflection at midspan, δ [mm] strain at compressive concrete, εc (‰) strain at steel reinforcement (at intrados), εs (‰) strain at gfrp rod, εgfrp (‰) curvature at midspan section*, χ (10-5) d1 4.00 1.87 0.14 0.39 0.34 0.13 d2 8.06 3.69 0.30 0.79 0.72 0.28 d3 16.02 7.55 0.66 1.69 1.80 0.76 d4 24.02 12.10 0.99 2.61 3.01 1.35 table 4: main results obtained for strengthened beam b2 by static bending tests. * curvature evaluated from deformation on compressive edge and gfrp bar. in terms of fracture’s propagation, a condition like the previous one occurs during the test, as shown in fig. 13. after attaining a load value of pu= 38.40kn, the specimen b2 collapses, resulting in the crushing of compressed concrete and total debonding of the nsm gfrp rod. the strengthening’s debonding interested the portion of beam from the midspan section to the end section, leading the detachment of the concrete cover. interfacial debonding cover separation r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 410 (a) (b) figure 11: diagrams (a) load, p, vs deflection, δ, and (b) load, p, vs strain of gfrp rod, ɛgfrp – rc beam b2 strengthened with nsm gfrp rod figure 12: diagram moment, m, vs curvature, χ, at the midspan section rc beam b2 strengthened with nsm gfrp rod. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 lo a d p [ kn ] δ [mm] d1 d2 d3 d4 failure conditio n 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 3 500 lo a d p [ k n ] εgfrp (· 10-6) d1 d2 d3 d4 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 1 m o m e n t m [ k n m ] curvature χ [1/mm · 10-5] d1 d2 d3 d4 r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 411 figure 13: visualization of cracks by bending loading at damage level d4 for rc beam b2 strengthened with nsm gfrp rod. discussions of experimental results his experimental research performed on rc beams strengthened with nsm cfrp and gfrp rod permits the highlighting of numerous aspects that could be helpful in the civil applications for the structural repair of damaged elements. the effectiveness of the near surface mounted approach is the first outcome that should be highlighted. this technique allows for beams to be strengthened until their collapse under bending, preserving the frp rods' connection without any separation. the strengthened elements reached failure for the attaining of the ultimate strain of compressive concrete. an improvement in the rigidity capacity of rc beams with nsm cfrp and gfrp during bending tests was verified. if we examine the load versus deflection experimental diagrams for the models with strengthening, it can be seen how ductility and ample deflections typify the response of strengthened elements until failure condition. in fig. 14 the behavior of two beams under bending loading cycles until failure are compared. we can see that the strengthening of beams with frp rod is adequate for both beams. stiffnesses of beams b2 is lower than that of beam b1 and this is a direct result of the mechanical properties of the strengthening bar of cfrp respect to gfrp rod being the young’s modulus of gfrp is much lower than that of the cfrp while the area of section is almost equal between cfrp and gfrp rods. this result is also reflected on the ultimate capacity in terms of load pu which is minor of 30% for the beam strengthened with gfrp rod. figure 14: diagrams load, p, vs deflection, δ for strengthened beams b1 and b2 until failure. moreover, another important aspect emerging from experimental campaign, is the impossibility to apply the bernoulli's hypothesis in the study of rc sections of beams strengthened with nsm frp rod; this is due to the presence, under bending, of a frp stress-strain lag that which makes it impossible to consider the section as plane. the entity of strain collected at the midspan section at damage degree di has been diagrammed and depicted, respectively, for the un-strengthened beam b1, t r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 412 in fig. 15, for the nsm cfrp strengthened beam b1, in fig. 16 and for the nsm gfrp strengthened beam b2, in fig. 17. the measurement of strains obtained for the edge of compressive concrete and at the level of steel bars underlines the maintaining of plane section in the case of un-strengthened rc beam b1 (fig. 15). in fig. 16 the point of compressive edge of concrete, tensile steel and tensile cfrp rod is considered for beam b1 strengthened with cfrp rod. in this case, it is noted the non-linear distribution of strains through the full depth of the beam; in particular, the strains on the cfrp rod aren’t linearly congruent with the strains of steel and of the compressed concrete fiber and are affected by a stress-strain lag. it means that the hypothesis of preserving the planarity of the bending section isn’t satisfied. also, in the case of beam b2 the non-planarity of section appears at midspan since the first load cycle d1=4kn, as fig. 17 shows. figure 15: distribution of strain at mid length cross section at di, with i=1,2,3 un-strengthened beam b1. figure 16: distribution of strain at mid length cross section at di, with i=1,2,3 beam b1 with nsm cfrp rod. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 h [m m ] ε ‰ d1 = 4kn d2 = 8 kn d3 = 16 k n edge of compressive concrete level of tensile steel 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 h [m m ] ε ‰ d1 = 4kn d2 = 8 kn d3 = 18 k n d4 = 24kn edge of compressive concrete level of tensile steel level of tensile cfrp r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 413 figure 17: distribution of strain at mid length cross section at di, with i=1,2,3 beam b2 with nsm gfrp rod. the entity of stress-strain lag can be estimate considering the ratios (1) and (2) (tab. 5), where εfrp is the strain that cfrp and gfrp rod should exhibits if the bernoulli's plane section hypothesizes is verified. the calculus of k1 and k2 coefficients was made both for the strengthened rc beams b1 and b2, considering the levels of damage d1 to d4 thus until values of steel strain greater than yield strain of steel. it can be observed that the average values k1,av ≅ 0.93  0.99 and k2,av≅ 0.24  0.18 (respectively for b1 and b2), are quite different and lead to results more or less conservative. nevertheless, in the study of the behaviour of rc section with the presence of nsm frp rods, it can be a good strategy the adoption of one of the coefficient k1,av (or k2,av) to prevent overestimation of the beam’s strength.  frp1 s ε k   ε (1)   frp frp2 frp ε* ε k   ε* (2) rc beams damage steps load, p [kn] k1 = εfrp/εs k2 = ε*frp-εfrp /ε*frp b1 d1 4.00 0.60 0.51 d2 8.00 1.06 0.13 d3 18.00 1.06 0.13 d4 24.00 0.98 0.19 b2 d1 4.00 0.87 0.28 d2 8.00 0.91 0.25 d3 16.00 1.07 0.12 d4 24.00 1.15 0.05 table 5: lag coefficients k. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 h [m m ] ε ‰ d1 = 4kn d2 = 8 kn d3 = 16 k n d4 = 24kn edge of compressive concrete level of tensile steel level of tensile gfrp r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 414 conclusions he following are the main outcomes derived from this experimental study on the behaviour of rc beams strengthened with cfrp and gfrp rods using the near-surface method: 1. the nsm approach proves to be adequate, both for cfrp and gfrp rods, with no loss of the concrete cover’s bond up to collaps under bending. 2. the ultimate phase of rc beams strengthened was characterized by loss of strength of compressive concrete without detachment of cover. 3. the adoption of frp rod seems to be suitable; the performance of a rc beam with frp strengthening is highly reliant on the properties of the frp itself. 4. the bernoulli’s hypothesis of planarity of sections is not valid for sections with frp rods and the calculus of sections must follow a non-linear development until ultimate state. acknowledgement he polytechnic university of marche supplied research funds to enable this experimental study. the authors would like to thank all the technicians and students who assisted in the development of this research work. references [1] de lorenzis l., nanni a., la tegola a. flexural and shear strengthening of reinforced concrete structures with near surface mounted frp rods. proc. third int. conf. advanced composite materials in bridges and structures, ottawa (canada); 2000. pp.521-528. [2] teng jg, chen jf, smith st, lam l. frp-strengthened rc structures. west sussex: wiley; 2002. [3] lu, x.z., teng, j.g., ye, l.p., jiang, j.j.: bond–slip models for frp sheets/plates bonded to concrete, engineering structures, 27(6), pp. 920–937 (2005). [4] kotynia r. analysis of the flexural response of nsm frp-strengthened concrete beams. proc. of the eight int. conf.on fibre-reinforced plastics for reinforced concrete structures, patrasso (grecia); 2007 [5] bilotta a, ceroni f, nigro e, pecce m. efficiency of cfrp nsm strips and ebr plates for flexural strengthening of rc beams and loading pattern influence. compos struct 2015; 124:163e75. [6] de lorenzis, l., teng, j.g.: near-surface mounted frp reinforcement: an emerging technique for strengthening structures, composites part b: engineering, 38(2), pp. 119–143 (2007). [7] de lorenzis, l., nanni, a.: bond between near surface mounted fiber reinforced polymer rods and concrete in structural strengthening. aci structural journal, 99(2), pp. 123–133 (2002). [8] de lorenzis, l., nanni, a.: shear strengthening of reinforced concrete beams with nsm fibre-reinforced polymer rods. aci struct. j., 98(1), pp. 60–8 (2001). [9] el-hacha, r., rizkalla, s.: near-surface mounted fibre reinforced polymer reinforcements for flexural strengthening of concrete structures. aci structural journal, 101(5), pp. 717-726 (2004). [10] capozucca, r.: on the strengthening of rc beams with near surface mounted gfrp rods. composite structures, 117c, pp: 143-155 (2014). [11] cosenza, e., manfredi, g., realfonzo, r.: behavior and modeling of bond of frp rebars to concrete, asce journal of composites for construction, 1(2), pp. 40–51 (1997). [12] hassan, t.k., rizkalla, s.: bond mechanism of nsm frp for flexural strengthening of concrete structures, aci structural journal, 101(6), pp. 830–839, (2004). [13] hassan, t., rizkalla, s.: investigation of bond in concrete structures strengthened with near-surface mounted carbon fibre reinforced polymer strips. j. of comp. for constr., 7(3) (2003) [14] sena cruz, j.m., barros, j.a.o., gettu, r., azevedo, a.f.m.: bond behavior of near-surface mounted cfrp laminate strips under monotonic and cyclic loading. asce, journal of composites for construction, 10, pp. 295-303 (2006). [15] coelho mrf, sena-cruz jm, neves lac. a review on the bond behavior of frp nsm systems in concrete. constr build mater 2015; 93:1157e69. t t r. capozucca et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 58 (2021) 402-415; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.58.29 415 [16] blaschko m. bond behaviour of cfrp strips glued into slits. in: proceedings frprcs-6. singapore: world scientific, pp: 205–14 (2003). [17] capozucca, r.: analysis of bond-slip effects in rc beams strengthened with nsm cfrp rods. composite structures, 102, pp. 110-123 (2013). [18] ceroni f, pecce m, bilotta a, nigro e. bond behavior of frp nsm systems in concrete elements. compos part bengineering 2012;43(2):99e109. [19] capozucca, r.: static and dynamic response of damaged rc beams strengthened with nsm cfrp rods, composite structures 91(3), 237–248 (2009). [20] capozucca, r., bossoletti, s., montecchiani, s. assessment of rc beams with nsm cfrp rectangular rods damaged by notches. composite structures, 128, pp. 322-341 (2015). [21] capozucca, r.,vibration analysis of damaged rc beams strengthened with gfrp. composite structures, 200, pp. 624634 (2018) [22] capozucca, r., bossoletti, s., static and free vibration analysis of rc beams with nsm cfrp rectangular rods. composites part b: engineering, 67, pp. 95-110 (2014) [23] perera, k., ibell, t., darby, a., denton, s.: bond mechanisms of various shapes of nsm cfrp bars. in: 4th international conference on advanced composites in construction, (acic 09), pp. 250–257, edinburgh (2009). [24] yost jr, gross sp, dinehart dw, mildenberg jj. flexural behavior of concrete beams strengthened with near-surface mounted cfrp strips. aci struct j 2007;104(4):430e7. [25] sharaky, i.a., torres, l., baena, m., miàs, c.: an experimental study of different factors affecting the bond of nsm frp bars in concrete. composite structures, 99, pp. 350–365 (2013). [26] teng jg, zhang ss, chen jf. strength model for end cover separation failure in rc beams strengthened with nearsurface mounted (nsm) frp strips. eng struct 2016; 110:222e32. [27] nanni, a., di ludovico, m., parretti, r. shear strengthening of a pc bridge girder with nsm cfrp rectangular bars. advances in structural engineering, 7(4), pp. 297-309 (2004) [28] ding, y., ning, x., zhang, y., pacheco-torgal, f., aguiar, j.b.: fibres for enhancing of the bond capacity between gfrp rebar and concrete. construction and building materials, 51, pp: 303-312 (2014). [29] masmoudi, a., ouezdou, m., ben, bouaziz j.: new parameter design of gfrp rc beams. construction and building materials, 29, pp. 627-632 (2012) [30] c. sabau, c. popescu, g. sas, j.w. schmidt, t. blanksvärd, b. täljsten, strengthening of rc beams using bottom and side nsm reinforcement, compos. b eng. 149 (2018) 82–91 [31] aci 440 1r-15. guide for the design and construction of structural concrete reinforced with frp bars. farmington hills, mi: american concrete institute (aci); 2007. [32] astm d 3039/d 3039 m 08. standard test method for tensile properties of polymer matrix composite materials. american standard of testing and materials, 2008. microsoft word numero 23 articolo 8 a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 75 scilla 2012 the italian research on smart materials and mems effect of pressure on the physical properties of magnetorheological fluids a. spaggiari, e. dragoni dept. of engineering sciences and methods, university of modena and reggio emilia, italy andrea.spaggiari@unimore.it abstract. to date, several applications of magnetorheological (mr) fluids are present in the industrial world, nonetheless system requirements often needs better material properties. in technical literature a previous work shows that mr fluids exhibit a pressure dependency called squeeze strengthen effect. since a lot of mr fluid based devices are rotary devices, this paper investigates the behaviour of mr fluids under pressure when a rotation is applied to shear the fluid. the system is designed in order to apply both the magnetic field and the pressure and follows a design of experiment approach. the experimental apparatus comprises a cylinder in which a piston is used both to apply the pressure and to shear the fluid. the magnetic circuit is designed to provide a nearly constant induction field in the mr fluid. the experimental apparatus measures the torque as a function of the variables considered and the yield shear stress is computed. the analysis of the results shows that there is a positive interaction between magnetic field and pressure, which enhances the mr fluid performances more than twice. keywords. magnetorheological fluids; shear mode; pressure; design of experiment. introduction agnetorheological (mr) fluids are smart materials that are increasingly used in many applications, such as controllable clutches and dampers [1]. an external magnetic induction field reversibly changes the apparent viscosity of mr fluids. mr fluids are capable to switch from a free-flow liquid at no induction, to a quasi solid state when a strong magnetization is present. the quickness of change (5-10 milliseconds) when a magnetic field is applied, makes this material interesting for adaptive damping and dissipative applications. mr fluids can be used to build silent, fast and tunable mechanical devices, which are enhanced by the ease of integration with the electronic control unit. the mr effect is obtained by a 30-40% in volume of ferromagnetic particles dispersed in the carrier fluid (silicon or hydrocarbon oil). when a magnetic field is applied to mr fluids, the particles are subjected to a dipole magnetic moment and align with the flux lines. consequently there is a formation of linear chains of particles (at a micro-scale) which means that, at the macro-scale, the mr fluid becomes a solid-like material. one of the most important design parameter of mr fluids is the yield shear stress (τy), which is the maximum stress the fluid can withstand before shear occurs. this value is fundamental in the design of any mr fluid devices, because the higher is the stress the higher is the dissipated power of the system. since many mrf devices are dissipative (e.g. dampers) the higher the power the better the performance. the yield shear stress, τy is controlled by the magnetic field, as shown in the technical datasheet supplied by the producer (lord corporation [2]) for the commercial mr fluid 140-cg. there is a magnetic saturation of the magnetic particles in mr fluids at high magnetic flux levels [2] which causes a typical sigmoid shape of the b-h curve of the material as reported in the producers datasheets. this saturation leads to a limitation of τy, and unfortunately the dissipated power reaches a maximum no matter how high the magnetic field is. it is possible to increase the value of τy by changing the m http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 76 volume fraction of the particle in suspension, but also in this case there is a physical limit, otherwise the viscosity of mr fluid would increase too much. a finite element analysis was performed by ginder et al. [3] to study the effect of magnetic nonlinearity and saturation of magnetic particles. they found a limit for the volume fraction at 50% in volume, which gives a maximum of τy = 210 kpa. in any case for industrial applications, a value of 50% volume fraction is too high, and the normal volume fraction ranges from 20% to 40%, which corresponds to a typical iron particle content in weight of 75% 85%) as reported in lord corp. datasheets [4-5]. mr fluids in squeeze mode (with the magnetic field acting in the same direction of the movement) provide higher forces compared to shear and flow mode. the main drawback is that squeeze mode enables only very short strokes to be performed and this prevents mr fluid application in many industrial contexts. a mr fluid compressed along the direction of the magnetic field, according to tang et al [6], shows an increment of τy of nearly ten times. the explanation is the formation of thicker and thus stronger columns of particles that are able to sustain the load. zhang et al. [7] designed an apparatus to evaluate the effect of a mechanical compression on mr fluids in linear shear mode. the apparatus they used, described in [7], which was quite complex and bulky, consisted of a non magnetic container for the mr fluid compressed through a big bolt, and a metal sheet was pulled off from the container to assess the shear strength under several pressure levels. their experimental campaign revealed that a very high compression could enhance τy by more than 20 times for a given magnetic field, thus showing a so called squeeze strengthen effect. they also correlated this behaviour not only with the magnetic force of the dipoles formed by the ferromagnetic particles, but also with the friction between the particles. a hybrid tribological-magnetic model provided a good explanation of the very high yield stress data retrieved in the experiments. the authors previous work on the squeeze strengthen effect in flow mode [17] highlights the beneficial effect of the pressure on the mr yield stress. the aim of this paper is to estimate the squeeze strengthen effect of an mr fluid under a shear stress, obtained by a relative rotation of the parts. the majority of the mr fluid based device working in shear mode are rotary devices like brakes and clutches and their performances would improve by exploiting the squeeze strengthen effect. hence, a rotary experimental test is needed to gather experimental data on the influence of magnetic field and pressure, possibly using and architecture close to the common industrial application. moreover this architecture gives a useful insight on important industrial aspects, like chemical compatibility of the sealing and geometrical tolerances needed to hold the mr fluid under pressure. the behaviour of lord 140-cg [2] commercial fluid was investigated under several magnetic field and pressure values using an ad-hoc apparatus. a design of experiment technique [8] was applied to the experimental tests in order to verify statistically the influence of the variables and to provide an empirical relationship to link the pressure, the applied field, and the yield shear stress. a surface response was obtained on the basis of the experimental points and a design equation which correlates yield stress, pressure and induction field was provided. the experimental results cover magnetic induction up to 300 mt and pressure levels up to 30 bar. the internal pressure influences the yield stress and there is a positive interaction between the magnetic field and the pressure. this study confirms that the findings of [7] are also valid under a rotational shear stress and thus there is the chance to increase mr fluid based clutches and brakes by simply changing the working pressure of the fluid. method experimental set-up his section outlines the design of the experimental apparatus and describes the architecture of the system implemented to test the mr fluids. the cross-section of the magneto-hydraulic system used in the experiments is depicted in fig. 1. the system consists of a lower frame (7), which is welded to the bottom flange (8) used to couple with the load cell of the testing machine. another flange (6) is welded to the frame and is used to support the external tube (3), which is made in ferromagnetic material and is used to close the path of the magnetic flux (see electromagnetic system section), as well as the upper flange (2). the mr fluid vessel (10), which is supported by the lower frame, has three main functions. first it contains the mr fluid, second it is used to enforce the coupling with the pressure transducer (9) and third it allows the correct alignment with the central piston (1). the pressure sensor (9) is a kellerdruck 25y piezoresistive flush transducer [11], which exhibits a particular architecture compatible with mr fluids. thanks to its stainless steel flat membrane, used as a sensitive element, the sensor is not affected by the presence of the microparticles and moreover its g½ threaded connection ensures the correct sealing of the fluid. the upper sealing system (5) is made by a polypac ring (fig. 1 in black) [10], which is a commercial system for sealing liquids under pressure. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 77 the polypac ring consists of an external o-ring and an internal ptfe ring reinforced with glass fibres. the o-ring is energized by the fluid and hence its compression inside the groove pushes the ptfe ring on the piston (1). the ring material provides both the sealing and low friction. this system allows the central piston to be moved up and down to generate the desired pressure and to rotate in order to shear the mr fluid. the torque measure will be affected by the different friction due to the pressure sensitive sealings (due to different pressure levels) and proper techniques will be used to extrapolate the correct yield shear stress. figure 1: cross-section of the hydraulic system. the central piston (1), shown in fig. 1 (not cross-hatched), has a deep central hole which is used to focus the magnetic field only into an annular area in conjunction with the washer (11) bonded to bottom of the vessel (10). parts (1) and (11) are made in low carbon steel, with high magnetic permeability, while the vessel (10) is made in brass, amagnetic, likewise the central plug (4) made in ptfe, represented in light grey in fig. 1. the ptfe is useful to prevent accidental torque transmission between the central part of the piston where the magnetic field is low and no torque should be present. the mr-fluid 140-cg by lord corporation [2] is entrapped between (10), (9), (5) and is shown in dark grey in fig. 1. the magnetic field is applied with the coil (12) which consists of 1932 turns made in awg22 wire, wounded around a plastic housing (in black). further details about the magnetic properties of the system, the flux path, and the applied currents are provided in the electromagnetic system section. the small chamfer of the central piston (1) is necessary to prevent damage of the ptfe ring during the insertion of the piston through the polypac (5) seal [10]. the system is designed to have a mr fluid chamber with height of 1mm at the maximum pressure. the mr fluid used [2] is based on silicon oil which is more compressible compared to other hydrocarbon oils. this peculiarity makes the system easier to control because the pressure is changed by moving the central piston, and the little compliance given by the fluid prevents dangerous overloading. the wires coming out from the coil exit from the central part of the system through holes in element (2), not visible in the cross section in fig. 1, in order to be connected to a dc power source. the experimental apparatus provides a rotational shear mode test of mr fluids under several levels of internal pressure. the design of the system is completely different zhang’s [7], and is much more compact and easy to manufacture. the electro-magnetic coil is displaced around the central ferromagnetic piston and is used to vary the magnetic excitation in the fluid (see section shear stress in the mr fluid). the system was placed under a universal biaxial machine, mts bionix http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 78 858, which is able to compress the fluid applying the desired pressure and to shear the fluid through a rotation at the same time. the tensile machine is controlled both in compression, to hold the same pressure during the test and in angle, meanwhile the torque is measured. from the recorded data, the yield stress values were calculated with analytical formulas and the effect of the pressure was estimated. the tests were performed at low rotational speed to limit viscous effects and to focus exclusively on the yield shear stress. in magnetorheological applications (e.g. dampers) the magnetorheological effect is from ten to hundrends times higher than viscous one. therefore for the purpouse of this quasi static analysis the viscous effect are neglected. the shear rate, the pressure values applied and the magnetic field values are described in the subsequent sections. the experimental test equipments are displayed in fig. 2. fig. 2a shows the complete system mounted on the mts bionix 858, with the tti dc current supply on the left and the red display to monitor the pressure inside the mr fluid chamber in the centre. the mr fluid is placed inside the brass vessel and then, using the upper grip of the tensile machine the central piston is applied to seal the circuit (see fig. 2b). the fluid volume is constant, the thickness is slightly changed to achieve the desired pressure level, but this small change do not affect the magnetorheological behaviour of the system. (a) (b) figure 2: mr fluid insertion (a) central ferromagnetic piston fit (b) and full system mounted on the tensile machine. shear stress in the mr fluid mr fluids, especially for quasi-static applications, can be conveniently modeled as bingham fluids [9]. the typical behaviour of such a fluid is described by the solid line in fig. 3 in terms of shear stress versus shear rate. the fluid exhibits a yield stress τy at no shear rate, and only when this value is reached the mr fluid starts to flow like a classic newtonian fluid. the considered model involves two parameters: τy and the fluid viscosity η. the bingham model shows the basic function of the mr fluid, but does not take into account shear thinning or thickening whereas other more complex model like the herschel-bulkley one does [12]. the τy value is a function of the applied magnetic field, b. since the geometry of the chamber containing the mr fluid is quite simple the shear stress calculation can be done through analytical considerations.  y b     (1) the angular rotation is applied with a very low speed, 5°/min, with a corresponding shear rate under 1 s-1, so the procedure can be considered quasi static. this makes the pure viscous effects negligible. the mr fluid is active only where the magnetic field is on and the particles are aligned with the flux lines. the magnetic system is designed to focus the field only in an annular area with internal radius rint = 10mm and external radius rext = 20mm. the yield shear stress is considered constant because the magnetic field is constant, as shown in the magnetic electromagnetic simulation section, and acts on the annular area, fa which is:  2 2intf exta r r   (2) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 79 figure 3: bingham model, suitable for mr fluids and the classical viscous newton model. the static torsional moment due to the yield shear stress acting on the frontal annular area is: int 2 3 3 2 int 0 2 3 extr ext y y r r r t r drd         (3) the chamfer present in the central rod creates another active lateral cylindrical surface on which the yield stress τy is acting. the axial length of the chamfer is l = 2mm and the cylindrical lateral area, al is thus: 2l exta r l (4) according to the magneto-static analyses shown in the subsequent section the magnetic field in the frontal area is similar to the one in the lateral area. hence the shear stress can be computed considering the effect of the applied torque, t , over the two above calculated surfaces: 3 3 int2 3 y ext l ext t r r a r       (5) the pressure is regulated using the central piston until the desired value is reached. after that the system control keeps the piston still in the axial direction and the pressure is maintained constant. then the central piston rotates and the fluid is sheared. the measured torque is caused both by the yield stress of the fluid according to eq. (5) but also by the friction of the sealing system, which is pressure dependent. the friction due to sealing is quite difficult to consider analytically and consequently it will be handled by considering a particular experimental procedure useful to eliminate any effect not related to the magnetic field and the internal pressure. the experimental procedure is organized in five steps: 1. the current is turned on at the beginning of the test to create the magnetic field. 2. the machine applies a prescribed rotation up tp to 2.5°3.5° and records the total (gross) torque. 3. the current is suddenly turned off, so the torque values drops down because the mr effect has vanished. 4. the torque due to pure friction is measured. 5. the net torque is computed by subtraction of the two values of torque measured in step 2 and 4. this procedure allows the pure mr fluid shear stress to be calculated disregarding all the frictional effects since the only difference between the first and the second part of the test is due to the current and thus to the mr effect. electromagnetic system applying a magnetic field correctly is a key point in exploiting the potential of any kind of mr fluid. the main problem in magnetic circuit design is to avoid flux losses due to flux dispersion in non ferromagnetic material (e.g. air). since the application is quasi static there are no other losses due to eddy currents the first problem in dealing with mr fluids is that the fluid itself has low magnetic properties. the relative magnetic permeability can be retrieved by the producer technical specification [2]. according to electromagnetism fundamentals, the induction field b is a function of the magnetic field h and the magnetic permeability, as shown in eq. (6) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 80 0 rb h    (6) hence, by approximating the b-h curve linearly (assumption valid when h<200 ka/m) the value of the relative magnetic permeability is: 7 0 4 10 r b b h h          (7) as can be seen in the producers datasheets [4] when h = 125000a/m, b = 0.8t the relative permeability is µr = 5.09. the comparison between the linear approximation and the non-linear curve is not reported for the sake of brevity, however a linear approximation with µr = 5 is in good agreement (r2 = 0.978) with the manufacturer’s curves [2] in the hypothesis that h<200 ka/m. the value of µr = 5 is considered in the analysis, which is also in accordance with the literature [12][13]. the magnetic system was designed using finite element magnetic software, femm 4.0 [14], which is useful for two dimensional magnetostatic problems. since the software is 2d only, the analyses were run in axisymmetric mode, in order to consider the complete geometry. the material choice is crucial in designing magnetic circuits. the main parts (1-2-3-67-8) were realized in low carbon steel, because of its high magnetic permeability. the only non magnetic part in addition to the copper coil is the brass vessel (10). the first femm analyses, not reported for the sake of brevity, showed that using a ferromagnetic vessel would have deviated the magnetic flux from the mr fluid. thus the use of amagnetic materials in the system design was needed to force the flux to go inside the mr fluid. the brass was chosen because it is a good tradeoff between mechanical strength, cost and amagnetic properties. in order to complete the magnetic analyses only the coil properties are needed. since the copper wires were awg 22 (wire diameter of 0.64 mm) there current density was limited only by thermal considerations, not critical for this particular applications. design of experiment applying a statistical method can be convenient in dealing with experimental problems involving multiple variables. the design of experiment procedure, a well-founded statistical method based on the analysis of variance (anova) [15], can be applied to such scientific problems as shown in [16]. in this experiment the variables involved are the applied magnetic induction field (b) and the internal pressure of the mr fluid (p). literature results showed an interaction between the two variables both in linear shear mode [7] and in flow mode [17]. the experiments were designed to verify the same interaction under a rotational loading, which is the typical configuration of brakes and clutches. the most frequent application of the design of experiment is the two-level factorial experiment, which is used mainly for exploratory experiments in order to obtain quick qualitative insights on the process. in this work, on the other hand, we adopted the "general factorial" approach, which allows to consider multiple levels per variables. in this case four levels are considered for both pressure and magnetic field, and it is possible to capture eventual non linearity of the variables. the method is focused only on two variables which influence the behaviour of the system, it is able to identify the interaction between these variables more precisely, and is able to provide a more reliable model to describe how the system behaves. the magnetic induction ranges from 0 to 300 mt, while the internal pressure spans the 0-30 bar range. the complete experimental plan is reported in tab. 1. the experimental tests consider explicitly only non zero value of magnetic induction field, mainly because of the particular differential procedure adopted to calculate the net torque as described in the previous section. the zero level is intrinsically obtained in each test when the current is turned off according to the above described procedure. the experiments at zero current give only information on the pure frictional forces since the viscous effect is negligible due to quasi static rotation of the central piston (1). electromagnetic simulation results the simulation of the magnetic system using femm 4.0 at a current of 2.3 a is reported in fig. 4a. the flux lines passes through the mr fluid as requested and the magnetic field, thanks to the presence of the ptfe central plug (4) assumes an annular shape as desired. the system provides a magnetic induction field in the mr fluid up to 300 mt with a supply current of 2.3 a. the distribution of the magnetic induction field inside the mr fluid is provided in fig. 4b, confirming the nearly constant value in the annular region and a lower value in the central part of the system. the electromagnetic simulation, like the one showed in fig. 4a, were carried out for the four values of magnetic induction field considered. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 81 levels i ii iii iv induction field, b, (mt) 50 100 200 300 internal pressure, p (bar) 0 10 20 30 replicates 3 for each combination experimental points 16 grand total 48 table 1: experimental plan. (b) (a) figure 4: flux density inside the hydro-magnetic system for a current of 2.31 amp (a), scale 0-1.5t, and flux distribution along the radius of the mr fluid chamber (b). the direct measurement of the magnetic field inside the mr fluid is not possible for two reasons. there is no way to access the mr fluid chamber when the system is completely assembled because it is perfectly sealed. even if it was possible the hall effect probe of the gaussmeter hirst gm05 would not have been compatible with mr fluid, since the micronsized particles are almost impossible to be cleaned and the subsequent magnetic measure would have been affected by their presence. in order to verify the femm predictions of fig. 4 two indirect experimental measurements were done on the system. the first measures were done without the fluid, removing the pressure transducer (9) an accessing the chamber from the bottom threaded hole with the flexible hall effect probe of the gaussmeter. the second measures were performed on the complete system putting the thin gaussmeter probe in the gap between part (1) and (2) and comparing the femm values with the experimental ones. current (a) first point, inside ⑩, no mrf second point, in the gap between ① and ② exp. femm difference exp. femm difference 0.385 24.7 26.275 6.38% 54.84 57.375 4.62% 0.77 52.5 52.55 0.10% 105.2 114.75 9.08% 1.54 105.1 107.98 2.74% 212.57 229.5 7.96% 2.31 210.2 217.74 3.59% 426.5 459 7.62% table 2: experimental and femm values of the induction magnetic field (mt). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 82 the collected and the simulated values are reported in tab. 2. the femm model is able to provide a good prediction of the magnetic field both in the first access point and in the second. the numerical prediction is always larger than the experimental values, probably due to an overestimate of the magnetic permeability of the steel used to manufacture the experimental test fixture. results and discussion experimental results n order to explain the post processing of the raw experimental data a typical torque-angle raw curve is reported in fig. 5. as highlighted in the red circle the torque suddenly drops down in the middle of the test. this is because the current is turned off in order to obtain two field levels from the same test. the net torque is obtained upon subtraction of the average torque level in the second part of the diagram from the first one. the net torque is significantly lower than the absolute torque, this behaviour is mainly due to sealing chosen in the experimental system. since it was much important to prevent the leakage of the fluid with several pressure values, rather than having low frictional forces, the seal provided an extraforce which could be subtracted a posteriori. figure 5: typical raw experimental torque-angle curve. the red circle highlights the moment of the current turn off. the procedure is applied for all the 48 experimental test curves obtained from the design plan and the results in terms of net torque are reported in fig. 6. fig. 6a shows the curves obtained at ambient pressure, fig. 6b-c-d shows the curves at 10-20-30 bar respectively. this procedure allows retrieving only the difference in torque levels, while the difference of in the turning off angle (reported along the x-axis), visible in fig. 6 is not an issue. the complete set of experimental torque values are reported in tab. 3, as well as the average net torque value and the average shear stress valued obtained from application of eq. (5). the experimental results shows some high dispersion of the data, but, on the whole the standard deviation is around 12% of scatter. two possible explanation are envisioned. first some stick slip effect on the sealing could have occurred despite the teflon ring used to ensure the seal, second a residual magnetization of the particles could have influenced some outlier experimental points (e.g. p = 10 bar, b = 100 mt, r1). this dispersion seems acceptable since the experimental intrinsic scatter do not change the general trend of the system under magnetic field and pressure. the main difference between the net torque curves of fig. 6 and the raw data of fig. 5 is that the there is an important offset which is disregarded in the shear stress measure. the post processing procedure is justified by the fact that τy do not depend on the frictional forces, but particular attention must be paid to the fact that the higher the pressure, the higher the forces due to sealing. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 83 net torque (nmm) τy (kpa) p (bar) b (mt) r1 r2 r3 average std. dev. average std. dev. 0 50 172.08 213.56 146.21 177.28 33.97516 9.25 19.16% 0 100 514.47 543.45 507.13 521.68 19.20442 27.22 3.68% 0 200 1204.06 998.46 1168.5 1123.67 109.8859 58.64 9.78% 0 300 1156.95 1020.73 1393.3 1190.33 188.5142 62.12 15.84% 10 50 255.78 225.71 248.84 243.44 15.74466 12.70 6.47% 10 100 915.54 482.43 445.15 614.38 261.4832 32.06 42.56% 10 200 1658.38 1704.4 2001.82 1788.20 186.4258 93.31 10.43% 10 300 2374.80 2683.51 2688.13 2582.15 179.5823 134.75 6.95% 20 50 198.97 229.18 157.53 195.23 35.97138 10.19 18.43% 20 100 605.44 665.52 573.83 614.93 46.57584 32.09 7.57% 20 200 1901.04 2037.91 2084.71 2007.89 95.44484 104.78 4.75% 20 300 2824.34 2523.62 2949.16 2765.70 218.7452 144.32 7.91% 30 50 237.58 249.54 291.72 259.61 28.44097 13.55 10.96% 30 100 931.46 753.29 739.61 808.12 107.0344 42.17 13.24% 30 200 2347.10 1808.65 2181.02 2112.25 275.7325 110.22 13.05% 30 300 2992.63 3084.06 2802.75 2959.81 143.4975 154.45 4.85% table 3: experimental net torque and yield shear stresses τy retrieved using eq. (4). both from the experimental curves in fig. 6 and the experimental data in tab. 3 it is possible to qualitatively sense that the pressure does have an important effect on the shear stress and it is a positive effect. since a design of experiment procedure was applied the data are analyzed applying an analysis of variance: this statistical method is able to quantify variable influence and variable interaction on the process under scrutiny. analysis of variance on the yield stress an analysis of the variance was applied using design expert 8.0 software [18]. anova calculates the variance of a response by considering a specific variable and the global variance in the responses. among the possible approaches to graphically represent the results, one of the most popular is the normal plot, which is used to estimate whether a certain set of data follows a gaussian distribution or not. if the data approximates a straight line, the phenomenon is statistically "normal" i.e. follows a stochastic law and can be attributed to background noise. the variables or the interactions affecting the system’s behaviour will then fall outside the normal distribution line, thus their effect cannot be ascribed to a stochastic process. the greater the deviation of the point from the normal line, the larger the confidence interval (i.e. the probability that the variables are significant). the half normal plot used in this paper is interpreted in the same way as the normal plot, but allows absolute values of the effects to be considered. since the half normal line starts at the origin, this produces a more sensitive scale to detect significant outcomes [15], which are immediately detected at a glance. the half normal plot of the experimental values of yield shear stress is shown in fig. 7. the straight line is built thanks to replicates (triangles) and provides an estimation of the normal distribution of the experimental error, which by definition has a stochastic distribution. the triangles are an expression of the sum of errors [15], which is calculated by design expert software [18]. since both points representing the two variables (pressure and magnetic field) are far from the error line, anova demonstrates that these variables influence the process. the interaction between the variables is also important, which means that the increase in shear yield stress due to the combined action of pressure and magnetic field is greater than the sum of the two effects taken separately. the experimental test points have a little dispersion, as demonstrated in fig. 8, provided by the design expert software, where the i-beams bars represent the standard deviation. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 84 (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 6: experimental torque-angle curves for 50mt (grey solid lines), 100mt (dotted lines), 200mt (dashed line) and 300mt (solid black line). pressures of 0,10,20 and 30 bars, reported in (a), (b), (c) and (d), respectively. figure 7: half normal plot of the yield shear stress: effect of the magnetic field (black square), pressure (white square) and their interaction (hollow black square). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 85 it is interesting to compare the response surface with the producer experimental curves [2] in order to assess the performances of the mr fluid. the value at no pressure and 50mt are in good agreement with the producer yield stress, while as the pressure goes up to 30 bar the yield shear stress has an increment ranging from a 40% at low magnetic fields up to 200% for the highest values of magnetic fields. the experimental tests on the whole confirm the findings of [6], [7] and [17] and provide useful information to exploit mr fluids at the maximum of their capabilities. exploiting the squeeze strengthening effect could be quite useful and simple in devices like the by-pass damper or the single rod damper, where a pneumatic accumulator is already present in the system. in this case the accumulator pressure could be controlled to enhance mr device performances. in other systems, like the clutches, the applications seems less useful mainly for sealing issues, but still applicable if better performances are needed with tight dimensional constraints. figure 8: error bars and experimental yield shear stress for the considered pressure (along the x-axis) and magnetic field levels, 50mt (dashed line), 100 mt (dotted line), 200 mt (dot-dashed line) and 300 mt (solid line). conclusion he paper explored the behaviour of magnetorheological fluids in shear mode under the combined action of a magnetic field and internal pressure. the experimental apparatus was designed and developed to characterize the mr fluids under the rotary action typical of mr brakes and clutches. the experimental tests showed the influence on the shear yield stress both of the magnetic field and of the applied pressure. in addition analysis of variance revealed a positive interaction between the two factors considered in the experimental plan. the shear stress values under pressure were found to be more than two times the values reached with no pressure. the experimental test procedure ensure to eliminates the influence of the sealing and to focus only on the mr effect augmented by the pressure. this mr fluid peculiarity can be exploited to modify existent mr based devices with little changes in system architecture, like in the systems with pneumatic accumulator, but strong improvement in terms of performances. references [1] m. r. jolly, j.w. bender, j. d. carlson, in: spie 5th int. symposium on smart structures and materials, san diego, ca (1998). [2] lord corporation, cary, nc http://www.lordfulfillment.com/upload/ds7012.pdf. [3] j. m. ginder, l. c. davis, appl. phys. lett., 65 (1994) 3410. [4] lord corporation, cary, nc , http://edge.rit.edu/content/p07307/public/lord%20mr%20fluid. [5] lord corporation, cary, nc ftp://ftp.elet.polimi.it/users/luigi.piroddi/mrd/lord/mrf132ld.pdf. [6] x. tang, x. zhang, r. tao, y. rong, j. appl. phys., 87 (2000) 2634. [7] x. zhang, x. l. gong, p. q.zhang, j. appl. phys., 96 (2004) 2359. [8] d. c. montgomery, design and analysis of experiments, wiley, new york (1997). t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true a. spaggiari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 75-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.08 86 [9] e. c. bingham, fluidity and plasticity, mcgraw-hill, new york (1922). [10] polypac ring t.e.f. e/gr http://tinyurl.com/68hy5nu. [11] keller-druck, http://tinyurl.com/3u7p6or. [12] m. zubieta, s. eceolaza, m. j. elejabarrieta, m. m. bou-ali, smart mater. struct., 18 (2009) 095019. [13] p. forte, m. paternò, e. rustighi, int. j. rotating mach, 10(3) (2004) 175. [14] femm 4.0 finite element method magnetics http://www.femm.info/wiki/homepage. [15] m. j. anderson, p. j. whitcomb, doe simplified: practical tools for effective experimentation, productivity press (2007) . [16] r. f. ierardi, a. bombard, journal of physics: conference series,149 (2009) 012037. [17] a. spaggiari, e. dragoni, j. fluids engineering, 134 (2012) 0091103-1. [18] stat-ease, design-expert 8 http://tinyurl.com/yers2w6. [19] matlab 7.10, mathwoks, http://tinyurl.com/jof3k http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.08&auth=true microsoft word numero_53_art_17_2780 s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 202 fatigue analysis of bitumen modified with composite of nano-sio2 and styrene butadiene styrene polymer seyed mohsen damadi payame noor university, iran mohsendamadi@hotmail.com, ali edrisi, mansour fakhri kn toosi university of technology, iran edrisi@kntu.ac.ir, http://orcid.org/ 0000-0001-9231-8371 fakhri@kntu.ac.ir, http://orcid.org/ 0000-0002-9980-7853 sajad rezaei, mohammad worya khordehbinan pooyesh institute of higher education, iran rezaei@pooyesh.ac.ir, http://orcid.org/ 0000-0001-7394-8001 mkhordebinan@ut.ac.ir, http://orcid.org/ 0000-0003-0975-7256 abstract. since fatigue cracking is caused in the middle-temperature conditions due to the stresses from heavy traffic and as the bitumen plays a very important role in controlling this failure, therefore, in recent years, the production of the modified bitumen that can give a good performance in the middle temperatures has always attracted the interest of researchers. one of these bitumen modifiers is the styrene butadiene styrene (sbs) polymer. due to the phase separation of bitumen and polymer, aging and oxidation, this polymer may not exhibit expected field performance at middle temperatures. therefore, in this research, it is attempted to analyze the middle-temperature performance using the combination of nano-sio2 and sbs polymer in the bitumen modification. in this paper, the addition of sbs and nano-sio2 to the base bitumen resulted in the reduction of the complex modulus, phase angle, storage modulus and loss modulus at middle temperatures, thereby improving the potential of fatigue failure resistance. in general, considering the requirement for the rotational viscosity value up to 3 pa.s at 135 °c and also, regarding the economic issues in choosing a lower percentage, the combination of 4.5% sbs + 3% nano-sio2 is selected as the optimal composite. keywords. bitumen; functional analysis; middle temperature; nano-sio2; sbs. citation: damadi, s. m., edrisi, a., fakhri, m., rezaei s., khordehbinan, m. w., fatigue analysis of bitumen modified with composite of nano-sio2 and styrene butadiene styrene polymer, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209. received: 05.04.2020 accepted: 06.05.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/yha_jj5p4ei s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 203 introduction itumen is usually the byproduct in the crude oil production process, which, therefore, may not have all the specifications required for the production of asphalt mixtures [1]. asphalt mixtures are subjected to the temperature changes and stresses caused by the passing heavy vehicles, which increase the growth of rutting, fatigue and lowtemperature cracking failures. the bitumen plays an important role in the occurrence of these failures. therefore, in order to achieve the pavements of longer service life, the modification of bitumen is inevitable [2]. every year, different modifiers are used to improve bitumen properties and behavior. among these modifiers, in recent decades, the polymers and nanomaterials are increasingly used to improve the rheological behavior of bitumen [3-8]. the modification of bitumen with styrene butadiene styrene (sbs) polymer improves the resistance to rutting, fatigue cracking, and low-temperature cracking [9,10], but involves the phase separation and is degraded under the ultraviolet light, as well as oxygen [11,12]. research results show that modifying the polymer bitumen with nano-materials improves the highand low-temperature performance, aging, oxidation and phase separation [13,14,3,4,5]. there are some limited studies on the effect of polymer nano-composites; hence, this paper analyzes the middle-temperature performance of the sbs additive and the combined sbs and nano-sio2 additive in 10, 15, 20, and 25 oc to the bitumen pg 64-16 as the most common bitumen in iran. for this purpose, the bitumen performance, dual composite of bitumen and sbs, and triad composite of bitumen, sbs and nano-sio2 were evaluated based on the softening point, needle penetration, ductility, rotational viscosity, rtfo mass loss, and dynamic shear rheometer (dsr) tests. method materials itumen pg 64-16 was prepared from pasargad oil company of tehran, sbs polymer (lg 501) was prepared from lg company, south korea, and nano-sio2 was prepared from degussa company, germany. the chemical composition of the base bitumen and the physical and chemical characteristics of sbs and nano-sio2 are given in tab. (1), tab. (2), and, tab. (3). composition wt.% saturates 8.1 naphthene-aromatics 48.9 polar-aromatics 30.8 asphaltenes 12.2 table 1: chemical composition of base bitumen. physical and chemical properties content molecular structure linear styrene/butadiene ratio 31/69 density (g/cm3) 0.94 oil content (phr) none melting index (g 10 minutes 200 °c / 5 kg) < 1 volatile rate (%) 0.5 hardness (shore a) 79 toluene solution viscosity 13.4 table 2: physical and chemical properties of sbs. b b s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 204 physical and chemical properties content sio2 >99% ti <120ppm ca <70ppm na <50ppm fe <20ppm aps 11-13 nm ssa 180-600 m2/gr bulk density <0.10 g/cm3 true density 2.4 g/cm3 table 3: physical and chemical properties of nano-sio2 preparation of samples to prepare the combined bitumen, sbs and nano-sio2 samples, the high shear mixer was used at 175 °c and 4000 rpm for two hours. on this basis and in order to perform all the tests, 1 kg from each of the samples was prepared including the base bitumen, compound of bitumen and sbs polymer as 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5 and, 6 wt% of the bitumen and the threefold compound of bitumen, sbs polymer with constant 4.5 wt% of bitumen and nano-sio2 with 1, 2, 3, 4 and, 5 wt% of bitumen, which resulted in preparation of 1 samples of base bitumen, 8 samples of polymeric bitumen and 5 samples of nano polymeric bitumen. physical properties tests the conventional physical tests including the softening point (astm d36), needle penetration at 25 °c (astm d5), ductility at 25 °c (astm d113), rotational viscosity (astm d4402) at 120, 135, 150, and 165 °c, and rolling thin-film oven (rtfo) mass loss (astm d2872) tests were performed on the base bitumen and all modified bitumen samples. moreover, the needle penetration index was calculated according to equation (1) [12].     25 25 1952 500 log 20 50 log 120 pen sp pi pen sp         (1) where the pen25 is the needle penetration at 25 °c (0.1 mm) and sp is the temperature of the softening point of bitumen samples (°c). dynamic shear rheometer test dynamic shear rheometer (dsr) test (astm d7175) was conducted using the controlled stress method at constant frequency (10 rad/s) and 10, 15, 20, and 25 °c for different sbs, nano-sio2 composites with base bitumen on which the short-term aging process was carried out on an rtfo machine (astm d2872). the complex modulus (g*), phase angle (δ), storage modulus (g'=g*×cosδ) and loss modulus (g"=g*×sinδ) were determined for bitumen samples. in order to improve the resistance potential to fatigue, the energy loss should be reduced as much as possible. the energy loss in each loading cycle is directly proportional to g*×sinδ parameter. for the bitumen to be acceptable in the fatigue test at a given temperature, the value of g*×sinδ should be less than or equal to 5000 kpa for the aged bitumen with rtfo [15]. this means that it is desirable to reduce the values of g* and δ. results physical properties he results of softening point, needle penetration, pi, ductility, rotational viscosity and rtfo mass loss for various composites of sbs and sbs/nano-sio2 with base bitumen are given in tab. (4). these tests were selected for the purpose of fatigue analysis of the bitumen modified by sbs polymer and nano-sio2 among the tests of physical properties of the bitumen. as for investigating the performance at the intermediate temperatures i.e. at temperatures t s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 205 between 10 and 25 celsius degrees, where failure of the asphalt mixture occurs due to the fatigue, analysis of these tests is appropriate for this purpose. according to tab. (4), the addition of sbs and sbs/nano-sio2 to bitumen generally increases the softening point, pi, and rotational viscosity and decreases the needle penetration. reducing the needle penetration, increasing the softening point, pi and viscosity will reduce the bitumen's sensitivity to temperature changes and improve its performance at middle temperatures. considering the effect of sbs polymer, it could be due to the creation of 3d networks in the bituminous environment after creation of long and dispersed chains of sbs polymer. so that the polystyrene and polybutadiene chains would increase the strength and flexibility of the modified bitumen, respectively, which result in reduced fluidity and increased elasticity. concerning the nano-sio2 effect, it is due to the interaction between nano-sio2 material, bitumen and sbs polymer. so that nano-sio2 by adsorption, establishes intense adhesion with the bitumen and polymer which leads to increased hardness and concentration of bituminous mortar. this in turn reduces the bitumen needle penetration and increases the softening point, pi and rv values. reduced the needle penetration and increased softening point, pi and rv lead to reduced sensitivity of the bitumen to variation in temperature which is good for it. in the sbs with higher than 4.5 wt%, the reducing trend of the needle penetration and increasing trend of softening point and pi is mitigated which is due to the dominating polymer phase. also this process is seen in threefold compound consisting of bitumen, sbs polymer and nano-sio2, where for nano-sio2 with higher than 4 wt% , the reducing trend of penetration degree and increasing trend of softening point and pi are mitigated which could be due to saturation of the bituminous mortar by nano particles. so that the balanced phase network of bitumen and sbs polymer is disturbed when using too much nano-sio2. compounds properties softening point (oc) penetration at 25oc (dmm) ductility at 25oc (cm) pi rtfo (mass loss%) rv (pa.s) 120 oc 135 oc 150 oc 165 oc base bitumen 50.3 65 >100 0.13 0.67 0.32 0.16 0.10 sbs (wt% of bitumen) 2.5% 57.5 54 >100 0.17 0.23 0.86 0.47 0.26 0.15 3% 59.5 54 >100 0.26 0.23 1.11 0.62 0.33 0.19 3.5% 67 49 >100 0.49 0.24 1.40 0.72 0.39 0.22 4% 79.5 48 >100 0.79 0.23 1.76 0.88 0.47 0.27 4.5% 84.5 45 >100 0.86 0.22 1.93 0.97 0.52 0.32 5% 85 43 95 0.85 0.27 2.14 1.08 0.57 0.33 5.5% 86.5 42 99 0.87 0.25 2.47 1.25 0.64 0.37 6% 84.5 42 94.8 0.84 0.26 2.71 1.37 0.76 0.41 sbs/nano-sio2 (wt% of bitumen) 4.5% sbs+1%nanosio2 85 35 >100 0.78 0.21 2.18 1.60 0.65 0.35 4.5% sbs+2%nanosio2 85.5 36 >100 0.80 0.21 3.39 1.72 0.87 0.52 4.5% sbs+3%nanosio2 86 37 >100 0.82 0.20 4.49 2.96 1.13 0.53 4.5% sbs+4%nanosio2 86.5 34 >100 0.80 0.21 4.86 3.63 1.62 0.74 4.5% sbs+5%nanosio2 85 38 >100 0.81 0.21 5.42 3.87 1.88 0.95 table 4: physical properties of base bitumen, bitumen/sbs, and bitumen/sbs/nano-sio2. the maximum levels of sbs that can provide the ductility greater than 100 [15] are the composites with the sbs level of 4.5% by weight of bitumen. the appropriate bitumen temperature for mixing and compaction is the temperature equivalent to rv values of 0.17±0.2 and 0.28±0.3, respectively, and the maximum temperature for heating of the bitumen is equal to 176°c [15]. according to tab. (4), adding sbs polymer to the base bitumen from 2.5 to 6 wt% of bitumen causes continuous increase of rv, but it does not exceed 3 pa.s at 135°c temperature. in these compounds the maximum rv value at 135°c is equal to 1.37 for a compound of base bitumen and sbs polymer with 6 wt% of the bitumen. also, addition of nano-sio2 s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 206 to the bitumen containing sbs polymer with 4.5 wt% of the bitumen, causes increase in the rv value. this value exceeds the limit of 3 pa.s for the compounds of 4.5%sbs+4%nano-sio2 and 4.5% sbs+5% nano-sio2. therefore, on this basis the maximum value of nano-sio2 is equal to 3 wt% of the bitumen in the compound of bitumen modified by sbs polymer with 4.5 wt% of the bitumen. by increase in the temperature, the rv values is reduced. for the compound of bitumen and 4.5% sbs and the threefold compound of bitumen, sbs polymer and nano-sio2, the mixing and compaction temperatures are both greater than 165 °c which are too close to 176°c and create problems in terms of applicability. thus, to resolve this problem it is recommended to use admixtures that reduce viscosity such as fischer-tropsch wax. as seen in tab. (4), adding sbs polymer to bitumen and also adding nano-sio2 to polymeric bitumen containing sbs polymer with 4.5 wt% of the bitumen, the weight loss is nearly constant and its value in all the compounds is less than 1 wt%. complex modulus, phase angle, and storage modulus the results of complex modulus, phase angle and storage modulus for various composites of sbs, nano-sio2 with base bitumen are presented in figs. (1–3), respectively. according to the figures, adding sbs and nano-sio2 to the base bitumen continuously decreases the complex modulus, phase angle and storage modulus at 10 to 25 °c with the constant frequency of 10 rad/s, indicating the improvement in fatigue resistance potential and middle-temperature performance. concerning the results of complex modulus at intermediate temperatures (temperatures between 10 and 25 celsius degrees), as the base bitumen, modified bitumen with 4 wt% of sbs polymer and different threefold combinations of bitumen, nano-sio2 and 4.5 wt% of sbs polymer, had passed the short term and long term processes of aging prior to the dynamic shear rheometer test, and the aging process of rtfo+pav could result in further hardness of the bitumen by change in the molecular structure of the bitumen, therefore, the higher the share of bitumen, the higher would be the complex modulus. thus, adding sbs polymer and also adding nano-sio2 to the polymeric bitumen with 4.5 wt% sbs polymer at intermediate temperatures could reduce the complex modulus. as the reduction in complex modulus at the intermediate temperatures, leads to increase of resistance to fatigue failure, therefore the performance of modified bitumen at intermediate temperatures is improved. as seen in fig. (2), it is observed that adding sbs polymer and nano-sio2 to the sbs polymeric bitumen at temperatures between 10 and 25 celsius degrees and at constant frequency of 10 radians per second, the phase angle is continuously reduced. this could be due to interaction between nano-sio2, bitumen and sbs polymer, so that nano-sio2 particles by adsorption develop enhanced adhesion with the bitumen and polymer compounds which has resulted in reduced phase angle. as stated before, reduction in δ value reduces loss in viscosity and therefore improves the performance at intermediate temperatures of modified bitumen samples. figure 1: the complex modulus results from dsr test for base bitumen, bitumen/sbs, and bitumen/nano-sio2/sbs in 10, 15, 20, and 25 oc. s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 207 figure 2: the phase angle results from dsr test for base bitumen, bitumen/sbs, and bitumen/nano-sio2/sbs in 10, 15, 20, and 25 oc. figure 3: the storage modulus (g’) results from dsr test for base bitumen, bitumen/sbs, and bitumen/nano-sio2/sbs in 10, 15, 20, and 25 oc. loss modulus (fatigue resistance) the values of the loss modulus (g"=g*×sinδ) for various composites of sbs, nano-sio2 with rtfo-aged base bitumen are shown in fig. (4). as seen in the figure, by adding sbs and nano-sio2 to the base bitumen, the loss modulus is reduced at 10 to 25 °c with the constant frequency of 10 rad/s, which results in improved fatigue resistance potential and middletemperature performance of the modified bitumen samples. all different composites of sbs, nano-sio2 with the base bitumen at temperatures 10 to 25 °c and constant frequency of 10 rad/s have the g*×sinδ values less than 5000 kpa, among which two composites of 4.5% sbs + 3 % nano-sio2 and 4.5% sbs + 4% nano-sio2 have the minimum values. as seen in fig. (4), continuous addition of sbs polymer and nano-sio2 to the sbs polymer modified bitumen, causes reduction in the parameter values of g*×sinδ, at temperatures of 10-25 celsius degrees and with constant frequency of 10 radians per seconds, and consequently resistance against fatigue and performance at intermediate temperatures of the modified bituminous samples are both improved. this could be due to the reduced complex modulus and phase angle by addition of nano-sio2 to the 4.5 wt% sbs polymer modified bitumen at intermediate temperatures which was explained. s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 208 figure 4: the loss modulus (g”) results from dsr test for base bitumen, bitumen/sbs, and bitumen/nano-sio2/sbs in 10, 15, 20, and 25 oc. conclusion y adding nano-sio2 and sbs to the base bitumen, the needle penetration is decreased and the softening point, pi, and rotational viscosity are increased. these results decrease the sensitivity of various composites to temperature changes, reduce the fatigue cracking and improve the performance at the middle temperatures. in all of the various composites of sbs and nano-sio2 with base bitumen, the ductility at 25 °c was found to be more than 100 cm, indicating the good performance at middle temperatures. the maximum rotational viscosity of bitumen samples at 135 °c is considered equal to 3 pa.s. all bitumen samples, except for 4.5% sbs + 4% nano-sio2 satisfied this requirement. all composites were controlling the maximum mass loss in the rtfo test, which is 1%, indicating the resistance to oxidation and short-term aging. by adding nano-silica to the sbs polymer bitumen, the complex modulus, phase angle, storage modulus, and loss modulus at 10 to 25 °c and constant frequency of 10 rad/s were constantly reduced, resulting in the improved fatigue resistance and middle-temperature performance in the bitumen samples. in general, according to the requirement of rotational viscosity up to 3 pa.s at 135 °c and also, regarding the economic issues in selecting a lower percentage, the combination of 4.5% sbs + 3% nano-sio2 is selected as the optimal composite. references [1] kim, y. r. (2008). modeling of asphalt concrete. newyork, ny:mcgraw-hill construction. [2] reddy, k. s., umakanthan, s.and krishnan, j. m. (2012). constant strain rate experiments and constitutive modeling for a class of bitumen. mechanics of time-dependent materials, 16(3), pp. 251-274. doi: 10.1007/s11043-011-9155-8. [3] rezaei, s., ziari, h.and nowbakht, s. (2016a). low temperature functional analysis of bitumen modified with composite of nano-sio2 and styrene butadiene styrene polymer. petroleum science and technology, 34(5), pp. 415-421. doi: 10.1080/10916466.2016.1143841. [4] rezaei, s., ziari, h.and nowbakht, s. (2016b). high-temperature functional analysis of bitumen modified with composite of nano-sio2 and styrene butadiene styrene polymer. petroleum science and technology, 34(13), pp. 11951203. doi: 10.1080/10916466.2016.1188112. b s. m. damadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 202-209; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.17 209 [5] rezaei, s., khordehbinan, m., fakhrefatemi, s. m. r., ghanbari, s.and ghanbari, m. (2017). the effect of nano-sio2 and the styrene butadiene styrene polymer on the high-temperature performance of hot mix asphalt. petroleum science and technology, 35(6), pp. 553-560. doi: 10.1080/10916466.2016.1270301. [6] farazmand, p., hayati, p., shaker, h.and rezaei, s. (2020). relationship between microscopic analysis and quantitative and qualitative indicators of moisture susceptibility evaluation of warm-mix asphalt mixtures containing modifiers. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 14(51), pp. 215-224. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.17. [7] saltan, m., terzi, s.and karahancer, s. (2018). performance analysis of nano modified bitumen and hot mix asphalt. construction and building materials, 173, pp. 228-237. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.04.014. [8] shi, x., cai, l., xu, w., fan, j.and wang, x. (2018). effects of nano-silica and rock asphalt on rheological properties of modified bitumen. construction and building materials, 161, pp. 705-714. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.11.162. [9] liang, m., liang, p., fan, w., qian, c., xin, x., shi, j.and nan, g. (2015). thermo-rheological behavior and compatibility of modified asphalt with various styrene–butadiene structures in sbs copolymers. materials & design, 88, pp. 177-185. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2015.09.002. [10] karakas, a. s., kuloglu, n., kok, b. v.and yilmaz, m. (2015). the evaluation of the field performance of the neat and sbs modified hot mixture asphalt. construction and building materials, 98, pp. 678-684. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.08.140. [11] cortizo, m. s., larsen, d. o., bianchetto, h.and alessandrini, j. l. (2004). effect of the thermal degradation of sbs copolymers during the ageing of modified asphalts. polymer degradation and stability, 86(2), pp. 275-282. doi: 10.1016/j.polymdegradstab.2004.05.006. [12] galooyak, s. s., dabir, b., nazarbeygi, a. e.and moeini, a. (2010). rheological properties and storage stability of bitumen/sbs/montmorillonite composites. construction and building materials, 24(3), pp. 300-307. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2009.08.032. [13] eslami, i., khordehbinan, m., rezaei, s.and eslami, z. (2019). a model of dsr performance to evaluate the rutting parameter of bitumen at high temperatures. journal of biochemical technology, special issue (2), pp. 174-179. [14] ziari, h., farahani, h., goli, a.and sadeghpour galooyak, s. (2014). the investigation of the impact of carbon nano tube on bitumen and hma performance. petroleum science and technology, 32(17), pp. 2102-2108. doi: 10.1080/10916466.2013.763827. [15] standard on iran roads' pavements design, (2011), iran management and planning organization, tehran. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_60_art_19_3448.docx r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 273 on the peak strength of 7050 aluminum alloy: mechanical and corrosion resistance riccardo gerosa, barbara rivolta, marco boniardi, andrea casaroli politecnico di milano, italy riccardo.gerosa@polimi.it , https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0810-0279 barbara.rivolta@polimi.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8949-0549 marco.boniardi@polimi.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2438-7890 andrea.casaroli@polimi.it, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5207-5547 abstract. this work consists of an experimental study on the ageing response and resulting properties of aa7050 plate material. new heat treatments are investigated for achieving a peak-aged temper, as a t6 temper may be said to be, that achieves yield and tensile strengths superior to those of the documented t7 treatments. for this alloy, the standard establishes t7x tempers which were developed to obtain a very good compromise between mechanical strength and corrosion resistance. nevertheless, for all those applications in which the environment is not considered critical for corrosion behaviour, the peak strength condition could be beneficial. in this experimental work, the authors use standard hardness testing to investigate mechanical response as a function of ageing time at several ageing temperatures, all applied immediately after solution. upon identifying specific times and temperatures of interest, specimens aged under the selected treatments were subjected to tensile testing and intergranular corrosion testing. the results show that a single-step ageing heat treatment is able to produce a significantly high both yield and ultimate tensile strength. moreover, the corrosion test data indicates that this new heat treatment produces corrosion resistance similar to that of the t76 heat treatment. keywords. aluminum alloys; aa7050; heat treatment; mechanical strength; corrosion. citation: gerosa, r., barbara, r., boniardi, m., casaroli a., , n., on the peak strength of 7050 aluminum alloy: mechanical and corrosion resistance, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282. received: 02.02.2022 accepted: 07.02.2022 online first: 08.02.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he 7xxx series aluminum alloys are heat treatable alloys based on the al−zn−mg (−cu) system and they are widely used in high performance structural aerospace and transportation applications. together with the chemical composition and the fabrication process, their properties are significantly influenced by the heat treatments: t https://youtu.be/n2kdlfdj2-i r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 274 precipitation hardening provides one of the most widely used mechanisms for the strengthening of light alloys. this process involves three basic steps: solution treatment, quenching and ageing, where the peak hardening condition is achieved thanks to phases nucleating at precise treatment times and temperatures. depending on the chemical composition, the precipitation sequence can be very complicated and can involve many stable and/or metastable compounds. for the 7xxx alloys, the possible existing phases depend on the mg/zn ratio and include guinier-preston zones (gp zones), metastable precipitates t and , stable precipitate  (mg(al,cu,zn)2) and t ((al,zn)49mg32). it is well known that when the mg/zn ratio is between 0.15 and 0.4,  and  precipitates appear, whereas for mg/zn ratios between 0.5 and 6, t phase appears [1, 2, 3]. in 7xxx alloys containing copper,  (al2cu) and s (al2cumg) phases can also be present [4, 5]. in recent years, several studies were proposed to increase both the strength and corrosion resistance of 7xxx alloys, such as retrogression and reageing (rra) [6, 7], step-quench and ageing treatment [8] and some other thermomechanical treatments [9]. for increasing the corrosion resistance while keeping the strength levels similar to t6 temper, park et al. [10] proposed the rra and a new two-step ageing process was introduced by wang et al. [11] to achieve higher stress corrosion cracking resistance and strength. peng et al. [12] proposed that the dual-rra could further improve stress corrosion cracking (scc) resistance with retention strength comparable to rra temper. several studies were also published investigating the effect of ecap (equal channel angular pressing) in grain refinement and its combination with age hardening in achieving superior strength [13, 14, 15]. for achieving excellent mechanical properties and satisfactory corrosion resistance of 7050 alloy, non-isothermal ageing was proposed by d. jiang et al. [16], the effect of the size and distribution of precipitates on stress corrosion cracking of 7050 alloy was clarified in [17] and the effect of homogenization on corrosion resistance of extruded bars was intensively studied in [18]. the relationships between microstructure, i.e. the nature, density and size of precipitates, and corrosion properties was also deeply investigated in [19]. nevertheless, it is well known [1, 2, 3] that 7xxx aluminum alloys are more susceptible to intergranular corrosion (igc) in the one step t6 temper than in the two step t7 temper and in [20], the role of the grain boundary precipitates was extensively clarified. for most engineering applications, a good compromise between mechanical properties and corrosion resistance is usually required. in this sense the content of astm b918/b918m standard [1] will be considered that, for the 7050 aluminum alloy, suggests only the overaged two-step ageing t7x tempers, thereby assuring good corrosion performance but an outof-peak strength condition. nevertheless, in the applications in which corrosion behaviour does not have a primary role, for example in the space industry (for satellites and space vehicles), in the fabrication of plastic moulds and generally in all those situations in which the components are painted or coated, the maximization of the alloy’s strength can be an important achievement. the aim of this work is to study the peak strength condition for a single-step t6 heat treatment. in this experimental work, the authors use standard hardness testing to investigate mechanical response as a function of ageing time at several ageing temperatures, all applied immediately after solution. upon identifying specific times and temperatures of interest, specimens aged under the selected treatments were subjected to tensile and corrosion testing. experimental procedure n this work a 7050 t7451 aluminum alloy plate 100 mm thick was investigated after solution treatment followed by different ageing conditions. the nominal chemical composition is reported in tab. 1. % zn % mg % cu % zr % al 6.21 2.10 2.19 0.10 bal. table 1: nominal chemical composition of the alloy investigated. from the plate, samples for the hardness, tensile and corrosion tests were machined. a solution treatment was performed on each specimen at 477°c for 60 minutes according to the astm b918/b918m standard [1] and ageing treatments at different temperatures were carried out (tab. 2). both the solution and the ageing treatments were performed in a laboratory furnace. in the astm b918/b918m standard, the initial condition before ageing is ‘w51’, i.e. stress-relieved by cold stretching to a permanent set of 1.5 to 3 % in the solution heat-treated condition. since it is not possible to reach this condition in the laboratory tests, after the standard ageing treatment the samples were designated as t76 rather than t7651. i r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 275 id details t76 (w) + 121°c x 4.5h + 166°c x 13.5h 121 (w) + 121°c x 0.5h-96h 140 (w) + 140°c x 0.5h-162h 166 (w) + 166°c x 0.5h-48h table 2: scheme of the different heat treatment conditions. the ageing response was studied using hardness tests (hbw 2.5/62.5 according to the bs en iso 6506-1 standard [21]) at different ageing times. then, tensile tests were performed on specimens aged at times and temperatures selected on the basis of the hardness curves. these specimens were machined in the long transverse (lt) direction of the original plate. the tensile tests were carried out according to the astm b557m-15 standard [22] on circular cross section specimens ( 9mm) using an instron 4507 tensile testing machine. finally, intergranular corrosion tests were performed on 20 x 20 x 10 mm3 samples treated with the same parameters used for the tensile specimens. according to the astm g110-92 standard [23], the testing solution consists of 57 g of sodium chloride and 10 ml of hydrogen peroxide diluted to 1 litre with reagent water. in order to quantify and compare the corroded specimens, an analysis was carried out according to the method already described in [24]. in technical literature several methods are available for evaluating the intergranular corrosion behaviour, such as in [25]. the authors followed the astm g110-92 standard [23], which is the reference standard used for engineering applications. as described in [24], referring to fig. 1, each pit can be characterized by its roundness, depth and width according to eqn. (1). figure 1: image analysis of a corrosion pit. * i i i i h r r l  (1) where ri=pi2/4πsi, ri* is called the modified roundness and ri, pi and si are the roundness, the perimeter and the area of the i-th defect respectively. when ri*increases, the local notch effect increases. in order to evaluate the overall effect of multiple corrosion pits, the corroded surface cs was defined as the ratio between the total length of the defects and the total length of the original profile. 100 ii s tot l c l    (2) where li is the length of the i-th corrosion pit and ltot is the observed total length of the original profile (with no corrosion pits). finally, a parameter describing the overall surface condition is reported in eqn. (3): *c sr r c  (3) r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 276 where r* is the average of the modified roundness values ri*. twenty images per condition were examined. the orientation of the specimens in respect to the rolling direction was selected carefully. since it is known [2] that the st direction is the one with the weakest corrosion resistance, the 10 mm thick specimens were aligned with such rolling direction. the largest surface, 20 x 20 mm2, laid in the l-lt plane, was the reference surface during the exposure in the testing solution. the specimens were immersed in the corrosive solution for 24 hours and at the end of the test, they were cut along the l-st plane in order to observe the corrosion pits developed in the st direction. a scheme of the described procedure is reported in fig. 2. (a) (b) (c) figure 2: procedure for the analysis of the corroded profiles. (a) sample to be immersed in the testing solution; (b) cut along the lt-st plane; (c) corroded profile observed. results and discussion ageing response ne important aim of this work is to determine the ageing condition able to give peak strength conditions. for this reason, three ageing temperatures, i.e. 121°c, 140°c and 166°c, were selected in order to cover the whole temperature range reported in astm b918/b918m. as described in tab. 2, hardness tests were performed varying the ageing time in order to study the precipitation response. the results obtained are reported in fig. 3. figure 3: hardness curves at different ageing temperatures, varying the soaking time. as expected [2], the precipitation rate increases as the ageing temperature increases. the heat treatments performed at 121°c and 166°c showed a continuous hardness increase until the peak condition, then over-ageing occurred and the corresponding hardness decreased. the ageing tests at 140°c showed a different behaviour, because, after the first hardness peak, a second peak was observed for longer soaking times. in tab. 3, the ageing times at peak hardness are summarized. o r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 277 ageing temperature ageing time at peak hardness peak hardness 121°c 24h 186 hbw 140°c 12h (1st peak) 81h (2nd peak) 187 hbw (1st peak) 189 hbw (2nd peak) 166°c 3h 188 hbw table 3: peak hardness and peak hardness times for the ageing temperatures investigated. it is well known from the technical literature [2, 3, 6, 26, 27, 28] that in the al – zn – mg (-cu) system, in the temperature range of 120°c – 130°c, there is a response to hardening due to the precipitation of gp zones and  phase. at higher temperatures, 160°c – 170°c,  and  phases precipitate [26, 27, 28]. these phases can also contain increasing contents of copper if its amount is higher than 1% in the alloy [19]. it is well known [20] that  and  phases improve corrosion resistance, especially stress corrosion cracking and this result is further enhanced by the presence of copper in the previous compounds. by observing the ttt curve for 7xxx alloys published in the technical literature [26, 27, 28], the first peak observed during the tests at 140°c is associated with the precipitation of gp zones and  and the second peak is associated with the nucleation of  phase. as described in the technical literature [2, 3, 26], the  precipitates are plate-shaped particles, whereas  precipitates can assume a plate, rod or lath shape. sha et al. [26] reported that the chemical composition of precipitates can involve different amounts of zn, cu and mg, i.e. the zn/mg ratio for such phases increases as the ageing time increases starting from a zn/mg ratio  1 for gp zones up to a zn/mg ratio equal to about 1.2-1.3 for  precipitates and higher values for  precipitates. after the standard metallographic preparation, the specimens were etched using keller reagent and the phases observed were investigated using a scanning electron microscope (sem) and edxs (energy dispersion x-ray system). fig. 4 shows an example of the precipitates observed and their relative edxs analysis. the zn/mg ratios show values compatible with those found in technical literature for  and  precipitates, as reported in [26]. the presence of copper, on the other hand, can be related to the gp zones that anticipate the formation of  and  precipitates. some authors, in fact, found copper percentages up to 12 at% [26]. a) b) figure 4: zn-cu-mg rich precipitates observed after different ageing times. r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 278 tensile tests n order to determine the mechanical strength of the alloy at the peak hardness conditions described in tab. 3, new specimens were machined from the as delivered plate in the lt direction. after the solution treatment and ageing, tensile tests were carried out. besides the specimens aged in the non-standard conditions described in tab. 3, it was decided to prepare some samples in the t76 temper as well, according to the time-temperature cycle described in the astm b918/b918m standard. the comparison between the results obtained is shown in figs. 5 and 6. figure 5: comparison between the yield and uts values obtained. from the mechanical strength point of view, all the non-standard treatments resulted in higher yield and uts values compared to the t76 temper. among the non-standard conditions, the best performance was obtained by the specimens treated at 140°c for 81 hours: as shown in fig. 5, the uts value was comparable with the others, but the yield stress was remarkably higher. in terms of the percentage elongation and the reduction of area, no appreciable differences were detected among the ageing conditions tested. figure 6: comparison between the percentage elongations (a%) and the reductions of area (z%). i a  r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 279 intergranular corrosion tests n order to complete the alloy characterization in the ageing conditions investigated, intergranular corrosion tests were performed according to the astm g110-92 standard. in fig. 7, some of the corrosion pits observed are shown. applying the procedure described previously, the corrosion damages were quantified and compared with the t76 treatment. in fig. 8, the modified roundness (r*) was plotted against pit area values for different ageing parameters and compared with t76 temper. the results show that only the samples treated at 140°c-81h has a behaviour similar to that of t76. a) b) c) d) e) figure 7: results of intergranular corrosion tests in samples with different ageing parameters – a) 121°c, 24h; b) 140°c, 12h; c)140°c, 81h; d) 166°c, 3h; e) t76. in tab. 4 all the corrosion parameters associated with the investigated specimens were summarized. the results confirm that the one step ageing at 140°c, 81h has similar corrosion behaviour to the two step ageing t76 temper. park et al. [10] published tem studies on retrogression and reageing (rra) of aa7075, a closely related material. this work suggests conversion of η' precipitates to η, particularly at grain boundaries, which may be responsible for the improved corrosion resistance imparted by the rra heat treatments to aa7075. this is also confirmed in [29]. i r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 280 the presence of the more stable η precipitates after one step ageing at 140°c, 81h, confirmed by the ttt curve, is in agreement with the good corrosion resistance of the new heat treatment. a) b) c) d) figure 8: modified roundness vs pit area for different ageing parameters compared with t76 temper. 121°c – 24h 140°c – 12h 140°c – 81h 166°c – 3h t76 r* 13.8 13.8 1.3 10.0 1.1 cs 44.0 26.6 2.1 9.4 3.4 rc 609.4 371.7 2.8 95.3 3.2 table 4: comparison of the corrosion resistance for the ageing conditions investigated. the mechanical and the corrosion characterization of the alloy described in the previous paragraphs represents a clear overview of the alloy performances varying the heat treatment conditions. such information is useful for the designer to suggest the best solution for a specific application. the aging parameters resulted in the best mechanical and corrosion properties are 140°c for 81h. nevertheless, other aging conditions were considered and characterized from mechanical and corrosion points of view. they represent possible choices for the designer on the base of a cost/benefit analysis. from metallurgical point of view, the high mechanical strength, particularly the yield stress, obtained after long soaking at 140°c is related to the precipitate resistance to the dislocation motion. it is well known that the highest pinning effect is obtained with specific particle size: small precipitates are too week, whereas coarse precipitates are less effective because of the larger spacing among them. the particle size and distribution are function of the temperature and of the aging time [2, 3]. the results of the tensile tests suggest that at 140°c the precipitation condition is not enough effective when the soaking time is equal to 12h, but when the treatment time increases, the slight coarsening of the existing precipitates, , and the nucleation of the  phase create a very efficient obstacle to dislocation movement. the precipitate type, size and distribution influence the corrosion resistance as well. as reported in the previous paragraphs, coarser  precipitates are associated to a higher corrosion resistance. this is confirmed by the corrosion tests on the specimens aged at 166°c. at 140°c, the formation of such phase, together with the precipitate coarsening occurring after long soakings, explain the good corrosion resistance observed after 81h. the technical literature [30, 31, 32] states that the precipitate coarsening increases the particles inter-spacing, reducing the anodic tunnel effect at grain boundary and the electrochemical potential difference among the r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 281 matrix and the grain boundary. summarizing, the temperature of 140°c proved sufficiently high to activate both the precipitate types and to obtain an increase of the inter-spacing, but not too high to result in an excessive particle coarsening with consequent decrease of the mechanical resistance. further investigation of aging temperatures close to 140°c is hence justified by the possibility to reduce the soaking time necessary to get maximum mechanical and corrosion resistance. concluding remarks his experimental work aimed to find the peak strengthening condition for aa7050 by developing out-of-standard ageing times and temperatures.  the analysis of the obtained results revealed a very good behaviour of all the non-standard ageing conditions, especially the specimens aged at 140°c, 81 hours. if compared with the standard t76 temper, the ageing at 121°c 24h, 140°c 12h, 140°c 81h and 166°c 3h showed a yield stress increase of about 2%, 6%, 11% and 8% respectively.  the intergranular corrosion tests performed on samples treated at the peak strength condition were analysed using a suitable procedure able to quantify the observed defects. among the non-standard treatments, only the one at 140°c, 81h showed a very good behaviour, comparable to that for the standard t76 temper.  considering the overall performance of the materials tested, ageing at 140°c for 81 hours showed the best combination of mechanical strength and corrosion resistance. this is consistent with the technical literature which suggests the presence of  precipitates. future development of this experimental work will be a deeper study of the ageing temperature of 140°c, with other mechanical (fatigue and toughness) and stress corrosion cracking tests. furthermore, ageing temperatures close to the 140°c will be investigated by means of dilatometric and calorimetric techniques. the raw/processed data required to reproduce these findings cannot be shared at this time due to technical or time limitations. the authors certify that they have no affiliations with or involvement in any organization or entity with any financial interest (such as honoraria; educational grants; participation in speakers’ bureaus; membership, employment, consultancies, stock ownership, or other equity interest; and expert testimony or patentlicensing arrangements), or nonfinancial interest (such as personal or professional relationships, af filiations, knowledge or beliefs) in the subject matter or materials discussed in this manuscript references [1] astm 918/b918m−09, standard practice for heat treatment of wrought aluminum alloys, astm international, 2009. [2] totten, g.e. and mackenzie, d.s. (2003). handbook of aluminum, 7, physical metallurgy and processes, marcel dekker, inc, isbn: 0-8247-0494-0. [3] aluminum science and technology, asm handbook (2018), vol. 2a, asm international, isbn: 978-1-62708-158-0. [4] chinella j.f., z. guo (2011). computational thermodynamics characterization of 7075, 7039, and 7020 aluminum alloys using jmatpro, u.s. army research laboratory. [5] li, j., li, f., ma, x., li, j., liang, s. (2018). effect of grain boundary characteristic on intergranular corrosion and mechanical properties of severely sheared al-zn-mg-cu alloy, mater. sci. eng. a, 732, pp. 53-62. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2018.06.097 [6] wang, y.l., pan, q.l., wei, l.l., li, b., wang, y. (2014). effect of retrogression and reaging treatment on the microstructure and fatigue crack growth behavior of 7050 aluminum alloy thick plate, mater. des. 55, pp. 857–863. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.09.063. [7] abúndez, a., pereyra, i., campillo, b., serna, s., alcudia, e., molina, a., blanco, a., mayén, j. (2016). improvement of ultimate tensile strength by artificial ageing and retrogression treatment of aluminum alloy 6061, mater. sci. eng. a 668, pp. 201–207, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2016.05.062. [8] binlung, o.u., yang, j., yang, c. (2000) effects of step-quench and aging on mechanical properties and resistance to stress corrosion cracking of 7050 aluminum alloy, mater. trans., 41, pp. 783–789. [9] zuo, j., hou, l., shi, j., cui, h., zhuang, l., zhang, j., (2017). enhanced plasticity and corrosion resistance of high strength al-zn-mg-cu alloy processed by an improved thermomechanical processing, j. alloy. compd., 716, pp. 220– 230, doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2017.05.047. t r. gerosa et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 273-282; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis60.19 282 [10] park, j.k., ardell, a.j. (1984). effect of retrogression and reaging treatments on the microstructure of al-7075-t651, metall. mater. trans. a, 15, pp. 1531–1543. [11] wang, d., ni, d.r., ma, z.y. (2008). effect of pre-strain and two-step aging on microstructure and stress corrosion cracking of 7050 alloy, mater. sci. eng. a, 494, pp. 360–366, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2008.04.023. [12] peng, g.s., chen, k.h., chen, s.y., fang, h.c. (2013). influence of dual rra temper on the exfoliation corrosion and electrochemical behavior of al-zn-mg-cu alloy, mater. corros., 64, pp. 284–289, doi: 10.1002/maco.201106234. [13] vaseghi, m., taheri, a.k., sun, i.h., kim, h.s. (2010). dynamic ageing and the mechanical response of al-mg-si alloy through equal channel angular pressing, mater. des., 31(9), pp 4076–4082. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2010.04.056. [14] shaeri m.h., salehi m.t., seyyedein s.h., abutalebi m.r., park j.k. (2014). microstructure and mechanical properties of al-7075 alloy processed by equal channel angular pressing combined with aging treatment, mater. des., 57(5), pp. 250–257. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2014.01.008. [15] zheng, l.j., li, h.x., hashmi, m.f., chen, c.q., zhang, y., zeng, m.g. (2006). c, evolution of microstructure and strengthening of 7050 al alloy by ecap combined with heat-treatment, j. mater. process. technol., 171(1), pp. 100– 107. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2005.06.049. [16] jiang, d., liu, y., liang, s., xie, w. (2016). the effects of non-isothermal aging on the strength and corrosion behavior of al-zn-mg-cu alloy, journal of alloys and compounds, 681, pp. 57-65, doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2016.04.208. [17] chen, j., zhang, x., zou, l., yu, y. q. li, (2016). effect of precipitate state on the stress corrosion behavior of 7050 aluminum alloy, materials characterization, 114, pp. 1-8, doi: 10.1016/j.matchar.2016.01.022. [18] hou, w., ji, w., zhang, z., xie, j., cheng, x. (2014). the effect of homogenization temperature on the corrosion resistance of extruded 7050 al-alloy bars, journal of materials processing technology, 214(3), pp. 635-640. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2013.11.009. [19] [19] gupta, r. k., deschamps, a., cavanaugh, m. k., lynch, s. p., birbilis, n. (2012). relating the early evolution of microstructure with the electrochemical response and mechanical performance of a cu-rich and cu-lean 7xxx aluminum alloy, journal of the electrochemical society, 159, pp. 492-502. [20] ramgopal, t., gouma p. i., frankel, g. s. (2002). role of grain-boundary precipitates and solute-depleted zone on the intergranular corrosion of aluminum alloy 7150, corrosion, 58(8), pp 687-697. [21] bs en iso 6506-1:2014, metallic materials — brinell hardness test, part 1: test method, 2014. [22] astm b557m-15, standard test methods for tension testing wrought and cast aluminumand magnesium-alloy products (metric), 2015. [23] astm g110 − 92 (reapproved 2015), standard practice for evaluating intergranular corrosion resistance of heat treatable aluminum alloys by immersion in sodium chloride + hydrogen peroxide solution, 2015. [24] gerosa, r., rivolta, b., derudi, u. (2010). influence of ageing on tensile and stress corrosion cracking behaviour of 7075 aluminum alloy plates, int. j. microstructure and materials properties, 5(1), doi: 10.1504/ijmmp.2010.032498. [25] sekhar, a. p., das, d. (2019). corrosion behavior of under-, peak-, and over-aged 6063 alloy: a comparative study, materials and corrosion, 70, pp. 2052-2063, doi: 10.1002/maco.201910961 [26] sha, g., cerezo, a. (2000). early-stage precipitation in al–zn–mg–cu alloy (7050), acta materialia. 52, pp. 4503–4516. doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2004.06.025 [27] archambault, p., godard, d. (2000). high temperature precipitation kinetics and ttt curve of a 7xxx alloy by in-situ electrical resistivity measurements and differential calorimetry. scripta materialia, 42, pp. 675-680, doi: 10.1016/s1359-6462(99)00419-4 [28] ber, l.b. (2000). accelerated artificial ageing regimes of commercial aluminum alloys. ii: al–cu, al–zn–mg–(cu), al– mg–si–(cu) alloys, materials science and engineering a, 280, pp. 91–96, doi: 10.1016/s0921-5093(99)00661-9. [29] polmear, i. j. (2006). light alloys, elsevier, isbn: 9780080496108. [30] [30] li, b., pan, q., chen, c., yin, z. (2016). effect of aging time on precipitation behavior, mechanical and corrosion properties of a novel al−zn−mg−sc−zr alloy, trans. nonferrous met. soc. china, 26, pp. 2263−2275, doi: 10.1016/s1003-6326(16)64347-9 [31] mavropoulos, a., skolianos, s. (2018). effect of heat treatment on the corrosion behaviour of high strength aluminum alloy, international journal of advanced engineering and management research, 3(1). [32] umamaheshwer rao, a.c., vasu, v., govindaraju, m., sai srinadh, k. v. (2016). stress corrosion cracking behaviour of 7xxx aluminum alloys: a literature review, trans. nonferrous met. soc. china, 26, pp. 1447−1471, doi: 10.1016/s1003-6326(16)64220-6. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 21 articolo 5.doc d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 37 a numerical approach for the analysis of deformable journal bearings d. benasciutti, m. gallina, m. gh. munteanu dip. di ingegneria elettrica gestionale meccanica (diegm), università di udine, via delle scienze 208, 33100, udine f. flumian centro ricerche danieli (crd), danieli officine meccaniche s.p.a., via g.b. beltrame 30, 33042, buttrio (ud) abstract. this paper presents a numerical approach for the analysis of hydrodynamic radial journal bearings. the effect of shaft and housing elastic deformation on pressure distribution within oil film is investigated. an iterative algorithm that couples reynolds equation with a plane finite elements structural model is solved. temperature and pressure effects on viscosity are also included with the vogel-barus model. the deformed lubrication gap and the overall stress state were calculated. numerical results are presented with reference to a typical journal bearing configuration at two different inlet oil temperatures. obtained results show the great influence of elastic deformation of bearing components on oil pressure distribution, compared with results for ideally rigid components obtained by raimondi and boyd solution. keywords. journal bearing; finite elements; deformation; lubrication. introduction ournal bearings are machine elements in which the applied force is entirely supported by an oil film pressure. they are used in many different engineering applications, for example as supports of rotating shafts. they are considered superior to roll bearings because of their higher load-bearing capacity, higher operating angular speed, lower cost and easier manufacturing. furthermore, a proper design can assure very large service lives. the fluid-dynamic motion of oil film within the lubrication gap is described by the well-known reynolds equation [1]. explicit analytical solutions for the pressure distribution can be obtained only for asymptotic configurations (e.g. infinitely short and long journal bearings) [1, 2], while for other journal bearing configurations numerical solution of reynolds equation is required. the early studies on journal bearing performance under different operating conditions, based on the numerical solution of reynolds equation, date back to the fundamental work of raimondi and boyd (r&b) [3, 4]. they summarized their results in useful dimensionless charts ready for design, which are nowadays accepted also in code standards [5]. raimondi and boyd analysis is based on some simplified assumptions: constant viscosity of oil film, independency of viscosity on pressure and finally the postulation of perfectly rigid components (shaft and support). such assumptions, however, can be somewhat oversimplified, considering for example that the deformation of journal bearing components under the imposed oil film pressure is expected to produce a change in the real lubrication gap and thus a modification in the resultant pressure distribution. moreover, also the assumption of constant viscosity and its independence on pressure should be critically reviewed, as it is experimentally known that viscosity varies, other than with temperature, also with pressure, as summarized by many constitutive models [6]. it would be then of interest to investigate in a more detail the correlation existing between all the above-mentioned aspects and journal bearing performance and design. j http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 38 in light of the above considerations, the present paper aims to present a general numerical approach to study the behavior of hydrodynamic radial journal bearings, by including in the analysis the effect of the aforementioned aspects. attention will focus on the computation of pressure distribution as a function of both temperature variation within lubrication gap and on viscosity-to-pressure sensitivity (according to the vogel-barus constitutive model [6]), as well as on components elastic flexibility. an iterative algorithm using a finite difference scheme will be developed to solve the reynolds equation, based on the deformed lubrication gap calculated by a structural finite elements (fe) model coupled with the hydrodynamic equation. the numerical approach will be able to compute the pressure distribution and the local stress field by including shaft and support elastic deformation. results will clearly emphasize the strong influence of component flexibility on journal bearing performance, with a significant reduction of the oil pressure distribution peak caused by components deformation, compared to the case of perfectly rigid elements. journal bearing: basic concepts typical configuration of a radial journal bearing under a vertical load (see fig. 1) consists of a shaft rotating inside a fixed support (choke), where it is usually fitted a bush. the nominal radial clearance between shaft (diameter d=2r) and choke (diameter d=2r) is c=r-r. the steady-state response of a journal bearing is governed by the fundamental equation of lubrication theory (reynolds equation) [1]:  d d61 33 2 h r u z ph z ph r                     (1) where h(θ )=c−e·cos(θ) is the oil film thickness as a function of angular coordinate θ, symbol e is the eccentricity, u=ωr is the tangential velocity of shaft, ω is its angular velocity, p(θ) is the resultant oil pressure distribution over angle β (attitude angle), μ is the oil dynamic viscosity. the numerical solution of reynolds equation gives the pressure distribution p(θ) within the lubrication gap together with other system operating parameters (eccentricity, minimum lubrication gap, force resultant components, etc.), as summarized for example in r&b diagrams [3, 4]. figure 1: sketch of a hydrodynamic journal bearing and parameters used in numerical simulations a http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 39 during service, due to the relative velocity between shaft and support, the oil generates a pressure p(θ) over the attitude angle β, where pmax is the peak pressure that occurs at angle θpmax. the system moves in a new equilibrium configuration, where the eccentricity e characterizes the position of shaft axis with respect to the axis of fixed support, along the direction defined by the angle θh0 (which also specify the direction of minimum oil thickness h0). several design charts are available in literature [3, 4], which provide journal bearing operation parameters as a function of sommerfeld number s=(r/c)2(μn/pm), defined in terms of shaft radius r and rotational speed n, while pm=f/(ld) is the average (specific) pressure defined as the ratio of the applied radial force f and the nominal projected area (l is the length of journal bearing). such diagrams were determined by r&b through numerical solution of reynolds equation under the hypothesis of constant temperature (and thus viscosity) of lubrication film and also under the assumption of perfectly rigid components (shaft and support). an improvement of the analysis can be obtained by including in the reynolds equation a more sophisticated constitutive model for viscosity. as it is well known, viscosity of lubricating oils is very sensitive to the operating temperature, showing a quite rapid decrease with increasing temperature. in literature several viscosity-temperature equations are available (for example, the most commonly used are those by reynolds, slotte, walther, vogel, see [6]). while the most widely used viscosity-temperature chart is astm chart based on walther’s equation, the most accurate model is that of vogel, which can be written as μ=a·exp(b/(t-c)), where a, b, c are oil characteristic parameters. the lubricant viscosity also depends on pressure, especially for high pressures as in heavily loaded concentrated contacts (elastohydrodynamic lubrication). a number of attempts have been made to propose explicit formulae to synthesize lubricant pressure sensitivity. the best known equation for moderate pressures is the barus equation μ=μ0·exp(αp), in which μ0 is the viscosity at ambient atmospheric pressure and α [mpa-1] is a pressure-viscosity coefficient related to oil film pressure (typical values are α=0.01÷0.02 mpa-1). in accordance to this constitutive model, an increase in dynamic viscosity occurs for high pressures, with a solid-like behavior for very high pressures. this effect, well-known in elastohydrodynamic studies (e.g. lubricated contacts), has not been investigated in the field of journal bearings. the simultaneous coupled effect of temperature and pressure can then be evaluated by combining two of the above mentioned relationships. for example, a very simple model is the vogel-barus equation μ=μ0·exp(αp), where now the pressure-independent viscosity term μ0 is only function of temperature according to the vogel equation: μ0=a·exp(b/(t-c)). a further improvement in journal bearing study can be obtained by including in the numerical solution of reynolds equation the deformed geometry of lubrication gap, caused by elastic deformation of shaft and support under the imposed oil pressure p(θ). this would allow a more realistic estimate of the overall stress distribution on journal bearing components (shaft and housing), compared to other approaches (see for example [7]) that are based on approximate analytical (asymptotic) solutions of reynolds equation. shaft diameter d [mm] 500 support diameter d [mm] 500.5 bearing length l [mm] 300 load f [kn] 3600 angular velocity n [rpm] 65 mean pressure pm [mpa] 24 table 1: parameters used in numerical simulations this paper will develop a general numerical approach to solve reynolds equation and to compute the resultant oil pressure distribution by including both temperature and pressure effects on viscosity, as well as the effect of components elastic flexibility. a typical journal bearing configuration (see tab. 1), operating at two different inlet oil temperatures (tin=40 and 70 °c), will be investigated. a viscosity-temperature curve typical of oil iso vg 680 will be used [6]. numerical simulations n numerical simulations a plane model for the journal bearing is adopted. in the first part of this paper the hypotheses used are perfectly rigid components and viscosity function of both temperature and pressure according to the vogel-barus equation. in the second part of the paper, the pressure effect will be neglected, while shaft and i http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 40 support elastic deformation will be included into the analysis. temperature and pressure effect (with rigid components) the reynolds eq. (1) is solved by using the finite difference method based on a central difference scheme. the numerical algorithm is sketched in fig. 2. the input data are: journal bearing geometry, applied force f, bearing rotational speed n, inlet oil temperature tin and pressure-viscosity coefficient α, other than the vogel-barus model μ(t, p). the unknown function in eq. (1) is the pressure p(θ) that, upon integration, must equal the resultant applied load f. however, the problem at hand is actually non-linear for several reasons. although the pressure p(θ) is the unknown function, eq. (1) does not explicitly depends on the input load f (that is, the pressure resultant), but on the eccentricity e through the lubrication gap h(θ)=c−e·cos(θ). therefore, at the beginning of the analysis a guess value of eccentricity e0 (not of the force f) must first be imposed to obtain a tentative lubrication gap and the resultant first-attempt pressure distribution. the newton-raphson rule is then applied to compute (based on the resultant of pressure fi) an eccentricity increment, δei, that is next used to update the eccentricity value for next iteration, ei+1=ei+δei, and to compute an updated lubrication gap geometry hi+1(θ) for solving again eq. (1). at each iteration, the numerically calculated pressure distribution p(θ) must also be checked for negative values, which have no physical meaning and are set to zero. this adjustment inevitably modifies the overall pressure resultant that balances the applied force, giving rise to another source of nonlinearity in problem solution. several iterations are required to converge at the correct eccentricity value (a tolerance is checked for both eccentricity and force), which gives the correct pressure distribution p(θ) that solves eq. (1) and also balances (as a resultant of pressure) the applied input force f. start hi(θ)=c-ei·cos(θ) pi(θ) with p(θ)>0 θ   dcos)(ii pf no yes output p(θ), e, h(θ) end fluid-dynamic analysis (reynolds eq.) (newton-raphson) c=r-r ei=e0 fi e1ii     ff eei=i+1 input f, μ(t,p), n, tin, r, r, α  i1i i1i i i ee ff ff e        start hi(θ)=c-ei·cos(θ) pi(θ) with p(θ)>0 θ   dcos)(ii pf no yes output p(θ), e, h(θ) end fluid-dynamic analysis (reynolds eq.) (newton-raphson) c=r-r ei=e0 fi e1ii     ff eei=i+1 input f, μ(t,p), n, tin, r, r, α  i1i i1i i i ee ff ff e        figure 2: sketch of the numerical algorithm for fluid-dynamic analysis of journal bearing (rigid components) to evaluate the effect of temperature on viscosity (and then on pressure), the journal bearing in tab. 1 was studied at two operating conditions (jb1, jb2) characterized by two different inlet temperatures (tin=40, 70 °c). two hypotheses were then adopted to compute the pressure-independent viscosity term μ0 as a function of oil temperature: in the first, using an average constant temperature tm resulting by a thermal balance inside the oil film (as in r&b approach) [1], in the second using, as a first approximation, a linear variation from inlet tin to outlet temperature tout (that has been calculated by previous thermal balance); note that in both cases the same average oil film temperature tm is obtained. http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 41 configuration tin [°c] tm [°c] tout [°c] μ [pa·s] s [] e [mm] pmax [mpa] pmax [deg] h0 [mm] h0 [deg] jb1 r&b (l/d~) ↑ 40 ↓ ↑ 60 ↓ ↑ 80 ↓ ↑ 0.1678 ↓ ↑ 0.00786 ↓ 0.2352 87.30 15.50 0.0148 tm const. =0 0.2335 82.26 15.62 0.0165 26.29 tm const. =0.01 0.2286 83.74 15.03 0.0214 27.03 tin-tout lin. =0 not defined not defined 0.2392 83.17 22.82 0.0108 32.15 tin-tout lin. =0.01 0.2350 80.18 22.43 0.0150 33.76 jb2 r&b (l/d~) ↑ 70 ↓ ↑ 80 ↓ ↑ 90 ↓ ↑ 0.0655 ↓ ↑ 0.00298 ↓ 0.2447 205.50 6.60 0.0053 tm const. =0 0.2440 136.92 10.27 0.0060 16.27 tm const. =0.01 0.2412 149.54 9.34 0.0088 16.67 tin-tout lin. =0 not defined not defined 0.2453 151.08 10.85 0.0047 16.18 tin-tout lin. =0.01 0.2431 173.29 9.80 0.0069 16.47 table 2: overall comparison of results for numerical simulations with rigid components. for both temperature distributions within lubrication gap (constant tm, linear tin-tout), the vogel-barus equation has been implemented with two different pressure factors (α=0 and α=0.01). tab. 2 shows an overall comparison of obtained results, while fig. 3 compares the pressure distribution for different pressure sensitivity values for viscosity (assuming a linear temperature variation within oil film). the effect of temperature variation of oil film is now commented first. referring to jb1 configuration in tab. 2, a negligible difference is observed between the case of constant and linearly varying temperature, for both α=0 and α=0.01 values. instead, larger differences (with a 10-12% increase of pmax value) are observed for jb2 configuration, considering both α=0 and α=0.01 values. this emphasizes how the variation of oil film temperature could have some effect on pressure distribution, at least for high temperature values. considering the viscosity-temperature strong correlation, this seems to confirm that pressure distribution is more sensitive to a change of small (rather than high) viscosity values within lubrication gap. in any case, the constant temperature assumption used in r&b calculations seems too simplified. numerical solutions for constant tm and α=0 were also compared with results given by r&b charts, showing a good agreement only for jb1 configuration, while some difference characterizes jb2 configuration. the observed discrepancy can be attributed to the very low sommerfeld number (s=0.00298) characterizing jb2 configuration, which makes difficult using r&b design charts and thus can be source of interpolation errors. (a) jb1 (=0) (b) jb1 (=0.01) (c) jb2 (=0) (d) jb2 (=0.01) figure 3: effect of viscosity-to-pressure sensitivity on oil pressure distribution, calculated at two different linear temperature ranges: (a)-(b) tin=40 °c – tout=80 °c; (c)-(d) tin=70 °c – tout=90 °c http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 42 in general, a non-zero viscosity-to-pressure sensitivity (α=0.01) determines a variation in the overall pressure distribution (change of attitude angle β) and in its maximum value pmax, depending on the general pressure levels attained. limiting the attention to the case with tin-tout linear temperature variation, for peak pressures pmax<100 mpa (case jb1), the pressure effect is actually negligible, as shown in fig. 3(a)-(b), with only a small decrease of the maximum pressure of about 3.5%. for larger pressure levels (case jb2), an increment of pmax of about 12% is observed, see fig. 3(c)-(d). the minimum oil thickness increment (h0=c-e) produced by the pressure effect is relevant in both cases, with a variation respectively of 28% and 32%. the obtained results can be summarized by saying that, if the influence of pressure on viscosity is taken into consideration, when α increases the peak pressure pmax increases, while the eccentricity e decreases. however, the pressureto-viscosity effect is smaller compared to temperature influence, at least for the maximum pressure peaks encountered in the examples studied. accordingly, pressure dependence will be intentionally neglected in the rest of this paper. effect of component elastic deformation (with α=0, t linear) in the second part of this work, the pressure distribution will be calculated by considering the real geometry of lubrication gap resulting from component elastic deformation. the pressure values calculated by solving the reynolds equation (1) are applied as input mechanical loads in a fe model to compute the real meatus after deformation, which is next used to solve again equation (1) with an iterative analysis scheme. a fluid-dynamic and structural coupled approach is developed in matlab environment; the flow chart in fig. 2 has been integrated with a structural fe analysis toolbox, see fig. 4. for the structural analysis, the plane fe model and the global stiffness matrices for shaft and support, [kshaft] and [ksupp], are first calculated once at the beginning of the analysis. yes output p(θ), e, h(θ) end hi'(θ)=c-ei·cos(θ)+gi(θ) fe model (mesh) [kshaft], [ksupp] start fluid-dynamic analysis (reynolds eq.) ei, pi(θ) with pi(θ)>0 θ fe structural analysis ushaft-usupp= gi(θ)    i max 1)(i max (i) max p pp h0(θ)=c-e0·cos(θ) ei=e0 pmax,i=0 no i=i+1 input f, μ(t,p), n, tin, r, r, α yes output p(θ), e, h(θ) end hi'(θ)=c-ei·cos(θ)+gi(θ) fe model (mesh) [kshaft], [ksupp] start fluid-dynamic analysis (reynolds eq.) ei, pi(θ) with pi(θ)>0 θ fe structural analysis ushaft-usupp= gi(θ)    i max 1)(i max (i) max p pp h0(θ)=c-e0·cos(θ) ei=e0 pmax,i=0 no i=i+1 input f, μ(t,p), n, tin, r, r, α figure 4: sketch of the numerical algorithm for fluid-dynamic and structural numerical analysis of journal bearing. at first iteration, a guess value of eccentricity e0 is entered into reynolds equation (1) to compute the pressure distribution p(θ) and the eccentricity e for the case of not deformable components (with the algorithm of fig. 2). the calculated pressure distribution is next applied as a boundary load in fe model, to calculate components elastic deformations; the relative difference of radial displacements between shaft and support is used to define a nominal gap as g(θ)=ushaft-usupp. a new oil film geometry h'(θ)=c-e·cos(θ)+g(θ) that incorporates mechanical deformation (thus it differs from the case of perfectly rigid components) can thus be calculated. at second iteration step, this updated gap geometry h'(θ) is entered again in eq. (1) to get a new pressure distribution p'(θ). this iterative procedure is repeated until convergence is achieved with respect to an imposed threshold tolerance on the maximum pressure, calculated at each iteration. http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 43 the plane fe models of both shaft and housing used in the analysis are shown in fig. 5. the shaft is modeled by a mapped mesh with 4-nodes isoparametric linear elements, while the housing is free meshed using 3-nodes cst triangular elements. shaft and support are loaded by the same oil pressure distribution p(θ) applied on the outer and inner surfaces, respectively. the analysis assumes small displacements and a plane strain condition. material has linear elastic behavior, with properties typical of a structural steel. (a) (b) figure 5: finite element model of (a) shaft and (b) housing it is worth noting that the use of a plane fe model for the structural analysis of a journal bearing requires a special attention in modeling mechanical constraints. in fact, in a real journal bearing the applied load f and the resulting pressure distribution are actually applied along different longitudinal locations along the shaft axis. instead, in the plane fe model here adopted the external load f that balances the oil pressure is replaced by an appropriate constrain on shaft geometry. for this purpose, the shaft has been modeled with a central hole and all nodes on the inner circumference have imposed zero radial displacements; the support, instead, has all the external edges constrained. this modeling strategy, however, affects the shaft structural stiffness: a large inner radius determines an anomalous increment of shaft stiffness, while a very small inner hole gives rise to very large deformations and abnormally high reaction forces at constrained nodes. a proper sensitivity analysis has been preliminary carried out, in order to find the optimal radius of inner hole. (a) (b) figure 6: (a) pressure distribution for jb1 configuration (α=0, tin=40°c – tout=80 °c) with deformable components; (b) lubrication meatus for rigid and deformable components. as an example, the coupled fluid-structural numerical approach that includes journal bearing elastic deformation was applied for the analysis of jb1 configuration for the case of α=0 and linear temperature variation in the range tin=40°c−tout=80°c. fig. 6(a) shows the calculated pressure distribution, which has to be compared to that of perfectly rigid components shown in fig. 3(a). the comparison emphasizes that elastic deformation contributes to a reduction of about 48% (from 83 mpa to 43 mpa) of the maximum peak pressure and, accordingly, an increase in the attitude angle β (since the resultant of pressure distribution is always the same applied force f). the pressure profile, more uniform http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 44 compared to the result for rigid components (r&b solution), seems to support the idea of using the average specific pressure pm as a structural design parameter, as suggested in some design codes [5]. the elastic deformation also induces an increase in eccentricity, from e=0.2392 mm (rigid components) to e=0.2953 (elastic components). fig. 6(b) compares the geometry of lubrication meatus for the case of deformable and rigid components (angles are referred to the position of minimum oil gap θh0). in particular, it is observed that for deformable components the meatus is not symmetric and that eccentricity can assume values greater than the nominal clearance c, as the elastic deformation can increase the gap between shaft and support. -200 -100 0 100 200-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 angle [deg] s tr es s [m p a] radial hoop axial von mises (a) (b) (c) figure 7: (a) radial and (b) von mises stresses in the support (mpa units); (c) stress components on inner surface of support. for what concerns the calculated mechanical stresses, fig. 7(a)-(b) show the overall distribution of radial and von mises stresses within the housing, while fig. 7(c) plots the values of stress components (radial σr, hoop σθ, axial σz) and von mises stress on the hole surface of the housing, as a function of angle θ (the vertical symmetry axis is at angle θ=0). all stress values are compressive and show a similar trend with θ. the maximum absolute radial stress is 43 mpa, exactly equal to the maximum oil pressure (pmax=43 mpa) applied on the inner hole. hoop and axial stress components have approximately similar values, with the axial stress under plane strain condition calculated as σz=ν(σθ+σr), where ν is the poisson ratio. since the stress distribution of fig. 7(c) is partly hydrostatic, the maximum von mises stress (σvm=21 mpa) is shown to be significantly lower than the maximum absolute radial stress σr=43 mpa. in particular, the elastic deformation of journal bearing elements gives a maximum von mises stress on the hole surface that is smaller than the maximum oil pressure pmax and that is comparable with the static strength of materials usually employed (for instance, white metal generally used as internal coating has a yield stress of about 50 mpa [8]). instead, in the region underneath the hole surface the overall stress state becomes “less hydrostatic” and a larger von mises stress (σvm=35 mpa) then develops. conclusions n this paper, a numerical procedure for the static analysis of hydrodynamic radial journal bearings has been developed. influence of temperature and pressure on viscosity and thus on resultant pressure distribution were studied. a mechanical plane finite element model, coupled with solution of reynolds equation, was also developed to study journal bearing structural behavior and its influence on pressure distribution. the main findings of the work can be summarized as follows:  a temperature increase was shown to give a decrease of attitude angle β and an increase in pressure peak;  an increase of viscosity-to-pressure sensitivity (α value) gives a general increase of peak pressure, especially for pressure peaks greater than about 100 mpa;  the temperature effect was shown to be generally larger than pressure effect on pressure distribution;  the elastic deformation of journal bearing elements gives a more uniform pressure distribution, with a reduced maximum pressure peak compared to the case of perfectly rigid components. in addition, the overall stress state on the surface hole in the support is partly hydrostatic, so that the maximum von mises stress is lower than the maximum radial stress modulus (i.e. the maximum peak pressure). i http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true d. benasciutti et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 37-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.05 45 references [1] a.z. szeri, fluid film lubrication (2nd ed.), cambridge university press), 2011. [2] g. genta, vibration of structures and machines (3rd ed.), springer, new york, 1998. [3] j. boyd, a. a. raimondi, j. appl. mech., trans. asme, 73 (1951) 298 (part i), 310(part ii). [4] a. a. raimondi, j. boyd, trans. asle, 1(1) (1958) 159 (part i), 175 (part ii), 194 (part iii). [5] din 31652 (part 1-3), hydrodynamic plain journal bearings designed for operation under steady-state conditions, (1983). [6] g. w. stachowiak, a. w. batchelor, engineering tribology (3rd ed.), elsevier butterworth-heinemann, burlington, (2005). [7] m. ciavarella, p. decuzzi, g. demelio, g. monno, d.a. hills, j. strain anal. eng. des., 34(3) (1999) 165. [8] asm handbook, properties and selection: nonferrous alloys and special-purpose materials. asm international, 2 (1990). http://ww.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.05&auth=true microsoft word numero_62_art_04_3530.docx m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 54 investigation of the effect of yarn waste fibers and cocamide diethanolamide chemical on the strength of hot mix asphalt mehmet saltan, gizem kaçaroğlu*, öznur karadağ suleyman demirel university, turkey mehmetsaltan@sdu.edu.tr, gizemkacaroglu07@gmail.com, oznurkaradag92@gmail.com abstract. in this study, conventional bitumen tests were performed on bituminous binder modified with cocamide diethanolamide chemical at different ratios. according to results of tests, the most suitable additive ratio has been determined as 5%. however, it was concluded that indirect tensile strength and resistance to moisture of samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cocamide diethanolamide has been adversely affected. it was desired to investigate that whether these properties could be strengthened by yarn waste fibers. firstly, the effect of 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers on samples prepared with reference bituminous binder was investigated. obtained results showed that both indirect tensile strength and resistance to moisture of samples containing 0.1% yarn waste fiber increased. therefore, 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers were added to the aggregate mixture and mixing of them with bituminous binder modified with 5% cocamide diethanolamide was provided. according to obtained results, different ratios of yarn waste fibers added to aggregate mixture did not have a positive effect on moisture sensitivity. tensile strength ratio values of samples containing bituminous binder modified with 5% cocamide diethanolamide and yarn waste fibers added to the aggregate mixture did not provide specification limit. keywords. cocamide diethanolamide; yarn waste fiber; superpave; moisture sensitivity. citation: saltan, m., kaçaroğlu, g., karadağ, ö, investigation of the effect of yarn waste fibers and cocamide diethanolamide chemical on the strength of hot mix asphalt, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63. received: 29.03.2022 accepted: 11.07.2022 online first: 25.07.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction lthough bituminous hot mixtures contain a relatively small amount of bituminous binder, this material plays an important role achieving the expected performance from pavements. bituminous binder has a significant effect on deformation and fatigue resistance of the pavement besides load distribution ability. loading conditions and temperature are two important parameters in terms of the deformation resistance and stiffness of bituminous binder, a material which have viscoelastic and thermoplastic properties. bituminous binder exhibits variable behaviors depending on climate and environmental conditions because of its thermoplastic structure. for instance, this material is hard and brittle in cold weather but soft and fluid in hot weather [1]. these properties which belong to bitumen, also are transferred to hot a https://youtu.be/-wtu444avau m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 55 mix asphalt when bituminous binder mixed with aggregates. variable behaviors of bituminous binder cause decrease in the performance of pavement. these decreases in the performance are caused by deformations in the pavement. in order to prevent deformations by improving pavement performance, bituminous binder has been modified with various additives and many studies which aim to improve bituminous binder properties have been carried out [2-7]. not only the properties of bituminous binders, but also the moisture which the mixture is exposed to can cause deformations, too. for example, loss of strength and permanent deformation in the pavement are problems which caused by moisture [8]. there are also studies in the literature which have investigated the effects of different materials on the moisture sensitivity of hot mix asphalt [9-13]. it is considered that surfactant additives are suitable for use in modification of bituminous binders as they can also meet the mentioned expectations while protecting the mechanical properties of the mixture. due to the properties of the existing surfactants and their possible effects on the rheological properties of the bituminous binders, the usage of surfactants to modify the bituminous binder can significantly change the binder performance. therefore, interest in researches which are conducted on the usage of surfactants with the aim of modify the bitumen is quite a lot [14-18]. in addition, various fibers have been used for many years on the purpose of strengthen the pavement. it is known that the fibers increase the stability, resistance to fatigue and rutting and provide benefits in preventing the formation of cracks [19]. there are studies in which fibers of different properties and forms are used in hot mix asphalt [20-23]. in one of the studies in the literature, by emphasizing to the fact that the use of waste fibers which emerge from the textile industry abundantly will contribute to the improvement of the pavement, waste polyester fibers have been used [24]. in another study, the effects of various fibers used in mixtures on the mechanical properties of the hot mix asphalt have been examined [25]. besides all these, it is known that the addition of fibers increases the fracture toughness of asphalt concrete [26]. fracture toughness is a measure of the resistance to propagation of cracks observed in materials [27]. limited availability of studies reported on the fracture properties of fiber-reinforced asphalt mixtures show that addition of fibers can positively affect the toughness resistance of asphalt mixtures depending on the type and usage rates of fibers [28-36]. in this study, cocamide diethanolamide (cdea) was added to bituminous binder at the ratios of 1%, 3% and 5%. with the help of a temperature – controlled high shear mixer, cdea and bituminous binder were homogeneously mixed for 1 hour at 2000 rpm and 165 ℃. conventional bitumen tests were carried out to determine the consistency of modified bituminous binders. according to the obtained results, the most suitable cocamide diethanolamide ratio was determined as 5%. samples suitable for asphalt surface course were prepared by superpave volumetric mix design method. indirect tensile strength test was performed on the prepared samples. the resistance to moisture of the samples was determined according to aashto t 283 standard. indirect tensile strength and the resistance to moisture of samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea were negatively affected. to this respect, it was desired to investigate that whether these properties could be strengthened by yarn waste fibers. primarily, the indirect tensile strength and the resistance to moisture of the samples containing 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers with reference bituminous binder were investigated. according to the obtained results, a positive effect was observed on the indirect tensile strength and the resistance to moisture of the samples containing 0.1% yarn waste fiber. then, 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers were added to the aggregate mixture and mixing of them with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea were provided. however, the fibers added to the aggregate mixture did not have a positive effect on the indirect tensile strength and moisture sensitivity. materials and bitumen modification aggregates he limestone aggregates have been used in the study. specific bulk gravity [ts en 1097-6], water absorption, los angeles abrasion test [astm c 131-03] and micro – deval abrasion test [ts en 1097-1] were performed on limestone aggregates used in experimental studies. the results of tests applied on coarse aggregates, fine aggregates and filler are shown in tab. 1. bituminous binder bituminous binder which has a penetration class of 50/70 has been used in the study. penetration [ts en 1426], softening point [ts en 1427], ductility [ts en 13589] and specific gravity [ts en 15326+a1] tests were performed on the bituminous binder used in the study. obtained results are given in tab. 2. t m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 56 properties coarse aggregates fine aggregates filler specific gravity (g/cm3) 2.701 2.606 2.501 resistance (los angeles wear loss) (%) 18.48 resistance (micro-deval wear loss) (%) 9.95 table 1: physical properties of coarse aggregates, fine aggregates and filler. test 50/70 bituminous binder standard penetration (25˚c) 50 ts en 1426 softening point 49.8 ts en 1427 ductility (5cm/min) >100 ts en 13589 specific gravity (g/cm3) 1.021 ts en 15326+a1 table 2: properties of bituminous binder. yarn waste fibers there are a wide variety of fibers that are used to create yarns and they come from a variety of sources. yarns are comprised of a group of fibers twisted together to form a continuous strand. the fibers used to create these yarns include animal fibers and plant fibers which are named as natural fibers, besides synthetic fibers. all materials in the form of clippings, pieces, fibers are described as textile waste. textile wastes can be collected under three main groups. the first is wastes from artificial yarn factories, the second is textile manufacturing waste, and the third is textile waste of consumers [37]. it has been known that, a lot of textile waste comes out of the factories, houses, workshops. disposal of these wastes into the environment causes both environmental pollution and the recyclable wastes to disappear. in the study, the effect of using of yarn waste fibers which comprise the majority of textile wastes on the strength of the pavement was evaluated. the yarn waste fibers were added to the aggregate mixture at the ratios of 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3%, after they were cut in 2.5 cm size (fig. 1). figure 1: yarn waste fibers which cut to the size of 2.5 cm. cocamide diethanolamide cocamide diethanolamide (cdea) material was used in the modification of bituminous binder. cdea is known as a surfactant material and has the chemical formula in the way that ch3(ch2)nc(=o)n(ch2ch2oh)2. cdea is a water – soluble derivative of a mixture of fatty acids obtained from coconut oils. it is a non – ionic material that increases viscosity and provides foam stabilization in anionic based systems such as soaps, shampoos, cosmetics. cdea decreases the viscosity by thinning the bituminous binder because it is a smaller molecule material compared to bitumen which has a long – chain and high flow resistance. the properties of cdea chemical are shown in tab. 3. m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 57 properties 50/70 bituminous binder boiling point 169-275˚c melting point 23-35 ˚c specific gravity (g/cm3) 0.976-0.99 ph 9 (1% solution) table 3: properties of cdea chemical. bitumen modification cocamide diethanolamide was added to bituminous binder at the ratios of 1%, 3% and 5%. different parameters have been tried to modify the chemical material with bituminous binder. conventional bitumen tests were carried out on modified bituminous binders and the most suitable parameter was selected. with the help of a temperature – controlled high shear mixer, cdea and bituminous binder were homogeneously mixed for 1 hour at 2000 rpm and 165 ℃. methods ethods used in this study can be grouped as follows; aggregate tests, conventional bitumen tests and evaluation of moisture sensitivity of samples prepared by using superpave volumetric mix design method. conventional bitumen tests penetration, softening point, ductility and specific gravity tests were performed on bituminous binders modified with cdea. evaluation of moisture sensitivity of bituminous hot mixtures superpave volumetric mix design method consists of four steps: material selection, aggregate gradation, optimum bituminous binder content and moisture sensitivity. during all these steps, the temperatures and traffic volume of isparta province where asphalt surface course will serve have been taken into consideration. it is estimated that the number of 20 years of traffic in isparta province where asphalt surface course will serve is more than 30*106 esals. within the scope of study, optimum bituminous binder content has been determined using volumetric mix design. ndesign has been selected as 125 gyros in accordance with the 20 – year traffic load. while the optimum bituminous binder content is calculated, vma (min 14%), vfa (65 – 75%) limit values and 4% air void criteria have been taken into consideration. the final step of the superpave volumetric mix design method is to determine the moisture sensitivity of the prepared mixtures. in order to determine the moisture sensitivity, indirect tensile strength (its) test is performed on the prepared mixtures in accordance with aashto t-243 standard. according to the determined optimum bituminous binder content, the prepared mixtures are compacted with superpave gyratory compactor. two sets which have three samples are prepared and while one of them is conditioned, other set is unconditioned. the indirect tensile strength (its) values of the samples are determined. for all samples, unconditioned (itsdry), conditioned (itswet) values are recorded and the tensile strength ratio (tsr) values are calculated. the limit of tsr values is 80% [38]. results and discussion results of conventional bitumen tests o determine the basic properties of samples, softening point, penetration ductility and specific gravity tests have been applied on all modified samples. test results are given in tab. 4. as can be seen from the table, the penetration values have increased according to the reference binder as the cdea ratio increases for each sample. also, the softening point temperatures have decreased according to the reference binder as the cdea ratio increases. the reference bituminous binder and all modified samples have indicated elongation without breakage by exceeding the specification limit value of 100 cm at 25 °c. m t m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 58 sample penetration (25˚c) softening point (˚c) ductility (5cm/min) specific gravity (g/cm3) reference 50 49.8 >100 1.021 1% cdea 53 47.8 >100 1.028 3% cdea 66 45.5 >100 1.015 5% cdea 71 44.5 >100 1.022 table 4: results of conventional bitumen tests. figure 2: graphs of reference bituminous binder. figure 3: graphs of reference bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea. m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 59 evaluation of moisture sensitivity according to the results of conventional bitumen tests, optimum additive ratio was determined as 5%. in order to provide the 4% air void criteria of the mixtures prepared by using superpave volumetric mix design method, bituminous binders at the rates of 4.5%, 5%, 5.5% and 6% were added to the aggregates and they were mixed until completely coated with bituminous binder. then the mixture was compacted with gyratory compactor. firstly, the amount of bituminous binder corresponding to 4% air void was determined from the air void graph. it was checked whether the determined amount of bituminous binder has a minimum value of 14% on the vma graph and 65 – 75% on the vfa graph. after all these steps were carried out, the optimum bitumen content for reference bituminous binder and bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea were determined as 5.20% and 5.25%, respectively. graphs of obtained results are given in fig. 2 – 3. the final step of the superpave volumetric mix design method is to determine the moisture sensitivity of the prepared mixtures. in order to determine the moisture sensitivity, indirect tensile strength (its) test was performed on the prepared mixtures according to aashto t-283 standard. unconditioned and conditioned tensile strengths and tsr values were found for samples. tsr value of the samples prepared with reference bituminous binder is above the specification limit, 80%. the obtained results are given in tab. 5. name of sample itsdry(kpa) itswet(kpa) tsr (%) reference sample 798 725 91 modified sample with 5% 464 table 5: indirect tensile strength of samples. itswet strength of samples prepared by using bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea could not be tested. in the conditioning stage, after the samples were placed in a water bath which have 60 ℃ temperature, separation of the aggregates from the bituminous binder was observed (fig. 4). when the bituminous binder modified with cdea which is a chemical material was exposed to a water bath which have 60 ℃ temperature, it has been observed that the adhesion between bituminous binder and aggregates has decreased. according to the obtained results, it was concluded that the strength of samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea has been adversely affected. figure 4: sample prepared by using bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea, after conditioning. after this step, the indirect tensile strength and the resistance to moisture of the samples prepared by using the reference bituminous binder and 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers were investigated. according to the obtained results, as 0.1% yarn waste fiber added to the aggregate mixture prepared with the reference bituminous binder increased the interlocking, the indirect tensile strength of mixtures increased (fig. 5). the graph in fig. 5 shows that the indirect tensile strength of the samples prepared with 0.3% yarn waste fiber added to the aggregate mixture with the reference bituminous binder decreased compared to the reference samples. it was observed that the resistance to moisture of the samples prepared with 0.1% yarn waste fibers added to the aggregate mixture and reference bituminous binder increased (fig. 6). according to this, yarn waste fibers which were added to the aggregate mixtures and reference bituminous binder have a positive effect on the indirect tensile strength and moisture sensitivity of the mixtures. so, it has been thought that it can also have a positive effect on the aggregate mixtures containing bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea. as seen in fig. 4, samples prepared with bituminous binders modified with 5% cdea did not provide strength in conditioned conditions. to improve this situation, 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers in 2.5 cm size were added to the m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 60 aggregate mixture and samples were prepared with this mixture and bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea. samples containing bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea and 0.1% yarn waste fibers were broken after conditioning (fig. 7). 0.1% yarn waste fibers which were added to the aggregate mixture did not have a positive effect on the indirect tensile strength and moisture sensitivity. figure 5: indirect tensile strength values of samples prepared with yarn waste fibers added to mixtures prepared with reference bituminous binder. figure 6: tensile strength ratios of samples prepared with yarn waste fibers added to mixtures prepared with reference bituminous binder. figure 7: samples prepared by using bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea and 0.1% yarn waste fibers, after conditioning. m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 61 samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea and 0.2%, 0.3% yarn waste fibers gave wet strength after conditioning. however, these samples did not meet the tsr specification limit (tab. 6). according to the obtained results, the indirect tensile strength and moisture sensitivity of the samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea could not be increased by using different ratios of yarn waste fibers. since samples containing bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea and 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers do not meet the specification limits, they are not suitable for use in pavement. name of sample itsdry (kpa) itswet (kpa) tsr (%) reference sample 798 725 91 sample modified with 5% cdea 464 sample modified with 5% cdea+0.1% yarn waste fibers 339 34 sample modified with 5% cdea+0.2% yarn waste fibers 376 41 sample modified with 5% cdea+0.3% yarn waste fibers 356 49 table 6: indirect tensile strength and tsr values of samples. conclusions he obtained results after the tests were interpreted as follows: according to the consistency tests, when compared to the reference binder, bituminous binders modified with cdea chemical at the ratios of 1%, 3% and 5% are more fluid and softer. the results of softening point and penetration tests are consistent with each other. it is known that, bituminous binders which have low softening point and high penetration values can be used for pavement construction in cold regions. so, it can be said that, bituminous binders modified with cdea are suitable for cold climatic regions. the strength of samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea could not be calculated. asphalt mixtures prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cocamide diethanolamide decreased resistance to moisture sensitivity. it is concluded that the samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea are not suitable for use in the asphalt surface course solitary. in order to reduce the negative effect on the indirect tensile strength and moisture sensitivity of the samples prepared by using bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea, it was considered to add yarn waste fibers to the aggregate mixtures. therefore, in order to examine the effect of yarn waste fiber added to the aggregate mixture, 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers were added to the aggregate mixtures and samples were prepared by using the reference bituminous binder. according to the obtained results, the indirect tensile strength and the resistance to moisture of the samples prepared by using 0.1% yarn waste fiber added to the aggregate mixture and the reference bituminous binder increased. therefore, 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers were added to increase the indirect tensile strength and to decrease the resistance to moisture of the samples prepared with bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea. although the strength values of the samples prepared with 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% yarn waste fibers added to aggregate mixture and the bituminous binder modified with 5% cdea were measured after conditioning, the tsr values did not meet the specification limit. according to obtained results, even if usage of different ratios of yarn waste fibers alone are suitable for hot mix asphalt, it has been seen that the usage of different ratios of yarn waste fibers together with bituminous binder modified with 5% cocamide diethanolamide does not provide an additional benefit. based on the observed positive effects of the usage of different fibers on the fracture toughness of asphalt concrete, it is considered to investigate the effect of yarn waste fiber on toughness resistance of asphalt mixtures in future studies. fracture toughness can be improved by using different ratios of yarn waste fibers in hot mix asphalt. however, it is considered that cdea additive will have no positive effect on fracture toughness of material, since the usage of it does not have a positive effect on strength of asphalt mixtures. references [1] arslan, d., gürü, m. and çubuk, m. (2012). improvement of bitumen and bituminous mixtures performance properties with organic based zincphosphate compound, j. fac. eng. archit. gazi. univ., 27, pp. 459-466. [2] gama, d. a., junior, j. m. r., de melo, t. j. a. and rodrigues, j. k. g. (2016). rheological studies of asphalt modified with elastomeric polymer, constr. build. mater., 106, pp. 290-295. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.12.142. t m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 62 [3] lin, y., hu, c., adhikari, s., wu, c. and yu, m. (2019). evaluation of waste express bag as a novel bitumen modifier, appl. sci., 9, p. 1242. doi: 10.3390/app9061242. [4] eskandarsefat, s., hofko, b., rossi, c. o. and sangiorgi, c. (2019). fundamental properties of bitumen binders containing novel cellulose-based poly-functional fibres, compos. part b, 163, pp. 339-350. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2018.11.031. [5] cuadri, a. a., navarro, f. j. and partal, p. (2020). synergistic ethylcellulose/polyhosphoric acid modification of bitumen for paving applications, mater. struct., 53 (6). doi: 10.1617/s11527-019-1437-7. [6] azahar, w. n. a. w., jaya, r. p., hainin, m. r., bujang, m. and ngadi, n. (2016). chemical modification of waste cooking oil to improve the physical and rheological properties of asphalt binder, constr. build. mater., 126, pp. 218226. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.09.032. [7] rossi, c. o., caputo, p., loise, v., miriello, d., teltayev, b. and angelico, r. (2017). role of a food grade additive in the high temperature performance of modified bitumens, colloids surf. a physicochem. eng. asp., 532, pp. 618-624. doi: 10.1016/j.colsurfa.2017.01.025. [8] hamzah, m. o., kakar, m. r. and hainin, m. r. (2015). an overview of moisture damage in asphalt mixtures, j. technol., 73 (4). doi: 10.11113/jt.v73.4305. [9] hamedi, g. h. (2018). effects pf polymeric coating the aggregate surface on reducing moisture sensitivity of asphalt mixtures, int. j. civ. eng., 16 (9), pp. 1097-1107. doi: 10.1007/s40999-017-0263-y. [10] hamedi, g. h., nejad, f. m. and oveisi, k. (2016). estimating the moisture damage of asphalt mixture modified with nano zinc oxide, mater. struct., pp. 1-10. doi: 10.1617/s11527-015-0566. [11] nasrekani, a. a., nakhaei, m., naderi, k., fini, e. and aflaki, s. (2017). improving moisture sensitivity of asphalt concrete using natural bitumen (gilsonite), in: transportation research board 96th annual meeting, transportation research board: washington, dc., p.16. [12] kanitpong, k., charoentham, n. and likitlersuang, s. (2012). investigation on the effects of gradation and aggregate type to moisture damage of warm mix asphalt modified with sasobit, int. j. pavement eng., 13 (5), pp. 451-458. doi: 10.1080/10298436.2011.565058. [13] hamedi, g. h. and tahami, s. a. (2018). the effect of using anti-stripping additives on moisture damage of hot mix asphalt, int. j. adhes. adhes., 81, pp. 90-97. doi: 10.1016/j.ijadhadh.2017.03.016. [14] chomicz-kowalska, a., mrugala, j. and maciejewski, k. (2017). evaluation of foaming performance of bitumen modified with the addition of surface active agent, iop conf. ser. mater. sci. eng., 245 (3). doi: 10.1088/1757-1899x/245/3/032086. [15] mazurek, g. and nowakowski, k. (2015). the evaluation of sma mixture properties with the surface-active agent in vma technology, proc. eng. matbud, 108, pp. 22-29. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.06.115. [16] kakar, m. r., hamzah, m. o., akhtar, m. n. and woodward, d. (2016). surface free energy and moisture susceptibility evaluation of asphalt binders modified with surfactant-based chemical additive, j. clean. prod., 112, pp. 2342-2353. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.10.101. [17] perez-martinez, m., moreno-navarro, f., martin-marin, j., rios-losada, c. and rubio-gamez, m. c. (2014). analysis of cleaner technologies based on waxes and surfactant additives in road construction, j. clean. prod., 65, pp. 374-379. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2013.09.012. [18] iwanski, m., cholewinska, m. and mazurek, g. (2017). impact of the ageing on viscoelastic properties of bitumen with the liquid surface active agent at operating temperatures, iop conference series-materials science and engineering, 245 (3). [19] mcdaniel, r.s. (2015). fiber additives in asphalt mixtures, nchrp synthesis of highway practice, 475, pp. 1-67. [20] abiola, o. s., kupolati, w. k., sadiku, e. r. and ndambuki, j. m. (2014). utilisation of natural fibre as modifier in bituminous mixes: a review, constr. build. mater., 54, pp. 305-312. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2013.12.037. [21] serin, s., morova, n., saltan, m. and terzi, s. (2012). investigation of usability of steel fibers in asphalt concrete mixture, constr. build. mater., 36, pp. 238-244. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2012.04.113. [22] klinsky, l. m. g., kaloush, k. e., faria, v.c. and bardini, v. s. s. (2018). performance characteristic of fiber modified hot mix asphalt, constr. build. mater., 176, pp. 747-752. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.04.221. [23] bdour, a. n., khalayleh, y. and al-omari, a. a. (2015). assessing mechanical properties of hot mix asphalt with wire wool fibers, adv. civ. eng. doi: 10.1155/2015/795903. [24] anurag, k., xiao, f. and amirkhanian, s. n. (2009). laboratory investigation of indirect tensile strength using roofing polyester waste fibers in hot mix asphalt, constr. build. mater., 23 (5), pp. 2035-2040. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2008.08.018. m. saltan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 54-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.04 63 [25] slebi-acevedo, c. j., lastra-gonzales, p., pascual-munoz, p. and castro-fresno, d. (2019). mechanical performance of fibers in hot mix asphalt: a review, constr. build. mater., 200, pp. 756-769. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2018.12.171. [26] cao, p., tang, c., liu, z., shi, f., wang, z., wang, x. and zhou, c. (2022). study on fracture behaviour of basalt fibre reinforced asphalt concrete with plastic coupled cohesive model and enhanced virtual crack closure technique model, int. j. pavement eng., pp. 1-21. doi: 10.1080/10298436.2022.2080830. [27] landes, j. (2012). fracture toughness testing methods, characterization of materials, e.n. kaufmann (ed.), john wiley&sons, inc, new jersey, u.s. doi: 10.1002/0471266965.com024.pub2. [28] hajiloo, h. r., karimi, h. r., aliha, m. r. m., zanjirani farahani, h., salehi, s. m., hajiloo, m. and jafari haghighatpour, p. (2022). crack resistance of fiber‐reinforced asphalt mixtures: effect of test specimen and test condition, ffems, 45 (3), pp. 921-937. doi: 10.1111/ffe.13647. [29] pirmohammad, s., amani, b. and shokorlou, y. m. (2020). the effect of basalt fibres on fracture toughness of asphalt mixture, ffems, 43 (7), 1446-1460. doi: 10.1111/ffe.13207. [30] pirmohammad, s., shokorlou, y. m. and amani, b. (2020). laboratory investigations on fracture toughness of asphalt concretes reinforced with carbon and kenaf fibers, eng. fract. mech., 226, 106875. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2020.106875. [31] pirmohammad, s., shokorlou, y. m. and amani, b. (2020). influence of natural fibers (kenaf and goat wool) on mixed mode i/ii fracture strength of asphalt mixtures, constr. build. mater., 239, 117850. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.117850. [32] pirmohammad, s. and mengharpey, m. h. (2020). influence of natural fibers on fracture strength of wma (warm mix asphalt) concretes using a new fracture test specimen, constr. build. mater., 251, 118927. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.118927. [33] mohammed, m., parry, t., thom, n. and grenfell, j. (2020). microstructure and mechanical properties of fibre reinforced asphalt mixtures, constr. build. mater., 240, 117932. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.117932 [34] motamedi, h., fazaeli, h., aliha, m. r. m. and amiri, h. r. (2020). evaluation of temperature and loading rate effect on fracture toughness of fiber reinforced asphalt mixture using edge notched disc bend (endb) specimen, constr. build. mater., 234, 117365. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2019.117365 [35] aliha, m. r. m., razmi, a. and mansourian, a. (2017). the influence of natural and synthetic fibers on low temperature mixed mode i+ ii fracture behavior of warm mix asphalt (wma) materials, eng. fract. mech., 182, pp. 322-336. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2017.06.003 [36] mansourian, a., razmi, a. and razavi, m. (2016). evaluation of fracture resistance of warm mix asphalt containing jute fibers, constr. build. mater., 117, pp. 37-46. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.04.128 [37] kozak, m. (2010). investigation of the usage of textile waste as construction materials, electronic journal of construction technologies, 6 (1), pp. 62-70. [38] federal highway administration, 2000. superpave fundamentals: reference manual, fhwa, nhi course # 131053, washington, dc. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_31 y. hos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 234-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.31 234 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture growth of long fatigue cracks under non-proportional loadings – experiment and simulation y. hos, m. vormwald technische universität darmstadt, materials mechanics group, franziska-braun-straße 3 64287 darmstadt/germany hos@wm.tu-darmstadt.de, vormwald@wm.tu-darmstadt.de abstract. an experimental campaign was carried out on thin-walled tubes under tension and torsion. the results from experiments are measured and compared. it is observed that cracks follow a shear-dominated growth pattern with increasing crack length, instead of a tension-dominated one. the experiments are performed with high amplitudes applied to the specimens, resulting in large cyclic plastic deformations and crack growth rates up to 10-3 mm/cycle. stress intensity factors were calculated for the proportional loading case. keywords. multiaxial fatigue; non-proportional loadings; crack growth; fracture mechanics; experimental mechanics; numerical simulation introduction atigue crack growth under non-proportional mixed-mode loading depends on many factors. a recently issued review [1] identified seven such factors. the first one, mode-mixity, is arguably the most obvious one. the maximum tangential stress criterion has been supported by several experimental results [2-4], whereas roberts and kibler [5] have discovered cases where maximum shear stress criterion is more suitable. natural mode i cracks were produced firstly, and then loaded with mode ii loading, without observing a change in the direction of the crack. only the maximum shear stress criterion can model this behavior. it could be concluded that increasing mode-mixity leads to a tendency for a shear-dominated crack growth. secondly, the material itself is a dominant factor. for example, qian and fatemi [2] conclude that “mode ii crack growth occurs more often in aluminum alloys than in steels”. thirdly, the magnitude of cyclic plastic deformation is an influencing factor, as increasing cyclic plastic deformation creates a tendency towards shear-dominated crack growth. results published by tanaka [6], brown and miller [7], otsuka and tohgo [8], socie [9] and doquet and bertlino [10] support this argument. the fourth factor to be specified is the crack closure, which is directly dependent on the cyclic plastic deformation. roughness along the crack front leads sometimes to the interlocking of the crack fronts, and interlocking results in a shielding of the crack tip from mode ii (especially in low stress intensity factor ranges). moreover, the mean stress effect (the fifth factor) is very relevant to the crack closure and therefore needs to be taken into account. in addition, the geometry of a structure is obviously a very important factor in every type of crack growth phenomenon. finally, the mode-mixity changes along the crack front in three-dimensional cases. with so many plastic effects playing a role in crack growth under non-proportional loading, a crack tip parameter, which takes plasticity into account, has to be used in further research. several studies [11-15] have shown that j is a very f y. hos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 234-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.31 235 successful parameter to model fatigue crack growth under proportional and non-proportional loadings, therefore an opportunity might arise to extend this solution to long cracks. the j-integral should be interpreted according to the definitions of dowling and begley [16], wüthrich [17] and hertel et al. [18]. however, short cracks usually grow in a single plane without significant kinks or curvature, so the modeling could be simplified to an iterative search of this plane. more about the plastic simulations can be found in [19, 20]. a research project was launched on the abovementioned basis, seeking further knowledge on the mechanisms. this paper covers the achievements of this project. the investigation embarked on high amplitude loading, accompanied by large cyclic plastic deformation, high crack growth rates and short fatigue lives, and the cracks being all naturally produced. description of the problem onstant amplitude fatigue tests have been performed on thin-walled tubes which were put under either uniaxial tension-compression load, or torsional load, or a combination of both (proportional and non-proportional). the specimen geometry is depicted in fig. 1. longitudinally welded tubes were sawed and the starter notch was machined onto the specimen. the centers of holes at the ends of the starter notch are 10 mm apart from each other (length of an arc at the outer surface). the notch was positioned opposite to the weld. figure 1: specimen geometry inducing cyclic plastic deformation was a primary goal in the experiments. for this purpose, the tubes were ordered to be manufactured from the low strength constructional steel s235. the experimental results are shown in fig. 2. the blue points in fig. 2 correspond to strain-controlled tests and they show the upper end of the hysteresis at each strain level, measured at half-life each. a more detailed discussion of material properties could be found in previous works of the authors. [19, 20, 25, 26]. figure 2: cyclic stress-strain curves of the used material. c y. hos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 234-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.31 236 e in mpa rp0.2 in mpa k’ in mpa n’ 210000 378 680 0.11 table 1: mechanical properties of s235 two different types of crack growth experiments were performed. in the first series of experiments, photos of the specimen were taken during experiment at predefined intervals. (length of the interval is dependent on the nature of the experiment) three cameras were installed in front of the starter notch, one facing the notch directly, the second with a 45° angle to the right and the third with a 45° angle to the left. after a certain number of cycles, the experiment was stopped, and a load corresponding to 90% of the maximum cyclic load was applied. during the short hold time, the photos of the specimen surface were taken. the specimen was unloaded again and the cyclic loading continued. the pictures were evaluated after the experiment, with the help of the laser-engraved dot pattern on the surface. five different loading sequences were used in the experiments: pure tension-compression loading, pure torsion loading, proportional loading resulting from the superposition of these two and out-of-phase loading with phase angles of 45° and 90°. the experiments were conducted under load/moment control, using a servo-hydraulic, four-pillar tension-torsion machine, with frequencies ranging between 0.25 hz and 2 hz. a temperature of 21°c and a relative air humidity of 50% were kept constant. the cracks were assumed to be through-wall cracks with a straight crack front. the crack length is defined as the arc length, where the crack starts at the crack initiation location in each test. the scheme of the presentation of the results in references [20] and [22] were taken as a guide, with crack 1 being left and crack 3 being right. in the second series of experiments, the tests were interrupted in the fashion that was described above, only this time, the whole cycles were recorded and analyzed applying the digital image correlation (dic) technique. more details about dic can be found in references [19] and [20]. later, the results of this analysis are utilized while dealing with crack closure in the simulations. experimental results uniaxial tension-compression loading he specimen r-002 was tested uniaxially with a cyclic tension-compression force (fmax = 35 kn and rf = -1). two symmetric cracks grew in the centre cross-section, check fig.3. the crack growth curve was indicated in fig. 4. figure 3: cracks in the specimen r-002, pure tension-compression with fmax = 35 kn and rf = -1, steel s235. figure 4: crack growth curve of specimen r-002, pure tension-compression with fmax = 35 kn and rf = -1, steel s235. t y. hos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 234-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.31 237 multiaxial loading three types of multiaxial loading were conducted: proportional loading, 90° out-of-phase loading and 45° out-of-phase loading, namely the specimens r-004, r-005 and r-006 respectively. the amplitudes of the loadings are fmax = 33 kn, mmax = 382 nm and rf = rm = -1. the nominal stresses in the gross section corresponding to these loads are σn,max = 101.5 mpa and τn,max = 62.6 mpa. again two cracks were initiated at the notch. the different crack paths can be seen in figs. 5-7 with a summary in fig. 8. the crack growth directions in fig. 5 are inclined 17° and 18° to the cross-section plane, respectively for crack 1 and 3. some cyclic mode ii loading is expected to have contributed to the fatigue crack growth. this argument was discussed with more detail in the forthcoming chapters about simulation. figure 5: cracks in specimen r-004, proportional loading with fmax = 33 kn, mmax = 382 nm and rf = rm = -1, steel s235. after putting a 90° phase shift between the two loadings, the cracks stopped growing symmetrically, as shown in fig. 6. crack 1 grew straight, with an angle of 45° approximately to the specimen axis, and after a crack length of 17 mm, the crack changes direction to a direction perpendicular to the specimen axis, and soon after that the specimen fails. figure 6: cracks in specimen r-005, 90° out-of-phase non-proportional loading with fmax = 33 kn, mmax = 382 nm and rf = rm = -1, steel s235. last but not least, the specimen, which was loaded with 45° out-of-phase loading, was shown in fig. 7. crack 1 had a kink quite early, but crack 3 continued linearly, and after some time, it made a kink too. crack 1 continued in a zigzag pattern after the kinking, which leads to an argument that the crack cannot decide between two options and switches back and forth continuously. fig. 8 shows a comparison of these three cracks and this zigzag pattern is more obviously visible. figure 7: cracks in specimen r-006, 45° out-of-phase non-proportional loading with fmax = 33 kn, mmax = 382 nm, rf = rm = -1, steel s235. y. hos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 234-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.31 238 figure 8: crack growth curves of specimens r-004, r-005 and r-006 with fmax = 33 kn, mmax = 382 nm and rf = rm = -1 the crack growth simulation multiaxial loading proportional loading nder the light of the data taken from the real experiments, linear elastic simulations have been done on abaqus for the experiment r-004. the data concerning the position of the crack tip was already available. as previously been postulated, a significant portion of shear mode (about %20 of the opening mode) was observed among both cracks. fig. 9 and 10 9 depict the growth of the stress intensity factors with the crack length. figure 9: stress intensity factors in specimen r-004, crack 1 proportional loading with fmax = 33 kn, mmax = 382 nm, rf = rm = -1, steel s235. figure 10: stress intensity factors in specimen r-004, crack 2 proportional loading with fmax = 33 kn, mmax = 382 nm, rf = rm = -1, steel s235. u y. hos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 234-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.31 239 conclusion atigue crack growth under non-proportional loading cases lead to crack paths, which are not understood fully. a collection of results was presented in this paper. a number of conclusions can be derived from these results: the assumption of planar symmetrical crack growth in axial specimens is quite plausible, in spite of bending effects. in [20], another similar experiment with a larger load was discussed and simulated. a change in crack path because of the bending load, which increases with increasing crack length, was not observed. the crack that was loaded proportionally undergoes a non-negligible shear mode (about %20), as the crack growth pattern with zigzags suggest. a final conclusion, why the crack sees this as a second option is though not clear. a general tendency for cracks under non-proportional loadings is difficult to derive from the morphology. however, dic [19] and fe-simulations (ongoing) can lead to some important conclusions. such simulations can be compared with the dic results in [19] and a clearer answer for this alternating crack growth pattern might be found. acknowledgements he german research foundation (deutsche forschungsgemeinschaft) is greatly acknowledged by the authors for financial support under grant vo729/13-1. references [1] zerres, p., vormwald, m., review of fatigue crack growth under non-proportional mixed-mode loading, int. j. fatigue, 58 (2014) 75-83. [2] qian, j., fatemi, a., mixed mode fatigue crack growth: a literature survey, eng. fract. mech., 55(6) (1996) 969-990 [3] highsmith, j., phd thesis, georgia institute of technology, usa, (2009). [4] richard, h.a., fulland, m., sander, m., theoretical crack path prediction, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struc., 28 (2005) 3-12 [5] roberts, r., kibler, j., mode ii fatigue crack propagation, j. basic eng., 93d (1971) 671-680 [6] tanaka, k., fatigue crack propagation from a crack inclined to the cyclic tensile axis, eng. fract. mech., 6 (1974) 493-507 [7] brown, m.w., miller, k.j., initiation and growth of cracks in biaxial fatigue, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struc., 1 (1979) 231246. [8] otsuka, a., tohgo, k., fatigue crack initiation and growth under mixed mode loading in aluminum alloys 2017-t3 and 7075-t6, eng. fract. mech., 28 (1987) 721-732. [9] socie, d.f., in: fatigue 87, proc. 3rd int. conf. fatigue and fatigue thresholds, 2 (1987) 599-616,. [10] doquet, v., bertlino, g., local approach to fatigue cracks bifurcation, int. j. fatigue, 30 (2008) 942-950 [11] hoshide, t., socie, d.f., mechanics of mixed mode small fatigue crack growth, eng. fract. struc., 26 (1987) 841-850. [12] savaidis, g., seeger, t., consideration of multiaxiality in fatigue life prediction using the closure concept, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struc., 20 (1997) 985-1004. [13] döring, r., hoffmeyer, j., seeger, t., vormwald, m., short fatigue crack growth under nonproportional multiaxial. elasticplastic strains, int. j. fatigue, 28 (2006) 972-982. [14] hertel, o., vormwald, m., short-crack-growth-based fatigue assessment of notched components under multiaxial variable amplitude loading, eng. fract. mech. 78 (2011) 1614-1627. [15] hertel, o., vormwald, m., multiaxial fatigue assessment based on a short crack growth concept, theor. appl. fract. mech., 73 (2014) 17-26. [16] dowling, n.e., begley, j.a., fatigue crack growth during gross plasticity and the j-integral, astm stp 590 (1976) 82-103. [17] wüthrich c., the extension of the j-integral concept to fatigue cracks, int. j. fract., 20 (1982) r35-7. [18] hertel, o., döring, r., vormwald, m., cyclic j-integral under nonproportional loading, proc. 7th int. conf. biaxial/multiaxial fatigue fract. (2004) 513-518. [19] hos, y., freire, j.l.f., vormwald, m., measurements of strain fields around crack tips under proportional and nonproportional mixed-mode fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue (2016) (in press). f t y. hos et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 234-240; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.31 240 [20] hos y, vormwald m., experimental study of crack growth under non-proportional loading along with first modeling attempts, int j fatigue (2016) (in press). [21] zerres, p., brüning, j., vormwald, m., risswachstumsverhalten der aluminiumlegierung almg4.5mn unter proportionaler und nichtproportionaler schwingbelastung, mater. test., 53 (2011) 109-117. [22] zerres, p., brüning, j., vormwald, m., fatigue crack growth behavior of fine-grained steel s460n under proportional and non-proportional loading, eng. fract. mech., 77 (2011) 1822-1834. [23] hos, y., vormwald, m., freire, j.l.f., using digital image correlation to determine mixed mode stress intensity factors in fatigue cracks, proceedings of coteq 2015, conference on technology of equipment, organized by abendi, brazilian society for ndt and inspection, june, 2015. [24] vormwald, m., fatigue crack propagation under large cyclic plastic strain conditions, procedia mater. sc. 3 (2014) 301306 [25] vormwald, m., hos, y., freire, j.l.f., measurement and simulation of strain fields around crack tips under mixed-mode fatigue loading, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 33 (2015) 42-55. [26] hos, y., vormwald, m., measurement and simulation of crack growth rate and direction under non-proportional loadings, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 34 (2015) 133-141. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.04.01&auth=true microsoft word numero_41_art_46.docx r. m. de salvo, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 350-355; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.46 350 an original method of direct calculation for the identification of the last hinge and the definition of the deformative state at collapse roberto maria de salvo retired professor at architecture faculty of mediterranean university of reggio calabria, italy robertomariadesalvo@libero.it abstract. the subject matter of these notes refers to the ultimate strength design of 2-d steel framed structures and in particular to the analysis of the deformation state at collapse. the idea is based on the consideration that, if the structure at its collapse condition is subjected to an articulated movement, similar and concordant to the crisis motion, this will not change the stress state of the system. this motion is known once a single parameter is fixed, namely the displacement of a point or the rotation of a beam. when the collapse mechanism of the structure is already determined through any instrument of the limit analysis, a subsequent (k+1) plastic hinge can be arbitrarily fixed and assumed as the last developed one. it is therefore possible to solve the modified scheme through the rotation method and make a comparison in the verses between the known plastic moments and the rotations at the corresponding hinges. if the comparison is successful, in the sense that the checked verses are concordant, the selected hinge is actually the one formed as the last. on the contrary, the rotations resulting from an imprinted motion in the verse of collapse movement are algebraically added. if, for each hinge, the product between the plastic moment and the correspondent algebraic sum is made, this product has to be surely positive, due to the verses concordance. this can be translated in k+1 inequalities, with each one furnishing a lower limit for the parameter from which the articulated motion depends. among these, the highest value is that one which makes all the inequalities to be simultaneously verified. the substitution of this value into the expressions for rotations permits to arrive to the simultaneous identifying of the last hinge and of the complete picture of deformations. keywords. final hinge; plastic hinge; plastic moments; collapse. citation: de salvo, r., an original method of direct calculation for the identification of the last hinge and the definition of the deformative state at collapse, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 350-355. received: 05.04.2017 accepted: 06.05.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. r. m. de salvo, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 350-355; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.46 351 introduction t is made reference to the previously wrote monograph titled “un procedimento originale per l’individuazione della cerniera ultima e per la determinazione della deformazione completa allo stato di collasso”, published in the journal laborest n.11 [1]. the topic is taken up in relation to the fact that, thanks to the introduction of a fundamental concept, it has been possible to arrive to the solution of the same problem through direct calculation and therefore not through an iterative procedure. concise contents of the above-mentioned monograph he main aspects that led to the solution of the problem can be subdivided in the following points: a. demonstration that it is necessary to individualize the last plastic hinge with the aim to know the deformation state at collapse; b. formulation, by means suitable analyses, of the last hinge theorem, that can be stated as follows: given a framed structure, k-times hyper-static, whose collapse mechanism is known, if one of the k+1 plastic hinges is chosen as the last one, therefore the concordance of verses between plastic moments and rotations at all the k plastic hinges is necessary and sufficient condition to assert that this configuration is the real one; c. choice of any of the k+1 plastic hinges and assumption that it is the last one to be formed, and solution of the structure through the rotation method. knowing the deformed state of the system, this method allows to proceed to the comparison of verses of plastic moments and rotations of the correspondent hinges. if, according to what already said, the comparison between verses concordance returns a positive result, then the selected hinge is the last one to be formed. on the contrary, the evaluation must be repeated considering a different hinge as the last one. the procedure will end once the above concordance will be satisfied for all the k residual plastic hinges. in this case, the last plastic hinge will be known as well as the complete deformation of the system (rotations at all the plastic hinges and displacements). the procedure illustrated above inevitably needs, for each iteration, the compilation and solution of a system of equations with the aim to obtain the deformative state of the structure in relation to the position of the plastic hinge assumed as the last one to be formed. the new procedure n this work an innovative criterion is presented. it moves from the consideration that, if the structure at its collapse condition is subjected to an articulated movement, similar and concordant to the crisis motion, this will not change the stress state of the system because at this stage all the bending moments already reached their pick values. the imposed articulated movement produces the kinematical effect to modify the deformative state of the system, determining the passage from one configuration to another one. this motion is known once a single parameter is fixed, namely the displacement of a point or the rotation of a beam. it can be therefore inferred that a bijective correspondence exists between this parameter and the resulting deformed configuration: the one is known once the other is fixed and vice-versa. on the basis of what above said and under the hypothesis that the kinematics at collapse is known by applying any suitable procedure (in particular the first or second theorem of the limit analysis [2, 3]), one of the k+1 plastic hinges can be arbitrarily fixed and, under the hypothesis that this is the last one to be formed, the obtained scheme can be studied through the rotation method [4]. the comparison, in verses, between the plastic moments (known) and rotations of the correspondent hinges (obtained by applying the above method) can be now carried out. it is useful to denote the set of these deformations as “configuration 1”. if the comparison returns a positive result in terms of verses concordance, then the selected hinge is that one really formed as the last one and the search for it ends here. but the most interesting case (and that is clearly the most frequent) is when the comparison reveals at least one discordance. in the second case, an articulated movement in the sense of the collapse motion is imposed through the choice of a unique parameter, so that a deformed configuration is obtained where each plastic hinge has a rotation whose value is dependent by this parameter. it is useful to denote the set of these deformations as “configuration 2”. i t i r. m. de salvo, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 350-355; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.46 352 the rotations of the two above-mentioned configurations are now algebraically summed up. these are obviously functions of the parameter that originated the configuration 2. by making, for each plastic hinge, the product between the bending moment and the correspondent rotation (which is the sum of configurations 1 and 2), the result, for the verses concordance, must be necessarily negative. this leads to k+1 inequalities, with each one furnishing a lower limit for the parameter  from which the configuration 2 depends. clearly, the highest value between these limits is that one which simultaneously verifies all the inequalities. the substitution of this value in the expressions for rotations, permits to come to the simultaneous identification of the plastic hinge and of the complete picture of deformations. convention on signs s it is known, using the displacement method for applications to 2-d framed structures, the rotations at the extremes of a beam are assumed positive if clockwise. the sign convention, according to the fracture calculus, is different. there is therefore the problem to adequate one convention to the other one. to this end, if the beam is arranged in a horizontal way and with the stretched fibers pointed downwards (fig. 1), the rotation at the right extreme of the beam is transferred to the plastic hinge with the same sign, the rotation to the left extreme of the beam is instead transferred with the opposite sign. figure 1: sign convention. the rotation of the plastic hinge will result, in value and sign, equal to the algebraic sum of the two rotations. as a consequence, if the angle formed by the two beams adjacent to the plastic hinge increases, the rotation of the plastic hinge will be positive; negative on the contrary (fig. 1). figure 2: collapse scheme. numerical application ith the aim to make the above theory more accessible, it is considered worthwhile to solve in detail the case of the frame reported in fig. 2. a w r. m. de salvo, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 350-355; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.46 353 figure 3: hypothesis of plastic hinge at node c. the plastic moments of the elements are assumed equal to 2mp for beams and mp for pillars. the stiffness of the beams is fixed twice that of pillars. the stretched fibers of the elements are the internal ones except for the central pillar whose stretched fibers are indicated by a small rectangle. in figure the plastic hinges are localized together with the bending moment distribution at collapse. the multiplier at collapse is equal to p =5.50mp/pl. these results have been obtained making use of the fundamental theorems of the limit analysis. it is worth to note that, being the structure six times hyperstatic, at collapse the number of plastic hinges is seven. hypothesis is made that the last formed plastic hinge is that at node c (fig. 3). in the same figure the rotations at plastic hinges are reported. these were calculated through the solution of the system of equations obtained by applying the displacement method and taking into account the convention on signs at section 4. the horizontal displacement at node d (assumed positive if rightward) and the vertical displacement at section e (assumed positive if downward) are also reported, both clearly deducted by solution of the above-mentioned system. for rotations, the factor mpl/ei is omitted, for displacements the factor mpl/ei. for a greater clarity, the diagram of moments has been superimposed. the analysis of these results shows that the choice of the last plastic hinge at node c is false. it is in fact sufficient to observe that the rotation at node e is negative while the plastic moment at the same section has a positive sign. on the basis of the criterion showed in section 3, an articulated movement similar and concordant to the collapse motion has to be built. it is defined by a clockwise rotation  of the pillar ad (expressed for less than the factor mpl/ei). this rotation, accordingly with the convention on signs in section 4, gives to each plastic hinge a rotation well defined in value and sign, as indicated in fig. 4. under the hypothesis that the last plastic hinge finds at node c (fig. 3), the rotations of plastic hinges are now summed to the rotations obtained through the impressed articulated motion (fig. 4). figure 4: scheme with an imprinted articulated motion. in this way, the following sums are obtained: r. m. de salvo, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 350-355; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.46 354 for the concordance on verses, each one of these sums must have a verse concordant to the corresponding plastic moment and this implies that, for each plastic hinge, their product must be always not negative. this condition implies that the following inequalities must be satisfied: each one of these conditions furnishes a lower limit for the parameter . by selecting, among these, the greatest value, that is =0.0938*mpl/ei, all the inequalities associated to the seven plastic hinges characterizing the collapse kinematics are simultaneously satisfied. therefore, by substitution into the expressions of the above sums of rotations, the complete picture of all rotations is obtained. these are depicted in fig. 5 together with the diagram of bending moments at collapse. remind is made that rotations are expressed less than the factor mpl/ei. the analysis of the result, as obvious, highlights everywhere the concordance in verses between plastic moments and rotations at correspondent hinges. it is also to be noted that, in the case under study, the last hinges are two, namely at the middle section e of the left beam and at the head section 3 of the central pillar. for a better understanding these have been individualized through a white circle. the procedure ends here, once the two plastic hinges have been found together with the rotations of other hinges and displacements, at an instant just before the collapse. regarding, it has been considered appropriate to perform some checks. in particular, the structure has been separately solved by applying the rotation method under three hypotheses: last hinge at section e, last hinge at the head section 3 of the central pillar; last hinges simultaneously at the two positions. in all the three cases the result coincided with that one above reported. figure 5: collapse kinematic mechanism. r. m. de salvo, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 350-355; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.46 355 the frame has been further studied employing a step-by-step procedure: the same result was obtained together with the confirmation of the simultaneous appearance of the two plastic hinges in sections e and 3. also, even the horizontal displacement at d node and vertical displacement at e node coincide with those found using this last procedure. final remarks part its different theoretical structure, the procedure above developed, theoretically first and by means of an application on a double portal then, shows how much advantageous this new structure is from an operative point of view. according to the criteria developed in the previous monograph, in the procedure to localize the last hinge the number of systems to build and solve may result high (one for each hypothesis on the plastic hinge chosen as the last). in this new procedure, instead, it is sufficient to formulate a single hypothesis and to build only one system of equations whose solution permits to arrive to the desired result through a direct calculus. it is important to note that the hypothesis on the hinge chosen as the last one is not just an attempt (and therefore to be eventually repeated), but it is the first step of an algorithm that leads to the direct solution of the problem. references [1] de salvo, r.m., un procedimento originale per l’individuazione della cerniera ultima e per la determinazione della deformazione completa alla stato di collasso, laborest, 11 (2015) 85. [2] massonnet, c., save, m., calcolo a rottura delle strutture, bologna (1967) 49. [3] corradi dell’acqua, l., meccanica delle strutture la valutazione della capacità portante, the mcgraw-hill companies, 3 (2003) 38. [4] de salvo, r.m., lezioni di scienza delle costruzioni. il metodo delle deformazioni nelle strutture piane, editor laruffa (1993). a << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_33_art_49 f. castro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 444-450; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.49 444 focussed on multiaxial fatigue estimation of fretting fatigue life using a multiaxial stress-based critical distance methodology f. c. castro, j. a. araújo, m. s. t. pires department of engineering mechanics, university of brasilia fabiocastro@unb.br l. susmel department of civil and structural engineering, the university of sheffield l.susmel@sheffield.ac.uk abstract. this work presents a methodology for life estimation of mechanical couplings subjected to fretting fatigue. in this approach, a stress-based multiaxial fatigue parameter is evaluated at a critical distance below the contact surface. the fatigue parameter is based on an improved formulation of the modified wöhler curve method, in which the shear stress amplitude is measured via the maximum rectangular hull method. to apply the theory of critical distances in the medium-cycle fatigue regime, the critical distance is assumed to depend on the number of cycles to failure. available fretting fatigue data, conducted on a cylinder-plane contact configuration made of al alloy 4% cu, were used to assess the methodology. most of the life estimates were within an error band given by a factor of 2. keywords. fretting fatigue; multiaxial fatigue; life estimation; theory of critical distances. introduction retting fatigue refers to the conjoint action of a small oscillatory motion between contacting bodies and a cyclic remote loading. the oscillatory motion often leads to surface damage phenomena that may speed up the formation of micro-cracks. due to the remote loading, these cracks may propagate until catastrophic failure occurs. many engineering assemblies are prone to fretting fatigue problems as, for instance, the blade/disk interfaces of gas turbine engines, wires of overhead conductors and riveted joints. fretting fatigue usually displays high stress gradients that affect observed lives [1, 2]. among the different formulations that account for the stress gradient in fretting, non-local approaches have received considerable attention in the literature [3]. the appeal of such approaches derives from their relative simplicity and from satisfactory correlations with experimental data [2, 4-7]. the theory of critical distances (tcd) [8-10] has been one of the most used non-local approaches in the last ten years. in this approach, the size of the fatigue process zone is related to fatigue thresholds of cracked or sharply notched specimens. the success of the tcd in correlating fatigue thresholds of notched members has been widely reported in the literature (see [9, 10] and references therein). due to the similarities between notch and fretting fatigue, an attempt to estimate fretting fatigue thresholds using the tcd has been carried out by araújo et al. [6]. in that paper, the modified f f. castro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 444-450; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.49 445 wöhler curve method (mwcm) [11] was applied at a point located at a critical distance below the trailing edge of the contact. estimates of fretting fatigue thresholds fell within an error interval of ±20% when compared to experimental data. the methodology proposed by araújo et al. [6] is only applicable to design situations involving threshold conditions. in this paper, an extension of this approach to the medium-cycle fatigue regime is presented. a first attempt to assess the new methodology is carried out based on available fretting fatigue tests [1]. multiaxial fatigue life estimation he mwcm [10-12] is a multiaxial stress-based critical plane approach where the driving parameters for crack nucleation are the maximum shear stress amplitude, a, and the maximum normal stress acting on the maximum shear stress plane, n,max. once the values of a and n,max have been evaluated, the stress ratio  is defined as n,max a     (1) it is noteworthy that  is sensitive not only to mean stresses, but also to the degree of multiaxiality and nonproportionality of the stress path [10]. also, it is worth recalling that for an unnotched specimen under fully reversed uniaxial loading the  ratio is equal to unity, whereas under fully reversed torsional loading  equals zero [10]. the mwcm is based on a modified wöhler diagram where a is plotted against the number of cycles to failure, nf (fig. 1). this diagram is made of different fatigue curves, each one corresponding to a certain value of  ratio and being unambiguously described by its negative inverse slope  and by a reference shear stress amplitude, a,ref, corresponding to an appropriate number of cycles to failure, na. to obtain the diagram, one should properly define the  vs.  and a,ref vs.  relationships, and correctly calibrate them by running appropriate experiments. the following linear relationships have been found by lazzarin and susmel [12] to correlate a wide range of experimental data: ( ) ba    (2) a,ref ( ) c d    (3) where a, b, c and d are material constants. when these constants are obtained from fully-reversed uniaxial and torsional tests on plain specimens, eqs. (2) and (3) are stated as figure 1: modified wöhler diagram. ( ) [ ( ) (1 0)] ( )0             (4) 0 a,ref 0 0( ) 2            (5) where (=1) and 0 are, respectively, the inverse slope of the modified wöhler curve and the fatigue limit under uniaxial loading condition, whereas (=0) and 0 are the corresponding quantities for torsional loading. it is noteworthy that, for t f. castro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 444-450; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.49 446 materials that do not exhibit a fatigue limit, 0 and 0 must be defined as endurance limits corresponding to an appropriate number of cycles to failure. after a proper calibration of eqs. (2) and (3), any curve of the modified wöhler diagram can be obtained. hence, the number of cycles to failure can be estimated as a,ref ( ) f,e a a ( ) n n            (6) usually, the value of a in the mwcm is determined via the minimum circumscribed circle (mcc) method [13]. here, the maximum rectangular hull (mrh) approach is adopted, since fatigue estimates based on the mwcm are improved when a is measured by the mrh rather than by the mcc [14]. the mrh method is schematically represented in fig. 2. the halves of the sides of the rectangular hull with orientation  are calculated as 1 max , m( ) ( in , , 1( 2 2 ) ) ,i i i tt t ia t           (7) where i(,t) (i=1,2) are the components of the shear stress vector (t) with respect to the -oriented frame. the amplitude of each -oriented rectangular hull can be evaluated as 2 2 a 1 2( ) )) (( a a    (8) the shear stress amplitude is then defined as the maximum value of eq. (8) among all  -oriented rectangular hulls: 2 2 a mrh 1 2 90 º0 max ( ) ( )a a        (9) figure 2: amplitudes of the -oriented rectangular hull bounding the shear stress path. critical distance approach he stress gradient effect is a crucial aspect in the design of stress raisers such as notches and mechanical contacts. among the formulations that account for this effect, the tcd [8-10] has been recognized as one of the most attractive due to its simplicity and good results for a number of notch configurations. the central idea of the tcd is the definition of an effective stress, eff, based on an averaging procedure over a volume surrounding the stress raiser. fatigue failure is expected to occur if eff exceeds a reference material strength, ref. simplified methods can also be formulated by considering averages over an area or a line (area and line methods, respectively) or the effective stress of the point located at a critical distance, l, from the stress raiser (point method). in this paper attention is focused on the point method, as schematically illustrated in fig. 3. taylor [8] has developed fitting procedures to determine the critical distance, which are based on the fatigue thresholds of cracked or sharply notches specimens. in particular, the critical distance for the point method has been found to be expressed as 2 th 0 1 2 l k          (10) t f. castro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 444-450; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.49 447 where kth is the threshold stress intensity factor range and 0 is the uniaxial plain fatigue limit range. further work [10, 15] has investigated the extension of the tcd to stress raisers under multiaxial loadings, concluding that the combination of the mwcm with the point method requires the same critical distance given by eq. (10). figure 3: schematic representation of the point method. an extension of the tcd to estimate fatigue life of stress raisers has been developed in refs. [16, 17]. to explain the formulation, it should be recalled that the appropriate critical distance to estimate static failure of notched members is given as [9, 18]: i 2 s c r 1 2 k l          (11) where kic is the plane strain material fracture toughness and r is a reference material constant which can be equal or larger than the ultimate tensile strength, uts [9]. as the values of the critical distances at the threshold and static conditions are usually different, it can be assumed that the critical distance at the medium-cycle fatigue regime, lm, depends on the number of cycles to failure, nf. in particular, a power law relationship between lm and nf has been proposed by susmel and taylor as follows: m f f( ) bl n an (12) where a and b are material constants. two fitting procedures have been developed to obtain these constants: one based on critical distances determined at threshold and static conditions (eqs. (10) and (11), respectively), and another based on fatigue curves of plain and sharply notched specimens. although the latter procedure has proved to provide more accurate notch life estimates when compared to experimental data, the former is simpler to work with as the material constants required to determine a and b are usually available or can be extracted from empirical correlations. application to fretting fatigue everal attempts to address the fretting fatigue problem using notch methodologies have been investigated in the literature [2-7] due to the similarities between notch and fretting fatigue. indeed, the stress fields in both problems are characterized by stress gradients and multiaxial stresses. in the fretting fatigue problem, however, there is also a wear process due to the relative motion between the contacting surfaces. in this setting, notch methodologies could be applied to fretting fatigue if the surface damage could be regarded as negligible. this approximation is considered in this paper, at least for the partial slip case where the amount of wear debris is usually small [19]. the use of the methodology for a typical fretting fatigue problem is shown in fig. 4. the contact configuration involves a normal force p, a cyclic tangential loading q(t), and a cyclic remote stress (t). as a first step, the crack initiation point must be determined. this task can be accomplished, for instance, by searching the point where a given fatigue parameter achieves its maximum value. normally, the crack initiation point occurs at the trailing edge of the contact, as illustrated in fig. 4a. subsequent analysis is carried out on the straight line that emanates from the crack initiation point and is perpendicular to the contact surface. in order to obtain the number of cycles to failure, the critical distance corresponding to a trial number of cycles to failure, n, is determined as follows: m ( ) bl n an (13) s f. castro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 444-450; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.49 448 the stress quantities a, n,max, and  are then evaluated at this critical distance, and the number of cycles to failure, nf,e, is calculated using eq. (6). if the calculated nf,e is different from the trial value n, a new iteration is started considering n = nf,e. this process is repeated until convergence between the trial and calculated fatigue lives has been attained. figure 4: procedure to estimate fretting fatigue life: (a) location of the critical distance and (b) flowchart of the iterative procedure for life estimation. comparison with experimental data vailable fretting fatigue data [1] were used to assess the methodology. such tests were carried out with a pair of cylindrical pads pressed against a flat dog-done specimen, both made of an al alloy 4% cu. in each series of tests, the tests were run (each one with a different pad radius) at constant values of peak contact pressure, tangential force and remote stress. hence, the magnitude of the stress field of each test was the same, but different stress gradients were induced by the contact. constants for the methodology are given in tab. 1. the constants a and b in the lm versus nf relationship, eq. (12), were determined using l values calculated at the threshold and static conditions, eqs. (10) and (11), respectively. the values of  and a,ref were extracted from fully reversed uniaxial and torsional fatigue curves. these curves were estimated by fitting fatigue data for 103 cycles and 107 cycles, using empirical relationships [20] to obtain the fatigue strengths at 103 cycles from the ultimate tensile strength. uts 0 kic kth (=0) a,ref (=0) (=1) a,ref (=1) (mpa) (mpa) (mpam0.5) (mpam0.5) (mpa) (mpa) 500 124 34 4.4 12.8 161 12.8 115 table 1: constants for the methodology for al alloy 4% cu. due to the geometry of the experimental setup and the applied loadings, analytical techniques [21] were employed to solve the elastic contact problem. the surface tractions are characterized by a hertzian contact pressure distribution, and by shear tractions that are similar to the mindlin-cattaneo one except that the stick zone is not symmetrical with respect to the center of the contact zone but shifted due to the presence of an alternating remote stress. once the surface tractions have been determined, subsurface stresses can be obtained by using a muskhelishvili potential. the time varying elastic stress field in any material point in the specimen can be finally calculated by superposing the effects of contact pressure, shear traction and remote stress. a f. castro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 444-450; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.49 449 estimated and observed number of cycles to failure is shown in fig. 5. the solid diagonal line corresponds to a perfect correlation between estimated and observed fatigue lives, and the two dashed lines define the factor of 2 bandwidth. as can be clearly seen in this figure, most of the life estimates fall within a error band given by a factor of 2. considering the well known scatter that characterizes the fatigue phenomena this can be considered a very good correlation. figure 5: observed and estimated fatigue lives for fretting fatigue tests conducted by nowell [1]. conclusions n engineering methodology for fatigue life estimation of mechanical couplings subjected to fretting fatigue was presented in this paper. constants for the methodology are relatively simple to determine, as only experimental data from conventional fatigue tests on plain and sharply notched (or cracked) specimens are required. it can also be easily incorporated in a finite element method based software for fast assessment of fretting fatigue life in more realistic type of mechanical couplings. fatigue life estimates correlated well with the experimental results [1], falling in most cases within a factor of two bandwidth. although some of the required material constants were obtained either from literature or from empirical relations, the methodology was still capable of producing satisfactory life estimates. however, further assessment considering different contact configurations and other materials is still required to corroborate the proposed life methodology. acknowledgments he supports provided by cnpq (contracts 310845/2013-0 and 309748/2013-5) and by finatec are gratefully acknowledged. references [1] nowell, d., an analysis of fretting fatigue. ph.d. thesis, oxford university, (1988). [2] amargier, r., fouvry, s., chambon, l., schwob, c., poupon, c., stress gradient effect on crack initiation in fretting using a multiaxial fatigue framework, int j fatigue, 32 (2010) 1904–1912. [3] nowell, d., dini, d., hills, d.a., recent developments in the understanding of fretting fatigue, eng fract mech, 73 (2006) 207–222. a t f. castro et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 444-450; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.49 450 [4] araújo, j.a., nowell, d., the effect of rapidly varying contact stress fields on fretting fatigue, int j fatigue, 24 (2002) 763–776. [5] araújo, j.a., castro, f.c., a comparative analysis between multiaxial stress and δk-based short crack arrest models in fretting fatigue engineering fracture mechanics, 93 (2012) 34–47. [6] araújo, j.a., susmel, l., taylor, d., ferro j.c.t., mamiya, e.n., on the use of the theory of critical distances and the modified wöhler curve method to estimate fretting fatigue strength of cylindrical contacts, int j fatigue, 29 (2007) 95–107. [7] navarro, c., muñoz, s., domínguez, j., on the use of multiaxial fatigue criteria for fretting fatigue life assessment, int j fatigue, 30 (2008) 32–44. [8] taylor, d., geometrical effects in fatigue: a unifying theoretical model. int j fatigue, 21 (1999) 413–20. [9] taylor, d., the theory of critical distances: a new perspective in fracture mechanics. elsevier bv, (2007). [10] susmel, l., multiaxial notch fatigue: from nominal to local stress-strain quantities. woodhead & crc, cambridge, uk, (2009). [11] susmel, l., lazzarin, p., a bi-parametric wöhler curve for high cycle multiaxial fatigue assessment, fatigue fract eng mater struct, 25 (2002) 63–78. [12] lazzarin, p., susmel, l., a stress-based method to predict lifetime under multiaxial fatigue loading, fatigue fract eng mater struct, 26 (2003) 1171–1187. [13] castro, f.c., araújo, j.a., zouain, n. on the application of multiaxial high-cycle fatigue criteria using the theory of critical distances. engng fract mech. 2009; 76:512–24. [14] araújo, j.a., dantas a.p., castro f.c., mamiya e.n., ferreira j.l.a., on the characterization of the critical plane with a simple and fast alternative measure of the shear stress amplitude in multiaxial fatigue, int j fatigue, 33 (2011) 1092– 1100. [15] susmel, l., taylor, d., two methods for predicting the multiaxial fatigue limits of sharp notches, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 26 (2003) 821–833. [16] susmel, l., taylor, d., a novel formulation of the theory of critical distances to estimate lifetime of notched components in the medium-cycle fatigue regime, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 30 (2007) 567–581. [17] susmel, l., taylor, d., the modified wöhler curve method applied along with the theory of critical distances to estimate finite life of notched components subjected to complex multiaxial loading paths, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 31 (2008) 1047–1064. [18] susmel l, taylor d., on the use of the theory of critical distances to predict static failures in ductile metallic materials containing different geometrical features, eng fract mech, 75 (2008) 4410–4421. [19] vingsbo, o., söderberg, s., on fretting maps, wear, 126 (1988) 131-147. [20] susmel, l., fatigue design: summary, class notes, (2012). [21] hills, d.a., nowell, d., mechanics of fretting fatigue. dordrecht: kluwer academic publishers, (1994). microsoft word numero_37_art_3 p. bernardi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 15-21; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.03 15 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture numerical simulation of early-age shrinkage effects on rc member deflections and cracking development p. bernardi, r. cerioni, e. michelini, a. sirico dept. of civil, environmental, land management engineering and architecture, university of parma (italy) patrizia.bernardi@unipr.it, roberto.cerioni@unipr.it, elena.michelini@unipr.it, alice.sirico@studenti.unipr.it abstract. shrinkage effects on short-term behavior of reinforced concrete elements are often neglected both in design code provisions and in numerical simulations. however, it is known that their influence on serviceability performance can be significant, especially in case of lightly-reinforced beams. as a matter of fact, the restraint provided by the reinforcement on concrete determines a reduction of the cracking load of the structural element, as well as an increase of its deflection. this paper deals with the modeling of early-age shrinkage effects in the field of smeared crack approaches. to this aim, an existing non-linear constitutive relation for cracked reinforced concrete elements is extended herein to include early-age concrete shrinkage. careful verifications of the model are carried out by comparing numerical results with significant experimental data reported in technical literature, providing a good agreement both in terms of global and local behavior. keywords. reinforced concrete; shrinkage; cracking; short-term loading; non-linear analysis; fem. introduction n the design of reinforced concrete (rc) members, creep and shrinkage effects are usually taken into account for the evaluation of long-term deflections and pre-stress losses. it is indeed well known that these phenomena have a significant influence on the behavior of rc elements under sustained loads, by increasing their deformations and crack width over time. on the contrary, their effects on short-term response are often disregarded [1, 2]. several theoretical and experimental works (among others, e.g. [3, 4]) have however pointed out that the restraining of concrete shrinkage (usually due to the presence of embedded reinforcement) significantly affects the cracking resistance of structural elements, as well as their deformations even under short-term loading. as a consequence, a proper numerical modelling should consider this effect, so as to avoid inaccurate predictions of structural performances at serviceability conditions. to this aim, concrete shrinkage can be explicitly considered by treating it as a prescribed deformation or as a fictitious force in the analyses [5-9]. in this work, an existing smeared-crack model for rc elements subjected to in-plane stresses, named 2d-parc [10-12], is extended so as to correctly take into account early-age shrinkage effects. in more detail, concrete shrinkage is rigorously modelled by inserting it explicitly into 2d-parc general algorithm as a prescribed deformation. the effectiveness of the proposed procedure is verified herein through the modelling of two experimental programs [13, 14] on rc shrunk beams with low reinforcement ratio tested to short-term bending. these elements are highly sensitive to shrinkage effects, especially in presence of a non-symmetric arrangement of steel reinforcement in the element cross-section. the restraint i p. bernardi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 15-21; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.03 16 provided by embedded bars produces indeed a not uniform distribution of induced tensile stresses in concrete, with a consequent initial warping of the member. comparisons between numerical and experimental results prove that the proposed approach is able to correctly catch the effects of concrete shrinkage strains on member deflection, as well as on cracking strength and development. numerical model n this work, the original formulation of 2d-parc constitutive relation is properly revised so as to include concrete shrinkage effects in short-term analyses. as already mentioned, this model, which is based on a smeared-fixed crack approach, was developed for a concrete membrane element containing n reinforcing layers with different orientations, subjected to plane stress conditions. the main features of 2d-parc, as well as its governing equations can be found in [10-12], to which reference is made. in the following sections the attention will be only focused on the main changes made to the original structure of the model in order to include concrete shrinkage. uncracked stage in the uncracked stage, perfect bond is assumed between steel bars and the surrounding concrete, so the total strain vector {ε} is coincident with the strain in concrete {εc} and steel {εs}:      sc   , (1) the total stress vector {σ} can be then simply evaluated as the sum of the stresses acting in concrete, {σc}, and in steel reinforcement, {σs}. to take into account shrinkage effects, concrete stresses {σc} are here computed as a function of concrete net strains ({εc} {εsh}), being {εsh} the free shrinkage strain vector. according to 2d-parc conventions, free shrinkage strains are assumed as negative, since they cause concrete shortening. the terms of vector {εsh} can be either set equal to the shrinkage strain values measured during experimental tests, if available, or properly calculated according to classical formulations obtained from technical literature (e.g. [15-17]). in any case, the component of {εsh} associated to shear strains is usually assumed equal to zero. the equilibrium equation for the uncracked rc element can be then written as:                 ssshccsc dd   , (2) where [dc] and [ds] respectively represent concrete and steel stiffness matrix, whose construction has been discussed elsewhere ([10] and [12], in a more recently revised form). cracked stage crack formation takes place when the current state of stress violates the concrete failure envelope in the cracking region (see [12]). in presence of shrinkage, the transition from uncracked to cracked stage occurs in correspondence of a lower load level, since the restraint provided by the embedded reinforcement causes the appearance of tensile stresses in concrete even before the application of any external load. crack pattern is hypothesized to develop with a constant spacing am1 and a strain decomposition procedure is adopted, so leading to the following compatibility condition:      1crc   , (3) where the total strain vector {ε} is obtained as the sum of the strains {εc} in rc between two adjacent cracks (still intact, even if damaged), and those in the fracture zone, {εcr1}, related to all the kinematics that develop after crack formation. as known, crack opening and sliding activate indeed several resistant mechanisms, such as aggregate bridging and interlock, tension stiffening and dowel action, which provide strength and stiffness. according to the procedure described in [10], the two strain vectors, {εc} and {εcr1}, are obtained by inverting the equilibrium conditions in the uncracked rc between cracks and at crack location, respectively. moreover, the stresses in rc between adjacent cracks, {σc}, and those in the crack, {σcr1}, are assumed to be coincident with each other and consequently to the total stress vector {σ}. in more detail, the equilibrium condition in rc between cracks is formally identical to eq. 2, even if concrete and steel stiffness matrices, [dc] and [ds], are slightly modified with respect to the uncracked stage, so as to consider the degradation i p. bernardi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 15-21; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.03 17 that occurs after cracking, as explained in [10, 12]. moreover, since in the cracked stage the hypothesis of perfect bond is no longer valid (and consequently the two strain vectors {εc} and {εs} cannot be set equal to each other), the steel strain {εs} is assumed coincident with the total average strain {ε}, with a negligible approximation in excess. by inverting the equilibrium condition in rc between cracks, concrete strains {εc} can be then expressed as:             shs1cc dd    . (4) the strain vector { εcr1} can be in turn determined by inverting the equilibrium equation at crack location:       11cr1cr d  , (5) being [dcr1] the crack stiffness matrix, whose expression – which is not modified in presence of shrinkage – can be still found in [10]. by substituting eqs 4 and 5 into the compatibility eq. 3, the total stress {σ} vector in case of shrinkage can be then expressed as follows:                   shs1c111cr1c ddidd    , (6) being [i] the identity matrix. model validation he effectiveness of the above described procedure, as well as of its correct implementation into a commercial finite element (fe) code (abaqus), are verified herein through comparisons with detailed test data on shrunk rc beams subjected to short-term bending. the first considered experimental program (carried out by gribniak, [13]) mainly focuses on the effects of concrete shrinkage on beam deflection and first cracking moment in case of different amounts of top reinforcement, while the second one (by sato et al. [14]) compares the flexural behavior of rc beams subjected or not to shrinkage prior to loading. numerical vs. experimental results for rc beams with different amounts of top reinforcement [13] four rc beams tested by gribniak [13] – respectively named s1, s1r, s2, s2r – and subjected to four-point bending are first analyzed. the considered specimens were characterized by the same geometry, with a rectangular cross-section (300 mm deep and 280 mm wide) and a total length equal to 3280 mm, with a net span of 3000 mm. series 1 and 2 were obtained from different concrete batches, showing slightly different compressive strengths fc, as reported in tab. 1. sample steel concrete as,bottom [mm2] as,top [mm2] es [gpa] fsy [mpa] fc [mpa] εsh (10-6) φc s1 309.0 56.6 212 566 47.3 -194.6 1.6 s1r 309.0 749 212 566 47.3 -188.2 1.6 s2 309.0 56.6 212 566 48.7 -152.6 1.4 s2r 309.0 749 212 566 48.2 -155.7 1.4 table 1: material properties of rc beams tested by gribniak [13]. all the specimens contained the same amount of lower tensile reinforcement (denoted as as,bottom in tab. 1, corresponding to 4ϕ10 mm bars), as well as of transverse reinforcement (ϕ6 mm / 100 mm spaced). the two specimens with designation “r” had an higher amount of top reinforcement (as,top, tab. 1), constituted by 3ϕ18 mm bars, instead of 2ϕ6 mm bars. the main mechanical properties of steel reinforcement are summarized in tab. 1 for reading convenience, together with t p. bernardi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 15-21; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.03 18 concrete compressive strength fc, shrinkage strains εsh and creep coefficient φc measured at the test date (see [13] for details). the experimental value of εsh is used herein to compose the shrinkage strain vector that must be defined in the numerical model, as described in the previous section. since shrinkage-induced stresses develop gradually with time, the relief caused by creep should be included in numerical simulations, as suggested by many authors in the literature (e.g., [1, 8]). the creep coefficient φc reported in tab. 1 is therefore adopted in the initial step of the analyses to correct the stresses in concrete, by applying the effective modulus method [1]. all tests were carried out under loading control. on the contrary, numerical analyses are performed under displacement control, in order to achieve a better numerical convergence. taking advantage of the symmetry of the problem, only one half of each beam is simulated, by adopting a fe mesh constituted by quadratic, isoparametric 8-node membrane elements with reduced integration (4 gauss integration points). 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 3 6 9 12 15 s1 experimental [13] numerical p [kn] δ [mm] p [kn] δ [mm] (a) mcr,exp [knm] 16.8 mcr,num [knm] 14.9 δi,num [mm] 0.13 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 3 6 9 12 15 s1r experimental [13] numerical p [kn] δ [mm] (b) mcr,exp [knm] 19.8 mcr,num [knm] 17.5 δi,num [mm] -0.16 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 3 6 9 12 15 s2 experimental [13] numerical p [kn] δ [mm] (c) mcr,exp [knm] 15.9 mcr,num [knm] 15.4 δi,num [mm] 0.09 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 3 6 9 12 15 s2r experimental [13] numerical p [kn] δ [mm] (d) mcr,exp [knm] 17.9 mcr,num [knm] 17.6 δi,num [mm] -0.13 figure 1: comparison between numerical and experimental [13] results in terms of total applied load p vs. midspan deflection δ for beams: (a) s1; (b) s1r; (c) s2; (d) s2r. a first comparison between numerical and experimental results is provided in fig. 1, in terms of total applied load p vs. midspan deflection δ. since the initial deflection due to shrinkage was not experimentally measured, numerical analyses are shifted to the origin along the horizontal axis, so as to match experimental results. the values of initial shrinkage deflection δi, as obtained from numerical analyses before the application of external loading, is however reported in each graph of fig. 1. a good agreement is found for all the considered specimens. beams with a larger amount of top reinforcement (designation “r”, fig. 1b,d) are characterized by an initial negative deflection δi due to shrinkage. moreover, they show an higher cracking resistance with respect to their twin specimens (fig. 1a,c). this can be attributable to the increment of moment of inertia due to the presence of a heavier top reinforcement, but mainly to the difference of tensile stresses caused by shrinkage in the extreme bottom fiber of the cross-section. to better clarify this last aspect, the numerical variation within the depth of the section of the total strain ε, as well as of the stresses in concrete σc and in steel σs just before loading are reported in fig. 2 for the twin beams s1 and s1r. the presence of a not symmetric reinforcement in the beam cross-section determines a not uniform restraint to free shrinkage, which in turn causes the element curvature p. bernardi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 15-21; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.03 19 and the appearance of a stress gradient. heavy compressive reinforcement (s1r specimen) provides a larger restraint to the top of the beam, so leading to a reversed curvature and to a great reduction of tensile shrinkage stresses in the extreme bottom fiber. for this reason, a greater applied moment is required to crack the member. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 -210 -190 -170 -150 -130 s1 s1r d is ta n ce f ro m t h e b o tt o m [ m m ] ε (10-6) bottom bars level top bars level 0.3 -0.1 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 σc [mpa] 45 -40 -35 -30 -25 σs [mpa] -0.3 -45 figure 2: numerical values of total strains ε, concrete σc and steel σs stresses within the depth of the section at midspan just before loading for beams s1 and s1r. numerical vs. experimental results on rc beams subjected or not to shrinkage before loading [14] two rc beams tested by sato et al. [14] – named v-01-13wb and v-01-13db – and subjected to four-point bending are selected for further comparisons. the considered specimens were characterized by the same geometry, with a rectangular cross-section (200 mm deep and 150 mm wide) and a total length equal to 2800 mm, with a net span of 2200 mm. the two beams were also characterized by the same amount of tensile reinforcement, consisting of two d13 bars. the specimens belonged to the same concrete batch, but were subjected to different curing conditions. after demolding, beam v-01-13wb was indeed sealed at room temperature with saturated paper (“wet curing”) until the time of testing, whereas beam v-01-13db was first subjected to wet curing for one week and subsequently exposed to room atmosphere for 114 days (“drying condition”). sample steel concrete as,bottom [mm2] es [gpa] fsy [mpa] fc [mpa] fct,sp* [mpa] ec [gpa] εsh (10-6) φc v-01-13wb 253.4 193.2 353 30.6 2.9 27.5 v-01-13db 253.4 193.2 353 32.5 3.0 28.5 425 3.3 * : fct adopted in the analyses is calculated from fct,sp according to uni en 1992-1-1 [16] table 2: material properties of rc beams tested by sato et al. [14] 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 experimental v-01-13wb [14] experimental v-01-13db [14] numerical v-01-13wb numerical v-01-13db m [knm] δ [mm] (a) sample v-01-13wb v-01-13db mcr,exp [knm] 3.6 2.1 mcr,num [knm] 3.2 2.1 δexp** [mm] 3.7 4.6 δnum** [mm] 3.7 4.7 wmax,exp** [mm] 0.12 0.12 wmax,num** [mm] 0.10 0.15 wav,exp** [mm] 0.07 0.08 wav,num** [mm] 0.05 0.06 **: values at m=7.2 knm figure 3: comparison between numerical and experimental [14] results (a) in terms of bending moment m vs. midspan deflection δ; (b) under serviceability conditions, for beams v-01-13wb and v-01-13db. p. bernardi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 15-21; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.03 20 the main mechanical properties of steel and concrete, together with the average free shrinkage strain εsh and the creep coefficient φc at the date of testing, are summarized in tab. 2. numerical analyses are performed by following the same modeling choices already described in the previous section. fig. 3a shows a comparison between numerical and experimental [14] results in terms of bending moment m vs. midspan deflection δ; for both the considered beams. since initial deflection due to shrinkage was not experimentally measured, also in this case numerical curves are shifted to the origin.     w [mm] figure 4: numerical and experimental [14] crack pattern at failure for specimen v-01-13db. as can be seen from fig. 3a, the shrunk specimen v-01-13db is characterized by a reduced cracking load and a larger deflection with respect to sample v-01-13wb. additional comparisons are provided in fig. 3b, where numerical and experimental values of cracking moment mcr, deflection δ, average and maximum crack width (wav and wmax) under serviceability conditions are listed. finally, a good agreement is also found in terms of crack pattern at failure, as proved by fig. 4, which reports numerical and experimental results for the shrunk specimen v-01-13db. conclusions n this paper, a non-linear constitutive model for the analysis of rc structures, named 2d-parc, is modified so as to include early-age shrinkage effects. the procedure is verified through comparisons with experimental data on rc beams subjected to short-term loadings available in the literature. satisfactory results are obtained in terms of both global behavior and local member response (i.e. stresses in concrete/steel, crack distribution and width), thus making the model a useful tool both in engineering and research practice. references [1] gilbert, r.i., shrinkage, cracking and deflection – the serviceability of concrete structures, ejse international, 1 (2001) 2-14. [2] gribniak, v., kaklauskas, g., kliukas, r., jakubovskis r., shrinkage effect on short-term deformation behavior of reinforced concrete – when it should not be neglected, mater design, 51 (2013) 1060-70. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2013.05.028 [3] bischoff, p.h., effects of shrinkage on tension stiffening and cracking in reinforced concrete, can j civil eng, 28 (2001) 363–74. doi: 10.1139/l00-117 [4] scanlon, a., bischoff, p.h., shrinkage restraint and loading history effects on deflections of flexural members, aci struct j, 105 (2008) 498–506. [5] rots, j. g., de borst r., analysis of mixed-mode fracture in concrete, j struct mech, 113 (1987) 1739-1758. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9399 [6] vecchio, f.j., reinforced concrete membrane element formulations, asce j struct eng, 116 (1990) 730-50. doi:10.1061/(asce)0733-9445 [7] maekawa, k., soltani, m., ishida, t., itoyama, y., time-dependent space-averaged constitutive modeling of cracked reinforced concrete subjected to shrinkage and sustained loads, j adv concr technol, 4 (2006) 193-207. doi:10.3151/jact.4.193 [8] kaklauskas, g., gribniak, v., bacinskas, d., vainiunas, p., shrinkage influence on tension stiffening in concrete members, eng struct, 31 (2009) 1305-12. doi:10.1016/j.engstruct.2008.10.007 i p. bernardi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 15-21; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.03 21 [9] luo, y., wang, m.y., zhou, m., deng, z., topology optimization of reinforced concrete structures considering control of shrinkage and strength failure, comput struct, 157 (2015) 31-41. doi:10.1016/j.compstruc.2015.05.009 [10] cerioni, r., iori, i., michelini, e., bernardi, p., multi-directional modeling of crack pattern in 2d r/c members, eng fract mech, 75 (2008) 615–28. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2007.04.012. [11] bernardi, p., cerioni, r., michelini, e., analysis of post-cracking stage in sfrc elements through a non-linear numerical approach, eng fract mech, 108 (2013) 238-250. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.02.024 [12] bernardi, p., cerioni, r., michelini, e., sirico, a., numerical modeling of the cracking behavior of rc and sfrc shear-critical beams, eng fract mech (2016) doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2016.04.008 [13] gribniak, v., shrinkage influence on tension-stiffening of concrete structures, phd thesis, vilniaus gedimino technikos universitetas, vilnius, lituania (2009) [14] sato, r., maruyama, i., sogabe, t., sogo, m., flexural behavior of reinforced recycled concrete beams, j adv concr technol, 5 (2007) 43-61. doi:10.3151/jact.5.43 [15] aci committee 209. guide for modeling and calculating shrinkage and creep in hardened concrete, aci 209.2r08, farmington hills, michigan, (2008) [16] uni en 1992-1-1:2005. eurocode 2 – design of concrete structures – part 1-1: general rules and rules for buildings, (2005). [17] bazant, z., p., baweja s., creep and shrinkage prediction model for analysis and design of concrete structures: model b3. aci special publications 194 (2000). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 1728; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 17 il modello della fessura coesiva in trazione e compressione per la valutazione della duttilità degli elementi strutturali in calcestruzzo armato alberto carpinteri, mauro corrado, giuseppe mancini, marco paggi politecnico di torino – dipartimento di ingegneria strutturale e geotecnica, corso duca degli abruzzi 24, 10129, torino, italy riassunto. il problema della valutazione della duttilità degli elementi in calcestruzzo armato soggetti a flessione o presso-flessione è stato largamente studiato negli ultimi decenni, sia da un punto di vista sperimentale che analitico. data l’influenza di numerosi parametri di progetto sulla duttilità, tuttavia, è difficile sviluppare un modello in grado di descrivere completamente la risposta meccanica di elementi strutturali, tenendo conto di tutti gli effetti dovuti alla non-linearità dei materiali. nel passato, in particolare, si è studiato in maniera approfondita l’effetto della classe di duttilità dell’acciaio, mentre il ruolo degli effetti di scala, evidenziato da più campagne sperimentali, non è stato ancora del tutto chiarito. una delle ragioni principali è l’inadeguatezza dei modelli tradizionali, basati su leggi costitutive tra tensioni e deformazioni. nel presente lavoro, si propone un nuovo modello basato sul concetto della localizzazione delle deformazioni, capace di descrivere la propagazione della fessura e l’avanzamento del crushing durante il processo di carico. in tale contesto, il comportamento non-lineare del calcestruzzo in compressione è modellato attraverso l’overlapping crack model, modello analogo a quello coesivo valido per la trazione, che descrive la localizzazione delle deformazioni dovuta al danneggiamento del calcestruzzo mediante una compenetrazione del materiale. con questo nuovo algoritmo è possibile cogliere l’effettiva risposta flessionale di elementi strutturali in calcestruzzo armato al variare della percentuale di armatura e della scala dimensionale. applicazioni numeriche riguardano l’analisi della risposta post-picco di provini in calcestruzzo soggetti a compressione e la valutazione delle rotazioni plastiche di travi in calcestruzzo armato soggette a flessione su tre punti. si propone infine un ampio confronto con i risultati di prove sperimentali, con lo scopo di dimostrare la validità del nuovo approccio. abstract. the problem of assessing the ductility of reinforced concrete (rc) structural elements in bending or under the action of eccentric forces has been largely investigated from both the experimental and the analytical point of view during the last decades. since the development of ductility is influenced by several design parameters, it is difficult to develop a predictive model able to fully describe the mechanical behaviour of the structural element. in particular, the role of the size-scale effect, which has been evidenced by some experimental tests, is not yet completely understood. one of the main reasons is the inadequacy of the traditional models based on ad hoc stress-strain constitutive laws. in the present contribution, a new model based on the concept of strain localization is proposed, which is able to describe both cracking and crushing growths during the loading process. in particular, the nonlinear behaviour of concrete in compression is modelled by the overlapping crack model, which describes the strain localization due to crushing by means of a material compenetration. with this numerical algorithm in hand, it is possible to effectively capture the flexural behaviour of rc structural elements by varying the reinforcement percentage and/or the structural size. numerical applications regard the analysis of the post-peak nonlinear response of concrete specimens subjected to eccentric compression tests and the evaluation of the plastic rotation of rc beams under three-point bending. an extensive comparison with experimental results is also proposed, fully demonstrating the effectiveness of the proposed approach. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 17-28; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 18 parole chiave. calcestruzzo armato, rotazioni plastiche, effetti di scala, crushing, modello coesivo, metodo degli elementi finiti. introduzione l comportamento del calcestruzzo in compressione, e in particolar modo la resistenza a compressione e la risposta meccanica nella fase di post-picco, hanno un ruolo predominante nel progetto di strutture in calcestruzzo semplice e armato. il progetto di elementi strutturali, infatti, è basato sul confronto tra una caratteristica sollecitante e la corrispondente resistenza, valutata sulla base della resistenza propria del materiale e del meccanismo di collasso. il comportamento del materiale nella fase di post-picco è invece fondamentale per una corretta valutazione della duttilità della struttura, come ad esempio nella valutazione della deformazione assiale ultima di pilastri o della capacità di rotazione plastica di travi in calcestruzzo armato. in questo contesto, gli effetti della dimensione strutturale giocano un ruolo importante, dovuto al fatto che i parametri caratteristici del calcestruzzo vengono valutati su provini alla scala del laboratorio, alquanto diversa dalla dimensione delle strutture reali. da qui la necessità di sviluppare modelli analitici o numerici che permettano di estrapolare correttamente i risultati delle prove sperimentali alle grandi scale. l’interesse per la duttilità delle strutture risale all’inizio del secolo scorso, con il diffondersi del calcolo plastico come metodo di valutazione del carico ultimo di una struttura [1]. in questo contesto, tale proprietà è fondamentale per permettere la ridistribuzione dei momenti flettenti all’interno di strutture iperstatiche. la duttilità può essere opportunamente valutata attraverso la capacità di rotazione delle cerniere plastiche che si sviluppano nelle sezioni più sollecitate. a tal proposito, due possibili definizioni di rotazione plastica sono state proposte in letteratura. in base al model code 90 [2], tale rotazione è definita come la differenza tra la rotazione corrispondente al massimo momento resistente e quella relativa allo snervamento dell’acciaio, come rappresentato schematicamente da )1(plϑ in fig. 1. al fine di considerare il contributo di duttilità sviluppato oltre il carico massimo, hillerborg [3] e pecce [4] hanno proposto una misura alternativa della rotazione plastica, come differenza tra la rotazione oltre la quale si ha un rapido decremento del momento resistente e la rotazione di snervamento dell’acciaio ( )2(plϑ in fig. 1). queste misure sono entrambe proporzionali alla duttilità delle travi in calcestruzzo armato. figura 1: differenti definizioni di rotazione plastica nel diagramma momento-rotazione della sezione più sollecitata. data la complessità del fenomeno di formazione e di sviluppo delle cerniere plastiche, i primi studi sulla capacità rotazionale derivano dalle prove sperimentali condotte negli anni ’60 del secolo scorso, coordinate dalla “indeterminate structures commission” del ceb [5], presieduta dal prof. baker. sulla base dei risultati sperimentali ottenuti, pubblicati nel 1967 [6], si decise di descrivere la rotazione plastica in funzione della profondità relativa dell’asse neutro, x/d. di conseguenza, fu proposta la seguente relazione iperbolica, che costituisce la curva approssimante il frattile 5% dei risultati: x d pl 004.0=ϑ (1) i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 1728; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 19 tale espressione fu assunta da alcune normative dell’epoca, come ad esempio il model code 78, per risolvere il problema della valutazione delle rotazioni plastiche ammissibili ai fini progettuali. un secondo importante contributo fu dato dalla ricerca condotta agli inizi degli anni ’80 presso l’università di stoccarda dal gruppo coordinato dal prof. eligehausen [7]. in tale occasione fu sviluppato un modello analitico per l’analisi delle cerniere plastiche considerando l’esistenza di due tipi di collasso: lato acciaio e lato calcestruzzo. le curve proposte sono confrontate in fig. 2 con la legge espressa dall’eq. (1). due aspetti fondamentali devono essere evidenziati: la presenza di un ramo crescente per piccoli valori di x/d dovuto alla rottura lato acciaio e la presenza di due curve relative ad acciai aventi caratteristiche di duttilità differenti. tali curve furono in seguito adottate dal model code 90. successivamente altri modelli furono sviluppati, enfatizzando uno o più particolari aspetti del problema [8-10]. la più recente indicazione normativa è quella presente nell’ultima versione dell’eurocodice 2 parte 2 [11], riportata in fig. 3. le linee tratteggiate si riferiscono ad acciai ad alta duttilità (classe c), mentre quelle a tratto pieno si riferiscono ad acciai a normale duttilità (classe b). dall’analisi delle indicazioni delle normative si può evidenziare come l’effetto della scala sulla capacità rotazionale sia stato trascurato, sebbene numerose campagne sperimentali abbiano evidenziato una forte influenza di tale fenomeno [12-15]. figura 2: evoluzione delle formule di progetto per il calcolo della rotazione plastica ammissibile. figura 3: legami tra rotazione plastica ammissibile e profondità relativa dell’asse neutro in base all’eurocodice 2. come intuito da hillerborg fin dal 1990 [3], la causa degli effetti di scala, anche per quanto riguarda la capacità di rotazione, risiede nella localizzazione delle deformazioni, sia in trazione che in compressione. hillerborg fu il primo ad introdurre tale concetto, decisamente più intuitivo nel caso della trazione, anche in compressione. in base al suo approccio, una volta raggiunta la resistenza a compressione, si verifica una localizzazione delle deformazioni all’interno di una zona della trave avente una lunghezza pari alla profondità della zona compressa. bažant [16] ha proposto un modello http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 17-28; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 20 analogo, nel quale la zona di localizzazione è definita come lunghezza caratteristica del materiale. tale modello permette di affrontare il problema degli effetti di scala, ma di fatto non permette di ottenere una legge costitutiva propria del materiale, essendo la lunghezza di localizzazione proporzionale alla dimensione del provino. inoltre, in entrambi i modelli, la lunghezza di localizzazione non è definita sulla base di valutazioni teoriche ma da un best-fitting di risultati sperimentali. d’altro canto, la localizzazione delle deformazioni in compressione è stata osservata in numerose campagne sperimentali [17-22]. nel presente lavoro, il comportamento del calcestruzzo in compressione viene descritto mediante un nuovo modello, denominato overlapping crack model, nel quale il processo di collasso del calcestruzzo in compressione è descritto in modo analogo a quello in trazione. in trazione la localizzazione delle deformazioni è rappresentata dall’apertura della fessura, mentre in compressione è descritta da una compenetrazione del materiale, come mostrato in fig. 4. questi due modelli elementari vengono poi coniugati in un modello numerico più complesso sviluppato per descrivere il comportamento delle cerniere plastiche in elementi in calcestruzzo armato. tale modello sarà successivamente validato mediante confronto con i risultati di prove sperimentali condotte su travi in calcestruzzo armato da bosco e debernardi [14]. infine, sarà proposto un confronto tra i risultati del modello e le prescrizioni dell’eurocodice 2 riguardanti la capacità rotazionale di travi in calcestruzzo armato. figura 4: compenetrazione in compressione (a); analoga alla fessura coesiva in trazione (b). analisi numerica n questa sezione si propone un nuovo modello basato sui concetti della meccanica della frattura per la valutazione della capacità di rotazione plastica di travi in calcestruzzo armato soggette a flessione. l’analisi è condotta su un concio di trave avente lunghezza pari all’altezza, soggetto a momento flettente costante. tale elemento è considerato rappresentativo della zona di formazione della cerniera plastica, coerentemente con quanto suggerito dall’eurocodice 2. si assume, inoltre, che i processi di frattura in trazione e di crushing in compressione siano localizzati nella sezione di mezzeria, mentre la parte restante abbia un comportamento elastico. ciò implica che sia considerata un’unica fessura equivalente, anziché una fessurazione diffusa. la distribuzione delle tensioni nella sezione di mezzeria è elastica-lineare fino al raggiungimento della resistenza a trazione in corrispondenza del lembo inferiore. quando tale limite è raggiunto, una fessura coesiva si propaga dall’intradosso verso l’estradosso del concio. al di fuori della fessura il materiale ha comportamento elastico. in questa fase il momento esterno aumenta, la fessura si estende e la tensione di compressione al lembo superiore aumenta fino a raggiungere la resistenza a compressione. a questo punto inizia il danneggiamento a compressione del calcestruzzo con la conseguente localizzazione dell’energia dissipata, che viene descritta mediante la compenetrazione del materiale. più grande è la compenetrazione (overlapping), più piccoli sono gli sforzi di compressione trasmessi dai due elementi. il modello coesivo per descrivere la frattura del calcestruzzo in trazione in base al modello coesivo [23, 24], la legge costitutiva utilizzata per il materiale non danneggiato è una relazione σ−ε lineare-elastica fino al raggiungimento della resistenza a trazione. nella zona di processo, il materiale danneggiato è ancora in grado di trasmettere sforzi attraverso le facce della fessura. tali sforzi sono inversamente proporzionali all’apertura della fessura, wt, secondo la seguente espressione:         −= t cr t ut,t 1 w w σσ (2) i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 1728; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 21 dove: wt è l’apertura della fessura, wtcr è il valore critico dall’apertura della fessura oltre il quale si annullano gli sforzi trasmessi e σt,u è la resistenza a trazione. l’area sottesa dalla curva tensione-spostamento rappresenta l’energia di frattura, tfg . il modello di overlapping per descrivere la rottura del calcestruzzo in compressione in ambito strutturale, le leggi costitutive maggiormente adottate per il calcestruzzo in compressione descrivono il comportamento del materiale in termini di tensione in funzione della deformazione (legge elasto-plastica, parabolarettangolo, parabola di sargin, ecc.). questo approccio, che implica una dissipazione di energia all’interno dell’intero volume, non permette di descrivere correttamente il comportamento meccanico al variare della dimensione strutturale. al contrario, gli effetti della scala sono dovuti alla localizzazione delle deformazioni all’interno di una banda di danneggiamento trasversale o inclinata [17-19] e ad una conseguente localizzazione dell’energia dissipata nella fase di postpicco. a tal proposito, è stato evidenziato come l’energia dissipata per unità di volume diminuisca all’aumentare della scala, mentre, la stessa energia, rapportata all’area della sezione trasversale, possa essere considerata costante [20-22]. alcuni autori [17, 18] hanno sperimentalmente evidenziato che, da un punto di vista globale, senza considerare in dettaglio il meccanismo di collasso del provino, lo schiacciamento localizzato può essere considerato come una caratteristica del materiale nella fase di post-picco, analogamente a quanto avviene per l’apertura della fessura in trazione. sulla base di tale osservazione è possibile introdurre un modello più generale, per cui la deformazione irreversibile dovuta al fenomeno di danneggiamento è descritta da una compenetrazione fittizia, mentre la parte restante di provino è soggetta ad uno scarico elastico, come proposto da carpinteri et al. [25]. di conseguenza viene introdotta una doppia legge costitutiva: un legame σ–ε fino al raggiungimento della resistenza a compressione (fig. 5a) e un legame σ–w (compenetrazione) descrivente la rottura a compressione del calcestruzzo (fig. 5b). quest’ultima relazione descrive il modo in cui la tensione nel materiale danneggiato diminuisce dal valore massimo fino a zero all’aumentare della compenetrazione da zero fino al valore critico wccr. è importante notare che la compenetrazione è una quantità integrata che permette di caratterizzare il comportamento strutturale senza la necessità di modellare nello specifico il reale meccanismo di rottura, che può variare dalla frantumazione, alla rottura diagonale per taglio, allo splitting, variando la scala e la snellezza del provino compresso. figura 5: modello di overlapping: legame tensione-deformazione (a); legame tensione-compenetrazione (b). l’area sottesa dalla curva σ–w riportata in fig. 5b rappresenta l’energia di crushing, cfg , definita come energia dissipata per unità di superficie. tale parametro è una proprietà del materiale dal momento che non è affetta dalla scala strutturale. la formulazione empirica utilizzata nel presente lavoro per determinarne il valore è stata proposta da suzuki et al. [19], ed è basata su risultati di prove a compressione uniassiale condotte su provini in calcestruzzo semplice e armato trasversalmente: 2 c,0 e 2 a c,0 c f,0 c,0 c f 10000 σσσ pk += gg (3) dove: σc,0 è la resistenza media a compressione, ka è un parametro dipendente dalla resistenza a trazione e dalla percentuale volumetrica delle staffe e pe è la pressione laterale effettiva esercitata sul calcestruzzo (vedere [19] per http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 17-28; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 22 approfondimenti). l’energia di frantumazione per il calcestruzzo non confinato, cf,0g , può essere valutata mediante le seguente espressione: b c f,0 5080 k−=g , (4) dove il parametro kb dipende dalla resistenza a compressione del calcestruzzo. variando la classe di resistenza del calcestruzzo tra 20 e 90 mpa, l’eq. (4) dà un’energia variabile tra 30 e 58 n/mm. si può notare come l’energia di crushing sia tra due e tre ordini di grandezza superiore all’energia di frattura, mentre il valore critico della compenetrazione, wccr ≈ 1 mm, è di un ordine di grandezza superiore al valore critico di apertura della fessura (si vedano anche i risultati delle prove sperimentali di jansen e shah [18]). infine, si può evidenziare che, nel caso di calcestruzzo compresso confinato, l’energia di crushing calcolata con l’eq. (3) e il corrispondente valore critico della compenetrazione, aumentano considerevolmente. il modello proposto, basato su una compenetrazione fittizia, permette di ottenere la legge costitutiva effettiva del materiale, indipendente dalla dimensione strutturale. la validità di questo approccio può essere dimostrata con provini caratterizzati non solo da snellezze differenti [17, 18] ma anche da dimensioni diverse. a tal proposito, si considerino le prove sperimentali condotte da ferrara e gobbi [26] su provini in calcestruzzo con tre differenti snellezze (0.5, 1.0 e 2.0) e tre differenti scale variabili nel rapporto 1:2:4. le curve tensione adimensionalizzata in funzione della deformazione media ottenute sperimentalmente sono riportate in fig. 6a, ove con s si indicano i provini aventi sezione trasversale pari a 50x50 mm, con m 100x100 mm ed l 150x150 mm. la buona sovrapposizione dei rami crescenti di dette curve indica che, come ci si poteva aspettare, la fase elastica è indipendente da qualsiasi parametro geometrico e la sua pendenza è definita dal modulo elastico. al contrario, i rami di post-picco sono altamente influenzati dalla snellezza e dalla scala del provino. ciò comporta che la legge tensione-deformazione non possa essere assunta come caratteristica del materiale. figura 6: test a compressione condotti da ferrara e gobbi [26]: legami tensione-deformazione (a); legge di overlapping (b). considerazioni totalmente differenti possono invece essere svolte con riferimento alle leggi di overlapping. i legami σ−w relativi alla fase di post-picco vengono ricavati dalle curve σ−ε secondo la seguente procedura: 1) si valuta la legge tensione-schiacciamento totale del provino (σ−δ) moltiplicando le deformazioni ε per l’altezza del provino; 2) dalle curve σ−δ ottenute si sottrae l’espansione elastica del provino, δel, dovuta allo scarico tensionale, e la componente plastica della fase pre-picco, δpl, così come rappresentato in fig. 7. lo spostamento δel è valutato mediante la seguente espressione: l e c tan el σ δ = (5) dove: σc è la tensione agente, etan è il modulo elastico tangente ed l è l’altezza totale del provino. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 1728; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 23 le relazioni σ−w determinate per le prove sperimentali di ferrara e gobbi sono riportate in fig. 6b. come si può vedere, le curve rappresentative del comportamento di softening collassano in una banda molto ristretta, confermando la scarsa dipendenza della legge di overlapping dalla snellezza e dalla scala del provino. figura 7: procedura per ottenere la legge di overlapping a partire dal legame tensione-schiacciamento totale, δ. legge costitutiva dell’armatura nella pratica corrente, le leggi costitutive maggiormente utilizzate per descrivere il comportamento dell’acciaio sono definite in campo σ−ε, quali, ad esempio, quella elasto-plastica e quella elasto-incrudente. nel nuovo modello che viene qui proposto, non è possibile utilizzare siffatte relazioni in quanto la sezione di mezzeria del concio analizzato è cinematicamente descritta mediante spostamenti anziché deformazioni. sarà pertanto necessario introdurre una legge che leghi la tensione agente nell’armatura con l’apertura della fessura in corrispondenza del rinforzo stesso. in passato tale problema è stato risolto in modo semplice ma efficace imponendo un comportamento di tipo rigido-plastico, cioè imponendo che l’apertura della fessura sia nulla fino a che l’armatura non si snervi [27]. nel presente modello si vuole invece adottare un approccio più vicino alla realtà, nella quale l’apertura della fessura è ammessa anche in assenza di snervamento dell’acciaio. ciò è reso possibile dagli scorrimenti relativi tra calcestruzzo e armatura. le tipiche relazioni tra scorrimento e aderenza sono definite in termini di tensioni tangenziali tra acciaio e calcestruzzo in funzione degli spostamenti relativi tra i due materiali [2]. l’integrazione degli scorrimenti lungo la lunghezza di trasferimento è pari a metà dell’apertura della fessura in corrispondenza del rinforzo. d’altra parte, l’integrazione delle tensioni tangenziali è pari alla reazione dell’armatura. al fine di semplificare i calcoli, è stata assunta una legge lineare fino al raggiungimento dello snervamento dell’acciaio, e costante successivamente. il parametro caratterizzante tale relazione è pertanto l’apertura corrispondente allo snervamento, wy, che è stata assunta pari a 0.3 mm. algoritmo numerico nel modello numerico il concio di trave da analizzare è considerato come costituito da due parti simmetriche aventi comportamento perfettamente elastico e connesse tra loro mediante n coppie di nodi lungo la sezione di mezzeria, come rappresentato in fig. 8. in corrispondenza di tali nodi agiranno le forze nodali equivalenti coesive e di overlapping e la forza di richiusura esercitata dall’armatura. tutte queste forze dipendono dagli spostamenti nodali di apertura della fessura e di sovrapposizione nella zona di crushing, secondo le leggi costitutive introdotte nei precedenti paragrafi. così facendo, nella sezione di mezzeria saranno concentrati i contributi di non-linearità. con riferimento alla fig. 8, le forze nodali orizzontali agenti sulla sezione di mezzeria sono date dalla seguente espressione: { } [ ]{ } { }mkwkf mw += (6) dove: {f} è il vettore delle forze nodali, [kw] è la matrice dei coefficienti di influenza per gli spostamenti nodali, {w} è il vettore degli spostamenti nodali, {km} è il vettore dei coefficienti di influenza per il momento applicato ed m è il momento applicato. i coefficienti di influenza, ijwk , presentano la dimensione fisica di una rigidezza e sono calcolati a priori con un’analisi agli elementi finiti, imponendo spostamenti unitari a ciascuno degli n nodi in fig. 8. nella generica situazione che si verifica durante il processo di carico, rappresentata in fig. 9, si considerano le seguenti equazioni: 0i =f per i = 1, 2, …, (j−1); i ≠ r (7a) http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 17-28; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 24         −= t c t i ut,i 1 w w ff ; per i = j, …, (m−1); i ≠ r (7b) 0ti =w ; per i = m, …, p (7c)         −= c c c i uc,i 1 w w ff ; per i = (p+1), …, n (7d) )( rr wff = ; per i = r (7e) l’equazione (7e) rappresenta la legge costitutiva dell’armatura. figura 8: discretizzazione della sezione di mezzeria mediante n nodi. figura 9: distribuzione delle forze nodali con fessura coesiva in trazione e crushing in compressione. le equazioni (6) e (7) costituiscono un sistema algebrico lineare di 2n equazioni in 2n+1 incognite, cioè {f}, {w} ed m. l’ulteriore equazione necessaria per la soluzione si ottiene imponendo che la forza agente nell’apice della fessura fittizia raggiunga la resistenza a trazione del materiale o che la forza agente nell’apice dell’overlapping fittizio raggiunga la resistenza a compressione. naturalmente, tra queste due condizioni, si impone quella più prossima alla criticità. il parametro guida è la posizione dell’apice che nel passo di soluzione considerato ha raggiunto la crisi. tale apice viene fatto avanzare di una posizione al passo successivo. infine, ad ogni passo di soluzione, è possibile calcolare la rotazione totale del concio, valutata in corrispondenza delle facce libere, ove è applicato il momento flettente, mediante la seguente relazione: { } { } mdwd mw += tϑ (8) dove: {dw} è il vettore dei coefficienti di influenza per gli spostamenti nodali, e dm è il coefficiente di influenza per il momento applicato. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 1728; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 25 confronto con i risultati sperimentali e proposta per la normativa n questo paragrafo si propone un confronto tra i risultati numerici ottenuti mediante il modello coesivo/overlapping e quelli delle prove sperimentali condotte da bosco e debernardi [14]. in [14] sono state testate con lo schema di flessione su tre punti travi aventi snellezza constante, pari a 10, e differente altezza, pari a 200, 400 e 600 mm. sono state considerate differenti percentuali di armatura tesa, variabili tra 0.12% e 1.71%. i risultati delle simulazioni numeriche sono confrontati con le rotazioni dei conci posti a cavallo della mezzeria delle travi testate, caratterizzati da una lunghezza pari all’altezza. le curve momento-rotazione, sia numeriche che sperimentali, sono riportate nelle fig. 10a-c, per differenti altezze e percentuali di armatura tesa. tali diagrammi mostrano come la rotazione massima sia una funzione decrescente della quantità di armatura e della dimensione della trave. nel caso di bassa percentuale di armatura, il comportamento meccanico è caratterizzato dalla snervamento dell’acciaio così che la risposta strutturale è per lo più plastica. incrementando la quantità di armatura, il crushing del calcestruzzo diventa via via più evidente con la comparsa di un ramo di softening alla fine del tratto plastico. questa è una caratteristica importante del modello proposto, che permette di seguire rami instabili caratterizzati da pendenza positiva (snap-back). ciò è possibile in quanto il parametro di controllo del processo di carico è l’estensione della fessura coesiva e della zona di crushing, piuttosto che il carico applicato o la freccia in mezzeria. in generale, si può notare un buon accordo tra le simulazioni numeriche e i risultati sperimentali. figura 10: confronto tra risultati numerici e sperimentali per travi con altezze differenti: h = 200 mm (a); h = 400 mm (b); h = 600 mm (c). dopo la validazione preliminare del modello, si è condotta un’analisi parametrica al fine di analizzare l’effetto della dimensione strutturale e della percentuale di armatura sulla duttilità delle travi. l’andamento tipico dei risultati ottenuti è quello riportato in fig. 11 per una percentuale di armatura in trazione pari al 2%. il momento flettente è adimensionalizzato al fine di migliorare il confronto tra i risultati. il plateau orizzontale è dovuto allo snervamento dell’acciaio. le curve rappresentate evidenziano una diminuzione della rotazione massima dei conci di trave all’aumentare della dimensione della trave stessa, con la comparsa di rami di softening con una pendenza via via crescente. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 17-28; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 26 figura 11: momento flettente adimensionalizzato in funzione della rotazione totale del concio per ρt = 2% e differenti altezze. una caratteristica del presente modello è che non è necessario introdurre alcuna ipotesi sulle deformazioni, come ad esempio l’ipotesi di bernoulli. al contrario, gli spostamenti nodali della sezione di mezzeria sono ottenuti dalla procedura numerica di soluzione passo dopo passo. i profili degli spostamenti nodali relativi alla trave con altezza pari a 0.4 m e percentuale di armatura pari a 2% sono riportati in fig. 12 per differenti valori di carico. per bassi valori del momento flettente, fino a circa il 60% del momento di snervamento, il comportamento meccanico è caratterizzato da un progressivo avanzamento e apertura della fessura in trazione. il danneggiamento del calcestruzzo in compressione comincia appena prima dello snervamento dell’acciaio e cresce all’avvicinarsi del momento ultimo. figura 12: spostamenti nodali della sezione di mezzeria del concio per differenti livelli di carico, con h = 400 mm e ρt = 2%. con riferimento ai diagrammi momento-rotazione, è possibile valutare la capacità di rotazione plastica come differenza tra la rotazione ultima e quella relativa allo snervamento dell’acciaio. in particolare, nel presente lavoro si è scelta la definizione di rotazione ultima data da hillerborg [3] e pecce [4]. i risultati dell’analisi parametrica possono così essere riassunti nel grafico di fig. 13, che mette in relazione la rotazione plastica con la profondità relativa dell’asse neutro, x/d, coerentemente con quanto previsto dalle normative. la curva tratteggiata è quella fornita dall’eurocodice 2 per acciaio ad alta duttilità e classe di resistenza del calcestruzzo inferiore o uguale a 50 mpa, mentre le curve a tratto pieno sono relative ai risultati numerici. travi con un’altezza pari a 0.2 m esibiscono una capacità rotazionale superiore a quella indicata dalla normativa, mentre travi con altezza pari a 0.6 m o 0.8 m hanno una capacità di rotazione inferiore. ciò evidenzia una forte influenza della dimensione strutturale, completamente ignorata dalle normative. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 1728; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 27 conclusioni el presente lavoro, si è proposto un algoritmo numerico per l’analisi del comportamento duttile di elementi in calcestruzzo armato in flessione. al fine di ottenere un’accurata valutazione del diagramma momento-rotazione, si sono considerati i principali contributi non-lineari del calcestruzzo e dell’armatura. dalle simulazioni numeriche si traggono le seguenti conclusioni: 1) la nuova legge costitutiva per il calcestruzzo in compressione, denominata overlapping crack law [25], permette di descrivere il comportamento non-lineare considerando gli effetti della scala e di cogliere i rami di softening presenti al termine dei diagrammi momento rotazione, come mostrato in fig. 11. 2) con riferimento alla fig. 10, è possibile affermare che l’algoritmo proposto coglie i risultati sperimentali [14] al variare della dimensione strutturale e della percentuale di armatura. 3) indipendentemente dalla percentuale di armatura, il comportamento diventa più fragile all’aumentare della dimensione della trave, con una progressiva riduzione della rotazione ultima. 4) l’eurocodice 2 [11] esprime la rotazione plastica ammissibile di travi in calcestruzzo armato come funzione solamente della posizione dell’asse neutro. al fine di migliorare tali prescrizioni, l’effetto della scala dovrebbe essere introdotto in modo esplicito, considerando differenti curve di progetto, come ad esempio mostrato in fig. 13. figura 13: rotazioni plastiche ottenute con il modello proposto confrontate con le prescrizioni dell’ec2. bibliografia [1] g. macchi, costruzioni in cemento armato, studi e rendiconti, 6 (1969) 151-191. [2] comite euro-international du beton, ceb-fip model code 1990, thomas telford ltd, lausanne, bulletin no. 213/214 (1993). [3] a. hillerborg, engineering fracture mechanics, 35 (1990) 233-240. [4] m. pecce, ceb bulletin d’information no. 242 (1997) 197-210. [5] ceb, bulletin d’information no. 30, 1961. [6] a.l.l. baker, a.m.n. amakarone, proceedings of conference on flexural mechanics of reinforced concrete, special publication sp12. american concrete institute (1967). [7] r. eligehausen, p. langer, ceb bulletin d’information no. 175 (1987) i 7.9-i 7.27. [8] e. cosenza, c. greco, g. manfredi, atti dell’accademia nazionale dei lincei, ix(2) (1991) 249-258. [9] n. tue, l. qian, d. pommerening, technische hochschule darmstadt, az. iv 1-5 (1996) 683-692. [10] a.j. bigaj, j. walraven, heron, 47 (2002) 53-75. [11] en 1992-1-1, eurocode 2: design of concrete structures – part 1-1: general rules and rules for buildings, 2003. [12] g.w. corley, journal of structural division, 92 (1966) 121-146. [13] e. siviero, ceb bulletin d’information no. 105 (1974) 206-222. [14] c. bosco, p.g. debernardi, report no. 36, atti del dipartimento, politecnico di torino, ingegneria strutturale, (1992). [15] a.j. bigaj, j. walraven, ceb bulletin d’information no. 218 (1993) 7-23. [16] z.p. bažant, cement concrete research, 19 (1989) 973-977. n http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 17-28; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.02 28 [17] m. van vliet, j. van mier, mechanics of cohesive-frictional materials, 1 (1996) 115-127. [18] d.c. jansen, s.p. shah, journal of engineering mechanics, 123 (1997) 25-35. [19] m. suzuki, m. akiyama, h. matsuzaki, t.h. dang, procedings of the 2nd fib international conference, napoli, italy, 2006, cd-rom, id 3-13 (2006). [20] h. dahl, r. brincker, proceedings of the international conference on recent developments in the fracture of concrete and rock, cardiff, wales, 1989, elsevier applied science, england, (1989) 523-536. [21] a. carpinteri, g. lacidogna, n. pugno, international journal of fracture, 129 (2004) 131-139. [22] g. ferro, a. carpinteri, journal of applied mechanics, 75 (2008) 41003/1-41003/8. [23] a. carpinteri, proceedings of a nato advanced research workshop, evanston, usa, 1984, martinus nijhoff publishers, dordrecht, (1985) 287-316. [24] a. carpinteri, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 37 (1989) 567-582. [25] a. carpinteri, m. corrado, m. paggi, g. mancini, proceedings of framcos 6, catania, italy, 2007, taylor & francis, london, 2 (2007) 655-663. [26] g. ferrara, m.e. gobbi, report to rilem committee 148-ssc, enel-cris laboratory, milano, (1995). [27] c. bosco, a. carpinteri, journal of engineering mechanics (asce), 118 (1991) 1564-1577. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it abstract. the problem of assessing the ductility of reinforced concrete (rc) structural elements in bending or under the action of eccentric forces has been largely investigated from both the experimental and the analytical point of view during the la... microsoft word numero_50_art_14_2557 m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 149 experimental and numerical investigation of the properties of the hot mix asphalt concrete with basalt and glass fiber mahmoud ameri, mehdi nemati, hamid shaker iran university of science and technology, tehran, iran. ameri@iust.ac.ir, mah_nemati@civileng.iust.ac.ir, h_shaker@civileng.iust.ac.ir faezeh jafari department of civil engineering, malayer university, malayer, iran. faeze_jafari666@yahoo.com abstract. in the recent decades, different kinds of fiber materials are used for improving the asphalt mixture performance. meanwhile, different kinds of fiber are used excessively due to their desirable physical and chemical properties and their easier application. the main purpose of this research is to evaluate the characteristics of the asphalt mixture while using basalt fiber and glass fiber. in order to provide asphalt samples, these two types of fibers are used in different percentages. in this way, 42 samples (with different percentages of fiber and bitumen) were made using marshal hammer. in the next step, while constructing 63 asphalt samples using a gyratory device, then mix asphalt conventional tests include the determination of indirect tensile strength, moisture sensitivity test, and resilient modulus and creep tests performed. the results of this research indicate that using these two types of fibers increased the percentage of optimum bitumen and marshal resistance. at best, adding 0.1% glass fiber resulted in 13% increase in marshal resistance. finally, anfis-gui was used to estimate the experimental result and the feasibility of employing neural fuzzy network to predict the laboratory data have been evaluated. keywords. hot asphalt mixture; anfis; experimental test; basalt and glass fiber. citation: ameri, m., nemati, m., shaker, h., jafari, f., n., experimental and numerical investigation of the properties of the hot mix asphalt concrete with basalt and glass fiber, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162. received: 04.07.2019 accepted: 29.07.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ince the invention of asphalt as a composite material for the road pavement, scientists and engineers have always sought to find a material to improve its properties [1]. the application of fibers for promoting the behavioral properties of various materials is an old idea, as the fiber has been used 4000 years ago for the reinforcement of clay soil and 2000 years ago for building the great wall of china [1]. the basalt and glass fiber used in the mix design for asphalt concrete has been shown in various studies; for example, ibrahim et al in 2009 used basalt in the mix design for asphalt concrete. this research explored the basalt used in the cities of jordan as filler in the mix design of asphalt s http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2557.mp4 m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 150 concrete. replacing 20% basalt in the mix design led to an increase in all the behavioral properties of the asphalt [1]. morova in 2013 used the basalt fiber in the hot-mix asphalt concrete. in this research, the asphalt strength from 0-2% basalt was used in the mix design. the results of this study show that the use of basalt as 0.05 wt% of bitumen will have the best results [2]. zheng in 2014 studied the fatigue of asphalt reinforced with basalt fiber, the results of which show that the basalt improves the behavioral properties of the asphalt, such as tensile strength, maximum curving tensile stress, curving stiffness modulus, and fatigue properties [3].using esem analysis, gao in 2018 analyzed the basalt-reinforced hot-mix asphalted concrete. in this study, it was shown that the scanning electron microscope is capable of examining the adhesion between fibers and asphalt in different compounds. it was found that the basalt fibers with adhesion between the asphalt components contribute to the increased strength properties of the made asphalt [4]. lachance in 2016 evaluated the effect of glass in the mix design of hot-mix asphalt concrete. the purpose of the study was to investigate the possibility of using the recycled glass particles in asphalt mixtures and study the equivalent properties and performance instead of the conventional mixture. to this end, an asphalt mixture (esg14) was first tested with different glass contents according to the design method of the international institute of quebec. then, the performance of the samples against thermal cracking and the stiffness of the asphalt mixture were investigated with different glass contents [5]. saltan in 2015 used the glass fiber in the hot-mix asphalt concrete. the glass wastes used for 4.0%, 4.5%, 5.0%, 5.5%, 6.0%, and 6.5% bitumen in the mix design of hot-mix asphalt concrete was found to be effective in improving the asphalt strength properties [6]. arabani (2011) studied the dynamic properties of asphalt using glass wastes. the results of the research showed that the application of glass waste can improve the dynamic properties of asphalt [7]. the stiffness model used in the present study was obtained by replacing %5, %10, %15 and 20% glass in the mix design at 5, 10 and 20°c. the results show that the temperature increase leads to a reduction in the stiffness modulus, and the replacement of 15% glass particles in the mix design, which leads to an increase in the stiffness modulus of the asphalt [8]. ozer in 2018 used the neural network method to estimate the fatigue cracking using the accelerated testing in accordance with the mix design for the asphalt. in this research, a new numerical algorithm was used to estimate the behavioral properties of asphalt and the results showed that this method is appropriate for estimating the behavioral properties of asphalt [9]. the purpose of this study is to investigate the behavioral properties of the asphalt mixtures modified with the combination of basalt and glass fiber additives. for this purpose, it is tried to perform resilient modulus, dynamic creep, and indirect tension tests for finding the correct percentage of bitumen and obtain the optimal percentage of additive in each of the experiments. then, the experimental results are estimated using the neural network models and the efficiency of neural network models is evaluated for the estimation of the results. the neural network used to estimate the behavioral properties of materials in laboratory research has recently been adopted by researchers. however, the conducted studies are in the field of concrete mix design and there is little research on the mix design and the prediction of behavioral properties. for example kaur in 2000 used the fuzzy method to estimate the laboratory results. input data to the neural network models in this research are the construction materials, pavement thickness, road age and traffic count as the input of the neural network and are intended to estimate the thickness of the asphalt. the visual basic environment is used to build the neural network models. after performing laboratory investigations, the neural network method is used to estimate the experimental results and to evaluate the robustness of the neural network in the estimation of the results [10]. sodikov in 2005 emphasized the importance of prediction cost highway project with using neural network method. lack of preliminary information, lack of database of road works costs, data amusingness, lack of an appropriate cost estimation methods are some major problem in high way project [11]. tapkın in 2010 employed mlp to estimate physical and mechanical properties of the asphaltic mixture with pp fiber. in this study, neural network method was employed to predict laboratory test data such as marshall stability and flow tests [12]. in this research, due to the fact that the temperature of the asphalt wearing coarse affects its performance (stiffness and cracking on the asphalt surface), the neural network is used to estimate the temperature of the asphalt wearing coarse. the main goal of this study is to investigate the physical characteristics of the asphalt mixtures by combining basalt and glass fiber. to do this, marshal stability, resilient modulus, indirect tensile strength, and dynamic creep were done to determine the optimum percentage of these two modifiers, then laboratory test estimation was done through this method and the capability of anfis was evaluated. materials n this research, for producing asphalt samples without additive and conducting the experimental test, limestone aggregates were used for making gravel and sand of each mixture. moreover, stone powder was used as filler (material passing the sieve 200) [13]. the mentioned material was taken from taloo (in east of tehranasphalt i m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 151 factory). fig. 1 shows the grading of the used aggregate. figure 1: particle size distribution for stone mastic asphalt mixture. the characteristics of the used fiber the fibers used in this research are basalt and glass which are 6 mm long. their characteristics and shape of these materials are shown in tab. 1 and fig. 2. in this research, %1, 2%, 3% glass fiber and %1, 2%, 3% basalt fibers were used. basalt fiber glass fiber characteristic grey white color 6 6 )mm ( length 8 13 )mµ ( diameter 2.5 2.5-2.6 )3gr/cm ( density 1505 1500 )c° ( melting point 3000 3000 )mpa ( tensile strength 3 3.5 )% ( strain rate table 1: the basalt and glass fiber property [14]. mixture design and determination of optimum bitumen percentage samples were produced according to the astmd1559 standard [15]. the bitumen and aggregates were mixed together at 145°c -150 °c and the gyratory compactor were used to compact samples. during preparation of samples, fibers (glass and basalt) with specified percentage were added to the mixture. 7% void ratio was employed to make compaction of indirect tension samples as well as the control samples were tested for other experimental result. next, the stone material was dried in the oven for 24 hours at 170 °c. therefore, the moisture of the stone material is evaporated during this process. in order to reach the maximum marshal stability, minimum flow, optimum void ratio and absorbed bitumen percentage, the optimum bitumen percentage should be compared to the proper bitumen percentage. ultimately, the optimum bitumen percentage should satisfy all the above mentioned criteria. to do this, 18 control samples for asphalt mixture was used and once the corresponding tests were done, the optimum bitumen percentage was determined. the selected percentage of the bitumen for the control samples were 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5 percent of the material weight and for each percent of the bitumen three samples were made. moreover, 24 other samples were made for basalt and glass fiber mixture to predict the percentage of optimum bitumen. it should be mentioned that the selected percentage for basalt and m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 152 glass fiber (for determining the optimum bitumen percentage) were 0.3 % of the weight of the asphalt mixture. tab.3 shows control parameters of optimum bitumen percentage for 3 group samples. figure 2: the shape of fiber (a) basalt fiber b) glass fiber [14]. table 2: component for basalt and glass fiber material [14]. control samples basalt glass parameters 854 807 883 marshal stability at optimum percentage 3.15 3.6 4.2 flow at optimum percentage 74.3 75 74.7 percentage of empty space filled with bitumen 15.2 15.7 15.6percentage of empty stone materials per percentage of possible bitumen table 3: parameters for controlling optimum bitumen percentage. experimental test indirect tensile strength test ndirect tensile strength test is often used for evaluation of moisture sensitivity of asphalt mixtures. the produced asphalt samples are divided into two groups, dry and wet. in order to produce dry samples, before breaking them, their temperature should reach to the room temperature. for this purpose, the samples can be put in plastic bags to prevent it from getting wet and then they should be saturated at least for 1 hour in water at 25°c temperature. for producing wet sample in vacuum, the wet samples should be put in vacuum instrument. saturate ratio should be between 55 80 percent of the asphalt vacant place. if the samples saturation is more than 80%, that sample should be removed. then, the samples are put vertically between the two jaws of the indirect tensile strength instrument. diagonal load is basalt fiber glass fiber oxide element element mass percentage oxide mass percentage element mass percentage oxide mass percentage 9.17 17.35 6.3 11.86 3o2al al 19.76 42.43 24.24 58.25 2sio si 6.37 8.88 15.05 21.09 cao ca 8.17 11.68 0.21 0.3 3o2fe fe 1.94 2.33 0.36 0.43 o2k k 5.7 9.45 0.32 0.54 mgo mg 2.81 3.67 0.22 0.3 o2na na 1.53 2.55 0.25 0.41 2tio ti i m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 153 applied to the sample by 50m/min speed so that the load reaches to its maximum amount and the sample breaks. after recording the maximum load, the indirect tensile strength of the asphalt samples is determined. the higher indirect tensile strength shows that the mixture had a proper resistance against the moisture damage. also, the sample which can bear high strain before breaking, have higher cracking resistance, compared to the samples with low strain [16]. 2 *   * * maxpits t d  (1) where: its = indirect tensile strength (pa),   maxp = maximum applied load (n), t = thickness of specimen (mm), d = diameter of specimen (mm). resilient modulus the resilient modulus is used for evaluation and analysis of comparative quality of the asphalt mixtures as the input data of pavement design. in this study, the utm5 device at 25°c and the semisynthetic load was employed such that the selected load is 400n. finally, the mean of the five last resilient modulus steps was collected and named the resilient modulus of the mixtures. fig. 3 shows utm5 set-up which was used for resilient modulus and dynamic creep test. figure 3: utm5 set-up which was used in the experimental test. dynamic creep dynamic creep test which shows the permanent deformation of asphalt mixture is recognized as one of the most prevalent damages in the hot mix asphalt concrete research. several thousand loads which were repeated in cyclic pattern have been employed to make permanent displacements. to reach this aim, utm5 was used to perform dynamic creep test, the stress level of 450 kpa and a temperature of 50 ° c is considered as a constant variable in this research and sample loading is started up to 0.01 strain rate [17]. the diameters of the cylinders were 100 to 150 (mm) and the height of them is 60 (mm) [18]. according to the witzak theory [18], the number of beginning loading process before the starting of the third region is considered as a flow number. the numbers of cycles are equal to the minimum value of the strain rate which was derived from the strain rate graph. neural network part an adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference system (anfis) is a type of neural network which was worked according to takagi– sugeno fuzzy inference system. this method used from the futures of both neural networks and fuzzy logic system. in this study, this method is employed due to estimate asphalt mixture’s properties. for reach this goal, all laboratories data which were extracted through experimental test with their variables were imported to matlab gui software as the output variable. the previous studies that used this method considered the output and input variable in matlab as a fixed variables [19], but, in this present study, the input variables were produced randomly with using the average and variance value which obtained from experimental test. to do this, the input variables are additive percentage to bitumen m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 154 combination (glass fiber and basalt) as well as the output variables are the value of flow number, resilient modulus and tensile strength in wet and dry condition, marshal stability test. the variance for input and output values have been considered 0.1* mean value with log-normal fit distribution. after generating data with matlab software and experimental test, anfisgui and experimental data (output and input values) were used in order to prediction process. ultimately, the number of data extracted from anfis gui is 99 for marshal stability test and 99 for flow as well as 63 for other test such as resilient modules, its and flow number. all variables are divided into three subsets data as train, test and validation group. the possible surfaces for output variables were predicted according anfis rules such that these surfaces show to what extend different additives able to change output variables. result selection of optimum bitumen percentage for three sample groups fter calculating the optimum bitumen percentage for the fiber-reinforced asphalt mixtures, the samples were prepared with 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5 and 0.7% basalt fiber and glass. the results of the marshall stability are presented in fig. 4. in all figures bf was used as indicator for basalt fiber and gf was used for glass fibers. figure 4: marshall stability for optimal bitumen percentage in control and fiber-reinforced mixtures the results of fig. 4 show that the marshall stability could be increased if the fiber is used in the asphalt mixtures. in fact, the use of 0.1% basalt fiber resulted in 4% increase in the marshall stability comparing the control sample, but it hereafter led to the loss of marshall stability, so that in the case of using 0.3% fiber, the marshall stability reached about 800 kg. this can be explained by the fact that the use of fibers up to 0.2% probably caused the reinforcement of the asphalt mixtures, but hereafter, the fiber balling phenomenon was occurred. therefore, increasing the percentage of fiber intensifies the reduction of the marshall stability. the same is true for the variations in the marshall stability for the glass-fiber-reinforced samples, but there are also some differences. for example, if the maximum value of the glass fiber is used, the marshall stability for the modified sample will not be less than the control sample. it should be noted that when using 0.1% glass fiber, a 13% increase will be observed in the marshall stability. on the other hand, as can be seen, increasing the marshall stability for the samples made with glass fiber is far more than those containing basalt fibers. there are two main reasons to justify this difference: first, the difference between the marshall stability values may be due to the difference in the bitumen percentage of the samples. second, the effect of the chemical properties of both types of fibers should not be considered the same and it is possible that the difference in the values of the marshall stability is due to the properties of the constituent materials of the fiber. a m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 155 in general, it could be stated that there is no significant change in the use of glass fibers, but if the glass fiber is used, the relative improvement will be achieved; although; if more glass fiber is used, the marshall stability will be decreased. at best, adding 0.1% glass fiber resulted in a 13% increase in the marshall stability. previous studies showed that adding glass fiber to the asphalt mixture causes 45% increase in the marshall stability. on the other hand, according to research, the addition of fiber to the asphalt mixture decreases the parameter by 10%. it could be concluded that more precise research is needed on the use of glass fiber in the asphalt mixtures. moreover, figure 7-10 show the result of experimental test which were obtained from laboratory test and anfis method .the results of anfis are close to experimental test and that means this way can predict experimental result correctly. anfis has been employed as neural network in some other previous researchers [19] and in these studies, also this relationship (proximity between laboratory and numerical data shows the efficiency of anfis method. figure 5: flow value for different samples flow value fig. 5 presents the values for the flow in the control and modified samples. as can be seen, there will generally be an increase in the flow value when using the fibers. the use of 0.3% basalt fibers led to a 10% increase in the flow value. the glass fibers also increased the flow value, so that the flow value for the samples made with 0.3% glass fiber reached 4.2 mm. on the other hand, it is observed that for the percentages higher than 0.3% fiber, the flow value exceeded the allowable limits of the regulation and the flow value was significantly increased, so that for the samples made with 0.7% fibers (whether basalt or glass), an increase about 50% is achieved. as mentioned earlier, based on the results of the marshall stability and flow, 0.5 and 0.7% fibers were removed and the remaining tests were performed using other percentages. in order to justify the flow increase in the case of using basalt and glass, two approaches are considered: it seems that even though the basalt and glass fibers have a high melting temperature, the surface of the fiber melts during the asphalt curing and increases the viscosity of bitumen. this causes the bitumen to be less adsorbed onto the surface of the aggregates and to remain in the space between the aggregates. in this way, the presence of additional bitumen in aggregates increased the flow of samples. on the other hand, the flow, in fact, is the rate of sample deformation at the moment of failure. now, the fibers cause the bonding and adhesion of different parts of the sample to each other and make the specimen exhibit more deformation at the moment of failure. previous studies have discussed the glass fibers and their application to hot-mix asphalt concrete. the flow number is increased in previous studies for increasing the percentage of glass fiber. for example, taherkhani (2016) added glass fiber and nano clay in the mix design of the hot-mix asphalt concrete, adding 0.2, 0.4 and 0.6 glass fiber. in this research, it was tried by providing more percentages (0.1-0.7) and comparing the results to show that the flow number is increased with the use of glass fiber in the mix design. the increase for 0.6 glass fibers is 1.16 times the control sample in the taherkhani study [20], and in this study, it is approximately 1.4 times. it could be stated that the addition of glass fibers led to the maximization of the flow number. on the other hand, the results of previous research, such as nihat morova [21] on the use of basalt in the mix design for asphalt concrete. this research indicates an increase in the flow number for adding m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 156 basalt to the asphalt mix design. the results of this study also show that the use of glass fibers can further increase the flow number. the placement of the both materials together in the same mix design shows that the application of glass fiber comparing the basalt for 0.3 optimum bitumen, can lead to the maximum increase in the flow number, while in the percentages below 0.3; the use of basalt fiber further changes the flow number. test results of indirect tensile strength a total of 42 samples were taken to perform the indirect tensile strength test. according to experimental its test which was mentioned in previous part of this paper, half of the specimens were dried and the rest were tested in the saturated state. it should be noted that in order to minimize the errors in each percentage of the fibers, three samples were made, and the results are presented based on the averaging. fig. 6 shows the results of the indirect tensile strength test for the dry specimens. figure 6: indirect tensile strength results for dry condition. generally, the tensile strength is increased by adding fibers to the asphalt materials. the highest increase is seen in the case of using 0.1% glass fiber, which is about 6% higher than the control sample. the same effect is observed if the same amount of basalt fiber is used. on the other hand, with an excessive increase in the percentage of fibers, there is a decrease in indirect tensile strength. the highest reduction is seen for the sample made with 0.3% glass fiber. also, if the basalt fiber is used, the indirect tensile strength values for the different percentages of the fibers are approximately the same, but on the contrary, in the case of glass fibers, considerable variations will occur in the indirect tensile strength. fig. (7) presents the results of the indirect tensile strength test in the saturated state. the results of this diagram show that by increasing the percentage of basalt fiber and glass, the value of indirect tensile strength is decreased. the fibers are not resistant to moisture sensitivity, as the highest tensile strength occurs in the saturated state for the control samples and the lowest one occurs for the samples containing 0.3% basalt fiber. the results show that in the worst case, the indirect tensile strength is decreased by 26% comparing the control sample. finally, the calculations are done for the values of the wet to dry ratio of indirect tensile strength. information about this ratio, commonly known as tsr, is shown in fig. (8). fig. 8 shows that the highest tsr belong to the control sample (89%) and the lowest one is for the sample containing 0.3% basalt fiber (with the rate of 70%). it should be noted that the samples with gf materials essentially do not have a high sensitivity to the moisture damages. the minimum tsr value is nearly 75% in the asphalt specimens with the samples made with 0.3% basalt fiber and 0.3% glass fiber. regarding the negative effect of the glass fiber and basalt fiber in high percentages (0.3%) on the performance of moisture sensitivity, it could be stated that when using the fiber, as the absorption rate of bitumen is increased, the potential for the absorption of moisture is also increased, leading to a decrease in the indirect tensile strength in the saturated state. m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 157 figure 7: indirect tensile strength results for wet condition. figure 8: tensile strength ratio (tsr) of control and fiber-reinforced samples. resilient modulus totally, 21 specimens were built to perform the resilient modulus test, so that 3 specimens were built for each percentage of the fibers, and the amount of resilient modulus was determined by averaging for the samples containing the same percentages of fibers. fig. (9) shows the results of the resilient modulus test for the control samples as well as the samples containing the basalt and glass fibers. as seen in fig. 9, increasing the amount of basalt fibers increases the resilient modulus. the highest increase in the resilient modulus is observed using 0.3% fiber, so that the resilient modulus is increased by about 50% (from 2660 to 3963 mpa). the use of glass fibers also led to an increase in the resilient modulus, so that the resilient modulus of the samples containing 0.2% glass fiber reached over 3300 mpa. in this part of the research, we first compare the results of the present research with previous studies to determine how consistent the results with the previous research. it should be noted that the research on the basalt and glass fiber m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 158 additives for testing the resilient modulus has been considered in few studies. the present study tries to compare the both additives while working on them. figure 9: test results of resilient modulus. in the marshall test, the amount of strength is increased with increasing the fiber percentages, but in this experiment, it is observed that with the increase in the fiber percentage, the amount of the resilient modulus is raised. therefore, at first glance, it seems that the results of this test are not consistent with other previous tests. however, carefully looking the test procedure, one can answer the question of why the results of the experiments are in conflict. as it is known, in the marshall test, the compressive loads are applied and the specimen is subjected to the compression till the failure. basically, the use of reinforcing materials in the process will not be so useful with applying the compressive load and may have a negative effect on the compressive strength. however, the resilient modulus test has a tensile nature and, generally, if the fibers are used, the tensile properties of the asphalt mixture are increased. flow number it is observed that the addition of fibers increases the flow number, so that the flow number for the control sample is about 1500, and when using 0.1% basalt fiber, it is increased by about 20% to 1800. an increase in the percentage of basalt fiber leads to a decrease in the flow number. this decrease is such that using 0.3% basalt fiber causes a 21% decrease in this parameter. the glass fiber has the same functionality as the basalt fiber, so that the flow number is gradually reduced by increasing the glass percentage. however, it should be noted that the effect of glass fiber in the higher percentages is greater than that of the basalt fiber. in the creep test, increasing the flow number means that the asphalt mixture is relatively harder and the rutting potential in such samples is relatively lower. it is inferred from fig. (10) that the samples containing 0.1% fiber have the best performance against the rutting. nihat morova in 2013 studied the use of basalt as different percentages of bitumen. in this research, 4.5, 5 and 5.5% bitumen were used in the mix design with different percentages of basalt fiber (0-2%). the maximum flow number in this research was 1%, and for all three percentages of bitumen in the morova's research is 1.5% and hereafter, it is 1%. in that study, the highest flow number was for 5 and 5.5% bitumen (highest flow number). in this study, the optimal bitumen percentage was obtained for 5.1% basalt samples, and the results of morova's research showed that for the optimum bitumen percentages of 5 and 5.5%, the maximum flow number is obtained for replacing 1-1.5% basalt. also, according to morova's research and the current results, the excessive use of 2 and 3% basalt for 5% bitumen leads to a decrease in the flow number [21]. subsequently, testing on the addition of glass fiber in the mix design of hot-mix asphalt concrete showed that the use of 1% glass fiber also resulted in the improvement of the flow number, which compared with the basalt samples, the glass fiber-reinforced samples had higher values. nguyen (2013) used the glass particles in the hot-mix asphalt concrete [22]. the use of glass fiber in the mix design resulted in a drop in the flow number, because the researcher selected the percentage of fiber from 0 to 2%, which in the present study, increasing the glass fiber to 2 and 3% resulted in a decrease m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 159 in the flow number. on the other hand, the higher the percentage of increase in the glass fiber for both studies, the more the drop in the flow number. the results of previous research show that the flow number has not yet been compared in a specific mix design for adding basalt and glass fibers. comparison of the results showed that the application of 1% basalt and 1% glass fiber could obtain the maximum value of flow number. figure 10: flow number for asphalt samples the decrease of the flow number in the values of 0.2 and 0.3 is due to the fact that some percentage of bitumen is kept around the fiber. this can reduce the bitumen thickness around the aggregates and reduce the strength. although, the reduction in the strength and stiffness can increase the flexibility and improve the fatigue properties, but in order to avoid excessive reduction of bitumen thickness around the aggregates, the amount of fiber should be limited according to previous and current research. the reduced thickness of bitumen, in addition to the adverse effects on the strength, also has undesirable effects on the endurance of the mixture against moisture. in this section, it is tried to compare the results of research with other laboratory studies. numerical part he proficiency and reliability of anfis system was checked according two parameters (r2 and mse) based on the previous research [23].according to this research, all neural networks such as anfis, ann and svm ways have the highest performance when the amount of r2 is near to 1 and the rmse value is close to zero. table 4 shows these values for anfis neural network which were built in this research. output layer training set testing set validation set 2r rmse 2r rmse  2r rmse flow (mm) 0.880 0.08 0.80 0.03967 0.9892 0.3568 indirect tensile strength test (kpa) 0.8540 0.0062 0.94 0.0005 0.81 0.0025 flow number 0.9490 0.03967 0.9545 0.0469 0.8960 0.0560 resilient modulus (mpa) 0.9688 0.0420 0.9586 0.0560 0.8754 0.0610 table 4: anfis results for r2 values and rmse of: training set, testing set, and validation set t m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 160 figure 11: anfis result for indirect tensile test, resilient modulus and dynamic creep. anfis models able to predict experimental results exactly so that the value of r2 is near to 1.00 and rmse is near to zero. moreover, anfis models, which have been produced in this research, have capability of predicting output value close to real data; fig. 4 to 10 shows this fact. fig. 11 shows the relationship between two input variables (fiber glass and basalt) and the output layers (flow number, tensile strength and dynamic creep and flow value). fig.11a indicates the resilient modulus variation related to the basalt and glass fiber. this figure shows that the maximum variation of this parameter is related to 0.3b (basalt) and 0.2f (glass) and the surface variation decreases by reducing the value of basalt and fiber glass. fig.11b shows the flow number surface for the basalt and fiber glass. also, figure 11b shows the highest surface belongs to 0.2 b (basalt) and 0.2 glass fiber and the variation of surface decrease while the value of basalt or fiber glass have maximum value. fig.11c shows the variation of its surface for the basalt and glass fiber. this figure emphasize this issue that the maximum point is for 0.2 basalt fiber and 0.2 glass fiber and this surface decrease with increasing the value of glass fiber to 0.3% and basalt fiber to 0.3%. fig.11d shows the variation of flow surface for the basalt and fiber glass and in this figure flow is known as dependent variable. this figure displays the maximum value belongs to 0. 6 basalt and 0.4 glass fiber and the surface reduce when the value of basalt and fiber glass increases. conclusion n the present study, two basalt and glass fiber additives were used as an alternative for the optimum bitumen in the preparation of hot-mix asphalt concrete samples. after conducting the experiments test, the neural network was used for the estimation of the laboratory results. the research results show that:  the optimum bitumen percentage for the asphalt mixture is 4.9% and for the asphalt mixture made with basalt and glass fibers is found to be 5.1% and 5.8%, respectively. generally, when using the fiber in the asphalt mixtures, the increase in the marshall stability can be seen. at best, adding 0.1% glass fiber resulted in a 13% increase in the marshall stability. i m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 161  in the case of using fibers, there will be an increase in the flow value. the use of 0.3% basalt fibers resulted in a 10% increase in the flow value. the use of glass fibers also increases the flow value, so that the flow value for the samples made with 0.3% glass fiber reaches 4.2 mm.  the marshall stability and flow for the samples made with 0.5 and 0.7% fibers are completely inappropriate and, accordingly, the use of these percentages is not justifiable for other tests. the results are such that when using 0.7% of fibers, the flow parameter was increased by more than 50% and exceeded the allowable limit of the regulation.  generally, the tensile strength in the dry state is increased by adding fibers to the asphalt materials. the highest increase is seen if 0.1% glass fiber is used. this change is such that it rises by about 5% from 450 to 470 kpa.  with the increase in the percentage of basalt and glass fibers, the indirect tensile strength is decreased in the wet state. the highest reduction is observed if 0.3% fiber is used, with the indirect tensile strength decreasing by more than 20% compared with the control sample.  the highest tsr value is related to the control sample (89%) and the lowest one is for the sample containing 0.3% basalt fiber (70%).  by increasing the amount of basalt fiber, the resilient modulus is increased. the highest increase in the resilient modulus is observed using 0.3% fiber, so that the resilient modulus is increased by about 50% (from 2660 to 3963 mpa).  the use of glass fibers led to an increase in the resilient modulus, so that the resilient modulus of the samples containing 0.2% glass fiber is increased by 25% to over 3300 mpa.  the addition of fibers increases the flow number, so that the flow number for the control sample is about 1500, and when using 0.1% basalt fiber, it is increased by about 20% to 1800. references [1] ibrahim, a., faisal, s. and jamil, n. (2009). use of basalt in asphalt concrete mixes. construction and building materials, 23(1), pp. 498-506. [2] morova, n. (2013). investigation of usability of basalt fibers in hot mix asphalt concrete. construction and building materials, 47, pp. 175-180. [3] zheng, y., cai, y., zhang, g. and fang, h. (2014). fatigue property of basalt fiber-modified asphalt mixture under complicated environment. journal of wuhan university of technology-mater. sci. ed., 29(5), pp. 996-1004. [4] gao, c. and wu, w. (2018). using esem to analyze the microscopic property of basalt fiber reinforced asphalt concrete. international journal of pavement research and technology, 11(4), pp. 374-380. [5] lachance-tremblay, é., vaillancourt, m. and perraton, d. (2016). evaluation of the impact of recycled glass on asphalt mixture performances. road materials and pavement design, 17(3), pp. 600-618. [6] saltan, m., öksüz, b. and uz, v. e. (2015). use of glass waste as mineral filler in hot mix asphalt. science and engineering of composite materials, 22(3), pp. 271-277. [7] arabani, m. (2011). effect of glass cullet on the improvement of the dynamic behaviour of asphalt concrete. construction and building materials, 25(3), pp. 1181-1185. [8] wang, d. (2015). simplified analytical approach to predicting asphalt pavement temperature. journal of materials in civil engineering, 27(12), 04015043. [9] ozer, h., al-qadi, i. l., singhvi, p., bausano, j., carvalho, r., li, x. and gibson, n. (2018). prediction of pavement fatigue cracking at an accelerated testing section using asphalt mixture performance tests. international journal of pavement engineering, 19(3), pp. 264-278. [10] kaur, d. and tekkedil, d. (2000). fuzzy expert system for asphalt pavement performance prediction. in intelligent transportation systems, 2000. proceedings. 2000 ieee, pp. 428-433. [11] sodikov, j. (2005). cost estimation of highway projects in developing countries: artificial neural network approach. journal of the eastern asia society for transportation studies, 6, pp. 1036-1047. [12] tapkın, s., çevik, a. and uşar, ü. (2010). prediction of marshall test results for polypropylene modified dense bituminous mixtures using neural networks. expert systems with applications, 37(6), pp. 4660-4670. [13] astm (2004). 3515, standard specification for hot-mixed, hot-laid bituminous paving mixtures. annual book of standards, 4. m. ameri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 149-162; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.14 162 [14] t. deak and t. czigany, chemical composition and mechanical properties of basalt and glass fibers: a comparison, textile research journal, 79 (7), pp. 645–651, 2009. [15] astm, d. (1989). 1559 (1989)“test method for resistance of plastic flow of bituminous mixtures using marshall apparatus”. american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, usa. [16] aashto, t. (2007). standard method of test for resistance of compacted asphalt mixtures to moisture-induced damage. aashto provisional standards: washington, dc, usa. [17] al-qadi, i. l., yoo, p. j., elseifi, m. a. and nelson, s. (2009). creep behavior of hot-mix asphalt due to heavy vehicular tire loading. journal of engineering mechanics, 135(11), pp. 1265-12. doi: 10.1061/(asce)07339399(2009)135:11(1265)) [18] yoder, e. j. and witczak, m. w. (1975). principles of pavement design. john wiley & sons. [19] ghanei, a., jafari, f., khotbehsara, m. m., mohseni, e., tang, w., & cui, h. (2017). effect of nano-cuo on engineering and microstructure properties of fibre-reinforced mortars incorporating metakaolin: experimental and numerical studies. materials, 10(10), 1215. [20] taherkhani, h. (2016). investigating the properties of asphalt concrete containing glass fibers and nanoclay. civil engineering infrastructures journal, 49(1), pp. 45-58. [21] morova, n. and terzi, s. (2015). evaluation of colemanite waste as aggregate hot mix asphalt concrete. süleyman demirel üniversitesi fen bilimleri enstitüsü dergisi, 19(2). [22] nguyen, m. l., blanc, j., kerzreho, j. p. and hornych, p. (2013). review of glass fibre grid use for pavement reinforcement and apt experiments at ifsttar. road materials and pavement design, 14(1), pp. 287-308. [23] naseri, f., jafari, f., mohseni, e., tang, w., feizbakhsh, a. and khatibinia, m. (2017). experimental observations and svm-based prediction of properties of polypropylene fibres reinforced self-compacting composites incorporating nano-cuo. construction and building materials, 143, pp. 589-598. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.03.124. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_50_art_39_2614 n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 471 focused on the research activities of the greek society of experimental mechanics of materials imaging performance of a cawo4/cmos sensor niki martini, vaia koukou, george fountos, ioannis valais, ioannis kandarakis, christos michail radiation physics, materials technology and biomedical imaging laboratory, department of biomedical engineering, university of west attica, athens 12210, greece michail@upatras.gr, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5863-8013 athanasios bakas, eleftherios lavdas, konstantinos ninos, georgia oikonomou, lida gogou department of biomedical sciences, university of west attica, athens 12210, greece george panayiotakis department of medical physics, faculty of medicine, university of patras, 265 00 patras, greece abstract. the aim of this study was to investigate the modulation transfer function (mtf) and the effective gain transfer function (egtf) of a nondestructive testing (ndt)/industrial inspection complementary metal oxide semiconductor (cmos) sensor in conjunction with a thin calcium tungstate (cawo4) screen. thin screen samples, with dimensions of 2.7x3.6 cm2 and thickness of 118.9 μm, estimated from scanning electron microscopy-sem images, were extracted from an agfa curix universal screen and coupled to the active area of an active pixel (aps) cmos sensor. mtf was assessed using the slanted-edge method, following the iec 62220-1-1:2015 method. mtf values were found high across the examined spatial frequency range. egtf was found maximum when cawo4 was combined with charge-coupled devices (ccd) of broadband anti-reflection (ar) coating (17.52 at 0 cycles/mm). the combination of the thin cawo4 screen with the cmos sensor provided very promising image resolution and adequate efficiency properties, thus could be also considered for use in cmos based x-ray imaging devices, for various applications. keywords. cawo4; phosphors; medical imaging; aps; cmos sensors; mtf. citation: martini, n., koukou, v., fountos, g., valais, i., kandarakis, i., michail, ch., bakas, a., lavdas, e., ninos, k., oikonomou, g., gogou, l., panayiotakis, g., imaging performance of a cawo4/cmos sensor, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480. received: 22.01.2019 accepted: 22.05.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction hosphor materials made of calcium tungstate (cawo4) [1,2] and zinc sulfide (zns) were used as radiation detectors, in the form of thin screens, for almost a century [3,4]. cawo4 is a low cost, very stable material, but with a decay time not ideal for applications that require high counting rate measurements (table 1) [5]. cawo4 emits light in p http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2614.mp4 n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 472 the blue region of the spectrum which provides excellent compatibility with photocathodes, incorporated in various types of photomultipliers (pmts), charge-coupled devices (ccd), as well as, with non-passivated amorphous hydrogenated silicon photodiode (a-si:h), employed in thin film transistors of active matrix flat panel detectors [5]. when rare earth phosphors came into the spot-light, cawo4 was dis-continued for medical imaging applications. thereafter, terbium-doped gadolinium oxysulfide (gd2o2s:tb) rare earth phosphor, and later cesium iodide (csi) were established for digital imaging applications (medical, industrial radiography, etc.) including ccds and complementary metal oxide semiconductors (cmos) [3,4,611]. in industrial radiography, non-destructive testing (ndt) is used; it consists of a variety of non-invasive inspection techniques that is used to evaluate material properties, components, or entire process units. radiographic testing is one of the most frequently used ndt techniques that involve the use of x-rays and digital detector systems, such as amorphous silicon, ccds and cmos sensors [12-14]. however, beyond the dominance of terbium-doped gadolinium oxysulfide, the interest for cawo4 has been renewed in applications such as, particle astrophysics in the quest for dark matter in the universe [15-17], for wimp-nucleon elastic scattering interactions [18,19], as well as, for customs and border control [15,20]. the resolution properties of this material [21,22], along with the adequate luminescence emission efficiency, at specific xray energies [5] could be also considered for dual energy applications [23-28]. all the aforementioned applications require efficient detectors, of high resolution, with good spectral matching between the phosphor’s emission light and the sensitivity of the sensor, thus the aim of this study is to investigate further the properties of a thin layered calcium tungstate screen, coupled to a state-of-the-art ndt active pixel sensor (aps) cmos sensor, in order to enhance the imaging capabilities of the integrated detector. measurements were conducted, following standardized methodologies for medical imaging configurations (sensors and scintillator material combinations) [11]. standardized protocols were used for both resolution and efficiency measurements [5, 29-31]. the latest iec 62220-1-1:2015 protocol from the international electrotechnical commission (iec) 62220 series was used [32,33]. materials and methods phosphor screens amples of cawo4 were extracted from an agfa curix universal screen. for the resolution measurements samples with dimensions 2.7x3.6 cm2 were used. the phosphor is used in the intensifying screens employed in x-ray imaging [31,34,35]. the internal properties of the samples were examined via scanning electron microscopy (sem) [36]. x-ray absorption (@50kev) 35% light conversion efficiency 4-5% melting point 1570-1670 oc molar mass 287.9156 g/mol atomic number 74 density 6.06-6.1 g/cm3 afterglow from 5x10-6 sec up to a few sec refractive index 1.94 k-edge 69.5 kev decay time 6-8x103 ns table 1: cawo4 properties [3-5,15,17,37,38]. scanning electron microscopy (sem) parameters such as particle size and thickness of the cawo4 compound were verified via sem micrographs using the jeol jsm 5310 scanning electron microscope and the inca software. within this system, gold can be used to image a site of interest of the sample. for the elementary particle analysis, a carbon thread evaporation process was used. carbon was flash evaporated under vacuum conditions to produce a film suited for the cawo4 sem specimen in a bal-tec ced 030 carbon evaporator (~10-2 mbar) [36]. s n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 473 cmos sensor the cawo4 scintillating screen was manually coupled to an optical readout device including a cmos remote radeye hr photodiode pixel array [39]. the cmos photodiode array consists of 1200x1600 pixels with 22.5 μm pixel spacing. this sensor was initially manufactured for non-destructive testing (ndt)/industrial inspection applications especially for tight or difficult to reach spaces. however, due it its unique resolution properties can be also used in medical imaging applications. thus, it would be of interest to integrate a scintillating material that came to the spotlight once again, with this state-ofthe-art sensor in order to further exploit their imaging characteristics. the cawo4 screen was directly overlaid onto the active area of the cmos and irradiated with a bmi general medical merate tube having rotating tungsten anode and inherent filtration equivalent to 2 mm al at 70 kv (rqa-5) x-ray beam quality and source to detector distance of 156 cm [21]. modulation transfer function (mtf) the modulation transfer function (mtf) was measured by irradiating a ptw freiburg tungsten edge test device, following the procedures described in the iec standard [11,32,33]. the updated iec 62220-1-1:2015 [11,33,40] standard describes certain modifications, such as the method for the determination of the modulation transfer function (mtf) in which the final mtf can be now obtained only through averaging of the oversampled edge spread function (esf) [33,41-43]. the average of all oversampled esfs was then fitted with a modified fermi-dirac distribution function as follows [11,21]: ( x a)/b c fermi(x)= +d e +1       (1) the values of fitting parameters are a=7200, b=15, c=65500 and d=0. the fitted esf was differentiated to obtain the line spread function (lsf) and fourier transformed to finally obtain the mtf [21,44]. luminescence efficiency measurements the efficiency (output signal) of a scintillator to emit light, upon x-ray irradiation is experimentally determined by measuring the emitted light energy flux λ and the exposure rate ( x ) using a calibrated dosimeter. in this study, the piranha p100b rti was used. the light flux measurements were performed using a light integration sphere (oriel 70451), coupled to a photomultiplier (pmt) (emi 9798b) and connected to a cary 401 vibrating reed electrometer [5,9]. the circular cawo4 sample was also exposed to x-rays on the bmi general medical merate tube, with energies ranging from 50 to 125 kvp. an additional 20 mm al filtration was introduced in the beam to simulate beam quality alternation by a human body [45,46]. x-ray luminescence efficiency (xle) the x-ray luminescence efficiency (xle) is a unitless measure of the fraction of incident energy converted into emitted light energy, i.e. the ratio of the emitted light energy flux over the incident x-ray energy flux (ηψ=ψλ/ψ0). xle was determined [9] by converting the measured x-ray exposure data into x-ray energy flux (ψ0) [9], as follows: 0 ˆ  where ̂ is defined as the x-ray energy flux per exposure rate, estimated according to eq.(2) [5,36]:   0 0 0       (e )deˆ (e ) x / (e ) de (2) where 1 0/ ( ) ( ( ) / ) ( / )en air ax e e w e     (3) is the factor converting energy flux into exposure rate, (μen/ρ)air the x-ray mass energy absorption coefficient of air, at energy e, and (wa/e) is the average energy per unit of charge required to produce an electron-ion pair in air. (wa/e) and (μen/ρ)air were obtained from tabulated data [47]. detector quantum optical gain (dqg) detector quantum optical gain (dqg) is the ratio of the light photon flux (φλ) over the x-ray photon flux (φx) and expresses the emission efficiency in terms of quantum gain (number of emitted light photons per incident x-ray). using this quantity, the emitted light photon fluence can be expressed in terms of experimentally determined quantities (absolute efficiency, exposure, mean light wavelength), by using eq.(4) [5]: n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 474 f 1      hc (4) φx was determined by using eqs.(2,3), replacing 0 by φ0 and dividing eq.(3) by the x-ray energy [9]. eqs(2,4) may be expressed in the spatial frequency domain. within this framework the detector quantum gain may be expressed by a gain transfer function (gtf), defined as follows [36,45]: 0 0 0 gtf( e ,ν, w ) ( e ,ν, w ) / (5) where v denotes spatial frequency, w coating thickness and φλ(ε0,ν,w) is the spatial frequency-dependent emitted light photon fluence. gain transfer function, can be expressed through the mtf [36,45]:  gtf( ν, w ) mtf( ν, w ) dqg (6) where dqg is the detector quantum optical gain. in medical imaging, where fluorescent screens are used in combination with optical detectors (films in the past, photocathodes, photodiodes), the spectral matching between the emitted phosphor light and the optical detector sensitivity must be considered. this is because the degree of spectral matching affects the amount of light utilized to form the final image. thus, eq.(6) is reduced by a factor as, expressing the fraction of emitted light that can be detected by the optical detector, which exhibits a specific spectral distribution of sensitivity. as, can be calculated by eq.(7) [5,45]:   p d s p s ( λ )s ( λ )dλ α s ( λ )dλ (7) where sp(λ) is the spectrum of the light emitted by the phosphor and sd(λ) is the spectral sensitivity of the optical detector coupled to the phosphor [5]. by considering as, we may define the effective gain transfer function as follows [36,45]:    segtf ( v , w ) dqg mtf ( v , w ) α (8) results and discussion ig.1 shows the grain-size deposition per thickness of cawo4, estimated from scanning electron microscope images. qualitatively the mean particle size of cawo4 phosphor (6.02 m ) was estimated from the sem images using the imagej analysis software, as shown from the grain-size distribution [48,49]. the calculated screen thickness was equal to 118.9 μm estimated by profile measurements on the area depicted as inset in fig.1, across the material coating [5,22]. furthermore, in fig.1 the energy dispersive x-ray (edx) analysis of the material is demonstrated. it was found that cawo4 was dominantly present in the sample along with carbon (c) due to the carbon thread evaporation process. normalized stoichiometric results, obtained by the sem on the region of interest (roi) of fig.1, showed the following % weights of the elements in the mixture: calcium (ca) 5.77%, oxygen (o) 26.54%, tungsten (w) 29.94 and carbon due to the carbon thread evaporation process 37.75% [22]. the x-ray characteristic curves (output signal versus incident exposure) of cawo4 and (for comparison purposes) of a flexible fluorescent gd2o2s:tb sample (gold standard for imaging applications) of similar coating thickness (30.8 mg/cm2 for gd2o2s:tb versus 36.26 mg/cm2 for cawo4) are plotted in fig.2. these coating thicknesses were calculated assuming densities of 7.3 g/cm3 for gd2o2s:tb and 6.1 g/cm3 for cawo4 with packing densities of 50% for both materials. results for cawo4 and gd2o2s:tb show linear dependence between the output signal and exposure rate in the 4-299 mr/s range. the linear no-threshold fit gave correlation coefficient values r2 of 0.9997 for cawo4 and 0.9953 for gd2o2s:tb, which are very close to unity and indicate that the screens have linear response in this energy range. gd2o2s:tb was found with clearly higher output signal values than those of cawo4 due to its higher absolute efficiency values [5]. fig.3 shows all the oversampled esfs (fig.3a) used to create the average esf and then the fermi-fitted esf (fig.3b), as well as, the resulted lsf (fig.3c), following the iec 2015 protocol and the edge phantom. the edge test device consists of a 1 mm thick w edge plate (100×75 mm2) fixed on a 3 mm thick lead plate. images of the edge, placed at a slight angle in order to avoid aliasing effects, were obtained. irradiation was performed at 70kvp and 50 mas for the tube current and n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 475 grain size (μm) (a) 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 f re qu en cy (b) (c) figure 1: grain-size distribution obtained from the scanning electron microscope image of the cawo4 scintillating material (a), obtained from a region of interest (b), along with the energy dispersive x-ray (edx) analysis (c). exposure rate (mr/s) o ut p ut s ig n al (μ w / m 2 ) gd2o2s:tb 30.8 mg/cm2 cawo4:tb 30.8 mg/cm2 figure 2: output signal of the 36.26 mg/cm2 cawo4 screen and a 30.8 mg/cm2 gd2o2s:tb flexible phosphor in the radiographic range of exposures. exposure time product. this energy is also within the energy range of 51-84 kev that can be utilized for testing steel thicknesses between 2.5 and 12.5 mm [13]. the edge spread function, of the small cmos detector, was calculated by the extraction of a 2×2 cm2 roi, which covers approximately 41% of the active area of the small area cmos sensor (2.7×3.6 cm2), with the edge roughly at the center. in the iec protocol a 5×10cm2 roi is suggested [33]. a smaller roi may not be n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 476 adequate to observe a possible low-frequency sharpness drop in scintillating screens [39]. the variation in the esf curves that can be depicted from figs.5(a,b), can be attributed to a statistical noise component mostly prominent at the edge surface area. fig.3d shows results for the modulation transfer function of the cmos sensor combined with the 118.9 μm cawo4 screen, under the rqa-5 (70kvp) beam quality. mtf values were found high across the examined spatial frequency range. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 3: (a) esfs of a 118.9 μm cawo4/radeyehr cmos combination, following the iec 2015 method, (b) averaged and fermi fitted esf, (c) lsf, (d) modulation transfer function following the iec 2015 protocol, under the rqa-5 beam quality. figs.(4,5) show the variation of gtf and egtf with spatial frequency for the cawo4 phosphor screen measured at 70 kvp. the difference between this curve and the corresponding mtf curve is due to the influence of x-ray absorption and optical emission on gtf, which are more apparent at lower frequencies. as frequency increases, the influence of mtf on gtf is more significant than the corresponding influence of detector quantum gain (dqg: 18.17 at 70 kvp [5]) causing a further decrease in the gtf (fig.4). figs.5(a-d) shows indicative effective gtf results of the cawo4 screen with various optical detectors. results are shown up to 5 cycles/mm, since the measured mtf incorporates the mtf of the cmos semiconductor which however has been reported to be higher than 0.984, thus the calculation error is minimum [8,50-52]. the best optical detector-screen combination was obtained for a charge-coupled device having broadband anti-reflection (ar) coating (fig.5c) with an egtf value of 17.52 at zero spatial frequency. this value reduces gtf only by 3.54% (spectral matching factor: 0.964 [5]). the egtf values of the ccd, is followed by the hamamatsu mppc silicon photomultipliers s10985 (fig.5b) (egtf: 17.39 at 0 cycles/mm, matching factor: 0.957), the gaas photocathode (egtf: 17.36 at 0 cycles/mm, matching factor: 0.955) (fig. 5a) and the non-passivated amorphous hydrogenated silicon photodiode (a-si:h) (fig.5d) (egtf: 17.39 at 0 cycles/mm, matching factor: 0.948), employed in thin film transistors in active matrix flat panel detectors. cawo4 also shows very good egtf values with sensl’s silicon pmts, with egtf value 14.21 at 0 cycles/mm, for the microfm-10035 (matching factor: 0.782), with the microfb-30035-smt (egtf: 15.25 at 0 cycles/mm, matching factor: 0.839 and with the microfc-30035 (egtf: 15.94 at 0 cycles/mm, matching factor: 0.877 (fig.5b). furthermore, it showed very good egtf with hamamatsu flat panel position sensitive photomultipliers, such as the h8500c-03 (egtf: 14.60 at 0 cycles/mm, matching factor: 0.80) (fig.5c). it is of importance to note that egtf showed good values when cawo4 is combined with complementary metal-oxide semiconductors, used in digital radiography and mammography systems, showing maximum when coupled with a hybrid blue cmos (egtf: 17.39 at 0 cycles/mm, matching factor: 0.854) [53]. n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 477 spatial frequencies (cycles/mm) g ai n tr an sf er f un ct io n (g t f ) figure 4: variation of the gtf with spatial frequency for the thin cawo4 phosphor screen. figure 5: variation of the egtf with spatial frequency for the cawo4 phosphor screen combined with the various optical detectors. n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 478 conclusions pplications such as, non-destructive testing, medical imaging etc., require efficient detectors, of high resolution. in this study the resolution properties of a non-destructive testing/industrial inspection cmos sensor, in conjunction with a scintillating material that came to the spotlight once again (cawo4) was examined in order to further exploit and enhance the imaging capabilities of an integrated detector, incorporating these two modules. experiments were carried under x-ray radiography imaging conditions, following the iec 62220-1-1:2015 protocol. furthermore, the detector quantum gain of the screen and the spectral compatibility was also examined for various optical sensor combinations. mtf values of the cawo4 screen/cmos combination were found high across the spatial frequency range. as a conclusion, the resolution properties of the thin 118.9 μm cawo4 screen/cmos combination are promising for general radiography medical imaging applications. references [1] kaugars, g. and fatouros, p. (1982). clinical comparison of conventional and rare earth screen-film systems for cephalometric radiographs, oral, surg. oral. med. oral. pathol., 53(3), pp. 322-325. [2] derenzo, s., weber, m., bourret-courchesne, e., klintenberg, m. (2003). the quest for the ideal inorganic scintillator, nucl. instr. and meth. phys. res. a., 505, pp. 111-117. [3] brixner, l. (1987). new x-ray phosphors, mater, chem. phys., 16, pp. 253-281. [4] nikl, m. (2006). scintillation detectors for x-rays, meas. sci. technol., 17, pp. r37-r54. [5] michail, c., valais, i., fountos, g., bakas, a., fountzoula, c., kalyvas, n., karabotsos, a., sianoudis, i., and kandarakis, i. (2018). luminescence efficiency of calcium tungstate (cawo4) under x-ray radiation: comparison with gd2o2s:tb, measur., 120, pp. 213-220. [6] cavouras, d., kandarakis, i., bakas, a., triantis, d., nomicos, c., panayiotakis, g. (1998). an experimental method to determine the effective luminescence efficiency of scintillator-photodetector combinations used in x-ray medical imaging systems, br. j. radiol, 71, pp. 766-772. [7] cavouras, d., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g., kanellopoulos, e., triantis, d., nomicos, c. (1998). an investigation of the imaging characteristics of the y2o2s:eu3+ phosphor for application in x-ray detectors of digital mammography, appl. radiat. isot, 49, pp. 931-937. [8] michail, c.m., spyropoulou, v. a., fountos, g. p., kalyvas, n.i., valais, i. g., kandarakis, i.s., panayiotakis, g.s. (2011). experimental and theoretical evaluation of a high resolution cmos based detector under x-ray imaging conditions, ieee trans. nucl. sci, 58(1), pp. 314-322. [9] michail, c., valais, i., seferis, i., kalyvas, n., david, s., fountos, g., kandarakis, i. (2014). measurement of the luminescence properties of gd2o2s:pr,ce,f powder scintillators under x-ray radiation, radiat. meas., 70, pp. 59-64. [10] michail, c., valais, i., seferis, i., kalyvas, n., fountos, g., kandarakis, i. (2015). experimental measurement of a high resolution cmos detector coupled to csi scintillators under x-ray radiation, radiat. meas., 74, pp. 39-46. [11] michail, c., valais, i., martini, n., koukou, v., kalyvas, n., bakas, a., kandarakis, i., fountos, g. (2016). determination of the detective quantum efficiency (dqe) of cmos/csi imaging detectors following the novel iec 62220-1-1:2015 international standard, radiat. meas., 94, pp. 8-17. [12] souza, e., correa, s., silva, a., lopes, r., oliveira, d. (2008). methodology for digital radiography simulation using the monte carlo code mcnpx for industrial applications, appl. radiat. isot., 66, pp. 587-592. [13] iaea (2011). radiation safety standard in industrial radiography, specific safety guide no. ssg-11. available at: https://www-pub.iaea.org/books/iaeabooks/8500/radiation-safety-in-industrial-radiography [14] kim, k., kang, s., kim, w., cho, h., park, c., lee, d., kim, g., park, s., lim, h., lee, h., park, j., jeon, d., lim, y., je, u., woo, t. (2018). improvement of radiographic visibility using an image restoration method based on a simple radiographic scattering model for x-ray nondestructive testing, ndt and e int., 98, pp. 117-122. [15] moszyski, m., balcerzyk, m., kraus, h., czarnacki, w., mikhailik, v., nassalski, a., solskii, i. (2005). characterization of cawo4 scintillator at room and liquid nitrogen temperatures, nucl. instr. and meth. phys. res. a., 553, pp. 578-591. [16] munster, a., schonert, s., willers, m. (2017). cryogenic detectors for dark matter search and neutrinoless double beta decay, nucl. instr. and meth. phys. res. a., 845, pp. 387-393. [17] zdesenko, y., avignone iii, f., brudanin, v., danevich, f., nagorny, s., solsky, i., tretyak, v. (2005). scintillation properties and radioactive contamination of cawo4 crystal scintillators, nucl. instr. and meth. phys. res. a., 538, pp. 657-667. a n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 479 [18] mikhailik, v., kraus, h. (2010). performance of scintillation materials at cryogenic temperatures, phys. status. solidi. b., 247, pp. 1583-1599. [19] mikhailik, v., elyashevskyi, y., kraus, h., kim, h., kapustianyk, v., panasyuk, m. (2015). temperature dependence of scintillation properties of srmoo4, nucl. instr. and meth. phys. res. a., 792, pp. 1-5. [20] shahabinejad, h., feghhi, s., khorsandi, m. (2014). structural inspection and troubleshooting analysis of a lab-scale distillation column using gamma scanning technique in comparison with monte carlo simulations, measur., 55, pp. 375-381. [21] koukou, v., martini, n., valais, i., bakas, a., kalyvas, n., lavdas, e., fountos, g., kandarakis, i., michail, c. (2017). resolution properties of a calcium tungstate (cawo4) screen coupled to a cmos imaging detector, j. phys.: conf. ser., 931, pp. 012027. [22] martini, n., koukou, v., fountos, g., valais, i., bakas, a., ninos, k., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g., michail, c. (2018). towards the enhancement of medical imaging with non-destructive testing (ndt) cmos sensors. evaluation following iec 62220-1-1:2015 international standard, procedia structural integrity, 10, pp. 326-332. [23] sotiropoulou, p., fountos, g., martini, n., koukou, v., michail, c., kandarakis, i., nikiforidis, g. (2015). bone calcium/phosphorus ratio determination using dual energy x-ray method, phys. med., 31, pp. 307-313. [24] koukou, v., martini, n., michail, c., sotiropoulou, p., fountzoula, c., kalyvas, n., kandarakis, i., nikiforidis, g., fountos, g. (2015). dual energy method for breast imaging: a simulation study, comput. math. methods med., 2015, pp. 574238. [25] sotiropoulou, p., fountos, g., martini, n., koukou, v., michail, c., kandarakis, i., nikiforidis, g. (2016). polynomial dual energy inverse functions for bone calcium/phosphorus ratio determination and experimental evaluation, appl. radiat. isot., 118, pp. 18-24. [26] koukou, v., martini, n., fountos, g., michail, c., sotiropoulou, p., bakas, a., kalyvas, n., kandarakis, i., speller, r., nikiforidis, g. (2017). dual energy subtraction method for breast calcification imaging, nucl. instrum. meth. phys. res. a., 848, pp. 31-38. [27] koukou, v., martini, n., fountos, g., michail, c., bakas, a., oikonomou, g., kandarakis, i., nikiforidis, g. (2017). application of a dual energy x-ray imaging method on breast specimen, result. phys., 7, pp. 1734-1736. [28] martini, n., koukou, v., fountos, g., michail, c., bakas, a., kandarakis, i., speller, r., nikiforidis, g. (2017). characterization of breast calcification types using dual energy x-ray method, phys. med. biol., 62, pp. 7741-7764. [29] valais, i., kandarakis, i., nikolopoulos, d., michail, c., david, s., loudos, g., cavouras, d., panayiotakis, g. (2007). luminescence properties of (lu,y)2sio5:ce and gd2sio5:ce single crystal scintillators under x-ray excitation, for use in medical imaging systems, ιεεε trans. nucl. sci., 54(1), pp. 11-18. [30] valais, i., michail, c., david, s., liaparinos, p., fountos, g., paschalis, t., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g. (2010). comparative investigation of ce3+ doped scintillators in a wide range of photon energies covering x-ray ct, nuclear medicine and megavoltage radiation therapy portal imaging applications, ιεεε trans. nucl. sci., 57(1), pp. 3-7. [31] michail, c., david, s., liaparinos, p., valais, i., nikolopoulos, d., kalivas, n., toutountzis, a., sianoudis, i., cavouras, d., dimitropoulos, n., nomicos, c., kourkoutas, k., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g. (2007). evaluation of the imaging performance of lso powder scintillator for use in x-ray mammography, nucl. instrum. meth. phys. res. a., 580, pp. 558-561. [32] medical electrical equipment-characteristics of digital x-ray imaging devices, part 1: determination of the detective quantum efficiency” iec, international electrotechnical commission, geneva, switzerland, 2003, iec 62220-1. [33] medical electrical equipment-characteristics of digital x-ray imaging devices part 1-1: determination of the detective quantum efficiency detectors used in radiographic imaging, iec, international electrotechnical commission, geneva, switzerland, 2015, iec 62220-1-1. [34] kandarakis, i., cavouras, d., panayiotakis, g., triantis, d., nomicos, c. (1997). an experimental method for the determination of spatial-frequency-dependent detective quantum efficiency (dqe) of scintillators used in x-ray imaging detectors, nucl. instrum. meth. phys. res. a., 399, pp. 335-342. [35] kandarakis, i., cavouras, d., panayiotakis, g., triantis, d., nomicos, c. (1998). europium-activated phosphors for use in x-ray detectors of medical imaging systems, eur. radiol., 8, pp. 313-318. [36] michail, c., toutountzis, a., david, s., kalivas, n., valais, i., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g. (2009). imaging performance and light emission efficiency of lu2sio5:ce (lso:ce) powder scintillator under x-ray mammographic conditions, appl phys b., 95, pp. 131-139. [37] tombak, m., gutan, v. (1968). properties of a cawo4 phosphor heated in flowing hydrogen chloride, zh. prikl. spektrosk., 8(5), pp. 796-802. [38] issler, s., torardi, c. (1995). solid state chemistry and luminescence of x-ray phosphors, j. alloys compd., 229, pp. 54-65. n. martini et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 471-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.39 480 [39] michail, c. (2015). image quality assessment of a cmos/gd2o2s:pr,ce,f x-ray sensor, j. sensors., 2015, pp. 874637. [40] buhr, e., gunther-kohfahl, s., neitzel, u. (2003). accuracy of a simple method for deriving the presampled modulation transfer function of a digital radiographic system from an edge image, med. phys., 30, pp. 2323-2331. [41] fountos, g., michail, c., zanglis, a., samartzis, a., martini, n., koukou, v., kalatzis, i., kandarakis, i. (2012). a novel easy-to-use phantom for the determination of mtf in spect scanners, med. phys., 39(3), pp. 1561-1570. [42] karpetas, g., michail, c., fountos, g., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g. (2014). a new pet resolution measurement method through monte carlo simulations, nucl. med. commun., 35(9), pp. 967-976. [43] karpetas, g., michail, c., fountos, g., kalyvas, n., valais, i., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g. (2017). detective quantum efficiency (dqe) in pet scanners: a simulation study, appl. radiat. isot., 125, pp. 154-162. [44] samei, e., flynn, m., reimann, d. (1998). a method for measuring the presampled mtf of digital radiographic systems using an edge test device, med. phys., 25(1), pp. 102-113. [45] michail, c., fountos, g., valais, i., kalyvas, n., liaparinos, p., kandarakis, i., panayiotakis, g. (2011). evaluation of the red emitting gd2o2s:eu powder scintillator for use in indirect x-ray digital mammography detectors., ιεεε trans. nucl. sci., 58(5), pp. 2503-2511. [46] michail, c., david, s., bakas, a., kalyvas, n., fountos, g., kandarakis, i., valais, i. (2015). luminescence efficiency of (lu,gd)2sio5:ce (lgso:ce) crystals under x-ray radiation, radiat. meas., 80, pp. 1-9. [47] hubbell, j., seltzer, s. (1995). tables of x-ray mass attenuation coefficients and mass energy absorption coefficients 1 to 20mev for elements z=1 to 92 and 48 additional substances of dosimetric interest. us department of commerce, nistir 5632. [48] huang, l., and wang, m. (1995). image thresholding by minimizing the measure of fuzziness, pattern. recognit., 28(1), pp. 41-51. [49] abramoff, m., magalhaes, p., ram, s. (2004). image processing with imagej, biophoton., int. 11(7), pp. 36-42. [50] hoheisel, m., giersch, j., bernhardt, p. (2004). intrinsic spatial resolution of semiconductor x-ray detectors: a simulation study, nucl. instrum. meth. phys. res. a, a531, pp. 75-81. [51] estribeau, m., magnan, p. (2004). fast mtf measurements of cmos imagers using iso 12233 slanted edge methodology, proc. spie., 5251, pp. 243-252. [52] lin, c., mathur, b., chang, m. (2002). analytical charge collection and mtf model for photodiode based cmos imagers, ieee. trans. electron. devices, 49, pp. 754-761. [53] magnan, p. (2003). detection of visible photons in ccd and cmos: a comparative view, nucl. instrum. meth. phys. res. a, 504, pp.199-212. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_44 b. lian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 389-395; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.44 389 focussed on crack paths development of in-situ fatigue crack observing system for rotating bending fatigue testing machine b. lian yamamoto metal technos co., ltd. a. ueno ritsumeikan university, 1-1-1 noji-higashi, kusatsu, shiga 525-8577, japan ueno01@fc.ritsumei.ac.jp t. iwashita graduate school student of ritsumeikan university abstract. to substitute for a traditional replication technique, an in-situ fatigue crack observing system for rotating bending testing machine has been newly developed. for verifying performance of this observing system, fatigue tests were carried out by using fatigue specimen having a small artificial defect. it is proved that this system can be detect a small fatigue crack and its propagation behavior. keywords. in-situ observation; fatigue crack initiation; fatigue crack propagation; rotating bending testing machine. introduction n the field of the fatigue properties of metallic materials, the assessment of the s-n curve, which consists to the stress level and the number of cycles up to failure, does not give an entire viewpoint of the phenomenon. indeed, a lot of information on the fatigue properties can be gathered by the observation of the fatigue crack initiation and propagation directly on the specimen surface. unlike the case of pre-cracked specimens used for fracture mechanics experiments, the initiation and the propagation of the conventional fatigue specimens are often investigated by replica methods. due to the performances of replica made of cellulose acetate film good enough to duplicate the specimen surface, it is possible to detect very small fatigue crack just after the initiation. however, it is necessary to have some experience on the use of this technique, in addition there are also cases where the utilization of replica is complex. it is particularly the case for fatigue specimens designed for rotating bending tests, with an hourglass shape at the minimum cross section spot. nevertheless, performances of some optic devices have been improved in the latest years, in the field of: (i) affordable long working distance microscopy, (ii) high-definition video camera, and (iii) high brightness led components. the combination of these new developments gives the possibility to design a system adapted for fatigue rotating bending tests, and thus to observe continuously the fatigue crack propagation. i b. lian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 389-395; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.44 390 this paper deals first with an explanation of the optical system designed here, then some fatigue crack observation results obtained are also introduced. system outline optic-system n the case of the rotating bending fatigue tests, since the fatigue specimen at the minimum cross section is incurvated, if the axis of microscope is the same as the axis enlightenment of the specimen, only the summit of the specimen will be observable, as shown in fig. 1(a). such a configuration is not suitable to obtain the full image of the entire crack on the specimen surface. nevertheless, by adopting a configuration where several light sources are circularly placed around the fatigue specimen, it is possible to enlighten favorably a larger zone, as in fig. 1(b). figure 1: schematics of lighting. (a): in case of point light source, (b): in case of surround light source. in order to get observation in adequate synchronization with the rotation speed of the fatigue test, stroboscope device is usually set in order to make the observation of the highest position of the fatigue specimen, where the maximum tension stress level is reached. however, in the case of conventional stroboscope with xenon lamp components, the directive signal of flash, in other words the pulse frequency, is initially set, since the lamps’ flash and the pulse frequency is not totally in agreement. thus, the timing of the observation will be shifted, resulting in a loss of luminosity compared to the optimum position for crack observation. to solve this problem, use of stroboscope with high luminosity led components gives a more favorable observation condition than conventional stroboscope. in the rest of this paper, the introduced system gave acceptable observation conditions by setting the flash directive signal. indeed, even though the flash period was extremely short, the luminosity given out by white color high luminosity led, arranged on circuit boards illustrated in fig. 2(a), was sufficient. more precisely, two circuit boards were installed around the specimen, as indicated in fig. 2(b). figure 2: led type stroboscope. (a): led array plan, (b): arrangement plan. i (a) (b) (a) (b) b. lian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 389-395; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.44 391 control and configuration equipment of the introduced system outline of the system dedicated to the control of the led stroboscope’s flash timing is schematically depicted in fig. 3. this system is composed of (1) the motor and the spindle that is controlling the rotation of the fatigue specimen, (2) the timing gear at opposite side of the specimen is also rotated in the same way, (3) the magnetic sensor placed in the vicinity of the gear, (4) the servo-motor, which is introduced here to set the position of the magnetic sensor at any angular position around the gear, (5) the control system that gives the flash directive signal (pulse frequency) to the led stroboscope, (6) the high-definition digital video camera, which records at a predetermined interval of time, (7) the long working distance microscope, and (8) the personal computer to record and analyze the data obtained. figure 3: schematic of system components. figure 4: relationship between magnetic sensor position and output voltage signal. depending on the relative position of the timing gear’s tooth, the magnetic field of the magnetic sensor will change. thus, it is possible to determine the position of the gear according to the output voltage signal from the sensor, as one can see in fig. 4. indeed, the magneto resistance elements inside the sensor will induce a different resistance value depending on the magnetic field. since the resistance value change conducts to a variation of the voltage, the output voltage from the magnetic sensor will show a sinusoidal shape function against time. after treatment by the control system, one can obtain the pulse signal (or the digital signal), which is given to the led stroboscope to flash at the appropriate timing. in addition, it is possible to adjust the flash period by changing the threshold value when converting the pulse signal. therefore, one can adjust with an error as slight as possible the microscope observation field flashed by led stroboscope, in accordance with the rotation speed of the rotating bending fatigue machine. timing of the led flashing is determined by the position of the tooth of the gear and the magnetic sensor around the gear at an angle controlled by a servo motor, as shown in fig. 5. the led stroboscope flashes in a short time lapse at the time of the sensor detects that the tooth a is approaching. in the fig. 5(a), since the sensor angular position is 1, when the b. lian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 389-395; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.44 392 tooth a is detected, the led stroboscope flashes for a lapse time the position indicated by plain star. if the position of the magnetic sensor is changed to position 2, the led stroboscope will flash for a lapse time the position indicated by hollow star. thus, it is possible to adjust the flash timing over these 4 possible angular positions of the magnetic detector. as depicted in fig. 5, as the gear used here consists of 9 teeth, in the case where there are 4 possible angular positions of the magnetic sensor, we can flash at 36 different angular positions, which means an angular interval between two positions of 10°. one can note that we can reduce such an angular interval by introducing more possible angular positions of the magnetic sensor, or installing a gear with a higher number of teeth. in the case where an artificial defect has been added at the surface of the fatigue specimen, since the crack initiation site is already known, we are in the case depicted in the fig. 5(a), where the same angular position of the magnetic sensor will be used for the duration of the fatigue test. nevertheless, if the crack initiation site is unknown, after initiation of the crack, it is possible to switch over the possible angular positions of the magnetic sensor in order to have an appropriate flash timing. however, between fatigue test’s start and detection of the crack initiation, the interval meter of the video camera have to record the time interval in order to obtain the number of fatigue cycle data, which is mandatory to get appropriate results. figure 5: how to set up led flushing timing. (a): case 1 for fixed point observation, (b): case 2 for circumference observation. figure 6: newly developed high-speed rotating bending fatigue testing machine. (a): side view photograph, (b): 3d-cad image near specimen end, (c): led type stroboscope and attachment cover. rotating bending testing machine the fatigue crack observation system previously introduced can be adapted to all types of rotating bending testing machine. in this study, the system was installed on a single axis spin motor high speed rotating bending machine as one can see in fig. 6. the overview of the testing machine, details on the environment close to the hanging weight and a photo of the led stroboscope and its plastic cover are given in fig 6(a), (b) and (c), respectively. for this machine, motor engine is designed for machine tool usage. thus, it is possible to reach loading frequency up to 500 hz (=30,000 rpm), however since the chuck of the fatigue specimen is directly integrated in the principal axis of the motor, the fatigue specimen must have a very low eccentricity characteristic. (a) (b) (a) (b) (c) b. lian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 389-395; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.44 393 evaluation of the performance of the introduced system n order to assess the performances of this system, fatigue tests were carried out on valve spring si-cr oil tempered wire swosc-v[2]. configuration of the fatigue specimen is presented in fig. 7, where an artificial defect was added by 0.1 mm-diameter carbide drilling, with a depth of 0.1 mm, at the minimum cross section. then, in order to minimize the effect of drilling, 250 °c × 30 min. vacuum heat treatment followed by mirror surface polishing condition of the minimum cross section area by op-s were conducted. fatigue tests are operated in air, at room temperature with a rotating speed of 3000 rpm. figure 7: shape and dimensions of fatigue specimen. an experiment to assess the performance of the crack length has been undertaken. on a fatigue specimen, where the fatigue crack was already initiated, a comparison has been conduct between the crack length obtained by the system previously introduced and obtained by optical microscopy, where the fatigue test was stopped and bending weight removed (conditions equivalent to the replica method). observation given by introduced system is presented in fig. 8(a). even though the photograph is dark and suffers from lack of clarity, as the bending load tends to open the crack, the crack tip can be easily indentified. in this case, this photograph points out a crack length of 2s = 408 m, considering also the diameter of the artificial defect. on the other hand, after removing the bending weight and extracting the specimen from the testing machine, the photograph fig. 8(b) has been taken, where the corresponding crack length found is 2s = 419 m. thus, even though the length obtained by introduced system is slightly lower, a relative error of approximately 3 % can be noted. the introduced system in this paper is thought to give relevant observation of the fatigue crack. figure 8: comparison of fatigue crack images. (a): fatigue crack image obtained with observing system, (b): fatigue crack image obtained with optical microscope (no weight and no rotation). change of the crack length at different cycle stages for a single specimen subjected to a fatigue test at a = 800 mpa (nf = 4.57 × 104 cycles) stress amplitude is shown in fig. 9. as the crack propagates, if the observation field of the microscope does no more sufficient to see the entire crack length, it is necessary to switch to the configuration shown in fig. 5(b). in i (a) (b) b. lian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 389-395; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.44 394 such a way, it is possible to record the crack propagation from early stage at the artificial defect to just before the final fracture phenomenon of the specimen. the crack length measurement results obtained for the experiment using a specimen with an artificial defect (a = 800 mpa, nf = 4.57 × 104 cycles) and using a specimen without artificial defect (a = 1400 mpa, nf = 2.39 × 104 cycles) are depicted in fig. 10(a) and (b), respectively. detection of the early stage of the crack propagation is approximately at 10 m in the case of experiment using a specimen with artificial defect, whereas a length of approximately 20 m was necessary for specimen without artificial defect. in the present experiments, the led stroboscope gives an uneven enlightenment, inducing bright and dark spots along the whole observation field. it is thought that future improvements of the flashing technique would give fatigue crack observations with better clarity. figure 9: series images of fatigue crack initiation and propagation. (a): n = 7.50 × 103 cycles, (b): n = 3.45 × 104 cycles, 2s = 606 m, (c): n = 4.50 × 104 cycles, 2s = 3360 m. figure 10: relationship between cycle ratio and crack length. (a): with artificial defect (a = 800 mpa, nf = 4.57 × 104 cycles), (b): without artificial defect (a = 1400 mpa, nf = 2.39 × 104 cycles). conclusions y using the combination of a led stroboscope, a control system of the stroboscope flash timing, a long working distance microscope and high spec digital camera, an observation system suitable to record the fatigue crack length on a hourglass shape specimen for rotating bending fatigue tests has been developed. this system allows to study fatigue crack initiation and propagation phenomena at a resolution equivalent to the replica method, without any suspension of the fatigue test. b (a) (b) (a) (b) (c) b. lian et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 389-395; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.44 395 references [1] lian, b., fukuchi, y., sakaida, a., ueno, a., development of high-speed rotating bending fatigue testing machine for evaluating fatigue properties in very high cycle regime, in: proc. of the 31th jsms fatigue symposium (2012) 56-57, in japanese. [2] miura, t., sakakibara, t., kuno, t., ueno, a., kikuchi, s., sakai, t., interior-induced fracture mechanism of valve spring steel (jis swosc-v) with high cleanliness in very high cycle regime, in: proc. of the 6th international conference on vhcf, chengdu, china (2014). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_31_art_9 e.m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 120-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.09 120 dependence of the mechanical fracture energy of the polymeric composite material from the mixture of filler fractions e. m. nurullaev, a. s. ermilov perm national research polytechnic university, perm, russia. 614990 perm, komsomol prospect, 29 ergnur@mail.ru abstract. this paper for the first time presents an equation for calculating the mechanical fracture energy of the polymeric composite material (pcm) with regard to the basic formulation parameters. by means of the developed computer program the authors calculated the mechanical fracture energy of the polymer binder of the 3d cross-linked plasticized elastomer filled with multifractional silica. the solution of the integral equation was implemented using the corresponding dependence of stress on relative elongation at uniaxial tension. engineering application of the theory was considered with respect to asphalt road covering. the authors proposed a generalized dependence of ruptural deformation of the polymer binder from the effective concentration of chemical and physical (intermolecular) bonds for calculating the mechanical fracture energy of available and advanced pcms as filled elastomers. keywords. energy failure; elastomeric; particulate filler; binder; polymer composite material. introduction owadays, the current issue of technical chemistry is to ensure the required deformation and strength characteristics of advanced polymeric composite materials, in particular, 3d cross-linked filled plasticized elastomers. so far, to estimate the effect of the basic formulation parameters on the mechanical properties of such materials at uniaxial tension, smith failure envelopes have been widely used [1-4]. however, this approach does not fully reflect the physical nature of the failure (or fracture) process. therefore, it is interesting to derive an equation for calculating the mechanical fracture energy as a composite performance indicator of 3d cross-linked polymeric composite materials. the objective of this paper is a mathematical derivation of the equation for calculating the mechanical fracture energy of polymeric composite materials with regard to the basic formulation parameters by integrating the equation that describes the curve of uniaxial tension. in addition, by means of the computer program the authors calculated the mechanical fracture energy of a 3d crosslinked plasticized elastomer filled with multifractional silica. it is of practical interest for asphalt road covering as it greatly increases the service life of road pavements. n e.m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 120-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.09 121 the theory of calculating the mechanical fracture energy echanical characteristics of polymeric composite materials (pcms) based on the 3d cross-linked plasticized elastomeric matrix filled with solid silica particles significantly affect the service life of these materials. in this regard, the most important formulation (structural) parameters are the molecular structure of the polymeric matrix of the binder, its type and degree of plasticization, maximum volume filling, depending on the shape and fractional composition of dispersed filler particles, as well as the physical and chemical interaction at the binder-filler interface [5]. direct and indirect optimization problems of developing new types of similar pcms with the desired combination of stress-strain properties can be solved by means of a structural-mechanical dependence which was obtained earlier [6, 7]. let us explore a variant of maintaining the integrity of рсм until the sample breaks (poisson's ratio → 0.5), which is of the most practical interest for increasing its service life, including working conditions of the rocket engine charge under domestic pressure. earlier, in connection with pcms, we presented a physical and mathematical description of the dependence of relative (related to the initial cross-section) stress (σ (mpa)) from stretch at break (αb(mm)) of the filled elastomer with account for its basic structural parameters [7]:      2 1 23 1 1 23   1 29 0.225 10 1 1.25 1 m ch r g m rt exp t t a                                   (1) where 3(  /  )ch c mol cm m   is the concentration of transverse chemical bonds in the polymer binder matrix; ρ (g/cm3) – density of the polymer binder;  cm – average internodal molecular weight of the 3d cross-linked polymer; φr (vol. fraction) = (1 – φsw) – polymer volume fraction in the binder; φsw (vol. fraction) – plasticizer volume fraction in the binder; r (j/k·mol) – universal gas constant; t∞ (к) – equilibrium temperature, at which intermolecular interaction (the concentration of transverse physical bonds – νph(mol/cm 3)) in the binder is negligible (νph (mol/cm3)→0); t (к)– sample test temperature; tg (к)– structural glass-transition temperature of the polymer binder; a (с-1) – velocity shift ratio; φ (vol. fraction) – volume fraction of the dispersed filler; φm (vol. fraction) – maximum permissible volume filler fraction depending on the shape and fractional composition of the filler particles. in practice, we can estimate the structural parameter value cm by means of a molecular graph [7]:      32 3 32 2 21 1 12 2 23 3 322 2c nm f r f r f r f r f r f                    where r1 and r2 are molecular chains of two rubber substances with two kinds of reactive end groups f1 and f2; r3 – a molecule of the cross-linking agent with three antipodal reactive groups – f3; combinations of subscripts at f denote the chemical reaction products of i-th and j-th antipodal reactive end groups of r1-type and r2-type bifunctional polymers, as well as r3-type cross-linking trifunctional agent. taking into account that usually r3<< r1 and r2, we can assume that cm is proportional to increment addition of the molar fraction of linear polymerization  1 12 2 nr f r   according to the molecular graph. the value of φm (vol. fraction) can be calculated [8] or determined by a viscosimetric method [9]. relative elongation (α (mm)) is connected with deformation (ε (%)) by a well-known ratio rating: α = 1 + ε / 100. on conditions that the integrity of the material is maintained, true stress (σver (mpa)) is equal to the product of σ·α, but in practice it is more convenient to use conventional stress for comparison with research results of pcms that do not remain integral until the sample breaks [7]. on the basis of the eq. (1) we can write the following relation:        2 1 23 1 1 23   1 1 1 29 0.225 10      1 1.25 1 b b m ch r g m w d rt exp t t a                                           (2) where w (j),is energy (work) of mechanical fracture at uniaxial tension with dimensions: mpа  elongation (mm) = 1·103 j. the latter are the equivalent of the time during which the polymeric composite material resists increasing tensile stress. m e.m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 120-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.09 122 сonsidering w (j,) and α (mm) to be variable and denoting the combination of the rest alphabetic and digital characters as constants c1 and c2 from the expression (2) we get the following: 2 1 3 1   1 1.25 1 m ch r m c rt                   23 1 2  29 0.225 10 gc exp t t a           which allows us to write the dependence (2) in compact form:   1 21 2 1 1 b w c c d         (3) the eq. (3) can be solved by means of table of standard integrals [10]: 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 b b b b w c d c c d c d c c d                   further, as a result of integration and algebraic transformations, we obtain the equation: 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 b b b b b b w c c c                       (4) which leads, using the notations in (2), to the required dependence of the mechanical fracture energy of pcm on its basic formulation parameters:   2 3 3 2 1 23 1 3   3 2 2 3 1 1 1.25 29 exp  0.225 10   2 21 m b b b b ch r g b m w rt t t a                                                    (5) let us note that the mechanical fracture energy (w (j)), is equal to zero when αb=1, indicating at its required normability. ultimate elongation and energy to break ltimate values of relative elongation (αb(mm)), as well as strain (εb(%)), can be estimated by considering the velocity and degree of strain of an average polymeric binder layer between the solid particles of the filler [7]: 3 3 0 0 3 3 0 3 1 1 1 f m m f b b m m f b b m a a                                     (6) where the indices «f» and "0" refer to the filled and free states of the 3d cross-linked plasticized polymer binder of pcm. for engineering use of the eq. (5) when developing new pcms based on 3d cross-linked plasticized elastomers it is necessary to know the value of the maximum relative elongation or ruptural deformation of the polymeric binder. as follows from the relation (1), the values of 0b (mm) or 0 b (%) are determined by the polymer volume fraction in the plasticized binder (φr (vol. fraction)), effective concentration of transverse bonds (νeff (mol/cm 3)), comprising permanent u e.m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 120-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.09 123 transverse chemical bonds (νch (mol/cm3)) and variable physical (intermolecular) bonds (νph (mol/cm3)), and the latter determine the temperature-velocity dependence of the mechanical characteristics:     1 1 233 3   1 1 29 0.225 10eff ch r ph g ch r gt t exp t t                    (7) the molecular structure parameter (the statistically average internodal molecular weight ( cm ) of 3d cross-linked systems based on low-molecular-weight polymers with terminal functional groups) was theoretically evaluated in the following paper [11]. however, the authors did not consider the molecular interaction, which as well as the mechanical properties depend, as was noted above, on a variety of factors [12-14]. therefore, for use in engineering practice of determining the ruptural deformation of the free polymeric binder depending on the amount of νeff we have summarized the experimental data obtained earlier [7]. it turned out that the nonlinear experimental dependence    0 %b efff  for various polymeric binders, built on a logarithmic scale [7], is linearized in the coordinates: 0 0log log | cb b effm c      (8) where 0log | 3.1 cb m    corresponds to 0 | 1250% cb m    ; coefficient c = 40; 1  eff c d m   is in accordance with the formula (7). after algebraic transformations we obtain an empirical dependence: 3.1 400 10 effb     (9) material and methods reaking strain was measured on a tensile testing machine brand "instron," at a rate of expansion "."the materials used in the study cross-linked elastomers based on viscous-flow low-molecular rubbers with terminal functional groups – poly(butyl formal sulfide), poly(ester urethane)hydroxide, polydiene epoxy urethane, poly(isoprene– butyl), carboxyl-terminated polybutadiene – cured by three functional agents with antipodal functional groups. low-molecular rubbers (pdi-3b grade polydiene epoxy urethane with epoxy end groups and skd-ktr grade carboxylterminated polybutadiene) were used as the polymer matrix. 3d cross-linking was performed using eet-1 grade epoxy resin. mixtures of silica fractions with an average particle size (600 µm, 15 µm, and 1 µm) were used as the filler. the polymeric binder contained dibutyl phthalate as a plasticizer  [ 1 0.3]sw r    . optimum values of the fraction parameters are listed in tab. 1, 2 and 3. the selected standard relative strain rate is 1.4·10-3 c-1. fig. 1 presents a generalized dependence of ruptural deformation of different polymer binders (on a logarithmic scale) on the square root of the effective concentration of transverse bonds (on a linear scale). taking into account the relations (6), by means of the generalized dependence (9) we can determine elongation at break (  0 b mm ) of the polymeric binder in the free state and hence the ultimate elongation of the three-dimensionally crosslinked filled elastomer (  fb mm ), which allows us to calculate the energy of its mechanical fracture at uniaxial tension. the eq. (5), showing the dependence of fracture energy on the parameter / m  , was applied for a pcm based on a lowmolecular rubber. fraction number particle diameter, µm pore volume ratio optimum values of fraction volume ratio maximum volume filling 1 15 0.386 0.2 0.84 2 600 0.244 0.8 тable 1: parameter values of mixtures of two silica fractions b e.m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 120-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.09 124 fraction number particle diameter, µm pore volume ratio optimum fraction volume ratio maximum volume filling 1 1 0.465 0.05 0.94 2 15 0.386 0.149 3 600 0.244 0.801 тable 2: parameter values of mixtures of three silica fractions. fraction number particle diameter, µm pore volume ratio optimum fraction volume ratio maximum volume filling 1 1 0.465 0.028 0.96 2 15 0.386 0.082 3 240 0.367 0.226 4 600 0.244 0.664 table 3: parameter values of mixtures of four silica fractions. fraction quantity, piece 2, 3, 4 experiment temperatures, к 223, 273, 323 polymer glass transition temperature, к 175 plasticizer glass transition temperature, к 185 polymer volume-expansion coefficient 5·10-4 plasticizer volume-expansion coefficient 7·10-4 volume fraction of the polymer in the binder 0.25 glass transition temperature of the composite elasomer, к 177 filler volume ratio in mixed solid rocket propellants 0.75 chemical bond concentration in the binder, mol/сm3 1·10-5 maximum filler volume ratio 0.84; 0.94; 0.96 тable 4: initial data for calculating the mechanical fracture energy. for comparison, we considered composite materials based on polymeric binders with mixtures of two, three and four (fig. 2) silica fractions. it is seen that, contrary to smith failure envelopes [1-4] and [17], the mechanical fracture energy reflects the mechanical resistance of pcm as a filled elastomer more fully in the physical sense, which is important when estimating its operational suitability in particular materials. the dependencies in fig. 2 allow to evaluate the influence of the quantity of fractions taken in the optimal ratio, on the amount of ruptural deformation (the value of the mechanical fracture energy being practically constant). for example, at the temperature of 223 k b (%) changes from 0 to 16% (2-fractional silica), from 0 to 25% (3-fractional silica), from 0 to 35% (4-fractional silica), which, respectively, leads to a double increase of b . a similar phenomenon is observed at temperatures of 273 k and 323 k. the latter circumstance is very favorable for the use of pcm as frost and waterproof asphalt coating of automobile roads. it is important to add that the increase of ruptural deformation of pcm as 3d cross-linked filled plasticized elastomer in accordance with the eq. (1) is contributed by the decrease in the values of other structural parameters –  ,  ,  /ch r m    , – e.m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 120-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.09 125 as well as the structural glass-transition temperature of the polymer binder. in this case, the decrease in ultimate tensile stress (σb (mpa)), related to (αb (mm)) by the formula:   1 21 21b b b bc c       with previously adopted notations applied to the eq. (1), occurs to a lesser degree. this can probably explain the corresponding increase in the values of w (j), at increasing εb(%). the theoretically derived dependence (5) of the mechanical fracture energy of a 3d cross-linked filled elastomer from the basic structural parameters of the composite can be recommended for solving direct and indirect problems when developing new pcms as polymer composites for various purposes with the desired combination of performance characteristics [7]. in doing so, it is expedient to use computer programs, including mathematical optimization techniques [15, 16], which will help to reduce the development time and cost of raw materials, for example, when developing advanced pcms. figure 1: experimental dependence    0 3% [ / ]b efff mol cm  for various polymeric binders based on: : poly(butyl formal sulfide), : poly(ester urethane) hydroxide, : polydiene epoxy urethane, : carboxyl-terminated polybutadiene, : polyisoprene butyl; the data are given for standard conditions: т=293 к and  =1.4·10-3 c-1. figure 2: dependence of the mechanical fracture energy on ruptural deformation of a pcm at temperatures: 1 – 223 k; 2 – 273 k; 3 – 323 k. : two-fraction composition; : three-fraction composition; : four-fraction composition; e.m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 31 (2015) 120-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.31.09 126 conclusion he article presented the equation linking the mechanical fracture energy of the 3d cross-linked polymer binder filled with multifractional silica and its basic formulation parameters. the authors proposed a generalized dependence of ruptural deformation of the polymer binder from the effective concentration of chemical and physical (intermolecular) bonds for calculating the mechanical fracture energy of new pcms. it has been shown that the increase in the quantity of fractions of solid components taken in the optimum ratio leads to a double increase of ruptural deformation at constant mechanical fracture energy. references [1] smith, t. l., symposium on stress-strain-time-temperature relationships in materials, amer. soc. test. mat. spec. publ., 325 (1962) 60-89. [2] smith, t. l., limited characteristics of cross-linked polymers, j. appl. phys., 35 ( 1964) 27-32. [3] smith, t. l., relationship between the structure and tensile strength of elastomers, the mechanical properties of new materials (translated from english by g.i. barenblatta), мir, (1966) 174-190. [4] smith, t. l., chy, w. h., ultimate tensile properties of elastomers, j. polymer sce., 10(1) (1972) 133-150. [5] ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., mechanical properties of elastomers filled with solid particles, mechanics of composite materials, 48 (3)(2012) 243-252. [6] ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., optimization of fractional composition of the filler of elastomer composites, mechanics of composite materials, 49 (3) (2013) 455-464. [7] ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., mechanical properties of elastomers filled with solid particles, mechanics of composite materials, 48 (3) (2012) 1-14. [8] ermilov, a. s., fedoseev, a. m., combinatorial-multiplicative method of calculating the limiting filling of composites with solid dispersed components, russian journal of applied chemistry, 77(7) (2004) 1203-1205. [9] ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., concentration dependence of reinforcing rubbers with dispersed fillers, journal of applied chemistry, 85(8) (2012) 1371-1374. [10] bronstein, i.n., semendyaev, k.a., a guide to mathematics for engineers and students of engineering, science, 544 (1986) [11] zabrodin, v. b., zykov, v. i., chui, g. n., molecular structure of cross-linked polymers, high-molecular compounds, xvii(1) (1975) 163-169. [12] van krevelen, d.w., properties and the chemical structure of polymers, (translated from english by a. y. malkina), chemistry, (1976) 415. [13] nielsen, l.e., mechanical properties of polymers and composites, (translated from english by p.g. babaevskyi), chemistry, (1978) 311. [14] manson, j.a., sperling, l.h., polymer blends and composites, (translated from english by y.k. godovskyi), chemistry, (1979) 440. [15] certificate № 2012613349 rf, software of identification and optimization of the packing density of solid dispersed fillers of polymer composite materials (rheology), ermilov a. s., nurullaev e. m., duregin к. а. – priority of 09.04.2012. [16] certificate № 2011615640 rf, mathematical software of predicting physical and mechanical characteristics of filled elastomers. (elastomer) / ermilov a. s., nurullaev e. m., subbotina t.e., duregin к. а. – priority of 18.07.2011. [17] ermilov, a. s., nurullaev, e. m., influence of formulation parameters on the mechanical failure energy of filled elastomers, russian journal of applied chemistry, 85(7) (2012) 1125 – 1127. t microsoft word numero_30_art_64 w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 537 a research on detecting and recognizing bridge cracks in complex underwater conditions wang tao, du tao, zou xiaohong, sun yiming institute of highway, chang’an university, xi'an, 710064, china 48045664@qq.com abstract. the method aims to recognize and extract the characteristic parameters of bridge cracks based on images of the cracks obtained through the application of preprocessing technologies, such as graying, graphical enhancements, spatial filtering, gray-level threshold segmentation, etc.. the approach has been tested for accuracy to avoid the incorrect identification of chaff as a method error. the proposed method has proved to be rather accurate and effective in extracting information on cracks from the bridge image tests. keywords. crack detection; digital processing; image analysis; fracture fragments; electronic information. introduction he first cracks start appearing at the bottom of the bridge structure. if detected in time, engineers can then follow the development of the cracks. meanwhile, it should the bridge should be maintained and repaired without delay. detecting and recognizing cracks in time can reduce maintenance costs greatly and effectively guarantee the security of public transportation [1]. the difficulties in detecting cracks at the bottom of bridges are as follows [2]: the underwater pressure is immense and the light is dim. furthermore, conditions in the underwater environment can be very bad. the peculiarity of the underwater environment and the characteristics of the water can impede and obstruct communications. these difficulties combined lead to typical problems in underwater viewing. the complex imaging environment makes underwater images more sensitive to noise and interference. that inevitably leads to the generally bad quality and information redundancy of underwater images. digital image processing technology has been widely used in the detection of underwater bridge cracks in complicated conditions. this primarily includes the preprocessing and partition of images, the extraction of of the image features, image classification and other links [3]. in china, bo shaobo [4] has proposed that the morphological corrosion operator should refine the crack to obtain a single-pixel width skeleton image. meanwhile, the length and width of the cracks may be measured by applying the statistical pixel method in dealing with rule cracks in images. the encroachment method should be used to measure the area of the crack when dealing with irregular cracks. liu xiaorui [5] has presented a fusion method combined with several processing tectonic treatment methods-sfc. fu jun [6] has applied a new method of image segmentation based on a neural network. abroad, iota et al [7] have applied image binarization, wavelet transform, gray correction and other image processing methods to analyze the crack images and extract information. kawamurak et al. [8] have found that the parameter genetic algorithm of image processing can be semi-automatically optimized for the effective accurate detection of cracks. abdel-qader [10] etc. also assessed surface crack detection efficiency at the same time. they compared the results of the fourier transformation, sobel filtering, canny filtering and wavelet transform method, finding that the wavelet transform was more reliable. however, the research on underwater bridge crack image segmentation algorithms still failed to meet the development needs of bridge image detection technology. and image t w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 538 segmentation plays a key role in the process and, to some extent, in the analysis of the images. the quality of the segmentation can directly affect the further understanding of the image. thus, we need to perform an in depth research into the image processing technology of underwater bridge cracks. extracting information on underwater bridge cracks histogram image enhancement mage enhancement is needed after collecting and graying the crack image. histograms are statistical tables about the gray levels of image distribution. gray histogram images indicate that the relative frequency is about various gray levels of pixels. generally, the grayscale is the abscissa of the histogram. the ordinate is the occurrence number of the grayscale probability [11]. in the crack images, cracks are the darker areas, while the background is relatively light in the process of gathering images. but the whole image is too dark due to lack of exposure. the area mixes with the background and is hard to distinguish, as shown in fig. 1 (a). in fig. 2 (a) we can see the original image’s grayscale values are concentrated on the gray area between 0-100. we have to extend the image grayscale values to distinguish the crack from the background. the low gray with high grayscale has created significant differences in the grayscale. meanwhile, it would increase the contrast ratio of the image. as shown in fig. 2 (b), the gray scope of the image has extended to the entire gray level (0-255). we can obtain crack images with a high contrast after performing equalization processing on the original image, as shown in fig. 1 (b). (a) (b) figure 1: (a) original image; (b) after enhancement. (a) (b) figure 2: (a) original image’s gray histogram; (b) gray histogram after enhancement. spatial filtering the common method of spatial filtering adopts the neighborhood average and median filtering law. this paper applies the neighborhood average method to an ideal situation. in the ideal situation, many gray and constant small patches constitute i w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 539 an image. the spatial correlation between the neighbor pixels of the image is high. but the noise is relatively independent. non-weighted average is the simplest and most commonly applied neighborhood average method. (1) set one image  ,f x y . then express the gray value of a pixel in the image as  ,g x y , which is the square windows of field s n n  . the total number of points is set to be m . thus the gray value of this point after smoothness is: , 1 ( , ) ( , ) i j s g x y f i j m    we can use formation templates to describe the non-weighted average neighborhood law. that is, we need to move the filtering template point-by-point and get the sum of products. when applying neighbor pixels defined in the image template on template operation, the coefficient  0, 0 of template corresponds with the  ,x y in the image. set the template size to be 33 . the application of this template can produce a result as follows: 1 1 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) m n r m n f x m y n       (2) set the gray value of point  ,x y in the neighborhood of n n . the gradient inverse  ,w i j is defined as:       1 , 1, 1 , w i j f x y f x y     gray-level threshold segmentation the threshold segmentation produces a binary image. the position of the pixels is represented in the image through a grayscale image  ,f x y and the coordinates  yx, . t is the threshold and the binary images are represented through using  ,b x y after the threshold. the expression is as follows:       1, , , 0, , f x y t b x y f x y t      (3) we can know from the above that the appropriate threshold is concerned with gray closed segmentation. this article uses the iterative method to auto-select thresholds according to the following steps: 1) calculate the maximum maxt and minimum mint gray value of the entire image. both average values are just about the initial threshold 0t .   2minmax0 ttt  ; 2) segment the image based on ht and respectively solve the average gray level of foreground 1g and background 2g ; 3) solve the new threshold value  1 1 2 2ht g g   ; 4) take a new threshold. repeat steps 2 to 4 until 1h ht t  in subsequent iterations remains basically unchanged. an iterative method is used to make the grayscale threshold segmentation up to a gray level image, as shown in fig. 3. (a) (b) figure 3: (a) grayscale image; (b) image after iterative segmentation. w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 540 measuring the parameters of underwater bridge cracks n dealing with the image, the target description is mainly boundaries and regions. the object boundary is generally represented by a chain code. the target area usually has 2 representations method of 4-neighborhood and 8neighborhood. but this article will not expand on this in detail. feature extraction common regional features include size, external ellipse, external rectangles, gravity center, circularity, perimeter, etc.. grayscale features have a highest gray value, a minimum gray value and an average gray value, etc.. contour features include contour length. the basic steps of the feature extraction process are shown in the following picture. in order to detect the cracks it is necessary to find the cracks in the image, confirm the crack area and obtain the crack region area, length, width, perimeter and other parameters. 1) measurement of proportion in regular binary image processing, the calculation of proportion, in fact, is about the geometry characteristics quantity for measurement of the size of connected area after binaryzation. the specific definition is the total amount of pixel in connected area. we speculate that the pixel value of cracks in binary image is 1. therefore, the calculation of the proportion can be simply expressed as:    , , x y s a g x y    s is expressed as the connected domain that needs to be measured;  ,g x y is the pixel value of point  ,x y . although the overall proportion measurement of the target is very accurate, the proportion refers to the total proportion of all targets in the image. it may involve the fracture section, various complex cracks or some small cracks that have interference (eg. the unfiltered random noise). above all, the complex cracks such as massive cracks or crocodile cracks cannot be clearly distinguished into single cracks. thus, the big error exists. therefore, we propose a new means to solve the problem. we use the template and target to conduct bitwise and, in fact, logic and operation on binary image to calculate the area of cracks. we select curve  ,f x y and use binary logic operation to obtain more accurate value. binary logic and operation meet the following formula: 0 & 0 0 ; 0 & 1 0 ; 1 & 0 0 ; 1 & 1 1 (in binary image, the pixel value of points in the image only have two kinds of values; in the specific calculation process, we adopt bitwise and operation on the binary image array.) by doing this, the false data that may be contained around crack and in crack can be removed. that can make the image area calculation become more accurate. in addition, bit manipulation, the most basic operation in the computer, occupied the absolute advantage in calculation speed because the hardware of the computer only identifies 0 and 1. 2) measurement of length and width in practical crack image, absolute across and down do not exist. generally, the cracks have radian and even burr. the middle part may also break. therefore, we adopt the following assumption for the easy disposal of computer. 1) in the segmented sub-block, axis of cracks in the target area is expressed as curve  ,f x y . it is a connected fracture section with unit pixel width; 2) cracks in the target area is the point with the minimum gray level in the non-growth direction area of that point; 3) curve  ,f x y can fit a straight line in subsection. read image binaryzation noise  removal mark area calculate  feature  quantities i w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 541 according to the known area, the computer can calculate the pixel point, and thus obtain the value of the length and width. 4) perimeter p the contour perimeter level reflects the overall extension of the crack. the number of pixels on the border is calculated after acquiring the boundary contour of the cracks. then we can obtain the contour perimeter. 5) circle c circularity reflects the complexity of the target boundary. the computational formula is as follows. the probability of appearance of the gray value 24c a p a: when the pixel value of the crack target in a previously assumed binary image is 1 , the area of the connected domain will be p . 6) external ellipse the external oval reflects the position and range of the area. the center coordinates  ,x y in the ellipse can be represented by the first moment:    , , 1 1 , x y r x y r x x y y a a     where a: the area of the range; r: the connected domain needs measuring. example verification this paper chooses 10 underwater bridge crack pictures the size is 640 480 according to the description and analysis of the crack target features. a statistical analysis is performed for a number of typical characteristic quantities of the crack features and the crack area. a gray feature of its external rectangle is performed. the characteristic quantities are shown in tab. 1. order number area perimeter external rectangle width external rectangle height aspect ratio circularity 1 6301 1829.36 639 86 7.43 0.0232 2 2098 1170.11 420 54 7.78 0.0198 3 3591 1640.05 621 59 10.53 0.0174 4 2180 1299.99 395 71 5.56 0.0161 5 2503 1102.27 53 309 5.83 0.0312 6 8053 1750.75 639 40 15.98 0.0322 7 5496 1598.88 419 130 3.22 0.0269 8 6208 2601.47 640 115 5.57 0.0115 9 6697 2259.63 640 113 5.66 0.0159 10 3559 2034.64 640 72 8.89 0.0110 table 1: result of the crack image’s characteristic quantities (unit: pixel). w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 542 it emerges from the calculation results that target cracks’ circularity is very small, with 90% being below 0.01. this indicates that the boundary shape of the crack range is relatively complex and irregular. the axial ratio of the external ellipse is large. the rate above 7 percent is more than 80%. and it is in accordance with the features in the real cracks observed. the present linear features a slender line while the width-height ratio 80% of the external rectangle is over 2.5. and the reflection of the characteristics of the crack shape is not obvious. in the grayscale image, the gray value of the crack area is smaller, while the gray value of the external rectangle becomes bigger. the differences between them are obvious. and the difference rate above 30 accounts for 85% of the total. in accordance with the situation that some real cracks observed are darker and the background color is lighter. but there are some exceptions because of the gray value of the closed segmentation. some backgrounds were closed to the gray level of the cracks. the crack has connected into an area and expanded the crack area, including a small amount of non-crack pixels. the average gray of the expanded region is higher than the original average gray of the crack area. this leads to the decline of the grayscale difference. there is a 0 value generated into the calculation results about the image’s feature quantity. this is because several complex image processing results are not satisfactory and the cracks’ target cannot be extracted from the image. the above statistical analysis results show that by selecting several characteristic quantities we can represent the shape and gray feature of the crack area. the difference of the external ellipse is the axis ratio and the range’s gray average value. the gist is that information on the cracks can be extracted from the image tested for these two characteristic quantities. underwater bridge crack clip connection fter extracting the target, we found the target was divided into various discontinuous fragments. this is in conformity with reality. if the connection is not to be restored, it will affect the awareness and application of the target’s nature. therefore, connecting the fragments is needed. establishment model n-th  2n  fracture fragment is assumed to be existed after extracting crack target. the fragments belonging to different parts of the same crack are on the overall trend line. they are ordered from left to right, top to bottom after marking the individual segment. the leftmost, upwards of the left endpoint area, are defined as the 1-th section fragments. the rightmost, downwards, are defined as the n-th section fragments. set a simple model shown as fig. 5 (a). (a) (b) figure 5: (a) location model; (b) connecting model of the crack fragment’s endpoint a w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 543 the regions a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i represent the fracture fragments after extraction. their positional relationship between endpoints corresponds to 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 in fig. 5 (b). set a  ,xa ya as the right end point coordinates. the coordinates closed to the left end point b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i is,  ,xb yb ,  ,xc yc ,  ,xd yd ,  ,xe ye ,  ,xf yf ,  ,xg yg ,  ,xh yh ,  ,xi yi , respectively. set a to represent i -th fragment, i, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i. this means that the  1i  -th has 8 representative kinds of fragment with a certain position of a respectively. the connection procedure of the fragments a and b is described as below. the connection process of a, c, d, e, f, g, h, i is similar. b is located right of a. a and b match so that: ,xb xa yb ya  1) the right endpoint of segment a (the rightmost column a, from the top down, the first non-zero pixel) is obtained by coordinates  ,xa ya . and the left endpoint of b (the leftmost column b, from the top down, the first non-zero pixel) is obtained through coordinates  ,xb yb . the following method of defining the left and right endpoints of each fragment is similar to that for defining the left and right endpoints of each fragment. 2) the coordinate difference is calculated: d yb ya  ; e xa xb  and 0d  , 0e  , so d e . 3) it proceeds along a route from  ,xa ya . and 1 is close to  ,xb yb . the pixel value of the blank during the route is set as 1. route 1:  , 1xa ya  ▁ , 2xa ya  ▁ , 3xa ya  ▁ , 4xa ya   , 1 1xa ya   ;  , 2 1xa ya   ;  , 3 1xa ya   ;  , 4 1xa ya   likewise, it is the same to  ,xb yb . 4) reach example verification the cracks have been divided into several segments for verifying the fracture fragment through the connecting algorithm, as shown in fig. 6 (a). the fracture fragments algorithm is connected with the neighboring fragments. the connection results are shown in fig. 6 (b). (a) (b) figure 6: (a) crack fragment image; (b) crack fragment after connection we can see that it is correct and effective to apply the algorithm in connecting the fracture fragments. the connection of various pieces of fragments in the image forms a connected area. this paper contributes to testing the crack developments and simplifying calculation for the characteristic quantities of crack targets. w. tao et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 537-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.64 544 conclusions irstly, this paper collects crack images to conduct spatial filtering after graying and enhancing the images with the neighborhood average method. then it performs gray-level threshold segmentation combined with the iterative method. finally, information on the cracks is extracted based on the underwater images of the bridge. our aim is to identify the areas of cracks in the image and obtain the parameters of the cracking region, such as area, length, width and perimeter. this paper, therefore, extracts and inspects the crack parameters as follows. the circularity of the crack target is small; the major-minor axis ratio of the external ellipse is large. the crack area’s grayscale average is smaller in the grayscale images, while the external rectangle’s grayscale average is larger. 0 value is generated in the calculation results of the characteristic quantities. the target was divided into discontinuous fragment regions after extracting the target value. we need to connect the fragment area establishing models and instance validation. finally we will find that it is correct and valid to connect the fracture fragments by applying this algorithm. application of the median filtering method to enhance denoising can have better denoising effect. and it could smooth the image after enhancing denoising and reduce the data volume of the monitoring stream with compressed synthesis. the neighborhood average method is a common technology for image denoising. its advantage is rapid processing speed and wide range of application. but this algorithm also has a significant shortcoming, namely, that the image will become vague when reducing the noise at the same time, especially in the image's edges and details. it is therefore necessary to make some improvements to the simple neighborhood average method. another key solution is keeping the image’s edges and details as much as possible to a minimum when performing image denoising. references [1] juwu, x., the research of application and measurement the bridge cracks based on digital image processing, southwest petroleum university, 5 (2011). [2] wei, z., the research of underwater image segmentation and recognition technology based on particle swarm, harbin engineering university, 9 (2008). [3] hanxing, q., the research of pavement crack detection and recognition based image segmentation. chongqing jiao tong university, 03 (2012). [4] shaobo, b., maode, y., liang jun, h., yuyao, h., research on measuring algorithm of asphalt pavement crack based on image processing, computer measurement and control, 15(10) (2007) 1305-1307. [5] xiaorui, l., xiongyao, x., the research of rapid detection of tunnel surface cracks based on image processing, chinese journal of underground space and engineering, 2 (02) (2009) 1624-1628. [6] jun, f., weiliang, j., feng, k., yunhua, c., detection of shallow cracks in the wall with digital image processing, civil architecture and environmental engineering, 31 (06) (2009)137-141. [7] lto, a., aoki, y., hashimoto, s., accurate extraction and measurement of fine cracks from concrete block surface image, iecon02, 3 (2002) 2202-2207. [8] kawamura, k., miyamoto, a., nakamura, h., sato, r., proposal of a crack pattern extraction method from digital images using an interactive genetic algorithm, proceedings-japan society of civil engineers, (2003) 115-132. [9] abdel, q., abudam, o., kelly, m. e., 2003. analysis of edge detention techniques for creak identification in bridges, journal of computing in civil engineering, 17(3) (2003) 255-263. [10] guoqi, z., the research of concrete bridge underside crack detection method based on image processing, beijing jiao tong university, 06 (2010). [11] galvez, j. c., cervenka, j., cendon, d. a., saouma, v., a discrete crack approach to normal/shear cracking of concrete, cement and concrete research, 32(10) (2002) 1567-1585. [12] xiaorui, l., xiongyao, x., rapid crack inspection of tunnel surface based on image processing, chinese journal of underground space and engineering, 5(02) (2009) 1624-1628. [13] xiaomao, r., a technology of screen translation, computer and digital engineering, 2(22) (1994) 44-45. [14] ciyin, y., lianqing, h., contrast enhancement of medical image based on since grey level transformation, optical technique, 5 (28) (2002) 407-408. [15] xu, b., a study on the bridge diseases inspection and the cracks measurement based on the imagery processing technology, chang'an university, (2009). f microsoft word numero_53_art_05_2707 k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 51 effect of corrosion on the quality of repair of the aluminum alloy a5083 h11 by bonded composites kaddour sadek, benaoumeur aour labab laboratory, department of mechanical engineering, national polytechnic school maurice audin, oran, 31000, algeria sadekkaddour@gmail.com, benaoumeur.aour@enp-oran.dz mohammed salah bennouna university of kasdi merbah ouargla, department of mechanical engineering, algeria bennouna_ms@yahoo.fr abderrahim talha lille mechanics unit, university of lille, (uml, ea 7512), university of lille, 59655 villeneuve d’ascq, france abderrahim.talha@yncrea.fr belabbes bachir bouiadjra, mourad fari bouanani lmpm laboratory, department of mechanical engineering, university of sidi bel abbes 22000, algeria bachirbou@yahoo.fr, bouananimorad@gmail.com abstract. in this paper, the simultaneous effect of corrosion and cracking on the performance of the bonded composite patch repair in aluminum alloy a5083 marine structure was investigated using three-dimensional finite element methods. to this end, two patches made of carbon/epoxy and boron/epoxy, bonded on corroded plates with and without crack, were tested under different applied loads. the effect of both corroded and cracked materials on the damage of the adhesive fm73 was also highlighted. the obtained results show that the corrosion has a significant effect on the quality of the repair performance. indeed, it is proved that, the rate of damage increases with the increase of the applied load and is more significant in the case of plates cracked and repaired by carbon/epoxy patch compared to that of boron/epoxy patches. keywords. corrosion; damage zone; composite patch; aluminum alloy; adhesive; crack. citation: sadek, k., aour, b., bennouna, m. s., talha, a., bachir bouiadjra, b., fari bouanani, m., effect of corrosion on the quality of repair of the aluminum alloy a5083 h11 by bonded composites, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65. received: 13.12.2019 accepted: 07.05.2020 published: 01.07.2020 copyright: © 2020 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/knxwijnfgli k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 52 introduction he 5000 family aluminum alloys, and, especially the a5083 alloys, are known for their high resistance to corrosion salinity and ideal alloy for their weldability, making their use a better choice in the marine shipbuilding industry and offshore structures [1]. the elements mg, zn or cu alloyed with aluminum consolidate and reinforce the matrix. the aluminum has an excellent strength-to-weight ratio, which makes it an ideal material when specifications require high strength and minimum weight. this alloy composition makes it enable to be used for the construction of ships and boats [2]. otherwise, the corrosion process in the marine environment is favored by the presence of a lower rte of oxygen and higher salinity, also the presence of manufacturing defect at the microscopic scale, under repeated cyclic loadings and the salinity of the water, cause the fatigue of the material which is called fatigue corrosion under stress. most of the structural fractures in service are about 90% due to this corrosion cracking phenomena. three main stages of a material failure have been observed: (i) initiation of the crack, (ii) propagation of the crack, and (iii) finally sudden rupture [3-5]. to remedy this kind of phenomenon and the crack propagation by corrosion, a new technique has been applied for several years based on a composite bonded to the damaged part. this technology has proven to be effective in aerospace and marine applications [6]. more recently, this technique of repairing cracked structures has been considered particularly effective in aeronautics and follows rigorous control procedures, the composite patch is applied in situ on the damaged part. several parameters affect the integrity of composite patch repair. among these parameters, (i) the geometric shape, the thickness, the length and the nature of the patch, (ii) the medium, (iii) the type and thickness of the adhesive, etc. [7]. in a previous work, sadek et al. [8] analyzed by finite element, the performance of repair with patch composite using different shapes in the case of marine structures.the evolution of the damaged zone under the crack effect only has been also studied [9]. however, rare are the studies on the performance of bonded composite patch repair in corroded aluminum structures [10]. in this paper, the effect of corrosion on the quality of repair of the aluminum alloy 5083 h11 by bonded composite is analyzed using a three-dimensional finite element method. a comparison between the obtained results using two types of patches has been presented and discussed. background formulation j integral he sif calculation tool is currently chosen for computing the three-dimensional virtual crack closure technique (3dvcct) of the asymptotic value [11]. the proposed irwin vcct is based on the energy balance. from this equation, stress intensity factors are given for the three fracture modes 2 i i k g e  (1) where gi is the energy release rate for mode i, ki the stress intensity factor for mode i, e the elastic modulus. the idea presented by rybicki and kanninen [12], is based on the calculation of the energy release rate, using irwin assumption that the energy released in the process of crack expansion is equal to work required to close the crack to its original state, as the crack extends by a small amount δa. irwin computed this work as:     0 . . a w u r a r dr     (2) where u is the relative displacement,  is the stress, r is the distance from the crack tip, and a is the change in virtual crack length. therefore, the energy release rate is given by:     0 0 0 1 lim lim . . 2.   a a a w g u r r a dr a a              (3) t t k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 53 the work w can be expressed as: 2 . 1 w f u (4) where f is the force needed to close the crack virtually, u is the crack opening displacement. eq (3) allows the calculation of the energy release rate for 2d fe models (modes i and ii). the application of the vcct in 3d fe models is commonly called the 3d vcct. the extension of the method from 2d to 3d requires replacing eq. (3) by the following expression:     0 0 1 , . , . . 2 h a g u r s r a s ds dr h a        (5) where s is the distance from the crack tip in the third direction, and h is the element size in the third direction. to apply eq. (5) to fe models comprising 8-node brick elements, the integrals in (5) are replaced with the sum as follows: 2 1 1 . 2 ki ki k g f u h a     (6) where index i controls direction, and index k controls the node b number. the shear stresses in the adhesive are given by the following relationship: 1  2 )( a a g u u e   (7) where 1 u and 2 u are displacements in layers 1 and 2 (the plate and the patch) respectively. experimental design was used for the determination of the optimum patch dimensions [13-15]. indeed, the patch dimensions process is described by a quadratic model as follows: 2 2 0 1 1 2 2 11 1 22 1 12 1 2y a a x a x a x a x a x x      (8) where y is the response of the process (i.e., the j integral at the crack front in the plate) and, ix is the normalized centered value for each factor iu : *  i ic i i i u u x u u     (9) 2 imax imin ic u u u   (10) ( ) 2 imax imin i u u u                    (11) the quadratic model of j integral is expressed as following [16]: * * * * * * * * * *2 *2 *2 0 1 2 3 12 13 11 22 3323j a a l a w a t a l w a l t a w t a l a w a t          (12) where *l is the length, *w is the width, and *t is the thickness of the patch. k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 54 damage zone theory the joint adhesive used in this study is made of a ductile material, that has been toughened and, which is supposed to be exposed to a yielding failure. therefore, in this case of failure study and for characterizing the damage zone, we will apply the equivalent strain of von mises criterion given by the following expression [17]:        2 2 21 2 2 3 3 11    2 1 eq p p p p p p                (13) where eq is the equivalent strain, pi are the plastic strains in the different directions and  is the poisson’s ratio. the von mises equivalent strain criterion is satisfied for the ultimate principal strain value of the material. the damage zone size at failure is determined when the ultimate strain of each failure criterion is defined. we use either the strain or the stress criterion to define the damage zone, but when the adhesive undergoes a significant nonlinearity the application of the strain criterion will be more appropriate [18]. it should be noted that there are two modes of failure associated with adhesive joints: (i) interfacial and (ii) cohesive failure. in the first mode, the failure load of the adhesive joint depends on the interfacial stress near the interfaces between the adhesive and the adherent [18]. the second mode will happen when cohesive failure occurs in the adhesive joint. since cohesive failures certainly occurred in the adhesive joint, we recommend using the adhesive failure criterion for the damage zone. the failure criterion, for isotropic materials, such as the von mises and tresca criteria, can be used to model the adhesive failures [19]. in order to define and quantify the rate of damage, the following damage zone ratio formula can be used: . i r a a d l w   (14) where rd is the damage zone ratio, ia the area over which the equivalent strain exceeds 7.87% [17], l the adhesive length and aw is the adhesive width. numerical modeling he corroded and cracked structure is shown in fig. 1. to study the effect of corrosion on the quality of repairs, two types of patches have been numerically tested. the first one is made of boron/epoxy and the second one of carbon/epoxy. both are glued on two corroded aluminum plates a5083 with and without crack. the adhesive is of type fm73 with a thickness ea=0.15 mm (longitudinal young modulus e=4.2 gpa and longitudinal poisson ratio ν=0.32). different uniform uniaxial loadings σ=220, 250, 300 and 350 mpa were applied to the structure (fig. 1). the damage ratio rd of the adhesive has been evaluated. the mechanical properties of both patches are selected according to several references [9,19,20] and are given in tab. 1. the aluminum alloy plate 5083h 11 has dimensions 254 × 254 × 5 mm3 (fig. 1) h=254 mm, w=254 mm and ep=5 mm, with a crack length a=1.5 mm. the mechanical properties of the plate are as follows: young’s modulus e=69 gpa, poisson’s ratio ν=0.35, the yield stress σy=243 mpa, the ultimate stress σu=347 mpa and the elongation ξel=21.85%. the composite patch has the following dimensions: 130×75×1.5. the plies in the patch had unidirectional lay-up where the fibers were oriented along the specimen length direction (parallel to the load direction). both patches are bonded on the damaged structure by 0.15mm thick film of adhesive epoxy. the geometric shape of the corroded area was taken in 3d randomly with a thickness of 0.5 mm. noting that, the effect of the variation in thickness of the corroded area is under an advanced investigation and will be published later. the physical interactions at aluminium/adhesive and composite/adhesive interfaces during loading are taken into account through bonded surface-to-surface contact features of abaqus. a surface-to-surface contact definition can be used as an alternative to general contact to model contact interactions between specific surfaces in a model. in this work, at the interfaces, each mesh node is common between the adjacent structures to ensure continuity of strains and stresses. noting that the adhesive is homogeneous elastic and isotropic, the deformation of the adhesive is under the effect of shearing and peeling. the boundary conditions used in this analysis are as follows: one end of the plate was fully fixed while the other end was subjected to a tensile stress in an increasing way using the option "step" general static of abaqus code [21]. a t k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 55 maximum increment value up to 10000 was used for the automatic increment. the minimum and maximum increment sizes are 10-5 and 1 respectively. figure 1: geometrical model. elastic properties boron/epoxy carbon/epoxy longitudinal young modulus e1 (gpa) 200 134 transversal young modulus e2 (gpa) 19.6 10.3 transversal young modulus e3 (gpa) 19.6 10.3 longitudinal poisson ratio v12 0.3 0.33 transversal poisson ratio v13 0.28 0.33 transversal poisson ratio v23 0.28 0.33 longitudinal shear modulus g12 (gpa) 7.2 5.5 transversal shear modulus g13 (gpa) 5.5 5.5 transversal shear modulus g23 (gpa) 5.5 3.2 table 1: elastic properties of both patches [9,19,20]. the finite element model (fig. 2) is composed of different substructures to model the cracked and corroded plate, the adhesive and the composite patch. the plate has four layers of elements in the direction of thickness, the adhesive has a single layer in the thickness and the patch has four layers of elements in the thickness. the commercial finite elements code abaqus was used for computations. the number of elements is 54517 with 77551 nodes. the element type used is c3d8r: an 8-node linear brick, reduced integration, hourglass control. the second generated model is a plate with corrosion and crack using three subsections models (plate-patch-adhesive). the number of elements is 92928 with 411791 nodes. the element type used is c3d20rh: a 20-node quadratic brick, hybrid, linear pressure, reduced integration. figure 2: finite element meshed parts of the studied model. k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 56 validation of the model o validate the numerical model developed in this work, an elastic aluminium plate with and without composite patches under uniform uniaxial load with a centre crack was analysed. in order to make a comparison, the same dimensions and material properties as those used by ayatollahi and hashemi [22] were considered. noting that for a central crack subjected to opening mode, the relationship between the stress intensity factor (sif) and the far applied load () is given by: ik y a  , where y is a geometric factor, depends on the plate geometry and the crack shape. y = 1.12 (for a finished plate containing a central crack "2a") [23]. the obtained results of the sif were compared firstly with that of analytical solution (in the case without patch) (fig. 2.a) and then with that of ayatollahi and hashemi [22] in the case with patches made in carbon/epoxy and boron/epoxy (fig. 2.b). it can be seen that good agreement was found between the results of the present model and that of analytical and numerical results as shown in figs. 2.a and 2.b respectively. indeed, the maximum relative error is 4% for the case without patch, 1.96% for the case with a patch in boron/epoxy and 1.48% for the case with a patch in carbon/epoxy. furthermore, it should be noted that the best repair performance under these conditions is obtained by using boron/epoxy patch compared to carbon/epoxy patch. (a) (b) figure 3: variation of ki versus the crack length for (a) unpatched and (b) patched centre cracked specimen. results and discussion distribution of von mises stresses in the plates igs. 4 and 5 respectively illustrate the distribution of von mises stresses under different loadings using rectangular patches in boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy in the case of a corroded plate without crack and a corroded and cracked plate. it can be noticed that in both cases the stresses increase with the increase of the applied load. a slight difference was found between the values obtained using boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy patches. for a loading less than 250 mpa, we noted a weak distribution of stresses at the level of the corroded surface in the case of an uncracked plate (fig. 4.a-d). exceeding a loading of 250 mpa, the effect of the patch becomes negligible and an almost homogeneous stresses distribution has been noted (fig. 4.e-f). in the case of a corroded and cracked plate (fig. 5), it can be seen that there is more stress concentration at the right crack tip containing the corroded area compared to the crack tip area left. a non-homogeneous distribution of stresses is noted for the three loading cases under the effect of the crack and the corroded area for both patches. in addition, it can be observed that the maximum stresses obtained in the case of cracked and corroded plates are lower than those of the corroded plates without crack. this can be attributed to the presence of crack, which can play the role of stress deconcentration and reduction of the maximum stress value in the plate. t f k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 57 (a) boron/epoxy patch with =220mpa (c) boron/epoxy patch with =250mpa (e) boron/epoxy patch with =300mpa (b) carbon/epoxy patch with =220mpa (d) carbon/epoxy patch with =250mpa (f) carbon/epoxy patch with =300mpa figure 4: von mises stresses distribution in the case of a corroded plate without crack under different loadings using rectangular boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy patches. (a) boron/epoxy patch with =220mpa (c) boron/epoxy patch with =250mpa (e) boron/epoxy patch with =300mpa (b) carbon/epoxy patch with =220mpa (d) carbon/epoxy patch with =250mpa (f) carbon/epoxy patch with =300mpa figure 5: von mises stresses distribution in the case of a corroded and cracked plate under different loadings using rectangular boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy patches. k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 58 distribution of von mises stresses in the patches figs. 6 and 7 show the von mises stresses distributions in the boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy patches for corroded plate without crack and corroded-cracked plate under different loadings. for both cases, it can be noticed that the stresses increase as the applied load increases. the stress concentration is localized on the edges of the patches for the corroded and uncracked plate (fig. 6), whereas for the corroded-cracked plate (fig. 7), we found more stress concentration at the vicinity of the corroded crack tip. (a) boron/epoxy patch with =220mpa (b) carbon/epoxy patch with =220mpa (c) boron/epoxy patch with =250mpa (d) carbon/epoxy patch with =250mpa (e) boron/epoxy patch with =300mpa (f) carbon/epoxy patch with =300mpa figure 6: von mises stresses distribution in the patches made in boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy in the case of corroded and uncracked plate under different loadings. k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 59 (a) boron/epoxy patch with =220mpa (b) carbon/epoxy patch with =220mpa (c) boron/epoxy patch with =250mpa (d) carbon/epoxy patch with =250mpa (e) boron/epoxy patch with =300mpa (f) carbon/epoxy patch with =300mpa figure 7: von mises stresses distribution in patches made with boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy in the case of corroded and cracked plate under different loadings. evolutions of the damaged zone case of the corroded and uncracked plate ig. 8 illustrates the evolutions of the damaged areas (gray surfaces) of the adhesive used for the repair of the corroded plate with carbon/epoxy and boron/epoxy patches under different loadings σ=220, 250, 300 and 350 mpa. it can be seen that the damaged area increases with the increase of the load for both patches, until it reaches a critical value (dr=0.2474) for the high loads (especially when σ=350 mpa), where the adhesive loses its rigidity and the adherence between the composite and the metal becomes very weakened as demonstrated by several authors [9,24,25]. in this case, we can note that corrosion plays an important role on the repair quality, however when the applied loads are below 300 mpa, a good repair performance has been noticed. fig. 9 presents the evolution of damage ratio as a function of the applied load in the case of corroded plate without crack. we can note that as long as the load is less than σ=320 mpa both types of patches maintain their integrity and the adhesive rigidity is better. that can be explain by the value of dr which does not exceed its critical estimated value f k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 60 dr=0.2474. however, the adhesive of boron/epoxy patch presents a higher integrity than that of carbon/epoxy patch as it can be seen on the blue curve (fig. 9), where the values of dr are more reduced. when the applied load exceeds 320 mpa, it can be observed that the repair by carbon/epoxy patch is not effective, because the adhesive loses its rigidity and the damage ratio exceeds its critical value. on the other hand, it seems that the adhesive of boron/epoxy patch retains its rigidity up to a value close to 350 mpa. (a) boron/epoxy patch with =220 mpa (b) carbon/epoxy patch with =220 mpa (c) boron/epoxy patch with =250 mpa (d) carbon/epoxy patch with =250 mpa (e) boron/epoxy patch with =300 mpa (f) carbon/epoxy patch with =300 mpa (g) boron/epoxy patch with =350 mpa (h) carbon/epoxy patch with =350 mpa figure 8: evolution of the damaged area of the adhesive used to repair the corroded and uncracked plate by boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy patches under different loadings. k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 61 figure 9: evolution of damage ratio versus the applied load in the case of a corroded plate without crack. case of the corroded and cracked plate fig. 10 shows the evolutions of the damaged area of the adhesive used to repair the cracked and corroded plate by boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy patches under different loadings. it can be seen that for the load σ=220 mpa, the plate repaired by boron/epoxy patch has less damage than that made of carbon/epoxy. the damage of repair adhesive fm73 is localized at the upper and lower edges for the plate repaired by boron/epoxy patch, while for the plate repaired by carbon/epoxy patch, the adhesive damage is localized at the edges and at the vicinity of the crack tip (corroded area). for the case of an applied load σ=250 mpa, the damage of the adhesive is located at the vicinity of the corroded and cracked zone for both types of patches with less risk of disintegration. when the applied load is σ=300 mpa, it is clearly seen that the adhesive of boron/epoxy patch has less damage than that of carbon/epoxy patch, the latter being much damaged at the level of the corroded and cracked zone. this can be explained by the presence of a crack which can propagate more and more as the load increases. for the applied load σ=350 mpa, the adhesive damage is very significant and represents a risk of disintegration between the patch and the repaired plate. indeed, in the case of high loads, repair by both types of patches does not have an effective impact and especially in the presence of crack with a corrosion defect on the repair plate. the repair adhesive made with boron/epoxy patch has less damage compared to that of carbon/epoxy patch, in particular for very high loads. therefore, it is recommended to use a boron/epoxy patch since it is relatively safer in the presence of an aggressive medium, such as seawater with very high degree of corrosion. figure 11 shows the evolution of damage ratio as a function of the applied load in the case of a corroded and cracked plate. it can be seen that the damage ratio in the adhesive of the carbon/epoxy patch is always higher than that of boron/epoxy, except in the case of an applied load of 245 mpa where both patches present the same damage ratio. in addition, it can be noted that the maximum loads for which the damage ratio reaches its critical value are about 292 mpa for the carbon/epoxy patch and 332 mpa for the boron/epoxy patch. evolution of j-integral fig. 12 presents a comparison of the j-integral evolutions as a function of the applied load for the two cracked and corroded plates repaired by both patches with that of the cracked and corroded plate not repaired. according to this figure, it can be observed that for loads less or equal to 300 mpa, both patches give almost the same results for the repair of the corroded and cracked aluminum alloy a5083. however, for loads greater than 300 mpa the patch made in boron/epoxy gives a better repair in terms of efficiency compared to that of carbon/epoxy. 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 200 250 300 350 400 d a m a g e  r a ti o applied load (mpa) boron/epoxy carbon/epoxy critical value k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 62 (a) boron/epoxy patch with =220 mpa (b) patch in carbon/epoxy with =220 mpa (c) boron/epoxy patch with =250 mpa (d) patch in carbon/epoxy with =250 mpa (e boron/epoxy patch with =300 mpa (f) patch in carbon/epoxy with =300 mpa (g) boron/epoxy patch with =350 mpa (h) patch in carbon/epoxy with =350 mpa figure 10: evolution of the damaged area of the adhesive used for the repair of the cracked and corroded plate by boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy patches under different loadings. in addition, it can be seen that the effectiveness of patch repair increases with the increase of the applied load. indeed, the difference between the j-integral values for the plate repaired by boron/epoxy patch (the best) and not repaired varies between 40.75% and 215.90% for loads varying between 220 and 400mpa respectively. k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 63 figure 11: evolution of damage ratio versus the applied loads in the case of a corroded and cracked plate. figure 12: evolution of the j-integral as a function of the applied load for the cracked and corroded plate repaired by both patches compared to that of the cracked and corroded plate not repaired. conclusion luminum alloys, especially the a5083 h11 has a good resistance to corrosion pitting, in the marine environment, making it the best choice for marine industry manufacturing, over time. this aluminum alloy tends to lose these mechanical and chemical characteristics in contact with an aggressive medium such as seawater which is qualified as a saline and saturated medium and which will cause or accelerate the oxidation reaction. the major problem in marine 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 200 250 300 350 400 d a m a g e  r a ti o applied load (mpa) boron/epoxy carbon/epoxy critical value a k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 64 industries is corrosion, which plays an important role in the propagation of micro cracks under the effect of stress corrosion or metallurgical defect such as endogenous or exogenous inclusions during the development of this latter. the different forms and mechanisms of corrosion presented by a previous work and described in this paper have allowed us to understand the phenomenon in order to act better in repairing the corroded and cracked zone. based on the results obtained in this study of the corrosion effect on the repair performance of the cracked plates with composite patches, the following conclusions can be drawn:  increasing the applied load implies an increase in the damage ratio dr of the adhesive.  the repair with both types of patches (boron/epoxy and carbon/epoxy) gives an acceptable repair performance for cases of loads lower than 300 mpa without risk of adhesive disband.  for severe loads and higher than 300mpa and the case of the repair of corroded and cracked 5083 aluminum alloy structures, it is recommended to use a boron/epoxy patch since it provides a better performance and, therefore, longer service life compared to a carbon/epoxy patch. acknowledgements his research was supported by the general directorate of scientific research and technological development (dgrsdt: direction générale de la recherche scientifique et du développement technologique) of algeria. the authors gratefully acknowledge the scientific support of labab laboratory (enp oran, algeria), lmpm laboratory (sidi bel abbes university, algeria) and lille mechanics unit (france). references [1] sielski, r.a., (2008). research needs in aluminum structure, ships offshore struct., 3(1), pp. 57-65. doi: 10.1080/17445300701797111. [2] bailey, j.c., porter, f.c., pearson, a.w., and jarman, r.a., (1994). aluminium and aluminium alloys, in corrosion (third edition), butterworth-heinemann: oxford. p. 4:3-3:37, doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2018.05.143. [3] reinhart, f.m., (1976). corrosion of metals and alloys in the deep ocean, technical report (naval construction battalion center (port hueneme, calif.). civil engineering laboratory); r834. doi: 10.5962/bhl.title.47711 [4] ding, y., lv, y., zhao, b., han, y., wang, l., lu, w., (2018). response relationship between loading condition and corrosion fatigue behavior of nickel-aluminum bronze alloy and its crack tip damage mechanism, mater charact., (144) pp. 356-367. doi: 10.1016/j.matchar.2018.07.033. [5] campbell, f.c., (2008). elements of metallurgy and engineering alloys, asm international. doi: 10.31399/asm.tb.emea.9781627082518 [6] salem, m., bachir bouiadjra, b.b., mechab, b., and kaddouri, k., (2015). elastic-plastic analysis of the j integral for repaired cracks in plates, struct. eng. mech., 4(2), pp. 87-96. doi: 10.12989/amr.2015.4.2.087. [7] katnam, k.b., da silva, l.f.m., and young, t.m., (2013). bonded repair of composite aircraft structures: a review of scientific challenges and opportunities. prog. aerosp. sci. 61, pp. 26-42. doi: 10.1016/j.paerosci.2013.03.003. [8] sadek, k., aour, b., bachir bouiadjra, b., fari bouanani, m., and khelil, f., (2018). analysis of crack propagation by bonded composite for different patch shapes repairs in marine structures: a numerical analysis, int. j. eng. res. afr., 35, pp. 175-184. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/jera.35.175 [9] sadek, k., bennouna, m.s., aour, b., bachir bouiadjra, b., benaissa, a., and fari bouanani, m., (2019). numerical investigation of the adhesive damage used for the repair of a5083 h11 aluminum structure by composites patches, int. j. eng. res. afr., 44, pp. 22-31. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/jera.44.22. [10] berrahou, m., mokadem, s., mechab, b., and bachir bouiadjra, b., (2017). effect of the corrosion of plate with double cracks in bonded composite repair, struct. eng. mech., 64(3), pp. 323-328. doi: doi: 10.12989/sem.2017.64.3.323. [11] leski, a., (2007). implementation of the virtual crack closure technique in engineering fe calculations, finite elem. anal. des., (43), pp. 261-268. doi: 10.1016/j.finel.2006.10.004. [12] rybicki, e.f., kanninen, m.f., (1977). a finite element calculation of stress intensity factors by a modified crack closure integral, eng. fract. mech., 9(4), pp. 931-938. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(77)90013-3. [13] frigon, n.l., mathews, d., (1996). practical guide to experimental design, 1st edition, wiley, newyork. isbn: 978-0471-13919-5 november 1996 360 pages. t k. sadek et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 53 (2020) 51-65; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.53.05 65 [14] eriksson, l., johansson, e., kettaneh-wold, n., wikström, c., and wold, s., (2000). design of experiments: principles and applications, third edition, umetrics ab, doi: 10.1002/cem.686. [15] ait yala, a., and megueni, a., (2009). optimisation of composite patches repairs with the design of experiments method, mater. design, 30(1), pp. 200-205. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2008.04.049. [16] fekih, s.m., albedah, a., benyahia, f., belhouari, m., bachir bouiadjra, b., miloudi, a., (2012). optimisation of the sizes of bonded composite repair in aircraft structures, mater. design, (41), 171-176. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2012.04.025. [17] sheppard, a., kelly, d., and tong, l., (1998). a damage zone model for the failure analysis of adhesively bonded joints. int j adhesion adhesives, 18(6), pp. 385-400, doi: 10.1016/s0143-7496(98)00024-4. [18] ban, c.s., lee, y.h., choi, j.h., kweon, j.h., (2008). strength prediction of adhesive joints using the modified damage zone theory, compos. struct., 86, pp. 96-100. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2008.03.016. [19] berrahou, m., mokadem, s., mechab, b., bachir bouiadjrab, b., (2017). effect of the corrosion of plate with double cracks in bonded composite repair, struct. eng. mech., 64(3), pp. 323-328. [20] mhamdia, r., bachir bouadjra, b., serier, b., ouddad, w., feaugas, x., touzain, s., (2011). stress intensity factor for repaired crack with bonded composite patch under thermo-mechanical loading, j. reinf. plast. comp., 30(5), pp. 416424. doi: 10.1177/0731684410397899. [21] hibbit karlsson & sorensen, (2015). abaqus standard/user’s manual, version 6.14., inc., pawtucket, ri, usa. [22] ayatollahi, m.r., hashemi, r., (2007). computation of stress intensity factors (ki, kii) and t-stress for cracks reinforced by composite patching. compos. struct., 78, pp. 602-609. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2005.11.024. [23] ouinas, d., bachir bouiadjra, b., himouri, s., benderdouche, n., (2012). progressive edge cracked aluminium plate repaired with adhesively bonded composite patch under full width disbond. compos. b eng., 43, pp. 805-811. doi:10.1016/j.compositesb.2011.08.022. [24] grabovac, i., bartholomeusz, r.a., and baker, a.a., (1993). composite reinforcement of a ship superstructure-project overview, composites, 24(6) pp. 501-510. doi: 10.1016/0010-4361(93)90020-9. [25] schubbe, j.j., bolstad, s.h., reyes, s., (2016). fatigue crack growth behavior of aerospace and ship grade aluminum repaired with composite patches in a corrosive environment, compos. struct., 144, pp. 44-56. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2016.01.107. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 7 art 5 c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 65 high-cycle fatigue strength of a pultruded composite material c. colombo, m.guagliano, l. vergani dip.to di meccanica, politecnico di milano, via la masa, 1 20156 milano italy riassunto. i compositi pultrusi sono tra i più attraenti materiali per applicazioni che richiedono produzione su grande scala. per questo motivo il loro impiego nell’ambito di applicazioni strutturali è in continuo aumento, anche se ancora limitato da una incompleta conoscenza del loro comportamento a fatica. la maggior parte dei dati a disposizione si riferisce, infatti, a prove interrotte dopo 3 milioni di cicli. in questa memoria si considera un pultruso utilizzato in ambito strutturale e si caratterizza il suo comportamento statico e a fatica. i risultati hanno permesso di ricavare le curve s-n del materiale e di verificare l’esistenza del limite di fatica. le osservazioni condotte al sem hanno consentito di valutare i meccanismi di danneggiamento che si verificano durante il cedimento statico e a fatica. abstract. dealing with composites in polymeric matrix, the pultruded ones are among the more suitable for large production rates and volumes. for this reason, their use is increasing also in structural applications in civil and mechanical engineering. however, their use is still limited by the partial knowledge of their fatigue behaviour; in many applications it is, indeed, required a duration of many millions of cycles, while most of the data that can be found in literature refer to a maximum number of cycles equal to 3 millions. in this paper a pultruded composite used for manufacturing structural beams is considered and its mechanical behaviour characterized by means of static and high-cycle fatigue tests. the results allowed to determine the s-n curve of the material and to assess the existence of a fatigue limit. observations at the scanning electronic microscope (sem) allowed to evaluate the damage mechanisms involved in the static and fatigue failure of the material. keywords. delamination; pultruded composites; dgm-xgm failure; fatigue damage. introduction ultrusion is one of the most attractive technological process for obtaining polymer matrix composite parts to be manufactured with large production rates and volumes [1-3]. due to this characteristic and to some peculiar aspect of their physical and mechanical behaviour, pultruded composite are getting more and more used in structural applications in civil infrastructures. this is due to the progress made in pultrusion technology, that allows the capability to manufacture low-cost large-scale load carrying structural profiles. if the fact that these materials do not need painting, that they do not conduct electricity (thus, not needing to be insulated) and that, thanks to lightness, they use allows to reduce transportation costs and environmental pollution, it seems clear why they are becoming a serious alternative to metal alloys for the construction of shaped beams, pedestrian bridge decks, post for railway noise barriers, floors of bus and other structural parts [4-6]. however, their application in structural engineering is still somewhat limited by the incomplete knowledge about the fatigue strength, that is to say that the behaviour of pultruded composite under time variable loads is not completely investigated and understood. in fact, there are few data that can be found in the references. in [7] a comparative study between the fatigue behaviour of grp hand lay-up and pultruded phenolic composites is described, but the maximum number of cycle of interest is limited to 1 million, thus preventing the application of these data to longer life-span, typical of civil infrastructures. in [8] the long-term environmental fatigue behaviour of pultruded glass-fiber-reinforced p http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 66 composites under flexural loading is investigated, while [9] describes the tensile fatigue performances of pultruded reinforced polymers profiles, with particular emphasis on the effect of the specimens shape on the fatigue strength and endurance. in the same paper some results obtained from fatigue tests up to 10 million cycles are reported, but the results number is limited and does not allow the determination of a fatigue limit. in [10] the rotating bending fatigue strength of a pultruded glass fiber reinforced composite is investigated. in [11] the residual fatigue strength of a pultruded composite after damage occurred due to impact of a external object is considered. other papers focus their attention on pultruded composite application in fatigue loaded parts. in [12] the fatigue performance of a cellular frp bridge deck adhesively bolted to steel girders is investigated, while in [13] the fatigue strength of a pultruded i-shaped post for railway noise barriers is considered and analyzed by means of ad-hoc experimental tests. from the analysis of references, it is clear that the designer cannot found sufficient data and knowledge for a safe and reliable application of pultruded materials for structural applications where a long life (many millions of cycles) is required. only a couple of papers report data for such a long endurance and the number of specimens under investigations is limited and further research is needed, both for obtaining quantitative data and to know much about the failure mechanisms by changing the load amplitude. this paper intends to give a contribution in this field. a glass fiber reinforced composite obtained by pultrusion and used for box shaped beams used in civil infrastructures (i.e.: noise barriers, [6]) is considered and experimentally analyzed. its static behaviour is investigated by means of tensile tests while the observations at the scanning electronic microscope allowed to investigate the damage mechanism involved in the static failure. then the fatigue behaviour of the material was investigated by means of axial tests (r=-1) long up to 10 million cycles. the results showed a narrow scatter and allowed to determine the s-n curve and to assess the existence of the fatigue limit. by means of the sem analysis it was moreover possible to understand how fatigue damage develops in the different layers of materials. material he material is a glass-fiber reinforced composite obtained by pultrusion. the matrix is made of equally distributed polyester not saturated resins commercially called leguval w 24 ga and synolite 0175-n-1. the global volumic mass of the matrix is about 1,3 g/cm3. the e glass fibers have a ultimate tensile strength of 1800 mpa, an elastic modulus of 76 gpa and a volumic mass of 2.53 g/cm3. in fig. 1 it is shown the section from which the specimens were cut: these latter were obtained from the longer side. in the same figure it is shown the the lay-up of the material and different layers can be observed: their composition is described in tab. 1. it can be noted that most of glass fibers (84%) are unidirectional (roving) while the remaining part (16%) is randomly distributed. sontara is a thin layer used on the surface to prevent surface damage due to impacts or to the aggressive environment effects. reemay is a surface writing. both sontara and reemay does not modify mass and mechanical characteristics of the material. figure 1: section of the pultruded bar from which the specimens were cut. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 67 position width (cm) material mass per unit length (g/m) roving mass per unit length (g/m) weight % 1 17 sontara 5.95 2 6 sontara 4.2 3 16 mat 48 4 5 mat 30 5 roving 960 6 21 volumat 126 7 roving 547.2 8 21 mat 63 9 23 sontara 8.05 10 5 sontara 3.5 11 4 reemay 0.8 total woven 289 16 total roving 1507 84 total resin 1796 57 total glass 1354 43 total weight 3150 100 table 1: chemical composition of the layers of the pultruded material (the position refers to fig. 1). in fig.2 it is shown a micrograph of the transversal section taken at the sem showing the main layers of the material. from the sem observation it was possible to effectively define the layer disposition in a section (fig. 3). in fig. 4 the sem micrographs of these layer is shown. it can be noted that the fibers in the roving are nearly aligned, equal-spaced and parallel. also the different fiber percentages of mat and volumat can be noted. figure 2: sem micrograph showing mat, roving and volumat layers. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 68 figure 3: layer disposition in a generic section of the samples. figure 4: sem micrographs of mat (a), roving (b) and volumat (c) layers. static characterization he static behaviour characterization of the pultruded material was obtained by means of tensile and compression tests. five samples for each kind of test were executed by using a schenck hydropuls 250kn universal test machine. the tensile tests were executed according the astm d 3039/d 3039 m-00 standard, while as regards the compression tests the en iso 527-5: 1997 standard was applied. the specimens were cut along the longitudinal direction and presented a rectangular constant cross section, as indicated in the standards that were used. the same sample type was used in both the tensile tests and the compression ones; in fig. 5 their dimensions are shown together with the aluminium grips that were glued to the specimens. an extensometer was applied to measure the deformation of the specimens. figure 5: shape and dimensions in mm of the samples used in the static tests. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 69 in tab. 2 the results of the tests are shown. in fig. 6 the typical aspect of a dgm failure is shown. some interrupted tensile and compressive tests were also executed, being the aim to investigate the development of the damage by means of observations at the sem. these analyses allowed to assess the progressive nature of damage in the different layers of material. in particular cracks between the fibers and the matrix were observed with increasing length with the load, while their number remained about the same till the final rupture. however some broken fibers were noted in the roving layer for high values of the stresses. in fig. 7 some sem images showing the damage evolution are shown: figs 7a and 7b show the damage evolution in the mat at 200mpa and 340 mpa: the interface crack evolution between the matrix and the fibers can be easily observed. figs 7c and 7d show the roving and also in this case the most evident damage type is the formation of interface cracks. specimen e (mpa) uts (mpa) elongation % failure type failure zone tensile tests 1 30605 367 1,20 dgm middle 2 30794 377 1,23 dgm middle 3 31005 377 1,21 dgm middle 4 30003 361 1,20 dgm middle 5 28791 381 1,32 xgm middle mean value 30240 373 1,23 specimen e (mpa) ucs (mpa) elongation % failure type failure zone compression tests 1 31311 454 1,45 dgm middle 2 27296 383 1,40 dgm middle 3 26607 382 1,43 dgm middle 4 26973 375 1,39 dgm middle 5 31313 402 1,28 dgm middle mean value 28700 399 1,39 table 2: summary of the results of the static tests (dgm= edge delamination gage middle, xgm=explosive gage middle) (a) (b) figure 6: typical aspect of a dgm failure: (a) tensile failure, (b) compression failure. similar observations performed on compression specimens evidenced the same damage evolution. fatigue characterization xial fatigue tests (r=-1) were executed, being the aim the determination of the s-n curve of the material and to verify the existence of a fatigue limit. the specimens have constant section and their geometry is the same as in fig.5. the specimens were considered run-out if failure did not occur till 10.000.000 cycles. tests were performed in loop load control and the imposed frequency was 5 hz; no temperature increment was observed. fifteen specimens were used to determine the fatigue limit according the stair-case procedure while other nine specimens were tested to determine the leaning part of the s-n curve according to the procedure included in the astm e 739-91. in fig. 8 the results are shown: it is possible to observe the limited dispersion of the data. if the applied stress decrease from 120 mpa a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 70 to 80 mpa, the endurance passes from around 550.000 cycles to more than 10 millions cycles (run-out tests). it can be deduced that this material has a fatigue limit and, according to the stair case method, its value was calculated as 90 mpa. figure 7: damage evolution for increasing stress values (transversal section): (a) mat 200 mpa, (b) mat 340 mpa, (c) roving 200 mpa, (d) roving 340 mpa. figure 8: experimentally determined s-n curve of the pultruded material. (○: broken specimens; ●: fatigue limit; __ maximum likelihood estimation for the mean, --confidence limits for the model at 95%) most of the failures happened near the gripping zone, like in fig. 9; this denotes a probable influence of the gripping system onto the obtained results and it is in agreement with the results reported in [9] where the influence of the specimens shape was analysed and where it is found that this kind of specimens gives the lowest fatigue strength. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 71 figure 9: a fatigue broken specimen near the gripping zone. also in this case sem observations have been performed on run-out specimens to evaluate the fatigue damage. pictures showing sem images after 10 millions cycles are reported in fig. 10, that refers to longitudinal sections: the presence of arrested cracks can be noted. on the basis of the analysis of sem observation a quantitative estimation of the fatigue damage was made by counting the number of different defects in the layer that form the pultruded material. the results are shown in tab. 3 and evidence that debonding (crack between matrix and fibers) in the mat layer is the main responsible of the fatigue damage of this material (a) (b) figure 10: sem images of the fatigue specimens: (a) mat, (b) roving. mat roving volumat debonding 67 25 60 fiber cracks 30 15 8 matrix cracks 5 0 0 table 3: defect count in the fatigued run-out specimens conclusions he static and fatigue behaviour of a pultruded glass-fiber reinforced composite material used in structural applications was investigated. on the basis of the tests executed it was possible to determine quantitative data that can be applied for the design of structural parts manufactured with this material. the fatigue tests allowed to determine that the material has a fatigue limit that can be used for designing long life-span parts subjected to time variable loading. the sem observation allowed to evidence the evolution of static and fatigue damage. in particular, as regards this latter one, it was possible to assess that fatigue damage take place mainly in the mat layer and that it mainly consists in t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it c. colombo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 65-72; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.05 72 deboning, that is to say it consist in the initiation and propagation of cracks at the interface between the polymer matrix and the glass fibers. acknowledgement this research was founded by the grant “damage analysis of composite materials under fatigue loading” (miur prin 2007). references [1] f.s. trevor, pultrusion for engineers, crc press, woodhead publishing, ltd, cambridge (2000). [2] b.t. åmström, manufacturing of polymer composites, chapman & hall, london (1997). [3] j.p. fanucci et al., pultrusion of composites, in: t.g. gutowski (ed.), advanced composites manufacturing, j. wiley & sons, new york, (1997) 259-295. [4] l.-h. gan, l. ye, y.-w. mai, composite structures, 45 (1999) 279-288. [5] a. di tommaso, s. russo, mechanics of composite materials 39 (4) (2003) 329-340. [6] m. guagliano, fatigue behaviour of a pultruded composite box-shaped post for high speed railway application (in italian), internal report 48/2004, politecnico di milano. [7] c. moura branco et al., int. j. fatigue, 18 (4) (1995) 255-263. [8] k. liao, c.r. schultheisz, d.l. hunston, int. j. fatigue 21, (1999) 485-495. [9] t. keler, t. tirelli, a. zhou, composite structures, 68 (2005) 235-245. [10] l. vergani, damage mechanisms in pultruded unidirectional fiber reinforced composites under static and fatigue loads, in: m.guagliano, m.h. aliabadi (eds.), fracture and damage of composites, wit press, southampton, 206 (2006) 49-72. [11] t.j. chotard, j. pasquiet, m.l. benzeggagh, composite structures, 53 (201) 317-331. [12] t. keller, h. gürtler, composite structures, 70 (2005) 484-496. [13] t. keller, f. riebel, t. vallée, composites structures, 85 (2008) 116-125. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.05&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_50_art_34_2609 n. chatzidai et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.34 407 focused on the research activities of the greek society of experimental mechanics of materials experimental and numerical study on the influence of critical 3d printing processing parameters nikoletta chatzidai, dimitrios karalekas university of piraeus, laboratory of advanced manufacturing technologies and testing, department of industrial management and technology nchatzi@unipi.gr; dkara@unipi.gr; dkara@webmail.unipi.gr; abstract. in the present work the temperature profile variations generated in rectangular specimens built using the fused deposition modeling (fdm) process, at different printing speeds and orientations, were investigated. the temperature recordings were achieved by the integration of temperature sensors throughout the 1st and/or 21st building layer of the specimens. the experimental results show that the temperature values inside the specimen remain above the glass transition temperature (tg) even at the end of the fabrication process. higher values were obtained when increasing the printing speed and decreasing the printing path. the experimental results were compared to the corresponding ones derived by simulation of the thermal diffusion problem via finite element analysis. the calculated maximum temperature values were in good agreement with the experimentally recorded ones. keywords. additive manufacturing; fused deposition modelling; process parameters; temperature profiles; finite element analysis. citation: chatzidai, n., karalekas, d., experimental and numerical study on the influence of critical 3d printing processing parameters, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413. received: 18.01.2019 accepted: 21.05.2019 published: 01.10.2019 copyright: © 2019 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction dditive manufacturing (am) or layer manufacturing (lm) have developed intensively over the last decades, providing the potentiality to build simple or more complex 3d objects of varying material types and forms. as defined by the astm:f2792-12a (2012) standard, additive manufacture is the “process of joining materials to make objects from 3d model data, usually layer upon layer, as opposed to subtractive manufacturing methodologies, such as traditional machining”. am techniques are gaining ground in industries, since their ability to make the manufacturing and the assembly process less complicated help to shorten the product development cycle time. fused deposition modeling (fdm) is one of the several existing technologies included in the category of the am techniques. it became popular due to its low cost, easy operation and reproducibility [1]. as described in previous works [2-5], the fdm method deposits rasters of molten thermoplastic polymers, such as acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (abs) or polylactic acid (pla), that solidify into the final desired shape. during the fabrication process, filament of the thermoplastic material is fed into a heated extrusion tip, where it liquefies above its glass transition temperature (tg), and a http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/50/2609.mp4 n. chatzidai et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.34 408 extruded as thin rasters through a nozzle onto the build platform to form the first layer [6,7]. the next material layer is deposited upon the previous one, while the process is continued to form the final desired model [8]. after its deposition, the extruded material rapidly cools, solidifies, and bonds with the surrounding material [9]. as long as the material is hot (above tg) it can bond with the previous layer or the adjacent rasters. the bonding mechanism no longer takes place once the material cools below its tg. therefore, the longer the material is kept above its tg, the better the bond between layers and rastres [10]. on the other hand, the deposited material should solidify as quickly as possible to avoid deformation due to gravity, or weight of the above deposited material [11]. moreover, the non-uniform thermal gradients that exhibit during the fdm process, develop residual stresses which may induce warping and delamination [12,13] or even part distortions, dimension inaccuracy or part fabrication failure [9]. as a result, the knowledge of temperature evolution during the component's fabrication process is one of the primary concerns in fdm process. the quality, accuracy and properties of the final printed parts depend also on other user control process parameters, such as build orientation, layer thickness, infill density, raster angle, extruder temperature and air gap between adjacent rasters. a lot of research has done the last two decades on the influence of the printing process parameters on the mechanical properties of the printed parts [3,7,14-24] and/or the bonding degree between the rasters [3,20,22,25-28]. sood et al. [22, 27] examined five important process parameters (layer thickness, orientation, raster angle, raster width and air gap) both experimentally and numerically, and showed that they do not work alone, but interact during the fdm process and influence the tensile and compressive strength of the final part. besides the effect of the process parameters on the mechanical properties of the final object, particular interest has shown by researchers on the temperature field and the related temperature gradient as a result of different process conditions. sun et al. [20,29] tried to correlate important process parameters with the quality of bond formation via temperature measurements in the bottom layer of an fdm fabricated component. zhang and chou [30] considered the influence of tool-path on temperature variation to explain thermo-mechanical distortion through residual stress distribution. more recently, costa et al. [31] examined the contribution of various thermal phenomena developing during fused deposition techniques to the overall heat transfer and to the mechanical deformation of the fabricated parts. later, the same authors [11], presented an analytical solution for the transient heat transfer during filament deposition and cooling considering four main process parameters (extrusion velocity, filament dimensions, sequence of deposition and environmental temperature). zhang et al. [32] used the boundary-adjusting finite difference method to adapt a three-dimensional transient mathematical model to describe the influence of various process parameters on the temperature variation of any fdm printed cuboid specimen. li et al. [33], studied experimentally the effect of major process parameters, such as layer thickness, deposition velocity and infill rate, on the bonding degree between the rasters, on the temperature profiles during the fdm process and on product's mechanical properties. in that work, the experimental process was conducted for a component made from pla using an open-source makerbot fdm printer. in the present study, the real-time temperature profiles of rectangular specimens were investigated, under different printing velocities and raster orientations. the recording of the temperature values was achieved through the integration of temperature sensors in various layers of the printed specimens. the experimental results were compared to those derived by finite element analysis. experimental procedure ectangular specimens of commercial thermoplastic acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (abs) were built on the makerbot replicator 2x fdm printer. the dimensions of the specimens were 40 mm x 20 mm and consisted of 41 layers. the thickness of each layer was 0.254 mm. the advantage of a such an opensource fdm printer is the ability of changing a large number of building parameters, such as printing speed, layer thickness, density of the rasters (infill density), building orientation and temperature of the printing heads. in the present study, all the above parameters remained constant, besides the building orientation and the printing speed. temperature sensors (k-type thermocouples, ±1.5°c) were embedded at the center of the 1st and/or the 21st building layer, for the recording of the temperature variations throughout the building process and until the completion of the specimens' fabrication. this type of sensors has a sensing tip of 0.25 mm thickness. the temperature data recordings were obtained and analyzed through a data acquisition instrument. the embedment of the thermocouples was carried out manually. special retainers were designed and built simultaneously with the specimen to assure the integration of the sensors at the desired positions. the building process of the 3d printed rectangular specimen started with deposition of a raft of small thickness, made of polystyrene to increase the contact surface between the specimen and the platform. this polystyrene raft was considered r n. chatzidai et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.34 409 necessary since the temperature on the building platform was 20-25°c below the one that was setup initially, causing the detachment of the specimen. once this raft was completed, deposition of the abs material was started. initially, at each layer, two shells that delimit the specimen were built, and thereafter the internal raster-by-raster material deposition was initiated. the building process continued until the plane at which the thermocouple had to be integrated was reached. at that point, the building process was paused temporally, to integrate the thermocouple, and then continued until the completion of the specimen fabrication. in the case that two thermocouples were integrated in different layers, the building process was paused twice. images of the specimens are shown in fig.1. (a) (b) figure 1: specimen with thermocouple in the (a) 21st layer and (b) 1st and 21st layer. as shown in table 1, specimens were built with two different building speeds (35 sec/layer and 65 sec/layer) and building orientations (0° and 90°). the orientation of the building process is prescribed according to the specimen’s physical coordinate system, as shown in fig. 2. specimen building orientation building speed (sec/layer) layer of the embedded thermocouple 1 0° 35 1 2 0° 35 21 3 0° 35 1 and 21 4 0° 65 21 5 90° 65 21 table 1: specimens and their building parameters. figure 2: physical coordinate system of the rectangular specimen. for all the specimens, the infill density was set up to 0.9 for greater adhesion. the liquefier temperature of the extruded material was set up at 230°c, since higher temperatures caused burning of the material. additionally, it deemed necessary to measure the envelope temperature, since it can't be controlled automatically by the 3d printer software. the temperature was found to be 85°c. n. chatzidai et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.34 410 finite element modeling he simulation of the thermal diffusion problem in rectangular specimens during the fdm building process was carried out using the abaqus® software (abaqus, hibbitt, karlsson & sorensen, inc., ri, usa). the simulation procedure was conducted in the following stepwise manner: step 1. a rectangular model was designed with dimensions 40 mm x 20 mm x 0.254 mm (length x width x height) for specimen 1 and 40 mm x 20 mm x 5.334 mm (length x width x height) for specimens 2, 4 and 5. this model represents the part of the specimen that the thermocouple was integrated. step 2. a new model, with nl x 0.254 mm height was designed at the top of the previous one, where nl = 1, ..., 40 for specimen 1 and nl = 1, ..., 20 for specimens 2, 4 and 5. this model represents the new abs layers. each time, both models were meshed and solved, using the equations and the boundary conditions that are presented further down. the temperatures calculated from the numerical solution of the equations, correspond to the time that the extruder passes above the sensor. the governing equation for the thermal analysis of the rectangular specimen is given by: 𝛻 ∙ 𝑘𝛻𝑇 𝑞 (1) where t is the temperature, ρ the density, cp the specific heat, k the thermal conductivity and q the heat generation rate. the thermal properties of the abs material that used for the simulations are shown in table 2 [20]. parameter values thermal conductivity, k 0.177 w/m·k specific heat, cp 2.080 j/kg·k density, ρ 1.050 kg/m3 table 2: thermal properties of the abs material. at the outer surfaces of the rectangular specimen, the equation of convection was set as boundary condition: 𝑄 ℎ 𝑇 𝑇 (2) where h is the heat convection coefficient, that was taken equal to 75 w/m2·k [9], and tenv the temperature of the chamber, equal to 85°c, as measured experimentally. the temperature at the bottom surface of the rectangular specimen is set to be constant and equal to 88°c, the temperature on the polystyrene raft. this is a mean value obtained by the integration of a thermocouple between the polystyrene raft and the 1st abs layer. for the upper surface of the rectangular specimen, a known temperature profile is used as boundary condition. this temperature profile was derived by the experimental data, during the first pass of the printing nozzle over the thermocouple. for the fe simulations, the modeled specimen was considered to be solid, while the raster orientation and possible abnormalities or discontinuities of the experimental process were not taken into account. results and discussion n figs.3(a,b) the obtained experimental temperature profiles for specimens 1-2 (see table 1) are shown, as a function of building time. the building orientation (0°) and speed (35 sec/layer) remain the same for the two specimens. moreover, in the same figures the temperature peak values calculated by the finite element analysis are also plotted. in these figures, and those that follow, the curves represent the real-time monitoring temperature variations that take place during the fabrication process, while their peaks correspond to the time that the printer's nozzle passes over the integrated thermocouple. in fig.3a (specimen 1), the temperature profile that developed during the deposition of the 1st layer is shown, and all the subsequent layers, until the completion of the specimen’s fabrication. as it was expected, the greater temperature values are shown right after the integration of the thermocouple since it is in direct contact with the deposited material. each peak t i n. chatzidai et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.34 411 (a) (b) figure 3: temperature profiles as recorded by thermocouples together with the temperature peak values as calculated by fea for embedding locations: (a) 1st layer and (b) 21st layer. is followed by a rapid decrease in the temperature. the temperature profile shows a declining pattern with time. however, it is obvious that the temperature profile is fluctuating, with gradually lower maxima even when the fabrication of the specimen is well above the 1st layer. at the end of the printing process the temperature at the first layer exhibits a value of 93°c (due to the heat generated by the heated platform) which is very close to the glass transition temperature (tg). for abs the tg is 94°c. this shows the importance of heat transfer through conduction within the structure. in fig.3b the temperature profiles as a function of building time in the case of specimen 2 are presented. the thermocouple was integrated in 21st layer, so the reordered data refers to only half the specimen (21 layers). it is seen that the temperature profile is similar to the one presented in fig.3a, while the effect of the printing nozzle is more intense at the layers deposited at the end of the printing process. in fig.4 the temperature data of specimen 3 are shown. in this case two thermocouples were integrated in the same specimen, one at 1st layer and the other at the 21st layer. the exhibited recording presents a similarity to the previously presented experimental data. the sudden temperature drop recorded by the thermocouple integrated in the first layer shows the time that the building process was paused temporarily for the integration of the 2nd thermocouple. in figs.5(a,b) the temperature profiles for specimens 4 and 5 of table 1 are shown. these specimens were built with higher printing speed (65 sec/layer), compared to the previous ones. the recorded temperature profile is similar to the corresponding ones of the previous specimens, but the temperature values remain higher and well above tg. this suggests that the adjacent rasters have more time to bond. the higher speed of the printing nozzle contributes to the maintenance of the higher temperatures inside the specimen. additionally, the printing speed together with the shorter toolpath of the printing nozzle (specimen 5, fig.5b), allow for a more uniform temperature profile inside the specimen. the irregularities observed for the temperature profile at the first four layers of the 3d printed rectangular specimen are likely to be due to possible levitation of the embedded thermocouple. as far as the simulated temperature profiles are concerned, they are in good agreement with the experimental ones, especially for specimens 4 and 5. increasing the speed of the printing nozzle, and even more in the case of shorter build path (specimen figure 4: temperature profiles as recorded by the two thermocouples integrated in1st and 21st layer. n. chatzidai et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.34 412 (a) (b) figure 5: temperature profiles as recorded by thermocouples integrated in 21st layer together with the temperature peak values for: (a) 0° and (b) 90° raster orientation. 5), ensures greater bonding of the rasters within the fabricated specimen, and thus, approaching the ideal theoretical solid model that was used to perform the simulations. on the other hand, the differences between the experimental and the simulated temperature profiles of figs.3(a,b) (max 5°c), show that the gaps between the rasters should be taken into account. conclusions n the present work 3d printed rectangular polymer specimens were fabricated under different building speeds and orientations. temperature sensors were integrated throughout the center of the 1st and/or 21st building layer of these specimens to investigate the temperature profiles generated during the fabrication process. the experimentally obtained results were compared to the corresponding ones derived by the thermal diffusion finite element analysis. the experimental results demonstrate an undulated temperature profile with a declining pattern. higher rates of the printing nozzle in conjunction with shorter printing path lead to the preservation of higher temperature values inside the specimen. the thermal behavior of the specimen is influenced both by the extruded material and the heated printing platform even during the end at the printing process. the simulation based calculated maximum temperature values exhibit good agreement, in general, with the experimentally measured ones, presenting a maximum difference of 5°c. however, by increasing the printing speed and decreasing the printing tool-path the rasters’ bonding enhances leading to a more solid 3d printed specimen which approaches the ideal model considered in the fem analysis. references [1] chua, c.k., leong, k.f., lim, c.s. (2010). rapid prototyping, principles and applications, world scientific. [2] coogan, t.j., kazmer, d.o. (2017). bond and part strength in fused deposition modeling, rapid prototyp. j., 23(2), pp. 248–257, doi: 10.1108/rpj-03-2016-0050. [3] ahn, s., montero, m., odell, d., roundy, s., wright, p.k. (2002). anisotropic material properties of fused deposition modeling abs, rapid prototyp. j., 8(4), pp. 248–257, doi: 10.1108/13552540210441166. [4] bellini, a., güçeri, s. (2003). mechanical characterization of parts fabricated using fused deposition modeling, rapid prototyp. j., 9(4), pp. 252–264, doi: 10.1108/13552540310489631. [5] bellehumeur, c., li, l., sun, q., gu, p. (2004). modeling of bond formation between polymer filaments in the fused deposition modeling process, j. manuf. process., 6(2), pp. 170-78, doi: 10.1016/s1526-6125(04)70071-7. [6] shofner, m.l., lozano, k., rodríguez-macías, f.j., barrera, e. v. (2003). nanofiber-reinforced polymers prepared by fused deposition modeling, j. appl. polym. sci., 89(11), pp. 3081–3090, doi: 10.1002/app.12496. [7] es-said, o.s., foyos, j., noorani, r., mendelson, m., marloth, r., pregger, b.a. (2000). effect of layer orientation on mechanical properties of rapid prototyped samples, mater. manuf. process., 15(1), pp. 107–122, doi: 10.1080/10426910008912976. i n. chatzidai et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 50 (2019) 407-413; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.34 413 [8] giordano, r.a., wu, b.m., borland, s.w., cima, l.g., sachs, e.m., cima, m.j. (1996). mechanical properties of dense polylactic acid structures fabricated by three dimensional printing. j. biomater. sci. polym. ed., 8(1), pp. 63–75. [9] kousiatza, c., chatzidai, n., karalekas, d. (2017). temperature mapping of 3d printed polymer plates: experimental and numerical study, sensors, 17(3), pp. 456, doi: 10.3390/s17030456. [10] dinwiddie, r.b., kunc, v., lindal, j.m., post, b., smith, r.j., love, l., duty, c.e. (2014). infrared imaging of the polymer 3d-printing process, proc. of spie, 9105, 910502-1, doi: 10.1117/12.2053425. [11] costa, s.f., duarte, f.m., covas, j.a. (2017). estimation of filament temperature and adhesion development in fused deposition techniques, j. mater. process. technol., 245, pp. 167–179, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.02.026. [12] kantaros, a., karalekas, d. (2013). fiber bragg grating based investigation of residual strains in abs parts fabricated by fused deposition modeling process, mater. des., 50, pp. 44–50, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.02.067. [13] kousiatza, c., karalekas, d. (2016). in-situ monitoring of strain and temperature distributions during fused deposition modeling process, jmade, 97, pp. 400–406, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2016.02.099. [14] rayegani, f., onwubolu, g.c. (2014). fused deposition modelling (fdm) process parameter prediction and optimization using group method for data handling (gmdh) and differential evolution (de), int. j. adv. manuf. technol., 73(1-4), pp. 509-519, doi: 10.1007/s00170-014-5835-2. [15] huang, b., singamneni, s. (2015). raster angle mechanics in fused deposition modelling, j. compos. mater., 49(3), pp. 363-383, doi: 10.1177/0021998313519153. [16] yan, y., zhang, r., hong, g., yuan, x. (2000). research on the bonding of material paths in melted extrusion modeling, mater. des., 21(2), pp. 93-99, doi: 10.1016/s0261-3069(99)00058-8. [17] rezayat, h., zhou, w., siriruk, a., penumadu, d., babu, s.s. (2015). structure–mechanical property relationship in fused deposition modelling, mater. sci. technol., 31(8), pp. 895-903, doi: 10.1179/1743284715y.0000000010. [18] rodríguez, j.f., thomas, j.p., renaud, j.e. (2003). mechanical behavior of acrylonitrile butadiene styrene fused deposition materials modeling, rapid prototyp. j., 9(4), pp. 219-230, doi: 10.1108/13552540310489604. [19] ahn, s.h., baek, c., lee, s., ahn, i.s. (2003). anisotropic tensile failure model of rapid prototyping parts fused deposition modeling (fdm), int. j. mod. phys. b, 17(8-9), pp. 1510–1516, doi: 10.1142/s0217979203019241. [20] sun, q., rizvi, g.m., bellehumeur, c.t., gu, p. (2008). effect of processing conditions on the bonding quality of fdm polymer filaments, rapid prototyp. j., 14(2), pp. 72–80, doi: 10.1108/13552540810862028. [21] luzanin, o., movrin, d., plancak, m. (2014). effect of layer thickness, deposition angle, and infill on maximum flexural force in fdm-built specimens, j. technol. plast., 39(1), pp. 49–58. [22] sood, a.k., ohdar, r.k., mahapatra, s.s. (2012). experimental investigation and empirical modelling of fdm process for compressive strength improvement, j. adv. res., 3, pp. 81–90, doi: 10.1016/j.jare.2011.05.001. [23] boschetto, a., bottini, l., veniali, f. (2016). integration of fdm surface quality modeling with process design, addit. manuf., 12, pp. 334–344, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.008. [24] lee, b.h., abdullah, j., khan, z.a. (2005). optimization of rapid prototyping parameters for production of flexible abs object, j. mater. process. technol., 169, pp. 54–61, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2005.02.259. [25] gurrala, p.k., regalla, s.p. (2014). part strength evolution with bonding between filaments in fused deposition modelling, virtual phys. prototyp., 9(3), pp. 141-149, doi: 10.1080/17452759.2014.913400. [26] magalhães, l.c., volpato, n., luersen, m.a. (2014). evaluation of stiffness and strength in fused deposition sandwich specimens, j. brazilian soc. mech. sci. eng., 36(3), pp. 449-459, doi: 10.1007/s40430-013-0111-1. [27] sood, a.k., ohdar, r.k., mahapatra, s.s. (2010). parametric appraisal of mechanical property of fused deposition modelling processed parts, mater. des., 31, pp. 287–295, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2009.06.016. [28] abbott, a.c., tandon, g.p., bradford, r.l., koerner, h., baur, j.w. (2018). process-structure-property effects on abs bond strength in fused filament fabrication, addit. manuf., 19, pp. 29–38, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2017.11.002. [29] sun, q., rizvi, g.m., bellehumeur, c.t. and gu, p., 2003, august. experimental study of the cooling characteristics of polymer filaments in fdm and impact on the mesostructures and properties of prototypes. in proceedings of the 14th solid freeform fabrication symposium, austin, pp. 313–323. [30] zhang, y., chou, y. (2006). three-dimensional finite element analysis simulations of the fused deposition modelling process, proc. inst. mech. eng. part b j. eng. manuf., 220(10), pp. 1663-1671, doi: 10.1243/09544054jem572. [31] costa, s.f., duarte, f.m., covas, j.a. (2015). thermal conditions affecting heat transfer in fdm/ffe: a contribution towards the numerical modelling of the process, virtual phys. prototyp., 10(1), pp. 35–46. [32] zhang, j., wang, x.z., yu, w.w., deng, y.h. (2017). numerical investigation of the influence of process conditions on the temperature variation in fused deposition modeling, mater. des., 130, pp. 59–68. [33] li, h., wang, t., sun, j., yu, z. (2018). the effect of process parameters in fused deposition modelling on bonding degree and mechanical properties, rapid prototyp. j., 24(1), pp. 80-92, doi: 10.1108/rpj-06-2016-0090. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 21 articolo 6.doc a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 46 infrared thermography study of the fatigue crack propagation a.yu. fedorova, m.v. bannikov, o.a. plekhov institute of continuous media mechanics ub ras,614013, ac. koroleva street, 1, perm, russia e.v. plekhova perm national research polytechnic university,614990, komsomolsky av, 29, perm, russia abstract. the work is devoted to the experimental study of heat dissipation process caused by fatigue crack propagation. to investigate a spatial and time temperature evolution at the crack tip set of experiments was carried out using specimens with pre-grown centered fatigue crack. an original mathematical algorithm for experimental data treatment was developed to obtain a power of heat source caused by plastic deformation at crack tip. the algorithm includes spatial-time filtration and relative motion compensation procedures. based on the results of mathematical data treatment, we proposed a way to estimate the values of j-integral and stress intensity factor for cracks with pronounced the plastic zone. keywords. fatigue crack; heat dissipation; infrared thermography. introduction n recent decades, many authors have been actively investigated the processes of heat dissipation due to the material structure evolution under cyclic loading. the main application of infrared thermography for fatigue loading was focused on the development of techniques for rapid determination of fatigue limit of materials. this technique was reported starting from early work by a. risitano [1], developed further by m.p. luong [2] and many other authors. the review of this question can be read in [3]. but there are only a few works devoted to direct investigation of temperature evolution at fatigue crack tip. at present, it is well known that in materials under cyclic deformation, fatigue cracks are initiated in the area of plastic deformation localization and lead to an intensive heat dissipation [4]. it makes possible the early detection of crack initiation by infrared thermography [5]. the infrared thermography can be also applied during mechanical tests in order to obtain detailed information about the process of structure evolution, damage accumulation and damage-fracture transition in solids [6-8]. the investigation of the heat dissipation at the fatigue crack tip allows one to develop an effective method for determination of the linear fracture mechanics parameters in a wide range of stress intensity and, as a consequence, gives a way of monitoring of critical state of crack. the solution of this problem requests an analysis of solutions of nonlinear problems of plasticity theory and experimental investigation of plastic deformation localization at crack tip. this work is devoted to the development of experimental technique for measuring the temperature field at the crack tip with a high temperature and spatial resolution. the technique is coupled with mathematical algorithms for experimental data processing. the algorithms allow us to determine the stress intensity factor (sif) and propose an idea for calculation of j-integral value as a value of energy dissipated at crack tip. the proposed algorithms are universal and can be used for many metals under cyclic loading with different stress amplitudes and frequencies. in this work we applied this technique for study of temperature evolution of the plate titanium specimens with pre-grown fatigue crack. we experimentally investigated the evolution of the temperature distribution and obtained the values of heat dissipation caused by plastic deformation at the fatigue crack. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 47 materials and conditions of experiment xperimental study of temperature evolution at the fatigue crack tip was carried out on the plane specimens of titanium ti-6al-4v. the specimens were manufactured from a commercial pure titanium sheet 3 mm thick. the chemical composition of material presented in tab. 1. fe c si v n ti al zr o h 0.3 0.1 0.15 4.2 0.03 other 5.9 0.2 0.2 0.015 table 1: chemical composition of ti-6al-4v. mechanical properties of material are modulus of elasticity 113 gpa, yield stress 800 mpa, ultimate stress 900 mpa, fatigue limit – 460 mpa, fracture toughness – 75.6 мраm. the geometry of specimen is shown in fig. 1. the specimens were weakened by holes to initiate fatigue crack at the specimen center. the fatigue crack (about 10 mm) was initiated at the initial stage of the experiment by high amplitude cyclic loading of the specimens at the average stress of 215mpa, stress amplitude of 238 mpa and loading frequency of 20 hz. then the load was decreased to slow down the rate of crack propagation, which allows a detailed analysis of the heat generation processes at the crack tip. the surface of the specimens was polished in several stages by the abrasive paper (at the final stage of polishing the grit size does not exceed 3 µm). before starting the experiment, the polished surface was covered by a thin layer of amorphous carbon. the temperature evolution was recorded by infrared camera cedip silver 450m. the spectral range of the camera is 3-5 mm. the maximum frame size is 320×256 pixels; the spatial resolution is 10-4 meters. the temperature sensitivity is 25 mk at 300 k. calibration of the camera was made based on the standard calibration table. mechanical tests were carried out at 100 kn servo-hydraulic machine bi-00-100. the test conditions comply with the conditions of the experiment was described in [9]. the process of crack propagation was studied at 5 hz and 10 hz loading frequency. the selected frequency of loading provides a close to adiabatically condition at crack tip. at low frequency (less that 5 hz) the heat transfer process plays a great role and doesn’t allow one to calculate the right value of heat source. the investigation of high loading frequency requests the high frame rate and treatment of large amount of infrared data. it was shown that for selected values of loading frequency the value of determined parameters (stress intensity factor) depends on the applied stress and crack length, only. figure 1: geometry of specimen. all sizes are in millimeters. the processing of the experimental data t the beginning of data processing procedure, the first frame was subtracted from the film to eliminate the influence of infrared radiation from the camera lens on the determined temperature field. due to the relative motion of the specimen and infrared camera lens under cyclic tests, there is the problem of motion compensation in order to obtain the correct temperature data at a given point on specimen surface. compensation of relative motion was made based on the following algorithm. e a http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 48 using the discrete fourier transform we can processed all frames of the film ( , ) exp( ( )) ( , )        t x y x y tt k k i k x k y t x y dydx , (1) where x, y – spatial coordinates, t – number of frame, tt(x, y) – temperature at t-th infrared frame, i 1  . to find the relative motion value we used arbitrary selected fragment of first frame of the film (“flag”). one of the variants of “flag” is presented in fig. 2. using the fourier image of first frame    1 1, exp( ( )) ,       x y x yt k k i k x k y t x y dydx , (2) we can define the position of the chosen fragment in the subsequent frames of the film as follows        12, exp( ( ) 1 ) , , 2   t x y t x y x y x yt x y i k x k y t k k t k k dk dk , (3) the dependence of the "flag" coordinates versus time determines the absolute value of the displacement of each pixel in the image and allows us to compensate for the relative motion. figure 2: implementation of the motion compensation algorithm for the temperature contour images. spatially fixed temperature signal of the specimen was processed by the two-dimensional discrete fourier transform with the standard gaussian kernel to increase data accuracy and eliminate the influence of random temperature fluctuations. the expression for determining the temperature had the form        2, exp( ( )) , , 2 1      x y x y x y x yt x y i k x k y t k k f k k dk dk , (4) where 2 2 2 2 ( , ) exp (( ))      f x y x y gaussian kernel,  ,  x yf k k direct fourier transform of the standard gaussian kernel, http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 49  ,  x yt k k direct fourier transform of the temperature. the initial temperature distribution and temperature distribution obtained using equation (4) are shown in fig. 3. finally, an infrared image of the temperature increment on the specimen surface during crack propagation is shown in fig. 4 after all stages of signal processing. a) b) figure 3: the temperature field before (a) and after (b) data processing. figure 4: the temperature field after all stages of signal processing. determination of the heat dissipated at the crack tip caused by plastic deformation he value of the specific heat power at the crack tip can be determined using the following relation [10]             ts c t k t , (5) where t – temperature, ρ – density (4505 kg/m3), c – heat capacity (540 j/(kg·k)), k – heat conductivity (18.85 w/(m·k)), t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 50 s – unknown specific power of the heat source (w/m3), τ – a constant related to the losses of heat by heat exchange with the surroundings (103 j/(m3·k)). the resulting value of the specific power of heat source was integrated over the time during which the plastic zone was observed. the profile of the specific heat dissipated during plastic deformation is plotted in fig. 5. a) b) figure 5: specific heat (j/m3) dissipated during plastic deformation (a) and its profile in the direction of crack propagation (b). the developed algorithm allows us to study a time evolution of temperature evolution and heat dissipation processes at the crack tip. the plots of the temperature increment, heat and stress of two types of experiments are presented in fig. 6. at the beginning of cycling, the thermoelastic effect leads to emergence of cooling zone at crack tip, the local transition through the yields stress leads to temperature increase caused by the formation of a plastic deformation zone. when the stress decreases, the heat dissipation at the crack tip continues the heat dissipation rises and the temperature reaches a maximum at the falling load. at the beginning of the next cycle, the temperature again decreases due to the thermoelastic effect and the process repeats. a) b) figure 6: heat source evolution (1), loads (2) and the temperature increment (3) at the crack tip during the loading. loading frequency is 5 hz (a), loading frequency 10 hz (b). the fig. 7 presents the detail analysis of the temperature evolution near fatigue crack tip in the direction of the crack propagation. the legends indicate the time of temperature distribution. the data corresponds to the test presented with stress amplitude 250 mpa and frequency 10 hz. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 51 analysis of the data presented in fig. 6, 7 allows us to suggest that the maximum of applied loads and the maximum of heat dissipation intensity in the fatigue crack tip do not coincide in time. the observed effect shows that there is a lag of temperature reaction of the specimen on the changing loading during the cyclic deformation. figure 7: evolution of temperature distribution in the direction of crack propagation versus applied stress. the obtained data of the heat dissipation rate at the crack tip allows us to propose an idea to determining the values of jintegral as a value of energy dissipated at crack tip. based on it we can calculate the sif and offer in a criterion for the critical state of the material, based on the experimentally observed size of the plastic deformation zone. using the hrr-solution [11], we can expect that the energy released at the crack tip (wp) has a singularity 1/r and is proportional to the value of the j-integral 1 ( ) p j x w m r , (6) where r – distance from the crack tip, m1 – coefficient associated with the properties of the sample material and the type of loading, j(x) – j-integral. for the sake of simplicity, we assume that the energy released at the crack tip is consumed to the heat dissipation. then, based on experimental evidence, we can calculate the value of j-integral and sif according to the formulas 1 ( ) ( )  q x r j x m , (7) 2 ( ) 1    ej x k , (8) where ν = 0.32 – poisson's coefficient, е young's modulus, q(x) – specific heat (j/m3). to check the accuracy of experimentally calculate values of sif we calculate the theoretical value of sif as follow sec 2         theork p l , (9) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 52 where p – tensile force (pa), l – half-length of crack, α = 2l/h, h – width of the sample. the values of j-integrals and sif were calculated based on the formulas (7) (9). the results are shown in fig. 8 and fig. 9. a) b) figure 8: the dependence of j-integral versus a distance from the crack tip in the direction of crack propagation. loading frequency is 5 hz (a), loading frequency 10 hz (b). a) b) figure 9: the dependence of sif versus a distance from the crack tip in the direction of crack propagation. loading frequency is 5 hz (a), loading frequency 10 hz (b). analysis of the data presented in fig. (8), (9) suggests that the average value of experimentally obtained sif is approximately equal to the theoretical value of sif at a distance from 0.4 mm to 1.2 mm from the crack tip. this allows us to use the equations (7-9) to determine the critical condition of the crack with pronounced plastic deformation zone. conclusion he effect of heat dissipation at the crack tip under cyclic loading has been studied based on the infrared thermography. to calculate the values of heat dissipation at crack tip an original data processing algorithms were developed. the algorithms include the relative motion compensation and spatial-time filtration procedures. as a t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true a. yu fedorova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 21 (2012) 46-53; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.21.06 53 result of infrared data treatment we determine the key characteristics associated with the heat dissipation processes at the crack tip, which allowed us to propose method for determining the current values of the j-integral and sif. the sphere of applicability of this technique is wider than previously proposed methods for determining the sif based on the linear thermo-elasticity equations. the set of developed mathematical algorithms and methods of the experiment significantly increases the accuracy of the results compared with previously published studies [9], and allows us to develop in a future an engineering methods for analyzing the current crack state inside of real constructions in a wide range of applied loads. references [1] a geraci, g. la rosa, a. risitano, in: cres symposium, catania italy, (1984); published in: ata ingegneria automotoristica, 38(8-9) (1985). [2] m.p. luong, mech. mater.,28 (1988) 155. [3] a. risitano, g. risitano, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 54 (2010) 82. [4] a. a. shanyavskiy, bezopasnoe ustalostnoe razrushenie elementov aviakonstrukcii. sinergetika v ingenernih prilogeniyah [safe fatigue damage of aircraft construction elements. synergetics in engineering applications]. ufa, (2003) 803 [5] v. p. vavilov, diagnostika materialov, 72(3) (2006) 26. [6] m.p. luong, nuclear engineering and design., 158 (1995) 363. [7] o. plekhov, t. palin-luc, o. naimark, s. uvarov, n. saintier, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 28(1) (2005) 169. [8] o. plekhov, n. saintier, t. palin-luc, s. uvarov, o. naimark, material science and engineering a, 462(1) (2007) 367. [9] m. bannikov, a. terekhina, o. plekhov, vestnik permskogo gosudarstvennogo tehnicheskogo universiteta. mehanika, 2 (2011) 14. [10] o. plekhov, technical physics, 56(2) (2011) 301. [11] nagahisa ogasawara, masaki shiratori, application of infrared thermography to fracture mechanics, spie digital library, 3056 (0277-786x/97), available at: http://spiedl.org/terms. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.21.06&auth=true microsoft word numero_35_art_22 s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 187 focussed on crack paths fatigue characterization of a crankshaft steel: use and interaction of new models sergio blasón, cristina rodríguez, alfonso fernández-canteli dept. of construction and manufacturing engineering, university of oviedo, spain blasonsergio@uniovi.es, cristina@uniovi.es, afc@uniovi.es abstract. the peculiar geometrical shape and working conditions of crankshafts make fatigue becoming responsible for most of the failure cases in such components. therefore, improvement of crankshaft performance requires enhancing its fatigue life. in this work, the fatigue behavior of a d38msv5s steel, used for crankshafts in compact vehicles, is investigated according to two traditional ways of analysis, namely the stress based and the fracture mechanics based approaches, though using advanced design models: on the one side, a probabilistic weibull regression s-n model is assessed for experimental results obtained from fatigue resonance tests. on the other side, the crack growth rate curve is calculated from crack growth tests, carried out on senb specimens, using a normalizing procedure. specific matlab programs are developed to facilitate the evaluation process. the information gained from both models will contribute to provide a probabilistic interpretation to the kitagawa-takahashi diagram. keywords. fatigue of crankshafts; crack growth rate curves; s-n diagram. introduction ue to the service conditions and its peculiar shape design, fatigue appears to be the main failure reason of crankshafts used in aeronautics and automotive engines [1]. consequently, big effort is devoted to investigate fatigue failures in crankshafts in order to enhance their fatigue life. generally, lifetime fatigue analysis is performed in two different ways: assuming no initial damage in the component or, alternatively, accepting the unavoidable presence of cracks. in the first case, the total lifetime is identified as initiation phase, at least for working loads. this estimation is usually performed by means of an adequate definition s-n field for the component. on its turn, in cracked components, the fatigue lifetime is only assigned to the propagation phase so that the lifetime is assessed based on fracture mechanics premises by determining the crack propagation law of fatigue cracks. although both approaches are often applied as being independent each other their interconnection is apparent so that their simultaneous consideration is advantageous from the point of view of reliability due to its complementary character. in former publications [2], the limitations of the paris law were pointed out in the definition of the crack growth rate curve as a power law sustained by incomplete self-similarity assumption [3]. its substitution by a crack growth rate law applicable even to δk values close to the δkth is advisable. in any case, dimensional inconsistencies, similar to those exhibited by the original paris equation, are a common feature in most of the models being presently applicable even with international acknowledgement, as those of forman, nasgro and many others [4]. d http://www.gruppofrattura.it/video/fis34/blason/video.html s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 188 in this work, the fatigue behavior of a steel d38msv5s, used in the manufacture of crankshafts of compact vehicles, is investigated according to the two approaches mentioned above: on the one hand, by defining the s-n field from the experimental data obtained in resonance fatigue tests using a probabilistic model [5,6], and by the other hand, by deriving the crack growth rate curve from senb specimens using the approach proposed in [7]. the latter represents an advance with respect to others models by providing an easy, normalized formulation of the crack growth rate curve as a cumulative distribution function by fulfilment of the dimensional requirements, whereby the value of the threshold stress intensity range appears as model parameter. moreover, under certain conditions of the geometric factor, a unique reference crack growth curve a-n is obtained, which allows any other crack growth curve by simple analytical transformation for different values of the initial crack size and stress range to be derived. understanding the theoretical fundamentals of the crack growth model as proposed in [7] facilitates the development of subroutines and their assembling into a practical program for general and comprehensible application of the crack growth rate curve irrespective of the initial crack size and applied load. further, a possible extension to the variable loading case is envisaged. derivation of propagation s-n curves is possible and, therefore, also of initiation lifetime curves once the conventional s-n field, representing the total fatigue life, is known. this will favor a future advance in what concerns the variability of the crack growth rate curves as well as the probabilistic concept of the kitagawa-takahashi diagram, nowadays still missed. evaluation of the s-n field irst, as mentioned in the former section, the probabilistic s-n field according to [5] was determined from the tests results carried out in a rumul testronic resonance machine using specimens taken out from the crankshaft axle, see fig. 1. the tests were carried out at different constant stress ranges,  for a constant stress rate r=mín /max= 1, for which the number of cycles until failure were registered. the test results pairs (, n) obtained are shown in tab. 1. considering the random character of the fatigue phenomenon a statistical analysis of the results is advisable to permit the definition of the s-n percentile curves representing the same probability of failure. this is achieved after estimation of the weibull model parameters using the profatige software program [6] whereby the run-outs are taking into account. the weibull model parameters fitted are included in tab. 2 with which, in this case, the probabilities p=0, 0.05, 0.50 and 0.95 were considered (see fig. 2). figure 1: specimen extraction and fatigue specimen geometry for resonance testing. the parameters b and c represent, respectively, the limit number of cycles and the fatigue limit, in the sense of true endurance limit for n→∞, that is, the value of the stress range below which fatigue does not occur. in this way, the problem consists in estimating, for given stress range, the number of cycles to failure at which failure is expected for the certain probability. f s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 189 initial lifetime (cycles) stress (mpa) length (mm) runout expected lifetime (cycles) 106483 450 53.88 518308 400 53.88 10000002 350 53.88 r 2.876e+10 21479001 380 53.88 r 8.496e+07 1297002 400 53.88 10000000 390 53.88 r 2.905e+07 133527 395 53.88 359216 395 53.88 10000000 395 53.88 r 2.449e+07 69554 425 53.88 974659 425 53.88 87004 395 53.88 298661 395 53.88 50698 437.5 54.88 112488 437.5 55.88 166587 412.5 56.88 table 1: fatigue results from the resonance tests. b c β δ λ 4.75 (115 cycles) 5.75 (312.7 mpa) 2.28 1.28 1.06 table 2: weibull model parameters from fitting of the s-n field. figure 2: s-n field assessment using the profatigue software [6]. s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 190 crack growth curves he specimens used in the tests for the derivation of the crack growth rate curve of the material were cut out from the crankshaft axle as shown in fig. 3. figure 3: extraction location and geometry of the specimens used in the crack growth tests. tests were carried out in accordance to the requirements of the astm-e1820 standard [8] and the compliance method was applied for determining the crack growth. fig. 4 represents the crack growth rate da/dn as a function of the stress intensity factor range δk. the test was performed under constant δf and stress rate r= -1. figure 4: crack growth rate curve from experimental data. model for crack growth rate curve he fracture mechanics based approach, based on the application of crack growth rate curves, can be applied as an alternative to the approach based on stresses, i.e., that being related to the s-n field, due to its more general applicability to lifetime prediction of mechanical and structural components. with the aim of interrelating both models in the study of propagation of macrocracks or even of physical microcracks, castillo et al. proposed to determine the crack growth rate curve based on a model [7], which considers the non-dimensional normalization of the stress intensity range factor according to the expression: * * * * * log log log log th up th k k k k k         (1) 10 2 10 -4 k [mpam1/2] d a /d n [ m m /c ic lo ] t t s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 191 in which kth represents the threshold stress intensity factor range and kup, is the upper bound of the stress intensity factor range, not necessarily identifiable with the failure stress intensity factor kf , see fig. 5. this proposal offers the advantage that the sigmoidal shape of the crack growth rate curve da/dn-k may be identified, analytically over its full existence range, as a cumulative distribution function, since k+ is a function growing up monotonically in the interval [0,1] (see fig. 5) taking so advantage of the statistical experience gained about this family of curves. the fact that the threshold stress intensity factor kth is estimated as one of the model parameter ensures higher reliability in the curve estimation and makes easier a further variability analysis, still pending. a possible option consists in assuming an extreme distribution either for maxima or for minima, taking into account the characteristics of the phenomenon. in this case, a gumbel distribution for minima [9] was searched so that a reliable fitting of the normalized crack growth rate curve is achieved from the experimental results. an important question lies in the interpretation of the fatigue life resulting from the integration of the crack growth rate curve that corresponds rather to the propagation life than to the total fatigue life. the identification of the crack growth rate curve as a cumulative distribution function in which δk+ is identified as the normalizing variable defined in the interval [0,1] leads to the consideration of log (da/dn) as being the random variable. accordingly, the following equation must be used to fit the experimental results: * ** * * * * * log log log log 1 exp log log th up th da dnk k da f exp k k dn                                    (2) the proposed model provides an analytical expression to the normalized crack growth rate curve by fitting the experimental results referred to crack size vs. number of cycles using a minimum square error method, see [7]. fitting of the curve succeeds by minimizing the function q (α, γ, δkth*, δkup*):   2 * * * * * * 1 log log log log log  1 exp n i ith up th i da dn q k k k k exp                                               (3) with respect to those parameters, where α and γ are the location and the scale gumbel parameters, and δkth*, δkup* the normalized values of δkth, δkup , respectively. the formulation of a transcendent theorem proves that assuming certain premises concerning the function representing the geometric crack factor y(a), a reference crack growth curve a-n may be obtained using a unique integration allowing any other a-n curve, corresponding to a given pair of values for the initial crack size ao and the remote stress range applied δσ, to be derived. once the parameters are found from the experimental results obtained, the curves defining the normalized crack growth, a*(n*) can be determined by solving the differential eq. (4) that provides a particular solution for a given initial crack size a0* and a particular stress range, δσ*.  * * *1 * * * log  log log log th up th da n u k exp f dn k k                (4) where u=δσ*z(a*(n*)). the z function represents a transformation of the function defining the geometric crack factor being given by:       * * * * * * z a y a n п a n (5) s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 192 this function can adopt, alternatively one of the following forms:       * * * exp qa t z a t ua      (6) where t, u, q and ρ in former expression are constants to be determined by fitting the function z. after proceeding in this way, it is possible to determine the reference crack growth curve a*-n* from which, in turn, any other crack growth curve can be obtained for the given initial crack size and stress range. finally, the s-n field for crack propagation can be derived proving the relation existing between the stress based approach and that based on fracture mechanics on a probabilistic basis. figure 5: a) original and b) normalized crack growth rate [7]. the decision for selecting the initial crack size in order to proceed to the calculation of the fatigue life propagation can be adopted on the base of probabilistic considerations relative to the distribution of the cracks provided by the possible correspondence between the s-n curves and those referred to the crack growth a-n. indeed, some questions remain unsolved, among them the following can be referred to: a) the experimental verification of the model, which is, at least partially, one of the contributions of this work, b) the interpretation of the s-n field as composed by the initiation and propagation lives, and c) the possibility of considering a fictitious microcrack size, which allows the correspondence between both fatigue lives, i.e. between the one determined from the s-n field and that resulting from the integration of the crack growth rate curve, to be determined. on its turn, the crack growth rate curve provides a direct relation between the initial crack size and its progression till failure. in this way, k presents the advantage, or perhaps disadvantage, of coupling crack size a and stress range  as a unique parameter apparently related to the crack micromechanism. nevertheless, the interpretation of the results is less apparent since the same k can be arise from different combinations of crack size and stress range whereas notable differences are observed in the behavior according to the characteristics of the crack size (macrocracks and microcracks in the two variants, physical and microstructural): therefore the interest consists in relating crack size and crack growth rate curve to the s-n field where both parameters are uncoupled. derivation of the propagation s-n curves from the crack growth curve n the development of this section, the methodology proposed in [7] has been applied step by step. aselection of the normalizing variables first of all, the participating variables are normalized according with the values shown in tab. 3. w [mm] kic [mpa m1/2] n0 [cycles] 22 89.26 1000 table 3: values of the normalizing variables. i s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 193 bminimization of function q thereafter, the parameters fitting the crack growth rate curve are determined from the experimental data (see tab. 4). α γ log(δkth*) log(δkup*) -3.7462 1.9224 -1.7159 0.5721 table 4: parameter values found by fitting the crack growth rate curve as a cumulative distribution function. fig. 6 exhibits the normalized values for log(δk*) vs. log(da*/dn*) along with the curve fitting obtained after minimization. figure 6: representation of the normalized experimental data and fitting obtained. cobtaining crack growth curves figs. 7 and 8 represent the result of the integration of expr. (4), firstly for different initial crack sizes a0* when maintaining a fixed value for the non-dimensional stress range, δσ*. figure 7: curves a*-n* for different initial crack sizes a0*, while maintaining constant δσ*. figure 8: a*-n* curves for different stress ranges, δσ*, while maintaining the initial crack size, a0* constant the integration follows after fitting the geometric factor to the first expression in (6). fig. 9 illustrates the fit obtained for the geometrical crack factor in the specimen 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 g log(k*) lo g (d a */ d n *) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9  0 =141[mpa] normalized number of cycles, n* n o rm a li ze d c ra c k l e n g th , a * a 0 =3.4 mm a 0 =3.6 mm a 0 =4.0 mm a 0 =4.5 mm 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 normalized number of cycles, n* n o rm a li ze d c ra c k l e n g th , a * a 0 =3.4 [mm]  =136 mpa  =146 mpa  =171 mpa  =196 mpa s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 194 figure 9: fitting of function z(a*). dderivation of the s-n field finally, the s-n field in propagation can be derived from former information using expr. (7). fig. 10 shows the s-n field in which both axes representing non-dimensional variables. the information gained from both models, that is that representing the probabilistic s-n field and that related to the crack growth rate curve as proposed here, provide a basis for the probabilistic interpretation to the kitagawa-takahashi diagram [10]. first, it seems possible to assign crack sizes to iso-probabilistic curves in the s-n field, making use of the el haddad equation, and second, the asymptotic character of the s-n field allow a true endurance limit to be defined, thus extending the concept and application of the kitagawa-takahashi diagram for finite number of cycles (limited propagating cracks) and infinite number of cycles (non-propagating cracks) according to the asymptotic value of the fatigue limit for n→ ∞. finally, the study of variability of the crack growth rate curve is facilitated by the normalizing concept that includes the consideration of the threshold stress intensity factor δkth as a model parameter. figure 10: s-n field in propagation as derived from the crack growth curves. conclusions he main conclusions derived from this work are: the validity of the methodology proposed is confirmed for fitting experimental data to the crack growth rate curve of one steel used for crankshafts. also the crack growth curves a-n curves for different initial crack size values and load, or remote stress range. this opens new perspectives for the crack growth prediction under variable loading. the derivation of the s-n requires further study in order to solve scale problems observed. 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 a* geometric factor according to standard fit z(a*) 0 5 10 15 x 10 4 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 n [cycles]   [ m p a ] a 0 =3.4 mm a 0 =3.6 mm a 0 =4.0 mm a 0 =4.5 mm t s. blasón et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 187-195; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.22 195 matlab subroutines for any of the procedures used here were developed in order to facilitate the application to practical cases and will be offered as free program in a next future. references [1] infante, v., silva, j.m., silvestre, m.a.r., baptist, r., failure of a crankshaft of an aeroengine: a contribution for an accident investigation, engineering failure analysis, 35 (2013) 286-293. [2] fernández-canteli, a., przybilla, c., lópez-aenlle, m.,castillo, e., un análisis crítico sobre algunos modelos tradicionales de la mecánica de fatiga, anales de mecánica de la fractura, (2014) 111-116. [3] barenblatt, g.i., scaling, selfsimilarity,and intermediate asymptotics, cambridge university press, new york (1996). [4] fkm-guideline, fracture mechanics proof of strength for engineering components, vdma verlag, frankfurt/main (2009). [5] castillo e., fernández-canteli a., a unified statistical methodology for modeling fatigue damage, springer, berlin (2009). [6] fernández canteli, a., przybilla, c., nogal, m., lópez aenlle, m., castillo, e., profatigue: a software program for probabilistic assessment of experimental fatigue data sets, procedia engineering, 17th icmfm, verbania (2014), 2527. [7] castillo, e., fernández canteli, a., siegele, d., obtaining s-n curves from crack growth curves. an alternative to selfsimilarity, int. j. of fracture, 187(1) (2014) 159-172. [8] astm-e1820, standard test method for measurement of fracture toughness. [9] castillo, e., hadi, a.s., balakrishnan, n., sarabia, j.m., extreme value and related models with applications in engineering and science. wiley series in probability and statistics, hoboken , n. j., (2005). [10] fernández-canteli a., brighenti r., castillo e. towards a probabilistic concept of the kitagawa-takahashi diagram. proceedings of the 4th conference on crack paths, gaeta, (2012) 1041-1048. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_17 v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 124-130; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.17 124 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture on the assessment of multiaxial fatigue damage under variable amplitude loading v. anes, l. reis, m. de freitas idmec, instituto superior técnico, universidade de lisboa, av. rovisco pais, 1049-001 lisboa, portugal. vitor.anes@tecnico.ulisboa.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8526-398x luis.g.reis@tecnico.ulisboa.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9848-9569 manuel.freitas@tecnico.ulisboa.pt, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3525-9218 abstract. in this work, the performance of the ssf criterion is evaluated under variable amplitude loading conditions. the main objective was to inspect the validity of the hypothesis in which the ssf damage map remains valid for any high strength steel. in order to achieve that, fatigue life correlation of the 1050qt steel and 304l stainless steel was analyzed under multiaxial loading conditions. the loading block considered in the study comprises 360 proportional loading cycles with different stress amplitude ratios and stress levels. despite being made of proportional branches, this loading block is a non-proportional loading due to its principal directions variation. this feature allows the evaluation of combined loading effects under variable amplitude loading conditions, which makes this loading block suitable to mimic the loading effects usually found in the field. results show very good agreements, which reinforces the aforementioned hypothesis. keywords. multiaxial fatigue; variable amplitude loading; multiaxial cycle counting method; fatigue life; damage accumulation. introduction n the field, random loadings are the most common type of load that we can find; typical examples can be found in car suspensions, aircraft wings or wind towers. this type of loadings is complex and difficult to deal with, specially their simulation in the lab. also, their stochastic behavior increases the variability usually found in fatigue life experiments, which increases the complexity in damage accumulation assessment. they may have several loading effects that are usually studied separately in literature, however their combined effect can be activated simultaneously or sequentially under random loading conditions [1, 2]. loading effects such as proportionality, non-proportionality, cyclic hardening, cyclic softening, mean stress, sequential and asynchronous loading, among others effects, cause different well known damage mechanisms [3-7], but their combined effect remains more or less unknown. nowadays, there is a lack of knowledge in this matter and further research is required. this subject becomes extremely important when the assessment of instantaneous damage accumulation is required, such as in structural health monitoring procedures. currently, the assessment of fatigue damage is not only performed in mechanical design stages, but also in structural integrity evaluation performed in the field. for example, damage accumulation tools can support on-condition maintenance decisions in order to optimize inspections and replacement costs. in the lab, the most common approach to simulate random loadings is to load pre-defined loading blocks in a randomly way. thus, multiaxial fatigue models must be able to evaluate fatigue damage from variable amplitude loadings such as the ones found in multiaxial loading blocks. in this work, the present authors study the capability of the ssf criterion to capture fatigue damage under variable amplitude loading, which is a i v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 124-130; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.17 125 fundamental prerequisite to estimate fatigue damage under random loading conditions. the main focus was on the hypothesis that states the existence of a typical ssf damage map for each material family. theory, materials and methodology ased on experiments the present authors have found out that fatigue damage from normal stresses have a damage scale different from the one found in shear stresses, especially under multiaxial loading conditions. therefore, to compute a multiaxial damage parameter, both normal and shear stresses must be reduced to the same damage scale. in literature, this reduction is commonly performed using a constant; usually this constant is a function of uniaxial fatigue limits. however, results show that the damage scale between normal and shear stresses depends on the stress amplitude ratio  , and also on the stress level [8]. to account these findings in fatigue damage assessment, the present authors developed the ssf equivalent shear stress. this damage parameter is an equivalent shear stress, were its magnitude represents the fatigue damage of a given multiaxial loading. eq. (1) shows the ssf model; in the left the ssf equivalent shear stress and at right the uniaxial shear sn curve [8].     max , b a f block ssf a n      (1) the  ,assf   function shown in eq. (1) is given in eq. (2), this function is the so-called ssf damage map and aims to update the damage scale of normal stresses to the shear damage scale.                        2 3 2 3 4 5,a a a assf a b c d f g h i (2) where  a is the normal stress component of a given biaxial loading and  is the stress amplitude ratio ( a a   ). the polynomial constants “ a ” to “ i " are determined through experiments. the values of these constants for the 42crmo4 steel are the following:       a=2.69; b= 9.90e 03; c=1.69e 05; d= 9.52e 09; f= 5.99; g=11.72; h= 8.04; i=1.63 generalization of the ssf damage map the ssf damage map, given by the 5th polynomial function shown in eq. (2) was obtained for the 42crmo4 material and translates its cyclic behavior under different stress amplitude ratios and stress levels. therefore, the ssf fatigue estimates for other materials must be done using their ssf damage maps, which must be previously obtained by experiments. however, within a given steel family it has been assumed that the ssf damage map does not vary significantly, thus the ssf damage map computed for a given material of this family can be used as a typical ssf damage map and can be shared between material of this family. this assumption has been tested with success in two high strength steels, the ck45 and c40, and is tested here with the 1050qt and 304l steels. the 1050qt clearly belongs to the 42crmo4 family because their mechanical properties are very alike; please see tab. 1. however, the mechanical properties of the 304l stainless steel are clearly out of the high strength steels family [9], thus it is expected a lower performance in the ssf fatigue life correlations for this material. the use of the 42crmo4 ssf damage map in other materials is not performed directly, in these cases the ssf damage map must be updated using the tensile ultimate stresses as shown in eq. (3). ,42 4 ( , )ueq u crmo ssf                  (3) where   ,42 4u u crmo is the ratio between the material’s ultimate tensile stress (material that belongs to the 42crmo4 family but its ssf damage map is unknown) and the ultimate tensile stress of the 42crmo4 steel. the ultimate stress is a mechanical parameter that indicates clearly the steel family and has been used to estimate sn curves. thus being the ssf damage map obtained based on the material sn curves under different stress amplitude ratios the use of the ultimate stress to perform this update was hypothesized and presented in [9]. b v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 124-130; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.17 126 multiaxial cycle counting constant amplitude loadings are well characterized by its maximum damage parameter found within the loading pattern. however, in cases of variable amplitude loadings the maximum value of a given damage parameter do not captures the overall damage. in order to overcome this drawback, the present authors developed the virtual cycle counting method, which is a non-rainflow cycle counting method for multiaxial loading conditions [10]. the virtual cycle counting (vcc) is based on the time evolution of the ssf equivalent shear stress and is given through eq. (4).       , ssf,max,2 ssf peak valley block abs vcc (4) where vcc can be understood as a virtual loading cycles calculation. in order to estimate the fatigue life of a given loading block using the ssf criterion, it is necessary to divide the fatigue life estimate, obtained with the maximum ssf equivalent stress found within the loading block, by the virtual cycle counting yield by eq. (4). multiaxial loading path fig. 1 depicts the normal and shear stress time evolution of the loading path studied here, as well as, its representation on the von mises stress space. this loading path is a non-proportional loading block made of 360 proportional loading paths loaded sequentially with a 1º degree gap between them. figure 1: fri loading path [11, 12]: a) normal stress time evolution, b) shear stress time evolution c) loading path depicted in the von mises stress space. v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 124-130; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.17 127 the loading sequence starts with a stress amplitude ratio equal to zero and evolves in the anticlockwise direction until reach again the starting position. this loading path was firstly described in [11] and is a variable amplitude loading that activates all loading planes with the same equivalent stress amplitude during the block loading, please see fig. 1 c). materials in this study two different materials were considered to analyze the performance of the ssf equivalent shear stress under variable amplitude loadings. they are the 1050qt high strength steel and the 304l stainless steel. the 1050qt steel is a quenched and tempered medium-carbon steel and is usually used in forged shafts and gears. the 304l stainless steel has its applications in chemical processing, pulp and paper mills and food industry. tab. 1 shows the monotonic and cyclic properties of the 1050qt and 304l steels. in addition, in column 2, the 42crmo4 mechanical properties are shown, the ssf damage map used in this study was obtained for this material. as one can see, the 42crmo4 and 1050qt mechanical properties are very alike, this similarity suggests that the 42crmo4 ssf damage map can be fairly used to estimate the 1050qt ssf damage map. 42crmo4 1050qt 304l young's modulus, e (gpa) 206 203 195 yield strength, (mpa) 980 1009 208 ultimate tensile strength, (mpa) 1100 1164 585 fatigue strength coefficient, (mpa) 1154 1346 1287 fatigue strength exponent -0.061 -0.062 -0.145 table 1: 42crmo4, 1050 qt and 304l stainless steel mechanical properties [8, 11, 12]. fatigue life tab. 2 shows the stress levels of normal and shear stresses and their inherent fatigue life for the 1050qt steel and the 304l stainless steel. the fatigue life is shown in number of loading reversals. these experiments were performed under strain control and the failure condition was 20% drop in the testing stress level [11]. 1050qt 304l sigma max [mpa] tau max [mpa] 2nf sigma max [mpa] tau max [mpa] 2nf 724 413 3240 459 271 3960 751 432 4536 461 262 4176 632 374 29520 391 224 20160 620 364 64800 362 210 38160 table 2: 1050qt and 304l fatigue life experimental results [11]. results and discussion ig. 2 a) shows the ssf equivalent shear stress time evolution for the fri loading block. this example is for the 1050qt material and for the maximum values of normal and shear stresses equal to 724 mpa and 413 mpa, respectively. the ssf time evolution depicted in fig. 2 a) has 360 fully reversed loading cycles with variable amplitude and lead to a fatigue life equal to 3240 reversals, (please see first row of tab. 2). as it can be seen in eq. (1), the maximum value found in the ssf time evolution is used, as a first iteration, to estimate the block fatigue life (i.e., the number of block repetitions before failure). in the second iteration, the first block fatigue life estimate (shown in eq. (5) as maxtn ) is updated with the virtual cycle counting computed for the fri loading block using eq. (4), please see eq. (5). f v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 124-130; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.17 128 max _ t f block n n vcc  (5) thus, it is expected that the fatigue failure will occur at _f blockn block repetitions. fig. 2 b) shows the ssf equivalent loading block (equivalent to the fri loading block) with a constant amplitude loading equal to 638 mpa, the ssf equivalent loading block has 300 loading cycles instead of the 360 cycles found in the fri loading block. figure 2: a) ssf equivalent stress time evolution for the fri loading path (360 fully reversals), b) constant amplitude ssf loading block (300 fully reversals). loading block results tabs. 3 and 4 show the results for the ssf fatigue life estimates, cycle counting, and number of block repetitions before failure. the experimental block results shown in the fourth column were obtained by dividing the number of experimental reversals at failure by 360 (360 proportional loadings found within the fri loading block), this result shows the number of block repetitions during experiments at each stress level. the 5th column shows the ssf fatigue life estimates in number of reversal at failure time, these results were obtained using the material uniaxial shear sn curve. the 6th column shows the number of virtual loading cycles obtained with eq. (4) for the fri loading block. the virtual cycle counting results in both materials were equal to 300 virtual loading cycles. thus the fatigue damage of the 360 proportional loading cycles found in the fri loading block is estimated by 300 virtual loading cycles with constant amplitude. this amplitude is given by the maximum ssf equivalent shear stress found within the loading block. thus, the number of ssf loading blocks loaded before failure, shown in column 7, are obtained by dividing the number of loading cycles estimated by the ssf equivalent stress (shown in column 5 of tabs. 3 and 4) and the number of virtual loading cycles computed for the fri loading block. sigma max [mpa] tau max [mpa] 2nf [11] exp blocks ssf 2nf vcc ssf blocks 724 413 3240 4,5 4617 300 8 751 432 4536 6,3 3070 300 5 632 374 29520 41 38718 300 65 620 364 64800 90 54587 300 91 table 3: 1050qt loading block results. sigma max [mpa] tau max [mpa] 2nf [11] exp blocks ssf 2nf vcc ssf blocks 459 271 3960 5,5 2926 300 5 461 262 4176 5,8 3419 300 6 391 224 20160 28 7927 300 13 362 210 38160 53 11291 300 19 table 4: 304l loading block results. v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 124-130; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.17 129 thus, the fri loading path (a variable amplitude loading) can be replaced by a constant amplitude loading using the ssf equivalent shear stress, and the virtual cycle counting method. this is particularly useful when one have loadings made of different loading blocks, which is may be the case of random loadings. random loadings can be discretized into loading blocks [1] and treated as a damage accumulation case, however multiaxial criteria used in damage accumulation procedures must be able to capture fatigue damage of variable amplitude loadings. fig. 3 depicts the fatigue life correlation for the two materials considered in this study. these results show that the 42crmo4 damage map is suitable for high strength steels, which confirms previous studies performed by the present authors [9]. these results are reinforced by the 1050qt correlation pattern where the correlation slope is parallel to the boundary lines please see fig. 3. on the other hand, the correlation slope of the 304l steel is quite different from the slope of the boundary lines, i.e. the correlation trend line of the 304l fatigue data crosses the lower boundary lines. this indicates that the damage map of the 42crmo4 high strength steel do not capture in full the 304l fatigue pattern, which is a result expected by the present authors. stainless steels are extremely sensitive to non-proportionality and show strong variation of their mechanical properties under cyclic loadings. thus their cyclic behavior is quite different from the one that is usually found in high strength steels. figure 3: ssf fatigue life correlation for the 1050qt and 304l steels. conclusions he present study evaluates the performance of the ssf criterion under variable amplitude loading for two different materials, i.e. the 1050qt steel and the 304l stainless steel. the idea was to inspect the validity of the 42crmo4 ssf damage map for other materials under variable amplitude loading conditions. the present authors have been using the 42crmo4 ssf damage map in fatigue life predictions of high strength steels with success; examples are the ck45 and c40 steels. the main focus of the ssf criterion has been on the idea that the damage scale of normal and shear stresses of a given multiaxial loading is not constant. this damage scale is strongly dependent on the stress level and stress amplitude ratio and can be evaluated with the so-called ssf damage map. in this paper, results confirm the validity of the 42crmo4 ssf damage map for high strength steels, as seen in the obtained results for the 1050qt steel. this steel has mechanical properties very close to the 42crmo4 properties, in some of them the 1050qt has higher values, thus it can be considered that both materials belong to the same steel family. based on the results found here and based on previous results computed for the ck45, and c40 high strength steels, it can be considered that a ssf damage map can be defined for each material family. to reinforce this, the results for the 304l stainless steel where not so good, which indicates the necessity to obtain the ssf damage map for this steel family. t v. anes et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 124-130; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.17 130 acknowledgements his work was supported by fct, through idmec, under laeta project uid/ems/50022/2013. references [1] anes, v., reis, l., de freitas, m., a new criterion for evaluating multiaxial fatigue damage under multiaxial random loading conditions, advanced materials research, 181 (2014) 1360–1365. doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/amr.891892.1360. [2] wang, y., susmel, l., the modified manson–coffin curve method to estimate fatigue lifetime under complex constant and variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue loading, international journal of fatigue, 83 (2016) 135–49. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.10.005. [3] chaves, v., navarro, a., madrigal, c., stage i crack directions under in-phase axial–torsion fatigue loading for aisi 304l stainless steel, international journal of fatigue, 80 (2015) 10–21. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.05.004. [4] chaves, v., madrigal, c., navarro, a., biaxial fatigue tests and crack paths for aisi 304l stainless steel, frattura ed integritá strutturale, 30 (2014) 273. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.30.34. [5] carpinteri, a., ronchei, c., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., lifetime estimation in the low/medium-cycle regime using the carpinteri–spagnoli multiaxial fatigue criterion, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 73 (2014) 120–127. doi:10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.06.002. [6] carpinteri, a., ronchei, c., scorza, d., vantadori, s., critical plane orientation influence on multiaxial high-cycle fatigue assessment, physical mesomechanics. 18 (2015) 348–54. doi:10.1134/s1029959915040074. [7] campagnolo, a., berto, f., marangon, c., cyclic plasticity in three-dimensional notched components under in-phase multiaxial loading at r=1, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 81 (2016) 76–88. doi:10.1016/j.tafmec.2015.10.004. [8] anes, v., reis, l., li, b., fonte, m., de freitas, m., new approach for analysis of complex multiaxial loading paths, international journal of fatigue, 62 (2014) 21–33. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.05.004. [9] anes, v., reis, l., li, b., freitas, m., sonsino, c.m., minimum circumscribed ellipse (mce) and stress scale factor (ssf) criteria for multiaxial fatigue life assessment, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 73 (2014) 109–19. doi:10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.08.008. [10] anes, v., reis, l., li, b., de freitas, m., new cycle counting method for multiaxial fatigue, international journal of fatigue, 67 (2014) 78–94. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.02.010. [11] shamsaei, n., (2010). phd thesis, univ. of illinois at urbana-champaign, usa. [12] shamsaei, n., fatemi, a., socie, d.f., multiaxial fatigue evaluation using discriminating strain paths, international journal of fatigue, 33 (2011) 597–609. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2010.11.002. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_36 s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 313 focussed on crack paths fatigue failure analysis of pin-loaded lugs slobodanka boljanović mathematical institute-the serbian academy of sciences and arts, kneza mihaila 36, belgrade, serbia slobodanka.boljanovic@gmail.com stevan maksimović vti-aeronautical department, ratka resanovića 1, belgrade, serbia s.maksimovic@open.telekom.com abstract. in the present paper, mathematical models are proposed in order to analyze the strength of pinloaded lugs with semi-elliptical crack and through-the-thickness crack. the crack growth investigation of considered crack configurations tackles the fatigue life evaluation and the crack path simulation of semi-elliptical crack. the residual strength is estimated by applying the two-parameter driving force model. the numerical and analytical approaches are employed for the stress intensity factor calculation. experimental fatigue crack growth data are used in order to verify efficiency of the developed models. a good correlation between fatigue crack growth estimations and experimental observations is obtained. keywords. cyclic loading; strength estimation; crack path; semi-elliptical crack at a hole; fem. introduction erospace systems can realize their stationary and moving operational duties through the load transfer assembly known as lug-type joint. in such linkage under cyclic loading, the high stress concentration, contact pressure and fretting can lead to the crack initiation, crack growth and even catastrophic failure. consequently, for safety design and exploitation of the fracture critical pin-loaded lug is significantly important the development of reliable computational models. fatigue and fracture strength estimations related to the damaged lug demand accurate evaluation of both, the stress state field around the crack tip and the stress intensity factor. in the literature, a variety of methods have been employed to calculate the stress intensity factor either of planar crack or through-the-thickness crack configurations. thus, the propagation process of such crack situations can be theoretically investigated by applying the following approaches: approximate analytical methods [1, 2], weight function [3, 4], finite element method [5, 6], finite element alternating method [7, 8]. within the context of fracture mechanics, the failure analysis under cyclic loading can be realized through appropriate crack growth laws. paris and erdogan [9] experimentally investigated the propagation process, and found that the crack growth is depended on the applied stress intensity range. then, forman [10] suggested that the stress ratio and the fracture toughness together with the stress intensity factor range can be used to describe the crack propagation under cyclic loading. weertman [11] recognized that the crack growth can be consider if the maximum stress intensity factor are include together with the facture toughness and the stress intensity factor range. further, elber [12] suggested that the a s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 314 stress ratio can be taken into account by the effective stress intensity factor range instead of the stress intensity range and developed the crack closure model. based on observations related to the crack propagation under cyclic loading, walker [13] proposed his stress-ratio dependence crack growth model. kujawski [14] found that the crack growth propagation under cyclic loading can be simulated if the maximum stress intensity factor is involved, and introduced the twoparameter driving force model. noroozi et al [15] took into account the combination of the maximum stress intensity factor and the stress intensity factor range together with the elastic-plastic crack tip stress-strain field and proposed a unified two-parameter crack growth model. in the present paper, computational models are formulated for the strength estimation of the damaged lug. the propagation of semi-elliptical crack emanating from the lug hole is investigated through the following issues: the stress analysis, the fatigue life evaluation and the crack path simulation. the two-parameter driving force crack growth model is applied for the failure analysis of lug under cyclic loading. the stress intensity factor is calculated by applying the finite element method and/or analytical approach. the predictive capability of proposed models is verified through the comparison between the calculations and experimental data. fatigue life estimation uring exploitation of cyclically loaded structural components, complex fatigue process could often lead to the unexpected failure. the crack propagation can be theoretically investigated through the cyclic rate of crack growth either in one direction (through-the-thickness crack) or in two directions (surface crack). in the present paper, the two-parameter driving force model proposed by kujawski [14] is employed in order to simulate the propagation process under cyclic loading. since the semi-elliptical crack is considered, the variation of crack shape can be evaluated from the crack growth rates at two positions on the crack front: the crack growth rate da/dn at the deepest point a (crack depth), and crack growth rate db/dn at point b on the lug surface (crack length), as follows:  * amaa da c k dn   ;  0.5* maxa ia ak k k    (1a)  * bmbb db c k dn   ;  0.5* maxb ib bk k k    (1b) where: a iak k   and b ibk k   for 0r  , and if 0r  , maxa iak k   and maxb ibk k   . then, the number of loading cycles up to failure for both directions can be calculated if above relationships related to the crack growth rate are integrated i.e.:  0 * f a a m a a a da dn c k    (2a)  0 * f b b m b b b db dn c k    (2b) where ca, cb, ma and mb are material constants experimentally obtained, n denotes the number of loading cycles up to failure, r is the stress ration, kia, kib, and kia max, kib max represent the stress intensity factor ranges and maximum stress intensity factor under mode i loading conditions for depth and surface directions, respectively, a0, b0, and af, bf denote initial and final crack length in depth and surface directions, respectively. since awkward functions exist in eqs. (2a) and (2b), the residual life for appropriate incremental crack lengths in depth and surface direction can be estimated if the numerical integration is employed, and for that purpose the present authors developed the software programme based on euler’s algorithm. d s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 315 stress intensity factor calculation n order to estimate the fracture strength and fatigue lives of engineering components, significantly important parameter is the stress intensity factor due to the fact that it includes the geometry, material and loading conditions. as the pin-loaded lug with semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole [fig.1, case 1] is investigated, the relationship for stress intensity can be expressed as follows [16]: 2 2 , , , , ,i sh a a a r r b k s g f q b t t w w         (3) where 2ik represents the stress intensity factor range for two-symmetric cracks initiated at a hole and s is the applied stress range. the function q, as the shape factor for an ellipse, can be written on the following way: 1.65 1 1.464 b q a        ; 1 a b      (4) where a and b are the crack length in depth direction and surface direction, respectively. the influence of various boundaries can be expressed by the boundary correction factor, as follows: 2 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 2sh w a a f m m m g g g f f t t                  (5) where m1, m2, m3, g1, g2, g3 represent functions related to crack configuration and loading, and they are given by: 1 b m a  (6) 2 3 2 0.05 0.11 m a b       (7) 3 3 2 0.29 0.23 m a b       (8) 1 4 2 1 2.6 2 1 cos 1 4 a a t t g a b                    (9) 2 3 4 2 2 1 0.358 1.425 1.578 2.156 1 0.08 g            (10) i s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 316   1 1 cos 0.9 b r     (11)   10 2 3 1 0.1 1 cos 1 a g t          (12) where  is angle location, t denotes a half of the thickness, r and w present radius of the hole and half-width of the lug, respectively. the propagation process of single crack emanating from a hole can be theoretically investigated by employing the relationship [1] expressed on the following way: 1 2 4 2 4i i ab trk k ab tr        (13) where ki1 is the stress intensity factor range for single crack situation. furthermore, the engineering maintenance inspections and controls show that the strength of lug under cyclic loading often can be threatened by through-the-thickness crack(s) initiated on the hole. the fatigue failure of such crack configuration can be analyzed through the stress intensity factor [17] expressed on the following way: 1 1 1 1 1 cos 2 it wk s b f f g r w            (14) an angular function f, the bowie correction factor f1 related to single semi-elliptical crack configuration, the pin-loaded correction factors g1, g2 and the finite-width correction factors fw1, fw2 for single and two-symmetric cracks, respectively, are discussed in ref. [16, 18]. then, the finite element method is used in order to evaluate the stress field around the crack tip, i.e. the stress distribution and the stress intensity factor. the propagation process of the semi-elliptical crack is numerically simulated by applying quarter-point (q-p) singular finite elements [19], integrated in the software package msc/nastran [20]. all the computed results using both analytical and numerical methods are presented in next section, figure 1: geometry of the pin-loaded lug (case 1 – through-the-thickness crack, case 2 – one crack/two-symmetric cracks at a hole). s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 317 numerical results o illustrate the efficiency of the computational model for the fatigue failure analysis of lug with either semielliptical crack or through-the-thickness crack, a few numerical examples are presented in this section. the strength of lug is here investigated through the stress analysis, the residual life estimation and the crack path simulation. the fatigue life calculation of through-the-thickness crack in the first section, the residual strength of the pin-loaded lug with through-the-thickness crack (fig.1, case 2) is examined. the lug, subjected to axial cyclic loading with constant amplitude (a far-field maximum stress smax= 41.38 mpa), has diameter of a hole 2r =38.1 mm and initial crack length b0 = 0.635 mm [21]. geometry sizes and relevant stress ratios are shown in tab. 1. the cracked lug is made of 7075 t6 al alloy, and the following material characteristics are assumed: cb= 2.5510-10, mb= 3.06 [22]. using the above geometry sizes, fatigue data and loading conditions, the stress intensity factor for the lug with throughthe-thickness crack is calculated by applying eq.(14) and appropriate relationships discussed in ref. [16, 18], then thanks to eqs.(2a) and (2b), the number of loading cycles up to failure is evaluated. figs. 2a, 2b and 2c show the computed results for lug configuration with through-the-thickness crack. in the same figures, the estimations are compared with available experimental results [21]. it can be deducted from fig.2 that the calculations and experimental data are in a good correlation. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 n [cycles] (x10 3 ) b [ m ] (x 1 03 ) calculated curve exp eriment 1 exp eriment 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 n [cycles] (x10 3 ) b [ m ] (x 1 03 ) calculated curve exp eriment 1 exp eriment 2 0 2 4 6 8 0 5 10 15 20 n [cycles] (x10 3 ) b [ m ] (x 1 03 ) calculated curve exp eriment 1 exp eriment 2 (a) (b) (c) figure 2: crack length versus number of loading cycles for the pin-loaded lug with through-the-thickness crack emanating from a hole: (a) experiment 1-abplc84, experiment 2-abplc91; (b) experiment 1-abplc47, experiment 2-abplc94; (c) experiment 1abplc63, experiment 2-abplc62. experimental results for through-the-thickness crack configuration from ref. [21]. lug id 2w 10-3 (m) 2t 10-3 (m) r abplc84 abplc91 114.3 12.7 0.5 abplc47 abplc94 85.72 12.7 0.5 abplc63 abplc62 57.15 12.7 0.1 table 1: geometry sizes of the lug and external loading conditions [21]. t s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 318 the stress analysis in this section, both, the stress distribution and the stress intensity factor for damaged lug are tackled. under cyclic loading with constant amplitude (a far-field maximum stress smax= 62.575 mpa), the semi-elliptical crack is initiated along the hole of lug (a = b = 9.2 mm). the lug, whose geometry characteristics are: 2w = 50 mm, 2r = 16 mm and 2t = 32 mm, is made of 7075 t6 al alloy (e = 70.2 gpa,  =0.33). the stress field of the lug with semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole is here theoretically investigated by employing the finite element method. thanks to quarter-point (q-p) singular finite elements implemented in msc/nastran [19, 20], the numerical approach is developed for the stress analysis of pin-loaded lug. actually, by applying super elements around the crack tip [20], the crack growth process is simulated step-by-step for each increment of crack length, and different meshes are modeled. a representation of the finite element mesh and the stress distribution are shown in fig.3a and fig.3b. two-symmetric cracks one crack a=b=9.2 mm analytical fem analytical fem ka (mpa m0.5) 20.550 21.199 17.360 19.922 kb (mpa m0.5) 11.891 12.723 10.044 11.447 table 2: stress intensity factor calculations by applying analytical and numerical approaches. then, both, developed numerical approach by applying q-p finite elements, as well as eq. (3)-(13) are employed in order to calculate the stress intensity factor. in tab. 2, the calculated values of the stress intensity factor for one crack and two symmetric cracks lug configurations are presented. (a) (b) figure 3: finite element analysis of the pin-loaded lug with semi-elliptical crack(s) emanating from a hole: (a) modeled finite element mesh; (b) the stress distribution of single crack situation. the strength estimation of lug with semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole now, the residual life estimation and the crack path simulation of the pin-loaded lug with semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole (fig.1, case 1) under cyclic loading is carried out. geometry characteristics of the lug are as follows: s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 319 2w=85.725 mm, 2t = 18 mm and 2r = 57.15 mm [23]. the initial crack lengths are: a0 = 5.303 mm and b0 = 3.573 mm, for depth and surface directions, respectively. the lug, made of pmma, is subjected to an external force with constant amplitude (a far field maximum force pmax= 2300 n), and the following material parameters are assumed: ca=2.29411403210-6, ma=5.598311. 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 n [cycles] (x10 3 ) b [ m ] (x 1 03 ) calculated curve exp eriment 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 n [cycles] (x10 3 ) a [m ] ( x 10 -3 ) calculated curve exp eriment (a) (b) figure 4: crack length versus number of loading cycles for the pin-loaded lug with semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole: (a) a versus n, (b) b versus n. initial crack length: a0 = 5.303 mm, b0 = 3.573 mm. experimental results from ref. [23]. 0 4 8 12 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 b [m] (x10 -3 ) a [ m ] (x 1 03 ) a=5.553 mm a=5.803 mm a=6.053 mm a=6.303 mm a=6.553 mm initial crack 0 4 8 12 16 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 b [m] (x10 -3 ) a [ m ] (x 1 03 ) a=6.803 mm a=7.053 mm a=7.303 mm a=7.553 mm a=7.803 mm initial crack (a) (b) figure 5: the crack path modeling of semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole. initial crack length: a0 = 5.303 mm, b0 = 3.573 mm. the strength of the lug configuration with semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole is here investigated through the stress intensity factor calculation and fatigue life estimation. in order to calculate the stress intensity factor, eqs. (3)-(12) together with eq. (13) are employed, then by applying eqs. (2a) and (2b), the crack length is computed as a function of the number of loading cycles. fatigue life calculations for depth direction and surface direction are shown in fig.4a and s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 320 fig.4b, respectively. the evaluated number of loading cycles for the pin-loaded lug is compared with experimental results [23]. figs. 4a and 4b show that the calculations related to the lug configuration with semi-elliptical crack emanating from a hole, are in a good agreement with experimental observations. now, for the same lug the crack growth path is simulated employing, step-by-step, the computed stress intensity factor for different crack increments. it should be noted that in every step, the crack length in surface direction is calculated thanks to the crack length in dept direction and the stress intensity factors from the preceding step. for the calculation of the stress intensity factor as well as crack lengths in surface direction, eqs. (3)-(13) and (1a) and (1b) are used. the modeled crack growth paths for different crack lengths in depth direction are presented in fig.4a and fig.4b, respectively. note that direction of x and y axels correlate with surface of the lug and the lug hole, respectively. conclusions computational model for crack growth analysis of the pin-loaded lug under cyclic loading is developed. the crack propagation process of either semi-elliptical crack or through-the-thickness crack emanating from a hole of the lug is investigated through the stress analysis and the residual life estimation. further, the crack path is simulated for semi-elliptical crack configuration. for the stress analysis analytical and/or numerical approaches are employed. the stress field of the lug with semi-elliptical crack is evaluated by applying quarter-point (q-p) singular finite element. then, the two-parameter driving force crack growth model is employed in order to calculate the strength of lug. the comparison between the calculations and experimental results point out that developed mathematical model can be applied for reliable residual life estimation of the lug with semi-elliptical crack and through-the-thickness crack. acknowledgements he authors would like to thank the mathematical institute of the serbian academy of sciences and arts and the ministry of science and technological development, serbia for providing financial support of this research under grant no. oi 174001. references [1] shah, r.c., stress intensity factors for through and part-through originating at fastener holes, in: mechanics of crack growth, astm stp 590 (1976) 429-459. [2] schijve, j., hoeymakers, s.h.m., fatigue crack growth in lugs, fatigue eng. mater. struct., 1 (1979) 185-201. [3] impellizeri, l.f., rich, d.l., spectrum fatigue crack growth in lugs. in: fatigue crack growth under spectrum loads, astm stp 595 (1976) 320-336. [4] vainshok, v.a., varfolomeyev, i.v., stress intensity factor analysis for part-elliptical cracks in structures, int. j. fracture, 46 (1990) 1-24. [5] sih, g.c., chen, c., non-self similar crack growth in elastic-plastic finite thickness plate, theor. appl. fract. mech., 3 (1985) 125-139. [6] raju, i.s., newman, jr. j.c., stress intensity factor for two symmetric corner cracks. in: smith c.w., editor. fracture mechanics, astm str (1979) 411-430. [7] smith, c.w., jolls, m., peters, w.h., stress intensities for cracks emanating from pin-loaded holes. in: flaw growth and fracture, astm stp 631 (1977) 190-201. [8] grandt, jr. a.f., kullgren, t.e., stress intensity factors for corner cracked holes under general loading conditions, j. eng. mater. technol., 103 (1981) 171-176. [9] paris, p.c., erdogan, f.a., a critical analysis of crack propagation laws, j. basic eng. trans. sme, series d, 55 (1963) 528-534. [10] forman, r.g., study of fatigue crack initiation from flaws using fracture mechanic theory, eng. fract. mech., 4 (1972) 333-345. [11] weertman, j., rate of growth of fatigue cracks calculated from the theory of indefinitesimal dislocations distributed on a plane, int. j. fract. mech., 2 (1966) 460-467. a t s. boljanović et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 313-321; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.36 321 [12] elber, w., the significance of fatigue crack closure. in: damage tolerance in aircraft structure, astm str 486 (1971) 230-242. [13] walker, e.k., the effect of stress ratio during crack propagation and fatigue for 2024-t3 and 7075-t5 aluminum. in: effect of environment and complex load history on fatigue life, astm str 462 (1970) 1-14. [14] kujawski, d., a new (k+kmax)0.5 driving force parameter for crack growth in aluminum alloy, int. j. fatigue, 23 (2001) 733-740. [15] noroozi, a.h., glinka, g., lambert, s., a two parameter driving force for fatigue crack growth analysis, int. j. fatigue, 27 (2005) 1277-1296. [16] newman, jr. j.c., raju, i.s., stress-intensity factor equations for cracks in three-dimensional finite bodies, in: lewis j.c. and sines g. eds. fracture mechanics – volume i: theory and analysis, astm stp 791 (1983) i-238-i-265. [17] newman, jr. j.c., fracture analysis of surface and through-cracked sheets and plates, eng. fract. mech., 5 (1973) 667689. [18] boljanović, s., maksimović, s., fatigue crack growth modeling of attachment lugs, int. j. fatigue, 58 (2014) 66-74. [19] barsoum, r.s., triangular quarter-point elements as elastic and perfectly plastic crack tip elements, int. j. numer. meth. eng., 11 (1977) 85-98. [20] http://www.mscsoftware.com/product/msc-nastran, (2013). [21] kathiresan, k., brussat, t.r., advanced life analysis methods, afwal-tr-84-3080, oh, (1984). [22] flech, w.g., anderson, r.b., a mechanical model of fatigue crack propagation: in: pratt p.l., editor. proc of the second international conference on fracture. brighton, london: chapman & hall: (1969). [23] grandt, jr. a.f., harter, j.a., tritisch, d.d., semielliptical cracks along holes in plates and lugs, afwal-tr-83-3043, oh, (1982). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 265 fatigue crack growth analysis of welded bridge details danilo d’angela university of naples federico ii, italy danilo.dangela@unina.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8096-5202 marianna ercolino university of greenwich, uk m.ercolino@gre.ac.uk, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8678-0631 abstract. the paper investigates the fatigue crack growth in typical bridge weldments by means of numerical analysis. the extended finite element (xfem) method is coupled with the low-cycle fatigue (lcf) approach in abaqus, and parametric analyses are carried out in order to assess the influence of the main sample/testing features on the fatigue life of the investigated structures. the numerical results are found to be robust and reliable by performing comparisons with past experimental data and regulation design correlations. keywords. crack growth; fatigue; welded details; xfem; abaqus. citation: d’angela, d., ercolino, m., fatigue crack growth analysis of welded bridge details, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272. received: 03.02.2022 accepted: 07.02.2022 online first: 08.02.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction atigue crack propagation is among the most critical damage mechanisms affecting metallic structures and infrastructures subjected to repeated loading [1–4]. welded details are typically extremely sensitive to crack propagation phenomena. the welding process can generate flaws and defects in the vicinity of the weldment toe, and such pre-cracks can easily activate crack development [5] especially if the applied load is orthogonal to the crack surface (e.g., mode i fracture). numerical simulation by means of finite element (fe) analysis is among the most reliable tools for the assessment of the fatigue crack propagation in metallic structures and for the estimation of their fatigue life [6–10]. the extended finite element method (xfem) is among the most advanced technologies for simulating fracture phenomena, and several recent studies proved that it could be reliable also regarding fatigue crack propagation in metals [1,11–16]. hedayati and vajedi [15] developed robust modelling of crack propagation in slant cracked plates based and provided estimations of the fatigue life. melson [17] analysed the fatigue response of aluminium crack plates and found that xfem technology can be more reliable than other methodologies. other authors [7,8] implemented subroutines for more accurate simulations, and they found reliable results. in spite of the available methodologies and the copious literature, there are still several issues affecting the fe analysis of fatigue and fracture phenomena, and novel approaches are needed to enhance the numerical analysis of f https://youtu.be/4vtfdxbpwi4 d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 266 fatigue crack propagation in metallic structures. the available models are often extremely complex and not suitable for practitioners, and the modelling parameters are not often physical based. in many cases, the analyses require high computational costs and the numerical results have been validated only considering theoretical or analytical data. in order to cover this gap, a simple but reliable numerical model is presented in this study. the xfem technology is coupled with low-cycle fatigue (lcf) approach and parametric analyses are performed in abaqus [18]. the case study consists of welded bridge details, which are critical systems undergoing fatigue crack propagation and are less studied in the literature. numerical modelling and fatigue analysis three-dimensional model was built in abaqus coupling xfem and lcf approach. in particular, the modelling was based on an improvement and extension of a pilot model developed by the authors considering bi-dimensional metallic plates [9,13]. the reference geometry, along with the initial crack, is shown in figure 1a. s355 steel was assumed as a material. the structures consisted of (a) main plate, (b) gusset plate, and (c) main-to-gusset plate welded connection (figure 1a). the main model had geometry dimensions w, l, δw, and δl equal to 60, 50, 10, and 8 mm, respectively; the initial crack length dimensions a and b were equal to 2 and 4 mm, respectively (figure 1a). all surface connections between the parts were assumed to be perfectly tied. the initial plane pre-crack surface (a x b) was assigned to the model (main plate) according to the most common location and size of flaws/defects in welded details, i.e., at the toe of the weldment and orthogonally to the direction of the typically applied stress [5]. in particular, the main plate is assumed to carry the most significant load, which is applied along with the longitudinal direction of the latter. therefore, the pre-crack (weldment defect) is perpendicular to the direction of the applied load, and it can develop and activate the crack propagation phenomena. linear elastic homogeneous behaviour was assigned to the material according to the lefm approach. the fracture response was implemented on the initial xfem crack, according to paris law (fatigue fracture criterion and surface behavior). the mixedmode power law was used as a default abaqus model. the fatigue properties and the modelling parameters assumed for s355 steel are shown in table 1, which were derived from the literature [19–21]. the boundary and loading conditions are shown in figure 1.b. the stump cross sections of both main and gusset plates were fixed to simulate a symmetry condition. the cyclic loading p was applied to the reference middle section point, which was coupled to the whole surface by using a continuum distribution node-surface interaction. a cyclic frequency equal to 10 hz was used, with a linear shape. material fatigue properties (mechanical) modelling parameters (abaqus code) cp mp kc c3 c4 gc ( ) mp 0.5 m cycle mpa m          [-] 0.5 mpa m    4c m / cycles ( n / m )       [-] kn m       s355 steel 5.71e−13 3.56 45 3.54e−14 1.781 9.6 7 % nickel steel 2.17e−11 2.57 135 2.80e−12 1.285 90.0 7075-t6 aluminium alloy 3.33e−11 3.70 25 2.55e−13 1.850 9.0 table 1: fatigue properties of the investigated materials and model parameters. the numerical analysis consisted of two steps: general static and direct cyclic (lcf). the static analysis step was only performed to improve the convergence of the analysis, as it was previously found by pilot studies [9], as well as reported in the literature [22]. the static step included only one cycle, with negligible values of the applied force (no influence on the actual fatigue response). several force values were applied to cover a wide range of applied stresses, i.e., from 75 to 325 mpa. this was aimed at evaluating the s-n curve, typically considered for the assessment of this typology of structures [5]. the model parts were partitioned (figure 1c) to control the mesh size along with the distance from the fpz. only hexahedral elements (8-node linear brick elements) can be used in abaqus for three-dimensional modelling according to lcfxfem analysis, i.e., c3d8 (full integration) and c3d8r (reduced integration) elements [18]. the reduced integration elements are typically more used in the literature (than the full integration ones) since they were found to be accurate for a d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 267 modelling crack propagation problems despite the gain in smaller computational costs [9,15,23]. therefore, the mesh size analysis was performed considering this type of mesh. the mesh size of the model was assigned in the light of an expeditious convergence analysis. the mesh sizes are depicted in figure 1c, where the sizes related to part a, b, c, and d were equal to 0.7 x 0.7 mm, 0.7 x 4.5 mm, 4.0 x 4.0 mm, and 4.5 x 4.5 mm. parametric analysis he influence of several sample features was assessed considering the main model as a reference (defined as model m). material, structure geometry, and initial crack dimension/shape were varied, defining six parametric models. 7075-t6 aluminium alloy and 7% nickel steel were considered as alternative materials for generating models m1 and m2. the related properties and modelling/analysis features are reported in table 2. two alternative structure geometries were considered, defining models g1 and g2, together with the main model geometry. in particular, the models have geometry w, l, dw, and dl equal to (g1) 120, 50, 10, and 8 mm, and (g2) 60, 50, 20, and 8 mm. two alternative pre-crack dimensions were considered; the related models are defined c1 and c2; the models have dimensions a and b equal to (c1) 2 and 2 mm, and (c2) 2 and 8 mm. constant-amplitude analyses were performed for all models from applied stress equal to 75 mpa up to 350 mpa, considering increments of 25 mpa. overall, 72 analyses were performed. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: (a) geometry of the welded detail (w, l, δw, and δl) with initial pre-crack dimensions, (b) schematic of the boundary and loading conditions, and (c) mesh partitions and sizes resulting from the convergence analysis. t d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 268 results and discussion ig. 2 shows the comparison between the numerical and the experimental results [5], where the nominal stress approach was considered. data having nf lower than 1×103 cycles were not considered. the numerical results over 2.785 × 104 to 2.54012 ×106 cycles (e.g., ~75 to ~250 mpa) were fitted with very good accuracy (e.g., r2 > 0.995) using power law. this range of cycles is consistent with the typical values related to fatigue loading of such types of structures [5].the best-fit constants αm and βm were equal to 5.297×103 and -0.286, respectively. the experimental results are related to a large number (487) of fatigue tests on similar structures having the geometrical parameters w, l, δw, and δl ranging within 40 ÷ 170 mm, 50 ÷ 400 mm, 8 ÷ 20 mm, and 8 ÷ 20 mm, respectively. in figure 2, the eurocode 3 s-n (nominal stress approach) related to the investigated detail is also shown (nominal stress approach), i.e., c40 detail class curve [5,24]. the numerical results match with a good agreement the cloud of the experimental data, being on the safe side if the c40 class detail curve is considered. it is recalled that the experimental results are representative of an extremely wide range of geometries; furthermore, the numerical modelling considered a pre-crack with a definite geometry. even though the validation of the model should be performed comparing cases having the same geometry/loading conditions, the numerical modelling is confirmed to be a reliable assessment of the fatigue life of complex welded details. this is supported by the log-log linear s-n correlation over the relevant stress-cycle ranges and by the location of the numerical data over the cloud of experimental results. as already mentioned, the model should be properly validated by considering specific case studies, e.g., as it was done with regard to the ct specimens. figure 2: comparison between the numerical results (red circles and red dashed line) and the experimental results (black dots and thin black and blu lines) reported by aygül et al. [5] and aygül [25], together with the c40 detail class curve (thick grey line) provided by eurocode 3 [5,24]. the influence of the parametric variables was assessed by considering the s-n curves and both the parameters and the domain stress-cycle ranges related to the best-fit power laws. figure 3 shows the results considering the variation of (a) the material (models m1 and m2), (b) the structural geometry (models g1 and g2), and (c) the pre-crack shape/dimension (models c1 and c2). the best-fit power laws (with related r2) are also shown. in particular, the data were fitted over the largest cycle interval that is associated with a power law having r2 larger than 0.950. the values of the related best-fit constants and the corresponding cycle ranges are given in figure 3. “el” in (b) represents the endurance limit, i.e., the fatigue life was larger than 108 cycles for stresses lower than the represented case. f d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 269 model id α β r2 range of fitting from to [-] / 103 [-] [-] [cycles] / 103 [cycles] / 105 m 5.2971 -0.286 0.9979 27.85 25.4012 m1 1.9953 -0.252 0.9636 1.25 3.7826 m2 26.5302 -0.452 0.9991 16.36 4.0925 g1 8.1892 -0.329 0.9993 22.58 14.6633 g2 1.3941 -0.149 0.9592 71.43 69.6150 c1 6.0073 -0.305 0.9826 8.82 14.7419 c2 3.8580 -0.265 0.9815 9.73 21.2300 table 2: values of the best-fit constants defined in figure 3. the material clearly affects the fatigue performance as well as the range in which the s-n data are stable (e.g., log-log linear). model m1 shows a lower best-fit efficiency if compared to other cases. the geometry related to the double width of the main plate (m1) has s-n data (slightly) less performing than the main model, especially for larger numbers of cycles (e.g., larger than 105). it is recalled that all models have the same nominal applied stress; therefore, models g1 and g2 have a double total applied force with respect to the main model. if the main plate has a double thickness (i.e., model g2), the performance significantly improves, especially for larger numbers of cycles (e.g., larger than 105). for a low number of cycles, g2 has a performance comparable to the reference model m. the endurance limit (el) is reached in model g2 corresponding to stresses lower than 125 mpa (not observed in other cases over the same stress range). best-fit efficiency related to model g2 is reduced if compared to other cases, even though fewer data points were best-fitted. the size of the initial crack does not significantly affect the performance of the components. however, very interesting results are observed if model c1 is compared to the reference model m. c1 presents a (slightly) lower performance even though one of the dimensions of the initial crack is half the main model one. in particular, model c1 has the same crack dimensions a and b (equal 2 mm), whereas model m has the same c1 dimension for a and double for b. this confirms that the shape of the initial crack (e.g., a/b) is more significant than the area (a∙b) for the determination of the fatigue performance of the component. a similar result can be observed with regard to model c2, where b is equal to four times a. in fact, the fatigue performance is quite similar to model m (c1) for a higher (lower) number of cycles. this confirms that a component having an initial crack with a shape ratio (a/b) equal to 1/2 is (slightly) more critical than elements having larger or smaller ratios. obviously, this trend is related to the specific application and the investigated conditions. the provided values of the best-fit parameters allow quantifying the differences in fatigue life estimations among the different models, and they allow assessing the fatigue performance of similar components by producing a quick estimation. figure 4 shows the comparison between the numerical results (best-fit) related to (a) models m, g1, and g2 and (b) models m, c1, and c2 and the data related to the experimental database previously considered to assess the main model results [5,25]. such models are compatible with the geometrical properties of the considered experimental database. the curve related to the detail class c40 is also shown [5,24]. it is recalled that the cloud of experimental data is related to a wide range of geometries, i.e., w, l, δw, and δl ranging within 40 ÷ 170 mm, 50 ÷ 400 mm, 8 ÷ 20 mm, and 8 ÷ 20 mm, respectively. however, the variation of the modelling geometry (w equal to 60 and 120 mm, and δw equal to 10 and 20 mm) approximately envelope the cloud of experimental data. in particular, the superior enveloping related to model g2 is qualitatively consistent with the fact that this case is associated with δw equal to 20 mm, which corresponds to the maximum value over the experimental case. similarly, model g1, which is corresponding to w equal to 120 mm, shows results in the inferior part of the experimental cloud, which has maximum w equal to 170 mm. such qualitative trends strengthen the robustness of the modelling approach, even though proper validation should be performed. d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 270 (a) (b) (c) figure 3: the influence of (a) material (models m, m1, and m2), (b) structure geometry (models m, g1, and g2), and (c) pre-crack shape/dimension (models m, c1, and c2) on the s-n results. conclusions he study supplied simple but reliable three-dimensional modelling and cyclic analysis to simulate crack propagation in welded bridge details subjected to fatigue loading. the approach is based on xfem technology coupled with lcf approach. s-n curves are provided for a wide range of welded bridge details. the numerical results are compared with both experimental results related to past studies and design curves provided by the regulations. best-fit s-n curves are developed for enhancing the literature database. the study proves that the developed approach is suitable for various and complex applications, and it can be considered as a reference for similar implementations. t d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 271 (a) (b) figure 4: comparison between the best-fit curves related to the numerical results (dotted and dashed lines) and the experimental results (black dots and thin blue and black lines) reported by aygül et al. [5] and aygül [25], together with the c40 detail class curve (thick grey line) provided by eurocode 3 [5,24]: (a) models m, g1, and g2, and (b) models m, c1, and c2. acknowledgments omputation for the work presented in this paper was supported by the university of greenwich high performance computer resources (https://www.gre.ac.uk/itand-library/hpc). the project was funded by the university of greenwich under seedling 2016 and ref 2017/2018 funds. references [1] bergara, a., dorado, j. i., martin-meizoso, a., and martínez-esnaola, j. m. (2017). fatigue crack propagation in complex stress fields: experiments and numerical simulations using the extended finite element method (xfem). international journal of fatigue, 103, pp. 112–121. doi: 1 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.05.026. [2] d’angela, d., ercolino, m., bellini, c., di cocco, v., and iacoviello, f. (2020). analysis of acoustic emission entropy for damage assessment of pearlitic ductile cast irons. material design & processing communications, 12(3), e158. doi: 10.1002/mdp2.158. c d. d’angela et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 265-272; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.18 272 [3] imam, b., and chryssanthopoulos, m. k. (2010). a review of metallic bridge failure statistics. iabmas, philadelphia, usa. [4] wardhana, k., and hadipriono, f. c. (2003). analysis of recent bridge failures in the united states. journal of performance of constructed facilities, 17(3), pp. 144–150. doi: 10.1061/(asce)0887-3828(2003)17:3(144). [5] aygül, m., bokesjö, m., heshmati, m., and al-emrani, m. (2013). a comparative study of different fatigue failure assessments of welded bridge details. international journal of fatigue, 49, pp. 62–72. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.12.010. [6] london, t., de bono, d. m., and sun, x. (2015). an evaluation of the low cycle fatigue analysis procedure in abaqus for crack propagation: numerical benchmarks and experimental validation. simulia uk regional users meeting. id 114881828. [7] kim, s.-k., lee, c.-s., kim, j.-h., kim, m.-h., noh, b.-j., matsumoto, t., and lee, j.-m. (2015). estimation of fatigue crack growth rate for 7% nickel steel under room and cryogenic temperatures using damage-coupled finite element analysis. metals, 5(2), pp. 603–627. doi: 10.3390/met5020603. [8] zhan, z., hu, w., li, b., zhang, y., meng, q., and guan, z. (2017). continuum damage mechanics combined with the extended finite element method for the total life prediction of a metallic component. international journal of mechanical sciences, 124–125(c), pp. 48–58. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2017.03.002. [9] d’angela, d., and ercolino, m. (2018). finite element analysis of fatigue response of nickel steel compact tension samples using abaqus. procedia structural integrity, 13, pp. 939–946. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.12.176. [10] saeedi, m., azadi, m., mokhtarishirazabad, m., and lopez‐crespo, p. (2020). numerical simulations of carbon/epoxy laminated composites under various loading rates, comparing extended finite element method and cohesive zone modeling. material design & processing communications, 3(5), e198. doi: 10.1002/mdp2.198. [11] benzaama, a., mokhtari, m., benzaama, h., abdelouahed, e., tamine, t., madani, k., slamen, a., and ilies, m. (2019). using xfem techniques to predict the damage of aluminum 2024t3 notched under tensile load. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 13(50), pp. 184–193. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.50.16. [12] bhattacharya, s., singh, i. v., and mishra, b. k. (2013). fatigue-life estimation of functionally graded materials using xfem. engineering with computers, 29(4), pp. 427–448. doi: 10.1007/s00366-012-0261-2. [13] d’angela, d., and ercolino, m. (2021). fatigue crack growth in metallic components: numerical modelling and analytical solution. structural engineering and mechanics, 79권(5호), pp. 541–556. doi: 10.12989/sem.2021.79.5.541. [14] giner, e., díaz-álvarez, j., marco, m., and miguélez, m. h. (2015). orientation of propagating crack paths emanating from fretting-fatigue contact problems. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10(35), pp. 285–294. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.33. [15] hedayati e, vahedi m. (2014)using extended finite element method for computation of the stress intensity factor, crack growth simulation and predicting fatigue crack growth in a slant-cracked plate of 6061-t651 aluminum. world journal of mechanics 4, pp. 24–30. doi: 10.4236/wjm.2014.41003. [16] talemi, r. h. (2016). numerical simulation of dynamic brittle fracture of pipeline steel subjected to dwtt using xfem-based cohesive segment technique. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 10(36), pp. 151–159. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.1. [17] melson, j. h. (2014). fatigue crack growth analysis with finite element methods and a monte carlo simulation. degree thesis. virginia polytechnic institute and state university, blacksburg, va. [18] simulia. (2016). abaqus/cae user’s manual, version 6.14. [19] cindas/purdue university (ed.). (1994). damage tolerant design handbook. a compilation of fracture and crackgrowth data for high-strength alloys. lafayette, in. [20] de jesus, a. m. p., matos, r., fontoura, b. f. c., rebelo, c., simões da silva, l., and veljkovic, m. (2012). a comparison of the fatigue behavior between s355 and s690 steel grades. journal of constructional steel research, 79, pp. 140–150. doi: /10.1016/j.jcsr.2012.07.021. [21] stephens ri, fuchs ho, editors. metal fatigue in engineering. 2nd ed. new york: wiley; 2001. [22] kucharski, p., lesiuk, g., czapliński, t., fratczak, r., and maciejewski, ł. (2016). numerical estimation of stress intensity factors and crack propagation in lug connector with existing flaw, 1780(1), 050002. doi: 10.1063/1.4965949. [23] holland, s., kosel, t., weaver, r., and sachse, w. (2000). determination of plate source, detector separation from one signal. ultrasonics, 38(1–8), pp. 620–623. doi: 10.1016/s0041-624x(99)00206-1. [24] cen. (2005). en 1993–1-1. eurocode 3: design of steel structures. [25] aygül, m. (2012). fatigue analysis of welded structures using the finite element method. degree thesis. university of technology gothenburg, sweden. microsoft word numero_43_art_10 b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 133 characterization of uniaxial fatigue behavior of precipitate strengthened cu-ni-si alloy (siclanic®) b. saadouki, m. elghorba laboratory of control and mechanical characterization of materials and structures, national higher school of electricity and mechanics. casablanca, morocco. bouchra.saadouki@gmail.com ph. pelca lebronze alloys – bornel, 11, rue ménillet 60540 bornel – france t. sapanathan, m. rachik sorbonne universités, université de technologie de compiègne, laboratoire roberval, cnrs umr 7337, centre de recherche royallieu, cs 60319, 60203 compiègne cedex, france abstract. fatigue tests were conducted on cylindrical bars specimens to understand the fatigue behavior of siclanic®. although it displays good resistance in monotonic tension, this material weakens and shows a softening in repeated solicitation. this has been verified through a sem observation, the cu-ni-si alloy presents transgranular failure by cleavage. the mansoncoffin diagram exhibited the plastic deformation accommodation. the plastic deformation becomes periodic and decreases progressively as the cycle number increases. the approximations of manson coffin give fatigue parameters values which are in good agreement with the experience. keywords. fatigue; copper alloy; s-n curve; softening; fracture. citation: saadouki, b., elghorba, m., pelca, ph., sapanathan, t., rachik, m., characterization of uniaxial fatigue behavior of precipitate strengthened cu-ni-si alloy (siclanic®), frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145. received: 22.09.2017 accepted: 18.10.2017 published: 01.01.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction t present, increasing demand for copper and copper alloys leads to the all-time high price of copper. copper is widely used in electrical, electronic and thermal applications. particularly, in an application where the high conductivity of copper is required, one should choose a copper alloy with higher percentage of copper, while there is a compromise required with the mechanical properties of the alloy. hence, recent developments of copper alloys mainly focus on this issue and adapt to various strengthening mechanisms, such as precipitation hardening. precipitates hardened copper alloys contain additive elements in small quantities that improves the mechanical characteristics by forming precipitates, without greatly altering their electrical conductivity [1]. the mechanical strength of these alloys is improved by precipitation of the secondary phase particles during the quenching and tempering heat treatment processes [2-4]. thus, a b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 134 the precipitation hardened copper alloys offer cost saving and they are suitable for many industrial applications under various mechanical loading conditions. cu-ni-si alloys strengthened by precipitation hardening are used in very wide range of electrical and electromagnetic applications. however, the cyclic circulation of alternating current induces fatigue failure during the high frequency electromagnetic applications [5]. fatigue behavior of cu-ni-si alloys has been investigated in few articles [69]. in [6], authors investigated the microstructure of the material at different heat treatment states and its influence on the low cycle fatigue (lcf) and high cycle fatigue (hcf). they have noticed a softening effect of the copper alloy under lcf [6]. goto et al. [8] studied the role of the ni2si curing compound in fatigue crack initiation and propagation mechanism and identified a localized fatigue behavior. zhao et al. [9] agree that the curing compound in cu-ni-si is coherent with the matrix. consequently, the main mechanism of crossing the secondary phase (ni2si) by a sliding dislocation is shearing. besides, the alloys studied are of a different chemical composition than that of proposed in this work. this work is proposed to determine the fatigue characteristics for a cu-ni-si alloy known by its trade name of siclanic®. the siclanic® is also strengthened by the precipitation of the ni2si phase [10]. this alloy was mainly studied from a microstructure based investigation [11, 12]; while there exist few other studies with the focus on the mechanical aspects [13, 14]. however, fatigue properties of this alloy has never been reported before in the literature. fatigue test results are often represented by probabilistic wöhler curve using statistical method and this curve has been developed due to the dispersions of tests results. in recent years, castillo and fernández-canteli worked on the statistical analysis of the s-n and e-n fatigue curves [15], and they extended the probabilistic model to the strain damage evaluation to estimate fatigue life prediction in many applications [16, 17]. in this study, the probabilistic model of astm e 739[18] is applied to estimate wöhler curves. material and experimental procedures iclanic® alloy used in this study has the chemical composition with 96.9 % of copper, 2.5 % nickel and 0.6 % silicon in weight percent. the material has been received in bars of 14 mm × 14 mm× 60 mm dimension. to optimize high cycle fatigue tests, we chose classical specimen shape with circular section according to the astm e466-07 standard (fig. 1) at morocco cetim. the fatigue tests were carried out on an mts biaxial hydraulic machine model 17 with imposed stress at a temperature of 20 °c. during the tests, the temperature was controlled using a thermocouple (fig. 2). solicitations were loaded in uniaxial cyclical mode, with a sinusoidal waveform, according to repeated tensile loads. (a) (b) figure 1: fatigue specimen (a) schematic illustration showing the specimen geometry and (b) image of the actual fatigue specimen. s b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 135 figure 2: schematic illustration of the experimental apparatus.      max min 2 a (1)      max min 2 m (2) and the ratio of extreme stresses (maximum and minimum), also called load ratio and defined by:    min max r (3) where, σmin and σmax are respectively the minimum and maximum stresses to which the specimen is subjected. the tests are conducted with zero-based loading at stress ratio r= 0 (fig. 3), this implies the following equations:     max 2 m a (4)    max (5) results and analysis atigue tests of studied material should be preceded by mechanical analysis of his answers to simple solicitation through tensile tests. starting fatigue tests requires the definition of the first value of the maximum imposed stress. monotonic tensile behavior tensile tests have been carried out to characterize the monotonic properties of the material. tests were conducted until the failure on a zwick roell machine under displacement mode. an additional test where an extensometer was used to the gauge length was performed to measure accurately the young modulus. monotonic tensile properties values are summarized in tab. 1. f b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 136 figure 3: tensile repeated solicitation on fatigue test. e (gpa) ys0.2% (mpa) uts (mpa) a (%) n k (mpa) 121 498 615 11.62 0.034 591 table 1: monotonic tensile characteristics of the siclanic®. furthermore, the remarkable tensile strength of 615 mpa enhanced by the presence of silicon, the siclanic® has an elongation at fracture of higher than 10%. this ductility is mainly due to the high temperature of the solution treatmentquench phase during the hardening treatment. the progressive passage, in the stress-strain curve, from linear elasticity to plastic deformation requires the definition of the conventional yield strength ys0.2% which is of the order of 498 mpa. from this stress value, we realize a low permanent elongation which can be measured accurately. mechanical behavior ceases to be elastic to become plastic. s-n curve siclanic® fatigue results show significant dispersion. this dispersion is now considered as one of physical fatigue aspects [19]. indeed, for the same material, and the same load level, the lifetime may be different. iso-probabilistic s-n curve as it is, the fatigue curve gives a tendency on the material behavior, but it is of limited use: we know that for a given stress level, half the specimens break for cycle number less than n(σ),the other half breaks for cycle number more than n(σ). for given stress level, the ratio between maximum and minimum value of failure cycle can exceed 10. in a probabilistic concept, wöhler curve represents the border separating the area where failure is less likely (left of the curve) to the area where failure is most likely (right part of the curve). the fatigue life is generally described by the statistical longevity curve called iso-probabilistic wöhler curve or median curve (n50, that to say 50% of survival specimens) [20]. for the siclanic®, fatigue curve median is illustrated in fig. 4. probabilistic s-n curve the confidence interval method using the probability of student's law is also frequent to characterize fatigue behavior. it does not estimate directly the number of cycle to failure, but the estimations have percentage chance to containing the nf .thus, it is interesting to work in confidence interval of 80% that will give proper framing 80 times out of 100 on average, which meaning, if we could repeat the same tests a large number of times, affirming each time than nf is in this interval, we would be wrong 20 times out of 100 on average. fig. 5 shows siclanic® probabilistic wöhler curve corresponding at 80% of survival, such a curve is sometimes called “curve design”. b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 137 figure 4: median wöhler curve for siclanic® figure 5: siclanic® probabilistic wöhler curve at 80% chance of survival the two probability methods appear in good agreement; they give very close values of the endurance limit. the estimated value of siclanic® endurance limit is 250 mpa. fractography fatigue fracture surfaces of siclanic® are often irregular; the majority of them are planar and perpendicular to the stress axis. fig. 6 shows the fracture surface specimen which failed in 5×105 cycles. a fatigue fracture surface consists of three regions associated with crack initiation, crack growth, and final overload. the darker region (za zone) presents the initial fatigue and slow crack growth in one or a few load cycles (fig. 7). surface crack initiation is located in the same area for all specimen tests. for certain specimens, we notice the existence of two crack initiation sites, one next to the other. beach marks (macroscale) and striations (microscale) in surface indicate fatigue loading. failure by cleavage proves that we are at the brittle failure case, which is common for long-life fatigue. cleavage occurs by direct separation along crystallographic planes, and the failure is transgranular. b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 138 figure 6: fracture surface of the specimen. figure 7: fatigue failure initiation site on cleavage planes of global dimension highlighted in the white box have approximately 426 µm ×284 µm. low cycle fatigue behavior cyclical behavior law the comparison between the cyclic behavior curve and monotonic behavior curve reveals a softening during the cyclic loading (fig. 8). the conventional yield strength falling of 19% in the cyclic tensile. hardening or softening phenomena depend on the materials and their heat treatments. so, the evolution of fatigue mechanical characteristics depends on the initial state of the solid solution [21]. softening is generally observed for steels whose structures are naturally work hardened by quenching and tempering, this softening corresponds to a decrease of the yield strength which can reach 30%. similarly, siclanic® structural hardening by heat treatment of quenching and tempering leads to a stable phase represents a cyclical softening. the softening of siclanic® is similar to the others cu-ni-si alloys behavior in low cycle fatigue, such behavior is usually attributed to the formation of intense bands of slip in which the precipitation hardening effect has been reduced [2]. in structural analysis, design of parts is based on yield strength ys, however, for siclanic®, which has a cyclic softening in fatigue solicitation (ys’0.2 < ys 0. 2), even a cycle level of σa < ys 0.2, could result a deformation higher than εmax and placing the piece out of service. the following equation describes the cyclic behavior:     '' nk (6) b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 139 figure 8: comparison between monotonic and cyclic tensile curves for siclanic®. it is the law of cyclic consolidation or cyclic hardening law, where ′ and n' are respectively the coefficient and the exponent of cyclic hardening. in tab. 2, the monotonic and cyclic mechanical characteristics of siclanic® are compared. the extent of variation of the hardening coefficient is due to the cyclic deformation. it goes from a relatively low value (0.034) to a higher value of 0.136. monotonous n = 0.034 k = 591 mpa ys 0, 2%= 498 mpa cyclic n’ = 0.136 k’= 490 mpa ys’0, 2% = 350 mpa table 2: monotonic and cyclic mechanical characteristics of siclanic® prediction of softening or hardening phenomena according to smith, hirschberg and manson [22], softening occurs when uts / ys 0.2< 1.2, while hardening appears for uts / ys 0.2 ˃ 1.4. in the case where the ratio is between 1.2 and 1.4, one or the other of the softening and hardening phenomena can be observed. as a result of the examination of various materials, morrow [23] finds that if the value of n is higher than 0.1, hardening or stability occurs; however, if n is less than 0.1 the softening happens during the material is cycling. in tab. 3, we have compiled the predictions of siclanic® cyclical behavior, the predictions are in agreement with experience, however, the criteria used consider the characteristics determined outside the deformation domain (<2%) such as uts and n. a new definition of the hardening criteria is introduced by lieurade [24], taking the ratio σ1 / ys 0.2 , of which parameters correspond to the experience, since they are located in plastic deformation field. it has been shown in the case of steels that if σ1 / ys 0. 2 is less than 1.3 there is softening, while if σ1 / ys 0.2 is higher than 1.5 there is hardening. smith, hirschberg, manson morrow experience σ1 / ys 0, 2 ∆σ1/ σ1 (%) uts / ys 0. 2 prediction n prediction observation σ1 / ys 0. 2 prediction 1.23 uncertainty 0.034 softening softening 1.18 softening 17.8 table 3: analysis of siclanic® hardening criteria. the ratio δσ1 / σ1 defines the hardening rate. b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 140 plastic strain energy many researchers have used the cyclic plastic strain energy as damage criterion in low cycle fatigue. the dissipation of the mechanical energy is initially caused by the cyclic plastic strain connected, at microscopic level, to the dislocation movement and then, by the stress which relates to these dislocations resistance of displacement. if we consider δw the mechanical energy per cycle as design parameter, the law of simple damage consists in supposing that there will be a failure when the total energy wf has reached a critical value. halford [25] proposed a relation for measurement of the area under the hysteresis loop (fig. 9), provided that the stress and the plastic strain are measured from the tip of the loop. figure 9: area under hysteresis loop [26]. in the majority of cases, the difference between the energy measured directly from the hysteresis curve by a planimeter and that calculated by eq. (7) is less than 10%.           1 ' 1 ' p n w n (7) where n’ is the cyclic hardening coefficient. the total energy to failure wf is defined by the eq. (8):  f fw n w (8) fig. 10 shows a significant decrease in mechanical energy δw per cycle when the number of cycles increases. practically this energy does not vary during a test since δε and δσ evolve inversely. the experimental points are placed around a curve corresponding to the following relation:   0.440.364 rw n (9) on the other hand, there is an increase in the total energy to failure wf when the number of cycles increases (fig. 11). figure 10: evolution of mechanical energy per cycle in terms of fatigue lifetime. b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 141 figure 11: variation of the total energy to failure as function of fatigue lifetime. fatigue resistance basquin and manson-coffin defined experimentally laws characterizing low cycle fatigue life, between strain variations ∆ε and the fatigue life. manson-coffin relation:     ' 2 2 c rn (10) basquin relation:     ' 2 2 f bel rn e (11) siclanic® cyclic tests were conducted at imposed stress, achievement of fatigue resistance curves ε – n cannot be direct. we used prediction formulas. these formulas have been proposed in principle to limit the number of tests and to avoid even realize one fatigue test. the resistance relations fatigues are predicted by two methods, whose coordinates come from monotonic characteristic of the alloy. a) four correlation point method this method developed by manson and halford [25], allows the plot of elastic and plastic lines by knowing some monotonic characteristics. b) universal slopes method a second estimation method for resistance curves is proposed [27]. manson, after many tests on various materials, made the followings hypotheses: elastic and plastic lines have respectively mean slopes of -0.12 and -0.6. the points corresponding to the total strain variations ∆εt are placed on an asymptotic curve to the elastic and plastic lines. for low cycle fatigue, plastic strain predominates. the curve representing the plastic strain variation is placed above that of elastic strain up to a certain number of cycles (fig. 12). siclanic® damage behavior, at low number of cycles, is accommodated by plastic cyclic strain. in approximating of the yield stress, plasticizing will be located at certain points of the alloy structure. the plastic strain curve presents an important slope; this reflects the high gradient of this parameter. this gradient is a sign of cracks priming. approximation methods appear in agreement at the strain values. however, this agreement is not verified for the number of cycles in transition point ptr. the universal slopes method seems most pertinent. the elastic line expressing siclanic® resistance is located in the same order as the monotonic characteristics uts and ys0.2%. for the plastic line, the capacity of plastic cyclical strain is dependent on the ductility; it operates to the same effect as this last. in terms of total strain, the siclanic® resistance is closely linked to materiel ductility at low cycle b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 142 (predominance of ∆εp-n relation), and the yield strength and ultimate tensile strength at high cycle (predominance of ∆εeln). (a) (b) figure 12: resistance fatigue curves for siclanic® predicted using (a) four correlation point method and (b) a universal slopes method. εf σf (mpa) εf’ σf’(mpa) b c manson’s four points 0.29 793.35 0.19 931.71 -0.09 -0.46 manson’s universal slopes 0.29 793.35 0.36 1168.5 -0.12 -0.6 table 4: low cycle fatigue characteristics for the siclanic®. moreover, many researchers have linked coefficients b and c to the cyclic hardening coefficient n’, tab. 5 shows some formulas results. morrow has proposed the following relation:    ' 1 5 ' n b n (12)    1 1 5 ' c n (13) tomkins [28] proposes on his side:    ' 1 2 ' n b n (14)    1 1 2 ' c n (15) b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 143 b c morrow tomkins manson-coffin morrow tomkins manson-coffin -0.09 -0.1 -0.12 -0.59 -0.79 -0.6 table 5: comparison of the siclanic® fatigue exponent by different formulas. the values of b and c suggested by manson-coffin are close to those obtained by using morrow and tomkins relations. these numerical expressions based on the coefficient of hardening ′calculated experimentally are in good agreement with the manson-coffin approximations. conclusions echanical characterization of siclanic® proves that it is an alloy with high tensile characteristics. however, in cyclical loading, material shows moderate fatigue resistance. results for fatigue analysis summarized as follows: 1. the mechanical properties (yield strength, hardening coefficient) of the siclanic® are considerably modified by the application of high stress cycles, even in small numbers. the siclanic® is softened under the fatigue loading. hardening coefficient calculation with analytical models also predicts siclanic® softening phenomena. 2. if certain cycles reach stress levels close to or even more than ys 0.2 , we can meet a softening behavior, so a lowering of the ys 0.2 up to ys’0.2. high stress levels can cause harmful and permanent deformations to the proper functioning of the part. 3. the fractography analysis of the siclanic® specimens exhibits a transgranular failure during a cyclic solicitation. fractures arise at the grain boundaries, and flat surfaces in the crystalline material confirms the cleavage failure. acknowledgements uthors acknowledge the funding for coiltim project from “région picardie” and “le fonds européen de développement économique et régional (feder)”. references [1] hornbogen, e., hundred years of precipitation hardening. journal of light metal, 11 (2010) 127–132. [2] lockyer, s.a., noble, f.w., fatigue of precipitate strengthened cu-ni-si alloy, materials science and technology, 15 (1999) 1147-1153. doi: 10.1179/026708399101505194 [3] batawi, e., morris, d.g., morris, m.a., effect of small alloying additions on behavior of rapidly solidified cu-cr alloys, materials science and technology, 6 (1990) 892-899. doi: 10.1179/mst.1990.6.9.892 [4] lee, k.l., whitehouse, a.f., withers, p.j., daymond, m.r., neutron diffraction study of the deformation behavior of deformation processed copper–chromium composites, materials science and engineering, a384 (2003) 208-216. doi: 10.1016/s0921-5093 (02)00688-3 [5] chen, x.p., sun, h.f., wang, l.x., liu, q., on recrystallization texture and magnetic property of cu-ni alloys, materials characterization, 121(2016) 149-156. doi: 10.1016/j.matchar.2016.10.006 [6] delbove, m., vogt, j.b., bouquerel, j., soreau, t., primaux, f., low cycle fatigue behavior of a precipitation hardened cu-ni-si alloy, international journal of fatigue, 92 (2016) 313–320. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.07.019. [7] sun, z., laitemb, c., vincen, a., dynamic embrittlement at intermediate temperature in a cu–ni–si alloy, materials science and engineering, a477 (2008) 145–152. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2007.05.013. m a b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 144 [8] goto, m., han, s.z., lim, s.h., kitamura, j., fujimura, t., ahn, j.h., yamamoto, t., kim, s., lee, j., role of microstructure on initiation and propagation of fatigue cracks in precipitate strengthened cu–ni–si alloy, international journal of fatigue, 87(2016) 15–21. doi: 10.2472/jsms.63.401 [9] zhao, d.m., dong, q.m., liu, p., kang, b.x., huang, j.l., jin, z.h., structure and strength of the age hardened cuni-si alloy, materials chemistry and physics, 79(2003) 81-86. doi: 10.1016/s0254-0584(02)00451-0. [10] fujiwara, h., sato, t., kamio, a., effect of alloy composition on precipitation behavior in cu-ni-si alloys, journal of the japan institute of metals, 62 (1998) 301-309. doi: 10.2472/jsms.63.401. [11] khereddine, a., hadj larbi, f., and al, microstructures and textures of a cu–ni–si alloy processed by high-pressure torsion, journal of alloys and compounds, 574(2013) 361-367. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2013.05.051. [12] hadj larbi, f., azzeddine, h., baudin, t., et al, microstructure and texture evolution in a cu–ni–si alloy processed by equal-channel angular pressing, journal of alloys and compounds, 638(2015) 88-94. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2015.03.062. [13] ageladarakis, p., o'dowd, n., webster, g., tensile and fracture toughness test of cunisi at room and cryogenic temperatures, commission of the european communities, abingdon (united kingdom). jet joint undertaking, available from british library document supply centredsc: 4672.2625(99/01). [14] reed, r., fickett, f.r., summers, l.t., stieg, m., advances in cryogenic engineering materials, a40 (1994). [15] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., a unified statistical methodology for modeling fatigue damage, springer (2009). [16] raposo, p., correia, j.a.f.o., de jesus, a.m.p., calçada, r.a.b., lesiuk, g., hebdon, m., fernández-canteli, a., probabilistic fatigue s-n curves derivation for notched components, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42 (2017) 105118. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.12 [17] correia, j.a.f.o., huffman, p., de jesus, a.m.p., cicero, s., fernández-canteli, a., berto, f., glinka, g., unified two-stage fatigue methodology based on a probabilistic damage model applied to structural details, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics (in press) (2017). doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2017.09.004. [18] standard practice for statistical analysis of linear or linearized stress-life (s-n) and strain-life (ε-n) fatigue data. astm e739 – 10. [19] lieurade, h.p., rupture par fatigue des aciers. ed. institut de recherches de la sidérurgie française, collection irsidotua (1991). [20] inglis, n.p., hysteresis and fatigue of wöhler rotating cantiveler specimen, the metallurgist, (1927) 23-27. [21] pineau, a., mécanismes d’accommodation et de fissuration en fatigue oligocyclique, mécanique matériaux electricité, 323/324 (1976) 6-14. [22] smith, r.w., hirschberg, m.h., manson, s.s., fatigue behavior of materials under strain cycling in low and intermediate life range, nasa-tn-d-1574, n-63-14250, (1963). [23] morrow, j., cyclic plastic strain energy and fatigue of metals, internal friction, damping and fatigue of metals, astm (1965) 48-87. [24] gallet, g., lieurade, h.p., prévision du comportement en fatigue plastique des aciers de construction mécanique à partir de leurs caractéristiques de traction, rapport irsid (irsid, saint-germain-en-laye), (l977). [25] halford, g.r., manson, s.s., symposium on fatigue, londres (1967). [26] gallet, g., lieurade, h.p., influence de la structure métallographique d'un acier au nickel chrome – molybdène sur son comportement en fatigue plastique, communication présentée aux journées métallurgiques d'automne organisées par la société française de métallurgie, (1974). [27] lemaitre, j., chaboche, j.l., mécanique des matériaux solides, science sup 2éme édition, dunod (2004). [28] tomkins, b., fatigue crack propagation analysis, philosophical magazine, 155 (1968) 1041-1065. nomenclature a (%) elongation at fracture b fatigue resistance exponent c fatigue ductility exponent e young module k monotonic hardening coefficient k’ cyclic hardening coefficient n monotonic hardening exponent n’ cyclic hardening exponent b. saadouki et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 133-145; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.10 145 nf number of cycles to failure uts ultimate tensile strength r load ration wf total energy to failure ys0. 2% conventional yield strength at 0.2 of strain ys’0.2% conventional yield strength at 0.2 of strain in cyclic tensile σ1 stress corresponding to 1% of tensile plastic deformation σa alternative stress σamp stress amplitude σf true stress at failure σ’f fatigue resistance coefficient σm mean stress σmax maximum stress σmin minimum stress εf true strain at failure ε’f fatigue ductility coefficient ∆σ1 stress variation between the stress levels of the monotonic and cyclic tensile curves for 1% of plastic deformation ∆εel elastic strain variation ∆εp plastic strain variation ∆εt total strain variation ∆w mechanical strain energy << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 23 articolo 12 g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 114 scilla 2012 the italian research on smart materials and mems experimental methods for the characterization of fatigue in microstructures g. de pasquale, a. somà department of mechanical and aerospace engineering, politecnico di torino corso duca degli abruzzi 24, 10129 torino (italy) aurelio.soma@polito.it, giorgio.depasquale@polito.it abstract. the mechanical fatigue behavior of gold microbeams is analyzed. dedicated devices have been designed and built able to produce alternate loading on gold specimens; the electrostatic actuation is used as driving force. gold beams are tested under both bending and tensile alternate loadings. results were used to plot s-n curves and fatigue goodman-smith diagram in order to estimate the fatigue limit of the material in presence of mean and alternate stress conditions. the surface topography evolution is studied and failure modes are discussed. keywords. reliability; mems; mechanical fatigue; gold microbeams; alternate loading; fem simulation; interferometric microscopy. introduction he reliability of micro-electro-mechanical systems (mems) became a fundamental topic of investigation as a result of their widespread application in many every-day life devices. for instance, micro-fluidic bio-mems is used for medical purposes, mems-based telecommunication devices are subjected to the action of micro-components as oscillators or switches, inertial sensors for aerospace applications dictate very severe performance requirements in order to minimize repairs and replacement, etc. about structural reliability, it is necessary to examine effects of process parameters, geometry, loads and working environmental conditions, which are all aspects whose knowledge is at present are still under investigation. electro-mechanical coupling often represents a crucial issue for system reliability even if many other sources of collapse potentially involve reliability. by focusing on material failure, it emerges that mechanical damage represents the more relevant source of failure. mechanical reliability issues include: mechanical fatigue, thermal fatigue, mechanical strength, surface and contact failure. a survey of the literature pointed to a lack of experience in investigation of fatigue behavior of metal microstructures; in [1] fatigue testing methods for thin-film metal were described after observing the incidence of material length on damage relative to bulk material. espinosa [2] evaluated the effect of size on mechanical response of suspended thin gold membranes and described the effect of thickness on yield stress and failure of the membrane investigated fatigue behavior of gold micro-bridges at resonant frequency and pull-in actuation voltage, also monitoring structural stiffness and changes in electrical resistance. important parameters for fatigue behavior of gold were investigated and discussed [3] as strain rate sensitivity, grains size, grain boundaries properties and temperature gradients. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 115 failure modes lectro-mechanical coupling often represents a crucial issue for the system reliability, especially related to surface contact, corrosion, electromigration and wear. by focusing the attention on the material failure, mechanical damage is the most relevant source of collapse; mechanical reliability issues are concerned with the items listed below:  mechanical fatigue: devices as micromirrors or microswitches operating at high frequencies and structural components such as hinges or elastic suspensions suffer from cyclic fatigue damage accumulation; cracks initiation and propagation take place in the material and may cause the component failure;  mechanical strength: the structural integrity of high-stressed components as micro-needles for biomems or thermal posts for microheat exchanges is crucial to avoid fracture collapse;  thermal fatigue: many sensors and actuators operating by thermal actuation are subjected to relevant temperature gradients and structural strain levels resulting in thermal cycling, high temperature fatigue and creep;  contact surfaces and stiction: devices including surfaces that come in contact, as microactuators with electrical actuation pads, require a control on the adhesion properties; rotating structures as microrotors situated in microengines need good surface properties resisting wear and stiction. failure analysis has an important role in the design, fabrication, and evaluation of performance and reliability of microstructures; some of the most common techniques used for mems have been firstly developed for integrated circuits. these techniques include optical and electron microscopy, focused ion beam techniques, atomic force microscopy, acoustic microscopy (to resolve contacts between sticking parts) and scanning laser microscopy. for moving parts experiencing wear, the most relevant source of failure is represented by sticking of the sliding contacts. the sticking occurs due to changes in the surface topography of the sliding surfaces, which accelerate with an increase in the applied forces. one of the major challenges in failure analysis of mems structures has been the inability to duplicate failures [4]. it was reported that failure of some mems components are largely due to a single dominant failure mode, e.g., sticking of microengine gears to the substrates or to the hubs [5]. surface roughening can also cause failure of mems structures. fatigue failure test results are usually presented in the literature in the traditional form of s-n curves; this requires a high number of failures (represented by a single point of the curve) to draw a single diagram. another difficulty lies in the fact that the data from s-n curves also capture the device-to-device variability, affected by the uncertainties of material characteristics and fabrication processes. frequently each investigation involving specific devices tends to be devicedependant; fabrication processes, etching techniques or the substrate material play a major role on film structure strength as well as the presence of initial defects [5, 6]. fatigue testing strategies echanical tests for the characterization of fatigue behavior can be divided in two categories according to the experimental configuration used: the “in-situ” configuration adopts on-chip testing machines with specimens that are embedded into the device. the “ex-situ” configuration instead is based on macro-dimensional testing machines [7]. “in-situ” configuration the first group is the most relevant in the literature and includes simple test structures such as microbeams and microcantilevers, that are largely used for fatigue testing. some examples are listed in the following: uniaxial cyclic loading tests were performed on single crystal specimens and a reduction in fatigue life was observed for specific strain levels [8]. the fracture caused by fatigue loading on ni-p amorphous alloy microcantilevers was studied and the fatigue strength resulted about one-third of the static bending strength [9]. from the aspect of fracture striations the authors concluded that the crack propagation occurs by cyclic plastic deformation at the crack tip. many fatigue experiments were performed on polysilicon resonant structures oscillating in-plane; a perforated plate moved by two sets of comb-drives determines the bending of a notched cantilever [10]. a decay of fracture strength with respect to the single crystal case was documented, together with the correlation between the damage accumulation during crack initiation and the surface oxidation. in the case of gold microbeams specimen design of “in situ” device has been done by the present research group in the last years [11, 12]. e m http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 116 “ex-situ” configuration among “ex-situ” experimental configurations, sharpe [13] described a testing machine for microcantilevers where the actuation force is provided by an external actuator and transferred to the sample through an optical fiber. a mechanical testing device enabling fatigue analyses on microstructures was developed by komai [14] where single crystal silicon elements were characterized by using an indenter moving in the vertical direction; fracture surfaces were also analyzed by afm. test structures he “in-situ” excitation strategy was adopted to design and built the test structures used in this work; thus the test structure included the actuator and the sample on a compact geometry. gold was selected among other ductile materials because of its electrical properties and suitability to simple and low-cost fabrication processes. each device for fatigue tests should have the following three features: 1) the possibility to generate variable amplitudes of alternate forces for specimen excitation and variable stress levels inside the material, 2) the possibility to monitor material damage during the accumulation of loading cycles and 3) to provide a criterion to establish the final collapse of the specimen. to identify the exact number of collapses for a given set of specimens, it is fundamental to represent the test results with the established fatigue diagrams as the s−n curve (also known as wöhler diagram); the number of collapses is also used to estimate the fatigue limit through the “staircase” method. the final collapse is not always identified by the rupture of the specimen but, depending on the specific application, it can be represented by the yielding point, the softening of the material, or other relevant events. in a fatigue test, the event determining the collapse of the specimen must be fixed in advance. when the test structures for fatigue analysis are designed, a very important parameter that must be determined is the stress level in the specimen. the alternate stress needed to investigate the fatigue behavior is defined by a mean stress σm and an alternate stress σa. because of the electro-mechanical strategy was used to load the specimen, the correspondence between actuation voltage and stress level has to be determined in advance, when geometry and shape of the test structure are designed. the appropriate stress levels in the specimen can be obtained by defining appropriately the extension of actuation surfaces, of electrodes gap thickness and structural stiffness. a constant excitation frequency was used to supply the test structures fabricated, so that the excitation signal can be used as a counter of the loading cycles; the number of cycles of excitation was a function of time only. a test strategy was defined to detect the fatigue behavior of gold samples; the interferometric microscope was used to measure some parameters that were used to estimate the material damage with indirect approach. the strategy described is original and can be extended to general analysis of fatigue in microstructures. test structures were built by bruno kessler foundation (trento, italy) using the rf switch surface micromachining process and design procedure has been described in previous works [15, 16]. structural moving parts were obtained through the gold electroplating process; the material was deposited in two steps, allowing the selective superimposition of two gold layers. this permitted creation of thin films of small and large thicknesses, which were used for the specimen and for the suspended actuation electrode, respectively. the thickness of the actuation electrode is higher than that of the specimen to increase its mechanical stiffness; many square holes are present on the suspended electrode to facilitate the chemical removal of the sacrificial layer used to obtain the suspended parts and provide a final 3μm thick air gap. the lower electrode consists of a polysilicon layer deposited on the substrate previously oxidized on the surface and covered with a thin low temperature oxide layer. the material parameters are: young’s modulus e = 98.5 gpa poisson ratio ν = 0.42 density ρ = 19.32·10-15 kg/µm3 design 1: shear and flexural fatigue loading the testing device is shown in fig. 1a. the nominal geometrical dimensions were checked by the optical profilometer on the actual structures; both nominal and measured dimensions are listed in tab. 1 for the specimen and the actuation electrode. figure 1b shows a sem image of the device. the fatigue test device includes both the actuation electrode that is represented by a perforated plate and the specimen; the specimen is a double-clamped beam with rectangular cross section. the specimen is fixed to a rigid constraint on one side and is connected to the moving plate on the opposite side; plate motion causes bending of the specimen in the out-of-plane direction. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 117 (a) (b) figure 1: geometrical shape of the testing device for shear and flexural fatigue loading with enlarged gap thickness (a) and sem image of the actual device (b). at the specimen connections with the rest of the device the sharp corners were rounded to avoid the notch-effect in correspondence with specimen-support and specimen-plate conjunctions. the plate is clamped on the side opposite the specimen. a stress distribution combining shear and flexural components affects the material of the film during its bending; this stress distribution is variable across the beam thickness. the device is supplied by an alternate voltage of actuation that causes the gold beam deflection; the amplitude of the alternate bending force is variable and is proportional to the amplitude of the input voltage. the number of loading cycles can easily be determined by the knowledge of the input voltage frequency and the loading time. nominal dimension [μm] measured dimension [μm] specimen length 50.0 46.5 specimen width 10.0 12.4 specimen thickness 1.800 1.945 plate length 420.0 417.2 plate width 180.0 183.1 plate thickness 4.800 4.695 holes side 20.0 18.4 holes interspace 20.0 21.3 number of holes 10x4 10x4 lower electrode length 420.0 420.8 lower electrode width 190.0 192.3 lower electrode thickness 2.300 2.360 gap thickness 3.000 3.009 table 1: nominal dimensions and dimensions measured by optical profilometer on actual samples for shear and flexural fatigue loading. design 2: tensile fatigue loading the schematic of testing device is represented in fig. 2a and an optical microscope image of the actual test structure is shown by fig. 2b. the specimen is the small, suspended double-clamped beam located in the center of the device; the specimen has a rectangular cross section and is connected to the structure with rounded corners to avoid local stress concentration effects. the specimen is connected to two movable plates acting as electrostatic actuators, which are constrained at the outer edges by means of trapezoidal beam elements. the trapezoidal shape is pretty original and was http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 118 adopted to provide uniform stress distribution in their material when bend; they act as structural hinges and allows a rigid rotation of the perforated plates. when the plates are actuated, the hinges allow a rigid rotation of the plates around an axis corresponding to the outer constraints, and the specimen undergoes a tensile load. the combined symmetrical rotation of the plates causes a tensile actuation of the specimen situated at the center of the device. nominal dimensions and effective dimensions of test structures are reported in tab. 2; the measures were taken with the optical profilometer. the differences between measures are due to the building process tolerances. (a) (b) figure 2: geometrical shape of the testing device for tensile fatigue loading where the gap thickness is enlarged (a) and sem image of the actual device (b). nominal dimension [μm] measured dimension [μm] specimen length 30.0 27.7 specimen width 10.0 11.2 connection radius 4.0 4.0 plate length 450.8 457.8 plate width 85.0 84.3 holes side 8.0 7.8 number of holes per plate 22x3 22x3 supports length 50.0 48.2 supports internal width 15.0 12.8 supports external width 25.0 23.2 lower electrode width 105.0 105.0 internal electrodes distance 85.0 84.7 specimen thickness 1.800 1.900 plate thickness 5.400 5.450 supports thickness 5.400 5.450 lower electrode thickness 2.300 2.360 air gap thickness 4.500 4.500 table 2: nominal dimensions and dimensions measured by optical profilometer on actual test structures for tensile fatigue loading. fem models he specimen design activity was supported by numerical simulations implemented using a commercial-type tool (ansys) for optimizing test device geometry. the nonlinear relationship between structural and electrical domains, due to electrostatic force depending on the local gap width, was modeled by 1-d multiphysics elements t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 119 “trans126”. a different simulation approach was also used to calculate the stress distribution in the specimen; in these models the structural domain was only represented and the vertical deflection was imposed as a constraint according to the values of deflection measured on actual devices. this approach avoids the uncertainties introduced by the electromechanical coupling and gives a precise indication about the stress configuration in the material for a given deformed configuration of the test structure. the estimation of stress distribution refers to an ideal geometry with surfaces unaffected by microdefects; stress distribution in actual specimens depends on crack nucleation points where local stress intensity is amplified, resulting in fatigue-induced failure. figure 3a shows the results of fem simulations on the design 1, where the electro-mechanical coupling was included in the model. the same results for the design 2 are represented in fig. 3b. (a) (b) figure 3: fem von mises equivalent stress distribution on the devices for shear and flexural (a) and tensile (b) fatigue loading. furthermore, dynamic models were used to determine the numerical resonance frequency of the device and to investigate the modal shape of the structure; at this purpose modal analyses of the unloaded structures were performed. experimental strategy voltage-stress characteristics he structural analysis was performed under the hypothesis of linear elastic behavior of the material; this assumption is justified by the field of operations that is quite lower than the yield stress level, by the properties of metals, and by the small deformations involved. despite the specimen shape is very simple, the traditional beam theory supported by an analytic approach is not easy to use in this case. the actuation force is applied to the specimen through movable structures that are subjected to the electro-mechanical coupling lows. as a consequence, a combination of fe simulations and static measurement of the displacement are needed to calculate the stress level in the material with an appreciable confidence. other effects, such as geometrical features like connection radii, make the numerical approach particularly effective for the analysis. the static relationship between the applied voltage and specimen tip displacement was measured on actual samples for the design 1 and is shown in fig. 4. the internal stress of the material was estimated using structural fe models, where the specimen tip displacement was imposed on the basis of the measured values. in order to impose the desired stress levels to the structure during fatigue tests, the characteristics of conversion between electric voltage and stress is needed. this conversion curve was determined in two steps: firstly the relation between electric voltage and static deflection was measured, and then the correspondence between the deflection and the stress distribution was calculated by the fe modeling. the static voltage-displacement relation was modeled by fem also, by introducing the experimental values of displacement as constraints; the characteristic that results from the numerical model, compared to the measurements is represented in fig. 5 for the tensile loading device (design 2). then the stress distribution in the specimen was calculated using the previously reported nominal material parameters. figure 6 represents the relation between the applied static voltage and the maximum stress level in the axial direction of t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 120 the specimen; as expected the curve follows a second-order polynomial equation, which is directly dependent on the capacitive voltage-displacement relation. the relation between displacement and stress is linear as a consequence of the linear elastic material characteristic assumed in the fem model; this assumption is well justified considering the small displacements involved. figure 4: vertical displacement of the specimen loaded tip measured using the optical interferometric technique with respect to static input voltage (design 1). measures are affected by an error introduced by surface roughness, particularly at small displacements. figure 5: static voltage-displacement conversion curve for the tensile loading device from fem simulations (continuous line) and measurements (black dots). figure 6: static voltage-stress conversion curve for tensile loading device (design 2) from fem simulations constrained with experimental values of deflection. experimental setup a voltage generator was used to supply the test structures; the alternate load causing fatigue was provided by the application of an alternate voltage to the actuators. the number of loading cycles was calculated from the frequency of the actuation voltage. the experiments were performed with the optical interferometric microscope zoomsurf3d fabricated by fogale nanotech (nimes, france); the same equipment was used for the preliminary static and dynamic measurements previously described [18]. the microscope is equipped by a voltage generator for dynamic tests. the excitation voltage generated may vary in the range 0-200v at low and high frequencies up to 2mhz. the pull-in voltage as damage detector fatigue tests of mems reported in the literature show that several different parameters for monitoring material damage can be used. resonant frequency, quality factor, and electrical resistance are widely used parameters for this purpose. this http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 121 work proposes a new strategy for detecting structural stiffness loss, based on the pull-in voltage of the fatigue test device. because of its sensitivity and ease of setting up the associated experimental equipment, this can be a very significant parameter. the diagram shown in fig. 7 represents the equilibrium points between the electric and elastic forces acting on the device. the electric force attracts the actuators towards the corresponding counter electrode, and the elastic force is generated by the structural reaction after deformation and tends to restore the original configuration. the pull-in voltage is the highest level of the actuation voltage that preserves the equilibrium condition under the two forces. the x-axis of the diagram indicates the vertical displacement normalized to the initial gap h0, while the y-axis represents the electrostatic actuation force (fel) and the elastic reaction of the structure (fst). the elastic curve is variable during the fatigue test because the structural stiffness is affected by the progressive material damaging; thus the slope of the elastic characteristic decreases progressively as the fatigue cycles increase. this means that the value of pull-in voltage varies during the test because the structural stiffness also varies depending to the material damage produced by fatigue. according to the experimental procedure proposed, the change in mechanical stiffness serves as a damage detector in the material and is measured indirectly by monitoring the pull-in voltage. figure 7: relation between structural elastic force and electrostatic force; the stiffness variation causes different values of pull-in voltage. testing procedure the test structures are excited by imposing an alternate voltage difference between the lower electrodes and plates; this produces the repetitive movement of the structure and the specimen axial loading. the loading voltage used is identified by three parameters: a) the voltage amplitude va, b) the voltage bias vbias, and c) the excitation frequency f. the fatigue test procedure consists of the application of a cyclical loading voltage characterized by a specific set of parameters. the combination of parameters (a) and (b) determines the entity of two additional parameters identifying the stress variation inside the specimen material: the alternate stress σa and the mean stress σm. the combination of time and frequency yielded the number of cycles of the current excitation block. the procedure was repeated up to a specimen failure. the failure event was defined in advance as a drastic reduction (at least 10% of the previous value) of the pull-in voltage, reflecting a reduction of the structural stiffness. the pull-in voltage (step 1) was measured by a static actuation using a dc voltage, which was progressively increased. the pull-in condition was detected optically using the interferometer microscope. the alternate load was obtained (step 2) by means of the alternate voltage va at 20khz; the frequency of actuation was set to a value that was significantly lower than the mechanical resonance of the device, which is 28khz approximately. the two main reasons for this are given as follows: the resonant amplification involves additional problems when evaluating material internal stresses; the progressive damage in the material could cause a shift in resonance peak or alter the device quality factor as a consequence of possible changes in structural stiffness and damping. computing of cycles number system dynamics must carefully be considered when supply voltage frequency is converted to a number of cycles of alternate load. the force that is responsible for specimen oscillation is generated by the potential difference between suspended and lower electrodes. for the solution adopted in design 1, two periods tl of the loading curve correspond to one period tv of the alternating voltage curve, as represented in fig. 8. this is due to the electrostatic force that acts always in the attractive direction for both possible polarizations of the electrodes; a consequence is that the current mode of deflection does not allow http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 122 oscillation around the undeformed shape. the resulting number of load cycles nl is related to the number of cycles of alternating voltage nv according to vl 2nn  (1) from this consideration, the number of loading cycles for each step of actuation is ii 2 ftn  (2) figure 8: comparison between actuation voltage cycle and fatigue load cycle for design 1. the total number of fatigue cycles up to failure can be calculated as mi1f ...... nnnn  (3) where nm indicates the number of loading cycles in the last step before collapse. the curves of alternate displacement and local stress have the same frequency as the loading curve. the alternate excitation was maintained for 10 s during the tests between two consecutive measurements of the pull-in voltage; each block of excitation was composed of 4·105 cycles of loading, displacement, and local stress. the number of cycles to failure is indicated as nf. for the test structure represented by design 2, the total number of fatigue cycles up to failure can be calculated with the same relation reported in eq. (3). again, the force responsible for specimen oscillation is generated by the potential difference between the suspended plates and lower electrodes. however, in this case, it results in one period tl of the loading curve corresponding to one period tv of the alternate voltage curve; the structure oscillates around the initial deformed shape determined by the vbias load. the resulting number of loading cycles nl corresponds to the number of cycles of the alternate voltage nv: vl nn  (4) from this consideration, the number of loading cycles for each step of actuation becomes ii ftn  (5) results fatigue limit or the shear micro specimen the fatigue limit was estimated using the “staircase” method; this procedure is largely used in the macroscale to estimate the fatigue limit through a limited number of tests and is widely described in [17]. the “staircase” method is based on a few parameters: the reference number of cycles nref, the starting load level f, and the load step δf. the procedure can briefly be described in a few steps: the first specimen is loaded at the starting load level (f) for nref cycles; if the specimen collapses during fatigue loading, then the second specimen will be loaded at f–δf level for nref cycles. instead, if the first specimen does not collapse during fatigue loading, then the second specimen will be loaded at f+δf level for nref cycles. the procedure must be repeated for many specimens by increasing the load level after each nonfailure and by reducing the load level after each failure. for example, for shear and flexural samples (test structure design 1), the reference number of cycles used was nref = 2·106, the starting load level was f = 15v, and the load step was δf = 1v. the procedure was repeated for six specimens; in tab. 3, each failure was then reported as 1, while each nonfailure was reported as 0. the fatigue limit f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 123 estimated by the application of the “staircase” method is found to be fd = 13±0.7v. this value was used as an important reference when the alternate-load level was imposed in fatigue tests. according to the definition of fatigue limit, failures at load levels higher than fd and nonfailures at load levels lower than fd are normally expected. loading level specimen 1 2 3 4 5 6 15v 1 16v 1 1 17v 0 1 18v 0 table 3: results of fatigue loading on six specimens (design 1) for the fatigue limit estimation using the “staircase” method. the specimen failure is indicated as 1, while the specimen nonfailure is indicated as 0. shear and flexural fatigue tests the results on test structure design 1 are reported in fig. 9, where the evolution of pull-in voltage for different specimens during the accumulation of load cycles is shown. each curve refers to a different value of the alternate input voltage used (va). the failure was assumed to occur in the instant when the pull-in voltage shows a reduction that is equal to or higher than 10% of the previous value; only collapsed specimens are represented by the curves reported. the curves shown in fig. 10 indicate the pull-in voltage variation measured on other specimens; some of them failed instantly because of high loading amplitudes (21 and 22.5v); other specimens did not fail after 200 million cycles because they were excited at a load level that is equal or lower than the fatigue limit (10–13v). figure 9: pull-in voltage of different testing devices (design 1) during the accumulation of fatigue loading, with alternate load being provided at 20khz frequency at the amplitude va indicated for each curve. the pull-in voltage was measured and stored at specific time intervals. the specimen failure is indicated by the strong pull-in reduction (ranging from 12.9% and 22.7% of its last value). figure 10: pull-in voltage of different testing devices (design 1) during the accumulation of fatigue loading, with alternate load being provided at 20khz frequency at the amplitude va indicated for each curve. the pull-in voltage was measured and stored at specific time intervals. specimens that failed immediately (va = 21v and va = 22.5v) or that did not fail (va = 10v, va = 12v and va = 13v) are reported. the curve labeled with va = 0v represents the pull-in variation during the application of a series of consecutive static actuations without alternate fatigue loading. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 124 a wöhler diagram (fig. 11) was obtained by indicating the instant of failure for specific amplitude of the actuation voltage at the corresponding number of cycles. the s-n curve confirms that the estimated value of the fatigue limit is consistent; in fact, it represents the load amplitude threshold separating collapsed specimens from noncollapsed ones. figure 11: s-n curve (wöhler diagram) summarizing the results of fatigue tests on shear and flexural specimens. the number of cycles to failure is reported for each specimen in relation to the axial stress amplitude calculated by the fem model. tensile fatigue tests the stress level produced in the specimen material (test structure design 2) by the electric supply during the fatigue tests was carefully considered; previously extracted and reported voltage-displacement relations were used to properly set the power supply in order to reach the desired levels of mean and alternate stress. specifically, three different levels of tensile mean stress were produced at 50, 60, and 65mpa, respectively. table 4 summarizes the loading and stress conditions for each test; the stress level acting along the axial direction of the specimen is reported here as estimated by fem simulations. specimen σm [mpa] σa [mpa] σmax [mpa] σmin [mpa] vm [v] va [v] nf [106] i.1 50 50.0 100.0 0 98.2 98.2 37.2 i.2 46.7 96.8 3.4 114.5 78.5 19.2 i.3 43.8 93.8 6.2 119.5 70.5 28.2 i.4 40.7 90.8 9.4 123.5 63.5 > 45 i.5 36.0 86.0 14.0 127.8 54.3 > 45 ii.1 60 41.4 101.4 18.7 141.3 56.4 1.8 ii.2 37.7 97.8 22.3 143.3 50.7 8.4 ii.3 32.7 92.8 27.3 145.8 43.3 6.6 ii.4 28.9 88.9 31.1 147.3 37.8 28.2 ii.5 23.9 83.9 36.2 148.9 30.9 > 45 ii.6 19.5 79.6 40.5 149.9 25.1 > 45 iii.1 65 10.0 75.1 55.0 157.7 12.2 iii.2 4.0 69.0 61.0 158.1 4.8 19.2 iii.3 2.4 67.5 62.6 158.2 2.9 28.2 iii.4 1.5 66.5 63.5 158.2 1.8 > 45 iii.5 0.8 65.8 64.2 158.2 1.0 > 45 table 4: stress levels and actuation voltages used for tensile tests. fatigue test results are shown in the s-n diagram of fig. 12. each point indicates the number of cycles at which the specimen collapses and the respective amplitude stress level; three levels of mean stress are indicated. the non-failed specimens are marked with a circle. in fig. 13 the same fatigue results are reported in a goodman-smith diagram where the minimum, mean, and maximum stresses are indicated. white dots represent failed specimens, and black dots represent non-failed specimens. the stress levels situated between failure and non-failure stress levels represent the threshold of σa (for a given σm), under which the component is not sensitive to fatigue phenomenon. the number of cycles nref = 45·106 http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 125 was assumed as a reference for identifying non-collapsed specimens: all specimens reaching the nref number of cycles were assumed to be not sensitive to fatigue under the applied loading conditions. the static voltage used among the successive alternate excitations to test for the integrity of the structure was vst = 100v. the diagram shows trend lines derived from the experimental results; according to the goodman-smith theory [16], it is possible to predict roughly the values of ultimate stress (around 110mpa), yield stress (around 75mpa), and fatigue limit at σm = 0 (around 60mpa). figure 12: experimental results of tensile fatigue tests in s-n diagram for three values of mean stress; specimens marked with an arrow do not fail. figure 13: goodman-smith diagram of tensile fatigue test results. failed specimens are indicated with white dots and non-failed specimens with black dots; trend lines are also shown. discussions n structures for shear and flexural fatigue tests, the static voltage input used to measure the pull-in of the device did not produce plastic deformations or local yield; this was verified by imposing a series of successive static actuations on the specimen and storing the corresponding pull-in voltage. the resulting curve is shown in fig. 10 and marked with a 0v amplitude. the value of pull-in results is constant despite several static actuations, revealing that the mechanical characteristics of the device did not change significantly; this leads to the evidence that the material is loaded within the elastic field and, more specifically, that the structural stiffness of the specimen is not affected by the static actuation. being the experimental strategy based on the correspondence between structural stiffness and material damage, it is evident that the sensitivity of the strategy used is related to the ability to detect the stiffness variation by means of the pull-in voltage. similarly, also in structures for tensile fatigue tests (design 2) the static voltage vst used to monitor the material strength was chosen after verifying the safety of the structure under such loading: fig. 14 shows two voltage-displacement curves measured on the same structure under two consecutive static actuations. the correspondence between the two curves leads to the conclusion that the applied voltage vst = 100v, later used to detect the material strength, is not responsible for stiffness variation and so does not contribute to the material damaging process. the effect of mean stress on the fatigue behavior was studied by tensile tests, where the application of a bias voltage to the structure allowed introducing a non-symmetric alternate load. when the mean stress of the fatigue load is null, the portions of the loading curve producing a tensile stress and a compression stress in the sample are equal. instead, in presence of a positive mean stress, the tensile stress condition prevails and determines an increased material degradation. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true g. de pasquale et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 114-126; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.12 126 as the curves reported in fig. 12 testify, higher is the mean stress level, lower is the number of cycles to failure in presence of a given stress amplitude. the presence of a non-zero mean stress is common in real applications of vibrating microstructures, where electric or mechanical static loads may easily occur. figure 14: static displacement of the structure (design 2) under two consecutive actuations; the material was excited in its elastic field. conclusions he mechanical fatigue of gold mems structures was investigated but in the case of alternate stress and in the case of alternate stress with the presence of mean stress. the design of dedicated test structures, supported by fem simulations addressed to the investigation of stress distribution was introduced. an original experimental strategy was adopted, which relates the stiffness loss and the pull-in voltage to the material damaging. experimental fatigue results were provided for shear, flexural and tensile loadings. results has been reported in the classical fatigue graph of wholer curves and goodmansmith graphs. results on specimen allow to determine important material fatigue parameters for mems design procedures. references [1] g.p. zhang, r. schwaiger, c.a. volkert, o. kraft, philosophical magazine letters, 83 (2003) 477. [2] h.d. espinosa, b.c. prorok, b. peng, “, j. of the mechanics and physics of solids, 52 (2004) 667. [3] y.h. chew, c.c. wong, f. wulff, f.c. lim, h.m. goh, thin solid films, 516 (2008) 5376. [4] d.m. tanner, in: proc. 22nd int. conference on microelectronics, piscataway, usa, (1999) 97. [5] a.b. soboyejo, k.d. bhalerao, w.o. soboyejo, j. of materials science, 38 (2003) 4163. [6] h.d. espinosa, b.c. prorok, j. of materials science, 38 (2003) 4125. [7] s.m. allameh, j. of materials science, 38 (2003) 4115. [8] t. ando, s. mitsuhiro, k. sato, sensors and actuators a: physical, 93 (2001) 70. [9] s. maekawa, k. takashima, m. shimojo, y. higo, s. sugiura, b. pfister, m.v. swain, japanese journal of applied physics, 38(1999) 7194. [10] c.l. muhlstein, s.b. brown, r.o. ritchie, sensors and actuators a: physical, 94 (2001) 177. [11] a. somà, g. de pasquale, j. of microelectromechanical systems, 18(4) (2009) 828. [12] g. de pasquale, a. somà, a. ballestra, analog integrated circuits and signal processing, 61 (2009) 215. [13] w.n. sharpe, j. bagdahn, mechanics of materials, 36 (2004) 3. [14] k. komai, k. minoshima, s. inoue, microsystem technologies, 5 (1998) 30. [15] a. somà, g. de pasquale, in: international semiconductor conference (cas 2007). [16] g. de pasquale, a. somà, j. of microelectromechanical systems, 20(4) (2011) 1054. [17] j. a. collins, failure of materials in mechanical design. analysis, prediction, prevention, new york, wiley interscience, (1993). [18] g. de pasquale, a. somà, microsystems technologies, 15 (2009) 391. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.12&auth=true microsoft word numero 23 articolo 9 d. castagnetti, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.09 87 scilla 2012 the italian research on smart materials and mems design and characterization of a fractal-inspired multi-frequency piezoelectric energy converter davide castagnetti department of engineering sciences and methods, university of modena and reggio emilia, via amendola 2, 42122 reggio emilia, italy davide.castagnetti@unimore.it abstract. a promising harvesting technique, in terms of simplicity and efficiency, is the conversion of ambient kinetic energy through piezoelectric materials. this work aims to design and investigate a piezoelectric converter conform to a fractal-inspired, multi-frequency structure previously presented by the author. a physical prototype of the converter is built and experimentally examined, up to 120 hz, in terms of modal response and power output. three eigenfrequencies are registered and the power output is particularly good at the fundamental eigenfrequency. also the effect of the resistive load applied to the converter is investigated. keywords. energy harvesting; piezoelectric converter; multi-frequency structures; fractal geometry; power generation. introduction he study of energy harvesting devices, able to convert ambient energy into electrical energy, is increased, in recent years, together with the development of wireless sensor nodes. the most common source for energy harvesting is kinetic energy, since it is ubiquitous, easily accessible, and present in the form of vibrations or random forces. according to [1], the typical range of ambient vibrations is below 100 hz, therefore identifying simple structures that efficiently harvest kinetic ambient energy in this range is challenging. among the available conversion technologies [2-3], piezoelectric materials have the peculiarity of simplicity and high conversion efficiency [2] in the harvesting of ambient kinetic energy. many piezoelectric energy harvesters have been proposed in the literature [4-11], relying on different architectures. however, a cantilever beam configuration is the most common solution [12-15], for piezoelectric converters since it generates large deflection strains when operated at its fundamental frequency and a desired eigenfrequency can be easily obtained varying its length or introducing an appropriate proof mass [16-18]. by assembling a batch of cantilevers [19-21] each of them tuned at a different fundamental frequency, a multi-frequency converter is obtained. however, the global efficiency is low, since a single cantilever is operated at each resonant frequency. to overcome this drawback, in [22] the author proposed and computationally examined four fractal-inspired structures, that provide many eigenfrequencies evenly distributed in the range between 0 and 100 hz and convert energy more efficiently than a traditional batch of cantilevers. this frequency range was chosen in order to develop structures that efficiently convert ambient vibrations, which are mainly and widely distributed in this range [1]. a subsequent experimental investigation of the two most performing structures [23], confirmed the good modal response. this work aims at investigating a piezoelectric converter inspired to one of these fractal-inspired, multi-frequency structures. the piezoelectric converter is designed and then a physical prototype is experimentally investigated in terms of modal response and power output in the frequency range between 0 and 120 hz. the converter prototype was made of a support steel plate and thin piezoelectric sheets of commercial psi-5h4e [24]. three eigenfrequencies are registered below 120 hz and a good power generation is obtained, in particular at the first eigenfrequency. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.09&auth=true d. castagnetti, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.09 88 method design of the piezoelectric converter prototype he piezoelectric converter prototype here proposed relies on the fractal-inspired multi-frequency structure in fig. 1, which was proposed and examined by the author in [22] and [23]. fig. 2 shows the sketch of the prototype of the piezoelectric converter, which is obtained by applying to the support plate in fig. 1 thin rectangular laminas of piezoelectric material (hatched area in fig. 2) for each inner cantilever. the piezoelectric patches are close to the constrained side of the structure, where maximum stresses (and hence strains) originates in case of vibration induced deflections. the support plate is made of a thin sheet of steel (s235jr) with a thickness of 0.2 mm. this thickness value represents the best trade-off between the need to provide an adequate mechanical strength and to obtain a large number of eigenfrequencies in the frequency range below 120 hz. the piezoelectric patches are commercial psi-5h4e [24], with a thickness of 0.267 mm, and were joined to the support plate through a bi-adhesive tape from 3m which provides an adequate electrical insulation. moreover, the adhesive tape maximizes the distance of the piezoelectric layer from the neutral plane of the structure, thus increasing strain and electrical generation and is highly compliant, allowing higher deflections of the lamina. l1 l2 l2 = = = = l l = = = = 100 65 psi‐5h4e s235jr 1 0 0 0 .2 6 7 1 0 .2 figure 1: sketch of the fractal-inspired geometry for the piezoelectric converter prototype figure 2: sketch of the prototype of the piezoelectric converter tab. 1 collects the mechanical and electrical properties of the piezoelectric patches, used to build the prototype. these piezoelectric patches include nickel electrodes and connecting wires on both sides. the support plate was manufactured through laser-jet cutting. piezoelectric strain coefficient, d31 [m/v] -320 x 10-12 relative dielectric constant, k3 3800 mass density,  [kg/m3] 7800 young’s modulus, e [gpa] 62 poisson’s ratio,  0.3 structural damping 0.02 table 1: electrical and mechanical properties of psi-5h4e experimental campaign fig. 3 shows a picture of the converter prototype, built according to the sketch in fig. 2, and experimentally examined in order to investigate its modal response and the power output between 0 and 120 hz. table 2 reports the two variables t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.09&auth=true d. castagnetti, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.09 89 examined in the full factorial experimental campaign. the first variable is the amplitude of the acceleration applied to the converter prototype: 0.5g or 1g, respectively, where g is the gravitational acceleration. the second variable is the value of electric resistance applied in series to each piezoelectric patch, which varies over three levels: 6.8 m, 100 k, and 10 k. on the one hand, the first very high value allows to simulate the maximum output voltage in a nearly open circuit condition. despite very high, the resistance avoided that the generated electric charges were stored on the electrodes transforming the piezoelectric patch in a capacitor. on the other hand, the second and third resistance values were chosen to investigate the effect of different resistive loads on the power output of the piezoelectric patch. variable level + acceleration [m/s2] 4.9 9.81 electrical resistance [k] 10 100 6800 table 2: variables of the full factorial experimental plan. piezoelectric patches support lamina 100 mm 3 2 1 4 figure 3: physical prototype of the fractal-inspired piezoelectric converter. through an electro-dynamic shaker (data physics bv400 [25]), the converter was stressed by a sinusoidal excitation, whose frequency sweeps in the range from 0 hz to 120 hz. in order to implement a closed-loop control on the system, a miniature accelerometer (mmf ks94b100 [26]) was applied to the vibrating table of the shaker, by fixing it through a magnetic base. the shaker was managed by an 8 channels abacus controller and the whole testing apparatus was controlled by the signal star software, installed on a pc that moreover performs data acquisition. a polytec point laser doppler vibrometer, equipped with a ofv-505 sensor head and controlled by a polytec ofv-5000 controller [27], was used to identify the eigenfrequencies of the converter prototype. the laser vibrometer was set up vertically on the plate, and measured both the speed and the deflection of the tip of the cantilevers during the tests (fig. 4). a sensitivity of 500 mm/s/v was set to measure the speed, while for the displacement measurement the sensitivity of the vibrometer was set to 5 mm/v and 100 m/v for the first and subsequent eigenfrequencies, respectively. also the data from the laser doppler vibrometer were registered through the signal star software which controls the shaker. each of the four piezoelectric patches on the converter was electrically connected to a 16 channels data acquisition module (usb 6251 [28]). the data acquisition module was connected through a usb port to a notebook equipped with the labview software [29] and the output voltage of each piezoelectric lamina was registered through the labview signalexpress application [29].  figure 4: sketch showing the measurement of the tip deflection, , on the converter. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.09&auth=true d. castagnetti, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.09 90 results ig. 5 shows the tip speed registered for lamina #1 (solid line) and #2 (dashed line), through the laser doppler vibrometer. in order to assure a good measure also for high deflections occurring at the fundamental eigenfrequency, the speed was measured 5 mm far from the tip of the lamina. since the eigenmodes below 120 hz were observed to be symmetric, all the parameters were measured on the right half of the structure (lamina #1 and #2). 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 s p e e d  ( m m /s ) frequency (hz) # 1 # 2 21.1 hz 33.75 hz 108.6 hz figure 5: diagram of the speed registered experimentally on the tip of lamina #1 (solid line) and lamina #2 (dashed line). fig. 6 describes the tip displacement measured experimentally for each eigenfrequency both for lamina #1 and #2 (fig. 6a and b, respectively) at a base acceleration of 1g. each bar chart displays three columns for each eigenfrequencies: a solid black, a solid white, and a solid grey column for the resistive load equal to 6.8 m, to 100 k, and to 10 k, respectively. keeping the same layout, fig. 7 presents the output root mean square (rms) voltage. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 21.1 33.75 108.6 t ip  d e fl e ct io n  ( m m ) eigenfrequencies (hz) open circuit 100 kohm 10 kohm lamina #1 ‐ 1g 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 21.1 33.75 108.6 t ip  d e fl e ct io n  ( m m ) eigenfrequencies (hz) open circuit 100 kohm 10 kohm lamina #2 ‐ 1g (a) (b) figure 6: bar charts of the tip displacement measured experimentally for each eigenfrequency to an acceleration of 1 g: lamina #1 (a), and lamina #2 (b). finally, fig. 8 shows the bar charts of the total power output generated by the converter at each eigenfrequency, both for an acceleration of 0.5g and 1g (fig. 8a and b, respectively). the power output was calculated according to the following relationship: f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.09&auth=true d. castagnetti, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.09 91 2 4 , 1 rms i i v p r   (11) where vrms,i is the output root mean square voltage of the i-th lamina, and r is the resistive load applied to each piezoelectric lamina. 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 21.1 33.75 108.6 o u tp u t  r m s  v o lt a g e  ( v ) eigenfrequencies (hz) open circuit 100 kohm 10 kohm lamina #1 ‐ 1g 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 21.1 33.75 108.6 o u tp u t  r m s  v o lt a g e  ( v ) eigenfrequencies (hz) open circuit 100 kohm 10 kohm lamina #2 ‐ 1g (a) (b) figure 7: bar charts of the output root mean square voltage measured experimentally for each eigenfrequency to an acceleration of 1g: lamina #1 (a), and lamina #2 (b). 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 21.1 33.75 108.6 o u tp u t  p o w e r  ( w ) eigenfrequencies (hz) open circuit 100 kohm 10 kohm 0.5g 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 21.1 33.75 108.6 o u tp u t  p o w e r  ( w ) eigenfrequencies (hz) open circuit 100 kohm 10 kohm 1g (a) (b) figure 8: bar charts of the total output power measured experimentally for each eigenfrequency under different resistive loads, both at 0.5g (a) and 1g (b). discussion igure 5 highlights three eigenfrequencies below 120 hz. the first eigenfrequency involves the whole structure (equal tip speed at 21.1 hz both for lamina #1 and #2), being the eigenmode of a cantilever structure with the same global shape. the second eigenfrequency (32.75 hz) belongs only to lamina #1 (and its symmetrical #4). the third eigenfrequency (108.6 hz) is again common to the whole structure. f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.09&auth=true d. castagnetti, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.09 92 from fig. 6 it appears that, at the first eigenfrequency, the tip deflection is exactly the same for all the laminas (as discussed above), and is many times higher than that of subsequent eigenmodes. the resistive load seems to have no effect on the tip deflection. by contrast, despite not showed here for brevity, it was observed that the tip deflection linearly depends on the base acceleration. the rms voltage in fig. 7 is quite similar for lamina #1 and #2, and, as expected, the higher values are obtained by increasing the resistive load up to an open circuit condition (solid black bars). a small difference is observed at the third eigenfrequency, where the higher rms voltage is obtained for a resistive load of 100 k (empty bars). probably, a more accurate investigation on this eigenfrequency would be needed. moreover, the rms voltage is noticeably low at the first and second eigenfrequency when the 10 k resistive load (grey bars) is applied to the piezoelectric patches. similarly to the tip displacement in fig. 6, also the rms voltage is much more high at the first eigenfrequency and is proportional to the base acceleration. fig. 8 shows that the overall output power of the converter at the fundamental eigenfrequency is an order of magnitude higher than at the second and third eigenfrequencies. the output power increases more than linearly with the base acceleration. in addition, both for the first and third eigenfrequency the resistive load significantly affects power generation. despite the highest power generation is obtained at the first eigenfrequency, also at subsequent eigenfrequencies the converter is able to provide a useful power output, which can be maximized by choosing the optimal resistive load for that given frequency. on the whole, a multi-frequency converter allows to harvest ambient energy in a given frequency range and can be particularly efficient in applications dealing with excitations which are not controllable or are intrinsically frequencyvariant over a wide range. further experimental tests will be performed to compare this fractal-inspired multi-frequency converter with a traditional multi-cantilever solution. conclusions fractal-inspired, multi-frequency, piezoelectric energy converter, which is a square thin sheet structure with inner cuts, is designed and experimentally investigated. the converter exhibits three eigenfrequencies in the range between 0 and 120 hz: the first eigenfrequency corresponds to that of an equivalent cantilever, the second and third eigenfrequency comes from the inner cantilevers. the electric power generation under different levels of resistive loads (from open circuit up to a low electric resistance) is good, in particular at the first eigenfrequency, and increases almost linearly with the base acceleration. a multi-frequency converter, as presented here, can be particularly efficient for energy harvesting involving ambient vibrations whose frequency is uncertain or varying over a wide range. references [1] g. despesse, t. jager, j.j. chaillout, et al., in: proc. ph.d. res. microelectron. electron., 1 (2005) 225. [2] s.p. beeby, m.j. tudor, n.m. white, meas. sci. technol. 17 (2006) r175. [3] j. dewei, l. jing liu, front. energy power eng. china, 3(1) (2009) 27. [4] g. de pasquale, a. somà, n. zampieri, j. of fuel cell science and technol., 9(4) (2012) 041011. [5] g. de pasquale, a. somà, in: symposium on design, test, integration and packaging of mems/moems, dtip (2010) 134. [6] g. de pasquale, e. brusa, a. somà, in: dtip of mems and moems symposium on design, test, integration and packaging of mems/moems, (2009) 280. [7] v.r. challa, m. g. prasad, f.t. fisher, smart mater. struct., 18 (2009) 095029. [8] a. khaligh, p. zeng, x. wu, and y. xu, in: iecon 2008. 34th annual conference of ieee (2008) 448. [9] d. zakharov, g. lebedev, o. cugat, j. delamare, b. viala, t. lafont, l. gimeno, a. shelyakov, j. micromech. microeng., 22 (2012) 094005. [10] s. r. anton, a. erturk, d. j. inman, smart mater. struct. 19 (2010) 115021. [11] l. gu, microelectronics journal, 42 (2011) 277. [12] f. glynne-jones, s.p. beeby, n.m. white, iee proc. sci. mem. technol., 148(2) (2001) 68. [13] s. zurn, m. hsieh, g. smith et al., smart mater. struct. 10 (2001) 252. [14] s. roundy, p.k. wright, j. rabaey, computer communications 26 (2003) 1131. [15] a. erturk, d.j. inman, smart mater. struct., 18 (2009) 1. a http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.09&auth=true d. castagnetti, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.09 93 [16] d. shen, s.y. choe, d.j. kim, jap. j. appl. phys., 46(10) (2007) 6755. [17] d. benasciutti, l. moro, s. zelenika, and e. brusa, microsyst. technol., 16 (2010) 657. [18] h.j. song, y.t. choi, g. wang, et al., j. mech. des. 131(9) (2009) 091008. [19] m. ferrari, v. ferrari, m. guizzetti, et al., sens. actuators, 142 (2008) 329. [20] s. qi, r. shuttleworth, s.o. oyadiji, in: proceedings of smasis, ca, 2009. [21] s.m. shahruz, mechatronics, 16 (2006) 523. [22] d. castagnetti, j. of mech. design, 133(11) (2011) 111005-1. [23] d. castagnetti, in: proceedings of smasis (2011) arizona. [24] piezo system, inc., usa, www.piezo.com. [25] http://www.dataphysics.com/ [26] tds “miniature accelerometers” on www.mmf.de. [27] http://www.polytec.com/us/ [28] http://www.ni.com/products/ [29] http://www.ni.com/labview/ http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.09&auth=true microsoft word numero_37_art_46 z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 352 analysis of time-dependent reliability of degenerated reinforced concrete structure zhang hongping, zhang lili, xia zhengbing college of architecture and civil engineering, jiangsu city vocational college nantong campus, nantong, jiangsu, 226006, china zhanghpingzhp@163.com abstract. durability deterioration of structure is a highly random process. the maintenance of degenerated structure involves the calculation of the reliability of time-dependent structure. this study introduced reinforced concrete structure resistance decrease model and related statistical parameters of uncertainty, analyzed resistance decrease rules of corroded bending element of reinforced concrete structure, and finally calculated timedependent reliability of the corroded bending element of reinforced concrete structure, aiming to provide a specific theoretical basis for the application of time-dependent reliability theory. keywords. durability of structure; reinforced concrete; degeneration. introduction mong multiple structures, reinforced concrete structure fully integrates the characteristics of steel reinforcement and concrete and cost little; hence it has been extensively promoted in infrastructure construction of china [1]. scholars in civil engineering field keep searching for the application of new materials and innovation of structural system and seeking breakthrough in structural disaster-resistance analysis and design [2]. however, durability and life-cycle performance degeneration of structure is an important issue concerned by civil engineering workers. but so far, research progress in this field is not considerable, which may be correlated to the involvement of multiple subjects and large difficulty [3]. randomness of resistance of reinforced concrete structure in the initial stage of construction and attenuation of resistance under the effect of environment is important characteristics [4]. with the development of infrastructure construction in china, deep research on the problem is urgent. material degeneration and structural aging would happen under the effects of human-made environment or natural environment during long-term application, which can weaken carrying capacity and durability of structure. however, durability of reinforced concrete structure has been ignored for a long time [5]. an investigation [6] suggested that, more than 70 billion dollars were caused because of corrosion of various structures in america in 1975, 40% of which is caused by corrosion of steel reinforcement. besides, britain spends about 200 thousand pounds on ocean environment corrosion every year. japan even spends 40 billion yen on the maintenance of house structure every year. reinforced concrete structure is frequently used in china and structural damage caused by durability has been quite serious. steel reinforcement corrosion has been one of major reasons for the failure of reinforced concrete structure. as civil engineering in china has entered into the stage of aging, scientific detection and evaluation on such kind of structure is in urgent need. therefore, it is of great significance to make safety evaluation of structure through predicting structural durability. a z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 353 in recent years, scholars in china and abroad have made a large number of experiments on the factors influencing durability of structure and obtained many durability degeneration models of concrete structure [7]. traditional structural reliability calculation model does not vary along with time and the characteristics of existing structure determines that the calculation of structural reliability using time-invariant model cannot consider the degeneration performance of structure. but this study considered the variation characteristics of structural resistance and load along with time and calculated the reliability based on time-dependent concept. in addition, we find that, most scholars focus on the construction of degeneration model and concern little about degeneration parameters. actually, degeneration parameter is an important component of degeneration model. analysis of durability degeneration model and time-dependent reliability of structure is of significance only when correct parameters are used. as to another innovation point, this study gave uncertainty statistical parameters of reinforced concrete structure resistance based on the detailed introduction of degenerated reinforced concrete resistance decrease model and made an analysis on the rules of resistance decrease of corroded bending element. development and status of structural reliability analysis method he concept of reliability originated from america. in 1939, national advisory committee for aeronautics proposed the concept of airplane accident rate; then the concept was extensively applied in the field of civil engineering. in 1940s, pugsley and freudenthal published a paper titled safety degree of structure. they integrated the theory of structural safety degree and the concept of mathematical statistics and proposed a reliability analysis calculation model. then earliest reliability calculation model was extensively recognized and studied by other scholars [9]. in 1969, cornell, an american expert, proposed the concept of reliability index, integrated it with structural failure rate and put forward the conversion formula with regard to reliability index and structural failure rate [10]. then cornell and ang proposed first-order second-moment method for the calculation of structural reliability, which was extensively applied in engineering. since then, many scholars kept innovating structural reliability analysis and calculation and proposed many structural reliability calculation methods. currently, researches on time-invariant theory have been relatively mature. however, time-dependent reliability theory involving multiple factors and more complex calculation remains to be further studied. on account of this, many scholars carried out a series of researches on time-dependent reliability of reinforced concrete structure. in 2008, czarnecki et al. [11] proposed a time-dependent reliability model of reinforced concrete structure after finding the significant changes of reinforced concrete structure resistance along with the extension of time under corrosion environment and then applied the model for predicting the service time of structure. in 2012, frangopol [2] applied structural health monitoring information obtained after integrating structure related priori knowledge and using bayes updating probability to make a quantitative analysis on degeneration performance of structure. in 2014, madsen [13] proposed a new structural timedependent reliability and sensitivity analysis method. similarly, many chinese scholars are also dedicated to promoting the development of structural time-dependent reliability analysis. through analyzing structural resistance decrease process induced by steel reinforcement corrosion, chen shoushan et al. [14] designed a method for evaluating and predicting reliability of structure. by investigating the existing resistance information of a structure and using a large number of measured data, zhou yan et al. [15] established a resistance time-independent reliability analysis model. resistance decrease model of reinforced concrete structure the resistance of reinforced concrete structure depends on calculation model, geometrical parameters and material performance of structure. during the whole service process of structure, concrete carbonization and steel reinforcement corrosion can result in decline of strength of steel reinforcement and concrete, narrowing of cross section of steel reinforcement and deterioration of coordination between reinforced concrete and those adverse effects gradually accumulates as time goes on. therefore, geometrical parameters and material performance of structure would both be degenerated as time goes on, which can weaken the resistance of structure. on account of this, when we consider the degeneration of resistance of reinforced concrete structure, the resistance decrease model can be expressed as: ( ) [ ( ), ( ), ( )]r aj j sjp t p f t d t k t (1) where ( )rp t stands for resistance of reinforced concrete structure, [ ]p x stands for expression equation of reinforced concrete structure resistance, ( )ajf t and ( )jd t stands for performance and geometrical parameter of jth material and they t z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 354 are the functions of service time; and ( )sjk t stands for coordination coefficient of jth steel reinforcement, and it is also the function of service time. uncertainty statistical parameters of resistance uncertainty of reinforced concrete resistance includes uncertainty of calculation mode, material performance and geometrical parameters. uncertainty of calculation mode refers to variability induced by basic assumption adopted by resistance analysis and evaluation, uncertainty of material performance refers to variability induced by durability degeneration, such as concrete carbonization, cross section loss induced by steel reinforcement corrosion, corrosion expansion, cracking and separation of concrete cover and mechanical property degeneration of corroded steel reinforcement. considering the uncertainty of calculation mode, the resistance of reinforcement concrete structure can be expressed using the following formula ( ) ( )r rp t k p t (2) where ( )p t stands for random process of resistance and rk stands for random variable of uncertainty of calculation mode. according to relevant methods of mathematical statistics and considering the uncertainty of model parameters, probability statistic characteristic of resistance can be obtained from the following formula. ( ) ( )p k pr rt t   (3) 2 2( ) ( )p k pr rt t    (4) ( ) ( ) ( )p p pt t t   (5) where kr and kr stand for the average value of random variable rk and variable coefficient of calculation mode uncertainty respectively; ( )pr t and ( )pr t stand for the function of average value and the function of variable coefficient respectively. it can be known from formula (6), (7) and (8) that ( ) [ ( ), ( ), ( )]p f aj d kr j sjt p t t t    (6) ( ) ( ) ( ) pr pr pr t t t     (7) 2 2( )( ) ( )pp zr j jj t t t z              (8) where jz stands for relevant random variable influencing resistance and ( )p j t z    stands for result of partial derivative when the average value was used. it can be seen from the above deduction process that, some statistical characteristics of basic parameters of resistance needs to be determined at first before acquisition of statistical characteristics of final resistance. depending on the current test means and research conditions, we can obtain some statistical characteristics of parameters easily. using mathematical method, we can obtain uncertainty statistical rules of final model. z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 355 statistical parameters of resistance of corroded bending element bending element is the most common structural element in existing reinforced concrete structure. after years of research on corroded element, the calculation of bearing capacity of corroded bending element has been quite mature. taking bending element of reinforced concrete as an example, resistance decrease rules of corroded bending element is analyzed in this section. according to relevant knowledge of concrete structure design, bending capacity of normal section of rectangular section of corroded element can be obtained from the following formulas. 1 ( ) 2 v x y f lx b  (9) 1 se o v b f x f l  (10) where y stands for bearing capacity of normal section of corroded reinforcement (kn·m), vf and 0f stand for compressive strength of concrete axis and yielding strength of reinforcement (mpa); 1 stands for coefficient (the value is determined according to relevant regulations in code for design of concrete structures); l and b stand for the width of section and effective height of section (mm); seb refers to equivalent section area of tensile reinforcement (mm2) which is calculated using formula (11). 1 n se sj sj sj i b k b    (11) where sjk refers to coordination coefficient of ith reinforcement (decrease of cohesive force is considered), sjb refers to section area of jth tensile reinforcement (mm2), and sj stands for reduction coefficient of yielding strength of jth reinforcement. ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 2 p c br t t t          (12)   2 22 2 2 2 2 2( )( ) ( ) 1 ( ) ( ) 4 p c c l f br v t t t b t t                      (13) 1 ( ) ( ) c l b fv t t        (14) where fv and fv stands for average value and variable coefficient of compressive strength of concrete axis, l and l refers to average value and variable coefficient of section width, b and b refer to average value and variable coefficient of effective height of section, and ( )c t and ( )c t refer to average value and variable coefficient of yielding tensile force of corroded reinforcement. through analyzing parameters of mode, we can finally obtain relevant uncertainty statistical parameters of resistance of corroded bending element of reinforced concrete. analysis method of structural time-dependent reliability basic principle of time comprehensive analysis method ime comprehensive analysis method means to take the whole service period of a structure as a reference time period during analysis of structural reliability and obtain resistance and load model considering the changes of structural resistance and loading during the time period. the whole service period is regarded as a reference time period, and statistical characteristics t z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 356 of random variable relating to resistance and loading are all considered during the time period. hence the maximum value of probability in the reference time period can be taken as the value of load. the practical conditions of p (t) and s (t) are shown in fig. 1. p (t) , s (t) p (t) s (t) figure 1. changes of resistance and load. from the perspective the concept of time-dependent reliability, p is a time-dependent function. but in time comprehensive analysis method, p is considered as a definite value and also the maximum value in the whole reference time period. it should be pointed out that, definite value herein does not refer to determined value, but random variable. we can obtain the practical value of p from probability density function fp. in time comprehensive analysis method, failure probability can be obtained using the following formula.  min max( )f ad t d p s  (15) max 0 max ( ) t t a s s t    represents for the maximum load effect in the whole evaluation reference period [0, t] and min 0 min ( ) t t a p p t    represents for the maximum resistance in different stages in the whole evaluation reference period [0, t]. in practical application of time comprehensive analysis method, probability density function of ( )s t can be obtained through longterm observation of data. in this way, maxs can be obtained probability distribution function. but it is a pity that, long-term observation data are difficult to be obtained. therefore, the extreme value distribution can be described by some short-term data. time-dependent reliability can be calculated by first order reliability method after analysis of load and resistance rules of structural element. analysis of time-dependent reliability of corroded bending element a flexural simply supported beam component of reinforced concrete in someplace was taken as an example. beam span was 6000 mm, spacing was 3,900 mm, and section size was 250 mm × 500 mm. the thickness of concrete cover was 25 mm, concrete strength was c20, and grade ii rebar with a diameter of 16 mm was used, with a reinforcement ratio of 1.2%. as to the external environment, relative humidity was 71% and temperature was 13 oc; besides, 2co k was 1.2 and cek was 2.0. we know that, the reinforcement began to be corroded 13.7 years ago and the concrete cover began to crack due to corrosion expansion 26.5 years ago, after substituting relevant coefficients according the method stated in literature [16]. other relevant resistance statistical parameters were as follows: kr = 1.0, kr = 0.04; l = 1.0l, l = 0.02; b = 1.0b, b = 0.03. the simply supported beam bears constant load and live load. the average value and standard error of constant load, i.e., g and g , were 28.91 kn/m and 2.03 kn/m respectively. the average value and standard error of live load, i.e., q and q , were 0.585 kn/m and 0.26 kn/m. the relevant parameters were substituted into the resistance decrease model of corroded bending element of reinforced concrete, and then the curve for time-dependent variation of average value and variation coefficient of resistance could be obtained (fig. 2 and 3). according to unified standards for the design of reliability of building structure (gb50068-2001), the constant load followed normal distribution; the live load followed the i-type distribution of extreme value and the maximum value in the time interval [0, t] also followed i-type distribution of extreme value. the average value and standard error of live load can be obtained using the following formulas. z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 357 ln 1.2826 q q qt t     (16) q qt   (17) where tq stands for the maximum random variable of live load in service period [0, t]. according to the existing conditions, the average value and standard error of constant load sg and sg were 130.1 kn·m and 9.11 kn·m respectively. the average value of the maximum live load could be calculated using formula (18). 1.17 2.63 ln 1.2826 s qt t   (18) standard error s qt  was 1.17 kn·m. according to the above conditions, we could obtain the changes of reliability index of corroded bending element of reinforced concrete along with service time of structure by applying time comprehensive analysis method. results are shown in fig. 4. figure 2. time varying curve of average value of resistance. figure 3. time varying curve of variation coefficient of resistance. z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 358 figure 4. the changes of reliability index of corroded bending element of reinforced concrete along with service time of structure. conclusions t is of great significance to study the prediction of structural durability. but there is no relatively mature method which can obtain correct prediction results. this study gave out uncertainty statistical parameters of reinforced concrete structure and calculated time-varying reliability of corroded bending element of reinforced concrete using time comprehensive analysis method. finally, the variation rules of reliability index of corroded bending element along with the changes of service time of structure were obtained. it is no doubt that the method provides a new idea for the prediction of durability and the research results have great value for the prediction and evaluation of durability of existing structures. as durability degeneration of reinforced concrete structure is a quite complex process, some researches concerning degeneration mechanism has not been broken through. only few issues were considered for durability degeneration of reinforced concrete in this study, and many problems remain to be solved. references [1] li, j., gao, x., probability density evolution method and its application in life-cycle civil engineering. structure and infrastructure engineering, 10(7) (2014) 921-927. [2] madsen, h.o., tvedt, l., methods for time-dependent reliability and sensitivity analysis. american society of civil engineers, 116(10) (2014) 2118-2135. [3] shi, x., xie, n., fortune, k., et al., durability of steel reinforced concrete in chloride environments: an overview. construct build mater, 30(2012)125-138. [4] neves, r., branco, f.a., de brito. j., a method for the use of accelerated carbonation tests in durability design. construct build mater, 36(2012)585-591. [5] yu, cl., ye, p., jin, r.h., analyze of the depths of concrete carbonization experience predictive models. ready-mixed concrete, (3) (2009) 52-53. [6] kabir, g., sadiq, r., tesfamariam, s., a review of multi-criteria decision-making methods for infrastructure management. structure and infrastructure engineering, 10(9) (2013)1176-1210. [7] biondini, f., frangopol, d.m., lifetime reliability-based optimization of reinforced concrete cross-sections under corrosion. structural safety, 31(6) (2009)483-489. [8] shodja, h.m., kiani, k., hashemian, a., a model for the evolution of concrete deterioration due to reinforcement corrosion. mathematical and computer modelling, 52(9-10) (2010) 1403-1422. [9] chiu. c., chi, k., analysis of lifetime losses of low-rise reinforced concrete buildings attacked by corrosion and earthquakes using a novel method. structure and infrastructure engineering, 9(12) (2013) 1225-1239. [10] cornell, c.a., a probability-based structural code. aci structural journal, 100(3) (1969) 94-107. [11] czarnecki, a.a., nowak, a.s., time-variant reliability profiles for steel girder bridges. structural safety, 30(1) (2008) 49-64. [12] okasha, n.m., frangopol, d.m., integration of structural health monitoring in a system performance based life-cycle bridge management framework. structure and infrastructure engineering, 8(11) (2012) 999-1016. i z. hongping et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 352-359; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.46 359 [13] madsen, h.o., tvedt, l., methods for time-dependent reliability and sensitivity analysis. american society of civil engineers, 116(10) (2014) 2118-2135. [14] chen, c.s., zhang, j.q., li, w.h., reliability analysis of deterioration of construction performance caused by corrosion of steel bar. journal of highway and transportation research and development, 23(4) (2006) 33-36. [15] zhou, y., wang, g.h., analysis of the existing reinforced concrete bridge’s time-dependent and reliability. journal of lanzhou jiaotong university, 26(1) (2007)75-77. [16] niu, d.t., chen, y.q., yu, s., analysis of carbonization mode and life of concrete structure. journal of xi'an university of architecture & technology, 27(4) (1995) 365-369. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_46_art_9 m.f.m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 84 developments in the fracture and fatigue assessment of materials and structures probabilistic-based analysis for damaging features of fatigue strain loadings m. f. mod yunoh, s. abdullah centre for automotive research, faculty of eng. and built enviroments, universiti kebangsaan malaysia faridzyunus@gmail.com, shahrum@ukm.edu.my m. h. m. saad, z. m. nopiah, m. z. nuawi, s. s. k. singh dept. of mechanical and materials, faculty of eng. and built enviroments, universiti kebangsaan malaysia hanifsaad@ukm.edu.my, zmn@ukm.edu.my, mzn@ukm.edu.my, salvinder@ukm.edu.my abstract. this paper presents the behaviour of fatigue damage extraction in fatigue strain histories of automotive components using the probabilistic approach. this is a consideration for the evaluation of fatigue damage extraction in automotive components under service loading that is vital in a reliability analysis. for the purpose of research work, two strain signals data are collected from a car coil spring during a road test. the fatigue strain signals are then extracted using the wavelet transform in order to extract the high amplitude segments that contribute to the fatigue damage. at this stage, the low amplitude segments are removed because of their minimal contribution to the fatigue damage. the fatigue damage based on all extracted segments is calculated using some significant strain-life models. subsequently, the statistics-based weibull distribution is applied to evaluate the fatigue damage extraction. it has been found that about 70% of the probability of failure occurs in the 1.0 x 10-5 to 1.0 x 10-4 damage range for both signals, while 90% of the probability of failure occurs in the 1.0 x 10-4 to 1.0 x 10-3 damage range. lastly, it is suggested that the fatigue damage can be determined by the weibull distribution analysis keywords. fatigue damage; features extraction; probabilistic; wavelet; weibull distribution. citation: yunoh, m. f. m., abdullah, s., saad, m. h. m., nopiah, z. m., nuawi, m. z., singh, s. s. k., determining probabilistic-based failure of damaging features for fatigue strain loadings, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93. received: 18.01.2018 accepted: 20.05.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction atigue life prediction under service loading remains a challenging problem in real life, especially in the automotive industry. in an automotive application, service loadings such as stress on a car wheel are in variable amplitude loading, as reported in sonsino [1]. this situation leads to a need for developing a new approach to predict the reliability of f http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/9.mp4 m. f. m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 85 the components that are subjected to the fatigue loading. the fatigue time histories often contain a major percentage of small amplitude cycles, and the fatigue damage for these cycles can also be small. therefore, in many cases, the fatigue loading history is edited by removing these small amplitude cycles to produce representative and meaningful, yet economical testing, stephens et al. [2]. several fatigue data editing techniques have been developed for use in the time domain analysis, abdullah et al. [3]. some previous algorithms have been developed for eliminating low amplitude cycles in order to only retain the high amplitude cycles, el ratal et al. [4]. in the frequency domain, the time history is a low pass filtered by the criterion that high-frequency cycles have small amplitude, which is are not damaging. the filtering method does not shorten the signal because it does not provide the time-based information, nizwan et al. [5]. in addition, abdullah et al. [3] have developed a method for data editing to shorten the strain signal in the time-frequency domain. in fatigue data editing, the behaviour of extraction segments also needs to be studied because it contributes many bits of information that can improve fatigue life prediction. to deal with uncertainties and variations in fatigue data, the statistical analysis, i.e. the probability analysis is the best approach that should be adopted. zhao and liu [6] use the approach of statistical aspects of the s-n curve by means of the weibull distribution. this approach indicates that an appropriate distribution determination is the primary task for a rolling contact fatigue analysis. tiryakioglu [7] uses the weibull analysis in fatigue data and predicts the failure mechanisms due to cracks initiating from surface and interior defects. the evaluation of fatigue damage extraction for automotive components under service loading is vital in the reliability analysis. very few analysis methods have been developed to evaluate the fatigue damage extraction. a consistent description of the probability of damage occurrences is possible only if the damage distribution function is known. in this paper, two sets of strain signals from the real component in service are used in the fatigue feature extraction. the feature extraction, i.e. fatigue damage, is analysed using statistical inferences. the objective of this study is to determine the probabilistic-based failure of damage featured in the strain signals, and at the same time, validate them through the extraction process. by considering the significant statistical tools, features extraction is combined with the weibull distribution analysis in order to obtain a better evaluation. theoretical background the global statistic he time series contains an explanation of a set of variables taken at equally spaced time intervals. a statistical analysis is normally used to determine the random signals and monitor the pattern of the analysed signals. the calculation of the root-mean-square (r.m.s.) and the kurtosis is very important in the fatigue signals in order to retain a certain number of the signal amplitude range characteristics. the r.m.s. value is the 2nd statistical moment, is used to quantify the overall energy content of the signal. for discrete data sets the r.m.s. value is defined as: (1) while kurtosis is the signal 4th statistical moment, is a global signal statistic which is highly sensitive to the spikiness of the data. for discrete data sets the kurtosis value is defined as: (2) where jx is the amplitude of signal, n is number of data and x is the mean value. the wavelet transform the wavelet transform (wt) is defined in the time-scale domain and is a significant tool for analysing the time-localised features of a signal. it represents a windowing technique within the variable-sized region. a wavelet transform can be classified as either a continuous wavelet transform (cwt) or a discrete wavelet transform (dwt) depending on the discretisation of the scale parameters of the analysing wavelet. the dwt based on such wavelet functions is called the orthogonal wavelet transform (owt). orthogonal wavelet transforms are normally applied for the compression and feature 2/1 1 21 ..          n j jx n smr     n j j xx smrn k 1 4 4)..( 1 t m.f.m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 86 selection of signals. dwt is derived from discrete cwt, and it is shown as the following expression, purushotham et al. [8]:  /2 *0 0 0( , ) ( ) ,m mw m n x t a a t nb dt        (3) where a and j are the scale factor, both b and k are the position, and ψ is the mother wavelet. oh [9] has previously conducted fatigue data analysis using the wavelet transform (wt) for spike removal, denoising, and data editing. piotrkowski et al. [10] used the wavelet transform application in acoustic emissions to detect damage and corrosion. fatigue life assessment the palmgren-miner linear cumulative damaging rule is normally associated with the established strain-life fatigue models sun et al., [11]. the fatigue damage caused by each cycle of repeated loading is calculated by reference to material life curves, such as s n or n  curves. the fatigue damage caused by multiple cycles is expressed respectively as: 1 f d n         (4) i f n d n           (5) where d is fatigue damage for one cycle and d is total fatigue damage in is the number of cycles within a particular stress range and its mean and fn is a number of cycles. the strain-life model commonly used for the prediction of fatigue strain life is the coffin-manson relationship model. this model can provide a traditional prediction when there is more compressive load time history and the mean stress is zero. the following equation can define this model:     ' 2 ' 2 b cf a f fn f n e     (6) e is the material modulus of elasticity, a is the true strain amplitude, 2 fn is the number of reversals to failure, ' f is the fatigue strength coefficient, b is the fatigue strength exponent, ' f is the fatigue ductility coefficient, c is the fatigue ductility exponent, m is the mean stress, and max is the maximum stress. the inclusion of mean stress effects in the life prediction makes the process more complex. the morrow mean stress model is given by dowling [12]:     ' ' ' 1 2 2 b cf m a f f f f n n e               (7) where is the total strain amplitude, ' f , b, ' f and c are considered to be material properties, fn is the number of cycles to failure, and m is the mean stress. another strain life model dealing with mean stress effects is known as the smithwatson-topper (swt) model, and its equation is written as: 2 2 ' ( 2 ) ' ' ( 2 ) f b b c a mak f f f fn n e        (8) m. f. m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 87 the coffin-manson relationship only considers the damaging calculation at zero mean stress. however, in real-case scenarios, some of the realistic service situations involve nonzero mean stresses. for example, in a case of the loading being predominantly compressive, particularly for wholly compressive cycles, the morrow mean stress correction effect provides more realistic life estimates and seems to work reasonably well for steels, ince & glinka [13]. the weibull distribution in terms of the statistical analysis used in engineering, the weibull distribution is a theoretical model that has been successfully used to model the life data. the weibull distribution is described by the shape, scale, and threshold parameters. the weibull distribution model is a tool to develop the probabilistic analysis because of its ability to provide reasonably accurate failure analysis and failure forecasts with extremely small samples, sivapragash, [14]. the 2-p weibull distribution function is shown in eqn. 7: (9) where f (x: θ: β) represents the probability of strain-life being equal to or less than x, θ is a scale parameter, and β is a shape parameter. θ and β are estimated by observation. the weibull distribution has been widely utilised to develop a model of extreme values, such as failure time and fracture strength, shalabh et al. [15]. the weibull distribution is a probabilistic analysis which has been used for the determination of static and dynamic mechanical properties of materials. this distribution has the capability to model experimental data with different characters, li et al. [16]. methodology n this work, the strain signal has been collected from the coil spring in the car suspension system during a road test as shown in fig. 1 which is collected in macrostrain ( e ). an established signal, known as saesus, is the typical strain history for the suspension system, developed by the society of automotive engineers (sae), as reported in oh [9]. another signal, s1, is a set of experimental strain signals measured at 500 hz sampling rate using a strain gauge that is positioned on the coil spring component of a car being driven on a rural road at a velocity of 50 to 60 km/h. the measurement procedure is reported in their previous work by yunoh et al. [17]. the fatigue signal was measured at the car coil spring which subjected to the road load service. all data were recorded as strain time histories and fig. 2 shows the setup of fatigue data measurement during the process. the strain value was measured using strain gauge and it was connected to the specific data logger, for data acquisition purpose. experimental parameters such as sampling frequency and type of output data were then set using the common data logger interface. (a) (b) figure 1: the strain signals used for the work: (a) saesus, (b) an experimental measured data, s1. the extraction algorithm of the strain signal is developed for fatigue data editing purposes. the discrete wavelet transform is utilised to identify the high amplitude segments in the fatigue signal due to the high-energy coefficients magnitude. the magnitudes of the wavelet energy coefficients in the time-frequency domain are transposed into time histories representations to trace the location of the high amplitude segments. the respective magnitudes are obtained from the accumulation of wavelet transform magnitude distributions along the frequency band at each time interval. thus, the energy coefficients in time representation are gained, and these signals are used to detect the presence of high amplitude events in the fatigue signal.                          xx xf exp),:( 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 -1,000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 t ime (s) a m p li tu d e (u e) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 -500 -400 -300 -200 -100 100 200 300 400 500 t ime (s) a m p li tu d e (u e) i m.f.m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 88 the cut-off level (col) needs to be set up for the elimination process in a high amplitude event extraction process. the col is the minimum percentage of the wavelet energy coefficients to be retained and the segments with magnitudes lower than the col value will be removed. the retained segments are then sliced from the original signal. the sliced segment identification is performed by means of a search which identifies the point at which the signal envelope inverts from the decay behaviour. the two inversion points, one on either side of the peak value, define the temporal extent of the sliced segment. the original strain signal is then edited to remove the low amplitude cycle contained in the signal based on the time location of the wavelet transform spectrum-sliced segment. the fatigue damage for every retained segment is then calculated for the probabilistic analysis. figure 2: a diagrammatic process flow for fatigue signal collection the fatigue damage for all segments is further analysed using the 2-p weibull distribution to evaluate the segments’ extraction results. the advantage of using this distribution lies in its ability to explain the simple function. this approach is often used in assessing the fatigue life of the material based on its simple calculation, glodez et al. [18]. all the fatigue damage of the retained segments is incorporated into the weibull distribution, and as has been later suggested, based on the probability distribution, the resultant significant findings are utilised to reveal the inferences of this study. results and discussions irst, the strain signals were evaluated by observation based on statistics characteristics, i.e. number of cycles counted, root-mean-square (r.m.s), kurtosis and total damage as tabulated in tab. 1. according to the results, the saesus signal produced higher values of r.m.s and kurtosis. this is due to the higher amplitude segments existing in the saesus signal compared to the s1 signal. higher amplitude segments contributed more energy in the oscillatory signals. the value of kurtosis for the saesus strain signal was found to be 4.32, which indicates that the spike and extreme values exist in the signal. this result was consistent with the r.m.s value for saesus, which is found to be 246.6 με, higher when compared to s1. the kurtosis value for both strain signals was not found in a gaussian distribution because in a stationary gaussian process, the kurtosis value is approximately 3. the fatigue damage for both signals was calculated based on three strain-life models as tabulated in tab. 1. the values of the fatigue damage based on the three models were close to each other with minor differences. the fatigue damage values for saesus were found to be higher compared to s1. the existence of the higher amplitude segments in the saesus signal contributed more fatigue damage compared to s1. f strain gauge strain gauge position strain gauge connect to data acquisition data transfer from data acquisition to computer strain signal in time domain m. f. m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 89 data n (cycles) r.m.s (με) kurtosis fatigue damage (damage/block) saesus 1253 246.6 4.28 cf morrow swt 1.70 x 10-3 1.70 x 10-3 1.64 x 10-3 s1 9768 122.68 2.82 cf morrow swt 2.97 x 10-4 2.94 x 10-4 2.85 x 10-4 table 1: summary of statistical characteristic of the signals the developed wavelet transform algorithm transformed the signal into a time-frequency domain to obtain the timefrequency localisation, as shown in fig. 3. the spectrum colour intensity is proportional to the absolute energy coefficients values because it delivers the energy distribution display on time and frequency. the spectrum of saesus and s1 signals shows that the intensity colours of the saesus strain signal are more highlighted compared to s1. a large scale was indicative of low frequency, and higher amplitude segments indicated that the cycles had higher energy. this means that it can inflict higher fatigue damage. (a) (b) figure 3: the wavelet transform spectrum of; (a) saesus, (b) s1. higher amplitude segments based on wavelet transform spectrum were extracted. the location of the retained segments was shown in fig. 4. after eliminating the low amplitude segments, the high amplitude segment should be retained to maintain the fatigue damage contained in both signals. the saesus strain signal contributed 21 high amplitude retained segments. meanwhile, the s1 strain signal contributed 11 high amplitude retained segments. based on the extraction results, the saesus strain signal consists of higher amplitude segments compared to s1 because it retained the higher amplitude segments after the extraction process. (a) (b) figure 4: the location of the retained segments; (a) saesus, (b) s1. the features extraction, i.e. fatigue damage for every segment, was calculated to analyse and determine the probability of failure based on high amplitude segments. it is helpful to know the fatigue damage distribution based on the extracted segments for both signals. the 2-p weibull distribution was used for the data analysis. according to tab. 2, the values of the shape parameters, β, for both signals were less than 1.0, indicating a decreasing failure rate. according to finkelstein, [19], if the shape parameter for weibull distribution is less than 1.0, this distribution is always decreasing the failure rate. the value of scale parameter, θ, of fatigue damage for both signals was found to be 5.3 x 10-5 and 1.4 x 10-5. this means that when the components reach these values, the probability of failure will increase. dat a s ca le ( 1 /h z) 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 x 10 4 1 27 53 79 105 131 157 183 209 235 257 50 100 150 200 250 dat a s ca le ( 1 /h z) 1 2 3 4 5 6 x 10 4 1 27 53 79 105 131 157 183 209 235 257 50 100 150 200 250 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 -1,000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 a m p li tu d e (u e) t ime (s) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 -500 -400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 a m p li tu d e (u e} t ime (s) m.f.m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 90 signals shape parameter, β scale parameter, θ saesus 0.59 5.3 x 10-5 s1 0.34 1.4 x 10-5 table 1: statistical data analysis based on weibull distribution. cumulative distribution function (cdf) represents the probability of the components to fail at the particular time interval. based on the plots in fig. 5, the fatigue damage for s1 increases more rapidly in cumulative probability values compared to the saesus. this finding can be suggested that saesus signal consists high amplitude segments that cause high fatigue damage compared to s1. figure 5: probability density functions for saesus and s1 strain signal figure 6: the weibull probability distribution plots of fatigue damage for saesus figs. 6 and 7 show the best fit of the weibull probability distribution plot for fatigue damage of high amplitude segments for both signals. the parameters of the distribution are estimated using the maximum likehood method. the weibull probability distribution plot for both strain signals was estimated using 95% confidence level correction line, which includes the true population parameter. from a statistical point of view, the more test data that falls into the 95% confident level, the more reasonable the probabilistic distribution is, according to xianmin et al [20]. saesus 90% 70% m. f. m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 91 based on the plot indicated in fig. 5 for the saesus strain signal, there are four data points which are out of the 95% confidence level. this is because several segments in the signal consist of very high amplitude segments. meanwhile, all points in s1 strain signal were distributed at the 95% confidence level. figs. 5 and 6 also show that 70% of the probability of failure occurred from 1.0 x 10-5 to 1.0 x 10-4 fatigue damage for both signals. around 90% of the probability of failure occurred from 1.0 x 10-4 to 1.0 x 10-3 fatigue damage for both signals. figure 7: the weibull probability distribution plots of fatigue damage for s1. figs. 8 and 9 show the best fit of the weibull probability distribution plot for fatigue life of high amplitude segments for both signals. all of data for the saesus and s1 strain signal were distributed at the 95% confidence level. fig. 7 show that 70% of the probability of failure for saesus occurred at 5.2 x 103 cycles. meanwhile the probability of failure for saesus occurred at 6.9 x 103 cycles. around 90% of the probability of failure occurred at 1.6 x 105 to 3.5 x 105 fatigue life for both signals. thus, the value of fatigue damage and life based on extraction segments approaching the failure can be determined roughly by the weibull analysis. figure 8: the weibull probability distribution plots of fatigue damage for saesus. 70% 90% 70% 90% m.f.m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 92 figure 9: the weibull probability distribution plots of fatigue damage for s1. conclusion o summarise the statistics and strain life analysis, the saesus strain signal contributes more damaging segments compared to s1. this situation is due to the high amplitude segments obtained in the signal. the fatigue damage based on high amplitude segments fits well to a weibull distribution. based on the results, it shows that 70% of the probability of failure occurred between 1.0 x 10-5 and 1.0 x 10-4 fatigue damage for both signals. around 90% of the probability of failure occurred between 1.0 x 10-4 to 1.0 x 10-3 fatigue damage for both signals. thus, the value of fatigue damage based on extraction segments that are approaching the failure can be determined using the weibull analysis with the 95% confident level, which is a reasonable probabilistic distribution. this approach presents an alternative technique to predict the fatigue damage probability function for automotive components. however, further works and analyses need to be performed for the purpose of validation, and also to produce high data accuracy by means of life assessment. references [1] sonsino, c. m. (2006). fatigue testing under variable amplitude loading, international journal of fatigue, 29(6), pp. 1080-1089. [2] stephens, r. i., dindinger, p. m., and gunger, j. e. (1997). fatigue damage editing for accelerated durability testing using strain range and swt parameter criteria, international journal of fatigue, 19(8-9), pp. 599-606. [3] abdullah, s., nizwan, c. k. e., yunoh, m. f. m., nuawi, m. z., and nopiah, z. m. n. (2013). fatigue features extraction of road load time data using the s-transform, international journal of automotive technology, 14(5), pp. 805-815. [4] el-ratal, w., bennebach, m., lin, x. and plaskitt, r. fatigue life modelling and accelerated test for components under variable amplitude loads, proc. of symposium on fatigue testing and analysis under variable amplitude loading conditions, tours, france, 2002. [5] nizwan, c. k. e., abdullah, s., nuawi m. z. and lamin, f. (2007). a study of fatigue data editing using frequency spectrum filtering technique, proceeding of the world engineering congress (wec), penang, malaysia, 2007, pp. 372378. [6] zhao, y. x. and liu, h. b. (2014). weibull modelling of the probabilistic s-n curves for rolling contact, international journal of fatigue, 66, pp. 47-54. [7] tiryakioglu, m. (2015). weibull analysis of mechanical data for casting ii: weibull mixtures and their interpretation, metallurgical and materials transactions a, 46a, pp. 270-280. t 70% 90% m. f. m. yunoh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 84-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.09 93 [8] purushotham, v., narayanan, s. and prasad, s. a. n. (2005). multi-fault diagnosis of rolling bearing elements using wavelet analysis and hidden markov model-based fault recognition, ndt & e international, 38, pp. 654-664. [9] oh, c. s. (2001). application of wavelet transform in fatigue history editing, international journal of fatigue, 23(3), pp. 241-250. [10] piotrkowski, r.,castro, e and gallego, a. (2009). wavelet power, entropy and bispectrum applied to ae signals for damage identification and evaluation of corroded galvanised steel, mechanical system and signal processing, 23(2), pp. 432-445. [11] sun, q., dui, h. n. and fan, x. l. (2014). a statistically consistent fatigue damage model based on miner’s rule, international journal of fatigue, 69, pp. 16-21. [12] dowling, n. e. (2013). mechanical behavior of materials, 4th ed.: pearson education limited. [13] ince, a. and glinka, g. a modification of morrow and smith-watson-topper mean stress correction models, fatigue fracture engineering materials and structure, 34, pp. 854-867. [14] sivapragash, m., lakshminarayanan, p. r., karthikeyen, r., raghukanda, k. and hanumantha, m. (2008). fatigue life prediction of ze41a magnesium alloy using weibull distribution, material & design, 29 pp.1549–53. [15] shalabh g, dheeraj s.s, asok r. statistical pattern analysis of ultrasonic signals for fatigue damage detection in mechanical structures, ndt & e international, 41, pp. 491-500. [16] li w, sakai t, wang p. (2011). statistical analysis of fatigue crack growth behavior for grade b cast steel. material and design, 32, pp. 1262-1272. [17] yunoh, m. f. m., abdullah, s., saad, m. h. m., nopiah, z. m. and nuawi, m. z. (2014). fatigue time history analysis for determining the strain signal behavior, international journal vehicle system modelling and testing, 9 (3/4), pp.363371. [18] glodez, s., sori, m., and kramberger. j. (2013). prediction of micro-crack initiation in high strength steels using weibull distribution. engineering fracture mechanics, 108, pp. 263-274. [19] finkelstein, m. (2009). understanding the shape of the mixture failure rate (with engineering and demographic applications), applied stochastic models in business and industry, 25(6): 643-663. [20] xianmin, c., qin, s., hongna, d. and junling, f. (2016). a statistically self-cnsistent fatigue damage accumulation model including load sequence effects under spectrum loading, frattura ed integrita strutturale, 38, pp. 319-330. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 80 on local strength of a spherical vessel with pits distributed along the equator daria d. okulova, liana a. almazova, olga s. sedova, yulia g. pronina saint petersburg state university, st.petersburg state university, 7/9 universitetskaya nab., st. petersburg, 199034 russia st062247@student.spbu.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 st080595@student.spbu.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8695-3598 o.s.sedova@spbu.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9097-8501 y.pronina@spbu.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4978-6238 abstract. the effect of multiple shallow corrosion pits on the strength of a spherical vessel subjected to internal pressure is studied. the pits are considered both randomly and evenly distributed along the equator on the outer surface of the vessel. the dependencies of the stress concentration factor on the number of the pits are compared for linearly elastic and elasticplastic material with hardening. the behavior of the vessels made of elastic and elastoplastic materials turns out to be qualitatively different. the approximation of periodic pits arrangement is discussed. keywords. pitting corrosion, surface defects, spherical shell, pressure vessel. citation: okulova, d., almazova, l., sedova, o., pronina, y., on local strength of a spherical vessel with pits distributed along the equator, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90. received: 31.05.2022 accepted: 04.10.2022 online first: 29.10.2022 published: 01.01.2023 copyright: © 2023 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ressure vessels are common devices for various industrial applications [1-4]. the most preferred vessel shape to hold internal pressure is spherical [5]. moreover, temperature conditions of the environment have the least effect on the contents of the spherical vessel due to the smallest surface area per unit volume. pressure vessels are usually exploited in aggressive environments that may result in general or local corrosion of their parts. general mechanochemical corrosion of elastic or elastic-plastic thinand thick-walled spherical vessels was modeled, e.g., in the works [6-10]. pitting corrosion may be initiated by a local damage of a protective coating or an oxide film (which also may possess protective properties), as well as by many other factors which lead to chemical or physical heterogeneity at the metal surface [11, 12]. in natural conditions the likelihood of pitting corrosion is higher compared to uniform corrosion [13]. despite having minor metal loss, the structures subjected to localized corrosion have significantly reduced service life. once appeared, local damages cause stress concentration in their adjacency. this may result in crack nucleation, and, consequently, the premature failure of a structural component. therefore, assessment of the stress level in structural p http://orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8695-3598 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9097-8501 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4978-6238 https://youtu.be/ivkohi43mxm d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 81 elements with corrosion defects is an important issue to prevent the abrupt failure of the structures in an aggressive environment. shallow corrosion pits may show a spherical cap morphology with a constant pit depth/diameter ratio [14, 15]. corrosion pits may also have more complex geometry [16-18]. however, most researchers used either simplification of pit forms or local thinning of structural elements [19-21]. corrosion pits are usually idealized as conical [19], semi-elliptical [22-24], circular [18, 25-27], cylindrical [26, 28-30], and rounded rectangular shapes [31, 32]. authors of [26, 27, 33] showed that the form of the defects (circular, conical, elliptical or cylindrical) has a slight effect on the ultimate strength of plates under different loading. stress fields around defects in structural elements are often analyzed using finite element method [34-37]. there are a number of papers focused on the effect of a single surface pitting on the service life of structural components. stress distribution in the spherical shell with a single corrosion defect was addressed in [22, 38]. many authors considered structures weakened by multiple surface defects. however, most of these studies focused on pipes [29, 39], plates [21, 27, 30, 40, 41], and shells [42-45]. sedova [46] studied a spherical vessel with multiple defects uniformly located on its inner equator. the numerical simulations have shown that the maximum stresses in the vicinity of defects increase with the growing number of defects within a certain range, but further increase in the number of defects leads to a slight decrease in the stress values. similar qualitative results were obtained in liao, et. al. [39] using the ramberg-osgood plasticity model: the interaction between defects enhances with decreasing distance up to a certain limit when defects become close to intersection, while further decrease in spacing between defects provides the reduction of the interaction between defects. in [29], it is shown that the effect of multiple surface defects on the strength of structures depends on the distribution pattern of pitting corrosion. since in reality, the defects appear randomly, it is reasonable to use random patterns when modeling multiple pits on the surface of structural components. the influence of pittings randomly distributed over a small area of the surface of a sphere on the collapse pressure was analyzed in [47, 48]. authors of [28] showed that the outer defect is more harmful to the pressure vessel than the inner one. a linearly elastic spherical vessel with several notches evenly distributed along its equator, subjected to internal pressure was considered in [49]. the present paper is devoted to the stress analysis of a spherical vessel under internal pressure, weakened by multiple shallow pits located along the equator on its outer surface. results are compared for the bilinear plasticity hardening model and the linearly elastic model of the vessel material. different numbers of defects with random arrangement and periodic arrangement are considered. the limiting case of toroidal notch is also studied. description of the problem spherical vessel with multiple shallow pits along the equator on its outer surface is under study. let r and r be the inner and outer radii of the vessel. all the pits have a spherical cap shape of the same size with curvature radius δ and depth h = δ/2 (fig. 1). a pseudo-random arrangement of the defects along the equator of the sphere and their different numbers n are considered. along with separate notches, the “limiting” case of notches configuration is analyzed. this case corresponds to the complete covering of the equator of the sphere with a continuous toroidal notch with the same minimal curvature radius δ and depth h (fig. 2, the surface of the notch is highlighted with another color). figure 1: central cross-section of the vessel with one surface defect. a d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 82 figure 2: a sphere with a toroidal notch along the equator. pressure p is applied to the inner surface of the vessel. the problem is studied both within the framework of linearly elastic and bilinear elastic-plastic models. for example, 304 stainless steel is chosen as the vessel material. the inner and outer radii of the sphere are r = 340 mm and r = 350 mm, respectively. the notches’ curvature radius is δ = 6 mm, and the notch depth is h = 3 mm. the number of the defects, n, varies from 2 to 260; additional geometries with n up to 320 are considered for the case of uniformly (periodically) located notches. note that numbers n > 212 correspond to the complete covering of the equator by the defects (their intersection), in the case of their periodical distribution. numerical analysis o perform the finite element analysis, an array of 3d cad-models of different geometries was built in ansys spaceclaim. each of the models represents the hollow sphere with the notches. since the probability of the defects is supposed to be the same at every point on the equator, the uniform probability distribution was accepted. in order to create the random patterns of the defects along the equator of the vessel, the python-function «random()» was used. since the model of the sphere with the notches located on the equator is symmetric, only a half of the sphere was built as a cad-model. the boundary condition on the face of symmetry was set to “frictionless support” which prevents moving or deforming in the normal direction. for mesh generation a ten-node tetrahedral element solid187 was utilized. in order to enhance the accuracy of the solution, the finite element mesh was refined in the vicinity of the defects. the geometrical model with the continuous torus-shaped notch on the equator is axisymmetric; therefore, the cross section of the geometry was built in ansys designmodeler. before performing axisymmetric analysis for the geometry with the toroidal notch, special meshing methods with mesh refinement settings were set in the vicinity of the notch to achieve sufficient mesh quality. fig. 3 shows mesh element quality on the fragment of the geometrical model capturing the vicinity of the notch. t d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 83 figure 3: mesh element quality in the vicinity of the toroidal notch. the following data on material properties for 304 stainless steel are used: young’s modulus e = 185 gpa, poisson’s ratio ν = 0.27, yield strength σt = 210 mpa and tangent modulus t = 1.16 gpa. for linearly elastic analysis, the material is assumed to behave according to hooke's law with the elastic constants given above. internal pressure is set to p = 1 mpa to stay in the framework of the elastic problem. for elastic-plastic analysis, the bilinear plasticity model “bilinear isotropic hardening” available in ansys workbench material properties library is used. the vessel is subjected to internal pressure p = 6 mpa which causes the plastic deformations of the material in the vicinity of the pits. 3d cad-models are meshed using “sizing” meshing options. the mesh is more refined at the weakened region and a smooth transition to a coarser mesh in regions far from notches is implemented. to ensure the convergence of the solution (its sensitivity to the mesh parameters), multiple calculations with different sizes of elements are carried out for each cadmodel. as a result, sizes of elements on the face of symmetry are set to 1.6 mm, while the sizes on the surface of notches are 0.5 mm. the estimated error value is about 2%. for bilinear plasticity hardening model, about 30 iterations were needed for each geometry model to reach the convergence of the nonlinear solution. since linearly elastic and elastic-plastic analyses are performed with the same geometries and mesh parameters, there is no need to run two standalone calculations for each set of material properties. two linked projects that share geometries and mesh parameters are used instead. results and discussion he maximum principal stress in the notched vessel was analyzed for various n from 2 to 260, and five different random distributions of pits for each n being considered. let the maximum value of this stress for a certain geometry be denoted by σ  max . it was observed that for the configurations where all the defects were either far enough from each other or, conversely, their centers were exceedingly close to each other (resulting in their extensive overlapping so that there were no thin ligaments between them), the maximum stress values were reached at the bottom of a certain pit or pits (fig. 4). concerning the configurations where the pits slightly overlap or close to overlapping, the maximum stress values were observed at the cusps formed by the adjacent boundaries (fig. 5). this observation is in accordance with the results of [36, 39, 46]. for the toroidal notch, the maximum stress value was observed along the bottom of the notch (fig. 6). let the stress concentration factor (one of all the possible factors) be denoted by k: σ σ = max ideal k (1) where σ ideal is the maximum principal stress on the outer surface of an ideal shell (without defects) of the same size and under the same pressure: t d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 84 ( ) σ = −3 3 3 2 / 1 ideal p r r (2) figure 4: stress distribution in the vicinity of pits sufficiently remote from each other (the plane of symmetry is horizontal). linearly elastic model. figure 5: stress distribution in the vicinity of overlapping pits (the plane of symmetry is horizontal). linearly elastic model. figure 6: stress distribution along the cross section of the vessel with a continuous toroidal notch. elastic-plastic model. d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 85 in our cases, σ ideal ≈ 16.51 mpa for p = 1 mpa used in linear analysis and σ ideal ≈ 99.06 mpa for p = 6 mpa used in nonlinear analysis. both of these values do not exceed the yield strength; therefore, no plastic deformation occurs on the surface of the ideal sphere for both the considered values of internal pressure. figs. 7 and 8 show the values of k for different random distributions of notches and for various numbers n within the frame-work of the linearly elastic (fig. 7) and elastic-plastic (fig. 8) models. points of different colors for each n correspond to different random distributions of the pits. dashed lines in the figures show the values of the stress concentration factor, k, in the sphere with the toroidal notch. as can be seen from these figures, interaction of multiple defects may result in the significant increase in the maximum stresses with n increasing. the dependencies of k on n in the considered interval are qualitatively the same for both the models: at the beginning of the graphs, the values of k rise steeply and then a certain plateau (with a weak minimum inside) is formed at n > 200. the observed plateau may be explained by the overlaps of neighboring pits for large n. obviously, the frequency of such overlaps grows with an increase in the number of the defects. however, the increase in k for the material in the elastic state is much higher than in the elastic-plastic: the value of k in the elastic sphere with multiple defects can be more than two times higher than that for a single defect, while in the elastic-plastic sphere the increase does not exceed 30%. at first glance, it may seem strange that the maximum stresses in the elastic sphere with multiple pits may be larger than in the sphere with the toroidal notch (what is observed for n ≥ 32 in our case), while for the elastoplastic sphere the situation is opposite. such behavior of the elastic sphere with multiple pits may be explained by the fact that the maximum stresses are observed at beak-like bridges between closely spaced defects (fig. 5), which are absent in the sphere with a toroidal notch. the higher stresses at the bottom of the toroidal notch in the elastic-plastic vessel – compared to the stresses in the vicinity of the pits – are explained by the following reasoning. in the vessel with the continuous girdle notch, the vessel wall bends along the notch (see fig. 6). moreover, it is obvious that the bending deformations in the elastoplastic vessel are greater than in the elastic one, however, stresses in the last are not limited. large deformations in the elastoplastic vessel initiate a hardening effect, resulting in an increase in stresses along the equatorial notch. in the vessel with separate random pits, such large bending deformations (which can lead to a hardening effect) do not occur. therefore, stresses in the vicinity of individual pits in the elastoplastic vessel are smaller, since limited by a lower yield strength. moreover, it is expected that as the number of pits increases, the stresses in the vicinity of the pits should tend to the stresses in the vicinity of the torus. it is really true and confirmed by figs. 9 and 10. these figures show the values of k for the elastic and elastic-plastic vessels with multiple uniformly (i.e. periodically) located pits. as can be seen from fig. 9, for the elastic material, the value of k experiences a sharp increase when thin ligaments or cusps form between adjacent pits (numbers n > 212 correspond to pit overlapping). starting from a certain number n (in figs. 9 the peak is reached at n = 228), cusps between the pits in the elastic vessel become more obtuse resulting in the gradual decrease in the maximum stresses approaching to the value corresponding to the toroidal notch. numerical experiments with other pit sizes lead to qualitatively the same dependencies of maximum stress values on the number of notches, n: for relatively small numbers of notches, the maximum stress grows slightly with growing n; then (when thin ligaments form between adjacent pits) a sharp increase in the maximum stress is observed; as n grows further, the maximum stress slightly decreases. the results in fig. 9 are consistent with ones obtained in [50] for linearly elastic sphere with multiple uniformly located pits with different values of notches sizes (both for δ < 6 mm and δ > 6 mm). fig. 10 demonstrates a nearly s-shaped dependency of k on n in the elastic-plastic vessel. a small jump in the value of k at n = 276 is explained by the formation of a relatively smooth notch along the equator of the vessel and its bending, resulting in large deformations and hardening effect. for n > 275, the difference between the values of k for multiple defects and for torus is less than 3.5%. thus, figs. 9 and 10 confirm that the maximum stresses in the vessel with multiple pits periodically distributed along the equator, tend to that for the toroidal notch. it is obvious that this tendency should be preserved for randomly located defects. nevertheless, there is a difference in the behavior of dependencies k(n) for random and periodical distribution of the defects. the values of k for the random defects rise significantly faster than for the periodical pits, due to the random formation of dangerous cusps at various and even very small n. the same effect for large n also leads to the slower decrease in k values for random pits in the elastic sphere. the difference between the peak value of k in fig. 9 (k = 4.399 at n = 228) and the maximum values observed in fig. 7 (which are greater than 4.5 for large n) is explained by the fact that for periodically distributed pits, the cusp angle changes stepwise (since the distance between the pits changes stepwise as l/n – d, where l is the length of the sphere equator and d is the pit diameter) and the angle values corresponding to the maximum k observed in fig. 9 are just skipped. for certain ratios d/l at a certain n, the distance between the neighboring pits can become very close to that which corresponds to the maximum possible value of k, then the maximum values of k for periodical pits will become closer to that for random pits. d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 86 figure 7: stress concentration factor, k, in the shell with n randomly distributed defects (points) and with the toroidal notch (dashed line). linearly elastic model. figure 8: stress concentration factor, k, in the shell with n randomly distributed defects (points) and with the toroidal notch (dashed line). elastic-plastic model. d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 87 figure 9: stress concentration factor k in the shell with n defects uniformly located along the equator. linearly elastic model. figure 10: stress concentration factor k in the shell with n defects uniformly located along the equator. elastic-plastic model. the opposite effect is observed for elastoplastic material: maximum values of k for randomly located pits (fig. 8) are less than for periodical pits (fig. 10). this is explained by the fact that at large n (starting from n=276), multiple periodic pits form a relatively deep girdle notch, along which the wall of the sphere bends (almost the same as in the sphere with the d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 88 toroidal notch, see fig. 6), resulting in a hardening effect and an increase in stresses. randomly located pits do not form a continuous notch (as there may be relatively large gaps between the pits at random locations) where large bending deformations may occur. therefore, the hardening effect does not manifest itself as noticeably as in a sphere with periodic pits. thus, the mutual arrangement of defects on the vessel surface may have a greater effect on its local strength than the total volume of metal loss. conclusions ased on the study, the following common conclusions can be drawn: interaction of multiple defects on the vessel surface may result in the significant increase in the maximum stresses with the number n of the defects increasing. however, behavior of the vessels with multiple defects is markedly different for linearly elastic and elastic-plastic models. first, it was observed that for the considered data, the value of maximum stresses in the elastic sphere with multiple defects can be more than two times higher than for a single defect, while in the elastic-plastic sphere this increase does not exceed 30%. moreover, smoothing the surface due to the damage accumulation may lead to a little decrease in the stress concentration for elastic materials. note that for other parameters, behavior of the vessels weakened by multiple pits was qualitatively the same. the maximum stresses in the vessel with multiple pits located along the equator tend to that for the toroidal notch, as n increases. however, the maximum stresses in the elastic vessel with multiple pits may be significantly higher than that for the toroidal notch. this means that it is unacceptable to calculate the strength of elastic vessels with individual defects by considering vessels with a thickness smoothly reduced along a certain area. at the same time, for an elastic-plastic material, the maximum stresses in the vessel with a toroidal notch is the upper limit for the stresses in the vessel with multiple defects; therefore, for the strength analysis of the latter, the vessels with a smoothly reduced thickness can be considered. stress concentration in the vessels with randomly distributed defects can be much higher than in the vessel with the same number of periodical defects, due to the random formation of thin ligaments or sharp cusps between the adjacent defects. however, for elastoplastic vessels with large numbers of defects, the opposite phenomenon may be initiated by the hardening effect. this means that the mutual arrangement of defects on the vessel surface may have a greater effect on its local strength than the total volume of metal loss and that periodic solutions do not always provide good approximations for random defects. acknowledgements his work was supported by the russian science foundation, grant no 21-19-00100. references [1] li, k., zheng, j., zhang, z., gu, c., zhang, x., liu, s., ge, h., gu, g. and lin, g. (2017). experimental investigation on buckling of ellipsoidal head of steel nuclear containment, j. press. vess.-t. asme, 139(6), 061206. doi: 10.1115/1.4038013. [2] dehrouyeh-semnani, a.m., dehdashti, e., yazdi, m.r.h. and nikkhah-bahrami, m. (2019). nonlinear thermo-resonant behavior of fluid-conveying fg pipes, int. j. eng. sci., 144, 103141. doi: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2019.103141. [3] dastjerdi, s., akgöz, b., civalek, ö., malikan, m. and eremeyev, v.a. (2020). on the non-linear dynamics of torusshaped and cylindrical shell structures, int. j. eng. sci., 156, 103371. doi: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2020.103371. [4] karimihaghighi, r., naghizadeh, m. and javadpour, s. (2022). ffs master software for fitness-for-service assessment of hydrogen induced cracking equipment based on api 579-1/asme ffs-1, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60, pp. 187–212. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.14. [5] nilsen, k. (2011). development of low pressure filter testing vessel and analysis of electrospun nanofiber membranes for water treatment. master’s degree thesis, wichita state university. b t d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 89 [6] pronina, y.g. (2013). lifetime assessment for an ideal elastoplastic thick-walled spherical member under general mechanochemical corrosion conditions, in: complas xii: proceedings of the xii international conference on computational plasticity: fundamentals and applications, cimne, pp. 729–738. [7] gutman, e.m., bergman, r.m. and levitsky, s.p. (2016). influence of internal uniform corrosion on stability loss of a thin-walled spherical shell subjected to external pressure, corros. sci., 111, pp. 212–215. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2016.04.018. [8] pronina, y., sedova, o., grekov, m. and sergeeva, t. (2018). on corrosion of a thin-walled spherical vessel under pressure, int. j. eng. sci., 130, pp. 115–128. doi: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2018.05.004. [9] pronina, y. and sedova, o. (2021). analytical solution for the lifetime of a spherical shell of arbitrary thickness under the pressure of corrosive environments: the effect of thermal and elastic stresses, j. appl. mech.-t. asme, 88, 061004. doi: 10.1115/1.4050280. [10] sedova, o. and pronina, y. (2022). the thermoelasticity problem for pressure vessels with protective coatings, operating under conditions of mechanochemical corrosion, int. j. eng. sci., 170, 103589. doi: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2021.103589. [11] groysman, a. (2017). physicochemical basics of corrosion at refineries units, top. saf. reliab. qual., 32, pp. 17–36. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-45256-2_3. [12] liu, c., li, x., revilla, r. i., sun, t., zhao, j., zhang, d., yang, s., liu, z., cheng, x., terryn, h. and li, x. (2021). towards a better understanding of localised corrosion induced by typical non-metallic inclusions in low-alloy steels, corros. sci., 179, 109150. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2020.109150. [13] wu, k., jung, w. and byeon, j. (2016). in-situ monitoring of pitting corrosion on vertically positioned 304 stainless steel by analyzing acoustic-emission energy parameter, corros. sci., 105, pp. 8–16. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2015.12.010. [14] fabas, a., monceau, d., doublet, s. and put, a.r.v. (2015). modelling of the kinetics of pitting corrosion by metal dusting, corros. sci., 98, pp. 592–604. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2015.05.061. [15] natesan, k. and zeng, z. (2007). development of materials resistant to metal dusting degradation, report anl07/30, argonne national laboratory, pp. 161. [16] yu, j., wang, h., yu, y., luo, z., liu, w. and wang, c. (2018). corrosion behavior of x65 pipeline steel: comparison of wet–dry cycle and full immersion, corros. sci., 133, pp. 276–287. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2018.01.007. [17] wang, y., xu, s. and li, a. (2020). flexural performance evaluation of corroded steel beams based on 3d corrosion morphology, struct. infrastruct. e., 16(11), pp. 1562–1577. doi: 10.1080/15732479.2020.1713169. [18] cerit, m. (2019). corrosion pit-induced stress concentration in spherical pressure vessel, thin wall. struct., 136, pp. 106–112. doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2018.12.014. [19] nakai, t., matsushita, h., yamamoto, n. and arai, h. (2004). effect of pitting corrosion on local strength of hold frames of bulk carriers (1st report), mar. struct., 17(5), pp. 403–432. doi: 10.1016/j.marstruc.2004.10.001. [20] ok, d., pu, y. and incecik, a. (2007). computation of ultimate strength of locally corroded unstiffened plates under uniaxial compression, mar. struct., 20(1-2), pp. 100–114. doi: 10.1016/j.marstruc.2007.02.003. [21] khedmati, m.r. and nouri, z.h.m.e. (2015). analytical simulation of nonlinear elastic–plastic average stress–average strain relationships for un-corroded/both-sides randomly corroded steel plates under uniaxial compression, thin wall. struct., 86, pp. 132–141. doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2014.10.012. [22] cerit, m. (2013). numerical investigation on torsional stress concentration factor at the semi elliptical corrosion pit, corros. sci., 67, pp. 225–232. doi: 10.1016/j.corsci.2012.10.028. [23] zhang, s. and zhou, w. (2020). assessment of effects of idealized defect shape and width on the burst capacity of corroded pipelines, thin wall. struct., 154, 106806. doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2020.106806. [24] vansovich, k., aistov, i. and nakhlestkin, a. (2019). application of a discrete model of fatigue defect growth for assessment of the safe operation life of the main pipeline section with a corrosion defect, in: iop conference series: materials science and engineering, iop publishing, 684(1), 012006. doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/684/1/012006. [25] sultana, s., wang, y., sobey, a.j., wharton, j.a. and shenoi, r.a. (2015). influence of corrosion on the ultimate compressive strength of steel plates and stiffened panels, thin wall. struct., 96, pp. 95–104. doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2015.08.006. [26] huang, y., zhang, y., liu, g. and zhang, q. (2010). ultimate strength assessment of hull structural plate with pitting corrosion damnification under biaxial compression, ocean eng., 37(17–18), pp. 1503–1512. doi: 10.1016/j.oceaneng.2010.08.001. [27] zhao, z., zhang, h., xian, l. and liu, h. (2020). tensile strength of q345 stee lwith random pitting corrosion based on numerical analysis, thin wall. struct., 148, 106579. doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2019.106579. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijengsci.2021.103589 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tws.2019.106579 d. okulova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 80-90; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.08 90 [28] liang, z., xiao, y. and zhang, j. (2018). stress–strain analysis of a pipeline with inner and outer corrosion defects, j. press. vess.-t., 140(6), 064501. doi: 10.1115/1.4041434. [29] wang, r., guo, h. and shenoi, r.a. (2020). experimental and numerical study of localized pitting effect on compressive behavior of tubular members, mar. struct., 72, 102784. doi: 10.1016/j.marstruc.2020.102784. [30] feng, l., hu, l., chen, x. and shi, h. (2020). a parametric study on effects of pitting corrosion on stiffened panels’ ultimate strength, int. j. nav. arch. ocean, 12, pp. 699–710. doi: 10.1016/j.ijnaoe.2020.08.001. [31] tee, k.f. and wordu, a.h. (2020). burst strength analysis of pressurized steel pipelines with corrosion and gouge defects, eng. fail. anal., 108, 104347. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2019.104347. [32] gao, j., yang, p., li, x., zhou, j. and liu, j. (2019). analytical prediction of failure pressure for pipeline with long corrosion defect, ocean eng., 191, 106497. doi: 10.1016/j.oceaneng.2019.106497. [33] zhang, y., huang, y., zhang, q. and liu, g. (2016). ultimate strength of hull structural plate with pitting corrosion damnification under combined loading, ocean eng., 116, pp. 273–285. doi: 10.1016/j.oceaneng.2016.02.039. [34] mechab, b., malika, m., salem, m. and boualem, s. (2020). probabilistic elastic-plastic fracture mechanics analysis of propagation of cracks in pipes under internal pressure, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 14(54), pp. 202–210. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.15. [35] vakaeva, a.b., shuvalov, g.m. and kostyrko, s.a. (2021). interfacial stresses in bimaterial composites with nanosized interface relief, in: 8th international conference on computational methods for coupled problems in science and engineering, coupled problems 2019, pp. 679–688. [36] ahmed, a.b., houria, m.i., fathallah, r. and sidhom, h. (2019). the effect of interacting defects on the hcf behavior of al-si-mg aluminum alloys, j. alloy. compd., 779, pp. 618–629. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2018.11.282. [37] lakhdari, a.a., bubnov, s.a., seddak, a., ovchinnikov, i.i. and ovchinnikov, i.g. (2020). finite element modeling of the behavior of a hollow cylinder in a hydrogen-containing environment, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 51, pp. 236– 253. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.19. [38] sedova, o.s., khaknazarova, l.a. and pronina, y.g. (2014). stress concentration near the corrosion pit on the outer surface of a thick spherical member, in: ieee 10th international vacuum electron sources conference, ivesc 2014, pp. 245–246. doi: 10.1109/ivesc.2014.6892074. [39] liao, y., liu, c., wang, t., xu, t., zhang, j. and ge, l. (2021). mechanical behavior analysis of gas pipeline with defects under lateral landslide. proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers, part c: journal of mechanical engineering science, 235(23), pp. 6752–6766. doi: 10.1177/09544062211017161. [40] kostyrko, s., grekov, m. and altenbach, h. (2021). coupled effect of curved surface and interface on stress state of wrinkled thin film coating at the nanoscale. zamm zeitschrift fur angewandte mathematik und mechanik. doi: 10.1002/zamm.202000202. [41] abakarov a., pronina y. and kachanov m. (2022). symmetric arrangements of cracks with perturbed symmetry: extremal properties of perturbed configurations, int. j. eng. sci., 171(4), 103617. doi: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2021.103617. [42] carpinteri, a., brighenti, r. and vantadori, s. (2006). notched shells with surface cracks under complex loading. int. j. mech. sci., 48(6), pp. 638–649. doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2006.01.004. [43] carpinteri, a., brighenti, r. and vantadori, s. (2009). notched double-curvature shells with cracks under pulsating internal pressure, int. j. pres. ves. pip., 86(7), pp. 443–453. doi: 10.1016/j.ijpvp.2008.12.007. [44] vaziri, a., nayeb-hashemi, h. and estekanchi, h.e. (2002). dynamic response of cracked cylindrical shells with internal pressure. proceedings of the asme 2002 international mechanical engineering congress and exposition. design engineering. new orleans, louisiana, usa, pp. 257–265. doi: 10.1115/imece2002-33582. [45] zhu, y., zhang, j., yu, j., zhou, x., zhao, x., yin, b., tang, w. (2020). buckling of externally pressurized corroded spherical shells with wall-thickness reduction in local region. int. j. pres. ves. pip., 188, p. 104231. doi: 10.1016/j.ijpvp.2020.104231. [46] sedova, o.s. (2020). stress calculation for a hollow sphere with inner surface defects, vector of togliatti state university, 2, pp. 68–73. in russian. doi: 10.18323/2073-5073-2020-2-68-73. [47] zhu, y., guan, w., wang, h., zhao, m. and zhang, j. (2021). buckling of spherical shells with pitting corrosion under external pressure, ships offshore struc., pp. 1–10. doi: 10.1080/17445302.2021.2000266. [48] zhao, z., zhang, p., zhou, s. and fan, x. (2022). collapse pressure of randomly corroded spherical shell, ocean eng., 246, 110604. doi: 10.1016/j.oceaneng.2022.110604. [49] okulova, d. d., sedova, o. s. and pronina, y. g. (2021). the effect of surface defects interaction on the strength of a pressurised spherical shell. procedia structural integrity, 33, pp. 1055–1064. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2021.10.117. [50] sedova, o. s. (2020). calculation of stresses in a spherical shell with internal surface defects. science vector of togliatti state university, 2, pp. 68–73. doi: 10.18323/2073-5073-2020-2-68-73. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2018.11.282 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/zamm.202000202 http://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijengsci.2021.103617 https://doi.org/10.18323/2073-5073-2020-2-68-73 microsoft word numero_37_art_4 a. shanyavskiy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 22-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.04 22 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture multiaxial fatigue of in-service aluminium longerons for helicopter rotor-blades a. shanyavskiy state center for civil aviation flight safety, airport sheremetievo-1, po box 54, chimkinskiy state, moscow region, 141426, russia, 106otdel@mail.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 a. toushentsov state center for civil aviation flight safety, airport sheremetievo-1, po box 54, chimkinskiy state, moscow region, 141426, russia, 103otdel@mail.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2345-6790 abstract. fatigue cracking of longerons manufactured from al-alloy avt-1 for helicopter in-service rotorblades was considered and crack growth period and equivalent of tensile stress for different blade sections were estimated. complicated case of in-service blades multiaxial cyclically bending-rotating and tension can be considered based on introduced earlier master curve constructed for aluminum alloys in the simple case of uniaxial tension with stress r-ratio near to zero. calculated equivalent tensile stress was compared for different blade sections and it was shown that in-service blades experienced not principle difference in this value in the crack growth direction by the investigated sections. it is not above the designed equivalent stress level. crack growth period estimation in longerons based on fatigue striation spacing or meso-beach-marks measurements has shown that monitoring system introduced designer in longerons can be effectively used for in-time crack detecting independently on the failed section when can appeared because of various type of material faults or in-service damages. keywords. fatigue; multiaxial; longerons; aluminium alloy; crack growth; fractography; stress equivalent. introduction atigue cracking of longerons manufactured from al-alloy avt-1 for helicopter in-service rotor-blades was considered and crack growth period and equivalent of tensile stress for different blade sections were estimated. complicated case of in-service blades multiaxial cyclically bending-rotating and tension can be considered based on introduced earlier master curve constructed for aluminum alloys in the simple case of uniaxial tension with stress r-ratio near to zero [1]. calculated equivalent tensile stress was compared for different blade sections and it was shown that inservice blades experienced not principle difference in this value in the crack growth direction by the investigated sections. it is not above the designed equivalent stress level. crack growth period estimation in longerons based on fatigue striation spacing or meso-beach-marks measurements has shown that monitoring system introduced designer in longerons can be f a. shanyavskiy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 22-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.04 23 effectively used for in-time crack detecting independently on the failed section when can appeared because of various type of material faults or in-service damages. a) b) figure 1: scheme (a) of rotor-blade section with numbering “1”-“5” areas for crack origination and pointed out its external loading and (b) cells position for a blade. the pressure gage, installed in the basement portion of the rotor blade, is designed to send a signal of lost excessive pressure to a monitor (a window in that a watcher can see the red cup to appear) once discontinuity arose in the longeron in any section of the propeller blade. according to the service norms, such inspection is to be performed each time before the flight. in-service fatigue cracks nucleated in the longerons in the defect sites that were revealed all over the blade length, from r = 0.085 to r = 0.71, where max)/()( did rrr  (see fig.1b). in the paper we shall discuss in details the fracture trends of the longerons made of aluminium avt-1 alloy. inspection results of fatigue-cracking behavior of the longerons atigue cracks only nucleated in operating longerons of the rotor-blades if their material was somehow damaged [2, 3]. despite the fact that the defects differed in the sites of location in the cross-section area of the longeron (see fig. 1), all the defects caused failure of the fatigue nature. we can formalize these failure cases according to a general scheme of the fracture surface, fig. 2, as composed of: a fracture-origin exhibits a fracture relief typical of the damage kind and may be located anywhere on the inner or outer surface of the longeron walls; a zone (1) of stable crack growth typically exhibits a smooth fracture surface with distinct mesoscopic or macroscopic (depending of the fracture location) beach-marks of fatigue fracture; a zone (2) of accelerated crack propagation typically shows a wavy fracture surface of the “christmas-tree” or “chevronlike” type; figure 2: scheme of longerons fracture surfaces for crack origination from the corrosion pitting with indication “1”-“3” different fracture surface areas. f a. shanyavskiy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 22-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.04 24 a zone (3) of fast crack propagation when the plastic-shear lips form entirely over the wall-thickness of the longeron. in the zone 1, pseudo-striations pattern forms first (p-region), peculiar to low-rate crack growth in the near-threshold range of the kinetic diagram. the material here experiences extensive shear. as the crack length increases, a pattern of fatigue striations forms or, alternatively, mesoscopic fatigue beach-marks dominate, depending on the blade section in that the crack propagates. formation of fatigue striations alternating with dimpled fracture is typical of the zone 2: here, the crack growth becomes accelerated. purely dimpled relief is typical of the zone 3 of final fracture; here the plastic-shear lips form throughout an entire thickness of the blade wall. having fatigue meso-beach-marks and fatigue striations distinctly visible made it possible to analyze the growth trends of fatigue cracks in the longerons and to determine the growth durations of the cracks and estimate the in-service stress level. furthermore, it made possible to verify if the crack-monitoring alarm gage, installed, by design, in the longeron-basement end, operated efficiently. consider the data on two cases; in one case the crack was disclosed as it grew not above 25% of the total cross-section area of the longeron and in the other case the longeron failed in flight as the crack occupied 75% of its cross-section. the two helicopters were of the same type and the fracture sites almost coincided. the cases appeared contradicting to one another, i.e., indicated both to the efficient and inefficient operation of the alarm gage. moreover, that fatigue zone, which amounted in total to 25-% of the cross-section of the longeron, occupied equal areas on both sides (top and bottom) of the neutral bending line. consequently, the longeron had the crack partially closed in the qualitatively similar ways whether in flight or in the parked condition. still the gage responded to the drop of pressure in both conditions, which showed its sensitivity as quite high. in such a contradictory situation, when cracks were now revealed and now not revealed, one had to either improve the gage efficiency or discipline the inspecting organizations to use the gage carefully. one could estimate the gage efficiency most correctly using the data on growth duration of fatigue cracks and in-service stresses as applied to the separate blade sections. in so doing, one first should examine the crack-growth patterns in the longerons subjected to bench tests simulating various loading conditions. secondly, one should see to which degree the propagation patterns of fatigue cracks remain similar in the separate longeron sections. initiation and propagation patterns of fatigue cracks in service lades in flight are loaded with the frequency that is determined by the revolution frequency of the rotor and corresponds to the frequency of the single cycles of fatigue damage. accordingly, we calculate the growth period of fatigue cracks based on the measurements of fatigue-striation spacing and assuming that each single fatigue striation is formed as a result of one rotor revolution. this consideration of material damage has accordance with longerons fatigue tests on the special test-device that were performed earlier [2]. we shall compare below these estimations with the crack-growth durations calculated based on the data on fatigue meso-beach-marks (mbm). the area of early crack growth, with typically p-region of fracture, was the largest in the damage site, in the section of relative radius r = 0.085 (beside the blade basement); it measured about 25 mm in length. in all the other sections such crack-growth areas were smaller, though no relation between the fracture region size and the relative radius of a longeron was revealed. for the separate longeron sections (distances from the blade basement), the growth periods of fatigue cracks were estimated based on the data on the fatigue-meso-beach-marks and fatigue-striation spacings. in the region of relative radius r = 0.085 of the longeron fatigue mbm were characteristic of the fatigue damage all over the crack path from the fracture-origin site till the transition to unstable crack growth. this fatigue fracture was initiated owing to the preliminary corrosion cracking of the material. beyond the fracture-origin area mbm geometry is perfect and the meso-beach-mark spacing increases regularly in the crack-growth directions. fatigue striations began to form as the crack increased to 25 mm along the rear wall. plus to them, meso-beach-marks continued to form clearly, which helped to estimate with greater accuracy the crack-growth duration over both in the striation-free (p-region) and striation-bearing portions of the fracture. immediately before the fast-cracking zone began, mbm formed as distinctly as to be visible at quite moderate magnifications (with the use of a light microscope), indicating to quite heavy fatigue damage. we may say that these coarse (macroscopic) fatigue lines formed to respond to the effects of regularly altered applied loads. by the end-rupture time the fatigue crack passed through 45% portion of the longeron cross-section. in these limits (from the origin site till endrupture zone), the crack grew by 120 mm along the bottom wing and by 52 mm along the rear wall. b a. shanyavskiy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 22-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.04 25 sequentially measured distances between mbm and, then, between the macro-beach-marks confirmed that there recurrence along the crack path is not casual, but regular, indicative of the very blade-loading patterns, regularly repeated with each single flight cycle, fig. 3. therefore, the regularly increasing distances between these marks are indicative of the crack-growth rate regularly increasing from flight to flight. and the number of these beach-marks corresponds to the number of the helicopter flights accomplished with the fatigue crack propagating in the longeron. a) b) figure 3: spacing of (a) mesoor macro-beach-marks and (b) fatigue striations with number of cycles np against crack length a for two longerons (a) and (b). in case that the distances between the fatigue beach-marks remain unchanged for some periods of crack propagation shows the crack-length increments to obey some scale hierarchy both at the mesoscopic (mbm or fatigue striations) and macroscopic levels. this particular trend again indicates that the blades were loaded in a regular way (each single flight); the latter showed itself through the pattern of regularly advancing fatigue crack. fatigue mbm were counted starting from the area 5.5 mm apart from the crack-origin site (the lines became most distinct here) to find out that the following crack-growth period involved about 210 flights. the inter-mbm distances (and, hence, the crack-length increments) appeared to sequentially increase. for the crack length grown from 5.5 to 7 mm, the average length increment did not exceed 0.056 mm per flight. so, not less than 70 flights were done with the fatigue crack growing in length from 1.5 to5.5 mm. the starting crack length of 1.5 mm was taken a little greater than the depth (1.3 mm) of the stress-corrosion-origin. in total, these estimations give 280 (210 + 70) flight cycles for the period of crack propagation from the corrosion-cracking zone till the beginning point of unstable fracture. of the considered cases of the failure of longerons, the fracture at the site of r =0.7 related to the cases of the deepest fatigue cracks: here, the p-region of early cracking measured as much as 12 mm. the blade fracture began from a nearly spherical cavity as large as about 2 mm in radius, located at the inner surface of the longeron. on both sides of the crack, cavities, similar to the cavity from which the fracture began, were arranged in a file along the longeron axis. the value of striation spacing increased with the crack length in a way indicative of the regular loading pattern of the longeron in service. the spacing of fatigue striations irregularly increasing and decreasing with increasing crack length only appeared immediately before the transition to accelerated crack growth and a chevron-like fracture morphology (see number “2” on fig. 2). the calculations were done according to the following relationships [1, 4]. in so doing, 57000 cycles was thus calculated for crack-growth period in p-region. in average, single-flight duration is close to 30 minutes, and a loading frequency is determined by the revolution frequency (192 revolutions per minute) of the rotor. consequently, the crack growth duration in the longeron must be not less than 49.5 hours (about 100 flights). these figures do not contradict the macroscopic view of the fracture morphology. using a binocular microscope at small magnifications, one could observe indistinct fatigue macro-beach-marks in individual parts of the fracture. such marks were used for estimating the flight number, which then was compared with the flight number acquired from the fatiguestriation patterns. the two estimations appeared to differ not more than by 10%. therefore, using predominantly the patterns of mbm and fatigue striations we may estimate the growth durations of fatigue cracks. having compared these estimations, we may see that cracks of fatigue nature grow in the longerons for quite long periods and, hence, inspection and monitoring of their growth in service can be highly efficient. a. shanyavskiy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 22-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.04 26 levels of equivalent stress in the longerons of mi-4 and mi-8 helicopters rom the above data one can see that propagation of fatigue cracks in the longerons takes quire a long time. this information, however, should be enlarged to answer how much descriptive are the usually applied calculation methods as concerns the actual stress-strain conditions of the material in various sections of a longeron. having this question answered is especially important, as corrosion-induced damage is well known to occur and, sometimes, be a source of fatigue cracks in the longerons. let us discuss the levels of equivalent stress e with respect to various relative radii of the longerons; the stress levels are estimated in terms of the concept of the single kinetic curve with the use of above-described quantitative-fractography approach to the failure cases of aviation structures. along the longeron, the stress level changes with the distance from the longeron basement. tensile stress diminishes and, simultaneously, bending load increases. this complex loading pattern results in stresses that vary in the level and in the ratio between the torsion and bending components. longerons experience a permanent tensile stress, whose largest value is 60 mpa, and the stress that varies between 10 mpa and 38 mpa. in flight, a longeron is twisted within 3�, and the torsion stress achieves 30 mpa. as follows from the analysis of stressed state of the specimens loaded simultaneously by torsion and tension [5], crackgrowth behavior is predominantly controlled by the value of crack opening normal to the crack-growth direction. in other words, a crack propagates along the normal to the axis of maximum tensile stress, applied to the crack tip. typically, crack-propagation occurs with fatigue striations forming in the fracture area. therefore, we can estimate a crack-growth rate using a synergetic approach, based on the concept of master kinetic curve [1, 4]. striations do not appear in case of out-of-phase loading [6], when the cycle asymmetry r near to zero. though caused by combined uniaxial tension and torsion, fatigue fracture develops as a single phenomenon. therefore, a unified energetic criterion was proposed [6] for describing fatigue-cracking behavior under such combined tension-andtorsion conditions. making use of that criterion helps the calculation of a tension equivalent for stress-intensity factor ke from the following relationships. 2/1)221(  iiiciicikek  (1) in eq. (3) dimensionless coefficients cii and ciii only depend on the poisson’s ratio and characterize the effects of the crack-opening modes kii and kiii for a pipe-type specimen twisted in the crack plane. eq. (3) relates to the case of using the master curve of fatigue-cracking kinetics for various combinations of shear and tensile components of torsion-andtension loading. here the equivalent stress-intensity factor appears a quantity only dependent on a correction f() for a torsion angle, which value was calculated, typical of all the other cases, for the master kinetics curve [1, 4, 6]. a loading pattern of the rotor-blades repeats quite regularly every flight. so, statistically, we can discuss crack-growth events in various blade sections as relating to the same loading type. the levels of equivalent stress were estimated for various sections and origin sites of fatigue cracks. below, we illustrate the methodological principles of these calculations for the case of fatigue-crack growth at the relative radius r = 0.38 of a longeron. in this section, stresses to be calculated arise from varying stresses and dynamic tension of 59 mpa. in such a case an equivalent stress can be estimated from a relationship 5.60)45.01(5.81)max/min1(max  e (2) from the laboratory tests of avt3-1 alloy the value of k1p = 7.9 mpa m1/2 was acquired for border transition from pregion to the stage of fatigue striation formation. for the longeron of interest, this value is achieved as the crack riches 6 mm in length. and using a respective relationship [7], we may estimate a stress-intensity factor for a round crack as k1p = e a0 /, (3) where   1. f a. shanyavskiy et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 22-27; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.04 27 from eq. (3) we found the equivalent stress e 58 mpa for the crack length a0 = 6 mm. one can see that loading conditions remained the same and no positive or negative deviation occurred from the equivalent-stress level all over the fatigue-striation stage. all these calculations indicate that the fatigue fracture of the longeron was initiated as a result of high stress concentration in the corrosion-cracking site and not because of an overloading event. one can see that, regarding the levels of equivalent stresses, the longeron sections at the r __ -value 0.7 and 0.5 are close to one another; this finding is consistent with the data on crack-growth durations and stress levels calculated for longerons. in the discussed longeron, initial corrosion cracking (intergranular) reached 0.4-mm depth. then in 5-mm distance predominantly corrosion cracking (transgranular and intergranular) transformed to purely fatigue cracking (transgranular). next to this zone, fatigue crack propagated for quite a long period. here, the value of equivalent stress did not exceed the designed level. therefore, fatigue crack would not nucleate without stress concentration, caused by the corrosion cracking deeper than 0.3 mm from the outer surface of the longeron, as long as the surface layer of such thickness experiences the residual compression stresses greater than the equivalent tensile stress. the monitoring system employed to watch the longeron impermeability of the mi-family helicopters is efficient. conclusion – in cases of nucleation and propagation of fatigue cracks in the longerons of mi-4 and mi-8 helicopters in-service stresses never exceeded the designed levels at any relative radius of the propeller blades – the longest crack-growth periods are typical of the basement part of the blades – through fatigue cracks show the growth periods of tens flights for a whichever relative radius of a propeller blade; hence, such cracks can be revealed in good time with the pressure gages, installed in the blades to signal about the loss of their impermeability. references [1] shanyavskiy, a.a., tolerance fatigue cracking of aircraft structures. synergetics in engineering applications. monograph, ufa (russia), (2003) [2] shanyavskiy a.a., quantitative fractographic analyses of fatigue crack growth in longerons of in-service helicopter rotor-blades. fatigue fract. engng mater struc., 19 (1996) 1129-1141. [3] shanyavskiy a.a., toushentsov a.l., effectiveness of safety flight guaranty for helicopters using introduced in longeron rotor-blade device for cracks detecting. science works for investigators society of crashed aircrafts, russia, 11 (1999) 110-128. [4] shanyavskiy a.a., orlov e.f., koronov m.z., fractographic analyses of fatigue crack growth in d16t alloy subjected to biaxial cyclic loads at various r-ratios. fatigue fract. engng mater struc., 18 (1995) 1263-1276. [5] shanyavskiy a.a., orlov e.f., grigoriev v.m., fatigue crack growth in d16 al-alloy sheet subjected to biaxial out-ofphase loading. fatigue fract. engng mater struc., 20 (1997) 975-983. [6] chan k.s., hack l.e., leverat g.r. fatigue crack propagation in ni-base superalloy single crystals under multiaxial cyclic loads. met. trans. 17a (1986) 1739-1750. [7] murakami, y. (ed.) stress intensity factors handbook (in 3 volumes), pergamon press, oxford, (1987). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_61_art_34_3533.docx n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 510 the influence of sustainable reinforcing particulates on the density, hardness and corrosion resistance of aa 6063 matrix composites ndudim henry ononiwu, chigbogu g. ozoegwu university of nigeria nsukka, enugu, nigeria ndudim.ononiwu@unn.edu.ng, chigbogu.ozoegwu@unn.edu.ng ifeanyi okoro jacobs university of nigeria nsukka, enugu, nigeria aedjac systems development laboratory, university of nigeria nsukka, enugu, nigeria ifeanyi.jacobs@unn.edu.ng victor c. nwachukwu department of mechanical engineering, school of infrastructure, process engineering and technology, federal university of technology, minna, niger state, nigeria victornwachkwu@gmail.com esther titilayo akinlabi pan african university for life and earth sciences institute (paulesi), ibadan, nigeria etakinlabi@gmail.com abstract. the need for the fabrication of sustainable aluminium matrix composites (amcs) is being sought after as practical alternatives to conventional metals and their alloys. this study was undertaken to investigate the effect of sustainable materials on the mechanical, physical and corrosion resistant properties of aa 6063. the weight fraction of the hybrid reinforcements was varied at 2.5, 5.0, 7.5 and 10.0 wt.%. for each variation, the fly ash and eggshells were weighed equally. the fabrication route selected was stir casting. the analysis of the density showed that the property decreased with increasing weight fraction of the hybrid reinforcements. evaluation of the microhardness revealed hardness values of 78.13, 81.19, 81.54, 82.14, and 86.71 hv for the base metal, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5 and 10.0 wt.% samples respectively. the corrosion resistant properties were studied in 3.5 wt.% nacl medium. the investigation showed that the reinforced amcs exhibited improved corrosion resistance compared to the base metal. however, the 7.5 wt.% sample exhibited the least corrosion rate of 8.649 x 10-5 g/h. keywords. amcs; aluminium; sustainable materials; fly ash; eggshells. citation: ononiwu, n.h., ozoegwu, c.g., jacobs, i.o., nwachukwu, v.c., akinlabi, e.t. the influence of sustainable reinforcing particulates on the density, hardness and corrosion resistance of aa 6063, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518. received: 30.03.2022 accepted: 16.06.2022 online first: 18.06.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/9oigy5bvxog n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 511 introduction he ever-growing need for the fabrication of amcs at lower cost while retaining the improvements in mechanical and physical properties has remained a conscious effort by researchers. amcs are rapidly replacing monolithic metals and their alloys in several industrial applications due to improvements in their strength, stiffness, corrosion and wear resistance [1]. current applications of amcs include aerospace, automobile and marine equipments [2]. research over the last few decades have identified price as a major hinderance to the fabrication and application of amcs due to the high costs associated with the reinforcing phases [3]. ononiwu et al [4] also highlighted that environmental sustainability is a major sentiment being shared by researchers in the fabrication of amcs. this reason has led to the incorporation of certain materials into the fabrication of composites either as replacements for the existing synthetic reinforcements or as a combination with synthetic reinforcements. the sustainable materials being applied as reinforcing phases of amcs are categorized based on their origins. the classifications have been identified as industrial (e.g. fly ash and red mud) [5] and agricultural wastes (e.g. rice husk, eggshells, and coconut shells) [6]. in addition to the environmental impact of the methods of disposal of these waste materials, cost and availability, further studies of these materials have highlighted the presence of oxides, nitrides and sulphides which are excellent ceramics utilized in the fabrication of amcs. among these sustainable materials, fly ash and eggshells have been considered as possible reinforcements for the fabrication of aluminium matrix composites. this is because of their low density [7], hardness [8], availability [9] and cost [10]. in light of these merits, researchers including ononiwu et al [11], idusuyi et al., [12] and dwivedi et al [13] have successfully utilized these sustainable materials to reinforce aluminium alloys. fly ash and eggshells are both waste products that currently constitute environmental issues due to the lack of adequate disposal means. as these waste materials are not bio-degradable, their disposal is primarily done by dumping in landfills. this method of waste management has been shown to be detrimental to the environmental ecological system. as a result, the reuse of these waste materials has been proposed to perform the functions of environmental cost savings. several researchers have successfully fabricated aluminium reinforced with fly ash and eggshells either as binary or ternary composites. such researches include that conducted in [14] which investigated the effect of fly ash on the mechanical properties of aa 1050. improvements of 11.04% and 31.90% on the tensile and compressive strength respectively was reported. al-zn reinforced with fly ash and sic was fabricated by kanth et al. [15]. the results indicated uniform dispersal of the reinforcements in the aluminium matrix. the analysis of the density showed a decline with increased weight fraction of fly ash. the hardness improved by 22.5%. the authors also reported improvements in the tensile strength of the fabricated composites compared to the base metal. dwiwedi et al. [16] investigated the influence of eggshells on the wear behaviour of aa 6061. the results showed that the coefficient of friction (cof) of the cast composite was significantly lower compared to that of the base metal indicating improved wear resistance. the potentiodynamic polarization studies of aa 6063 reinforced with eggshells was conducted by ononiwu et al [17]. the investigation revealed a decline in the corrosion rate (4.08 x 10-8 g/h) compared to the base metal (5.53 x 10-6 g/h). this is indicative of improved corrosion resistance brought about by the utilization of the reinforcements. the reviewed literature indicates the prospects of fly ash and eggshells as reinforcing phases for fabricating aluminium matrix composites. from the reviewed literature, minimal considerations have been made towards the prospects of utilizing hybrid waste reinforcements for the fabrication of amcs. this work selected these reinforcing particles from the 2 different classes of waste materials used in the fabrication of amcs. this work examined the effect of fly ash and eggshells on the physical, mechanical properties and corrosion resistance of aa 6063. materials and methods for this study, stir casting was selected as the fabrication route. this liquid metallurgy method was selected due to its simplicity, ability to produce parts with complex geometries and cost [18]. the elemental composition of the aluminium alloy shown in tab. 1 was obtained via mass spectrometry. composition mn ti fe cr cu zn cr mg al % 0.02 0.02 0.07 0.14 0.45 0.60 0.14 1.02 97.18 table 1: elemental composition of aa 6063. t n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 512 the quantitative analysis of reinforcements was done using x-ray diffractometry to obtain their respective constituents. these are summarized in tab. 2 and 3 according to ononiwu et al [19]. constituent calcium aragonite percentage (%) 13.67 86.33 table 2: quantitative analysis of the eggshell. constituent mullite quartz hematite alumina wustite percentage (%) 50.63 41.05 4.23 3.25 0.65 table 3: quantitative analysis of the fly ash. the designations of the fabricated samples are summarized in tab. 4. s/no designation eggshell wt.% fly ash wt.% total wt.% 1 a 0 2 b 1.25 1.25 2.50 3 c 2.50 2.50 5.00 4 d 3.75 3.75 7.50 5 e 5.00 5.00 10.00 table 4: designation of the cast samples. a ball milling machine, rotating at 180 rpm, was used to reduce particle sizes of the fly ash and eggshell samples. for both reinforcements under consideration, the milling period was set to 7 hours to achieve an average particle size of 75 µm. the eggshells were then carbonized to increase carbon content, decrease moisture content, and improve wettability between the matrix and dispersion phase [20]. the reinforcement percentages were varied at 0, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, and 10.0 wt.%. carbonized eggshells and fly ash were used in equal amounts in each variation of the reinforcements. the supplied aa 6063 sheets were then cut and weighed before being charged into the graphite crucible to fabricate the composites. to begin the melting process, the furnace's temperature was raised to 760 °c. the reinforcements were preheated at 400 °c for 1 hour before being introduced into the molten aluminium to promote interfacial bonding with the matrix. the preheated reinforcements were then introduced into the molten matrix. to achieve appropriate dispersion of the reinforcements in the aluminium matrix, the molten mix was stirred in two stages. the first stage of stirring took place after the reinforcements were charged into the molten matrix, while the second stage took place before casting the amc into the prepared sand mould. for both stirring stages, the mechanical stirring was done for 10 mins. the experimental setup and cast cylindrical bars are shown in fig. 1. the densities of the fabricated samples were measured using the archimedes principle. the mass of the fabricated amcs and the volume of displaced water in the measuring cylinder were measured. using the expression in eqn. 1, the density of the samples under considerations was obtained. e m d δv  (1) where ed is the density in g/cm3, m = mass of the sample, and δv is the volume of water displaced. to calculate the porosity of the samples, the theoretical densities of the cast samples were obtained using the rule of mixtures shown in eqn. 2. the theoretical density was in turn used to obtain the porosity using the expression in eqn. 3.      t m m f f es esd d w d w d w   (2) n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 513 where dt is the theoretical density of the composite sample, md is the density of the matrix, m w is the weight fraction of the matrix, fd is the density of the fly ash, fw is the weight fraction of the fly ash, esd is the density of the eggshell and esw is the weight fraction of the eggshells. with the aid of the theoretical densities of the fabricated samples, the porosity was obtained using the expression in eqn. 3. e t d p 1 100% d         (3) where p is the percentage porosity of the cast amc. figure 1: (a) casting of the samples (b) cylindrical rods the microstructure of the fabricated amc samples was studied using the tescan model type vega lmh scanning electron microscope. the samples were cut to reveal their cross-sections, cleaned, ground and polished prior to the commencement of the metallography studies. etching of the prepared samples was done in keller’s reagent for 30 second to reveal their grain structure. the surface of the samples was cleaned and polished prior to the microhardness measurement to guarantee accurate readings. during the microhardness measurement of the samples, 5 indentations 1mm apart were created. a test force of 300 gf (200 n) was applied to each indentation for a dwell duration of 15 seconds. the influence of the reinforcements on the corrosion resistance properties of the samples under examination was investigated using potentiodynamic polarization tests. for the experiment, 10 mm x 10 mm cylindrical specimens were used. all samples were cold mounted and ground with 320, 500, 1200, and 4000 sic emery sheets. the ground samples were cleaned with distilled water, degreased in acetone, and dried in the open air. these efforts were taken to ensure that the electrochemical processes were carried out accurately and with minimal interference. the electrochemical analyser from hch instruments was utilized for the potentiodynamic polarization tests, which included a silver/silver chloride reference electrode and a graphite counter electrode. the study's polarization range was -0.5 to 0.5 v, and the scan rate of 0.01 v/s. results and discussion microstructure tables he optical micrograph of the base metal (refer to fig. 2a), indicates the presence of interconnected coarse grains comprised of an array of intermetallics including al12mg7, alfe2mn, mg2si [21]. evaluation of the sem micrographs of the fabricated hybrid amcs revealed uniformly dispersed reinforcements in the aa 6063 matrix. this was the consequence of the utilization of the 2-step stirring technique described earlier. the level of dispersion of the fly ash and eggshells particles could also be attributed to the proper wettability and interfacial bonding between the matrix and hybrid reinforcements. also evident from the sem micrographs was the presence of micro voids. this situation often characterized with stir casting is caused by the presence of trapped gases formed during the solidification of the cast amcs [19,20]. further evaluation of the micrographs shows the presence of agglomerations of the eggshell particles with increasing weight fraction oof the t n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 514 reinforcements. this is a result of the increased viscosity brought about by the increasing weight fraction of the reinforcements. figure 2: (a) optical micrograph of aa 6063 (b) sem micrographs of sample b (c) sem micrographs of sample c (d) sem micrographs of sample d (e) sem micrographs of sample e figure 3: (a) experimental density of the cast samples (b) percentage porosity of the cast amcs density and porosity the archimedes principle was utilized in this study to evaluate the density of the resulting composites. as depicted in fig. 3a, the analysis of the experimental density revealed a decline with increasing weight fraction of both reinforcements. this suggests that using the hybrid materials to reinforce the aluminium alloy is capable of producing lightweight amcs. the analysis of the porosity depicted in fig. 3b indicated that the porosity increased with increasing weight fraction of the hybrid n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 515 reinforcements. this was already outlined in the description of the microstructure was a result of the increased viscosity, agglomeration and formation of pores formed during the solidification of the amcs during cooling. hardness the microhardness of the cast samples was studied to examine their behaviour under the application of localized load. fig. 4 indicates that the microhardness improved with increasing weight fraction of both reinforcements. a b c d e 78 80 82 84 86 88 m ic ro h a rd n e ss ( h v ) samples   figure 4: microhardness of the cast samples. -0.2 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 current density (a/cm2) p o te n tia l ( v ) a b c d e figure 5: tafel plots for the cast samples. the results showed that the microhardness was 78.13, 81.19, 81.54, 82.14, and 86.71 hv for samples a, b, c, d and e respectively. the improvements could be attributed to a number of factors. the presence of the hard reinforcing particles present on the grain boundaries of the aluminium matrix is responsible for resisting deformation of the cast samples during the application of localized loads. also based on the morphology of the cast samples, the presence of the reinforcing phases (fly ash and eggshells) was responsible for resisting movement during the application of load which in turn improved the hardness with increasing weight fractions of the dispersed phases. the improved hardness of the amcs could also be attributed to grain refinement brought about by the incorporation of the reinforcements in the aluminium matrix. this n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 516 results was also reported by ononiwu et al [17] and chandla et al. [24]. the authors further stated that the improved hardness values of the amcs compared to the base alloy could be directly attributed to the of the strengthening of the alloy by the reinforcements which transfers the applied load from the ductile and softer aluminium matrix to the more brittle and stiffer reinforcing particles. potentiodynamic polarization the potentiodynamic polarization study was used to study the characteristics of the cast samples under the influence of electrochemical mechanisms. the tafel plots in fig. 5 indicates passive and active corrosion modes in the 3.5 wt.% nacl electrolyte. from the tafel plots, the corrosion rates were extrapolated to figuratively show the potential of the considered samples to resist corrosion activities in the corrosion medium. the corrosion rates depicted in fig. 6 shows that the addition of the reinforcements was necessary to improve the corrosion rate of the aluminium alloy. the corrosion rate was improved due to the formation of a sufficient passive oxide layer. the passive oxide layer is responsible for the resistance to corrosion activities, although the continuous exposure of the samples to the corrosion medium eventually leads to the deterioration and eventual rupture of the passive layer which is responsible for the initiation of localized pitting activities on the surface of the samples. according to akinwamide et al [25], the formation of the pitting corrosion mechanism is a result of aggressive attack of the chloride ions present in the nacl medium. from the tafel plots, the presence of metastable pitting was visible in all the cast samples as fluctuations on regions of the tafel curves. the metastable pitting is described as unstable pits that occur prior to the initiation of stable pits after the initial incubation period of the chloride ions [26]. although the corrosion resistance of the amcs samples improved compared to the base metal, several factor including the weight fraction of the reinforcements, level of dispersal, presence of segregation and agglomeration, adequate wettability and the level of interfacial bonding between the reinforcements and the matrix were responsible for the variation of corrosion rate for the fabricated composites. to this effect, sample d had the least corrosion rate of 8.65 x 10-5 g/h indicating that the samples exhibited the best resistance to corrosion in the nacl corrosion medium. a b c d e 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 c o rr o si o n r a te ( g /y r) samples figure 6: corrosion rates of the cast samples. conclusion his investigation was conducted to evaluate the effect of fly ash and egg shells on selected mechanical, physical and corrosion resistant properties of aa 6063. results revealed that the addition of the hybrid reinforcing particles to the aluminium alloy led to the fabrication of light weight amcs. this work also reported an increase in porosity with increasing weight fraction of both reinforcements. the studies indicates that the porosity is a function of the weight fraction of the reinforcements, micro voids, level of dispersion of the reinforcements and the presence of agglomerates in the cast samples. the microstructure was characterized by uniformly dispersed particles along the grain boundaries of the t n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 517 base metal. microhardness testing showed that the property improved up to 10.3% with increasing weight fraction of the reinforcements. the corrosion investigation reported the presence of the reinforcements improved the corrosion resistance; however, the corrosion rate was lowest for the 7.5wt.% sample. overall, it can be conclusively stated that the use of hybrid sustainable reinforcing particles can be used to conveniently fabricate amcs with improved properties. references [1] fernández, h., ordoñez, s., pesenti, h., gonzález, r. e., and leoni, m. (2019). microstructure homogeneity of milled aluminum a356-si3n4 metal matrix composite powders, journal of materials research and technology, 8(3), pp. 2969– 2977. doi: 10.1016/j.jmrt.2019.05.004. [2] ononiwu, n.h., akinlabi, e. t., ozoegwu, c. g., and aigbodion, v. s. (2020). a concise review of the effects of hybrid particulate reinforced aluminium metal matrix composites on the microstructure, density and mechanical properties. lecture notes in mechanical engineering: advances in manufacturing engineering, springer singapore, pp. 433–443. doi: 10.1007/978-981-15-5753-8_40 [3] sharma, s. and dwivedi, s. p. (2017). effects of waste eggshells and sic addition on specific strength and thermal expansion of hybrid green metal matrix composite, journal of hazardous materials, 333, pp. 1–9. doi: 10.1016/j.jhazmat.2017.01.002. [4] ononiwu, n. h., ozoegwu c. g., akinribide o.j., and akinlabi e. t. (2021). effect of particle size on the microstructure and distribution of fly ash for metal matrix composite applications, materials today: proceedings, 26(2), pp. 1049–1053. doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2020.11.227. [5] bodunrin, m.o., alaneme, k.k., and chown, l.h. (2015). aluminium matrix hybrid composites: a review of reinforcement philosophies; mechanical, corrosion and tribological characteristics, journal of materials research and technology, 4(4), pp. 434–445. doi: 10.1016/j.jmrt.2015.05.003. [6] vinod, b., ramanathan, s., and anandajothi, m. (2018). a novel approach for utilization of agro-industrial waste materials as reinforcement with al–7si–0.3mg matrix hybrid composite on tribological behaviour, sn applied sciences, 1(1), pp. 1-15. doi: 10.1007/s42452-018-0066-z. [7] shaikh, m. b. n., raja, s., ahmed, m., zubair, m., khan, a., and ali, m. (2019). rice husk ash reinforced aluminium matrix composites: fabrication, characterization, statistical analysis and artificial neural network modelling, materials research express, 6(056518), pp. 1–39. doi: 10.1088/2053-1591/aafbe2. [8] prabu, v.a., johnson, r. d. j., amuthakkannan, p., and manikandan, v. (2017). usage of industrial wastes as particulate composite for environment management: hardness, tensile and impact studies, journal of environmental chemical engineering, 5(1), pp. 1289–1301. doi: 10.1016/j.jece.2017.02.007. [9] oghenevweta, j.e., aigbodion, v. s., nyior, g. b., and asuke, f. (2014). mechanical properties and microstructural analysis of al–si–mg/carbonized maize stalk waste particulate composites, journal of king saud university engineering sciences, 28(2), pp. 222–229. doi: 10.1016/j.jksues.2014.03.009. [10] kanayo, k., moyosore, t., and apata, p. (2013). corrosion and wear behaviour of al – mg – si alloy matrix hybrid composites reinforced with rice husk ash and silicon carbide, journal of materials research and technology, 3(1), pp. 9–16. doi: 10.1016/j.jmrt.2013.10.008. [11] ononiwu, n. h., ozoegwu, c. g., madushele, n., and akinlabi, e. t. (2021). effects of carbonised eggshells on the mechanical properties, microstructure and corrosion resistance of aa1050 metal matrix composites, advances in materials and processing technologies, pp. 1–12. doi: 10.1080/2374068x.2021.1959103. [12] dwivedi, s.p., srivastava, a.k., maurya, n.k., and maurya, m. (2019). microstructure and mechanical properties of al 6061/al2o3/fly-ash composite fabricated through stir casting, annales de chimie: science des materiaux, 43(5), pp. 341–348. doi: 10.18280/acsm.430510. [13] idusuyi, n., oviroh, p. o., and adekoya, a. h. (2018). a study on the corrosion and mechanical properties of an al6063 reinforced with egg shell ash and rice husk ash, in: asme 2018 international mechanical engineering congress and exposition imece2018, pp. 1–8. doi: 10.1115/imece2018-86662. [14] ononiwu, n.h., ozoegwu, c.g., madushele, n., and akinlabi, e.t. (2021). evaluation of particle size distribution, mechanical properties, microstructure and electrochemical studies of aa1050 / fly ash metal matrix composite. advances in materials and processing technologies, pp. 1–15, 2021. doi: 10.1080/2374068x.2021.1959104. [15] kanth, u. r., rao, p. s., and krishna, m. g. (2019). mechanical behaviour of fly ash/sic particles reinforced al-zn alloy-based metal matrix composites fabricated by stir casting method, journal of materials research and technology, 8(1), pp. 737–744. doi: 10.1016/j.jmrt.2018.06.003. n.h. ononiwu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 510-518; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.34 518 [16] dwiwedi, s. k., srivastava, a. k., and chopkar, m. k. (2019). wear study of chicken eggshell-reinforced al6061 matrix composites. transactions of the indian institute of metals, 72(1), pp. 73–84. doi: 10.1007/s12666-018-1463-0. [17] ononiwu, n. h., ozoegwu, c. g., madushele, n., and akinlabi, e. t. (2021). carbonization temperature and its effect on the mechanical properties, wear and corrosion resistance of aluminum reinforced with eggshell. journal of composites science, 5(10), pp. 1–12. doi: 10.3390/jcs5100262. [18] ramanathan, a., krishnan, p. k., and muraliraja, r. (2019). a review on the production of metal matrix composites through stir casting – furnace design, properties, challenges, and research opportunities, journal of manufacturing processes, 42, pp. 213–245. doi: 10.1016/j.jmapro.2019.04.017. [19] ononiwu, n. h., ozoegwu, c. g., madushele, n., and akinlabi, e. t. (2022). mechanical properties, tribology and electrochemical studies of al / fly ash / eggshell aluminium matrix composite, biointerface research in applied chemistry, 12(4), pp. 4900–4919. doi: 10.33263/briac124.49004919 [20] asuke, f., aigbodion, v. s., abdulwahab, m., fayomi, o. s.i., popoola, a. p.i., nwoyi, c. i., garba, b. (2012). effects of bone particle on the properties and microstructure of polypropylene/bone ash particulate composites, results in physics, 2, pp. 135–141. doi: 10.1016/j.rinp.2012.09.001. [21] edoziuno, f., nwaeju, c., adediran, a., odoni, b., and arun, v. (2021). mechanical and microstructural characteristics of aluminium 6063/palm kernel shell composites for lightweight applications, scientific african, 12, pp. 1–11. doi: 10.1.16/j.sciaf. 2021.e00781. [22] ononiwu, n. h., ozoegwu, c. g., madushele, n., and akinlabi, e. t. (2021). characterization, machinability studies and multi-response optimization of aa 6082 hybrid metal matrix composite, the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 116(138823), pp. 1–19. doi: 10.1007/s00170-021-07549-7. [23] sharma, s. and dwivedi, s. p. (2017). effects of waste eggshells and sic addition on specific strength and thermal expansion of hybrid green metal matrix composite, journal of hazardous materials, 333, pp. 1–9. doi: 10.1016/j.jhazmat.2017.01.002. [24] chandla, n. k., kant, s., and goud, m. m. (2020). experimental analysis and mechanical characterization of al 6061 / alumina / bagasse ash hybrid reinforced metal matrix composite using vacuum-assisted stir casting method, journal of composite materials, 0(0), pp. 1–15. doi: 10.1177/0021998320929417. [25] akinwamide, s. o., lesu, m., akinribide, o. j., and babalola, b. j. (2021). studies on corrosion behaviour of sintered aluminium based composites in studies on corrosion behaviour of sintered aluminium based composites in chloride environment, manufacturing review, 8(22), pp. 1–8. doi: 10.1051/mfreview/2021021. [26] hunkeler, f. and ingenieurberatung, h. (1987). metastable pitting of stainless steel, corrosion, 43(7), pp. 429–436. doi: 10.5006/1.3583880. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_63_art_07_3908.docx p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 72 the stress intensity factor of convex embedded polygonal cracks paolo livieri, fausto segala university of ferrara, department of engineering, italy paolo.livieri@unife.it, fausto.segala@unife.it abstract. in the present work, a simple formula for the evaluation of the stress intensity factor (sif) of convex embedded polygonal cracks has been proposed. this formula is structured as a correction factor of the oore-burns’ equation and is based on accurate three-dimensional fe analysis. furthermore, a precise formula for a regular polygonal crack has been given. keywords. weight function, stress intensity factor, three-dimensional crack. citation: livieri, p., segala, f., the stress intensity factor of convex embedded polygonal cracks, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 72-79. received: 11.09.2022 accepted: 15.10.2022 online first: 25.10.2022 published: 01.01.2023 copyright: © 2023 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he weight function technique was performed by bueckner [1] and rice [2, 3] to solve the stress intensity factor (sif) of a crack as well as to find out the nominal stress over the geometric discontinuity. it is well known that the ointegral [4] is a good approximation to evaluate the sif along the contour of three-dimensional planar cracks. for example, british standard 7910 [5] suggests the use of the o-integral provided that the results are documented. usually, in order to simplify sif assessments for embedded flaws, the sif is determined at the ends of both the minor and major axes of the elliptical idealization of the flaw [6, 7, 8]. the sif of a semi elliptical crack can be accurately calculated by means of the general procedure of shen and glinka [9, 10]. they use four terms of approximation and evaluate the unknown parameters based on reference stress intensity factor expressions taken from the literature. in this way a general weight function can be formulated to overcome some problems [11, 12] in the petrosky and achenbach method [13] where an approximate displacement field from a known reference was calculated. also in fitness-for-service procedure crack shapes, idealisation becomes necessary when real cracks have been detected during an inspection. typically, elliptical cracks, semi-elliptical cracks and through wall cracks or edge cracks with a rectilinear flank are considered [14]. for convex three-dimensional cracks few examples are presented in classical textbooks [15, 16, 17]. furthermore, in order to obtain an acceptable approximation of the maximum sif kimax, murakami [18, 19] took into account many types of convex embedded cracks subjected to nominal tensile stress σn. the sif was investigated numerically, and a final equation for sif was given in the form:  ,maxi nk y a where y is a coefficient that was evaluated as best fitting of the numerical results; and a is the area of the flaw. t https://youtu.be/drqmaxpdu70 p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 73 in a previous paper [20] the authors investigated the failure of the o-integral in presence of high curvature for regular (  of class c2) cracks. in terms of regularity, a corner q’ means a singularity. this requires a new technique in order to correct the o-integral. in particular, in this paper we are interested in adjusting the o-integral for convex polygons. the analytical results will be compared with numerical ones obtained from an accurate three-dimensional fe analysis. weight function for a three-dimensional crack: analytical background ore and burns proposed a general equation for the evaluation of the sif of a two-dimensional crack inside a three-dimensional body subjected to a nominal tensile stress σn(q). the nominal stress σn(q) is evaluated without the presence of the crack. q is the inner point of the crack. the crack can be considered as an open bounded simply connected subset ω of the plane as reported in fig. 1. we define:     2( ) ( ) ds f q q p s (1) where   ( , )q q x y , s is the arch-length parameter and point p(s) runs over the boundary  . in reference [4] ooreburns proposed an empirical formula for the evaluation of the mode i stress intensity factor at each point of the border crack of boundary  :       , 2 ( )2 ( ') , ' ( ) ' n i ob q k q d q f q q q (2) under reasonable hypotheses on the function σn(q), the integral (2) is convergent and the proof is based on the asymptotic behaviour of f(q) [21]. in different papers, the authors analysed the properties of the oore-burns integral where the accuracy of the equation was tested in the particular case of an elliptical crack [22, 23]. figure 1: inner crack. convex polygon n a previous paper [20] we investigated the proprieties of the o-integral in the presence of high curvature for regular ( of class c2) cracks. henceforth, we denote by =(q’) the correction factor of eqn. (2) at q’  ,( ') (q') ( ')i i obk q k q (3) in order to draw out the factor , we need to take into account some hints: o i p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 74 a) a regular polygon with very large n sides, is “indistinguishable” from a disk, of which the sif is given by   2 n times the square root of the disk radius; b)  is close to one away from the corners; c) known fe results for cracks with a different shape: square, equilateral triangles and rectangular (aspect ratio 1/3). d) the crack is subjected to a uniform tensile stress σn. the key to construct (q’) is a smart use of the hyperbolic tangent function xtanh(x). at an early stage, the factor  will contain some unknown parameters that will be carefully calibrated on the basis of requirements a, b and c. let us assume p is the perimeter of the convex polygon  and c is the perimeter of the smallest disk containing . near a fixed edge p with opening angle α (see fig. 2, where     0   ,   x q p ), (q’) can be given as follows:                                    0q’     1   1 tanh     2  xc c p p p (4) with , ,  and  chosen in order to satisfy a), b) and c) conditions. on the basis of accurate fe analysis on a three-dimensional model as proposed in reference [20], the best agreement is given by the choice   1   10 , =6.95, =0.8 and =0.4. this means that near the corner, the coefficient (q’) will be close to the value:                                0.8 0.40.8 01q’     1   1 tanh 6.95  10 2  xc c p p p (5) now, it is possible to extend eqn. (5) to entire contour  in a natural way, by taking into account all distances (on the geometry of ) of q’ from each corner of the polygon:                                                           0.40.80.8 1 0.8 3/2 1 1 1   1   tanh 6.95  10 2  q’        1 1   1 tanh 6.95  10 2    n k k n k k q pc c p p p c q pc p p (6) where pk, k=1, 2, ..., n are the corners with opening angles αk, k=παk and  q p is the distance between q’ and pk on the boundary . figure 2: polygonal crack. p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 75 for example, we explain eqn. (6) on an equivalent triangle with side l, where       0   ,  2 3 l q y and  0    0 0.5 y l as shown in fig. (3):             0.4 01q’    1.046 tanh 4.14      2 y l ·                         0.4 0.4 0 03 1tanh 4.14      ·tanh 4.14      2 2 y y l l (7) clearly, in the r.h.s. of the eqn. (7), the only significant contribution is given by             0.4 01q’    1.046 tanh 4.14      2 y l (8) figure 3: equilateral triangular crack. figure 4: square crack. as a second example, fig. 4 shows the case of a square crack of side l, where      0 1      ,   2 q l y and  0    0 0.5 y l . then                                                    0.4 0.4 0 0 0.4 0.4 0 0 1 3 1.033·tanh 4.34      · tanh 4.34      · 2 2 q’     3 1              tanh 4.34      ·tanh 4.34      2 2 y y l l y y l l (9) in the r.h.s. of the eqn. (8), the only significant contribution is given by             0.4 01q’    1.033 tanh 4.34      2 y l (10) p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 76 eqns. (8) and (10) were recently announced in a very similar preliminary form in paper [20]. we remark that eqn. (6) can be reasonably extended to every convex set with corners. in the case of a square-like flaw, the oore-burns integral can be analytically expressed in simplified form in the middle of the side and in the middle of the rounded corner [24]. the oore-burns integral will be approximated by means of riemann sums plus a suitable asymptotic correction in terms of mesh size [25, 26]. asymptotic behaviour of the sif on regular polygons et  be a regular polygon with n sides, inscribed in the disk of radius a. this means that the length of the side is       2· ·sinl a n , k=2π/n. then (see fig. 5) from eqn. (6) after some simple steps:  q’  tanh 1.74 1 𝜆 𝑁 . (11) where          0    ,  q cos a y n , 0     · 2 l y ,   0 1 . taking into account that on the unitary disk, the o-integral takes the value   2 n , it follows the asymptotic behavior of the sif, for n: k  √ √ tanh 1.74 1 𝜆 𝑁 . (12) figure 5: polygonal crack. fig. 6 shows the graph of the sif in dimensionless form for n equal to 20. in the middle of the side the sif tends to have a constant value near to the one of a circular crack. at the corner the value of the sif is null and in the proximity of the corner the trend shows a cup as calculated in reference [20]. in order to check eq. (12), an accurate numerical fe analysis has been proposed in a case of a regular hexagonal crack. figs. 7 and 8 show a three-dimensional model and the fe model, respectively. the mesh is refined only near the point of interest where the sif is evaluated as proposed in previous works [22–25]. the dimensions of smaller elements at the tip of the crack were in the order of 10-5 mm. finally, fig. 9 proposes the comparison of the sif in dimensionless form evaluated along the border in the range [0, l/2]. eq. (12) appears precise and modifies the value of the sif only near the corner. the value of ki,ob was evaluated by means of the procedure valid for a star domain proposed in reference [26] where a mesh with a step of 0.0157 radiant in the tangential direction and 80 terms in the fourier series have been considered. l p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 77 figure 6: stress intensity factor in dimensionless form for a regular polygonal crack with n=20 (l/a=0.313) under uniform tensile load. figure 7: three-dimensional model for a hexagonal crack (l=1 mm, h/l= 200, d/l=20). figure 8: mesh and boundary conditions for a hexagonal crack of fig. 7. p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 78 figure 9: stress intensity factor in dimensionless form for a hexagonal crack under uniform tensile load. conclusions n this paper an accurate correction factor that multiplies the oore-burns stress intensity factor (sif) is given for embedded polygonal cracks. this correction factor, ranging from zero up to one, essentially depends on the distance from the nearest corner, and it is of fundamental importance near the corner where the value of the oore-burns sif does not reach a null value. far from the corner, the correction factor quickly increases up to one. furthermore, an accurate formula for regular polygonal cracks is given. a comparison with the fe results for hexagonal cracks shows satisfactory results. nomenclature α opening angle a crack size, disk radius y shape factor  crack shape  crack border q point of  'q point of crack border ki mode i stress intensity factor ki,ob mode i stress intensity factor calculated with the oore-burns’ equation n number of corners  complementary angle s arc length σn nominal tensile stress in the ,x y cartesian coordinate system p perimeter of  c perimeter of the smallest disk containing   correction factor ,x y actual cartesian coordinate system i p. livieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 71-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.07 79 references [1] bueckner, h.f., (1970). a novel principle for the computation of stress intensity factors, zamm 50, pp. 529–546. [2] rice, j.r. (1972). some remarks on elastic crack tip stress fields. int j solids struct, 8, pp. 751–8. [3] rice, j.r., (1989). weight function theory for three-dimensional elastic crack analysis. astm stp1020, wei r.p. and gangloff r.p., eds. philadelphia, american society for testing and materials, pp. 29–57. [4] oore, m., burns, d.j., (1980). estimation of stress intensity factors for embedded irregular cracks subjected to arbitrary normal stress fields. journal of pressure vessel technology asme, 102, pp. 202–211. [5] bs 7910:2019 guide to methods for assessing the acceptability of flaws in metallic structures. [6] carpinteri, a., brighenti, r., spagnoli, a. (2000). fatigue growth simulation of part-through flaws in thick-walled pipes under rotary bending. int j fatigue 22(1), pp. 1–9. [7] wang, x., lambert, s.b. (1995). stress intensity factors for low aspect ratio semi-elliptical surface cracks in finitethickness plates subjected to nonuniform stresses. engng fract mech, 51, pp. 517–32. [8] chai, g., zhang, k., wu, d. (1996). analyses on interactions of two identical semielliptical surface cracks in the internal surface of a cylindrical pressure vessel, int. j. press. vessels pip. 67 (2), pp. 203–210. [9] glinka, g., shen, g. (1991). universal features of weight functions for cracks in mode i. engng fract mech. 40, pp. 1135–46. [10] shen, g., glinka, g. (1991). determination of weight function from reference stress intensity factor. theor appl fract mech; 15, pp. 237–45. [11] gorner, f., mattheck, c., morawietz, p., munz, d. (1985). limitation of the petrosky–achenbach crack opening displacement approximation for the calculation of weight function. engng fract mech. 22, pp. 269–77. [12] fett, t. (1988). limitation of the petrosky–achenbach procedure demonstrated for a simple load case. engng fract mech; 29, pp. 713–6. [13] petrosky, h.j., achenbach, j.d. (1971). computation of the weight function from a stress intensity factor. engng fract mech. 10, pp. 257–66. [14] zerbs, u. t., schödel, m., webster, s., ainsworth, r. (2007). fitness-for-service fracture assessment of structures containing cracks: a workbook based on the european sintap/fitnet procedure, elsevier, 1st ed. oxford, amsterdam, the netherlands. [15] murakami, y. (chief ed) (2001), stress intensity factors handbook, 4, 5, pergamon. press, oxford, uk. [16] fett, t., munz, d., (1997). stress intensity factors and weight functions, computational mechanics publications. [17] tada, h., paris, c.p., irwin, g.r., (2000). the stress analysis of cracks handbook. third edition, asme press. [18] murakami, y, (2002). metal fatigue: effects of small defects and non-metallic inclusions, elsevier. [19] murakami, y. and endo, m. (1983) quantitative evaluation of fatigue strength of metals containing various small defects or cracks. eng. fract. mech., 17, pp. 1–15. [20] livieri, p., segala, s. (2021) asymptotic behaviour of the oore-burns integral for cracks with a corner and correction formulae for embedded convex defects, engineering fracture mechanics, 252, 107663, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2021.107663. [21] ascenzi, o., pareschi, l., segala, f. (2002). a precise computation of stress intensity factor on the front of a convex planar crack. international journal for numerical methods in engineering 54, pp. 241–261. [22] livieri, p., segala f. (2015). new weight functions and second order approximation of the oore-burns integral for elliptical cracks subject to arbitrary normal stress field, eng. fract. mech. 138, pp. 100–117. [23] livieri, p., segala, s. (2016). stress intensity factors for embedded elliptical cracks in cylindrical and spherical vessels theoretical and applied fracture mechanics 86(1), pp. 260–266. [24] livieri p., segala s. (2020). a closed form for the stress intensity factor of a small embedded square-like flaw, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 14 (54), pp. 182-191, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.54.13. [25] livieri, p., segala, f., (2014). sharp evaluation of the oore-burns integral for cracks subjected to arbitrary normal stress field, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures 37, pp. 95–106. [26] livieri, p., segala, f., (2018). an approximation in closed form for the integral of oore–burns for cracks similar to a star domain, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures 41, pp. 3–19. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_33_art_48 j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 434 focussed on multiaxial fatigue role of multiaxial stress state in the hydrogen-assisted rolling-contact fatigue in bearings for wind turbines j. toribio, m. lorenzo, d. vergara fracture of materials and structural integrity research group, university of salamanca, spain toribio@usal.es, mlorenzo@usal.es, dvergara@usal.es abstract. offshore wind turbines often involve important engineering challenges such as the improvement of hydrogen embrittlement resistance of the turbine bearings. these elements frequently suffer the so-called phenomenon of hydrogen-assisted rolling-contact fatigue (ha-rcf) as a consequence of the synergic action of the surrounding harsh environment (the lubricant) supplying hydrogen to the material and the cyclic multiaxial stress state caused by in-service mechanical loading. thus the complex phenomenon could be classified as hydrogen-assisted rolling-contact multiaxial fatigue (ha-rc-mf). this paper analyses, from the mechanical and the chemical points of view, the so-called ball-on-rod test, widely used to evaluate the hydrogen embrittlement susceptibility of turbine bearings. both the stress-strain states and the steady-state hydrogen concentration distribution are studied, so that a better elucidation can be obtained of the potential fracture places where the hydrogen could be more harmful and, consequently, where the turbine bearings could fail during their life in service. keywords. hydrogen-assisted rolling-contact multiaxial fatigue; wind turbines; bearings; numerical analysis. introduction ffshore wind turbines often involve important engineering challenges [1], one of the most important being the improvement of hydrogen embrittlement resistance of the turbine bearings, a key issue in the evaluation of the structural integrity of such components. these elements are prone to suffer the so-called phenomenon of hydrogen-assisted rolling-contact fatigue (ha-rcf) [2, 3] as a consequence of the synergic action of the surrounding harsh environment (the lubricant) supplying hydrogen to the material and the cyclic multiaxial stress state caused by inservice mechanical loading [2, 3]. thus the complex phenomenon of progressive damage could be classified as hydrogenassisted rolling-contact multiaxial fatigue (ha-rc-mf). three important aspects linked with bearing failures are being extensively researched: (i) rolling contact fatigue (rcf) [47], (ii) influence of carbide particles on fatigue life [8,9], and (iii) local microplastic strain accumulation via ratcheting [1012]. to achieve a better assessment of the structural integrity of such components, the analysis of hydrogen accumulation (revealing the prospective damage places) arises as a key issue. in previous studies [2, 3], the widely used rc-mf ball-on-rod test [12-15] was simulated by the finite element method (fem) in order to obtain the stress-strain state inside the bearings during life in-service. from these states, the hydrogen distribution corresponding to the steady-state in the radial direction of the bearing was obtained. this paper goes further in the study developed in previous research [2, 3] including the analysis of the hydrogen distributions in hoop and axial directions, in order to obtain the potential fracture places where the hydrogen embrittlement phenomenon initiates. o j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 435 numerical modeling he study was divided into two uncoupled analysis. on one hand, the numerical simulation by means of a commercial finite element (fe) code was used for obtaining the stress and strain states after six revolutions of the bar. from the results of such an analysis, a simple estimation of the hydrogen accumulation for long time of exposure to hydrogenating environment was carried out allowing the estimation of the potential hydrogen damage places. the geometry analysed consist in a steel bar of length l= 6 mm and diameter d = 9.53 mm which rotates in contact with three equidistant steel balls of diameter d = 12.70 mm which apply a point load of f = 300 n over the bar surface as reflects the scheme of fig. 1a. the complete 3d geometry can be simplified to a half just considering the symmetry plane r- shown in fig. 1b and applying the corresponding boundary conditions as restricted displacement on the bar axial direction for all the nodes placed inside the symmetry plane. thus, an important save of computing time is achieved optimizing the available resources. in addition, the geometry of the contacting balls can be also simplified considering the symmetry plane r-z of such components. taking this into account, only a quarter of the whole geometry of the ball is modelled, as can be seen in fig. 1b. (a) (b) figure 1: (a) scheme of analysed geometry for a ball on rod test and (b) 3d geometry. the numerical modelling of the ball-on-rod test (six revolutions) was carried out considering the material constitutive law to be elastic perfectly plastic corresponding to a steel with the following material properties for both, rod and balls: young modulus, e = 206 gpa, poisson coefficient,= 0.3 and material yield stress y = 2065 mpa. the analysis was carried out considering the isotropic strain hardening of the material and updated lagrange procedure. according to the hertz theory considering only the elastic response of the components [16], a very localized effect can be expected in the contact zone between rod and balls. according to this, a ball pressuring a cylinder must undergo a contact pressure of 5.5 gpa with a elliptic contacting zone whose axis length are 160 m and 231 m respectively. a very refined mesh is required near the rod surface, whereas a coarser mesh was considered out of such a zone since the local effect of contact vanishes at the rod core. thus, elements were homogenously distributed over a depth from the rod surface about 1 mm. this way, in this refined zone, the size of these elements is 43 x 52 x 280 m in the radial, circumferential and axial directions. regarding the meshing of the balls, the same type of elements was used, assuming a refined zone at the contact zone with element sizes similar to those used for the cylindrical bar. a point load of 300 n was placed at each ball centre and was progressively applied during the first rotation of the rod. taking this into account, diverse meshes with linear hexaedric element of 8 nodes were considered until the required convergence on results was achieved. the optimum mesh (fig. 2) consists in 154000 elements: 130000 for meshing the rod and 24000 for meshing the three balls. from results of the mechanical simulation, a simple estimation of the behaviour against ha-rc-mf of the bar can be carried out considering that hydrogen diffusion proceeds from the bar surface to inner points as a function of the gradients of both hydrostatic stress () and hydrogen solubility (ks) [17-19]: t j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 436 sε ph p sε p ( ) ( ) ( ) kv d c c rt k                     j (1) r being the universal gases constant, vh the partial volume of hydrogen, t the absolute temperature, c the hydrogen concentration and ks the hydrogen solubility that is itself a one-to-one monotonic increasing function of equivalent plastic strain, as explained in detail elsewhere [17-19]. in particular, a linear relationship between plastic strain and solubility in the form ksp was considered [17-19]. after using the matter conservation law and applying the gauss-ostrogradsky, the following second-order partial differential equation of hydrogen diffusion is obtained: sε ph sε p ( ) ( ) kvc d c dc t rt k                    (2) the equilibrium concentration of hydrogen for infinite time of exposure to harsh environment is the steady-state solution of the differential equation. it takes the form of a maxwell-boltzman distribution as follows: h eq 0 sε p( )exp v c c k rt       (3) where c0 is the equilibrium hydrogen concentration for the material free of stress and strain. according to previous equations, hydrogen diffusion is driven by: (i) the negative gradient of hydrogen concentration (in the classical fick´s sense); (ii) the positive gradient of hydrostatic stress; (iii) the positive gradient of hydrogen solubility, the latter is one-to-one related to the gradient of equivalent plastic strain so that the plastic strain gradient can be analysed instead of the hydrogen solubility gradient. mechanical analysis: stress and strain umerical simulation allows the determination of the stress and strain state under cycling loading during the ballon-rod test. during rolling, the amplitude of the fatigue loading is progressively decreasing as the depth increases, reaching an almost uniform stress evolution near the rod core. so, only points placed close to the contact will undergo real fatigue. after the fatigue loading, a multiaxial stress state appears at the rod. thus, figs. 2a, 3a and 4a shows the global view of the distribution of radial, hoop and axial stress respectively in the steel rod at the end of the sixth cycle, thereby after passing 17 contacting balls. for a more detailed analysis, the radial distribution of aforesaid variables are represented in figs. 2b, 3b and 4b for different values of the hoop coordinate  considering the following sections: (i) = 0º representing the contact plane between one of the balls and the rod, (ii) = 20º, (iii) = 40º, and finaly (vi) = 60º (corresponding to the symmetry plane between two contacting balls). -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 =0º =20º =40º =60º  r( m p a ) r (mm) (a) (b) figure 2: distribution of radial stress after the sixth loading cycle: (a) 3d view at the contact of one of the balls and (b) radial distribution for diverse hoop coordinates . n j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 437 -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 =0º =20º =40º =60º   (m p a ) r (mm) (a) (b) figure 3: distribution of hoop stress after the sixth loading cycle: (a) 3d view at the contact of one of the balls and (b) radial distribution for diverse hoop coordinates . -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 =0º =20º =40º =60º  z ( m p a ) r (mm) (a) (b) figure 4: distribution of axial stress after the sixth loading cycle: (a) 3d view at the contact of one of the balls and (b) radial distribution for diverse hoop coordinates . results shown in figs. 2a-4a, reveal a heavy multiaxial stress concentration localized at the contacting zones of each ball with the rolling rod. this effect progressively vanishes as the distance from the contact zone increases. outside of the local affected zone, the stress state is homogenously distributed with a stress concentration ring located at the vicinity of the rod surface. the radial distributions shown in figs. 2b-4b reveal a huge compressive stress at the contact radius (= 0º) in the radial direction caused by the pressure applied by the ball. this stress concentration is more intense for the radial stress than for the other components of the stress tensor. in addition, the extension of the local effect of contacting balls spreads through a deeper zone (around 1.5 mm) for the radial stress (fig. 2) than those corresponding to the hoop and axial stress (around 200 m). the extension and the maximum value of the compressive state is notably reduced at planes placed outside the contacting planes (i.e. for  0º) with slight variations for hoop coordinates higher than 20º. the distributions of the hoop and axial stresses show the same high reduction of the magnitude of the stress state but, in these cases, without significant changes in the extension of the affected zone. the distribution for the other radius in contact with the other balls = 120º and = 240º) is equivalent to that shown in figs. 2b-4b. within the stress concentration zone, the values of the von mises stress reach the material yield strength; it implies the appearance of plastic strains near the rod skin, as revealed in previous studies [2,3]. as a consequence of the values of the stress state at the rod surface vicinity, plastic strains are distributed through such a zone. fig. 5a shows the 3d view of the field of equivalent (cumulative) plastic strain after the six cycles of the test was completed and the radial distribution of such a variable is plotted in fig. 5b. in the same way, fig. 6a shows the 3d view of the field of hydrostatic stress after the sixth cycle of the test was completed and fig. 6b shows the radial distribution of such a variable for diverse values of . j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 438 according to this, plastic strains are distributed only over a plastic zone with ring shape spreading over 315 m from the periphery of the rod, as shown in the same radial distribution of plastic strain obtained for diverse radial planes (different  angles, cf. fig. 5b) even for those closest to the contacting plane ( = 0º). this is due to the fact that plastic strains are only generated at the contacting plane. outside of this zone, the von mises stress is always lower than the material yield strength and consequently no plastic strain are generated in this region. thus, the plastic strain remains the same in all sections of the rod. a progressive decreasing distribution is obtained with a small plateau close to the rod cylindrical surface of 50 m width. 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 4.4 4.45 4.5 4.55 4.6 4.65 4.7 4.75 =60º =20º =10º =5º =2º =0º p r (mm) (a) (b) figure 5: distribution of equivalent plastic strain after the sixth loading cycle: (a) 3d view at the contact of one of the balls and (b) radial distribution for diverse hoop coordinates . the first driving force for hydrogen diffusion, the inwards gradient of equivalent plastic strains, is negative and only affects the plastic strain ring near to the rod surface (fig. 5). with regard to the second driving force for hydrogen diffusion, the gradient of hydrostatic stress, at the contact plane (= 0º), a distribution of compressive nature in radial direction of such a variable is obtained, it progressively decreasing with depth up to becoming null for a depth from the rod surface of about 1 mm (fig. 6b). outside the contact plane the hydrostatic stress distribution is notably reduced, so that, for angles  higher than 20º, it is almost independent of such an angle (as it happened with the distributions of radial, hoop and axial stresses). the typical profile consist of compressive stresses over 200 μm, tensile stresses for deeper points, and, in the case of radial coordinate lower than 4 mm, a null value for hydrostatic stress is obtained. -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 =60º =20º =10º =5º =2º =0º  ( m p a ) r (mm) (a) (b) figure 6: distribution of hydrostatic stress: (a) 3d view of the contacting plane and (b) radial distribution for diverse circumferential coordinate . j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 439 for completing the analysis of hydrogen diffusion and accumulation on the rod during life in service, the information obtained from the estimation of hydrogen concentration in the radial direction [2,3] can be completed by a discussion of the implications of diffusion in the circumferential direction. to do so, the circumferential distribution of the variables affecting the hydrogen diffusion assisted by stress and strain is plotted in fig. 5, considering diverse layers within the plastic zone. the circumferential distribution of hydrostatic stress shown in fig. 7a reveals a local stress concentration in the vicinity of the contacting plane = 0º where the maximum hydrostatic stress is placed. within a range of planes around 5º, the hydrostatic stress progressively decreases, becoming almost constant for other values of . this behaviour is observed for the distributions corresponding to depths around half size of the plastic zone (173 m approximately) with compressive stresses out of the affected zone. as the depth from the rod surface increases, the maximum value of the stress is suddenly decreased (a 90% for the depth around the size of the plastic zone x = 300 m, a 60% for the depth around half size of the plastic zone x = 173 m and a 25% just for a depth of 86 m). beyond this depth the stress continuously decreases up to becoming almost null for deeper points. this way, in hoop direction hydrogen will be pumped out of the contact plane by means of a huge gradient of plastic strains. with regard to circumferential plastic strains, a minimum is placed close to the contact section (= 0º) where a slight local maximum appears, thereby creating a gradient of plastic strains. this gradient drives hydrogen out of the contact plane to planes with a higher . this effect is vanished with depth resulting almost null for depths from surface of 216 m and null for depths from the rod surface out of the plastic zone (x > 315 μm) observed in fig. 5. plastic strain slowly increases with the hoop coordinate  reaching a maximum value at = 45º. so, hydrogen will be pumped out suddenly from the contact plane and lately is dragged slowly for points placed at higher hoop coordinates (due to slower gradient far from the contact plane). -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 -40 -20 0 20 40 x=0 x=86 m x=173 m x=216 m x=300 m x=700 m  ( m p a ) º 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 -40 -20 0 20 40 x=0 x=86 m x=129 m x=173 m x=216 m x=300 m  p (º) (a) (b) figure 7: circumferential distribution of (a) hydrostatic stress and (b) equivalent plastic strain at diverse layers of the rod between the contacting balls. finally, fig. 8 shows the axial distribution of both hydrostatic stress and equivalent plastic strain for diverse values of depth from the rod surface (x). in the axial direction, a very located distribution of both hydrostatic stress and plastic strains near to contact plane is obtained. with regard to the hydrostatic stress distribution, the high compressive stress at the contact plane is progressively decreased as the distance from the contact plane (z) is increased, obtaining a null distribution of such a variable for z > 1.5 mm. as the depth from the rod surface increases, the hydrostatic stress at the contacting plane (z = 0 mm) progressively decreases and, consequently, the inwards gradient of hydrostatic stress in the axial direction is reduced as the depth from the rod surface is increased. thus, hydrogen placed close to the contact between ball and bar is also pumped in the axial direction due to the positive inwards gradient of hydrostatic stress. this effect is progressively reduced with the depth x becoming almost negligible for depths x > 600 μm. finally, the axial distribution of plastic strains appears through a narrow zone becoming null for axial distances z > 500 μm. j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 440 -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 x=0 m x=86 m x=130 m x=210 m x=430 m x=600 m  ( m p a ) z (mm) 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 x=0 m x=86 m x=130 m x=210 m x=430 m x=600 m p z (mm) (a) (b) figure 8: axial distribution of hydrostatic stress for diverse depths (x): (a) general plot and (b) detail plot near the rod surface (zone with strong gradients). as in the case of the hydrostatic stress distribution, the plastic strain at the contact plane (z = 0 mm) decreases with depth from the rod surface (x), and consequently the inwards gradient is progressively reduced as the variable x is increased becoming null for depths x > 600 m. however, the inwards gradient of equivalent plastic strains is negative, thereby; the hydrogen diffusion is not enhanced. this opposition is progressively annulled as the depth from rod surface is increased. so, two competitive factors are involved in the diffusion of hydrogen placed near to the contact between ball and bar. on one hand, the inwards gradient of hydrostatic stress enhances the diffusion of hydrogen out of the contact plane whereas; on the other hand, the inwards gradient of equivalent plastic strains is opposite, impeding the aforesaid diffusion. this effect is only noticeable near the contact zone and, therefore, the diffusion of hydrogen placed at deeper points (x > 600 m) can be considered only driven by the gradient of hydrogen concentration in axial direction. chemical analysis: hydrogen transport by diffusion or assessing the ha-rc-mf behaviour of the rolling rod, it is interesting to analyse the long-time behaviour of the component under hydrogen exposure. to this end, the steady state distribution of hydrogen concentration through the rod radius was obtained (fig. 9) using eq. (3) and taking into account both hydrostatic stress and equivalent plastic strain. plot is associated with infinite time (steady state solution from the mathematical point of view) or with thermodynamical equilibrium of the hydrogen-metal system (from the physical view point). 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 1 2 3 4 =60º =20º =10º =5º =2º =0º c e q /c 0 r (mm) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 =60º =20º =10º =5º =2º =0º c e q /c 0 r (mm) (a) (b) figure 9: radial distribution of the hydrogen concentration for diverse circumferential coordinate : (a) general plot and (b) detail plot near the rod surface. f j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 441 the discussion about ha-rc-mf is focused in the quantitative analysis of the hydrogen amount in radial, hoop and axial directions by applying the steady-state solution of the diffusion equation shown in eq. (3) to the distributions of the components of the stress tensor and plastic strain shown in figs. 2 and 4 respectively. thus, fig. 9 shows the radial laws of hydrogen concentration along diverse radial planes considering the stress and strain states shown in figs. 5 and 6, whereas figs. 10 and 11 shows the distribution of hydrogen concentration in the hoop and axial directions respectively. according to these results, for long time of exposure to the hydrogenating environment, the hydrogen amount at the rod surface vicinity (within the stress and strain affected zone of the rod, i.e., for depths from the rod surface lower than 1 mm) is progressively increased with the circumferential distance to the contacting ball. thus, for the plane where the ball is contacting the rod, a huge reduction of the hydrogen amount is observed due to the high compressive stresses produced by the contact pressure (fig. 6). consequently, hydrogen diffusion is promoted out of the contact affected zone due to the gradient of both driving forces for hydrogen diffusion: the inwards gradient of plastic strain and the inwards gradient of hydrostatic stress. this effect is also progressively vanished as the distance from the contact plane increases, it being noticeable for planes very close to the contact plane where an important reduction of the hydrogen concentration is also achieved. nevertheless, for planes with circumferential coordinates higher than 10º from the contact plane, the hydrogen amount at surface is similar than that obtained for higher angle . the distributions of hydrogen for planes with circumferential coordinate higher than 10º just exhibit slight changes. an interesting issue is observed for these planes from the point of view of ha-rc-mf. at the rod surface vicinity over a depth of 200 m a significant reduction is observed due to the compressive stresses (fig. 6) with a small plateau of 50 m. hereafter the hydrogen concentration increases with depth, reaching the maximum value (c/c0 = 1.15) of the distribution for a depth of 300 m and for deeper points softly decreases up to the rod core where the concentration associated with thermo-dynamical equilibrium of the material free of stress and strain (c0) is achieved. so, the potential place of damage would be placed through a zone extended between the balls for depth from surface of 300 m. the hoop distribution of hydrogen for long times of exposure to the hydrogenating environment is presented in fig. 10, where different depth layers (diverse depths) are depicted, considering the stress and strain states obtained from numerical simulation (fig. 8). 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 -40 -20 0 20 40 x=0 x=86 m x=173 m x=216 m x=300 m x=700 m c e q c 0  (º) figure 10: hydrogen distribution for long times of diffusion in the circumferential direction at diverse layers of the rod between the contacting balls. regarding the hoop distribution of hydrogen concentration shown in fig. 10, the hydrogen accumulation is placed out of the contacting plane (= 0º) and surrounding planes where a huge reduction of the hydrogen amount is observed. this reduction becomes lower as the depth from the surface is increased. out of this zone hydrogen is uniformly distributed for depths up to 86 μm. for distribution obtained at higher depths, hydrogen is progressively increased for > 5º, reaching a maximum hydrogen concentration at = 20º and, hereafter, decreasing slowly. the aforesaid trend is repeated at deeper layers, increasing the maximum hydrogen amount zone as the depth increases (according to the distributions of hydrostatic stress shown in fig. 6a). for layers placed far from the contact, hydrogen is almost uniformly distributed in the hoop direction, reaching a maximum hydrogen concentration, c/c0 = 1.13, for a j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 442 depth 300 m. hereafter, the hydrogen distribution is progressively decreased, approaching the equilibrium hydrogen concentration for the material free of stress and strain (ceq/c0 = 1). so, the maximum hydrogen amount is placed out of the contact plane at a depth from the rod surface of 300 μm. to conclude the analysis, the hydrogen distribution in the axial direction is presented in fig. 11 for diverse depths within the plastic strain affected zone observed previously in fig. 5. thus, the hydrogen concentration is highly decreased at the vicinity of the contact zone (0 < z < 1.2 mm). so, the shorter the distance from the contact area, the lower the reduction of hydrogen amount. thus, for a depth of 700 m, the distribution of hydrogen is rather affected by the stress and strain states generated by ha-rc-mf. 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 x=0 x=86 m x=173 m x=216 m x=300 m x=700 m c e q /c 0 z (mm) figure 11: hydrogen distribution for long times of diffusion in the axial direction at diverse layers of the rod between the contacting balls. conclusions n a ball-on-rod test, non-uniform plastic strains are generated on the contact plane where the ball applies a huge pressure to the rod overcoming material yield strength. this state is located near the rod surface with a plastic zone spreading over a maximum depth of 300 m. a huge compressive stress appears in the vicinity of the rod surface; it is progressively reduced as the distance from the surface increases in radial, hoop and axial directions. as a result, hydrogen is accumulated out of the contact plane where a huge reduction of the hydrogen amount is achieved for long times of exposure to the environment due to the high compressive hydrostatic stress in the radial direction, thereby pumping hydrogen towards points outside the contact plane. the maximum hydrogen amount appears for a depth from the surface about 300 m at planes placed 20º out of the contact plane in the contact cross section of the bar. acknowledgements he authors acknowledge the financial support provided by the eu project multihy (http://multihy.eu): multiscale modelling of hydrogen embrittlement of crystalline materials (eu-fp7-nmp project no. 263335). references [1] europe's onshore and offshore wind energy potential: an assessment of environmental and economic constraints. european environment agency, copenhagen, (2009). [2] toribio, j., lorenzo, m., vergara, d., kharin, v., hydrogen-assisted rolling-contact fatigue of wind turbines bearings. key eng. mater., 627 (2015) 157–160. [3] toribio, j., lorenzo, m., vergara, d., kharin, v., numerical analysis of hydrogen-assisted rolling-contact fatigue of wind turbine bearings. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2014) 40–47. i t j. toribio et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 434-443; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.48 443 [4] kumar, a., hahn, g., rubin, d., a study of subsurface crack initiation produced by rolling contact fatigue, metall. trans. a, 24 (1993) 351–359. [5] bhargava, v., hahn, g. t., rubin, c. a., rolling contact deformation and microstructural changes in high strength bearing steel, wear, 133 (1989) 65–71. [6] gupta, v., bastias, p., hahn, g. t., rubin, c. a., elasto-plastic finite-element analysis of 2-d rolling-plus-sliding contact with temperature-dependent bearing steel material properties, wear, 169 (1993) 251–256. [7] jiang, y., su, b., sehitoglu, h., three-dimensional elastic-plastic stress analysis of rolling contact, j. tribol., 124 (2002) 699–708. [8] kabo, e., ekberg, a., fatigue initiation in railway wheels—a numerical study of the influence of defects, wear, 253 (2002) 26–34. [9] kabo, e., ekberg, a., material defects in rolling contact fatigue of railway wheels—the influence of defect size, wear, 258 (2005) 1194–1200. [10] rider, r. j., harvey, s. j., chandler, h. d., fatigue and ratcheting interactions, inter. j. fatigue, 17 (1995) 507–511. [11] lim, c. b., kim, k. s., seong, j. b., ratcheting and fatigue behavior of a copper alloy under uniaxial cyclic loading with mean stress, inter. j. fatigue, 31 (2009) 501–507. [12] pandkar, a. s., arakere, n., subhash, g., microstructure-sensitive accumulation of plastic strain due to ratcheting in bearing steels subject to rolling fatigue, inter. j. fatigue, 63 (2014) 191–202. [13] glover, d. a ball-rod rolling contact fatigue tester, in: rolling contact fatigue testing of bearing steels. astm stp 771, american society for testing and materials, baltimore, md, (1982) 107–124. [14] bhattacharyya, a., subhash, g., arakere, n., evolution of subsurface plastic zone due to rolling contact fatigue of m-50 nil case hardened bearing steel, inter. j. fatigue, 59 (2014) 102–113. [15] arakere, n. k., subhash, g., work hardening response of m50-nil case hardened bearing steel during shakedown in rolling contact fatigue, mater. sci. tech., 28 (2012) 34–38. [16] pilkey, w. d., formulas for stress, strain, and structural matrices, second ed., john wiley & sons, inc., hoboken, nj, usa, (2008). [17] toribio, j., lorenzo, m., vergara, d., kharin, v., hydrogen degradation of cold-drawn wires: a numerical analysis of drawing-induced residual stresses and strains, corros., 67 (2011) 075001–075008. [18] toribio, j., kharin, v., lorenzo, m., vergara, d., role of drawing-induced residual stresses and strains in the hydrogen embrittlement susceptibility of prestressing steels, corros. sci., 53 (2011) 3346–3355. [19] toribio, j., kharin, v., vergara, d., lorenzo, m., two-dimensional numerical modelling of hydrogen diffusion in metals assisted by both stress and strain, adv. mater. res., 138 (2010) 117–126. microsoft word numero_35_art_24 s. lesz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 206-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.24 206 focussed on crack paths crack initiation and fracture features of fe–co–b–si–nb bulk metallic glass during compression s. lesz, a. januszka, s. griner, r. nowosielski silesian university of technology, poland sabina.lesz@polsl.pl, anna.januszka@polsl.pl, stefan.griner@polsl.pl, ryszard.nowosielski@polsl.pl abstract. the aim of the paper was investigation crack initiation and fracture features developed during compression of fe-based bulk metallic glass (bmg). these fe-based bmg has received great attention as a new class of structural material due to an excellent properties (e.g. high strength and high elasticity) and low costs. however, the poor ductility and brittle fracture exhibited in bmgs limit their structural application. at room temperature, bmgs fails catastrophically without appreciable plastic deformation under tension and only very limited plastic deformation is observed under compression or bending. hence a well understanding of the crack initiation and fracture morphology of fe-based bmgs after compression is of much importance for designing high performance bmgs. the raw materials used in this experiment for the production of bmgs were pure fe, co, nb metals and nonmetallic elements: si, b. the fe–co–b–si–nb alloy was cast as rods with three different diameters. the structure of the investigated bmgs rod is amorphous. the measurement of mechanical properties (young modulus e, compressive stress σc, elastic strain ε, unitary elastic strain energy – uu) were made in compression test. compression test indicates the rods of fe-based alloy to exhibit high mechanical strength. the development of crack initiation and fracture morphology after compression of fe-based bmg were examined with scanning electron microscope (sem). fracture morphology of rods has been different on the cross section. two characteristic features of the compressive fracture morphologies of bmgs were observed. one is the smooth region. another typical feature of the compressive fracture morphology of bmgs is the vein pattern. the veins on the compressive fracture surface have an obvious direction as result of initial displace of sample along shear bands. this direction follows the direction of the displacement of a material. the formation of veins on the compressive fracture surface is closely related to the shear fracture mechanism. the results of these studies may improve the understanding on the fracture features and mechanisms of bmgs and may provide instructions on future design for ductile bmgs with high resistance for fracture. keywords. bulk metallic glasses; compression test; structure; fracture morphology. s. lesz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 206-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.24 207 introduction etallic glasses (mgs) are poised to be mainstay materials for the 21st century due to the unique physical and chemical properties, which offers a great potential for application in industry, medicine, energy systems, microelectronics, aeronautics and many other fields. the first reported scientifically obtained metallic glass (mg) was the alloy au75si25 produced at caltech by klement, willens & duwez in 1960, by extremely rapid cooling of the melted alloy [1]. in the 1960s, chen and turnbull developed amorphous alloys of pd-si-ag, pd-si-cu, and pd-si-au [2]. chen also fabricated an amorphous pd-cu-si alloy with a diameter of up to 1 mm that could be considered to be a bulk metallic glass (bmg) [3]. a study of the mechanical properties of these novel materials was first reported in 1971 by masumoto and maddin [4]. in recent years a great expansion in the number of alloy compositions known to give bulk metallic glasses (bmgs) have occurred. the first fe-based bulk metallic glasses (bmgs) were prepared in 1995 [5]. since then, fe-based bulk metallic glasses have been studied as a novel class of engineering materials, which have a good glass forming ability and soft magnetic properties [6,7]. for example, in 2004, inoue et al. synthesized [(fexco1−x)0.75b0.2si0.05]96nb4 (x = 0.1 and 0.5 at.%). bmgs exhibit good soft magnetic properties, as well as super-high fracture strength of 3000–4000mpa and ductile strain of 0.002 [6]. bulk metallic glasses (bmgs) possess superior mechanical properties such as high strength and great elastic strain making them ideal candidates for structural applications. however, the poor ductility and brittle fracture exhibited in nearly all monolithic bmgs limit their structural application. hence, a well understanding fracture morphology and mechanical properties is important for designing performance of bmgs. the purpose of the paper was an investigation of the mechanical properties, structure and particularly fracture morphology of the fe36co36b19si5nb4 bulk metallic glass (bmg) after compression. experimental procedure he master alloy ingots with compositions of fe36co36b19si5nb4 were prepared from the pure fe, co, nb metals and non-metallic elements: si, b, in an argon atmosphere. the alloy composition represents nominal atomic percentages. the investigated material was cast in form of rods with diameter of =2, 3 and 4 mm. according to johnson, cooling rate achieved for an as-cast diameter r can be estimated as: t =10/r2 (cm) [8]. thus, the achieved cooling rate in the rod-shaped samples with =2, 3 and 4 mm in diameter could be estimated to be 1000, ~444 and 250 k/s. obviously the smaller the as-cast diameter, the larger the cooling rate is achieved. the rods were prepared by the pressure die casting. the following experimental techniques were used: x-ray diffraction (xrd) phase analysis method to test the structure, scanning electron microscopy (sem) to investigate fracture morphologies obtained after decohesion process in compression test. the xrd method has been performed by the use of diffractometer xrd 7, seifert-fpm, with filtered co-kα radiation. the morphology of fracture surfaces after decohesion process in compression test was examined by means of the scanning electron microscope (sem) supra 25, zeiss. the measurement of mechanical properties, like: young modulus e, compressive stress σc, elastic strain – ε, unitary elastic strain energy – uu, were made in compression test. compression tests for bulk metallic glasses were performed on zwick 100 testing machine at a strain rate of 5 × 10-4 s-1, at room temperature. for each group, five specimens were tested, and averaged data were used. results and discussion t was found from the obtained results of structural studies performed by x-ray diffraction that diffraction pattern of surface rods with =2, 3 and 4 mm in diameter of fe36co36b19si5nb4 alloy consists of a broad diffused halo typical for the amorphous phase (fig. 1). the mechanical properties of samples, including young’s modulus e, compressive stress – σc and elastic strain ε, unitary elastic strain energy – uu, are listed in tab. 1 and fig. 2. as shown in the fig. 2, the fe36co36b19si5nb4 bmg exhibits elastic strain – ε of 0.75 to 0.94%. young’s modulus e and compressive stress σc , unitary elastic strain energy – uu of the glassy alloy rods are in the range of 105-191 gpa, 790 – 1794 mpa, 17-25 kj/m2, respectively. the values of unitary elastic strain energy – uu decrease with the increasing diameter m t i s. lesz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 206-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.24 208 of rods and are 25, 21 and 17 kj/m2 for the samples with diameters of =2, 3 and 4 mm, respectively. with the increase of rod’s diameter the young’s modulus and stress decrease, suggesting a soft trend. these changes are probably connected with changes of structure relaxation. in sample in form of rod with 4 mm, where cooling rate of rods during casting is lower, the structure is more relaxed. this indicates that cooling rate plays a significant role in the plasticity of metallic glasses. the compressive fracture surfaces are shown in figs. 3-5. fracture morphology of rods has been different on the cross section. two characteristic features of the compressive fracture morphologies of metallic glasses (mgs) were observed. diameters of rod samples,  [mm] young’s modulus, e [gpa] compressive stress, σc [mpa] elastic strain, ε [%] elastic strain energy, u [kj/m2] 2 191 1794 0.94 25 3 135 1117 0.83 21 4 105 790 0.75 17 table 1: compressive mechanical properties of samples of the fe36co36b19si5nb4 bmgs rods used in compression test at room temperature. figure 1: x-ray diffraction pattern of the fe36co36b19si5nb4 bmgs rods with diameters of =2, 3 and 4 mm. one is the smooth region, as shown in figs. 3a,c,d, 4a,b,c,d,e, 5a,b. another typical feature of the compressive fracture morphology of mgs is the vein pattern, as shown in figs. 3a,b,c,d, 4a,c,d,e,f, 5c,d. the presence of these fracture morphologies indicates that the fe-based bmg of this study classifies itself as a brittle amorphous material. figs. 3a-d show the sem images of the fracture morphology of fe36co36b19si5nb4 alloy rod with diameter of =2 mm after compressive fracture. fig. 3a shows a main view of the 2 mm diameter bmg sample. the fracture surface of this sample consists of a smooth and vein pattern regions. fig. 3b shows image of fracture outside surface, there are vein patterns and many cracks. the veins on the compressive fracture surface have an obvious direction probably compatible with direction of plastic strain. fig. 3c shows an image of fracture of near the core of rod with smooth and vein pattern regions. extensive cracks perpendicular to the fracture surface (in fig. 3b) and rare small cracks within the veinlike pattern fracture (in fig. 3c,d) can be observed. the well-developed fracture surface is observed for rods with a diameter of =2 mm. the fracture surface of rods with the diameter of =3 mm do not exhibit veinlike pattern in a region of rod core. the fracture surface is small-developed, nearly smooth. only the edge of the rod the fine vein pattern morphology is observed. it is very interesting that angles between deep cracks formed and surface of the decohesion are from 68 to nearly 90 in relation to crack propagation direction. s. lesz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 206-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.24 209 investigations of fractures of the fe36co36b19si5nb4 alloy rods with =3.0 mm in diameter showed similar morphology, as shown in figs. 4a-f. rare small cracks in the rods with =3 mm can be seen, like in the rods of =2mm. figure 2: compressive stress-strain curves of the fe36co36b19si5nb4 bmgs rods with diameters of =2,3 and 4 mm. figure 3: sem images of the fracture morphology of fe36co36b19si5nb4 alloy rod with diameter of =2 mm after compressive fracture; a – main view: smooth and vein pattern regions, b – image of fracture outside surface, vein patterns, many cracks c – image of fracture of near the core of rod, smooth and vein pattern regions, clear crack, d – image of (c) at higher magnification. white arrow indicates the crack (c,d). s. lesz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 206-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.24 210 figure 4: sem images of the fracture morphology of fe36co36b19si5nb4 alloy rod with diameter of =3 mm after compressive fracture; a – main view: smooth and vein pattern regions, b – image of fracture near the core of rod, smooth patterns, c, d – image of fracture near the core of rod, smooth and vein pattern regions, crack is indicated by arrow (d), e, f – image of fracture outside surface, vein and smooth patterns, f – image showing veins, as indicated by the rectangle in (e) at higher magnification. the fracture surface of fe36co36b19si5nb4 rod with diameter of = 4 mm after compressive fracture consists of flat region with fine veins pass to the brittle crack region with extended surface, as shown in fig. 5a. fig. 5b shows the image of fracture near the core of rod. there are smooth and vein patterns. the fracture surface of rods with =4 mm does not exhibit another cracks extended to the material core besides the main fracture with the well-developed surface. fig. 5c shows the image of fracture outside surface with vein patterns regions. magnified veins from the area as pointed in fig. 5c was shown in fig. 5d. the veins on the compressive fracture surface have an obvious direction as result of initial displace of sample along shear bands. this direction follows the direction of the displacement of a material. as shown in fig. 5d, the angles between the primary crack propagation direction and a region of secondary cracks is 60. presumably it is the effect of the change of the crack propagation direction. it influences the microstructure in areas showing the change of the direction of fine veins. the formation of veins on the compressive fracture surface is closely related to the shear fracture mechanism [9]. it seems that the fracture surface is independent on a strength level [10]. s. lesz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 206-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.24 211 figure 5: sem images of the fracture morphology of fe36co36b19si5nb4 alloy rod with diameter of =4 mm after compressive fracture; a – main view: vein and smooth pattern regions, b – image of fracture near the core of rod, smooth and vein patterns, c, d – image of fracture outside surface, vein patterns, d – magnified veins from the area as point in (c). white arrows indicate the direction after the initial of cracking and direction at a further state of cracking. conclusions he structure of surface rods with =2, 3 and 4 mm in diameter of fe36co36b19si5nb4 alloy is amorphous. the febased bmg rods exhibits elastic strain – ε, young’s modulus e, compressive stress σc and unitary elastic strain energy – uu, of 0.75 to 0.94 %, 105 to 191 gpa, 790 to 1794 mpa and 17 to 25 kj/m2, respectively. fracture morphology of rods after compressive fracture has been different on the cross section. two characteristic features of the compressive fracture morphologies of metallic glasses (mgs) were observed in samples: smooth region and the vein pattern. the presence of these fracture morphologies indicate that the fe-based bmg of this study classifies itself as a brittle amorphous material. the results of these investigations suggest that the significant factor to control the structure, mechanical properties and fracture morphology of the fe36co36b19si5nb4 bmg is cooling rate. thus is factor has an instructional importance for the optimization of materials’ performance. references [1] klement, w., r. h. willens, duwez, p., non-crystalline structure in solidified gold–silicon alloys, nature, 187 (1960) 869-870. doi: 10.1038/187869b0. [2] chen, h. s., turnbull, d., formation, stability and structure of palladium-silicon based alloy glasses, acta metallurgica, 17 (1969) 1021-1031. doi: 10.1016/0001-6160(69)90048-0. t s. lesz et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 206-212; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.24 212 [3] chen, h. s., thermodynamic considerations on the formation and stability of metallic glasses, acta metallurgica, 22 (1974) 1505-1511. doi: 10.1016/0001-6160(74)90112-6. [4] masumoto, t., maddin, r., the mechanical properties of palladium 20 a/o silicon alloy quenched from the liquid state, acta metallurgica, 19 (1971) 725-741. doi: 10.1016/0001-6160(71)90028-9. [5] inoue, a., high strength bulk amorphous alloys with low critical cooling rates (overview), materials transactions, jim 36(7) (1995) 866-875. [6] shen. b., inoue, a., chang, c., superhigh strength and good soft-magnetic properties of (fe,co)–b–si–nb bulk glassy alloys with high glass-forming ability, applied physics letters, 85(21) (2004) 4911. doi: 10.1063/1.1827349. [7] lesz, s., babilas, r., nabiałek, m., szota, m., dopisał, m., nowosielski, r., the characterization of structure, thermal stability and magnetic properties of fe–co–b–si–nb bulk amorphous and nanocrystalline alloys, journal of alloys and compounds, 509 (2011) 197-201. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2010.12.146. [8] lin, x. h., johnson, w. l., formation of ti-zr-cu-ni bulk metallic glasses, journal of applied physics, 78 (1995) 6514. doi: 10.1063/1.360537. [9] qu, r. t., zhang, z. f., compressive fracture morphology and mechanism of metallic glass, journal of applied physics, 114 (2013) 193504. doi: 10.1063/1.4830029. [10] inoue, a., shen, b. l., chang, c. t., feand co-based bulk glassy alloys with ultrahigh strength of over 4000 mpa, intermetallics, 14 (2006) 936. doi: 10.1016/j.intermet.2006.01.038. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_47.docx l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 356 study on the effect of new type liquid accelerator on the performance of shotcrete luchen zhang, shuchen li, qin yan, lin zhu geotechnical and structural engineering research center, shandong university, jinan, shandong 250061, china 471263803@qq.com abstract. shotcrete is an essential preliminary support means in new austrian tunneling method (natm) construction and plays a very important role in controlling the stability of surrounding rock. the accelerator is a necessary admixture in shotcrete and its quality can greatly affect shotcrete performance. this paper proposes a new liquid accelerator characterized by short initial and final setting time, small dosage, and good adaptability to cement. laboratory tests and field tests are conducted to verify the influence of this liquid accelerator on performance of shotcrete. numerical simulation is carried out to study the strength growth of shotcrete with time and interaction between the strength and stress release of surrounding rock. the results show that the initial and final setting time of this liquid accelerator is 2 minutes and 4 minutes respectively. its dosage is just 1.5% to 4% of the cement quantity. adding this liquid accelerator can effectively improve the early strength and reduce the later strength loss of shotcrete, and therefore enhance the supporting effects of shotcrete on surrounding rock. in the field application, it is an ideal liquid accelerator for shotcrete, characterized by little resilience, no slurry shedding, and low dust. keywords. liquid accelerator; shotcrete; primary support; stress release of surrounding rock; numerical simulation. citation: zhang, l., li, s., yan, q., zhu, l. study on the effect of new type liquid accelerator on the performance of shotcrete, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368. received: 22.03.2017 accepted: 06.05.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ith the construction of large-scale underground engineering in china, shotcrete is widely used as a necessary support means. shotcrete is a kind of concrete setting and hardening from a mix of cement, sand, stone, mineral materials, and admixtures in a proper proportion after being sprayed at high velocity onto a surface (such as the rock, soil layer, building structure or template) through the pipeline via compressed air. shotcrete can be quickly hardened to support surrounding rock without manual vibration. the accelerator is a necessary admixture for shotcrete whose role is to quickly harden shotcrete, reduce resilience loss, prevent shotcrete from falling off due to the action of gravity, improve the adaptability of shotcrete to the aquifer, generate higher early strength, and increase the depth of single shotcrete layer [1-2]. the accelerator is classified into powdered and liquid accelerator. their main types include alumina clinker-carbonate series, alumina clinker-alunite series, w l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 357 water glass series, low-alkali or alkali-free series [3-4]. currently, shotcrete mainly adopts powdered accelerators in china, mainly applied to dry-mix shotcrete, has a large amount of resilience and dust, cannot be uniformly mixed with aggregates, and causes large dosage, therefore seriously affecting the later strength, increasing the construction cost, and retarding the construction progress. the liquid accelerator mainly applied to wet-mix shotcrete, has instable quality, generally large dosage (6% to 10%), and immature supporting construction technology. therefore, to resolve the preceding problems, a new liquid accelerator for shotcrete, with the dosage about 2%, has properties in all aspects superior to first-class goods stipulated in the jc477-2005 flash setting admixtures for shotcrete, to better meet construction needs. the shotcrete containing the accelerator can be set within 2 to 10 minutes after spraying so that it can provide the support resistance (radial force) for surrounding rock in a timely manner, change the biaxial stress status without support to triaxial stress status of the surface rock for the surrounding rock, and improve the strength of surrounding rock. the shotcrete layer is a flexible support and can gradually coordinate with deformations of surrounding rock by adjusting deformations, therefore improving the stress status, and giving full play to the self-bearing capacity of surrounding rock [5-6]. this paper adopted the numerical simulation method to study the growth of early strength of shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator with the passage of time as well as interaction between the growth and the stress release of surrounding rock recently excavated, and compare shotcrete added with the traditional and new liquid accelerator on the supporting role. in this paper, chapter 2 introduces the development thinking, material composition, and functional mechanism of this liquid accelerator. chapter 3 mainly studies the impact of its ingredients on the properties of cement and concrete through laboratory tests. chapter 4 mainly studies the effects of support for surrounding rock of shotcrete added with this liquid accelerator, adopts the numerical simulation method to study the impact on surrounding rock supporting effects of shotcrete with varied ages and strength, and considers the interaction between the stress release rate of surrounding rock and shotcrete support. chapter 5 mainly verifies the performance of this liquid accelerator in actual work via field tests. development of liquid accelerator development thinking of liquid accelerator ccording to a series of studies on specialty chemicals, it can be found that the shotcrete accelerator has a large room for improvement and that the accelerator in the current market has many problems. for example, the powdered accelerator has a serious dust problem and cannot be dissolved and display effects in a just 0.01-second mixing time. therefore, the surface of shotcrete is hard and most coarse aggregates are rebounded. moreover, the compressive strength of 28-day (or other ages) shotcrete is not ideal and far from meeting design specifications, which brings potential risks to engineering safety, causes large usage of cement and high construction cost of shotcrete. currently, the liquid accelerator used onsite is easy to deteriorate and produce precipitate, needs large dosage (generally 6% to 10% of the cement quantity), causes serious later strength loss for shotcrete, cannot adapt itself well to cement, and causes a large amount of resilience and slurry shedding in actual field applications. due to these reasons, the new liquid accelerator is developed. composition of liquid accelerator (1) mother liquor preparation this liquid accelerator is mainly prepared by koh and al(oh)3 in a certain mole ratio, with the mole ratio of potassium to aluminum below 1.2. a certain amount of koh and al(oh)3 solid powder is weighed, poured into a three-necked flask, and reacted with added quantitative water. the temperature is controlled above 120℃, and the electric stirring rod is used to constantly stir the liquid during the reaction. the reaction is carried out for two hours, and the solution is filtered to obtain the mother liquor. (2) mother liquor compounding to improve its performance, other components are added with compound the mother liquor, including the polyacrylamide, triethanolamine, water reducing admixture, lithium salt, and stabilizer. this mother liquor is a kind of aluminate accelerator featuring small dosage and better coagulating effects. however, the single solution cannot meet various requirements of shotcrete and therefore the mother liquor is compounded. polyacrylamide is a kind of thickener used mainly to increase the cohesiveness of shotcrete and reduce resilience during construction, triethanolamine is a kind of early strength agent that can shorten the setting time, water reducing admixture is mainly to reduce water consumption and improve shotcrete strength, lithium salt can inhibit the alkali-aggregate reaction of shotcrete, stabilizer can effectively improve the stability of the solution. a l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 358 functional mechanism of liquid accelerator as a kind of compound aluminate accelerator, this liquid accelerator has the mole ratio of potassium to aluminum below 1.2 and its active ingredient is mainly aluminate ion. increasing the content of aluminate ion in the solution can give better play to accelerating effects. meanwhile, reducing the mole ratio of potassium to aluminum can reduce the alkalinity of the accelerator and inhibit the alkali-aggregate reaction of shotcrete. the main component of this liquid accelerator is kal(oh)4. given ca(oh)2, it reacts with gypsum in cement to produce calcium sulphoaluminate hydrates (ettringite) as well as potassium hydroxide, reduces the concentration of soluble gypsum for delayed coagulation in cement mortar. now, c3a, a cement mineral component, is quickly dissolved into the solution and hydrated to hexagonal c3ah6 plates, thus accelerating the setting of cement mortar. a large amount of heat of hydration produced by the preceding reactions will also promote the reaction process and strength development. in addition, in the initial hydration stage, those ingredients produced in the solution such as ca(oh)2, so42-, and al2o3 combine to produce high-sulfur calcium sulphoaluminate hydrate (ettringite) that is not only conducive to the development of early strength but also reduces the concentration of ca(oh)2, thus facilitating the hydration of c3s. the produced calcium silicate hydrate gel interlaps to form crystals with the grid structure, thus boosting condensation [7-16]. experimental studies on material properties experimental material he test cement adopts 425# ordinary portland cement, with the main components listed in tab. 1. components chemical formula shorthand notation mass fraction/% tricalcium silicate 3cao·sio2 c3s 17.83 dicalcium silicate 2cao·sio2 c2s 55.24 tricalcium aluminate 3cao·al2o3 c3a 10.12 tetra-calcium aluminoferrite 4cao·al2o3·fe2o3 c4af 7.81 calcium sulphate dihydrate caso4·2h2o csh2 8.0 table 1: main components of cement. test method (1) refer to the jc477-2005 flash setting admixtures for shotcrete standard (hereinafter referred to as the standard) in the building material industry. (2) get 400g cement with the water-cement ratio of 0.30 to 0.50 (the additive amount of water needs to deduct the water content in the liquid accelerator) to stir evenly, then add the recommended dosage of liquid accelerator, rapid mixing 25 s and 30 s, immediate loading mode, several times of artificial vibration, pare off excess water mud, make the surface clean. from adding liquid accelerator operating time should not exceed 50 s. the standard consistency and setting time of cement paste is adopted to measure the initial and final setting time of neat cement paste. different reagents are added with compound it and then the initial and final setting time is measured. (3) get 900g cement and 1350g standard sand, with the water-cement ratio of 0.5, mix the mortar uniformly, add the liquid accelerator, and quickly stir the cement mortar for 40 to 50 seconds. make a 40 mm x 40 mm x 160 mm trial model with cement mortar, maintain it in the standard curing room at the temperature of 20℃±2℃ and with humidity above 95%, measure its strength after one day or 28 days, and calculate the strength ratio. test results and analysis (1) measurement of the setting time of cement with different dosages according to the requirements of the standard, keep water-cement ratio of 0.4 unchanged, the dosages of liquid accelerator is 1.5% to 4% of the mass of cement. fig. 1 shows the initial and final setting time of neat cement paste with 1.5% to 4% dosages of this liquid accelerator. t l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 359 figure 1: dosage change curves of initial and final setting time the liquid accelerator has different setting time with different dosages. fig. 1 shows that this liquid accelerator has the best accelerating effects when the dosage is 2%. the initial and final setting time is 1min30s and 3min20s respectively, which meets the requirements of first-class goods stipulated in the standard. with increasing dosage, the setting time is delayed on the contrary. indicating that the liquid accelerator has an optimal dosage, it is not that more accelerators make better accelerating effects. whether the accelerator can quickly condense and harden cement also depends on accelerator adaptability to cement mineral compositions and gypsum types instead of all depending on accelerator dosage. as there are many interacting internal and external factors affecting accelerator adaptability to cement, the mechanism is very complex. therefore, the optimal accelerator dosage can only be the result of the adaptability test conducted on the used cement and accelerator in a proper water-cement ratio range and at a certain ambient temperature. a dosage lower or higher than the optimal will prevent the accelerator from playing its proper role in shotcrete application. (2) measurement of the setting time of cement with different water-cement ratios according to the requirements of the standard, keep 2% dosage of liquid accelerator unchanged, the water-cement ratio ranges from 0.30 to 0.50. fig. 2 shows the initial and final setting time of cement with different water-cement ratios. figure 2: water-cement ratio change curves of initial and final setting time. according to fig. 2, as the water-cement ratio increases, the initial and final setting time is prolonged. indicating that the greater the water-cement ratio, the worse the accelerating effects. in dry-mix shotcrete, the water-cement ratio is controlled by adjusting the water volume by the shotcrete manipulator based on his observation. the mixture water consumption in dry shotcrete should not only make the shotcrete have better compaction and adhesiveness but also reduce resilience materials. a too large water-cement ratio usually causes shotcrete to fall off while a too small watercement ratio causes stratification to mixtures. in wet-mix shotcrete, the water-cement ratio is specific and needs to meet properties such as the slump and pumpability. (3) impact of the accelerator with different dosages on the strength of cement mortar 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 s et ti n g t im e/ s dosage of liquid accelerator/% initial setting time final setting time 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0,30 0,35 0,40 0,45 0,50 s et ti n g t im e/ s water-cement ratio initial setting time final setting time l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 360 the compressive strength of cement mortar with different dosages is obtained. as the accelerator dosage increases, the later strength loss tends to increase. however, if the dosage ranges from 1.5% to 4%, the later strength loss will not exceed 10%. tab. 2 shows the compressive strength of cement mortar. accelerator dosage/% compressive strength/mpa 28d compressive strength ratio/% 1d 28d 0 7.8 47.8 100 1.5 13.6 46.9 98.1 2.0 13.9 46.1 96.4 2.5 14.5 45 94.1 3.0 15.1 44.6 93.3 3.5 15.8 43.7 91.4 4.0 14.2 43.1 90.2 table 2: compressive strength of cement mortar. numerical calculation strength-time and elasticity modulus-time regression curve of shotcrete n the lab, the hardening characteristics of shotcrete are tested. shotcrete adopts c25 mix proportion (selected from changgang tunnel of fushou highway) of cement, sand, to stone as 469 : 912 : 912. non-linear regression analysis is conducted on shotcrete strength and time, and then the change rules between the strength and age are obtained. tab. 3 lists the uniaxial compressive strength of shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator. tab. 4 lists the uniaxial compressive strength of shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator. age specimen no. 8h/mpa 12h/mpa 1d/mpa 3d/mpa 7d/mpa 28d/mpa 1 4.35 6.80 9.52 14.6 21.89 25.4 2 5.05 7.22 10.25 15.40 20.76 26.38 3 4.92 6.95 9.80 14.88 22.12 27.10 4 4.36 6.50 9.30 15.72 23.30 26.70 5 4.8 7.10 10.64 16.20 21.66 25.89 6 4.45 6.83 9.13 14.67 23.20 27.80 7 4.82 7.25 10.37 15.60 21.37 28.31 8 6.15 7.64 11.28 16.38 22.50 29.25 9 5.20 7.30 9.95 14.68 21.86 27.97 table 3: uniaxial compressive strength of shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator. age specimen no. 8h/mpa 12h/mpa 1d/mpa 3d/mpa 7d/mpa 28d/mpa 1 7.25 8.99 12.75 19.39 27.48 31.06 2 7.37 9.53 14.15 20.12 26.66 31.66 3 7.34 9.71 13.29 19.72 27.97 32.60 4 6.38 9.18 12.76 20.30 28.69 32.18 5 7.18 9.47 14.59 20.86 27.65 31.88 6 7.01 8.95 12.80 19.28 28.44 33.17 7 7.35 9.73 13.53 19.89 27.11 34.21 8 8.16 9.98 14.33 20.97 27.84 34.95 9 7.46 10.27 13.45 19.17 27.72 33.65 table 4: uniaxial compressive strength of shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator. i l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 361 take a log-scale for time, get the strength-time regression curve of shotcrete with the traditional accelerator and with the new liquid accelerator, as shown in fig.3. figure 3: strength-time regression curve of shotcrete added with accelerator. the strength of shotcrete with the traditional accelerator associated with time is determined as -0.38 t -0.009 t25.6(1 1.85 e 0.8 e )cf (t) = (1) the strength of shotcrete with the new liquid accelerator associated with time is determined as    0.18 0.01( ) 31.2(1 0.27 0.77 )t tcf t e e (2) the researcher obtained the following formula of elasticity modulus obtained via tests and shotcrete compressive strength [17]:   5 10 c cu e b a f (3) the fitted values of a and b can be obtained by fitting shotcrete elasticity modulus (listed in tab. 5) and uniaxial compressive strength by using formula (3) according to the gb50086-2001 specifications for bolt-shotcrete support. formula (4) for the relation between shotcrete and compressive strength can be obtained by using formula (3). shotcrete strength grade c15/mpa c20/mpa c25/mpa c30/mpa elasticity modulus 1.8x104 2.1x104 2.3x104 2.5x104 uniaxial compressive strength 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 table 5: standard values of shotcrete elasticity modulus and uniaxial compressive strength. 5 10 46.12 2.46   c cu e f (4) l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 362 tab. 6 lists the elasticity modulus of shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator obtained by using formula (4). tab. 7 lists the elasticity modulus of shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator obtained by using formula (4). fig. 4 shows the elasticity modulus-time regression curve of shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator. age specimen no. 8h/gpa 12h/gpa 1d/gpa 3d/gpa 7d/gpa 28d/gpa 1 7.66 10.82 13.69 17.80 21.90 23.39 2 8.63 11.30 14.37 18.33 21.36 23.76 3 8.45 10.99 13.95 17.99 22.00 24.03 4 7.67 10.47 13.48 18.54 22.53 23.88 5 8.29 11.17 14.72 18.84 21.79 23.58 6 7.80 10.85 13.31 17.84 22.48 24.28 7 8.31 11.34 14.48 18.46 21.65 24.46 8 10.04 11.77 15.27 18.96 22.17 24.77 9 8.83 11.39 14.09 17.85 21.88 24.34 table 6: elasticity modulus of shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator age specimen no. 8h/gpa 12h/gpa 1d/gpa 3d/gpa 7d/gpa 28d/gpa 1 11.33 13.17 16.45 20.67 24.16 25.35 2 11.47 13.70 17.48 21.04 23.87 25.53 3 11.44 13.87 16.86 20.84 24.34 25.81 4 10.32 13.36 16.47 21.13 24.58 25.69 5 11.25 13.65 17.79 21.41 24.22 25.60 6 11.06 13.13 16.49 20.61 24.50 25.97 7 11.45 13.89 17.04 20.93 24.03 26.26 8 12.33 14.12 17.61 21.46 24.29 26.46 9 11.57 14.38 16.98 20.55 24.25 26.11 table 7: elasticity modulus of shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator take a log-scale for time, get the elasticity modulus-time regression curve of shotcrete with the traditional accelerator and with the new liquid accelerator, as shown in fig.4. figure 4: elasticity modulus-time regression curve of shotcrete added with accelerator the elasticity modulus of shotcrete with the traditional accelerator associated with time is determined as l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 363 -0.274 t -0.012 t23.5(1 1.5 e 0.56 e )e(t) = (5) the elasticity modulus of shotcrete with the new liquid accelerator associated with time is determined as -0.127 t -0.013 t25.4(1 0.39 e 0.46 e )e(t) = (6) model building and parameter selection (1) mechanical parameter numerical simulation adopts flac3d numerical software to study the cross section of class iv surrounding rock of changgang tunnel, fushou highway and consider the stress release rate of surrounding rock. the model dimension is twice of the diameter that is 12 m. both surrounding rock and preliminary support adopt solid elements. normal restraint is set on the lateral boundary and full restraint is set on the surface boundary of the model. considering the hardening characteristics of shotcrete with time, set poisson's ratio to 0.2 and volume density to 2300 kg/m3. tab. 8 lists the physical and mechanical parameters of the selected surrounding rock. surrounding rock class unit weight (kn/m3) deformation modulus /gpa poisson's ratio cohesion /mpa internal friction angle/° iv 20 1.3 0.3 0.2 27 table 8: physical and mechanical parameters of surrounding rock. (2) stress release rules of surrounding rock according to the natm theory, after tunnel excavation, the stress of surrounding rock is gradually released with time under the action of the self-stabilization capacity of surrounding rock instead of being immediately released. document [18] proposed the following expression of the load released by tunnel with time based on numerical simulation results:  0( ) (1 0.7 ) mtp t p e where:  3.15 2 v m a v : tunnel excavation progress, m/h a : tunnel excavation radius, m t : tunnel excavation time, h this formula can be used to resolve the following formula of stress release rate of surrounding rock:  1 0.7 mtn e this calculation adopts the preceding stress release rules of surrounding rock and simulates surrounding rock release of this expansive loess tunnel. therefore,  1 / 6 v m h , a=6m, thus determining that the curve of surrounding rock release rules is as shown in fig. 5. calculation result analysis (1) largest vault settlement displacement the shotcrete added with the traditional and new liquid accelerator respectively is studied. fig. 6 shows the largest displacement of vault settlement when the shotcrete added with the conventional and new liquid accelerator respectively interacts with surrounding rock with the passage of time. l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 364 figure 5: surrounding rock release rules. figure 6: largest vault settlement displacement. according to fig. 6, the largest vault settlement displacement of surrounding rock, shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator is smaller than that when the shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator interacts with surrounding rock, indicating that the shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator has better supporting effects for surrounding rock. take an average of the largest settlement displacements of 8h, 12h, 1d, 3d, 7d, and 28d surrounding rock. this value is 3.59 when the traditional accelerator is used while it is 2.66 when the new liquid accelerator is added, which improves supporting effects by 26%. in the first three days of shotcrete support, the largest vault displacement of surrounding rock keeps growing. that is because the tunnel surrounding rock releases stress and forms new stress equilibrium. the release process is accompanied with vault settlement. from 0 to 72h, the largest vault displacement is 3.17 mm during spraying concrete support added with the traditional accelerator while that is 1.84 mm during spraying concrete support added with the new liquid accelerator, with the change rate decreased by 42%. three days later, stress release of surrounding rock is reduced, meanwhile, the vault settlement is reduced and surrounding rock tends to be stable due to the support. on the 28th day, the largest settlement displacement is 3.82 mm when shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator, and it is 2.41 mm when shotcrete added with the new liquid accelerator, reduced by 37%. (2) distribution of surrounding rock plastic zones 12h, 1d, and 3d plastic zones are selected to study the development of plastic zones of surrounding rock supported by different kinds of shotcrete. according to analysis on fig. 7 to 12, the surrounding rock plastic zones are mainly distributed on the cavern haunch and side wall. with the passage of time, the plastic zone gradually extends to the tunnel deep and arch springing. it also can be seen from the figures that the plastic zone of surrounding rock supported by shotcrete added with new liquid accelerator is obviously smaller than that of surrounding rock supported by shotcrete added with the traditional accelerator. 0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 0 18 36 54 72 90 108 126 144 162 180 s u rr o u nd in g ro ck s tr es s re le as e ra te excavation time/h l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 365 figure 7: 12h traditional support plastic zone. figure 8: 12h new support plastic zone. figure 9: 1d traditional support plastic zone. figure 10: 1d new support plastic zone. figure 11: 3d traditional support plastic zone. figure 12: 3d new support plastic zone. engineering application project overview he field test is conducted on the developed new liquid accelerator in changgang tunnel of fushou highway. this tunnel is class iv surrounding rock; the strength grade of shotcrete is designed to c25 and the shotcrete layer depth to 25 cm. the field shotcrete adopts hong xing-1 powdered accelerator; the dry jet machine adopts 7 m3; the actual amount of sprayed concrete per hour is about 5 m3. the dry powdered accelerator has the actual dosage reaching 10%, about 30% resilience, and large amount of dust during spraying. fig. 13 shows the field dry-mix shotcrete. t l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 366 figure 13: field dry-mix shotcrete. field shotcrete test (1) cement: 425# ordinary portland cement. fine aggregate: used in the test is hard medium-coarse sand with the fineness modulus greater than 2.5. the proportion of particles with the diameter less than 0.075 mm among sand cannot be exceed 20%. coarse aggregate: used in the test is crushed stone with the particle diameter ranging from 5 to 10 mm. (2) the concrete mix proportion of cement, sand, to stone as 469kg : 912kg : 912kg, the water-cement ratio is designed to 0.45. (3) the dosage of the liquid accelerator is designed to 1.5% during spraying on the side wall and that is designed to 2.5% during spraying on the vault. given a larger dosage, the cohesiveness of shotcrete becomes better and slurry shedding can hardly happen. the dosage is controlled by the high-pressure dosing device. this liquid accelerator is used together with a matching shotcrete method. based on the original dry-mix shotcrete technology, a high-pressure accelerator dosing device is added, which can provide 1.2 mpa pressure to pump the liquid accelerator to the high-pressure water pipe and accurately control the dosage of the liquid accelerator. the mixture of the liquid accelerator and water contacts with the concrete mix at the nozzle and are sprayed to the surface together. using the new liquid accelerator and matching spraying technology, the dust and resilience in the tunnel are relatively little. the pull canvas is adopted to measure resilience and the resilience rate is 8%. the sprayed surface has bright luster, without slurry shedding. fig. 14 shows the liquid accelerator matching spraying technology. fig.15 shows the new field shotcrete technology. figure 14: the liquid accelerator matching spraying technology. figure 15: new field shotcrete technology. during field spraying concrete, the jet molding test is conducted to measure the strength of shotcrete. the specimen is a 150 mm3 cube template that is grounded flush after tunnel shotcrete. then, it is maintained in the lab incubator and the 1d, 7d, and 28d uniaxial compressive strength are measured, as listed in tab. 9. the test results show that shotcrete using this liquid accelerator has a higher compressive strength. l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 367 specimen sn age/d bearing area/mm2 compressive strength fcu /mpa single block value group value 1 1 22500 13.4 12.6 2 22500 12.5 3 22500 11.9 1 7 22500 27.8 27.1 2 22500 26.9 3 22500 26.6 1 28 22500 33.5 32.4 2 22500 31.6 3 22500 32.2 table 9: compressive strength of shotcrete. conclusions (1) the dosage of this liquid accelerator is small, only from 1.5% to 4%, and it is an effective compound liquid accelerator. when the dosage is 2%, the effects of coagulation are optimal. the initial and final setting time of neat cement paste is 2 minutes and 4 minutes respectively. it is also a kind of uniform and stable liquid without crystals and precipitate, and it is slightly affected by the ambient and well adaptive to cement. (2) this liquid accelerator contains the thickening components, which increase the cohesiveness of shotcrete and can effectively reduce resilience and dust during spraying concrete. meanwhile, it increases the adhesion strength between shotcrete and surrounding rock, be adhered to the sprayed surface comprehensively and solidly, and achieve better supporting effects. (3) this liquid accelerator can effectively reduce the later strength loss of shotcrete and ensure that the strength loss is controlled within 10%. adding this liquid accelerator can improve the strength of shotcrete at each age and effectively inhibit the development of displacement and plastic zones of surrounding rock. in the numerical simulation analysis of the relationship between shotcrete and surrounding rock support, the strength growth of shotcrete and stress release of surrounding rock with the passage of time should be considered. (4) the new liquid accelerator and its matching spraying technology can effectively reduce resilience and dust in the construction, the resilience rate is less than 10%, save the cost, improve the environment, enhance the shotcrete strength, have good popularization using value. acknowledgements he authors would like to thank the national natural science foundation of china (grant no. 51179098、 51379113), the specialized research fund for the doctoral program of higher education of china (grant no. 20120131110031). references [1] guan, b., technique of shotcrete support for tunnel and underground works[m]. beijing: china communications press, (2009). [2] zhu, g., progress of the research for shotcrete, concrete, 258(4) (2011) 105-109. [3] cheng, l., shotcrete, beijing: china architecture and building press, (1990). [4] feng, h., zhu, q., handbook of engineering application of concrete admixture, beijing: china architecture & t l. zhang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 356-368; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.47 368 building press, (2005). [5] chang, y., the influences of the early age properties of shotcrete on tunnel lining, journal of yangtze river scientific research institute, 9(3) (1992) 8-16. [6] oreste, p.p., peila, d., modeling progressive hardening of shotcrete in convergence-confinement approach to tunnel design, tunneling and underground space technology, 12(3) (1997) 425-431. [7] shen, w., cement technology wuhan: wuhan university of technology press, (2012). [8] li, g., li, c., zhou, w., wu, y., factors affecting the liquid sodium aluminate accelerated agent, concrete, 7 (2005) 54-58. [9] zhang, y., he, t., et al. the influences of synthetic technology parameters on the properties of liquid aluminate accelerating additive, concrete, 4 (2005) 38-41. [10] li, g., song, x., et al. synergistic effects of some other ingredients on liquid sodium aluminate accelerated agent, concrete, (4) (2005) 49-51. [11] zhang, y., study on liquid aluminate accelerating additive, master's thesis, xi'an: xi'an university of architecture and technology, (2005). [12] hae-geun, p., sang-kyoung, s., chan-gi, p., jong-pil, w., influence of a c12a7 mineral-based accelerator on the strength and durability of shotcrete, cement and concrete research, 38(3) (2008) 379–385. [13] jong-pil, w., un-jong, h., cheol-keun, k., su-jin, l., mechanical performance of shotcrete made with a highstrength cement-based mineral accelerator, construction and building materials, 49 (2013) 175–183. [14] paglia, c., wombacher, f., bohni, h., the influence of alkali-free and alkaline shotcrete accelerators within cement systems influence of the temperature on the sulfate attack mechanisms and damage, cement and concrete research, 33 (2003) 387–395. [15] zhao, s., guo, x., xia, y., zuo, m., study on the performance and mechanism of the liquid sodium aluminate accelerated agent, journal of shenyang jianzhu university (natural science), 25(6) (2009) 1125-1130. [16] li, g., regulation and mechanism of adjustable solidification agent on cement hydration process, master's thesis, wuhan: wuhan university of technology, (2011). [17] chen, f., application and mechanism of initial support and surrounding rock in weak rock tunnel, phd thesis, beijing: beijing jiaotong university, (2012). [18] liu b., du x., visco-elastical analysis on interaction between supporting structure and surrounding rocks of circle tunnel, chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 23(4) (2004) 561-564. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_18 m. vieira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 131-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.18 131 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture development of a very high cycle fatigue (vhcf) multiaxial testing device m. vieira, m. de freitas, l. reis, a. m. r. ribeiro idmec, instituto superior técnico, universidade de lisboa, av. rovisco pais, 1049-001 lisboa, portugal, mario.vieira@ist.utl.pt, mfreitas@dem.ist.utl.pt http://orcid.org/0000-0003-3525-9218 luis.g.reis@ist.utl.pt http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9848-9569 aribeiro@ist.utl.pt http//orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 m. da fonte escola superior náutica infante d. henrique, av. eng. bonneville franco 2770-058 paço d'arcos, portugal manuelfonte@enautica.pt http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2345-6790 abstract. the very high cycle region of the s-n fatigue curve has been the subject of intensive research on the last years, with special focus on axial, bending, torsional and fretting fatigue tests. very high cycle fatigue can be achieved using ultrasonic exciters which allow for frequency testing of up to 30 khz. still, the multiaxial fatigue analysis is not yet developed for this type of fatigue analyses, mainly due to conceptual limitations of these testing devices. in this paper, a device designed to produce biaxial fatigue testing using a single piezoelectric axial exciter is presented, as well as the preliminary testing of this device. the device is comprised of a horn and a specimen, which are both attached to the piezoelectric exciter. the steps taken towards the final geometry of the device are presented. preliminary experimental testing of the developed device is made using thermographic imaging, strain measurements and vibration speeds and indicates good behaviour of the tested specimen. keywords. multiaxial fatigue; very high cycle fatigue; fatigue testing machines; strain measurements. introduction atigue damage has special relevance on the life span of mechanical components and structures, as it takes responsibility for the majority of the registered structural failures. although its mechanisms have been the subject of continuous research, the growing need for greater lifespans forced the understanding of the behavior of materials under very high cycle loadings [1], also known as the very high cycle fatigue (vhcf) regime. this field of research, which studies the mechanical behavior of materials for fatigue lives over 10e7 cycles, has recently gained notoriety [2], largely due to the appearance of ultrasonic fatigue testing machines, working at 20-30 khz and due to the acquisition and control equipment capable of handling signals at such high frequencies. in this context, the results found in the bibliography [1, 2], which usually focus on either axial or torsional fatigue tests, allow us to understand the behavior of materials on the very high cycle region of the s-n curves, remarking the absence, f m. vieira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 131-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.18 132 for some materials, of the fatigue limit that used to be considered on mechanical design. however, these results only refer to uniaxial loadings when, in real conditions, mechanical components are usually loaded under multiaxial loadings. because of the axial character of the excitation created by the piezoelectric exciter, only axial, bending or fretting specimen testing were able to be performed up to now. the appearance of torsional piezoelectric exciters allowed for vhcf testing on torsional conditions, as well. but, for multiaxial conditions, no vhcf results have been described on the literature due to conceptual limitations of these devices. multiaxial loading fatigue has been the subject of intense research for low and high cycle regimes, but not on the vhcf region, due to the inexistence of machines capable of operating on ultrasonic frequencies and submit specimens to multiaxial loadings. for the high cycle regime, the von mises criterion on biaxial loading has been questioned since experimental data does not correlate well, either for in-phase or out-of-phase loadings [3]. in this paper, the development of a fatigue testing machine for biaxial conditions working at vhcf is presented. the device is comprised of a horn and a specimen, which are both attached to an ultrasonic piezoelectric axial exciter. biaxial fatigue testing machine for vhcf he present work describes the processes of creation and development of a vhcf testing device for biaxial conditions, using a single axial piezoelectric exciter. the device is comprised of a horn and a specimen, being the latter the component to be tested on biaxial conditions, with a loading that was predefined to have in-phase sinusoidal components of axial and shear stress in r=-1. the horn since the horn receives a sinusoidal axial displacement from the piezoelectric exciter, and it is intended to induce also torsional loadings on the specimen, the horn has to be responsible for the generation of the rotational movement which will be imposed on the specimen and will promote shear stresses in it. this implies that the horn takes special importance on the behavior of the device, specifically on the relationship between axial and torsional loadings imposed on the specimen. the computational modal analysis made to this geometry proved that a certain dynamic vibrational mode could be achieved in which the horn would vibrate in a hybrid mode composed by the first axial mode and the first torsional mode, where axial and rotational displacements were amplified on the smaller free end. still, there was a need for a horn that would possess this specific mode on the frequency at which the exciter operates (20 khz). the iterative process to obtain the final geometry was produced using finite element software, and a schematic representation is shown on fig. 1: figure 1: 2d representation of the developed biaxial horn. the final horn geometry consists of a conical shaped piece possessing two groups of oblique slits responsible for the generation of the rotational character of the horn, which in turn will promote sinusoidal rotations on the specimen that will add to the already existent sinusoidal axial excitation. the specimen before introducing the final geometry of the used specimen, it might be interesting to analyze the dynamic equation for a generic bar, eq. 1, [1]: t m. vieira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 131-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.18 133 2 2 2 2 x ue t u       (1) where u is the displacement, t is time, e is the young modulus, x is the associated coordinate system and  is the specific mass of the material. the mathematical solution of eq. 1 is:             l ct sen l xn cosa)x(u  0 (2) where a0 is the generic amplitude of vibration, l is the bar length and c is the wave propagation speed. eq. 2 represents the axial displacement along the generic bar, respective to a certain nth mode, while eq. 3 represents the natural non-damped frequency, n for the nth mode.    e l n n  (3) the solution found at eqs. 2 and 3 are equally valid for torsional modes, replacing the young modulus by the shear modulus of a certain material. solving the equation for a cylindrical bar with a length of 250 mm (and noting that for this solution, the diameter of the bar does not affect the final results), the following results are obtained for the first five modal non-damped frequencies for the axial and torsional directions for common construction steel (e=200 gpa, =7800 kg/m3): axial frequencies torsional frequencies n (rad/s) hz n (rad/s) hz 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 1 63632.3 10127.4 1 40244.6 6405.1 2 127264.6 20254.8 2 80489.2 12810.3 3 190896.9 30382.2 3 120733.8 19215.4 4 254529.2 40509.6 4 160978.4 25620.5 table 1: first five modal frequencies for axial and torsional directions. obviously, and due to the differences found between the young and shear modulus, the results are lagged by a certain ratio. this implies that, for a cylindrical shape, the first axial mode will have a significative different frequency value from the respective first torsional mode. if a cylindrical shaped specimen is pretended, this raises a relevant problem to the creation design. one could think, from the analysis of tab. 1, that the second longitudinal mode (n=2) and the third torsional mode (n=3) could be used to design a specimen to produce biaxial testing, since frequencies are very close together. still, this solution is of little application since, because of the shapes of these two modes, axial and shear stresses on specimen would be higher on different locations. other combinations of modes were considered, but the final design consisted of a specimen that possesses its first axial mode (n=1) and its third torsional mode (n=3) at the same frequency. this is achieved by designing a cylindrical specimen with three throats, as seen in fig. 2: figure 2: 2d representation of the developed specimen. m. vieira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 131-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.18 134 generally speaking, while the presence of the middle throat lowers the first axial and torsional modes, the presence of the two outside throats is used to considerably lower the third torsional mode. the correspondent first axial mode shape and third torsional mode shape of the developed specimen are presented on fig. 3, both having the same inherent natural frequency: figure 3: representation of the specimen first axial mode (at left) and third torsional mode (at right), both with the same natural frequency. coupling of the horn, specimen and exciter after the specimen and horn have been designed, it became mandatory to produce computational analyses to understand the dynamic behavior of the coupled system, formed by the booster, horn and specimen. a computational model of the developed system was built, shown in fig. 4. then, finite element analyses were run in order to obtain the mode shape at the pretended frequency, as shown in fig. 5. figure 4: 3-dimensional model of the developed device. figure 5: modal shape of the operational mode for the developed device. the developed device is patent pending under inpi 20161000008542 ref. number. experimental testing of the device fter the theoretical definition of the equipment, a prototype of the design was built in order to produce several experimental testing to evaluate its correct behaviour. laser vibrometer results in order to correctly evaluate rotation on the specimen, two notches were created at the bottom of the specimen. these notches are used to measure surface speeds. speeds are measured using a vibrometer from polytec with two laser channels, with high frequency measuring capabilities. results obtained from these experimental testing have already been published [4]. axial speeds measured at the free-end of the specimen are presented below, fig. 6: a m. vieira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 131-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.18 135 figure 6: axial speeds measured at the free-end of the tested specimen [4]. these results confirm the sinusoidal axial behaviour of the specimen. rotational speeds measured at the notches are presented on fig. 7: figure 7: rotational speeds measured at the specimen notches [4]. these results confirm the presence of a rotational behaviour of the specimen at its free-end, since both signals are inphase and with very similar amplitudes. the difference in the amplitudes comes from the difficulty to guarantee that both lasers are measuring at the same distance from the center of the specimen. thermographic imaging because of the high frequencies used on this type of specimen testing, material temperature control represents a challenge on the completion of such tests [1, 5]. still, because of the fact that the specimen heats up faster on regions where stresses are higher, thermographic imaging may be used to evaluate an approximation of the stress profile on the specimen. for this evaluation, the specimen was painted with high emissivity paint. first, the specimen was tested using an axial horn, which means that no rotation was being imposed to it. the results of this test are represented on fig. 8, and axial testing of the specimen confirmed that it is correctly synchronized at the exciter excitation frequency and higher temperature are only observed in the middle throat. figure 8: thermographic image sequence of the axial tests performed on the specimen. second testing was produced with the developed horn, showing also higher temperatures occurring at the three throats with the highest one at middle throat, fig. 9. m. vieira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 131-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.18 136 figure 9: thermographic image of specimen testing in tension/torsion. thermographic imaging of the developed specimen indicates that the specimen heats up on the three throats, but more on the middle one, due to the higher stresses on this region, as it was designed to behave. strain results to evaluate strains and stresses on the specimen middle throat, a rosette-type strain gage with three gages from tml, reference fra-1-11, was used. figure 10: signals from the rosette strain gage at the specimen middle throat. data from the strain gages during test was measured with a ni 6216 daq with the capability of acquiring two signals with a 200 khz sampling frequency. testing was produced at 20 khz, using the biaxial horn and specimen and the results obtained from the three-way strain gage installed at the middle throat of the specimen are presented on fig. 10. data confirms the existence of a tension/torsion stress field in the specimen middle throat [4]. conclusions device to produce biaxial testing at the vhcf regime, using a single axial ultrasonic exciter, has been developed and presented on this paper. this device (patent pending) consists of a horn and a specimen featured together in order to allow the biaxial testing. a m. vieira et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 131-137; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.18 137 extensive experimental analyses were produced in order to qualitatively evaluate the dynamic behaviour of the device, specifically on the specimen. laser vibrometer measurements have confirmed the correct axial and rotational behaviour of the free-end of the specimen. thermographic imaging comproved that maximum stresses are registered at the middle throat. a three-way rosette type strain gage was installed on the middle throat in order to acquire strains and evaluate the stresses present on this region, confirming the existence of a biaxial stress state. further research is strongly suggested on this field, specifically on specimen control and behaviour, horn geometry influence on the τxy/σy stress ratio and final specimen dimension. acknowledgments his research was financed by fundação para a ciência e tecnologia (fct) under portuguese national project ptdc/ems-pro/5760/2014. references [1] bathias, c., paris, p., gigacycle fatigue in mechanical practice, marcel dekker, new york, (2005) [2] stanzl-tschegg, s., very high cycle fatigue measuring techniques, international journal of fatigue, 60 (2014) 2–17, doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.11.016. [3] anes, v., reis, l., li, b., freitas, m., sonsino, c., minimum circumscribed ellipse (mce) and stress scale factor (ssf) criteria for multiaxial fatigue life assessment, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 73 (2014) 109-119. doi:10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.08.008. [4] vieira, m., reis, l., de freitas, m., ribeiro, a. m. r., preliminary evaluation of the loading characteristics of biaxial tests at low and very high frequencies procedia structural integrity, (2016). doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.02.027. [5] lage, y., ribeiro, amr, montalvão, d., reis, l., freitas, m., automation in strain and temperature control on vhcf with an ultrasonic testing facility application of automation technology in fatigue and fracture testing and analysis, peter c. mckeighan and arthur a. braun, eds., stp 1571, (2014) 80–100, doi:10.1520/stp157120130079, astm international, west conshohocken, pa, doi: 10.1520/stp157120130079. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_59_art_29_3324.docx m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 444 numerical study of trip transformation in 35ncd16 steel-effects of plate orientation and some criteria mounir gaci laboratory of mechanics, university frères mentouri constantine 1, constantine, algeria mounir.gaci@umc.edu.dz kamel fedaoui, lazhar baroura university frères mentouri constantine 1, constantine, algeria kamel.fedaoui@umc.edu.dz, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0885-6914 barouralaz@yahoo.fr, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6747-5049 amar talhi metallurgy and materials engineering, foundry laboratory, badji mokhtar university annaba, algeria talhiamaryacine@gmail.com abstract. this study aims to analyze the effect of thermo mechanical coupling damage in the presence of a phase change (austenite/martensite) in 35ncd16 steel. the impact of increasing mechanical traction load, accompanied by a martensitic transformation on the scale of a single grain with boundary has been studied. the prediction transformation of induced plasticity (trip) was evaluated by taking into account the following parameters: twenty shear directions of the martensitic plates, two values of the shear deformation of the martensitic plates, energetic and thermodynamics criteria for getting in order the transformation of the martensitic plates, elastoplastic behavior of the two areas in the first case (martensitic plate and grain boundary) and elastic behavior for the grain boundary in the second case. the numerical calculation is carried out using the finite element method (fem), implemented in the zebulon calculation code. the developed approach is validated using the available experimental results reported in the literature. the numerical results showed that the estimation of trip given by the energetics criteria with the values of the shear deformation (γ0 = 0.16) are closer to the experiment results. keywords. trip; number of shear direction; elastoplastic behavior; martensitic transformation; increasing load; fem; mono grain; grain boundary. citation: m. gaci, k. fedaoui, l. baroura and a. talhi, numerical study of trip transformation in 35ncd16 steeleffects of plate orientation and some criteria, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460. received: 01.11.2021 accepted: 01.12.2021 published: 01.01.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he deformation transformation is accompanied by an additional plastic deformation, or plasticity of transformation commonly called trip. this phenomenon takes place in steels solid phase change, under the application of the stress even lower than the elastic limit of austenite [1]. trip is observed much more in: nuclear reactor vessels, heat t https://youtu.be/9eehuzhqglg m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 445 treatment processes, welding, etc. [2, 4]. one of the essential characteristics to emphasize this phenomenon of plasticity transformation is its irreversible nature [5, 6 and 7]. according to mitter [8], the phenomenon of transformation plasticity is generally explained by two mechanisms. the first presented by greenwood-johnson [9]; during a transformation the two phases involved (mother phase and daughter phase) do not have the same compactness (different volume). when an external stress is applied on the macroscopic scale, the plastic deformation will then be oriented. the second mechanism given by magee [10] explains the phenomenon of trip in the case of martensitic transformation by the variation in volume, resulting from the formation of plates during transformation, under the effect of an external weak stress (lower than the elastic limit of austenite) [11]. poirier [12] has defined transformational plasticity as a temporary mechanical weakening of a material, which undergoes a phase change. the following effects [13] can characterize the phenomenon; an increase in the rate of deformation, beyond the rate allowed thermally in the case of creep at constant stress and a drop in the stress, in the case of tests deformation at constant speed. several analytical and numerical models have been proposed to satisfactorily describe the value and the kinetics of the plastic transformation flow (trip). these models are generally based on several micro-macro approaches, without however taking an interest in the fine evolution of the microstructure. among the related reported work, we find berveiller et al [14], diani et al [15], han et al [16], inoue et al [17] and ganghoffer et al [18]. in addition, these models are generally used in the case of simple types of loading and weak values of stress. greenwood and johnson [8], were the first to publish an interpretation relating to transformational plasticity. the greenwood and johnson approach was based on several hypotheses such as: the transformation is supposed to be complete, each phase is supposed to be perfectly plastic and the classical macroscopic plasticity criteria are applicable at the microscopic scale. for the prediction of the trip phenomenon, leblond [19] developed an analytical model based on the greenwoodjohnson mechanism [8]. the model is based on a simplified micro-mechanical approach, which assumes an elastoplastic behavior of the two parent and produced phases. other approaches were developed with the aim of a better estimation of trip in its two parts (kinetics and the final value) [20, 21] such as: -a micromechanical approach [21], combining theories of limit analysis and homogenization makes possible to overcome the excessive hypotheses introduced in the leblond model [19]. -the second approach takes into account the viscous character of the two phase’s behavior (parent and produced) [23]. the purpose of this work is the analysis of the numerical simulation parameters effects on the trip phenomenon during martensitic transformation in 35ncd16 steel. the numerical computation is based on a micromechanical wen model [24] using fe in two dimensions (2d) in a single grain with boundary scale. the applied mechanical loading is an increasing tensile stress in x direction with σx max = 118 mpa [25]. the following calculation parameters used in this study to give the order of plates formation are: the 20 shear directions of the martensitic plates (in reported works, the number of shear direction were eight [18]), the two values of the shear deformation of the martensitic plates (γ0= 0.16 and 0.19 [26]) and the thermodynamics criteria mmdf (max mechanical driving force) [18], amdf (average mechanical driving force) [24] and ese (elastic strain energy) [26] energetic creteria expressed in the local and global benchmarks. in the first case, elastoplastic behavior for the two domains (martensitic plate and the grain boundary) was taken into account, whereas in second case, the elastic behavior has been considered only for the grain boundary. consequently, the influence of the numerical calculation parameters on the final value and the trip kinetics have been discussed and compared with the experimental results reported in the literature [25]. the deformation of the transformation plasticity -trip n the literature, the first models were not proposed until several years after the discovery of the trip phenomenon. the macroscopic behavior of a material can be modeled using two methods. the first is based on the thermodynamics rules for irreversible processes and the second is based on microstructural deformation mechanisms. the macroscopic behavior laws are obtained by passing from micro to macro scale [27]. for a better understanding of the trip phenomenon, the study of the involved physical mechanisms are necessary [28, 29]. different authors have taken an interest in this problem by focusing on two types of tests: cooling under stress and mechanical tests of deformation by traction, compression or torsion at constant temperature. gautier et al. [30] observe a linear variation in the plasticity of transformation in the applied stress domain less than the elastic limit of austenite. for higher stresses, this plasticity increases rapidly. the authors find a linear variation in the plasticity of transformation in the domain of applied stress less than the elastic limit of austenite. videau et al [31] studied the plasticity of transformation for different loading paths [6] in the case of bi-axial loadings (traction-torsion). they have shown that for the martensitic transformations, the equivalent trip of von-mises criteria is independent of the loadings type when the value of the equivalent stress was the same.the authors also conclude that the i m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 446 flow direction of the transformational in plasticity is the same as the effective stress ones, which is defined as the difference between the applied external stress and internal stress of the material [31]. greenwood and johnson [9] have carried out several theoretical and experimental works to elucidate the phenomenon of transformation plasticity. to study the irreversible elongation during cycles with transformation, they have carried out many tests on pure iron, iron-carbon alloy, uranium, zirconium, titanium and cobalt samples. their results show a linear relationship between the plasticity deformation of transformation and the applied stress, up to stress levels equivalent to half of the yield strength of the austenitic phase [32, 33]. the fig. 1 shows the axial deformation measured on a tensile test piece for 16mnd5 steel with and without stress dilatometer during the phase change. the application of a cooling stress during the martensitic phase change induces a residual deformation called trip [3]. however, in case of cooling without stress application, the trip phenomenon did not appear (fig 1.b) figure 1: axial deformation during a heating-cooling cycle (trip), a) under tensile stress b) stress free, [3] material n all calculations, authors consider that the martensitic phase (the daughter phase) has an elastoplastic behavior. the grain boundary follows two types of behavior, the first purely elastic and the second elastoplastic. the two phases (martensite and austenite) obey to a linear isotropic hardening model. the mechanical data used to simulate the 35ncd16 steel transformation are given in tab. (1). i m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 447 phase’s young’s modulus (mpa) hardening slope (mpa) yield strength (mpa) poisson’s ratio (υ) martensite 1.5*105 16500 890 0.3 austenite 1.8*105 2700 240 0.3 table 1: mechanical characteristics of the 35ncd16 steel [26] to numerically simulate trip, ganghoffer [18] adopts a transformation strain tensor   ,  tr d n expressed by eqn.1. the thermal deformation component tensor has two parts representing the normal dilation (ε0) with the plan of habitat (local reference mark d, n attached to each martensitic plate according to its orientation) and an important shearing directed along the martensitic plate (γ0), see fig. 2. for the trip prediction, the tensor of thermal deformation is imposed progressively [18].               0 , 0 0 0 2 ε2 tr d n (1) the values of normal dilation (ε0) was taken equal to 0.006 and the shear deformation (γ0) measured at a temperature of 320°c was in the order of 0.16 and 0.19 [26]. figure 2: mesh of the grain based on a scalene triangle numerical calculation of trip geometry of the model n this study, we used the geometry of the numerical model improved by wen [24]. this improvement consists in creating a mesh with two areas; a contour and a central area representing respectively, the grain boundary and the formation of the martensitic plate’s area. based on the wen’s work, we have developed a mesh formed by triangular elements of scalene type (fig. 2). using this type of triangle in mesh construction makes possible the reach of 110 plate’s in 20 possible shear directions (160°, 340°, 60°, 240°, 80°, 260°, 170°, 350°, 10°, 190°, 110°, 290°, 150°, 330°, 30°, 210°, 50°, 230° 120° and 300°) and a contour representing the grain boundary composed of five bands. fig. 3 shows an identification i m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 448 of all the martensitic plates formed after transformation. each plate consists of (n) triangular element marked with a distinct color. the geometric characteristics of the plates, such as the number of elements and the shear direction (α) are given in tab. 2. in order to achieve a satisfactory simulation of the trip phenomenon, the formation domain is constituted of martensitic plates having several lengths and shear direction (α). martensitic plates are classified into three categories according to their number of triangular elements. long plates (n°: 41,42,43,59,60 and 64) contain between 26 and 32 triangular elements, medium plates (n°: 44, 45, 61, 62, 63, 38, 46, 51, 16, 80, 25, 31, 37, 55, 92, 93, 94, 102, 103 and 104) composed of 12 to 24 elements and the short plates formed of less than 12 elements, see tab. 2. n° of plates number of elements shear direction of plates (α) n° of plates number of elements shear direction of plates (α) n° of plates number of elements shear direction of plates (α) 1 2 160° 38 12 260° 75 8 30° 2 5 340° 39 7 80° 76 7 30° 3 7 160° 40 3 260° 77 7 210° 4 7 340° 41 32 340° 78 8 210° 5 6 160° 42 31 340° 79 9 210° 6 5 120° 43 27 160° 80 12 30° 7 6 150° 44 23 160° 81 4 150° 8 8 150° 45 19 340° 82 5 150° 9 3 160° 46 14 150° 83 9 330° 10 2 330° 47 10 330° 84 1 80° 11 9 50° 48 7 160° 85 2 260° 12 2 30° 49 4 340° 86 2 80° 13 8 60° 50 5 110° 87 2 260° 14 7 240° 51 12 290° 88 2 260° 15 6 50° 52 7 290° 89 2 80° 16 1 230° 53 2 80° 90 3 260° 17 5 60° 54 16 60° 91 4 80° 18 1 240° 55 12 240° 92 16 340° 19 6 60° 56 8 240° 93 14 340° 20 6 240° 57 4 60° 94 18 160° 21 5 50° 58 1 30° 95 14 340° 22 4 230° 59 33 110° 96 11 150° 23 3 60° 60 26 110° 97 9 340° 24 2 30° 61 20 290° 98 7 160° 25 14 30° 62 20 290° 99 6 340° 26 11 240° 63 24 120° 100 5 160° 27 9 60° 64 35 300° 101 2 170° 28 7 240° 65 3 10° 102 16 50° 29 5 50° 66 2 190° 103 15 50° 30 2 50° 67 3 10° 104 13 230° 31 15 170° 68 5 190° 105 11 230° 32 11 350° 69 6 10° 106 10 50° 33 8 170° 70 5 190° 107 9 50° 34 5 350° 71 5 10° 108 6 50° 35 3 150° 72 6 190° 109 3 230° 36 1 330° 73 7 10° 110 1 230° 37 16 80° 74 6 30° table 2: martensitic plates characteristic m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 449 figure 3: identification of the martensitic plates the calculation is carried out on the single-grain scale with boundary, under an increasing mechanical tensile stress (σx max = 118 mpa), applied in the x direction, see fig. 4 [25]. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 st re ss (m p a) time of transformation (second) increasing stress 118 mpa figure 4: presentation of the increasing tensile stress applied during the martensitic transformation [24] the advancement criteria of the martensitic transformation ganghoffer [18] proposes a form of criterion based on the principles of thermodynamics, which manages the transformation of martensitic plates (eqn. 2). this criterion is called max mechanical driving force (mmdf) [18]. the improvement of the criterion (mmdf) was carried out by wen [23], who derived eqn. 3, called the criterion of the average mechanical driving force (amdf).        0 0. .max nw (2) m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 450      1 / n average i i w w n (3) where   maxw : is the max mechanical driving force in a non-transformed mesh element (mmdf);  n : represents the normal stress in the normal direction (n);  : represents the shear stress acting in the habitat plane along the direction (d). these stresses are calculated from the state of local stress in the considered element; 0 ,  0 : represent the components of the transformation strain tensor defined in the local base (d, n), see eqn.1 [18];  averagew : is the average mechanical driving force in the plate composed by (n) element (amdf). with the aim of improving qualitatively and quantitatively the results of trip martensitic obtained numerically, meftah [26] used the criterion of the elastic strain energy ese given by eqn. 4. in addition, present numerical calculations the criterion ese is expressed in the two local (d, n) and global (x,y) benchmarks giving lese and gese, respectively. also we used the max and average values of this criterion to give the transformation order for each martensitic plate making up the domain.             1 1   * et ft n t el tt ij ijt neln e (4) where: δe: the increment of the elastic strain energy (ese) resulting from the plate transformation; nel: the number of the element considered; net: the total number of elements; t: the number of the time increment considered; tft: the number of increments necessary for the transformation of a plate;  ij : the increment of the tensor of local deformations at the moment « t »;  ij : the tensor of local constraint at the moment « t ». results and discussion he context of technical requirements for a better numerical prediction of trip under an increasing tensile stress (σx max = 118 mpa), have lead us to better consider an optimum parameters for the simulation such as: the increase of shear directions number of the martensitic plates to 20 (160 °, 340 °, 60 °, 240 °, 80 °, 260 °, 170 °, 350 °, 10 °, 190 °, 110 °, 290 °, 150 °, 330 °, 30 °, 210 °, 50 °, 230 °, 120 °, 300 °) and taking into account two shearing values γ0 = 0.16 and 0.19. on the other hand, two types of mechanical behavior have been used, the first considers an elastoplastic behavior for the formation of martensitic plate’s area and the grain boundary, the second admits an elastic behavior for only the grain boundary (the martensitic plates behave according to the elastoplastic mode). the influence of the parameters giving the order of martensitic plate’s formation in the grain (transformation advancement criteria) has been tested using the following criteria: -mmdf (max mechanical driving force: this is the max value calculated with eqn. 2 between all the triangular elements constituting the martensite plate in question; -amdf (average mechanical driving force: this is the average value calculated with eqn. 3 between all the triangular elements constituting the martensite plate in question; -alese (average local elastic strain energy expressed in the local coordinate system (d, n): this is the average value calculated with eqn. 4 between all the triangular elements constituting the martensite plate in question; -mlese (max local elastic strain energy expressed in the local coordinate system (d, n): this is the max value calculated with eqn. 4 between all the triangular elements constituting the martensite plate in question; t m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 451 -agese (average global elastic strain energy-expressed in the global coordinate system (x, y): this is the average value calculated with eqn. 4 between all the triangular elements constituting the martensite plate in question; -mgese (max global elastic strain energy-expressed in the global coordinate system (x, y): this is the max value calculated with eqn. 4 between all the triangular elements constituting the martensite plate in question; elastic boundary of grain and elastoplastic behavior for martensitic phase figs 5 and 6 show the variation of trip according to the progress of the martensitic plate’s formation in the grain with a purely elastic behavior of the grain boundary, while the martensitic phase obeys to an elastoplastic behavior. it can be noticed in fig. 5.a that with the use of the two criteria amdf (γ0 = 0.16) and mmdf (γ0 = 0.16) a completely superimposed trip kinetics has been obtained. in addition, the variation in the deformation (trip) was very rapid from the start to 60% of the transformation compared with the experiment results [24]. beyond this threshold (z ≥ 60%) a loss of kinetics is recorded. the final values of trip obtained with the three criteria, namely amdf (γ0 = 0.16) and mmdf (γ0 = 0.16) are almost equal and slightly lower compared to that given by the experience [25]. on the other hand, with the use of the shear deformation value γ0 = 0.19, the three criteria ( amdf , mmdf) give a kinetics and the final value of trip largely estimated compared to the results of the experiment [ 25], see fig 5.b. figure 5: evolution of trip under an increasing stress depending on the progress of the transformation with elastic behavior of the grain boundary and elastoplastic for martensitic phase for a) γ0 =0.16, b) γ0 =0.19. m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 452 in fig. 6.a, we observe that the transformation kinetics obtained with the two criteria mlese (γ0 = 0.16) and mgese (γ0 = 0.16) were relatively better compared to the experiments [25] in the ranges of 0% ≤ z ≤ 15% and 37% ≤ z ≤70% for mlese and 37% ≤ z ≤60% for mgese. the average values of these two criteria alese (γ0 = 0.16) and agese (γ0 = 0.16), permit to obtain a fast trip kinetics from the beginning of the transformation to z≤ 72%. with four criteria mlese (γ0 = 0.16), mgese (γ0 = 0.16), alese (γ0 = 0.16) and agese (γ0=0.16), the final values of trip are significantly improved compared with those obtained with the first criteria and are almost equal to the experimental final value [24]. in the calculations where the shear deformation value γ0 was equal to 0.19, it can be clearly seen that the criteria mlese (γ0 = 0.19), mgese (γ0 = 0.19), alese (γ0 = 0.19) and agese (γ0 =0.19) induced very fast transformation kinetics and fairly large final values of trip, see fig 6.b. figure 6: evolution of trip under an increasing stress depending on the progress of the transformation with elastic behavior of the grain boundary and elastoplastic for martensitic phase for a) γ0 =0.16, b) γ0 =0.19. elastoplastic behavior of the grain boundary and martensitic phase figs. 7 present the variation of trip as a function of the progress of the martensitic plate’s formation in the grain, with an elastoplastic behavior of the grain boundary as well as for the martensitic phase. the first remark which appears quickly is m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 453 that, the use of the shear deformation value γ0 = 0.16 and the criteria amdf (γ0 = 0.16) and mmdf (γ0 = 0.16), gives the same evolution of trip presented in previous section, see fig 7.a. furthermore, it can be seen in fig. 7.b that the curves obtained with the amdf (γ0 = 0.19) and mmdf (γ0 = 0.19) criteria are perfectly superimposed. using amdf (γ0 = 0.19) and mmdf (γ0 = 0.19) criteria, we obtain fast and linear trip kinetics up to z = 65% of martensitic plates formation. on the other hand, we find that the value of trip obtained at the rate of z = 62% was equal to 0.00355, which is much greater than obtained using the same criteria in case of the shear deformation γ0 = 0.16 (trip = 0.0022), see fig 7. we note that the two criteria amdf and mmdf, whether calculated with γ0 = 0.16 or 0.19, give a poor estimation of the trip, compared to the results of the experiment [25]. figure 7: evolution of trip under an increasing stress depending on the progress of the transformation with an elastoplastic behavior of the grain boundary and martensitic phase for a) γ0 =0.16, b) γ0 =0.19. in figs. 8.a we show the evolution of trip during martensitic transformation with the criteria for ordering the formation of platelets, such as alese, mlese, agese and mgese. using the values of the shear deformation γ0 = 0.16, it was found that the estimated strain is similar to that given in the fig. 6.a. in fig. 8.b, we present the trip evolution obtained with the same criteria (mlese, mgese, agese and alese) in case of shear deformation γ0 = 0.19. we notice that, the m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 454 trip curves obtained with the criteria alese and agese are nearly superimposed. the same behavior has been observed for two curves plotted using the criteria mlese and mgese. the deformation kinetics (trip) obtained with the criteria alese and agese was found to be faster until 50% of the rate of transformation z where the trip value was about 0.0025. beyond 50%, there is almost a stable trip kinetic value showing a very slight variation. the two max energy criteria mlese and mgese favor almost linear trip kinetics over the entire range of martensitic transformation (0% ≤ z≤ 100%). figure 8: evolution of trip under an increasing stress depending on the progress of the transformation with an elastoplastic behavior of the grain boundary and martensitic phase for a) γ0 =0.16, b) γ0 =0.19. from the results presented in the last two sections, we observe that the two types of behavior do not give a significant difference. whereas, the value γ0 = 0.16 of the shear deformation of martensitic plates favors an acceptable estimation of trip better than the value of γ0 = 0.19. in addition, the mlese (γ0 = 0.16) criterion presents a better estimation of the trip than the other criteria by referring to the experience curve [25]. m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 455 transformation order for plates with criteria amdf (γ0 = 0.16) transformation order for plates with criteria mmdf (γ0 = 0.16) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) 56 (240°) 0.00 34 (350°) 0.61 73 (10°) 1.00 56 (240°) 0.00 34 (350°) 0.61 73 (10°) 1.00 14 (240°) 82 (150°) 67 (10°) 81 (150°) 82 (150°) 67 (10°) 26 (240°) 1 (160°) 65 (10°) 14 (240°) 1 (160°) 65 (10°) 28 (240°) 100(160°) 102(50°) 26 (240°) 100(160°) 102 (50°) 55 (240°) 5 (160°) 103(50°) 28 (240°) 5 (160°) 103 (50°) 18 (240°) 44 (160°) 109(230°) 55 (240°) 44 (160°) 109(230°) 20 (240°) 3 (160°) 110(230°) 18 (240°) 3 (160°) 110(230°) 63 (120°) 43 (160°) 107 (50°) 20 (240°) 43 (160°) 107(50°) 64 (300°) 98 (160°) 104(230°) 63 (120°) 98 (160°) 104(230°) 50 (110°) 96 (150°) 106 (50°) 64 (300°) 96 (150°) 106 (50°) 52 (290°) 94 (160°) 108 (50°) 50 (110°) 94 (160°) 108 (50°) 51 (290°) 60 (110°) 105(230°) 52 (290°) 60 (110°) 105(230°) 36 (330°) 92 (340°) 80 (30°) 51 (290°) 92 (340°) 80 (30°) 62 (290°) 97 (340°) 78 (210°) 59 (110°) 97 (340°) 78 (210°) 59 (110°) 99 (340°) 79 (210°) 62 (290°) 99 (340°) 79 (210°) 61 (290°) 45 (340°) 77 (210°) 36 (330°) 45 (340°) 77 (210°) 10 (330°) 88 (260°) 76 (30°) 61 (290°) 88 (260°) 76 (30°) 35 (150°) 90 (260°) 74 (30°) 10 (330°) 90 (260°) 74 (30°) 47 (330°) 87 (260°) 75 (30°) 35 (150°) 87 (260°) 75 (30°) 81 (150°) 85 (260°) 24 (30°) 47 (330°) 85 (260°) 24 (30°) 8 (150°) 41 (260°) 22 (230°) 8 (150°) 41 (260°) 22 (230°) 66 (190°) 38 (260°) 54 (60°) 66 (190°) 38 (260°) 27 (60°) 68 (190°) 40 (260°) 27 (60°) 68 (190°) 40 (260°) 54 (60°) 70 (190°) 42 (340°) 57 (60°) 70 (190°) 42 (340°) 0.62 57 (60°) 72 (190°) 37 (80°) 0.62 17 (60°) 72 (190°) 37 (80°) 17 (60°) 6 (120°) 95 (340°) 19 (60°) 6 (120°) 95 (340°) 19 (60°) 9 (160°) 53 (80°) 23 (60°) 9 (160°) 53 (80°) 23 (60°) 46 (150°) 39 (80°) 16 (230°) 46 (150°) 39 (80°) 16 (230°) 83 (330°) 13 (60°) 12 (30°) 83 (330°) 13 (60°) 12 (30°) 4 (340°) 93 (340°) 58 (30°) 4 (340°) 93 (340°) 58 (30°) 7 (150°) 49 (340°) 21 (50°) 7 (150°) 49 (340°) 21 (50°) 2 (340°) 84 (80°) 29 (50°) 2 (340°) 84 (80°) 29 (50°) 31 (170°) 86 (80°) 25 (30°) 31 (170°) 86 (80°) 25 (30°) 32 (350°) 71 (30°) 15 (50°) 32 (350°) 89 (80°) 15 (50°) 33 (170°) 89 (80°) 30 (50°) 33 (170°) 71 (30°) 30 (50°) 48 (160°) 69 (10°) 11 (50°) 48 (160°) 91 (80°) 11 (50°) 101(170°) 91 (80°) 101(170°) 69 (10°) table 3: plates transformation order under thermodynamic criteria’s amdf (γ0 = 0.16) and mmdf (γ0 = 0.16) effects of the criteria and the martensitic plates shear angle on the trip estimation the results of the elastoplastic behavior have been considered in this section to discuss the influence of the numerical parameters (since the two modes of behavior give almost the same results). among the studied numerical parameters, we have investigated: the influence of the shearing directions (α) of the martensitic plates as well as the criteria (amdf, mmdf, mgese, mlese, agese and alese) on the estimation of the kinetics and the trip values in the case of the shear deformation γ0 = 0.16. from fig 7.a, we can distinguish two trip evolution zone. the first is located in 0% ≤ z≤ 61% range, while the second is located in 62% ≤ z ≤ 100% range. from the beginning of the transformation (z = 0% to z = 61%), we notice that the two thermodynamic criteria amdf, mmdf favor the martensitic plates in their shear directions situated in the second, third and fourth quarter of the circle. (240 °, 110 °, 120 °, 290 °, 330 °, 150 °, 160 °, 170 °, 350 °, 260 °), see tab. 3. however, with this type of plates arrangement during transformation gives an overestimation of the kinetics and trip values, see fig 7.a. in the second transformation zone (62% ≤ z ≤ 100%), where they appear all the directions m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 456 of the plates shear directions (α = 10 °, 30 °, 50 °, 60 °, 80 ° 240 °, 110 °, 120 °, 290 °, 330 °, 150 °, 160 °, 170 °, 350 °, 260 °), we notice a slight improvements, but the results remain unsatisfactory. in fig 8.a and according to the energy criterion mlese, we may divide the evolution of the trip into five zones as follows: the first (0% ≤ z ≤ 0.14%), the second (0.15% ≤ z ≤ 0.40%), the third (0.41% ≤ z ≤ 0.70%), the fourth (0.71% ≤ z ≤ 0.89%) and the fifth (0.9% ≤ z ≤ 100%). tab. 4 shows that these different zones are formed with plates whose shear directions are composed of the smallest to the largest angle. only for the last two zones, the curve of the numerical results deviates slightly from the experimental ones, which is probably due to the applied behavior mode. with the two criteria mgese and mlese, the same results have been almost obtain. however, with the use of mgese, the third zone (0.41% ≤ z ≤ 0.52%) was shorter, see tab. 4. from the obtained results, we may conclude that the use of the criterion (mlese) at the local scale gives an acceptable prediction of trip among the other tested criteria in this study. in tab. 5, are summarized the three trip evolution zones and the two energy criteria agese and alese, which have almost the same arrangement of the platelets as shown in fig 8.a. these criteria give a non-precise trip estimation compared to the experimental results [25]. transformation order for plates with criteria mgese (γ0 = 0.16) transformation order for plates with criteria mlese (γ0 = 0.16) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) 1 (160°) 0.00 0.14 84 (80°) 0.40 32 (350°) 0.84 1 (160°) 0.00 0.14 16 (230°) 0.41 0.70 31 (170°) 0.89 64 (300°) 29 (50°) 90 (260°) 64(300°) 18 (240°) 95 (340°) 62 (290°) 94 (160°) 0.41 0.52 26 (240°) 62 (290°) 52 (290°) 49 (340°) 65 (10°) 48 (160°) 9 (160°) 65 (10°) 105(230°) 90 (260°) 63 (120°) 93 (340°) 50 (110°) 63 (120°) 28 (240°) 9 (160°) 61 (290°) 98 (160°) 54 (60°) 61 (290°) 99 (340°) 81 (150°) 66 (190°) 104(230°) 22 (230°) 66 (190°) 68 (190°) 19 (60°) 60 (110°) 18 (240°) 31 (170°) 60 (110°) 94 (160°) 20 (240°) 2 (340°) 92 (340°) 91 (80°) 36 (330°) 70 (190°) 46 (150°) 36 (330°) 52 (290°) 7 (150°) 2 (340°) 93 (340°) 91 (80°) 58 (30°) 45 (340°) 81 (150°) 58 (30°) 98 (160°) 7 (150°) 37 (80°) 28 (240°) 20 (240°) 37 (80°) 104(230°) 82 (150°) 40 (260°) 0.15 103(50°) 0.53 8 (150°) 40 (260°) 0.15 0.40 33 (170°) 48 (160°) 3 (160°) 46 (150°) 82 (150°) 39 (80°) 69 (10°) 8 (150°) 39 (80°) 68 (190°) 73 (210°) 3 (160°) 92 (340°) 17(60°) 38 (260°) 97 (340°) 17 (60°) 0.85 1.00 38 (260°) 25 (30°) 47(330°) 57 (60°) 102(50°) 74 (30°) 57 (60°) 103 (50°) 14 (240°) 41 (340°) 70 (190°) 76 (30°) 41 (340°) 72 (190°) 73 (10°) 4 (340°) 47 (330°) 77 (210°) 34 (350°) 97 (340°) 83 (330°) 101(170°) 88 (260°) 11 (50°) 42 (340°) 102(50°) 74 (30°) 5 (160°) 89 (80°) 14 (240°) 53 (80°) 85 (260°) 13 (60°) 34 (350°) 51 (290°) 75 (30°) 56 (240°) 86 (80°) 76 (30°) 42 (340°) 72 (190°) 78 (210°) 4 (340°) 27 (60°) 77 (210°) 53 (80°) 33 (170°) 83 (330°) 30 (50°) 23 (60°) 11 (50°) 0.90 1.00 6 (120°) 69 (10°) 13 (60°) 43 (160°) 71 (10°) 50 (110°) 56 (240°) 96 (150°) 79 (210°) 101(170°) 55 (240°) 80 (30°) 30 (50°) 10 (330°) 80 (30°) 35 (150°) 32 (350°) 75 (30°) 43 (160°) 12 (30°) 110(230°) 5 (160°) 87 (260°) 78 (210°) 35 (150°) 25 (30°) 109(230°) 6 (120°) 88 (260°) 21 (50°) 59 (110°) 105(230°) 108 (50°) 59 (110°) 89 (80°) 79 (210°) 49 (340°) 85 (260°) 21 (50°) 24 (30°) 51 (290°) 110(230°) 100(160°) 86 (80°) 107 (50°) 44 (60°) 96 (240°) 109(230°) 24 (30°) 27 (60°) 106 (50°) 67 (10°) 12 (30°) 108(50°) 67 (10°) 23 (60°) 15 (50°) 84 (80°) 10 (330°) 107(50°) 99 (340°) 71 (10°) 16 (230°) 29 (50°) 26 (240°) 106(50°) 44 (60°) 55 (240°) 19 (60°) 100(160°) 54 (60°) 0.71 15 (50°) 87 (260°) 95 (340°) 45 (340°) 22 (230°) table 4: plates transformation order under energetic criteria’s mgese (γ0 = 0.16) and mlese ( γ0 = 0.16) m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 457 transformation order for plates with criteria agese (γ0 = 0.16) transformation order for plates with criteria alese (γ0 = 0.16) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) n° plates (α) z (%) 65 (10°) 0.00 2 (340°) 0.68 35 (150°) 0.88 1 (160°) 0.00 40 (260°) 0.68 49 (340°) 0.88 66 (190°) 60 (110°) 73 (10°) 65 (10°) 38 (260°) 93 (340°) 67 (10°) 3 (160°) 47 (330°) 67 (10°) 36 (330°) 9 (160°) 68 (190°) 92 (340°) 49 (340°) 68 (190°) 104(230°) 10 (330°) 69 (10°) 105 (230°) 75 (30°) 66 (190°) 103(50°) 35 (150°) 58 (30°) 41 (340°) 55 (240°) 58 (30°) 72 (190°) 34 (330°) 70 (190°) 94 (160°) 50 (110°) 30 (50°) 51 (290°) 55 (240°) 56 (240°) 96 (150°) 34 (330°) 64 (300°) 2 (340°) 31 (170°) 30 (50°) 97 (340°) 33 (170°) 56 (240°) 60 (110°) 32 (350°) 64 (300°) 43 (160°) 101(170°) 69 (10°) 92 (340°) 33 (170°) 63 (120°) 98 (160°) 31 (170°) 63 (120°) 3 (160°) 101(170°) 54 (60°) 110(230°) 32 (350°) 28 (240°) 43 (160°) 73 (10°) 71 (10°) 99 (340°) 76 (30°) 26 (240°) 41 (340°) 50 (110°) 29 (50°) 5 (160°) 24 (30°) 70 (190°) 94 (160°) 75 (30°) 25 (30°) 44 (160°) 85 (260°) 0.89 1.00 25 (30°) 96 (150°) 24 (30°) 28 (240°) 103 (50°) 88 (260°) 29 (50°) 97 (340°) 77 (210°) 89 (80°) 100(160°) 77 (210°) 54 (60°) 44 (160°) 23 (60°) 0.89 1.00 62 (290°) 81 (150°) 22 (230°) 62 (290°) 98 (160°) 76 (30°) 57 (60°) 104(230°) 87 (260°) 74 (30°) 110(230°) 19 (60°) 37 (80°) 4 (340°) 91 (80°) 61 (290°) 5 (160°) 20 (240°) 74 (30°) 45 (340°) 20 (240°) 37 (80°) 99 (340°) 15 (50°) 26 (240°) 7 (150°) 11 (50°) 71 (10°) 42 (340°) 22 (230°) 61 (290°) 42 (340°) 21 (240°) 27 (60°) 81 (150°) 80 (30°) 39 (80°) 13 (60°) 19 (60°) 57 (60°) 100(160°) 11 (50°) 90 (260°) 46 (150°) 23 (60°) 39 (80°) 45 (340°) 14 (240°) 53 (80°) 48 (160°) 78 (210°) 53 (80°) 46 (150°) 17 (60°) 38 (260°) 6 (120°) 17 (60°) 108(50°) 13 (60°) 86 (80°) 40 (260°) 102(50°) 0.69 80 (30°) 52 (290°) 4 (340°) 0.69 89 (80°) 27 (60°) 82 (150°) 14 (240°) 107(50°) 7 (150°) 84 (80°) 109(230°) 51 (290°) 15 (50°) 106(50°) 48 (160°) 78 (210°) 107(50°) 10 (330°) 79 (210°) 105(230°) 82 (150°) 16 (230°) 59 (110°) 36 (330°) 84 (80°) 59 (110°) 6 (120°) 91 (80°) 108(50°) 95 (340°) 12 (30°) 109(230°) 83 (330°) 12 (30°) 72 (190°) 83 (330°) 86 (80°) 87 (260°) 102(50°) 18 (240°) 106(50°) 8 (150°) 16 (230°) 90 (260°) 47 (330°) 79 (210°) 1 (160°) 93 (340°) 18 (240°) 85 (260°) 95 (340°) 21 (240°) 52 (290°) 9 (160°) 88 (260°) 8 (150°) table 5: plates transformation order under energetic criteria’s agese (γ0 = 0.16) and alese (γ0 = 0.16) the distribution of the shear stress sig12 over all the studied grain mesh (made of the formation domain of the martensitic plates and the grain boundary) is shown in fig. 9. however, in case of an elestoplastic behavior and with the value of γ0 = 0.16 in amdf criterion, the first transformed platelets have been observed at the early stage of the transformation (time = 11.5), see tab.3 (n°: 56,14,26,28,55,18,20,63,64,50,52,51), which generate the greatest shear stress in the area of martensitic plates formation. this observation is confirmed by the reported magee [10] studies, which show that the martensitic transformation is favored by the shearing phenomenon. m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 458 figure 9: shear stress distribution (sig 12) during the martensitic plate’s formation with amdf (γ0 = 0.16) criteria conclusion he aim of this reported work is to obtain a more rigorous and reliable numerical trip simulation of a martensitic transformation in 35ncd16 steel under increasing tensile stress (σx max = 118 mpa). this have been achieved by the adaptation of the parameters introduced in the numerical calculation such as: the increase in the number of shear directions (twenty directions), the use of seven criteria to give the order of plate transformation, the mono grain model with regular grain boundary and an elastic and elstoplastic behavior of the austenitic and martensitic phases. the trip numerical results have been compared with those reported in the literature [24]. from the obtained results, we may conclude that with the use of shear deformation γ0 = 0.16, the numerical results were better than those evaluated with γ0 = 0.19.the estimation values of trip (in its final values and kinetics) given by the mlese (γ0 = 0.16) and mgese (γ0 = 0.16) criteria are closer to the experiment results [25]. according to the numerical results and for a better prediction of the trip, it is necessary to consider a mixed behavior of mode (elastoplastic and a viscous), which may be applied in certain part of the transformation. using the investigated numerical parameters in this study, the two types of behavior have shown almost no difference. references [1] fischer, f. d., reisner, g. (1998). a criterion for the martensitic transformation of a micro region in an elastic-plastic material, acta materialia, 46(6), pp. 2095-2102. [2] iesman, a.v., levitas, v.i., preston, d.l., cho, j.y. (2005). finite element simulations of martensitic phase transitions and microstructures based on a strain softening model, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 53, pp.495-523. doi: 10.1016/j.jmps.2004.10.001. [3] valance, s., coret, m., combescure, a. (2007). strain simulation of steel during a heating-cooling cycle including solidsolid phase change, european journal of mechanics-a/solids, 26(3), pp.460-473, doi: 10.1016/j.euromechsol.2006.11.001. [4] ferro, p., bonollo, f., berto, f., montanari, a. (2019). numerical modelling of residual stress redistribution induced by tig-dressing. frattura ed integrità strutturale, 47, pp. 221-230. [5] zhong, h., wang, z., gan, j., wang, x., yang, y., he, j., wei, t.t., qin, x. (2020). numerical simulation of martensitic transformation plasticity of 42crmo steel based on spot continual induction hardening model, surface and coatings technology, 385, doi: 10.1016/j.surfcoat.2020.125428. t m.gaci et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 459 [6] leblond, j.b., devaux, j.c. (1989). mathematical modeling of transformation plasticity in steels i: case of ideal-plastic phases, int. j. plast, 5, pp. 551-572, doi: 10.1016/0749-6419(89)9001-6. [7] hazar, s., alfredsson, b., lai, j. (2018). mechanical modeling of coupled plasticity and phase transformation effects in a martensitic high strength bearing steel, mechanics of materials, 117, pp. 41-57, doi: 10.1016/j.mechmat.2017.10.001. [8] mitter, w. (1987). umwandlungsplastizität und ihre berücksichtignung bei der berechnung von eigenspannungen, berlin, materialkundlich-technische reihe 7, isbn3443230083, 276p. [9] greenwood, g.w., johnson, r. h. (1965). the deformation of metals under small stresses during phase transformation, proc roy soc, 283, pp.403-422. doi:10.1098/rspa.1965.0029. [10] magee, c. l. (1970). nucleation of martensite, phases transformations. asm, metals park. [11] el majaty, y., leblond, j.b., brenner, r. (2018). une approche micromécanique renouvelée du mécanisme de greenwood-johnson de la plasticité de transformation des métaux et alliages, colloque national mecamat aussois (matériaux numériques), aussois, france. [12] poirier, j.p. (1982). on transformation plasticity, j. geophy. res, 87, pp. 6791-6797, doi: 10.1029/jb087ib08p06791. [13] behrens, b.a., bouguecha, a., bonk, c., chugreev, a. (2017). experimental investigations on the transformationinduced plasticity in a high tensile steel under varying thermo-mechanical loading, cmms, 17(1), pp. 36 -43. [14] berveiller, m., zaoui. a. (1983). modelling of the plasticity and the texture development of two-phase metals, procceding of the 4th riso int. symp. on metallurgy and materials science, roskilde, danemark, pp. 153-160. [15] diani, j.m., sabar. h., berveiller. m. (1995). micromechanical modelling of the transformation induced plasticity (trip) phenomenon in steels, int. j. eng. sci., 33(13), pp. 19211934, doi: 10.1016/0020-7225(95)00045-y. [16] han, h.n., lee, c.g., oh, c.s, lee, t.h., kim. s.j.( 2004). a model for deformation behavior and mechanically induced martensitic transformation of metastable austenitic steel, acta materialia, 52(17)4, pp. 5203-5214, doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2004.07.031. [17] inoue, t., wang. z. (1985). coupling between stress, temperature, and metallic structures during processes involving phase transformations. mater. sci. technol. 1, pp. 845-849, doi: 10.1179/mst.1985.1.10.845. [18] ganghoffer, j.f., simonsson, k. (1998). a micromechanical model of the martensitic transformation, mechanics materials, 27, pp. 125-144, doi: 10.1016/s0167-6636(97)00044-6. [19] leblond, j.c., mottet, g.j., devaux, c. (1986). a theoretical and numerical approach to the plastic behavior of steels during phase transformations ii. study of classical plasticity for ideal-plastic phases, journal mechanical physics solids, 34(4), pp. 411-432, doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(86)90010-4. [20] ahluwalia, r., mikula, j., laskowski, r., quek, s. s. (2020). phase field simulation of martensitic-transformation-induced plasticity in steel, phys. rev. materials, 4, 103607, doi: 10.1103/physrevmaterials.4.103607. [21] hossain, m.a., baxevanis, th. (2021). a finite strain thermomechanically-coupled constitutive model for phase transformation and (transformation-induced) plastic deformation in niti single crystals; international journal of plasticity, doi:10.1016/j.ijplas.2021.102957. [22] fischer, f.d., reisnerb, g., wernerb, e., tanakac, k., cailletaudd, g., antrettera, t. (2000). a new view on transformation induced plasticity (trip), international journal of plasticity, 16(7-8), pp. 723-748, doi: 10.1016/s0749-6419(99)00078-9. [23] gaubert, a., lebouar, y., finel, a. (2010) coupling phase field and visco-plasticity to study rafting in ni-base superalloys, phil. mag, 90 (1), pp. 375-404, doi: 10.1080/14786430902877802. [24] wen, y.h., denis, s., gautier, e. (1996). criterion for the progress of martensitic transformation in a finite element simulation, journal de physique, iv (j. phys., iv), colloque c2, 5, 531.pp. 146, doi: 10.1051/jp4. [25] tahimi, a., taleb, l., barbe, f. (2009). plasticité induite par transformation de phase martensitique dans l'acier 35ncd16, 19ème congrès français de mécanique, marseille, france. [26] meftah, s., barbe, f., taleb l., sidoroff, f.(2007). parametric numerical simulations of trip and its interaction with classical plasticity in martensitic transformation, european journal of mechanics a/solids, 26(4), pp.688-700. [27] polatidisa, e.g., haidemenopoulosb, n., krizanc, d., aravasbd, n., panznerae, t., šmídf, m., papadiotib, i., casatif, n., petegemf, v., vanswygenhovenfg, h. (2021). the effect of stress triaxiality on the phase transformation in transformation induced plasticity steels: experimental investigation and modelling the transformation kinetics, materials science and engineering, 800, 40321, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2020.140321. [28] hazara, s., alfredssona, bo., laib, j. (2018). mechanical modeling of coupled plasticity and phase transformation effects in a martensitic high strength bearing steel, mechanics of materials, 117, pp. 41-57, doi: 10.1016/j.mechmat.2017.10.001. m. gaci, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 59 (2022) 444-460; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.29 460 [29] barbe, f., quey, r., taleb, l., souza, d.c. (2008). numerical modelling of the plasticity induced during diffusive transformation. an ensemble averaging approach for the case of random arrays of nuclear, european journal of mechanics a/solids, 27, doi: 10.1016/j.euromechsol.2008.01.005. [30] gautier, e., zhang, j. s., zhang, x. m. (1995). martensitic transformation under stress in ferrous alloys. mechanical behaviour and resulting morphologies, j. phys. iv, 5(8), pp. 8-41, doi: 10.1051/ip4:1995805. [31] videau, j.c., cailletaud, g., pineau, a. (1996). experimental study of the transformation-induced plasticity in a cr-nimo-al-ti steel, j. phys. iv,6(c1), pp. 1-465. [32] taleb, l., sidoroff, f. (2003). a micromechanical modeling of greenwood-johnson mechanism in transformation induced plasticity, int. j. plasticity ,19 (10), pp. 18211842, doi: 10.1016/s0749-6419(03)00020-2. [33] soleimani, m., rezakalhor, a., mirzadeh, h. (2020). transformation-induced plasticity (trip) in advanced steels, materials science and engineering: a, 795, 140023, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2020.140023. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_32_art_1 n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 1 influence of crack offset distance on the interaction of multiple cracks on the same side in a rectangular plate neeraj bisht, p. c. gope, kuldeep panwar college of technology, govind ballabh pant university of agriculture and technology, pantnagar (263145), uttarakhand, india. neerajbisht30@gmail.com abstract. in the present work finite element method has been employed to study the interaction of multiple cracks in a finite rectangular plate of unit thickness with cracks on the same side under uniaxial loading conditions. the variation of the stress intensity factor and stress distribution around the crack tip with crack offset distance has been studied. due to the presence of a neighbouring crack, two types of interactions viz. intensification and shielding effect have been observed. the interaction between the cracks is seen to be dependent on the crack offset distance. it is seen that the presence of a neighbouring crack results in the appearance of mode ii stress intensity factor which was otherwise absent for a single edge crack. it can be said that the proximity of cracks is non-desirable for structural integrity. the von-mises stress for different crack orientations has been computed. linear elastic analysis of state of stress around the crack tip has also been done. keywords. finite element method; crack interaction; von-mises stress. introduction he fracture mechanics theory can be used to analyse structures and machine components with cracks and to obtain an efficient design. the basic principles of fracture mechanics developed from studies of [1-3] are based on the concepts of linear elasticity. the interaction between multiple cracks has a major influence on crack growth behaviours. this influence is particularly significant in stress corrosion cracking (scc), welding, riveting etc. because of the relatively large number of cracks initiated due to environmental effects. pseudo – traction –electric – displacement –magnetic –induction method has been proposed [4] to solve the multiple crack interaction problems in the magneto elastic material. most of the real life situations have the problem of multiple cracks and so it becomes imperative to study this interaction for an array of cracks, keeping this in mind interaction between two parallel cracks has been studied and a detailed analysis has been done in this regard. since today, there have been over 20 approaches to calculate stress intensity factors. some of these are the integral transform method [5], the westergaard method [6],the complex variable function method [7], the singular equation integral method [8], conformal mapping [9], the laurent series expansion [10], boundary collocation method [11], green’s function method [12], the continuous distribution dislocation method [13], the finite element method [14], the boundary element method [15], the body force method [16] and the displacement discontinuity method [17]. the solutions of many of the fracture mechanics problems have been compiled in data hand books for stress intensity factors [18] and [19]. the configuration of multiple cracks is so complicated that a solution may not be available from the handbooks and literatures. the above mentioned methods with analytical features, which are usually suitable for special cases or very simple crack configurations, are not sufficient to obtain reasonable results for general orientations due to the multiple t n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 2 restrictions. in these cases numerical approaches are usually employed. in the numerical approaches proposed so far finite element method provides a very simple, effective and accurate technique for evaluation of fracture parameters. the historical development of computational fracture mechanics is found in the works of ingraffea et al. [20] and sinclair [21]. sinclair presented an extensive review of numerical prediction models to determine stress intensity factors. the advantages and disadvantages of using finite element in computational fracture mechanics have been well addressed by ingraffea [22]. the aspect of mesh refinement and associated error in computing stress intensity factors using finite element method has also been studied by miranda et al. [23]. it has been reported that excessive mesh refinement may significantly degrade the calculation accuracy in crack problems. they also pointed out that the ratio between the longest and shortest element edge lengths should be kept below 1600 to avoid calculation errors in sif calculations. for meshes with length ratios higher than 1600, improved numerical methods to deal with ill conditioned matrices would be necessary to not compromise the calculation accuracy of the calculated sif. many works on mesh generation algorithms and new methods to improve the numerical computation of sif values have been found in the works of miranda et al. [24, 25]. recent studies have also shown that the coefficients of higher order terms can also play an important role in the fracture process in notched or cracked structures. it has been observed that in addition to the singular term, the higher order terms, in particular, the first non-singular stress term ( known as the t stress) may also have significant effects on the near notch tip stress field. the t-stress is considered in some studies as an auxiliary parameter for increasing the accuracy of the results for ki. kim et al. [26], for instance, showed that this non-singular term has noticeable effects on the size and shape of plastic zone near the notch tip. it has been demonstrated that the first non-singular term may have considerable contributions to the stress components around the notch tip and also on the fracture resistance of notched components under mode i loading [27-29]. finite element modelling he numerical simulations were run by means of the finite element (fe) software ansys to determine the stress intensity factors of two edge cracks on the same side of the specimen. the specimen is schematized by a 2d model. the specimen thickness in fe analysis was kept 1.0 mm. the other dimensions are length l= 200 mm, width w= 80 mm and the model was studied in plane strain condition, the specimen geometry and detailed dimensions are shown in fig 1(a). the simulations have been run on full model. the stresses are applied at the two extremes of the specimen in the direction perpendicular to the crack plane (fig. 1(b)). figure 1(a): specimen geometry. figure 1(b): specimen with boundary conditions. isoparametric quadrilateral element (plane 82) having 8 nodes with singularity elements at and around the crack tip has been used throughout the analysis and is shown in fig. 2. the singularity phenomenon at the vicinity of the crack tips has been addressed by applying triangular element option of the plane 82 element. the radius of second row of elements is taken as a/8, where a is the half crack length and the radius ratio (second row/first row) is adjusted t n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 3 automatically. the number of elements around the circumference is taken as 32. the fe modelling parameters are optimized on the basis of the error analysis presented in fig. 3 for two edge cracks. figure 2: plane 82 element with 8-nodes. figure 3(a): variation of stress intensity factor with number of crack tip elements. figure 3(b): variation of stress intensity factor with radius of first row of elements, ki,fem and ki, the are finite element and theoretical based computations of mode i stress intensity factor the error analysis has been done by varying the radius of the first row of the crack tip element and number of elements in the first row and computing the stress intensity factor for various parameters. the density of the fe mesh is modified by varying the number of the elements of the first row as 16, 20, 24, 32 and 40, keeping the radius of the first row as a/8 where a has been taken as 10 mm. also, the radius of the first row (a/n) around the crack tip is varied, taking n= 8, 10, 12, 16 and 20 with 32 number of elements. for comparison ki is calculated theoretically from the relation given for two collinear edge cracks [30]. it is found that the ki calculation errors stay below 0.8% for all meshing strategies. fig. 3(a-b) show variation of the normalized ki (fe based computation to the actual (theoretical) mode i stress intensity factor) for different mesh configurations. it can be observed from fig. 3 that, on average, the calculation with the radius of first element as 1.25 mm (i.e. a / 8=1.25) and number of elements around the crack tip as 32 yields least error i.e. closest to unity amongst the other meshing strategies. it is mentioned by miranda et al. [32] that calculation error and associated standard deviation tend to increase for higher mesh density. these increasing errors are a result of an ill conditioned numerical problem [32]. the increasing error due to the decrease in first crack tip radius may be due to the stress singularity that is present at the crack tip and the linear elastic fracture mechanics concept fails to predict the stress intensity factor. the other fe modelling parameters are shown in fig. 4 and 5. in fig. 5 node 1 is the crack tip node and the nodes 2, 3, 4 and 5 are used to represent the crack path for evaluating the fracture parameters. the nodes are essentially taken in this order when a full crack model is employed. for the numerical simulation, a uniform pressure intensity of 1.0 mpa (80 n) is applied to the upper and lower edges in the vertical direction (y axis). the material properties are young’s modulus e=70 gpa, poisson’s ratio=0.33. the mode i and mode ii stress intensity factors are computed from the following relations using the displacement extrapolation method. n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 4 figure 4: crack tip meshing and different parameters. figure 5: nodes used for defining crack path. the analysis uses a fit of the nodal displacements in the vicinity of the crack. the actual displacements at and near a crack for linear elastic materials are given by paris [31] as:     3 3 2 1 cos cos   2 3 sin sin 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 i iik kr ru k k g g                       (1)    θ 3 32 1 sin sin   2 3 cos cos 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 i iik kr rv k k g g                      (2) 2  sin   2 2 iiik rw g    (3) where: u, v, w = displacements in a local cartesian coordinate system, shown in fig.6. r, θ = coordinates in a local cylindrical coordinate system, shown in fig.6. g = shear modulus ki, kii, kiii = stress intensity factors relating to deformation shapes, shown in fig.6. ν = poisson’s ratio n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 5 figure 6: representation of crack with coordinate system. evaluating eq. (1-3) at 0180   and dropping the higher order terms eq. (1-3) yields:  ii k r u 1 k 2g 2π   (4)   2 2 ik rv k g   (5) 2     2 iiik rw g   (6) for full crack models eq. (4-6) can be reorganized to   | |   2i vg k k r    (7)   | | 2 1 ii ug k k r     (8)   | |   2iii w k g r    (9) where δv, δu and δw are the motions of one crack face with respect to the other. k= 3−4ν, for plane strain or axisymmetric; (3−ν)/ (1+ ν) for plane stress; where ν is poisson's ratio. the final factor    v r  is evaluated based on the nodal displacements and locations. for practical purposes the value of    v r  is approximated by limiting the value of    v r  by simply evaluating the following expression for a small fixed value of r (small in relation to the size of the crack) as: | |   v a br r   (10) at point i shown in fig.7, v=0 hence, in the limiting condition n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 6 0 | |   lim r v a r  (11) figure 7: representation of nodes on crack face used for crack analysis. the eq. (7) becomes 2   2  i ga k k  (12) similarly | |   u c dr r   (13) at point i of fig. 7 u=0 hence, in the limiting condition 0 | | lim r u c r  (14) and eq. (8) becomes,   2 1 ii gc k k   (15) similarly for evaluating kiii, using | |w e fr r   (16) and at point i of fig. 7 w=0 and eq. 9 in the limiting condition becomes, 0 | | lim   r w e r  (17) thus, eq. 9 becomes   2iiik ge (18) n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 7 mode iii stress intensity factor in the present investigation is not considered because the thickness of the plate in fe analysis is taken as unity. however, the three dimensional effect or plate thickness effect on the stress intensity factors can be seen in the work of kotousov et al. [33, 34]. in the present fe analysis, out of balance convergence and degree of freedom increment convergence criteria have been applied. the tolerance level has been taken as 0.001. these criteria are well documented in the ansys manual [35]. results and discussion stress intensity factor he stress intensity factors computed were normalized by k0 given for single edge cracked plate under uniform tension [30].  0  ak a f w  (19) where σ is the applied stress, a is the crack length and  af w is the geometric correction factor given as:   2 3 4 1.12 0.23 10.56 21.74 30.42 a a a aaf w w w w w                            (20) in the present investigation, a = 10 mm, w = 80 mm. thus geometric correction factor becomes  af w  1.13 (21) and k0 = 400.57 mpa mm fig. 8 shows the effect of crack offset distance h on the normalized stress intensity factors. from fig. 8 it can be seen that normalized mode i sif (ki/k0) for h=0.5 mm reduces drastically to about 66% value as compared to single edge crack. as the crack offset distance increases beyond h=0.5 mm the normalised mode i stress intensity factor starts increasing, and its value becomes 95% of single edge crack when h becomes 20 mm. so, it can be said that there is a shielding effect due to proximity of cracks due to which mode i sif decreases as compared to single edge crack, however this shielding effect ceases to exist when the cracks move farther away. figure 8: variation of normalized stress intensity factors with crack offset distance h. the variation of normalized mode ii sif kii/k0 shown in fig.8 is just opposite to that of mode i. fig. 8 shows that when normalised mode i sif attains the minimum value, associated mode ii attains the maximum value which is almost 19% of mode i sif for single edge crack. this behaviour is seen at h= 0.5 mm. thereafter mode ii sif decreases with increase t n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 8 of crack offset distance h. there is an amplification effect as far as mode ii sif is concerned which also becomes insignificant for remotely placed cracks. this indicates that when two edge cracks are extremely close to each other (h ≤ 0.5 mm), shielding effect occurs and the normal stress components σxx and σyy reduces causing the shear component of the stress to increase. as a result, mode i sif decreases and mode ii sif increases. now, as the crack offset distance h increases from h=0.5 mm to higher value, mode i sif increases and mode ii sif decreases. it is found that for about h ≥ 20 mm, the crack interaction becomes negligible and both cracks behave as a single crack. the variation of normalised kii/ki with h is shown in fig. 9. this figure reveals that when the cracks are very close to each other mode ii sif plays a significant role in crack growth and contributes about 27% of mode i sif. beyond h= 20 mm, the contribution of mode ii sif remains below 2% only. these results indicate that special care should be taken while predicting growth from stress intensity factor, particularly when two or more edge cracks are very close to each other. figure 9: variation of kii/ki with crack offset distance h. von-mises stresses distribution of von-mises stresses around the crack tip for various values of h at uniform stress σ = 1 mpa are shown in fig. 10-11. von-mises stresses are computed taking midpoint or element stresses. identical boundary conditions, crack tip element size and full mesh model have been used for all crack configurations. the distribution of equivalent von mises stresses for two edge cracks configuration for h = 2 mm and h = 20 mm have been shown in fig.10 and 11. from fig. 10 and 11 it can be observed that with increasing crack offset distance h the equivalent von mises stresses increases. this indicates that crack offset distance have greater affect on the state of stress ahead of the crack tip. analysis of the state of stress around the crack tip the two dimensional finite element model presented in this work has been used to investigate the state of stress around the crack tip in plane strain condition. the state of stress at a radial distance r from the crack tip is schematically shown in fig. 12. the results obtained for different crack configurations are presented in fig. 13 to 15. the stresses computed for double edge cracks are normalized with σy0 which is the fe solution for single edge crack corresponding to θ=00 and r=0.5 mm along the crack plane. the variation of normalised σxx, σyy and τxy (normalised by σyy for single edge crack= 731.57 mpa) for two edge cracks on the same side of a rectangular plate and separated by offset distance h= 0, 2, 10 and 16 mm are shown in fig. 13 – 15. the variation of these stresses around the crack tip at a radius of 0.5 mm from the crack tip is shown for the assumed plane strain condition. identical loading, boundary conditions and mesh arrangements were used for all crack offset conditions. the stresses are taken at the midpoint of each crack tip element. it has been observed that symmetrical n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 9 distribution of σyy occurred on the upper and lower side of the crack, whereas σxx and τxy show asymmetrical distribution around the crack tip. figure 10: von mises stress distribution for two offset edge crack geometry for h=2 mm. figure 11: von mises stress distribution for two offset edge crack geometry for h=20. figure 12: schematic representation of state of stress ahead of the crack tip, r and θ are the polar coordinates. the σxx component is about 0.1 to 0.75 times of σyy at the crack tip element. fig. 13 and 14 also reveal that σxx and σyy are lower in magnitude compared to a single edge crack. the normal stress component σxx increases with increasing offset distance, but its magnitude remains less than a single edge crack. it is also seen that σxx is least when two cracks are very close to each other (h ≤ 2 mm). it is well established that mode i sif mainly depends upon variation of σyy at the crack tip. the present analysis shows that σyy is higher for single edge crack as compared to multiple cracks with different offset distance h. hence, in fig. 9 ki for h = 0 mm is found to be higher as compared to other multiple crack configurations. it is also seen in fig.13 that σyy is minimum for h = 2 mm. thus mode i sif shown in fig. 8 is found to attain minimum value at h = 2 mm, and thereafter it increases but remains less than a single edge crack. the variation of τxy for different crack offset distance h = 0, 2, 10, 16 mm is shown in fig.15. the figure shows that shearing stress is zero for single edge crack (h = 0 mm) and maximum for h = 2 mm. it is seen that as h increases, the shearing stress decreases. thus, mode ii sif which is mainly due to shear component attains maximum value at h = 2 mm and thereafter it reduces as h increases. the results shown in fig. 8 also confirms that for single edge crack (h = 0 mm), mode ii sif is zero. this is also in conformity with the theoretical results for single edge crack. n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 10 figure 13: variation of σxx/σy with h for specimen geometry a1. figure 14: variation of σyy/σy with h for specimen geometry a1. figure 15: variation of τxy/σy with h for specimen geometry a1. conclusions 1. there is a shielding effect on mode i sif due to the presence of a neighbouring crack. 2. the shielding becomes more pronounced as the cracks move towards each other. n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 11 3. for mode ii sif there is an amplification effect. mode ii sif which is otherwise absent for single cracks develops due to the presence of neighbouring cracks. 4. the amplification is more significant for closer cracks. 5. both the amplification and shielding effects cease to exist as cracks move farther away from each other. references [1] inglis, c.e., stresses in a plate due to the presence of cracks and sharp corners, transactions-institute of naval architect, 55 (1913) 219-230. [2] griffith, a.a., the phenomenon of rupture and flow in solids, trans. royal soci. london, 221 (1920) 163-198. [3] westgaard, h. m., bearing pressure and cracks, j. appl. maths mech., 6 (1939) 49-53. [4] wen-ye, t., gabbert, u., multiple crack interaction problems in magnetoelectrostatic solids, europ. j. mech. a/solids, 23 (2004) 599. [5] sneddon, i. n., lowengrub, m., crack problems in classical theory of elasticity, 1st edn., wiley, new york, (1969). [6] westergaard, h. m., bearing pressure and cracks, asme j. appl. mech., 6 (1939) 49-53. [7] muskhelishvili, n. i., some basic problems of mathematical theory of elasticity, 4th edn. holland, noordhoff, (1977). [8] erdogan, f., stress intensity factors, asme j. appl. mech., 50 (1983) 992-1002. [9] bowie, o. l., analysis of an infinite plate containing radial cracks originating at the boundary of an internal circular hole, j. math. phys., 25 (1956) 60-71. [10] isida, m., stress intensity factors for the tension of an eccentrically cracked strip, asme j. appl. mech., 33 (1966) 674-675. [11] williams, m. l., on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack, asme j appl. mech., 24 (1957) 104-114. [12] sih, g. c., paris, p. c., erdogan, f., crack tip stress intensity factors for plane extension and plate bending problems, asme j. appl. mech., 29 (1962) 306-314. [13] eshelby, j. d., franck, f. c., nabarro, f. r. n., the equilibrium of linear arrays of dislocations, phil. mag., 42 (1951) 351-364. [14] watwood, v. b., the finite element method for prediction of crack behaviour, nucl. engg. des., 11 (1969) 323-332. [15] cruse, t. a., numerical solutions in three dimensional elastostatics, int. j. solids struct., 5 (1969) 1259-1274. [16] nisitani, h., solutions of notch problems by the body force method in fracture mechanics, edited by g. c. sih, fifth ed. noordhoff international, (1978) 1-68. [17] crouch, s. l., starfield, a. m., boundary element method in solid mechanics, with application in rock mechanics and geological mechanics, 1st edn., george allen & unwin, (1983). [18] pook, l. p., stress intensity factor expressions for regular crack arrays in pressurised cylinders, fatig. fract. eng. mater. struct., 13 (1990) 135–143. [19] rooke, d. p., cartwright, d. j., compendium of stress intensity factors great britain, ministry of defence, procurement executive, (1976). [20] ingraffea, a.r., wawrzynek, p.a., comprehensive structural integrity, 1st edn., r.d.b.a.h. mang (ed.), elsevier science ltd., oxford, (2003). [21] sinclair, g., stress singularities in classical elasticity—ii: asymptotic identification, app. mech. rev., 57 (2004) 251– 298. [22] ingraffea, a.r., encyclopaedia of computational mechanics, john wiley and sons, (2004). [23] de oliveira miranda, a. c., meggiolaro, m. a., martha, l. f., de castro, j. t. p., stress intensity factor predictions: comparison and roundoff error, comput. mater. sci., 53 (2012) 354–358. [24] miranda, a.c.o., meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., martha, l.f., bittencourt, t.n., fatigue life and crack path predictions in generic 2d structural components, eng. fract. mech., 70 (2003) 1259–1279. [25] de oliveira miranda, a.c., meggiolaro, m. a., de castro, j. t. p., martha, l. f., fatigue life prediction of complex 2d components under mixed-mode variable amplitude loading, int. j. fatig., 25 (2003) 1157–1167. [26] kim, j. k., cho, s. b., effect of second non-singular term of mode i near the tip of a v notched crack, fatig. fract. eng. mater. struct., 2 (2009) 346–356. [27] ayatollahi, m. r., nejati, m., determination of nsifs and coefficients of higher order terms for sharp notches using finite element method, int. j. mech. sci., 53 (2011) 164-177. [28] ayatollahi, m. r., dehghany, m., on t-stresses near v-notches, int. j. fract., 165 (2010) 121-126. n. bisht et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 32 (2015) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.32.01 12 [29] ayatollahi, m. r., nejati, m., experimental evaluation of stress field around the sharp notches using photoelasticity, mater. des., 32 (2011) 561-569. [30] prashant, k., elements of fracture mechanics, first ed., mcgraw-hill book company, new-delhi, (2009). [31] paris, p. c., sih, g. c., in astm spec. tech. publ., stp 381, astm philadelphia, stp 381 (1965) 30-83. [32] rice, j. r., matrix computations and mathematical software, 1st edn., mcgraw-hill computer science series, mcgraw-hill, (1981). [33] kotousov, a., berto, f., lazzarin, p., pegorin, f. three dimensional finite element mixed fracture mode under antiplane loading of a crack, theo. app. fract. mech., 62 (2012) 26–33. [34] kotousov, a., effect of plate thickness on stress state at sharp notches and the strength paradox of thick plates, int. j. solids struct., 47 (2010) 1916–1923. [35] ansys manual release 8.0. microsoft word numero_35_art_39 o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 340 focussed on crack paths investigation of mixed mode-i/ii fracture problems part 2: evaluation and development of mixed mode-i/ii fracture criteria o. demir department of mechanical engineering, sakarya university, 54187, sakarya, turkey department of mechanical and manufacturing engineering, bilecik şeyh edebali university, 11230, bilecik, turkey oguzhan.demir@ogr.sakarya.edu.tr a. o. ayhan department of mechanical engineering, sakarya university, 54187, sakarya, turkey ayhan@sakarya.edu.tr abstract. in this study, experimental and numerical results of compact tension shear (cts) specimen and a new specimen type under in-plane mixed mode (mode-i/ii) loading conditions are compared with existing inplane mixed mode fracture criteria to investigate and understand the nature of fracture behavior properly. the material used in numerical and experimental analyses is al 7075-t651 aluminum machined from rolled plates in the l-t rolling direction (crack plane is perpendicular to the rolling direction). in part 1 of the study, results from numerical and experimental analyses are given. having computed the mixed mode stress intensity factors from the numerical analyses, fracture loads are predicted and compared with different mixed mode-i/ii fracture criteria. the experimental and numerical results show that many criteria are in good agreement with each other for predominately mode i to moderate mixed mode conditions. however, existing criteria increasingly differ from the experimental measurements for highly mode-ii conditions. using the computational and experimental results obtained, improved empirical mixed mode i/ii fracture criteria for fracture condition and angle are also proposed. keywords. fracture; mixed mode; mode-i/ii; compact tension shear; fracture criteria. introduction lthough many fracture mechanics problems seen in practice can adequately be analyzed by taking into account mode-i conditions, there are still many problems that are subjected to mixed mode loading, for which mode-i analysis approaches are not sufficient. the mode mixity of the problem can be due to orientation of an initial defect existing in the structure due to imperfections or processes such as manufacturing operations. another source of mixed mode loading on the crack is due to the nature of loads that exist on the structure. for such situations, analyses of the cracked structure under mixed mode loads and related criteria for fracture conditions are needed. the most basic type of mixed mode fracture is mode-i/ii, in which both mode-i (opening) and mode-ii (shearing) loads act on the crack tip. a o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 341 there are various studies that exist in the literature for mixed mode-i/ii fracture. one of the most common fracture criterion for in-plane mixed mode problems is maximum tangential (circumferential) stress (mts), which was proposed by erdogan and sih [1]. this criterion assumes that, crack propagation starts from the crack tip radially when the tangential stress reaches a maximum value and exceeds a critical value or if an equivalent stress intensity factor (keq) reaches the fracture toughness (kic) propagation becomes unstable and fracture occurs. in this criterion keq and crack deflection angle are given by: 20 0 0 3 cos cos sin 2 2 2 eq i ii ick k k k         (1) 2 2 2 0 2 2 3 8 arccos 9 ii i i ii i ii k k k k k k           (2) another common fracture criterion developed by sih [2], is minimum strain energy density criterion. it is based on the elastic energy density. according to this criterion crack extends in the direction of minimum strain energy density factor and if the minimum strain energy density factor reaches a critical value, which depends on material, crack becomes unstable. substituting the stress intensity factor, ki and kii into the following equations crack deflection angle, θ, can be obtained:      2 2i i ii ii2 cosθ 1 sinθk 2 2 cos 2θ 1 cosθ k k 1 6 cosθ sinθ k 0                     (3)      2 2i i ii ii2 cos 2θ 1 cosθ k 2 1 sinθ 4 sin 2θ k k 1)cosθ 6 cos 2θ k 0                    (4) nuismer [3] and hussain [4] expressed the maximum energy release rate criterion according to the griffith’s theory [5] in several different forms. according to this criterion, crack propagates in the direction that strain energy release rate is maximum and crack becomes unstable if the maximum strain energy release rate exceeds a critical value. crack deflection angles obtained from maximum circumferential stress criterion and maximum strain energy release rate criterion are the same. consequently, the results of crack deflection angles according to erdogan and sih, and nuismer and hussain criterion are identical. koo and choy [6] developed the maximum tangential strain criterion proposed by chang [7] and expressed a new criterion called maximum tangential strain energy density criterion. initial crack growth occurs in the direction of maximum tangential strain energy density factor and if the factor reaches a critical value crack initiation occurs. the tangential strain energy density factor c and coefficients are defined by: 2 2 11 1 12 1 2 22 2k k k kc b b b   (5)  11 1/ 64 (1 cos )( 2 cos )b         12 1/ 64 (sin 3 / 2 3cos )b        (6)   222 1/ 64 (3sin )( 3cos )b      where =3-4ν for plane strain and =(3-ν)/(1+ ν) for plane stress conditions, ν is poisson's ratio and μ is shear modulus. then the crack initiation angle θ can be obtained by: 0 c     and 2 2 0 c     (7) o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 342 for the prediction of fracture limit the determination of equivalent stress intensity factor (sif) is essential. several criteria exist to compute the equivalent sif. one of them is erdogan and sih criterion. an equivalent sif was given in eq. (1). pook [8] developed an in plane mixed mode criterion and proposed the following eq. (8) that equivalent sif can be obtained from the equation with substituting the ki and kii sif. 1 2 2 th th th 0.08 0.83 0.75ii i i k k k k k k                 (8) tanaka [9] introduced the concept of the equivalent sif for mixed mode conditions and the equivalent sif was defined by: 1 4 4 4 eq i ii8k k k       (9) another criterion developed for in plane mixed mode-i/ii problems is richard criterion [10, 11]. richard proposed an equivalent sif and crack deflection angle formulation and verified the formulations by a large number of experiments [12]. according to this criterion, if the proposed equivalent sif exceeds a critical value, unstable crack growth occurs. the equivalent sif and crack deflection angle were given by: 2 2 eq 1 1 4( ) 2 2 i i ii ic k k k k k    (10) 2 0 155.5 83.4 ii ii i ii i ii k k k k k k                 (11) α1 is a material parameter describes the ratio of kic/kiic and generally taken as 1.155. in this study, fracture experiments of cts specimen and a new type of specimen called t-specimen, which has smaller dimensions and requires less material, are conducted to check the validity of some of the existing criteria for mixed modei/ii fracture conditions and to develop a further refined mode-i/ii fracture criterion. in part 1 of the study, details and results of the finite element models including fracture submodels of cts specimen and description of the test procedure for cts and t-specimens are given. the outline of this paper is as follows: in the next section, experimental results of cts and t-specimen are given. this is followed by comparisons of the experimental results with existing criteria and development of an improved mode-i/ii fracture criteria. experimental results of mode-i/ii fracture tests his section deals with experimental results of mode-i/ii fracture tests of cts and t-specimen. in the first subsection, experimental results of cts specimen are given in terms of fracture loads, crack lengths and crack deflection angles for all tests under different loading angles. the second sub-section contains experimental results of t-specimen under different loading angles performed. results of cts specimen experiments in this sub-section, results from the in-plane mixed mode fracture tests of cts specimen are presented for different loading angles. in part 1 of this article, details of the experimental set-up, including materials and equipment used, specimen preparation and testing procedure, are explained. tab. 1 summarizes different cases tested. critical fracture loads are determined by load-displacement curves and crack deflection angles are measured from the fracture surfaces. also, a 25 mm-thick cts specimen is tested for 30° loading angle and its results are given in the table. t o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 343 specimen no specimen type loading angle (°) thickness (mm) crack length (mm) pre-crack load (kn) experimental critical load (kn) crack deflection angle (°) lt-01-150814-01 cts 0 10.00 46.50 6.5 11.38 0.00 lt-01-251214-01 cts 15 10.07 46.07 6.5 26.11 -9.41 lt-01-251214-02 cts 15 10.06 45.96 6.5 26.68 -8.75 lt-01-150814-02 cts 30 9.60 45.08 6.5 27.52 -26.85 lt-01-150814-03 cts 30 10.10 44.94 6.5 28.59 -25.36 lt-01-150814-04 cts 30 10.20 45.03 6.5 29.57 -26.42 lt-01-090215-01 cts 30 25.00 46.51 6.5 60.23 -26.57 lt-01-150814-06 cts 45 10.13 44.95 6.5 35.61 -35.71 lt-01-150814-07 cts 45 10.17 44.75 6.5 33.00 -36.03 lt-01-220814-11 cts 45 10.13 45.40 6.5 35.60 -36.54 lt-01-150814-09 cts 60 10.16 44.93 6.5 46.25 -41.18 lt-01-150814-10 cts 60 10.15 45.22 6.5 46.90 -41.11 lt-01-150814-12 cts 60 10.18 45.20 6.5 45.71 lt-01-251214-03 cts 75 10.10 46.38 6.5 62.73 -50.66 lt-01-150814-04 cts 75 10.14 45.24 6.5 68.07 -53.64 table 1: experimental results of cts specimen obtained from the mixed mode fracture tests. results of t-specimen experiments tab. 2 summarizes experimental studies of 25 mm-thick t-specimen performed under different loading cases. as mentioned in part 1 of this paper that loading requirements of 25 mm-thick t-specimens under all loading cases are lower than 10 mm-thick cts specimens. specimen no specimen type loading angle (°) thickness (mm) crack length (mm) pre-crack load (kn) experimental critical load (kn) crack deflection angle (°) t-lt-01-251214-01 t 0 24.87 26.03 10.5 19.60 0.00 t-lt-01-180115-12 t 15 25.00 26.93 10.5 19.80 -11.73 t-lt-01-180115-13 t 15 24.98 26.34 10.5 19.70 -9.34 t-lt-01-180115-14 t 30 24.98 26.21 10.5 23.07 -21.95 t-lt-01-180115-15 t 30 25.00 26.90 10.5 20.64 -18.07 t-lt-01-251214-02 t 45 25.00 25.24 10.5 28.09 -26.26 t-lt-01-251214-03 t 45 25.01 25.46 10.5 29.21 -24.15 t-lt-01-251214-04 t 60 24.96 27.13 10.5 33.59 -33.69 t-lt-01-090215-18 t 60 25.00 26.58 10.5 34.76 -36.41 t-lt-01-180115-17 t 75 25.03 26.89 10.5 54.31 -50.19 t-lt-01-220215-22 t 75 24.96 26.70 10.5 55.04 -53.17 table 2: experimental results of t specimen obtained from the mixed mode fracture tests. o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 344 mode-i/ii fracture criterion development n this section, development of a mixed mode-i/ii fracture criterion by making use of sifs from finite element models and experimental results and comparisons with other existing criteria are presented. in the first sub-section, details of mode-i/ii fracture criterion development is presented. in the second sub-section, comparisons of developed and some of the existing mode-i/ii fracture criteria in terms of fracture loads are presented. this is followed by comparisons of the developed criterion with other criteria in the literature in terms of crack deflection angles. procedure for mode-i/ii fracture criterion development in an effort to develop an improved empirical mixed mode-i/ii fracture criterion, mixed mode sifs obtained from detailed finite element models of cts specimen and fracture results from the tests for different loading angles are used. these data are used in a regression analysis using datafittm [13], from which the empirical mixed mode-i/ii fracture criterion formula is determined by performing regression analysis (curve fitting). comparisons of mode-i/ii fracture criteria in terms of fracture loads in this subsection, the predicted fracture load values from the developed criterion are compared with other existing criteria in the literature. applying the method mentioned above, equivalent stress intensity factor (keq) in the developed criterion is defined by: 2 3 eq i ii ii iik a (b k ) (c / k ) (d / k ) (e / k )      (12) this equation is developed by using cts specimen data obtained for 15°, 30°, 45°, 60° and 75° loading cases. 0° loading case data is excluded to develop the improved in-plane mixed mode-i/ii equivalent sif equation. coefficients in eq. (12) are given in tab. 3. a b c d e 3.0731 1.0311 -7.3269 5.7100 -1.4163 table 3: coefficients of developed equivalent sif equation (cts specimen data used). experimental loads and predicted fracture loads obtained from the developed criterion for the cts specimen along with other existing criteria in the literature for different loading cases are given in tab. 4. the results are also plotted and shown in fig. 1. it can be seen from the fig. 1 that for erdogan and sih, richard and pook criteria, divergence occurs after 45° loading case and increases with increasing loading angle. tanaka criterion is good agreement with the experimental results up to 60° loading case but the criterion does not produce accurate result for 75° loading case. critical load values obtained from the developed criterion and experimental results are almost identical with an average error rate of 2.8% for all loading angles performed. experimental and predicted t-specimen fracture load values obtained from the developed criterion along with other existing criteria in the literature for different loading cases are given in tab. 5. critical load values of t-specimen according to developed criterion are acquired by substituting mixed mode sifs obtained from detailed finite element analyses of t-specimen for different loading angles in the equivalent sif equation developed by using aonly cts specimen data. comparisons of experimental and predicted critical fracture load values of t-specimen are presented in fig. 2. as can be seen in the figure, all criteria are in good agreement with the experimental results up to 60° loading case. divergence occurs after 60° loading case for existing criteria. critical load values obtained from the developed criterion and experimental results are almost identical with an average error rate of 5.5% for all loading angles performed. thus, criterion is validated with t-specimen fracture results. furthermore, t-specimen is also proposed as a new specimen type, since its experimental results are validated with the developed and existing criteria. i o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 345 specimen no loading angle (°) critical load values (kn) richard [10] erdogan and sih [1] pook [8] tanaka [9] developed criterion experimental results lt-01-150814-01 0 12.24 12.24 12.24 12.24 11.38 lt-01-251214-01 15 23.66 23.64 23.64 23.92 26.38 26.11 lt-01-251214-02 15 23.78 23.75 23.75 24.04 26.41 26.68 lt-01-150814-02 30 26.83 26.68 26.69 28.20 27.05 27.52 lt-01-150814-03 30 28.45 28.30 28.30 29.89 28.62 28.59 lt-01-150814-04 30 28.63 28.48 28.48 30.10 28.86 29.57 lt-01-090215-01 30 62.20 61.88 61.89 65.29 63.02 60.23 lt-01-150814-06 45 32.05 31.70 31.70 35.86 34.96 35.61 lt-01-150814-07 45 32.40 32.06 32.05 36.14 35.27 33.00 lt-01-220814-11 45 30.94 30.60 30.60 34.61 33.57 35.60 lt-01-150814-09 60 37.78 37.20 37.17 42.36 46.23 46.25 lt-01-150814-10 60 36.86 36.29 36.26 41.28 44.86 46.90 lt-01-150814-12 60 37.03 36.45 36.42 41.46 45.08 45.71 lt-01-251214-03 75 40.92 40.39 40.32 37.29 63.37 62.73 lt-01-150814-04 75 45.01 44.34 44.36 40.89 72.84 68.07 table 4: experimental and predicted cts specimen fracture load values obtained from the developed criterion with other existing criteria in the literature. figure 1: comparisons of experimental and predicted cts specimen fracture loads. o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 346 specimen no loading angle (°) critical load values (kn) richard [10] erdogan and sih [1] pook [8] tanaka [9] developed criterion experimental results t-lt-01-251214-01 0 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 19.60 t-lt-01-180115-12 15 20.21 20.19 20.20 20.36 19.67 19.80 t-lt-01-180115-13 15 20.46 20.44 20.44 20.60 19.92 19.70 t-lt-01-180115-14 30 22.22 22.15 22.16 22.81 21.24 23.07 t-lt-01-180115-15 30 21.88 21.82 21.82 22.51 20.88 20.64 t-lt-01-251214-02 45 27.05 26.86 26.86 29.01 25.87 28.09 t-lt-01-251214-03 45 26.75 26.56 26.56 28.62 25.56 29.21 t-lt-01-251214-04 60 30.89 30.50 30.49 35.10 30.98 33.59 t-lt-01-090215-18 60 32.20 31.81 31.81 36.46 32.06 34.76 t-lt-01-180115-17 75 43.93 43.24 43.19 46.07 52.14 54.31 t-lt-01-220215-22 75 43.97 43.29 43.23 45.89 52.50 55.04 table 5: experimental and predicted t-specimen fracture loads obtained from the developed criterion along with other existing criteria in the literature. figure 2: comparisons of experimental and predicted t-specimen fracture load values. comparisons of mode-i/ii fracture criteria in terms of crack deflection angle in this subsection, the predicted crack deflection angles from the developed criterion are compared with other existing criteria in the literature. in an effort to develop an improved empirical mode-i/ii crack deflection angle equation, mixed mode sifs obtained from detailed finite element models of cts and t-specimen and crack deflection angles obtained from the experiments for different loading angles are used. developed crack deflection angle equation is given by: 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 50 ln( ) ln( ) ln( ) ln( ) ln( )i i i i i ii ii ii ii iia b k c k d k e k f k gk hk ik jk kk            (13) 0° loading case data is excluded as is the case with the development of equivalent sif equation to develop the improved in-plane mixed mode-i/ii crack deflection angle equation. coefficients in eq. (13) are given in tab. 6. a b c d e f g h i j k -0.7907 2.0365 -3.4144 2.2844 -0.5928 0.0465 1.1736 -2.6539 1.8244 -0.5330 0.0565 table 6: coefficients of developed crack deflection angle equation. o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 347 experimental and predicted cts specimen crack deflection angles obtained from the developed criterion with other existing criteria in the literature for different loading cases are given in tab. 7. comparison of this data is also presented as a graph in fig. 3. specimen no loading angle (°) crack deflection angles (°) erdogan and sih [1] richard [10] sih [2] nuismer [3] hussain [4] koo and choy [6] developed criterion experimental results lt-01-150814-01 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 lt-01-251214-01 15 -10.28 -12.44 -10.20 -10.28 -10.28 -4.99 -10.49 -9.41 lt-01-251214-02 15 -10.37 -12.54 -10.29 -10.37 -10.37 -5.04 -10.67 -8.75 lt-01-150814-02 30 -21.86 -24.36 -21.22 -21.86 -21.86 -12.78 -24.97 -26.85 lt-01-150814-03 30 -21.72 -24.22 -20.22 -21.72 -21.72 -11.86 -24.70 -25.36 lt-01-150814-04 30 -21.87 -24.37 -21.24 -21.87 -21.87 -12.79 -24.94 -26.42 lt-01-090215-01 30 -21.52 -24.02 -20.91 -21.52 -21.52 -12.49 -25.47 -26.57 lt-01-150814-06 45 -33.64 -35.91 -32.08 -33.64 -33.64 -27.82 -37.03 -35.71 lt-01-150814-07 45 -33.03 -35.31 -31.51 -33.03 -33.03 -26.82 -36.21 -36.03 lt-01-220814-11 45 -33.64 -35.90 -32.07 -33.64 -33.64 -27.82 -37.89 -36.54 lt-01-150814-09 60 -46.00 -48.75 -44.37 -46.00 -46.00 -47.82 -41.03 -41.18 lt-01-150814-10 60 -46.13 -48.90 -44.52 -46.13 -46.13 -48.01 -41.79 -41.11 lt-01-150814-12 60 -46.14 -48.91 -44.53 -46.14 -46.14 -48.01 -41.75 lt-01-251214-03 75 -58.39 -63.16 -60.71 -58.39 -58.39 -60.45 -49.48 -50.66 lt-01-150814-04 75 -58.53 -63.33 -60.94 -58.53 -58.53 -60.55 -54.50 -53.64 table 7: comparison of the predicted crack deflection angles using the developed criterion and comparison with other existing criteria in the literature. it can be seen from the fig. 3 that all criteria show a similar tendency for all loading cases except koo and choy criterion. when compared with experimental results, crack deflection angles obtained from the criteria, except koo and choy criterion, show a similar tendency up to 60° loading case and divergence occurs after 60° loading case for all criteria. crack deflection angle values obtained from the developed criterion and experimental results are almost identical with an average error rate of 5.13% for all loading angles performed. figure 3: comparisons of experimental and predicted crack deflection angles cts specimen. o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 348 in tab. 8, for the t-specimen experimental and predicted crack deflection angles obtained from the developed criterion using the cts specimen data and predictions of other existing criteria in the literature for different loading cases are given. specimen no loading angle (°) crack deflection angles (°) erdogan and sih [1] richard [10] sih [2] nuismer [3] hussain [4] koo and choy [6] developed criterion experimental results t-lt-01-251214-01 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 t-lt-01-180115-12 15 -8.55 -10.52 -8.50 -8.55 -8.55 -4.09 -10.94 -11.73 t-lt-01-180115-13 15 -8.33 -10.27 -8.29 -8.33 -8.33 -3.98 -9.38 -9.34 t-lt-01-180115-14 30 -15.90 -18.39 -15.63 -15.90 -15.90 -8.28 -19.99 -21.95 t-lt-01-180115-15 30 -16.45 -18.95 -16.15 -16.45 -16.45 -8.64 -20.76 -18.07 t-lt-01-251214-02 45 -25.84 -28.25 -24.90 -25.84 -25.84 -16.77 -24.56 -26.26 t-lt-01-251214-03 45 -25.40 -27.83 -24.50 -25.40 -25.40 -16.29 -24.18 -24.15 t-lt-01-251214-04 60 -37.31 -39.59 -35.54 -37.31 -37.31 -34.12 -35.32 -33.69 t-lt-01-090215-18 60 -36.24 -38.51 -34.52 -36.24 -36.24 -32.26 -37.42 -36.41 t-lt-01-180115-17 75 -51.38 -54.85 -50.73 -51.38 -51.38 -54.33 -46.97 -50.19 t-lt-01-220215-22 75 -51.69 -55.20 -51.12 -51.69 -51.69 -54.65 -46.39 -52.06 table 8: comparison of the predicted crack deflection angles using the developed criterion and comparison with other existing criteria in the literature, t-specimen. comparison of experimental and predicted crack deflection angles for the t-specimen are presented in fig. 4. as can be seen in the figure, all criteria show a similar tendency with each other and experimental results for all loading cases, except koo and choy criterion. crack deflection angle values obtained from the developed criterion and experimental results are very close with an average error of 6.25% for all loading angles studied. figure 4: comparisons of experimental and predicted crack deflection angles t-specimen. conclusions n this study, fracture experiments of cts specimen and a new type of specimen, called t-specimen, which has smaller dimensions and requires less material were conducted to check the validity of some of the existing criteria for mixed mode-i/ii fracture conditions and to develop a further refined mode-i/ii fracture criterion. a new improved empirical mixed mode-i/ii criteria for onset of fracture and deflection angle were proposed and comparisons of the developed and existing mode-i/ii fracture criteria in terms of fracture loads and crack deflection angles were presented. i o. demir et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 340-349; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.39 349 fracture load results showed that many criteria are in good agreement with each other for predominately mode i to moderate mixed mode conditions, but that the existing criteria increasingly differ from the experimental measurements for highly mode-ii conditions. acknowledgements he financial support by the scientific and technological research council of turkey (tübi̇tak) for this study under project no 113m407 is gratefully acknowledged. references [1] erdogan, f., sih, g.c., on the crack extension in plane loading and transverse shear, j. basic eng., 85 (1963) 519527. [2] sih, g.c., macdonald, b., fracture mechanics applied to engineering problems-strain energy density fracture criterion, eng. fract. mech., 6 (1974) 361-386. [3] nuismer, r.j., an energy release rate criterion for mixed mode fracture, int j fatigue, 11 (1975) 245-250. [4] hussain, m.a., pu, s.u., underwood, j., strain energy release rate for a crack under combined mode i and ii, astm stp, 560 (1974) 2-28. [5] griffith, a., the phenomena of flow and rupture in solids, philosophical transactions of the royal society of london, a 221 (1920) 163-198. [6] koo, j.m., choy, y.s., a new mixed mode fracture criterion: maximum tangential strain energy density criterion, eng. fract. mech., 39 (1991) 443-449. [7] chang, k.j., on the maximum strain criterion—a new approach to the angled crack problem, eng. fract. mech., 14 (1981) 107-124. [8] carlson, r.l., kardomateas, g. a., introduction to fatigue in metals and composites, first ed., london, uk, (1996). [9] tanaka, k., fatigue crack propagation from a crack inclined to the cyclic tensile axis, eng. fract. mech., 6 (1974) 493507. [10] richard, h.a., bruchvorhersage bei überlagerter normalund schubbeanspruchung von rissen, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (1985). [11] richard, h.a., in: structural failure, product liability and technical insurance, rossmanith (ed.), inderscience enterprises ltd., genf., (1987). [12] richard, h.a., theoretical crack path determination, international conference on fatigue crack paths, parma (italy), (fcp 2003), conference chairmen: a. carpinteri, l.p. pook. [13] datafit 9 tutorials, oakdale engineering, oakdale, pa 15071. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 29 distribuzioni di tensione per intagli soggetti a torsione in condizioni elastiche ed elastoplastiche michele zappalorto, paolo lazzarin dipartimento di tecnica e gestione dei sistemi industriali, università di padova, stradella san nicola, 3-36100, vicenza, italia, email: zappalorto@gest.unipd.it, plazzarin@gest.unipd.it riassunto. il lavoro riporta delle soluzioni analitiche in forma chiusa per le distribuzioni di tensione generate da intagli circonferenziali in componenti assialsimmetrici soggetti a torsione, in condizioni lineari elastiche ed elastoplastiche. il problema teorico in condizioni lineari elastiche è stato impostato e risolto utilizzando la teoria dei potenziali nel dominio complesso e una serie di opportuni sistemi di riferimento in coordinate curvilinee, evitando l’uso di mappature conformi. le soluzioni proposte hanno un ampio range di applicabilità, in termini di dimensioni e forma dell’intaglio e di diametro dell’albero. il problema elastoplastico è stato invece risolto utilizzando la tecnica delle trasformazioni odografiche, al fine di rendere lineari le equazioni nonlineari fondamentali del problema. il contributo rappresenta la sintesi di una serie di lavori più ampi a cura degli stessi autori. abstract. closed form solutions for the elastic and elastic-plastic stress fields created by circumferential notches in an axisymmetric shaft under torsional loading are developed. the linear elastic boundary value problem has been formulated by an approach using complex potential functions and some curvilinear coordinate systems. the solutions obtained for the shear stresses have a wide range of applicability, both in terms of the size and shape of the notches and the diameter of the shafts. conversely the elastic-plastic problem has been solved in closed-form by using the hodograph transformation technique, which reduces the non-linear governing equations into a linear equation system. the present paper is a synthesis of some contributions recently published the same authors. parole chiave. intagli, distribuzioni di tensione elastiche e elastoplastiche, nsifs, densità di energia di deformazione (sed). introduzione a conoscenza delle distribuzioni lineari elastiche delle tensioni nelle adiacenze di intagli è di grande importanza nella valutazione della resistenza a fatica ad alto numero di cicli di componenti strutturali. il contributo più famoso allo studio analitico di alberi indeboliti da intagli raccordati circonferenziali soggetti a torsione è dovuto a neuber [1], il quale determinò in modo sistematico il fattore teorico di concentrazione delle tensioni kt distinguendo tra intagli profondi e poco profondi (deep e shallow notches). le analisi di neuber si basavano sull’utilizzo combinato di un sistema di coordinate curvilinee e di una funzione di tensione tridimensionale reale. in relazione alle distribuzioni di tensione in forma chiusa, di fondamentale importanza è il lavoro di [2], i quali riuscirono a esprimere i campi di tensione nelle adiacenze di una blunt crack per i tre principali modi di sollecitazione, evidenziando analogie e differenze rispetto al caso della sharp crack. degni di menzione sono anche alcuni recenti lavori di seweryn e molski [3], qian e hasebe [4] e dunn et al. [5]. questi ricercatori hanno fornito le distribuzioni di tensione generate da intagli a v non raccordati in presenza di sollecitazioni di taglio antiplanare. per le tensioni è stata sempre utilizzata una formulazione a variabili separate. uno degli obiettivi del presente lavoro è quello di fornire delle espressioni in forma chiusa per le distribuzioni di tensione e deformazione indotte da intagli circonferenziali di forma semi-ellittica, parabolica o iperbolica in alberi assialsimmetrici soggetti a torsione. il problema matematico è stato formalizzato utilizzando la teoria dei potenziali nel dominio complesso l http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 30 in combinazione con due opportuni sistemi di riferimento in coordinate curvilinee, evitando così l’uso di mappature conformi. e’ messo in evidenza analiticamente il legame esistente tra le distribuzioni delle tensioni e i principali parametri geometrici dell’intaglio (come raggio di raccordo e angolo di apertura). le soluzioni proposte hanno carattere generale e un ampio range di applicabilità, consentendo di trattare intagli di forma anche molto differente semplicemente variando il valore dei parametri geometrici significativi. tali soluzioni si riconducono, in alcuni casi particolari, ad alcune soluzioni classiche già riportate nella letteratura precedente (cricca, blunt crack, intaglio a v non raccordato). quando il raggio di raccordo all’apice dell’intaglio è ridotto, il livello di tensione all’apice diviene molto alto, superando il limite di snervamento e inducendo quindi una zona plastica all’apice dell’intaglio di dimensioni paragonabili a quella della zona di processo che controlla il meccanismo di frattura. in tali circostanze, la conoscenza dell’influenza indotta dalla zona plastica localizzata sulle distribuzioni di tensione vicino a cricche o intagli è di fondamentale importanza nella valutazione dell’affidabilità in servizio dei componenti meccanici. negli ultimi anni in letteratura è stata posta una grande attenzione alla determinazione dei campi di tensione e deformazione a modo i, ii e iii nelle adiacenze di cricche o intagli a v a spigolo vivo in presenza di plasticità. di fondamentale importanza sono i lavori di hutchinson [6,7] e rice e rosengren [8] che fornirono una soluzione elastoplastica per i campi asintotici di tensione indotti da una cricca sollecitata a modo i. nei decenni successivi, notevole attenzione è stata posta agli effetti di eventuali termini di ordine superiore sulle distribuzioni di tensione in presenza di sollecitazioni sia di modo i, sia di modo ii [9]; le analisi sono state inoltre estese agli intagli a spigolo vivo con angolo di apertura diverso da zero [10] per i quali è stato discusso anche il caso di modo misto (i+ii) in presenza di ampi angoli di apertura [11]. in questi lavori il materiale è modellato secondo la teoria j2 e le funzioni angolari sono determinate numericamente (tipicamente con tecniche di multi-shooting). il problema nonlineare antiplanare può invece essere risolto in forma chiusa con l’ausilio di mappature conformi che permettono di linearizzare le equazioni differenziali che governano il problema [12, 13]. parallelamente, numerosi lavori in letteratura sono stati dedicati alla determinazione delle tensioni e delle deformazioni elastoplastiche all’apice di intagli raccordati. tra questi sicuramente il più famoso è il lavoro di neuber [14], il quale analizzò un corpo prismatico con due intagli raccordati simmetrici in condizioni di taglio antiplanare e ottenne una soluzione secondo la quale la media geometrica dei fattori di concentrazione delle tensioni e delle deformazioni è uguale al fattore teorico di concentrazione delle tensioni, per una qualsiasi legge costitutiva che lega le tensioni alle deformazioni. la ‘regola di neuber’ è basata sull’ipotesi che il legame esistente tra la tensione reale all’apice dell’intaglio e la tensione nominale possa essere rappresentato con una particolare funzione definita da neuber “leading function”. come possibile alternativa alla regola di neuber, molski e glinka [15] formalizzarono il criterio dell’equivalenza della densità di energia di deformazione considerando componenti con intagli raccordati soggetti a trazione o flessione, in presenza di plasticità localizzata. quel criterio è anche stato recente riformulato per intagli a spigolo vivo, considerando la costanza dell’energia di deformazione su un volume finito di materiale centrato sull’apice dell’intaglio [16]. tuttavia, in letteratura non esiste ancora una soluzione in forma chiusa per le distribuzioni di tensione nella zona plastica all’apice di intagli raccordati, né esiste un modello analitico che fornisca una transizione graduale tra meccanica della frattura e meccanica dell’intaglio elastoplastiche in funzione del raggio di raccordo. il presente lavoro, focalizzato su questi temi, considera un intaglio parabolico soggetto a taglio antiplanare e un materiale elastico perfettamente plastico o elastico incrudente con legge di potenza. più precisamente gli obiettivi del lavoro possono essere così riassunti: fornire un frame comune per l’analisi dei campi di tensione e deformazione indotti da cricche o intagli parabolici in condizioni di taglio antiplanare e un legame analitico tra sif plastici ed sif elastici (così come ottenuti da un’analisi lineare elastica); esprimere analiticamente la variazione della sed all’apice dell’intaglio o su un volume finito che circonda l’apice di una cricca rispetto al caso lineare elastico. il presente contributo rappresenta la sintesi di una serie di lavori più ampi a cura degli stessi autori [17-20]. intagli soggetti a torsione in regime lineare elastico preliminari matematici i consideri un corpo assialsimmetrico indebolito da un intaglio di forma generica, costituito da materiale isotropo e omogeneo. si consideri inoltre un sistema di riferimento cartesiano (x, y, z) con l’origine ad un’opportuna distanza dall’apice dell’intaglio (fig. 1). sia tale corpo sollecitato da una tensione nominale di taglio τ, la quale genera solamente uno spostamento w in direzione z, normale al piano (x,y) dell’intaglio. in queste condizioni valgono per le tensioni, le deformazioni e lo spostamento w le seguenti relazioni: s http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 31 )z('hi zyzx =τ−τ g (z)'h iγγ zyzx =− { } g )z(hre w = (1a,b,c) in queste relazioni, la funzione h(z) è una funzione olomorfa di forma arbitraria e variabile da caso a caso a seconda delle condizioni al contorno del problema. si noti come le tensioni e gli spostamenti non siano influenzati dall’origine del sistema di riferimento, e ciò rende le espressioni (1a-c) indipendenti da tale scelta. e’ infine opportuno osservare come il simbolo “z” venga utilizzato in questo lavoro per indicare sia la variabile complessa iyxz += , sia la coordinata cartesiana antiplanare mostrata in fig. 1. τ τ z y x τzy τzx τyz τxz figura 1: componente assialsimmetrico indebolito da un intaglio circonferenziale e soggetto a taglio antiplanare. intagli di forma semiellittica considerazioni di carattere generale. il problema relativo ad intagli di forma ellittica può essere affrontato utilizzando il sistema di coordinate curvilinee generato dalla trasformazione (fig. 2): ζcoshcz = (2) dove c è una costante e iyxz += e ηξζ i += sono le variabili complesse rispettivamente nel piano fisico e nel piano trasformato. y x η r y x (a) (b) figura 2: (a) famiglia di ellissi con gli stessi fuochi; (b) costruzione parametrica dell’ellisse. differenti valori di ξ danno origine a una famiglia di ellissi tutte caratterizzate dagli stessi fuochi, posizionati a cx ±= . fissato 0ξξ = e variando η, si ottiene una particolare ellisse appartenente alla famiglia confocale, di semiassi maggiore e minore rispettivamente pari a 0ξcoshca = e 0ξsinhcb = . http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 32 l’equazione (2) può essere invertita per x, y>0. si ottiene: cln 2 sinay 2 cosaxln 22 −      β++      β+=ξ ,       ξ =η sinhc y arcsin (3) e ciò permette, una volta note le coordinate fisiche di un punto nel piano (x,y), di determinare i valori corrispondenti delle variabili trasformate. i parametri a e β sono forniti in forma chiusa nel riferimento [17]. si consideri un intaglio circonferenziale semiellittico in un albero assialsimmetrico intagliato e soggetto a torsione. il potenziale che utilizzeremo per ottenere la soluzione presenta la seguente forma: ζ+ζ= sinhbccoshac)z(h (4) quindi, poichè: ζ ζ sinhc z = ∂ ∂ , è possibile scrivere:       η−ξ η − η−ξ ξ ++ +      η−ξ η + η−ξ ξ += ζ+++= ∂ ζ∂ ⋅ ζ∂ ∂ = 2cos2cosh 2sin b 2cos2cosh 2sinh bai 2cos2cosh 2sin b 2cos2cosh 2sinh ba coth)ibb()iaa( z )z(h )z('h 122 211 2121 (5) l’espressione generale delle tensioni risulta quindi: η−ξ η + η−ξ ξ −−=τ η−ξ η + η−ξ ξ +=τ 2cos2cosh 2sin b 2cos2cosh 2sinh ba 2cos2cosh 2sin b 2cos2cosh 2sinh ba 122zy 21 1 zx (6) condizioni al contorno per un albero di sezione infinita. se l’intaglio ha dimensioni infinite, le condizioni al contorno possono essere espresse nella seguente forma: se ∞→z , ττ =zy e 0zx =τ , dove τ è la tensione di taglio nominale; sul bordo dell’intaglio ( 0ξξ = ), 0z =ξτ . quando ( 0ξξ = ) e ( 2 π η = ) allora ξτ=τ zzy ; quando 2 π η = , 0zx =τ . sostituendo le condizioni al contorno nelle eq. 6 si ottengono i coefficienti ai e bi e le tensioni risultano quindi:       η−ξ η − τ −=τ       − η−ξ ξ − τ =τ 2cos2cosh 2sin ba a b 2cos2cosh 2sinh a ba zx zy (7) all’apice dell’intaglio le eq. 7 danno:       +τ=      − −ξ ξ − τ =τ ξ=ξ =η b a 1b 12cosh 2sinh a ba 0 0 0zy 0 (8) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 33 e quindi il fattore teorico di concentrazione delle tensioni risulta a/b1k t += , in accordo con neuber [1]. la soluzione ottenuta, che risulta matematicamente esatta solo nel caso di un albero di diametro infinito, può tuttavia essere applicata anche ad alberi di dimensione finita, almeno fino a quando il rapporto a/r è inferiore a 0.05, con errori nella determinazione della tensione massima inferiori al 10%. per fare ciò è però necessario tenere in considerazione l’andamento decrescente lineare della tensione nominale nella sezione, semplicemente con l’aggiunta alle espressioni delle tensioni di un fattore correttivo: ( ) ( )        ξη−+ ξ−ξη −                     η−ξ η − τ−       − η−ξ ξ − τ =       τ τ 0 0 zx zy coshcoscar coshcoshcosc 1 2cos2cosh 2sin ba a b 2cos2cosh 2sinh a ba (9) le fig. 3 e 4 mostrano un confronto tra i risultati analitici e i risultati di alcune analisi agli elementi finiti condotte su alberi in cui la dimensione dell’intaglio è molto inferiore rispetto al raggio netto dell’albero. l’accordo appare molto soddisfacente. 0 1 2 3 1 10 100 x [mm] fem eq. (9) a=1 r=200 a/b=2 2r a mt τ z y / τ mt figura 3: componente di tensione zyτ lungo la bisettrice geometrica dell’intaglio. le tensioni sono normalizzate rispetto alla tensione nominale. 0 90 η [degrees] eq. (9) fem, a'=4, a'/b'=2 fem, a'=60, a'/b'=2 a=1 r=200 a/b=2 τ z j / τ 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.0 τzy / τ τzy / τ τzx/ τ figura 4: componenti di tensione lungo due percorsi ellittici centrati nell’origine del sistema di riferimento (x,y); a’=4 mm e a’=60 mm, mentre a’/b’=2. le tensioni sono normalizzate rispetto alla tensione nominale. cricca circonferenziale su albero infinito. la cricca circonferenziale può essere trattata da un punto di vista matematico come un intaglio semiellittico in cui il semiasse minore b tende a zero. utilizzando quindi i risultati della precedente sessione per intagli semiellittici, è possibile scrivere: http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 34 zxzy22 i az z τ+τ= − τ (10) dove a è la lunghezza della cricca. si noti come l’espressione posta alla sinistra nell’equazione (10) coincida esattamente con la funzione di tensione di westergaard per il modo iii. dall’equazione (10) è quindi agevole determinare dapprima l’espressione del fattore di intensificazione delle tensioni: a)ax(2limk 0yzyaxiii πτ=τ−π= =→ (11) e quindi l’espressione delle tensioni in un intorno dell’apice della cricca:                   ϕ       ϕ− π =                   ϕ       ϕ− τ =       τ τ 2 cos 2 sin r2 k 2 cos 2 sin r2 a iii zy zx (12) intaglio semicircolare su albero infinito. in linea di principio il sistema di coordinate ellittiche utilizzato nella soluzione precedente non è più valido nel caso di intaglio circolare, quando a=b (c=0), che comporta una discontinuità matematica nella definizione del sistema in questione. nonostante ciò si può notare che la soluzione precedente continua a essere valida anche quando il rapporto a/b è molto vicino a 1, permettendo quindi di trattare l’intaglio semicircolare come il limite per 1(a/b) → . quest’idea è confermata da analisi agli elementi finiti condotte su alberi quasi infiniti (a/r=0.005) indeboliti da intagli semiellittici con a/b=1.001, come mostrato in fig. 5. 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 η [degrees] eq (9) fem fem a=1 r=200 a/b=1.001 τ z j / τ τzx / τ τzy / τ 2r a mt mt figura 5: componenti di tensione zyτ and zxτ sul bordo dell’intaglio nel caso di un intaglio che può essere considerato semicircolare (a/b=1.001). le tensioni sono normalizzate rispetto alla tensione nominale. condizioni al contorno per un albero di sezione finita. come prima approssimazione nel caso di alberi intagliati a diametro finito è possibile mantenere per il potenziale complesso la medesima forma, e modificare in modo opportuno solo le condizioni al contorno; infatti le condizioni poste nella precedente trattazione all’infinito non risultano più valide. il nuovo sistema di condizioni al contorno risulta quindi: 0 12cosh 2sinh ba 11 2 zx =+ξ ξ +=τ π =η (13) 0 a b ba 12cosh 2sinh ba 22 0 0 22 2 zy 0 =−−=+ξ ξ −−=τ π =η ξ=ξ (14) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 35 max22 0 0 22 0 zy b a ba 12cosh 2sinh ba0 τ=−−= −ξ ξ −−=τ =η ξ=ξ sostituendo, come prima, tali condizioni all’interno delle espressioni generali delle tensioni, eq. 6, è possibile ottenere i valori dei coefficienti ai e bi e quindi le espressioni finali delle tensioni: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )                ξη−+ ξ−ξη − η−ξ η +− τ− =τ       ξη−+ ξ−ξη −      − η−ξ ξ +− τ =τ coshcoscar coshcoshcosc 1 2cos2cosh 2sin b a 1 k ba a coshcoscar coshcoshcosc 1b 2cos2cosh 2sinh a b a 1 k ba 0 0gross,t zx 0 0gross,t zy (15) particolarmente utile è la tensione τzy lungo la bisettrice dell’intaglio:       −−⋅      − −− τ =τ r )ax( 1b cx ax ba b 2222 max zy (16) che permette, tra l’altro, di determinare un’espressione approssimata del fattore teorico di concentrazione delle tensioni grazie a un’equazione di equilibrio alle rotazioni sulla sezione netta, mettendo in gioco il contributo fornito dalla tensione nominale, che varia da un valore massimo τ* a zero, e la componente di taglio generata dall’intaglio, τzy. effettuato quindi il cambio di variabile xart −+= , è possibile imporre l’equilibrio come: ∫ ∫∫ ∫ = π2 0 2r 0 zy π2 0 3r 0 * dtdθt τdtdθ r t τ (17) che fornisce: 3 g net,tgross,t 2 net,t r r kk; b a , r a c 1 b c k       ⋅=       ⋅= (18) essendo:     −               +−             −      +      +     −      + −   −      +−      +−             −      + +      +−         −              +      +⋅+           +−                  −      +     −          +             −      +                     +−     −      + − ⋅   =      b r a 115 r c r a 1 r a 113 r c r a 1 2 a 2 r a 12 r a 15 r c r a 1 3 r a 115 r c r a 1 r a 113 r2 ab r a 115 r c r a 13 r a 118 r c r a 1 r a 1 r c r a 1 r a r b ln 2 a b a , r a c 32222 222 322422 222 22 (19) intagli di forma parabolica e iperbolica una prima classe di soluzioni. consideriamo un sistema di coordinate iperboliche generate dalla seguente trasformazione [21, 22]: http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 36 (20) dove c è una costante e iyxz += e ηξζ i+= sono le variabili complesse nel piano fisico e nel piano trasformato. differenti valori di η danno origine a una famiglia di iperboli tutte caratterizzate dagli stessi fuochi, posizionati alla distanza c±=x . fissato 0ηη = e variando ξ , si ottiene una particolare iperbole appartenente alla famiglia confocale, di costanti pari a 0ηcosca = e 0ηsincb = (vedi fig. 6). l’equazione (20) può essere invertita per (x, y)>0. si ottiene:           β + β + =η 2 cosax 2 sinay arctan (21)       η =ξ sinc y arcsinh (22) e ciò permette, una volta note le coordinate fisiche di un punto nel piano (x,y), di determinare i valori corrispondenti delle variabili trasformate. i parametri a e β sono riportati in forma chiusa in [19]. x y η=cost (a) x y η=η0 η0 x a b y = x a b y −= (b) η=-η0 figura 6: famiglia di iperboli confocali (a); profilo iperbolico (primo e quarto quadrante) (b). il problema di un intaglio iperbolico in un corpo infinito può essere affrontato osservando che la tensione nominale sulla sezione lorda deve essere nulla in modo tale da garantire una tensione nominale finita sulla sezione netta. un potenziale che soddisfa automaticamente questa condizione è il seguente: ζ+= c)iaa()z(h 21 (23) poiché: ζ= ζ∂ ∂ sinhc z , è possibile scrivere:       η−ξ ξη−ξη +      η−ξ ξη+ξη = ζ + = ∂ ζ∂ ⋅ ζ∂ ∂ = 2cos2cosh coshsina2sinhcosa2 i 2cos2cosh coshsina2sinhcosa2 sinh )iaa( z )z(h )z('h 1221 21 (24) l’espressione generale delle tensioni risulta quindi: coshz c  http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 37 η−ξ ξη−ξη −=τ η−ξ ξη+ξη =τ 2cos2cosh coshsina2sinhcosa2 2cos2cosh coshsina2sinhcosa2 12 zy 21 zx (25) imponendo le seguenti condizioni al contorno: 0a0 2cos1 sina2 2 0 02 0 0zx =→= η− η =τ =ξ η=η , ρ + τ=→ − =τ a 1 k a ac ca net,t* 122 1 max le distribuzioni di tensione assumono la seguente forma: η−ξ ξη ρ + τ=τ η−ξ ξη ρ + τ=τ 2cos2cosh coshsin a 1 k2 2cos2cosh sinhcos a 1 k2 net,t* zy net,t* zx (26) la soluzione ottenuta, che risulta matematicamente esatta solo nel caso di taglio antiplanare uniforme, può tuttavia essere applicata anche ad alberi soggetti a torsione; è però necessario tenere in considerazione l’andamento decrescente lineare della tensione nominale nella sezione, semplicemente con l’aggiunta alle espressioni delle tensioni di un fattore correttivo: ( ) ( )η−ξξη ξη ⋅ ρ + τ=τ η−ξξη ξη ⋅ ρ + τ=τ 2cos2coshcoshcos cosh2sin a 1 k 2cos2coshcoshcos 2sinhcos a 1 k * 0 2 net,t* zy * 0 2 net,t* zx (27) l’espressione del fattore teorico di concentrazione delle tensioni può, a questo punto, essere ottenuto con un’equazione di equilibrio sulla sezione netta: xdaxda )x( a zya ∫∫ τ=τ (28) che fornisce:       + ρ +       + ρ + = 1 a 21 1 a 1 4 3 k 2 net,t (29) in accordo con neuber [1]. le figure 7 e 8 mostrano un confronto tra i risultati analitici e quelli di alcune analisi agli elementi finiti condotte su alberi in cui la dimensione dell’intaglio è molto superiore rispetto al raggio netto dell’albero (intaglio “deep”); l’accordo appare molto soddisfacente. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 38 figura 7: componente di tensione zyτ lungo la bisettrice dell’intaglio normalizzata rispetto alla tensione nominale sull’area netta. figura 8: campi di tensione lungo il bordo dell’intaglio normalizzati rispetto alla tensione nominale sulla sezione netta. una seconda classe di soluzioni. consideriamo ora il sistema di coordinate curvilinee generato dalla trasformazione [1]: qwz = (30) dove iyxz += e ivuw += sono le variabili complesse nel piano fisico e nel piano trasformato e q è un numero reale funzione dell’angolo di apertura 2α: π γ = π α−π = 222 q (31) l’equazione (30) può essere riscritta nella forma seguente: ( ) 2 q 22 q 1 q 1 vur, q sinrv q cosru +=        ϕ = ϕ = (32a,b) il sistema di coordinate curvilinee introdotto permette di descrivere intagli parabolici (q=2) o iperbolici (1τ dove g 0 0 τ γ = e ∞≤≤ n1 . in questa formulazione, γ0 è la deformazione a snervamento e 0τ è la corrispondente tensione di snervamento. n=1 γ τ ∞=n g ∞<< n1 figura 13: curva tensioni deformazioni utilizzata per al formulazione matematica del problema. sono inoltre valide le seguenti relazioni: 2 zy 2 zx 2 zy 2 zx γ+γ=γ τ+τ=τ , 0 zi 1n 00 zi τ τ       τ τ = γ γ − (62) utilizzando la trasformazione odografica suggerita da hult and mcclintock [12]: zxzy yx τ∂ ψ∂ = τ∂ ψ∂ −= (63) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 45 le equazioni di equilibrio e compatibilità possono essere riscritte come[13]: 0 yx zyzx = τ∂ ∂ + τ∂ ∂ 0 yx zxzy = γ∂ ∂ − γ∂ ∂ (64a-b) purchè lo jacobiano delle trasformazioni non sia nullo. inoltre introducendo un sistema di coordinate polari nel piano delle tensioni: cos τ sinτ zyzx ϕτ=ϕτ= (65) è possible riscrivere le coordinate (x,y) nella seguente forma: cos sin y sin cos x zx zy τ ϕ ϕ∂ ψ∂ −ϕ τ∂ ψ∂ −= τ∂ ψ∂ = τ ϕ ϕ∂ ψ∂ +ϕ τ∂ ψ∂ −= τ∂ ψ∂ −= (66) sostituendo le eq.66 nell’equazione di compatibilità inversa e utilizzando la legge costitutiva del materiale si ottiene: 0 11 n 1 2 2 22 2 = ϕ∂ ψ∂ τ + τ∂ ψ∂ τ + τ∂ ψ∂ (67) l’eq. 67 è un’equazione di eulero che ammette soluzioni nella forma: )(~),( m ϕψτ=ϕτψ (68) sostituendo la (66) nella (65) si ottiene: ( ) 0)(''~m1mm n 1 )(~ =ϕψ+    +−ϕψ (69) e quindi: ( ) m1mm n 1 ),coscsinc(),( 21 m +−=ωϕω+ϕωτ=ϕτψ (70) e’ possibile a questo punto risolvere il problema di neumann, specificando il valore della derivata prima della funzione ),( ϕτψ sul confine del dominio di integrazione (ovvero sul confine elastoplastico). se si ipotizza quindi che, in analogia con il caso elastico perfettamente plastico, l’origine del sistema di riferimento risulti traslato rispetto al centro del confine elastoplastico di una quantità pari a k pzr , con k<1.0, (vedi fig. 14), dalle equazioni lineari elastiche si ottiene: 0 zx pz e 3 zx 0 zy pz e 3 zy r2 k2 sin r2 k2 cos τ τ −= π τ −= ϕ τ τ = π τ = ϕ ω ρ ω ω ρ ω (71) quindi dalle eq. 65, 71 si ha: http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 46 ( ) ϕ=ϕϕ= τ τ τ τ −= ϕϕ =ϕ= +ϕ=+ϕ−= +               τ τ −=+      ϕ−=+ϕ= ωω ω ω ω 2sinrcossinr2r2 2 cos 2 sinr2sinry kr2cosrkrsin21r kr21rkr 2 sin21rkrcosrx pzpz 0 zy 0 zx pzpzpz pzpzpz 2 pz pz 2 0 zx pzpz 2 pzpzpz (72) rpz r ϕ centro del confine elastoplastico krpz y centro del sistema di coordinate polari confine elastoplastico figura 14: zona plastica per un materiale incrudente secondo legge di potenza. usando l’espressione: ϕ∂ τ∂ τ∂ ψ∂ + ϕ∂ τ∂ τ∂ ψ∂ = ϕ∂ ψ∂ zy zy zx zx (73) e le eq. 61, 63, 70: ( ) ϕ−τ= =ϕτϕ−ϕτ+ϕ=ϕτ⋅−ϕτ⋅=      ϕ∂ ψ∂ ωω ω sin)1k(r cos2sinrsinkr2cosrcosysinx 0pz 0pz0pzpz00 (74) in modo del tutto indipendente dall’eq. 70 è possibile ottenere: )sinccosc( ),( 21 m ϕω−ϕωωτ= ϕ∂ ϕτψ∂ (75) inoltre uguagliando le due formulazioni: ϕττ−=ψτ−=−==ω= −++ cosr)k1(,r)k1(c,nm,1, 0c n1n0pz 1n 0pz21 (76) e infine: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ϕϕ+ τ τ− = ϕ−ϕ τ τ− = + + + + sincos1n rk1 y sincosn rk1 x 1n 1n 0pz 22 1n 1n 0pz (77a-b) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 47 all’estremità delle zona plastica, lungo la bisettrice dell’intaglio, si ha ( ) pz1 rkx p += mentre 0ττ = . quindi: 1n 1n k + − = pzr1n n2 + =px (78) a partire dalle eq. 77a, b è possibile ottenere la coordinata radiale: f ~ xf ~ n r)k1( yxr 1n 1n 0 p1n 1n 0pz22 + + + + τ τ = τ τ− =+= (79) dove ϕ+ ϕ = 2 2 2 cos n sin f ~ (80) e infine, invertendo la (80), il modulo del vettore τ: 1n 1 p 0 f ~ r x +       τ=τ (81) le componenti di tensione e dei deformazione risultano quindi: ϕ      τ−=τ ϕ      τ=τ + + sinf ~ r x cosf ~ r x 1n 1 p 0zx 1n 1 p 0zy (82) ϕ      γ−= τ τ       τ τ γ=γ ϕ      γ= τ τ       τ τ γ=γ + − + − sinf ~ r x cosf ~ r x 1n n p 0 0 zx 1n 0 0zx 1n n p 0 0 zy 1n 0 0zy (83) e’ anche possibile ottenere il legame tra l’angolo ϕ nel piano delle tensioni e l’angolo ϕ nel piano fisico, utilizzando le seguenti relazioni: ( ) k2cos 2sin sincosn cossin1n cos sin x y 22 +ϕ ϕ = ϕ−ϕ ϕϕ+ = ϕ ϕ = (84) da cui: 2 sin 1n 1n arcsin       ϕ + − +ϕ =ϕ (85) l’intensità dei campi di tensione può essere anche espressa in funzione dell’nsif elastico, sostituendo esplicitamente xp: http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 48 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ϕ              τ +π −=τ ϕ              τ +π =τ ++ −ρ ++ −ρ sin r f~ 1n kn cos r f~ 1n kn 1n 1 1n 1 1n 0 2e 3 zx 1n 1 1n 1 1n 0 2e 3 zy (86) alternativamente è anche possibile definire un fattore plastico di intensificazione delle tensioni, )0,r(r2limk zy1n 1 2 r p 3 =ϕτπ= + ρ → ρ + e riscrivere quindi le tensioni nella forma: )sin( r f~ 2 k )cos( r f~ 2 k 1n 1 p 3 zx 1n 1 p 3 zy ϕ      π −=τ ϕ      π =τ + ρ + ρ (87) dove vale la seguente relazione tra nsif elastico ed nsif plastico: ( ) ( ) 1n 1 2e 3 1n 0 p 3 k1n n 2k + ρ − ρ       τ +π π= (88) inoltre, usando l’espressione ρπτρ k max ee 3 = , le componenti di tensione possono essere riscritte in funzione della tensione massima elastica: ( ) ( ) [ ] ( ) ( ) [ ] ϕ      ρ         τ + τ −=τ ϕ      ρ         τ + τ =τ + + + − + + + − sinf~ r21n n2 cosf~ r21n n2 1n 1 1n 1 1n 1 1n 0 2e max zx 1n 11n 1 1n 1 1n 0 2e max zy . (89) all’apice dell’intaglio risulta: ( ) ( ) 1n 1 1n 0 2e maxp max 2r 0zy 1n n2 +− ρ= =ϕ         τ + τ =τ=τ (90) che fornisce un legame analitico tra la massima tensione elastica e plastica. usando infine pmaxτ è possibile riscrivere le tensioni nella seguente forma: [ ] [ ] ϕ      ρτ−=τ ϕ      ρτ=τ + + + + + sinf~ r2 cosf~ r2 1n 1 1n 1 1n 1 p maxzx 1n 11n 1 p maxzy (91) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 49 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0.01 0.1 1 10 distanza dall’apice dell’intaglio [mm] markers: fea linea: zy teorica τ z y / τ m ax material n k [mpa] σ0 [mpa] e [mpa] elastic 1 206000 a 2.5 2000 166 206000 b 4 600 125 206000 c 8.33 950 450 206000 99 20 ρ/2 = 1 figura 15: componenti di tensione zyτ lungo la bisettrice dell’intaglio per differenti materiali, normalizzate rispetto alla tensione massima sull’apice. si noti infine come uguagliando le eq. 87 e 91, si ottiene la seguente relazione, valida in campo plastico, tra nsif e tensione massima: 1n 1 p max3 p 2 2k + ρ       ρπτ= (92) la fig. 15 mostra un confronto tra i risultati analitici e quelli di alcune analisi agli elementi finiti. l’accordo appare ancora soddisfacente. confronto con la regola di neuber. dall’ eq. 90 è possibile ricavare: ( ) g1n n2 2e maxp max p max τ + =γ⋅τ (93) dividendo ambo i membri per g nom 2 nomnom τ γτ =⋅ si ottiene: 2 tk1n n2 kk + =⋅ γτ (94) diversa dalla proposta di neuber [14]: 2 tkkk =⋅ γτ (95) tuttavia, tralasciando la traslazione del sistema di riferimento, e quindi assumendo pzrx p = , anzichè pzp r1n 2n x + = , si ottiene: ( )2emax 0 00 p max p max gr τ =      τγ=γ⋅τ p x (96) in accordo con neuber. legame con il criterio esed di molski e glinka. in presenza di una condizione di small scale yielding, molski e glinka [15] formalizzarono il criterio esed per intagli raccordati in presenza di sollecitazione di trazione o flessione nella seguente forma: http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 50 pe ww = (97) con l’obiettivo di estendere tale criterio anche a intagli con raggio di raccordo nullo, lazzarin e zambardi [16] formularono l’ipotesi che in condizioni di deformazione piana la concentrazione di energia in un volume strutturale che abbracci l’apice dell’intaglio sia costante. tale volume deve essere completamente immerso in una zona dove i campi di tensione possono essere descritti utilizzando un solo termine nello sviluppo asintotico delle tensioni. in condizioni di small scale yielding, tale ipotesi si traduce nella costanza del valore medio della densità di energia di deformazione nel caso di sollecitazioni antiplanari la densità di energia può essere determinate come: ∫ γ γτ= 0 dw (98) fatte le opportune sostituzioni, l’energia all’apice dell’intaglio in condizioni plastiche risulta: ( ) ( ) g21n 1n g21n n4 w 2 0 2e max 2 2 p τ + − − τ + = (99) se n=1, l’equazione si semplifica in quella valida per il caso lineare elastico: ( ) g2 )1n(ww 2e max pe τ === (100) quindi: ( ) 2 e max 0 2 2 e p 1n 1n 1n n4 w w       τ τ + − − + = (101) e’ chiaro quindi che la costanza dell’energia all’apice dell’intaglio non è verificata. consideriamo ora il caso di una cricca e valutiamo l’incremento nel volume strutturale di raggio r dell’energia plastica rispetto a quella lineare elastica: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 12eiii2 2 1n 1n 1 1n 1 1n 0 2e iii 1n 0 1n 0 1nγ 0 n 1 0 0p rk 1nπg f~n r f~ τ 1nπ kn gτ 1 1n n gτ τ 1n n dγ γ γ τw − + ++ − − − + + =                         ++ = + =      = ∫ (102) quindi: ( ) ( ) p3 2e iii 22 2 2 p p ir k 1ngπ n2 πr e w + == (103) dove: ϕ= ∫ π df~i 0 p3 (104) quando n=1 π=p3i , e quindi: http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 51 ( ) ( ) r k πe ν1 πr k g2 1 w 2e iii 2e iii e + == (105) in conclusione: ( ) p32 2 e p i 1nπ n4 w w + = (106) l’equazione (106) fornisce l’incremento nel volume strutturale di raggio r dell’energia plastica rispetto a quella lineare elastica. la tab. 1 fornisce i valori di p3i e ep/ww per alcuni valori dell’indice di incrudimento n. n i3p e p w w 1 3.14159 1 2.5 2.09436 1.36052 4 1.7726 1.44445 8.33 1.44376 1.46531 10 1.38556 1.45797 12 1.33475 1.44806 tabella 1: valori di i3p e ew/wp ottenuti con un’integrazione numerica dell’eq.104. fattori plastici di intensificazione delle tensioni per intagli a spigolo vivo soggetti a taglio antiplanare tilizzando in maniera opportuna le proprietà della trasformazione odografica, lazzarin e zappalorto [20] sono stati in grado di determinare la seguente relazione tra nsif di modo iii plastici ed elastici, valida per materiali che presentano un curva tensioni deformazioni conforme a quella rappresentata in fig. 13: ( ) m1 1 m 0 1 1 e3, 3 p3, 1 2 k m1 m 2k 3 − ω+ λ−           τ        π−λ −π= (107) nella relazione 107 k3,e rappresenta l’nsif determinato con un’analisi lineare elastica, ω è un parametro che dipende dall’angolo di apertura, mentre m dipende sia dall’angolo di apertura che dall’indice di incrudimento. l’eq. 107 è stata verificata con una serie di analisi agli elementi finiti, mostrando un ottimo accordo in regime di small scale yielding (un esempio è riportato in fig. 16). il frame analitico sviluppato da lazzarin e zappalorto ha permesso inoltre di determinare delle espressioni in forma chiusa per la densità di energia di deformazione nel volume di controllo e per il j-integral di rice in funzione dei fattori plastici di intensificazione delle tensioni: ( ) 1m 1n n 1n p,3 w 2 1n p rk k )2,n(b3w − +++ α= (108) ( ) 1m mn n 1n p,3 j 2 1n p,3 rk k )n,2(b3j − +++ α= (109) u http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 52 anche per queste relazioni, l’accordo con i risultati di alcune analisi agli elementi finiti si è dimostrato molto soddisfacente (fig. 17 e 18). 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 mt 120° eq. (107) steel aisi 1045, m= -13.06, fea, 1/(1-m)=0.071 steel aisi 1008, m= -7.68, fea, 1/(1-m)=0.115 n si f pl as tic i, k 3, p [ m pa m m 1/ (1 -m ) ] τnn / τy figura 16: nsif plastici in accordo con la teoria in confronto con i risultati di analisi agli elementi finiti. intaglio a spigolo vivo (2α=120°). 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 d en si tà d i e ne rg ia d i d ef or m az io ne [n m m / m m 3 ] sed da fea sed elastica steel aisi 1045 r=0.1 mm 0.5 0.3 r=0.1 r mt 120° τnn / τy sed plastica, eq. (108) figura 17: densità di energia di deformazione in accordo con l’ eq. 108 e confronto con i risultati di alcune analisi agli elementi finiti; intaglio a spigolo vivo (2α=120°); acciaio aisi 1045. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 j-integral dai risulati fea j-integral elastico steel aisi 1045 j 3 [m pa m m ] τnn / τy r mt 120° j-integral plastico, eq. (109) figura 18: j-integral in accordo con l’eq.109 e confronto con i risultati di alcune analisi agli elementi finiti; intaglio a spigolo vivo (2α=120°); acciaio aisi 1045. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 53 conclusioni ono state sviluppate delle equazioni in forma chiusa per descrivere le distribuzioni di tensione generate da intagli di varia forma in alberi intagliati soggetti a torsione, sia in regime lineare elastico sia elastoplastico. le soluzioni lineari elastiche sono state ottenute utilizzando un approccio basato sull’uso combinato del metodo dei potenziali complessi e di un sistema di coordinate curvilinee. i risultati analitici ottenuti per le componenti di tensione appaiono in soddisfacente accordo con i risultati numerici per un ampio range di forme d’intaglio (dalla cricca all’intaglio circolare), in relazione a corpi assialsimmetrici infiniti e finiti. le soluzioni elastoplastiche sono state ottenute invece utilizzando la trasformazione odografica introdotta da hult e mcclinotck e risolvendo il problema di neumann. le tensioni sono state espresse dapprima in funzione della massima tensione plastica di taglio presente sull’apice dell’intaglio, poi in funzione di un nsif plastico generalizzato, valido per un intaglio raccordato, evidenziando analiticamente il legame esistente tra questi due parametri. e’ stata inoltre formalizzata un’espressione in forma chiusa, valida nel campo dello small scale yielding, fra la massima tensione sull’apice dell’intaglio valutata in campo plastico ed il corrispondente valore ottenuto per mezzo di un’analisi lineare elastica. infine, per mezzo del frame analitico sviluppato, sono state ridiscusse due regole molto diffuse in letteratura, la regola di neuber e il criterio esed di molski e glinka, evidenziandone analiticamente limiti e campo di applicabilità. bibliografia [1] h. neuber, “theory of notch stresses”, splinger-verlag, berlin (1958). [2] m. creager, p.c. paris, int. j. fract. mech., 3 (1967) 247. [3] a.seweryn, k. molski, eng. fract. mech., 55 (1996) 529. [4] j. qian, n. hasebe, eng. fract. mech., 56 (1997) 729. [5] m.l. dunn, w. suwito, s. cunningham, eng. fract. mech., 57 (1997) 417. [6] j.w. hutchinson, j. mech. phys. solids, 16 (1968a) 13. [7] j.w. hutchinson, j. mech. phys. solids, 16 (1968b) 337. [8] j.r. rice, g.f. rosengren, j. mech. phys. solids, 16 (1968) 1. [9] s.m. sharma, n. aravas, j. mech. phys. solids, 39 (1991) 1043. [10] z.b. kuang, x.p. xu, int. j. fract., 35 (1987) 39. [11] p. lazzarin, r. zambardi, p. livieri, int. j. fract. 107 (2001) 361. [12] j.a.h. hult, f.a. mcclintock, 9th int cong appl mech (1956), 8, brussels. [13] j.r. rice, j. appl. mech., 34 (1967) 287. [14] h. neuber, j. appl. mech., 28 (1961) 544. [15] k. molski, g. glinka, mater. sci. engng., 50 (1981) 93. [16] p. lazzarin, r. zambardi, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 25 (2002) 917. [17] p.lazzarin, m. zappalorto, j.r. yates, int. j. engineering science, 45 (2007) (2-8), 308. [18] m. zappalorto, p. lazzarin, int. j. fract., 148 (2007), 139. [19] m. zappalorto, p. lazzarin, j. yates, int. j. solids struct., 45(2008) 4879. [20] lazzarin p, zappalorto m. plastic notch stress intensity factors for pointed v-notches under antiplane shear loading, in stampa su int. j. fracture. [21] l. n. g. filon, philosophical transactions of the royal society of london, a 193 (1900) 309. [22] s.p. timoshenko, j.n. goodier, “theory of elasticity 3rd edition”, mcgraw-hill, new york (1970). [23] n. hasebe, y. kutanda, eng. fract. mech., 10 (1978) 215. [24] g.r. irwin, sagamore research conference proceedings, vol. 4 (1961), syracuse university research institute, syracuse ny, 63. [25] j.d. unger, “analytical fracture mechanics” dover publication (2001). [26] g. valiron, “the geometric theory of ordinary differential equations and algebraic functions”, math science pr. (1984) [27] a. r. forsyth, “a treatise on differential equations”, dover publications (1996). [28] g.p. cherepanov, j. appl. math. mech., 26 (1962) 1040. [29] j.w. hutchinson, “non linear fracture mechanics”, department of solid mechanics, technical university of denmark (1979). s http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 54 appendice a. distribuzioni di tensione lineari elastiche per un intaglio semi-ellittico con un generico angolo di inclinazione β er semplicità, la trattazione viene limitata solamente al caso di albero infinito. indicato con β il generico angolo di inclinazione dell’intaglio (fig. a1) è necessario determinare un nuovo sistema di condizioni al contorno. i campi di tensione nel sistema di riferimento cartesiano (x, y, z) sono: ηξ η ηξ ξ τ ηξ η ηξ ξ τ 2cos2cosh 2sin 2cos2cosh 2sinh 2cos2cosh 2sin 2cos2cosh 2sinh 122 211 − + − −−= − + − += bba bba zy zx (a1) figura a1: intaglio ellettico inclinato di un angolo β rispetto alla direzione x’ . le nuove condizioni al contorno possono quindi essere scritte come: 1. at ∞→z ; τττ == nomzyzy ,' and 0' =zxτ 2. 0 0 0 = = = ξξ ητ zx ; 3. 0 0 2 = = ±= ξξ π ητ zy . utilizzando le formule di trasformazione delle tensioni:             − =         zy zx zy zx τ τ ββ ββ τ τ cossin sincos ' ' (a2) è possible riscrivere le condizioni al contorno come: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )         =+ =+ =+−+− =+−+ 0 0 cossin 0sincos 22 11 2211 2211 a b ba b b a a τbaba baba ββ ββ (a3) e la soluzione generale del sistema, in funzione di β, è la seguente: p β x y τzx τzy x’ y’ http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 55           − −= − = − = − −= β τ β τ β τ β τ cos sin cos sin 2 1 2 1 ba a b ba b b ba b a ba a a (a4) le componenti di tensione zyτ e zxτ ottenute combinando le eq. a1, a4 sono mostrate in fig. a2 in funzione della distanza x dall’apice dell’intaglio, e confrontate con i risultati di un’analisi agli elementi finiti. l’accordo è ancora molto soddisfacente. 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 distance from the notch tip [mm] a=1 r=200 a/b=2     τ z j / τ τzy / τ τzx / τ figura a2: componenti di tensione zyτ and zxτ lungo la direzione η=0. le tensioni sono normalizzate rispetto alla tensione nominale. appendice b. un legame analitico tra le distribuzioni di tensione lineari elastiche indotte da intagli di differente forma soggetti a torsione onsideriamo l’espressione della distribuzione di tensione τzy lungo la bisettrice di un intaglio semi-ellittico [17], trascurando il decremento della tensione nominale:       − −− = b cx ax ba b 2222 max zy τ τ (b1) indicando con x’ la distanza dalla’apice dell’intaglio, x’=x-a e:         − −+ + − = b c)ax( )ax(a ba b 22' ' 22 max zy τ τ (b2) ricordando che a b 2 =ρ , ρ a b a 2 2 = , 222 bac −= , l’eq. b2 può essere riscritta come: c http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.03&auth=true m. zappalorto et alii,, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 29-56; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.03 56               ρ − + ρ + ρ + ρ − τ =         ρ − ++ + ρ − τ ⋅ ρ =         − −+ + − τ =τ a 1 x 2 a x 1 a x ) a 1( abax2x )ax( ) a 1(aa b c)ax( )ax( ) a b 1(a ba '2' ' max 2'2' ' max 22' ' 2 2 2 max zy (b3) ora, se a>>ρ e 'x <>ρ e 'x <> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_43_art_14 p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 182 structural behaviour of masonry arch with no-horizontal springing settlement p. zampieri, n. simoncello, c. pellegrino department of civil, environmental and architectural engineering, university of padova, via marzolo, 9 35131 padova, italy paolo.zampieri@dicea.unipd.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4556-5043 abstract. this paper presents a calculation procedure for assessing the structural integrity of a masonry arch with non-horizontal springing settlement. by applying the principle of virtual work (pvw) to the deformed arch system, the procedure proposed herein details the reaction forces and thrust lines for each step of imposed settlement of the support. the procedure can also be used estimate the final displacement that causes complete failure of arch structural capacity. the results of the analysis procedure were compared against those obtained by experimental testing so as to validate the proposed calculation method. keywords. safety of masonry arches; collapse mechanism; springing settlement; experiment. citation: zampieri, p., simoncello, n., pellegrino, c., structural behavior of masonry arch with no-horizontal springing settlement, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190. received: 18.11.2017 accepted: 28.11.2017 published: 01.01.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ssessment of the structural integrity of masonry arch structures is highly important, as the arch represents the main structural element of many existing constructions (bridges and buildings) both in europe and around the world. consequently, the structural behaviour of masonry arches continues to be subject of scientific research. the first modern studies on the structural behaviour of masonry arch structures were conducted by heyman [1], who introduced simplified hypotheses for the application of equilibrium limit analysis to assess the load-carrying capacity of such structures. heyman’s work gave rise to numerous subsequent studies that assessed the main aspects affecting the structural response of masonry arches. in particular, recent studies have focused attention on the dynamic [2-6] and seismic behaviour [7-20] of existing masonry arch structures. one structural problem that has been rather neglected [21-24] in recent studies involves the behaviour of arches as a result of imposed settlement to the supports. the behaviour of arches with horizontal settlement has been comprehensively studied both by applying limit analysis [22-24] and through experimental testing [22]. nonetheless, the structural behaviour of masonry arches undergone a non-horizontal displacement of supports is still partially unexplored. the study of masonry arch resistance to the imposed settlement of supports is important, as this type of stress can be found in existing structures. for example, in masonry arch bridges, settlement of the arch supports may occur due to loss of load carrying capacity of the subsoil. another example is steel ties in historical buildings, used to counteract the horizontal trust of arch. if damaged, these can be cause of settlement of arch springing. a p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 183 referring to the main studies about horizontal displacement available in literature, ochsendorf [22] analyzed the formation of cracks of a masonry arch in relation to the horizontal thrust and the distinctive geometrical characteristics of the structure, that are thickness t, radius r and angle of embrace β, through thrust line analysis. coccia et al. [23] reviewed the ochsendorf’s work suggesting an innovative method in studying these phenomenons based on the implementation of kinematic theorem to deformed configuration of the arch. in particular, they showed that the considered collapse configuration for the masonry arch, then the position of the cracks, depend on the displacement imposed to the supports. hence all the studies conducted focused on the collapse mechanism for the horizontal displacement, the aim of this paper is to analyze others settlements condition. in particular, an imposed displacement with two different direction components that are horizontal and vertical. for these reasons, the purpose of this work is to amplify the already avaiable investigations in settlement springing of masonry archs analyzing other settlement condition, to develop the arch behavior knowledge. throughout limit analysis and experimental testing, the structural behaviour of masonry arches subjected to a dk settlement of springing on an inclined direction α of 45° (fig. 1) is investigated. moreover, knowing that the cracks position in a collapse configuration may vary increasing the settlement, as already stated throughout fem and experimental analysis, this behaviour has been analyzed for a 45° direction settlement direction by means of a limit analysis then compared with the field test. the analysis procedure used to assess the thrust line and reaction forces of the springing will be described in detail for each incremental displacement value dk, until reaching the condition of complete collapse of the arch. this procedure uses: i) limit analysis in the hypotheses of significant arch displacements, and ii) analysis of thrust lines. following this, the results of experimental testing on a masonry arch with mortar joints subjected to one of two springings incremental settlement (inclination equal to 45°) will be presented. as will be illustrated, the comparison of analytical results and experimental results demonstrates the great predictive ability of the calculation model developed. analysis of masonry arches with non-horizontal springing settlement hen a masonry arch loses a degree of freedom (and may be displaced along a given direction α), a collapse mechanism is created, with three cracking hinges (fig. 1) and the thrust line within the form of the arch is tangential to the edge at the three hinge points. this three-hinge mechanism is created as a result of small movements along the α direction. thus, assuming that the displacement in the α direction that triggers the collapse mechanism is null, it is possible to: remove the constraint condition in direction α and replace it with an equivalent reaction force rα, 0 (fig.1); define a three-hinge collapse mechanism and an associated field of virtual displacements (fig. 1) and apply pvw using heyman’s hypotheses [1]. for an arch consisting of n blocks, assuming any initial position of hinges 1, 2, 3 (fig. 1), it is possible to define the external work of gravitational forces gi and the force rα,0 as:  ,0 s 0 0 1 , 0 n e i i i l g v r x y        (1) where: gi is the gravitational force applied to each i-rigid block of the arch; vi is the vertical virtual displacement due to gi applied to each i-rigid block of the arch. s(x0, y0) is the virtual displacement of the settled springing. from (1), the value of the support reaction force rα0 can be obtained, as follows:   1 ,0 s 0 0, n i i i g v r x y        (2) once the value of rα0 is known, it is possible to: define the thrust line following the procedure shown in zampieri et al 2016 [10], determine a new updated position of the three cracking hinges and apply pvw again. repeating this process, convergence is reached when the solution sought is both statically and kinematically admissible at the same time. this w p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 184 condition defines the positions (x1,0; y1,0) (x2,0; y2,0) (x3,0; y3,0) of the three hinges of the collapse mechanism in the initial configuration ω0 corresponding (ideally) to zero settlement of the movable springing and the minimum reaction force rα,0. subsequently, it is possible to apply a generic displacement dk of the movable springing along a generic direction at the initial condition ω0 and then reapply pvw to the new deformed configuration ωk (the subscript k refers to the k-th increment of displacement dk) in order to determine the updated value rα,k of the reaction force in the α direction. then a new thrust line is defined, verifying whether the solution sought is statically and kinematically admissible (that is, the thrust line is contained within the form of the arch and is tangential to the edge at the hinge points). figure 1: virtual displacement diagrams in the initial configuration of the masonry arch. figure 2: representation of the kinematic mechanism in the generic configuration displaced by ωk. figure 3: condition in which the hinges calculated in the k-1-th iteration do not coincide with the hinges in the k-th iteration p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 185 if this condition is not verified, the hinge points (1, 2 and 3) are moved to the local maximum and minimum points of the thrust line before applying pvw again. this procedure is reiterated until the thrust line condition is verified. it should be emphasised that for a given displacement dk the hinges may not be correctly positioned (1, 2, 3) in relation to the displacement in the previous step dk-1, but rather the hinge positions are updated (1 ‘, 2’, 3 ‘) as shown in fig. 3. this procedure can therefore assess (step-by-step) whether the collapse hinge positions have changed (fig. 3) as the displacement dk increases. the procedure described is repeated for incremental values of dk and ends when the arch collapse condition is verified due to alignment of the three crack hinges. fig. 4 shows a flow chart of the algorithm described above. figure 4: algorithm implemented. experimental testing xperimental analysis was carried out on a masonry arch made of solid bricks bound with traditional mortar. a plastic caisson was used in order to obtain a great geometrically regular element instead of using bricks without mortar as in ochsendorf [22] tests. the mortar employed for this experimental has low tensile property according with the hypothesis assumed by clemente [26]. the masonry arch was fixed to a steel frame with a movable springing along a 45° direction (fig. 5). this applied displacement system represents an innovative case never studied before by other authors. the arch made from 37 bricks measuring 250 x 125 x 50 mm3 has a span length of 2281 mm, an arch rise of 585 mm and an embrace angle (β) equal to 107.356°. fig. 5 shows the experimental test diagram and the graphical representation of the mechanical system capable of applying an incremental displacement along an inclined direction of 45°, providing instant-by-instant the imposed displacement value. results of experimental testing during the test, images were continuously recorded that allowed the displacement imposed by the mechanical system to be associated with the configuration of the arch collapse mechanism (fig. 6). specifically, in the images shown in fig. 6, three different collapse mechanism configurations can be identified for different values of displacement dk, as shown in the graph in fig. 9. e p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 186 all three initial cracking hinges were created at a displacement equal to 2.7 mm at joint 3, joint 18 and joint 34. during the test, it was seen that up until a certain displacement of dk = 153.6 mm, the configuration of the hinges remained unchanged (fig. 7a) in relation to the initial configuration. at a displacement of 153.6 mm (fig. 7b), hinge 3 shifted from position 34 to position 33, and hinges 1 and 2 remained unchanged. as the displacement increased, at 165.1 mm (fig. 7c), hinge 1 instantly shifted from position 3 to position 7, hinge 3 instantly shifted from position 33 to position 30, and hinge 1 remained unchanged. following this, the configuration of the hinges remained unchanged until alignment of the three hinges at the instant in which the arch collapsed (fig. 7d). figure 5: configuration of the specimen. a) b) c) d) figure 6: collapse mechanism configuration of experimental arch specimen comparison between limit analysis and experimental testing sing the proposed calculation procedure, it was possible to analytically simulate the behaviour of the experimental test. this section provides a comparison of the experimental results with the analytical results. in particular, the images shown in fig. 7 illustrate the four cracking hinge configurations extracted from the calculation program, highlighting that the shifts in the position of the cracking hinges as displacement dk increases, found during the experimental test, are also identified in limit analysis. this result is confirmed by analysis of the graph in fig. 9a, which compares the variation in the position of the cracking hinges (ni; i = 1,2,3) according to the displacement dk through comparison of the four curves relating to experimental testing and four curves relating to limit analysis. specifically, limit analysis allows four different cracking hinge configurations to be identified: u p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 187 configuration 1: n1=1 n2=18 n3=36; 0≤dk≤176 configuration 2: n1= 4 n2=18 n3=35; 176≤dk≤189.2 configuration 3: n1= 4 n2=18 n3=31; 189.2≤dk≤193.6 configuration 4: n1=6 n2=18 n3=31; 193.6≤dk≤220 a) b) c) d) figure 7: collapse mechanism configurations of limit analysis arch model as can be deduced from the graph shown in fig. 8, which compares the different hinge configurations obtained from experimental testing against those obtained from limit analysis, the result of experimental testing and limit analysis do not coincide perfectly. the discrepancies however can be considered acceptable and are attributable to intrinsic uncertainties in the parameters that define the structural response of real structures: figure 8: comparison of configurations of cracking hinges carried out form. a) limit analysis and b) experimental testing  uncertainties and/or irregularities in defining the geometry of the specimen [20]  irregularities due to masonry and mortar production processes  errors and uncertainties relating to how the test is conducted. p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 188 it is interesting to observe from the graph in fig. 9a that up to a displacement dk equal to approximately eighty percent of the final displacement, the hinges remain unchanged in the final configuration. their positions in fact change in a range of displacements dk between eighty and ninety percent of the collapse displacement. fig. 9b shows the curve that correlates the displacement dk with the reaction force rα,k, which increases continually and exponentially up to the maximum displacement, at which point the tangent of the curve is vertical. it is also important to note that the final displacement obtained from limit analysis is 14.7% higher than the displacement seen in experimental testing (dotted line in fig. 9b). if the intrinsic geometric irregularities of real arches were able to be taken into account in the calculation procedure developed, the final displacement (in limit analysis) would most likely be closer to the value obtained in experimental testing. figure 9: a) position of hinges as a function of dk b) capacity curve. conclusions his paper examines the behaviour of a masonry arch subjected to settlement along a direction α. the innovation of this paper lies in analyzing collapse mechanisms for the horizontal settlement condition, despite what other studies have already considered. other previous studies about horizontal settlement only led to a mechanism classification introducing a fem simulation analysis. this paper investigates on a different configuration, comparing the simulation in terms of limit analysis and implementing the possibility of a varying collapse mechanism configuration. using the method of equilibrium limit analysis with the hypothesis of significant displacements, an algorithm is proposed that uses pvw. the purpose was to analyse the thrust line and to identify the different positions of collapse hinges occured on the arch, from the initial configuration corresponding to null displacement of the stringing, up to the final collapse configuration. a real arch was built to conduct an experimental test by subjecting it to springing settlement along an inclined direction of 45° until collapse. as the value of imposed displacement was increased, the various configurations of the deformed arch were continuously recorded. the results of the experimental test confirmed the reliability of the structural model developed. however, there were discrepancies in the position of the cracking hinges under displacement. such discrepancies can be attributed to the geometrical irregularities of the arch and the inherent uncertainties in real structures. in conclusion, as fig.8 shows, the limit analysis induces the development of an additional crack at joint 6 in the fourth collapse configuration contrary to what the experimental evidence shows, where the position of hinges is preserved for the same configuration. as fig. 9 shows, in the limit analysis the last displacement of the springing results greater compared to experimental response. this is considered to be due to the fact that the cracks n1 and n2 are located between a different and greater number of voussoirs compared to real case. therefore, the alignment of the three hinges is verified in conjunction with a greater last displacement. as already stated, this discrepancy can be reduced introducing an inherent uncertainties factor. t p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 189 references [1] heyman, j., the safety of masonry arches, int j. mech sci., 11 (1969) 363-385. [2] de lorenzis, l., dejong, m., ochsendorf, j., failure of masonry arches under impulse base motion, earthq eng struct dyn., 36 (2007) 2119–2136. [3] misseri, g., rovero, l., parametric investigation on the dynamic behaviour of masonry pointed arches, archive of applied mechanics., 87 (3) (2017) 385-404. [4] ramaglia, g., lignola, g.p., prota, a., collapse analysis of slender masonry barrel vaults, engineering structures., 117 (2016) 86-100. [5] gaetani, a., lourenço, p.b., monti, g., moroni, m., shaking table tests and numerical analyses on a scaled dry-joint arch undergoing windowed sine pulses, bulletin of earthquake engineering., 15 (11) (2017) 4939-4961. [6] zampieri, p., zanini, m.a., zurlo, r., seismic behaviour analysis of classes of masonry arch bridges, key engineering materials., 628 (2014) 136-142. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.628.136. [7] da porto, f., tecchio, g., zampieri, p., modena, c., prota, a., simplified seismic assessment of railway masonry arch bridges by limit analysis, structure and infrastructure engineering., 12 (5) (2016) 567-591. doi: 10.1080/15732479.2015.1031141. [8] de santis, s., de felice, g., a fibre beam based approach for the evaluation of the seismic capacity of masonry arches, earthquake engineering and structural dynamics., 43 (2014) 1661-1681. [9] dimitri, r., tornabene, f., a parametric investigation of the seismic capacity for masonry arches and portals of different shapes, engineering failure analysis, 52 (2015) 1-34. [10] zampieri, p., zanini, m.a., faleschini, f., influence of damage on the seismic failure analysis of masonry arches, construction and building materials., 119 (2016) 343-355. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2016.05.024 [11] zampieri, p., zanini, m.a., faleschini, f., derivation of analytical seismic fragility functions for common masonry bridge types: methodology and application to real cases, engineering failure analysis., 68 (2016) 275-291. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2016.05.031 [12] m. s. marefat, m. yazdani, and m. jafari., seismic assessment of small to medium spans plain concrete arch bridges, european journal of environmental and civil engineering., (2017). doi: 10.1080/19648189.2017.1320589. [13] zampieri, p., zanini, m. a., modena, c., simplified seismic assessment of multi-span masonry arch bridges, bulletin of earthquake engineering., (2015). doi 10.1007/s10518-015-9733-2. [14] zampieri, p., tecchio, g., da porto, f., modena, c., (2015). limit analysis of transverse seismic capacity of multi-span masonry arch bridges, bulletin of earthquake engineering., 13(5) (2015) 1557-152. doi 10.1007/s10518-014-9664-3. [15] cavalagli, n., gusella, v., severini, l., lateral loads carrying capacity and minimum thickness of circular and pointed masonry arches, int j mech sci., 115–116 (2016) 645–56. [16] sayin, e., nonlinear seismic response of a masonry arch bridge, earthquake and structures., 10 (2) (2016) 483-494. doi: 10.12989/eas.2016.10.2.483. [17] michiels, t., adriaenssens, s., form-finding algorithm for masonry arches subjected to in-plane earthquake loading, computers and structures., 195 (2018) 85-98. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2017.10.001. [18] tecchio, g., da porto, f., zampieri, p., modena, c., bettio, c., static and seismic retrofit of masonry arch bridges: case studies, bridge maintenance, safety, management, resilience and sustainability proceedings of the sixth international conference on bridge maintenance, safety and management., (2012) 1094-1098. [19] conde, b., ramos, l.f., oliveira, d.v., riveiro, b., solla, m., structural assessment of masonry arch bridges by combination of non-destructive testing techniques and three-dimensional numerical modelling: application to vilanova bridge, engineering structures, 148 (2017) 621-638. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2017.07.011. [20] cavalagli, n., gusella, v., severini, l., the safety of masonry arches with uncertain geometry, computers and structures., 188 (2017) 17-31. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2017.04.003 [21] zampieri, p., zanini, m.a., faleschini, f., hofer, l., pellegrino, c., failure analysis of masonry arch bridges subject to local pier scour, engineering failure analysis, 79 (2017) 371-384. doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2017.05.028. [22] ochsendorf, j.a., the masonry arch on spreading supports, struct eng inst struct eng lond., 84(2) (2006) 29–36. [23] coccia, s., di carlo, f., rinaldi, z., collapse displacements for a mechanism of spreading-induced supports in a masonry arch, international journal of advanced structural engineering., 7(3) (2015) 307-320. doi: 10.1007/s40091-015-0101-x. [24] como, m., on the role played by settlements in the statics of masonry structures, in: the conference on geotechnical engineering for the preservation of monuments and historic sites, napoli, italy, october, balkema, rotterdam, (1996) 3–4. p. zampieri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.14 190 [25] severini, l., cavalagli, n., zampieri, p., simoncello, n., gusella, v., pellegrino c., effects of spread and local geometrical irregularities on the horizontal carrying capacity of masonry arches, atti del xvii convegno anidis l'ingegneria sismica in italia, (2017) 27-33. [26] clemente, p., saitta, f. analysis of no-tension material arch bridges with finite compression strength journal of structural engineering., 143(1) (2017). nomenclature dk displacement of the settlement of the support on the current step; dk-1 displacement of the settlement of the support on the previously step; δdk different of the displacement between two next steps; rα, 0 reaction force in the α direction at the undamaged condition of the arch; rα,k reaction force in the α direction at the damage condition of the arch on the current step; α direction angle of the settlement pvw principe of the virtual work gi gravitational force applied to each i-rigid block of the arch; vi vertical virtual displacement due to gi applied to each i-rigid block of the arch; s(x0, y0) virtual displacement of the settled springing; ω0 initial configuration of the arch; ωk configuration of the arch on the current step; st static condition of the arch; kt kinematic condition of the arch. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_7 c. brugger et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 46-51 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.07 46 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture ultrasonic fatigue testing device under biaxial bending c. brugger, t. palin-luc arts et metiers paristech, i2m, cnrs, universite de bordeaux esplanade des arts et métiers, 33405 talence, france charles.brugger@ensam.eu, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9072-7745 thierry.palin-luc@ensam.eu p. osmond, m. blanc psa peugeot citroën abstract. a new fatigue testing device has been developed to test specimens under biaxial loading at 20 khz. a flat smooth specimen with a disc geometry is placed on a torus frame and cyclically loaded at the center of its upper face. disc bending generates a biaxial proportional stress state at the center of the lower face. any positive loading ratio can be applied. a cast aluminum alloy (used to produce cylinder heads) has been tested under biaxial bending using this device in order to determine its fatigue strength at 109 cycles under high hydrostatic pressure. self-heating is moderate but macroscopic fatigue cracks after testing are very long. first results in vhcf regime are consistent with literature results obtained under similar stress state but in hcf regime and at 20 hz. keywords. gigacycle fatigue; biaxial loading; bending; cast aluminum alloy; ultrasonic testing machine. introduction any components in several industries are loaded in vhcf regime, either at high frequency (wheels of high speed trains, blades in aircraft turbojet engines, etc.) [1] or at low frequency during decades (artificial heart, mooring chains for off-shore petroleum platforms, etc.) [2, 3]. testing specimens up to 109 or 1010 cycles in a realistic time requires to use a very high loading frequency (20 or 30 khz). several devices using the ultrasonic testing technique have been developed all over the world since mason’s work in the 1950's [4]. a significant effort in this field has been done since the end of the last century [1, 5]. specimens can be tested under tension (r=-1 or r>0), torsion (r=-1 or r>0) or bending (r>0), either at room, low or high temperature, in air or in liquid environment [1-5], but there is no machine for testing specimens under multiaxial loading. however, it is known that during their life many industrial components are submitted to multiaxial loadings that may lead to a number of cycles close to one billion or more. fatigue cracks may initiate in areas experiencing multiaxial stress states. that is the reason why a new fatigue testing device has been developed to test specimens under biaxial loading at 20 khz. after presenting a brief state of the art on ultrasonic fatigue testing machines, the principle of a new biaxial bending device and the associated stress state are presented hereafter. the first results obtained on a cast al-si alloy in vhcf regime are then compared with those obtained in literature under similar stress state but in hcf regime and under lower frequency. m c. brugger et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 46-51 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.07 47 state of the art: ultrasonic testing machines ccording to the literature, the first ultrasonic fatigue testing device was developed by mason in the 1950's under fully reversed tension [4, 6]. an interesting review of ultrasonic fatigue testing machines is given by bathias in [5]. the basic principle of an ultrasonic fatigue testing machine is to apply to a specimen an axial sinusoidal displacement at an ultrasonic frequency (typically 20 khz). the specimen is designed so that it has a natural frequency (or mode) at this frequency. an ultrasonic fatigue testing machine is made with: (i) a generator applying an electric signal (at 20 khz) to (ii) a piezoelectric converter that converts the electric signal in a longitudinal vibration at the same frequency, and (iii) a horn for amplifying the vibration finally applied at one end of the specimen. the generator is controlled by a computer so that the resonance of the whole system (piezoelectric converter, horn and specimen) is kept all the test long. this principle has been used by several authors to design special apparatuses for testing specimens under fully reversed tension. coupled with electromechanical or servo-hydraulic testing machines, such equipment can be used for gigacycle fatigue tests under tension with several positive r ratios. a machine has been developed for three points bending test with r>0 too [1]. all these machines allow tests on smooth or notched specimens under uniaxial stress state. some authors [1, 7, 8] have also developed torsion testing machines working like uniaxial ones, by pulse and pause [7, 8] or continuously [9]. furthermore, the ultrasonic testing technique can be used for testing specimens at room temperature with air cooling if needed, or at high temperature [1, 10], in cryogenic environment [1] or in corrosive liquid environment [2, 3]. but all these testing machines apply a uniaxial loading on the specimen. ultrasonic biaxial bending device principle he new fatigue testing device presented hereafter is designed for testing in bending under ultrasonic frequency a flat smooth specimen with a disc geometry [11]. its principle is similar to the testing apparatus proposed by koutiri et al. [12, 13] but this last one was mounted on a servo-hydraulic testing machine working around 20 hz only. the specimen is placed on a frame with a torus ring, so that the contact zone between the lower face of the disc and the frame is a circle. a load is applied at the center of the upper face using a hemispherical indenter (figure 1a). like in a three points bending test, this leads to the bending of the disc. -a -b figure 1: a) principle and b) picture of the ultrasonic biaxial bending device. using an electromechanical testing machine and the ultrasonic loading device described in the following paragraph, both a static load and a sinusoidal displacement (at 20 khz) are applied at the center of the specimen. under the common a t c. brugger et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 46-51 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.07 48 assumption that macroscopically the material remains elastic in gigacycle fatigue regime, any positive loading ratio can be applied. in practice, to assure uninterrupted contact between specimen and indenter, loading ratios very close to zero are avoided; r>0.05 are recommended. the ultrasonic loading device, partly illustrated in figure 1b, is classic [1]. it consists of a 20 khz electric generator, a piezoelectric converter, a booster and a horn to amplify the sinusoidal axial displacement like in 3 points ultrasonic bending [1, 5]. in order to apply a non-zero mean load, this device is attached to an electromechanical testing machine using bars and hollowed discs attached to the center of the booster, which is a vibration node. finally, a servo-control system adjusts in real time the loading frequency to match the natural frequency of the whole device. for that reason, each part (booster, horn and specimen) must be carefully designed, so that their natural frequency for axial displacement matches 20 khz. the next section details, for some parts, how geometry was determined using fea modal analysis. geometry of the specimen and device first, in order to perform a modal analysis, both the density and the dynamic modulus (at 20 khz) of the tested material are experimentally measured by using a cylindrical bar as explained in [1] for designing tension compression specimens. the specimen geometry (figure 2a) is described by only two parameters: diameter and thickness of the disc. these parameters are determined iteratively using a free-free modal analysis computed with a commercial fea software. the ideal geometry corresponds to a first natural frequency – associated with biaxial bending – equal to 20 khz. for a given stress state at the center of the lower face, contact forces rapidly increase with thickness. on the other hand, since the hemispherical indenter is located at the center of the upper face, the stress state might be disturbed by the loading if the disc is too thin. for the application described in the next section, a compromise has been found by fixing the thickness equal to 6 mm. the location of the vibration nodes on the specimen gives the radius of the frame ring in order to minimize the relative displacement between the specimen and the frame, then the frictional heating. associated stress state theoretically, disc bending generates an equi-biaxial proportional stress state at the center of the specimen’s lower face, and stress level is proportional to the center’s displacement [9]. three calibration specimens were instrumented with strain gauge rosettes glued in the center of the lower face. tests were performed for different amplitudes of the displacement, for a static load assuring a positive load ratio. after measuring strains amplitudes using both a wide band conditioning device (vishay 2210) and high speed data recorder, stresses amplitudes were computed assuming an isotropic linear elastic behavior of the material (because of testing conditions in the vhcf regime). since results are almost proportional to the displacement, table 1 summarizes the results on 3 specimens for a given 10 µm amplitude. considering the uncertainties related to the experimental measurements (position of the strain gauges, gauge factors, etc.), stress state can be considered equi-biaxial. 1st principal stress amplitude (mpa) 2nd principal stress amplitude (mpa) von mises equivalent stress amplitude (mpa) 27.8 26.2 27.0 26.9 26.6 26.8 28.2 26.5 27.4 table 1: stresses at the center of the lower face for a 10 µm amplitude displacement. application to a cast al-si alloy his ultrasonic biaxial fatigue testing device has been tested and validated on a cast aluminum alloy used to produce cylinder heads and previously investigated by koutiri et al. [12, 14]. since cast materials may contain casting defects (porosities, shrinkages, etc.), and because cylinder heads are submitted to high hydrostatic pressure loadings during a very high number of loading cycles, a safe fatigue design requires to determine the fatigue strength of the material under similar stress state in the gigacycle regime. t c. brugger et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 46-51 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.07 49 material and specimen the material is the cast alsi7cu05mg03 t7. its conventional yield stress is 250 mpa [12, 14]. the specimen geometry is illustrated in figure 2a. specimens were machined out of cast cylinder heads. in order to get enough material volume, cores were diminished prior to casting. this allows for microstructure parameters similar to production parts (das, porosities, and hardness). the circular ring has a 34 mm diameter. -a -b figure 2: a) specimen geometry and b) temperature measurement by ir camera during ultrasonic fatigue test. testing conditions and results tests are performed in air, at room temperature, for r=0.1 load ratio. cyclic loading is stopped after 109 cycles, or when frequency drops down to 19,500 hz due to fatigue crack propagation. both static load and sinusoidal displacement levels were determined using calibration specimens. since ultrasonic loading may generate self-heating, specimen cooling is necessary. dry compressed air is orientated with an air gun towards the upper face (fig. 1b and 2b). in order to quantify self-heating, surface temperature has been measured during selected tests using an infrared camera flir sc 7000 (fig. 2b). since no surface was perpendicular to the camera, temperature was averaged on the areas labeled 1 and 2 on figure 2b. for maximal stresses equal to 130 – 140 – 150 – 160 mpa, the mean temperature stabilizes respectively at 65 – 75 – 80 – 85°c. such temperatures are negligible compared to metallurgical transformations of the al alloy. the first fatigue test results are illustrated in figure 3. additional results obtained in hcf regime at 20 hz for the same material and similar stress state [12, 14] are also presented for comparison purpose. figure 3: fatigue test results under biaxial bending: results of this study at 20 khz in vhcf regime and results from [12, 14] on the same material at 20 hz in hcf regime. c. brugger et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 46-51 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.07 50 discussion for maximum stress levels equal or lower than 140 mpa, the first results obtained with the new ultrasonic biaxial testing device are in good agreement with the results by koutiri et al [12, 14]. in our data, there is only one specimen broken very early, for a reason to be clarified. the median fatigue strength at 109 cycles is close to 63 mpa (corresponding to a maximal stress equal to 140 mpa). figure 4 illustrates, in a dang-van diagram [15], both the experimental median fatigue strengths at 2.106 cycles obtained by koutiri [12] on smooth specimens made in the same cast al alloy and the threshold line identified from torsion (r=-1) and tension (r=-1) data. furthermore, the loading paths corresponding to existing ultrasonic fatigue testing machines are shown: torsion (r=-1), tension (r=-1), tension or 3 points bending (r>0). the loading path corresponding to the specimens tested at the stress level corresponding to 1.109 cycles with the new device presented here is illustrated. it is clear that this device allows questioning the dang-van criterion for higher hydrostatic stress states. the same conclusion is valid for the crossland criterion too [16]. it should be noted that the results obtained for maximum stress levels equal or greater than 150 mpa cannot be directly compared with literature results due to different stop criteria. indeed, the test results presented in this paper were stopped when the resonance frequency decreased from about 19,900 hz to 19,500 hz. such frequency drop is due to rigidity loss associated to a very large macroscopic fatigue crack propagation. indeed, macroscopic cracks are either unique or branched but always extended almost to the frame ring when the test stops (fig. 5). additional investigations are needed to quantify the number of cycles associated with this propagation, but first observations indicate it might exceed 107 cycles. however, one can note that 107 cycles represent 1% only of 109 cycles. figure 4: dang van diagram for the cast al-si alloy: loading paths associated with existing ultrasonic fatigue machines and new ultrasonic biaxial bending device. -a -b figure 5: macroscopic fatigue crack after testing a disc specimen under biaxial bending, a) lower face of the specimen and b) after breaking it under monotonic quasi-static loading. c. brugger et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 46-51 doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.07 51 conclusion and prospects new ultrasonic fatigue testing device generating a biaxial proportional stress state with a positive loading ratio has been presented. vhcf tests were performed on a cast aluminum alloy already tested in the literature in hcf regime under a similar stress state. the new results are consistent with data from the literature. self-heating is moderate, but the stop criterion could be improved to detect smaller crack. crack initiation will be investigated, as two competing parameters play a role: the biaxial stress state which is maximal on the surface, and the possible presence of subsurface defects in a cast material. references [1] bathias, c., paris, p.c., gigacycle fatigue in mechanical practice, marcel dekker, new york, (2005). [2] palin-luc, t., perez-mora, r., bathias, c., dominguez, g., paris p.c., arana, j-l., fatigue crack initiation and growth on a steel in the very high cycle regime with sea water corrosion, engng fract. mechanics, 77 (2010) 1953–1962. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.02.015 [3] perez-mora, r., palin-luc, t., bathias, c., paris, p.c., very high cycle fatigue of a high strength steel under sea water corrosion: a strong corrosion and mechanical damage coupling, int. j. fatigue, 74 (2015) 156–165. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.01.004 [4] mason, w.p., piezoelectric crystals and their application in ultrasonics, van nostrand, new york, (1956), 161. [5] bathias, c., piezoelectric fatigue testing machines and devices, int. j. fatigue, 28 (2006) 1438–1445. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.09.020 [6] mason w.p., ultrasonic fatigue, in: j.m. well, o.l.d. buck roth, j.k. tien (eds.), proceedings of the first international conference on fatigue and corrosion fatigue up to ultrasonic frequencies, the metallurgical society of aime (1982) 87–102. [7] stanzl-tschegg, s.e., mayer, h. r., tschegg, e. k., high frequency method for torsion fatigue testing, ultrasonics, 31 (1993) 275–280. doi:10.1016/0041-624x(93)90021-q [8] mayer, h., ultrasonic torsion and tension–compression fatigue testing: measuring principles and investigations on 2024-t351 aluminium alloy, int. j. fatigue, 28 (2006) 1446–1455. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.05.020 [9] nikitin, a., bathias c., palin-luc, t., a new piezoelectric fatigue testing machine in pure torsion for ultrasonic gigacycle fatigue tests: application to forged and extruded titanium alloys, fat. frac. engng. mat. structures, 38 (2015) 1294–1304. doi:10.1111/ffe.12340 [10] wagner, d., cavalieri, f.j., bathias, c., ranc, n., ultrasonic fatigue tests at high temperature on an austenitic steel, propulsion power research, 1 (2012) 29–35. doi:10.1016/j.jppr.2012.10.008 [11] blanc, m., osmond, p., palin-luc, t., bathias c., french patent n° fr1357198 (2013). [12] koutiri, i., effet des fortes contraintes hydrostatiques sur la tenue en fatigue des matériaux métalliques, phd thesis, ensam, n° 2011-enam-0015 (2011). [13] koutiri, i., bellett, d., morel, f., augustins, l., adrien, high cycle fatigue damage mechanisms in cast aluminium subject to complex loads, int. j. fatigue, 47 (2013) 44–57. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.07.008 [14] koutiri, i., morel, f., bellett, d., augustins, l, effect of high hydrostatic stress on the fatigue behavior of metallic materials, icf-12, 5 (2009) 3694–3703. [15] dang-van, k., cailletaud, g., flavenot, j.f., douaron, l., lieurade, h.p, in: m. brown, k. miller (eds), biaxial and multiaxial fatigue, esis, sheffield, (1989) 459–478. [16] crossland, in: int. conf. on fat. of metals (london, 1959), inst. of. mech. eng., 138–149. a << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_33_art_47 j.a araujo et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 427-433; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.47 427 focussed on multiaxial fatigue equivalent configurations for notch and fretting fatigue j. a. araújo, f. c. castro university of brasilia, unb, departamento de engenharia mecanica alex07@unb.br s. pommier, j. bellecave lmt-cachan, ens cachan / cnrs / université paris saclay sylvie.pommier@universite-paris-saclay.fr jbellecave@gmail.com j. mériaux snecma, group safran jean.meriaux@snecma.fr abstract. under the typical partial slip conditions under which fretting fatigue takes place, the amount of superficial damage is small. therefore, the substantial reduction in fatigue life caused by fretting, when compared to plain fatigue, may well be more associated with the stress concentration and the stress gradient phenomena generated by the contact problem than to the superficial loss of material. in this setting, notch stress-based methodologies could, in principle, be applied to fretting in the medium/high cycle fatigue regime. the aim of this work was to investigate whether it is possible to design fretting and notch fatigue configurations, which are nominally identical in terms of damage measured by a multiaxial fatigue model. the methodology adopted to carry out this search considered a cylindrical on flat contact and a v-notch. load and geometry dimensions of both configurations were adjusted in order to try to obtain the “same” decay of the multiaxial fatigue index from the hot spot up to a critical distance. positive results of such simulations can lead us to design an experimental program that can bring more firm conclusions on the use of pure stress-based approaches, which do not include the wear damage, in the modeling of fretting fatigue. keywords. fretting fatigue; notch fatigue; stress gradient; multiaxial fatigue. introduction he term fretting denotes a small oscillatory movement between two solid surfaces in contact. in many industrial designs, one or both components of the assembly may also be subjected to a bulk fatigue load, the phenomenon is then called fretting fatigue. fretting failure of components such as splines, the dovetail fixing between blade and disc in fans of aeroengines [1] and riveted skins of the aircraft fuselage [2] have become a major design concern. indeed, experimental evidence has shown that the conjoint action of fretting and fatigue may produce strength reduction factors t j.a araujo et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 427-433; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.47 428 varying from 2 up to 10 compared to plain fatigue [3]. the most severe reduction of life is observed in partial slip conditions [4]. indeed gross sliding can fastly remove small nucleated cracks before they can further propagate. under fretting conditions, the loads involved generate a time varying non-proportional multiaxial stress field under the contact [5]. there is usually a high stress concentration on the contact interface but it is limited to a small region and hence decays fastly as one moves from the surface to the interior of the component [6]. in this setting, the use of nonlocal approaches, initially developed to estimate the fatigue endurance of notched specimens, have been extended to the fretting fatigue problem [7]–[9]. araújo et al. [8] used the theory of critical distances (tcd) in conjunction with the modified whöler curve method (mwcm) and showed that it was capable of estimating the results of fretting fatigue experiments showing a contact size effect with a good degree of accuracy (±20% error band). it is worthy noticing that notched components and mechanical assemblies under time varying loads present quite similar characteristics. in both configurations there are usually severe stress gradients and the state of stress becomes complex (multiaxial) as the analysis moves inside the material. the general aim of this work is to investigate whether it is possible to design fretting and notch fatigue configurations, which are nominally identical in terms of damage measured by a multiaxial fatigue index. further, these designs must be such that the specimens can be machined within a good level of accuracy and with tight tolerances in both configurations (notch and fretting), turning the future experimental campaign reproducible and reliable. the advantage of proving that such experimental campaign can be generated is that it consists in a way to somehow isolate the role of the surface fretting wear in diminishing the material fatigue resistance of mechanical assemblies under partial slip. as both fatigue problems are equivalent in terms of fatigue loading over a material process zone, their resistance should be essentially similar, unless the influence of the small surface damage caused by the fretting wear, and which does not exist in the notch configuration, is greater than the authors expect it will have. another quite important aspect that such experimental campaign could clear out is the fact that one can use the same fatigue modeling approach to design either industrial components containing geometrical discontinuities or mechanical couplings. this would avoid the need for lengthy and costly experimental programs considering complex geometries and specific test rigs to calibrate the fatigue material constants. material he material considered in this study was a 7050-t7451 aluminium alloy. material properties were taken from araújo et al. [10] and are presented in tab. 1. fatigue strength for fully reversed (stress ratio, r=-1) and repeated loading (r=0) are quoted for 107 cycles. young’s modulus poisson’s ratio yield strength 1 0 , 1th rk  73.4 gpa 0.33 454 mpa 161 mpa 120 mpa 4.5 mpam table 1: material properties of 7050-t7451 al alloy. stress tensor for elastic contact of cylinders under partial slip and in the presence of a bulk fatigue load he first step towards a solution for the subsurface stress field is to solve the contact problem itself, i.e., to find the magnitude and distribution of the surface tractions. in the present problem, the pad radius, r , the normal load per unit length, p , and the specimen thickness were defined so that each solid could be considered as an elastic half-space and the solution for the pressure distribution was hertzian [11]. for pure fretting, the time varying tangential force q (t) generates a shear traction described firstly by cattaneo [12] and independently by mindlin [13]. in partial slip condition, the contact is characterized by a central stick zone bordered by two sliding zones. in fretting fatigue, the effect of the bulk tension is to offset this stick zone. by superposing the normal and tangential contributions, it is possible to directly evaluate the resulting stress tensor using muskhelishvili’s potential theory [14]. for synchronous and in phase load combinations, at the instants of maximum and minimum bulk/shear loads, the stress tensor turns out to be: t t j.a araujo et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 427-433; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.47 429 0 0 0 0 0 , , , , , ( ) n t t b y y y yx x x x e t tca a a a a a c c f f p p fp a fp p                                                                 (1) for any other time instant t, during loading or unloading, the appropriate analytical solution is stated as: 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( ) ,, , , , , ( ) ( )( ) ( ) 2 tn t t b x e t yy y y yx x x x e t c t c tc t tca a a a a a c c f f f p p fp a fp a fp p                                                                             (2) in the above equations, 0p is the peak pressure, c and e are the stick zone half width and its offset from the center of the contact at the instant of maximum or minimum shear load. at any other time instant, 'c and 'e correspond to the stick zone half width and its offset from the center of the contact. the superscripts n and t stand for the stress components due to the normal and the tangential load, respectively. finally, b is the stress tensor associated with the bulk fatigue load. plane strain conditions are assumed. explicit expressions to compute c , e , 'c , 'e , n and t are given in a convenient form by hills and nowell [15]. stress tensor around a v-notch he elastic solution for the stress field of plane v-notched specimens can be derived using complex potential [14] or bi-harmonic potential functions [16]. recently, the williams’ crack solution [17] was re-addressed by lazzarin and tovo [18] and filippi et al. [19]. such approach was used in this work to evaluate the stresses along the bisector of a notch loaded in mode i. multiaxial criterion usmel and lazzarin [20] observed that the multiaxial high-cycle fatigue behaviour of metallic materials could successfully be estimated by using a simple a vs , /n max a  relationship. the model has been described by susmel and co-workers in a series of articles [20-22]. briefly, the so-called modified wöhler curve method (mwcm) can be formalized as follows: ,( , ) ( , )n maxc c c ca a            (3) where a is the equivalent shear stress amplitude in the critical plane ( , ) c c  , ,n max is the maximum stress perpendicular to this plane, and the parameters  and  are material constants that can be obtained from two fatigue strengths generated under different loading conditions. for instance, these constants can be evaluted using the fatigue limits 1 and 0 , generated respectively under fully-reversed (r =-1) and under repeated (r = 0) uniaxial loading, as follows [21]: 1 0 2       01 2     (4) which gives 20.8 mpa  and 101.5mpa  for the 7050-t7451 al alloy. a key aspect in using such model for nonproportional loadings, as it is the case for fretting fatigue, is the computation of a relative to a material plane. we propose here to use the maximum rectangular hull concept developed by araújo et al. [23-25]. it consists of rotating t s j.a araujo et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 427-433; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.47 430 rectangular hulls engulfing the shear stress vector path in a material plane, and computing the square root of the sum of the squares of each rectangle’ half-sides. the greatest of these values is then defined as the shear stress amplitude, a . identification of the critical distance he use of the mwcm in conjunction with the theory of critical distances (tcd) is based on the assumption that all the physical processes leading to crack initiation are confined within the so-called structural volume. the size of this volume is assumed not to be dependent on either the stress concentration feature weakening the component or the complexity of the stress field damaging the fatigue process zone [26]. in the tcd fatigue endurance is assumed to occur when: 1 ( ) v f dv c v   (5) where  is stress tensor within a volume of material v around the stress raiser, c is a material parameter associated with its fatigue resistance, and  .f denotes an effective stress that appropriately characterizes the fatigue loading. eq. (5) can be simplified by substituting the material volume by a line (lm) or by a single point (pm) at a certain distance from the hot spot. to obtain this length parameter, the critical distance, a third material parameter is needed, the threshold stress intensity factor range under r=-1, thk . considering a material point at a distance l from the crack tip and on the bisector line of a sharp crack it is possible to compute the stress tensor at this position at any time instant of the loading history. if now one computes the a and ,n max variables of the multiaxial model from this state of stress, it is possible to find equations relating l, thk and 1 for the point and the line methods: 1 2 1 2 t m h p k l          (6) 1 2 2 th lm k l          (7) using material properties reported in tab. 1, one can use eq. (6) to calculate 0.031pml  mm. an alternative manner to interpret the critical distance is to associate it with the length of non-propagating cracks in crack like notched specimens under fatigue limit conditions. therefore, from a phenomenological point of view, some authors such as susmel [27] and taylor [28] assume the critical distance as a material property. however, it is clear that it depends on the effective stress used to model the multiaxial problem. methodology he first step to try to establish equivalent notch/fretting fatigue experiments is to define a reference configuration. in this case, a fretting fatigue data tested in the apparatus of the university of brasília was considered as the starting point. this test was carried out using two cylindrical fretting pads, which were loaded against a flat dogbone specimen. tab. 2 lists the loads, pad radius, the coefficient of friction, f , and the life for complete fracture of the especimen for this test. the cross section of the fretting specimen is schematically shown in fig. 1 (13 x 13 mm). the characteristics of the fretting apparatus are well detailed by martins et al. [29], hence it will not be described here. now one can plot the multiaxial fatigue index eqs , defined in eq. (8), from the trailing edge of the contact (hot spot for the fatigue index) along the distance y in the interior of the fretting specimen. the computation is carried up to a distance equivalent to the characteristic length provided by the line method, lml . ,n maxeq a a s       (8) t t j.a araujo et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 427-433; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.47 431 fig. 2 (a) shows the gradient of eqs with respect to y for this test and the limit for crack initiation defined by the threshold parameter 101.5mpa  for this alloy. notice that, considering the point method as the critical distance, the index is higher than  (at the distance pml ), and is then expected the test would break before 107 cycles. indeed the test broke around 1.2 x 106 cycles. figure 1: scheme of the methodology proposed to find equivalent notch/fretting fatigue configurations. to carry on with the analysis the following step is to search for the notch configuration that will provide an equivalent decay for the multiaxial fatigue index over lml . to do so, a minimization technique based on the difference between the indexes ,eq notchs and ,eq frettings along the distance lml can be applied (function j in fig. 1). notch radius, notch opening angle and the remote fatigue load are the variables of the minimization. the range of variation of such variables must be such that one can guarantee that the notch specimens can be machined and mainly its notch radius lies within a tight tolerance. in this setting, notch radius could vary between 0.1 and 1 mm (in steps of 0.05 mm), its opening angle between 30° and 90° (15° increments) and the notch depth was fixed in 5 mm. the limitation for the choice of remote bulk load range was defined by the operational capability of the servohydraulic machine. it can accurately apply and control load amplitudes varying from 1 to 100 kn (a 1kn increment was defined). pad radius peak pressure a ( 1)r   /q fp f frequency life (cycles) 70mm 300 mpa 55 mpa 0.33 0.54 5hz 1119774 table 2: parameters and observed life of the fretting fatigue test used to design an equivalent notch fatigue test. minimization of the difference between the two gradients was achieved by using a 0.5mm notch radius specimen, with a notch opening angle of 60° and a fully reverse fatigue stress amplitude of 42.5 mpa. now fig. 2 (a) is again invoked to depict the result of the optimized notch configuration. it can be seen that the variation of the multiaxial fatigue index against distance from the notch root matches quite well the curve obtained for the fretting fatigue configuration. fig. 2(b) depicts the points representing the shear stress amplitude, a , against the normalized maximum stress, ,n max a  , for both configurations. these points do not lay one over the other but they keep the same distance from the continuous threshold line dividing safe (under the line) and unsafe domains. in fig. 2(c) an interesting behavior is observed. the shear stress amplitude and the maximum normal stress are traced against the distance for the notch and for the fretting configuration. while the amplitude of shear stress on the critical plane for the fretting problem is always higher than for the notch one along the distance, the opposite happens to the maximum normal stress. therefore, although the decay of the multiaxial fatigue index is essentially the same for both configurations, the same can not be said about the individual variables that are present in the index computation. j.a araujo et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 427-433; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.47 432 figure 2: (a) variation of the multiaxial fatigue index against distance in the specimen (from the hot spot) for the fretting fatigue test and for the optimized notch configuration. (b) points representing the shear stress amplitude, a , against the normalized maximum stress, , /n max a  , for both configurations. (c) variation of a and , /n max a  against distance for fretting and notch problems. conclusion t was shown that it is possible to design a series of fretting and notch fatigue tests for a 7050-t7451 al alloy, which are nominally equivalent in terms of multiaxial fatigue conditions along a process zone. the notch geometry and fretting configuration found can be machined and reproduced within a given tolerance, and closed form solutions for the cyclic stress field under plane strain are available for both. it was pointed out however that equivalent fatigue index parameters does not mean equivalent shear stress amplitude and maximum normal stress. the design of this test campaign can constitute a key initiative to improve our knowledge on the influence of the surface damage on the life of components under fretting fatigue conditions. further, should the results of these tests confirm the equivalence hypothesis between this two apparently distinct fatigue problems, a single unified stress based approach could be used to design them. future work involves the conduction of the experimental tests. acknowledgments he supports provided by safran/snecna, by cnpq (contracts 310845/2013-0 and 309748/2013-5) and by finatec are gratefully acknowledged. references [1] ruiz, c., chen, k. c., life assessment of dovetail joints between blades and discs in aero-engines, in: proc. int. conf. fatigue, (1986). [2] harish g., farris, t. n., shell modeling of fretting in riveted lap joints, aiaa j., 36(6) (1998) 1087-1093. [3] lindley, t. c., fretting fatigue in engineering alloys, int. j. fatigue, 19(93) (1997) 39-49. [4] madge, j. j., leen, s. b., shipway, p. h., the critical role of fretting wear in the analysis of fretting fatigue, wear, 263(1-6) (2007) 542-551. [5] navarro, c., muñoz, s., domínguez, j., on the use of multiaxial fatigue criteria for fretting fatigue life assessment, int. j. fatigue, 30(1) (2008) 32-44. [6] nowell, d., dini, d., hills, d. a., recent developments in the understanding of fretting fatigue, eng. fract. mech., 73(2) (2006) 207-222. [7] fouvry, s., kapsa, p., vincent, l. multiaxial fatigue analysis of fretting contact taking into account the size effect, in astm special technical publication, 1367 (2000) 167-182. i t j.a araujo et al, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 33 (2015) 427-433; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.47 433 [8] araújo, j. a., susmel, l., taylor, d., ferro, j. c. t., mamiya, e. n., on the use of the theory of critical distances and the modified wöhler curve method to estimate fretting fatigue strength of cylindrical contacts, int. j. fatigue, 29(1) (2007) 95-107. [9] proudhon, h., fouvry, s., yantio, g. r., determination and prediction of the fretting crack initiation: introduction of the (p, q, n) representation and definition of a variable process volume, int. j. fatigue, 28(7) (2006)707-713. [10] araújo, j. a., castro, f. c., a comparative analysis between multiaxial stress and δk-based short crack arrest models in fretting fatigue, eng. fract. mech., 93 (2012) 34-47. [11] hertz, r., über die berührung fester elastischer körper, j. für die reine und angew. math., 92 (1981) 156-171. [12] cattaneo, c., sul contatto di due corpi elastici: distribuzione locale degli sforzi. rendiconti dell’accademia nazionale dei lincei, rend. dell’accademia naz. dei lincei, 27 (1938) 342-348. [13] mindlin, r. d., compliance of elastic bodies in contact, j. appl. mech., 16 (1949) 259-268. [14] muskhelishvili, some basic problems of mathematical theory of elasticity. noordhoff, groningen, (1953). [15] hills, d. a., mechanics of fretting fatigue, wear, 175(1-2) (1994) 107-113. [16] neuber, h., theory of notch stresses, kerbspannungslehre, (1958). [17] williams, m. l., on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack, j. appl. mech., 24 (1957) 109-114. [18] lazzarin, p., tovo, r., a unified approach to the evaluation of linear elastic stress fields in the neighborhood of cracks and notches, int. j. fract., 78 (1996) 3-19. [19] filippi, s., lazzarin, p., tovo, r., developments of some explicit formulas useful to describe elastic stress fields ahead of notches in plates, int. j. solids struct., 39(17) (2002) 4543-4565. [20] susmel, l., lazzarin, p., a bi-parametric wöhler curve for high cycle multiaxial fatigue assessment, fatigue & fract. eng. mater. & struct., 25(1) (2002) 63-78. [21] susmel, l., tovo, r., lazzarin, p., the mean stress effect on the high-cycle fatigue strength from a multiaxial fatigue point of view, int. j. fatigue, 27(8) (2005) 928-943. [22] fatemi, a., socie, d. f., critical plane approach to multiaxial fatigue damage including out-of-phase loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 11(3) (1988) 149-165. [23] araújo, j. a., dantas, a. p., castro, f. c., mamiya, e. n., ferreira, j. l. a., on the characterization of the critical plane with a simple and fast alternative measure of the shear stress amplitude in multiaxial fatigue, int. j. fatigue, 33(8) (2011) 1092-1100. [24] castro, f. c., araújo, j. a., mamiya, e. n., zouain, n., remarks on multiaxial fatigue limit criteria based on prismatic hulls and ellipsoids, int. j. fatigue, 31(11-12) (2009) 1875-1881. [25] mamiya, e. n., araújo, j. a., castro, f. c., prismatic hull: a new measure of shear stress amplitude in multiaxial high cycle fatigue, int. j. fatigue, 31(7) (2009) 1144-1153. [26] susmel, l., a unifying approach to estimate the high-cycle fatigue strength of notched components subjected to both uniaxial and multiaxial cyclic loadings, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 27(5) (2004) 391-411. [27] susmel, l., the theory of critical distances: a review of its applications in fatigue, eng. fract. mech., 75(7) (2008) 1706-1724. [28] taylor, d., a mechanistic approach to critical-distance methods in notch fatigue, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 24(4) (2001) 215-224. [29] martins, l. h., rossino, l. s., bose filho, w. w., araújo, j. a., detailed design of fretting fatigue apparatus and tests on 7050-t7451~al alloy, tribol. mater. surfaces interfaces, 2(1) (2008) 39-49. microsoft word numero_60_art_24_3470.docx h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 346 investigation fatigue crack initiation and propagation cruciform welded joints by extended finite element method (xfem) and implementation sed approach djeloud hamza, moussaoui mustafa laboratory of development in mechanics and materials (ldmm) university of djelfa, (17000) algeria. hamzadjaloud@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-0726-3466 moussaoui_must@yahoo.fr kellai ahmed research center in industrial technologies, crti, p.o. box 64, cheraga, 16014 algiers, algeria. a.kellai@crti.dz hachi dahmane laboratory of development in mechanics and materials (ldmm) university of djelfa, (17000) algeria. hachi_dahmane@yahoo.fr filippo berto department of mechanical and industrial engineering, ntnu – norwegian university of science and technology, trondheim, norway. filippo.berto@ntnu.no, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4207-0109 benattou bouchouicha laboratory of materials and reactive systems (lmsr), department of mechanical engineering, university of sidi-bel-abbes, bp 89, cité ben m'hidisidibel-abbes 22000-algeria. benattou.bouchouicha@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6051-5108 hachi brahim elkhalil laboratory of development in mechanics and materials (ldmm) university of djelfa, (17000) algeria. br_khalil@yahoo.fr, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6672-746x abstract. this study has used the strain energy density (sed) approach to evaluate the stress intensity factor (sif) of cracked cruciform welded joints in hardox 450 steel. a microstructural analysis was made of hardox 450 steel which is composed of refined and tempered low carbon martensite. the citation: djeloud, h., moussaoui, m., kellai, a., hachi, d., berto, f., bouchouicha, b., hachi, b. e., investigation fatigue crack https://youtu.be/ecus9l7gers h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 347 obtained results of simulation will be compared with those provided by j-integral method for different enriched zones and contours based on the extended finite element method (xfem) coupled with the level set technique (lst). crack initiation and propagation under cyclic loading have been adopted for the modeling of cruciform welded joints. keywords. strain energy density approach; xfem; stress intensity factor; crack initiation and propagation; hardox 450. initiation and propagation cruciform welded joints by extended finite element method (xfem) and implementation sed approach, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362. received: 13.02.2022 accepted: 22.02.2022 online first: 02.03.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction elding is an efficient and long lasting joining procedure. the various welding types are used in almost all industries. however, the welding operation, usually creates different types of defects, like cracks, porosity, elemental segregation, and brittle phases. these defects significantly decrease the fatigue life [1,2]. xfem has been successfully applied to solve many welding-related problems. for instance, kai uses xfem to create a repaired welding model of welded joints of p91 steel plates with particular cracks[3]. chen et al. build a numerical model by xfem and experimental investigation of crack growth in t-joints to better understand the mechanisms of crack growth in welded joints [4]. wang et al. also used xfem for numerical simulation of the fatigue crack growth and suggested developing simple solutions for practical prediction of km factors [5]. xfem will be utilized to make a model of a semi-elliptical weld toe crack in a fillet weld for different sizes. the obtained km parameter is represented in the form of curves as a function of crack dimensions. pang makes use of the volumetric approach to evaluate the sif in a pipe made p264gh steel under internal pressure by adopting xfem [6]. he chose p264gh due to its weldability and ductility properties that help make this material appropriate for piping [7]. taheri used xfem to evaluate the effects of welding residual stresses on crack growth rate[8]. kraedegh et al. in [9] examined fatigue crack growth in t joints under three-point bending that were simulated numerically by xfem. chatziioannou et al. manufactured x-joint specimens, s420 steel and used them [10]. a comparative study between repaired and unrepaired cruciform welded. a new correlation was proposed to assess the sif of repaired cruciform welded joints based on the reduction and the correction factors of un-repaired cruciform welded joints [11]. they are vulnerable to high cyclic loading, and rigorous numerical models are used to simulate the experimental can provide accurate predictions [12–15]. there are various approaches that can be used for assessment of the sif of welded joints, peak stress, volumetric approach, and average strain energy density[16–18]. we implemented the last one in the xfem couple with level set technique because it is faster and less resource consuming. in this study, we use a code developed by hachi and his team that was used to solve problems involving cracks in case of static and dynamic load and crack growth prediction, homogenization in 2d and 3d, etc [19–21]. sih developed the sed theory for the purpose of solving fracture mechanics problems [22–24]. he identified the global and local strain energy density, as well as the fracture behavior factors. lazzarin and co-workers were the first to formalize and publish a series of very crucial papers using a synthesis based on the ased calculated in the control volume are around the crack tip or u-notched or v-notched, see references [25–29]. many researchers utilize the strain energy density criterion investigated experimentally and numerically in case of brittle materials [30][31]. lazzarin studied ductile materials and inplane tensile loading mode i. however, mode ii is generally negligible in applications[32]. to estimate the nsifs directly from local stress distributions, we need very fine meshes. note that refined meshes are not required when the goal of the finite element analysis is to estimate the average value of the local strain energy density on a control volume surrounding the v-notches or crack tip [33]. the sed approach has been successfully used by aliha et al. in mixed mode (i/ii). aliha also studied sharp notched disc bend specimens under mixed mode (i/iii) loading [34][35], campagnolo et al. characterized different control volumes and exposed them to different combinations of static loading types in order to evaluate the resistance of different materials, [36–38]. furthermore, in the case of cracks subjected to mixed mode (i/ii) loading, the relationship between the averaged strain energy density sed technique and the peak stress method has been explored [39]. just a few number of studies used sed approach to analyse cruciform welding joint with predefined cracks. that’s why we were interested in this study in using this approach in xfem to evaluate sif value and compare it with another sif value w h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 348 obtained using j-integral. the paper is organized in the following way. section 2 describes the materials and models used in this study. section 3 microscopic study of the state for different welding regions weld metal (wm), heat affected zone (haz), basse metal (bm) section 4.1 provides the theoretical background of the ased approach. in subsection 4.2 we show the theoretical background xfem, and in subsection 4.3 we present the theory of level-set technique. section 5 describes the method adopted to get results in two phases, the first part of static load, and the second part in fatigue load. section 6 summarizes the main conclusions of the paper. materials and models igh-strength steel is used to make cruciform welded joints made of high-strength martensitic abrasion resistant hardox 450 steel. chemical composition of the base metal, weld metal and mechanical properties are indicated in tab. 1, tab. 2, and tab. 3 respectively. all data from tabs. 1, was determined using a thermo fisher scientific instrument. for the manufacturing of steel structures like steel bridges, offshore structures, etc. welding is nowadays considered an efficient metal joining process. the type of fillet welded cruciform joint is commonly used in the construction of long spanned bridges with improved design and higher weld quality. however, the existence of geometrical discontinuities such as cracks and porosity in addition to metallurgical nonuniformities, which lead to crack initiations from different positions that can be difficult to detect [40]. figure 1: geometry and dimension of cruciform welded joints involves a cracks specimen (mm scale). c si mn cr ni mo 0.21 0.7 1.6 0.25 0.25 0.25 table 1: chemical composition hardox 450. c si mn 0.11 0.8 1.5 table 2: chemical composition of the electrode. e(gpa) t (mpa) ick (mpa(mm)0.5) a% v 210 1660 3067 7 0.29 table 3: mechanical properties of hardox 450. h j-integral contour control volume enriched zone crack weld toe 50 5 h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 349 numerical modelling he local strain energy density sed approach is one of such modern methods, currently used in the evaluation of fatigue. the main idea of the sed method is to fully surround the crack tip or notch tip with a size control volume to calculate the strain energy for each finite element that can be achieved through the eqn. 1.                     2 2 2 21 2 2 1 ) 2 i xx yy zz xx yy xx zz yy zz xyw v v e (1) where   0zz under plane-stress and     zz xx yyv under plane-strain [41]. the total average elastic energy included in the area of control volume according to the sed approach is determined by eqn. 2.    1 1 i i e i i w w a (2) the next stage in the sed calculation is to determine an ideal control volume radius cr , which varies depending on the material. there are already different investigations about the control volume radius it can be calculated from the eqn. 3 . generally for steel  0.2  0.4cr [42]. for a sharp v-notch, the critical volume becomes a circular sector of radius cr centered at the notch tip fig. 2a.              2 1 5 8 4 ic c t v v k r (3) figure 2: control volume (a) pointed v-notch (b) crack. where v is the poisson's ratio ick critical stress intensity factor mode i and t conventional ultimate tensile strength. when utilizing the sed approach, it is critical to adjust the finite elements in the control volume to ensure that there are enough finite elements to approximate the actual value[43–45] in the case of using xfem, the crack tip enrichment and the crack enrichment compensate for the density of the mesh. the analytical evaluation for the total elastic ased over the control volume is based on the leading order terms of william’s solution and is evaluated as shown in the following equation [33].          1) 2 1 1 2(1 i c e k w e r (4) e is the young’s modulus which is given for different materials and 1 are the eigenvalues of the williams' stress field solution for the n-sif k1 for modes i. the eigenvalues 1 can be derived from the case of crack 1 =0.5 [39]. the values for this are already listed in the literature for different important 2α [40]. 1e correction factors which depend on the stress t 𝑅 𝑅 (a) (b) 2𝛼 2𝛼 0 h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 350 strain field, poisson’s ratio and the notch opening angle 2α. wither calculation can be made for 1e from the following empirical equations [46].         26 41 5.373.10 2 6.151.10 2 0.133e (5) xfem coupled to the lst the displacement field is described by the following finite element approximation equation.      i iu x n x u (6) the xfem is used to represent the discontinuities independent of the mesh. the discontinuities can be modeled by enriching all discontinuous elements using enrichment functions that satisfy the discontinuous behavior and adding additional nodal degrees of freedom, mention here belytschko and moes the first to formalize and publish a series of very important papers using xfem [47–50]. in general, the approximation of the field of displacement in the xfem takes the following form. 1 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) e f a i i ii s ai n n u x n x u h x a x b                  (7) fn is the set of nodes are which contains the crack tip (represented by yellow squares on fig. 3), en is the set of nodes entirely cut by the crack (represented by blue circles in fig. 3). the iu are the classical degrees of freedom. the ia are the degrees of freedom linked to the discontinuity and the aib are the degrees of freedom linked to the singularities. figure 3: enrichment strategy in xfem. the onset and crack growth are characterized using the paris law [51], which relates the change in sif to crack growth rates. the stress intensity factor range can be evaluated by proposed by [52].   2 2i iik k k (8) once the crack is defined as a level set segment, the model of xfem evaluate the ik and iik through this, the increment of the crack is deduced by eqn. 9.      6 * * 10 m k da c dn (9) h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 351 figure 4: flowchart of our calculation code. insertion of the geometry properties of the discontinuities structure insert material properties reading mesh data files localization by level set construction of stiffness matrices insertion of boundary conditions system resolution 𝐾𝑈 𝐹 insert material properties determinations of the displacement field calculation of deformations and stresses field if the crack exists calculate stresses and principal vectors calculation of the j-integral and propagation if σ 𝜎 crack creation end meshing with gmsh insertion of material properties assembly by vectorization technique no yes no yes h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 352 the maximum circumferential stress criterion is used in this study to determine the direction of the crack growth, which is given by eqn. 10. the direction of crack growth is a consequence of the mixed-mode stress intensity factors, as can be shown in eqn. 2, and the crack will propagate in the direction where  i is a maximum [53].             2 1 2 8 4 i i ii ii k k arctangent k k (10) where ki and kii are respectively maximum stress intensity factor of mode i and ii during cyclic loading. level-set technique the level set method is a numerical technique used for analysing and tracking moving interfaces. the interface can be evolved by representing it with is contours of a level set function  . without the knowledge of the exact location [54, 55] of the interface, it can be moved implicitly by updating the level set function  . at all times, the interface is represented as its zero level the eqn. 11 represented the analytical form.                  1 2 1 2   1 p p c cx x y yx a a (11) presentation of the developed code the modeling by xfem coupled with lst for the evaluation of the basic parameters in fracture mechanics presented in the previous section (numerical modeling) was programmed according to the flowchart proposed in fig. 4. analysis of metallurgical transformation he hardox 450 steel is characterised by a microstructure of quenching, contains lamellar crystals, which are likely due to γ → α shear transformation, and fragmented α phase crystals with weak misorientations, consist of the martensite with a slate-like morphology with areas of tempered martensite fig. 5 [56,57]. figure 5: optical micrograph of base metal bm. according to the cooling rate and the amount of carbon, the microstructure consists of the refined and tempered lowcarbonlath-type martensite with fine acicular ferrite, widmanstatten ferrite and pearlite were formed fig. 6 [64]. t h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 353 figure 6: optical micrograph of heat affected zone haz. the microstructure of the weld metal is dendritic, consists of a fine-grained non-equilibrium (acicular) ferrite, and pearlite structure with troostite precipitates, nucleating mainly at the solidification grain boundaries which results from the lower cooling rate fig. 7 [58]. figure 7: optical micrograph of weld metal zone wm. results and discussions fter examining a lot of studies, it is clear that few researchers used the sed approach to assess sif in the case of the cracked component and mention here [59–62]. as stated in the paper f. berto ‘this approach cannot be applied to notch with zero opening angle (cracks) subjected to mixed mode loading’, this is confirmed in this study, by comparing the results with one of the most effective methods j-integral. a h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 354 effect of the static loading a) variation in crack length in this section, cruciform welded joints are made from hardox 450 modeling by xfem in 2d plane strain meshing by the triangular element. all the dimensions and boundary conditions are shown in fig. 1 and fig. 5. the welding fatigue crack initiation point is difficult to predict accurately because it usually occurs in the vicinity of the weld toe. this has been found in many studies [63,64]. the length of the cracks evolves from 2 mm and increases with step of 1 mm to reach a maximum length of 8 mm. here, an interest is focused on two study stages: the first stage focuses on the evaluation of the sif values for several enriched zones of the diameters 3 eh , 4 eh and 5 eh ( eh is element size) while keeping the contour of j-integral constant with a diameter equal to 4 eh , and in the second step keeping the enriched zone constant with a diameter equal to 4 eh and the variation will be carried on the diameter of j-integral contours with the following values 3 eh , 4 eh and 5 eh . the obtained results are compared with the values given by the sed approach. all results are summarized in figs. 9-14. figure 8: mesh distribution and boundary condition. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.0 5.0x103 1.0x104 1.5x104 2.0x104 2.5x104 3.0x104 3.5x104 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r k i [ (m p a )( m m )0 .5 ] crack length [mm] enriched zone (diameter=5he) enriched zone (diameter=4he) enriched zone (diameter=3he) enriched element sed approach figure 9: crack length versus sif calculated by sed and j-integral with different enriched zone sizes ik . h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 355 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.0 5.0x103 1.0x104 1.5x104 2.0x104 2.5x104 3.0x104 3.5x104 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r k i [ (m p a )( m m )0 .5 ] crack length [mm] j-integral contour (diameter=5he) j-integral contour (diameter=4he) j-integral contour (diameter=3he) enriched element sed approach figure 10: crack length versus sif calculated by sed and j-integral with different contour sizes ik . 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -2.0x103 -1.5x103 -1.0x103 -5.0x102 0.0 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r k ii [ m p a (m m )0 .5 ] crack length [mm] enriched zone (diameters=5he) enriched zone (diameters=4he) enriched zone (diameters=3he) enriched element figure 11: crack length versus sif calculated by sed and j-integral with different enriched zone sizes iik . h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 356 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -2.0x103 -1.5x103 -1.0x103 -5.0x102 0.0 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r k ii [ m p a (m m )0 .5 ] crack length [mm] j-integral contour (diameter=5he) j-integral contour (diameter=4he) j-integral contour (diameter=3he) enriched element figure 12: crack length versus sif calculated by j-integral with different contour sizes iik . b) variation in crack orientation the same as the previous example by changing the location of the crack angle   10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 fig. 13 to simulate the possibility of defect to the weld root. changing the contour of the j-integral was dispensed because there was no effect on the results /i iik k . 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1x103 2x103 3x103 4x103 5x103 6x103 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r k i [ m p a (m m )0 .5 ] crack orientation [deg] enriched zone (diameter=5he) enriched zone (diameter=4he) enriched zone (diameter=3he) enriched element figure 13: crack orientation versus sif calculated j-integral with different enriched zone sizes ik . h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 357 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0.0 2.0x102 4.0x102 6.0x102 8.0x102 1.0x103 1.2x103 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r k ii [ m p a (m m )0 .5 ] crack orientation [deg] enriched zone (diameter=5he) enriched zone (diameter=4he) enriched zone (diameter=3he) enriched element figure 14: crack orientation versus sif calculated j-integral with different enriched zone sizes iik . simulation of fatigue crack initiation and propagation a) crack initiation perform crack initiation and propagation simulation was carried out by xfem under cyclic loading (all the dimensions, boundary conditions and mesh distribution like the previous example).  610  max pa .fig. 15 represents the loading changes depending on time. when the crack grows the level set defined by eqn. (2) is used to make control volume and trace the crack tip and extract the sed value every cycle, through the eqn. (4) is calculated can calculate sif value represented in the fig. 16. after applying load, the element with the maximum principal stress is checked, if the value is greater than ultimate tensile stress these elements contain crack and is oriented towards in the direction of second principal vector and its length at the beginning 2 eh . figure 15: change the load in terms of time. b) crack propagation with different orientation of crack perform predefined crack simulation with different orientations      60 , 70 , 80 , 90 see fig. 17 was carried out by xfem under cyclic loading (all the dimensions, boundary conditions, and mesh distribution like the previous example). the results obtained are shown in fig. 18. 𝜎 load time h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 358 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 2.0x103 4.0x103 6.0x103 8.0x103 1.0x104 1.2x104 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r [m p a (m m )0 .5 ] number of cyclic ki j-integral ki sed approach figure 16: stress intensity factor ik versus number of cyclic. figure 17: cruciform welded joints with different crack orientation. conclusions he fatigue performance of cruciform welded joints made hardox 450 steel has been studied in this paper, the comparison between the sif by sed and sif by j-integral was carried out. the following conclusions can be proposed based on the results: the sed approach was used to successfully calculate the mode i, sif of crack-containing cruciform welded joints using xfem. t crack weld toe 𝜃 9 0 h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 359 30000 60000 90000 120000 150000 2.0x106 4.0x106 6.0x106 8.0x106 1.0x107 1.2x107 1.4x107 1.6x107 1.8x107 s tr e s s i n te n s it y f a c to r [m p a (m m )0 .5 ] number of cyclic ki j-integral =90 ki j-integral =80 ki j-integral =70 ki j-integral =60 figure 18: stress intensity factor ik versus number of cyclic with different orientation. when using xfem, the sed approach ensures a rapid and simple assessment of the sif in the case of the cracked component in mode i. has been utilized the level set formulation is used to model the crack and update the crack tip at each cyclic also the control volume is an lst in the form of a circle whose center is a crack tip. despite the complexity of programming the j-integration method, it is the most widely used and stable method for calculating the sif of cracked components. 5 eh is considered the radius of the optimal enriched zone. the use of xfem ensures that ew and sif values are accurately extracted without a refine mesh. in the cruciform welded joints the crack initiation in the weld toe is caused by stress concentration and vicinity to the heat affected area. references [1] huang, j.l., warnken, n., gebelin, j.c., strangwood, m., reed, r.c. (2012). on the mechanism of porosity formation during welding of titanium alloys, acta mater., 60(6–7), pp. 3215–3225, doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2012.02.035. [2] hachi, b.e.k., rechak, s., haboussi, m., taghite, m., maurice, g. (2008). fatigue growth of embedded elliptical cracks using paris-type law in a hybrid weight function approach, comptes rendus mec., 336(4), pp. 390–397, doi: 10.1016/j.crme.2008.01.008. [3] yang, k., zhang, y., zhao, j. (2020). elastoplastic fracture analysis of the p91 steel welded joint under repair welding thermal shock based on xfem, metals (basel)., 10(10), pp. 1–26, doi: 10.3390/met10101285. [4] chen, d., li, g., wang, y., xiao, q. (2019). research on fatigue crack propagation of a t-joint based on xfem and tsa, eng. fract. mech., 222, pp. 106707, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2019.106707. [5] ma, j., wang, p., fang, h. (2021). fatigue life of 7005 aluminum alloy cruciform joint considering welding residual stress, materials (basel), 14(5), pp. 1–20, doi: 10.3390/ma14051253. [6] pang, j.h.l., tsang, k.s., hoh, h.j. (2016). 3d stress intensity factors for weld toe semi-elliptical surface cracks using xfem, mar. struct., 48, pp. 1–14, doi: 10.1016/j.marstruc.2016.04.001. h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 360 [7] montassir, s., yakoubi, k., moustabchir, h., elkhalfi, a., rajak, d.k., pruncu, c.i. (2020). analysis of crack behaviour in pipeline system using fad diagram based on numerical simulation under xfem, appl. sci., 10(17), doi: 10.3390/app10176129. [8] taheri, s., tran, v., julan, e., robert, n. (2015). fatigue crack growth and arrest under high-cycle thermal loading using xfem in presence of weld residual stresses, transactions, 415 (figure 4). [9] kraedegh, a., li, w., sedmak, a., grbovic, a., trišović, n., mitrović, r., kirin, s. (2017). simulation of fatigue crack growth in a2024-t351 t-welded joint, struct. integr. life, pp. 3–6. [10] chatziioannou, k., karamanos, s.a., huang, y. (2019). ultra low-cycle fatigue performance of s420 and s700 steel welded tubular x-joints, int. j. fatigue, 129), pp. 105221, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.105221. [11] jie, z., wang, w., chen, c., wang, k. (2021). local approaches and xfem used to estimate life of cfrp repaired cracked welded joints under fatigue loading, compos. struct., 260, pp. 113251, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2020.113251. [12] nikfam, m.r., zeinoddini, m., aghebati, f., arghaei, a.a. (2019). experimental and xfem modelling of high cycle fatigue crack growth in steel welded t-joints, int. j. mech. sci., 153–154, pp. 178–193, doi: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2019.01.040. [13] džindo, e., sedmak, s.a., grbović, a., milovanović, n., đođrević, b. (2019). xfem simulation of fatigue crack growth in a welded joint of a pressure vessel with a reinforcement ring, arch. appl. mech., 89(5), pp. 919–26, doi: 10.1007/s00419-018-1435-1. [14] gairola, s., jayaganthan, r. (2021). xfem simulation of tensile and fracture behavior of ultrafine‐grained al 6061 alloy, metals (basel), 11(11), doi: 10.3390/met11111761. [15] vempati, s.r., brahma raju, k., venkata subbaiah, k. (2019). simulation of ti-6al-4v cruciform welded joints subjected to fatigue load using xfem, j. mech. eng. sci., 13(3), pp. 5371–89, doi: 10.15282/jmes.13.3.2019.11.0437. [16] meneghetti, g., campagnolo, a. (2018). the peak stress method to assess the fatigue strength of welded joints using linear elastic finite element analyses, procedia eng., 213(2017), pp. 392–402, doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2018.02.039. [17] lazzarin, p., livieri, p. (2001). notch stress intensity factors and fatigue strength of aluminum and steel welded joints, int. j. fatigue, 23(3), pp. 225–32, doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(00)00086-4. [18] adib, h., gilgert, j., pluvinage, g. (2004). fatigue life duration prediction for welded spots by volumetric method, int. j. fatigue, 26(1), pp. 81–94, doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(03)00068-9. [19] kired, m.r., hachi, b.e., hachi, d., haboussi, m. (2019). effects of nano-voids and nano-cracks on the elastic properties of a host medium: xfem modeling with the level-set function and free surface energy, acta mech. sin. xuebao, 35(4), pp. 799–811, doi: 10.1007/s10409-019-00843-4. [20] hachi, b.e., benkhechiba, a.e., kired, m.r., hachi, d., haboussi, m. (2020). some investigations on 3d homogenization of nano-composite/nano-porous materials with surface effect by fem/xfem methods combined with level-set technique, comput. methods appl. mech. eng., 371, pp. 113319, doi: 10.1016/j.cma.2020.113319. [21] nehar, k.c., hachi, b.e., cazes, f., haboussi, m. (2017). evaluation of stress intensity factors for bi-material interface cracks using displacement jump methods, acta mech. sin. xuebao, 33(6), pp. 1051–1064, doi: 10.1007/s10409-017-0711-6. [22] sih, g.c. (1991). mechanics of fracture initiation and propagation, . [23] sih, g.c., chu, r.c. (1986). characterization of material inhomogeneity by stationary values of strain energy density, theor. appl. fract. mech., 5(3), pp. 151–61, doi: 10.1016/0167-8442(86)90002-9. [24] sih, g.c. (1991). mechanics of fracture initiation and propagation, dordrecht, springer netherlands. [25] lazzarin, p., campagnolo, a., berto, f. (2014). a comparison among some recent energyand stress-based criteria for the fracture assessment of sharp v-notched components under mode i loading, theor. appl. fract. mech., 71, pp. 21– 30, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.03.001. [26] berto, f., campagnolo, a., lazzarin, p. (2015). fatigue strength of severely notched specimens made of ti-6al-4v under multiaxial loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 38(5), pp. 503–517, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12272. [27] lazzarin, p., berto, f., ayatollahi, m.r. (2013). brittle failure of inclined key-hole notches in isostatic graphite under inplane mixed mode loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 36(9), pp. 942–955, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12057. [28] ayatollahi, m.r., berto, f., lazzarin, p. (2011). mixed mode brittle fracture of sharp and blunt v-notches in polycrystalline graphite, carbon n. y., 49(7), pp. 2465–2474, doi: 10.1016/j.carbon.2011.02.015. [29] berto, f., lazzarin, p. (2009). a review of the volume-based strain energy density approach applied to v-notches and welded structures, theor. appl. fract. mech., 52(3), pp. 183–194, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2009.10.001. [30] torabi, a.r., ayatollahi, m.r., colussi, m. (2018). compressive brittle fracture prediction in blunt v-notched pmma specimens by means of the strain energy density approach, phys. mesomech., 21(2), pp. 104–109, h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 361 doi: 10.1134/s1029959918020029. [31] moussaoui, m., amroune, s., tahiri, a., hachi, b.k. (2020). brittle fracture investigation from disc specimen weakened by u-notch in mixed mode i + ii, eng. solid mech., 8(4), pp. 337–352, doi: 10.5267/j.esm.2020.3.004. [32] lazzarin, p., zambardi, r. (2002). the equivalent strain energy density approach re-formulated and applied to sharp vshaped notches under localized and generalized plasticity, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 25(10), pp. 917–928, doi: 10.1046/j.1460-2695.2002.00543.x. [33] lazzarin, p., berto, f., zappalorto, m. (2010). rapid calculations of notch stress intensity factors based on averaged strain energy density from coarse meshes: theoretical bases and applications, int. j. fatigue, 32(10), pp. 1559–1567, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2010.02.017. [34] aliha, m.r.m., berto, f., bahmani, a., gallo, p. (2017). mixed mode i/ii fracture investigation of perspex based on the averaged strain energy density criterion, phys. mesomech., 20(2), pp. 149–156, doi: 10.1134/s1029959917020059. [35] aliha, m.r.m., berto, f., bahmani, a., akhondi, s., barnoush, a. (2016). fracture assessment of polymethyl methacrylate using sharp notched disc bend specimens under mixed mode i + iii loading, phys. mesomech., 19(4), pp. 355–364, doi: 10.1134/s1029959916040020. [36] campagnolo, a., berto, f. (2015). tensile fracture analysis of blunt notched pmma specimens by means of the strain energy density, eng. solid mech., 3(1), pp. 35–42, doi: 10.5267/j.esm.2014.12.001. [37] pook, l.p., campagnolo, a., berto, f., lazzarin, p. (2015). coupled fracture mode of a cracked plate under anti-plane loading, eng. fract. mech., 134, pp. 391–403, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.12.021. [38] mirsayar, m.m., berto, f., aliha, m.r.m., park, p. (2016). strain-based criteria for mixed-mode fracture of polycrystalline graphite, eng. fract. mech., 156, pp. 114–123, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2016.02.011. [39] meneghetti, g., campagnolo, a., berto, f. (2015). some relationships between the peak stresses and the local strain energy density for cracks subjected to mixed-mode (i+ii) loading, frat. ed integrita strutt., 9(33), pp. 33–41, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.33.05. [40] shin, w.s., chang, k.h., muzaffer, s. (2021). fatigue analysis of cruciform welded joint with weld penetration defects, eng. fail. anal., 120, pp. 105111, doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2020.105111. [41] jie, z., berto, f., susmel, l. (2020). fatigue behaviour of pitted/cracked high-strength steel wires based on the sed approach, int. j. fatigue, 135(october 2019), pp. 105564, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2020.105564. [42] lazzarin, p., lassen, t., livieri, p. (2003). a notch stress intensity approach applied to fatigue life predictions of welded joints with different local toe geometry, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 26(1), pp. 49–58, doi: 10.1046/j.1460-2695.2003.00586.x. [43] fischer, c., fricke, w., rizzo, c.m. (2016). experiences and recommendations for numerical analyses of notch stress intensity factor and averaged strain energy density, eng. fract. mech., 165, pp. 98–113, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2016.08.012. [44] gaiotti, m., rizzo, c.m., berto, f. (2017). assessment of welded joints by strain energy density approach accounting for misalignments and geometrical imperfections. materials technology, american society of mechanical engineers, 4, pp. 1–7. [45] braun, m., fischer, c., fricke, w., ehlers, s. (2020). extension of the strain energy density method for fatigue assessment of welded joints to sub-zero temperatures, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 43(12), pp. 2867–2882, doi: 10.1111/ffe.13308. [46] lazzarin, p., zambardi, r. (2001). a finite-volume-energy based approach to predict the static and fatigue behavior of components with sharp v-shaped notches, int. j. fract., 112(3), pp. 275–298, doi: 10.1023/a:1013595930617. [47] fries, t.-p., belytschko, t. (2010). the extended/generalized finite element method: an overview of the method and its applications, int. j. numer. methods eng., 84(3), pp. 253–304, doi: 10.1002/nme.2914. [48] zi, g., belytschko, t. (2003). new crack-tip elements for xfem and applications to cohesive cracks, int. j. numer. methods eng., 57(15), pp. 2221–2240, doi: 10.1002/nme.849. [49] moës, n., belytschko, t. (2002). x-fem, de nouvelles frontières pour les éléments finis, rev. eur. des éléments finis, 11(2–4), pp. 305–18, doi: 10.3166/reef.11.305-318. [50] menouillard, t., belytschko, t. (2010). dynamic fracture with meshfree enriched xfem, acta mech., 213(1–2), pp. 53–69, doi: 10.1007/s00707-009-0275-z. [51] paris, p., erdogan, f. (1963). a critical analysis of crack propagation laws, j. fluids eng. trans. asme, 85(4), pp. 528– 33, doi: 10.1115/1.3656900. [52] tanaka, k. (1974). fatigue crack propagation from a crack inclined to the cyclic tensile axis, eng. fract. mech., 6(3), doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(74)90007-1. [53] kumar, s., wang, y., poh, l.h., chen, b. (2018). floating node method with domain-based interaction integral for h. djeloud et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 346-362; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.24 362 generic 2d crack growths, theor. appl. fract. mech., 96(november), pp. 483–496, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2018.06.013. [54] stolarska, m., chopp, d.l. (2003). modeling thermal fatigue cracking in integrated circuits by level sets and the extended finite element method, int. j. eng. sci., 41(20), pp. 2381–410, doi: 10.1016/s0020-7225(03)00217-9. [55] pais, m.j., kim, n. (2009). finite element and level set methods, aerospace, pp. 1–16. [56] morre, m.a. (1975). the abrasive wear resistance of surface coatings, j. agric. eng. res., 20(2), pp. 167–179, doi: 10.1016/0021-8634(75)90084-0. [57] konat, ł., zemlik, m., jasiński, r., grygier, d. (2021). austenite grain growth analysis in a welded joint of high-strength martensitic abrasion-resistant steel hardox 450, materials (basel), 14(11), doi: 10.3390/ma14112850. [58] reitz, w. (2006). a review of: welding metallurgy and weldability of stainless steel, mater. manuf. process, pp. 219– 219, doi: 10.1080/10426910500476747. [59] treifi, m., oyadiji, s.o. (2013). strain energy approach to compute stress intensity factors for isotropic homogeneous and bi-material v-notches, int. j. solids struct., 50(14–15), pp. 2196–2212, doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2013.03.011. [60] berto, f., razavi, s.m.j., ayatollahi, m.r. (2017). some methods for rapid evaluation of the mixed mode nsifs, procedia struct. integr., 3, pp. 126–134, doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2017.04.022. [61] treifi, m., oyadiji, s.o. (2013). evaluation of mode iii stress intensity factors for bi-material notched bodies using the fractal-like finite element method, comput. struct., 129, pp. 99–110, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruc.2013.02.015. [62] pittarello, l., campagnolo, a., berto, f. (2016). nsifs estimation based on the averaged strain energy density under inplane mixed mode loading, procedia struct. integr., 2, pp. 1829–1836, doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.06.230. [63] song, w., liu, x., berto, f., wang, p., fang, h. (2017). fatigue failure transition analysis in load-carrying cruciform welded joints based on strain energy density approach, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 40(7), pp. 1164–1177, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12588. [64] song, w., liu, x., razavi, s.m.j. (2018). fatigue assessment of steel load-carrying cruciform welded joints by means of local approaches, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 41(12), pp. 2598–2613, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12870. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_18_3534.docx n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 261 numerical simulation of creep notched bar of p91 steel n. ab razak universiti malaysia pahang, malaysia norhaida@ump.edu.my c. m. davies imperial college london, united kingdom catrin.davies@imperial.ac.uk abstract. numerous components designed for use at elevated temperatures now exhibit multiaxial stress states as a result of geometric modification and material inhomogeneity. it is necessary to anticipate the creep rupture life of such components when subjected to multiaxial load. in this work finite element analysis has been performed to study the influence of different notches, namely blunt and medium notches on the stress distribution across the notch throat during the creep exposure. within the fe model, a ductility exhaustion model based on the cocks and ashby model was utilized to forecast the creep rupture time of notched bar p91 material. the lower and upper bound of creep ductility are employed in the fe analysis. different notch specimens have different stress and damage distribution. it is shown that for both types of notches, the von mises stress is lower than the net stress, indicating the notch strengthening effect. the accumulation of creep damage in the minimum cross-section at each element across the notch throat increases over time. the point at which damage first occurs is closer to the notch root for the medium notch than for the blunt notch. the long-term rupture life predicted for blunt notch specimens appears to be comparable to that of uniaxial specimens. the upper bound creep ductility better predicts the rupture life for medium notches. keywords. p91 steel; multiaxial stress state; finite element analysis; ductility exhaustion model; cocks and ashby model. citation: ab razak, n., davies, c.m., numerical simulation of creep notched bar of p91 steel, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270. received: 30.03.2022 accepted: 20.06.2022 online first: 29.08.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction odern boiler power plant design necessitates a better understanding of the material's high-temperature performance in the presence of a multiaxial state of stress. these stresses are typically caused by geometrical change and material inhomogeneity [1]. in general, uniaxial creep tests are used to investigate mechanical m https://youtu.be/tamev6zf5ri n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 262 properties such as creep deformation of a material. however, data on the multiaxial response of the material under static load at elevated temperatures is frequently required for engineering design applications. the presence of a notch causes a non-uniform multiaxial state of stress, which causes non-uniform creep straining and creep cavitation, resulting in a change in rupture life. the degree and distribution of multiaxiality are dictated by the volume of material surrounding the notch root, which is determined by the notch geometry and material creep ductility [2,3]. the use of an axial notched bar tension test at the laboratory scale helps understand the multiaxial state of stress on creep deformation and failure. the geometry of the notch determines a material's degree of multiaxility at a given temperature. experimental studies have been conducted on the creep deformation and fracture behaviours of notched bar specimens. goyal [4] experimentally studied the effect of multiaxial stress on a u-type notch made of p91 material and found that the decreasing notch root radius increased the level of constraint. chang et.al investigate the multiaxial stress state of p92 on uniaxial and notched specimens at 650°c and found that the notch strengthening effect in the presence of a notch [5]. the strengthening effect in the presence of the notch can be observed in the p91 material [6,7], nimonic 80a[8], 2.25cr1mo [1] and cr-mo-v [9]. the strengthening effect was shown to diminish as applied stress decreased and rupture life increased. the creep rupture behavior is to be governed by the von mises stress, maximum principal stress, and hydrostatic stress [10]. in the damage analysis, the reduction in creep ductility under multiaxial stress states should be considered. creep ductility has shown a clear reduction, particularly at periods longer than 10,000 hours for p91 and p92 material [11–13]. it is suggested that the boron nitride particles cause long-term degradation in creep ductility in p92 material by accelerating the formation of creep voids [13]. creep ductility shows a strong stress dependency at a wider stress range. the stressdependent effect of creep ductility on creep crack growth has been investigated, and it is shown that increasing the transition region size of creep ductility increases the transition of creep parameter, c* region size on da/dt-c* curves [14]. the results of accelerated testing on a pre-compressed 316h material demonstrate that the creep ductility acquired by accelerated testing can be utilized to forecast long-term creep failure [15]. fe analysis in conjunction with a damage mechanics model has been widely employed for creep damage and rupture life prediction under multiaxial stress states, for example, the kachanov robotnov model [5,6,16,17], spindler model[18,19] and cock and ashby model [5,9,20,21]. all these models correlate the ratio of multiaxiality and uniaxial ductility, to the ratio of hydrostatic stress and the equivalent stress which is often known as triaxiality stress. this method has been widely used in creep crack growth prediction [22]. figure 1: true stress strain behavior of ex-serviced p91 material tested at 25°c and 600°c improving the accuracy of high-temperature components' life evaluation methods is critical for rationalizing component design and life management. evaluating creep damaging behaviours of materials under multiaxial stress state would result in a rational assessment. in this work, the prediction of creep rupture life under the multiaxial condition has been performed using fe analyses by employing cocks and ashby model. finite element analyses were carried out to study the 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 σ t ru e (m p a ) εtrue (mm/mm) p91 ex-service material 25°c 600°c n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 263 influence of notch geometry on the stress distribution across the notch throat during creep exposure. the creep rupture life under multiaxial conditions has been predicted using fe analyses by employing cocks and ashby model and ductility exhaustion model. the predictions from the fe models are compared with the experimental data of the material from previous research [23]. material model n this work, p91 material has been used. fig. 1 shows the true stress strain curve of p91 material at 25°c and 600ºc. the tensile deformation shows a significant decrease at high temperatures compared to the one at room temperature. creep properties of ex-service material were obtained from experimental data and analyzed with available literature as discussed in [12]. the creep properties based on low stress and high stress region were tabulated in tab. 1. a and n are denoted as stress coefficient and stress exponent, respectively. the aa and na are denoted as average stress coefficient and average stress exponent, respectively where the application of average creep strain rate may be effective in accounting for all three creep stages. the creep ductility of p91 material has shown a wide scatter over the wide range of stress [12]. the estimated creep ductility of 30% and 12% have been used in the fe analysis as the upper and lower bound value, respectively. region a(mpa-n/h-1) n aa (mpa-n/h-1) na high stress (σ>130 mpa) 1.0 x 10-33 13 2.0 x 10-31 13 low stress (σ<130 mpa) 2.0 x 10-18 6 2.0 x 10-20 7 table 1: creep properties based on low stress and high stress regions at 600°c [12]. finite element model two-dimensional axisymmetric (2d) finite element model of a notched bar specimen was modelled using abaqus v6.12. one-quarter of the specimen was modelled taking into the advantage of the symmetry of the specimens as shown in fig. 2. the specimen was modelled using four-node axisymmetric elements with reduced integrations (cax4r). the mesh sensitivity analysis has been performed on three different three mesh densities. the more refined mesh had an influence on the predicted rupture time. however, in order to reduce the computational time, the most optimal refined mesh with the total number of nodes, 16803 and the total number of element, 16434 were used. the model has meshed in two major sections with a finer mesh around the notch throat as shown in fig. 3. the smallest element size ahead of the notch root is 0.02 mm x 0.03 mm. the boundary condition was applied as shown in fig. 2 where the nodes along the bottom face were strained in the y-direction. the uniform stress was applied along the top face of the model such that the desired net section stress across the throat is achieved. creep damage model ductility exhaustion approach is used to calculate the creep damage during the finite element analysis. a damage parameter, ω is adjusted in the range from 0 to 1, where damage occurs when =1. the accumulated damage rate is defined as the creep strain rate divided by the multiaxial creep ductility and is given by eqn. (1) [24].      c f (1) where εc is the creep strain rate and εf * is the multiaxial creep ductility. the total damage at any time is the integral of the damage rate and can be expressed by eqn. 2 [24]. i a a n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 264    0 t dt (2) in this work, the cocks and ashby model [20] was employed to account for the material's creep ductility under multiaxial stress states. the model demonstrates that the ratio of multiaxility and uniaxial ductility, is associated with hydrostatic stress, σm, and the equivalent stress, σe, which is commonly referred to as triaxiality. the stress triaxiality in the model is determined by the ratio of the mean stress to the von mises stress, and eqn. (3) [24] describes the ratio of uniaxial to multiaxial creep ductility. the user subroutine usdfld was used to implement this equation in the abaqus code.                2( 0.5)2( 0.5) sinh sinh 3( 0.5) ( 0.5) c m ef nn n n (3) figure 2: illustration of notched bar specimen; a) complete specimen, b) feature of notch throat a) b) figure 3: fe mesh; a) blunt notch, b) medium notch. n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 265 notched simulation results stress distributions he stress distributions throughout the notch throat in the notched bar analysis are not uniform. a normalized distance from the notch root is required to determine stress distribution throughout the notch throat. fig. 4 to 6 show the von-mises stress, σe, maximum principal stress, σ1, and hydrostatic stress, σm, distribution, respectively across the notch throat from the initial loading until steady-state life as a function of normalized distance from the notch root, r/a. the normalized distance is shown from the center of the specimen where r/a=0 is at the center and r/a=1 is at the notch root. from fig. 4 it can be seen that after loading during the creep exposure the von-mises stress is highest at the notch root for both notch types. as the creep deformation takes place, stress redistribution across the notch throat was found to change with creep exposure and approach stationary state. the stress redistributes and achieves its steady state after 42 h of creep exposure. at the center of the notch, r/a=0, the von mises stress was significantly lower than that of 0.2% proof stress of p91 material (287 mpa). at the notch root r/a=1, the von mises stress is still lower than the 0.2% proof stress, suggesting that the localized plastic deformation at the notch root does not contribute to the stress distribution across the notch throat from the beginning of creep loading for this material [6]. it is also seen in figs. 4 (a) and (b) that the vonmises stress is lower than that of the net stress for both notch acuity at steady-state life which may indicate the notch strengthening effect, as observed experimentally [6][25]. in general, it has been shown that von mises stress regulates the creep deformation and the creep cavity nucleation processes, maximum principal stress regulates stress-directed diffusioncontrolled intergranular cavity growth, and hydrostatic stress regulates continuum cavity growth [25]. it is envisaged that the presence of relatively uniform von mises stress across the notch plane will result in more or less uniform transgranular creep cavity nucleation across the notch plane, depending on the degree of uniformity of the von mises stress [24]. figure 4: von mises stress distribution for a blunt and medium notch at net stress 187=mpa the distribution of maximum principal stress σ1, across the notch throat for the blunt and medium notch is shown in figs. 5 (a) and (b), respectively. as shown in fig. 5 (a) after reaching steady-state life, the maximum principal stress distribution shows a maximum value at r/a~0.6 which is more than the net stress for a blunt notch type. for the medium notch specimen (fig. 5(b)), the peak of maximum principal stress occurred closer to the notch root. the hydrostatic stress, σm distribution across the notch throat for the blunt and medium notch is shown in figs. 6 (a) and (b), respectively. the hydrostatic stress distribution shows similar behavior to that of the maximum principal stress. the hydrostatic stress remained below the net stress for both notches. one of the factors that influence creep-rupture behaviour under multi axial stress states is triaxiality. triaxiality is defined as the ratio of hydrostatic stress, σm and von mises stress, σe. fig. 7 shows the variation of triaxiality across the notch throat for the blunt and medium notch. it can be seen in fig. 7 that the triaxiality is maximum at notch throat distance of t n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 266 r/a=0.5 for blunt notch whereas the triaxiality is maximum near the notch root i.e r/a=0.8 for the medium notch. the medium notch has a maximum value of triaxiality nearly twice of the blunt notch. for both notch types, the triaxiality across the notch throat is significantly higher than that for a uniaxial test specimen, σm/σe=1/3). figure 5: maximum principal stress distribution for blunt and medium notch net stress = 187 mpa figure 6: hydrostatic stress distribution for blunt and medium notch bar at net stress =187 mpa. creep damage in order to evaluate the creep damage accumulation, the fe analysis used a ductility exhaustion approach with the cocks and ashby damage model. the damage is calculated when the element attains ω=1.0. the predicted time to rupture was taken when a few elements reach ω=1.0. two-dimensional contour plots of creep damage across the notch throat for blunt and medium notch are shown in figs. 8 (a) and (b), respectively. the blunt notch shows the most uniform widespread of damage and the medium notch shows the most localized damage. the maximum damage is observed to occur near the notch root at first and then shifts toward the notch subsurface as it reaches a steady-state as shown in fig. 8. in fig. 8, the location of damage starts at the notch root from the beginning until the time to failure which is similar to the micrograph seen in the test specimen [12]. the most severe region of damage is seen along the notch throat for both types of the notch. n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 267 fig. 9 shows the evolution of damage for both notch acuities for the net stress = 187 mpa. damage evolutions across the notch are shown at 0.25 tr, 0.5 tr, and t = tr , where tr is rupture time. it can be seen that the damage accumulation at each element across the notch throat increases over time. it can also be seen that the point at which damage first occurs is closer to the notch root for the medium notch than for the blunt notch. this is expected given that the maximum triaxial stress state is closer to the notch surface for the medium notch than for the blunt notch. similar behaviour has been reported for p92 steel [26] where an increase in notch acuity results in the damage location moving closer to the notch root. figure 7: variation of triaxiality across the notch throat for the blunt and medium notch at t = 0.5tr. a) b) figure 8: creep damage contour at net stress = 187 mp at t = 0.5tr for a) blunt and b) medium notched prediction of rupture time in this work, the predictions of rupture time were based on fe analysis coupled with cocks and ashby model. the rupture times were predicted when the few elements attain the damage, ω =1. it is shown that the prediction of the rupture time using cocks and ashby model in eqn. (3) is strongly dependent on the creep ductility. to predict the rupture time, the lower and upper bound creep ductility of 12% and 30%, respectively, have been used in the fe. fig. 10 (a) and (b) shows of prediction of rupture time plot with net stress for the blunt and medium notch, respectively. the uniaxial and notched bar test data were also plotted in the same figures. the regression lines have been included for all the notches. it can be seen in both figures, the rupture life of notched specimens is higher than that of uniaxial specimens indicating the notch strengthening effect as observed experimentally. it is expected that with increasing notch acuity the rupture life increases hence the notch strengthening is enhanced. n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 268 the cock and ashby model has been utilized to predict the rupture life by using the lower and upper bound creep ductility of 12% and 30%, respectively. it can be seen in fig. 10 (a) that for the blunt notch, lower bound creep ductility (0.12) predicts the rupture life better than upper bound creep ductility (0.30). the prediction of the long-term rupture life for the blunt notch specimen seems to coincide with the uniaxial data which may indicate that in long-term test data the blunt notch may exhibit similar behavior to that of the uniaxial specimen. for the medium notched in fig. 10 (b), the upper bound creep ductility predicts the rupture life better than the lower bound creep ductility. at the same net stress, the medium notches always have a longer predicted lifetime than the blunt notch. figure 9: damage evolution across the notch throat at net stress of 187 mpa for a) blunt notch and b) medium notch figure 10: fe prediction of rupture life using εf =0.30 and 0.12 for a) blunt notch and b) medium notch. conclusions he fe analyses have been performed on p91 material for the blunt and medium notched bar. a ductility exhaustion model has been used within the fe model by employing the cocks and ashby model.  the stress distribution for blunt notched specimens showed a more uniform distribution compared to the t n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 269 medium notched specimen. the von mises stress is lower than the net stress for both notch acuity which indicates the notch strengthening effect as observed experimentally.  as defined in the cocks and model, the triaxiality contributes to the creep rupture behaviour under a multiaxial stress state. it is shown that the triaxiality is maximum at notch throat distance of r/a = 0.5 for blunt notch whereas the triaxiality is maximum near the notch root, i.e r/a=0.8 for the medium notch. the medium notch has a maximum of triaxiality nearly twice of the blunt notch.  creep damage evolution has shown that the blunt notch shows the most uniform widespread of damage and the medium notch show the most localized damage  creep ductility of 12% and 30% predicts the rupture life well for blunt and medium notched bars, respectively. references [1] al-faddagh, k.d., webster, g.a., dyson, b.f. (1984). influence of state of stress on creep failure of 2 1/4% cr1% mo steel. mechanical behaviour of materials, pp. 289–95. [2] wu, d., christian, e.m., ellison, e.g. (1984). influence of constraint on creep stress distribution in notched bars, j. strain anal. eng. des., 19(4), pp. 209–20. [3] hayhurst, d.r., henderson, j.t. (1977). creep stress redistribution in notched bars, int. j. mech. sci., 19(3), pp. 133– 46. [4] goyal, s., laha, k., das, c.r., panneerselvi, s., mathew, m.d. (2014). effect of constraint on creep behavior of 9cr1mo steel, metall. mater. trans. a, 45(2), pp. 619–32, doi: 10.1007/s11661-013-2025-z. [5] chang, y., xu, h., ni, y., lan, x., li, h. (2015). the effect of multiaxial stress state on creep behavior and fracture mechanism of p92 steel, mater. sci. eng. a, 636, pp. 70–6. [6] goyal, s., laha, k., mathew, m.d. (2014). creep life prediction of modified 9cr-1mo steel under multiaxial state of stress, procedia eng., 86, pp. 150–7, doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2014.11.023. [7] wasmer, k., biglari, f., nikbin, k.m. (2002).multiaxial failure behaviour in advanced steels at elevated temperatures. proceedings of the ecf 14 conference, krakow, pp. 553–62. [8] dyson, b.f., loveday, m.s. (1981).creep fracture in nimonic 80a under triaxial tensile stressing. creep in structures, springer, pp. 406–421. [9] xu, x., wang, g.z., xuan, f.z., tu, s.t. (2016). effects of creep ductility and notch constraint on creep fracture behavior in notched bar specimens, mater. high temp., 33(2), pp. 198–207. [10] hayhurst, d.r. (1972). creep rupture under multi-axial states of stress, j. mech. phys. solids, 20(6), pp. 381–382, doi: 10.1016/0022-5096(72)90015-4. [11] maleki, s., mehmanparast, a. (2013). creep crack growth prediction of very long term p91 steel uisng extrapolated short-term uniaxial creep data, asme press. vessel pip. conf. proc., 97506. [12] norhaida ab razak. (2018).creep and creep-fatigue interaction in new and serviced exposed p91 steel. imperial college london. [13] abe, f. (2020). creep rupture ductility of gr. 91 and gr. 92 at 550° c to 700° c, mater. high temp., 37(4), pp. 243– 255. [14] zhang, j.w., wang, g.z., xuan, f.z., tu, s.t. (2015). effect of stress dependent creep ductility on creep crack growth behaviour of steels for wide range of c, mater. high temp., 32(4), pp. 369–376. [15] zhou, h., mehmanparast, a., nikbin, k. (2021). determination of long-term creep properties for 316h steel using short-term tests on pre-strained material, exp. tech., 45(4), pp. 549–60. [16] kachanov. (1999). rupture time under creep conditions, int. j. fract., (97), pp. 11–8. [17] hyde, t.h., sun, w., becker, a.a. (2000). failure prediction for multi-material creep test specimens using a steadystate creep rupture stress, int. j. mech. sci., 42(3), pp. 401–423, doi: 10.1016/s0020-7403(99)00008-9. [18] spindler, m.w. (2004). the multiaxial creep ductility of austenitic stainless steels, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 27(4), pp. 273–281, doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00732.x. [19] isobe, n., yashirodai, k., murata, k. (2014). creep damage assessment for notched bar specimens of a low alloy steel considering stress multiaxiality, eng. fract. mech., 123, pp. 211–22. [20] cocks, a.c.f., ashby, m.f. (1982). on creep fracture by void growth, prog. mater. sci., 27(3–4), pp. 189–244, doi: 10.1016/0079-6425(82)90001-9. [21] jiang, y.p., guo, w.l., yue, z.f., wang, j. (2006). on the study of the effects of notch shape on creep damage development under constant loading, mater. sci. eng. a, 437(2), pp. 340–347. n. ab. razak et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 261-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.18 270 [22] yatomi, m., nikbin, k.m., o’dowd, n.p. (2003). creep crack growth prediction using a damage based approach, int. j. press. vessel. pip., 80(7–8), pp. 573–583, doi: 10.1016/s0308-0161(03)00110-8. [23] razak, n.a. (2021). experimental study of multiaxial stress state on creep rupture life and ductility of p91 steel, j. fail. anal. prev., 21(6), pp. 1991–1999. [24] webster, g.a., ainsworth, r.a. (1994). high temperature component life assessment, . [25] nix, w.d., earthman, j.c., eggeler, g., ilschner, b. (1989). the principal facet stress as a parameter for predicting creep rupture under multiaxial stresses, acta metall., 37(4), pp. 1067–1077. [26] ni, y.z., lan, x., xu, h., mao, x.p. (2014). finite element analysis and experimental research on notched strengthening effect of p92 steel, mater. high temp., 31(2), pp. 185–190, doi: 10.1179/1878641314y.0000000010. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_58 r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 523 residual strength evaluation by dbem for a cracked lap joint r. citarella department of industrial engineering, via giovanni paolo ii, 132, fisciano (sa), university of salerno, italy rcitarella@unisa.it abstract. the present work summarizes a numerical procedure aimed at the evaluation of the residual strength of a cracked lap joint, based on the competing failure mechanisms regulated by the r-curve analysis and plastic collapse. the model adopted for stress intensity factors (sifs) evaluation is based on the use of the dual boundary element method (dbem) within the theoretical frame of linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm). the value of failure load was available from experiments, allowing a comparison with numerical results and consequent validation of the described procedure. keywords. residual strength; dbem; lap joint. introduction he residual strength of an aircraft structure degrades during the life due to fatigue cracks, especially in the presence multiple site damage (msd), eventually evolving towards widespread fatigue damage (wfd). broek [1] published a report on the residual strength behaviour of 2024-t3 alclad sheet panels. small msd cracks in combination with a lead crack can significantly reduce the load level driving to unstable crack propagation. test data on residual strength of various types of airframes with multiple-site fatigue cracks are presented in [2], where it is showed how residual strength is affected by structural design features, bending stresses, material plasticity, arrangement of multiple-site cracks and stable growth of cracks under static loading. structures with msd fail when stress intensity factors (sifs) are within a range from the plane-strain fracture toughness (kic) to plane-stress fracture toughness (kc) and when net stresses are 30 to 90% of the yield stress. full-scale tests show that the presence of msd adjacent to a lead crack reduces the residual strength by 15% [3]. sifs can attain critical values in a way similar to strain energy release rates. the criterion for failure due to unstable crack growth can therefore be written as i ick k or i ck k (1) where kic and kc are the fracture toughness of the material under plane strain and plane stress conditions respectively. it is experimentally found that kic is constant for thick sections of a given material. kc is found to vary with crack length and component geometry and is applicable to thinner sections where stable crack growth can occur. from eq.1, the failure criterion can be written as:   c c cy a k (2) t r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 524 where y is the geometric factor,  c is the critical stress and ca is the critical crack length at failure. this equation can be used to assess failure criterion for a component. hence if a particular crack length is chosen and y and kc are both known then eq. 3 holds true:    cc c k y a (3) the critical stress  c must not be exceeded by the operating stress if failure of the cracked component is to be avoided. in most cases, the critical stress will decrease as the crack length becomes longer and this must be considered in the long term assessment of working stresses. if a stress level  c is chosen then the critical crack length is given by eq. 4:          2 1 c c c k a y (4) the critical crack length must be much higher than the minimum detectable crack length amin so that the component can be inspected for crack growth at regular intervals. the above criterion does not take into account stable crack growth which can occur in thin sections of some materials. under these condition the crack will only grow if the load is increasing whereas if the load is constant the crack will stop. in such cases the increase in crack driving force g is initially counterbalanced by the increase in crack growth resistance r under rising load, enabling crack growth to be stable. the instability condition is reached when g = r and  dg dr da da , i.e. when the curves of g and r versus crack length are tangent to each other. usually r is expressed in stress intensity factor units, i.e.  ,r gk er k eg and so the instability criterion becomes g rk k ,  g rdk dk da da . r curves have been derived for many materials; more information on r curves and their use can be found in [4-6]. problem description he lap joint proposed for numerical residual strength assessment is represented in fig.1, with an msd experimental scenario that is taken from [7]. in fig. 2 intermediate experimental cracked configurations, up to reaching 393000 fatigue cycles, are reported, whereas the modelled scenario (fig. 3) makes reference to the experimental configuration after 399620 fatigue cycles, when the fatigue cycling was stopped and the experimental residual strength test started [7]. the plates are made of al 2024-t3 with young’s modulus e=72000 n/mm2 and poisson’s ratio =0.33. the model adopted is based on the usage of dual boundary element method (dbem) [8-10] under the hypothesis of linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm). in correspondence of 399620 fatigue cycles the residual ligament between hole n. 6 and 7 and between holes n. 8-9-10 had been cut by the advancing cracks and new cracks had nucleated from left hand side of hole n. 6 and from right hand side of hole n. 10; the same residual ligament failure happened between holes n. 15 and 16 with related nucleation of a new crack from right hand side of hole n. 16. the cracked plate of the lap joint has been modeled, using the commercial code beasy, by a 2d single plate with constant traction applied on one side and constrains in y direction applied on the rivet holes in order to model pin actions, whereas no constraints are present in x-direction in order to allow transversal plate shrinkage (fig. 3). with such constraints, the longitudinal plate compliance in the overlapping area (between the two rows of rivets) is neglected whilst it is underestimated in transversal x-direction, introducing an element of approximation. in the critical cracked area, the pin action modeling has been improved by explicitly inserting such pins in the holes (instead of just applying displacement constraints on the hole boundary) and moving the constraints on the pin centre. in particular, traction and displacements continuity conditions are imposed on 180 degrees of the pin-hole interface area (the supposed contact area after loading application), whilst the remaining part is disconnected by internal spring of negligible stiffness (fig. 3). t r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 525                                      p s l3  l1  p  s  l  l2  lc  ei  d  eb  l   555   l1   299,5   l2   299,5   l3   440   lc   44   ei   3,2   eb   1,6   number of rows   2   number of columns   20   p   22   s   22   d   4,8     figure 1: specimen geometry. x y figure 2: intermediate crack scenarios up to 393000 fatigue cycles. by means of a convergence study, it has been assessed that only in cracked holes and in holes nearby cracks it is necessary to explicitly model pins (rivets), whereas the remaining holes can be simply constrained against y-translation, as already mentioned. the secondary bending (fig. 4) is not considered, but the level of approximation introduced is judged acceptable for such kind of problems due to relevant plate flexural weakening caused by long cracks on the verge to become unstable (see [6] for a discussion on this topic). r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 526 a b c x y x y crack tip n. 1  crack tip n. 2  crack tip n. 3  crack tip n. 4  hole n. 6  hole n. 10  internal springs  j‐path  figure 3: dbem model of lap-joint in the proposed initial cracked configuration, with highlight of: hole numbering on the cracked raw (a); main crack (b); hole constraints, rivets, j-path around the crack tip and “internal springs” (c). figure 4: secondary bending phenomena. gap elements have also been introduced to better tackle contact conditions [12] but the solution improvement has been judged quite negligible (less than 2% variation on sifs), except in case of very short cracks initiated from the holes, more sensitive to pin-hole contact conditions. for this reason, and due to the computational effort of a non-linear analysis, they have no longer been used. the j-integral technique is adopted for sif’s evaluation, being more stable than crack opening displacement method against crack mesh variations [13]. r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 527 33 integration points are used along the j-integral path (fig. 3c) whereas the increment of accuracy with 66 points turn out to be negligible. the mesh used for the lap-joint is based on about 326 quadratic elements: a p-convergence study has been realized showing that cubic elements provide an accuracy improvement of less than 2% and that 2 quadratic elements per 90 degrees are enough on the cracked hole, except when very short cracks are present (in such case 3 elements are recommendable, possibly with a scaling ratio). after link-up of the cracks between holes and consequent development of the main crack there is no longer load transfer through the pins in the central part of such main crack even in the remote case they should not break when reached by the propagating crack. still remaining in the theoretical framework of linear elastic fracture mechanics, sifs evaluation can be improved by empirically taking into account the elastic-plastic effects by the irwin correction. such correction is useful in a residual strength analysis and suggests to prolong the considered cracks of a virtual quantity calculated as a characteristic dimension of the plastic zone at the crack tip. alternatively a fully elastic plastic nonlinear analysis could be attempted to get more accurate results [14]. solution procedure wo approaches have been proposed for failure assessment:  plastic collapse prediction, based on von mises stress exceeding 385 mpa, the average of yield (�y=330 n/mm2 ) and rupture stress (u=440 n/mm2 ), in large zones of ligament;  r-curve analysis for stable and unstable crack growth assessment. with reference to the latter, it is well known that the failure criterion for plane strain structure is not valid for the case of thin metal sheet structure, because of extensive slow stable growth, under monotonic loading, prior to instability and catastrophic failure. here rather than a single material parameter, a material curve (r-curve or kr-curve), representing an infinity of potential failure points (the crack length at instability is not known a priori), is necessary to make an accurate failure prediction. in this case two criteria must be satisfied to get an unstable crack growth: g rk k and g r d d k k da da (5) in the r-curve diagram there are two important points: 1. ko is the minimum sif to start the crack propagation; 2. kc is the critical stress intensity factor (instability point). ko (the point of initial crack propagation) is independent from the specimen thickness and has a constant value equal to nearly 30 mpa m1/2 for the considered material [6] so that the main crack will start propagating with a remote load equal to 63 mpa (as a matter of fact the first iteration in table 1 starts considering 63 mpa). on the contrary kc is strongly influenced from the specimen thickness: thinner specimens give higher kc values and consequently exhibit slower stable crack growth. a sufficiently thick specimen will result in full plane strain and kc will then be equal to kic. in order to obtain a crack driving energy (or force) curve an iterative process is needed, which is based on the following steps (fig. 5):  the load is monotonically increased by small steps and for each of them a linear elastic analysis is performed by dbem to calculate sifs (when two consecutive configuration have nearly the same crack configuration it is possible to avoid the dbem analysis, imposing a linear variation of sifs vs. loads);  at each step cracks are prolonged by a length dai that is provided by the r-curve, as a function of the sifs determined at the previous step; moreover, in order to provide the irwin correction for sifs evaluation, when the plastic effects become significant, cracks are prolonged by a virtual length ry=rp (eq. 6);  for each crack tip, the g-curve (crack propagation driving force) is drawn and superimposed to the r-curve in order to find out the instability point, as resulting from the conditions in eqs. 5;  during the steady crack propagation some cracks will reach a link-up condition (fig. 6) with other cracks or holes, when the plastic zone at the crack tip together with the plastic zone of the approaching crack or hole respectively, are covering the remaining ligament (swift criterion). t r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 528               determination of k1, , k2 , k3 , k4 ,  k5 at   ai+1=ai+ai   figure 5: flow chart of residual strength assessment procedure. figure 6: swift criterion for link-up. numerical results he first link-up (table 1) is obtained with a load of 68 mpa, that is sufficient to create a plastic zone:   2 22 eq p y k r (6) t r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 529 covering the ligament between the hole n. 5 and the crack tip n.1 (left side of hole n. 6 in fig. 3); keq is the equivalent sif, calculated as in [9] but in this problem nearly coincident with the mode i sif. when a propagating crack reaches a hole we have supposed the nucleation of a small, not detectable crack of 1 mm length on the opposite hole side (fig. 7), as a consequence of local high stress gradients on an aged lap-joint (399620 fatigue load cycles). starting from the 8th iteration, in order to improve accuracy of k values, the irwin correction has been adopted. the second link-up (table 1) between crack tip n. 2 (right side of hole n.10) and hole n. 11 (fig. 3) is obtained with a load of 143 mpa, as suggested by von mises stresses exceeding 385 mpa in a large part of ligament (figs. 7b-c); again we have supposed the nucleation of a small, not detectable crack of 1 mm length on the right side of the hole n.11 (fig. 7d). then, with the same load of 143 mpa and considering the main crack configuration obtained after the second link-up, the r-curve analysis provides an unstable crack growth (fig. 8 and table 2) of crack tip n. 1 up to hole n. 4 (fig. 7d) and subsequent lap joint failure due to plastic collapse (the residual ligament cannot stand anymore the applied load and undergoes extensive yielding). namely, with reference to the crack tip n. 1, the g-curve becomes tangent to the r-curve, reaching higher values and higher gradients (fig. 8) and causing the aforementioned unstable growth. x y a b c x y d 1 mm nucleated crack 1 mm nucleated crack crack tip n.1 hole n.4 hole n.5 hole n.10 hole n.11 figure 7a-d: close up of the main crack after first link-up on the left side of main crack (a); internal point position, in the configuration preceding the second link-up (b) and related von mises stresses on the residual ligament of the main crack right side (c); close up of the main crack after second link-up on the right side (d). r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 530 figure 8: r-g stability diagram with the g-curve corresponding to a load of 143 mpa. the r-curve (fig. 9) used has the following equation [7]:   0.5218.08 0.51 21.49rk da da (7) with kr in mpa*m1/2 and da in mm; in this r-curve the irwin plastic correction is included and, analogously, sifs calculated by bem are obtained with allowance for irwin correction; figure 9: al2024-t3 r-curve. the g-curve, superimposed to the r-curve, is obtained in the following way:  crack tip n. 1 has been automatically propagated for a certain number of increments in order to get the sifs for a variable crack length;  each sif is corrected (with the irwin criterion) by artificially modifying the correspondence between sifs and related crack increment, in particular by backward shifting the crack length for each step of a quantity rp. from figs. 10a-b it is evident that with a load of 143 mpa, before instability of crack tip n.1, von mises stresses are less than 385 mpa in most part of the ligament, in such a way that a failure based on plastic collapse is still premature. consequently the real mechanism of lap joint failure is primarily related to fracture instability, responsible for the residual ligament reduction up to a condition in which the plastic collapse becomes effective. the numerical result of fracture instability at 143 mpa is close to the experimental collapse load equal to 139 mpa (specimen n. 5 in [7]) with consequent validation of the proposed procedure. r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 531 a x y b figure 10a-b: von mises stresses (a) calculated with a load of 143mpa on the internal points (b) between crack tip n. 1 and hole n. 4 (see fig. 7d). iter.   ain +dat+ry keq residual ligament da ry (mpa) (mpa) (mm) (mpa*mm1/2) (mm) (mm) (irwin correction) crack tip n.1 1 63 5 16.24 730 3.36 0 0 2 (yield.) 68 10 17.15 788 2.45 0 0.91 3 78 10 3.40 995 16.20 0.3 0 4 88 10 3.73 1111 15.87 0.3 0 5 98 10 4.00 1237 15.60 0.4 0 6 108 10 4.40 1364 15.20 0.5 0 7 118 10 4.90 1455 14.70 0.4 0 8 128 15 8.94 1522 10.66 0.4 3.64 9 143 11.43 1754 8.17 1.5 4.23 crack tip n. 2 hole n. 10, right side 1 63 5 6.15 701 13.45 0 0 2 68 10 6.15 772 13.45 0 0 3 78 10 6.15 886 13.45 0 0 4 88 10 6.15 1000 13.45 0.3 0 5 98 10 6.49 1114 13.11 0.3 0 6 108 10 6.77 1227 12.83 0.4 0 7 118 10 7.12 1349 12.48 0.5 0 8 128 10 10.79 1474 8.81 0.5 3.13 9 (yield.) 143 13.52 1703 6.08 1.4 3.97 crack tip n. 3 hole n. 15, left side 1 63 5 11.07 440 8.53 0 0 2 68 10 11.07 484 8.53 0 0 3 78 10 11.07 555 8.53 0 0 4 88 10 11.07 625 8.53 0 0 5 98 10 11.07 696 8.53 0 0 6 108 10 11.07 767 8.53 0 0 7 118 10 11.07 841 8.53 0 0 8 128 15 11.07 952 8.53 0.3 0 9 143 13.22 1075 6.38 0.25 1.65 table 1: crack advance vs. monotonic increasing load. r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 532 dac (mm) kg (mpa*mm1/2) kr (mpa*mm1/2) 0.0 1829 680 0.7 1823 1176 1.8 1828 1421 2.8 1842 1611 3.7 1870 1755 4.6 1908 1875 5.3 1968 1956 5.7 2063 2006 5.9 2198 2026 table 2: kr, kg data for the crack tip n. 1 (kg calculated with irwin correction). conclusions he procedure presented turn out to be a very effective way to model the assembly and exhibits a satisfactory agreement with experimental results, very attractive run times and an easy pre-processing phase (the mesh generation is very easy because based on monodimensional elements). the main advantages of the proposed dbem two-dimensional approach to lap joint modelling are [see also 15-16]: each layer can be considered as an individual two-dimensional structure; individual layers can be explicitly modelled and connected with rivets (in case of need this provide a way to enhance the accuracy with respect to the simplified approach adopted in this work); the determination of the sifs is straightforward with the j-integral technique; rivets can be modelled as separate dbem zones, interacting with the main zone by gap elements (in case of nonlinear contact analysis) or by interface spring of negligible stiffness (to disconnect the pin-hole interface) or by simply enforcing continuity conditions. bibliography [1] broek, d., the effects of multi-site-damage on the arrest capability of aircraft fuselage structures, fracturesearch, tr 9302, (1993). [2] nesterenko, gi., multiple site fatigue damages of aircraft structures, nasa, n96-24270, (1995). [3] samavedam, g., hoadley, d., thomson, d., full-scale testing and analysis of curved aircraft fuselage panels. faa, dot/faa/ct93/78 (1993). [4] astm es61-94, standard practice for r-curve determination for simple metal sheets, annual book of astm standard, , american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, (2010) b42 b60. [5] dewit, r., fields, r. j., low iii, s. r., harne, d. e., foecke, t., fracture testing of large-scale thin-sheet aluminum alloy, dot/faa/ar-95/11, federal aviation administration, (1996). [6] calì, c., citarella, r., residual strength assessment for a butt joint in msd condition, advances in engineering software, 35 (2004) 373-382. [7] silva, l. f. m., gonçalves, j. p. m., oliveira, f. m. f., de castro, p. m. s. t., multiple-site damage in riveted lapjoints: experimental simulation and finite element prediction, international journal of fatigue, 22 (4) (2000) 319-338. [8] citarella, r., cricrì, g., armentani, e., multiple crack propagation with dual boundary element method in stiffened and reinforced full scale aeronautic panels, key engineering materials, 560 (2013) 129-155. [9] calì, c., citarella, r., perrella, m., three-dimensional crack growth: numerical evaluations and experimental tests, european structural integrity society, biaxial/multiaxial fatigue and fracture, eds. a. carpinteri, m. de freitas, a. spagnoli, 31 (2003) 341-360. [10] citarella, r., perrella, m., multiple surface crack propagation: numerical simulations and experimental tests, fatigue and fracture of engineering material and structures, 28 (2005) 135-148. [11] beasy v10r14, documentation, c.m. beasy ltd; (2011). [12] citarella, r., non linear msd crack growth by dbem for a riveted aeronautic reinforcement, advances in engineering software, 40 (4) (2009) 253–259. t r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2015) 523-533; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.58 533 [13] citarella, r., cricrì, g., comparison of dbem and fem crack path predictions in a notched shaft under torsion, engineering fracture mechanics, 77 (2010) 1730-1749. [14] caputo, f., lamanna, g., soprano, a., on the evaluation of the plastic zone size at the crack tip, engineering fracture mechanics, 103 (2013) 162-173. [15] armentani, e., citarella, r., dbem and fem analysis on non-linear multiple crack propagation in an aeronautic doubler-skin assembly, international journal of fatigue, 28 (2006) 598–608. [16] citarella, r., msd crack propagation on a repaired aeronautic panel by dbem, advances in engineering software, 42 (10) (2011) 887-901. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_10 t. fekete, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 99-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.10 99 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe review of pressurized thermal shock studies of large scale reactor pressure vessels in hungary tamás fekete has centre for energy research, department of fuel and reactor materials, structural integrity group tamas.fekete@energia.mta.hu abstract. in hungary, four nuclear power units were constructed more than 30 years ago; they are operating to this day. in every unit, vver-440 v213-type light-water cooled, light-water moderated, pressurized water reactors are in operation. since the mid-1980s, numerous researches in the field of pressurized thermal shock (pts) analyses of reactor pressure vessels (rpvs) have been conducted in hungary; in all of them, the concept of structural integrity was the basis of research and development. during this time, four large pts studies with industrial relevance have been completed in hungary. each used different objectives and guides, and the analysis methodology was also changing. this paper gives a comparative review of the methodologies used in these large pts structural integrity analysis projects, presenting the latest results as well. keywords. structural integrity analyses; reactor pressure vessels; pressurized thermal shock. introduction n a preceding paper [2], the concept and the general methodology of pressurized thermal shock (pts) structural integrity analyses of large scale reactor pressure vessels (rpv) were presented. the pts phenomenon was known to specialists earlier, but became widely known and consequently, subject to intensive research when in the late 1970’s, two accidents occurred in the us. those accidents showed that transients can occur in pressurized water reactors, resulting in a severe overcooling that causes thermal shock in the vessel, concurrent with or followed by re-pressurization. these are the transients generally known under the name of pts. the very high tensile stress caused by thermal shock at the inner surface of the vessel wall can cause the cleavage initiation of a pre-existing flaw of a certain dimension to occur (i. e. crack-like defect). concern about brittle crack initiation during pts can arise because during operation the neutron irradiation exposure around the energy-generating core makes the material of the reactor pressure vessel (rpv) increasingly susceptible to cleavage fracture initiation. although pts calculations have been part of rpv safety evaluations since the first half of the 1980’s, there are various approaches that are analogous in general, but have many differences in details. there exists no internationally recognized standard; there are guidelines in europe that are recommended to use (e. g. specifically for vver units [4] and [16]); various approaches are used at a national level in different countries. in hungary, the haea guide 3.18v3 [3] is currently in effect. during the last three decades, four large pts studies have been conducted in hungary. each used different objectives and guides, and the analysis methodology has also been changing. in the preceding paper [2], the conceptual model of pts structural integrity calculations was presented. it was shown that using the conceptual model –that is based on the notion of typed graph-transformation systems– the calculations and their evolution can be described on a theoretical level. using i t. fekete, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 99-111; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.10 100 the model, the structure and the key aspects of a more proper description of the pts calculation methodology were presented, as follows:  objective of the study;  codes and guides used during the project definition;  geometry definition: o parts of the rpv modeled during the study and the geometric model, • locations selected for fracture mechanics analyses; o flaw-size and geometrical distribution at selected locations; • relation of postulated flaws vs. detected flaws;  description of neutron-transport calculations;  materials: o description of materials; o description of constitutive models: • thermo-mechanics model and its parameters description of ageing; • fracture model and its parameters; description of ageing; o qualification of material test methods;  thermal-hydraulics: o selection of overcooling sequences; o thermal-hydraulic assessments;  modeling of physical fields: o kinematical model; o physical fields; o fracture mechanics model;  integrity criteria. applying the results mentioned above, these points will be discussed in the course of this review concerning the evolution of pts calculation methodologies in hungary. considering the changing context, the objectives of the study, as well as the codes and guides used during the problem definition and solution will also be presented. phase 0.: designer’s and manufacturers pts structural integrity calculations designer’s and manufacturers pts structural integrity calculations he vver-440 v213-type rpv design was developed by okb gidropress without pts assessments in the first half of the 1970s; as at that time the pts safety evaluations of the rpvs were not part of the design requirement. normal operating events and anticipated emergency events were addressed in the loading specifications. calculations of protection against brittle fracture were part of the original strength calculations, and followed the rules set by the russian standard valid at the time. according to the rule, brittle fracture resistance was analyzed on the basis of the material’s static strength properties, but did not use fracture mechanics criterion. the integrity of the rpv met the brittle fracture requirements if:  twall ≥tk, where twall is the component’s wall temperature, tk is the critical temperature of brittleness of the component’s material, or  when twall > /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_9 d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 60 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture analysis of fatigue behaviour of stainless steels under hydrogen influence d. angelova university of chemical technology and metallurgy donkaangelova@abv.bg, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-2345-6789 r. yordanova, s. yankova university of chemical technology and metallurgy r.yordanova@uctm.edu, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2345-6790 svetla_y@abv.bg, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-2345-6791 abstract. three stainless steels – astm 304, 316 and 316l used in hydrogen utilization equipment are under investigation at conditions of tension-compression, rotating-bending and fretting fatigue. fatigue tests are carried out with hydrogen charged and uncharged specimens. hydrogen charging includes cathodic type of charging and exposure to high pressure hydrogen gas. the experiments under rotating bending and tensioncompression fatigue are conducted under different frequencies in three different laboratories: at the university of chemical technology and metallurgy, sofia, bulgaria; at sandia national laboratory, california and the university of tufts, medford, massachusetts, usa; the hydrogenius institute at kyushu university, japan. the fretting fatigue tests are presented by the hydrogenius institute at kyushu university, japan. the obtained results are presented in wöhler curves complemented by plots "short fatigue crack length– number of cycles" and “tangential force coefficient–stress amplitude”. the found fatigue characteristics are analyzed and compared at different loading conditions, showing the best performance of steel 316l. keywords. tension-compression fatigue; rotating-bending fatigue; fretting fatigue; stainless steels; short fatigue crack; hydrogen influence. introduction here are many investigations done into one of the most attractive alternative energy technologies, the hydrogen technology, including hydrogen produce, and hydrogen storage and infrastructure. although over the last years hydrogen vehicles and utilization machines are in active use across the world, there are still questions to be answered about hydrogen influence on fatigue and fretting fatigue of alloys used in hydrogen fuel cells, engines, compressors, storage tanks, pipes and different members of hydrogen transportation elements. the most frequently used alloys are austenitic stainless steels. it is known that hydrogen environment can affect steel microstructure having changed steel crystal lattice mechanical properties and fatigue life. t d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 61 our paper presents the results of research on fatigue behavior of austenitic stainless steels at different fatigue and fretting fatigue conditions, which will be used for future characterization, analysis and predictions of fatigue and fretting fatigue in products made of these steels, and subjected to hydrogen-environment influence. materials and experimental work materials tudies of our team on hydrogen influence on metals are focused on analyzing fatigue and fretting fatigue characteristics of three austenitic stainless steels astm 304, 316, 316l (sus304, sus316, sus316l by japanese standard) tab. 1 [1-8]. tests a. fretting fatigue tests the tests are carried out in the hydrogenius institute, kyushu university, japan  kondo et all [3] examine the hydrogen influence on steels 304, 316, 316l by two types of specimens: hydrogen charged and uncharged ones the fretting fatigue tests are carried out under the following conditions: 1. using of an assembly shown in fig. 1a and specimens represented in fig. 1b; 2. pressing contact pads (fig. 1c) against the specimen by tightening the bar springs through clamping bolts; 3. inducing fretting by the difference of deformation between the specimen and contact pads, when a constant amplitude cyclic bending moment applies to the assembled fatigue specimen; 4. the specimens and pads used in the tests are made of the same steel. some specific characteristics of this fretting fatigue testing are connected with the following details [3]. the pads used are bridge type ones with 3mm contact length of each foot in the relative slip direction. the contact edge of each pad is square without chamfer. he 0.5mm foot length is chosen in order to generate a large relative slip range as the effect of steel chemical compositions of steels (wt %) c si mn p s ni cr mo 304 0.06 0.51 0.92 0.033 0.004 8.08 18.8 – 316 0.05 0.49 1.31 0.030 0.027 10.22 17.0 2.04 316l 0.012 0.19 1.64 0.031 0.012 12.19 16.6 2.22 steel mechanical properties of steels condition yield stress re (mpa) ultimate stress rm (mpa) elongation a (%) 304 solution heat-treated 285 637 60 316 solution heat-treated 286 598 59 316l solution heat-treated 212 530 59 table 1: characterisation of used steels (wt %). hydrogen on fretting can be observed clearer at large amount of fretting wear. the contact surfaces of both, the specimen and the pad, are finished by 400 emery paper. a part of an experiment is carried out when the contact surfaces are finished only by grinding for investigating the effect of machining process on fretting fatigue strength. before test starting the contact pressure between the specimen and the contact pad is set up at 100 mpa. it is found that after 10 million cycles of fretting the initial contact pressure drops roughly by 5%. the amount of relative slip is measured by using a small displacement sensor attached at the end of contact pad. the tangential force is measured by a strain gage pasted between the pad feet. the strain of pad is transferred into tangential force by elastic finite element stress analysis. nominal stress s d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 62 amplitude applied to the specimen is measured by a strain gage pasted in each specimen. in order to restrict the cracking location, the fretting damage of one pair of the pads is prevented by inserting a thin polyamide film between the contact surfaces. a) b) c) figure 1: fretting fatigue test [3]: a) test assembly; b) specimen geometry (in mm); c) bridge type contact pad. b. fatigue tests the tests are carried out in: the university of chemical technology and metallurgy sofia, bulgaria; the hydrogenius institute, kyushu university, japan; sandia national lab, california & the university of tufts, medford, massachusetts, usa  fatigue research team at the university of chemical technology and metallurgy, sofia, bulgaria [4] investigates and analyses the hydrogen influence on fatigue behaviour of steel 316l the fatigue tests are carried out under the following conditions: 1. using a table model rotating bending machine fatrobem 2004 with a corrosion testing box for environment-assisted short-fatigue-crack-growth investigations and specimens shown in fig. 2a; 2. applied loading conditions: cyclic rotating-bending at room temperature and laboratory air; testing frequency of 11 hz; stress ratio r = −1; stress ranges a and registered corresponding fatigue lifetimes nf presented in tab. 2.  skipper [5] examines the hydrogen influence on steel 316l by two types of specimens: hydrogen charged and uncharged ones. the hydrogen charging of specimens is performed in the following sequence: 1. thermal precharging at 573k in 138 mpa hydrogen gas for more than 30 days; specimen’s freezing before, fter tests for minimizing hydrogen loss; 2. keeping each charged specimen at room temperature for 1 hour before tests; measuring its hydrogen content by inert gas fusion at a commercial vendor. the tests are performed on r. moore rotating beam fatigue testing machine at room temperature, frequency of 50 hz; constant stress range, a ; number of cycles to failure, nf, determined by specimen fracture or when sufficient deformation precluded rotation.  murakami [6-8] investigates the influence of hydrogen on steel 304, 316, 316l using mainly two types of specimens: hydrogen charged and uncharged ones. the fatigue tests are carried out under the following conditions: 1. cathodic and gas environment hydrogen charging; 2. applying of special heat treatment non-diffusible hydrogen desorption heat treatment (ndh-ht) to some specimens for removing non-diffusible hydrogen reaching a level of 0.4 wppm; 3. drilling of small hole with diameter and depth 100 µm into the specimens; 4. tension-compression tests at stress ranges 260, 280 mpa, stress ratio r= −1; frequencies 0.0015, 1.5, 5 hz; a specimen with its hole is shown in fig. 2b; d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 63 5. surface replicating of short fatigue crack growth. results and discussion a. fretting fatigue tests he results of fretting fatigue tests are shown in fig. 3a. the effect of hydrogen on tested steels is different: in 304 fretting fatigue limit is lesser in hydrogen gas (by 13 %) than in air, while in 316 only slightly lesser; in 316l this limit is almost a) b) figure 2: fatigue test: a) fatrobem 2004 electric engine 1, driving belt 2, ball-bearing unit 3, test box 4, specimen 5, loading device 6, counter 7, circulation-aeration device 8; b) murakami specimen with a drilled hole of 100 µm; all dimensions in mm. a (мpа) fn (cycles) a (мpа) fn (cycles) a (мpа) fn (cycles) 1 260 3433100 5 340 39600 8 400 129910 2 280 208670 6 360 154000 9 440 38940 3 300 315150 7 380 52030 10 460 9900 4 320 340010 table 2: fatigue life at different stress ranges. the same as that in air [3]. at the same time there was no reduction of fatigue strength of steel 304 in case of plain fatigue in hydrogen gas at low gas pressure condition [9]. on the whole austenitic stainless steels are relatively less affected by hydrogen gas (in terms of fretting fatigue strength) in comparison with aluminum alloys which strength decreases by nearly 60% in hydrogen gas [10]. the best “hydrogen immune” steel is 316l. t d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 64 there is a difference in the effect of machining process on the steels; in 304, fretting fatigue strength of polished specimen is lower than that of ground one, while in 316l, there almost is no difference [3]. tab. 3 shows micro vickers hardness of the contact surfaces, measured before and after fretting fatigue test; the hardness of steel 304 is considerably increased by the fretting, while that of 316l is only slightly increased. apart of the different hardening of steels 304 and 316l, there is a correlation between their fretting fatigue strength and hardness, shown in fig. 4a [11]. when the fretting fatigue strength of steels 304 and 316l is evaluated by this diagram – fig. 4a, the hardness effect is evaluated by using the hardness of fretted surface rather than of original surface; the influence of fretting fatigue strength on the hardness might be caused by the heavy work hardening of stainless steels [3]. the tangential force coefficient of steels 304 and 316l is shown in fig. 3b [3]. the effect of absorbed hydrogen in these steels is clarified by their hydrogen charging (before fretting fatigue test) which uses cathodic polarization in dilute sulfuric acid [3]. the results are shown in fig. 4b. in 304, fretting fatigue life is substantially reduced compared to that of uncharged specimen. an increase of charging time reduces fretting fatigue life: the fatigue life of 517-hours pre-charged specimen is reduced to a half of that of an unfretted specimen. such a noticeable reduction cannot be found in 316l. it is important to know that during the fretting a hydrogen absorption into steels is observed. 50 100 150 200 250 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 1.0e+08 number of cycles to failure s tr e s s a m p lit u d e ( m p a ) air h2 air h2 air h2 air h2 ground polished sus 304 sus 316l sus 304 sus 316l 50 100 150 200 250 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 1.0e+08 number of cycles to failure s tr e s s a m p lit u d e ( m p a ) air h2polished sus 316 sus 316 a) 50 100 150 200 250 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 1.0e+08 number of cycles to failure s tr e s s a m p lit u d e ( m p a ) series1 series2 series3 series4 in h2 gas uncharged pre-charged sus 304 sus 316l 417h 95h 517h contact press. = 100 mpa b) figure 3: tests [3]: a) fretting fatigue strength; b) effect of hydrogen pre-charging. d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 65 steel mirror finished surface 400 emery polished surface ground surface unfretted fretted in air unfretted fretted in air 304 192 293 369 330 416 316 182 294 301 – – 316l 172 271 290 283 285 table 3: micro vickers hardness of fretted surface (indentation load = 0.245n) formation of martensite due to fretting is observed in steel 304 and not in 316l; it is found as well that hydrogen absorption in 304 contributes to decrease of fretting fatigue strength through: (a) hardening; and (b) formation of martensite due to fretting [3]. 0 100 200 0 100 200 300 400 500 vickers hardness hv f re tt in g f a ti g u e l im it ( m p a ) sus 304 in air sus 316 in air sus 316l in air a) 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 stress amplitude, a (mpa) t a n g e n ti a l fo rc e c o e ff ic ie n t, ф . h2 air h2 air h2 air ground polished sus 316l sus 304 sus 316l sus 304 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 stress amplitude, a (mpa) t a n g e n ti a l fo rc e c o e ff ic ie n t, ф . h2 air h2 air h2 air ground polished sus 316l sus 304 sus 316l sus 304 b) figure 4: fretting fatigue [3]: a) dependence “fretting fatigue limit – vickers hardness”; b) tangential force coefficient. d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 66 steel 316l , s-n curves σa = 1044.8nf 0,081 r² = 0.9865 σa = 1003.9nf 0,064 r² = 0.9065 a = 1139.1nf 0.1007 r2 = 0.7227 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 100000000 number of cycles to failure n f , [cycles] s tr e s s r a n g e , σ a [ m p a ] murakami,uncharged, f=5 hz murakami, charged, f=5 hz skipper, uncharged, f=50 hz skipper, charged, f=50 hz murakami, uncharged, f=1.5 hz murakami, charged , f=1.5 hz murakami, uncharged, f=0.0015 hz murakami, charged, f=0.0015 hz own data, uncharged, f=11 hz group a a = 260 mpa group b a = 280 mpa a) b) c) steel 316l 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 0 50000 100000 150000 200000 250000 300000 number of cycles, n f [cycles] c ra c k l e n g th , 2 a [ µ m ] charged, cathodic 4.3 ppm, f = 5 hz uncharged, 2.6 ppm, f = 5 hz charged, cathodic 3.6 ppm f = 1.5 hz uncharged, 2.6 ppm, f = 1.5 hz group a a=260 mpa; steel 316l f = 1.5 hz f = 5 hz 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 number of cycles, n f [cycles] c ra c k l e n g th , 2 a [ µ m ] charged,gas 3.9 ppm, f = 0.0015hz uncharged,2.6ppm, f = 0.0015hz charged, cathodic 4.3 ppm, f = 1.5 hz uncharged, 2.6 ppm, f = 1.5 hz ndh ht, 0.47 ppm, f = 0.0015 hz group b a=280 mpa; steel 316l f = 0.0015 hz f = 1.5 hz ndh-ht f = 0.0015 hz d) steel 316l , σa= 260 mpa 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1.e+03 1.e+04 1.e+05 1.e+06 1.e+07 1.e+08 1.e+09 1.e+10 number of cycles, n f [cycles] f, [ h z ] murakami, uncharged, f = 1.5 hz murakami, charged, f = 1.5 hz murakami, uncharged, f = 5 hz murakami, charged, f = 5 hz skipper, uncharged, f = 50 hz skipper, charged, f = 50 hz own, uncharged, f = 11 hz steel 316l , σa= 280 mpa 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1.e+03 1.e+04 1.e+05 1.e+06 1.e+07 1.e+08 1.e+09 1.e+10 number of cycles, n f [cycles] f, [ h z ] murakami, uncharged, f = 0.0015 hz murakami, charged, f = 0.0015 hz murakami, uncharged, f = 1.5 hz murakami, charged, f = 1.5 hz skipper, uncharged, f = 50 hz skipper, charged, f = 50 hz own, uncharged, f = 11 hz e) steel 316l, frequency influence tendency 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1.e+03 1.e+04 1.e+05 1.e+06 1.e+07 1.e+08 1.e+09 1.e+10 number of cycles, n f [cycles] f, [ h z ] uncharged, σa = 260 mpa charged, σa = 260 mpa charged, σa = 280 mpa uncharged, σa = 280 mpa ndh ht, σa = 280 mpa a = 260 mpa a = 260 mpa a = 280 mpa a = 280 mpa a = 280 mpa f) figure 5: tests: wöhler curves, a); curves a-n for steel 304, 280mpa, b) & steel 316l, 260mpa, c); hydrogen influence on fatigue lifetimes at different frequencies, e-f). d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 67 b. fatigue tests a comparative analysis between our own results and those obtained by skipper and murakami for steel 316l can be made considering the wöhler curves shown in fig. 5a. the data of skipper and murakami [5-8] presented in fig. 5a show the opposite tendencies in the behavior of the same steel taking into consideration hydrogen charged and uncharged specimens. obviously, in the case of skipper there is classical hydrogen embrittlement while in the case of murakami hydrogen affects the steel microstructure transforming it into martensitic one at the tip of propagating crack – a phenomenon much more pronounced in the case of another austenitic stainless steels as steel 304 and 316 which show more martensitic transformation while stressed than steel 316l, fig. 5b-d [7, 8]. undoubtedly one of the most important factors for this effect is the frequency of testing which assists the penetration of hydrogen on microstructural level. the very low frequency provokes a definite effect of decreased lifetime, fig. 5e-f. at the same time murakami noticed [7] that at very low frequencies even uncharged specimens showed a decrease in their lifetimes due to non-diffusible hydrogen (23 wppm) trapped in the stainless steel during its production. this type of hydrogen is different from the diffusible hydrogen charged into steel by electrochemical methods or gas environment. murakami’s studies on non-diffusible hydrogen show that this hydrogen can be removed by a special heat treatment ndh-ht, which definitely increases uncharged specimen lifetimes the single round symbol in fig. 5f. murakami marks that the non-diffusible hydrogen has not been considered in the previous classical hydrogen embrittlement studies. in both cases of 260, 280 mpa (fig. 5e-f) the hydrogen charged and uncharged specimens of steel 316l show almost the same lifetimes at lower frequencies (0.00155 hz) and smaller lifetimes for the charged specimens at frequencies above 5 hz. so, frequency is the most important factor of influence for steels fatigue in hydrogen media. we should note as well that in fig. 5f the fatigue loading condition above 5 hz changes from tension-compression to rotating-bending. conclusions he hydrogen-energy technology still shows many unsolved problems connected with hydrogen utilization machines, storage tanks, infrastructure, all using austenitic stainless steels; here steels 304, 316, 316l are investigated in hydrogen gas and air, and at pre-charged and uncharged state. now it becomes clear that hydrogen gas influences fretting fatigue of these steels at different machining process and hydrogen pre-charge, changes absorption of hydrogen during fretting, tangential force coefficient and steel fatigue strength, transforms their microstructure to martensitic one. the plain fatigue of the same steels shows some different behaviour of hydrogen charged and uncharged specimens, and the importance of frequency factor which in combination with hydrogen media at high pressure leads to microstructure transformation in martensitic one and diminishes fatigue life of metal members. under both, fretting and plain fatigue, steel 316l shows best characteristics. on the whole more deep knowledge is needed for clarifying hydrogen influence on different steels at different fatigue loading conditions. references [1] murakami, y., the effect of hydrogen on fatigue properties of metals used for fuel cell system, international journal of fracture, 138 (2006), 1-4, 167-195. [2] dowling, n., mechanical behavior of materials, prentice-hall, new jersey (2006). [3] kubota, m., noyama, n., sakae, c., kondo, y., proceedings of ecf16 alexandropolus, greece, 225-234 (2006). [4] todorova, z., angelova, d., yordanova, r., yankova, s., scientific proceedings, xx, 1(133) (2012), 81-84. [5] skipper, c, leisk, g., saigal, a., matson, d., san marchi, c., effect of internal hydrogen on fatigue strenght of type 316 stainless steel, proceedings of international hydrogen conference (asm international), 139-146 (2009). [6] murakami,y. , metal fatigue: effects of small defects & nonmetallic inclusions, elsevier, ox., uk (2002). [7] murakami y. , proceedings of ecf16, brno, czech republic, 25-42 (2008). [8] murakami, y., kanezaki, t., mine, y., hydrogen effect against hydrogen embrittlement, metallurgical and materials transactions, a, 41a (2010) 2548-2562. [9] yoshimura, t., matsuyama, y., oda, y., yoshimura, t., noguchi, h., proc. of icm9, distributed by cd-rom (2003). [10] kubota, m., noyama, n., sakae, c., kondo, y., effect of hydrogen gas environment on fretting fatigue, journal of the society of materials science, japan, 54(12) (2005) 1231-1236. t d. angelova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 30 (2017) 60-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.08 68 [11] kondo, y., sakae, c., kubota, m., sato, s., fretting fatigue limit as a short crack problem at the edge of contact, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 27 (2004) 361369. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_48 r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 369 a robust approach for the determination of gurson model parameters r. sepe, g. lamanna, f. caputo department of industrial and information engineering second university of naples, via roma, 29 81031 aversa, italy raffsepe@unina.it abstract. among the most promising models introduced in recent years, with which it is possible to obtain very useful results for a better understanding of the physical phenomena involved in the macroscopic mechanism of crack propagation, the one proposed by gurson and tvergaard links the propagation of a crack to the nucleation, growth and coalescence of micro-voids, which is likely to connect the micromechanical characteristics of the component under examination to crack initiation and propagation up to a macroscopic scale. it must be pointed out that, even if the statistical character of some of the many physical parameters involved in the said model has been put in evidence, no serious attempt has been made insofar to link the corresponding statistic to the experimental and macroscopic results, as for example crack initiation time, material toughness, residual strength of the cracked component (r-curve), and so on. in this work, such an analysis was carried out in a twofold way: the former concerned the study of the influence exerted by each of the physical parameters on the material toughness, and the latter concerned the use of the stochastic design improvement (sdi) technique to perform a “robust” numerical calibration of the model evaluating the nominal values of the physical and correction parameters, which fit a particular experimental result even in the presence of their “natural” variability. keywords. crack propagation; gurson-tvergaard model; stochastic design improvement; fem. introduction ecause of the increasing use of the aluminium alloys with high fracture resistance features in the field of the aerospace industry, the study of the techniques for the experimental determination of the fracture toughness and the research of the methodologies to transfer such results to the real structures have been subject of great interest for the scientific community in recent years. in fact, it is well known that the macroscopic parameters of the classical fracture mechanics theory, such as the stress intensity factor (k), the j integral [1], the ctod (crack tip opening displacement), the ctoa (crack tip opening angle) [2], the extension of the plastic zone at the crack tip (rp) [3-7], cannot be easily transferred from one geometry to another, since they strictly depend on it. within this scenario, the parallel spreading of advanced techniques of numerical simulation has allowed the development of numerical models with which it is possible to obtain very useful results for a better understanding of the physical phenomena involved in the macroscopic mechanisms of propagation. among the most promising models introduced in recent years the one proposed by gurson-tvergaard (gt) links the b r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 370 propagation of a crack to the nucleation and growth of micro-voids in the material, and then it is able to connect the micromechanical characteristics of the component under examination to crack initiation and propagation up to a macroscopic scale. the three stages of nucleation, growth and coalescence of micro-voids are well established results of metallographic observation for polycrystalline metals at ductile failure. the simulation of these microstructural damage processes has been considered in various micromechanical and macromechanical model approaches in the literature. a macromechanical model can be exactly obtained by the statistical averaging of microscopic quantities in a homogenization process. the gurson model [8], which derived a macroscopic yield function and an associated constitutive flow law for an ideally plastic matrix containing a certain volume fraction of spherical voids, is a well-known analytical approach to this problem. empirical modifications of this approach have been proposed to improve the prediction at low void volume fractions [9] and to provide a better representation of final void coalescence [10]. it must be pointed out that even if the statistical character of some of the physical parameters involved in this model has been put in evidence, no effective attempt has been made insofar to relate the corresponding statistic to the experimental results, as for example the r-curve [1,11]. in the first part of the work, after briefly recalling the ductile fracture mechanism and the classical approach to determine the parameters of the gt model, we pointed out the main aspects of the stochastic design improvement (sdi) technique [12], implemented in the commercial code st-orm [13], which can be coupled with specialized fem codes as lsdyna [14] or warp 3d [15] for what concerns the deterministic structural part of the process; we then illustrated the use of the sdi technique to perform a robust numerical calibration of the parameters of the gt model. in the second part of the work, some numerical results regarding a simple structural component are shown, pointing out the influence of the statistical distribution of the physical parameters of the gt model on the toughness of the considered material. material toughness was numerically evaluated both in terms of the critical value of the j-integral, by using the equivalent domain integral method [16] implemented in the finite element code warp 3d, and in terms of critical applied load, by using the explicit finite element code ls dyna. in this case, as the load is monotonically increased by applying increments that are considered to be constant in time, the critical load value is univocally linked to a correspondingly crack propagation initiation time. for the validation of the numerical results, experimental data from literature are used [17-18]. ductile fracture mechanisms: overview on the gurson-tvergaard model s it is well known, a typical process of ductile fracture develops through the nucleation and the following growth and coalescence of cavities nucleated at crack tip. the best known nucleation mechanisms of such cavities are those linked to the presence of hard particles (inclusions or precipitates) in a ductile matrix (base material). in such cases, the brittle failure of a particle or its decohesion from the matrix, because of the interface breaking, leads to the nucleation of small voids, whose growth causes real cavities in the material. it is clear that the toughness of a material increases for smaller dimensions of such particles and for increasing mean distance and homogeneity of the distribution of such inclusions. from an analytical point of view, we can observe that a void nucleates when the elastic potential energy associated with the material surrounding the particles reaches a particular value, which can be determined by following one of the two approaches, which, even if rather different from each other, lead to similar or equivalent conclusions. the first one is based on the existence of a critical value of the strain in the direction of the applied load, and the second one on the existence of a critical value of the stress in the same direction [19]; once such critical values are overcome, the amount of elastic potential energy necessary for the voids nucleation is considered as reached. as those critical values for both stress and strain are usually low, the nucleation process develops rather easily; therefore, the ductile failure of metallic materials depends substantially on the way the cavities grow and coalesce, rather than on their nucleation. as a rule, a growing cavity is modelled as an ellipsoid of revolution, whose major axis (2b) is parallel to the direction of the load. as the strain increases, the cavity grows in volume while keeping its minor axis equal to the initial mean dimension r0 of the enclosed particle considered to be non-deformable, and b varying along with the deformation in the load direction, a r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 371 according to the relation:  0 3 2b r e  (1) as we can see, the bigger the initial radius of the particle the larger the cavity will be, for a given strain. in analogy, if x0 is the initial average distance between the particles, the current value of the average distance, x, can be written as: 20x x e    (2) this equation states that the applied load leads to a reduction of the distance between the particles, which is added to the increasing effect of the cavity dimensions. as a consequence of those assumptions, high-localised stresses are produced into the surrounding material, which can lead to a coalescence phenomenon of near cavities if a critical value of strain (f) is reached. this critical value is strictly related to the strain hardening coefficient of the material, n: high values of n mean that the strain peaks are transferred to less strained surrounding zones; consequently, the contraction of the material between the cavities becomes less localized, and the coalescence of the cavities delayed. once the critical strain is reached, the ratio b/x exhibits a limit value that can be expressed as follows:       1 1 30 32 2 0 0 4 / 3 2 3 2 3 f f f f cr r b x e e f e e x               (3) which, rearranging the terms, leads to an equation, which let us evaluate the critical strain:   1 1 3/2 3 0 4 3 2 3 f f cr b e e f x                 (4) in the previous equation the critical strain, f is implicitly showed as dependent on the initial volume fraction of the particles, f0. rice and johonson [20], assuming that the crack tip is located at distance xo from the nearest cavity with radius r0, formulated a bi-dimensional model for the localised strain and the coalescence process of cavities. the crack tip opening displacement, at the conditions for which the coalescence between the growing cavity and the plastically deformed crack tip occurs, represents the ctodi value at which the crack starts to growth. intuitively, for a fixed space between the particles, the ctodi is bigger if the volumetric ratio is smaller. experimentally, it has been found a relation like ctodi/x0 = cost · εf and, according to some detailed finite element analyses, as well as experimental tests, that constant can be assumed to be function, g, of the square of the hardening coefficient of the material, n [21]. therefore, the following equation can be considered: 20 ( )i fctod x g n   (5) according to this expression, the value of ctodi could be converted in an equivalent value of fracture toughness kic, by means of the well-known relationship: 2 0.5 i ci k ctod e  (6) where  represents the yielding stress of the material; from the eqs. (4) and (6) follows: r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 372 1 1 6 6 0 0 0 4 ( ) 2 ( ) 2 3 ic f fk g n e x g n e r f               (7) the above equation states that in the limit state preceding the coalescence of voids and, therefore, the crack growth, the fracture toughness kic of the material depends on the power (–1/6) of the initial volumetric void fraction, f0, and on the basic material parameters (e,  , n) as well as on the initial dimension of the particles, r0. based on an equivalent approach, the gt model provides a constitutive relation for the increasing of the volumetric void fraction up to the starting of the coalescence phenomenon. the coalescence phenomenon is not accounted for in the model, as the basic assumption of the model theory is the homogeneity of the strain field, and therefore it does not allow reliable prediction in the case of localised strain phenomena. this limit of the gurson model can be overcome if a critical value of the cavities volume fraction is introduced; the coalescence phenomenon starts when the actual volume fraction of cavities reaches this critical value, as explained below. fortunately, it was possible to find a strong dependency of this critical volume fraction, fc, from its initial value f0 and therefore from the cavity radius, r0, and from the distance from the crack tip, x0. the original gurson model considers a rigid sphere of perfectly plastic material, encapsulating a spherical cavity under a homogenous strain. the derived model that can also consider material hardening, called the gurson-tvergaard model [10], can follow the growth of the volume fraction of existing cavities from f0 to fc and can be written as:     2 22 1 32 3 , , , 2 cosh 1 0 2 m m q f q f q f                (8) where q1 ,q2 and q3 are correction parameters introduced by tvergaard [9] (in order to take into account the hardening behaviour of material), σm is the average normal stress, σ is the equivalent von mises stress; with such model it is possible to predict the cavity growth ratio in the plastic field. for real components, where many inclusions are to be found, the gt model considers that the volume fraction of voids increases over an increment of load because of both the continuing growth of existing voids and the nucleation of new voids; this is taken into account by increasing the void growth rate linked to the actual plastic strain flow at crack tip, (1 ) pgrowthdf f d  , by a quantity, ( )nucleationdf a d  , where: 2 1 ( ) exp 22 n n nn f a ss                (9) therefore, the introduced nucleation parameters are:  fn: particles volume fraction from which the nucleation of cavities can take place;  n and sn: mean value and standard deviation of the supposedly normal distribution of the critical strain value at which the nucleation takes place. as it is possible to observe, the nucleation acceleration, driven by the parameter a, is limited to an internal strain condition in which the actual equivalent strain  is quite close to n . anyway, the nucleation phenomenology is of complex understanding and, even though some results from metallographic analyses about particle distribution and concentration are available, it is not sure if voids nucleate from all of them; this implies that the particles total volume fraction obtained by the metallographic analyses cannot be directly used as parameter in the gt model [22]. within this work, the values of the physical parameters of the gt model related to the nucleation mechanism were calibrated by adapting numerical and available experimental results by means of an iterative process that is described in the following pages. this crack growth mechanism leads to a numerical model characterised by cubic elements parallel to the crack plane; all those elements, which are equal in dimensions, exhibit material properties according to the gt model. each element represents an elementary cell of material containing an initial cavity volume fraction, fo; the cell dimension, do, is comparable with the distance between the largest inclusions detected by microscopic analyses at the interior of the bulk material. according to the gt model, the volumetric fraction of the cavities increases with the stress-strain state; because r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 373 of the induced softening of the surrounding material the critical value of cavity volume fraction, fc, can be reached and, in this case, the coalescence starts. from a numerical point of view, when the coalescence of the cavities starts, the cell elements reduce their ability to equilibrate the applied load, according to a given parameter,  , which can be expressed as follows:  0 0 1.0 0 1.0 d d d         (10) where d is the effective cell dimension, 0d is the cell dimensions at the time at which f = fc and  is a numerical parameter. from the considerations above, it follows that the gt model must be calibrated for every chosen material if it wants to be considered as a valid tool for fracture mechanics analysis within the non linear field. calibration of the gt model parameters. he numerical calibration of the gt model parameters can be carried out with a two-step procedure [23-24]. the first stage involves, on a micro-mechanical scale, the correction parameters, q1, q2 (q3=q12 [15]), the fixing of the physical parameters (, fc) and of the geometric ones (do, fo) on the basis of experimental considerations. the second stage involves, on a macro-mechanical scale, the geometric parameters (do, fo). for what concerns the parameters governing the nucleation mechanism of cavities, as already noted, they can be initially roughly determined by experimental data related to the initial distribution of the particles in a material sample, while their final refined values can be determined in the second stage of the calibration process. beside these parameters, it is obviously necessary to know the material properties of the base material (e , n), or the relationshipfrom a standard tensile test. the validity and the reliability of the gt model are strongly dependent on the correct determination of all the aforesaid parameters and material properties, which can be summarized as follows: elastic-plastic material model parameters: n,   ; tvergaard correction parameters: q1, q2, q3 ; nucleation process parameters: fn, n ,sn; initial dimension of the elementary cell: d0; initial and critical cavities volume fraction: f0, fc; parameter . in the present work, the first stage of the calibration was performed by comparing two different numerical models: the first one (reference model) was built using ansys code. the model (fig. 1) was a cubic three-dimensional cell, with an initial characteristic dimension do of the same order of magnitude of the distance between the largest inclusions (100 m), having the same material properties as the base material with a spherical cavity in the centre. a second fem model (developed with warp 3d v.14.2 code) consists of a unique 8-noded cubic finite element, whose material shows a constitutive law based upon the gt model, with parameters relative to the base material and to the cavity volume fraction equal to those adopted in the previous reference model. in the first stage of the calibration the stress-strain curve, obtained from the reference model under given boundary conditions, was compared with the curve obtained in the same conditions by the second model, on the basis of the maximum stress and of the work needed to deform the cell [23-24]. all the combinations of q1, q2 e q3 that give the smallest difference of the said quantities in the second model, with respect to those obtained from the reference model, can be used as parameters of the gt model for the considered material. the second stage of the calibration process enabled to evaluate the parameters d0 and f0, as well as the nucleation parameters fn, n and sn , by fitting the numerical r-curves to the experimental one. anyway, metallographic analyses and numerical calculations suggest that an indicative value of d0 can be given by the crack tip opening displacement (ctodi) at the beginning of the propagation process [23-24], which depends on the average distance between the largest inclusions in the material. this value of the ctod can be measured with standard static propagation tests carried out on a ct specimen [25]. t r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 374 figure 1: elementary cell fe model. the sdi process set of techniques was introduced in order to obtain a robust design, i.e. one whose behavior is rather insensitive to all variations of the main variables, or, what is the same thing, a design whose statistics are characterized by the smallest standard deviation, as a function of the statistics of input. this approach can be also linked to another very relevant question; the result of an experimental test carried on an assigned structure is the consequence of the particular and real values of all design variables, whose density functions are supposed to be known: when we try to correlate the test results to a numerical simulation procedure, we want, in effect to assess all other aspects stated, which are the values that the design variables had in the real structure tested in that particular experiment. both these problems can be effectively dealt with by an sdi (stochastic design improvement) [12] process, which is carried out by means of several mc series of trials (runs) as well as of the analysis of the intermediate results. in fact, input – i.e. design variables x – and output – i.e. target y – of a mechanical system can be connected by means of a functional relation of the type  y f x (11) which, in the largest part of the applications, cannot be defined analytically, but only ideally deduced because of its complex nature; in practice, it can be obtained by considering a sample xi and examining the response yi, which can be carried out by means of a simulation procedure and, first of all, by means of one of m-c techniques, as recalled above. considering a whole set of m-c samples, the output can be expressed by a linearized taylor expansion centered about the mean values of the control variables, as      i x i x y i x d f y f μ x μ μ g x μ d x       (12) where i represents the vector of mean values of input/output variables, and where the gradient matrix g can be obtained numerically, carrying out a multivariate regression of y on the x sets obtained by m-c sampling. if y0 is the required target, we could find the new x0 values by inverting the relation above, i.e. by  10 0x yx μ g y μ   (13) as we are dealing with probabilities, the real target is the mean value of the output, which we compared with the mean value of the input, and considering that, as we shall illustrate below, the procedure will evolve by an iterative procedure, it can be stated that the relation above has to be modified as follows, considering the update between the k-th and the (k+1)-th step: a r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 375    1 10 1 , 1 , , 0 ,x x,k x k y,k y k x k y y kμ μ μ g μ μ μ g μ μ         (14) the sdi technique is based on the assumption that the cloud of points corresponding to the results obtained from a set of mc trials can be moved toward a desired position in the n-dimensional space such as to give the desired result (target), and that the amplitude of the required displacement can be forecast through a close analysis of the points that are in the same cloud (fig. 2): in effects, it is assumed that the shape and the size of the cloud don’t change greatly if the displacement is small enough; it is therefore immediate to realize that an sdi process is composed by several sets of mc trials (runs) with intermediate estimates of the required displacement (fig. 3). figure 2: initial and final structural responses. figure 3: sdi process. it is also clear that the assumption about the invariance of the cloud can be maintained just in order to carry out the multivariate regression which is needed to perform a new step – i.e. the evaluation of the g matrix – but that subsequently a new and correct evaluation of the cloud is needed; in order to save time, the same evaluation can be carried out every k steps, but of course, as k increases, the step amplitude has to be correspondently decreased. it is also immediate that the displacement is obtained by changing the statistics of the design variables and, in particular, by changing their mean (nominal) values, as in the now available version of the method all distributions are assumed to be r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 376 uniform, in order to avoid the gathering of results around the mode value. it is also pointed out that sometimes the process fails to accomplish its task because of the existing physical limits, but in any case sdi allows to quickly appreciate the feasibility of a specific design, therefore making easier its improvement. of course, it may happen that other stochastic variables are present in the problem (the so called background variables): they can be characterized by any type of statistical distribution included in the code library, but they are not modified during the process. therefore, the sdi process is quite different, for example, from the classical design optimization, where the designer tries to minimize a given objective function with no previous knowledge of the minimum value, at least in the step of the problem formulation. on the contrary, in the case of the sdi process, it is firstly stated what is the value that the objective function has to reach, i.e. its target value, according to a particular criterion that can be expressed in terms of maximum displacement, maximum stress, and so on the sdi process gives information about the possibility to reach the objective within the physical limits of the problem and determines which values the project variables must have in order to get it. in other words, the designer specifies the value that an assigned output variable has to reach and the sdi process determines those values of the project variables which ensure that the objective variable becomes equal, in the mean sense, to the target. therefore, according to the requirements of the problem, the user defines a set of variables as control variables, which are then characterized from an uniform statistical distribution (natural variability) within which the procedure can let them vary, observing the corresponding physical (engineering) limits. in the case of a single output variable, the procedure evaluates the euclidean or mahalanobis distance of the objective variable from the target after each trial: *d = y -y i =1,2,…,nii (15) where yi is the value of the objective variable obtained from the i-th iteration, y* is the target value and n is the number of trials per run. then, it is possible to find, among the worked trials, that one for which the said distance gets the smallest value and, subsequently, the procedure redefines each project variable according to a new uniform distribution with a mean value equal to that used in such “best” trial. the limits of natural variability are accordingly moved of the same quantity of the mean in such way as to save the amplitude of the physical variability. if the target is defined by a set of output variables, the displacement toward the condition where each one has a desired (target) value is carried out considering the distance as expressed by:  2*d = y -yki i,k k (16) where k represents the generic output variable. if the variables are dimensionally different it is advisable to use a normalized expression of the euclidean distance:  2d = ω δi k i,k (17) where: yi,k *δ = -1, if y 0i,k k*yk *δ = y if y = 0i,k i,k k  (18) but, in this case, it is of course essential to assign weight factors k in order to define the relative importance of each variable. r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 377 several variations of the basic procedures are available; for example, it is possible to define the target by means of a function which implies an equality or an inequality, too; in the latter case the distance is to be considered null if the inequality is satisfied. once the project variables have been redefined a new run is performed and the process restarts up to the completion of the assigned number of shots. it is possible to plan a criterion of arrest in such way as to make the analysis stop when the distance from the target reaches a given value. in the most cases, it is desirable to control the state of the analysis with a real-time monitoring, with the purpose to realize if a satisfactory condition has been obtained. sensitivity analysis n this paragraph a sensitivity analysis of the nucleation parameters and of the main mechanical properties of the material on the material toughness of a thin plate made of aluminium alloy 2024 t3, with a through crack in the middle transversal section, was performed. the values of the material properties used are:  = 324 mpa,  = 0.0045, n = 9.8; for what concerns the tvergaard parameters they were set equal to q1 = 1.255, q2 = 1.20, q3 = 1.58, as obtained from the calibration of the model performed in [26]; the other necessary physical parameters values were derived from literature and put equal to f0 = 0.09, d0 = 0.15 mm, fc = 0.2 and0.1; the first attempt value for the nucleation parameters were set equal to n = 0.3, sn = 0.5, fn = 0.05, which represents the default values in the algorithms of the warp 3d code. the dimensions of the plate were 800 mm in the longitudinal direction, 600 mm in the transversal direction and 1.6 mm in the thickness. the static crack propagation test, from both a numerical and an experimental point of view, were developed by considering a uniform applied longitudinal displacement at both the ends of the plate. the experimental results are available in [18]. at first, the experimental r-curve of the plate was compared with a numerical one (fig. 4), obtained by using the warp 3d code; the used fe model consisted of 33216 nodes and 23680 8-noded solid elements. the elements linked to the nodes belonging to the crack plane were modelled by considering a material model based on the gt criterion, as implemented in the used code. as it is shown in the plot of the fig. 4, in the range of the considered crack elongation, numerical results are in good agreement with the experimental ones: the two r-curves are quite parallel. further developed numerical investigations show that the distance between the numerical and the experimental r-curves depends substantially on the values considered for the nucleation parameters in the gt model.   0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 2 4 6 8 10 crack elongation (mm) re m o te s tr e ss ( n /m m 2 ) numerical experimental figure 4: r-curve: numerical-experimental correlation. i r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 378 in order to clarify the influence of the nucleation parameters fn, n and sn on the material toughness at the beginning of the crack propagation (output variable), that is, on the start point of the r-curve, a sensitivity analysis was developed; results are reported as a pie-chart in fig 5. as it is possible to observe, the most meaningful influence on the output variable is due to the parameter fn; for the variables distribution the following realistic characteristics were assumed: fn  n(0.05; 0.01), n  n(0.3; 0.06); sn n(0.5; 0.1). figure 5: sensitivity analysis results. the commercial code used to develop the sensitivity analyses is the st-orm code, linked to the ls-dyna code for what concerns the deterministic structural results. in this code the gt model can be related only to shell type elements under plane stress conditions. the cumulative density function (cdf), the mean and the standard deviation of the output variable obtained for an increasing number of mc trials, are respectively reported in the plots of figs. 6-8. the mean and the standard deviation of the crack initiation time show quite constant values after about eighty mc iterations. that reached mean value corresponds to a critical remote stress of 74 n/mm2, which differs from the experimental results of a few percent. as it is possible to observe from the plot of the standard deviation versus the mc iteration number, the reached value of the standard deviation of the crack initiation time is about 10.6, which implies a high probability of varying the critical remote stress of about ± 3% of its mean value, given the considered statistics of the nucleation parameters, i.e. the same order of magnitude of the difference between the numerical and the experimental results. from this considerations, it is possible to conclude that the influence of the calibration of the nucleation parameters is quite low in the reference case, even in case their intervals of variation are rather large. after this, an investigation on the influence of the variability of the mechanical material properties on the same output variable was developed. figure 6: cfd of the crack init. time [ms] r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 379 figure 7: mean of the crack init. time [ms] vs. mc trial. figure 8: std dev. of the crack init time [ms] vs. mc trial. the scale factor of the stress-strain curve along the stress axes was chosen as the input random parameter, with a normal distribution n (1;0.1). in the following figs. 9-11 the cumulative density function, the mean and the standard deviation of the crack initiation time, related to the variability of the stress-strain curve, vs. the mc trial number, are respectively reported. figure 9: cfd of the crack init. time [ms]. r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 380 figure 10: mean of the crack init. time [ms] vs. mc trial. figure 11: std dev. of the crack init. time [ms] vs. mc trial. in this case, the variability of the critical remote value can reach the 8% of its mean value, which is a rather appreciable difference to be taken into account when we try to fit the experimental results with numerical ones. conclusions he use of the sdi approach to calibrate the physical and correction parameters of the gt model is an useful numerical tool that provides a numerical model able to well represent the real development of the considered phenomena even if the involved physical parameters are subjected to natural variability. within this work we investigated on the feasibility to apply the sdi approach, and we used it to calibrate the physical nucleation parameters of the gt model. the results were satisfactory and the r-curve of the examined component, obtained by using the nominal value of the found nucleation parameters, is in good agreement with the experimental one. in the last paragraph, some sensitivity analyses showed that the natural scatter of the material properties and of the nucleation parameters around their “nominal” value do not influence considerably the toughness of the material in the considered reference case. references [1] newman jr., j.c. the merging of fatigue and fracture mechanics concepts: a historical perspective, progress in aerospace sciences. 34 (1998) 347-390. t r. sepe et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 369-381; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.48 381 [2] newman jr. j.c., james, m.a., zerbst, u., a review of the ctoa/ctod fracture criterion, engineering fracture mechanics, 70 (2002) 371-385. [3] heung-bae, p., kyung-mo, k., byong-whi, l., plastic zone size in fatigue cracking, int. j. pres ves. & piping, 68 (1996) 279-285. [4] armentani, e., caputo, f., esposito, r., soprano, a., plastic zone size as epfm parameter, key engineering materials, 251-252 (2003) 173-178. [5] caputo, f., lamanna, g., soprano, a., on the evaluation of the plastic zone size at the crack tip. engineering fracture mechanics, 103 (2013) 162-173. [6] caputo, f., lamanna, g., soprano, a., crack tip parameters under large scale yielding condition. sdhm structural durability and health monitoring, 9(3) (2014) 217-232. [7] sepe, r., armentani, e., caputo, f., lamanna, g., numerical evaluation and experimental comparison of elastoplastic stress-strain distribution around the corner cracks of a notched specimen. procedia engineering. 109 (2015) 285-295. [8] gurson, a.l., continuum theory of ductile rupture by void nucleation and groeth: part i – yeld criteria and flow rules for porous ductile media, j. of eng. materials and technology. 99(1) (1977) 2-15. [9] tvergaard, v., influence of voids on shear band instabilities under plane strain conditions, int j fract., 17 (1981) 389–407. [10] tvergaard, v., needleman, a., analysis of the cup-cone fracture in a round tensile bar, acta metall., 32 (1984) 57– 169. [11] luxmoore, a.r., an r-curve assessment of stable crack growth in an aluminium alloy. mechanics, automatic control and robotics. 3 (2003) 583-597. [12] doltsinis, i., rau, f., werner, m., analysis of random systems. a publication of cimne, edited by i. doltsinis. barcelona, spain, (1999) 9-149. [13] easi: st-orm ver. 2.2 user’s manual. easi engineering gmbh. alzenau, germany; (2002). [14] lstc: ls-dyna ver. 9.60 user’s manual. livermore software technology corporation; livermore, ca; (2001). [15] gullerud, a.s., koppenhoefer, k.c., roy, a., dodds, jr., r.h., warp 3d manual ver. 13.8. department of civil engineering, university of illinois at urbana–champaign, illinois, usa; (2000). [16] nikishkov, g.p., atluri, s.n., calculation of fracture mechanics parameters for an arbitrary three-dimensional crack, by the ‘equivalent domain integral’ method. int. j. for numerical methods in engineering. 24 (1987) 1801-1821. [17] hoeve, h.j., schra, l., michielson, a.l.p.j., vlieger, h., residual strength test on stiffened panels with multiple-site damage. technical report n° dot/faa/ar-98/53. u.s. department of trasportation; (1999). [18] gullerud, a.s., dodds jr., r.h., hampton, r.w., dawicke, d.s., three-dimensional modelling of ductile crack growth in thin sheet metals: computational aspects and validation. eng. fracture mechanics, 63 (1999) 347-374. [19] zhang, z.l., thaulow, c., ødegård, j., a complete gurson model approach for ductile fracture, engineering fracture mechanics, 67 (2000) 155-168. [20] rice, j.r., johnson, m.a., inelastic behavior of solids. new york: mcgraw-hill, (1970) 641. [21] xue, h., shi, y., ctod design curve in consideration of material strain hardening, int. j. of pressure vessels and piping, 75 (1998) 567-573. [22] bolotin, v.v., reliability against fatigue fracture in the presence of sets of cracks, eng. fracture mechanics, 53 (1996) 753-759. [23] gao, x., faleskog, j., shih, c.f., cell model for nonlinear fracture analysis i. micromechanics calibration. international journal of fracture, 89 (1998) 355-373. [24] gao, x., faleskog, j., shih, c.f., cell model for nonlinear fracture analysis ii. fracture process calibration and verification. international journal of fracture. 89 (1998) 375-398. [25] astm e 561. standard practice for r–curve determination. american society for testing and materials; (2010). [26] caputo, f., lamanna, g., soprano, a., armentani, e., valutazione numerica della resistenza residua di componenti criccati in lega di alluminio 2024 t3. proceedings of the xxxiii aias conference. bari. italy; (2004). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_24.docx a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 175 focused on crack tip fields fracture toughness of rough and frictional cracks emanating from a re-entrant corner andrea carpinteri, andrea spagnoli, michele terzano, sabrina vantadori department of engineering and architecture, university of parma, viale usberti 181/a, 43124 parma, italy spagnoli@unipr.it abstract. in mixed-mode conditions, the competing contribution of the different stress intensity factors predicts fracture initiation load as well as crack propagation direction. commonly, mixed-mode fracture resistance is based on the assumption of smooth and frictionless cracks. however, the effect of friction and roughness cannot be neglected when mixed mode loading occurs, as in the case of a crack emanating from a re-entrant corner. in this paper, the effect of friction and roughness is evaluated through a simple saw-tooth model in a three-quarter-infinite plane (corresponding to a 90 degree re-entrant corner). the crack surfaces are assumed to be globally smooth, and roughness and friction are incorporated through a constitutive law between opposite crack surfaces. the solution is found using the distributed dislocation method, and an iterative algorithm is needed due to the non-linearity of the model. the effect of friction and roughness angle is discussed for a simple case. keywords. fracture toughness; friction; roughness; distributed dislocation method; re-entrant corner. citation: carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., terzano, m., vantadori, s., fracture toughness of rough and frictional cracks emanating from a re-entrant corner, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction significant part of fracture mechanics deals with the determination of stress intensity factors and fracture toughness, used to predict the load as well as the angle of crack propagation. a large number of analyses has been carried out, and stress intensity factors at the crack tips are available in literature, for instance in the compendium by murakami [1]. a case of interest in practical applications is that of a short crack emanating from a re-entrant corner in a body under general loading conditions, where often multiple-parameter characterization of the crack/notch tip stress/strain field is required. if the crack is short compared to the other sizes of the body, the effect of other free boundaries can be neglected and the loading experienced by the crack in this geometry is well described by the williams asymptotic solution [2]. in particular, the problem of a smooth and frictionless crack lying on the projection line of a a a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 176 three-quarter-infinite plane (fig. 1) has been solved by churchmann and hills [3], by applying a distribution of dislocations along the line to clear the stresses coming from the williams asymptotic fields. observing the cracks in many materials of common use, such as concrete, ceramic or rocks, it can be noted that the crack surfaces are not smooth but typically present a certain degree of tortuosity [4,5]. in this case, the assumption of smooth surfaces, which is commonly made in fracture mechanics, is acceptable only when a pure mode i loading occurs, while the effects of roughness and friction cannot be neglected for mode ii or mixed mode loadings [6], since the normal and tangential displacements of a point along the crack are always coupled. we can note that this is precisely the case of the crack lying on the projection line of a three-quarter plane, because the asymptotic stress fields are uncoupled along the bisector of the re-entrant corner but we always have mixed mode loading on the projection line. a simple way to take into account the effects of friction and roughness is to assume the crack surfaces as globally smooth and introduce the normal-tangential coupling along the contact surfaces, the so called dilatancy, through a rigid-plastic constitutive law [7], described by a slip rule and a slip potential. the presence of friction and roughness gives rise to a stress state on the crack surfaces which is dependent on the relative displacements between opposing points of the crack, thus the resulting problem is non-linear. the behaviour of smooth frictional cracks under cyclic loading has been for instance investigated in [8], with particular focus on the conditions of adaptation whereas shakedown analysis for discrete systems involving both friction and plasticity has more recently been studied in a very general form in [9]. in this paper, the effect of roughness and friction is taken into account for a crack emanating from a three-quarter-infinite plane (fig. 1) and the resulting non-linear problem is solved using the iterative algorithm introduced in [6]. stress intensity factors are computed for different values of the coefficient of friction and the roughness angle. figure 1: sketch of the considered problem. a short crack c ≪ a is present along the projection line of a three quarter plane. resultants of applied external loads are also shown. formulation crack problem solution he williams asymptotic solution is described by two eigenvalues i, ii (which define the singularities of mode i and mode ii stress fields, respectively), and the distribution of stresses resulting from the two eigenfunctions evaluated along the crack line:                   0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 ( ) ( ) i iii ii i r ii r i ii i ii x k g x k g x x k x k x (1) t a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 177 for the considered geometry, the internal wedge angle is 2 = 3/2 and the angle corresponding to the line of the crack is = /4. therefore we have:           0 0 0.5445 , 0.9085 0.543 , 0.219 0.7304 , 1.087 i ii i ii r r i i ii ii g g k k k k (2) where ki0, kii0 are simply scaled versions of the mode i and mode ii notch stress intensity factors ki , kii, obtained from a calibration with the finite element method. let us consider the crack to be of length c ≪ a and lying along the x-axis. a distribution of edge dislocations of densities bx, by is added, so that the resulting integral equations which govern the problem are the following:                           0 0 (1 ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ) ( 1 ( ) ) 2 c c x xxy yxy tyb f x d b f x d x x x g (3)                           0 0 (1 ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) 2 1) x xyy yy y c ny c b f x d b f x d x x x g (4) where g is the shear modulus, = 3 4 is the kolosov constant for plane strain, and is the poisson ratio. the influence function fkij(x,ξ), connecting the stress component ij(x) to a dislocation bk(ξ), can be found in [3]. the rightside terms of eqs. (3)-(4) contain the far-field stresses ∞(x) and ∞(x), obtained from the williams solution, and the shear and normal stresses applied to the crack surfaces, t(x) and n(x), respectively. introducing the normalized variables t,s , with crack extremes ± 1, instead of x and  respectively, we can write the singular integral equations in the usual form, and express the unknown dislocation densities bx, by as follows:         1 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) , , 1 j j j s b s s s s j x y s (5) where we have chosen the fundamental form of the solution (s) to be singular at the crack tip s = 1 and bounded at s = 1. a numerical solution of the integral equations is needed, and this can be achieved by means of the gauss-chebyshev quadrature described in [10]. the resulting 2n equations in the 2n unknown j(si) are the following:                           1 1)(1 ( ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( ) 2 i x i xxy k i i yxy k i k t i k k i n yw s s f t s s f t s t t t s g (6)                            1 (1 ( ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) ( , ) ( ) 1 ( ) 2 )n i x i xyy yk i i yyy k i k n ki k i w s s f t s s f t s t t t s g (7) where w(i) are the weight functions, si are the integration points at which the unknown functions and the displacements are computed, whereas tk are the collocation points at which we evaluate the stresses. stress intensity factors at the crack tip are directly related to the value of j(s) for s = +1:         2 2 ( ( 1) 1), , , ,i j g k i i ii j xc y (8) values of j at end-points are not included in this quadrature method, thus krenk’s interpolation is used [11]. interface constitutive law in eqs. (6)-(7), the stresses on the crack surface t and n are related to the relative displacements by means of a constitutive law which describes friction and roughness. according to this law, the crack surfaces are assumed to be a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 178 globally smooth, with the effect of friction and roughness built in a rigid-plastic constitutive relationship. let us consider the relative tangential and normal displacements between two points situated on opposite positions on the crack surfaces, fig. 2(a):         w w t x n y y xu u u u (9) where superscripts + and indicate the superior and inferior surface of the crack, respectively. tangential and normal relative displacement increments are additively composed of a recoverable elastic part dwie and a non-recoverable plastic part dwip:   , ,e pi i idw dw dw i t n (10) where subscript i is used to denote the vector components t and n. the stress that the interface supports is assumed to be related to the elastic part by the following expression:   eii jjd e dw (11) where eij is the interface stiffness (summation convention is applied to repeated indices). here, we assume eij = 0 for i ≠ j and assure that they are relatively large compared to the stiffness of the adjacent medium, by applying a penalty two to four orders of magnitude greater to the shear modulus g of the medium itself. the permanent part of the deformation is given by the following slip rule: 0 0 0 0 p i i if f or df dw g if f df          (12) where f is the slip function and g is the slip potential. it can be noted that, since the friction law is non associated, f and g do not coincide, and the direction of slip is given by the gradient of g. combining (10)-(12), we obtain the fundamental relationship which connects the stresses along the crack to the relative displacements:   epiji jd e dw (13) where:                    if 0 or 0 if 0 ep ij ij iq pj pep ij ij pq q p q e e f df f g e e e e f df f g e (14) we chose to describe the roughness by means of a saw-tooth model, with identically shaped asperity surfaces whose size is characteristic of the type of discontinuity being modelled, fig. 2(b). moreover, we assume that the amount of tangential sliding is small enough so that the asperity peak of one surface does not override that of the other surface. the slip function and slip potential are the following:                    sin cos ( cos sin ) sin cos n k k n k k n ktk t tf g (15) a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 179 where k represents the angle of the active k asperity surface and  is the coefficient of friction of the coulomb law. if roughness is not taken into account, only friction is present and, therefore, eqs. (15) become simpler:       t n t f g (16) figure 2: schematic representation of the model used to describe the roughness of the crack surfaces. (a) local tangent-normal coordinate system at a contact point pair (shown separately for clarity). (b) saw-tooth asperity model, with constant angle and asperity length. relationships for stresses between the two coordinate systems are also shown. compliance matrix to efficiently solve the problem, a compliance matrix c that relates the stresses, arising at the collocation points from the applied loads, to the values of the relative displacements of the crack at the integration points can be obtained. the details of this procedure are presented in [6]. displacements along the crack, in an incremental form, are related to stresses by the following expression:       [ , ] [ , ]n n t t t td d d d d dw w c (17) where we have collected the increments of stresses and displacements in ordered vectors, such that, for instance, we have dwt = [dw1t , ... dwnt]t , with subscripts i = 1,...,n referring to the integration points along the crack. now the problem in (6)-(7) takes the following formulation:    ( )[ , ] [ , ]tt ep n td d d di ce t w w c (18) where  is the identity matrix and eep is the matrix containing the terms described in eq. (14). we have introduced a transformation matrix t to express crack displacements at the collocation points in terms of those at the integration points, so that the constitutive law in (13) can be enforced. this matrix is built using krenk’s interpolation formula [11], in order to obtain the values of the unknown functions in points along the crack which are different from the integration points. eq. (18) is a system of non-linear algebraic equations in the 2n unknown incremental relative displacements, to be solved by taking small increments in far-field loading. the stiffness matrix eep needs to be updated at each step, using the displacement-stress configuration from the previous step. by using the compliance matrix, the dislocation densities at each step are not needed to be integrated in order to compute the relative displacements along the crack and, therefore, the efficiency of the algorithm is increased. a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 180 figure 3: stress intensity factors as functions of the applied stresses. (a) the case of smooth surfaces, with different values of the coefficient of friction . (b) the effect of roughness is included and trends are shown for different values of the asperity angle . results e now present the results we have obtained for the example problem in fig. 1, consisting of an elastic punch welded to a half-space made of the same material. the elastic modulus is e = 30gpa and the poisson coefficient is = 0.25; the fracture toughness of the material is kic = 1.1 mpam. a state of plane strain is assumed. a crack of length c = 0.2a is present, whose surface model is described by the coefficient of friction and the constant roughness angle k. the external loading applied consists of a constant pressure p = p/2a and a shear traction q= q/2a which is monotonically increased in time. fig. 3 displays the plots of the stress intensity factors as functions of the far-field shear stress. fig. 3(a) is related to the case of smooth surfaces ( =0), where only friction is present. we can note that the effect of friction is rather modest, anyway a slight increment of the absolute value of mode ii factor with increasing friction is observed. fig. 3(b) plots the stress intensity factors for different values of the asperity angle . the trends show that, as the angle increases, the absolute value of mode i stress intensity factor ki increases, while the absolute value of kii decreases (note that they are both negative). this behaviour can be explained considering the effect of dilatancy, which affects ki, and the effect of roughness, which increases the resistance to sliding displacements, therefore reducing the absolute value of kii. however, one should be careful to generalize this behaviour, which can be completely different as the coefficient of friction also increases. in this sense, more research is needed to further investigate the issue. fig. 4 displays the dimensionless fracture propagation stress qmax/p as a function of the coefficient of friction, in the case of smooth surfaces. here, the classical mixed-mode criterion of maximum tangential stress is considered [12] and the w a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 181 fracture propagation stress is obtained when the combined factor keff equals the fracture toughness kic of the material. according to the fracture criterion we have:     3 2cos ( / 2) 3 cos ( / 2)sin( / 2)eff i iik k k (19) where is the angle at which the crack will extend, obtained from the following expression:     2 2 1/2tan / 2 0.25 / 0.25( / 8)ii i ii ik k k k (20) the effect of friction on fracture initiation is notable in fig. 4: a strong increment in the fracture propagation stress is observed, whereas the propagation angle slightly decreases (note that the maximum value for pure mode ii would be 70.5° [13]). figure 4: smooth surfaces ( =0). fracture propagation stress qmax is shown for different values of the coefficient of friction . the corresponding propagation angle is also shown. conclusions n this study, we describe the mixed-mode tip stress field of a crack emanating from a re-entrant corner, using the williams solution in combination with an appropriate edge dislocation distribution along the crack line. the behaviour of a rough and frictional crack is conveniently described by an interface model where a rigid-plastic constitutive relationship between stresses and relative displacements along the crack and a slip function with nonassociated flow are used. the results we have obtained clearly show that the effect of friction and roughness is remarkable. in particular, the effect of dilatancy increases the values of the (negative) mode i stress intensity factor while it simultaneously reduces the mode ii factor when the roughness angle increases. moreover, the fracture propagation load is strongly influenced by friction. references [1] murakami, y. (ed.), stress intensity factors handbook, vol. 1, pergamon press, new york, (1987). [2] williams, m.l., stress singularities resulting from various boundary conditions in angular corners of plates in extension, j. appl. mech., 19 (1952) 526–528. [3] churchman, c.m., hills, d.a., the edge dislocation in a three-quarter plane. part ii: application to an edge crack, eur. j. mech. a solids, 25 (2006) 389–396. i a. carpinteri et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 175-182; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.24 182 [4] carpinteri, an., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., viappiani, d., influence of the crack morphology on the fatigue crack growth rate: a continuously-kinked crack model based on fractals, eng. fract. mech., 75 (2012) 579-589. [5] brighenti, r., carpinteri, an., spagnoli, a., scorza, d., crack path dependence on inhomogeneities of material microstructure, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 20 (2012) 6-16. [6] ballarini, r., plesha, m.e., the effects of crack surface friction and roughness on crack tip stress fields, int. j. fract., 34 (1987) 195–207. [7] plesha, m.e., constitutive models for rock discontinuities with dilatancy and surface degradation, int. j. numer. anal. methods geomech., 11 (1987) 345–362. [8] carpinteri, al., scavia, c., energy dissipation due to frictional shake-down on a closed crack subjected to shear, meccanica, 28 (1993) 347-352. [9] klarbring, a., barber, j.r., spagnoli, a., terzano, m., shakedown of discrete systems involving plasticity and friction, eur. j. mech. a solids, 64 (2017) 160-164. [10] erdogan, f., gupta, g.d., cook, t.s., numerical solution of singular integral equations, in: sih, g.c. (ed.), methods of analysis and solutions of crack problems, noordhoff, groningen, (1973) 368–425. [11] hills, d.a., kelly, p.a., dai, d.n., korsunsky, a.m., solution of crack problems – the distributed dislocation technique, kluwer academic, dordrecht, (1996). [12] sih, g. c., strain-energy-density factor applied to mixed mode crack problems, int. j. fract., 10 (1974), 305-321. [13] erdogan, f., sih, g.c., on the crack extension in plates under plane loading and transverse shear, j. basic eng., 85 (1963) 519–527. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_61_art_33_3624.docx f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 496 finite fracture mechanics and cohesive crack model: size effects through a unified formulation f. ferrian, p. cornetti department of structural, building and geotechnical engineering, politecnico di torino, corso duca degli abruzzi 24, 10129 torino, italy. francesco.ferrian@polito.it; https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2093-5765 pietro.cornetti@polito.it; https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9063-9913 l. marsavina department of mechanics and strength of materials, university politehnica timisoara, blvd. m. viteazu, no. 1, 300222 timisoara, romania. liviu.marsavina@upt.ro; https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5924-0821 a. sapora department of structural, building and geotechnical engineering, politecnico di torino, corso duca degli abruzzi 24, 10129 torino, italy. alberto.sapora@polito.it; https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3181-3381 abstract. finite fracture mechanics and cohesive crack model can effectively predict the strength of plain, cracked or notched structural components, overcoming the classical drawbacks of linear elastic fracture mechanics. aim of the present work is to investigate size effects by expressing each model as a unified system of two equations, describing a stress requirement and the energy balance, respectively. brittle crack onset in two different structural configurations is considered: (i) a circular hole in a tensile slab; (ii) an un-notched beam under pure bending. the study is performed through a semi-analytical parametric approach. finally, theoretical strength predictions are validated with experimental results available in the literature for both geometries, and with estimations by the point criterion in the framework of theory of critical distances. keywords. size effects; finite fracture mechanics; cohesive crack model; circular hole; pure bending; crack advance. citation: ferrian, f., cornetti, p., marsavina, l., sapora, a., finite fracture mechanics and cohesive crack model: size effects through a unified formulation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509. received: 28.05.2022 accepted: 16.06.2022 online first: 17.06.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/a8x2b52dn5m f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 497 introduction ince the pioneering work by hillerborg et al. 1976 [1] the cohesive crack model (ccm) has been widely implemented to assess the failure behavior of plain or composite structural components (e.g., [2]). the approach is based on the definition of a constitutive relationship, linking the cohesive stresses acting on the process zone with the crack lip opening displacement. ccm can provide physically-based and accurate strength estimations, but usually at the price of huge computational efforts. on the contrary, as regards the brittle crack onset, the coupled finite fracture mechanics (ffm) criterion [3, 4] allows to achieve (semi-) analytical predictions, thus generally revealing a more efficient approach. it relies on the assumption of a finite crack increment (at least at the first step), and it involves the fulfilment of two conditions: a stress requirement and the energetic balance. ccm and ffm predictions were compared for different notched configurations, from v-notches [5-7] to cracks [8, 9], fiber-matrix debonding [10] and spherical voids [11]. the above studies show that ffm and ccm can lead to very close predictions, depending on the ffm stress condition, the ccm constitutive law and the structural configuration under investigation. note that in [11] the ccm was written explicitly as a system of two equations, representing a stress-based condition and an energy requirement, thus rendering straightforward the analogy with ffm. in this context, the process zone can be thought as the ccm’s counterpart of the finite crack propagation distance. therefore, up to a certain extent, both ffm and ccm are equivalent in terms of the quantities they both rely on to predict the crack nucleation. furthermore, for cracked geometries, both models describe the transition from a strength-governed failure to a toughness-governed one as the size increases, unlike what happens with linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm), which is not able to catch this transition. aim of this paper is to extend the comparison between ccm and ffm to other two configurations: (i) a circular hole in a tensile slab; (ii) an un-notched slender beam under four point bending (fpb). the former geometry was already addressed numerically by both ccm and ffm in li et al. [12], whereas the latter was recently investigated through ffm by doitrand et al. [13]. the novelty here relies on the proposed unified approach for each model, the analytical relationships governing the two problems being formally the same, up to the shape functions involved. the study will be carried out assuming a dugdale law for ccm (fig. 1) and the original version of ffm (leguillon [3]). finally, to corroborate the theoretical results, experimental data from the literature on materials implemented in different engineering fields will be taken into account, revealing a general good agreement. predictions by the point criterion in the framework of theory of critical distances [14] will be also reported. theoretical approaches he coupled ffm criterion and the ccm will be introduced below by referring to mode i loading conditions (fig.2), coherently with the topic under investigation. finite fracture mechanics according to coupled ffm approaches [3], [15], a stress and an energy requirements have to be simultaneously fulfilled for brittle crack onset to take place. the stress condition, following leguillon’s approach [3], requires that the normal stress y over a finite distance  must be larger than the ultimate tensile strength c of the material. on the other hand, the energy balance imposes that the strain energy g available for the finite crack increment  must be greater than gc , where gc is the material fracture energy. coupling the two conditions above, a system of two inequalities is obtained:    d 0                      0            a a  y c c x x g g (1) according to ffm, the actual failure load is the minimum one satisfying the two inequalities (1). however, for a positive geometry (i.e. for a monotonically increasing strain energy release rate along the crack length) the failure load is achieved when the two inequalities are strictly verified. in this case, eqn. (1) reverts to a system of two equations, see eqn. (2): note that the energy balance has been rewritten through irwin’s relationship, thus introducing the stress intensity factor ki =  s t f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 498 (ge’) and the material fracture toughness kic =  (gc e’), e’ being the young’s modulus under plain strain conditions. the two unknowns are represented by the critical (failure) stress f , implicitly embedded in the stress field and the sif functions, and the critical crack increment c. this latter quantity results a structural parameter, since dependent on both material properties and geometric characteristics. the behavior will be addressed more in details in section 3.    d2 2 0              c cy c i ic ck a a k (2) considering just the former equation of system (2), the point method (pm) can be defined [14, 16]. according to this criterion, fracture takes place when the stress equals the tensile strength c at a critical distance c = lch / (2), where lch = (kic / c)2 is the well-known irwin’s length. thus, according to tcd, the crack advance is a material property. cohesive crack model let us now consider the ccm implementing a dugdale type cohesive law (fig. 1). figure 1: dugdale’s cohesive law. according to this model, a process zone of length ap is present ahead the crack/notch tip, where the cohesive stress keeps constant and equal to c: ap increases with the external load , finally reaching the critical value apc when  is maximum, i.e.  = f. to achieve apc and f, two different conditions must be considered. the former is a stress requirement: the global sif ki has to vanish at the fictitious crack tip, such to eliminate the stress singularity. the superposition principle allows to exploit the sifs due to the external loading ki and the cohesive stresses kic, so that: 0   ci i ik k k (3) the latter is an energy condition: crack nucleates when the crack tip opening displacement (ctod) v attains its critical value vc = gc / c. in formulae, thanks again to superposition:    c cvv vv (4) where v and vc are the ctods related, respectively, to  and c. they can be computed by a straightforward application of paris’ equation as:     d 0 ,2 , '      pa ip i k p a v k a a e p (5)     d 0 ,2 , '      p c c a ip i c k p a v k a a e p (6)  vc c gc v f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 499 in eqns. (5) and (6) kip is the sif related to a pair of normal forces p, per unit of thickness, acting at the crack onset point (see appendix a for a graphical representation). test geometries wo different geometries are here analyzed. the first one is a circular hole with radius c in an infinite slab under uniaxial tensile load . the geometry and the system of reference taken into account are represented in fig. 2(a). note that the study concerns symmetrical crack propagation (i.e. two cracks simultaneously stemming from the hole edge) according to what presented in [17]. as will be clear later, the analysis can be easily extended to a finite geometries by properly taking some multiplying corrections factors into account. figure 2: (a) circular hole in an infinite tensile plate and (b) fpb configuration. the second one is a sufficiently slender beam of height c loaded under four point bending (fpb, fig. 2(b)). this configuration generates a state of pure bending in the middle section of the beam, i.e. where fracture is supposed to take place. the normal stress field along the x axis can be expressed as:    σ   y x f x (7) where x = x / c is the dimensionless coordinate and  = max = 6m / c2 for the fpb geometry (m being the bending moment). the (exact) analytical functions  f x according to kirsch [18] and beam theory are reported in appendix a. note that for the holed configuration, eqn. (7) provides the well-known stress concentration factor 3 tk at the hole edge ( 0x ), whilst far from the hole the stress field tends to the applied stress . on the other hand, the sif related to crack initiation (fig. 2) can be put in the following form:    ik a f a (8) where /a a c . eqns. (7) and (8) are sufficient to apply ffm. moreover, the expression for cik (eqn. (3)) and ipk (eqns. (5,6)) necessary to implement the ccm can be expressed, respectively, by the following relationships:    c ci ck a f a (9) t c x a f f y (b)  aa c y (a)  x f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 500    ip pk f a p a (10) the approximating shape functions f( a ), fc( a ), fp( a ) and their respective accuracy are reported in appendix a for both geometries. ffm and ccm results considering the equations provided for the two geometries analyzed in section 3, ffm and ccm can now be implemented. as concerns ffm, introducing the expression for y provided by eqn. (7) and for ki given by eqn. (8) into eqn. (2), yields:      d 2 2 0 1                       c f c c cc f f a f a a (11) where /  c c c and  = c / lch . thus, the size effect law according to ffm can be investigated as a parametric curve where the dimensionless size  and failure stress f / c are both expressed as a function of c . on the other hand, as regards ccm, substituting the expressions of ki (eqn. (8)) and kic (eqn. (9)) into eqn. (3), yields:     0      cp c pp pa f a fa a (12) where /p pa a c is the dimensionless process zone. in critical conditions, the dimensionless strength f /c as a function of pca can be derived from eqn. (12). furthermore, in light of the energy condition (4) and of the ctods expressions provided by eqns. (5)-(6), the dimensionless characteristic size  can be expressed as a function of pca through eqns. (810), leading to:               d 1 0 1 2                                  c pcc c pcf c pc pc p p a p p p pc f a f a f a f a a a a f a f f (13) hence, also ccm consists of a parametric approach, where the dimensionless size  and failure stress f / c reveal now functions of pca . as concerns the holed configuration, the failure stress estimations provided by ffm (eqn. (11)) and ccm (eqn. (13)) using the shape functions through eqns. (a1)-(a4), are plotted in fig. 3. as evident, the theoretical predictions are quite close. the relative deviation increases up to 8 % for   8, and then it decreases as  increases. in fig. 3 the experimental data on two different polymeric materials, polymethyl-methacrylate (pmma) and general-purpose polystyrene (gpps), tested by sapora et al. [17], are also reported. the geometry referring to / 1/ 0.05 c w w (w being the plate width), the theoretical assumption of an infinite geometry is here validated. the material properties for both pmma and gpps are summarized in tab. 1. f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 501 reference kic [mpam] c [mpa] lch [mm] concrete [19] 0.6^ 3.8^ 24.9 zno [20] 1.27° 100° 0.16 pur [21] 1.25 17.4 5.19 gpps [17] 1.40 30 2.18 pmma [17] 1.96 70.5 0.77 -gypsum [13] 0.35 9.5 1.36 -gypsum [13] 0.10 2.7 1.37 -gypsum [13] 0.40 12 1.11 uhpfrc [22] 4.45* 11.5 150 table 1: material properties implemented in this study. ^ material properties are not provided in the reference article and they are estimated based on [23]. ° in the reference article the material properties are estimated based on [24].  in the reference article the material properties are estimated based on [25], [26], [27]. * kic is not provided in the reference article. the value is estimated based on [28]. the failure stress predictions provided by ccm and ffm are in fairly good agreement with the experimental results on pmma. the maximum percent discrepancy from the estimations furnished by the ccm is 9 % for   2.6, whereas it decreases to 6 % for   0.65 according to ffm. predictions are also satisfactory for gpps, even if in this case the discrepancy is higher. indeed, the maximum deviation from ccm and ffm failure predictions exceeds, respectively, 15 % and 17 % for   0.23. pm predictions are also depicted in fig. 3, revealing the most conservative criterion: the maximum percent discrepancy from pmma experimental data increases up to 17 %, whereas the deviation from gpps test results decreases to 12 %. figure 3: circular hole in an infinite tensile slab: size effects by ffm (continuous line), ccm (dashed line), pm (dash-dotted line) and experiments on pmma and gpps [17]. a third set of experimental data is now considered, to further validate the models. it refers to polyurethane (pur) tested by negru et al. [21], see also [29]. in this case the sample width w was equal to 25 mm with variable ratios / 1/c w w ranging from 0.02 to 0.2. thus, the influence of the finite dimension of the specimens on failure predictions has to be taken into account. to this purpose, we consider the following correction factor for the stress field [30]: f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 502     1 3 23 1 22 1              w t t k wm k w (14) where kt is the stress concentration factor of a finite plate containing a circular hole (whereas 3  tk ): the stress field for finite width plates is achieved by multiplying kirsch solution (a1) by  wm . the accuracy of the correction provided by  wm was evaluated through a finite element method (fem) analysis using ansys code. in fig. 4 it is represented the comparison between tk and fem tk , determined through a convergence analysis, for different ratios 2 / w : the two quantities are in good agreement each other and the percent discrepancy is less than 3 % for 2 / w < 0.4. figure 4: circular hole in a finite tensile plate: comparison between tk and fem tk for different ratios 2 / w . to implement ffm and ccm we need to estimate also the correction factors for ki and kic related a finite width geometry. this is accomplished by multiplying eqns. (8) and (9) by the following correction factors [31], [32]:  1 sec sec             w a w w m (15)  1 1 1 / 2 sin sin sin 1 / 2 sin 1                          c w a w w a m (16) eqn. (15) is valid for 2 / w  0.5 and 2(c + a) / w  0.7 and it is between  2 % of boundary-collocation results (newman jr [33]). on the other hand, the value of kic, for different ratios 2(c+a) / w, was compared with that determined exploiting the fracture tool available in ansys code. the two values are in perfect agreement each other, the deviation was found to be less than 2% for 2(c + a) / w < 0.7. details of the mesh and the geometry implemented in the fem analysis are reported in fig. 5. note that, based on [31], eqns. (15) and (16) can be applied directly even to compute the ctods, i.e. eqn. (4) can be implemented, without the necessity of improving eqns. (5) and (6). f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 503 figure 5: details of the mesh, constraints and loads used in the fem model to evaluate the accuracy by eqn. (16). the failure stress estimations provided by ffm and ccm for a finite width geometry through eqns. (14)-(16) are finally plotted in fig. 6. as clearly highlighted in this figure, ccm and ffm fit well the data, especially for  > 0.5. as  decreases the percent discrepancy increases up to 20 % for   0.1. on the contrary, the accuracy of the pm reveals questionable for this data set, especially for large scale-sizes. figure 6: circular hole in a finite tensile slab: size effects by ffm (continuous line), ccm (dashed line), pm (dash-dotted line) and experiments on pur [21]. the finite crack advancement c / lch, provided by eqn. (11) multiplying c with , and the process zone length apc, given similarly by eqn. (13), are represented in fig. 7. the absolute values of the two sizes are quite different between each other. nevertheless, the trend with respect to the dimensionless size  is somehow similar. considering ffm, c decreases from the value 2 lch /  until it reaches a minimum and then it tends to 2 lch / [(1.12)2] as  increases. analogously, apc decreases until it reaches a minimum for   0.4, and then it increases monotonically. the deviation between the process zone length in ccm and the finite crack advancement in ffm may be explained considering that whereas apc is a fictitious crack, since cohesive stresses are present, c is a “real” crack, because the new crack lips are stress free. f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 504 figure 7: circular hole in an infinite tensile slab: finite crack extension c / lch by ffm (continuous line), process zone length apc / lch by ccm (dashed line). analyzing now the fpb geometry (fig. 2(b)), we can apply the shape functions provided by eqns. (a5)-(a8) to eqns. (11) and (13) for ffm and ccm, respectively. figure 8: size effects on fpb un-notched samples: ffm (continuous line), ccm (dashed line), pm (dash-dotted line) and experimental results for (a) uhpfrc [22], zno [20] and concrete [19]; (b) gypsum [13]. the failure stress estimates f is reported in fig. 8 as a function of the dimensionless characteristic size  = c / lch. the failure stress estimates of the two models are quite different for small-size structures. ccm furnishes a dimensionless small-size limit strength value equal to 3, whereas ffm provides an infinitely large strength for vanishing size (the slope of the curve is equal to 0.5 in the log-log plot). analogously, pm furnishes the lowest predictions for  > 0.7. on the other hand, it provides divergent predictions as  approaches 1/, this representing the limit below which stresses (at a distance c from the beam edge) become negative. together with these estimations, in this figure are represented also the experimental data related to three different types of gypsum [13], ultrahigh-performance fiber-reinforced concrete (uhpfrc, [22]), zinc oxide (zno, [20]) and concrete [19]. the material properties considered in this study are again resumed in tab. 1. theoretical predictions are in good agreement with results on gypsum, despite the high statistical dispersion of the experimental data. this scattering can be partially explained considering the presence of critical pores triggering failure, as (a) (b) f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 505 highlighted by uhl et al. [34]. considering uhpfrc, estimations provided by ffm and ccm are again accurate. indeed, ccm provides a deviation that increases up to 15 % as  decreases, whilst ffm furnishes a lower percent discrepancy, equal to 14 % for   0.17. similar arguments hold for concrete and zno data. furthermore, also the approximated results provided by eqn. (17) are represented in fig. 8: this master curve is in excellent agreement with ffm predictions in the range of practical interest, the percent discrepancy is less than 1.5 % for   0.1. with respect to that proposed in [13], eqn. (17) is able to catch the ffm trend at small scales, thus revealing more accurate. 1 2.42.5 1          f c chc l (17) fig. 9 represents the comparison between the finite crack advance according to ffm and the process zone according to ccm, normalized with respect to irwin’s length. as clearly highlighted in the plot, both models provide curves with slope equal to 1 for vanishing  (i.e., apc = c and c = c / 2). furthermore, in accordance with ccm, the process zone diverges in large scale limit (linear slope equal to 0.5, apc = 0.5(c lch)), while the crack advance c tends to 2 lch / [(1.12)2], i.e., the same value obtained for the holed configuration. figure 9: fpb configuration: finite crack extension c / lch by ffm (continuous line), process zone length apc / lch by ccm (dashed line). conclusions n the present paper, two different configurations a tensile strip (or plate) with a circular hole and a fpb un-notched beamwere analyzed to catch size effects implementing ffm and ccm. in order to compare theoretical predictions, a rectangular cohesive law (dugdale’s type) was considered for ccm and a point wise stress requirement was implemented for ffm [3]. the analysis was conducted in a semi-analytical way by exploiting shape functions available in literature, leading to a unified parametric approach for each model. note that in the framework of ffm, this had already been done for the three point bending configuration of plain or cracked specimens [4] or dealing with blunt v-notches [35], which can be easily recast according to the present formulation. for the holed geometry the failure estimations provided by these two approaches are very close to each other. instead, for the fpb geometry, the dissimilarities between the strength previsions provided by the two approaches increase at smaller scales. indeed, ccm tends towards a dimensionless strength value equal to 3, whereas ffm provides an infinitely large strength for vanishing sizes. the comparison with experimental data from the literature on different materials shows that ffm is able to catch the correct trend in the region of practical interest, whereas pm -and, generally, each model based on a material lengthis not. it is worthwhile remarking, once again, the matching between ffm and ccm, although i f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 506 consolidated, actually depends on the geometry under investigation, the ccm cohesive law, and the particular ffm stress condition. appendix a circular holed configuration the function f ( )x can be expressed as [18]:   2 4 1 3 1 2( 1) 2( 1)      x x x f (a1) the shape functions f(), fc() according to [36], and fp() provided in [37] can be expressed as (fig. a1, accuracy of about 1 %):    3 1 3 2 1.243 1 2 1 1           a a a a f (a2)           4 3 2 4 1 0.137 1 0.258 1 0.4 1         c a a f a a a a (a3)      2 4 2 1 0.201 0.604 1 2 1 1            p a a a a a f (a4) figure a1: schematic representation of the considered loadings: (a) cohesive stress acting on the crack length a; (b) pair of normal forces p applied at the hole edge. fpb un-notched beam according the elementary beam theory, the function f( x ) is given by:   1 2 f x x (a5) for this configuration, the shape functions f(), fc() and fp() according to [36] (fig. a2, accuracy less than 0.5 %): f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 507   tan 4 0.923 0.199 1 sin 2 2 2 cos 2                         a f a a aa (a6)   3 0.752 2.02 0.37 1 sin 2 2 tan 2 cos 2                         c a f a a a aa (a7)         5 22 3/2 0.46 3.06 0.84 1 0.66 1 2 1        pf a a a a a a (a8) figure a2: schematic representation of the considered loadings: (a) cohesive stress acting on the crack length a; (b) pair of normal forces p applied at the beginning of the crack. references [1] hillerborg, a., modéer, m., petersson, p.-e. (1976). analysis of crack formation and crack growth in concrete by means of fracture mechanics and finite elements, cem. concr. res., 6(6), pp. 773–781, doi: 10.1016/0008-8846(76)90007-7. [2] needleman, a. (1990).an analysis of decohesion along an imperfect interface. non-linear fracture, dordrecht, springer netherlands, pp. 21–40. [3] leguillon, d. (2002). strength or toughness? a criterion for crack onset at a notch, eur. j. mech. a/solids, 21(1), pp. 61–72, doi: 10.1016/s0997-7538(01)01184-6. [4] cornetti, p., pugno, n., carpinteri, a., taylor, d. (2006). finite fracture mechanics: a coupled stress and energy failure criterion, eng. fract. mech., 73(14), pp. 2021–2033, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2006.03.010. [5] henninger, c., leguillon, d., martin, e. (2007). crack initiation at a v-notch—comparison between a brittle fracture criterion and the dugdale cohesive model, comptes rendus mécanique, 335(7), pp. 388–393, doi: 10.1016/j.crme.2007.05.018. [6] cornetti, p., sapora, a. (2019). penny-shaped cracks by finite fracture mechanics, int. j. fract., 219(1), pp. 153–159, doi: 10.1007/s10704-019-00383-9. [7] doitrand, a., estevez, r., leguillon, d. (2019). comparison between cohesive zone and coupled criterion modeling of crack initiation in rhombus hole specimens under quasi-static compression, theor. appl. fract. mech., 99, pp. 51–59, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2018.11.007. [8] cornetti, p., sapora, a., carpinteri, a. (2016). short cracks and v-notches: finite fracture mechanics vs. cohesive f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 508 crack model, eng. fract. mech., 168, pp. 2–12, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2015.12.016. [9] cornetti, p., muñoz-reja, m., sapora, a., carpinteri, a. (2019). finite fracture mechanics and cohesive crack model: weight functions vs. cohesive laws, int. j. solids struct., 156–157, pp. 126–136, doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2018.08.003. [10] garcía, i.g., paggi, m., mantič, v. (2014). fiber-size effects on the onset of fiber–matrix debonding under transverse tension: a comparison between cohesive zone and finite fracture mechanics models, eng. fract. mech., 115, pp. 96– 110, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2013.10.014. [11] chao correas, a., corrado, m., sapora, a., cornetti, p. (2021). size-effect on the apparent tensile strength of brittle materials with spherical cavities, theor. appl. fract. mech., 116, pp. 103120, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2021.103120. [12] li, j., zhang, x.b. (2006). a criterion study for non-singular stress concentrations in brittle or quasi-brittle materials, eng. fract. mech., 73(4), pp. 505–523, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2005.09.001. [13] doitrand, a., henry, r., meille, s. (2021). brittle material strength and fracture toughness estimation from four-point bending test, j. theor. comput. appl. mech., doi: 10.46298/jtcam.6753. [14] taylor, d. (2007). the theory of critical distances, elsevier, amsterdam. [15] carpinteri, a., cornetti, p., pugno, n., sapora, a., taylor, d. (2008). a finite fracture mechanics approach to structures with sharp v-notches, eng. fract. mech., 75(7), pp. 1736–1752, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2007.04.010. [16] taylor, d., kasiri, s., brazel, e. (2009). the theory of critical distances applied to problems in fracture and fatigue of bone, frat. ed integrità strutt., 3(10), pp. 12–20, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.10.02. [17] sapora, a., torabi, a.r., etesam, s., cornetti, p. (2018). finite fracture mechanics crack initiation from a circular hole, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 41(7), pp. 1627–1636, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12801. [18] kirsch, g. (1898). die theorie der elastizitat und die bedurfnisse der festigkeitslehre, zantralblatt verlin deutscher ingenieure. [19] harris, h.g., sabnis, g.m., white, r.n. (1966). small scale direct models of reinforced and prestressed concreate structures, ithaca, new york. [20] lu, c., danzer, r., fischer, f.d. (2004). scaling of fracture strength in zno: effects of pore/grain-size interaction and porosity, j. eur. ceram. soc., 24(14), pp. 3643–3651, doi: 10.1016/j.jeurceramsoc.2003.12.001. [21] negru, r., marsavina, l., voiconi, t., linul, e., filipescu, h., belgiu, g. (2015). application of tcd for brittle fracture of notched pur materials, theor. appl. fract. mech., 80, pp. 87–95, doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2015.05.005. [22] lampropoulos, a., nicolaides, d., paschalis, s., tsioulou, o. (2021). experimental and numerical investigation on the size effect of ultrahigh-performance fibre-reinforced concrete (uhfrc), materials (basel)., 14(19), pp. 5714, doi: 10.3390/ma14195714. [23] karihaloo, b.l., nallathambi, p. (1990). effective crack model for the determination of fracture toughness () of concrete, eng. fract. mech., 35(4–5), pp. 637–465, doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(90)90146-8. [24] yoshimura, h.n., molisani, a.l., narita, n.e., manholetti, j.l.a., cavenaghi, j.m. (2006). mechanical properties and microstructure of zinc oxide varistor ceramics, mater. sci. forum, 530–531, pp. 408–413, doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/msf.530-531.408. [25] meille, s., garboczi, e.j. (2001). linear elastic properties of 2d and 3d models of porous materials made from elongated objects, model. simul. mater. sci. eng., 9(5), pp. 371–390, doi: 10.1088/0965-0393/9/5/303. [26] meille, s. (2001). étude du comportement mécanique du plâtre pris en relation avec sa microstructure. institut national des sciences appliquées de lyon. [27] sanahuja, j., dormieux, l., meille, s., hellmich, c., fritsch, a. (2010). micromechanical explanation of elasticity and strength of gypsum: from elongated anisotropic crystals to isotropic porous polycrystals, j. eng. mech., 136(2), pp. 239–253, doi: 10.1061/(asce)em.1943-7889.0000072. [28] tran, t.k., tran, n.t., nguyen, d.l., kim, d.j., park, j.k., ngo, t.t. (2021). dynamic fracture toughness of ultra‐ high‐performance fiber‐reinforced concrete under impact tensile loading, struct. concr., 22(3), pp. 1845–1860, doi: 10.1002/suco.202000379. [29] marsavina, l., linul, e., voiconi, t., constantinescu, d.m., apostol, d.a. (2015). on the crack path under mixed mode loading on pur foams, frat. ed integrità strutt., (34), doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.34.43. [30] tan, s.c. (1988). finite-width correction factors for anisotropic plate containing a central opening, j. compos. mater., 22(11), pp. 1080–1097, doi: 10.1177/002199838802201105. [31] newman jr, j.c. (1983). a nonlinear fracture mechanics approach to the growth of small cracks, proc. agard conf., 328(6). [32] chang, j.b., hudson, c.m. (1981). a crack-closure model for predicting fatigue crack growth under aircraft spectrum loading. methods and models for predicting fatigue crack growth under random loading, american society for testing and materials, pp. 53–84. f. ferrian et al., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 496-509; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.33 509 [33] newman jr, j.c. (1971). an improved method of collocation for the stress analysis of cracked plates with various shaped boundaries, nasa tech. note d-6376. [34] uhl, j., doitrand, a., meille, s. (2022). variability in porous ceramic fracture: influence of apparent density and critical pores, j. eur. ceram. soc., doi: 10.1016/j.jeurceramsoc.2022.05.020. [35] carpinteri, a., cornetti, p., sapora, a. (2011). brittle failures at rounded v-notches: a finite fracture mechanics approach, int. j. fract., 172(1), pp. 1–8, doi: 10.1007/s10704-011-9640-8. [36] tada, h., paris, p.c., irwin, g.r. (2000). the stress analysis of cracks handbook, third edition, asme press, new york. [37] williams, t.n., newman jr, j.c., gullett, p.m. (2011). crack-surface displacements for cracks emanating from a circular hole under various loading conditions, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 34(4), pp. 250–259, doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2010.01512.x. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 22 articolo 1.doc r. k. bhagat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 22 (2012) 5-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.22.01 5 evaluation of stress intensity factor of multiple inclined cracks under biaxial loading r. k. bhagat, v. k. singh, p. c. gope, a.k. chaudhary college of technology, g.b.p.u.a. & t, pantnagar-263145, (uttarakhand), india vks2319@yahoo.co.in abstract. a finite rectangular plate of unit thickness with two inclined cracks (parallel and non parallel) under biaxial mixed mode condition are modelled using finite element method. the finite element method is used for determination of stress intensity factors by anysis software. effects of crack inclination angle on stress intensity factors for two parallel and non parallel cracks are investigated. the significant effects of different crack inclination parameters on stress intensity factors are seen for lower and upper crack in two inclined crack. the present method is validated by comparing the results from available experimental data obtained by photo elastic method in same condition. keywords. stress intensity factor; multiple cracks; photoelasticity; crack inclination angle. introduction he fracture mechanics theory can be used to analyze structures and machine components with cracks and to obtain an efficient design. the basic principles of fracture mechanics developed from studies of [1-3] are based on the concepts of linear elasticity. westergaard [3] derived the general linear elastic solution for the stress field around a crack tip using complex stress functions. irwin [4], proposed the description of the stress field ahead of a crack tip (front) by means of only one parameter, the so called stress intensity factor (sif). the interaction between multiple cracks has a major influence on crack growth behaviours. this influence is particularly significant in stress corrosion cracking (scc) because of the relatively large number of cracks initiated due to environmental effects. wen ye tian and u gabbert [5] have proposed pseudo – traction –electric – displacement – magnetic –induction method to solve the multiple crack interaction problems in magneto elastic material. the interaction of multiple cracks in a finite plate by using the hybrid displacement discontinuity method (a boundary element method) and detail solutions of the stress intensity factors (sifs) of the multiple-crack problems in a rectangular plate are shown by xiangqiao [6]. the numerical results reported by xiangqiao [6] illustrates that the boundary element method is simple, yet accurate for calculating the sifs of multiple crack problems in a finite plate. flaw interaction effects were investigated and the importance of modelling multiple crack growth at high stress levels was presented by walde [7]. wang [8] studied the interactions of two collinear cracks, three collinear cracks, two parallel cracks, and three parallel cracks using finite element technique. the present investigation have been conducted keeping in mind the effect of crack inclination angle on facture parameters such as stress intensity factor for mode-i problem (ki) and stress intensity factor for mode-ii problem (kii). rectangular finite plate with double crack (parallel and non-parallel) inclined at different angles with the loading axis has been used in the present investigation for determination of mixed mode (mode i, mode ii) stress intensity factors under biaxial loading condition by using ansys software. the accuracy of the present method is validated by comparing the results obtained by photo elastic method. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.22.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. k. bhagat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 22 (2012) 5-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.22.01 6 material and methods specimen geometry and assumptions n the present investigation rectangular thin plate with centre inclined crack are used in fe modelling. the different crack configurations are shown in figs. 1-2. the thickness of the plate is kept 1 mm; length and width of the plates are kept 100 mm and 100 mm respectively. two cracks at the centre of the plate are separated by an offset distance h. figure 1: specimen geometry of two non parallel central inclined cracks. figure 2: specimen geometry of two parallel central inclined cracks. specimen material young’s modulus (gpa) poisson’s ratio steel 210 0.3 table 1: material properties. method stress intensity factors (mode-i and mode-ii) have been calculated for a thin steel plate under plane strain condition containing central inclined multiple cracks for different conditions and orientations (as shown in figs. 1-2) by ansys software. a single central crack model are also analysed by present method and results are verified by available experimental results of singh and gope [9] obtained by photo elastic method. plane 82 (8-nod 2-d) elements shown in fig 3 have been used in the analysis. plane 82 elements provide more accurate results for mixed (quadrilateral-triangular) automatic meshes and can tolerate irregular shapes without much loss of accuracy. the 8-node elements have compatible displacement shapes and are well suited to model curved boundaries. the element may be used as a plane element or as an axis symmetric element. the element has plasticity, creep, swelling, stress stiffening, large deflection, and large strain capabilities. figure 3: plane 82 elements with 8-nodes. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.22.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. k. bhagat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 22 (2012) 5-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.22.01 7 all type of solution data of interest can be obtained in post1 command like von mises stress, principal stress, deformation, maximum stress, translations, failure criteria, sifs, j integral. the data can be obtained for all the nodes and elements in tabular form or contour plots. in order to obtain the sifs a path is defined manually by picking the five nodes at the crack face as shown in fig. 4. figure 4: representation of displacements to be used in analysis. after defining the path the sif’s are obtained. the von mises distribution around the crack tip can be obtained in the contour chart and can be used for further analysis. image can be saved in the jpeg format. the postprocessor can give contour plot of the structure as shown below in fig. 5. von mises stress distribution for a central inclined cracked in a plate is shown in fig. 6. figure 5: defining the path node 1-2-3-4-5 for finding sif. figure 6: von mises stress distribution for inclined cracked in a plate. results and discussion alidation of the finite element approach with results available in literature or experimental results are most important for acceptance of the finite element method used in the computation. in the present investigation finite element method results are compared with the experimental results available in literature. it is seen that ki and kii depends upon crack angle, biaxial load factor, constant stress term and geometry factor (a/w) and (a/l). the results are compared with the experimental results of singh and gope [9]. the effects of these parameters on stress intensity factors based on photoelastic analysis are modelled by singh and gope [9] as:      11 1 cos 2 ei e l k a k k f w              (1) v http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.22.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. k. bhagat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 22 (2012) 5-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.22.01 8 where cos 2 e l l    and sin 2 e w w    , where 1 e e l f w       is obtained from regression analysis of the experimental results as singh and gope [9], 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 e e e e e e e e e e l l l l l f a a a a a w w w w w                                   (2) the coefficients (a1 to a5) are shown in tab. 2 for various biaxial load factors. the effective length and width are defined in fig. 7. k coefficients a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 1.0 2958.13 -12319.36 19224.87 -13324.242 3460.51 1.2 4537.08 18372.43 27972.43 -18972.07 4837.87 1.4 15558.09 -64654.20 100712.02 -69686.75 18072.87 1.6 25511.84 -105574.57 163730.04 -112775.23 29110.39 1.8 13629.04 -56212.08 87054.91 -59991.82 15522.33 2.0 42527.06 -175971.91 272858.97 -187899.41 48486.72 table 2: the coefficients of eq. (2) [9]. figure 7: effective length and effective width in the specimen. the correlation coefficient in all cases are found to be greater than 0.90. the variation of ki with crack inclination angle (α) obtained by experimental method and fem are shown in fig. 8. it is observed that result of ki obtained from finite element approach using commercial software ansys are very close to experimental results of singh and gope [9]. it means finite element modelling using ansys software can be used to determine stress intensity factor ki for any complex crack configurations too. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.22.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. k. bhagat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 22 (2012) 5-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.22.01 9 figure 8: comparison of stress intensity factor ki for load σ = 1.125n/mm2, biaxial load factor = 1 and a/w= 0.06. effect of crack inclination angle on ki for two non-parallel cracks when there are two parallel and symmetric cracks in a plate then ki for lower ki(l) and upper ki(u) crack decreases with the increase of crack inclination angle as shown in fig. 9. figure 9: effect of crack inclination angle α on ki for two non parallel crack; a/w = 0.08, k = 0.75, s = 1.5 and b = 24. effect of crack inclination angle on ki for two parallel cracks when there are two parallel cracks in a plate then ki for lower and upper crack decrease with the increase in crack inclination angle, whereas upper crack has slightly more value than the lower crack as shown in fig. 10. fig. 10 shows that for lower and higher crack inclination angle, ki for lower and upper crack are approximately same because cracks are tends to parallel to either major or minor load axis, and are close mode i or mode ii condition and hence there is negligible variation in the ki for lower and upper crack. effect of crack inclination angle α on two non-parallel cracks when there is two parallel and symmetric crack in a plate kii for lower kii(l) and upper kii(u) crack the value of kii are approximately same for both the crack as shown in fig. 11 and it increases up to α = 450 and then it starts decreasing hence, maximum value is observed at α = 450. effect of crack inclination angle α on two parallel cracks when there are two parallel cracks in a plate then kii increases with the increase of crack inclination angle for upper and lower crack up to 450 and then it starts decreasing as shown in fig. 12. hence, maximum value is obtained at α = 450. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.22.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. k. bhagat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 22 (2012) 5-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.22.01 10 figure 10: effect of crack inclination angle α on ki for two parallel crack; a/w = 0.08, k = 0.75, s = 1.5 and b = 24. figure 11: effect of crack inclination angle α on ki for two non-parallel cracks; a/w =0.08, k = 0.75, s = 1.5 and b = 24mm. figure 12: effect of crack inclination angle α on ki for two parallel cracks; a/w = 0.08, k = 0.75, s = 1.5 and b = 24 mm. conclusions ffects of crack inclination angle on stress intensity factors for two parallel and non parallel cracks are analysed and found to have significant effect on lower and upper crack. the stress intensity factors for non parallel cracks have similar value for upper and lower cracks, whereas in case of parallel cracks the value of stress intensity factor is e http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.22.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it r. k. bhagat et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 22 (2012) 5-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.22.01 11 lower for lower crack in comparison to upper crack. references [1] c.e. inglis, transactions-institute of naval architect, 55 (1913) 219. [2] a.a. griffith, trans. royal soci. london, 221 (1920) 163. [3] h. m. westgaard, j. appl. maths mech., 6 (1939) a49. [4] g. r. irwin, trans. asme, j. appl. mech., 24(3) (1957) 361. [5] t. wen-ye, u. gabbert, european j. mech. a/solids, 23 (2004) 599. [6] y. xiangqiao, m. changing, interaction of multiple cracks in a rectangular plate, appl. math. modelling. (2012) article in press. [7] k. van der walde, int. j. fatigue. 27 (2005) 1509. [8] w. wang, x. zeng, j. ding, engineering and technology, 70 (2010) 587. [9] v.k. singh, p.c. gope, journal of solid mechanics, 3 (2009) 233. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.22.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_35_art_25 a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 213 focussed on crack paths crack path in aeronautical titanium alloy under ultrasonic torsion loading a. nikitin, c.bathias leme, university paris ouest nanterre la defense, 50, rue de serves, ville-d'avray, 92410, france nikitin_alex@bk.ru t.palin-luc arts et metiers paris tech, i2m, cnrs university of bordeaux, esplanade des arts et metiers, talence, 33405, france thierry.palin-luc@ensam.eu a. shanyavskiy sccafs, air. sheremetevo-1, po box 54, moscow reg., chimkovskiy state, 141426, russia shananta@mailfrom.ru abstract. this paper discusses features of fatigue crack initiation and growth in aeronautical vt3-1 titanium alloy under pure torsion loading in gigacycle regime. two materials: extruded and forged vt3-1 titanium alloys were studied. torsion fatigue tests were performed up to fatigue life of 109 cycles. the results of the torsion tests were compared with previously obtained results under fully reversed axial loading on the same alloys. it has been shown that independently on production process as surface as well subsurface crack initiation may appear under ultrasonic torsion loading despite the maximum stress amplitude located at the specimen surface. in the case of surface crack initiation, a scenario of crack initiation and growth is similar to hcf regime except an additional possibility for internal crack branching. in the case of subsurface crack, the initiation site is located below the specimen surface (about 200 µm) and is not clearly related to any material flaw. internal crack initiation is produced by shear stress in maximum shear plane and early crack growth is in mode ii. crack branching is limited in the case of internal crack initiation compared to surface one. a typical ‘fish-eye’ crack can be observed at the torsion fracture surface, but mechanism of crack initiation seems not to be the same than under axial fatigue loading. keywords. very-high cycle fatigue; titanium alloy; torsion; ultrasonic; crack initiation; crack growth. introduction t was outlined by many authors that study on fatigue properties of structural materials, such as steels, aluminum and titanium alloys, under torsion loading is an important subject for industrial applications [1-2]. many engineering elements are subjected to complex loading involving bending, tension or torsion load modes. moreover, in case of modern applications, such as cars, high-speed trains and aircraft motors, a significant fatigue life for components can be i a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 214 achieved during in-service due to high loading rate [3]. analysis of in-service loads for aeronautical applications [4] has shown that fatigue life of compressor blades may reach more than 109 cycles that is in the very-high cycle fatigue regime. since the beginning of the 1990th, this fatigue regime is under investigations [5]. mainly the vhcf properties of structural materials were investigated under axial push-pull loading, but some different testing systems were developed to reproduce different in-service loading and conditions [6]. in the recent years, investigations on fatigue properties of metals under torsion loading become more and more actual topic [7, 8]. results of ultrasonic tests on high-strength aluminum shows that torsion fatigue crack in vhcf regime have a qualitative similarity to crack in hcf regime [9]. it has been shown that crack initiation under torsion is located at the surface of specimen. the first stage of growth is found in the plane of maximum shear stress with further formation of circumferential crack. however, a few years after, it has been shown that under torsion loading in vhcf range as surface, as well a subsurface cracks may also appears if material contains a non-metallic inclusions. in reference [10] high-strength steel was studied up to a fatigue life of 109 cycles. in the case of surface initiation, the fracture surface of 100c6 steel shows a similar to hcf 'factory roof' pattern, but in the case of subsurface crack initiation, an initiation mechanism is more similar to push-pull fatigue. in this case a 'fish-eye' pattern is formed around an elongated non-metallic inclusion, fig.1b. the torsion fatigue crack does not show a significant branching and 'factory roof' fracture is absent, fig.1a. unlike high-strength aluminum, a 38mnsv5s steels shows a surface crack initiation on the plane of maximum normal stress (45° by the specimen's axis) [11] and further propagation in inclined (by the specimen's length) plane with tendency to turn back to the maximum shear stress plane. (a) (b) figure 1: subsurface fatigue crack initiation in 100c6 steel under ultrasonic torsion, shear stress is 360 mpa, nf is 109 cycles [10]. ultrasonic torsion vhcf data on titanium alloy are not available in the literature. the study of ti-alloys under torsion loading in vhcf regime is a very interesting subject, because titanium is defect free metal which has a quite complex micro-structure that may produce internal crack initiation, like shown under push-pull fatigue [12]. present paper is focused on the study of crack initiation mechanisms in aeronautic titanium alloy vt3-1 under ultrasonic torsion in vhcf (106 – 109 cycles). two main questions are discussed: (1) does a vhcf torsion loading may produce and internal crack initiation in vt3-1 titanium alloy; (2) does fatigue crack initiation an early crack growth stage in vt3-1 under torsion loading will be similar to ones that were observed under push-pull loading. experimental procedure materials aterial for present investigation is two phase titanium alloy vt3-1 (similar to ti-6al-4v) which is commonly used in aircraft engine industry. its chemical composition is presented in tab. 1. two sets of specimens were used for present investigation. the first set was machined from a real compressor disk of tu-154 aircraft. this disk was produced by forging technology for d30 engine. this compressor disk was in service for 6000 flight cycles (takeoff – landing). an estimate in service time is about 18000 hours. after in-service the disk was checked for damage tracks by non-destructive control methods. this analysis did not show any fatigue damage due to in-service loading and the disk was transmitted to fatigue tests. m a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 215 fe c si cr mo n al zr o h titanium 0.2 07 < 0.1 0.15 – 0.4 0.8 2 2 3 < 0.05 5.5 7 < 0.5 < 0.15 < 0.015 balance table 1: chemical composition of vt3-1 titanium alloy, weight %. the second set of specimens was machined from virgin extruded bars, produced by all russian institution of light alloys with respect to state standards [13]. heat treatment was performed to get a fully lamellar micro-structure and mechanical properties close to forged vt3-1. mechanical properties of both materials were obtained on tensile specimens of 75 mm in length under displacement rate of 0.075 mm/min. the result of tensile test and obtained mechanical properties are listed in tab 2. process young's modulus, gpa uts, mpa yield stress, mpa deformation at rupture, % mass density dynamic young's modulus (gpa) forged 114 989 960 6 4500 116 extruded 106 1107 1050 13 4500 110 table 2: mechanical properties of forged and extruded vt3-1 titanium alloys the extruded titanium alloy has mechanical properties a little bit higher than the forged one, except its elongation at rupture that is significantly different. it is more than two times higher for extruded titanium that is, therefore, more ductile. furthermore their micro-hardness is approximately the same: 364 hv500 for forged and 373 vh500 for extruded vt3-1. measurement was realized in the plane of maximum shear stress of specimens along a line through a cross-section of the specimen. results shows a pronounced scatter for the forged titanium alloy (the difference of 44 hv500 was found for points spaced by 1.2 mm), while for extruded vt3-1 it is less than 5 hv500 for the same distance. such difference may be explained by features of micro-structures for these alloys. the 3d mapping of the micro-structure is shown on fig. 2 for forged and extruded alloys. (a) (b) figure 2: the 3d mapping of micro-structure for (a) forged and (b) extruded vt3-1. both alloys have fully lamellar micro-structure with elongated alpha-platelets. in the case of forged vt3-1 platelet size is larger (about 2 µm in width and 10-15 µm in length), while w = 1 µm by l = 2-3 µm for the extruded one. moreover, micro-structure of extruded titanium alloy is more homogeneous (except some zones in the core of the bar), while the micro-structure of forged titanium is processed in macroscopically large zones with similar platelets morphology. these zones called 'macro-zones' [14] and characterized by similar crystallographic orientations of the platelets within each macro-zone. the existence of such specific of micro-structure explains the large scatter obtained in micro-hardness values for forged vt3-1. a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 216 experimental method torsion fatigue tests were performed on specimens, designed according to ultrasonic concept applied to torsion [3, 14] and taking into an account dynamic elastic properties of materials at 20 khz (tab.2). specimens made of forged vt3-1 were cut from the rim part of compressor disk along an axis of disk symmetry. specimens made of extruded vt3-1 were machined from bar so that specimen's longitudinal axis is the same than extrusion direction. geometry of ultrasonic torsion specimens is presented on fig.3a. working section of specimen was polished by emery papers from grade 600 to 1000. fatigue tests were performed continuously (without pulse pause) by using a self-designed ultrasonic torsion system [14], (fig.3b) up to fatigue failure or run out limit of 109 cycles. all the tests were performed at room temperature with permanent compressed dry-air cooling. an infrared camera was used for monitoring surface temperature of specimen during fatigue tests. result shows that there is now significant self-heating effect in vt3-1 titanium alloy under torsion loads [15]. (a) (b) figure 3: (a) geometry of ultrasonic torsion specimen and (b) ultrasonic torsion testing system. the calibration of the testing system was performed with strain gauge and vishay conditioning device with a large bandwidth (up to 100 khz). calibration shows a perfect linear relation between applied tension and measured deformation. the fatigue crack under torsion is detected by drop of resonance frequency. this crack detection is done automatically with a high-performance computer feet-back controller. after each test the crack existence is verified by optical microscope. when the crack is detected, a specimen was subjected to self-designed method of specimen opening. as was discussed above, titanium alloy is ductile material and an important plastic deformation may leads to destruction of fracture surface during direct opening. in order to minimize these risks a 'life section' of specimens is reduced by electro-erosion cut. a fill is placed beside a fatigue crack so that surface crack tips are placed on the same line with a wire (in present case it is inclined 45° with respect the specimen longitudinal axis). after reducing the ‘life section’, the specimen is cooled by liquid nitrogen and subjected to sharp shock, so that provide fatigue crack opening. after opening, all the cracked specimens were analysed by using scanning electron microscopy (sem). an additional attention has been paid to the crack initiation mechanisms. results sn-curves for forged and extruded ti-alloys he results of fatigue tests on both forged (fig.4a) and extruded (fig.5a) titanium alloy shows that fatigue failure under pure torsion loading may occur well beyond 106 cycles. in spite of limited fatigue data on forged vt3-1 it is possible to plot a curve fitting the results. this curve will have an important slope in the vhcf range. decreasing in fatigue strength with increasing number of loading cycles is more pronounced for torsion mode compared to results of axial tension-compressing tests [16] that is presented on fig.4b. in order to compare the results of torsion and axial tests, the following equation was used to recalculate the shear stress amplitude into equivalent (von mises) normal stress t a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 217 3   . it can be pointed out that points plotted in equivalent stress terms for forged vt3-1 show a good agreement and grouped near to 400 mpa that is about 40 % of uts. this result is similar to typical results on titanium alloys in the hcf range. (a) (b) figure 4: results of fatigue tests on forged vt3-1 titanium alloy (a) torsion data in terms of shear stress amplitude and (b) tension compression r=-1 and torsion data in terms of equivalent normal stress amplitude. the torsion results cover a range of fatigue life from about 106 to 108 cycles. based on previous results obtained on forged vt3-1 under fully reversed tension loading, the crack initiation mechanisms could be quite different at such fatigue life for forged alloy [16]. besides a changing from surface to subsurface crack initiation mode, it has been reported about microstructural fatigue life controlling mechanisms. in the case of torsion loading, a transition from surface to subsurface initiation after longer fatigue life was also found. however, this transition appears at fatigue life of about two order of magnitude longer. detailed analysis on fatigue crack initiation mechanisms under torsion loading will be provided in the section ‘discussion’. (a) (b) figure 5: results of fatigue tests on extruded vt3-1 titanium alloy (a) torsion data in terms of shear stress amplitude and (b) tension compression r=-1 and torsion data in terms of von mises equivalent stress amplitude. like for the forged alloy, the sn curve in torsion for the extruded vt3-1 titanium alloy exhibits a significant slope in vhcf regime, fig.5a. since the fatigue tests were stopped around 109 cycles, most of the cracks were observed in the fatigue life range below 109 cycles. as already was done for the forged alloy, the results of torsion tests on extruded vt3-1 a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 218 titanium alloy were compared with previous results [17] obtained on the material but under fully reversed tension, fig. 5b. in terms of von mises equivalent stress amplitude, like for the forged alloy, the slope of the sn-curve is more important under torsion than under tension-compression. however, unlike the forged alloy, fatigue strength of extruded titanium is higher (about 50 mpa) in torsion than in tension-compression. this shows that the von mises equivalent stress is not suitable to describe the vhcf strength of this alloy. in order to try to explain such mechanical behavior the analysis of the fracture surface was carried out both by optical microscopy and sem. unlike tension-compression, where only subsurface crack were observed, in case of torsion load a transition from surface to subsurface crack initiation was found. comparison of results on forged and extruded titanium alloy (fig.4 and fig.5) shows that fatigue strength of extruded titanium alloy is higher compared to the forged one that is in good agreement with mechanical properties of materials (tab.2). crack initiation cracks in torsion specimens were first observed on a lateral surface of specimens by optical microscopy. it was pointed out, that for most of the investigated specimens the first stage of crack propagation was observed on a plane experiencing the maximum shear stress amplitude i.e. perpendicular or parallel to the specimen’s longitudinal axis. further, when the crack became longer it bifurcated (stage ii) and propagated in mode i on plane(s) of maximum normal stress (i.e. on plane having an angle about 45° with regard to the specimen’s longitudinal axis). the propagation of long crack was never observed in the plane of maximum shear stress amplitude up to the final length (corresponding to the end of the test). it should be noted, that crack growth in the plane of maximum normal stress may be found as in a single plane, as well in two planes at the same time (x-type cracks), fig.6b. this is similar to hcf regime on many metals. (a) (b) figure 6: optical microscopy at the surface of torsion specimens: (a) single crack in the plane of maximum normal stress and (b) two cracks in two 45° orientated planes of maximum normal stress or x-type crack. crack growth under torsion loading in the plane of maximum normal stress looks to be quite sensitive to material microstructure. comparing the surface crack path of extruded and forged titanium alloy it is notable, that branching of the crack is higher for forged titanium alloy represented by less homogenous microstructure. an example of crack path in extruded titanium alloy is showing on the fig.6a. in this case the crack is quite well orientated on the 45° plane, while in case of forged titanium alloy, fig.6b, the crack path is more ‘zigzag’ (alternative branching mode i and mode ii). sometimes crack make a clear ‘steps’ or even sometimes it is propagating in a two parallel 45° planes. an observation on a fracture surface of torsion specimens (after opening) shows two types of crack for both alloys: (1) surface crack and (2) subsurface crack. in the case of extruded vt3-1 these two mechanisms are more clear, fig.7 in the case of surface crack initiation the roughness of the fracture surface is lower. that can be concluded based on a more homogeneous color. in the case of subsurface crack initiation, a roughness of fracture surface in the area of subsurface and surface crack propagation is not the same, that clearly seen by pronounceable color change. subsurface crack initiation under torsion loading leads to forming a well known (in push-pull) ‘fish eye’ pattern [3]. but unlike pushpull loading, torsion cyclic loading produced an oval ‘fish-eye’ a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 219 (a) (b) figure 7: surface (a) and subsurface ‘fish-eye’ (b) crack initiations in extruded vt3-1 titanium alloy under torsion loading. the next difference between torsion and pull-push ‘fish-eye’ is the nature of smooth area. in the case of axial loading, the formation of such area is governed by crack growth rate, while in the case of torsion ‘fish-eye’ a second factor can be stated. indeed the smooth area of torsion crack is limited by an ellipse, that ‘touches’ the specimen surface. more rough fracture surface is starting to form when an internal crack reaches the specimen surface. probably, there are several factors acting together and leading to fracture roughness modification. one can say: (1) the crack growth rate increasing when the crack reaches the specimen surface; (2) presence of environment (gasses) into the crack, when it connects to the surface. anyway, a smooth area of torsion ‘fish-eye’ exists till an internal crack turns to a surface crack. the next pronounceable difference between surface and subsurface initiation is less expressed branching of internal crack. on fig.7a several clear traces can be observed. these traces are formed due to crack propagation in series of parallel planes, orientated at 45° with regard to the specimen longitudinal axis. in the case of subsurface crack initiation, growth of several cracks in 45° planes is also possible, but this is well limited. it is interesting to point out, that in the case of high strength steel, fig.1a [10], a fracture surface with internal crack initiation does not show a significant branching pattern (no 45° ‘wings’ ). discussions irst of all, the comparison of sn-curves for push-pull and torsion loadings (fig.4 and 5) shows a more important slope of sn-curve in the case of torsion loading. this tendency keeps being the same as for forged, as well for extruded titanium alloy in spite of small difference of sn-curves for these alloys under push-pull fatigue. this means that vt3-1 titanium is more sensitive to shear stress than to normal one. this is typical for ductile metals. however, long crack propagation is observed in planes of maximum normal stress which is typical for more brittle material. therefore, at the very first stage of fatigue crack initiation, when a crack length is about the same order than the grain size the fatigue behavior of titanium is similar to ductile material and fatigue damage accumulation is due to sliding process. in the case of two-phase   titanium alloy a higher capacity to accommodate plastic sliding has a hexagonal alpha-phase. thus, the fatigue resistance of titanium alloy to torsion loading may be related to features of alpha-platelets. in the case of surface torsion crack it can be observed macroscopically at surface in one of two maximum shear stress planes: along or perpendicularly to specimen’s axis. fig.8b shows an example of first torsion crack growth stage along an axis. when torsion crack reaches a length of several micrometers, the crack growth turns into a plane of maximum normal stress, fig. 8b. typical size of alpha-platelets is very small for the studied titanium alloys and micro-plasticity of alphaphase is not enough to accumulate fatigue damage at later stage of crack growth that turns fatigue behavior of material to the brittle-mode failure (governed by the normal stress cracking mechanisms). another reason that can limit the stage of crack growth in shear plane is quite high deformation rate in the case of ultrasonic loading. but anyway, a transition from maximum shear to normal stress plane is typical for torsion cracking at different loading frequencies. in reference [18] fully reversed torsion fatigue tests were carried out on titanium alloy ti-6al-4v in hcf regime at a loading frequency of f a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 220 10 hz. the authors also observed a surface crack along the specimen’s axis which reached a length of about 700 µm in maximum shear stress plane before bifurcation onto the maximum normal stress plane. (a) (b) figure 8: surface crack initiation in forged vt3-1 under torsion loading (a) overview of torsion crack with initiation site marked by arrow and (b) detailed crack initiation view. the microstructure of tia6v titanium alloy [18] is globular and coarse that is different from present ti-6al-4mo titanium alloy microstructure. thus, it is difficult to distinguish the role of microstructure and loading frequency on duration of crack growth in shear plane, but it is clear, that this growth stage should be limited by the material capability to accumulate plastic deformation. it has been shown that in the case of hcf a torsion crack first growth in depth of material and after starts to branch at the surface without growing in depth [18]. in the present work on vt3-1 titanium alloy crack tip position versus number of cycles was not monitored and crack shape was reconstructed based on the fracture surface pattern. in the case of surface crack initiation a sort of crack branching threshold or critical crack length was found, fig.9. it seems that at a certain crack length internal crack branching is also possible in the case of vhcf loading that is different from hcf. a slight difference in the fracture surface color in zones before and after branching is due to different roughness that is usually associated with difference in stress intensity factors or crack growth rate. (a) (b) figure 9: fracture surfaces of specimens (a) s=; nf= (b) s=; nf=; with clear border of fatigue crack branching. unfortunately, a reconstruction of the very first stage of torsion crack growth based on fracture pattern is problematic due to destruction of the fracture surface near the initiation site by friction between crack lips during mode ii stage. finally, a surface torsion crack in vhcf is similar to hcf growth i.e. it initiates on the maximum shear stress plane and a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 221 growth in mode ii at the very first stage, but a crack growth bifurcation mechanism seems different for hcf and vhcf. in the case of vhcf branching can be observed in the bulk of material, while in hcf it appears at the surface [18] such difference in the branching mechanism may have the same nature with one more interesting feature of vhcf torsion behavior. that is an internal crack initiation under vhcf torsion loading in spite of maximum shear stress located at the surface. an analysis of internal crack initiation site in vt3-1 titanium alloy did not show any structural flaw in the microstructure so that inclusions or clusters of alpha-platelets, fig. 10. the crack initiation site is significantly destroyed by friction that is clearly seen in fig.10b. a ‘step’ at the fracture surface and followed crack growth in two parallel planes means that internal crack is also initiated in the plane of maximum shear stress. after reaching a certain length (that is shorter than the distance from initiation site to surface) the crack branches on the plane of maximum normal stress. sometimes there is a sort of competition between two maximum normal stress planes that produce a ‘wing’ like structure at the surface. excluding this ‘wing’-like structures, a further branching is limited in the case of internal crack initiation and no branching ‘threshold’ (like in case of surface crack) can be found at the fracture surface. in contrary, another notable zone or critical crack length can be reported. as shown in fig.7b the crack front shape is changing as soon as it arrives at the surface, probably because the stress intensity factor is increasing and consequently the crack growth rate too. (a) (b) figure 10: fracture surfaces of specimens (a) s=; nf= (b) s=; nf=; with clear border of fatigue crack branching. finally, for forged titanium alloy loaded under push-pull fatigue crack initiations were mainly associated with macro-zones and smooth facets cracking [16], while in the case of torsion loading these features were not found. conclusions ased on the results of fatigue tests under pure ultrasonic torsion the next conclusions can be drawn up: (1) sn curves of vt3-1 titanium alloy under torsion r=-1 loading have a more significant slope, compared to results under fully revered tension. however, the relation between axial and torsion fatigue strength obtained for hcf seems to be applicable for vhcf data. (2) independently on the production process (forging and extrusion) two different crack initiation sites were found: surface and subsurface crack. the subsurface crack initiations were observed for specimens failed at longer fatigue life. transition from surface to subsurface crack initiation was found well after the same transition for push-pull loading: about 108 cycles for torsion and 106 cycles for axial loading. (3) qualitatively, a surface cracking under torsion loading in vhcf is similar to hcf results, except an additional possibility for internal crack to branch in vhcf regime. (4) a sort of branching ‘threshold’ or critical crack length can be found at the fracture surface, beyond which a torsion crack shows several branches in another 45° plane of maximum normal stress. (5) in the case of internal crack, an initiation and early crack growth is also being in mode ii. bifurcation to a normal stress plane growth happens before the crack reaches the specimen’s surface. further crack growth is processed along the specimen surface. at later stage of subsurface growing a crack turns to the surface. the moment when subsurface b a. nikitin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 213-222; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.25 222 crack reaches a surface is clearly defined by different fracture morphology that is similar to well known ‘fish-eye’ crack. references [1] shimamura, y., narita, k., ishii, h., tohgo, k., fujii, t., yagasaki, t., harada, m., fatigue properties of carburized alloy steel in very high cycle regime under torsional loading, int.j. of fatigue, 60 (2014) 57-62. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue 2013.06.016. [2] tschegg, e.k., stanzl-tschegg, s.e., mayer, h.r., high frequency method for torsion fatigue testing. ultrasonics, 31(4) (1993) 275 280. [3] bathias, c., paris, p.c., gigacycle fatigue in mechanical practice, dekker, new york, 2004, isbn-10: 0824723139. [4] nicholas, t., critical issues in high cycle fatigue, int. j. of fatigue, 21 (1999) s221-s231. doi: 10.1016/s01421123(99)00074-2. [5] sakai, t., review and prospects for current studies on very high cycle fatigue of metallic materials for machine structural use, j.solid mechanics and material engineering, 3(3) (2009) 425-439. doi: 10.1299/jmmp.3.425. [6] bathias, c., piezoelectric fatigue testing machines and devices, int. j. of fatigue, 28(11) (2006) 1438-1445. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.09.020. [7] mayer, h., schuller, r., karr, u., irrasch, d., fitzka, m., hahn, m., bacher-hochst, m., cyclic torsion very high cycle fatigue of vdsicr spring steel at different load ratios, 70 (2015) 322-327. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.10.007. [8] ishii, h., tohgo, k., fujii, t., yagasaki, t., harada, m., shimamura, y., narita, k., fatigue properties of carburised alloy steel in very high cycle regime under torsion loading, int. j. of fatigue, 60 (2014) 57-62. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.06.016. [9] mayer, h., ultrasonic torsion and tension-compression fatigue testing: measuring principles and investigations on 2024-t351 aluminium alloy, 28(11) (2006), 1446-1455. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.05.020. [10] xue, h.q., bathias, c., crack path in torsion loading in very high cycle fatigue regime, engineering fracture mechanics, 77 (2010) 1866-1873. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.05.006. [11] marines-garcia, i., doucet, j.p., bathias, c., development of a new device to perform torsional ultrasonic fatigue testing, int. j. of fatigue, 29 (2007) 2094-2101. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.03.016. [12] nikitin, a., palin-luc, t., shanyavskiy, a., bathias, c., fatigue cracking in bifurcation area of titanium alloy at 20 khz, proceeding crack path, (2012) 367-374. isbn: 9788895940441. [13] russian state standard gost-19807-91, titanium and wrought titanium alloys, (2009). [14] bathias, c., nikitin, a., palin-luc, t., a new piezoelectric fatigue testing machine in pure torsion for gigacycle regime, 2014, 6th international conference vhcf-6, chengdu, china. [15] nikitin, a., palin-luc, t., bathias, c., a new piezoelectric fatigue testing machine in pure torsion for ultrasonic gigacycle fatigue tests: application to forged and extruded titanium alloys, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, online: 2015. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12340 [16] nikitin, a., shanyavskiy, a., palin-luc, t., bathias, c., fatigue behaviour of the titanium alloy ti-6al-4mo in bifurcation area at 20 khz, 2012, 19th european conference on fracture ecf-19, kazan, russia. [17] nikitin, a., la fatigue gigacycle d’un alliage de titane, these doctorale, ecole doctorale 139, u-paris 10 nanterre la defense, (2015). [18] shiozawa, d., nakai, y., murakami, t., nosho, h., observation of 3d shape and propagation mode transition of fatigue cracks in ti-6al-4v under cyclic torsion using ct imaging with ultra-bright synchrotron radiation, int. j. of fatigue, 58 (2014) 158-165. doi: 10:1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.02.018. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_44_art_5_ap m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 49 on notch and crack size effects in fatigue, paris’ law and implications for wöhler curves m. ciavarella politecnico di bari, department of mechanics, mathematics and management, viale japigia 182, 70126 bari, italy mciava@poliba.it a. papangelo politecnico di bari, department of mechanics, mathematics and management, viale japigia 182, 70126 bari, italy hamburg university of technology, department of mechanical engineering, am schwarzenberg-campus 1, 21073 hamburg, germany antonio.papangelo@poliba.it abstract. as often done in design practice, the wöhler curve of a specimen, in the absence of more direct information, can be crudely retrieved by interpolating with a power-law curve between static strength at a given conventional low number of cycles n0 (of the order of 10-103), and the fatigue limit at a “infinite life”, also conventional, typically n∞=2·106 or n∞=107 cycles. these assumptions introduce some uncertainty, but otherwise both the static regime and the infinite life are relatively well known. specifically, by elaborating on recent unified treatments of notch and crack effects on infinite life, and using similar concepts to the static failure cases, an interpolation procedure is suggested for the finite life region. considering two ratios, i.e. toughness to fatigue threshold fk=kic/kth, and static strength to endurance limit, frr0, qualitative trends are obtained for the finite life region. paris’ and wöhler’s coefficients fundamentally depend on these two ratios, which can be also defined “sensitivities” of materials to fatigue when cracked and uncracked, respectively: higher sensitivity means stringent need for design for fatigue. a generalized wöhler coefficient, k’, is found as a function of the intrinsic wöhler coefficient k of the material and the size of the crack or notch. we find that for a notched structure, k>m. possible corrections would need to include the effect of plasticity at the crack tip, which effectively increases the size of the “equivalent crack”, but again this is not pursued in the present paper. the scope of the present paper is therefore to try to “unify” crudely various concepts for static and fatigue design, without any intention to give radically new methodologies, or empirical formulae, but with the simpler scope of examining various ranges of validity and overlap between the theories which often are treated separately, and with principally the suggestion to use interpolation between robust estimates of limit conditions and the use of all the material properties which are available, rather than extrapolation from a single methodology using a limited set of material properties, independently on how refined the methodology may appear to be. this is not necessarily limited to preliminary calculations, but also when there is possibility of some experimental investigations, as a simpler route for understanding of the behaviour in fatigue of a notched component. ultimately, the core of the message becomes quite obvious to the engineer, and indeed it is the base of various standard procedures for specific fields, like for example the design guides of gears (see for example [13]): “interpolate” between limit conditions, using some knowledge of the notch size effect (in the lack of direct experimental data) as recently emerged more clearly at least for the infinite life region. in particular, the entire spectrum of possible behaviour can be described in a single diagram strength vs. notch/crack size. empirical laws in fatigue wöhler curve mpirical laws have emerged in fatigue since when wöhler was conducting his famous experiments of rotating bending fatigue in railways axles for the german state railways in the 1860s. various authors noticed empirically that it was convenient to plot sn data on a log/log (or a semi-log) diagram (for a detailed study of the old literature see the recent paper by sendeckyj [14]). since then, the so-called wöhler sn diagram has been widely used. there is no fundamental reason to write the curve as a power-law, and indeed alternative equations have been suggested, but the power law between 2 given points is probably the simplest or most used form for the plain specimen, in the form (see fig.1): e m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 52       k k r fn n n0 0 ,  fn n n0 (1) where ∆σ is the stress range (we assume at the moment for simplicity that amplitude and range coincide i.e. the load ratio r=0, although it is clear that in general it would perhaps be appropriate to rewrite eq.(1) in terms of amplitude of the cycle σ) and the n0, and n are the number of cycles as defined in fig.1. clearly, eq.1 also implies           r n k f k n0 log log   (2) and typically for steels considering n∞=107 and n0=103, for frr0=2 we would have k=13.3, while for fr=3, k=8.4, in the typical range k=6-14 for al or ferrous alloys. in strain-controlled fatigue, the fatigue curve is replaced by a sum of two power/law functions assuming the fatigue life to be dominated by plastic strain in the lcf regime, and elastic strains or stresses in the hcf. the resulting well know equation (coffin/manson) is expected to be more accurate (if anything because it has more degrees of freedom to reproduce the experimental sn curve) although there is still a need to introduce the cut-off thresholds on very low and very high number of cycles, particularly on the low number of cycles where it tends to have the wrong concavity. n r 0 noo 0 tan( ) = k figure 1: the simplified wohler curve. paris’ law the second important power law in fatigue is paris’ law, giving the advancement of fatigue crack per cycle, va, as a function of the amplitude of stress intensity factor δk (see fig.2)    ma da v c k dn ;    th ick k k (3) where δkth is the “fatigue threshold”, and kic the “fracture toughness” of the material. there is therefore no dependence on absolute dimension of the crack. the law is mostly valid in the range 10-5—10-3 mm/cycle, and in a simplified form it can be considered intersecting δkth and kic at 10-6, 10-4 mm/cycle, respectively. this means that the constant c is not really arbitrary, since by writing the condition at the intersections,      m mth ic c k k 6 410 10 . an alternative form can be obtained considering that paris’ law is in general valid in the range 10-5—10-3 mm/cycle and hence instead of the constant c it is perhaps more elegant to define a constant δk-4, i.e. the range corresponding to a speed of propagation of 10-4 mm/cycle m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 53         m a k v c k 4 ' (4) where c’=10-4 mm/cycle by definition. in other words,         m c c k 4 1 ' (5) from the linearity in this range 10-5—10-3 mm/cycle in the log/log plot, fleck et al [1] suggest to find the paris exponent m as kf m 4 log (6) and fig.16 of their paper seems to confirm this assumption. more in general, it is possible to assume  c a k th a v m f v log log (7) where thav is a conventional velocity at the threshold, and c av at the critical conditions. a first obvious (and well known) link between the two curves (wöhler and paris) is obtained when considering the life of a distinctly cracked specimen having an initial crack size ai. under the assumptions of constant remote stress and no geometrical effects, for m>2 the following is obtained (where the dependence on the final size of the crack af has been removed as relatively not influent)            m m mm fi m a c n 2 /22    2 (8) this is to be considered as a wöhler curve of the cracked component and the wöhler exponent turns out to be exactly equal to the paris exponent, k’=m. it is interesting however to remark that the sn curve depends on the initial crack size, ai. hence the threshold condition from eq. (8) would tend not to coincide with that directly obtained from the threshold value which also depends on ai but with a different power      thlim th i k a ,  ; (9) in fact the two powers in eqs. (8,9) coincide only if (m-2)/2m=1/2 which is only true for very high m, showing in fact that the paris law should near the threshold have a vertical continuous slope, and the simplification of the paris law corresponds to a bifurcation to the solution given by the two branches (the threshold, and the power-law regime). this is another example of the risk of using these equations for extrapolations, without considering also the other information we have on the material properties. so far, we have only dealt with the case of either completely uncracked or the distinctly cracked specimen. most real cases would include notched specimen, or cracks of small size. we therefore need to introduce the theories on the effect of notches and cracks of varying size on fatigue life. kitagawa and atzori/lazzarin diagrams for infinite life (or safe-life) design, atzori & lazzarin [5] have recently proposed a new diagram (a generalization of the celebrated kitagawa diagram), which serves as a single “map” showing the fatigue limit reduction due to notch and cracks as a function of defect (or notch) size. for the interaction between fatigue limit and fatigue threshold for short cracks in the m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 54 kitagawa diagram el haddad et al. [15] had proposed the famous interpolating equation (concept of defect sensitivity): for a centred crack of size a, in terms of failure for a range δσ f         th f k a a0 (10) where a0 is the intrinsic material size for infinite life, defined as          thka 2 0 0 1 (11) where δσ0 is fatigue limit and δkth is fatigue threshold of the material. in fact it is well known that cracks smaller than this size do not follow paris law not even for δk>δkth, whereas the material is limited in this range by the fatigue limit, δσ0. figure 2: the paris law. the denomination “intrinsic crack” is due to the fact that the fatigue limit from (11) is also      th k a 0 0 ) (12) and hence (10) is equivalent to (12) when the intrinsic crack is added. as originally proposed by smith & miller [4] any notch is practically equivalent to a crack up to a certain size, depending on the stress concentration factor, kt. hence, atzori & lazzarin [5] suggested to consider only (i) crack-like behaviour treatable with standard fracture mechanics (in particular, with eq.(10)) and (ii) large blunt notches only, treatable with the simplest stress concentration factor approach. this is exemplified in the lines of fig.3. for a constant size of the notch, this criterion can also be put in terms of a limit kt, kt* , beyond which fatigue limit is no further decreased, giving an area where cracks are supposed to initiate from the notch but not propagate, the so-called “non-propagating crack zone”. notches with kt>kt* behave as defects of same dimension, i.e. are “crack-like tan( ) = m kth kic vc vth m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 55 notches”. by defining instead of a transitional stress concentration factor, as transitional size of the notch, a*, as the intersection of the horizontal line  tk0 / with the long crack threshold, gives1  t a k a * 2 0 (13) for notches lager than this size a*, simply the peak stress condition can be written in terms of failure range δσ f   f tk0  / (14) where tk is the stress concentration factor. it is natural to extend these concepts to the static failure case, drawing an el-haddad “equivalent line” for the static case, and accordingly introduce the dimensions sa0 analogous to (11) and depending this time by kic, the toughness of the material and r its tensile strength as          s ic r k a 2 0 1 (15) figure 3: the atzori-lazzarin generalized diagram (atzori & lazzarin [16]). fatigue and crack “sensitivities” and other material properties  n fleck et al [1] and in ashby [17, 18], a large number of material properties of interest are given, and of particular interest are the “intrinsic crack” sizes, a0, and a0s which can be retrieved qualitatively from some of the maps. they permit to classify “crack sensitivity” of the material, under static and fatigue load respectively (for example, a material 1 more precisely, the intersection should be defined with the el haddad line not the long crack threshold. the difference can be neglected however, if the stress concentration is not too small. i m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 56 with high a0 will tend to be insensitive to cracks up to the size of the order of a0 in fatigue). analogously, the two ratios   ic k th k f k , and     r rf 0 define the “fatigue sensitivities”. specifically, materials with high fk are fatigue sensitive when cracked, and those having large fr are fatigue sensitive when uncracked. in the former case, in the presence of a crack it is useful to design for fatigue crack propagation (like in the “damage tolerance” design approach), because the static limit is very high and the threshold condition is perhaps too strict, and there is margin to gain from a more elaborate design. similarly, when fr>>1, it is convenient to design when uncracked for the fatigue limit, or perhaps to the finite life required. the opposite is true when fk, fr are both small and close to one, in which case it is generally sufficient to design statically. finally, notice that as generally fk>>fr, a material sensitive to fatigue when uncracked is likely to be also sensitive to fatigue when cracked, whereas the vice versa is not true, a material sensitive to fatigue when cracked may not be sensitive to fatigue when uncracked. the two sensitivities (“crack sensitivity” and “fatigue sensitivity”) are not unrelated, as obviously a0s/a0=(fk/fr)2: when fk>>fr as it is usual, a0s/a0>>1 a fortiori. in other words, a material that is more sensitive to fatigue when uncracked than when cracked, then in terms of tolerance to crack sizes, is significantly more sensitive to cracks in fatigue than in static loading. materials which are equally sensitive to fatigue when cracked or uncracked, would have equal sensitivity to cracks under fatigue or static loads. from the maps in fleck et al [1] and in ashby [17, 18], a large number of qualitative data can be retrieved on these material properties and their ratios, as well as the characteristic sizes a0 , sa0 (which in turn for a given stress concentration factor can be put in terms of a*, sa * ). for example, two maps are reproduced in fig.4,5 here. in particular, fig.4 gives the fatigue threshold vs the fatigue limit (in terms of amplitude endurance limit), and constant lines of         th e k 2 δ1 4 , which can be put in relationship with the a0 defined in (11). for a0 we recognize values around 1 μm for some ceramic materials, up to few mm for some metallic alloys or polymers), whereas for the corresponding sa0 we see the value for composite materials, whereas in this particular collection for metals and polymers the yield stress rather than the failure stress is given and hence the plastic radius can be estimated rather than our sa0 , and finally for rocks and ceramics the compression failure stress is given. in all cases, we notice a certain correlation i.e. grouping around the diagonal line, corresponding to a tendency to have high values for properties at same time (however, within this general trend, there are remarkable exceptions, especially within single class of materials). however, it is seen that this holds more for uncracked properties, i.e. fr is relatively constant for materials (and for the definition of fr in fleck et al [1] and in ashby [17, 18] for some metals and polymers, we find fr>1). vice versa, fk varies significantly more and more still sa0 and a0 (particularly sa0 ). in other words, as it is commonly known, to an increase of strength does correspond generally an increase of fatigue strength, but an increase of toughness does not always correspond to an increase of threshold. moreover, to a greater threshold not always corresponds an increased fatigue limit, and even more the case that to an increase of toughness corresponds an increase of static strength. for example, for steel and metallic alloys, as is well known, to greater yield strength corresponds a reduced toughness, but this is not true for other classes of materials, such as composites, ceramics and cements. in general, fk>>fr, and for metals typical values are 5-20, and 2, respectively, so that sa0 is about 100 times greater than a0 . general wöhler curve he two atzori-lazzarin curves (static, and infinite life) permit some qualitative considerations on the intermediate, finite life, region of notched and cracked structures. the resulting map for general cracked or notched specimen is as shown in fig.3, as first presented by atzori-lazzarin at a conference in italy [16]. the shaded area corresponds to the “finite life region”. given a material with wöhler curve of exponent k, and of paris exponent m, we expect that the limiting wöhler curve exponent for a notched component will be the one for a large crack obeying paris’ law, for which klim=m. therefore, we can expect a notch of varying size and sharpness to cause a reduction of the wöhler slope k a* whereas if kt >fk/fr then a0s< a*.. we shall only consider fk>fr or as a limit case, fk=fr hence we have 3 cases: 1. case (a) fk>fr and kt< fk/fr (top of fig.6 where we see a0< a* < a0s < as* ) 2. case (b) fk=fr and kt >fk/fr=1 (bottom of fig.6 where we see a0=a0s< a*= as* ) 3. case (c) fk>fr but kt >fk/fr (fig.7 where we see a0fk/fr in which case the limit ratios is obtained between the static and the fatigue limits, and consequently from (18)         r lim k k f k f log log (21) which is clearly the highest slope compatible to our criteria and the material properties ratios. the more general equation analogous to eq. (20) could be obtained by using kt>fk/fr in (20) or combining eqt(21) with eq. (6-7), obtaining in any case                 lim c a th a n n k m v v 0 log      log (22) which clearly seems to link the limit generalized wöhler slope to the paris slope and the position of the key points in the wöhler and paris laws, as it is correct since the limit generalized wöhler slope is indeed significant in the region where life would be mainly given by propagation. in fact, turning back to the standard assumptions for the key points ( thav , c av =10-6, 10-2 mm/cycle and, perhaps with less generality, n∞=107 and n0=103 cycles), we re-obtain the comforting result that the limiting wöhler coefficient coincides numerically with the paris coefficient:      lim k m m' 7 3 2 6 (23) as it was obtained independently from integrating paris’ law in (8). turning back to our classification, we have finally a 4th region, where a*fr but kt fr and kt< fk/fr and case (b) fk=fr and kt>fk/fr=1. a0 a0 s a* as* r e tk kic kth e tk r 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 n e a0 a0 s a* as* a k figure 7: the generalized wohler slope as it results from an example interpolation procedure. case (c) fk>fr but kt>fk/fr. m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 61 these two curves (or better the inverse of these two curves) are reproduced in fig.8,9, as a function of a/a0 for some example cases (typical steel and typical ceramic, where fk=15.5, fr=2.4, and fk=2, fr=1.5, respectively). since the plots are given as a function of a/a0, the 1/kf curve “bends” around x=1, whereas the corresponding 1/ks curve “bends” around x= a0s / a0 which in fact scales with the square of the ratio fk/fr = 15.5/2.4=6.5, and fk=2/1.5=1.33, and hence a0s / a0=41.7 and 1.7 respectively, since a0s/a0=(fk/fr)2. this el haddad form is apparently more complicated, but in fact by repeating the same reasoning of the previous paragraph, we only need to distinguish 2 possible ranges: for aa*, the slope increases again,              r s ic t fk k k a a k 0 0 log / log δ / a*as*. the resulting slopes are also indicated as ratio k’/k<1 in the fig.8,9 for 3 example stress concentration factors kt=2,5,10, showing how for steel the generalized wöhler slope is already about 60% of the original one for notches slightly larger than a0 and with stress concentration factor only of about 2. the slope continues to decrease to about 40% when the notch is now significantly larger than a0 (specifically about 20 times larger than a0) and recollecting eq. 6,2 for the estimate of the paris and wöhler slopes, respectively, we have about m=3.4, k=10.5 with the conclusion that the limit reduction of the generalized wöhler slope is k’/k =32%, and hence with a stress concentration factor of about 5 we’re already very close to the limit slope. for the case of ceramic material in fig.9, the estimates with eqts. 6,2 give m=13.3 and k=22.7 with the conclusion that the limit reduction of the generalized wöhler slope is 59%. however, with the same concentration factors as the previous cases, i.e. kt=2,5,10 we obtain that the decrease of the slope is already almost complete with a notch of the order of 2a0 and with m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 62 the smallest kt=2. in this respect, the brittle ceramic material is more sensitive to small notches, and this is not entirely a surprise. figure 8: the generalized wohler slope as it results from an interpolation procedure using the el haddad equation for both the static and the fatigue criteria, and for typical material constant ratios of steels. figure 9: the generalized wohler slope as it results from an interpolation procedure using the el haddad equation for both the static and the fatigue criteria, and for typical material constant ratios of steels. conclusions ften design is a process which starts from preliminary calculations, with limited degrees of knowledge of materials and their properties. in fact this is not always only a limit of preliminary design stages, since there is never enough knowledge in fatigue of a material, except when a real prototype test is conducted, which in fact is the case for some industries, despite the larger cost of such a test with respect to analytical or numerical “virtual” testing procedures. this paper assumes that the basic wöhler curve of the unnotched material is known, as well as the basic paris law of the o m. ciavarella et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 49-63; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.05 63 cracked material. we then proceed to illustrate, from the atzori and lazzarin criteria [5, 16], some simple estimates for the generic wöhler curve of notched specimen. references [1] fleck, n.a., kang, k.j. and asbhy, m.f., (1994). overview 112: the cyclic properties of engineering materials. acta metal. mater. 42 (2), pp. 365-381. [2] carpinteri, a. and karihaloo, b.l., 2003. size-scale effects, engng fract mech, 70(16) pp. 2255. [3] bazant, z. p. (1999). size effect on structural strength: a review, archive of applied mechanics, 69, pp. 703-725. [4] smith, r.a. and miller, k.j. (1978). prediction of fatigue regimes in notched components. int j of mech sci, 20, pp. 201-206. [5] atzori, b. and lazzarin, p. (2001). notch sensitivity and defect sensitivity under fatigue loading: two sides of the same medal, int j of fract, 107(1), pp. l3-l8 [6] atzori, b., lazzarin, p. and meneghetti, g. (2003). fracture mechanics and notch sensitivity. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 26(3), pp. 257-267. [7] ciavarella, m. and monno, f. (2006). on the possible generalizations of the kitagawa-takahashi diagram and of the el haddad equation to finite life. international journal of fatigue, 28(12), pp. 1826-1837. [8] pugno, n., ciavarella, m., cornetti, p. and carpinteri, a. (2006) a generalized paris' law for fatigue crack growth. journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 54(7), pp. 1333-1349. [9] ciavarella, m. (2011). crack propagation laws corresponding to a generalized el haddad equation. international journal of aerospace and lightweight structures (ijals) 1, no. 1. [10] ciavarella, m. (2012). a simple approximate expression for finite life fatigue behaviour in the presence of "crack-like" or "blunt" notches. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 35(3), pp. 247-256. [11] ciavarella, m. and papangelo, a., (2018) on the distribution and scatter of fatigue lives obtained by integration of crack growth curves: does initial crack size distribution matter? engineering fracture mechanics, in press [12] ciavarella, m., p. d’antuono and papangelo, a. (2018). on the connection between palmgren-miner’s rule and crack propagation laws. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, doi: 10.1111/ffe.12789 [13] iso 6336:1996 calculation of load capacity of spur and helical gears -part 2: calculation of surface durability (pitting) part 3: calculation of tooth bending strength. [14] sendeckyj, g.p. (2001). constant life diagrams — a historical review, int j of fatigue, 23(4), pp. 347-353. [15] el haddad, m.h., topper, t.h. and smith, k.n. (1979). prediction of non-propagating cracks. engng fract mech 11, pp. 573-584. [16] atzori, b. and lazzarin, p. (2000). analisi delle problematiche connesse con la valutazione numerica della resistenza a fatica, aias national conference, lucca italy, also quaderno aias n.7, pp.33-50. [17] asbhy, m.f. (1989). overview 80: the engineering properties of materials: acta metal., 37 (5), pp. 1273-1293 [18] asbhy, m.f. (1992). materials selection on mechanical design, pergamon, oxford, uk. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_63_art_xx_3728.docx l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 1 analysis of the structural integrity of a frozen wall during a mine shaft excavation using temperature monitoring data lev levin, mikhail semin mining institute of the ural branch of the russian academy of sciences, russia aerolog_lev@mail.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0767-9207 seminma@inbox.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5200-7931 ivan golovatyi joint stock company “belaruskali”, belarus iwan15@yandex.by abstract. the construction of shafts of potash mines in flooded and unstable soils is usually carried out with the help of artificial ground freezing. the freezing process aims to form a waterproof frozen wall (fw) around the shaft and is monitored throughout the construction of the mine shaft. this paper describes the results of the temperature monitoring of the fw around the skip shaft of a potash mine under construction. the data on temperature measurements in control-thermal boreholes were used to parameterize the mathematical model of heat transfer, which allowed for the reconstruction of the temperature field throughout the entire cooled and frozen soil volume. the resulting temperature distribution in the fw zone for greater than one year was used to determine the distribution of the strength properties and calculate the temporary change in the limiting value of the external lateral load on an fw of a given thickness and specified thermomechanical properties. the obtained dependencies of the maximum external load on the fw can be used to optimize the operation mode of the freezing station at the ice holding stage (or passive freezing) to increase the energy efficiency of the system and ensure the structural integrity of the fw. keywords. frozen wall, artificial ground freezing, mine shaft, temperature monitoring, structural integrity, optimization of freezing parameters. citation: levin, l., semin, m., golovatyi, i., analysis of the structural integrity of a frozen wall during a mine shaft excavation using temperature monitoring data, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12. received: 07.08.2022 accepted: 26.09.2022 online first: 15.10.2022 published: 01.01.2023 copyright: © 2023 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he construction of mine shafts in flooded unstable soils is conducted using special methods. regarding potash mines, the most common method for shaft construction is artificial ground freezing (agf). its purpose is to create a frozen wall (fw) around the designed mine shaft [1, 2]. t https://youtu.be/prun7zkhgxy l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 2 the regulatory documentation in belarus and many other countries require systematic monitoring of the fw state during the agf process. in general, the monitoring consists of measuring the temperature along the depth of several vertical boreholes [3]. based on the temperature distribution data, the engineer must judge whether the required fw thicknesses have been achieved. in general, this type of investigation is conducted based on an interpretation of the temperature field throughout the entire volume of cooled and frozen soil via back analysis [4] or by solving the inverse stefan problems [5, 6]. next, using the selected isotherm (0°c or lower), the actual fw thickness is determined and compared with the calculated thickness obtained from the preliminary mechanical analysis. when performing a mechanical analysis, it is generally assumed that the fw temperature is uniformly distributed throughout the volume of the frozen soils [7, 8]. such an average temperature is equal to a predetermined negative value at which the strength properties of the soils were determined during laboratory tests. additionally, this value is used to calculate the design fw thickness. the advantage of this approach is associated with the speed of the assessment of the fw bearing capacity; however, this is based on simplifications, which in certain practical situations can be very rough [8]. among them are the following:  a change in the strength properties with a variation in the temperature.  the thermal expansion of wet soils when the pore water freezes.  moisture bulging out of the area of the frozen soils, which leads to an increase in the external load on the side wall of the frozen soil cylinder.  the influence of frost heaving on the stress-strain state of the fw. all these factors are associated with the absence of the mutual influence of stress-strain and the thermal fields in the fw model. however, the literature has also described an alternative approach – the solution to coupled thermo-hydromechanical (thm) problems [9, 10]. this approach allows one to describe the physical processes in frozen soils more accurately; however, it has its disadvantages, for example, the duration of the simulation and the large amount of additional initial data required for it, the rheological and hydraulic parameters of the frozen soils at various temperatures, the frost heaving parameters, etc. this alternative approach has not been addressed in this paper. let us consider in more detail a consequence of neglecting the temperature changes in the mechanical and strength properties of the frozen soils in the first approach. the calculated fw thicknesses, determined from mechanical analysis based on the average uniform temperature of the fw, are typically satisfactory in practice at the ice growing stage (or active freezing). however, upon transition to the ice holding stage (or passive freezing), the power of the freezing system decreases. in this case, the zone of negative temperatures typically continues to expand, but the average temperature of the fw can increase significantly [11]. the latter is associated with an increase in the temperature of the brine in the freezing columns. therefore, it becomes incorrect to compare the actual fw thicknesses along the same isotherm with the calculated fw thicknesses since, in this case, the thicknesses are compared for completely different average temperatures of the fw. even though the fw thickness (determined from the isotherm of the actual freezing of the pore water) continues to increase, the actual bearing capacity of the fw may decrease due to an increase in its average temperature. the fw bearing capacity can also become lower than the required value, which can lead to significant deformations of the unsupported shaft walls, and a flow of groundwater into the shaft. thus, observations during the sinking of shafts no. 2 and no. 3 of the third bereznikovsky potash mine [12] showed that during the transition from the ice growing stage to the ice holding stage, the temperature increased, and water inflows were often noted. with a significant increase in the temperature of the fw, holes containing thawed soils can form, through which groundwater will flow into the shaft. the opposite situation can also occur when engineers slowly reduce the power of the freezing station when switching to the ice holding stage. this leads to the average temperature of the fw retaining its design values; however, simultaneously, the fw thickness continues to increase. it leads to over freezing of the soil volume and entails the inefficient use of the refrigeration capacity. the above-mentioned scenarios indicate the importance of selecting the correct mode of operation of the freezing stations during the ice holding stage, considering the increasing average temperature of the fw. in this regard, it is necessary to solve an optimization problem associated with the selection of the growth rate the brine temperature in the freezing pipes, in which the bearing capacity of the fw (expressed, for example, in terms of the maximum lateral load on its side wall) will retain a constant value equal to the designed external load on the fw. to solve the optimization problem, we first must determine the method to calculate the dynamically changing bearing capacity of the fw according to the data of the field monitoring of the agf process. the literature does not describe such methods that consider in sufficient detail the effect of the temperature field on the bearing capacity of the fw and at the same time allow performing quick analysis, without solving coupled thm problems. the existing methods for optimizing the agf consider other aspects of this problem: the influence of seepage flows [13, 14], the common influence of brine parameters on the freezing rate [15], selective freezing [16], etc. the problem of determining the temperature of the brine at the stage of maintaining the fw thickness was considered only within the framework of the analysis of temperature fields [17]. l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 3 this paper presents a practical case of agf for the skip shaft of a potash mine under construction. based on the soil temperature monitoring data, the temperature field was restored throughout the entire volume of cooled and frozen soils at various points in time. this temperature field was used to evaluate the evolution of the fw bearing capacity over time and draw conclusions regarding how optimal the selected freezing mode was. the purpose of this study was to describe and demonstrate the methodology for estimating the dynamically changing bearing capacity of the fw according to the experimental temperature monitoring of the agf process. object of the study and experimental observations data he focus of this study was the frozen soils of the skip shaft of the darasinsky potash mine, which was under construction. the mine is located in the soligorsk district of the minsk region in the republic of belarus. the difficult hydrogeological conditions of the shaft construction were associated with the presence of flooded loose and unstable soil layers in the upper part of the sedimentary cover, to a depth of 185 m. this predetermined the requirement to use agf. a total of 39 freeze pipes were installed around the designed skip shaft. the diameter of the freeze pipe contour was 15.4 m, and the distance between the mouths of the adjacent freeze pipes was approximately 1.24 m. the diameter of the designed mine shaft was 8 m (see fig. 1). in the present work, the dynamics of the bearing capacity of the fw was studied during the ice growing and ice holding stages. we obtained and processed the experimental data of temperature monitoring in three control-thermal (ct) boreholes located near the freeze pipe contour (see fig. 1). the temperature measurements were obtained daily throughout the entire height of the ct boreholes (185 m) using the dts system [18, 19]. fig. 2 shows the typical temperature distributions along the ct borehole heights at various time points. figure 1: locations of the freeze pipes and control-thermal boreholes of the skip shaft. over time, the temperature of the soils in the vicinity of the ct boreholes decreased. moreover, this decrease occurred more rapidly, the closer the ct borehole was located to the freeze pipe contour. the non-uniformity of the temperature decrease along the height of each ct borehole was also noted. this was because, in the freezing interval, various soil layers existed that had significantly different thermophysical properties. the spatial temperature distributions in the ct boreholes were generally correlated with each other, except for a small zone at a depth of 140 m, where a local maximum was observed in ct-2, and a local minimum was observed in ct-3. this feature was associated with the groundwater seepage in the sandstone layer at this depth, which was described in detail in [20]. fig. 3a shows the time dependencies of the brine temperature measured at the inlet and outlet of the freezing pipes. a decrease in the temperature of the incoming brine compared to the design values (from –25 to –23°c) occurred in the t l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 4 interval from december 3 to december 19, 2022. subsequently, the temperature gradually decreased until march 14, 2021. after that date, the temperature increased by 3°c, which was associated with the transition to the ice holding stage. up until september 2021, the temperature gradually decreased, which was associated with natural processes in the soil. on september 8, the temperature again increased sharply by 2°c, which was associated with a change in the operation mode of the freezing station. the same sharp temperature increase occurred on october 28, 2021 and january 7, 2022. the total brine flow rate in the brine pipe system during the entire freezing period under consideration also changed. in the initial period from november 25 to january 28, it varied in the range from 220 to 278 m3/hour, after which it was maintained at 260 m3/hour. from july 5, 2021, it decreased first to 210 m3/h, then to 180 and 160 m3/h (see fig. 3b). figure 2: experimental temperature distributions along the height of the various ct boreholes: a) ct-1, b) ct-2, c) ct-3. figure 3: time dependencies of the temperature (a) and total flow rate (b) in the brine pipe system. l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 5 interpretation of the temperature field he available data from the experimental studies were used to adjust the parameters of the mathematical model of the frozen soil. the soil in the present study was a superposition of horizontal layers of soil with approximately uniform thermophysical properties. the horizontal soil layers had thicknesses of 10 m or greater. regarding the middle horizontal sections of these soil layers, it was appropriate to accept the hypothesis of the smallness of vertical heat transfers and consider the heat transfer in the horizontal plane of each of the layers within the framework of the following mathematical model [20]:                          2 ( ) 1 1h t t t r t r r r r (1)      1un fri i (2)                       , ( ) 1 , ( ), un lq w lq w sd lq fr sd sd c t t nl t t h t nl i t t t c t t t t (3)               1, ( ) , 0, sd lq lq sd sd lq lq t t i t t t t t t t t t t (4)          λ α ( ) 0 fb fb t t t t n (5)   0 out t t (6)   00tt t (7) where h is the specific enthalpy of the soil, j/m3; r and φ are the polar coordinates, m; t is the physical time, s; un and  fr are the mass thermal conductivities in the unfrozen and frozen zones, respectively, w/(m·°c); unc and frc are the specific heat capacities of the soil in the unfrozen and frozen zones, respectively, j/(kg·°c);  is the soil density, kg/m3; lqt is the temperature of the beginning of the pore water crystallization (liquidus temperature), °c; sdt is the temperature of the beginning of the pore ice melting (solidus temperature), °c; i is the volumetric ice content of the soil, m3/m3; l is the specific heat of the crystallization of water, j/kg; n is the porosity of the soil; w is the pore water density, kg/m3; fbt is the brine temperature in the freeze pipes, °с; 0t is the temperature of the undisturbed soil at a distance from the freeze pipe contour, °с; α is the heat transfer coefficient at the freeze pipe walls, w/(m2·°с);   fb fbi are the boundaries with all the freeze pipes; out is the outer boundary of the simulation area; n is the coordinate along the normal to the boundary, m. accounting for the phase transitions of the pore water in this model was conducted by setting the specific enthalpy function (3). the jump of this function in the vicinity of the phase transition temperatures was determined by the value of the latent heat of the phase transition per unit volume of the soil. it was assumed that the temperature interval of this jump was sufficiently small compared to the characteristic temperature difference in the problem 0 fbt t . thus, it was possible to consider the linear dependencies (2) and (4). in reality, the phase transition of the pore moisture for many soil layers can t l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 6 occur in quite a wide temperature range, which is typically associated with the influence of the bound waters [21, 22] and the mineralization of the pore water [9]. the solution of the system of eqns. (1) – (6) was conducted using the finite difference method in the frozen wall program developed at the perm mining institute with the participation of the authors. the radius of the outer boundary of the computational domain for each of the layers was 51 m, and the radius of the freeze pipe was taken as 0.073 m. for the solution, a regular inhomogeneous mesh with thickening near the freeze pipes was used. an explicit first-order scheme in time and a second-order accuracy scheme (central difference) in space were used. the initial values of all the thermophysical properties of the soil used in the calculations were taken based on laboratory studies of the soil samples. tab. 1 shows the thermophysical properties used in the calculations for the three soil layers considered: sand, sandy clay and clay. overall, there were 17 soil layers in the 185 m freeze interval. however, in this paper, we focus only on three of these layers. layer depth interval, m t0, °c tlq, °c tsd, °c cfr, j/(kg·°c) cun, j/(kg·°c)  , kg/m3 sand 2.1–18 9.5 -0.08 -1 908 1096 2110 sandy clay 82.9-97.3 8.5 -0.07 -3 996 1131 2250 clay 141.5-154.8 8.88 -0.68 -5 993 1259 2160 table 1: thermophysical properties of the considered soil layers. figure 4: dynamics of the effective thermophysical parameters of the soils during the model adjustments at various points in time: a) thermal conductivity of the frozen soil, b) thermal conductivity of the unfrozen soil, c) water content. l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 7 furthermore, during the process of the experimental monitoring of the temperatures in the ct boreholes, the thermal model of each layer was parameterized. the model thermal conductivity and moisture content of the soil were adjusted according to the method [5, 18] to ensure the best match between the measured and calculated temperatures at the locations of the ct boreholes. fig. 4 illustrates how the thermal conductivity and moisture of the soil were adjusted over time using three soil layers as an example. in this regard, the adjusted thermophysical properties in the model were no longer real, but some effective properties of the medium. the calculated temperature profiles along the fw equidistant plane (see fig. 1) [23] for the three considered soil layers and various time points are shown in fig. 5. the zone r < 4 m is not displayed since it corresponds to the zone of the shaft under construction, and it was not considered when calculating the thickness of the fw. the horizontal dotted lines show the solidus temperatures that corresponded to the fw boundaries. the simulation time was counted from december 10, 2020. the total simulation time was 14 months. fig. 5 shows that during the first 10 months, the temperatures of the soils generally decreased, the zone of negative temperatures expanded, and the thickness of the fw increased. after 10 months of freezing, there the temperature tended to increase, which was associated with the operation mode of the freezing station. the minimum temperatures on these curves were always higher than the temperature of the freezing brine, which was associated with the thermal resistance of the brine in the boundary layer near the pipe wall, the thermal resistance of the soils between the wall of the freeze pipe, and the fw equidistant plane. figure 5: radial temperature distributions along the fw equidistant plane. l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 8 figure 6: time dependencies of the average temperature of the fw (a) and the thickness of the fw (b). the radial dependencies showed a substantially inhomogeneous form. the temperature of the soils in the frozen zone varied over a wide range (sometimes exceeding 15°c). the average fw temperature during the considered time interval first decreased with time and, after 10 to 12 months, began to increase (see fig. 6a). the fw thickness for the sand and sandy clay continued to increase throughout the entire time interval, while the fw thickness of the clay increased up to 12 months and decreased in the interval from 12 to 14 months. this was because, for clay, the fw boundaries was considered to be at the lowest temperature of -5°c. this temperature is more difficult to maintain for the freezing system in the passive freezing mode. the model also considered that in the interval between 10 and 12 months, a mine shaft was constructed in the soil layers. this led to the heat inflows from the air space of the shaft. it is important to note that the increase in the average temperature of the fw began much later than the start of the ice holding stage, which was associated with the inertia of the thermal processes in the soil volume and the smoothness regarding the changing of the parameters of the freezing station. only after the temperature of the brine in the freeze pipes became higher than -20°c, the average temperature of the fw began to increase. mechanical calculation of the fw bearing capacity he obtained temperature profiles were used to estimate the temporal change in the ultimate bearing capacity of the fw according to the strength criterion. under the ultimate bearing capacity of fw, we mean the limiting value of the external lateral load, p, which the fw can withstand (see fig. 7). figure 7: schematic representation of the external lateral load, p, on the fw. t l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 9 let us use the expression relating the external load on the fw and its strength and geometric properties from [24]:                3 3 ( 1) 1 96 1 mean cp (8)         1 1 b a (9) where a is the radius of the inner boundary of the fw, m; b is the radius of the outer boundary of the fw, m; p is the external lateral pressure, pa; c is the difference between the maximum and minimum cohesion of the frozen soils in the fw with a non-uniform temperature distribution, pa;  and mean are the coefficients in the linear mohr-coulomb law written with respect to the maximum 1 and minimum 3 principal stresses and a certain average temperature:     1 3 mean (10)                  2tan , 2 tan 4 2 4 2 mean mean mean meanc (11) where meanc is the frozen soil cohesion, averaged over the fw volume, pa; mean is the angle of internal friction, averaged over the fw volume, °. in addition to formula (8), we also used the formula of s.s. vyalov for the case of a finite height of an unfixed shaft wall, which was used in the instructions for soil freezing at the darasinsky mine:            cc c b aehp e p h h (12) where e is the fw thickness, m;  c is the strength of the frozen soils for uniaxial compression, pa; h is the height of the unsupported shaft wall, m;  is the coefficient determined based on the nature of the pinching of the upper and lower ends of the fw. the parameters a and b at different times can be determined based on fig. 5 at the intersections of the corresponding temperature profiles using the solidus temperature line. the strength properties of the considered soil layers were taken from our previous work [8], in which the laboratory testing of soil samples for strength at various temperatures was conducted. the approximate linear functions of the limiting-long-term values of the strength properties of the soils on the temperature are presented in tab. 2. these functions provided satisfactory results in the temperature range of -25 to -2°c. in formula (12), the strength of the frozen soils for the uniaxial compression was determined based on the average temperature of the fw. the height of the entry was assumed to be 5 m, and the coefficient was 1.73. layer cohesion, mpa tangent of the angle of internal friction, ° uniaxial compressive strength sand 0.814–0.121 т 0.436–0.0047 т 0.842–0.326 t sandy clay 0.729–0.117 т 0.304–0.0046 т 0.476–0.381 t clay 0.447–0.119 т 0.080–0.0072 т 1.095–0.276 t table 2: linear approximations of the temperature functions of the limiting-long-term values of the frozen soil strength properties. we evaluated the bearing capacity of the fw in terms of the limiting value of the external lateral load that it can withstand under given thermophysical conditions obtained from the calculation using the model. based on the available data on the l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 10 inhomogeneity of the fw temperature field, its geometric dimensions, and the strength properties of the soils, it was possible to calculate the time dependencies of the limiting value of the load on the fw using formula (8). the obtained time dependencies are shown in fig. 8. figure 8: time dependencies of the limiting value of the external lateral load that the fw can withstand fig. 8 shows that, in general, for 12 months, for all the considered soil layers, the fw strength increased. simultaneously, the limiting values of the external load according to formula (8) were quite large and after four months exceeded the actual external load. for sand, the external load was 0.17 mpa, for sandy clay, it was 1.36 mpa, and for clay, it was 1.54 mpa. these values were calculated as the sum of two components: the lithostatic pressure and the pressure of the water column at the level of the bottom of each considered soil layer. the limiting value of the external lateral load according to formula (12) was significantly lower, which was associated with the features of this formula and the physics included in it [25]. after only 6 months, this limiting value for the clay layer exceeded the actual external load that was calculated during the engineering and geological surveys and the development of the design documentation for the agf (fig. 8b). in general, according to both formulas, the selected operation mode of the freezing station provided a significant margin for the required thickness of the fw during the construction period of the shaft. this was because when choosing the operating mode of the freezing station, the mine specialists were guided by other criteria:  maintaining the average temperature of the fw at a level of -8 to -10°c. it was for these temperatures that the design thicknesses of the fw were calculated.  sufficient freezing of the soils at a depth of 140 m, where the seepage flow of the pore water was revealed [20]. in addition to this, the analysis of the dynamic change in the fw bearing capacity presented in this paper was conducted after the construction of the skip shaft in the agf interval of 0 to185 m. moreover, the analysis conducted in the present study will be useful primarily for mine shafts that will be built in the future. the data presented herein also did not account for the fw creep. the calculation of the required thickness of the fw according to the creep criterion is also mandatory in the design of the agf [26, 27]. the calculated values of the fw thicknesses according to the creep condition for the relatively deep layers (sandy clay, clay) may be higher than the calculated values of the fw thicknesses according to the strength condition. conclusion his paper describes a method for analyzing the dynamically changing bearing capacity of an fw according to temperature monitoring data. in the first stage, according to the temperature readings in the ct boreholes, the temperature field was interpreted throughout the entire frozen soil volume, and the actual fw thicknesses were determined from the soil freezing isotherms. furthermore, the resulting temperature field was used to calculate the inhomogeneous distribution of the physical-mechanical and strength properties of the fw and determine the limiting value t l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 11 of the external lateral load that the fw could withstand. this lateral external load was compared with the actual external load on the fw, which was determined from the design documentation for the agf as the sum of the rock and hydrostatic pressures. the resulting time dependencies of the external lateral load on the fw can be used to optimize the operation mode of the freezing station at the ice holding stage. acknowledgements he study was financially supported by the ministry of science and higher education of the perm territory under agreement no. c-26/563. references [1] nicotera, m. v. and russo, g. (2021). monitoring a deep excavation in pyroclastic soil and soft rock. tunnelling and underground space technology, 117, 104130. [2] haß, h. and schäfers, p. (2005). application of ground freezing for underground construction in soft ground. in proceedings of the 5th international symposium tc28, amsterdam, the netherlands, pp. 405-412. [3] wu, t., zhou, x., zhang, l., zhang, x., he, x. and xu, y. (2021). theory and technology of real-time temperature field monitoring of vertical shaft frozen wall under high-velocity groundwater conditions. cold regions science and technology, 189, 103337. [4] pimentel, e., papakonstantinou, s. and anagnostou, g. (2012). numerical interpretation of temperature distributions from three ground freezing applications in urban tunnelling. tunnelling and underground space technology, 28, pp. 57-69. [5] levin, l. y., semin, m. a. and zaitsev, a. v. (2018). solution of an inverse stefan problem in analyzing the freezing of groundwater in a rock mass. journal of engineering physics and thermophysics, 91(3), pp. 611-618. [6] zhelnin, m. s., plekhov, o. a., semin, m. a. and levin, l. y. (2017). numerical solution for an inverse problem about determination of volumetric heat capacity of rock mass during artificial freezing. pnrpu mechanics bulletin, (4), pp. 56-75. [7] zhang, b., yang, w. and wang, b. (2018). plastic design theory of frozen wall thickness in an ultradeep soil layer considering large deformation characteristics. mathematical problems in engineering. [8] semin, m.a., brovka, g.p., pugin, a.v., bublik, s.a., zhelnin, m.s. (2021). effects of temperature field nonuniformity on strength of frozen wall in mine shafts. mining informational and analytical bulletin, 2021, 2021(9), pp. 79–93. [9] tounsi, h., rouabhi, a., tijani, m. and guérin, f. (2019). thermo-hydro-mechanical modeling of artificial ground freezing: application in mining engineering. rock mechanics and rock engineering, 52(10), pp. 3889-3907. [10] liu, y., li, k. q., li, d. q., tang, x. s. and gu, s. x. (2022). coupled thermal–hydraulic modeling of artificial ground freezing with uncertainties in pipe inclination and thermal conductivity. acta geotechnica, 17(1), pp. 257-274. [11] semin, m. a., bogomyagkov, a. v. and levin, l. y. (2020). theoretical analysis of frozen wall dynamics during transition to ice holding stage. journal of mining institute, 243, pp. 319-328. [12] olkhovikov, yu. p. (1984). support of permanent openings of potash and salt mines. publisher: nedra, moscow, russia, 238 p. [in rus] [13] marwan, a., zhou, m. m., abdelrehim, m. z. and meschke, g. (2016). optimization of artificial ground freezing in tunneling in the presence of seepage flow. computers and geotechnics, 75, pp. 112-125. [14] huang, s., guo, y., liu, y., ke, l. and liu, g. (2018). study on the influence of water flow on temperature around freeze pipes and its distribution optimization during artificial ground freezing. applied thermal engineering, 135, pp. 435-445. [15] vitel, m., rouabhi, a., tijani, m. and guérin, f. (2015). modeling heat transfer between a freeze pipe and the surrounding ground during artificial ground freezing activities. computers and geotechnics, 63, pp. 99-111. [16] zueter, a., nie-rouquette, a., alzoubi, m. a. and sasmito, a. p. (2020). thermal and hydraulic analysis of selective artificial ground freezing using air insulation: experiment and modeling. computers and geotechnics, 120, 103416. [17] semin, m. a., levin, l. y. and parshakov, o. s. (2020). selection of working conditions and substantiation of operating mode of freezing pipes in maintenance of frozen wall thickness. journal of mining science, 56(5), pp. 857-867. t l. levin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 63 (2023) 1-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.63.01 12 [18] he, h., dyck, m. f., horton, r., li, m., jin, h. and si, b. (2018). distributed temperature sensing for soil physical measurements and its similarity to heat pulse method. advances in agronomy, 148, pp. 173-230. [19] stutsel, b. m., callow, j. n., flower, k. c., biddulph, t. b. and issa, n. a. (2020). application of distributed temperature sensing using optical fibre to understand temperature dynamics in wheat (triticum aestivum) during frost. european journal of agronomy, 115, 126038. [20] semin, m., golovatyi, i. and pugin, a. (2021). analysis of temperature anomalies during thermal monitoring of frozen wall formation. fluids, 6(8), 297. [21] kong, b., he, s., xia, t. and ding, z. (2021). research on microstructure of soft clay under various artificial ground freezing conditions based on nmr. applied sciences, 11(4), 1810. [22] hou, s., yang, y., cai, c., chen, y., li, f. and lei, d. (2022). modeling heat and mass transfer during artificial ground freezing considering the influence of water seepage. international journal of heat and mass transfer, 194, 123053. [23] trupak, n. (1974) ground freezing in underground development. nedra [in rus.]. [24] semin, m. (2021). calculation of frozen wall thickness considering the non-uniform distribution of the strength properties. procedia structural integrity, 32, pp. 180-186. [25] vyalov, s. s. (2013). rheological fundamentals of soil mechanics. elsevier. [26] vyalov, s. s., zaretsky, y. k. and gorodetsky, s. e. (1979). stability of mine workings in frozen soils. engineering geology, 13(1-4), pp. 339-351. [27] sanger, f. j. and sayles, f. h. (1979). thermal and rheological computations for artificially frozen ground construction. engineering geology, 13(1-4), pp. 311-337. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_1 i. camagic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.01 1 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe influence of temperature and exploitation period on fatigue crack growth parameters in different regions of welded joints ivica camagic, nemanja vasic, bogdan cirkovic faculty of technical sciences, kosovska mitrovica, kneza milosa 7, serbia zijah burzic military technical institute, rastka resanovica 1, belgrade, serbia aleksandar sedmak faculty of mechanical engineering, kraljice marije 16, belgrade, serbia asedmak@mas.bg.ac.rs aleksandar radovic technical school mihailo petrovic alas, kosovska mitrovica, lole ribara 29, serbia abstract. the influence of exploitation period and temperature on the fatigue crack growth parameters in different regions of a welded joint is analysed for new and exploited low-alloyed cr-mo steel a-387 gr. b. the parent metal is a part of a reactor mantle which was exploited for over 40 years, and recently replaced with new material. fatigue crack growth parameters, threshold value kth, coefficient c and exponent m, have been determined, both at room and exploitation temperature. based on testing results, fatigue crack growth resistance in different regions of welded joint is analysed in order to justify the selected welding procedure specification. key words: welded joint; crack; yield stress; tensile strength; permanent dynamic strength. introduction he reactor analysed here has a form of a vertical pressure vessel with a cylindrical mantle and two welded lids, made of cr-mo steel a-387 gr. b, [1]. it is used for some of the most important processes in the motor gasoline production, including platforming in order to change the structure of hydrocarbon compounds and to achieve a higher octane rating. long-time, high temperature exploitation of the reactor, caused siginficant damage in reactor mantle, requiring a thorough inspection and repair of damaged parts, including replacement of a part of reactor mantle. for designed exploitation parameters (p=35 bar, t=537 °c), the material is prone to decarbonization, reducing its strength as a consequence, [2]. testing of high-cycle fatigue behaviour of new and exploited parent metal (pm), weld metal (wm) and heat affected zone (haz), at room and service temperature (540 °c) is necessary to get detailed insight in all parameters influencing fatigue crack growth resistance of cr-mo steel a-387 gr. b. welded joints. t i. camagic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.01 2 testing material oth new and exploited pm was steel a-387 gr. b with thickness of 102 mm. chemical composition and mechanical properties for both new and exploited pm are given in tabs. 1 and 2. specimen designation % max c si mn p s cr mo cu e 0.15 0.31 0.56 0.007 0.006 0.89 0.47 0.027 n 0.13 0.23 0.46 0.009 0.006 0.85 0.51 0.035 table 1: chemical composition of exploited (e) and new (n) pm specimens specimen designation yield stress, rp0.2, mpa tensile strength rm, mpa elongation a, % impact energy, j e 320 450 34.0 155 n 325 495 35.0 165 table 2: chemical composition of exploited (e) and new (n) pm specimens. welding of both new and exploited pm was performed in two stages, according to the following welding procedure specification:  root pass by shielded metal arc welding, using lincoln s1 19g electrode, and  filling passes by arc submerged arc welding, using lincoln lns 150 wire and lincoln p230 flux. chemical composition of the coated electrode lincoln s1 19g, and the wire lincoln lns 150 according to the atest documentation is given in tab. 3, whereas their mechanical properties, also according to the atest documentation, are given in tab. 4. filler material % mas c si mn p s cr mo lincoln s1 19g 0.07 0.31 0.62 0.009 0.010 1.17 0.54 lincoln lns 150 0.10 0.14 0.71 0.010 0.010 1.12 0.48 table 3: chemical composition of filler materials. filler material yield stress, rp0.2, mpa tensile strength rm, mpa elongation a, % impact energy, j, 20°c lincoln s1 19g 515 610 20 >60 lincoln lns 150 495 605 21 >80 table 4: mechanical properties of filler materials fatigue crack growth parameters evaluation atigue crack growth testing at room temperature was performed on three-point bending specimens, as defined by astm e399, [3], whereas tesitng at service temperature, 540 c, was performed on modified ct specimens, as defined by standard bs 7448 part 1, [4]. the high-frequency resonant pulsator was used, in force control mode, with loading ratio r = 0.1 to obtain diagrams da/dn-k for specimens with fatigue crack tip located in pm, wm and b f i. camagic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.01 3 haz, both new and expoloited material, at room and service temperature. only two diagrams are shown here, as an illustration, whereas the others can be found in [1]. 1.00e-10 1.00e-09 1.00e-08 1.00e-07 1.00e-06 1.00e-05 1 10 100 k, mpa m1/2 d a /d n , m /c ik lu s figure 1: diagram da/dn-k for specimen pm-1-1n, 20°c. 1.00e-10 1.00e-09 1.00e-08 1.00e-07 1.00e-06 1.00e-05 1 10 100 k, mpa m1/2 d a /d n , m /c ik lu s figure 2: diagram da/dn-k for specimen pm-2-1e, 540°c. obtained values for parameters of paris law,  md c k dn    a , i.e. coefficient c and exponent m, fatigue threshold kth, and fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, for k = 10 mpam, are given in tabs. 5-9 for new and exploited pm, for new wm, and for new and exloited haz, respectively. i. camagic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.01 4 specimen temperature °c fatigue threshold δkth coefficient c exponent m da/dn. m/cycle δk = 10 mpam pm-1-1n 20 5.9 5.70 · 10-12 2.98 5.44 · 10-9 pm-1-2n 5.6 5.38 · 10-12 3.02 5.63 · 10-9 pm-1-3n 5.8 6.23 · 10-12 2.83 4.21 · 10-9 pm-2-1n 540 5.2 1.52 · 10-10 2.94 1.32 · 10-7 pm-2-2n 5.1 2.08 · 10-10 2.88 1.58 · 10-7 pm-2-3n 5.0 1.11 · 10-10 2.99 1.08 · 10-7 table 5: fatigue crack growth parameters for specimens with notches in new pm. specimen temperature °c fatigue threshold δkth coefficient c exponent m da/dn. m/cycle δk = 10 mpam pm-1-1e 20 5.2 4.45 · 10-12 3.76 2.56 · 10-8 pm-1-2e 5.1 3.89 · 10-12 3.87 2.88 · 10-8 pm-1-3e 5.2 5.17 · 10-12 3.71 2.65 · 10-8 pm-2-1e 540 4.7 1.48 · 10-8 1.80 9.34 · 10-7 pm-2-2e 4.6 2.67 · 10-8 1.68 1.28 · 10-6 pm-2-3e 4.7 1.25 · 10-8 1.84 8.65 · 10-7 table 6: fatigue crack growth parameters for specimens with notches in exploited pm. specimen temperature °c fatigue threshold δkth coefficient c exponent m da/dn. m/cycle δk = 10 mpam wm-1-1e 20 6.8 2.14 · 10-11 2.53 7.25 · 10-9 wm-1-2e 6.9 3.55 · 10-11 2.38 8.71 · 10-9 wm-1-3e 6.7 1.98 · 10-11 2.56 7.19 · 10-9 wm-2-1e 540 5.8 1.26 · 10-9 2.51 4.08 · 10-7 wm-2-2e 5.6 1.78 · 10-9 2.47 5.25 · 10-7 wm-2-3e 5.5 2.24 · 10-9 2.21 3.63 · 10-7 table 7: fatigue crack growth parameters for specimens with notches in wm. specimen temperature °c fatigue threshold δkth coefficient c exponent m da/dn. m/cycle δk = 10 mpam haz-1-1n 20 5.7 2.55 · 10-11 2.48 7.70 · 10-9 haz-1-2n 5.4 2.97 · 10-11 2.41 7.63 · 10-9 haz-1-3n 5.5 2.08 · 10-11 2.57 7.72 · 10-9 haz-2-1n 540 4.9 9.61 · 10-10 2.47 2.84 · 10-7 haz-2-2n 4.7 7.45 · 10-10 2.83 5.03 · 10-7 haz-2-3n 4.8 8.85 · 10-10 2.68 4.24 · 10-7 table 8: fatigue crack growth parameters for specimens with notches in new haz. specimen temperature °c fatigue threshold δkth coefficient c exponent m da/dn. m/cycle δk = 10 mpam haz-1-1e 20 4.8 1.54 · 10-10 2.62 6.42 · 10-8 haz-1-2e 4.6 1.95 · 10-10 2.57 7.24 · 10-8 haz-1-3e 4.5 2.35 · 10-10 2.51 7.60 · 10-8 haz-2-1e 540 4.2 5.50 · 10-9 2.33 1.18 · 10-6 haz-2-2e 4.1 4.67 · 10-9 2.49 1.44 · 10-6 haz-2-3e 4.3 6.24 · 10-9 2.11 8.04 · 10-7 table 9: fatigue crack growth parameters for specimens with notches in exploited haz. i. camagic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.01 5 influence of testing temperature and exploitation period on the fatigue threshold kth is graphically presented in fig. 3-5, for pm, wm and haz, respectively. f at ig u e th re sh o ld ,  k th , m p a√ m 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 3 6 9 temperature, 0c   ▫ new pm  ◦ exploited pm figure 3: fatigue threshold δkth vs. temperature in pm f at ig u e th re sh o ld ,  k th , m p a√ m 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 3 6 9 temperature, 0c figure 4: fatigue threshold δkth vs. temperature in wm. f at ig u e th re sh o ld ,  k th , m p a√ m 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 3 6 9 temperature, 0c   ▫ new haz  ◦ exploited haz figure 5: fatigue threshold δkth vs. temperature in haz. the influence of testing temperature and exploitation period on the fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, is graphically presented in fig. 6-8, for pm, wm and haz, respectively. i. camagic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.01 6 d a/ d n , m / cy cl e 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 -10 10 -9 10 -8 10 -7 10 -6 temperature, 0c   ▫ new pm  ◦ exploited pm figure 6: fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, vs. temperature for specimens with notches in pm. d a/ d n , m / cy cl e 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 10 -10 10 -9 10 -8 10 -7 10 -6 temperature, 0c figure 7: fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, vs. temperature for specimens with notches in wm. d a/ d n , m / cy cl e 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 10 -10 10 -9 10 -8 10 -7 10 -6 temperature, 0c   ▫ new haz  ◦ exploited haz figure 8: fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, vs. temperature for specimens with notches in haz. discussion alues obtained for pm fatigue threshold, kth, are in the range 5.8 mpam (20 c) to 5.1 mpam (540 c), tab. 5. additional reduction for 10-15% is recorded due to exploition period 10-15%, since values for fatigue threshold, kth, are in that case in the range 5.2 mpam (20 c) to 4.7 mpam (540 c), tab. 6. similar effects are noticed in haz, where values of fatigue threshold, kth, obtained for new material, are in the range 5.5 mpam (20 c) to 4.8 mpam (540 c), i.e. from 4.6 mpam (20 c) to 4.2 mpam (540 c) for exploited material, tabs. 8 and 9. v i. camagic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 1-7; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.01 7 the largest values of fatigue threshold, kth, are obtianed in wm, from 6.8 mpam (20 c) to 5.6 mpam (540 c), tab. 7. fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, increases with temperature, being in the range 5.0910-9 m/cycle for new pm (20 c) to 1.3310-7 m/cycle (540 c), tab. 5. exploition period additionally increases fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, from 2.7010-8 m/cycle (20 c) to 1.0310-6 m/cycle (540 c), tab. 6. the same holds for haz, where values of fatigue crack growth rate, da/dn, are in the range 7.6810-9 m/cycle (20 c) to 4.0410-7 m/cycle (540 c) for new material, i.e. in the range 7.0910-8 m/cycle (20 c), to 1.1410-6 m/cycle (540c) for exploited material, tabs. 8 and 9, respectivley. one should notice significantly higher values for fatigue crack growth rate in haz as compared to pm. the values for wm are in between, in the range 7.7210-9 m/cycle (20 c) to 4.3210-7 m/cycle (540c), tab. 7. conclusion ased on the presented results, one can conclude the following:  influence of material heterogeneity, as well as temperature and exploation effects, on fatigue threshold, da/dn, and crack growth rate, da/dn, is significant.  fatigue threshold values are the lowest for wm, and lowest for haz, whereas crack growth rate values are highest for haz and lowest for pm. therefore, generally speaking, the lowest fatigue crack resistance is in haz.  higher temperature and longer exploitation peroids increase crack growth rates and decreases fatigue thresholds for both new and exploited materials in all regions of welded joint (pm, wm, haz). these effects are due to microstructural changes such as carbide formation and growth at grain boundaries and inside grains. references [1] čamagić, i., investigation of the effects of exploitation conditions on the structural life and integrity assessment of pressure vessels for high temperatures (in serbian), doctoral thesis, university of pristina, faculty of technical sciences with the seat in kosovska mitrovica, (2013). [2] čamagić, i., vasić, n., jović, s., burzić, z., sedmak, a., influence of temperature and exploitation time on tensile properties and microstructure of specific welded joint zones, in: 5th international congress of serbian society of mechanics arandjelovac, serbia, (2015). [3] astm e399-89, standard test method for plane-strain fracture toughness of metallic materials, annual book of astm standards, 03.01 (1986) 522. [4] bs 7448-part 1, fracture mechanics toughness tests-method for determination of kic critical ctod and critical j values of metallic materials, bsi, (1991). b << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_14 f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 139 effects of hydrogen induced delay fracture on high-strength steel plate of automobile and the improvement fengzhu liu, yu zhao changchun automobile industry institute, changchun, jilin, 130013, china zyzhaoyz@163.com abstract. delay fracture is an environmental embrittlement occurring when materials, environment and stress interact with each other and also a form of hydrogen induced material deterioration. it is a leading factor inhibiting the further improvement of strength of steel and iron material. hence this study analyzed the improved low-carbon mn-b type ultra-high strength steel plate (1500 mpa) which were processed by conventional heat treatment and heating forming technique and explored the effects of tempering temperature and heating forming technique on the performance of hydrogen induced delay fracture, which provides a reference for the actual application of such kind of steel plate. key words: hydrogen induced delay fracture; environmental management technology. introduction igh-strength steel is usually mixed with hydrogen during smelting, processing and using. generally, hydrogen which enters steel is extremely harmful. for many materials, even a trace of hydrogen can induce delay fracture through diffusion and enrichment. hence the diffusion and enrichment of hydrogen in metals is the premise and bridge for delay fracture [1-3]. delay fracture of high-strength steel is a manifestation of hydrogen embrittlement of metals. according to the source of hydrogen, hydrogen embrittlement can be typed into environmental hydrogen embrittlement and internal hydrogen embrittlement [4 6]. environmental hydrogen embrittlement is induced by the invasion of hydrogen generated from corrosion reaction which happens when materials are exposed to the air for a long time. for instance, delay fracture may happen to bolt used in bridge if it is exposed to moist air or rain. internal hydrogen embrittlement is induced by the gathering of hydrogen that enters steels in the process of thermal processing, acid pickling and electroplating towards stress source [7 9]. for instance, electroplated bolt may crack in a short time after loading. delay fracture can result in the damage of high-strength steels within the designed load-carrying capacity. materials with higher grades are of higher risks of delay fracture. delay fracture is difficult to be detected and usually happens suddenly [10]. recently, accidents induced by hydrogen induced delay fracture of high-strength steels happen frequently. delay fracture has become a barrier for the development of high-strength steel. a large number of evidences have suggested that, the delay fracture of high strength steel have brought huge threatens to industries such as modern motor, architecture, mechanics and light industry. when the strength of steel is over 1200 mpa, the steel would be highly sensitive to hydrogen induced delay fracture [11 12]. till now, several researches have studied the delay fracture behavior of high-strength and ultra high strength steel plat [13]. however, we attach less importance to the delay fracture resistance of low-carbon mn-b steel plate [14], especially the delay fracture performance of low-carbon mn-b steel plate which has h f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 140 been processed by hot forming. with the rapid development of hot forming technology, it is urgent to evaluate the delay fracture behavior of hot formed ultra high-strength steel plate. on account of this, this study processed a kind of lowcarbon mn-b ultra high-strength steel plate with conventional thermal processing and hot forming technique and studied the effects of tempering temperature and hot forming process on its hydrogen-induced delay fracture resistance, which can provide a reference for the actual application of such kind of steel plate. materials and method experimental material he material used in the test was the improved mn-b cold-rolled steel plate (1500 mpa) which was self-developed. it was produced using techniques of rotating furnace, external refining, continuous casting and continuous rolling. the thickness of steel plate was 1.5 mm. its chemical components and their mass fractions were as follows: si (0.85), c (0.20), mn (1.60), s (0.002), p (0.006) and b (0.0015). the experimental steel was first heated into 950 °c and then cooled with water after 20-min insulation. the hardened martensitic structure obtained was tempered at 100, 200 and 400 °c sequentially for 120 min and then cooled in the air. the process is shown in tab. 1. no. of samples heat treatment system 1 950 °c × 20 min, water cooling / 2 100°c×120min, air cooling 3 200°c×120min, air cooling 4 400°c×120min, air cooling table 1: heat treatment system of experimental materials. experimental method to test the tensile performance of the experimental material in quenched state at different tempering temperatures, a tensile experiment was carried out on tensile sample using material testing machine. constant-load notch tensile experiment was used to evaluate the resistance of the experimental material. the ratio of critical fracture stress c to notch strength n , i.e., delay fracture strength ratio /c n  was used to evaluate the delay fracture resistance of the experimental materials. the higher the value was, the better the delay fracture resistance was. to avoid the size effect of thin plate shape samples on hydrogen absorption and dehydrogenation behaviors, the experimental steel plate with a thickness of 6.0 mm was processed into a round bar sample with a size of 5 × 40 mm. then electrochemical hydrogen charging was performed on naoh solution (0.1mol/l); the current density used was 4 ma/cm2 and the process lasted for 72 h. after hydrogen charging and surface grinding, the content of hydrogen in the sample was tested using thermal desorption spectrometry (tds); the heating temperature was 800 °c and the heating rate was 100 °c/h. activation energy of hydrogen traps in the sample was tested by varying the heating rate of tds. the content of hydrogen of hydrogen filled sample was measured at different time points; in this way, the diffusion coefficient of hydrogen in the experimental material was calculated. besides, the notched tensile sample was loaded in corrosive liquid under the effect of critical stress for 100 h. the working segment near the corroded notch was cut using wire cutting. to estimate the critical hydrogen content of the experimental material, the content of hydrogen was measured using tds as well after grinded with 1000 # abrasive paper. constant-load delay fracture experiment, electronic hydrogen charging experiment and test with tds were carried out on experimental materials in conventional quenching state and at different tempering temperatures to study the delay fracture resistance as well as behaviors of hydrogen absorption and effusion and discuss over the effects of quenching and tempering temperature on the delay fracture resistance of the experimental materials. results and discussion mechanical performance of experimental materials ig. 1 shows the changes of tensile performance of the experimental materials along with tempering temperature. it can be seen that, the experimental material had high strength and good plasticity; tensile strength weakened after tempering at 100 °c, whereas yield strength improved. in different states, elongation fluctuated, but slightly. only t f f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 141 when the material was tempered at 400 °c, elongation decreased under the effect of temper embrittlement. figure 1: vibration tendency of the mechanical performance of the experimental materials along with tempering temperature. the delay fracture resistance of experimental materials fig. 2 and 3 show the curves for applied stress – time of failure (s-t) in notched tensile experiment. it can be seen that, time of failure increased with the decrease of applied stress. compared to samples in quenching state, the s-t curve of samples at different tempering temperatures moved towards upper right first and then left lower when the tempering temperature rose to 400 °c. it indicated that, tempering processing improve the delay fracture resistance of the experimental materials; and samples processed at tempering temperature of 200 °c had the highest critical fracture stress and the longest fracture lifespan (fig. 3). figure 2: curves for stress – time of failure of the experimental materials in quenching state in notched tensile experiment. results of notched tensile experiment carried out on the experimental materials are shown in tab. 2. fig. 4 and 5 show the vibrations of critical fracture stress and delay fracture strength ratio of the experimental materials along with the changes of strength and tempering temperature. it can be seen that, critical fracture stress and delay fracture strength ratio of the experimental materials except for samples processed at a tempering temperature of 400 °c gradually increased with f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 142 the decrease of tensile strength or the increase of tempering temperature. with the decrease of strength of notch samples, critical fracture stress and delay fracture strength ratio of the samples increased first and then decreased. though the strength of the samples processed at a tempering temperature of 200 °c reduced for 6.65%, the critical fracture stress improved for 51.14% and the delay fracture strength ratio improved for 61.97%. it indicated that, proper tempering processing after quenching could greatly improve the delay fracture performance when the strength was slightly weakened. figure 3: curves for stress – time of failure of the experimental materials in different states in notched tensile experiment. quenching state 100 °c tempering state 200 °c tempering state 400 °c tempering state smooth tensile strength rm, mpa 1488 1466 1399 1102 notch tensile strength σn, mpa 1759 1781 1642 1455 critical fracture stress σc, mpa 874 1162 1321 1134 delay fracture strength ratio σc/σn 0.497 0.652 0.805 0.780 table 2: results of delay fracture experiment. hydrogen absorption and effusion behaviors of the experimental materials delay crack of high-strength steel is correlated to the hydrogen in steels and the hydrogen absorbed from the environment and in corrosion process. hence we explored hydrogen absorption and effusion behaviors of round bar and plate samples. hydrogen absorption and hydrogen effusion behaviors of non-bearing experimental materials before and after hydrogen charging. after the round bar samples in different states were charged with hydrogen for 72 h at a current density of 4ma/cm2, the content of hydrogen was measured using tds at a heating rate of 100 °c/h. besides, the content of hydrogen in samples without hydrogen charging was also measured (tab. 3). generally, hydrogen released at a temperature below 400 °c is called as diffusible hydrogen, whereas hydrogen released at a temperature higher than 400 °c is called as non-diffusible hydrogen [15, 16]. as the delay fracture is the most obvious when the temperature is near to room temperature, delay fracture is considered to be induced by diffusible hydrogen released at room temperature rather than non-diffusible hydrogen released at room temperature [17, 18]. in this study, hydrogen released at a temperature below 300 °c was regarded as diffusible hydrogen and hydrogen released at a temperature above 300 °c was as non-diffusible hydrogen. therefore, the hydrogen corresponding to the first hydrogen effusion peak of materials processed at a relatively low temperature was diffusible hydrogen and the hydrogen corresponding to the second hydrogen effusion peak of materials processed at a relatively high temperature was nondiffusible hydrogen. obviously, the content of diffusible hydrogen in the samples in quenching state was quite low, so was f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 143 the content of non-diffusible hydrogen in the samples in tempering state. an obvious low-temperature hydrogen effusion peak appeared in the hydrogen effusion curve of the hydrogen charged samples in quenching state or at different tempering temperatures and the peak temperature was about 145 °c; but no obvious changes were observed in the hightemperature hydrogen effusion peak. besides, the low-temperature peak of hydrogen filled samples in tempering state was the highest. with the increase of tempering temperature, the low-temperature peak of the samples decreased, but the hightemperature peak had no obvious changes. it suggested that, the hydrogen absorbed after hydrogen charging was diffusible hydrogen and the content of non-diffusible hydrogen had no obvious changes. figure 4: variation of critical fracture stress and delay fracture ratio of the experimental materials along with the changes of tensile strength. figure 5: variation of clinical fracture stress and delay fracture ratio of the experimental materials along with the changes of tempering temperature. f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 144 fig. 6 shows the variation of the hydrogen content of the experimental materials in different states along with the changes of tempering temperature. it can be seen that, the content of hydrogen in different states before hydrogen charging were similar; the content of diffusible hydrogen was quite low; except for samples processed at a tempering temperature of 100 °c, the content of non-diffusible hydrogen in samples in different states was highly consistent; the content of hydrogen significantly improved after hydrogen charging, a slight increase in non-diffusible hydrogen and a significantly increase in diffusible hydrogen; as the tempering temperature increased, the content of hydrogen charged reduced (the content of diffusible hydrogen decreased and the content of non-diffusible hydrogen remained unchanged). state of samples quenching state 100 °c tempering state 200 °c tempering state 400 °c tempering state samples without hydrogen charging (original state) the content of diffusible hydrogen (ppm) 0.0176 0.0081 0.0009 0.0031 the content of nondiffusible hydrogen (ppm) 0.0741 0.1677 0.0791 0.0834 total content of hydrogen (ppm) 0.0909 0.1758 0.0801 0.0857 hydrogen-filled samples the content of diffusible hydrogen(ppm) 0.8629 0.6201 0.5452 0.4441 the content of nondiffusible hydrogen (ppm) 0.1134 0.0951 0.1402 0.1443 total content of hydrogen (ppm) 0.9771 0.7136 0.6866 0.5882 table 3: the content of hydrogen of the experimental materials in different states before and after hydrogen charging (non-bearing, round bar samples). figure 6: vibration of the content of hydrogen of round bar samples in different states before and after hydrogen charging (cd: the content of diffusible hydrogen; cn: the content of non-diffusible hydrogen; ct: the content of hydrogen). hydrogen absorption and effusion behaviors of experimental materials before and after loading the notch tensile samples were loaded for 100 hours in corrosive liquid under critical stress. then the corroded part was cut down. after surface clearance, it was put into tds to measure behaviors of hydrogen absorption and effusion, and the measurements results are shown in tab. 4 and fig. 8. it can be seen that, the content of hydrogen in samples in four f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 145 different states differs little before loading, and the hydrogen involved was non-diffusible hydrogen; the content of hydrogen improved after 100-h loading in corrosive liquid, and the hydrogen involved was also non-diffusible hydrogen; the content of hydrogen in samples in quenching state was the lowest, while the content of hydrogen in samples processed at a tempering temperature of 200 °c was the highest, four times that of the sample in quenching state and two times that of the samples processed at a tempering temperature of 100 °c and 400 °c. state of samples quenching state 100 °c tempering state 200 °c tempering state 400 °c tempering state samples before loading the content of diffusible hydrogen (ppm) 0.0119 0.0081 0.0099 0.0185 the content of non-diffusible hydrogen (ppm) 0.1160 0.0958 0.1121 0.1278 total content of hydrogen 0.1281 0.1045 0.1221 0.1466 samples after loading the content of diffusible hydrogen (ppm) 0.0839 0.0534 0.1629 0.0938 the content of non-diffusible hydrogen (ppm) 0.3385 0.6466 1.6319 1.7968 total content of hydrogen (ppm) 0.4228 0.6997 1.7949 0.8518 table 4. the content of hydrogen of experimental materials in different states before and after loading (plate samples) figure 7: the content of hydrogen of experimental materials in different states before and after loading (plate samples). activation energy of hydrogen trap of experimental materials the peak temperature of hydrogen effusion peak would change when heating rate in thermal analysis changed. activation trap corresponding to hydrogen effusion peak can be calculated according to the variation of the peak temperature [19 ~ 20]. it is because that, hydrogen in traps can be gradually released by overcoming trap potential barrier when hydrogen filled samples are heated at a certain heating rate and the process is controlled by the bulk diffusion of hydrogen in samples. as the capability of every kind of trap trapping hydrogen is fixed, a peak value will appear in the curve of the correlation between hydrogen effusion rate and temperature under certain heating condition. the capability of trap f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 146 trapping hydrogen can be estimated qualitatively according to the peak value. the hydrogen effusion peak temperature would change if the heating rate was changed; when heating rate increases and heating time reduces, hydrogen effusion peak moves towards high temperature. the correlation between heating rate and hydrogen effusion peak temperature [21] is: e 2 e ae a prta prt   (1) in the formula, ea refers to activation energy of hydrogen trap,  refers to heating rate; tp refers to hydrogen effusion peak temperature, a is a constant r is a gas constant. after taking the logarithm of both sides of formula (1) and differentiation, we get 2ln( / ) (1/ ) ap p et t r     (2) it can be known from formula (2) that, 2ln( / )pt and 1/ pt was in a linear correlation. hence ea could be calculated using linear fitting method. hydrogen effusion peak temperature of hydrogen effusion curves of experimental samples processed at different heating rates is shown in tab. 5. the correlation between 2ln( / )pt and 1/ pt could be obtained in fig. 8. besides, the value of e /a r was obtained after solving slope with linear fitting, and then the value of activation energy ea was obtained. heating rate, °c /h state of samples hydrogen effusion peak temperature of diffusible hydrogen, °c hydrogen effusion peak temperature of non-diffusible hydrogen, °c 100 quenching state 152 396 100 °c tempering state 129 411 200 °c tempering state 132 411 400 °c tempering state 126 390 200 quenching state 201 438 100 °c tempering state 179 430 200 °c tempering state 186 427 400 °c tempering state 160 408 400 quenching state 260 465 100 °c tempering state 251 455 200 °c tempering state 244 453 400 °c tempering state 222 447 table 5: hydrogen effusion peak temperature of hydrogen effusion curves of experimental materials processed by different heating rate. f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 147 figure 8. the correlation between 2ln( / )pt and 1/ pt of experimental materials: a) diffusible hydrogen; b) non-diffusible hydrogen). tab. 6 shows that, activation energy of diffusible hydrogen trap was close to hydrogen activation energy of m3c carbide in 42crmo steel processed at a tempering temperature of 600 °c (13.4 kj/mol) [22] as well as hydrogen trap activation energy of fe3c (18.5 kj/mol) and hydrogen trap activation energy of grain boundary (17.2 kj/mol) [23]. f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 148 quenching state 100 °c tempering state 200 °c tempering state 400 °c tempering state activation energy of diffusible hydrogen, kj/mol 15.3 12.9 14.3 16.2 activation energy of non-diffusible hydrogen, kj/mol 63.9 118.9 119.6 79.5 table 6: hydrogen trap activation energy of experimental materials. diffusion of hydrogen in experimental materials it was found that, hydrogen-induced crack was closely correlated to the local concentration of hydrogen [24]. as for diffusible hydrogen, local concentration is determined by average content and diffusion process. therefore, it is important to study the diffusion process of diffusible hydrogen in samples. fig. 9 shows the vibration of the content of diffusible hydrogen in steels along with the changes of time. it can be seen that, the content of diffusible hydrogen in experimental materials decreased with the increase of storage time; when the storage time exceeds 72 h, the concentration of diffusible hydrogen in experimental steels was around 0. 15 × 10-6. figure 9: effects of storage time after hydrogen charging on the concentration of diffusible hydrogen of experimental materials in different states. carnerio filho et al. [25] once studied the diffusion of hydrogen in steels based on the rules of decline of hydrogen content of hydrogen-filled round bar samples which were stored for different periods of time. the equation of diffusion of hydrogen in steels is: 2 00.72( )exp( 22.2 / )tc c c c dt d     (3) in the formula, ct refers to the concentration of diffusible hydrogen in steels at time point t; c ∞ refers to the concentration of diffusible hydrogen of experimental materials when t is equal to ∞; c0 refers to the concentration of diffusible hydrogen when t = 0; d refers to the diameter of sample; d stands for diffusion coefficient of hydrogen in experimental materials. the experimental results of experimental materials in different states were substituted into formula (3); regression analysis results are shown in fig. 9. it can be seen that, the diffusion coefficients of hydrogen in materials processed by quenching, 100 °c tempering, 200 °c tempering and 400 °c tempering were d1 = 3.71 × 10-7, d2 = 2.98 × f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 149 10-7, d3 = 2.66 × 10-7 and d4 = 2.31 × 10-7 cm2/s. obviously, with the increase of tempering temperature, diffusion coefficients of experimental materials would decrease. to sum up, as for the improved mn-b steel plate (1500 mpa), the delay fracture resistance of experimental material in quenching state is the lowest, but tempering processing can significantly enhance the delay crack resistance. the delay fracture resistance of the materials processed at 200 °c tempering temperature was the highest on the condition that the strength of experimental materials decreased slightly. when tempering temperature was too high, for example, 400 °c, then diffusion coefficient of hydrogen at room temperature was weakened due to the significant decrease of the strength, but the resistance was still high than that of materials processed by quenching. with the increase of tempering temperature, the diffusion coefficient of hydrogen at room temperature decreased. the content of non-diffusible hydrogen of experimental materials in corrosive fluid under critical stress showed an obvious improvement after loading. the quantity of hydrogen bearing by the samples in quenching state under critical stress was the lowest, while the quantity of hydrogen of the samples processed at 200 °c tempering temperature was the highest. under the effect of critical stress and after 100-h loading in corrosive liquid, the content of hydrogen in samples showed a remarkable increase; besides, the quantity of hydrogen processed by heat forming was higher than that of samples processed by quenching and samples processed by quenching and 100 °c tempering, leading to the high delay fracture resistance. hence, hot forming processing can ensure a high delay fracture resistance of experimental materials and tempering processing can further improve the delay fracture resistance of experimental materials. references [1] koyama, m., akiyama, e., tsuzaki, k., hydrogen-induced delayed fracture of a fe–22mn–0.6c steel pre-strained at different strain rates. scripta materialia, 66(11) (2012) 947-950. [2] zhang, c. l., liu, y. z., chao, j., et al. effects of niobium and vanadium on hydrogen-induced delayed fracture in high strength spring stee l. journal of iron & steel research international, 18(6) (2011) 49-53. [3] zhang, s., huang, y., sun, b., et al. effect of nb on hydrogen-induced delayed fracture in high strength hot stamping steels. materials science & engineering a, 626 (2015) 136-143. [4] ogata, t., evaluation of hydrogen embrittlement by internal high-pressure hydrogen environment in specimen. journal of the japan institute of metals, 72(2) (2008) 125-131. [5] araújo, b. a., travassos, g. d., silva, a. a., et al., experimental characterization of hydrogen embrittlement in api 5l x60 and api 5l x80 steels. key engineering materials, 478 (2011) 34-39. doi:10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.478.34. [6] mallick, a., das, s., mathur, j., et al. internal reversible hydrogen embrittlement leads to engineering failure of cold drawn wire. case studies in engineering failure analysis, 1(2) (2013) 139-143. [7] zucca, g., mocci, a., tirilló, j., et al. hydrogen embrittlement and fatigue fracture of a crankshaft of an internal combustion engine. procedia engineering, 109 (2015) 202-209. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.06.213. [8] mori, k., lee, e. w., frazier, w. e., et al. effect of tempering and baking on the charpy impact energy of hydrogen-charged 4340 steel. journal of materials engineering & performance, 24(1) (2015)329-337. [9] rajabipour, a., melchers, r. e., capacity of pitting corroded pipes under hydrogen assisted cracking. international journal of hydrogen energy, 40(30) (2015) 9388-9399. doi: 10.1016/j.ijhydene.2015.05.077. [10] han, s. z., hui, w. j., liu, r. p., et al. effect of tempering temperature on hydrogen-induced delayed fracture behavior of 30crmnsia steel. transactions of materials & heat treatment, 35(7) (2014)114-119. [11] zhang, y. j., zhou, c., hui, w. j., et al. effect of c content on hydrogen induced delayed fracture behavior of mnb type steels. journal of iron & steel research, 26(5) (2014) 49-55. [12] bai, x. m., gong, j. m., wang, y. f., prediction of hydrogen induced delayed fracture initiation time of high strength steel using cohesive zone modeling. journal of shanghai jiaotong university, 46(7) (2012) 1079-1083. [13] kuduzović, a., poletti, m. c., sommitsch, c., et al. investigations into the delayed fracture susceptibility of 34crnimo6 steel, and the opportunities for its application in ultra-high-strength bolts and fasteners. materials science & engineering a, 590(2) (2014) 66–73. [14] li, f. f., fu, m. w., lin, j. p., et al. experimental and theoretical study on the hot forming limit of 22mnb5 steel. international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 71(1-4) (2014) 297-306. doi: 10.1007/s00170-013-5468-x. [15] dariusz, f., grzegorz, r., effect of shielded-electrode wet welding conditions on diffusion hydrogen content in deposited metal. welding international, 25(3) (2011) 166-171. f. z. liu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 139-150; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.14 150 [16] ji, w. w., gong, h. r., adsorption and diffusion of hydrogen on ti, al, and tial surfaces. international journal of hydrogen energy, 39(11) (2014) 6068-6075. [17] ji, c., xinguo, r., xin-zheng, l., et al. on the room-temperature phase diagram of high pressure hydrogen: an ab initio molecular dynamics perspective and a diffusion monte carlo study. journal of chemical physics, 141(2) (2014) 024501-024501. [18] fu-chun, h., yung-yu, c., tsung-tsong, w., a room temperature surface acoustic wave hydrogen sensor with pt coated zno nanorods. nanotechnology, 20(6) (2009) 2643-2646. [19] silverstein, r., eliezer, d., hydrogen trapping mechanism of different duplex stainless steels alloys. journal of alloys & compounds, 644 (2015) 280-286. doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2015.04.176. [20] wei, f. g., tsuzaki, k., quantitative analysis on hydrogen trapping of tic particles in steel. metallurgical & materials transactions a, 37(2) (2006) 331-353. [21] rojas, h., fierro, j. l. g., reyes, p., the solvent effect in the hydrogenation of citral over ir and ir-fe/tio2 catalysis. journal of the chilean chemical society, 52(2) (2007)1155-1159. [22] tur, c., khaleeli, z., ciccarelli, o., et al. complementary roles of grey matter mtr and t2 lesions in predicting progression in early ppms. journal of neurology neurosurgery & psychiatry, 82(4) (2011) 423-428. doi: 10.1136/jnnp.2010.209890. [23] choo, w. y., lee, j. y., hydrogen trapping phenomena in carbon steel. journal of materials science, 17(7) (1982) 1930-1938. [24] wang, m., akiyama, e., tsuzaki, k., determination of the critical hydrogen concentration for delayed fracture of high strength steel by constant load test and numerical calculation. corrosion science, 48(8) (2006) 2189-2202. [25] filho, c. j. c., mansur, m. b., modenesi, p. j., et al. the effect of hydrogen release at room temperature on the ductility of steel wire rods for pre-stressed concrete. materials science & engineering a, 527(18) (2010) 4947-4952. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_60_art_06_3367.docx a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 73 fracture toughness of matrix cracked frc and fgc beams using equivalent tpfm a.a. elakhras, m.h. seleem, h.e.m. sallam materials engineering department, faculty of engineering, zagazig university, zagazig 44519, egypt ahmedali.elakhras@gmail.com,http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3821-1327 mhseleem1963@gmail.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5777-4651 hem_sallam@yahoo.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9217-9957 abstract. in the present work, the fracture toughness (kic) of full-depth (fd) fiber-reinforced concrete (frc) and layered functionally graded concrete (fgc) matrix cracked (mc) beams has been determined by the equivalent relationships of the two-parameter fracture model (etpfm). forty-eight mc-fgc and mc-fd frc beam specimens with span-depth ratios (l/d) equal 4, 5, and 6 were tested under the 3pb configuration. the mc length-depth ratio (ao/d) remained constant equal to one-third. all frc beams have the same hooked-end steel fibers volume fraction of 1%. the fgc beams are composed of three equal layers, i.e., frc in the bottom layer at the tension side, normal strength concrete (nsc) at the middle layer, and high strength concrete at the upper layer in the compression side. the results showed that the predicted values of kicobtained from etpfm are considered appropriate according to the maximum size of the non-damaged defect concept. the crack mouth opening displacement estimated from etpfm showed acceptable values close to the present experimental results. the kic values calculated within the presence of fibers in front of and through the mc for frc beam specimens having 1% sfs is more than twice the value of nsc. keywords. fiber-reinforced concrete; functionally graded concrete; matrix cracked beams; equivalent tpfm; fracture toughness. citation: elakhras, a., seleem, m., sallam, h.., fracture toughness of matrix cracked frc and fgc beams using equivalent tpfm, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88. received: 23.11.2021 accepted: 22.01.2022 online first: 27.01.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ull-depth (fd) fiber-reinforced concrete (frc) is conventional concrete with suitable discontinuous fibers added to achieve a composite with a desirable performance level. it became known that frc improved the particular properties of concrete despite its manufacturing cost [1]. recently, functionally graded concrete (fgc) is a new layered composite used to achieve the favorite serviceable requests of a structural element without major influence on its performance while reducing its materials cost[2,3]. nowadays, increasing demand is placed on frc and fgcforrepairing construction, especially in infrastructure pavement such as rigid pavement systems constructed at airports, local streets, f https://youtu.be/3sowj7v16em a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 74 ports,high-volume traffic corridors, and parking lots as in the usa [4] and europe [2]. most of the researchers concerned about studying fgc according to its mechanical properties conduced that fgc is more efficient than fd frc[5–13]. however, the fracture behavior of fd frc and fgc is still limed or not obviously according to fracture mechanics concepts. fracture parameters of concrete are substantial properties used in concrete structures. linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) is the fundamental basis of most models. according to linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm), fracture energy (gic)and fracture toughness (kic) are not variant with the depth of notch and the size of the beam. thus, they are considered as material properties. also, lefm assumes a perfect bond between the fiber and the matrix. however, several researches reported that the kic value evaluated for notched concrete specimens using lefm showed significant variance with different sizes and notch depth. latterly most researches implicitly these variances by the inelastic interface response during crack growth in concrete. this inelastic response during crack growth paid attention to the role of aggregate particles in crack arresting [14–16] and the fibers in crack bridging. one of the significant problems for calculating frc fracture parameters is substantial nonlinearity before the maximum load. unless this stable crack extension is included in the calculations of kic, one cannot obtain a correct value of the fracture toughness of concrete. also, fibers' presence into cracked beams from normal concrete causes the maximum loads and the fracture energy to increase dramatically [17]. moreover, bažant et al. [18] reported that much of the scatter in total fracture energy (gf) calculations come from inherent randomness in the tail end of the load-crack mouth opening displacement (p-cmod) curve and uncertainty in extrapolating the tail end of the curve to zero loads beside sources of energy dissipation [18]. in addition, the examinations of fractured specimens of frc take place primarily due to fiber pullout or deboning and increase the fracture toughness. thus, numerous nonlinear fracture models have been suggested to describe brittle materials failure [19–23]. hillerborg proposed the fictitious crack model representing the inelastic interface response during crack growth characterized by a nonlinear stress-crack displacement relationship [19]. this approach is based on predicting the macroscopic stress-crackwidth relations by the softening behavior of concrete. however, according to jenq and shah [24], the fracture mechanism for frc can be divided into several stages. the first stage is subcritical crack growth in the matrix and the beginning of the fiber bridging effect, where the linear elastic behavior of the composite is controlled. the second stage is the postcritical crack growth in the matrix, where there is steady-state crack growth due to the applied load and the fiber bridging stresses, and the stress intensity factor remains constant. the final stage is the resistance to crack separation, provided exclusively by the fibers pullout mechanism. according to jenq and shah [24], crack growth occurs when the stress intensity factor, kic, and the crack tip opening displacement (ctod) reach a critical value. thus, another nonlinear model considered the elastic effective crack approach, based on the equivalent lefm and griffith-lrwin energy dissipation concept were proposed such as; the two-parameter fracture model (tpfm) by jenq and shah [21]and the size effect law (sel) by bažant[22]. these nonlinear fracture models presented at least two fracture parameters material. these parameters are dependent only on the fracture properties of the material, irrespective of the size and geometry of the structure. these parameters are expected to describe the failure of a concrete member. hillerborg et al. [19]proposed the fictitious crack model to measure the total material energy of fracture(gf). the general idea of this type of test is to measure the amount of energy absorbed when the specimen is broken into two halves [25]. jenq and shah proposed a tpfm and considered its two parameters; kic and the critical crack tip opening displacement ctodc are constant material properties[21]. also, sel for notched beams (sel, type-ιι) proposed by bažant considered two material parameters, the critical energy release rate (gf) and the critical effective crack extension (cf). since both tpfm and sel are based on the same elastic effective crack approach, ouyang et al. [26] suggested relationships to calculate the equivalent parameters of tpfm based on this equivalency and derived it by comparing the results with sel. also, other researchers are concerned with determining kic for frc and fgm [2,5,27–29]. all these models calculated fracture parameters using a three-point bending (3pb) test on through-thickness cracked beams for concrete. however, fibers must cross the two surfaces of the pre-cracked beams to have actual field conditions and correct simulations in the actual field simulation of frc or fgc beams. it was considered one of the difficult laboratory problems. recently, sallam and co-workers [5]suggested a novel method to create a pre-matrix crack (mc), representing fibers that pass through the prematrix crack of the specimen to represent its bridging and closing effects. this work aims to study the equivalent relationships of tpfm (etpfm) to calculate the fgc and fd frc beams fracture toughness with real mc specimens. real fracture toughness reliability expected from such etpfm for mcspecimens was checked using the maximum size of the non-damaged defect (dmax) [30,31]. a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 75 experimental program materials and mix proportions hree mixes, including normal strength concrete (nsc), frc, and high strength concrete (hsc), were designed for the experimental program. nsc was designed based on aci 211.1-91 [32]. according to aci 544.4r-88 [1], sffrc mixtures can be mixed and placed with conventional equipment, and procedures used from 0.5 to 1.5 vf%. however, higher percentages of fibers (from 2 to 10 volume percent) have been used with special fiber addition techniques and placement procedures. therefore, frc was designed by adding 1% hooked-end sf by volume fraction to nsc. hooked-end steel fibers (sf) were used with a length equal to 35 mm, a circular cross-section of 0.80 mm, and tensile strength of 1150 mpa. ordinary portland cement, grade n 42.5 with content 400 kg/m3, was used to produce both nsc and frc. the water/ cementitious materials ratio (w/cm) was 0.53. hsc mix was produced by cement, grade n 52.5 with a total cm of 550kg/m3, and silica fume (master life sf 100) as a partial replacement of cm by 10%. also, a superplasticizer (master glenium rmc 315) was used as a high range water reducer by 2.5 % from the weight of the cm. the w/cm ratio was 0.27. in all mixes, dolomite having a maximum aggregate size equals to 12.50 mm, and ordinary siliceous sand were respectively used as coarse and fine aggregates. the specific gravities of the used coarse and fine aggregates were respectively 2.61 and 2.59. for the estimation of mechanical properties of mixes, cubes 150×150×150 according to bs en 12390–3:2009 [33]were cast for the compression test. cylinders of 300 mm height and 150 mm diameter were used to estimate indirect tensile strength according to bs en 12390–6:2009 [34]. all beams were removed from molds after 24 hours from casting. after de-molding, all specimens were cured in moist air for 56 days. the mix proportions of the nsc, frc and hsc mix relative to their cm by weight and mechanical properties of the three investigated mixes are given in tab. 1. mix/cm(kg/m3) mix proportions relative to cm by weight mechanical properties cm sand dolomite silica fume w/cm super plasticizer compressive st., , mpa indirect tensile st., , mpa nsc/(400) 1 1.91 2.38 0.53 27.70 frc/(400) 1 1.91 2.38 0.53 0.02 34.55 hsc/(550) 1 1.35 1.75 0.10 0.27 0.025 61.33 table 1: mix proportions for mixtures and their mechanical properties. samples preparation and casting procedures most of the fracture models recommended notched beams with l/d ratios in the range of 2.5 to 8 to study the variation of fracture toughness or fracture energy for various l/d ratios in this range. in tpfm, jenq and shah [21,24] considered the standard specimen with a span-depth ratio (l/d) of 4 and the initial notch-to-depth ratio (ao/d) equal to 1/3. han et al. [23]also investigated the fracture toughness for notched beams with various span-depth ratios ranging from 2 to 6. hillerborg[25]recommended standard notched beams of various l/d ratios ranging from 4 to 8 to calculate the fracture energy according to its concept. therefore, the following span-depth ratios, l/d = 4, 5, and 6, were analyzed in the present work. forty-eight matrix-cracked (mc) fd frc and fgc beams were fabricated, with constant breadth equals150 mm. the initial crack-depth ratio (ao/d) stayed equals one-third. the investigated beams were of two patterns. the 1stpatterncomprised 24 mc specimens from fd frc. the 2ndpattern comprised 24 mcfgc beam specimens. four specimens were cast for each case study to take the average. the dimensions of fgc and frc beam specimens are illustrated in tab. 2. three mixtures from frc, nsc, and hsc were designed to fabricate fgc beams at equal layers in steel molds. the bottom layer at the tension side was cast from the frc mixture. nsc was cast at the middle layer of the beam depth. hsc was cast in the upper layer at the compression zone of the beam. the same procedures used by othman et al.[35]in casting fgc layers were followed. in the case of the frc mixture, sfs were sprayed randomly in a continuous manner during the final stage of concrete mixing, according to the recommendations of aci 544.4r [1]. all specimens were moist cured for 56 days. fig. 1 shows different beams patterns and the fibers distribution across the notch. t a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 76 real matrix crack methodology two mm thickness plate from foam was used to make the mc at the mid-span of the beam bottom. two grooves were cut at two sides of the steel mold to fix the foam plate. the steel fibers were permitted to cross the thin foam plate uniformly distributed. the amount of steel fibers allowed to cross the plate was assumed to be one-third of the total amount representing 1% of the concrete volume fraction. thus, the orientation factor efficiency was 0.33 for fibers distributions for ideal theoretical assumptions in this study. many experimental and numerical studies reported orientation factors in the range of 40-60% [36–38]. sallam and co-workers describe the procedures of real mc in detail [5], as shown in fig. 2. figure 1:patterns of frc and fgc beams and the sf distributions across the notch. experimental test setup hillerborg[25]recommended standard 3pb notched beams to calculate the fracture toughness of concrete. 3pb specimens were employed in the tpfm proposed by jenq and shah [21,24], which this model was adopted in the present work to analyze the results of the matrix cracked specimens. therefore, the fgc and fd frc beams were tested under the 3pb test. a universal testing machine of 1000 kn maximum capacity was used for testing all specimens. flexural test measurements were obtained through a data acquisition system. a100 kn maximum capacity load cell was used to measure the applied load. the crack mouth opening displacement (cmod) was measured using a sensitive lvdt, as shown schematically in fig. 3. however, the ctod was measured based on the proposed relationships of etpfm. figure 2: methodology of mc-fd frc and fgc beams. b d/3 d/3 nsc frc hscd/3 b cross section: b-b b) mc-fgc pattern frcd l b a a cross section: a-a a) mc-fd frc pattern a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 77 figure 3: schematic diagram for setting cmod measurement and test set up. equivalent parameters of tpfm method (etpfm) the flexural strength flf was calculated using a three-point bending test (3pb) for different specimens sizes as follow;   2 3 2 fl my pl f l bd (1) where m is the moment due to the applied load, p, under 3pb test, y is the maximum distance from the neutral axis of specimen cross-section, i is the moment of inertia for uncracked specimen, b is the specimen breadth, d is the depth and l is the loaded span of the specimen. it is worth noting that since there is no alternative for eqn. (1), this equation can be used for composite comparison data and specification values up to the maximum fiber strain of 2 % and considered an apparent strength for laminated beams as recommended by astm d7264/d7264m [39]. ouyan et al.[26]proposed a relationship based on equivalency between the effective crack growth length (∆ae) of tfpm proposed by jenq and shah [21]and critical crack length of sel (cf)[22]. the relations of etpfm were suggested to predicate the fracture parameters (kic, ctodc) for infinity large size 3b.p beam without using a closed-loop of loading and unloading cycle as in tfpm, by the following equations;      2 01.261 f f f a c g e (2) ic fk g e (3)    0 4.68 ( )f f c a c cmod e (4)                      2 0 0 0 0 1 0.92 0.08c c f f a a ctod cmod a c a c (5)         2 0 0 0 0.081 2.854 0.081 f c f f g a ctod a c e a c (6) where  f is the nominal strength and expressed by flf for mc-specimen, ao is the initial pre-crack depth, gf is the critical energy release rate, cf is the effective crack length, e is the modulus of elasticity, and ctodc is the critical crack a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 78 mouth displacement. also, modulus of elasticity can be obtained from the load-cmod curve for notched for fd frc specimens as follow[2,21,24]:    0 2 6 i l a v e c d b (7)                2 3 2 0.66 0.76 2.28 3.87 2.04 1 v (8) ci is the initial compliance calculated from the load-cmod curve, and v(α) is the geometry factor. it is worth noting that the apparent flexural modulus of orthotropic laminates can be calculated by the chord or secant method recommended by astm d7264/d7264m [39]. on the other hand, eqns. (7,8) were previously adopted to estimate the modulus of elasticity of frc [21,24]and fgc [2]. therefore, the modulus of elasticity was calculated for frc and fgc specimens using eqns. (7,8). eqn. (7) calculated the modulus of elasticity for fd frc as an apparent value to the whole composite layered fgc beams. to calculate a representative e, especially for fgc specimens, notched fgc specimens with relative notch depth (αo=1/6) were tested for this study, as the fd of bottom layer for mc-fgc with αo=1/3 was fully cracked. results and discussion flexural behavior of mc-specimens he results of flexural strength for mc-fd frc, and mc-fgc specimens at first crack initiation and maximum stress for specimens with different sizes and l/d ratios equal 4, 5, and 6 are given in tab. 2. specimens mc-fd frc mc-fgc beam code l/d ratio b×d×l, mm at first cracking, mpa flf at maximum stress, mpa at maximum stress, mpa b4-1 4 150×150×600 3.17 3.70 2.75 b4-2 4 150×187.5×750 2.79 3.78 3.18 b4-3 4 150×225×900 2.60 3.23 2.58 b5-1 5 150×150×750 2.57 3.34 3.04 b5-2 5 150×180×900 2.90 3.34 2.65 b6 6 150×150×900 2.74 2.84 2.62 e, gpa 27.00 33.30 table 2: results of flexural strength of mc-fd frc and fgc specimens. fig. 4 shows stress-cmod curves of mc-fd frc and mc-fgc specimens with different sizes and spandepth ratios equal four, five, and six. the regulation factor was calculated for the tested specimens according to the suggested multilinear mean curve. the suggested multi-linear mean curve was calculated based on average points of stress and cmod at each observed variation on the curve slope for the four specimens in each case. for clear observation of the points at first cracking and maximum stress, the mean curves of mc-fd frc and mc-fgc specimens were re-drawn up to cmod equals 5 mm, as shown in fig. 5. t a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 79 m p a st re ss , cmod, mm 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 mean mc-fd frc, b4-3 r =0.93 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 sp. 4 mean mc-fgc, b5-2 r =0.78 0 1 2 3 4 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 sp. 4 mean mc-fgc, b4-1 r =0.82 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 sp. 4 mean mc-fd frc, b4-1 r =0.86 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 sp. 4 mean mc-fgc, b5-1 r =0.89 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 sp. 4 mean mc-fd frc, b5-1 r =0.71 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 3 sp. 4 sp. 2 mean mc-fgc, b4-2 r =0.90 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 sp.4 mean mc-fd frc, b4-2 r =0.92 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 mean mc-fgc, b6-1 r =0.92 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 mean mc-fd frc, b5-2 r =0.82 0 1 2 3 4 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 mean mc-fd frc, b6-1 r =0.85 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 sp. 1 sp. 2 sp. 3 sp.4 mean mc-fgc, b4-3 r =0.86 a) mc-fd frc beams b) mc-fgc beams figure 4: stress-cmod curves of mc-beams, (a) frc, and (b) fgc. a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 80 st re ss , m p a cmod, mm 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 mc-fd frc mc-fgc b4-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 mc-fd frc mc-fgcb6-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 mc-fd frc mc-fgc b4-2 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 mc-fd frc mc-fgc b4-3 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 mc-fd frc mc-fgcb5-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 mc-fd frc mc-fgcb5-2 figure 5: mean curves of stress-cmod for mcfd frc and mc-fgc beams. for mc-fd frc specimens, the first crack initiation appeared before the maximum stress, and specimens showed strain hardening behavior as a result of sfs at the head of the crack tip. the stress is released slowly after that depending on fibers distribution through the beam cross-section. while in mcfgc, the first crack initiation occurred at maximum stress, and an abrupt fall was seen after the maximum stress in mcfgc specimens as a result of the sfs absence ahead of the crack tip, see fig. 1. these observations of crack initiation for frc specimens are compatible with aci 544.4r-88 and astm c1609/c1609m [40,41]. on the other hand, the area under the descending portion (softening portion) of the frc specimens is larger than that of the fgc specimens. this is due to sfs in the fd frc beam specimens. also, in mc-fgc specimens, the concrete layers ahead of the crack tip were nsc in the middle zone and hsc in the compression zone without sf. thus, the presence of the softening portion in the fgc specimens reflects the efficiency of the proposed new mc technique in simulating a real field crack in the laboratory. results of etpfm according to ouyang et al. [26], the fracture parameters (kic, ctodc) can be obtained from the suggested equivalency relationship (etpfm), based on the equivalency of the effective crack length of tpfm and sel. the effective crack lengths (cf ) for mc-frc and mc –fgc specimens were obtained from applying sel-type ii on the specimens b4-1, b4-2, and b4-3, with a constant l/d ratio, equals 4. these values were considered as constant material property. the values of cf were 1.82, 14.27, and 63.43 mm for mc-fd frc at first cracking, mc-fd frc, and mc-fgc at maximum stress, respectively. according to bažant and rilem recommendations [42], the boundary of the cracking layer size, fracture process zone (fpz), is approximate twice cf. thus, the statistical analysis to obtain the equivalent parameters from etpfm was adopted within the boundary of the fpz. the proposed etpfm relationships were applied on mcfd frc and mc-fgc specimens with0 equal 1/3, for each case of l/d ratios (4, 5, and 6) individually, at first cracking and maximum stress, as follows: a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 81 the values of gf and kic were estimated for the four specimens representing each case of l/d individually by substituting the incremental increase steps value of cf in eqn. (2,3). the ctod at each incremental step of cf is obtained from eqns. (4,5). then, kic-ctod curves for specimens with l/d ratios equal 4, 5, 6, and their average curves can be drawn as shown in figs. 6, 7, 8(a), for each case individually. by estimating the standard deviation (s.d) for the average values of ctod at each incremental step, the average ctod with minimum standard deviation is considered as a material parameter (ctodcs), as shown in fig. 6, 7, 8(b). the second fracture parameter, kics, was calculated by substituting ctodcs into kic –ctod's average curve, see figs. 6, 7, 8(a). in addition, the effective crack length, cfs, proposed by etpfm relationship at different notch lengths can be obtained from eqn. (6). a)kic-ctodc curves b)relationship between s.d. and ctodc figure 6: mc-fd frc at first cracking at different l/d ratios equals 4, 5 and 6. a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 82 a)kic-ctodc curves b)relationship between s.d. and ctodc figure 7: mc-fd frc at max stress at different l/d ratios equals 4, 5 and 6. tab. 3 shows the proposed parameters of etpfm for mc-fd frc and mc-fgc at first cracking and maximum stress. it is clear that kics values for mc-frc and mc-fgc showed an inversely proportional to l/d ratios, as known. ouyang et al. [26] calculated the fracture properties of nsc by its suggested method, equivalent tpfm, based on experimental results of bažant and pfeiffer [43]and showed agreement with the results of sel. four different beams with a constant l/d ratio equal to 2.50, fcu=33.5mpa, and e= 27.7gpa were investigated. the results of etpfm parameters of nsc were kic=0.99 mpa.m0.5, and cf =11.12 mm. as known, the kic values are inversely proportional to l/d ratios, so a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 83 the kic value for nsc is expected to be higher than its value for specimens with an l/d ratio equal to four. comparing nsc results with mc-fd frc at first cracking and maximum stress for specimens with an l/d ratio equal to 4, variance in concrete size can be neglected. on the other hand, the presence of fibers ahead and behind the crack tip of the mc specimen significantly affects kic. undoubtedly, this significant increase is due to the bridging and the closing effects of sfs. this also refutes the assumptions of equality of kic for nsc and frc at first cracking. thus, the actual fracture toughness of mc beams is recommended to calculate the fracture toughness of fd frc and fgc. a)kic-ctodc curves b)relationship between s.d. and ctodc figure 8: mc-fgc at max stress at different l/d ratios equals 4, 5 and 6. a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 84 beam code l/d mc-fd frc mc-fd frc mc-fgc at first cracking at max stress at max stress kics, mpa.m0.5 ctodcs, mm cfs, mm kics, mpa.m0.5 ctodcs, mm cfs, mm kics, mpa.m0.5 ctodcs, mm cfs, mm b4-1 0.888 7.70 43.3 b4-2 4 1.49 0.0048 0.892 2.09 0.20 7.695 2.10 0.038 43.1 b4-3 0.897 7.69 43.0 b5-1 0.972 9.373 46.10 b5-2 5 1.36 0.0046 0.975 1.86 0.196 9.361 2.05 0.039 45.90 b6 6 1.28 0.00464 1.108 1.50 0.0143 7.668 2.00 0.040 52.7 table 3: the proposed parameters of etpfm for mc-fd frc and mc-fgc. reliability of the present predicted fracture toughness reliability of the predicted kic from etpfm for mc-fd frcwas examined, at first cracking and maximum stress, with l/d ratios equal to 4, 5, and 6. the concept of the maximum size of the non-damaged defect ( maxd ) was used in this study [30,31,44–47]. it is based on the concept of critical distance theory and has an obvious indication of the maximum imperfection size present in a material. pook[48,49] used this theory to calculate the maximum size of imperfection in metals subjected to repeated loads. alternatively, maxd it is analogous to the characteristic length (  2 f ch t eg l f )[49–51]. thus, maxd is equal to        2 1 1.12 ic fl k f , where flf is the flexural strength for smooth specimens. the values of flf of smooth specimens were obtained from previous research by sallam and co-workers [5]for the same dimensions of mc specimens. the consistency of kic has been examined by comparing the value of maxd with nominal maximum aggregate size (nmaz). logically, the values of maxd /nmaz should be around unity. sallam and co-workers found that for rigid pavement, the ratio maxd /nmaz 2 [31] and for flexible pavement, this ratio is less than 0.75 [46]. fig. 9-a shows the maxd /nmaz for mc-fdfrc at the first cracking range between 1.01 and 1.54. the values were considered close to unity. also, the maximum damage of etpfm was considered close to the nmaz. also, fig. 9-b shows that maxd /nmaz for mc-fd frc at maximum stress range between 1.38and 2.89. the increase in maxd /nmaz ratios is considered appropriate at maximum stress, as the damage is larger than at first cracking. in the case of through-thickness crack, maxd /nmaz was found to be less than unity [30,31]. a similar finding was found in the present work for mc-fd frc at first cracking with a small increase due to fibers' closing effect in mc. the discrepancy and the higher values of mc-fd frc at maximumstresscompared to [30,31]can be attributed to the bridging and closing effect of short steel fibers, which subsequently increases the ratio between the fracture toughness and the smooth specimen flexural strength. these findings indicate that kic value for mc-specimens predicted from etpfm is considered appropriate according to maxd concept. comparison between experimental and predicted results from etpfm another effective method to examine the reliability of etpfm methods is by comparing the expected results of cmodc predicted from this method by the present experimental results at first crack initiation. due to the direct proportionality between kic and the characteristic crack length according to each method, the predicted cmodc can be calculated based on the predicted effective crack growth extension (cfsor∆ae) and critical flexural strength. thus, the proposed equation to predict cmodc by cf values calculated from etpfm is eqn. (4), see tab. 3. fig. 10 shows the predicted cmodcs values from etpfm and the experimental values of stress-cmodc, fig. 5, for all specimens with different l/d ratios equal to 4, 5, and 6 at first cracking for mc-fd frc and mc-fgc. all values of the experimental and predicted results of a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 85 cmodcwere in the range of 0.028 to 0.06 mm, and 0.038 to 0.071 mm for mc fd frc and mc-fgc, respectively. the percentage error between the predicted and the experimental cmod was calculated for all fd-frc and fgc beams, and the results are given in tab. 4. the mean % error for all beams of fd-frc and fgc were -27% and 24.8%, respectively. d m ax / n m a z l /d 0 1 2 3 4 3 4 5 6 7 l/d= 4 l/d= 5 l/d= 6 d m ax / n m a z l /d 0 1 2 3 4 3 4 5 6 7 l/d= 4 l/d= 5 l/d= 6 a) mc-fd frc at first cracking b) mc-frc at max stress figure 9:the fracture toughness reliability for mc-fd frc was measured based on e-tpfm at different l/d ratios. beam code l/d mc-fd frc mc-fgc experimental cmod, mm predicted cmodcs, mm % erorr experimental cmod, mm predicted cmodcs, mm % erorr b4-1 0.045 0.034 -24 0.038 0.054 42 b4-2 4 0.052 0.037 -29 0.06 0.071 18 b4-3 0.06 0.042 -30 0.05 0.064 28 b5-1 5 0.04 0.028 -30 0.038 0.059 55 b5-2 0.045 0.037 -18 0.05 0.058 16 b6 6 0.041 0.029 -29 0.06 0.054 -10 table 4: the experimental and predicted values of cmodc at first cracking with the % error for mc-fd frc and mc-fgc. c m o d c , m m l/d 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 3 4 5 6 7 experimental etpfm c m o d c , m m l/d 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 3 4 5 6 7 experimental etpfm a) mcfd frc at first cracking b) mc-fgc at max stress figure 10:comparison between results of cmodc from experimental by the predicted from etpfm. a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 86 conclusion he results of the present work support the following conclusions: 1. in the case of mc-fd frc beams, the first crack initiation appeared before the maximum stress due to the presence of sfs ahead of the crack tip. however, the first crack initiation occurred at the maximum stress of mcfgc beams due to the absence of sfs ahead of the crack tip. 2. the presence of the softening portion in fgc beam specimens reflects the efficiency of the proposed new matrix crack technique in simulating a real field crack in the laboratory. thus, the actual fracture toughness of frc beams is recommended to be calculated by real matrix crack, not through-thickness cracked specimens. 3. the predicted values of kic for matrix crack specimens estimated by etpfm are considered appropriate according to the maximum size of the non-damaged defect dmax concept. 4. the cmodc estimated from etpfm were in the range of 0.028-0.06 mm with a mean % error of 27 % and 0.038-0.071 mm with a mean % error of 24.8 %, respectively for all mc fd frc and mc-fgm beams. references [1] aci 544.4r-18. (2018). guide for design with fiber-reinforced concrete, am. concr. inst., pp. 1–33. [2] roesler, j., paulino, g., gaedicke, c., bordelon, a., park, k. (2007). fracture behavior of functionally graded concrete materials for rigid pavements, j. transp. res. board natl. acad. washington., (2037), pp. 40–49, doi: 10.3141/2037-04. [3] dias, c.m.r., savastano, h., john, v.m. (2010). exploring the potential of functionally graded materials concept for the development of fiber cement, constr. build. mater., 24(2), pp. 140–146, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2008.01.017. [4] aci 544.1r-96. (2009). report on fiber reinforced concrete, aci man. concr. pract. [5] elakhras, a.a., seleem, m.h., sallam, h.e.m. (2021). intrinsic fracture toughness of fiber reinforced and functionally graded concretes: an innovative approach, eng. fract. mech., 258, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2021.108098. [6] iskhakov, i., ribakov, y., holschemacher, k., mueller, t. (2013). high performance repairing of reinforced concrete structures, mater. des., 44, pp. 216–222, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2012.07.041. [7] iskhakov, i., ribakov, y. (2013). a new concept for design of fibered high strength reinforced concrete elements using ultimate limit state method, mater. des., 51, pp. 612–619, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.04.063. [8] naghibdehi, m.g., mastali, m., sharbatdar, m.k., naghibdehi, m.g. (2014). flexural performance of functionally graded rc cross-section with steel and pp fibres, mag. concr. res., 66(5), pp. 219–233, doi: 10.1680/macr.13.00248. [9] naghibdehi, m.g., naghipour, m., rabiee, m. (2015). behaviour of functionally graded reinforcedconcrete beams under cyclic loading, gradjevinar, 67(5), pp. 427–439, doi: 10.14256/jce.1124.2014. [10] chan, r., liu, x., galobardes, i. (2020). parametric study of functionally graded concretes incorporating steel fibres and recycled aggregates, constr. build. mater., 242, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.118186. [11] prasad, n., murali, g. (2021). research on flexure and impact performance of functionally-graded two-stage fibrous concrete beams of different sizes, constr. build. mater., 288, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2021.123138. [12] prasad, n., murali, g. (2021). exploring the impact performance of functionally-graded preplaced aggregate concrete incorporating steel and polypropylene fibres, j. build. eng., 35, doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2020.102077. [13] mastali, m., naghibdehi, m.g., naghipour, m., rabiee, s.m. (2015). experimental assessment of functionally graded reinforced concrete (fgrc) slabs under drop weight and projectile impacts, constr. build. mater., 95, pp. 296–311, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2015.07.153. [14] amparano, f.e., xi, y., roh, y.s. (2000). experimental study on the effect of aggregate content on fracture behavior of concrete, eng. fract. mech., 67(1), pp. 65–84, doi: 10.1016/s0013-7944(00)00036-9. [15] xu, w., chen, b., chen, x., chen, c. (2021). influence of aggregate size and notch depth ratio on fracture performance of steel slag pervious concrete, constr. build. mater., 273, pp. 122036, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.122036. [16] zhao, z., kwon, s.h., shah, s.p. (2008). effect of specimen size on fracture energy and softening curve of concrete: part i. experiments and fracture energy, cem. concr. res., 38(8–9), pp. 1049–1060, doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2008.03.017. [17] bažant, z.p., rasoolinejad, m., dönmez, a., luo, w. (2019). dependence of fracture size effect and projectile penetration on fiber content of frc, iop conf. ser. mater. sci. eng., 596(1), t a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 87 doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/596/1/012001. [18] bažant, z.p., yu, q., zi, g. (2002). choice of standard fracture test for concrete and its statistical evaluation, int. j. fract., 118(4), pp. 303–337, doi: 10.1023/a. [19] hillerborg, a., modéer, m., petersson, p.e. (1976). analysis of crack formation and crack growth in concrete by means of fracture mechanics and finite elements, cem. concr. res., 6(6), pp. 773–781, doi: 10.1016/0008-8846(76)90007-7. [20] bažant, z.p., oh, b.h. (1983). crack band theory for fracture of concrete, mater. struct., 16(may), pp. 155–177, doi: 10.1007/bf02486267. [21] jenq, y.s., shah, s.p. (1985). a fracture toughness criterion for concrete, eng. fract. mech., 21(5), pp. 1055–1069, doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(85)90009-8. [22] bažant, z.p., yu, q. (2009). universal size effect law and effect of crack depth on quasi-brittle structure strength, j. eng. mech., 135(2), pp. 78–84, doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9399(2009)135:2(78). [23] han, x., chen, y., xiao, q., cui, k., chen, q., li, c., qiu, z. (2021). determination of concrete strength and toughness from notched 3 pb specimens of same depth but various span-depth ratios, eng. fract. mech., 245, doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2021.107589. [24] jenq, y.s., shah, s.p. (1986). crack propagation in fiber reinforced concrete, j. struct. eng. am. soc. civ. eng., 112(1), pp. 19–34. [25] hillerborg, a. (1985). the theoretical basis of a method to determine the fracture energy gf of concrete, mater. struct., 18(106), pp. 291–296. [26] ouyang, c., tang, t., shah, s.p. (1996). relationship between fracture parameters from two parameter fracture model and from size effect model, mater. struct., 29(2), pp. 79–86, doi: 10.1007/bf02486197. [27] park, k., paulino, g.h., roesler, j. (2010). cohesive fracture model for functionally graded fiber reinforced concrete, cem. concr. res., 40(6), pp. 956–965, doi: 10.1016/j.cemconres.2010.02.004. [28] nazari, a., sanjayan, j.g. (2015). stress intensity factor against fracture toughness in functionally graded geopolymers, arch. civ. mech. eng., , pp. 1–10, doi: 10.1016/j.acme.2015.06.005. [29] el-sagheer, i., abd-elhady, a.a., sallam, h.e.d.m., naga, s.a.r. (2021). an assessment of astm e1922 for measuring the translaminar fracture toughness of laminated polymer matrix composite materials, polymers (basel)., 13(18), doi: 10.3390/polym13183129. [30] al hazmi, h.s.j., al hazmi, w.h., shubaili, m.a., sallam, h.e.m. (2012). fracture energy of hybrid polypropylenesteel fiber high strength concrete, wit trans. built environ., 124, pp. 309–318, doi: 10.2495/hpsm120271. [31] sallam, h.e.d.m., mubaraki, m., yusoff, n.i.m. (2014). application of the maximum undamaged defect size (dmax) concept in fiber-reinforced concrete pavements, arab. j. sci. eng., 39(12), pp. 8499–8506, doi: 10.1007/s13369-014-1400-4. [32] aci 211.1-91. (2009). standard practice for selecting proportions for normal, heavyweight, and mass concrete, am. concr. inst., (reapproved 2009), pp. 1–38. [33] bs en 12390-3:2019. (2019). testing hardened concretecompressive strength of test specimens, bsi stand. publ. london. [34] bs en 12390-6:2009. (2009). testing hardened concrete tensile splitting strength of test specimens, bsi stand. publ. london. [35] othman, m.a., el-emam, h.m., seleem, m.h., sallam, h.e.m., moawad, m. (2021). flexural behavior of functionally graded concrete beams with different patterns, arch. civ. mech. eng., 21(4), doi: 10.1007/s43452-021-00317-0. [36] dupont, d., vandewalle, l. (2005). distribution of steel fibres in rectangular sections, cem. concr. compos. 27, pp. 391–398, doi: 10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2004.03.005. [37] kazemi, m.t., golsorkhtabar, h., beygi, m.h.a.a., gholamitabar, m. (2017). fracture properties of steel fiber reinforced high strength concrete using work of fracture and size effect methods, constr. build. mater., 142, pp. 482– 489, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2017.03.089. [38] ahmad, i., qing, l., khan, s., cao, g., ijaz, n., mu, r. (2021). experimental investigations on fracture parameters of random and aligned steel fiber reinforced cementitious composites, constr. build. mater., 284, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2021.122680. [39] astm d7264/d7264m-15. (2015). standard test method for flexural properties of polymer matrix composite materials, annu. b. astm stand., pp. 1–11, doi: 10.1520/d7264_d7264m-15. [40] astm c1609/c1609m-12. (2013). standard test method for flexural performance of fiber-reinforced concrete ( using beam with third-point loading ) 1, astm stand., 12(c 1609/c 1609m-12), pp. 1–8, doi: 10.1520/c1609. [41] aci 544.4r-88. (2009). design considerations for steel fiber reinforced, aci man. concr. pract. a. elakhras et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 73-88; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.06 88 [42] rilem tc qfs. (2004). quasibrittle fracture scaling and size effectfinal report1, mater. struct. constr., 37(272), pp. 547–568, doi: 10.1617/14109. [43] bažant, z.p., pfeiffer, p.a. (1987). determination of fracture energy by size effect and brittleness number, aci mater. j., pp. 463–480. [44] abou el-mal, h.s.s., sherbini, a.s., sallam, h.e.m. (2015). mode ii fracture toughness of hybrid frcs, int. j. concr. struct. mater., 9(4), pp. 475–486, doi: 10.1007/s40069-015-0117-4. [45] mousa, s., abd-elhady, a.a., kim, g.y., sallam, h.e.m. (2018). fracture behavior of roll bonded al-brass-al multilayer composites-concept of the maximum undamaged defect size (d max ), procedia struct. integr., 13(january 2019), pp. 686–693, doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2018.12.114. [46] mubaraki, m., s.a. osman., h.e.m. sallam. (2019). effect of rap content on flexural behavior and fracture toughness of flexible pavement, lat. am. j. solids struct., 16(3), pp. 1–15. [47] mubaraki, m., sallam, h.e.m. (2020). reliability study on fracture and fatigue behavior of pavement materials using scb specimen, int. j. pavement eng., 21(13), pp. 1563–1575, doi: 10.1080/10298436.2018.1555332. [48] pook, l.p. (1975). analysis and application of fatigue crack growth data, j. strain anal. eng. des., 4(10), pp. 242–250. [49] taylor, d. (2007). the theory of critical distances: a new perspective in fracture mechanics, oxford, uk, elsevier. [50] rilem committee on fracture mechanics of concrete-test methods (rilem 50-fmc). (1985). determination of the fracture energy of mortar and concrete by means of three-point bend test on notched beams, mater. struct., 18, pp. 285–290. [51] rosselló, c., elices, m., guinea, g.v. (2006). fracture of model concrete: 2. fracture energy and characteristic length, cem. concr. res., (36), pp. 1345–1353. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_8 c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 52 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture the non-proportionality of local stress paths in engineering applications c. riess, m. obermayr zf friedrichshafen ag, dtgs1, 88038 friedrichshafen, germany christian.riess@zf.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-8784-5297 martin.obermayr@zf.com, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7672-8685 m. vormwald technische universität darmstadt, materials mechanics group, franziska-braun-str. 3, d-64287 darmstadt, germany vormwald@wm.tu-darmstadt.de, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4277-785x abstract. a scalar measure, which describes the non-proportionality of local stress paths in engineering applications, is introduced. for this purpose the moment of inertia approach by meggiolaro is modified in a way that the stress time history is evaluated in a tresca-stress-space. this modification makes the non-proportionality factor invariant with respect to the coordinate system. an optimization procedure is implemented to derive a test set-up for new component tests with 2 load channels. the aim of the planned tests is to get a high non-proportionality at the potential crack initiation site. it is not possible to obtain a high non-proportionality factor at the failure location without selective weakening of the component (housing of a rear axle steering). therefore specific areas of the structure are cut out and the optimization procedure is repeated. as a result of the optimization a test set-up with high local non-proportionality at the potential crack initiation site is achieved for the weakened structure. another set-up with slightly less non-proportionality but with a very localized damage is derived. this set-up is preferred, because of the robustness in the physical test. keywords. non-proportional fatigue; multiaxial testing. introduction any components in engineering applications are subjected to multiple and uncorrelated loads during service-life. thus multiaxial stress states with rotating principal directions may occur. it is therefore useful to introduce a scalar measure (e.g. in the range of 0 to 1), which describes the non-proportionality of a local stress path. there are many approaches to characterize the non-proportionality in literature. one possibility is to directly consider the nonproportionality and the additional non-proportional hardening in an incremental plasticity model (see e.g. [1]). in this case, the non-proportionality is evaluated at every time step and transient effects may be taken into account. a second group of approaches determines the non-proportionality of a single cycle. an example for this group is the rotation factor according to kanazawa [2]. a last group of non-proportionality factors (npf) was developed to efficiently describe the non-proportionality of a whole stress time history [3-6]. m c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 53 non-proportionality factor for stress time histories irst ideas to describe the non-proportionality of local stress paths based on moments of inertia (moi) stem back to chu [7]. bishop [3] seized this suggestion and introduced the first inertia based out-of-phase measure. the inertia based methods differ in the way the moi is evaluated. bishop calculates moi with respect to the perimeter centroid (pc) of the path. for discrete data the evaluation is done using a weighted sum with the length of each segment as weighting factor. another inertia based method is proposed by gaier [4]. in contrast to bishop, gaier calculates moi with respect to the origin. another difference is that gaier doesn’t use the length of a segment as weighting factor. instead every stress state has the same mass. this formulation is only suitable for stress paths which are equally spaced in time. a small rainflow projection (rp) filter [8] may have large effects on the npf. bolchoun [5] introduced a method without the use of moi. the formulation is based on the correlation coefficient cor f g( , ) of two functions f and g . the correlation coefficient of the time history of normal stress   x x t' ' ( , ) and the time history of shear stress   xy xy t' ' ( , ) is evaluated in all cutting planes  . in order to make the npf ( b npf ) invariant with respect to the coordinate system (cs), an average over all cutting planes is computed. a disadvantage of the npfs according to bishop, gaier und bolchoun is, that they wrongly predict a high npf for the stress path   x y tsin( ) ,  xy tcos( ) . though, for this special case of equi-biaxial tension with out-of-phase torsion the directions of principal axes remain constant and therefore the planes of maximum shear stress do not change [6]. figure 1: interpretation of the tresca-diagramm (left) and non-proportional path (right). that is why meggiolaro [6] proposes to evaluate npfs independent from hydrostatic stresses. according to meggiolaro for plane state of stresses the evaluation of moi should be based on a   x y xy3{( )| } stress-space. as a result of choosing this stress-space, the npf is dependent on the choice of the cs. it is therefore suggested to use a tresca-stressspace   x y xy2{( )| } in order to make the npf invariant with respect to the cs. in the tresca-diagram (see fig. 1) every line through the origin is a line with constant principal axis (and constant angle of the maximum shear plane). furthermore, the norm of a point in the diagram is equal to the double maximum shear stress max2 . choosing the tresca-diagram, the calculation of the npf is reduced to a geometrical 2d problem. the evaluation is performed according to the moi method by meggiolaro [9] on the basis of pseudo-elastic stress paths. by means of the tresca-diagram, mois oxxi , o yyi and o xyi are calculated with respect to the origin of the diagram as contour integrals along the stress path                    2 2o o o xx xy yy x y xy xy x y 1 1 1 i 2 i 2dp, d l l p i dp l , (1)  xy2  x y( )  x y( )  xy2 proportional non-proportional   45°   22 5°.   0°      xy x y 2 2tan( )           max 2 2 max x y xy 2 2 r 2 | | ( ) ( )  r f c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 54 where l is the total length of the stress path and dp denotes the length of an infinitesimal segment of the path. a detailed description for the evaluation of contour integrals of discrete 2d paths can be found in [8]. principal moments of inertia o1 and  o 2 (   o o 1 2 ) are calculated by transformation into the principal coordinate system:        2 o oo o 2xx yyxx yyo o 1,2 xy i 4 i i 2 i i (2) finally, the npf is defined as root of the ratio of both principal moi:   o onp 2 1f / (3) similar to the herein proposed method, the npf may also be calculated using bishop’s method and the tresca-diagram. then, the only difference is the evaluation of the mois with respect to the perimeter centroid and not with respect to the origin. this npf is named pcnpf and is only capable to describe the the out-of-phase extent of a stress path. examples in engineering applications the non-proportionality at the crack initiation sites of several tests with 3 load channels and variable amplitude loadings is examined. quite similar results are obtained using pcnpf and b npf , because both npfs only describe the out-of-phase extend of the stress path. in some cases there is an obvious difference to the results of npf . figure 2: tresca-diagram (left), changes of maximum shear planes (middle) and corresponding crack initiation site (right). four significant examples are extracted from the internal database and discussed in detail. the local stress paths at the crack initiation sites are displayed on the left of fig. 2. the normalized maximum shear    max maxt tˆ ( ) / max( ( )) over the corresponding angle  is plotted in the middle of this figure. examples a and b indicate an almost uniaxial stress state with small changes in principal directions, which corresponds to small rotation of the planes of maximum shear. the npfs at the crack initiation sites are 0.016 and 0.046, respectively. the crack initiation sites are located at a milled-out portion (a) and a die-cast rib (b). at examples c and d the crack initiation sites are located at a notch between two flanges. both of them have almost the same out-of-phase extent ( pcnpf 0 3. ). however, there are large differences in the npf c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 55 npf . the reason for the differences is identified in the nonzero mean values of the paths. non-proportionality is increased ( npf 0 365. ) in the case of example c because of the translation of the perimeter centroid. whereas the translation of the pc in example d produces a lower rotation of maximum shear planes at high stress levels. the shape of the peak in the middle diagram is more distinct than in example c. therefore, the non-proportionality is much lower ( npf 0 093. ). systematic planning of component tests n order to expand the experimental database, new component tests with 2 load channels and a high degree of local non-proportionality are planned. the housing of a rear axle steering is chosen for these tests (see fig. 3). the component is mounted onto a steel plate. one of the forces 1f shall be applied at the front drill hole and shall be aligned in the x-z-plane. the second force 2f shall be applied at the upper drill hole and shall be aligned with the centerline of the drill hole. finally, the angle  (between x-axis and 1f ) and the ratio of the forces   1 2f f/ remain as free variables for an optimization process. for a given combination of  and  the pseudo-elastic stress path t* ( , )x for all nodes can be attained by calculation of three unit load cases (ulc) ulc * ( )x :           1 ulc 1x 2 ulc 1z 3 ulc 2t t a a t a * * * * , , ,( , ) sin( ) ( ) ( ) cos( ) ( ) .x x x x    (4) the relation between the scaling factors of the ulc 1a , 2a and 3a and the free variables  and  is as follows:   2 1 2 1 3 1 2 2 a a 1 a 1 1 1 a a 1 t tan , tan an , .                  (5) the challenge of the optimization is that the location with the highest damage critx is not known a priori. depending on the choice of  and  the potential crack initiation site has to be determined numerically. furthermore the change of critx results in a non-steady objective function    np critf f , x . that is why a genetic algorithm [10] is used to implement the optimization process. figure 3: housing of a rear axle steering subjected to two load channels (left) and selective weakening of the component (right). identification of the critical location xcrit the fatigue assessment of non-proportional stress histories with rotating principal axis requires complex calculation algorithms, see [11, 12]. with regard to the optimization it is not necessary to perform a quantitatively precise damage calculation. it is rather important to qualitatively identify the critical location. therefore, the identification of the critical locations is based on simple damage parameters and pseudo-elastic stresses. i c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 56 three different approaches for the identification of critx are discussed: the findley parameter f [13], the normal stress amplitude in critical plane a cp, and the signed von mises amplitude a v, . the critical plane technique was especially invented for the case of rotating principal axis. one of the first damage parameters based on stresses in a specific plane of the material is the findley parameter:  a , max ,f k .max      (6) besides the shear stress amplitude a , in the cutting plane with angle  , this parameter also considers the maximum normal stress max , in the same plane. the normal stress portion is weighted by an influence factor k , which can be determined for a given fatigue strength ratio w w/  [14]. a given ratio of w w 1 5/ .   results in k 0 352. . the maximum of the parameter is searched numerically over a discrete number of cutting planes. another parameter, which is widely used in the industrial practice for brittle materials, is the normal stress amplitude in the critical plane a cp, . similar to the findley parameter, a normal stress amplitude a , has to be evaluated for all cutting planes and the maximum has to be searched numerically:  a cp a, ,max .  (7) as the third possibility for the identification of critx a signed von mises approach is investigated. for this purpose, the time history of the mises equivalent stress  v t is assigned with the sign of the hydrostatic stress:     2 2 2v xx yy xx yy xx yy xyt 3sign .           (8) this approach results in discontinuities in the time history when applied to non-proportional stresses. a subsequent rainflow counting could identify unphysical cycles. though, the unsteadiness has no effect in the case of constant amplitude loading and the equivalent amplitude is defined by the maximum   v max v t, max  and the minimum   v min v t, min  of the time history:  a v v max v min 2, , , /    (9) there is no need for a numerical search over all cutting planes for this parameter, reducing the numerical expense. the critical location critx is defined as the node, which has the highest value of the damage parameter according to eqs 6, 7 or 9. possible size effects (stress gradient, statistical, technological) are not considered. constraints in order to prevent failure in an „unwanted“ region of the component, a node set bcs may be defined. if the critical location critx (for a given parameter value 0 and 0 ) is part of the set bcs , the objective function   np crit 0 0f , x is set to 0. thus, it is not possible to get a solution with critx in an unwanted region. examples are nodes, which are located at the gate system of the cast part, where the geometry is not well defined in reality. therefore, these nodes are „unfavourable” and added to the set bcs . selective weakening of the component it turns out, that it is not possible to obtain a high npf at the failure site without selective weakening of the component. all critical nodes are located near the flange at the transition to the ribs. the stresses are highly oriented at these locations. therefore specific areas of the structure are cut out (see fig. 3) and the optimization procedure is repeated. as a result of c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 57 the weakening, the critical locations are shifted towards the middle of the component. hence, effects due to the load introduction and the bolted connections are minimized. results esults of the optimization can be found in tab. 1. beside the solution parameters opt opt/  the value of the objective function np optf , is also listed. in the case without weakening of the structure, the results for the different versions are quite similar. independent of the damage parameter, the same critical node is identified. it is not possible to attain a npf higher than 0.16 at the potential crack initiation site. damage parameter opt opt np optf , original structure f 3.113 1.516 0.160 a cp, 3.139 1.441 0.153 a v, 0.0 1.536 0.159 weakened structure f 0.983 0.904 0.812 a cp, 0.882 0.688 0.831 a v, 0.946 0.776 0.819 table 1: results of the optimization. the selective weakening results in the desired effect. high non-proportionalities ( npf 0 8. ) are obtained for all versions. similar critical nodes are identified using the signed von mises approach and the a cp, approach. a slightly different solution is found by the findley parameter approach. in this solution the critical node critx is located some nodes away in contrast to both other versions. discussion here is a high non-proportionality in many regions of the component. however, stresses are often small in these regions and failure will not occur there. on the other hand, the non-proportionality is negligible at many crack initiation sites. independent of the external loads the stresses are highly oriented at the crack initiation site in those cases. typical examples are ribs of housings made by die-cast or a cross-hole in a shaft. these are locations, where the local stress states are nearly proportional. in order to get a high non-proportionality the following two conditions have to be fulfilled: the unit load cases have to create stress states with different planes of maximum shear (different principal axis) and the forces have to be in an appropriate ratio. a systematic planning of component tests with high non-proportionality is only feasible using an automated optimization process. figure 4: , for the result of the optimization (left) and the tradeoff (right). r t c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 58 an essential point of the optimization is the identification of critical locations. the aim of the identification is to find the node, which has the highest probability of crack initiation, in a simple manner. size effects may have a large influence for notched components, but under non-proportional stresses they are not yet well defined. thus, in this work notch support because of size effects is omitted. an explicit consideration of size effects could help to increase the accuracy of the identification. therefore, the influence of size effects under transient stress gradients and transient highly stressed volumes or surfaces needs to be investigated. to ensure, that the crack initiation site in the physical test coincides with the critical node critx , a solution with a strong damage localization is favorable. the iterations of the optimization are scanned manually for solutions with higher localization of the damage parameter (see fig. 4), but sufficiently high non-proportionality. a satisfactory parameter set (tradeoff) is identified ( 0 9032.  and 1 2274.  ) with npf of 0.572 at the critical node. conclusion new inertia based non-proportionality factor for the evaluation of pseudo-elastic stress paths is introduced. calculations of the npf are performed according to a modified version of the moi method from meggiolaro. the use of the tresca-diagram   x y xy2{( )| } makes the npf invariant with respect to the coordinate system. furthermore a numerical optimization, which searches for a test set-up with high non-proportionality at the potential crack initiation site, is developed and implemented. a selective weakening of the chosen component is necessary in order to get a high npf at the critical location. a possible weak point of the optimization is that size effects are not considered. therefore, further investigations should focus on the influence of size effects under non-proportional stresses. in order to get a robust test set-up, a tradeoff is derived. experimental investigations with constant and variable amplitudes are going to be performed on the basis of this tradeoff. references [1] tanaka, e., a nonproportionality parameter and a cyclic viscoplastic constitutive model taking into account amplitude dependences and memory effects of isotropic hardening, eur. j. mech. a/solids, 13 (1994) 155-173. [2] kanazawa, k., miller, k.j. and brown, m.w., cyclic deformation of 1% cr-mo-v steel under out-of-phase loads, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 2 (1979) 217–228. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.1979.tb01357.x [3] bishop, j.e., characterizing the non-proportional and out-of-phase extent of tensor paths, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 23 (2000) 1019-1032. doi: 10.1046/j.1460-2695.2000.00355.x [4] gaier, c., lukacs, a. and hofwimmer, a., investigations on a statistical measure of the non-proportionality of stresses, int. j. fatigue, 26 (2004) 331-337. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2003.08.023 [5] bolchoun, a., wiebesiek, j., kaufmann, h., sonsino, c.m., application of stress-based multiaxial fatigue criteria for laserbeam-welded thin aluminium joints under proportional and non-proportional variable amplitude loadings, theor. appl. fract. mech., 73 (2014) 9-16. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.05.009 [6] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., prediction of non-proportionality factors of multiaxial histories using the moment of inertia method, int. j. fatigue, 61 (2014) 151-159. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2013.11.016 [7] chu, c.c., conle, f.a. and hübner, a., an integrated uniaxial and multiaxial fatigue life prediction method, vdi berichte, 1283 (1996) 337-348. [8] dreßler, k., carmine, r., krüger, w., the multiaxial rainflow method, in: rie, k.t. (ed.), low cycle fatigue and elasto-plastic behaviour of materials, elsevier science publ., london, (1992) 325-331. [9] meggiolaro, m.a., castro, j.t.p., an improved multiaxial rainflow algorithm for non-proportional stress or strain histories – part i: enclosing surface methods, int. j. fatigue, 42 (2012) 217-226. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2011.10.014 a c. riess et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 52-59; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis37.08 59 [10] xavier blasco ferragud, f., control predictivo basado en modelos mediante tecnicas de optimizacion heuristica. aplicacion a procesos no lineales y multivariables (phd thesis in spanish), universitat politècnica de valència, spain, (1999). [11] hertel, o. and vormwald, m., multiaxial fatigue assessment based on a short crack growth concept, theor. appl. fract. mech., 73 (2014) 17-26. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.06.010 [12] hertel, o. and vormwald, m., short-crack-growth-based fatigue assessment of notched components under multiaxial variable amplitude loading, eng. frac. mech., 78 (2011) 1614-1627. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2011.01.016 [13] findley, w.n., a theory for the effect of mean stress on fatigue of metals under combined torsion and axial load or bending, j. eng. ind., 81 (1959) 301-306. [14] socie, d.f. and marquis, g.b., multiaxial fatigue, sae, warrendale, (2000). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_19_3537.docx m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 271 evaluation on fatigue behaviour of spot-welded joint under low blow impact treatment mahfodzah md padzi mechanical section, universiti kuala lumpur, malaysia france institute, jalan teras jernang, 43650, bangi, selangor, malaysia mahfodzah@unikl.edu.my, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8093-1467 farizah adliza ghazali manufacturing & fabrication section, universiti kuala lumpur, malaysia france institute, jalan teras jernang, 43650, bangi, selangor, malaysia farizahadliza@unikl.edu.my, http://orcid.org/ 0000-0001-5777-9260 abstract. welding is used widely in modern industries to combine parts needed complete a product. in this paper, we investigated the effect of postweld impact treatment (pwit) on spot-weld joints and evaluate the tensile and fatigue properties of the specimens. currently, there is no simple failure criterion capable of predicting the strength of a spot weld under different loading conditions. the reliability of spot-welded structures treated with pwit in terms of fatigue integrity could be understood more by the end of this research. the result showed that not only the tensile properties of pwit specimens give an improvement, but there was also a significant increase in the fatigue life of the treated specimens. keywords. fatigue; post-weld; welding; pwit citation: padzi, m. m., ghazali, f. a., evaluation on fatigue behaviour of spotwelded joint under low blow impact treatment, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 271-278. received: 31.3.2022 accepted: 18.07.2022 online first: 29.08.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction pot welding is used in many areas such as electronics, orthodontics, and the automobile industry. industrial production of technical goods, especially of investment goods, is hardly conceivable without joining technology [1]. statistically, there are about 2000 to 5000 spot weld joints on a modern vehicle, hence the durability and safety design of cars, the strength of the spot weld under quasi-static conditions of impact, and fatigue loading are therefore immensely crucial [2]. during the spot welding process, high temperatures will be experienced by the welding material. once a material undergoes any process involving significant temperature increases such as welding, the mechanical properties of the said object will vary due to microstructure changes and thermal stress within the structure will be built. as it starts cooling, the metal is s https://youtu.be/i2tmxpsuxz4 m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 272 subjected to shrinkage caused by sudden thermal stress. these stresses can, in turn, distort and warp the welded assembly. the welding situation is complicated because heating is much localized, and the base metal will melt during the process. the process left the structure in residual tension and reactionary compressive stress is established in parts regions away from the weld. this phenomenon will occur in almost all welding processes. in addition to residual stress and distortion, other defects may occur in welding [3, 4]. post-welding treatment on the welded material is carried out to reduce and redistribute the residual stress in the material introduced by welding. post-welding treatment is one of the crucial steps for producing high-quality welding. the treatment aims at improving the mechanical properties of the joint and reducing the thermal stress created during the welding process [7]. post weld treatment can be classified into two main groups which are post weld heat treatment (pwht) and post weld impact treatment (pwit). pwht, also known as artificial aging and solution treatment is performed on the welding specimen after the welding process has been carried out. post heating is used to minimize the possible cracking of hydrogen [12]. pwit is necessary to improve the tensile strengths of the welded structure in the spot-welding process because the mechanical properties of the welded joint was reduced due to the distortion and stress corrosion cracking caused by the welding process[6]. stress relief shall eliminate any internal or residual stress from the operation. post-welding stress relief is required to minimize the risk of brittle fracture, prevent further deformation or eliminate the potential of stress corrosion [8, 5]. pwit consists of several processes, such as shot-peening, hammer-peening, and impact. pwit can be performed via low blow impact treatment (lbit). the lbit involved low-speed impact without destroying the samples [9]. goods or things that we purchase usually come with a warranty period. on the other hand, this can also be defined as the fatigue life of each product. fatigue life simply means the number of stress cycles it can stand before the structure start to crack [10]. there are three types of fatigue loadings; fully reversed, repeated, or fluctuating. for fully reversed, the stress ratio, r = -1, stress ratio is the value of minimum stress (σmin) divided by maximum stress (σmax) experienced by the structure, shown in eqn. (1) r =   min max (1) engineering components and structures are subjected to cyclic loadings with the presence of mean stress. the fatigue behavior of metals can be predicted by various mean stress models. normally, for zero mean stress (r = -1), the basquin equation is used to determine the fatigue life of any given specimen as described in eqn. (2),   ' ( 2 )ba f fn (2) where is the stress amplitude,  ' f is the fatigue strength coefficient, fn is the fatigue life (cycles) and b is the fatigue strength exponent. as tension-tension type of loadings is used for our experiment i.e non-zero mean stress, several approaches can be used to find the fatigue life. for the simplicity of this research, only two approaches are chosen which are the morrow and the smith, watson, and topper (swt) mean stress models. the morrow model predicts that the mean stress gives a more significant effect on longer lives compared to the shorter lives fatigue cycle, where the plastic strain is large. the equation for morrow is given in eqn. (3) [13]       ' 1a m ar f (3) where = mean stress and is the equivalent stress amplitude resulting from the same fatigue life. swt approach assumed that the product of maximum stress, and the strain amplitude, in the strain-life model controls the life. the swt model gives a good estimation of fatigue life in the high cycles fatigue region. a life equation for swt in eqn. (4);   ar max a (4) where = maximum stress m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 273 currently, there is no simple failure criterion capable of predicting the strength of a spot weld under different loading conditions. the basic relationship between pwit and fatigue properties can be established by completing this project and acting as a reference to other researchers. the need for post-welding treatment is driven by code and application and service environment. fatigue improvement procedures are now being used in many different industries. the crane, aircraft, spacecraft, and automobile industries are some examples. material usage in the automotive industry has been significantly lowered in recent years with the application of fatigue improvements. this has brought positive impacts to the industry such as minimal fuel consumption, maximizing power output, increased security, etc. pwt is accepted as the standard method of extending offshore structures throughout the last seven years [15]. in this paper, the effect of pwit on spot-weld joints and fatigue properties of pwit specimens are to be investigated. to achieve that, several scopes are outlined for this research. 40 specimens made from mild steel are prepared according to american welding standard (aws). one specimen is made up of 4 different parts which are spot welded together. the first 2 parts are made from the same dimensions which are (105 mm x 45 mm x 1 mm) and the dimension for another 2 parts is (45 mm x 45 mm x 1mm). the welding process is performed using a spot welder machine with a rated capacity of 75 kva and electrode tip of 5 mm. 33 specimens will then undergo post-weld treatment known as low blow impact treatment (lbit). during lbit, six different heights are chosen which are 12 cm, 16 cm, 20 cm, 24 cm, 28 cm, and 32 cm. a tensile test will be conducted on 20 specimens (18 treated & 2 untreated), and the maximum load for each of six different heights is recorded. another 20 specimens (15 treated & 5 untreated) will then be brought into the fatigue testing. however, only 3 heights are chosen which are 12 cm, 20 cm, and 28 cm. the specimens will then be tested for 0.9σmax, 0.8σmax, 0.7σmax, 0.6σmax and 0.5σmax with a load ratio, r = 0.1 methodology etailed studies on fatigue properties of welded samples can only be carried out correctly if the samples are prepared properly according to american welding societies (aws). a series of processes must be gone through by the samples to ensure an accurate result is obtained. fig. 1 shows the flow chart of the methodology. figure 1: flow chart of methodology specimen preparation forty specimens were prepared from mild steel. these specimens were prepared according to american welding standard (aws). each specimen is comprised of 2 rectangular parts and 2 square parts of equal size. the dimension for the rectangular part is (105 mm x 45 mm x 1.0 mm) meanwhile for the square part is (45 mm x 45 mm x 1.0 mm) as shown in fig. 2(a). the parts were cut by using a shear machine as shown in fig. 2(b). spot welding the welding process was performed using a spot welder machine with a rated capacity of 75 kva and an electrode tip of 5 mm. firstly, two parts with equal sizing (105 mm x 45 mm) were spot-welded together as shown in fig. 3(b)[11]. then specimen preparation spot welding low blow impact treatment tensile test fatigue test effect of post-weld on fatigue properties d m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 274 another two parts of equal sizing (45 mm x 45 mm) were welded at each end of the welded structure. the dimension for a welded specimen is illustrated in fig. 3(a). (a) (b) figure 2: specimen preparation: (a)dimension for rectangular and square parts; (b) shear machine (a) (b) figure 3: spot weld specimen: (a) dimension of a welded specimen; (b) spot welded specimen (a) (b) figure 4: lbit process: (a) lbit equipment and (b) specimen located for lbit treatment pwit once all the specimens have gone through the welding process, they were then brought into post-weld treatment known as low blow impact treatment (lbit). six different heights were selected which were 120 mm, 160 mm, 200 mm, 240 mm, m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 275 280 mm, and 320 mm [9]. for each height, two specimens were impacted by the lbit. fig. 4 shows the lbit equipment used for the pwit. the safety lock and weight were lifted so the specimen could be placed at the bottom of the impactor (fig. 4(a)). the safety lock was to hold the weight safely. the specimen was aligned correctly so the welding area would be located inside the circle parameter (hole) (fig. 4(b)). tensile testing a tensile test was carried out on 20 specimens (18 treated and 2 untreated). there will be three samples for each height which were 120 mm, 160 mm, 200 mm, 240 mm, 280 mm, and 320 mm. the tensile test was done using tensile testing machine following the american society for testing and materials (astm e-8) [16]. the specimens will be subjected to axial and longitudinal forces. these forces will be exerted on the subject until certain deformations occur which will lead to failure. fatigue testing fatigue testing of spot-welded samples was conducted by using shimadzu servopulser with a load ratio r = 0.1. a sinusoidal waveform was applied at f = 15hz [17]. a set of five different loadings were used to investigate the life cycle for 90% σmax, 80% σmax, 70% σmax, 60% σmax, and 50% σmax. the final separation of the specimen was considered a failure. the fatigue lives obtained from the experiment are then compared with the theoretical value of morrow and swt approach models. the value for σ’f and b is obtained from the graph s-n curve plotted. σ’f is the y-intercept and b is the slope. results and discussions uring lbit, different specimens are treated with different heights of impact. for each height, there are three specimens selected to undergo the treatment. tab. 1 shows the depth measured at each of the impact points on the specimens. the results for tensile tests are needed to proceed to the fatigue test. this is the maximum load that can be retained by the specimens before yield must be determined. so, the parameters needed to start fatigue testing are complete. the comparisons of the load-displacement line for all specimens are illustrated in fig. 5. height (cm) readings (mm) average specimen 1 specimen 2 specimen 3 12 3.06 3.11 3.07 3.08 16 3.30 3.32 3.31 3.31 20 3.49 3.52 3.31 3.51 24 3.61 3.57 3.65 3.61 28 3.76 3.74 3.76 3.76 32 3.88 4.05 3.84 3.92 table 1: depth measurements of the impact locations figure 5: graph of load vs displacement for all specimens. d m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 276 the graph plotted in fig. 5 shows that the untreated specimen exhibits the weakest tensile strength compared to other treated specimens. the second-lowest tensile strength is recorded at 12 cm and 28 cm specimens with 10% of improvement, followed by 16 cm and 24 cm with 13.3% improvement. the ultimate tensile strength of the treated specimen with 20 cm of height is placed at second highest with 15% improvement which is just slightly under 32 cm treated specimen with 16.7% improvement. three different heights are chosen for the fatigue test which are 12 cm, 20 cm, and 28 cm. tab. 2 shows the fatigue life (cycles) in which the specimen can undergo deformation before failure. fig. 4 shows the s-n curve of the welded samples. height untreated 12 cm 20 cm 28 cm σmax f (kn) life f (kn) life f (kn) life f (kn) life 90% 5.40 107 5.94 81 6.21 68 5.94 377 80% 4.60 252 5.28 3022 5.52 130 5.28 1862 70% 4.20 665 4.62 3446 4.83 193 4.62 2296 60% 3.60 2033 3.96 4993 4.14 6429 3.96 2768 50% 3.00 7621 3.03 6774 3.45 7878 3.3 13753 table 2: load and maximum cycle figure 6: s-n curve it can be seen from the log graph in fig. 6 that the lowest s-n curve is for the untreated specimens and on the other hand, treated specimens with 28 cm of height have the highest s-n curve. specimen treated with 12 cm of height have a higher s-n curve compared to specimens treated with 20 cm height. this could be an error in this experiment. the values obtained in this experiment are then compared to the calculated values using morrow and swt models. the percentage error can be calculated using eqn. (5). fig. 7 (a) – (d) illustrates the percent error difference in histograms.       %     100   experimental value theoretical value error x theoretical value (5) (a) (b) m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 277 (c) (d) figure 7: histograms for percentage error difference against percentage σmax; (a) untreated, (b) 12 cm, (c) 20 cm and (d) 28 cm the error for untreated specimens gives the smallest dispersion with the highest error of 13.2%. in addition, we also noticed that the swt approach produces smaller error differences compared to morrow’s. this is in line with the statement stated by [8], as the swt approach is the best model for predicting accurate fatigue life for non-zero mean stress. conclusion rom the result of this experiment, it can be concluded that pwit produce a significant result in the test specimens. based on the graph plotted, specimens treated with lbit were able to withstand higher load before starting to deform. this means they have higher yield strength compared to the untreated specimen. the tensile results also illustrate that the treated specimen has higher ultimate tensile strength compared to the untreated which can be observed from the peak value. the lowest peak value is 6 kn with an extension of 2.5 mm for the untreated specimen and the highest peak value is 7.1 kn with an extension of 3.2 mm recorded for 32 cm of treated specimen. this demonstrates that the lbit process gives a substantial effect on the mechanical properties of the spot-welded specimens. on the other hand, a major improvement could be seen in the fatigue properties of the treated specimens. the s-n curve proves specimens that undergo lbit have higher fatigue lives. the graph shows a good impact of lbit on the spot weld at a height of 28 cm. for all values of stresses, comparing untreated and treated specimens at 28 cm, fatigue lives increase in a range of 27% to 87%. this shows that lbit increases the fatigue strength of spot weld joints of mild steel. to conclude, the objectives of this research are achieved. lbit not only increases the tensile strength of spot weld joints but also improves the fatigue lives as well. the results from this research prove that lbit plays a significant role in improving the mechanical and fatigue properties of welded joints. for future works, it is recommended to repeat with more specimens as there are some errors found such as the ultimate tensile strength of 24 and 28 cm treated specimen is lower than 20 cm specimen. in addition, the fatigue lives of 20 cm specimen also fewer than 12 cm specimen. this contradicts our theory that a higher height of treatment should produce a higher percentage of improvement. references [1] hofe, d.v. (2015). the significance of welding and joining technology in a modern industrial structure, german welding society (dvs), germany, krefel [2] chao, y. (2003). ultimate strength and failure mechanism of resistance spot weld subjected to tensile, shear, or combined tensile/shear loads. j. eng. mater. technol. apr 2003, 125(2), pp. 125-132. doi: 10.1115/1.1555648 [3] wang, l., jiang, x., zhu, y., ding, z., zhu, x., sun, j. and yan, b. (2018). investigation of performance and residual stress generation of alsi10mg. advances in materials science and engineering, doi: 10.1155/2018/7814039. [4] gorti, j., goutam, m., krishna, d. (2022). failure mechanism of resistance spot-welded dp600 steel under high cycle fatigue. materials today: proceedings, 59(3), doi: /10.1016/j.matpr.2022.03.332. [5] ravindra, s. s., vijay, n. n. (2022). impact of post weld heat treatment on mechanical and microstructural properties of underwater friction stir spot welded 6061 aluminium alloy. materials today: proceedings, 56(5). doi: /10.1016/j.matpr.2021.09.207 [6] nagasaka, t., muroga, t., grossbeck, m.l. and yamamoto, t. (2002). effects of post-weld heat treatment conditions on hardness, microstructures and impact properties of vanadium alloys. journal of nuclear materials, 307–311(2), pp. 1595-1599. doi: /10.1016/s0022-3115(02)01170-4 f m. m. padzi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62(2022) 271-278; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.19 278 [7] sérgio, s. m. t., clóvis r. r., juan m. p., edvan s. b. and hamilton f. g. a. (2014). effects of post weld heat treatments on the microstructure and mechanical properties of dissimilar weld of supermartensític stainless steel. mat. res. 17 (5). doi: /10.1590/1516-1439.299314 [8] iyeger, r. m., amaya, m., bonnen, j., citrin, k. kang, h. k., laxman, s., khosrovaneh, a., schillaci, n. and shih, h. s. (2008). fatigue of spot -welded sheet steel joints: welded sheet steel joints: physics, mechanics, and process variability. [9] ghazali, f. a., salleh, z., hyie, k. m., taib, y. m. and rozlin, n. (2017). improvement of mechanical properties and fatigue failure of spot-welded joint through pneumatic impact treatment (pit). materials today: proceedings 16, pp. 1988-1993. doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2019.06.078 [10] azeez, a. a. (2013). fatigue failure and testing methods, 32. (2002) the ieee website. available: http://www.ieee.org/ [11] jiazhuang, t., wu, t. and shanglu, y. (2022). investigation on microhardness and fatigue life in spot welding of quenching and partitioning 1180 steel. journal of materials research and technology 19, pp. 3145-3159, doi: /10.1016/j.jmrt.2022.06.083. [12] mahmud, k., mohammad, w. d., md. zahidul. s.r. (2021). effects of welding technique, filler metal and post-weld heat treatment on stainless steel and mild steel dissimilar welding joint. journal of manufacturing processes, 64, pp. 1307-1321, doi: /10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.02.058. [13] ince, a. and glinka, g. (2011). a modification of morrow and smith-watsontopper mean stress correction models. fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures 34(11), pp. 854-867. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2011.01577.x [14] azlan, m.a. (2016). development of fatigue life prediction algorithm using matlab [15] poja, s.h. and mohammad, a. (2014). post weld treatment implementation on bridges with special focus on hfmi. chalmers university of technology. [16] ghazali, f. a., salleh, z., taib, y. m., hyie, k. m. and masdek, n. r. n. m. (2017). effect of low blow impact treatment on fatigue and mechanical properties of spot-welded joints. pertanika journal of science and technology. [17] meneghetti, g., quaresimin, m. and ricotta, m. (2010) life prediction for bonded joints in composite material based on actual fatigue damage, advances in structural adhesive bonding, pp. 316-349. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 1 art 1.doc l. p. pook, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 12-18 12 1 introduzione it is well-known that engineering structures and components, as well as consumer items, contain cracks or flaws and, therefore, crack growth must be considered both in design and in the analysis of failures. the path taken by a crack in a critical component or structure can determine whether fatigue failure is catastrophic or not. knowledge of potential crack paths is also needed for the selection of appropriate non-destructive testing procedures. much current work is concerned with crack growth viewed on macroscopic scale. the forthcoming esis international conference on crack paths (cp 2006) will be devoted to consideration of crack paths at various scales. from a theoretical viewpoint the complete solution of a crack growth problem includes determination of the crack path. figure 1: cracks in undercarriage bay bracket. it is often assumed that the crack path is known, either from theoretical considerations, or from the results of laboratory tests. at the present state of the art, the factors controlling the path taken by a crack are not completely understood [1]. eight brief case studies involving crack paths are presented. these are taken from the author’s professional and personal experience over many years. they have been chosen to illustrate various aspects of crack paths. one example is in a component from a major structure, three examples are in laboratory specimens, and four are in nuisance failures. such nuisance failures cause, in total, a great deal of inconvenience and expensive, but do not normally receive much publicity. 2 aircraft undercarriage bay bracket the relationship between mode of fatigue loading and paths taken by fatigue cracks has been of interest for a long time [2, 3]. this information can be useful in failure analysis and figure 1 shows an example from 1961. it is a bracket from an aircraft undercarriage bay which showed unexpected cracking at rivet holes. the bracket was a formed 18 swg (1.2 mm thick) aluminium alloy angle, 10 in × 0.8 in × 0.8 in (254 mm × 20.3 mm × 20. 3 mm). the figure shows a general view of typical cracks observed after the bracket was removed from the bay. examination of the fracture surfaces of the cracks showed that fatigue cracks had originated at both surfaces of the bracket at the rivet hole corner and then propagated inwards on elliptical crack fronts, with the two cracks intersecting at or near the centre line of the sheet. figure 2 shows the fracture surface of a typical crack. this indicates that failure was caused by out of plane alternating some practical crack path examples ( da esis newsletter 2006) les p. pook department of mechanical engineering, university college london, torrington place, london wc1e 7je, uk abstract. it is well known that many engineering structures and components, as well as consumer items, contain cracks or crack-like flaws. it is widely recognised that crack growth must be considered both in design and in the analysis of failures. the complete solution of a crack growth problem includes determination of the crack path. macroscopic aspects of crack paths have been of industrial interest for a very long time. at the present state of the art the factors controlling the path taken by a crack are not completely understood. eight brief case studies are presented. these are taken from the author’s professional and personal experience of macroscopic crack paths over many years. they have been chosen to illustrate various aspects of crack paths. one example is in a component from a major structure, three examples are in laboratory specimens, and four are in nuisance failures. such nuisance failures cause, in total, a great deal of inconvenience and expensive, but do not normally receive much publicity. keywords: crack growth, crack path l. p. pook, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 12-18 13 bending fatigue loads, which were not anticipated by the designer. examination of the fracture surfaces at high magnification showed the presence of striations and hence confirmed that cracking was due to fatigue. this is an example of the useful crack path information which can be obtained from simple examination of a failed component with the naked eye. figure 2. surface of crack in an undercarriage bay bracket. 3 angle notch fracture toughness and fatigue specimens by 1965 plane strain fracture toughness testing using mode i specimens, in which crack growth is perpendicular to the applied load, was well established [4] but little was known about fracture toughness behaviour under mixed mode loading, where loads are applied at an angle to the crack.. some tests were therefore carried out in 1966 [5, 6] to investigate the mixed mode fracture toughness of dtd 5050, a 5½% zn aluminium alloy with kic = 28.8 mpa√m [5]. a 19 mm thick angle notch specimen was used, with the initial notch inclined at an angle β of 75°, 60° and 45°, as in figure 3. specimens were precracked in fatigue. figure 4 shows the fracture surface of one of the specimens with the initial notch inclined at β = 45°. the fatigue precrack (bright area at the notch root) is of nearly constant depth, and at the end of the precrack β ≈ 48°. a feature of the test is that under the static loading to determine the fracture toughness the specimen failed very abruptly, but the macroscopic crack path features followed on from the fatigue precrack. at the time the fracture surface appearance was puzzling, but is easily interpreted from a modern viewpoint [1], in that that there is a tendency to mode i crack growth on two scales. on a scale of 1 mm initially crack growth was mixed mode. as the crack grew the crack front rotated until it was perpendicular to the specimen surfaces, and crack growth was in mode i, with the exception of shear lips at specimen surfaces. on this scale the crack follows a curved path which tends towards a plane of symmetry. this is in accordance with the well known observation [1] that the tendency to mode i crack growth means that cracks tend to grow perpendicular to the maximum principal tensile stress. on a smaller scale of 0.1 mm the tendency to mode i fatigue crack growth results in the production of what is known as a twist crack [1] containing individual mode i facets connected by cliffs. the mode i facets gradually merge as, viewed on the 1 mm scale, the crack growth surface becomes perpendicular to the specimen surfaces. merging of mode i facets shows up more clearly under fatigue loading. some fatigue tests were carried out in 1989 on 20 mm thick medium strength structural steel angle notch specimens [7] with initial β values of 75°, 60° and 45°. figure 5 shows the fracture surface of one of the specimens, initial β = 60°. the light area at the top is where the specimen was broken open in liquid nitrogen. these examples illustrate the strong tendency to mode i crack growth in isotropic materials under essentially elastic conditions. figure 3. angle notch charpy specimen, crack initiation along notch tip. figure 4. fracture surface of dtd 5050 5½ zn aluminium angle notch fracture toughness test specimen, initial β = 45°. l.p.pook., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 12-18 14 figure 5. fracture surface of medium strength structural steel angle notch fatigue test specimen, initial β = 60°. figure 6. crack path in a waspaloy sheet under biaxial fatigue load. the grid is 2.54 mm. 4 crack path stability under biaxial loading the question of the stability of a crack path had been of interest for some time [8] but in general it wasn’t possible to predict crack paths under biaxial fatigue loading. therefore, in 1974 some tests [9], were carried out at room temperature on waspaloy, a nickel based gas turbine material, in order to determine the conditions under which a fatigue crack path became unstable under biaxial loading. the specimens were 254 mm square and 2.6 mm thick. the material had been cross rolled during production to ensure that its properties were reasonably isotropic. tests were carried out using sinusoidal constant amplitude loading at a stress ratio (ratio of minimum to maximum load in fatigue cycle), r, of 0.1. in each test the fatigue load perpendicular to the crack was kept constant. cracks were first grown from each end of an initial slit under uniaxial loading an in phase load was then applied parallel to the crack, and crack path behaviour observed. figure 6 shows the crack path for a load parallel to the crack of twice the load perpendicular to the crack. the crack path became unstable and deviated from its initial path as soon as the load parallel to the crack was applied. at the time the tests were carried out it wasn’t possible to do more than describe the results. however, reanalysis of these and other results in 1997 [1, 10] showed it was possible to correlate crack path stability in terms of a parameter called the t-stress ratio. 5 plastic domestic tap in 1991 a plastic domestic tap in the author’s utility room was observed to be leaking where it was screwed into a fitting on the supply pipe. the tap had a fitting for a hose pipe, and appeared to be a replacement for the original brass tap. when an attempt was made to unscrew the tap it failed completely. the two parts of the broken tap are shown in figure 7 and a close up of the fracture surface in figure 8. the dark area is fatigue and the light area the final static failure. the age of the tap at the time of failure is unknown, but as one fatigue cycle is applied each time a tap is turned on and off it is likely that thousands of cycles had been applied. safety critical pressure containing components are often designed to leak-before-break [11] in order to avoid catastrophic failure. it is fortunate that the tap did so otherwise the utility room would probably have been flooded. the failed tap was replaced with a brass tap, and it was observed that the detail design in the vicinity of the threads was exactly the same. the replacement tap is still in use. the episode is an example of the danger of using a different material for a component without making appropriate changes to detail design. figure 7. plastic domestic tap. l. p. pook, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 12-18 15 figure 8. crack surface of plastic domestic tap. figure 9. wall clock by john davidson, coatbridge. figure 10. failed wall clock mainspring. 6 wall clock mainspring before the days of quartz clocks, spring driven wall clocks were widely used in public buildings. the example shown in figure 9 was originally used in a school, but since 1968 it has been in use in the author’s kitchen. in 1994 the mainspring failed while the clock was being wound. examination showed that this was the final failure following fatigue crack growth. a general view of the failed mainspring is shown in figure 10. fatigue has been a problem in clock mainsprings for centuries, and traditionally they are designed using rules of thumb based on experience [12], rather than by detailed analysis. the total fatigue life is not known, but the clock is wound weekly so it must be thousands of cycles. a clock mainspring is loaded in bending, with loading and unloading moving along the spring as it is wound and unwinds. when a mainspring breaks in fatigue the crack is usually straight across the spring, with crack growth predominantly through the thickness. however, in this particular mainspring crack path behaviour is unusually complicated, and details are shown in figure 11. a fatigue crack initiated at a corner at one edge of the 27 mm wide mainspring. initially, crack growth was across the spring (downwards in the picture) but after about 9 mm of growth the crack turned sharply towards the outer end of the spring (right in the picture), and then grew in a spiral fashion towards the other edge of the spring until the final failure took place. during this crack growth two secondary cracks initiated, and then joined so that a small triangular piece of spring became detached. the joined secondary crack then grew in a spiral fashion towards the centre of the spring, but did not contribute to the final failure. this is an example of a nuisance fatigue failure which did not have serious consequences. such failures are not normally investigated at all. the offending component is simply replaced. in this particular case the replacement mainspring is still intact after 12 years. figure 11. centre portion of failed wall clock mainspring. l.p.pook., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 12-18 16 7 angle notch charpy specimens some preliminary tests [13] were carried out in 1971 on angle notch charpy specimens, but crack paths were not investigated in detail. specimen design was based on the standard charpy v-notch specimen with β values (figure 3) of 90° (standard specimen), 75°, 60°, and 45°. the true notch tip radius was reduced so that the notch tip radius measured in a plane parallel to the specimen sides was the same as in the standard charpy specimen (0.25 mm). figure 12 shows the appearance of specimens tested at 10 c. more detailed tests were carried out in 1997 using en6a mild steel (0.36% c) specimens [14]. all specimens were tested in the normalised condition (tensile strength 550 mpa, yield stress 280 mpa). tests were carried out in a 300 j charpy machine equipped with a 2 mm radius striker. they are an example of the complexity often observed in crack path behaviour under dynamic loading. the fracture surface appearance of the standard charpy specimens (β = 90°) is typical of mild steel. in the lower shelf region, that is at below about -15°c, fracture surfaces are crystalline, and in the upper shelf region, above about 30°c, they are ductile. in the transition region fracture surfaces are initially ductile, and the amount of crystalline crack growth decreases with increasing temperature. shear lips appear at above about -15°c, and increase in size with increasing temperature. the fracture appearance transition temperature (50 per cent crystalline) is about 25°c. in the upper shelf region fracture surfaces are ductile. figure 12. fracture appearance of mild steel charpy specimens tested at 10 c. top, standard specimen, β = 90°. bottom, angle notch specimen, β = 45°. the fracture surface appearance of the angle notch specimens is controlled by a tendency towards square (mode i) crack growth, but modified by plasticity and by crack path constraint due to the initial notch. the value of β has little effect on either the 50 per cent crystalline transition temperature, or on the temperature below which fractures are crystalline. shear lips for β = 75° and 60° are similar to those on standard charpy specimens, but could not be distinguished for β = 45°. in the transition region fracture surfaces are initially ductile. the amount of initial ductile crack growth increases with increasing temperature. crack initiation is along the notch tip, and in the notch plane, so the initial crack growth is mixed mode. for β = 75° and 60° a crack twists as it grows, becoming mode i as it approaches the striker position (figure 3). for β = 45° there is an abrupt transition to mode i crack growth (figure 13). figure 13. angle notch charpy specimen, abrupt transition to crystalline crack growth. this mode i growth is at least initially crystalline. at below about -15°c fracture surfaces of the angle notch specimens are fully crystalline. crack origins are mode i. for β = 75° and 60° there are a number of individual mode i crack origins along a notch tip, linked by vertical cliffs (apparently mode iii). the initial mode i cracks link up as a crack grows, and overall a crack twists as it approaches the striker position. for β = 45° the tendency to mode i crack growth is so marked that the crack path is not constrained by the notch. at intermediate absorbed energy levels there is one crack origin at the centre of a notch, and crack growth is mode i throughout (figure l. p. pook, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 12-18 17 14). at high absorbed energy levels there are crack origins at both notch corners. the cracks follow curved, apparently mode i paths, as shown schematically for a single crack in figure 15. the two paths merge as they approach the striker position. figure 14. angle notch charpy specimen, crack origin at centre of notch. figure 15. angle notch charpy specimen, crack origin at notch corner. 8 central heating boiler burner during routine maintenance in 2002 one of the two burners in the gas fired domestic central heating boiler installed in the author’s house was found to be cracked due to thermal fatigue. a general view of the burner is shown in figure 16, and the crack is shown in figure 17. the boiler was about 12 years old so, assuming it fired about 10 times per day, about 44,000 thermal fatigue cycles had been applied. the burner consists of a steel box with a series of small and large holes on top to distribute the gas to the flame above the box. the larger holes have reinforced perimeters. an internal wire mesh, just visible in figure 17, helps to distribute the gas evenly. cracking appears to have initiated at three places on the perimeter of a smaller hole, grown into two larger holes with a small triangular piece becoming detached, and then two cracks grew across most of the width of the box, resulting in improper combustion. the designer did not appear to have appreciated the point that stress concentration factors are largely independent of hole size. the reinforcement had prevented crack initiation at the large holes but its absence had allowed cracking at a small hole. this is another example of a nuisance fatigue failure. annual inspection was recommended by the boiler manufacturer. this ensured that the cracking was detected before it became dangerous, and the burner was replaced. figure 16. burner from domestic central heating boiler. figure 17. crack in burner from domestic central heating boiler. l.p.pook., frattura ed integrità strutturale, 1 (2007) 12-18 18 9 walking shoe in 2005 the author found that the plastic soles of pair of walking shoes had become badly cracked and one no longer fitted properly. this more severely damaged shoe is shown in figure 18. the sole of a shoe is subjected to repeated bending. going uphill a sole is also subjected to repeated tension as the rearward force applied by the wearer’s heel is transferred to the ground. this particular pair of shoes had covered several hundred kilometres, which is equivalent to around 3 × 105 cycles. in the shoe shown two separate cracks had initiated in grooves near the toe, grown past each other and then curved together, in a well known crack path behaviour [15], so that a piece of sole became detached. the heel had also cracked and, in what appears to have been the final event that reduced the stiffness of the shoe so much that it became unusable, the sole separated from the upper at the end of this crack. the use of a plastic, instead of rubber, for the soles has reduced the rate of wear but led to fatigue failure. this is another example where a change of material has resulted in fatigue cracking. figure 18. cracks in sole of walking shoe. 10 concluding remarks paths taken by cracks have been of interest for a very long time. a large amount of empirical knowledge has been accumulated, but at the present state of the art the factors controlling the path taken by a crack are not completely understood. the numerous possible crack configurations [7] mean that a systematic approach to the determination of crack paths isn't feasible, so particular practical problems need to be tackled on an ad hoc basis. the examples given have been chosen from the author’s experience to illustrate the variety of crack paths which occur in practice. 11 references [1] l. p. pook, crack paths, wit press, southampton (2002). [2] r. cazaud, fatigue of metals, chapman & hall ltd, london (1953). [3] j. longson, a photographic study of the origin and development of fatigue fractures in aircraft structures. rae report no. struct 267. royal aircraft establishment, farnborough (1961). [4] j. e srawley, w. f. brown, fracture toughness testing methods. in fracture toughness testing and its applications. astm stp 381. american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, pa, (1965) 133. [5] l. p. pook, brittle fracture of structural materials having a high strength weight ratio. phd thesis, university of strathclyde, glasgow (1968). [6] l. p. pook, eng. fract. mech., 3 (1971) 205. [7] l. p. pook, d. g. crawford, the fatigue crack direction and threshold behaviour of a medium strength structural steel under mixed mode i and iii loading. in: kussmaul, k., mcdiarmid, d. l. and socie, d. f. (ed). fatigue under biaxial and multiaxial loading. esis 10. (1991) 199. mechanical engineering publications, london. [8] b. cotterell, int. j. fract. mech., 2 (1966) 526. [9] l. p. pook, r.holmes, in: proc. fatigue testing and design conf., society of environmental engineers fatigue group, buntingford, herts, 2 (1976) 36.1 [10] l. p. pook, an alternative crack path stability parameter. in: brown, m. w., de los rios, e. r. and miller, k. j. (eds). fracture from defects. ecf 12. emas publishing, cradley heath, west midlands. i (1998) 187. [11] l. p. pook linear elastic fracture mechanics for engineers. theory and applications. wit press, southampton (2000). [12] f. j. britten, the watch & clock makers' handbook, dictionary and guide. 16th edition. revised by good, r. arco publishing company inc, new york (1978) [13] l. p. pook, eng. fract. mech., (1972) 483. [14] l. p. pook, m. j. podbury, int. j. fract., 90, (1998) l3-l8. [15] s.melin, int. j. fract., 23(1) (1983) 37. [16] l.p. pook, keyword scheme for a computer based bibliography of stress intensity factor solutions. nel report 704. national engineering laboratory, east kilbride, glasgow (1986). microsoft word numero_43_art_16 e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 205 experimental tests on slip factor in friction joints: comparison between european and american standards emanuele maiorana omba impianti & engineering spa, via della croce, 10 36040 torri di quartesolo (vi), italy emaior@libero.it, http://orcid.org /0000-0002-3574-1410 paolo zampieri, carlo pellegrino department of civil, environmental and architectural engineering, university of padova, via marzolo, 9 35131 padova, italy paolo.zampieri@dicea.unipd.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4556-5043 abstract. friction joints are used in steel structures submitted to cyclic loading such as, for example, in steel and composite bridges, in overhead cranes, and in equipment subjected to fatigue. slip-critical steel joints with preloaded bolts are characterized by high rigidity and good performance against fatigue and vibrational phenomena. the most important parameter for the calculation of the bolt number in a friction connection is the slip factor, depending on the treatment of the plane surfaces inside the joint package. the paper focuses on the slip factor values reported in european and north american specifications, and in literature references. the differences in experimental methods of slip test and evaluation of them for the mentioned standards are discussed. the results from laboratory tests regarding the assessment of the slip factor related to only sandblasted and sandblasted and coated surfaces are reported. experimental data are compared with other results from the literature review to find the most influent parameters that control the slip factor in friction joint and differences between the slip tests procedures. keywords. bolted joints; slip resistance; k-factor; slip factor; surface treatment. citation: maiorana, e., zampieri, p., pellegrino, c., experimental tests on slip factor in friction joints: comparison between european and american standards, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217. received: 01.12.2017 accepted: 10.12.2017 published: 01.01.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction urocode en 1993-1-8 [1] provides the main recommendations of methods for the effective design of joints using steel grades s235, s275, s355 and s460 and prescribes that only bolt assemblies of classes 8.8 and 10.9, conforming to the requirements of high strength structural bolting for preloading with controlled tightening e e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 206 torque, may be used as preloaded bolts in friction joints. in en 1090-2 [2] requirements for execution of steel structures (included structural bolting assemblies for preloading), are specified in order to ensure adequate levels of mechanical resistance and stability, serviceability and durability. in particular, it summarizes the steel structures that are designed according to all parts of european standards. north american rcsc “specification for structural joints using high-strength bolts” [3] deals principally with the strength grades of hs bolts, astm a 325 e astm a490 providing guidance for their design, installation and inspection in structural steel joints. astm f3125 [4], which replaces the six previous standards, simplifying bolt specification, covers chemical, physical and mechanical requirements for quenched and tempered bolts manufactured from steel and alloy steel, in inch and metric dimensions, in two strength grades. tab. 1 shows in a benchmarking nominal values of the yield strength fyb and of the ultimate tensile strength fub for european and american equivalent grades: i.e., respectively, 8.8 and 10.9, a325 and a490. en 1993-1-8 astm f3125 bolt grade 8.8 10.9 a325 a490 fub (mpa) 800 1000 830 1040 fyb (mpa) 640 900 660 940 table 1: minimum values for yield and ultimate tensile strength of hs bolt material according to european and north american standards. in a slip-critical joint, the resistance is due to friction forces developed between the faying surfaces depending on the preloaded force of the tightened bolts as well as on surface treatment. both american and european standards require, prior to bolt preloading, the snug-tightening procedure to bring the plies into firm contact and provide four pretensioning methods, without preference: turn-of-nut pretensioning; calibrated wrench pretensioning; twist-off-type tension-control bolt pretensioning; direct-tension-indicator pretensioning. according to rcsc [3] the minimum bolt pretension for slip-critical joints is equal to 70 percent of the specified minimum tensile strength of bolts multiplied by bolt stress area as prescribed in astm specifications [4]. similarly, under the provisions of en 1993-1-8 [1] and en 1090-2 [2], the nominal minimum preloading force fp,c shall be taken as: fp,c = 0.7fubares (1) where fub is the nominal ultimate strength of the bolt material and ares is the stress area of the bolt. the slip resistant force, governed by preload force fp,c, the surfaces-in-contact slip factor , the number of plane surfaces in contact n, the safety coefficient m3, the hole shape factor ks, is given by eqn.(2) in accordance with en 1993-1-8 [1]: s s,rd p,c m3 k nμ f f γ  (2) where ks = 1 for normal holes, and m3 is equal to 1.25 at ultimate limit state and 1.1 at serviceability limit state. for rcsc [3] the values are 1.5 and 1.0, respectively. the first step in bolted joints is to obtain the snug tightened condition bringing the connected plates into firm contact. to reach the design preload force it is necessary to apply a correct tightening torque mr; if tightening torque is lower than that necessary to reach the design preload force, the friction joint is not guaranteed and the mechanism is the same as that of shear bolts; on the other hand, overtightening could exceed the yielding point and increase the plasticization of the screw or nut threads and arrive at rupture. the correlation between fp,c and mr is given by the bolt diameter d and the k-factor km. in terms of preloading force, for the european code en 14399-2 [5] the tightening torque depends on the surface treatment of bolt that is parameterized by factor km. e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 207 the equation that gives the relationship between tightening torque and preload force is ,(1 1.65 )r k m p cm v k f d  (3) approximated with: ,1.10r m p cm k f d (4) slip factor he decisive parameter for the operation of the friction mechanism in the bolted joint is the slip factor μ which depends on the roughness of the plate, which is associated with the surface treatment of plates closed by the bolted joints. however, the surfaces of the steel components should be protected, as all the other surfaces, to avoid the development of corrosion phenomena between the manufacturing and the erection phase, but also to guarantee the greatest possible friction. in general, the surfaces are cleaned, blasted, followed by the application of inorganic zinc. the grade of sandblasting is usually sa2½ as described in international standard iso 8501-1 [6]. in practical applications, the slip factor for short-time loads may be necessary to sustain dynamic loads. for example, fig. 1 shows a steel bridge girder where the bolted joints surfaces are specifically prepared for friction connections. figure 1: painted beam with inorganic zinc coated surfaces for friction joints. the slip factor tends to decrease with time due to the creep phenomena in coated surfaces. several studies have been developed to establish adequate slip factors for different conditions; these studies are in general very time consuming due to the wide range of parameters involved. in this context, reference should be made, for example, to the studies reported in the publication n.37 of eccs [7]. also, the results of an extensive research work are collected in kulak et al. [8]. tab. 2 shows the slip factor value assumed with different surface treatment as in en 1090-2 [2] while, for an useful comparison, tab. 3 shows the prescription in pren 1090-2 (draft new version of en 1090-2). in other international standards, different systems of friction classes are specified; for instance, in “specification for structural joints using high-strength bolts” rcsc [3] used in north america, three surface classes are established (tab. 4). a comparison among european, american, australian, japanese, italian and british standards for design of bolted joints in steel bridges is reported in maiorana and pellegrino [9]. t e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 208 surface treatment class slip factor μ surfaces blasted with shot or grit with loose rust removed, not pitted. a 0.50 surfaces blasted with shot or grit; a) spray-metallized with aluminum or zinc based product b) with alkali-zinc silicate paint with a thickness of 50 μm to 80 μm b 0.40 surfaces cleaned by wire brush or flame cleaning, with loose rust removed c 0.30 surfaces as rolled d 0.20 table 2: classifications that may be assumed for friction surfaces according to en 1090-2 [2]. surface treatment class slip factor μ surfaces blasted with shot or grit with loose rust removed, not pitted. a 0.50 surfaces hot dip galvanized to en iso 1461 and flash (sweep) blasted and with alkali-zinc silicate paint with a nominal thickness of 40 μm to 80 μm b 0.40 surfaces blasted with shot or grit: a) coated with alkali-zinc silicate paint with a nominal thickness of 40 μm to 80 μm; b) thermally sprayed with aluminium or zinc or a combination of both to a nominal thickness not exceeding 80 µm b 0.40 surfaces hot dip galvanized to en iso 1461 and flash (sweep) blasted (or equivalent abrasion method) c 0.35 surfaces cleaned by wire-brushing or flame cleaning, with loose rust removed c 0.30 table 3: classifications that may be assumed for friction surfaces according to pren 1090-2. surface treatment class slip factor μ uncoated clean mill scale steel surfaces or surfaces with class a coatings on blast-cleaned steel a 0.30 uncoated blasted and cleaned steel surfaces or surfaces with class b coatings on blasted and cleaned steel b 0.50 roughened hot-dip galvanized surfaces c 0.30 table 4: classifications that may be assumed for friction surfaces (according to rcsc [3]). cruz et al. [10] obtained slip factors with values of 0.50 with blasted surfaces, without any additional surface treatment. in blasted surfaces, spray metalized with zinc or hot-dip galvanized ones, the slip factor easily reaches values above 0.40. for blasted surfaces, with a painted coating of zinc ethyl-silicate, in cruz et al. [10] a characteristic value of 0.40 was obtained with a small margin. for blasted surfaces, with a painted coating of zinc epoxy, the lowest slip factor values, no higher than 0.30, were obtained. concerning the specimens in s355 weathering steel, it was verified that the value of the slip factor increased with the duration of environmental exposure, from 0.502 to 0.560. cruz et al. [10] conclude that the slip factor is strongly influenced by the surface treatment and weakly by the steel grade. in fact, in specimens of s275 steel and s690 high strength steel, with equivalent surface treatment, similar values for the slip factor were obtained. therefore, it seems that the classification system predicted in en 1090-2 [2] remains valid for use in slip resistant joints with high strength steel. e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 209 heistermann et al. [11] studied the slip resistance in lap joints with long open slotted holes while annan and chiza [12] presented a work about the characterization of slip resistance of high strength bolted connections with zinc-based metallized faying surfaces and annan and chiza [13] the slip resistance of metalized-galvanized faying surfaces in steel bridge construction. latour et al. [14] made an experimental analysis on friction materials for supplemental damping devices while pavlović et al. [15] presented friction connection vs. ring flange connection in steel towers for wind converters. ferrante cavallaro et al. [16] presented the experimental behavior of innovative thermal spray coating materials for freedam joints while li et al. [17] the slipping coefficient study of frictional high strength bolt joint. through finite element analysis and experimental study, in huang et al. [18] the mechanical behavior including slip vs. load ratio, load transfer factors, stress state, and friction stress distribution of this type of joints was studied in detail. both fea results and experimental ones show that the loads resisted by bolts in the edge rows are, as expected, larger than the ones by bolts in the middle rows. a report of the federal highway administration [19] has shown that ambiguities within the test method might increase the variability of reported friction coefficients. the report outlines that: variability of slip coefficients attained for the same coatings were noted by coating manufacturers despite no change in formulation. the most common approach is to use a multilayer paint system with a zinc-rich primer; labs following the same rcsc [3] procedure were sometimes reporting very different slip coefficients for identical coatings; the major finding was the manner in which each lab measured slip displacement which contributed to the greatest variability in frictional coefficient results. so, the aim and the main contribution of this work is not only to collect and evaluate the slip factor for different surfaces treatments, through an extensive product comparison and testing but also compare the european and american method for the friction coefficient determination. experimental test methods for the determination of the slip factor or the european code, the procedure for the determination of the characteristic value k of the slip factor was found testing a series of five specimens as descripted in annex g of the en 10902 [2] “slip test”. for each series, firstly four models are tested applying an incremental tensile load with a velocity of about 0.4 kn/s, to obtain a test duration between 10 and 15 min; in a second stage, the 5th test was performed to evaluate long-term effects. in the first four tests (short-time tests), the slip loads fsi are recorded when a slip of 0.15 mm occurs. the 5th model (longterm test) is loaded with 90% of the mean slip loads reached in the previous four tests, during 3 h to assess the behavior under sustained loads. if the difference between the slip measured at the end of 5 min and 3 h after the load application does not exceed 2 μm, the test is valid and the slip load shall be determined as for the previous four tests. if this condition is not verified, a minimum of three extended creep tests should be performed. the validity of the 5th test still depends on an additional condition: the standard deviation sfs of the slip loads obtained in the five tests, i.e. ten values, cannot exceed 8%. the slip factor is calculated with eqn. (5): 2.05k m μμ μ s  (5) for the american standard, the procedure for the determination of the mean value m of the slip factor derives directly from a series of results found testing five specimens as described in appendix a of the rcsc [3]. it is important to note that for rcsc [3], testing setup to determine the slip factor is different respect european standard and the single value µi per specimen is 2 si i p,c f μ f  (6) f e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 210 where the slip load is the load corresponding to a deformation of 0.02 in., that is 0.5 mm. tab. 5 shows the list of specimen series, surface treatment and the reference standard. as many products report results for the slip coefficient found following the procedure of the italian former standard cnr uni 10011 [20], for a comparation also these results are reported. according to cnr uni 10011 [20], the preload was found by fc,p = 0.8 fk,n ares where fk,n = min{0.7 fu,b; fy,b }; for example, for bolts m20 class 10.9 fk,n = 700 n/mm2 and ares = 245 mm2 so fp,c = 137 kn (25% less european code) and the corresponding tightening torque mr = k fp,c d that is 550 nm. note that cnr uni 10011 [20] gave a fixed value k = 0.2 and the partial safety factor m in formula of resistance force was the same as in en 1993-1-8 [1] at ultimate state limit. series product n. coating bolts (diam. and grade) standard slip force fsi [kn] slip coeff. m slip coeff. k 1 2 3 1 1 m20 10.9 m20 10.9 m20 10.9 en 1090-2 en 1090-2 cnr uni 10011 353 340 227 0.52 0.50 0.42 0.45 0.45 0.38 4 2 2 ø20 astm a490 rcsc 278 0.64 0.47 5 3 2 ø20 astm a490 rcsc 223 0.51 0.28 6 4 3 m20 10.9 en 1090-2 263 0.39 0.34 7 5 3 m16 10.9 cnr uni 10011 220 0.62 0.58 8 5 3 m16 10.9 en 1090-2 311 0.45 0.41 9 6 4 ø20 astm a490 rcsc 152 0.34 0.29 10 7 1 ø20 astm a490 rcsc 243 0.56 0.45 11 7 1 m20 10.9 en 1090-2 354 0.51 0.43 12 8 3 m20 10.9 en 1090-2 230 0.34 0.29 chemical composition: 1 inorganic zinc ethyl silicate bicomponent; 2 inorganic zinc-rich bicomponent; 3 inorganic zinc polyethylene silicate bicomponent; 4 inorganic zinc silicate bicomponent table 5: series of tests with different coating products (final value of  in bold font). series n.1. slip test on only blasted surfaces the material of the specimens was weathering steel with characteristics as in en 10025-5 [21] s355j0w. fig. 2 shows the geometry of the specimens. figure 2: geometry of the specimen. surfaces were cleaned at grade sa2½, i.e. surfaces sandblasted as white metal surface; mean profile roughness was about 100 m. the bolts used to assembly the specimens were hv m20 grade 10.9. to reach the preload force the bolts, as in the combined method, were subjected to a tightening torque of 334 nm, that is 75%mr, plus a rotation angle a = 90°, corresponding to a final tightening torque of about 520 nm. the instrument utilized for measuring the relative displacements of the plates in the connection is formed by four transducers of inductive displacement (lvdt) useful to find displacements δ in the order of 10-3 mm. the tensile force applied was measured with a load cell installed in a universal test machine metrocom of 500 kn as in fig. 3. the specimen number five (s5), as reported in annex g of en 1090-2 [2], was loaded with a force equal to 90% of the mean value of the sliding forces fsi found for the other previous four specimens, for a period of three hours. over this time the displacement recorded was under the limit of the standard, 0.002 mm, so five tests were sufficient for the statistic evaluation of the slip factor (fig. 4) and from each specimen, two values si were found. e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 211 figure 3: test of the blasted specimen. figure 4: fsi [kn] vs. δ [mm] relationship. from the ten values obtained by the tests, the mean value of the slip factor was calculated m = 0.519 with the standard deviation s = 0.030, finally a characteristic value k = 0.454 was achieved. fig. 5 shows the test results. figure 5: blasted and close specimens. dashed line: mean value m; continuous line: k. e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 212 series n.2. slip tests on specimens blasted and rusted in a saline atmosphere a set of blasted specimens, steel grade en 10025-2 [21] s355j2+n, was exposed for one week above a box with saline water (h2o con 3% of nacl). fig. 6 shows the final surface aspect of the specimens. the surfaces in contact were brushed and the connection was closed. the tightening torque applied was 545 nm. figure 6: blasted and rusted specimens. the specimen number five (s5), as reported in the code, was loaded with a force equal to 90% of the mean value of the sliding forces found for the other four specimens, for a period of three hours. over this time the displacement recorded was under the limit of the norm, 0.002 mm, therefore five tests are sufficient for the statistic evaluation of the slip factor. the values obtained by the tests were processed, obtaining the mean value of the slip factor m = 0.500, a standard deviation s = 0.023, thus a characteristic value k = 0.453 is achieved. fig. 7 shows the test results. figure 7: blasted and rusted specimens. dashed line: mean value m; continuous line: k. slip tests on blasted and coated surfaces fig. 8 shows the specimens of series n.6 under test. for specimen number five (v5), the displacement recorded was 0.0280 mm for the upper limit and 0.0335 mm for the lower limit, thus above the limit of the standard, so five tests are not sufficient for the statistical evaluation of the slip factor and an extended creep test procedure should be necessary. otherwise, apart from the delayed slip of the fifth test, the values obtained by the tests were processed obtaining the mean value of the slip factor m = 0.387, a standard deviation s = 0.022, thus a characteristic value k = 0.343 is achieved. fig. 9 shows the test results. since the characteristic value for the slip factor using specimens painted with product n.4 was very low compared to the previous results, the authors thought that the problem was both the thickness of the paint (for thicknesses greater than 100 m the cracking of the film may occur), and the product itself, therefore inorganic zinc-rich primer with a 5% higher weight was used, i.e. product n.5. fig. 10 shows the specimens of series n.8 under test. it is product n.5 tested following en 1090-2 [2]. using the data of the first four slip test specimens, the mean value m = 0.45 and a characteristic value k = 0.41 were achieved, but the creep test, on the fifth specimen, failed with relative displacements of 0.0245 mm and 0.012 mm that were observed after half an hour, instead of the maximum 0.002 mm over three hours. e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 213 figure 8: test of the blasted and coated specimen. figure 9: blasted, painted with product n.4. dashed line: mean value m; continuous line: k figure 10: blasted, painted with product n.5. dashed line: mean value m; continuous line: k to increase the slip factor as much as possible, an applicative procedure was performed in order to check the effective correlation between the preload and the tightening torque because of the potentially great variability of the friction coefficient k. e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 214 since fp,c = 172 kn, the tightening torque to be applied was found by reading the voltage, v = 172.000 / 92162 = 1.8663 v; 10 kn correspond to 0.108 v. three tests were performed, and it was found that although the box of the bolts was closed and correctly stocked, in respect of the data reported in the box regarding the km, an increase of ki was observed. so for the following slip tests on blasted and painted specimens the tightening torque was 545 nm, assuming kmax = 0.16, maximum value of ki according to the code. an increase in the case of the normal speed tests was observed but in two cases the creep test failed again since relative displacements of 0.02 mm and 0.015 mm were observed after half an hour instead a maximum of 0.002 mm over three hours. the results of the third specimen in the static force test show a slight increase in the slip factor values to 0.47. a last set of specimens, series n.12, steel grade en 10025-2 [21] s355j2+n, was prepared connecting a central blasted and coated plate, using product n.8, with two cover only blasted plates. fig. 11 shows an image of the set of specimens. figure 11: blasted and half-coated specimens. for this set, bolts m20 class 10.8 with km = 0.13 and vk = 0.06 were used. the grease was applied between the screw and the nut. since the manufacturer declares that the standard production guarantees fub,min = 1040 n/mm2, and en 1090-2 [2] suggests for the tightening torque method a final torque of 1.1ms, the final tightening torque was ms = 545 nm. this result is equal to the previous one using km = 0.16 but since the grease was applied, it was necessary to respect the manufacturer’s indication. this last procedure to find the tightening torque was discussed with the manufacturer and approved. for specimen number five (v5), the displacement recorded was 0.0400 mm for the upper and 0.0360 mm for the lower limit, thus above the limit of the standard, therefore five tests are not sufficient for the statistic evaluation of the slip factor and an extended creep test procedure should be necessary. otherwise, apart from the delayed slip of the fifth test, the values obtained by the tests were processed obtaining the mean value of the slip factor m = 0.338, a standard deviation s = 0.024, thus a characteristic value k = 0.289 is achieved. fig. 12 shows the test results. figure 12: blasted, half-coated with product n.8. dashed line: mean value m; continuous line: k. e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 215 discussion n recent experiments of cruz et al. [10] and in experiments conducted by the authors following the en standard, the values of the coefficient of friction peaks have been obtained with samples blasted, with sa2½, brushed, closed and tested. in the case of the use of weathering steel where the sandblasted surface was left unprotected prior to closure, the friction coefficient increased. on the contrary, in the case of carbon steel, to ensure a high friction coefficient of the surface covered by the bolted joint package and simultaneously having a guaranteed corrosion protection before the tightening torque, the alternatives are two. the first is to blast the surfaces and protect them until the closure, possibly treating the surfaces themselves by brushing before applying tightening torque; the second is to use a paint with effective corrosion resistance and adequate roughness after coating. commercially, products for the protection of surfaces joined by bolted joint packets working with friction mechanism are available. some products marketed in italy were tested according to the directions of the previous legal framework, cnr uni 10011 [20], which was based on earlier standards applicable to the manufacture of bolts and other products were classified according to other standards such as rcsc [3]. given the current regulatory scenario of reference in europe and in italy, dm 14.01.08 [22], which includes the verification procedures according to en 1993-1-8 [1] and other related european standards, it was necessary to carry out the experimental tests to obtain the friction coefficients in the manner described in en 1090-2 [2]. such redevelopment shall take into account the congruence of the results for the friction conforms to the values that can currently be achieved by preloading and tightening torque bolts manufactured and supplied in accordance with applicable european standards. an important observation should be made regarding the values of kmin and kmax given by the manufacturer that controlled the production by lot, while by [5], as already mentioned, for k1, values of km should be inside the range 0.10  ki  0.16, thus the value for km has a relevant oscillation. in the tests performed on the specimens painted with product n.1, the tightening torque value was 520 nm, that is km = 0.1505. in the tests performed on the specimens painted with product n.2, the tightening torque value was 520 nm for the first three specimens and 545 nm for the fourth, that is km = 0.16. an increase in the i value was observed with the percent of zinc in the coating component. alternatively, using grease between the screw and the nut, to consider a lower ki, is suggested, rather the kmax suggested by the manufacturer, the application of a torque of 1.1ms. fig. 13 shows synthetically all the results found of  in terms of comparison of: factor km, surface treatment, paints, standards applied (en [2], rcsc [3] and cnr [20]). in terms of preload force, the european code permits raising by 25% cnr [20] and 10% rcsc [3]. on the other hand, considering the test for the determination of slip factor, contrary to cnr [20] and rcsc [3], which assumes a value m from four tests, en [2] adopts the characteristic value k = m – 2.05s taking into account the standard deviation within the tests, and in conclusion the mean value m is reduced by about 10%. figure 13: comparison of all results . 1-blasted surfaces en [2]; 2-rusted en [2]; 3-paint n.1 cnr [20]; 4-paint n.2 rcsc [3]; 5paint n.3 rcsc [3]; 6-paint n.4 en [2]; 7-paint n.5 cnr [3]; 8-paint n.6 en [2]; 9-paint n.7 rcsc [3]; 10-paint n.8 rcsc [3]; 11-paint n.9 en [2]; 12-half coated en [2] fig. 14 shows test results showing a comparison between rcsc [3] and en [2] in terms of the ratio of fsi vs. . for both american and european standards  increases fsi, but with rcsc [3] a greater value of  than that of en [2] is observed. i e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 216 figure 14: fsi [kn] vs.  comparison between rcsc [3] ( ) and en [2] ( ). results of series from cnr [20] are not included in the diagram. the trend of the curve shows an increase of  with fsi and considering the slip coefficient from tests by en [2], if the results of µm are multiplied by 1.5, the obtained valued are in line with the coefficient by rcsc [3]. fig. 15 shows all the single results with the test method as in en [2]. the higher values were found maximizing the roughness of the surfaces and the tightening torque. figure 15: fsi [kn] vs. i for the en [2] method. conclusion he results of comparison and experimental tests on coating products regarding the evaluation of the slip factor for only sandblasted and sandblasted-coated surfaces are reported. considering test for the determination of the slip factor, en [2], contrary to rcsc [3] which assume a value  = m, adopts the characteristic value k taking into account the standard deviation within the tests and in conclusion the mean value m is reduced by about 10% also considering that the partial safety factor applied to the design slip resistance is 1.25; 1.5 for rcsc [3]. the improvement regards the following aspects: an increase in the i value was observed with the percentage of zinc in the coating component. also an increase was obtained applying a greater tightening torque that is, on the other hand, considering in the calculation a greater k-factor. alternatively, using grease between the screw and the nut, to consider a tightening force 1.1ms is suggested. making a comparison between rcsc [3] and en [2] in terms of experimental applied force fsi vs. , for both american and european standards,  increases with fsi, but with rcsc [3] a greater value of  is observed than that of en, of about 10%, because test setup and the method to calculate  are different. in term of m the ratio is 1.5. the trend of fsi respect i shows an increase in the slip factor with the applied force, thus to obtain a greater slip factor it is necessary to increase the roughness of the surfaces and the tightening torque. t e. maiorana et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 205-217; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.16 217 as observed in the previous point, to evaluate exactly the strength of the friction joint and to establish an admissible standard deviation on the k-factor is suggested, to reduce the admissible standard deviation on the kfactor and the safety coefficient on preloading force. finally, the discussion underlines the necessity to increase the applied force, to harmonize the safety coefficients and to review the design rules, justifying the adoption of a slip factor value in the calculation depending by the allowable displacement of the bolt inside the hole. acknowledgments he valuable contribution of dr. francesco mutignani to the discussion is acknowledged. references [1] en 1993-1-8:2005. design of steel structures, cen, brussels, belgium. [2] en 1090-2:2011. execution of steel structures and aluminum structures, cen, brussel, belgium. [3] rcsc. specification for structural joints using high-strength bolts, aisc, (2014), chicago. [4] astm a325 standard specification for structural bolts, steel, heat treated, 120/105 ksi minimum tensile strength (2016). [5] en 14399:2005. high-strength structural bolting assemblies for preloading, cen, brussels, belgium. [6] iso 8501-1:2007. preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products. visual assessment of surface cleanliness. [7] eccs. slip factors of connections with h.s.f.g. bolts, bolted and welded connection, publication n.37 (1984), brussels, belgium. [8] kulak, g.l., fisher, j.w., struik, j.h., guide to design criteria for bolted and rivet joints, 2nd ed., new york, john wiley & sons, (1987). [9] maiorana, e., pellegrino, c., comparison between eurocodes, north american and main international codes for design of bolted connections in steel bridges, journal of bridge engineering, 18(12) (2013) 1298-1308. [10] cruz, a., simões, r., alves, r., slip factor in slip resistant joints with high strength steel, journal of constructional steel research, 70 (2012) 280-288. [11] heistermann, c., veljkovic, m., simões, r., rebelo, c., simões da silva, l., design of slip resistant lap joints with long open slotted holes, journal of constructional steel research, 82 (2013) 223-233. [12] annan, c.-d., chiza, a., characterization of slip resistance of high strength bolted connections with zinc-based metallized faying surfaces, engineering structures, 56 (2013) 2187-2196. [13] annan, c.-d., chiza, a., slip resistance of metalized-galvanized faying surfaces in steel bridge construction, journal of constructional steel research, 95 (2014) 211-219. [14] latour, m., piluso, v., rizzano, g., experimental analysis on friction materials for supplemental damping devices, construction and building materials, 65 (2014) 159-176. [15] pavlović, m., heistermann, c., veljković, m., pak, d., feldmann, m., rebelo, c., simões da silva, l., friction connection vs. ring flange connection in steel towers for wind converters, engineering structures, 98 (2015) 151-162. [16] ferrante cavallaro, g., francavilla, a., latour, m., piluso, v., rizzano, g., experimental behaviour of innovative thermal spray coating materials for freedam joints, composites part b: engineering, 115 (2017) 289-299. [17] li, j., he, q., zhang, k., lin, z., ding, m., ju, j., slipping coefficient study of frictional high strength bolt joint, computer modelling & new technologies, 18(12d) (2014) 133-137. [18] huang, y.-h., wang, r.-h., zou, j.-h., gan, q., finite element analysis and experimental study on high strength bolted friction grip connections in steel bridges, journal of constructional steel research, 66 (2010) 803-815. [19] federal highway administration. interlaboratory variability of slip coefficient testing for bridge coatings, publication n. fhwa-hrt-14-093 (2014). [20] cnr uni 10011:1997. steel structures. instructions of design, construction, testing and maintenance (in italian). [21] en 10025:2004. hot rolled products of structural steels, cen, brussels, belgium. [22] d.m. 14.01.2008. new technical standards for construction (in italian). t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_61_art_15_3472.docx m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 230 focused on: failure analysis of materials and structures observing the simulation behaviour of magnesium alloy metal sandwich panel under cyclic loadings m. s. baharin, s. abdullah department of mechanical and manufacturing engineering, faculty of engineering and built environment, universiti kebangsaan malaysia, 43600 ukm bangi, selangor, malaysia mbsbshamsul@gmail.com, shahrum@ukm.edu.my n. md nor civil engineering studies, universiti teknologi mara, cawangan pulau pinang, 13500 permatang pauh, pulau pinang, malaysia ida_nsn@uitm.edu.my m. k. faidzi, a. arifin, s. s. k. singh department of mechanical and manufacturing engineering, faculty of engineering and built environment, universiti kebangsaan malaysia, 43600 ukm bangi, selangor, malaysia khairul.faidzi@gmail.com, azli@ukm.edu.my, salvinder@ukm.edu.my abstract. this study aims to investigate the delamination effect of a metal sandwich panel using a four-point bending simulation under continual spectrum loading. the most recent core designs of the sandwich panel have a cavity that can increase vulnerability in terms of bonding strength under constant cyclic loading. the sandwich panel is simulated under constant cyclic loading using different core design configurations, which are rounded dimple, hemispherical dimple, and smooth surface core design. there are two types of conditions used; no pre-stress and pre-stress loads with variable stress ratios based on gerber stress life theory. results showed that dimple core design enhanced mechanical behaviour and fatigue life performance about 33% and 5%, respectively, compared to the sandwich panel with a smooth surface core design. it is highlighted that modification on the surface of core design could be beneficial to enhance the bonding strength performance of sandwich panels and prevent early delamination under extreme conditions such as constant cyclic loading. this study is beneficial to enhance the bonding strength for sandwich panels against extreme conditions such as high impact load and continuous cyclic load. keywords. computational analysis; cyclic loading; fatigue life; magnesium alloy; sandwich panel. citation: baharin, m. s., abdullah, s., md nor, n., faidzi, m. k., arifin, a., singh, s. s. k., evaluating metal sandwich panel with mg alloy as core under constant cyclic stress with simulation approach, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243. received: 14.02.2022 accepted: 04.04.2022 online first: 24.05.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open-access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/yh7uoiob3bc m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 231 introduction ver the last few decades, researchers have studied sandwich panels with different parameters such as using honeycomb core, the number of core layers used, and their fatigue behaviour and applications [1–4]. wang et al.’s studies of sandwich panels in industries where each kilogramme of materials costs a lot of money, sandwich panels have become one of the most efficient ways to achieve the highest bending stiffness and strength-to-weight ratios in structural components [5]. they are made of two thin, rigid, high-strength facing skins linked by a thick, light core attached using a strong structural adhesive, capable of transmitting loads [6]. instead of traditional materials like steel and aluminium, hybrid material structures have been considered by the automotive industry [7] in sandwich panel applications as they will enhance their mechanical performance. the use of lightweight core, for example, mg alloy, to separate the facing skins will also increase the moment of inertia with minimal increase of weight resulting in a structure that can withstand stresses [8]. the combination of magnesium alloy and steel is gaining popularity among the metal combination concept because magnesium alloy density is much lower at 1.35-1.85 g/cm3, about two-thirds than aluminium alloy density or a third of steel density [9,10]. compared to other conventional structural materials like steel and aluminium, magnesium has a lesser corrosion resistance [11] and viability [12,13] for sandwich panels, however, failures like delamination are likely to occur due to poor transverse tensile and interlaminar shear strengths in comparison to their in-plane qualities while also developing internal delamination damage but not evident to the human eye [14]. to create a -functioning and safe structure, it is crucial to identify delamination on the sandwich panel as it will also be the reason for the composite materials' rigidity and to reduce long-term performance [14,15]. although many components possess elastic cycle stress, plastic deformations are caused by stress concentration resulting in a loss in fatigue life. therefore, this study focuses on the mechanical behaviour of a laminated composite plate made of ar500 steel (face sheets), epoxy, and az31b magnesium alloy (main core) using four-point bending under constant cyclic loading on three sandwich panels designated as sp-1, sp-2, and sp-3. sp-1 is a sandwich panel with a rounded dimple. sp-2 is a sandwich panel with a hemispherical dimple on the surface of the magnesium alloy core while the surface of the magnesium alloy core for sp-3 is a solid core. since the computational approaches based on the finite element method (fem) have been exclusively used for the past few years to simulate the mechanical behaviour of a structure [16] and compare computational results with experiments [10,17], computational analysis was used in this study to simulate the geometrical sandwich panel and modelled under static and fatigue life theories under constant stress conditions to assess fatigue behaviour of the proposed sandwich panel with various stress ratios. this computational analysis facilitated a considerable early identification of delamination processes encountered by the three-dimensional geometrical metal sandwich panel. it showed the importance of core design when the behaviour of delamination was observed at the bonding area of the sandwich panel and how total deformation and stress distribution were related to the fatigue life assessment. materials and methods he whole experiment was simulated and the default material parameters in the finite element software programme database were chosen, such as young's modulus, poisson ratio, shear modulus, yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation for ar500 steel, az31b magnesium alloy [18,19], and epoxy resin and hardener [20]. fig. 1 shows the process flow of the sandwich panel simulation in this study. with the help of finite element modelling software, a geometrical model of a metal sandwich panel was created. the numbers of elements and nodes for sp-1 were 45418 and 103419, sp-2 were 15156 and 54227, and sp-3 were 10164 and 56795 with the boundary condition of four-point bending under loading condition with and without pre-stress with variable stress ratios. as shown in fig 1, the gerber’s mean stress correction was used instead of goodman or soderbeg because during the experiment, it served as a marker for the area below the point of failure based on the gerber’s parabola line to determine the lowest fatigue life limit possible [21] and it was also suitable for ductile materials [22]. besides, the negative mean stress was not bound by both soderberg and goodman's mean stress theories [22] which made it unsuitable for this study due to the use of negative mean stress in the fatigue analysis. as illustrated in fig. 2, each plate is designed as a three-dimensional model and assembled to make a single-piece composite model that made up of ar500, magnesium alloy and epoxy. the epoxy adhesive is 1 mm. the total thickness is 25 mm, excluding the adhesive, following the standard similar to the body panel of a lightweight armour vehicle based on previous studies [10,23]. they were later simulated as a four-point bending test in the finite element analysis software. the designs o t m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 232 of sp-1, sp-2, and sp-3 are shown in tab. 1, fig. 3, and fig. 4 with dimensions based on previous studies [13]. based on fig. 4, the diameter is 6 mm to match the 3 mm depth with sp-1. figure 1: the process flow fatigue life stress distribution and deformation of sandwich panel. core arrangement plate dimension (h × w), mm dimple thickness, mm dimple diameter, mm ar500-rounded dimple core-ar500 [sp-1] 180 × 40 3 10 ar500-hemispherical dimple core-ar500 [sp-2] 180 × 40 3 6 ar500-solid core-ar500 [sp-3] 180 × 40 table 1: configuration of a sandwich panel for simulation. m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 233 figure 2: a 2-dimensional view of geometrical sandwich panel, dimension in mm. (a) (b) figure 3: details for sp-1 a) top view b) side view, dimension in mm. (c) (d) figure 4: details for sp-2 a) top view b) side view, dimension in mm. static load analysis for the static load experiment, stress distribution (von mises stress) and total deformation [24] results for the whole body and bonding area of the panel were analysed. the sandwich panel's loading was chosen based on the percentage of az31b magnesium alloy's yield strength, 165 mpa [19], varying at 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, and 90%. this assures the sandwich panel's safety since magnesium alloy has a lower yield strength value than ar500 steel. if the percentage of ar500 steel yield strength was used in this simulation, the structure would fail since the core was made of magnesium alloy. fatigue life analysis the geometrical sandwich panel was subjected to a constant amplitude loading for fatigue life analysis to observe fatigue behaviour and life analysis for all sandwich panels. furthermore, the four-point bending was simulated with and without pre-stresses based on the loading data history. the fatigue life performance of all sandwich panels was determined by this pre-conditioning and allowed for stress relief and early panel failure owing to residual stress after the panel was loaded. in this simulation. the fatigue strength factor was set to default, assuming that the material’s surfaces had no contamination and polished perfectly. the fatigue performance was compared to the total deformation and stress distribution experienced by all sandwich panels to identify the delamination mechanism and its correlations in contributing to failure under static and continual repeated loading. 10 hz of loading frequency was applied to the four-point bending test simulation with and without pre-stresses at different stress ratios. with pre-stress, the σmax values employed were -0.2, -0.4, -0.6, and -0.8. the m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 234 σmin value was still -1 resulting in stress ratio, r, value to vary at r = 5, r=2.5, r=1.67, and r=1.25. for the four-point bending test without pre-stress, the values of σmin were -0.2, -0.4, -0.6, and -0.8, and σmax = 0 for the maximum value while r was infinity. the load was applied without being stressed beforehand. eqn. (1) shows how the r is calculated with this formula in the study [25]: mim max σ -1 r =   =   = 1.25 σ -0.8      (1) results and discussion he results of the four-point bending simulation performed using a finite element software tool were examined under static and fatigue conditions. the performance of the metal sandwich panel was calculated for static analysis based on the stress distribution and total deformation experienced by the sandwich panel's bonding area. to assess the behaviour and strength of the metal sandwich panels under static loading, the two factors in the static analysis (stress distribution and deformation) were crucial to identify the effects of the core surface configuration on the performance of metal sandwich panels. as for the cyclic loading, once applied and simulated on the sandwich panel, the conditions stated earlier were critical to encourage the stress release condition and prevent failure due to stress residual on the panel. static analysis each sandwich panel's von mises stress distribution and total deformation data exhibited a nearly identical trend, but with varied maximum and lowest values as the magnesium, alloy core had different kinds of design configurations. according to fig. 5, sp-1 has a maximum von mises stress distribution difference in the bonding area of over 39.12%, while sp-2 is 30% with sp-3 at both the lowest load (32076 n) and greatest load (48114 n). the first maximum deformation difference between sp-1 and sp-3 at both lowest and highest load is over 16.25%, while sp-2 is over 3.14%. based on the percentage difference of all the geometrical model, sandwich panel that has dimple which are sp-1 and sp-2 performs better than solid core, sp-3 because it can withstand higher von mises stress at the bonding region. this means that structural integrity of the panel was increased. figure 5: maximum von mises distribution at bonding area against loading given for sp-1, sp-2, and sp-3 as shown in fig. 6, the overall deformation of the sandwich panels at the bonding area follows a similar pattern. when compared to sp-3, an increase in maximum deformation for each load provided can be deduced. the decline in core density in the dimple area contributed to the increase in maximum deformation. even though the greatest stress distribution was possessed by sp-1, sp-2 owned the least deformation with 0.221 mm, still greater compared to sp-3 (0.214 mm) ever so slightly due to the presence of dimples in sp-1 and sp-2 [13]. the von mises stress distribution for sp-1 at bonding area was 88.623 mpa at maximum and 0.294 mpa at minimum values based on fig. 7. the delamination phenomenon is shown by the contour distribution at the bonding area. the findings indicate that sp-1 and sp-2 perform 32.73% and 26.09%, respectively, better in terms of decreasing delamination risk at the 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000m ax im u m v o n m is es s tr es s at b o n d in g a re a (m p a) load applied (n) sp-1 sp-2 sp-3 t m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 235 sandwich panel's bonding layer than sp-3. the simulation proves that the presence of dimples on the surface cores in sp-1 and sp-2 has enhanced the structural integrity [26] of the panel compared to solid core design because it can withstand larger amount of stress on bonding region. figure 6: total deformation (bond area) against loading given for sp-1, sp-2, and sp-3 at the bonding area figure 7: simulation result of von mises stress distribution for sp-1 with 40095 n of load at the bonding area fatigue life analysis with pre-stress in fig. 8, average fatigue life values for all sandwich panels are compared using the lowest stress ratio of 1.25 between sp3 and sp-1 first, then the comparison between sp-3 and sp-2. the percentage difference of average fatigue life between sp3 and sp-1 was 0.998% when the first load of 32076 n was applied. the difference increased to 2.76% when the final load of 48114 n was applied. the percentage difference of average fatigue life between sp-3 and sp-2 was 0.744% at the lowest load of 32076 n. the average fatigue life increased to 1.73% at the greatest load of 48114 n. sp-1 produced the highest average fatigue life of 18698.6 compared to sp-2 (1879.2). sp-3 had the lowest fatigue life value of 1847 with r = 1.25 and the highest loading of 48114 n. since both comparisons showed that sp-1 and sp-2 had better fatigue life than sp-3, it proved that the presence of dimple enhanced sandwich panel performance [26]. the coefficient of determination (r2) reflected the variance in response to the average fatigue life and load applied as presented in fig. 8. the statistic in the regression was used to measure the degree of fit of a model. the r2 value indicated how accurate the model matched the data produced [27] and it ranged between 0 and 1. to interpret the relationship between the two variables, the average fatigue life, and load applied, the higher r2 (close to 1) meant that the result was better and more reliable [28]. based on fig. 8, the simulation results are considered reliable because r2 value for all sandwich panel is close to 1. compared to r2 value of sp-2 and sp-3 which is 0.79 and 0.94, respectively, sp-1 simulation has the best results with r2 equal to 1. when r = 1.25 and a load of 37422 n were applied, the fatigue life distribution over the whole geometrical sandwich panel and at the bonding area can be observed in fig. 9. the difference was pretty large when focusing on the contour trend on the fatigue life study with pre-stress. based on fig. 9, although the overall fatigue life of the sandwich panel is high, the bonding area has a significant chunk of red contour trend at the point where stress is applied as shown in fig. 9 (b), indicating a low fatigue value. when r = 1.25, the red contour indicates a severe delamination phenomenon. due to the presence of 0 0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,3 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 t o ta l d ef o rm at io n at b o n d o n g a re a (m m ) load applied (n) sp-1 sp-2 sp-3 m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 236 a pre-stress state before loading, the fatigue life becomes more severe, which agrees to a study made by elmushyaki [29] on a structure that exhibits greater damage when preloaded force is given. figure 8: average fatigue life against given load for all three metal sandwich panels at stress ratio, r = 1.25 (a) (b) figure 9: fatigue life distribution modelled using finite element to determine the critical region based on; (a) front view of sandwich panel geometrical body, (b) bonding area for sp-1 at stress ratio, r = 1.25 with a load of 37422n. at the greatest stress ratio with r = 5, fig. 10 shows a comparison of average fatigue life values for all sandwich panels with three different core surface designs. comparisons were made between sp-3 and sp-1 followed by sp-3 and sp-2. at a load of 32076 n, 0.166% was the difference and increased to 4.97% for the final load of 48114 n. as for the comparison between sp-3 and sp-2, it was 0.16% at the starting load of 32076 n and the differences grew to a value of 3.29% with the final load of 48114 n. it was found that sp-1 had the highest fatigue life value with an average value of 1821.7 when comparison was made between all three core design sandwich panels at the highest stress ratio of r = 5. sp-2 had the second highest value of 1783.3 seconds, and sp-3 obtained the lowest fatigue life value of 1733.3 seconds. based on fig. 10, the simulation results r² = 1,00 r² = 0,79 r² = 0,94 1700 1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 a ve ra g e fa ti g u e li fe ( s) load applied (n) with r = 1.25 sp-1 sp-2 sp-3 lineare (sp-1) lineare (sp-2) lineare (sp-3) m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 237 for all the test were considered reliable since r2 value are more than 0.80 and close to 1. however, sp-1 and sp-3 has the best simulation results because r2 equal to 0.99 compared to sp-2 with r2 = 0.86. figure 10: average fatigue life against given load for all three metal sandwich panels at stress ratio, r = 5. when r = 5, the fatigue life distribution across the geometrical sandwich panel and at the bonding area is shown in fig. 11. the degree of failure for the sandwich panel under continual cyclic loading was related to the increment of stress ratio by comparing the contour trend at r = 1.25 (fig. 8). the red colour contour in fig. 11 (a) and (b), which is the critical region, indicated 0 fatigue life, which means the material failed in that area followed by debonding between the layers of the sandwich panel (delamination) [13]. the effect was visible at the bonding location, as illustrated in fig. 11 (b) by the trend of the fatigue contour. it affected that particular area because of the force given at that point due to the concept of fourpoint bending test. (a) (b) figure 11: fatigue life distribution modelled using finite element to determine the critical region based on; (a) front view of sandwich panel geometrical body, (b) bonding area for sp-1 at stress ratio, r = 5 with a load of 37422n r² = 0,99 r² = 0,86 r² = 0,99 1700 1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 a ve ra g e fa ti g u e li fe ( s) load applied (n) with r = 5 sp-1 sp-2 sp-3 lineare (sp-1) lineare (sp-2) lineare (sp-3) m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 238 fatigue life analysis without pre-stress even though the value obtained from the sandwich panel with various mg alloy core designs had identical patterns, the highest and lowest averages of fatigue life for all three differed from one another and the four-point bending test was without pre-stress. the comparison of the average fatigue life differences was made between sp-1, sp-2, and sp-3 as shown in fig. 12. the first part of the comparison was the percentage difference between sp-3 and sp-1. no differences were found at 32076 n but increased to 4.97% for the final load of 48114 n. as for the comparison between sp-3 and sp-2, there were no differences between them with a load of 32076 n and the disparity grew to 0.025% of the difference in average fatigue life with the final load of 48114 n. since both comparisons showed that sp-1 and sp-2 had better fatigue life than sp-3, proving the presence of dimple enhanced sandwich panel performance [13]. based on fig. 11, the simulation results for all the test were considered reliable since r2 value are close to 1. however, sp-1 has the best simulation results since r2 equal to 0.80 which is closest to 1 as compared to sp-2 and sp-3 with r2 = 0.73 and r2 = 0.74. figure 12: average fatigue life against given load for sp-1, sp-2, and sp-3 at σmin = −0.2. (a) (b) figure 13: fatigue life distribution modelled using finite element to determine the critical region based on; (a) front view of sandwich panel geometrical body, (b) bonding area for sp-2 at σmin = −0.2 with a load of 37422n r² = 0,80 r² = 0,73 r² = 0,74 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 a ve ra g e fa ti g u e li fe ( s) load applied (n) at σmin = −0.2 sp-1 sp-2 sp-3 lineare (sp-1) lineare (sp-2) lineare (sp-3) m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 239 the fatigue life distribution across the geometrical sandwich panel structure and at its bonding demonstrated no failure indication when σmin = −0.2, as shown in fig. 13. the majority of the contour trend was blue, indicating that the sandwich panel's fatigue life was 2000 cycles before failing with the lowest minimum value of life at 71 cycles at the skin's surface of ar 500, which means the results agreed with the previous study [29] on how preloaded force exhibited greater damage on structure and vice versa. based on fig. 14, comparisons of the average fatigue life were carried out between sp-1, sp-2, and sp-3 with σmin = −0.8. the first part of the comparison was the percentage differences of average fatigue life between sp-3 and sp-1, which was 0.194% at 32076 n followed by 0.332% of the difference with 37422 n of load. it exhibited a 0.810% difference in average fatigue life value at 40095 n load. there was an increase of percentage difference to 2.71% at 42768 n but decreased to 2.56% for the final load of 48114 n. as for the comparison between sp-3 and sp-2, it was 0.347% at the starting load of 32076 n. next, it had a difference of 0.259% with a load of 37422 n. it had a difference of 0.332% at 40095 n of load and when the load increased to 42768 n, the disparity grew to 1.69%. however, the percentage difference decreased to 0.995% of average fatigue life with the final load of 48114 n. based on fig. 14, it can be concluded that sp-1 and sp-2 had better fatigue life than sp-3, proving the presence of dimple enhanced sandwich panel performance [26]. since the r2 value for each sandwich panel in fig. 14 is higher than 0.8, the simulation results for all the test were considered reliable. however, the best simulation results are sp-1 with r2 = 1 as compared to r2 value for sp-2 and sp-3 which is 0.99 and 0.94, respectively. figure14: average fatigue life with given load for all three metal sandwich panels at σmin = −0.8 when σmin = −0.8, the fatigue life distribution across the geometrical sandwich panel and at the bonding area is visible, as shown in fig. 15. the majority of the contour colours were blue and lighter hues of blue when stress was applied, indicating the geometrical sandwich panel's maximum fatigue life. a very tiny section of the bonding region indicated a minimum value of fatigue life [17]. the results were different from figs. 12 and 13 due to different values of minimum stress amplitude, σmin used in the stress ratio calculation which can be referred to eqn. (1)[3]. the σmin used for simulation in fig.14 is higher than σmin used for simulation in fig. 12 which cause the reduction of sandwich panel fatigue life as showed in figs. 14 and 15. further issues on the failure trend under both static and cyclic simulations based on the trend analysis of the sandwich panel thoroughly explained in figs. 5 to 15, it was discovered that the mechanical performance and fatigue failure of sandwich panels can be accelerated by surface modification and material type and this has also been discussed by faidzi et al. [26]. this study focused on evaluating three types of magnesium alloy with various core designs joined by steel and produced a distinct sandwich panel performance that gave various von mises stress distribution, permanent deformation, and average fatigue life. it was feasible to make a sandwich panel out of nonhomogeneous materials [10] even though the majority of sandwich panels were made of homogeneous material [13,30]. the principle was nearly equivalent to the use of a honeycomb composite structure, which reduces the laminated composite structure mass while still providing high special stiffness, special strength, and durability [16]. r² = 1,00 r² = 0,99 r² = 0,941800 1850 1900 1950 2000 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 a ve ra g e fa ti g u e li fe ( s) load applied (n) at σmin = −0.8 sp-1 sp-2 sp-3 lineare (sp-1) m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 240 furthermore, palomba et al. [31] had also investigated the collapse response of an aluminium honeycomb sandwich panel under fatigue bending and discovered that the span spacing affected the deformation mode owing to skin tension. the core shearing was a prominent failure mechanism. it has been demonstrated that core structures with a large cavity area carried out in the present study were prone to collapsing and deforming, which impacted the bonding integrity of sandwich panels. it has been enhanced by beden et al. [21], stating that surfaces had a great influence on the fatigue behaviour of a material, as well as the situation of this study which compared three surfaces of magnesium alloy plate designs the stress value of von mises, deformation, and the average fatigue life of varying averages. (a) (b) figure 15: fatigue life distribution modelled using finite element to determine the critical region based on; (a) front view of sandwich panel geometrical body, (b) bonding area for sp-1 at σmin = −0.8 with a load of 37422n conclusion he results of this investigation show that the toughness and stress strength of a sandwich panel is boosted by the presence of a dimple. both sp-1 and sp-2 demonstrate similar trends in this study at the bonding region of a nonhomogenous sandwich panel which possesses a greater distribution of von mises stress. even though the dimpled core design has a minor increase for permanent deformation compared to the smooth core surface, deformation is less than 30% under static load which is within an acceptable limit. the average fatigue lifetime values for sp-2 and sp-3 are almost identical at the highest stress ratio of 5 and highest loading of 48114 n (1821.7 and 1783.3 – both with pre-stress), which is superior to sp-1 (1733.3 – with pre-stress). the data prove that sandwich panel’s mechanical performance improves by the presence of dimple on the surface core while the delamination phenomenon that occurs on the bonding area can be minimised by introducing a dimple design on the core because it offers a larger surface area for the adhesive material to connect non-homogeneous sandwich panel materials which indirectly reduce the overall weight. finally, without integrating a sophisticated failure modelling, the study recommends detection analysis for early delamination with the computational technique for three-dimensional sandwich panels. t m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 241 acknowledgement he authors would like to acknowledge the computational facilities support provided by universiti kebangsaan malaysia funding his research was funded by universiti kebangsaan malaysia (gup-2021-016). conflicts of interest he authors declare no conflict of interest. author contributions he following contributions to this work were made by the following authors ‐ conceptualization, s.abdullah, m.s.baharin; investigation, m.s.baharin, m.k.faidzi, and s.abdullah; resources, s.abdullah, and a.arifin; supervision, s.abdullah; software, s.s.k singh; writing‐original draft preparation, m.s.baharin, s.abdullah; writing‐review and editing, s.abdullah, n. md nor. data availability statement he processed data/material required to reproduce these findings cannot be shared at this time as the data also form part of an ongoing study. reference [1] wang, j., shi, c., yang, n., sun, h., liu, y., song, b. (2018). strength, stiffness, and panel peeling strength of carbon fiber-reinforced composite sandwich structures with aluminum honeycomb cores for vehicle body, compos. struct., 184, pp. 1189–1196, doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2017.10.038. [2] palomba, g., epasto, g., crupi, v., guglielmino, e. (2018). single and double-layer honeycomb sandwich panels under impact loading, int. j. impact eng., 121, pp. 77–90, doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2018.07.013. [3] ma, m., yao, w., jiang, w., jin, w., chen, y., li, p. (2020). fatigue behavior of composite sandwich panels under three point bending load, polym. test., 91, pp. 106795, doi: 10.1016/j.polymertesting.2020.106795. [4] castanie, b., bouvet, c., ginot, m. (2020). review of composite sandwich structure in aeronautic applications, compos. part c open access, 1, pp. 100004, doi: 10.1016/j.jcomc.2020.100004. [5] wang, z. (2019). recent advances in novel metallic honeycomb structure, compos. part b eng., 166, pp. 731–741, doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2019.02.011. [6] faidzi, m.k., abdullah, s., abdullah, m.f., azman, a.h., hui, d., singh, s.s.k. (2021). review of current trends for metal-based sandwich panel: failure mechanisms and their contribution factors, eng. fail. anal., 123, pp. 105302, doi: 10.1016/j.engfailanal.2021.105302. [7] vignesh, n.j., hynes, n.r.j. (2018). thermal analysis of friction riveting of dissimilar materials, aip conf. proc., 1953, t t t t t m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 242 pp. 2022, doi: 10.1063/1.5033285. [8] sun, g., chen, d., wang, h., hazell, p.j., li, q. (2018). high-velocity impact behaviour of aluminium honeycomb sandwich panels with different structural configurations, int. j. impact eng., 122, pp. 119–136, doi: 10.1016/j.ijimpeng.2018.08.007. [9] apelfeld, a., krit, b., ludin, v., morozova, n., vladimirov, b., wu, r.z. (2017). the characterization of plasma electrolytic oxidation coatings on az41 magnesium alloy, surf. coatings technol., 322, pp. 127–133, doi: 10.1016/j.surfcoat.2017.05.048. [10] rahman, n.a., abdullah, s., abdullah, m.f., zamri, w.f.h., omar, m.z., sajuri, z. (2018). experimental and numerical investigation on the layering configuration effect to the laminated aluminium/steel panel subjected to high speed impact test, metals (basel)., 8(9), doi: 10.3390/met8090732. [11] jin, h., javaid, a. (2020). a new cladding technology to bond aluminium on magnesium, mater. sci. technol. (united kingdom), 36(10), pp. 1037–1043, doi: 10.1080/02670836.2020.1747186. [12] abdullah, m.f., abdullah, s., rahman, n.a., risby, m.s., omar, m.z., sajuri, z. (2016). improvement of high velocity impact performance of carbon nanotube and lead reinforced magnesium alloy, int. j. automot. mech. eng., 13(2), pp. 3423–3433, doi: 10.15282/ijame.13.2.2016.11.0283. [13] faidzi, m.k., abdullah, s., abdullah, m.f., singh, s.s.k., azman, a.h. (2021). evaluating an adhesive effect on core surface configuration for sandwich panel with peel simulation approach, j. mech. sci. technol., 35(6), pp. 2431–2439, doi: 10.1007/s12206-021-0514-3. [14] tian, z., yu, l., leckey, c. (2015). delamination detection and quantification on laminated composite structures with lamb waves and wavenumber analysis, j. intell. mater. syst. struct., 26(13), pp. 1723–1738, doi: 10.1177/1045389x14557506. [15] fotouhi, m., saeedifar, m., sadeghi, s., ahmadi najafabadi, m., minak, g. (2015). investigation of the damage mechanisms for mode i delamination growth in foam core sandwich composites using acoustic emission, struct. heal. monit., 14(3), pp. 265–280, doi: 10.1177/1475921714568403. [16] amulani, a., pratap, h., thomas, b. (2021). investigation of static and fatigue behavior of honeycomb sandwich structure: a computational approach, j. brazilian soc. mech. sci. eng., 43(11), pp. 2022, doi: 10.1007/s40430-021-03195-y. [17] hussain, m., khan, r., abbas, n. (2019). experimental and computational studies on honeycomb sandwich structures under static and fatigue bending load, j. king saud univ. sci., 31(2), pp. 222–229, doi: 10.1016/j.jksus.2018.05.012. [18] borrisutthekul, r., miyashita, y., mutoh, y. (2005). dissimilar material laser welding between magnesium alloy az31b and aluminum alloy a5052-o, sci. technol. adv. mater., 6(2), pp. 199–204, doi: 10.1016/j.stam.2004.11.014. [19] feng, f., huang, s., meng, z., hu, j., lei, y., zhou, m., yang, z. (2014). a constitutive and fracture model for az31b magnesium alloy in the tensile state, mater. sci. eng. a, 594, pp. 334–43, doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2013.11.008. [20] abdullah, s., abdullah, m.f., jamil, w.n.m. (2020). ballistic performance of the steel-aluminium metal laminate panel for armoured vehicle, j. mech. eng. sci., 14(1), pp. 6452–6460, doi: 10.15282/jmes.14.1.2020.20.0505. [21] beden, s.m., abdullah, s., ariffin, a.k., al-asady, n.a., rahman, m.m. (2009). fatigue life assessment of different steel-based shell materials under variable amplitude loading, eur. j. sci. res., 29(2), pp. 157–169. [22] bader, q., kadum, e. (2014). mean stress correction effects on the fatigue life behavior of steel alloys by using stress life approach theories, int. j. eng. technol. ijet-ijens, 14(04). [23] rahman, n.a., abdullah, s., abdullah, m.f., omar, m.z., sajuri, z., zamri, w.f.h. (2018). ballistic limit of laminated panels with different joining materials subjected to steel-hardened core projectile, int. j. integr. eng., 10(5), pp. 8–14, doi: 10.30880/ijie.2018.10.05.002. [24] upreti, s., singh, v.k., kamal, s.k., jain, a., dixit, a. (2019). modelling and analysis of honeycomb sandwich structure using finite element method, mater. today proc., 25, pp. 620–625, doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2019.07.377. [25] zakaria, k.a., abdullah, s., ghazali, m.j. (2016). a review of the loading sequence effects on the fatigue life behaviour of metallic materials, j. eng. sci. technol. rev., 9(5), pp. 189–200, doi: 10.25103/jestr.095.30. [26] faidzi, m.k., abdullah, s., abdullah, m.f., azman, a.h., singh, s.s.k., hui, d. (2021). computational analysis on the different core configurations for metal sandwich panel under high velocity impact, soft comput., 25(16), pp. 10561– 10574, doi: 10.1007/s00500-021-06015-6. [27] akossou, a.y.j. (2013). impact of data structure on the estimators r-square and adjusted r-square in linear regression., int. j. math. comput. [28] kasuya, e. (2019). on the use of r and r squared in correlation and regression, ecol. res., 34(1), pp. 235–236, doi: 10.1111/1440-1703.1011. [29] elmushyakhi, a. (2019). collapse mechanisms of out-of-plane preload composite sandwich beams under in-plane m. s. baharin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 230-243; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.15 243 loading, j. build. eng., 26, pp. 100875, doi: 10.1016/j.jobe.2019.100875. [30] lee, w.g., kim, j.s., sun, s.j., lim, j.y. (2018). the next generation material for lightweight railway car body structures: magnesium alloys, proc. inst. mech. eng. part f j. rail rapid transit, 232(1), pp. 25–42, doi: 10.1177/0954409716646140. [31] palomba, g., crupi, v., epasto, g. (2019). collapse modes of aluminium honeycomb sandwich structures under fatigue bending loading, thin-walled struct., 145, pp. 2022, doi: 10.1016/j.tws.2019.106363. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 24 articolo 2 s.v. smirnov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 7-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.02 7 special issue: russian fracture mechanics school the healing of damage after the plastic deformation of metals s.v. smirnov institute of engineering science, ural branch of russian academy of sciences 34 komsomolskaya st., ekaterinburg, 620219, russia. svs@imach.uran.ru abstract. the general regularities of damage healing during the annealing after cold deformation of metal materials are presented in this paper. in categories of damage mechanics the kinetic equations of damage healing during recovery and recrystallization are formulated. diagrams of damage healing for some metal alloys are presented. the example of use of investigation results for optimization of industrial technology of pipes drawing is presented. keywords. deformation damage; metal forming; fracture; healing of damage; prediction of fracture. introduction ccording to the current conception of metal physics, the fracture of metal materials is not a one-act catastrophic phenomenon, but a regular process of appearance and development of defects, which is in mechanics referred to as damage accumulation (plastic loosening, damageability, cracking, etc.). pure brittle damage is possible only in metals with a large covalent component in the interatomic bond. the form and shape of defects, as well as the velocity of their propagation, depend on metal behaviour and thermomechanical loading conditions; however, the active role of plastic deformation is invariant here, and it reveals itself on the macro or micro scale. so the technological cold plastic deformation of metal (rolling die-forging, etc.) from the first stages is accompanied by microscopic defects of continuity. the development of damage with the accumulation of deformation can result in the appearance of macroscopic defects or even the division of the body under deformation into separate parts, i.e. in defective products: this is definitely inadmissible. macroscopic defects can be revealed easily (external by visual observation, internal by an introscopy method), but correction is either impossible or requires that the defective bulk of the metal should be removed. one of the methods for avoiding macro-damage is multi-stage deformation, with intermediate annealing at the end of every stage, which provides metal softening and, above all, the restoration of metal plasticity (i.e. the ability of the metal to be deformed without fracture). the amount of deformation in a separate stage is established intuitively, proceeding from one's practical experience. to understand the technology of manufacturing cold-deformed products with annealing, it is necessary to give a mathematical description (within the above-mentioned model) of how the restoration of the reduction of micro-damage proceeds under annealing. as distinct from macro-defects, micro-discontinuities are harder to detect under service conditions. industry lacks the means of checking micro-flaws, so, therefore all metal products have micro-flaws which can affect the efficiency of machine parts. it has been ascertained hat they influence fatigue life [1]. therefore it is important to study the mechanisms of eliminating (or healing) micro-flaws, i.e. the mechanisms for the restoration of the margin of metal plasticity by heat treatment and the ways of making it more efficient. this is the subject matter of the present paper. a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.v. smirnov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 7-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.02 8 damage model he deformational criteria of damage and the phenomenological theories based on a certain hypothesis of damage accumulation are widespread in mechanics [1-8]. in the description of damage under developed plastic conditions, the deformational approach is also popular (see, for example, the survey found in [9]). historically, the problem of damage in plastic deformation was initially considered in terms of technological interests on the basis of empiric criteria and fracture models. this approach allowed some simple applied problems to be solved, but hampered the study of the general rules of metal damage under the complex stress-strain state. in mechanics, the progress in the development of the notion of metal damage under plastic deformation is connected with the appearance of kinetic theories of dispersed fracture (damage mechanics) [1, 4-12]. the process of damage under plastic deformation can be represented in a different way in terms of the damage mechanics as  1 2, , ,...... d f s s d    (1) where  is a characteristic of metal damage; s1 and s2 are thermomechanical loading parameters depending on the loading conditions. before loading  = 0 while  = 1 when the fracture happens. intermediate values of  characterize a level of development of micro-defects. the kinetic equation eq.1 was first proposed by l.m. kachanov [2, 3] to describe damage in creep, and was later used by a number of authors to describe damage under plastic deformation. the most well-known model of metal damage under plastic deformation to be used for making practical calculations is the linear model authored by v. l. kolmogorov [1, 4, 7] 1 f d d     (2) where λf is metal plasticity defined as limiting (at the instant of fracture) accumulated amount of shear strain λ in deformation under constant stress state characterized by the stress state index k1 and the lode-nadai parameter k2: 1 3 s k    ; 2 1 32 1 3 2 k          (3) where  = (1+2+3 )/3 is mean normal stress; 1,2,3 are main normal stresses; s is equivalent stress. note that in the literature there is no consensus on the form of the kinetic equation, and it is generally chosen by authors on the basis of hypothetical ideas or published fragments of metal-physic research data. therefore in this paper we will use an adaptive model of damage accumulation [12, 15]. this model has been formulated from the analysis of experimental data on changes in metal density under plastic deformation and heat treatment after plastic deformation. a general adaptive model of damage was formulated to describe damage accumulation under conditions of the experimental stepwise change in the stress-strain state, at a later date model was developed in some others forms. when the stress state changes, the rate of damage variation on the adaptation portion is evaluated as follows:   3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1i с c k a f d c e d                  (4) where δk1i is the increment of the stress state index at i-stepwise of loading; λ = 0…λа is a current amount of shear strain on the adaptation portion; λа is the length of the adaptation portion; с1, с2 and с3 are empiric factors. when the direction of deformation changes, the rate of damage accumulation decreases, and on the adaptation portion it can be determined by the formula     5 6 14 1 11 1 c c ii i fi d c e d           (5) where  is the angle characterizing the change in the loading path in ilyushin’s phase space of deformations, which can be taken as a parameter for the quantitative evaluation of deformation non-monotonicity; i-1 is the damage on the portion t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.v. smirnov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 7-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.02 9 preceding the i-th change in the direction of deformation; с5, с6 and с7 are empirical coefficients. the linear model and adaptive model yield identical results at the simple monotonic deformation. investigation technique o investigate the general regularities of damage healing during the annealing after cold deformation was the purpose of this paper. notice that the restoration of the margin of plasticity in metals alter cold deformation has been studied for a number of years, the results being published in [5, 7, 13, 14]. the following technique [13, 14] has been developed for solving this problem (fig. 1). figure 1: to definition of the damage healing under annealing after deformation tests are performed on metal, with plasticity f = f (k1, k2) already known. test specimens undergo different amounts of plastic strain 0, each specimen being deformed to different amounts of damage 0. therefore, all the specimens undergo annealing in accordance with the chosen regime (t is temperature and t is annealing duration). damage decrease by the value δ takes place in annealing. after annealing once again, all the specimens undergo plastic deformation in the same direction up to fracture. value of δ for each specimen can be calculated from a facture criterion 0 δ + 1 = 1 (6) where:   0 0 0 f d k      ;   0 1 0 1 p d k         0 = 23 ln(d0/d1); 2 = 23 ln(d1/df); d0, d1 and df are the initial diameter, diameter before annealing and diameter after fracture of specimens. the stress state index for cylindrical specimens is calculated as [4, 8]  3  1 4 d k r       (7) where  d r  is a bridgman’s parameter which characterizes a neck form of specimen. results and discussion n example of the damage-time history for low-carbon 0.2%c steel at a temperature of 600°c is shown in fig 2. the lower curve  = 0 illustrated that the annealing of the blank to be deformed, for example, of hot-rolled metal, can lead to higher plasticity due to the healing of the micro-damage that appears in the hot rolling stage. the curves have three distinctive parts: ab is a rapid exponential decrease of damage due to a recovery processes; вс is a considerable deceleration (and even stopping) of healing due to incubation period of the recrystallization; and cd is further acceleration of the process due to a recrystallization. t a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.v. smirnov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 7-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.02 10 figure 2: damage healing during annealing (at 6000c) of carbon steel 0.2%c. a decrease of damage due to a recovery processes can be described by the equation  0 2 0 exp 2 ln rvrv rv t t t t            (8) where trv is recovery period, rv is the bottom limit level of healing of the damage due to the recovery. figure 3: diagrams of damage healing of some metal alloys: titanium alloys containing different amount of al and mn (1 – 0.8%аl + 0.8%мn; 2 – 1.5%al +1%мn; 3 – 3.5%al + 1.5%мn); 4 low-alloyed cr; 5 – cr + 35%fe. a decrease of damage due to a recrystallization processes can be described by the equation   0 0 exp k rc rv rc rc rc rc t t b t t                 (9) where trc is duration of the incubation period, rc is the bottom limit level of healing of the damage due to the recrystallization. fig. 3 shows diagrams illustrating the degree of damage healing for some alloys in coordinates (0, δ). on value of the amount of δ one can estimate the completeness of the healing of micro-defects appearing in the pre-load stage. (bear in mind, if δ = 0 the healing is complete, whereas if all the micro defects remain in the metal). healability is different for different alloys. recrystallization annealing leads to the complete healing of deformation damage if it is less than some value ω*. when ω* < ω0 < ω** there is partial damage healing, and a certain part of deformational defects remains in the metal. the researches executed by sem technique, showed that at this stage defects are micro pores (fig. 4a). when ω0 < ω** the residual damage increases more intensively, micro pores coalesce, a pores and micro cracks is formed (fig.4b). investigations have shown that recrystallization annealing results in the healing of micro-discontinuities of sub-grain size (i.e. under 2-5 m) by intensive surface diffusion of vacancies when they are crossed by the moving intergrain boundary of the grain being recrystallized. values of ω* and ω** is different for different alloys but are usually are in ranges ω* = 0.2–0.5 and ω** = 0.6-0.8. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.v. smirnov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 7-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.02 11 (a) (b) figure 4: micro pores and crack which was formed of coalescence of micro pores (are shown by arrows). material is deformed carbon steel 0.1%c after annealing (at 700°c, 1 hour). values of the initial damage: a 0 = 0.32; b –0= 0.7 (magnification х1000). calculation and analysis of damage accumulated in metal allow to optimize technology process of plastic treatment. one of number of practical examples may be given [16]. at the pervouralsk pipe-making plant (russia) pipes of carbon steel 0.45%c for poles has been produced by cold rolling. existing equipment did not allow to satisfy the demand for type product. to increase a volume of production it was offered to be produce at automated triple drawing line. one of major questions stated for engineers was a question of damage of pipes during drawing because the manufacturing line design did not suppose the intermediary annealing. theoretical calculations allowed to choose an optimal drawing parameters, when the level of residual damage was not dangerous (fig.5). the experimental investigations of the relative changes of density  and then industrial tests of theoretical results show a validity of prediction. figure 5: changes of damage  (a) and density   (b) under drawing and annealing of 0.45%c carbon steel pipes. conclusions n this work the equations of damage healing during recovery and recrystallization are in categories of damage mechanics are formulated. diagrams of damage healing for some metal alloys are defined. it is shown that recrystallization annealing leads to the complete healing of deformation damage  if it is less than some value ω*. when ω* < ω0 < ω** there is partial damage healing, and a certain part of deformational defects remains in the metal. the example of use of investigation results for optimization of industrial technology of pipes drawing is presented. acknowledgements  this work has been executed according to plan of the project number 12-т-1-1010 of the ub ras research program and was supported by a grant from the russian foundation for basic research, contract number 11-08-12083. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.v. smirnov, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 7-12; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.02 12  the author expresses gratitude to the professor v.l. kolmogorov for initiation of this research and discussion of its results. references [1] v.g. burdukovsky, v.l. kolmogorov, b.a. migachev, j. mater. process. technol., 55 (1995) 292. [2] l.m. kachanov, docladi academii nauk sssr, otdelenie tekhnicheskih nauk 8 (1958) 67 – 65 (in russian). [3] l.kachanov, introduction to continium damage mechanics, martinus nijhoff publishers, dordrecht, (1986) 135. [4] v.l. kolmogorov, metallurgiya (1970) 232 (in russian). [5] a.a. bogatov, o.i. mizhiritsky, s.v. smirnov, metallurgiya (1984) 144 (in russian). [6] j. lemaitre, a course on damage mechanics, springer, berlin (1987). [7] v.l. kolmogorov, in: materials processing defects, s.k. gosh, m. predeleanu (eds.), elsevier, amsterdam (1995) 87 [8] v.l. kolmogorov, wear 194 (1996) 71. [9] a.g. atkins, in: an anniversary volume in honour of george r. irvin’s 90th birthday, h.p. rossmanith. a.a. balkema (eds.), brookfield, rotterdam (1997) 327. [10] m. oyane, bulletin of jsme, 15, 90 (1972) 37. [11] z.j. luo, w.h. ji, n.c. guo et alii, journal of material processing technology 30 (1992) 31. [12] s.v. smirnov, key engineering materials, 528 (2013) 61. [13] v.l. kolmogorov, s.v. smirnov, journal of the materials processing technology, 74 (1998) 83. [14] a.a. bogatov, v.l. kolmogorov, s.v. smirnov, izvestiya vuzov, chernaya metallurgiya, 12 (1978) 43 (in russian) [15] s.v. smirnov, t.v. domilovskaya, a. a. bogatov, in: materials processing defects, s.k. gosh, m. predeleanu (eds.), elsevier, amsterdam, (1997) 71. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.02&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_41_art_25.docx j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 183 focused on crack tip fields impact of specific fracture energy investigated in front of the crack tip of three-point bending specimen j. klon, j. sobek, l. malíková brno university of technology, faculty of civil engineering, institute of structural mechanics, brno, czech republic klon.j@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9551-2185 sobek.j@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4215-1029 malikova.l@fce.vutbr.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-5868-5717 s. seitl academy of sciences of the czech republic, v. v. i., institute of physics of materials, brno, czech republic and brno university of technology, faculty of civil engineering, institute of structural mechanics, brno, czech republic seitl@ipm.cz, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4953-4324 abstract. presented study is focused on the analysis of the dependence of the specific fracture energy value on the assumed work of fracture in threepoint bending tests. specimens of different sizes and relative notch lengths are assumed in this study, in order to take into account the size effect. the three-point bending test of cracked specimens is simulated numerically by means of commercial software based on the finite element method with implemented cohesive crack model. three levels of the specific fracture energy are considered. keywords. specific fracture energy; finite element method; work of fracture; three-point bending test; loading curve. citation: klon, j., sobek, j., malíková, l., seitl, s., impact of specific fracture energy investigated in front of the crack tip of threepoint bending specimen, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction valuation of the fracture parameters from experimental data measurement is usually accompanied by numerical calculations. this is unavoidable for example for the quasi-brittle materials, because the process of the failure is not uniform and depends on the test specimen size, shape and also on the boundary conditions during the test itself [1–10]. in the case of these materials, the so-called fracture process zone (fpz) is situated near the crack tip but its size cannot be seen like in the case of the ductile materials (by range of the plastic zone) [11]. therefore, some efforts have been made in order to identify the fpz by means of numerical calculations and investigate its impact on the fracture e j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 184 process. currently, many numerical tools can predict fracture behaviour – but just in the case that the proper material parameter inputs are available, like the specific fracture energy. this paper focuses on the investigation of the impact of the specific fracture energy gf used in the numerical calculation on the work of fracture wf, which can be obtained by means of evaluation of the loading diagram. the idea of this research is based on the general problem of numerical testing when the current material properties obtained from the experimental testing shall be used. determination of properties like fracture energy relates to the evaluation of experimental l-d (load-deflection) curves. then the area under the curve is considered. but, if this value of fracture energy shall be used in numerical calculation, there is a restriction – it is not possible to use it due to the fact that it varies by order of the magnitude in dependence on many various factors, such as specimen size, boundary conditions and others. value of the fracture energy gf is obtained from the area under the loading curve as work of fracture wf divided by the area of the cracked ligament af (without the initial crack area), so gf = wf /(a−a0)/b. fracture failure of quasi-brittle materials occurs in fpz by micro cracking (but micro cracks are closed after final failure of the test specimen), so there is a hypothetical problem of accurate evaluation of cracked ligament area af. it is believed that this is the main reason why the value of gf (identified from various experimental testing) strongly differs. therefore, an iteration procedure how to optimize the inputs needs to be performed to include the real l–d diagram in numerical calculations. this study shows the impact of the specific fracture energy inputted into numerical software (considering the fracture failure) on the value of the fracture energy obtained from the area under the load–deflection curve (obtained from the numerical calculation). atena [12,13] nonlinear software is used for this purpose, so the results are valid mainly for it. for the verification of the impact of the specific fracture energy, the series of experimental test specimens subjected to three-point bending was chosen with the geometry displayed in fig. 1. four different sizes of test specimens were created by ch. hoover ([14], see the next section) for the purpose of validation of the size effect [1], [7]. in the paper, two approaches are compared. first uses the area under the load–deflection curve to obtain gf(num). this l–d curve is obtained from the numerical model (created in atena sw.) with the inputted value of the specific fracture energy gf (three various levels). the latter approach is the theoretical one – the value of the fracture energy is obtained from the basic formula gf(theor) = gf (a−a0) b. figure 1: schema of the three-point bending test configuration. green color indicates dimensions of the test specimen (see tab. 1) and cmod – crack mouth open displacement; blue color represents area of the ligament, where the crack propagation is indicated. j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 185 specimen width w [mm] initial crack length a0 [mm] rel. crack length 0 = a0/w length l [mm] span s [mm] breadth b [mm] crack length a − a0 [mm] d 040 d 40 3 0.075 96 87.04 40 25 6 0.15 22 12 0.3 16 d 093 c 93 6.98 0.075 223.2 209 40 58.12 13.95 0.15 51.15 27.9 0.3 37.20 d 215 b 215 16.13 0.075 516 467.84 40 134.37 32.25 0.15 118.25 64.5 0.3 86 d 500 a 500 37.5 0.075 1200 1088 40 312.5 75 0.15 275 150 0.3 200 table 1: nominal specimen dimensions tested in [14, 15]; the estimated crack length (width of ligament) are shown in the right column. theory background atena software tena 2d finite-element method (fem) computational software [12,13] was used – the tool for modelling of structures damaged by cracks. not only the crack formation, but also their further propagation in dependence on the loading process (increase of force/deflection) can be investigated. nonlinear material models – such as fracture, plasticity and damage – are included in this sw. to simulate ‘real’ behavior of the studied material. fracture-plastic material model for simulation of quasi-brittle materials (concrete) – which is used for all configurations – combines the constitutive models for tensile (fracture) and compressive (plastic) behavior. the model of fracture is based on orthotropic formulation of smeared cracks with crack band model implementation (cohesive crack model). evaluation of loading diagrams the total amount of the dissipated energy (work of fracture wf,b) can be determined from the recorded p−d curves, or from the recalculated r−a curves (both methods give the same results). heron's formula enables to evaluate the dissipated energy from recorded p−d curves. this formula works with the area of a triangle defined by its corners in cartesian coordinate system. in this case, triangles are formed by origin of coordinate system and two consecutive points of loading diagrams [15]. the last point corresponds to the relative crack length 0.7 (α = 0.7), see the schema in fig. 2. then, the areas of all triangles are summed. recorded p−d curve can be also transformed into the r−a curve (or possibly r−, where  = a/w is the relative crack length). in this transformation, the equivalent elastic crack model [16] is employed for estimation of the current (effective) crack length a at an arbitrary stage of the fracture process (this is the way how to identify the point, when the crack reached the relative length 0.7, as mentioned above). the crack length a is determined from the difference between the initial compliance of the specimen with the crack of length a0 and the specimen compliance at the current point of the p−d diagram. then, the value of fracture resistance r is calculated from the current load and effective crack length (for each point of the loading diagram), most conveniently as     2 2 ic 1 ( ) ( ) k r p a y e e [j/m2], (1) where (p) is the nominal stress in the line of the crack in the specimen due to the load p and y() is the corresponding geometry function. thus, the corresponding point of r−a curve is calculated for each point of p−d curve. the value of wf,b calculated from area under p−d curve is equal to the area under the r−a curve. transformation of the p−d diagram into the r− curve with indication of meanings of wf,b, is shown in fig. 2 and fig. 3. a j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 186 figure 2: work of fracture indication at the current stage of fracture process in the loading diagram (peak-deflection curve). figure 3: work of fracture indication at the current stage of fracture process in the r-curve. experiment made by hoover et al. in the experimental campaign reported in [14], four beam sizes of widths w = 500, 215, 93 and 40 mm (marked as a to d, see) with three relative notch lengths 0 = 0.075, 0.15, and 0.3 were subjected to three-point bending tests. ratio of the smallest and the largest tested specimen is remarkable, namely 1:12.5. several samples were tested for each w and 0, for details see [14]. nominal dimensions of the test specimen are shown in tab. 1. numerical models umerical models (see fig. 4 to 7) were created with respect to the geometry given in fig. 1 and tab. 1 and the plane stress conditions were met. connection of steel loading platens with concrete in the part around the groove is solved by using contact elements due to more realistic behavior of platens during the load process by increment of deformation (as a function of load step). monitoring points were used to observe values of horizontal and vertical displacements and applied forces (reactions). material model (in atena sw. referred to as 3d non linear cementitious 2) was used for the simulation of the quasibrittle specimen with following parameters: young’s modulus e = 34 gpa, poisson’s ratio  = 0.172, tensile strength ft = 5.40 mpa, compressive strength fc = 49.00 mpa, three levels of specific fracture energy gf = 7; 70; 700 n/m, hordijk’s exponential softening. the finite element mesh was generated with regard to the area of the expected extent of fpz (fig. 4) with finite element size of 1 mm. steel loading platens were modelled by 2d elastic isotropic material model with e = 210 gpa and  = 0.3. figure 4: numerical model of the test specimen d 500 with the initial relative crack length  = 0.15; detail of the fe mesh in atena 2d software. figure 5: numerical model of the test specimen d 500 with the initial relative crack length  = 0.15; fracture failure at stage  = 0.7 considering the specific fracture energy gf = 7 n/m. it is obvious that the response of the test specimen on the loading progress strongly differs in the way of used level of the specific fracture energy gf (see fig. 8). for the highest value of gf = 700 n/m the peak value of the loading force is two times higher than in the case of gf = 70 n/m (this can be also applied for comparison of the lowest and the middle value of gf). each value of used gf has also significant impact on the way of fracture failure (fig. 9). brittle fracture corresponds n j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 187 to the lowest value of specific fracture energy used, middle value represents the quasi-brittle behavior and the highest value of gf indicates ductile behavior. figure 6: numerical model of the test specimen d 500 with the initial relative crack length  = 0.15; fracture failure at stage  = 0.7 considering the specific fracture energy gf = 70 n/m. figure 7: numerical model of the test specimen d 500 with the initial relative crack length  = 0.15; fracture failure at stage  = 0.7 considering the specific fracture energy gf = 700 n/m. figure 8: scale illustration of the progress of the loading diagram (peak-deflection curve) for all variants of the specific fracture energy used. figure 9: scale illustration of the progress of the r-curve for all variants of the specific fracture energy used. discussion of results s can be seen from fig. 10, 11 and 12 the quantity of the dissipated energy is different for various specimen sizes and for various initial notch lengths. as expected, the amount of the dissipated energy is also changing according to the selected level of the specific fracture energy. the amount of the dissipated energy is dependent on the specimen size due to increasing ligament area. when the specimen size is larger, the amount of the dissipated energy increases. as was already mentioned – the amount of the energy dissipated during crack growth from the initial notch to the relative length a/w = 0.7 was considered. ligament area grows approximately 2.3 times for two consecutive specimen sizes. the dissipated energy obtained by means of theoretical calculations gf(theor) corresponds to this expectation. this ratio was achieved for all three selected values of the specific fracture energy via the theoretical calculation: for the dissipated energy determined from the fem analysis, this proportion was reached (with a deviance of 20 %) for the middle value of the specific fracture energy. the middle level of the specific fracture energy was chosen according to available loading diagrams for the actual cement composite used for preparation of the test specimens published in [12]. its real value of specific fracture energy was gf = 70 n/m. if the higher order value of the specific fracture energy gf = 700 n/m is used the current ratio does not apply. it can be seen in fig. 12. at this level, the amount of the energy a j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 188 dissipated in small specimens is much more less than it should correspond to the current area of the specimen’s ligament. for example, the specimen d 040 with the initial notch  = 0.075 has the amount of the dissipated energy smaller by 75 % than the value obtained by theoretical calculations. with the increasing size of the specimen the deviation is reducing as much, that for the biggest specimen (d 500) the ratio of the dissipated energy is almost 2.9 times bigger than in the case of the smaller one (d 215). comparison of the values of the dissipated energy obtained by fem analysis and theoretical calculation for specimen d 500 with the initial notch of the length  = 0.075 shows the deviation under 20 %. this phenomenon is repeated for all initial notch length variants. the deviations varied from 80 % (small specimens of size d 040) to 30 % (the biggest specimens of size d 500). the opposite trend was observed for the specimens with the low order of value of the specific fracture energy gf = 70 n/m. for the smallest specimens, the deviation from the theoretical calculation was lower than for the biggest specimens. while the dissipated energy determined from fem analysis for the small specimen d 040 reaches the maximum deviation of 13 %, the biggest specimen d 500 exceeds 120 %, see fig. 12. described behavior is certainly related to the way of failure which differs for the selected values of the specific fracture energy. it is clear from fig. 8, that not only the area under the loading curve but also the maximum reached loading force changes. the peak force is approximately two times bigger comparing two subsequent values of the specific fracture energy gf. similarly, the specimen response is also changing with the level of the specific fracture energy used: the response of the specimen with the middle level of the specific fracture energy corresponds to the quasi-brittle fracture. fracture progress in the specimen with the lower level of the specific fracture energy corresponds to brittle fracture, where the fpz does not develop. significant ductile behavior is typical for the highest level of the specific fracture energy used. this tendency can be seen in fig. 5 to 7 where the finite element mesh is shown and the way of fracture failure for each level of the specific fracture energy. it is obvious that the wider band of elements is damaged by cracks for the higher level of the specific fracture energy than in the case of the lower one (fpz is not developed). this behavior is probably caused by the use of the crack band model, that is implemented in atena 2d software tool. it is clear from the displayed results that it is necessary to pay attention to the use of the proper level of the specific fracture energy when atena tool shall be used for modelling of structures and following evaluation of results. it was found out that the selected value of the specific fracture energy reflects not only the total amount of the dissipated energy during fracture, but also maximum loading force achievement and the way of structural response. figure 10: value of the fracture energy gf(num) dissipated during the crack propagation for all variants of numerical models – obtained from the area under the l-d curve (r–a diagram respective) simulated in atena. j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 189 figure 11: value of the fracture energy gf(theor) dissipated during the crack propagation for all variants of numerical models – obtained from theoretical calculation. figure 12: deviation between the values of gf(num) and gf(theor) dissipated during the crack propagation for all variants of numerical models. conclusions he paper presents a study on the impact of the value of the specific fracture energy inputted into fe software (considering the fracture failure) on the amount of the energy dissipated during quasi-brittle fracture. three-point bending tests of specimens with different size and initial notch length was subject of this study. the amount of the dissipated energy was examined by using two methods. the first method consists in the numerical fem analysis; the amount of the energy was obtained from the area under the loading curve obtained from numerical simulations. the latter t j. klon et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 183-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.25 190 one consists in multiplication of the value of the specific fracture energy (inputted into atena software) with the area of ligament. three values of the specific fracture energy were considered: gf = 7; 70; 700 n/m. specimens of four sizes with the same geometry proportions were assumed to reflect the impact of the size effect. the results obtained show a strong dependence of the amount of the dissipated energy during fracture on the value of the specific fracture energy considered for calculations. similarly, a significant dependence of the maximum achieved loading force on the value of the specific fracture energy was observed. therefore, it is crucial to set the proper value of the specific fracture energy when more complex fracture analyses need to be performed in order to avoid misleading results. note that the authors intend to extend the study on the impact of the specific fracture energy value on the amount of the energy dissipated to the wedge splitting test geometry. acknowledgement his paper has been worked out under the project of the czech science foundation (project no. 15-07210s). references [1] bažant, z.p., kazemi, m.t., size dependence of concrete fracture energy determined by rilem work-of-fracture method, int. j. fract., 51(2) (1991) 121–138. [2] elices, m., guinea, g. v., planas, j., measurement of the fracture energy using three-point bend tests: part 3– influence of cutting the p–δ tail, mater. struct., 25(6) (1992) 327–334. [3] hu, x.-z., wittmann, f.h., size effect on toughness induced by crack close to free surface. engng. fract. mech., 65 (2000) 209–221. [4] trunk, b., wittmann, f.h., influence of size on fracture energy of concrete, mater. struct, 36 (2001) 260–265. [5] karihaloo, b.l., abdalla, h.m., imjai, t., a simple method for determining the true fracture energy of concrete. mag. concr. res., 55 (2003) 471–481. [6] duan, k., hu, x.-z., wittmann, f.h., boundary effect on concrete fracture and non-constant fracture energy distribution, engng. fract. mech., 70 (2003) 2257–2268. [7] bažant, z.p., yu, q., size effect in fracture of concrete specimens and structures: new problems and progress, in li v.c. et al. (eds.), proc. of the 5th international conference on fracture mechanics of concrete and concrete structures, vail colorado, usa, (2004) 153–162. [8] hu, x.-z., duan, k., size effect: influence of proximity of fracture process zone to specimen boundary, engng. fract. mech., 74 (2007) 1093–1100. [9] yu, q., le, j., hoover, c., bažant, z., problems with hu-duan boundary effect model and its comparison to sizeshape effect law for quasi-brittle fracture, j. eng. mech., 89 (2010) 40–50. doi: 10.1061/(asce)em.1943-7889. [10] cifuentes, h., alcalde, m., medina, f., measuring the size-independent fracture energy of concrete, strain, 49(1) (2013) 54–59. [11] suresh, s., fatigue of materials, cambridge university press, (1998) 679. [12] červenka, v., jendele, l., červenka, j., atena program documentation, cervenka consulting, prague (2010). [13] červenka, v., červenka, j., pukl, r., atena / a tool for engineering analysis of fracture in concrete, sadhanaadacemy proceedings in engineering sciences, 27 (2002) 485–492. [14] hoover, ch.g., bažant, z.p., vorel, j., wendner, r., hubler, m.h., comprehensive concrete fracture tests: description and results, engng. fract. mech., 114 (2013) 92–103. [15] klon, j., veselý, v., modelling of size and shape of damage zone in quasi-brittle notched specimens – analytical approach based on fracture-mechanical evaluation of loading curves, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 39 (2017) 17–28. [16] karihaloo, b.l., fracture mechanics and structural concrete, longman sci. & techn., new york (1995). t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_10 f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 69 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture local strain energy density to assess the multiaxial fatigue strength of titanium alloys filippo berto university of padova, department of management and engineering, vicenza (italy) ntnu, department of engineering design and materials, trondheim, (norway) berto@gest.unipd.it alberto campagnolo university of padova, department of industrial engineering, padova (italy) alberto.campagnolo@unipd.it torgeir welo ntnu, department of engineering design and materials, trondheim, (norway) torgeir.welo@ntnu.no abstract. the present paper investigates the multiaxial fatigue strength of sharp v-notched components made of titanium grade 5 alloy (ti-6al-4v). axisymmetric notched specimens have been tested under combined tension and torsion fatigue loadings, both proportional and non-proportional, taking into account different nominal load ratios (r = -1 and 0). all tested samples have a notch root radius about equal to 0.1 mm, a notch depth of 6 mm and an opening angle of 90 degrees. the fatigue results obtained by applying multiaxial loadings are discussed together with those related to pure tension and pure torsion experimental fatigue tests, carried out on both smooth and notched specimens at load ratios r ranging between -3 and 0.5. altogether, more than 250 fatigue results (19 s-n curves) are examined, first on the basis of nominal stress amplitudes referred to the net area and secondly by means of the strain energy density averaged over a control volume embracing the v-notch tip. the effect of the loading mode on the control volume size has been analysed, highlighting a wide difference in the notch sensitivity of the considered material under tension and torsion loadings. accordingly, the control radius of the considered titanium alloy (ti-6al-4v) is found to be strongly affected by the loading mode. keywords. ti-6al-4v; multiaxial fatigue; v-notch; control volume; strain energy density. introduction or a wide comparison between different approaches adopted to the multiaxial fatigue strength assessment of metallic materials, the reader is referred to a recent review [1] and a report [2], which are based on a large bulk of experimental data obtained from notched specimens. a fundamental role is occupied by critical plane approaches f f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 70 [3,4] and by some important variants [5-7]. in this context, approaches based on energy calculations find significant applications [8]. a multiaxial fatigue approach based on a frequency-domain formulation of a stress invariant, the so-called “projection by projection” (pbp) criterion has been reported in the recent literature [9]. the critical plane-based carpinteri-spagnoli approach has recently been extended to a frequency-domain formulation [10]. an energy-based parameter has been adopted to assess the fatigue strength under uniaxial fatigue loadings first by jasper [11] in 1923. then, ellyin suggested a criterion based on the combination of plastic and elastic strain energy [12-13], to deal with multiaxial fatigue loadings. a wide review of energybased criteria for multiaxial fatigue strength assessment has been reported in [14]. moreover, the problems relevant to multiaxial fatigue have been investigated both theoretically and experimentally by several researchers [15-22]. this contribution is aimed to analyse the fatigue strength of severely notched titanium grade 5 alloy under multiaxial loadings. the considered titanium alloy (ti-6al-4v) is widely employed in advanced military, civil aerospace and naval applications. the in-service conditions of titanium structural components are usually characterized by a complex stress state coupled with an aggressive environment. the titanium grade 5 alloy has high static and fatigue properties, a very good strength-to-mass ratio and an excellent wear resistance. the uniaxial fatigue strength of un-notched and notched titanium components has been extensively analysed in the literature. however, a complete set of experimental data relevant to sharp v-notched specimens made of ti-6al-4v and subjected to torsion and combined tension and torsion loadings, both proportional and non-proportional, is not available in the literature. to fill this lack, a complete set of experimental data from sharp v-notched components made of titanium grade 5 alloy (ti-6al-4v) under multiaxial fatigue loading is provided here. experimental fatigue tests under combined tension and torsion loadings have been carried out on circumferentially vnotched specimens, with two nominal load ratios, namely r = -1 and r = 0. the fatigue results obtained by applying multiaxial loadings are compared with those related to pure tension and pure torsion experimental fatigue tests, carried out on both smooth and notched specimens at load ratios r ranging between -3 and 0.5. all in all, more than 250 fatigue data (19 wöhler curves) are examined in terms of nominal stress amplitudes referred to the net area. then, the experimental fatigue strength data have been reanalysed in terms of the strain energy density (sed) averaged over a control volume embracing the notch tip [23-31]. the effect of the loading mode on the control volume size has been analysed, highlighting the need to use a different control radius under tension and torsion loading, due to a wide difference in the notch sensitivity of the considered material under tension and torsion loadings. the expressions for calculating the control radii, thought of as material properties, have been derived by imposing the constancy of the averaged sed relevant to un-notched and notched specimens, which depend on the critical notch stress intensity factors (nsifs) and the control radius, in correspondence of 2·106 cycles. the unifying capacity of the averaged sed criterion is highlighted, indeed the synthesis on the basis of the local sed enables to obtain a quite narrow scatter-band, which is characterised by an equivalent stress-based scatter index t equal to 1.58, taking into account all fatigue strength data relevant to notched and un-notched components subjected to pure tension, pure torsion and multiaxial loadings, independently of the nominal load ratio and the phase angle. some of the results reported in the present manuscript have been previously presented and extensively discussed in [31]. material and geometry of the specimens he material taken into consideration in the present contribution is a titanium grade 5 alloy, also known as ti-6al4v. the geometries of smooth and sharply notched specimens are reported in fig. 1, along with some details of the v-notch tip. the hourglass smooth specimens, shown in fig. 1a, are characterized by a 12-mm-diameter of the net transverse area and by a wide connecting radius between the net and gross sections,  = 100 mm, so that any stress concentration is avoided. the cylindrically v-notched samples, shown in fig. 1b, are characterized, instead, by a notch depth d equal to 6 mm and a notch angle of 90 degrees, while the notch tip radius, , is about equal to 0.1 mm. in particular, the notch root radius has been experimentally measured through an optical microscope and the dedicated software las (leica application suite) and a mean value of 0.09 mm with a very reduced scatter has been obtained. the precision ensured by the adopted method is about ± 5% of the measured quantity. the typical v-notch profile characterised by two rectilinear flanks tangent to the notch tip radius is reported in fig. 1b, for an example of the tested samples. to remove any scratches or processing marks on the surface, all specimens were polished before the fatigue test. t f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 71  d = 6 mm = 0.1 mm 24 90° = 100 mm 24 150 mm (a) (b) figure 1. (a) geometries of smooth and sharply notched specimens and (b) examples of tested specimens. experimental results from fatigue tests he experimental fatigue tests have been carried out by means of a mts 809 servo-hydraulic bi-axial testing device (± 100 kn, ± 1100 nm, ± 75mm/± 55°) under load control conditions. in particular, a mts load cell with ± 0.5 % error at full scale has been employed to evaluate the nominally applied loads. a test frequency between 10 and 15 hz has been adopted as a function of the applied load level. all in all, 19 different fatigue test series are performed, according to the parameters reported below:  four series of fatigue tests on smooth and sharply notched samples subjected to pure tension and pure torsion fatigue loadings, with a nominal load ratio r = -1;  four series of fatigue tests on smooth and sharply notched samples subjected to pure torsion fatigue loading, with nominal load ratios r = 0 and 0.5;  three series of fatigue tests on smooth samples subjected to pure torsion fatigue loading, with nominal load ratios r = 0.25, -2 and -3;  four series of fatigue tests on sharply notched samples subjected to combined tension and torsion loadings, at a constant biaxiality ratio λ = 0.6. two load ratios, r = 0 and r = -1 (referred separately to the normal and shear t f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 72 stress components), and two phase angles, ф = 0° (proportional loadings) and ф = 90° (non-proportional loadings), are employed;  four series of fatigue tests on sharply notched samples subjected to combined tension and torsion loading, at a constant biaxiality ratio λ = 2.0. also in this case, two load ratios, r = 0 and r = -1, and two phase angles, ф = 0° (proportional loadings) and ф = 90° (non-proportional loadings), are adopted. the statistical re-analyses of the fatigue strength data were carried out by assuming a log-normal distribution. all experimental data relevant to specimens with a fatigue life in the range 104 ÷ 2·106 cycles have been considered, while the run-outs have been excluded. in particular, tab. 1 reports the nominal stress amplitudes for a probability of survival ps = 50% and a number of cycles na = 2·106, the inverse slope k of the wöhler curves and the scatter-index t, which gives a measure of the width of the scatter band, between the curves with 10% and 90% probabilities of survival (with a confidence level equal to 95%). under multiaxial loading, the fatigue life results to be reduce if compared to the uniaxial loading case, with reference to the same normal stress amplitude, however the reduction is quite limited for the biaxiality ratios considered herein ( = 0.6 and 2.0). stronger is the multiaxial fatigue strength reduction tied to the effect of the load ratio r. on the other hand, the phase angle effect is weak for r = -1, being the mean values of the normal stress amplitudes about the same at 2·106 cycles. while, it is higher for r = 0, being the out-of-phase loading slightly beneficial with respect to in-phase loading at high-cycle fatigue regime, whereas the fatigue strength is almost the same at low-cycle regime. the sensitivity of the considered titanium alloy to the phase angle effect results to be quite limited, being lower than +15 percent for the r = 0 case and negligible for the r = -1 case. the fracture surfaces relevant to the specimens subjected to multiaxial loadings were examined. the phase angle seems to affect the fracture surface morphology. indeed, some signs of micro abrasions could be seen on all fracture surfaces and the extent to which the rubbing occurred depends on phase angle. in general, a limited but distinguishable quantity of debris and powder has been emanated from the notch tip, when a visible fatigue crack started to propagate. synthesis based on the averaged strain energy density ith regard to un-notched specimens, all fatigue results have been summarised here in terms of the averaged sed, which can be expressed, under linear elastic conditions, by means of beltrami’s expression. accordingly, in the case of pure tension loading, the local strain energy density is given by: e2 w 2 nom (1) while in the case of pure torsion loading it is given by:   e 1w 2 nom (2) in previous expressions, nom and nom are the nominal stress ranges tied to tension and torsion loadings, respectively. for the considered titanium alloy, the young’s modulus e results to be 110 gpa, while the poisson’s ratio ν is 0.3. then, also the fatigue strength results relevant to notched samples have been reanalysed here in terms of the averaged sed, however, in this case the strain energy calculation is based on the local stress and strain state in a control volume embracing the v-notch tip. since the notch root radius is reduced ( less than 0.1 mm), the mode i and mode iii nsifs, k1 and k3, can be adopted to summarised the experimental data relevant to notched samples in terms of the local strain energy density. these parameters, which describe the local stress fields, have been evaluated from linear elastic fe analyses taking into consideration a sharp v-notch with tip radius equal to 0 (see fig. 2). let us consider a cylindrical coordinate system (r, θ, z) with origin at the notch tip, where r is the radial coordinate,  is the angle between a generic point and the notch bisector line, while z is the longitudinal axis of the specimen. in particular, with reference to this coordinate system (see fig. 2), the mode 1 and mode 3 nsifs can be defined by means of the following expressions: w f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 73 )0,r(rlim2k 11 0r1      (3) )0,r(rlim2k z 1 0r3 3      (4) table 1. experimental results from fatigue tests. mean values, ps = 50%. stresses referred to the net area. series type of load number of specimens k tσ tτ σa or τa 2 · 106 1 tension r = -1 12 σ 9.25 1.120 475.74 2 torsion r = -1 16 τ 22.13 1.205 388.25 3 torsion r = 0 9 τ 15.03 1.322 287.22 4 tension r = -1, v-notch 2α = 90° 15 σ 6.26 1.133 100.89 5 torsion r = -1, v-notch 2α = 90° 9 τ 14.59 1.229 289.31 6 torsion r = 0, v-notch 2α = 90° 11 τ 13.82 1.159 247.16 7 torsion r = 0.5, v-notch 2α = 90° 7 τ 19.91 1.080 169.89 8 multiaxial r = -1, ф = 0°, λ= 0.6, v-notch 2α = 90° 13 σ 6.82 1.197 93.89 τ 56.39 9 multiaxial r = -1, ф = 90°, λ = 0.6, v-notch 2α = 90° 10 σ 7.84 1.124 96.11 τ 57.67 10 multiaxial r = 0, ф = 0°, λ = 0.6, v-notch 2α = 90° 12 σ 8.09 1.159 67.74 τ 40.64 11 multiaxial r = 0, ф = 90°, λ = 0.6, v-notch 2α = 90° 12 σ 10.43 1.158 79.65 τ 47.79 12 torsion r = 0.5 12 τ 21.19 1.134 180.73 13 torsion r = 0.25 8 τ 25.67 1.078 268.12 14 torsion r = -3 7 τ 16.25 1.178 357.55 15 torsion r = -2 8 τ 21.32 1.042 409.01 16 multiaxial r = -1, ф = 0°, λ = 2, v-notch 2α = 90° 26 σ τ 7.61 1.118 75.94 37.97 17 multiaxial r = -1, ф = 90°, λ = 2, v-notch 2α = 90° 22 σ τ 7.59 1.114 84.70 42.35 18 multiaxial r = 0, ф = 0°, λ = 2, v-notch 2α = 90° 21 σ τ 8.01 1.125 59.75 29.88 19 multiaxial r = 0, ф = 90°, λ = 2, v-notch 2α = 90° 21 σ τ 9.40 1.089 65.97 32.99 f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 74 figure 2. polar coordinate system for v-shaped notches, with z normal to the plane; mode i nsif linked to the stress component  evaluated along the notch bisector line (=0); under mode iii the shear stress component z is oriented as . considering an opening angle of 90 degrees, the eigenvalues 1 and 3 result to be 0.545 and 0.667, respectively. moreover, under linear elastic conditions, the nsifs can be linked to the nominal stress components as follow: nom 1 11 1dkk   (5a) nom 1 33 3dkk   (5b) in previous expressions, d represents the notch depth (d = 6.0 mm), while k1 and k3 are the non-dimensional factors obtained by means of proper fe analyses. they represent the shape factors, similarly to the expressions of stress intensity factors in linear elastic fracture mechanics. the quadrilateral eight-node harmonic element plane 83 of the ansys element library has been adopted in the fe analyses. taking advantage of the symmetry conditions, only one quarter of the sample geometry has been modelled. according to the fe analyses carried out, k1 is equal to 1.000, while k3 equals 1.154. the trend of the mode iii stress field, normalized with respect to the nominally applied shear stress and evaluated on the notch bisector line, is reported in fig. 3 as a function of the distance from the notch tip. it can be observed that the stress field is controlled by the first singular term (nsif) up to a distance from the notch tip about equal to 1.0 mm. taking into account the notch depth of the tested samples, namely d = 6 mm, in previous eqs (5a) and (5b), the following simple expressions can be obtained: nom1 260.2k  (in mpa ·mm0.445) (6a) nom3 096.2k  (in mpa ·mm0.333) (6b) by substituting into eqs. (6a) and (6b) the ranges of the nominal stresses at na = 2·106 cycles relevant to notched samples subjected to pure tension and pure torsion loadings at a nominal load ratio r = -1 (see tab. 1), one can obtain: 445.0 a1 mmmpa452200260.2k  (7a)      y r   x  r  r f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 75 333.0 a3 mmmpa1216580096.2k  (7b) figure 3. local shear stress field along the notch bisector line (mode iii loading). dealing with a sharp v-notched component subjected to combined tension and torsion loadings under linear elastic conditions, the strain energy density averaged over a control volume surrounding the notch tip can be evaluated from the following closed-form expression:                31 12 3 2 3 312 1 2 1 1 r k e r k e e 1 w (8) in previous expression, k1 and k3 are the mode i and mode iii nsif ranges, respectively, r1 and r3 represent the control volume sizes related to mode i and mode iii loadings, respectively, while e1 and e3 are known coefficients which take into account the local notch geometry. these parameters are tied to the integrals over the control volume of the angular stress functions and they can be evaluated a-priori by means of closed-form expressions, as a function of the notch opening angle. being the tested samples characterized by an opening angle 2 of 90 degrees, e1 and e3 result to be 0.146 and 0.310, respectively, with reference to a poisson’s ratio  = 0.3. very refined fe meshes must be adopted in the close vicinity of the singularity point to evaluate the nsifs on the basis of definitions (3) and (4). on the other hand, the local sed results to be insensitive to the mesh refinement. indeed, it can be accurately calculated also from fe analyses with coarse meshes, since it directly depends on nodal displacements. the most important and useful advantages tied to the use of the averaged strain energy density parameter are analysed and discussed in detail in ref. [30]. the expressions for calculating the control radii, thought of as material properties, have been derived by imposing the constancy of the averaged sed relevant to un-notched and notched specimens, which depend on the critical notch stress intensity factors (nsifs) and the control radius, in correspondence of 2·106 cycles. by taking into consideration, instead, cracked samples, the critical nsifs should be substituted by the threshold values of the stress intensity factors. by considering the mode i and mode iii loading conditions as independent, the control radii r1 and r3 (as shown in fig. 4) can be estimated. in particular, they result to be dependent on the high-cycle fatigue strengths of un-notched specimens, 0,1 1 10 100 0,001 0,010 0,100 1,000   z/  n o m distance from the notch tip, [mm] f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 76 1a = 950 mpa and3a = 776 mpa, and on the mean values of the nsifs, k1a andk3a, with reference to a given number of cycles, na = 2·106: 11 1 a1 a1 11 k e2r           (9a) 31 1 a3 a33 3 k 1 e r               (9b) r1 2  r3 figure 4. control volumes for v-shaped notches under tension and torsion loadings. on the basis of eqs. (9a) and (9b), the control radii result to be r1 = 0.051 mm and r3 = 0.837 mm, respectively. accordingly, the control radius r1 has been adopted to compute the averaged strain energy contribution tied to tension loading, whereas the control radius r3 has been employed to evaluate the averaged sed contribution due to torsion loading. it should be noted that the control radius r3 is highly affected by the presence of larger plasticity under torsion loading as compared to tension loading, and by friction and rubbing between the crack surfaces, as previously discussed also for different materials [23,30]. under these conditions, the averaged sed is called also ‘apparent linear elastic sed’ to highlight that the strain energy density calculation over two different control volumes (under tension and torsion, respectively, as determined from experimental data) allows us to overcome the problem tied to shielding mechanisms, keeping a linear elastic criterion. to summarise in the same scatter band experimental results obtained by adopting different nominal load ratios r, a coefficient cw, defined on the basis of simple algebraic considerations (reported in detail in ref. [24, 31]), must be introduced. the coefficient cw results to be dependent on the nominal load ratio r according to the following expression:                    1r0for r1 r1 0rfor1 0rfor r1 r1 c 2 2 2 2 w (10) f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 77 the parameter cw equals 1.0 in the case r = 0, while it results equal to 0.5 for r = -1. by adopting the coefficient cw, the closed-form expressions to evaluate the averaged sed, related to smooth samples (eqs. (1, 2)) and to components weakened by sharp notches (eq. (8)), become as follow:                                 loadingmultiaxialspecimensnotchedvr k e r k e e c torsionpurespecimensnotchedun e 1c tensionpurespecimensnotchedun e2 c sed 31 12 3 2 3 312 1 2 1 1 w 2 nom w 2 nom w (11) fig. 5 reports the synthesis of all experimental fatigue results analysed in the present contribution by means of the averaged sed. the control radius r1 = 0.051 mm has been adopted to evaluate the sed contribution due to tension loading, while the control radius r3 = 0.837 mm has been employed for the sed contribution due to torsion loading. all fatigue strength results relevant to smooth and notched samples under pure tension, pure torsion and multiaxial loading conditions are included in the obtained scatter band, independently of the nominal load ratio and of the phase angle. the design scatter band is characterized by an inverse slope k of 5.90, by an energy-based scatter index tw = 2.50 and by a sed value at na = 2·106 cycles equal to 3.08 mj/m3. however, the equivalent stress-based scatter index, that is t = (tw)0.5, equals 1.58, which is very similar to that of the haibach scatter band (t= 1.50). it should be noted that an extensive review of the considered experimental results will be carried out in the special issue dedicated to the 11th international conference on multiaxial fatigue and fracture (icmff11) [32]. figure 5. local sed-based synthesis of experimental fatigue results relevant to smooth and sharply notched specimens. almost 250 fatigue data are summarised in the scatter band. 0.2 2 20 1.0e+04 1.0e+05 1.0e+06 1.0e+07 s tr ai n e n er gy d en si ty r an g e,  w , [m j/ m 3 ] number of cycles to failure, n tension, r=-1 tension, r=-1 torsion, -3 ≤ r ≤ 0.5 torsion, -1 ≤ r ≤ 0.5 multiaxial, r=-1, in-phase multiaxial, r=-1, in-phase multiaxial, r=0, in-phase multiaxial, r=-1, out-of-phase multiaxial, r=-1, out-of-phase multiaxial, r=0, in-phase multiaxial, r=0, out-of-phase multiaxial, r=0, out-of-phase un-notched specimens k=5.90 sed range (2x106, p.s. 50%)= 3.08 mj/m3 tw=2.5 ti6al4v 251 data r1 = 0.051 mm r3 = 0.837 mm v-notched specimens v-notched specimens  = 0.6  = 2.0 f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 78 conclusions large bulk of experimental fatigue results relevant to axisymmetric notched samples subjected to multiaxial loadings, both proportional and non-proportional, have been re-analysed and compared with the fatigue strength data relevant to smooth and notched samples subjected to pure tension and pure torsion loadings. all specimens were made of titanium grade 5 alloy (ti-6al-4v). altogether, more than 250 fatigue results, corresponding to 19 s-n curves, have been analysed in this contribution. first, the experimental results obtained from uniaxial and multiaxial fatigue tests have been examined on the basis of nominal stress amplitudes. then, they have been re-analysed by means of the linear elastic strain energy density (sed) averaged over a control volume surrounding the notch root. the effect of the loading mode on the control volume size has been analysed in detail, showing that different control radii must be adopted under tension and torsion loading conditions, dealing with notched components made of ti-6al-4v titanium alloy. the averaged sed-based synthesis enables to obtain a quite narrow scatter band, characterized by an energy-based scatter index of 2.50. in particular, the fatigue design scatter band was derived by taking into account all experimental results relevant to smooth and notched samples under pure tension, pure torsion and multiaxial loading conditions, regardless the nominal load ratio and the phase angle. references [1] fatemi, a., shamsaei, n., multiaxial fatigue: an overview and some approximation models for life estimation, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 948-958. [2] nieslony, a., sonsino, c.m., comparison of some selected multiaxial fatigue assessment criteria, l.b.f. report, no. fb-234 (2008). [3] fatemi, a., socie, d.f., a critical plane approach to multiaxial fatigue damage including out-of-phase loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 11 (1988) 149-165. [4] fatemi, a., kurath, p. p., multiaxial fatigue life prediction under the influence of mean stresses, asme j. eng. mater. techn., 110 (1988) 380-388. [5] łagoda, t., macha, e., bedkowski, w., a critical plane approach based on energy concepts: application to biaxial random tension-compression high-cycle fatigue regime, int. j. fatigue, 21 (1999) 431-443. [6] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., multiaxial high-cycle fatigue criterion for hard metals, int. j. fatigue, 23 (2001) 135-145. [7] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., bagni, c., structural integrity assessment of metallic components under multiaxial fatigue: the c-s criterion and its evolution, fatigue fract. eng. mater., 36 (2013) 870-883. [8] ye, d., hertel, o., vormwald, m., a unified expression of elastic–plastic notch stress–strain calculation in bodies subjected to multiaxial cyclic loading, int. j. solids struct., 45 (2008) 6177-6189. [9] cristofori, a., benasciutti, d., tovo, r., a stress invariant based spectral method to estimate fatigue life under multiaxial random loading, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 887–899. [10] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., vantadori, s., reformulation in the frequency domain of a critical plane-based multiaxial fatigue criterion, int. j. fatigue, 67 (2014) 55-61. [11] jasper, t.m., the value of the energy relation in the testing of ferrous metals at varying ranges and at intermediate and high temperature, philos. mag., 46 (1923) 609–627. [12] ellyin, f., cyclic strain energy density as a criterion for multiaxial fatigue failure, brown, miller, editors. biaxial and multiaxial fatigue, london: egf publication, (1989) 571–83. [13] ellyin, f., fatigue damage, crack growth and life prediction, edmonton: chapman and hall (1997). [14] macha, e., sonsino, c. m., energy criteria of multiaxial fatigue failure, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 22 (1999) 1053–1070. [15] pook, l.p., sharples, j.k., the mode iii fatigue crack growth threshold for mild steel, int. j. fract., 15 (1979) r223r226. [16] pook, l.p., the fatigue crack direction and threshold behaviour of mild steel under mixed mode i and iii loading, int. j. fatigue, 7 (1985) 21-30. [17] tong, j., yates, j.r., brown, m.w., some aspects of fatigue thresholds under mode iii and mixed mode and i loadings, int. j. fatigue, 18 (1986) 279-285. a f. berto et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2017) 69-79; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.10 79 [18] yu, h.c., tanaka, k., akiniwa, y., estimation of torsional fatigue strength of medium carbon steel bars with circumferential crack by the cyclic resistance-curve method, fatigue fract. eng. mater. 21 (1998) 1067-1076. [19] tanaka, k., akiniwa, y., yu, h., the propagation of a circumferential fatigue crack in medium-carbon steel bars under combined torsional and axial loadings, in: mixed-mode crack behaviour, astm 1359 (eds miller, k.j., mcdowell, d.l.), west conshohocked, pa, (1999) 295-311. [20] pippan, r., zelger, c., gach, e., bichler, c., weinhandl, h., on the mechanism of fatigue crack propagation in ductile metallic materials, fatigue fract. engng. mat. struct. 34 (2011) 1-16. [21] christopher, c.j., james, m.n., patterson, e.a., tee, k.f., towards a new model of crack tip stress fields, int. j. fracture, 148 (2007) 361–371. [22] christopher, c.j., james, m.n., patterson, e.a., tee, k.f., a quantitative evaluation of fatigue crack shielding forces using photoelasticity, eng. fract. mech. 75 (2008) 4190-4199. [23] berto, f., lazzarin, p., yates, j., multiaxial fatigue of v-notched steel specimens: a non-conventional application of the local energy method, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct. 34 (2011) 921–943. [24] lazzarin, p., sonsino, c.m., zambardi, r., a notch stress intensity approach to assess the multiaxial fatigue strength of welded tube-to-flange joints subjected to combined loadings, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct. 27 (2004) 127140. [25] berto, f., lazzarin, p., fatigue strength of structural components under multi-axial loading in terms of local energy density averaged on a control volume, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 1055-1065. [26] berto, f. , lazzarin, p., marangon, c., fatigue strength of notched specimens made of 40crmov13.9 under multiaxial loading, mater. des., 54 (2014) 57-66. [27] berto, f., lazzarin, p., tovo, r., multiaxial fatigue strength of severely notched cast iron specimens, int. j. fatigue, 67 (2014) 15-27. [28] berto, f., campagnolo, a., chebat, f., cincera, m., santini, m., fatigue strength of steel rollers with failure occurring at the weld root based on the local strain energy values: modelling and fatigue assessment, int. j. fatigue. 82 (2016) 643–657. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.09.023. [29] campagnolo, a., berto, f., leguillon, d., fracture assessment of sharp v-notched components under mode ii loading: a comparison among some recent criteria, theor. appl. fract. mech. (2016) in press. doi:10.1016/j.tafmec.2016.02.001. [30] berto, f., lazzarin, p., recent developments in brittle and quasi-brittle failure assessment of engineering materials by means of local approaches, mater. sci. eng. r, 75 (2014) 1-48. [31] berto, f., campagnolo, a., lazzarin, p., fatigue strength of severely notched specimens made of ti-6al-4v under multiaxial loading, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct. 38 (2015) 503-517. [32] berto, f., campagnolo, a., welo, t., multiaxial fatigue strength of titanium alloys, int. j. fatigue, (to be submitted). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_49 n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 382 an elasto-plastic approach to estimate lifetime of notched components under variable amplitude fatigue loading: a preliminary investigation n. zuhair faruq university of sheffield, department of civil and structural engineering, sheffield s1 3jd, uk zfnamiq1@sheffield.ac.uk abstract. the present paper is concerned with the formulation of an elasto-plastic strain based approach suitable for assessing fatigue strength of notched components subjected to in-service variable amplitude cyclic loading. the hypothesis is formed that the crack initiation plane is closely aligned with the plane of maximum shear strain amplitude, its orientation and the associated stress/strain quantities being determined using the maximum variance method. fatigue damage is estimated by applying the modified manson-coffin curve method (mmccm) along with the point method (pm). in the proposed approach, the required critical distance is treated as a material property whose value is not affected either by the sharpness of the notch being assessed or by the profile of the load spectrum being applied. the detrimental effect of non-zero mean stresses and degree of multiaxiality of the local stress/strain histories is also considered. the accuracy and reliability of the proposed design methodology was checked against several experimental data taken from the literature and generated under different uniaxial variable amplitude load histories. in order to determine the required local stress/strain states, refined elasto-plastic finite element models were solved using commercial software ansys®. this preliminary validation exercise allowed us to prove that the proposed approach is capable of estimates laying within an error factor of about 2. these preliminary results are certainly promising, strongly supporting the idea that the proposed design strategy can successfully be used to assess the fatigue lifetime of notched metallic components subjected to in-service multiaxial variable amplitude loading sequences. keywords. notched components; variable amplitude; critical plane; manson-coffin curve; non-zero mean stress. introduction n situations of practical interest, real engineering components are characterised by complex geometries resulting in local stress/strain concentration phenomena. they normally contain either notches or complex features that favour the initiation of fatigue cracks. the presence of stress/strain raiser results in multiaxial stress/strain states in the critical regions even if the nominal load history being applied is uniaxial. furthermore, real mechanical components are often exposed to variable amplitude load histories. accordingly, in the recent past, a tremendous effort has been made by the international scientific community to device specific design techniques suitable for accurately assessing the durability of notched components subjected to in-service variable amplitude load histories [1]. in this complex scenario, this paper summarises the results from a preliminary investigation aiming at developing an elasto-plastic strain based approach capable of predicting fatigue lifetime of notched components subjected to variable amplitude load histories. i n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 383 stress or strain based approaches are used to assess fatigue damage in mechanical components. stress based approaches are recommended to be used to perform the high-cycle fatigue assessment [2] since, under these circumstances, cyclic plastic deformations can be neglected with little loss of accuracy [3]. the accuracy and reliability of this design strategy has been validated by performing several experimental investigations [4, 5]. however, when cyclic plasticity cannot be disregarded, it is commonly accepted that strain based approaches are more accurate in predicting lifetime of components, with this holding true especially in the low -cycle fatigue regime [1, 6]. this explains why, nowadays, the strain based approach is considered as an irreplaceable tool that is daily used by structural engineers to assess fatigue damage in real engineering components [7, 8]. fundamentals of the modified manson-coffin curve method he modified manson-coffin curve method (mmccm) is a strain-based fatigue criterion that allows uniaxial/multiaxial fatigue damage in real mechanical components subjected to in-service time-variable load histories to be estimated accurately [9, 10]. according to the classical strain-based criterion, manson-coffin curve is defined by slopes c and b that links the maximum shear strain amplitude with the number of reversals to failure. from a physical point of view, the formalisation of the mccm takes as its starting point the assumption that the material plane experiencing the maximum shear strain amplitude coincides with the stage i plane [1] (fig. 1). figure 1: fatigue damage model [1]. according to the fatigue model depicted in fig. 1, the following relationship can be defined [11]:    b cfa f f fn n g ' 2 ' 2     (1) where, a is the shear strain amplitude relative to the critical plane; ’f and ’f are the multiaxial fatigue strength coefficient and the multiaxial fatigue ductility coefficient, respectively; b and c are the multiaxial fatigue strength exponent and the multiaxial fatigue ductility exponent, respectively; nf is the number of cycles to failure. all these fatigue constants can be evaluated by running an appropriate experiment. the classic manson and coffin curve, as shown in fig. 2a and defined by eq. 1, is reformulated to deal with multiaxial fatigue stress/strain tensors by calibrating all functions in eq. 1, as expressed in eq. 2. by following a systematic validation exercise, the mmccm is seen to be capable of accurately modelling not only the detrimental effect of non-zero mean stresses, but also the degree of multiaxiality and non-proportionality of the load history being assessed as shown in fig.2b [11-13]. t n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 384           b cfa f f fn n g ' 2 ' 2        (2) in eq. (2) the functions ’f() , ’f() , b() , c() are fatigue constants that described above but need to be calibrated in terms of rho.  is the critical plane stress ratio and it is defined according to eq. 3, [10]. n m n a n a a , , ,max        (3) in eqs. (3) n,m and n,a are the mean value and amplitude of stress normal to the critical plane; τa is shear stress amplitude relative to the same plane [10]. as to the mmccm’s modus operandi, the modified manson-coffin diagram depicted in fig. 2b shows how this multiaxial fatigue criterion estimates fatigue lifetime, with the modified manson-coffin curves, eq. (2), moving the curve downwards as ratio  increases, resulting an increase in fatigue damage. to conclude, it is worth recalling here that, in the absence of stress concentration phenomena, critical plane stress ratio  equals unity under uniaxial fully-reversed loading, whereas it is equal to zero under pure torsional loading [11]. a. b. figure 2: a. classic manson-coffin curve. b. modified manson-coffin curve [11]. theory of critical distance to quantify the effective local stress/strain state s far as notched components are concerned in this study, a specific methodology is required in order to accurately take into account the presence of stress/strain concentration phenomena and determine the effective local stress/strain histories. the engineering aim of this section is to summarise a fundamental theory of critical distance and using the theory to estimate the effective local stress/strain states at the vicinity of notch apex different than notch tip, to predict fatigue lifetime of notched components. generally, tcd is formalised in different forms that include a point, line, area, and volume method [4]. the point method is the simplest form that commonly used [6] and postulated that the elastoplastic stress/strain state to be used to assess the damaging effect of stress/strain concentrators and has to be determined at a distance (equal to lpm/2) from the notch apex (see fig. 3b). the hypothesis is formed that the required critical distance is a material property, changed in different materials. however, its value remains constant in the same material regardless of notch geometry and notch sharpness [4]. according to the previous findings, that validity is fully supported by the experimental evidence and proved that the tcd is successful not only in predicting fatigue lifetime under constant amplitude loading but also under variable amplitude loading condition [6, 14]. from a practical point of view, to indicate the critical distance for a specific material, the best way is running an appropriate experimental investigation by testing specimens containing with known notched geometry under fully reversed constant amplitude axial force. a n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 385 in the present paper, typical notched samples were considered from a pre-investigated literature [6] as shown in fig. 3a. the samples were tested under fully reversed nominal tension-compression ca cyclic force f(t), resulting in a fatigue failure at nf number of cycles to failure. in the meantime, by post processing the elastoplastic fe model, a stabilized stress/distance and strain/distance curve were plotted along the notch bisector as illustrated in fig. 3d. furthermore, it is worth mentioning here that the stress/strain states at the vicinity of notch tip are experiencing a triaxial history even if the external applied load is uniaxial. the behaviour of these multiaxial stress/strain states are varying proportionally. under these particular circumstances, the level of multiaxiality of the local stress/strain and effect of nonzero mean stress are considered to modify manson-coffin curve. then, by using the experimental number of cycles to failure, average value of a critical distance was computed for specimens subjected to different values of nominal loads. to sum up, according to the theory of critical distance, for a given material, the hypothesis is formed that such a distance is always the same in the same material regardless of notch geometry and notch sharpness. figure 3: summary of a methodology proposed to determine the critical distance – point method lpm [6]. orientation of the critical plane and maximum variance method redicting fatigue lifetime of a component mainly depends on the accuracy in determining the orientation of the critical plane as well as the stress/strain components relative to that plane. the hypothesis is formed that the critical plane, which is defined as the plane experiencing maximum shear strain amplitude [1], coincides with the crack initiation plane. recently, susmel [15] has formalised a numerical algorithm to explore the orientation of the critical plane been applied along with the stress based approach. the algorithm is then reformulated in terms of cyclic strain that summarised in p n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 386 fig.4. this algorithm is developed based on the multi-variable optimisation method known as a gradient ascent method [15]. figure 4: flowchart to explore the orientation of the critical plane [15]. in order to explore the critical plane, a notched component is considered subjected to in-service cyclic load as shown in fig. 5a. then, by taking full advantage of the theory of critical distance, multiaxial local strain history is determined at a specific distance from the notch apex equal to critical distance. the local strain history is described with the following strain tensor (see fig. 5b):   xy xz x xy yz y xz xz z t t t t t t t t t t ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 2                              (4) in the above equation, εx(t), εy(t) and εz(t) are normal strain components, whereas xy yz xzt t and t( ), ( ), ( )   are shear strain history. according to the maximum variance method, shear strain amplitude is described by the following eq. 5: n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 387  a qvar t2 .     (5) the variance of shear strain can be determined directly by using the simple form of eq. 6, [15]:   tqvar t d c d[ ]    (6) according to fig 5c, for specific values of angles φ, θ and α, the terms d and [c] in eq. 6 can be simply defined with the following definition:   d d d d d d d 2 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 1 sin( )sin( 2 )cos( ) sin( )sin( 2 )cos( ) 2 1 sin( )sin( 2 )cos( ) sin( )sin( 2 )sin( ) 2 1 sin( )sin( 2 ) 2 1 sin( )sin( 2 )sin( 2 ) cos( )cos( 2 )sin( ) 2 sin( )cos( )co                                                 s( 2 ) cos( )sin( )cos( ) sin( )sin( )cos( 2 ) cos( )cos( )cos( )                                         x x y x z x xy x xz x yz x y y y z y xy y xz y yz x z y z z z xy z xz z yz x xy y xy z xy xy xy xz xy yz x xz y xz z xz xy xz xz xz yz x yz y yz z yz xy yz xy yz yz v c c c c c c v c c c c c c v c c c c c c c v c c c c c c v c c c c c c v , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,                     (7) figure 5: orientation of the critical plane [1]. n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 388 now, to estimate the variance and covariance terms in matrix [c], consider a time variable strain components εi(t) and εj(t) that described over time period [0,t]. εi,m and εj,m are the mean values of strain histories, the variance and covariance of εi(t) and εj(t) can be determined by using the following definitions:     t i i i mvar t t dt t 2 , 0 1 [ ] [ ]    (8)         t i j i i m j j mcovar t t t t dt t , , 0 1 [ , ] [ ].          (9) after the orientation of the maximum critical plane is indicated, then, by taking full advantage of the maximum variance method [1], all those stress amplitudes relative to the critical plane is calculated. the hypothesis is postulated that fatigue failure is proportional to the variance of cyclic strain at a critical point. from a statistical viewpoint, the variance of variable amplitude cyclic stress/strain is the squared deviation from the mean value. according to the well-documented evidence [1], the above mentioned approach has given satisfactory results when applied in terms of long-life fatigue. in the light of the reliable solution obtained in the stress based critical plane, the maximum variance concept was reformulated for being applied in strain based strategy. after exploring the orientation of the critical plane, maximum variance and normal unit vectors on the critical plane are used to determine the required mean stress/strain values and amplitudes. strictly speaking, for components under constant amplitude ca fatigue load, the stress/strain values of interest related to the critical plane can directly be found using eqs. 10-11 [1]:  a mv mv,max ,min 1 2      m mv mv,max ,min 1 2     (10)  n a n n, ,max ,min 1 2      n m n n, ,max ,min 1 2     (11) where: a and τa are the shear strain and stress amplitudes relative to the critical plane. m and τm are the mean value of shear strain and stress. σn,a and σn,m are the normal stress amplitude and normal mean value. γmv,max and γmv,min are the maximum and minimum variance of shear strain history respectively. τmv,max and τmv,min are used to denote the maximum and minimum variance of shear stress history. σn,max and σn,min are the maximum and minimum normal stress history respectively. all the above described variables are relative to the critical plane. however, in those situations involving variable amplitude cyclic load, the corresponding stress/strain state on the critical plane that damage the component are also variable. the mean value and stress/strain amplitudes of interest related to the critical plane can directly be calculated by the following definitions 12-14 [1 & 15]:   t m mv t dt t 0 1 .       t mv mv mvar t t dt t 2 0 1 .[ ] [ ]    (12)   t n m n t dt t , 0 1 .       t n n n mvar t t dt t 2 , 0 1 .[ ] [ ]    (13)  a mvvar t2.      n a nvar t, 2.     (14) n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 389 classis rain flow counting method eal engineering components are often subjected to a complex cyclic load that either constant or variable amplitude. for the constant amplitude applied loads, the calculated stress/strain amplitude can be used straightforward to estimate number of cycles to failure. however, if the applied nominal loads are changed with time, the local stress/strain history are variable amplitude and the solution may be further complicated. one of the main objectives of this study is to investigate variable amplitude fatigue lifetimes of a component. therefore, the most complex issue that needs to be addressed properly is the cycle counting strategy. examination of the state of the art found that the classic rain-flow method [16] is the best accurate methodology that gives a satisfactory prediction to account the cycles in variable amplitude loading [3, 17-19] and then, leading to better fatigue lifetime predictions. the classic rain-flow method is a cycle counting rule that is used to define whether cycles is formed in every three consecutive points of the time history stress/strain amplitudes. a typical variable amplitude stress/strain history is presented in fig.6. the differences between absolute value of first two consecutive points s1 need to be compared with the difference between second and third points s2 . figure 6: rain flow cycle counting. if s1 is greater than s2 , no cycle is considered, otherwise cycle is counted. the same process should be followed until all cycles are identified. s s s1 1 2   and s s s2 2 3   s s1 2   no cycle is considered s s s3 3 4   and s s s4 4 5   s s3 4   cycle 3-4 is counted s s s6 6 7   and s s s7 7 8   s s6 7   cycle 6-7 is counted it is worth mentioning here that according to the rain flow rules, before start cycle counting, rearrangement is required in the stress/strain history so that it starts either in the highest peak or the lowest valley whichever is greater in absolute value [20], and a new stress/strain-time history is arranged. then, three-point rain flow cycle counting method is applied on every three consecutive points in the new generated stress or strain history. as illustrated in fig. 6, two data points is extracted to form the first cycle, and a new state history is generated by connecting the points before and after the cycle. the subsequent step is repeating the above mentioned cycle extraction technique on every three consecutive points to identify another cycle and generating a new stress/strain history. this process is continued until all cycles are formed. lifetime estimation by using the developed approach: rom the application point of view, this chapter summarised the procedure being followed to validate the developed approach by integrating with the pre-experimentally investigated notched samples from other literature [6]. generally, the developed approach methodology is briefly illustrated in fig.8 and presented in the last sections with a great detail. for the validation view point, pre-investigated cylindrical notched samples of three different notch root r f n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 390 radius were considered: 0.225mm, 1.2mm, and 3.0mm as shown in fig 9e. the specimens were tested under fully reversed constant/variable amplitude uniaxial nominal loads with load ratio (r) equals -1. the samples were made of c40 material. all mechanical and fatigue properties were summarized in tab. 1. the stabilized stress-strain relationship and mansoncoffin curve were generated under fully reversed axial load. the corresponding local elasto-plastic triaxial stress/strain history was obtained by post-processing the fe model using ansys® software. the solved model allows the corresponding stress/strain sequences to be determined at any nodes of interest on the sample. from the accuracy point of view, the element size of fe model at notched bisector was gradually refined and solved under simple linear-elastic behaviour until convergence level. the meshing size at notched region was described by elements with 0.005mm dimension. then, by taking full advantage of the tcd being applied in terms of point method [4], the effective stress/strain history was determined at a given distance from the notch apex (see fig. 7a). in the present investigation, the critical distance was estimated by considering a number of experimental results generated by testing notched specimens under constant amplitude uniaxial fatigue loading [9], the procedure was described in section 3 (theory of critical distance to quantify the effective local stress/strain state). uts (mpa) y (mpa) e (mpa) k’ (mpa) n' ’f (mpa) ε'f b c bo co 852 672 209000 773.3 0.0951 710.6 0.3641 -0.0568 -0.5794 -0.023 -0.98 table 1: mechanical and fatigue properties of c40 steel [9]. the next significant steps is exploring orientation of the critical plane based on the gradient ascent method [1, 15] and estimate the mean and stress/strain amplitudes on the critical plane. the mvm are used to determine the stress/strains amplitudes as shown in fig. 7b. from a computational view point, matlab computer software was used to perform the analysis by exploring orientation of the critical plane and quantify all stress/strain values on that plane. the procedure of finding a critical plane and relative stress/strain amplitudes were summarised clearly in section 4 (orientation of the critical plane and maximum variance method). under constant amplitude load history, after indicating the orientation of the critical plane, all relative shear stress/strain amplitudes and normal stresses can directly be calculated according to the eqs. 3-5. those stress/strain values allow the ratio ρ in eq.2 to be determined. then by using the modified manson-coffin curve, number of cycles to failure can be estimated. however, under variable amplitude fatigue loading, the direction of maximum variance of the resolved shear strain is used to perform the cycle counting based on the classic rain-flow method [1, 16] (see fig. 5i-j). the estimated shear stress amplitude and maximum normal stress can be used to determine a stress ration ρ to modify manson-coffin curve. finally, number of cycles to failure can be estimated by using eq. 15 [1]: j cr f e i tot i d n n d , 1   (15) where: dtot is the total amount of fatigue damage that can be defined by eq. 16, dcr is the critical value of the damage sum, ni is the number of cycles at the i-th strain level. the classical theory formalised by palmgren and miner [21] suggests that fatigue failures take place as soon as the critical value of the damage sum equals unity. however, according to several experimental investigations, sonsino [22] has shown that the average value of dcr is 0.27 for steel and 0.37 for aluminium. j i tot f ii n d n ,1   (16) where: nf,i is the number of cycles to failure for each strain amplitude being considered. n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 391 figure 7: in-field use of the developed approach: methodology [1]. validation by experimental data o check the accuracy and reliability of the devised approach, the model was validated against a number of experimental results reported in ref [9]. this validation exercise involved a systematic study of various elastic/elasto-plastic loading conditions in relation to the fatigue life, particularly when the stress/strain amplitude varies between loading sequences in multiple step loading. as a preliminary stage, experimental results from 70 previouslytested cylindrical notched specimens were taken directly from refs [9], the notch root radius are 0.225mm, 1.2mm, and 3.0mm as shown in fig 8e. the samples were tested under uniaxial sinusoidal loading waves as shown in figs 8a-d, where a-max is the amplitude of the most damaging cycle in the spectrum, and a-i is the amplitude of the ith cycle (both expressed in terms of nominal net stresses). three types of load spectra were considered, which are a simple overloading case (ol), a concave downwards spectrum (cds), and a concave upwards spectrum (cus). those cases represent the potential variable amplitude applied loads on real engineering components. the load ratio r was invariably equal to -1. the material being tested was c40 carbon steel. the required material properties were taken from the aforementioned published work [9]. fig. 8e shows the geometries of the investigated specimens. as far as the numerical stress analysis is concerned, under constant amplitude loading, ten virtual cycles were considered in the theoretical analysis to confirm the stress-strain response reaches a stabilized configuration level [23]. kinematic hardening was used for the elasto-plastic deformation [24]. due to assumptions made while choosing the experimental data in the validation process, particularly while identifying material’s fatigue data that had not been found within the original paper, a narrower error band was defined for the comparison chart. the estimated nf,e versus the experimental nf were arranged in fig. 9. it can be observed that most of t n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 392 the estimated points are located within the designated error interval. subsequently, from the validation view point, it can be pointed out that the elasto-plastic model was in a position to adequately predict the number of cycles to failure. moreover, fig. 9 offers evidence that the devised technique is capable of successfully estimate fatigue lifetime. to sum up, the experimental results are close to the estimated values that are generated using the devised methodology and gave a similar pattern. this demonstrates applicability of the devised approach. figure 8: (a) load spectra (b)-(d) load histories (e) geometries of the specimens [14]. n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 393 figure 9: accuracy of the modified manson-coffin curve versus experimental results. conclusion 1. it can be concluded that the entire range of the developed approach, produced by either constant amplitude or multiple stepwise loading is satisfactory suitable for predicting fatigue lifetime of a notched metallic materials by taking full advantage of the mmccm applied along with the critical distance approach. this demonstrates that the formalised approach can be successful in estimating longevity of the notched components. 2. strain-based approach mmccm, can offer a reliable solution to the local triaxial stress/strain based state, being applied using the critical distance theory. 3. the formalised approach can consider the detrimental effect of non-zero mean stress and degree of multiaxiality, different from other techniques that rationally account this effect. references [1] wang, y., susmel, l., the modified manson–coffin curve method to estimate fatigue lifetime under complex constant and variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue loading. int. j. of fatigue, 83 (2016) 135-149. [2] neuber, h., theory of stress concentration for shear-strained prismatical bodies with arbitrary nonlinear stress-strain law. j. of appl. mech., 28 (1961) 544-550. [3] shamsaei, n., gladskyi, m., panasovskyi, k., shukaev, s., fatemi, a., multiaxial fatigue of titanium including step loading and load path alteration and sequence effects. int. j. of fatigue, 32 (2010) 1862-1874. [4] taylor, d., the theory of critical distances: a new perspective in fracture mechanics., first ed., oxford: elsevier, (2007). [5] susmel, l., taylor, d., fatigue design in the presence of stress concentrations, the j. of strain anal. for eng. design, 38 (2003) 443-452. [6] susmel, l. taylor, d., estimating lifetime of notched components subjected to variable amplitude fatigue loading according to the elastoplastic theory of critical distances., j. of eng. mat. and tech., 137 (2015) 011008. [7] fatemi, a., zeng, z., plaseied, a., fatigue behavior and life predictions of notched specimens made of qt and forged microalloyed steels. int. j. fatigue, 26 (2004) 663-672. [8] susmel l., taylor d., an elasto-plastic reformulation of the theory of critical distances to estimate lifetime of notched components failing in the low/medium-cycle fatigue regime. trans. asme, j. eng. mat. & tech. 132 (2010) 021002-1/8. [9] susmel, l., taylor, d., estimating lifetime of notched components subjected to variable amplitude fatigue loading according to the elasto-plastic theory of critical distances. asme trans, j. of eng. mat. & tech., 137 (2015) 0110081/15, paper no: mats-13-1176. [10] susmel, l., meneghetti, g., atzori, b., a simple and efficient reformulation of the classical manson–coffin curve to predict lifetime under multiaxial fatigue loading—part i: plain materials. trans asme, j. of eng. mat. & tech., 131 (2009) 021009-1/9. n. zuhair faruq, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 382-394; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.49 394 [11] susmel, l., multiaxial notch fatigue: from nominal to local stress-strain quantities, woodhead & crc, cambridge, uk (2009). [12] susmel, l., meneghetti, g., atzori, b., a simple and efficient reformulation of the classical manson–coffin curve to predict lifetime under multiaxial fatigue loading—part ii: notches. trans asme, j. of eng. mat. & tech., 131.2 (2009) 021010-1/8. [13] susmel, l., atzori, b., meneghetti, g., taylor, d., notch and mean stress effect in fatigue as phenomena of elastoplastic inherent multiaxiality, eng. fra. mech., 78 (2011) 1628-1643. [14] susmel, l., taylor, d., the theory of critical distances to estimate lifetime of notched components subjected to variable amplitude uniaxial fatigue loading, int. j. of fatigue, 33 (2011) 900-911. [15] susmel, l., a simple and efficient numerical algorithm to determine the orientation of the critical plane in multiaxial fatigue problems, international journal of fatigue, 32 (2010) 1875-1883. [16] matsuishi, m., endo, t., fatigue of metals subjected to varying stress. presented to the japan society of mech. eng., (1968) 37-40. [17] wang, c.h., brown, m. w., a path-independent parameter for fatigue under proportional and non-proportional loading. fatigue fracture eng. mat. str., 16 (1993) 1285-1298. [18] bannantine, j. a., socie, d. f., a variable amplitude multiaxial life prediction method. in: fatigue under biaxial and multiaxial loading. mech. eng. publications, (1991) 35-51. [19] shamsaei, n., fatemi, a., socie, d.f., multiaxial fatigue evaluation using discriminating strain paths. int. j. of fatigue, 33 (2011) 597-609. [20] lee, y.l., pan, j., hathaway, r., barkey m.e., fatigue testing and analysis, theory and practice, oxford: elsevier (2005). [21] miner, m.a., cumulative damage in fatigue, j. appl. mech., (1945) ai59-64. [22] sonsino, c.m., fatigue testing under variable amplitude loading, int. j. of fatigue, 29 (2007) 1080-1089. [23] jiang, y., a fatigue criterion for general multiaxial loading, fatigue and fracture of eng. mat. & str., 23(1) (2000) 1932. [24] socie, d.f., marquis, g.b., multiaxial fatigue, sae, warrendale, pa, (2000). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_28 t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 242 focussed on crack paths a numerical study of two different specimen fixtures for the modified compact tension test – their influence on concrete fracture parameters t. holušová s. seitl (http://orcid.org/0000-0002-4953-4324) institute of structural mechanics, faculty of civil engineering, brno university of technology institute of physics of materials, academy of sciences of the czech republic holusova.t@fce.vutbr.cz; seitl@ipm.cz h. cifuentes (http://orcid.org/0000-0001-6302-418x) dept. of continuum mechanics and structural analysis, university of seville bulte@us.es a. fernández-canteli (http://orcid.org/0000-0001-8071-9223) dept. of construction and manufacturing engineering, university of oviedo afc@uniovi.es abstract. the modified compact tension test (mct) may represent a new test configuration for the performance of static and other kinds of fatigue tests on concrete-like materials. core drilling can be employed to obtain specimens which are cylindrical in shape and have a standard diameter of 150 mm, this being appropriate for the determination of the residual life of structures. this contribution focuses on the evaluation of mct specimen fracture behavior during static tests. cracks evolution are simulated numerically using atena finite element (fe) software, while the results are represented as l-cod diagrams, i.e. load vs. crack opening displacement measured on the loading axis. after numerical calculations, the results for two different fixtures are compared and the advantages or drawbacks for each solution are discussed. keywords. modified compact tension test; fracture parameters; cementitious composites; fem. introduction and motivation nowledge regarding the fracture mechanics behavior (parameters) of the most common building material, concrete, plays a significant role in the determination of the residual life of previously built constructions. this is especially true for concrete used in buildings after several years of aging. drill cores commonly used for the determination of concrete age, can be extracted from real (existing) structures. cylindrical specimens with the selected thickness can be cut from the drill cores. this kind of specimen can be used for the modified compact tension test (mct), whose numerical evaluation is useful for the determination of relevant fracture-mechanics parameters of concrete k t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 243 or cement based composites [1]. the common fracture-mechanics test methods for concrete in laboratory conditions are three-point bending (3pb) and four-point bending (4pb) tests, which are both performed on concrete beams of specific dimensions [2]. the specimen for the mct test is similar to specimens used for another standardized fracture-mechanics test, the so-called wedge-splitting test (wst) [3], for which cubic and cylindrical specimens can be used. the mct specimen is similar to standard compact tension (ct) test specimens, which are used for fracture and fatigue parameters of metallic materials [4]. the fracture mechanics parameters and fatigue behavior of quasi-brittle materials, which is currently research topic, see following references: the experimental [5-8] and numerical [9, 10]. previous numerical studies of the modified compact tension test were focused on comparing the fracture energy values that are obtained from the 3pb, wst and mct [11], or on investigating the influence of the location of the steel bars [12]. also, measurements were obtained during the experimental test by an aramis 3d optical camera system, and the quality of the numerical model was evaluated [13]. the numerical evaluation of the use of this type of configuration to determine the fracture energy of concrete was performed with abaqus software [14]. the aim of this contribution is the comparison of two different specimen fixtures and their possible use during experiments from the numerical point of view. the idea of using eye nuts at the ends of the steel bars (see fig. 3b) is to avoid an undesirable moment (which could arise due to the way the specimen is held in the grips during the test) and render the experimental set-up as close as possible to that employed in the standard ct test. the fracture energy is calculated according to rilem recommendations [15] from loading curves obtained from numerical simulations performed with atena 2d fe software [16]. finally, the results are compared and discussed. modified compact tension specimens s mentioned above, the geometry of mct test specimens is derived from that of the original standard compact tension test specimen. it is well known that concrete-like materials exhibit good behavior in compression and poor behavior in tension. on the other hand, metallic materials are well known for their high quality in tension and somewhat lower in compression performance due to buckling. when combined, these two materials create optimal construction material. the tests mentioned above represent standard tests for determining the fracture mechanics parameters of concrete-like materials. typically, specimens for 3pb and 4pb tests are block shaped (their length is significantly greater than their other two dimensions). cubic and cylindrical specimens are typically used for the wst; in this respect it is similar to the mct test, for which these shapes can also be used. figure 1: visualization of a modified compact tension specimen in 3d format. a alig b t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 244 figure 2: schematic diagram of a modified compact tension test with dimensions in 2d: a) current set-up; b) set-up with eye nuts at the ends of the steel bars. figure 3: attachment of an experimental specimen to a servo-hydraulic test machine. according to the schematic diagram above: a) current set-up attachment without torsion; b) set-up with eye nuts in the ends of the steel bars. in studied case the cylindrical shape was chosen because such specimens can be conveniently created from drill cores, cylinders usually used for evaluating the age and condition of material taken from existing structures. the mct test specimen can be prepared as follow: the holes are drilled from the sides of the specimen, perpendicular to the starting notch, so that the steel bars can be allocated and glued inside of the specimen. the values in tab. 1 show the predicted dimensions of the mct specimens used for numerical calculations and also for the intended experimental procedure, where: ϕcs is specimen diameter [mm], w is specimen width, i.e., the distance from the load axis to the opposite side of the specimen [mm], a is notch length measured from the load axis [mm], b is specimen thickness [mm], ϕsb is the diameter of the steel bars [mm],  is relative notch length [-] and alig is the area of the ligament [mm2]. specimen dimensions ϕcs [mm] w [mm] a [mm] b [mm] ϕsb [mm]  [-] alig [mm2] 150 120 36 60 8 0.3 5 040 table 1: used dimensions of the mct specimens in numerical study. a) b) a) b) eye nuts at the ends of the steel bars current grips t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 245 the ligament area, marked as alig (area marked by red dash lines fig. 1), is defined as the fractured area and is calculated as the product of the length of the ligament and specimen thickness (b). the parameter  (relative notch depth) from tab. 1 is defined as follows:  = a/w (1) in fig. 2 a schematic diagram of a modified compact tension specimen is shown together with the aforementioned dimensions of the specimens. for a better visualization of how the attachment of the specimen to the apparatus would look during a real experimental procedure, specimens with both types of attachment are shown in fig. 3. numerical simulation umerical simulations are performed with atena software [16], which is based on the finite element method (fem). this software has been specifically developed for applications connected with concrete structures. this program is used for numerical support in the experimental testing of the mct test. the mct dimensions used to create the numerical models are listed in tab. 1. the mct specimen is created from two material components, concrete and steel. in the numerical simulations the numerical material called 3d non linear cementitious 2 (3dnl) was used in plane stress conditions for the concrete part. as regards the steel bars, the numerical material called plane stress elastic isotropic (psei) was used. the selected input parameter for the numerical study is the cubic strength fcu [mpa] in the case of 3dnl. it was used 8 various fcu values (fcu {10, 25, 37, 45, 55, 67, 75, 85} mpa) corresponding to the cubic strengths of different classes of plain concrete. the program calculates the other mechanical parameters for material model (the values of other relevant input parameters are left as default values generated by the program). the input parameters of the 3dnl numerical material are summarized in tab. 3; those for psei are in tab. 2. the typical length of the element sides of the finite element mesh of the numerical models is 2 mm; the length is refined to 1 mm around (in the vicinity of) the starting notch. the finite element mesh, boundary conditions and numerical models of the mct test – with the specimen held by grips and with the eye nuts in the ends of the steel bars – are shown in fig. 4. figure 4: numerical models of the modified compact tension test with boundary conditions: a) current grips; b) with eye nuts. n applied load boundary conditions a) b) pin t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 246 steel / plane stress elastic isotropic e [mpa] 210 000 μ [-] 0.3  [kg/m3] 7 850 table 2: input parameters of the plane stress elastic isotropic numerical model for steel bars. concrete / 3d non linear cementitious 2 fcu [mpa] 10 25 37 45 55 67 75 85 e [mpa] 18 470 28 060 33 010 35 570 38 170 40 610 41 890 43 170 ft [mpa] 1.114 2.052 2.665 3.036 3.471 3.959 4.268 4.640 fc [mpa] 8.5 21.25 31.45 38.25 46.75 56.95 63.75 72.25 gf [j/m2] 27.85 51.30 66.62 75.91 86.77 98.98 106.7 116 μ [-] 0.2  [kg/m3] 2300 fixed crack model coefficient 0.5 aggregate size [m] 0.02 table 3: input parameters of the 3d non linear cementitious 2 numerical model for concrete. results and discussion he numerical results are presented via l-cod diagrams for studied cases; selected examples are shown in figs. 56. the horizontal axis represents the displacement, in this case the crack opening displacement (cod) measured on the loading axis (labeled cod_f in the diagrams) and also on the axis of the steel bars. the vertical axis is represented by the applied load, giving us the load-cod diagrams. the fracture energy value was also calculated and compared for all curves. fracture energy (gf) is a relevant fracture parameter which characterizes concrete. its value is obtained from work of fracture (wf) divided by the area of the ligament (alig). the work of fracture value corresponds to the area under the corresponding curve. the applicability of the mct test for the determination of the fracture energy of concrete was investigated with promising conclusions (see [17]). fracture energy gf [j/m2] fcu [mpa] 10 25 37 45 55 67 75 85 current grips 48.61 95.52 120.95 134.93 134.08 211.48 218.68 225.25 eye nuts 31.01 67.58 90.15 103.16 122.73 135.66 148.20 163.35 ratio eye/curr 0.638 0.708 0.745 0.765 0.915 0.642 0.678 0.725 table 4: fracture energy values calculated according to rilem recommendations and obtained from loading curves from numerical calculations. the fracture energy values calculated from loading curves are shown in tab. 4. according to the results obtained from numerical simulations, the loading curve for the value fcu = 55 mpa with the current grips shows a significant anomaly. in the other cases, the use of eye nuts at the ends of the steel bars plays a significant role. the curve of the fracture energy values from the numerical models in which eye nuts were used display approximately the same trend as the input fracture energy values. tab. 4 contains the calculated ratios between the values obtained from the loading curves for the numerical t t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 247 model with eye nuts at the ends of the steel bars and the model featuring the current method by which the specimen is gripped by the test apparatus. except the ratio for fcu = 55 mpa, the ratios range is from 0.63 – 0.76. for better clarity tab. 4 is reproduced as a graph in fig. 7. figure 5: the final load-cod_f diagrams for fcu 10 and 37 mpa used for the calculation of fracture energy values. figure 6: the final load-cod_f diagrams for fcu 55 and 85 mpa used for the calculation of fracture energy values. conclusion he numerical simulations of the modified compact tension test were performed with the use of atena 2d finite element software. a cylindrical shape was chosen for the specimen, the dimensions of mct are listed in tab. 1. eight cubic strength values (fcu  {10, 25, 37, 45, 55, 67, 75, 85} mpa) were considered as input values for the numerical model used for the concrete part of the structure, 3d non linear cementitious 2. the results are presented by the load-cod_f diagrams and by the fracture energy values calculated according to rilem recommendations [15] and summarized in a graph depending on input cubic strength values. from the numerical point of view, the results show that the use of eye nuts at the ends of the steel bars plays a significant role on the behavior of the conducted test. nevertheless the obtained fracture energy curves show the same trend as the curve of input fracture energy values. in further research and experimental procedures it is recommended that eye nuts are used at the ends of the steel bars in order to avoid undesirable moment. the current method by which the steel is gripped by the test machine does not allow torsion at the ends of the steel bars. this can cause undesirable moment to arise, along with the deformation of the steel bars as you can see in fig. 8 a) – marked by the red line (at the start point of the loading process) and by the green line (at the end point of the loading t t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 248 process). to avoid this situation, the use of eye nuts at the ends of the steel bars could be the solution. the eye nuts are allowed to rotate around the pin, which is fixed (see fig. 8 b)). figure 7: fracture energy – input values and those obtained from numerical results. figure 8: results of mct numerical models with cracks – deformed models magnified 200 times. acknowledgments his paper was written with the support of junior specific research project no. sv fast-j-15-2760, ministry of education, youth and sports of the czech republic project no. cz.1.07/2.3.00/20.0214, asturian regional government project no. sv-pa-11-012 and ministry of economy and competitiveness of spain project no. t a) b) pin eye nut t. holušová et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 242-249; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.28 249 bia2013-48352-p. references [1] karihaloo, b. l., fracture mechanics of concrete, longman scientific & technical, new york, (1995). [2] rilem report 5 fracture mechanics test methods for concrete (s. p. shah & a. carpinteri eds.), chapman and hall, london, (1991). [3] tschegg, e. k., equipment and appropriate specimen shapes for tests to measure fracture values, austrian patent nr. 390328, austrian patent office, (1986). [4] astm international standard e399-06, standard test method for linear-elastic method of plane-strain fracture toughness kic of metallic materials, (2006) 1-32. [5] lee, m. k., barr, b. i. g., an overview of the fatigue behavior of plain and fibre reinforced concrete, cement & concrete composites, 26 (2004) 299-305. [6] s., seitl, h., šimonová, z., keršner, a., fernández-canteli, evaluation of concrete fatigue measurement using standard and non-linear regression model, applied mechanics and materials, 121-126 (2012) 2726-2729. [7] šimonová, h., kucharczyková, b., havlíková, i., seitl, s., keršner, z., complex evaluation of fatigue tests results of plain c30/37 and c45/45 class concrete specimens, key engineering materials, 592-593 (2014) 801-804. [8] korte, s., boel, v, de corte, w., de schutter, g., static and fatigue fracture mechanics properties of self-compacting concrete using three-point bending tests and wedge-splitting tests, construction and building materials, 57 (2014) 1– 8. [9] pryl, d., červenka, j., pukl, r., material model for finite element modelling of fatigue crack growth in concrete, procedia engineering, 2 (2010) 203-212. [10] pryl, d., mikolaskova, j., pukl, r., modeling fatigue damage of concrete, key engineering materials, 577-578 (2014) 385-388. [11] holušová, t., seitl, s., fernández-canteli, a., comparison of fracture energy values obtained from 3pb, wst and ct test configurations, special issue of advanced material research, 969 (2014) 89–92. [12] holušová, t., seitl, s., fernández-canteli, a., modified compact tension test: the influence of the steel bars position. 20th international conference engineering mechanics, (2014) 220–223. [13] holušová, t., seitl, s., fernández-canteli, a., numerical simulation of modified compact tension test depicting of experimental measurement by aramis, key engineering materials, 627 (2014) 277–280. [14] fernández-canteli, a., castañón, l., nieto, b., lozano, m., holušová, t., seitl, s., determining fracture energy parameters of concrete from the modified compact tension test, fracture and structural integrity, 30 (2014) 383–393. [15] rilem tc-50 fmc recommendation determination of the fracture energy of mortar and concrete by means of three-point bend test on notched beams, materials & structures, (1985). [16] červenka, v., červenka, j., pukl, r., atena – a tool for engineering analysis of fracture in concrete, sadhamaacademy proceedings in engineering sciences, 27 (4) (2002) 485–492. [17] cifuentes, h., lozano, m., holušová, t., medina, f., seitl, s., fernández-canteli, a., applicability of a modified compact tension specimen for measuring the fracture energy of concrete, 32 cefie (32 gef) fractusal2015, anales de mechanica de la fractura, 32 (2015) 208–213. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_16 r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 160 multiple crack propagation by dbem in a riveted butt-joint: a simplified bidimensional approach r. citarella (https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3167-019x) dept. of industrial engineering, university of salerno, via giovanni paolo ii, 132, fisciano (sa), italy rcitarella@unisa.it abstract. a multi-site damage (msd) crack growth simulation is presented, carried out by means of dual boundary element method (dbem), in a two-dimensional analysis of a cracked butt-joint made of aluminium 2024 t3. an equivalent crack length is proposed for an approximated 2d analysis of a 3d problem where the crack front assumes a part elliptical shape due to secondary bending effects. the assumptions made to perform such simplified bidimensional analyses are validated by comparing numerical results with experimental data, the latter obtained from a fatigue tested riveted butt-joint. key words: dbem; msd; lefm. introduction omplex engineering structures will often present microscopic flaws that can be caused by the manufacturing process or by fatigue, impact or environmental effects such as corrosion. it is therefore crucial to be able to predict how these cracks will affect the integrity of the structure, for example to determine whether a particular crack will grow at all under service loading and, in case, what the life of the component before failure. it is evident from this considerations that the field of fracture mechanics will be an integral part of the design process, particularly in the aircraft industry due to the high strength but low crack resistance materials used in weight critical applications. experimental studies have shown that, if the hypothesis of linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) holds true, failure occurs when the stress intensity factor (sif) reaches a critical value. hence the predictions of crack behaviour and the integrity of a structure are dependent on the accurate calculation of sifs. (a) (b) figure 1: deformed lap-joint undergoing a traction load with highlight of sites undergoing maximum bending stresses (a) and stress distribution through the thickness of the sheet (b). c r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 161 in this work a multi site damage (msd) crack growth simulation is presented, carried out by means of dual boundary element method (dbem) [1-4] as implemented in the commercial code beasy [5], in a two-dimensional analysis of a butt-joint, made of aluminium alloy 2024 t3, undergoing a traction fatigue load. the bidimensional model represents an approximation of the real phenomena because of the secondary bending effects, illustrated in fig. 1 with reference to a lap-joint (but the phenomenon is completely equivalent for a butt-joint) and responsible for a non-straight crack propagating front. such phenomena would prevent a bidimensional modelling approach, but this drawback can be circumvented, in a preliminary analysis, by adopting an equivalent straight initial crack front as explained in the following. j integral he j integral was developed by rice and cherepanov to characterize fracture for two dimensional configuration. the material is elastic or non-linear elastic. the j integral is defined as: 1 1 ( )ii u j wn t d x      where w is the strain energy density, ti are components of the traction vector and ui are components of the displacement vector. the vector n is the unit normal to the contour  . the strain energy is defined as 0 ( ) ij ij ij ijw w d       i, j = 1,2 and ij is the infinitesimal strain tensor component. the j integral is integrated along a contour  surrounding the crack tip (the ends of the  contour are on opposite faces of the crack and the contour encloses the crack tip). the crack is parallel to the x1 axis. on addition or subtraction of quantities above and below the crack axis, symmetric and anti-symmetric stress and strain derivatives are found from which symmetric stress and strain products are calculated respectively. these products can be decomposed into two parts: one consisting of symmetric stress and strain derivatives (symmetric integrands), the other consisting of anti-symmetric stress and strain derivatives (anti-symmetric integrands). the symmetric integrands can be integrated over the contour area to obtain the mode i j-integral; the anti-symmetric integrands, when integrated, will produce the mode ii j-integral [6]. fatigue crack growth he well-known paris law is adopted for the crack growth rate assessment: nkc dn da  (1) with the calibration parameter c and n for al 2024 t3 given by n=2.144 and c=4.72*10-10 [7], 22 2 iiieff kkkk  (tanaka formula [1]) expressed in mpamm and da in mm. it has been checked that, during the propagation, the sif’s range is included in the interval of validity of paris law, skipping the very initial crack growth phase because of the non-modelled threshold phenomenon and the final crack growth phase, which is dominated by very high growth rates, with kmax approaching kc (kc is the material fracture toughness). problem description and preliminary results on undamaged panel n the following a multi-site damage (msd) crack growth simulation for a butt-joint is presented, carried out by dbem in a two-dimensional analysis. numerical results are then compared with corresponding experimental outcomes, obtained from a fatigue tested riveted butt-joint specimen of aluminium 2024 t3 [7]. t t i r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 162 the modelled specimen is representative of the riveted joint existing between the upper shell and the lower shell on the front fuselage section, manufactured by aermacchi for the dornier do328 aircraft (fig. 2a). the corresponding dbem model is illustrated in fig. 2b, where internal points are placed in correspondence of the strain gauge locations (fig. 2a) in order to compare the numerical and experimental strains and assess the model accuracy. the distance from the panel edge to the first hole was chosen from the experimenter equal to 10 mm, giving a total panel width w=280 mm (fig. 2a). the four holes close to the plate border were cold worked in order to avoid crack initiation during the fatigue test (in fig. 2a, holes with crack tips n. 1, 28, 29, 56) or at least strongly retard crack propagation [8]. the remote applied load is t=100 mpa (fig. 2b) and the material properties are: young modulus e=72500 mpa and poisson ratio .33  . 1 28 29 56 (a) line of internal points in correspondence of strain gauge positions hole with no modelling of inside pin hole with explicit modelling of inside pin (b) figure 2: butt joint sketch (a) with highlight of strain gauge positions and crack tip numbering (n. 1:28 in the lower hole row and n. 29:56 in the upper cracked hole row); dbem uncracked model (b) with highlight of internal spring (yellow symbols), internal points and hole constraints (green symbols). r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 163 the butt-joint is designed and loaded in the experimental tests, in such a way to reproduce, as close as possible, the real in-service stress state, like, for example, a uniform distribution of longitudinal stresses yyalong a transversal section of the undamaged joint sufficiently far from the riveted area. along such section a row of strain gauges was placed and correspondingly a row of internal points was introduced in the dbem model (n. 6:17 in fig. 2b) in order to monitor the level of aforementioned stresses. the same was done to cross check the longitudinal stress distribution in a longitudinal section (internal points n. 1-5 in fig. 2b). in particular, for the undamaged panel, the dbem model provides the longitudinal stress distribution at strain gauge locations illustrated in figs. 3a-b: the numerical stresses are in good agreement with the experimental stress state [7]. (a) (b) figure 3: membrane longitudinal stresses yy on transversal section at y=54.25 mm (a); longitudinal stresses yy on longitudinal section at x=110 mm (b). it is evident that, whenever experimental strains were available from both sides of the panel they should had been averaged in order to be comparable with numerical results (strain values are slightly different on the two panel sides because of the secondary bending). this check turned out very useful in order to calibrate the model and in particular to decide how many rivets to be explicitly modelled by inserting a pin in the corresponding hole: such pin would be constrained against y translation and disconnected from the hole upper surface by means of internal spring of negligible stiffness (fig. 2b). alternatively, the holes not directly involved by crack propagation can be modelled by just introducing longitudinal constraints on 180 degrees of the hole boundary and skipping the explicit pin modelling (fig. 2b). gap elements have also been introduced, to better tackle contact conditions but the solution improvement has been judged quite negligible (less than 2%), except in case of very short cracks initiated from the holes, more sensitive to pinhole contact conditions (but not present in this work). for this reason, and due to the computational effort of a non-linear analysis, they have not been used anymore. r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 164 the j-integral technique is adopted for sif’s evaluation, being more stable than crack opening displacement method, against a variable refinement of crack mesh. on the j-integral path, 33 integration points are used (the increment of accuracy with 66 points turn out to be negligible). the mesh used for the butt-joint is based on about 327 quadratic elements: a p-convergence study has been realized showing that cubic elements provide an accuracy improvement of less than 2% and that 2 quadratic elements per 90 degrees are sufficient on the cracked hole, except for very short cracks, where 3 elements are recommendable (possibly with a scaling ratio). all the undamaged holes are modelled with 6 elements, constrained in y-direction. numerical crack propagation he crack growth has been simulated considering the interval ranging between 73500 and 113885 fatigue cycles. the initial crack length in the model, at left or right hole sides, is not taken equal to that (size b in fig. 4a) visually observed on the free surfaces at 73500 cycles [7] because of the following reasons. the crack length monitored in the experimental phase is related to the external surface (“penetrated crack”), but the crack first appear on the faying surface because here undergoes the primary tensile stress and, in addition, the secondary bending stress (fig. 1). as a matter of fact, due to the superimposed secondary bending the crack assumes a part elliptical shape (fig. 4), in such a way that it is already abundantly extended on the faying surface when appearing on the external surface.   b (a) (b) figure 4: geometric sizes of rivet hole (a) and crack shape development (b) [9]. it is possible to make a forecast of the hidden part crack length, right before the appearance of the external crack front (fig. 4b), observing that the ratios between the two ellipse semi-axis, crack depth a and crack length c and between a and t (specimen thickness), even if variable at initiation, assume always the same values for a given bending factor k=max tension/max bending when the crack is on the verge to become through the thickness (e.g. for k=1 we obtain a/c=0.575 and a/t=0.88) [9]. in our particular case, for a plate thickness t=1.2 mm, when each crack appears on the visible plate side with a length b (as reported by the experimenter), by using the aforementioned relationships, it is possible to know the size of the part elliptical crack on the faying side, obtaining c=a/0.575=0.88*t/0.575=1.84 mm (figs. 4a-b). keeping into account these data and the shape of the real hole (fig. 4a) against the simplified modelled geometry (a cylinder of radius 2.4 mm), when modelling an equivalent straight initial crack we have prolonged of 1 mm the initial crack length value b measured by the experimenter. during the propagation some cracks will link-up and the criteria chosen to assess such condition is the overlapping of the crack tip plastic zones: l=rp1+rp2 where l is the residual ligament and rp=(keq2/y2)/; y is the yield stress. when two cracks link-up a new crack initiation is postulated from the hole side opposite to the crack. t r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 165 intermediate deformed plots, during the multi side crack propagation, are presented in figs. 5a-g, where each new crack introduced in the model comes from the experimental recordings or is postulated to appear when two cracks link-up (as previously said). a b c d e f g constraints in the pin to model the action of the overlapped plate (not explicitly modelled) continuity condition between hole and rivet internal springs of negligible stiffness to model pin-hole disconnection constraints in the hole to model the action of the overlapped plate (no pin modelling) 41 42 41 42 43 41 42 43 41 44 47 39 40 41 44 45 47 39 44 45 47 38 39 44 45 47 51 figure 5: deformed shape (scale factor 20) of multiple crack scenario after a number of cycles equal to: 73500 (a), with initial cracks (tip n. 41 and 42) as recorded by the experimenter; 84000 (b) with a new recorded initiation (tip n. 43); 99500 (c) with propagation of the previously indicated cracks and a new recorded initiation (tip n. 47); 105770 (d) with a link-up between tips n. 42 and 43 and corresponding new postulated initiation (tip n. 44); 108000 (e) with new recorded initiations (tip n. 39, 40 and 45); 110500 (f) with a link-up between tips n. 40 and 41 and a new recorded initiations (tip n. 51); 112000 (g) with new recorded initiations (tip n. 38). r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 166 in tab. 1 and tab. 2 the crack length vs. cycles and the related equivalent sifs are respectively shown. with the aforementioned bidimensional approach a good agreement between numerical and experimental [7] crack scenarios is obtained and it is possible to capture the essential features of the response even if the secondary bending is not modelled. tip n 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 51 73500 1.82 1.42 78810 2.63 2.28 84030 3.36 3.04 1.16 88830 4.46 4.18 2.24 93280 5.20 4.94 2.84 97330 5.92 5.70 3.43 99500 6.54 6.37 3.94 1.19 102850 7.23 7.14 4.52 1.77 105770 7.86 7.91 5.13 1.50 2.17 108000 1.15 1.12 9.27 link-up link-up 2.28 1.19 3.20 110500 1.83 1.94 10.30 3.25 1.78 3.60 1.12 112000 1.20 2.59 link-up link-up 4.02 2.14 4.00 1.43 113885 1.81 3.57 5.02 2.61 4.36 1.69 table 1: crack propagation lengths (mm) versus load cycles. tip n 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 51 73500 389 400 78810 397 403 84030 406 410 391 88830 428 435 390 93280 443 453 401 97330 456 472 415 99500 471 496 438 400 102850 474 501 476 393 105770 505 600 549 419 390 108000 502 555 611 417 468 418 110500 535 631 709 652 484 430 396 112000 542 720 729 527 500 400 113885 548 740 750 553 572 400 table 2: equivalent sif’s (mpamm) versus number of cycles. r. citarella, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 160-167; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.16 167 conclusions t is important to point out the need, in a bidimensional crack propagation model for a butt-joint, to model the part elliptical crack front at initiation with an “equivalent” prolonged straight crack. as a matter of fact, in such case the penetrated front experiences a lower stress, compared with the hidden front surface and consequently there is not the “catch up” behaviour that is typical of the pure tensile case, where the “penetrated” crack front reaches immediately the more prominent front surface because of the higher sifs [9]. even with the illustrated simplified bidimensional approach it is possible, for such kind of problems, to obtain a satisfactory agreement with experimental crack growth rates. moreover, very short run times are needed to run the whole propagation and an easy preprocessing phase is enabled by the dbem approach: an automatic remeshing is possible as the crack grows and the manual intervention is just necessary to initiate new cracks. a more accurate dbem bidimensional approach (with respect to the simplified approach adopted in this work) to model the butt joint assembly is also possible when needed: each layer can be considered as an individual two-dimensional structure; individual layers can be explicitly modelled and connected with rivets; by gap elements can be used at the interface pin-hole…[10]. the very basic approach presented here, with related very short run times, becomes mandatory in case of a probabilistic approach to crack propagation simulation where hundred thousands of such simulations are to be performed (e.g. when resorting to monte carlo method…) [11]. references [1] citarella, r., perrella, m., multiple surface crack propagation: numerical simulations and experimental tests, fatigue and fracture of engineering material and structures, 28 (2005) 135-148. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00842.x. [2] citarella, r., cricrì, g., armentani, e., multiple crack propagation with dual boundary element method in stiffened and reinforced full scale aeronautic panels, key engineering materials, 560 (2013) 129-155. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.560.129. [3] citarella, r., msd crack propagation on a repaired aeronautic panel by dbem, advances in engineering software, 42 (10) (2011) 887-901. doi: 10.1016/j.advengsoft.2011.02.014. [4] citarella, r., non linear msd crack growth by dbem for a riveted aeronautic reinforcement, advances in engineering software, 40(4) (2009) 253–259. doi: 10.1016/j.advengsoft.2008.04.007. [5] beasy v10r14, documentation, c.m. beasy ltd, (2011). [6] rigby, r.h., aliabadi, m.h., decomposition of the mixed-mode j-integral-revisited, int. j. solids structures, 35(17) (1998) 2073-2099. doi: 10.1016/s0020-7683(97)00171-6. [7] cattaneo, g., cavallini, g., galatolo, r., smaac (testing of “simple” specimens), document no. smaac-tr-3.207-1.3/aem, (1998). [8] citarella, r., cricrì, g., lepore, m., perrella, m., assessment of crack growth from a cold worked hole by coupled fem-dbem approach, key engineering materials, 577-578 (2014) 669-672. doi: 10.4028/www.scientific.net/kem.577-578.669. [9] fawaz, s.a., fatigue crack growth in riveted joints, doctoral thesis, delft university press, the netherlands, (1997). [10] armentani, e., citarella, r., dbem and fem analysis on non-linear multiple crack propagation in an aeronautic doubler-skin assembly, international journal of fatigue, 28 (2006) 598–608. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.06.050. [11] citarella, r., apicella, a., advanced design concepts and maintenance by integrated risk evaluation for aerostructures, structural durability & health monitoring, 2(3) (2006) 183-196. doi: 10.3970/sdhm.2006.002.183. i << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_52 l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 456 crack simulation models in variable amplitude loading a review luiz carlos h. ricardo materials technology department, ipen, university of são paulo, brazil, instituto de pesquisas energéticas e nucleares av. lineu prestes 2242 cidade universitária são paulo sp brasilcep: 05508-000. lricardo@ipen.br carlos alexandre j. miranda nuclear engineering department, ipen, university of sao paulo, brazil, instituto de pesquisas energéticas e nucleares av. lineu prestes 2242 cidade universitária são paulo sp brasilcep: 05508-000 abstract. this work presents a review of crack propagation simulation models considering plane stress and plane strain conditions. it is presented also a chronological different methodologies used to perform the crack advance by finite element method. some procedures used to edit variable spectrum loading and the effects during crack propagation processes, like retardation, in the fatigue life of the structures are discussed. based on this work there is no consensus in the scientific community to determine the best way to simulate crack propagation under variable spectrum loading due the combination of metallurgic and mechanical factors regarding, for example, how to select and edit the representative spectrum loading to be used in the crack propagation simulation. keywords. fatigue; crack propagation simulation; finite element method; retardation. introduction he most common technique for predicting the fatigue life of automotive, aircraft and wind turbine structures is miner’s rule [1]. despite the known deviations, inaccuracies and proven conservatism of miner’s cumulative damage law, it is even nowadays being used in the design of many advanced structures. fracture mechanics techniques for fatigue life predictions remain as a back up in design procedures. the most important and difficult problem in using fracture mechanics concepts in design seems to be the use of crack growth data to predict fatigue life. the experimentally obtained data is used to derive a relationship between stress intensity range (k) and crack growth per cycle (da/dn). in cases of fatigue loaded parts containing a flaw under constant stress amplitude fatigue, the crack growth can be calculated by simple integration of the relation between da/dn and k. however, for complex spectrum loadings, simple addition of the crack growth occurring in each portion of the loading sequence produces results that, very often, are more erroneous than the results obtained using miner’s rule with an s-n curve. retardation tends to cause conservative results using miner’s rule when the fatigue life is dominated by the crack growth. however, the opposite effect generally occurs when the life is dominated by the initiation and growth of small cracks. in these cases, large cyclic strains, which might occur locally at stress raisers due to overload, may pre-damage the material and lower its resistance to fatigue. the experimentally derived crack growth equations are independent of the loading sequence and depend only on the stress intensity range and the number of cycles for that portion of the loading sequence. the central problem in the successful utilization of fracture mechanic techniques applied to the fatigue spectrum is to obtain a clear understanding of t l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 457 the influence of loading sequences on fatigue crack growth [2]. investigations covering the effects of particular interest, after high overload, in the study of crack growth under variable-amplitude loading in the growth rate region, called crack growth retardation, seem to have little interest nowadays. stouffer & williams [3] and other researchers show a number of attempts to model this phenomenon through manipulation of the constants and stress intensity factors in the paris-erdogan equation however little appears to have been done in the effort to develop a completely rational analysis of the problem. probably, the only one reason that the existing models of retarded crack growth are not satisfactory is that these models are deterministic whereas the fatigue crack growth phenomenon shows strong random features. in addition, most of the reported theoretical descriptions of the retardation are based on data fitting techniques, which tend to hide the behavior of the phenomenon. if the retarding effect of a peak overload on the crack growth is neglected, the prediction of the material lifetime is usually very conservative [4]. accurate predictions of the fatigue life will hardly become possible before the physics of the peak overload mechanisms is better clarified. according to the existing findings, the retardation is a physically very complicated phenomenon which is affected by a wide range of variables associated with loading, metallurgical properties, environment, etc., and it is difficult to separate the contribution of each of these variables [5]. crack propagation concepts rwin [6,7] defines in his work a release energy rate g, which is a measure of the available energy, dп-potential of energy and a-crack area, to provoke crack propagation as shown in eq. (1). the term rate as employed is not related to a derivate in relation to the time but is referred to a change in the potential energy rate in the crack area. later, this quantity has been called k, and is used to characterize the stress state ("stress intensity") near a crack tip caused by a remote load or residual stress in isotropic and elastic bodies. the stress field in the crack tip is given by eq. (2), d g da   (1) 1/2 1/22 3( 2 ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ......ij ij ij ijk r f a g a h r         (2) where k is the stress intensity factor; r and  are the distance from the crack tip and the angle between the crack tip and the plane of the crack, respectively; ai is a constant of the material; fij (), gij () and hij() are functions of ..after years, the stress-intensity factors for a large number of crack configurations have been generated; and these have been collated into several handbooks (see, for example, refs [8,9]). the use of k is meaningful only when small-scale yielding conditions exist. plasticity and nonlinear effects will be covered in the next section. because fatigue-crack initiation is, in general, a surface phenomenon, the stress-intensity factors for a surfaceor corner-crack in a plate or at a hole, such as those developed by raju and newman [10,11], are solutions that are needed to analyze small-crack growth. some of these solutions are used later to predict fatigue-crack growth and fatigue lives for notched specimens made of a variety of materials [12]. frost and dugdale [13] have evidenced that the size of the plastic zone increases in the same ratio that of the crack length. one can notice that the results of the equation depend linearly on the crack length a; however, frost and dugdale [13] also argued by dimensional analysis that the incremental propagation in the crack length da, for an incremental number of cycles dn, should be directly proportional to the crack length a. thus, da ba dn  (3) where b is a function of the applied stresses. paris & erdogan [14] conducted a revision on the crack propagation approach from head [15] and others and discussed the similarity of these theories and the differences of results between them, isolated and in group tests. paris suggested that, for a cyclical load variation, the stress field in the crack tip for a cycle can be characterized by a variation of the stress intensity factor, max mink k k   (4) i l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 458 where kmax and kmin are the maximum and the minimum stress intensity factors, respectively. in the crack propagation curve, the linear part represents the paris erdogan law, when plotting the values of k vs da/dn in logarithmic scale. fatigue crack initiation and growth under cyclic loading conditions is controlled by the plastic zones that result from the applied stresses and exist in the vicinity (ahead) of a propagating crack and in its wake or flanks of the adjoining surfaces. for example, the fatigue characteristics of a cracked specimen or component under a single overload or variable amplitude loading situations are significantly influenced by these plastic zones. in modelling the fatigue crack growth rate this is accounted by the incorporation of accumulative damage cycle after cycle and should include plasticity effects. during the crack propagation the plastic zone should grown and the plastic wake will have compressive plastic zones that can help to keep the crack close. prediction of the fatigue behaviour of structural components subjected to overloads and variable amplitude loading requires an estimation of the plastically affected regions ahead of the crack-tip. one of the most widely used plasticity models in fatigue is the dugdale’s yield strip model [16] in this model the plastically affected zone (ry or rp) is assumed to be small as shown fig. 1. figure 1: elastic and elastic-plastic zone sizes. hairman & provan [17] discuss the problems pertaining to fatigue loading of engineering structures under single overload and variable amplitude loading involving the estimation of plasticity affected zones ahead of the crack tip. the models of irwin [6,7] and dugdale [16] give an idea of the size of the plastic zone but not of its shape. the size, in general, is estimated as a circle of certain diameter (ry or rp) obtained on the basis of reasoning given in the above models for cracktip-plasticity. in these models the effect of the shape of the plasticity affected zones is not taken into account. to obtain a better idea of the plastic zone shape, the components of stress in the radial and circumferential directions of a mode-1 type of loading were derived using an eigenfunction expansion method developed by williams [18] and with a modification to take into consideration crack-tip blunting. the resulting equations are:       1 3 5 cos cos , , 4 2 22 1 3 3 cos cos , , 4 2 22 1 3 sin sin , , 4 2 22 rr r r k t f r r k f r r k f r r                                                                                   (5) the first terms in eq. (5) represent the singular terms as r  0 and are, therefore, dominant near the crack-tip. the second term in eq. (5) arises from a consideration of higher power terms. this term is known as the t-stress, it is not singular as r  0 but it can affect the elastic-plastic crack-tip stress state. the third terms arise as a contribution from crack-tip blunting and are not given in williams [18]. the contribution of crack-tip blunting has been discussed in rolfe – l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 459 barsom [19] and the contribution of this term is p=k/() for a sharp elliptic or hyperbolic notch with a crack-tip radius, . the above equations can now be used to obtain the principal stresses after the simplifying assumptions of negligible contributions of trr and f(,r,) are assumed. hence, the principal stresses, as derived from eq. (5), become:   1 2 3 21 cos 1 sin 2 22 1 cos 1 sin 4 2 22 0 k r k r                                          (6) this, in conjunction with the von mises and tresca yield criteria, gives the expressions for the plastic zone shape as follows: von mises:   2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 sin ( ) (1 2 ) 1 cos( ) 4 2 ( ) 3 1 sin ( ) cos( ) 4 2 ys p ys k r k                          (7) tresca: 2 2 2 222 2 22 2 2 cos sin 2 2 2 ( ) cos 1 2 sin 2 2 2 cos 1 sin 2 2 2 ys p ys ys k r k k                                                                  (8)  min max ( ) 1 m c c kda dn k k k k         max ( )m c c kda dn k k    1 max( ) ( ) m mda c k k dn   table 1: empirical crack growth equations for constant amplitude loading [14]. plane stress plane strain plane stress plane strain plane stress plane strain l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 460 in the original paris crack propagation equation [14] the driving parameters are c, k and m. in tab. 1 it is possible to see some other crack propagation equations for constant amplitude loading, which are modifications of the paris equation, relating the mentioned parameters. murthy et al. [20] discuss crack growth models for variable amplitude loading and the mechanisms and contribution to overload retardation. there are many authors which have been developing fatigue crack growth models for variable amplitude loading. tab. 2 presents some authors and the application of their models. yield zone concept crack closure concept wheeler [21] elber [28] willenborg, engle, wood [22] bell and creager (generalized closure) [29] porter [23] newman (finite element method) [30] gray (generalized wheeler) [24] dill and staff (contact stress ) [31] gallagher and hughes [25] kanninen, fedderson, atkinson [32] johnson [26] budiansky and hutchinson [33] chang et al. [27] de koning [34] table 2: fatigue crack growth models [20]. retardation phenomenon orbly & packman [35] present some aspects of the retardation phenomenon some of which are presented below. 1. retardation increases with higher values of peak loading peak for constant values of lower stress levels [36,37]. 2. the number of cycles at the lower stress level required to return to the non-retarded crack growth rate is a function of kpeak, klower, rpeak,, rlower and number of peak cycles [38]. 3. if the ratio of the peak stress to lower stress intensity factors is greater than l.5 complete retardation at the lower stress intensity range is observed. tests were not continued long enough to see if the crack ever propagated again [38]. 4. with a constant ratio of peak to lower stress intensity the number of cycles to return to non-retarded growth rates increases with increasing peak stress intensity [37,38]. 5. given a ratio of peak stress to lower stress, the number of cycles required to return to non-retarded growth rates decreases with increased time at zero load before cycling at the lower level [38]. 6. increased percentage delay effects of peak loading given a percent overload are greater at higher baseline stress intensity factors [39]. 7. delay is a minimum if compression is applied immediately after tensile overload [40]. 8. negative peak loads cause no substantial influence of crack growth rates at lower stress levels if the values of r > 0 for the lower stress [41]. 9. negative peak loads cause up to 50 per cent increase in fatigue crack propagation with r = 1 [40]. 10. importance of residual compressive stresses around the tip of crack [42]. 11. low-high sequences cause an initial acceleration of the crack propagation at the higher stress level which rapidly stabilizes [43]. small scale yield models hile the basic layout of the small scale yield model has been established by dill & saff [44], only improvements introduced later by newman [45] made this approach applicable to general variable amplitude loading. the small scale yield model employs the dugdale [16] theory of crack tip plasticity modified to leave a wedge of plastically stretched material on the fatigue crack surfaces. the fatigue crack growth is simulated by severing the strip material over a distance corresponding to the fatigue crack growth increment as shown fig. 2. in order to satisfy the compatibility between the elastic plate and the plastically deformed strip material, a traction must be applied on the c w l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 461 fictitious crack surfaces in the plastic zone (a  x < aafict), as in the original dugdale model, and also over some distance in the crack wake (aopen  x < a), where the plastic elongations of the strip l(x) exceed the fictitious crack opening displacements v(x). the compressive stress applied in the crack wake to insure l(x)=v(x) are referred to as the contact stresses. the fatigue crack growth is simulated using the strip material as shown schematically in fig. 2. figure 2: schematic small scale yield model. ricardo et al. [46] discuss the importance in the determination of materials properties like crack opening and closing stress intensity factor. the development of crack closure mechanisms, such plasticity, roughness, oxide, corrosion, and fretting product debris, and the use of the effective stress intensity factor range, has provided an engineering tool to predict small and large crack growth rate behavior under service loading conditions. the major links between fatigue and fracture mechanics were done by christensen [47] and elber [48]. the crack closure concept put crack propagation theories on a firm foundation and allowed the development of practical life prediction for variable and constant amplitude loading, by such as experienced by modern day commercial aircrafts. numerical analysis using finite elements has played a major role in the stress analysis crack problems. swedlow [49] was one of the first to use finite element method to study the elastic-plastic stress field around a crack. the application of linear elastic fracture mechanics, i.e. the stress intensity factor range, k, to the “small or short” crack growth have been studied for long time to explain the effects of nonlinear crack tip parameters. the key issue for these nonlinear crack tip parameters is crack closure. analytical models were developed to predict crack growth and crack closure processes like dugdale [16], or strip yield, using the plasticity induced approach in the models considering normally plane stress or strain effects. schijve [50], discussing the relation between short and long cracks presented also the significance of crack closure and growth on fatigue cracks under services load histories. the ultimate goal of prediction models is to arrive at quantitative results of fatigue crack growth in terms of millimeters per year or some other service period. such predictions are required for safety and economy reasons, for example, for aircraft and automotive parts. sometimes the service load time history (variable amplitude loading) is much similar to constant amplitude loading, including mean load effects. in both cases quantitative knowledge of crack opening stress level sop is essential for crack growth predictions, because keff is supposed to be the appropriate field parameter for correlating crack growth rates under different cyclic loading conditions. the correlation of crack growth data starts from the similitude approach, based on the keff, which predicts that same keff cycles will produce the same crack growth increments. the application of keff to variable amplitude loading require prediction of the variation of sop, during variable amplitude load history, which for the more advanced prediction models implies a cycle by cycle prediction. the fig. 3 shows the different k values. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 462 figure 3: definitions of k values, schijve [50]. the application of keff is considerably complicated by two problems: (1) small cracks and (2) threshold k values (kth). small cracks can be significant because in many cases a relatively large part of the fatigue life is spent in the small crack length regime. the threshold problem is particularly relevant for fatigue under variable amplitude spectrum, if the spectrum includes many “small” cycles. it is important to know whether the small cycles do exceed a threshold k value, and to which extension it will occur. the application of similitude concept in structures can help so much, but the results correlation is not satisfactory and the arguments normally are:  the similarity can be violated because the crack growth mechanism are no longer similar  the crack can be too small for adopting k as a unique field parameter  keff and others conditions being nominally similar, it is possible that other crack tip aspects also affect crack growth, such as crack tip blunting and strain hardening, schijve [50]. newman and armen [51-53] and ohji et al. [54] were the first to conduct the two dimensional analysis of the crack growth process. their results under plane stress conditions were in quantitative agreement with experimental results by elber [28], and showed that crack opening stresses were a function of r ratio (smin/smax) and the stress level (smax/0), where 0 is the flow stress i.e: the average between ys and u. blom and holm [55] and fleck and newman [56-57] studied crack growth and closure under plane-strain conditions and found that cracks did close but the cracks opening levels were much lower than those under plane stress conditions considering same loading condition. sehitoglu et al. [58] found later that the residual plastic deformations that cause closure came from the crack. mcclung [59-61] performed extensive finite element crack closure calculations on small cracks at holes, and various fatigue crack growth models. newman [62] found that smax/0 could correlate the crack opening stresses for different flow stresses (0). this average value was used as stress level in the plastic zone for the middle crack tension specimen, mcclung [61] found that k analogy, using kmax/k0 could correlate the crack opening stresses for different crack configurations for small scale yielding conditions where k0=o(a) . (k-analogy assumes that the stress-intensity factor controls the development of closure and crack-opening stresses and that, by matching the k solution among different cracked specimens, an estimate can be made for the crack opening stresses). matos & nowell [63] present a literature review of the phenomenon of plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure under plane strain conditions and mention that there are controversial topics concerning the mechanics of crack propagation. in general there is no consensus in the scientific community. fleck [64] used finite elements to simulate plasticity induced crack closure under plane strain conditions and predicted that the nature of the closure process changes from continuous to discontinuous after a sufficient increment of crack growth. he suggested that closure involves only a few elements relatively distant from the current crack tip and the closure levels decay steadily as the crack grows beyond its initial length. in the limit, the closure would not occur at all. tab. 3 presents an adapted chronologic review crack advance scheme from matos & nowell [63]. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 463 year author node release scheme constraint target element type 1985 blom and holm [55] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop and ccl triangle linear 1986 fleck [64] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop triangle linear 1989 mcclung and sehitoglu [65] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop quadrilateral linear 1989 mcclung et al. [66] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop quadrilateral linear 1991 sun and sehitoglu [67] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop quadrilateral linear 1992 sehitoglu and sun [68] maximum load; minimum load pstress; pstrain cop quadrilateral linear 1996 wu and ellyin [69] maximum load pstress cop and ccl quadrilateral linear 1999 ellyin and wu [70] maximum load pstress cop and ccl quadrilateral linear 2000 wei and james [71] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop and ccl triangle linear 2002 ricardo et al. [72] minimum load pstress cop and ccl triangle quadratic 2002 pommier [73] minimum load pstrain cop and ccl quadrilateral linear 2003 ricardo [74] minimum load pstress ccl triangle quadratic 2003 solanki et al. [75] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop and ccl by coel quadrilateral linear 2004 solanki et al. [76] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop and ccl by coel quadrilateral linear 2004 zhao et al. [77] maximum load pstrain cop and ccl by cme quadrilateral linear 2005 gonzalez-herrera and zapatero [78] maximum load pstress; pstrain cop and ccl by dme quadrilateral linear 2007 matos & nowell [79] minimum load pstress cop and ccl by coel quadrilateral linear pstressplane stress; pstrainplane strain; copcrack opening; cclcrack closing; coelcrack opening and closing by contact element; cmecrack opening and closing by compliance method; dmecrack opening and closure by displacement method table 3: chronological crack advance scheme. in singh et al. [80] the authors provide a review of some crack propagation issues. the paper cover the transients and single overload effects as well as the plasticity induced crack closure. in this topic singh et al [80] presented a discussion regarding how the researchers normally work in crack propagation simulation considering overload-induced crack closure. lei [81] determine the crack closure by finite element method in a compact specimen. in the work lei [81] use abaqus [82] to perform the crack propagation simulation using the crack face method was good agreement with experimental data. ricardo et al. [72] present an example of small scale yielding under constant amplitude loading. a compact tension specimen was modeled using a commercial finite element code ansys version 6.0 [83]. a half of the specimen was modeled and symmetry conditions were applied. fig. 4 shows the compact tension specimen from astm 647-e95a [84]. a value of 19 mpam was applied as an equivalent force using the expression (9) in the model. fig. 5 shows the model used in this work and fig. 6 shows an example of post-processing of the small scale yielding stress intensity factor. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 464 max kbw p a f w        (9) where, k is the stress intensity factor; pmax is the maximum applied load; b is the specimen thickness; a is the crack length; w is the specimen width; a/w is the crack length to width relation for the specimen and f(a/w) is the characteristic function of the specimen that can be found in astm 647-e95a [84]. figure 4: compact tension (ct) specimen. figure 5: fem model of ct specimen. figure 6: post-processing of small scale yield model. generation of variable amplitude loadings achniewicz [85-86] presents methodologies for fatigue crack growth models considering metallic materials. in the part i machniewicz [85] present a review of crack growth predictions models and the deterministic models like afgrow [87] and willenborg et al. [22] models. crack closures models are presented with their characteristics to apply under constant and variable amplitude loading. machniewicz in part ii [86] is presented the constraint factors normally used in plane stress constraint. fastran [88] and nasgro [89] are the most codes used in plane stress constrain to determine plastic strip stresses and strain. heuler & klätschke [90] discuss the procedure and how the generation of standards loadings can support the development of structures and components considering crack growth phenomenon under variable amplitude loading. it is well-known that data and models that characterize the fatigue behavior of materials and structures under baseline constant amplitude loading may not be appropriate or sufficient to adequately assess their fatigue performance under irregular m l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 465 variable amplitude loading. basic research is conducted under use of simplified load sequences such as single overload or underload or block loading with alternate mean loads. phenomena like crack growth retardation or acceleration are described making reference to base-line constant amplitude data. it is generally agreed, however, that real life load spectra also need to be applied in order to get a realistic picture of the relevance and significance of the mechanisms involved. standardized load sequences or load–time histories (slh’s) presently available provide an appropriate selection of load sequences to be used in the development of components, but they can also advantageously be used for other tasks. in this section it will be presented an overview on and a summarizing description of standardized load–time histories. with the need for optimum light-weight design, originally the aircraft industry was the main driver for these efforts. two of the most well known slh’s are the twist [91] and falstaff [92] sequences for transport and fighter aircraft, respectively, which have been and are still being applied for numerous studies on materials, joints and other structural elements. for automotive applications, the carlos [93] series of slh’s have been presented including the very recent load sequence for car trailer couplings, carlos-tc. in the us, activities were mainly centered on the derivation of test load sequences to be used for evaluation and development of fatigue life prediction methodology. bodies like the sae fatigue and evaluation committee took a pragmatic approach by selecting test load sequences from existing strain measurements, which were felt to be typical for the ground vehicle industry. altamura & straub [94] presents a work where discuss different ways to work with variable amplitude loading and the strategies to conduct fatigue analysis in structures. it is shown the methodology for discretization of random loads in blocks to be used in the development of components. and, also, it is presented the procedure to evaluate crack growth under constant and variable amplitude loading. probabilistic fatigue crack growth is discussed as well the mathematics models available to use like monte carlos simulation. it is generally agreed that the structural load variations should be characterized in the time domain since in most cases the range (or amplitude) of a load, stress or strain cycle and its respective max or mean value can be considered as fatiguerelevant. furthermore, the sequence or mixing of load cycles of different ranges and mean values must not be neglected. analyses in the frequency domain give insight into the frequency content of a load signal which is particularly useful for flexible structures, but do not deliver the above-mentioned values. many structural loading environments can be described as sequences of different modes [95] which may be a particular flight, driving a car on certain road types, a sea state of a given severity, etc. these modes of operation contain load cycles of different, but typical magnitudes and frequencies. often distinct patterns of grouped load cycles can be distinguished, they are called a loading event or element, such as braking or cornering of a car, different flight phases or maneuvers of an aircraft. zheng [96] provides a criterion for omitting small loads. in past, the underload (or subload) was defined as the nominal stress amplitude lower than or equal to the endurance limit, and the underload effect on fatigue life was investigated experimentally by using smooth specimens. test results showed that underload cycles applied to smooth specimens increased the fatigue life or the endurance limit of low-carbon steel [96] and cast iron [97], which was called “coaxing”. however, past research on the underload effect was not associated with the omission of small load cycles in life prediction [98,99]. the omission of small load cycles is necessary and important in compilation of the load spectrum [100,101], once the accumulated damage will not affect the prediction of the fatigue life and the assessment of the fatigue reliability of structures [102,103], and it is most cost effective in fatigue tests of components and structures under long-term variableamplitude or random loading histories [104]. up to date, some empirical criteria have been proposed and used [105,106]. however, how to omit the small loads in life prediction by using the local strain approach was not clearly set forth [106]. in the discussion of the importance of crack growth under variable amplitude loading, youb & song [106], using results obtained from single edge crack bending (seb), mentioned that schijve [101] was one of the first works covering this topic. kikukawa et al. [107] have extensively measured crack opening behavior under various random loadings and reported that crack opening point is controlled by the maximum range-pair load cycle (which we call hereafter “the largest load cycle”) in a random load history and is identical to the crack opening result of constant amplitude loading corresponding to the largest load cycle. based on this crack opening behavior, they proposed a simple prediction procedure for crack growth under random loading. the phenomenon of plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure under plane strain conditions is one of the most controversial topics concerning the mechanics of crack propagation. no general consensus exists among the scientific community concerning the physical mechanism for crack closure under plane strain conditions. one of the problems is on how to prepare the mesh and the procedure used in crack propagation. with three-dimensional models it becomes necessary to use normal contact approach to node release; in plane stress, spring is normally used to help the crack propagation, using contact resources for crack propagation and considering material nonlinear analysis it will result in a big result file and will spend a considerable time processing to end the simulation. according to fleck [108] the source of discontinuous closure appears to be a residual wedge of material on the crack flanks, located just ahead of the initial position of the crack tip. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 466 more recently wei and james [109] reported that after growing a virtual plane strain fatigue crack for a few cycles, there is no contact in the region immediately behind the crack tip and the contact pressure along the crack faces is discontinuous. zao et al. [110] modelled a ct specimen under plane stress and plane strain. they did not observe plasticity-induced crack closure under plane strain during steady state crack growth under cyclic tension, although they found significant levels of closure under plane stress. solanki et al. [75] present a review of crack propagation in plane stress and plane strain conditions. a m(t) specimen was modeled with an externally induced t -stress to observe the subsequent change in closure levels under plane-strain. a tstress was induced by applying tractions parallel to the crack in addition to the conventional tractions perpendicular to the crack. fig. 7 shows the variation in the crack tip plastic zone size accordingly with mesh. fig. 8 shows the difference of result in node release at minimum and maximum load compared by solanki et al. [76]. figure 7: variation in crack tip plastic zone size with mesh [75]. figure 8: comparison of crack opening values based on crack advance scheme [75]. figure 9: middle-crack tension specimen subjected to uniform stress [112]. figure 10: crack propagation model quarter of middle tension [113]. chermahini [111] present some crack propagation analyses using 3d model and plane strain model to determine the crack opening level. on the specimen surface and in the mid-plane the crack-opening stress levels tend to be two-dimensional solutions for plane stress and plane strain conditions, respectively. fig. 9 shows the geometry used by chermahini et al. [112]. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 467 in fig. 10, it is possible to see the finite element model used for crack propagation elaborated by wu & ellyin [113]. the model was prepared using layers of elements, considering the size of the smaller elements in the reverse plastic zone computed by irwin equation and then increasing the size of the hexahedron elements until arriving the region where the results will not affect the stress level in the crack propagation area. spring elements were used for node release, cycle after cycle, as in newman [45]. wu and ellyin [113] had used a truss element together with pairs of contact elements and the element death option for crack propagation simulation. this technique used in plane stress and plane strain models is usual in commercial finite element codes. the element death option was incorporated to remove truss elements. with their approach, a node can be released any time during a load cycle irrespective of the magnitude of the deformation caused by the release of the node. consequently, fewer problems with convergence were encountered and also several nodes could be released simultaneously if desired. conclusions he paper provides a review of some crack retardation models under variable amplitude loadings. it was discussed, also, the small scale yield model using finite element method. the miner’s rule crack initiation approach can be conservative in some applications, in special if the structures should develop cracks under variable amplitude loading. it is presented the standards loadings histories normally used in automotive and aeronautics structures. several crack advance schemes are presented and it is possible to observe that there is no agreement in the science community about the best strategy to edit experimental signals to be applied in numerical models aiming to obtain good correlation between numerical and experimental data. the crack propagation simulation under constant amplitude loading in plane stress has good agreement with experimental data. plane strain need complex models with large number of nodes and it is necessary to define and work with contact between the crack surfaces and, therefore, perform nonlinear analysis to identify when the crack open or close. regarding variable amplitude loading until the moment the authors do not identify a consistent methodology and procedure for crack propagation simulation. the problem should be related with the random fatigue phenomenon and to determine when the crack opens or closes, either using experimental or numerical data, is a challenge to be achieved. the computers are improving their processing and storage capacity with possibility to increase the size of models and decreasing the element size becoming more realistic the crack propagation simulation. in the near future it will be necessary to perform more and more tests to validate the numerical models hoping that the correlation between numerical and experimental results becomes better and better. references [1] miner, m. a., cumulative damage in fatigue, journal of applied mechanics, asme, usa, 12 (1945) a159-a164. [2] schijve, j., fatigue crack propagation in light alloy sheet material and structures, nlr, report mp195, amsterdam (1960). [3] stouffer, d. c. , williams, j. f., a method for fatigue crack growth with a variable stress intensity factor, eng. fracture mechanics, 11, (1979), 525-536. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(79)90076-6. [4] ditlevsen, o., sobczyk, k., random fatigue crack growth with retardation, eng. fracture mech., 24(6) (1986) 861878. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(86)90271-7 [5] wei, r. p., shih, t. t., delay in fatigue crack growth, int. journal fracture, 10 (1974) 77-85. doi: 10.1007/bf00955082 [6] irwin, g. r., journal of applied mechanics, 79 (1953) 361. [7] irwin, g. r., journal of basic engineering, trans., asme, series d, 82(2) (1960) 417. doi: 10.1115/1.3662608 [8] tada, h., paris, p.c, irwin, g.r., the stress analysis of cracks handbook, bethlehem, pa, del research corporation, usa,(1985). [9] murakami, y., editor. stress intensity factors handbook. new york: pergamon press, usa (1987). [10] raju i.s., newman jc jr. stress-intensity factors for a wide range of semi-elliptical surface cracks in finite-thickness plates, eng. fracture mechanics, 11 (1979) 817-829. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(79)90139-5. t l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 468 [11] newman, j.c. jr., raju, i., stress-intensity factor equations for cracks in three-dimensional finite bodies subjected to tension and bending loads, computational methods in the mech. of fracture. in: atluri sn, editor. amsterdam: elsevier, (1986) 311-334. doi: 10.1002/zamm.19870671132. [12] newman, j. c, the merging of fatigue and fracture mechanics concepts: a historical perspective, progress in aerospace sciences, 34 (1998) 347-390. doi:10.1016/s0376-0421(98)00006-2. [13] frost, n. e., dugdale, d. s., journal of mechanics and physics of solids, 6(2) (1958) 92-110. doi:10.1016/0022-5096(58)90018-8. [14] paris, p. c., erdogan, f., journal of basic engineering, 85 (1963) 528. [15] head, a. k., the philosophical magazine, 44(7) (1953) 253. [16] dugdale, d. s., yielding of steel sheets containing slits, j. mech. phys. solids, 8(2) (1960) 100-104. doi:10.1016/0022-5096(60)90013-2. [17] hairman, g. a., provan, j. w., fatigue crack tip plasticity revisited, the issue of shape addressed, theoretical and appl. frac. mech. journal, 26 (1997) 63-79. doi: 10.1016/s0167-8442(96)00036-5. [18] williams, m. l., on the stress distribution at base stationary crack, journal of applied mechanics, 24 (1957) 111-114. [19] rolfe, s. t., barsom, j. m., fracture and fatigue control in structures – applications of fracture mechanics, prentice hall, new jersey, (1977). doi: 10.1520/mnl41-3rd-eb. [20] murthy, a. r. c.; palani, g. s., iyer, n. r., state of art review on fatigue crack growth analysis under variable amplitude loading, iei journal, (2004) 118-129. [21] wheeler, o. e., spectrum loading and crack growth, transactions of the asme series d’, journal of basic engineering, 94 (1972) 181-186. [22] willenborg, j. d.; engle, r. m., wood, h. a., a crack growth retardation model using an effective stress concept, affdl, tm-71-fbr, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1971). [23] porter, t. r., method of analysis and prediction of variable amplitude fatigue crack growth, eng. fracture mechanics 4(4) (1972) 717-736. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(72)90011-2. [24] gray, t. d., gallagher, j. p., predicting fatigue crack retardation following a single overload using a modified wheeler model, astm stp 590, (1976). doi: 10.1520/stp590-eb. [25] gallagher, j. p., hughes, t. f., influence of the yield strength on overload fatigue crack growth behavior of 4340 steel, affdl – tr-74-27, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1974). [26] johnson, w. s., multi-parameter yield zone model for predicting spectrum crack growth, astm stp 748, (1981) 85102. doi: 10.1520/e0748-02r08 . [27] chang, j. b., hiyama, r. m., szamossi, m., improved methods for predicting spectrum loadings effects, afwal-tr81-3092, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1984). [28] elber, w., the significance of fatigue crack closure, astm stp 486, (1971) 230242. doi: 10.1520/stp486-eb. [29] bell, p. d., creager, m., crack growth analyses for arbitrary spectrum loading, affdl-tr-74-129, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1974). [30] newman, j. c., a finite element analysis fatigue crack closure, nasa tm x 72005, nasa, hampton, va, (1975). [31] dill, h. d., saff, c. r., spectrum crack growth prediction method based on crack surface displacement and contact analyses, fatigue crack growth under spectrum loads, astm stp 595, (1976) 306–319. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [32] kanninnen, m. f., atkinson, c., feddersen, c. e., a fatigue crack growth analysis method based on a single representation of crack tip plasticity, astm stp 637, (1977) 122-140. doi: 10.1520/stp637-eb. [33] budianski, b., hucthinson, j. w., analysis of closure in fatigue crack growth, journal of applied mechanics, 45 (1978) 267-276. doi 10.1115/1.34.24286. [34] de koning, a. u., a simple crack closure model for predictions of fatigue crack growth rates under variable amplitude loading, astm stp 743, (1981) 63-85. doi: 10.1520/stp743-eb. [35] corbly, d. m., packman, p. f., on the influence of single and multiple peak overloads on fatigue crack propagation in 7075-t6511 aluminum, eng. fracture mech., 5 (1973) 479-497. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(73)90034-9. [36] schijve, j., brock, d., de rigle, p., nlr, report m2094, amsterdam, (1962). [37] hardrarth, h. f., mcevily, a . t., in: proc. crack propagation symposium, cranfield, 1 (1961). [38] jonds, d., wei, r. p., an exploratory study of delay effects in fatigue crack growth, int. j. fracture mechanics, 7 (1971). [39] von ewu, e., hertzberg, r., roberts, r., delay defects in fatigue crack propagation, nat. symposium f.m., (1971) 7. [40] hudson, c. m., effect of stress ratio on fatigue-crack growth in 7075-t6 and 2024-t3 alumina-alloy specimens. tnl-5390, nasa, (1969). [41] crooker, t. w., effect of t. c., cycling on fatigue grade growth in high strength alloys, nrl report 7220, (1971). l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 469 [42] hudson, c.m., hardrath, h. f., effects of changing stress amplitude on the rate of fatigue-crack propagation in two aluminum alloys, nasa tn d-960, september, (1961). [43] mcmillan, j. c., pelloux, r. m., astm stp 415, (1966) 505. doi: 10.1520/stp415-eb [44] dill, h. d., saff, c. r., spectrum crack growth prediction method based on crack surface displacement and contact analyses, fatigue crack growth under spectrum loads, astm stp 595, (1976) 306–319. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [45] newman jr, j. c., a crack closure model for predicting fatigue crack growth under aircraft spectrum loading. in: chang jb, hudson cm, editors. methods and models for predicting fatigue crack growth under random loading, astm stp 748, (1981) 53–84. doi: 10.1520/stp748-eb [46] ricardo, l. c. h., pimenta, p. m., spinelli, d., crack closure simulation by finite element. in, blom, a.f. ,fatigue 2002, 4/5 (2002) 2293 – 2300. [47] christensen, r. h., fatigue crack growth affected by metal fragments wedged between opening closing crack surface, appl. mater. res., 2 (1963) 207-210. [48] elber w., equivalent constant amplitude concept for fatigue crack growth under spectrum loading, astm stp 595, (1976) 236-250. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb [49] swedlow, j. l., effects and plastic flow in cracked plates, phd thesis, california institute of technology, pasadena, usa, (1965). [50] schijve, j., observations on the prediction of fatigue crack growth propagation under variable amplitude loading, astm stp 595, (1976) 3-23. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [51] newman j. c. jr., finite element analysis of fatigue crack propagation, including the effect c-(t) of crack closure, phd thesis, virginia polytechnic institute, (1974). [52] newman, j. c. jr.; armen, h. jr. elastic-plastic analysis of fatigue crack under cyclic loading, aiaa journal, 13 (1975) 1017-1023. doi: 10.2514/3.60499. [53] newman, j. c. jr., a finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure, astm 490, (1976) 281-301. doi: 10.1520/stp490-eb. [54] ohji, k., ogura, k. ohkubo, y., cyclic analysis of a propagation crack and its correlation with fatigue crack growth; eng. fracture mechanics, 7 (1975) 457-464. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(75)90046-6. [55] blom, a. f., holm. d. k., an experimental and numerical study of crack closure; eng. fracture mechanics, (1985) 907-1011. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(85)90039-6. [56] fleck, n. a., finite element analysis of plasticity induced crack closure under plane strain conditions, eng. fracture mechanics, 25 (1986) 441-449. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(86)90258-4. [57] fleck, n. a., newman, j. c. jr, analysis of crack closure under plane strain conditions , astm stp 982, (1988) 319341. doi: 10.1520/stp982-eb. [58] sehitoglu, h. gall, k., garcia, a. m., recent advances in fatigue crack growth modeling, int. journal of fracture, 80(2) (1996) 165-192. doi: 10.1007/bf00012668. [59] mcglung, r. c., sehitoglu, h., finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure – numerical results, eng. fracture mechanics, 33 (1989) 253–272. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(89)90028-3. [60] mcglung, r. c., finite element modeling of fatigue crack growth – theoretical concepts and numerical analysis of fatigue, in: blom a, beevers, c. editors, west midlands, emas, (1992) 153-172. [61] mcglung, r. c., finite element analysis of specimen geometry effects on fatigue crack closure, fatigue fract. eng. mater. structures, 17 (1994) 861-872. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.1994.tb00816.x. [62] newman, j. c. jr., a finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure, astm 490, (1972) 281-301. doi: 10.1520/stp490-eb. [63] matos, p. f. p., nowell, d., numerical simulation of plasticity induced fatigue crack closure with emphasis on the crack growth scheme: 2d and 3d analyses, eng. fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 2087-2114. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2007.10.017. [64] fleck, n. a., finite element analysis of plasticity-induced crack closure under plane strain conditions, eng. fracture mechanics, 25(4) (1986) 441–449. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(86)90258-4. [65] mcclung, r. c., sehitoglu, h., on the finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure 1. basic modeling issues. eng. fracture. mechanics, 33 (2) (1989) 237–252. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(89)90027-1. [66] mcclung, r. c., sehitoglu h., on the finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure 2. numerical results. eng. fracture. mechanics, 33(2) (1989) 253–272. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(89)90028-3. [67] sehitoglu, h., s wei, modelling of plane strain fatigue crack closure. j. eng. mater. technol, 113 (1991) 31–40. doi :10.1115/1.2903380. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 470 [68] sun, w., sehitoglu, h., residual stress fields during fatigue crack growth, fatig. fract. eng. mater. struct., 15(2) (1992) 115–128. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.1992.tb00042.x. [69] wu, j., ellyin, f., a study of fatigue crack closure by elastic-plastic finite element analysis for constant-amplitude loading. int. journal of fracture, 82 (1996) 43–65. doi:10.1007/bf00017863. [70] ellyin, f., wu, j., a numerical investigation on the effect of an overload on fatigue crack opening and closure behavior, fatig. fract. eng. mater. struct., 22 (1999) 835–847. doi: 10.1046/j.1460-2695.1999.00223.x. [71] wei, l. w., james, m. n., a study of fatigue crack closure in polycarbonate ct specimen., eng. fracture mechanics, 66 (2000) 223–242. doi: 10.1016/s0013-7944(00)00014-x. [72] ricardo, l. c. h., pimenta, p. m., spinelli d., andrade, a. h. p., crack closure simulation by finite element method; in: blom, a. f (ed.), fatigue 2002, emas publishing, stockholm, sweden, 4 (2002) 2863-2869. [73] pommier s., plane strain crack closure cyclic hardening, eng. fracture mechanics, 69(3) (2002) 25–44. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(01)00061-3. [74] ricardo, l. c. h., modeling fatigue crack opening and closing phenomenon by finite element method, phd thesis, department of structures and foundations, university of sao paulo (in portuguese), (2003). [75] solanki, k., daniewicz, s. r., newman, jr j. c., finite element modelling of plasticity-induced crack closure with emphasis on geometry and mesh refinement effects. eng. fracture mechanics, 70 (2003) 1475–89. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(02)00168-6. [76] solanki, k., daniewicz, s. r., newman, jr j. c., a new methodology for computing crack opening values from finite element analyses, eng. fracture mechanics, 71 (2004) 1165–1175. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(03)00113-9. [77] zhao, l. g., tong, j., byrne, j., the evolution of the stress–strain fields near a fatigue crack tip and plasticity-induced crack closure revisited, fatig. fract. eng. mater. struct., 27(1) (2004) 19–29. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00716.x. [78] gonzalez-herrera, a., zapatero, j., influence of minimum element size to determine crack closure stress by finite element method, eng. fracture mechanics, 72 (2005) 337–355. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2004.04.002. [79] matos, p.f.p., nowell d., on the accurate assessment of crack opening and closing stresses in plasticity-induced crack closure problems, eng. fracture mechanics, 74(10) (2007) 1579–1601. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2006.09.007. [80] singh, k.d., parry, m.r., sinclair, i., variable amplitude fatigue crack growth behavior – a short overview, journal of mechanical science and technology, 25(3) (2011) 663-673. doi: 10.1007/s12206-011-132-6. [81] lei, y., finite element crack closure analysis of a compact tension specimen, international journal of fatigue, 30 (2008) 21–31. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2007.02.012. [82] abaqus, v6.3, hibbitt, karlsson & sorensen, inc., providence, ri, (2002). [83] ansys inc, ansys version 6.0, usa, (2002). [84] astm, standard test method for measurement of fatigue crack growth rates, e647–95a, (1995). doi: 10.1520/e0647-15. [85] machniewciz, t., fatigue crack growth prediction models for metallic materials, part i: overview of prediction concepts, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 36 (2012) 293–307. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2012.01721.x. [86] machniewciz, t., fatigue crack growth prediction models for metallic materials, part ii: part ii: strip yield model – choices and decisions, fatigue fract engng mater struct, 36 (2012) 361–373. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12009. [87] harter, j. a. afgrow users guide and technical manual. air force research laboratory, report no. afrl-vawp-tr-2006-xxxx, (2006). [88] newman, j. c. fastran ii – a fatigue crack growth structural analysis program. nasa technical memorandum no. 104159. nasa langley research center, hampton, (1992). [89] ten hoeve, h. j., de koning, a. u., reference manual of the strip yield module in the nasgro or esacrack software for the prediction of retarded crack growth and residual strength in metal materials, report no. nlr tr 97012 l, nlr, amsterdam, the netherlands, (1997). [90] heuler, p., klätschke, h., generation and use of standardized load spectra and loadtimes histories, international journal of fatigue, 27 (2005) 974-990. doi: 10.16/j.ifatigue.2004.09.012. [91] schütz, d., lowack, h., de jonge j. b., schijve, j., a standardized load sequence for flight simulation tests on transport aircraft wing structures, lbf report fb 106, nrlreport tr 73, (1973). [92] aircher, w., branger, j., van dijk, g. m., ertelt j., hück, m., de jonge j. b., description of a fighter aircraft loading for standard for fatigue evaluation falstaff, common report of fcw emmen, lbf, nrl, iabg, (1976). [93] schütz, d., klätschke, h., steinhilber, h., heuler, p., schütz, w., standardized load sequences for car wheel suspension components, car loading standardcarlos, fraunhofer institute für betriebsfestigkeit (lbf), darmstadt, industrieanlagen – betriebsgesellschaft mbh (iabg), ottobrunn, lbf – report no fb191, (1999). l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 456-471; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.52 471 [94] alessandra a., straub, d., reliability assessment of high cycle fatigue under variable amplitude loading: review and solutions, eng. fracture mechanics, 121–122 (2014) 40–66. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2014.02.023. [95] ten have, a. a., european approaches in standard spectrum development, in: potter j. m., watanable r. t., editors, development of fatigue loading spectra, astm-stp 1006, astm, (1989) 35-75. doi: 10.1520/stp1006-eb. [96] zheng, x., on some basic problems of fatigue research in engineering, international journal of fatigue, 23 (2001) 751-766. doi:10.1016/s0142-1123(01)00040-8. [97] frost, n. e., marsh, k. j., pook, l. in: metal fatigue, oxford: clarendon press, (1974) 20-22. [98] heuler, p., seeger, t., a criterion for omission of variable amplitude loading histories, international journal of fatigue, 8(4) (1986) 225-230. doi:10.1016/0142-1123(86)90025-3. [99] eccs recommendations for fatigue design of steel structures, institute of metal construction (iocm) of swiss federal institute of technology, lausanne, switzerland, eccs, (1985). [100] shi, y. j., yan, y. m., li, z. r. shi, z. j., hou, w. w., assessment of remaining life of steel beams of chang tai-guam bridge on the line from beijing to guangzhou, technical report, beijing, institute of railway engineering, chinese academy of railway science, (1990). [101] schijve, j., observations on the prediction of fatigue crack growth propagation under variable amplitude loading, astm stp 595, (1976) 3-23. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [102] barsom, j. m., fatigue crack growth under variable amplitude loading in various bridge steels, astm stp 595, (1976) 217-235. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [103] hudson, c. m., a root mean square approach for predicting fatigue crack growth under random loading, astm stp 748, (1981) 41-52. doi: 10.1520/stp748-eb. [104] johnson, w. s., multi-parameter yield zone model for predicting spectrum crack growth, astm stp 748, (1981) 85-102. doi: 10.1520/stp748-eb. [105] rudd, j. l., engle jr, r. m., crack growth behavior of center cracked panels under random spectrum loading, astm stp 748, (1981) 1033-1114. doi: 10.1520/stp748-eb. [106] youb, y., song, j. h., fatigue crack closure and growth behavior under random loading, eng. fracture mechanics, 49(1) (1994) 105-120. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(94)90115-5. [107] kikukawa, m., jono, m., kondo, y., mikami, s., fatigue crack closure and estimation method of crack propagation rate under stationary varying loading conditions including random loading (1st report, effects of mean load and study on wave counting method), trans. jpn soc. mech. engrs, 48 (1982)1496-1504. [108] fleck, n. a., finite-element analysis of plasticity induced crack closure under plane strain conditions. eng. fracture mechanics., 25 (1986) 441-449. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(86)90258-4. [109] wei, l. w., james, m. n., a study of fatigue crack closure in polycarbonate ct specimens. eng. fracture mechanics, 66 (2000) 223–42. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(00)00014-x. [110] zhao, l. g., tong, j., byrne, j., the evolution of the stress–strain fields near a fatigue crack tip and plasticityinduced crack closure revisited. fatig. fract. eng. mater. struct., 27(1) (2004) 19–29. [111] chermahini, r. g., three-dimensional elasticplastic -finite-element analysis of fatigue crack growth and closure. phd thesis, old dominion university, norfolk, va, (1986). [112] chermahini, r. g., shivakumar, k. n., newman, j. c. jr., three-dimensional finite-element simulation of fatigue crack growth and closure. astm stp 982, (1988) 398-413. doi: 10.1520/stp982-eb. [113] wu j, ellyin f., a study of fatigue crack closure by elastic–plastic finite element analysis for constant-amplitude loading. int. journal of fracture, 82 (1996) 43–65. doi: 10.1007/bf00017863. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_11 m. ouarabi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 112-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.11 112 focussed on crack paths very high cycle fatigue strength and crack growth of thin steel sheets mohand ouarabi, ruben perez mora, claude bathias université paris ouest nanterre la defense, leme, 50 rue de sèvres, ville d’avray, france mohand.ouarabi@yahoo.fr, ruben.perez-mora@hotmail.fr, claude@bathias.com thierry palin-luc arts et métiers paris tech, i2m, cnrs, université de bordeaux, esplanade des arts et métiers, talence, france thierry.palin-luc@ensam.eu abstract. for basic observations or for industrial applications it is of interest to use flat specimens at very high frequency in the gigacycle regime. in this work, thin flat sheet, with 1.2 mm thickness of a complex phase ferrite-martensitic steels were considered for carrying out fatigue tests at high frequency (20 khz) up to the gigacycle regime (>109 cycles). the crack initiation tests were carried out with water cooling, while the crack growth test were carried out in laboratory air at room temperature. all the tests were carried out under loading ratio r=-1. to do that, special designs of specimens were made and computed using fem for defining the stress amplitude for endurance tests. special attachments for specimens to the ultrasonic system’s horn were enhanced. a particular fem computing of the stress intensity range on crack growth specimens was carried out for determining the specimen dimensions and an equation that defines the stress intensity range as a function of the harmonic displacement amplitude, dynamic young’s modulus, material density and crack length. detailed procedures and fatigue results are presented in this paper. keywords. ultrasonic fatigue; plate steel fatigue; fatigue resistance; fatigue crack growth. introduction atigue in high and very high cycle regime has been studied by bathias et al. [1] during the last 30 years. advances in piezoelectric fatigue testing machines have allowed researchers to carry out accelerated fatigue tests in the very high cycle fatigue (vhcf) regime [2] by using adapted specimens and testing methods for obtaining suitable results at high frequency. actually, such machines, specimens and methods have been optimized and practically standardized by means of cylindrical specimens (dog bone, hourglass) for endurance tests and block notched specimens for crack growth tests. it is even possible to tests such specimens under controlled environment or temperature [3, 4]. as actually known, the vibration system on a piezoelectric fatigue machine is composed by a generator, a converter, an amplifier (horn), and the specimen, all working in resonance allowing the application of maximum stress amplitude in the smallest cross section of the specimen located at its central part. if the raw material or the component to study is sufficiently plenty for machining cylindrical round specimens the work becomes simple. it is the same for thick hyperbolic profile crack growth specimens [4]. conversely, for thin raw material, such as steel sheets, fatigue specimens are not common and easy to test at high frequency; there is not a lot of vhcf data in literature. in this work, thin flat sheets of a f m. ouarabi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 112-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.11 113 complex phase ferritic-martensitic steel of 1.2 mm thickness were received for carrying out endurance tests in the very high cycle regime and crack growth tests at ultrasonic frequency (20 khz). the method for designing the thin specimens and both the procedures for testing them at high frequency and the results are presented hereafter. material and testing methods he investigated material is a complex phase ferritic-martensitic steel produced in sheet form by rolling and used for manufacturing automotive parts. the chemical composition this material is given in tab. 1, its mechanical characteristics are in tab. 2. these steel sheets are covered by zinc coated (fig. 1b). the specimens were machined without removing this coating and with their longitudinal axis parallel to the rolling direction. the specimens were tested at ultrasonic loading frequency (20 khz) with a loading ratio r= –1. all the specimens were tested as received condition. c mn si p 0.1674 2.004 0.225 0.017 table 1: chemical composition of the ferritic-martensitic cp1000 steel (w %). dynamics modulus (gpa) volumetric mass (kg·m-3 ) uts (mpa) 211 7850 1000 table 2: mechanical characteristics of the ferritic-martensitic cp1000 steel. figure 1: a) microstructure of the studied steel cp1000. b) galvanized coat. the ultrasonic fatigue testing machine is composed of the following components. an ultrasonic generator transforms the electrical signal of 50 (or 60) hz to 20 khz. the piezoelectric converter transforms the 20 khz electrical signal in a mechanical vibration at 20 khz. a horn amplifies the displacement amplitude in order to obtain the required strain amplitude in the middle section of the specimen and a computer control system is used to control the different parameters of the test, such as the amplitude and to maintain the resonance frequency. indeed, the specimen works in resonance vibration state and its center is a displacement node experiencing the maximum stress amplitude. for the calibration of the test, an optical fiber displacement sensor was used. if the resonance frequency drops outside the 19.5 – 20.5 khz range, the system shuts down automatically. this is characteristic of crack initiation or specimen failure. two different types of tests were carried out in this work. the first one is for determining the fatigue strength and the second one is crack growth test. the geometry of the flat specimen for the fatigue strength assessment is illustrated in fig. 2a. the geometry for the crack propagation test is illustrated in fig. 2b. t m. ouarabi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 112-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.11 114 figure 2: a) geometry of smooth flat specimen for fatigue strength assessment [5], b) geometry of flat specimen for crack propagation tests [6]. for keeping the temperature constant and close to room temperature during the test a cooling system with compressed air was used for crack propagation tests. for the crack initiation tests (s-n curve) the specimen self-heating was too high. indeed the stabilized temperature was more than 350°c with such air cooling device. the temperature increase was measured with a flir infrared camera on mat black paint specimens. this self-heating has been first attributed to zinc coated. experiments have been carried out on specimens without zinc coated but temperature heating was the same. transformation of residual austenite in martensite due to high strain rate was another assumption for explaining this phenomenon but residual austenite content is less than 1% in cp1000 steel, consequently the reason of so intense selfheating is still an open question. consequently a water cooling system has been developed (like in [3, 4]) to keep the specimen temperature lower than 60°c. in such case the temperature cannot be measured with infrared camera because of water but with thermocouple. figure 3: material element with length (dx) in mechanical vibration along x direction. calculation of the specimen geometry for crack initiation test or working at a resonance frequency of 20 khz, the specimen geometry and the horn should be calculated. for an element (dx) in longitudinal vibration along x direction as illustrated in fig. 3, if a one dimensional vibration is considered the force balance according to newton’s law is: f mx  (1) it can be written: 2 2 ( , )u x tds dx s dx s x d tx s                (2) where, u(x, t) is the axial displacement at position x and time t, (x, t) is the normal stress, s(x) is the cross section area at position x and  is the density of material. f m. ouarabi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 112-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.11 115 if we assume that, the material is isotropic with a linear elastic behavior, the following equation is obtained where ed is the dynamic modulus. 2 2 2 2 ( , ) ( , ) ( , )1 0 d u x t u x t u x tds x s x dx e t          (3) the sinusoidal displacement can be expressed as follow: ( , ) ( ) i tu x t u x e  (4) finally, the equation for the displacement vibration along the specimen is: 2''( ) ( ) '( ) ( ) 0u x p x u x k u x   (5) where: , 2 fd e k c and c        the geometry of the specimens is designed with a reduced cross section to obtain the maximum stress amplitude in the middle section (fig. 2a) or/and to obtained the maximum stress intensity factor as shown in fig. 2b. for having a resonance frequency of 20 khz, we must calculate the resonance length l1. there are two ways for doing that. the first one is to use the analytic solution of the previous equation.  *1 21 1arctan ( coth( ) )l lk k     (6) * 2 1 max 0 2 cos( ) sinh( ) l d kl e e u l      (7) where: * 1 2 2 1 ln 2 t l t         (8) the second way is to use the numerical solution computed by finite element analysis (fea). ansys software was used in this study. first, the specimen geometry was computed with the analytic solution. then the resonance frequency was computed by modal analysis. finally, with an imposed sinusoidal displacement with and amplitude of 1 µm, the stress amplitude in the middle of the specimen was computed by harmonic analysis. the difference between, the numerical and analytical solution was less than 1 %. crack propagation test the method for calculating the mode i stress intensity factor range is reported in several documents, so that [3, 6]. usually the paris’ law is used to determine a crack growth curve, and then it is needed to relate the stress intensity factor range (k) with the crack growth rate  /da dn . wu [6] has shown that eq. 9 can be used for calculating k during ultrasonic fatigue test since such test is carried out under displacement control. in this equation ed is the dynamic modulus and  is the poisson ratio of the material, u0 is the displacement amplitude, a is the crack length, w is the specimen width and f(a/w) is a shape function depending on the specimen geometry. wu has determined this function for hyperbolic profile crack growth specimen with a thickness of 8 mm (eq. 10). 02 ( ) (1 ) de ak u f a w      (9) m. ouarabi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 112-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.11 116 where: 2 3 4( ) 0.64( ) 1.73( ) 3.98( ) 1.96( ) a a a a a f w w w w w     (10) in the present work a similar methodology has been followed considering that physically a flat specimen will vibrate in resonance at 20 khz. the main idea is to find the shape function for a flat specimen with a thickness of 1.2 mm. the proposed method consists in modeling a plane 2d geometry by using fem software. considering the specimen small thickness and the problem symmetry, only half of the specimen geometry was modeled assuming plane stress condition, and a singular element (barsum element) was placed at different lengths representing the crack tip (as shown in fig. 4a). numerical value of k was obtained by fea. for this problem, we use this equation defined in plane stress: 0 ( )d a k e u g a w    (11) 2 3 4( ) 0.2363( ) 1.0600( ) 1.7067( ) 1.4397( ) a a a a a g w w w w w     (12) the resulting mode i stress intensity factor range as a function of the ratio between crack length, a, and the width of the specimen, w, is plotted in fig. 4b. the obtained values are for an amplitude displacement u0 of 1 µm. note that since crack opening cannot be measured in real time at 20 khz the range of the effective stress intensity factor has been computed by considering the positive part of the loading cycle only. the crack is assumed to be closed during the compression part of the loading cycle. of course, with this procedure the range of the effective stress intensity factor is a little bit overestimated, but according to the authors, up to now this is only way to assess it at 20 khz [4]. figure 4: modeling of a crack in a flat specimen of 1.2 mm thickness, a) field of the mode i stress intensity factor, b) stress intensity factor range as a function of (a/w) for a flat specimen. results he s-n curve of the studied steel has been obtained on specimens with zinc coated, at room temperature, with water-cooling, under fully reversed tension-compression (fig. 5). a large scatter in fatigue life can be observed. the blue points show the specimens that break during the test, while the red ones represent the specimens that did not break at 109 cycles. the fatigue strength at one thousand millions of cycles can be observed around 352 mpa. on the other hand, the experiments on crack growth flat specimens of 1.2 mm thickness demonstrated that such thin samples can be tested at high frequencies (20 khz). in fig. 8, the results of crack propagation test show that the threshold value of the stress intensity range is around 7 mpa√m for the cp1000 steel. this is in agreement with literature for steel [1]. sem observations of the fracture surfaces of crack initiation specimens show that crack initiated either at the surface on rolling defect, fig. 6 ( a and b), or on corner defect, fig. 7( a and b). t m. ouarabi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 112-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.11 117 figure 5: sn curve on smooth flat specimens in cp1000 (1.2 mm thickness) under tension-compression r = -1at 20 khz, with water cooling at room temperature. figure 6: a) surface crack initiation on rolling defect (samp = 360 mpa and nf = 1.6×108 cycles), b) crack initiation on rolling defect (samp = 360 mpa and nf = 7.6×106 cycles). figure 7: a) crack initiation at a corner defect (samp = 360 mpa and nf = 1.6×108 cycles), b) crack initiation at a corner defect (samp =360 mpa and nf =7.6×106 cycles) m. ouarabi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 112-118; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.11 118 figure 8: experimental ( )da f keffdn   curve in mode i under r=-1, for cp1000 (at 20 khz) with air cooling and at room temperature. conclusion n this work, the procedures for testing thin steel sheets in fatigue against crack initiation and crack propagation have been developed. flat specimens of 1.2 mm thickness were used. it has been shown that it is possible to obtain appropriate results by using high frequency resonant fatigue testing machine in tension-compression. fatigue endurance tests have shown fatigue strength in the gigacycle regime for cp1000 ferritic-martensitic steel around 352 mpa under fully reversed tension. for the crack propagation test on cp1000, the threshold value of the mode one effective stress intensity factor range is around 7 mpa√m in laboratory air. the proposed computing methodology is consistent since frequencies for each specimen geometry are practically the same in experimentation. flat specimens must be perfectly designed to avoid any problem with bending deviation of the stress amplitude or stress intensity factor. acknowledgements he authors thank the european commission for the financial support of the freqtigue (ceca) project and all the partners of this project: arcelor mittal, fiat, gerdau, karlstadt university, karlsruhe institute of technology, aachen university, university paris ouest nanterre la defense. references [1] bathias, c., paris, c., gigacycle fatigue in mechanical practice, marcel dekker, new york, (2005) [2] bathias, c., piezoelectric fatigue testing machines and devices, international journal of fatigue, 28 (2006) 1438-1445. [3] palin-luc, t., perez mora, r., bathias, c., dominguez, g., paris, p.c., arana, j., fatigue crack initiation and growth on a steel in the very high cycle regime with sea water corrosion, engineering fracture mechanics, 77-11 (2010) 19531962. [4] perez-mora r., palin-luc t., bathias c., paris, p.c., very high cycle fatigue of high strength steel under sea water corrosion: a strong corrosion and mechanical damage coupling, int. j. fatigue, 74 (2015) 156-165. [5] wang, c., microplasticité et dissipation en fatigue à très grand nombre de cycles du fer et de l’acier, phd thesis université paris ouest nanterre – la défense, (2013). [6] wu, t.y., modelisation de la fissuration en fatigue vibratoire à haute temperature; applications aux alliages à base de nickel, phd thesis ecole centrale de paris, (1992). i t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_26 c. m. sonsino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 200-206; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.26 200 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture multiaxial fatigue of cast aluminium en ac-42000 t6 (g-alsi7mg0.3 t6) for automotive safety components under constant and variable amplitude loading c.m. sonsino, r. franz fraunhofer institute for structural durability and system reliability lbf, bartningstr. 47, d-6429 darmstadt / germany c.m.sonsino@lbf.fraunhofer.de abstract. regarding the fatigue behaviour of en ac-42000 t6 (a 356 t6), which is the most frequently used cast aluminium alloy for automotive safety components, especially under non-proportional constant and variable normal and shear stress amplitudes with changing principal stress directions, a poor level of knowledge was available. the reported investigations show that, under non-proportional normal and shear stresses, fatigue life is increased in contrast to ductile steels where life is reduced due to changing principal stress directions. this behaviour caused by the low ductility of this alloy (e < 10%) compared to quenched and tempered steels suggests the application of the normal (principal) stress hypothesis (nsh). for all of the investigated stress states under multiaxial constant and variable (gaussian spectrum) amplitudes without and with mean stresses, the nsh was able to depict the life increase by the non-proportionality and delivered, for most cases, conservative but non-exaggerated results. keywords. cast aluminium; multiaxial fatigue; spectrum loading. introduction ince the 1970s, cast aluminum has found increasing access into automotive applications, especially for safety parts, such as wheels, steering knuckles, brake brackets, axles, and engine carriers [1-4]. fig. 1 shows an example of prominent automotive safety components, i.e. the multiaxial loading of a car wheel and its appertaining steering knuckle with acting reaction forces, which cause a combined non-proportional bending and torque on the shaft. because of missing necessary knowledge on the multiaxial fatigue behaviour of cast aluminium for the design of such safety parts a large investigation was initiated focusing on the mostly used cast aluminium alloy en ac-42000 t6 [5]. the present paper will report the results and the applicability of the nsh. material properties, specimens and testing programme material properties and specimens he precipitation hardened alloy en ac-42000 t6 with the heat treatment t6 contains mainly 7 % si and 0.38 % mg. the porosity state, according to astm e 155 [6], is p ≈ 0, i.e. pore diameters d ≤ 0.3 mm. the investigated alloy is a cyclic hardening material, revealing monotonic and cyclic yield stresses rp0.2 = 253 mpa and r’p0.2 = 307 s t c. m. sonsino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 200-206; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.26 201 mpa, respectively. the ultimate tensile stress rm = 310 mpa, the young’s modulus e = 71 gpa, the elongation e = 5.9 % and the hardness hb5/250 = 103 are the further characteristic mechanical properties. the notched specimens with the stress concentration factors ktb = 1.89 and ktt = 1.37 for the uniand multiaxial testing, were first cast and then, after the t6 treatment, the outer contour was machined. the geometry of the specimens is displayed in following figures. figure 1: acting multiaxial wheel-loads and reaction forces on a steering knuckle testing programme and local stress ratios the testing programme comprised uniand biaxial test series under constant and variable amplitudes without and with mean stresses, i.e. fully reversed loading r = σmin / σmax = τmin / τmax = -1 and pulsating loading r = 0. for the tests under variable amplitudes [7], a standard gaussian distribution with a sequence length of ls = 1· 105 cycles and an irregularity factor of i = 0.99 was used. under uniaxial plane bending, a local biaxial normal stress state occurs in the notch with longitudinal and tangential normal stress components σx and σy , which are related to each other by σy = 0.25·σx . the local stress state under pure torsion is also biaxial with the shear stress component τxy. for combined plane bending and torsion between the local longitudinal and shear stress amplitudes, a ratio of τa,xy / σa,x = 0.72 and the phase angles δ = 0 and 90° were chosen; this ratio lies in the range of ratios, i.e. 0.5 to 1.0, applied in different investigations [4]. for constant amplitude loading, about 10 tests per woehler-line and, for variable amplitude loading, about 5 tests per gassner-line were carried out [7]. the test frequency depended on the load level and varied between f = 10 to 12 s-1. the failure criterion, for which the results are presented later, was total failure. however, the technically detectable first surface cracks with l = 1 mm were also registered using video cameras. for the investigated specimens, the ratio between the fatigue lives to crack initiation and total rupture was on average ncr / nf ≈ 0.50, and the fatigue lines for the failure criteria technical crack and total failure revealed overlapping scatter bands [5]. the following evaluations will be performed using the fatigue lines for the criterion of total rupture, but, because of the aforementioned overlapping, they are also valid for the criterion of a technical crack with l = 1 to 2 mm surface length, which is required in the design of automotive safety components [8]. experimental results and discussion presentation of experimental results igs. 2 and 3 present the fatigue lines for total failure with a probability of survival ps = 50%. the gassner-lines, obtained under variable amplitude loading, are presented by the maximum stress amplitude of the spectrum and all lie, as expected, above the woehler-lines due to the lower damage under spectrum loading [7]. discussion of experimental results the stress amplitudes are local values, i.e. notch stresses which are, with the exception only of the highest levels for pure bending under spectrum loading, below the cyclic yield stress r’p0.2 = 307 mpa. this means that the evaluation of the multiaxial stress states can be carried out without considering any plasticity effects. f c. m. sonsino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 200-206; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.26 202 the outliers in brackets in figs. 2 and 3 were not considered because they did not fit into the expected course of the woehler-lines, based on past experience [9-11]. microshrinkages, acting as crack-starters on the surfaces, were responsible for these premature failures [5]. figure 2: fatigue behaviour of cast aluminium g-alsi7mg0.3 t6 (en ac-42000 t6) under fully reversed uniaxial (b = pure bending, t = pure torsion) and combined loadings (δ = 0, 45 and 90°). figure 3: fatigue behaviour of cast aluminium g-alsi7mg0.3 t6 (en ac-42000 t6) under pulsating uniaxial (b = pure bending, t = pure torsion) and combined loadings (δ = 0, 45 and 90°). the evaluation by regression analyses also considered slopes, i.e. inverse basquin exponents, k = δlognf / δlogσa,x , up to the knee points nk of the woehler-lines, known from various investigations with cast aluminium alloys [9, 10]. under constant amplitude loading, the values k = 5 for pure bending, 8 for pure torsion and 6 for combined loadings described c. m. sonsino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 200-206; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.26 203 the results very well, as did the values k = 6 for pure bending and 7 for combined loading under variable amplitudes. the position of the knee points nk = 1·106 to 5·106 cycles and the slopes k*= 22 after them were based on experience and recommendations given in [9, 11] as tests in the high cycle regime were not carried out. the determined scatters of the stress amplitudes tσ = {1 : [σa(ps=10%) / σa(ps=90%)]} were not higher than 1 : 1.26, i.e. they were much lower than scatters known from other investigations [1-3, 9, 11]. the most important result of this investigation is the fatigue life increase under non-proportional biaxial loading caused by the phase difference between the local normal and shear stresses. under fully reversed loading, fig. 2, this is more pronounced for variable amplitude than for constant amplitude loading. however, under pulsating constant amplitude loading, the life increase is most pronounced, compare figs. 2 and 3. unfortunately, multiaxial pulsating spectrum loading was not investigated. furthermore, from stand-point of hypothesis selection and application this result is very important, because a fatigue life increase under out-of-phase loading indicates the major role of normal stresses, which are mainly responsible for the crack initiation. selection and application of the appropriate strength hypothesis selection of the appropriate strength hypothesis here are several indications for selection of the normal (principal) stress hypothesis (nhs) for the evaluation of the results, i.e. the low ductility of the investigated material, e = 5.9 %, the crack plane for pure torsion under 45° [5], the high mean-stress sensitivity, the prolongation of fatigue life under non-proportional loading, see figs. 2 and 3, and, last but not least, the cleavages on the fracture surfaces after rupture, which confirm the sensitivity of the material against normal stresses [2]. application of the normal stress hypothesis for constant and variable amplitude loading for low-ductility (up to brittle) materials, the critical plane φ on a surface element is the one where the normal stress σn(φ) = {[(σx + σy) + (σx σy)·cos2φ] / 2 + τxy·sin2φ} or the cumulative damage of its spectrum becomes at maximum [2, 4]. when mean normal stresses are involved, then the normal stress amplitudes must be transformed to r = -1 or 0 by the mean-stress-sensitivity of the particular material [14] m = {[σa(r= -1) / σa(r= 0)] – 1} which is the inclination of the haigh-line in the mean-stress-amplitude diagram [12-14]. after determining the maximum mean-stress-compensated normal stress amplitude (or the maximum cumulative damage in the case of spectrum loading), which is the equivalent stress amplitude (or its spectrum) according to the nsh, the next step is its evaluation, i.e. the calculation of the appertaining fatigue life. for this, depending on the stress ratio for which the amplitude transformation is carried out, woehler-lines with r = -1 or 0, obtained under uniaxial loading, are needed. here, amplitudes were transformed to the ratio r = -1. in this context, the cumulative damage must also be addressed for the evaluation of the results determined under multiaxial spectrum loading. in this case, the critical plane is the one with the highest damage sum d = ∑(ni/ni). the appertaining mean-stress-compensated normal stress spectrum is then the equivalent stress spectrum. fatigue life is then estimated according to the palmgren-miner hypothesis and its frequently applied modification, where, in the high-cycle fatigue area, the inclination k of the woehler-curve is reduced according to [13] with k′ = 2k-i depending on the material [7, 9, 12, 13], in order to account for the damaging influence of small load cycles. for cast materials, i = 2 is suggested [7, 9, 12, 13]. the spectrum results from the amplitude transformation of the rainflow-matrix to the stress ratio r of the woehler-curve using the particular mean-stress sensitivity of the material. because of the well-known fact that the theoretical damage sum dth = 1.0 results in an unsafe estimate for 90 % of all published results [7, 12, 13], the life calculations are carried out using dal = 0.3 as the allowable damage sum, as recommended for cast aluminium parts in [10]. evaluation according to the normal stress hypothesis for the assessment of fatigue life, the calculated maximum normal local stress amplitude or its spectrum must be allocated to a woehler-curve determined for the local stress system under pure bending or pure torsion and for the stress ratio r for which the amplitudes were transferred. theoretically, for materials obeying the nsh, the wöhler-lines (or curves) for pure bending or pure torsion should be identical because, under pure bending the local normal stress amplitude σa,x is, at same time, the principal stress amplitude and the equivalent stress σa,eq = σa,1 = σa,x and, under pure torsion, the local t c. m. sonsino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 200-206; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.26 204 shear stress amplitude τa,xy is, at same time, the principal stress amplitude and the equivalent stress amplitude has the value σa,eq = σa,1 = τa,xy. figure 4: comparison of experimental and calculated results for combined fully reversed loadings according to the normal stress hypothesis figure 5: comparison of experimental and calculated results for combined pulsating loadings according to the normal stress hypothesis however, from figs. 2 and 3, it can be seen that the lines for pure torsion are inferior to those lines for pure bending, revealing differences in the slopes (kσ = 5 and kτ = 8), knee points (nk,σ = 1·106 and nk,τ = 5·106) and stress levels up to factor of 1.5. the differences in the slopes of these lines, determined under load control for the failure criterion of total c. m. sonsino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 200-206; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.26 205 rupture, cannot be attributed to different crack propagations under pure bending and pure torsion, because deformationcontrolled tests for the failure criterion of crack initiation also reveal the same tendency for pure axial strain and pure shear strain [5]. the significantly different stress levels under fully reversed bending are caused by the different highly stressed material volumes in the notches due to the particular stress concentrations. under pulsating loading, as the meanstress effect for bending is more pronounced than for torsion, the stress levels are quite close to each other. these differences make choosing the appropriate woehler-line for the assessment of fatigue life difficult. however, as the local normal stresses under combined loading are more dominant than the local shear stresses, the lines for pure bending are taken as starting woehler-lines for fatigue lifing: r = -1, ak = 147 mpa, nk = 1·106, k = 5, k* = 22 r = 0, ak = 97.5 mpa, nk = 1·106, k = 5, k* = 22 the mean-stress sensitivity, which is needed for amplitude transformations for r = -1 when mean stresses vary, is m = 0.51 resulting from the strength values at the knee points. fatigue lifing is carried out for the applied gaussian amplitude distribution with the sequence length ls = 1·105 according to the modified palmgren-miner hypothesis with k′= 8 against the allowable damage sum dal = 0.3 using the woehler-line for pure bending with r = -1. the experimental and calculated fatigue-life lines for fully reversed and pulsating constant and variable amplitude loadings are displayed in figs. 4 and 5. the application of the nsh reflects the life increase due to the non-proportional combined loading. except in one case, all results are on the safe side, by up to a factor of about 3 in life. the unsafe result for fully reversed out-of-phase spectrum loading differs by a factor of about 2 from the experimental outcome. regarding the stresses, the calculated values are up to a factor of about 1.25 on the safe side and, in the unsafe case, by a factor of about 1.10. in addition to this outcome, it can be observed that neither the slopes nor the knee points of the calculated fatigue-lines are in accordance with the experimental ones. the calculated results are driven by the properties of the starting woehlerlines and the experimental results by the combination of local normal and shear stresses. also, the comparison of the woehler-lines for pure bending and pure torsion indicated the problem by their different slopes and knee points. this was also observed in other investigations [15] and particular modified woehler-lines for overcoming these different influences on these properties were derived for the assessment. however, because of space limitations this will not be presented here. summary and conclusions he investigations carried out with component-like specimens of the cast aluminium alloy en ac-42000 t6 (a 356 t6, g-alsi7mg0.3 t6), show that, under non-proportional normal and shear stresses fatigue life is increased in contrast to ductile steels where life is reduced due to changing principal stress directions. because of the low ductility of this cast alloy (e < 10%) compared to ductile quenched and tempered and structural steels, normal stresses are considered to be the main damage driving property, suggesting the application of the nsh. fatigue lives under uniand multiaxial spectrum loadings were estimated by the modified palmgren-miner-rule using the allowable damage sum dal = 0.3. for all investigated stress states under multiaxial constant and variable (gaussian spectrum) amplitudes without and with mean stresses, the nsh was able to depict the life increase by the non-proportionality and, for most cases, delivered conservative but non-exaggerated results. except for one case, all results were on the safe side by up to a factor of approximately 3 in life. the one unsafe result, for fully reversed out-of-phase spectrum loading, differed by a factor of approximately 2 from the experimental outcome. regarding the appertaining stresses, the calculated ones are up to a factor of about 1.25 on the safe side and, in the unsafe case, by a factor of about 1.10. in design practice safety factors jσ for safety components of vehicles are in the range of about 1.7 to 2.2 [8] and cover the mentioned underor overestimation of supportable stresses by the nsh. if, in final durability proof tests, the fatigue life should be insufficient, then the required duration can be adjusted by simple geometrical modifications, e. g. by lowering local stresses by the use of larger radii, if this is not possible, by increasing thickness. as, for most safety components, the dominant loading partition is bending rather than torque or axial loading, to compensate the above mentioned factor of 1.10 resulting from the unsafe calculation, an increase of thickness by the square root of this factor, i.e. 1.05, 5 % only, would be sufficient. in the case of the conservative factor of 1.25 under predominantly bending loading, thickness could be reduced by factor of 1.12. because of the advantage of the t c. m. sonsino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 200-206; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.26 206 casting technology to perform local dimensional modifications, the mentioned thickness changes do not hinder the realisation of lightweight designs, even if axial loads would be predominant and therefore a local thickness increase or reduction would be linear to the factors 1.10 and 1.25 respectively. these results underline that the normal (principal) stress hypothesis (nsh) can be applied in its original form without any modifications for “fitting” the obtained experimental results, despite the not very significant limitations. underor overestimation of required fatigue lives or local stresses are, in any case, revealed by the durability proof tests, which are mandatory for vehicle safety components [7-9]. acknowledgements he authors acknowledge the federal ministry for economics and technology (bmwt), berlin, for funding the research project [5] and the research association for mechanical engineering fkm/vdma, frankfurt, for the support given during the work. dr. p. xin and imab, tu clausthal, are acknowledged for their experimental contribution [5]. references [1] sonsino, c. m., ziese, j., fatigue strength and applications of cast aluminium alloys with different degrees of porosity, int. j. fatigue, 15(2) (1993) 75-84. [2] sonsino, c. m., grubisic, v., mechanics of fatigue failures of cast and sintered structural materials under multiaxial stresses, konstruktion, 37(72) (1985) 7261–269, in german. [3] sonsino, c. m., structural durability of cast aluminium gearbox housings of underground railway vehicles under variable amplitude loading, int. j. fatigue, 27(8) (2005) 944-953. [4] sonsino, c. m., influence of material's ductility and local deformation mode on multiaxial fatigue response, int. j. fatigue, 33(8) (2011) 930-947. [5] franz, r., xin, p., improvement of fatigue life estimation for multiaxial loaded safety components of forged steel and cast aluminium by selection of appropriate calculation algorithms, final report – fkm/aif no. 16059 n/1 (2013), vdma, frankfurt/germany, in german. [6] ansi/astm-e 155-79, standard reference radiographs for inspection of aluminium and magnesium castings, american society for testing and materials, (1979). [7] sonsino, c. m., principles of variable amplitude fatigue design and testing, fatigue testing and analysis under variable amplitude loading conditions, in: mckeighan, p. c. and ranganathan, n., editors, astm stp, 1439 (2005) 3–23. [8] grubisic, v., criteria and methodology for lightweight design of vehicle components subjected to random loads, sae-paper no. 850367 (1985), warrendale, pa/usa [9] sonsino, c. m., berg, a., grubisic, v., structural durability proof of automotive safety components – present state of the art, sae-paper no. 2005-01-0800 (2005), warrendale, pa/usa [10] hänel, b., haibach, e., seeger, t., wirthgen, g., zenner, h., fkm-guideline – analytical strength assessment of components in mech. eng., vdma, frankfurt/germany, 5th extended ed., (2007). [11] sonsino, c. m., course of sn-curves especially in the high-cycle fatigue regime with regard to component design and safety, int. j. fatigue, 29 (2007) 2246-2258. [12] buxbaum, o., structural durability safe and economic design of fatigue components, 2nd edition, verlag stahleisen, düsseldorf (1992). [13] haibach, e., structural durability – methods and data for calculation, 3rd ed., vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2003), in german. [14] sonsino, c. m., leightweight design chances using high-strength steels, mat.wiss. u. werkstofftech. 38(1) (2007) 922. [15] susmel, l., sonsino, c. m., tovo, r., accuracy of the modified wöhler curve method applied along with the rref = 1 mm concept in estimating lifetime of welded joints subjected to multiaxial fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue 33 (2011) 1075-10. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_13_3637.docx a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 180 influence of additional static stresses on biaxial low-cycle fatigue of 2024 aluminum alloy a.s. yankin, a.v. lykova, a.i. mugatarov, v.e. wildemann, a.v. ilinykh center of experimental mechanics, perm national research polytechnic university, perm, russian federation yas.cem@yandex.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0895-4912 cem.lykova@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4873-6351 cem_mugatarov@mail.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2229-8181 wildemann@pstu.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6240-4022 ilinih@yandex.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9162-1053 abstract. in this paper, a previously developed modification of the sines model of multiaxial fatigue is reduced to an invariant form. model constants were determined for different sets of setup experiments. it was supposed to introduce an additional summand to account for the phase shift between loading modes. the model is used to describe the fatigue behavior of the 2024 aluminum alloy. low-cycle fatigue tests under biaxial loading conditions are presented, with one mode changing cyclically and the other mode remaining constant in magnitude throughout the test. the results of cyclic durability prediction by the modified model provide good convergence. keywords. low-cycle fatigue; experimental research; complex stress state; aluminum alloy; fatigue life; modified sines model. citation: yankin, a.s., lykova, a.v., mugatarov, a.i., wildemann, v.e., ilinykh, a.v., influence of additional static stresses on biaxial low-cycle fatigue of 2024 aluminum alloy, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193. received: 21.06.2022 accepted: 24.08.2022 online first: 25.08.2022 published: 25.08.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction owadays, aluminum alloys are widely used due to their exceptional properties such as excellent plasticity, electrical and thermal conductivities. a wide diversity of applications can be found in aviation, machinery manufacturing, and other industries [1-2]. some engineering components of construction elements are subjected to complex cyclic loads during operation, which might be a reason for the failure due to multiaxial fatigue [3]. also, some notches, nicks, and dents can arise in products or parts during their exploitation which is related to, for example, foreign object damage [4-6]. moreover, holes, fillets, grooves, and other geometrical features can be a part of structures. such geometries can be the cause of inherent multiaxiality. in this respect, the stress or strain fields in the vicinity of stress or strain raiser are multiaxial even under uniaxial loads [7]. thus, is crucial to consider the behavior of materials under the multiaxial loads in order to deliver fatigue life predictions. the need in studying complex fatigue processes brought a number of experimental works, which used specialized equipment, specimens, and methods of multiaxial loading. the main load conditions referred to in the literature are biaxial tension of cross-shaped specimens [8], tension with torsion, bending with torsion of cylindrical specimens [9-12], as well as n https://youtu.be/gnsniekqbtq a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 181 three-axial tension with torsion and internal pressure of hollow specimens [9]. apart from standard hourglass and tubular specimens, one tests weld joint specimens [13, 14, 18-21], specimens with notches, and other stress raisers [15-17]. load factors can significantly affect the fatigue behavior of materials under the multiaxial influence, for instance, the change in the ratio of stress amplitudes [22-25], the phase angle between the modes of influence [22-26], the ratio of loading frequencies [22, 27, 28], average stresses in the cycle [29-37] and others. it should be noted that different dependencies of fatigue behavior on loading factors may be observed for various materials. in particular, an increase in the average stress leads to a decrease in fatigue strength. such effect is pretty strong for brittle materials (e.g. cast iron) both in axial and in torsion [38]. however, it is lower in torsion than in axial for ductile materials such as steels and aluminum alloys [39]. today, there are plenty of multiaxial models that can be used to predict the fatigue life/strength of various materials. these approaches can be classified as stress, strain, and strain energy density models. some excellent reviews of multiaxial criteria are presented in works [40-42]. also, the article of papuga et al. should be noted [43]. it discusses the procedure in which the stress path is analyzed to provide relevant measures of parameters required by multiaxial criteria. the selection of this procedure affects the prediction results for out-of-phase cases. all these approaches are more or less accurate for different materials at various load paths, so it is important to validate multiaxial fatigue models in particular cases. in addition, it is vital to check the model application in case of notched and cracked bodies when stress concentrations exist. in previous work, the authors proposed a modification of the sines model to describe the fatigue behavior of 2024 aluminum alloy [22, 34]. however, this model is not invariant for the coordinate transformation in the case of disproportional loads, such as out-of-phase loads. in this paper, an approach to determine the model parameters to eliminate this drawback is proposed. then, the model was validated using biaxial experimental data of 2024 aluminum alloy. multiaxial fatigue model he previous model presented in [22, 34] has the issue that it is not invariant for the rotation of the coordinate system. in this regard, it is proposed to modernize the model in the following way. in the general case, the stress tensor is some function of time:    , 0ij ij t t (1) in the case of periodic loads:              , 0 ; ,ij ij ij ijt t t t t nt n n (2) where t is the loading period. let us divide the tensor into constant and periodic components. let each component of the stress tensor be known in some coordinate system. enter the value:    0 1 tmean ij ij t dt t (3) let us call it the average (constant) component of the stress tensor. in the case of rotation of the coordinate system:                                0 0 0 1 1 1 kl ki lj ij t t tmean mean kl kl ki lj ij ki lj ij ki lj ij t t t dt t dt t dt t t t (4) which proves the tensor nature of the introduced value. then the tensor of the periodically changing component of the stress tensor can be obtained:       per meanij ij ijt t (5) t a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 182 as a result, we obtain the decomposition of the stress tensor in the following form:       mean perij ij ijt t (6) it is worth noting that in the general case there may not exist a time moment tmean, such that σij(tmean) = σijmean. at each moment, the stress tensor is characterized by several quantities that do not depend on the choice of coordinate system. we choose the first invariant of the stress tensor i1 and the second invariant of the stress deviator i2 to use. thus, these values, taking into account eqn. (6), can be represented in the form:                                                                              1 11 22 33 1 11 22 33 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 11 22 22 33 11 33 12 13 23 2 2 2 11 22 22 33 11 1 6 6 1 6 mean mean mean mean per per per per mean mean mean mean mean mean mean mean mean mean per per per per per p i i t t t t i i t t t t t                         2 33 2 2 2 12 13 23 er per per per per t t t t t (7) the first and third of these parameters are time-independent, the second and fourth depend on time. let us determine the maximum and minimum values of the values to avoid the time dependence:                 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 max min max min max per min per max per min per i i t i i t i i t i i t (8) taking into account expressions (7), (8), let us rewrite the model of multiaxial fatigue in the form:      1 1 2 21 2 1 3 4 2 1 2 2 max min max min mean meani i i ia a i a a i (9) defining model parameters et us define the model parameters (9). in the general case (with no additional assumptions), two fatigue curves obtained for symmetrical tension-compression and symmetrical cyclic torsion, a static tensile test, and a static torsion test are needed to calculate the parameters. under static torsion: l a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 183            2 2 1 1 1 2 2 4 2 4 2 0 1 1 max min max min mean mean mean b i i i i i i a i a (10) under static tension:                  2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 0 1 ; 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 max min max min mean mean bb b i i i i i i a a (11) where τb is the ultimate shear strength. under uniaxial cyclic symmetric torsion:                0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 2 ' 0 2 1 2 2 min mean max min mean max a a b f i i i i i i a a n (12) where τ′f, b0 are material parameters determined from the fatigue curve for symmetrical cyclic torsion. under uniaxial cyclic symmetric tension-compression:                          0 1 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1' ' ' 0 1 ; 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 min mean mean min max max a a a ab b b f f f i i i i i i a a n n n (13) where σ′f, b1 are material parameters determined from the fatigue curve at symmetrical cyclic tension-compression. as a result, the model looks like this:                            1 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 12 2 ' '' 1 1 1 1 1 2 32 3 22 max min mean max min mean b bb bb bf ff i i i i i i n nn (14) a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 184 if there is one fatigue curve and a point on another curve, we can assume that they are equidistant, then b1=b0, the model will be rewritten in the form:                            0 0 ' 2 2 2 1 1 12 2 ' '' 1 1 1 1 1 23 322 max min mean max min f mean bb bb f bff i i i i i i nn (15) if there is one fatigue curve, we can assume that the tensile-compression and torsional curves coincide, then σ′f=√3τ′f, the model will have the form:              0 2 2 2 12 2 ' 1 1 1 32 max min mean mean b bb b f i i i i n (16) if there is only one static test, we can take σb=√3τb, the model will look like this:        0 2 2 2 2 2 ' 1 2 max min mean b b f i i i n (17) consideration of the phase angle between loading modes t can be shown that in the variants of notation (14)-(17) the model of multiaxial fatigue will not consider the phase shift between the normal and tangential stress components, which does not always correspond to the experimental data. in this regard, let us introduce an additional summand into the radical expression:       1 1 2 21 2 1 3 4 2 5 2 1 2 2 max min max min mean mean mini i i ia a i a a i a i (18) the last term of the radical expression will be nonzero only if there is a phase shift between the tangential and normal loading modes. the setup experiment to determine the constant a5 can be as follows:                           11 12 22 33 13 23 sin ; sin 2 0; 3 a a a a t t (19) thus                                                                          1 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 5 5 2' ' ' ' 2 ; 0; 0 1 sin sin sin cos 3 2 1 3 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 phase max min mean mean a per a a a a max min a a a a b b b b phase f f f i i i i i t t t t t i i a a a a n n n n (20) i a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 185 where τ′phase, bphase are material parameters determined from the fatigue curve for the described experiment (19). if the material is not sensitive to phase shift, we can assume a5 = 0. the fatigue failure criteria based on stresses are not able to take into account the effect of cyclic hardening or softening. if the fatigue tests are carried out under stress controlled system, the effect of cyclic hardening or softening is visible only in strain history, which is not taken into account in the fatigue failure criteria based on stresses. model validation he model validation was carried out using experimental data [26, 29, 44-49]. for each data set mean absolute error was calculated taking into account and excluding the phase shift effect (maephase and maeno phase). determining model parameters are shown in tab. 1. a comparison between predicted fatigue lives with taking into account and excluding the phase shift effect is shown in fig. 1. it can be concluded that consideration of the phase shift allows improving the accuracy of the fatigue life prediction. data set 1 2 3 4 authors a. fatemi et al [29, 44] y.-y. wang et al [26] t.-x. xia et al [45-48] x.-w. wang et al [49] τ′f, mpa 460.0 600.8 642.3 b0 -0.082 -0.104 -0.118 σ′f, mpa 1199.3 951.9 1324.8 b1 -0.133 -0.102 -0.145 τb, mpa 283.0 290.0 283.0 σb, mpa 450.0 545.0 450.0 τ′phase, mpa 595.8 583.8 690.3 bphase -0.140 -0.142 -0.171 maeno phase 0.240 0.210 0.117 0.162 maephase 0.218 0.150 0.110 0.157 table 1: calculated model parameters. a b t a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 186 c d e f g h figure 1: comparison of experimental and predicted fatigue live with taking into account (b, d, f, h) and excluding the phase shift effect (a, c, e, g) for data sets: 1 (a, b), 2 (c, d), 3 (e, f) and 4 (g, h). experimental procedure and results of particular interest is the study of low-cycle fatigue in the presence of the second component of small magnitude, which can occur under difficult operating conditions. experiments on low-cycle fatigue under biaxial strain conditions, with one of the modes (normal or tangential stress) changing cyclically and the other mode remaining constant in magnitude during the test, were performed at room temperature on an instron 8850 servohydraulic system at the pnrpu center of experimental mechanics. during fatigue testing on servohydraulic machines, the moving parts of the system experience a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 187 acceleration, so that in addition to the force applied to the sample, the load cell also records the force caused by the movement of the grips and fixtures installed. these test systems use sensors, particularly dynacell sensors, which have an accelerometer mounted directly on the load axis to minimize errors due to inertial forces. the deformations were recorded using an epsilon 3550-010m dual-axis extensometer with a 10-mm measurement base with a full range of ± 5.0 mm for axial displacement and ± 3° for shear angle. we performed pre-cycling in the elastic zone and determined young's modulus and shear modulus under static loading to verify that the extensometer was correctly installed. 2024 aluminum alloy was used as the test material. the chemical composition of the alloy consists (in percent) of fe, si<0.5, mn 0.3-0.9, cr<0.1, ti<0.15, al 90.9-94.7, cu 3.8-4.9, mg 1.2-1.8, zn<0.25, ti+zr<0.2, other elements<0.15. fatigue tests were carried out on thin-walled samples with an annular cross-section in the working part. a sketch of the sample is shown in fig. 2. figure 2: specimen geometry (in mm). three different levels of constant stress components were selected for cyclic tests to assess their effect on the durability of aluminum alloy. the values of the constant components were chosen from the tensile and torsional strain diagrams of aluminum alloy samples. the specimens were tested at two levels of stress amplitude for each biaxial strain scheme. tests were conducted at room temperature with a test frequency of 1 hz. the specified cyclic loading parameters are presented in tab. 2. constant normal stress m, mpa constant shear stress τm, mpa normal stress amplitude a, mpa shear stress amplitude τa, mpa stress range r(τr), mpa tested samples number number of cycles to failure, n 0 70 275 0 550 4 3411, 3598, 3347, 5344 0 110 275 0 550 3 1834, 1804, 1824 0 160 275 0 550 1 1144 0 70 215 0 430 3 51277, 26912, 30470 0 110 215 0 430 2 18819,16668 100 0 0 150 300 2 9545, 4825 200 0 0 150 300 2 5450, 5170 350 0 0 150 300 2 1910, 2978 100 0 0 115 230 3 106493, 77745, 82800 200 0 0 115 230 2 24468, 49650 350 0 0 115 230 2 11234, 11283 table 2: summary fatigue tests. a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 188 experimental studies of low-cycle fatigue under constant component conditions resulted in fatigue life values at different values of stress amplitudes. the results obtained, shown in fig. 3 and 4, indicate a significant effect of constant components on one of the modes during biaxial low-cycle fatigue on cyclic durability. figure 3: dependence of fatigue life on the level of constant value tangential stresses related to the stress range at the amplitude of normal stresses: σа = 270 mpa (●), σа = 215 mpa (■). figure 4: dependence of fatigue life on the level of constant values normal stresses related to the stress range at the amplitude of tangential stress amplitudes at: 𝜏а=150 mpa (●),а =115 mpa (■). it is shown that at certain ratios of constant and cyclic components, the durability decreases by an order of magnitude. calculation of fatigue life using the proposed model he experimental data obtained are used to test the proposed model (9) with a5 = 0. static tensile tests, static torsion tests, symmetrical cyclic tension-compression, and symmetrical cyclic torsion tests were performed to find the constants included in this model. the a2 and a4 model parameters include ultimate tensile and shear strength: the ultimate tensile strength σb of the alloy is equal to 450 mpa; the ultimate shear strength 𝜏b of the alloy is equal to 280 mpa. the coefficients included in the a1 and t a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 189 a3 parameters were determined from the fatigue curves obtained in symmetrical tensile-compression (fig. 5a) and symmetrical torsion (fig. 5b). a b figure 5: fatigue curves. coefficients σ′f = 1270 mpa, τ′f = 566 mpa, and exponents b1 = -0.160, b0= -0.135. the results of fatigue life calculations using the proposed model are presented at fig.6. the figure shows graphs of the dependence of the predicted durability on the experimental one. the colored dots indicate tests at different values of normal and tangential stress amplitudes. dotted and dashed lines on the graphs show ±2 and ±3 factor errors. a b figure 6: results of cyclic durability prediction according to the proposed model for samples of 2024 aluminum alloy: cyclic torsion with various mean normal stress values (a); cyclic tension-compression with various mean shear stress values (b). the above graphs show that when loaded with superimposed mean shear stress, all dots lie within the ±3 factor interval. this indicates that this model predicts well the fatigue life of the aluminum alloy under such influences. however, when loaded with superimposed mean normal stress, three points fall outside the ±3 factor interval. in this case, the values of constant normal stresses for these dropout points were 350 mpa, which is close to the yield strength of the material. as a result, we can conclude that the model predicts the result quite well at values of constant normal stresses less than the yield strength of the material and becomes significantly conservative at values of constant normal stresses close to and greater than the yield strength. in addition, it is worth noting the work of j. papuga [50], in which the authors also point out similar problems with this model. thus, it might be worth introducing an additional term responsible for the one-sided accumulation of deformations (ratcheting) into the model parameters to refine the prediction of the proposed model in the future. this term will probably allow a better description of the experimental data at high values of the static stress components. a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 190 conclusions he modernized sines model proposed by the authors is reduced to an invariant form. the time-varying stress tensor is decomposed into constant and periodic components. the maximum and minimum values of the first and second invariants of these components were used to record the model. it was supposed to introduce an additional summand to account for the phase shift between loading modes. model constants were determined for different sets of setup experiments. the proposed model was validated using number of data sets, which were taken from literature results. fatigue tests on samples made of 2024 aluminum alloy were carried out. it is shown that the model describes well the fatigue behavior of the material under symmetrical tension-compression with superimposed mean shear stress and under symmetrical torsion with superimposed mean normal stress at values of constant normal stresses less than the yield stress. at values of constant normal stresses close to and greater than the yield strength, the model becomes substantially conservative. acknowledgements   he work was carried out in perm national research polytechnic university with the financial support of the russian foundation for basic research (project number 19-38-90270) and within the state assignment of the ministry of science and higher education of the russian federation (no. fsnm-2020-0027). nomenclature   b0 shear fatigue strength exponent b1 axial fatigue strength exponent bphase 90 out-of-plane fatigue strength exponent i1max maximum value of the first invariant of the stress tensor σijper i1mean first invariant of the stress tensor σijmean i1min minimum value of the first invariant of the stress tensor σijper i2max maximum value of the second invariant of the stress deviator σijper i2mean second invariant of the stress deviator σijmean i2min minimum value of the second invariant of the stress deviator σijper maeno phase mean absolute error excluding the phase shift effect maephase mean absolute error taking into account the phase shift effect n number of cycles to failure t time t cycle period αkl coordinate system rotation matrix σa normal stress amplitude σb tensile strength σij stress tensor σijmean average component of the stress tensor σijper periodically changing component of the stress tensor σ′f axial fatigue strength coefficient σm constant normal stress σr normal stress range τa shear stress amplitude τb torsional strength τ′f shear fatigue strength coefficient τm constant shear stress τ′phase 90 out-of-plane fatigue strength coefficient τr shear stress range ω cyclic frequency t t a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 191 references   [1] liao, y.s., li, y.b., pan, q., huang, m.h. and zhou, c. (2018). residual fatigue life analysis and comparison of an aluminum lithium alloy structural repair for aviation applications, eng. fract. mech., 194, pp. 262–280. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2018.03.020. [2] fahim, j., hadavi, s.m.m., ghayour, h. and hassanzadeh tabrizi, s.a. (2019). cavitation erosion behavior of superhydrophobic coatings on al5083 marine aluminum alloy, wear, 424-425, pp. 122–132. doi: 10.1016/j.wear.2019.02.017. [3] esmaeili, f., chakherlou, t.n. and zehsaz, m. (2014). prediction of fatigue life in aircraft double lap bolted joints using several multiaxial fatigue criteria, mater. des., 59, pp. 430-438. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2014.03.019. [4] baragetti, s., gerosa, r., rivolta, b., silva, g. and tordini, f. (2011). fatigue behavior of foreign object damaged 7075 heat treated aluminum alloy coated with pvd wc/c, proc. engineering, 10, pp. 3375-3380, doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2011.04.556. [5] ruschau, j., thompson, s.r., and nichola, t. (2003). high cycle fatigue limit stresses for airfoils subjected to foreign object damage, int. j. fatigue, 25(9–11), pp. 955-962. doi:10.1016/s0142-1123(03)00135-x. [6] chen, x. (2005). foreign object damage on the leading edge of a thin blade, mech mater, 37(4), pp. 447-457. doi: 10.1016/j.mechmat.2004.03.005. [7] susmel, l. (2009). multiaxial notch fatigue: from nominal to local stress-strain quantities, woodhead publishing. [8] shanyavskiy, a. (2011). fatigue cracking simulation based on crack closure effects in al-based sheet materials subjected to biaxial cyclic loads, eng. fract. mech., 78(8), pp. 1516-1528. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2011.01.019. [9] malek, b., mabru, c. and chaussumier, m. (2020). fatigue behavior of 2618-t851 aluminum alloy under uniaxial and multiaxial loadings, int. j. fatigue, 131, 105322. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.105322. [10] itoh, t. and yang, t. (2011). material dependence of multiaxial low cycle fatigue lives under non-proportional loading, int. j. fatigue, 33(8), pp. 1025-1031. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2010.12.001. [11] itoh, t., murashima, k. and hirai, t. (2007). material dependence of multiaxial low cycle fatigue properties under nonproportional loading, j. soc. mater. sci. jpn., 56 (2), pp. 157-163. [12] lomakin, e.v., tretyakov, m.p., ilinykh, a.v. and lykova, a.v. (2019). mechanical behavior of x15crni12-2 structural steel under biaxial low-cycle fatigue at normal and elevated temperatures, pnipu mech. bulletin, 1, pp. 7887. doi: 10.15593/perm.mech/2019.1.07. [13] ribeiro, a.s. and de jesus, a.m.p. (2011). fatigue behaviour of welded joints made of 6061-t651 aluminium alloy, aluminium alloys, theory and applications, intechopen, london. doi: 10.5772/14489. [14] li, h., gao, j. and li, q. (2018). fatigue of friction stir welded aluminum alloy, appl. sci., 8(12), 2626. doi: 10.3390/app8122626. [15] zhao, b., xie, l., wang, l., hu, z., zhou, s. and bai, x. (2018) a new multiaxial fatigue life prediction model for aircraft aluminum alloy, int. j. fatigue, 143, 105993. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2020.105993. [16] htoo, t., miyashita, a., y., otsuka, y., mutoh, y. and sakurai, s. (2016). variation of local stress ratio and its effect on notch fatigue behavior of 2024-t4 aluminum alloy, int. j. fatigue, 88, pp. 19-28. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.03.001. [17] gillham, b., yankin, a., mcnamara, f., tomonto, c., taylor, d. and lupoi r. (2021). application of the theory of critical distances to predict the effect of induced and process inherent defects for slm ti-6al-4v in high cycle fatigue, cirp ann. manuf. technol., 70(1), pp. 171–174. doi: 10.1016/j.cirp.2021.03.004. [18] han, q., wang, p. and lu. y. (2019). low-cycle multiaxial fatigue behavior and life prediction of q235b steel welded material, int. j. fatigue, 127, pp. 417-430. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.06.027. [19] rodriguez, r.i., jordon, j.b., allison, p.g., rushing, t. and garcia, l. (2016). low-cycle fatigue of dissimilar friction stir welded aluminum alloys, mater. sci. eng. a, 654, pp. 236-248. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2015.11.075. [20] yousefi, f., witt, m. and zenner, h. fatigue strength of welded joints under multiaxial loading: experiments and calculations, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 24(5), pp. 339-355. doi: 10.1046/j.1460-2695.2001.00397.x. [21] pei, x., ravi, s.k., dong, p., li, x. and zhou, x. (2022). a multi-axial vibration fatigue evaluation procedure for welded structures in frequency domain, mech. syst. signal process., 167, 108516. doi: 10.1016/j.ymssp.2021.108516. [22] yankin, a.s., wildemann, v.e. and mugatarov, a.i. (2021). a.i. influence of different loading paths on the multiaxial fatigue behavior of 2024 aluminum alloy under the same amplitude values of the second invariant of the stress deviator tensor, frat. ed integrita strutt., 55, pp. 327-335. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.55.25. a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 192 [23] zhang, j., shi, x. and fei, b. (2012). high cycle fatigue and fracture mode analysis of 2a12-t4 aluminum alloy under out of-phase axial-torsion constant amplitude loading, int. j. fatigue, 38, pp. 144-154. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2011.12.017. [24] wang, q., xin, c., sun, q., xiao, l. and sun, j. (2018). biaxial fatigue behavior of gradient structural purity titanium under in-phase and out-of-phase loading, int. j. fatigue, 116, pp. 602-609. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.07.015. [25] liu, t., shi, x., zhang, j. and fei, b. (2019). crack initiation and propagation of 30crmnsia steel under uniaxial and multiaxial cyclic loading, int. j. fatigue, 122, pp. 240-255. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.02.001 [26] wang, y.-y. and yao, w.-x. (2006). a multiaxial fatigue criterion for various metallic materials under proportional and nonproportional loading, int. j. fatigue, 28(4), pp. 401-408. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.07.007 [27] skibicki, d. and pejkowski, l. (2017). low-cycle multiaxial fatigue behaviour and fatigue life prediction for cuzn37 brass using the stress-strain models, int. j. fatigue, 102, pp. 18-36. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.04.011. [28] pejkowski, l., skibicki, d. and seyda, j. (2018). stress-strain response and fatigue life of a material subjected to asynchronous loadings, aip conference proceeding, 2028, 020016. doi: 10.1063/1.5066406. [29] gates, n.r. and fatemi, a. (2017). on the consideration of normal and shear stress interaction in multiaxial fatigue damage analysis, int. j. fatigue, 100, pp. 322-336. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.03.042. [30] wildemann, v.e., tretyakov, m.p., staroverov, o.a. and yankin, a.s. (2018). influence of the biaxial loading regimes on fatigue life of 2024 aluminum alloy and 40crmnmo steel, pnrpu mech. bull., 4, pp. 169-177. doi: 10.15593/perm.mech/2018.4.16. [31] sines, g. (1955). failure of materials under combined repeated stresses with superimposed static stress, washington, national advisory committee for aeronautics (n.a.c.a), 6. [32] mocilnik, v., gubeljak, n. and predan, j. (2017). the influence of a static constant normal stress level on the fatigue resistance of high strength spring steel, theor. appl. fract. mech., 91, pp. 139-147. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2017.06.002. [33] papuga, j. and halama, r. (2018). mean stress effect in multiaxial fatigue limit criteria. arch. appl. mech., pp. 1-12. doi: 10.1007/s00419-018-1421-7. [34] yankin, a., wildemann, v., belonogov and staroverov, o. (2020). influence of static mean stresses on the fatigue behavior of 2024 aluminum alloy under multiaxial loading, frat. ed integrita strutt, 14(51), pp. 151-163. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.51.12. [35] zhu, h., wu, h., lu, y. and zhong, z. (2019). a novel energy-based equivalent damage parameter for multiaxial fatigue life prediction, int. j. fatigue, 121, pp. 1-8. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.11.025. [36] carrion, p.e., shamsaei, n., daniewicz, s.r. and moser, r.d. (2017). fatigue behavior of, ti-6al-4v eli including mean stress effects, int. j. fatigue, 99(1), pp. 87-100. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.02.013. [37] kluger, k. (2015). fatigue life estimation for 2017a-t4 and 6082-t6 aluminum alloys subjected to bending-torsion with mean stress, int. j. fatigue, 80, pp. 22-29. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.05.005. [38] tovo, r., lazzarin, p., berto, f., cova, m. and maggiolini, e. (2014). experimental investigation of the multiaxial fatigue strength of ductile cast iron, theor. appl. fract. mech., 73, pp. 60-67. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2014.07.003. [39] pallarés-santasmartas, l., albizuri, j., avilés, a., saintier, n. and merzeau, j. (2018). influence of mean shear stress on the torsional fatigue behaviour of 34crnimo6 steel, int. j. fatigue, 113, pp. 54-68. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.04.008. [40] karolczuk, a. and macha, e. (2005). a review of critical plane orientations in multiaxial fatigue failure criteria of metallic materials. int j fract, 134(267). doi: 10.1007/s10704-005-1088-2. [41] milella, p. p. (2013). fatigue and corrosion in metals, springer milan heidelberg new york dordrecht london. doi: 10.1007/978-88-470-2336-9 [42] carpinteri, a., spagnoli, a., and vantadori, s. (2017). a review of multiaxial fatigue criteria for random variable amplitude loads, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct, 40(7), pp. 1007-1036. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12619. [43] papuga, j., cízová, e. and karolczuk, a. (2021). validating the methods to process the stress path in multiaxial highcycle fatigue criteria. materials 14(1), 206. doi: 10.3390/ma14010206. [44] sharifimehr, s. and fatemi, a. (2019). interaction between normal and shear stresses and its effect on multiaxial fatigue behavior. matec web of conferences, 300, 16007. doi: 10.1051/matecconf/201930016007. [45] xia, t. and yao, w. (2013). comparative research on the accumulative damage rules under multiaxial block loading spectrum for 2024-t4 aluminum alloy. int. j. fatigue, 48, pp. 257–265. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2012.11.004. [46] xia, t., yao, w., ji, y. f. and wang, c. j. (2015). study on the accumulative fatigue damage rules under multiaxial twostage step spectra constructed by loadings with similar lives. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct, 38(7), pp. 838–850. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12256. a. s. yankin et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 180-193; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.13 193 [47] xia, t., yao, w. and lu, j-g. (2014). on the shear stress parameter of thin-walled tubular specimens under torsional loading. procedia engineering, 74, pp. 191–198. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2014.06.249. [48] xia, t., yao, w., zou, j., and gao, d. (2015). a novel accumulative fatigue damage model for multiaxial step spectrum considering the variations of loading amplitude and loading path. fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct, 39(2), pp. 194– 205. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12349. [49] wang, x-w. and shang, de-g. (2016). determination of the critical plane by a weight-function method based on the maximum shear stress plane under multiaxial high-cycle loading. int. j. fatigue, 90, pp. 36-46. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.04.010. [50] papuga, j., nesládek, m., hasse, a., cízová, e. and suchý, l. (2022). benchmarking newer multiaxial fatigue strength criteria on data sets of various sizes. metals, 12(2), 289. doi: 10.3390/met12020289. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_39_3729.docx y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 573 effect of friction-welding parameters on the tensile strength of aa6063 with dissimilar joints yashwant u. chapke, dinesh n. kamble department of mechanical engineering, vishwakarma institute of information technology, savitribai phule pune university, india yashchapke@gmail.com; http://orcid.org/ 0000-0002-6843-7415 dnkamble81@gmail.com; http://orcid.org/ 0000-0002-1312-2619 abstract. in this paper, the effect of welding parameters of rotary friction welding between aa6063 and aisi4130 and aa6063 and copper are investigated. the major influencing parameters considered are upset pressure, friction time and friction pressure of friction welding are considered for this study. the taguchi’s design of experiments was conducted for the influencing parameters and their levels. the tensile test experimentation was carried out and the results of the aa6063 and aisi4130 and aa6063 and copper are compared. the ultimate tensile strength of aa6063-aisi4130 joint and aa6063-copper joint was improved by increasing upset pressure up to 97mpa with fp of 71 mpa and ft of 4 sec. on the side of aa6063, intermetallic compounds have formed, as seen in sem micrographs. microcracks are forming on the side of aa6063 and propagates along the grain boundaries. the effect of the influencing parameters on the tensile strength of the dissimilar joints are studied using the taguchi’s doe and anova. from the outcomes it is observed that the friction pressure influence more on the strength of the aa6063 dissimilar joints. keywords. aa6063; copper; aisi4130; friction welding; taguchi’s doe. citation: chapke, y. u, kamble, d. n., effect of friction-welding parameters on the tensile strength of aa6063 with dissimilar joints, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584. received: 01.08.2022 accepted: 12.09.2022 online first: 13.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ne of the most effective method to join the dissimilar metals is rotary friction welding (rfw) which is economic and provides safety to operator and does not emit the ir rays, fume and smoke during the welding [1-2]. the application of rfw, in many industries such as aircraft structures and aero engine components, is required to join dissimilar metals which is inevitable now a days [3-4]. similar to it, linear friction welding (lfw) and inertia friction welding (ifw) were also used to join the dissimilar metals which gain the more interest now a days [5-6]. in welding of aluminium-stainless steel dissimilar metals using inertia friction welding, the intermetallic compound layer generated at the interface of joining which was seen to be increases with the increment in the rotational speed [7]. these innovative welding techniques to join the dissimilar metals plays the important role in the automobile industry where it requires light weight structures with high strength to weight ratio for automobiles. thus, the friction welding method becomes the o https://youtu.be/l37hqamdtoy y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 574 highly efficient [8] and promising technology to weld the dissimilar metals with narrow heat-affected zone (haz) [9]. in friction welding, among the two dissimilar metal rods, one of them is held in the chuck and rotating and another rod is fixed in the pneumatic holder. th axial load applied by the pneumatic holder generates the frictional heat which necessary to weld both rods together. the friction welding (fw) machine generates the required heat to weld the two dissimilar rods through their surface interaction while rotating. this welding is possible due to the intermolecular diffusion formed between the faces of two dissimilar rods. in the friction welding, the heat generated at the interface is lower than the melting temperature of base metals [10]. thus, the melting of metals will not happen in it. to get the strong joint, the factors like upset pressure (up), friction time (ft) and friction pressure (fp) influence significantly [11]. however, when the friction and upset pressure increases the heat generated and extruded metal heat also increases. in case of fw of aluminum and steel, the probability of generation of thin intermetallic compounds, which were brittle in nature [12-13]. the intermetallics, such as feal and fe2al5, were formed in the process of fw of the aa6061-aisi1018 steel [3]. the increase in friction time during friction welding while joining of aa6063 with ss304 [14], at low pressure, leads to increment in the temperature which softens the weld. thus, the increment in the temperature, due to higher pressure and ft, and cooling rate causes the inducement of residual stress in the welded joints. the addition of the nickel interlayer enhances the tensile strength [15] and addition of silver causes the reduction of magnesium in aluminum and reduces the width of intermetallic layer and enhances the tensile strength [16]. while joining of aa5052 and aa6063 with the friction welding, adrian lis et al. [17] observed that lower friction pressure causes the reduction in the thickness of the soft haz in turn increases the tensile strength of the welded joint. ajith et al. [18] studied the fw of the s32205 duplex stainless steel and concluded the upset and fp were the majorly influencing process parameters. many authors [19-22] used taguchi’s method of optimization and design of experiments (doe) [23] to study the effect of process parameters. literatures shows the dissimilar metals like aluminum-steel, steel-copper alloys, carbon-stainless steel, carbon steelaluminium are welded using the friction welding [24-28]. the joint's tensile strength will be affected by changes in pressure and time because the base metals' have different coefficients of thermal expansion. the objective of present work is to find the influence of the process parameters on the tensile strength of aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu dissimilar welding joints. in this work, it is intended to use rfw to combine aa6063 with aisi4130 steel and aa6063 with copper specimens. the main purpose of this work is to identify the rfw parameters to weld the dissimilar metals, like, steel and copper with aluminum to reduce the weight of the machine components. some of the applications where rfw of aluminum with steel are axle shafts, driveshafts, gears to shafts, hydraulic cylinder rod end, pipe to pipe segments etc. this study is for determining the influence of fw parameters utilized for welding of dissimilar metals on their tensile strength. the taguchi’s doe and anova has been utilized to analyze the experimental outcomes. the confirmation experiment will also be carried out to validate the experimental results. materials and preparation he materials chosen for this work are aluminum 6063 alloy, aisi4130 low alloy steel and copper in industrial and domestic applications. the chemical composition of aa6063, aisi4130 are listed in tab. 1(a-b). element ti cu fe zn si mg mn cr al composition 0.02 0.029 0.26 0.061 0.50 0.4 0.045 0.01 98.57 table 1(a): chemical composition of aa6063 [29] element c mn pmax smax si cr mo fe composition 0.03 0.60 0.008 0.010 0.23 0.80 0.25 balance table 1(b): chemical composition of the aisi4130 steel [30]. property density tensile strength yield strength elastic modulus elongation composition 8.93g/cm3 210mpa 33mpa 110gpa 60% table 1(c): properties of the copper [31]. aisi4130 steels have enhanced properties like corrosion resistance, ductile, moderate hardness, higher strength and flexibility and able to withstand shock loads. it is having the low carbon content up to 0.03%. its major alloying elements t y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 575 are cr, mn and mo. aluminum 6063 alloy have silicon, iron and magnesium as major alloying elements. copper is the soft, ductile and malleable metal and its melting point is 1084oc. among many excellent properties of copper, electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity are the properties which makes the copper to be used in electrical parts, due to the high corrosion resistance of copper, it can also be find applications in marine, gas and domestic plumbing industries. some of the material properties of copper are listed in tab. 1(c). methods welding parameters selection etailed study on rotary friction welding shows the possibility of effect of its process parameters on the joint and its strength. parameters influencing tensile strength of rfw joint are up, fp, ft and spindle speed (ss). in this work, the keeping the spindle speed (ss) constant at 1500 rpm, the other parameters such as fp, ft and up are varied which influences majorly on tensile strength of welded joint. with the increase of process parameters, to analyze the data, large number of samples must be experimented. taguchi’s design of experiment (doe) will provide the special design of orthogonal arrays which gives the minimum sets of experiments to analyze the data effectively. taguchi method is a statistical method for improving quality & is based on three loss function viz., larger is better, smaller is better and nominal is better and hitting the target with minimum variation. the taguchi’s doe is carried out using the commercially available statistical tool for the process parameters fp, ft and up with the three levels as mentioned in the tab. 2. the levels considered in this work are based on the literature referred and as per the specification of the rfw machine available. tab. 3 list the design of experiments (doe) carried out using the taguchi’s l9 orthogonal array. process parameter fp, mpa ft, sec up, mpa level 1 48 2 38 level 2 71 4 68 level 3 97 6 97 table 2: levels of process parameters considered. case friction pressure mpa friction time sec upset pressure mpa 1 48 2 38 2 48 4 68 3 48 6 97 4 71 2 68 5 71 4 97 6 71 6 38 7 97 2 97 8 97 4 38 9 97 6 68 table 3: experimental trail run using doe. experimentation fig.1 shows the rfw machine, where workpiece 1 (aa6063) is fixed in chuck and rotating at 1500rpm and the workpiece 2 (aisi4130/cu) is held in pneumatic holder which pushes it in axial direction for certain time (fp). d y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 576 figure 1: experimental set up (rotary friction welding machine) ft 12. the workpiece (aa6063, aisi4130 and copper) dimensions considered are 25mm diameter and length 100mm. the surfaces of the workpieces are prepared well so that welding surface will be free from imperfections. in this welding, joining of dissimilar metals requires influence of pressure and relative motion of the two workpieces. in comparison with steel and copper, degree of deformation is larger for aluminum. thus, the weld flash on aa6063 is larger (shown in fig.2). due to higher thermal conductivity of aa6063, it is cooled fast then the steel. the fig. 2 shows the welded samples of aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu using the rfw. figure 2(a): specimens prepared using aa6063 and aisi4130. figure 2(b): specimens prepared using aa6063 and copper. y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 577 figure 3: aa6063 and copper welded specimen prepared for tensile test. the tensile testing experimentation has been carried out for the specimen of dimensions: 6mm gauge diameter, 50mm gauge length as prescribed by the astm standard in a computerized universal testing machine. the tensile tests have been carried out for aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu welded specimens. the results of the experiment such as load and displacement are recorded and analyzed to evaluate the tensile strength. the three specimens were tested for each cases and average values have been listed in the tab. 4. the standard deviations are ranging from 0.5 to 2.6. results and discussions optimization he experimental values of the tensile strength of aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu welded specimens were determined. the comparison of results of both the experimentations were listed in the tab. 4. from comparison, it is seen that aa6063-aisi4130 dissimilar welded joints exhibits the better tensile strength than the aa6063-cu welded joints. case friction pressure mpa friction time sec upset pressure mpa tensile strength, mpa aa6063-aisi4130 aa6063-cu 1 48 2 38 223 154 2 48 4 68 266 196 3 48 6 97 248 183 4 71 2 68 271 200 5 71 4 97 301 222 6 71 6 38 285 201 7 97 2 97 247 182 8 97 4 38 259 181 9 97 6 68 268 198 table 4: tensile strength of aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu for different welding conditions. in comparison with the aa6063-cu, the tensile strength of the aa6063-aisi4130 steel exhibits the highest tensile strength. the increased strength of aa6063-aisi4130 steel is due to the higher strength of the steel than the copper. for all cases of taguchi’s doe, aa6063-aisi4130 steel provides the highest strength. the obtained results of the experimentations are the input functions for the taguchi’s analysis. commercially available statistical tool is used to analyze the obtained result for aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu dissimilar welding joints. the quality attributes were determined by transferring the results into the signal to noise(s/n) ratio. the influence of the process parameters like up, fp and ft on the tensile strength of the aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu dissimilar welding joints are analyzed using the signal to noise ratio. t y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 578 figure 4(a): main effects plot for sn ratios – aa6063-aisi4130. figure 4(b): main effects plot for sn ratios – aa6063-cu. the factors fp, ft and up are statistically major in the s/n ratio and are also observed that fp significantly influence results of the tensile strength followed by ft and up. fig. 4(a) and 4(b) displays the influence of the factors fp, ft and up on the tensile strength of the said welded joints. 977148 49.2 48.9 48.6 48.3 48.0 642 976838 fp m ea n of s n ra tio s ( te ns ile s tre ng th m pa ) ft up main effects plot for sn ratios (aa6063-aisi41 30) data means signal-to-noise: larger is better 977148 46.4 46.2 46.0 45.8 45.6 45.4 45.2 45.0 642 976838 fp m ea n of s n ra tio s ( te ns ile s tre ng th m pa ) ft up main effects plot for sn ratios (aa6063-cu) data means signal-to-noise: larger is better y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 579 from fig 4(a) and 4(b) it is seen that as the increment in the process parameters such as ft, fp and up causes increment in the tensile strength initially for the both aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu welded joints. further increment in fp, ft and up the decrement in the tensile strength has been observed. it is obvious that increment in the pressure deceases the strength of the welded joints. analysis of variance (anova) the experimental results, which inputted into the taguchi’s doe, were analyzed using anova. anova gives the confidence level of each parameter and its percentage contribution on the tensile strength of the welded joints. the confidence level considered here is 95%, thus the significant level is 0.05. the contribution of each parameter on the strength is given in tab. 5. source degrees of freedom sequential sum of squares adjusted mean squares f-value p-value % contribution friction pressure 2 2517.56 1258.78 35.85 0.027 61.1 friction time 2 1272.22 636.11 18.12 0.052 30.9 upset pressure 2 262.89 131.44 3.74 0.211 6.3 error 2 70.22 35.11 1.7 total 8 4122.89 table 5(a): anova for tensile strength of aa6063-aisi4130. from the tab. 5(a) and 5(b) it has been seen that the fp has the significant effect about 61.1% and 50.3%on the tensile strength of aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu respectively. thus, the fp is the significant factor in the tensile strength of the aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu joints followed by the ft about 30.9% and 25% whereas the up have least influence (6.3% and 23.2%) on the tensile strength. the pooled error is only 1.7% and 1.5%. as a result of the investigation, it is advised that fp, followed by the ft and up, has the major impact on the tensile strength of the mentioned dissimilar welds. source degrees of freedom sequential sum of squares adjusted mean squares f-value p-value % contribution friction pressure 2 1402.57 701.28 32.86 0.03 50.3 friction time 2 697.71 348.85 16.34 0.058 25.0 upset pressure 2 648.09 324.05 15.18 0.062 23.2 error 2 42.69 21.34 1.5 total 8 2791.05 table 5(b): anova for tensile strength of aa6063-cu. microstructure fig. 4(a) displays the optical microstructure of the aa6063-aisi4130 joint at the r/2 location. on the aa6063 side of the joint, there were primarily two zones: base material (bm) zone and heat-affected zone (haz). between bm and haz, the dynamic recrystallized zone (drz) and thermal mechanically affected zone (tmaz) can be found. the thermalmechanical connection effect caused the interface temperature to rise quickly during friction welding, which encouraged the recovery and dynamic recrystallization of the aluminum alloy close to the interface. the microstructure evolved from fine, equiaxed grains to streamline shapes, leading to the formation of the dynamic recrystallized zone. in a transition zone (tmaz), where most grains were bent, and most partial grains underwent dynamic recrystallization. streamlines also underwent considerable plastic deformation, changing from their original straight to curved shape. because the interface temperature, which was lower than that of fusion welding but still reached the dynamic recrystallization temperature, grains in the haz were smaller than those of the bm in fig. 4(a). the joint also primarily had two zones on the aisi4130 side: the bm and haz. because of broken of partial original grains, by increased up at higher temperature along the interface, the grains in the haz on the aisi4130 side were finer. y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 580 figure 4(a) optical microstructure at joint interface, bm, haz of aa6063-aisi4130 as shown in fig. 4, the obvious reaction layer between aa6063 and aisi4130 developed with an average thickness of 2.5μm as a result of the shared distribution of alloying materials under the influence of thermo-mechanical coupling. the interface between reaction layer and aisi4130 was smooth, whereas the interface between reaction layer and aa6063 was rough as shown in fig. 4(a), indicating that the reaction layer advance towards the side of aa6063. the microstructure of the reaction layer in the r/2 site under various welding circumstances is shown in fig. 4(b). the thickness of the interfacial intermetallic compounds (imc) initially declined with an upset pressure of 97 mpa, but it subsequently began to stabilize (approaching 2.50μm) as friction pressure increased. figure 4(b) interfacial microstructure of the joint for different up of aa6063-aisi4130. y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 581 it was evident from the examination of the interfacial microstructure that excessive interfacial imc thickness significantly reduced the uts of aa6063-aisi4130 joint. in order to thoroughly extrude the oxidized metal and dangerous contaminants in the interface, which was advantageous to metallurgical reaction, it was profitable to increase upset pressure. the uts of joints was improved by increasing upset pressure up to 97mpa with friction pressure of 71 mpa and friction time of 4 sec. according to the analysis above, the ideal parameters were fp=71mpa, ft=4sec, and up=97mpa, with a maximum uts of 301 mpa for the aa6063-aisi4130 joint. figure 5(a): optical microstructure at joint interface, bm, haz of aa6063-copper after up of 68mpa, backscattered pictures at the interface show a decline in aa6063-copper joint quality (fig. 5(a)). at the interface center, a flaw in incomplete joining may be detected. cracks developed in aluminum close to the interface at the r/2 and edge positions. microcracks may be seen on the side of aa6063 in the backscattered picture at the edge position (fig. 5(a)). from the fig. 5(a), it can be observed that the propagation of irregular microcracks along the grain boundaries of aa6063 at edge position. the tensile strength of edge samples that underwent up of 97mpa drastically decreased because of the presence of microcracks. figure 5(b) interfacial microstructure of the aa6063-copper joint for different up the interface of the two layers of the aa6063-copper joint for different up is given in fig. 5(b). the dark imc layer near the aa6063 appears to be al2cu, and the other layer's composition is similar to al4cu9. al2cu and al4cu9 layers can't be separated from one another because imc layers are relatively flat and parallel in the centre. the thickness of imc layers grows as the distance from the centre rises, and some minor imc particles disperse in the aa6063 at the r/2 position. after up of 38mpa, the imc layer thickness slightly increases. the uts of aa6063-copper joint was improved by increasing upset pressure up to 97mpa with fp of 71 mpa and ft of 4 sec which gets the maximum uts of 222 mpa. confirmation experiment the final step in design process is the confirmation experiment. the experimental outcomes attained must validate using the statistical analysis. the statistical analysis was determined using the regression equation carried out using minitab tool. the regression model gives the relation between the variable and the response, by fitting the linear equation to the existing data. the regression eqns. 1 and 2 respectively obtained from the analysis of aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu welded joints. tensile strength of aa6063-aisi4130 = 211.8 + 0.285 fp + 5.00 ft + 0.165 up (1) y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 582 tensile strength of aa6063-cu = 141.5 + 0.210 fp + 3.77 ft + 0.287 up (2) case aa6063-aisi4130 tensile strength, mpa aa6063-cu tensile strength, mpa experimental statistical % error experimental statistical % error 1 223 243 8.1 154 170 9.3 2 266 258 3.1 196 187 4.8 3 248 273 9.0 183 203 9.8 4 271 253 6.7 200 183 8.4 5 301 268 11.1 222 199 10.3 6 285 268 6.0 201 190 5.8 7 247 263 5.9 182 195 6.6 8 259 263 1.4 181 186 2.5 9 268 278 3.5 198 202 2.2 table 6: comparison of experimental and statistical results according to the results of the anova, fp is the most important factor that affects tensile strength, followed by ft, and up is the least important component. the regression eqns. 1 and 2 shows that an increase in the fp, ft, and up results in an increase in the tensile strength which can be also seen in fig 4. tab. 6 compares the results of the experiment with the statistical conclusions drawn from the regression model. the experimental and statistical tensile strength values were observed to vary by an error percentage ranging from 1.4 to 11.1 percent for welded joints made of aa6063aisi4130, whereas it varies from 2.2 to 10.3 percent for aa6063-cu. as a result, except for case 5, the tensile strength estimated by the experimental and regression models agree with one another, with an error rate of less than 10 percent. hence the validation of experimental and statistical results, agree with each other and are within the permissible error [20]. conclusions he experimental work on rfw of aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu dissimilar metal welded joints led to the following conclusions.  the rfw of the dissimilar joints such as aa6063-aisi4130 and aa6063-cu was successfully performed using different parameters. the maximum tensile strength obtained for the aa6063-aisi4130 is 26% higher than aa6063-cu welded joints. this is a result of the use of aisi4130, which is stronger than copper and aluminum.  the taguchi’s and anova analysis reveals that the fp influences more on the tensile strength of mentioned welded joints followed by the ft and up.  the sem micrographs reveals the formation of intermetallic compounds on the side of aa6063. the formation of microcracks is on the side of aa6063 which propagates along the grain boundaries at r/2 location. thus, the failure occurs at the aa6063.  the confirmation experiment through the statistical analysis agrees with the experimental results. thus, the experimental results were validated. funding his research received no specific grant from any funding agency in the public, commercial, or not-for-profit sectors. t t y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 583 conflict of interest he authors declare that they have no conflict of interest. references [1] patil, h. s., patel, d. c. (2022). al2o3 and tio2 flux enabling activated tungsten inert gas welding of 304 austenitic stainless steel plates, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61, pp. 59-68. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04. [2] el-oualid, b., chikh, s., abdi, s., miroud, d. (2017) thermal analysis during a rotational friction welding. appl therm eng 110, pp. 1543–1553. doi: 10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2016.09.067. [3] emel, t., gould, j.e., lippold, j.c. (2010) dissimilar friction welding of 6061-t6 aluminium and aisi 1018 steel: properties and microstructural characterisation. mater des 31, pp.2305–2311. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2009.12.010 [4] anthony, r.m., colegrove, p.a., buhr, c., flipo, b.c.d., vairis, a. (2018) a literature review of ti-6al-4v linear friction welding. prog mater sci 92, pp. 225–257. doi: 10.1016/j.pmatsci.2017.10.003 [5] baffari, d., buffa, g., campanella, d., fratini, l., micari, f. (2014) friction based solid state welding techniques for transportation industry applications. procedia cirp 18, pp. 162–167. doi: 10.1016/j.procir.2014.06.125 [6] kessler, m., suenger, s., haubold, m., zaeh, m.f. (2016) modelling of upset and torsional moment during inertia friction welding. jmaterprocess technol 227, pp. 34–40. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2015.07.024 [7] bounini, t., bouchouicha, b., ghazi, a. (2018). simulation of the behavior of aluminium alloys welded in fsw (case of aa5083, aa6082), frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46, pp. 1-13. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.01. [8] patil, c., patil, h., patil, h. (2016). experimental investigation of hardness of fsw and tig joints of aluminium alloys of aa7075 and aa6061, fattura ed integrità strutturale, 37, pp. 325-332; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.43 [9] hong, m., qin, g., geng, p., fei, l., banglong, f., meng, x. (2015). microstructure characterisation and properties of carbon steel to stainless dissimilar metal joint made by friction welding. mater des 86, pp. 587–597. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2015.07.068 [10] szávai, sz., bezi, z., ohms, c. (2016). numerical simulation of dissimilar metal welding and its verification for determination of residual stresses, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36, pp. 36-45; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.04. [11] nada, r., arsic, d., lazic, v., nikolic, r.r., hadzima, b. (2016). microstructure in the joint friction plane in friction welding of dissimilar steels. procedia eng 149, pp. 414–420. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2016.06.686. [12] ochi, h., ogawa, k., yamamoto, y., suga, y. (1998) friction welding of aluminium alloy and steel. int j offshore polar eng 8(2), isope-98-08-2-140. [13] ambroziak, a., korzeniowski, m., kustron, p., winnicki, m., sokolowski, p. and jarapinska, e. (2014). friction welding of aluminium and aluminium alloys with steel”, adv mater sci eng, 2014. doi: 10.1155/2014/981653 [14] kimura, m., suzuki, k., kusaka, m., kaizu, k. (2017). effect of friction welding condition on joining phenomena and mechanical properties of friction welded joint between 6063 aluminium alloy and aisi 304 stainless steel. j manuf process 26, pp. 178–187. doi: 10.1016/j.jmapro.2017.02.008 [15] fukumoto, s., inoue, t., mizuno, s., okita, k., tomita, t., yamamoto, a. (2010). friction welding of tini alloy to stainless steel using ni interlayer. sci technol weld join 15(2), pp. 124–130. doi: 10.1179/136217109x12577814486692 [16] suresh, d., meshram, g., madhusudhan, r. (2015). friction welding of aa60612 to aisi 4340 using silver interlayer”. defence technology 11, pp. 292–298. doi: 10.1016/j.dt.2015.05.007 [17] adrian, l., mogami, h., matsuda, t., sano, t., yoshida, r., hori, h., hirose, a. (2018) hardening and softening effects in aluminium alloys during high-frequency linear friction welding. j mater process tech 255, pp. 547–558. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.01.002 [18] ajith, p.m., barik, b.k., sathiya, p., aravindan, s. (2015) multi objective optimisation of friction welding of uns s32205 duplex stainless steel. defense technology 11, pp. 157–165. doi: 10.1016/j.dt.2015.03.001 [19] saleemsab, d., yasmin, b., bharath, k. n., rajesh, a. m., kaleemulla, m. k. (2020). optimization of process parameters of fracture toughness using simulation technique considering aluminum-graphite composites, transactions of the indian institute of metals, springer, 73(12) (2020), pp. 3095 – 3103. doi: 10.1007/s12666-020-02113-5. t y. u. chapke et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 573-584; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.39 584 [20] guddhur, h., naganna, c., doddamani, s. (2021). taguchi’s method of optimization of fracture toughness parameters of al-sicp composite using compact tension specimens. an international journal of optimization and control: theories & applications (ijocta), 11(2), pp. 152–157. doi: 10.11121/ijocta.01.2021.00990. [21] vishalkumar, d., ambad, a. k., saleemsab, d. (2020). optimization of process parameters for fracture toughness of al6061-graphite composites, structural integrity and life, 20(1), pp 51–55. [22] hareesha, g., chikkanna, n., saleemsab, d., anilkumar, s. k. (2021). effect of addition of sic particles on the microstructure and hardness of al-sic composite, metallurgical and materials engineering, 27(1), pp. 49-56. doi: 10.30544/590. [23] chaib, m., slimane, a., slimane, s., ziadi, a., m., bouchouicha, b., (2021). optimization of ultimate tensile strength with doe approach for application fsw process in the aluminum alloys aa6061-t651 & aa7075 -t651, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 57, pp. 169-181. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.57.14 [24] hong, m., qin, g., geng, p., li, f., meng, x., banglong, f. (2016) effect of post-weld heat treatment on friction welded joint of carbon steel to stainless steel. j mater process technol 227, pp. 24–33. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2015.08.004 [25] patil, h. s., soman, s. n. (2013). effect of weld parameter on mechanical and metallurgical properties of dissimilar joints aa6082–aa6061 in t6 condition produced by fsw, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24, pp. 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16. [26] mekri, h., bouchouicha, b., miloudi, a., christophe, h., imad, a. (2018). influence of the coupling between the mechanical characteristics and the welding conditions by the fssw process: case of the bi-material aluminum-steel, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46, pp. 62-72. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.07 [27] besel, y., besel, m., alfaro mercado, u., kakiuchi, t., uematsu, y. (2016). influence of joint line remnant on crack paths under static and fatigue loadings in friction stir welded al-mg-sc alloy, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 , pp. 295-305; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.34 [28] morales, c., merlin, m., fortini, a., garagnani, g.l., miranda, a. (2022). impact behavior of dissimilar aa2024t351/7075-t651 fswed butt-joints: effects of al2o3-sic particles addition, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60, pp. 505-515. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.34 [29] senthil murugan, s., noorul haq, a., sathiya, p. (2020). effect of welding parameters on the microstructure and mechanical properties of the friction-welded dissimilar joints of aa6063 alloy and faying surface-tapered aisi304l alloy, welding in the world, 64, pp. 483–499. doi: 10.1007/s40194-020-00846-x. [30] souza neto, f., neves, d., silva, o. m. m., lima, m. s. f., abdalla, a.j. (2015). an analysis of the mechanical behavior of aisi 4130 steel after tig and laser welding process, procedia engineering, 114, pp. 181 – 188. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.08.057. [31] https://matweb.com, copper, cu; data sheet. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_60_art_13_3385.docx m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 174 mechanical behaviour of sandy soils embankments treated with cement and reinforced with discrete elements (fibres) mohamed bouteben yasmine, boudaoud zeineddine faculty of science and applied sciences, department of civil engineering, larbi ben m’hidi university, oum el bouaghi, algeria. medboutebenyasmine@outlook.fr, zboudaoud@yahoo.fr abstract. it is well known that chemical treatment with cement and reinforcement with polypropylene fibres are considered as a solution to soil stability problems. this technique ameliorates the mechanical and physical comportment of the soil. based on this, this research paper aims at investigating the mechanical behaviour of a specific type of dried-cementedsandy soil reinforced with discrete elements such as polypropylene fibre basically through experimental tests. the latter is a series of consolidated drained triaxial tests which were carried out on sand samples that are prepared with 0, 3 and 6% of cement, reinforced with 1% of polypropylene fibre (12, 18 mm) randomly distributed. furthermore, those contents are measured by the volume of dry sand. in addition to these tests, the mechanical properties of two types of reinforced sand obtained experimentally, were used in a numerical analysis of a road embankment using a finite element program such as plaxis 2d in order to observe the variation of different parameters like safety factor and the displacements (ut, ux, uy). the test results showed that the addition of cement and polypropylene fibre of different accommodations increased both cohesion and friction angle of sands while the numerical results indicated that the presence of these additions improved the safety factor and decreased significantly the displacements. keywords. sand; triaxial; polypropylene fibre; cement; cohesion; friction angle. citation: yasmine, m. b., zeineddine, bmechanical behaviour of sandy soils embankments treated with cement and reinforced with discrete elements (fibres), frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186. received: 05.12.2021 accepted: 28.01.2022 online first: 31.01.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction s a result, of the noticeable demographic expansion and the different infrastructural causes are sometimes inevitable to build on an unsatisfactory geotechnical site. on this basis the improvement of the mechanical characteristics of this site is required. consequently, different techniques can be considered, namely: drainage, densification, cementation, strengthening, drying, and heat treatment. those techniques have been part of soil development for a long time. cement and fibre improvement have become a well-known and widely utilised methodology in geotechnics. fibres improved the soil's physical characteristics and increased its ability to support the charges. cement stabilisation, on the other hand, made the soil more resistant to climate influences. a https://youtu.be/x_022uitmj4 m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 175 the act of including cement with various amounts in the reinforced sand displayed that it acts fragile due to the increase in the compression strength [1]. additionally, the researchers discovered that the nature and length of the fibre had an impact on the yield matrix of fibre, cement, sand, and they found that the polypropylene fibres improved their mechanical behaviour and reduced the beach sand dilation [2-4]. hamed et al [5], also tested sand specimens reinforced with glass and polypropylene fibres under varied confining pressures and relative densities in a series of monotonic triaxial tests. the results showed that fibres improved shear strength by increasing confinement and relative density. hence, the features of biocemented sand improved greatly after the addition of fibres and the rise of strength was larger when polypropylene fibres were present. a series of compression tests, tensile tests as well as calcium carbonate content tests were conducted to investigate the impact of different fibres on bio cemented sand. according to the findings the presence of inclusions converted the fragile failure mode to ductile, the non-confined compression resistance, improved and increased as the fibre concentration increased, but it dropped when polypropylene fibre percentage exceeded 0.2% (this drop resulted in the fibre’s low elastic modulus) [6,7]. furthermore, the polypropylene fibre produced more residual resistance throughout the curing process. dry density, permeability, non-confined compressive strength (ucs), tensile strength, and microstructure were measured to see how fibre addition, affected the characteristics of treated sand with calcium carbonate precipitation (micp) created by scanning electron microscopy (sem). the micp-treated sand had a lower permeability, a higher dry density, and a lower confined compression resistance; however, the addition of fibre improved ductility, mode of failure, traction resistance, and dry density. the features of the treated sand were influenced by the length of the fibres as well as the fibre concentration [8]. on the other hand, a numerical modelling is one of the most widely used simulation approaches in civil engineering, notably in geotechnical engineering. it was constructed in order to obtain a comprehensive description of soil behaviour. skuodis et al [9], employed a plaxis 3d model to evaluate the damage produced to the geogrid during triaxial tests performed on reinforced sand samples, this model offered a clear explanation of the major cause of the damage by analysing numerical and experimental results. ver h. abioghli and a. hamidi [10], developed a constitutive model of generalised plasticity to predict the mechanical behaviour of sand reinforced with cement and fibre; as a result, the soil behaviour was well characterised by this model. the main aim of this research paper is to work on sandy soil (from two different regions) reinforced with fibre and cement, using 1% pp fibres (12, 18 mm) randomly distributed and 0, 3 and 6% cement. the first portion depicts the samples' mechanical behaviour in triaxial tests, while the second part is a parametric analysis on a road embankment with and without reinforcing using a finite element program and based on the experimental results. figure 1: grain size distribution curves for the sands experimental he materials used and tested in this study are two dune grains of sand from algeria, skikda (oued zhour and filfila). the sand of oued zhour (s1) had a density estimated at 1.62 g/cm³ with a uniformity coefficient cu and curvature coefficient cc of 1.5 and 0.93 respectively. the sand of filfila (s2) showed 1.65 g/cm³ of density with cu and cc of 1.03 and 1.9 respectively. fig. 1 demonstrates the gradation of these sands while tab. 1 presents their structures. t m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 176 physical property value (oued zhour sand) value (filfila sand) particle size such that 50% are smaller, d50 (mm) 0.35 0.38 particle size such that 10% are smaller, d10 (mm) 0.22 0.2 coefficient of uniformity, cu 1.5 1.03 coefficient of curvature, cc 0.93 1.9 density (g/cm3) 1.62 1.65 particle size such that 50% are smaller, d50 (mm) 0.35 0.38 table 1: physical properties of sands. the experiments were started on sand treated, with cement portland type ii (0, 3 and 6%) made by an algerian cement company which contains 2.28% residues, 2.41% insoluble, 57.22% paf 975, 27.83% cao, 3.12% fe3o3, 0.94% mgo, 2.02% so3, and 0.88% cao free. then reinforced with 1% discrete components (12 and 18 mm) randomly distributed which has a circular section, 32 microns thickness, 0.8-1.00 g/cm³ density, 0,91 g/cm³ specific weight, 160° fusion point and two lengths (12, 18 mm). the characteristics of these elements are shown in tab. 2 while the tab. 3 shows the different components and its abbreviation. the experimental work includes the preparation of the samples and the triaxial shears (cd). 42 samples have been consolidated for 15 days under a cell pressure (cp) 50, 100 and 200 kpa. fig. 2 presents the triaxial machine used in this work also fig. 3 shows the specimen before and after shearing. the purpose of this study is investigating the effect of cement and the addition of pp fibre on those sands of the two different regions. physical property fibres material polypropylene virgin colour natural white density 0.8 à 1.00 g/cm³ dimension 6 mm length 12/18 mm section circular thickness 32 microns specific weight 0.91 g/cm³ fusion point 160° table 2. physical properties of the polypropylene fibres used. cc (%) fl (mm) abbreviation 0 0 0%c+0f 3 0 3%c 12 3%c+f12 18 3%c+f18 6 0 6%c 12 6%c+f12 18 6%c+f18 table 3: the proportion of cement and fibre. m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 177 figure 2: triaxial machine. a) before shears. b) after shears. figure 3: sand specimen before and after performing the shear test. triaxial test procedure the procedure followed in this test is mixing the cement and fibre contents of the samples calculated from the volume of dry sand by hand (ordinary method) until the distribution of fibres is achieved. each sample is made up of five layers of mixed components, each weighing 125g. then it is encased in a silicone membrane (38 mm diameter and 70 mm long). the layers are compacted slightly, then saturated, consolidated and sheared on triaxial. the test compression program (cd) has the following steps. 1the preparation of the samples. 2applying a negative pressure to make the sample stable. m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 178 3injecting water into the specimen through the bottom drainage line to remove the air from the specimen by flushing it out. 4saturating the samples by increasing cell pressure gradually, once the skempton pore pressure parameter exceeds by 95%. (1) : skempton pore pressure parameter. : the resultant change in pore pressure obtained under the undrained isotropic compression condition. : the isotropic cell pressure. 5the consolidation of the samples under cp 50, 100, 200 kpa. when the volume variation reaches constant values, the consolidation is complete. 6under draining circumstances with an axial displacement rate of 1 mm/min, shear loading is given with regard to a constant confining pressure to specimen failure [11-13]. results and discussion of triaxial compression test tab. 4 shows the main characteristics of the tests (deviator stress, confining pressure, and axial strain). while figs. 4, 5 and 6 illustrate the deviator stress as a function of axial strain for sand, cemented sand, and fibre cemented sand samples under various confining pressures (50, 100, 200 kpa). furthermore, fig. 4 shows the variation between deviator stress and axial strain in s1 (continuous line) and s2 (discontinuous line) at a confining pressure of around 50 kpa. figs. 5 and 6 demonstrate the evolution of deviator stress with axial strain for s1 and s2 sheared at effective stress σ’c = 100 and 200 kpa respectively. it appears in figs. 4, 5 and 6 that the deviator stress increases with the increase of axial strain until a maximum value than it drops after the failure. cc (%) fl (mm) cp (kpa) deviator stress (kpa) axial strain (%) s1 s2 s1 s2 0 0 50 0.13 0.12 5.61 6.57 0 0 100 0.31 0.21 4.74 2.8 0 0 200 0.5 0.51 6.51 5.63 3 0 50 2.34 0.21 4.42 4.23 3 0 100 4.19 0.39 6.51 9.11 3 0 200 6.09 0.62 9.06 10.69 3 12 50 0.43 0.42 5.75 6.39 3 12 100 0.8 0.82 6.30 4.09 3 12 200 1 .02 0.96 11.02 12.61 3 18 50 0.7 0.61 12.57 13.67 3 18 100 0.93 0.87 12.27 17.99 3 18 200 1.5 1.38 7.40 11.26 6 0 50 2.92 3.23 5.04 4.64 6 0 100 4.35 4.16 12.97 15.73 6 0 200 6.83 7.28 11.06 12.80 6 12 50 0.77 0.76 7.69 4.37 6 12 100 0.92 0.89 5.54 5.66 6 12 200 1.58 1.52 4.39 4.21 6 18 50 0.81 0.79 1.72 5.18 6 18 100 1.46 1.14 9.91 12.46 6 18 200 1.59 1.6 7.23 13.43 table 4: summary of triaxial tests results. β    3β u / σ is  95 % β u  3σ m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 179 figure 4: stress-strain behaviour of s1 and s2 samples with cp=50 kpa. figure 5: stress-strain behaviour of s1 and s2 samples with cp=100 kpa. figure 6: stress-strain behaviour of s1 and s2 samples with cp=200 kpa. m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 180 it is clearly seen in tab. 5 and figs. (7, 8) that the inclusion of cement and fibre improve the cohesiveness and friction angle of both of these grains of sand. we can see that the cohesion is increasing gradually from 5.81 to 57.75 and from 6.97 to 59.59 in s1, s2 respectively. as well the friction angle goes from 33.31, 34.81 to 47.70, 46.55 in s1, s2 respectively. several studies have demonstrated that this improvement ameliorated the mechanical characteristics of the soil. furthermore, according to this study [14], one of the most important elements affecting the strength of sandy soil compression was the cement content; while the introduction of the pp fibre into the soil in order to evaluate its behaviour showed that it was a reinforcing ingredient in the soil particle binding [15]. as well the results of other experiments which were done by m.m. benziane et al [16], demonstrated that the inclusion and the increase of pp fibre improved the mechanical properties of the sandy soil. additionally, researchers confirmed that fibres have a significant impact on the mechanical performance of fibrereinforced cement treated sand (ctsf) utilised for road and pavement applications [17]. moreover, the presence of cement simply reduced the deviator stress, according to triaxial testing, as well as the addition of fibre to cemented sand enhances this deviator stress (fig. 4, 5 and 6). the failure is observed with the peak value. after failing, it decreases to a constant value. it has been discovered that ground strength with fibre had exhibited high strength, resulting in an increase in compression resistance and a considerable improvement in sand behaviour. because of its flexible shape and force qualities, the polypropylene fibre provided better ground resistance [18]. juan du et al said that cement soil stabilisation necessitated a high confinement pressure as well as a prolonged hard time. as confinement pressure rose, so did the tension of the deviator [19]. c’ (kpa) ф’ ° cement content (%) fibre length (mm) s1 s2 s1 s2 0 0 5.81 6.97 33.31 34.81 3 0 29.95 20.4 33.44 34.9 3 12 50.23 48.4 41.13 40.81 3 18 50.78 49.76 47.14 46.1 6 0 36.46 35.24 34.38 35.43 6 12 53.31 59.99 47.70 46.55 6 18 57.75 76.18 47.87 46.71 table 5: peak strength parameters for sands and fibre-reinforced cemented sands. figure 7: variation of cohesion in presence of components for s1 and s2. m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 181 figure 8: variation of friction angle in presence of components for s1 and s2. moreover, fig. 9 represents the amelioration of deviator stress with the increase of the confining pressure. the test results show that the cement percentage and fibre length increase as the strength increases. these observations are shown in both s1 and s2. in conclusion, the figures clearly confirm that the deviator stress increases as cement content, fibre length and confining pressure. these ameliorations are confirmed by researchers where they improved the soil reinforcement with pp fibre, however the cohesion and shear resistance of sand improved significantly as fibre content and length increased [20]. also in addition to this, the increase in the length of fibre has increased the ground compression indices so fibre have an impact on soil behaviour [21]. figure 9: variation of deviator stress with different confining pressures of s1 and s2. numerical modelling his study investigates the stability of a road embankment using the finite element method of plaxis 2d. this analysis was performed by using the results of the experimental tests. the model present in this study is 80m long and 10m high, the road embankment is 4 m high on top of two layers of foundation clay with varied characteristics, each layer is 3 m high. the studied variable is simulated on half of it because it is symmetrical as the fig. 10 shows. the mohr-coulomb (mc) model was used to analyse the road embankment (with and without reinforcement) in a drained condition, whereas the examination of the foundation clay soil was done in an undrained situation [22]. the mc model is a well-known, widely utilised today and is an initial estimate of soil behaviour in plaxis [23]. the 2d plaxis model was used to simulate the t m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 182 investigation of an in-depth tunnel excavation by the mc model. following this examination, the researchers discovered that as the tunnel's depth climbs, the colonies on the soil's surface shrink and approach their true values [24]. on the other hand, the excavation has increased again because of the unloading behaviour (softer or weaker) and the stiffness parameter that minimises deformation. [25]. two different sequences-modelling methodologies were used in this investigation. the stability of an unreinforced road has been investigated for the first time and the stability of the reinforced embankment model was then evaluated using various cement props and fibre lengths. the material parameters of the two sands embankments and the road foundation clays are shown in tab. 6. although figs. 11 and 12 depict the road's deformation before and after strengthening. a road embankment is achieved to calculate the safety factor, to observe displacement changes (total, horizontal and vertical) with and without reinforcing. the following steps have been used in the simulation of the problem: model creation; the input of material parameter and a simple finite element mesh may be generated; consolidation phase to allow the excess pore pressure and analysis the ultimate time required; characteristics computation (safety factor, the displacements). figure 10: geometry model of road embankment. parameter name clay 1 clay 2 embankment unit s1 s2 material model model mc mc mc mc type of drainage type undrained undrained drained drained soil unit weight above phreatic level ϒunsat 16.6 16.6 18 16 kn/m³ soil unit weight below phreatic level ϒsat 17.31 17.31 22 21 kn/m³ young’s ratio eᵣₑ∫ 2000 2000 2200 1500 kn/m² cohesion c’ 33.02 12.01 5.81 6.97 kn/m² friction angle ф’ 1 1 33.31 34.81 ° dilatancy angle ψ 0.0 0.0 3.31 4.81 ° table 6: material properties used in finite element analysis. m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 183 figure 11: material deformation mech of the road before reinforcement. figure 12: material deformation mech of the road after reinforcement. results of the numerical modelling and discussion tab. 7 and figs. (13-16) show the results of the numerical modelling. the safety factor increases as cement content and fibre lengthens. it goes from 1.38, 1.5 to 1.68, 1.8 in s1, s2 respectively. sandbox 1 and 2 displacements variations reduce as cement and fibre length increase until they reach a minimal value then they increase significantly. these results were confirmed in previous studies. the stability of a roadway slope was explored using the 2d plaxis to model the light weight of the embankment. the simulation revealed that employing geogrids as a reinforcing material improved the security factor [26], as well a study of a road embankment reinforced by geotextiles showed that the safety factor increased as the geotextile's tensile strength increased, while the displacements dropped [22]. in order to validate the existing model, the findings of the current investigation were compared to the data reported by p.s. wulandari and d. tjandra [22]. based on the test model the road embankment stability was assessed using the finite element approach in plaxis 2d. as a basic preliminary examination of the problem, the mohr-coulomb model was applied. according to the findings, level of the tensile strength of geotextile reinforcement tend to raise the factor of safety while the displacement along the embankment's base is reduced by the increasing geotextile tensile strength [22]. table 7: numeric model results. abbreviation sf ux (cm) uy (cm) ut (cm) s1 s2 s1 s2 s1 s2 s1 s2 0%c+0f 1.38 1.5 3.18 2.69 2.1 2.38 3.33 3.26 3%c 1.64 1.69 2.79 2.70 2.12 2.39 2.99 3.03 3%c+f12 1.67 1.8 2.79 2.68 2.13 2.43 2.98 2.99 3%c+f18 1.68 1.8 2.77 2.70 2.12 2.33 2.96 3.01 6%c 1.66 1.78 2.79 2.69 2.12 2.33 2.98 3.02 6%c+f12 1.68 1.79 2.80 2.67 2.13 2.39 3.04 3.0 6%c+f18 1.68 1.8 2.79 2.68 2.11 2.37 3.01 2.99 m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 184 figure 13: safety factor analysis of s1 and s2. figure 14: variation of total displacement of s1 and s2. figure 15: variation of horizontal displacement of s1 and s2. figure 16: variation of vertical displacement of s1 and s2. conclusion fter studying the impact of cement and fibre on the behaviour of two dune sand grains in addition to conducting the parametric study using plaxis 2d which was used to assess the stability of the road embankment. on this basis, the results of this analysis are outlined as follows: the addition of cement and fibre improved the sand's properties. the cohesion and the fraction angle increased exponentially with cement and fibre length. deviator stress, increased exponentially with cement, fibre length, and confining pressure. the increase in safety factor indicates the stability of the road embankment. the cement and fibre enhanced the safety factor until it reached a needed value, whilst the displacements (total, vertical and horizontal) dropped to a minimal value, then rose. when comparing the results, we find that the two studied sands have the same behaviour. 0 2 4 6 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2 cc(%) s f 0f 12f 18f 0f 12f 18f s1 s2 0 2 4 6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 cc(%) u t (c m ) 0f 12f 18f 0f 12f 18f s1 s2 0 2 4 6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 cc(%) u x ( cm ) 0f 12f 18f 0f 12f 18f s1 s2 0 2 4 6 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 cc(%) u v (c m ) 0f 12f 18f 0f 12f 18f s1 s2 a m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 185 data availability he author did the experimental results and the geotechnical analysis of sandy soil (skikda city) himself, and the produced numerical model, which supports the conclusions in this work, is accessible upon request from the corresponding author. perspectives einforcement is a well-known approach nowadays. the availability of fibre and cement has shown to be a solution in the laboratory for improving soil behaviour. furthermore, the influence of additions on soil, ground characteristics (safety factor, displacements) may be numerically investigated. abbreviations the following abbreviations are used in this paper: cement content (cc). fibre length (fl). oued zour sand (s1) with continuous line. filfila sand (s2) with discontinuous line. polypropylene (pp). consolidated drained (cd). cell pressure (cp). mohr coulomb model (mc). the total displacement (ut). the displacements in direction x, y (ux), (uy). 3% c+f12 means: 3% of cement, 1% of fibre length (12 mm). 3%c means 3% of cement. 0f means 0% fibre. references [1] raja, k., elakkya, e., manikandan, a.t., surya, b., nekila, m. (2021). strength characteristics developed in cement stabilized soil, iop conf. ser. mater. sci. eng., 1055(1), pp. 012039, doi: 10.1088/1757-899x/1055/1/012039. [2] jamsawang, p., suansomjeen, t., sukontasukkul, p., jongpradist, p., bergado, d.t. (2018). comparative flexural performance of compacted cement-fiber-sand, geotext. geomembranes, 46(4), pp. 414–425, doi: 10.1016/j.geotexmem.2018.03.008. [3] lv, x., yang, x., zhou, h., zhang, s. (2019). mechanical behavior of cemented sand reinforced with different polymer fibers, adv. mater. sci. eng., 2019, doi: 10.1155/2019/8649619. [4] kodicherla, s.p.k., muktinuthalapati, j., revanna, n. (2018). effect of randomly distributed fibre reinforcements on engineering properties of beach sand, jordan j. civ. eng., 12(1). [5] javdanian, h., soltani, n., shams, g., ghorbani, s. (2021). investigating the monotonic behavior of fiber-reinforced soil under triaxial compression using experimental modeling, model. earth syst. environ., 7(2), pp. 943–952, doi: 10.1007/s40808-020-00920-9. [6] lv, c., zhu, c., tang, c.-s., cheng, q., yin, l.-y., shi, b. (2021). effect of fiber reinforcement on the mechanical behavior of bio-cemented sand, geosynth. int., 28(2), pp. 195–205, doi: 10.1680/jgein.20.00037. [7] lei, x., lin, s., meng, q., liao, x., xu, j. (2020). influence of different fiber types on properties of biocemented calcareous sand, arab. j. geosci., 13(8), pp. 317, doi: 10.1007/s12517-020-05309-7. [8] fang, x., yang, y., chen, z., liu, h., xiao, y., shen, c. (2020). influence of fiber content and length on engineering properties of micp-treated coral sand, geomicrobiol. j., 37(6), pp. 582–594, doi: 10.1080/01490451.2020.1743392. t r m. b. yasmine, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 174-186; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.13 186 [9] skuodis, š., dirgėlienė, n., medzvieckas, j. (2020). using triaxial tests to determine the shearing strength of geogridreinforced sand, stud. geotech. mech., 42(4), pp. 341–354, doi: 10.2478/sgem-2020-0005. [10] abioghli, h., hamidi, a. (2019). a constitutive model for evaluation of mechanical behavior of fiber-reinforced cemented sand, j. rock mech. geotech. eng., 11(2), pp. 349–360, doi: 10.1016/j.jrmge.2018.11.003. [11] astm. (2011). method for consolidated drained triaxial compression test for soils, d 7181, annu. b. stand. [12] lade, p. v. (2016). triaxial testing of soils, john wiley & sons, ltd. [13] souadeuk, a., boudaoud, z. (2022). reinforced soft soil by csv with/without polypropylene fibres: experimental and numerical analysis., frat. ed integrità strutt., 16(59), pp. 374–395, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.59.25. [14] geng, j., chen, m., shang, t., xue, c., chen, h., zhang, c. (2021). the influence of an expansive agent on the performance of cement-stabilized coral sand, adv. civ. eng., 2021, pp. 1–10, doi: 10.1155/2021/8830070. [15] tomar, a., sharma, t., singh, s. (2020). strength properties and durability of clay soil treated with mixture of nano silica and polypropylene fiber, mater. today proc., 26, pp. 3449–3457, doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2019.12.239. [16] benziane, m.m., della, n., denine, s., sert, s., nouri, s. (2019). effect of randomly distributed polypropylene fiber reinforcement on the shear behavior of sandy soil, stud. geotech. mech., 41(3), pp. 151–159, doi: 10.2478/sgem-2019-0014. [17] chindaprasirt, p., jamsawang, p., sukontasukkul, p., jongpradist, p., likitlersuang, s. (2021). comparative mechanical performances of cement-treated sand reinforced with fiber for road and pavement applications, transp. geotech., 30, pp. 100626, doi: 10.1016/j.trgeo.2021.100626. [18] liu, j., bai, y., song, z., kanungo, d.p., wang, y., bu, f., chen, z., shi, x. (2020). stabilization of sand using different types of short fibers and organic polymer, constr. build. mater., 253, pp. 119164, doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.119164. [19] du, j., zheng, g., liu, b., jiang, n.-j., hu, j. (2021). triaxial behavior of cement-stabilized organic matter–disseminated sand, acta geotech., 16(1), pp. 211–220, doi: 10.1007/s11440-020-00992-y. [20] bao, x., li, l., liao, z., cui, h., tang, w., chen, x. (2021). study of silty sand slope protection from seepage flows using short fiber-sand mixtures, geosynth. int., 28(5), pp. 491–507, doi: 10.1680/jgein.21.00028. [21] al-mahbashi, a.m., al-shamrani, m.a., moghal, a.a.b. (2020). soil–water characteristic curve and one-dimensional deformation characteristics of fiber-reinforced lime-blended expansive soil, j. mater. civ. eng., 32(6), pp. 04020125, doi: 10.1061/(asce)mt.1943-5533.0003204. [22] wulandari, p.s., tjandra, d. (2015). analysis of geotextile reinforced road embankment using plaxis 2d, procedia eng., 125, pp. 358–362, doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2015.11.075. [23] tran, t.n.d., ahmed, z., nguyen, q.b. (n.d.). application of plaxis for calculating the construction stability and soft embankment in protecting ha thanh river, binh dinh province, 2nd conference on sustainability in civil engineering (csce’20), department of civil engineering capital university of science and technology, islamabad pakistan. [24] çelik, s. (2017). comparison of mohr-coulomb and hardening soil models’ numerical estimation of ground surface settlement caused by tunneling, iğdır univ. j. inst. sci. technol., 7(4), pp. 95–102. [25] gaur, a., sahay, a. (2017). comparison of different soil models for excavation using retaining walls, ssrg int. j. civ. eng., 4(3), pp. 43–48. [26] khan, s.a., abbas, s.m. (2014). numerical modelling of highway embankment by different ground improvement techniques, int. j. innov. res. adv. eng., 1(10), pp. 350–356. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 23 articolo 11 m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 103 scilla 2012 the italian research on smart materials and mems a numerical study of squeeze-film damping in mems-based structures including rarefaction effects maria f. pantano, leonardo pagnotta dept. of mechanical engineering, university of calabria, 87036 rende (cs), italy. mf.pantano@unical.it, pagnotta@unical.it salvatore nigro dept. of medical sciences, university of magna graecia, 88100 germaneto (cz), italy. s.nigro@unicz.it abstract. in a variety of mems applications, the thin film of fluid responsible of squeeze-film damping results to be rarefied and, thus, not suitable to be modeled though the classical navier-stokes equation. the simplest way to consider fluid rarefaction is the introduction of a slight modification into its ordinary formulation, by substituting the standard fluid viscosity with an effective viscosity term. in the present paper, some squeeze-film damping problems of both parallel and torsion plates at decreasing pressure are studied by numerical solving a full 3d navier-stokes equation, where the effective viscosity is computed according to proper expressions already included in the literature. furthermore, the same expressions for the effective viscosity are implemented within known analytical models, still derived from the navier-stokes equation. in all the considered cases, the numerical results are shown to be very promising, providing comparable or even better agreement with the experimental data than the corresponding analytical results, even at low air pressure. thus, unlike what is usually agreed in the literature, the effective viscosity approach can be efficiently applied at low pressure regimes, especially when this is combined with a finite element analysis (fea). sommario. in molte applicazioni mems, il sottile strato di fluido responsabile del fenomeno dello squeezefilm damping risulta essere rarefatto e, quindi, non modellabile mediante l’equazione classica di navier-stokes. il modo più semplice per tener conto della rarefattezza del fluido consiste nell’introduzione di una piccola modifica all’interno della sua formulazione ordinaria, ovvero nella sostituzione della viscosità del fluido con una viscosità effettiva. nel presente lavoro, vengono presi in considerazione alcuni problemi di squeeze-film damping, riguardanti casi in cui le piastre coinvolte sono dotate di moto normale traslatorio e casi in cui esse sono dotate, invece, di moto torsionale. tali problemi vengono risolti mediante una modellazione numerica 3d dell’equazione di navier-stokes, in cui la viscosità effettiva viene calcolata mediante apposite espressioni già note in letterature. inoltre, queste stesse espressioni sono utilizzate all’interno di modelli analitici già conosciuti, derivati anch’essi dall’equazione di navier-stokes. in tutti i casi qui considerati, i risultati numerici sono molto promettenti, in quanto essi sono caratterizzati da uno scostamento dai dati sperimentali uguale o inferiore a quello fornito dai corrispettivi risultati analitici, anche a basse pressioni. quindi, nonostante quanto sia usualmente asserito in letteratura, il metodo della viscosità effettiva può essere efficientemente adottato anche a bassi regimi di pressione, specie se in combinazione con analisi numeriche agli elementi finiti (fea). keywords. squeeze-film damping; finite element method; mems; navier-stokes equation; rarefaction. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 104 introduction queeze-film damping is the main source of energy dissipation affecting mems devices, like microaccelerometers, microgyroscopes and micromirrors. it is related to the presence of a thin film of fluid, confined between a solid moving surface and a substrate. the reciprocal movement of the two surfaces causes the fluid to be sucked into/pulled out of its tight channel. this generates a pressure field inside the fluid, which is then responsible of a resistive force to hinder the walls’ movement. squeeze-film damping becomes significant when the thickness of the fluid layer is equal or smaller than one third of the width of the confining surfaces [1]. such condition is accomplished in many mems applications, and it is the reason why studies about squeeze-film damping have increased since the 1990s. generally, the fluid flow through its tight channel is modeled through the classical navier-stokes equation, which simplifies in the reynolds equation under some assumptions (e.g., inertial effects, thermal gradients, and fluid out-of-plane movements are negligible). however, the main hypothesis for the navier-stokes/reynolds equation to be valid is the continuity of the fluid body. such approximation applies at high pressure (e.g., atmospheric pressure), but fails at low pressure. since mems-based devices may work in vacuum, it is important to have accurate modeling of squeeze-film damping even in this condition. the parameter conventionally used to evaluate fluid rarefaction is the knudsen number, kn. this is defined as the ratio of the mean free path of the fluid molecules (λ) to the characteristic dimension of the fluid channel (l): nk l   (1) where λ is [2]: 2 2 a r t d n p       (2) where r is the gas constant, t is the temperature, d is the diameter of the fluid molecules, na is the avogadro number, and p is the ambient pressure. for low values of kn (kn<0.01: continuum regime), the navier-stokes equation is valid, whereas for medium (0.011: free molecular regime) values of kn, continuum approximation does not apply and other models than the navier-stokes equation should be considered [1]. in spite of the intense efforts already done by the scientific community on modelling fluid rarefaction, there is still need of further improvement and understanding. in the present paper, a numerical approach is adopted to study some squeeze-film damping problems, involving either normal or torsional movement of the moving plate at different pressures, ranging from the atmospheric pressure to almost vacuum. the numerical results are compared to the experimental data, already available in the literature, and to the results obtained by implementation of known analytical models, derived from the navier-stokes equation. modeling of fluid rarefaction n the literature two main approaches can be found for modeling of fluid rarefaction. the first one is based on the introduction of a slight modification in the navier-stokes equation. in particular, the standard fluid viscosity (μ), which compares into its classical formulation, is substituted with a scaled quantity, known as effective viscosity (μeff), defined as: eff prq    (3) where qpr is the flow rate coefficient, computed as a function of the knudsen number. during the years, many expressions for qpr, and consequently for μeff, have been proposed. however, in the present paper, the attention is focused on those, which have been proved to work better [3-4]. thus, three expressions are considered herein, which were proposed in [5], [6], and [4], respectively. s i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 105 according to veijola et al. (1995), the effective viscosity (μev) can be computed as [5]: 1.159 1 9.638 ev nk      (4) the effective viscosity (μel) proposed by li (1999) is instead [6]: 1 3 / 6 el ca d bd       (5) where a=0.01807, b=1.35355, and c=-1.17468, and d is the inverse knudsen number, defined as:  / 2 nd k . pandey and pratap (2008) further improved li’s model, in order to achieve better agreement with experiments. thus, they introduced a scaling factor for d equal to 1.4, and proposed their own expression (μep) as [4]: 1 3 / (1.4 ) 6 (1.4 ) ep ca d b d       (6) where a, b, c, and d have the same meaning as before. since its simplicity, the effective viscosity approach could be very powerful. however, none of the above expressions have been proved to work well in all conditions [7]. the second approach for modeling fluid rarefaction is based on the molecular dynamics (md). as opposite to the first approach, in this case attention is paid to collision of the fluid molecules with the walls’ surface, whereas interactions between fluid molecules are neglected. in 1966, christian was the first to adopt the md for computation of the quality factor (qc) related to squeeze-film damping of a plate moving normal to the substrate. the expression he proposed was [8]: 3/ 2 1 2 c r rt q bf m p                (7) where ρ is the density of the solid surface, b the beam thickness, fr the resonance frequency, r the gas constant, t the temperature, m the molar mass of the fluid molecules, and p the ambient pressure. such model was validated through some experiments on miniaturized beams, performed in [9]. because of the resulting poor agreement with the experimental data, this model was further improved by bao et al. [10], who proposed their own expression (qb): 3/ 2 0 1(2 )b d rt q b l m p             (8) where l is the peripheral length of the plate confining the fluid, and d0 is the initial thickness of the fluid layer. with respect to christian’s model, which is derived from momentum transfer between fluid molecules and the solid moving surface, the model proposed by bao et al. is based on energy transfer, and it allows for consideration of the size of the surface confining the fluid and the effects due to the presence of other fluid in the surroundings. such model was further improved by hutcherson and ye [11], who performed md simulations in order to relax some constraints of the previous model, like constant particle velocity and constant beam position. however, all the aforementioned md models were suitable for describing squeeze-film damping in case of rigid structures. only recently, li and fang [12] improved hutcherson and ye’s model for description of even torsion and flexible beams. since the models based on md do not consider interactions between fluid particles, they do not take into account the viscous character of the fluid. thus, they are suitable to describe squeeze-film damping when the fluid is highly rarefied, e.g. the free molecular regime. furthermore, the simplified equations reported herein have been proved to not provide sufficient agreement with experiments [3, 9] and the more recent md based models require the development of proper more or less laborious numerical codes. the first approach, being instead based on the navier-stokes equation, considers only the viscous contribution to squeeze-film damping. thus, it should be effective only in the continuum and transition regimes. however, because of its simplicity it was also adopted in the free molecular regime, providing reasonable errors [3-4], too. the way such approach is usually implemented for computation of squeeze-film damping in terms of damping coefficient (or quality factor) requires the substitution of the standard viscosity with an effective viscosity term in the navier-stokes equation or in compact formulae derived from that. however, such formulae are available only for regular and simple geometries, where the plate confining the fluid has either parallel or torsional movement with respect to the substrate [1]. besides, it was http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 106 proved by the authors of the present paper that at high pressure solution of the navier-stokes equation by numerical analysis can be more effective than simplified formulae [13]. thus, in the following, the effective viscosity approach will be adopted, coupled with numerical solution of the navier-stokes equation. analytical modeling of squeeze-film damping in rarefied regime he literature provides compact formulae, derived from the solution of the navier-stokes equation, to describe squeeze-film damping in rigid mems structures, moving either normal or torsional with respect to the substrate. when the thin film of fluid is confined between a substrate and a rectangular plate, which moves normal to the substrate, the damping coefficient can be determined as [1]: 3 3 ab lw c h   (9) where l and w are the plate length and width, respectively, h is the thickness of the fluid film, β is a correction factor, depending on the w/l ratio, and μ is the fluid viscosity, which can be substituted with the effective viscosity, computed according to one of expressions (4), (5), and (6). there is an alternative semianalytical formula, which is valid in case of a rigid plate, moving normal to the substrate. this is [14]: 1,3, 1,3, 1 av m n pr mn mn c re q g j c                (10) where ω is the frequency of the plate movement, and qpr, gmn, and cmn are defined as:  2 3 2 1.016 ( / 2)12 1 1.016 ( / 2) pr qh q h tanh qh q j h q qtanh qh            (11)  26 3 2 2 2 2 768 mn h mn m n g ab a b          (12)  24 64 mn h mn c abn p   (13) where h and μ are the same as before; /q j  , ρ is the fluid density, λ is the mean free path, p is the ambient pressure, a and b are the plate sides, and nγ is a coefficient depending on heat conduction and temperature boundary conditions. as opposite to compact formula (9), here it is not possible to isolate an effective viscosity term, which could be changed according to other expressions. in fact, rarefaction terms are embedded within the whole expression. when the plate confining the fluid is provided with torsional movement, the compact formula to be used to determine the damping coefficient is [15]: 5 6 3 2 2 2 2 2 1,3, 0,2, 192 1 [ ] ap m n lw c h m n m n             (14) where h, μ, l, and w are the same as before, and η=w/l. similarly to eq. (9), in order to take into account fluid rarefaction, the fluid viscosity μ can be substituted with the effective viscosity, computed according to (4), (5), or (6). numerical modeling of squeeze-film damping in rarefied regime ince the versatility and computational power of modern computers, a numerical approach for solving squeeze-film damping problems can be a valid alternative to analytical formulae, especially when complex geometries have to be studied. in the present paper, numerical analyses of squeeze-film damping problems were performed by the use of a commercial finite element software, comsol multiphysics, at different pressure regimes, ranging from the atmospheric t s http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 107 pressure to almost vacuum. the main advantage of such software is its capability to perform multi physics analysis. thus, it is particularly suitable to deal with problems defined in different physical domains, like these, which contemporarily involve structural mechanics and fluid dynamics. the effective viscosity approach was adopted to take into account fluid rarefaction. thus, a full 3d incompressible navier-stokes equation was solved, which included both the air between the moving plate and the substrate, and the air in their surroundings. rarefaction of the air between the moving plate and the substrate, was modeled by computing the effective viscosity through one of expressions (4), (5), or (6). to model rarefaction of the air in the surroundings of the moving plate, the effective viscosity approach cannot be adopted, since it consists of scaling the standard fluid viscosity by a factor depending on the knudsen number. nevertheless, the knudsen number depends on the characteristic length of the channel, where the fluid molecules flow, and such channel is very wide for the air in the working volume, causing the correction factor to be almost one. thus, the viscosity was lowered according to another procedure, based on the following considerations. the mean free path of the fluid molecules is inversely proportional to the ambient pressure at constant temperature (eq. (2)). it is instead proportional to the fluid viscosity, according to the following equation [16]: 2 rt p    (15) where r is the individual gas constant, which is equal to 286.9 jk-1kg-1 for air. in the present numerical analyses, the mean free path could not be increased to effectively simulate fluid rarefaction. thus, the viscosity was reduced according to expressions (2) and (15) at low pressures (when the knudsen number inside the fluid channel is larger than 1, corresponding to the free molecular regime), while keeping the mean free path constant. the software automatically generates a 3d mesh, consisting of tetrahedral elements modeling the moving plate, the fluid under the plate, and the fluid in its surroundings. in particular, the volume of fluid to consider in the analysis was found to not affect the results, if it extends to a region sufficiently far from the plate edge, in order for the fluid flux to develop completely. fig. 1 shows a typical mesh generation and the pressure field under the moving plate. (a) (b) figure 1: mesh of tetrahedral elements (a) and pressure field under one fourth of the moving plate (b). the number of mesh elements ranged from about 5000 to 50000, depending on the particular case, and was decided after a convergence study. in all the analyses reported herein, geometric symmetry was taken into account, in order to reduce the computational work, which was performed by a workstation with the following technical features: ram 16 gb, intel(r) core(tm) i7 cpu 860 @ 2.80 ghz. in these conditions, the time required for one simulation ranged from 15 to 60 minutes. two kinds of squeeze-film damping problems were considered, each involving either a plate moving normal or torsional with respect to the substrate (fig. 2). for the problems where the plate moves normally, the damping coefficient was evaluated as: http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 108  , nn z p x y dxdy c v    (16) where p(x,y) is the pressure field over the moving plate and vz its velocity. figure 2: reference system for the moving plate. in the second kind of problems, where the plate rotates around the x-axis (fig. 2), the damping coefficient was evaluated as [17]:  , nt p x y ydxdy c     (17) where ω=2πf, being f the frequency of the plate movement. comparison of numerical, analytical, and experimental data in case of parallel suspended plates o evaluate the effectiveness of the numerical analysis, the squeeze-film damping problems reported by sumali [3] are considered herein. he investigated a gold non-perforated plate (fig. 3), moving normal to the substrate, and determined the corresponding damping coefficient at different pressures, ranging from the atmospheric value to few pa. for such geometry, three sets of numerical analyses were performed [18], each implementing one of expressions (4), (5), and (6) for the effective viscosity of the fluid inside the channel. fig. 4a shows a log-log plot reporting a comparison between the numerical results (cn) and the experimental data (ce) at varying pressures. because of its complex profile, analytical expressions (9) and (10) are not suitable for the geometry in fig. 3. thus, these were applied to study an equivalent rectangular plate, with the same area as the original surface, whose size is given in [3]. furthermore, to take into account fluid rarefaction in eq. (9), the standard fluid viscosity was substituted with the effective viscosity, obtaining three sets of data (one for each expression). fig. 4b shows a log-log plot reporting a comparison between the analytical results (ca) and the experimental data (ce), as functions of pressure. figure 3: profile of the geometry experimentally investigated by sumali [3]. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 109 (a) (b) figure 4: comparison of the experimental data reported by sumali [3] with the numerical (a) and the analytical results (b). both the analytical and the numerical approach work well from high to medium pressures (around 103 pa). at low pressure instead, the numerical results show much better agreement with the experimental data (average difference of 23%) than the results obtained with eq. (9) (average difference of 58%). this can be explained since eq. (9) does not take into account border effects, which are instead considered in the numerical simulations. in order to overcome such limitation of the analytical model, a correction factor should be introduced. the only elongation model, providing a correction factor, available in the literature, was verified for kn smaller than 0.13. however, most of the experimental points reported in [3] do not respect such condition. thus, the corresponding correction factor, being not valid, was not included in the graph of fig. 4b (and in the following graphs), even if that would improve the results. eq. (10) shows better agreement with experiments than numerical analysis at low pressure, but it does not provide an expression for the effective viscosity to be easily implemented in numerical simulations. thus, a direct comparison is not possible. comparison of numerical, analytical, and experimental data in case of torsion micromirrors n this section, squeeze-film damping affecting three square torsion micromirrors was considered at varying pressures, ranging from the atmospheric pressure to almost vacuum. such micromirrors were experimentally investigated by minikes et al [17] and pandey and pratap [4], and their geometry and resonance frequency are reported in tab. 1. geometry side length (μm) thickness (μm) gap (μm) resonance frequency (hz) micromirror 1 [17] 500 30 28 13092.56 micromirror 2 [17] 500 30 13 12824.87 micromirror 3 [4] 400 4.25 80 529.2 table 1: geometry and resonance frequency of the torsion micromirrors reported by minikes et al. [17] and pandey and pratap [4]. minikes et al. (2005) provided their experimental results in terms of quality factor (q). this is related to the damping coefficient (c) as: x i q c   (18) being ix the plate inertia moment around the rotation axis x. figs. 5a and 5b shows how the quality factor varies with pressure in both micromirrors. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 110 (a) (b) figure 5: values of the damping coefficient versus pressure of the torsion micromirrors 1 (a) and 2 (b) reported by minikes et al. [17]. at very low pressures (below 20pa), the quality factor becomes almost constant. this occurs since in such conditions squeeze-film damping is no longer the main damping component, but structural damping prevails. thus, in order to correctly evaluate squeeze-film damping at such low pressures, the structural component has to be isolated. this can be done according to the following procedure [3]. a restricted number of experimental points, each corresponding to very low pressures, is considered and interpolated by linear data fitting. the intersection point of the interpolation curve with the y-axis (e.g. quality factor at 0 pa) corresponds to the quality factor associated to the structural damping (fig. 6). the value of the structural quality factor are 15886 and 5366 for the two cases, respectively. (a) (b) figure 6: procedure to determine the quality factor associated to the structural damping for micromirror 1 (a) and 2 (b) reported by minikes et al [17]. for the cases considered herein, the quality factor was determined by both the analytical and numerical approach. in particular, in eq. (14) the standard viscosity was substituted with the effective viscosity, computed by expressions (4), (5), and (6), obtaining three sets of analytical data, respectively. similarly, in the numerical analysis three sets of simulations were performed, each implementing one expression for the effective viscosity. in order to take into account the structural damping, a total quality factor (qtot) was computed as [4]: 1 1 1 tot sq stq q q   (18) http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 111 where qsq is the quality factor computed according to either the numerical analysis or the analytical formula, and qst is the structural quality factor. fig. 7 reports a log-log plot showing a comparison between the numerical results [20] and the experimental data for the two torsion mirrors, investigated by minikes et al. [17] at varying pressure. similarly, fig. 8 reports a comparison between the analytical results and the experimental data. (a) (b) figure 7: comparison of the numerical results with the experimental data for micromirror 1(a) and 2 (b) reported by minikes et al [17]. from such comparison, it is possible to notice the good agreement with experiments provided by both the numerical analysis and the analytical formula at all pressures. in this case, the difference between the numerical and the analytical results is less significant than in the previous case. in fact, the average difference between the numerical data and the experimental ones is 24%; while the analytical model provides an average difference of 27%. the reason why both the numerical and the analytical modeling offer similar results could be related to the border effects, which in these cases do not play a major role on damping. the final problem considered herein is the torsion micromirror reported by pandey and pratap [4]. in this case, it is not necessary to compute the structural damping, since the authors already provided corrected experimental data, which do not take it into account. similarly to the previous case studies, both the analytical and the numerical approach were applied to determine squeezefilm damping in terms of quality factor. as before, three sets of numerical results and analytical results were obtained and compared to the experimental data in fig. 9a and 9b, respectively. (a) (b) figure 8: comparison of the analytical results with the experimental data for micromirror 1 (a) and 2 (b) reported by minikes et al [17]. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 112 (a) (b) figure 9: comparison of the numerical (a) and the analytical results (b) with the experimental data reported by pandey and pratap [4]. in this case, the difference between the analytical and the numerical results is much more significant than before (the average difference between the numerical and the corresponding experimental data is 18%, while it can be even an order of magnitude for the analytical results). this is related to the geometry of the present problem, where the ratio of the fluid gap thickness to the plate width is significantly larger, and accordingly the magnitude of the border effects, which are neglected when applying formula (14). however, also in this case the effectiveness of the numerical analysis emerges, providing results in very good agreement with the experiments. conclusions n the present paper, four different squeeze-film damping problems were considered, at varying pressures, ranging from the atmospheric value to almost vacuum. to analyze such cases, involving both normal and torsion movement of the plate confining a thin film of air, both an analytical and a numerical approach were adopted, both of them based on the navier-stokes equation. in order to model fluid rarefaction, the effective viscosity approach was followed, which consists of substituting the standard fluid viscosity, contained in the equation, with a scaled term, known as effective viscosity. the literature provides many expressions for computing the effective viscosity, and the three expressions, which were proved to work better, were considered within the paper. then, each of the four considered problems was solved by both the numerical and analytical methods, implementing each time one of those expressions, obtaining four sets of numerical results and four sets of analytical data. in all the considered cases, the numerical results were very promising even at very low pressure, with values of the squeeze-film damping coefficient/quality that were comparable (and even closer than the analytical results) to the experimental data. thus, unlike what is usually agreed in the literature, the effective viscosity model, especially when combined with fem analysis, results to be effective in a wide range of pressures, including very low values. in addition, thanks to the computational power of modern computers and the versatility of fem analysis, the procedure described herein can be implemented in a variety of applications, extending to complex and more realistic structures, as opposite to analytical approaches. in this work, the effective viscosity was computed according to already known expressions. however, a future work can be focused on derivation of a new expression to be implemented in the numerical analysis, in order to get results even closer to the experimental data. references [1] m. bao, h. yang, sens. actuators a, 136 (2007) 3. [2] l. mol, l. a. rocha, e. cretu, r. f. woffenbuttel, j. micromech. microeng., 19 (2009) 074021. [3] h. sumali, j. micromech. microeng., 17 (2007) 2231. i http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true m.f. pantano et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 103-113; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.11 113 [4] a. k. pandey, r. pratap, j. micromech. microeng., 18 (2008) 105003. [5] t. veijola, h. kuisma, j. lahdenpera, t. ryhanen, sens. actuators a, 48 (1995) 239. [6] w. l. li, nanotechnology, 10 (1999) 440. [7] c. w. leung, t. thurber, w. ye, microfluid. nanofluid, (2011) doi: 10.1007/s10404-011-0840-3. [8] r. christian, vacuum, 16 (1966) 175. [9] j. d. zook, d. w burns., sens. actuators, a 35 (1992) 51. [10] m. bao, h. yang, h. yin, y. sun, j. micromech. microeng., 12 (2002) 341. [11] s. hutcherson, w. ye, j. micromech. microeng., 14 (2004) 1726. [12] p. li, y. fang, j. micromech. microeng., 20 (2010) 035005. [13] s. nigro, l. pagnotta, m. f. pantano, microfluid. nanofluid, 12 (6) (2012) 971. [14] t. veijola, a. pursula, p. raback, j. micromech. microeng., 15 (2005) 1624. [15] f. pan, j. kubby, e. peeters, a. t. tran, s. mukherjee, j. micromech. microeng., 8 (1998) 200. [16] j. w. lee, r. tung, a. raman, h. sumali, j. p. sullivan, j. micromech. microeng., 19 (2009) 105. [17] a. minikes, i. bucher, g. avivi, j. micromech. microeng., 15 (2005) 1762. [18] s. nigro, l. pagnotta, m. f. pantano, in: 11th wseas international conference, rovaniemi, finland, april 18-20, (2012) 37. [19] t. veijola, j. micromech. microeng., 14 (2004) 1109. [20] s. nigro, l. pagnotta, m. f. pantano, in: technical proceedings of the 2012 nsti nanotechnology conference and expo, nsti-nanotech, (2012) 333. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.11&auth=true microsoft word numero_46_art_15 z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 150 developments in the fracture and fatigue assessment of materials and structures fatigue behaviour and mean stress effect of thermoplastic polymers and composites zongjin lu, bill feng, charlie loh jaguar land rover limited, uk zlu5@jaguarlandrover.com, bfeng1@jaguarlandrover.com, cloh1@jaguar.com abstract. more and more polymers and polymer composite materials are used in automotive industry to reduce cost and weight of vehicles to meet the environmental requirement. however, the fatigue behaviour for these materials is less understanding than metallic materials. the current work is focussed on the fatigue behaviour for a range of thermoplastic polymer/composite materials. it reveals that the fatigue behaviour of these materials can be described by s-n curves using the basquin equation. all the materials exhibit significant mean stress effect. the most commonly used mean stress correction equations developed in metal fatigue were evaluated with the current test results. it reveals that goodman, gerber and soderberg cannot be used as generic equations for the materials investigated, whereas smith-watson-topper can correlate the test data reasonably well, but the best correlation is given by walker with material constant γ = 0.4. keywords. fatigue; mean stress effect; polymers; polymer composites. citation: lu, z., feng, b., loh, c., fatigue behaviour and mean stress effect of thermoplastic polymers and composites, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157. received: 25.01.2018 accepted: 22.04.2018 published: 01.10.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ore and more thermoplastic polymers and polymer composite materials are used in automotive industry to reduce cost and weight of vehicles to meet the environmental requirement. however, the fatigue behaviour for the polymers and polymer composite materials is less understood than metallic materials, especially the effect of mean stress. it is well known that fatigue life of metals is influenced by mean stress significantly [1]. various equations have been established to account for the mean stress effect. among these, goodman [2], gerber [3], soderberg [4], smithwatson-topper (swt) [5] and walker [6] are the most commonly used. they are listed below: goodman 1a m ao u s s s s   (1) gerber 2 1a m ao u s s s s        (2) m http://www.gruppofrattura.it/va/46/15.mp4 z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 151 soderberg 1a m ao y s s s s   (3) swt ( )ao a a ms s s s  (4) walker  1ao a m as s s s    (5) where sa is the stress amplitude, sm is the mean stress, sao is the equivalent stress amplitude at zero mean stress, su is the materials ultimate strength, sy is the materials yield strength and γ is a material constant. swt equation is a special case of walker equation where γ = 0.5. mean stress was also reported to have a significant effect on fatigue behaviour of polymers [7-10] and short fibre reinforced polymer composites [10-14]. the evaluation of the mean stress correction equations were carried out by a range of researchers [7, 9-13]. different results were reported. zhou et al. [11] reported a good correlation using swt on short fibre reinforced blend of polyphenylene ether ketone and polyphenylene sulphide. mallick and zhou [12] suggested using a modified gerber equation to correlate a short glass fibre reinforced polyamide 6.6. using modified goodman, oke et al. [13] estimated the mean stress effect of short fibre reinforced polybutylene terephthalate at stress ratio above 0.7. more recently, mollett and fatemi [9], mortazavian and fatemi [10] recommended walker for mean stress correction after the investigation on polypropylene copolymer, polypropylene-elastomer blend, short glass fibre reinforced polybutylene terephthalate and polyamide 6. in order to examine the mean stress effect, seven materials, four thermoplastic polymers and three short glass fibre reinforced polymer composites, were tested under constant load amplitude at a range of stress ratios under room temperature with various mean stress correction equations listed above evaluated. materials and specimens even different materials, including four non-fibre reinforced thermoplastic polymers and three short glass fibre reinforced polymer composites, were tested. they are polycarbonate and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (pc/abs), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (abs), polypropylene (pp), nylon and acrylonitrile styrene acrylate (pa/asa), 30%wt glass fibre reinforced polypropylene (pp30), 20%wt glass fibre reinforced polypropylene (pp20) and 30% glass fibre reinforced nylon (pa6). the details are summarised in tab. 1. the specimens were machined from plaques made of injection moulding along the flow direction. the specimen geometry was displayed in fig. 1. figure 1: specimen geometry. experimental procedures he test was carried out on a 10kn instron servo hydraulic test machine under constant load amplitude and 5 hz at room temperature with a range of stress ratios from r=-1 to r=0.3. the fatigue life was defined as the final failure of the specimens with 2 million cycles as run out. s t z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 152 materials su (mpa) sy (mpa) el (%) pc/abs (polycarbonate and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) 50 50 29.3 abs (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) 51 51 8.3 pp (polypropylene) 19 19 64.5 pa/asa (nylon and acrylonitrile styrene acrylate) 39 39 67.3 pp30 (30% glass fibre reinforced polypropylene) 60 41 6.9 pp20 (20% glass fibre reinforced polypropylene) 64 41 3.2 pa6 (30% glass fibre reinforced nylon) 98 64 6.9 table 1: materials details. results and discussions he test results are displayed in figs. 2 to 6 for the range of materials. it is evident that mean stress does have a significant influence on the fatigue life and the fatigue behaviour can be described by the basquin equation (eqn.6) [14] for all the materials within the investigated life regime  ba fs a n (6) where sa is the stress amplitude, nf is the cycles at failure, a is the intercept at nf =1 and b is the slope of the fitted curve. figure 2: fatigue behaviour of pc/abs (similar behaviour was observed for abs). based on the test data, mean stress equations (eqns. 1 to 5) were evaluated by calculating the equivalent stress amplitude sao. for a good correlation, the s-n data measured at non-zero mean stress should merge to the s-n data at r=-1 (zero mean stress). the evaluation of the mean stress correction equations is displayed in figs. 7 to 12 with figs. 7 to 9 for polymers and figs. 10 to 12 for short glass fibre reinforced polymer composites. fig. 7 reveals that goodman (eq.1), gerber (eq.2) and soderberg (eq.3) failed to correlate the pc/abs test result, whereas swt (eq.4) gives a reasonable correlation but the best correlation is given by walker (eq.5) with material constant γ = 0.4. a similar result is found for abs material. for pp (fig. 8) and pa/asa (fig. 9) materials, all equations except gerber (eq.2), display good correlation with the best from walker at γ = 0.4 (eq.5). t z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 153 figure 3: fatigue behaviour of pp. figure 4: fatigue behaviour of pa/asa. figure 5: fatigue behaviour of pp30 (similar behaviour was observed for pp20). z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 154 figure 6: fatigue behaviour of pa6. figure 7: mean stress correction assessment for pc/abs. figure 8: mean stress correction assessment for pp. z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 155 figure 9: mean stress correction assessment for pa/asa. figure 10: mean stress correction assessment for pp30. figure 11: mean stress correction assessment for pp20. z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 156 figure 12: mean stress correction assessment for pa6. for short glass fibre reinforced polymer composites (figs. 10 to 12), goodman (eq.1), swt (eq.4) and walker (eq.5) with material constant γ = 0.4 all show reasonable correlation, but gerber (eq.2) and soderberg (eq.3) failed to correlate the test results. according to the above results, it is recommended that walker’s equation (eqn. 5) should be used as a generic mean stress correction equation for both thermoplastic polymers and short fibre reinforced polymer composites. similar evaluation results were reported by mellott and fatemi [9] for polypropylene and polypropylene-elastomer polymer materials, mortazavian and fatemi [10] for 30% short glass fibre reinforced polybutylene terephthalate and 35% short glass fibre reinforced polyamide-6 polymer composites at a range of temperatures and different fibre orientations. however, different γ values were found to fit the test data for walker’s equation. conclusions onstant stress amplitude fatigue tests were carried out on a range of thermoplastic polymers and short glass fibre reinforced polymer composites at room temperature. the following conclusions may be drawn: the fatigue behaviour of the materials tested can be described by the basquin equation. significant mean stress effect was found for all materials investigated. several mean stress correction equations were evaluated including goodman, gerber, soderberg, smith-watson-topper and walker. goodman, gerber and soderberg cannot be used as generic equations for the materials. smith-watson-topper can correlated the test data reasonably well, but the best correlation was given by walker with material constant γ = 0.4. acknowledgements he authors would like to express their appreciation to jaguar land rover limited for permission to publish this work. thanks are due also to andrew haggie, senior manager department of materials engineering, stuart tyler, manager metallurgy technical services and dave coleman, senior manager – body cae and integration for their support of this work. references [1] stephens, r.i. (2001). metal fatigue in engineering, second ed., john wiley, new york,. [2] goodman, j. (1919). mechanics applied to engineering, 1st ed. longmans green and company, london, england. [3] gerber, w. (1874). bestimmung der zulossigen spannungen in eisen constructionen, z. bayer. architekten u. ing., pp. 101-110. c t z. lu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 46 (2018) 150-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.15 157 [4] soderberg, c.r. (1930). factor of safety and working stress, asme transactions, apm-52-2, pp. 13-28. [5] smith, k.n., watson, p. and topper, t. h. (1970). a stress-strain function for the fatigue of metals, j. materials, astm, pp. 767-778. [6] walker, k. (1970). effects of environment and complex load history on fatigue life, astm stp 462, am. soc. for testing and materials, west conshohocken, pa, pp. 1-14. [7] sauer, j.a., mcmaster, a. d. and morrow, d. r. (1976). fatigue behavior of polystyrene and effect of mean stress, j. macromolecular science, pp. 535-562. [8] sauer, j.a. and richardson, g.c., (1980). fatigue of polymers, int. j. fracture, pp. 499-532. [9] mellott, s.r. and fatemi, a. (2014). fatigue behavior and modeling of thermoplastics including temperature and mean stress effects, polym. eng. sci., pp. 725–738. [10] mortazavian, s. and fatemi, a. (2016). effects of mean stress and stress concentration on fatigue behavior of short fiber reinforced polymer composites, fat & frac eng mat & structures, pp. 149–166. [11] zhou, j., d’amore, a., yag, y., he, t., li, b. and nicolais, l. (1994). flexural fatigue of short glass fiber reinforced a blend of polyphenylene ether ketone and polyphenylene sulphide, appl. compos. materials, pp. 183-195. [12] mallick, p.k. and zhou, y. (2004). effect of mean stress on the stress-controlled fatigue of a short e-glass fiber reinforced polyamide-66, int. j. fatigue, pp. 941–946. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_43_art_19 a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 241 maintenance and risk management of rockfall protection net fences through numerical study of damage influence andrea luciani, carmine todaro, daniele peila politecnico di torino, torino, italy andrea.luciani@polito.it, carmine.todaro@polito.it, daniele.peila@polito.it abstract. rockfall protection net fences are key protection systems in mountainous areas worldwide to ensure the safety of infrastructures, roads and urban areas. maintenance of these products is fundamental for public administrations in order to guarantee risk mitigation. this paper deals with the assessment of the installation problems and damages induced by ageing of rockfall protection net fences, using numerical modelling in order to evaluate the influence of these issues on their behavior. a percentage of the residual efficiency is assessed as a useful tool for risk analysis and maintenance planning. keywords. rockfall protection net fence; rockfall; explicit numerical modelling; residual risk; maintenance. citation: luciani, a., todaro, c., peila, d., maintenance and risk management of rockfall protection net fences through numerical study of damage influence, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250. received: 23.10.2017 accepted: 15.12.2017 published: 01.01.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction rotection net fences play an essential role to reduce rockfall risk of infrastructure, roads and residential areas against rockfall within acceptable values. since their installation requires important investments for public administrations, procedures have been developed to quantitatively evaluate risk reduction obtained with these devices and to allow a comparison with other technical solutions for an optimal choice [1-5]. moreover, the presence of already installed protection devices on the slope has to be considered in the risk assessment and their efficacy in time has to be correctly evaluated, in order to do not overestimate or underestimate their effect [6-8]. therefore, it is very important for these evaluations to take into account maintenance issues with the aim of evaluating how time and ageing influence efficiency of net fences since public administrations are interested in assessing how long a certain investment ensures the needed risk mitigation. this evaluation allows them to schedule an appropriate maintenance management, taking into account available resources. despite the highlighted relevance of the influence of damages induced by ageing and installation problems on the behavior and efficiency of rockfall protection net fences, there is a lack of data in technical literature on this topic. moreover, there is currently no predictive method that could be used to estimate the performance of damaged rockfall protection fences and there is great difference in the technical recommendations for the maintenance provided by producers. p a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 242 the behavior and effectiveness of rockfall protection net fences was tackled both by full scale tests [9-13], especially after the development in europe of the etag 027 standards [14-16], by pseudo-static analyses [17] and by numerical modelling [18-28] but a complete analysis of aged rockfall net fences has not been performed. for this reasons, in this paper the influence of damages and installation problems on the efficiency of rockfall protection net fences has been studied by using numerical modelling. the assessment of the possible damages and installation problems has been performed based on an analysis of data obtained during a site survey in the alps reported by dimasi et al. [29]. the numerical simulation was therefore developed with the simulation of a standard impact, according to etag027, with different conditions able to simulate different degree of ageing or damages on the various elements of the structure. these models allow to determinate the possible reduction of efficiency and to compare the behavior of the deteriorated and not deteriorated rockfall protection net fences. the simulation is performed with a fem model of a rockfall protection net fence of nominal energy of 3000 kj. the model is assessed using the results of experiments on full-scale prototypes whose data were obtained from gottardi and govoni [11]. numerical model of the net fence he numerical model was developed using the software abaqus/explicit 6.13. this software has an explicit finite element formulation allowing to simulate non-linear dynamic events such as the impact of a block on a net fence. the studied net fence is a commercial product with a maximum energy level (mel) of 3000 kj and the full scale data reported by gottardi and govoni [11] were used for back analysis. the support structure of this net fence has four hea200 steel posts, 5 m high, restrained at the base by cylindrical hinges allowing rotation in the upstream-downstream direction. the interception structure is made of a principal steel ring net; each 350 mm ring is connected to six nearest rings. the connection structure comprises two longitudinal upper cables and two longitudinal lower cables, eight upstream cables and four lateral cables. each cable has a diameter of 20 mm. the longitudinal cables are free to slide on the posts in the longitudinal direction. the net fence is provided with tubular energy dissipating devices, one on each upstream cable and three on each longitudinal cable. fig. 1 shows a photo of the net fence. figure 1: photo of the studied rockfall protection net fence. in the numerical simulation, the support structure was modelled with 3d-2node beam elements, with a hea200 cross section. these elements had linear elastic behavior with young’s modulus of 210 gpa while the cables, the energy dissipating devices and the net were modelled with 3d-2node truss elements that cannot withstand flexural stresses. the material assigned to the cables had elasto-plastic behavior with young’s modulus of 150 gpa in the elastic part of the curve and of 5 gpa in the plastic one. the yield strain was set at 0.001 and the ultimate strain at 0.006, which corresponds to an ultimate stress of 1770 mpa. t a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 243 the behavior of the cable connected to the energy dissipating device is complex due to the behavior of the energy dissipating device. the cable withstands the force until the activation force of the dissipating device is reached (at about 45 kn in the studied case), then the deformation of the material composing the device starts, and the constitutive relationship is governed by this phenomenon. once the maximum displacement of the energy dissipating device is reached, the system follows again the cable behavior. to simulate this behavior a tri-linear law was assigned to the material of energy dissipating devices. the first part had young’s modulus of 63 gpa, the second one had young’s modulus of 1.4 gpa and the last part had same behavior of the cables, with young’s modulus of 150 gpa and ultimate stress of 1770 mpa. also the numerical simulation of the ring net behavior is complex, due to the high number of interactions between the rings that slide and deform during the impact. therefore, following nicot et al. [18], the net was modelled with an equivalent hexagonal net, with hexagon sides of 350 mm. each vertex of the hexagon is the center of one of the six rings connected to the central ring. the interaction between two rings is modelled by the truss elements connecting the vertices. the material assigned to the elements composing the equivalent net had tri-linear behavior, described by three different young’s moduli. the young’s modulus of the first part was of 170 gpa, till a strain of 0.001 is reached. the young’s modulus of the second part was of 4gpa, until a strain of 0.25, and the young’s modulus of the final part was of 170 gpa. this constitutive behavior was assessed numerically simulating the real scale tests reported by gentilini et al. [24]. the block impacting the net was simulated as a polyhedral non-deformable element, with the same geometry of that foreseen etag 027 standards and the impact speed was of 25 m/s. in the numerical model, the posts were restrained at the base by a cylindrical hinge allowing rotation on the longitudinal axis while spherical hinges simulated anchorages of the cables to the ground and to the top of the posts. the longitudinal cables were free to slide on the top and on the basis of the posts in the longitudinal direction but were constrained in the other directions. in the model, the net was not allowed to slide on the longitudinal cables, differently to what happen in the real net fence. this simplification was necessary in order to reduce computational complexity of the simulation. fig. 2 illustrates the general sketch of the model. figure 2: drawing of the modelled rockfall protection net fence. mel test sel test real scale test numerical model real scale test numerical model breaking time (s) 0.30 0.32 0.26 0.22 maximum elongation (m) 5.35 5.38 3.90 3.73 final elongation (m) 4.80 5.05 3.20 3.35 residual height (m) 3.55 3.34 3.95 3.71 table 1: comparison between the real scale test and the results of the numerical simulation. in the simulation the energy level foreseen by etag027 standard mel and sel tests were performed and the results of the simulations were compared to the data obtained by real scale tests reported by gottardi and govoni [11]. as can be seen from tab. 1, the numerical model well reproduced the results of the real scale tests. in the simulation, the breaking time is evaluated as the first time the velocity of the block becomes zero and the maximum elongation is the maximum distance between the initial position of the net and the position of the net at the breaking time measured parallel to the slope. the final elongation was the same distance evaluated at the end of the test, i.e. at 6 s from the first contact of the block with the net. the residual height is the minimum distance between the lower and the upper longitudinal cables at the end of the test. a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 244 fig. 3 compares model deformation during mel test at six different times: particularly t = 0 s is the first contact of the block with the net, t = 0.36 s is the breaking time and t = 6.00 s is the test end time. fig. 4 shows the plastic strain in the central panel of the net during the simulation; it is possible to see that the highest deformations occur in the contact area of the block with the net, then the deformation extend to the panel with a cross shape and this result is very close to what was observed in real tests [10,11]. figure 3: numerical modelled net fence during the mel test. numerical simulation of damages n order to evaluate the influence of the problems detected during the site survey [29], the numerical model was modified to reproduce damaged conditions. these conditions represent the most common local damages and the ones that were most frequently highlighted by the site survey [29]. the model has not the ability to take into account a reduction of the overall properties of the net barrier since them can be difficulty described and the research has been focused on those damages that can be modelled as the removal of a structural rope or an incorrect assembly of one or more elements of the barrier itself. specifically, these conditions are: damages to the upstream ropes or to the clamp connections; these situations can be due to installation of the clumps not in accordance with the regulations in force [31] in terms of number, distance and torque applied to the fastener or to damages of the connections and of the ropes caused by impacting blocks; damages to the anchorages, such as failure or under efficiency of the anchorages due to wrong installation or damaging during the device life; installation geometries different from those prescribed by the producer; this is a common issue for to the geometry peculiarity of many sites; in the site survey several cases have been observed ranging from barriers with short and sub-horizontal upstream ropes to barriers with extremely long upstream ropes. time-dependent damages to the barriers can be related to corrosion on ropes and clip connections. nevertheless, in the barriers analyzed during the site survey, corrosion affects only some of the secondary metallic elements, but not ropes. this is due to the non-aggressive environment of installation (usually c1-c2 following uni en iso 9223 [32]) and to the protection nowadays used against corrosion (zinc and zinc-aluminum coatings) that ensure the durability for the life span of the protection devices. i a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 245 figure 4: comparison of the plastic strain in the central panel of the original model at different times during the impact. time is in seconds [30]. a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 246 therefore, the six models set up for the research are: models from (a) to (d) simulate the failure of connections made by rope clips of the upstream cables, due to installation problems or to clip corrosion. in the numerical models, this kind of damages has been simulated simply removing one of the upstream cables from the computation i.e. the connection is not working and thus the cable cannot withstand any stress. moreover, models (c) and (d) simulate also the failure of one anchorage of the upstream cables due to a not correct grouting. in the numerical model this possibility is simulated removing from the simulation the cables that are restrained by that anchorage. model (e) and (f) reproduce the effect of different installation geometry due to local conditions. the goal of these models is to study the influence of anomalous geometrical installations with reference to the one tested following the etag027 geometry. model (e) represents a case with short and horizontal upstream cables. the original model has oblique upstream cables of 7.7 m while in this model they are horizontal with a length of 5.7 m while model (f) reproduces the effect of very long upstream cables. the upstream cables of this model are 20.0 m long. in the numerical model, only the geometry and length of upstream cables have been changed from the original model. (fig. 5). on these six modified models impact tests were performed at different energy levels aiming to identify the maximum energy the modified net fence can withstand without failure of one of the principal elements. failure of cables and energy dissipating devices was established when one of these elements reached a plastic strain bigger than that correlated to the ultimate stress. since the model uses an equivalent net, the ultimate stress of the net was unknown, for it may be different from that of the real ring net. therefore, the equivalent net was considered failed if at least one of the elements composing the net reached a plastic strain bigger than the maximum recorded during the mel simulation. once the maximum energy the modified model can withstand has been defined, the residual efficiency ( efr ) of the net fence can be evaluated as (%)mwef nom e r e  where mwe is the maximum energy the net fence can withstand and nome the nominal energy of the net fence according to the etag 027 classification. the values of residual efficiency of the models are reported in tab. 2. table 2: summary of the results of the numerical simulations. model problem simulated maximum energy withstood (kj) residual efficiency (%) a failure of one clip connection or of one upstream cable 3000 100 b failure of one clip connection or of one upstream cable 3000 100 c failure of two clip connection or of two upstream cable or of an anchorage 2900 97 d failure of two clip connection or of two upstream cable or of an anchorage 3000 100 e short and horizontal upstream cables 2400 80 f long upstream cables 2600 87 a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 247 10 m figure 5: drawing of the original and modified models of the rockfall protection net fence. original model model (a) model (b) model (c) model (d) model (e) model (f ) missing cable missing cables missing cables missing cable a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 248 the most important results obtained comparing the six numerical models are: in models (a), (b) and (d) the modified net fence fulfilled the test at 3000 kj without failure of any element, while in model (c) at an impact of 3000 kj the net reaches a plastic strain higher than the maximum recorded during the original model mel test in the contact area. therefore, the net is considered failed. repeating the simulation with an energy of 2900 kj no failure has been produced. based on these results the residual efficiency for model (a), (b) and (d) is of 100% while it is of 97% for model (c). moreover, the simulations show a variation in the behavior of the net fence in terms of maximum elongation. in the damaged models the maximum elongation of the net fence increased, up to the 20% in model (c) (fig. 6), while the final elongation is almost the same of the original model. this result is very important in terms of correct positioning of the net fence on the slope. the increase of maximum elongation is due to the absence of the upstream cables involving a lower stiffness and lack of constrains of the system. figure 6: comparison of the maximum elongation of the original model and of models (a), (b), (c) and (d). in model (e), the net, the lower longitudinal cables and the two energy dissipating devices of the upstream cables convergent to the central anchorage get to failure for an impact energy of 3000 kj. these failures were due to the higher stiffness due to the shorter upstream cables. repeating the simulations with lower energy, the model withstood an impact with an energy of 2400 kj with residual efficiency of 80%. in model (f), the longitudinal cables failed at an impact of 3000 kj. in this condition, the energy dissipating devices of the upstream cables were not activated. this behavior may be explained considering that longer upstream cables involve lower stiffness and so the cables were less charged. consequently, the energy coming from the impact concentrated on the other elements of the net fence and particularly on the longitudinal cables. the model withstood an impact at 2600 kj, with residual efficiency of 87%. these results allow to say that after some time of ageing or when the net fence has been not correctly installed the energy it can withstand is lower than that assessed in the etag027 classification. therefore, residual efficiency value should be considered in rockfall risk analysis in order to take into account in this process the deterioration and installation conditions of the net fence. when making the design of a protection by net fences, the choice of the product is usually based on the statistical analysis of the rockfall trajectories and on the evaluation of the rock block size to be stopped. therefore, based on the statistical evaluation of the computed speeds and height of trajectories in correspondence of the protection device to be installed, it is possible to assess the maximum energy to be stopped and consequently choose the optimal product. after this analysis, it is possible to assess the number of blocks that cannot be stopped and, based on this number, it is possible to assess the residual risk. risk analyses are usually started taking into account the number of blocks that exceeds the barrier capacity or jumps over it and, consequently, reaches the object to be protected [3]. as a consequence, the risk mitigation is directly affected by the percentage of block stopped by the net fence i.e. its efficiency. an incorrect installation can reduce the ability of the barrier to stop the block and consequently a higher percentage of blocks can pass. the analysis has allowed to quantify this value for a set of frequent defects or ageing conditions. taking as an example, the procedure proposed by peila and guardini [3], the key parameter in the evaluation of the probability in the analysis is the number of rockfall events that can affect the infrastructure per year ( ). a protective device reduces the probability of occurrence of the event, i.e. induces a reduction of the number of blocks affecting the road, that can be estimated as a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 249 ' (1 )r rn c n   where rn is the number of blocks reaching the road without the protection device, ' rn those reaching the road with the device and is the catching capacity of the device. the catching capacity is the percentage of blocks that the device can stop. the requested catching capacity should be evaluated through the trajectories analysis and the design block assessment. the residual efficiency proposed above describes the energy the damaged barrier can withstand compared to the nominal one. therefore, it can easily be taken into account in the risk analysis modifying the previous equation as follows ' (1 )r ef rn c r n    the residual efficiency reduces the catching capacity, i.e. increases the number of blocks reaching the road ( 'rn ), with an obvious increase of the rockfall risk. therefore, in the design, the effect of a damaged barrier can be considered in the trajectories analysis simulating a barrier with a reduced ability to stop a certain energy and allowing more blocks to go through. conclusions he influence of damages induced by ageing on the behaviour of a rockfall protection net fence is analyzed using numerical modelling. a site survey on many net fence installations located in north of italy allowed to point out the most relevant problems related to ageing of rockfall protection net fences after installation and suggested how to set up the numerical models. the main goal of the analyses is to show how damages of the components can affect the efficiency of the products and therefore reduce their ability to stop falling blocks. to develop this assessment six different numerical models of a commercial net fence have been studied and an assessment of the residual efficiency has been developed. this value may be included in rockfall risk analysis allowing to take into account the conditions of a damaged or aged device. in this procedure the residual efficiency value should be used to reduce the catching capacity of the net fence increasing the number of falling blocks that might impact against the structure to be protected and consequently correctly considering in the risk analysis the presence of aged net fences on the slope. it is important to highlight that all the risk analysis procedures have as an input datum the number of blocks impacting the structure. moreover, this appraisal allows owners to plan maintenance or refurbishment works and establish priority between different protection devices, knowing when the reduction of efficiency induces a risk higher than the accepted threshold value. references [1] budetta, p., assessment of rockfall risk along roads, nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 4 (2004) 71–81. [2] corominas, j., copons, r., moya, j., vilaplana, j.m., altimir, j., amigò, j., quantitative assessment of the residual risk in a rockfall protected area, landslides, 2 (2005) 343-357. [3] peila, d., guardini, c., use of the event tree to assess the risk reduction obtained from rockfall protection devices, nat. hazard earth syst. sci., 8 (2008) 1441-1450. [4] mignelli, c., lo russo, s., peila, d., rockfall risk management assessment: the ro.ma. approach, nat. hazards, 62 (2012) 1109-1123. [5] de biagi, v., botto, a., napoli, m.l., dimasi, c., laio, f., peila, d., barbero, m., estimation of the return period of rock falls according to the block size, geoingegneria ambientale e mineraria, 147 (2016) 39-47. [in italian] [6] budetta, p., nappi, m., comparison between qualitative rockfall risk rating systems for a road affected by high traffic intensity, nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 13 (2013) 643-1653. [7] mignelli, c., peila, d., lo russo, s., ratto, s., broccolato, m., analysis of rockfall risk on mountainside roads: evaluation of the effect of protection devices, nat. hazards, 73 (2014) 25-35. t a. luciani et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 43 (2018) 241-250; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.43.19 250 [8] budetta, p., de luca, c., nappi, m., quantitative rockfall risk assessment for an important road by means of the rockfall risk management (ro.ma.) method, bull. eng. geol. environ., (2015). [9] duffy, j.d., hoon, w., field tests and evaluation of hi-tech 50 and 70 foot-ton rockfall fence, report no. ca/05-9602, (1996) california dept. of trasportation; san luis obispo, ca. [10] peila, d., pelizza, s., sassudelli, f., evaluation of behaviour of rockfall restraining nets by full scale tests, rock mech. rock eng., 31 (1998), 1-24. [11] gottardi, g., govoni, l., full-scale modelling of falling rock protection barriers, rock mech. rock eng., 43 (2010) 261-274. [12] trad, a., limam, a., bertrand, d., robit, p., multi-scale analysis of an innovative flexible rockfall barrier. in: lambert, s., nicot, f., iohn wiley & sons. rockfall engineering. new york, ste ltd and j, (2011) 303-342. [13] buzzi, o., spadari, m., giacomini, a., fityus, s., sloan, s.w., experimental testing of rockfall barriers designed for the low range of impact energy, rock mech. rock eng., 46 (2013) 701-712. [14] eota: etag 027 guideline for european technical approval of falling rock protection kits, edition february 2008; amended april 2013. [15] peila, d., baratono, p., etag027: una grande innovazione nel settore delle opere di protezione contro la caduta massi, geoingegneria ambientale e mineraria, 125 (2008) 49-52. [in italian] [16] peila, d., ronco, c., technical note: design of rockfall net fences and the new etag 027 european guideline, nat. hazards earth syst. sci., 9 (2009) 1291-1298. [17] cantarelli, g., giani, g.p., analisi dei metodi di verifica dell’efficienza di reti di protezione contro la caduta massi, rivista italiana di geotecnica, 40 (2006) 23-31. [in italian] [18] nicot, f., cambou, b., mazzoleni, g., design of rockfall restraining nets from a discrete element modelling, rock mech. rock eng., 34 (2001) 99-118. [19] cazzani, a., mongiovì, l., frenez, t., dynamic finite element analysis of interceptive devices for falling rocks, int. j. rock mech. min., 39 (2002) 303-321. [20] grassl, h., volkwein, a., anderheggen, e., ammann, w.j., steel-net rockfall protection – experimental and numerical simulation, in: proceedings of 7th international conference on structures under shock and impact, montreal, canada, (2002) 143–153. [21] volkwein, a., numerical simulation of flexible rockfall protection systems, in: proceedings of the international conference on computing in civil engineering, cancun, mexico, asce, (2005) 1285-1295. [22] peila, d., oggeri, c., baratono, p., barriere paramassi a rete. interventi e dimensionamento, geoingegneria ambientale e mineraria, quaderni di studio e documentazione n° 25, torino, (2006). [in italian] [23] gentilini, c., govoni, l., de miranda, s., gottardi, g., ubertini, f., three-dimensional numerical modelling of falling rock protection barriers, computers and geotechnics, 44 (2012) 58-72. [24] gentilini, c., gottardi, g., govoni, l., mentani, a., ubertini, f., design of falling rock protection barriers using numerical models, eng. struct., 50 (2013) 96-106. [25] spadari, m., giacomini, a., buzzi, o., hambleton, j.p., prediction of the bullet effect for rockfall barriers: a scaling approach, rock mech. rock eng., 45 (2012) 131-144. [26] escallón, j.p., wendeler, c., numerical simulations of quasi-static and rockfall impact tests of ultra-high strength steel wire-ring nets using abaqus/explicit, in: 2013 simulia community conference (2013). [27] escallón, j.p., wendeler, c., chatzi, e., bartelt, p., parameter identification of rockfall protection barrier components through an inverse formulation, eng. struct., 77 (2014) 1-16. [28] moon, t., oh, j., mun, b., practical design of rockfall catchfence at urban area from a numerical analysis approach, eng. geol., 172 (2014) 41-56. [29] dimasi, c., luciani, a., martinelli, d., paganone, m., peila, d., controllo delle barriere paramassi a rete per la loro gestione e manutenzione, geoingegneria ambientale e mineraria, 146 (2015) 65-73. [in italian] [30] luciani, a., peila, d., barbero, m., studio numerico dell’influenza dell’ammaloramento delle barriere paramassi a rete, geoingegneria ambientale e mineraria, 147 (2016) 31-38. [in italian] [31] uni en 13411-5 terminations for steel wire ropes safety part 5: u-bolt wire rope grips (2003). [32] uni en iso 9223. corrosion of metals and alloys corrosivity of atmospheres classifications, determination and estimation, (2012). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_26.docx p. lorenzino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 191-196; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.26 191 focused on crack tip fields influence of forging conditions on the fatigue mechanisms of low alloy steels: a 3d study pablo lorenzino, jean-yves buffiere, catherine verdu insa lyon mateis bat saint exupery 25 av. jean capelle f-69621 villeurbanne cedex france jean-yves.buffiere@insa-lyon.fr abstract. the influence of forging conditions on the propagation of physically small fatigue cracks has been studied for two high strength steels. two surface conditions were produced after the forging process. the subsurface microstructure of the materials has been characterized by ebsd. small samples extracted from the original specimens were used to perform in situ fatigue tests monitored by high resolution synchrotron x-ray tomography. fatigue cracks were initiated from an artificial defect (100 μm wide x 50 μm deep) introduced in the forging skin by laser machining. 3d images of the initiation and growth of those physically small fatigue cracks have been obtained. it was found that the presence of a shot-blasted skin containing a hardness and microstructure gradient influences the 3d crack shape during propagation in comparison with the materials without material properties gradient. the 3d crack shapes are rationalized in terms of crack closure effects induced by the forging processes, close to the surface. keywords. short cracks; 3d propagation; crack closure; synchrotron x-ray tomography; forging. citation: lorenzino, p., buffiere, j.-y., verdu, c., influence of forging conditions on the fatigue mechanisms of low alloy steels: a 3d study, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 191-196. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ith the enforcement, in the very near future, of new european regulations in terms of fuel consumption, car manufacturers have put a large effort in trying to reduce the weight of vehicles in the last ten years. this has led to a global increase of the load level experienced by many components in the body, the panels, the wheels or the engine of cars. being able to accurately predict the fatigue life of those components has now become a key issue for keeping the same trend and reducing the vehicle weight further. a good example, in the field of metallic components, is given by the connecting rods or crankshafts which are submitted to higher service load for a very large number of cycles. although it is well accepted that the methods used to produce such components (mainly hot and cold forging) have a strong effect on the material microstructure and, therefore, on their mechanical properties, the thermo-mechanical history experienced by the metals during processing is not accurately taken into account at the design stage leading to over conservative safety coefficients. w p. lorenzino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 191-196; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.26 192 in this study, four different industrially relevant forging conditions have been studied for two different pearlitic or ferriticpearlitic steels. the effect of the processing route on the materials microstructure and mechanical behavior has been first evaluated. the 3d propagation behavior of fatigue cracks growing from shallow artificial defect (i.e. growing mainly within the forged skin of the materials) has been obtained through in situ x-ray synchrotron tomography. the crack growth curves have been obtained for all materials and the effect of processing on crack growth behavior assessed. experimental materials our different forging condition of industrial relevance were investigated for two different steels. cold forged cylindrical specimens produced with two different cross sectional area reduction (18 and 75 %) have been obtained for a 27mncr5 ferritic-pearlitic steel [1]. a c70 pearlitic steel was also used to produce connecting rods through a four step hot forging process. samples were extracted from the connecting rods directly in the as-forged condition or after a shot-blasted treatment applied in order to remove the scale [2]. tab. 1 details the processes and the mechanical properties of the four different materials/conditions studied (hereafter simply called different materials with a greek numbering as shown in the table). it can be seen from this table that the cold forging process produces a lower grain size than hot forging and that the grain size decreases with the level of reduction. when shot blasting is used (material iv) a grain size gradient is observed. ebsd observations reveal a 10 µm thick layer of extremely fine grains (< 1 µm); below this region a layer of heavily deformed grains is observed evolving gradually towards more equiaxed grains with an average size of 25 µm at a distance of 150-200 µm below the surface, where the unaffected bulk material begins. a gradient of mechanical properties is concomitantly observed with hardness values ranging from 350 hv at the surface to 280 hv at 400 µm below the surface. finally, in the bulk material, a residual stresses gradient (measured by x-ray diffraction) with compressive stress values ranging from 500 mpa at the surface to 0 mpa at a distance of 400 µm below the surface was measured . more detailed information can be found in [2] synchrotron tomography experiments in order to study the influence of the surface conditions induced by the finishing processes on the propagation of shallow fatigue cracks, small samples of 0.8 x 0.8 mm cross-sectional area were extracted at the surface of the forged components. the small cross section of the samples is the result of the large x-ray attenuation of iron and the small voxel size required to detect accurately the small cracks [3]. fig. 1 (a) and (b) show a schematic view of the fatigue samples extracted from the cold forged round bars (materials i and ii) and from hot forged connecting rods (materials iii and iv) by means of electro discharge machining. symbol material process σ0.2 (mpa) grain size (µm) i 27mncrfp cold forged (18%) 730 15 ii 27mncrp cold forged (75%) 1072 8 iii c70p hot forged 800 25 iv c70p hot forged + shot blasting 800 1 to 25 table 1: list of the materials and forging processes investigated with the corresponding mechanical properties and grain sizes. in material iv the shot blasting process produces a grain size gradient (see the text for details). residual stress measurements performed on the tomography samples showed values ranging from 0 to 20 mpa in samples of materials i, ii and iii. in the particular case of material iv, after spark machining the samples exhibited a curvature radius of 170 mm due to the presence of residual stress gradient. however, this curvature disappeared in the unloaded state after a few hundred fatigue cycles. thus it can be concluded that the samples tested were free of residual stresses. f p. lorenzino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 191-196; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.26 193 figure 1: miniature dog bone fatigue samples (cross section 0.8x0.8 mm2) extracted at the surface of the forged materials from the cold forged bars (materials i and ii) (a) or from the hot forged connecting rods (materials ii and iv) (b). artificial defects that act as the initiation point of the fatigue cracks were introduced at the sample surface by laser machining as described elsewhere in the case of cast iron [4]. in this study the notch obtained has the shape of a narrow wedge of dimensions (depth/width/opening): 50x100-150x5 µm3. it is shown schematically on fig. 2. in-situ fatigue tests were performed on id19 beamline at the european synchrotron radiation facility (esrf). a ”pink” x ray beam [5] with a photon energy of 60 kev is used with a pco edge ccd camera (2160 x 2560 pixels). the samples were cycled in situ using a dedicated fatigue machine mounted onto the rotation stage of the beamline [6]. once crack initiation was detected (by inspection of the radiographs of the sample under load) tomographic scans (2000 projections, exposure time of 0.07s duration 3.68 min) were recorded regularly after a given number of cycles. the samples were scanned under maximum load in order to improve crack visibility. uniaxial fatigue tests were carried out in pull-pull loading conditions with r=0.1. reconstruction of the tomographic data was performed with a standard filtered backprojection algorithm. a 0.65 µm voxel size was obtained. fiji and paraview open softwares were used for post-processing the 3d images. figure 2: left: projected view (along the loading direction) of the crack shape for material iv (hot forged + shot blasted) after 66kcycles fatigue cycles at σmax = 450 mpa r=0.1. the blue rectangle highlights the shape of the laser notch. right: reconstructed slice showing the crack shape a few micrometers below the surface (loading direction horizontal). p. lorenzino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 191-196; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.26 194 results and discussion ab. 2 summarizes the fatigue tests performed at the esrf. two tests were carried out in each material in order to have failures above and below 100.000 cycles. for material iv, five specimens were tested since in some cases the crack nucleated from a corner of the sample instead of the artificial defect. the ability of tomography to detect accurately the size/shape of the cracks was assessed by comparing the surface crack size measured on the reconstructed images (e.g. right image on fig. 2) with optical images obtained on the unbroken samples. in all cases a very good correspondence was observed (less than a few percent error). it was therefore possible to monitor accurately the 3d shape of the crack steadily propagating out of the artificial defect. material test σmax/ σ0.2 cycles (x103) failure origin i 1 0.62 61 notch i 2 0.57 160 notch ii 3 0.52 71 notch ii 4 0.48 125 notch iii 5 0.52 30 sample corner iii 6 0.47 121 notch iv 7 0.58 31 notch iv 8 0.59 60 sample corner iv 9 0.56 71.5 notch iv 10 0.63 95 sample corner iv 11 0.45 340 sample corner table 2: summary of the fatigue tests carried out at the synchrotron. regarding the initiation stages, for the cold forged materials, a larger number of cycles was required to initiate a crack from the notch for the material with the largest strain level (material ii). regarding propagation, for all materials, both the crack surfaces and crack fronts were relatively flat/smooth showing no indication of strong interactions with the local microstructure (see for example fig. 3 for an example of the crack fronts observed in material iv). figure 3: crack front shapes for material iv σmax = 450 mpa, r=0.1. the shape of the crack fronts is relatively smooth indicating the absence of strong interaction with the local microstructure (e.g. grains). despite their small physical sizes, the cracks behave as ”microstructurally long” fatigue cracks with continuously increasing growth rates. fig. 4 shows a comparison of the crack growth rates as a function of ∆k for materials iii and iv. in this figure the stress intensity factor values are based on the (area)1/2 parameter proposed by murakami [7]. t p. lorenzino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 191-196; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.26 195 it can be seen from this figure that the shot blasting effect has nearly no effect on the crack resistance of the two materials. the same results have been obtained when comparing materials i and ii. a more sophisticated analysis taking into account the 3d shape of the cracks for the calculation of the stress intensity factors (sif) with the raju & newman analytical formulas [8] shows again no difference between the four materials in terms of crack growth rates. figure 4: da/dn curves for materials iii and iv. the sif values are based on murakami’s (area)1/2parameter. figure 5: crack aspect ratio for the four materials studied (several samples per materials). one difference between the materials is observed when the crack shape is being considered. in case of material i, ii and iii the crack fronts acquire a semi-circular (penny) shape from a very early stage of propagation, conserving this geometry until final failure. in the case of material iv, however, the crack front acquires a semi-elliptical shape, a geometry which is maintained until final fracture. for materials i, ii and iii the crack intersects the surface with a 90 degree angle; this is not the case for material iv as observed on fig. 3. those differences are shown on fig. 5 which gives a summary of the crack aspect ratio (depth/half surface length) for all materials: material iv is the only one which has a ratio below 1. a raju & newman analysis of the sif values suggests that a penny shape correspond to a crack growing with an out of equilibrium shape that is to say a crack front along which k is not constant but higher at the surface. one explanation for this might be the “tunneling” effect of the crack which is well known for through cracks in ct samples (see for example [9]): a larger level of crack closure at the sample due to the larger plastic zone size “holds back” the crack front. p. lorenzino et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 191-196; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.26 196 although this has rarely been reported for 3d part-through cracks [10], this is consistent with the experimental observation of a grain size gradient at the surface of material iv. a smaller grain size restricts the plastic zone size (hall petch effect) and therefore the tunneling effect is reduced or even suppressed. experiments at larger r ratio on materials iii and iv (not shown here) tend to support this interpretation. conclusion n situ fatigue tests monitored by synchrotron x-ray tomography have been carried out on four different forged materials (two different steels + two different forging processes). the residual stresses which have been measured in some of the bulk materials have been released in the fatigue samples because of their small size. for the experimental conditions investigated, it was found that there is no influence of the forging process on crack growth curves. differences in crack front shapes have been observed for the material which has been shot blasted. those differences are interpreted in terms of the modifications induced in the sub-surface microstructure by the forging processes: a reduction of subsurface crack closure due to a local increase of the yield stress. acknowledgements his project has been funded by the french agence nationale de la recherche (defisurf project). the authors want to thank prof f.morel and dr. e.pessard for fruitful discussions. references [1] gerin, b., pessard, e., morel, f., verdu, c.,mary, a., beneficial effect of prestrain due to cold extrusion on the multiaxial fatigue strength of a 27mncr5 steel international journal of fatigue 92 (2016) 345–359. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2016.07.012 [2] gerin, b., pessard, e., morel, f., verdu, c., influence of surface integrity on the fatigue behaviour of a hot-forged and shot-peened c70 steel component materials science & engineering a 686 (2017) 121–133. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2017.01.041. [3] buffiere, j.-y., maire, e., adrien, j., ·masse, j.-p., boller, e., in situ experiments with x ray tomography: an attractive tool for experimental mechanics experimental mechanics 50 (2010) 289–305. doi: 10.1007/s11340-010-9333-7. [4] lachambre, j.,réthoré, j.,weck, a., buffiere, j.-y., extraction of stress intensity factors for 3d small fatigue cracks using digital volume correlation and x-ray tomography international journal of fatigue 71 (2015) 3–10. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2014.03.022. [5] p. willmott, p., an introduction to synchrotron radiation: techniques and applications, john wiley & sons, (2011). [6] buffiere, j.-y., ferrie, e., proudhon, h., ludwig, w., three dimensional visualisation of fatigue cracks in metals using high resolution synchrotron x-ray micro-tomography. mater. sc. technol., 22(9)(2006) 1019–1024. [7] murakami y., metal fatigue: effect of small defects and non-metallic inclusions. elsevier, (2002). [8] newman, j.c., raju, i.s., an empirical stress-intensity factor equation for the surface crack eng. frac. mech., 15 (1981) 185–192. [9] dawicke, d.s., grandt, a.f., newman, j.c., three-dimensional crack closure behavior engineering fracture mechanics, 36(1) (1990) 111-121. [10] ferrié, e., buffiere, j.-y., ludwig, w., gravouil, a., edwards, l., fatigue crack propagation: in situ visualization using x-ray microtomography and 3d simulation using the extended finite element method acta materialia, 54(4) (2006) 1111-1122. doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2005.10.053. i t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_21_3538.docx m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 289 multiple linear regression parameters for determining fatigue-based entropy characterisation of magnesium alloy m.a. fauthan, s. abdullah universiti kebangsaan malaysia, malaysia akashah948@gmail.com, shahrum@ukm.edu.my m.f. abdullah universiti pertahanan nasional, malaysia m.faizal@upnm.edu.my i.f. mohamed universiti kebangsaan malaysia, malaysia intanfadhlina@ukm.edu.my abstract. this paper presents the development of the multiple linear regression approach based on the stress ratio and applied load that was assessed using entropy generation. the energy dissipation is associated with material degradation to determine the fatigue life with consideration to the irreversible thermodynamic framework. this relationship was developed by predicting a complete entropy generation using a statistical approach, where a constant amplitude loading was applied to evaluate the fatigue life. by conducting compact tension tests, different stress ratios were applied to the specimen. during the tests, the temperature change was observed. the lowest entropy generation was 2.536 mjm-3 k-1 when 3,000n load with a stress ratio of 0.7 was applied to the specimen. the assumptions of the models were considered through graphical residual analysis. as a result, the predicted regression model based on the applied load and stress ratio was found to agree with the results of the experiment, with only 9.3% from the actual experiment. therefore, the entropy generation can be predicted to access the dissipated energy as an irreversible degradation of a metallic material, subjected to cyclic elastic-plastic loading. thermodynamic entropy is shown to play an important role in the fatigue process to trace the fatigue life. keywords. entropy; fatigue crack growth; magnesium alloy; multiple linear regression; stress ratio. citation: fauthan, m. a., abdullah, s., abdullah, m. f., mohamed, i. f., multiple linear regression parameters for determining fatigue-based entropy characterisation of magnesium alloy, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303. received: 31.03.2022 accepted: 29.06.2022 online first: 31.08.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/ujwd1hmts98 m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 290 introduction he growing ecological effect of transport emissions, limited resources, and the restraint to conserve energy has resulted in a comprehensive research study that focused on establishing innovative magnesium alloys for lightweight automobile structural applications. to ensure the safe and reliable applications of mg alloys, the fatigue deformation resistance of mg alloys has to be studied. since magnesium alloy has a very low weight for its capability and workability, industries make a high usage of magnesium alloys in many mechanical functions [1]. if the parts are exposed to load in cyclic conditions, the determination of fatigue properties becomes crucial. as a progressive reduction of the material strength process, fatigue will occur due to cyclic loading or cyclic contortion. fatigue failure can happen suddenly with no obvious caution and typically catastrophically [2]. it starts with the development of microcracks that continue to grow with duplicated applications of the load [3]. this concurrently decreases the product’s recurring strength until becomes so low that the structure’s failure is impeded [4]. fatigue problems are often the main problem of total performance, which thus calls for an investigation of magnesium alloys’ fatigue characteristics [5]. at the beginning of the research, common fatigue analysis methods include stress-life curves for high-cycle fatigue (hcf) and strain-life curves for low-cycle fatigue (lcf). existing approaches sometimes give inconsistent results, and failure measures usually depend on the environment set up. recent entropy-based fatigue studies have shown high accuracy, establishing thermodynamic energies and entropies as measures of system damage, degradation and failure. the fatigue procedure is typically accompanied by energy change, which establishes a thermodynamic structure to study its depiction. as the irreversible process occurs, the energy dissipates, which shows that the concept of entropy is a suitable tool to review the fatigue process [6]. in this case, entropy generation is an early detection mode that allows the researcher to develop the approach from the surface temperature evolution. the use of the energy theory to study fatigue is another approach to determining fatigue life. most works were conducted based on the total strain energy density, which has been widely used to evaluate material failure. over the past several decades, thermodynamic measurements have also been widely used with fatigue tests as non-destructive testing (ndt) method, mainly to determine fatigue properties. furthermore, some researchers [7] have examined the theoretical structure and comparable testing methods to analyse dissipated heat energy at the crack tips. the elastic-plastic fracture parameter shows the average heat energy in a cycle [8]. it was found that the fatigue damage can be depicted as an index for energy dissipation in a system volume cycle [9]. the fatigue process in mechanical processes uses the concept of the thermodynamics structure [10], which is not unanticipated as fatigue deterioration is an irreversible process that slowly ages a system until failure by fracture [11]. the second law of thermodynamics is related to fatigue, where entropy is generated during the disorder [12]. typically, fatigue is a complicated procedure that is impacted by different aspects. problems in fatigue research study occur due to the presence of many internal and external aspects such as the properties of the material as well as the load and geometry which affect fatigue behaviour [13]. after that, various approaches and theories have been used to design and study fatigue procedures, for instance, the variety of cyclic loading before fracture [14], dissipated energy [15], and deterioration in structural applications [16]. current research studies in infrared thermography for non-destructive examination of damage have offered brand-new research studies for the research findings the study of crack propagation for specimens subjected to cyclic loading [17]. in a traditional test, numerous unidentified input specifications are needed. furthermore, this relationship can be described through the introduction of multiple linear regression (mlr) to predict a variable’s value based on the importance of two or more other variables. earlier research studies have shown that the evolution of temperature throughout fatigue failure can be utilised as a primary forecast of fatigue life [18]. to examine fatigue failure based on entropy generation, the temperature level difference throughout the fatigue system is essential [19]. if the total generation of entropy can be approached through regression, then fatigue life can be predicted. hence, this paper aims to describe the mlr relationship to predict the total entropy generation of magnesium alloy, az31b. literature background he thermodynamic approach to assessing materials’ fatigue behaviour requires the definition of a system that obeys thermodynamics laws. for practical purposes, it is considered that the material subjected to the analysis is a closed system since there is no mass inter-change with the environment, even though there is heat transfer through the boundaries. the dissipative process during the energy transformation can be assumed as fatigue damage. typically, it is presumed that, for a volume of product v going through cyclic loadings, the power w used up in one cycle is either dissipated as heat (q) t t m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 291 or taken in to elicit variation of the internal energy (u) [20]. according to the first law of thermodynamics, the equation is expressed by:         w q u (1) the advantage of utilising thermodynamic forces and flows is that the entropy production σ can be explained in terms of experimentally quantifiable amounts. for this reason, during the dissipative process, high-quality energy degrades to lowgrade energy, which is a procedure called entropy generation [21]. entropy generation method n fatigue, the dissipative process p = p(ζ) depends on a time-dependent phenomenological variable 𝜁. when defined in general terms, the change in system’s entropy, ds through a form of modification is connected to δq by: ds=δq/t (2) where t is the temperature. entropy production rate depends on dissipative process p, and its rate is σ = ds/dt                    i id s s p xj dt p t (3) where is x =       i s p p the thermodynamics forces and j =    t is the thermodynamics flows. in this research, the dissipative process is the plastic strain involving fatigue [23]. the measure of system degradation, w. so, let d is the rate of degradation d = dw/dt :                  pdw w d yj dt p t (4) from above equation, the degradation of the system varies in the same manner between dissipative process p and the entropy generation. the combined parameter in eqns. (3) and (4) is the thermodynamic flow, j, a degradation coefficient can be expressed as:       / /     / /               i i w p py w b x s p p s (5) from eqn. (4) and eqn. (5), the degradation can be defined as:        p dwfda d yj bxj b dt t dn (6) some researchers [25] have mentioned in their research that :  4 2      p y dw k at dn (7) therefore, i m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 292  4 2       y kda da at b dn fdt t (8) the following equation assumes the relationship between plastic deformation and the thermal dissipation in the second law of thermodynamics in solids with internal friction [26]: 2  /    .    /  p qw t j grad t t (9) in this instance  signifies the rate at which entropy is manufactured (  ≥ 0 ), jq is the heat flux, t the temperature of the surface, and pw is the recurring plastic energy mass per unit which comes from the calculation from morrow’s estimate [27].  p fw an (10) constants a and α are from the material value, which can be found using this equation:  2 , ,2         b cb c f f f c b a n c b (11) where '   f and ' f are cyclic ductility and fatigue strength coefficient, respectively. then, the terms b and c are the fatigue strength exponent and the fatigue ductility exponent, respectively. multiple linear regression (mlr) lr was chosen to develop a relationship between entropy and the applied load as well as stress ratio to ensure the linear relation between dependent and independent variables. mlr is able to immediately predict the dependent variable by matching the observational data and thus eliminating the need for repeated research with commercial software. the general multiple regression model was defined to be:  i 1 1 2 2  .             i i n in if x x x x (12) mlr attempts to model the relationship between two or more explanatory variables and a response variable by fitting a linear equation to observed data. every value of the independent variable is associated with a value of the dependent variable. from the eqn. (12),  if x is the dependent variable (entropy of the material) and ix is the ith independent variable. there are two independent variables in this study: (1) load applied and (2) stress ratio.  i represents the intercept, which is a constant, 1 represents the slope of the linear relationship between the means of the dependent and independent variables, and e is the random error with a mean of 0. additionally, this work aimed to provide a reliable solution to predict fatigue life. methodology he methodology implemented in this study begins with the determination of fatigue crack growth and temperature evolution. in fig. 1, the process flow of the study is shown. this paper starts from the material preparation until the development of mlr. after the material preparation, the fatigue crack growth test was conducted to determine the stress intensity factor using the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) principle. during the test, besides observing the m t m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 293 fatigue crack growth rate, the evolution of the surface temperature was also monitored. the collected data were used for further investigation on entropy generation. all the data needed to be validated before proceeding with the development of mlr. the approach applied in this study begins by determining the fatigue crack development and the evolution of temperature. the study made use of the commercial az31b magnesium alloy. az31b is a wrought magnesium alloy with both notable room-temperature ductility and strength. figure 1: process flow of crack growth and entropy generation figure 2: geometry of the specimen with dimension in mm according to astm e647 figure 3: the setup of the ir sensor and the specimen m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 294 the az31b’s mechanical properties are listed in tab. 1. the thickness of the specimen is 10 mm. properties young’s modulus (gpa) 44.8 poisson’s ratio 0.3 yield strength (mpa) 244 uts (mpa) 298 table 1: material properties of az31b [1] the specimens of compact tension (ct) were prepared following the recommendation of the astm e647 standard document as illustrated in fig. 2 to study the fatigue crack growth (fcg). the cnc milling machine and electrical discharge wire-cutting device were used to cut the sample to the required dimensions. the need to prepare a good quality sample is very important, which can be achieved by polishing and cleaning the sample using sandpaper with 600, 9000 and 1200 grids. therefore, no oxides and grease on the specimen’s surface are present to obtain accurate results during the thermos-effect measurement. furthermore, the exclusion of stress concentration on the surface could prolong the beginning of the fatigue crack. a uniaxial servo-hydraulic at a load capacity of 100kn was used to perform all the fcg experiments as in fig. 3. the temperature of the surface material was monitored and recorded using the non-contact infrared sensor. the usage of an infrared sensor is to enable the measurement of small fluctuation of temperature due to elastic deformation during the test. common equipment such as the thermocouple is not suitable for this set of tests. the specimen used a constant amplitude sinusoidal loading with a different load (2,600 n, 2,800 n and 3,000n) and different load ratios (r = 0.1, 0.4 and 0.7) [24] with constant frequency of 10 hz. according to previous work, to perform the lefm method, the stress applied should not exceed 0.8𝜎 of uts. considering the suitability of δk, the different load must be calculated using:  3/2 2       1         p p k f b w (13) and 3 4  (0.886 4.64 14.72 5.6     pf ) (14) b and w are the thickness of the specimen, pf is the geometry factor and 𝛼 is w/p where w/p should not exceed 0.2 as mentioned in the e647 standard document. during the test, the specimen’s temperature trend was detected with the infrared sensor which was set up with a 50 mm gap between the sensor and specimen according to the specification of the setting device. results and discussion fatigue crack growth he crack caused by fatigue can be monitored from the experiment. from the beginning of the process, the crack initiation of the specimen was shown. at the loading of 2,600n, the crack began after 4,343 cycles, while for the 2,800n load, cracking began after 3,739 cycles. during the loading of 3,000n, the specimen recorded the lowest cycle at 2,288 compared to the others. the increment of the amplitude loading led to shorter fatigue life at 2.87 x 104, 2.70 x 104, and 2.55 x 104 cycles, respectively. the test also explains that if a different load of 2,600n, 2,800n, and 3,000n was applied, the curve varies from each other since the load of 2,600n with 0.1 stress ratio has the longest fatigue life. the t m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 295 difference does not mean that the specimen has different material properties but that it needs to be analysed using the loglog curve. figure 4: fatigue crack growth curve for the az31b magnesium alloy for stress ratio 0.1, 0.4, 0.7 after 2,600n was applied. next, the correlation between calculated δk and crack growth is explored. the data attained from the experiment showed three different results even though the setup of the experiment was the same. however, the scattered band of fatigue crack growth rate was estimated to be the same in the log-log relationship. fig. 4 depicts the confirmation of the linear relationship between da⁄dn and δk values in the double log scale. the constant m was calculated to be 3.6 for the stress ratio of 0.1, 0.4 and 0.7, while the c value was in the range of 1.0 x 10-7 to 3.0 x 10-10 (m/cycle)/ mpa.m1/2. entropy generation the evolution of the crack’s temperature throughout the fatigue crack growth investigation for all loads applied and stress ratio is displayed in fig. 5 (a). it shows that different loads with different stress ratios will give different results. moreover, the results show that the value changes go through three different phases. however, the temperatures show the same trend. from fig. 5 (b), at the beginning of the fcg test, which is in stage 1, the sudden movement and the disruptions of the grains will cause a rise in the surface temperature, which concerns 10% of the material’s lifecycle [21]. the phenomenon of intrusion and extrusion also occurs during this stage. after that, the temperature is more stable in stage 2 as the volume of heat generated is the same as the heat released to the surrounding. however, at the end of the test, the temperature begins to increase in a short time due to the more extensive plastic deformation compared to the deformation that occurs in the second stage. there was a progressive increase in the rate of fatigue crack growth as they tend to become unstable in stage 3 [11]. (a) m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 296 (b) figure 5: the temperature evolution measured during fatigue a crack growth tests: (a) three different load and stress ratio (b) under 2,600n for stress ratio 0.1. from the experiment done, the development of the entropy generation for three various loads and three various stress ratios are different from each other. the temperature level utilised to examine the entropy generation remains in kelvin. for the majority of the fatigue life, the entropy generation was almost consistent [28]. entropy generation is       f w t since the temperature evolutions are small. for the purpose of comparison, the load of 2,600n is further investigated. fig. 6 shows that the relation between the fatigue crack growth and the energy dissipation is in a linear function for the three different stress ratio tests. however, it is obvious that the gradients of the three graphs are of different values. the difference indicates that during the crack growth, there were different amounts of energy dissipation for the three different stress ratios. in other words, energy dissipation is dependent on the stress ratio value. from other research [29], the energy dissipation is independent with the dimension, load, and stress ratio to each material. figure 6: the energy dissipation during the fatigue crack growth for different stress ratio however, the disparity on this matter can be explained in the relationship between δk and energy dissipation during the fatigue crack growth. the spread of the points in fig. 7 is nearly at the same trend. the difference is at the end of the test, m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 297 where the lowest stress ratio, 0.1 showed the highest energy dissipated. this relationship shows that the energy dissipated is independent of the stress ratio. as the crack growth increases, the total entropy was calculated until the specimen fractures utterly. the total entropy generation when a load of 2,600 n was applied was 3.424, 3.101 and 2.922 mjm-3 k-1 for stress ratios of 0.1, 0.4 and 0.7, respectively. according to fig. 8, the total entropy generation decreased as a higher stress ratio was applied. this was due to the distribution of a higher energy per unit volume, which led to failure. it shows that with a higher entropy generation, the specimen should have a higher fatigue life. it shows that entropy generation with consideration to internal friction moved from a low value to a higher value as loads decreased due to the accumulation of internal friction. figure 7: the relationship between energy dissipated rate and delta k in different stress ratio for 2600n figure 8: total entropy generation with different loads and stress ratios. tab. 2 and fig. 9 show the statistical analysis for the cycle count. it is evident that the distribution offered the best fit for the cycle count information according to the goodness of fit criteria. a probability distribution is an analytical function that explains all the values that are possible and the probabilities that a random variable can take within a bounded range. this range varies between the lowest and highest potential value, however, the possible value that is most likely to be outlined on the probability distribution depends on a variety of elements. the p-value of each load applied shows the value of 0.975, 0.973 and 0.940. the p-value is a probability that measures the evidence against the null hypothesis. smaller p-values provide stronger evidence against the null hypothesis. to determine whether the data do not follow a normal distribution, compare the p-value to the significance level. because the p-value was greater than the significance level of 0.05, the value is acceptable [30][31]. for example, a significance level of 0.05 indicates a 5% risk of concluding that a difference exists when there is no actual difference. the analytical chart reveals that the points fall within the self-confidence limitations, showing that the m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 298 straight line seems to have a relatively good fit for the data [32]. this suggests no proof that the value does not come from distribution for cycles count data of load used for 2,600n, 2,800n and 3,000n. it was evident that the distribution offered the best fit for the cycle count information according to the goodness of fit. fig. 10 shows the entropy correlation between the predicted and experimental values. correlation analysis is a method of statistical evaluation to study the strength of a relationship between two numerically measured and continuous variables. this method has been used by various researchers to calculate the accuracy of empirical data with the predicted fatigue life data. the plot shows that all points are fitted fit within the range of 1:2 and 2:1 correlation margin. as all of the points were scattered within the lines, the simulated and experimental fatigue lives were determined to be within the acceptable limit. load applied, n mean st dev ad p-value 2600 16467 7683 0.127 0.975 2800 16962 6270 0.128 0.973 3000 15446 6427 0.151 0.940 table 2: the statistical results of cycles count data. (a) (b) (c) figure 9: the probability distribution of fatigue crack growth at different load of (a) 2600n; (b) 2800n; (c) 3000n m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 299 figure 10: relationship between predicted and experimental entropy multiple linear regression to calculate the relationship between two or more independent variables and one reliant variable, mlr was utilised. the regression design can describe the indirect regression examination with just one explanatory variable by utilising a twodimensional plot of the reliant variable as a function of the independent variable [33]. the regression has five key assumptions: 1) linear relationship, 2) multivariate normality, 3) no or little multicollinearity, 4) no autocorrelation, and 5) homoscedasticity. from the data set, the straight line can be obtained to represent the model of regression. moreover, the r2 value determines fit consistency. nonetheless, there are many explanatory variables associated with mlr analysis and, as a result, the presumptions of linearity, homoscedasticity, and normality must be tested to confirm that the mlr-based entropy models obtained in this research can be generated with valid inferences. in statistics, the response surface methodology as in fig. 11, explores the relationships between several explanatory variables and one or more response variables. response surface plots such as contour and surface plots are useful for establishing desirable response values and operating conditions. in a contour plot, the response surface is viewed as a two-dimensional plane where all points that have the same response are connected to produce contour lines of constant responses. overall, the response surface plot in fig. 11 shows that the entropy varies inversely with the load applied and linearly with the stress ratio (independent variables), which validates the linearity of the mlr-based entropy model presumption. figure 11: the response surface for entropy mlr-based entropy model next, the assumptions of the mlr model were assessed. the four different conditions that need to be evaluated for the multiple regression to give a valid result are the linear function, independent function, normal distribution and equal variance [34]. the results are shown in fig. 12. hence, all the mlr-based entropy models justified the requirement that most of the error terms are generally dispersed. when the goodness of fit, homoscedasticity, normality, and linearity of the mlr-based entropy model had been examined, the model was verified by contrasting the entropy values by the models with those observed from the experiment for 3000n, as presented in fig. 13. from that figure, the entropy anticipated by the mlr m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 300 based entropy model shows noble conformity with the entropy values from the experiments, with an r2 value of 0.9760. the r2 value is more significant than 0.9000, which offers the dependability of the model in predicting the entropy of the specimen [33]. (a) (b) (c) (d) figure 12: observation of multiple regression. next, the mlr analysis was applied to produce a meaningful entropy prediction model. the set of data that contains the entropy generation values of the ct specimens, stress ratio (r), and load applied (p), as shown in eqn. (12), was utilised to develop the mlr-based entropy models. the mlr-based entropy generation model or also known as the predicted entropy (γ) was obtained as:  = 5.827 0.001148p + 0.8044r (15) therefore, the regression model parameters are: 𝛼 = 5.827 1 = -0.001148 2 = 0.8044 once the assumption of the mlr-based entropy model was clarified to be acceptable, the models were compared to the experimental values done with a load of 3,000n. tab. 4 shows the percentage of the difference between the experimental and predicted data for 3,000n load conditions. the difference is less than 10%, and the determined entropy generation well 0.100.050.00-0.05-0.10-0.15 99 95 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 5 1 residual pe rc en t normal probability plot (response is entropy) 987654321 0.05 0.00 -0.05 -0.10 observation order re sid ua l versus order (response is entropy) 0.080.040.00-0.04-0.08 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 residual fr eq ue nc y histogram (response is entropy) 3.43.33.23.13.02.92.82.72.62.5 0.05 0.00 -0.05 -0.10 fitted value re sid ua l versus fits (response is entropy) m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 301 forecasts the experimental data under new load conditions. this shows that the majority of the predicted entropy generation was near to a comparable experimental value. figure 13: comparison between the entropy predicted by the mlr-based entropy and entropy observed from the experiment for load 3000n. stress ratio experimental entropy predicted entropy % of differences 0.1 2.956 3.090 4.6% 0.4 2.607 2.849 9.3% 0.7 2.536 2.608 2.8% table 3: the percentage of difference entropy generation concerning the experimental data for 3000n. conclusions his research shows that entropy generation was deployed as an effective way of measuring the crack growth behaviour of a material with changes in temperature during the fatigue process. the tests were done using compact tension made of az31b magnesium alloy for load ratios of 0.1, 0.4, and 0.7 with different loads of 2,600n, 2,800n and 3,000n. the fatigue crack growth life increased with a decrease in the value of the stress ratio. an approach to developing the mlr relationship between the entropy generation applied load and stress ratio was shown in this paper. the assessment of entropy generation through energy dissipation is needed by using an analytical method. throughout the fatigue test, the entropy generation can be determined from the temperature evolution. by performing compact tension tests, various stress ratios of 0.1, 0.4 and 0.7 were used on the specimen with applied loads of 2,600n, 2,800n and 3,000n. from the test, the lowest entropy generation was 2.536 mjm-3 k-1 when a 3,000n load with a stress ratio of 0.7 was used for the specimen. note that the deviation of entropy generation represents a change in the internal friction between the two loads. therefore, if the entropy generation can be determined and the relationship graphs can be plotted from the fatigue test, then the prediction of the internal friction can be done. as an outcome, the predicted regression model for load 3,000n based on the applied load and stress ratio was discovered to concur with the outcomes of the experiment, with just 9.3% from the real experiment where the entropy values obtained from the experiment and regression model were in good agreement. the results were indeed encouraging, where the percentage difference between the mlr-based entropy models was less than 10%. through this study, the data collected also will be beneficial to new approaches to predict fatigue life and get better results such as artificial intelligence. artificial intelligence is used to solve complex tasks by linking patterns to real-valued quantities by integrating data science and computational resources. an artificial neural network (ann) is trained on experimentally determined data that is highly relevant in terms of fatigue. load stress, hardness and defect size are the three main parameters that are defined as input arguments. the main fields of application are pattern recognition, classification, time series forecasting, and signal processing. artificial neural networks (anns) are computing systems started by biological t m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 302 neurons such as the human brain. anns are able to learn from an experience similar to how humans learn. after total fracture occurs at a certain load level, defect size is evaluated by fracture surface analysis. therefore, various methods have been developed by researchers because there is always a margin for improvement to make fatigue life prediction more accurate. acknowledgments he authors graciously acknowledge the financial support provided by universiti kebangsaan malaysia (frgs/1/2019/tk03/ukm/01/3 and dip-2019-015) and universiti pertahanan nasional (frgs/1/2018/tk03/upnm/03/1). reference [1] xiong, y., yu, q. and jiang, y. (2012). multiaxial fatigue of extruded az31b magnesium alloy, mater. sci. eng. a, 546, pp. 119–128. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2012.03.039. [2] osara, j. a. and bryant, m. d. (2019). thermodynamics of fatigue: degradation-entropy generation methodology for system and process characterization and failure analysis, entropy, 21(7), pp. 1-24. doi: 10.3390/e21070685. [3] gu, c., lian, j., bao, y. and münstermann, s. (2019). microstructure-based fatigue modelling with residual stresses: prediction of the microcrack initiation around inclusions, mater. sci. eng. a, 751, pp. 133–141. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2019.02.058 [4] kahirdeh, a., sauerbrunn, c., yun, h., and modarres, m. (2017). a parametric approach to acoustic entropy estimation for assessment of fatigue damage, int. j. fatigue, 100, pp. 229–237. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.03.019. [5] wang, z., et al. (2021). in-situ synchrotron x-ray tomography investigation of damage mechanism of an extruded magnesium alloy in uniaxial low-cycle fatigue with ratcheting, acta mater., 211, pp. 1-13. doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2021.116881 [6] wang, x.g., ran, h.r., jiang, c., fang, q.h. (2018). an energy dissipation-based fatigue crack growth model, int. j. fatigue, 114. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.05.018 [7] fan, j. (2018). high cycle fatigue behavior evaluation of q235 steel based on energy dissipation, jixie gongcheng xuebao/journal mech. eng. doi: 10.3901/jme.2018.06.001. [8] meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., atzori, b. (2016). the heat energy dissipated in a control volume to correlate the fatigue strength of bluntly and severely notched stainless steel specimens, procedia struct. integr., 2, pp. 2076–2083, doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.06.260. [9] meneghetti, g., ricotta, m., pitarresi, g. (2019). infrared thermography-based evaluation of the elastic-plastic j-integral to correlate fatigue crack growth data of a stainless steel, int. j. fatigue, 125, pp. 149–160, doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.03.034. [10] wang, x.g., crupi, v., jiang, c., feng, e.s., guglielmino, e., wang, c.s. (2017). energy-based approach for fatigue life prediction of pure copper, int. j. fatigue, 104, pp. 243–250. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.07.025. [11] klingbeil, n.w. (2003). a total dissipated energy theory of fatigue crack growth in ductile solids, int. j. fatigue, 25(2), pp. 117–128. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(02)00073-7. [12] guo, q., guo, x., fan, j., syed, r., wu, c. (2015). an energy method for rapid evaluation of high-cycle fatigue parameters based on intrinsic dissipation, int. j. fatigue. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2015.04.016. [13] kahirdeh, a., khonsari, m.m. (2015). energy dissipation in the course of the fatigue degradation: mathematical derivation and experimental quantification, int. j. solids struct., 77. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsolstr.2015.06.032. [14] teng, z., wu, h., boller, c., starke, p. (2020). thermography in high cycle fatigue short-term evaluation procedures applied to a medium carbon steel, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 43(3), pp. 515–26. doi: 10.1111/ffe.13136. [15] mohammadi, b., mahmoudi, a. (2018). developing a new model to predict the fatigue life of cross-ply laminates using coupled cdm-entropy generation approach, theor. appl. fract. mech., 95, pp. 18–27. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2018.02.012. [16] wang, j., yao, y. (2017). an entropy based low-cycle fatigue life prediction model for solder materials, entropy, 19(10). doi: 10.3390/e19100503. [17] teng, z., wu, h., boller, c., starke, p. (2020). thermodynamic entropy as a marker of high-cycle fatigue damage accumulation: example for normalized sae 1045 steel, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 43(12), pp. 2854–2866, t m. a. fauthan et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 289-303; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.21 303 doi: 10.1111/ffe.13303. [18] wang, j., jiang, w., wang, q. (2019). experimental and numerical evaluation of fatigue crack growth rate based on critical plastically dissipated energy, int. j. fatigue, 118, pp. 87–97. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.09.003. [19] xiao-qing, l., hong-xia, z., zhi-feng, y., wen-xian, w., ya-guo, z., qian-ming, z. (2013). fatigue life prediction of az31b magnesium alloy and its welding joint through infrared thermography, theor. appl. fract. mech., pp. 1–7. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2013.10.001. [20] ribeiro, p., petit, j., gallimard, l. (2020). experimental determination of entropy and exergy in low cycle fatigue, int. j. fatigue, , pp. 105333. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.105333 [21] nourian-avval, a., khonsari, m.m. (2021). rapid prediction of fatigue life based on thermodynamic entropy generation, int. j. fatigue, 145, pp. 106105. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2020.106105 [22] kong, y.s., abdullah, s., schramm, d., omar, m.z., haris, s.m. (2019). development of multiple linear regressionbased models for fatigue life evaluation of automotive coil springs, mech. syst. signal process., 118, pp. 675–695. doi: 10.1016/j.ymssp.2018.09.007. [23] hajshirmohammadi, b., khonsari, m.m. (2020). on the entropy of fatigue crack propagation, int. j. fatigue, 133, pp. 105413. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.105413. [24] rabbolini, s., beretta, s., foletti, s. (2016). fatigue crack growth in low cycle fatigue: an analysis of crack closure based on image correlation, procedia struct. integr., 1, pp. 158–165. doi: 10.1016/j.prostr.2016.02.022. [25] stephens, r.i., fatemi, a., stephens, r.r. & fuchs, h.o. (2000). metal fatigue in engineering, 2nd edition. united states of america, john wiley & sons. [26] jang, j.y., khonsari, m.m. (2018). on the evaluation of fracture fatigue entropy, theor. appl. fract. mech., 96, pp. 351–361. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2018.05.013. [27] ontiveros, v., amiri, m., kahirdeh, a., modarres, m. (2017). thermodynamic entropy generation in the course of the fatigue crack initiation, fatigue fract. eng. mater. struct., 40(3). doi: 10.1111/ffe.12506. [28] naderi, m., amiri, m., khonsari, m.m. (2010). on the thermodynamic entropy of fatigue fracture, proc. r. soc. a math. phys. eng. sci., 466(2114), pp. 423–438, doi: 10.1098/rspa.2009.0348. [29] liakat, m., khonsari, m.m. (2014). rapid estimation of fatigue entropy and toughness in metals, mater. des., 62, pp. 149–157. doi: 10.1098/rspa.2009.0348. [30] mansor, n.i.i., abdullah, s., ariffin, a.k. (2017). discrepancies of fatigue crack growth behaviour of api x65 steel, j. mech. sci. technol., 31(10), pp. 4719–4726. doi: 10.1007/s12206-017-0918-2. [31] asadi, s., amiri, s.s., mottahedi, m. (2014). on the development of multi-linear regression analysis to assess energy consumption in the early stages of building design, energy build. doi: 10.1016/j.enbuild.2014.07.096. [32] gope, p. (1999). determination of sample size for estimation of fatigue life by using weibull or log-normal distribution, int. j. fatigue, 21(8), pp. 745–752. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(99)00048-1. [33] castillo, e., fernández-canteli, a., pinto, h., lópez-aenlle, m. (2008). a general regression model for statistical analysis of strain-life fatigue data, mater. lett., 62(21–22), pp. 3639–3642. doi: 10.1016/j.matlet.2008.04.015. [34] ciulla, g., amico, a.d. (2019). building energy performance forecasting: a multiple linear regression approach, appl. energy, 253, pp. 113500. doi: 10.1016/j.apenergy.2019.113500. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_11 h.a. richard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 80-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.11 80 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture 3d-mixed-mode-loading: material characteristic values and criteria’s validity h. a. richard, a. eberlein university of paderborn, institute of applied mechanics, pohlweg 47-49, 33098 paderborn, germany richard@fam.upb.de, http://mb.uni-paderborn.de/fam/ eberlein@fam.upb.de, http://mb.uni-paderborn.de/fam/ abstract. in many structures and components cracks, which are exposed to a 3d-mixed-mode-loading, occur due to multiaxial loading situation. a reliable evaluation of those components requires fracture mechanical criteria validated by experimental investigations. within this article 3d-mixed-mode criteria for static as well as cyclic loadings will be presented. experiments for pure mode i-loading, pure mode ii-loading, pure mode iiiloading and 2das well as 3d-mixed-mode-loading combinations are performed using specially developed specimens and loading devices. by comparing the experimental results with criteria a widely validity of criteria and a generally conservative behaviour are revealed. keywords. 3d-mixed-mode criteria; threshold values; fracture toughness; ctsr-specimen. introduction n many practical cases crack growth leads to fatigue fracture or abrupt failure of components and structures. for reasons of a reliable quantification of the endangerment due to sudden fracture of a component it is of huge importance to know the limiting values (fracture toughness) for the beginning of instable crack growth as well as the threshold values for the fatigue crack growth. this contribution deals with the complex problem of crack growth under mixed-mode-loading. it will present a comparison between concepts, which characterises the superposition of mode i and mode ii (2d-mixed-mode) as well as the superposition of all three modes (mode i, mode ii and mode iii) for spatial loading conditions, and experimental results for stable and unstable crack growth. multiaxial stress field and fracture modes n linear-elastic fracture mechanics the characterisation of the loading situation at the crack front and in its neighbourhood is based on stresses and displacements. generally, a crack can be loaded by a multiaxial stress field consisting of six stress components. as fig. 1 exemplary shows on a boarder crack with the length a in a volume cube, different stresses causes various crack loadings (fracture modes). σy induces a crack opening (mode i). a mode iloaded crack grows perpendicular to the normal stress σy. due to the shear stress τxy the crack kinks out of its previous direction in shear stress plane. in this case a mode ii-loading on crack is present. the shear stress τyz effects an anti-plane shear loading (mode iii) at the crack, which leads to a crack twisting. furthermore the initial crack separates in multiple daughter crack segments. i i h.a. richard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 80-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.11 81 mode i mode ii mode iii figure 1: stress components and fracture modes nevertheless, cracks in real structures often experience complex loading conditions, which are to a superposition of the three basic fracture modes. for plane crack problems in the case of 2d-mixed-mode the stress distribution can be described with the help of the near field solution and the polar coordinates r and φ (see fig. 1) by the following equation as [1]:        iiijiiiijiij 2 1 fkfk,r    rπ (1) with i, j = x, y. the calculation of the stress distribution spatially crack problems loaded under 3d-mixed-mode is completed by a third term to:          iiiijiiiiiijiiiijiij 2 1 fkfkfk,r    rπ (2) with i, j = x, y, z. ki, kii and kiii are from irwin established stress intensity factors. they are assigned to the basic fracture modes of a crack and defined by eq. 3. the stress intensity factor depends on the stress (σy, τxy or τyz), the crack length a and on the boundary correction factor (yi, yii or yiii). if the loading of a structure creates a non-symmetrical, singular stress field in the vicinity of the crack front, then the crack front deforms in a way that not only an opening, but also a planar and nonplanar displacement of the two crack flanks can be found. consequently, the stress field in the vicinity of the crack is superimposed by all of three stress intensity factors ki, kii and kiii. iyi yk  aπ iixyii yk  aπ iiiyziii yk  aπ (3) unstable crack growth under 2dund 3d-mixed-mode-loading f enormous interest concerning the part dimensioning is the beginning of unstable crack growth, because the consequence often is a high material and immaterial damage. to predict unstable crack growth under 2dand 3d-mixed-mode-loading many criteria exist, which compare the occurred stress or stress intensity factor with a critical stress σc or the fracture toughness kic. some of them are listed below. o h.a. richard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 80-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.11 82 3d-criterion by richard the beginning of unstable crack growth as well as the crack growth direction e.g. can be determined by using the following fracture criteria:  criterion by erdogan and sih [2]  2d-criterion by richard [3, 4]  criterion by schöllmann et al. [1, 5, 6]  3d-criterion by richard [4, 7]. within this contribution only the 3d-criterion by richard is described explicitly. this criterion is developed in order to simplify the prediction of crack growth under multiaxial loading. due to the fact that engineers often use the classical stress hypotheses the formula is helpful for practical application. unstable crack growth will occur, if the local loading condition along the crack front reaches the fracture toughness value. this situation can be described by the following fracture criterion [4]:     ic2iii22ii12iiv 44 2 1 2 kkkk k k   (4) where α1 = kic/kiic and α2 = kic/kiiic. for the material parameters α1 = 1.155 and α2 = 1.0 eq. 4 is in excellent agreement with the kv-prediction of the criterion by schöllmann et al. experimental investigations for unstable crack growth under mixed-mode-loading conditions in the following, experimental investigations on 2dand 3d-mixed-mode loadings are presented. in the past several specimen types for 2d-mixed-mode problems have been proposed [3, 7, 8]. among others, the cts-specimen together with its loading device [9, 10] has proven its applicability. therefore only the cts-specimen will be discussed in the following. the loading device in fig. 2 allows applying pure mode i-, pure mode iias well as almost every 2d-mixedmode-loading combination to the cts-specimen by using just a uniaxial tension testing machine. for the purpose of varying the mixed-mode-loading only the loading angle  has to be changed. figure 2: loading device for plane mixed-mode i + ii-loading referring to the afm-specimen [11] a new specimen, so-called ctsr-specimen, with the corresponding loading device, shown in fig. 3, has been developed [12] for investigating 3d-mixed-mode-loadings. this new specimen and corresponding loading device enables any combination of mixed-mode-loading including pure mode i-, pure mode iiand pure mode iii-loading. the loading device allows to generate any ratio of mode i to mode ii/mode iii by changing the loading angle α in 15°-steps. by rotating the so-called turret also in 15°-steps (varying the second loading angle β) inside h.a. richard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 80-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.11 83 the loading device the ratio of mode ii or mode iii load is set. both loading angles α and β can be adjusted in the range from 0° to 90°, whereby the load line of action always passes through the centre of specimen. the detailed ctsrspecimen geometry with relevant dimensions is illustrated in [13, 18]. this paper will focus on eperimental results investigated by ctsr-specimen and the corresponding loading device. figure 3: loading device for 3d-mixed-mode-loading comparison of experimental results with fracture criteria in the following results of fracture experiments and comparison with 3d-criterion by richard are shown and discussed. the points in fig. 4 are the fracture toughness values for pmma, measured on ctsr-specimens. by comparison with the 3d-criterion by richard or the criterion by schöllmann et al., mentioned in this paper, a significant variation of the fracture toughness values determined by mode iii-loading is noticeable. the resulting fracture toughness values for pure mode iii-loading kiiic are around factor 2.7 above the hypothesis [14]. furthermore, it is visible that the less the mode iii ratio the better the congruence with the predictions of the hypothesis. as soon as there is no mode iii-loading the measured values are very close to the criterion by richard. the reason for the big spread between the hypothesis and the mode iii fracture toughness values is possibly the building of a new fragmented crack front with many facets, which is not considered in the criteria yet. h.a. richard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 80-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.11 84 figure 4: experimental results for pmma in contrast to the criterion by richard fatigue crack growth under 2dand 3d-mixed-mode-loading mong the experimental determination of the fracture limit surface presented in fig. 4 for pmma the investigation of the threshold value surface of different materials under 2dand 3d-mixed-mode-conditions is important too, to characterise the crack growth behaviour under combined loading situations. cyclic comparative stress intensity factor for fatigue crack growth a crack, which is subjected to an arbitrary mixed-mode-loading, is able to propagate under fatigue crack growth conditions, if the local crack front loading combined of mode i, mode ii and mode iii portions is located in between the threshold value and a critical cyclic stress intensity factor. this condition can be written down by the formula: icvthi, δδδ kkk  (5) hereby δkv is the cyclic comparative stress intensity factor, which can be derived from eq. 4 using as before α1 = 1.155 and α2 = 1.0: 2 iii 2 ii 2 i i v δ4δ3365δ 2 1 2 δ δ kk,k k k  (6) experimental determinations of threshold values under combined loading the mixed-mode threshold values were determined using the load rising amplitude test [15, 16, 17]. before the fatigue test the specimen were pre-cracked under cyclic compression. the advantage of pre-cracking the specimen in cyclic compression are, however, the left residual tensile stresses, which may cause cyclic plastic deformation and crack initiation [15]. the threshold tests were performed at a constant load ratio of r = 0.1 by increasing the load amplitude in a h.a. richard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 80-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.11 85 steps until the threshold value is reached. a more detailed information to the experimental procedure and chosen parameters can be found in [18]. comparison of experimental results with fatigue criterion the mixed-mode threshold values determined by the procedure described above are illustrated in fig. 5. the threshold values of al7075-t651 measured by schirmeisen [13] in comparison of the criterion by richard show for pure mode iloading, 2d-mixed-mode-loading and for mixed-mode ii + iii-loading with small mode iii-ratio a good congruence with the threshold value surface of the criterion by richard. a significant variation, with around a factor of 2.2 above the hypothesis [14], depict the threshold values for pure mode iii-loading. the threshold values measured by eberlein [18] in total are closer to the threshold value surface of the hypothesis. the variation in average is around factor 1.8 above the hypothesis. in addition a comparison of other materials [19, 20] show partially similar threshold value ratios δkii,th/δki,th and δkiii,th/δki,th (see threshold values for austenitic steel in fig.5). ferritic steel exhibits completely other threshold value ratios. nevertheless, the determined mixed-mode threshold values for different materials in comparison with the criterion by richard point out that this criterion possesses a widely validity and a generally conservative behaviour. figure 5: mixed-mode threshold values in contrast to criterion by richard references [1] richard, h.a.., sander, m., fulland, m., theoretical crack path prediction, ffems, 28 (2005) 3–12. [2] erdogan, f., sih, g.c., on the crack extension in plates under plane loading and transverse shear, j. basic eng., 85 (1963) 519-525. h.a. richard et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 80-86; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.11 86 [3] richard, h.a., bruchvorhersage bei überlagerter normalund schubbeanspruchung von rissen, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (1985). [4] richard, h.a., safety estimation for construction units with cracks under complex loading. int. j. mater. product. technol., 3 (1988) 326-338. [5] schöllmann, m., richard, h.a., kullmer, g., fulland, m., a new criterion for the prediction of crack development in multiaxially loaded structures. int. j. frac., 117 (2002) 129-141. [6] schöllmann, m., kullmer, g., fulland, m., richard, h.a., a new criterion for 3d crack growth under mixed-mode (i + ii + iii) loading. in: m.m. de freitas (ed.), proceedings of the 6th international conference on biaxial/multiaxial fatigue & fracture, volume 2, lisboa, portugal, (2001) 589-596. [7] richard, h.a., schöllmann, m., fulland, m., sander, m., experimental and numerical simulation of mixed mode crack growth, in: m.m. de freitas (ed.), proceedings of the 6th international conference on biaxial/multiaxial fatigue & fracture, lisboa, portugal, 2 (2001) 623-630. [8] richard, h.a., in: m.w. brown, k.j. miller (eds.), biaxial and multiaxial fatigue, mechanical engineering publications, london, (1989) 217-229. [9] richard, h.a., benitz, k., a loading device for the creation of mixed mode in fracture mechanics, int. j. frac., 22 (1983) r55-58. [10] richard, h.a., in: s.r. valluri et al. (eds.), advances in fracture research, pergamon press, oxford, (1984) 33373344. [11] richard, h.a., praxisgerechte simulation des werkstoffund bauteilverhaltens durch überlagerte zug-, ebene schub und nichtebene schubbelastung von proben, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (1983) 269-274. [12] schirmeisen, n.-h., richard, h.a., weiterentwicklung der afm-probe zur experimentellen analyse räumlicher mixed-mode-beanspruchung von rissen, dvm-bericht 241, bruchmechanische werkstoffund bauteilbewertung: beanspruchungsanalyse, prüfmethoden und anwendungen, deutscher verband für materialforschung und –prüfung e.v. berlin (2009) 211-220. [13] schirmeisen, n.-h., risswachstum unter 3d-mixed-mode-beanspruchung, vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2012). [14] richard, h.a., schirmeisen, n.-h., eberlein, a., experimental investigations on mixed-mode-loaded cracks, proceedings of the 4th international conference on crack paths, cd-rom, gaeta, italy, (2012). [15] tabernig, b., pippan, r., determination of the length dependence of the threshold for fatigue crack propagation, engng. frac. mech., 69 (2002) 899-907. [16] campbell, j.p., ritchie, r.o., mixed-mode, high-cycle fatigue-crack growth thresholds in ti-6al-4v: i. a comparison of largeand short-crack behavior, engng. frac. mech., 67 (2000) 209-227. [17] nalla, r.k., campbell, j.p., ritchie, r.o., mixed-mode, high-cycle fatigue-crack growth thresholds in ti-6al-4v: role of small cracks, int. j. fat., 24 (2002) 1047-1067. [18] eberlein, a., einfluss von mixed-mode-beanspruchung auf das ermüdungsrisswachstum in bauteilen und strukturen. vdi-verlag, düsseldorf, (2016). [19] vojtek, t., pokluda, j., paths of shear-mode cracks in ferritic and austenitic steel. proceedings of the 4th international conference on crack paths, cd-rom, gaeta, italy, (2012). [20] vojtek, t., pippan, r., hohenwarter, a., holán, l., pokluda, j., near-threshold propagation of mode ii and mode iii fatigue cracks in ferrite and austenite, act. mater., 61 (2013) 4625-4635. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_61_art_08_3477.docx m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 119 focussed on the failure analysis of materials and structures predictive modelling of creep crack initiation and growth using extended finite element method (xfem) meor iqram meor ahmad, mohd anas mohd sabri, mohd faizal mat tahir department of mechanical and manufacturing engineering, faculty of engineering and built environment, universiti kebangsaan malaysia, 43600 ukm bangi, selangor, malaysia meoriqram@ukm.edu.my, anasms@ukm.edu.my, mfaizalmt@ukm.edu.my nur azam abdullah structural mechanics and dynamics research group, department of mechanical engineering, international islamic university malaysia, kuala lumpur, malaysia azam@iium.edu.my abstract. in this study, a numerical strategy for predictive modelling of creep in tension tests for the rectangular plate with a single crack and ctspecimen based on the extended finite element method (xfem) will be described in detail. a model of creep fracture initiation and creep crack growth (ccg) is developed, while the xfem is employed to spots located inside the finite element for the purpose of predicting crack potential and propagation. in order to characterize the creep fracture initiation, identification of c(t)integral formula is conducted. in addition, xfem and analytical solutions are also analyzed to look at the connection of c(t)-integral with time for a rectangular plate with a single crack under plane stress conditions. an illustration showing the sequence of stress distribution and displacement contour plots are also being presented. the stresses and displacements spread throughout the crack path have also been determined using ct-specimens. in addition, the creep cracks growth length with normalized time and the creep crack growth rate with the c(t)-integral are predicted to be related, indicating that the numerical results are in good accord with the experimental results. keywords. xfem; creep crack initiation and growth; c(t)-integral. citation: meor ahmad, m. i., mohd sabri, m. a., mat tahir, m. f., abdullah, n. a., predictive modelling of creep crack initiation and growth using extended finite element method (xfem), frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129. received: 17.02.2022 accepted: 18.04.2022 online first: 27.04.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction t is a common practice in the industry in which elastic-nonlinear viscous materials must withstand long duration under cyclic loads at high temperatures as that of turbine blades in jet engines. the focus should be on creep when evaluating the materials' resistance to deformation and failure over lengthy period of time at extreme temperatures under specified loads. creep is a plastic deformation process which is influenced by time and one of the main degradation mechanisms for i https://youtu.be/phobwclgk2m m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 120 metals undergoing consistent stresses and temperatures ranging at approximately 0.3-0.5 of the melting point. nucleation, growth and coalescence of cavities on the grain boundaries are the main causes of creep failure [1]. a predictive approach is needed to make sure a safe running of the component operation for a specified period of time. by employing a finite element technique, a substantial amount of attempts was conducted to estimate the deformation and assess the durability of creep failure. in order to predict the creep crack growth, hsu and zhai [2] have suggested a finite element algorithm that may provide detail stress and strain distributions, the kinematics of the inelastic areas and the growing crack profile. the creep crack growth rates in the 32%-ni-20%-cr alloy incoloy 800 h at 800°c was associated with the fracture mechanics parameter c* integral by experimental and numerical investigations as mentioned by hollstein and kienzler [3]. yatomi et al. [4] then built a creep crack growth model to forecast the accelerated cracking at low c* values to deter-mine the trends between ccg rates at high and low c* values. it had been estimated and shown by zhang et al. [5] that the creep crack growth behaviour in cr-mo-v steel specimen and interaction between crack tip stress states and stress-dependent creep ductility had resulted in the rise of a broad range of c*-integral. the refinement of mesh to geometric discontinuities is required when predicting the stationary discontinuities using the conventional finite element method (fem). it is necessary to capture enough singular asymptotic field in the crack tip area by means of mesh refinement. but modelling a growing crack is significantly more laborious because the mesh needs to be continually updated to reflect the geometry of the discontinuity when the crack advances. in 1999, the ex-tended finite element (xfem) approach of belytschko and black was devised to relieve the weaknesses related to the meshing of crack surfaces. this strategy makes it easier to add local enrichment functions into a finite element approximation [6,7]. special enriched functions in combination with additional degrees of freedom ensure the occurrence of discontinuities. furthermore, earlier researches on xfem have demonstrated that the method can alleviate computational challenges, particularly when it comes to crack growth analysis. the strain accumulation criterion was used to analyze fatigue crack growth in a three-point bending specimen using xfem, and the simulation and experimental data were in good accordance [8]. furthermore, there was a strong connection between the numerical and experimental data obtained when xfem was used as a predictive tool to solve the problem of elastic fracture in the crack propagation of a chopped glass-reinforced composite during biaxial testing [9]. the xfem was used to simulate creep crack growth in ct and cts for p91 steel and 316 stainless steel at high temperature in the previous application [10]. besides that, the xfem was also carried out to model crack and crack growth behaviour in the power-law of creep materials [11]. mathematical formulation he constitutive law explains the elastic-nonlinear-viscous behaviour for uniaxial tension under small-scale creep conditions as:     nb e    (1) where  is the elastic strain rate, e is the young’s modulus, b is the creep coefficient and n is the creep exponent. the parameter c(t) describes the intensity of the near-tip fields in elastic-nonlinear viscous materials. the amplitude factor c(t), which is unknown from the asymptotic analysis, is influenced by elapsed time, remote load magnitude, crack configuration, and material properties. a self-similarity analysis conducted by riedel and rice [12] yielded the following relationship between j-integral and c(t) for planar stress:       2 1 1     ij kc t n t n et (2) under steady-state conditions at long times, c(t)→c*. ehler and riedel [13] proposed the following approximate formula for c(t) between small-scale creep and extensive creep:   * 1      ttc t c t (3) t m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 121 where, 1 * 0 1 0 ,                 n pa a c bc h n w w p  (4)   2 *1   i t k t n ec (5) where a is the crack length, w is the specimen width, c=w a is the length of the uncracked ligament, h1 is a dimensionless function of n, σ0 is the reference stress, p is the applied stress, p0 is an appropriate reference load, ki is the stress intensity factor and tt is the characteristic time for transition from small-scale creep to extensive creep introduced by riedel and rice [12]. for this study, however, the value of c(t) is determined by using the line integral as the following:   * г     i ij j u c t w dy n ds x  (6) where, * 0 1     c ij c ij ij n w d n    (7) in which г is a vanishingly small counter-clockwise contour around the crack tip, n is the creep parameter, nj is the unit outward normal to г and ds is the arc length along г. iu is the component of displacement rate, w* is the strain energy rate density for the power law creep model, σij is the component of equivalent stress and cij is the component of creep strain rate. xfem introduces a numerical model of crack initiation and propagation in which the approximation for a displacement vector function, u, with the partition of unity enrichment is [14]:               1 2 1 21 2 1 1 1 1 1 1               mt mf mt mfn m i i j j k k k k i j k k n x u n x h a n x f x b n x f x b     u (8) where  in x is the nodal shape function,  jn x and are the new set of shape function associated with the enrichment part of the approximation. iu is the nodal displacement vector associated with the continuous part of the finite element solution,  h  represents a discontinuous jump function across the crack surfaces, 1, j ka b  and 2kb  are the enriched nodal degree of freedom vector for modelling crack faces and two crack tips, respectively. n is the number of nodes for each finite element, and m is the set of nodes that have the crack face (but excludes the crack tip) in their support domain. while, 1mt and 2mt are the sets of nodes associated with crack tips 1 and 2 in their influence domain and  ,   1, 2if x i represent mf as the crack tip enrichment functions. the first term technically applies to all nodes in the model, whereas the second term applies to nodes whose form function support crosses by the crack faces while the third and fourth terms are only applicable to nodes that cross at the crack tip. the heaviside function,  h  across the crack surfaces can be expressed as the following sign function:   1     ,                               0 1,                        if h otherwise   (9) where  * n x x , is the local axis perpendicular to the crack growth direction, x is a gauss point, x* is the point on the crack closest to x, and n is the unit outward normal to the crack at x. furthermore, the isotropic function of the asymptotic m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 122 crack,  ,f r  , is:  , , , , 2 2 2 2      f r r sin cos sin sin sin cos        (10) where  ,r  is a polar coordinate system with its origin at the crack tip (as shown in fig. 1). figure 1: polar coordinate at the crack tip [15]. figure 2: xfem flowchart [16]. the xfem formulation procedure is illustrated in fig. 2. in the case of xfem elements, there may be changes in position and number of gauss points between load increments as the crack extends. therefore, updating material state variables is done continuously until the load increments are completed. whereas in crack propagation, the crack crosses the entire element that allows a reduced integration element to operate on plane problems such that stresses and strains are estimated in the middle of the element (on the integration point). furthermore, for the crack tip located outside of the element, it is unnecessary to take into account the singularity of the stresses when defining the elemental displacements [9]. to keep from having to model the m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 123 stress singularity, the crack must propagate throughout an entire element. therefore, the xfem discontinuous displacement approximation in the crack propagation of plane problem is:       1 1     n m i i j j i j n x u n x h au (11) where  in x is the nodal shape function,  jn x is the new set of shape function associated with the enrichment part of the approximation. iu is the nodal displacement vector associated with the continuous part of the finite element solution,  h  represents a discontinuous jump function across the crack surfaces, ja is enriched nodal degree of freedom vector for modelling crack faces and two crack tips, respectively. n is the number of nodes for each finite element, and m is the set of nodes that have the crack face (but excludes the crack tip) in their support domain. the onset and direction of the crack extension must be specified in simulating the degradation and eventual failure of an enriched element during the computational simulation of the xfem formulation. the failure mechanism is made up of two ideas: a crack initiation criterion and a damage evolution law. cracking develops when stresses or strains fulfill certain crack initiation criteria as specified by the traction-separation law damage. subsequently, once the associated initiation criterion is met, the pace at which the cohesive stiffness degrades is described by the damage evolution law as specified by the displacement or energy release rate criterion. numerical simulation of creep fracture initiation and creep crack growth rectangular plate with a single crack ig. 3 shows a rectangular plate with a single crack with measurements, l=114.3 mm, w=25.4 mm and a=2 mm. super alloy inconel 800h at 650°c with e=154 gpa and v=0.33 was used as a specimen material. the creep model's power law is as shown in eqn. 1, with the creep coefficient b=1.34 x 10-30 (stress in mpa) and n=5. yang et al. [17] and meng et al. [11] had previously investigated the similar model. the damage of the traction-separation laws for the crack initiation and evolution is selected on the basis of the maximum principal stress (maxps) criterion with yield strength, σy=93 mpa and a 0.3 mm failure displacement. figure 3: geometry representation and boundary condition for rectangular plate specimen. the elements are of linear quadrilateral four-node type with decreased integration, while fully integrating the elements and subelements (integrating richer elements). the c*-integral here was 8.37e-03 kj/(m2h) with a stress intensity factor of =19.37 mpa.√m [23]. the values of the c(t)-integral gained from the domain form of the interaction integrals by employing the xfem technique in the simulation and both short-time estimation and approximate interpolation formulas are presented in fig. 4. f m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 124 figure 4: solutions of the log-log plot of c(t)-integral near the crack tip in a rectangular plate with a single crack under plane stress. as shown in fig. 4, the results for the short times creep acquired from the three methods, which also includes the contours plotted, are strongly correlated. as for the long loading times, the results of the ehler-approximation riedel's interpolation and the steadystate value c* approach are moderately correlated with the xfem solution. furthermore, under the constant load, the values of c(t) indicated a declining trend as time increased. this suggests that while the load was maintained, the following creep deformation resulted in the crack tip stresses to relax. as shown in fig. 5 and fig. 6, the contour plots of the stress in the y-direction and the displacement magnitude are shown alongside the specimen's crack path. the crack spreads outwards from the center, with the most stress centered at the specimen's crack tip. figure 5: rectangular plate with a single crack: contour of stress in y-direction along the crack at (a) t=114 h, (b) t=556 h and (c) t=998 h (a) (b) (c) m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 125 figure 6: rectangular plate with a single crack: contour of a magnitude of displacement along the crack at (a) t=114 h, (b) t=556 h and (c) t=998 h compact tension (ct) specimen as shown in fig. 7, a compact tension (ct) specimen of asme p92 steel welded joint, with w=20 mm, l=24 mm, ϕ=5 mm and a=10 mm employed at 650°c to further proceed with the creep crack growth study. the load p=2050 n is administered to the ct-specimen with an analytical pin connected to the specimen's hole to represent the bolt in the experiment, while a plane stress is applied on the linear four-node quadrilateral elements. figure 7: 2d-discretization domain of the specimen consisting of 5937 elements and 12380 nodes. a boundary condition in the upper hole was fixed at the x-axis (u1=0), while in the bottom hole it was fixed in all directions (u1, u2, ru2=0,0,0). zhao et al. [18] and yatomi et al. [19] had thoroughly examined the creep crack growth in such specimen by means of an fem analysis using node release technique. whereby zhao et al. [20] had investigated the experimental setup with e= 125 gpa, v=0.33, b=2.6353e-16 and n=5.23 being the material and creep properties. the damage for the traction-separation laws based on the maximum principal stress criterion (maxps) is applied to the enrichment elements with yield strength, 140yσ mpa and a failure displacement of 0.2 mm to introduce a crack initiation and evolution. starting with the explicit time integration, the program then automatically transitioned to the implicit thus permitted longer time increments and became stable. as can be seen in fig. 8 and fig. 9, the contour plots of the stress in the y-direction and the displacement magnitude become visible, spreading along the crack path. once the stress value at the contour of the crack tip area reached its maximum stress concentration zone (scz) under the tensile load, the crack will start to expand and evenly spread at the infinity parallel to the crack direction. (a) (b) (c) m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 126 figure 8: ct specimen: distribution of stress in y-direction along the crack at (a) t=24 h, (b) t=64 h and (c) t=100 h (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 127 figure 9: ct specimen: distribution of a magnitude of displacement along the crack at (a) t=24 h, (b) t=64 h and (c) t=100 h. furthermore, when the relation of creep crack growth length pertaining to normalized time is plotted (fig. 10), the xfem solutions and the experimental results are comparatively well estimated. the increase trend of the creep crack growth length with the rising normalized time can be seen in fig. 10, represented by the current loading time, t and the life, ft of each specimen's creep crack growth. fig. 11 shows the representative creep crack growth rate with respect to c(t) for the xfem solution and experimental results. the xfem solution curve appears similar to that of the experimental results, bringing the r-squared value closer to 1. in essence, the pattern of the curves shows consistent creep crack propagation of the specimen. figure 10: relationship between xfem calculated creep crack growth length and normalized time (c) m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 128 figure 11: comparison of xfem calculated creep crack growth rate versus c(t)-integral with experimental data. conclusion he approach applied to investigate creep fracture initiation and predict creep crack growth of the ductile materials was numerical constitutive model. the creep fracture initiation was characterized by means of c(t)-integral and the materials' crack propagation that shows power-law creep behavior was predicted by formulating the xfem solutions. the analysis had identified a rectangular plate with single crack displaying a relationship between the xfem solutions and analytical approximation based on short time estimation and ehler-riedel's approximate interpolation which relatively consistent with one another. the contour plot sequences of the stress in the y-direction and displacement magnitude were identified in addition to the crack path. at this point, there was an apparent crack evolution movement at the center of the specimen along with an increase in the distributed stress at the crack tip area. in this study, a ct-specimen has been tested further, showing respectively the contour of the stress plots in the y-direction and the displacement magnitude. the trend of the propagation of the creep crack was well forecast and shown in the graph relations. in the first graph of the ct-specimen, the crack growth length with normalized time is shown where the xfem solutions were properly estimated with the experimental data. whereas the second graph shows the creep crack growth rate with c(t)-integral which produced a similar result when the two approaches were compared, bringing the r-squared value closer to 1. thus, the c(t)-integral and xfem formulation relationship had facilitated in predicting the ductile materials' creep crack initiation and creep crack growth behaviour and subsequently verified the results of the study. the next analysis regarding creep material behaviour will be conducted by representing the damage parameters of creep failure in the ductile materials with the constitutive creep damage model based on continuum damage model. acknowlegement his work is supported by universiti kebangsaan malaysia under geran galakan penyelidik muda (ggpm), ggpm2019-059. t t m. i. meor ahmad et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 119-129; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.08 129 references [1] yao, h.t., xuan, f.z, wang, z and tu, j.s. (2007). a review of creep analysis and design under multi-axial stress states, nuclear engineering and design, 237(18), pp. 1969-1986. [2] hsu, t.r and zhai z.h. (1984).a finite element algorithm for creep crack growth, engineering fracture mechanics, 20(3), pp. 521-533. [3] hollstein, t. and kienzler, r. (1988). fracture mechanics characterisation of crack growth under creep conditions, the journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 23(2), pp. 87-96. [4] yatomi, m., davies, c.m., and nikbin, k.m. (2008). creep crack growth simulations in 316h stainless steel, engineering fracture mechanics, 75(18), pp. 5140-5150. [5] zhang, j.w., wang, g.z., xuan, f.z., and tu, s.t. (2014). prediction of creep crack growth behaviour in cr-mo-v steel speci-mens with different constraints for a wide range of c, engineering fracture mechanics, 132, pp. 70-84. [6] curiel-sosa, j.l. and karapurath, n. (2012). delamination modelling of glare using the extended finite element method, composites science and technology, 72(7), pp. 788-791. [7] giner, e., sukumar, n., tarancon, j., and fuenmayor, f. (2009). an abaqus implementation of the extended finite element method, engineering fracture mechanics, 76(3), pp. 347-368. [8] farukh, f., zhao, l.,jiang, r., reed, p., proprentner, d. and shollock, b. (2015). fatigue crack growth in a nickelbased superalloy at elavated temperature-experimental studies, viscoplasticity modelling and xfem predictions, mechanics of advanced materials and modern processes, 1(2), pp. 2. [9] moreno, m.c.s., curiel-sosa, j.l., navarro-zafra, j., vicente, j.l.m. and cela, j.j.l. (2015). crack propagation in a chopped glass-reinforced composite under biaxial testing by means of xfem, composite structure, 119, pp. 264271. [10] pandey, v., singh, i., mishra, b., ahmad, s., rao, a. and kumar, v. (2017). creep crack simulations using continuum damage mechanics and extended finite element method, international journal of damage mechanics, 0(0), pp. 1-32. [11] meng, q. and wang, z. (2014). extended finite element method for power-law creep crack growth, engineering fracture mechanics, 127, pp. 148-160. [12] riedel, h. and rice, j.r. (1980). tensile cracks in creeping solids, fracture mechanics: twelfth conference, astm stp 700, pp. 112-130. [13] ehlers, r. and riedel, h. (1981). a finite element analysis of creep deformation in a specimen containing a macroscopic crack, advances in fracture research, proceedings of the fifth international conference on fracture, 2, pp. 691-698. [14] sukumar, n. and prevost, j.h. (2003). modeling quasi-static crack growth with the extended finite element method part i: computer implementation, international journal of solids and structures, 40(26), pp. 7513-7537. [15] ahmad, m.i.m., curiel-sosa, j.l., arun, s. and rongong, j.a. (2019). an enhanced void-crack-based rousselier damage model for ductile fracture with the xfem, international journal of damage mechanics, 28(6), pp. 943-969. [16] user’s guide documentation, dassault systemes simulia corp. abaqus, 6, 14-2, 2014. [17] yang, l., sutton, m.a., deng, x. and lyons, j.s. (1996). finite element analysis of creep fracture initiation in a model superalloy material, international journal of fracture, 81(4), pp. 299-320. [18] zhao, l., jing, h., han, y., xiu, j. and xu, l. (2012). prediction of creep crack growth behaviour in asme p92 steel welded joint, computational materials science, 61, pp. 185-193. [19] yatomi, m., yoshida, k. and kimura, t. (2011). difference of creep crack growth behaviour for base, heat-affected zone and welds of modified 9cr-1mo steel, materials at high temperature, 28(2), pp.109-113. [20] zhao, l., jing, h., xiu, j., han, y. and xu, l. (2014). experimental investigation of specimen size effect on creep crack growth behaviour in p92 steel welded joint, materials and design, 57, pp. 736-743. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_30 g. gobbi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 260-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.30 260 focussed on crack paths a cohesive zone model to simulate the hydrogen embrittlement effect on a high-strength steel g. gobbi (http://orcid.org/0000-0001-7127-1287) c. colombo (http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2074-6726) l. vergani (http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2353-7751) politecnico di milano, department of mechanical engineering, via la masa 1, 20156 milano (italy) giorgia.gobbi@polimi.it, chiara.colombo@polimi.it, laura.vergani@polimi.it abstract. the present work aims to model the fracture mechanical behavior of a high-strength low carbon steel, aisi 4130 operating in hydrogen contaminated environment. the study deals with the development of 2d finite element cohesive zone model (czm) reproducing a toughness test. along the symmetry plane over the crack path of a c(t) specimen a zero thickness layer of cohesive elements are implemented in order to simulate the crack propagation. the main feature of this kind of model is the definition of a traction-separation law (tsl) that reproduces the constitutive response of the material inside to the cohesive elements. starting from a tsl calibrated on hydrogen non-contaminated material, the embrittlement effect is simulated by reducing the cohesive energy according to the total hydrogen content including the lattice sites (nils) and the trapped amount. in this perspective, the proposed model consists of three steps of simulations. first step evaluates the hydrostatic pressure. it drives the initial hydrogen concentration assigned in the second step, a mass diffusion analysis, defining in this way the contribution of hydrogen moving across the interstitial lattice sites. the final stress analysis, allows getting the total hydrogen content, including the trapped amount, and evaluating the new crack initiation and propagation due to the hydrogen presence. the model is implemented in both plane strain and plane stress configurations; results are compared in the discussion. from the analyses, it resulted that hydrogen is located only into lattice sites and not in traps, and that the considered steel experiences a high hydrogen susceptibility. by the proposed procedure, the developed numerical model seems a reliable and quick tool able to estimate the mechanical behavior of steels in presence of hydrogen. keywords. hydrogen embrittlement; aisi 4130 steel; toughness test; cohesive zone model; tractionseparation law. introduction ydrogen embrittlement phenomenon is an issue known since several years in engineering field. different structural steels and alloys show sensitivity to hydrogen. in particular, when atomic hydrogen gets in contact with these materials they experience a drastically decrease of the mechanical properties that can result in failure h g. gobbi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 260-270; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.30 261 of components. hydrogen embrittlement phenomenon interests different fields such as mechanical, structural and energetic. for some industrial environment, this problem is widely recognized and studied in literature. for instance, oil&gas industry [1] in which atomic hydrogen is released as product of chemical reactions in environments where the infrastructures operate, pressure vessels for hydrogen storage and transportation [2] and lately even energy devices that use hydrogen as alternative energy carrier. however, other applications in which the presence of hydrogen is less evident have been pointed out recently thanks to the ongoing research on this topic. an example is reported in [3], dealing with wind turbine gearbox bearings, where the hydrogen presence has a deleterious effect in combination with rolling contact fatigue. in this case, it is suggested that hydrogen comes from decomposition of lubricating oil [4] or from water contamination. scientific literature also reports some failures occurred in threaded fasteners, as in [5] where the possible sources of hydrogen are related to thermal treatments. however, independently on the source that generates atomic hydrogen, the most crucial phase is the diffusion process of hydrogen through the material lattice. according to [6], usually the concentration of hydrogen is split into two parts: the content of hydrogen in the interstitial lattice sites (nils) driven by hydrostatic pressure, and the amount accumulated in correspondence of the so-called trap sites. in turn, these can be divided in reversible and irreversible based on the hydrogen binding energy (potential energy at microscopic scale). reversible traps, or low binding energy traps, are mainly related to dislocations and plastic flow. in fact, in [6] the authors showed that plastic strain and hydrogen concentration in reversible traps have similar trends in front of a crack tip. the presence of a crack in a component induces hydrogen atoms to move from the free surface towards the tip. indeed, crack initiation and propagation are deeply influenced by hydrogen presence and diffusion. in terms of diffusion coefficient the motion of hydrogen through nils is represented by an ideal lattice diffusivity, dl. the diffusion can be limited or increased by traps and in these circumstances, a trap-affected or apparent diffusivity, dh, is considered. hydrogen embrittlement is mostly governed by this second diffusion coefficient. traps effect is not univocal [7, 8]. indeed, literature reports that hydrogen in reversible traps is in equilibrium with the one in nils, and it is an “obstacle” to its transport, thus dh> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_18 s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 182 acoustic emission characteristics of instability process of a rock plate under concentrated loading s.r. wang opening project of key laboratory of deep mine construction, henan polytechnic university, jiaozuo 454003, p.r china w_sr88@163.com c.y. li school of civil engineering, henan polytechnic university, jiaozuo 454003, p.r china z.s. zou,x.l. liu opening project of key laboratory of deep mine construction, henan polytechnic university, jiaozuo 454003, p.r china abstract. it can facilitate the understanding of the mechanical properties and failure laws of rocks to research on the rock failure mechanism and evolution characteristics of acoustic emission (ae). under the concentrated loading condition, the fracture and instability test of a rock plate was conducted by using the rock mechanics testing system (mts), meanwhile, these ae events were recorded through the ae recording system. based on the laboratory test, the numerical simulation was completed by using flac3d technique under the criterion that the rupture of a cell or several adjacent cells was regarded as an ae event. the results show that the process of the fracture and instability of the rock plate can be divided into four stages, such as the stress adjusting stage, the brittle fracture stage, the rock-arch bearing load stage and the rock-arch instability stage. and the acoustic emissions display the different characteristics in each one of the four stages. the temporal and spatial distribution characteristics of the ae events with large magnitudes are very similar to those of the natural earthquakes. keywords. rock mechanics; rock plate; acoustic emission; numerical simulation; instability. introduction ince rock failure is always accompanied by acoustic emission (ae) phenomenon, it can facilitate the understanding of the mechanical properties and failure laws of rocks to research on the rock failure mechanism and evolution characteristics of acoustic emission. currently, the study methods of ae mainly contain the means of laboratory test or numerical simulation or both of them. in the experimental research field, both domestic and foreign scholars have conducted plenty of studies. for example, s.l. li, et al. investigated the rock mechanics and ae characteristics in the whole failure process for rock samples and pointed out the test results could be used to explain the ae phenomenon in an engineering project [1]. x.m. fu compared the similarities and differences of these ae performances for different rocks in the uniaxial compression tests [2]. based on the locations of ae events, x.d. zhao, et al. found that the ae distribution could reflect the shape and development of s s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 183 the cracks in rocks, which is meaningful to study the deformation and failure laws of rocks [3]. j.p. liu, et al. observed the changes of ae number in a process of loading test, found that the accelerating release of energy was meaningful to predict the instability or failure of the rock mass [4]. y.b. zhang inferred the ae magnitude by the ratio of the whole released energy and ae number in a particular time, found that the higher the ratio, the less ae events had produced the energy [5]. l.c. jia, et al. monitored the process of the uniaxial compression test for limestone by acoustic emission techniques, and elaborated the crack development law in the rock sample after scanning the destroyed samples by a computerized tomography (ct) machine [6]. b.x. huang, et al. analyzed the stress-strain curves and ae characteristics for coal-bearing rock samples under different stress paths [7]. k. zhao, et al. conducted the research on ae characteristics of phyllite specimens under uniaxial compression tests [8]. m. karakus, et al. analyzed the ae signal in the rock drilling process, which would provide the guidance to improve the drilling effect [9]. e. aker, et al. analyzed the differences of ae between the shear failure and tensile failure in the triaxial compression tests of sandstone and predicted the failure mechanism using the proportion of the isotropic and anisotropic moment tensors [10]. l.p. frash, et al. conducted the granite tests using ae technique and simulated the evolution of the crack in the geothermal development, providing useful information for the engineering application [11]. the numerical simulation can show some information that the laboratory tests cannot provide. for example, some scholars simulated ae by using particle flow code (pfc) and rock failure process analysis system (rfpa), which provided a great help to understand ae phenomenon [12, 13]. additionally, based on the correspondence between ae and cell rupture in flac/flac3d code, x.b. wang and t.c. han et al. [14, 15] respectively simulated the ae in both laboratory and engineering scales, and they all obtained the good results. and other related works [16-18]. based on the laboratory test, a further research following the above mentioned results will be conducted by using flac3d technique under the criterion that the rupture of a cell or several adjacent cells was regarded as an ae event. we will analyze the temporal and spatial distribution characteristics of the ae events with large magnitudes and discuss the relationships between ae and natural earthquakes. materials and methods samples of rock plates he rock plate samples in the tests were hawkesbury sandstones, which were obtained from gosford quarry in sydney, australia. the quartz sandstones were formed in marine sedimentary basin of the mid-triassic and located on the top of the coal-bearing strata, which contained a small quantity of feldspars, siderite and clay minerals. according to the definition of the thick plate in elastic mechanics, the specimen sizes of the thick plate were designed as 190 mm × 75 mm × 24 mm (length, width and thickness). equipment and ae acquisition system the mts-851 rock mechanics testing machine was selected as the loading equipment, and the load was controlled by vertical displacement and the loading rate was set 1×10-2 mm/s. the vertical force and displacement in the process of the test were automatically recorded in real time by the data acquisition system. as shown in fig. 1, the concentrated loading tests were designed to mainly consist of three parts. the top was a pointloading for the concentrated loading. the middle was a loading framework which included four bolts with nuts connecting the steel plates on both sides, and the lateral pressure cell was placed between the deformable steel plate and the thick steel plate so as to monitor the horizontal force. the capacity of the lateral pressure cell lpx was 1000 kg. the bottom was a rectangle steel foundation, and the rotatable hinge support was set on the both sides of the loading framework to maintain the connections with the steel plates. to monitor the cracks initiating and identify the failure location of the rock plate, the usb ae nodes were used in the test. the usb ae node is a single channel ae digital signal processor with full ae hit and real time features. in the test there were four usb ae nodes connected to a usb hub for multi-channel operation (fig. 2). all these ae nodes were made in mistras group inc. usa. numerical simulation scheme ae is due to the internal micro fracture by tension, shearing and compression stress in the rock plate, and this process is accompanied by the release of elastic waves. the rupture of a cell in flac3d is also accompanied by the release of elastic energy, so it can be used to simulate an ae event [15]. in fact, if several adjacent cells rupture in the rock plate in a calculating cycle (step), it should also be regarded as an ae event, which advantage is that we can record the number of t s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 184 the ruptured cells reflecting the magnitude of the energy in an ae event. then we can analyze the evolution characteristics of temporal and spatial of ae events, which may facilitate the understanding of the mechanical properties and failure laws of rocks. figure 1: the concentrated loading test for rock plate. figure 2: mts and ae monitoring system diagram. we assumed that if an ae event during the simulation test corresponded to only one ruptured cell, the center of this cell was defined the ae event location, or if an ae event corresponded to several adjacent cells, the center of the cells near the nuclear of the block was defined the ae event location. then a recording function was written by fish language embedded in flac3d code to record the information of ae events such as the number of ruptured cells, the locations and the magnitudes of the ae events. the realization process of this function was shown in fig. 3. the state of each cell was defined as ruptured or not and all of the cells were judged during each calculating step. in addition, the cells were regarded as ‘adjacent cells’ if the distance between two cells was less than 3.16 mm. finally, the large magnitude ae events, namely the events corresponding to two or more ruptured cells were abstracted for being analyzed. so these ae characteristics in the test were analyzed through observing the temporal and spatial distribution of the large magnitude ae events. computational model and parameters the computational model was the same size of the sandstone sample as shown in fig. 4, which combined 68992 cells totally and each cell was a cube element measuring 1.7 mm on each side. to simulate the defects in the rock plate, about 14000 defective cells were generated by a fish function. these defects were randomly distributed in the main cells to form a block group. in addition, a new block group containing these weak cells was defined to reflect the tension strength decreasing in the middle of the rock plate bottom after the initial crack being developed in the test. therefore, all the cells belonged to three groups: the main cells, the defective cells, and the weak cells (fig. 4). the mohr-coulomb strength criterion was applied and the physical and mechanical parameters of the model were shown in tab. 1. s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 185 figure 3: the flow chart of recording ae events. name density [kg/m3] bulk modulus [gpa] shear modulus [gpa] cohesion [mpa] friction angle [°] tension [mpa] main cells 2650 15 11 2.8 45 0.60 defective cells 2650 15 11 2.8 45 0.55 weak cells 2650 15 11 2.8 45 0.14 table 1: physical and mechanical parameters of the model. loading and boundary conditions as shown in fig. 5, the rock plate was hinged to the both ends with the fixed bearing in the vertical direction and the spring bearing with a stiffness 6.0 × 104 n/m respectively in the horizontal direction. the concentrated loading was applied in a circular zone with a diameter of 10 mm in the center of the upper surface of the model. to avoid drastic disturbance of the calculating system, the compressive stress was increased linearly from 0 to a final stress of 12.0 mpa. results ae in the failure process of the rock plate s shown in ae location maps (fig. 6), the results showed the obvious distribution differences between the initial cracks and the ultimate cracks of the rock plate in the test. and the ae hits-time curve could be divided into four stages in the process of bearing load to instability of the rock plate under the concentrated loading condition (fig. 7). a s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 186 figure 4: the computational model and its grids. figure 5: loading and boundary conditions. (a) initial stage. (b) ultimate stage. figure 6: ae locations on rock plate. figure 7: ae hits and force-displacement curves under the concentrated loading. ae characteristics in numerical simulation test the results were saved in each particular time interval to observe ae states of cells as shown in fig. 8. the recording function was applied to record the ae amount (fig. 9) and ae locations (fig. 10). during the loading process, the stress in the rock plate transmitted in every step and the cell ruptured when the stress in a particular cell reached the shearing or the tension strength. the ruptured cells began in the center of the rock plate bottom, then extended along the center line of the rock plate resulting in a fracture in the middle, and finally formed a rock-arch structure. meanwhile, the ae events mainly gathered on the hinged lines of the rock-arch structure in the rock plate. from the above mentioned results, we can see that the numerical simulation showed nearly the same ae characteristics with those of the laboratory test. as shown in fig. 9, the ae hits-step curve can be divided into four stages: s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 187 (a) initial stage (3000 steps). (b) ultimate stage (12000 steps). figure 8: ae locations on the top of the rock plate. figure 9: ae hits-step curve in the numerical simulation. stage 1 (stress adjusting stage): the stress has not yet reached the tensile strength of the sandstone sample in the early time, so a large number of ae events were avoided. and then an initial crack paralleling with the short sides formed in the center of the rock plate boring the largest tensile stress. the stresses transmitted in flac3d by the neighboring nodes in the calculating process, redistributing in each step. for the stress in the rock plate increased gradually under the concentrated loading, the sample generated the displacements on its bottom of the both ends, which induced the horizontal constraining force. few ae events had been recorded at first and then it increased sharply to the first peak. the ae events induced by the tensile rupture mainly gathered near the first crack. stage 2 (the brittle fracture stage): in this stage, the extended crack resulted in the rock plate fracturing into two halves and being formed a hinged rock-arch structure. both the laboratory test and numerical simulation showed that the number of ae events decreased rapidly and stabilized in a low level. this indicated that the rock plate produced a brittle fracture induced by the extent of the first crack. both the laboratory test and the simulation showed the same characteristics in the spatial distribution, namely ae events spread from the center to the ends with the extent of the initial crack (fig. 10). stage 3 (rock-arch structure bearing loading): the hinged rock-arch structure boring the loading and the horizontal force continued to increase with the loading increasing. the ae characteristics in the laboratory test and the numerical simulation were nearly the same, namely the ae number performed a sharp increase to reach the second peak and then it reduced and stabilized. the ae spatial distribution focused on the hinge lines of the rock-arch structure, namely the center line and the ends of the rock plate (figs. 8 and 10). stage 4 (instability and failure of the rock-arch structure): once the concentrated load exceeded the bearing capacity of the rock-arch structure, it would lead to the instability and failure of the rock plate. the ae events reduced unsteadily and distributed in the middle and the ends of the rock plate both in the laboratory test and the numerical simulation (figs. 8 and 10). discussion of the magnitudes of ae events s we can see that all these 156 large magnitude events revealed the similar spatial distribution to the ae events, and which were located on the main crack of the sample, namely the middle hinge of the rock-arch structure (fig. 10). a s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 188 (a) initial stage (3000 steps). (b) ultimate stage (12000 steps). figure 10: ae locations on the bottom of the rock plate. there are all 1145 ae events and the number of the ruptured cells corresponded to one ae event from 1 to 5 in the numerical simulation, which represented the different energy scale released in one ae event. in the fracture and instability process of the rock plate, the number of ae events reduced with the ae magnitude increasing. as shown in fig. 11, we can obtain the negative exponential formula by fitting the curve by using origin software wherein n indicating the number of ae with magnitudes greater than or equal to m while m indicating the ae magnitude. in seismology, the earthquake with a larger magnitude is relatively rare, while some small magnitude earthquakes occur frequently. the relationship between the magnitude and frequency is generally described by a probability distribution, which is derived based on the statistics of the observed seismic activity. the most widely used relationship is the following one [19, 20]: 10a bmn  (1) where n indicates the number of earthquakes with the magnitudes greater than or equal to m; m indicates the magnitude; a and b are regional parameters. for example, z.h. el-isa, et al. compiled the seismicity data for all earthquakes with magnitudes m≥4.5 occurred globally from january, 1990 to december, 2012. the fitting result is presented in fig. 12 [21]. the ae phenomena and tectonic earthquakes are both releasing energy processes induced by the slippage or breakage of rock sample or stratum, and having substantial connection in the failure mechanism. in addition, the similarity of distribution in frequency corroborates this law indirectly. figure 11: ae magnitude distribution curve. figure 12: magnitude frequency distribution of the seismicity. conclusions ased on the laboratory test and simulation results, the process of the fracture and instability for the rock plate could be divided into four stages: the stress adjusting stage, the brittle fracture stage, the rock-arch bearing load stage, and the rock-arch instability stage. the acoustic emission exhibited the different characteristics in each stage. b s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 189 by a self-programming recording function in flac3d, these ae events with large magnitudes were abstracted. we found that the similar temporal and spatial characteristics between the large magnitude ae events and the whole ae events, which reflected the feature of the instability process of the rock plate. the ae distribution with the magnitude showed that the ae events reduced with the ae magnitudes followed a negative exponential function. this distribution was similar to the tectonic earthquakes, which reflected the intrinsic link between the ae events and the ae magnitudes. acknowledgements his work was supported by the national natural science foundation of china (51474188; 51474097; 51074140), the natural science foundation of hebei province of china (e2014203012), the international cooperation project of henan science and technology department (162102410027), the doctoral fund of henan polytechnic university (b2015-67), and program for taihang scholars. all these were gratefully acknowledged. references [1] li, s.l., yin, x.g., wang, y.j., tang, h.y., studies on acoustic emission characteristics of uniaxial compressive rock failure. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 23 (15) (2004) 2499-2503. [2] fu, x.m., experimental study on uniaxial compression deformation and acoustic emission property of typical rocks. journal of chengdu university of technology, 32 (1) (2005) 17-21. [3] zhao, x.d., tang, c.a., li, y.h., yuan, r.f., zhang, j.y., study on ae activity characteristics under uniaxial compression loading. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 25 (s2) (2006) 3673-3678. [4] liu, j.p., xu, s.d., li, y.h., dong, l.b., wei, j., studies of ae time-space evolution characteristics during failure process of rock specimens with prefabricated holes. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 31 (12) (2012) 2538-2547. [5] zhang, y.b., spectral character analysis of sandstone under saturation condition in rupture procedure, rock and soil mechanics, 34 (6) (2013) 1574-1578. [6] jia, l.c., chen, m., zhang, w., xu, t., zhou, y., hou, b., jin, y., experimental study and numerical modeling of brittle fracture of carbonate rock under uniaxial compression. mechanics research communications, 50 (2013) 58-62. doi: 10.1016/j.mechrescom.2013.04.002. [7] huang, b.x., liu, j.w., the effect of loading rate on the behavior of samples composed of coal and rock. international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 61 (2013) 23-30. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2013.02.002. [8] zhao, k., zhu, z.c., zeng, p., cheng, s.j., experimental study on acoustic emission characteristics of phyllite specimens under uniaxial compression. journal of engineering science and technology review, 8 (3) (2015) 53-60. [9] karakus, m., perez, s., acoustic emission analysis for rock–bit interactions in impregnated diamond core drilling. international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 68 (2014) 36-43. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2014.02.009. [10] aker, e., kühn, d., vavryèuk, v., soldal, m., oye, v., experimental investigation of acoustic emissions and their moment tensors in rock during failure. international journal of rock mechanics & mining sciences, 70 (2014) 286295. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2014.05.003. [11] frash, l.p., gutierrez, m., hampton, j., hood, j., laboratory simulation of binary and triple well egs in large granite blocks using ae events for drilling guidance. geothermics, 55 (2015) 1-15. doi: 10.1016/j.geothermics.2015.01.002. [12] liu, n., zhang, c.s., chu, w.j., wu, x.m., microscopic characteristics analysis of brittle failure of deep buried marble. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 31 (s2) (2012) 3557-3565. [13] ren, x.h., wang, h.j., zhang, j.x., numerical study of ae and dra methods in sandstone and granite in orthogonal loading directions. water science and engineering, 5 (1) (2012) 93-104. doi: 10.3882/j.issn.1674-2370.2012.01.009. [14] wang, x.b., numerical simulation of failure processes and acoustic emissions of rock specimens with different strengths, journal of university of science and technology beijing, 30 (8) (2008) 837-843. [15] han, t.c., zhang, h.j., numerical simulation of acoustic emission for defective rock. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 33 (s1) (2014) 3198-3024. t s.r. wang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 182-190; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.18 190 [16] poerbandono, r., suprijo, t., modification of attenuation rate in range normalization of echo levels for obtaining frequency-dependent intensity data from 0.6 mhz and 1.0 mhz devices. journal of engineering and technological sciences, 45b (2) (2013) 140-152. doi: 10.5614/j.eng.technol.sci.2013.45.2.3. [17] miljenko, k., sinia, f., marin, m., principal component analysis in determining the best setup for acoustic measurements in sound control rooms. tehnicki vjesnik, 22 (5) (2015) 1327-1335. doi: 10.17559/tv-20150519115944. [18] garcia-barruetabena, j., cortes-martinez, f., isasa-gabilondo, i., study of the acoustic absorption properties of panels made from ground tire rubbers. dyna, 89 (2) (2014) 236-242. doi: 10.6036/5710. [19] yoder, m.r., holliday, j.r., turcotte, d.l., rundle, j.b., a geometric frequency-magnitude scaling transition: measuring b=1.5 for large earthquakes. tectonophysics, 532-535 (2012) 167-174. doi: 10.1016/j.tecto.2012.01.034. [20] yucemen, m.s., akkaya, a.d., robust estimation of magnitude-frequency relationship parameters. structure safety, 38 (2012) 32-39. doi: 10.1016/j.strusafe.2012.02.002. [21] el-isa, z.h., eaton, d.w., spatiotemporal variations in the b-value of earthquake magnitude-frequency distributions: classification and causes. tectonophysics, 615-616 (2014) 1-11. doi: 10.1016/j.tecto.2013.12.001. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_53 t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 472 damage of bamboo and wooden materials based on linear elastic fracture mechanics in garden design tang haiyan city college of science and technology.chongqing university, chongqing, 402167, china tanghaiyan23@sina.com abstract. bamboo and wood are the most widely applied and the oldest natural structural materials in the world. currently, worldwide output of wooden material is 1 billion ton, almost the same as steel. most of them are used as structure, such as load carrying girder, scaffold, floor and support. wooden materials and bamboo materials with clear microstructure are composite biomaterials which can be studied under multiple scales. irregular evolution behaviors of initial defects or damage during loading determines macro mechanical behavior of wooden and bamboo materials. taking wood and bamboo as test materials, this study explored mechanical characteristics and damage crack behavior of wood and bamboo as well as toughening mechanism. keywords. wooden material; bamboo material; damage and crack; strengthening and toughening mechanism. introduction ood and bamboo with special garden aesthetic features play significantly important roles in classical or modern garden landscaping. wood and bamboo are natural structural materials which are the oldest and the most extensively applied worldwide. long before, people have used bamboo to build bamboo house and make scaffold and bamboo ladder. thus it is of great significance to study strength of natural structural materials and understand damage behavior for design and safety evaluation of bamboo and wooden structure. mechanism of crack of materials and how to control occurrence of crack incidents are always being explored by material science researchers and engineering technicians [1]. he et al. [2] replaced bamboo joint with equivalent crack length lc which stands for the length of crack produced by clear specimen bearing a stress the same as which results in initial cracking on burl specimen, but the method is only applicable for cross grain tensile loading. shao [3] proved that crack expanded in a direction that is vertical to notch, even under parallel-to-grain stress. moreover, deng et al. carried out a study on type i crack on two hard woods and softwoods using acoustic emission monitoring device. someone has also found that old wooden material is easier to produce small amplitude acoustic emission signal compared to new wooden material [5]. ying et al. [6] once explore physical mechanical properties of bamboo, and yong et al. [7] compared banding property between bamboo and wood. compared to crack of w t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 473 wood, research on crack of bamboo is fewer. only amada et al. [8] has studied transverse bending crack of bamboo and pointed that could be used as structural material because of its well-matched toughness and strength of cross grain crack. to select out bamboo and wood suitable for garden landscaping and explore damage crack behavior and toughening mechanism of biomaterials comprehensively, this study performed theoretical derivation in combination with experiment to study damage crack mode of different kinds of woods and bamboos. linear elastic fracture mechanical characteristics of wood rack and defect are inevitable in engineering materials. they produce either in production process, processing process or using process. for example, fatigue crack, compressive injury, ring shake and radial shake will generate under alternating force [9]. to conveniently study strength of cracked body, we classify cracks into three categories, opening mode (mode i) produced under external normal stress, sliding mode (mode ii) produced under shear stress parallel to crack direction and tearing mode (mode iii) produced under stress that can stagger crack surface, according to stress and characteristics of crack (fig.1). mode i mode ii mode iii figure 1: illustrations for mode i, mode ii and mode iii crack. particularity of application of linear elastic fracture mechanics in wood wood is an anisotropic and heterogeneous material. stress-strain curve of wood in different loading form is linear, consistent with linear elastic behavior [10]. its three elastic symmetry planes are vertical to length wise direction (l), radial direction (r) and tangential direction (t). thus, if we use the first symbol to express the normal direction and the second symbol as expansion direction of crack, then there are six kinds of crack growth forms, i.e., tl, rl, lt, lr, tr and rt, as shown in tab. 1. orthotropic materials usually have more complicated crack than isotropic material [11]. we derive equations for stress and displacement field of crack tip of orthogonal anisotropic material using complex variables functions [12]. 1 2 3 1 2 3 re ( , , , , , ) 2 2 re ( , , , , , ) ij ij ij ij ij ij k f u u u r k r v f u u u g                     (1) where aij is elastic constant of material; ul, u2 and u3 are compound parameters of materials which are determined by degree of anisotropy and angle α between crack and long grain fiber (fig. 2) and re is real part of complex function fij. c t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 474 r t l r t l table 1: classification extension of wood basic crack. figure 2: illustration for direction of crack and fiber. it can be found from the above equations that, crack of orthogonal anisotropic material is much more complicated than isotropic material. the differences are as follows. first, crack of orthogonal anisotropic material expands in the direction of fiber rather than the initial direction. but linear elastic fracture mechanics presupposes that, crack always expands in the initial direction [13]. secondly, even if under a simple-form loading, crack tip of orthogonal anisotropic material can also displace in a compound way, which is different from linear elastic fracture mechanics principle based on distinction means of mode i, ii and iii. stress field of crack tip of orthogonal anisotropic material is a function with regard to composite parameters of materials, and meanwhile these parameters are a function with regard to material property and angle α between crack and fiber direction. it is also different from linear elastic fracture mechanics principle that develops from the statement that stress distribution of crack tip is in no correlation to property and direction of material texture. based on the above facts, linear elastic fracture mechanics theory is not applicable to orthogonal anisotropic material. that is because we cannot define crack toughness of orthogonal anisotropic material with three material constants kic, t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 475 kiic and kiiic, unless investigate every condition when crack and fiber direction have any fixed angle and test applicability of linear elastic fracture mechanics under all condition, but the operation is inconvenient and even impossible [14]. however, if the initial direction of crack is consistent with fiber and principal axis of orthotropy is coincident with crack surface direction and crack growth direction, all derivation with linear elastic fracture mechanics theory mentioned above can be eliminated. that is because many experiments have verified that, crack expands in initial direction which is consistent with direction of fiber; displacement is no longer compound; composite parameters of materials are constants under the condition of fixed crack and fiber direction (a=0), thus stress distribution of crack tip is only a function with regard to r and θ. the above three situations suggest that, theory of linear elastic fracture mechanics is applicable for crack whose direction is consistent with fiber. most cracks and defects formed in the growing period of tree and processing process are in the direction of fiber of wood, as the resistance to expansion of crack is the minimum in the direction of fiber. as tl crack growth is quite similar to radial shake and meanwhile rl crack growth is similar to ring shake, theory of linear elastic fracture mechanics is thought to be applicable for parallel-to-grain growth of crack of wood. studying and measuring toughness which is a representation of resistance to parallel-to-grain cracking of wood is of important practical value for design of wooden structure and processing technique optimization. process of damage crack on wood rack mechanics is a subject involving macro crack growth rule and quantitative analysis [15], but mechanical effects of inevitable microdefects which have existed before macro cracks are not included. in wood, a large amount of original microdefects such as pit, crack on cell wall and interface damage will gradually evolve or emerge into macro crack under load. wood damage refers to mechanical property degradation induced by progressive decrease of internal cohesion resulting from microdefects formed under the effect of load or environment. it is an irreversible and energy-consuming process of internal microstructure. macro cracks form when damage variable reaches extreme value. damage evolution is the premise for formation of cracks and moreover crack growth expands the damage; therefore, damage and crack of wooden materials reflects a whole physical process from deformation to damage. materials, equipments and methods this test is to explore the effect of defects on acoustic emission in the process of bending taking picea jezoensis as test material. picea jezoensis is made into two groups of specimens, i.e., standard group (wood without crack and in a size of 300(l) × 20(t) ×20(r) (mm)) and crack group (wood in a size of 300(l) × 30(t) × 20(r) (mm)). wood in crack group is cut a 10 mm deep sharp crack along tangential direction to make a 20×20 (mm) net section on crack tip. both groups include 30 specimens, 60 in total. three-point bending load along tangential direction is used. equipments used in the test include microcomputer controlled material testing machine, ae-4 acoustic emission equipment [16] and r1 acoustic emission sensor. compared to other non-destructive testing technologies, acoustic emission technique has a distinctive character, that is, detected objects involve in the detection process actively. based on the received acoustic wave and external conditions inducing acoustic wave, we can understand both the status of defects and formation of defects as well as growth tendency under practical condition [17]. therefore, acoustic emission technology can be used in monitoring damage accumulation of materials in the process of deformation and failure, identifying failure mechanism and confirming damage site. experimental results and analysis it is difficult to identify and distinguish acoustic emission signals derived from different damage mode in different stages of bending of wood. that is because, wood as a composite biomaterial with multiple unit structures usually has multiple kinds of deformation and damage which can change energy in the same stage in the process zone around crack tip. therefore, we design a double cantilever beam on parallel-to-grain cracking and a compression test (fig. 3). mode i crack is found in the former test and the latter test only results in cell wall bending and collapse damage. experimental results suggest that, parallel-to-grain cracking only leads to low amplitude and low energy acoustic emission event, whereas acoustic emission signal produced by bending and collapse even has lower energy. we analyzed and summarized a large amount of acoustic signals from different wood samples and found that, peak amplitude vmax in acoustic emission parameters and root mean square (rms) of effective voltage can be used to identify different damage type, when sensor is put in a place less than 10 m away from damage source. rms is more effective and c t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 476 it is directly correlated to energy released by acoustic emission events. vmax and rms under different condition are shown in tab. 2. (a) double cantilever beam test (b) compression test figure 3: illustration for double cantilever beam test (a) and compression test (b). category of damage bending and collapse of cell wall delamination splitting crack on fibre bundle tearing and fracture on cell wall vmax mv < 2 < 64 < 0.5 < 53 db < 11 < 79 < 1 < 61 rms mv < 34 < 90 < 11 < 81 db > 34 > 90 > 11 > 81 table 2: acoustic emission characteristics of wood with different damage. mechanical characteristics of bamboo structure test samples he ninth and twentieth joint of three-year moso bamboo were cut down and split into bars (200 mm×10mm) after air-seasoning. then the bamboo was made into 60 tensile samples which was wide and thick on two ends and thick and thin in the middle. 60mm×5mm×1.5mm was the size of major section for testing. as the sample was cut from different radial position of bamboo, fibre bundle contained in the cross section was also different. 12.5% of the test sample was water and the experiment was carried out at 25 °c. simplified mechanical model and testing principle bamboo materials cut from parts between joints can be considered as evenly distributed and continuous fibre reinforced composite material, if they have small thickness. bamboo fiber bundle is characterized by high strength and high modulus, while ground tissue of bamboo is just the opposite. meanwhile, the fragment from the starting point to emergence of facture in stress-strain curve is a straight line, as shown in fig. 4. therefore, parallel model composing of two elements (bamboo fiber and ground tissue) can be used to describe mechanical behavior of bamboo. deformation of two elements is assumed to be the same when carrying load. fc, ff, fm, σc, σf and σm are used to express force and stress that act on composite material, fiber and ground tissue. εc, εf, εm, ec, ef and em are used to express corresponding strain and elasticity modulus. cross sectional area of bamboo fiber, ground tissue and composite material is set as af, am and ac respectively. usually, content of two elements is expressed with volume fraction v, i.e., load acting on bamboo samples is shouldered by bamboo fiber and ground tissue. then we have: c f mf f f  (2) or t t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 477 c c f f m ma a a    (3) figure 4: - curves. both sides of eq. (2) are divided by ac, and then we get: c f f m mv v    (4) strain is the same when bamboo is under stress. c f m    (5) if we divide eq. (2) with εc ac, we get: f fc c m m c c c c c c aa a a a a        (6) when load is within linear strain range, then correlation of elastic modulus ec with elastic modulus and volume modulus of different element can be obtained. (1 )c f f m m f f m fe e v e v e v e v     (7) eq. (3) and (6) can be called as mixture law for mesomechanics of composite materials [18]. experiment and results the samples were placed in self-tightening fixture of microcomputer controlled mechanical machine and the test section of samples was installed with extensometer whose gauge length is 50 mm. then the force was loaded in a speed of 2 mm/min until fracture emerges. as ground tissue of bamboo, it has higher strength and modulus than bamboo fibre bundle, thus mechanical behavior of bamboo samples in tensile test is mainly determined by strength and rigidity of bamboo fiber bundle. corresponding stress-strain curve (fig. 4) shows up little or no non-linear deformation. small pieces cut from the position close to fracture was first placed into oven after being added with solution containing 10% glacial acetic acid and 10% hydrogen peroxide and then soaked for 2 or 3 days at 60 °c. afterwards, it was cut into section in a thickness of 15 μm after being softened by alternated cooling and t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 478 heating treatment in water [19], followed by staining, dehydration and transparent disposal. one or two hours later, the sections were embedded with neutral resins. then the area of fibre bundle was observed under microscope. tab. 3 demonstrates six layers of micro cross section (from inside to outside) and area of fibre bundle. the first layer (internal layer) vr=10.65% the second layer vr=14.33% the third layer vr=13% the fourth layer vr =27.3% the fifth layer vr =34.02% the sixth layer (external layer) vr=44.29% table 3: six layers of micro cross section (from inside to outside) and area of fibre bundle. limiting stress and elastic modulus of every bamboo sample were calculated.     0.936562.69 19.042 588.732 562.69 40.129 0.2219 40.351 40.129 0.955 c f b c f b rv e v r v v           (8) correlation between elastic modulus, tensile strength and volume fraction of fiber can be obtained when we correlate results obtained above and volume fraction of fiber together, as shown in fig. 5 and 6. figure 5: correlation between tensile of bamboo strength and volume fraction of fiber. t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 479 figure 6: correlation between elastic module of bamboo and volume fraction of fiber. both vf and vb were defined as 0. then we obtained the tensile strength of bamboo fiber 588.732mpaf  , tensile strength of ground tissue 19.042b mpa  and elastic modulus eb=0.2219gpa based on eq. (1). thus we consider bamboo fiber is the main component bearing load and its strength is larger than general steel materials. conclusions nder the effect of load, different mechanism associated with internal damage and crack of materials can induce different degrees of energy release, leading to abundant acoustic emission signals. applying acoustic emission technology can help identify the emergence and extension of different types of damage produced on wood in the process of loading. test results indicate the following three points. firstly, defect-free samples have slowly developed acoustic emission events in the initial stage of loading, and acoustic emission signals that emerge in that period are of low amplitude; a large number of high-amplitude acoustic amplitude signals emerge when loading reaches the peck value or crack appears. secondly, monitoring the damage of crack process of defective wood under three-point bending loading with acoustic emission can effectively identify initial stage of crack and extension stage. thirdly, characteristics of acoustic emission signals are associated with damage mode of wood; acoustic emission characteristics regarding facture on cell wall is high-amplitude, high-energy and long-lasting, while acoustic emission corresponding to cell wall interface damage and spalling damage as well as cell bending and collapse damage is low-amplitude, low-energy and lasts for short time. we tested and analyzed mechanical performance of bamboo samples cut from bamboo wall along radial direction and bamboo fiber bundle isolated from bamboo materials with rule of mixture and shearing-lag theory. we found strength and elastic modulus of bamboo cut from bamboo wall along radical direction was positively correlated with volume fraction of bamboo fiber. fibre bundle of three-year moso-bamboo was detected to have 588.72 mpa tensile strength and 40.35gpa elastic modulus and tensile strength and elastic modulus of ground tissue were 19.42 mpa and 0.222 gpa. tensile strength and elastic modulus of single bamboo fibre bundle were detected to be 482.18 mpa and 33.85 gpa. thus we draw conclusions that, ground tissue is capable of transferring loading and dispersing stress loaded by fibre bundle evenly and strength of bamboo fiber gathering in ground tissue is higher than isolated bamboo fibre bundle. references [1] duggan, t.v., fatigue and fracture mechanics, physics in technology, 14(3) (1983) 126-132. [2] he, w., nakao, t., yoshinobu, m., treatment of fast-growing poplar with monomers using in situ polymerization, part i: dimensional stability and resistance to biodegradation, forest prod j, 61(2) (2011) 113-120. [3] shao, z., jiang, z., the particularity of application of principles of linear-elastic fracture mechanics to wood and fracture parallel to grain, scient silv sinic, 38(6) (2002) 110-115. u t. haiyan, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 472-480; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.53 480 [4] deng, h., yuan, x., li, j., fracture mechanics characteristics and deterioration mechanism of sandstone under reservoir immersion interaction, earth sci, 39(1) (2014) 108-114. [5] ando, k., hirashima, y., sugihara, m., hirao, s., sasaki, y., microscopic processes of shearing fracture of old wood, examined using the ae technique, j wood sci, 52 (2006) 483-89 [6] ying, s., wang, c., lin, q., effects of heat treatment on the properties of bamboo fiber/polypropylene composites. fiber polymers, 14(11) (2013) 1894-1898. doi: 10.1007/s12221-013-1894-5 [7] shi, y.-d., pan, l.-f., yang, f.-k., a preliminary study on the rheological properties of human ejaculate and changes during liquefaction, asian j androl, 6(4) (2004) 299-304. [8] amada, s., sun, u., fracture properties of bamboo. compos part b eng, 32(5) (2001) 451–459. doi:10.1016/s1359-8368(01)00022-1. [9] yan, j., taskonak, b., platt, j. a., evaluation of fracture toughness of human dentin using elastic-plastic fracture mechanics, j biomech, 41(6) (2008) 1253-1259. doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2008.01.015 [10] shao, z., jiang, z., the particularity of application of principles of linear-elastic fracture mechanics to wood and fracture parallel to grain, scient silv sinic, 38(6) (2002) 110-115. doi: 10.1002/nme.2366 [11] wang, b., feng, j. c., qing-fei, l. i., study on the effective mechanical properties of foam core sandwich structure reinforced by fiber composite columns, j harbin insti technol, 44(3) (2012) 29-33. [12] lee, k. h., influence of density variation on stress and displacement fields at a propagating mode-iii crack tip in orthotropic functionally graded materials, trans korean society mechanic eng., a, 35(2011) 1051-1061. [13] jiang, z., fei, b., zhang, d., application and prospect of digital speckle correlation method on wood science, eng sci, 5(11) (2003) 1-7. [14] liu, g., luo, c., zhang, d., mechanical performance and failure mechanism of thick-walled composite connecting rods fabricated by resin transfer molding technique, appl compos mater, (2014) 1-14. doi: 10.1007/s10443-014-9415-2. [15] lepov, v., ivanova, a., achikasova, v., modeling of the damage accumulation and fracture: structural-statistical aspects, key eng mater, 345-346 (2007) 809-812. [16] yao, g.h., song, z.p., xian-bin, y.u., experimental study on ae characteristics of limestone, coal geol explor, 34(6) (2006) 44-46. [17] mba, d., roberts, t., taheri, e., application of acoustic emission technology for detecting the onset and duration of contact in liquid lubricated mechanical seals, insight, 48(8) (2006) 486-487. [18] bai, x., lee, w.c., thompson, l.l., finite element analysis of moso bamboo-reinforced southern pine osb composite beams, wood fiber sci, 31(4) (1999) 403-415. [19] huang, s.x., li-na, m.a., shao, z.p., relationship between microstructure characteristics and mechanical properties of moso bamboo, j anhui agri univer, 32(2) (2005) 203-206. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_38_art_1 n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 1 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture on the stress investigation at the edges of the fixed elastic semi-strip n. vaysfeld odessa mechnikov university, institute of mathematics, economics and mechanics vaysfeld@onu.edu.ua o. kryvyi national university «odessa maritime academy» (nu «oma») krivoy-odessa@ukr.net, kryvyi-od@math.onma.edu.ua z. zhuravlova odessa mechnikov university, institute of mathematics, economics and mechanics zhuravleva@te.net.ua abstract. the stress state of the elastic fixed semi-strip with the regarding of the singularities at its edge is investigated in the article. the initial boundary problem is reduced to a vector boundary problem in the transformation’s domain by the use of integral fourier transformation. the one-dimensional vector boundary problem is solved exactly with the help of matrix differential calculations and green’s matrix apparatus. the problem’s solving was focused at the solving of the singular integral equation (sie) with the two fixed singularities at the ends of the integration’s interval. the symbol of sie was constructed and the generalized method of the sie solving was applied. the stress’ distributions of the semi-strip are investigated. keywords. semi-strip; vector boundary problem; singular integral equation; fixed singularity. citation: vaysfeld, n., kryvyi, o., zhuravlova, z., on the stress investigation at the edges of the fixed elastic semi-strip, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 111. received: 14.04.2016 accepted: 09.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he plain elasticity problems for a semi-strip are important as the model examples for the different engineering applications. so many authors have examined these problems in their works. a short review of the different approaches to the solving of the plane elasticity problems for an elastic semi-strip is given below. the reducing of the problem to the fredholm's integral equation of the first kind was used in [1] for estimation of the symmetrically loaded semi-strip fixed by the short edge. another approach based on the construction of the stress function as the combination of the fourier’s integrals and the series was used in [2, 3]. the problems for a semi-strip considered in [4, 5] were reduced to the singular integral equations which were solved numerically, it leaded to the solving t n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 2 of an infinity system of the algebraic equations. the variation method was used for the analogical problem’s solving in [68]. the energetic method was applied to the problem of the semi-strip with the free lateral edges and loaded short edge in [9]. in [10] authors constructed a special system of byorthogonal functions, with the help of which they solved the problem on a semi-strip loading at it’s the short edge. the problem for the semi-strip with the free longitudinal sides was solved with the help of the stress function in [11, 12]. the laplace’s integral transformation was used for the problem’s solving in [13]. the approach based on the use of fadle-papkovich functions was applied in [14-16]. in this paper the method, which was worked out by g. ya. popov, was used [17]. accordingly to it the integral transformations were applied directly to the equilibrium equations and boundary conditions of a problem. it leaded the initial problem to one-dimensional boundary problem in the transformation’s domain. the last one was formulated as the vector boundary valued problem and solved exactly with the apparatuses of the matrix differential calculations and green’s matrix function [18]. the problem was reduced to the singular integral equation’s solving. investigation of the signature’s nature of the singular integral equation’s solving was under consideration of many famous scientists. today the new theories are appeared, which describe the solution’s behavior at the particular points [19]. the investigations of the singularities’ nature for the complex medium are continued [20]. but in most studies the authors did not pay attention to the fixed singularities at the angular points of the semi-strip usually, although these singularities play a main role in the estimation of the stress state. one approach that allows to find and to take such singularities into account was proposed in widely known work [21]. it was used in this paper for the fixed singularities’ consideration. the special generalized method, which was proposed in [22, 23], was applied to obtain the solution of the (sie) with regarding of the solution’s two fixed singularities at the end of the integration’s interval. figure 1: geometry of the problem. the statement of a problem he elastic ( g is a share module,  is a poison’s coefficient) semi-strip, x a y0 , 0     is considered. at the edge y x a0, 0   the semi-strip is loaded  y xyx p x x x a( , 0) , ( , 0) 0, 0      (1) where p x( ) is the known function. at the lateral sides x y0, 0    and x a y, 0    the boundary conditions of the fixed are given        u y v y u a y v a y y0, 0, 0, 0, , 0, , 0, 0       (2) t n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 3 here  xu x y u x y( , ) , ,  yv x y u x y( , ) , are the displacements which satisfy the lame’s equations. the lame’s equations are written in the following form [24] u x y u x y v x y x yx y v x y v x y u x y x yx y 2 2 2 * 02 2 2 2 2 * 02 2 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) 0 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) 0                         (3) where  0 * 0 1 , 1 1 2      . after the expression of the constants 0 *,  through the muskchelishvili constant 3 4   , one obtains the system (3) in the another form u x y u x y v x y x yx y v x y v x y u x y x yx y 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( , ) ( , ) ( , )1 2 0 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) ( , )1 2 0 1 1                              (4) the boundary conditions on the semi-strip’s edge are reformulated with the terms of the displacements         u x v x g p x x a x y 0 , 0 , 0 2 1 , 0                (5)    u x v x x a y x , 0 , 0 0, 0         (6) one needs to solve the boundary value problem (2), (4)-(6) to estimate the stress state of the semi-strip. the general solving scheme of the problems on the semi-strip stress state estimation he fourier’s transformation is applied to the system of lame’s equation and to the boundary conditions by the scheme     u x yu x y dy v x yv x y 0 ( ) cos, ( ) sin,                       (7) with the inverse formula     u x yu x y d v x yv x y 0 ( ) cos, 2 ( ) sin,                     (8) the initial problem has the form after this t n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 4 u x u x v x x v x v x u x x u u a v v a 2 2 ( -1) 2 3 " ( ) ( ) ' ( ) '( ) 1 1 1 ( 1) 2 1 " ( ) ( ) ' ( ) ( ) 1 1 1 (0) 0, ( ) 0 (0) 0, ( ) 0                                                  (9) here the new unknown function is inputted        x v x x v x, 0 , ' ' , 0   . as it is seen from the boundary condition (6),    u x xy , 0 '    , so the condition (6) is satisfied automatically. with the aim to reduce the problem to the vector boundary problem one must input the vectors and the matrixes       u x y x v x             ,       x f x x 3 ' 1 1 1                    , p 1 0 1 1 0 1                , q 1 0 1 1 0 1              . then the equations in the vector form will be written as the vector equation    l y x f x2    , where l2 is a differential operator of the second order        l y x iy x qy x py x22 " 2 '           , i is an identity matrix. the integral transformations also should be applied to the boundary conditions, with the aim to formulate the boundary functionals in the transformations’ domain. as a result the vector boundary problem is constructed         l y x f x y y a 2 0 0, 0          (10) the solving of the vector boundary value problem he solution of the vector boundary problem (10) will be searched as the superposition of a homogenous vector equation’s general solution  y x0  and a particular solution of the inhomogeneous one  y x1       y x y x y x0 1       these solutions were constructed with the help of the matrix differential calculation apparatus earlier [18].         c c y x y x y x y x c c 1 3 1 1 2 2 4                   where  iy x i, 0,1 are the matrix system of the fundamental matrix solutions [18]:             x x x x x x e e y x y x x x x x1 2 1 1 1 1 , 2 2 1 1 1 1                                                        where constants ic i, 1, 4 are founded from the boundary conditions [18]. t n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 5 for the obtaining of the vector boundary problem’s particular solution  y x1  , was constructed the green’s matrix function [18]. elements of matrix are shown in the appendix a. the inhomogeneous boundary problem’s final form of the solution is constructed         ac c y x y x y x g x f d c c 1 3 1 2 2 4 0 , ( )                    (11) the components of (11) can be written in the next form                 a a u x y x c y x c y x c y x c g x d g x d11 12 11 12 11 121 1 1 2 2 3 2 4 0 0 3 1 ( ) , ' , 1 1                                          a a v x y x c y x c y x c y x c g x d g x d21 22 21 22 21 221 1 1 2 2 3 2 4 0 0 3 1 ( ) , ' , 1 1                          where  i jg x, , is the green’s matrix function element in a i row and j column. the integrals with the function    are calculated by the parts and the inverse integral transformations’ formulae were applied to the displacements’ transformations.                 a a u x y f x y d d v x y f x y d d 1 0 0 2 0 0 , ' , , cos , ' , , cos                       (12) where    i if x g x i, , , , , , 1, 2     are known functions. the formulae (12) would be the final ones if the unknown function  '  is known. for its finding one must satisfy the boundary conditions (5) which are unsatisfied yet. it should be taken into consideration that integrals in these correspondences are conditionally convergent integrals. so, before the differentiating of the displacements’ expressions, at first one must extract the weakly convergence parts at these integrals. the substitution of (12) in the boundary conditions (5) leads to the singular integral equation       a f x d r x x a* * * * * * 0 ' , , 0       here the function  f x, contains cauchy’s type singularities and fixed singularities on the both ends of the integration interval. the solving of the singular integral equation he changing of the variables a x a x a a * *2 2 ,       is done for the passing to the integration interval  1;1 . as a result the integral equation is transformed to the form t n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 6                                     c c x c c xc с c d x x x x x x x c x c x d k x d r x x x x 1 1 3,1 3,2 3,1 3,22 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 4 4 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 , , 1 1 2 2                                                                                 (13) here    a 1 2             ,    k x r x, ,  are the known regular functions, ic i, 1, 4   are shown in the application b. the eq. (13) is the partial case of the equation with two fixed singularities considered [21]                          m mkn k k m k m k kkkk k y c x y x x yc a x c x dy dy i y x i y y xy k x y y dy f x m k 1 1 21 0 101 1 1 1 , 1 11 1 1 1 , , 0 re                                   which can be rewritten as                  a x c x c s x n x n x k x k x y y dy f x 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 ,                where               mn k k k k kxkm kkk x yc n x dy c c c x i y x y 1 2 1 11 0 1 1 1 , 1, 1 lim , 1 2                           , the symbol of the singular integral eq. (13) was constructed, which has the following form, where all designations correspond to the designations in [21]                     mk k k k mk k k k c s c n r a a a c s c n r 2 1 2 , 0, 2 1 2 , 0 , , , ,                                             (14)          p s z cth i z z1 / , , , , ,                ,         k mk k k kk k k n iz m sh i z, 1 1 ,            , n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 7                    g zi i pg i a z z i z i p p g zi i g z i i p p z i i z i p p 1 4 1 2 2 2 1 1 sinh 2 1 sinh 2 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 2 cosh 1 3 1 1 sinh 2 1 1 sinh                                                                                                             g zi zi i p p z i i p 1 1 16 1 1 2 1 1 sinh 1                                              here p 2 , 0.31   is found from the known solution of the analogical problem for an edge with the angle of openness pi/2 [25]. according to [21] one needs to find the roots of the equation  a z 0  . the found roots of the kernel’s symbol (14) have the next form: 1,2 0.5562 0.3690,    3,4 1.2792 0.2380,   5,6 3.2089 0.7127,   7,8 5.2170 1.0251, ...   , where k k  because of the problem’s statement. the generalized method of sie solving [22, 23] was applied for the solving of the eq. (13). according to it the unknown function    is expanded by the series in each interval           n k k k n k k k n s s 1 0 2 1 , 1; 0 , 0;1                           (15) where               k k k k k k n k re 2 re 2 1 1 cos im ln 1 , 0, 1 21 sin im ln 1 ,                          ,               k n k k n k n k k n n k n re 2 re 2 1 1 cos im ln 1 , , 1 21 sin im ln 1 ,                              . the segment  1;1 is divided on n2 equal segments with the length h n 1  . the eq. (13) is considered when i h x ih i n1 , 0, 2 1 2       . after the substitution of the unknown function (15) into the singular integral eq. (13) one obtains system of the linear algebraic equations relatively to the unknown constants ks k n, 0, 2 1  of the expansion (15). n k ki i k s d f i n 2 1 0 , 0, 2 1      (16) where ki id f i k n, , , 0, 2 1  are shown in the application c. the expression (16) presents the system of n2 equations with regard of n2 unknown constants ks . the substitution of the founded constants in the formula (15) and following using of the formulae (12) completes the construction of the problem’s solution. n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 8 the results of the numerical analyses he calculations were done for the elastic semi-strip ( g 961.2781955 10  pa, 0.33  ). at fig.2 one can admit that the values of the normal stress y y x xp p/ , /      at the lateral side x 0 decrease to zero with the increasing of the distance from the semi-strip’s edge. when the semi-strip’s side is a 10 . a similar situation is observed during the analyses of the stress y x,   when the semi-strip’s side is a 50 (fig.4) and a 100 (fig.6). at fig.3 one can admit that the absolute values of the normal stress y at the line  x a y/ 2, 0;10  are higher by its absolute value then normal stress x when the semi-strip’s side is a 10 . a similar situation is observed during the analyses of the stress y x,  when the semi-strip’s side is a 50 (fig.5) and a 100 (fig.7). as it is seen the stabilization of the stresses y x,  is observed when the semi-strip’s side is a 50 (fig.5) or a 100 (fig.7). figure 2: normal stresses    y xy y a0, , 0, , 10    . figure 3: normal stresses    y xa y a y a/ 2, , / 2, , 10    . figure 4: normal stresses    y xy y a0, , 0, , 50    . figure 5: normal stresses    y xa y a y a/ 2, , / 2, , 50    . t n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 9 figure 6: normal stresses    y xy y a0, , 0, , 100    . figure 7: normal stresses    y xa y a y a/ 2, , / 2, , 100    . conclusions 1. the proposed solving method reduced the initial problem to the singular integral equation, which has the two fixed singularities at the end of the integration’s interval. the special generalized scheme of sie solving was applied with the aim to take these singularities into consideration. 2. the proposed approach may be applied to the solving of the elasticity mixed problem for the semi-strip with a crack. 3. the analyses of the numerical results show that the taking into consideration the existence of the two fixed singularities of the solution gives the possibility to obtain the numerical result on the distance less than a/1000 to the angular point of the semi-strip in comparison with the usual approach to the solving, allowing to get the stable results only on the distance to the angular points not less than a/10. appendix a                                          ch a x ch a x g x sh a sh a sh a x xsh a x sh a ash a x a x ash a x ach a ch a x ch a x 11 2 , 2 1 1 2 1                                                                                           ach a g x sh a x sh a ch a x sh a x ch a x a x x ch a x a x 12 2 1 , 2 1 1 1 sgn sgn                                           n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 10                                ach a g x sh a x sh a ch a x sh a x ch a x a x x ch a x a x 21 2 1 , 2 1 1 1 sgn sgn                                                                                      ch a x ch a x g x sh a sh a ch a x ch a x sh a a x sh a x a x sh a x a ch a ch a x ch a x 22 2 , 2 1 2 1                                                              appendix b                                       g g g g c c c c c g g g g g c c c c c 0 1 2 2 3,1 3,2 3,1 3,2 4 4 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 4 2 0, , , , , 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 4 2 1 4 2 4 2 1 16 16 , , , , 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1                                                                                                 appendix c                                 i i ki k i i i i i i i i i i i i ki k i i c c x c c xc c с d x x x x x x x c x c x k x d k n i n x x c c с d x x 0 3,1 3,2 3,1 3,21 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 4 4 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 , , 0, 1, 0, 2 1 2 2 2                                                                                                                i i i i i i i i i i i i i i c c x c c x x x x x x c x c x k x d k n i n x x f r x i n 1 3,1 3,2 3,1 3,2 2 2 2 2 0 4 4 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 , , 0, 1, 0, 2 1 2 2 , 0, 2 1                                                             references [1] vorovich, i. i., kopasenko, v. v., some problems of elasticity theory for the semi-strip. (in russian), prikladnaya matematica i mekchanica, 30(1) (1966) 128-136. [2] pickett, g., jyengar, k. t. s., stress concentrations in post-tensioned prestressed concrete beams, j. technol., india, 1(2) (1956). [3] yamasida, research of the tensions in semi-infinite strip under acting forces applied to its edge, trans. japan. soc. mech. engrs, 20(95) (1954) 466. n. vaysfeld et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 1-11; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01 11 [4] koiter, w., alblas, j., on the bending of cantilever rectangular plates, proc. koninke nederl. acad. wet. b., 57(2) (1954). [5] aglovyan, l. a., gevorkyan, r. s., about some mixed problems of elasticity theory for the semi-strip (in russian), news of academy of science armenian ssr, mechanics, 23(3) (1970) 3-13. [6] trapeznikov, l. p., influence lines for the normal tensions in semi-strip (in russian), news of ussr n.-i. of the hydromechanical institute, 73 (1963). [7] kolchin, g. b., plyat, sh. n., sheykner, n. ya., some problems of the themoelasticity for the rectangular areas (in russian), shtiica, (1980). [8] suchevan, v. g., the tensioned state of the elastic semi-strip with fixed edges (in russian), matematiceskie issledovaniya, 40 (1976) 122-135. [9] thecaris, p. the stress distribution in a semi-infinite strip subjected to a concentrated load, trans. j. appl. mech., 26(3) (1959) 401–406. [10] johnson, m. w., little, r. w., the semi-infinite elastic strip, q. appl. math., 22(4) (1965) 335-344. [11] horvay, g., the end problem of rectangular strips, j. appl. mech., 20 (1953) 87-94. [12] horvay, g., born, j., some mixed boundary-value problems of the semi-infinite strip, journal of applied mechanics, 24(2) (1957) 261-268. [13] benthem, j.p., a laplace transform method for the solution of semi-infinite and finite strip problems in stress analiesis, quart. j. mech. and appl. math., 16(4) (1963) 413-429. [14] gogoleva, o. s., the examples of solutions of the first main boundary problem of elasticity theory in the semi-strip (symmetrical problem) (in russian), journal omskiy gosudarstvenniy universitet, 145(9) (2012) 138-142. [15] kovalenko, m. d., shulyakovskaya, t. d., expansion of fadle-papkovich functions in the strip. bases of theory (in russian), mechanica tverdogo tela, 5 (2011) 78-98. [16] menshova, i. v., lapikova, e. s., the semi-strip with lateral edges rigidity, working for tension-compression (in russian), journal chgpu named i. ya. yakovlev, series: mechanic of the limited state, 20(2) (2014) 106-118. [17] popov, g. ya., about new transformations of the elasticity resolving equations and the new integral transformations with their application to the boundary problems of mechanics, intern appl. mech., 39 (2003) 1046-1071. [18] vaysfel’d, n. d., zhuravlova, z. yu., on one new approach to the solving of an elasticity mixed problem for the semi-strip, acta mechanica, 226(12) (2015) 4159-4172, doi: 10.1007/s00707-015-1452-x. [19] ciavarella, m., paggi, m., carpinteri, a., one, no one, and one hundred thousand crack propagation laws: a generalized barenblatt and botvina dimensional analysis approach to fatigue crack growth, journal of the mechanics and physics of solids, 56(12) (2008) 3416-3432. [20] carpinteri, a., paggi, m., analytical study of the singularities arising at multi-material interfaces in 2d linear elastic problems, engineering fracture mechanics, 74(1) (2007) 59-74. [21] duduchava, r. v., integral convolution equations with discontinuous presymbols, singular integral equations with fixed singularity and their application to the mechanical problems (in russian), tbilisi, mecniereba, (1979). [22] kryvyy, o. f., tunnel internal crack in a piecewise homogeneous anisotropic space, journ. of mathematical sciences, 198(1) (2014) 62-74. [23] kryvyi, o. f., mutual influence of an interface tunnel crack and an interface tunnel inclusion in a piecewise homogeneous anisotropic space, journ. of mathematical sciences, 208(4) (2015) 409-416. [24] popov, g.ya., the elastic stress' concentration around dies, cuts, thin inclusions and reinforcements (in russian), nauka, moskow (1982). [25] uflyand, ya. s., integral transformations in the problems of the elasticity theory (in russian), nauka, l., (1967). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_27 l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 207 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture designing aluminium friction stir welded joints against multiaxial fatigue l. susmel the university of sheffield, sheffield s1 3jd, united kingdom l.susmel@sheffield.ac.uk d. g. hattingh nelson mandela metropolitan university, private bag x6011, port elizabeth 6000, south africa danie.hattingh@nmmu.ac.za m. n. james university of plymouth, drake circus, devon pl4 8aa, england, united kingdom m.james@plymouth.ac.uk e. maggiolini, r. tovo university of ferrara, via saragat 1, 44100 ferrara, italy mggnrc@unife.it, roberto.tovo@unife.it abstract. the present paper investigates the accuracy of the modified wöhler curve method (mwcm) in estimating multiaxial fatigue strength of aluminium friction stir (fs) welded joints. having developed a bespoke joining technology, circumferentially fs welded tubular specimens of al 6082-t6 were tested under proportional and non-proportional tension and torsion, the effect of non-zero mean stresses being also investigated. the validation exercise carried out using the experimental results have demonstrated that the mwcm applied in terms of nominal stresses, notch stresses, and also the point method is accurate in predicting the fatigue lifetime of the tested fs welded joints, with its use resulting in life estimates that fall within the uniaxial and torsional calibration scatter bands. keywords. friction stir welding; multiaxial fatigue; critical plane. introduction riction stir (fs) welding is a joining process that allows joints with high mechanical performance to be manufactured at a relatively low cost. thanks to its specific features, in recent years this joining technology has been employed successfully in different industrial sectors [1] which include, amongst others, ship building [2], transportation [3], and aircraft [4]. in terms of design against fatigue, whilst a tremendous effort has been made since the f l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 208 mid-90s to investigate the fatigue behaviour of aluminium fs welded joints subjected to uniaxial cyclic loading (see, for instance, ref. [5] and references reported therein), no systematic research work has been carried out so far to formulate and validate specific methodologies suitable for performing the multiaxial fatigue assessment of this type of joints. in this context, this paper summarises a part of the outcomes from an international network research project sponsored by the leverhulme trust (www.leverhulme.ac.uk) on multiaxial fatigue assessment of aluminium fs welded tubular connections. fundamentals of the modified wöhler curve method he mwcm is a critical plane approach which assesses fatigue damage under uniaxial/multiaxial fatigue loading via the maximum shear stress amplitude, a, as well as via the mean value, n,m, and the amplitude, n,a, of the stress normal to that material plane experiencing the maximum shear stress amplitude [6]. the combined effect of the relevant stress components relative to the critical plane is quantified via the following stress index [7]: a a,nm,n eff m    (1) where m is the so-called mean stress sensitivity index [6, 7]. index m is a material fatigue property that ranges from zero (no mean stress sensitivity) to unity (full mean stress sensitivity) [6]. according to the way it is defined, ratio eff is sensitive not only to the presence of non-zero mean stresses [8], but also to the degree of multiaxiality and nonproportionality of the load history being assessed [6]. figure 1: modified wöhler diagram. the mwcm’s modus operandi is schematically explained through the modified wöhler diagram of figure 1. this log-log chart plots a against the number of cycles to failure, nf. much experimental evidence [6] suggests that, for a specific material, the modified wöhler curves tend to move downward as eff increases (fig. 1). in other words, for a given value of a, fatigue damage tends to increase as eff increases. according to the diagram in figure 1, the position and the negative inverse slope of any modified wöhler curve can be defined through the following linear relationships [6]:    effeffk (2)   ba effefffre,a  (3) t l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 209 in these equations, k(eff) is the negative inverse slope and a,ref(eff) is the reference shear stress amplitude extrapolated at na cycles to failure (fig. 1). constants , , a and b are material fatigue parameters that have to be determined through appropriate experiments [6]. observing that, in the absence of stress concentration phenomena, eff is equal to unity under fully-reversed uniaxial fatigue loading and to zero under torsional cyclic loading [6], the constants in eqs 2 and 3 can be estimated from the fully-reversed uniaxial and torsional fatigue curves as follows [6]:         0k0k1kk effeffeffeffeff  (4)   aeffaaefffre,a 2          (5) in eq. 4 k(eff=1) and k(eff=0) are the negative inverse slope of the uniaxial and torsional fatigue curve, respectively, whereas in eq. 5 a and a are the endurance limits extrapolated at na cycles to failure under fully-reversed uniaxial and torsional fatigue loading, respectively. as to calibration relationships 4 and 5, it is important to point out that a,ref(eff) and k(eff) are assumed to be constant and equal to a,ref(lim) and to k(lim), respectively, for eff values larger than an intrinsic material threshold denoted as lim [6, 8]. to estimate fatigue lifetime according to the mwcm, initially both a and eff have to be determined at the assumed critical location by adopting the appropriate algorithms [9, 10]. subsequently, the corresponding modified wöhler curve has to be derived from eqs 2 and 3 through the estimated value for eff. finally, the number of cycles to failure under the investigated load history can be predicted as follows [6]: )(k a effref,a af efft)( nn           (6) to conclude, it can be recalled that, as far as conventional welded joints are concerned, the mwcm has proven [11] to be accurate in performing the multiaxial fatigue assessment when it is applied not only in terms of nominal and hot-spot stresses, but also along with the reference radius concept as well as the theory of critical distances. (a) (b) (c) figure 2: i-stir fs welding platform equipped with a fourth axis (a); al 6082-t6 fs welded tubular specimen (b); transverse macrosection of the weld region (c). experimental details he technology used to manufacture the fs welded tubular samples for testing was developed at the nelson mandela metropolitan university, south africa. circumferential fs welds were manufactured by incorporating a fourth axis into a commercial i-stir platform (fig. 2a). in order to obtain high-quality welds, an ad hoc retracting t l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 210 tool was designed and optimised. figure 2b shows an example of a fs welded aluminium specimen manufactured using this technology. the parent material employed in the present investigation was al 6082-t6 with ultimate tensile strength, uts, equal to 303 mpa. the tubular specimens had outer nominal diameter equal to 38 mm and inner nominal diameter to 31 mm. all the samples were tested in the as-welded condition. the fs welded specimens were tested under axial fatigue loading at the university of ferrara, italy, using an mts 810 mod. 318.25 servo-hydraulic machine. the samples were tested under a load ratio, r, equal to 0.1 and to -1. the biaxial fatigue tests were carried out at the university of sheffield, uk, using a schenck servo-hydraulic axial/torsional testing machine equipped with two mts hydraulic grips. the force/moment controlled tests were run under in-phase and 90° out-of-phase constant amplitude sinusoidal load histories with load ratios equal to -1 and 0. the pictures seen in figure 3 show some examples of the typical cracking behaviours displayed by the al 6082-t6 fs welded joints tested under biaxial loading. br=0, r=-1 nf=1664764 ctf br= 3 , r=-1, =0° nf=369237 ctf br=1, r=-1,=0° nf=650684 ctf br= 3 , r=-1, =90° nf=173954 ctf br=0, r=0 nf=1071840 ctf br= 3 , r=0, =0° nf=501988 ctf br=1, r=0,=0° nf=857370 ctf br= 3 , r=0, =90° nf=224230 ctf figure 3: examples of the observed macroscopic cracking behaviour under biaxial fatigue loading (ctf=cycles to failure). the experimental fatigue data were re-analysed using the hypothesis of a log-normal distribution of the number of cycles to failure for each stress level with a confidence level equal to 95% [12]. the results of the statistical reanalysis are listed in tab. 1 in terms of nominal stresses referred to the annular section of the parent tube, where: br=nom,a/nom,a is the ratio between the amplitudes of the axial and torsional nominal stress, r is the nominal load ratio,  is the out-of-phase angle, k is the negative inverse slope, a and a are the amplitudes of the axial and torsional endurance limits extrapolated at n=2106 cycles to failure, and t is the scatter ratio of the amplitude of the endurance limit for 90% and 10% probabilities of survival. validation by experimental results s far as conventional aluminium welded joints are concerned, the mwcm can be applied not only in terms of nominal [11, 13] and notch stresses [14], but also using the theory of critical distances (in the form of the point method) [15]. owing to the high level of accuracy which was obtained with standard welded connections [6], in the present investigation the above three stress analysis strategies were used, with the mwcm being applied to post-process the experimental results summarised in tab. 1. independently from the definition adopted to calculate the relevant stress states, the mwcm was applied using multiaxial fatigue software multi-feast© (www.multi-feast.com). initially, the accuracy of the mwcm in estimating the fatigue lifetime of the tested fs welded joints was checked by applying this approach in terms of nominal stresses. the calibration constants in eqs 4 and 5 were estimated using the fully-reversed uniaxial and torsional fatigue curves reported in tab. 1, obtaining: a l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 211   8.103.4k effeff  (7)   9.382.22 effefffre  mpa (8) as shown by the sn curves summarised in tab. 1, the fatigue strength of these fs welded joints was seen to be sensitive to presence of non-zero mean stresses, and this holds true even though the specimens were tested in the as-welded condition. according to this experimental evidence, the mean stress sensitivity index, m, was taken equal to unity, with lim being set equal to 1.3. br r  n. of data k a a t [°] [mpa] [mpa]  -1 9 6.5 33.5 1.58  0.1 10 4.4 18.6 1.82 0 -1 11 10.8 38.9 1.49 0 0 10 9.5 32.9 1.52 3 -1 0 8 5.3 26.1 15.1 1.55 3 0 0 7 4.2 17.2 9.9 1.73 3 -1 90 10 5.3 21.1 12.2 2.97 3 0 90 7 10.4 23.4 13.5 1.38 1 -1 0 7 5.4 23.2 23.2 2.12 1 0 0 7 3.2 12.8 12.8 2.00 1 -1 90 9 3.9 11.3 11.3 1.66 1 0 90 7 15.8 22.6 22.6 1.35 table 1: summary of the generated experimental results. the experimental, nf, vs. estimated, nf,e, number of cycles to failure chart shown in figure 4a summarises the overall accuracy which was obtained by using the mwcm in terms of nominal stresses to predict the lifetime of the fs welded tubular samples being tested. this graph makes clear that the use of the mwcm resulted in life estimates falling within the wider scatter band between the two that characterise the fully-reversed uniaxial and torsional fatigue curves used to calibrate the constants in the mwcm’s governing equations. subsequently, the mwcm was applied in terms of notch stresses [14, 16]. the average notch root radius both on the retreating and the advancing side was measured to approach 0.5 mm (fig. 2c). the required notch stresses were determined by solving axisymmetric linear-elastic finite element (fe) models done using commercial software ansys©. the stress analysis returned the following values for the gross stress concentration factors: kt,ax=2.4 (axial stress), kt,hs=0.48 (hoop stress), kt,t=1.7 (torsional stress). the fully-reversed uniaxial and torsional fatigue curves were used in terms of notch stresses to determine the constants in the mwcm’s calibration function, obtaining:   8.103.4k effeff  (9)   9.649.24 effefffre  mpa (10) the uniaxial fatigue curve for a load ratio, r, equal to 0.1 was used to estimate both the mean stress sensitivity index and the limit value for eff (i.e., m=1 and lim=2). the error chart of figure 4b confirms that the mwcm applied in terms of l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 212 notch stresses resulted in estimates falling within the two calibration scatter bands, with only a few data points being on the non-conservative side (i.e., series =90°, br= 3 , r=-1). finally, an attempt was made to apply the mwcm in conjunction with the point method to estimate the fatigue lifetime of the fs welded specimens. the relevant linear-elastic stress states were determined at a distance from the crack initiation locations equal to 0.075 mm [15]. the stress analysis was performed by solving axisymmetric linear-elastic fe models done with commercial fe code ansys® [6]. the fully-reversed uniaxial and torsional experimental fatigue curves postprocessed according to the point method were used to calibrate eqs 2 and 3, i.e.:   8.107.3k effeff  (11)   0.588.28 effefffre  mpa (12) the uniaxial fatigue curve with r=0.1 was then used to estimate both the mean stress sensitivity index and the limit value for eff, obtaining: m=1 and eff=1.6. 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 100000000 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000100000000 nf [cycles] nf,e [cycles] axial loading, r=-1 axial loading, r=0.1 torsion, r=-1 torsion, r=0 =0°, =√3, r=-1 =0°, =√3, r=0 =90°, =√3, r=-1 =90°, =√3, r=0 =0°, =1, r=-1 =0°, =1, r=0 =90°, =1, r=-1 =90°, =1, r=0 ps=90% ps=10% non-conservative conservative torsional scatter band uniaxial scatter band nominal stresses  br  br  br  br  br  br run out  br  br (a) 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 100000000 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000100000000 nf [cycles] nf,e [cycles] axial loading, r=-1 axial loading, r=0.1 torsion, r=-1 torsion, r=0 =0°, =√3, r=-1 =0°, =√3, r=0 =90°, =√3, r=-1 =90°, =√3, r=0 =0°, =1, r=-1 =0°, =1, r=0 =90°, =1, r=-1 =90°, =1, r=0 ps=90% ps=10% non-conservative conservative torsional scatter band uniaxial scatter band notch stresses  br  br  br  br  br  br run out  br  br (b) 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 100000000 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000100000000 nf [cycles] nf,e [cycles] axial loading, r=-1 axial loading, r=0.1 torsion, r=-1 torsion, r=0 =0°, =√3, r=-1 =0°, =√3, r=0 =90°, =√3, r=-1 =90°, =√3, r=0 =0°, =1, r=-1 =0°, =1, r=0 =90°, =1, r=-1 =90°, =1, r=0 ps=90% ps=10% non-conservative conservative torsional scatter band uniaxial scatter band point method  br  br  br  br  br  br run out  br  br (c) figure 4: accuracy of the mwcm applied in terms of nominal (a) and notch stresses (b) as well as along with the point method (c). the error bands in figure 4c summarise the overall accuracy that was obtained by applying the mwcm in conjunction with the point method. this diagram makes it evident that this design methodology was accurate, resulting in predictions falling within the scatter bands associated with the experimental calibration fatigue curves. l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 213 it can be concluded from these results that, independently from the adopted stress analysis strategy, the resulting level of accuracy is certainly satisfactory (see figure 4), since, from a statistical point of view, we cannot expect that a predictive method will be more accurate than the experimental information used to calibrate the method itself. conclusions  for the specific profile of the fs welded fatigue specimens, the fatigue behaviour of the these tubular joints of al 6082-t6 could successfully be modelled using notch mechanics concepts.  the mwcm was applied not only in terms of nominal and notch stresses, but also in conjunction with the point method and was seen to be highly accurate in estimating the fatigue lifetime of the fs welded joints.  for the investigated fs welded connections, the mwcm was seen to be capable of correctly modelling not only the presence of non-zero mean stresses, but also the degree of multiaxiality and non-proportionality of the applied load history. acknowledgment upport for this work from the leverhulme trust through the award of international network grant in-2012-107 is gratefully acknowledged. references [1] shah, s., tosunoglu, s. (2012) friction stir welding: current state of the art and future prospects, in proceedings of the 16th world multi-conference on systemics, cybernetics and informatics, orlando, florida, 17-20 july 2012. [2] colligan, k.j. (2004) friction stir welding for ship construction, contract n0014-06-d-0048 for the office of naval research, concurrent technologies corporation, harrisburg, pa, us (available at www.nmc.ctc.com). [3] thomas, w.m., nicholas, e.d., friction stir welding for the transportation industries, mater. design., 18 (1997) 269273. [4] burford, d., widener, c., tweedy, b. (2006) advances in friction stir welding for aerospace applications, in proceedings of the 6th aiaa aviation technology, integration and operations conference, aiaa. doi: 10.2514/6.2006-7730. [5] lomolino, s., tovo, r., dos santos, j., on the fatigue behaviour and design curves of friction stir butt-welded al alloys, int. j. fatigue, 27 3 (2005) 305-316. [6] susmel, l., multiaxial notch fatigue: from nominal to local stress-strain quantities, woodhead & crc, cambridge, uk, (2009) isbn: 1 84569 582 8. [7] susmel, l., multiaxial fatigue limits and material sensitivity to non-zero mean stresses normal to the critical planes, fatigue fract. eng. mat. struct., 31 (2008) 295-309. [8] susmel, l., tovo, r., lazzarin, p., the mean stress effect on the high-cycle fatigue strength from a multiaxial fatigue point of view, int. j. fatigue, 27 (2005) 928-943. [9] susmel, l., a simple and efficient numerical algorithm to determine the orientation of the critical plane in multiaxial fatigue problems, int. j. fatigue, 32 (2010) 1875–1883. [10] susmel, l., tovo, r., socie, d.f., estimating the orientation of stage i crack paths through the direction of maximum variance of the resolved shear stress, int. j. fatigue, 58 (2014) 94–101. [11] susmel, l., four stress analysis strategies to use the modified wöhler curve method to perform the fatigue assessment of weldments subjected to constant and variable amplitude multiaxial fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue, 64 (2014) 38-54. [12] spindel, j.e., haibach, e., some considerations in the statistical determination of the shape of s-n cruves, in: r. e. little, j. c. ekvall (eds.), statistical analysis of fatigue data, astm stp 744, (1981) 89–113. [13] susmel, l., tovo, r., on the use of nominal stresses to predict the fatigue strength of welded joints under biaxial cyclic loadings, fatigue fract. engng. mater. struct., 27 (2004) 1005-1024. s l. susmel et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 207-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.27 214 [14] susmel, l., sonsino, c. m., tovo, r., accuracy of the modified wöhler curve method applied along with the rref=1 mm concept in estimating lifetime of welded joints subjected to multiaxial fatigue loading, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 1075-1091. [15] susmel, l., the modified wöhler curve method calibrated by using standard fatigue curves and applied in conjunction with the theory of critical distances to estimate fatigue lifetime of aluminium weldments, int. j. fatigue, 31 (2009) 197-212. [16] radaj, d., sonsino, c. m., fricke, w., fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approaches. woodhead publishing limited, cambridge, uk, (2007). << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_13 p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 130 improvement of performance of ultra-high performance concrete based composite material added with nano materials pang jinchang, liu ronggui school of civil engineering and architecture, nantong institute of technology (nit), nantong, jiangsu, 226000, china pjcpangjc@163.com abstract. ultra-high performance concrete (uhpc), a kind of composite material characterized by ultra high strength, high toughness and high durability. it has a wide application prospect in engineering practice. but there are some defects in concrete. how to improve strength and toughness of uhpc remains to be the target of researchers. to obtain uhpc with better performance, this study introduced nano-sio2 and nano-caco3 into uhpc. moreover, hydration heat analysis, x-ray diffraction (xrd), mercury intrusion porosimetry (mip) and nanoindentation tests were used to explore hydration process and microstructure. double-doped nanomaterials can further enhance various mechanical performances of materials. nano-sio2 can promote early progress of cement hydration due to its high reaction activity and c-s-h gel generates when it reacts with cement hydration product ca(oh)2. nano-caco3 mainly plays the role of crystal nucleus effect and filling effect. under the combined action of the two, the composite structure is denser, which provides a way to improve the performance of uhpc in practical engineering. keywords. uhpc; composite material; nano material; sio2. introduction ith the continuous development of human society, living space of human is constantly narrowed and buildings tend to be high-rise and long-span. moreover, concrete structure is increasingly threatened by harsh environment such as ocean and salt lake [1, 2]. therefore, requirement on performance of concrete materials becomes higher and higher. ultra-high performance concrete composite (uhpcc) featured by high strength, high toughness, high durability and strong deformation resistance is applied more extensively in harsh environment mentioned above and areas which have special requirements on structure; moreover it shows excellent performance in service process [3, 4]. as to research on uhpc, three international conferences concerning uhpc have been held in kassel university in german, in september 2005, march 2008, and march 2012 respectively. in the first two conferences, participants illustrated their own research achievements and experience, which mainly include composition and ratio of raw materials, preparation condition, performance, characteristics, strength and toughness of microstructure, design and construction as well as application cases of uhpc in practical engineering worldwide [5]. in addition, multiple international technical standards was discussed. in the third international conference, nanotechnology and nanomaterials were proposed to be introduced into uhpc and the latest research progress of uhpc was also discussed. nanomaterials as a fine particle between macro substance and cluster possesses small size effect, surface effect, quantum graining effect and macroscopic tunneling effect. how to introduce nanomaterials into concrete has become an issue w p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 131 constantly explored by concrete material researchers in practice. ye q et al. [6, 7] found that, pozzolanic activity of nanosio2 was much stronger than ganister sand and adding 1% ~ 3% nano-sio2 could remarkably enhance compressive, rupture and splitting strength of concrete and thus improve microstructure of concrete. bigley c et al. [8] discovered that, nano-sio2 could improve segregation resistance of self-compacting concrete. chen rs et al. [9] pointed out that, concrete paste mixing with nano-sio2 was featured by weaker flowability and shorter setting time; and cement block obtained had high strength in early stage. nanomaterial can improve microstructure and enhance mechanical performance of material in a certain extent if being applied in ordinary concrete or high-performance concrete. but preparing uhpc using nanomaterials has not been researched yet. considering the extremely low water-binder ratio of uhpcc, applying nanomaterials with large surface and severe agglomeration into uhpcc will encounter with dispersing and forming difficulty. thus based on preliminary work, we systematically studied action mechanism of nano-sio2 and nano-caco3 adding into uhpcc, aiming to lay a scientific foundation for improvement of uhpc and its promotion.. materials and method raw materials aw materials used included p·ii 52.5r portland cement (density: 3.1 g/cm3; chemical components: tab. 1), ultrafine fly ash (level i from nanjing thermal power plant; density: 2.1 g/cm3; specific surface area: 400 m2/kg; chemical components: tab. 1), nano-sio2 (hangzhou veking new material co., ltd.; superficially porous; average grain diameter: 20 nm; content of sio2: over 99%), nano-caco3 (zhoushan mingri nano material co., ltd.; average grain diameter: 30 nm; content of caco3: over 99.9%), fine aggregate (ordinary yellow ground with maximum grain size of 2.5 mm; fineness modulus: 2.26; continuous grading; bulk density: 1.4 g/cm3; apparent density: 2.4 g/cm3) and polycarboxylic high performance water-reducing agent (basf aktiengesellschaft; water-reducing rate: over 40%). a previous study [10] suggests that, the best mixing proportion of nano-sio2 in uhpcc was 3%. in this study, mixing proportion of nano-sio2 was fixed at 3% and mixing proportion of nano-caco3 was adjustable, as shown in tab. 2. raw material sio2 al2o3 fe2o3 cao mgo so3 k2o n2o loi cement 20.40 4.70 3.38 64.7 0.87 1.89 0.49 0.33 3.24 coal ash 53.98 28.84 6.49 4.77 1.31 1.16 1.61 1.03 0.72 table 1: components of cement and coal ash (wt%). test specimen cement coal ash nano-sio2 nano-caco3 water-binder ratio additive nsc0 52 35 3 0 0.2 2 nsc1 51 35 3 1 0.2 2 nsc3 49 35 3 3 0.2 2 nsc5 47 35 3 5 0.2 2 table 2: mix proportion of different components (wt%). test method moulding technique uhpcc was prepared using wet mixing technology, i.e., evenly mixing raw materials (coal ash, cement, fine aggregate) in forming process. detailed procedures are as follows: (1)stirring ①add cement mortar into the mixture of quartz sand and silicon ash mixed according to certain mix proportion and then stir for 5 min; ②then add cement, coal ash, quartz powder and nanomaterial and stir for 5 min; ③add half quantity of water containing water reducing agent and stir for 3 min; ④add the remaining water and stir for 6 min; ⑤pour the mixture into a triple mould (40 mm × 40 mm × 160 mm) and then vibrate the mould on vibrating table with a frequency of 50hz. manufacturing procedure of concrete mortar matrix is shown in fig. 1. r p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 132 figure 1: manufacturing process of concrete mortar matrix. (2)maintenance: maintain the test specimen in curing room (20 ± 2°c) for 24 h, then do: ①standard maintenance (maintain the test specimen in water (20 ± 2°c) till specified curing age); ②hot water maintenance (maintain the test specimen in 90°c hot water curing box for 48 h and then perform standard maintenance till specified curing age). ③take specimen for mechanical performance and microscopic performance tests. microscopic test xrd quantitative test specimen that had been cured to specified curing age was taken socked in absolute alcohol for one day [11]. then it was grinded in agate mortar in an environment of absolute ethyl alcohol until all powder passed through 0.08 mm sieve. afterwards, all powder was dried in vacuum drying oven (50°c ). one hour later, it was put into hermetic bag and cooled to room temperature. then the power was mixed with α al2o3 power which passed through 80 μm sieve in a ratio of 1 : 9. absolute ethyl alcohol was also added. after one hour of mixing, all specimen were put into vacuum drier. bruker axs d8discover x ray diffractometer equipped with lynxeye array detector was used. target used was cu target. room temperature was t = 298 k. operating voltage and operating current were set as 40 kv and 30 ma. soller slit was 4.0°. step size was set as 0.02° (2θ), scanning speed was set as 0.30 s/step, and scanning angle ranged from 5° to 80° (2θ) or 7° to 80° (2θ). the power was put on specialized glass-made sample plate of ray diffractometer and moved to sample holder for testing after the parameters were set over. mip test autoporeiv 9510 auto hole test system produced by micrometrics corporation was used as mercury injection apparatus. operating parameters were: pressure 0.10 ~ 45000 psia, contact angle 130°, equilibrium time 10s, sampling hole interval 4.3 nm ~ 360 μm. characteristic parameters of pore structure such as porosity, average pore size and distribution of pre size were analyzed using corresponding analysis software. nanoindentation test first, specimen which had been cured to specified curing age was cut into small pieces with a side length of 2 cm. then they were socked in absolute ethyl alcohol for 48 h. the specimen was cut into slices (5 ~ 10 mm) after cold mounting with epoxy resin. to obtain even and clean surface, the slices were grinded with carborundum paper (180-mesh, 600 mesh, 1200 mesh) on grinding machine and then polished with polishing solution (9 μm, 3 μm, 0.5 μm, 0.05 μm). finally, the specimen was washed by ultrasonic wave for 15 min to remove particles from polishing solution adhered to the surface. nano test tm produced by micro materials corporation was used for test and pyramidal berkovich pressure head was equipped. a dot matrix (10 × 10) was selected in the area next to specimen interface area and the space between two dots was 20 μm. displacement control mode was applied and the maximum depth of indentation was set as 300 nm. when the pressure head contacts the surface of specimen, the depth of indentation linearly loads to the set value in a speed of 0.25 mn/s, then loads in a constant speed for 30 s, and finally linearly unloads in a speed of 0.25 mn/s. every test point was processed with loading and unloading. load displacement curve was recorded. results and analysis mechanical performance test and analysis e made tests on static mechanical performance of uhpcc with different curing age. results are shown in fig. 2. it can be seen from fig. 2 that, different uhpcc material show the same tendency of compressive strength and rupture strength, i.e., strength was higher in material with larger curing age. when curing age was the same, compressive strength and rupture strength improved with the increase of mixing amount of nano-caco3. but if the w p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 133 mixing amount was too large, strength improved with a limited amplitude and even decreased slightly. there were two reasons. first, water demand increased, resulting in high water-binder ratio. secondly, nanomaterial failed to disperse evenly and thus aggregated, lowering evenness of uhpcc [12]. hence mixing amount of nanomaterial should be controlled within certain scope. we thought the best mixing amount of nano-caco3 was 3% ~ 5%. compared to test specimen without nano-sio2 or with nano-sio2 only, test specimen added with nano-sio2 and nano-caco3 had significantly improved strength; nsc3 test specimen with curing age of 90 d could have a compressive strength of 107 mpa and a flexural strength of 20 mpa. nano-sio2 can promote hydration of cement and c-s-h gel generates when nano-sio2 reacts with cement hydration products. though nano-caco3 has low activity, it can be used for filling spaces inside composite material and thus improves density. (1) compressive strength (2) rapture strength figure 2: compressive and rapture strength of uhpcc with different curing age. hydration heat analysis hydration heat test was carried out three days after processing the above four kinds of uhpcc with water and the results are shown in fig. 3. it can be seen from fig. 3 that, heat curve of four materials were similar; hydration acceleration period of hydration test specimen mixed with nano-sio2 was from 10th h to 20th h; double-doped materials which had larger mixing amount of nano-caco3 had hydration acceleration and exothermic peak earlier. it indicates that, double mixture of nanomaterials can accelerate hydration. figure 3: hydration heat curve for uhpc test specimen. xrd quantitative analysis traditional xrd methods usually used for quantitative analysis such as external standard method, internal standard method, k value method, and adiabatic method all aims at analyzing single hkl diffracted ray or hkl diffraction family. sample of cement based composite material with multiple phases and complex diffraction xrd pattern will bring great difficulty to quantitative analysis due to severely overlapped spectral peak and preferentially orienting effect. rietveld whole power pattern fitting may transform the status if being applied in xrd pattern analysis. the structure depended method can accurately make an analysis on diffraction peaks and comparison of diffraction strength of different phrase. specialized cement phase structure database which can be used for analyzing cement clinker and phase of mineral admixtures has been established after years of research works. p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 134 we can see a dispersed humpback-like peak at 2θ (25° ~ 35°) which is caused by mass amorphous c-s-h gel existing in cement hydration product from xrd pattern of harden cement paste. but as there are lots of sharp crystalline peaks within the scope of diffraction angle, the position of amorphous peak is not obvious. hence results can be obtained only when phase in a known proportion is added in quantitative analysis of components of cement paste. in quantitative analysis of hydration product of cement based material, α al2o3 which is not contained in original paste, keeps stable at room temperature and cannot react with components of cement paste is used as addition phase. xrd pattern of the power sample obtained was first analyzed with eva software to find out all and then with topas software which is designed based on rietveld method. we made quantitative analysis on hydration products of four kinds of test specimens (curing age of 3, 7, 28 and 90 days). fig. 4 demonstrates the analysis results of test specimens which was cured for 28 days. tab. 3 demonstrates quantitative analysis results of main mineral phases. figure 4: xrd quantitative analysis results of test specimens cured for 28 days. curing period/d test specimen phase c3s c2s c3a c4af ca(oh)2 caco3 amorphous phase 3 nsc0 10.65 7.93 3.65 2.02 4.89 2.67 43.63 nsc1 8.76 7.74 2.88 2.14 5.04 4.16 41.52 nsc3 8.32 8.97 3.45 2.05 3.65 7.68 43.29 nsc5 8.40 9.21 3.18 2.30 4.26 8.97 40.77 7 nsc0 7.56 7.66 2.33 1.85 4.08 3.30 47.31 nsc1 6.22 5.54 2.64 2.31 3.38 4.23 40.61 nsc3 6.35 5.09 3.34 1.82 3.34 7.32 39.81 nsc5 6.07 5.83 3.01 1.94 3.36 8.01 40.83 28 nsc0 6.09 7.02 2.16 1.50 3.57 3.07 49.14 nsc1 7.06 7.90 2.28 2.18 3.42 4.81 43.98 nsc3 5.89 6.34 2.14 1.67 2.76 6.54 48.02 nsc5 6.68 5.79 3.23 1.84 3.68 8.50 47.96 90 nsc0 7.46 7.40 2.13 0.96 3.56 2.99 48.88 nsc1 7.05 6.76 2.64 1.94 3.12 4.36 43.37 nsc3 5.90 6.20 2.35 1.59 3.08 6.08 46.84 nsc5 6.33 5.58 3.09 1.32 3.37 9.01 47.71 table 3: xrd quantitative analysis results of uhpcc with different curing age (%). p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 135 it can be seen from tab. 3 that, as curing period prolonged, unhydrated cement phase (c3s, c2s, c3a, c4af) gradually reduced, amorphous phase of hydration products (c-s-h gel, etc) increased, ca(oh)2 generated from hydration decreased, and caco3 had no obvious change; moreover, in early period (before 7 d), amorphous phase of double-doped test specimen was less than single-doped test specimen, suggesting some nano-caco3 involves in hydration of cement and plays a supplement role in cement based composite material. in addition, we can know from the table that, when curing exceeded 28 d, variation tendency of hydration product content slowed down; in early period (before 7 d), addition of nanomaterials had an obvious promotion effect on hydration of uhpcc. the accelerated hydration of cement is attributable to high reaction activity of nano-sio2. nano-caco3 acting as a supplement role increases the density of uhpcc and also improves its mechanical performance. mip result and analysis preparation of test sample: cement block which has finished test of strength of concrete was crashed and put into absolute ethyl alcohol for stopping hydration. before test, the broken concrete was moved into a vacuum drier (50°c). 24 h later, it was taken out and packed with closed bag. we made test on pore structure of four test specimens with different curing age. tab. 4 shows data of pore structure of cement paste test block. fig. 5 demonstrates mip results of four materials after 28 d-standard maintenance. sample nsco nsc1 nsc3 nsc5 average pore size(nm) 38.1 25.1 27.3 30.9 critical poresize (nm) 427 171 223 249 total pore space (ml/g) 0.2226 0.2043 0.2137 0.2184 table 4: statistics of pore structure of test block. ) ) ( ( lo g 1    n m g l d d d v  (a) distribution curve for pore size. (b) distribution curve for porosity. figure 5: mip analysis results of uhpc. it can be seen from fig. 5(a) that, pore volume of test specimen added with nano-sio2 only and maintained for 28 d was the largest when pore size was between 0.003 and 0.03 μm, and the peak value appeared when pore size was 11 or 4 nm; for double-doped test specimen, distribution curve of pore size deviated to the right slightly and the peak pore size was relatively smaller. fig. 5(b) shows distribution curve for porosity of four test specimens. it can be seen from the figure that, adding two nanomaterials had an obvious influence on lowering porosity of composite material, about 2%. thus it is concluded that, reasonable selection and optimization of uhpcc, hydration promotion effect of nano-sio2 and supplement effect of nano-caco3 can greatly improve density of uhpcc, reduce microscale and microscopic scale defects, and thus enhance performance of material. p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 136 nanoindentation test results and analysis xrd quantitative analysis results suggested that, uhpcc hardened cement paste contained hydrated gel phase, ca(oh)2 phase, caco3 phase and unhydrated cement particles. c-s-h gel phase of ordinary concrete is mainly composed of high and low density hydrated calcium silicate gel (ld c-s-h and hd c-s-h) whose elasticity modulus are 14 ~ 24 gpa and 24 ~ 35 gpa. results of previous researches [13, 14] demonstrated that, uhpcc contains a large amount of higherdensity c-s-h gel (uhd c-s-h) which has stronger mechanical performance and an elastic modulus of 35 ~ 50 gpa that is close to ca(oh)2 phase. we made nanoindentation test on single-doped and double-doped test specimens which were processed by standard maintenance for 90 days. as ca(oh)2 phase accounted for a small proportion in the material, it was ignored during analysis. distribution of mechanical performance parameters of single-doped and double-doped test specimens maintained for 90 days is shown in fig. 6. we can find that, test specimens contain a large amount of unhydrated cement particles and uhd c-s-h phase; hd c-s-h phase is surrounded by hydration product uhd c-s-h; ld c-s-h phase has disappeared; a distinct interfacial transition zone could not be seen. (1) nsc0 (2) nsc3 figure 6: distribution of elasticity modulus on the surface of single-doped and double-doped test specimen. after making a statistical analysis on the data, distribution of probability of elasticity modulus of measured points on test specimen was obtained (fig. 7). it can be seen from the figure that, peak value of elasticity modulus of the test specimens was between 30 and 70 gpa; a large amount of uhd-c-s-h phase and a small amount of unhydrated cement particle phase existed in the test specimens; as to hydration products of double-doped test specimens, uhd c-s-h phase accounted for a larger proportion, hd c-s-h phase was in a small amount and ld c-s-h was not found. thus we conclude that, hydration products of uhpcc are significantly different with ordinary concrete; uhd c-s-h phase is the major hydration product; and the above difference is more obvious in double-doped material. because of generation of a large amount of high-strength and high-elasticity hydration products, interface of composite material is fully strengthened and structure tends to be tighter. (1) nsc0 (2) nsc3 figure 7: distribution of probability of elasticity modulus of single-doped and double-doped test specimen p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 137 conclusions ano materials with outstanding performance have been applied in many fields. li h et al. [15] once researched the influence of nano-sio2 and nano-fe2o3 on mechanical performance and microstructure of cement mortar and found nano-sio2 and nano-fe2o3 could improve compressive strength of cement mortar for 20% over. ltifi m et al. [16] found that, cement mortar tended to have poorer flowability and faster hydration after nano-sio2 was added. they thought compressive and bending strength of cement mortar strengthen if nano-sio2 was added. that is because nano-sio2 as an activator promotes hydration of cement and moreover nanoparticles dispersing in a high degree could improve microstructure of mortar. it is seldom applied in uhpc field and moreover few studies focus on influence of nanomaterials on performance of uhpc, though ordinary cementing material in combination with nanomaterials has been reported frequently. based on the current research achievements of uhpc [17, 18], this paper discussed over the enhancement effect of nanomaterials on performance of uhpc in aspects of tightness and chemical reaction. we made systematic test and analysis on doped uhpcc and concluded that: 1) uhpcc with excellent performance can be prepared through adopting reasonable mix proportion of raw materials and adding nanomaterials; mechanical performance of material can be significantly improved if nano-sio2 and nano-caco3 are added, and the optimal mixing proportion is 3% ~ 5%. 2) adding nano-sio2 can accelerate hydration progress of cement; as to double-doped uhpcc, hydration acceleration period of cement starts earlier and exothermic peak appears earlier; mutual action of nano-sio2 and nano-caco3 further accelerates hydration progress. 3) hydration of cement can be promoted by nano-sio2 due to its high reaction activity; c-s-h gel generates when nanocaco3 reacts with ca(oh)2 which is the hydration product of cement; benefitting from the supplement effect of nanocaco3 added, uhpcc becomes tighter and microscopic defects dramatically reduces. 4) uhpcc added with both nano-sio2 and nano-caco3 is found with significantly lowered porosity, a large amount of uhd c-s-h gel with higher performance, fully strengthened interface region, tighter microstructure and excellent mechanical performance. references [1] wang, c., yang, c.h., liu, f., wan c.j., pu, x.c., preparation of ultra-high performance concrete with common technology and materials, cement and concrete composites, 34(4) (2012) 538-544. [2] kang, s.t., kim, j.k., the relation between fiber orientation and tensile behavior in an ultra high performance fiber reinforced cementitious composites (uhpfrcc), cement and concrete research, 41(10) (2011) 1001-1014. [3] rong, z.d., sun, w., xiao, h.j., wang, w., effect of silica fume and fly ash on hydration and microstructure evolution of cement based composites at low water-binder ratios, construction and building materials, 51 (2014) 446450. [4] wang, j.x., wang, l.j., advances in the applied research of nano-material in concrete, concrete, (11) (2004) 18-21. [5] yao, w., wu, k.r., research situation and development trend of intelligent concrete, new building materials, (10) (2000) 22-25. [6] ye, q., research and development for nano-composite cement structure material, new building materials, (11) (2001) 4-6. [7] ye, q., zhang, z.n., kong, d.y., chen, r.s., ma, c.c., comparison of properties of high strength concrete with nano-sio2 and silica fume added, journal of building materials, 6(4) (2003) 381-385. [8] bigley, c., greenwood, p., using silica to control bleed and segregation in self-compacting concrete, concrete, 37(2) (2003) 43-45. [9] chen, r.s., ye, q., research on the comparison of properties of hardened cement paste between nano-sio2 and silica fume added, concrete, (1) (2002) 7-10. [10] wang, d.z., meng, y.f., mechanical properties of concrete mixed with sio2 and caco3 nanoparticles, ningxia engineering technology, 10(4) (2011) 330-333. [11] rong, z.d., yu, h.x., lin, f.b., microstructure mechanism analysis of cementitious composites at low water-cement ratio, journal of wuhan university technology, 35(4) (2014) 6-10. n p. jinchang et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 130-138; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.13 138 [12] yang, d.y., structure character and special properties of nanomaterials and application of nano technology in buildings, building technique development, 30(3) (2003) 42-45. [13] tang, m., ba, h.j., li, y., study on compound effect of silica fume and nano-siox for cementing composite materials, journal of the chinese ceramic society, 31(5) (2003) 523-527. [14] xie, y.j., liu, b.j., long, g.c., study on reactive powder concrete with ultra-pulverized fly ash, journal of building materials, 4(3) (2001) 280-284. [15] li, h, xiao, h.g., yuan, j., ou, j.p., microstructure of cement mortar with nano-particles, composite part b: engineering, 35 (2004) 185-189. [16] ltifi, m., guefrech, a., mounanga, p., khelidi, a., experimental study of the effect of addition of nano-silica on the behaviour of cement mortars, procedia engineering, 10 (2011) 900-905. [17] yang, r.h., lu, w.x., yu, s.h., li, k., performance influence of composite nano-materials on concrete and cement mortar, journal of chongqing jianzhu university, 29(5) (2007) 144-148. [18] zhou, w.l., sun, w., chen, c.c., mao, c.w., analysis of slag effect on micro-mechanical properties of cementitious materials by nanoindentation technique, journal of the chinese ceramic society, 39(4) (2011) 718-725. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_3 m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 27 focused on fracture mechanics in central and east europe experimental examination of fatigue life of welded joint with stress concentration miodrag arsic, zoran savic institute for materials testing, bulevar vojvode mišića 43 belgrade, serbia miodrag.arsic@institutims.rs, zoran.savic@institutims.rs aleksandar sedmak faculty of mechanical engineering, kraljice marije 16, belgrade, serbia asedmak@mas.bg.ac.rs srdjan bosnjak faculty of mechanical engineering, kraljice marije 16, belgrade, serbia, asedmak@mas.bg.ac.rs simon sedmak innovation center of the faculty of mechanical engineering, kraljice marije 16, belgrade, serbia abstract. this paper presents results of experimental examinations of stress concentration influence to fatigue life of butt welded joints with k-groove, produced from the most frequently used structural steel s355j2+n. one group of experiments comprised examinations carried out on the k-groove specimens with stress concentrators of edged notch type. specimens with short cracks (limited length of initial crack), defined on the basis of the experience from fracture mechanics by the three points bending examinations, have been examined according to standard for the determination of s-n curve, and aimed to determine fatigue strengths for different lengths of initial crack and relationship between fatigue strength and crack length. other group of experiments comprised examinations of specimens with edge notch, prepared in accordance with astm e 399 for three points bending, in order to establish regularity between crack growth and range of exerted stress intensity factor aimed to determine resistance of welded joint to initial crack growth, namely fatigue threshold (δkth). keywords. welded joint; stress concentration; crack; fatigue strength; crack growth rate; fatigue threshold. introduction afety of welded structures depends mainly on shapes of welded joints, stress concentration, heterogeneity of structural and mechanical properties of base metal (bm), heat affected zone (haz) and filler metal (fm), residual stresses and strains due to welding procedure and imperfections in welded joints. welded joints, therefore, are frequent locations of fatigue failures. s m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 28 fatigue in welded structures commonly initiates in stress concentration area. significant reduction of fatigue durability is related to theoretical stress concentration factor which actually is ratio of maximal and nominal stress (kt = σmax/σ). the stress concentration factor data for certain types of welded joints which are available in literature are obtained by the method of photo-elasticity, and more recently also by the finite elements method. according to data of international institute of welding (iiw), alongside the fractures due to fatigue as the consequence of design mistakes, significant number of fractures also has been stipulated by imperfections in welded joints in structures subjected to numerous variable loads of relatively low level. premature fracture or damage of welded structures is induced by simultaneous influence of numerous technological, metallurgical, designing and exploitation factors, which can explain wide dispersion of fatigue strength values for welded joints, for the various stress amplitude ratios (r=σmin/σmax). fatigue behavior of welded joints and constructions are commonly obtained by examinations of standard specimens or model elements with sinusoidal load (one-step load), while level of mean load or ratio of loads remains constant during examination. examination results are shown as a fatigue diagram, so-called weller curve. cracks or crack-like defects frequently appear during manufacturing of products or in process of elements mounting, especially in the case of welded structures, due to mistakes in manufacturing procedure, unfavorable shaping, structural stress concentrators and conditions of structure loading. characterization of fracture as multiphase process of crack initiation and growth include also different initial stages, which imply possibilities for further crack growth, as shown in [1]. crack growth basically can be: stable, subcritical or unstable, whereas possibilities of crack growth may vary following one of the paths from 1 to 8, fig. 1. figure 1: possibilities of crack growth. stable crack growth originates in cases of constant energy consumption and mostly leads to macroscopic ductile fracture. subcritical (successive) crack growth appears when process of stable crack growth appears in longer period of time. crack growth could be finished also with its transition to stable or unstable growth. unstable crack growth occurs with high speed without energy consumption and it leads to macroscopic brittle fracture. nevertheless, in some cases unstable crack growth stops, phenomenon known as a crack arrest. therefore, significant experimental and theoretical analyses are directed to establish functionalities that hold for this region, so-called region of fatigue threshold. another intensively studied domain is behavior of structures with short cracks, aimed to assess their influence to integrity. concept of short cracks is connected to area of crack lengths which cannot be recorded by existing nondestructive testing methods, and from the viewpoint of material researcher length of short cracks shouldn’t exceed dimensions of micro structural grain size. therefore, short cracks are: m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 29  cracks with length which is comparable with dimensions of microstructural grain size,  cracks which dimensions are proportional to local plastic zone, i.e. short crack with dimensions from 0.1 up to 1.0 mm for structural steels [2]. influence of stress concentration on fatigue strength of welded joints elded joints in real constructions are areas of high stress concentration level, especially in the places with imperfections, such as incomplete root penetration, undercuts or cracks. ratio of the maximal main stress σmax, which is established in the minimal cross-section area and nominal stress σ represents stress concentration factor kt:    maxtk (1) factor kt for the same element shape depends on loading type and it is maximal in the case of tension, somewhat smaller in the case of bending, and minimal in the case of torsion. in the case of variable load, notch reduces fatigue strength in all metals. nevertheless, reduction of fatigue strength is not as significant as influence of kt, which is thus not used for variable loads, but only for static loads. fatigue notch factor kf is used to characterize influence of notch to fatigue strength, and it represents the ratio of smooth specimen fatigue strength sf and notched specimen fatigue strength sz.  ff z s k s (2) factor kf is determined by experiment. its magnitude, for uniaxial stress state, depends on welded joint shape and notch dimensions, material, part dimensions and magnitude of variable load. relation between kt and kf factors is defined by stress concentration sensitivity factor q, which is given by the expression: q k k f t    1 1 (3) steel sensitivity to stress concentration is increased with the increase of tensile strength, yield stress and hardness. stress concentration factors are minimal for butt welds, depending on plate thickness, joint shape and welding procedure, kf = 1.1 – 3.0, for fillet welds kf = 2 8, and for overlapping joints kf = 2 – 7. significant fluctuation of notch factor for one type of welded joint, which is predetermined by the joint shape and joint imperfections, sometimes lead to rapid decrease of fatigue strength. yield stress reh [mpa] tensile strength rm [mpa] elongation a5 [%] base metal s355j2+n 368 512 26 electrode "garant" e 43 4b 110 20 (h) 480 550 35 table 1: mechanical properties of base metal and electrode. fatigue examination of k-grooved welded joints rogram of experimental examinations of characteristic welded joints is based on research plan aimed to establish relationship between fatigue strength of smooth specimens and notched specimens, as well as to investigate mechanism of crack appearance and crack propagation in welded joints. w p m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 30 mechanical properties of base and filler metal, according to manufacturer’s data, are given in tab. 1. welding of specimens has been carried out by using approved welding procedure specification. results of fatigue strength examinations on smooth specimens fatigue examination of smooth specimens have been carried out on high frequency pulsator "amsler" which is used for examinations by sinusoidal alternative cyclic loads with range of ± 50 kn, whereby in dependence on load magnitude, frequency up to 250 hz can be achieved. obtained value of fatigue strength is sf=420 mpa, fig. 2. figure 2: s-n relationship for k-grooved butt weld. examinations of specimens with different lengths of edge notches by three points bending have been performed in order to determine fatigue strength of welded joints with short cracks (with limited length of initial crack), in other words to confirm the stress which cause crack closure due to arisen plastic zone on crack tip. taking into account that mentioned experiments are not simple but very expensive, examinations have been performed only for the area of expected fatigue strength with set of 6 specimens, for the five different classes of initial notches. stress concentrators have been made in zone of fusion of base metal and weld metal. this has been enabled owing to existing results of smooth specimen examination results. specimen dimensions and the position of notch are shown in fig. 3, and sizes of initial notches are given by tab. 2. data about examination conditions and properties of fatigue strength for every class of specimens is given in tab. 3. examination results are shown in fig. 4 – 8. figure 3: dimensions of specimen and notch position. statistic analysis of examination results has been carried out, aimed to establish relationship between critical length of short crack and fatigue strength. it came out that relationship ac-sf in double logarithmic coordinate system can be presented by straight line, fig. 9. relationship between critical crack length and fatigue strength, shown in fig. 9, can be expressed as exponential function in logarithmic form: 1 2log log logc za c c s  (4) m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 31 specimen class initial notch specimen dimensions number of specimens a [mm] w [mm] b [mm] l [mm] 1 0.250 9.90 9.50 40 6 2 0.351 9.79 9.60 40 6 3 0.591 9.90 9.50 40 6 4 0.723 9.90 9.70 40 6 5 1.125 9.85 9.80 40 6 table 2: geometric characteristics of specimens and sizes of initial notch. specimen class a [mm] ∆m [n∙mm] ∆σ [mpa] r f [hz] σa [mpa] σm [mpa] sz [mpa] 1 0.250 19200 157.48 0.5 230-240 81.03 236.23 315 2 0.351 16100 141.24 0.5 230-240 70.62 211.86 282 3 0.591 13600 124.41 0.5 230-240 62.21 186.62 249 4 0.723 12200 112.86 0.5 230-240 56.43 169.30 226 5 1.125 9500 97.47 0.5 230-240 48.73 146.20 195 table 3: examination conditions and fatigue strength properties. figure 4: s-n relationship for specimens with initial crack a = 0.25 mm. figure 5: s-n relationship for specimens with initial crack a = 0.351 mm. m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 32 figure 6: s-n relationship for specimens with initial crack a=0.591 mm. figure 7: s-n relationship for specimens with initial crack a= 0.782 mm. figure 8: s-n relationship for specimens with initial crack a= 1.125 mm. m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 33 figure 9: relationship between critical crack length and fatigue strength. procedure of calculating coefficients c1 and c2 by the method of the minimal square deviations is based on the condition that sum of obtained data square deviations from functional relation should be minimal:     2 1 2 2 1 1 , log log log min n z c i f c c c s c a      (5) parameters c1 and c2 should be determined from following equation in order to get minimal value of function f(c1,c2):  1 2 1 ,f c c c    0;  1 2 2 ,f c c c    0 (6) in this way, system of equations for calculation of coefficients c1 and c2 is obtained:     1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 log log log log log log log log n n zi ci i i n n n zi zi zi ci i i i n c c s a c s c s s                (7) where “i” represents specimen number (from 1 to 5). values needed to solve the equation system (7) are given in tab. 4. relation between critical length of short crack ac (given in meters) and fatigue strength sf,z (given in mpa) is: 3.1518960c za s  (8) i szi, [mpa] aci [mm] log szi log aci (log szi) log szi log aci 1 195 1.125 2.2898831 0.0511525 5.2435646 0.1171332 2 226 0.723 2.3535816 -0.1408617 5.5393463 -0.3315295 3 249 0.591 2.3958992 -0.2284125 5.7403329 -0.5472533 4 282 0.351 2.4509785 -0.4546928 6.0072956 -1.1144422 5 315 0.250 2.4982637 -0.6020599 6.2413215 -1.500414 σ 11.988606 -1.3748744 28.771858 -3.3801961 table 4: values for solving the equation system (7). m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 34 when substitute value fatigue strength of k-grooved butt welds, s = 420 mpa (fig. 2), in eq. 8 critical length of short crack will be ac=0.1 mm. on the basis of experimental examinations, values of fatigue notch factors kf for different initial fatigue cracks calculated by eq. 2, are given in tab. 5. specimen class initial fatigue crack, a [mm] fatigue notch factor, kf 1 0.250 1.33 2 0.351 1.49 3 0.591 1.76 4 0.723 1.86 5 1.125 2.15 table 5: values of fatigue notch factors. results of fatigue crack growth testing fatigue crack growth testing has been performed by the controlled bending force in three points, with asymmetrical load r= fmin/fmax = 0.5, on the specimen with edge notch. testing has been carried out using high frequency pulsator "cracktronic", and gathering of crack growth data has been done by using measuring foils arm a-10. number of cycles for the every 0.1 mm growth of crack has been recorded during experiment. crack growth has been observed by magnifying glass (24 x). on the basis of these records, diagram a n, fig 10, has been drawn. curve a n indicates that fatigue crack grows slowly till a = 1.5 mm, when rapid crack growth occurs for relatively small number of load cycles. relationship a n can be taken as uniform, because there is no crack growth deceleration or its abrupt growth. relationship a n has been used as the basis for determination of crack growth rate, da/dn. in this paper, crack growth rates have been calculated by using the polynomial method, as defined in astm e647. adequate range of stress intensity factor k, depending on specimen shape, crack length and range of variable force f = fmax – fmin, has been calculated. values of coefficients m and c have been calculated, as they characterize resistance of material to crack growth and define paris’ equation (m=3.516, c=3.18∙10-12). obtained values for m and c correspond to material class with similar mechanical properties, /3-5/. relationship da/dn k is shown in fig. 11. on the basis of numerous examinations, which showed that fatigue threshold has appeared for low values of crack growth rate, i.e. in rate range from 10-6 up to 10-8 mm/cycle, and according to the shape of da/dn k curve (fig. 11), one can conclude that value of fatigue threshold is kth = 7.24 mpa, corresponding to crack growth rate of 10-8 mm/cycle. figure 10: experimentally obtained a-n curve. m. arsic et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 27-35; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.03 35 figure 11: curve da/dn –δk. conclusion resented research and established mathematical relationship between critical crack length and fatigue strength offer great possibilities for analysis of fatigue behavior of welded joints made from structural steel s355j2+n on the supporting structures of building machines, dredgers, elevators, bridges, supporting structure in power plants, petrochemical and oil industry. in addition to this, presented results enable analysis of welding procedure, significant welding parameters and welding consumable material quality aimed to minimize negative effects of variable load to welded joint, i.e. to implement convenient structure. established mathematical relationship between critical crack length and fatigue strength of k-grooved butt welds have general character for structural steels, because it enables evaluation of critical crack length for all welded joints with surface imperfection of undercut type and welded joints with incomplete root penetration. acknowledgement e would like to thank to ministry of education, science and technological development of republic of serbia for the financial support of research within the project tr 35006 and tr 35040. references [1] arsić, m., corelation between weldment fatigue strength and fatigue threshold (in serbian), doctoral thesis, university of pristina, (1995). [2] radon, j.c., study of surface fatigue cracks, structural integrity and life, 6 (2006) 97-100. [3] manjgo, m., sedmak, a., grujić, b., fracture and fatigue behaviour of niomol 490k welded joint, structural integrity and life, 8 (2008) 149-158. [4] gliha, v., burzić, z., vuherer, t., some factors affecting fatigue resistance of welds, structural integrity and life, 10 (2010) 239-244. [5] milović, lj., bulatović, s., radaković, z., aleksić, v., sedmak, s., marković, s., manjgo, m., assessment of the behaviour of fatigue loaded hsla welded steel joint by applying fracture mechanics parameters, structural integrity and life, 12 (2012) 175-179. p w << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_23_3652.docx t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 326 mechanical properties and statistical analysis of the charpy impact test using the weibull distribution in jute-polyester and glasspolyester composites tioua tahar, djamel djeghader abdelhafid boussouf university center, civil and hydraulic engineering department, mila, 43000, algeria. tahar.tioua@gmail.com, tahar.tioua@centre-univ-mila.dz, djameldjeghader@yahoo.fr bachir redjel badji mokhtar university, civil engineering department, annaba, 23000, algeria bredjel@gmail.com abstract. in recent years, the use of natural fiber composites to provide a possible replacement for synthetic fiber composites for practical applications has been the subject of several studies. this study deals with the fabrication and investigation of jute-polyester composites and the comparison of it with glass-polyester composites. the static mechanical properties of the composites is obtained by testing the composite lamina for tensile and flexural strength. the dynamic mechanical properties of the composites is determined by using the charpy impact test. by the williams method based on the principle of linear elastic fracture mechanics, the impact toughness of the composites is deduced. the experimental results were statistically analyzed by using the weibull theory to better understand the impact behavior of the composites. it is found that the glass-polyester composite has better properties than the jute-polyester composite. keywords. jute; glass; polyester; statistically analyzed; impact strength. citation: tahar, t., djeghader, d., redjel, b., mechanical properties and statistical analysis of the charpy impact test using the weibull distribution in jute-polyester and glasspolyester composites, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335. received: 01.07.2022 accepted: 30.08.2022 online first: 31.08.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction atural fibers are increasingly replacing conventional inorganic fibers as a reinforcement in composite materials [1 6]. they are low cost, renewable, lightweight and less abrasive. jute is among the best vegetable fibers in terms of strength and mechanical properties. in addition, jute fibers are flexible and can be combined with different polymer resins such as phenolics, polyesters, and epoxies [7]. jute fiber reinforced composites can be used as an alternative to glass fiber reinforced composites [8]. many works have been published in recent years concerning the impact characterization of natural fiber composite materials. amanda et al. [9] presented observations by scanning electron microscopy on test specimens made of composites with a polyethylene matrix reinforced with jute fiber fabric under impact stress with a difference in the percentage of reinforcement jute. the results showed that the incorporation of the jute fabric in the polyethylene resin increases the strength of the n https://youtu.be/8hr0esozvse t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 327 material. the addition of jute fabric in the polyethylene matrix completely changes the fracture characteristics of these composite materials. muhammad haris, et al. [10], using unnotched specimens subjected to an impact test, showed that there is an increase in impact energy with the increase in the percentage of jute fibers; however, when the fiber rate exceeds 30%, the value of impact strength decreases. wambua et al. [11] carried out studies on composite materials with a polypropylene matrix reinforced with natural fibers (sisal, kenaf, hemp, and coconut fiber). the mechanical properties of different natural fiber composites were examined and compared. a further comparison was made with the corresponding properties of glass mat reinforced polypropylene matrix composites. the natural fiber composites showed a low impact resistance. hemp and sisal composites show a strength comparable to that of glass fiber composites. the specific properties of natural fiber composites are sometimes better than those of fiber glass composites. this suggests that natural fiber composites can be an alternative to replace fiber glass composites in many applications that do not require very high loading. many authors [12-16] have reported the mechanical properties of natural fiber reinforced composites. the results obtained show that the mechanical properties in bending and static tension undergo a significant improvement by adding different percentages of natural fibers. glass fibers reinforcing is a widely market‐accepted technology benefitting by the easy processability and the high strength of the fibers [17]. impact tests carried out by khalid et al. [18] on composites containing 45%, 55%, and 65% by volume of glass fibers have shown that the fracture energy decreases with the increase in the volume fraction of the glass fibers. takahashi et al. [19] carried out charpy impact tests on glass/epoxy composite materials. the results showed that the difference in the impact strength for the composite due to the duration of water immersion was not significant. leonard et al. [20] investigated the fracture toughness and critical energy release rate of polyester-reinforced glass fibers. the results showed a dramatic increase in the values of fracture toughness and critical energy release rate with increasing fiber content. the anisotropic microstructure of composite materials has a negative effect on the strength and causes very complex damage and failure mechanisms under impact loading. as a result, the results of the characterization tests, whether static or dynamic, show important dispersions, especially for impact tests on notched specimens. therefore, there is a strong need to use statistical methods to interpret the experimental data of the charpy impact test based on failure probabilities to achieve a better design of composite materials and to ensure the stability of the loaded elements [21]. reliability analysis using weibull probability was done to represent distributions of random variables. this law assumes that the failure of composite materials is linked to the presence of microstructural defects in the reinforcements and that it begins precisely at the level of the weakest defect [22,23]. the major objective of this study is to predict the charpy impact behavior and dynamic resilience of jute-polyester composites and to compare them with glass-polyester composites by analyzing them statistically using the weibull theory. materials and experimental methods materials wo types of composite materials were used in this study were fabricated using contact molding technique: rectangular jute polyester plates composite 300 mm long and 200 mm wide, with three (03) layers of bidirectional jute fibers and a reinforcement rate of 40 %, shown in fig 1 (a). glass polyester plates composite in the form of rectangular 300 mm long and 200 mm wide, with rate of 30 % of fibers randomly oriented and four layers of short multidirectional glass fibers, shown in fig 1 (b). (a) (b) figure 1: rectangular composites plates of (a) jute – polyester (b) glass – polyester t t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 328 tensile and flexural testing tensile and flexural strength tests were conducted in zwick roel universal-testing test machine with a ± 20 kn capacity and controlled by the computer software “test expert” at room temperature. both the fabricated composites type is cut using a saw cutter to get the dimension of the specimen for tensile testing as per astm d638 standards, the length, width and thickness of the specimen were 165, 13 and 4 mm, respectively. three point bend tests were performed in accordance with astm d 790 to measure flexural properties. the samples were 100 mm long by 15 mm wide by 4 mm thick. in three point bend test, the outer rollers are 80 mm apart. test machine along with “test expert” software make calculating young’s modulus. the impact charpy tests were carried out on a charpy zwick 5113 pendulum impact testers in 3-point bending in accordance with astm d6110. the release angle of the machine is 160° and the impact speed is 3.85 m/s. the pendulum used in the case of the study materials has an energy of 7.5 j. fig. 2 shows the experimental device used as well as the data acquisition and processing device by a microcomputer equipped “with an expert test software”. the specimens used in the impact test are prismatic in shape, 80 mm long, 10 mm wide and 4 mm thick, with a single edge notch. the distance between supports of the impact apparatus is 64 mm. the notch lengths are all in the ratio 0.2 < a/d < 0.6. where a is the notch length and d is the notch width of the specimen, respectively. figure 2: zwick/roell type charpy impact machine used. application of linear fracture mechanics to impact tests the experimental resilience r of notched specimens is calculated in accordance with en-iso-179-1 using the following equation:     u r b. d a (1) the williams method based on the principles of linear elastic fracture mechanics has been used to interpret the results of impact tests on notched specimens [23-24]. this method makes it possible to obtain an estimate of the energy or toughness gic intrinsic parameter of the material from the total energy dissipated u during the impact according to the equation:   ic cu g bd u (2) b and d represent the thickness and width of the specimen, respectively, and  is a calibration factor which depends on the geometry of the specimen and which was tabulated by williams for various lengths of notches (eqn. 3). thus, the recording of the energy lost by the hammer at the moment of impact for each notch plotted on a diagram u a function of (bd  ) gives a straight line whose slope measures gic and the kinetic energy uc.                   1 a 1 l 1 a2 d 36π d d (3) t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 329 where a and l represent the notch length and the distance between supports, respectively. results and discussion tensile and flexural behavior he stress-strain curves and average modulus of elasticity obtained in static tension for the jute-polyester and glasspolyester composite materials are represented in figs. 3 and 4, respectively. the glass-polyester composites clearly had a better performance among the two types of composites. they could withstand up to 172 mpa tensile stress with 5% strain compared to jute-polyester composites with an average of 43 mpa tensile stress and 2.2% strain. the average tensile modulus is also high for the glass-polyester. it is about 1.8 times that of the jute-polyester. on the other hand, it was observed from each stress-strain curve that specimens of the two types of composites follow the same trend of the stress-strain behavior. all stress-strain diagrams are linear until the rupture, reflecting a fragile and elastic character of the composites tested. note that the break always occurs in the central part of all samples tested. the factors that lead to breakage are complex: matrix breakage, fiber breakage, interface breakage [24]. all of these factors can take place simultaneously. it is very difficult to assess which is more dominant in the samples tested for both composites studied. from the results of the tensile test, it can be concluded that the glass-polyester composite is performing well compared with the jute-polyester composite. this is mainly due to the nature of the fibers and their architecture [8]. the glass fibers are stronger and stiffer than the jute fibers. figure 3: stress – strain (σ ε) of the bidirectional jute – polyester composite in tension tests figure 4: stress – strain (σ ε) of the multidirectional glass – polyester composite in tension tests t t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 330 the flexural properties represent the flexibility of the materials, and a good flexural strength indicates that the materials have brittle properties and high hardness [2]. figs. 5 and 6 show the stress-strain curves and average modulus of elasticity obtained in the flexural strength test for the jute-polyester and glass-polyester composites. the flexural property behaviour, of the glass-polyester composites generate higher values of the flexural properties (flexural stress, strain, and flexural modulus) than the jute-polyester composites. also, the results of the flexural properties exhibits higher values compared to the tensile properties. moreover, the stress-strain curves, unlike those obtained in tension, show three zones for the two types of composites tested. a linear phase reflecting the elastic behavior of the composite. a second linear phase of weaker slope translating the damage, which occurs gradually within the composite during the loading. this damage starts to take place at a stress intensity lower than that of the breaking stress. a decrease in the stress beyond the maximum load announces the unstable failure of the specimen. the most dominant mechanism of failure observed in the flexural strength of samples tested, the accumulation of deformations on the stretched part leads to generalized damage, which spreads to the core of the specimen and causes delamination. figure 5: stress – strain (σ ε) of the bidirectional jute – polyester composite in flexural tests figure 6: stress – strain (σ ε) of the multidirectional glass – polyester composite in flexural tests impact behavior the graphical presentation of the impact energy u as a function of the ruptured areas bdф for the jute-polyester and glasspolyester composites (figs. 7 and 8) shows that the total fracture energy increases with increasing ruptured areas, which t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 331 indicates that fracture is an energy-consuming phenomenon; thus, increasing ruptured areas require more fracture energy. on the other hand, despite a dispersed orientation of the glass fibers, a short length, and a lower rate (30% compared to 40% in the case of jute), the charpy impact strength and dynamic toughness values of the glass/polyester composite (r = 103 kj/m2 and gic = 234 kj/m2) are very high compared to that of the jute/polyester composite (r = 6 kj/m2 and gic = 5.3 kj/m2). in addition, the glass-polyester specimens did not break completely. they are characterized by the development of a damaged zone before the rupture. however, the jute/polyester specimens were completely broken, showing a rather fragile nature. this difference is mainly due to many factors including the nature of the fiber, fiber/matrix interface, and the construction and geometry of the composite [25]. the linear regression line of the curves in figs. 7 and 8 gave a positive intersection with the u ordinate line, which is due to the effects of the kinetic energy transmitted to the specimens during the impact test. the jute/polyester composite presents a value of kinetic energy of about 0.098 j, which is less important than the value of the glass/polyester composite, which about 0.252 j. it is important to note that any kinetic energy transferred to the specimens first enters as strain energy, as momentum is transmitted to the outer ends (supports) by shear waves passing outward along the beam [26]. the calculated impact toughness results of the charpy impact test on all the tested specimens show correlation coefficient values of 0.81 and 0.84 for the jute/polyester and glass/polyester composite, respectively, reflecting the dispersion of the results of the impact energy of the cracked specimens around the linear regression line. this is essentially due to the presence of defects during the manufacture of the specimens, can be attributed to presents of fibers in the polyester matrix causes often tortuous paths of rupture which do not necessarily follow the direction of the initial notch and which are different from one specimen to another. figure 7: total fracture energy as a function of broken areas of jute – polyester composite figure 8: total fracture energy as a function of broken areas of glass – polyester composite t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 332 probabilistic analysis by the weibull theory weibull's analysis [22] is based on two essential hypothesis: the material is statistically homogeneous and isotropic. the probability of finding a defect of a given severity in an “arbitrarily small” volume of material is the same everywhere; the rupture of the most critical defect leads to the complete rupture of the sample, a perfect brittle fracture. the first assumption is that the number of defects n is proportional to the volume v, we can present the relationship in the form:     1 exp ( )fp v (4) where, pf : presents the probability of the considered system, and    1( ) ( )v nf  ( ) is a function of unknown shape. weibull [17] proposed the following empirical relation in view of the experimental results:            0 ( ) m u for σ > σu (5)   ( ) 0 for σ < σu where, σu stress threshold for zero failure probability. σ0 normalization factor and m: characteristic parameter of the material, modulus of heterogeneity. he comes then:                0 1 exp m u fp v for σ > σu (6) pf = 0 for σ < σu a statistical analysis by the weibull theory [19] applied to impact tests becomes interesting in order to better understand the behavior of these materials at high stress speed. for this, it is necessary to graphically represent the distribution of the rates of energy restitutions. the calculation of the failure probability pf was made using the following expression of the median rank:   1f i p n (7) i and n are the rank and the number of samples respectively. the determination of the weibull modulus requires the graphic representation of the curve corresponding to lnln (1/(1 pf)): as a function of the logarithms of the energy restitution rates and which has the equation: lnln (1/(1-pf )) = m.ln(gic gs )– m.ln(g0 gs) (8) the slope of this line represents the weibull modulus (m) and the dispersion parameter g0 can be obtained by the second term in eqn. 8. figs. 9 and 10 show the two-parameter weibull curve fitting of the charpy impact test results of the jute-polyester and glasspolyester composites, respectively. it should be noted that the correlation coefficient r2 presents a value of 0.97, reflecting the good correlation of the experimental data as well as the reasonable fit of the tow parameter weibull distribution. in addition, all predictions generally follow the trends of the experimental data. t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 333 figure 9: weibull probability plot of jute – polyester composite figure 10: weibull probability plot of glass – polyester composite the fracture energy, as well as the impact toughness, follows a distribution characterized by the weibull modulus m and the scaling parameter g0. these parameters are a function of the interaction between the pre-existing defect distribution and the stress displacement fields due to the shock loading. however, the large shock pendulum velocity, which is about 3.85 m/s, leads to a variety of phenomena that occur at the time of loading and cracking of the notched specimens. the shape parameter m obtained by the two weibull analyses shows less significant values of the glass-polyester (8.84) compared to the jute-polyester composite (5.76). it is highly possible that this difference is mainly due to the presence of a non-uniform distribution of glass fibers within the composite material, with the creation of voids and micro pores of different dimensions and shapes. the presence of the short length and dispersed orientation of the glass fibers leads, at the same time, to an increase in the gic toughness by the absorption of the impact energy and a decrease in the homogeneity of the glasspolyester composite compared to the jute-polyester composite. conclusion n order to evaluate the effect of the fiber type on the composite properties, jute and glass were used as the reinforcement. it was clearly observed that the fiber type that was used had a great importance on the strength characteristics of the composites. the short glass fiber with dispersed orientation gave better results. therefore, the i t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 334 highest tensile and flexural strength were found for the glass-polyester compared to the jute-polyester composites. in addition, the charpy impact energy and toughness obtained by the williams theory based on the principles of linear elastic fracture mechanics confirm the brittleness of the jute-polyester composites. statistical analysis of the results was conducted using the weibull probabilistic theory. the measured weibull modulus m shows that the results are scattered for the tow types of materials studied. despite the excellent mechanical properties of the composite materials based on jute fibers, they remain less efficient than composites based on glass fibers and, above all less, resistant to shocks. these properties preclude their use in situations that involve resistance to heavy loads. references [1] joshi, a., shivakumar gouda, p.s., sridhar, i., umarfarooq, m.a., uppin, v., vastrad, j., gogoi, n., and edacherian, a. (2022). crack suppression by natural fiber integration for improved interlaminar fracture toughness in fiber hybrid composites, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 16(60), pp. 158–173. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.12. [2] benkhelladi, a., laouici, h., bouchoucha, a. (2020). tensile and flexural properties of polymer composites reinforced by flax, jute and sisal fibres, the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 108, pp. 895–916. doi: 10.1007/s00170-020-05427-2. [3] sarikaya, e., callioğlu, h., and demirel, h. (2019). production of epoxy composites reinforced by different natural fibers and their mechanical properties, composites part b: engineering, 167, pp. 461–466. doi: 10.1016/j.compositesb.2019.03.020. [4] manjunath, g. b., and bharath, k. n. (2018). investigating the contribution of geometrical parameters and immersion time on fracture toughness of jute fabric composites using statistical techniques, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 12(46), pp. 14–24. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.46.02. [5] vijaya ramnath, b., junaid kokan, s., niranjan raja, r., sathyanarayanan, r., rajendra prasad, a., manickavasagam, v.m., and elanchezhian, c. (2013). evaluation of mechanical properties of abaca–jute–glass fibre reinforced epoxy composite, materials and design, 51, pp. 357–366. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.03.102. [6] khan, r. a., sharmin, n., khan, m.a., saha, m. (2011). comparative studies of mechanical and interfacial properties between jute fiber/pvc and e-glass fiber/pvc composites, polymer-plastics technology and engineering, 50(2), pp. 153–159. doi: 10.1080/03602559.2010.531422. [7] sultana, s., huque, m. m., and helali, m. m. (2007). studies on the physicomechanical properties of sodium periodate oxidized jute reinforced polypropylene (pp) composites, polymer-plastics technology and engineering, 46 (4), pp. 385–391. doi: 10.1080/03602550601156045. [8] sabeel ahmed, k., and vijayarangan, s. ( 2008). tensile, flexural and interlaminar shear properties of woven jute and jute glass fabric reinforced polyester composites, journal of materials processing technology, 207, pp. 330–335. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2008.06.038 [9] amanda, c., sergio, n., kestur, g. (2011). recycled polyethylene composites reinforced with jute fabric from sackcloth: part ii-impact strength evaluation, journal of polymers and the environment, 19, pp. 957–965. doi. 10.1007/s10924-011-0347-8. [10] muhammad haris, a., yasir, n., zulfiqar, a., abdellatif, i., and sheraz, a., (2019). development and characterization of jute/polypropylene composite by using comingled nonwoven structures, the journal of the textile institute, 110 (11), pp.1652–1659, doi: 10.1080/00405000.2019.1612502. [11] wambua, p., ivens, j., verpoest, i., (2003). natural fibres: can they replace glass in fibre reinforced plastics?, composites science and technology, 63 (9), pp. 1259–1264. doi: 10.1016/s0266-3538(03)00096-4. [12] priyadarshi, t., ranjan, s., sankar n. d., and shakti p. j. (2018). manufacturing and study of thermo-mechanical behaviour of surface modified date palm leaf/glass fiber reinforced hybrid composite, materials today: proceedings 5(3), part 3, pp. 18332-18341. doi: 10.1016/j.matpr.2018.06.172. [13] anbukarasi, k. and kalaiselvam, s. (2014). study of effect of fibre volume and dimension on mechanical, thermal, and water absorption behaviour of luffa reinforced epoxy composites, materials and design, (66), pp. 321–330 doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2014.10.078. [14] murali mohan rao, k., mohana rao, k., and ratna prasad a.v. (2010). fabrication and testing of natural fibre composites: vakka, sisal, bamboo and banana, materials and design, 31, pp. 508–513. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2009.06.023. [15] idicula., m, joseph, k., and thomas, s. (2010). mechanical performance of short banana/sisal hybrid fiber reinforced polyester composites. the journal of reinforced plastics and composites, 29(1), pp.12–29. t. tahar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 326-335; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis62.23 335 doi: 10.1177/0731684408095033. [16] vignesha, v., balajib, a.n., raja mohamed rabia, b., rajinic, n., ayrilmisd, n., karthikeyane, m.k.v., faruq, m., sikiru oluwarotimi, i., and hamad, a.a. (2021). cellulosic fiber based hybrid composites: a comparative investigation into their structurally influencing mechanical properties, construction and building materials, 271, pp. 121587. doi: 10.1016/j.conbuildmat.2020.121587. [17] delli, e., giliopoulos, d., bikiaris, d. n., and chrissafis, k. (2021). fibre length and loading impact on the properties of glass fibre reinforced polypropylene random composites, composite structures, 263, pp. 113678. doi: 10.1016/j.compstruct.2021.113678. [18] khalid, a.a. (2006). the effect of testing temperature and volume fraction on impact energy of composites, materials and design, 27 (6), pp. 499–506. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2004.11.013. [19] takahashi, y., chai, j., and tan, s.c. (2006) effect of water storage on the impact strength of three glass fiber-reinforced composites » dental materials, 22(3), pp. 291–297. doi: 10.1016/j.dental.2005.04.035. [20] leonard, l.w.h., wong, k.j., low, k.o., and yousif, b. f. (2009). fracture behavior of glass fiber reinforced polyester composite. the journal of materials: design and applications, 223 (2), pp. 83–89. doi: 10.1243/14644207jmda224. [21] djeghader, d., and redjel, b. (2020). weibull analysis of fatigue test in jute reinforced polyester composite material, composites communications, 17, pp. 123-128. doi: 10.1016/j.coco.2019.11.016. [22] weibull, w. (1951). a statistical distribution function of wide applicability. journal of applied mechanics, 18, pp.293297. [23] sakin, r., and ay, a. (2008). statistical analysis of bending fatigue life data using weibull distribution in glass-fiber reinforced polyester composites, materials and design, 29, pp.1170–1181. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2007.05.005 [24] djeghader, d., and redjel, b. (2017). fatigue of glass-polyester composite immerged in water, journal of engineering science and technology, 12(5), pp.1204–1215. [25] solaimurugan, s., and velmurugan, r. (2008). influence of in-plane fibre orientation on mode i interlaminar fracture toughness of stitched glass/polyester composites, composites science and technology, 68, pp. 1742–1752, doi: 10.1016/j.compscitech.2008.02.008. [26] marshall, g. p., williams, j. g., and turner c. e. (1973). fracture toughness and absorbed energy measurements in impact tests on brittle materials, journal of materials science, 8, pp. 949–956. doi: 10.1007/bf00756625. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 24 articolo 16 h.s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 151 effect of weld parameter on mechanical and metallurgical properties of dissimilar joints aa6082–aa6061 in t6 condition produced by fsw h. s. patil department of mechanical engineering, pacific school of engineering, surat, india hspatil12@rediffmail.com s. n. soman department of metallurgy & material engineering, faculty of engineering & technology, m. s. university of baroda, india abstract. the effect of processing parameters on the mechanical and metallurgical properties of dissimilar joints of aa6082–aa6061 produced by friction stir welding was analysed in this study. different fsw samples were produced by varying the welding speeds of the tool as 50 and 62 mm/min and by varying the alloy positioned on the advancing side of the tool. in all the experiments the rotating speed is fixed at 1600rpm. all the welds were produced perpendicularly to the rolling direction for both the alloys. microhardness (hv) and tensile tests performed at room temperature were used to evaluate the mechanical properties of the joints. in order to analyse the microstructural evolution of the material, the weld’s cross-sections were observed optically and sem observations were made of the fracture surfaces. the corrosion tests of base alloy and welded joints were carried out in 3.5%nacl solution at a room temperature. corrosion current and potential were determined using potentiostatic polarization measurements. it was found that the corrosion rates of welded joints were higher than that of base alloy. keywords. fsw; aluminium alloys aa6082-aa6061; mechanical and metallurgical characterization. introduction odern aerospace concepts demand reductions in both the weight as well as cost of production of materials. under such conditions, welding processes have proven most attractive, and programs have been set up to study their potential. car manufacturers and shipyards are also evaluating new production methods. increasing operating expenses are driving manufacturers to reduce weight in many manufacturing applications, particularly in aerospace sector. the goal is to reduce the costs associated with manufacturing techniques to result in considerable cost and weight savings by reducing riveted/fastened joints and part count. one way of achieving this goal is by utilising a novel welding technology known as friction stir welding (fsw). friction stir welding is a solid-state joining process developed and patented by the the welding institute (twi) in 1991 by thomas et al and it is emerged as a welding technique to be used in high strength alloys (2xxx, 6xxx, 7xxx and 8xxx series) for aerospace, automotive and marine applications that were difficult to join with conventional techniques[1,2]. this technique is attractive for joining high strength aluminium alloys since there is far lower heat input during the process compared with conventional welding methods such as tungsten inert gas (tig) or metal inert gas (mig). this solid state process leads to low distortion in long welds, excellent mechanical properties in the weld and heat-affected zone, no fumes or spatters, low shrinkage, as well as being energy efficient. furthermore, other cost reductions are realized in that the process uses a non-consumable m http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 152 welding tool. the process was developed initially for aluminium alloys, but since then fsw was found suitable for joining a large number of materials. in fsw a non-consumable rotating tool with a specially designed pin and shoulder is inserted into the abutting edges of sheets or plates to be joined and traversed along the line of joint. the tool serves two primary functions: (a) heating of work piece, and (b) movement of material to produce the joint. the heating is accomplished by friction between the tool and the work piece and plastic deformation of work piece. the localized heating softens the material around the pin and combination of tool rotation and translation leads to movement of material from the front of the pin to the back of the pin. as a result of this process a joint is produced in ‘solid state’. during fsw process, the material undergoes intense plastic deformation at elevated temperature, resulting in generation of fine and equiaxed recrystallized grains. the fine microstructure in friction stir welds produces good mechanical properties. fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the fsw process. figure 1: schematic diagram of the fsw process. many papers are present in the literature regarding this field. further to joints of similar alloys, fsw is being studied for welding dissimilar alloys which can be of particular interest in some industrial applications. some works can be found in the literature [3–7], but data is still scarce on the characterisation of 6082-6061 joint type. some authors have demonstrated that the microstructure of the weld nugget of strongly different aluminium alloys is mainly fixed at the retreating side of the material [3]. murr et al. [8] showed the properties of dissimilar casting alloys by fsw. the microstructural evolution of dissimilar welds as a function of processing parameters has been widely studied in [9], showing the behaviour of aa6061–aa2024 materials. dickerson et al. [10] found that friction-stir-welded butt joints are generally defect free if welding process conditions (welding speed and sheet thickness) are properly tuned within a ‘tolerance box’ for a particular alloy. it is not possible to assume that fsw will be free of flaws, however, because manufacturers may want to run fsw outside the tolerance box in order to increase productivity. the weld zones are more susceptible to corrosion than the parent metal [11-16]. generally, it has been found that friction stir (fs) welds of aluminium alloys such as 2219, 2195, 2024, 7075 and 6013 did not exhibit enhanced corrosion of the weld zones. fsw of aluminium alloys exhibit intergranular corrosion mainly located along the nugget’s heat-affected zone (haz) and enhanced by the coarsening of the grain boundary precipitates. coarse precipitates and wide precipitate-free zones promoted by the thermal excursion during the welding are correlated with the intergranular corrosion. the effect of fsw parameters on corrosion behaviour of friction stir welded joints was reported by many workers [14, 16]. the effect of processing parameters such as rotation speed and traverse speed on corrosion behaviour of friction stir processed high strength precipitation hardenable aa2219-t87 alloy was investigated by surekha et al. [16]. however, researchers have nevertheless been strained to study competent study of the mechanical properties in terms of uts, ys and % elongation, microhardness test, fractography analysis, metallurgical properties, and corrosion behaviour and the main causes of developing defects with changing fsw parameters for a dissimilar aluminium joint of aa6082 with aa6061. selection of process parameters is an important issue in the fsw process, particularly in the case of joining dissimilar alloys. in the present paper, the effect of different welding speeds on the weld characteristics of advancing and retreating side of aa6082-t6 and aa6061-t6 fabricated by a hexagonal tool pin profile is investigated. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h.s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 153 experimental procedure he experiments were conducted on the aluminium alloy aa6082-t6 and aa6061-t6, its chemical composition and mechanical properties are respectively presented in tabs. 1 and 2. the rolled plates of 5mm thickness were cut into the required size (300mm×150 mm) by power hacksaw cutting and grinding. square butt joint configuration was prepared to fabricate fsw joints. the initial joint configuration was obtained by securing the plates in position using mechanical clamps. the direction of welding was normal to the rolling direction. single pass welding procedure was used to fabricate the joints. in present work hexagonal tool pin profile was used for the welds, made of cold work die steel. the tool dimensions are shown in fig. 2. the machine used for the production of the joints was vertical machining centre. different materials positioned on the advancing side of the tool allowed four different welding conditions described in tab. 3. chemical composition element si fe cu mn mg cr zn ti required 0.7-1.3 0.5 0.1 0.4-1.0 0.6-1.2 0.25 0.2 0.1 contents 0.9 0.24 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.06 0.04 0.05 mechanical properties tensile strength (mpa) yield strength mpa) elongation (%) hardness(hv) min max min max min max 295 -240 -8 -89 324 332 308 319 9 12 90 table 1: chemical composition and mechanical properties aa6082-t6. chemical composition element si fe cu mn mg cr zn ti required 0.4-0.8 0.7 0.15-0.4 0.15 0.8-1.2 0.04-0.35 0.25 0.15 contents 0.62 0.45 0.2 0.18 1.05 0.09 0.03 0.07 mechanical properties tensile strength (mpa) yield strength mpa) elongation (%) hardness(hv) min max min max min max 300 -241 -6 -95 328.57 335.71 282 296 11 11.8 98 table 2: chemical composition and mechanical properties aa6061-t6. materials of joints rotational speed (rpm) welding speed (mm/min) tool depth (mm) downward force(kn) 6082t6-6061t6 1600 50 4.6 14 6082t6-6061t6 1600 62 4.6 11 6061t6-6082t6 1600 50 4.6 11 6061t6-6082t6 1600 62 4.6 11 table 3: welding conditions employed to join the aa6082–aa6061 plates. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 154 figure 2: geometry of the hexagonal tool pin profile used in the present study. all welded samples were visually inspected in order to verify the presence of possible macroscopic external defects, such as surface irregularities, excessive flash, and surface-open tunnels. by using radiographic unit, x-ray radiographic inspection was carried out on fsw samples. in radiographic test 6ci & ir192 used as radioactive source. the film used was agfa d-4 and the radiographs indicated defect free weld as well as weld with defects like insufficient fusion and cavity. mechanical properties of the test welds were assessed by means of tensile tests and the ultimate tensile stress (uts) yield strength (ys) and % elongation were measured in the tensile test. microindentation hardness test as per astm e-384:2006 has been used to measure the vickers hardness of fsw joints. the vickers microhardness indenter is made of diamond in the form of a square-base pyramid. the test load applied was 100gram and the dwell time was 15 seconds. the indentations were made at midsection of the thickness of the plates across the joint. the tensile fractured surfaces were analyzed by using scanning electron microscopy (sem). metallographic specimens were cut mechanically from the welds, embedded in resin and mechanically ground and polished using abrasive disks and cloths with water suspension of diamond particles. the chemical etchant was the keller’s reagent. the microstructures were observed on optical microscope. potentiodynamic polarization tests were used to study the pitting corrosion behaviour of aa6082-aa6061 alloys. in the tests, cell current readings were taken during a short, slow sweep of the potential. the sweep was taken in the range of 0.5v to 1v. the potentiodynamic scan was performed at scan rate of 0.5mv/sec. result and discussion mechanical properties he mechanical and metallurgical behaviour of dissimilar fsw aa6082–aa6061 was studied in this research. transverse tensile properties of fsw joints such as yield strength, tensile strength, percentage of elongation and joint efficiency on transverse tensile specimens are presented in tab. 4. the strength and ductility in the as-welded condition are lower than the parent metal in t6 condition. material of fsw joint ys (n/mm2) uts (n/mm2) % elongation % joint efficiency 6082t6-6061t6 167 183 5.14 50.13-49.03 6082t6-6061t6 101 170 4 46.57-45.57 6061t6-6082t6 91 173 4.29 47.39-46.38 6061t6-6082t6 95 154 4.43 42.19-41.28 aa6082-t6 117 365 14 - aa6061-t6 99.84 373.12 16.56 - table 4: mechanical properties of dissimilar fsw joints. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h.s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 155 the joints were produced with different alloy positioned on the advancing side of the tool. the joints were realized with a rotation speed of 1600 rpm and by changing the advancing speed from 50 to 62 mm/min. from the fig. 3 it can be inferred that the welding speed and alloy positions are having influence on tensile properties of the fsw joints. figure 3: stress-strain curves for dissimilar alloys aa6082-aa6061. the ductility is higher with decreasing the weld speed in the case of aa6082 on the advancing side, while it decreases in the case of aa6061 on the advancing side (fig. 4). such dependence of the strength on the material position was previously observed. the best conditions of strength and ductility are reached in the joints welded with aa6082 on the advancing side and weld speed of 50 mm/min. in joint efficiency table, the first efficiency represents the weld joint efficiency with aa6082 as a base metal and second efficiency represent with aa6061 as a base metal. the joint efficiency is higher with decreasing the weld speed in the case of aa6082 on the advancing side, while it is lower in the case of aa6061 on the advancing side. fig. 5 shows the effect of welding speed on microhardness of dissimilar welds. the highest value of microhardness is reached in aa6061-6082 at welding speed of 50mm/min. the lowest value of microhardness is reached when the aa6061 alloy is on the advancing side of the tool at welding speed of 62 mm/min. when aa6082 alloy is employed on the advancing side of the tool, the microhardness appears more uniform, indicating a better mixing of the material as shown in fig. 5. furthermore, the maximum hardness values in the nugget zone correspond to the welds with aa6082 on the advancing side. figure 4: effect of welding speed on mechanical properties for dissimilar alloys 6082-6061. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 156   figure 5: effect of welding speed on microhardness for dissimilar alloys 6082-6061 micro-structural evolution based on optical micro structural characterization of grains and precipitates, three distinct zones have been identified such as weld nugget zone, thermo-mechanically affected zone (tmaz) and heat affected zone (haz). microstructural details of the base metals (bm) and dissimilar joint are presented in figs. 6-8. examination of onion rings in the aa6082aa6061 at 50mm/min has shown that these onion rings are a result of shell extrusions in the dynamically recrystalized zone (dxz). in aa6061-6082 at 62mm/min, it can be seen that the root flaw looks like a crack in the root part of the friction stir welds. the root flaw usually occurs if the pin length is too short for the plate thickness being welded, and this may also occur due to low heat input or incorrect tool orientation. figure 6: optical micrograph of base metals aa6082 and aa6061. figure 7: optical micrograph of aa6082-6061(a) at 50mm/min (b) at 62mm/min http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h.s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 157 figure 8: optical micrograph of aa6061-6082 (c) at 50mm/min (d) at 62mm/min. fractography analysis examination of the tensile fracture surfaces of the fsw joints was done at low magnification as well as at higher magnification in order to identify the fracture mechanisms.according to figs. 9-10, it may be predicted that the fracture mechanism in the mixing of these alloys will be dimpled rupture. the dimpled rupture fracture mechanism indicates that the fracture occurred with some degree of ductility, but the existence of the defect can always cause a stress concentration around the defect zone during the tension test; therefore, this phenomenon results in a strain locality that is higher than the yield strength in the turbulence zone of the weld, a sudden crack in the specimen, and consequently, a low elongation in the connection. figure 9: sem images of tensile fracture surface of 6082-6061 at 50mm/min. corrosion behaviour the potentiostatic polarization curves for the base alloy and fsw samples in 3.5%nacl at room temperature are given in figs. 11-13. it is shown that the corrosion behavior of base alloy significantly varies from that of welded joints. from tab. 5 it is observed that the pitting potentials of corrosion tested samples at various process parameters clearly indicated a greater corrosion resistance of weld metal than base metal. this is attributed to the precipitates present in the alloy promote matrix dissolution through selective dissolution of aluminium from the particle. these precipitate deposits are highly cathodic compared to the metallic matrix, which initiates pitting at the surrounding matrix and also enhances pit growth. during fsw process only coarser precipitates could nucleate and grow but not finer ones. this aids in formation of passive film, which remained more intact on surface of the sample. it is also found that in aa6082-6061 at 50mm/min, http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 158 the corrosion resistance is very poor. the poor pitting corrosion resistance of weld joint is due to difference in pitting potentials across the weld region or stir nugget because of inhomogeneity of microstructures in those regions. with aa6082 on the advancing side, the corrosion rate is higher with respect to increasing welding speed of the tool while corrosion rate decreased in case of aa6061 on advancing side (tab. 5). such dependence of the corrosion behaviour on the material position was observed. all fsw samples show passivation after longer time of exposure to corrosion media. aa6082-61 at 62mm/min has highest active potential (-1.16v). the active ecorr increased with increasing the weld speed in case advancing and retreating side of 6082t6-6061t6. figure 10: sem images of tensile fracture surface of 6061-6082 at 62mm/min. material of fsw joint icorr (µa/cm2) ecorr (mv) corrosion rate (mpy) 6082t6-6061t6 55.00 -938 25.14 6082t6-6061t6 3.33 -1160 1.520 6061t6-6082t6 836na -732 382 e-3 6061t6-6082t6 1.590 -920 726.60 e-3 aa6082-t6 4.270 -1380 1.95 aa6061-t6 1.820 -1160 832.1 e-3 table 5: result analysis of corrosion test. figure 11: polarization curves of base metals aa6082 and aa6061 http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h.s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 159 figure 12: polarization curves of aa6082-aa6061 at 50-62 mm/min. figure 13: polarization curves of aa6061-aa6082 at 50-62 mm/min conclusions he mechanical and metallurgical behaviour of dissimilar fsw aa6082–aa6061 was studied in this paper. the joints were produced with different alloy positioned on the advancing side of the tool. the joints were realized with a rotation speed of 1600 rpm and by changing the welding speed from 50 to 62mm/min. the downward force was observed to be constant as the welding speed for all the produced joints increases. the tensile strength of the dissimilar joint is lower than that of the parent metal. with the 6082 alloy positioned on the advancing side of the tool, the dissimilar joints exhibited good mechanical properties with respect to aa6061. microstructural changes induced by the friction stir welding process were clearly identified in this study. friction stir welding of dissimilar alloys aa6082t66060t6 resulted in a dynamically recrystalized zone, tmaz and haz. a softened region has clearly occurred in the friction stir welded joints, due to dissolution of strengthening precipitates.with aa6082 on the advancing side; the corrosion rate is higher with respect to increasing welding speed of the tool while corrosion rate decreased in case of aa6061 on advancing side. references [1] w. m. thomas, e. d. nicholas, materials & design, 18 (1997) 269. [2] w. m. thomas, e. d. nicholas, j. c. needham, m. g. nurch, p. temple-smith, c. dawes, patents on friction stir butt welding, international: pct/gb92/02203; british: 9125978.8; usa: 5460317, (1991-1995). [3] w. b. lee, y. m. yeon, s. b. jung, j. mater. sci., 38 (2003) 4183. [4] w. b. lee, y. m. yeon, s. b. jung, scripta materialia, 49 (2003) 423. [5] p. cavaliere, r. nobile, f.w. panella, a. squillace, int. j. machine tools manufacturing, 46 (2006) 588. [6] p. cavaliere, a. de santis, f. panella, a. squillace, material & design, 30 (2008) 609. [7] a. scialpi, m. de giorgi, l. a. c. de filippis, r. nobile, f.w. panella, material & design, 29 (2008) 928. [8] l. e. murr, n. a. rodriguez, e. almanza, c. j. alvarez, j. of material science, 40 (2005) 4307. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 151-160; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.16 160 [9] j. h. ouyang, r. kovacevic, j. material engineering, 11 (2002) 51. [10] t. l. dickerson, j. przydatek, int. j. fatigue, 25 (2003) 1399. [11] c.s. paglia, k.v. jata, r.g. buchheit, material science engineering a, 424 (2006) 196. [12] r.w. fonda, p.s. pao, h.n. jones, c.r. feng, b.j. connolly, a.j. davenport, material science engineering a, 519 (2009) 1. [13] d.a. wadeson, x. zhou, g.e. thompson, p. skeldon, l. djapic oosterkamp, g. scamans, corrosion science, 48 (2006) 887. [14] m. jariyaboon, a.j. davenport, r. ambat, b.j. connolly, s.w. williams, d.a. price, corrosion science, 49 (2007) 877. [15] p. s. pao, s. j. gill, c. r. feng, k. k. sankaran, scripta materiala, 45 (2001) 605. [16] k. surekha, b. s. murty, k. prasad rao, solid state sciences, 11 (2009) 907. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.16&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_41_art_27.docx d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 197-202; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.27 197 focused on crack tip fields measurement and analysis of fatigue crack deformation at the micro-scale d. nowell, k.i. dragnevski, s.j. o’connor university of oxford, uk david.nowell@eng.ox.ac.uk, http://orcid.org/0000-0001-9997-8364 abstract. this paper introduces the use of digital image correlation for the measurement of surface displacements in the neighbourhood of a crack tip, both at the macroand microscale. various methods of interpreting the measured data and producing a crack driving force are then discussed, including the use of the full cjp model. a reduced set of parameters are then proposed, corresponding to the three principal interaction forces between the plastic enclave and the surrounding elastic material. our own results, and those of vasco olmo, previously reported in the literature are then reanalysed using this new framework, and excellent agreement between two independent experiments is obtained. implications for the analysis of further data sets are then discussed. keywords. fatigue; crack driving force; digital image correlation; cjp model. citation: nowell, d., dragnevski, k.i., o’connor, s.j., measurement and analysis of fatigue crack deformation at the micro-scale, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 197-202. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction nderstanding the mechanics of fatigue crack propagation is important if we are to safely operate a wide range of engineering systems. damage tolerant life prediction methods are increasingly popular and give a number of advantages over safe life approaches. nevertheless, most of the methods are based on the paris law relation between da/dn and delta k. although this ‘law’ is justifiably popular, it is in essence a simple empirical curve fit to laboratory data obtained at constant remote load amplitude. load histories in real structures can differ considerably, and may include variable amplitude cycles, hence it is important to understand how crack tips behave in these circumstances. there is an increasing realisation that simple elastic crack models may have limited applicability, particularly when there is significant plastic deformation ahead of the crack and a corresponding plastic wake. our developing work at oxford in the area described above has been presented previously at the forni di sopra [1], malaga [2], and urbino [3] ij fatigue/ffems workshops. it has employed digital image correlation on the macro and micro scale to measure and analyse near tip displacements fields. in particular, at urbino [3], we reported measurements taken during in-situ loading of a fatigue crack in a scanning electron microscope (fig.1.). u d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 197-202; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.27 198 figure 1: typical image of a fatigue crack, during in-situ loading in the sem our work focuses on measuring the variation of crack opening with distance along the line of the crack, since this quantity is straightforward to measure. indeed, if one employs a direct measure of displacement, such as digital image correlation (dic), then the crack flanks are the largest displacements available, once rigid body motions have been excluded. in analyzing our work, we started off by using simple elastic models [1], and showing that the technique can be used to calculate stress intensity factors by (for example), plotting the variation of crack opening against r, where r is the distance from the crack tip. if the displacements vary as r, then it is clear that the strains (and therefore stresses) vary as 1/r, and hence the k-value may readily be extracted. later, [2] our work extended to include a simple elasto-plastic model due to pommier and hammam [4]. this was shown to give a slightly better fit to the experimental results, but the absolute value of the plasticity parameter (effectively the crack tip opening displacement) was found to be sensitive to the choice of crack tip position. however, it is clear from both approaches that there a considerable amount of crack closure present, and this may be considered as a residual (negative) stress intensity factor, which may be summed with the applied k to give the actual stress intensity experienced by the crack. an example of this is shown in fig. 2, which is data obtained for a fatigue crack growing under cyclic loading and observed in a scanning electron microscope. figure 2: variation of measured and calculated stress intensity factor with load, for a typical dic experiment [5] in fig.2., the residual k is apparent as an (almost constant) offset between the theoretical and experimental lines, once the crack is open. d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 197-202; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.27 199 since the effect of the wake is clearly important in the characterization of crack tip conditions for a fatigue crack, we decided to investigate a third possible analysis method, using a model with a wake representation built in. the christopher/james/patterson (cjp) model [6],[7] was selected because of its relatively simple formulation. discussion of the cjp model he cjp model attempts to capture some of the additional phenomena generated by a fatigue crack with a plastic wake. this approach leads to a crack description with four parameters as follows: kf the ‘forward stress intensity factor’, which is essentially similar to the applied ki in a conventional analysis. kr a ‘retardation stress intensity factor’, which arises as a result of the residual stress field set up by the wake, and which might be thought similar to the offset shown in figure 2. ks a ‘shear stress intensity describing’ the shear present between the plastic wake and the surrounding elastic material. t the conventional t-stress or bounded term in the williams expansion. it is easy to misunderstand some of these terms, so a brief further explanation will be given here with the aid of a diagram (fig. 3) modified from that presented by james et al. in [7]. first, it is essential to understand that the plastic zone at the tip of the crack creates a wake along the crack faces, as the crack propagates, hence, there is a plastic enclave of the approximate shape shown in grey in fig. 3. if one then considers the boundary between this enclave and the surrounding elastic material there may be x, y and shear forces transmitted across this interface and in each case, the force on the enclave by the elastic hinterland will be equal and opposite to that exerted by the enclave on the elastic material. figure 3 shows the forces exerted on the plastic enclave. figure 3: forces between the plastic enclave (grey), and the surrounding elastic material (after [7]). starting with fig. 3a, at maximum there is clearly an applied force opening the crack and causing tensile yield. this is labelled fay in the figure. similarly, there may be shear at both top and bottom of the enclave, and these forces (which for mode i must be in the same direction) are labelled fs in fig.3. since the enclave must be in equilibrium, these two shear components must be reacted by a horizontal force, termed fax. the authors include a separate term for the t-stress, but this is clearly not a net force across the interface. hence, it is perhaps more helpful to think of t as being a bounded response to fax, which clearly does not cause any stress intensity at the crack tip. at the minimum applied load, james et al consider the crack at least partially closed (fig. 3b.). they then show fs reversed in sign, which seems plausible, since the crack has reached this state by unloading from the maximum load. the fx force however, is not reversed in sign, so that if fig. 3b is considered as a free body diagram, then the plastic enclave would not be in equilibrium. what james et al do, however, change is the notation for the x-direction force, calling it now fpx presumably to show that the plastic zone is somehow the entity responsible for the force, rather than the applied load. of course, in the general case, both applied load, and plastic zone resistance contribute to the force across the interface, and it is not possible (or perhaps helpful) to separate them. in the vertical direction, the sign of the main vertical force is reversed, and the notation is changed. further, an additional force fc is introduced to represent the contribution to vertical force caused by crack closure. james et al. [6], [7], then go on to collapse the plastic enclave onto the line of the crack, and develop a muskhelishvili stress function for the surrounding elastic material. this eventually results in the four terms defined above. t (a) (b) d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 197-202; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.27 200 our own work has so far focused on simpler one or two parameter models, and our view is that the introduction of different forces with different notations and signs in fig. 3., whilst intended to link the model to physical phenomena, is not particularly helpful. what is helpful, however, is the concept of a plastic wake and its effect on the surrounding material. hence, there is no need to introduce different y-direction forces at minimum load, but one can simply stick with the system of forces shown in fig. 3a and drop the double subscripts. so, fy causes crack opening and a stress intensity, fs, exerts shear on the areas above and below the crack, and this is reacted by fx, which may be thought responsible for the bounded stress component in the x-direction (t-stress). these three forces neatly map onto the four terms tabulated on the previous page: fs is responsible for ks. physically, its link to crack propagation rates is difficult to see, so that one might consider it, at most a secondary effect. fx is responsible for the t-stress. again, a secondary effect, though perhaps more important than ks. fy must clearly be responsible for kf and kr, and which may be separated using the cjp approach, or if preferred may remain as a single ki term. experimental results and discussion e have essentially already extracted the dominant ki term in the above simplified version of the cjp model, and an example result has already been presented in fig. 2. to compare this with the results of the full model, we will use some results produced by vasco olmo [8]. he used a full-field dic technique to extract kf and kr for the cjp model, using essentially the same material (al4%cu) and specimen geometry (compact tension) as in our own work. figure 4 gives his results for a test conducted a load ratio, r = 0. it can be seen that the measured kf value is very close to the nominal elastic k, calculated using the usual standard solution. the kr value starts close to zero, but then becomes negative, and increases in magnitude until the peak load, decreasing again during unloading. figure 4: results obtained by vasco olmo [8], showing the variation of kf and kr through a load/unload cycle for an al4%cu ct specimen. results are normalized with respect to the nominal elastic k. if we now choose to plot a single crack driving force, kf + kr, the results are transformed to those shown in fig. 5. finally, we note that in our own work, the datum for displacements was the unloaded specimen with the crack present, so that we are unable to detect any pre-existing residual k. hence the appropriate parameter to plot is ( kf + kr), and this is given in fig. 6, along with our own experimental data (fig. 2), re-plotted on the same axes. the comparison between the two sets of data, obtained independently on two different specimens in two different laboratories is striking, particularly when one considers that different dic algorithms are used, and different post-processing routes were adopted. comparison of these two sets of data, suggest that the four parameters of the mode i cjp model may usefully be reduced to three if one combines the kf and kr parameters, and that the three remaining terms each map clearly onto the effects of a force transmitted across the interface between the plastic zone and resulting wake, and the surrounding elastic hinterland. when viewed from this perspective, the combined kf + kr parameter appears to be very similar to the measured delta k in our own experiments carried out under similar conditions. both our own laboratory and that of vasco olmo and diaz garrido in jaén have a wealth of similar data, carried out for different loading conditions and specimen geometries, and more time is needed to make further comparisons of a similar nature. however, before we do so, it would be useful if the community could take a view on whether the full complexity of the w d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 197-202; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.27 201 cjp model is helpful (i.e. is the splitting of delta k into separate kf and kr terms justified from the point of view of predicting crack behavior). figure 5: results from fig. 4, obtained by vasco olmo [8], re-plotted to show the variation of (kf + kr) with loading cycle figure 6: vasco olmo’s data [8] plotted as delta k against loading cycle and compared against our own [5] (also shown in fig.2.) conclusions his paper has introduced and discussed the cjp model for fatigue crack displacement, strain, and stress fields, and proposed a simplification, which seems to fit more readily with the forces acting between the plastic enclave and the surrounding elastic material. a comparison has been made between one of our own experiments, reported previously [5], and one from the group at jaén [8]. excellent agreement was found between the two sets of data and further collaboration to examine the full database of experimental results in a single agreed framework is proposed. acknowledgments he authors gratefully acknowledge the help of dr josé vasco olmo, particularly in supplying the original data corresponding to figures 4, 5, and 6. dr vasco olmo and dr paco diaz are also thanked for helpful discussions during professor nowell’s research visit to jaén in may 2016, and both are further thanked for their kind and generous hospitality. 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 k /k _ m a x normalised loading cycle k_f + k_r nominal k t t d. nowell et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 197-202; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.27 202 references [1] nowell, d., kartal, m.e., de matos, p.f.p., measurement and modelling of near-tip displacement fields for fatigue cracks in 6082 t6 aluminium, proc. first i.j. fatigue & ffems joint workshop, gruppo italiano frattura, forni di sopra, italy, (2011). [2] nowell, d., kartal, m.e.,de matos, p.f.p., characterisation of crack tip fields under non-uniform fatigue loading, proc. second i.j. fatigue & ffems joint workshop, malaga, spain, gruppo italiano frattura, (2013). [3] nowell, d., o’connor, s.j., dragnevski, k.i., measurement and analysis of fatigue crack deformation on the macro and micro-scale, proc. third i.j. fatigue & ffems joint workshop, gruppo italiano frattura, urbino, italy, (2015). [4] pommier, s., hamam, r., incremental model for fatigue crack growth based on a displacement partitioning hypothesis of mode i elastic-plastic displacement fields, fatigue fract. engng mater. struct., 30 (2006) 582-598. [5] o’connor, s.j., plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure, an investigation using digital image correlation, msc thesis, university of oxford, (2015). [6] christopher, c.j., james, m.n., patterson, e.a., tee, k.f., towards a new model of crack tip stress fields, int. j. fracture, 148 (2007) 361-371. [7] james, m.n., christopher, c.j., lu y., patterson, e.a., ‘local crack plasticity and its influences on the global elastic stress field, int. j. fatigue, 46 (2013) 4-15. [8] vasco olmo, j.m., experimental evaluation of plasticity induced crack shielding effect using full-field optical techniques for stress and strain measurement, phd thesis, university of jaén, (2014). . << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.06.03&auth=true microsoft word numero_44_art_7 v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 82 elastic crack-tip stress field in a semi-strip v. reut, n. vaysfeld, z. zhuravlova odessa mechnikov university, institute of mathematics, economics and mechanics, ukraine reut@onu.edu.ua, vaysfeld@onu.edu.ua, z.zhuravlova@onu.edu.ua abstract. in this article the plain elasticity problem for a semi-strip with a transverse crack is investigated in different cases of boundary conditions at the semi-strip’s end. unlike many works dedicated to this subject, the fixed singularities in the singular integral equation’s kernel are considered. the integral transformations’ method is applied by a generalized scheme to reduce the initial problem to a one-dimensional problem. the one-dimensional problem is formulated as a vector boundary value problem which is solved with the help of matrix differential calculations and green’s matrix apparatus. the problem is reduced to solve the system of three singular integral equations. depending on the conditions given on the short edge of the semistrip, the obtained singular integral equation can have one or two fixed singularities. a special method is applied to solve this equation in regard to the singularities existence. hence, the system of the singular integral equations (ssie) is solved with the help of the generalized method. the stress intensity factors (sif) are investigated for different lengths of crack. the novelty of this work is the application of a new approach allowing the consideration of fixed singularities in the problem of a transverse crack in the elastic semi-strip. the comparison of the accuracy of numerical results during the use of different approaches to solve the ssie is calculated. keywords. semi-strip; transverse crack; green’s function; integral transformation; fixed singularity. citation: reut, v., vaysfeld, n., zhuravlova, z., elastic crack-tip stress field in a semi-strip frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 8293. received: 26.01.2018 accepted: 11.02.2018 published: 01.04.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he proposed problem is a well-known elasticity problem. it is used as a modeling example in the theory of mixed elasticity problems to recognise new methods to solve these problems. the solutions of such problems are usually reduced to ssie, containing fixed singularities in a kernel [1]. pioneering papers by scientists such as h. f. bueekner, g. i. bierman, f. tricomi, s. g. mihlin, m. g. kreyn, b. nobl and others, they first proposed different approaches for consideration of fixed singularities’. solving equations with fixed singularities in a kernel was made by using many methods. analytical proof of these methods was given, for example, in [2-5]. there, the singular integral equations of the first type (one fixed singularity) t v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 83             1 1 21 0 1 00 0 , 0;1 , 0 re , 0, k nnn kk k kk k y y yc xc c x dy dy f x x i n k k n i y x i y x                      or of the second type (two fixed singularities)                          1 1 1 21 0 101 1 1 , 1 11 , 1 1 1 , 0 re m mkn k k m k m k kkkk k y c x y x x yc a x c x dy dy k x y y dy i y x i y y xy f x m k                                   were considered. the approaches to solve them were proposed in the widely known work [3]. the first equation was considered by many authors, e.g. [5-11], whereas the second equation was investigated e.g. in [12, 13]. these methodologies were used by employing two main approaches to solve elasticity problems for semi-strips with a crack: both analytical and numerical. the analytical approach to solve the ssie’s with two fixed singularities is often connected with unknown function’s expansion in the series of polynomials with corresponding weights. an sie with two fixed singularities at the endpoints in the class of the functions bounded at the ends was analyzed in [4]. for the chebyshev polynomials of the first kind on the right hand-side, solution of the integral equation is expressed in terms of two non-orthogonal polynomials with associated weights. based on this new generalized spectral relation for the singular operator with two fixed singularities, an approximate solution to the complete singular integral equation is derived by recasting it as an infinite system of linear algebraic equations of the second kind. some problems were solved with the apparatus of the riemann-hilbert problem. it is worth pointing out the following papers. in [14] the problem of semi-infinite crack between two bonded dissimilar strips with the same density was considered. the boundary problem was reduced to the riemann-hilbert problem. the study of the algebra generated by the cauchy singular integral operator and integral operators with fixed singularities on the unit interval was given in [15]. in [16] a polynomial collocation method was considered for the numerical solution of the cauchy singular integral equations with fixed singularities over the interval, where the fixed singularities are supposed to be of mellin convolution type. the following papers were dedicated to the numerical solving of problems with similar equations, [17] in [18] the solution of a dynamic problem of an elastic strip, coupled to an elastic half-space, is reduced to a singular integral equation that is solved with the help of special quadrature formulae for singular integrals. an approach to investigate the optimal quadrature formulae for singular integrals with fixed singularity was obtained in [19]. in [20], the quadrature formulae of the highest algebraic accuracy were obtained for ssie. the efficiency of their application in solving the singular integral equations with the generalized cauchy kernel was showed. in [21] the new versions of subdomain and spline methods were proposed. collocation methods were proposed in [22]. the problem of stress concentration near the crack’s tips is an actual problem. interface cracks in bodies under harmonic load was investigated in [23]. microstructure influence on the damage micromechanisms in overloaded fatigue cracks was studied in [24]. crack-tip field in circumferentially-cracked round bar (ccrb) in tension affected by loss of axial symmetry was explored in [25]. in [26] the overview of recent advanced methods for rapid calculation of notch stress intensity factors under mixed mode loadings was presented. the analytical approach for plane elastic and thermoelastic problems for inhomogeneous, orthotropic planes, half-planes and strips was presented in [27]. to solve mixed problems, many authors mostly introduce some auxiliary functions, for example, harmonic and byharmonic ones, through which unknown displacements are represented. reconstruction of the initial characteristics in this case is often a non-trivial mathematic problem. in this work, the new methods based on direct application of integral transformations to the equilibrium equations is solved, so no additional transformations are needed. thus it was possible to find directly the real mechanical characteristics without using any auxiliary functions. this approach was shown first in [28] to solve the problem of the semi-strip without the existence of a crack. statement of the problem he elastic ( g is a share module,  is a poison’s coefficient) semi-strip, 0 , 0x a y     is considered for two cases with regard to the boundary conditions on the short edge 0 , 0x a y   . at the lateral semi-infinite sides 0, 0x y    and , 0x a y    the boundary conditions are given t v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 84        0, 0, 0, 0, , 0, , 0, 0u y v y u a y v a y y       (1) here  ( , ) ,xu x y u x y ,  ( , ) ,yv x y u x y are the displacements that satisfy the lame’s equilibrium equations 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( , ) ( , ) ( , )1 2 0 1 1 ( , ) ( , ) ( , )1 2 0 1 1 u x y u x y v x y x yx y v x y v x y u x y x yx y                              (2) where 3 4   is the muskchelishvili’s constant. two cases of the boundary conditions on the short edge are considered. in the first case (fig. 1) the semi-strip is loaded at the edge 10, 0y x a     1( , 0) , ( , 0) 0, 0y xyx p x x x a     (3) and conditions of the slide contact are executed at the segment 10,y a x a   1( , 0) 0, ( , 0) 0,xyv x x a x a    (4) figure 1: first case: geometry and coordinate system of the problem. figure 2: second case: geometry and coordinate system of the problem. in the second case (fig. 2) the semi-strip is loaded at the edge 0, 0y x a    ( , 0) , ( , 0) 0, 0y xyx p x x x a     (5) at the segment 0 1 ,c x c y b   the crack is situated                 1 0 1 2 0 1 , 0 , 0 , 0, , 0 , 0 , 0, u x b u x b u x b x c x c v x b v x b v x b x c x c                   (6) v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 85             0 1 0 1 , 0 , 0 , 0, , 0 , 0 , 0, xy xy xy y y y x b x b x b c x c x b x b x b c x c                     (7) one needs to solve the corresponding boundary value problems to estimate the stress state of the semi-strip and the concentration of the stresses at the crack’s tips. general solving scheme for the semi-strip stress state estimation ccording to the approach [29], the fourier’s transformation was applied to the system of lame’s equilibrium eqs. (2) and to the boundary conditions (1), (3)-(4), (1), (5) by the generalized scheme [30]. the initial problem was reduced to a vector boundary problem [31]         2 0 0, 0 l y x f x y y a          (8) here        22 " 2 'l y x iy x qy x py x           is the differential operator of the second order, i is an identity matrix,       u x y x v x             1 0 1 1 0 1 p                1 0 1 1 0 1 q                        1 2 1 2 3 1 3 '( ) sin cos ' 1 1 1 1 1 ( ) sin ' cos 1 1 x b x b x f x x b x b x                                                0 , y x v x y   is an unknown function. so     0 ' , ' y v x y x   ,   0 ' y u xy     , and the second boundary condition in (3) is satisfied automatically. the components of the vector  y x  are the fourier transformation of the displacements     0 ( ) cos, ( ) sin, u x yu x y dy v x yv x y                       (9) the solution of the vector boundary problem was obtained in the form [27, 28] a v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 86        1 31 2 2 4 0 , ( ) ac c y x y x y x g x f d c c                    (10) where    1 2,y x y x are the system of fundamental matrix solutions, , 1, 4ic i  are known constants,  ,g x  is the green’s matrix function [29]. the expression (10) can be rewritten in scalar form                                 11 12 11 12 11 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 4 0 121 1 12 11 1 1 0 0 0 111 1 12 2 2 0 0 3 ( ) , ' 1 1 1 , ' sin , sin , 1 1 3 1 cos , cos , 1 1 c c c c c c c c u x y x c y x c y x c y x c g x d g x d b g x d b x d g b x d b g x d                                                                                (11)                                 21 22 21 22 21 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 4 0 221 1 22 21 1 1 0 0 0 211 1 22 2 2 0 0 3 ( ) , ' 1 1 1 , ' sin , sin , 1 1 3 1 cos , cos , 1 1 c c c c c c c c v x y x c y x c y x c y x c g x d g x d b g x d b x d g b x d b g x d                                                                                (12) here    , ,ij ijx g x d     , and upper limit of the integrals 1a  in the first case and a  in the second case. the inverse transformations were applied to the formulae (11)-(12), and the substitution of the displacement functions in the boundary conditions        , 0 , , 0 0, , 0 0y xy yx p x x b x b       reduce to the system of the singular integral equations. solving of the sie system for the two cases he changing of the variable *2      in the integrals with the limits 0 and  , and  * 0 1 1 0 2 c c c c       in the integrals with the limits 0c and 1c were done to pass the integration interval  1 1;1i   . similar changes were done in the other equations. we first consider in details the second case. ssie is written in the form                 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 , , 1 0, 1 0, z x d k x r x x i x d k x x i x d k x x i x                                              (13) t v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 87 where    1 ' 2                   1 0 1 0' , 1, 2 2 i i c c c c i                             1 1 1 1 ,1 2 ,2 1 1 1 , , , , 0,1, 2i i i ik x f x d r x d r x d i                                ,1 ,2, , , , , , , 0,1, 2i i if x r x r x r x i       are known regular functions,                 1 2 32 2 3 3 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 , 2 2 2 2 2 2 x xx x x h h h x x x x x x                                                   , 2 1 2 3 3 2 4 , , 2 h h h           . in this article the misprint in [28] for the coefficients , 1, 2, 3ih i  is corrected. the first singular integral equation in the system (13) is the partial case of the equation with two fixed singularities for the second case. for this equation the transcendental equation was built, that is congruent to the transcendental equation obtained for the quarter plane or, the same, for the problem of an infinity wedge when the angle of openness is pi/2 [32]. the problem for the quarter plane is solved in appendix a. the roots k of the corresponding transcendental equation for (13) were found numerically. the generalized method developed in [28] was applied to solve the ssie (13). according to it the function    is searched in the form         1 0 0 0 , 1;1 n k k k n k k s s                  (14) where               re 2 re 2 1 1 cos im ln 1 , 0, 1 1 sin im ln 1 , k k k k k k k n                         , 0ks are the unknown coefficients. it is supposed that the crack is located inside the semi-strip far from the lateral sides. so the unknown functions    1 2,     are considered as       2 1 2 0 1 , 1;1 , 1, 2 n i i k k k s u i            (15) where  ku  are chebyshev polynomials of the second kind. the expressions (14)-(15) are substituted in the ssie (13). the resulting system is solved with the help of the collocation method. the substitution of the founded constants , 0,1, 2, 0, 2 1iks i k n   in the formulae (14)-(15) and (11)-(12) v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 88 enables to find the searched field of stresses and displacements. it completes the construction of the problem’s solution in the second case. in the first case, the first equation in (13) has only one fixed singularity. similarly to the previous case the unknown function    is searched in the form [28].         1 0 0 0 , 1;1 1 n k k k k n k t s s                      (16) where  kt  are chebyshev polynomials of the first kind. the formulae (15)-(16) are substituted in the ssie (13) and the collocation method was applied to the solve the resulting system. in the first case, the construction of the problem’s solution was completed by the substitution of the obtained constants , 0,1, 2, 0, 2 1iks i k n   into the expressions (14)-(15) and (11)-(12). numerical results and discussion he calculation for sif was done by the formulae [30], [33]                 2 1 2 1 1 0 1 02 2 0 0 2 1 2 1 1 0 1 01 1 0 0 1 1 1 , , 2 2 1 1 1 , 2 2 kn n i k i k k k kn n ii k ii k k k c c n c c n k s k s c c n c c n k s k s                                   the calculations of sif were done for the elastic semi-strip ( 961.2781955 10g   pa, 0.33  ) with the parameters   1p x  pa, 10a  m, 1, 90%b a a a  . here ,i ik k  are sif of normal stresses at the left and right crack’s tips correspondingly. similarly, ,ii iik k  are sif of the tangential stresses at the left and right crack’s tips. figure 3: second case: the changing of sif ,i iik k when the crack’s size is increasing. fig. 3 presents the dynamics of sif’s changes ik and iik respectively in dependence of the distances between the crack tips and the lateral sides of the semi-strip in the second case. the sif values are decreasing whereas the distances between the lateral sides and the crack tips are increasing. stable results were obtained when the distances between the crack’s tips t v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 89 and the lateral sides are more or equal to 5%a . when these distances are less than 5%a the fixed singularities at the crack’s tips should be taken into consideration. the values of sif ik are bigger than the corresponding values of sif iik . the dynamics of the sif’s changes ik and iik respectively is shown in fig. 4 as a function of the distances between the crack tips and the lateral sides of the semi-strip in the first case. when the distance between the left lateral side and the left crack’s tip is less than 5%a , the fixed singularity at the left crack’s tip should be considered. the fixed singularity at the right crack’s tip should be taken into account when the distance between the right lateral side and the right crack’s tip is less than 11%a . in this case, the sif ik and iik values have the same order, but the values of sif iik are bigger than the values of sif ik . figure 4: first case: the changing sif ,i iik k when the crack’s size is increasing. conclusions . the proposed method enhances the solution of the problem in two different cases of external load when the transverse crack is located inside the semi-strip. 2. the minimal distances between the crack’s tips and the lateral sides of the semi-strip are established. the consideration of the fixed singularities at the semi-strip’s short edge allows bringing the crack to the lateral sides more than 6% closer in comparison with the case when the fixed singularities were not considered. to obtain stable results when the crack is closer to the lateral sides one has to take into account the fixed singularities at the crack’s tips. 3. the approach described the solution of the problem that can be also applied in the case of a dynamic statement of the problem. appendix a. solving the mixed problem of elasticity for a quarter plane onsider the problem for a quarter plane (fig. 5) , 0x y  when one boundary side 0, 0x y    is fixed and the another 0, 0y x    is under the mechanical load    , 0 , 0, p x x a r x x a      . the initial problem was reduced to a one-dimensional problem with the help of the semi-infinite sin-, cosfourier transformation (9). the boundary problem in transformation domain was rewritten in the vector form       2 0 0 l y x g x y        (17) 1 c v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 90 figure 5: geometry and coordinate system of the quarter plane. here        22 " 2 'l y x iy x qy x py x           i is an identity matrix,       u x y x v x             1 0 1 1 0 1 p                1 0 1 1 0 1 q                3 '( ) 1 1 ( ) 1 x g x x                    the new unknown function is input     0 , y x v x y   . the solution of (17) was constructed in the following form      1 2 0 , ( ) c y x y x g x g d c               (18) where       1 1 2 1 1 x x x e y x x x                          v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 91 was constructed with the help of the matrix differential calculation, , 1, 2ic i  are known constants,  ,g x  is the green’s matrix function which was constructed by the use of the matrix semi-infinite fourier transformation. the components of the green’s matrix function have the following form             11 1 1 , 2 2 1 x x x x x xe eg x e e x e x e                                                    12 1, 2 1 x xg x x e x e                          21 1, 2 1 x xg x x e x e                            22 1 1 , 2 2 1 x x x x x xe eg x e e x e x e                                           after inverting the expression (18), and the summation of the weak-convergent integrals, the formulae for the displacements in the quarter plane have the following form                                  2 2 2 22 2 2 22 2 0 2 2 2 2 22 2 2 1 1 , ' ln ln 4 1 1 2 1 1 x x u x y x y x y x y x y x y xx d x yx y                                                                                                 2 22 2 0 2 2 22 22 2 2 1 1 , ' 2 2 2 4 1 22 2 1 y x y x y y v x y arctg sign x arctg x xx y x y xy x xyy y arctg d x sign y x x y x yx y                                                                                  these expressions will describe the displacements in the quarter plane if the function  '  is found. to get it, the formulae for the displacements were put in the boundary condition  ( , 0) , 0y x p x x a    . after changing the variables, the singular integral equation was derived         1 31 2 2 3 0 1 h xh h x d q x x x x x                        (19) here    1 ' 2 a             , 2 1 2 3 3 2 4 , , 2 h h h           ,  q x is the known function. v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 92 the transcendental equation for (19) is equal to the transcendental equation for the first singular integral equation in (13), and has the following form   2 22 4 8 12 3 cos 0 3 4 3 4 3 4                  (20) the eq. (20) is equal to the transcendental equation in [32]. acknowledgments he authors are grateful to simon dyke for the editing of the manuscript’s text. references [1] vorovich, i. i. and kopasenko, v. v., (1966). some problems of elasticity theory for the semi-strip. (in russian), prikladnaya matematica i mekchanica, 30(1), pp. 128-136. [2] babeshko, v. a., babeshko, o. m. and evdokimova, o. v., (2010). on the method of block element, mechanics of solids, 45, pp. 437-444. doi: 10.3103/s0025654410030143. [3] duduchava, r. v., (1979). integral equations with fixed singularities, bg teubner. [4] antipov, y. a., (2015). singular integral equations with two fixed singularities and applications to fractured composites, the quarterly journal of mechanics and applied mathematics, 68(4), pp. 461-501. [5] onischuk, o. v., popov, g. ya. and farshayt, p. g., (1988). the problem about bend of rectangular plate with linear pile, which goes on the fixed side by one end, mechanics of solids, 6, pp. 160-167. [6] soldatov, a. p., (1973). a problem in function theory, diff. equations, 9(2), pp. 248–253. [7] bueekner, h. f., (1960). some stress singularities and their computation by means of integral equations, boundary problems in differential equation, univ. wisconsin press. madison, pp. 215-230. [8] bueekner, h. f., (1966). on a class of singular integral equations, j. mathem. anal. and appl., 14, pp. 392-426. [9] bierman, g. i., (1971). a particular class of singular integral equations, j. appl. mathem., 20(1), pp. 99-109. [10] gohberg, i. and krein, m.g., (1960). introduction of the theory of linear nonselfadjoint operators, american mathematical society. transl, 14, pp. 217-287. [11] noble, b., (1958). methods based on the wiener-hopf technique for the solution of partial differential equations, belfast, northern ireland, pergamon press. [12] tricomi, f., (1932). atti accad. naz. lincei, ser. 5(14), pp. 134–247. [13] michlin, s. g. and prössdorf, s., (1986). singular integral operators, akademie verlag, berlin. [14] wu x.-f., lilla, e. and zou, w.-s., (2002). a semi-infinite internal crack between two bonded dissimilar elastic strips, archive of applied mechanics, 72, pp. 630-636. [15] duduchava, r., krupnik, n. and shargorodsky, e., (1999). an algebra of integral operators with fixed singularities in kernels, integral equations and operator theory, 33(4), pp. 406-425. [16] junghanns, p. and rathsfeld, a., (2002). on polynomial collocation for cauchy singular integral equations with fixed singularities, integral equations and operator theory, 43(2), pp. 155-176. [17] savruk, m. p., osiv, p. n. and prokopchuk, i. v., (1989). numerical analysis in plane problems of the crack’s theory (in russian), naukova dumka, kyiv. [18] popov, v. g., (2012). a dynamic contact problem which reduces to a singular integral equation with two fixed singularities, journal of applied mathematics and mechanics, 76(3), pp. 348-357. [19] shabozov, m. sh., (1995). an approach to the investigation of optimal quadrature formulas for singular integrals with fixed singularity, ukrainian mathematical journal, 47(9), pp. 1479-1485. [20] sahakyan, a. v., (2011). method of discrete singularities for solution of singular integral and integro-differential equations, proceedings of a. razmadze mathematical institute, 156. t v. reut et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 82-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.07 93 [21] gabbasov, n. s., (2009). methods for solving an integral equation of the third kind with fixed singularities in the kernel, differential equations, 45(9), pp. 1341-1348. [22] capobianco, m. r., criscuolo, g. and junghanns, p., (2008). on the numerical solution of a hypersingular integral equation with fixed singularities, operator theory: advances and applications, 187, pp. 95-116. [23] guz, a.n., guz, i.a., men’shikov, a.v. and men’shikov, v.a., (2011). stress-intensity factors for materials with interface cracks under harmonic loading, int appl mech, 46, pp. 1093. doi: 10.1007/s10778-011-0401-1. [24] di cocco, v. and iacoviello, f., (2017). ductile cast irons: microstructure influence on the damaging micromechanisms in overloaded fatigue cracks, engineering failure analysis, 82, pp. 340-349. [25] toribio, j., gonzàles, b. and matos, j.c., (2017). crack tip field in circumferentially-cracked round bar (ccrb) in tension affected by loss of axial symmetry, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41, pp. 139-142, doi: 10.3221/igfesis.41.19. [26] peron, m., razavi, s.m.j., berto, f. and torgersen, j., (2017) notch stress intensity factors under mixed mode loadings: an overview of recent advanced methods for rapid calculation, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 42, pp. 196-204, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.42.21. [27] tokovyy, yu. and chien-ching ma, (2009). an explicit-form solution to the plane elasticity and thermoelasticity problems for anisotropic and inhomogeneous solids, international journal of solids and structured, 46, pp. 3850-3859. [28] vaysfel’d, n., kryvyi, o. and zhuravlova, z., (2016). on the stress investigation at the edge of the fixed elastic semistrip, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38, pp. 1-11. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.01. [29] vaysfel’d, n. d. and zhuravlova, z. yu., (2015). on one new approach to the solving of an elasticity mixed problem for the semi-strip, acta mechanica, 226(12), pp. 4159-4172. doi: 10.1007/s00707-015-1452-x. [30] popov, g.ya., (1982). the elastic stress' concentration around dies, cuts, thin inclusions and reinforcements(in russian), nauka, moskow. [31] vaysfel’d, n.d. and zhuravlova z.yu., (2018). two-dimensional mixed problem of thermoelasticity for a semistrip, journal of mathematical sciences, 228(2) 105-121. doi 10.1007/s10958-017-3609-8. [32] uflyand, ya. s., (1967). integral transformations in the problems of the elasticity theory (in russian), nauka, l.. [33] zhuravlova, z., (2017). stress analysis near the tips of a transverse crack in an elastic semi-strip, appl. math. mech. – engl. ed. doi: 10.1007/s10483-017-2217-6. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_12 i.llavori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.12 87 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture an all-in-one numerical methodology for fretting wear and fatigue life assessment i. llavori departamento de mecánica y producción industrial, escuela politécnica superior de mondragon unibertsitatea, loramendi 4, 20500, arrasate-mondragon, spain, illavori@mondragon.edu m.a. urchegui orona eic, orona ideo, jauregi bidea s/n, 20120, hernani, spain, maurchegui@orona-group.com w. tato, x. gomez departamento de mecánica y producción industrial, escuela politécnica superior de mondragon unibertsitatea, loramendi 4, 20500, arrasate-mondragon, spain, wtato@mondragon.edu, xgomez@mondragon.edu abstract. many mechanical components such as, bearing housings, flexible couplings and spines or orthopedic devices are simultaneously subjected to a fretting wear and fatigue damage. for this reason, the combined study on a single model of wear, crack initiation and propagation is of great interest. this paper presents an all-in-one 2d cylinder on flat numerical model for life assessment on coupled fretting wear and fatigue phenomena. in the literature, two stages are usually distinguished: crack nucleation and its subsequent growth. the method combines the archard wear model, a critical-plane implementation of the smith-watsontopper (swt) multiaxial fatigue criterion coupled with the miner-palmgren accumulation damage rule for crack initiation prediction. then, the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) via extended finite element method (x-fem) embedded into the commercial finite element code abaqus fea has been employed to determine the crack propagation stage. therefore, the sum of the two stages gives a total life prediction. finally, the numerical model was validated with experimental data reported in the literature and a good agreement was obtained. keywords. fretting; multiaxial fatigue; wear; crack propagation; x-fem. introduction any mechanical components such as, bearing housings, flexible couplings and spines or orthopedic devices are simultaneously subjected to a fretting wear and fatigue damage. fretting phenomenon arises when two bodies are in contact subjected to relative movement of small amplitude, producing damage to the contact surface [1]. depending on the magnitude of stresses, fretting phenomenon can cause catastrophic failure of such mechanical components. m i.llavori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.12 88 in general, the study of fretting is divided into two stages, the crack initiation and its subsequent propagation. on the one hand, due to the non-proportional multiaxial state of contact stress field, the use of multiaxial fatigue parameters has become a very popular technique for fatigue life assessment [2]. on the other hand, several studies analyses the propagation phase in terms of the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) for brittle materials. in this regard, works such as vázquez [3] employs analytical methods to estimate cycles to failure. other works like the one of giner et al. [4] studies the mechanics of the contact in presence of a crack in a single numerical model due to the advantage of the extended finite element method (x-fem) [5]. however, these studies are mainly focused in the partial slip regime where the removal of material is not important and therefore, do not need to employ wear simulation techniques. in the presence of wear, one of the most prominent works is presented by madge et al. [6]. first, the numerical simulation of the process of material removal using the abaqus fea user subroutine umeshmotion is performed. then, crack initiation analysis using the smith-watson-topper (swt) multiaxial fatigue parameter coupled with the miner-palmgren accumulation damage framework to account the effect of wear is carried out. finally, the propagation phase is analyzed via submodelling technique. this method allows to transfer the stress state of the contact surface from global wear model to crack submodel. consequently, the explicit interaction between the fretting contact and the crack can’t be modelled. the aim of this paper is to employ the x-fem methodology implemented by giner et al. [4] to explicitly model the interaction between the fretting contact and the crack, to explain the same set of numerical problems analyzed by madge et al. [4.] therefore, the developed method combines the archard wear model, a critical-plane implementation of the swt multiaxial fatigue criterion coupled with the miner-palmgren accumulation damage rule for crack initiation prediction, and the x-fem developed by giner et al. [7] in addition to the level set method (lsm) [8] in order to detect the extended elements, for crack propagation prediction. therefore, the sum of the two stages gives a total life prediction. review of wear, crack initiation and propagation criteria wear law criterion he wear simulation algorithm used in this work is the one presented by mccoll et al. [9] for 2d numerical model and used also by cruzado et al. [10] for 3d simulations. the simulation methodology is based on the archard wear law, an iterative process in which the local archard equation is resolved by means of the finite element contact stresses and slip distribution results. however, this process requires a high computational performance, therefore the cycle jump technique is employed [9,10], where it is made the assumption that wear remains constant over a small number of cycles. thus, the archard local equation (eq. 1) is defined as δh (x,t)=δn×k×p(x,t)×δs(x,t) (1) where δh(x,t), δn, k, p(x,t) y δs(x,t) are the incremental wear depth, the cycle jump, archard wear coefficient, the contact pressure and the relative slip for a specific point at specific time. the wear coefficient used in this work is based on the experimental results of magaziner et al. [11] which was estimated by mccoll et al. [9] and employed later by madge et al. [6]. crack nucleation criteria as it has been mentioned in the introduction, due to the non-proportional multiaxial state of stress field, the use of multiaxial fatigue parameters has become a popular technique. in this paper the swt (eq. 2) criterion [12] is used to predict the location, plane and cycles to crack nucleation.    b b cn n e 2 2f máx f f f f máx ´ swt 2 ´ ´ 2 2             (2) where σf´ is the fatigue strength coefficient, εf´ is the fatigue ductility coefficient, b is the fatigue strength exponent and c is the fatigue ductility exponent. the fatigue constants used in this paper are the same as the ones employed by madge et al. [6]. the stress state in the contact zone varies during the test due to wear phenomenon, thereby the swt value is different for each wear state. one of the most commonly used techniques to take into account these states is the damage accumulation rule of miner-palmgren (eq. 3), defined as t i.llavori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.12 89 k i ii n n1     , (3) where ω is the total accumulated damage (nucleation is defined to have occurred when the parameter reaches the value of 1), ni is the number of cycle completed in each wear stress state and ni is the theoretical number of cycles to failure predicted by the swt parameter for each wear stress state. in this paper, the implementation of the miner’s rule presented by cruzado et al. [13] has been employed. crack propagation criteria to estimate the second phase of the presented method, a crack growth law of the type da/dn = f(δk) based on the lefm has been used to determine the crack propagation rate. the model relies the correct calculation of the stress intensity factor (sif) on the x-fem, using the j integral through the interaction integral. thus, the effect of the crack/fretting-contact evolution can be analyzed in a single numerical model as shown by giner et al. [4]. the fracture constants used in this paper are the same as the ones employed by madge et al. [6]. in this work, it is assumed that the crack propagation takes place under mode i, e.g. δk = ki max, since ki min is almost 0 due to stress ratio being r = 0.03 and perpendicular to the initial contact surface. experimental test description he fretting fatigue experimental tests selected for comparison purpose is reported in the literature by magaziner et al. [11]. the test machine shown in fig. 1 consists of two servo-hydraulic actuators. the main actuator controlled the alternating axial load (σ) of the fatigue specimen, while the secondary actuator controlled the tangential load (q). thus, the test machine is capable to perform a combined fretting fatigue and wear test. the selected tests are 9a and 10a, and the amplitude of displacement between the fretted bodies are δ = 36 µm and δ = 104 µm respectively. figure 1: schematic of cylinder on flat fretting fatigue test configuration [11]. numerical model he model shown in fig. 2 has been developed in the commercial code abaqus fea. due to the typical fretting fatigue testing geometry, half the specimen has been modelled as in references [2,3,4,6]. the model consists of linear quadrilateral elements of 4 nodes (cpe4), with further refinement on the contact neighborhood by the partition technique. in order to obtain a precise slip distribution, the coulomb and the lagrange multipliers methods have been used to model the tangential contact. fig. 3 shows the developed coupled wear, crack initiation and crack propagation numerical flow chart. t t i.llavori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.12 90 figure 2: boundary condition of the numerical model. figure 3: flow chart showing computational sequence for numerical analysis. results ig. 7 illustrates the evolution of the von mises (vm) stress field at different stages of the δ = 36 µm amplitude displacement simulation (test 9a), when the maximum axial load is applied. the top left image corresponds to the unworn specimen at the start of the simulation. at this stage, the maximum vm peak stress (1348 mpa) lies at the right end of the contact, that is, on the side where the axial load is applied. the top right figure corresponds to the stress state prior to crack initiation, at 10,000 cycles. it is observed that the contact area is slightly bigger than the initial one, while the reduction of the maximum vm value is around 25% due to the contact stress redistribution originated by wear. f f mpc p δapp uy = 0 ux = 0 yes no 1.compute swt and miner damage 2.compute wear and set new geometry 3.interp. of miner’s damage to new node location start analysis: read data and generate mesh fem simulation generate crack segment and lsm analysis no yes x-fem simulation 1.compute stress intensity factor 2.compute crack propagation rate 3.compute wear and set new geometry end analysis failure? ω =1? i.llavori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.12 91 later, at 20,000 cycles the contact area increases and the right crack lip makes contact, while the crack propagates slowly due to the low value of sif. it should be mentioned that the black square zone shown in these pictures are the extended elements that represent numerically the crack. finally, the bottom right figure corresponds to the very end of the simulation, prior to the final rupture of the specimen. at this stage, the contact area remains almost the same, although the stress field changes due to the loss of local stiffness derived from the longer crack. figure 7: evolution of the vm stress field at different stages. top left: cycle 1; top right: 10,000 cycles; bottom left 20,000 cycles; bottom right 49,300 cycles. the left side of fig. 8 shows the miner’s damage evolution for the analyzed cases. on the one hand, the δ = 36 µm displacement amplitude simulation predicts crack nucleation at 10,300 cycles. on the other hand, the δ = 104 µm displacement amplitude simulation predicts no crack nucleation. the later reaches a maximum miner’s damage value of 0.2 at 3,000 cycles and it remains almost constant, with a slight downward slope due to the effect of contact pressure redistribution promoted by the removal of damaged material. the right side of fig. 8 shows the sif range as a function of completed cycles. as expected in the early phase, the crack propagation rate is slow due to the low sif value. later, the crack growth rate increases and it propagates until the complete rupture. the fracture toughness (kic) of the titanium alloy tested by magaziner et al. (ti-6al-4v solution treated and aged), available in the database of materials ces edupack 2010 [14], is comprehended between 82 and 100 mpam1/2. the numerical estimation of the fracture toughness value is reached approximately at 52000 cycles. nevertheless, the ultimate tensile strength (σuts) of the titanium alloy is reached before the fracture toughness, therefore it is concluded that the specimen rupture happens at 49300 cycles. finally, tab. 1 shows the comparison between experimental and numerical results. as it can be observed, the numerical model estimations are in very good agreement with the experimental data reported in reference [11]. i.llavori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.12 92 figure 8: left side: detailed view of the miner’s damage evolution to crack initiation. right side: estimated sif range vs. cycles in propagation. test experimental life numerical life prediction 9a (δ = 36 µm) 47,833 49300 10a (δ = 104 µm) >1,000,000a no crack prediction a test were stopped after 1 million cycles. table 1: comparison between experimental life and numerical prediction. conclusions n this work, an all-in-one 2d cylinder on flat numerical model that combines wear, crack initiation and propagation has been presented. the numerical results obtained in this work are in a very good agreement with the experimental data reported by magaziner et al. [11]. on the one hand, it has been shown that due to wear simulation the stress field on the fretted bodies changes, depending on the amplitude of displacement. therefore, it is concluded that the simulation of wear is a key element to assess correctly the life-span of the specimen under gross slip regime. on the other hand, due to the advantages of the x-fem, it is possible to study explicitly the interaction between the fretting contact and the existing crack in the presence of wear. in future work, this method will allow to study in great detail the evolution of the fretting contact at different stages under gross slip regime. acknowledgements he authors wish to thank departamento de educación, política lingüistica y cultura del gobierno vasco for their financial support to the project nusimco (ref. pi2013-23) through the program “proyectos de investigación básica y/o aplicada”. references [1] vingsbo, o., soderberg, d., on fretting maps, wear, 126 (1988) 131-147. i t i.llavori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 87-93; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.12 93 [2] navarro, c., muñoz, s., dominguez, j., on the use of multiaxial fatigue criteria for fretting fatigue life assessment, int. j. fatigue, 30 (2008) 32-44. [3] vázquez, j., efecto de las tensiones residuales en la fatiga por fretting. phd. thesis, universidad de sevilla, spain, (2009). [4] giner, e., navarro, c., sabsabi, m., tur, m., dominguez, j., fuenmayor, f.j., fretting fatigue life prediction using the extended finite element method, int. j. fatigue, 53 (2011) 217-225. [5] moës, n., dolbow, j., belytschko, t., a finite element method for crack growth without remeshing, int. j. numer. meth. eng., 46(1) (1999) 131-150. [6] madge, j.j., leen, s.b., shipway, p.h., a combined wear and crack nucleation-propagation methodology for fretting fatigue prediction, int. j. fatigue, 30 (2008) 1509-1528. [7] giner, e., sukumar, n., tarancon, j.e., fuenmayor, f.j., an abaqus implementation of the extended finite element method eng. fract. mech., 76 (2009) 347-368. [8] stolarska, m., chopp, d.l., möes, n., belytschko, t., modelling crack growth by level sets in the extended finite element method, int. j. numer. meth. eng., 51 (2001) 943-960. [9] mccoll, i.r., ding, j., leen, s.b., finite element simulation and experimental validation of fretting wear, wear, 256 (2004) 1114-1127. [10] cruzado, a., urchegui, m.a., gómez, x., finite element modeling and experimental validation of fretting wear scars in thin steel wires, wear, 289 (2012) 26-38. [11] magaziner, r., jin, o., mal, s., slip regime explanation of observed size effects in fretting, wear, 76 (2004) 347-368. [12] socie, d., marquis, g., multiaxial fatigue, sae book, warrendale, (2000). [13] cruzado, a., leen, s.b., urchegui, m.a., gómez, x., finite element simulation of fretting wear and fatigue in thin steel wires, int. j. fatigue, 55 (2013) 7-21. [14] ces edupack 2010. granta design. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_61_art_04_3490.docx h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 59 al2o3 and tio2 flux enabling activated tungsten inert gas welding of 304 austenitic stainless steel plates h. s. patil, d. c. patel mechanical engineering department, gidc degree engineering college, abrama, navsari, gujarat, india hspatil28@gmail.com, pateldcp@gmail.com abstract. gas tungsten arc welding (gtaw) is an important in manufacturing industries where it is significant to control the mechanical and metallurgical characteristics and its weld bead geometry. this research work has been committed to study the influence of oxide fluxes on welding of 4 mm thick 304 austenitic stainless steel plates. the al2o3 and tio2 were used as an oxide flux in powder form and are mixed with the acetone. the prepared mixture is then applied on bead plate without any joint preparation and without filler wire addition. the taguchi method with l9 orthogonal array has been used to determine the optimal weld process parameters. the current work aims to explore the influence of weld parameters on weld bead geometry (i.e. weld bead width, penetration and angular distortion), and mechanical and metallurgical characteristics for 304 stainless steel welds. the oxide flux seems to narrow the arc and thereby the current density increases at the anode spot, that results in high weld depth. keywords. atig; oxide flux; 304 stainless steel; weld morphology; angular distortion; mechanical characteristics. citation: patil h. s., patel d. c., al2o3 and tio2 flux enabling activated tungsten inert gas welding of 304 austenitic stainless steel plates, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 5968. received: 24.02.2022 accepted: 29.03.2022 online first: 14.04.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction taw (gas tungsten arc welding) is the most commonly used process for joining the stainless steel components. it is usually suitable for thin sheets due to its easier applicability, flexibility, and better economy and normally used for welding hard-to-weld metals such as stainless steels, aluminium, magnesium, copper and copper, and titanium [1-3]. austenitic stainless steels 304 are typically used in constructing the nuclear power plant because of their excellent combination of strength and ductility and high resistance to oxidation and corrosion. the main significant characteristics of the tig process are its good mechanical properties and high quality metallurgical welds. however, the tig welding process have a few limitations like low penetration depth, and beyond 3 mm work piece thickness it is necessary to perform edge preparation (chamfer) and addition of filler material by multi pass welding. cast-to-cast compositional variation in the base metal being welded also affected the tig welds [4, 5]. one of the most notable techniques for overcoming these limitations is the use of activating flux in the tig welding process. paton electric welding institute first proposed the activated tungsten inert gas (atig) welding process in the 1960s, which increases penetration [6-7]. activating flux is a suspension of inorganic material in a volatile medium. activating flux is made by g https://youtu.be/iuxhhkbatvm h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 60 combining powder ingredients such as chlorides, oxides, and fluorides with an ethanol solvent or acetone to create a paint-like constituent. a thin layer of activating flux was applied on to the surface of the work piece to be welded before weld operation [8-12]. activated tungsten inert gas (atig) welding significantly improves weld pool penetration and is typically accomplished by applying a thin layer of active flux composition on the surface of the metal substrate. for stainless steel material, atig improves over conventional gtaw by increasing joining thickness from 6 to 10 mm for single pass [13]. furthermore, compared with conventional tig welding, the refinement in microstructure and superior mechanical characteristics of the austenitic stainless steel weld joint have been also reported [14−15]. the activated flux may have two types of mechanisms, one based on the marangoni convection effect, and the other based on weld arc behaviour. heiple and roper [16-17] and heiple et al. [18] proposed surface active elements in the molten pool change the temperature coefficient of surface tension from negative to positive, thereby reversing the marangoni convection direction from outward to inward. as the direction of the fluid flow in the molten pool becomes inward, the joint penetration increases dramatically. lucas [19] and howse [20] associated the greater penetration of activated tig welding to a constriction of the arc. however, with respect to detailed components and proportions of the activated fluxes, very few literatures were reported, also due to limited data are available in literature about the action of weld arc and the mechanisms requires further investigation. information on these processes is essential to determine the tig penetration capability improvement function of the activated flux. as austenitic stainless steels have a high coefficient of thermal expansion and low thermal conductivity than carbon/alloy steel, it can induce a large amount of shrinkage and distortion after welding. determining the effect of the activated flux on weld distortion is essential to improving the performance of the stainless steel activated tig technique. hence, in current work, 4 mm thick 304 stainless steel plates were welded by atig method without groove preparation in a single pass, wherein the activated fluxes are self-developed and mainly consist of oxides, including tio2, al2o3. the investigation aimed to explore the atig welding of 304 stainless steel and to analyse the influence of oxide fluxes and weld factors on weld bead geometry (i.e. weld bead width, penetration and angular distortion), mechanical and metallurgical characteristics. information extracted from the experiments conducted in this study can be useful for the application in various manufacturing industries. materials and experimental methods he weight % chemical compositions and mechanical characteristics of austenitic stainless steel 304 listed in tab.1 were used in experimental analysis. in present study the plates were cut into strips of 150 x 75 mm of 4 mm in thickness, which were roughly polished with 240 grit flexible abrasive papers of silicon carbide to remove surface impurities, and then cleaned with acetone. prior to the tig welding process, activated flux was prepared by mixing powder forms of al2o3, tio2 with acetone and a thin layer less than 0.25 mm was brushed onto the surface of the weld to be welded. fig.1 shows schematic illustrations of mixing and coating of flux for tig welding process. to create bead on plate welds, autogenous tig welding was performed on 304 stainless steels. a machine-mounted torch with standard 2% thorium tungsten electrode of 3.2 mm diameter and high purity argon (15l/min) were fixed in all welds. the tip configuration of the electrode was a blunt point with a 450 include angle. tab.2 lists the weld process factors used in current study. c cr ni mn si p s fe tensile strength, mpa yield strength, mpa poisson’s ratio % elongation 0.06 18.67 8.53 1.89 0.42 0.032 0.06 bal. 605 290 0.25 32 table 1: chemical compositions (wt. %) and mechanical properties of austenitic stainless steel 304. figure 1: schematic diagram of mixing and coating of flux for tig welding. t h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 61 weld variables level-1 level-2 level-3 welding current (a) 180 200 220 welding voltage (v) 20 25 30 weld gap (mm) 0.5 0.75 1 table 2: welding process variables and experimental design levels of taguchi method. results and discussion influence of oxide fluxes on weld morphology n tig welding process, molten metal flow takes place from center to the edges as the surface tension at the center of the weld pool is lower than that at the edges. these results in the more content of melt distributing near the edges of wfs (weld fusion zone) than that in the center i.e. less depth and more width of the weld pool. when fluxes other than stable oxides like al2o3 are added, the marangoni effect reverses, resulting in a greater increase in weld depth and a much smaller decrease in bead width. the tig weld cross-sections with and without oxide fluxes for 4 mm thick stainless steel 304 plates are shown in fig.2 it has been observed that in a a-tig weld morphology, there is major variation in weld depth and bead width. with the use of tio2 oxide, the weld depth increases and the bead width decreases and have peanut shell type shape. with respect to conventional tig welding, there is highest improvement in the penetration capability function with the use of tio2 i.e. up to 115%. (a) oxide flux al2o3 d=1.31, w=6.12, d/w=0.21 (b) oxide flux tio2 d=3.45, w=5.91, d/w=0.58 (c) without oxide flux d=2.11,w=7.79, d/w=0.27 figure 2: influence of oxide fluxes on weld morphology. i h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 62 the weld depth to bead width ratio increased significantly with tio2 oxide tig welding, as shown in fig. 2. previous studies have shown that the greater weld depth-bead width ratio and a narrower heat-affected zone are characterized by high energy density of the heat source and high energy concentration during the tig welding process (21-22). although atig penetration hasn't been proven by a common mechanism, it has commonly been observed in tig welding that using activating flux can reduce the welding arc and therefore increase penetration (23-24). activating fluxes seem to have a more profound effect on the welding arc characteristic than on the fluid flow direction (23, 25-27). fig. 3 illustrates the central part of the welding arc clearly in a glowing zone occupying almost the entire length of the welding arc without flux and with tio2 composition. this zone is commonly considered the plasma column, which forms when the shielding gas is heated to ionize electrons and positively charged ions. plasma column anode spot (a) without oxide flux (b)oxide flux tio2 figure 3: arcing without flux and with tio2 . at the same current level, when the tio2-tig welding arc is compared to a conventional tig welding arc, the diameter of plasma column is narrowed. due to a narrowed plasma column, the current density in the arc root increases, resulting in a greater arc in the a-tig penetration than conventional tig. weld morphology can also be affected by anode spots. since the conductivity of the flux is much lower than that of the metal vapor and the melting point and boiling point of the flux are higher than that of the weld metal, metal evaporation occurs only in the central region of the weld arc where the temperature exceeds the dissociation temperature of flux compounds, thereby reducing the conductive region of the anode spot. it can also be seen that the anode spot is reduced with tig weld pools with tio2 in comparison to conventional tig welds at the same current level. according to the present findings, the plasma column and anode spot have major impacts in determining atig weld morphology. when atig welding is employed, the plasma column is constricting physically, the anode spot is reduced, and the heat source energy, and the electromagnetic force emitted from the weld pool are increased, producing relatively narrow and deep welds compared to conventional tig welding. further research is needed to understand the mechanism, but current research shows the potential impact of of specific flux on atig penetration. the al2o3 deteriorated penetration and excessive slag compared with conventional tig for 304 stainless steel welds. this can be seen in fig. 4 where the tig welding process with active flux, which contains al2o3 powder, seems unable to reduce the anode spot and constrict the plasma column, leading to a relatively wide and shallow morphology of the weld in comparison to conventional tig welding. the result can be attributed to the aluminium oxide particles in the weld pool during tig welding with al2o3 powder, as shown in fig.4. as tig welding with al2o3 produces fluid flow outwards from the center of the weld pool, the particle-free band will be formed along the edge of the weld pool, resulting in an arc wander. influence of oxide flux on angular distortion during the welding process, the weld metal and the adjacent base material expand and contract, causing distortion of the weld. because of the non-uniform shrinkage caused by uneven heating throughout the thickness of the joint plate during welding, an angular distortion appears in the weldment. h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 63 (a) plasmacolumn (b)anode spot (c)fluid layer figure 4: effect of al2o3 flux on welding arc and fluid flow. fig. 5 illustrates the influence of weld depth to plate thickness ratio on the angular distortion in stainless steel 304 with and without flux. it has clearly been shown that activated tig welding results in a reduction in angular distortion of the weldment. in tig welding with al2o3 flux, the weld depth is not greater than half the thickness of the plate. when the weld depth is shallow in comparison to the thickness of the plate, the angular distortion of the weldment decreases; however, as the ratio of weld depth to plate thickness increases, the angular distortion of the weldment without flux increases until a critical point is reached (weld depth to plate thickness ratio is equivalent to 0.5).however, when weld depth becomes greater than 50% of the thickness of the plate, angular distortion of the weldment decreases with tio2. with activated tig welding, we can experience a high degree of penetration into the joint and a high depth-width ratio, which indicates a high degree of energy concentration. figure 5: effect of weld depth to plate thickness ratio on angular distortion. due to the reduced quantity of heat source, the base material is not overheated, and thermal stresses and incompatible strains can be reduced due to our reduced heat source. this results in reduced angular distortions when welding stainless steel 304. h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 64 therefore, this result in a reduction in supplied heat source, which reduces the likelihood of overheating the base material and reduces the incidence of thermal stress and incompatible strain due to shrinkage in thickness and, therefore, can result in a reduction in 304stainless steel weldment angular distortions. influence of oxide fluxes on mechanical characteristics tensile test was carried out in 400 kn capacity mechanical controlled universal testing machine to determine the mechanical properties of the welded specimens. the test specimens used for tensile testing were cut from welded samples using water jet machine. the dimension of test specimen as per astm-e8 has been represented by fig.6. the experimental results for mechanical characteristics of tig weldments with and without activating fluxes are shown in fig.7. figure 6: tensile test specimens for welded samples (dimensions are in mm). it is obvious that the weldment produced by tig welding with tio2 and al2o3 has better mechanical qualities, such as ultimate tensile strength than the tig weldment produced without the activating flux. at all arc voltages, raising the welding current from 180 to 220a will affect and enhance the tensile strength, as shown in fig.7. figure 7: mechanical properties of tig welds. micro-indentation hardness test as per astm e-384:2006 has been used to measure the vickers hardness of welded joints. the vickers micro-hardness indenter is made of diamond in the form of a square-base pyramid. the test load applied was 100gm and the dwell time was 15 seconds. the indentations were made at midsection of the thickness of the plates across the joint. the experimental results for the hardness of the tig welds with and without flux are shown in fig.8. the findings revealed that the oxide flux had no discernible effect on the hardness of stainless steel weld metal. the crystal structure of austenite is cubic face-centered (fcc). the crystal structure of delta-ferrite is body-centered cubic h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 65 (bcc). the mechanical strength of the bcc structure is greater than that of the fcc structure. the delta-ferrite content in the weld metals is enhanced when tig welding with or without flux is employed, which has a good effect on enhancing the hardness of stainless steel welds. figure 8: hardness of tig welds. radiography analysis of atig weldments weld samples were subjected to x-ray radiographic inspection utilising a radiographic unit in accordance with asme section-viii div-i radiography standard techniques. the radioactive sources employed in the radiography test were 25ci and iridium ir192. the rt technique used was swsi, with a sensitivity of 2% and a development time of 5 minutes. the film utilised was agfa d-4, and the radiographs revealed several flaws in the welds. in both the oxides al2o3 and tio2, radiography investigation revealed a lack of penetration and insufficient fusion in tig welded joints, as illustrated in fig.9. figure 9: radiography of tig weld joints. h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 66 influence of flux on microstructures and delta-ferrite content the samples for optical microscopy were polished using grit silicon carbide paper. etching procedures were used to expose the underlying microstructural features. solutions used for etching titanium include a fresh keller etchant with composition 5ml hno3, 3ml hcl, 2ml hf and 190ml distilled water. the polished metallographic mount was etched in the solution from 40 to 50 seconds to reveal the microstructural features. the fracture surfaces were analysed using scanning electron microscopy. fig.10 depicts the microstructure of 304 stainless steel weld metal generated with and without flux, as well as the observed delta-ferrite content. the ferrite number was determined using a calibrating magnetic instrument. in this, stainless steel tig welds produced without flux, the delta-ferrite content from its initial value of 1.7 fn is increased to 6.8 fn. this is because most of the weld metal of austenitic stainless steel solidified as delta-ferrite phase. during the welding process, the cooling rate of the weld metal was so fast that the phase transformation from delta ferrite to austenite was not completed. as a result, more delta ferrite remains in the weld metal after solidification. on the other hand, when the oxide flux was used, the delta ferrite content of the activated tig weld metal increased slightly to 7.3 to 7.9 fn. the heat input during tig welding with and without flux is related to this result. the weld current was kept constant, and it was discovered that when the activated tig process was used, the arc voltage increased. since the calculated heat input is proportional to the measured arc voltage, the applied activation flux has the positive effect of increasing the length of the heat input unit of the weld. this high heat input raises the peak temperature of the weld seam, which can result in the formation of more delta ferrite in the activated tig weld metal. in all cases, the austenite matrix microstructure and vermicular delta ferrite morphology typical of this material class were found. however, there was no significant difference in the microstructure between conventional tig weld metal and activated tig weld metal. (a)without oxide flux (b)with oxide flux tio2 (c)with oxide flux al2o3 figure 10: microstructure and measured delta-ferrite content in 304 stainless steel weld. (a) with oxide flux tio2 (b) without oxide flux figure 11: sem images of fracture surface. h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 67 fracture can be described as a single body divided into pieces by the applied stress. for engineering materials, there are only two types of fracture: ductility and brittleness. the fracture mode of tig welding with oxide flux tio2 and no flux is ductile dimple fracture mode as shown in fig.11. conclusions his research paper conducted detailed experiments to systematically investigate the influence of oxide fluxes al2o3 and tio2 on weld morphology, angular distortion, delta-ferrite content, tensile strength and hardness when using the tig process to weld 4mm thick 304 stainless steel plates on weld different parameters. the experimental results and conclusions are summarized as follows: a. the use of tio2 resulted in significant increases in weld depth and decreases in bead width, as well as the greatest improvement function in penetration, whereas the use of al2o3 resulted in deterioration in penetration and excessive slag when compared to the conventional tig welding for a 304 stainless steel. b. when using atig welding, physically constricting the plasma column and reducing the anode spot, tends to increase the energy density of the heat source and electromagnetic force of the weld pool, resulting in a relatively narrow and deep weld morphology compared with the conventional tig welding. c. activated tig welding can increase joint penetration and ratio of weld depth to width, decreasing the angular distortion of weldment significantly. d. better mechanical characteristics are retained by atig weldment. e. a-tig welding can increase the retained delta-ferrite content of stainless steel welds. f. the optimum set parameters for oxide fluxes tio2 and al2o3 are 180a, 20v, 0.75 mm and 220a, 30v, 0.75 mm respectively giving better weld characteristics. conflict of interest he authors declare that there is no conflict of interests regarding the publication of this paper. nomenclature/symbols gtawgas tungsten arc welding atigactivated tungsten inert gas bccbody centered cubic fcccubic face centered fn-ferrite number swsi -single wall single image d-weld depth (mm) w-bead width (mm) references [1] cary, h. b. (1989). modern welding technology, prentice hall, englewood cliffs, new jersey. [2] olson, d. l., siewart, t. a., liu, s. and edwards, g. r. (1998). asm metals handbook vol. 6: welding, brazing, and soldering, 10th edition, asm international. [3] kou, s. (2003).welding metallurgy, libre digital, wiley, 2th ed. wiley india [4] huang, h. y., shyu, s., tseng, k-h. and chou, c. p. (2005). evaluation of tig flux welding on the characteristics of stainless steel, science and technology of welding and joining, 10(5), pp. 566–573. doi 10.1179/174329305x48329 t t h. s. patil et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 59-68; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.04 68 [5] shyu, s., huang, h. y., tseng, k-h. and chou, c. p. (2008). study of the performance of stainless steel a-tig welds, journal of materials engineering and performance, 17(2), pp. 197–201. doi: 10.1007/s11665-007-9139-7 [6] hdhibi, a. k., touileb, r. and djoudjou. (2018). effect of single oxide fluxes on morphology and mechanical properties of atig on 316 l austenitic stainless steel welds, 8(3), pp. 3064-3072. doi: 0.48084/etasr.2097 [7] makara, a. m., kushnirenko, b. n. and zamkov, v. n. (1968). high-tensile martensitic steels welded by argon tungsten arc process using flux. automatic welding, 7, pp. 78-79. [8] huang, h. y., shyu, s., tseng, k-h. and chou, c. p. (2006). effects of the process parameters on austenitic stainless steel by tig-flux welding. journal of material science technology; 22(3) pp. 367-374. doi: https://www.jmst.org/en/y2006/v22/i03/367 [9] lu, s. p., li, d. z., fujii, h. and nogi, k. (2007). time dependant weld shape in areo2 shielded stationary gta welding, journal material science tech, 23(5), pp. 650-654. doi://www.jmst.org/en/y2007/v23/i05/650 [10] tseng, k-h. and hsu, c. y. (2011). performance of activated tig process in austenitic stainless steel welds. journal material processing technology; 211(3), pp. 503-512. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.11.003 [11] chern, t. s., tseng, k-h. and tsai, h. l. (2011). study of the characteristics of duplex stainless steel activated tungsten inert gas welds. material design, 32(1), pp. 255-263. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2010.05.056 [12] gurevich, s. m., zamkov, v. n. and kushnirenko, n. a. (1965). improving the penetration of titanium alloys welded by argon tungsten arc process, avtomaticheskaya svarka, 9, pp. 1-4. [13] leconte, s., paillard, p., chapelle, p., henrion, g. and saindrenan, j. (2006). effect of oxide fluxes on activation mechanisms of tungsten inert gas process, science and technology of welding and joining; 11(4), pp.389-397. [14] rodrigues, a., loureiro, a. and batista, a. (2005). proceeding iiw international conference on benefits of new methods and trends in welding to economy: productivity and quality, 58th annual assembly and international conference of the iiw. prague, pp. 415–425. [15] palanichamy, p., vasudevan, m. and jayakumar, t. (2009). measurement of residual stresses in austenitic stainless steel welding joints using ultrasonic technology journal of science technology weld joining, 14(2), pp. 66–171. [16] heiple, c. r. and roper, j. r. (1981). effect of selenium on gtaw fusion zone geometry, welding journal, 60 (8), pp.143–145 [17] heiple, c. r. and roper, j. r. (1982). mechanism for minor element effect on gta fusion zone geometry, welding journal, 61 (4), pp. 97–102 [18] heiple, c. r., roper, j. r., stagner, r. t. and aden, r. j. (1983). surface active element effects on the shape of gta. laser and electron beam welds. welding journal. 62 (3), pp.72–77. [19] lucas, w. and howse, d. (1996). activating flux–increasing the performance and productivity of the tig and plasma processes. weld. met. fab. 64 (1), pp.11–17. [20] howse, d. s. and lucas, w. (2000). investigation into arc constriction by active fluxes for tungsten inert gas welding. sci. technol. weld. join. 5 (3), pp.189–193. [21] tseng, k-h. and chou, c.p. (2001). effect of pulsed gas tungsten arc welding on angular distortion in austenitic stainless steel weldments, science and technology of welding and joining, 6(3), pp. 149–153. doi: 10.1179/136217101101538686 [22] tseng, k-h. and chou, c.p. (2002). the effect of pulsed gta welding on the residual stress of a stainless steel weldment, j. mater. process. technol., 123, pp. 346–353. doi:10.1016/s0924-0136(02)00004-3 [23] huang, h. y., shyu, s., tseng, k-h. and chou, c. p. (2006). effects of the process parameters on austenitic stainless steel by tig-flux welding, journal of material science technology, 22(3), pp. 367–373. doi: https://www.jmst.org/en/y2006/v22/i03/367 [24] tanaka, m., shimizu, t., terasaki, h., ushio, m., koshi-ishi, f. and yang, c. l. (2000). effects of activating flux on arc phenomena in gas tungsten arc welding, science technology, welding joining, 2000, 5(6), pp. 397–402 [25] huang, h. y., shyu, s., tseng, k-h. and chou, c. p. (2005). evaluation of tig-flux welding on the characteristics of stainless steel, science technology, welding joining, 10(5), pp. 566–573 [26] huang, h. y., shyu, s., tseng, k-h. and chou, c. p. (2005). effect of a-tig welding on the morphology of stainless steel welds, proceedings of 7th international conference on trends in welding research, asm international. [27] sathiya, p. s., aravinda, p. m., ajith, b. and arivazhagan, a. (2010).microstructural characteristics on bead on plate welding of aisi 904 l super austenitic stainless steel using gas metal arc welding process, engineering, science and technology, 2(6), pp. 189-199. doi: 10.4314/ijest.v2i6.63710. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_31 s. tarasovs et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 271-277; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.31 271 focussed on crack paths modelling of the fracture toughness anisotropy in fiber reinforced concrete s. tarasovs, j. krūmiņš, v. tamužs institute of polymer mechanics, university of latvia, aizkraukles st. 23, riga, lv-1006, latvia tarasov@pmi.lv abstract. steel fiber reinforced concrete is potentially very promising material with unique properties, which currently is widely used in some applications, such as floors and concrete pavements. however, lack of robust and reliable models of fiber reinforced concrete fracture limits its application as structural material. in this work a numerical model is proposed for predicting the crack growth in fiber reinforced concrete. the mixing of the steel fibers with the concrete usually creates nonuniform fibers distribution with more fibers oriented in horizontal direction, than in vertical. simple numerical models of fiber reinforced concrete require a priori knowledge of the crack growth direction in order to take into account bridging action of the fibers, which depends on the fibers orientation. in proposed model user defined elements are used to calculate the bridging force during the course of the analysis when the crack starts to grow. cohesive elements were used to model the crack propagation in the concrete matrix. in cohesive zone model the cohesive elements are embedded between all solid elements to simulate the arbitrary crack path. the bridging effect of the fibers are modeled as nonlinear springs, where the stiffness of the springs is defined from experimentally measured pull-out force and the angle between the fiber and crack opening direction. keywords. fiber reinforced concrete; fracture; cohesive elements. introduction n recent years concrete reinforced by short steel fibers became very popular material in such applications as floors and concrete pavements. however, lack of robust and reliable models of fiber reinforced concrete fracture, limits its application as structural material. the fracture of fiber reinforced concrete is complex phenomenon occurring at different length scales. different models were proposed in the last years for the prediction of the fracture process in the fiber reinforced concrete. one of the most common approaches is cohesive zone model where the traction-separation law for the fiber-reinforced concrete is derived by averaging the pull-out forces of all fibers crossing the fracture plane [1]. such models work well for sufficiently homogeneous distribution of fibers and in situations, where direction of crack growth can be predicted a priori. more complex models, which take into account the effect of individual fibers, may be necessary in other cases. only few works with such models were published recently. the 2d and 3d lattice model with cement matrix, aggregates and discrete steel fibers was used in [2] to simulate the fracture behavior of fiber-reinforced concrete. cunha et al. [3] used 3d smeared crack model to simulate concrete cracking and the truss elements were used to model the bridging action of steel fibers. radtke et al. [4] used the damage model for matrix material and the steel fibers were indirectly modeled as traction forces i s. tarasovs et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 271-277; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.31 272 mapped to the neighbor nodes of the background mesh. in this approach the mesh refinement around fibers is not necessary and the total number of degrees of freedom in the system remains unchanged. in present work two-scale numerical approach within finite element framework is proposed. the concrete matrix fracture is simulated using cohesive zone model. the cohesive elements in current model are embedded between all solid elements, as a result the crack growth direction is chosen automatically during the analysis, minimizing the potential energy of the model. the effect of reinforcing fibers is modeled using non-linear spring elements, connecting nodes of neighboring solid elements at the location of the fiber. the properties of the spring elements are defined using experimentally obtained pull-out characteristics of single fibers embedded in concrete matrix at different angles. this model allows to simulate the initiation and propagation of the crack, taking into account the non-uniform spatial distribution of reinforcing fibers. finite element model omplex nature of the reinforced concrete failure, involving the cracking of the concrete matrix and steel fiber debonding from concrete matrix and pull-out, does not allow to model this process explicitly. therefore simplified two-scale approach within the framework of finite element method was used. two major mechanisms of fracture, matrix cracking and fiber pull-out were modeled independently. the approach suggested in [5] was used to model the fracture of the heterogeneous concrete material without prior knowledge of the crack path. in this model the cohesive elements are embedded between all solid elements, thus allowing automatic formation of the fracture surface during the simulations. in-house perl script was written for the cohesive elements embedding procedure. input file generated by the finite element code abaqus and containing solid 3d model with defined surfaces, sets and boundary conditions is automatically transformed into new modified model with cohesive elements embedded between solid elements in the middle part of the specimen, where the crack is expected to grow. the procedure of cohesive elements embedding is shown in fig. 1: at first solid elements are separated by creating duplicate nodes with the same coordinates, then these elements are connected by zerothickness cohesive elements. the procedure takes care of converting all predefined sets, surfaces and boundary conditions, using new nodes, and generates new input file, which can be directly solved by abaqus explicit solver. figure 1: procedure of embedding cohesive elements: original fe mesh; separated elements with duplicate nodes; cohesive elements embedded between all solid elements. due to small size and large number of steel fibers, the fibers are not modeled explicitly. the fibers bridging action is approximately modeled by a number of non-linear springs, embedded into finite element mesh at the fibers location. the same perl script randomly distributes steel fibers in the specimen’s volume, taking into account experimentally measured orientation of fibers [6], finds the elements faces, crossing the fiber, and connects these faces with non-linear spring elements, as shown in fig. 2. the spring’s stiffness takes into account the fiber pull-out forces, obtained experimentally or using some simplified analytical model [7]. in many situations the general crack growth direction is known a priori and the angle between the fiber and pulling force and, therefore, the spring’s stiffness, can be estimated before the analysis. however, if the crack growth direction is not known, the spring’s stiffness has to be determined during the analysis, taking into account the local crack opening direction and fiber orientation, as shown in fig. 3. this can be done using user defined element or similar approach, depending on finite element software used. c s. tarasovs et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 271-277; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.31 273 figure 2: steel fiber modeling by non-linear springs. figure 3: determination of the fiber orientation angle. experimental part ver decades many works have shown the advantages of fiber reinforced concrete (frc)[8]. in frc the amount and shape of the steel fibers plays an important role on composites mechanical properties. in this study 2% volume fraction of “hook-end” steel fibers is chosen. commercially available steel fibers he 75/50 were used with geometrical parameters shown in tab. 1 and fig. 4. fiber diameter, d 0.75 ± 0.04 mm fiber length, l 50.0 ± 3 mm hook length, l and l’ 1 – 4 mm table 1: parameters of hooked steel fiber used in experiments. figure 4: geometry of steel fiber he 75/50 used in experiments. it is well known that fibers orientation has large effect on the structural strength of fiber-reinforced concrete [9], [10]. in order to evaluate single fiber and matrix interfacial properties, single fiber pull-out tests (sfpt) were performed. the fibers embedded in half of total fiber length (l) were located at different angles (0, 20, 40 and 60 degrees) according to the o s. tarasovs et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 271-277; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.31 274 applied load. as was shown in previous studies, the embedded depth of the “hook-end” fiber (h) has relatively small effect on the pull-out force [11, 12]. experimental scheme and resulting pull-out force are shown in fig. 5. experimental pull-out curves show that maximal pull-out load is achieved at 40 degrees, other authors have shown, that the maximum peak load is attained at 45 degree inclination [13]. lower stiffness and increased displacement at maximal force for fibers embedded in 60 degree could be explained by matrix spalling and fiber bending. figure 5: experimental scheme and single fiber pull-out force at different angles. in present work 3-point and 4-point bending tests were used to characterize concrete elements reinforced by steel fibers. 3-point bending tests were used to determine mechanical properties of plain concrete. in order to evaluate the influence of steel fibers on concrete strength, four-point-bending tests with larger specimens were conducted. 3-point and 4-point bending test are schematically shown in fig 6. commercially available concrete matrix “sakret c25” (compressive strength 25 mpa) was used to mix the specimens, with maximal grain diameter equal 8mm and water content 1l/10kg. specimens were tested 28 days after material mixing. figure 6: geometry and loading scheme of a) 3-point bending test, b) 4-point bending test. dimensions of specimens are shown in tab. 2. specimens had an initial crack with length 2a0. the results of 3-point bending tests are shown in fig. 7. these curves were used to estimate cohesive properties of plain concrete and the numerical curve also shown in fig. 7. for the current simulations bi-linear softening curve was used to model the tractionseparation law of cohesive elements with fracture energy gic=150 j/m2. s. tarasovs et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 271-277; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.31 275 3-point bending test (fig. 2a) 2h height , cm 7.5 2b width, cm 7.5 2w length, cm 30 2a0 initial crack length, cm 2 2l support separation, cm 28 4-point bending test (fig. 2b) 2h height, cm 15 2b width, cm 15 2w length, cm 60 2a0 initial crack length, cm 4 2l support separation, cm 45 2x load separation, cm 15 table 2: geometrical parameters of the specimen. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0.e+00 2.e-05 4.e-05 6.e-05 8.e-05 1.e-04 cod, mm l o a d , n experiment fem figure 7: load-crack opening displacement diagram of a three point bending test for plain concrete beam. numerical and experimental curves. results of numerical simulations s an example the wedge splitting test [14] will be simulated using proposed approach. the specimen’s size is 202030 cm with initial crack depth equal 15 cm. previous studies show [15], that due to vibration during specimen’s preparation stage, the fibers tend to be aligned horizontally and there are much less vertical fibers. this deviation from uniform random distribution creates anisotropy of the fracture toughness of the fiber reinforced concrete. as a result, the crack may grow in unexpected direction and simple models are unable to predict such behavior. fig. 8 shows two possible modes of failure of plain concrete and fiber reinforced concrete. the plain concrete has isotropic fracture toughness and crack typically grow downward, as it is expected. in the fiber reinforced concrete the horizontal cracks are more favorable, and in some situations the crack may turn and grow toward the side of the specimen. to prevent such behavior, deeper initial notch and/or side grooves can be used. proposed numerical model was used to simulate the failure of notched fiber reinforced concrete specimen in 4-point bending tests (fig. 9). the results of simulation are shown in fig. 10, compared with experimental curves. the numerical results show substantially higher reinforced concrete strength, which can be explained by the fibers interaction and nonuniform distribution of fibers in the specimen. the numerical model does not take into account the interaction between individual fibers: when fibers are located too close to each other, the total pull-out force could be less, than the sum of forces of individual fibers, which was measured in single fiber pull-out test. a s. tarasovs et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 271-277; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.31 276 figure 8: possible failure modes of plain concrete (on the left) and fiber reinforced concrete (on the right). figure 9: simulation of the fiber reinforced concrete specimen failure in 4-point bend test. 0.0e+00 5.0e+03 1.0e+04 1.5e+04 2.0e+04 2.5e+04 3.0e+04 0.0e+00 5.0e-04 1.0e-03 1.5e-03 2.0e-03 cod, mm l o a d , n experiment fem figure 10: load-crack opening displacement diagram of a four point bending test for steel fiber reinforced concrete. numerical and experimental curves. s. tarasovs et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 271-277; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.31 277 conclusion n this work a two-scale finite element model is proposed for the simulation of the fiber reinforced concrete failure. the model uses cohesive elements to simulate the cracking of the concrete matrix, whereas the bridging action of steel fibers is approximated by non-linear springs, connecting the nodes on the opposite faces of the crack. the stiffness of these non-linear spring elements directly takes into account the orientation of individual fibers and crack growth direction, allowing to model anisotropy of the fracture toughness of fiber reinforced concrete. the results of simulations show that the spatial distribution of fibers orientations may have substantial effect on the crack propagation direction. acknowledgement his work has been funded by the latvian ministry of education and science via project nr. 214/2012. references [1] jones, p.a., austin, s.a., robins, p.j., predicting the flexural load–deflection response of steel fibre reinforced concrete from strain, crack-width, fibre pull-out and distribution data, mater. struct., 41 (2007) 449–463. [2] kozicki, j., tejchman, j., effect of steel fibres on concrete behavior in 2d and 3d simulations using lattice model, arch. mech., 62 (2010) 465–492. [3] cunha, v.m.c.f., barros, j.a.o., sena-cruz, j.m., an integrated approach for modelling the tensile behaviour of steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete, cem. concr. res., 41 (2011) 64–76. [4] radtke, f.k.f., simone, a., sluys, l.j., a computational model for failure analysis of fibre reinforced concrete with discrete treatment of fibres, eng. fract. mech., 77 (2010) 597–620. [5] xu, x.-p., needleman, a., numerical simulations of fast crack growth in brittle solids, j. mech. phys. solids, 42 (1994) 1397–1434. [6] tarasovs, s., zile, e., tamuzs, v., experimental and numerical investigation of steel fiber reinforced concrete fracture, proc. of 19th european conference on fracture, kazan, russia, 26-31 (2012) 6. [7] zīle, e., zīle, o., effect of the fiber geometry on the pullout response of mechanically deformed steel fibers, cem. concr. res., 44 (2013) 18-24. [8] zollo, r.f., fiber-reinforced concrete: an overview after 30 years of development, cem. concr. compos., 19 (1997) 107-122. [9] ferrara, l., ozyurt, n., prisco, m., high mechanical performance of fibre reinforced cementitious composites: the role of “casting-flow induced” fibre orientation, mater. struct., 44 (2011) 109–128. [10] barnett, s.j., lataste, j.-f., parry, t., millard, s.g., soutsos, m.n., assessment of fibre orientation in ultra high performance fibre reinforced concrete and its effect on flexural strength, mater. struct., 43 (2009) 1009–1023. [11] robins, p., austin, s., jones, p., pull-out behaviour of hooked steel fibres, mater. struct., 35 (2002) 434–442. [12] cunha, v.m.c.f., barros, j.a.o. & sena-cruz, j.m., pullout behavior of steel fibers in self-compacting concrete, j. mater. civ. eng., 22 (2010) 1–10. [13] morton, j., groves, g.w., the cracking of composites consisting of discontinuous ductile fibres in a brittle matrix effect of fibre orientation, j. mater. sci., 9 (1974) 1436-1445. [14] bruhwiler, e., wittman, f. h., the wedge splitting test, a new method of performing stable fracture mechanics tests, eng. fract. mech., 35 (1990) 117–125. [15] robins, p., austin, s., jones, p., spatial distribution of steel fibres in sprayed and cast concrete, mag. concr. res., 55 (2003) 225–235. i t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_40_3734.docx a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 585 justification of fracture criteria for salt rocks a. baryakh, a. tsayukov mining institute of the ural branch of the russian academy of sciences, russia bar@mi-perm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0003-2737-6166 andrei.tsayukov@mi-perm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-9982-4776 abstract. the study of salt rocks deformation and fracture processes is an essential part of mining parameters justification for mineral salt deposits. the results of uniaxial compression tests on large salt rock specimens are presented as a loading curve and diagrams of the transverse-longitudinal displacements at various distances from the side faces. based on an isotropic elastoplastic model, a multivariant numerical simulation was performed. its purpose was to select fracture criteria that accurately describe the loading diagram of specimen and its transverse-longitudinal deformations. the following fracture criteria are considered: tresca with the associated plastic flow rule, the associated and non-associated mohr-coulomb, the parabolic analogue of mohr-coulomb criterion and the volumetric fracture criterion. numerical simulation was carried out by the displacement-based finite element method. three-dimensional hexahedral eight-node isoparametric elements were used for discretization of the solution domain. it has been established that within the elastoplastic model of media the process of uniaxial compression of a large cubic salt rock specimen is adequately described by the linear mohr-coulomb fracture criterion with the non-associated plastic flow, as well as by the associated volumetric parabolic yield criterion with the linear isotropic hardening. keywords. salt rocks; elastoplasticity; fracture criteria; mathematical modeling; finite element method. citation: baryakh, a., tsayukov, a, justification of fracture criteria for salt rocks, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601. received: 03.08.2022 accepted: 12.09.2022 online first: 14.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction alt rocks are classified as quasi-plastic geomaterials as they show pronounced rheological properties and specific response to various external impacts [1-4]. the study of their behavior under loading is essential part of the mining parameters justification for mineral salt deposits [5–7]. a significant part of the experimental studies of deformation and fracture processes for salt rocks under various loading conditions is associated with the formulation of their phenomenological models [8–10] and fracture criteria [11, 12]. as a rule, the choice of optimal fracture criteria is limited by a set of representative strength characteristics of the material. due to structural heterogeneity of salt rocks two indicators are usually used: uniaxial compressive (c) and tensile (t) strength. s https://youtu.be/idom9u_uxva a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 586 in this regard, the strength of salts is mainly described by the linear mohr-coulomb criterion [13] or its parabolic analogue [14]. these criteria generally provide an acceptable assessment of the ultimate stress-strain state of salt rocks. it should be noted that laboratory experiments are rarely used to set up mathematical models describing the stability of mining structures and predicting changes in their state over time. such studies are a kind of analogue of physical modeling even in the case of non-compliance with the similarity criteria [15]. in [16], for operational control of the inter-chamber pillars state, which ensures the support of an overlying rock strata during mining of salts, it was proposed to use their transverse deformation. by means of mathematical modeling a preliminary estimation of the critical transverse deformation rate for inter-chamber pillars was given. in order to refine the deformation and fracture model for pillars and their parametric support, a series of tests on uniaxial compression of large cubic salt specimens of 300 × 300 × 300 mm in size was carried out [17]. fine-grained sylvinite from verkhnekamsk potash deposit was used. its average grain size was 2-3 mm. the test scheme is shown in fig. 1a. during the strain-controlled testing under the perfect adhesion the absolute longitudinal deformation was recorded and the displacements in the middle cross section were measured at various distances from the side faces. to study the development of transverse deformations, special deep marks inside the specimen and contour mark on a side face were fixed. specimen deformations and displacement of marks during testing were controlled using a non-contact three-dimensional optical system vic-3d from “correlated solutions”. horizontal displacements of marks 0, 5, and 10 cm were measured relative to the central point of 15 cm distance from a specimen’s side face (fig. 1a). the absolute longitudinal deformation of specimen corresponded to its height change. load-longitudinal deformation and transverse deformation-longitudinal deformations curves at various distances from a side face was obtained based on the test results for large specimens (fig. 1, b, c). this information provides an experimental basis for formulation of fracture model for a salt specimen. the purpose of the presented study is to justify fracture criteria and fracture parameters which simultaneously describe the loading diagram of the salt specimen and its transverse-longitudinal deformations (fig. 1, b, c) by means of multivariant mathematical modeling. figure 1: test scheme for a salt specimen (a), average loading diagram (b) and transverse-longitudinal deformations (c) [17]: 1—0 cm from a side face of the specimen, 2—5 cm from a side face, 3—10 cm from a side face. a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 587 mathematical model he mathematical description of salt deformation was based on an isotropic elastoplastic model of media [18]. elastic straining was described by hooke's law. the plasticity (yielding) was determined by the yield function a( , , )  and plastic flow potential a( , , )  in general case, the arguments are: the stress tensor—, the isotropic hardening parameter—, and a set of material internal state variables and constants—. the yield surface is defined as 0  (1) plastic straining was described by the evolution equation [19] p       (2) where  p and  are the plastic strain tensor and the plastic multiplier, respectively. associated flow rule states that yield function and plastic potential are identical    (3) and the normality condition (kuhn-tucker condition) is satisfied [18]. in the case of perfect plasticity, the yield surface (1) does not change its shape. so, only the stress tensor and the set of material constants remain as arguments of (1): a( , ) 0  (4) the implementation of isotropic hardening implied a dimensionless approach (strain hardening) [19], in which the evolution of the parameter  depends on the evolution of the accumulated plastic strain: p   (5) where  is the euclidean norm. only compressive plastic strain was taken into account. no additional response to the plastic tension was assumed. hence, the evolution of the isotropic hardening parameter is written: p   (6) where the minus sign in the subscript indicates the negative (compressive) part of the plastic strain rate tensor. the positive components vanish. isotropic hardening of the yield surface was taken into account by internal state variables. in other words, the set of material parameters and constants is a function , and therefore,  p. thus, the yield surface eqn. (4) takes the form:  a p, ( ) 0   (7) the numerical implementation of the mathematical model described above was carried out by the displacement-based finite element method. three-dimensional hexahedral eight-node isoparametric elements with eight integration points were used t a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 588 for meshing of the solution domain [19]. the solution domain (300 × 300 × 300 mm) was meshed by cubic elements with 10 mm side. the boundary conditions corresponded to the performed tests (fig. 1). on the lower face of cubic specimen, the vertical displacements were fixed (assumed to be zero). horizontal displacements along the perimeter of the upper and lower faces were constrained as well (the perfect adhesion was observed). vertical displacements corresponding to the loading conditions were set on the upper face of the specimen. the elastoplastic relations were solved using the modified newton-raphson scheme with a constant stiffness matrix. some fracture/plasticity criteria have a plane yield surface representation (e.g., tresca, mohr-coulomb) due to the assumption that the middle principal stress does not contribute to material fracture. in this case, such yield surfaces were described via the multi-surface representation in the principal stress space [18]   a a ! 1 | ( , ) 0, , ( , ) 0 n i j i j i          (8) where n is the dimension of the principal stress space. obviously, at the intersection of yield surfaces, the yield function and the plastic potential lose their continuous differentiability within the general yield surface, and it is impossible to explicitly determine the plastic flow direction. for such kind of singularities, the evolution of plastic strain was represented as a linear combination (koiter’s generalization) [20,21]: p , 1, 2, ,ii i i m         (9) where m is the number of yield surfaces meeting at the apex/edge of the general yield surface. numerical integration of the plastic constitutive relations was performed using the return-mapping algorithm, in particular, the tangent cutting plane (tcp) algorithm [18,20]. its essence is the linearization of the surface function (7) around the current stress state  kk:                    a a a κ a κ a, , ( , ) n : 0 n , k k k k k k k k k k (10) where k is the iteration number of tcp algorithm,  is the increment, and  denotes the product of the appropriate type. using explicit euler scheme in the context of return-mapping increments the following relations can be obtained a a a h κ 1 1 d : nk k k k k k k k                   (11) substitution them into (10) gives the expression for the plastic multiplier increment in closed form: κ h κn : d : n k k k k k k k        (12) in general, d denotes the fourth-order elasticity tensor (dk = const, since the modified newton-raphson scheme is used), h is the generalized hardening modulus, n =  is the plastic flow direction, is the generalization of the isotropic hardening parameter . for the associated plastic flow, ñ and n coincide. substitution (12) in (11) allows us to determine the new stress state  k+1k+1. tcp algorithm starts from the trial solution at k = 0 a a0 0 trial trial{ , } { , }  (13) a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 589 the iterative process continues until the convergence condition is satisfied ( , )k k  a (14) where  is a prescribed positive value close to zero. it should be noted that for linear yield surfaces, single iteration is sufficient for the tcp algorithm to be converged. the multi-surface representation (8) and the corresponding plastic flow vector (9) lead to the solution of m eqns. (10) for  within single iteration. the spectral decomposition of the symmetric stress tensor [18] is used for convenience of applying the return-mapping algorithm 1 p j j j      e (15) where  j are the principal stresses (eigenvalues), e j are the corresponding eigenprojections, and p is the number of distinct eigenvalues. yield criteria tresca criterion he tresca strength criterion [18, 20] is mainly used to describe the plastic straining of metals and, a priori, is not suitable for rocks. here, it is analyzed only for comparative purposes. in the principal stress space, the tresca criterion is written as: max min 1 ( ) 2 y    (16) where  max and  min are the major and minor principal stresses, respectively, and  y is the shear yield stress. here and below the tensile stress is implied to be positive. expression (16) can also be written as a yield function: max min( , )y y        (17) where  y = 2 y is the uniaxial yield stress. the set a here contains the single parameter  y, which denotes the material strength. in this case, the uniaxial compression strength  c was assumed as the yield strength. the tresca yield surface is shown in fig. 2. the multi-surface representation reads: 1 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 1 4 3 1 5 3 2 6 1 2 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) c c c c c c c c c c c c                                                       (18) the spectral decomposition (15) allows the consideration to be concentrated on the sextant  1 >  2 >  3. so, only three surfaces from (18) can be used in the return-mapping algorithm—1,2,6. the choice of the target edge (12 or 16) in case of the yielding from the edge of the yield surface was performed using the approach proposed in [18]. the associated plastic flow was accepted. the corresponding parameters of the tcp algorithm in the principal stress space are: t a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 590       1 1 2 2 6 6 n n 1 0 1 n n 0 1 1 n n 1 1 0 t t t t t t             (19) figure 2: the tresca yield surface. since set a for the tresca criterion consists of single element  c, the hardening was implemented by its variation. for simplicity, the linear relation is assumed a c c h       p p p ,0( ) ( ) (20) where  c,0 is the initial uniaxial compression strength, and h is the hardening modulus of stress dimension. thus, the tcp algorithm parameters associated with hardening take the form:      κ η κ 1 n h (21) the results of numerical simulation of the specimen loading, based on the associated tresca yield criterion, are shown in fig. 3. the selected mechanical and criterion parameters are presented in tab. 1. young’s modulus, gpa poisson’s ratio uniaxial compressive strength, mpa hardening modulus, gpa 6.7 0.3 22 0.6 table 1: salt specimen parameters (associated tresca). it can be seen that the simulated results are in a reasonable agreement with the experimental at the elastic stage, as well as at the plastic one, starting from approximately 2000–2100 kn of load level. as expected, the distribution of transverse deformations over the width of the cubic specimen does not correspond to the test values. according to the associated tresca plastic flow, insufficient transverse deformations are obtained. this is due to the fact that the tresca criterion does a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 591 not depend on the hydrostatic stress (pressure-insensitive) and plastic flow occurs only in the deviatoric plane. volumetric plastic strain is neglected. figure 3: simulation results (associated tresca yield criterion with hardening). mohr-coulomb criterion the classical mohr-coulomb yield criterion [13,18,20] is often used to describe the mechanical behavior of soils, rocks, and concrete. unlike tresca, the mohr-coulomb criterion is pressure-sensitive. in the mohr axes, the criterion is represented as a linear relation y nc    tan (22) in expression (22),  y is the shear yield stress, c is the cohesion,  is the frictional angle, and  n is the normal stress, a positive value of which indicates tension. the corresponding yield function in the principal stress space is written as:  c c            max min max min,{ , } ( )sin 2 cos (23) similar to the tresca criterion, the mohr-coulomb yield surface has a multi-surface representation:             c c c c c c c c c c c c                                                                                    1 1 3 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 1 3 1 5 3 2 3 2 6 1 2 1 2 ,{ , } ( )sin 2 cos ,{ , } ( )sin 2 cos ,{ , } ( )sin 2 cos ,{ , } ( )sin 2 cos ,{ , } ( )sin 2 cos ,{ , } ( )sin 2 cos (24) the set a contains two parameters c. the yield surface in the principal stress space is illustrated in fig. 4. for numerical simulation of the salt specimen loading, the plastic flow was assumed to be associated, and the material was perfectly plastic. the corresponding tcp algorithm parameters in principal stresses are:       t t t t t t                      1 1 2 2 6 6 n n 1 sin 0 1 sin n n 0 1 sin 1 sin n n 1 sin 1 sin 0    . (25) a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 592 figure 4: the mohr-coulomb yield surface. it should be noted that volumetric plastic strain rate is positive in this case, i.e. the material is dilatant. all hardening-related parameters of the tcp algorithm are missing. the results of numerical simulation are illustrated in fig. 5. the corresponding mechanical and criterion parameters of the simulation are presented in tab. 2. young’s modulus, gpa poisson’s ratio cohesion, mpa frictional angle, deg 6.7 0.3 4.5 30 table 2: salt specimen parameters (associated mohr-coulomb) figure 5: simulation results (associated mohr-coulomb yield criterion). as can be seen, the simulated loading curve of perfectly plastic straining quite accurately describes all stages of the loading diagram. at the same time, the calculated transverse deformations of the cubic specimen exceed experimental results. this behavior is typical for the associated mohr-coulomb plastic flow [8, 12]. a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 593 this problem is solved by non-associated flow rule. an additional parameter is introduced—the dilatancy angle   . in other words, the frictional angle in plastic flow potential is replaced by the dilatancy angle:         a a c c             , ,{ , } , ,{ , } (26) hence, ñ  n:                                                    1 1 2 2 6 6 n 1 sin 0 1 sin , n 1 sin 0 1 sin n 0 1 sin 1 sin , n 0 1 sin 1 sin n 1 sin 1 sin 0 , n 1 sin 1 sin 0 t t t t t t (27) now, by varying the angle , the dilatancy level is adjusted. the limit case, when   0, means the absence of dilatancy, which corresponds to tresca's plastic flow. young’s modulus, gpa poisson’s ratio cohesion, mpa frictional angle, deg dilatancy angle, deg 6.7 0.3 4 35 18 table 3: salt specimen parameters (non-associated mohr-coulomb) figure 6: simulation results (non-associated mohr-coulomb yield criterion). the results of simulation using the non-associated mohr-coulomb yield criterion (26) are illustrated in fig. 6. the selected parameters of the simulation are shown in tab. 3. it can be seen that the calculated and experimental curves almost coincide. the evolution of transverse deformations qualitatively corresponds to the test. parabolic envelope of mohr circles/rankine recently, the so-called parabolic fracture criteria have become popular. there are a significant number of them [11,12]. their use is complicated by large number of parameters. one of the frequently applied parabolic criteria in rock strength certificates (including salts) is the parabolic envelope of mohr circles [14]. it assumes that the mohr circles under uniaxial compression and tension are tangent to the envelope. in this regard, the criterion has the following form in the mohr coordinates: y np q   2 (28) a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 594 where the parabola coefficients are written as   ct tt p r q r r         2 2 1 1 1 , , (29) the parameters of the parabolic criterion are the uniaxial compressive and tensile strengths— c and  t. tensile stresses are positive. the corresponding yield function in the principal stress space can be written as:                            2 max min max min 2 ,{ , } ( ) ( , )( ) ( , ) 2 ( , ) 1 ( , ) 4 pmc c t c t c t c t c t p q p p q q pp (30) the multi-surface representation of criterion (30) has three components       pmc c t c t c t pmc c t c t c t pmc c t c t c t p q p q p q                                                    2 1 1 3 1 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 ,{ , } ( ) ( , )( ) ( , ) ,{ , } ( ) ( , )( ) ( , ) ,{ , } ( ) ( , )( ) ( , ) (31) since, unlike the linear yield surfaces (17), (23) described above, for parabolic criteria the following relations are valid parabolic parabolic parabolic parabolic parabolic parabolic          1 4 2 5 3 6 (32) figure 7: parabolic envelope of mohr circles (black solid line), normal parabolic criterion (black dashed line), additional rankine criterion (red dashed line) and extreme points (red dots) in the principal stress space. a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 595 parabolic criterion (30) has one substantial drawback. in the absence of stresses, the criterion indicates the plastically admissible stress state of the material. this follows from fig. 7 (black solid line). the interior of the parabola does not include the origin of the principal stress space. this is more clearly seen in the limit case                           0 2 2 max min max min lim ,{ , } , ( ) 2 ( ) t pmc c t np c c c (33) the criterion (33) is also known as the normal parabolic criterion [2,4] (black dashed line in fig. 7). this implies that beyond the extremum of principal stresses (red dots in fig. 7) c t tp     max min 1 , ( , ) 2 (34) the criterion in the form of a parabolic envelope of mohr circles has no physical sense. in this regard, beyond the extreme points (34), the yield surface (30) can be complemented with "cut-offs" limiting tension according to uniaxial tensile strength  t. this technique is often used in practice [11]. the condition limiting tensile stresses is known as the rankine criterion [20,22] r t t     max( , ) (35) the corresponding multi-surface representation is: r t t r t t r t t                      1 1 2 2 3 3 ( , ) ( , ) ( , ) (36) the set a contains one parameter  t. figure 8: the pmc/r yield surface. a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 596 combining the above, the total yield surface "parabolic envelope of mohr circles/rankine" (pmc/r) can be written as a piecewise function for the sextant  max >  mid >  min: pmc c t c t t pmc r c t r t c t t p p                           min / min 1 ( ,{ , }), ( , ) 2( ,{ , }) 1 ( , ), ( , ) 2 (37) where the parabolic criterion (30) describes the "compression-compression" regime of the stress-strain state (sss) and partly "tension-compression", and the rankine criterion (35) limits the tensile stresses. the total yield surface (37) is illustrated in fig. 8. the set a for (37) contains two parameters  c t. the numerical simulation of uniaxial loading of a cubic salt specimen was carried out implying the associated law of plastic strain. the corresponding parameters of the tcp algorithm in principal stresses for the parabolic envelope of mohr circles are:                                           1 1 1,3 1,3 2 2 2,3 2,3 3 3 1,2 1,2 max,min max min max,min max min n n 0 n n 0 n n 0 2( ) ( , ) 2( ) ( , ) t tpmc pmc t tpmc pmc t tpmc pmc c t c t a b a b a b a p b p (38) also for the rankine criterion they can be written as:                   1 1 2 2 3 3 n n 1 0 0 n n 0 1 0 n n 0 0 1 . t tr r t tr r t tr r          (39) similar to the linear mohr-coulomb criterion (22), the material is also dilatant. the linear isotropic hardening was incorporated. hardening was implemented by evolution of the uniaxial compressive strength similar to the tresca criterion (20). clearly, this effect works only in the region where the parabolic criterion (30) is satisfied. the tcp algorithm parameters associated with the hardening are:                κ η κ max min( ) n c c pmc p q h (40) the derivatives in expression (40)1 can be written using the chain rule:                     c c c c pp p r p r pq q r p r (41) a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 597 partial derivatives are written in the following form:                      2 3 3 1 1 2 1 12 42 1 , , , 1 c r r rpq pp q r p p r qp p r q r (42) young’s modulus, gpa poisson’s ratio uniaxial compressive strength, mpa uniaxial tensile strength, mpa hardening modulus, gpa 6.7 0.3 16 1 0.23 table 4: salt specimen parameters (associated pmc/r) figure 9: simulation results (associated pmc/r yield criterion). it is impossible to constrain the excess of transverse deformations by adopting a non-associated law of plastic flow for the pcm/r criterion, since this can only be done by taking a compressive strength lower than the initial one, which has no physical sense. the results of multivariant numerical simulations are illustrated in fig. 9. the obtained simulation parameters are shown in tab. 4. volumetric strength criterion [23] another interesting parabolic fracture criterion of rocks was proposed in [23]. the criterion assumes that the fracture of the material occurs due to shear and tear, similar to the mohr-coulomb and pmc/r criteria. however, as a characteristic of shear strength the shear stress intensity is used, and as a characteristic of tear strength, the normal stresses described by a spherical tensor are applied. the rock strength criterion has the form: ii b a   2 ( ) (43) where  i is the shear stress intensity, i( ) is the first invariant of the stress tensor, and the coefficients a and b are determined from uniaxial compression and tensile tests as: c t c t a b        (44) the yield function in the principal stress space is written as: a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 598                               2 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 1 1 2 3 1 ,{ , } ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( ) 2 c t c t c t (45) figure 10: the yield surface of criterion [23]. the strength criterion (45) is volumetric, since it includes the influence of the middle stress. the multi-surface representation is not necessary. the yield surface is continuously differentiable. the set a for (45) also consists of two parameters  c t. a graphical representation of the yield surface is shown in fig. 10. the yield surface is a paraboloid of revolution around the hydrostatic axis  1 =  2 =  3. figure 11: the comparison of pmc and parabolic criteria [23] for pss. in contrast to the pmc criterion (30), the criterion [23] (45) has a physical sense in all sss regimes, since the origin of the coordinates of the principal stress space is in the interior of the yield surface. comparison of two criteria is shown in fig. 11 for plane-strain state (pss). pss form of the criterion [23] is obtained by replacing the middle principal stress by the a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 599 expression  2 =  ( 1 +  3), where  is the poisson’s ratio and  1 =  max ,  3 =  min. the pss yield surface of the criterion [23] is an ellipse, the size of which depends on the poisson's ratio. fig. 11 shows the yield surfaces of the criterion [23] for some  coefficients. for values of  = [0.3, 0.4, the yield surfaces in the largest range of principal stresses are similar to the pmc criterion. the numerical simulation of the uniaxial loading of a cubic salt specimen was carried out implying the associated plastic flow rule. the corresponding tcp algorithm parameters in the principal stresses for the criterion [23] are determined by: c t c t c t                                   1 2 3 2 1 3 3 1 2 2 n n 2 2  (46) the effect of volume increase (dilatancy) is reflected in the model. the linear isotropic hardening is adopted. hardening was implemented similar to (20) by varying the uniaxial compressive strength  c. hardening-related parameters of the tcp algorithm are written as:            κ η κ 1 2 3 n t h (47) the results of multivariant numerical simulation are shown in fig. 12. the parameters of model and fracture criterion are presented in tab. 5. young’s modulus, gpa poisson’s ratio uniaxial compressive strength, mpa uniaxial tensile strength, mpa hardening modulus, gpa 6.7 0.3 14 1 0.35 table 5: salt specimen parameters (associated volumetric yield criterion) figure 12: simulation results (associated volumetric yield criterion). the simulation results show good agreement between the calculated and experimental loading curves. the resulting loading diagram for the criterion [23] very close to the curve for pmc/r. however, in contrast to pmc/r, the criterion [23] gives much better correspondence with the test data on the transverse-longitudinal deformations and provides a more adequate description of the uniaxial deformation process for a cubic salt specimen. a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 600 conclusion ome fracture criteria are considered within the framework of elastoplastic model for uniaxial deformation of a large cubic salt rock specimen. as expected, the tresca strength criterion and the associated plastic flow rule coupled with linear isotropic hardening cannot describe all stages of salt specimen deformation. due to the dislocation nature this criterion underestimates the transverse deformations. obviously, salt rocks show dilatant effects, which are not reflected by tresca yield criterion. to account dilatancy, pressure-sensitive strength criteria are used. the considered classical linear mohr-coulomb criterion allows us to describe accurately all stages of deformation during loading of the specimen. nevertheless, the associated plastic flow rule leads to excessive transverse deformations. however, application of the non-associated flow rule with the additional parameter (the dilatancy angle) enables us to control the level of transverse deformations. therefore, both the loading and the transverse deformations curves of salt specimen can be accurately described. the parabolic analogue of the linear mohr-coulomb strength criterion—the parabolic envelope of mohr circles (pmc)— has no physical sense for a certain range of principal stresses. therefore, for practical application, pmc can be complemented by the rankine criterion (pmc/r). also, in the pmc model, isotropic linear hardening can be incorporated similar to the tresca criterion. the resulting loading diagram for the pmc/r criterion with the associated law of plastic flow and linear isotropic hardening describes the test curve qualitatively well. however, as for the linear mohr-coulomb criterion with associated flow rule, the transverse deformations of the cubic salt specimen are excessive. in contrast to the linear analogue, the constraint of transverse deformations here has no physical sense. the volumetric strength criterion [23] for rocks compared to pmc physically correctly describes all ranges of principal stresses. moreover, the yield function is continuously differentiable over the entire principal stress space. it significantly simplifies the calculation of plastic strain in their associated flow. the test loading diagram can be accurately described only with the hardening effect. the linear isotropic hardening allows us to obtain a loading curve close enough to the test one for the associated volumetric yield criterion. furthermore, the simulated loading diagrams of the pmc/r and [23] criteria nearly coincide. however, in contrast to all considered criteria, the volumetric yield criterion can be considered as the most accurate for the description of transverse deformations over the specimen cross section. acknowledgement he work was supported by the russian science foundation (grant no. 19-77-30008) references [1] baryakh, а.а., konstantinova, s.a. and asanov, v.a. (1996). rock salt deformation. yekaterinbug, ub of ras. [2] fahland; s., hammer, j., hansen, f., et al. (2018). the mechanical behavior of salt ix / proceedings of the 9th conference on the mechanical behavior of salt. saltmech ix, hannover, germany. [3] he, m.m., ren, j., su, p. et al. (2020). experimental investigation on fatigue deformation of salt rock. soil mech found eng, 56, pp. 402–409. doi: 10.1007/s11204-020-09622-x. [4] dubey, r.k. and gairola, v.k. (2000). influence of structural anisotropy on the uniaxial compressive strength of prefatigued rocksalt from himachal pradesh, india, international journal of rock mechanics and mining sciences, 37(6), pp. 993-999. doi: 10.1016/s1365-1609(00)00020-4. [5] baryakh, a.a., lobanov, s.y. and lomakin, i.s. (2015). analysis of time-to-time variation of load on interchamber pillars in mines of the upper kama potash salt deposit, j min sci, 51, pp. 696–706. doi: 10.1134/s1062739115040064. [6] pałac-walko, b. and pytel, w. (2019). geomechanical risk assessment for saltrock underground workings, using strength theories based on selected 2d and true 3d triaxial compression laboratory tests, sgem 19(1.3), pp. 307-314. doi: 10.5593/sgem2019/1.3/s03.039. [7] wang, q. and hesser, j. (2013). determination of the deformation behaviour of salt rock by evaluation of convergence measurements in shafts, paper presented at the isrm sinorock 2013, shanghai, china, 18-20 june. s t a. baryakh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 585-601; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.40 601 [8] heusermann, s., rolfs, o., and schmidt, u. (2003). nonlinear finite-element analysis of solution mined storage caverns in rock salt using the lubby2 constitutive model, computers and structures, 81(8-11), pp. 629-638. doi: 10.1016/s0045-7949(02)00415-7. [9] hou, z. (2003). mechanical and hydraulic behavior of rock salt in the excavation disturbed zone around underground facilities, international journal of rock mechanics and mining sciences, 40(5), pp. 725-738. doi: 10.1016/s1365-1609(03)00064-9. [10] baryakh, a.a., eremina n.a. and gracheva e.a. (1994). crack development in disturbed salt bed, j. min. sci., 30(5), pp. 487-490. doi: 10.1007/bf02047340 [11] ulusay, r. ed., (2015). the isrm suggested methods for rock characterization, testing and monitoring: 2007–2014, switzerland, springer cham. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-07713-0. [12] you, m. (2011). comparison of the accuracy of some conventional triaxial strength criteria for intact rock, ijrmms, 48(5), pp 852-863. doi: 10.1016/j.ijrmms.2011.05.006. [13] labuz, j.f., zang, a. (2012). mohr–coulomb failure criterion, rock mech rock eng, 45, pp. 975–979. doi: 10.1007/s00603-012-0281-7. [14] wang, d.j., tang, h., shen, p., cai, y. (2019). a parabolic failure criterion for transversely isotropic rock: modification and verification, mathematical problems in engineering, 2019. doi: 10.1155/2019/8052560. [15] baryakh, a. a., samodelkina n. a. and pan'kov i.l. (2012). water-tight stratum failure under large-scale mining. part i., j. min. sci., 48(5), pp. 771-780. doi: 10.1134/s1062739148050012. [16] baryakh, a.a., evseev, a.v., lomakin, i.s., tsayukov, a.a. (2020). operational control of rib pillar stability, eurasian mining, 2020(2), pp. 7-10. doi: 10.17580/em.2020.02.02. [17] baryakh, a.a., tsayukov, a.a., evseev, a.v. et al. (2021). mathematical modeling of deformation and failure of salt rock samples, j. min. sci. 57(3), pp. 370–379. doi: 10.1134/s1062739121030029. [18] de souza neto, e.a., perić, d. and owen, d.r.j. (2008). computational methods for plasticity: theory and applications, chichester, john wiley & sons ltd. doi: 10.1002/9780470694626. [19] zienkiewicz, o.c., taylor, r.l. and fox, d. (2014). the finite element method for solid and structural mechanics (7th edition), butterworth-heinemann. doi: 10.1016/c2009-0-26332-x. [20] de borst, r., crisfield, m.a., remmers, j.j.c., verhoosel, c.v. (2012). non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures, 2nd edition, chichester, john wiley & sons ltd. doi: 10.1002/9781118375938. [21] ottosen, n.s., ristinmaa, m. (1996). corners in plasticity—koiter's theory revisited, ijss, 33(25), pp. 3697-3721. doi: 10.1016/0020-7683(95)00207-3. [22] rankine, w.j.m. (1877). a manual of applied mechanics, 9 ed, london, charles griffin and company. [23] baryakh, a.a. and samodelkina n.a. (2017). about one criteria of strength of rocks, chebyshevskii sbornik, 18(3), pp. 72-87. doi: 10.22405/2226-8383-2017-18-3-72-87. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_19 h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 191 crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure under stress in construction period hua zhu college of civil engineering, campus on avenue hope, yancheng institute of technology, yancheng, jiangsu, china. zhuhuazh2233@163.com abstract. to obtain deformation rules of steel reinforced concrete structure under stress, this study explored the crack formation in construction period. a novel structure system – steel reinforced concrete structure with shear wall and truss at the bottom was analyzed using on-the-spot test in combination with theoretical simulation analysis with sap2000 software. it was found that, factors influencing crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure in construction period included construction load, creep of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, displacement of bond of section steel and concrete as well as leveling. in the construction period, the simulated results and the measured results were highly fitted under the influence of time-variant characteristics such as compressive strength, elasticity modulus, creep and shrinkage. through processing and analyzing the measured data, we obtained the development rules of crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure with different strength grades as well as deformation rules of time-varying structure system in construction period, figured out the reason for the difference between the simulated results and the measured results, analyzed the deformation of structural components under stress in construction period and proposed some suggestions. this work is beneficial to ensure safe and high-efficient operation of construction. key words: crack; steel reinforced concrete; stress in construction period; theoretical simulation analysis; sap2000. introduction ith the development of economy, steel reinforced concrete structure has been applied more extensively in super high-rise building for its special advantages of high bearing capacity, large rigidity, sound anti-seismic property and convenient installation [1]. in modern construction, construction safety is especially important. hence major factors influencing crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure needs to be further studied [2, 3]. large binding force between section steel and concrete is the foundation ensuring their coordination in steel reinforced concrete structure [4]. section steel, rebar and concrete coordinate together to resist external effect, thus fully display the advantages of steel reinforced concrete structure [5]. on account of this, it is of great significance to deeply study steel reinforced concrete, explore its structure performance and apply it into engineering practice [6]. based on the detailed cases of crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure in actual engineering and the previous research achievements, deierlein and noguchi [7] obtained the distribution rule of load of steel reinforced concrete structure and the prediction model of compressive strength, shrinkage and creep of concrete, providing a theoretical basis for analysis of performance of steel reinforced concrete structure and factors influencing crack formation w h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 192 under stress. through analyzing the structure form and stress performance of the commonly used steel reinforced concrete beam-column joints as well as factors inducing crack formation, hierro et al. [8] pointed out the defects existing in the researches carried out by chinese scholars which concern beam-column joints of steel reinforced concrete. the study carried out by zhao et al. [9] analyzed the distinction between one-off loading and simulated loading adopted in steel reinforced concrete structure using finite element software, which provides an important basis for the design and construction of modern high-rise building. this study explored the crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure, clarified the development rules of deformation of steel reinforced concrete structure in different strength grades and deformation rules of steel beam in time-varying structure system, analyzed the major reason leading to the deviation by comparing the measured results with the simulated results, and put forward some suggestions to ensure safe and high-efficient construction. analysis on crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure under stress double-tube structure of reinforced concrete einforced concrete double-tube structure refers to the peripheral frame structure whose middle part is two parallel tubes and includes plain concrete structure, reinforced concrete structure and prestressed concrete structure. fig. 1 shows the construction drawing of an office building with a reinforced concrete double-tube structure. figure 1: reinforcement drawing of the 4th floor to the 20th floor of an office building. deformation of steel reinforced concrete filled double-tube structure in construction period the first issue is the vertical deformation of steel reinforced concrete filled double-tube structure [10]. steel reinforced concrete filled double-tube structure is a time-varying structure system. material performance, structure rigidness, boundary condition and construction load all varies with time. vertical deformation of components of high-rise steel reinforced concrete filled double-tube structure in construction period mainly includes instantaneous elastic deformation, creep deformation and contraction deformation. fig. 2 shows the time-varying deformation of concrete. for high-rise structure over 10 layers, the effect of vertical deformation needs to be given special consideration. the difference of vertical deformation would make beam or plate to generate additional bending moment and shearing force. if no measures adopt, the component is prone to crack during construction and even induce accidents and result in personal casualty. the second issue is about the horizontal deformation of steel reinforced concrete filled double-tube structure [11]. compared to the vertical deformation, the horizontal deformation of steel reinforced concrete filled double-tube structure is less outstanding. in construction period, some destabilizing factors may exist under horizontal load as elasticity modulus of concrete materials has not reached the designed value and moreover internal and external tubes have not formed complete coordinated lateral resistant system along with steel framework. r h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 193 figure 2: vertical deformation of concrete under continuous load and drying effect. shear capacity of steel reinforced concrete structure before initial cracking, concrete in steel reinforced concrete joints plays a function of shear resistance [12]. as load increases, diagonal crack forms along the diagonal line of joints and then diagonal strut comes into being. anti-shear capacity of concrete in steel reinforced concrete joints can be expressed as: c j j cv b h f (1) where fc refers to compressive strength of axis of concrete; generally, joint section height hj is equal to column section height h, i.e., hc = hj; bj stands for surface width of joint core area; γ stands for an undetermined coefficient which reflects anti-shear capacity of concrete in steel reinforced concrete joints under various constraints. to obtain the specific value of anti-shearing coefficient γ, the following formula is used. t j s sv j j c v v v b h f     (2) where tjv stands for measured ultimate bearing capacity of joints; sv stands for actual strength of material; svv stands for bearing capacity of section steel web and hooping of joints. factors influencing crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure under stress in construction period construction load onstruction load can be divided into construction dead load, construction live load and accidental load according to action time, and can be divided into vertical loading, horizontal loading, additional vertical load and special load according to action direction. creep of concrete creep of concrete refers to plastic deformation of concrete under single-axial stress effect along stress direction as time goes on [13]. creep is composed of basic creep and drying creep. ignoring the fact that creep deformation is larger than deformation of dried concrete under loading effect, creep is considered as a kind of deformation which has exceeded free shrinkage under loading effect (fig. 3). major factors influencing creep included exerted stress, water cement ratio, curing condition, temperature, humidity, cement composite, aggregate, chemical admixture, geometrical shape of test specimen and loading age. c h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 194 shrinkage of concrete shrinkage of concrete which refers to volume reduction of concrete induced by factors such as changes of water content, chemical reaction and temperature decrease includes drying shrinkage, cold shrinkage, condensation shrinkage, autogenous shrinkage, carbonization shrinkage, etc. figure 3: creep of concrete under continuous loading and drying effect. bounding force between section steel and concrete bounding force between section steel and concrete is mainly composed of chemical bounding force, frictional resistance and mechanical interaction. on account of the bounding force between section steel and reinforced concrete, section steel can work along with concrete to shoulder load [14]. construction leveling of high-rise building in construction, core tube and external framework will both deform under the effects of their own weights and construction loading; due to the compression of structure, the height of buildings will decrease [15]. to solve the problem, construction leveling is adopted in actual construction to make up the loss caused by vertical compressive deformation [16, 17]. the following two methods are usually adopted to perform construction leveling. (1) improve rigidness of vertical component. in this way, vertical component can achieve the same deformation under vertical loading effect. (2) constrain degree of freedom of vertical component. when construction is over, deformation of different floor can be obtained using the following formula. 1 1 n n k n i k ik k l p e a      (3) where n stands for deformation of structural layer of any floor; lk stands for the height of floor k; ekak stands for rigidness of floor k; pi stands for the load loaded by floor i. actual measurement protocol of actual measurement teel reinforced concrete filled double-tube structure with shear wall and truss at the bottom was measured. in fig. 3, shenzhen peace finance building (fig. 4) adopts a novel structure system steel reinforced concrete filled doubletube structure with shear wall and truss at the bottom, which is different from the conventional tube structure. floors 1 ~ 6 are equipped with shear wall and the internal and external tubes of floors above the standard floor are all steel reinforced concrete columns. s h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 195 figure 4: entitative graph of shenzhen peace finance building. note: floor 1 ~ 3 are commercial districts; floor 4 ~ 6 are installed with giant cantilever truss; and the 6th floor above are office areas. test instruments xhx-115w embedded strainometer, xhx-215w surface strainometer and xhx-322w reinforcement meter were used as test instruments in this study. xhx-115w embedded strainometer is usually embedded in beam, column, pile foundation and retaining wall to monitor development rule of strain and stress [18]. the calculation formula is as follows. 2fk  (4) 0  i (5) where ε stands for absolute strain capacity (10-6), f stands for wire vibrating frequency, k stands for calibration coefficient (k =0.002), εi stands for strain in state i (i.e., at the moment of deformation) (unit: με), ε0 stands for strain at time 0 (unit: με), and ε stands for relative strain value (unit: με). )(8.1)( 00 tti   (6) where t stands for measured temperature in state i (i.e., at the moment of deformation) and t0 stands for measured temperature at time 0. major test works test works mainly involve template erection of floor above the measured floor, beam-column and plate-column rebar binding of floor above the measured floor [19], concrete pouring above the measured floor, removal of template of floor above the measured floor, removal of template of floor above and below the measured floor, large live load such as loading or uploading of large equipments and materials [20] and adjustment of times of tests according to special conditions appearing during construction. it should be pointed out that, on-the-spot monitoring is needed during concrete pouring so as to prevent strainometer from the damage of vibration and protection of port of strainometer is also needed. experimental test setting and installation: first, observation spots needs to be selected according to structure requirements and designing scheme. then a strainometer is installed paralleling to the direction of strain. whether protection cover for the mounting base of strainometer needs to be installed or not depends on testing requirements. testing wires are led along with steels h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 196 and bound with winding sires. after pouring of concrete is over, initial readings on the strainometer are tested to confirm its normal operation. layout of on-the-spot observation spots: to meet the requirements on loading bearing and rigidness of the structure, four corner posts are designed into l-shaped multilateral columns. load of columns, evenly distributed load of floors and live load of floors are transmitted to every column through column. strain sensors are installed on the corner posts on the bottom floor, 10th, 19th, 29th, 35th, 36th, 39th, 42th and 45th floor and every corn post is set with two observation spots. besides, the horizontal coupling beams of the corner posts on the 5th, 18th and 38th floor are installed with strain sensors. to be specific, the upper and lower flanges of corner posts are installed with sensors, one on each side. strain rosettes are installed on web plate. in this way, the bending moment and shearing force loaded by the steel beam can be monitored. analysis with sap2000 software [21] procedures of analysis of sap2000 software sap2000 is a finite element analysis software aiming at structure and it provides various forms of unit composition. herein we adopt sap2000 to make a force analysis on the simulated structure during construction. the analysis procedures are shown in fig. 5. figure 5: procedures of analysis with sap2000. note: axis net: right click, edit data of axis net and add new systems; define material: define steel and concrete, but when there is no materials which need to be defined in quick addition of materials, user-defined is needed; define section: frame unit is used to stimulate beam, column, inclined strut, truss, net rack and so on; draw model: section is usually drawn after definition is over; exert support restrain: switch to the top layer select joint of support which needs to be defined – restrain the specified joint; define analysis case in non-linear stage: define – load pattern including dead load, live load, wind load, etc. model simplification the achievable level of sap2000 was improved to ensure the practicability and accuracy of the analysis. a building model which was 48-floor high was simplified. in the process of non-linear simulation analysis, only the weight of structure was considered, and the ffect of live load and earthquake on the deformation of structure was not taken into account. to simply modeling and calculation, the fresh concrete was given an initial age of five days. when the model was being established, compressive strength, elastic modulus and time-varying properties of contraction and creep of concrete were considered. finite element method was used to divide the plate. considering effect of the rigidness of floors, the timevarying property of concrete material was not taken into account in the process of simplification of floor design [21]. using the simplification method mentioned above, we set up a model using definite element analysis software (figs. 6 and 7). h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 197 figure 6: simulation model of construction figure 7: model of the standard floor results and discussion analysis of computing results nalysis and comparison of the simulated results and the measured value of vertical deformation of c60 concrete component is shown in figs. 8 ~ 10. figure 8: comparison of the measured value and the simulated value of the vertical deformation of bottom column 3 figure 9: comparison of the measured value and the simulated value of the vertical deformation of bottom column 4. a h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 198 figure 10: comparison of the measured value and the simulated value of the vertical deformation of bottom column 5. it can be seen from figs. 8 ~ 10 that, development rate of the measured value of the vertical deformation of steel reinforced concrete (c 60) in the late stage was larger than that of the simulated value in the same period, and the difference of deformation became more and more obvious as time went on. analysis and comparison of the simulated results and the measured results of vertical deformation of c50 concrete component is shown in fig. 11. figure 11: comparison of the measured value and the simulated value of the vertical deformation of bottom column 1 of the 20th floor. it can be seen from fig. 11 that, development rate of the measured value of the vertical deformation of steel reinforced column (c50) was highly fitted with that of simulated value; and the eccentricity of the frame column was relatively low. analysis and comparison of the simulated results and the measured results of the vertical deformation of c40 concrete component is shown in fig. 11. figure 12: comparison of the measured value and the simulated value of the vertical deformation of bottom column 1 of the 29th floor. h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 199 it can be seen from fig. 12 that, development rate of the measured value of the deformation of steel reinforced concrete (c40) column was large in early age, much larger than that of the simulated value; but development rate of the measured value of the deformation was smaller than that of the simulated value in the late stage. conclusion ith the rapid development of economy and constant progress of society, high-rise building has been favored by more and more people [22]. steel reinforced concrete structure featured by high bearing capacity, good antiseismic performance and good ductility has been applied more and more in high-rise building. hence it is of great importance to understand the crack formation of steel reinforced concrete structure under stress in construction period. in this study, we discussed over the reasonability of definite element analysis of steel reinforced concrete structure [23]. it can be known from the actual measurement of deformation that, deformation rate of steel reinforced concrete (c60, c50) column in low floor became higher than the simulated value in the late period; and the vertical deformation of steel reinforced concrete (c50, c60) column was smaller than that of steel reinforced concrete (c40) column [24]. during construction, deformation of structural component and accumulation of stress are different as construction order and procedures of exerting construction load are different. timely adjusting strength and section size of steel reinforced column of internal and external tubes can not only save building materials and narrow the gap of vertical deformation, but also benefit structural safety and construction [25]. the number of floors has large impact on accumulative vertical deformation difference. with the increase of the number of floors, accumulative vertical deformation of vertical component sharply increases. but the impact of construction speed on accumulative vertical deformation difference is small. in such a special structural system, accumulative deformation of steel reinforced concrete column of internal and external tubes is different. with the increase of constructed floors and load, accumulative deformation difference becomes larger. during construction, relevant measures need to be adopted to avoid the generation of additional stress. suggestions for construction everal points are suggested for construction. first, the adjustment of fabrication length is needed in the construction [26]. preadjustment measures can be considered to deal with the deformation of steel structure. when construction period is short, form removal should be performed in advance [27]. besides, rigid connection needs to be performed after hinged connection. strain of column needs to be improved if construction slows down due to the influence of development of strength of column and support system [28]. concrete placement sequence needs to be ensured consistent in every area of every floor [29]. field needs to be utilized effectively to accelerate the progress of construction. reference [1] zheng, s., su, y., zhang, w., li, q., experimental study on seismic performance of joints in the castellated portal frame of light-weight steel, building structure, 44(12) (2014) 80-84. [2] yang, x., xueyi, fu., dynamic elasto-plastic analysis of the shenzhen ping'an financial center tower, journal of building structures, 32(7) (2011) 40-49. [3] baev, a. r., asadchaya, m. v., features of the reflection of an acoustic beam from a surface with nonuniform boundary conditions, i. theoretical analysis, russian journal of nondestructive testing, 46(8) (2010) 547-558. [4] huttunen, h., tohka, j., model selection for linear classifiers using bayesian error estimation, pattern recognition, 48(11) (2015) 3739-3748. [5] gerilla, g. p., teknomo, k., hokao, k., an environmental assessment of wood and steel reinforced concrete housing construction, building & environment, 42(7) (2007) 2778-2784. [6] vayas, i., adamakos, t., iliopoulos, a., three dimensional modeling for steel-concrete composite bridges using systems of bar elements — modeling of skewed bridges, international journal of steel structures, 11(2) (2011) 157169. [7] deierlein, g. g., noguchi, h., overview of u.s.–japan research on the seismic design of composite reinforced concrete and steel moment frame structures, journal of structural engineering, 130(2) (2004) 361-367. w s h. zhu, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 191-200; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.19 200 [8] hierro, j., aznar, a., hernando, j. i., de, i. t. j. f., ortiz, j., criteria for steel structures reinforcement: restoration of the "círculo de bellas artes" building and the cultural center "casa encendida", informes de la construcción, 29(2) (2014) 5-21. [9] zhao, k., zhu, z., experimental study on behavior of the channel masonry concrete composite structures, applied mechanics & materials, 578-579 (2014) 1251-1256. [10] tong, j. x., jia, n., luo, p. f., experimental study on base reaction and deformation characteristic of variable modulus foundation for frame-tube structure, applied mechanics & materials, 638-640 (2014) 445-451. [11] goel, m. d., deformation, energy absorption and crushing behavior of single-, doubleand multi-wall foam filled square and circular tubes, thin-walled structures, 90 (2015) 1-11. [12] movahed, s. o., ansarifar, a., karbalaee, s., far, s. a., devulcanization and recycling of waste automotive epdm rubber powder by using shearing action and chemical additive, progress in rubber plastics recycling technology, 31(2) (2015) 87-117. [13] matthieu, v., franz-josef, u., nanogranular origin of concrete creep, proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the united states of america, 106(26) (2010) 10552-10557. [14] yan, c. w., jia j. q., zhang j. crack pattern and ductility of steel reinforced ultra high strength concrete composite joint subjected to reversal cycle load, key engineering materials, 417-418 (2010) 845-848. [15] cheng, p., chen, x. f., wu, l., construction technology of high-rise building structure, applied mechanics & materials, 580-583 (2014) 2316-2319. [16] zhu, c. m., hao, j. m., li, c., shuang, w. y., liu, p. h., well-facilitied capital farmland construction based on cultivated land comprehensive quality, transactions of the chinese society of agricultural engineering, 31(8) (2015) 233-242. [17] oh, h. k., park, s. m., hong, s. i., hot deformation and cracking during compression of 21-4n steel, advanced materials research, 1102 (2015) 12-21. [18] dierenfeldt, r., lindsteadt, g., laan, j., sobba, k. n., big brother as a contract monitor: an assessment of the use of contract staff to monitor offender communications, american journal of criminal justice, (2015) 1-17. [19] guo, j. s., xie, x. y., experimental study on the influence of slab’s reinforcement on seismic bearing capacity of beam’s cross-section in castin situ frame structure, applied mechanics & materials, 353-356 (2013) 1986-1989. [20] kocsis, p., discussion of "simplified method of lateral distribution of live load moment", journal of bridge engineering, 10(5) (2015) 630-631. [21] hocker, j., bein, b., bohm, r., steinfath, m., scholz, j., horn, e. p., correlation, accuracy, precision and practicability of perioperative measurement of sublingual temperature in comparison with tympanic membrane temperature in awake and anaesthetised patients, european journal of anaesthesiology, 29(29) (2012) 70-4. [22] bentick, b. l, lewis, m. k., real estate speculation as a source of banking and currency instability: some different lessons from the asian crisis, economic & labour relations review, 14(2) (2004) 256-275. [23] hellwig, f. l, tong, j., hussell, j. g., hip joint degeneration due to cam impingement: a finite element analysis, computer methods in biomechanics & biomedical engineering, 19(1) (2016) 1-8. [24] gzyl, m., pesci, r., rosochowski, a., boczkal, s., olejnik, l., in situ analysis of the influence of twinning on the strain hardening rate and fracture mechanism in az31b magnesium alloy, journal of materials science, 50(6) (2015) 2532-2543. [25] wang, j., xu, j., gao, d., numerical relationship between creep deformation coefficients of prestressed concrete beams, materials & structures, (2015) 1-11. [26] xiong, h., zeng, g., ding, c., wu, c., wang, w., extending parallel computing with constraint of fixed structure by adjusting graph, iete journal of research, (2015) 1-16. [27] smalley, p. j., laser safety: risks, hazards, and control measures, laser ther, 20(2) (2011) 95-106. [28] wu, x., li, w., wang, y., preliminary safety analysis of the pwr with accident-tolerant fuels during severe accident conditions, annals of nuclear energy, 80 (2015) 1-13. [29] sanz, b., planas, j., sancho, j. m., a closer look to the mechanical behavior of the oxide layer in concrete reinforcement corrosion, international journal of solids & structures, 62 (2015) 256–268. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_54 w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 481 effect of steel reinforcement with different degree of corrosion on degeneration of mechanical performance of reinforced concrete frame joints wu xu, liu ronggui school of civil engineering and architecture, nantong institute of technology (nit), nantong, jiangsu, 226000, china wxlrgwu@163.com abstract. beam-column joints which shoulders high-level and vertical shearing effect that maintains balance of beam and column end is the major component influencing the performance of the whole framework. post earthquake investigation suggests that collapse of frame structure is induced by failure of joints in most cases. thus, beam-column joints must have strong bearing capacity and good ductility, and reinforced concrete structure just meets the above requirement. but corrosion caused by long time use of reinforced concrete framework will lead to degeneration of mechanical performance of joints. to find out the rule of effect of steel reinforcement with different corrosion rate on degeneration of bearing capacity of reinforced concrete framework joints, this study made a nonlinear numerical analysis on fifteen models without stirrup in the core area of reinforced concrete frame joints using displacement method considering axial load ratio of column end and constraint condition. this work aims to find out the key factor that influences mechanical performance of joints, thus to provide a basis for repair and reinforcement of degenerated framework joints. keywords. reinforced concrete; mechanical performance of joints; corrosion of steel reinforcement. introduction n china, most framework structures has been degenerated [1]. during construction of old building, core area of building framework joints is usually placed with less or even no stirrup due to the limitation of building science and technology and insufficient understanding on importance of putting stirrup in the core area of framework, which influences quality of old framework joints [2, 3]. framework joints involving complex force situation can influence overall framework performance. therefore, studying degradation of mechanical performance of old framework joints is of great and practical significance. it has been found that, steel reinforcement corrosion is the leading cause for function degeneration of old building structure [4]. besides decrease of mechanical property, performance of steel reinforcement corrosion also includes cracking and even spalling of concrete, weakening of bound stress and decrease of adhesive property. currently, structure damage or instability induced by corrosion of steel reinforcement in concrete has been one of major issues concerned by the world; it occupies a leading role in factors influencing durability of structure [5]. for building which needs continued construction, steel reinforcement corrosion will further develop and finally result in engineering accidents if no thorough examination and effective treatment are carried out on corrosion condition of steel reinforcement [6]. hence it is necessary to detect steel reinforcement corrosion and evaluate durability and reliability of corroded component. research on corroded i w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 482 reinforced concrete in china and abroad [7] mainly focuses on beam and column, and few concerns joints of corroded reinforced concrete framework. on this account, we made a simulation study on mechanical performance of framework joints without stirrup under statistic load and obtained degeneration rule of bearing capacity of reinforced concrete framework under the influence of different corrosion rate of steel reinforcement which can help guiding repair and reinforcement of old framework joints. finite element model and analysis method concrete constitutive and corroded steel reinforcement relationship nilateral compressive stress-strain relationship reflects mechanical property of concrete under stress [8]. its expression is as follows: (1 )c cd e   (1) if disturbance effect in coal yielding is considered, introduce disturbance factor d into the formula, then the formula change to: 2 1 , 1 1 1 , 1 ( 1) c n c c c n x n x d x x x                (2) , , c r c c c r f e    (3) , , , c c r c c r c r e n e f     (4) ,c r x    (5) ,c rf (n/mm2) 25 30 35 40 45 50 ,c r (10-6) 1560 1640 1720 1790 1850 1920 c 1.06 1.36 1.65 1.94 2.21 2.48 cu / ,c r 2.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.9 ,c rf (n/mm2) 55 60 65 70 75 80 ,c r (10-6) 1980 2030 2080 2130 2190 2240 c 2.74 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 3.99 cu / ,c r 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.6 note: cu refers to the compressive strain of concrete when the stress in descending branch of stress-strain curve is equal to 0.5 ,c rf . table 1: reference values of parameters relating to concrete single-axial compressive stress strain curve. in the formula, c refers to parameter value of descending branch of single-axial compressive stress strain curve of concrete (refer to table 1); ,c rf refers to representative value of axial compressive strength of concrete, and its concrete value is determined based on actual structural analysis; ,c r refers to peak compressive strain of concrete corresponding to u w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 483 axial compressive strength of concrete ,c rf (refer to table 1); cd refers to concrete single-axial compressive injury evolutionary parameter;  refers to compressive stress of concrete;  refers to compressive strain of concrete; ce refers to elasticity modulus of concrete. degeneration of mechanical property of corroded steel reinforcement mainly reflects on decrease of yielding strength, ultimate strength and elongation ultimate of concrete. with the increase of corrosion rate, ultimate deformability weakens and yielding platform shortens and even disappears. based on the feature, we propose stress-strain relationship model for corroded steel reinforcement as shown in figure 1. when corrosion rate of steel reinforcement is small and yielding platform has not disappeared, figure 1 (a) is used; and when corrosion rate exceeds certain critical point and yielding platform disappears, figure 1(b) is used. ycf and ucf refers to nominal yield strength and nominal ultimate strength of corroded steel reinforcement respectively; sc and sc stands for stress and strain of corroded steel reinforcement respectively; syc and suc stands for yielding strain and hardening strain of corroded steel reinforcement. figure 1: constitutive relation curves for corroded steel reinforcement before and after disappearance of yielding platform [8]. finite element model and grid generation cruciform frame joints of reinforced concrete is taken as the finite element model (figure 2). size of test beam (simply supported beam) used for modeling is b×h×l = 120×200×1900 mm. span of the beam is 1.7 m. two concentrated forces are applied on midspan and the distance between two forces is 50 mm. concrete cover of main reinforcement is 2.5 mm thick. detailed size of the beam and reinforcement are shown in figure 3. figure 2: frame joint model. w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 484 100 1700 100 load point load point250 250 120 ф6@150 2ф10 2ф14 ф6@150 figure 3: size of test beam and reinforcement (1) boundary condition considering symmetry of the structure, half of the mid-span section of the beam is taken for modeling. mid-span section is set to be symmetry constraint. cushion block is placed at the position of support and support constraint is exerted on cushion block. moreover, constraints in x and y direction is exerted in the direction vertical to the beam. free deformation of beam along beam direction is allowed. (2) load application self weight: the model considers self weight of the structure; specific gravity of concrete and steel are 25 kn/m3 and 7.85 kn/m3 respectively; acceleration of gravity is taken as 9.81 m/s2. vertical load: as finite element analysis needs to consider descending branch of the stress-strain relationship curve, displacement loading is applied, in order to ensure calculation convegence. vertical displacement is applied on loading site of the test beam until the beam breaks. then the external force exerted is calculated according to load-displacement relationship of the loading point. figure 4: nonlinear spring unit. the core area of frame joints is not equipped with stirrup; steel reinforcement and concrete are modeled using c3d8r unit (c3d8r refers to type of the unit; c refers to entity unit; 3d refers to three dimension; 8 refers to number of nodes in that unit; r means the unit is a reduced integration unit); to simulate the interaction between corroded steel reinforcement and concrete better when making three-dimensional finite element analysis on corroded steel reinforced concrete structural element, three nonlinear springs with different stiffness and vertical to each other (kx, ky, kz) are placed between unit joint of steel reinforcement and unit joint of concrete. stiffness matrix of the nonlinear spring ek is: w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 485   1 1 1 1 tg ek k       (6) where tgk refers to slope of unit force of spring relative displacement (figure 4). unit grid generation is an important step in modeling which can transform geometrical model into finite element model composed of joints and units. result of grid generation directly determines preciseness of computation result and computation time [9, 10]. in the study, we adjust grid density for many times during computation process. dense grids cannot ensure calculation convegence, especially when beam is severely fractured; and discrete grids will result in poor computational accuracy. figure 5 shows grid generation of concrete unit. figure 5: grid generation of concrete unit. parameters of model the analytical model uses parameters including axial compression ratio (ratio of design value of axial pressure of column (wall) to product of full sectional area of column (wall) and design value of compressive strength of concrete column) and corrosion rate of steel reinforcement [11]. c30 concrete is used as model; longitudinal steel used is hrb335; stirrup used is hpb235. corrosion rate of longitudinal steel is 0, 2%, 5%, 10% and 15%; axial compression ratio is 0.2, 0.4 and 0.6. loading means and boundary conditions orrosion expansion of steel reinforcement is stimulated by exerting radial displacement on holes of concrete. assume that the steel reinforcement is evenly eroded, 1r refers to initial radius of steel reinforcement, 2r refers to external radius of corrosion product; 3r is radius of remaining steel reinforcement section. corrosion rate of steel reinforcement  is: 2 3 1 1 r r         (7) assume corrosion product is  times as large as original steel reinforcement and 0 is the space between non-corroded steel reinforcement and concrete, then the relationship between corrosion rate of steel reinforcement  and radial expansion displacement of concrete  can be expressed as: c w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 486 0 2 2 ( 1)r        (8) when corrosion occurs, corrosion product first fills the space between non-corrosive steel reinforcement and concrete. then corrosion quantity increases and volume becomes larger, resulting in extrusion on concrete around steel reinforcement [12, 13]. model of exerting radial displacement on concrete around steel reinforcement is shown in figure 6. the model exerts displacement load on concrete around steel reinforcement at frame joints by such kind of loading means. figure 6: radial displacement loading model. analysis of results stress analysis ephogram of concrete stress (kg/cm2) under different corrosion rate when axial compression ratio is 0.2 is shown in figure 7. it can be seen from figure 7(a) that, stress at the intersection of concrete beam column is the maximum when corrosion rate is 0; and at that moment, cracks appear and extend to the core area of joints, leading to shear failure; upper part of left beam and lower part of right beam in the core area of concrete joints shoulders larger stress under the influence from antisymmetric monotonic load. figure 7(b) demonstrates that, middle part of beam shoulders the maximum stress when corrosion rate is 2%. that is because concrete holes around steel reinforcement shoulders radial displacement load from middle part of left beam to middle part of right beam. figure 7(c) suggests that, changes of stress on concrete beam when corrosion rate is 5% is basically the same with that when corrosion rate is 2%, but the stress is unevenly distributed. that is because that, joints can still shoulder radial displacement load though protective layer of concrete beam has cracked; stress on concrete column at the moment is much higher than that when corrosion rate is 2%; concrete column shows no obvious stress changes due to the large stress on beam. figure 7(d) shows the maximum stress on concrete joints when corrosion rate is 10% is smaller than that when corrosion rate is 5%; maximum stress on concrete reaches its peak when corrosion rate is 5% and moreover, stress on concrete column changes sharply (column end shoulders large stress and stress in core area of joints is larger than beam end). we can know from figure 7(e) that, the stress nephogram of concrete joints changes slightly when corrosion rate is 15%; and maximum stress on concrete is approximately equal to that when corrosion rate is 10%. effect of changes of corrosion rate on bearing capacity to discuss over effect of changes of corrosion rate of steel reinforcement on bearing capacity of component under fixed axial compression ratio, we divide fifteen stimulation analysis results into three groups according to axial compression ratio. figure 8 ~10 give load-displacement curves of different test specimen. n w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 487 + 1.391 x 107 + 1.276 x 107 + 1.161 x 107 + 1.047 x 107 + 9.316 x 106 + 8.168 x 106 + 7.019 x 106 + 5.870 x 106 + 4.721 x 106 + 3.572 x 106 + 2.423 x 106 + 1.275 x 106 + 1.257 x 106 (a) corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 0 (b) corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 2% + 1.699 x 107 + 1.558 x 107 + 1.416 x 107 + 1.275 x 107 + 1.133 x 106 + 9.915 x 106 + 8.505 x 106 + 7.090 x 106 + 5.675 x 106 + 4.261 x 106 + 2.846 x 106 + 1.432 x 106 + 1.703 x 106 + 1.855 x 107 + 1.700 x 107 + 1.546 x 107 + 1.391 x 107 + 1.237 x 106 + 0.082 x 106 + 9.280 x 106 + 7.736 x 106 + 6.192 x 106 + 4.647 x 106 + 3.103 x 106 + 1.558 x 106 + 1.411 x 106 + 1.631 x 107 + 1.495 x 107 + 1.359 x 107 + 1.223 x 107 + 1.088 x 106 + 9.519 x 106 + 8.161 x 106 + 6.804 x 106 + 5.447 x 106 + 4.089 x 106 + 2.732 x 106 + 1.375 x 106 + 1.703 x 106 + 1.654 x 107 + 1.516 x 107 + 1.379 x 107 + 1.241 x 107 + 1.103 x 106 + 9.653 x 106 + 8.276 x 106 + 6.899 x 106 + 5.521 x 106 + 4.144 x 106 + 2.767 x 106 + 1.389 x 106 + 1.218 x 106 (c) corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 5% (d) corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 10% (e) corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 15% figure 7: nephogram of stress on joints of concrete. w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 488 figure 8: curves of load-displacement (axial compression ratio 0.2). figure 9: curves of load-displacement (axial compression ratio 0.4). l o ad / k n displacement / mm corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 0 corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 2% corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 5% corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 10% corrosion rate of steel reinforcement 15% 0 10 20 30 40 4 8 1612 figure 10: curves of load-displacement (axial compression ratio 0.6). it can be seen from the above figures that, bearing capacity and ultimate displacement of joints shows a decreasing tendency when axial compression ratio is the same and corrosion rate of steel reinforcement becomes higher; when corrosion rate of steel reinforcement is 2%, bearing capacity and ultimate displacement degenerates insignificantly; when it is 5%, the degeneration is quite obvious; bearing capacity and displacement have little differences when corrosion rate is 10% and 15%, but ultimate displacement degenerates for 50%. under the same axial compression ratio, load-displacement curves partially coincide before yield point, suggesting corrosion rate of steel reinforcement has no influence on component when beam end shoulder small load. but with the increase of external load, bearing capacity of component declines. when corrosion rate is 10% and 15% particularly, protective layer cracks, which accelerates corrosion of steel reinforcement and severely influence mechanical performance of steel reinforcement and coordinated working between steel reinforcement and concrete. table 2 shows how corrosion rate influences ultimate bearing capacity and displacement of reinforced concrete framework joints when axial compression ratio is 0.2. w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 489 corrosion rate/% bearing capacity/kn ultimate displacement/mm loss of bearing capacity/% loss of ultimate displacement/% 0 35.4 12 - - 2 32.6 11 8 8.3 5 26.7 9 24.6 25.0 10 24.9 7.3 29.7 39.0 16 24.8 7 30 41.7 table 2: bearing capacity and displacement of corroded reinforced concrete frame joints when axial compression ratio is 0.2. effect of changes of axial compression ratio on bearing capacity axial compression ratio is one of the major factors that influences failure mode and ductility of frame column. yoon et al. [14] stipulated that limit for axial compression ratio of frame structure (level 1 seismic grade) is 0.65. thus axial compression ratio is thought to be of great significance to bearing capacity of component. we obtain curves of loaddisplacement by keeping corrosion rate unchanged and changing axial compression ratio (0.2, 0.4, 0.6) (figure 11 ~ 15). figure 11: curves of load-displacement (corrosion rate 0). figure 12: curves of load-displacement (corrosion rate 2%). figure 13: curves of load-displacement (corrosion rate 5%). figure 14: curves of load-displacement (corrosion rate 10%). w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 490 figure 15: curves of load-displacement (corrosion rate 15% ). the above figures demonstrate that, bearing capacity and ultimate displacement both decrease with the increase of axial compression ratio; when corrosion is mild, rigidity of component increases with increase of axial compression ratio; component with large axial compression ratio yields early and bearing capacity and ultimate displacement declines greatly. when corrosion rate is low or steel reinforcement is not corroded, curves of load-displacement when axial compression ratio is 0.6 differ greatly with curves when axial compression ratio is 0.2 and 0.4. that is because that, excessively higher axial compression ratio severely affects ducility of the structure. moreover, when protective layer cracks and corrosion rate is high, bearing capacity and ultimate displacement decline steadily with the increase of axial compression ratio. under the same corrosion rate, joint model which is not corroded or slightly corroded is less affected by axial compression ratio; the influence is the most notable when corrosion rate is 5%. when axial compression ratio is 0.4, joints have stronger bearing capacity and ultimate displacement. but when axial compression ratio is 0.2, bearing capacity fails to be stronger. when it is 0.6, bearing capacity and ultimate displacement decrease sharply. conclusion o sum up, corrosion rate of steel reinforcement and axial compression ratio have large influence on corroded reinforced concrete framework joints; joints show obvious degeneration with the increase of corrosion rate. changes of mechanical performance can be summarized as declined bearing capacity, degraded rigidity, changed ducility and decreased ultimate displacement. under coupling effect of inside corrosion and external load, bearing capacity of component remains unchanged, but ultimate displacement decreases obviously, when corrosion rate is excessively large (15%). corrosion rate is a key factor influencing mechanical performance of component, which can impact endurance quality of old framework. references [1] cairns, j., du, y., law, d., influence of corrosion on the friction characteristics of the steel/concrete interface, construction and building materials, 21(1) (2007) 190-197. [2] zou, d.j., liu, t.j., qiao, g.f., experimental investigation on the dynamic properties of rc structures affected by the reinforcement corrosion, advances in structural engineering, 17(6) (2014) 851-860. [3] ye, l.p., fang, e.h., research overview of stress performance of steel reinforced concrete elements, china civil engineering journal, 33(5) (2000) 1-12. [4] xue, j.y., zhao, h.t., yang, y., seismic behavior and construction method of steel reinforced concrete joint, world information on earthquake engineering, 18(2) (2002) 61-64. [5] xu, m., su, l.l., cheng, w.r., chen, z.f., test on combined steel and concrete column and reinforced concrete composite frame joint, building structure, 33(7) (2003) 36-39. [6] yang, z.y., hu, j.n., zhang, z., reinforcement of damaged frame joint with carbon fiber by finite element analysis, procedia earth and planetary science, 5 (2012) 198-202. t w. xu et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 481-491; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.54 491 [7] fan, y.f., zhou, j., mechanical property of rusty rebar considering the effects of corrosion pits, journal of building materials, 6(3) (2003) 248-252. [8] ministry of construction. gb50010-2010 concrete structural design standard. beijing: china architecture & building press, 2010. [9] zhao. y.x., jin, w.l., modeling the amount of steel corrosion at the cracking of concrete cover, advances in structural engineering, 9(5) (2006) 687-696. [10] wang, j.q., experiment study and analysis on the mechanical properties of corroded reinforcing bars in the atmospheric environment, journal of xuzhou institute of architectural technology, 3(3) (2003) 25-27. [11] wu, q., yuan, y.s., li, j.y., research on structural behavior’s deterioration of corroded reinforced concrete beams under man-made climate, journal of china university of mining & technology, 36(4) (2007) 442-445. [12] wu, j., wang, c.x., xu, j., xiao, z., wu, f.h., study on flexural behavior of corroded reinforced concrete beams under fatigue loads, china civil engineering journal, 45(10) (2012)118-124. [13] shi, q.x., niu, d.t., yan, g.y., experimental research on hysteretic characteristics of corroded r. c. members with fiexural and compressive axial loads under repeated horizontal loading, earthquake engineering and engineering vibration, 20(4) (2000) 44-50. [14] choi, y.s., yi, s.t., kim, m.y., jung, w.y., yang, e.l., effect of corrosion method of the reinforcing bar on bond characteristics in reinforced concrete specimens, construction and building materials, 54 (2014) 180-189. nomenclature c refers to parameter value of descending branch of single-axial compressive stress strain curve of concrete; ,c rf refers to representative value of axial compressive strength of concrete, and its concrete value is determined based on actual structural analysis; ,c r refers to peak compressive strain of concrete corresponding to axial compressive strength of concrete ,c rf ; cd refers to concrete single-axial compressive injury evolutionary parameter;  refers to compressive stress of concrete;  refers to compressive strain of concrete; ce refers to elasticity modulus of concrete; cu refers to the compressive strain of concrete when the stress in descending branch of stress-strain curve is equal to 0.5 ,c rf ; ycf and ucf refer to nominal yield strength and nominal ultimate strength of corroded steel reinforcement respectively; sc and sc stand for stress and strain of corroded steel reinforcement respectively; syc and suc stand for yielding strain and hardening strain of corroded steel reinforcement; ek refers to nonlinear spring; tgk refers to slope of unit force of spring relative displacement; 1r refers to initial radius of steel reinforcement; 2r refers to external radius of corrosion product; 3r is radius of remaining steel reinforcement section;  refers to corrosion rate of steel reinforcement; 0 is the space between non-corroded steel reinforcement and concrete;  refers to radial expansion displacement of concrete. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_37_art_28 s. vantadori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 215-220; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.28 215 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture two-parameter fracture model for cortical bone sabrina vantadori, andrea carpinteri, giovanni fortese, camilla ronchei, daniela scorza university of parma, dept. of civil-environmental engineering and architecture, parco area delle scienze 181/a, 43124 parma – italy sabrina.vantadori@unipr.it, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-1904-9301 filippo berto university of padua, dept. of management and engineering, stradella san nicola 3, 36100, vicenza italy ntnu, department of engineering design and materials, richard birkelands vei 2b, 7491, trondheim – norway abstract. the analysis of the bone fracture behaviour is fundamental for prevention, diagnosis and treatment of traumas. in the present paper, an experimental analysis of the fracture behaviour of a bovine femoral cortical bone is carried out, where specimens are extracted from a diaphysis. fracture toughness is computed by employing a two-parameter fracture model originally proposed for concrete. in order to take into account the possibility of crack deflection (kinked crack) due to osteons orientation, a modified version of such a model is here discussed. the fracture toughness results are then compared with those reported in the literature, related to a femur of an 18-month-old bovine. keywords. cortical bone; fracture toughness; quasi-brittle material; two-parameter model. introduction one is a specialised tissue which has both metabolic and mechanical functions [1-3]. the load-bearing capacity of bone is limited up to a certain extent, beyond which it fails [4]. the analysis of the fracture behaviour of bone is fundamental for prevention, diagnosis and treatment of traumas. basic parameters which represent the structure and functions of bone have to be measured, such as its fracture toughness. in the present paper, an experimental analysis of the fracture behaviour of a bovine femoral cortical bone is carried out, where specimens are extracted from a diaphysis. the experimental campaign is conducted to determine the fracture toughness, by employing a two-parameter fracture model originally proposed for concrete [5], that is, for a quasi-brittle material showing a nonlinear slow crack growth before the peak load is reached. in bones, such a behaviour is produced by the mechanism of extrinsic toughening categorised in four classes [6]: (i) constrained microcracking; (ii) crack deflection and twist; (iii) uncracked-ligament bridging; (iv) collagen-fibril bridging. such a two-parameter fracture method is based on experimental data obtained from three-point bending tests on single edge-notched specimens, and employs linear elastic fracture mechanics mode i expressions. however, for the bone material, it cannot be applied in its original formulation since the crack starting from notch may deflect. in order to understand the cause of such a deflection under mode i loading (three-point bending), the bone microstructure level has to be briefly examined [7,8]. in cortical bone, it is represented by osteons (fig. 1). the osteons b s. vantadori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 215-220; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.28 216 are oriented parallel to the bone axis, which consists of a vascular canal (or haversian canal) surrounded by concentric lamellae. the interface between osteons and interstitial lamellae is called cement line (fig. 1). when the osteons alignment is perpendicular to the loading direction (transversal specimens), the stress state under threepoint bending loading is biaxial due to normal stresses produced by bending and shear stresses at the cement line interface between osteons and interstitial lamellae [9]. in such a case, the crack starting from the notch is subjected to mixed mode loading (mode i and mode ii). on the other hand, when the osteons alignment is parallel to the loading direction (longitudinal specimens), the stress state is uniaxial. in such a case, the crack starting from the notch is subjected to mode i loading. the two-parameter model can be directly applied for the latter case, whereas a modified formulation is hereafter proposed for the former case in order to take into account that the crack is also subjected to mode ii loading. more precisely, the unloading compliance expression related to a single kinked crack is determined by employing the castigliano theorem in the manner suggested by paris [10], and the effective crack length is computed. then, the critical stressintensity factor at the crack tip is evaluated as a function of that related to a straight crack having length equal to the projected length of the effective kinked crack [11,12]. vascular canal interstitial lamellae cement line osteon figure 1: cortical bone microstructure level. finally, the fracture toughness results here obtained are compared with those related to a femur of an 18-month-old bovine [13], experimentally determined according to the standard astm e399-1 [14]. two-parameter model ccording to the two-parameter model, the specimens present a notch in the lower part of the middle cross section (fig. 2). the three-point bending tests are performed under crack mouth opening displacement control (average speed equal to 0.1 mm h-1). w l s b a a0 (a) w l s b a0 (b) a1 a2  figure 2: crack propagates under: (a) pure mode i; (b) mixed mode. each specimen is monotonically loaded: after the peak load is achieved, the post-peak stage follows and, when the force is equal to about 95% of the peak load, the specimen is fully unloaded. then, the specimen is reloaded up to failure. a s. vantadori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 215-220; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.28 217 the initial compliance, ic , is used to determine the elastic modulus, e [15]:   bwc vas e i 2 006  (1) where s, w and b are the loading span, depth and thickness of the specimen, respectively, 0a is the notch length, and ic is the linear elastic compliance. further, the parameter v can be expressed as follows [15]:   w a v 002 0 3 0 2 000 with 1 66.0 04.287.328.276.0       (2) therefore, if the crack propagates under pure mode i, the effective critical crack length, a , is determined from the following equation by employing an iterative procedure:   bwc vas e u 2 6   (3) where uc is the unloading compliance, and  v is obtained from eq. 2 by replacing 0a with a . finally, the mode i critical stress-intensity factor, sick , is computed by employing the measured value of the peak load, maxp [15]: )( 2 3 2 max  fa bw sp k sic  (4) where:    w a f          with 121 )70.293.315.2()1(99.11 )( 2/3 2 (5) modified two-parameter model modified procedure is hereafter proposed when crack propagates under mixed mode loading (mode i and mode ii). specimens geometry and experimental test procedure are equal to those presented in the previous section (see fig. 2(b)). the elastic modulus is determined through eq. 1. under mixed mode loading, the effective critical crack length, 210 aaaa  , is obtained from the following equation by employing an iterative procedure: )]}()( )][([ ])[(][ { cos cos coscos coscoscossincos cos cos 2 cos 2 sin 2 cos )( 6 10 10 210 210 23 00 10 10 426 002 )( )()( w aa vaa w aaa vaaa va w aa vaa va bwc s e u                   (6) a s. vantadori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 215-220; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.28 218 eq. (6) is deduced by employing the castigliano theorem in the manner suggested by paris [10], being  the crack kinking angle (fig. 2(b)) and 01 3.0 aa  . note that, as is shown in fig. 2(b), the kinked crack path consists of the two segment, named 1a and 2a . if the value of 2a obtained from eq. 6 is negative, it means that the effective crack length is 10 aaa  with 01 3.0 aa  . such a length is obtained from the following equation by employing an iterative procedure: ]})[(][{ )()( 001010426002 cos cos 2 cos 2 sin 2 cos)( 6      va w aa vaava bwc s e u      (7) finally, the critical stress-intensity factor, sick , is computed through eqs 4 and 5, by considering a straight crack having length equal to the projected length of the effective kinked crack:        01 210 2102 max 3.0when cos with cos 2 3 aa w aaa faaa bw p k sic        (8a) or     01 10 102 max 3.0when cos with cos 2 3 aa w aa faa bw p k sic        (8b) results and discussion alues of fracture toughness, sick , of the analysed cadaveric femur diaphysis of a 24-month-old bovine are computed with respect to the osteons alignment: perpendicular or parallel to the loading direction. the former specimens are extracted from anterior (fa-1 and fa-2 in tab. 1), posterior (fp in tab. 1), medial (fm-1 and fm-2 in tab. 1) and lateral (fl in tab. 1) cortical bone, whereas the latter specimens from posterior cortical bone (fplong1 and fp-long2 in tab. 1). all specimens exhibit a non-linear slow crack growth before the peak load is reached. it can be observed that the fracture toughness values for specimens characterised by different osteons alignment with respect to the loading direction are significantly different. as a matter of fact, when the osteons alignment is perpendicular to the loading direction, crack grows under mixed mode (fig. 3(a)), and a higher resistance to fracture is observed. when the osteons alignment is parallel to the loading direction, crack grows under mode i (fig. 3(b)), and a lower resistance to fracture is observed. for transversal specimens, the average value of sick ( mmpa15.087.3  ) is in the range of the cortical bone fracture values [16]. such a value is then compared with those determined by libonati et al. [13] according to astm standards [14], following the lefm and considering cracks under pure mode i loading. they found mmpak sic 1.06.5  from se(b) type and mmpak sic 6.08.5  from c(t) type. the difference of such results with respect to those here obtained is due to the fact that the reduction of fracture toughness for a kinked crack as compared with the straight counterpart has not been taken into account by libonati et al. in ref. [13]. the present study highlights that the value of the near-tip stress-intensity factor of a kinked crack can be considerably lower than that for a straight crack of the same length, and that has to be taken into account for prevention, diagnosis and treatment of bone traumas. v s. vantadori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 215-220; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.28 219 specimens no. elastic modulus e (mpa) fracture toughness sick (mpa m1/2) fa-1 13692.54 4.09 fa-2 14393.65 3.68 fp 14038.29 3.74 fm-1 14253.00 3.92 fm-2 13488.94 3.85 fl 14042.47 3.91 fp-long1 12371.99 2.14 fp-long2 12370.47 1.99 table 1: elastic modulus and fracture toughness.           (a) fa-1 fl (b) fp-long1 fp-long2 figure 3: fracture: (a) mixed mode for transversal specimens fa-1 and fl; (b) pure mode i for longitudinal specimens. conclusions n the present paper, the behaviour of a compact bone in terms of fracture toughness has been analysed. fracture toughness has experimentally been evaluated through specimens obtained from the femur diaphysis of a bovine. the influence of local biaxial stress state on fracture behaviour has been analysed by employing two specimen types. as a matter of fact, when the osteons alignment is perpendicular to the loading direction (transversal specimens), the stress state is biaxial due to normal stresses produced by bending and shear stresses, at the cement line interface between osteons and interstitial lamellae. on the other hand, when the osteons alignment is parallel to the loading direction (longitudinal specimens), the stress state is uniaxial. then fracture toughness values have been computed by a modified version of the two-parameter model originally formulated for crack propagating under mode i. such a modified version is here proposed for mixed mode (mode i and mode ii). the theoretical results obtained are compared with some data available in the literature, by highlighting that the value of the near-tip stress-intensity factor of a kinked crack can be considerably lower than that for a straight crack of the same length. references [1] an, h.y., draughn, r.a., mechanical testing of bone and the bone-implant interface, crc press, boca raton, (2000). [2] marks, s.c., popoff, s.n., bone cell biology: the regulation of development, structure, and function in the skeleton, am. j. anat., 183 (1988) 1-44. [3] keaveny, t.m., hayes, w.c., mechanical properties of cortical and trabecular bone, crc press, boca raton, (1993). [4] li, s., abdel-wahab, a., silberschmidt, v.v., analysis of fracture processes in cortical bone tissue, eng. frac. mech., 110 (2013) 448-458. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2012.11.020 [5] jenq, y., shah, s., j., two parameter fracture model for concrete, eng. mech., 111 (1985) 1227-1241. i s. vantadori et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 37 (2016) 215-220; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.37.28 220 [6] nalla, r.k., kinney, j.h., ritchie, r.o., mechanistic fracture criteria for the failure of human cortical bone, nat. mater., 2 (2003) 164-168. doi: 10.1038/nmat832 [7] katz, j.l., the structure and biomechanics of bone, symp. soc. exp. biol., 34 (1980) 137-168. [8] rho, j.y., kuhn spearing, l., zioupos, p., mechanical properties and the hierarchical structure of bone, med. eng. & phys., 20 (1998) 92-102. doi: 10.1016/s1350-4533(98)00007-1 [9] martin, r.b., burr, d.b., sharkey, n.a., skeletal tissue mechanics, springer-verlag, new york, (1998). [10] paris, p.c., the mechanics of fracture propagation and solutions to fracture arrester problems, document d2-2195, the boeing company, (1957). [11] kitagawa, h., yuuki, r., ohira, t., crack-morphological aspects in fracture mechanics, eng. frac. mech., 7 (1975) 515-529. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(75)90052-1 [12] cotterell, b., rice, j.r., slightly curved or kinked cracks, int. j. frac., 16 (1980) 155-169. doi: 10.1007/bf00012619 [13] libonati, f., vergani, l., bone toughness and crack propagation: an experimental study, proc. engin., 74 (2014) 464467. doi: 10.1016/j.proeng.2014.06.298 [14] astm e399-1, standard test method for linear-elastic plane-strain fracture toughness kic of metallic materials. [15] tada, h., paris, p.c., irwin, g.r., the stress analysis of cracks handbook, asme press, new york, (2000). [16] khanal, s.p., mahfuz, h., rondinone, a.j., leventouri, t., improvement of the fracture toughness of hydroxyapatite (hap) by incorporation of carboxyl functionalized single walled carbon nanotubes (cfswcnts) and nylon, mat. sci. eng. c, 60 (2016) 204-210. doi: 10.1016/j.msec.2015.11.030 << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_44_art_2 b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 16 experimental study of the effect of water-cement ratio on compressive strength, abrasion resistance, porosity and permeability of nano silica concrete belal rahmanzadeh, kamal rahmani*, saber piroti department of civil engineering, mahabad branch, islamic azad university, mahabad, iran. belalrahmanzade@yahoo.com, mohandes_so@yahoo.com, s.piroty@iau-mahabad.ac.ir abstract. the effect of water-cement ratio on abrasion resistance, porosity and hydraulic conductivity coefficient of nano silica concrete has been studied in this research (paper). the compressive strength of concrete in a particular temperature is related to two factors: water-cement ratio and density. decreasing the water-cement ratio from 0.46 to 0.30 improves the abrasion resistance of nano silica concrete by 42%, the hydraulic conductivity coefficient of concrete decreases from 28.5⤬10-15 to 1.7⤬10-15 m/s and the porosity of concrete decreases to 13.1%. the abrasion depth increases gradually by increasing the water-cement ratio from 0.30 to 0.46. keywords. abrasion resistance; compressive strength; concrete; permeability; water-cement ratio. citation: rahmanzadeh, b., rahmani, k., piroti, n., experimental study of the effect of water-cement ratio on compressive strength, abrasion resistance, porosity and permeability of nano silica concrete, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24. received: 17.09.2017 accepted: 10.01.2018 published: 01.04.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction oncrete dams are strategic structures due to their fundamental role at economical system of a country. therefore, the concrete used for these important structures should have a suitable durability and performance (neville [1]; yoon et al., [2]). the effect of nano silica elements as fillers in pozzolanic concrete has been evaluated in current decade (shih et al., [3]; senff et al., [4]). nano silica cement mixture has provided an attractive research field for the creation of high strength hydraulic structures (nazari and riahi [5]; rahmani and ramzanianpour [6]). using nano structure materials like nano silica and an optimal water-cement ratio improved the physical characteristics of new cement mixtures (li [7]; wen et al., [8]). the effect of water-cement ratio on abrasion resistance, porosity and permeability of nano silica used in making durable concrete, were considered as an effective factor on strength and performance of these concrete structures (felekoğlu et al., [9]; bilodeau & malhotra [10]). considering the high and rather modern concrete technology, advanced researches and serious studies on special concrete specimens of hydraulic structures (such as concrete dams) seem to be necessary (givi et al., [11]; tavakoli & soroushian, [12]). the water-cement ratio of concrete has been considered constant in traditional concrete (mixtures) to gain high strength and durability (shih et al., [3]; li [7]; collepardi et al., [13]; nazari et al., [14]; aiu & huang [15]; nazari & riahi c b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 17 [16]; gaitero et al., [17]). however, the water-cement ratio should be considered according to microcrystalline structure of cement used in concrete specimens (behnood and ziari [18]; wittmann et al., [19]; willer eda et al., [20]). the amount of water and cement in the mixture are related to the size of aggregates (sands) and nano silica structure (shih et al., [3]; senff et al., [4]; popovics [21]; li [7]; willer eda et al., [20]). in this research, different amounts of water-cement ratio were considered to investigate the compressive strength and abrasion resistance of concrete specimens. high abrasion resistance and low permeability and porosity are the main advantages of using nano silica in concrete. experimental tests he concrete specimens contained 5% nano silica. the water-cement ratio was considered 0.30, 0.34, 0.38, 0.42 and 0.46. other characteristics of the mixture were considered constant in all concrete specimens. the following investigations were done on concrete specimens. wet sand blast technique was used to detect the concrete strength. the abrasion resistance of 28 days 15⤬15⤬15 cm cubic specimens was determined. penetration method was used to define the hydraulic conductivity coefficient of 28 days 10⤬10 cm cylindrical specimens. in addition, the compressive strength and hydraulic conductivity coefficient were conducted by concrete breaker jack machine and penetration depth method respectively. the designation and composition of each batch have been presented in tab. 1. sample number water-cement ratio nano silica (%) age (days) 1 0.30 5 7 2 0.34 5 7 3 0.38 5 7 4 0.42 5 7 5 0.46 5 7 6 0.30 5 28 7 0.34 5 28 8 0.38 5 28 9 0.42 5 28 10 0.46 5 28 11 0.30 5 90 12 0.34 5 90 13 0.38 5 90 14 0.42 5 90 15 0.46 5 90 table 1: the properties of the studied samples in the present research. nano silica concrete mixture he following items were considered in preparation of nano silica concrete specimens:  the slump of specimens was 60 to 100 mm.  the aggregates were non-ballast materials.  the distinguishable size of aggregates was mostly 10 mm.  the cement was portland type i.  the constant amount of nano silica (added to the mixture of cement and aggregates) was 5% in all specimens.  28 days compressive strength of specimens was determined 40 mpa.  the water-cement ratio was variable from 0.30 to 0.46. t t b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 18  in order to access the desired workability and high performance of concrete specimens, the gelenium-110p was used as a superplasticizer. results and discussion abrasion resistance test brasion strength test on cube samples 150 × 150 × 150 mm at 28 days of age was performed using water sand blast method based on astm-c778 standard (fig. 1). the extracted results of abrasion resistance tests are summarized in tab. 2. fig. 2 shows the abrasion depth in terms of water-cement ratio. increasing the water-cement ratio leads to increase the abrasion depth. by increasing the water-cement ratio from 0.3 to 0.46, the abrasion depth increases gradually. the more the water-cement ratio is, the less abrasion resistance of mortar phase occurred. however, the abrasion resistance of concrete inclines to the abrasion resistance of aggregates. by gradual increase of water-cement ratio to 0.46, the abrasion depth may reach to the maximum value. it seems that the maximum value of abrasion resistance is related to 0.46 water-cement ratio. figure 1: abrasion strength test machine w/c 0.3 0.34 0.38 0.42 0.46 abrasion resistance (mm) 0.814 0.954 1.105 1.198 1.227 table 2: abrasion depth tests for specimens with variable water-cement ratio. a b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 19 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 a br as io n d ep th ( m m ) w/c figure 2: abrasion depth in terms of water-cement ratio fig. 3 shows that the abrasion depth reverse has a reversed relationship with the water-cement ratio. considering the reverse relationship of abrasion resistance and abrasion depth, data showed that increasing the water-cement ratio decreases the abrasion resistance reverse. the abrasion resistance and average permeability depth data for different values of water-cement ratio are shown in tab. 3. to enhance the abrasion resistance of concrete, it is necessary to enhance the mortar phase and the aggregate phase with one another. mortar phase can be enhanced by reduction of water-cement ratio, using nano silica and suitable curing. aggregate phase can also be enhanced by abrasion-resistant aggregates like granite. the condition of performing abrasion test can be more approximated to the real condition of concrete abrasion against water. to do this the silica sand should be shot under water and in less than 90 degree angle. 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 a b ra si on d ep th r ev er se ( cm -1 ) w/c figure 3: abrasion depth reverse in terms of water-cement ratio w/c abrasive resistance improvement average permeability depth (mm) 0.3 38.24% 0.905 0.34 26.17% 1.305 0.38 12.94% 1.845 0.42 4.56% 2.215 0.46 3.17% 3.225 table 3: abrasion resistance improvement and average permeability depth for various values of water-cement ratio. b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 20 hydraulic conductivity coefficient he hydraulic conductivity of the concrete was tested using by penetration method according to astm-c1920-5 (eq. 1). concrete hydraulic conductivity coefficient =  ph v th 2 / 2 (1) where hp: water penetration depth [m], t: influence time [s], h: pressure height [m], v: concrete porosity. fig. 4 illustrates the machine used for performing the hydraulic conductivity of the concrete tests. fig. 5 shows the water permeability depth in terms of various amounts of water-cement ratio. the mentioned data showed that increasing the water-cement ratio, increases water permeability depth. figure 4: hydraulic conductivity of the concrete test machine 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 w at er p er m ea bi li ty d ep th ( m m ) w/c figure 5: water permeability depth in terms of different values of water-cement ratio it is noteworthy that the following formula is used for calculating the permeability coefficient of concrete.    p pk h t h 2 / 2 (2) where: kp is permeability coefficient of concrete [m/s]; hp is water permeability depth [m]; t is water permeability time [s]; h is height arising from pressure [m] and v is porosity of concrete. the following equation is used for porosity calculation: t b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 21           w c w g/ 100 36.15 / 100 / (3) where: w/c is water-cement ratio; ⍺ is degree of cement hydration; w is gravity of water of concrete [kg/m3] and g is specific weight of cement [g/cm3]. wet sand blast can significantly simulate the erosion in concrete, so it is a suitable technique to evaluate the water resistance of concrete. penetration resistance test on concrete is a tool for defining comparative strengths of concrete in similar or dissimilar structures. due to the nature of equipment, absolute values of strength cannot be obtained. penetration method is a suitable approach for evaluating the permeability of concrete, because this method is desired for the ratio of water depth in concrete. for the concrete cylinder height, this fact is achieved in nano silica concretes. fig. 6 shows the hydraulic conductivity coefficient of concrete in terms of different values of water-cement ratio. the data indicated that increasing the water-cement ratio, increases hydraulic conductivity coefficient of concrete. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 h yd ra ul ic c on du ct iv ity c oe ff ic ie nt (m /s ) w/c × 10-14 figure 6: hydraulic conductivity coefficient of concrete in terms of water-cement ratio fig. 7 shows the variation curve of porosity in terms of different amounts of water-cement ratio. the porosity of concrete increases by increasing of water-cement ratio. 13 16 19 22 25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 p o ro si ty o f co n cr et e p er ce n t w/c figure 7: variation of porosity in terms of different amounts of water-cement ratio b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 22 tab. 4 shows the values of hydraulic conductivity coefficient and porosity of concrete in terms of water-cement ratio. the values of tab. 5 are required for obtaining the hydraulic conductivity coefficient and porosity of nano silica concrete. w/c hydraulic conductivity coefficient of cement (m/s) porosity of concrete 0.3 1.7⤬10-15 13.1% 0.34 3.84⤬10-15 15.2% 0.38 8.25⤬10-15 19.37% 0.42 13.95⤬10-15 21.56% 0.46 28.5⤬10-15 25% table 4: hydraulic conductivity coefficient and porosity of concrete in terms of water-cement ratio. permeability time (s) height arising from water pressure (m) cement specific weight (g/cm) cement degree of hydration (%) 259200 82 3.15 80 table 5: required values for calculating hydraulic conductivity coefficient and porosity of concrete. compressive strength ompressive strength tests on cube samples of 150 × 150 × 150 mm at the age of 7, 28 and 91 days have been done with a pressure test device with a capacity of 2000 kn (tekno test-italy) at a speed of 2.5 kn/s accordance to aci-c330 standard. the value of compressive strength of samples can be evaluated using eq. 5 as following as: compressive strength =  p a/ 1000 (4) fig. 8 is the illustration of compressive strength test machine. figure 8: compressive strength test machine c b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 23 fig. 9 shows the compressive strength improvements due to water-cement ratio reduction in nano silica concrete with error bars. the compressive strength and abrasion resistance of concrete will increase by means of water-cement ratio reduction. as it can be seen in fig. 9, by reducing the ratio of water to cement from 0.46 to 0.3, the compressive strength of samples at the age of 7, 28 and 90 days of concrete is improved by 27.92, 33.04 and 31.88% respectively. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0.3 0.34 0.42 0.46 c o m pr es si ve s tr en g th i m pr o vm en t p er ce n ts w/c 7 days 28 days 90 days figure 9: compressive strength improvement after 7, 28 and 90 days conclusion ue to the rapid growth of scientific and practical researches, the science and technology of nanotechnology of all industries, very little attention has been paid to the applications of this phenomenon in the building industry and construction. recently, however, with regard to nano reinforcement in construction materials, a new wave has taken place with the ever-accelerating in the construction industry. properties, behavior and performance of concrete depend on the nano structure of the underlying concrete, which provides adhesion, cohesion and integrity. therefore, the construction of concrete and cement paste structures at the nanoscale is very important for the development of new building materials and their applications. the main obtained results in the present article showed that the abrasion resistance of nano silica concrete increased by decreasing of water-cement ratio. by reducing the water-cement ratio from 0.46 to 0.30 at nano silica concrete specimens, the abrasion resistance of concrete improved by 42%. the abrasion resistance of mortar phase decreased by increasing of water-cement ratio and the abrasion resistance of concrete approaches the abrasion resistance of aggregates. in addition, the hydraulic conductivity coefficient and the porosity of nano silica concrete decreased by decreasing of water-cement ratio from 0.46 to 0.30. therefore, the hydraulic conductivity coefficient of concrete decreased from 28.5⤬10-15 to 1.7⤬10-15, the porosity of concrete decreased to 13.1% and the abrasion depth reduced gradually. this can be related to the biphasic (mortar and aggregates) nature of concrete in abrasion. references [1] neville, a. (2001). consideration of durability of concrete structures: past, present, and future, materials and structures, 34, pp. 114-118. [2] yoon, y.-s., won, j.-p., woo, s.-k. and song, y.-c. (2002). enhanced durability performance of fly ash concrete for concrete-faced rockfill dam application, cement and concrete research, 32, pp.23-30. [3] shih, j.-y., chang, t.-p. and hsiao, t.-c. (2006). effect of nanosilica on characterization of portland cement composite, materials science and engineering: a, 424, pp. 266-274. d b. rahmanzadeh et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 16-24; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.02 24 [4] senff, l., labrincha, j.a., ferreira, v.m., hotza, d. and repette, w.l. (2009). effect of nano-silica on rheology and fresh properties of cement pastes and mortars, construction and building materials, 23, pp. 2487-2491. [5] nazari, a. and riahi, s. (2011). the effects of sio2 nanoparticles on physical and mechanical properties of high strength compacting concrete, composites part b: engineering, 42, pp. 570-578. [6] [6] rahmani, h. and ramzanianpour, a. (2008). effect of silica fume and natural pozzolanas on sulfuric acid resistance of dense concretes, asian journal of civil engineering (building and housing), 9, pp. 303-319. [7] li, g. (2004). properties of high-volume fly ash concrete incorporating nano-sio2, cement and concrete research, 34, pp. 1043-1049. [8] wen, l., deng, y.-h., mei, z., ling, x. and qian, f. (2006). mechanical properties of nano sio2 filled gypsum particleboard, transactions of nonferrous metals society of china, 16, pp. s361-s364. [9] felekoğlu, b., türkel, s. and baradan, b. (2007). effect of water/cement ratio on the fresh and hardened properties of self-compacting concrete, building and environment, 42, pp. 1795-1802. [10] bilodeau, a. and malhotra, v. (1992). concrete incorporating high volumes of astm class f fly ashes: mechanical properties and resistance to deicing salt scaling and to chloride-ion penetration, aci special publication sp-132, american concrete institute, detroit, pp. 319-349. [11] givi, a.n., rashid, s.a., aziz, f.n.a. and salleh, m.a.m. (2010). experimental investigation of the size effects of sio2 nano-particles on the mechanical properties of binary blended concrete, composites part b: engineering, 41, pp. 673-677. [12] tavakoli, m. and soroushian, p. (1996). strengths of recycled aggregate concrete made using field-demolished concrete as aggregate, materials journal, 93, pp. 178-181. [13] collepardi, m., collepardi, s., skarp, u. and troli, r. (2004). optimization of silica fume, fly ash and amorphous nano-silica in superplasticized high-performance concretes, proceedings of 8th canmet/aci international conference on fly ash, silica fume, slag and natural pozzolans in concrete, sp-221, las vegas, usa, pp. 495-506. [14] nazari, a., riahi, s., riahi, s., shamekhi, s.f. and khademno, a. (2010). influence of al2o3 nanoparticles on the compressive strength and workability of blended concrete, journal of american science, 6, pp. 6-9. [15] aiu, m. and huang, c. (2006). the chemistry and physics of nano-cement, loyola marymount university, nsf-reu university of delaware. [16] nazari, a. and riahi, s. (2011). the effects of sio2 nanoparticles on physical and mechanical properties of high strength compacting concrete. composites part b: engineering, 42, pp. 570-578. [17] gaitero, j., sáez de ibarra, y., erkizia, e. and campillo, i. (2006), silica nanoparticle addition to control the calcium‐leaching in cement‐based materials, physica status solidi (a), 203, pp. 1313-1318. [18] behnood, a. and ziari, h. (2008). effects of silica fume addition and water to cement ratio on the properties of highstrength concrete after exposure to high temperatures, cement and concrete composites, 30, pp. 106-112. [19] wittmann, f., roelfstra, p., mihashi, h., huang, y.-y., zhang, x.-h. and nomura, n. (1987). influence of age of loading, water-cement ratio and rate of loading on fracture energy of concrete, materials and structures, 20, pp. 103110. [20] willer eda, m., lima rde, l. and giugliano, l.g. (2004). in vitro adhesion and invasion inhibition of shigella dysenteriae, shigella flexneri and shigella sonnei clinical strains by human milk proteins, bmc microbiol, 4, pp. 1-7. [21] popovics, s. (1990). analysis of concrete strength versus water-cement ratio relationship, materials journal, 87, pp. 517-529. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_38_art_2 s. averbeck et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.02 12 focussed on multiaxial fatigue and fracture a study of white etching crack formation by compression-torsion experiments s. averbeck, e. kerscher materials testing (awp), university of kaiserslautern, gottlieb-daimler-strasse, 67663 kaiserslautern, germany stefan.averbeck@mv.uni-kl.de, kerscher@mv.uni-kl.de abstract. in this study, an attempt was made to recreate the bearing damage phenomenon “white etching cracks” with a simplified testing setup. rolling contact fatigue conditions were simulated with in-phase and out-ofphase cyclic compression-torsion experiments on 100cr6 steel specimens. the results are compared in terms of microstructural change. focused ion beam and metallographic analysis reveal that a fine-grained, white etching zone formed in the vicinity of the fatigue cracks of specimens tested with the in-phase load pattern. in contrast, no such structures were found after testing the out-of-phase load pattern. the properties of the white etching zone are characterised in more detail and compared with white etching cracks. keywords. white etching cracks; multiaxial fatigue; bearing steel. citation: averbeck, s., kerscher., e., a study of white etching crack formation by compression-torsion experiments, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18. received: 28.04.2016 accepted: 15.06.2016 published: 01.10.2016 copyright: © 2016 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n the past two decades, increasing attention has been focused on the damage mechanism “white etching cracks” (wec). wecs can lead to very early bearing failure (usually 5-20% of l10) under operating conditions that would usually allow the bearing to achieve its calculated service life [1]. despite intensive research and a variety of root cause hypotheses, no comprehensive explanation for wec formation exists yet. the phenomenon seems to be influenced by multiple parameters which are often interdependent. the different hypotheses and influencing factors have been reviewed by gegner [2], evans [1] and, more recently, by stadler et al. [3]. the characteristic feature of white etching cracks is the appearance of the crack faces, which appear white when etched with 3% nitric acid. this etching behaviour is attributed to an extreme grain refinement compared to the original martensitic structure. the average grain size is reduced from ~1µm to 10-100nm [2, 4]. the reduction in grain size is coupled with an increase in hardness from about 700hv to 1000hv and above [1, 5], in part due to the hall-petch effect, in part due to the dissolution of carbides in the white etching area [4]. the lattice structure is body-centred cubic, which is carbon-supersaturated ferrite [1, 2], although amorphous structures have also been reported [6]. wec have a tendency to branch and form networks or groups [1, 7]. this heavy branching of the cracks and their three-dimensional interconnections are responsible for their detrimental effect on bearing life, as this structure easily leads to spalling damage. wecs are found almost exclusively near or at the surface of bearing components, although they can propagate very deeply into the material [8]. it is therefore assumed that there is a link to rolling contact fatigue (rcf) mechanisms, which i s. averbeck et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.02 13 are caused by the cyclic hertzian stresses in the contact area. this complex superposition of compressional and shear stresses changes over time as a rolling element passes over the raceway. in this area, defects, such as non-metallic inclusions or voids, can act as stress concentrators and enable crack initiation. a phenomenon called ‘butterflies’ which occurs in this region has been linked to white etching crack formation [9]. these are cracks around inclusions which are accompanied by white etching areas with virtually the same properties. it has to be considered, though, that butterflies are always oriented at 20-30 degrees to the contact surface, whereas wecs are not specifically oriented in any direction [1, 8]. experiments his study differs from earlier wec investigations in its approach to wec reproduction. instead of testing bearings, simple hourglass-shaped specimens made from 100cr6 steel were used (fig. 1). the specimens were heat treated at the skf gmbh bearing manufacturing plant in schweinfurt, germany, according to the regular bearing heat treatment standards of skf. after heat treatment, the specimens were ground to a roughness rz of 2µm and subsequently polished. figure 1: specimen geometry. load-controlled testing was carried out with superimposed axial and torsional loads on a servohydraulic mts 858 testing machine. two different approaches to the reproduction of rolling contact fatigue were used: in-phase and out-of-phase loading. for both load spectra, tests were performed in air and in partially synthetic sae 75/w80 transmission oil with a specific additive package. this is a typical gearbox oil which has been found to promote wec formation, most likely due to its additives [10]. all experiments were carried out at room temperature. in-phase loading transfer between rcf conditions and in-phase loading was based on achieving a similar highest equivalent stress. although the stress state in a bearing constantly changes over time, it is possible to identify a time and location where the equivalent stress is highest during one load cycle. this stress state can be modelled by in-phase compressional and torsional load, as demonstrated by burkart et al. [11]. the equivalent stresses were determined using von mises’ criterion and applied such that the ratio between the principal stresses’ difference, |σi-σii|/|σii-σiii|, was the same in the experiment as in a real bearing. there remains, of course, one main difference between a bearing and the experiment: while the maximum stress is located beneath the surface in the former, it occurs at the surface in the specimen. out-of-phase loading this load spectrum was based on work by beretta and foletti [12], who used out-of-phase compression-torsion loads to study coplanar crack propagation from artificial defects. they tested bearing steel specimens with two different load patterns, which were proposed by bearing manufacturer skf. the first pattern aimed at reproducing subsurface conditions, while the second should reproduce the conditions deeper under the bearing surface. it was found that only the t s. averbeck et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.02 14 second pattern led to coplanar crack propagation, which can be interpreted as a sign that it better recreated rcf conditions. for this reason and for ease of controller programming, we adopted the second pattern, which is described below, for our study. the load pattern is defined by a) the phase shift between the compression and torsional loads and b) the ratio between maximum torsional and maximum compressional stress. with a phase shift of 90 degrees, the specimen experiences half of the maximum compression at the time of highest torsional stress. the ratio between the maximum stresses, σmax/τmax, is stated to be about 3.75 in [12]. with the proportion of the stresses thus set, the question remains which absolute values of stress are to be used. the equivalent stress can be made to match bearing conditions either at the time of maximum torsional stress, or at maximum compressional stress. both variants can be justified: the former causes the same stress state at the equivalent stress that is relevant for a bearing, but causes much greater equivalent stresses between the torsional maxima. the other variant, meanwhile, ensures that both the in-phase and the out-of-phase specimens are subjected to the same maximum equivalent stress but leads to a different stress state at the torsional maxima with lower equivalent stress. both variants were tested during our experiments, designated oop-a and oop-b. as wecs mostly lead to bearing failures in the early high cycle fatigue range, it was decided to run the fatigue tests only up to 106 cycles. this means that even with a limited load frequency of 10hz, it was possible to use realistic stress levels. as none of the in-phase and oop-b specimens fractured during testing, they were fatigued until fracture under alternating torsion with superimposed constant tension. all specimens were cleaned in acetone and ethanol in an ultrasonic bath before the microstructural examinations. afterwards, all specimens were examined with the scanning electron microscope. select specimens were studied in more detail with the combined sem/focused ion beam (fib) at the nanostructuring center (nsc) of the university of kaiserslautern. furthermore, some specimens were hot mounted in epoxy resin and subsequently ground, polished, and etched with 3% nitric acid (nital) for metallographic investigations. finally, microhardness tests were carried out using a diamond berkovich indenter at 50mn load. figure 2: fracture surface of an in-phase specimen tested in air. the approximate position of the metallographic section in fig. 4 is indicated by the dashed line. results in-phase experiments ig. 2 shows the fracture surface around the crack starting point after in-phase testing. the image is representative for specimens tested in air and in oil alike. there are three distinct regions with different fracture morphologies: a small lens at the specimen’s surface indicating the crack propagation during in-phase loading, a second area showing the fracture surface of stable crack growth during fatigue loading to fracture the specimen, and a third area of f s. averbeck et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.02 15 final fracture. at higher magnification, a step can be seen between the upper and the lower half of the lens. this indicates that the crack propagated orthogonally to the specimen axis until it reached a length of 5-10µm, at which point the further crack propagation was controlled by mode i, i.e. perpendicular to the highest shear stress. it is possible that this change of direction coincides with the change from compression-torsion testing to torsional fracturing; however, it is equally possible that the crack propagation mode changed already during the testing phase, as fatigue cracks often change direction during their growth under multiaxial load conditions [13]. considering the morphological differences within the fatigue lens – a relatively smooth innermost area followed by a much coarser structure more outwardly – makes the latter explanation seem more likely, as this suggests a change of the crack growth mechanism. if this interpretation is correct, the fatigue crack propagated around 250µm during in-phase loading. a grainy surface structure can be observed at small scales near the above-mentioned step, and a very thin secondary crack extends from the surface to a depth of about 50µm. in order to examine the microstructure below the surface, focused ion beam (fib) cuts with a length of 30µm were made at two points on the fracture surface. this allowed for studying the top 5µm of the specimen microstructure. in both cut areas, a very fine-grained layer with a thickness of no more than 500nm could be observed at the surface (fig. 3). this grain refinement was not affected by whether the test was run in oil or air. a carbide is observable in the transition zone between the nanocrystalline structure and the unaltered material below. it could be argued that its shape indicates deformation and the onset of dissolution; this, however, remains debatable. figure 3: sem image of grain refinement and a carbide in the surface layer. figure 4: metallographic section of an in-phase specimen tested in air. the smaller image on the right is a magnification of the marked area. a metallographic examination of the opposite fracture surface reveals a white-etching zone on the fracture surface (fig. 4). under the light optical microscope (lom), this zone appears largely featureless with interspersed carbides. the thickness of the zone is around 1µm. its lateral dimension is much greater, spanning several hundred micrometres. this matches the diameter of the inner fatigue lens in fig. 2. the white etching zone remained visible after further grinding, polishing, and etching with about 50µm material removal. s. averbeck et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.02 16 microhardness measurements in the white etching zone varied from 753hv to 1246hv, with an average value of 986hv (five measurements). this is significantly harder than the original martensitic microstructure, which has a hardness of 700750hv. out-of-phase experiments in contrast, no microstructurally changed areas could be found after the out-of-phase tests, independently of the surrounding medium (oil or air). the oop-a cycle was only used for very few tests, as it became apparent that specimens fractured very early in the high cycle fatigue regime or even in the low cycle fatigue regime (nb < 105). the oop-b tests showed no signs of microstructural change, although the cracks propagated in the same manner like the in-phase fatigue cracks. in some specimens, no crack formation was observed at all during the 106 cycles of testing. discussion hite etching microstructural changes are not an exclusive feature of white etching cracks, as the white layers found on rail steel (e.g. [14]) or in dry sliding contacts (e.g. [15]) demonstrate. it is thus necessary to carefully examine whether the zone formed during the compression-torsion experiments really is similar to wec microstructural change, and to eliminate any other formation possibilities and error sources. for example, the fracture stage which followed the testing cycle could have caused the microstructural changes. however, when comparing the inphase results with those of the oop-b tests, this becomes very unlikely. if the white etching layer was formed due to the torsional fracturing stage, it should appear on all specimens, not only on those tested in-phase. many formation mechanisms for white etching microstructure rely on a thermal component. this is especially true for the examples in dry sliding contacts mentioned above. no signs for thermal influences have been found in the experimental results. the fact that the white layers formed regardless of whether the specimen was tested in air or in oil rules out a mechanism like those in dry sliding contacts. aside from these aspects ex negativo, the white etching surface layer produced by in-phase testing is in several aspects similar to the altered microstructure found in wecs. the fib images, for example, closely resemble those presented by franke et al. [16]. when viewed in the light optical microscope, the appearance of the white etching structure is very similar to wec found in the literature. the hardness values also closely match those reported for wec. the thickness of the white etching structures never exceeded 1µm in the specimen, mostly amounting to only a few hundred nanometres. this is well within the range reported for bearing wecs; however, the volume of white etching microstructure can vary widely in bearings [8]. in most cases, the cracks did not seem to develop branches. small cracks at an angle to the fracture surface could be found in some specimens, one example being shown in fig. 2. whether this is a genuine wec-type branch or simply a secondary crack from fatigue and fracture presently cannot be answered. an additional fib cut might serve to clarify this. the cracks never seemed to nucleate at inclusions or voids; at least, no traces of such were found in the vicinity. it is therefore assumed that either surface or microstructural inhomogeneities were responsible for crack initiation. the most ambiguous aspect of the results is the question of carbides. while they are usually absent or in the process of dissolution in bearing wecs, their presence is no decisive argument against wecs [6]. judging from the light optical microscope observations, numerous carbides were interspersed in the white etching areas found in this study. the limited magnification of the lom makes it impossible to assess whether they are affected by the surrounding microstructural change. nor could the fib investigation deliver a conclusive result. while the carbide in fig. 3 might be dissolving, others retained a largely globular shape with sharp borders to the surroundings. generally, it should be remembered that the testing time of 106 cycles was moderate. a longer test, e.g. up to 107 cycles, could serve to clarify whether carbides dissolve or not. this could also provide insights to whether the thickness of the white structure will further increase over time or not. the early failures under load spectrum oop-a were probably a result not only of the higher equivalent stresses, but also of the 90° phase shift. fatemi and shamsaei [13] cite several reports that out-of-phase loads have a significantly more detrimental effect on fatigue properties than in-phase loads. the higher compressional loads themselves probably would not be as problematic, as they would tend to close any incipient cracks. no satisfactory explanation could be found for the behaviour of the oop-b tests, in which no observable microstructural change was found despite the fact that the crack paths were very similar to those from in-phase testing. the most obvious explanation is that the equivalent stresses were too low in the crucial points in each cycle, i.e. at the time of maximum w s. averbeck et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.02 17 torsional loading. it is also possible that the ratio between compressional and torsional load at the torsional maxima prevented microstructural change and even crack formation, as was the case in several specimens. summary olling contact fatigue conditions were simulated with in-phase and out-of-phase cyclic multiaxial loads. it was found that the material behaviour differed greatly between the two load patterns. while the out-of-phase load led to regular crack initiation and propagation, zones of altered microstructure were found adjacent to fatigue cracks in the in-phase specimens. detailed investigations with sem, fib, nanoindentation and metallographic methods revealed that these zones resemble the microstructural change in the bearing damage phenomenon white etching cracks. acknowledgements e would like to thank skf gmbh, schweinfurt, for supporting us with the heat treatment of the specimens. further thanks go to dr. thomas löber of the nanostructuring center (nsc) at the university of kaiserslautern for his help with the fib examinations. this study is part of a project funded by the deutsche forschungsgemeinschaft (dfg) under grant ke 1426/6-1. references [1] evans, m.-h., white structure flaking (wsf) in wind turbine gearbox bearings: effects of ‘butterflies’ and white etching cracks (wecs), tribol. int., 28 (2012) 3–22. [2] gegner, j., tribological aspects of rolling bearing failures, in: kuo, c.-h. (ed.), tribology lubricants and lubrication, intech, rijeka, (2011) 33–93. [3] stadler, k., lai, j., vegter, r.h., a review: the dilemma with premature white etching crack (wec) bearing failures, in: beswick, j.m. (ed.), bearing steel technologies, astm international, west conshohocken, (2014) 487– 508. [4] west, o., diederichs, a.m., alimadadi, h., dahl, k.v., somers, m., application of complementary techniques for advanced characterization of white etching cracks, pract. metallogr., 50 (2013) 410–431. [5] greco, a., sheng, s., keller, j., erdemir, a., material wear and fatigue in wind turbine systems, wear, 302, (2012) 1583–1591. [6] harada, h., mikami, t., shibata, m., sokai, d., yamamoto, a., tsubakino, h., microstructural changes and crack initiation with white etching area formation under rolling/sliding contact in bearing steel, isij int., 45 (2005) 1897–1902. [7] evans, m.-h., wang, l., jones, h., wood, r., white etching crack (wec) investigation by serial sectioning, focused ion beam and 3-d crack modelling, tribol. int., 65 (2013) 146–160. [8] ruellan du crehu, arnaud, tribological analysis of white etching crack (wec) failures in rolling element bearings, phd thesis, insa lyon, (2014). [9] evans, m.-h., richardson, a.d., wang, l., wood, r.j.k., anderson, w.b., confirming subsurface initiation at nonmetallic inclusions as one mechanism for white etching crack (wec) formation, tribol. int., 75 (2014) 87–97. [10] surborg, h., einfluss von grundölen und additiven auf die bildung von wec in wälzlagern, shaker, aachen, (2014). [11] burkart, k., bomas, h., schroeder, r., zoch, h.-w., rolling contact and compression-torsion fatigue of 52100 steel with special regard to carbide distribution, in: beswick, j.m. (ed.), bearing steel technologies, astm international, west conshohocken, (2012) 218–236. [12] beretta, s., foletti, s., propagation of small cracks under rcf: a challenge to multiaxial fatigue criteria, in: carpinteri, a., iacoviello, f., pook, l.p., susmel, l. (eds.), proceedings of the 4th international conference on crack paths (cp 2012), gruppo italiano frattura, cassino, (2012) 15–28. [13] fatemi, a., shamsaei, n., multiaxial fatigue: an overview and some approximation models for life estimation, int. j. fatigue, 33 (2011) 948–958. [14] baumann, g., fecht, h.j., liebelt, s., formation of white-etching layers on rail treads, wear, 191, (1996) 133–140. r w s. averbeck et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 38 (2016) 12-18; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.38.02 18 [15] griffiths, b.j., mechanisms of white layer generation with reference to machining and deformation processes, j. tribol., 109 (1987) 525–530. [16] franke, j., surborg, h., fahl, j., elfrath, t., blass, t., holweger, w., merk, d., influence of tribolayer on wec roller bearing fatigue performed on a fe8 test rig, in: proceedings tae 19th international colloquium tribology, technische akademie esslingen, esslingen, (2014) 163–175. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_41 h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 360 focussed on crack paths multiple and non-planar crack propagation analyses in thin structures using fcpas h. dündar, a. o. ayhan department of mechanical engineering, sakarya university, 54187, sakarya, turkey hakan.dundar@ogr.sakarya.edu.tr, ayhan@sakarya.edu.tr abstract. in this study, multiple and non-planar crack propagation analyses are performed using fracture and crack propagation analysis system (fcpas). in an effort to apply and validate fcpas procedures for multiple and non-planar crack propagation analyses, various problems are solved and the results are compared with data available in the literature. the method makes use of finite elements, specifically three-dimensional enriched elements to compute stress intensity factors (sifs) without special meshing requirements. a fatigue crack propagation criterion, such as paris-erdoğan equation, is also used along with stress intensity factors to conduct the simulation. finite element models are generated within ansys™ software, converted into and solved in frac3d program, which employs enriched crack tip elements. having computed the sifs for a given crack growth increment and using a growth criterion, the next incremental crack path is predicted and the fracture model is updated to reflect the non-planar crack growth. this procedure is repeated until cracks reach a desired length or when sifs exceed the fracture toughness of the material. it is shown that fcpas results are in good agreement with literature data in terms of sifs, crack paths and crack growth life of the structure. thus, accuracy and reliability of fcpas software for multiple and non-planar crack propagation in thin structures is proven. keywords. fracture; nonplanar crack growth; crack propagation. introduction lthough in-plane crack propagation under mode-i loading conditions is very common for machinery parts and structures and is still a popular research subject, some parts can fail under mixed mode loading, causing nonplanar crack surface. this type of crack propagation can occur under mixed mode loading conditions or when crack surface is not perpendicular to an axial load. under mixed mode conditions, multiple cracks growing in a nonplanar manner can even be more critical for the structure due to interaction effects. cracks can accelerate each other, coalesce or change direction due to the interaction effects. this situations can be seen in thin walled structures such as sheet or integral panels of aircrafts or engine parts that are subjected to high temperatures. other examples can also be given in applications in the areas of transportation, energy and aviation. therefore, accurate prediction of nonplanar crack propagation in machine parts or structures is very important to assure safety, efficiency and reliability of some engineering structures. in the literature, there are several numerical and experimental studies that deal with fracture and propagation analyses of multiple cracks and nonplanar crack growth. one of the numerical studies is by wessel et.al [1]. in that study, wessel et.al a h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 361 used boundary element method (bem) and compared their results to experimental data. jonesa et.al. [2] analyzed interacting multiple cracks using finite element method (fem) and a hybrid formulation which represents stiffness changes. yan analyzed interacting multiple cracks and complex crack configurations in linear elastic media using an effective numerical method which is an extended form of bueckners’ princible [3]. leonel et.al used two-dimensional bem method for multiple crack propagation analyses [4]. they used maximum circumferential stress theory for evaluating stress intensity factors (sif) and propagation angle, and paris’ law to predict structural life. another 2d linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) problem is analyzed by yan [5] using bem method for propagating multiple cracks. yan also used maximum circumferential stress theory and paris’ law. a java-based boundary element program front end was developed by hsieh et.al. for fracture analysis of multiple curvilinear cracks in general anisotropic materials [6]. citarella et.al. compared dbem and fem methods by 3d fatigue crack growth of two anti-symmetric cracks [7]. price and trevelyan analyzed two eccentric crack that propagate nonplanarly in a thin geometry [8]. bouchard and chastel used maximum circumferential stress criterion, strain energy density fracture criterion and maximum strain energy release rate criterion for single and multiple nonplanar crack growth analyses [9]. the objective of this study is to apply, demonstrate and validate usage of fcpas for multiple cracks propagating in a non-planar manner under fatigue loading. in the study, finite element method with enriched elements is used to obtain stress intensity factors (sif) [10]. sif values are calculated during nodal displacement calculation which is a step of finite element (fe) solution. by using enriched element method, sifs are calculated accurately and no special re-processing or meshing techniques and post-processing of results are needed. it is shown that fcpas results for multiple non-planar cracks agree well with those from the literature. method or nonplanar crack propagation analyses, fcpas finite element software is used. also ansys™ [11] commercial fe software is used for generating fe model of the cracked geometry. all calculations for sifs and propagation process are performed by frac3d solver of fcpas software. crack propagation process with fcpas software consists of fe modeling of cracked geometry, solution step, propagation of the cracks and best ellipse fit for the propagated cracks. these steps are repeated until failure or some other geometric limit. work flow scheme of fcpas analysis is shown in fig. 1. fcpas solver, frac3d, uses enriched element method for calculating sifs [12]. a general form of displacements for enriched elements is given in eqs. 1-3. 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ntipm m i j j u j uj i i j j i ntipm i u j uj i ii j i m u j uj j u n u z f n f n k z g n g n k z h n h n                                                                            1 ( ) ntip i i iii i k         (1) 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ntipm m i j j v j vj i i j j i ntipm i v j vj i ii j i m v j vj j v n v z f n f n k z g n g n k z h n h n                                                                            1 ( ) ntip i i iii i k         (2) f h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 362 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ( , , ) ntipm m i j j w j wj i i j j i ntipm i w j wj i ii j i m w j wj j w n w z f n f n k z g n g n k z h n h n                                                                            1 ( ) ntip i i iii i k         (3) figure 1: work scheme of fcpas finite element software for analysis of multiple cracks. in eqs. 1-3, , and are local coordinates in enriched elements, uj, vj, and wj are the nodal displacement, nj are regular finite element shape functions, z0 is a zeroing function which varies between 0 and 1, m is number of nodes in the element, fj, gj and hj represent the mode i, ii and iii components of crack tip displacements, ki, kii and kiii are the unknown sifs. finally is the local isoparametric coordinate along the crack front that varies between -1 and 1. after fe solution and sif calculation, cracks are propagated taking into account crack interaction effects. a modified form of paris-erdoğan equation (eq. 4) is used for this process. max max n i i k a a k          (4) in the next step, if cracks are to be represented in elliptical form, a best ellipse fit method is applied to propagated crack tip nodes. then ellipse parameters are given to ansys software as new crack dimensions. for through the thickness cracks in thin walled structures, there is no need for ellipse fitting and any crack tip node coordinates are used for new crack locations. after all propagation analyses are completed, a crack growth law such as paris-erdoğan formulation (eq. 5) is used for prediction of crack propagation life [10].  nda c k dn   (5) h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 363 crack propagation analyses orner, surface and through-thickness cracks under mode-i conditions in different geometries are analyzed and results are compared to those from the literature which are experimental test data and/or numerical results. fcpas results showed very good agreement with the literature data in terms of sifs, crack profiles/paths and propagation lives. some of these studies can be found in [13] and [14]. in addition to the above mode-i propagation analyses including multiple mode-i cracks, several multiple-non-planar crack propagation analyses are also performed using fcpas. in this study, two different nonplanar crack propagation analyses are performed. first set of analyses represent the study by yan [15]. a thin plate which contains two equal sized cracks is subjected to tensile stress. one of the cracks is perpendicular to the loading axis of the plate, and the second crack makes a 45-degree angle. details of the geometry and loading conditions can be seen in fig. 2. figure 2: details of the cracked model [15]. in fig. 2, l=4 mm, =45 degree, h=8 mm, width and height of the plate are taken as 160 mm to simulate large plate conditions relative to the crack sizes and the thickness of the plate is taken as 5 mm to assure plane stress conditions. load and loading ratio (r) are 150.42 mpa and 0.048, c constant of the material is 1.039e-10, constant n is 2.7438 [15]. modulus of elasticity and poisson’s ratio are used as 70000 mpa and 0.321 respectively. same analysis as that of yan’s is performed using fcpas and results are compared. crack path comparison is shown in fig. 3. it should be noted that for the incremental crack propagation analyses presented in this paper, the propagation angles are computed using the maximum tangential stress (mts) criterion proposed by erdoğan and sih [16]. according to this criterion, under mixed mode loading, crack extends in a direction such that mode-ii sif becomes zero. figure 3: crack path comparison between fcpas and yan’s analysis. although the loading is uniaxial in the problem considered, because of the shear stress which occurs on the slanted crack plane, kii stress intensity factors are generated at its crack tips causing the tips to grow initially in a non-planar manner. c h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 364 thus, initially, this effect is only near the tips of the slanted crack (tips c and d). it can be seen from the above paths that, the 45-degree slanted crack becomes nearly perpendicular to the loading direction after the first step of the crack propagation analysis. however, it also seen that as the cracks keep growing, especially between crack tips b and c, stress re-distributions take place, which cause these crack tips to continue changing directions. this can be seen in figs. 4 and 5, where ki and kii sifs are plotted as a function of absolute (curved) crack length. it is seen from these figures that crack tips a and d keep propagating purely in mode-i after the initial mixed-mode deflection, i.e., kii sif is very close to zero for these crack tips during crack growth. it should also be noted that during the analyses presented in this paper, the maximum crack length increment among all propagation steps is taken to be nearly one-tenth of the largest crack length and that these steps can further be refined to further check the convergence of the crack path and life predictions. however, the chosen steps yield good agreement with ref. [15] in terms of the paths of the crack tips. figure 4: mode-i and mode-ii stress intensity factors during crack growth – crack tips a and b. figure 5: mode-i and mode-ii stress intensity factors during crack growth – crack tips c and d. in an effort to compare the predictions of the current study with those of yan’s, equivalent sifs vs. number of cycles are plotted in fig. 6. to be able to make comparisons, equivalent sifs are calculated in the same way as ref. [15].  0 0 0 1 cos 1 cos 3 sin 2 2 e i iik k k           (6) in eq. (6),0 is the crack growth angle, ki and kii are mode-i and mode-ii stress intensity factors. h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 365 figure 6: equivalent sif comparisons between fcpas and yan’s [15] numerical results. while there is no information about the unit of constant c of the material in yan’s study, load and material constant c used in the current simulations are, 15.333 n/mm2 (value of ref. [15] given in kg unit divided by 9.81) and 1.02e-9 (value of ref. [15] multiplied by 9.81) to match the results with the same number of cycles. in that case, it is concluded from this application that fig. 3 shows very good agreement in terms of crack path predictions and that fig. 6 also shows good agreement, especially in the beginning and end of the simulation. another non-planar crack propagation analysis performed in this study is about a plate under uniaxial stress containing a hole and multiple cracks [17]. judt and ricoeur’s study [17] contains three cracks analyzed by interaction integral. the same multiple nonplanar cracks problem is analyzed by fcpas. geometry, loading and boundary condition details of the problem can be seen in fig. 7. figure 7: geometry and boundary condition details of three cracked model (dimensions are in mm)[17]. figure 8: crack path comparison between fcpas and the literature data [17]. h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 366 the plate is under displacement controlled cyclic loading. 0.005 mm displacement is applied at the bottom area of the plate to ensure tension loading and top area is fixed. al-7075 is chosen as material of the plate and modulus of elasticity and poisson’s ratio are 72000 mpa and 0.33, respectively. material constant n is 1.34 and fracture toughness is 23.9 mpa m for the material [17]. thickness of the plate is taken as 3 mm to simulate plane stress conditions. having performed crack propagation analyses using the same procedure employed in the first application, obtained results are compared to those from judt and ricoeur’s [17] study. comparison of crack paths between fcpas and ref. [17] is shown in fig. 8. as can be seen from fig. 8, eccentricity of the cracks causes shear stress and therefore, kii sifs. thus, cracks change their direction from the horizontal plane. vertical distance between 2nd and 3rd cracks are very small and therefore, sifs in this region are higher than the region around the 1st crack. as a result, 2nd and 3rd cracks propagate faster than the 1st crack, which propagate at a slower rate. comparisons of equivalent sif vs. number of crack growth steps, as given in ref. [17], are shown in fig. 9. it should be noted that, in the current analyses, much less number of increments (17 steps) are used compared to ref. [17] (325 steps). equivalent sifs are calculated using eq. (7) [17].  22 1 1 4 2 2 i e i ii k k k k   (7) i=1.155 [17], ki and kii are mode-i and mode-ii stress intensity factors. figure 9: sif comparison between fcpas and ref. [17]. fig. 8 and fig. 9 show that fcpas results are very close to those of judt and ricoeur [17] in terms of crack paths and sif vs. number of crack growth steps. therefore, this case serves as a second validation problem for application of fcpas crack propagation analysis procedures to multiple cracks in thin-walled structures growing in a non-planar manner. conclusions n this study, three-dimensional non-planar crack propagation analyses for thin-walled structures were performed using fcpas (fracture and crack propagation analysis system). two case studies related to multiple cracks with non-planar growth were presented. results of these studies in terms of crack paths and stress intensity factor variations with number of cycles showed good agreement with analysis data from the literature. thus, it was concluded that non-planar growths of multiple cracks in thin-walled structures can accurately be simulated using fcpas. further developments in fcpas to be able to analyze non-planar crack growth of surface and corner cracks under mode-i, ii and iii conditions are planned as future studies. i h. dündar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 360-367; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.41 367 acknowledgements he financial support by the scientific and technological research council of turkey (tübi̇tak) for this study under project no 113m407 is gratefully acknowledged. references [1] wessel, c., cisilino, a., santi, o., otegui, j., chapetti, m., numerical and experimental determination of threedimensional multiple crack growth in fatigue, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 35 (2001) 47-58. [2] jonesa, r., peng, d., pitt, s., assessment of multiple flat elliptical cracks with interactions, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 38 (2002) 281-291. [3] yan, x., stress intensity factors for interacting cracks and complex crack configurations in linear elastic media, engineering failure leonel, e.d., venturini, w.s., multiple random crack propagation using a boundary element formulation, engineering fracture mechanics, 78 (2011) 1077-1090. [4] analysis, 14 (2007) 179-195. [5] gravouil, a., moës, n., belytschko, t., non-planar 3d crack growth by the extended finite element and level setspart ii: level set update. int. j. numer. meth. engng, 53 (2002) 2569-2586. [6] hsieh, j.h., denda, m., redondo, j., marante, m.e., flórez-lópez, j,. electronic handbook of fracture: a java-based boundary element program for fracture analysis of multiple curvilinear cracks in the general anisotropic solids. advances in engineering software, 39 (2008) 395-406. [7] pierres, e., baietto, m.c., gravouil, a. experimental and numerical analysis of fretting crack formation based on 3d x-fem frictional contact fatigue crack model, comptes rendus mécanique, 339 (2011) 532-551. [8] citarella, r., cricrì, r., comparison of dbem and fem crack path predictions in a notched shaft under torsion, engineering fracture mechanics, 77 (2010) 1730-1749. [9] bouchard, p.o., bay, f., chastel, y., numerical modelling of crack propagation: automatic remeshing and comparison of different criteria, comput. methods appl. mech. engrg., 192 (2003) 3887-3908. [10] ayhan, a.o., simulation of three-dimensional fatigue crack propagation using enriched finite elements, computers and structures, 89 (2011) 801-812. [11] ansys, version 12.0, ansys inc., canonsburg, pa, usa, 2009. [12] ayhan, a.o., nied h.f., stress intensity factors for three-dimensional surface cracks using enriched elements, int. j. numer. meth. engng., 54 (2002) 899-921. [13] dündar, h., ayhan, a.o., finite element modeling of growing multiple three-dimensional cracks under cyclic loads, 10th international fracture conference, kayseri, turkey, april 24-25, 2014, 28-36. [14] derya, m., ayhan, a.o., numerical simulation of three-dimensional mode-i crack propagation using fcpas: first set of practical case studies, 10th international fracture conference, kayseri, turkey, april 24-25, 2014, 28-36. [15] yan, x., automated simulation of fatigue crack propagation for two-dimensional linear elastic fracture mechanics problems by boundary element method, engineering fracture mechanics, 74 (2007) 2225-2246. [16] erdogan, f., sih, g.c., on the crack extension in plane loading and transverse shear, j. basic eng., 85 (1963) 519527. [17] judt, o.p., ricoeur, a., crack growth simulation of multiple cracks systems applying remote contour interaction integrals, theoretical and applied fracture mechanics, 75 (2015) 78-88. t << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_38_3653.docx i. shardakov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 561-572; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.38 561 estimation of nonlinear dependence of fiber bragg grating readings on temperature and strain using experimental data i. shardakov, a. shestakov, i. glot, v. epin, g. gusev, r. tsvetkov institute of continuous media mechanics, ural branch, russian academy of science, 1, korolev street, perm, russia shardakov@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8673-642x shap@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3387-7442 glot@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2842-7511 epin.v@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5625-2678 gusev.g@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9072-0030 flower@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9617-407x abstract. the readings of the bragg grating are determined based on the optical radiation reflected from it. a quantitative characteristic of this radiation is the wavelength at which the maximum power of the optical signal is achieved. this characteristic is called the central wavelength of the grating. the central wavelength shift depends on temperature and strain. as a rule, a linear approximation of this dependence is used. however, from the available literature it is known that, the grating wavelength shift demonstrates a strong nonlinear dependence on temperature at 5> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_41_art_28.docx p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 203 focused on crack tip fields mid-thickness studies of the stress intensity factor in the bulk of bainitic steel p. lopez-crespo, j. vazquez-peralta department of civil and materials engineering, university of malaga, c/dr ortiz ramos s/n, 29071 malaga, spain plopezcrespo@uma.es c. simpson school of materials, university of manchester, oxford road, manchester m13 9pl, uk t. buslaps european synchrotron radiation facility (esrf), 6 rue j horowitz, 38000 grenoble, france p. j. withers school of materials, university of manchester, oxford road, manchester m13 9pl, uk research complex at harwell, didcot, oxfordshire, ox11 0fa, uk. abstract. the current work aims at estimating the stress intensity factor deep inside the bulk from elastic strain data measured by synchrotron x-ray diffraction. key features affecting the evaluation of the stress intensity factor are the number of terms in the analytical model describing the crack tip field, the extension and position of the area of interest of the experimental data, the effect of the experimental data collected within the plastic zone and the number of elastic strain data points used. here a parametric study of these features is presented in terms of their influence for the stress intensity factor determination. it was found that 3 or 4 terms in williams’ expansion is often sufficient; the data should be collected from across the full range of angles around the crack tip; and the number of points/number of terms should be greater than 40. keywords. stress intensity factor; bainitic steel; williams’ expansion; x-ray diffraction. citation: p. lopez-crespo, j. vazquezperalta, c. simpson, t. buslaps, p. j. withers, mid-thickness studies of the stress intensity factor in the bulk of bainitic steel , frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210. received: 28.02.2017 accepted: 15.04.2017 published: 01.07.2017 copyright: © 2017 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction he experimental characterisation of crack tip fields is normally done using surface techniques such as photoelasticity [1], moiré interferometry [2], thermo-elastic stress analysis [3], electronic speckle pattern interferometry [4] or digital image correlation [5,6]. for thin components, the surface behaviour is normally representative of the t p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 204 complete behaviour [7]. however, for many engineering components, the surface may not be at all representative of the majority of the bulk of the material [8,9] and not describe accurately the complete component behaviour [10,11]. intense hard x-ray beams at synchrotron facilities now give us the possibility of probing the bulk of engineering materials both in terms of the geometry and in terms of elastic strain. geometrical features of the crack can be studied through synchrotron x-ray micro-tomography [12,13]. elastic strains can be investigated through synchrotron x-ray diffraction [14,15]. synchrotron x-ray diffraction can also be used to obtain the j-integral [16]. in this work synchrotron x-ray diffraction is used to estimate the sif deep within the bulk of a cracked specimen. the methodology combines a mathematical model describing the elastic crack tip field and elastic strain data obtained experimentally by synchrotron xray diffraction. first, the material and specimen employed are described. then, details about the experimental setup for strain measurement are given. this is followed by an explanation of how experimental data and the analytical model are combined to extract the sif. finally, the influence of key parameters affecting the estimation of the sif is studied. materials and methods he tests were undertaken on a bainitic steel similar to q1n having the chemical composition shown in tab. 1. the material exhibited a yield stress σy=690 mpa, ultimate tensile stress σuts=858 mpa and very fine grain that allowed high quality high spatial resolution strain data to be collected [17]. the bainitic steel also has a good combination of fatigue resistance and low environmental impact for applications where no energy is consumed during the use phase of the component [18]. the fatigue tests were conducted on a compact tension (ct) specimen of 60 mm width and 3.3 mm thickness (fig. 1). alloy c si mn p s cr ni mo cu q1n 0.16 0.25 0.31 0.010 0.008 1.42 2.71 0.41 0.10 table 1: chemical composition in weight % of q1n steel. the balance is fe. 3000 cycles were applied in the pre-cracking stage of the experiment at a frequency of 10 hz. during the pre-cracking stage, the stress intensity range, δk, was approximately 35 mpa√m and the load ratio, pmin/pmax, 0.03. plane stress conditions dominated through the thickness for all loads applied during the experiment, since each xrd measurement included information over 1.4 mm through the thickness [19]. the crack length was measured perpendicular to the loading direction from the centre of the loading holes [20]. figure 1: illustration of beam and compact tension specimen configuration. t p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 205 mapping of elastic strain he strain mapping experiments were conducted on beamline id15a of the european synchrotron radiation facility (france). energy dispersive mode was used, following the configuration previously applied with high qauality results [15,21]. two solid state x-ray detectors were mounted to measure two in-plane directions of strain (εxx and εyy). the scattering angle was 2θ = 5º. the elastic strain was evaluated according to bragg’s law:    0 0 hkl hkl hkl hkl d d d (1) where hkld is the lattice parameter of crystallographic plane (hkl) measured at a certain load and 0 hkld is the strain-free lattice parameter of the same crystallographic plane. here the plane (211) was used. the incident beam slits were opened to 60 × 60 µm, giving a lateral resolution (x, y) of 60 µm and a nominal gauge length through-thickness (z) of around 1.4 mm [17]. the gauge length was diamond shaped and centred on the mid-plane (z=0). attention was paid to locate the origin of coordinates at the crack tip [22]. fig. 2 shows an elastic strain field in the crack opening direction for a sample subjected to 5.3 kn. the two black solid lines in fig. 2 emanating from the origin of coordinates towards negative coordinates in the crack growing direction represent the crack. figure 2: the elastic strain field based on the (211) peak local to the crack in the crack opening direction (εyy) for a 13 mm crack length subjected to 5.3 kn. the area sampled by each point is 60 x 60 m. the parameters relating to the area of interest are also illustrated: inner radius of the data array, rint, outer radius of the data array, rout, and angle between the end of the data array and the crack plane, α. fitting the experimental to an elastic model he elastic strains were fitted to an analytical model following a multi-point over-deterministic scheme [23]. the analytical model was based on williams’ series development used to describe the elastic behaviour of the region surrounding the crack tip [24]. the strains in the crack opening direction can be written as [25]:                                     1 1 22 2 0 0 1 3 cos 1 1 2  cos 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 yye a r sin sin b a r sin t t p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 206                              3 2 22 2 1 2 3  2 cos 2 1 cos 3 1 sin sin 2 3 1 sin        2 2 2 a b r r b r (2) where e is the young’s modulus, εyy are the strains in the crack opening (vertical) direction, an and bm are unknown coefficients or number of terms in the series expansion, r and θ are the polar coordinates of the different points around the crack tip and υ is the poisson’s ratio. the singular term, a0 can be related to the sif as:  0 2 ika (3) substitution of all experimental data points in eq. (2) yields an over-deterministic system of equations that can be solved for the unknown coefficients and thereby computing the sif (kexp). parametric study he evaluation of the key parameters involved in the estimation of the sif, kexp, is done through comparison with the theoretical sif, ktheo [20]. to this end, the error between both values can be determined as:       % 100 exp theo theo k k error k (4) key parameters influencing the k estimation with the current scheme were identified previously [26,27]. these include the number of terms used in williams’ expansion, the size and shape of the area of interest (aoi) used for the fitting, the influence of the plastic zone and the number of experimental data points considered. number of terms, size and shape of the area of interest the size of the aoi is studied through the outer radius of the aoi, rout, defined in fig. 2. the combined influence of number of terms and size of aoi is shown in fig. 3. figure 3: effect of number of terms and size of the aoi (rout) on the error in estimating the sif. fig. 3 shows that the error decreases to a minimum for each value of number of terms studied. the minimum error as a function of rout observed is summarised in tab. 2. number of terms 1 2 3 4 5 6 rout (µm) 350 450 850 950 950 950 table 2: combination of number of terms and outer radius, rout, that give a minimum error in fig. 3 t p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 207 tab. 2 can be used as a reference to optimise the data array to be used depending on how many terms in williams’ expansion are chosen to describe the crack-tip field. tab. 2 indicates that if one term is used in williams’ formultion, the data array should extend to around 350 µm and for six terms the array should extend to around 950 µm. fig. 3 also shows that by using more terms in the series expansion, the error in estimating the sif can be reduced to around 1%. the shape of the aoi was studied through the angle between the edge of the aoi and the crack plane, α (see fig. 2). the angle α controls the number of data points that are collected from the region behind the crack tip (negative coordinates along the crack growing direction, fig. 2). the amount of data collected in the crack wake has been previously identified as critically affecting the sif estimation [27]. fig. 4 shows the evolution of the error for different α angles. for each number of terms, the optimum outer radius was used, following the results of tab. 2. when only 1 term is used the curve in fig. 4 is very flat such that in our case a slightly better result is obtained for =80 than 0°. in view of this, the conclusion would be that results become more reliable for >2 terms and that the best sif predictions (minimum error) are obtained when α = 0º when using 3 to 6 terms in williams’ expansion. that is, the best results in terms of estimating the sif are obtained by collecting data not only ahead of the crack tip but also from the crack wake region, in agreement with previous studies [27]. figure 4: effect of α angle on the error for estimating the sif. plastic zone the mathematical model used to describe the crack-tip behaviour is based on linear elastic fracture mechanics. accordingly, the tool can be used under small scale yielding (ssy) conditions. for other full-field techniques such as thermo-elasticity [3], photo-elasticity [1], digital image correlation [28] or electronic speckle patter interferometry [4], this is achieved by collecting data from outside the plastic zone. this effect is studied here by including and excluding the data from the plastic zone in the data used for estimating the sif. the plastic zone was estimated according to irwin model [25]:            2 1 330 2 pz y k r µm (5) where k is the theoretically applied sif and σy is the yield stress of the material. fig. 5 shows the error obtained when the plastic zone is included or excluded. the best predictions are observed when the plastic zone data is used in the fitting. fig. 5 also shows that there are large differences between including and excluding the plastic zone for 1 term. this difference decreases as the number of terms is increased. the worst prediction when the plastic zone is excluded is probably due to not having enough data for the over-deterministic system of equations. this effect is studied in more detail in the following section. number of experimental data points the effect the number of experimental data points that are fitted into the analytical model is studied in this section. the number of data points is studied relative to the number of terms in the series (eq. 2) through parameter φ: p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 208                 number of data points number of terms in series (6) fig. 6 shows the error for different levels of φ parameter. φ parameter represents the level of over-determination in the system of equations. fig. 6 shows that increasing φ parameter produces better estimations of the sif. the best estimations are observed for higher terms (5 and 6). for φ ≥40, the error is below 5%. for φ = 20 the error is smaller than 10% for all number of terms studied. figure 5: effect of including or excluding the plastic zone in the collected data, i.e. setting rint=0 or setting rint=330µm. figure 6: effect of the level of over-determination (i.e. φ parameter, as defined in eq. 6). conclusions novel approach for estimating the sif inside the bulk of engineering materials is described. the approach is based on fitting experimental data on an analytical model following a multi-point over-deterministic scheme. the experimental data are collected from the bulk of the material through powerful synchrotron x-ray diffraction. the analytical model describing the elastic field around the crack-tip is based on williams development. the methodology is applied to a ct specimen made of bainitic steel. a detailed analysis of key parameters affecting the efficacy of the sif evaluation is presented. the current study suggests that: 1. 3 or 4 terms in williams’s expansion is often sufficient. 2. data points should be included from across the full range of angles in front and behind the crack tip. a p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 209 3. a outer radius of at least the size of the plastic zone was needed. 4. little advantage was obtained by excluding the plastic zone. 5. to get accurate results the number of data points/number of terms should be φ ≥40. of course in our case the plastic zone is not especially well developed (i.e. it is still well within the lefm regime) different conclusions may apply in the case of extensive plastic deformation local to the crack. acknowledgements he authors would like to acknowledge financial support of junta de andalucía through proyectos de excelencia grant reference tep-3244, campus de excelencia internacional del mar (ceimar) and ministerio de economía y competitividad through grant reference mat2016-76951-c2-2-p. pjw acknowledges european research council funding (correl-ct grant number 695638 and epsrc funding under the following grants ep/m010619, ep/k004530, ep/f007906, ep/f028431 and ep/i02249x/1. the authors are also grateful to the esrf for id15 beamtime awarded under ma-1483. references [1] nurse, a.d., patterson, e.a., determination of predominantly mode ii stress intensity factors from isochromatic data. fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 16 (1993) 1339–1354. [2] nicoletto, g., experimental crack tip displacement analysis under smallscale yielding conditions. international journal of fatigue, 8 (1986) 83–89. [3] diaz, f.a., yates, j.r., patterson, e.a., some improvements in the analysis of fatigue cracks using thermoelasticity. international journal of fatigue, 26 (2004) 365–376. [4] shterenlikht, a., díaz-garrido, f.a., lopez-crespo, p., withers, p.j., patterson, e.a., mixed mode (ki + kii) stress intensity factor measurement by electronic speckle pattern interferometry and image correlation, applied mechanics and materials, 1-2 (2004) 107–112. [5] yoneyama, s., morimoto, y., takashi, m., automatic evaluation of mixed-mode stress intensity factors utilizing digital image correlation, strain, 42 (2006) 21–29. [6] lopez-crespo, p., shterenlikht, a., patterson, e.a., withers, p.j., yates, j.r., the stress intensity of mixed mode cracks determined by digital image correlation, journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 43 (2008) 769–780. doi: 10.1243/03093247jsa419. [7] lopez-crespo, p., withers, p.j., yusof, f., dai, h., steuwer, a., kelleher, j.f., overload effects on fatigue crack-tip fields under plane stress conditions: surface and bulk analysis, fatigue and fracture of engineering materials and structures, 36 (2013) 75–84. [8] de-matos, p.f.p., nowell, d., experimental and numerical investigation of thickness effects in plasticity-induced fatigue crack closure, international journal of fatigue, 31 (2009) 1795–1804. [9] yusof, f., lopez-crespo, p., withers, p.j., effect of overload on crack closure in thick and thin specimens via digital image correlation, international journal of fatigue, 56 (2013) 17–24. [10] garcia-manrique, j., camas, d., lopez-crespo, p., gonzalez-herrera, a., stress intensity factor analysis of through thickness effects, international journal of fatigue, 46 (2013) 58–66. [11] camas, d., lopez-crespo, p., gonzalez-herrera, a., moreno, b., numerical and experimental study of the plastic zone in cracked specimens, engineering fracture mechanics, (2017). doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2017.02.016. [12] withers, p.j., lopez-crespo, p., kyrieleis, a., hung, y.-c., evolution of crack-bridging and crack-tip driving force during the growth of a fatigue crack in a ti/sic composite, proceedings of the royal society a mathematical, physical and engineering sciences, 468 (2012) 2722–1743. [13] maire, e, withers, p.j., quantitative x-ray tomography. international materials reviews, 59 (2014) 1–43. doi: 10.1179/1743280413y.0000000023. [14] withers, p.j., use of synchrotron x-ray radiation for stress measurement. in: m e fitzpatrick al, editor. analysis of residual stress by diffraction using neutron and synchrotron radiation, london: taylor & francis; (2003) 170–189. [15] lopez-crespo, p., mostafavi, m., steuwer, a., kelleher, j.f., buslaps, t., withers, p.j., characterisation of overloads in fatigue by 2d strain mapping at the surface and in the bulk, fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 39 (2016) 1040–1048. t p. lopez-crespo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 41 (2017) 203-210; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.41.28 210 [16] barhli, s.m., saucedo-mora, l., simpson, c., becker, t., mostafavi, m., withers, p.j., obtaining the j-integral by diffraction-based crack-field strain mapping, procedia structural integrity, 2 (2016) 2519–2526. [17] lopez-crespo, p., steuwer, a., buslaps, t., tai, y.h., lopez-moreno, a., yates, j.r., measuring overload effects during fatigue crack growth in bainitic steel by synchrotron x-ray diffraction, international journal of fatigue, 71 (2015) 11–16. [18] chaves, v., ecological criteria for the selection of materials in fatigue. fatigue & fracture of engineering materials & structures, 37 (2014) 1034–1042. doi: 10.1111/ffe.12181. [19] anderson, t.l., fracture mechanics: fundamentals and applications, 2nd ed. boca raton: crc press; (1994). [20] murakami, y., stress intensity factors handbook. oxford: pergamon press; (1987). [21] steuwer, a., rahman, m., shterenlikht, a., fitzpatrick, m.e., edwards, l., withers, p.j., the evolution of crack-tip stresses during a fatigue overload event, acta materialia, 58 (2010) 4039–4052. [22] zanganeh, m., lopez-crespo, p., tai, y.h., yates, j.r., locating the crack tip using displacement field data: a comparative study, strain, 49 (2013) 102–115. [23] sanford, r.j., dally, j.w., a general method for determining mixed-mode stress intensity factors from isochromatic fringe patterns, engineering fracture mechanics, 11 (1979) 621–633. [24] williams, m.l., on the stress distribution at the base of a stationary crack. journal of applied mechanics, 24 (1957) 109–114. [25] ewalds, h.l., wanhill, r.j.h., fracture mechanics. london: arnold; (1984). [26] lopez-crespo, p., moreno, b., lopez-moreno, a., zapatero, j., characterisation of crack-tip fields in biaxial fatigue based on high-magnification image correlation and electro-spray technique, international journal of fatigue, 71 (2015) 17–25. [27] mokhtarishirazabad, m., lopez-crespo, p., moreno, b., lopez-moreno, a., zanganeh, m., evaluation of crack-tip fields from dic data: a parametric study, international journal of fatigue, 89 (2016) 11–19. [28] yoneyama, s., ogawa, t., kobayashi, y., evaluating mixed-mode stress intensity factors from full-field displacement fields obtained by optical methods, engineering fracture mechanics, 74 (2007) 1399–1412. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_35_art_32 n. oudni et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 278-284; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.32 278 focussed on crack paths implementation of a damage model in a finite element program for computation of structures under dynamic loading nasserdine oudni department of civil engineering, faculty of technology, a. mira university, bejaia, algeria laboratory of modeling of materials and structures, university of tizi-ouzou, algeria nasroudni@yahoo.fr youcef bouafia laboratory of modeling of materials and structures, university of tizi-ouzou, algeria youcef.bouafia2012@yahoo.com abstract. this work is a numerical simulation of nonlinear problems of the damage process and fracture of quasi-brittle materials especially concrete. in this study, we model the macroscopic behavior of concrete material, taking into account the phenomenon of damage. j. mazars model whose principle is based on damage mechanics has been implemented in a finite element program written fortran 90, it takes into account the dissymmetry of concrete behavior in tension and in compression, this model takes into account the cracking tensile and rupture in compression. it is a model that is commonly used for static and pseudo-static systems, but in this work, it was used in the dynamic case. keywords. damage; dynamic; modeling; displacement; strain; local approach; time integration; explicit; quasi-brittle. introduction he numerical program is employed in analyzing koyna gravity dam and comparing the results with available results of many researchers find in literature. the choice of koyna concrete gravity dam is due to the fact that many studies have been done on this structure which experienced a devastating earthquake in 1967. since koyna dam in the 1967 koyna earthquake [1-4] is one of the few examples of cracking in a concrete dam, it has been selected to investigate its earthquake response. the earthquake records are in the form of accelerograms with horizontal and vertical components which are used as dynamic loads. the effect of the damping coefficient is obviously taken into account. this work proposes the implementation of a damage model based on the damage mechanics as part of the isotropic formulation proposed by j. lemaitre in a finite element program. the j. mazars model [5] whose principle is based on damage mechanics which is a theory describing the progressive reduction of the mechanical properties of a material due to initiation, growth and coalescence of microscopic cracks. these internal changes lead to the degradation of mechanical properties of the material. the model takes into account the asymmetry of concrete behavior and it considers the cracking in tension and compression failure. the method is based on the notion of equivalence of the strains. t n. oudni et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 278-284; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.32 279 model he influence of microcracking due to external loads is introduced via a single scalar damage variable d ranging from 0 for the undamaged material to 1 for completely damaged material. the stress-strain relation reads [6]:     0 0 ij ij kk ij 0 0 1 υ υ ε σ σ δ      e 1 d e 1 d        (1) 0e and 0 are the young's modulus and the poisson's ratio of the undamaged material; ijε and ijσ are the strain and stress components, and ijδ is the kronecker symbol. the elastic (i.e., free) energy per unit mass of material is   0 1 1      2 ij ijkl kld c    (2) where 0ijklc is the stiffness of the undamaged material. this energy is assumed to be the state potential. the damage energy release rate is 0 1   2 ij ijkl kly c d         (3) with the energy of dissipated energy: d d         (4) since the dissipation of energy ought to be positive or zero, the damage rate is constrained to the same inequality because the damage energy release rate is always positive. damage evolution he evolution of damage is based on the amount of extension that the material is experiencing during the mechanical loading. an equivalent strain is defined as   3 2 1    i i       (5) where .  is the macauley bracket and i are the principal strains. the loading function of damage is  ,     f       (6) where  is the threshold of damage growth. initially, its value is 0 , which can be related to the peak stress tf of the material in uniaxial tension: 0 0   t f e   (7) in the course of loading  assumes the maximum value of the equivalent strain ever reached during the loading history. t t n. oudni et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 278-284; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.32 280           ,  0       ,  0,  if f and f then        0           0,       0 d h d with d else                 (8) the function  h  is detailed as follows: in order to capture the differences of mechanical responses of the material in tension and in compression, the damage variable is split into two parts:    t t c cd d d   (9) where td and cd are the damage variables in tension and compression, respectively. they are combined with the weighting coefficients t and c , defined as functions of the principal values of the strains t ij and c ij due to positive and negative stresses:    1 1  1 ,      1  t t c cij ijkl kl ij ijkl kld c d c         (10) 3 3 2 2 1 1 ,     t c i i i i t c i i                            (11) note that in these expressions, strains labeled with a single indicia are principal strains. in uniaxial tension 1t  and 0c  . in uniaxial compression 1c  and 0t  . hence, td and td can be obtained separately from uniaxial tests. the evolution of damage is provided in an integrated form, as a function of the variable  :     0 0 1 1   exp t t t t a a d b            (12)     0 0 1 1   exp c c c c a a d b            . (13) figure 1. evolution of two parts of damage td and cd [5]. a direct tensile test or three point bend test can provide the parameters which are related to damage in tension ( 0 , ta ,   tb ). note that eq. 7 provides a first approximation of the initial threshold of damage, and the tensile strength of the material can be deduced from the compressive strength according to standard code formulas. the parameters ( ca , cb ) are fitted from the response of the material to uniaxial compression. n. oudni et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 278-284; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.32 281 dynamic equations of motion ynamic analysis of structures exhibiting non linear behavior is performed by using direct integration, to trace the response in the time domain. the nonlinear dynamic equilibrium equation can be written as   n n n nm cu p fu     (14) where m and c are the global mass and damping matrices respectively, np is the global vector of internal resisting nodal forces, nf is the vector of consistent nodal forces for the applied body and surfaces traction forces grouped together, the body force term ( gmiu  ) due to seismic excitation, is included in the body forces which are taken into account in n f , nu is the global vector of nodal accelerations and nu is the global vector of nodal velocities [7]. figure 2: uniaxial response of the model in (a) tension and (b) compression [5] when the structure is subjected to seismic excitation, the external applied body forces is n gf miu   (15) where gu is ground acceleration and i is a vector indicating the direction of the earthquake excitation. figure 3: koyna accelerograms a) transverse component b) vertical component [8]. d n. oudni et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 278-284; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.32 282 the geometry of a typical non-overflow monolith of the koyna dam is illustrated in fig. 4. the monolith is 103 m high and 71 m wide at its base. the upstream wall of the monolith is assumed to be straight and vertical, which is slightly different from the real configuration. the depth of the reservoir at the time of the earthquake is hw = 91.75 m. following the work of other investigators, we consider a two-dimensional analysis of the non-overflow monolith assuming plane stress conditions. the finite element mesh used for the analysis is shown in fig. 4. it consists of 760 first-order, reducedintegration, plane stress elements (cps4r). nodal definitions are referred to a global rectangular coordinate system centered at the lower left corner of the dam, with the vertical y-axis pointing in the upward direction and the horizontal xaxis pointing in the downstream direction. the transverse and vertical components of the ground accelerations recorded during the koyna earthquake are shown in fig. 3. (units of g = 9.81 m sec–2). prior to the earthquake excitation, the dam is subjected to gravity loading due to its self-weight and to the hydrostatic pressure of the reservoir on the upstream wall [8].       figure 4: geometric properties of the koyna dam. parameters used in mazars’s model for concrete young modulus e 31027 mpa poisson’s ratio  0.2 mass density  2643 kg/m3 initial damage threshold 0d  1.5 10-4 at 1.0 bt 30000 ac 1.4 bc 1545 table1: material properties.     results e note that the displacements are relatively low during the first two seconds because of low the amplitudes of the excitations. the displacements reach their maximum at 3.7 s and 7.5 s, 30 mm was recorded at 3.8 s, the maximum displacement value does not correspond to the maximum amplitude of the excitement that is recorded at 3.65 s. the nodal displacements decrease after 7.5 s.   w n. oudni et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 278-284; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.32 283   figure 5: horizontal displacements at the crest of the dam we note that the displacements are relatively low during the first two seconds because of low the amplitudes of the excitations. the displacements reach their maximum at 3.7 s and 7.5 s, 30 mm was recorded at 3.8 s, the maximum displacement value does not correspond to the maximum amplitude of the excitement that is recorded at 3.65 s. the nodal displacements decrease after 7.5 s.   figure 6: damage evolution, td and cd . fig. 6. shows the evolution of td and cd , the tensile and compressive part of the damage variable d . we note that traction damage is more significant and more predominant than in compression, which leads to a brittle fracture of the material by traction. the total rupture of the material can be achieved by traction, in compression the damage is less significant, so the rupture will not occur under compression, fig. 1b presents some ductility of the material. it is also seen from this figure (fig. 6) that the tensile damage starts firstly and evolves quickly to a value close to 1 ( 1td  ), then followed by the compression damage, but the temporary difference is only of the order of a thousandth of a second, so nearly or completely insignificant difference. in counterparty, compressive damage is less important, it increases until a value 0.15cd  a value that does not allow rupture in compression of the element. damage were observed (see fig. 7) in the dam after 3.53 s at the integration point (815) of the element 204, then from 3.54 s at integration point (811) of the element 203 and finally, from 3.54 s at gauss point (807) of the element 202. it may be noted that the evolution of the damage is mainly concentrated in the time interval where the maximum values of positive and negative displacements occur. n. oudni et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 35 (2016) 278-284; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.32 284   figure 7: damage evolution in gauss points. conclusion e have taken the example of a concrete gravity dam subjected to seismic excitation in the form of accelerograms. the results are, first the response of gravity dam subjected to seismic loading as displacements history, secondly the history of the evolution of integration points damage at the cracked or damaged zone. the dynamic equilibrium equation is solved, an integration algorithm by the method of central differences for nonlinear systems, we have used a very small time step (0.0001 s). the choice of weight koyna dam in india is the fact that many studies have been conducted on this structure to a known destructive earthquake in 1967. the records of the earthquake accelerograms as with horizontal and vertical components were used as dynamic loads.  references [1] calayir, y., karaton, m., a continuum damage concrete model for earthquake analysis of concrete gravity dam– reservoir systems, soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 25 (2005) 857-869. [2] jianwen, p., chuhann, z., xuyanjie, feng, j., a comparative study of the different procedures for seismic cracking analysis of concrete dams, soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 31 (2011) 1594-1606. [3] calayir, y., karaton, m., a continuum damage concrete model for earthquake analysis of concrete gravity dam– reservoir systems. soil dynamics and earthquake engineering, 25 (2005) 857–869. [4] omidi, o., valliappan, s., lotfi, v., seismic cracking of concrete gravity dams by plastic–damage model using different damping mechanisms. finite elements in analysis and design, 63 (2013) 80–97. [5] mazars, j., application de la mécanique de l’endommagement au comportement non linéaire et à la rupture du béton de structure, doctoral thesis, university of paris 6, france (1984). [6] mazars, j., pijaudier-cabot, g., continuum damage theoryapplication to concrete, j. engrg. mech. asce, 115 (1989) 345-365. [7] owen, d.r.j., hinton, e., finite element in plasticity, theory and practice. ed. pineridge press limited, (1986). [8] abaqus 6.10. example problems manual; volume i: static and dynamic analyses. w << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero 23 articolo 10 manca abstract e keywords a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 94 scilla 2012 the italian research on smart materials and mems electro-mechanical coupled design of self-powered sensing systems and performances comparison through experiments a. somà, g. de pasquale department of mechanical and aerospace engineering, politecnico di torino corso duca degli abruzzi 24, 10129 torino (italy) aurelio.soma@polito.it, giorgio.depasquale@polito.it abstract. recent advances in low-power sensors and electronic components open to innovative strategies in structural monitoring and real-time data processing, in particular for industrial and vehicular fields. dedicated devices for harvesting the energy dissipated by mechanical vibrations of machines are showing their applicability in supplying autonomous distributed sensing systems. the harvester will replace cables and storage batteries, with relevant benefits on the sensing system capillarity, accessibility and applicability. the design of the interfaces of the electric, magnetic and structural coupled systems forming the harvester include static and dynamic modeling and simulation of the interactions involved; smart and effective architectures are need to satisfy the general requirements of bandwidth, tunability and efficiency required by each application. this paper reports the research advances in this field as a result of laboratory tests and design studies, with particular focus on the design methodologies involved in the definition of energy harvesters. keywords. energy harvesting; structural monitoring; autonomous sensing; bandwidth; resonance tuning; duty cycle; efficiency. introduction here are many unexploited energy sources in the environment such as light, wind, temperature gradients, radiofrequency waves, kinetic energy of sea waves, mechanical vibrations, human body motion, etc. the conversion of the unused energy in electricity, called ‘energy harvesting’, is motivating many academic and industrial researches in the last years [1-3]. due to the small power amount that is usually available, the energy harvesting is mainly addressed to the supply of low consumption technologies. the harvesting of energy from the environment represents a valid alternative to batteries and cables, and promises to open new chances of development for mobile and wireless devices. energy harvesters will allow using, for example, wireless sensors in many applications such as industrial and structural monitoring, remote medical assistance, military equipments, materials flows monitoring, transports and logistics, energetic efficiency control. without the capabilities of energy harvesting devices, it is almost impossible to supply sensing devices in critical positions where accessibility is limited, for example in telemedicine applications and biological parameters monitoring. miniaturized and wearable harvesters allow continuous monitoring of patients affected by chronic pathologies by means of sensors integrated in the body that do not need batteries for the supply of energy. this study compares some different strategies for harvesting energy from the environment, with particular attention to mechanical vibrations. in previous works, the authors analyzed the performances of different energy harvesters: piezoelectric [4], magnetic inductive [5], electrostatic capacitive, and magnetically levitated [6]. also they patented some dedicated devices [7-9]. in this paper, the results of simulation and testing of different energy harvesters are introduced and compared in terms of energy generated per unit volume. then, some design solutions for the integration of the harvester in monitoring devices for vehicles and mechanical systems are analyzed. finally, after the comparison of t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 95 different conversion strategies, two typologies of harvesters are characterized for obtaining design indications about the autonomous sensing system. vibrating energy conversion strategies he kinetic energy associated to environmental vibrations is generally exploited by harvesters to excite the oscillation of a seismic inertial mass connected to the transducer. the motion induced on the seismic mass is regulated in amplitude, frequency and phase angle in order to maximize the conversion efficiency. the most diffuse conversion principles are piezoelectric, magnetic-inductive and capacitive (tab. 1). in the following, the most important characteristics of these three conversion strategies are discussed.   environment energy sources magnetic inductive  energy harvesting   kinetic energy and  mechanical  vibrations  current induced by  magnetic field  piezoelectric  energy harvesting  kinetic energy and  mechanical  vibrations  deformation of  piezoelectric  materials  capacitive   energy harvesting  pre‐charged  variable  capacitors   armatures relative  displacement   thermoelectric  energy harvesting  semiconductors  technology  thermally induced  electric voltage  solar energy  harvesting   photovoltaic   cells  charges  separation in p‐n  junctions  control electronics battery table 1: some typologies of energy harvesters. piezoelectric energy harvesters in this typology of generators, the seismic mass induces the deformation of a piezoelectric component that produces a voltage difference between its electrodes proportional to the mechanical strain. about piezo generators, some reliability limitations have been pointed out in the literature because of the brittleness of materials used (pzt, pvdf, etc). the electric output power is function of the resistive load applied to the transducer; then, the preliminary characterization of the impedance of the electronic conditioning circuit is needed. the shape of the output signal under sinusoidal excitation represents another possible source of inefficiency; in fact, current and voltage waves are slightly phase shifted due to the intrinsic capacitance of the piezoelectric material. this reduces the effective output power with respect to the optimized output power theoretically available in case of preliminary phase synchronization of current and voltage; unfortunately this operation needs relevant complications of the conditioning circuit and is generally omitted. usually, the output voltage is rather high (in the order of tens of v), while the current is generally low (in the order of ma); when the storage battery is included in the autonomous sensing system, the voltage/current ratio should be modified in order to reduce the time of charge. this operation also requires additional circuit complications. the advantages related to piezoelectric generators are given by the large commercial availability of transducers, which are almost ready for the integration in the harvesting system. furthermore, they are characterized by good ratios of generated power per unit volume. from the dynamic viewpoint, these typology of generators can be applied to moderately wide ranges of frequencies (up to few hundreds of hz), which are typically associated to structural vibrations. the resonance tuning can be achieved by varying the stiffness of the deformable element or by changing the seismic mass. instead, the active tuning able to set the resonance on the actual working regime and bandwidth is generally more complicated. an example of piezoelectric generator is reported in fig. 1. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 96 figure 1: piezoelectric generator [10]: 10x10x1mm3 size, 60μw output power in resonance condition (572 hz) and 2g acceleration. magnetic inductive energy harvesters in this case, the vibrating energy is used to induce the relative motion between a permanent magnet and a conductive coil. in the literature, a number of design solutions have been introduced, which include fixed magnet and movable coil or, more frequently, fixed coil and movable magnet. the design activity involves the selection of the coil diameter and turns number, which are both related to the current produced and to the electric resistance of the wire. by varying these two parameters, the optimized solution can be found in terms of conversion efficiency. other important design parameters are the magnetic material and the magnet dimensions. generally, magnets characterized by high induced magnetic field are preferable, as the so-called ‘rare earths’ magnets (e.g. ndfeb). the most important benefits in using inductive harvesters are the stability of performances, the high reliability and, above all, the high current/voltage ratio that makes these generators suitable for charging batteries without complicated electronic conditioning. unfortunately, the integration of tuning controls is generally hard because the resonance of the harvester is dominated by the mass properties of the magnet, which is already dimensioned to fit the electric requirements. furthermore, the power generation is strongly linked to the magnet velocity, with reference to the relation between the current induced in the coil and the gradient of the magnetic field expressed by the faraday law. this indicates that high output power is obtainable from long travels of the magnet and, consequently, by dedicated design of suspensions. the lowering of suspension stiffness can be obtained, for instance, by using magnetic springs represented by repulsing magnets. fig. 2 reports an example of inductive energy harvester from the literature. figure 2: magnetic-inductive energy harvester [11]: 54x46x15mm3 size, 0.55mw output power at 9.25hz frequency and 0.8g acceleration. capacitive energy harvesters capacitive generators are basically capacitors with movable armatures where the relative displacement of the armatures is induced by external vibration and is used to generate voltage or charge difference between them. the electric power generated is strongly dependent to the capacitor geometry: in particular, small gaps between armatures and large armature surfaces are particularly advantageous. however, the pre-charge of armatures is needed to generate energy and it represents serious limitation to the efficiency of the energy harvester. in order to reduce as much as possible the charging energy, very small armatures surfaces are preferred. then, in practice, the application of capacitive energy harvesters is limited to small scales and some examples are available in the field of mems (micro electro-mechanical systems). the http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 97 mentioned properties represent the most relevant drawbacks of capacitive generators; another limitation is given by the high dynamic response of the harvester that is imposed by the small masses used, which reduces the applicability of these devices to high frequencies (in the order of khz). however, in the microscale, the technology required to fabricate this typology of devices (i.e. surface micromachining) is consolidated and good constructive solutions are achievable. recently, it was documented the possibility to apply particular materials (electrets) on the variable capacitor surfaces; these materials have intrinsic charge and they are able to preserve this charge for long time compared to the harvester life. this technological improvement makes unnecessary the electric preload and sensitively increases the device efficiency. fig. 3 reports an example to mems capacitive harvesters and a harvester with electret. (a) (b) figure 3: (a) capacitive generator [12] including the seismic mass represented by a tungsten ball (4mm diameter) for the frequency tuning at 120hz (31μw output power at 0.23g). (b) capacitive generator with electret [13] (1μw output power at 63hz and 2g). power spectral density, frequency tuning and bandwidth amplification rom the methodological viewpoint, the preliminary analysis of the vibrating excitation source is needed before to dimension the harvester. in general applications, the input force has random shape because it is produced by machines or mechanical systems having variable operating regimes (e.g., vehicles in motion at different velocities or aircrafts in different flight conditions). the average energy associated to the input signal can be evaluated, for instance, from the acceleration associated to every specific working condition or, more generally, from the overall acceleration range. after estimating the available energy, then is possible to define, at least roughly, the size of the harvester and the size of the oscillating parts. the goal of this first design tentative is to provide the order of magnitude of masses and suspensions stiffness with reference to the response/excitation amplitude ratio. in other words, the dynamic parameters of the generator are defined in dependence to the desired frf. next step addresses to the analysis of energy distribution in the frequency spectrum. usually, the environmental oscillation is amplified in correspondence to particular frequencies because of multiple resonances and combined modal couplings that interest the machine or mechanical system hosting the harvester. in correspondence to the machine resonance, the available energy coming from the vibrating environment is amplified. the description of the energy distribution in the frequency domain is provided by the psd (power spectral density) function that must be considered accurately during the next part of the dimensioning. the harvester tuning consists in modifying the mass and stiffness parameters that have been approximately defined in the very preliminary dimensioning. the dynamic parameters are finalized in detail at this stage; generally, their values are constant for the overall generator life: this is the simpler approach that well fits environments characterized by regular vibrations and repeatable pds. however sometimes the working regimes are strongly variable and the energy amount associated to vibrations is very scarce; in these cases, the adoption of active tuning systems able to change the dynamic f http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 98 response of the generator is needed. unfortunately, active tuning systems generally cause additional power consumption and intense optimization activities are required to preserve acceptable values of efficiency. tuning systems with fixed response are, for example, arrays of vibrating structures with slightly variable geometry, stiffness variation by preloading, additional masses, etc. tuning systems providing variable response to the harvester are, for example, movable constraints, movable masses, variable external forces (e.g. magnetically induced), etc. mass 2mass 1 mass 3 k₁₂ k₂₃ figure 4: example of design strategy for amplifying the bandwidth of a capacitive generator through the coupling of modal shapes. another important parameter for the generator is the bandwidth. from the dynamic viewpoint, vibration harvesters behave like mechanical filters: the excitation signal induces the movement of the oscillating system according to its dynamic behavior. the harvester response is directly proportional to the generated energy, because the dynamic response drives the electro-mechanical transducer, independently to the typology. obviously, wide band generators are more performing than narrow band generators because the first ones are able to catch the energy associated to external forces in larger frequency ranges. in case of high variability of the excitation force, corresponding to very distributed psd, wide band harvesters are more suitable. there are many strategies to amplify the bandwidth; the most diffused are the modal coupling of many transducers (fig. 4), the series coupling of multiple generators, and the use of bi-stable structures. system architecture and duty cycle he activity of design and dimensioning of the generator must be supported by the detailed information about the characteristics of the overall autonomous system including its performances, sampling rate, frequency of data transmission, etc. for this reason, the best definition of this step of activity is ‘self-powered system design’ instead of simply ‘energy harvester design’; in fact, the definition includes also the electrical parameters of the utilizer and the device performances. although the typology of components included in the autonomous system may vary among the applications, usually the following functional blocks can be identified (fig. 5): current rectifier, charge reservoir (storage battery), one or more sensing devices (sensors), and transceiver device. very frequently the energy generated by the harvester is stored in the battery before to be used; this operation requires the preliminary conversion of the alternate current produced by the harvester in continuous current. the charge storing, is an expensive activity in terms of energetic efficiency, however it is often necessary due to some reasons: firstly, to provide continuous supply also in case of irregular power supply; secondly, to reach the prescribed energy threshold needed to supply the utilizer. the energy produced by the harvester and stored in the battery can be used for the supplying only when the minimum charge threshold is reached; this lower level of the battery charge is imposed by the energetic demand of the utilizers. similarly, the time interval when the power flows from the battery to the utilizer must be calculated in function to the t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 99 energy consumed in the unit time. the constraints mentioned are well considered in defining the duty cycle of the selfpowered system. the adoption of dedicated strategies addressed to the reduction of the energy consumption is vital for the proper working of the system; for instance, power management operations should be implemented, which consists in activating the system only above specified charge threshold of the battery (triggering) or in switching-off some components (e.g. the antenna) during data measurement and processing. figure 5: typical architecture of self-powered sensing system. experimental comparison of performances his section reports the experimental characterization of the performances of two typologies of energy harvesters: piezoelectric and magnetic inductive. the generators are tuned during the tests by modifying their resonance through additional masses or by changing the stiffness of the deformable parts. different values of the input acceleration are imposed, in order to verify the variation of the electro-mechanical response. the measurements were conducted by using the dedicated test equipments described in the following. test bench the test bench for the experimental tests is composed by the parts reported in the following scheme (fig. 6). figure 6: blocks diagram of the test bench for the experimental characterization of the harvesters. piezoelectric generators two types of piezoelectric generators are reported in fig. 7. the first generator is commercialized by cedrat technologies for applications in the aeronautic field [14], the second generator is a laboratory prototype fabricated for harvesting energy from railway vehicles and integrates the transducer duraact p-876.a12 [4]. their principal characteristics are summarized in tab. 2. the commercial harvester is composed by two piezoelectric blocks situated within a metallic frame that, under vibrations applies the tensile-compressive load to the electro-mechanical transducer according to modal deformation. the selected design gives high stiffness to the structure (100 n/mm nominal) and increases the resonance frequency up to about 400 hz. the laboratory prototype, instead, is based on the deformation of the piezoelectric cantilever in the flexural mode: this configuration allows maximizing the ratio between the material strain and the applied force. then, the harvester stiffness can be reduced to only 0.06 n/mm and the resonance frequency is lowered to about 27 hz. the drawbacks of t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 100 the second solution are mainly related to the reduced reliability of the transducer, which is made of brittle material subjected to fatigue effect. however, the polymeric package that coats the piezo surface of the commercial transducer provides sensitive improvements to the component lifetime (longer than 106 cycles with 1 g acceleration). cedrat generator laboratory prototype dimensions (mm) 48x13x10 60x35x0.5 capacity (nf) 3150 90-150 optimized load (kω) 0.47 200 resonance frequency (hz) 405 27 table 2: some properties of the two piezoelectric generators. (a) (b) figure 7: (a) piezoelectric generator working in tension-compression veh-apa 400m-md (cedrat technologies); (b) laboratory prototype of flexural generator made with duraact p-876.a12 transducer. the preliminary characterization of the generator, which is mandatory for piezoelectric harvesters, is addressed to the identification of the optimum resistive load associated to the transducer. for this type of generators, the output power is function of the electric resistance connected in series to the generator. the electric resistance is partially provided by the conditioning electronics, the rectification circuit and other electronic components. the characterization revealed that the commercial transducer has the optimum load at 0.47 kω and the laboratory prototype at 200 kω. fig. 8 reports the power curves referred to the generators. different masses were applied to the metallic frame in the first case and to the cantilever tip in the second case to modify the harvester response. in fig. 8a it is clearly visible the shift of the resonance peak due to the mass change; this strategy is suitable for tuning the resonance of the generator on different values of the excitation frequency. in fig. 8b, the ratio seismic mass/deformation is sensitive to the transducer configuration for constant input acceleration. in this case, all measurements are referred to the system resonance. (a) (b) figure 8: output power generated by commercial harvester as function of the excitation frequency (a) and by laboratory prototype as function of the resistive load in resonance conditions (27 hz) for variable seismic mass (b). http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 101 magnetic inductive generators the schematic drawing of the magnetic inductive energy harvester designed and built by the authors in [5] is represented in fig. 9. for this type of generators, the selection of materials and dimensions of components is crucial for the electric output power and for the system frequency tuning. the magnetic suspension representing the stiffness of the transducer is determined by the magnetic field intensity associated to the magnets with opposite polarity; similarly, the electric current induced in the coil is proportional to the size of the oscillating magnet and to its relative velocity, which are both dependent to the suspension stiffness. in conclusion, the dimensioning is significantly complicated by the strong electromechanical coupling among the components and by the variability of frequency and acceleration of the excitation resulting from its spectrum. figure 9: schematic drawing of the magnetic inductive harvester prototype [5]. analytical models and numerical models based on finite element method were used to calculate the force-displacement characteristic of the magnetic suspension. the goal of experimental tests is to find characteristic curves suitable for the design in specific functioning conditions. some of the tests results are described in fig. 10; these curves are referred to a prototype composed by oscillating magnet on magnetic suspension, 4 coils connected in parallel and current rectifier. the resonance frequency of the harvester is 3.2 hz and the tests are conducted at 0.12 g acceleration. this particular typology of inductive generator has been addressed to applications in railway bogies [7], axels of industrial vehicles [9], telescopic arms, operative machines and sport equipment [8], where the excitation frequency range is localized at low values. (a) (b) figure 10: electric output of the magnetic inductive generator with 4 coils (3.2 hz, 0.12 g): (a) current and voltage and (b) output power. http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true a. somà et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 23 (2013) 94-102; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.23.10 102 conclusions his work introduced the most important steps of the design autonomous systems for converting the kinetic energy of mechanical vibrations in electric power. the activity is focused on the self-powered sensing system design, instead of traditional simpler energy harvester design, with the aim of responding more exhaustively to the requirements of the application. from the energetic balance viewpoint, the concept of duty cycle is crucial, as well as the analysis of input vibration spectra through its psd and its time-dependent variability. these aspects, together with bandwidth amplification strategies and resonance tuning, provide the required information for selecting the proper transducer typology and for defining its dimension and dynamic properties. references [1] s. roundy, j. of intelligent materials and structures, 16 (2005) 809. [2] s. roundy, p.k. wright, j. rabaje, computer communications, 26 (2003) 1131. [3] s. priya, d.j. inman, “energy harvesting technologies”, new york, springer (2008). [4] g. de pasquale, a. somà, f. fraccarollo, in: proceedings of the institution of mechanical engineers part c: journal of mechanical engineering science, 226 (2011). [5] g. de pasquale, a. somà, n. zampieri, j. of computational and nonlinear dynamics, 7 (2012) 041011. [6] g. de pasquale, c. siyambalapitiya, a. somà, j. wang, in: proc. international conference on electromagnetics in advanced applications (iceaa), torino 465-468, (2009). [7] a. somà, g. de pasquale, device for diagnosing railway bogies by applying an energy-autonomous measuring and transmitting bolt, and corresponding control method, pct patent n. wo2011/117718 (2011). [8] a. somà, g. de pasquale, f. fraccarollo, racchetta da sci o trekking dotata di dispositivo harvester magneticoinduttivo di generazione elettrica, patent n. to2011a000844 (2011). [9] a. somà , g. de pasquale, sistema autoalimentato mediante harvester per monitoraggio ed infomobilità di applicazioni veicolistiche multinodali wireless, patent n. to2011a000694 (2011). [10] r. elfrink, t.m. kamel, m. goedbloed, s. matova, d. hohlfeld, y. van andel, r. van schaijk, j. of micromechanics and microengineering, 19, 094005 (2009). [11] s. cheng, d.p. arnold, j. of micromechanics and microengineering, 20 (2010) 025015. [12] y. chiu, v.f. tseng, j. of micromechanics and microengineering, 18 (2008) 104004. [13] y. suzuki, d. miki, m. edamoto, j. of micromechanics and microengineering, 20 (2010) 104002. [14] http://www.cedrat-technologies.com. t http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.23.10&auth=true microsoft word numero 24 articolo 6 e. m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 69-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.06 69 special issue: russian fracture mechanics school optimization of fractional composition of the excipient in the elastomeric covering for asphalt highways e. m. nurullaev, a. s. ermilov perm national research polytechnic university. 614990 perm, komsomol prospect, 29. abstract. the computational method of optimum fractional composition of a dispersible filler of polymeric composite on the basis of three-dimensionally linked elastomer is developed according to non-linear programming. the coefficient of dynamic viscosity of polymeric suspension or the initial module of a viscoelasticity of the join solidification low-molecular rubbers with the final functional groups, filled by many fractional dioxide of silicon are considered as criteria of optimization. influence of the limiting volume filling on energy of mechanical destruction was investigated. the elastomeric material is offered for use as a covering of asphalt highways in the form of a frost-proof waterproofing layer, which allowing multiply to increase operating properties. keywords. viscosity; mechanical destruction; elastomeric composites with a dispersed filler; rheology; rubber; polymeric binder; asphalt highways. introduction ractional composition of a dispersed filler is essential for formation of rheological behavior of suspensions on the basis of fluid and viscid polymeric binding and mechanical characteristics of three-dimensionally linked filled elastomers. at the same time the major parameter of composition is effective extent of volume filling – / m  , herein  – volume proportion of solids of an filler, m – the limiting extent of volume filling depending on a form of particles and their distribution by the size, and also from physical and chemical interaction on border "a filler a binder". value m can be defined by the viscometric method [1] or calculated by a combinatorial and multiplicative method [2]. coefficient of dynamic viscosity  and the initial module of a viscoelasticity d e ,( 1) d with      are connected by a ratio (1): 2 / 1 1.25 1 / f f m r r o o m e e e                  (1) herein the "f" and "o" indexes fall into to the filled and free conditions of the polymeric binding. energy (work) of destruction was estimated in the form of the envelope by curve of destruction [4] dependences of the conditional ultimate break tension b (tension divided by the initial section of the sample) from break deformation b , bound to degree of the relative elongation by ratio 1 / 100%b b   . the line envelopes of around points of a break of exemplars and constructed in logarithmic scale (log log )b b  , corresponds to energy of mechanical destruction in the form of the area of the chart of stretching in cartesian coordinates: f http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 69-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.06 70 1 ( ) b ba d      (2) herein structural and mechanical dependence of the conditional tension from elongations extent  on condition of lack by abruption of particles of an filler from elastomeric binder, (for example, covering for asphalt), is proved by us earlier [5]:      2 21/3 3 1 1 2/( ) 1 29 exp 0.225 10 1 1.25 1 / m ch r m rt t t a                                (3) herein: /ch cm  : molar concentration of transversal chemical bonds in a polymeric basis a binder (  – polymer density, cm – an average statistical molecular mass); r : volume ratio of polymer in binder, containing softener; r : universal gas constant; t : equilibrium temperature at which concentration of transversal "physical" (intermolecular) communications ph is negligible; t : test temperature of an exemplar; gt : temperature of a structural glass transition of the polymeric binding; a : coefficient of high-speed mixing -3 1( 1 , 1.4 10 -standart for applications)a s      ;  : volume ratio of a dispersible filler; m : the limiting extent of volume filling of the elastomers, depending on a form and fractional composition of particles, and also from physical and chemical interaction on border "a filler a binder". value m can be defined by the viscometric method [1] or calculated by a combinatorial and multiplicative method [2]. value b in the eq. (2), as well as b , searched with the help of eq. (4): 3 3 3(1 / ) / ; (1 / )f o f ob b m m b b m              (4) herein the "f" and "o" indexes fall into to the filled and free conditions of an elastomer. breaking deformation of a elastomeric binder ob , defining by efficiency concentration of cross-links ( )eff ch ph    , was set experimentally [5]. research objective were development of a method of optimization of fractional composition of a dispersed filler for creation of a frost-proof waterproof elastomeric materials for covering for asphalt highways located in zones with sharply continental climate in form of rolled. theoretical study he problem of optimization of fractional composition of dispersible components of a polymeric material (for the given weight average particle sizes of fractions) taking into account realization of a condition of an optimality on other production characteristics can be formulated in the form of the formulation of a non-linear programming: ( , , ) max; min; minm r rq d e       1 2 3 1 ... j j m opt j j j j jm jv v               min max0 1, 1, 2, 3, ..., jv jv jv jv m       with j ni  / / n opt j jopt j opt j j j i x x       t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 69-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.06 71 herein , , q d   : vectors of volume fractions, sponginess and particle sizes of fractions of dispersible components as a part of a polymeric material respectively; opt j : optimum volume fractions of fraction an filler in structure; jv : volume fraction v : fraction by j -type an filler in structure; jm : number of j-type fractions of a dispersed component; min max, jv jv  : respectively the lower and upper bounds for volume fractions of fractions of solid components in structure; opt jx : optimum for the corresponding block of characteristics, for example, mechanical, mass concentration of firm disperse components in polymeric composition; j : density of disperse components; ni : a set of the indexes belonging to types of a filler, entering into a compounding of a polymeric material. in view of complexity, the task includes restrictions such as equalities, will be transformed to a problem of nonlinear programming with restrictions such as inequalities. the quantity of independent optimized variables is equal ( )jn m m  , herein m : number of types of solid components by a polymeric material. thus normalizing ratio in case of the solution of a task is carried out automatically. 1 1 j n n m opt jv j j i v j i         further the vector of optimum volume fractions of fractions of filler in composition is defined: ( ; ); 1, 2, 3, ..., opt opt jv j n ji v m      herein opt jv : an optimum volume fraction v : fraction by j -type a filler. transition to optimum mass concentration of the relevant fractions of firm components ( ; ; 1, 2, 3, ..., ) opt optj jv j n jx x i v m      is carried out on a formula: ( ) / ( / )opt opt optjv jv j j jx p     herein 1 j n n m opt opt jv j j i v j i p x x       is the sum of mass concentration (shares) of solid components by a polymeric compositing. experimental study haracteristics used a fraction of silica as a dispersed filler for slurry on based low-molecular rubbers (oligomers) with final epoxy groups polydienurethanepoxide (trademark pdi-3b) and carboxyl groups polybutadiencarbocsilate (trademark skd-ctr) are shown in tab. 1. surface by response of function in the projection in the chart gibbs "composition-property" (fig. 1), which we obtained by the developed computer program [3], demonstrates the calculated dependence of value /r f o   the investigated polymer slurry from the volume ratio of the three fractions of silica, differing characteristics in accordance with tab. 1. constant volume fraction of filler is 0.75. in all cases, the calculation of the limit of bulk fill m , through the coefficients of the porosity of various mixtures of fractions implemented with help by the coefficients of the porosity of individual fractions identified viscometric method [1]. at the same time physical and chemical factors influencing the limiting filling c http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 69-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.06 72 of a polymeric binder takes into account "automatically", according to the physical nature of viscosimetric method. it can be seen that the minimum value of the relative coefficient dynamic viscosity r is provided an optimal ratio of volume fractions of fractions (rounded): 600µ 30µ 1µ = 0.5: 0.3: 0.2. it shows also the experimental values r . characteristics 1 (small) 2 (medium) 3 (large) porosity (volume fraction of pores) 0.450 0.384 0.379 void ratio (the ratio of the volume fractions of pores and particles) 0.818 0.623 0.610 weight average particle size, µ 1 30 600 table 1: characteristics fractions of silica. figure 1: the calculated and experimental dependences of the relative dynamic viscosity polymer slurry based by polydinurethanepoxide (pdi-3b) and polybutadiencarboxilate (skd-ctr) from volumetric ratios of 3 fractions of silica: a, b levels calculated iso-viscosity, round icons experimental data.    figure 2: envelopes by points of destruction [σb (mpa) = f [εb (%)] (in logarithmic scale) of the samples elastomer filled bifraction (black symbols) silica three fraction (white symbols) of silica: a sample of t = 323 k the standard t = 323 k a sample of t = 223 k the standard t = 293 k a sample of t = 293 k the standard t = 223 k http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 69-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.06 73 experimental study of prescription's parameter / m  filled elastomer at strain-strength characteristics, expressed in the form of envelopes by destruction was carried out using silica the following fractional composition: 1 initial test sample (240: 5) µ = (20: 80)% 2 prototype (240: 5: 1) µ = (40: 40: 20%). as the polymer binder used stoichiometric mixture (1: 2 moles) of low molecular weight rubber trademarks pdi-3b and skd-ctr, three-dimensionally cross-linked three-functional aromatic epoxy resin trademark eet-1 (1 mol). specific surface area of contact "filler-binder" in both cases remained constant. indication in fig. 2 (with the normal motion from the lower to the upper right) shows that at a fixed value of the volume fraction of silica 0.712  modified effective volumetric filling / m  from 0.712 / 0.752 = 0.946 to 0.712 / 0.816 = 0.72 leads to an increase in the energy by mechanical destruction by elastomeric composite 1.5 1.7 times. reducing the maximum degree of volume filling from 0.946 to 0.872 promotes increase "return" of the polymeric binder in the growth of energy mechanical destruction elastomer composite in accordance with the mathematical relationship (2, 3, 4). [5]. thus, the use by optimal multifractional filler for constant chemical composition of the composition allows for increase significantly in service life of the studied composite material which offered as frost-resistant waterproof covering (oilfired sub-layer) for asphalt highways located in areas with sharply continental climate. use as frost-resistant waterproofing covering which filled three-dimensional cross-linked elastomer, provides an elastically deformability surface of the road-load transport in the temperature range of 223 k ... 323 k (-50 ... +50 ° c); this prevents the massive destruction of asphalt at alternating temperatures and operating loads at the expense of phase transitions' water-ice-water ", which accompanied by a volume expansion of ice when water freezes in the initial cracks of asphalt. the following is an example of the engineering realization of recommended material.  the composition contains: a polymer binder (in the ratio 1: 2) polydienurethanepoxide with final epoxy groups (pdi-3b) and polybutadiencarbocsilate with a terminal carboxyl groups (skd-ktr) (13.5 wt.%),  natural macro crystalline quartz (57.4 wt.%); fumed silica grade "aerosil-380" (24.6 wt.%),  processing aids: thixotropic amplifier of elastomer and pigment technical carbon (3.0 wt.%), three-dimensional cross-linking agent epoxy gum brand eet-1 (1.45 wt.%), three-dimensional crosslinking catalyst acetolacetonate fe (0,05 wt.%).  blending components conducted at 55 60 ° c in a continuous mixer such as "snd-75", followed by formation of canvas width 3.0 meters and a thickness of 0.012 m (12 mm). three-dimensional cross-linking the polymer base material was conducted out in a continuous drum-vulcanizer at a temperature 170 180 ° c with a residence time in the apparatus 7-5 minutes respectively. received and rolled from rolls (25 meters long each) on the asphalt, smearing by liquid bitumen (oil), waterproof canvas with a relative speed of uniaxial tension 1.4 • 10-3 s-1 had the following mechanical characteristics specified in tab. 2. in the same part of the recommended composition based on a threedimensional cross-linked elastomer filled three-fraction silica. such a roll material on intermediate "glue" layer of liquid bitumen (oil), is to protect the asphalt canvas based on bituminous binder, becoming brittle in the cold, from the ravages of a pair of "water ice" these characteristics indicate on increased frost-resistant developed coating of asphalt highways and you can use it in a wide temperature range for 20 ... 30 years. composition volume fractions mechanical properties 323 к 293 к 223 к polimeric binder: rubber skd-ctr; rubber pdi-3b; epoxy eet-1 0.288 0.712 σb, мpа 0.25 εb, % 55 σb, мpа 1.20 εb, % 32 σb, мpа 6.00 εb, % 22 filler: silica (240:5:1) µ = (40:40:20)% table 2: mechanical characteristics of composition. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it e. m. nurullaev et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 69-74; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.06 74 conclusions ased on non-linear programming was developed mathematical optimization method of fractional composition of the disperse filler, which significantly affects the coefficient of dynamic viscosity of the suspension and the energy of mechanical destruction three dimensional cross-linked elastomeric composite. also was proposed formulation of the polymer compositions based on low molecular rubbers with final functional groups, filled with silica optimal fractional composition, allowing increase the service life of asphalt highways. in relation of frost-resistance and waterproofing of the created coating based of the filled elastomer, engineering example shows the practical effectiveness of the proposed method to increase the service life of asphalt highways. references [1] a. s. ermilov, k. zyryanov, plant laboratory. diagnostic materials, 67(9) (2001) 62. [2] a. s. ermilov, a. m. fedoseev, j. of applied chemistry, 77(7) (2004) 1218. [3] certificate number 2012613349 rf. software identify and optimize the packing density of solid dispersed polymer composite fillers materials (rheology). / ermilov a. s, nurullaev e. m., duregin k. a. priority from 09.04.2012. [4] t. l. smith, j. appl. phys., 35 (1964) 27. [5] a. s. ermilov, e. m. nurullaev, mechanic composite materials, 48(3) (2012) 359. b http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.06&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero 24 articolo 1 t.v. tretiakova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 1-6; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.01 1 special issue: russian fracture mechanics school relay-race deformation mechanism during uniaxial tension of cylindrical samples of carbon steel: using digital image correlation technique t.v. tretiakova, v.e. vildeman center of experimental mechanics, perm national research polytechnic university, 614990, komsomolsky av., 29, perm, russia abstract. the work deals with experimental study of macro localization of plastic yielding occurrences of structural carbon steel, research of singularity of deformation wave processes by complex use of contemporary test equipment and high effective digital image correlation method. evolution of nonuniform axial strain fields on surface of cylindrical samples during uniaxial tension was registered, time dependences were drawn, and a ‘relay-race’ mechanism of material deformation was found out at the stage of yield plateau forming. strain concentration ratio was estimated for several material deformation stages. keywords. digital image correlation; wave effects; strain localization; carbon steel. introduction great number of scientific literature deals with experimental study issues of plastic strain in solid bodies, specifically, authors repeatedly point out that plastic strain develops nonuniformly both in space (strain localization) and in time (time evolution of localization) [1, 2]. striking examples of plastic strain localization on macroscopic level are chernov-lüders lines, initiation and evolution of necking effect on postcritical deformation stage [3, 4], and also waves of localized plastic strain. the aim of this research was experimental investigation of regularities of plastic yielding macro localization for structural steel, study of singularities of wave deformation processes by complex use of contemporary testing equipment and noncontact strain measuring facilities. material and test procedure tructural carbon steel 20 (gost 1050-88) was chosen as the research subject. mechanical tests on uniaxial tension of solid cylindrical samples (test portion length of 16 mm, sample’s diameter of 9.5 mm) were conducted on instron 8850 universal biaxial servo-hydraulic testing system with constant kinematic loading speed of 2%/min. noncontact registration and displacement and strain fields review were carried out by three-dimensional vic-3d digital optical system (fig. 1). video-system’s software is based on digital image correlation technique (dic). dic is a highly effective non-contact, computer-vision-based method for measuring displacement and strain fields on specimen’s surface by correlating digital images captured during loading or exploitation process [5]. the digital optical system can be used for problem solving of deformable solid mechanics: experimental investigation of nonuniform strain fields and analysis of failure conditions in bodies with concentrators of different geometry [6, 7], research of inelastic material deformation processes in complex strain-stress conditions, study of displacement and strain fields evolution during crack initiation, damage accumulation and material failure [8–10], etc. the video-system contains a s http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t .v. tretiakova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 1-6; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.01 2 digital monochrome cameras, sample illumination systems, calibration grids, synchronizing hardware for communication with the test system, and specialized software which allows programming of video recording (vic-snap) and mathematical treatment of test data (vic-3d). in tab. 1 these parameters are shown. figure 1: the non-contact three-dimensional digital optical system vic-3d. hardware 2 digital b/w dcp cameras resolution 4 mp maximum videotaping speed 15 image/s videotaping speed in current tests 0.2 image/s software 3d digital image correlation (vic-3d) subset 19 pixels step 4 pixels correlation criteria nssd tensor type (strain calculation) lagrangian finite strain tensor table 1: technical parameters of strain field registration. correlation of digital images was carried out by nssd criteria (normalized sum of squared difference), which offers the best combination of flexibility and results. 2 2 2 i i nssd i i i f g g f g           (1) in the software the lagrangian finite strain tensor was used for strain field estimation:  , , , ,1 2 ij i j j i k i k ju u u u    (2) test results ests on uniaxial tension were carried out on 5 solid cylindrical samples. the tensile test diagram for carbon steel is shown in fig. 2. the load-extension curve includes yield drop (ii) and yield plateau (iii–v) forming stages, and also an extensive post-critical deformation stage (vii–viii). evolution of nonuniform axial strain fields for marked dots (i–viii, fig. 2), calculated by using the vic-3d system, is illustrated in fig. 3. at the elastoplastic deformation stage at the moment of transition through an upper yield point (point t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t.v. tretiakova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 1-6; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.01 3 ii), initiation and evolution of axial strain wave front (points iii–v) was captured lengthwise the sample axis. plastic strain is becoming macro localized during further loading at the material hardening stage (points vi, vii), which causes the necking effect in center part of the sample. at point viii the deformed state of cylindrical samples equals its limit, at which macro scale destruction of material occurred. figure 2: the tensile test diagram for carbon steel. figure 3: evolution of axial strain fields during uniaxial tension of cylindrical sample. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t .v. tretiakova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 1-6; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.01 4 axial strain distributions were drawn to appraise inhomogeneity of the material deformation process on sample surface (fig. 4). designation of curves (i–viii) coincides with points on the tensile test diagram (fig. 2). it is clear that at the moment before sample destruction, significant strain localization is observed in the central part and is about 200%yy  , while average strain is 32%. the elasto-plastic material deformation stage demands for a more thorough study, specifically at the moment of yield drop and yield plateau forming (fig. 5). figure 4: axial strain distributions on surface of cylindrical sample. at the elastic stage deformation of material was happening macro-homogeneously along the full sample length. as was mentioned above, the abrupt strain flash appeared (curve iii, fig. 5) at the moment of transition through an upper yield point (point ii, fig. 2), and a wave front of axial strain was initiated. the wave front is going from one grip to another with the speed of about 12-15 mm/min. macro loading speed of the sample is 0.32 mm/min. figure 5: axial strain distributions at the elasto-plastic deformation stage. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t.v. tretiakova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 1-6; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.01 5 on the basis of experimental data time dependences of axial strain were determined for five areas of material, marked on the surface of sample test portion (fig. 6). at the material hardening stage and postcritical stage as well, the center point (1) speed of deformation is considerably higher than the other; at the same time, equidistance points (1 and 5, 2 and 4) deform with equal speed. time inhomogeneity on elasto-plastic stage has wave-like behavior (fig. 7). the step-by-step involvement of parts of cylindrical samples into the material deformation process is observed (1–5, fig. 7). point 1, which is located at the edge of the sample test portion, starts first. when it reached a certain level of axial strain, the material stopped deforming in this area. during the deformation process, next point (2) is engaged, and so on. this effect can be named the ‘relay-race mechanism’ of deformation, which happens at the stage of yield plateau forming. during further loading at the material hardening stage the axial strain level increased at point 3. this fact confirms the occurrence of localization process in the center area of solid cylindrical sample test portion. figure 6: time dependences of axial strain for five areas of material. figure 7: time dependences of axial strain at the stage of yield plateau forming and at the material hardening stage. in turn, the elastic unloading of peripheral specimen parts was registered at the postcritical deformation stage (1, 5). the elastic unloading for the first area was about 0.120%, for area 5 it was 0.135%. with the aim of quantitative estimation of axial strain concentration, which is caused by localization of plastic yielding in material, the following coefficient was considered: max yy yyk   (3) http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it t .v. tretiakova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 24 (2013) 1-6; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.24.01 6 where yy is the average value of axial strain, determined by using the complementary module of video system’s software ‘virtual extensometer’; maxyy is the maximum value of axial strain on sample surface. the ‘virtual extensometer’ differs from mechanical extensometers generally in that the former is used after the testing procedure, during post processing, while the latter is used in real-time mode. with the help of the ‘virtual extensometer’ it is possible to simulate the use of several ‘extensometers’ on the same specimen [8]. tab. 2 given below shows results of estimation of axial strain concentration for different material deformation stages (points i–viii at the tensile test diagram for carbon steel). high value of axial strain concentration coefficient is observed at the material softening stage, and also at the moment of transition through an upper yield point, which was demonstrated in this paper. point load, kn yy , % max yy , % k i 13.134 0.086 1.0 ii 24.057 0.148 1.0 iii 22.504 0.360 2.580 7.2 iv 22.326 1.013 2.962 2.9 v 22.389 1.484 2.626 1.8 vi 28.742 4.503 5.935 1.3 vii 33.974 14.156 23.105 1.6 viii 23.980 32.719 201.978 6.2 table 2: estimation of axial strain concentration, which is caused by localization of plastic yielding in material. conclusion he findings confirm the existence of space-time inhomogeneity in material inelastic deformation process; specifically the ‘relay-race mechanism’ of axial strain contribution was discovered and quantitatively investigated at the stage of yield plateau forming on the surface of a cylindrical carbon steel sample. the degree of strain macro localization was analyzed under the conditions of initiation and evolution of necking effect during uniaxial tension. though there is significant reduction of cross-section area in the sample center, inhomogeneity of deformation process at the post critical stage is commensurable with inhomogeneity initiated by motion of axial strain wave front. therefore, on the basis of these findings we can make a conclusion about the efficiency of digital image correlation technique and the noncontact 3-d video system. issues of exposure of automodel parameters of inelastic deformation processes (loadingrate effect, loading conditions, shape effect) are not fully determined and require further complex investigation. references [1] l.b. zuev, v.i. danilov, s.a. barannikova, plastic flow macrolocalization physics, (2008) 328. [2] l.b. zuev, v.i. danilov, s.a. barannikova, v.v. gorbatenko, physics of wave phenomena, 17(1) (2009) 66. [3] v.e. vildeman, j. appl. maths mechs, 62(2) (1998) 281. [4] v.e. vildeman, a.v. ipatova, m.p. tretyakov, t.v. tretyakova, bulletin of lobachevsky nizhny novgorod university, 4(5) (2011) 2063. [5] m.a. sutton, j.-j.orteu, h.schreier, image correlation for shape, motion and deformation measurements, (2009) 364. [6] v.e. vildeman, t.v. sannikova, m.p. tretyakov, problems of mechanical engineering and machine reliability, 5 (2010) 106. [7] v.e. vildeman, t.v. tretyakova, d.s. lobanov, perm state technical university. mechanics bulletin, 4 (2011) 15. [8] t.v. tretyakova, m.p. tretyakov, v.e. wildemann, perm state technical university. mechanics bulletin, 2 (2011) 92. [9] v.e. vildeman, t.v. tretyakova, d.s. lobanov, perm state technical university. mechanics bulletin, 2 (2012) 34. [10] t.v. tretyakova, v.e. vildeman, factory laboratory. diagnostic materials, 6 (2012) 54. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.24.01&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it microsoft word numero_61_art_36_3498.docx m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 530 study of structural stability of a concrete gravity dam using a reliability approach mohamed essaddik kerkar, mustapha kamel mihoubi national higher school for hydraulics, algeria m.kerkar@ensh.dz, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9241-9578 mihkam@ensh.dz, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7858-0127 abstract. dam safety is a priority at the international level, it requires a large amount of data that allows analysts to make optimization on its structural stability, the latter is based on the estimation of the probability of failure from the effects of stress and resistance acting on the dam-reservoir system. this investigation is to establish a methodology in order to optimize the safety of a concrete gravity dam in operation by carrying out a risk analysis which includes the identification of the sources of danger in terms of scenarios that can occur due to a failure on the dam-reservoir system on an implication of natural hazards (floods, earthquakes) and technical accidents such as malfunction of a spillway gate, drain valve, drainage system or important silting. reliability methods provide a basis for the probabilistic assessment of the structural safety of a dam. they make it possible to take into account in a probabilistic context, the uncertainties in the data associated with the calculation parameters used in the justifications of structural stability and make it possible to assess as closely as possible the intrinsic safety of a concrete gravity dam. keywords. probability of failure; reliability of dam; first order reliability method; monte carlo simulation; latin hypercube sampling. citation: kerkar, m.e., mihoubi, m.k, study of structural stability of a concrete gravity dam using a reliability approach, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544. received: 05.03.2022 accepted: 31.05.2022 online first: 19.06.2022 published: 01.07.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n recent years, various research projects have focused on the field of risk management for construction projects, that are affected by a variety of risk categories such as economic, environmental, political, financial, geological and technical risk, etc. during their service life, they involve many authorities whose interests and needs must be taken into account in the decision-making system in order to ensure the success of the project [1]. the failure history of dams enables risk analysts to know the failure scenarios. it provides information on what can happen to other dams in service, this analysis presents a field in full development, the result obtained presents a mathematical inflection of the uncertainty related to the parameters introduced in the dam stability calculation which means that the uncertainty is expressed in terms of failure probabilities. contrary to traditional deterministic i https://youtu.be/rohitv6l6wo m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 531 approaches, probabilistic methods have been increasingly recognized for their facing uncertainties in the face of modern engineering problems, they are necessary to investigate the effect of uncertainty in the input data on the stability of structural systems [2]. according to the international commission on large dams (icold) the term risk implies a certain form of action in the face of uncertainty it has a universal meaning but can be interpreted in different ways. however, dominic reeve (2010) has described risk as a probability of failure or default, consequences can be measured in many forms but often converted to monetary values, so risk has units of expenditure rates ($/month, quarter, or year) [3]. it is referred to as r and is defined as the expected consequences c associated with a given activity multiplied by the probability p that this event will occur [4, 5]. risk assessment provides a structured and systematic examination of the probability of damaging events with their consequences and also is the essential element serving as the basis for the entire safety management process [6]. to optimize the reliability of a dam, it is important to take into account the natural ultimate cases (high floods, earthquakes) and the degree of operation of the operating equipment. the probabilistic modelling of resistances and stresses by building a class of dam-reservoir system data that have uncertain behaviour by risk treatment models by combining the previous cases between them to create scenarios, gives an important axis to improve the structural and functional safety in a dam, this analysis technique by using a set of algerian dams (boussiaba, oued fodda, beni harroun, koudiat acerdoune, hamiz and tichy haf) will be the subject of context under the title; structural stability study of a concrete gravity dam by reliability optimization approach. figure 1: combination between structural reliability and functional reliability (proposed scenario). m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 532 job requirements ncertainty can affect several parameters that are included in the calculation of the stability of a dam such as; concrete and sediment density, ice thrust, operating water levels, etc. in this computation the random variables considered are the angle of friction 'φ' and the cohesion ‘c’. on the one hand corresponding along the dam foundation interface, it is assumed that the uncertainty is produced by the change in the space where samples were taken (heterogeneous foundation) and by inaccuracies relative to the laboratory during shear tests. on the other hand, in the body of the dam (concrete-concrete) the variation of 'φ' and 'c' is produced by the phenomenon of concrete degradation, it was supposed a gaussian distribution to the laws governing these physical characteristics. in order to optimize the safety of a dam it is necessary to take into consideration the normal case of operation and the natural ultimate cases (high floods, earthquakes), the reliability analysis will be made according to the different situations of load combinations, i.e, normal, exceptional and extreme cases, this type of optimization is called structural reliability. recently, abdollahi et al. [7] proposed an uncertainty aware framework for dynamic shape optimization of gravity dams under stochastic loads. the suggested reliability-based design optimization (rbdo) study is not only efficient in incorporating different source of uncertainties but also guarantee system safety accurately. another type of optimization called functional reliability groups together the operating rates of the operating equipment; spillways gates, drain valves, drainage system and the degree of silting in the dam (sediment elevation) these factors influence directly on the stability of dam, the combination between these parameters and the cases of operation mentioned above gives different scenarios (ci) called possible operating scenarios that may encounter a dam during its service life for example; the combination of normal operating cases (normal water level) with the drainage operating rate (x% =90%, 50%, 5%) gives the scenarios c1, c3, c5 at the concrete/foundation interface and c2, c4, c6 at the concrete/concrete interface and under the same conditions when the elevation of the sediments equal to half the height of the dam we will have c7, c11, c15 and c8, c12, c16 (fig. 1). the pf value obtained is the result of the calculation by the methods; first order reliability method, monte carlo simulation and latin hypercube sampling which give an estimate of the reliability of the dam for each scenario ci in relation to the landslide phenomenon, the most likely value among these three methods gives an approach to optimize the reliability of the dam under study (fig. 2). figure 2: flowchart for calculating the probability of dam failure u m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 533 literature review ccording to some historians, the start of probability calculus is linked to the industrial revolution in the 17th century and is intimately linked to the emergence of combinatorics, whose development will accompany that of probability calculus [8]. in the field of structural construction, experience has shown that gross error is the common cause of structural failure, the understanding of the human contribution to failure has grown considerably through major accident studies, matousek's work, based on the investigation of 800 cases of major damage to structural construction, has shown that human and gross errors contributed to 75-90 per cent of accidents, including; ignorance, negligence, insufficient knowledge and underestimation [4, 9]. thus, in any evaluation of strengths and loads there will be uncertainties related to variability in space (e.g. heterogeneity of foundations) and time (ageing) and variability in the response of the structure to a specific load. the probability of failure is considered as a rating on a scale, it is based on a detailed scaling and normalized to a scale of 1 to 5, the ratings are converted to a theoretical probability of failure [10] (tab. 1). this probability of failure ranking can be used to provide an indication of the potential need for repair work to be undertaken by reference to risk reduction guidelines (fig. 3). figure 3: regions of risk as a function of probability of failure [10, 11] probability classes description indicative value of the annual probability of default pf likely (5) the hazard may occur or a very bad data status has been established on the hazard. 10-2 very common (4) the hazard will be quite frequent or a poor state of data has been established regarding hazard. 10-3 unlikely (3) the hazard may occur occasionally or a moderate state of data has been established about the hazard. 10-4 unusual (2) the hazard may occur infrequently or a good state of data has been established about the hazard. 10-5 rare (1) the hazard can only occur in exceptional circumstances or when a very good state of data has been established on the hazard. 10-6 table 1: relationship between probability rating and probability of failure [10, 12)] a m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 534 in the physical modelling the strength of a technical element is modelled as a random variable s, the element is exposed to a load l which is also modelled as a random variable [13]. the distributions of strength and load at a specific time t are shown in fig. 4. a failure will occur as soon as the load is higher than the strength, the reliability ri of element i is defined as the probability that the strength is greater than the load.   ir p(s l) p(a) (1) where p(a) denotes the probability of event a the load will usually vary with time and can be modelled as a time dependent variable l(t), the element will deteriorate over time due to failure mechanisms such as corrosion, erosion and fatigue, so the strength of the element will also be a function of time s(t) [13]. the failure time t of element i is the (shortest) time to l(t) > s(t), a possible realisation of s(t) and l(t) is in fig. 5. min t [t; s(t) l(t)] (2) the reliability ri (t) of the element can be defined as:  ir (t) p(t t) (3) figure 4: load distribution and resistance. figure 5: failure time and load-resistance relationship. the dam failure history is intended to assist risk analysis teams in estimating probability, it provides information on what has happened to other dams. dams can fail gradually or instantaneously, the type of failure depends on the initial cause and the type of dam [14], the failure may be natural due to natural deterioration of the structure, extraordinary natural events such as heavy rains and extreme floods, earthquakes, differential settlements, rock slides, piping problems, seepage, wave action, etc., or man-made caused by bombardment, sabotage, demolition for the public good, poor construction or design, poor location, and burial of animals [14]. since the failure of m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 535 the teton dam (usa) in 1976, significant progress has been made and society continues to increase its demands for safety, reliability of critical infrastructure, design, construction and operation of dams should be integrated into the risk management framework where dam safety is not only a federal, state or local issue, it can affect people and property across locations, state and even national borders [15, 16]. concrete gravity dams are usually built from many monoliths, when a concrete gravity dam fails, one or more monoliths are washed away [17]. structural reliability he reliability of an engineering system can be defined as the ability to fulfil its design purpose for a specified period of time. this ability can be measured using the probabilistic theory that it will perform the function for which it was designed under given conditions and for a given duration. structural reliability is formulated in terms of a vector of structural system random variables, x = {x1, x2, ..., xn}, where {x1, x2, ..., xn} are the basic random variables which can describe loads, structural system dimensions, materials and these characteristics and properties of the cross-section [18, 19]. a limit state function, g (x) = 0 describes the operation of the system in terms of the basic random variables x, where s is the strength of the material making up the structure and l is the stresses (loads) exerted on the structure [20]. the safety margin m and the limit state function g can be written in the general form: g(x) g( ) m s, l (4) when we place ourselves in the physical space, the space formed by s and l, we notice that the limit state function allows us to divide the physical space into three domains (fig. 6):  g (s, l) < 0: failure domain;  g (s, l) = 0: limit state;  g (s, l) > 0: safety range. figure 6: failure domain, limit state and safety range. an analysis space can be defined for concrete dams based on two vectors; structural reliability models (x-axis) and deterministic models (y-axis), as shown in fig. 7. t m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 536 figure 7: space for structural analysis of dam reliability [21]. the horizontal and vertical arrows in the figure above show the development trends followed by knowledge in each of its corresponding individual domains and an arrow indicates the diagonal direction combining advanced analytical methods for the behaviour of concrete dams with structural reliability methods, in order to obtain better estimates of the probability of failure in the context of risk analysis [21]. during the life cycle of a structure the failure rate follows the convex curve shown in fig. 8, it contains three phases; early failure phase due to design errors, phase where the failure rate is practically constant for a large part of the lifespan when degradation mechanisms are not manifested, third phase when the degradation phenomenon starts, leading to an increase in the failure rate; it is during this phase that preventive maintenance can improve structural reliability and extend its lifespan [22]. figure 8: bathtub curve [22]. second level reliability calculation methods in this level the form of the limit state is essential, it has explicit writing or by default with approximation. the estimation of the probability of failure can be carried out by analytical methods of the form (first order reliability method) and sorm (second order reliability method) type. reliability is defined as the probability of m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 537 a function g(x), it is performance function which is greater than zero, p{g(x)>0}, it is the probability that the variables random x = (x1, x2,..,xn) will be in the safe region and is defined by g(x)>0. the failure can be defined as the probability p{g(x)<0}, i.e. the probability that the random variables x = (x1, x2,..,xn) will be in the failure region and is defined by g(x)<0 [23, 24, 25]. so if the joint probability density function of x is fx(x), the probability of failure is evaluated with the integral: x g(x) 0 {(g(x) 0} f (x)dx     fp p (5) reliability is calculated by: x g(x) 0 1 {g(x)>0} f (x)dx      i fr p p (6) the first step is to find the most probable point of failure in the space of standard variables, and then the limit state function is approximated by its first taylor expansion (form) or second order (sorm) around the point of conception [26]. the first order reliability method reduces calculation difficulties by simplifying the fx(x) integral and approximating the performance function g(x) so that solutions to formula 5 and 6 are easily obtained [27]. the performance function g(x) is approximated by the taylor expansion of the first order (linearization), for this purpose this method has the name first-order reliability it simplifies the functional relationship and reduces the complexity of the failure probability calculation, as it is implicitly expressed as a mean and standard deviation [27, 28]. the probability integrations in formula 5 and 6 are visualized with a two-dimensional case in fig. 9 which shows the conjoint of x that is fx(x) and its contours, which are projections of the area of fx(x) onto the plane x1-x2 that have the same values or probability density. figure 9: probability integration [26, 27] the hypothesis is to consider that the surface of the integral fx(x) forms a hill and this is cut by a knife with a curved blade g(x) = 0, the hill is divided into two parts, the left part will be on the side of g(x) > 0 as shown in fig. 9. the left volume on the left is the probability integration in formula 7 which presents the reliability, in other words the reliability is the volume below fx(x) on the side of the safe region where g(x) > 0 [27]. the first-order reliability procedure is described by three (03) steps which are as follows: step 1: the original space of the basic variables should be transformed into a standard gaussian space, called uspace. step 2: then you have to look for the famous design point in the new space. m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 538 step 3: finally, the failure surface must be approached at this point to obtain an approximation of the probability sought [18]. reliability index the geometrical interpretation of the reliability index β when placed in a normalized space corresponding to the physical space is the minimum distance between the origin o of the normalized space and the limit state curve, it is determined as the distance between the mean and the point of failure (m = 0) in units of standard deviation, it is the most probable value of failure [20, 25]. the relationship between the reliability index and the probability of failure can be estimated by the following table: β 1.28 2.32 3.72 4 4.27 4.5 4.75 5.20 pf 10-1 10-2 10-4 3.2x10-5 10-5 3.4x10-6 10-6 10-7 table 2: relation reliability index β and probability of failure pf [29] third level reliability calculation methods in this technique the structural reliability methods encompass a complete analysis of the problem and involve integration of the probability density function, random variables are extended to the safety domain and are the most general in reliability techniques whose approach is to obtain an estimate of the integral by numerical mean [3]. in this context it can cite monte carlo simulations and the latin hyper cube method. monte carlo simulations this method offers a powerful means to evaluate the reliability of a system, due to its capability of achieving a closer adherence to reality, it may be generally defined as a methodology for obtaining estimates of the solution of mathematical problems. it is based on the repetition of system sampling, however, the number of simulated realizations is large in the control an acceptable precision to estimate the probability of failure [28]. consider for example the problem of integral i, it is a question of approaching: 1 0 g(x)dx i (7) various classical methods of a deterministic type exist; rectangles, trapezoids and simpson. the monte carlo method consists in writing this integral in the form: e[g( )]i u (8) where u is a random variable according to a uniform law on [0; 1], if (ui)i∈n is a sequence of independent random variables and a uniform law on [0; 1] [28], then: n i 0 1 g( ) e [g( )] n   iu u (9) in other words, if u1, u2, u3, u4,..., un., are randomly selected numbers in [0; 1]. 1 2 3 n 1 [g(u ) g(u ) g(u ) ......... g(u )] n     is an approximation of 1 0 g(x)dx i after definition problem in terms of design random variables and identification of these probabilistic characteristics in terms of probability density function and associated parameters (mean and standard deviation), the generation of values for these random variables followed by deterministic problem assessment for each data set gives us a conclusion on the probability m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 539 of failure of the system under study [28, 30]. thus this method is the process that is used to estimate the sampling of the probability of failure of a structure, if nf is the number of simulation cycles in which the structure fails and n is the total number of simulation cycles, the probability of failure pf is expressed by [28, 30]:  ff n p n (10) latin hyper cube sampling method if we are talking about an array of symbols or numbers and each appears only once, the array is called a "latin square", extending this concept to higher dimensions for many design variables represents the term "hyper cube". hence, this method is the sampling method in a monte carlo approach, it is also known as “stratified sampling technique” [28]. each random variable can be subdivided into n intervals of equal probability, there are n points of analysis, randomly mixed, so each of the n compartments has 1/n of the probability of distribution. the general steps of this method are: 1decompose the distribution of each variable into n non-overlapping intervals with equal probability. 2select a value at random in each interval in relation to its probability density. 3repeat steps 1 and 2 until you have selected values for variables, such as x1, x2, ..., xk. 4combine the n values obtained for each xk with the n values obtained for the other at random xj≠i see fig. 10. figure10: basic concept of lhs with two variables and five realizations [28] application of the models he application of the three reliability methods on the beni harroun dam gave failure probabilities during certain scenarios, each scenario having its own specific load combinations, e.g. pf estimated in scenario 47 (c47) is the probability of failure at the landslide in relation to the dam-foundation interface when the dam is subjected to seismic loading and when the functional probability for the drainage system to operate at 90% is equal to 1. the calculation code retains the most unfavourable probability of failure (pf = 3.51x10-3) among the results of the three reliability calculation methods. the results are shown in tab. 3. t m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 540 scenarios calculated pf optimized pf = max [pf form, pf hl, pf mc] pf form pf hl pf mc c11 4.1x10-4 4.1x10-4 4.09x10-4 4.1x10-4 c12 10-7 10-7 10-7 10-7 c35 4.4x10-3 4.61x10-3 4.82x10-3 4.82x10-3 c36 10-7 10-7 10-7 10-7 c47 3.2x10-3 3.35x10-3 3.51x10-3 3.51x10-3 c48 10-7 10-7 10-7 10-7 table 3: pf of the beni harroun dam during the scenarios; c11, c12, c35, c36, c47, c48 the application of the models was carried out on six (06) algerian dams (boussiaba, oued fodda, beni harroun, koudiat acerdoune, hamiz and tichy haf), the characteristics of these dams are moved in tab. 4. dams type of concrete age of service talus fruit height of the dyke (m) foundation length (m) ratio foundation length/dike height (r) upstream downstream boussiaba bcr < 50 years old 0 0.725 50.67 37.63 0.74 oued fodda bcr 50 to100 years old 0.1 0.675 101 67.5 0.67 koudiat acerdoune bcv < 50 years old 0.4 0.5 121 102 0.84 beni harroun bcr < 50 years old 0 0.8 118 93 0.79 hamiz masonry > 100 years old 0.25 0.5 50 47 0.94 tichy haf bcr < 50 years old 0 0.5 83.5 40 0.48 table 4: geometrical characteristics and service age of the dams to be studied the following figure shows the failure probability histogram for the three load combinations; normal, exceptional and extreme, it gives us the most probable pf for each assumed scenario. 0,00 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,40 0,45 0,50 0,55 0,60 0,65 0,70 0,75 0,80 0,85 0,90 0,95 1,00 c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 c 5 c 6 c 7 c 8 c 9 c 10 c 11 c 12 c 13 c 14 c 15 c 16 c 17 c 18 p o b ab ili ty o f f ai lu re scenarios b) normal case boussiaba oued fodda koudiat a beni hraroune hamiz tichy haf 0,00 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,40 0,45 0,50 0,55 0,60 0,65 0,70 0,75 0,80 0,85 0,90 0,95 1,00 c 47 c 48 c 49 c 50 c 51 c 52 c 53 c 54 c 55 c 56 c 57 c 58 c 59 c 60 c 61 c 62 c 63 c 64 p ob ab ili ty o f f ai lu re scenarios b) extreme case boussiaba oued fodda koudiat a beni hraroune hamiz tichy haf m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 541 figure 11: the histogram of failure probabilities for different load request scenarios if we consider that the probability for each scenario ci (from c1 to c64) to happen is pci = 1, the number of scenarios giving a likely probability (pf > 0.01) will be: likely 64 i 1 ( 0.01)   fp f cin p (11) the ratio between npf likely and the total number of scenarios will be: likely likely n 64  f p r (12) figure 12: ratio of cases giving a likely probability and the total number of scenarios for the dams studied according to these results we can see that the r likely of the tichy haf dam is 0.95 it is the most important among the dams studied, this majority is expressed by the type of dam (arch gravity dam) and its stability is not only 0,00 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,40 0,45 0,50 0,55 0,60 0,65 0,70 0,75 0,80 0,85 0,90 0,95 1,00 c 19 c 20 c 21 c 22 c 23 c 24 c 25 c 26 c 27 c 28 c 29 c 30 c 31 c 32 c 33 c 34 c 35 c 36 c 37 c 38 c 39 c 40 c 41 c 42 c 43 c 44 c 45 c 46 p o b ab ili ty o f fa ilu re scenarios c) exceptional case boussiaba oued fodda koudiat a beni hraroune hamiz tichy haf m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 542 ensured by its own weight taken in the calculation but it is also ensured by the effect of transmission of part of the force s to the banks. the oued fodda dam is in second place with a value of r likely = 0.91 and the hamiz dam is in third place with a value of 0.53. these important values are caused by the degradation of the physical properties (angle of friction and cohesion) of the dam material due to the fact that the service life is considerable. depending on the relationship between probability rating and probability of failure (tab. 1), pf at normal load combinations c1, c2,..., c18 are strictly rare (pf ≤10-6) in; boussiaba, hamiz and koudiat acerdoune dams except pf c17=9x10-6 when the functional probability for hsediment= 2hdam/3 and the drain to function at 05% equal to 1 (p c17=1) at that moment the destabilizing shear and normal forces are high. on the contrary pf is unlikely at dam of beni harroun pf ≥10-4 in the dam/foundation interface due to the mixed nature of the foundation (limestone with fractured zones, decompressed marl and rift breach), this variety leads to an extended standard deviation value for ‘ᵩ’ which makes failure unlikely. for oued fodda dam pf is rare, unusual and unlikely in c1, c3, c7, c9 and c11, they correspond to a combination of normal load but with a functional probability for each scenario arriving equal to 1 (pci =1). pf c1 is the failure estimate when the drain is operating at 90%, same situation for c7 but with siltation of sediment at half hdam (hsediment=hdam/2) and for c9 hsediment = 2hdam/3. pf c3 is the estimated failure when the drain is operating at 50% and the same case for c11 but with hsediment = hdam/2. for the rest of the scenarios, pf is very known and probable, this value is caused by the drainage system, and we note that the rate of drain operation has a major influence on the stability of dams. according to these results, it can be noticed that pf tends towards 1 with the growth of shear forces due to hydrostatic forces; normal, exceptional and ultimate when it is caused by malfunctioning of the discharge and overflow gates during flood periods (c37,...c46). other sharp forces may occur during earthquakes due to the generation of an inertial force within the dam and a hydrodynamic force added to the hydrostatic forces, thus silting forces which will be proportional to the height of the sediment. the impact of the normal effort related to the forces of the suppressions on the value of pf is proportional to the degree of drainage activity, we note for boussiaba dam during an earthquake pf c47 = 6.7x10-3 when the drain is operating at 90% and pf c51 = 1 when it is operating at 05%. if one compares the results of the dams recently in service during certain ultimate scenarios (high sediment height); koudiat acerdoune gave us low pf compared to those of beni harroun and boussiaba, one can justify this difference by the geometrical nature of the profile across the dam of koudiat acerdoune (0.4 upstream and 0.5 downstream) on the other hand boussiaba and beni harroun have a zero upstream fruit with respectively 0.725 and 0.8 downstream. another supporting factor is the ratio r, which is equal to the length of the foundation and the height of the dam (r= [lfoundation/hdam], rboussiaba= 0.74 rbeni harroun= 0.79 and rkoudiat acerdoune= 0.84, i.e. as soon as r tends towards 1, the dam becomes stable (fig. 13). figure 13: number of scenarios giving a likely probability as a function of ratio r. 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0,45 0,55 0,65 0,75 0,85 n u m b e r  o f  sc e n a ri o s  g iv in g  a  l ik e ly  p ro b a b il it y   ration foundation lenght/dike height (r) m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 543 conclusion he uncertainty can affect several parameters that are included in the calculation of the stability and dimensioning study, generally this study are based on a deterministic approach in which parameters take fixed values without taking into account uncertainty. in this work the objective is to estimate the reliability of some algerian concrete gravity dams during the scenarios proposed in relation to the phenomenon of sliding, the uncertain parameters that have taken are; the friction angle 'φ' and the cohesion 'c' and those are random variables in space or in time along the dam-foundation interface and in the body of the dike (concrete-concrete). different load combinations have been proposed which are called failure scenarios (ci) that can encounter a dam during its service life as shown in fig.1, the assumption is to accept the probability of a scenario ci equal to 1 (pci = 1), the calculation of the probability of failure by the three methods (first order reliability method, monte carlo simulations and latin hyper cube sampling) has given us close and at times equal values and the idea is to take the most unfavorable value between these methods and consider it as the probability of failure to increase the safety margin. the exploitation of these results is an achievement in time to quantify the reliability of a dam by optimizing a maintenance and inspection policy, an example; on friday august 07, 2020, the beni harroun dam site received seismic activities with a magnitude of 4.9 on the richter scale according to the astrophysical and geophysical astronomy research center (craag), so if we accept that the operating rate for the drainage system is 90%, the pf at the time of the earthquake will be less than 3.51x10-3 and 10-7 respectively at the interface and at the heart of the dike, it is the inflection of the scenarios c47, c48 according to fig. 1 and if it will have a strong flood the probability of failure will be pf c19=1.1x10-3 and if there will be a failure in the drain valve or spillways gates during this flood pf c37=1.18x10-3. in conclusion this study is a means of control for the safety of a dam knowing that the scenarios proposed can cover the events which encounter this type of structure during its service life. references [1] rasool, m. (2012). dynamic and multi-perspective risk management of construction projects using tailor made risk, breakdow structures. doctorate, university of bordeaux1, france, 02. [2] azam, a., mehdi, a. m., seyed, a. h. m., mohsen, r., yong, l. (2020). subset simulation method including fitnessbased seed selection for reliability analysis. engineering with computers, springer. doi: 10.1007/s00366-020-00961-9 [3] reeve, d. (2010). risk and reliability. coastal and hydraulic engineering, spon press 270 madison avenue, new york, ny 10016 usa, pp. 126-151. [4] bomel (2001). probabilistic methods: uses and abuses in structural integrity. executive health and safety, contract research report, uk, pp. 29-35 [5] dalsgaard sørensen, j. (2004). structural reliability theory and risk analysis. structural reliability theory and risk analysis. institute of building technology and structural engineering, denmark, 03. [6] international committee of large dams. (2005). dam foundations, geologic considerations. investigation methods, treatment. monitoring. geologic considerations. investigation methods of treatment and auscultation, paris, icold, 2005cd rom. bulletin, pp. 129-169. [7] abdollahia, a., amini, a., hariri-ardebili, m. a. (2022). an uncertainty-aware dynamic shape optimization framework: gravity dam design. science direct, reliability engineering & system safety journal, doi: 10.1016/j.ress.2022.108402 [8] droesbeke, j. j., maumy-bertrand, m., saporta, g., thomas-agnan, c. (2014). approaches statistiques du risque. edition technic 1 rue du bac, 75007 paris, france, 05 [9] schneider, j. (2006). introduction to safety and reliability of structures. structural engineering documents. 2ed edition. zurich, suisse, 14. [10] eddleston, m., rose, c., gallagher, e., hope, i., sugden, p. (2014). quantitative risk assessment applied to sludge lagoon embankments. maintaining the safety of our dams and reservoirs proceedings of the 18th biennial conference of the british dam society. queen's university of belfast, 257, pp. 264-266. [11] safe work australia. (2012). guide for major hazard facilities safety case: demonstrating the adequacy of safety t m.e. kerkar et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 61 (2022) 530-544; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.61.36 544 management and control measures, 25. [12] australian geomechanics society. (2007). guideline for landslide susceptibility, hazard and risk zoning for land use planning. landslide risk management. issn 0818-9110, 22. [13] rausand, m., hoyland, a. (2004). system reliability theory. models, statistical methods and applications, second edition . john wiley and sons, series in probability and statistics, hoboken, new jersey, 03-04. [14] singh, v.p. (1996). dam breach modelling technology. water science and technology librar springer science & business media dordrecht. louisiana state university, baton rouge, u.s.a, pp-27-28. [15] escuder-bueno, i., matheu, e., altarejos-garcía, l., castillo-rodríguez, j. t. (2012). risk analysis, dam safety, dam security and critical infrastructure management. proceedings of the 3rd international forum on risk analysis, dam safety, dam security and critical infrastructure management (3iwrdd-forum), valencia, spain, 09. [16] united states department of homeland security. (2009). dam safety in the united states. national dam safety program, 07. [17] zhang, l., peng, m., chang, d., xu, y. (2016). dam failure mechanisms and risk assessment. john wiley & sons singapore pte. ltd., 1 fusionopolis, singapour, 53. [18] broniatowski, m., hermannkom, g. (2014). course material on form and sorm methods, hal open science, laboratory of theoretical and applied statistics, pierre and marie curie university 02, 11. https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00966695v2 [19] hariri-ardebili, m. a., mahdavi, g., abdollahi, a., amini, a. (2020). an rf-pce hybrid surrogate model for sensitivity analysis of dams. mdpi, water journal, 02p. doi : 10.3390/w13030302 [20] ballière, a., ben milad, y., colas, a.-s., cremona, c., davi, d., humeau, j. b., le quéré, c., marcotte, c., michel, j., orcesi, a., poulin, b., vion, b. (2012). reliability study report. application to the structural evolution of engineering structures. service of studies on transport, roads and their amenities (sétra) 110, france, 1pp. 0-16. [21] altarejos-garcía, l., escuder-bueno, i., serrano-lombillo, a., de membrillera-ortuño, m. g. (2012). methodology for estimating the probability of failure by sliding in concrete gravity dams in the context of risk analysis. structural safety journal, elsevier, 03. doi: 10.1016/j.strusafe.2012.01.001 [22] baroth, j., bchoefs, f., breyesse, d. (2011). fiabilité des ouvrages sûreté, variabilité, maintenance, sécurité. 33. [23] amini, a., kia, m., and bayat, m. (2021). seismic vulnerability macrozonation map of smrfs located in tehran via reliability framework. structural engineering and mechanics, 78(3), pp. 351-368. doi: 10.12989/sem.2021.78.3.351 [24] kia, m., amini, a., bayat, m., and ziehl, p. (2021). probabilistic seismic demand analysis of structures using reliability approaches. journal of earthquake and tsunami, 15(03), 2150011, doi: 10.1142/s1793431121500111 [25] robb, e., moss, s. (2020). applied civil engineering risk analysis, second edition, springer, department of civil and environmental engineering california polytechnic state university san luis obispo, ca, usa. 90, 109. [26] benyahi, k., said kachi, m., bouafia, y., barboura, s., li, j. (2021). reliability assessment of the behavior of reinforced and/or prestressed concrete beams sections in shear failure, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 57 (2021) pp. 195-222, doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.57.16 [27] du, x. (2005). probabilistic engineering design. first order and second reliability methods, chapter 07. university of missouri rolla, 01, 02. [28] choi, s. k., , grandhi, r. v., canfield, r. a. (2007). reliability-based structural design. springer-verlag london, 60, 62, 70, 71. [29] committee for standardization. (1990). basis of structural design. management centre: rue de stassart, 36 b-1050 brussels, 93. [30] reşat beşer, m. (2005). introduction to methods of monte carlo. lessons and exercises. school of bridges paris tech, france, 05. microsoft word numero_62_art_35_3742.docx a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 516 heat dissipation and fatigue crack kinetic features of titanium alloy grade 2 after laser shock peening a. iziumova, a. vshivkov, a. prokhorov, e. gachegova institute of continuous media mechanics of the ural branch of russian academy of science (icmm ub ras), russia fedorova@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1769-9175 vshivkov.a@icmm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-7667-455x prokhorov.a@icmm.ru, http://orcid.org/0000-0002-6511-2105 gachegova.e@icmm.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6849-9889 d. davydov institute of metal physics of the ural branch of russian academy of sciences (imp ub ras), russia ural federal university (urfu), russia davidov@imp.uran.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1381-0929 abstract. the work is devoted to experimental investigation of the laser shock peening (lsp) effect on fatigue crack propagation and heat dissipation at the crack tip in specimens made of titanium alloy grade 2 with a stress concentrator. it is shown that the lsp can lead both to positive and negative effect on fatigue lifetime. the effective processing scheme, which includes stress concentrator zone, was proposed. this type of treatment forms an optimal residual stress field, which slows down the crack initiation and propagation processes. the effective lsp processing scheme reduces the value of effective stress intensity factor and, as a consequence, effects on intensity of plastic deformation at the crack tip. this effect can be visualized by measurement of heat flux from the crack tip area. both heat flux from the crack tip and duration of crack initiation are less in the lsp processed specimens. microstructural investigations of lsp treated material near fatigue crack path have shown that structural defects (twins) that appear on the surface of the material as a result of lsp do not have a significant effect on the fatigue crack propagation, and the configuration of the residual stresses field created by lsp plays a decisive role. keywords. fatigue; laser shock peening; heat dissipation; crack propagation rate; twins; residual stress. citation: iziumova, a., vshivkov, a., prokhorov, a., gachegova, e., davydov, d., heat dissipation and fatigue crack kinetic features of titanium alloy grade 2 after laser shock peening, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526. received: 08.08.2022 accepted: 09.09.2022 online first: 12.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/or1siv3l2pq a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 517 introduction he main reasons of metal materials failure and structural degradation are fatigue, corrosion and wear. in most cases, the damage is initiated from the surface of the material. it leads to a decrease in strength properties and rapid propagation of cracks. in this regard, the development of surface hardening methods, search for optimal residual stress configurations and the study of crack propagation features and stages in a hardened material are topical tasks. one of the most effective and widely used technologies of surface hardening today is laser shock peening (lsp). in contrast to laser heat treating, the processed material is not heated significant during lsp. hardening occurs by the impact of a shock wave. the effect is achieved due to the characteristic features of laser impact, such as high pressure created in the material (about of tens of gpa), high relative energy density (about of gw/cm2), ultra-short pulse time (about 10 ns) and high strain rate (reaches 107 1/s) [1]. shock wave generation using high-intensity laser pulses was realized in 1960 [2]. but only relatively recently, with the development of technology, it has become possible to create safe, compact and easy-to-manage high-energy laser systems. lsp technology has become available and competitive. it is effectively used for surface treatment of materials in order to increase their fatigue and strength life, corrosion resistance, as well as to restore working parts subjected to corrosion and fatigue [3–9]. recently, much attention has been paid to the study of the fatigue properties of a material after lsp, since this technique allows not only to strengthen the surface layer, but also to achieve controllability and high predictability of crack development due to the creation of a certain residual stress field. the low-cycle fatigue of an az80-t6 magnesium alloy blade specimen treated with warm lsp is studied in [10]. blade specimens were treated by 1064 nm laser with impact frequency of 1–10 hz, characteristic pulse time of 20 ns, impact energy of 6 j, spot diameter of 5 mm, and relative energy density of 1.54 gw/cm2. an increase in fatigue life by 11% with lsp and by 76% with warm lsp (30°c) was found compared to the initial state. works [11, 12] are devoted to the study of structural features after lsp with the aim of the control of physical-mechanical and fatigue properties. in [13], a numerical model is developed to assess the effect of lsp on crack propagation. this model includes the finite element method and residual stress intensity analysis. an experimental-numerical study of fatigue crack behavior in the ti17 titanium alloy is carried out in [14] to define the crack retardation conditions. the optimal mode of lsp including the selection of residual stress fields by changing the intensity of the laser impact energy and coating is proposed in [15] to slow down or stop the fatigue crack growth in specimens of 2024 aluminum alloy. authors took into account the size and position of the hardened area to balance the induced compressive residual stresses and the resulting tensile residual stresses in order to obtain improved fatigue life and resistance to damage. in [16] authors provide a comprehensive overview of lsp with a focus on the most recent developments in lsp research including warm lsp, electro-pulsingassisted lsp, cryogenic lsp, lsp without coating, femtosecond lsp and laser peen forming. additionally, the effect of lsp on the mechanical and microstructural properties of the metallic material and the application of lsp in additive manufactured metals, ceramics, and metallic glasses have been discussed. lsp allows one to slow down the process of fatigue crack initiation and propagation in the treated material due to the generated compressive residual stress field. it “constrains” the material in stress concentrator area, reduces the effective stress intensity factor (sif) and reduces plastic deformation in the process zone. it is well known that plastic deformation is accompanied by heat dissipation as a result of the thermoplastic effect [17]. variation of plastic deformation intensity in the process zone leads to a change of dissipation energy and the energy balance of specimen in general. thus, the evaluation of energy balance during fatigue crack propagation in a material after lsp allows one to estimate not only the fatigue crack rate (as it is shown in [18]), but the efficiency of compressive residual stress effect on crack propagation. the energy approach is widely used to propose fracture criteria and describe the evolution of fatigue crack [19–25]. experimental verification of this approach and estimation of the fatigue crack growth rate is based on a reliable measurement of the dissipated energy near the crack tip. to assess the heat dissipation features of fatigue crack propagation through the field of residual compressive stresses, an original contact heat flux sensor has been used [26]. an analysis of literature sources has shown that lsp is a promising technique as for preparing parts with a complex configuration of residual stresses and influence on the crack initiation process, as increasing the fatigue life of metal structural elements. the kinetics of fatigue cracks propagated through the compressive residual stresses field could be described on the base of the energy approach. energy dissipation reflects the influence of residual stress field on the crack development and it can be used to evaluate the lsp efficiency. thus, the purpose of this work is to determine the kinetic and thermal characteristics of the fatigue crack propagation in the specimen of titanium alloy grade 2 treated by lsp, and as well as to evaluate the correlation of these characteristics with residual stresses and microstructural features caused by lsp. t a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 518 materials and experimental conditions atigue crack evolution and associated heat dissipation were investigated on specimens of titanium alloy grade2 without lsp treatment and after lsp. specimen geometry is shown in fig. 1a. the chemical composition of the material is presented in tab. 1. ti si fe c o2 n2 h2 others base 0.1 0.25 0.07 0.2 0.04 0.01 0.3 table 1: chemical composition of grade 2 (weight percent). before lsp processing both surfaces of studied specimens were polished in several stages by abrasive paper (at the final stage of polishing the grit size does not exceed 3 μm), as it provides a good contact between specimen surfaces and coating. in our case it was aluminum foil. coating is usually used to avoid damage of structure in surface layer after high intensity laser irradiation. for lsp processing, we used an original laser setup assembled in the institute of continuous media mechanics, ural branch of the russian academy of sciences. the setup includes nd:yag high energy laser beamtech sgr-extra-10, industrial robotic manipulator step sr50 and residual stress measurement system sint mts3000 restan. lsp processing was performed on both surfaces of specimens with 2j and 3j laser energy. the laser spot was square with a side of 1 mm. two lsp scheme presented in fig. 1b-c were realized to find optimal conditions for improvement of fatigue properties. the arrow in fig. 1b-c shows the direction of lsp treatment, and color indicates the beginning and finishing of treatment (from red to violet). one layer of lsp treatment was performed. adjacent square-spots are next to each other without the overlapping region. (a) (b) (c) figure 1: geometry of studied specimens (all dimensions are in millimeters) (a) and schemes of lsp treatment (b, c). the main difference between these schemes is that the first scheme (fig. 1b) didn’t include the sharp notch area and during fatigue test the crack was initiated in the untreated material compared to the second scheme (fig. 1c). the lsp processing in notch area according to the second scheme was performed by special insert in notch to avoid edge effects. all specimens (including specimens treated by two schemes and base specimens) were tested under uniaxial cyclic loading conditions. fatigue experiments were carried out on a 100kn servo-hydraulic testing machine instron 8802 under constant maximum loading of 8 kn at a stress ratio r=0.1 and loading frequency 10 hz. the direct current potential drop method (pdm) [27] was applied for measuring of crack length. the quantitative measurements of the heat dissipation rate at the crack tip area were carried out using the original heat flux sensor developed by vshivkov et al. [18]. tab. 2 presents lsp conditions and result of fatigue test. f a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 519 specimen number cycles until the end of the test scheme of lsp treatment laser energy, j 1 102050 base specimen 0 2 84316 base specimen 0 9 59471 scheme n1 3 10 56327 scheme n1 3 11 215103 scheme n2 2 12 146722 scheme n2 3 14 148935 scheme n2 2 table 2: life to failure cycles and lsp characteristics of tested specimens. specimens treated by scheme n2 has shown improved results under 2j and 3j of laser energy. specimens treated by scheme n1 has demonstrated in the least life. experimental results s a result of experimental work the residual stress profile through the specimen thickness, time dependences of crack length and heat dissipation rate, and specific density of twins versus crack length were obtained. residual stress evaluation lsp technique induces the field of residual stress, which is a combination of compressive and tensile stresses. if this residual stress field has optimal configuration, the duration of crack initiation and propagation will be longer and fatigue properties will be improved. there are a number of ways to measure the residual stress field experimentally such as laboratory x-ray diffraction, neutron diffraction or synchrotron x-ray diffraction [28]. in this work, the depth of the residual stress region was examined by incremental hole drilling technique (according to astm e837-13a). this technique allows one to visualize and estimate the effectiveness of lsp treatment and to change laser characteristics if necessary. profiles of residual stresses are presented in fig. 2a-b. according to these graphs lsp treatment allows one to create residual compression stress field to the depth of approximately 0.9 mm. the maximal compressive stress which plays significant role in control of fatigue crack initiation and propagation, reaches about 750 mpa on depth of approximately 0.3 mm for both schemes of lsp. it is noted that scheme n1 and scheme n2 create approximately the same level and depth of residual stress, and the difference between the two schemes is in location of treated area only. (a) (b) figure 2: residual stresses obtained after lsp in specimens of titanium alloy grade 2 by scheme n1(a) and scheme n2 (b) with laser energy of 3j. a a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 520 crack propagation and associated heat dissipation after lsp fatigue test was carried out with simultaneous registration of crack length and heat dissipation rate. the original heat flux sensor was used for measurement of heat dissipation rate with accuracy of 1 mw in the range up to 10w. detailed description of this original technique is presented in [18]. as a result the time dependences of crack length and heat dissipation rate were obtained (fig. 3a-b). the dependence of crack growth rate and applied sif range is presented in fig. 3c. (a) (b) (с) figure 3: time dependences of crack length (a), heat dissipation rate (b) and crack growth rate versus applied stress intensity factor range (c). three groups of specimens are presented in fig. 3. base specimens that have not been lsp processed are indicated by black line. they are the reference against which the change in the fatigue properties of the specimens after lsp processing was evaluated. the second group indicated by red line pertains to specimens after lsp treated according to the scheme n1 (without notch area). in this group crack initiates earlier than in base specimens, the heat dissipation is more intensive. the third group of specimens shown by blue lines in fig. 3 pertains to specimens after lsp treatment according to the scheme n2 (with notch area). duration of crack initiation period is significant longer in these specimens than in base specimens, and the heat flux is less intensive. lsp treatment according to the scheme n2 is more appropriate in terms of fatigue properties improvement of titanium alloy grade2 specimens. as it was shown in [29-32], the heat dissipation is correlated with stress intensity factor (sif). in 1970, elber found that crack closure retards fatigue crack growth rate by reducing the stress intensity range. he introduced the effective stress intensity range for use in paris’ law [33]. similarly, the effective sif could be taken in consideration for characterization of crack propagation in residual stress field caused by lsp. in our case, effective sif is superposition of sif related to the a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 521 applied stress and sif related to residual stress formed by lsp [34]. residual stress field is a configuration of tensile and compressive stresses. so that, the created residual stress field can as to increase effective sif, as to decrease it. thus, the effective sif characterizes residual stresses created by the lsp. at the same time, the effective sif is related to the intensity of the heat flux. it allows us to estimate the residual stress field formed by the lsp using evolution of the heat flux near the crack tip. according to fig. 3b, the intensity of heat flux in the crack tip area after the treatment by scheme n1 and without treatment is approximately the same. we can conclude that residual stress field created by scheme n1is not effective for improvement of fatigue properties. in case of scheme n2, the crack is initiated in the compressed material and does not have the ability for intensive development. the heat flux on the specimens processed according to scheme n2 is less that in base material. if the assumption about the relationship between the effective sif and heat dissipation is correct, then the field of residual stresses created after the lsp according to scheme n2 reduces the effective sif and, as a result, the heat flux and the crack growth rate decrease. fig. 3c presents the dependence of crack growth rate and applied sif range, calculated by eqn. (1) [35] for all specimens.    ( , ),k l f l w     2 5 ( , ) , 20 13 7 f l w     l w (1) where δσ is applied stress range (pa), l is crack length (m), f(l,w) is function of crack length l and specimen width w. with the same applied sif range, the crack growth rate is lower in specimens after treatment according to scheme n2 comparison with specimens without treatment or after treatment according to scheme n1. the dependence between heat flux and crack length is presented in fig. 4. gray rectangle indicates the area of lsp treatment. analyzing data of specimens treated by scheme n1 (fig. 4a), an sudden growth of heat flux begins at a crack length of about 20 mm, while the treatment zone ends at about 25 mm. in fig. 4b, the plot of heat flux versus crack length has a kink at a crack length of about 15 mm, and the treatment zone ends at 18 mm. such a discrepancy between the beginning of the heat flux growth and the end of the lsp processing zone can be associated with the edge effect. at the boundary of the treatment zone, a field of tensile residual stresses arises. it accelerates the development of crack and increasing of effective sif and consequently heat flux. (a) (b) figure 4: heat dissipation versus crack length for the specimens processed by scheme n1 (a) and scheme n2 (b). lsp area is colored by gray. microstructural analysis of crack propagation zone in stress residual field microstructural studies of the crack propagation region of specimen without lsp treatment and with a treated surface were carried out by optical microscopy. microstructural features were analyzed along the crack in five regions (at the crack tip, ¼ of the crack length, ½ of the crack length, ¾ of the crack length, and at the crack initiation site). figs. 5-7 show the material microstructure in the area of the crack tip and in the main volume of the material away from crack area obtained on base specimen without lsp processing (fig. 5) and after lsp processing according to scheme n1 (fig. 6) and scheme n2 (fig. 7). a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 522 (a) (b) figure 5: the microstructure of untreated specimens in crack tip area with magnification of 170x (a) and away from crack tip with magnification of 60x (b). arrows show twinned grains. (a) (b) figure 6: the structure of specimens after lsp (scheme n1) in crack tip area with magnification of 170x (a) and away from crack tip with magnification of 60x (b). arrows show twinned grains. (a) (b) figure 7: the structure of specimens after lsp (scheme n2) in crack tip area with magnification of 170x (a) and away from crack tip with magnification of 60x (b). arrows show twinned grains. the density of twins along the crack path of reference specimen increases with increasing crack length and reaches its maximum value at the tip; a small amount of twins were found in the main structure of the material. in specimens treated according to scheme n1, the density of twins also increases from the notch to the top. in this case, there are more twinned grains than in the reference specimen both along the crack path and in the base material. a distinctive feature of the structure in specimens processed according to scheme n2 is a significantly larger number of twins than in the reference specimen and specimen processed according to scheme n1. multiple twinning characterized by a large number of small twins extending from larger ones is observed in scheme n2. a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 523 the quantitative analysis of material microstructure included the calculation of twinned grains density in each studied areas. fig. 8 shows characteristic graphs of the dependence between the twin density and crack length. the twin density was estimated as the ratio of the twin numbers to the area of the image. it is shown that the twin density on specimen after lsp is higher than on specimen without treatment. lsp treatment is characterized by very large imposed energy, ultra-high strain rate, and ultra-short duration. these conditions have a large effect on microstructure evolution, in particular activation of twinning [36]. decreasing in twin density on specimens after treatment by scheme n2 could be caused by end of treatment zone which is marked by gray rectangle in fig.8a. the high value of twin density under crack length about 27 mm (near the edge of specimen) could be connected with developed plastic deformation in crack tip area. (a) (b) figure 8: the twin density versus crack length in base specimens and specimens after lsp according to the scheme n1 (a) and scheme n2 (b). in general, twins can affect the crack growth rate in different ways. in [37] authors investigated the effect of twins in extruded az31b magnesium alloy on fatigue crack growth and crack closure behavior. they have found increasing the material deformation and fatigue crack opening displacement due to twins under applied stress ration r=-1. as a result, the effective stress intensity factor range increased, leading to the intensification of fatigue crack growth. from the other hand, at the applied stress ratio r = 0.1, tensile twins were not generated. there was no change in effective stress intensity factor range and no acceleration of fcg. a review on the fatigue cracking of twin boundaries is presented in [38]. authors approve that the twin boundaries produced by deformation twins in face-centered cubic metals are strong to resist fatigue cracking by promoting deformation homogeneity. in contrast, twin boundaries those linked with deformation twins in hexagonal-close-packed or body-centered-cubic metals are preferential sites for fatigue cracking with strain localization and stress concentration. in our case, the microstructural changes (twins formation) caused by lsp does not significantly effect on the fatigue crack propagation, and the configuration of the residual stress field created by lsp plays a decisive role. conclusions he lsp technology allows one to increase the fatigue life of metallic materials in the case of optimal choice of lsp processing characteristics such as size and shape of the spot, pulse energy and, most importantly, the lsp treatment scheme. the significant improvement of fatigue life by lsp treatment of specimens with stress concentrator is shown in the case of lsp treatment scheme including region of notch. if the treated zone is spaced relative to the notch tip, the lsp will not effective and the created residual stress field will contribute to the rapid fatigue crack development leading to decrease in the durability of specimens. an analysis of fatigue crack kinetics and the evolution of heat flux in crack tip area showed that if the lsp zone includes a stress concentrator zone, then the fatigue crack develops more slowly and the heat flux is less intense than in specimen without treatment. this is due to a decrease in effective sif caused by influence of the residual compressive stress field. t a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 524 thus, the heat flux makes it possible to indirectly estimate the change in the effective sif and the optimality of the created residual stress field. microstructural studies have shown that the surface of the material after lsp is more defective compared to the structure of the material without treatment. a significant increase in the density of twinned grains in the lsp treated material was found. at the same time the duration of crack initiation and propagation increases significantly after lsp according to scheme which includes stress concentrator zone. thus, the structure does not significantly effect on the fatigue crack propagation, and the configuration of the residual stress field created by lsp plays a decisive role. it has to be noted that this configuration includes not only optimal space distribution of residual compressive stress field but corresponding ration of the specimen thickness to the depth of lsp treated layer. this ratio strongly depends on characteristics of laser processing specifically laser energy and laser spot area. acknowledgments his paper was prepared in the framework of the program for the creation and development of the world-class scientific center “supersonic” for 2020–2025, with the financial support of the ministry of education and science of the russian federation. references [1] lu, j., liu, y., luo, k. and wang, z. (2018). a kind of uniform strengthening methods of turbine blade subjected to varied square-spot laser shock peening with stagger multiple-layer, united states patent, us2018258509 a1, 13. [2] askar’yan, g.a. and moroz, é.m. (1963). pressure on evaporation of matter in a radiation beam, sov. j. exp. theor. phys., 43, pp. 2319–2320. [3] sundar, r., ganesh, p., gupta, r.k., ragvendra, g., pant, b.k., kain, v., ranganathan, k., kaul, r., bindra, k.s. (2019). laser shock peening and its applications: a review, lasers manuf. mater. process., 6, pp. 424-463. doi: 10.1007/s40516-019-00098-8. [4] ganesh, p., sundar, r., kumar, h., kaul, r., ranganathan, k., hedaoo, p., tiwari, p., kukreja, l.m., oak, s.m., dasari, s., raghavendra, g. (2012). studies on laser peening of spring steel for automotive applications, opt. lasers eng., 50(5), pp. 678–686. doi: 10.1016/j.optlaseng.2011.11.013. [5] ganesh, p., sundar, r., kumar, h., kaul, r., ranganathan, k., hedaoo, p., raghavendra, g., anand kumar, s., tiwari, p., nagpure, d.c., bindra, k.s., kukreja, l.m., oak, s.m. (2014). studies on fatigue life enhancement of prefatigued spring steel specimens using laser shock peening, mater. des., 54, pp. 734–741. doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2013.08.104. [6] pant, b.k., sundar, r., kumar, h., kaul, r., pavan, a.h.v., ranganathan, k., bindra, k.s., oak, s.m., kukreja, l.m., prakash, r. v., kamaraj, m. (2013). studies towards development of laser peening technology for martensitic stainless steel and titanium alloys for steam turbine applications, mater. sci. eng. a, 587, pp. 352–358. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2013.08.074. [7] gupta, r.k., sundar, r., kumar, b.s., ganesh, p., kaul, r., ranganathan, k., bindra, k.s., kain, v., oak, s.m., kukreja, l.m. (2015). a hybrid laser surface treatment for refurbishment of stress corrosion cracking damaged 304l stainless steel, j. mater. eng. perform., 24(6), pp. 2569–2576. doi: 10.1007/s11665-015-1530-1. [8] sundar, r., ganesh, p., kumar, b.s., gupta, r.k., nagpure, d.c., kaul, r., ranganathan, k., bindra, k.s., kain, v., oak, s.m., singh, b. (2016). mitigation of stress corrosion cracking susceptibility of machined 304l stainless steel through laser peening, j. mater. eng. perform., 25(9), pp. 3710–3724. doi: 10.1007/s11665-016-2220-3. [9] gupta, r.k., sunil kumar, b., sundar, r., ram sankar, p., ganesh, p., kaul, r., kain, v., ranganathan, k., bindra, k.s., singh, b. (2017). enhancement of intergranular corrosion resistance of type 304 stainless steel through laser shock peening, corros. eng. sci. technol., 52(3), pp. 220–5. doi: 10.1080/1478422x.2016.1254422. [10] shanyavskiy, a.a. (2006). fatigue limit material property as an opened or closed system? practical view on the aircraft components failures in gcf area, int. j. fatigue, 28(11), pp. 1647–1657. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2005.12.008. [11] umapathi, a., swaroop, s. (2019). mechanical properties of a laser peened ti-6al-4v, opt. laser technol., 119, pp. 105568. doi: 10.1016/j.optlastec.2019.105568. [12] chen, h., guan, y., zhu, l., li, y., zhai, j., lin, j. (2021). effects of ultrasonic shot peening process parameters on nanocrystalline and mechanical properties of pure copper surface, mater. chem. phys., 259, pp. 124025. t a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 525 doi: 10.1016/j.matchemphys.2020.124025. [13] zhao, j., dong, y., ye, c. (2017). laser shock peening induced residual stresses and the effect on crack propagation behavior, int. j. fatigue, 100, pp. 407–417. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2017.04.002. [14] sun, r., keller, s., zhu, y., guo, w., kashaev, n., klusemann, b. (2021). experimental-numerical study of lasershock-peening-induced retardation of fatigue crack propagation in ti-17 titanium alloy, int. j. fatigue, 145, pp. 106081. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2020.106081. [15] van aswegen, d.c., polese, c. (2021). experimental and analytical investigation of the effects of laser shock peening processing strategy on fatigue crack growth in thin 2024 aluminium alloy panels, int. j. fatigue, 142, pp. 105969. doi: 10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2020.105969. [16] zhang, c., dong, y., ye, c. (2021). recent developments and novel applications of laser shock peening: a review, adv. eng. mater., pp. 2001216. doi: 10.1002/adem.202001216. [17] hodowany, j., ravichandran, g., rosakis, a.j., rosakis, p. (2000). partition of plastic work into heat and stored energy in metals, exp. mech., 40(2), pp. 113–123. doi: 10.1007/bf02325036. [18] vshivkov, a., iziumova, a., plekhov, o., bär, j. (2016). experimental study of heat dissipation at the crack tip during fatigue crack propagation, frat. ed integrita strutt., 10(35), pp. 57–63. doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.35.07. [19] chapetti, m.d., tagawa, t., miyata, t. (2003). ultra-long cycle fatigue of high-strength carbon steels part i: review and analysis of the mechanism of failure, mater. sci. eng. a, 356(1–2), pp. 227–235. doi: 10.1016/s0921-5093(03)00135-7. [20] paris, p., erdogan, f. (1963). a critical analysis of crack propagation laws, j. fluids eng. trans. asme, 85(4), pp. 528–533. doi: 10.1115/1.3656900. [21] iino, y. (1979). fatigue crack propagation work coefficient-a material constant giving degree of resistance to fatigue crack growth, eng. fract. mech., 12(2), pp. 279–299. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(79)90120-6. [22] chow, c.l., lu, t.j. (1991). cyclic j-integral in relation to fatigue crack initiation and propagation, eng. fract. mech., 39(1), pp. 1–20. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(91)90018-v. [23] weertman, j. (1973). theory of fatigue crack growth based on a bcs crack theory with work hardening, int. j. fract., 9(2), pp. 125–131. doi: 10.1007/bf00041854. [24] chudnovsky, a. (1985). thermodynamics of translational crack layer propagation, j. mater. sci., 20, pp. 630–635. [25] fedorov, v.v. (1979). thermodynamic aspects of strength and fracture of solids, tashkent. [26] prokhorov, a., vshivkov, a., iziumova, a., plekhov, o., batsale, j. (2014). development of the measurement system for determination of dissipation rate near the fatigue crack tip. 12th international conference on quantitative infrared thermography, bordeaux, france. [27] hartman, g.a., johnson, d.a. (1987). d-c electric-potential method applied to thermal/mechanical fatigue crack growth, exp. mech., 27(1), pp. 106–112. doi: 10.1007/bf02318872. [28] s.n van staden, c. polese, d. glaser, j.-p. nobre, a.m. venter, d. marais, j.o. and j.-s.p. (2018).measurement of residual stresses in different thicknesses of laser shock peened aluminium alloy samples. mechanical stress evaluation by neutron and synchrotron radiation, 4, pp. 117–22. [29] stüwe, h.p., pippan, r. (1992). on the energy balance of fatigue crack growth, comput. struct., 44(1–2), pp. 13–17. doi: 10.1016/0045-7949(92)90218-o. [30] palumbo, d., de finis, r., ancona, f., galietti, u. (2017). damage monitoring in fracture mechanics by evaluation of the heat dissipated in the cyclic plastic zone ahead of the crack tip with thermal measurements, eng. fract. mech., 181, pp. 65–76. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2017.06.017. [31] ranc, n., palin-luc, t., paris, p.c. (2011). thermal effect of plastic dissipation at the crack tip on the stress intensity factor under cyclic loading, eng. fract. mech., 78(6), pp. 961–972. doi: 10.1016/j.engfracmech.2010.11.010. [32] boussattine, z., ranc, n., palin-luc, t. (2020). about the heat sources generated during fatigue crack growth: what consequences on the stress intensity factor?, theor. appl. fract. mech., 109, pp. 102704. doi: 10.1016/j.tafmec.2020.102704. [33] elber, w. (1971).the significance of fatigue crack closure. damage tolerance in aircraft structures. astm stp 486, american society for testing and materials, pp. 230–242. [34] ruschau, j.j., john, r., thompson, s.r., nicholas, t. (1999). fatigue crack nucleation and growth rate behavior of laser shock peened titanium, int. j. fatigue, 21(suppl. 1), pp. 199–209. doi: 10.1016/s0142-1123(99)00072-9. [35] murakami, y. (1990). stress intensity factors handbook, the society of materials science, japan, volume 1, p. 51. [36] mironov, s., ozerov, m, kalinenko, a., stepanov, n., plekhov, o., sikhamov, r., ventzke, v., kashaev, n., salishchev, g., semiatin, l., zherebtsov, s. (2022). on the relationship between microstructure and residual stress in laser-shock-peened ti-6al-4v, journal of alloys and compounds, 900, pp. 163383. a. iziumova et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 516-526; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.35 526 doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2021.163383. [37] masuda, k., ishihara, s., oguma, n., ishiguro, m., sakamoto, y. (2021). effect of twins and plastic-deformation anisotropy of extruded magnesium alloy on fatigue crack growth and crack closure behavior, materials science and engineering: a, 828, pp.142111. doi: 10.1016/j.msea.2021.142111. [38] li, l., zhang, z., zhang, p., zhang, z. (2022). a review on the fatigue cracking of twin boundaries: crystallographic orientation and stacking fault energy, progress in materials science, p.101011. doi: 10.1016/j.pmatsci.2022.101011. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_60_art_11_3407.docx d. s. lobanovet alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 146 statistical evaluation of the effect of hygrothermal aging on the interlaminar shear of gfrp dmitrii s. lobanov, andrey s. yankin, nataliya i. berdnikova perm national research polytechnic university, russia cem.lobanov@gmail.com, http: //orcid.org/0000-0003-1948-436x yas.cem@yandex.ru, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0895-4912 natalya.berdnickova2017@yandex.ru abstract. the studies of patterns of changes in properties, accumulation of damages and failure of structural composites after hygrothermal aging represent a relevant and important area. the paper presents the results of mechanical tests for interlaminar shear of specimens of structural glass/epoxy composite electrical use before and after preliminary hygrothermal aging in operating environments (process water, sea water, machine oil) of various duration (15, 30 and 45 days) and various temperatures (22, 60 and 90 oc). the test results were used to statistically evaluate the significance of nonmonotonous changes in strength in the case of interlaminar shear after preliminary hygrothermal aging relative to the nominal material using ancova and regression analysis. such techniques indicated that sea and process water solutions negatively affected the interlaminar shear strength, but their influences were slightly different and strongly depended on the interaction effect between exposure time and solution temperature. thus, the maximum difference is around 15 % and 12 % after 45 days inside process and sea water respectively at 90 oc. on the contrary, the impact of machine oil led to an increase in strength, but the effect is weaker compared to water solutions (about 6 %). keywords. hygrothermal aging; aggressive operating media (environments, solutions); interlaminar shear strength; gfrp; ancova; multiple linear regression. citation: lobanovd, s., yankin a.s., berdnikova n.i. statistical evaluation of the effect of hygrothermal aging on the interlaminar shear of gfrp, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157. received: 24.12.2021 accepted: 21.01.2022 online first: 27.01.2022 published: 01.04.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction hen composite materials are implemented, special importance is given to the analysis of failure conditions and durability of products. a relevant task is to study and analyze the effects of high and low (operating) temperatures on mechanical properties and failure mechanisms of reinforcing and composite materials as well w https://youtu.be/5byop8tp848 d. s. lobanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 147 as the definition of temperature dependencies of elastic and strength properties of fiber composites used in critical structures. experimental data concerning the effects of operating and climatic temperatures on mechanical properties of various classes of polymeric composite materials are represented in [1-4]. to predict the operating life of structures made of polymeric composites, it becomes relevant to study the matters related to the aging of polymeric composite materials. the aging of polymeric composites is a ubiquitous issue that leads to impaired mechanical properties, the reduced design life of the structure and potential early failure. the issue of the aging of polymeric composites in the aqueous environment is studied in [5-8]. most structures of polymeric composites are subject to atmospheric factors during operation (temperature, humidity, solar radiation, cyclic changes in temperature, tropical and sea climate, etc.) that affect their physical, chemical and mechanical properties. it becomes important to study the issues of hygrothermal aging of polymeric composites since it is possible to accelerate aging processes during temperature rise. the studies of trends in changes of physical and mechanical properties of polymeric composites based on glass, carbon and basalt fiber and epoxy, acrylic and nylon thermal-plastic binders in case of hygrothermal aging in various media (distilled water, sea water, machine oil, alkali solutions, etc.) are found in [8-19]. primary attention in these papers is paid to the studies of degradation in microstructure and diffusion of a liquid medium. the papers fail to consider or pay little attention to statistical evaluation of results and further comparative analysis of effects of hygrothermal aging on the changes in mechanical characteristics and failure mechanisms of structural composites. representing experimental data should be easily interpreted and understood, therefore statistical methods are extremely important for that. obviously, test data may have not only quantitative but also categorical variables (for instance, aggressive environments). in this case, anova (analysis of variance), ancova (analysis of covariance), regression, and other related procedures might be applied [20, 21]. for example, such methods were utilized to examine the effects of various reinforcement types on properties of wood polymer composites before and after aging [22], the effect of hydrothermal aging (thermal cycles from -28 °c to 85 °c in air, distilled water and salt water) on the mechanical resistance of single lap bonded cfrp joints [23], sample orientation and geometry on the mechanical response of additively manufactured commercially pure titanium [24], different implant abutment designs on fracture resistance and bending moment [25], different storage media and exposure time on the hardness of cad/cam composite blocks [26]. furthermore, those techniques are widely used to indicate the most contributing input parameters and select the optimal combination of them to obtain the required results [27-31]. in the current study, a statistical approach using ancova multiple linear regression analysis was used to investigate the effects of 3 different aggressive environments, temperature, exposure time, and their interactions on mechanical properties of structural gfrp, to assess which factors are statistically significant and to develop a prediction model. material and experimental procedure he material used in the study is the general-purpose construction fiberglass laminate stef (st fiberglass, ef epoxy-phenol-formaldehyde or epoxy binder). it is laminated reinforced fiberglass obtained by hot pressing of fiberglass cloth impregnated with a thermoreactive compound based on combined epoxide and phenolformaldehyde resins. experimental study of structural fiberglass/epoxy "stef" specimens after hygrothermal aging in different liquids (process water, sea water, machine oil) at 22, 60 and 90oc for 15, 30 and 45 days is carried out (table 1). mechanical tests for interlaminar shear under static conditions were carried out using the short beam method on the basis of the shared research facilities “center of experimental mechanics” in perm national research polytechnic university (pnrpu). mechanical tests were conducted according to recommendations of astm d2344 using an instron 5965 electromechanical testing system. the loading rate was 1 mm / min. the dimensions of the specimens were 24x8x4 mm. the distance between the supports was 20mm. as a result of the tests, the interlaminar shear strength was determined by the formula (1): 0.75sbs m p f b h    (1) t d. s. lobanovet alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 148 where fsbs is short-beam strength or interlaminar shear strength, (mpa); pm is maximum load observed during the test, (n); b is measured specimen width, (mm), and h is measured specimen thickness, (mm). the procedure of specimen preparation and preliminary hygrothermal aging was as follows. cut-out specimens were divided into groups, marked, weighed and put into baths with prepared liquid media: sea water (salinity coefficient of 30 %), process water and machine oil (synthetic oil for automobile engines). some containers remained in laboratory conditions, while others were put to chambers at a constant temperature of 60 and 90 oc for 45 days. during exposure, evaporation was visually monitored on a daily basis; if necessary, the medium was topped up with a liquid preliminary heated to the required temperature. the specimens were extracted after 15, 30 and 45 days of exposure, wiped with a cotton cloth and left for a day in the open air at laboratory conditions, then were weighed. before testing, the microstructure of the specimen surface was recorded after aging in a non-loaded state. after that, fiberglass specimens were tested for interlaminar shear (short beam method) with further study of the microstructure and analysis of failure mechanisms. liquids temperature, ºc without aging / control samples exposure time, days 15 30 45 machine oil 22 3 specimens 3 specimens on “point” 3 specimens on “point” 3 specimens on “point” 60 90 sea water 22 60 90 process water 22 60 90 table 1: program of mechanical testing after different modes of pre-exposure hygrothermal aging   figure 1: typical loading diagram of interlaminar shear test for fiberglass/epoxy “stef” specimens: without aging (black line), after aging in machine oil (green line), sea water (red line); process water (blue line) at temperature of 90 oc and time of 45 days. d. s. lobanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 149 result and discussions ests were performed at the center of experimental mechanic in order to evaluate the degradation of composite material properties under aggressive solutions. for reference, fig. 1 shows characteristic diagrams of fiberglass specimen loading without hygrothermal aging and after hygrothermal aging of the highest intensity (45 days, 90 oc) for each of the studied media. these deformation diagrams show that there is reduced bending rigidity after aging for all specimens (the incline angle of the diagram linear section is reduced). similar results of the studies are found in [19, 32, 33] for other types of static tests. fig. 2 gives an image of the surface microstructure of fiberglass specimens before and after interlaminar shear for a specimen without aging (fig. 2a) and after hygrothermal aging at exposure conditions of 45 days / 90 oc in machine oil (fig. 2b), sea water (fig. 2c) and process water (fig. 2d). for all tested specimens without aging and after aging in machine oil, primary failure starts on the elongated surface (fig. 2a, 2b yellow ellipse) with further interlaminar shear of lower and middle layers. inter-layer fractures are local in the specimen center under the loading pin (fig. 2a, 2b red ellipse). for specimens after aging in sea water and process water (fig. 2c,d), a good failure pattern is observed. specimens fail in a brittle manner, and there is joint failure due to elongation and interlaminar shear. there are large main cracks (fig.2c, 2d white ellipse) between middle layers, which come from specimen edges. the material is crushed at the place where pin loading is applied, with further local lamination (fig. 2c, 2d red ellipse).     a b c d figure 2: surface structure of fiberglass specimens before and after interlaminar shear testing: specimen without aging (a); specimen after aging in machine oil during 45 days at 90 oc (b); specimen after aging in sea water during 45 days at 90 oc (c); specimen after aging in process water during 45 days at 90 oc (d). as a result, weight gain and interlaminar shear strength values for all conditions were determined (table 2-3). in order to see the data distribution, skewness, and outliers, the box plot chart (fig. 3) was plotted. from fig. 3a one can see that strength values are not too skewed and there are no outliers, therefore we can accept the whole dataset. oppositely, fig. 3b illustrates 5 outliers for weight gain values, so we should remove them for further study. table 2 lists average values of the interlaminar shear strength of all specimens tested, calculated by eq. (1). it is possible to observe that, the results have changed after immersion into solutions over the exposure time. the analysis of the results from table 2 indicates that process water promotes lower strength than the sea water relative to the control samples. this effect depends on the exposure time and solution temperature: the higher temperature and time, the lower strength. on the contrary, universal machine oil makes strength values slightly bigger. similarly, this effect is dependant on solution temperature.   t d. s. lobanovet alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 150     a b figure 3: box plot diagrams of interlaminar shear strength (a) and weight gain (b) values  environment/ temperature, ºc aver. interlaminar shear strength, (mpa) 15 days 30 days 45 days control samples (without aging) 31.7 machine oil 22 32.4 33.1 30.7 60 33.7 32.2 32.5 90 34.3 34.3 33.2 sea water 22 34.0 33.7 33.2 60 33.7 32.1 31.2 90 30. 29.1 28.2 process water 22 33.0 30.9 33.4 60 30.9 29.6 30.2 90 29.1 29.8 27.2 table 2: effect of the solutions, their temperature, and exposure time on the interlaminar shear strength in terms of average values table 3 demonstrates the average weight gain values for all operating environments. it is clearly shown a negligible weight change in terms of the machine oil solution. as we can see, sometimes specimens even lose weight after immersion tests into the machine oil. however, different behavior is observed for the sea and process water solutions. in this case, an increase can be observed compared to the dry specimens. d. s. lobanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 151 environment temperature, ºc weight gain (%) 15 days 30 days 45 days machine oil 22 0.10 0.02 60 0.06 -0.09 -0.10 90 -0.14 -0.15 0.15 sea water 22 0.18 0.33 60 0.67 0.79 1.02 90 0.81 0.77 0.92 process water 22 0.19 0.18 60 1.67 0.60 0.66 90 0.65 0.34 1.06 table 3: effect of the solutions, their temperature, and exposure time on the weight gain in terms of average values. ancova and regression analysis interlaminar shear strength n this research study, ancova was used for a multiple regression analysis in which there are at least one quantitative and one categorical variables [20]. and by doing this, the categorical variable with 3 kinds of solutions was re-coded as 2 new columns with 0 and 1. the variables were coded 0 for any case that did not match the variable name and 1 for any case that did match the variable name. the whole procedure was carried out by python software (more information about the code you can find here: https://github.com/yanicen1/strength-ancova-regression). this analysis was applied to examine whether there are differences and interactions between the different solutions, their temperature, and exposure time, as well as to predict the interlaminar shear strength under various conditions. in doing so, two models were developed (fig. 4 and tables 4-5). the first one is the additive model, i.e. it does not take into account any interaction effects. the second model adds the interactions to produce the interaction ancova model. by doing this, it is evident that aggressive media, as well as its temperature, do not affect the results at an exposure time of 0 days. consequently, these input variables can be considered insignificant and removed from the interaction model. thus, ‘pr. water’, ‘sea water’, ‘temp’, ‘pr. water × temp’, and ‘sea water × temp’ variables were not taken into account in order to avoid high multicollinearity. the additive and interaction models explain 34 % and 64 % of the variability in test scores respectively (adjusted r2 are 0.338 and 0.642), and the standard error of estimate (1.52 and 1.12) represents how far data fall from the regression predictions. hereby, it suggests that the second model is the better one (table 4). in addition, from table 4 one can see that the test has f statistic ‘f-value’ of 31.24 and 13.92 with p-values of less than 0.001 for additive and interaction models respectively. accordingly, it shows the necessity of these models over an intercept-only model that predicts the average output for all the data. model r2 adjusted r2 std. error of estimate f-value p-value add. mod. 0.365 0.338 1.52 13.92 < 0.001*** full mod. 0.664 0.642 1.12 31.24 < 0.001*** significance levels: ***p-val. ≤ 0.001 (significant), **p-val. ≤ 0.01 (very significant), *p-val. ≤ 0.05 (highly significant). table 4: model summary results for interlaminar shear strength.   i d. s. lobanovet alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 152   a b c figure 4: relationship between interlaminar shear strength and exposure time for the composite exposed to process water (a), sea water (b), and machine oil (c) solutions at different temperatures  model coefficient std. error t-value p-value confidence interval [0.025 0.975] 1 const. 34.49 0.45 76.75 < 0.001*** 33.60 35.39 pr. water -2.125 0.369 -5.753 < 0.001*** -2.858 -1.392 sea water -1.129 0.369 -3.057 0.003** -1.862 -0.396 temp. -0.0223 0.006 -4.003 < 0.001*** -0.0334 -0.0112 time -0.0195 0.009 -2.092 0.039* -0.0379 -0.0010 2 const. 32.08 0.18 176.14 < 0.001*** 31.72 32.45 time -0.0122 0.0200 -0.609 0.544 -0.0520 0.0276 temp.×time 0.00061 0.00028 2.182 0.032* 0.00006 0.00117 pr. water×temp.×time -0.0022 0.0004 -5.478 < 0.001*** -0.0030 -0.0014 pr. water×time 0.0475 0.0270 1.762 0.081 -0.0060 0.1011 sea water×temp.×time -0.0028 0.0004 -7.096 < 0.001*** -0.0036 -0.0020 sea water×time 0.1245 0.0270 4.615 < 0.001*** 0.0710 0.1780 significance levels: ***p-val. ≤ 0.001 (significant), **p-val. ≤ 0.01 (very significant), *p-val. ≤ 0.05 (highly significant). table 5: multiple linear regression results for interlaminar shear strength. d. s. lobanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 153 reviewing the regression results of the effect of the solutions on the interlaminar shear strength in fig. 4 and tables 5, model 2 can be represented as fsbs = 30.08 0.0122×time + 0.00061×temp.×time 0.0022×pr.wat.×temp.×time + 0.0475×pr.wat.×time 0.0028×seawat.×temp.×time + 0.1245×seawat.×time the simplified model equations are shown here machine oil: fsbs = 30.08 0.0122×time + 0.00061×temp.×time pr. water: fsbs = 30.08 + (-0.0122 + 0.0451)×time + (0.00061 0.0022)×temp.×time sea water: fsbs = 30.08 + (-0.0122 + 0.1245)×time + (0.00061 0.0028)×temp.×time from the equations, we see that 30.08 (with a 95 % confidence interval from 31.72 to 32.45 mpa) is the mean value of the interlaminar shear strength of the material after immersion tests into the machine oil, sea, and process water solutions over the exposure time of 0 days at any temperature. also, we can say that this value of 30.08 mpa is statistically different from zero (t-value = 176.14, p-value < 0.001). similarly, the slope of fsbs vs. time is -0.0122 for machine oil, (-0.0122 + 0.1245) for sea water, and (-0.0122 + 0.0451) for process water respectively. there is a statistically significant effect of exposure time on the interlaminar shear strength only for sea water (the slope fsbs vs. time of 0.1245, t-value = 4.615, pvalue < 0.001), which means the mean strength increases by 1.25 mpa for every 10 days inside the saline solution. in addition, the slope of fsbs vs. temp.×time (the interaction between temperature and time) for machine oil can be seen to be 0.00061, (0.00061 0.0028) for see water, and (0.00061 0.0022) for process water. again, follow-up linear regression analysis in the form of a t-test indicates that the interactions for machine oil (t-value = 2.182, p-value = 0.032), sea (t-value = -7.096, p-value < 0.001) and process water solutions (t-value = -5.478, p-value < 0.001) are statistically significant. this result means that for a 1000 unit increase in product ‘temp.×time’ is 0.6 mpa increase as well as -2.2 and -1.6 mpa decrease in strength for oil, sea and process water respectively. weight gain similar analysis was used to study the effects of the operating environments on weight gain (fig. 5 and tables 67). by doing this, it is clear that weight gain is equal to 0 at an exposure time of 0 days. therefore, the ‘const’ variable was removed from the models. from table 6 it is apparent that both models are better than an interceptonly model that predicts the average output for the whole dataset (f-value = 43.48, p-value < 0.001 and f-value = 78.64, p-value < 0.001 for additive and interaction models respectively). also, the additive and interaction models explain 54 % and 76 % of the variability in test scores respectively (adjusted r2 are 0.541 and 0.764). the standard errors of estimate are equal to 0.27 and 0.19 and represent how far data fall from the regression predictions. thus, one can conclude that the interaction model is the better than additive one.     a b a d. s. lobanovet alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 154 c figure 5: relationship between weight gain and exposure time for the composite exposed to process water (a), sea water (b), and machine oil (c) solutions at different temperatures model r2 adjusted r2 std. error of estimate f-value p-value add. mod. 0.554 0.541 0.27 43.48 < 0.001*** full mod. 0.774 0.764 0.19 78.64 < 0.001*** significance levels: ***p-val. ≤ 0.001 (significant), **p-val. ≤ 0.01 (very significant), *p-val. ≤ 0.05 (highly significant). table 6: model summary results for weight gain model coefficient std. error t-value p-value confidence interval [0.025 0.975] 1 pr. water 0.167 0.051 3.286 0.001*** 0.066 0.267 sea water 0.245 0.049 5.019 < 0.001*** 0.149 0.342 temp. -0.0010 0.0006 -1.882 0.062 -0.0021 0.0001 time 0.0108 0.0014 7.930 < 0.001*** 0.0081 0.0135 2 time 0.0003 0.0039 0.080 0.937 -0.0074 0.0081 temp.×time -1.2×10-5 5.5×10-5 -0.216 0.829 -0.00012 9.7×10-5 pr. water×temp.×time 0.00020 8.0×10-5 2.461 0.015* 0.00004 0.00036 pr. water×time 0.0049 0.0056 0.877 0.382 -0.0062 0.0161 sea water×temp.×time 0.00017 7.8×10-5 2.180 0.031* 0.00002 0.00032 sea water×time 0.0119 0.0055 2.143 0.034* 0.0009 0.0228 significance levels: ***p-val. ≤ 0.001 (significant), **p-val. ≤ 0.01 (very significant), *p-val. ≤ 0.05 (highly significant). table 7: multiple linear regression results for weight gain. the second model is represented as weightgain = 0.0003×time 1.2×10-5×temp.×time + + 0.0002×pr.wat.×temp.×time + 0.0049×pr.wat.×time + + 0.00017×seawat.×temp.×time + 0.0119×seawat.×time the simplified model equations are shown here d. s. lobanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 155 machine oil: weightgain = 0.0003×time 1.2×10-5×temp.×time pr. water: weightgain = (0.0003 + 0.0049)×time + (-1.2×10-5 + 0.0002)×temp.×time sea water: weightgain = (0.0003 + 0.0119)×time + (-1.2×10-5 + 0.00017)×temp.×time these equations demonstrate that the slope of weightgain vs time is 0.0003 for machine oil, (0.0003 + 0.0049) for process water, and (0.0003 + 0.0119) for sea water respectively. there is a statistically significant effect only for sea water (t-value = 2.143, p-value = 0.034). consequently, this suggests the weight gain increase of the material by 0.12 % for every 10 days inside the saline solution. along with that, the interaction effect between temperature and time (weightgain vs temp.×time) is -1.2×10-5 for oil, (-1.2×10-5 + 0.0002) for process water, and (-1.2×10-5 + 0.00017) for sea water respectively. here, only 2 interactions are statistically significant for process (t-value = 2.461, p-value = 0.015) and sea water solutions (t-value = 2.180, p-value = 0.031). accordingly, it indicates a 0.2 % and 0.17 % increase in weight gain of the material for process and sea water respectively for a 1000 unit increase in product ‘temp.×time’. in general, saline water affects weight gain stronger than process water. for instance, weight gain increases around 1.2 % and 1.0 % after 45 days at 90 oc inside sea and process water respectively. as a result, it is apparent that weight gain can increase due to water and salt exposure. however, their effects on the interlaminar shear strength are different; the strength increases over time inside the sea water solution at room temperature, whereas it remains almost unchanged inside process water. it might be related to the additional reinforcement effect of the composite material because of salinity. also, it may be a reason why process water promotes lower strength than the sea water relative to the control samples at high solution temperature. as we can see from fig. 4, the maximum difference is around 4.7 mpa or 15 % and 3.8 mpa or 12 % after 45 days inside process and sea water respectively at 90 oc. the effect depends on the solution temperature: the higher temperature, the lower strength. therefore, one can conclude that process water is more aggressive than sea water. on the contrary, the machine oil solution slightly affects the results: the maximum increase in strength is about 1.9 mpa or 6 %. this result needs further investigations because the significance level does not look high and there is a probability of about 3.2 % of obtaining that result by chance when the exposure time has no real effect. moreover, there are no significant effects for weight gain results which also indicates the weak relationship between weightgain vs temp.×time. conclusions   eries of experimental studies of effects of preliminary hygrothermal aging at 22, 60 and 90 oc were conducted with the exposure time of 15, 30 and 45 days in aggressive operating media (sea water, process water, machine oil) for residual strength in case of interlaminar shear for specimens of stef structural fiberglass. characteristic loading diagrams and patterns of fiberglass specimen failure were obtained and analyzed before and after hygrothermal aging. it is observed that failure mechanisms change after hygrothermal aging in sea water and process water, which complies with the results of other authors in similar studies. according to the ancova analysis for multiple linear regression, increasing the exposure time of any solution studied does not have a statistically significant effect on the interlaminar shear strength and weight gain except for the sea water solution. it has a positive effect on strength values (about 1.25 mpa per 10 days rise in time) and weight gain (about 0.12 % per 10 days rise in time). similarly, increasing the product of solution temperature and exposure time has a significantly positive effect on weight gain for process and sea water solutions. however, it has a significantly negative effect on the obtained strength values, but their effects are slightly different: process water is more aggressive than sea water. the biggest reduction of the interlaminar shear strength was observed at a temperature of 90 oc and a time of 45 days: around 12 % and 15 % for sea and process water solutions respectively. probably, it might be associated with the additional reinforcement due to solution salinity. in addition, universal machine oil makes strength values slightly bigger. similarly, this effect is dependant on solution temperature. for the specimens immersed in oil, the mean strength increases about 6 % after 45 days at 90 oc. finally, the ancova regression model has better predictive ability than the intercept-only one (predicts the average output for all the data) and can be successfully applied to predict the material strength after immersion tests into aggressive media. s d. s. lobanovet alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 156 acknowledgements he work was carried out with support of the russian science foundation (project no. 21-79-10205, https://rscf.ru/project/21-79-10205/) in the perm national research polytechnic university. references [1] lobanov, d.s., wildemann, v.e., spaskova, e. m., chikhachev, a.i. (2015). experimental investigation of the defects influence on the composites sandwich panels strength with use digital image correlation and infrared thermography methods. pnrpu mechanics bulletin, 4, pp. 159-170. doi: 10.15593/perm.mech/2015.4.10 [2] lobanov, d.s., babushkin, a.v. (2017). experimental studies of the high temperature influence on strength and deformation properties of combined glass organoplastics. pnrpu mechanics bulletin, 1, pp. 104-117. [3] lobanov, d.s., slovikov, s.v. (2018). mechanical behavior of a unidirectional basalt-fiber-reinforced plastic under thermomechanical loadings. mechanics of composite materials, 54(3), pp. 351-358. [4] lobanov, d.s., babushkin, a.v., luzenin, a.yu. (2018). effect of increased temperatures on the deformation and strength characteristics of a gfrp based on a fabric of volumetric weave. mechanics of composite materials, 54(5), pp. 655-664. [5] de souza, l.r., marques, a.t., d'almeida, j.r.m. (2017). effects of aging on water and lubricating oil on the creep behavior of a gfrp matrix composite. composite structures, 168, pp. 285-291 [6] alam, p., robert, c., ó brádaigh, c.m. (2018). tidal turbine blade composites a review on the effects of hygrothermal aging on the properties of cfrp. composites part b: engineering, 149, pp. 248-259 [7] lobanov, d.s., vildeman, v.e., babin, a.d., grinev, m.a. (2015). experimental research into the effect of external actions and polluting environments on the serviceablity of fiber-reinforced polymer composite materials. mechanics of composite materials, 51(1), pp. 69-79 [8] muralidharan, m., sathishkumar, t.p., rajini, n., navaneethakrishnan, p., arun kumar, s., ismail, s.o., senthilkumar, k., siengchin, s. (2022). evaluation of tensile strength retention and service life prediction of hydrothermal aged balanced orthotropic carbon/glass and kevlar/glass fabric reinforced polymer hybrid composites, journal of applied polymer science, 139 (6), art. no. 51602. doi: 10.1002/app.51602 [9] mansouri, l., djebbar, a., khatir, s., abdel wahab, m. (2019). effect of hygrothermal aging in distilled and saline water on the mechanical behaviour of mixed short fibre/woven composites. composite structures, 207, pp. 816-825 [10] chen, y., davalos, j.f., ray, i. (2006). durability prediction for gfrp reinforcing bars using short-term data of accelerated aging tests. journal of composites for construction, 10(4), pp. 279-286 [11] lobanov, d.s. zubova, e.m. (2020). temperature aging effects on mechanical behavior of structural gfrp on interlaminar shear tests. iop conf. series: materials science and engineering, 747.012119. doi:10.1088/1757-899x/747/1/012119. [12] park, s.y., choi, w.j., choi, h.s. (2010). the effects of void contents on the long-term hygrothermal behaviors of glass/epoxy and glare laminates. composite structures, 92(1), pp. 18-24. [13] malmstein, m., chambers, a.r., blake, j.i.r. (2013). hygrothermal ageing of plant oil based marine composites composite structures, 101, pp. 138-143. [14] li, y., li, r., huang, l., wang, k., huang, x. (2016). effect of hygrothermal aging on the damage characteristics of carbon woven fabric/epoxy laminates subjected to simulated lightning strike. materials and design, 99, pp. 477-489. [15] lobanov, d.s., lunegova, e.m., mugatarov, a.i. (2021). influence of preliminary thermal aging on the residual interlayer strength and staging of damage accumulation in structural carbon plastic. pnrpu mechanics bulletin, 1, pp.41-51. doi: 10.15593/perm.mech/2021.1.05 [16] nicholas, j., mohamed, m., dhaliwal, g.s., anandan, s., chandrashekhara, k. (2016). effects of accelerated environmental aging on glass fiber reinforced thermoset polyurethane composites. composites part b: engineering, 94, pp. 370-378. t d. s. lobanov et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 60 (2022) 146-157; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.60.11 157 [17] lu z., xian g., li h. (2015). effects of exposure to elevated temperatures and subsequent immersion in water or alkaline solution on the mechanical properties of pultruded bfrp plates. composites part b: engineering, 77, pp. 421-430. [18] lobanov, d. s., zubova, e.m. (2019). research of temperature aging effects on mechanical behaviour and properties of composite material by tensile tests with used system of registration acoustic emission signal. procedia structural integrity, 18, pp. 347-352. [19] amaro, a. m., reis, p. n. b., neto, m. a., & louro, c. (2014). effect of different commercial oils on mechanical properties of composite materials. composite structures, 118, 1–8. doi:10.1016/j.compstruct.2014.07.017 [20] seltman h. j. experimental design and analysis, (2018), 428 p. [21] warner, r.m. (2013). applied statistics : from bivariate through multivariate techniques.—2nd, 1691 p. [22] elmushyakhi, a. (2021). parametric characterization of nano-hybrid wood polymer composites using anova and regression analysis. structures, 29, pp. 652-662. doi: 10.1016/j.istruc.2020.11.069 [23] bellini, c., parodo, g., polini, w., sorrentino, l. (2018). influence of hydrothermal ageing on single lap bonded cfrp joints, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 45, pp.173-182. [24] pehlivan, e, roudnicka, m, dzugan, j, koukolikova, m, kralik, v, seifi, m, lewandowski, j.j., dalibor, d., daniel, m. (2020). effects of build orientation and sample geometry on the mechanical response of miniature cp-ti grade 2 strut samples manufactured by laser powder bed fusion. additive manufacturing, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2020.101403. [25] alsahhaf, a., spies, b. c., vach, k., & kohal, r.-j. (2017). fracture resistance of zirconia-based implant abutments after artificial long-term aging. journal of the mechanical behavior of biomedical materials, 66, pp. 224–232. doi: 10.1016/j.jmbbm.2016.11.018. [26] alamoush, r. a., sung, r., satterthwaite, j. d., silikas, n. (2021). the effect of different storage media on the monomer elution and hardness of cad/cam composite blocks. dental materials. 37(7), pp. 1202-1213. doi: 10.1016/j.dental.2021.04.009. [27] durga vithal, n., bala krishna, b., gopi krishna, m. (2021). impact of dry sliding wear parameters on the wear rate of a7075 based composites reinforced with zrb2 particulates. journal of materials research and technology, 14, pp 174-185, doi: 10.1016/j.jmrt.2021.06.005. [28] osmond, r., mollahoseini, z., singh, j., gautam, a., seethaler, r., golovin, k., milani, a. s. (2021). a group multicriteria decision making with anova to select optimum parameters of drilling flax fibre composites. composites part c, 5, 100156, doi: 10.1016/j.jcomc.2021.100156. [29] balachandhar, r., balasundaram, r., ravichandran, m. (2021). analysis of surface roughness of rock dust reinforced aa6061-mg matrix composite in turning. journal of magnesium and alloys, doi: 10.1016/j.jma.2021.03.035. [30] karthik, a., srinivasan, s.a., karunanithi, r., kumaresh babu, s.p., kumar, v., jain, s. (2021). influence of ceo2 reinforcement on microstructure, mechanical and wear behaviour of aa2219 squeeze cast composites. journal of materials research and technology, 14, pp. 797-807, doi: 10.1016/j.jmrt.2021.06.056. [31] kim, n. k., bruna, f.g., das, o., hedenqvist, m. s., bhattacharyya, d. (2020). fire-retardancy and mechanical performance of protein-based natural fibre-biopolymer composites. composites part c, 1, 100011, doi : 10.1016/j.jcomc.2020.100011. [32] reis, p.n.b., silva, a.p., santos, p., ferreira, j.a.m. (2013). hygrothermal effect on the impact response of carbon composites with epoxy resin enhanced by nanoclays. mech compos mater, 49, pp.429–436. [33] boukhoulda, b.f., adda-bedia, e., madani, k. (2006). the effect of fiber orientation angle in composite materials on moisture absorption and material degradation after hygrothermal ageing. compos struct; 74, pp.406–418. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_44_art_6 x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 64 an innovative micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion for fracture assessment of rock materials xiao-ping zhou, xiao-cheng huang school of civil engineering, chongqing university, chongqing 400045, china state key laboratory of coal mine disaster dynamics and control, chongqing university, chongqing 400044, china filippo berto department of mechanical engineering, norwegian university of science and technology, trondheim 7491, norway abstract. rocks may exhibit time-dependent behaviors. long-term strength criterion significantly dominates creep failure of rocks. rocks contain many microcracks, which lead to degrade of long-term strength. in this paper, it is assumed that there exist three-dimensional penny-shaped microcracks in rocks. the mode ii stress intensity factors at tips of three-dimensional pennyshaped microcracks in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix is derived. a novel micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion is established to consider the effects of time and the intermediate principal stress on creep failure of rocks. by comparison with the previous experimental data, it is found that the novel micromechanics-based threedimensional long-term strength criterion is in good agreement with the experimental data. keywords. micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion; burgers viscoelastic rock matrix; three-dimensional penny-shaped creep microcracks; stress intensity factor; the intermediate principal stress. citation: zhou, x.-p., huang, x.-c., berto, f., an innovative micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion for fracture assessment of rock materials, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81. received: 19.01.2018 accepted: 05.02.2018 published: 01.04.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction n the past several decades or more, extensive laboratory creep experiments were conducted to study the creep behaviors of many kinds of rocks [1-5]. it is indicated that deformation of rocks under a constant load over extended a period of time generally exhibits primary or transient creep, lately by secondary or steady-rate creep, followed terminating in tertiary or accelerating creep that eventually progresses to dynamic rupture. moreover, it is observed from laboratory creep experiments that the failure of rocks occurs at stresses well below the peak strength of rocks. analyses that the short-term strength is applied to estimate the stability of the surrounding rock mass around tunnels have often predicted stable openings even though the failure of rock mass is observed in situ. for example, it is observed that the long-term strength of rock in situ can be as low as 50% of the short-term strength [6]. i x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 65 to investigate the long-term strength of rock, some long-term strength criteria of rocks were established to study the creep behaviors of rocks, such as mises-schleicher &drucker-prager unified(msdpu) criterion, and so on. however, these long-term strength criteria were established using phenomenological approaches, which can produce the macroscopically observed creep curves of rocks by fitting with experimental data, and the inherent physical mechanisms related to time-dependent behaviors are not accommodated in these models, so the key mechanistic parameters remain physically unclear [7]. to authors' knowledge, three-dimensional long-term strength criterion of rocks, in which the effects of the intermediate principal stress are considered, is not proposed by using micromechanical methods. in fact, rock is a kind of discontinuity medium containing many microcracks and microdefects, the presence of such microcracks strongly influences the macroscopic mechanical behavior of rocks by serving as stress concentrators and leading to microcracking [8-12]. to overcome the disadvantages encountered in phenomenological models, it is necessary to study the effects of initiation and propagation of microcracks and microdefects on the creep failure of rocks. in this paper, micromechanical methods are used to investigate the lone-term strength of rocks. moreover, a novel micromechanics–based three-dimensional nonlinear long-term strength criterion is established to study the effects of time and the intermediate principal stress on the creep failure of rocks. by comparison with experimental data, it is found that the novel micromechanics–based threedimensional long-term strength criterion is in good agreement with the experimental data. the analytical model t is generally accepted that the creep deformation and fracturing process that evolve in rocks are closely related to the intrinsic property and stress condition of rocks, such as fracture toughness, internal frictional angle, the dip and orientation angle of microcracks, poisson’s ratio, and so on. in this paper, it is assumed that the creep failure of rocks is due to the presence of penny-shaped microcracks and there is abundant evidence for the existence of microcracks in rocks [13-14]. therefore, this model is physically plausible and the following assumptions are made: (i) penny-shaped microcracks are assumed to be randomly distributed in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix; (ii) the interaction between penny-shaped microcracks is neglected before the coalescence of microcracks. stress intensity factor of penny-shaped microcracks embedded in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix it is assumed that the tensile stress is negative, and the compressive stress is positive. consider a single penny-shaped creep microcrack in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix uniformly loaded at far field. establish a global coordinate system ( o x x x1 2 3 .) and its corresponding local coordinate system (   o x x x1 2 3 ), as shown in fig. 1. in a global coordinate system ( o x x x1 2 3 ), the direction of the maximum principal stress is parallel to the x1 -axis, the direction of the intermediate principal stress is parallel to the x 2 -axis, the direction of the minimum principal stress is parallel to the x3 axis. in the local coordinate system (   o x x x1 2 3 ), the direction of the x 2 -axis is parallel to the normal direction of penny–shaped creep microcrack. the angle between the x 2 -axis and the x 2 -axis is the dip angle of penny–shaped creep microcrack  . the angle between the x 3 -axis and the x3 -axis is the orientation angle of penny–shaped creep microcrack  . figure 1: mechanical model for penny-shaped microcrack embedded by burgers viscoelastic rock matrix. i x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 66 the stresses in the local coordinate system are given by yu and feng [15],    ij ik jl klg g (1) where,                       ijg cos cos sin cos sin sin cos cos sin sin sin 0 cos (2) then, 22 ,21 and 23 can be respectively expressed as follows:                                              2 2 2 2 2 22 1 2 3 2 2 21 2 1 3 23 3 1 sin cos cos sin sin sin cos sin cos cos sin cos sin sin sin cos sin sin cos (3) yu and feng [15] and tada [16] defined the stress intensity factors at tips of penny-shaped microcracks embedded in isotropic and elastic rock matrix as                   ii a k 22 21 23 224 2 (4) where μ is the frictional coefficient on the crack surfaces,  is poisson's ratio, kii is the mode ii stress intensity factor. the burgers creep model in this paper, it is assumed that microcracks are embedded in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix with the characteristic of instantaneous elastic deformation, primary creep and steady-rate creep. figure 2: the diagram of burgers model. as shown in fig. 2, burgers model can be expressed as follows               ij ij ij ij ij g g g e e s s s g g 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 ( ) 2 2 2 2 2 (5) x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 67 where g1 is maxwell shear modulus, g2 is kelvin shear modulus, 1 is maxwell viscosity, and 2 is kelvin viscosity,        ijij ijs 11 22 33( ) 3 ,        ijij ije 11 22 33( ) 3 ,      ij i j i j 1 0 ,  ij is stress tensor, ij is strain tensor. the maxwell shear modulus is equal to elasticity shear modulus,   ij ij d e e dt 2 2 ,   ij ij de e dt ,   ij ij d s s dt 2 2 ,   ij ij ds s dt . eq.(5) can be rewritten as                  g t ij ij t e s e g g 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 (6) where t is the creep time. from eq.(6) and works by yi and zhu [17], the time factor of the burgers model under a given load is obtained as                   i iu f t h t g g g f t t t g 1 1 2 1 2 2 ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 1 exp (7) where iuf t( ) is the time factor for displacement, if t( ) is the time factor for stress,     t h t t 1, 0 ( ) 0, 0 is heaviside function. according to works by zhou [18], energy release rate at tips of the mixed mode iii-iii microcracks in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix can be written as        i ii iii i ii iii iu v g t g t g t g t k k k f t e v 2 2 2 21 1( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 (8) where                iu g g g f t t t g 1 1 2 1 2 2 ( ) 1 1 exp . in eq. (8), g t( ) can be rewritten as  iug t f t g( ) ( ) (9) where g is energy release rate at tips of the mixed mode i-ii-iii microcracks in elastic rock matrix. as for the creep fracture, the stress and displacement fields at tips of microcracks can be obtained as follows:         m m m ij ij m m m m i i m k t t k k t u t u k ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (10) x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 68 where m =i, ii and iii, which are, respectively, denoted by mode i, ii and iii microcracks,  mij ( ) and miu ( ) are, respectively, the stress and displacement fields at tips of microcracks in elastic rock matrix,  mij t ( )( ) and miu t ( )( ) are, respectively, the stress and displacement fields at tips of microcracks in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix, mk t( ) and mk are, respectively, stress intensity factor at tips of microcracks in burgers viscoelastic and elastic rock matrix. according to the definition of stress intensity factor, stress intensity factor at tips of microcracks can be denoted by                   m m ij yx m m ij yx k x k t t x ( ) 00 ( ) 00 lim 2 ( ) lim ( ) 2 (11) based on the definition of energy release rate, energy release rate at tips of microcracks can be defined by                                a yy y yx x yz z a g t x u x a x u x a x u x a dx a 00 1 lim , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 (12) where a is the growth length of microcracks. substituting eq. (10) into eq. (12) yields                                          a m m ij i a a m mm m ij i a m m a m m ij i a m m g t t u t dx a k t k t u dx a k k u dx a k t g k ( ) ( ) 00 ( ) ( ) 00 ( ) ( ) 00 2 2 1 ( ) lim ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )1 lim 1 lim ( ) (13) from eq. (13) and eq. (9), the stress intensity factors of creep cracks can be written as  m m m iu g t k t k k f t g ( ) ( ) ( ) (14) for three-dimensional penny-shaped microcracks, frictional sliding is caused by the effective shear stress. as the effective shear force is greater than the frictional resistance along the slip surface, frictional slip would lead to the tensile stress at the two tips of the slip surface, which form the wing cracks, as shown in fig. 3. substituting eq. (4) into eq. (14) yields:                    iu ii f t a k 22 21 23 224 ( ) 2 (15) where  is the frictional coefficient on the crack surfaces,  is poisson’ s ratio, iik is the mode ii stress intensity factor, f t( ) denotes the time factor. according to works by tada [16], the condition of unstable growth of the mode ii microcracks can be written as ii ick t k0( ) (16) x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 69 where                                              2 2 2 2 2 22 1 2 3 2 2 21 2 1 3 23 3 1 sin cos cos sin sin sin cos sin cos cos sin cos sin sin sin cos sin sin cos  can be obtained from experimental results, or approximation suggested in the literature on the kinked crack, such as   3 / 2 in the maximum-stress criterion [19], t 0 is the time of creep failure of microcracks, ick is toughness of rocks, which can be obtained by induced tensile strength and crack length, namely   ic t a k 2 (17) where t is short-term uniaxial tensile strength of rocks. figure 3: propagation of wing cracks from the tip of penny-shaped microcrack. the orientation angle of micro-failure in rocks t is generally accepted that the creep failure of rocks is induced by the fragment of large amounts of internal microcracks. however, it is very difficult to quantitatively analyze the number of microcracks. therefore, microfailure orientation angle  is introduced to define the number of propagating penny-shaped creepmicrocracks, as shown in fig. 4. the fan-shaped area of wing crack distribution zone shown in fig. 4 can be obtained from eqs(15)-(16). the included angle of the fan section is denoted as the micro-failure orientation angle  . substituting eq.(15) into eq.(16) yields:                                                                  c c 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 4 4 1 3 22 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 3 3 sin 2 2 cos 2 cos sin co ( ) ( 1)sin cos si s n cos cos sin 0 (18) i x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 70 where    t iuf t ( 2 ) c 2 ( ) ,1 is the maximum principal stress, 2 is the intermediate principal stress, 3 is the minimum principal stress, the compressive stresses are defined to be positive in this paper. figure 4: wing crack distribution zone eq.(18) can be rewritten as :    c c c4 21 2 3cos cos 0 (19) where                                                              c c c c c 2 2 4 1 1 3 2 2 2 3 22 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 ( ) ( 1)sin sin cos sin cos cos si sin 2 +2 c n os +1 +2 from eq. (19), the cosine of  can be written as    2 2 21 2cos cos cos (20) where                 c c c c c c c c c c 2 2 2 1 32 1 1 2 2 2 1 32 2 1 4 cos 2 4 cos 2 from eq.(20), supposing    2 1 , the following equation can be written          2 1 2 1 2 1cos cos( ) cos cos sin sin (21)  2 1 1 3 x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 71 creep failure characteristic parameters of rocks he creep failure characteristic parameter of rocks should be constant when rocks entirely break. damage mechanics reveals that the nucleation and initiation of microcracks does not imply creep failure of rock-like materials [20-22]. many experiments show that the maximum principal stress should be further increased to assure that the wing crack continually propagates, while the minimum principal stress can significantly restrain wing crack to grow [23]. therefore, the initiation of wing cracks cannot indicate creep failure of rocks. as a result, nucleation and initiation of internal microcracks cannot be chosen as the creep failure characteristic parameters. the larger the minimum principal stress, the smaller the micro-failure orientation angle . the micro-failure orientation angle  does not keep constant, tan , sin and cos do not also keep constant. therefore, the micro-failure orientation angle , tan , sin and cos cannot be considered as the creep failure characteristic parameters. microcracks randomly distribute in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix, and the orientation angle of each microcrack randomly distributes. therefore, the micro-failure orientation angle  can be adopted to investigate the micro-failure density. an increase in the minimum principal stress leads to a decrease in the micro-failure density. the internal microfailure density does not keep constant. therefore, the micro-failure density cannot also be chosen as the creep failure characteristic parameters. reference [24] suggested that the creep failure of rocks occurs when the volumetric strain due to the internal micro-failure density reaches a critical value. therefore, the creep failure characteristic parameters of rocks should be relevant to the internal micro-failure density, which is related to the micro-failure orientation angle  . moreover, the creep failure characteristic parameters should satisfy the following three principles: firstly, the expression of the creep failure characteristic parameter should be in a simple mathematic one; secondly, the higher the minimum principal stress, the lower the micro-failure orientation angle; finally, the theoretical result should agree well with the experimental data. obviously, the expressions of the micro-failure orientation angle  , tan and sin are so complicated that it cannot be chosen as the creep failure characteristic parameters. compared with the expressions of  , tan and sin , the expression of cos is the simplest. the expression of   c1 is also the simplest therefore,   c1 satisfies the first and second principles. according to the second principle and eq. (21), the cosine of the micro-failure orientation angle can be expressed in following form:   c cc c c c 3 32 1 1 1 cos = + 1+ (22) where                                                                     c c c c c c c c c c c 2 22 2 2 2 2 1 11 2 21 22 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 4 11 2 21 2 2 2 2 22 1 3 3 sin cos cos s 2 +2 cos in ( 1)sin sin sin sin co+1 +2 s t x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 72 it is indicated from eq.(22) that the cosine of the micro-failure orientation angle increases with an increase in the minimum principal stress 3 , while the micro-failure orientation angle decreases with increasing the minimum principal stress 3 . for an invariable intermediate principal stress 2 and an invariable minimum principal stress 3 , the relationship between cos and the maximum principal stress can be defined. differentiating eq. (22) with respect to1 yields:                   c c c c c c c c 22 3 32 2 1 11 11 21 22 3 2cos 1 2 (23) where     1 cos is defined as the rate of change of cos to the maximum principal stress. from eq. (22), the maximum principal stress can be expressed as            c c c c c 11 3 22 1 3 2 21 11 2 cos sin (24) substituting eq. (24) into eq. (23) yields                                            c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 22 21 11 2 11 22 11 3 2 2 22 22 11 3 3 21 11 3 2 2 3 11 21 22 11 3 22 22 11 3 21 11 1 sin 2 cos 2 cos 2 sin 2 2 cos 2 cos sin cos (25) if the short-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks is known, three-dimensional long-term strength criterion of rocks can be expressed by short-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks. therefore, for the short-term uniaxial compression condition   c1 ,  2 0 ,  3 0 , we can obtain    1cos at t 0 as,                           c c c c c c c 2 20 0 2 2 22 2 2 21 0 csccos csc +1 sin sin cos (26) where    t iuf c 0 ( 2 ) 2 (0) ,c is the short-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks, iuf (0) is the time factor when t 0 . substituting eq. (23) into eq. (26) yields                                       c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 22 3 32 2 11 11 21 22 3 2 20 0 2 2 22 2 2 2 0 21 2 csc csc +1 sin sin cos (27) x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 73 from eq. (27), three-dimensional long-term strength criterion expressed by the short-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks can be denoted by                       a a a a a4 3 21 1 3 2 1 3 3 1 3 4 1 3 5 0 (28) where                                                        a c c c c a c c c a c c c c c c c c a c c c c a c c c c c c c c c c c c c 2 1 11 4 11 21 2 2 11 22 4 2 3 11 3 4 11 21 4 11 3 4 22 4 11 3 2 5 3 11 21 3 4 11 3 22 2 4 11 2 21 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 32 2 2 2 3 2 3 4 4 4 2 2 4 2 ( 1)sin sin sin sin cos sin 2 +2 cos +1 + cos 2                                                          c c c c c c c c c 2 2 2 2 3 2 20 0 4 2 2 22 2 2 2 0 cos sin csc csc +1 sin sin cos it is observed from eq. (28) that  1 3  is related to the friction coefficient  , the coefficient  of mixed-mode fracture criterion, the short-term uniaxial compressive strength c , the short-term uniaxial tensile strength t , the time factor iuf (0) , the dip angle of penny-shaped microcracks θ and poisson’s ratio  . if the long-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks is known, three-dimensional long-term strength criterion of rocks can be expressed by long-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks. therefore, for the long-term uniaxial compressive condition   cl1 ,  2 0 ,  3 0 , we can obtain the rate of change constant    1cos /    1cos / at t t 0 as,                           t cl t cl t cl cl c c c 2 20 0 2 2 22 2 2 21 0 csccos csc +1 sin sin cos (29) where   t t iu c f t0 0 ( 2 ) 2 ( ) ,cl is the long-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks, iuf t 0( ) is the time factor when t t 0 , t 0 is the time of creep failure of rocks under uniaxial compressive loads. substituting eq. (29) into eq. (23) yields: x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 74                                        t cl t cl t cl cl c c c c c c c c c c c 22 3 32 2 11 11 21 22 3 2 20 0 2 2 22 2 2 2 0 21 2 csc csc +1 sin sin cos (30) from eq. (30), micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion of rocks expressed by long-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks can written as                       a a a a a4 3 21 1 3 2 1 3 3 1 3 4 1 3 5 0 (31) where                                                      a c c c c a c c c a c c c c c c c c a c c c c a c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 2 1 11 4 11 21 2 2 11 22 4 2 3 11 3 4 11 21 4 11 3 4 22 4 11 3 2 5 3 11 21 3 4 11 3 22 2 4 11 2 21 22 2 2 22 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 4 2 ( 1)si 2 +2 n sin sin sin cos cos cos +1 +2 sin                                                          t cl t cl t cl cl c c c c 2 22 2 2 2 3 2 20 0 4 2 2 22 2 2 2 0 sin cos csc csc +1 sin sin cos it is observed from eq. (31) that   1 3 is related to the friction coefficient  , the coefficient  of mixed-mode fracture criterion, the long-term uniaxial compressive strength cl , the short-term uniaxial tensile strength t , the time factor iuf t 0( ) , the dip angle of penny-shaped microcracks θ and poisson’s ratio  . assumed that   c c11 21 0 ,     clc s m n22 2 3 ,      clc s m n 2 3 2 3 eq.(31) can be simplified to:                           cl cl cl cls m n s s s m n 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 1 3 2 3 0 (32) where s n, and m are the strength parameters which are determined by experiments. x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 75 when eq.(32) is expressed by the short-term uniaxial compressive strengthc , eq.(32) can be rewritten as                                             c iu iu c iu c iu c iu iu iu iu s f m n f t s f s f s f m n f t f t f t 3 1 3 2 3 0 2 2 1 3 2 3 0 0 0 (0) ( ) (0) (0) (0) 0 ( ) ( ) ( ) (33) where c is the short-term uniaxial compressive strength. comparison with the experimental results he lode stress angle is defined as follows:                3 1 2 1 2 2 ( ) arctan 3( ) (    0 030 30 ) (34) the stress tensor ij expressed by the first invariant 1i of stress tensor and the second invariant of deviatoric stress tensor j 2 can be written as follows:                                          i ij i 1 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 sin( ) 33 2 sin( ) 33 2 sin( ) 33 (35) micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion (32) can be expressed by the first invariant i1 of stress tensor and the second invariant of deviatoric stress tensor j 2 , the following expression can be obtained     q f pq ff f fq pq f p q ff p' ' '1 4 3 ' 2 ' 2 ' 2 ' 2 3 5 76 0 (36) where                                                                                             cl cl l c c l n m n m n s n m n m n s m n s n f f f m m n n m mn n n f n f m n s f m n ' 1 ' 2 ' 2 2 2 3 ' 4 2' 5 2 6 2 2 2' 4 cos 3 2 cos 3 2 sin 3 4 cos 1 cos 2 3 2 2 sin 2 3 2 3 cos 3 2 sin 3 1 3 4 cos 3 2 2 3 3 6 2 2 6 3 2 si                               clsf m n7 2 2' n t x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 76 p i1 / 3 , q j2 similarly, micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion (33) can be rewritten in another form:       f f fq f pq f q pq f p f q f p3 2 2 22 3 5 6 71 4 0 (37) where                                                                                 iu iu iu iu iu iu c c f f f f m m n n m mn n n f t f f n f t f f m n s f t n m n m n s n m n m n s m n 1 2 2 2 2 3 0 4 2 2 0 2 5 0 (0) 2 3 3 6 2 2 6 ( ) (0 4 cos 3 2 cos 3 2 sin 3 4 cos 1 cos 2 3 2 2 sin 2 3 ) 2 ( ) (0 2 3 cos 3 2 si ) ( n ) 3                                              c c c iu iu iu iu f f f t f f s n m n sm n f t 6 0 7 2 2 2 2 0 1 3 4 cos 3 2 (0 si ) ( ) (0) ( 3 ) n . comparison with the experimental data of coal eries of triaxial compressive experimental data were obtained from creep tests on various rocks by refs [25-27]. the long-term uniaxial compressive strength of rocks and the fitting strength parameters are listed in tab. 1. tabs. 2-4 show theoretical strength and the experimental data of barre granite, inada granite and jinping marble. figs 5-7 show that comparison of predicted strength and the experimental data of barre granite, inada granite and jinping marble. it is found from tabs 2-4 and figs 5-7 that the proposed long-term strength criterion agrees well with experimental data of different rocks. rocks the strength parameter(s) the fitting strength parameter(m) the fitting strength parameter (n) long-term uniaxial compressive strength reference barre granite 1 6.709 0.737 158 kranz [25] inada granite 1 1.000 0.101 216 maranini and brignoli [26] jinping marble 1 12.184 18.566 80 yang et al. [27] table 1: the fitting strength parameters and uniaxial compressive strength of different rocks. s x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 77 σ1(mpa) σ2(mpa) σ3(mpa) q (mpa) pexperimental (mpa) ptheoretical (mpa) 280 10 10 270.000 100.000 99.255 289 10 10 279.000 103.000 102.245 298 10 10 288.000 106.000 103.266 301 10 10 291.000 107.000 104.614 304 10 10 294.000 108.000 105.966 306 10 10 296.000 108.667 106.869 312 10 10 302.000 110.667 109.587 315 10 10 305.000 111.667 110.952 494 40 40 454.000 191.333 193.264 468 40 40 428.000 182.667 180.006 369 20 20 349.000 136.333 131.381 288 10 10 278.000 102.667 98.800 247 5 5 242.000 85.667 85.051 234 5 5 229.000 81.333 77.492 280 10 10 270.000 100.000 102.255 289 10 10 279.000 103.000 99.245 298 10 10 288.000 106.000 103.266 301 10 10 291.000 107.000 104.614 table 2: theoretical strength and the experimental data of inada granite. σ1(mpa) σ2(mpa) σ3(mpa) q (mpa) pexperimental (mpa) ptheoretical (mpa) 162.1 0.1 160 270 100.0000 106.415 173.1 0.1 230 279 103.0000 103.952 177.1 0.1 220 288 106.0000 105.514 179.1 0.1 110 291 107.0000 101.884 185.1 0.1 180 294 108.0000 108.765 188.1 0.1 205 296 108.6667 104.870 196.1 0.1 235 302 110.6667 109.826 199.1 0.1 249 305 111.6667 112.323 203.1 0.1 223 454 191.3333 194.439 262 10 262 428 182.6667 183.837 343 25 100 349 136.3333 135.572 348 53 350 278 102.6667 107.943 table 3: theoretical strength and the experimental data of barre granite. x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 78 σ1(mpa) σ2(mpa) σ3(mpa) q (mpa) pexperimental (mpa) ptheoretical (mpa) 110 20 12 94.255 47.333 45.757 120 20 14 103.131 51.333 52.277 130 20 18 111.014 56.000 58.335 140 20 20 120.000 60.000 59.550 150 20 20 130.000 63.333 63.965 160 20 20 140.000 66.667 65.786 170 20 20 150.000 70.000 72.013 155 35 35 120.000 75.000 75.550 165 35 35 130.000 78.333 77.965 175 35 35 140.000 81.667 82.786 185 35 35 150.000 85.000 86.013 195 35 35 160.000 88.333 89.647 205 35 35 170.000 91.667 91.687 215 35 35 180.000 95.000 92.134 180 50 45 132.571 91.667 96.193 190 50 47 141.524 95.667 94.165 200 50 46 152.040 98.667 93.945 210 50 50 160.000 103.333 101.647 220 50 50 170.000 106.667 101.687 230 50 50 180.000 110.000 112.134 table 4: theoretical strength and the experimental data of jinping marble. figure 5: comparison of predicted strength and the experimental data of inada granite. 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 q th eo ri tic al q experimental x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 79 figure 6: comparison of predicted strength and the experimental data of barre granite. figure 7: comparison of predicted strength and the experimental data of jinping marble discussions and conclusions n this paper, burgers model with the characteristics of instantaneous elastic deformation, primary creep and steadyrate creep is applied to investigate creep fracture behaviors of penny-shaped microcracks. mode ii stress intensity factor at tips of three-dimensional penny-shaped microcracks embedded in burgers viscoelastic rock matrix is derived. the orientation angle of micro-failure in burgers viscoelastic rocks is defined. a novel micromechanics-based threedimensional long-term strength criterion is proposed to investigate effects of time and the intermediate principal stress on i x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 80 the creep failure of rocks. by comparison with the previous experimental results, it is found that the novel micromechanics-based three-dimensional long-term strength criterion is in good agreement with experimental data. acknowledgments his work was supported by the national natural science foundation of china (nos. 51325903 and 51679017), project 973 (grant no. 2014cb046903), graduate scientific research and innovation foundation of chongqing, china (grant no. cyb16012), open research fund program of hunan provincial key laboratory of geotechnical engineering for stability control and health monitoring, natural science foundation project of cq cstc (nos. cstc2013kjrc-ljrccj0001 and cstc2013jcyjys0005) and research fund by the doctoral program of higher education of china(no.20130191110037). references [1] baud, p. and meredith, p. g., (1997). damage accumulation during triaxial creep of darley dale sandstone from pore volumometry and acoustic emission, int. j. rock mech. min. sci. 34, pp. 24.e1–24.e10. [2] heap, m. j., baud, p., meredith, p. g., bell a. f. and main, i.g., (2009). time-dependent brittle creep in darley dale sandstone, j. geophys. res.d: atmos, 114, pp. 1–22. [3] heap, m. j., baud, p., meredith, p. g., vinciguerra, s., bell, a. f. and main, (2011). i.g., brittle creep in basalt and its application to time-dependent volcano deformation, earth planet sci. lett., 307, pp. 71–82. [4] li, y. and xia, c., (2000). time-dependent tests on intact rocks in uniaxial compression, int. j. rock mech. min. sci., 37, pp. 467-475. [5] shin, k., okubo, s., fukui, k. and hashiba, k., (2005). variation in strength and creep life of six japanese rocks, int. j. rock mech. min. sci., 42, pp. 251-260. [6] aubertin, m., li, l. and simon, r., (2000). a multiaxial stress criterion for shortand long-term strength of isotropic rock media, int. j. rock mech. min. sci., 37, pp. 1169-1193. [7] amitrano, d. and helmstetter, a., brittle creep, damage and time to failure in rocks, (2006). j. geophys. res. b: solid earth, 111, pp. 335-360. [8] bahaaddini, m., hagan, p.-c., mitra, r. and hebblewhite, b.-k., (2015). numerical study of the mechanical behavior of nonpersistent jointed rock masses, int. j. geomech., 10.1061/(asce)gm.1943-5622.0000510, 04015035. [9] barla, m. and beer, g., (2012). special issue on advances in modeling rock engineering problems, int. j. geomech., 12, pp. 617-617. [10] yang, q., chen, x. and zhou, w. y., (2005). on the structure of anisotropic damage yield criteria, mech. mater., 37, pp. 1049-1058. [11] zhou, x. p., bi j. and qian, q. h., (2015). numerical simulation of crack growth and coalescence in rock-like materials containing multiple pre-existing flaws, rock mech. and rock eng., 48, pp. 1097-1114. [12] zuo, j. p., li, h. t., xie, h. p., ju, y. and peng, s. p., (2008). a nonlinear strength criterion for rock-like materials based on fracture mechanics, int. j. rock mech. min. sci., 45, pp. 594-599. [13] al-ajmi, a. m. and zimmerman, r. w., (2005). relation between the mogi and the coulomb failure criteria, int. j. rock mech. min. sci. 42, pp. 431–439. [14] paterson, m. s. and wong, t. f., (2005). experimental rock deformation the brittle field, mineral mag., 43, pp. 163186. [15] yu, s. w. and feng, x. q., (1995). a micromechanics-based damage model for microcrack-weakened brittle solids, mech. mater., 20, pp. 59-76. [16] tada, h., (1973). the stress analysis of cracks handbook, stress analysis of cracks handbook, 91, pp. 614. [17] yi, s. m. and zhu, z.d., (2005). introduction to damage mechanics of crack-weakened rock masses, science press, beijing. [18] zhou, z. b., (1983). stress intensity factors for creep fracture and their application, acta mech. solida sin., 1, pp. 100104. [19] erdogan, f. and, sih, g. c., (1963). on the crack extension in plates under plane loading and transverse shear, j. basic eng. asme, 85, pp. 527. t x.-p. zhou et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 64-81; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.06 81 [20] aboudi, j. and benveniste, y., (1987). the effective moduli of cracked bodies in plane deformations, eng. fract. mech., 26, pp. 171-184. [21] budiansky, b. and o'connell, r. j., (1976). elastic moduli of a cracked solid ☆. int. j. solids struct., 12, pp. 81-97. [22] kachanov, m., (1992). effective elastic properties of cracked solids: critical review of some basic concepts, appl. mech. rev., 45, pp. 304-335. [23] paterson, m. s. and wong, t. f., (2005). experimental rock deformation the brittle field, mineral mag., 43, pp. 163186. [24] brady, b. t., (1969). a statistical theory of brittle fracture for rock materials part ii—brittle failure under homogeneous triaxial states of stress, int. j. rock mech. min. sci. geomech. abstr., 6, pp. 285-300. [25] kranz, r. l., (1980). the effects of confining pressure and stress difference on static fatigue of granite, j. geophys. res.d: atmos, 85, pp. 1854-1866. [26] maranini, e. and brignoli, m., (1999). creep behaviour of a weak rock. experimental characterization, int. j. rock mech. min. sci., 36, pp. 127-138. [27] yang, s. q., xu, p., ranjith, p. g., chen, g. f. and jing, h. w., (2015). evaluation of creep mechanical behavior of deep-buried marble under triaxial cyclic loading, arab. j. geosci., pp. 81-16. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_62_art_32_3550.docx p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 460 the application of pso in structural damage detection: an analysis of the previously released publications (2005–2020) parsa ghannadi department of civil engineering, ahar branch, islamic azad university, ahar, iran parsa.ghannadi@gmail.com, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5441-9243 seyed sina kourehli department of civil engineering, azarbaijan shahid madani university, tabriz, iran ss.kourehli@azaruniv.ac.ir, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7599-8053 seyedali mirjalili centre for artificial intelligence research and optimisation, torrens university, adelaide, sa 5000, australia yonsei frontier lab, yonsei university, seoul, south korea ali.mirjalili@torrens.edu.au, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1443-9458 abstract. the structural health monitoring (shm) approach plays a key role not only in structural engineering but also in other various engineering disciplines by evaluating the safety and performance monitoring of the structures. the structural damage detection methods could be regarded as the core of shm strategies. that is because the early detection of the damages and measures to be taken to repair and replace the damaged members with healthy ones could lead to economic advantages and would prevent human disasters. the optimization-based methods are one of the most popular techniques for damage detection. using these methods, an objective function is minimized by an optimization algorithm during an iterative procedure. the performance of optimization algorithms has a significant impact on the accuracy of damage identification methodology. hence, a wide variety of algorithms are employed to address optimization-based damage detection problems. among different algorithms, the particle swarm optimization (pso) approach has been of the most popular ones. pso was initially proposed by kennedy and eberhart in 1995, and different variants were developed to improve its performance. this work investigates the objectives, methodologies, and results obtained by over 50 studies (2005-2020) in the context of the structural damage detection using pso and its variants. then, several important open research questions are highlighted. the paper also provides insights on the frequently used methodologies based on pso, the computational time, and the accuracy of the existing methodologies. citation: ghannadi, p., kourehli, ss., mirjalili, sa., the application of pso in structural damage detection: an analysis of the previously released publications (2005 –2020), frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489. received: 06.04.2022 accepted: 18.06.2022 online first: 07.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. https://youtu.be/mf26foeonvi p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 461 keywords. particle swarm optimization; damage detection; vibration characteristics; inverse problems; nature-inspired algorithms; objective functions. introduction he existing civil structures including buildings, dams, bridges, tunnels, towers, and different types of other structures hold an important role in today’s world [1]. as technology advances, infrastructures play a more significant role than the past as they handle extensive human activities [2]. civil structures experience a wide variety of deteriorating factors during their service life cycle, and the subsequent destructions may impact the normal performance of structures [3]. the structural deterioration could be caused by natural incidents such as strong earthquakes, high winds, tsunamis, tornadoes, etc. the structural damages may also cause by man-made events such as extreme loading, explosions, terrorist attacks, traffic loads, etc. [4]. in recent years, the structural health monitoring (shm) strategies have become a fast-spreading topic not only in civil engineering but also across various engineering disciplines such as aerospace and mechanics [5]. it is essential to implement shm for its swift localization and repair capability to prevent the expansion of the secondary damages and even more severe ones [6]. therefore, it is an undeniable fact that the shm strategies play a vital role in providing lifesafety and economic advantages [7]. shm strategies can be mainly categorized based on two methods: i) vibration-based methods ii) vision-based methods [8]. the main sense behind the vibration-based methods is the alternation of such physical properties as stiffness, mass, and damping after the deterioration of the structure members. the dynamic characteristics such as natural frequencies and mode shapes are highly change-sensitive in physical properties. therefore, the analysis of the discrepancy between the dynamic characteristics before and after the occurrence of the damage could be accomplished as a suitable damage detection tool. the vibration-based methods could fall under two classifications: i) the response-based methods ii) the model-based methods. the response-based methods are often capable of localizing the damaged members by experimental response data such as natural frequencies, mode shapes, and accelerations. in addition to the experimental response data, fem of the structures is required for damage detection and the quantification of its severity through the model-based methods. as mentioned earlier, the response-based methods are only capable of detecting the damaged members. however, the modelbased methods come with some constraints and require further advancement. for instance, the numerical model analysis is a time-consuming process; therefore, the model-based methods are not practical in establishing a real-time shm system [9]. due to the limitations of sensors installed in real-world projects, only incomplete mode shapes are accessible. to handle the challenge of the limited measurements, either mode shapes have to be expanded, or fem is to be reduced. in this regard, some helpful studies have been presented [10–18]. moreover, developing an accurate model of complex structures which could represent the real structural performance is a challenging problem, and requires more efforts. for example, mashayekhi and santini-bell have addressed the complexity of the memorial bridge using a three-dimensional multi-scale fem [19,20]. in addition to the problem of the complexity in large-scale structures, there are some differences between the experimental achievements and numerical models. these disagreements between fem and real models can be justified by different factors including uncertainties in the properties of the materials, and the boundary and connectivity conditions [21]. hence, a large number of model updating techniques have been presented to makes a correlation between the experimental and numerical models [22]. in this regard, some fundamental publications are presented by friswell and mottershead [23], mottershead and friswell [24], and mottershead et al. [25]. besides, fem updating is an active track in terms of shm, and the novel methodologies are subsequently expanded by some researchers. for instance, the innovative fem updating techniques were implemented to large-scale structures by tran-ngoc et al. [26], ho et al. [27], hoa et al. [28], rezaiee-pajand et al. [29], pan et al. [30], and zhu et al. [31]. according to the literature review, the fem-updating methods are mainly divided into two categories: i) direct methods ii) iterative methods. a type of the conventional approaches for fem updating is the direct methods. such techniques attempt to reproduce the measured modal data in a single step; therefore, these methods are computationally efficient. however, there are some drawbacks such as a lack of node connectivity as well as the demand for a large amount of data [32]. direct methods have been frequently employed to date, and some researchers have tried to present modified versions [22,33–35]. in iterative methods, an objective function is minimized by adjusting several design variables during the iterative procedure. the objective functions are often established upon modal parameters such as natural frequencies and mode shapes [32]. t p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 462 considering the concept behind the iterative methods, fem updating problems could be formulated as an optimization scheme [36]. thereby, the optimization algorithms have been applied to minimize the objective functions. during the past years, a significant number of optimization algorithms are proposed for fem updating, including conventional methods such as ga and pso [37] as well as some novel types such as grey wolf optimizer (gwo) [38], multiverse optimizer (mvo) [39], salp swarm algorithm (ssa) [40], and jaya algorithm [41]. reference year title poli [53] 2008 analysis of publications on particle swarm optimisation applications mahor et al. [54] 2009 economic dispatch using particle swarm optimization: a review rana et al. [55] 2011 a review on particle swarm optimization algorithms and their applications to data clustering yusup et al. [56] 2012 overview of pso for optimizing process parameters of machining sarkar et al. [57] 2013 application of particle swarm optimization in data clustering: a survey esmin et al. [58] 2013 a review on particle swarm optimization algorithm and its variants to clustering high-dimensional data lalwani et al. [59] 2013 a comprehensive survey: applications of multi-objective particle swarm optimization (mopso) algorithm gopalakrishnan [60] 2013 particle swarm optimization in civil infrastructure systems: state-of-the-art review ghorpade-aher and bagdiya [61] 2014 a review on clustering web data using pso saini et al. [62] 2014 a review on particle swarm optimization algorithm and its variants to human motion tracking alam et al. [63] 2014 research on particle swarm optimization based clustering: a systematic review of literature and techniques kulkarni et al. [64] 2015 particle swarm optimization applications to mechanical engineering-a review zhang et al. [65] 2015 a comprehensive survey on particle swarm optimization algorithm and its applications zhou et al. [66] 2016 the application of pso in the power grid: a review andrab et al. [67] 2017 a review: evolutionary computations (ga and pso) in geotechnical engineering pluhacek et al. [68] 2017 a review of real-world applications of particle swarm optimization algorithm elsheikh and abd elaziz [69] 2018 review on applications of particle swarm optimization in solar energy systems hajihassani et al. [70] 2018 applications of particle swarm optimization in geotechnical engineering: a comprehensive review elbes et al. [71] 2019 a survey on particle swarm optimization with emphasis on engineering and network applications sibalija [72] 2019 particle swarm optimisation in designing parameters of manufacturing processes: a review (2008–2018) jahandideh-tehrani et al. [73] 2020 application of particle swarm optimization to water management: an introduction and overview kashani et al. [74] 2020 particle swarm optimization variants for solving geotechnical problems: review and comparative analysis table 1: various review papers on different applications of pso. following the establishment of an agreement between the experimental and numerical models through the fem updating methods, the damage identification procedure could be organized similar to the concept utilized for the iterative fem updating. the structural damages are often defined by the reduction of the members’ stiffness. in this regard, the optimization algorithms attempt to minimize the objective functions during an iterative process and find those design variables that would include stiffness for each member. for further discussion, the damage modal characteristics are usually inserted in the objective functions. then, the optimization algorithms evaluate the objective functions, and they iteratively minimize the discrepancy between the measured modal data (for the damaged members) and the calculated ones. for the model-based damage detection problems solved by the optimization frameworks, the performance of the identified damages mainly depends on two subject. the first is the objective function, and the second one is the optimization algorithm [42]. some studies have been conducted to make a comparison between the different objective functions in terms of p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 463 structural damage detection [43–46]. as mentioned above, the optimization algorithms play an important role for an accurate damage detection. therefore, numerous researchers have employed a wide variety of optimization algorithms in the context of shm. earlier attempts were also related to the traditional algorithms, mostly ga. friswell et al. [47,48], ruotolo et al. [49], and mares and surace [50] have pioneered in the 1990s in this area. another algorithm that has become popular and has been applied constantly in different engineering problems is pso. pso simulates the social behavior of a flock of birds seeking food [51] suggested by kennedy and eberhart in 1995 [52]. pso is efficiently reflected for the structural damage detection problems, and a large number of methodologies have also been developed. like other algorithms, pso has some drawbacks, with a persisting chance of generalization of the modified versions. to address some of these drawbacks such as the premature convergence, and to lower the computational time, different variants of pso have been developed and implemented on damage detection problems. several review studies have been published focusing on the application of pso for different engineering disciplines. in this regard, a list of review studies between 2008 and 2020 is presented in tab. 1. fig. 1 illustrates the number of review papers by different disciplines. it is evident in this figure that no work was done to analyze the publications on structural damage detection using pso as well as its existing variations. this paper has reviewed over 50 studies conducted from 2005 to 2020 and constitutes the first of this kind that investigates the objectives, methodologies, and presents the main results of the pso-based damage identification methods by the year of publication and the types of structures. the rest of the paper is organized as follows: section 2 presents the mathematical relations and flow chart of pso. section 3 comprehensively investigates the application of pso on structural damage detection. section 4 discusses the investigated papers in the manner of questions and answers. finally, section 5 concludes the work and section 6 suggests future directions. figure 1: number of review papers on different applications of pso. particle swarm optimization (pso) so is a population-based optimization algorithm introduced by kennedy and eberhart [52]. the pso mimics the swarm behavior of birds in nature. the pso algorithm consists of two vectors: velocity and position. the position vector (xi) represents the value of each variable in the optimization problem. the velocity vector (vi) is utilized to update the position of particles. fig. 2 shows the swarm behavior of birds and updating procedure of the position [69]. in this algorithm, each candidate solution is named a "particle" and indicates a coordinate in a d-dimensional space, where d is the number of the parameters to be optimized [75]. therefore, the position of the ith particle can be defined by xi vector:  1 2 3 ...i i i i idx x x x x (1) p p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 464 figure 2: (a) swarm behavior of birds in nature, (b) updating the position and velocity of birds in pso. the population of n candidate solutions organizes the swarm:  1 2, ,..., nx x x x (2) to find the optimal solution to the problem, the particles define trajectories in the parameter space based on the following equation of motion:      1 1   i i ix t x t v t (3) in eqn. (3), t and t + 1 represent two sequential iterations of the algorithm, and vi is the vector collecting the velocity components of the ith particle along the d dimensions. the velocity of the ith particle is calculated as follows:          1 1 2 21     i i i i iv t v t c p x t r c g x t r (4) in eqn. (4), pi is the "personal best" of the particle, g is the "global best", and c1 and c2 are acceleration constants usually in 1 20 , 4 c c range, which are called "cognitive coefficient" and "social coefficient", respectively. r1 and r2 are two diagonal matrices of random numbers generated through a uniform distribution in [0,1]. the flow chart of pso is illustrated in fig. 3. standard pso has been successfully applied to different optimization problems. however, there are still some drawbacks. to address the different demands, the original pso has experienced a wide variety of improvements from 1995 to date, and researchers constantly attempt to develop new variants [76]. the various variants of pso can be summarized as follows: i) combination of pso with different optimization algorithms such as ga, colonial competitive algorithm (cca), elitist artificial bee colony, sine-cosine algorithm (sca), cuckoo search (cs). ii) developing modified versions based on nelder– mead algorithm iii) introducing unified versions iv) improving pso by implementing immunity strategies tab. 2 presents comprehensive information on different varients of pso and their applications in structural damage identification problems. each modified version can be addressed single or multiple challenges such as premature convergence, poor accuracy, slow convergence, or high computational complexity. p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 465 figure 3: the flow chart of pso. an analysis of different studies on structural damage detection using pso (2005-2020) tabulated scheme is utilized to make a desirable accessibility possible for the application of pso in the structural damage detection methods, and to analyze the cons and pros of the different variants of pso. tab. 2 summarizes the application of pso in detecting structural damages by some categorizations including the following:  reference and year: represent the authors’ names and the publication date, respectively.  objective: this section answers the question of why the paper is presented and what the main contribution is.  methodology: the algorithms, tools, and techniques employed in solving damage detection problems are presented i n this section.  structure: this section answers the question of what type of structures are utilized for implementing the structural a p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 466 damage detection methodology.  result and finding: this section is a summary of the main outcomes of the papers. reference year objective methodology structure result and finding mouser and dunn [77] 2005 comparing the performance of ga and pso in updating mass, stiffness, and damping through an inverse solution. optimization algorithms were applied to minimize the difference between the measured frequency response functions (frfs) and the calculated ones. mass – spring – damper system pso is configured easily and yielded much better results compared to ga. saada et al. [78] 2008 this study discusses the difficulty of damage detection by only using natural frequencies and the optimization problem is solved via a modified version of pso. firstly, a model parameter modification is conducted to organize an acceptable agreement between the experimental and numerical models. then, the first three natural frequencies are inserted into the objective function to recognize the damage properties. free-free beam generally, the method introduced in this paper is capable of detecting the single damages and its accuracy declines when facing multiple damages. yu and wan [79] 2008 an improved version based on the sigmoid function has been developed to address the convergence drawback of pso and is subsequently employed for the damage detection problems. an objective function is defined through the differences between the healthy and damaged dynamic characteristics to discover the damaged member and the extent of the damage. plane frame the results of this paper have revealed that the improved pso can effectively modify the convergence rate of the standard pso and provides a better solution to detect single and multiple damages. begambre and laier [80] 2009 a simple procedure based on nelder–mead algorithm is proposed to control the parameters of pso. an objective function is formulated using frfs. planar truss free–free beam the proposed version of pso can accurately detect the location and severity of the damage even when inserting incomplete and noisy data. additionally, this algorithm has outperformed the standard pso and simulated annealing (sa) when solving benchmark functions. yu and chen [81] 2010 the standard pso has been improved by macroeconomic strategies to solve the multiobjective optimization problems on damage detection. two objective functions are employed to minimize the discrepancy between the modal data under healthy and damaged conditions. the first objective function is based on mac and natural frequency. the second one includes modal flexibility. simply supported beam continuously supported beam the comparative results of damage detection illustrate the efficiency of the second objective function and the modified pso with macroeconomic strategies. sandesh and shankar [82] 2010 developing an accurate hybrid optimization algorithm combining ga and pso to address the inverse problem of crack detection in the time domain. minimizing the sum of the square of deviations between the measured and estimated accelerations as an objective function. aluminum plate the hybrid pso-ga provided a more accurate tool for damage detection. pso is a fast algorithm, and p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 467 ga is a slow one with poor accuracy. liu et al. [83] 2011 pso is used to optimize the parameters of the support vector machine (svm) to improve the classification and regression accuracy. the accuracy of damage detection and quantification are used as objective functions. simply supported bridge the proposed algorithm based on pso and svm was effectively capable of identifying the damage parameters. gökdağ and yildiz [84] 2012 presenting a comparative study to identify the best objective function for the damage detection problems while using pso as an optimizer. the objective functions based on natural frequencies, multiple damage location assurance criterion (mdlac), modal flexibility, and strain energy residual are investigated. cantilever beam this study illustrated that the objective function based on the modal flexibility is the best among other functions. seyedpoor [85] 2012 the damage detection problems with large numbers of design variables exert high computational costs. therefore, a useful method is applied to reduce the dimensions of the search domain and decreases the computational effort of pso. a two-stage approach is introduced for damage detection. in the first stage, a modal strain energybased index (msebi) is used to locate the potentially damaged members. in the second stage, pso minimizes mdlac in the downsized search area. cantilever beam planar truss this study concluded that the combination of msebi and mdlac could be practical for multiple damages detection. baghmisheh et al. [86] 2012 proposing the hybrid pso– nelder–mead (pso–nm) algorithm to predict the depth and location of the crack. the results of pso–nm is compared with those obtained by the standard pso, hybrid ga– nelder–mead algorithm (ga– nm), and nelder–mead algorithm (nm) in terms of accuracy and speed. in this study, the cracked elements are simulated by a torsion spring. the parameters of the crack are determined through minimizing the difference between the calculated natural frequency (obtained from fem) and the measured natural frequency (obtained through modal analysis). cantilever beam both numerical and experimental investigations showed that pso–nm is the fastest and the most accurate algorithm among other methods. xiang and liang [87] 2012 a two-step procedure is reported based-on 2-d wavelet transform and pso for multiple damages detection and localization. in the first step, the 2-d wavelet transform is used to decompose the mode shapes and predict the damage locations. in the second step, the severity of the damage is identified through inverse analysis and the reduction of the discrepancy between the measured and calculated natural frequencies. thin plates the results of this study revealed that the use of higher natural frequencies could lead to accurate outcomes in identifying the severity of the damages. kang et al. [88] 2012 this study proposed the immunity enhanced pso (iepso) algorithm to improve the efficiency and convergence rate of the basic pso, and implemented it for structural damage identification problems. an objective function consisting of mode shape and natural frequency changes is adopted. simply supported beam planar truss iepso is robust for damage identification problems and also provides reliable results when compared with the standard pso, realcoded genetic algorithm (rcga), and p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 468 differential evolution (de). nanda et al. [89] 2012 in order to make a better convergence for the standard pso, a new version called the incremental pso is implemented to solve the crack detection problem. this study practices a natural frequency-based damage indicator as an objective function for minimization during an optimization procedure. cantilever beam the convergence rate of the new pso is more desirable than the basic version. consequently, the outcomes achieved by the incremental pso have a reasonable level of accuracy. saada et al. [90] 2013 damage identification methods relying only on natural frequency indicators encounter several shortcomings. therefore, this paper tries to overcome the existing challenges of damage detection techniques established on the natural frequency changes. some modifications are applied to one-dimensional euler–bernoulli beam elements. then, a modified version of pso is employed to solve an objective function defined only by natural frequency characteristics. free-free beam the results of the experimental example confirmed that the proposed method could identify the location and extent of the small damages. kang et al. [91] 2013 in this study, damage detection problems are solved using iepso because of its accuracy and convergence speed. presents an objective function, which has received the dynamic responses (natural frequencies) and the static response (displacements) as inputs. clamped clamped beam iepso is more effective in structural damage identification when compared with the standard pso and de. the accuracy of iepso declines when inputs are contaminated with a certain level of noise. guo et al. [92] 2014 pso cannot provide satisfactory results for multiple damage identification in complex structures. hence, this paper proposes a two-stage procedure based on evidence fusion and some strategies to improve the standard pso. in the first stage, evidence fusion modal strain energy and frequency is used to locate the damaged elements. in the second stage, the improved pso is employed to determine damage severities by minimizing an objective function based on mode shapes and natural frequencies. planar truss the suggested technique has an acceptable accuracy to predict the location and severity of the damage in lightly damped structures. mohan et al. [93] 2014 this paper presents a comparative study of pso and ga for crack detection. an objective function related to natural frequency has been minimized to find the location and depth of the crack. cantilever beam space truss the performance of pso in recognizing the location and depth of the crack is significantly superior to ga. nanda et al. [94] 2014 the exploration and exploitation capability of pso is increased by the unified pso (upso). hence, this modified version was adopted for crack detection in the study. the damage indicators are defined as an objective function based on the changes of the natural frequencies, mode shapes, and a combination of both. cantilever beam plane frame the utilized scheme can simultaneously detect the site and depth of the crack. nanda et al. [95] 2014 this study experimentally and numerically showed the capability of an optimizationbased scheme for joint damage identification through upso. the joint damage is simulated as the reduction of the joint fixity factor at each connection. an objective function combination of the mode shapes and natural plane frame this damage detection procedure holds acceptable accuracy for the experimental examples. the accuracy of this methodology is still reasonable after p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 469 frequencies is considered for minimizing by the optimization algorithm. applying 5% and 10% noise. ma et al. [96] 2014 the revised pso has been applied for structural damage detection problems to overcome the premature convergence and a time-consuming procedure in searching for optimum solutions by the standard pso. the potentially damaged members are located through msebi at the beginning to limit the dimension of variables in damage identification problems formulated as an optimization framework. then, the exact location and severity of the damages are identified by integrating rpso and an objective function. simply supported beam shear frame the results of this study demonstrated that the hybrid method on msebi and rpso can provide precise outcomes. when comparing pso and rpso, rpso is more useful than pso in terms of computational speed and accuracy. jiang et al. [97] 2014 the basic pso is simply entrapped into the local optimum and has the drawback of premature convergence. the same disadvantage has not been completely addressed in the multiparticle swarm coevolution optimization (mpsco). therefore, the improved mpsco is introduced and implemented as an optimization algorithm in some damage detection problems. an objective function between the simulated and measured time-series responses has been maximized to localize and quantify the structural damages. shear frame not only the improved mpsco is more efficient than ga, but it is also robust to noise and provides reliable results for the structural damage detection in both numerical and experimental studies. shabbir and omenzetter [98] 2014 this study presents an innovative method consisting of pso and sequential niche technique (snt) to systematically explore the search domain for fem updating of the complex problems. snt adjusts the objective function after every solution without modifications to the pso search strategy. cable-stayed footbridge the results demonstrate that the proposed methodology is promising for the model updating, and it could be practiced for large-scale structures. liu et al. [99] 2014 the optimum values of bias and weight are regulated by pso to accomplish the organization between the instructive search of the artificial neural networks (anns) and the global optimization of pso. a two-stage damage detection approach has been generalized in this study. the damaged elements are initially localized by the modal flexibility index. then, optimized anns by pso are used to estimate the extent of the damage. simply supported beam this study concludes that the combination of the modal flexibility index and anns with optimized characteristics (bias and weight) is more favorable when compared with those obtained by integrating the modal flexibility index and the conventional backpropagation networks. rasouli et al. [100] 2014 in general, there are limited numbers of sensors to measure the structural response in realworld problems. therefore, the number of dofs in fem is extensively greater than the measured locations. in order to react to the challenge of the in this study, mode shapes are condensed by the guyan's method, and the downsized model is utilized to formulate the objective function through mode shape orthogonality. simply supported beam plane frame spring-mass system results revealed that the presented approach is sensitive to the damaged elements when the noise level is increased to 8%, and incomplete modal data are used. p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 470 incomplete measurements, dofs were reduced by the guyan's method in fem. then, the damage detection problem was solved through the inverse analysis procedure established by pso and the reduced model. pal and banerjee [101] 2015 to bypass the noise effect and to achieve accurate detection, a new method was developed on msebi in the wavelet domain and an optimization-based model updating mechanism through pso. as a first assessment, the msebi in the wavelet domain is considered for detecting the damaged locations. then, the severity and location of the damages are accurately determined during the optimization procedure through the minimization of the objective function with the modal curvature components. plane frame the experimental and numerical results are encouraging, and the proposed methodology can be applied to fullscale structures. kaveh and maniat [102] 2015 each optimization problem has some local optimums. therefore, seeking the global optimum encounters difficulties. this study makes a comparison between pso and the magnetic charged system search (mcss) to search for the global optimum in the damage detection problems. to form the objective function, modal characteristics such as mode shapes and natural frequencies are utilized. planar truss space truss plane frame multi-span beams the mcss has a greater exploration capacity in finding the global optimum. therefore, mcss provides robust and efficient results for damage detection problems even when incomplete dynamic characteristics are contaminated by a certain level of noise. chen and yu [103] 2015 this study proposes an intelligent two-step approach combining pso, nm algorithm, and msebi to establish an adequate balance between accuracy and computational cost. through a two-step procedure, the damaged members and the severities of these damages are recognized by msebi and the minimization of the objective function with mode shape components, respectively. it should be noted that the optimization algorithm is the pso–nm. simply supported beam the presented method is not only able to determine the location of the damages, but it is also robust to noise and precisely quantifies the damage severity. chen and yu [104] 2015 in this study, an improved version of the pso–nm algorithm is introduced to solve the damage evaluation problems with a low computational cost through the two-step methodology. the damaged members are primarily located with the assistance of msebi. the extent of the damage is evaluated during its second phase by minimizing 1-mac through the improved pso–nm algorithm. plane frame the used techniques can determine the damage site and its severity in multiple and single damage scenarios. this method also has high tolerance against noisy inputs. khatir et al. [105] 2015 this study compares pso and ga for damage detection in beam-like structures reduced by the proper orthogonal decomposition (pod) method with radial basis function (rbf). an objective function only with frequency components is formulated. pso and ga are initially applied to minimize the objective function and composite beams the results of the comparison between ga and pso show a better performance of pso in terms of accuracy and p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 471 recognition of the damage parameters. then, pod and rbf are used to construct a reduced model. computational effort. besides, using pod and rbf can reduce the computational time of the optimization process. hosseinzadeh et al. [106] 2016 in order to perform a fast and reliable algorithm to minimize the objective functions in the damage detection problems, a hybrid algorithm based on pso and the cca is employed. the main contribution of this study is that it focuses on structural damage detection when the completed measurements are unavailable. the neumann series expansion-based model reduction (nsemr) is applied to mimic the sparse sensor installation at master dofs. then, the generalized flexibility matrix is generated to form the objective function complying with the reduced mass and stiffness matrices. planar truss plane frame shear frame pso-cca has a high convergence speed compared to pso and cca. the results of this study confirm the practicality of the suggested methodology relying on a reduced model by nsemr and the hybridization of pso and cca. hence, for future works, it is possible to allocate this method for damage quantification as well as damage detection in large-scale structures. hosseinzadeh et al. [107] 2016 democratic pso (dpso) is used for solving the inverse problems of damage detection because of its swift and accurate technique in exploring the solution domain in complex problems. the flexibility matrix components are considered to formulate a novel objective function by the concept of mac. subsequently, nsemr is implemented to fem to put the limited measurements condition using sparse sensors installation. planar truss plane frame shear frame the results obtained from numerical and experimental examples demonstrated that the introduced technique could detect the damaged members with slight errors (less than 5%) in the identified severities. gerist and maheri [108] 2016 this study presents a three-stage technique for damage localization and quantification, under the assistance of pso, to address the high computation cost of the optimization problems due to the large search space. firstly, the damaged members are found through basis pursuit (bp). then, the initial estimation of the damage locations and their extents are determined by minimizing 1-mdlac. subsequently, the dimension of the search area is downsized by removing the damaged members with low severities through the micro search (ms) operator embedded in the pso. basis pursuit denoising (bpdn) is also applied to decrease the noise effects. cantilever beam planar truss plane portal frame the main results of this study can be summarized as follows: i) the standard pso and pso-ms are not enough to detect the damaged parameters. ii) for all scenarios, damaged members are detected using the bp method. but this method cannot estimate the correct extent of the damage for most scenarios. iii) the suggested three-stage bp-psoms strategy has the fastest convergence and obtains accurate results compared with other well-known algorithms. p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 472 khatir et al. [109] 2017 the main contribution of this study is to perform a comparison between pso and ga to evaluate single and multiple damages in graphite-epoxy composite beams. an objective function based on natural frequencies and mac is defined. composite beams results clearly show the superiority of pso in terms of the computational cost and the accuracy of the identified values. jebieshia et al. [110] 2017 this study compares the efficiency of two variants of pso, namely upso and ipso, for damage detection in composite elements. an 8-noded curved isoparametric serendipity quadratic member is used to establish the fem of the laminated composite shells. the damage detection problem is solved by optimizing an objective function based on natural frequencies and mac. laminated composite shells results of a comparative study between pso, upso, and pso confirmed the superiority of upso. chen and yu [111] 2017 to explore a more accurate solution in damage detection problems, this paper introduces a new hybrid methodology by integrating the recently published method (the improved pso–nm) in ref. [103] and a novel objective function relying on the bayesian inference. the bayesian inferences are added to the objective function to eliminate the noise effect and uncertainty quantification. then, the objective functions (defined by natural frequencies and mode shapes) with and without bayesian terms are minimized by the improved pso–nm. plane portal frame iasc-asce benchmark structure the statistical comparison shows that the utilized objective function with the bayesian term is more reliable for damage detection. additionally, the effectiveness of the improved pso–nm as a robust optimizer is also reconfirmed. luo and yu [112] 2017 to develop a damage detection approach with high tolerance against noise, l1/2-norm regularization is applied to create the objective function in the pso-based two-step method. the regularized objective function as a combination of eigenvalues and mode shapes is minimized to determine the damaged member in the first step. subsequently, only those members detected in the first step are considered as the optimization values. cantilever beam the proposed two-step method could accurately diagnose the damaged members while the noise level increases to 15%. khatir et al. [113] 2018 in this study, the location and depth of the open cracks are determined through frequency measurements and pso as an optimization algorithm. the location and depth of the cracks are introduced in an exponential function for the calculation of the equal stiffness reduction. the frequency-based objective function is defined and minimized via pso. cantilever beam plane frame free-free beam the results obtained for the numerical examples (cantilever beam and plane frame) and experimental free-free beam demonstrate the feasibility of this method for the detection of the location and depth of the cracks. alkayem and cao [114] 2018 the comparison of the performances of five optimization algorithms, namely pso, ga, de, lévy flight–de (lfde), and elitist artificial bee colony–pso (eabcpso), is conducted in terms of accuracy, consistency, and computational cost. this paper introduces a hybrid objective function consisting of the modal strain energy and the mode shape residuals with the weighting factors. iasc-asce benchmark structure the results of this study could be summarized as follows: i) numerous false members were detected by ga. ii) pso provides an accurate detection compared to ga and p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 473 de. however, pso is not reliable for several runs. iii) the consistency and accuracy of the standard version of pso and de were improved by eabcpso and lfde, respectively. iv) eabcpso is more accurate than lfde. additionally, lfde is more timeconsuming than eabcpso. chen and yu [115] 2018 nm is embedded into pso to enhance the global searching ability of the standard pso in damage detection problems. natural frequencies and mode shapes are adopted to organize the objective function. monte carlo simulations are initially used to find useful control parameters for pso. then, the proposed objective function is minimized by pso-nm in order to obtain optimal solutions. simply supported beam the experimental and numerical investigations prove the efficiency of monte carlo simulations in determining the control parameters of pso. moreover, the effectiveness of nm in combination with pso was confirmed once more by this study. xu et al. [116] 8201 pso is only able to minimize the single objective functions. hence, the multi-objective pso (mopso) is employed to minimize the discrepancy between the dynamic characteristics in the two objective functions simultaneously. an iterative two-stage methodology combination of msebi and mopso is suggested for the structural damage assessment. in the first stage, only the damaged members are located. the second stage attempts to predict the severity of the damaged elements. 3-d offshore platform the main novelty of this approach is the use of the iterative msebi to localize the damage, which can detect the damaged members more accurately than those obtained by the noniterative msebi. in conclusion, the introduced method consists of msebi, and mopso effectively detects the damage and its severity under noisy conditions and incomplete measurements. alkayem et al. [117] 2019 this study proposes a hybrid optimization techniques namely, sca and pso (scapso) to produce a new and reliable algorithm with better searching capabilities. an objective function containing the mode shape curvature (msc) and modal strain energy (msten) is considered to formulate the damage detection problem as an optimization paradigm. irregular-shape structures the numerical assessments illustrate the capability of this method in detecting the damages with a relatively low computational cost. jebieshia et al. [118] 2019 as a result of balancing the influence of both global and the weighted sum of the squared errors between the laminated composite beam this methodology successfully detected p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 474 local search directions, both exploitation and exploration capabilities have been improved by upso. therefore, this paper applies this algorithm to handle the optimization problem of damage detection. calculated and measured natural frequencies (only for the first few modes) is considered to form the objective function. laminated composite plate and quantified the single and multiple damages with acceptable accuracy. however, the objective function can be enriched by additional modal properties such as mode shapes or frf for precise damage recognition. huang et al. [119] 2019 the previous studies have come along with drawbacks such as slow convergence rate, easily entrapped in the local optimum, and relatively low tolerance to noise when the pso and cuckoo search are applied as an optimizer. consequently, the said drawbacks and the impact of the temperature variations are addressed by introducing psocs algorithms. the objective function based on natural frequency, modal strain energy, and mac is minimized through pso, cs, and pso-cs. simply supported beam iasc-asce benchmark structure the pso–cs could identify the damage characteristics more robustly than cs and pso while exposed to noisy inputs and temperature variations. huang et al. [120] 2019 the bare-bones pso (bbpso) is a simple yet robust variant of pso. however, bbpso is easily entrapped into the local optimum like other variants of pso. hence, bbpso with double jump (bbpsodj) is presented to address this weakness. an objective function is established by considering l1-norm regularization and integrating the widely used dynamic characteristics, natural frequencies, and mode shapes. planar truss shear frame the numerical and experimental evaluations on a 31-bar plane truss and a threestory shear frame report the superiority of bbpsodj compared to pso, bbpso, and ga. ghannadi and kourehli [121] 2019 this study formulates the damage detection problems as an optimization paradigm via pso and moth-flame optimization (mfo). the hybridization of mac flexibility and natural frequencies has been adopted as an objective function. planar truss shear frame the results obtained by mfo are more promising than those obtained by pso, while only the first few modes are introduced to the objective function, and the modal characteristics are contaminated by a certain percentage of the noise level. ghannadi and kourehli [40] 2019 this study compares the capability of pso and salp swarm algorithm (ssa) for fem updating and subsequent damage detection. the fem updating and damage detection have been conducted using the minimization of an objective function based on the natural frequency vector assurance criterion (nfvac) and natural frequencies. shear frames in this study, the advantages of ssa have been concluded in terms of fem updating and damage detection for multi-story shear buildings. mishra et al. [122] 2019 this study evaluates the effectiveness of upso and ant lion optimization (alo) in detecting the damages exerted on the structural members. two objective functions are employed in this article. the first one only minimizes the differences between the measured and calculated natural cantilever beam planar truss shear frame the benchmarking studies for numerical and experimental examples indicate the efficiency of alo. alo provides reliable p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 475 frequencies. then, the first objective function is extended with the mode shape components. space truss results with less standard deviation in convergence curves. mishra et al. [123] 2019 this study makes a comparison between ten optimization algorithms, including upso, artificial bee colony (abc), scout upso (supso), ant colony optimization (aco), cultural algorithm (ca), grasshopper optimization algorithm (goa), multiverse optimizer (mvo), gray wolf optimizer (gwo), ssa, teaching-learning-based optimization (tlbo) considering the accuracy of the identified damages, convergence rate, success rates and the computation time. the objective function is established by combining natural frequencies and their corresponding mode shapes. large-scale space trusses the only optimization algorithm that could provide satisfactory outcomes in terms of accuracy, success rates, computation time, and convergence rate is tlbo. huang et al. [124] 2019 the applicability of the recently published pso-cs algorithm [119] is benchmarked by classical functions such as sphere, rosenbrock, rastrigin, and schaffer. afterward, the same methodology proposed by huang et al. [119] is used for damage detection of the i-40 bridge with field measurements and considering the temperature variations. in order to address the impact of the temperature variations on the dynamic responses, the temperature changes are modeled by alterations in the elastic modulus of steel and concrete. the same objective function designed by huang et al. [119] is employed once more (containing natural frequency, modal strain energy, and mac). simply supported i-40 bridge the hybrid pso-cs can minimize the benchmark functions and finding the optimal solutions. besides, for damage detection under the temperature variations, the performance of hybrid pso-cs and hybrid objective function is validated when exposed to the field measurements. khatir et al. [125] 2019 this study presents a multi-step approach combined with the isogeometric analysis (iga), cornwell indicator (ci), anns, and pso to accurately detect the location and extent of the damage with low computational time when numerical models are assembled with a large number of dofs. in the first step, a threelayer composite plate is modeled by iga, and ci is applied to detect the damaged locations. in the second step, and following the elimination of the healthy members detected in the previous step, an objective function is defined using ci, and damage severities are identified during an iterative optimization procedure through pso. in the third step, anns are employed to reduce computational time in identifying the damage severities. to train anns, ci is considered the input, whereas damage severities and locations are considered the targets. laminated composite plate in the first step, where ci and iga are used, the damaged members are recognized quickly and accurately. in the second step, following the elimination of the healthy members detected in the first step, the combination of pso and ci estimates the severity of the damages. the computational time for the second step is about 6 hours. in the third step, anns are successfully applied to address the challenge of the long computational time of the second step and decrease the computational time to about 25 seconds. p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 476 wang et al. [126] 2020 the optimization algorithms often function properly to find the optimal solutions when the search area is small. in this study, an iterative two-stage strategy is introduced. firstly, the potentially damaged members are detected. then, three optimization algorithms, including pso, ga, and beetle antenna search (bas), are organized in the narrow search area to find the damage's exact severity. a new damage localization index called the modal energy-based index (mebi) is utilized to classify the damaged members. afterward, three objective functions based on the modal flexibility, the integration of natural frequencies and mode shapes, and also msebi are solved by pso, ga, and bas to determine the exact severity of the damaged elements. 3-d offshore platform cantilever beam to detect the damaged members, the new damage localization index (mebi) performs better than the conventional damage localization index (msebi). msebi is selected as the best objective function. bas is more efficient than ga and pso in terms of the computational time. zenzen et al. [127] 2020 the main contribution of this article is implementing the transmissibility concept into the objective function and developing a new index. pso is also used to minimize the objective function as the optimization algorithm. a new objective function is formulated by replacing the transmissibility with the mode shape vectors in the mac formulation. planar truss the methodology used for solving the inverse problem of detecting the damage in a plane truss with 25 members is efficient for single and multiple damage scenarios. tran-ngoc et al. [128] 2020 in order to handle the premature convergence as a fundamental challenge of standard pso, an improved version of pso combined with the orthogonal diagonalization (od) is utilized. young's modulus of truss members and the stiffness of 8 springs under bearings are updated through the newly developed hybrid pso and an objective function with natural frequencies and mode shapes as inputs. guadalquivir railway bridge the upgraded version of pso not only accurately updates fem but also significantly decreases computational costs. guo et al. [129] 2020 this study presents a two-step process of damage detection and quantification based on ipso and wavelet transform. a comparative study of ipso, standard pso, ga, and bat algorithm (ba) is also conducted to identify the severity of the damaged members. in the first step, the damaged members are detected by wavelet transform. then, to estimate the extent of the structural damage, the optimization algorithms are applied to minimize the discrepancy between the measured and calculated modal characteristics (natural frequencies and mode shapes). clampedclamped beam plane portal frame the damaged location can be accurately detected by wavelet transform under different noise levels. ipso is not entrapped into the local optimums and can accurately predict the severities of the damaged members. hence, the combination of wavelet transform and ipso could provide a practical tool for structural health monitoring purposes. fathnejat and ahmadinedushan [130] 2020 the damage location and its severity are detected through the two-stage approach. the first stage is designed for the localization of the damaged members, whereas the second stage is outlined to estimate the extent of the damage. the damaged members are classified by msebi at the first stage. in the second stage, anns (cascade feed-forward neural network (cfnn) and the group method of data handling network (gmdhn)) are used in combination with the optimization procedure space truss double layer grid similar to the previous studies, msebi is an efficient criterion for damage localization. to identify the damage severity, pso outperforms cbo and ba. to identify the damage severity, an integration of pso with both p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 477 (pso, ba, and colliding bodies optimization (cbo)) to generate a surrogate of the fem and reach a short computational time. cfnn and gmdhn provides the same level of accuracy. however, where gmdhn is used, the computational time is significantly less than that of cfnn. barman et al. [131] 2020 to improve upso in terms of accuracy and convergence rate, a new version of the combination of the standard continuous upso and binary upso (mixed upso) is introduced to be employed in a two-stage method for the delamination assessment in composite structures. the locations of the delamination cases are initially detected through the msc index. then, the interface of the delamination cases is estimated by minimizing an objective function relying on the changes in natural frequencies and mode shapes. laminate composite beam laminate composite plate the overall results of this paper demonstrate a superior accuracy for the localization of the single and multiple delamination cases and their interface, while the modal components are contaminated by a certain level of noise. table 2: a review on the application of pso on the structural damage detection. figure 4: number of publications in the area of structural damage detection based on pso a classification by year. the number of publications on structural damage identification using pso is shown in fig. 4. it can be observed that the considerable developments in optimization-based damage detection methodologies have been conducted in the last decade. fig. 5 presents the contribution of the publications in the fields of crack detection, fem updating, damage detection, fem updating and subsequent damage detection. it can be easily realized that the main contribution of recently published papers is damage detection. then, the combination of fem updating and damage detection is the frequently used methodology. figure 5: contribution of the publications in the fields of crack detection, damage detection, fem updating, and fem updating+damage detection 0 5 10 15 20 25 2005-2010 2011-2016 2017-2020 n u m b er o f p u b li ca ti o n s year p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 478 the percentage of utilized structures to illustrate the performance of proposed methodologies in the publications is shown in fig. 6. as given in fig. 6, beam-like structures are the most utilized example in order to verify the different methodologies in the area of structural damage identification. figure 6: the percentage of utilized structures to demonstrate the efficiency of proposed methodologies in the publications in recent years, single-step, two-step, and multiple-step methods have been proposed by different researchers. fig. 7 shows the percentage of each method. it is clear that the single-step methods are the most utilized techniques. however, two-step and multiple-step methods have been developed to provide better accuracy for damage identification. figure 7: the percentage of employed single-step, two-step, and multiple-step methods in the publications shear frame 9% plane frame 15% beam-like structures 35% plate-like structures 6% planar truss 14% space truss 6% bridge 5% other structures 10% single-step 71% two-step 25% multiple-step 4% p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 479 the utilized two-step methods are classified in fig. 8. a large number of two-step methods are related to the combination of modal strain energy-based methods and pso. figure 8: the classification of different two-step methods by number of publications as mentioned earlier, objective functions and optimization algorithms play a crucial role in identifying accurate results in structural damage detection problems. fig. 9 and fig. 10 illustrate the classification of utilized objective functions and different variants of pso by the number of publications. as shown in fig. 9, the most utilized objective functions are based on natural frequencies, natural frequencies + mac, and natural frequencies + mode shapes, respectively. fig. 10 presents four algorithms, including pso, upso, ipso, and pso-nm, which have repeatedly been applied to detect structural damages. figure 9: the classification of utilized objective functions by the number of publications. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 modal strain energy + pso wavelet transform + pso other methods + pso modal flexibility + pso mode shape curvature + pso 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 natural frequencies natural frequencies + mac natural frequencies + mode shapes modal flexibility mdlac mode shapes frfs time-series modal strain energy natural frequencies + modal strain energy + mac natural frequencies + nfvac natural frequencies + modal flexibility mac modal strain energy + mac natural frequencies + displacements natural frequencies + modal strain energy natural frequencies + modal strain energy + modal flexibility modal curvature modal curvature + modal strain energy cornwell indicator transmissibility p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 480 figure 10: the classification of different variants of pso by the number of publications discussion o quickly and suitably provide the possibility of understanding the main points put forward by the existing studies conducted between 2005 and 2020, this section provides various questions and answers. a) why are the different variants of pso developed? after investigating more than 50 studies, it could be claimed that the standard pso has some drawbacks in terms of solving damage detection problems. for instance, the basic pso is easily entrapped in local optimum, and the premature convergence is a fundamental problem of the standard pso. therefore, some modified versions are proposed to improve the performance of the standard pso. additionally, some modified versions try to lower the computational time. b) why are the two-step methods frequently implemented for damage detection methodologies? for the large-scale damage detection problems formulated as an optimization scheme, there is an enormous search area to detect the optimal design variables. most optimization algorithms cannot function properly when exposed to a large number of variables. therefore, several two-step methods are proposed to enhance the performance of the optimization algorithms by narrowing the search area. for example, the damage localization methods such as msebi, msc, and wavelet transform are practiced in some studies. hence, the number of design variables drops by eliminating the healthy members. in the second step, the optimization algorithms are employed to measure the severity of the damage by minimizing the objective functions. in conclusion, the damage localization methods are efficient for improving the performance of the optimization algorithms and the accuracy of the damage evaluation. c) which one of the damage localization methods are frequently used in two-step methods? among various damage localization methods, msebi is the most popular. it should be noted that the new damage localization index called mebi was introduced by wang et al [126]. mebi is similar to msebi, yet it provides accurate outcomes. d) can robust results be achieved without improving the pso algorithm? in a study conducted by shabbir and omenzetter [98] , the combination of snt with objective function could present robust results for fem of the large-scale structures. it should be emphasized that the main contribution of this paper is adjusting the objective function after every solution without any improvement in pso search strategy. e) based on the analysis performed on the previous studies, does pso always provide more accurate results compared to ga? how about the computational time? 0 5 10 15 20 pso upso ipso pso–nm modified pso iepso improved pso-nm pso–cs psos hybrid ga-pso incremental pso revised pso mpsco pso-cca dpso bp-pso-ms eabcpso mopso scapso bbpsodj supso t p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 481 ga is one of the earliest optimization algorithms, and according to the analysis of the studies conducted between 2005 and 2020, it has been extensively applied to structural damage detection problems. some studies have compared the efficiency of pso with that of ga in terms of accuracy and computational time. based on the analysis made in the previous studies, it could be concluded that pso is capable of determining the damage characteristics with high accuracy and short computational time compared to ga. f) based on the analysis made in the previous studies, do frequency-based objective functions suffice for accurate damage detection? can you elaborate more on the popular and extensively used objective functions? according to the analysis made in the previous studies, some methodologies use a frequency-based objective function. generally, it can be summarized that natural frequencies do not fully suffice for damage detection. especially, the damage detection accuracy declines in complex structures such as laminated composites, as well as the multiple damage scenarios. several objective functions are defined by the combination of natural frequencies and mode shapes, modal flexibility, mdlac, mac, nfvac, strain energy, etc. among the aforementioned objective functions, the combination of the natural frequencies and the mode shapes (or mac) is a frequently used objective function with acceptable accuracy in complex structures. g) what is the perspective of pso considering the novel and robust nature-inspired optimization algorithms? as nikola tesla said: “the key to innovation is combining old ideas in new ways”. today, numerous novel optimization algorithms have been developed, improved, and enhanced by the inspiration of the swarm behavior of pso. since 2014 to date, new generations of optimization algorithms such as gwo [132], mfo [133], ssa [134], mvo [135], alo [136], water strider algorithm (wsa) [137], plasma generation optimization (pgo) [138], vibrating particles system (vps) [139], thermal exchange optimization (teo) [140] have been introduced. for structural damage identification, successful applications of gwo [38,141], mfo [121,142], ssa [40], mvo [39], alo [122], wsa [143,144], pgo [145], vps [146], and teo [147] have been reported during the past years. these algorithms have some major advantages as follows: i) the possibility of easy practice for different problems ii) there are few control parameters to begin the optimization procedure and have powerful exploration and exploitation capabilities. alongside the new nature-inspired optimization algorithms, different versions of pso are constantly being released and are still effective in structural damage detection problems. h) how many control parameters are there for pso? how could the best values be determined for them? generally, to begin the optimization process complying (see fig. 3), four control parameters, including the number of particles (n), the maximum number of iterations (tmax), cognitive coefficient (c1), and social coefficient (c2) are required. to avoid the velocity explosion [148], an inertia weight is introduced, and eq (4) can be rewritten as follows [75]:            1 1 2 21 1      i i i i iv t t v t c p x t r c g x t r (5) where  1 t represents the inertia weight at the (t + 1)th iteration of the algorithm. the inertia weight can be defined by dynamic adjustment strategies or considered as a constant value. the definition of a linearly decreasing inertia weight, according to eq (6), can provide reliable results in most engineering cases [75].   max minmax max       t t t (6) several authors [87,88] inserted min = 0.4 and max = 0.9 in eq (6). these are the uncertain parameters with a significant influence on the convergence rate. most of the papers published in the context of damage identification, update the particle velocity by eq (5) and implement the linearly decreasing inertia weight. hence, the basic or standard pso is known by considering this modification, and a flexible matlab code can be found in ref. [149]. in summary, the control parameters for the optimization algorithms are usually selected empirically and through trialand-error methods. however, chen and yu determined the optimal values for the inertia weight, cognitive coefficient, and social coefficient by monte carlo simulation [115]. i) according to the analyzed studies, how could the computation time of pso be lowered when optimizing a large number of variables? p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 482 as mentioned earlier, the two-step methods have initially detected the potentially damaged members. then, the optimization algorithms could swiftly determine the accurate severity of the damaged elements. fem of the composite structures includes a large number of dofs. hence, khatir et al. [105] employed pod and rbf to construct a short model which lowers the computation time consumed by the optimization procedure. the results obtained by some of the studies show that the combination of anns and optimization algorithms can significantly decrease the computational time. for example, khatir et al. [125], fathnejat and ahmadi-nedushan [130] have suggested hybrid methodologies. conclusions ne of the important tools for shm systems is damage detection techniques. the model-based damage detection methods have received extensive attention among other types of vibration-based methods. because model-based methods could identify the severity and the location of the damage. in iterative model-based methods, the vector of the design variables, including both severity and location of the damages, is achieved through minimizing an objective function by the optimization algorithms. similar to other optimization based-problems, the accuracy of the detected damages is also significantly influenced by the capability of the optimization algorithm. it should be noted that the utilized objective function is another important matter. in recent years, pso and its modified versions have been widely applied to optimization-based damage detection problems as a pioneering optimization approach. this paper analyses available publications released between 2005 and 2020 and discusses them in terms of methodologies, objectives, and results. finally, the following conclusions can be drawn: (i) in general, premature convergence is a fundamental problem of the basic pso, and this drawback deteriorates the accuracy of the damage detection, especially in complex structures with multiple damage scenarios. hence, several variants of pso have been developed to address this disadvantage. tab. 2 presents more information about the di fferent modified versions of pso. (ii) according to tab. 2, many publications have proposed two-step damage detection methodologies. the first step d etects the damaged members using damage localization techniques such as wavelet transform, msebi, and msc. after eliminating the undamaged members, the extent of the damage is estimated through an optimization operati on. in summary, the two-step method lowers the number of the design variables since pso cannot function prop erly to tackle the optimization problems in a large search space. (iii) based on the analyzed publications (2005-2020), pso yields accurate results with low computational time compared with those obtained by ga. (iv) as mentioned before, the utilized objective functions play a vital role in optimization problems. shabbir and omenzetter [98] have adjusted the objective function with snt and presented enhanced results without modifying the standard pso. the overall investigations show that frequency-based objective functions are not suf ficient for damage detection in complex structures. the most popular objective function with adequate accuracy is the combination of natural frequencies and mode shapes (or mac). (v) to start the optimization procedure with the standard pso, the number of particles (n), the maximum number of iterations (tmax), cognitive coefficient (c1), social coefficient (c2), and the inertia weight ( min and max ) should be determined. considering six uncertain parameters, establishing a desirable combination of the control parameters may be challenging. (vi) regarding the computational time, where the two-step methods are used, the elapsed time dramatically lowers because optimizing a low number of variables requires short computational time. the combination of anns and optimization algorithms, as well as the use of the reduced models by pod and rbf, are other methods could reduce the computational time. future directions i) recently some hybrid algorithms based on pso and gwo have been developed [150–152]. due to the successful application of both pso and gwo, a hybrid algorithm maybe provides more efficient results for structural damage detection problems. there are also hybrid algorithms based on pso and other nature-inspired optimization techniques such as mfo [153], mvo [154], and ssa [155]. o p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 483 ii) as recently mentioned, objective functions play a significant role in accurate damage detection. therefore, it is necessary to present a comparative study between different objective functions based on natural frequencies, mode shapes, modal strain energy, mac, mtmac, nfvac, etc. iii) according to tab. 2, many studies focused on damage detection of small-scale structures. complexity is a fundamental challenge in shm. therefore, researchers should be addressed real-world damage detection problems and provide practical methodologies. iv) to overcome the incomplete modal data in damage detection problems, fem reduction techniques have been applied by most studies. presenting a comparative study between fem reduction and mode shape expansion methods can be an attractive topic for future works. references [1] jafarkhani, r., masri, s.f. (2011). finite element model updating using evolutionary strategy for damage detection, comput. civ. infrastruct. eng., 26(3), pp. 207–224. [2] mariniello, g., pastore, t., menna, c., festa, p., asprone, d. (2020). structural damage detection and localization using decision tree ensemble and vibration data, comput. civ. infrastruct. eng.. [3] mousavi, m., gandomi, a.h. (2016). a hybrid damage detection method using dynamic-reduction transformation matrix and modal force error, eng. struct., 111, pp. 425–434. [4] urlainis, a., shohet, i.m., levy, r., ornai, d., vilnay, o. (2014). damage in critical infrastructures due to natural and man-made extreme events–a critical review, procedia eng., 85, pp. 529–35. [5] amezquita-sanchez, j.p., adeli, h. (2016). signal processing techniques for vibration-based health monitoring of smart structures, arch. comput. methods eng., 23(1), pp. 1–15. [6] furukawa, a., otsuka, h., kiyono, j. (2006). structural damage detection method using uncertain frequency response functions, comput. civ. infrastruct. eng., 21(4), pp. 292–305. [7] chen, h.-p., ni, y.-q. (2018). structural health monitoring of large civil engineering structures, wiley online library. [8] rafiei, m.h., adeli, h. (2017). a novel machine learning-based algorithm to detect damage in high-rise building structures, struct. des. tall spec. build., 26(18), pp. e1400. [9] fan, w., qiao, p. (2011). vibration-based damage identification methods: a review and comparative study, struct. heal. monit., 10(1), pp. 83–111. [10] ghannadi, p., kourehli, s.s. (2018). investigation of the accuracy of different finite element model reduction techniques, struct. monit. maint., 5(3), pp. 417. [11] ghannadi, p., kourehli, s.s. (2019). data-driven method of damage detection using sparse sensors installation by serepa, j. civ. struct. heal. monit., 9(4), pp. 459–475. [12] ghannadi, p., kourehli, s.s. (2021). an effective method for damage assessment based on limited measured locations in skeletal structures, adv. struct. eng., 24(1), pp. 183–195. [13] dinh-cong, d., truong, t.t., nguyen-thoi, t. (2021). a comparative study of different dynamic condensation techniques applied to multi-damage identification of fgm and fg-cntrc plates, eng. comput., , pp. 1–25. [14] kourehli, s.s. (2018). prediction of unmeasured mode shapes and structural damage detection using least squares support vector machine, struct. monit. maint., 5(3), pp. 379–390. [15] chen, y., logan, p., avitabile, p., dodson, j. (2019). non-model based expansion from limited points to an augmented set of points using chebyshev polynomials, exp. tech., 43(5), pp. 521–543. [16] chen, y., avitabile, p., page, c., dodson, j. (2021). a polynomial based dynamic expansion and data consistency assessment and modification for cylindrical shell structures, mech. syst. signal process., 154, pp. 107574. [17] sarmadi, h., entezami, a., ghalehnovi, m. (2020). on model-based damage detection by an enhanced sensitivity function of modal flexibility and lsmr-tikhonov method under incomplete noisy modal data, eng. comput., pp. 1–17. [18] rezaiee-pajand, m., entezami, a., sarmadi, h. (2020). a sensitivity-based finite element model updating based on unconstrained optimization problem and regularized solution methods, struct. control heal. monit., 27(5), pp. e2481. [19] mashayekhi, m., santini-bell, e. (2019). three-dimensional multiscale finite element models for in-service performance assessment of bridges, comput. civ. infrastruct. eng., 34(5), pp. 385–401. [20] mashayekhi, m., santini-bell, e. (2020). fatigue assessment of a complex welded steel bridge connection utilizing a p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 484 three-dimensional multi-scale finite element model and hotspot stress method, eng. struct., 214, pp. 110624. [21] shabbir, f., omenzetter, p. (2016). model updating using genetic algorithms with sequential niche technique, eng. struct., 120, pp. 166–182. [22] yang, y.b., chen, y.j. (2009). a new direct method for updating structural models based on measured modal data, eng. struct., 31(1), pp. 32–42. [23] friswell, m., mottershead, j.e. (2013). finite element model updating in structural dynamics, 38, springer science & business media. [24] mottershead, j.e., friswell, m.i. (1993). model updating in structural dynamics: a survey, j. sound vib., 167(2), pp. 347–375. [25] mottershead, j.e., link, m., friswell, m.i. (2011). the sensitivity method in finite element model updating: a tutorial, mech. syst. signal process., 25(7), pp. 2275–2296. [26] tran-ngoc, h., khatir, s., le-xuan, t., de roeck, g., bui-tien, t., wahab, m.a. (2021). finite element model updating of a multispan bridge with a hybrid metaheuristic search algorithm using experimental data from wireless triaxial sensors, eng. comput., pp. 1–19. [27] ho, l. v., khatir, s., roeck, g.d., bui-tien, t., wahab, m.a. (2020). finite element model updating of a cablestayed bridge using metaheuristic algorithms combined with morris method for sensitivity analysis, smart struct. syst., 26(4), pp. 451–468. [28] hoa, t.n., khatir, s., de roeck, g., long, n.n., thanh, b.t., wahab, m.a. (2020). an efficient approach for model updating of a large-scale cable-stayed bridge using ambient vibration measurements combined with a hybrid metaheuristic search algorithm, smart struct. syst., 25(4), pp. 487–499. [29] rezaiee-pajand, m., sarmadi, h., entezami, a. (2021). a hybrid sensitivity function and lanczos bidiagonalizationtikhonov method for structural model updating: application to a full-scale bridge structure, appl. math. model., 89, pp. 860–884. [30] pan, y., ventura, c.e., xiong, h., zhang, f.-l. (2020). model updating and seismic response of a super tall building in shanghai, comput. struct., 239, pp. 106285. [31] zhu, h., li, j., tian, w., weng, s., peng, y., zhang, z., chen, z. (2021). an enhanced substructure-based response sensitivity method for finite element model updating of large-scale structures, mech. syst. signal process., 154, pp. 107359. [32] marwala, t., boulkaibet, i., adhikari, s. (2016). probabilistic finite element model updating using bayesian statistics: applications to aeronautical and mechanical engineering, john wiley & sons. [33] carvalho, j., datta, b.n., gupta, a., lagadapati, m. (2007). a direct method for model updating with incomplete measured data and without spurious modes, mech. syst. signal process., 21(7), pp. 2715–2731. [34] yang, y.b., chen, y.j., hsu, t.w. (2009). direct updating method for structural models based on orthogonality constraints, mech. adv. mater. struct., 16(5), pp. 390–401. [35] chen, h.-p., maung, t.s. (2014). regularised finite element model updating using measured incomplete modal data, j. sound vib., 333(21), pp. 5566–5582. [36] sarmadi, h., karamodin, a., entezami, a. (2016). a new iterative model updating technique based on least squares minimal residual method using measured modal data, appl. math. model., 40(23–24), pp. 10323–10341. [37] tran-ngoc, h., khatir, s., de roeck, g., bui-tien, t., nguyen-ngoc, l., abdel wahab, m. (2018). model updating for nam o bridge using particle swarm optimization algorithm and genetic algorithm, sensors, 18(12), pp. 4131. [38] ghannadi, p., kourehli, s.s., noori, m., altabey, w.a. (2020). efficiency of grey wolf optimization algorithm for damage detection of skeletal structures via expanded mode shapes, adv. struct. eng., 23(13), pp. 2850–2865. [39] ghannadi, p., kourehli, s.s. (2020). multiverse optimizer for structural damage detection: numerical study and experimental validation, struct. des. tall spec. build., 29(13), pp. e1777. [40] ghannadi, p., kourehli, s.s. (2019). model updating and damage detection in multi-story shear frames using salp swarm algorithm, earthquakes struct., 17(1), pp. 63–73. [41] ding, z., li, j., hao, h. (2019). structural damage identification using improved jaya algorithm based on sparse regularization and bayesian inference, mech. syst. signal process., 132, pp. 211–231. [42] dinh-cong, d., nguyen-thoi, t., nguyen, d.t. (2020). a fe model updating technique based on sap2000-oapi and enhanced sos algorithm for damage assessment of full-scale structures, appl. soft comput., 89, pp. 106100. [43] shabbir, f., khan, m.i., ahmad, n., tahir, m.f., ejaz, n., hussain, j. (2017). structural damage detection with different objective functions in noisy conditions using an evolutionary algorithm, appl. sci., 7(12), pp. 1245. [44] samir, k., idir, b., serra, r., brahim, b., aicha, a. (2015).genetic algorithm based objective functions comparative study for damage detection and localization in beam structures. journal of physics: conference series, 628, iop p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 485 publishing, p. 12035. [45] li, x.-l., serra, r., olivier, j. (2021). performance of fitness functions based on natural frequencies in defect detection using the standard pso-fem approach, shock vib.. [46] hosseini, s.m., ghodrati amiri, g.h., mohamadi dehcheshmeh, m. (2020). efficiency evaluation of proposed objective functions in structural damage detection based on modal strain energy and flexibility approaches, int. j. optim. civ. eng., 10(1), pp. 71–90. [47] friswellt, m.i., penny, j.e.t., lindfield, g. (1995). the location of damage from vibration data using genetic algorithms, in pract., 1111001, pp. 1000001. [48] friswell, m.i., penny, j.e.t., garvey, s.d. (1998). a combined genetic and eigensensitivity algorithm for the location of damage in structures, comput. struct., 69(5), pp. 547–556. [49] ruotolo, r., surace, c. (1997). damage assessment of multiple cracked beams: numerical results and experimental validation, j. sound vib., 206(4), pp. 567–588. [50] mares, c., surace, c. (1996). an application of genetic algorithms to identify damage in elastic structures, j. sound vib., 195(2), pp. 195–215. [51] kashani, a.r., gandomi, m., camp, c. v., rostamian, m., gandomi, a.h. (2020). metaheuristics in civil engineering: a review, 1, 1(1), pp. 19. [52] kennedy, j., eberhart, r. (1995).particle swarm optimization. proceedings of icnn’95-international conference on neural networks, vol. 4, ieee, pp. 1942–1948. [53] poli, r. (2008). analysis of the publications on the applications of particle swarm optimisation, j. artif. evol. appl. [54] mahor, a., prasad, v., rangnekar, s. (2009). economic dispatch using particle swarm optimization: a review, renew. sustain. energy rev., 13(8), pp. 2134–2341. [55] rana, s., jasola, s., kumar, r. (2011). a review on particle swarm optimization algorithms and their applications to data clustering, artif. intell. rev., 35(3), pp. 211–22. [56] yusup, n., zain, a.m., hashim, s.z.m. (2012). overview of pso for optimizing process parameters of machining, procedia eng., 29, pp. 914–923. [57] sarkar, s., roy, a., purkayastha, b.s. (2013). application of particle swarm optimization in data clustering: a survey, int. j. comput. appl., 65(25). [58] esmin, a.a.a., coelho, r.a., matwin, s. (2015). a review on particle swarm optimization algorithm and its variants to clustering high-dimensional data, artif. intell. rev., 44(1), pp. 23–45. [59] lalwani, s., singhal, s., kumar, r., gupta, n. (2013). a comprehensive survey: applications of multi-objective particle swarm optimization (mopso) algorithm, trans. comb., 2(1), pp. 39–101. [60] gopalakrishnan, k. (2013). particle swarm optimization in civil infrastructure systems: state-of-the-art review, metaheuristic appl. struct. infrastructures, , pp. 49–76. [61] ghorpade-aher, j., bagdiya, r. (2014). a review on clustering web data using pso, int. j. comput. appl., 108(6), pp. 31–36. [62] saini, s., bt awang rambli, d.r., zakaria, m.n.b., bt sulaiman, s. (2014). a review on particle swarm optimization algorithm and its variants to human motion tracking, math. probl. eng. [63] alam, s., dobbie, g., koh, y.s., riddle, p., rehman, s.u. (2014). research on particle swarm optimization based clustering: a systematic review of literature and techniques, swarm evol. comput., 17, pp. 1–13. [64] kulkarni, m.n.k., patekar, m.s., bhoskar, m.t., kulkarni, m.o., kakandikar, g.m., nandedkar, v.m. (2015). particle swarm optimization applications to mechanical engineering-a review, mater. today proc., 2(4–5), pp. 2631– 2639. [65] zhang, y., wang, s., ji, g. (2015). a comprehensive survey on particle swarm optimization algorithm and its applications, math. probl. eng. [66] zhou, y., li, z., zhou, h., li, r. (2016).the application of pso in the power grid: a review. 2016 35th chinese control conference (ccc), ieee, pp. 10061–10066. [67] andrab, s.g., hekmat, a., yusop, z. bin. (2017). a review: evolutionary computations (ga and pso) in geotechnical engineering, comput. water, energy, environ. eng., 6(02), pp. 154. [68] pluhacek, m., senkerik, r., viktorin, a., kadavy, t., zelinka, i. (2017). a review of real-world applications of particle swarm optimization algorithm. international conference on advanced engineering theory and applications, springer, pp. 115–122. [69] elsheikh, a.h., abd elaziz, m. (2019). review on applications of particle swarm optimization in solar energy systems, int. j. environ. sci. technol., 16(2), pp. 1159–1170. [70] hajihassani, m., armaghani, d.j., kalatehjari, r. (2018). applications of particle swarm optimization in geotechnical p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 486 engineering: a comprehensive review, geotech. geol. eng., 36(2), pp. 705–722. [71] elbes, m., alzubi, s., kanan, t., al-fuqaha, a., hawashin, b. (2019). a survey on particle swarm optimization with emphasis on engineering and network applications, evol. intell., 12(2), pp. 113–129. [72] sibalija, t. v. (2019). particle swarm optimisation in designing parameters of manufacturing processes: a review (2008–2018), appl. soft comput., 84, pp. 105743. [73] jahandideh-tehrani, m., bozorg-haddad, o., loáiciga, h.a. (2020). application of particle swarm optimization to water management: an introduction and overview, environ. monit. assess., 192(5), pp. 1–18. [74] kashani, a.r., chiong, r., mirjalili, s., gandomi, a.h. (2020). particle swarm optimization variants for solving geotechnical problems: review and comparative analysis, arch. comput. methods eng., pp. 1–57. [75] marini, f., walczak, b. (2015). particle swarm optimization (pso). a tutorial, chemom. intell. lab. syst., 149, pp. 153–165. [76] wang, d., tan, d., liu, l. (2018). particle swarm optimization algorithm: an overview, soft comput., 22(2), pp. 387–408. [77] mouser, c.r., dunn, s.a. (2005). comparing genetic algorithms and particle swarm optimisation for an inverse problem exercise, anziam j., 46, pp. c89–101. [78] saada, m.m., arafa, m.h., nassef, a.o. (2008).finite element model updating approach to damage identification in beams using particle swarm optimization. international design engineering technical conferences and computers and information in engineering conference, 43253, pp. 521–530. [79] yu, l., wan, z. (2008).an improved pso algorithm and its application to structural damage detection. 2008 fourth international conference on natural computation, 1, ieee, pp. 423–427. [80] begambre, o., laier, j.e. (2009). a hybrid particle swarm optimization–simplex algorithm (psos) for structural damage identification, adv. eng. softw., 40(9), pp. 883–891. [81] yu, l., chen, x. (2010). bridge damage identification by combining modal flexibility and pso methods. prognostics and system health management conference, ieee, pp. 1–6. [82] sandesh, s., shankar, k. (2010). application of a hybrid of particle swarm and genetic algorithm for structural damage detection, inverse probl. sci. eng. former. inverse probl. eng., 18(7), pp. 997–1021. [83] liu, h.b., jiao, y.b., gong, y.f., bi, h.p., sun, y.y. (2011).damage identification for simply-supported bridge based on svm optimized by pso (pso-svm). applied mechanics and materials, vol. 80, trans tech publ, pp. 490–494. [84] gökdag, h., yildiz, a.r. (2012). structural damage detection using modal parameters and particle swarm optimization, mp mater. test., 54(6), pp. 416. [85] seyedpoor, s.m. (2012). a two stage method for structural damage detection using a modal strain energy based index and particle swarm optimization, int. j. non. linear. mech., 47(1), pp. 1–8. [86] baghmisheh, m.t.v., peimani, m., sadeghi, m.h., ettefagh, m.m., tabrizi, a.f. (2012). a hybrid particle swarm– nelder–mead optimization method for crack detection in cantilever beams, appl. soft comput., 12(8), pp. 2217– 2226. [87] xiang, j., liang, m. (2012). a two-step approach to multi-damage detection for plate structures, eng. fract. mech., 91, pp. 73–86. [88] kang, f., li, j., xu, q. (2012). damage detection based on improved particle swarm optimization using vibration data, appl. soft comput., 12(8), pp. 2329–2335. [89] nanda, b., maity, d., maiti, d.k. (2012). vibration based structural damage detection technique using particle swarm optimization with incremental swarm size, int. j. aeronaut. sp. sci., 13(3), pp. 323–331. [90] saada, m.m., arafa, m.h., nassef, a.o. (2013). finite element model updating approach to damage identification in beams using particle swarm optimization, eng. optim., 45(6), pp. 677–696. [91] kang, f., li, j., liu, s. (2013). combined data with particle swarm optimization for structural damage detection, math. probl. eng. [92] guo, h.y., li, z.l. (2014). structural damage identification based on evidence fusion and improved particle swarm optimization, j. vib. control, 20(9), pp. 1279–1292. [93] mohan, s.c., yadav, a., maiti, d.k., maity, d. (2014). a comparative study on crack identification of structures from the changes in natural frequencies using ga and pso, eng. comput. [94] nanda, b., maity, d., maiti, d.k. (2014). crack assessment in frame structures using modal data and unified particle swarm optimization technique, adv. struct. eng., 17(5), pp. 747–766. [95] nanda, b., maity, d., maiti, d.k. (2014). modal parameter based inverse approach for structural joint damage assessment using unified particle swarm optimization, appl. math. comput., 242, pp. 407–422. [96] ma, s.-l., jiang, s.-f., weng, l.-q. (2014). two-stage damage identification based on modal strain energy and revised p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 487 particle swarm optimization, int. j. struct. stab. dyn., 14(05), pp. 1440005. [97] jiang, s.-f., wu, s.-y., dong, l.-q. (2014). a time-domain structural damage detection method based on improved multiparticle swarm coevolution optimization algorithm, math. probl. eng. [98] shabbir, f., omenzetter, p. (2015). particle swarm optimization with sequential niche technique for dynamic finite element model updating, comput. civ. infrastruct. eng., 30(5), pp. 359–375. [99] liu, h., song, g., jiao, y., zhang, p., wang, x. (2014). damage identification of bridge based on modal flexibility and neural network improved by particle swarm optimization, math. probl. eng. [100] rasouli, a., ghodrati amiri, g., kheyroddin, a., ghafory-ashtiany, m., kourehli, s.s. (2014). a new method for damage prognosis based on incomplete modal data via an evolutionary algorithm, eur. j. environ. civ. eng., 18(3), pp. 253–270. [101] pal, j., banerjee, s. (2015). a combined modal strain energy and particle swarm optimization for health monitoring of structures, j. civ. struct. heal. monit., 5(4), pp. 353–363. [102] kaveh, a., maniat, m. (2015). damage detection based on mcss and pso using modal data, smart struct syst, 15(5), pp. 1253–1270. [103] chen, z., yu, l. (2015).a novel two-step intelligent algorithm for damage detection of beam-like structures. 2015 11th international conference on natural computation (icnc), ieee, pp. 633–638. [104] chen, z., yu, l. (2015).an improved pso-nm algorithm for structural damage detection. international conference in swarm intelligence, springer, pp. 124–132. [105] khatir, s., belaidi, i., serra, r., wahab, m.a., khatir, t. (2015). damage detection and localization in composite beam structures based on vibration analysis, mechanics, 21(6), pp. 472–479. [106] hosseinzadeh, a., ghodrati amiri, g., seyed razzaghi, s.a. (2017). model-based identification of damage from sparse sensor measurements using neumann series expansion, inverse probl. sci. eng., 25(2), pp. 239–259. [107] hosseinzadeh, a.z., amiri, g.g., razzaghi, s.a.s., koo, k.y., sung, s.-h. (2016). structural damage detection using sparse sensors installation by optimization procedure based on the modal flexibility matrix, j. sound vib., 381, pp. 65–82. [108] gerist, s., maheri, m.r. (2016). multi-stage approach for structural damage detection problem using basis pursuit and particle swarm optimization, j. sound vib., 384, pp. 210–226. [109] khatir, s., belaidi, i., khatir, t., hamrani, a., zhou, y.-l., wahab, m.a. (2017). multiple damage detection in composite beams using particle swarm optimization and genetic algorithm, mechanics, 23(4), pp. 514–521. [110] jebieshia, t.r., maity, d., maiti, d.k. (2017).damage detection of laminated composite shells using unified particle swarm optimization. proceedings of ictacem 2017 international conference on theoretical, applied, computational and experimental mechanics, pp. 28–30. [111] chen, z.p., yu, l. (2017). a novel pso-based algorithm for structural damage detection using bayesian multisample objective function, struct. eng. mech., 63(6), pp. 825–835. [112] luo, z., yu, l. (2017).pso-based sparse regularization approach for structural damage detection. 2017 13th international conference on natural computation, fuzzy systems and knowledge discovery (icnc-fskd), ieee, pp. 1033–1039. [113] khatir, s., dekemele, k., loccufier, m., khatir, t., wahab, m.a. (2018). crack identification method in beam-like structures using changes in experimentally measured frequencies and particle swarm optimization, comptes rendus mécanique, 346(2), pp. 110–120. [114] alkayem, n.f., cao, m. (2018). damage identification in three-dimensional structures using single-objective evolutionary algorithms and finite element model updating: evaluation and comparison, eng. optim., 50(10), pp. 1695–1714. [115] chen, z., yu, l. (2018). a new structural damage detection strategy of hybrid pso with monte carlo simulations and experimental verifications, measurement, 122, pp. 658–669. [116] xu, m., wang, s., jiang, y. (2019). iterative two-stage approach for identifying structural damage by combining the modal strain energy decomposition method with the multiobjective particle swarm optimization algorithm, struct. control heal. monit., 26(2), pp. e2301. [117] alkayem, n.f., cao, m., ragulskis, m. (2019). damage localization in irregular shape structures using intelligent fe model updating approach with a new hybrid objective function and social swarm algorithm, appl. soft comput., 83, pp. 105604. [118] jebieshia, t.r., maiti, d.k., maity, d. (2020). frequency-based damage assessment of composite members using unified particle swarm optimization, int. j. aeronaut. sp. sci., 21(1), pp. 63–79. [119] huang, m., cheng, s., zhang, h., gul, m., lu, h. (2019). structural damage identification under temperature p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 488 variations based on pso–cs hybrid algorithm, int. j. struct. stab. dyn., 19(11), pp. 1950139. [120] huang, m., lei, y., li, x. (2019). structural damage identification based on l1regularization and bare bones particle swarm optimization with double jump strategy, math. probl. eng. [121] ghannadi, p., kourehli, s.s. (2019). structural damage detection based on mac flexibility and frequency using moth-flame algorithm, struct. eng. mech., 70(6), pp. 649–659. [122] mishra, m., barman, s.k., maity, d., maiti, d.k. (2019). ant lion optimisation algorithm for structural damage detection using vibration data, j. civ. struct. heal. monit., 9(1), pp. 117–36. [123] mishra, m., barman, s.k., maity, d., maiti, d.k. (2020). performance studies of 10 metaheuristic techniques in determination of damages for large-scale spatial trusses from changes in vibration responses, j. comput. civ. eng., 34(2), pp. 4019052. [124] huang, m., lei, y., cheng, s. (2019). damage identification of bridge structure considering temperature variations based on particle swarm optimization-cuckoo search algorithm, adv. struct. eng., 22(15), pp. 3262–3276. [125] khatir, s., tiachacht, s., thanh, c.-l., bui, t.q., wahab, m.a. (2019). damage assessment in composite laminates using ann-pso-iga and cornwell indicator, compos. struct., 230, pp. 111509. [126] wang, s., jiang, y., xu, m., li, y., li, z. (2020). structural damage identification using an iterative two-stage method combining a modal energy based index with the bas algorithm, steel compos. struct., 36(1), pp. 31–45. [127] zenzen, r., khatir, s., belaidi, i., wahab, m.a. (2020).damage detection in truss structures using transmissibility combined with optimization techniques. proceedings of the 13th international conference on damage assessment of structures, springer, pp. 225–233. [128] tran-ngoc, h., he, l., reynders, e., khatir, s., le-xuan, t., de roeck, g., bui-tien, t., wahab, m.a. (2020). an efficient approach to model updating for a multispan railway bridge using orthogonal diagonalization combined with improved particle swarm optimization, j. sound vib., 476, pp. 115315. [129] guo, j., guan, d., zhao, j. (2020). structural damage identification based on the wavelet transform and improved particle swarm optimization algorithm, adv. civ. eng. [130] fathnejat, h., ahmadi-nedushan, b. (2020). an efficient two-stage approach for structural damage detection using meta-heuristic algorithms and group method of data handling surrogate model, front. struct. civ. eng., 14(4), pp. 907–929. [131] barman, s.k., maiti, d.k., maity, d. (2021). vibration-based delamination detection in composite structures employing mixed unified particle swarm optimization, aiaa j., 59(1), pp. 386–399. [132] mirjalili, s., mirjalili, s.m., lewis, a. (2014). grey wolf optimizer, adv. eng. softw., 69, pp. 46–61. [133] mirjalili, s. (2015). moth-flame optimization algorithm: a novel nature-inspired heuristic paradigm, knowledgebased syst., 89, pp. 228–249. [134] mirjalili, s., gandomi, a.h., mirjalili, s.z., saremi, s., faris, h., mirjalili, s.m. (2017). salp swarm algorithm: a bioinspired optimizer for engineering design problems, adv. eng. softw., 114, pp. 163–191. [135] mirjalili, s., mirjalili, s.m., hatamlou, a. (2016). multi-verse optimizer: a nature-inspired algorithm for global optimization, neural comput. appl., 27(2), pp. 495–513. [136] mirjalili, s. (2015). the ant lion optimizer, adv. eng. softw., 83, pp. 80–98. [137] kaveh, a., eslamlou, a.d. (2020).water strider algorithm: a new metaheuristic and applications. structures, vol. 25, elsevier, pp. 520–541. [138] kaveh, a., akbari, h., hosseini, s.m. (2020). plasma generation optimization: a new physically-based metaheuristic algorithm for solving constrained optimization problems, eng. comput. [139] kaveh, a., ghazaan, m.i. (2017). a new meta-heuristic algorithm: vibrating particles system, sci. iran. trans. a, civ. eng., 24(2), pp. 551. [140] kaveh, a., dadras, a. (2017). a novel meta-heuristic optimization algorithm: thermal exchange optimization, adv. eng. softw., 110, pp. 69–84. [141] hosseinzadeh, a.z., amiri, g.g., abyaneh, m.j., razzaghi, s.a.s., hamzehkolaei, a.g. (2019). baseline updating method for structural damage identification using modal residual force and grey wolf optimization, eng. optim. [142] huang, m., li, x., lei, y., gu, j. (2020).structural damage identification based on modal frequency strain energy assurance criterion and flexibility using enhanced moth-flame optimization. structures, vol. 28, elsevier, pp. 1119– 1136. [143] kaveh, a., rahmani, p., eslamlou, a.d. (2021). guided water strider algorithm for structural damage detection using incomplete modal data, iran. j. sci. technol. trans. civ. eng., , pp. 1–18. [144] kaveh, a., rahmani, p., eslamlou, a.d. (2021). damage detection using a graph-based adaptive threshold for modal strain energy and improved water strider algorithm, period. polytech. civ. eng. p. ghannadi et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 460-489; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.32 489 [145] kaveh, a., hosseini, s.m., akbari, h. (2020). efficiency of plasma generation optimization for structural damage identification of skeletal structures based on a hybrid cost function, iran. j. sci. technol. trans. civ. eng., pp. 1– 22. [146] kaveh, a., hoseini vaez, s.r., hosseini, p. (2019). enhanced vibrating particles system algorithm for damage identification of truss structures, sci. iran., 26(1), pp. 246–256. [147] kaveh, a., dadras, a. (2018). structural damage identification using an enhanced thermal exchange optimization algorithm, eng. optim., 50(3), pp. 430–451. [148] clerc, m., kennedy, j. (2002). the particle swarm-explosion, stability, and convergence in a multidimensional complex space, ieee trans. evol. comput., 6(1), pp. 58–73. [149] alam, m.n. (2016). codes in matlab for particle swarm optimization, res. gate, doi: 10.13140/rg.2.1.1078.7608. [150] zhang, x., lin, q., mao, w., liu, s., dou, z., liu, g. (2021). hybrid particle swarm and grey wolf optimizer and its application to clustering optimization, appl. soft comput., 101, pp. 107061. [151] banerjee, n., mukhopadhyay, s. (2019).hc-psogwo: hybrid crossover oriented pso and gwo based coevolution for global optimization. 2019 ieee region 10 symposium (tensymp), ieee, pp. 162–167. [152] singh, n., singh, s.b. (2017). hybrid algorithm of particle swarm optimization and grey wolf optimizer for improving convergence performance, j. appl. math. [153] yang, z., shi, k., wu, a., qiu, m., hu, y. (2019).a hybird method based on particle swarm optimization and mothflame optimization. 2019 11th international conference on intelligent human-machine systems and cybernetics (ihmsc), vol. 2, ieee, pp. 207–210. [154] jangir, p., parmar, s.a., trivedi, i.n., bhesdadiya, r.h. (2017). a novel hybrid particle swarm optimizer with multi verse optimizer for global numerical optimization and optimal reactive power dispatch problem, eng. sci. technol. an int. j., 20(2), pp. 570–586. [155] singh, n., singh, s.b., houssein, e.h. (2020). hybridizing salp swarm algorithm with particle swarm optimization algorithm for recent optimization functions, evol. intell., pp. 1–34. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice microsoft word numero_36_art_20 l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 201 technical note influence of the crack propagation rate in the obtaining opening and closing stress intensity factor by finite element method luiz carlos h. ricardo materials technology department, ipen, university of são paulo, brazil instituto de pesquisas energéticas e nucleares, av. lineu prestes 2242 cidade universitária são paulo sp brasilcep: 05508-000 lricardo@ipen.br carlos alexandre j. miranda nuclear engineering department, ipen, university of sao paulo, brazil instituto de pesquisas energéticas e nucleares abstract. crack propagation simulation began with the development of the finite element method; the analyses were conducted to obtain a basic understanding of the crack growth. today structural and materials engineers develop structures and materials properties using this technique as criterion design. the aim of this paper is to verify the effect of different crack propagation rates in determination of crack opening and closing stress of an astm specimen under a standard suspension spectrum loading from fd&e sae keyhole specimen test load histories by finite element analysis. the crack propagation simulation was based on release nodes at the minimum loads to minimize convergence problems. to understand the crack propagation processes under variable amplitude loading, retardation effects are discussed. key words: fatigue; crack propagation simulation; finite element method; retardation. introduction he most common technique for predicting the fatigue life of automotive, aircraft, wind turbine and many other structures is miner’s rule [1]. despite the known deviations, inaccuracies and proven conservatism of miner’s cumulative damage law, it is even nowadays being used in the design of many advanced structures. fracture mechanics techniques for fatigue life predictions remain as a back up in design procedures. the most important and difficult problem in using fracture mechanics concepts in design seems to be the use of crack growth data to predict fatigue life. the experimentally obtained data is used to derive a relationship between stress intensity range (k) and crack growth per cycle (da/dn). in cases of fatigue loaded parts containing a flaw under constant stress amplitude, the crack growth can be calculated by simple integration of the relation between da/dn and k. however, for complex spectrum loadings, simple addition of the crack growth occurring in each portion of the loading sequence produces results that, very often, are more erroneous than the results obtained using miner’s rule with an s-n curve. retardation tends to cause conservative results using miner’s rule when the fatigue life is dominated by the crack growth. however, the opposite t l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 202 effect generally occurs when the life is dominated by the initiation and growth of small cracks (linear elastic fracture mechanics). large cyclic strains (elasto-plastic fracture mechanics), which might occur locally at stress raisers due to overload, may predamage the material and lower its resistance to fatigue. the experimentally derived crack growth equations are independent of the loading sequence and depend only on the stress intensity range and the number of cycles for that portion of the loading sequence. the central problem in the successful utilization of fracture mechanic techniques applied to the fatigue spectrum is to obtain a clear understanding of the influence of loading sequences on fatigue crack growth [2]. investigations covering the effects of particular interest, after high overload, in the study of crack growth under variable-amplitude loading in the growth rate region, called crack growth retardation, seem to have little interest nowadays. stouffer & williams [3] and other researchers show a number of attempts to model this phenomenon through manipulation of the constants and stress intensity factors used in the paris-erdogan equation however little appears to have been done in the effort to develop a completely rational analysis of the problem. probably, the only one reason that the existing models of retarded crack growth are not satisfactory is that these models are deterministic whereas the fatigue crack growth phenomenon shows strong random features. in addition, most of the reported theoretical descriptions of the retardation are based on data fitting techniques, which tend to hide the behavior of the phenomenon. if the retarding effect of a peak overload on the crack growth is neglected, the prediction of the material lifetime is usually very conservative [4]. accurate predictions of the fatigue life will hardly become possible before the physics of the peak overload mechanisms is better clarified. according to the existing findings, the retardation is a physically very complicated phenomenon which is affected by a wide range of variables associated with loading, metallurgical properties, environment, etc., and it is difficult to separate the contribution of each of these variables [5]. figure 1: fatigue crack growth da/dn versus δk stress intensity factor [8]: (a) threshold range δkth; (b) intermediate region following a power equation; (c) unstable. crack propagation concepts aris & erdogan [6] conducted a revision on the crack propagation approach from head [7] and others and discussed the similarity of these theories and the differences of results between them, isolated and in group tests. paris suggested that, for a cyclical load variation, the stress field in the crack tip for a cycle can be characterized by a variation of the stress intensity factor, eq. (2.1), p l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 203 max mink k k   (2.1) where kmax and kmin are the maximum and the minimum stress intensity factors, respectively. in the crack propagation curve, the linear part represents the paris erdogan law, when plotting the values of k vs da/dn in logarithmic scale, as can be seen in fig. 1. fatigue crack initiation and growth under cyclic loading conditions is controlled by the plastic zones that result from the applied stresses and exist in the vicinity (ahead) of a propagating crack and in its wake or flanks of the adjoining surfaces. for example, the fatigue characteristics of a cracked specimen or component under a single overload or variable amplitude loading situations are significantly influenced by these plastic zones. in modelling the fatigue crack growth rate this is accounted by the incorporation of accumulative damage cycle after cycle and should include plasticity effects. during the crack propagation the plastic zone should grown and the plastic wake will have compressive plastic zones that can help to keep the crack close. hairman & provan [9] discuss the problems pertaining to fatigue loading of engineering structures under single overload and variable amplitude loading involving the estimation of plasticity affected zones ahead of the crack tip. crack tip plasticity most solid materials develop plastic strains when the yield strength is exceeded in the region near a crack tip. thus, the amount of plastic deformation is restricted by the surrounding material, which remains elastic during loading. theoretically, linear elastic stress analysis of sharp cracks predicts infinite stresses at the crack tip. in fact, inelastic deformation, such as plasticity in metals and crazing in polymers, leads to relaxation of crack tip stresses caused by the yielding phenomenon at the crack tip. as a result, a plastic zone is formed containing microstructural defects such dislocations and voids. consequently, the local stresses are limited to the yield strength of the material. this implies that the elastic stress analysis becomes increasingly inaccurate as the inelastic region at the crack tip becomes sufficiently large and, so, linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) is no longer useful for predicting the field equations. the size of the plastic zone can be estimated when moderate crack tip yielding occurs. thus, the introduction of the plastic zone size (r) as a correction parameter, which accounts for plasticity effects adjacent to the crack tip, is vital to determine the effective stress intensity factor (keff) or a corrected stress intensity factor. the plastic zone is also determined for plane conditions; that is, plane strain for maximum constraint on relatively thick components and plane stress for variable constraint due to thickness effects of thin solid bodies. moreover, the plastic zone develops in most common in materials subjected to an increase in the tensile stress that causes local yielding at the crack tip. most engineering metallic materials are subjected to an irreversible plastic deformation. if plastic deformation occurs, then the elastic stresses are limited by yielding since stress singularity cannot occur, but stress relaxation takes place within the plastic zone. this plastic deformation occurs in a small region and it is called the crack-tip plastic zone (r). a small plastic zone, (r << a) being a crack length of the structure or specimen, is referred to as small-scale yielding. on the other hand, a large-scale yielding corresponds to a large plastic zone, which occurs in ductile materials in which r >> a. this suggests that the stress intensity factors within and outside the boundary of the plastic zone are different in magnitude so that ki (plastic) > ki (elastic). in fact, ki (plastic) must be defined in terms of plastic stresses and displacements in order to characterize crack growth, and subsequently ductile fracture. as a consequence of plastic deformation ahead of the crack tip, the linear elastic fracture mechanics (lefm) theory is limited to r << a; otherwise, elastic-plastic fracture mechanics (epfm) theory controls the fracture process due to a large plastic zone size (r ≥ a). this argument implies that r should be determined in order to set an approximate limit for both lefm and epfm theories [10]. fig. 2 shows schematic plastic zones for plane stress (thin plate) and plane strain (thick plate) conditions even if in the interior of a plate a condition of plane strain exists, there will always be plane stress at the surface. stresses perpendicular to the outer surface are nonexistent, and hence σz = σ3 = 0 at the surface. if plane strain prevails in the interior of the plate, the stress σ3 gradually increases from zero (at the surface) to the plane strain value in the interior [11]. consequently, the plastic zone gradually decreases from the plane stress size at the surface, to the plane strain size in the interior of the plate, illustrated schematically in fig. 2. dugdale [12] proposed a strip yield model for the plastic zone under plane stress conditions. consider fig. 3, which shows the plastic zones in the form of narrow strips extending a distance r each, and carrying the yield stress σys. in the case of cyclic stress, and as the crack grows, behind the new crack front there is a region with compressive (residual) stresses. the phenomenon of crack closure is caused by these internal (compressive) stresses since they tend to close the crack in the region where a < x < c. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 204 figure 2: three-dimensional plastic zone [11]. a) b) figure 3: dugdale plastic zone strip model under plane stress conditions. a) dugdale crack; b) wedge crack . in the original paris crack propagation equation [6] the driving parameters are c, k and m, as shown in fig. 1. among other limitations, this equation is valid only in the region (b). so, it does not cover the near threshold region (a) nor the unstable region (c). some researchers have proposed similar equations that cover one or both extremes of the curve in fig. 1. in tab. 1 it is possible to see some other crack propagation equations for constant amplitude loading, which are modifications of the paris equation, relating the mentioned parameters and kc, the critical stress intensity factor.  min max ( ) 1 m c c kda dn k k k k         max ( )m c c kda dn k k    1 max( ) ( ) m mda c k k dn   table 1: some empirical crack growth equations for constant amplitude loading [6]. murthy et al. [13] discuss crack growth models for variable amplitude loading and the mechanisms and contribution to overload retardation. there are many authors which have been developing fatigue crack growth models for variable amplitude loading. tab. 2 presents some authors and the application of their models. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 205 yield zone concept crack closure concept wheeler [14] elber [21] willenborg, engle, wood [15] bell and creager (generalized closure) [22] porter [16] newman (finite element method) [23] gray (generalized wheeler) [17] dill and staff (contact stress ) [24] gallagher and hughes [18] kanninen, fedderson, atkinson [25] johnson [19] budiansky and hutchinson [26] chang et al. [20] de koning [27] table 2: some fatigue crack growth models [13]. retardation phenomenon it has been noted that, under certain conditions, the crack growth presents a slower rate, called retardation, due to several factors. despite recent large increase in research into the retardation effects in crack propagation there are many aspects of load interaction phenomena that lack adequate explanations. it is presented here some several aspects of the retardation phenomenon by corbly & packman [28]. 1. retardation increases with higher values of peak loading peak for constant values of lower stress levels [29,30]. 2. the number of cycles at the lower stress level required to return to the non-retarded crack growth rate is a function of kpeak, klower, rpeak, rlower and number of peak cycles [31]. 3. if the ratio of the peak stress to lower stress intensity factors is greater than l.5 retardation at the lower stress intensity range is observed. tests were not continued long enough to see if the crack ever propagated again [31]. 4. with a constant ratio of peak to lower stress intensity the number of cycles to return to non-retarded growth rates increases with increasing peak stress intensity [30,31]. 5. given a ratio of peak stress to lower stress, the number of cycles required to return to non-retarded growth rates decreases with increased time at zero load before cycling at the lower level [31]. 6. increased percentage delay effects of peak loading given a percent overload are greater at higher baseline stress intensity factors [32]. 7. delay is a minimum if compression is applied immediately after tensile overload [33]. 8. negative peak loads cause no substantial influence of crack growth rates at lower stress levels if the values of r > 0 for the lower stress [34]. 9. negative peak loads cause up to 50 per cent increase in fatigue crack propagation with r = 1 [33]. 10. importance of residual compressive stresses around the tip of crack [35] 11. low-high sequences cause an initial acceleration of the crack propagation at the higher stress level which rapidly stabilizes [36]. small scale yield models while the basic layout of the small scale yield model has been established by dill & saff [37], only improvements introduced later by newman [38] made this approach applicable to general variable amplitude loading. the small scale yield model employs the dugdale [12] theory of crack tip plasticity modified to leave a wedge of plastically stretched material on the fatigue crack surfaces. the fatigue crack growth is simulated by severing the strip material over a distance corresponding to the fatigue crack growth increment as shown fig. 4. in order to satisfy the compatibility between the elastic plate and the plastically deformed strip material, a traction must be applied on the fictitious crack surfaces in the plastic zone (a  x < aafict), as in the original dugdale model, and also over some distance in the crack wake (aopen  x < a), where the plastic elongations of the strip l(x) exceed the fictitious crack opening displacements v(x). the compressive stress applied in the crack wake to insure l(x)=v(x) are referred to as the contact stresses. ricardo et al. [39] discuss the importance in the determination of materials properties like crack opening and closing stress intensity factor. the development of crack closure mechanisms, such plasticity, roughness, oxide, corrosion, and fretting product debris, and the use of the effective stress intensity factor range, has provided an engineering tool to predict small and large crack growth rate behavior under service loading conditions. the major links between fatigue and fracture mechanics were done by elber [21]. the crack closure concept put crack propagation theories on a firm foundation and l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 206 allowed the development of practical life prediction for variable and constant amplitude loading, by such as experienced by modern day commercial aircrafts. figure 4: schematic small scale yield model. numerical analysis using finite elements has played a major role in the stress analysis crack problems. swedlow [40] was one of the first to use finite element method to study the elastic-plastic stress field around a crack. the application of linear elastic fracture mechanics, i.e. the stress intensity factor range, k, to the “small or short” crack growth have been studied for long time to explain the effects of nonlinear crack tip parameters. the key issue for these nonlinear crack tip parameters is crack closure. analytical models were developed to predict crack growth and crack closure processes like dugdale [12], or strip yield, using the plasticity induced approach in the models considering normally plane stress or strain effects. schijve [41], discussing the relation between short and long cracks presented also the significance of crack closure and growth on fatigue cracks under services load histories. the ultimate goal of prediction models is to arrive at quantitative results of fatigue crack growth in terms of millimeters per year or some other service period. such predictions are required for safety and economy reasons, for example, for aircraft and automotive parts. sometimes the service load time history (variable amplitude loading) is much similar to constant amplitude loading, including mean load effects. in both cases quantitative knowledge of crack opening stress level sop is essential for crack growth predictions, because keff is supposed to be the appropriate field parameter for correlating crack growth rates under different cyclic loading conditions. the correlation of crack growth data starts from the similitude approach, based on the keff, which predicts that same keff cycles will produce the same crack growth increments. the application of keff to variable amplitude loading require prediction of the variation of sop, during variable amplitude load history, which for the more advanced prediction models implies a cycle by cycle prediction. the fig. 5 shows the different k values. the application of keff is considerably complicated by two problems: (1) small cracks and (2) threshold k values (kth). small cracks can be significant because in many cases a relatively large part of the fatigue life is spent in the small crack length regime. the threshold problem is particularly relevant for fatigue under variable amplitude spectrum, if the spectrum includes many “small” cycles, those ones with small stress/load amplitude. it is important to know whether the small cycles do exceed a threshold k value, and to which extension it will occur. the application of similitude concept in structures can help so much, but the results correlation is not satisfactory and the arguments normally are:  the similarity can be violated because the crack growth mechanism is no longer similar.  the crack can be too small for adopting k as a unique field parameter. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 207  keff and others conditions being nominally similar, it is possible that other crack tip aspects also affect crack growth, such as crack tip blunting and strain hardening, schijve45. figure 5: definitions of k values, schijve [41]. newman and armen [42-44] and ohji et al. [45] were the first to conduct the two dimensional analysis of the crack growth process. their results under plane stress conditions were in quantitative agreement with experimental results by elber [21], and showed that crack opening stresses were a function of r ratio (smin/smax) and the stress level (smax/0), where 0 is the flow stress i.e: the average between ys and u (ultimate stress). blom and holm [46] and fleck and newman [47-48] studied crack growth and closure under plane-strain conditions and found that cracks did close but the cracks opening levels were much lower than those under plane stress conditions considering same loading condition. sehitoglu et al. [49] found later that the residual plastic deformations cause the crack closing. mcclung [50-52] performed extensive finite element crack closure calculations on small cracks at holes, and various fatigue crack growth models. solanski et.al [53] found that smax/0 could correlate the crack opening stresses for different flow stresses (0). this average value was used as stress level in the plastic zone for the middle crack tension specimen mcclung [52] found that k analogy, using kmax/k0 could correlate the crack opening stresses for different crack configurations for small scale yielding conditions where k0=o(a) . (k-analogy assumes that the stress-intensity factor controls the development of closure and crack-opening stresses, and that by matching the k solution among different cracked specimens, an estimate can be made for the crack opening stresses.) description of the model compact tension specimen was modeled using a finite element code, msc/patran, r1 [54] and abaqus version 68 [55] used as solver. half of the specimen was modeled and symmetry conditions applied. a plane stress constraint is modeled by the finite element method covering the effects in two dimensional (2d) small scale yielding models of fatigue crack growth under variable spectrum loading, fig. 7, and the boundary conditions are presented in fig. 6. the finite element model has triangle and quadrilateral elements with quadratic formulation and spring elements, spring1, used to node release in crack surface (this element works only in the y direction). fatigue design & evaluation (fd&e) committee from sae (society of automotive engineers) has standard fatigue files. the present work used a standard suspension load history. fig. 7 presents a modified load history, adapted from the fd&e/sae histogram considering only tractive loads. the maximum load used was scaled to produce a kmax  0.6 kic, using eq. (4.1), where kic is the critical stress intensity factor of adopted material in the present study. with the value of kmax from kic computed as mentioned above is computed the maximum load using eq. 3.1 to be applied in the specimens as explained in next. a l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 208 in the analysis, fatigue crack growth is simulated by releasing the crack tip node at pmin, followed by a single loading cycle pmin  pmax  pmin, fig. 7. the force is divided in nine steps between loads pminpmax and nine steps between the pmax-pmin, in each cycle. the smallest element size, 0.025 mm, was estimated based on the plastic zone size (rp) ahead of the crack tip and computed by eq. (3.2). only the first 20 reverses from load history shown in fig. 7 were used to identify crack opening/closing and retardation effects. max max 1 2 p a k f wbw       (3.1) 2 max1 p y k r            plane stress (3.2) where: kmax= maximum stress intensity factor; pmin= minimum applied load; pmax= maximum applied load; b = specimen thickness; a = crack length; w = width of the specimen; a/w = ratio of the crack length to the specimen width; f(a/w) = characteristic function of the specimen geometry . antunes & rodrigues [56] discuss that numerical analysis of plastic induced crack closing (picc) based on finite element method (fem) consists of discretising and modeling the cracked body having elastic–plastic behaviour, applying a cyclic load, extending the crack and measuring the crack closure level. the finite element mesh must be highly refined near the crack front, with micron scale, in order to model the forward and reversed crack tip plastic zones. the forward plastic zone is made up of the material near the crack tip undergoing plastic deformation at the maximum load, therefore it is intimately related to kmax. the reversed plastic zone encompasses the material near the crack tip undergoing compressive yielding at the minimum load and is related to δk. commercial fe software packages offer tools to deal with elastic– plastic deformation, crack propagation and contact between crack flanks, and are therefore adequate to model picc. however, the numerical models have significant simplifications with respect to real fatigue crack propagation, namely: – discrete crack propagations, of the same size as near crack tip elements, which give fatigue crack growth rates significantly higher than real values; – crack propagation is modeled at a constant load when in reality it occurs continuously during the whole load cycle. in numerical simulations, the crack can be incremented at maximum load [57], at minimum load [58, 59] or at other positions of the load cycle. ogura et al. [59] advanced the crack when the crack tip reaction force reached zero during the load cycle. however, none of these approaches truly represents the fatigue process, where, according to slip models of striation formation, crack extension is a progressive process occurring during the entire load cycle. the proposal to increment at minimum load was designed to overcome convergence difficulties caused by propagating the crack at maximum load. this is unrealistic since the crack is not expected to propagate in a compressive stress field. however, several authors [60, 61] have already found that the load at which the crack increment occurs does not significantly influence crack closure numerical results. under constant amplitude loading, crack tip opening load will typically increase monotonically, with increasing crack growth, until a stabilized value is reached. so, it is important to define the minimum crack extension needed to stabilize the opening level. it is usually sufficient to increase the crack ahead of the monotonic plastic zone resulting from the first load cycle [62,63]. the stress level in the crack tip, fig. 8, must to be positive to characterize the crack opening and negative to characterize the crack closure. antunes & rodrigues [56] consider as basic criteria to determine the crack opening or closing: the first contact of the crack flank, which corresponds to the contact of the first node behind the current crack tip. this is the conventional definition proposed by elber [21] and has been widely used by jiang et al. [64]. l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 209 in this work the nodes released in the crack tips were located at the minimum load of a cycle to simulate crack growth and will be considered the first contact of the node behind the crack tip, positive stress (+syy) to characterize the crack opening and negative stress (-syy) to characterize the crack closing. figure 8: crack opening and closure criterion [56]. tab. 3 displays the mechanical properties of the simulated material, a low alloy steel, where ys = yield strength; uts = ultimate tensile strength; e = young´s modulus; et = tangential modulus;  = poisson’s ratio. ys (mpa) uts (mpa) e (mpa) et (mpa)  230 410 210 000 21000 0.30 table 3: material properties of a low alloy steel. the dimensions of the compact tension specimen were: b= 3.8 mm; w= 50.0 mm; a/w= 0.26. tab. 4 shows the estimated and used values of the cyclic plastic zone sizes as well as smaller finite element. tab. 5 shows the difference crack propagation rates used in the current work. plastic zone size (mm) smallest finite element size (mm) estimated 0.48 0.048 used 0.10 0.025 table 4: smallest finite element size. model crack propagation rate (mm/cycle) model name 1 0.25 sae0.25 2 0.5 sae0.5 3 0.75 sae0.75 4 1.0 sae1.0 table 5: crack propagation rate. results igs. 9 and 10 present, respectively, op and cl against the numbers of cycles. figs. 11 and 12 present examples of results of post-processing results from model sae0.50 showing the stress field in the region near where the crack opens and closes. f l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 210 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 number of cycles c ra c k o p e n s tr e s s ( m p a ) sae 0.25 mm sae 0.50 mm sae 0.75 mm sae 1.0 mm figure 9: crack opening stress (σyy+) [57]. figure 10: crack closing stress (σyy-) [57]. discussion of results n the present work was identified how difficult is to determine with proper precision the crack opening or closure. it was necessary to use the iterative process in the crack surface step by step during loading and unloading to find the crack opening or closing as shown in details in ricardo [65]. the retard effect is present in some cycles in special cases where there are overloads. in constant amplitude loading, the effective plastic zone increases with the extension of the crack length; the crack propagation rate has no influence in the quality of results, assuming that it is in respect to the newman [23] recommendation with four elements yielded in the reverse plastic zone. in variable amplitude loading the crack length cannot progress until a new overload occurs or the energy spent during cyclic process creates a new plastic zone and the driving force increases the crack length. the researchers normally work with simple overloads or specific load blocks; this approach can induce some mistakes in terms of results that can be conservative or nonrealistic. fig. 9 shows the effect of different crack propagation rates in opening stress, op. this graph starts in the second cycle because it was not possible identify the crack opening in all models evaluated when the crack opens, because all stresses in the first cycle were positive. in the beginning there is no representative difference in the four first cycles in all crack propagation models. in the fourth to fifth cycle it is possible identify a difference of crack open stress level from model sae2 (crack propagation 0.5 mm/cycle) and the others models. the difference of the crack opening stress level from model sae2 from the others may be related with the overload that the specimen had in the fifth cycle causing the increase of the crack opening stress level to be more representative than in others that suffered the same overload. from the sixth to eight cycles it is possible to identify again little difference in the crack opening stress of the models. the model sae1 (crack propagation 0.025 mm/cycle) has the lower crack opening stress. in the cycles 8 to 10 there is some difference in the crack opening stress, having as principal cause the different plasticity that the models suffered, due to i l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 211 different crack propagation rate models. model sae2 has the bigger crack opening stress; caused like in the fifth cycle by an overload as in the fifth cycle and again this model had different behavior when compared with others models. figure 11: crack opening stress (σyy+) model sae0.50 [57]. figure 12: crack closing stress (σyy-) model sae0.50 [57]. the model sae3 (crack propagation rate 0.75 mm) has no significant difference in the crack opening stress level during all cycles. this could be a good indication that for a first approach in similar conditions the utilization of this crack propagation rate will provide the behavior material faster under similar load history and specimen. fig. 9 also shows that it is possible to have more different kinds of criteria design. for example for a conservative approach it is possible the utilization of the model sae1 (crack propagation rate 0.25 mm/cycle). crack tip y= 85 mpa surface crack surface crack crack tip y= 103 mpa l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 212 fig. 10 presents the results from the crack closing stress against numbers of cycles evaluated for the four different crack propagation models considered. it is possible to observe that in the first four cycles there are no significant difference in the crack closing stress in the models studied. in the other cycles the model sae1 (crack propagation 0.25 mm/cycle), has no significant difference of crack closing stress during crack propagation. in fact it is the most conservative model from the four evaluated. during the fourth and sixth cycle the models sae2 (crack propagation model 0.50 mm) and sae3 (crack propagation model 0.75 mm) have no difference in the crack closing stress. the model sae4 (crack propagation 1.0 mm/cycle) has representative difference in the crack closing stress when compared with others models in the cycles due to more residual plasticity in the crack tip. the last representative differences between crack closing stress levels in the models happen during propagation in the cycles eight to tenth. an increase of the crack propagation rate will also increase the crack closing stress. fig. 12 shows that depending on the design criterion it is possible to apply a different crack propagation rate. for example if the criterion is to use a conservative crack closing stress it is recommended utilization of the model sae1 (crack propagation 0.25 mm). the softest model or that one which allows the bigger crack opening and closing stresses is model sae4 (crack propagation model 1.0 cycle/mm). conclusions n this work it was possible to identify the crack opening and closure using the finite element method. in the literature there are few works covering crack propagation simulation with random loads like fd&e loads histories from sae data bank. normally only a few load blocks are used to reduce the complexity; this should provide conservative answers when used to develop structural components. the use of different crack propagation rate in this work shows that for reproducing the effective plastic zone it is possible to use smaller or larger element sizes compared with the irwin equation. to improve the correlation between numerical and experimental data it is necessary to increase the crack length to obtain the same qualitative results that is estimated by the irwin equation. the next step in this work will be to perform some analyses with the same model and load history with different crack propagation rates to identify whether or not the retard effect can be observed. these data will be compared with experimental test and, if necessary, adjustment of the crack propagation model will be done to improve the crack propagation model. references [1] miner, m. a., cumulative damage in fatigue, journal of applied mechanics, asme, usa, 12 (1945) a159-a164. [2] schijve, j., fatigue crack propagation in light alloy sheet material and structures, nlr, report mp195, amsterdam, (1960). [3] stouffer, d. c., williams, j. f., a method for fatigue crack growth with a variable stress intensity factor, eng. fracture mechanics, 11 (1979) 525-536. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(79)90076-6. [4] ditlevsen, o., sobczyk, k., random fatigue crack growth with retardation, eng. fracture mech., 24(6) (1986) 861878. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(86)90271-7 [5] wei, r. p., shih, t. t., delay in fatigue crack growth, int. journal fracture, 10 (1974) 77-85. doi: 10.1007/bf00955082 [6] paris, p. c., erdogan, f., journal of basic engineering, 85 (1963) 528. [7] head, a. k., the philosophical magazine, 44(7) (1953) 253. [8] dowling, n.e, mechanical behavior of materials: engineering methods for deformation, fracture, and fatigue, third edition, pearson education, inc., usa, (2007). [9] hairman, g. a., provan, j. w., fatigue crack tip plasticity revisited, the issue of shape addressed, theoretical and appl. frac. mech. journal, 26 (1997) 63-79. doi: 10.1016/s0167-8442(96)00036-5. [10] perez, n., fracture mechanics, kluwer academic publishers, new york, usa, (2004). [11] broek, d., elementary engineering fracture mechanics; kluwer academic publishers group, boston, (1982). [12] dugdale, d. s., yielding of steel sheets containing slits, j. mech. phys. solids, 8(2) (1960) 100-104. doi:10.1016/0022-5096(60)90013-2. [13] murthy, a. r. c.; palani, g. s., iyer, n. r., state of art review on fatigue crack growth analysis under variable amplitude loading iei journal, (2004) 118-129. i l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 213 [14] wheeler, o. e., spectrum loading and crack growth, transactions of the asme series d’, journal of basic engineering, 94 (1972) 181-186. [15] willenborg, j. d.; engle, r. m., wood, h. a., a crack growth retardation model using an effective stress concept, affdl, tm-71-fbr, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1971). [16] porter, t. r., method of analysis and prediction of variable amplitude fatigue crack growth, eng. fracture mechanics, 4(4) (1972) 717-736. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(72)90011-2. [17] gray, t. d., gallagher, j. p., predicting fatigue crack retardation following a single overload using a modified wheeler model, astm stp 590, (1976). doi: 10.1520/stp590-eb. [18] gallagher, j. p., hughes, t. f., influence of the yield strength on overload fatigue crack growth behavior of 4340 steel, affdl – tr-74-27, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1974). [19] johnson, w. s., multi-parameter yield zone model for predicting spectrum crack growth, astm stp 748, (1981) 85102. doi: 10.1520/e0748-02r08. [20] chang, j. b., hiyama, r. m., szamossi, m., improved methods for predicting spectrum loadings effects, afwal-tr81-3092, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1984). [21] elber, w., the significance of fatigue crack closure, astm stp 486, (1971) 230242. doi: 10.1520/stp486-eb. [22] bell, p. d., creager, m., crack growth analyses for arbitrary spectrum loading, affdl-tr-74-129, air force flight dynamics laboratory, wright patterson air force base, oh, (1974). [23] newman, j. c., a finite element analysis fatigue crack closure, nasa tm x 72005, nasa, hampton, va, (1975). [24] dill, h. d., saff, c. r., spectrum crack growth prediction method based on crack surface displacement and contact analyses, fatigue crack growth under spectrum loads, astm stp, 595 (1976) 306–319. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [25] kanninnen, m. f., atkinson, c., feddersen, c. e., a fatigue crack growth analysis method based on a single representation of crack tip plasticity, astm stp, 637 (1977) 122-140. doi: 10.1520/stp637-eb. [26] budianski, b., hucthinson, j. w., analysis of closure in fatigue crack growth, journal of applied mechanics, 45 (1978) 267-276. doi 10.1115/1.34.24286. [27] de koning, a. u., a simple crack closure model for predictions of fatigue crack growth rates under variable amplitude loading, astm stp, 743 (1981) 63-85. [28] corbly, d. m., packman, p. f., on the influence of single and multiple peak overloads on fatigue crack propagation in 7075-t6511 aluminum, eng. fracture mech., 5 (1973) 479-497. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(73)90034-9. [29] schijve, j.; brock, d., de rigle, p., nlr, report m2094, amsterdam, (1962). [30] hardrarth, h. f., mcevily, a . t., proc. crack propagation symposium, cranfield, 1 (1961). [31] jonds, d., wei, r. p., an exploratory study of delay effects in fatigue crack growth, int. j. fracture mechanics, (1971) 7. [32] von ewu, e., hertzberg, r., roberts, r., delay defects in fatigue crack propagation, nat. symposium f.m., (1971) 7. [33] hudson, c. m., effect of stress ratio on fatigue-crack growth in 7075-t6 and 2024-t3 alumina-alloy specimens, nasa, tnl-5390, (1969). [34] crooker, t. w., effect of cycling on fatigue grade growth in high strength alloys, nrl report 7220, (1971). [35] hudson, c.m., hardrath, h. f., effects of changing stress amplitude on the rate of fatigue-crack propagation in two aluminum alloys, nasa tn d-960, (1961). [36] mcmillan, j. c., pelloux, r. m., astm stp, 415 (1966) 505. doi: 10.1520/stp415-eb. [37] dill, h. d., saff, c. r., spectrum crack growth prediction method based on crack surface displacement and contact analyses, fatigue crack growth under spectrum loads, astm stp, philadelphia, pa, 595 (1976) 306–19. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [38] newman, j. c. jr., a crack closure model for predicting fatigue crack growth under aircraft spectrum loading. in: chang jb, hudson cm, editors. methods and models for predicting fatigue crack growth under random loading, philadelphia, pa astm stp, 748 (1981) 43–84. doi: 10.1520/stp748-eb. [39] ricardo, l. c. h.; pimenta, p. m. & spinelli, d., crack closure simulation by finite element. in, blom, a.f. fatigue 2002, west midlands, emas, 4/5 (2002) 2293 – 2300. [40] swedlow, j. l., the thickness effect and plastic flow in cracked plates, phd thesis, california institute of technology, pasadena, usa, (1965). [41] schijve, j., observations on the prediction of fatigue crack growth propagation under variable amplitude loading, astm stp, 595 (1979) 3-23. doi: 10.1520/stp595-eb. [42] newman j. c. jr., finite element analysis of fatigue crack propagation, including the effect c-(t) of crack closure, phd thesis, virginia polytechnic institute, (1974). l. c. h. ricardo et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 36 (2016) 201-214; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.36.20 214 [43] newman, j. c. jr., armen, h. jr. elastic-plastic analysis of fatigue crack under cyclic loading, aiaa journal, 13 (1975) 1017-1023. doi: 10.2514/3.60499. [44] newman, j. c. jr., a finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure, astm, 490 (1976) 281-301. doi: 10.1520/stp490-eb. [45] ohji, k., ogura, k. ohkubo, y., cyclic analysis of a propagation crack and its correlation with fatigue crack growth; eng. fracture mechanics, 7 (1975) 457-464. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(75)90046-6. [46] blom, a. f., holm, d. k., an experimental and numerical study of crack closure; eng. fracture mechanics, (1985) 907-1011. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(85)90039-6. [47] fleck, n. a., finite element analysis of plasticity induced crack closure under plane strain conditions, eng. fracture mechanics, 25 (1986) 441-449. doi:10.1016/0013-7944(86)90258-4. [48] fleck, n. a., newman, j. c. jr, analysis of crack closure under plane strain conditions , astm stp, 982 (1988) 319341. doi: 10.1520/stp982-eb. [49] sehitoglu, h. gall, k., garcia, a. m., recent advances in fatigue crack growth modeling, int. journal of fracture, 80(2) (1996) 165-192. doi: 10.1007/bf00012668. [50] mcglung, r. c., sehitoglu, h., finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure – numerical results, eng. fracture mechanics, 33 (1989) 253–272. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(89)90028-3. [51] mcglung, r. c., finite element modeling of fatigue crack growth – theoretical concepts and numerical analysis of fatigue, in: blom a, beevers, c. editors, west midlands, emas, (1992) 153-172. [52] mcglung, r. c., finite element analysis of specimen geometry effects on fatigue crack closure, fatigue fract. eng. mater. structures, 17 (1994) 861-872. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.1994.tb00816.x. [53] solanki, k., daniewicz, s. r., newman, jr j. c., finite element modelling of plasticity-induced crack closure with emphasis on geometry and mesh refinement effects. eng. fracture mechanics, 70 (2003) 1475–89. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(02)00168-6. [54] msc/patran r1, usa, (2008). [55] abaqus, v6.3, hibbitt, karlsson, sorensen, inc., providence, ri, (2002). [56] antunes, f.v., rodrigues, d.m, numerical simulation of plasticity induced crack closure: identification and discussion of parameters, eng. fracture mechanics, 75 (2008) 3101-3120. doi:10.1016/j.engfracmech.2007.12.009. [57] pommier, s., plane strain crack closure cyclic hardening, eng. fracture mechanics, 69(3) (2002) 25–44. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(01)00061-3. [58] ogura, k., ohji, k., fem analysis of crack closure and delay effect in fatigue crack gowth under variable amplitude loading. eng. fracture mechanics, 9 (1977) 471–80. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(77)90039-x. [59] ogura, k., ohji, k., honda, k., influence of mechanical factors on the fatigue crack closure. advances in research on the strength and fracture of materials, in: proceedings of the fourth international conference on fracture mechanics, waterloo, canada, 2d (1977) 1035–1047. [60] solanki, k., daniewicz, s.r., newman, jr. j.c., finite element modelling of plasticity-induced crack closure with emphasis on geometry and mesh refinement effects, eng. fracture mechanic, 70 (2003) 1475–89. doi:10.1016/s0013-7944(02)00168-6. [61] mcclung, r.c., sehitoglu, h., on the finite element analysis of fatigue crack closure-1: basic modelling issues. eng. fracture mechanics, 33(2) (1989) 237–252. doi: 10.1016/0013-7944(89)90027-1. [62] antunes, f.v., borrego, l.f.p., costa, j.d., ferreira, j.m., a numerical study of fatigue crack closure induced by plasticity, fatigue fract. eng. mater. structures, 27(9) (2004) 825–36. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-2695.2004.00738.x. [63] wu, j., ellyin, f., a study of fatigue crack closure by elastic-plastic finite element analysis for constant-amplitude loading. int. journal of fracture, 82 (1996) 43–65. doi:10.1007/bf00017863. [64] jiang, y., feng, m., ding, f., a re-examination of plasticity-induced crack closure in fatigue crack propagation, international journal of plasticity, 21 (2005) 1720–1740. doi:10.1016/ j.ijplas.2004.11.005 [65] ricardo, l.c.h., crack propagation by finite element analysis in automotive components, sae brazil conference, sao paulo, brazil, (2010) 36-0003i. << /ascii85encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain 20%) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \050swop\051 v2) /srgbprofile (srgb iec61966-2.1) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel 1.4 /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves 0.0000 /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel 0 /emitdscwarnings false /endpage -1 /imagememory 1048576 /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct 100 /optimize true /opm 1 /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage 1 /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution 300 /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution 300 /colorimagedepth -1 /colorimagemindownsampledepth 1 /colorimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000colorimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution 300 /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution 300 /grayimagedepth -1 /grayimagemindownsampledepth 2 /grayimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor 0.15 /hsamples [1 1 1 1] /vsamples [1 1 1 1] >> /jpeg2000grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /jpeg2000grayimagedict << /tilewidth 256 /tileheight 256 /quality 30 >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution 1200 /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution 1200 /monoimagedepth -1 /monoimagedownsamplethreshold 1.50000 /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k -1 >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx1acheck false /pdfx3check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader 5.0 i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader 5.0 en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader 5.0 and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) (1.0) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) (4.0) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample16bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) (2.0) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [2400 2400] /pagesize [612.000 792.000] >> setpagedevice shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: s.k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 57 experimental investigation on possible dependence of plastic zone size on specimen geometry s. k. kudari school of mechanical engineering, howard college campus, university of kwazulu-natal, durban4041, south africa. b. maiti department of mechanical engineering, indian institute of technology, kharagpur-721 302, india. k. k. ray department of metallurgical and materials engineering, indian institute of technology, kharagpur-721 302, india. abstract. in this investigation the extent of the plastic zone size ahead of a crack-tip in single edge notched tension (sent), compact tension (ct) specimens has been examined experimentally by micro-hardness technique and by elastic-plastic finite element analyses at different applied load levels. the magnitudes of the plastic zone size (pzs), rp ahead of crack-tip in the investigated specimens have been compared using normalized j-integral (j/aσy, where, a-crack length and σy-yield stress of the material). the results show the dependence of pzs on specimen geometry due to varied in-plane crack-tip constraint. the results also demonstrate that the existing analytical models do not explain the experimental results of pzs satisfactorily. keywords. crack-tip plasticity; elastic-plastic material, specimen geometry, micro-hardness technique introduction he studies on crack-tip plastic zones are of fundamental importance in describing the process of failure from a macroscopic viewpoint and in formulating various fracture criteria. the standard astm procedure astm e182099a [1] for determining fracture toughness criteria of materials require knowledge of the extent of plastic zone occurring at the crack-tips. wang [2] has suggested that plastic deformation may be the main mechanical driving force for crack propagation. park et al. [3] have considered that size of crack-tip plastic zone is a potential epfm parameter connecting direct physical meaning to describe crack propagation. in epfm, it is also known that the load intensity in ductile fracture measured as j-integral alone cannot describe the stress state accurately. this discrepancy is commonly referred as constraint issues in fracture. yuan and brocks [4] have considered that constraint literally is a structural obstacle against plastic deformation, which is induced mainly by geometrical and physical boundary conditions. with detailed finite element analyses they have also argued that constraint effects in a fracture specimen depend on the plastic zone size (pzs). recently, kudari et al. [5] have theoretically studied the effect of specimen geometry on plastic zone size using the j-integral to explore the constraint effects. the authors have suggested that the results can be used to obtain a specimen size requirement of jc test specimen independent of specimen geometry. the theoretical analyses of kudari et al. [5] related to constraint effects and plastic zones have been carried out on different types of specimen configurations. these results demand substantiation with some experimental measurements of pzs. a number of investigations are available on the experimental estimation of plastic zones in metallic materials as cited in the article of uguz and martin [6]. but, the available results from these investigations cannot be used in a simplified manner to support the theoretical work on pzs presented by kudari et al. [5]. the details of deformation behaviour together with determination of pzs are required to compare estimates made from theoretical analysis and experimental work. in this study an effort is made to generate experimental and theoretical estimates of pzs pertaining to the same t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 58 material in two specimen geometry having varied a/w ratio to substantiate the theoretical analysis of kudari et al. [5]. a comparative assessment of the experimental measurements of pzs with the results computed by elastic-plastic finite element analysis (fea) and earlier analytical formulations [7, 8, 9] has been also carried out. experimental commercial interstitial free (if) steel has been selected for experimental determination of plastic zones in the present investigation. the if steel has been obtained in the form of 3 mm thick sheets in the cold rolled state as courtesy of tata iron and steel co. ltd., jamshedpur, india. the chemical composition of the material is given in tab. 1. in the present experimental investigation, micro-hardness technique [6] is used for estimation of plastic zone size. hence, it was necessary to relieve the surface stresses in the as received material due to cold rolling, and material is given a heat treatment. all specimens of the interstitial free steel for various investigations were subjected to stress-relief annealing. the stress relief annealing consisted of soaking the specimens at 700 ± 2°c for 1 hour in a resistance heating furnace followed by air-cooling. the microstructure of the steel was found to exhibit equiaxed polygonal ferritic structure having average size of 27.1 ± 2.2 µm, as determined by linear intercept method. the single-phase structures of this material constitute the selection basis because this makes application of the microhardness technique amenable for determining plastic zone size. element weight percentage c 0.003 mn 0.110 si 0.009 cr 0.027 ni 0.017 mo 0.002 s 0.007 p 0.012 al 0.040 cu 0.006 nb 0.001 ti 0.055 v 0.001 n 30 ppm fe bal table 1: chemical composition of the interstitial free steel used in the analysis tensile tests following astm procedure, astm e8-00 [10] were carried out on flat specimens of gauge length 25 mm and width 10 mm with the help of a 50 kn capacity screw driven shimadzu universal testing machine (model: ag5000g) at ambient temperature (30°c) using a cross head speed of 0.5 mm/min. the crosshead speed corresponds to nominal strain rate of 3.33x10-4s-1. two tensile tests were carried out to obtain the average tensile properties of the selected steel. the micro-hardness of the material was determined with the help of a micro-hardness tester (leco, model: dm400) using a load of 10 gmf for 15 sec duration. the average micro-hardness value was estimated from 25 randomly taken readings. two types of specimens were fabricated for the measurement of plastic zone size. these are: (a) single edge notched tensile (sent) and (b) compact tension (ct) specimens. all the sent specimens were fabricated with width (w)=25 mm and height (h) = 100 mm. the value of a/w considered in this study are 0.25 and 0.50. the ct specimens were made following the astm standard [1] with w = 25 mm and a/w = 0.5. the specimen surfaces were grinded (before heat treatment) to facilitate a fine polishing, which is needed for measuring microhardness. because of surface grinding, the final thickness of all the specimens was reduced to 2.7 mm. typical configurations of sent and ct specimens used in this analyses are shown in fig.1. a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 59 figure 1: configurations of sent and ct specimens used for plastic zone study. notches were inserted in the fabricated specimen blanks by wire electro discharge machining (edm). the notch length in each specimen was measured using the micrometer attached to the specimen stage of the vickers microhardness testing machine. the configuration of the notch-tip was recorded at x200 with the help of a ccd camera attached to an optical microscope. the notch-tip root radii were then measured from these images with the help of an image analyzer. the notch radius measured was 180 µm. one side of the specimen was finely polished around the crack-tip in order to facilitate measurements of microhardness and to observe the plastic spread near the crack-tip. this was done by successively grinding the specimen on finer silicon abrasive papers, followed by final polishing on a velvet cloth smeared with 0.25 µm diamond paste. plastic zone in each of the specimens was introduced by applying pre-selected monotonic tensile loads at a crosshead speed of 0.05 mm/min at room temperature (30oc). a number of such tests were carried out on sent and ct specimens at different tensile loads to introduce varied sizes of plastic zones. the applied tensile loads corresponded to stress ratio (σ/σy) of 0.4-0.85 for sent specimens and 0.3-0.75 for ct specimens, where σ and σy are applied stress and yield stress of a material respectively. the applied stress σ for sent and ct specimen have been computed by expressions cited in the earlier investigation of [11]. to evaluate the plastic zone size ahead of crack-tip (at θ = 0o plane), a series of micro-hardness indentations were made ahead of each crack-tip with the help of a vickers pyramid indenter using a load of 10 gmf for 15 sec duration. the distance between two successive microhardness indentations (during plastic zone estimation) was kept approximately 50 µm so that there is no interaction between the deformation zones of the successive indentations. as the material is strain hardening type, because of large strain ahead of the crack-tip the hardness at the tip of the crack is expected to be higher and it gradually decreases as magnitude of strain reduces along the ligament ahead of crack-tip. the micro-hardness tests were terminated at a distance from the crack-tip where the hardness readings were found to have reached a saturation plateau equivalent to the average microhardness value of the material. finite element analysis series of stress analyses by finite element method (fem) have been conducted on single edge notched tension (sent) and compact tension (ct) specimens (fig.1) at various applied load steps. all the finite element computations were performed using general-purpose finite element code ansys [12]. due to the symmetry of the specimens under mode-i loading, only one half of the sent and ct specimens were considered in the analyses. as specimen thickness is 2.7 mm, it considered to carry out plane stress fe analysis. two-dimensional fe mesh was generated using eight-noded isoparametric quadrilateral elements, considering plane stress condition with specimen thickness input. the number of elements used for sent and ct specimens were 1451 and 864 respectively. the load was applied in the form of pressure (uniform applied stress) on the surface parallel to the ligament for sent specimen. but concentrated point loads were applied for ct specimen model to simulate pin-loading condition in this specimen. a http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 60 the sequential developments of plastic zone in the selected specimens were evaluated at different applied loads corresponding to stress ratio (σ/σy) ranging between 0.1 and 0.85. the boundary separating the plastic enclave from the elastic bulk was obtained from the iso-stress contours of effective stress (σeff) estimated using von mises yield criterion following the procedure adopted by gdoutos and papakaliatakis [13]. the elastic-plastic fe analysis is performed considering the material behavior to be multilinear kinematic hardening pertaining to if steel. the newton-rapson procedure in which stiffness matrix is updated for every equilibrium iterations was used for the nonlinear convergence. in these analyses the elastic modulus and poisson’s ratio of the material has been taken as 194 gpa and 0.3, whereas the yield strength and the true stress-strain curve were taken from experimental results of tensile test. the plastic part of the true stress-strain curve (fig.2) was divided into twenty segments for the multilinear hardening model. the magnitude of j-integral was evaluated for a path at a specific loading condition and for a particular specimen geometry using the expression proposed by rice [14] ∫ γ       ∂ ∂ −= ds x u twdyj ii (1) w= ∫ ε εσ 0 ijij d ; jiji nt σ= where w = strain energy density, ti = traction vector, u i = displacement vector, s = element of arc length along contour γ the contour around the crack-tip was defined by four corner nodes in this analysis domain. the average value of j at a particular loading magnitude was estimated by considering four different paths around the crack-tip. results and discussion he estimated magnitudes of the tensile properties and hardness of the investigated steels are summarized in tab. 2. the estimated 2% yield strength, ultimate tensile strength and percentage of elongation of the investigated steels as indicated in tab. 2 are in close agreement with some earlier reported results [15, 16] for if steel. the true stress (σ) – true strain (ε) curve for the investigated material up to a maximum load is shown in fig.2, which is used for elastic-plastic fe analysis. the experimental determination of plastic zone has been carried out by examining the variation of microhardness with distance ahead of crack-tip along θ =0o plane. a typical plot obtained for sent specimen with a/w=0.25 and σ/σy = 0.60 is shown in fig.3 in which the average microhardness of the material with its upper and lower bounds are also indicated. the result in this figure indicates that the values of micro-hardness (vickers hardness, vh) continuously decrease with increase in distance ahead of a crack-tip to a saturation plateau. the extent of plastic zone ahead of a crack-tip is considered to be the distance between the location of the crack-tip and the point where microhardness of the material reaches the saturation plateau in microhardness vs. distance curve. σys (mpa) σuts (mpa) %el vhn 125.40 273.10 51.12 147 table.2 mechanical properties of the interstitial free steel used in the analyses. (σysyield strength, σutsultimate tensile strength, %elpercentage elongation, vhn vickers hardness number) a few earlier investigators [17, 18, 19] have employed graphical method to locate the boundary of the plastic zone from the microhardness-distance plots. the obtained experimental data of microhardness vs. distance (fig.3) exhibit considerable scatter, and as a consequence application of the graphical method to demarcate the plastic zone boundary in an unambiguous manner is difficult. a simple analytical procedure was thus developed to locate the boundary of the plastically deformed regimes to overcome the above problem. t http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 61 figure 2: true stress vs. true strain curve for investigated if steel. figure 3: typical plot of the variations of microhardness values ahead of a crack-tip. the microhardness values in the saturation plateau were found to fluctuate within some definite limits for the if steel. the fluctuation of microhardness values of a material is an intrinsic phenomenon; never the less this was examined in the following way. the average microhardness values of these steels were separately determined on unloaded samples. these experiments yielded average microhardness of if steel 147 ± 5 vh. when the mean value was marked on the microhardness-distance plots, the saturation plateau could be delineated, but the point, which demarcates the elasticplastic boundary, could not be ascertained with certainty. next, each set of data was subjected to polynomial fit with polynomial equations of different degrees. it was found that as the degree of the polynomial increases, the magnitudes of the regression coefficients also increase. but while carrying out this exercise, it was found that the improvement in the magnitude of the regression co-efficient was marginal for fitted polynomials with degrees greater than six. hence, a sixth degree polynomial was selected to describe the obtained variation of micro-hardness with distance. typically, such best-fit curve is also shown in fig.3. the first intersection of the sixth degree polynomial with mean value of the saturation plateau was located. the distance between the crack-tip and this point was considered as the extent of plastic zone size (rp) in a specimen as shown in fig.3. the degree of scatter associated with micro-hardness values measured in plastic zone was found to be ± 5%. this scatter of microhardness is in close agreement with the scatter reported by ray and mondal [20]. in order to study the effect of specimen geometry and a/w ratio on plastic zone size a few experiments were carried out to reveal the microhardness variation ahead of crack-tip up to the end of ligament. a typical such plot for ct specimen with a/w=0.5 is shown in fig.4. it is noted from this figure that microhardness first decreases to a plateau and again increases up to the end of the ligament. the increase of microhardness near the ligament end of the specimen is due to the existence of compressive plastic zone [21] due to bend loading. because of development of compressive plastic zone in specimens with higher a/w ratio, the growth of crack-tip plastic zone size gets hindered. the development of compressive plastic zone depends on the specimen geometry and loading. thus it can be concluded that the magnitude of pzs in a material is significantly influenced by the type and the geometry of the specimen selected for the investigation. the shape of plastic enclaves using fea has been obtained at different load steps and the extent of plastic zone size, rp, at θ =0o have been estimated. the method of to estimate the value of rp by using fea outputs of the plastic enclave is discussed elsewhere [5]. the magnitudes of rp estimated by microhardness technique in ct and sent specimens (a/w=0.50) of if steel were compared with the theoretically estimated magnitudes of rp in fig.5. this plot helps to infer that the experimental results of pzs are in good agreement with the results estimated by elasticplastic fea. commonly, experimentally determined plastic zone sizes are compared with those derived from the existing analytical models [7, 8, 9]. these analytical models use normalized applied stress (σ/σy) as a reference parameter. the http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 62 variation of rp/a against σ/σy as obtained from these analytical models were also computed and the results are superimposed in fig.5. it is clear from all the results depicted in fig.5 that: (a) none of the analytical models satisfactorily explain the present experimental results and (b) elastic-plastic fea describes the experimental results in the best manner for the entire range of investigation. figure 4: typical variation of microhardness along the entire ligament of a ct specimen. figure 5: comparison of the experimental and fea results with various analytical methods. all the experimental results on pzs evaluated in the present investigation on if steel along with the fe results are compiled based on normalized j (j/aσy) and normalized σ (σ/σy) in fig.6 and fig.7 respectively. these figures shows that the experimental results are in good agreement with the fe results plotted against both the reference parameters. these plots infer that the experimental results of pzs are in excellent agreement with the results of fea when examined with respect to any of the reference parameters at lower applied stress or j-integral levels. at higher applied stress or j levels it is observed that experimental measurements of pzs are marginally lower than that of fea in the investigated steel. this may be possibly attributed to the following reasons: (i) interaction of compressive plastic zone with the crack-tip plastic zone and (ii) measurement difficulties. figure 6: variation normalized plastic zone size (rp/a) estimated by microhardness technique and fea vs. normalized j-integral (j/aσy) in sent and ct specimens figure 7: variation normalized plastic zone size (rp/a) estimated by microhardness technique and fea vs. normalized applied stress (σ/σy) in sent and ct specimens. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s.k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 63 the conventional analysis based on applied stress (fig.7) illustrates that there is good amount of deviation in the results on different specimen geometry, which does not allow one to satisfactorily explain the effect of geometry on pzs. on the other hand, the variation of rp/a with j/aσy (fig.6) shows that the nature of growth of pzs in the two types of specimens in both the investigated steels is almost identical up to a particular magnitude of j/aσy, beyond which the specimen geometry influences the nature of variation of rp/a, as obtained in the investigation of kudari et al. [5]. the critical value of up to which rp/a is similar in sent and ct specimens is ≅ 0.0035. these results elucidate that the development of plastic zone size in a specimen is primarily affected by the specimen geometry and a/w ratio due to varied in-plane constraint [4]. the present experimental results on pzs thus validate the theory proposed by kudari et al. [5] that the study of plastic zones made with respect to normalized j (j/aσy) yield better analysis of the results. the pzs results studied in this manner gives clear idea of geometry dependency and can be used for constraint analysis and to obtain specimen size requirements for fracture test independent of geometry. conclusions n this work a simple procedure for demarcating the location of elastic-plastic boundary in the microhardness vs. distance plot ahead of a crack-tip has been suggested. it has been shown that the experimental results of pzs for interstitial free steel are in excellent agreement with the elastic-plastic fe analysis. the experimental results obtained validates the theoretical investigation of kudari et al. [5], which can be used for to obtain specimen size requirements for fracture test independent of geometry. acknowledgements one of the present authors dr s. k. kudari would like to thank the department of materials and metallurgical engineering, indian institute of technology, kharagpur, india, for providing laboratory facilities to carry out this work. references [1] astm e1820 -99a, 1999. standard test method for measurement of fracture toughness, american society for testing and materials, philadelphia. [2] g. s. wang, engineering fracture mechanics, 46 (1993) 909-930. [3] park, heung-bae, kim, kyung-mo, lee, byong-whi., international journal of pressure vessels & piping, 68 (1996) 279-285. [4] h. yuan, w. brocks, journal of the mechanics physics solids, 46 (1998) 219-241. [5] s. k. kudari, b. maiti, k.k. ray, journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 42 (2007) 126-137. [6] a. uguz, j. w. martin, materials characterization, 37 (1996) 105-118. [7] g.r. irwin, proc 7th sagamore ordinance mater. res. conf., new york, iv (1960) 63-77. [8] d.s. dugdale, journal of the mechanics physics solids, 8 (1960) 100-104. [9] d. kujawski, f. ellyn, engineering fracture mechanics, 25 (1986) 229-236. [10] astm e8-00, 2000. standard test method for tension testing of metallic materials, american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, pennsylvania. [11] a.h. priest, journal of strain analysis for engineering design, 10 (1975) 225-232 [12] ansys version 9, 2004. swanson analysis systems, ansys inc., canonsbarg pa, usa [13] e.e. gdoutos, g. papakalitakis, international journal of fracture, 32 (1987) 143-156. [14] j.r rice, journal of applied mechanics transactions of asme, 35 (1968) 379-386. [15] r. mendoza, m. alanis, j. huante, c. gonzalez-rivera, j.a. juarez-islas, journal of materials processing and technology, 101 (2000) 238-244. [16] r. mendoza, m. alanis, j. huante, c. gonzalez-rivera, j.a. juarez-islas, materials science and engineering a, 276 (2003) 203-209. [17] c. bathias, r.m. pelloux, metallurgical transactions, 4 (1973) 1265-1273. [18] s.i. kwun, s.h. parks, scripta metallurgica, 21 (1987) 797-800. [19] c. loye, c. bathias, d. retali j. c. devux. astm-stp 811 (1983) 427-444. i http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it s. k. kudari et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 7 (2009) 57-64; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.07.04 64 [20] k.k. ray, d. mondal, metallurgical transactions, 23a (1992), 3309-3315. [21] r.h. dodds jr, t.l. anderson, m.t. kirk, international journal of fracture, 48 (1991) 1-22. http://dx.medra.org/10.3221/igf-esis.07.04&auth=true http://www.gruppofrattura.it vhn shot peening processes to obtain nanocrystalline surfaces in metal alloys: q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 35 effect of inter-cluster interference on fracture morphology in multi-cluster staged fracturing for shale reservoir qing-chao li, yuan-fang cheng*, dong-xian zhou, qiang li, ubedullah ansari school of petroleum engineering, china university of petroleum (east china), qingdao, shandong 266580, china. b16020053@s.upc.edu.cn, yfcheng@upc.edu.cn abstract. multi-cluster staged fracturing technology is an effective measure to stimulate the reservoir properties. however, the inter-cluster interference effect is obvious when the cluster spacing is very narrow, which seriously affects the effect of fracturing. in order to understand the interference among fracturing clusters within the single fracturing section of the shale horizontal wells during multi-cluster staged fracturing, a finite element model is developed by using abaqus finite element simulation software. on this basis, the influences of factors on the fracture morphology are studied. the simulation results have shown that the cluster spacing is the most important factor affecting inter-cluster interference. with the increase in the distance between adjacent clusters, the interference among the fracturing fractures decreases and the propagation of different fractures become homogeneous or similar. moreover, the increase in the elastic modulus of the shale formation promotes the propagation of the fractures longitudinally, but it hinders the crack opening of the fracture laterally. in addition, properly increasing the injection rate of fracturing fluid during fracturing is more advantageous for obtaining long and wide fractures. besides, the effect of the fracturing fluid viscosity on fracture width is greater than that on the fracture half-length. the simulation results show the existence of inter-cluster interference comprehensively, which can provide a reference for the design and optimization of multi-cluster staged fracturing to some extent. keywords. multi-cluster staged fracturing; inter-cluster interference; shale gas reservoir; finite element method. citation: li, q. c., cheng, y. f., zhou, d. x., li, q., ansari, u., effect of inter-cluster interference on the fracture morphology in multi-cluster staged fracturing for shale reservoir, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48. received: 02.12.2017 accepted: 28.01.2018 published: 01.04.2018 copyright: © 2018 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ydraulic fracturing technology is mainly used for stimulating reservoir properties, and thus promoting the production of oil and gas resources, especially unconventional oil and gas resources such as tight gas and shale gas. over the past few decades, hydraulic fracturing technology has made considerable progress and has been h q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 36 widely used in the development of unconventional resources [1,2], in spite of the fact that its potential environmental impact is gradually attracting attention [3]. with the rapid growth in global energy demand, unconventional oil and gas resources that exist in reservoirs with low permeability, such as shale gas and tight gas, have been under unprecedented exploration and development. the efficient development of unconventional oil and gas resources in the future depends on such factors as resources, technologies and markets [4]. both the practical production and the numerical simulations have shown that the combination of horizontal well drilling technology and hydraulic fracturing technology will greatly improve the production of unconventional oil and gas resources [5-10]. in the early 1990s, hydraulic fracturing technology began to be used in the development of natural gas in the barnett shale, texas, united states. according to u.s. energy information administration (eia) statistics, 85% of the production wells in the united states are currently being developed with horizontal well fracturing technology, and the stimulation effect is significant [11]. in addition, the statistical results also show that the crude oil production from fractured wells accounts for more than 1/2 of the total crude oil production, and the gas produced by fracturing wells even reaches more than 2/3 [12]. although relevant studies have shown that increasing the design density of perforation is an effective way to improve the productivity of shale gas, an increase in the number of hydraulic fractures will affect the productivity increase of a single fracture. therefore, the number of fractures within the single fracturing section should not increase infinitely during the multi-cluster staged fracturing operation, and the determination of the cluster spacing becomes the challenge of fracturing design [13]. until now, some scholars have conducted thorough studies on the mechanical description of the multi-cluster staged fracturing process in shale horizontal wells, which mainly focus on two aspects: initiation and propagation of cracks and reorientation of fractures. fig.1 shows the initiation and propagation of hydraulically induced fracture during hydraulic fracturing. zhang guangming et al. analyzed the factors affecting the fracture propagation of hydraulic fracturing using the three-dimensional fluid-solid coupling model. it was found that factors such as in-situ stress, initial pore pressure and fluid leakage coefficient all have an impact on the fracture propagation in hydraulic fracturing [14]. pan et al analyzed factors affecting both the location and the pressure of crack initiation. simulation results show that the increase in both the density and the length of perforation made the initiation pressure decreased, and the presence of both the natural fractures and the cross bedding also affected the initiation of cracks in shale reservoirs [15]. lo et al. conducted numerical simulations on crack initiation and propagation of brittle rocks during hydraulic fracturing, the simulation results showed that the interaction between fractures aggravated as the fracture propagated [16]. peirce studied the interference between fractures when the number of clusters in the single fracturing section was different, and the results verified the existence of stress shadowing between fractures. however, the factors influencing the size of stress shadowing and the corresponding influence laws have not been discussed in depth [17]. although these studies are important for understanding the mechanism of fracture propagation in hydraulic fracturing, they have not been able to do further research on the interaction between hydraulically induced fractures within the single fracturing section in the multi-cluster staged fracturing of shale horizontal wells. in a sense, the effect of inter-cluster interference on fracturing results is more troublesome than that of reservoir heterogeneity [17]. figure 1: schematic diagram for the initiation and propagation of hydraulically induced fracture during hydraulic fracturing operation. in this work, a two-dimensional seepage-stress-damage coupled finite element model is developed based on the cohesive element inside abaqus finite element analysis software. furthermore, the influences of such factors as cluster spacing, formation elastic modulus and injection rate of fracturing fluid on fracture morphology are studied, which can provide a reference for the optimization of the cluster spacing when the multi-cluster staged fracturing operation is performed. in q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 37 the end, optimization is performed for hydraulic fracturing in a shale gas horizontal well in the southwest oil and gas field in china. fluid-solid coupling theory for hydraulic fracturing s shown in fig.1, there is no crack in reservoir formation at the beginning of the hydraulic fracturing operation. however, with the increase in volume of injected fracturing fluid, cracks appear firstly in the direction of the maximum horizontal principal stress. moreover, with the continuous injection of fracturing fluid, cracks will be further propagated and widened. understandably, hydraulic fracturing is a complicated process involving seepage, rock deformation and damage. in order to analyze the interaction between hydraulically induced fractures, it is necessary to study the fluid-solid coupling theory in hydraulic fracturing process. fundamental equations of fluid-solid model based on the principle of effective stress, the fluid-solid analyses of crack propagation are launched and its expression is  effe tota wp= + (1) where, σeffe is the effective stress, mpa; σtota is the total stress, mpa; pw is the pore pressure, mpa. for porous media of rock, the equilibrium equation can be expressed as the eq. (2) [14].            effe w v vv s vmp dv t ds f dv (2) where, m is the unit matrix, δε is the virtual strain rate matrix, s-1; t is the surface traction matrix, n/m2; δv is virtual velocity matrix, m/s; f is the body force, n/m3; ds and dv are the area and volume respectively. the continuity equation of pore fluid in the porous rock can be written as the following equation.             w w w w wv v d v j n dv v n v dv j dt x 1 0 (3) where, j is the volume change rate of porous media, dimensionless; nw is the ratio of fluid volume to total volume, dimensionless; ρw is the fluid density, kg/m3;x is the space vector, m; dt is the time step in s; vw indicates the seepage velocity of pore fluid in m/s. during hydraulic fracturing, fluid seepage velocity in porous media can be described by darcy's law [15].            w w w w w pk v g n g x (4) where, μ is the fluid viscosity, pa·s; k is the reservoir permeability in μm2; ∂pw is the increment of pore pressure, pa. cohesive element method is the commonly used finite element method (fem) in hydraulic fracturing simulation. based on the abaqus fem software, the cohesive element method is used to simulate the simultaneous propagation of multiple hydraulically induced fractures within the single fracturing section during hydraulic fracturing in shale horizontal wells. the constitutive model of the cohesive element satisfies the law of traction-separation [14]. that is, it is assumed that the response of the cohesive element before it is damaged satisfies a linear relationship. however, damage of cohesive element occurs when the tractive force exceeds a critical value. in addition, the traction acting on the cohesive element decreases with increasing separation displacement between the two outer surfaces after the damage occurs. linear elastic traction-separation behavior stress-strain characteristics of the cohesive element satisfies a linear elastic relationship before damage occurs. a q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 38                                   n nn ns nt n s ns ss st s t nt st tt t k k k k k k k k k k (5) where, σn is the maximum stress that the element can bear in the normal direction, pa; σs and σt are the maximum stress that the element can bear in the first and the second tangential directions respectively, pa. likewise, εn, εs, and εt are the strains of the element in the normal, the first and the second tangential directions respectively. crack initiation and propagation here, the maximum normal stress criterion is the initiation criterion. in other words, the element starts to damage when the stresses in all directions exceed the critical values it can bear. the initiation criterion can be represented by eq. (6).             n s t nc sc tc max , , 1 (6) where, σnc is the tensile strength, mpa; σsc and σtc are the critical shear stresses that the element can bear in the first and the second tangential directions respectively, mpa. for the criterion of crack propagation, crack propagation criteria in bk (benzeggagh-kenane) mixed-mode is one of the most frequently used criteria for studying crack propagation. it is particularly useful and efficient when the critical fracture energy along the first shear direction is equal to that along the second shear direction. the criterion can be expressed as the following equation.             cs t nc sc nc n s t g g g g g g g g g (7) where, variables of gn, gs, gt, gnc, gsc and gc are the energy release rate in the normal direction, the energy release rate in the first tangential direction, the energy release rate in the second tangential direction, the critical energy release rate in the normal direction, the critical energy release rate in the first tangential direction and the critical total energy release rate respectively, pa·m; η is a constant related to the material properties, it is 2.284 in this work. the total energy release rate is defined as gt=gn+gt+gs; the fracture begins to propagate when gt is equal to gc. finite element analysis simulation numerical modeling and meshing he numerical model established in this paper is mainly based on the following assumptions. firstly, it is assumed that reservoir is a linear elastic isotropic homogeneous formation. meanwhile, the horizontal wellbore is distributed along the direction of the minimum horizontal principal stress, and the perforation clusters in the single fracturing section initiate synchronously under the action of hydraulic pressure. furthermore, both the pressure drop of the fracturing fluid flowing within the horizontal wellbore and the influence of perforation friction are neglected. the problem of interference between fracturing clusters in a single fracturing stage during multi-cluster staged fracturing for shale gas horizontal wells can be simplified as a problem of two-dimensional plane strain. therefore, as shown in fig. 2, taking into account the symmetry of the borehole and formation, a two-dimensional finite element model was established by selecting the formation with the size of 400×400 meters on one side of the horizontal wellbore. compared with the three-dimensional model, a two-dimensional model can dramatically reduce the number of elements within the model, which can effectively improve the calculation speed of the simulation process. the whole simulation process is independent of the borehole size, so the size of the borehole is not required to define in the model. generally, it is appropriate to arrange 2 to 5 fracturing clusters in each fracturing section. in this paper, three perforation clusters are designed in each fracturing section. t q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 39 figure 2: schematic diagram of multi-cluster staged fracturing for shale gas horizontal well and the established finite element model two types of elements, cpe4p and coh2d4p, are used in the model. the cpe4p element can simulate the plane strain problem of porous elastic media, and the whole reservoir is assigned to this type of element. however, both the initiation and the propagation of cracks during hydraulic fracturing operation can be achieved by using coh2d4p element. the whole process of fracture propagation, fluid flow along the fracture and fluid leakage can be simulated by coh2d4p element when the fracturing fluid is injected into the formation. a total of 15,000 cpe4p elements and 800 coh2d4p elements are included in the model. the model is established by cae module in abaqus software, and on this basis, the secondary development is carried out to realize the numerical simulation of crack propagation. in addition, in order to improve the accuracy of the simulation results and the convergence of the simulation process, the variable density method is used to realize the meshing of the model. that is, the elements near the cracks are more sophisticated and finely divided, which can be seen from fig. 2. in terms of boundary conditions and initial conditions, the normal displacement of each boundary is fixed, and the pore pressure boundary is set to be constant along each boundary during the whole simulation process. the initial void ratio, initial stresses and initial pore pressure within the formation are defined by using the predefined field definition in abaqus fem software. in addition, the transient coupling solution has been used for simulating the hydraulic fracturing process. material properties and construction parameters according to the mechanical parameters of shale reservoirs and the construction parameters for fracturing operations, factors affecting the interference between different fracturing clusters within the single hydraulic fracturing section are studied. the stratigraphic parameters and construction parameters used in simulation are shown in tab. 1 and tab. 2, respectively. parameter value parameter value elastic modulus, e / gpa 20 poisson's ratio, ν 0.2 maximum horizontal principal stress, σh / mpa 27 minimum horizontal principal stress , σh / mpa 16 vertical principal stress, σv / mpa 27 saturation, so / % 100 tensile strength, c / mpa 3 initial porosity, ϕ / % 4 initial pore pressure, pip / mpa 10 leakoff coefficient, l /m/s 1×10-8 permeability, k / m2 5×10-17 length×width / m2 400×400 table 1: model parameters of shale gas reservoir. q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 40 parameter value viscosity of fracturing fluid, u / mpa·s 1 injection rate, q / m3/min 6 cluster spacing, h / m 30 total fracturing time, t / min 10 table 2: construction parameters of multi-cluster staged hydraulic fracturing. the parameters in tab. 1 and tab. 2 are only for the standard model, whereas sensitivity studies can be performed by changing the corresponding parameters. on this basis, influences of the factors, such as cluster spacing and the injection rate of fracturing fluid, on the crack morphology are studied by using the fea model. sensitivity analysis effect of cluster spacing on fracture morphology roper cluster spacing is the key to the design of multi-cluster staged fracturing in horizontal wells. therefore, in order to study the impact of cluster spacing on the fracture morphology (mainly the crack length and crack width), five different cluster spacings of 10m, 20m, 30m, 40m and 50m are examined. the width of all fractures studied in this paper is based on the value of the injection point. fig.3 shows the contour of fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes when the cluster spacing is different. figure 3: contour of fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes when the cluster spacing is different. (deformation scale factor = 500). in order to study the mutual interference of fractures during fracturing, an interference coefficient (in) is defined to characterize this response, which can be expressed by the following equation. p q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 41       mid side w in w = 1100% (8) where, w is the width or the half-length of fracture, and the subscript mid and side represent the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) and the two fractures on both sides ( the 1st and the 3rd fracture). when the coefficient in is less than 1.0, the existence of interference can be explained. moreover, the larger the coefficient is, the stronger the interference is. the blue line in fig.4 represents the interference coefficient curve. figure 4: results of fracture propagation when the cluster spacing is different. fig.4 shows the results of the fracture half-length (fig.4a) and the fracture width (fig.4b) of the three clusters within the single fracturing section when the cluster spacing is different. as can be seen from fig.3 and fig.4, the effects of cluster spacing on the morphology of different fractures vary widely, the interference between the fracturing clusters decreases with the increase of the cluster spacing. under the conditions that the cluster spacing is 10 m, the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) stops propagating when its half-length is quite small, and the half-length is only 6% of that of the other two fractures (the 1st fracture and the 3rd fracture), whereas the fracture width is also only 19% of the width of the other two fractures. this is because that the stress interference between the fracturing clusters is very violent, which strongly inhibits the propagation of the middle fracture. with the gradual increase of the cluster spacing, stress interference between the fracturing clusters gradually diminishes. when the cluster spacing is 30 m, all fractures reach the maximum width, the width of the middle fracture and the other two side fractures are 1.36 cm and 1.62 cm respectively. however, when the cluster spacing reaches 50 m, the interference coefficient in reaches nearly zero, which indicates that the interference between fractures almost disappears, and the morphology of all these three fractures are nearly the same. it can be concluded that the cluster spacing is an important factor affecting the intensity of stress interference among the fractures within the single fracturing section. as the cluster spacing decreases, the stress interference between fractures increases, and the propagation of the middle fracture is seriously suppressed. however, with the increase in the cluster spacing, the stress interference between the clusters decreases or even disappears, and the morphological differences between all fractures become negligible. effect of elastic modulus on fracture morphology the elastic modulus of reservoir is also another factor affecting both the interference between the clusters and fracture morphology. in this part, the influence of elastic modulus on fracture propagation under the condition of the same cluster spacing is analyzed. fig.5 illustrates the contour of fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes when elastic modulus is different. fig.6 shows the results of the fracture half-length (fig.6a) and the fracture width (fig.6b) of the three fracturing clusters within the single fracturing section under different elastic modulus. q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 42 figure 5: contour of fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes for formation with different elastic modulus. (deformation scale factor = 500). figure 6: results of fracture morphology for fracture propagation when the elastic modulus of reservoir is different. as can be illustrated in fig.6, reservoir elastic modulus can significantly influence fracture propagation, but it hardly affects the interference between fractures, the interference coefficient is almost close to a constant. with the increase of the reservoir elastic modulus, the lengths of all fractures increase, but not significantly. for the 1st fracture and the 3rd fracture, when the elastic modulus increases from 20gpa to 40gpa, the fracture half-length increases from 49m to 75m, increasing by 53%. under the same conditions, the half-length of the 2nd fracture also increased from 13m to 18m, which increased by 38%. nevertheless, the interference coefficient remains at about 75%. therefore, it can be concluded that the elastic modulus of the formation does not affect the interference between the fractures in the process of fracture propagation, in spite of the fact that half-length of all fractures increase obviously. q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 43 however, with the increase of the elastic modulus of the reservoir, the width of each fracture decreases significantly, which is opposite to the fracture half-length. the width of both the 1st fracture and the 3rd fracture decreased from 1.62cm to 1.07cm, with a decrease of 34%. however, as for the middle fracture, its width decreased from 1.36cm to 0.96cm, with a drop of 29%. although varying the elastic modulus of reservoir will change the width of all fractures in the fracturing process, the simulation results of fracture width also show the conclusion that the interference between fractures is hardly influenced by the elastic modulus of reservoirs. it is an important index to evaluate the success of hydraulic fracturing whether the proppant can enter the fracture smoothly during the fracturing construction. however, increase in the elastic modulus of the reservoir will sharply narrow the width of the hydraulically induced fracture, thereby hindering the proppant carrying and causing sand plug. therefore, based on the study of the effect of cluster spacing on fracture morphology, for multi-cluster staged fracturing construction in reservoirs with high elastic modulus, large cluster spacing should be designed to avoid the difficulty of sand carrying caused by the smaller crack width. effect of injection rate on fracture morphology in the case of neglecting the friction of fracturing fluid while flowing in wellbore and assuming that the injection rate at all injection points is the same, the variation of the fracture morphology with the injection rate of the fracturing fluid is studied. here, five injection rates (5m3/min, 9m3/min, 12m3/min, 15m3/min and 18m3/min) are investigated to accomplish the goal. fig.7 illustrates the contour of fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes under different injection rates of fracturing fluid (when the cluster spacing is 30m). figure 7: contour of fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes when the injection rates of fracturing fluid is different. (deformation scale factor = 500, 30m cluster spacing). fig.8 shows the results of the fracture half-length (fig.8a) and the fracture width (fig.8b) of the three clusters within the single fracturing section when the injection rate is different. as can be seen from fig.8, with the increase in injection rate of fracturing fluid, both the fracture half-length and the width of all fracturing clusters increase gradually. as for the fracture half-length, when the injection rate of fracturing fluid increases from 5 to 18 m3/min, the half-length of two fractures on both sides (the 1st fracture and the 3rd fracture) increases from 45 m to 51 m, with an increase of 13%. however, although the half-length of the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) increases only from 11m to 14m, the increase q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 44 range reaches 27 %. similarly, when the injection rate of the fracturing fluid has increased by the same amplitude, the width of the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) increases from 1.25cm to 1.47cm, with an increase of 17%. however, for two fractures on both sides (the 1st fracture and the 3rd fracture) within the single section, the width increases only from 1.52cm to 1.68cm, by 10%. figure 8: results of fracture morphology for fracture propagation when the injection rate is different. however, as can be seen from fig.8, with the change in the injection rate of fracturing fluid, the interference coefficient during the fracture propagation changes little. when fracture half-length is taken as the criterion to evaluate interference between different fractures, the interference coefficient ranges from 70% to 80%. however, if the evaluation criterion is converted to fracture width, the interference coefficient ranges from 10% to 20%. the variation ranges of these interference coefficients are both very narrow. these simulation results indicate that the injection rate of fracturing fluid has only affected the morphology of all the fractures, but hardly influenced the interference between fractures. by comparison, it can be found that, in terms of the increase amplitude of both the fracture width and the fracture halflength, the middle fracture is always larger than the fractures on both sides. therefore, when other factors are all optimal, the larger injection rate of fracturing fluid can increase both the fracture width and propagation distance of all fractures within the single fracturing section, thus stimulating the reservoir optimally. effect of fracturing fluid viscosity on fracture morphology viscosity of fracturing fluid affects proppant transportation within the fracturing fluid, thereby affecting the stimulation result of the reservoir after fracturing construction. here, five viscosities (1mpa·s, 20mpa·s, 50mpa·s, 100mpa·s and 200mpa·s) are examined to study the influence of the viscosity of fracturing fluid on fracture propagation. fig.9 shows the contour of the fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes by using fracturing fluid with different viscosities when the cluster spacing is 30m. fig. 10 shows both the half-length (fig.10a) and the width (fig.10b) of all these three fractures by using the fracturing fluid with different viscosities when the cluster spacing is 30 m. as illustrated in fig.10, the width of each fracturing cluster increases gradually with the increase in fracturing fluid viscosity, but the fracture half-length shows the opposite trend, that is, shows a slight downward trend. in spite of this, different influences of the fracturing fluid viscosity on the morphology of different fractures are evident. when the fracturing fluid viscosity increases from 1 cp to 200 cp, the width of two fractures on both sides (the 1st fracture and the 3rd fracture) within the fracturing section increases by 9% (from 1.62cm to 1.76cm), whereas the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) shows the thinner width (increases from 1.36cm to 1.46cm), increasing only by 7%. compared with the other three factors (cluster spacing, elastic modulus and injection rate) mentioned above, the impact of the fracturing fluid viscosity is relatively small, which can be seen by the shape of the curves in fig.10, especially the fracture half-length curve. the increase in viscosity of fracturing fluid shortens all fractures that propagate simultaneously within the single fracturing section, but the effect of viscosity on the half-length of different fractures is different. when the viscosity of fracturing fluid increased from 1 cp to 200 cp, the half-length of the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) shortened by 4%, whereas the two fractures on both sides (the 1st fracture and the 3rd fracture) shortened by 12%. blue q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 45 lines in both subgraphs within fig.10 are almost horizontal straight lines, which indicate that the interference between the fractures within the single fracturing section is independent of the fracturing fluid viscosity. figure 9: result of fracture morphology after fracturing for 10 minutes by using fracturing fluid with different viscosities. (deformation scale factor = 500, 30 cluster spacing). figure 10: results of fracture morphology for fracture propagation when the viscosity of fracturing fluid is different. the research shows that the short and wide fracture can be obtained by increasing the viscosity of the fracturing fluid. although the width of the fractures can be increased by this, the length of the fractures may decrease, which is not conducive to increasing the volume of the reservoir stimulated by hydraulic fracturing. q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 46 case study ased on the above studies, it is found that cluster spacing is the most important factor affecting the interference between cracks, while other factors have little impact on it. consequently, taking a shale gas horizontal well located in the southwest oil and gas field of china as an example, the hydraulic fracturing construction has been optimized and designed. the lithology of the target reservoir for multi-cluster staged fracturing in the well is mainly the silty and the carbonaceous shale, and the complicated bedding is well developed in shale reservoir. the elastic modulus and poisson's ratio of reservoir rocks are 20.1gpa and 0.21, respectively. for the properties of the reservoir rock matrix, the content of brittle minerals is high with a brittleness index ranging from 0.5 to 0.6. the matrix porosity is very low, ranging from 1.17% to 7.72%, and matrix permeability varies between 1.0×10-18 m2 to 1.2×10-16 m2, so the reservoir can be defined as ultra-low permeability formation. the maximum horizontal stress and the minimum horizontal stress of the reservoir are 28.5mpa and 19.9mpa respectively, and the total length of the horizontal section is 1215m. the multi-cluster perforation scheme is used as the completion pattern, with three perforation clusters designed within one fracturing section. the injection rate of fracturing fluid is 14m3/min. based on the model established above, the cluster spacing optimization is performed. fig.11 shows the fracture half-length of all fractures when the cluster spacing is different. figure 11: fracture half-length of all fractures within the single fracturing section when the cluster spacing is different. when the cluster spacing is only 10 m, the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) will be strongly affected by the stress interference due to the adjacent fractures, which finally greatly hinders its full propagation. in the end, the half-length of the middle fracture is only 7% of that of the fractures on both sides within the fracturing section, and the interference coefficient even reaches 92%. with the gradual increase of cluster spacing, the stress interference among the hydraulically induced fractures has been gradually weakened, and the inhibition effect of stress interference on the propagation of middle fracture in the fracturing process has shown the same tendency. when the cluster spacing reaches 40 m, halflength of the middle fracture (the 2nd fracture) is basically equal to that of the two fractures on both sides within the fracturing section. all these results indicate that when the cluster spacing is designed to be 40m, the stimulation result may be best. under this condition, the length of each fracturing section is 120m, so the total number of fracturing section is 10 segments, which are in accordance with the practical fracturing design. during the actual construction of hydraulic fracturing in the field, the total volume of injected fracturing fluid was 10113 m3, and the volume of the solid proppant used was 35 m3. earth potential monitoring technology can realize the real-time monitoring of the fracturing construction results. the monitoring results show that the fracturing construction results in the complicated hydraulic fractures and thus effectively stimulate the shale reservoirs. after fracturing, the production test was carried out using a 14 mm-sized production nozzle. the gas production rate obtained by production test was 185000 m3/day, which showed a significant increase in gas production compared with the adjacent production wells in the same area. b q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 47 conclusions n this paper, a two-dimensional seepage-stress-damage coupled multiple fractures numerical model is developed by using the abaqus fem software. on this basis, the influences of factors, such as the cluster spacing, the elastic modulus and the injection rate of the fracturing fluid, on the fracture propagation morphology have been studied. the results show that: (1) the cluster spacing is the most important factor that affects the stress interference among all these fractures within the single fracturing section. exactly, it can be regarded as the most important influential factor. when the cluster spacing is small, the stress interference is obvious, and the propagation of the middle fractures will be severely inhibited. however, with the increase of the cluster spacing, the stress interference among all these fractures within the single fracturing section decrease, so the morphology of all these fractures become uniform and similar. (2) the elastic modulus of the reservoir hardly affects the stress interference among all these fractures, but it can affect the final morphology of all fractures. with the gradual increase of the elastic modulus, the half-length of each fracture in the single fracturing section increases significantly, while the width of all these fractures obviously decrease, which can greatly increase the possibility of sand plug. therefore, it is suggested that large cluster spacing should be designed when multicluster staged fracturing is carried out in a reservoir with high elastic modulus, so the difficulty of adding sand due to the thin fracture width can be prevented. (3) injection rate of fracturing fluid is also an important factor affecting the crack propagation. with the increase in the injection rate of the fracturing fluid, both the half-length and width of each fracture within the single fracturing section will gradually increase. therefore, by increasing the injection rate of the fracturing fluid, it is possible to increase both the width and the half-length of fracturing fractures, so more volume of the reservoir can be stimulated. (4) simulation results show that the increase in the viscosity of the fracturing fluid results in an increase in the width of all fractures, but it hinders the propagation of all fractures within the single fracturing section. therefore, increasing the viscosity of the fracturing fluid indefinitely is not conducive to increasing the stimulated reservoir volume, it is recommended to design a suitable viscosity of the fracturing fluid in the actual construction. references [1] ben, y., miao, q. and wang, y. (2012). effect of natural fractures on hydraulic fracturing, isrm regional symposium-7th asian rock mechanics symposium, seoul, korea,. [2] cheng, z. r., bunger, a. p. and zhang, x., (2009). cohesive zone finite element-based modeling of hydraulic fractures, acta mechanica solida sinica, 22(5), pp. 443-452. [3] vengosh, a., jackson, r. b. and warner, n. (2014). a critical review of the risks to water resources from unconventional shale gas development and hydraulic fracturing in the united states, environmental science & technology, 48(15), pp.8334-8348. [4] (2016). future u.s. tight oil and shale gas production depends on resources, technology, markets. https://www.eia.go v/todayinenergy/detail.php?id=27612. [5] saldungaray, p. m., palisch, t. and shelley, r. (2013). hydraulic fracturing critical design parameters in unconventional reservoirs, spe unconventional gas conference and exhibition, muscat, oman. [6] rahm, d. (2011). regulating hydraulic fracturing in shale gas plays: the case of texas, energy policy, 39(5), pp. 29742981. [7] gregory, k. b., vidic, r. d. and dzombak, d. a. (2011). water management challenges associated with the production of shale gas by hydraulic fracturing, elements, 7(3), pp. 181-186. [8] schnoor, j. l. (2012). shale gas and hydrofracturing, environmental science & technology, 46(9). [9] (2011). review of emerging resources: u.s. shale gas and shale oil plays. https://www.eia.gov/analysis/studies/us shalegas/. [10] drilling productivity report (2014). washington, dc: united states energy information administration, 10. [11] tang, y., zhang, j. c. and zhang, q., (2010). an analysis of hydraulic fracturing technology in shale gas wells and its application, natural gas industry, 30(10), pp. 33-38. [12] (2016). hydraulic fracturing accounts for about half of current u.s. crude oil production. https://www.eia.gov/todayi nenergy/detail.php?id=25372. i q.-c. li et alii, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 44 (2018) 35-48; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.44.04 48 [13] carpenter, c. (2014). design optimization of horizontal wells with multiple hydraulic fractures, journal of petroleum technology, 66(11), pp. 118-123. [14] zhang, g. m., liu, h. and zhang, j., (2010). three-dimensional finite element simulation and parametric study for horizontal well hydraulic fracture, journal of petroleum science and engineering, 72(3–4), pp. 310-317. [15] pan, l. h., cheng, l. j. and zhang, y. (2015). numerical simulation of fracturing pressure in multiple clusters staged hydraulic fracture of shale horizontal well, rock and soil mechanics, 36(12), pp.3639-3648. [16] lo, l. w. (2014). interaction of growing cracks in hydraulic fracturing, master thesis, the university of texas at arlington. [17] peirce, a. (2015). interference fracturing: nonuniform distributions of perforation clusters that promote simultaneous growth of multiple hydraulic fractures, spe journal, 20(2), pp. 384-395. d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 364 seismic vulnerability analysis of reinforced concrete frame with infill walls considering in-plane and out-of-plane interactions dan wang school of civil engineering, northeast forestry university, harbin 150040, china www_daa@163.com abstract. the seismic performance of a building hinges on the seismic capacity and damage features of the reinforced concrete (rc) frame with masonry infill walls. to reasonably evaluate the seismic performance and seismic economic loss of masonry infill walls, it is necessary to consider the in-plane (ip) and out-of-plane (oop) interactions of these walls under seismic actions, and to model the vulnerability of the infill walls and the frame. based on the test data on masonry infill walls, this paper designs a performance indicator for infill wall in the light of ip-oop interactions, and determines the response threshold of each damage state. with the aid of opensees, the authors developed and verified a reasonable modeling method for rc frames with infill walls. as per the current code in china, a 5-storey rc frame with infill walls was designed, and two three-dimensional (3d) space models were established for the structure by the proposed modeling method. one of them considers ip-oop interactions, and the other does not. then, the structure was subjected to incremental dynamic analyses (ida), and different damage indicators were determined to examine the damage of the infill walls and the overall structure, producing a set of vulnerability curves. the results show that the consideration of ip-oop interactions significantly increases the probability of seismic damages on the infill walls and the overall structure. the most prominent increase was observed in the medium to serious damage stages. keywords. masonry infill walls; reinforced concrete (rc) frame; in-plane (ip) and out-of-plane (oop) interactions; damage indicators; seismic vulnerability analysis. citation: wang, d., seismic vulnerability analysis of reinforced concrete frame with infill walls considering in-plane and out-ofplane interactions, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384. received: 18.04.2022 accepted: 20.08.2022 online first: 01.09.2022 published: 01.10.2022 copyright: © 2022 this is an open access article under the terms of the cc-by 4.0, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. introduction ach building is consisted of structural and non-structural components. the seismic performance of non-structural components is critical to the ductility of the building under earthquakes. as the most common non-structural components, infill walls are widely applied in reinforced concrete (rc) buildings. the data on the past earthquakes have shown that destruction of masonry infill walls will cause huge economic losses, and even endanger e https://youtu.be/mmjggr9yk74 d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 365 human lives. in the structural seismic system, the seismic performance of the local components and overall structure depends on how well the infill walls contribute to stiffness and bearing capacity. in fact, the degree of damage for infill walls provides an important basis for evaluating the capacity of the building to prevent disasters before earthquakes, and assessing the possibility of continued use of the structure after earthquakes. nevertheless, the existing studies on seismic design often ignore the role of masonry walls. in the last decades, some researchers have tested the in-plane (ip) and out-of-plane (oop) seismic performance of infill walls [1-6]. but only a few have investigated the ip and oop interactions of masonry walls. the damage types observed in masonry infill walls are mainly divided into ip and oop damages, and the damage usually stems from the interaction between ip and oop. the previous results show that the ip and oop interaction can reduce the strength and stiffness of the infill walls [7-9]. however, the nonlinear analyses on infill walls tend to focus on the ip behavior, failing to consider its interaction with oop behavior. the performance indicator of masonry infill wall largely reflects the severity of wall damages, revealing the macro damage states. in current studies, the vulnerability of masonry infill walls is mainly examined with the interlayer displacement angle as the ip indicator, before plotting the vulnerability curve. based on the description of macro damage phenomena, chiozzi et al. [10] defined the damage states for establishing the vulnerability curve. the specific description of each damage state in this standard is based on the collected test results. tab. 1 reports three different macro descriptions for infill wall damage states, namely, slight damage (ds1), moderate damage (ds2), and severe damage (ds3), and the corresponding repair measures. cardone et al. [11] and sassun et al. [12] adopted similar macro descriptions of the damage state, determined the interlayer displacement angle when each specimen reached a certain damage state, and established the ip vulnerability function of masonry infill walls. the vulnerability curves of infill walls, which display the probability distribution of different interlayer displacement angles, only consider the damage indicator in a single direction, and could not reflect the influence of oop damage under earthquake action on the vulnerability of infill walls. degree of damage macro description limit of crack width repair measure ds1 very slight cracks appear at mortar joints, decorative surface, or the wall-frame junction. there is no obvious slip crack or crushed block. 1mm reapply plaster to cover visible cracks. ds2 obvious diagonal cracks appear at mortar joints or blocks. there may be slippage along brickwork joints, or local crushing of blocks. 2mm repair the cracks through pressure grouting, or rebuild locally broken masonry, and reapply high-quality plaster to the surface. ds3 wide oblique cracks appear, exposing the opposite surface. there are obvious mortar cracks, and wide crushing, extrusion, and spalling of blocks. 4mm demolish and rebuild the entire structure. table 1: judgement criteria and repair measures for damage states of masonry infill walls. following various mechanical approaches, new simplified models have been developed to predict both ip and oop responses, with the aim of simulating the exact response of structures with infill walls. the accurate calibration of infill wall simulation models requires massive data from tests with both ip and oop loads. due to the severe lack of such data, most macroscale models for the oop responses, and ip-oop interactions of infill walls are grounded loosely on simplified hypotheses. kadysiewski et al. [13] proposed an infill wall model, which considers the ip-oop interactions with two diagonal beam-column elements, and a lumped mass of the central node, and put forward the interaction curves for ip and oop displacements. on this basis, furtado et al. [14] established a simplified infill wall model with four beamcolumn elements, two oop lumped masses, and a central element, before introducing the law of lag to simulate the strength and stiffness degradation of masonry infill wall. based on the test data of frames with masonry infill walls, this paper firstly defines a quantitative indicator considering the coupling between ip and oop damages of infill walls, and determines the indicator limit at each damage state. next, a simplified model was introduced for the rc frame with infill walls, which is capable of simulating ip-oop interactions, and a nonlinear analysis model of infill-wall rc frame was established with the help of opensees. the accuracy of the d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 366 model was verified through the numerical simulation of an infilled rc frame in the quasi-static test. then, a 5-storey infillwall rc frame was designed using pkpm, and two 3d space models were established for the structure, with and without ip-oop interactions, respectively. a total of 20 ground motion records were selected to conduct an incremental dynamic analysis (ida) on the prepared structure. on this basis, the seismic vulnerability of the infill walls and the overall structure was explored in details, a set of vulnerability curves considering ip-oop interactions was proposed tentatively, which illustrate the probability of exceedance of the infill walls and the overall structure at different performance levels, as a function of the seismic intensity. damage indicator identification response thresholds o design the damage indicator for infill walls, it is important to gather statistical information about the level of deformation corresponding to each damage state. hence, the authors collected the results of the ip and oop quasi-static loading tests on 30 rc frames with masonry infill walls [1-7, 9]. according to the descriptions of the damage phenomena of each frame under load, the response thresholds of ip and oop frames were recorded under each damage state. as for the quantification indicators of infill wall damages, the interlayer displacement angle δip0/h was chosen for the ip scenario, while the ratio δoop0/h of the maximum oop displacement to the distance between the top beam axis and the upper edge of the grade beam was selected for the oop scenario. figure 1: response thresholds of each ip frame in different damage states figure 2: response thresholds of each oop frame in different damage states t d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 367 as shown in figs. 1 and 2, the response thresholds of the specimens reflect a certain discreteness. to determine the quantification indicators for the rc frames with infill walls in each damage state, the demand parameter was calculated by the vulnerability analysis approach in the appendix of fema p-58 [15]. in general, the vulnerability function obeys the log normal distribution: ( ) θφ β       =        ln d p d (1) where, p(d) is the probability to reach or exceed a damage state; φ is the cumulative function of standard normal distribution; θ is the mean of engineering demand parameter d; β is the log standard deviation reflecting the discreteness of d. if the frame data come from multiple independent tests and record the d of each frame in each damage state, then the demand parameter θ can be calculated by: θ =         ∑ = 1 1 ln n j j d n i e (2) where, θi is the demand parameter of damage state i; n is the number of frames; dj is the response threshold for the j-th frame in damage state i. the calculated demand parameters of ip and oop frames are the response thresholds of infill walls at each damage state under ip and oop scenarios (tab. 2). type performance indicator ds1 ds2 ds3 ip δip0/h (%) 0.11 0.20 0.68 oop δoop0/h (%) 0.20 0.40 1.21 table 2: response thresholds of infill walls at each damage state under ip and oop scenarios performance indicator ip-oop interactions. in 2007, hashemi and mosalam relied on the strut-and-tie (sat) model to prove that the ip strength of infill walls interact with their oop strength. later, a series of tests and numerical simulations were carried out, revealing that the simulation effect agrees well with the test results, when the interactive effect is described as the curve in fig. 3(a):     +        ≤ 3/2 3/2 0 0 1.0nh h n mp p m (3) where, ph and ph0 are the ip forces in the presence and absence of oop force, respectively; mn and mn0 are the oop forces in the presence and absence of ip force, respectively. mosalam and günay [16] depicted the displacement interaction with the same equations for force interaction. in the elastic stage, the displacement interaction satisfies the 2/3 power curve formula, for the elastic displacement is positively proportional to the load. as shown in fig. 3, the non-elastic displacement could be approximated by the 3/2 power curve. the interactive relationship between ip and oop displacements can be expressed as:    ∆∆ + ≤      ∆ ∆    3/2 3/2 0 0 1.0nh hy ny (4) d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 368 where, δh is the ip horizontal displacement of infill wall; δhy0 is the ip horizontal displacement in the absence of oop force; δn is the oop horizontal displacement of infill wall; δny0 is the oop horizontal displacement in the absence of ip force. (a) force interaction curve of an infill wall (b)displacement interaction curve of an infill wall figure 3: ip-oop interactions of an infill wall performance indicator and response thresholds. substituting δh0 and δhy0, which respectively correspond to ip and oop response thresholds into formula (4), the interactive relationships between ip and oop displacements under the three limit states can be respectively obtained by: ∆∆    + =        3/23/2 11 // 1.0 0.0011 0.0020 oopip hh (5) ∆∆    + =        3/23/2 22 // 1.0 0.0020 0.0040 oopip hh (6) ∆ ∆   + =        3/2 3/2 3 3/ / 1.0 0.0068 0.0121 ip ooph h (7) where, δipi and δoopi are the ip horizontal displacement and oop horizontal displacement of infill walls in damage state dsi under the joint action of ip and oop forces, respectively. the relationships between ip and oop displacements under the three limit states can be respectively calculated by: −∆∆    + =       ×  5 3/23/2 112.45 8. 14 09oopip h h (8) −∆∆    + =       ×  4 3/23/2 222.83 2. 13 05oopip h h (9) −∆ ∆   + =       ×  3 3/2 3/2 3 32 0.54 1.3 13ip oop h h (10) the coefficient values of ∆      3/2 ipi h are similar in the above formulas. the arithmetic mean was taken as the coefficient of ∆      3/2 ipi h . that is, the sum of ∆∆    +        3/23/2 2.6 oopip h h was adopted as the quantification indicator of ip-oop interactions for infill walls. then, the response thresholds under different damage states can be obtained as shown in tab. 3. d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 369 performance indicator ds1 ds2 ds3 ∆∆    +        3/23/2 2.6 oopip h h 8.94×10-5 2.53×10-4 1.33×10-3 table 3: response thresholds of the ip-oop interactions for infill walls under different damage states. according to xie’s ip-oop loading test data, three frames t1, t2 and t3 were selected for verification. all three frames are full-scale rc frames with a single-layer, single-span hollow concrete block infill wall. frame t1 has been slightly damaged through ip loading, with an interlayer displacement angle of 0.15%. without changing the ip displacement, the infill wall was applied a unidirectional iop load until the bearing capacity significantly dropped. then, the frame was adopted to verify the response thresholds under ds2 and ds3. frames t2 and t3 have been moderately damaged through ip loading, with an interlayer displacement angle of 0.21% and 0.50%, respectively. these two frames were utilized to verify the response thresholds under ds3. drawing on the frame damage phenomena in the literature, and the forcedisplacement skeleton curves of oop loading, the response thresholds of each frame in different damage states were obtained under the joint action of ip and oop forces, and compared with the calculation results in tab. 3. the verification results of the three frames are shown in tabs. 4 and 5. damage state ds2 ds3 δoop/h 0.19% 1.23% ∆∆    +        3/23/2 2.6 oopip h h 2.33×10-4 1.51×10-3 preset response threshold 2.53×10-4 1.33×10-3 error 0.08 0.13 table 4: response thresholds of frame t1 (δip/h=0.15%) under the joint action of ip and oop forces. frame t2 t3 δip/h 0.21% 0.50% δoop/h 0.89% 0.81% ∆∆    +        3/23/2 2.6 oopip h h 1.09×10-3 1.63×10-3 preset response threshold 1.33×10-3 1.33×10-3 error 0.18 0.22 table 5: response thresholds of frames t2 and t3 in ds3 under the joint action of ip and oop forces. as shown in figs. 1 and 2, the response thresholds of infill walls under different damage states were highly discrete. the highest discreteness appeared in ds3. cardone et al. summarized the response thresholds of ip interlayer displacement angle for infill walls in different damage states, and found that the log standard deviation under different damage states falls between 0.18 and 0.45. therefore, the errors (0.08-0.22) in tabs. 4 and 5 were relatively small. thus, the performance indicator and thresholds in tab. 3 were selected for the ip-oop interactions of infill walls. damage indicators and limit states. according to the above results,the performance levels of infill walls can be defined by the ip-oop indicator and the ip indicator, as shown in tab. 6. rosseto et al. [17] proposed a damage indicator based on the maximum interlayer displacement angle. this indicator applies to the performance level of structures with different lateral stiffnesses. using this indicator, the rc frame with infill wall was divided into 5 damage states (tab. 7). d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 370 degree of damage macro description limit value of each indicator ∆∆    +        3/23/2 2.6 oopip h h δip0/h. ds1 very slight cracks appear at mortar joints, decorative surface, or the wall-frame junction. there is no obvious slip crack or crushed block. 8.94×10-5 1.10×10-3 ds2 obvious diagonal cracks appear at mortar joints or blocks. there may be slippage along brickwork joints, or local crushing of blocks. 2.53×10-4 2.00×10-3 ds3 wide oblique cracks appear, exposing the opposite surface. there are obvious mortar cracks, and wide crushing, extrusion, and spalling of blocks. 1.33×10-3 6.80×10-3 table 6: performance levels of masonry infill walls. damage state macro description maximum interlayer displacement angle θmax (%) near intactness (ds1) very slight cracks appear on infill wall. 0.05 slight damage (ds2) blocks at beam-column junctions are crushed, the structural elements are initially damages, and the infill wall of external frame suffers from diagonal shear cracking. 0.30 moderate damage (ds3) wide cracking hits infill wall. the blocks suffer from crushing or oop extruding. infill wall partially fails. the structural elements are further damaged, with shear damages in local areas. 1.15 partial collapse (ds4) partial collapse occurs due to the damages of the beams and columns. infill wall almost fully fails. 2.80 collapse (ds5) infill wall suffers obvious overall collapse. 4.40 table 7: performance levels of rc frame with infill walls. numerical simulation infill wall model urtado et al. [14] modelled an infill wall of four elastic beam elements, two oop lump masses, and one nonlinear axial connection element (fig. 4). the model can simulate the behavior of infill walls under cyclic ip and oop loading, and realize the ip-oop interactions by element removal. ip features. as shown in fig. 4, the central element of the model reflects the nonlinear stress-strain of the infill wall under cyclic ip loading. the force-displacement relationship of the central element was characterized by the performance skeleton curve of the infill wall (fig. 5). furtado provided the recommended values for the definition of the skeleton curve: (1) the ratio of cracking strength to the maximum strength (fi,c/fi,max) is 0.55. according to the mechanical performance of masonry and mortar, the cracking displacement dfi,c falls between 0.075% and 0.12%. (2) the yield strength di,y and yield displacement dfi,y are defined as the midpoints of crack displacement coordinates (dfi,c/fi,c) and maximum strength displacement coordinates (dfi,max/fi,max), respecetively. the yield strength is 65%-75% of the maximum strength, while the yield displacement is between 0.15% and 0.35%. (3) the maximum strength fi,max can be solved by: ( )= + +× × 2,max 0.818 1 1ii msi i i t c c fl f (11) f d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 371 ( )= + +2,max 0.818 1 1s i m i i f f c c (12) = 1.925 ii i l c h (13) where, fms is the tested shear strength of masonry; ti, hi, and li are the thickness, height, and length of the infill wall, respectively. the maximum strength displacement dfi,max is about 0.25%-0.5%. (4) the displacement corresponding to the residual strength is 5 times the maximum strength displacement. the residual strength is around 20% of the maximum strength. figure 4: furtado et al.’s model [14]. figure 5: skeleton curve of the infill wall. figure 6: response of pinching4 uniaxial material model d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 372 for the central element, the pinching4 uniaxial material model was adopted to describe the hysteresis mode of the infill wall. noh and huang [18, 19] demonstrated the high sensitivity of numerous pinching4 material parameters, and proved their capability of simulating the extrusion load deformation response, and representing the degradation mode under cyclic loading. the cyclic degradation of strength and stiffness occurs in three forms: unloading stiffness degradation, reloading stiffness degradation, and strength degradation. in the calibrated filling model, the hysteresis mode is controlled by additional parameters: stiffness degradation, strength degradation, shrinkage effect, and energy degradation. the skeleton curve and unloading-reloading path of the hysteresis mode in the model are displayed in fig. 6. oop features. drawing on the joint action between ip and oop proposed by kadysiewski and mosalam [13], the furtado model assumes that the oop behavior of infill walls is linear and elastic, the model and infill walls have the same natural frequencies, and the ip is nonlinearly correlated with oop. according to kadysiewski and mosalam, the oop effective mass of an infill wall was calculated as 0.81m, where m is the total mass of the wall. the oop lumped mass was evenly distributed to the two nodes of the central element. the equivalent strut width of the infill wall, and the equivalent inertial moment in the oop direction can be respectively calculated by: λ −= 0.40.175( )col iw h d (14) λ θ  =     0.25 sin 2 4 i i c col i e t e i h (15) = +2 2i i id h l (16)  ×   =    3 1.644 i i ieq d i i h (17) where, λ is the dimensionless parameter for the relative stiffness between the infill wall and the frame; hcol is the layer height of the frame; ei and ec are the elastic moduli of the masonry, and the rc of the frame, respectively; icol is the effective cross-sectional inertial moment of the strut; di is the diagonal length of the infill wall; hi, li, and ti are the height, length, and thickness of the infill wall, respectively; θ is the angle between the diagonal and horizontal axis of the infill wall; ieq is the equivalent inertial moment of the infill wall; ii is the effective cross-sectional inertial moment of the infill wall. kadysiewski et al. proposed the element removal method for infill walls, aiming to simulate the seismic response of such walls more truthfully. the method assumes that any infill wall would collapse, once its displacement surpasses the limit range under the joint action of ip and oop. then, the mass and stiffness of the infill wall are automatically removed from the structure by the algorithm. in our furtado model, the ip-oop interaction zone of the infill wall has linear boundaries. for intact infill walls, the maximum ip and oop displacement angles were set to 1.5% and 3%, respectively. rc frame model this paper uses force-based nonlinear distribution elements to simulate the beam and column elements of the rc frame. the nonlinear deformation of beam and column elements was simulated by integrating the deformable region along the length on the cross-section of each element. the cross-section of each beam and column element was represented by discrete fibers, all of which obey the uniaxial stress-strain law. the bending state of the cross-section of each beam and column element was obtained by integrating the nonlinear uniaxial stress-strain response of each fiber on that crosssection. to investigate the seismic response of the rc frame, it is necessary to consider the nonlinearity, i.e., the uniaxial stressstrain response of the material. specifically, the concrete 02 uniaxial material model of opensees was adopted as the constitutive model of concrete. the rebars were regarded as the steel 02 uniaxial material, following the giuffremenegotto-pinto theory. the material has been applied to uniaxial material models with homogeneous strain hardening. here, the strain hardening ratio is set to 1%. the three parameters of the command stream of the steel 02 model, r0, r1 and r2, which control the rebars’ transition from elastic state to plastic state, were set to 18, 0.925, and 0.15, respectively. model calibration and validation model calibration was performed by comparing the numerical outputs to available zhao’s test results on the frame with d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 373 infill walls under ip-oop loading. with a reduced scale of 1/2, the frame is an rc frame with a single-layer, single-span, non-hollow infill wall. fig. 7 shows the dimensions and rebar arrangement of the frame. tab. 8 lists the material properties. figure 7: dimensions and rebar arrange of the test frame material mechanical property parameter value concrete compressive strength / mpa 37.46 elastic modulus / gpa 29.50 rebar yield intensity / mpa 447.70 tensile strength / mpa 659.13 elastic modulus / gpa 198.41 block compressive strength / mpa 4.90 masonry compressive strength / mpa 16.49 shear strength / mpa 0.31 bulk density /kn/m3 5.80 table 8: material properties of the frame. figure 8: simulated and test hysteresis curves. according to the test information, the mechanical parameters of the infill wall were calculated. after loading, the model was subjected to ip-oop loading. fig. 8 compares the simulated hysteresis curve with the test data. fig. 9 compares the simulated and test backbone curves. the simulation results basically agree with the test results. d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 374 figure 9: simulated and test backbone curves. under ip-oop loading, when the oop displacement of the central element reached 15.50mm, the infill wall model reached the ip-oop interactive boundary, and the wall failed. the result was close to the failure displacement (15.2mm) when the oop loading stopped in the test. this proves that our model can approximate the deformation of the infill wall under oop load. the comparison suggests that the proposed simplified model for the rc frame with infill walls, which considers ip-oop interactions, can roughly simulate and verify the ip mechanical performance and oop deformation capability of rc frames with infill walls, laying a solid basis for further analysis. case building referring to the code for seismic design of buildings (gb50011-2010), the pkpm software was adopted to design an rc frame, with a five-layered infill wall (6 spans in the x direction and 3 spans in the y direction), as the analytical model. fig. 10 shows the plane layout of the structure: the bottom layer is 4.2m tall, and the other layers are 3.6m tall. the concrete grade was set to c30. the horizontal load-bearing rebars are of the grade hrb400 with a diameter of 22 cm. the stirrups are of the grade hpb300. the infill wall was prepared from the clay brick blocks obtained through tests (thickness: 150 mm). the floor and roof slabs are both 100mm thick. the building and site belong to class c and class iii, respectively. the designed earthquake group, and seismic fortification intensity were set to 2 and 8, respectively. following the above modelling strategy, two models were established for the above structure. one of the models considers the ip-oop interactions of the infill wall (ip-oop), and the other considers the ip force effect of the wall (ip). in the ip model, the infill wall was modelled without considering oop bending stiffness and the mass of the central element. tabs. 9-11 present the mechanical parameters of concrete, rebars, and infill wall in the structure, respectively. figure 10: 3d spatial rc frame with infill wall. d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 375 grade peak stress (mpa) peak strain ultimate stress (mpa) ultimate strain elastic modulus (mpa) compressive tensile c30 28.72 2.87 0.0022 5.74 0.01 3236 table 9: mechanical parameters of concrete. rebar grade yield strength (mpa) ultimate strain elastic modulus (gpa) hrb400 445.50 0.01 200 table 10: mechanical parameters of rebars. compressive strength (mpa) shear strength (mpa) elastic modulus (mpa) shear modulus (mpa) bulk density (kn/m3) 2.02 0.55 1873 1089 6.87 table 11: mechanical parameters of the infill wall. ground motion selection and amplitude modulation. due to the strong uncertainty of ground motions, the input ground motions of incremental dynamic analysis (ida) must be reasonable. following the selection principle for ground motion records in fema p695 [20], a total of 20 ground motion records were selected, including both far field and nearfield ground motions. figs. 11 and 12 show the response spectra and mean response spectra of the two types of ground motions, respectively. the ground motion intensity measure (im) was characterized by peak ground acceleration (pga). the amplitude was modulated by the equal step principle. to explore the seismic performance of the infill wall, the amplitude of ground motions was gradually increased to 1.0g with a fixed step size of 0.05g. figure 11: response spectra and mean response spectra of far field ground motions. d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 376 figure 12: response spectra and mean response spectra of nearfield ground motions. results and discussion ida and vulnerability curves of infill wall. aking the damage indicator measure (dm) of the infill wall as the abscissa, and the pga as the ordinate, 20 curves were plotted for the ip-oop infill wall model, and the ip infill wall model, respectively (see the gray curves in figs. 13 and 14). it can be seen that the ida curves are directly affected by ground motion records. for the same structure, the responses to different ground motions were, to a certain extent, discrete. to suppress the discreteness of the ida curves, quantile statistical analysis was performed to draw the ida curves of the 16%, 50%, and 84% quantiles. normally, the structural dms under different ims all obey log normal distribution. the relationship between im and dm can be expressed as: βα= ( )dm im (18) the logs of im and dm were subjected to statistical regression to establish a linear regression function. figs. 15 and 16 report the fitting results of ln(pga)-ln(dm). figure 13: ida curves of ip-oop infill wall. t d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 377 figure 14: ida curves of ip infill wall. y=1.9912x-2.6705 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 -2.7082 -2.2082 -1.7082 -1.2082 -0.7082 -0.2082 ln(pga) ln (d m ) -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 figure 15: ida regression results of ip-oop infill wall. y=2.3097x-3.2015 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 ln(pga) ln (d m ) figure 16: ida regression results of ip infill wall. through the above regression analysis, the probabilistic demand of ground motions for ip-oop infill wall and ip infill wall can be respectively expressed as: d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 378 = −ln( ) 1.9912 ln( ) 2.6705dm pga (19) = −ln( ) 2.3097 ln( ) 3.2015dm pga (20) under different ground motion intensities, the seismic vulnerability of a structure is the conditional probability for the structural damage indicator to surpass the critical value c for the seismic capacity for the structure defined for the structural damage stage: = <( / 1)fp p c dm (21) during seismic vulnerability analysis, both the structural dm and the structural capacity parameter c obey log normal distribution. thus, the structural failure probability can be expressed as: βα β β β β        φ − = φ      = + +   2 2 2 2 ln( / ) ln(( ( ) ) / ) c dm c dm fp c dm pga c (22) where, pf is the probability for the structural seismic demand to exceed the limit state of seismic capacity; α and β are the power exponential relationship coefficients between dm and im; c is the limit value of structural performance level under different damage states; βc and βdm are the log standard deviations obtained through the calculation of structural seismic capacity, and structural seismic demand, respectively. according to the estimated annualized earthquake losses for the united states (hazus 99), β β+2 2c dm can be set to 0.5, when the explanatory variable is pga. thus, the failure probability formulas for the ip-oop infill wall model, and the ip infill wall model can be respectively obtained as:         = φ       1.99120.06 n 9 ) 2 .5 ( ( 0 ) l f c p pga pga (23)         = φ       2.30970.04 n 0 ) 8 .5 ( ( 0 ) l f c p pga pga (24) after computing the exceedance probability of the infill wall under each limit state, the authors compared the vulnerability curves of the two infill wall models under each damage state (fig. 17). the red solid line and black dotted line are the vulnerability curves of the ip-oop infill wall model, and the ip infill wall model, respectively. tab. 12 reports the vulnerability parameters of the two infill walls. under the same seismic intensity, the infill wall under ip-oop interactions was more likely to be damaged than that under ip load only. as shown in tab. 12 and fig. 17, the median θ of the seismic vulnerability function in the ip-oop infill wall model was lower than that of the function in the ip infill wall model. when the probability of reaching or exceeding ds1 was 50%, the pgas of the ip-oop infill wall model, and the ip infill wall model were 0.13g and 0.24g, respectively. when the probability of reaching or exceeding ds2 was 50%, the pgas of the ip-oop infill wall model, and the ip infill wall model were0.23g and 0.38g, respectively. when the probability of reaching or exceeding ds3 was 50%, the pgas of the ip-oop infill wall model, and the ip infill wall model were0.39g and 0.60g, respectively. d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 379 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 ex ce ed an ce p ro ba bi lit y pga(g) ip-oop ip 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 ex ce ed an ce p ro ba bi lit y pga(g) ip-oop ip 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 ex ce ed an ce p ro ba bi lit y pga(g) ip-oop ip (a) ds1 (b) ds2 (c) ds3 figure 17: vulnerability curves of two infill wall models under each damage state. infill wall model ds1 ds2 ds3 θ(g) βr θ(g) βr θ(g) βr ip-oop 0.13 0.30 0.23 0.29 0.39 0.31 ip 0.24 0.32 0.38 0.32 0.60 0.31 table 12: characteristic parameters of the vulnerability curves of two infill wall models. for the ip-oop infill wall, the model was almost certain to suffer slight damage (probability > 90%) when the pga was 0.15g. for the ip infill wall, the corresponding pga was 0.27g. for the ip-oop infill wall, the model was almost certain to suffer moderate damage when the pga was 0.25g. for the ip infill wall, the corresponding pga was 0.43g. for the ip-oop infill wall, the model was almost certain to reach ds3 when the pga was 0.44g. for the ip infill wall, the corresponding pga was 0.67g. the above results show that, for any damage state, the ip-oop infill wall was always damaged earlier than the ip infill wall. with the rising degree of damage, there was a growing gap between the ground motion intensities required for the two models to reach the same damage state. this phenomenon can be attributed to two possible reasons: firstly, the performance indicator for the damage state of ip infill wall only considers the ip damages of the wall, failing to take account of the oop damages. hence, the bearing capacity of the infill wall is overestimated under seismic effect. secondly, the effect of ip-oop interactions mainly manifests as stiffness degradation. the ip damages reduce the oop stiffness of infill wall. the damaged infill wall has a greater oop displacement than the intact wall, and is thus more likely to reach the response threshold under the next damage state. damage indicators profiles. figs. 18 and 19 show some typical profiles of the ip indicator and the ip-oop indicator of infill wall at three different seismic intensities (i.e., 0.1g, 0.2g, 0.4g) during the nonlinear dynamic analyses. figure 18: ip indicator profiles of infill wall. d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 380 figure 19: ip-oop indicator profiles of infill wall. as can be seen from figs. 18 and 19, the ip indicator profiles presented a ">" shape, and the ip infill walls had large inplane deformations at the 2nd and 3rd storeys. the ip infill walls reached or exceeded ds1 and ds2 damage states for the pga of 0.1g and 0.2g, respectively. at the upper storeys of the structure, the ip indicator values were relatively small, and the infill walls suffered less damage. the vertical variation trend of the ip-oop indicator showed a "w" shape, and the ip-oop indicator values were relatively large at the 2nd to 4th storeys of the structure. the ip-oop infill walls reached or exceeded ds2 and ds3 damage states for the pga of 0.1g and 0.4g, respectively. compared with the ip indicator response, the ip-oop indicator increased significantly at the 4th storey of the structure. it is clearly necessary to consider the ip-oop interactions of the infill walls under seismic actions, as the increasing oop suppresses infill wall stiffness. the ip damages of infill walls are proportional to the interlayer displacement angle of the structure, and negatively correlated with the height of the structure. however, the oop actions on the equivalent elements are proportional to the inertia forces of the infill walls, which generally increase with the height of the structure. therefore, the effects of ip-oop interactions on the vulnerability of infill walls can be maximized on the mid-storeys of the structure, and may cause damage to the infill walls in these storeys. ida and vulnerability curves of rc frame with infill wall. taking the maximum interlayer displacement angle as the abscissa, and the pga as the ordinate, the ida curves, as well as the ida curves of the 16%, 50%, and 84% quantiles, were plotted for the frame with ip-oop infill wall, and the frame with ip infill wall (figs. 20 and 21). 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 pg a (g ) θmax 50% quantile 84% quantile 16% quantile 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 p g a (g ) θmax 50% quantile 84% quantile 16% quantile figure 20: ida curves of the frame with ip-oop infill wall. figure 21: ida curves of the frame with ip infill wall. the ida results show that: for the frame with ip-oop infill wall, when the pga was less than 0.3g, the discreteness of the ida curves was small, the maximum interlayer displacement angle almost changed linearly, and the structure belonged to the elastic stage. when the pga was greater than 0.3g, the discreteness of the ida curves gradually increased with a clear nonlinearity, and the structure entered the elastic-plastic stage. under a rare earthquake (pga=400gal), the median of d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 381 θmax was 1.46%, below the limit value of the maximum interlayer displacement angle for partial collapse of the structure. when the pga was greater than 0.4g, the frame with ip infill wall entered the elastic-plastic stage. under the ground motions of the same intensity, the frame with infill wall ip-oop interactions suffered greater lateral deformation than the structure without these interactions. the linear regression results for ida data are displayed in figs. 22 and 23. y = 1.5587x 2.6601 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 -2.7081 -2.2081 -1.7081 -1.2081 -0.7081 -0.2081 ln(pga) ln (θ am x) -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 figure 22: ida regression results on the frame with ip-oop infill wall y =1.7282x-3.2195 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 ln(pga) ln (θ m ax ) figure 23: ida regression results on the frame with ip infill wall therefore, the failure probabilities of the frames with ip-oop and ip infill walls can be respectively calculated by:         =        1.55870.06 n 9 ) 9 .5 ( ( 0 ) l f c p pga pga (25) d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 382         =        1.72820.03 n 9 ) 9 .5 ( ( 0 ) l f c p pga pga (26) fig. 24 shows the vulnerability curves of the two frames. tab. 13 lists the characteristic parameters of the vulnerability curves. 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 e xc ee da nc e pr ob ab ili ty ( % ) pga (g) ds1_i/o ds2_i/o ds3_i/o ds4_i/o ds5_i/o ds1_ip ds2_ip ds3_ip ds4_ip ds5_ip figure 24: vulnerability curves of the two frames. vulnerability parameter ds1 ds2 ds3 ds4 ds5 θ(g) ip-oop 0.03 0.12 0.36 0.65 0.83 ip 0.07 0.24 0.58 0.90 1.00 βr ip-oop 0.30 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.34 ip 0.31 0.31 0.29 0.26 0.24 table 13: characteristic parameters of the vulnerability curves of the two frames. under a frequent earthquake (seismic fortification intensity: 8; 0.20g), the ip-oop infill wall of the frame was almost certain to have minute cracks (p(θmax>0.05%/pga=70gal) =98.95%), and the ip infill wall of the frame had a 47.30% likelihood to have minute cracks. under a moderate earthquake (seismic fortification intensity: 8), the ip-oop structure was almost certain to face slight damage (p(θmax>0.30%/pga=200gal) =96.33%), and had a 2.29% likelihood to face moderate damage; the frame of the ip model had a 29.36% likelihood to face moderate damage. under a rare earthquake (seismic fortification intensity: 8), the frame of the ip model had a 65.37% likelihood to face moderate damage, and was unlikely to approach the partial collapse state (p(θmax>2.80%/pga=400gal) =6.46%); the frame of the ip model had a very low likelihood (9.57%) to reach the ds3. both frame models meet the seismic fortification requirements: roughly intact under small earthquakes, repairable under moderation earthquakes, and non-collapsible under strong earthquakes. compared with the frame with ip infill wall, the ip-oop structure had a 51.58% reduction in the likelihood for being intact under a frequent earthquake. under a moderate earthquake, the probability of slight damage and moderate damage of ip-oop structure increased by 64.68% and 2.28%, respectively. under a rare earthquake, the probability of moderate damage and partial collapse of the ip-oop structure increased by 49.34% and 4.86%, respectively. as can be seen from the vulnerability curves, the consideration of infill wall ip-oop interactions can enhance the damage probability of the frame with infill walls. the enhancement was the most significant for the moderate damage to partial d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 383 collapse state of the structure. as mentioned in vulnerability curves of infill walls, the infill walls considering ip-oop interactions were more likely to be damaged under seismic effect than those without considering these interactions. when the frame was moderately damaged, the infill wall in the structure must have been already been severely damaged, and even collapsed. in the ip-oop model, the equivalent elements of the infill wall were removed after reaching the ip-oop interaction boundary. the removal may cause vertical non-uniformity and even weak layers in the frame, making the overall structure more likely to collapse. this is a common seismic damage. during seismic vulnerability analysis, the inclusion of ip-oop interactions of infill walls better reflects the probability for rc frames with infill walls to suffer severe damage and collapse. conclusions ased on the infill wall model under ip-oop interactions, this paper analyzes the seismic vulnerability of rc frames with infill walls through the ida. the main conclusions are as follows: (1) according to the 3/2 power curve of the ip and oop displacements for infill walls, this paper defines an infill wall performance indicator in the light of ip-oop interactions. the definition and thresholds of the indicator were verified by the data of ip-oop combined loading tests. the verification results demonstrate the necessity of considering ip-oop interaction and the accuracy of the indicator. (2) through the seismic vulnerability analysis on infill walls, it was learned that, under the same seismic intensity, the infill wall was always more likely to be damaged under ip-oop interactions than under ip load only. with the growing degree of damage, once the infill wall entered the elastoplastic stage, the vulnerability curve of the infill wall under ip-oop interactions deviated more and more significantly from that of the infill wall under ip load only. the ip-oop interactions had the greatest effect on the probability for infill wall to suffer severe damage. (3) by comparing the damage indicators profiles of infill wall, it was learned that, the ip-oop interactions could change the trend of the infill wall damage indicators from the bottom to the top of the structure. its effects on the vulnerability of infill walls could be maximized on the mid storeys of the structure and cause damage to the infill walls in the mid storeys. (4) through the seismic vulnerability analysis on rc frames with infill wall, both frame models meet the seismic fortification requirements: largely intact under small earthquakes, repairable under moderation earthquakes, and noncollapsible under strong earthquakes. the infill wall ip-oop interactions would increase the probability of overall structure damages, especially the probability for moderate to partial collapse states. according to the previous seismic vulnerability analyses of frames with infill walls, the seismic performance of the overall frame may be improved by considering the ip action of the infill walls. this study discovers that the infill walls and overall structure under ip-oop interactions were more likely to be damaged than those under infill wall ip effect only. therefore, the ip-oop interactions of infill walls should be considered to improve the reasonability of the seismic safety assessment of rc frames with infill walls. references [1] li, j., xue, y. and xiao, c. (2015). experimental study on seismic performance of full-scale rc frame infilled with autoclaved aerated concrete blocks, j. china civil engineering journal. 48(8), pp. 12-18. doi: 10.15951/j.tmgcxb.2015.08.002 [2] xie, x. (2020). the seismic behavior and fragility of masonry infills in reinforced concrete frame structures, harbin, institute of engineering mechanics, china earthquake administration. doi: 10.27490/d.cnki.ggjgy.2020.000013 [3] di domenico, m., ricci, p. and verderame, g.m. (2019). experimental assessment of the out-of-plane strength of urm infill walls with different slenderness and boundary conditions, j. bulletin of earthquake engineering. 17(7), pp. 3959-3993. doi: 10.1007/s10518-019-00604-5 [4] furtado, a., rodrigues, h. and arêde, a. (2016). experimental evaluation of out-of-plane capacity of masonry infill walls, j. engineering structures. 111, pp. 48-63. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2015.12.013 [5] gavilán, j.p. (2017). infill walls with confining elements and horizontal reinforcement: an experimental study, j. engineering structures. 150, pp. 153-165. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2017.07.042 [6] koutas, l.n. and bournas, d.a. (2019). out-of-plane strengthening of masonry-infilled rc frames with textilereinforced mortar jackets, j. journal of composites for construction. 23(1), pp. 04018079. doi: 10.1061/(asce)cc.1943-5614.0000911 b d. wang, frattura ed integrità strutturale, 62 (2022) 364-384; doi: 10.3221/igf-esis.62.26 384 [7] de risi, m.t., di domenico, m. and ricci, p. (2019). experimental investigation on the influence of the aspect ratio on the in-plane/out-of-plane interaction for masonry infills in rc frames, j. engineering structures. 189, pp. 523-540. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2019.03.111 [8] flanagan, r.d. and bennett, r.m. (1999). bidirectional behavior of structural clay tile infilled frames, j. journal of structural engineering. 125(3), pp. 236-244. doi: 10.1061/(asce)0733-9445(1999)125:3(236) [9] zhao, w. (2020). bidirectional seismic performance of infilled rc frames, yantai, yantai university. doi: 10.27437/d.cnki.gytdu.2020.000331 [10] chiozzi, a. and miranda, e. (2017). fragility functions for masonry infill walls with in‐plane loading, j. earthquake engineering & structural dynamics. 46(15), pp. 2831-2850. doi: 10.1002/eqe.2934 [11] cardone, d. and perrone, g. (2015). developing fragility curves and loss functions for masonry infill walls, j. earthquakes and structures. 9(1), pp. 257-279. doi: 10.12989/eas.2015.9.1.257 [12] sassun, k., sullivan, t.j. and morandi, p. (2016). characterising the in-plane seismic performance of infill masonry, j. bulletin of the new zealand society for earthquake engineering. 49(1), pp. 98-115. doi: 10.5459/bnzsee.49.1.98-115 [13] kadysiewski, s. and mosalam, k.m. (2009). modeling of unreinforced masonry infill walls considering in-plane and out-of-plane interaction, berkeley, pacific earthquake engineering research center. [14] furtado, a., rodrigues, h. and arêde, a. (2016). simplified macro‐model for infill masonry walls considering the out ‐of‐plane behaviour, j. earthquake engineering & structural dynamics. 45(4), pp. 507-524. doi: 10.1002/eqe.2663 [15] fema p-58. (2012). seismic performance assessment of buildings volume 1: methodology, washington, d.c, federal emergency management agency. [16] mosalam, k.m. and günay, s. (2015). progressive collapse analysis of reinforced concrete frames with unreinforced masonry infill walls considering in-plane/out-of-plane interaction, j. earthquake spectra. 31(2), pp. 921-943. doi: 10.1193/062113eqs165m [17] rossetto, t. and elnashai, a. (2005). a new analytical procedure for the derivation of displacement-based vulnerability curves for populations of rc structures, j. engineering structures. 27(3), pp. 397-409. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2004.11.002 [18] noh, n.m., liberatore, l. and mollaioli, f. (2017). modelling of masonry infilled rc frames subjected to cyclic loads: state of the art review and modelling with opensees, j. engineering structures. 150, pp. 599-621. doi: 10.1016/j.engstruct.2017.07.002 [19] huang, h., burton, h.v. and sattar, s. (2020). development and utilization of a database of infilled frame experiments for numerical modeling, j. journal of structural engineering. 146(6), pp. 04020079. doi: 10.1061/(asce)st.1943-541x.0002608 [20] fema p695. (2009). quantification of building seismic performance factors, washington, d.c, federal emergency management agency.